Translated By: Archtelos Intelligence
Volumes
Chapters
Volume One
Book I: Of Contemplative-Practical Theology, Concerning Those Things Which Must Be Known Beforehand Chapter I: Of the Nature of Theology Chapter II: Of the Holy Scripture Chapter III: On the Division of Theology Book II: On Contemplative-Practical Theology Chapter I: On Saving Faith Chapter II: On the Existence and Knowledge of God Chapter III: On the Being and Independence of God Chapter IV: On the Names of God Chapter V: On the Attributes of God in General Chapter VI: On the Spirituality and Simplicity of God Chapter VII: On the Immutability of God Chapter VIII: On the Unity of God Chapter IX: On the Infinity and Greatness of God Chapter X: On the Immensity and Omnipresence of God Chapter XI: On the Eternity of God Chapter XII: On the Life and Immortality of God Chapter XIII: On the Understanding, the Knowledge, and the Wisdom of God Chapter XIV: On the Truthfulness and Faithfulness of God Chapter XV: On the Will and the Affections of the Will of God Chapter XVI: On the Goodness of God Chapter XVII: On God's Love, Grace, Mercy, Longsuffering, and Kindness Chapter XVIII: On God's Righteousness Chapter XIX: Of the Holiness of God Chapter XX: Of the Might and Power of God Chapter XXI: On the All-Sufficiency or Perfection of God Chapter XXII: On God's Majesty and Glory Chapter XXIII: On the Blessedness of God Chapter XXIV: On the Holy Trinity Chapter XXV: On God the Father Chapter XXVI: On God the Son Chapter XXVII: On God the Holy Spirit Book III: Contemplative-Practical Theology, On the Works of God Chapter I: On the Acts and Decrees of God Chapter II: On Predestination Chapter III: On Election Chapter IV: Of Reprobation Chapter V: Of Creation in General Chapter VI: Of the World and the Work of the Six DaysVolume Two
Book III: Of Contemplative-Practical Theology, Concerning the Works of God Chapter VII: Of the Good Angels Chapter VIII: Of the Evil Angels Chapter IX: Of Man, and of the Image of God Chapter X: Of God's General Providence Chapter XI: On God's Particular Providence Chapter XII: The Covenant of Nature Book IV: Of the Contemplative-Practical Theology, Concerning Man's Fall from God Chapter I: Of the Violation of the Covenant of Nature Chapter II: On Original Sin Chapter III: Of Actual Sin Chapter IV: Of the Punishment and the State of Sin Book V: Of Contemplative-Practical Theology. Of the Redemption by Christ Chapter I: Of the Covenant of Grace Chapter II: On the Mediator of the Covenant of Grace Chapter III: On the Names of the Mediator Chapter IV: On the Person of the Mediator Chapter V: Of the Threefold Office of the Mediator Chapter VI: Of the Mediator as Prophet Chapter VII: Of the Mediator as High Priest Chapter VIII: Of the Mediator as King Chapter IX: Of the Mediator's Humiliation Chapter X: Of the Mediator's Incarnation Chapter XI: On the Mediator's Life Chapter XII: Of the Mediator's Death Chapter XIII: Of the Mediator's DescentVolume Three
Book V: Of Contemplative-Practical Theology, of Christ's Redemption Chapter XIV: Of the Mediator's Exaltation Chapter XV: Of the Mediator's Resurrection Chapter XVI: On the Mediator's Ascension Chapter XVII: On the Mediator's Sitting at the Right Hand of God Chapter XVIII: Of the Mediator's Ransom-Redemption Itself Book VI: Of Contemplative-Practical Theology, of the Application of the Ransom-Redemption Chapter I: Of the Nature of the Application Chapter II: Of the Calling of Those to Be Redeemed Chapter III: Of the Regeneration of Those to Be Redeemed Chapter IV: Of the Conversion of Those to Be Redeemed Chapter V: Of the Union of the Redeemed with Christ Chapter VI: Of the Justification of Those to Be Redeemed Chapter VII: Of the Adoption of Those to Be Redeemed Chapter VIII: Of the Sanctification of Those to Be Redeemed Chapter IX: On the Glorification of the Redeemed Book VII: Of the Contemplative-Practical Theology, Concerning the Church and Church Affairs Chapter I: Of the Nature of the Church Chapter II: Of the Ministers of the Church Chapter III: On the Sacraments of the Church Chapter IV: Of the Sacraments of Regeneration Chapter V: Of the Sacraments of Nourishment Chapter VI: On Church Discipline Chapter VII: On the Government of the Church Book VIII: Of Contemplative-Practical Theology, Concerning the Administration of the Covenant of Grace Chapter I: On the Administration under the PatriarchsVolume Four
Book VIII: Of Contemplative-Practical Theology, Concerning the Dispensation of the Covenant of Grace Chapter II: Of the Dispensation under Moses. On Deuteronomy 5:2 Chapter III: On the Dispensation under Christ Chapter IV: Of the Dispensation under Eternity Book I: Of the Obedience of Faith in General Chapter I: Of the Obedience and Disobedience of Faith Chapter II: Of the Observance and Contempt of the Law Chapter III: Of the Care, and the Neglect, of the Conscience Chapter IV: Of Knowledge and Ignorance Chapter V: Of Humility and Pride toward God Chapter VI: Of the Fear of, and the Despising of, God Chapter VII: Of Zeal and Lukewarmness Chapter VIII: Of Sincerity and Hypocrisy Chapter IX: Of Virtue and Vice Chapter X: Of Prudence and Imprudence Chapter XI: Of Watchfulness and Drowsiness Chapter XII: Of Fortitude and Weakness Chapter XIII: Of Confidence and Timorousness Chapter XIV: Of Constancy and Fickleness Chapter XV: Of Patience and Impatience Chapter XVI: Of Temperance and Intemperance Chapter XVII: Of a Good and an Evil Deed Book II: Of Religion Chapter I: Of Piety and Godlessness Chapter II: Of Faith and Unbelief Chapter III: Of the Confession and Denial of Faith Chapter IV: Of Hope and Despair Chapter V: Of Love toward, and Hatred against, God Chapter VI: Of the Hearing and Neglect of the Divine Word Chapter VII: On the Exercise and Neglect of Prayer Chapter VIII: On the Confession and Concealment of Sins Chapter IX: On the Use and Misuse of Vows Chapter X: On Oath-taking and Perjury Chapter XI: On the Use and Misuse of the Lot Chapter XII: On Communion with God and Estrangement from Him Chapter XIII: On Instituted Religion and Superstition Chapter XIV: On the Use and Misuse of Instituted Religion Chapter XV: On the Sanctification and Profanation of the Sabbath Day Book III Chapter I: On Righteousness toward the Neighbor in General, and Its Violation Chapter II: On Love and Malice toward the Neighbor Chapter III: On Showing Honor to, and Contempt of, the Neighbor Chapter IV Chapter V Chapter VI Chapter VII Chapter VIII Book I Chapter I Chapter II Chapter III Book II Chapter I Chapter II Chapter III Chapter IV Chapter V: Of Benevolence toward, and Malevolence against, God Chapter VI: Of the Particular Exercise of Religion and the Glorification of God, and of Blasphemy Chapter VII: Of Public and Ecclesiastical Religion Chapter VIII: Of Domestic Religion and Its Neglect Chapter IX: Of Daily Religion, and Its Neglect Chapter X: Of Religious Fasting Chapter XI: Of Religious Thanksgiving Chapter XII: Of Self-Examination, and Its Neglect Book III Chapter I: Of the Use and Abuse of Solitude Chapter II: Of Society, or Fellowship with One's Neighbor, in Godliness or Godlessness, in General Chapter III: Of the Use and Abuse of Feasts and Meals Chapter IV: Of Rightful and Unjust Dealing with One's Neighbor Chapter V: Of Fellowship with the Afflicted, through Comfort Chapter VI: Of the Rebuking of One Who Has Fallen into Sin, and of Fellowship with His Sins Chapter VII: Of Dealing with the Good, through Love and Friendship Chapter VIII: Of Dealing with the Evil, and with Enemies Chapter IX: Of the Mutual Dealing among Superiors, Inferiors, and Equals Book IV Chapter I: Of a Certain Occupation of Life, and of Idleness Chapter II: Of the Use and Abuse of the Things That Are Fitted to the Sustenance of Life Chapter III: Of the Use and Abuse of Clothing Chapter IV: Of the Use and Abuse of Recreations Chapter V: Of the Use and Abuse of Prosperity Chapter VI: On the Use and Abuse of the World, and Worldly Things Chapter VII: On the Vanity of Human Things Chapter VIII: On Bearing the Cross, and Its Abuse Chapter IX: On the Use and Abuse of Temptations Chapter X: On the Bodily Cross, and Its Comfort Chapter XI: On Confused and Melancholic Terrors Chapter XII: On Blasphemous Suggestions Chapter XIII: On Spiritual Desertions Chapter XIV: On the Variety of Doubts and Waverings of Mind Chapter XV: On the Duties of Godliness Concerning DeathContemplative and Practical Theology
In which, running through all the theological topics, the exegetical, doctrinal, polemical, and practical parts are set forth jointly, joined together distinctly by an unbroken chain.
To this is added a complete brief compendium of Church History, a treatise on Moral Theology, and a sketch of Ascetical Theology, etc.
Written in Latin by Petrus van Mastricht, Doctor and Professor of Sacred Theology at the University of Utrecht. Translated into Dutch from the latest edition, together with the Funeral Oration by the celebrated Professor Henricus Pontanus on the death of the esteemed Author.
Volume One
With a Preface by the Reverend Cornelius vander Kemp, Doctor of Sacred Theology, Professor of Practical Theology at the Illustrious School, and Minister of the Holy Gospel in the congregation at Rotterdam.
Rotterdam: Hendrik van Pelt, the Widow of P. van Gilst, Jacobus Bosch, and Adrianus Douci, Jr.; and at Utrecht by Jan Jacob van Poolsum. 1749.
This work has been published in accordance with Church order.
Preface by Cornelius vander Kemp
That among all the precious privileges with which the Father of lights has favored the children of men, none is so inestimable as the revelation of saving Truth — this no one who bears the name of Christian will dare to deny. Even the heathen perceived this, by the mere twilight of corrupted natural reason, with such conviction that Pindar called her Διὸς Θυγάτηρ, a Daughter of Jupiter (a); others called her a Daughter of Time and Mother of Virtue (b); and under the guise of a beautiful woman, with sparkling eyes, elegantly though simply arrayed (c), she was honored as a goddess (d) — even though for them saving wisdom itself remained buried in a deep pit. How much more precious, then, ought she to be esteemed among us, upon whom the eternal light of the Gospel has risen? Must we not readily confess that, unless the truth be rightly KNOWN by us, openly CONFESSED, valiantly DEFENDED, and godlily LIVED OUT, we make ourselves guilty of the most shameful ingratitude (e)?
(a) In Olymp. Ode 10. (b) Hofmann, Lexicon, art. Veritas. (c) Ibid. (d) Aulus Gellius, Noctes Atticae, L. 12, c. 11. (e) It is worth noting what Aelian relates of the high priest of the Egyptians, who was also their supreme judge: he wore about his neck an image made of a sapphire stone, and that image was called Truth. He wore, that is, an image fashioned of sapphire about his neck, and that image was named Truth. By this they signified the obligation (I) to keep the truth before one's eyes through right knowledge; (II) to bear it publicly through confession; (III) to defend it heroically — which was required above all of a supreme judge; and (IV) to walk in it in holiness; wherefore this same author adds, in his own words, that he would judge it more fitting that a judge should carry about not a Truth made and fashioned of stone, but one held within his very soul. So too I should judge it more worthy that Truth be not made of stone, or worn as an image, but be kept in one's heart. Aelian, Var. Hist., L. 14, c. 34, p. 977, ex edit. Gronov. On this passage the celebrated Perizonius calls to mind the Urim and Thummim in the breastplate of the high priest. This last word the Septuagint rendered as Ἀλήθεια, Truth; see the note on the cited passage.
That every person who has come to years of discretion must have, at the very least, a literal grasp of the way of salvation, such that he is able to give an account of it, needs no proof. But who despises the day of small things? Are they alone the Socinians, and those who very readily extend to them the hand of brotherhood, who, in order to commend a general way of salvation, reduce religion to two acts, namely obedience to the commandments and hope in the promises — dismissing the knowledge of the articles of faith, of which they thus openly show they make little account? Or do the Papists alone err in this matter, when, in order to introduce an unlimited supremacy, they give to ignorance the name of the Mother of Devotion, and are not ashamed to teach openly that faith may better be called an ignorance than a knowledge? Is there not an exceedingly great multitude in our own Reformed Church who live in an incomprehensible ignorance, incredible except to one who has witnessed it? Indeed, how many will one not discover, if only one pays careful attention, who, though they imagine themselves — and appear to others — to have advanced quite far, and wish not merely to be called Reformed but truly to be so, have nevertheless never received the true taste, nor any real grasp of that which distinguishes our Reformed confession from every other?
These people follow their own natural notions, and have devised for themselves a way to heaven that best agrees with their corrupted inclination. The first and weightiest article of man's pitiable misery they have all but lost from view, together with the doctrine of the heart-changing calling, regeneration, and conversion. In a manner ruinous to their souls, they confuse faith and obedience, law and gospel, that which God does in and through grace, and that to which the rational creature is bound as a duty. Their practical theology is nothing but a dry morality or ethics, in which Christ enters in merely as an example to be imitated, and as a common cause to make the way to heaven easier; while of the necessary influence of the Spirit, needed to live in a spiritual and heavenly-minded way, scarcely anything is heard.
Both these sorts stray, certainly, to their ruin: the first, through utter ignorance, unfit to receive the preaching of the Gospel; the latter, through the scheming of their flesh, set against a distinct ministry and against the heart-changing work of grace, and hostile to it. And should such times ever come upon the Church of the Netherlands — which God graciously avert — in which the old Pelagian errors, cast out by our valiant forefathers in the ages past, should acquire open champions, very many would abandon their present camp and go over to another, from which, owing to their natural bent, they are even now not far removed.
It was bad enough that the people perish because they are either without any, or without true, knowledge (f); but that one finds this also among the Lord's own people — those who set too low a price on literal knowledge — is a thing that cannot be denied. For although there is not a single soul that has received grace who does not hold in high esteem what God reveals as truth in His Word, one must nevertheless disapprove in some, that they occupy themselves with the experiential exercises of the soul in a manner altogether too divorced from the reasoned inquiry into divine truths, as these are set forth in intelligible language in Holy Scripture, or drawn from it and compiled into theological systems.
(f) Hos. 4:6.
Let no one ever think or speak lowly of literal knowledge in itself. None of the holy men driven by the Spirit ever did so — not even Paul, not even when he says that knowledge puffs up (g), and the letter kills (h); for in the first place the Apostle speaks of knowledge without love, and in the second of the letter without the Spirit. Nor may any of the Lord's true children let courage fail them, whether on account of their own dullness and lack of natural capacity, or on account of the constant hindrance of manifold earthly business; for if there be only a true acknowledgment of our obligation, and a fitting esteem for this knowledge and its glorious fruits, the readiness of mind — each according to his station and opportunity — will not be lacking to apply all diligence toward acquiring or increasing the same.
(g) 1 Cor. 8:1. (h) 2 Cor. 3:6.
Would anyone who fears the Lord let himself be spurred on to the diligent search of the truth, let him call to mind: (1) the multitude of prophecies that promise the Church, under the New Dispensation, a rich measure of light and knowledge. The earth would be full of the knowledge of the Lord, as the waters cover the bed of the sea (i). The light of the moon would be as the light of the sun, and the light of the sun sevenfold, as the light of seven days (k). Then knowledge would be increased (l), etc. (2) Let him recall the manifold exhortations to search the Scriptures (m); to grow, not only in grace, but also in the knowledge of Christ (n), etc. (3) Let him only understand that a pretended experiential knowledge, without the literal knowledge drawn from the Word, is dangerous, apt to lead into imagination and error; since all experience must rest upon the truth, flow from it, agree with it, and be tested by it. (4) Let him but consider whether there be any more common cause of the many grim doubts by which the upright are tossed about concerning their state than this very lack of knowledge — seeing that wisdom is an excellent thing to make anything right (o), and the commandment is a lamp, and the law a light (p), etc. (5) Let him picture to himself not only how little advantage the weak in understanding can bring to the good cause through their weakness, but also how much harm they bring to it when, being unable through the force of argument to convince those enemies who cry out that the experiential work of grace is an idle fancy or foolish enthusiasm, they only confirm such adversaries the more in their prejudice. (6) Let him see whence it comes that some make no further progress on the way of sanctification, often act so perversely, and are so frequently inconstant in the enjoyment of soul-enlarging grace — because they no longer work upon the truth, but chase after more immediate impulses and sweet emotions instead.
(i) Isa. 11:9. (k) Isa. 30:26. (l) Dan. 12:4. (m) John 5:39. (n) 2 Pet. 3:18. (o) Eccl. 10:10. (p) Prov. 6:23.
If, then, the literal grasp of the truth is so necessary, it is nevertheless, for salvation, not sufficient in itself; an inward, experiential, and practical knowledge must be added to it. This distinction is taught from God's Word (q), and is confirmed by experience; indeed it follows of itself from our confession of man's natural blindness in spiritual matters, and the necessary illumination of our understanding in and through regeneration. This distinction cannot be named in a single stroke. It consists by no means in the objects considered in general — as the false Mystics would have it, as though one obtained, above and beyond the Word, through the inward illumination of the Spirit, a discovery of wholly other truths, which is altogether contrary to Scripture (r) — but chiefly in the manner of illumination. Let us note but these few points. (1) Saving wisdom is a free gift from God alone to His children; but the other kind is also imparted, through a common illumination of the Spirit, to some worldly men, who sometimes surpass many of God's children in literal understanding. Therefore a person who has received grace, however simple, is a θεοδίδακτος, one taught by the Lord Himself (s). He has the anointing of the Holy One, and knows all things (t). And no wonder, indeed! For all that the Lord Christ hears from His Father, He makes known to such a one (u). (2) The knowledge of the saints is a true and experiential knowledge.
An unregenerate man knows everything only by reading and hearing, and obtains, through the mere sound of the words, only a very faint and superficial notion of divine things; but those who are taught by the Spirit behold the truth by a divine light, in its own proper nature and form. They feel its weight with a divine pressure (x) upon their souls, and taste its sweetness. They can, like the converted Samaritans, say to their teachers: We believe no longer merely because of your report; for we ourselves have heard Him, and know that this is truly the Christ, the Savior of the world (v). The difference is here as great as between two men reasoning about the tender love of a mother for her nursing child, of whom the one has never had children and the other has; or, indeed, between one who knows some pleasant food only by description, and another who has himself tasted its delight upon the tongue. (3) The wisdom that is from above has its seat not only in the head, but descends into the heart. It occupies not only the understanding, but also moves the will, and all the subordinate powers of the soul. A natural man contemplates the truth as something outside himself, whereby now and then some loose affections and thoughtless resolutions may be produced, which soon enough vanish into smoke; but no least change of heart follows from it. He remains what he was; indeed, he sometimes becomes even less capable of conversion than he was before. But when God shines upon a man with heavenly light, and reveals Himself to him in His awesome glory, he falls before that high Majesty, as Saul did, down to the ground; he sees who he is, and what he has done. Everything within him is set in motion. With sensible pain he sees how unclean, guilty of punishment, and damnable he is before God. He is filled with disgust at himself; he abhors and condemns all his doings; indeed, he gives the service of sin a bill of divorce, and grants himself no rest until he has fled that miserable state of nature. Should that same light reveal to him the glory of Christ, he becomes so taken with Him that all the desire of his soul is toward His name and remembrance (z). He enters into covenant fellowship with Him; chooses him wholly, alone, forever, and thus becomes Immanuel's own possession. (4) Add to this, finally, that the saving illumination of the Holy Spirit changes the one who has received grace not only inwardly but also outwardly. Just as, through a common discovery of the truth, many affections may be stirred inwardly in the mind of an unconverted person, so one will sometimes observe in him a considerable outward improvement and moral refinement of conduct. He may, through the knowledge of the Lord and Savior, escape the pollutions of the world (a); indeed, he may go so far as to give his body to be burned for the truth's sake (b); and yet to perform a duty in a spiritual manner, and to a divine end, remains something unknown to him. But the wisdom that is from above is first pure, then peaceable, gentle, easy to be entreated, full of mercy and good fruits (c). He who beholds the sun is illumined by it. One cannot dwell in the divine presence without there occurring a transference of glory, just as happened to Moses, whose face shone when he came down from the mountain (d). Paul, looking to this, says: We all, with unveiled face beholding the glory of the Lord as in a mirror, are transformed into the same image, from glory to glory, as by the Spirit of the Lord (e). Now the soul, shone upon with divine light, has no greater delight than that the divine nature, of which it has been made partaker through gracious change, should shine forth ever more brightly in a tender manner of life.
(q) 1 Cor. 2:14. (r) Isa. 8:20; Gal. 1:8; 1 John 4:1. (s) Isa. 54:13. (t) 1 John 2:20. (u) John 15:15. (x) 2 Cor. 5:14. (v) John 4:42. (z) Isa. 26:8. (a) 2 Pet. 2:20. (b) 1 Cor. 13:3. (c) Jas. 3:17. (d) Exod. 34:29–35. (e) 2 Cor. 3:18.
Now if someone has received the priceless talent of the soul-transforming knowledge, he may not, like the wicked servant, bury it in the ground; that entrusted pledge must be put out to gain. He who puts the light under a bushel turns it into darkness; but placed on the lampstand through open confession, it gives light to all who are in the house. That a Christian is bound to confess the known truth openly; and that this confession must be made sincerely, out of the full conviction of his heart; wholly, withholding nothing; voluntarily, driven by no other compulsion than the burning zeal for God's honor and for salvation, both his own and that of his neighbor, and from an inward conviction of the truth; boldly, without fear of man; prudently, so that one knows the time and the manner, and does not cast pearls before swine; and steadfastly, persevering therein to the end — this will never be gainsaid by anyone who but calmly considers (I) the divine exhortation to give an account to everyone of the hope that is in us (f); (II) the inseparable bond between the heart's faith unto righteousness and the mouth's confession unto salvation (g); (III) the surpassingly glorious promises made to those who observe this duty, as well as the very grave threats set against those who neglect it (h); (IV) finally, the end for which the great Creator has granted us tongue and speech. Can anything more unreasonable be conceived than that man should be silent for God's honor alone, while he is so ready to speak for his own advantage?
(f) 1 Pet. 3:15. (g) Rom. 10:10. (h) Luke 12:8–9.
Yet there are those who would still argue against this, and defend it as an act of praiseworthy prudence — teaching, in imitation of the ancient Helcesaites, refuted by Origen; of the Priscillianists, refuted by Augustine; and of the false Nicodemites, refuted by Calvin — that it is enough to believe the truth in and with one's heart, though one, especially in a time of persecution, does not confess it with the mouth (i). This misguided opinion of these heretics the free-thinking Hobbes has fetched up again as it were from the abyss, not ashamed to declare openly: that one may well omit the confession of the mouth, if the authorities forbid it, since it is merely outward, and to be regarded as no higher than any other bodily gesture (k). Such notions please the men of this world, who imagine they have thereby discovered an easy way to reconcile religion with their fleshly interests; indeed, they make not the least scruple, when come into places and churches where popery rules, to conform to the idolatrous ceremonies, and even to bow their knees before the mute images — pretending that bodily posture is an outward, and therefore indifferent, thing, while the heart remains fixed on the Lord. But were this so, then the people of Lactantius's day would rightly hold as fools the martyrs, who with gladness saw their goods plundered for religion's sake, and died a thousand deaths (l) — men who, by dissembling their inward convictions and conforming to the times, could easily have lived at ease. Had the first Christians confessed the truth only as it walked on silver slippers, in the warm sunshine, they would never have been honored with the surpassingly glorious title of CONFESSORS.
(i) See, among others, the most learned Salden, Otia Theologica, Lib. 2, Exerc. 20, De Verit. Div. Prof. (k) Leviathan, ch. 42. (l) Lib. 5, ch. 13.
Among the many objections there is one drawn from Holy Scripture that I judge necessary to remove, since it is not entirely devoid of every appearance of force. One casts up to us the case of Naaman the Syrian, who, after having embraced the true religion upon his miraculous cure, obtained from the prophet Elisha that he might, when accompanying his master the king of Syria into the temple of the idol, bow himself down there (m). But let us hear Naaman's own words: "Your servant," he said, "will henceforth offer neither burnt offering nor sacrifice to other gods, but to the Lord. In this matter may the Lord pardon your servant: when my master goes into the house of Rimmon to worship there, and leans on my hand, and I bow myself in the house of Rimmon — when I so bow myself in the house of Rimmon, may the Lord pardon your servant in this matter." To which the prophet said, "Go in peace." Here we note, with our very learned annotators, that Naaman's petition, for which he asked pardon, may be translated in the PAST tense thus: "In this matter may the Lord pardon your servant: when my master HAS gone into the house of Rimmon, etc., and HAS leaned on my hand, and I HAVE bowed myself in the house of Rimmon," etc. This translation can very well be reconciled with the nature of the Hebrew words; it entirely removes the objection, and gives us the strongest argument against any conforming of a confessor to the times; indeed, it has very considerable advocates among Popish, Lutheran, and Reformed commentators. The names of many the celebrated Pfeiffer has recorded (m), as has also, more fully and in their own words, the learned Quenstedt (o), who likewise attempts to establish this translation, being of the same opinion, with various arguments. It does not, however, seem to us the more probable; for it appears to us that if Naaman had meant a crime he had already committed, he would surely not have set his sin forth so lightly, nor spoken only of the bowing and not of the sacrificing or of any other idolatrous act, nor confined his confession solely to what he had done in his office as the king's servant — which might seem to admit of some excuse — but would rather have confessed his entire idolatry, practiced throughout his whole life. Following, then, our own translation, with which the Eastern versions, the Septuagint, and the common Latin agree, we read, with the majority of biblical commentators, Naaman's words in the FUTURE tense, according to which he speaks of what he would do. But even so there is scarcely any proof at all in this against the point we are now defending: for (I) one brings forward an example, not a law, and the former legitimates nothing unless it rests upon the latter. (II) One reasons from an act that is nowhere approved, either by the prophet or by Naaman himself. Certainly not by the prophet; though he said, "Go in peace" (p) — for these are not words of approval, but of a friendly farewell. Otherwise one would have to think that Elisha also approved the request of the captain for a load of Israelite earth, to build an altar to the Lord (q) in Syria — which is not to be supposed, since the one was superstitious and the other contrary to the express letter of the divine law.
(m) 2 Kings 5:17–19. (m) In Difficil. Script. loc., centur. 3. (o) See his dissertation on the passage in Thes. Theol. Philol. ad Text. V.T. (p) 2 Kings 5:19. (q) Verse 17.
Perhaps the prophet instructed the Syrian, in some manner not recorded, of the impropriety of the one and the other act; certainly we do not read that the captain carried out either of the two intentions. Nor can one say that Naaman judged the requested bowing to be an altogether sinless act, since he asked God's pardon for it. (III) One does not prove, from this alleged case, the very point in dispute — namely, whether someone who keeps the truth hidden in his heart for the sake of temporal interests may not only refrain from coming forward with it, but may even, by conforming to idolatrous ceremonies, be willing to appear to be an idolater himself. That nothing less is disclosed in Naaman's example is plain: (1) He speaks only of the bowing, and not of any other act of homage such as sacrificing, washing, kissing, etc. (2) He confines the bowing solely to the king's presence and to service to the king — when his master went into the house of Rimmon, bowing while leaning on his hand. (3) He openly binds himself never again to sacrifice to other gods — under which act, being the chief one, the whole of idol-worship is comprehended. (4) By wishing to build an altar of Jewish earth to the Lord in Syria, he comes forward openly for the truth. It is therefore beyond question that Naaman regards the bowing as nothing other than a civil service, to which he was bound as a courtier, and which, so long as he remained at court and in his rank, he was obliged to render (s). Should one say: Naaman ought to have left the court, avoided every appearance of evil, delivered himself from the dangerous snare of temptation, and prevented all occasion of offense — I answer that my purpose is by no means to acquit the captain of all guilt. The man himself was not entirely at ease, and therefore asked pardon twice. Far more noble was the refusal of the Protestant Electors and Princes of the Empire at the Diet of Augsburg, in the year 1530, to accompany Emperor Charles the Fifth, as he had desired, in the procession on the Feast of Corpus Christi — giving as their reason that they held that ceremony to be a false religion, and could not, for conscience' sake, attend it, lest they should seem by their presence to approve it. My intent is only to show that Naaman's bowing in the temple of the idol was solely a civil, and by no means a divine, service, which he had openly forsworn, and from which he clearly distinguished himself by a careful abstention from every other idolatrous ceremony. Sleidan (t) relates that a few days after the above-mentioned case, when the Emperor commanded the Elector of Saxony — whose office it was — to carry the sword before him as he went to Mass, that same Elector, after having first taken counsel with his theologians on the matter, made no scruple of performing this as part of his civil service. I conclude, therefore, that this case of Naaman not only cannot help, but must rather burden all the more, the false Nicodemites of our own time in their concealment of open confession and their conforming themselves to an outward idol-worship.
(s) "That bowing was not before the idol, but before the king." Heidegger, Corp. Theol., Tom. 2, p. 621. (t) Hist., Lib. 7.
If, then, the confession of the rightly known truth is to please God, edify the neighbor, and bring profit to the Church, everyone must also, according to his ability, seek to defend it. This is commanded us: "Contend," says Jude, "for the faith once delivered to the saints" (t). The matter itself teaches the same, seeing that truth is the most precious jewel of all. Once this priceless jewel is stolen away, all is lost. The heathen writers speak very highly of the Palladium (u). This was the wooden statue of Pallas, holding a shield in one hand and a spear in the other, so fashioned that it could move both of these, as well as its eyes. It is further said that when the Trojans, in their citadel, built a temple in honor of that goddess — while it was yet without a roof — this image descended from heaven and chose the temple as its permanent seat. Thereupon the oracle of Apollo is said to have made known that the city would remain preserved so long as this image was kept unharmed within it, but that, should it be carried outside the walls, the city would be lost — as the outcome is said to have taught. The very same thing may, without embellishing the matter with trifles, be said with double right of our own Netherlands. Since Satan understands very well how great an interest truth has for the salvation of men, he never ceases to assail it as an enemy — whether by open violence, as in the heathen and antichristian persecutions (in which the hellish Dragon, enraged against the Woman, made war against the remnant of her seed who kept the commandments of God (x), everywhere erecting stakes of burning and scenes of murder, and making the blood of the saints — less weary of suffering than their executioners were of tormenting them — flow like water across the earth), or else by hidden cunning, seeking to corrupt the doctrine of the truth through errors and heresies. Never has the cunning Serpent lacked instruments and means to draw the hearts of men away from the simplicity that is in Christ. Against these two evils he who longs to enter into life must arm himself. Every true confessor is, after all, a martyr — if not in deed, then at least, according to the Savior's teaching (y), in preparation of mind. Against errors that arise, or that are gaining currency, one must not only stand firm for oneself, but must also publicly defend the truth. This is the duty of magistrates. What Constantine (though he stained his acquired honor not a little, by favoring the Arians all too much for a certain time), what Jovian, Theodosius the Great, Honorius, Theodosius the Second, and — not to name others — what the Princes of Orange in the days of our forefathers have done in support of the truth, the history books record. Above all, ministers are bound to this. They who are numbered among the heroes of the typical Solomon must not only be trained for war, each having a sword, but must also carry it at the hip, indeed, drawn and in hand. Truth is, after all, a pledge entrusted to them: sharp watchfulness is needed lest they be robbed of it. This duty, too, is required of all confessors, who ought to aim not only at knowledge of doctrinal and practical theology, but especially also at that of polemical theology. Do not the times we now live in call loudly to us? Do not the discerning, who have eyes in their heads (alas, how small is their number!) — do they not see the danger that threatens our Church? Is there not cause for concern that free-thinking and Pelagian errors, which creep in secretly and by degrees, will, perhaps within a very short time, overwhelm us — seeing that a spirit of indifference is beginning to reign, and the old tolerance, a specious pretext but in fact for many a harmful plague, whereby one can tolerate everything except the truth, seems to be reviving? What was it (thus wrote a celebrated teacher of our Church (a)) that our congregations formerly had disputants who dared to confront parties, and to fly at their shoulder; who dared to stretch their hands into the pit of basilisks, and delight themselves over the venom of those adders; who would enter into their meetings and assemblies to attack them openly with disputations? — but that earnestness, and for the most part also that capacity, has largely disappeared, etc.
(t) v. 3. (u) Hofmann, Lexicon, art. Palladium. (x) Rev. 12:17. (y) Matt. 16:24–25. (a) Hellenbroek, Hoogl. p. 806.
To know the truth thoroughly, to confess it openly, and to defend it manfully is not enough — one must also live it out in godliness. I would very gladly show wherein the right practice of godliness consists, and how it flows from the truth once known; but this preface has already, contrary to my intention, grown so long that I must now hasten to a close. I merely note this, that the knowledge and confession of pure religion, unless joined with a holy walk, brings no advantage to a man, neither for himself nor for others. "Though," as Paul will say (b), "I speak with the tongues of men and of angels, and have not love, I have become as sounding brass or a clanging cymbal. And though I have the gift of prophecy, and know all mysteries and all knowledge, and though I have all faith, so that I could remove mountains, and have not love, I am nothing." If a confessor by his own impure walk overthrows his own words, they will lose all their force with his hearers. Indeed, what do I say? — the literal grasp of the truth, without holiness of life, does the confessor by chance great harm. It causes him to swell with pride, leaves him wholly without excuse, and aggravates his judgment. So the servant who knew his master's will, and did not prepare himself, nor act according to his will, shall be beaten with many stripes (c). Above all, the words of a teacher whose worldly walk contradicts his preaching will not only very seldom bear fruit, but will generally confirm the hearers the more in their unbelief. Whereas, on the contrary, nothing lends more power to the proclamation of the truth, to awaken in men a high regard for it, and to make them fall in love with its winsome beauty, than the exercise of godliness.
(b) 1 Cor. 13:1–2. (c) Luke 12:47.
It is therefore very necessary that the duties we have discussed be constantly impressed upon all confessors, but above all upon students of theology, and upon those who aspire to the holy ministry. The Reverend Petrus van Mastricht, formerly a renowned theologian, latterly at the University of Utrecht, has in this book, which now appears in the Dutch language, pressed home all these points. Of the man's life and circumstances the reader will receive ample report from the translated Funeral and Commendatory Oration by Mr. Pontanus, appended here, by which he has erected a monument of honor to his friend and colleague. To gain an understanding of the work itself, one must first attentively examine the Author's own brief preface, whereupon one will soon learn in what manner, and to what extent, divine truth is here treated. As soon, then, as one enters the inner chambers of this edifice, one will find that the entrance hall does not deceive. The principal parts of theology are here joined together in a manner nowhere else to be matched — for which reason this book has been called a Complete System of Sacred Theology, indeed may be regarded as a treasury and storehouse of all manner of divine things. One finds in it, of this kind, everything that can make a theologian complete. In a manner truly to be admired, our theologian has known how to unite, in the presentation of these matters, brevity with clarity, sublimity with simplicity, and force with great elegance of expression, so that this book, notwithstanding the fullness and abundance of its material, allows itself, without much labor, to be read with great pleasure by anyone who is even a little versed in theology; and it thereby seems to me to bear, not only in its matter but also in its manner of presentation, an inviting resemblance to the Book of Books from which it is drawn. It is no wonder, then, that this laboriously wrought work, so highly esteemed, so eagerly sought, and used with such profit by so many, has gained such renown even beyond our borders, that Mr. Buddeus, once the widely famed professor at the Lutheran University of Jena, has more than once named it among the theological systems of the most celebrated theologians of our Church (d).
(d) Buddeus, Isag. Hist. Theol., pp. 376, 595, 596.
The description of this book has often made lovers of the truth who are unacquainted with the Latin language long for a Dutch translation of it. Great is the debt our Dutchmen owe to the booksellers, who have spared neither trouble nor expense to satisfy this strong desire. May the Lord crown the Dutch edition of this work with his most precious blessing, so that many, thereby instructed, may become mighty in the Scriptures, capable of refuting error, and enabled to use the concise propositions of the practical part, both as nourishment for their own meditations and, by extension, for the edification of their neighbor.
This wishes and prays, beloved Reader of truth and virtue, your soul-seeking servant in Christ,
Rotterdam, 7 January 1749.
C. vander Kemp.
To the Very Renowned and Very Discerning Mr. Gerhardus van Mastricht
Jurist, formerly Professor of Law and History, now Syndic of the Republic of Bremen, my very learned and only Brother, Petrus van Mastricht wishes all health.
You see, my only Brother, your name standing here on the forefront — to what end, do you suppose? Is it that I should make you known, hidden away in obscurity as you are, to your fellow Bremeners, or even to the whole world? That I should bring to light your virtues — your piety, righteousness, fairness, modesty, wisdom, and prudence? That I should set forth before our learned age your erudition and comprehensive knowledge and experience in every kind of learning — in theological, legal, historical, critical, and other studies? If I know you — and truly I do know you — you care little for such vanities; and if you know me, such things matter little to me either. Let others do that, and they have long since done it, even great men; and you yourself have done it too — not, indeed, in words, but, what is better, in deeds. For this is attested not only by the writings which you have long since shared with the public — concerning the surety (De Susceptore), concerning ecclesiastical and papal law, in your annotations upon Antonius Augustinus and Gratian, and other writings besides — but you would do it even more through those writings which you have ready concerning the various readings of the New Testament, concerning a general library, and especially concerning ecclesiastical antiquities, which I myself have long since seen with these my own eyes, if only divine providence granted you the time to carry through what you have undertaken. Why, then, does your name stand here at the front? That I might attest not only our kinship, but also my brotherly love; that posterity too might know our fellowship — alike in blood and in affections and studies; that I might make known my longing to see your unpublished writings, which I have named, brought to light. I need add nothing more, for I well know that you fully approve this work of mine, at least as far as the joining together of the Contemplative and the Practical parts is concerned, and that you have even been an advocate for such a work. Oh, that among statesmen and jurists such men were found everywhere! Then truly both Church and Republic would have that in which and by which they might congratulate themselves. Receive, then, my Brother, what I offer you, and receive it in the same spirit in which I offer it, so that the world may know that we are brothers both in name and in deed. Farewell, and grant that we may see yours, even as you here see mine.
Preface of Petrus van Mastricht to the Second Latin Edition
I shall not detain you, kindly Reader, with many things, but with a few, in this entrance hall, so that you may grasp the character of this renewed edition.
Should you wonder that smaller type has been used for this edition than for the preceding one, please consider that this was done in order that I might bring the two volumes of the first edition into one binding, and thereby spare your expense — although this aim has been somewhat defeated by the many wholesale additions; at the least, you will have this advantage, that what you would otherwise have needed three volumes for, you now have in two: and if this be somewhat harmful to the keenness of the eyes, I thought that this would be easily made up for by the sharp sight of the young, as well as by the spectacles of the old.
Meanwhile, in this edition you will have all that you had in the previous one — and not only much neater and more purified, but also increased by at least a third part.
For in the Exegetical parts, the scriptural texts that are laid as the foundation of the theological chapters, on account of the shortness of space in the previous edition, are set forth somewhat more briefly at the head; but here they appear somewhat more fully elucidated by philology, in order that our Nazirites might, in laying the foundation of the theological chapters, accustom themselves to the foundations of Scripture. In this we have, as far as possible, refrained from the manners of speech of rhetoric, which are not entirely suited for public use before the common people, and have derived matters from the nature and character of the text itself, so that they too might accustom themselves in this respect to the nature of things.
In the Polemical parts we have reduced all points of controversy to questions, so that we might touch each history in particular, and so that the attentive reader might the more easily encounter and grasp the middle ground of the orthodox, between the unorthodox opinions deviating on either side. For I judged it the greatest possible compendium in determining controversies, if you have a right view of the excesses of both parties.
In the Practical parts the expansion occurs more rarely, so that our theology might not run out into too great a bulk, so that it might not extend into more volumes, and so that I might not thereby be deprived of my aim of brevity — especially since an attentive reader, having considered the expansions from the heaped-up testimonies of Holy Scripture a little more carefully, can without great trouble make them out for himself, particularly if he notes that not all the testimonies of Holy Scripture are added for demonstration, but some only for elucidation.
To the eighth Book, concerning the division of the Covenant of Grace through all the ages of the Church, is added the Church History — indeed whole and complete, yet concise — in which you shall have the champions of the particular ages of the Church, both civil and ecclesiastical: patriarchs, judges, kings of both kingdoms, both the Jewish and the Israelite, and the most noteworthy things of each in particular, with respect to the Old Testament; and with respect to the New, there shall come before you the Roman emperors and popes, each in particular, in what is most noteworthy of them; then the states of theology, and the heresies and errors that continually diverged from it; then also the states of the Church, and its propagators — patriarchs, prophets, apostles, evangelists — whose history is drawn up, each in particular: the aids also of its propagation, namely the ecclesiastical writers, synods, schools, forms of government, persecutions, martyrdoms, and whatever other such things belong to the Church — by which things I believe that everything required for a complete Church History is satisfied, though concisely, since otherwise I should have had to run out into very many thick volumes. I had long since undertaken, as an elaboration on the shorter compendium of the first edition, a sufficiently large work on the fortunes of the Church, and had brought it as far as the history of the patriarch Isaac; but when I noticed that the work would become too large, having made a comparison with my more advanced age, and considering that it would exclude other things more useful to the Church, I have, as one in despair, confined myself to this compendium which you see here. If, meanwhile, you desire to have a complete system of Church History, then, as I well know, the very renowned and now blessed Spanheim, in his historical works — now being fortunately printed at Leiden, and which may God favor with his blessing, that they may soon see the light — will satisfy you, more than many others. Meanwhile, so that you may the better grasp the order and connection of our concise chapters in somewhat longer paragraphs, I shall try to assist you by means of a special outline for the Church History, contained in the eighth Book. Into the endless differences and disputes of the chronologists I have not wished to enter, being content to follow the most generally accepted opinion.
In this edition, to the completion of the theological system is added an outline of Moral Theology, concerned with the simple Christian virtues, to each of which I have added its nature, marks, benefits, and aids, in a sufficiently elevated style, such as demands an attentive reader. I have followed the order of teaching of the very renowned Ames, in his Marrow and Cases of Conscience, which has seemed to me so fitting and convenient that I have neither wished, nor needed, to put any other in its place. In these matters I had at first intended to be more elaborate, as appears from three disputations held solely on the obedience of faith; afterward, mistrusting my age, and thereby swinging to the other extreme, I have been all too concise, so that I have compressed those three disputations into a few lines; finally I have arrived, in what follows, at a middle way, so that it should be neither too dry and meager, nor of little help to the reader.
I have also added to this an outline of Ascetical Theology, concerning the compound virtues, or the exercises of godliness through all the circumstances of life, in a full four Books — which, being more piecemeal in more chapter-divisions, would now have been drawn together into one, had not the fear of too great prolixity restrained me; you will nevertheless have the most and the best of it, which, should the matter require, can without difficulty be expanded further. I have here had to strike out on a path not much trodden by Protestants, since I have continually had to enter the lists against the enemies of the truth. The English have generally done more in this respect, whom I would altogether advise comparing.
Regarding the moral and, at the same time, the duty-exhorting parts, I ought to have been more elaborate; but since this was not granted me, on account of my nearly seventy years of age, and so that this edition might not be too long delayed, I wish for nothing more than that learned men, whom our age nourishes in so great a number, may spend those vital energies which they now exhaust on less necessary and unprofitable things upon these more practical matters instead — and they shall find at once as much difficulty and as much usefulness in it, such that they may promise themselves no less praise and renown from it than from their vain and unprofitable present writings, and with a far greater advancement of God's glory, and of the upbuilding and edification of the Church.
Finally, as regards the Indexes: as for that of the scriptural passages — since one must choose from a great abundance — I have entirely entrusted this to the fidelity of the very worthy and very learned young man Mr. Guilielmus Mullerus, who is shortly to be advanced to the rank of Candidate for the Holy Ministry; the rest I have compiled myself, with the addition of his help and service.
Finally, that you may also have the usefulness of our Work in your sermons, I admonish you of this one thing: that you attend carefully and circumspectly to the principal content of your text; then, that from our work, through its chapters, you compare those things which will be most fitting and appropriate to your subject; only, with the exertion of the powers of your understanding, that you may grasp and comprehend the force and emphasis of the scriptural passages, so far as is sufficient, both for expansion and for demonstration.
Having briefly said this beforehand, I now send you on to the work itself.
Funeral and Eulogistic Oration on the Death of Petrus van Mastricht, by H. Pontanus
The Earth, who according to the mythology of the heathen was the consort of Heaven and mother of all the gods, was worshiped with great zeal by the Egyptians, the Phrygians, and finally also the Greeks and Romans, after Scipio Nasica had received her image, brought over from Phrygia to the Tiber, from the sailors, and had entrusted it to certain noble women to be set up in the Temple of Victory. Among these women Claudia Appia, daughter of Appius Caecus, was preeminent, and was judged worthy to have her own statue erected in the forecourt of that temple — a statue said to have remained unharmed even though the sanctuary itself was twice consumed by fire. Now since such great reverence was shown by these unfortunate people, driven by a blind and detestable superstition, to a mother from whom, as they imagined, all bodily sustenance was born, how much more justly and reasonably do all right-minded members of a society and commonwealth — as do the citizens and inhabitants of the city of Utrecht — love and honor their common mother, their far-famed university, from which the fathers of the fatherland have, within these walls, received their formation, as a fruitful shaper not only of bodies but especially of souls, so useful and necessary both for divine and human affairs — indeed, I might say, salutary for the city and for the state. The more powerful and lively the love and pious reverence we bear toward our common mother, the more painful and just is our sorrow and mourning when we must see her sunk down in calamity, or hear or sense a foreboding of her utter ruin.
At any rate this mournful feeling has clung to me most strongly and inwardly ever since I became a member of that body of public scholars and professors whom the care and good will of the magistracy have appointed to instruct the young, so that they might not pass and waste their life without letters — such a life being nothing else than the burial of a living man. As often as happy days and fortunate events arose for our literary pursuits, these were to me the choicest and most delightful refreshments, far more precious than any bodily pleasure or diversion; but when, on the contrary, misfortunes came, my soul sat down in sorrow and sighing, little less than over the woes of my own mother. Of this latter kind, alas, so many and so great difficulties have pressed upon us that I can scarcely recall them without tears. It is true that, through the goodness of Almighty God, our academic affairs, and especially those touching theology, have by no means yet declined so far, nor has our misfortune gone so far, as the lying tongue of slander has spread abroad both far and near — as if the ancient fullness of our schools had turned into utter emptiness and dismal desolation. Such slanderous rumors must find themselves put to utter shame by the filled seats of the students of my other colleagues — among whom, with your permission, I may count my own, which in the past half-year have been occupied by fifty of the finest young men, who have flocked hither not only from these our regions but also from England, Scotland, Ireland, Germany, Silesia, Prussia, and Hungary. Meanwhile, however, I cannot deny that grievous wounds have been inflicted upon us, and mournful death-blows have struck us. Not to trace the matter back further, I confine myself to the three years last past, within which death has snatched from our midst the incomparable Graevius — a loss whose greatness and irreparable damage to us and to the whole learned world not even envy itself can deny. Rightly, therefore, one heard the widely famous Professor Burmannus, who was to deliver the funeral oration over him, cry out with the words of the Macedonian Metellus: "Come, and gather yourselves together, O citizens; the walls and bulwarks of our city and academy have been thrown down." And although we may still hope that the predictions of far-seeing men consecrated to learning will prove false — predictions which, sung as mournful dirges in our famous commonwealth of letters, foretold that this illustrious university lay dying together with the illustrious Graevius — yet our times are such that we cannot, without good reason, tremble at such calamities and omens.
It was three years ago that Graevius died; half a year ago Gerhardus de Vries passed away — I appeal to your consciences: what a great ornament of our order was he! By his last will he had desired that none of his colleagues deliver a funeral oration over him. But far be it from me, having now obtained so fitting an occasion, to pass over in ungrateful silence that man's uncommonly great merits, by which he laid our academy under obligation to him. He had as his predecessors excellent men — Reinerius, Schotanus, de Goor, Senguerd, Berkringer, Paulus and Daniel Voet, Ravensperg, de Bruin, Mansveld — among whom some were preeminent in renown and merit. I shall not now sound their praises at length, lest I seem, through some insipid affectation, to flatter such highly honored men with a fawning tongue, many of whose descendants, bound to them by close ties of blood and kinship, and sprung from the houses of these their forebears, are still living in this city. I wish only to mention one of them, Ravensperg, who in his youth far outstripped his father, a celebrated theologian at the universities of Steinfurt and Groningen, and won great fame for keenness of understanding and judgment, especially when he attacked Spinoza — though his writings have for the most part been lost, by some mishap I know not how, but assuredly to the very great loss of the common good of scholars and of posterity. It was for this reason that, when those two famous men of immortal memory, Bisterveld and Alstedius, sought to found a new academy for the city of Weissenburg (Alba Julia) in Transylvania, under the protection and support of Prince Rágóczi, Ravensperg was called there to the professorship of philosophy, on terms so generous that I know of no one among our professors here in the Netherlands who enjoys so great a salary. Whether he declined this offered post because he could not easily part from beloved Utrecht, or whether death forestalled him before he could accept the call, I dare not determine; but the rest of the man's circumstances are well known to me. For when I was laying the first foundations of my own ministry at Meppel, in the province of Drenthe — a time I shall, as long as I live, never recall except with joyful remembrance — I found, in the possession of the chief bailiff Sciccard, a very learned old man and the uncle of our Ravensperg, the documents of this call, and I read them not without wonder and with great eagerness. Of such great men de Vries was a successor; but I am much mistaken if he did not equal or surpass them all — whether in fame of name, in ease of teaching manner, or in steady and unshaken diligence in labor, even while worn down by the most painful pangs of a lingering illness, or finally in the great number of his hearers, both in his public lectures and in his private house-instructions. So great was his love for his native city and for his ancestral academy that, when in the most precarious circumstances — the French having scarcely left the city, and the common treasury being pitifully drained — he was called, on a by no means generous salary, from the Leiden States College, of which he had charge, to this university, neither money, nor the offer of the ordinary professorship in philosophy, nor any other promises could keep him in Holland's Leiden. When he flourished here and adorned the Utrecht chair, he was a second time invited to the Leiden academy on a considerable stipend; but our great and honorable council, fearing the loss of a citizen so dear to them and so wholly devoted to this academy, strove by every means to retain him, leaving it entirely to his own will to choose whatever conditions of staying he himself desired; but, content with quite fair and moderate advantages, he bound himself forever to his native city and this university. When in the last six years of his life he carried about a body worn out and all but lifeless from piercing pains, he could still not abandon his public chair, while a crowd of students constantly drew and urged their master onward. For although that bad habit has broken in even among us, whereby academy students, to their great disadvantage, attend private house-exercises but neglect the public academic lectures, he could nevertheless rejoice in a filled lecture hall of hearers right up to his very last lecture, possessing as he did the singular art of charming and stirring the ears and minds of his hearers, as by a kind of enchantment — one, however, most praiseworthy and useful — so that they remained most steadfastly attached to him, a thing which the famous Boxhornius also related, to his great credit, of Justus Lipsius. Who is there, still found as an admirer and lover of our far-famed academic mother, who must not mourn for his sake and lament this fatal death, following the example of the members of the honorable and great magistracy of this city, who could scarcely bear it, and only with great difficulty consented, that a eulogistic and funeral oration over so great a man should be left in obscurity — a position from which they would not have let themselves be moved, had not, in the end, reverence for the deceased man's last will and wish prevailed — which itself was a fresh proof of the honor and love borne toward him, and which I hope will now in some measure be satisfied by me, through this eulogy now offered at a fitting time. For I acknowledge in the fathers of this fatherland and of our academy that praiseworthy magnanimity of the sons of the Roman general Pomponius, who, when they had erected for their triumphant father three statues — one for him as warrior, another for him as conqueror, and a third for him as triumphator — and when their father's modesty declined to claim this honor for himself, added yet a fourth pillar for Pomponius the Refuser, or Despiser of this honor. While Graevius still moved among us in health and prosperity, and the health of our de Vries began to falter, he had more than once, with a sorrowing heart, sighed to me (for he was, as everyone knows, my bosom friend) that great calamities threatened our schools should the ailing man come to die. While, then, I now renew these things in my memory, and think upon both these great men — upon Graevius, whose great number of excellent poets bewailed the fatal misfortunes of the academy in connection with his death, and upon de Vries, in whose death Graevius foreboded and mourned the calamities of the academy — no one, I think, will accuse me of faintheartedness if I feel within me a like fear and anxiety: for as I reflect that henceforth not so many young men will come flocking to the training-schools of theologians, jurists, and physicians who, to gain proper access to them, were prepared in great numbers by these two great men, fright and trembling seize me in every limb. Should malicious envy, against all these things I have said — from which not the least particle deviates from the truth — dare to open its jaws, which I can scarcely believe, it will do the greatest harm to itself, and none at all to the dead man of letters, who is now placed above all envy. Thus, then, in this adjoining hall our de Vries is silent; from that nearest chamber the speaking Wisdom has departed; and there would be no end, nor measure, to our mourning and sorrow, were there not still left to us other very learned and very diligent men, who will strive with all their might and manly courage to hold up the departing and fleeing Wisdom, and to bring her back to her old dwelling places.
While we were thus still occupied with mourning, and lamenting our de Vries, taken from us by death — behold, the aged Petrus van Mastricht, so many years our colleague, dies too; whose feeble remains we buried but yesterday, in the very same grave, alongside the deceased de Vries, that these two souls, so closely united in life, might, in body too, rest together in one grave, and, rising with clasped hands, go together to meet the Savior when he shall appear for judgment. But for the present we are gathered here to consider the pious and learned endowments of soul, and the praiseworthy deeds, of this man. Such was the custom of antiquity toward its heroes; so it did toward men and women who had acquitted themselves with honor in peace or war, and especially toward the learned. The Church practiced this duty of love toward the martyrs, who did not hold their lives dear for the sake of confessing the truth. From these this praiseworthy custom passed on, by succession, down to our own times, so that the survivors might look, as in a mirror, into the lives of the departed, and learn from them to direct their own words, deeds, and thoughts after their example, with emulation. This charge I would gladly, for more than one weighty reason, have declined; but after I learned the dying man's last will, and that the wish of our Senate agreed with it, that this praiseworthy task be laid upon me, and considered that in this respect only the honor of obedience was left to me, I did not undertake it unwillingly. But while I was girding myself to the task of honoring our Petrus with a funeral oration, another ornament of our order, Mr. Paulus Bauldri, whose bones and remains we laid to earth the day before yesterday, ended his days — a man who was most dear and friendly to me as a colleague. A man who, just as he had become known and pleasing, through his learning, to the foremost men and most learned scholars in Italy and France, particularly to Cardinal Noris and Bishop Huet, so too, as a victim of French cruelty, exchanged his great riches — possessed as by another Croesus — for a miserable exile, out of love for the true religion, and by an outstanding holiness of life gave light to his countrymen and to all of us, and to me most especially — so much so that he may with the fullest right be placed, for his merits, on the roll of martyrs and confessors; and he is worthy also that a eulogy be delivered over him within a short time by the widely famous Reland, my very dear colleague. Setting this aside for now, I turn again to my Petrus, and, to honor him as is fitting, I begin with the place of his birth, which gave him so honorable an entrance into the light, for he was by birth a native of Cologne.
Were my purpose to make an excursion to the ancient Ubii, and to climb back to the age of Nero's mother, who was born among that people, and by whose arrangement a Roman colony was afterward brought into that region (such a colony being called, in Latin, Colonia), then this city would be seen to be named Cologne after that same word, and the name of the Ubii exchanged for that of the Agrippinenses, and thus the full name of this city became Colonia Agrippina. Were I to wish to speak of all the splendors of this most flourishing city — so far as that be truth, and not the stuff of legend, and to make mention of Archbishop Hermann, who embraced the Reformed religion — or were I willing to come down to later times, and to recall the learned men who have flourished in this city, and to name in particular the theologians whom she has brought forth from her bosom — not the triflers and deceitful orators, who through their barbarous scholastic learning kept back and spoiled the years of youth with useless disputes and empty lessons, but those better and worthier men who happily devoted themselves to good letters and the exposition of Greek and Latin authors, among whom Mauritius, Count of Spielberg, canon of the cathedral church of Cologne, was preeminent, who together with Rudolphus Agricola, and the Münster knight Langius, and Franciscus Philelphus, and Theodorus of Gaza, and other vigorous restorers of both languages in Italy, applied his labor — were I, I say, to wish to relate these and yet other things here, where would be the end of my discourse? One does not find, in anyone's native land, only matter for praise and glory: has Cologne brought forth good men, she has also produced bad ones. Of this latter sort was a certain Theodoricus, who was a member of that shameful Roman assembly at Constance, and in the thirteenth session delivered a speech before those fathers, and in a godless manner tormented that most simple and upright martyr, John Hus. Of such a kind too was Conradus Vorstius, whom Piscator used to call the worse of his two greatest pupils, just as he called Heinrich Alting the better of the two — while he abused his very sharp wit and his extensive reading and learning, and lamentably tore apart the University of Steinfurt, my own native city, indeed the whole Reformed Church, and would have torn it further still had he ascended and occupied the Leiden chair, and had this not been prevented by all the champions of truth throughout the Netherlands, and by the intercession also of various foreign princes and kings, who valiantly and manfully set themselves against it. Very gladly would I have judged charitably of the errors of that most learned man, hateful though they were, had he honestly confessed what he kept concealed in his breast. But who could not feel himself moved to indignation against one who, by his dissimulations, in which he continually hid himself, deceived and misled the less discerning? Once and again he took an oath at Heidelberg that he would live and die by the doctrines of the Palatinate Catechism; with mouth and pen, with protestations and with tears, he declared several times to the States of Holland that he differed from certain Reformed churches only in the doctrine of predestination and what is connected with it, but that in all other articles of doctrine and faith he agreed with them at the bottom of his heart. From this it was that Bertius, who had fallen away from the Reformed faith, composed an epitaph for him, the substance of which was that the Reformed Church had done Vorstius the greatest wrong, seeing that he was, and remained, greatly attached to it — for he had, after all, always confessed the Trinity in the one divine Being, and had at the same time condemned the opinions of Arius and Socinus. He offered himself before the Synod of Dordrecht, before his opinions were even condemned by that assembly, to refute them expressly in a separate book — and no one, save some ill-disposed person, doubted that he was an opponent of the most holy, adorable Three Persons in the divine Being, as Sandius, a learned and forthright man, though he saw this too, did not conceal. Of such a character, then, was this Cologne theologian — which I judged it not unprofitable, in this digression, to recall, that those who in our own days still plead and defend his cause, and who do not scruple sharply to rebuke and accuse the worthiest and most praiseworthy men who in Church and State have taken care that the University of Leiden should not be deceived and harmed by such a man, may be covered with shame and cease from slandering. Since, then, it is a matter of little moment, and of no great worth, that one be born in a famous land, or be a citizen of an eminent city, I would rather say this of our man of Cologne: that his ancestors were inhabitants and strangers there, and not native-born citizens of Cologne. For both they, and, still today, our own Bauldri, were formerly praiseworthy confessors of the truth who had fled to Cologne to enjoy freedom of conscience and religion — precious pledges which, in their own fatherland, the cruel executioners of the popish persecution sought in a horrible manner to rob from them. It was accounted by them infinitely better to go into exile and live as strangers at Cologne, for the sake of practicing their most holy religion, than to enjoy the privileges of citizenship and be clothed with the dignity of burgomasters in their own fatherland.
His great-grandfather, then, and his great-grandmother, were among the first who were illumined by the rising light of the Gospel. In the year fifteen hundred seventy-nine, when Maastricht was for the first time cruelly besieged and stormed, and he could not be rescued quickly enough by his children from the hands of the Spaniards, he was drowned in the river Meuse, which flows past that city. His grandfather was Cornelius, who, like his grandmother, was eighty-three years old, and who, in the time of the cruel persecution under the rule of the bloodthirsty Duke of Alva, having purchased his freedom to depart with a large sum of money, betook himself with his only sister from Maastricht to Cologne. From this it is that he and his descendants took the name of Mastricht, whereas otherwise they were sprung from the house of Sconing, a family that was at that time highly esteemed in the city of Maastricht. His father was named Thomas, who, treading in the footsteps of his pious forefathers, was for a long time an elder of the Cologne consistory, and together with the ministers faithfully shepherded and governed, as a herdsman, the flock of that congregation, gathered there in secret and under the cross. His grandfather, on the mother's side, was Plancius, or le Plang, burgomaster of Ath, whose grandmother lies buried there in the chief church, together with him, along with twenty-two children, and is still today seen in effigy, made in a monk's or beguine's habit, and likewise with so many children in holy (so-called) garb, in a tomb overlaid with copper. He himself, however, no longer able to remain in the Roman superstition — as countless examples have lately done in the French persecution — abandoned not only his office of burgomaster, but even his wife and children, who would not follow him, and betook himself to Antwerp, which was at that time the refuge of the poor persecuted. Afterward, feigning and pretending to be ill, he summoned his wife to him, and, though unwilling and weeping, brought her with his four children to Cologne — to whom, though their fruitful marriage added yet five more children, the good God provided so abundantly, through a prosperous trade, that they attained a rich estate, and had no reason to complain of the lost and forfeited goods of their ancestors, or to be greatly desirous of them. Of these nine children, the daughter Johanna was married to Thomas van Mastricht, who made him the father of a great number of children, of whom, after the death of our Petrus, only Gerhardus now remains alive — who, though ten years younger than he, need in no way yield to him in godliness and learning; for of both he has given no common proofs, formerly at Duisburg, where he held the professorship of law with great renown, and now still at Bremen, where he is state councilor and syndic of that free commonwealth, and has made himself famous through various embassies and learned writings that will endure time and envy. More I dare not say of him, out of respect for his presence, so as not to wound his modesty.
From these things it appears, then, from what blood our Petrus sprang, and upon what illustrious images of ancestors he may boast. He came into the world in the month of November of the year sixteen hundred thirty; but he himself told me, as I stood by his sickbed, that he was further from seventy years than from eighty. Thus he attained the utmost limit of man's ordinary lifespan, and thus he bore the snow-white and glistening crown of old age. It is almost to be reckoned a wonder that, in this present state of the frailty and weakness of human nature, so long a life should nevertheless have fallen to the lot of so very many of the most excellent theologians, notwithstanding that they, through constant care and unwearied labor, exhaust and wear out their bodily strength and vital spirits, and extinguish the lamp of their life through too frequent use: Peter, Paul, John, Titus, Polycarp, Epiphanius, Athanasius, Jerome, and a great number of other ancients besides; the venerable Beza, Molinaeus, Paraeus, both the Rivets, Maresius, Heidanus, Spanheim, and — whom above all I ought not to forget — Gisbertus Voetius, that immortal foundation-pillar of this university — who, though daily weighed down by the astonishing burdens of their weighty offices, nevertheless either completed the age of eighty years, or at least came very near to this highest stage of human life. Just as the Lord God, in his holy providence, visits the sins of the Church with the rod of chastisement, in this too, that he often snatches away her best and greatest men, who have scarcely yet worn off the bloom of their youth, so too he grants remarkable proofs of his goodness and power, as often as he prolongs to the very highest pitch the lives of the champions of his Church congregation. "An old man in one's household is a good sign," was the proverb of the ancient wise men among the Hebrews — because old people not seldom, by their prudence and piety, uphold and support their tottering households. And why should we not also say, for the same reason, that an old man in the household of God's Church is a good sign — seeing that its leaders and governors are called elders, or the eldest, and the church council bears the name of the eldership? Not, indeed, that the government of the Church should be entrusted only, and always, to persons who are advanced in years, but only to such as match others in dignity, prudent wisdom, and godliness, and who excel above others in such qualities. If, then, an old man in God's house be a good sign, one may justly count it a bad sign when the Church is deprived of old men and of their wise counsel. Some of the Jewish teachers, too, gave to the old people in a household the name of shields, or props, of such a house. Let us apply this again to the spiritual house of God's Church — who would not then justly fear the fall and collapse of the same, when the props and supports of it are broken, and taken away from beneath? There are, it is true, in every age and stage of life, and so too in old age, blemishes enough, even among churchmen, whose wickedness grows with their years; but as we do not concern ourselves with such, so the others, who receive the laurel wreath of old age while they walk in the path of righteousness, and end their days believing in the work of their sovereign Lord — even as our man of whom we now speak — are worthy of manifold honor in the highest degree, and are to be revered as so many gods and divinities upon the earth, who, for our sake and for our benefit, delay their journey homeward to the heavenly fatherland.
But since our Petrus need not be measured by his birth and descent, nor by the blood of his parents and ancestors, nor by his lineage and house, and everything which he himself had not accomplished he did not reckon as his own — come, then, let us look more closely at those things which were peculiarly his own, and concern his person alone. His childhood he passed at the Latin school of Duisburg, where he acquired as a fellow student that excellent Theodorus Undereyck, who afterward became an outstanding servant in the ministry at Kassel and Bremen, and made himself famous through his useful writings. After he had passed through the years of his childhood, and had made outstanding progress in Greek and Latin letters, and was to be sent to the universities, the Utrecht academy pleased him above others — not only on account of the renown of the professors there, but especially also on account of Mr. Scor, who was there a very famous surgeon, whose help his parents sought in order to heal the defect which he had in one of his feet, and the weakness of his loins, defects which he did not have from birth, but which had come upon him solely through the carelessness of a maidservant who had let him fall. And although the hope placed in this physician was disappointed, and he could not remove the lameness of the body, nevertheless the professors to whose charge the care of his soul was entrusted — Voetius, Hoornbeek, and de Maets, men of immortal memory — so formed his mind that he excelled above all the students of the university in diligence and progress. He also visited the university of Leiden in Holland, and that of Heidelberg in the Palatinate. Once, too, he crossed over to England, to learn that language, and to be instructed in the practice, or Christian moral exercise. But he continually returned to his old teachers at Utrecht, of whom he availed himself so steadily and so long that, reckoning the months and days together, he sojourned here about five whole years, though not without interruption. In the fifty-second year of the preceding century he presented himself for examination before the Reverend Classis of Utrecht, which admitted him to the number of the candidates for the ministry, and thus, furnished with very praiseworthy testimonials, both academic and ecclesiastical, he returned to his native place, and was shortly afterward called to the church at Xanten near Wesel, where for some time, as an assistant, he exercised the holy ministry.
Afterward he preached the Gospel at Gelukstadt (an island in the middle of the Sound, otherwise called Tychopolis, after the great astronomer Tycho Brahe), which at that time was nowhere else permitted to the adherents of the Reformed religion in the whole of Denmark; but when, through the outstanding piety of Queen Charlotte Amalie, who came to that city the previous summer, a church was founded in the royal capital for the Reformed religion, it was deliberated at the Danish court whether our man should be called from that neighboring island to Copenhagen. This call, however, came to nothing: for the illustrious and mighty Elector of Brandenburg, surnamed the Great (who was greater through no titles of honor or praise, or laurels won in war, than through his love for the true religion and Christian piety), moved by the good report of the man, resolved to place him among the theological professors of his university at Frankfurt an der Oder, and moreover appointed him professor of the Hebrew language — indeed, a very rare example, at the same time honored him with the professorship of Practical Theology as well, on generous terms, and with certain forceful letters of invitation which, breathing nothing but pure piety, were read by me too with desire and great pleasure. In these lands, too, it has often been considered — not only by pious and learned men, but also by whole classes and synods, as in particular at the Synod of Dordrecht — whether it would not be useful that in the universities a theologian should be specially appointed to teach Practical Theology, who should treat of the Christian virtues and vices, distinguish the lawful from the unlawful, and the praiseworthy and commendable from that which is to be blamed and avoided, in cases of conscience, as they are called, and who should thus teach the young men, fit for the service of God and his Church, not so much to dispute well as, in particular, to live well, and thereby make them fit to preach God's Word to the people reverently and with fruit, and to attend properly to the other parts of their coming ministry. But these so desirable deliberations have long since vanished again from view in these regions. Our Mastricht, however, obtained this post in the margraviate, and while in the second year of his call he strove to make this his office glorious and to extend it, he could not well be without the title and privileges of a public teacher. He therefore betook himself to Duisburg, in the land of Cleves, where he had lived and been brought up in his childhood years. Here he held a public disputation on the character of doctrinal-practical theology, which he defended manfully and with credit; and after he had delivered an oration on the name and office of a theological teacher, he was, in the year sixteen hundred sixty-nine, solemnly, and in the splendid manner of the forefathers — with the cap, as they say — in the great lecture hall, and before a great assembly of hearers, inaugurated by the widely famous Crellius, at once as teacher of theology and of philosophy — outward forms which he would perhaps have despised all his life, could he, without breach of order and the established laws of the university, have dispensed with them.
Our man of Maastricht was thus trained and prepared at Frankfurt, in order finally the better and the more happily to fulfill his office among us. This city and university had formerly taken from Groningen the Utrecht man Martinus Schoockius, and had lately taken from us the illustrious Cocceius — but she made good this loss by giving up our Mastricht. In such a manner, indeed, is it arranged with the fortunes and turns of fate of the universities, that they increase and decrease through mutual losses and gains. Yet he did not return to Utrecht to hold the professorship until after he had served out his years teaching at Frankfurt, and had spent seven years at the academy of Duisburg. The excellent theologian and eloquent preacher Martinus Hondius, who sprinkled me with the holy sign of the covenant of baptism when he shepherded the flock of that congregation at Steinfurt, had died. This celebrated man had learned, from the little book on the Covenants by the widely renowned Cocceius, the method of expounding the divine dispensations of grace, which Amyraut followed, and which he, being in France, had made his own; and he was so fortunate in grasping and expounding this and many other of that man's thoughts, then rightly understood by very few, that Cocceius mourned the death of his Hondius no otherwise than as if he had been his own tenderly beloved brother or son. For besides a very diligent teachableness, which made him uncommonly dear to his master, there was added also a nephew's or blood relationship, by which he was his kinsman. This excellent man, then, who had brought no small luster to the new Cleves academy, having been snatched away by death, a successor had to be sought in his place. No one seemed to the illustrious Elector more worthy for this than our Mastricht, to make good the loss of Hondius and, as it were, to revive him. For although indeed the luster of the Frankfurt academy need not yield to that of Duisburg, he nevertheless, moved by love for his fatherland, preferred to teach at Duisburg, where he had been brought up, and had lately obtained the highest honors in theology and philosophy, and where, moreover, he found his dearly beloved brother, who there, among the ranks of the jurists, was in high flower and esteem at the university — as he himself did not conceal in his oration on the obligation of the academic oath, which he delivered in the year sixteen hundred seventy, when he was there inaugurated as professor of theology and the Hebrew language. But after the passing of seven years, of all our theologians here in this place only Burmannus remained alive — who, though known everywhere throughout the learned world by his widely famous name, and far exalted above my praise, could not alone bear the burden of the theological professorship. Wherefore, when this academy, which for some time had been under French power, but was now released from that captivity, had to be restored, and it was deliberated how to give her a successor in place of the great Voetius, this his pupil and former hearer came into consideration, who, both near and far, in the mouths and eyes of all, had given such great proofs of learning and piety, that there was good ground to hope that in him the aged old man would live again. To these two professors a third was shortly afterward added, who is still living — Melchior Leydekker, our very beloved and highly esteemed colleague, whom I hesitate to praise in his own presence; yet while I am now occupied in giving others their true and deserved praise, it would surely be unjust to be silent that he has laid this university under great obligation to himself, by his unwearied labor of many years, and has so filled and made famous by his manifold learning and mastery of very many languages, arts, and sciences, that he need in no way yield to any of us, but indeed surpasses most, if not all. Oh, how fortunate was our school then, under the guidance and government of such a triumvirate! Indeed, when our Mastricht, who held this professorship here for nearly thirty years, wielded the academic scepter in the year sixteen hundred eighty-two, he saw so numerous a body of academic youth as no one before him had ever seen — which is evident even from this, that in that very year more than sixty were promoted and honored with the dignity of ministers. It is true that in his last years he had to occupy himself mostly with private house-instruction, without contributing much to the public services of the academy; but this was to be attributed solely to his weak and enfeebled bodily constitution and ill health, which so far gained the upper hand that, according to the judgment of the physicians, it had long threatened him with a stroke. One should also consider his advanced age: for what could reasonably have been demanded of an eighty-year-old man, who in the churches and universities had, over so long a time, broken and worn out the powers of mind and body? Especially when we take into consideration his two great volumes, in which he has set forth Doctrinal and Practical Theology, and which he not only revised in this city, but enriched by more than a third part — we must acknowledge that by his writing he has glorified our academy, even as his powers to go about, to speak, and publicly to give lectures failed him. Truly, had he spent his whole life solely in composing, producing, publishing, and bringing to perfection and adorning this most beautiful offspring of his mind, he would have done abundantly enough, and would thereby alone have shown that he had lived for the Church, for the academy, and for posterity.
My thoughts have never dwelt on any of his other writings, of which some, as I now understand, have been published in print, while others still lie written out only in his own hand. But as regards this body of theology, I dare say with confidence that it is arranged in so exact an order, filled and laden with so great a weight of matter, and so stuffed with such great and manifold learning, that I do not know whether, in this kind of writing, anything so precise and compact will anywhere be found: which, should anyone presume to deny, oh, how pitifully would such a one have to crawl back into his shell, show up his own poor and foolish brains to his shame, sit with his hands in his hair, and gnaw his own fingernails, were he required to undertake such a work himself once, or to compose something better, or were it laid upon him to point out, with sound reasons, anything blameworthy in this excellent work, point by point. But why do I use so many words to uphold the honor and dignity of a book upon which, long since, the most rightful prejudgments of so many thoroughly learned and discerning theologians have set so high a price — a book everywhere so eagerly bought that the booksellers, not without reason, are considering laying out a new and third printing of it; a book, finally, whose fame and high esteem shall endure, while the names of its detractors and enviers, plunged into an everlasting darkness, shall no more be remembered, and shall vanish from the earth, and their useless and unworthy writings shall serve for various mean uses in the daily marketplace, or for things even meaner. The eagerness of speaking of the praise of a single book has carried me so far that it is needless to add anything further here of the man's learning. No one, I believe, will wish to deny that there are many who dwell in obscurity, and go about as it were clothed in a mean garment, whose learning nevertheless ought to be esteemed highly and honored by all. Many, on the other hand, there are who rise to the highest dignities and offices of honor, though unworthy of the lowest rank. But just as our man's high dignities came to him in so many universities and schools, so he made and won them for himself by his own steady labor and sweat, and by his outstanding learning. This, too, must at last not be forgotten to his praise: that, having his mind constantly set on death, he was a stranger to all discords and factions, and a hater of all who, for the sake of the cause of truth, lose sight of and set aside Christian love. It is true, it is imputed to him as a fault that he set himself somewhat too strongly against reason, and, under the pretext of religion, thrust her down from her throne. But it is also true that many things run off, and turn, into contentions over words and manners of speech, which are at present so fiercely disputed on this point. Mr. Werenfels, that ornament of the Basel academy, has in these days published a very fine writing on the war of words among the learned; and were one to add further everything in which, on all sides, one sins in respect of such disputes, to what a size would a volume on that subject swell? Should anyone wish to have banished and cast out all use of reason by men in theology, surely such a one might well himself be banished from the society of men, and sent off to the company of beasts: for the holy books of revelation are given for rational men, not for irrational beasts. Quite otherwise has the Reformed Church felt about this, even from her first establishment, and has shown, with manifold arguments and proofs, how great a service she has had from sound and sober philosophy. In accordance with this she has, in all her universities, appointed teachers of philosophy as well as of theology, being well assured of how great a usefulness this handmaid is to her mistress. The widely renowned Maresius (not to mention many others now), whom one is otherwise accustomed to count among the enemies of reason, delivered a very grave and elegant oration on the use of reason in theology, when he was invested with the office of teacher by the great Rivet. Therefore, if in these matters there is no difference at all, where then shall it be found? Perhaps in this, that some hold reason to be fallible, and others, on the contrary, acknowledge her free of this defect. But whatever the case, since all must acknowledge not only that reason is finite, but must also confess her, through the original sin of our first father, to be corrupted, defiled, and blinded — a thing recently shown most excellently in this very lecture hall before a numerous assembly — who then is there who will be able to acquit blind reason of the danger of erring and of leading others astray? Would you object to this, that reason, insofar as it is reason, does not deceive, and that conscience, insofar as it is conscience, neither deceives nor can be deceived; for as often as it errs and causes others to err, it is no longer reason or conscience, but folly, presumption, and prejudice? I am by no means so carping and ill-disposed about trifles of words and expressions, and I would rather say, out and with the divine oracles themselves, that all men, since and because of the corruption of their nature, have become foolish, and have lost their wisdom; that they are wrapped in a thick darkness, indeed are altogether darkness, and have lost the light first implanted in them; that they have a deceitful heart, by no means upright or pure, but unclean; that the conscience is defiled and not undefiled — indeed, that both religion and conscience are idolatrous. Would you dispute against this and say: insofar as we are wise, we are not foolish; the understanding, insofar as it does not comprehend or understand, is no understanding; the conscience, insofar as it is defiled, is no conscience, and whatever else of this kind — oh, pretty and sweet subtlety, I say; that is to say, an eye is no eye, insofar as it is blind; the ear is not deaf, insofar as it is an ear; the soul is no soul, insofar as it sins and stumbles; an angel is not wicked, insofar as he is an angel — and consequently there are found no blind eyes, no deaf ears, no sinning souls, nor any evil angels. Truly! that right reason, that lamp and image of God in the soul, does not err nor deceive — who can deny this, save only a fool? But insofar as it errs and deceives, insofar it surely departs from rightness. Further, where indeed is this right reason to be found, but in God alone, and in the perfectly blessed inhabitants of heaven? But corrupted reason is wholly fallible and deceitful. Yet if you will not call this reason itself, but rather the defect and corruption of reason, I can let that pass. Accordingly, then, since we are agreed on this point too, wherein lies the pith and marrow of the disagreement? Certainly in nothing at all, except only a useless and petty matter — of no greater weight, indeed, than that general doubt which has furnished occasion for so many controversies, being held to be nothing other than an inquiry concerning matters that are most certain and most true, and, once tested, serve for their still stronger confirmation, and for the satisfying conviction of the most obstinate doubters — just as I lately saw with great pleasure how one of the greatest men of our age treated this matter in a public oration, with which, having honorably obtained release from his office, he took leave of his academic labor.
On the contrary, should anyone wish to set his own reason and wisdom against the divine; should anyone presume to find fault with God in his speaking, and twist and adapt his heavenly words to his own reasonings; should anyone reason in such a manner as we lately saw the corrupters of the Christian religion do — and should our Petrus van Mastricht have set himself against such persons, both in his younger years and in his gray old age — far be it from us that we should reckon this to the pious man as an error or a fault. On the contrary, I set it among his praiseworthy qualities, and hope to die in that same conviction with him, and to appear before the judgment seat of God, the Giver of his Word and the Author of the Christian religion. From the time of Christ's birth onward, no philosophical system has ever been introduced but its misuse has brought harm to the holy mysteries of the Christian faith. Of this no one can be in doubt concerning the Platonic philosophy and manner of teaching, who is not wholly a stranger to Church antiquity. The Aristotelian teaching that followed, which through its scholastic barbarity was very ill-suited, has most wretchedly spoiled both the most fitting terms in theology and the matters themselves. Granted that the newly arisen and now widely prevailing teaching of the noble philosopher Descartes has placed some arts and sciences in a clearer light — yet whoever denies that some overbold minds have misused it to the harm of the Christian religion is either not sincere and denies what he sees with his own eyes, or is blinder than a mole. Heidanus saw it, Cocceius likewise — those two fine lights formerly at the neighboring university — and both, in their given judgment, sought to stem this evil, in the year sixteen hundred sixty-six. Heideggerus too has seen it, and with him Suicerus, both professors at Zurich in Switzerland — and what great men were these! The former, after so many printed compendia of theology, wrote, at the urging of Fabricius, that excellent theological philosopher at Heidelberg in the Palatinate, at the end of his life, The Marrow of Theology, which writing has since grown into a great body of work, without any admixture of old or new philosophy, and indeed to this very end, as he himself says: that he might thereby deal the death-blow to so many monstrous errant and confused spirits, who had begun to lift up their heads in the Church, and threatened to thrust God himself, together with his Word, down from his throne. And the latter, who, alas, was but lately snatched by death from the Palatinate churches, over whose restoration and governance he had been placed, showed this in an oration on the terrors of the Reformed Church. This too all my teachers and the guides of my youth have seen, among whom Jacobus Alting and Reinoldus Pauli were preeminent. This the noble and mighty States of Holland have seen, who have more than once curbed these unruly and seducing worldly-wise men and their sophistries by their forceful and earnest legislative decisions. No less have the noble and mighty Lords States of this province seen it, and the right honorable councils and magistracies of this city, our most highly esteemed magistracy, who by a praiseworthy resolution in the year sixteen hundred ninety-five established and decreed that no one should presume to adapt and teach the chief articles of the revealed Christian religion according to the rule of reason. Finally, the whole Christian world, at least the pious part of it, has seen and sighed over this.
One might think that we had now done enough in our funeral and eulogistic oration to establish the worthy renown and name of our departed, having given a proper account of his fatherland and birthplace, of his lineage and descent, of his age and years, of his offices of honor and learning; but all these things are to be reckoned as mere shameful and glittering vanities, unless there be added to them an unfeigned love for God and for one's neighbor. What use, indeed, is found in a sharp-witted disputation over hidden and obscure matters, ignorance of which can bring us not the least harm at the divine judgment seat? What does it profit to be uncommonly diligent and industrious in raising and settling questions and controversies, while meanwhile being wholly careless and slothful in rooting out vices, and in sowing and planting virtues? What does a lofty and sublime speculation and assertion of the mystery of the divine Trinity avail, if we lack the right submission to, and are displeasing to, this Triune Godhead? Before the divine judgment seat, on that great day of the kingdom and of judgment, a theological teacher shall not be asked what he has read, and how finely, elegantly, and wittily he has spoken and written, but what he has done, and how he has lived. Oh, how much more excellent will it be, on that dreadful day, to have felt one's repentance and contrition with sorrow of heart, than to have known the most precise description of it! As many as there are who, puffed up by the vanity of some knowledge, strive after the grand titles of teachers, masters, great men, most renowned, and widely famous, and who meanwhile are empty of Christian love, such are the most foolish of all mortals, and shall be cast out and mocked by God and by the inhabitants of heaven. He alone is truly great who dwells with himself, and is small in his own eyes, and who has great love. He alone is truly learned who does God's will, and denies his own. To know the Lord Jesus Christ, and him crucified, and to esteem him precious, and to count and despise all earthly things as loss and dung — this alone is the true and lovable knowledge. To fear Jehovah is truly to be wise, and to depart from evil is understanding. So long, then, as I have not yet mentioned the godliness of our departed, all my eulogy is mere slander; whereas, if I shall be able to ascribe it to him, then this shall constitute the true crowning seal of his renown. He is the only one, among the Reformed teachers whom I know, who has been adorned with the name and title of Professor of Practical Theology. He alone is the one who has composed and published a body of Practical Theology, a book which in its kind surpasses in worth all other writings. But what a pattern he set forth for the improvement and formation of the morals of Christians, according to that same pattern he also ordered his entire course of life. I do not extol to the utmost any all-round perfection which might be supposed to have been in and about him. Perfection is desired and longed for by the truly godly in this present time of imperfection, but shall be enjoyed only in the other and coming age. We all still stumble now in many things. He was a man to whom nothing that is human was foreign; but if such a man is the best who is beset with the fewest faults, if such a one is truly godly who walks in uprightness before God's face, and who by a continual striving seeks to be godly, then godliness may without any doubt be ascribed to him — since from his childhood to his last years he was set upon it. As witnesses of this I call all the godly who have known him; indeed, I appeal even to the ungodly themselves, who, being enemies of him and of the truth, are thereby also enemies of God — whether he did not excel among the godly? How chaste, always and everywhere, was the unmarried life he led, not only without stain or reproach of any evil deed, but even without any suspicion or the least appearance of evil; how holy and blameless he lived in his household and among his family, and how strictly he observed his daily exercises of godliness, neglecting them less than his nightly rest, or his midday and very sober evening meal — this all who lived in the house with him know by experience. With what zealous diligence he attended public worship, this we have all seen. When, in this last year, owing to the decline of his strength, he had to give up his public lectures, and could not appear at the academic council meetings, and finally had to leave off all his particular official duties, he nevertheless remained steadfast in going up to the house of God. Wherever he was and lived, he showed himself magnanimous; with contempt for all promises and threats made to him, he proved himself as brave an enemy of vice as a champion against error. Many and very glorious testimonials from professors, ministers of the Gospel, classes, synods, churches, and universities, given to him from his young years down to this his last old age, I have read; but not one in which his singular godliness was not commended as an example to others. But why need many words be used, when the factual testimonies themselves are at hand? Just as his middle years corresponded to his youth, so also his last and old days lent luster to his manly age. This you will understand and grant with me, if I may, with your permission, give in a few words also a sketch of his very last period of life.
On account of his advanced age he had long been very weak, and through many illnesses and constant labor his strength was broken, in which state he awaited his last hour. At last, on Friday, the third of February, when in the evening he descended the stone steps to the kitchen, he had an unforeseen fall upon the floor — caused, whether by a bewilderment and dizziness of his brain, such a fainting and weakness of the head as he had experienced more than once before this, or by the weakness of his lame foot, or by some other cause, but certainly, at any rate, by divine providence. He thereby received a bruise and a wound on his weaker foot, and exactly in that place which he was accustomed to strengthen and nurse with a bandage smeared with Nuremberg salve. But as he did not feel this injury, so he disclosed it too late. When he came to himself again, the weakened body was seized by fever, and the foot by gangrene. And notwithstanding that the very learned and experienced physicians — our colleague Professor Leusden, together with the physician Wachtendorp, and besides these also the burgomaster Sypestein, who had grown gray in the practice of medicine, and was sought out and employed even by kings and princes on account of his renown — applied every art and effort to restore him; and notwithstanding that they had overcome the fever and the pains in his left side, and had even checked the cankerous wound, so that it might eat no further — he nevertheless, little by little, through the failing of his vital powers, on the fourth day of March, at nine o'clock in the evening, gently fell asleep. It would take too long to recount all the proofs of his godliness which he gave during his last illness; I shall mention only what happened in my presence, when, out of duty, I came to visit him, or, being requested to do so, joined him once and again together with others, to whom, besides myself, he had entrusted the documents for the execution of his last will. It is remarkable that, when on the Lord's Day the minister Petrus Eindhoven (a man venerable not only for his gray age, but also for his learning and piety, and some years older than our departed) commended before God, together with the whole congregation, in fervent prayers, this his namesake and contemporary, now having death upon his lips; and when I, after the close of the worship service, together with my two celebrated colleagues Leydekker and Luyts, approached the bed of the dying man, and, with bended knees, led him and the others who were present there in prayer, he, with voice and gestures, sighing, said, "Amen, Amen," assenting to that intercession. This act of worship performed, he declared openly that he was dying in and upon that doctrine in which he had instructed others, and that he was now going forth to appear before the tribunal of that supreme Judge, to whom he should accordingly give account. He added further, with a loud voice, that he held every defense of the truth that was not bound by an inseparable tie to unfeigned godliness and holiness of life to be of no worth or value whatsoever. At the same time he praised the divine providence in this his last fall, and expressed his ready submission to the will of God, whether to go hence at once, or also to remain still longer; and he added that he would gladly undergo that fall again, and all the other calamities and misfortunes he had ever suffered in his life, should it so please the heavenly Father, and the sovereign Lord and Disposer of his and others' affairs; this he said without any sighing, and without any show of sorrow or grief. Just such a patient composure he showed also formerly, when in the year sixteen hundred eighty-two he was tormented with a bowel affliction, and it was feared that he would vomit out his very intestines (of which sickness also died that widely renowned Rivet, a man never to be mentioned without the highest praise, though God's provident hand prevented that most pure mouth, from which had flowed the sweetest utterances of words and orations, from being defiled by the discharge of his own bowels, as the physician Crucius, though himself a Roman Catholic, testified) — for throughout the whole course of this his illness he did not once complain, nor let any sighing be heard, until at last, through divine goodness, he had a movement of the bowels precisely at the moment when the church congregation was publicly offering its prayer to God for his recovery; and when shortly afterward he had somewhat improved, and the academic staff of office was delivered to him, who could scarcely yet leave his sickroom, he made mention, in his oration of thanks which he delivered to the right honorable burgomasters, and which I attended, of both these unexpected benefits, the greater as well as the lesser, shown to him by God; and he added, to the praise of the good and almighty Triune Covenant God, that in the sharpest pressure of that so keenly felt pain, he had been overwhelmed with such great joy, and illumined with so great a light and comfort from his portion in the divine fellowship, that he had not felt even the least prickings of the fever's heat — over which favors and privileges of God, granted to but few men, we are wont justly to marvel as in the martyrs. At the last, then, when we all bade him farewell, reaching him our right hand, until the heavenly palace should reunite us with one another, he blessed us and others with the greatest and tenderest expressions of gratitude and wishes in prayer; but in the outpouring of all manner of divine blessings he was, both then and on other occasions, so abundant toward the right honorable burgomaster Cornelius Quint, with his household and posterity, that one would say it was whole streams of loving-kindness that flowed from those dying lips. Such prayers now, just as no Christian holds them lightly, so we too, fixing our attention on his every word, parted from him not without shedding tears.
At another time, when I was with him, and spoke with him almost alone, and extolled his happy state, consisting in this, that, being conscious of his own uprightness, he could say with King Hezekiah, "Remember, O Jehovah, that I have walked before you in truth and with a perfect heart," he turned this away from himself with a look of displeasure, out of fear and dread of pride; and when I thereupon replied to him that I was not praising his own powers, but the divine grace-working power in him, and cried out once and again, "By the grace of God you are what you are," then he was content. All these particulars, if they are not outstanding proofs of a Christian patience, composure, and confidence of faith, where and in whom shall such be found? Since, then, we are convinced from so many grounds of his true godliness, who can doubt that God, who is true and righteous, will also have granted him that reward of grace which he has promised to such as these? Thus, then, is our Petrus van Mastricht relieved of all difficulties and labor: he now rejoices in the midst of the heavenly inhabitants, and enjoys the immediate fellowship of his Creator and Redeemer, while we must still sigh, as slaves in captivity, over the dark and uncertain times in which the Church and the civil state now find themselves. Let us, then, and you especially, Gerhardus, his brother, and you, Petrus, namesake, likeness, and image of your father and uncle, wipe away our tears, and rest, without murmuring, in the divine will. Let us praise the loving-kindness of our God, who for so long a time granted us the use of this man, until, his strength failing him, he was no longer fit for the work which he lays upon his servants in this life — but is now nonetheless made perfect and fit to perform his heavenly duties among the choirs of angels. Let us honor with high esteem his mortal remains, whose memory shall never be to this city and university a matter of shame or disgrace; let us reverently kiss his excellent gifts and virtues, with which divine bounty had so richly endowed him with a liberal hand, and follow them, though not indeed with equal, yet with sure and continually persevering steps, until we shall have reached, together with him, that end set before us. You meanwhile, O Jehovah, look down from your high heaven upon the wounds and calamities of our academy, and prevent her from going to ruin, but grant that she may stand and flourish, age after age, to your glorification, to the growth and flourishing of Church and State, and to the eternal salvation of many!
Epigram on the Theologia Theoretico-practica of D. Petrus van Mastricht, Professor of Theology at Utrecht
Conjugio stabili, conjuncta scientia praxi,
Viribus unitis, est tibi tuta salus.
Scire tuum sterile est, si non gradiatur eodem
Tramite, cum facere; fertile si coëat.
Fac igitur facias, quo congrediatur utrumque,
Pronuba conjugio, pagina docta fiet.
Thus did Gerardus van Mastricht, Syndic of Bremen, applaud his only Brother.
On the Likeness of the Author, Prefixed to This Work
Cernere si MAGNI, multa gravitate decora,
Ora VIRI, cupias, haec tibi Charta dabit.
Quam studio veri, simul et virtutis amore,
Ardeat: hoc scripti pagina quaeque docet.
En tibi sic animo, pariter sic corpore notus,
VIR qui communi vovit utrumque bono.
This double verse for his most deserving Teacher was gladly composed by Guilielmus Muller, Student of Sacred Theology.
On the Portrait of the Right Reverend Author, Mr. Petrus van Mastricht
The Author's motto: Ὅταν γὰρ ἀσθενῶ, τότε δυνατός ἐιμι — "For when I am weak, then am I strong."
The ever-unpraisable Art thus makes to live again
The dignified countenance, the very being, of Mastricht,
Who was raised up to be a teacher in God's Church,
Who gave light to Frankfurt, to Duisburg, and to Utrecht too:
Who led the youth of the academy along the track of the ancient Truth,
And guided them to the good of Christ's Church:
Who spoke and wrote with dignity, with uncommon clarity,
And labored diligently in the work of his Lord:
Who sketches his inward image in this Theology,
Wherein he has so exquisitely expounded the Lord's Word,
The Truth neatly sifted from every kind of error,
And Knowledge joined so tightly together with Practice.
That man, full of virtue and honor — let Envy freely mock him;
He is, and remains, beloved by all who fear the LORD.
One may easily behold his true likeness,
When one reads this peerless Book, and the man's own motto too.
Adrianus Douci, Jr.
Synopsis of the Order of Instruction of the Whole Work
The whole of theology is made up and completed:
I. By three matters which must be known beforehand, concerning (Book I): (Ch. 1) 1. The nature of theology. (Ch. 2) 2. Its principle, that is, Holy Scripture. (Ch. 3) 3. The division into its parts.
II. By the system itself, in which is set forth — Faith, with respect to:
1. Its nature. (Book II, Ch. 1)
2. Its principal Object, namely God, with respect to:
— a. His existence and his knowability. (Ch. 2)
— b. His incomprehensible Being, in its Independence, which is made known:
—— i. By the divine Names. (Ch. 4)
—— ii. By his Attributes, which are treated:
——— (1) In general. (Ch. 5)
——— (2) In particular, with respect to:
———— (A) The original Attributes, by which is represented —
————— *. What God is, namely, a Spirit of and from himself: — his Spirituality and Simplicity (Ch. 6); — his Unchangeableness (Ch. 7).
————— **. How great he is, with a greatness which is: — Distinguished (here, the Unity of God, Ch. 8); — Continuing and enduring, which is considered as: (1) Absolute and unlimited, in God's Infinity (Ch. 9); (2) Relative — (I) to the Everywhere, or to Presence, called God's Immensity (Ch. 10); (II) to his Duration, called his Eternity (Ch. 11).
————— ***. What manner of being God is. Here is explained (Ch. 12): his Life and Immortality; his Understanding, Knowledge, and Wisdom (Ch. 13); his Truthfulness and Faithfulness (Ch. 14); his Will and the Affections of his Will (Ch. 15); his Goodness (Ch. 16); God's Love, Grace, Mercy, Longsuffering, and Loving-kindness (Ch. 17); God's Righteousness (Ch. 18); God's Holiness (Ch. 19); God's Power and Might, or his Omnipotence (Ch. 20).
———— (B) The derived Attributes, namely: God's All-sufficiency or Perfection (Ch. 21); God's Majesty and Glory (Ch. 22); God's Blessedness (Ch. 23).
— c. God's mode of Subsistence. Under this is treated: (a) The Holy Trinity in general (Ch. 24); (b) The Persons of the Holy Trinity — God the Father (Ch. 25); God the Son (Ch. 26); God the Holy Spirit (Ch. 27).
— d. God's Efficacious Working. Of which is treated: (a) In general; (b) In particular, of the Works of God, namely:
—— (i) Of the inward works, or the Decrees. Of these is set forth: (a) Their general nature (Book III, Ch. 1); (b) Their parts or kinds, namely: *. Predestination in general; **. In particular — Election (Ch. 3); Reprobation (Ch. 4).
—— (ii) Of the outward works, among which is: (a) Creation. Of this are treated: *. The general production, or the nature of Creation.
The things brought forth, or the creatures, being: the irrational — such as the world, that is, the heavens and the earth; and the rational — namely the angels, both the good and the evil, and mankind.
1. Creation. 2. Excellence in the image of God.
A twofold Providence: first, a natural or general providence; second, a moral or particular providence concerning man in his threefold state — of nature, wherein is treated the Covenant of Works; of sin, wherein is noted the breach of the Covenant of Works (Book IV, Chapter 1), and the consequences of that breach, namely: 1. Sin, namely (A) original, or hereditary sin, and (B) actual sin; 2. The punishment, and the state of sin; and of grace, wherein is treated the ransom-redemption, and thereof, 1. Its rule, in the Covenant of Grace (Book V, Chapter 1).
2. The Provider and Procurer, namely Christ, with respect to his (A) Names, (B) Person, and (C) Office — under which is to be noted, first, his constitution as true God and true man, and second, his threefold ministry and function: 1. The Prophetic, 2. The Priestly, 3. The Kingly; and (D) his twofold state: of Humiliation, wherein is taught, 1. Its nature in general, and 2. Its four degrees: (a) his Incarnation, (b) his Life, (c) his Death, (d) his Descent; and of Exaltation, wherein is taught, 1. Its nature in general, and 2. Its degrees: (a) the Resurrection, (b) the Ascension, (c) his Sitting at the right hand of God.
3. The Procuring itself: the ransom-redemption (Chapter XVII).
The application of the ransom-redemption, and of its 1. Nature in general (Book VI, Chapter 1); 2. Its acts, namely (A) the Calling, (B) the Regeneration, (C) the Conversion; 3. Its foundation, namely the union with Christ; 4. The benefits applied: (A) Justification, (B) Adoption as children, (C) Sanctification, (D) Glorification; 5. Its subject, namely the Church (Book VII, Chapter 1); 6. The instruments of its application, namely (A) the Ministry of the Word, (B) the Sacraments — of spiritual birth (Baptism), and of nourishment (the Lord's Supper) — (C) Church discipline, (D) the Government of the Church; 7. Its various dispensations, namely (A) under the Patriarchs (Book VIII, Chapter 1), (B) under Moses, (C) under Christ, (D) in and under eternity.
Obedience, which is occupied and active with respect to:
1. Moral matters, concerning the Virtues and the Vices set over against them, treated in three books, namely:
In general, concerning the Obedience of Faith, of which is explained (a) its nature, with respect to (α) its description, (β) its division, (γ) its dispositions, (δ) its marks, (ε) its exercise — holding fast throughout to its origin, its benefits, and its helps; and concerning Disobedience, and its (α) nature and acts, (β) its evils, (γ) its healing, which comprises (δ) the causes and (ε) the remedies (Book I, Chapter 1).
(b) Its twofold rule: first, the principal rule, the Law of God, and its (α) use — under which its nature, division, obligation, exercise, effects, benefits, and affections and dispositions are treated — and (β) its neglect and disregard, and thereof the nature, the evils, the causes, and the remedies. Second, the subordinate rule, namely Conscience, and its (α) care — together with its nature, kinds, keeping, acts of keeping, benefits, and helps — and (β) its neglect and disregard, and thereof the defects, the evils, the causes, and the remedies.
(c) Its affections and dispositions, with respect (α) to the Understanding: concerning Knowledge, and its nature, division, marks, benefits, and exercise; and concerning Ignorance, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies. (β) To the Will, under which is: humility toward God, and its nature, division, marks, benefits, and helps; and pride and arrogance, and its nature, causes, evils, and remedies. (γ) To the passions, affections, and inclinations, wherein is treated: the fear and the disregard of God — in particular, fear, and its nature, distinction and division, marks, benefits, and helps; and the disregard of God, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; zeal and lukewarmness — zeal, and its nature, division, marks, benefits, and means; and lukewarmness, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; and, with respect to the whole man, sincerity and hypocrisy — sincerity, and its nature, division, marks, benefits, and means; and hypocrisy, and its nature, evils, causes, and healing.
Its parts, namely virtue and vice in general — virtue, and its nature, division, marks, benefits, and means; vice, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies — and the affections and dispositions of virtue, namely: prudence and imprudence — prudence, and its nature, division, benefits, and means; imprudence, and its nature, marks, evils, causes, and remedies; vigilance and drowsiness — vigilance, and its nature, division, benefits, and means; drowsiness, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; strength and courage, treated in general — strength and courage, and their nature, division, marks, benefits, and means; and weakness, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; and in particular: trust and timidity — trust, and its nature, division, benefits, and means; timidity, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; steadfastness and rashness — steadfastness, and its nature, division, benefits, and means; rashness, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; patience and impatience — patience, and its nature, division, marks, benefits, and helps; impatience, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; temperance and intemperance — temperance, and its nature, division, marks, benefits, and means; intemperance, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies.
Good and evil action — the good, and its nature, division, benefits, and manner of working; the evil, or sin, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies.
In particular, concerning Religion: godliness and ungodliness — godliness, and its nature, division, benefits, and means; ungodliness, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies (Book II, Chapter 1); faith and unbelief — faith, and its nature, division, marks, benefits, and means; unbelief, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; the confession and the denial of the faith — confession, and its nature, division, benefits, and dispositions; denial, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; hope and despair — hope, and its nature, division, marks, benefits, and means; despair, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; love and hatred toward God — love, and its nature, division, marks, benefits, and means; hatred, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; the hearing and the neglect of the Word of God — hearing, and its nature, division, marks, benefits, and means; neglect, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; prayer and its neglect — prayer, and its nature, division, benefits, manner, and helps; its neglect, and its nature, evils, causes, and helps and remedies; the confession and the concealment of sins — confession, and its nature, division, benefits, dispositions, and helps; concealment of sins, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; the use and misuse of vows — use, and its nature, division, benefits, and manner; misuse, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; the oath and perjury — the oath, and its nature, division, and use; perjury, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; the use and misuse of the lot — the lot, and its nature, division, and use; its misuse, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; communion with God and estrangement from him — communion, and its nature, division, marks, benefits, and means; estrangement, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; the instituted worship of God, and superstition — worship, and its nature, division, benefits, and exercise; superstition, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; the use and misuse of instituted worship — use, and its nature, division, and benefits; misuse, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; the sanctifying and the profaning of the Sabbath — sanctifying, and its nature, division, sanctification, and benefits; profaning, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies.
Concerning righteousness and wrongdoing toward the neighbor, in general — righteousness, and its nature, division, and benefits; wrongdoing, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies (Book III, Chapter 1); love and ill-will toward the neighbor — love, and its nature, division, marks, and means; ill-will, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; honoring and disparaging the neighbor — honor, and its nature, division, benefits, and helps; disparagement, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; discretion and courtesy, and manslaughter — discretion and courtesy, and their nature, division, benefits, and helps; manslaughter, and its nature, evils, causes, and helps and remedies; chastity and lust — chastity, and its nature, division, benefits, and helps; luxury and lust, and their nature, evils, causes, and remedies; commutative justice, and theft — justice, and its nature, division, benefits, and helps; theft, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; truthfulness and lying — truthfulness, and its nature, division, benefits, and means; lying, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; contentment and covetousness — contentment, and its nature, division, benefits, and means; covetousness, and its nature, evils, and remedies.
2. Concerning matters of exhortation, touching the exercise of the virtues, or the practice of godliness and ungodliness, in four books, namely:
In a general way: concerning the nature of the practice of godliness, and of sluggishness and negligence — the practice of godliness, and its nature, benefits, and helps; and of ungodliness, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies (Book I, Chapter 1); concerning progress in the practice of godliness, and of spiritual satiety — progress, and its nature, benefits, and helps; and spiritual satiety, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; concerning the practice of ungodliness, and its renunciation.
Spiritually: concerning the exercise and practice of godliness with respect to God, wherein is treated: the acknowledgment and the rejection of God — acknowledgment, and its nature, benefits, and helps; the disdain and rejection of God, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies (Book II, Chapter 1); the seeking and the shunning of God — seeking, and its nature, division, benefits, and manner and means; the shunning of God, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; delight and displeasure in God — delight, and its nature, benefits, and helps; displeasure, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; walking with God, and straying from him — walking with God, and its nature, marks, benefits, manner, and helps; straying and wandering from God, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; goodwill and ill-will toward God — goodwill, and its nature, benefits, and helps; ill-will, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; the particular service rendered to the glory of God; and the public or churchly service — in general, and its ingredients; in particular, with respect to all its duties; and most particularly, with respect to (a) the hearing of the Word of God, (b) prayer, (c) the singing of psalms, (d) the sacraments in general, (e) baptism, (f) the Lord's Supper, (g) almsgiving; the domestic service of God, and its neglect and disregard — domestic service, and its nature and ingredients, benefits, and helps; its neglect and disregard, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; daily worship, and its neglect and disregard — worship, and its nature, benefits, and helps; its neglect and disregard, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; the service of God in fasting, and its nature, benefits, and manner; the service rendered in the seals of the covenant, and its nature, benefits, and helps; self-examination and self-testing, and the neglect and disregard thereof — examination and testing, and its nature, benefits, and helps; its neglect, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies.
With respect to the neighbor: the use and misuse of solitude — use, and its nature, benefits, and manner; misuse, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies (Book III, Chapter 1); association and dealings with the neighbor, godly and ungodly, in general — godly association, and its nature, benefits, and helps; ungodly association, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; and in particular, association and dealings: at feasts — its use, and its nature, benefits, and helps; and its misuse, with respect to its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; in trade — a just trade, and its nature, benefits, and helps; an unjust trade, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; with the afflicted and the visited, by way of comfort, of which comfort is shown — the exercise thereof, with respect to its nature, benefits, and helps; and its neglect and disregard, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; with the fallen, and their rebuke, and fellowship with their sins — rebuke and reproof, and its nature, benefits, and helps; fellowship with sins, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; with the good, through love and friendship, of which is taught its nature, its benefits, and its helps; with the wicked and enemies, and thereof the nature, the benefits, and the helps.
With those of higher, lower, and equal rank; in particular between equals, and between unequals — in the domestic state, wherein are the duties: 1. of the husband toward his wife; 2. of the wife toward her husband; 3. of parents toward their children; 4. of children toward their parents; 5. of masters toward their servants; 6. of servants toward their masters; in the civil state, wherein is treated the duties: 1. of the magistrate toward the subjects; 2. of the subjects toward the magistrate; in the ecclesiastical state, namely: 1. of the ministers toward the hearers; 2. of the ruling elders; 3. of the hearers and those under authority — to which are added (a) the benefits of this association and dealing, and (b) its helps.
Concerning ourselves, and this with respect to our life: of whose duties is treated, more generally, with respect to (α) diligence and idleness — diligence in life, and its nature, benefits, and helps; and idleness, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies (Book IV, Chapter 1); (β) sustenance or food — its use, and its nature, benefits, and helps; its misuse, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; (γ) protection and defense by means of clothing — use, and its nature, benefits, and helps; misuse, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; (δ) refreshment or recreation — its use, and its nature and benefits; its misuse, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies. And more particularly, with respect to a given condition of life: concerning prosperity — in general, with respect to (a) its use, and its nature, benefits, and helps, and (b) its misuse, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; and in particular, with respect to the world and worldly things — use and misuse: of the world, use, and its nature, benefits, and helps; misuse, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; the vanity of worldly things, and its nature and use. Concerning adversity, and its nature — wherein is treated the bearing of the cross, and its nature, benefits, and helps; its origin through temptations, of which is explained: its use, and its nature, comforts, and helps; its misuse, and its nature, evils, causes, and remedies; its kinds, wherein is treated: a bodily cross, and its nature, grounds of comfort, and helps; and a spiritual cross, namely: confused and melancholic terrors, and their nature, causes, and remedies; blasphemous suggestions, and their nature, grounds of comfort, and healing or helps; spiritual desertions, and their nature, healing, and comforts; and doubts of various kinds, and their general and particular remedies. Concerning death: wherein is treated the art of dying well, and its nature, benefits, and helps.
Outline of Church History, according to the Eighth Book
Since, throughout the whole range and series of the foregoing systematic ordering, the lines of the outline alone would have been too brief to admit of the further necessary subdivisions with respect to the ecclesiastical narrative — and since, besides, the gap between what precedes and what follows would have been greater than would suit its due proportion — it has therefore seemed good to me, so that you might have a more distinct thread running through the connection of the history, to pursue this book a little more distinctly than the rest, and the more so because the paragraphs here, for certain reasons, come forth at greater length and fullness. Let attention, then, be paid to the dispensation of the Covenant of Grace according to its four periods, namely:
I. Under the Patriarchs. Here occurs: the Explanatory Part, on the text of Ephesians 1:9-10 (Book VIII, Chapter 1, §1-2 and following); and the Doctrinal Part, carefully distinguishing between Election, the Covenant of Grace, its proclamation through the Gospel, and its dispensation according to the twofold Testament, the Old and the New — and in the first dispensation, two ages, under the Patriarchs and under Moses, and under each again three periods, namely:
From Adam to Noah and the Flood. Here is taught: (A) the Covenant of Nature — (a) the theology, with respect to (1) what is general, (2) the things that must be believed, and (3) the things that must be done; (B) the Church, and its state and condition; and (B) the Covenant of Grace, its dispensation and proclamation, in three periods, namely: from Adam to Noah, wherein is explained (a) the succession and the history of the eleven patriarchs, (b) the theology, and its chapters — theoretical and practical — (c) the heresies and the two schisms: between the seed of the woman and of the serpent, and between the Sethites and the Cainites, of which the origin and the chief points, together likewise with the persecutions, are related. From Noah to Abraham: wherein (a) the making of the covenant, and its manner, is shown and defended to have been spiritual both before and after the Flood; (b) the propagation under ten patriarchs, whose history is related; (c) the theology — testamentary and systematic, according to its theoretical and practical chapters, with respect to religion toward God and righteousness toward the neighbor; (d) the Church, with respect to the propagation of a threefold schism — of the serpent, the Cainite, and the Hamite. From Abraham to Moses: wherein (a) the various covenant-makings with Abraham, of which the reason and manner are explained; (b) the propagation under six patriarchs, whose history is taught; (c) the theology, testamentary and systematic, with respect to the theoretical and practical matters, according to religion and righteousness, and symbolic or ceremonial; (d) the Church, under two schisms, the Ishmaelite and the Esauite, with the persecutions. The Polemical Part of this has six controverted points. The Practical Part has five uses.
II. Under Moses. Here occurs: the Explanatory Part, on the text of Deuteronomy 5:1 (Chapter 2, §1-2); and the Doctrinal Part, and thereby (A) the proclamation of the Law — of the moral law, of the ceremonial law with respect to its four classes, expositions, and two relations, and of the civil law; (B) the renewal of the covenant — of the national covenant, of that of works, and of the Covenant of Grace, out of which is born the one Sinaitic covenant, whose nature is explained; (C) three periods, namely: from Moses to David, wherein is explained (1) the succession of sixteen judges and their history; (2) the theology — testamentary, systematic (both theoretical and practical), and symbolic or ceremonial; (3) the Church, and thereof (a) its state and government, (b) schisms — that of the serpent, the Hamite, the Korahite — (c) various idolatries — of the ephod, of Baal-Peor, of Gideon and Ephod, of Micah the Ephraimite — (d) persecutions under six Canaanite kings. From David to the Babylonian captivity, wherein (A) the renewal of the covenant, and thereof (a) its ingredients, (b) its cause, (c) its content, in mutual promises and demands, (d) its form, (e) its growth and increase; (B) the succession of the twenty-two kings of Judah, with the contemporary kings of Israel, together with the history of each in particular; (C) the theology, wherein (a) the testamentary and systematic theology, (b) the origin of the canonical and apocryphal books, (c) the history of the prophets; (D) the Church, and thereof (a) its state, (b) the schisms — the Israelite, or that of Jeroboam's calf-worship, and the Baalite, propagated among the heathen, with its various idolatries, (c) the persecutions, (d) reformations in both kingdoms, (e) divine judgments, (f) the Samaritan schism. From the Babylonian captivity to Christ, wherein: (1) a threefold Babylon; (2) the renewal of the covenant, wherein is explained (a) its nature, (b) its content, with respect to the mutual promises and demands, and its increases; (3) the rulers, namely (a) five Babylonian kings, (b) ten Persian kings, (c) fifteen princes of Israel, (d) eleven Hasmonean rulers, (e) Herod; (4) the theology — (a) testamentary, (b) systematic, proven by the testimonies of the prophets, (c) the Great Synagogue, (d) the translations of Holy Scripture, (e) the symbolic, observed in new feasts and various visions; (5) the Church, under its (A) entrance into Babylon, wherein various corruptions of the Church in morals are noted; (B) progress, wherein (a) Daniel's seventy weeks and their termini, (b) the heresies and schisms — namely the Samaritan schism, with temples on Gerizim and at Heliopolis; Phariseeism, its origin and sects; Sadduceeism, its origin and tenets; Karaism, its origin and tenets; the dispute between Hillel and Shammai; Herodianism and its tenets, (c) two persecutions, under Esther and under the Maccabees, (d) two reformations, under the prophets and under the Maccabees; (C) departure, wherein the state of theology among the Jews before the time of Christ, being greatly corrupted, is related. The Polemical Part of this chapter has eight controverted points. The Practical Part consists of seven uses.
III. Under Christ. Here again is: an Explanatory Part, on the text of Jeremiah 31:31-35 (Chapter 3, §1-2); and a Doctrinal Part, and thereby (A) a most perfect renewal of the Covenant of Grace, and thereof (a) its nature, (b) its causes, (c) its parts, (d) its content; (B) concerning the New Testament — (a) its difference from the Old, (b) its beginning, (c) its duration; (C) the seven ages of the New Testament, according to the seven seals in the Revelation.
The first age of the New Testament, under the first seal, on the text of Revelation 6:1-2. Here are explained: (a) the foundation — wherein is (1) the rise of the Christian era, (2) the birth of Christ, (3) the seventh proclamation of the Covenant of Grace, (4) the rejection of the Jews; (b) the rulers — (1) in the state, namely twelve Roman emperors, and the history of each in particular; (2) in the Church, namely four Roman popes, and the history of each in particular, with a general observation; (c) the state and condition of theology, wherein is noted (1) a threefold theology, testamentary, symbolic, systematic, (2) the origin of the New Testament, (3) the ecclesiastical writers, (4) its corruption through heathenism, a twofold Judaism, and seven heresies; (d) the Church. Here are mentioned: (A) the founders and establishers of the Church — (1) John the Baptist, (2) the Apostles, (3) the Evangelists, (4) the seventy disciples — the history of each in particular; (B) the helps of its foundation, namely (1) the preaching of the Gospel, and the dispersion of the Apostles, (2) the government of the Church, (3) Church discipline, (4) six synods, (5) the founding of some notable congregations, (6) the persecutions — four within Judea, and two throughout the whole Roman empire, up to Trajan, (7) the martyrs of this first age of the New Testament.
The second age of the New Testament, under the second seal, on the text of Revelation 6:3-4. Here are explained: (1) the rulers — (A) in the state, namely twenty Roman emperors, whose history is touched on individually; (B) in the Church, namely twenty-nine Roman popes, and the history of each in particular; (2) the theology, and thereof (a) its state, the same as that of the preceding age, (b) its propagation, both through various translations of Holy Scripture — for example by Aquila, by Theodotion, by Origen in his Tetrapla, Hexapla, Octapla — and through ecclesiastical writings, the creed of the Apostles, and the writings of the church fathers of this age, (c) its corruption, through (1) the heathen, (2) the Jews, (3) thirteen heresies in the second century, and especially five in the third century, (4) through the Christians themselves; (3) the Church, and its (a) very wide and extensive propagation, (b) the teachers of the principal congregations, (c) the ecclesiastical writers or church fathers, (d) the helps of its propagation — the public exercises of worship, the government of the Church, the councils, church discipline, the schools — (e) the hindrances and obstacles to its propagation, namely five schisms, eight persecutions, chiefly under the heathen emperors, whence (f) countless martyrdoms, (g) under which are also included the morals of the Christians.
The third age of the New Testament, under the third seal, on the text of Revelation 6:5-6, of which the explanation is given. Hereof: (1) the rulers — (a) civil, or nineteen Roman emperors, whose history is touched on individually; (b) ecclesiastical, or thirty-three Roman popes, whose history is touched on individually; (2) the theology of the third age, under (A) the fourth century, and thereof (a) its state, (b) its corruption, through heathenism, Judaism, seven heresies, and errors arising within the Church; (B) the fifth century, and thereof (a) its state, (b) its corruption, through heathenism, Judaism, chiefly through four heresies, and errors arising within the Church; (C) the sixth century, and thereof (a) its state, (b) its corruption, through two heresies and errors within the Church; (3) the Church —
under the fourth century, wherein: (1) its propagation, through (a) Constantine the Great, (b) chiefly through fifteen church fathers, who are named individually, (c) through the exercises of worship of the Christians, (d) through Church government, (e) through various synods, and (f) schools; (2) its impediment, through (a) the rise of monasticism, (b) schisms, (c) six persecutions. Under the fifth century, and thereof the propagation, with respect to its (1) boundaries, namely through various parts of the world, (2) helps, namely (a) the teachers of notable congregations, (b) Church government, (c) the councils, general and particular, (d) the Henoticon of the Emperor Zeno; (3) hindrances and obstacles, namely (a) the Eutychian troubles, (b) persecutions through various parts of the world, (c) various martyrdoms, (d) the morals of the Church. Under the sixth century, wherein: (A) the propagation over (a) various parts of the world, (b) the propagators, or various ecclesiastical writers, whose history is recorded, (c) the declining government of the Church, (d) the growth of monasticism through various orders, (e) councils, both general and particular; (B) hindrances and obstacles, through (a) schisms, (b) persecutions.
The fourth age of the New Testament, under the fourth seal, on the text of Revelation 6:7-8, of which the explanation is given. Hereof: (1) a brief summary is set forth; (2) the rulers, in (a) the state, namely the Roman emperors, both thirty-two of the East and seventeen of the West — the history of each in particular; (b) the Church, or ninety-three popes — the history of each in particular; (3) the theology, and thereof (1) its state, partly purer, partly more corrupt, according to the fifth seal of the Revelation; (2) its corruption through (a) heathenism, (b) Judaism, (c) Muhammedanism, here having arisen, (d) seven heresies, (e) the origin of the dispute over the Holy Supper, (f) the growth and increase of Antichristianism, (g) errors within the Church; (4) the Church, under the fourth age of the New Testament, and its (a) propagation over various parts of the world; (b) propagators, namely (1) various ecclesiastical writers, (2) various defenders of the truth against Antichristianism, (3) various synods, (4) reformations, (5) schools; (c) hindrances and obstacles, through (a) schisms, (b) persecutions — under which is also added (c) the condition of the Church under the fourth age of the New Testament.
The fifth age of the New Testament, under the fifth seal, on the text of Revelation 6:9-11, of which the explanation is given. Hereof: (1) the rulers, in (a) the state, namely twenty-one Roman emperors — the history of each in particular; (b) in the Church, or sixty-two Roman popes — the history of each in particular; (2) the theology, and thereof (A) its state: (1) the public state, under the Papal Antichristendom, now brought to its height; (2) the hidden state, among the defenders of the truth, of various ranks — of the civil rank, emperors, kings, etc., and of the ecclesiastical rank, councils, particular persons, for example Wycliffe, Hus, the Bohemians, etc.; (B) its corruption, through (a) heathenism, (b) Judaism, (c) Muhammedanism, (d) Antichristendom, (e) heresies through its centuries, sometimes real, more often feigned or falsely so called; (3) the Church, and thereof (a) its propagation through its centuries, (b) the ecclesiastical writers through its centuries, (c) the government of the Church through its centuries, chiefly related in various monastic orders, (d) the councils through its centuries, (e) forty-one schools, (f) the holy war, pursued through its centuries, (g) the schisms through its centuries, in particular the Gallican or Avignon schism, of fifty years, (h) the persecutions, among which, besides those of the Hussites, the chief place is occupied by the Bohemian war.
The sixth age of the New Testament, under the sixth seal, on the text of Revelation 6:12, of which the explanation is found. Hereof: (1) the condition of the Church at the beginning of the Reformation, chiefly; (2) the rulers — (A) in the state, wherein eight Roman emperors — the history of each in particular; (B) in the Church, namely twenty-six popes — the history of each in particular; (3) the theology, both still needing to be reformed, and already reformed, and thereof (a) the Reformation, through Zwingli, Luther, and others; (b) its corruption, through the heresies (1) of the Anabaptists, (2) of the Quakers, (3) of the Socinians, (4) of the Jesuits, (5) of the Lutherans, (6) of the Arminians — the history of each in particular; (4) the Church, and thereof (A) its propagation among (a) the Indians, (b) the Danes, (c) the Swedes, (d) the Bohemians, (e) the Poles, (f) the Lithuanians, (g) the Dutch, (h) the English, (i) the Scots, (k) the French, (l) the Germans — a brief history of each; (B) the propagators — (a) forty-five and more Reformed, (b) twenty-eight Lutherans, (c) Papists, (d) Fanatics — the history of each in particular; (C) the government of the Church among (a) the Papists, (b) the Lutherans, (c) the Reformed; (D) the synods — (a) of the Papists, for example that of Trent, (b) sixty-six of the Protestants — the history of each in particular; (E) twenty confessions of faith, and the history of each in particular; (F) forty-four schools, and the history of each in particular; (G) the crossing of William III, Prince of Orange, to England; (H) schisms — (a) of the Sacramentarians, (b) of the Arminians, (c) of the churchmen in England, (d) of the Labadists, (e) of the antinomians, (f) of the Universalists, (g) the Cartesian, (h) the Cocceian, (i) seventeen among the Lutherans, (k) six among the Papists, (l) of the Fanatics — the history of each in particular; (I) persecutions — (a) the German, under which four wars, (b) the Dutch, under which three wars, (c) three English, (d) four French, (e) various Piedmontese, (f) Hungarian, (g) of the Lutherans against the Reformed, (h) of the hierarchical party of the Reformed in England, (i) of the Indians — the history of each in particular. Below is added a closing discourse on Church History. The Polemical Part has four questions and controverted points. The Practical Part has three uses.
VII. The seventh age of the New Testament. Here is: (1) an Explanatory Part, on the text of Revelation 7:1 through chapter 11 (Chapter 4, §1-2); (2) a Doctrinal Part, which explains the seven, as it were, steps of eternity: (a) the coming of Christ, (b) the destruction of the Antichrist, (c) the raising of the dead, (d) the Last Judgment, (e) the consummation of the world, (f) the surrendering of the Kingdom, (g) eternal life; (3) a Polemical Part, having eleven questions and controverted points; (4) a Practical Part, having three uses.
Index of the Chapters contained in this First Volume
FIRST BOOK, of those things which must be known beforehand concerning theology.
I. Of the Nature of Theology. Text, 1 Timothy 6:2-3. First doctrine: concerning the manner of teaching theology. Second doctrine: concerning the subject-matter of theology as described. Third doctrine: concerning the description of theology.
II. Of Holy Scripture. 2 Timothy 3:16-17.
III. Of the division of theology. 2 Timothy 1:13.
SECOND BOOK, of Faith in the Triune God.
I. Of Saving Faith. Text, John 1:11-12.
II. Of the Existence and the Knowledge of God. Hebrews 11:6.
III. Of the Being and the Independence of God. Exodus 3:13-14.
IV. Of the Names of God. Exodus 3:15.
V. Of the Attributes of God in general. Exodus 33:18-23.
VI. Of the Spirituality and Simplicity of God. John 4:24.
VII. Of the Immutability of God. James 1:17.
VIII. Of the Unity of God. Deuteronomy 6:4.
IX. Of the Infinity and Greatness of God. Psalm 145:3.
X. Of the Immensity and Omnipresence of God. Psalm 139:7-10.
XI. Of the Eternity of God. Psalm 90:1-2.
XII. Of the Life and Immortality of God. John 5:26.
XIII. Of the Understanding, Knowledge, and Wisdom of God. Romans 11:33-34.
XIV. Of the Truthfulness and Faithfulness of God. Romans 3:3-4.
XV. Of the Will and the Affections of the Will of God. Psalm 115:3.
XVI. Of the Goodness of God. Matthew 19:17.
XVII. Of God's Love, Grace, Mercy, Longsuffering, and Goodness. Exodus 34:6.
XVIII. Of God's Righteousness. Psalm 119:137.
XIX. Of the Holiness of God. Leviticus 19:2.
XX. Of the Might and Power of God. Ephesians 3:20-21.
XXI. Of the All-Sufficiency and Perfection of God. Genesis 17:1.
XXII. Of God's Majesty and Glory. Isaiah 42:8.
XXIII. Of God's Blessedness. Psalm 16:11.
XXIV. Of the Holy Trinity. 2 Corinthians 13:13.
XXV. Of God the Father. Ephesians 3:14-15.
XXVI. Of God the Son. Psalm 2:7-8.
XXVII. Of God the Holy Spirit. John 14:26.
THIRD BOOK, of the Works of God.
I. Of the Acts and Decrees of God. Text, Ephesians 1:11.
II. Of Predestination. Romans 9:22-23.
III. Of Election. Ephesians 1:4-6.
IV. Of Reprobation. Jude v. 4.
V. Of Creation in general. Genesis 1:1.
VI. Of the World, and the Work of the Six Days. Exodus 20:11.
First topic: Of the World. Second topic: Of the Heavens. Third topic: Of the Earth. Fourth topic: Of the things contained in heaven and on earth, according to the six-day creation.
Petrus van Mastricht
Doctor and Professor of Philosophy and Theology at the Academies of Frankfurt-an-der-Oder, Duisburg, and Utrecht.
Motto. When I am weak, then am I strong.
Book I: Of Contemplative-Practical Theology, Concerning Those Things Which Must Be Known Beforehand
Chapter I: Of the Nature of Theology
On 1 Timothy 6:2-3.
These things teach and exhort. If any man teach otherwise, and consent not to the wholesome words, even the words of our Lord Jesus Christ, and to the doctrine which is according to godliness, he is proud, knowing nothing, etc.
I. This first part, which concerns theoretical-practical theology, we shall, following the nature and character of every kind of teaching, comprise in two divisions: namely, in those things which must be known beforehand, and in the system itself. In such a way that, in this first book, we shall set forth three matters concerning the things to be known beforehand — namely its nature, its rule and standard, and then its division. And since the nature of any given thing is nowhere made clearer to us than through an exact and careful description of it, upon which the described matter then rests as upon its foundation, we shall in this chapter, after a preliminary introduction concerning the manner of teaching theology, consider the described matter — which is Christian theoretical-practical theology — and its description, namely, that it is a doctrine of living for God through Christ. As the foundation of all this we shall lay down the text sent before us, from 1 Timothy 6:2-3.
The Explanatory Part
II. In which the Apostle, wishing to bring this his letter to a close, gives Timothy a very weighty admonition and warning concerning true and false theology — namely, to press for the former, but to flee the latter. In which we find:
1. A certain exhortation, to pursue the good; in these words: ταῦτα δίδασκε, καὶ παρακάλει, that is, Teach and exhort these things. And in this we find:
α. The subject of the exhortation: namely, ταῦτα, those, or these things: to wit, those which I have taught, not only in the immediately preceding words, but throughout this whole letter — indeed, throughout the whole course of my ministry, during which I have expounded the entire holy theology, both by my living voice and in writing, Acts 20:27. So that here the whole of Christian theology is commended to Timothy, which is made known not only by the contrast in the following verse, εἴ τις ἑτεροδιδασκαλεῖ, If any man teach otherwise, but also by the parallel passage, 2 Timothy 1:13.
β. A twofold duty of the exhortation, which had to be observed with respect to theology — namely, that Timothy should:
A. Teach it. Δίδασκε, Teach. That is, that he should instruct the understanding: partly by expounding the true doctrines, and partly by refuting the false.
B. Exhort concerning it. Παρακάλει. Exhort: stir up: namely, by moving and setting in motion the heart and the will, so as to carry over into practice what the understanding has grasped — which is the chief end and the highest point of theology. For the root word παρακαλεῖν means to call someone, to call to, namely, to a duty. And since I call another most of all for this reason — to rouse him when I see him listless and drowsy, or to spur him on when he is sluggish and lead him with kindly words, or to comfort him when he is sorrowful, etc. — this word therefore very often means to exhort, to entreat, to pray, to comfort; and one who does all these things is a παράκλητος, an exhorter, a comforter (says Tarnovius, in his Exercitationes Biblicae). All of which belongs to practice. Yet it must also be noted that the Apostle wishes this twofold duty to be exercised with respect to one and the same object, which stands in the plural: ταῦτα, those, or these things. Namely, to signify that speculation and practice must be joined together not only in the whole body of theology, such that these two together constitute the two essential parts of theology, but also in every particular part that occurs within it — so that every single article of it should have both its speculation and its practice.
2. An exhortation to flee the evil, namely, the false teachers and their teaching. In connection with which the Apostle notes three things.
A. The false teaching, of which he chiefly gives four marks, by which it is distinguished from the true — namely:
α. That it teaches otherwise. ἑτεροδιδασκαλεῖ stands there in the Greek: that is, that it teaches either something different, or in a different manner, than he himself, together with the other Apostles, had taught. That is, whatever is contrary to the Prophets and the Apostles, Ephesians 2:20, Galatians 1:8-9.
β. That the false teaching does not abide in those things. In the Greek stands μὴ προσέρχηται, which word the common Latin translation renders "consents not" — namely, either by adding to it, or by taking from it; thus violating the warning of God, Deuteronomy 4:1-2, Isaiah 8:20, Galatians 6:16, Revelation 22:18-19.
γ. That it does not teach the wholesome words of Christ, or concerning Christ. Which happens either by not teaching Christ at all — the power and wisdom of God, 1 Corinthians 1:24 — or, if it does teach him, not soundly and sincerely, but peddling the word for gain, 2 Corinthians 2:17, whether concerning his Person, or his Offices, or his Benefits.
δ. That it does not teach a doctrine which is according to godliness. With which words the Apostle, by way of contrast, gives an exact description of true theology. Of which:
A. The general notion is: a doctrine, because it must be taught by way of appropriation, John 6:45. For there, not only all other knowledge, but even natural theology is far more readily taught — there (I say) this must be taught, not only by men, but by God himself: and that not only outwardly, through the word, but also inwardly, through the Spirit — so that we are hence said to be "taught of the LORD," Isaiah 54:13.
B. The distinguishing notion lies in the words καθ' εὐσέβειαν, according to godliness. As if one were to say: a doctrine for rightly serving and honoring — namely, God. Which elsewhere is expressed in like manner as living unto God through Christ, Romans 6:11 — whence theology is called a word of life, Acts 5:20. So that from this it follows that Christian theology is best described as being: a doctrine of living unto God, through Christ. But of this more fully in its proper place.
2. The Apostle here also marks the false teachers, when he says: He is proud, and knows nothing, etc.
3. The fruits and effects of both these — namely, of the false teaching and of the false teachers — saying: from which comes envy, strife, etc. But this is not the place to speak of that.
First Doctrine: Concerning the Manner of Teaching Theology
The Doctrinal Part
III. It already appears, then, from the foregoing, that theology must be taught according to a certain order and method — and indeed such a one whereby speculation and practice always go together inseparably; and that in such a way that speculation goes first, practice follows, and this holds true in all its particular articles. For (1) the Apostle commands Timothy that he teach all the chapters of theology and likewise exhort concerning them together, and indeed in such a way that he must first teach, and afterward exhort. For this reason (2) we read, 2 Samuel 23:5, of a covenant "ordered in all things," ברית ערוכה בכל — not only so called because the Covenant of Grace itself is εὐτακτότατον, well-ordered and arranged in all things, but also because its records, in which theology is contained, are written in a most fitting and suitable order. For this reason (3) the Apostle calls a tried workman one who "rightly divides," ὀρθοτομοῦντα τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας, the word of truth, 2 Timothy 2:15. But that cannot be rightly divided which is not rightly composed and arranged. And (4) the worship which theology teaches is called, Romans 12:1, λογικήν, a reasonable service, because it is arranged according to the rules of right reason. And this same point is also urged (5) not only by so many and so illustrious individual examples of an orderly arrangement of doctrine which occur everywhere in Holy Scripture — for if you look to what one must do, you have the Ten Commandments, which excel in a wonderful order; if you look to what one must pray and ask for, you have the Lord's Prayer; if you look to what one must believe, you have, as it were, a very neat and elegant catechism, Hebrews 6:1-2 — but also the whole composition of theology, in almost all the epistles of Paul. Let me add (6) the whole book of the Bible, that you may not doubt that the Covenant is ordered in all things. And (7) since the particular chapters of theology are scattered throughout the whole body of Holy Scripture, it is certainly necessary that they be brought together and arranged in a suitable order of teaching. For this reason (8) Christian theology, from the very first rise of the Christian Church — when heresies in doctrine began to creep in — at once began to be gathered together in compositions of doctrine, and in an orderly arrangement. As appears from the most illustrious confessions of faith — the Apostles', the Nicene, the Ephesian, the Chalcedonian, and others — but also from the particular writings of the earliest church fathers: for example, from the eight books of Clement of Alexandria, which books are called Stromata, or "Tapestries"; from the four books of Origen, Περὶ Ἀρχῶν, "Of Origins and Principles"; from the seven books of Lactantius on the Divine Institutes; from the five books of Gregory Nazianzen on Theology; from the books of Augustine on Christian Doctrine, and his little handbook to Laurence; from Rufinus, in his Exposition of the Creed; from Theodoret, in his Compendium of Divine Doctrines; from Prosper, in his little book of Sentences; from the four books of Damascene concerning the Orthodox Faith; from the four books of the Sentences of Peter Lombard, together with what Albertus Magnus, Thomas Aquinas, Scotus, Bonaventure, and others have written by way of commentary; from the Compendium of Theology of Thomas Aquinas: and finally from the theologians who came forth out of the Papacy — Zwingli, Luther, Melanchthon, Calvin, Bullinger, Musculus, Aretius, Martyr, Ursinus, Zanchius, and a thousand others — all of whom have labored to the utmost to bring the chapters of theology together into orderly systems.
IV. But besides Scripture, an order of teaching is also urged by three further arguments: (1) The nature of God, who is not a God of confusion, and who has accomplished, and still accomplishes, all his works in a most fitting order, just as he also wills that all things be done decently and in order, 1 Corinthians 14:33-40. Indeed, to this very end he has implanted the beginnings of a fitting order in rational creatures, so that he might show himself to be the author of all fitting order, and so that he might likewise prescribe to us a well-ordered arrangement to be observed and followed, not only in general, but chiefly in matters of so great weight as, without doubt, theological matters are. To this end he has also inspired and given his Scriptures to his amanuenses to be written down, in an order not indeed arbitrary, but nevertheless fixed and rational — something which is made abundantly clear by the logical analyses which learned men have made of the Old and New Testaments. (2) The nature of theology itself. Which, since it comprises various doctrines that are similar to one another, subordinate to one another, and aimed at one and the same end, though scattered throughout the whole body of Scripture, therefore without doubt requires that these doctrines be gathered and brought together, and joined to one another in a fitting manner — in which precisely a well-ordered arrangement of doctrine consists. (3) The excellent fruits of order in teaching itself, which, if they belong to any branch of knowledge at all, will belong at least to that which is the most excellent of all. For what does order in teaching do? It brings clarity, distinctness, and intelligibility to the matters which must be taught, when, through the connection of things that follow upon one another, it gives to the memory an ease of retention, binding the material together, as it were, with a certain chain, by which, if something should perhaps slip away, one can easily draw it back again: finally, it lends to the material splendor and elegance; for, in the words of Philo, without a fitting order there is ἐπιστήμη ἀνεπιστημόνως, knowledge without knowledge. Could you, with any well-grounded right, deny these fruits and benefits belonging to theological matters?
V. One will then ask, by what manner of teaching theology is best and most suitably taught? Since order is nothing other than a fitting arrangement of various matters among one another, according to the dependence which they have — both in their mutual relation to and coexistence with one another, and in their relation to us, as we come to understand and grasp them — and since it is at least necessary that the order of theology not only correspond and be fitted to the matters which are to be taught (whereby, for example, one lets the general precede the particular, and the simple precede the composite), but also be suited to the capacity, and likewise to the usefulness, of those who are being taught: to this end, various teachers have followed various orders of teaching, which we shall not now examine. Of all of them, that pleases us best which the Apostle applies not only in the text to Timothy — where he wills that the matters of theology be first taught and instructed, and that afterward one should exhort, so that practice may continually go hand in hand with speculation — but which he himself also generally uses throughout all his epistles, especially in those which he wrote to the Romans, the Ephesians, and the Hebrews, etc. An order of teaching, I say, whereby practice is grounded upon speculation, not only in the whole body of theology — so that, among the things which must be believed, the first place is given, and among the things which must be practiced, the second place is given — but also, in the particular parts and members of theology, through a continual comparison and correspondence, practice goes hand in hand with speculation. I shall state, distinctly and point by point, what I would wish in this regard, and I shall follow it, with God's help, to the best of my ability. Namely, that the chapters of theology (1) be first proven positively from Scripture, confirmed by reasons, and expounded point by point — and let this be a firm foundation for the whole building. (2) That they then be defended polemically against the wiles and deceits of opponents — without which the foundation laid neither stands sufficiently firm in itself, nor is sufficiently rooted in the hearts and minds of those who learn divine things. Finally (3) that they be applied practically — without which the first two parts would be entirely and altogether useless. For as practice without speculation is nothing, so speculation without exercise is idle, fruitless, and in vain. Wherefore the Savior very wisely joins both these together, when he says, John 13:17: If you know these things, happy are you if you do them.
The Polemical Part
VI. The question is, whether theology must be taught according to a fixed and certain order of teaching? In excess, the Scholastics err here, who, according to the character of their philosophical theology, are all too fondly devoted to the philosophical order of teaching of Aristotle, both as to analysis and as to composition. In defect, the Anabaptists, the Fanatics, and the Quakers err here, who, out of ignorance and hatred of philosophy, judge that all order must be banished from theology — a view to which perhaps one or another of the Reformed theologians, enslaved to their own presuppositions, may have inclined. The Reformed require an order of teaching, against the Anabaptists and Quakers, though not one strictly and precisely philosophical, but a natural one: that is, such a one as both agrees with theological matters and serves for the help of the judgment and the strengthening of the memory, though otherwise arbitrary as to the rest. Such an order of teaching we have already shown above, §III, IV, V; and it is further confirmed by the constant practice of the writers driven by the Spirit of God, who, according to how matters presented themselves to them, employed various orders and manners of teaching. They object against us (1) that theology surpasses and transcends the grasp of reason, and therefore also a rational order of teaching. We answer: that it does indeed transcend the comprehension of corrupt reason, but not of that reason which is enlightened by the Word and the Spirit, which judges and discerns in a spiritual manner, and which for that reason also arranges and orders spiritual things, 1 Corinthians 2:10, 12-13, 15. (2) That theology is above all sciences, and therefore also above the laws of an order of teaching. We answer: Let it surpass all natural sciences; is it therefore also above all order? Indeed, does it exclude order? (3) That an order of teaching and the subtlety of logic harm the simplicity of theology. Answer: (1) This indeed casts down the excess of the Popish Schoolmen, but not the order of teaching which is natural to theological matters. Moreover (2) it is false: for a fitting order does not alter the thing that is ordered, nor does it take away anything from its perfection. And if it does take something away from theology, this happens not through the fault of the order of teaching, but through the ignorance and inexperience of the one who constructs the order of teaching — who twists and distorts theology according to his own corrupt rules, and who does not wisely and carefully fit the order of teaching to theology and apply it thereto.
The Practical Part
VII. As for practice: first, there are here, by way of reproof, those (1) who treat theological matters, whether from the lectern or from the pulpit, without any order at all. Or (2) those who use some order for it without any real design, either merely appearing to have one, or having no set purpose in it whatsoever. Or (3) those who do show forth some order thereby, but one that does not correspond to the subject matter. Or (4) those who give an order that does correspond to the subject matter, but which is not fitted to the condition of the learner. Finally (5), even in the case of those who are here to be reproved, if their order is indeed suited to the subject matter, yet it is fitted only to the learner's understanding, for speculation, but not to his will and affections, for practice. Such persons (1) make themselves guilty of disorder and confusion, which is hated by God, 1 Corinthians 14:33. (2) They strip theological instruction of all its charm, splendor, and luster. (3) They render themselves useless to their hearers, since by their disorder they thwart and dull both the understanding and the memory at once.
VIII. On the other hand: Better are those Timothys — that is, the teachers and preachers — who follow the exhortation of Paul, observing a certain order of teaching, whereby they teach the chapters of religion together and then also exhort concerning them, and indeed in such a way that they first teach, and afterward exhort. In this way (1) they show themselves to be children of God, as followers, namely, of him who is a God of order, and not of confusion — while other, opposing teachers show themselves to be brokers of Satan, who is an author and promoter of confusion. (2) Likewise, they thereby show themselves to be tried workmen who will not be ashamed, as being able rightly to divide, ὀρθοτομεῖν, the word of truth, 2 Timothy 2:15. (3) By the neatness and elegance of their order of teaching they make the divine doctrine pleasing to their hearers. "For it is not the labor, of and by itself, but that which is adorned with art, that is good" — ὅτι οὐχ ὁ πόνος κατ᾿ αὐτόν, ἀλλὰ μετὰ τέχνης, ἀγαθός — says Philo in his treatise; that the inferior brings hindrance and harm to the better. (4) Indeed, they will make the divine doctrine not only pleasing and agreeable, but also useful and fruitful. For, by the neatness of their order of teaching, they will aid the understanding and comprehension of their hearers, strengthen their memory, and kindle their zeal, desire, and inclination, etc. For the search after truth deserves a great place, which nevertheless is then not deprived of the hoped-for and desired fruit, if the understanding strives, along right lines, to attain to knowledge — according to Fulgentius, book 1, chapter 3. And that one may the better hit upon and follow the order of teaching, I would advise that the following things be observed: namely, that the order of teaching correspond (1) to the matter which is to be treated; (2) to the comprehension of the hearers — such that one deal otherwise with beginners, in a catechetical manner of teaching, than with those more advanced, in a systematic manner: namely, partly affirmatively, through descriptions, divisions, propositions, proofs; partly negatively, through a concise refutation of objections: and otherwise still with the mature, in an expository, text-explaining manner, whereby the catechetical and systematic matters are applied to the elucidation of the sense and meaning of Scripture; and again, that one deal otherwise with beginners, namely in a catechetical manner. (3) That the order of teaching correspond to usefulness and to godliness, whereby everything is carried over into practice and there finds its end, 2 Timothy 3:16.
Second Doctrine: Concerning the Subject-Matter of Theology as Described
The Doctrinal Part
IX. According to this order of teaching, we shall first track down the nature of theology through an exact description of it — where, nevertheless, its described subject-matter must be allowed to go before, which is: Christian theology, theoretical-practical, to be taught only among Christians. For the Apostle commands that Timothy should teach ταῦτα, those, or these things — namely, those which he himself had taught, together with Christ and with the Prophets and Apostles; at any rate, Christian theology, and that which can be taught and at the same time also urged upon others by exhortation, as being a doctrine κατ' εὐσέβειαν, according to godliness, that is, theoretical-practical. He also forbids ἑτεροδιδασκαλεῖν, teaching some other doctrine.
X. The Scriptures everywhere urge this same thing — when they direct us to walk according to this rule, Galatians 6:16; when they forbid another Gospel, Galatians 1:6-9; when they insist that one must not depart from it, either to the right hand or to the left, whether by adding to it or by taking from it, Deuteronomy 4:1-2 and 12:32, Revelation 22:18-19, 2 Timothy 1:13; that otherwise God is honored in vain, Matthew 15:9; and that one can obtain the dawning light of grace in no other way, Isaiah 8:20.
XI. For (1) Christians are rightly served only by the theology of him who alone is the Head of his congregation, Ephesians 1:22-23 — who has brought it down from heaven, from the bosom of the Father, John 1:18 — who perfectly knows the manner in which God must be served, John 1:18 — who has the power of eternal life, Revelation 1:18, which eternal life one seeks through theology. Again (2), any other theology, or any other manner of religion, whatever it may be, other than that of Christ, is not heard and not acknowledged by Christians, John 10:5, 8-12. In particular, not the teaching of reason, which is blind, 1 Corinthians 2:14, nor that of any men, Matthew 23:8, 1 Corinthians 3:5-7, since all men are liars, Romans 3:4. Finally (3), the theology which must be urged is his alone, in whom alone Christians are baptized, 1 Corinthians 1:13, after whom they are called Christians, Acts 11:26, and whose church and religion is the Sect of the Nazarenes, Acts 24:5 — who is therefore the only Teacher of Christians credible and infallible in and of himself, Matthew 23:7-8.
XII. That there is a certain theology — for this (1) not only calls out the general consent of all peoples, Romans 2:15, but also (2) Nature herself teaches that there is a God, and that he must be glorified, Psalm 19:1, Romans 1:19-21; likewise, that he is a rewarder of those who seek him, Hebrews 11:6 — the manner and mode of whose service we point out in and through theology. (3) Nature teaches that the soul is immortal, burning with an undying desire for an everlasting blessedness which can be satisfied, to which theology is believed to open the way. (4) The light of nature teaches that the rational creature, having been created by God, strives toward God, to be satisfied by God alone — whither theology also leads it: theology which, with us, is nothing other than a discourse concerning God, concerning the service of God, concerning the undying blessedness of the undying soul, and concerning the manner of attaining to communion with God and of living for him.
XIII. As for the origin of the word, we owe it, without doubt, to the heathen. For among them, Pherecydes of Syros, who lived in the time of Cyrus, is said to have been the first to have treated theological matters. He was followed by Pythagoras, his pupil, and by this man's own followers, who called Pherecydes, above all others, a theologian (see Pliny, Natural History, book 7, chapter 5; Diogenes Laertius, in the life of Pherecydes). Others trace the origin of this name to Musaeus, the son of Eumolpus, whom the Platonists pointedly called a theologian. Philostratus also testifies (in his Heroica) of Homer, that he surpassed Orpheus himself in many matters belonging to theology. These heathen called those who reasoned and dealt with matters concerning God θεολόγοι, theologians; and the things which they treated they called θεολογούμενα, theological matters; and their science they called θεολογία, theology. Now these theologians were poets, according to the testimony of Aristotle (Metaphysics, book 3) and of Clement of Alexandria (Stromata, book 3). They wrote, for the most part, in a symbolic, mysterious, or hidden manner, concerning the origin and birth of their gods — for they supposed their gods to have been born. Whatever the case may be, the word is unscriptural, and is found in Holy Scripture neither literally nor by way of an equivalent. At what time it obtained the rights of Christian citizenship is uncertain. It does indeed stand in the title of the Revelation; but besides the fact that one may doubt whether that title carries regular authority, that title is also given to John for another reason and in another sense — namely, because he ἐμαρτύρησεν τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, testified the Word of God, Revelation 1:2, that is, the Godhead of Christ. Dionysius the Areopagite uses this word so familiarly, as if it had been quite common in his time. But that this writer was given to great exaggeration, nearly everyone sufficiently concedes. The word first occurs in Origen. Nevertheless, this word, because it is unscriptural, ought not straightway to be cast out of the vocabulary of Christians, as some would have it, since its meaning is forceful enough, and it has been in use even from the very beginning of Christianity — especially since its equivalent name, Theologos, that is, Theologian, is given to John in the title of the Revelation, without doubt so named from Theologia, that is, from theology. And the words out of which it is composed — namely Θεός, God, and λόγος, a discourse, or λόγια, sayings — also occur together in Holy Scripture. Now theology is so called because it is a discourse not only concerning God, but also proceeding from God, 2 Peter 1:20 (compare Owen, De Natura Theologiae, book 1, chapter 1).
XIV. Its equivalent names are, among the Hebrews: חכמת האלהים, the Wisdom of God; ידיעת התורה, legal science; תלמוד תורה, the study of the Law. Among the ancient fathers: Θεοσοφία, the Wisdom of God, Θεοσέβεια, the Reverence of God, sometimes also Θεουργία, the Practice of God, or concerning God. In the writings of the New Testament: עבדת, service, honor, namely, of God, Exodus 12:26; τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ, the oracles of God, Romans 3:2, 1 Peter 4:11, Hebrews 5:12; εὐσέβεια, godliness, 1 Timothy 3:16; the pattern of wholesome words, 2 Timothy 1:13; the wholesome words of Christ, 1 Timothy 6:3. In both Testaments: דרך, ὁδός, the way of God, Psalm 25:4, 12, Matthew 22:16, Acts 24:14. Among the Latins, Religio (Religion), derived either à relegendo, that is, from reading over again, or à religando, that is, from binding together.
XV. Meanwhile the word "theology" has more than one meaning, in that it sometimes signifies Archetypal theology — the exemplary knowledge of God himself, which he has of himself — and sometimes Ectypal theology — a copied, derivative knowledge, being, as it were, a certain imprint of the first. This latter is again distinguished into the theology of those who behold, who are in the homeland, in heaven; and of those who journey, who are on earth. Furthermore, this latter theology is either natural or revealed — concerning which the observations of the common places (as they are called) occur everywhere.
XVI. We now have to do, not with theology considered nakedly and bare in itself, but specifically, and by way of selection, with the Christian. Which is called a revealed theology, after him who is in the bosom of the Father, John 1:18, whom the text, with a like-sounding name, calls the word of our Lord Jesus Christ. In which is comprised everything that belongs to theology — whether it is granted to us through a pure divine inspiration, or otherwise through nature, provided only that it stands written for us in the Scriptures. For even natural theology has nothing which Scripture does not have.
XVII. Christian, revealed theology therefore does not exclude natural theology, but includes it, as a greater number includes a lesser. Wherefore, just as revealed theology has reference to those things which must be believed and done, so it comprises natural theology within itself — which shows forth nothing but some rough remnants of revealed theology — in matters which must be known (which the philosophers gather up in their metaphysical and pneumatological matters), and in matters which must be done, which the philosophers pursue in their moral, domestic, and political teachings. Natural theology is therefore in part in the Understanding, which knows the true and the false in theology, whether speculatively or practically — which Holy Scripture itself attributes even to the most godless, provided only they are endowed with some use of reason, Romans 1:19-20, Psalm 19:1-2, Acts 17:27, Romans 2:15; and in part in the Will, which inclines toward the good once it is known as such — which, experience itself calling for it, not even barbarism itself rejects. Meanwhile, we wish natural theology, as such, to be carefully and cautiously distinguished from heathen theology, because the latter is a false, but the former a true, theology.
XVIII. Now natural theology is observed to have in particular a fourfold use and benefit — of which the first has regard to God, who, by means of it, renders the ungodly inexcusable, Romans 1:20. The second has regard to the heathen and to atheists, who, by means of it, are most powerfully convicted, Acts 17:24-26, Psalm 8:2-3, Matthew 6:26. The third bears upon revealed theology, which, always with respect to us, is thereby confirmed in an outstanding manner, while it is found thereby to agree entirely with natural theology. Finally, the fourth benefit has regard to ourselves, in that we are greatly built up and rooted in the acknowledgment of revealed truth, when we find that nature herself gives her assent to it — and likewise in the practice of the good, when nature herself invites us to it.
XIX. Meanwhile, over against its lawful use is set a threefold misuse. (1) When it is made a foundation and standard for revealed theology, and thus the Mistress is made subject to the handmaid — whereas the latter ought rather to be governed by the former, 2 Corinthians 10:6. (2) When such a theology is invented as would be sufficient unto salvation — whereas, apart from Christ, of whom natural theology is ignorant, no hope of salvation stands open, Acts 4:12 — that is, when one imagines a certain universal theology, whereby everyone, even apart from Christ and without faith in him, might come to be saved by the help of reason and of nature alone; which Christ himself contradicts, John 14:6 and 15:5.
XX. Wherefore a Christian, theoretical-practical theology is required — which implies that it is neither speculative alone, resting in a mere contemplation of the truth, nor practical alone, which values the knowledge of the truth little or not at all (which the Socinians and Arminians would indeed like, so that they might the more easily set aside, indeed banish, faith in Christ and the other fundamental articles of religion, and, on the other hand, entice and win over to their fellowship every single person, even one destitute of the knowledge of Christ and of the fundamental doctrines of Christians) — but here a theology is required which joins speculation together with practice, and is thus a knowledge of the truth which is according to godliness, Titus 1:1, and a doctrine according to godliness, whereby we both know and do, John 13:17, whose parts are faith and love, 2 Timothy 1:13. And in this the ancient church fathers also agree. Thus Cyril of Jerusalem says, Catechesis 4: The manner of religion, he says, consists in these two things: namely, in the exactness of godly doctrines, and of good works. Thus also a certain confessor at the Council of Nicaea says, that bare and naked knowledge must be preserved and kept safe by faith and good works (Socrates, book 1, chapter 5). Indeed, all of its parts, and each in particular, require of themselves a certain activity, whereby we, according to the maxim of the Savior, also do everything that we know. For, according to Lactantius, neither can religion be separated from wisdom, nor wisdom from religion — because it is the same God who must both be known, which is an act of wisdom, and be honored, which is an act of religion. Yet wisdom goes before, and religion follows — because it is first necessary to know God, and the consequence of that is to honor and serve God. Thus one and the same thing consists in two parts, although it may seem to be diverse (Lactantius, book 4, chapter 4).
XXI. Against this stands every false, and falsely so-called, theology — whether it is entirely ignorant of Christ, or whether it lies about Christ and falsely represents him. The first is that of the unbelievers, namely (1) of the heathen, whom Paul, Colossians 3:11, divides into Barbarians and Scythians; (2) of the Jews of our own day, who even hate Christ. I say, of the Jews of our own day, since the ancient Jews, as to the matter itself, held the same view of the Christ as we do; (3) of the Muhammedans, who indeed know and revere Christ, but only as an eminent prophet, not as Redeemer and all-sufficient God-Man — above whom they esteem and prefer even Muhammad, that most wicked deceiver, setting his teachings and ordinances, contained in the Koran, in the place of the oracles of Christ. The second kind is that of the heretics — both the ancient, whom Augustine, Epiphanius, Danaeus, Schlüsselburg, and others catalogue, and the more recent and present-day ones. Among the number of these, first are the Socinians, who come closest of all to the unbelievers and the Muhammedans, inasmuch as these ascribe just as much to Christ as those do, when both alike deny His Godhead and His Satisfaction. Second, the Anabaptists, who diminish the true humanity of Christ, and also do not sufficiently agree among themselves concerning the Satisfaction, and who likewise refuse baptism to little children, and sometimes repeat it in the case of adults, etc. Third, the Papists, who cling to the Antichrist, and who indeed ascribe to Christ His Godhead and His Satisfaction, but only in words, while they deny the latter more than enough in deed, when they add to Him yet other mediators, and set their own satisfactions — the merits of good works, papal indulgences, and the like — in the place of His Satisfaction. To the heretics we add the schismatics and the schismatically inclined, who commonly end in heresy — such as those who call themselves Lutherans, and who hold that the human nature of Christ is either omnipresent, or at least present in the elements of the Holy Supper, and eaten with the mouth; as also those who follow Arminius, otherwise called Remonstrants — though only those who are proponents of the notorious five articles, for the Socinianizing Arminians, or the Apologists, we place on the same footing as Socinus. The Fanatics, the Enthusiasts, the Libertines, and others of that sort, we do not even bother to enumerate, because they have far more a denial of God than a theology.
The Polemical Part
XXII. One asks (1): Whether heathen theology, which we have distinguished from natural theology, is true theology? The heathen writers, who have taught and written concerning theological matters — among whom Julian, Porphyry, and Celsus are preeminent — say to this, without doubt, yes. The Christians, the Jews, the Muhammedans, and as many as admit any regular Scripture at all, deny this with one voice. For although the theology of the heathen (I) had some things concerning God and the service of God, Romans 1:19-20 and 14-15, yet it did not have the true God, namely the Triune God; and even most of the things which it had concerning the one God were not truths. Indeed, the mass of the heathen counted, in place of one God, well-nigh countless gods — among whom, besides the sun, the moon, and other stars, were mere men — sometimes indeed illustrious men, but for the most part the very worst and most depraved, indeed even the devils themselves. Although also (II) the theology of the heathen acknowledged that God must be served, and His will obeyed, yet the manner of serving God, and the will of God which must be obeyed, remained entirely hidden from it. Whence it came about that it devised for itself childish, unclean, and utterly abominable and dreadful ways and manners of serving God. Although (III) heathen theology taught certain virtues, yet it was wholly ignorant of their nature, their qualities, and their essential acts and requirements — namely, that they must be performed to the glory of God, for the benefit and edification of the neighbor, and for one's own welfare and salvation; that they must be regulated according to the prescription of the will of God; that they must be exercised not by one's own powers, but by the power which God grants — but rather it directed and ordered them to its own honor and advantage, according to the prescription of blind understanding, and by the powers of nature alone. (IV) Although heathen theology had some sort of knowledge of man's wretchedness, yet it was utterly ignorant of its origin, and sought the very worst remedies in sacrifices — even of human beings — and in other most abominable things. And there is almost nothing that the heathen can allege on behalf of their theology, except that it derives from nature and reason, and that it agrees therewith. But we answer: (1) That they groundlessly and vainly presuppose that heathen theology agrees with natural theology — whereas we have already distinguished natural theology from heathen theology, precisely in this, that the former is true, but the latter false. (2) Even if we granted that it flowed from and out of nature and reason, we nevertheless deny that it flowed from unimpaired nature and from right reason, but rather from corrupted and depraved nature, and from blind reason. But indeed (3) we say, on the contrary, that nature contradicts polytheism, and that right reason does not allow men to be held as gods, nor a religious honor to be shown to them, nor God to be served in that manner which heathen theology prescribes, just as we have already taught.
XXIII. One asks (II): Whether there is a certain natural theology, both innate and acquired? Here those err to excess who ascribe too much to natural theology, as the Scholastic doctors among the Papists do — who, when they can bring forward absolutely nothing from revealed theology to support their Transubstantiation and other superstitions, take refuge in their philosophical theology, which comes closest to the natural (of which a little more hereafter). Here also err to excess those who dream up a certain universal theology, by which everyone, in his own religion, would come to be saved — as, for example, Thomas Campanella, from whom the Socinians are not far removed, when, for salvation, they require only a few things concerning God and Christ as necessary to be believed; likewise those who, following Plato, teach that the ideas of all things, even of theological matters, are innate in man, in the contemplation and stirring up of which they place all our endeavor — so that they suppose nothing ought to be accepted as true which they do not find in those ideas by a clear, distinct, and well-defined apprehension; against whom we have disputed elsewhere in our book bearing the name Gangraena Cartesiana, that is, "The Cartesian Cancer." But in defect, the Socinians err here — such as Socinus, Ostorodt, and others — who deny absolutely all natural theology, both the innate and the acquired, with this aim, without doubt: that they might not be compelled to grant that man was created with an original righteousness which includes the knowledge of divine things, Colossians 3:10. To these belongs also Johannes Crellius, together with many others of that sort of men, who, while denying the innate theology along with Socinus, nevertheless not only acknowledge the acquired, but even, with a heaping-up of proofs, defend and maintain it at length. The Reformed indeed accept both — the innate and the acquired theology — but in such a way that they do not understand thereby an actual theology, which would belong, in act, to all men alike, even down to little children and the insane —
...when man was created, is born within him of itself — all revelation being set aside — in the same way that the faculty of reasoning is said to be innate in human beings. Those, then, who deny natural theology are refuted: (I) From Holy Scripture, Rom. 1:19-20, ch. 2:14-15, Ps. 19:2-3 and 104, Acts 14:15, as it often teaches that divine things were perceived by the heathen from reason, without revelation. (II) From conscience, which by its own nature excuses or accuses even the unlearned for their good or evil deeds, Rom. 2:15. (III) From the consent of the nations, which has become widely known through the voyages of the Portuguese, the English, and the Dutch. (IV) From experience, which appears everywhere in so many philosophical, ethical, domestic, and political writings. The objections of the gainsayers refute only that natural theology which, by nature, actually and always coexists with each and every person, or which is held sufficient unto salvation — neither of which we ourselves accept or acknowledge; or a natural theology which they infer merely from a verbal denial of God's existence, from a heart that secretly wishes God did not exist, and from a godless life, concluding from these that there are some wholly devoid of any sense of a deity. Compare Ps. 10:4 and 14:1, Titus 1:16.
XXIV. One asks (III): Is natural theology sufficient unto salvation? There are some, on the one side, who hold that it is not even useful at all — thus Socinus and his followers, denying it altogether, a view to which the Anabaptists readily incline, out of hatred toward philosophy. There are others, on the other side, who so highly esteem it that they hold it sufficient unto salvation — thus the heathen maintain; thus too, of old, the Pelagians, when they teach that the patriarchs were saved by the law of nature alone; thus likewise Campanella; indeed, thus, deliberately and at length, the Libertines. The Reformed do acknowledge that it is useful — to convict the ungodly, to demonstrate a deity and a certain service owed to God, Rom. 1:19-20; also to render the heathen, and among them the philosophers, without excuse or defense, Rom. 1:21, 24, 32, Acts 17:24ff, 1 Cor. 1:13-14. But that it should be sufficient unto salvation they allow in no way whatsoever. For (1) justification requires the knowledge of Christ Jesus, Isa. 53:11. Likewise (2) eternal life requires it, John 17:3. So that (3) apart from Christ there is no salvation at all, Acts 4:12, John 14:6. And also (4) philosophy is so far from being commended by Paul that it is rejected by him as an empty deceit, Col. 2:8; a spirit of this world, 1 Cor. 2:12; a worldly wisdom, v. 13, proper to the natural man, who does not grasp the things of the Spirit of God, v. 14; a wisdom of the flesh, which does not submit itself to the law of God, nor indeed can, Rom. 8:6-7. Besides also (5), that it proceeds from nature and from reason, which are corrupted, indeed blind, so that it cannot furnish us any theology sufficient unto salvation. And yet those same Reformed do not deny that natural theology, as it existed in the state of uprightness, was sufficient to obtain eternal life by virtue of the covenant of nature — precisely because at that time nature, by force of the wisdom of original righteousness, was still unimpaired and entire; just as then also, since there was as yet no sin, there was no need of a Mediator to be disclosed through theology. Should the Libertines wish to bring forward anything for the opposite view, it would have to be this: (1) That it is said, Acts 10:35, that in every nation he who fears God is acceptable to Him, and consequently also he who has been instructed only in natural theology. But it would have to be shown that anyone, without Christ — who is disclosed only in revealed theology — could truly have had God at all, since without Christ we can do absolutely nothing, John 15:5. If (2) they press the example of Cornelius the centurion, that he was a heathen man, up to that point still outside of Christ, and yet is said to have been godly and fearing God with all his house, giving many alms, and praying to God continually: we shall answer that he was indeed a heathen by descent, but a Jew by profession, who, through the revealed theology of the Jews, believed in the Messiah, though he did not yet know who that Messiah was, and concerning whom he then had to be instructed through the ministry of Peter. Should it be said (3) that natural theology is true and good, as being originally from God Himself: we shall answer that it is not thereby immediately sufficient unto salvation for the sinner.
XXV. One asks (IV): what must be thought and held concerning Scholastic theology, which stands midway between natural and revealed theology, because it teaches revealed matters in a natural manner and with natural proofs? By Scholastic theology we do not here mean revealed theology insofar as it is taught in the manner peculiar and common to the schools — in which sense our Alsted published his Scholastic Theology — but we mean that philosophical theology which holds sway in the schools of the Papists, for upholding their transubstantiation and their other superstitious tenets; born and arising under the Papist Lanfranc, when he disputed with Berengar concerning transubstantiation. At that time, lacking as he generally did the authority of Augustine as much as of Holy Scripture — since nothing whatever to confirm transubstantiation was furnished him either from Augustine or from Scripture — he was still comparatively modest and measured; but afterward, having devised ever more monstrous philosophical terms and turns of phrase, he grew ever more shameless, down to Peter Lombard in his four books of Sentences, and from there down to Albertus Magnus and his pupil Thomas Aquinas, through whom, without any shame, those monstrous philosophical terms were not only endlessly multiplied, but moreover, with no regard for Holy Scripture, the articles of faith began to be proved by philosophical reasonings, and Aristotle, Averroes, and others were set on a level with Holy Scripture, so as not to be reckoned inferior to it. Now the question is: what must one hold concerning this Scholastic theology? The Papists, since they find in Holy Scripture no help for their chief doctrines concerning transubstantiation, the supremacy of the pope, works of supererogation and merit, and all their other popish teachings, commonly take refuge in philosophical subtleties and in thorn-hedges of dreadful terminology. The Reformed judge, in general, for the reasons already given, that this Scholastic theology must be strictly cast out and banished — a judgment to which, as regards the main point, not a few outstanding men among the Papists themselves subscribe, such as Erasmus, Cajetanus, Petavius, and others. And yet there are not lacking among the Reformed those who hold that a middle course must be taken: that it should neither be retained whole, nor yet wholly banished, but purged of its blemishes and errors, and thereafter retained. For it has its usefulness (1) in controversies with the Papists, with whom one will dispute more successfully and effectively the less ignorant one is of their style, their contrivances, and their thorn-hedges; (2) to convince the heathen and atheists; (3) to confirm minds concerning the revealed truth itself; and above all (4) in those questions and points of controversy where one position is theological and the other philosophical.
The Practical Part
XXVI. Only the Christian theology of Christians, then, must be impressed upon us, and that so manifold a false and falsely-named theology surrounds it that this must be reckoned our very first duty: carefully and precisely to distinguish the true from the false. To this (1) Holy Scripture itself calls us, 1 Thess. 5:21, 1 John 4:1, Heb. 5:14, Phil. 1:9-10. (2) The matter itself counsels it, since it is exceedingly shameful, and at the same time exceedingly ruinous, to be deceived and led astray in a matter of such great weight and importance, Eph. 4:14. To this is added (3) the danger of error and seduction which hangs over us on every side, and which therefore urges so careful an inquiry — a danger, I say, which hangs over our heads from the deceiver Satan, who blinds, 2 Cor. 4:4 and 11:3; from the false prophets, who are Satan's vassals and instruments, Matt. 7:15; from the slipperiness, blindness, and dullness of our own understanding, 1 Cor. 2:14, Eph. 4:18; from the diversity of errors and their gloss and cunning deceit, whereby they wear a form of godliness, or of a genuine and sincere theology, 2 Tim. 3:5. So that here are required senses well exercised to discern good and evil, Heb. 5:14, and knowledge and all judgment, to test the things that differ, Phil. 1:9-10. (4) The weight and importance of true and false theology presses us to it, since on it depends either eternal ruin or the eternal salvation of the soul, 2 Pet. 2:1, John 6:68. That inquiry, then, in order that it may succeed happily, requires (1) that we have Scripture ready at hand as an infallible touchstone, Isa. 8:20, Gal. 6:16, and from it (2) the rule of faith, Rom. 12:6, and a pattern of sound words, 2 Tim. 1:13; and besides (3) certain particular marks drawn from it, which scarcely anyone will be able to set forth more precisely than our very text, following the second paragraph — by comparing which, every falsely-named theology will be found to be either (a) unscriptural, agraphos, or teaching some other doctrine, heterodidaskalōn; or (b) not agreeing with the sound words of Christ, whether by adding to them — through which chiefly Popery falls, which piles endless traditions onto Holy Scripture — or by taking away from them — through which Socinianism collapses, which does away with the Trinity, the Satisfaction, and other fundamental articles; or (c) without Christ, not teaching the word of Christ — through which paganism, Judaism, and Muhammadanism, insofar as they do not retain the words concerning Christ, are struck at the very root; or (d) contributing little to godliness — with which defect above all the schismatic theology of the Lutherans and the Arminians is afflicted, insofar as they either exalt man too highly, together with his free will, his works, and his perfection, while depressing and belittling God and His grace and mercy in Christ (which, besides the Pelagians, Papists, and Socinians, the Arminians also do, giving occasion to despair through their doctrines of a total perfection required, of a total falling-away of the saints, and of continual doubts concerning salvation — which last, together with those already named, the Lutherans too hold, at least as regards a total falling-away of the saints); or give free rein to carnal carelessness through a universal grace of God and a universal satisfaction of Christ, said to be equally profitable for all — with which, besides others, the Lutheran Confession in particular is afflicted; or open a way of salvation which agrees little either with the righteousness or with the mercy of God — through which the Socinian way perishes, which confounds and mingles mercy with righteousness. Reformed theology, therefore, answers most exactly to those apostolic marks of orthodoxy, as the enumeration just made plainly shows. More on the truth of the Christian religion has been written by Mornay, Ludovicus Vives, Hugo Grotius, and recently Huet, in his Evangelical Demonstration.
XXVII. Yet, since it is not enough to have distinguished true theology from false, it is necessary, secondly, that each and every falsely-named theology which one has discovered and detected be rooted out, according to the measure of its rank and station. By a false theology we here presuppose, from the preceding paragraph, a heterodidaskalia, another or a foreign doctrine. This duty concerns (1) the preachers of Christian truth, Titus 3:10-11, Acts 15:2, Gal. 2:11,14; (2) the magistrate, to whom of old it was even charged, under pain of death, to set himself against it, Deut. 13:5 and 18:20, 1 Kings 18:40; (3) all who profess the Christian truth, Matt. 7:15, Rom. 16:17, 2 Thess. 3:14, 2 Tim. 2:16-17, Titus 3:10-11, 2 John 10. One must now set oneself against all false persons with force: (1) because it seeks to overthrow the gospel of Christ, Gal. 1:7; (2) because it blasphemes the way of truth, 2 Pet. 2:2; (3) because it bewitches those who are not obedient to the truth, Gal. 3:1; (4) because it disturbs and lays waste congregations and unsettles souls, Acts 15:24, Gal. 5:10,12; (5) because it is destructive, indeed deadly, 2 Pet. 2:2-3; (6) because it is hated both by and with Christ, Rev. 2:6,15. Wherefore the ministers of the gospel must watch over the flock, Acts 20:29-31, Rev. 2:6, by refuting those who teach another doctrine, 2 Tim. 2:16,24, Titus 1:9 — following the example of Stephen, Acts 6:9ff, of Paul, Acts 9:22, of Paul and Barnabas, ch. 15:2, of Apollos, ch. 18:28, of Peter, 2 Pet. 3:4, etc.; likewise, by confirming and strengthening their own people in the Christian truth, Acts 14:19,22; and further, by drawing back those who have been led astray, Gal. 1:6-7. But it is also the duty of magistrates, by their public authority and power, to restrain and curb all false teaching, as we have taught above, and to conduct themselves as nursing-fathers of the Church, Isa. 49:23. Finally, it is the duty of each and every one to watch himself carefully, Matt. 7:15, to fortify his mind in the truth against errors, so that he not be moved and carried away, like a child, by every wind of doctrine, Eph. 4:14; but that, being well strengthened by the rule of faith, the pattern of sound words, the catechetical articles, and the passages of Holy Scripture, he hold fast to them and keep them ready at hand, 2 Tim. 1:13, etc.
XXVIII. Now that all false theology has been banished, it is necessary, thirdly, that in its place there come an unwearied care, zeal, and exercise for and in true Christian theology, among all who profess Christ. For although the knowledge of theological matters which anyone may here attain is, in comparison at least with that which is to come, only partial, and as it were seen through a glass, darkly, 1 Cor. 13:12 — it nevertheless admits of degrees, according to which believers are called children or full-grown, 1 Cor. 3:1-2, Heb. 5:12-14: namely (a) according to the nature and condition of the times and the degrees of illumination, whence a more differentiated knowledge is required now, under the New Testament, than formerly under the Old, Joel 2:28-29, 1 Cor. 13:12, Isa. 11:9, Jer. 31:34,36; (b) according to the condition of the means for attaining knowledge, of which one place has a greater abundance than another, Col. 3:16, Heb. 1:1-2 — for which reason a more differentiated knowledge is required of us Europeans than of the Indians, of the Reformed than, for example, of the Papists; (c) according to the nature and condition of the persons and their duties, a greater and more differentiated knowledge being required in teachers and pastors than in others, Mal. 2:7, Hos. 4:6; (d) finally, according to the nature of theological matters themselves, insofar as some are more foundational than others, Heb. 6:1, 1 Cor. 3:1-2, for which reason they are distinguished into articles of faith, which belong to a person's being a Christian, and points of theology, which serve a Christian's well-being. Although, I say, degrees of knowledge must in every respect be allowed for these reasons, it is nevertheless the duty of each and every one (1) to acquire and possess for himself a knowledge of the foundational and catechetical articles, Jer. 31:34; (2) to strive to increase and grow more rooted in them, Col. 2:6-7, Heb. 5:12, 1 Cor. 14:20. Yet even here every kind of knowledge of Christian matters is not enough, for there is (1) a corrupt knowledge, 1 Tim. 1:4 and 6:20, apt only for disputes, ibid. vv. 4-5; (2) an empty, merely literal and speculative knowledge, which hovers only in the brain and does not penetrate to the heart, except perhaps to puff it up, 1 Cor. 13:1, 8:1; (3) a saving, experiential, and practical knowledge, which penetrates to the innermost being, and thus produces the practice of the truths known, of which it is spoken, John 13:17, Phil. 3:8-10 and 4:9, Col. 1:9-10, and which the Apostle calls a knowledge of the truth which is according to godliness, Titus 1:1. Such knowledge, therefore, each and every one must strive to obtain with the utmost exertion of all his powers — I say, each and every one: (1) teachers and ministers of the gospel, in order (a) to hold fast the doctrine, 1 Cor. 2:2, Mal. 2:7, Hos. 4:6; (b) to teach it to others, 1 Tim. 6:2, 2 Tim. 4:2; (c) to explain it, 2 Tim. 2:15; (d) to defend it, Titus 1:9; and (e) to apply it, 1 Tim. 4:2, according to the variety of persons, states, and conditions, Titus 2:2, 1 Tim. 6:17; (2) the magistrates, who must (A) know theology and keep it before their eyes, Deut. 17:18-20, Josh. 1:8, Ps. 19:8; (B) prescribe it to their subjects, 2 Chron. 17:7-9, Josh. 24:14ff; (C) protect it against its enemies, as nursing-fathers of the Church, Isa. 49:23 and 60:16, and as guardians of both tables of the divine law; (D) indeed also propagate it, Gen. 18:19 — to say it in one word, they must kiss the Son in this way, Ps. 2:10-12, so that their civic government may become a government of God, or of Christ; (3) every single Christian, who must (1) acknowledge and receive the Christian truth, Col. 3:16; (2) do his best to advance more and more in it, John 5:39, Ps. 1:2; (3) rest and lean upon it, 2 Pet. 1:19; (4) each, according to his ability, pass it on to others, Col. 3:16.
XXIX. The reasons which can urge all to this most gently are these that follow. (1) The excellence of theology, whereby it is raised infinitely above all other branches of learning, Eph. 3:19, 1 Cor. 2:2 — an excellence which it possesses (1) from its origin and birth, which are heavenly and divine, Gal. 1:1, namely a wisdom that is from above, John 3:17 — indeed also from the manner of its bringing forth, which is utterly glorious, 2 Cor. 4:6; (2) then, the majesty of its content, which is God Himself, whence it is called a wisdom of God, 1 Cor. 1:6-7, Prov. 1:5; likewise Christ, whence Paul speaks of the excellency of the knowledge of Christ, for the sake of which he also counted all things loss and dung, esteeming all other knowledge as nothing, Phil. 3:8, 1 Cor. 2:2; further too, the manner of living for God, Rom. 6:11, whence one reads of words of life, Acts 5:20, John 6:68; (3) then its end, use, and usefulness, insofar as it directs man to live for God, to glorify God, and to obtain a blessed immortality, all of these being, among the several ends proper to it, directed to one and the same common and highest end, without which all the rest would wander from the right course; (4) then its unshakeable and immovable certainty, resting on the infallible trustworthiness and faithfulness of God, who cannot lie, and which takes hold of everything under the formal ground (as one says) of infallibility, 1 Cor. 15:15, John 3:33, while all other sciences are obtained only through a loose and slippery experience and reasoning, and rest thereon; (5) then its purity and holiness, James 3:17, which is so great and so complete that it makes its possessor pure and holy, Ps. 19:9-10; (6) then the sweetness and pleasantness with which the possession of it wonderfully overwhelms the mind, Ps. 19:9-10 and 119:103, Prov. 2:10 and 24:13-14, Job 23:12, which flows as much from the excellency of its object as from the nature of the knowledge itself; (7) then its manifold and surpassing usefulness, so that here one may use the saying of Christ, one thing is needful, Luke 10:42, and of the Apostle, profitable unto all things, having the promise of the life that now is, and of that which is to come, 1 Tim. 4:8; (8) then its absolute necessity, since no one can obtain, without it, either justification in this life, Isa. 53:11, or life hereafter, John 17:3 — indeed, all your studies and pursuits, however many, if they wander from this supreme aim, will be in vain, so that David, not without reason, makes the whole happiness of man depend on this exercise and pursuit, Ps. 1:1-2; (9) then the evils and calamities of ignorance, whereby we are (1) estranged from the life of God, Eph. 4:18-19; (2) alienated from the covenant of grace, Jer. 31:33-34; (3) made liable to divine wrath, Ps. 79:6; (4) subjected to the heaviest temporal judgments, Amos 4:6; (5) and even made liable to eternal damnation itself, 2 Thess. 1:8-9, 2 Cor. 4:3. Persuaded by all these considerations, (10) the saints under both testaments — the patriarchs and prophets under the Old, 1 Pet. 1:10-11; the apostles and evangelists under the New, 2 Tim. 3:15, Acts 18:24; indeed, even the heavenly angels themselves, 1 Pet. 1:12, Eph. 3:10 — have, by their examples, gone before us in zeal, earnestness, and diligence toward divine things.
XXX. But, that we may not seem to urge the pursuit of theology or religion in vain with so great a weight of reasons, we must here without fail set forth the means for obtaining it. First of all, then, and before all things, one must acknowledge the supreme cause and first fountain of it, which is God, James 3:17, whence it is called sophia tou Theou, the wisdom of God, 1 Cor. 2:6-7, because it concerns God as much as it is from God. Likewise Christ, for which reason it is called logoi tou Christou, the words of Christ, 1 Tim. 6:3. So too the Holy Spirit, who is for this reason called the Spirit of wisdom, Isa. 11:2, Eph. 1:17. From Him it is, and is obtained, through the revelation of the Father, Matt. 16:17, of the Son, John 1:18, and of the Holy Spirit, 2 Pet. 1:21, through His illumination to know and grasp the revealed truth, Eph. 1:18, and through His leading into the truth grasped, John 16:13, Ps. 25:5 and 143:10. Let us, therefore, from this point, seek with the most fervent prayers, James 1:5, 1 Cor. 3:9, that He give us the Spirit, John 16:13, that He anoint the eyes of our understanding with eyesalve, Rev. 3:18, so that we, beholding, may see the wondrous things of His law, Ps. 119:18,27.
Then, secondly, in order that we may the more surely obtain theology, we must, when we set ourselves to it, take heed that we be (1) reconciled with God and His friends, John 15:15; (2) fearing God, Ps. 25:12; (3) of humble heart, 1 Pet. 5:5, Ps. 25:9, Matt. 11:25; (4) fools as regards this world, 1 Cor. 3:18. Thus disposed, let us, thirdly, have the helps ready at hand: (1) the Book of Nature, opened from within by conscience, Rom. 2:14-15, and from without by the contemplation of created things, Rom. 1:20, Ps. 19:1; then also (2) the Book of Scripture, which will open up theology, especially the Christian and revealed theology, Ps. 19:8-9; and (3) the service and help of schooling and ecclesiastical instruction, Mal. 2:7, Eph. 4:11-14. Then, fourthly, let us banish (1) a contrived and feigned ignorance, 2 Pet. 3:5, Prov. 1:22 and 29:7; (2) a vain curiosity and a falsely-named knowledge, 1 Tim. 6:20, 2 Tim. 2:23, Titus 3:9, whereby we should be wrongly preoccupied with prying into the secret things of God, Deut. 29:29; or with things that do not concern us, John 21:22, Acts 1:6-7; or with things less necessary to be known, 1 Cor. 14:1; or whereby we should aspire to higher things while neglecting the first principles, Heb. 6:1; or fail to rest in the sayings of God unless they agree with our own reason, Luke 1:34, Rom. 9:19-20; (3) pride, 1 Cor. 8:1; (4) fleshly wisdom, 1 Cor. 2:14 and 3:18-19; (5) fleshly lusts, which blind the understanding, Eph. 4:18, by darkening it and enticing it away. Let means, finally, be diligently applied with respect to the Word of God, Ps. 19:7-8 and 119:130, 2 Tim. 3:15-17: its reading, 1 Tim. 4:15; the hearing of it, Ps. 1:2; comparison with other passages, Luke 24:27; meditation, John 7:17, James 1:25, Ps. 119:99-100, Rev. 22:7, John 13:17. (Cf. Ames, Cas. Lib. III, Cap. II.)
XXXI. As for academic exercises, we shall touch upon them one by one, only briefly, and as it were with the finger. First, we shall wholly presuppose their excellence, usefulness, necessity, holiness, extent, and difficulty, from what has already been said and what will yet be said. Then, secondly, a theological disposition is required — teachable, industrious, godly, and consonant with theology — arising as much from a keenness of judgment able to discern spiritual things, as from a faithfulness of memory able to store up so many and such various matters, as also from the well-orderedness, purity, and steadiness of the passions, whereby one inclines toward studies devoted to God not against one's will and grudgingly, but with a certain holy readiness. Thirdly, that the student set before himself a theological aim — not riches and wealth, not honor, not pleasures and idleness, but the honor of God, the edification and building up of the Church, and his own salvation. Furthermore, fourthly, that in the study itself there go before it a threefold prerequisite knowledge: a philological one, namely of languages — Greek, Hebrew, Chaldee, Latin; a philosophical one, of ethics, physics, metaphysics, mathematics, and practical philosophy; and a historical one, which, like two wings, accompanies the knowledge of place and time. Let there follow, fifthly — or rather let it go paired continually with all the rest — a biblical exercise: one done as it were in passing, and one which must constantly be added to everything else; that is, an exegetical and precise exercise, whereby the connection of the text is traced out, the difficulties and hard places are noted and unraveled, and the doctrines, both speculative and practical, are drawn out and brought forth. Let there follow, meanwhile, sixthly, a doctrinal and positive theology — both catechetical and systematic, of the commonplaces, as they are called. On this follows, seventhly, polemical theology — the general kind, which touches more than one party, and likewise the particular kind, which touches particular parties in particular: the unbelieving heathen, Muhammadans, Jews, atheists; the heretics — Socinians, Anabaptists, Papists, Enthusiasts; the schismatics — Arminians, Lutherans, Brownists, Independents, Koelmanists, and others. And also, eighthly, practical theology: the moral kind, which concerns virtues and vices; the exhortatory kind, which concerns the exercises of godliness; the casuistical kind, which concerns cases of conscience; and the pastoral kind, which concerns the government of the Church. Ninthly, that the student trace out antiquities, ecclesiastical histories, the church fathers, and the councils, according to their age and period. Further, tenthly, that he be occupied in all these things with hearing, reading, meditating, praying, and disputing. And this, eleventhly, according to a fixed and orderly method, which apportions the tasks by years, by days, and by hours. Let it suffice merely to have touched upon these matters, which are set forth and explained at large by others — for example, by Erasmus, Hyperius, Crocius, Alsted, and one who must be named before and above the rest, Voetius, in his particular treatises.
XXXII. Yet even the study of theology, however true it be, is not enough, unless one apply oneself, fourthly, to exercising theology, and to the exercise itself. Wherefore our thesis presses not merely for a Christian theology, but in particular for a speculative-practical one. By this we mean not a pagan theology, such as that of Socrates, Plato, Scipio, Aristides, Cato, Seneca; nor a philosophical theology, consisting in ethical, domestic, and civic exercises; nor yet a Pharisaic theology, of which Josephus speaks (Antiquities, Bk. XIII, ch. 18), which insisted on an unmarried state, on frequent fasting, on prayers and alms, and abstained only from gross scandals, occupying itself, with great strictness, only with the outward exercises of godliness; nor an Essene theology, which, by the testimony of Josephus in his eighteenth book, ch. 2, exceeded even the Pharisaic in exactness; nor yet a monastic and pilgrim theology; and finally, not any hypocritical or feigned theology whatsoever — all of which have a form of godliness but deny the power thereof, 2 Tim. 3:5, a matter which perhaps we shall treat expressly and at length in the chapter on Hypocrisy.
XXXIII. But of all these duties — and countless others besides, even those that are the more inward — the marks of what is truly and in deed according to godliness, Ps. 2:8, Rom. 2:28-29, are these: (1) that it not remain in outward things, but flow out of the depths of the heart, being endowed with a true and living faith, Rom. 14:23, Gal. 5:6; (2) that it aim not at private advantage, honor, and riches, Matt. 6:1-5, but at the honor and glory of God, 1 Cor. 10:31, the edification of one's neighbor, Matt. 5:16, and one's own salvation, 1 Pet. 1:9; (3) that it proceed and be put into practice, not according to one's own opinion, Matt. 15:9, but according to the prescript of God, Gal. 6:16; and finally, (4) that it not be brought forth by the powers of nature, John 3:6, but by the Spirit of God, Gal. 5:22.
XXXIV. There are many things that urge the exercise of such a practical theology, and of such a theological practice. (1) Because Christian theology is not speculative, nor even speculative-practical — though we so name it according to our manner of treatment — but is, purely and above all, practical; a matter we here presuppose, though it must be explained and proved in its own place. (2) Because not only is the whole of theology called a doctrine of the truth which is according to godliness, 1 Tim. 6:3 and Titus 1:1, and said to be profitable for doctrine, for correction, and for instruction in righteousness, that the man of God may be perfectly furnished unto every good work, 2 Tim. 3:16-17, but also because we read that its several parts, each with its own practice, are bound together — so that, God willing, we shall show, in setting forth the whole body of theology, that faith and love, 2 Tim. 1:13, hearing and doing, James 2:22-23, run together, that the end of the commandment is said to be love out of a pure heart and a good conscience, 1 Tim. 1:5, and that from it there arises the obedience of faith, Rom. 1:5; and likewise, that in practice there lies the power of godliness or of theology, whereas, on the contrary, bare speculation brings about nothing but a form of it, 2 Tim. 3:5. (3) Because salvation is attached to practice, but is refused and denied to bare speculation, John 13:17, James 1:22-25. (4) Because the conviction of gainsayers, as also their conversion, depends more on practice than on speculation, James 2:18-19, 1 Pet. 3:1-2; indeed, moreover, that faith which is born of love toward practice is more safe, tested, and steadfast than that which flows from speculation alone. Not even to press further (5) that, through the exercise of practical theology and theological practice, one refutes most powerfully the slanders of the Arminians and Papists, who accuse our theology of being useless, idle, and merely speculative — and (6) because Satan, with his own, sets himself against the practical no less forcefully than against the theoretical; indeed, from day to day brings forth ever new and newly-devised contrivances, 1 Tim. 4:1, so as all the more to shut out practical study and the practice of study.
XXXV. The means for obtaining and advancing this practical theology, the thirty-fourth paragraph can furnish us, if only one alters what needs altering. Yet we shall let follow here some further points more particularly proper to practical study. (1) A diligent, constant, and practical contemplation and exercise of God's Word is here of the utmost service and usefulness, that the man of God may be perfectly furnished unto every good work, 2 Tim. 3:17 — especially if thereby is sought not only the knowledge of the truth, but also its power and efficacy; and to this end let one add the reading of all sorts of writers, both old and more recent, especially the wholly practical Dutch and English ones, which must then be gathered together into commonplaces, as they are called. (2) The experiential exercise of theology, whereby we not only know, but also feel and experience, the power and working of each theological article — whence the Apostle joins together knowledge and all judgment, Phil. 1:9, whereby we at once taste and see how good the Lord is, and how blessed is he who trusts in Him, Ps. 34:9. For I hold, too, that the authors of practical theology have obtained their practice by no other means more happily than this: that they first duly and rightly furnished their own minds with an inward sense of theological truths, then compared the things they had experienced and felt with Holy Scripture, and finally set down the one and the other in writing. For which reason Luther declared those sermons to be the best, in which the preacher feels and experiences the things he speaks, and speaks the things he feels and experiences. (3) The exercise of an exemplary theology, whereby you not only feel it for yourself, but also set yourself before others as an example, that they too may come to feel it — which the Apostle especially commends to ministers, when he says, Titus 1:7, show yourself in all things an example of good works, in doctrine, etc. Nothing, too, according to the testimony of Luther, penetrates deeper into the heart than that which springs and wells up from the innermost and deepest part of the heart. (4) When theologians, in the arrangement and enumeration of the theological articles, treat expressly and at length not only the doctrinal and polemical, but also the practical. Let me add to this, (5), that in the examinations of candidates, samples and proofs be required not only of doctrinal and polemical, but also of practical theology, and indeed of the practice itself.
Third Doctrine
Concerning the Description of Theology
The Doctrinal Part
XXXVI. Christian theology, which is speculative-practical, is nothing other than a doctrine of living for God through Christ; or a doctrine which is according to godliness, Titus 1:1. Whence it was called by the ancient church fathers, sometimes by the name theosebeia, godliness or piety; sometimes theozōia, God-livingness; indeed also theourgia, God-working — (1) when it is called the word of life, John 6:68, Acts 5:20; (2) when the habitual theology, or the working-unto-God, is meant, in agreement with Holy Scripture, which expresses the theological art by living unto God, Rom. 6:11, 2 Cor. 5:15, Rom. 14:7-8, Col. 3:3-4, Phil. 1:20-21; (3) because it is wholly occupied with man's forming, ordering, and directing his whole life for God, insofar as everything that occurs in Holy Scripture flows together and converges upon this one thing, as upon its center — so that this, as it were, is the most general content of it, according to which it may best be described as a doctrine of living for God through Christ.
XXXVII. First, we presuppose to this end: (1) that a knowable composite (scibile complexum) — that is, a composite of very many conclusions which look to one and the same thing — constitutes a certain science or discipline. (2) That living unto God is just such a knowable matter, according to the preceding paragraph. (3) And that it is nevertheless not comprehended under the subject of any other discipline: for there is no science which teaches how to live unto God through Christ, besides Christian theology — from which it is gathered that this, without doubt, is its true and proper business, and that there is nothing in theology which does not tend to this: that man's life be directed and governed toward God, whether under the aspect of the end, or under the aspect of a means. So it remains beyond doubt that this is its proper and adequate object, and that theology, therefore, is nothing other than a doctrine of living unto God through Christ. We presuppose likewise, secondly: (1) that, since God has created all things for the sake of man, and man for his own sake, so that man is the final and ultimate end of himself and of all human deeds and actions, it is therefore necessary that there be a certain instructive doctrine which directs and governs man, with all that is his, toward that end. (2) That there is no other instructive doctrine which undertakes this matter for its treatment, while all other disciplines remain standing by and resting, each in its own particular end — for example, medicine, in the well-being or health of man's body; ethics, in man's moral happiness for himself alone; politics, in the commonwealth's happiness in civic society; household economy, in that of the family, and so forth with all the rest. From which we then conclude that theology alone directs and governs the particular proper ends of each and every instructive doctrine to one common and supreme end, namely to God — so that God thereby indeed obtains His glory, but we too obtain, in God and in His glory, a perfect blessedness; all of which converges into this one thing, that we live unto God. By which we might, thirdly, further conclude that in this very point converge all the laws and requirements of a proper definition. For to live unto God expresses the very essence of the thing defined, that is, of theology, and is in every respect equal to it, since theology has nothing that does not look to this, nor does anything look to this and belong to it, which does not also belong to theology. From which nothing else can follow, but that a doctrine of living for God through Christ constitutes the most proper and genuine definition of theology.
XXXVIII. Theology is, accordingly, a doctrine — Isa. 51:4 and ch. 2:3 call it teaching and instruction, likewise a pattern of doctrine, Rom. 6:17 — a doctrine according to godliness, 1 Tim. 6:3, cf. John 7:16-17, 1 Tim. 4:6. Now we call it a doctrine, not because we despise and reject the names of philosophical habits — skill, science, wisdom, prudence, and art — for we see that in Holy Scripture it is called, interchangeably, now understanding, Prov. 2:6, Col. 2:3; now science or knowledge, Mal. 2:7, Isa. 53:11, 2 Cor. 8:7; now wisdom, 1 Cor. 1:21 and 2:6, James 3:17; now prudence, Prov. 1:2-3, Eph. 1:8; and that, in place of the name art, as its equivalent, there is used the expression, senses exercised to discern good and evil, Heb. 5:14. Not, I say, that theology is bound to any single one of these habits so as to exclude the rest, but because it contains and combines within itself, preeminently, the perfection and completeness of all the others; for which reason we prefer to use the more comprehensive word doctrine, under which all the others are included. And yet there lurks also another reason beneath this designation: namely, that Holy theology consists, preeminently, in a doctrine or revelation, Isa. 51:4, Matt. 16:17, John 1:18, Gal. 1:11-12 — whereas, on the contrary, all other sciences owe their origin to nature and to human investigation and inquiry, since their basic principles are innate in us, and are stirred up and brought to their perfection by the senses, observation, experience, comparison, and inference; while, meanwhile, the firm and solid principles of saving theology, as such, are not in us by nature, nor can they be acquired or brought to any perfection by exercise or diligence alone, Matt. 16:17. I add to this, as a third reason, that not only systematic theology, or theological lessons and precepts, but also the habitual [theology], or the art of living unto God arising from those precepts and commands, rests and depends upon a divine faith, and thus needs to be taught or revealed by God.
And this doctrine is taught, in part, by God — through an outward revelation, Gal. 1:11-12, and through an inward illumination, Eph. 1:17-18, of which we have spoken above — and in part also by men, who are therefore given the name of teachers, Eph. 4:11.
XXXIX. Further, it is a doctrine of living, of living unto God — and indeed of living unto God through Christ. I say, of living, which we have already proved from Holy Scripture, from Rom. 6:11, John 6:68, Acts 5:20; now we confirm this with reasons. Because (1) there is no instructive doctrine which forms and orders life in general, whether morally or spiritually, and therefore this must be left to theology. (2) The Word of God, and the Holy Spirit together with the Word, forms and orders by theological precepts not this or that single act of our life, but in general all of them, 1 Thess. 5:23, 2 Tim. 3:16-17. (3) The most noble instructive doctrine must necessarily be occupied with the most noble object; but nothing is more noble than life, Job 2:4, since life is a most general act, which is laid down as a foundation for all the rest, so that nothing at all subsists without life.
XL. Yet we say that it is not only a doctrine of living, but of living unto God, according to what we have already noted above, §XI, from Holy Scripture. For since our life must necessarily be directed and governed Godward, as toward its supreme and ultimate end, 1 Cor. 10:31, Phil. 1:21, without which all its acts would wander from the right course; and since it is nevertheless not governed thereto by any other doctrine — it is therefore absolutely necessary that this be accomplished through theology.
XLI. The life which theology directs and governs Godward is of three kinds: (1) of nature, Gen. 2:7, springing from the union of soul and body, whereby man is able to move himself in a natural manner; (2) of grace, Gal. 2:20, flowing from the union of original righteousness with the soul, whereby he is able to move himself in a spiritual or moral manner; (3) of glory, John 17:3, arising from the union and communion of the whole man with God, whereby he lives blessedly. The life of nature, although, as regards its first act, it is not properly subject to any theological precepts, is nevertheless, in respect of its second acts, according to the nature of the case, either raised up and rewarded, or punished, or prolonged, for good or evil deeds, 1 Tim. 4:8, Exod. 20:12; and yet the second acts — namely, the vegetative, sensitive, and rational — are directed and governed Godward by theological rules. The life of grace stands, both as regards its first act and as regards its second acts, more directly under the laws of theology, insofar as spiritual life and spiritual death are taken away and restored through sin and through faith, Eph. 4:18 and 2:5-6; and insofar as, likewise, good works must necessarily (1) flow forth from the life of grace, or from faith brought about through regeneration, John 3:5-6, Rom. 14:23, Heb. 11:6; (2) be directed to the honor of God, Gal. 2:19-20, 1 Cor. 10:31, Phil. 1:20-21; and (3) be arranged according to the prescript of God's will, 1 Pet. 4:2,6. The life of glory depends wholly upon the direction of theology, John 17:3, 1 Pet. 1:9, so that it is begun here through the life of grace, and completed hereafter in the heavens, John 3:36 and 5:24, 1 John 3:15, nor does it differ or vary from that life at all, save only in degree.
XLII. Yet even this is not enough for Christian theology, that we live unto God, unless this take place through Christ, Rom. 6:11. For thereby (1) our theology differs from that of the first-created human beings, when they were newly made; likewise from natural theology, and from every falsely so-called theology, which does not have the sound words of Christ. Moreover, (2) we cannot, without and apart from Christ, live unto God, Gal. 2:20, John 15:5. And (3), even if we could, it would not be acceptable to God apart from Christ, Eph. 1:6.
But we live unto God through Christ, in so far as (1) in Christ, who is our life, our life can first become pleasing to God, Eph. 1:6 — namely, in Him in whom the Father has taken good pleasure, Matt. 3:17; (2) because Christ, by His merit, has obtained for us the Spirit, John 16:7, by whose working and power we are made alive, Rom. 8:2,11, led and driven, v. 14 — whereas otherwise we would be dead in sins, that is, unfit and incapable of any good work, and inclined, on the contrary, to all evil; (3) since Christ, being united to us by faith, (a) makes us alive, whereas we were dead, Eph. 2:4-7; (b) imparts to us power to live, as the root to the branch, the head to the members, John 15:4; (c) sets the imparted powers to work, and carries them through to the very act, and makes them fruitful, John 15:4; (d) prescribes the laws of living unto God, Matt. 5:2; (e) goes before us with His own example, Matt. 11:29, Phil. 2:5; and finally (f) lives in us Himself, Gal. 2:20, and so occupies and takes possession of all our powers, that in everything, continually and everywhere, there may bloom and shine through Christ's lowliness, obedience, holiness, and righteousness, and that, in all these ways, the life of Christ be made manifest in us, 2 Cor. 4:11.
XLIII. From what has been said it appears, first, that since living unto God comprises two things — living well and living happily, of which the first regards God's honor and glory, and the latter our own salvation — it is therefore the duty of every man, in settling the ends of theology, to hold that the highest end is God's honor and glory, 1 Cor. 10:31, Prov. 16:4, Rom. 11:36, and the second, subordinate end, our own salvation, 1 Pet. 1:9; although these two ends differ not so much in the matter itself as in our conception of it, since our salvation consists in nothing else than the glorification of God — inasmuch as, through our union and communion with God, and our enjoyment of Him, wherein our salvation lies, God is thereby in very deed acknowledged and praised as our highest good and our ultimate end. From which the answer to the following questions is easy. (1) May one do something for the sake of one's own salvation, as one's highest end? Answer: this is entirely lawful, since it is beyond all doubt lawful to do or perform something for and on account of God, or to hold God, in the very act, as one's highest end. Likewise, (2) ought we not rather and sooner to seek God's honor and glory than our own life — indeed, than our own salvation? Answer: while we seek our own salvation, we thereby also seek God's honor and glory; yet insofar as these two differ in our conception, it must take precedence in our regard that we consider the matter of God, rather than our own comfort and advantage. But (3) will it not seem all too mercenary and hireling-like to live unto God for the sake of a reward? Answer: certainly, when it is done for the sake of a reward properly so called, whether of fitness or of strict equivalence, or for a reward distinct from God Himself; yet it is by no means hireling work when we, in the very act, hold God to be our highest end and our very great reward, Gen. 15:1.
XLIV. Secondly, the object with which the theological precepts are occupied, in forming and ordering it, is, first of all, the understanding, that our worship might be a reasonable worship, Rom. 12:1; then also the will, or the heart, Matt. 15:19, Prov. 4:4,23, Ezek. 33:26; and finally, the whole life, and each and every particular reasonable act thereof, insofar as those acts can be directed toward God. For the workmanship of theology is the disposition of the whole man, whereby he is driven to have and enjoy God, and to act and do according to His will and unto His glory — whence the whole man, and all his parts, are said to be sanctified, 1 Thess. 5:23; the will especially, however, as being the commanding principle of all spiritual acts.
XLV. Thirdly, how great is the excellence and pre-eminence of Christian theology. For although, in respect of the order of teaching, according to our manner of proceeding and advancing, it comes last, yet in the order of nature and of worth it readily occupies the first place, and, with respect to the supreme end, it is the directress and architect of all the rest — proceeding singularly from God, treating of God and divine things, tending toward God, and leading and bringing man to Him. For which reasons it is called, with no less right, theozōia, a God-life, or theourgia, a God-working, than theologia, a God-word — to which may be added what we have already said above concerning this matter, §XXXIII.
The Polemical Part
XLVI. That theology is indeed a doctrine of living unto God through Christ, I think there is no one among Christians who would deny — although it is described by one and another in a somewhat different manner, differing more in words than in substance, a matter with which we shall not now further concern ourselves. Wherefore, in place of controversies, we shall touch more lightly than expound at length one or another question, such as is wont to be raised and examined, in such prefatory matters of instruction, among the orthodox themselves.
First, then, the question is: whether, concerning theology, one may use a certain habit drawn from the intellectual habits of Aristotle in the Nicomachean Ethics, Bk. VI — that is, whether theology ought rather to be called a wisdom, or ought rather to be called a prudence, etc.? There are some who regard it as a wisdom — namely, a most perfect manner of teaching, through a most perfect habit — thus it pleases those who hold that theology is a speculative teaching. There are some who would rather describe it as a prudence — namely, those who hold that theology is practical. There are some who allow neither, because it is a habit which is not natural, but supernatural. There are some who hold that all the habits of Aristotle apply to it: because theology is an understanding, insofar as it is brought to its principles through a mere apprehension; a science, insofar as it draws out its conclusions from first principles by reasoning through them; a wisdom, insofar as it binds and joins together its principles with its conclusions in a most perfect manner; a prudence, insofar as it directs its doctrines to an immanent act; and an art, insofar as it directs them to a transient act. We shall most safely say the middle course — namely, formally, so to speak, none of these in particular, since it includes the perfections of all of them together, so as by way of excellence to exclude none of the others. For this reason we have most precisely described it as a doctrine, which involves and includes all the others, and confines itself to none of them.
XLVII. Secondly, what sort of object befits theology? There are some who hold that it is God, to be contemplated, from whom theology takes its subject; there are others who would rather hold that it is God and His works; there are others who judge that it is the service of God that must be treated of. The matter could be settled by making a distinction between the first and principal object, and thus it would be God; and the adequate object, and thus it would by no means be God alone. It seems to us that those speak most fittingly who, with us, put forward living unto God through Christ as the adequate object: because this, on the one hand, has nothing which does not properly belong to theology; nor, on the other hand, does it omit anything which does belong to theology. For in order that we may live unto God, there is first required a knowledge of God and of His works; and it is not enough for theology that we know God and His works, unless there be added to this the honoring and serving of God, or the living for God through Christ.
XLVIII. Thirdly, is it a speculative habit, or a practical one? Or rather a speculative-practical one? We say here that it is practical — not that it does not work at all, for to every instructive discipline, whatever it be, its own well-doing and well-acting properly belongs — but because it does not, by its own nature, proceed to action, as metaphysics does; it is, on the contrary, an exercising habit — not because it is not occupied with contemplation, but because, by and through its nature, it does not rest or remain standing in contemplation, as logic and ethics do. Furthermore, we here distinguish to praktikon, the practical, from to poiētikon, that which must be made — since to poiētikon, what must be made, brings forth its object, whereas to praktikon, what must be practiced, requires only an act with respect to its object. Thus, although God cannot be brought forth by us through poiēsis, a making, there can nevertheless be drawn forth and elicited concerning Him an act of love and reverence, in which practice consists. There are some here who hold that theology is purely speculative, as Aquinas with his followers, because in the most perfect contemplation of God consists our salvation, John 17:3, 1 Cor. 13:13. But wrongly: for salvation does not consist in knowledge alone, but in a knowledge that involves love, 1 Cor. 13:13. Nor, indeed, is that called knowledge in Holy Scripture which consists in bare speculative knowing alone, but also such as includes love, Ps. 1:6, Matt. 7:23. There are others, on the contrary, who would rather hold that it is purely practical, as Scotus with his followers — which we too, in a sound sense, shall accept. Further, there are some who say that it is neither speculative nor practical, but affective and passionate — very strange people indeed, since, without doubt, to love and to have one's affections stirred are themselves exercising, or practical, things. Finally, there are some who describe it as both speculative and practical: because, with respect to one part of it — namely, with respect to what must be believed concerning God, the Trinity, and the personal union of the two natures in Christ — it is purely speculative; but with respect to what must be done, it is purely practical. But this is less exact, since to consist and rest, by its very nature, in contemplation, and yet, by its very nature, to require practice as well, involves a contradiction. We do not indeed deny that there are things in theology which cannot be brought forth or made — for example, God, the Holy Trinity, the union of the natures in Christ, and other such matters, which are for that very reason not poiētika, things that must be made — yet there is nothing concerning which some act might not be elicited, of which it could be said to be practical. We, therefore, while denying that theology has everywhere an actual and operative bearing, likewise deny that it is purely speculative, since all its doctrines, by their very nature, require some working with respect to the object known. Indeed, we also deny that it is, properly and in itself, speculative-practical — although we have so named it according to the manner of treatment — but we say that it is practical, and, above all, eminently practical: (1) because it is called a doctrine which is according to godliness; (2) because knowledge without practice is everywhere said to be vain, 1 Cor. 13:1-2 and 8:1-3, indeed even dead, James 2:17; (3) because there is nothing in theology which does not have its bearing, whether upon the end or upon the means, of which kind are all practical things; (4) because to every and each particular chapter of theology its own practice is assigned in Holy Scripture — for example, to Scripture, 2 Tim. 3:16-17; to the preaching of the gospel, 1 Tim. 1:5; to the hearing of the Word, Matt. 13:23, James 1:22-23; to belief, 1 Pet. 1:9, Rom. 1:5; to the sacraments — to the Supper, with which stands, do this, 1 Cor. 11:24; to holy Baptism, with which is charged, teach them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you, Matt. 28:19-20; and finally, since living unto God is, by far, the most perfect practice there is for us.
The Practical Part
XLIX. There is, therefore, first, no true theology, nor a true theologian, and thus no genuine and true Christian either, in the one who (1), whether in word or in deed, makes Christian theology and religion into an art of knowing and disputing, while meanwhile not knowing, or at least neglecting, the experience and skill of living — which, as Bernard says elsewhere, has the words of the saints, but not their life. This is the very thing Seneca elsewhere calls a deadly mange of the mind: that men would rather dispute than live. (2) He who gives himself out as a theologian or as a Christian, and yet meanwhile does not live unto God through Christ, but either for the world, or for the flesh, or for idleness — or at the very least, for himself alone. Or (3), even if he perhaps does try to live unto God, yet not so much through Christ as by his own powers. Such a one indeed — though he might be called a very learned and very sharp-witted teacher, and a most zealous champion of the Christian cause — is nevertheless no more truly a theologian and a Christian than one is an orator who cannot deliver an oration, or a physician who cannot heal; upon whom that wholly ugly Jewish brand of the Apostle fits very well, Rom. 2:17ff. Indeed, he is rather (2) a liar, who says and does not, Matt. 23:3 and 7:21, who confesses with the mouth what he denies by his works, Titus 1:16. And also (3) a vain man, James 1:26, and a hypocrite, having a form of godliness but denying the power thereof, 2 Tim. 3:5. Indeed, he is (4) spiritually dead, as one who does not know how to live, Eph. 2:1, Matt. 8:22. And thus (5) he brings about, with all his theology, nothing for himself but ruin, Matt. 7:21. For he who does not will to live unto God here will not live hereafter either: for godliness alone has the promise of the life that now is, and of that which is to come, 1 Tim. 4:8.
L. It is therefore required, secondly, that we diligently test and examine both our theology and the theologians. Our theology, or religion: (1) whether it be a doctrine that has proceeded and been revealed from God, Isa. 51:4; (2) whether it tends to a Christian practice; (3) whether it directs and governs our life to no other end than toward God — or to the praise and glory of God, which shall be perfected and completed in our eternal salvation; (4) whether it lays the foundation of that whole life in Christ alone, John 15:4 — which are the chief marks of a true and genuine theology, taken together with those we set forth above, §XXXVII. But let us also examine the theologians and the Christians, and let each one test and examine himself: (1) whether he has been taught, not merely by men, or from books, but rather from God Himself, Gal. 1:1; (2) whether he has been taught, not to dispute and wrangle, but to live; (3) to live, not for himself, not for the world, not for all men, but for God; and this (4) through Christ, or through the power of Christ alone. These are the chief marks of a genuine and true theologian or Christian, flowing from the very definition of theology. For indeed, the nature and character of a thing is nowhere more perfectly grasped and understood than from a precise definition of it.
LI. But thirdly — and this is the chief thing — since we are theologians and Christians, indeed expressly devoted to theology in keeping with our profession, let us aim and strive at this: that we may live unto God alone through Christ. Concerning which we must speak somewhat more distinctly under four heads. First, what living for God requires. Although this indeed extends throughout the whole system of theology, which we shall, with God's help, expound chapter by chapter, nevertheless, set forth and displayed here as in a summary, it consists, in general, in this: (1) that we set God as the sole object of this spiritual life, Ps. 16:8 — that is, that with our whole life we seek only to serve God and to please Him, Gal. 1:10, 2 Cor. 5:9, which in Holy Scripture amounts to the same thing as living unto God; (2) that we make God's will the sole rule of our life, 1 Pet. 4:2,6, and this is living according to God; (3) that we set God before us as the goal and aim of our whole life, Phil. 1:20-21, 2 Cor. 5:9; and finally (4), that we strive after all this, and also do it, in the power of God. Therefore, as we have exhorted above, living unto God, in general, is nothing else than directing all the acts of natural, civic, and spiritual life according to the prescript of God's Word, unto the honor and glory of God, through the inward working power of God.
LII. In particular, it requires, for its own part, these points. (1) That we set before ourselves a lawful aim of our life, that we may not, namely, run at random and beat the air, 1 Cor. 9:26, like an archer without a target. For the end governs the use of the means, and takes away, or at least softens and moderates, our reluctance and aversion toward them, when we forget those things which are behind, and reach forth unto those things which are before, Phil. 3:14. Now this lawful aim of life is of three kinds. The highest and supreme is God's honor and glory, for which we were created, Isa. 43:7 — for which too we have been re-created and reborn, 1 Cor. 6:20 — indeed, to which we have also been called through the gospel, Matt. 5:16. Let us, therefore, in all our actions, be driven toward this, 1 Cor. 10:31; let us readily surrender ourselves and all that is ours to it, Phil. 1:20-21. The intermediate end is the salvation of our own soul, 1 Pet. 1:9, in which God is most fully glorified, and which we are therefore, next to and nearest after God's honor, especially bound to pursue and seek. The lowest end is the profit and benefit of our neighbor; for we are not created for ourselves alone, but also for our neighbor. To this Paul directed and ordered himself and all that was his, 1 Cor. 9:19-21; to this also the Savior, Matt. 18:11; to this we too must direct ourselves and our deeds — namely, that we further the welfare and salvation of our neighbor, going before them to this end with a holy pattern of life, and most carefully avoiding all occasions of offense, 1 Cor. 10:32.
LIII. Further, (2) that we direct all our actions to that aim according to the right rule, which is likewise threefold: namely, (1) the Word of God, Ps. 119:17, Gal. 6:16; (2) the life of Christ, after whom we are called Christians, whose life He Himself sets before us as our pattern, Matt. 11:29, and which Paul professes to have followed, 1 Cor. 11:1 — whereby Christ lives in us, Gal. 2:20, and is manifest and shines forth in us, 2 Cor. 4:10, and which is also, for our own life, a most exact example and prescript; (3) our own conscience, well instructed and ordered by the Word of God, Acts 24:16, which is itself both a rule, and also a judge subordinate to God.
LIV. And this not only, but that we also, (3) in all these practices, follow a fitting and proper order, whereby, in general, we prefer and set spiritual things above and before bodily ones — I say, that we prefer spiritual things, yet in such a way that we do not entirely neglect bodily things either, Matt. 6:33, John 6:27. This comes about (1) when bodily and spiritual things happen to us together, so that both cannot be attended to at once, and we then, to God's good pleasure, rather set aside and let go bodily things (that is, all else being equal) than spiritual ones, Heb. 10:34 and 11:26; (2) when, to God's good pleasure and for God's sake, we attend to earthly matters themselves with a spiritual heart and mind — for God, that is, according to the prescript of God, to His honor and glory, for the service and benefit of God's kingdom, and for the growth and advancement of our spiritual life; and finally (3), when we set apart and reserve for God not only each returning seventh day of our life, but also certain portions of our particular days, in which we give ourselves wholly and entirely over to God and divine things — such fixed hours as David appointed for himself, Ps. 55:18, and Daniel, ch. 6:10.
LV. In order that we may live unto God in this way, we must let ourselves be persuaded by these reasons that follow. (1) That we are children of God, who lives — should we, then, not also live, and live for Him, and to His glory, and according to His prescript, who is our Father, Mal. 1:6? (2) That we are Christ's members, united to Him, who lives in His own — shall we, then, not live in Him? Shall we, in Him who is living, be dead? (3) That we have in Christ the Spirit of life, Rom. 8:14 — shall we, then, lie prostrate as dead? (4) That we are, if only we be true Christians, living members, living stones, 1 Pet. 2:4-5, endowed with a living faith, James 2:17,26 — shall we, then, not live by faith? Especially since life is nothing else than a power to work of oneself; and to what end is a power, unless it be for the act? (5) That we have a living and life-giving God, Rom. 9:26, 1 Thess. 1:9: we have the Father, who grants us life, Gen. 2:7, and indeed a spiritual and immortal life; the Son, who by His death has obtained and restored life for us, Eph. 2:5; the Holy Spirit, who, through regeneration, brings the seed of spiritual life, John 3:5-6, and that indeed from a living seed, 1 Pet. 1:23. To what end else, but that we should live for Him, and that we should devote our life to the Triune God? In particular, (6) the Savior Jesus has given Himself and all that is His — His life, death, resurrection, and all — at this cost: that those who live should no longer live unto themselves, but unto Him who died for them and rose again, 2 Cor. 5:15. Hence none of us lives to himself, and none dies to himself; for whether we live, we live unto the Lord, etc.; for to this end He also died and rose again, Rom. 14:7-9. Indeed, (7) to this end He has created us, preserves us, and overwhelms us with all manner of spiritual and bodily benefits, that we should live for Him. To this end He calls and invites us daily by the commands of His Word. Would He have done all this, and still do it, in vain? 2 Cor. 6:1. Surely He would have done it in vain, if we do not surrender our life to God — since He has not given us life and all things merely in vain, still less unto eternal death. And (8), for whom should we rather live, than for our own so exceedingly good Creator, our most faithful Redeemer, our sweetest and most agreeable Guide and Advocate? Add to this (9), that if we have not begun to live unto God here in time, we shall not continue and complete it in eternity: for it is an everlasting life, once begun here, John 3:36, 1 John 3:15.
LVI. Yet we must take care that we pursue this matter of living unto God (1) sincerely and fully, so that we direct all the acts of our life to everything that is well-pleasing to God, Jer. 42:3,5, and restrain ourselves from all evil, Ps. 119:101 — which, with the Apostle, is always to abound in the work of the Lord, 1 Cor. 15:58; (2) diligently, with zeal, adding all diligence, 2 Pet. 1:5, that we bestow our first and foremost care upon it, Matt. 6:33, Luke 10:40; (3) steadfastly — as the Apostle says, 1 Cor. 15:58, steadfast and unmovable — not fitfully, now and then, but always and continually, 1 Chron. 16:11, Matt. 24:13, through hope and fear utterly and in every respect undeterred, Dan. 3:17-18. More matters of this kind will, without difficulty, be gathered together as the case requires.
LVII. Finally, in order that we may indeed be able to live unto God, we must also take to heart and see to the means, among which, first, regeneration excels, John 3:5, whereby, to those who are dead in sin, the first principle of spiritual life is given back and restored, and whereby we are made alive, Eph. 2:1,5-6 — for it is absolutely impossible to produce, by any other means, a single act that is spiritually alive of itself: for that which is born of the flesh is flesh, and that which is born of the Spirit is spirit, John 3:6, Rom. 8:7. The second means is a true and living faith, for by this the righteous shall live, Rom. 1:17, Gal. 2:20. The third, union with Christ, brought about through faith and through the Spirit, so that we may live unto God through Christ, Rom. 6:11, and that Christ may live in us, Gal. 2:20 — for without Christ we can do nothing, John 15:5, just as, with and in Christ, we can do all things, John 15:5, Phil. 4:13. The fourth means is a settled and unmoved purpose and resolve to live and serve God, Ps. 119:44, Heb. 13:18. The fifth, an earnest and continual striving and endeavor to obtain that which we earnestly intend, with the exertion to that end of all our powers, 2 Cor. 5:9, Acts 24:16. The sixth, constant and burning prayers, whereby we importune God and wear Him down, that He would make us alive, create in us a new heart, and preserve and make fruitful the good work He has begun in us, until it come to eternal life, 1 Cor. 15:10, 1 Thess. 5:23-24. And as many as walk according to this rule, peace and mercy shall be upon them, Gal. 6:16. More matters of this kind will come up, in their place, in the Exhortatory Part.
Chapter II: Of the Holy Scripture
On 2 Timothy 3:16-17:
All Scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness: that the man of God may be perfect, thoroughly furnished unto all good works.
I. Since this art, of living unto God, is not a natural power into which we are born, but rather an acquired capacity, it absolutely requires a certain fixed rule, whereby and according to which it may be steered and directed; and indeed a rule prescribed by God, as we have already noted above — which rule, besides the life of Christ and our own conscience, we have set, above all, in the Word of God, or Scripture; which, just as it is the rule and guide for living, is likewise a general compendium of the precepts and rules that serve that end — for which reason it is called the foundational principle of theology. The consideration of this we shall build upon the words which we have set out in advance from 2 Tim. 3:16-17.
The Explanatory Part
II. In these words the Apostle, in order to rouse his Timothy to an earnest and diligent study of the Holy Scriptures, sets before him, as an incentive, a most ample commendation of Scripture. In which two things occur: I. The subject commended: all, or the whole Scripture, pasa graphē — where the word pasa, all, is taken for holē, the whole; and the word graphē, scripture, must be qualified by the added epithet hagia, holy — so that from this there arises this sense: the whole holy Scripture, that is, not only the entire canon of Scripture, but also its particular parts.
II. The predicate, or the content of the commendation, which sets forth three things: 1. The Origin, whence its own authority arises: theopneustos, given by God. This must be referred not to the subject, but to the predicate — there being also understood the substantive verb, which, by a Hebraic ellipsis, is omitted and must be supplied — so that from this there arises this sense: the whole Scripture is given by inspiration of God. Theopneustos, given by God, because the holy men of God did not write it by revelations of every sort, Rom. 1:19, but by God's own immediate and infallible inspiration, 2 Pet. 1:20-21. 2. The Usefulness: kai ōphelimos, and is profitable — which signifies not merely a usefulness and a certain fitting agreeableness, whatever that might be, as the Romanists would have it, but also a sufficiency, necessity, and perfection, and so is equivalent to autarkeis, sufficient of itself for all things. Here a fourfold usefulness is distinctly noted. A. Pros didaskalian, unto teaching. This expresses the use of instruction, insofar as Scripture is not only assertive, but also argumentative — so that from one premise it sometimes draws out other teachings, or also confirms other teachings distinct from it. B. Pros elegchon, unto reproof. This can be understood of rebukes and refutations, whether of errors, or of sins and faults. I would rather take the former, since the latter looks to the use that follows. It signifies, then, the polemical use of Scripture, whereby a teacher is empowered to refute gainsayers, Titus 1:9 — that is, to convince them entirely, and also to stop their mouths, Titus 1:11. C. Pros epanorthōsin, unto correction. Now correction presupposes a certain evil; and evil is of two kinds, a grievous one and a shameful one — so there is likewise a twofold epanorthōsis, correction: by the one we are delivered from grievous evil, and this is called consolation; by the other we are delivered from shameful evil, which is rebuke. Epanorthōsis, correction, includes both. D. That which is pros paideian, tēn en, unto instruction in. The Greek word paideia signifies both an instruction and a discipline. The word dikaiosynē, righteousness, here signifies, by way of substitution, whatever is a moral good, whether a virtue or a work. The article tēn seems to have been added there for the sake of distinction, in order that it be distinguished from paideia tē en didaskalia, instruction which is in doctrine, which the Apostle had already expressed, when he said that Scripture is profitable for doctrine. By these words, therefore, the exhortatory use is expressed. And thus the whole exercise of Scripture is described under these four usefulnesses and uses.
3. The End and Aim: that the man of God may be perfect, thoroughly furnished unto every good work. By these words a twofold end of Scripture is expressed. A. The end for whom — or the person for whom the aforesaid usefulness of Scripture is appointed and ordained: ho tou Theou anthrōpos, the man of God. The Apostle looks in particular to Timothy, and to the other ministers of the divine Word, who are, by way of excellence, commonly called men, or men of God, 1 Sam. 2:27, 1 Kings 17:18, 2 Kings 4:7, 1 Tim. 6:11 — yet in such a way that he also means every kind of Christian, to whom this fourfold usefulness of Scripture is of service. B. The end unto which — or the good for which the person is fitted, that he may be perfect, etc. — namely, to be formed and fitted for godliness.
Here there comes before us: a. The godliness which Scripture works: pros pan ergon agathon, unto every good work. That is, it furnishes us a capacity to work — and indeed to work that which is good; indeed, not merely this or that good, but all, or every kind of, good: natural, moral, spiritual. b. The forming, or the fitting-out, for godliness, whereby the man of God is not only artios, perfect and complete — and that with an arithmetical completeness, for it is used of even numbers, which are called artioi, perfect, because their parts and members correspond evenly to one another, so that nothing is lacking to them, nor is anything left over — but also exērtismenos, fully furnished and perfected, in every respect perfect and perfectly furnished, with a perfection not only of parts but also of degrees, even if this be not fully attained here in this life — at least it will be hereafter. Thus Alfonso Salmerón wrongly infers from this expression the perfection of good works in this life. For the text does not so much express the perfection of man, as the perfection of Scripture; and even if it does express the perfection of the man of God, he does not thereby possess an actual and absolute perfection, such as he could obtain in this life, but a possible and conditional one — one which Scripture could bring about, and which he himself could obtain, provided he followed Scripture perfectly. And even should you wish to understand an actual and absolute perfection, it must then be understood not as one obtained here, but as one that shall be obtained hereafter.
The Doctrinal Part
III. It appears, therefore, that Holy Scripture is a perfect rule for living unto God. For the fourfold usefulness which the text ascribes to Holy Scripture does not exhaust the whole manner of living unto God; but there is, moreover, added to this, that by its help man can be made perfect and thoroughly furnished unto every good work — whence it is commonly and rightly called perfect. It is also called, for our feet, a lamp, and a light for our path, Ps. 119:105; a sure word, 2 Pet. 1:19; a true rule, Ps. 19; a guide (or however else one might wish to understand that passage); and a rule, kanōn, Gal. 6:16, Phil. 3:16. And moreover it is called perfect, Ps. 19:8, being that which is able to make us wise unto salvation, 2 Tim. 3:15. This too is affirmed by those passages which bind us so precisely to Holy Scripture, Isa. 8:20, that they leave it not to our own choice to turn aside from it, either to the right hand or to the left, Deut. 4:1-2 and 12:28,32, Rev. 22:18-19.
IV. For indeed nature itself presupposes: (1) that there is a God, a certain first and highest Being, from which all else derives, and an outermost and final end, to which everything tends, which is for that very reason above all things; (2) that God must be honored and served, or, what is the same thing, that one must live for Him — for if we have all that is ours from Him, and have it in order to give it back to Him, and render Him thanks in return; and likewise, if He is above all and more perfect than all, then it is surely plain and manifest that all these things must be acknowledged with a due reverence, and thus the service of God is established and proved; (3) that this service of God is not a work of nature, such as seeing, hearing, or walking, which accordingly need no rule by which to be governed, but is a certain art, which must be governed according to certain fixed rules; (4) that this rule is not reason, because reason is corrupted, as all who are endowed with reason acknowledge, and that which is corrupted cannot be the measure of what is right; nor the ordinances of the wise, because these rest only upon reason (which we have already excluded from this) and derive their authority from that same source; nor yet the sayings of the ancient fathers, since these were all, together with us, mere men, and thus not only bound, no less than we, to some fixed rule, but also fallible, and moreover often deceived and mistaken — and therefore they cannot constitute a rule, except a leaden one, that is, one which must bend itself to the matter, whereas a rule ought to be unerring and infallible; nor yet the Jewish Talmud, because it — being derived, by an unwritten tradition, as is claimed, from Moses down to the Jews — is not only of an uncertain truth, but, on account of the fables with which that book teems, of an utterly certain falsehood; nor finally the Muhammadan Quran, because that book, through its unlearned and monstrous trifles, betrays its own folly all too plainly. And so there remains nothing else but our Holy Scripture alone, to which we can and may ascribe this praise.
V. In which we are confirmed all the more, because the nature and the requirements of a rule fit Holy Scripture alone, most exactly. For, first, the rule and guide for living unto God must, without doubt, be prescribed by God alone, Deut. 4:2, Matt. 15:9 — for a rule and guide can be prescribed by no one else than the one to whom the thing regulated and ordered belongs. But now Holy Scripture alone has been prescribed to us by God as a rule, 2 Tim. 3:16, 2 Pet. 1:21, just as it also, on account of the sublimity of its subject matter, could have come to be revealed and prescribed by none other than God. Secondly, a rule must be known, clear, and plain — for how else could it bring us to the knowledge of what it is our duty to do? Such is Holy Scripture, as will appear in its proper place. Thirdly, a rule must be steadfast and unchangeable, always and everywhere consistent with itself; otherwise, how could it furnish a firm and certain measure and prescript, according to which one might govern oneself? But such is Holy Scripture, being a prophetic word, more sure, indeed most sure, 2 Pet. 1:19. Fourthly, a rule must be adequately fitted and proportioned to that which is to be regulated by it, and must itself consist in something indivisible, so that it may not, in the least degree, be increased or diminished — for if a rule and guide be not such, it will be unfit for measuring its object. But such is Holy Scripture: for there is nothing which we have to believe or to practice which it does not prescribe to us; nor, on the other hand, does it prescribe to us anything which is not our duty to take upon ourselves, or which does not serve toward living for God, 2 Tim. 3:16, Rom. 15:4. Finally, a rule must be commonly used, generally accepted, and openly manifest — for how else could it settle and remove the disputes that arise, and have arisen, between one brother and another? Such, likewise, is Holy Scripture: for it has been prescribed by the open authority of God, Ps. 147:19-20, Rom. 3:2, and has been received by a general consent, at least of the Christian Church — which is perhaps for this reason called a pillar and ground of the truth, 2 Tim. 3:15. If there be perhaps yet other general requirements of a rule, here left aside for brevity's sake, they will easily be found applicable to Holy Scripture as well, so that it may become the more fully known to us that Scripture — a matter we shall establish below, in confirmation of the authority of Holy Scripture, against the heathen — is a perfect rule for living unto God.
VI. By Holy Scripture, then, we understand nothing else than a doctrine of living unto God, insofar as it is described, contained, and set down in writing. For whereas God, for some ages, through an oral and living tradition, by means of the patriarchs down to Moses, preserved and propagated that doctrine unwritten, it at length seemed good to Him to set it down in writing. This came about (1) on account of the shortness of human life, which, from the time of Moses onward — indeed already before his time — gradually grew ever shorter, Gen. 5, compared with ch. 47:9, Ps. 90:10; (2) on account of the number of men and of the members of the Church, which only gradually increased, Gen. 15:18; (3) on account of the danger and unreliability of preserving the doctrine by tradition alone — for already, at the time when it was handed down by tradition, many corruptions had crept in, Josh. 24:2, Ezek. 20:7, Gen. 35:2, and more were still to be feared; (4) on account of the weakness of human memory, 2 Pet. 1:15; (5) on account of the fixedness proper to a heavenly doctrine, Luke 1:3-4, Phil. 3:1; (6) on account of the perverseness of heretics, who would too readily abuse unwritten traditions to the advantage of their errors. And hence, finally, the doctrine of living unto God comes to be called Scripture. But for what reason is it called holy? Answer: (1) because it draws its origin from the All-Holy Spirit, 2 Pet. 1:21; (2) because it carries with it a most holy subject matter, namely the art of living unto God through Christ, John 6:68, Acts 5:30; (3) because it has for its aim the most holy ends and purposes, namely the honor and glory of God, the edification and building up of men, and their eternal salvation, 1 Thess. 2:8-9, Heb. 4:12.
VII. This same book is sometimes also called, simply, by the name of Scripture — namely, by way of excellence, because it is, of all writings whatsoever, by far the most excellent Scripture. More often it is called by the name of the Word of God, 1 Thess. 2:13, Ps. 119:9,11-12; the Words of God, Rom. 3:2, 1 Pet. 4:11, Heb. 5:12; the Word of God, Heb. 4:12 — because it is from God, treats of God, and tends and leads to God; mishpatim, judgments; torah, the Law of the Lord, Ps. 19; mitzvot, commandments; chukkim, statutes; pikkudim, precepts (although these words are frequently used to distinguish the ceremonial, political, and moral laws); and finally, the Law and the Prophets, Matt. 22:40, Luke 16:16; Moses and the Prophets, ibid. vv. 29,31; or simply the Prophets; among the Hebrews, mikdash, the Sanctuary; among the Greeks, biblia, the Bible; and whatever other equivalent names of Holy Scripture there may be.
VIII. We reckon Scripture as belonging to two Testaments, the Old and the New. The Old Testament, which contains within itself the Covenant of Grace under a surety who was still to die, made with the ancient Jewish Church, to whom in that time the oracles of God are said to have been entrusted, Rom. 3:2, comprises no more than thirty-nine books, which the Jews, according to the number of the letters of their alphabet, reckon as twenty-two, and arrange into three orders: namely, torah, the Law; nevi'im, the Prophets — the rishonim, the former, and the acharonim, the latter; and then ketuvim, the Holy Writings, as they call them. To this division the Savior seems to allude, Luke 24:44. Christians divide it into the Law and the Prophets, Acts 28:23, or also into Moses and the Prophets, Luke 16:23,29,31 and 24:27; and then again they distinguish the prophetic books into historical, doctrinal, and prophetic. The New Testament, which contains within itself the Covenant of Grace under a surety already dead, we reckon as twenty-seven books, arranged into historical, doctrinal, and one prophetic book.
IX. Besides these canonical books, there were, in the ancient Church, also Apocryphal books, and indeed of two kinds. (1) Foreign, spurious, bastard books — or also heretical, forbidden ones — of which Baronius makes mention (Annal. ad Ann. Christi 44), of which sort there were, for instance, five bastard books ascribed to Peter, of which Jerome speaks in his work on Peter; others ascribed to John and to the rest of the Apostles separately; others to all the Apostles together; the Gospel of Judas the Betrayer; writings ascribed to Christ Himself concerning sorcery; a letter to Peter and Paul; and other such. These and other writings Gelasius, about the year of Christ 493, in the Council of Rome, by a particular decree (which one finds in his Canon, Dist. XV, c. 3), in which they are called Apocryphal, condemned. Of that same kind are also the letter of Christ to Abgarus, ruler of Edessa, of which Eusebius speaks (Hist. Bk. I, ch. 14); the Canons of the Apostles; the letters of Paul to Seneca; the Shepherd of Hermas; and others. (2) Books which indeed deserve a private reading, and are not without some usefulness, but which nevertheless were not born of a divine inspiration. And these, again, are either such as are acknowledged as such by a general consent of Christians — as, for example, the third and fourth Book of Esdras, the third book of Maccabees, the 151st Psalm, the appendix to the book, or little foreword, before the Lamentations of Jeremiah — or such as the Romanists hold to be canonical, such as the books of Tobit, Judith, Wisdom, Sirach, Baruch with the Letter of Jeremiah, the additions to Esther and to Daniel, the Prayer of Azariah, the History of Susanna, of Bel and the Dragon, the Prayer of Manasseh, and the two Books of Maccabees. All these books the Reformed exclude, by this one proof, from the canon — that is, from the list of divine books: namely, (1) all such books as are not given by inspiration of God, 2 Tim. 3:16, 2 Pet. 1:20-21, nor delivered to the Church as canonical, Ps. 147:19-20, Rom. 3:2 and 9:4, nor received by the Jewish Church, nor approved by Christ and the Apostles, John 5:39, Luke 24:27, are not canonical; but these books are not given by God, because they contain many things which strive against the Spirit of truth, who leads into all truth, being false, absurd, fabulous, magical, and contrary to history — as has been shown, of each of these books severally, by John Rainolds, in his work on the Apocryphal Books, William Whitaker, in his work on Holy Scripture, and our own Dutch divines, more briefly and concisely, in their preface before the Apocryphal Books, and others. (2) They were not delivered to the Church as canonical, because they were written in a language foreign and strange to the Jewish Church; nor (3) were they received and acknowledged by the Jewish Church, according to the testimony of Josephus against Apion the Grammarian, and indeed according to the testimony of all the Jews in every age — which even the Papists themselves acknowledge; nor (4) were they approved by Christ and the Apostles, as those who approved no other books than those in which the Jews believed they had eternal life, and which Christ says testify of Him, John 5:39. If you wish now to know the contents, parts, arrangement, and order of the whole holy canon, consult Alsted, in his Praecognita Theologica; or Johann Hülsemann, in his Memoriale Biblicum; or Matthias Flacius, together with Brandmüller, in their Tabulae Analyticae; Ederus, in his Oeconomia Bibliorum; and others.
X. These books, then, of both Testaments, are held to be canonical, and to possess proper authority, only in their original languages. (1) Because they are public documents and writings, which are valid only in those languages in which they were written — just as appears in the bulls of kings, in testaments, and in other writings, where, when a dispute arises, only the original document is acknowledged as authoritative. (2) Because only the Prophets and Apostles, being driven by the immediate and infallible leading of the Spirit, 2 Pet. 1:21, were able to publish a Scripture given by inspiration of God and possessing its own proper authority, 2 Tim. 3:16. But what, in the end, are those original and authoritative languages? Answer: that the Old Testament, given especially to the Jewish Church, was written in the Hebrew tongue is acknowledged by all, except that some small portions of it — in Ezra, Daniel, Esther, and Jeremiah — occur in the Chaldee tongue. The New Testament, written for the general Christian Church, is acknowledged by all to have been written in the Greek tongue. We therefore hold Scripture to be canonical, and to possess proper authority, only in those languages — and that not only in the original manuscripts themselves, which Divine Providence, for many reasons and with a most wise design, has allowed to be lost, but also in the copies. And thus, of old, the Israelite Church acknowledged no language but the Hebrew of the Old Testament as authoritative, nor the Christian Church any but the Greek of the New Testament.
XI. Yet Scripture is not so bound to those languages that it could not, and indeed should not, be translated, for the common benefit of the Church, into other tongues; in which all translations are held authoritative, insofar as they express the original text, to which they must always be brought to the test. For which reason, too, Divine Providence has, at all times, been so illustrious and admirable in preserving the original writings — not only that they might not be entirely lost, but also that they might not, through the loss of any single book, be mutilated, or disfigured by any grave defect or fault — while, meanwhile, of the oldest translations not a single one has come down to us unimpaired. Wherefore, also, from human translations — as Ames says, Medit. Bk. I, ch. 34, §§32-33 — all those things can be understood and grasped which are necessary unto salvation, provided only that they agree with the original text in their essential parts, as all those received by the Church are wont to do, even though they may differ and fall short in not a few minor particulars. And yet one must not rest content with just any translation whatsoever, but must, with all godliness and zeal, take care that a most pure and most carefully corrected translation be set before the Church.
XII. The origin of Holy Scripture, upon which its dignity and authority is built, as regards its human penmen (whom Gregory, in his Preface on Job, therefore calls the hands of the Holy Spirit), was the holy men of God, 2 Pet. 1:21 — the Prophets and Apostles, whence we are said to be built upon the foundation of the Prophets and Apostles, Eph. 2:20 — and the Evangelists driven by God's Spirit, for example Mark and Luke; likewise, in a broader sense, called Prophets, 1 Cor. 14:29,32, and Apostles, Rom. 16:7, Phil. 2:25. The service of these the Holy Spirit made use of, with a certain variation and difference, as Ames says, Bk. I, ch. 34, §5. For some things which had to be written were entirely unknown beforehand to the writer, as is plain enough from the history of past creation, and from the predictions of things to come; but other things were already and previously known to the writer, as is plain from the history of Christ, which was written by the Apostles. Of these matters they knew some by a natural, and others by a supernatural, knowledge. In hidden and unknown matters, the divine inspiration did everything by itself; but in matters known to the writer, or the knowledge of which could be obtained by ordinary means, there was added also the diligent and godly exercise of the writers — while, meanwhile, God so assisted them with His help that they did not err in the writing. Moreover, the Holy Spirit accompanied them with such a sweet moderation and accommodation, that each writer could and did use those manners of speaking which were most agreeable to his own person and condition. As for the Author and Efficient Cause Himself, this is, in general, God — for which reason Scripture is commonly called the Word of God, and God is said therein to speak; in particular, God the Father, who has spoken therein many times and in various ways, Heb. 1:1. Also the Son, who not only sent out the Apostles to teach, without doubt as occasion offered, but also charged them to write, Rev. 1:19. Likewise the Holy Spirit, who inspired and breathed the Scripture into them, 2 Tim. 3:16, 2 Pet. 1:21, and who is for this reason said therein to bear witness and to speak, Heb. 10:15 — to such a degree, indeed, that in the superscriptions of the holy books a deep silence is often maintained by the writers themselves, in order that the authority of those books might be preserved unimpaired for the one and only Author.
XIII. God brought Scripture into being partly through Revelation, which was accomplished (1) by writing it Himself, as may be seen with the Ten Words; (2) by commanding that it be written, Deut. 31:19, Rev. 1:19; (3) by breathing it into, and giving it to, those who wrote it, 2 Tim. 3:16 — that is, by supplying and furnishing to their hand the very matters which had to be written, and by governing the writing itself infallibly, to such a degree that He, in everything, whether concerning matters of right or matters of fact, not only inspired the matters themselves, but also suggested and dictated every single word in particular; and partly through Canonization, whereby Scripture, having been written by divine inspiration, was delivered over to the Church, Deut. 31:9, Ps. 147:19, Rom. 3:2, and sealed, Rev. 22:18-19. For it is not enough, in order to constitute a part of Scripture, that a certain book be written by some otherwise extraordinary servant of God, and out of and through a wholly certain governance of the Spirit, unless it also be given to the Church by divine authority, and hallowed to this end, to be a canon or rule of it — says Ames, Medit. Bk. I, ch. 34, §3 — which is the end, use, and benefit of this divine inspiration and canonization: namely, to furnish the whole Church, and each of its particular members, with a rule and guide for living unto God — that is, for believing, John 20:31, and for doing, Rom. 15:3-4.
XIV. There remains, therefore, that we derive from what has been said the chief properties of Scripture — and indeed the majority of them, which are in dispute between us and the Papists, and thus stand directed against them, and which shall be defended below, each in its own place. Namely: (1) its highest and independent Authority, whereby it, neither in itself nor in relation to us, depends on anything else than on God alone — whence it is called a foundation, Eph. 2:20, as that which supports and upholds the whole structure of the Christian faith and life; moreover, the first thing that is to be believed, 2 Pet. 1:20 — and this indeed because it is of the Holy Spirit, 2 Pet. 1:20, who judges all things, and is judged by no one, 1 Cor. 2:15. Through that authority it has the power and right (a) to decide all theological controversies, Isa. 8:20, Matt. 22:29; (b) to govern life and morals, Deut. 4:1-2 and 12:28,32, Neh. 8:2,14-15, etc.; (c) to judge us ourselves, Heb. 4:12, even as if God Himself were speaking, Heb. 10:15. Wherein, however, a precise distinction must be made between an authoritative power of history, which expresses the bare truth of a history or of a deed, and thus belongs to every sacred narrative, and an authoritative power of rule and guide, which, moreover, directs and governs our faith and life.
XV. (2) Its general Truth, Certainty, and Steadfastness, whereby it (a) in general can neither deceive nor be deceived, 2 Pet. 1:19, Ps. 19:8, Dan. 10:21, John 17; and whereby (b) in particular, its doctrines and histories agree most exactly with the matter and the deeds, Jer. 44:16, and its exhortations to practice agree with the will of God, Ps. 19:8; and its predictions too, its promises, and its threats, agree with their outcome, neither more nor less than if the event were already present, Matt. 5:28, Isa. 34:16. And this because it has the God of truth as its origin; Christ, who is the Truth itself, as a faithful witness; and the Holy Spirit, an undeceiving Inspirer of the truth, as its guide. Wherefore its steadfastness and certainty are so great that it must be set far above and preferred to all other revelations, 2 Pet. 1:19 — even should such a revelation come from one risen from the dead, Luke 16:31; indeed, even from the angels themselves, Gal. 1:8.
XVI. (3) Its Completeness, whereby it, through God's particular providence, is preserved unimpaired and free from all corruption — so that not only has it never, in whole, nor even in a single one of its books, been lost, but also, especially in those matters which pertain to the practice of life, it could not be disfigured or corrupted by any grave or weighty error or defect, Matt. 5:18, Ps. 19:8, 1 Pet. 1:23,25.
XVII. (4) Its Holiness and Purity, Ps. 12:6, 18:30, 119:140, Prov. 30:5, Rom. 1:2, 2 Tim. 3:15, whereby it is not only, in itself and in its narratives, far removed from all uncleanness and defilement, but also, with respect to us, the Author of all purity and holiness, in thought, word, and deed, John 17:17 — and this with reference (a) to its chief Cause, namely God, who is the All-Holy One, Isa. 6:3, Dan. 9:24; (b) to its Writers, who are called holy men of God, 2 Pet. 1:21; (c) to its subject matter, namely the holy will of God, Rom. 12:2; (d) to its end, which is our sanctification, John 17:17, and the sanctifying of all things that pertain to our use, 1 Tim. 4:5.
XVIII. (5) Its Clarity and Distinctness — that is, the clear, plain, and distinct revelation of the truth contained in it. Whence it is many times called a Light, Ps. 119:105, 2 Pet. 1:19, 2 Cor. 4:3-4,6, and manifest, Deut. 30:11, or light-bearing and illuminating — for otherwise it could not be a rule of what we have to believe and to practice. It is, then, in this sense clear and plain: that although the matters of Scripture are very often difficult to grasp, the manner of teaching and explaining them, especially in those things which are necessary, is clear and plain, at least for those who have obtained spiritual eyes. Wherefore, if any obscurity be found in Holy Scripture, this is not so much the fault of Scripture, as of the weakness of our own understanding — just as it arises not so much from an obscurity in its statements themselves, as from the sublimity and majesty of the matters treated; or, if there be some ambiguity in the words themselves, this is nevertheless certainly never found in those things which are absolutely necessary, or else they are taught more clearly elsewhere.
XIX. (6) Its Perfection, whereby it lacks absolutely nothing of what serves for living unto God, or of what is necessary to be believed and done unto salvation. This, now, is of two kinds: either it concerns the Books, whereby Scripture gradually grew, through the addition of books, until at last, through the sealing of the canon (which one finds at Rev. 22:18-19), it obtained its full completeness in every respect — of which we have spoken a little above, §XVI; or it is the essential perfection of the doctrine itself, which is contained in these books, and this properly belongs to this place. The New Testament claims this for itself expressly, 2 Tim. 3:14-17, Ps. 19:8-9, and also by equivalent expressions — as when it most strictly forbids any addition or subtraction, Deut. 4:2, 12:32, 5:32, Gal. 1:8, Rev. 22:18-19; as when it directs us, in matters of faith and obedience, to Scripture alone, Deut. 17:18-19, Isa. 8:20, Luke 16:29, Acts 24:14, 1 Cor. 4:6; and also when it says that we shall, in due time, be judged according to its own sayings, John 12:48, 2 Thess. 1:8. With which reason also agrees. For (1) it could not, as we have shown above, be a rule of faith and morals, if it were not perfect. (2) Because it is the first principle, and the last foundation, of our faith, 2 Pet. 1:20-21, and is therefore perfect: for no true and perfect conclusions and demonstrations can be drawn and derived except from perfect principles, since the cause is never, in every respect, inferior to its effect. (3) Because it is perfect in its essential parts — namely, in matter and in form — and likewise in its component parts, namely the Law and the Gospel: therefore, etc. (4) Because every particular part or book of Scripture has its own proper completeness for its own part, whereby it is abundantly sufficient for its own end, and indeed for its own time — from which nothing else can arise but a certain overall essential perfection. Scripture, then, comprises and contains, in this its perfection, (1) in general, everything necessary unto salvation, John 5:39; (2) in particular, (a) the things one must believe, John 20:31, Rom. 15:4-5, 2 Tim. 3:15; (b) the things one must do, ibid. v. 17; (c) everything necessarily required for instruction, edification, and the building up of the Church — and this to such a degree that, in God's Church, constantly and everywhere, nothing needs to be observed that depends either upon some tradition, or upon some authority that is not written. For thereby the man of God, that is, a minister of the Word, is perfectly furnished unto every good work — namely, that which belongs to the instruction and edification of the Church — although, in the meantime, ecclesiastical matters (customs and ceremonies, such as, being changeable, transitory, and peculiar to particular churches, depend upon the prudent determination of each church, 1 Cor. 14:40) are not thereby fixed. It is not meant, I say, that all things are set down expressly and word for word in Holy Scripture — though this is indeed so in most, and in the most necessary, matters — for it is enough that the rest are contained therein, as regards their sense, with an equivalent force, and by lawful consequence, Matt. 22:31-33, Rom. 4:11.
XX. (7) Its Necessity, whereby the Church and its members neither must, nor can, do without Scripture — not indeed absolutely and unconditionally, but according to, and upon, the supposition of the will of God, who has willed that it should be a means unto salvation, John 5:39, 2 Tim. 3:17. This necessity appears (1) expressly, Jude 3; (2) from the commands — both the general ones, to teach and instruct, Matt. 28:19, under which, beyond doubt, the command to write is also included, that it might be a lasting doctrine, even unto the end of the world, v. 20, likewise 2 Pet. 1:21 — as well as the particular ones, to write, Exod. 17:14 and 34:27, Deut. 31:19, Jer. 30:2 and 36:2, Rev. 1:11; together also with the commands to copy out Scripture, to read it, and to meditate upon it, Deut. 17:18-19, 31:9-13, John 5:39, Ps. 1:2, 19:8,12, 1 Tim. 4:13; (3) from its manifold and absolutely necessary use and usefulness, 2 Tim. 3:15-17, Rom. 15:4, John 20:31, 1 John 1:4; (4) from the very motive which drove God to move His penmen, the Prophets and Apostles, to write, which we have mentioned above, §VI.
XXI. (8) Its Power and Effectual Working, on account of which a power is ascribed to it, Rom. 1:16, whereby it is said to be able to do something, James 1:21, and to be powerful, Heb. 4:12, and to work, 1 Thess. 2:13. For which reason it is compared, in respect of various things that excel in their powerful workings, to water, for example, Isa. 55:10, Deut. 32:2, Heb. 6:7; to fire, Jer. 5:14, Luke 24:32; to a hammer, Jer. 23:29; to a two-edged sword that pierces through, Heb. 4:12; to a sharp two-edged sword, Rev. 1:16; to thunder, Ps. 68:34. This power, however, with reference to spiritual things, is not so much a natural and principal cause working of itself, as the Lutherans would have it, as it is a moral and instrumental one, flowing from the Holy Spirit, as the Arm of God, Isa. 53:1 — for which reason Word and Spirit are joined together, or rather subordinated to one another, Isa. 59:21, and the gospel is called a ministration of the Spirit, 2 Cor. 3:8, and is said to be, not in word only, but also in power, and in the Holy Spirit, 1 Thess. 1:5 — insofar as the Spirit works through the Word. This power (1) penetrates to the very depths of the heart, Heb. 4:12-13; (2) discloses its hidden things and secret recesses, 1 Cor. 14:23-25, which the Samaritan woman experienced, John 4:29; (3) works wonderfully upon man's mind, pierces, strikes, and confounds it, Acts 2:37, Isa. 66:2; (4) enlightens the understanding, Ps. 19:8-9, Acts 26:17-18; (5) regenerates and converts the heart, James 1:18; (6) kindles faith, Rom. 10:17, Gal. 3:5; (7) sanctifies the whole man, John 17:17; (8) strengthens him to overcome the world, 1 John 2:14; (9) comforts, Rom. 15:4, Ps. 119:50,92; (10) makes eternally blessed, Rom. 1:16, James 1:21. Such a wonderful power of God's Word Justin Martyr experienced — who, having long enough been deceived and led astray by philosophers of every kind, when, on the advice of a certain grave man, he began to read the Prophets and Apostles, felt tautēn monēn philosophian, asphalē te kai symferon — that this alone was the safe and profitable philosophy (Justin, in his Dialogue with Trypho). Likewise Cyprian, in his conversion, through the reading of the prophet Jonah, which was explained to him by Caecilius, a presbyter at Carthage (Jerome, on ch. 3 of John). So too Augustine, through the reading of the passage Rom. 13:13-14, when a voice — whether heavenly or earthly — cried to him, Take up and read, take up and read (Confessions, Bk. VIII, ch. 6). Likewise Luther, having found a Bible in the monastery at Erfurt, according to the testimony of Melchior Adam, in his account of Luther's life; Franciscus Junius, through the reading of the first chapter of John; and a thousand others besides. Indeed, the whole world has felt the power of the Word, in and through its conversion, which was brought about solely through the preaching of the gospel, Ps. 2:8-9, cf. 2 Cor. 10:4-5. Indeed, even the reprobate have at times felt the power of the Word — whether by being struck dumb, Matt. 22:46; by yielding some measure of obedience, Mark 6:20; by being made afraid, ibid. and Acts 24:25; by turning themselves, at least in outward appearance, Ps. 18:44, 1 Kings 21:27, Acts 26:28; or by hardening and blinding themselves, Isa. 6ff. What further ought to be said concerning the Translation and the Interpretation of Scripture, we defer, each to its own place, whether for polemical or for practical treatment.
The Polemical Part
XXII. Until now we have dealt with our friends in a constructive manner; in what follows we shall have to deal with the opponents of this position in a more destructive manner. These opponents fall into two kinds: unbelievers, and those falsely called Christians. Among the unbelievers, the first place belongs to the heathen, the second to the Muhammadans, and the last to the Jews. The first place, I say, rightly belongs to the heathen. With them, and against them, it is disputed whether there is any written Word of God at all. The heathen, because they attribute the whole government of our life to reason — which, in itself, they say, is unimpaired — deny all necessity of a divine revelation; or, if they allow it to some degree, as with their oracles — for example, of Jupiter Ammon, of Delphi, and others — they set these up in place of a divine revelation. All Christians, on the contrary, although they differ among themselves, in various ways and in various degrees, as to their view of the matter, hold firmly — since they are of the opinion that a divine faith and obedience is necessary in religion — that a divine revelation, in a certain written Word, is necessary. In order, then, to convince the heathen, if possible, we must here fall back upon what we have already urged above, §IV, and must then take care not only to have the unconquerable array of proofs ready, but also to arrange them in a fitting order. And to this end, we must proceed by stages, demonstrating and proving, first, the general truth of Scripture, and afterward its divine authority and dignity.
And we shall prove and obtain that truth, as we desire, by these helps: if (1) we diligently inquire what writings the heathen have, with whom we now have to deal, and which they acknowledge as true, and then investigate for what reasons they believe these to be true — and if there be found among them true reasons, you will easily apply these to our own Scriptures. If (2) you take note yourself, first, of the marks and signs that a certain writing is true, and then apply these to our Holy Scripture. Now the marks are, sufficiently, these that follow: (a) if the writers were honest and upright men; (b) if they did not treat their own affair, from which some worldly advantage might have accrued to them, but another's, and thus a matter foreign to themselves — indeed (c) such a matter as could bring them nothing but dangers, harms, and ruin; (d) if more such writers than one agree so exactly on one and the same set of matters; (e) if their very enemies do not deny the events that occurred, but merely attribute them to other causes; (f) if they relate matters contemporary with themselves. If you can show these and similar marks in our Holy Scriptures — which can be done in an easy manner — you will without doubt thereby obtain this: that Scripture is wholly and truly what it claims to be. (3) If you further take a proof from the contents of Holy Scripture, that it — at least insofar as it stands under the judgment of reason — agrees most exactly with right reason. For, whether it concerns moral matters, Holy Scripture has nothing that is contrary to right reason, the moral writers among the philosophers themselves being judges of this; nor does right reason, in this regard, require anything that Holy Scripture does not require far more perfectly and completely. Or, whether it concerns historical matters, you will find that our Scripture is throughout consistent with the events that occurred, as will readily appear both from the treatment of the particulars, and from the answers to the objections. From which it follows that there is nothing in Holy Scripture that is contrary to reason. (4) If you take up Natural Theology, both in its speculative and in its practical chapters — or, if you wish to be brief, if you take up those chapters which are acknowledged and granted by your opponents — and then show that these very same points are taught, and indeed in a far more perfect manner, by our Holy Scriptures: thus you will the more easily win over belief for the Holy Scriptures in the remaining, or supernatural, matters. For there is, after all, no reason why one should suspect that Scripture, which one has found, in natural and known matters, always and everywhere to be perfectly true, should be false in supernatural and less known matters. Indeed, (5) let even the truth of supernatural doctrines itself be proved and urged, at least as regards their possibility and probability, so far as this is possible, from the principles of nature, before one undertakes to prove the divinity of Scripture. And finally, let there follow upon this (6) the answering of all the objections that are brought against the truth of Scripture.
XXIII. Once you have, by these means, obtained the general truth of Scripture, you will the more easily be able to demonstrate its divinity — namely, (1) by testimonies drawn from Holy Scripture itself concerning its own divinity, which, once its general truth has been asserted and established, will weigh very strongly against one's opponents. Then (2) by reasons, the first of which can be taken from the necessity of a certain infallible rule to govern us in living unto God — a reason which we have above, §IV, asserted and urged with some presuppositions. The second, from the necessity of some divine Word: from which we conclude either that our Scripture is that Word of God, or that there is no Word of God at all to be found anywhere in the wide world; but since the latter is absurd, nothing remains but that the former must be established. This proof rests upon a twofold presupposition, which must be argued: namely, (1) that there must necessarily be a certain written Word of God — which is required as much by the nature of God, who demands a service and obedience which can in no way be rendered unless the manner of serving Him, and the will of God which one must obey, be revealed by God Himself; as also by the nature of man, who, since he consists of an immortal soul, capable either of an eternal blessedness or of an eternal misery and wretchedness, needs to be governed by fixed and certain means, in order to avoid the one and obtain the other — but since these are unknown to us, it is necessary that they be revealed in some certain Word of God. (2) That there is no other Word of God, or can be, than our Scripture — which appears, in part, from the arguments set forth point by point, which we have above, §IV, pointed out with the finger, and shall confirm, each in its own place, in particular: namely, that neither reason, nor the ancient church fathers, nor the enthusiasts, nor the Talmud, nor the Quran, is the Word of God; and in part from the reason that the mysteries which are necessary to be known unto the service of God and the salvation of the soul — such as the Holy Trinity, the incarnation of the Son of God, the union of the two natures in the Mediator, regeneration, etc. — are not, and cannot be, revealed in any other writings. The third reason is taken from the state and condition of the matters which are taught in Holy Scripture — matters of such a kind that they could not have been taught by the Devil, or by godless men, since the sayings of Scripture are ruinous to such as these; nor by angels, or by godly men, since it is not proper to them to lie, and to arrogate and ascribe a divinity to their own sayings — and therefore, since Holy Scripture everywhere ascribes this to itself, it sufficiently makes known that it did not proceed from angels, nor from godly men. Wherefore nothing else remains but that it draws its origin from God, and is thus of a divine authority and dignity. The fourth reason is taken from the condition of the holy writers, compared with the majesty and sublimity of the truths that are taught in Holy Scripture. For since the mysteries of Scripture are of such a kind that they surpass the grasp of reason, even of the most acute reason, as appears from the articles concerning the Holy Trinity, original sin, the personal union of the two natures in Christ, the redemption of men through the blood of the Son of God, etc. — as also from the roll-call of the most brilliant philosophers, who, every one of them, with the utmost straining of all the powers of their wit, and aided by the resources of so many books, were unable to discover or trace out such things — which things, nevertheless, one finds to have been written, not merely by men, but by men of the lowest sort: shepherds, fishermen, tax-collectors, unlettered, endowed with no learning, logic, or eloquence: thus it is concluded from this, with certainty, indeed with more than mere certainty, that these mysteries were given to them by inspiration from God. The fifth reason is taken from the Divine Providence, which has given its approval, and as it were its applause, both to the Scriptures and to the writers, as likewise to the doctrine set down in writing, through so many, and utterly extraordinary, deeds. For whether you consider the miracles which have been wrought in the service of Scripture, of which more shall be said shortly, or the manner in which the doctrine contained in the Holy Scriptures was spread abroad, preserved, and defended by the Apostles, you will everywhere find a singular and extraordinary vigilance of Divine Providence. In particular, and by name, consider (1) the sending forth of the Apostles: does this not plainly show an extraordinary providence of God, that Christ chose men of the lowest and meanest rank, endowed with no gifts either of nature or of learning, and sent them out into the whole world, to proclaim a certain Jesus, who had been crucified in Judea — this under the promise and reward of eternal life, if they received Him, or on pain of eternal ruin, if they rejected Him — and that this undertaking of theirs, by such instruments, in so short a time, made so many and so great advances over the whole world? (2) Does not the preservation of the Apostles also show an extraordinary providence — that He preserved and protected weak and unarmed men, sent out among ravening wolves, and likewise the congregations founded by them, which were indeed small, weak, and few, against the assault of almost the whole world, so powerfully, even down to this present day? If you further consider (3) the utterly dreadful judgments that were executed upon the persecutors of the doctrine taught by the Apostles — for example, upon Herod, Pilate, Julian, and others — will you not acknowledge an extraordinary providence of God? And if you finally consider (4) the punishments executed upon those who despised the scriptural doctrine and commandments, will you not extol an extraordinary providence of God? And since God, through all these things thus taken together, has, as it were, given His assent and approval to Holy Scripture — and since He neither does nor can approve anything but the truth — will you not conclude from this that Scripture is of a divine origin and authority, since it everywhere ascribes this very thing to itself? The sixth reason is taken from the Miracles by which God has so wonderfully confirmed the truth and divinity of Scripture. For since (1) miracles cannot properly be performed by anyone but God, and (2) God cannot work miracles in favor of lies, and since it is nevertheless (3) certain that the most numerous and the greatest miracles were done in favor of Holy Scripture — as is evident both from the testimonies of others concerning Scripture, and from the testimony of Scripture concerning itself. These testimonies of Scripture, however, must here be urged not as divine testimonies, so as not to fall into a circular argument, but as human testimonies, though wholly true ones, according to what we have presupposed in the preceding paragraph. Compare Cameron, On the Word of God, Works, vol. 3, p. 327ff, Salmurian edition. Finally, the seventh reason is taken from the marks and tokens of divinity found within it — namely, from its antiquity, its permanence, its authority, the agreement of its parts, the sublimity and majesty joined to so plain a style, together with so great a power; further, from the manner of its propagation, its prophecies, and other such points, which are generally and commonly set forth by the writers of the commonplaces, as they are called — for example, by Perkins, Cas. Consc., Bk. 2, ch. 3; Cameron, On the Word of God; likewise Grotius, Ludovicus Vives, Marsilius Ficinus, On the Truth of the Christian Religion; and, recently, Huet, in his Evangelical Demonstration; and finally, from the church fathers against the heathen: Justin, Athenagoras, Tatian, Lactantius, Tertullian, Cyprian, Athanasius, Clement of Alexandria, Origen against Celsus, together with Eusebius, in his Demonstration and Preparation for the Gospel. Further, the arguments which the heathen bring forward against the truth and divinity of Scripture, drawn from alleged absurdities, contradictions, and falsehoods, are constantly repeated — which various very learned men have gathered, examined, and refuted in thick volumes, such as Franciscus Junius, in his Parallela Sacra; Maimonides, in his Moreh Nevukhim; Manasseh ben Israel, in his Conciliator; Spanheim, in his Dubia Evangelica; Walther, in his Harmonia Scripturae; and others — to whom, for brevity's sake, we refer the reader.
XXIV. We have been somewhat more thorough with the heathen, because the writers of the systematic theologies are more sparing and brief in dealing with them. The Muhammadans shall have the next place after these. The question, then, is: whether our Holy Scripture is so corrupted that, alongside it, or indeed in its place, the Quran ought to be set? Muhammad — Desiderius, a name derived from the word ḥamad — a Meccan Arab, who from a merchant became a prophet, in order to found a new religion and a new sect: when he perceived that the foundation of the Prophets and Apostles could not, and even less, support and sustain him — no, rather, that his own following would thereby collapse and fall — he did indeed acknowledge Scripture, both of the Old Testament and of the New; yet he increased the number of its books beyond what is right, counting a hundred and forty, of which, he claimed, ten were sent to Adam, fifty to Seth, thirty to Enoch, ten to Abraham, the Law to Moses, the Psalter to David, the Gospel to Jesus, and the Qur'an to Muhammad. But he added to this, that our Scripture had been thoroughly corrupted, whether by the Jews or by the Christians; and thus he judged it necessary either to put his own Quran in its place, or at least to add it alongside it. Our whole controversy with the Muhammadans will, in the end, turn upon these three points: I. That we show and prove that our Scripture is not corrupted — and once that has been established, his remaining errors will be driven off with the very least trouble. II. That we teach that Muhammad is by no means to be held a true Prophet, by which his Quran will collapse in ruin. And finally, III. That we show, and thereby prove, that the Quran is not a divine, but a trifling and worthless, writing.
We say, then, (1), that our Scripture is not corrupted — to begin with the first point — which shall stand firm until they have proved the opposite, and no further effort is required of us. Yet, over and above what is required, we shall add, from the Law, from the Psalms, and from the Gospel — writings which the Muhammadans themselves prefer above all others — that our Scripture has remained complete: because the Law forbids taking anything away from it, Deut. 4:2 and 12:32; because the Psalter declares that the Law of God is perfect, Ps. 19:8, and elsewhere; and because the Gospel likewise condemns all additions, as being merely human teachings, Matt. 15:9. If they maintain the contrary, that it has not so remained, it is their task to prove it: for a man remains a good man until the contrary is proved. Furthermore, if Scripture had been corrupted, this would have had to be done either by Jews — but how could they have done this, with the Christians opposing them? — or by Christians — but how could they have done this, when copies had been spread almost infinitely over the whole world, so that, given the various sects standing opposed to one another, this would in no way have been possible? Copies, too, would have had to be produced from among our own party which are purer than ours. Let me add this, moreover: if the Christians had intended to corrupt their Holy Scripture, why would they not have struck out precisely those things which condemn, word for word, the Muhammadan heresy? They cast up against us, in particular, two matters. (1) That the Jews removed from the Law the name of the Apostle of God, Muhammad; and that the Christians erased from the Gospel these words of Christ: I announce to you a good tidings, that after me shall come an Apostle and Prophet, whose name is Muhammad. Answer: let them say when, where, and by whom — whether Jew or Christian — this was done. Let them point to a single book, or a single passage, either of the Law or of the Gospel, which has been corrupted. Let them produce a single ancient copy which had it so. (2) That our Scripture has many contradictory, false, and irresolvable difficulties, as is related by Ahmad al-Din, a Persian, in a book which he calls Polytor Speculi, that is, A Polisher of the Mirror — but all these matters have been resolved by Philippus Guadagnolus, in his Apologia for the Christian Religion, ch. 17.
XXV. That Muhammad was not a true prophet — much less that he ought to be esteemed above Moses and above Jesus — is plain: (1) because this cannot be proved by those who assert it. (2) Because he has accomplished nothing by which it might appear that he was a prophet, and indeed such a prophet as he claims to have been. For what hidden thing has he ever disclosed? What predictions has he made? What miracles has he performed? (3) He has taught things which directly contradict Moses and the Prophets, who are beyond doubt and infallibly true, as appears from a comparison of Scripture with the Quran — indeed, he contradicts even himself, when at one time he says that the Quran was given to him by God in heaven; at another, that it was brought to him by the angel Gabriel; and yet again, that it is of God, and that it was composed by men. (4) He was a monster of lust, keeping eleven — or, as others hold, seventeen — wives, besides his concubines; indeed, he was a most shameful adulterer (cf. Johannes Andreas Maurus, Confusion of the Sect of Muhammad, ch. 7); likewise a most notorious robber, and, moreover, an instigator and inciter of his own sons to acts of plunder, Surah 19 and 71. Indeed, his own followers, while he yet lived, generally held him for a madman, one possessed by a spirit, one seized by the Devil — over which he himself very often complains, Surah 31, 35, 38, etc. — a most shameless deceiver, feigning visions and conversations with angels, and the like. But what of it? Suppose his followers should nevertheless plead, on his behalf, that he did indeed have a familiar intercourse with God, just as Moses did, and with the blessed angels, and with Gabriel, and that he was thus honored with revelations, which is peculiarly proper to prophets? We answer: (1) that it will again be thrown back upon them, that they must prove what they assert. (2) What of it, if his own wife Khadija rebuked him for this very thing — as we have long since heard — having done more than merely this: namely, declared that these were nothing other than diabolical suggestions and deceptions, fits of melancholy, disorders of mind, and a black bile? What, if here too the common people come to his aid, as he himself complains, in many places in the Quran, that this happened to him, Surah 21, 35, 38, 41, and elsewhere? What, if the Christians should join together against him — in what way shall they thoroughly and soundly refute the objections? Since, above all, the doctrine of Muhammad, set against Moses and Christ — who are, beyond doubt, true Prophets — stands, in most of the evangelical mysteries, directly...
...is at variance with itself, as we shall hear more fully in its own place. And who, in the end, could believe that such a man as we have described could have had any communion with God, the Most Holy Supreme Being, with the blessed angels, and with divine revelations?
§ XXVI. The Alkoran Is Not Divine Scripture
But we must also (III) pass on to the Alkoran itself. Here the question is whether that writing is divine, and even surpasses in authority the Law of Moses and the Gospel of Christ. Alkoran, אלקוראן, where אל is the article (this) or τό (the), from which that book is also called Koran, means and signifies a reading, or a collection—namely of commandments; or, as others prefer, an amendment, namely of the Old and New Testament. Among the Muhammedans it is called Alforkan, from פרק, "he divided, separated," as though one said "a book of distinctions." It consists of 114 chapters and of 124 commentaries, which they call Suratas. In it he has, as commonly happens, mixed good things with bad. He acknowledges God, His worship, the creation, providence; he abhors idolatry, and so forth. He has added to this circumcision, the fasts of the month of Ramadan, prayers, pilgrimages to the Temple of Mecca; he forbids the eating of blood, of what has died of itself, and of swine's flesh; he gives himself out to be a prophet and apostle greater than Moses and than the Son of Mary (see Hottinger, Historia Orientalis, Lib. II, Cap. 3). In very many, indeed in most points, he differs from the Christians: concerning Holy Scripture, the Trinity, Christ as God's Son; concerning various created things, the world, angels, heaven, washings, oath-taking, polygamy and the putting away of wives, the prohibition of wine, and so on.
Thus it is disputed concerning this Alkoran, whether that writing is of divine origin and authority. The Christians deny it; the Muhammedans maintain it. Therefore (1) they are obliged to prove it. (2) That book has for its author one of the most disreputable of all men, and lacks the marks of a divine origin which we pointed out above in § XXIII. (3) It runs throughout contrary to the Law, the Psalms, and the Gospel. And there is nothing that the Muhammedans can say for the Alkoran except that it originally came from God through the ministry of Gabriel; but that they only assert, they do not prove it. If anyone wishes to see more concerning Muhammedanism, let him consult Hoornbeek, Summa Controversiarum, chapter on Muhammedanism; Johannes Andreas Maurus, Confusio Sectae Muhammedanae; Philippus Guadagnolus, Defensio fidei Christianae adversus politorem seculi Achmedis, and others.
§ XXVII. With the Jews: The Question of the Oral Law
We now pass to the Jews, with whom we have a fourfold difference. The first concerns the oral law, תורה שבעל פה. The question here is whether Moses, on Mount Sinai, alongside the written Law, or the Law that was to be written, also received a further law, which was to be handed down only by the living voice? Among the Jews the Pharisees, since they found no support for their endless superstitions in the written Law, sought after a second law, a so-called oral one. The Sadducees indeed set themselves against this by rejecting those traditions, as did likewise the Essenes and the Samaritans—though these latter, in like manner, rejected all Scripture as well, the Law of Moses perhaps excepted. But the Karaites, or "Scripturalists," among them denied it outright. To these, at least on this point, the Reformed attach themselves, chiefly for the following reasons.
(1) The Pharisees, who assert this, must bear the burden of proof. (2) Of this supposed second, orally-received law—handed down by tradition until the Talmudists—nothing whatever is to be seen or found in Holy Scripture. (3) The written Law itself having been lost (2 Kings 22 and 23), how much more would the oral law—unwritten and far less securely kept—have been lost as well? Or if the oral law was preserved unharmed, how could the written Law ever have been lost? And even granting some oral law, Moses nevertheless wrote it and was charged to write it (Exod. 34:3, 4, 27; Deut. 31:9, 24). Joshua followed Moses in writing it down (Josh. 8:32), where he also wrote upon stones a משנה תורה, a copy of the Law of Moses, which he wrote before the children of Israel—doubtless that Law which God had commanded him, ch. 1:7, 8. Likewise 2 Kings 17:13 with v. 37, and 2 Chron. 17:9. (4) The written Law of Moses is perfect in every part (Ps. 19:8; Deut. 4:1, 2 and 12:32; Prov. 30:5, 6), so that nothing necessary to believe unto salvation is not contained in the written Law; therefore an oral one is wholly superfluous. (5) God requires from us no obedience except to the written Law, and nowhere to an unwritten one. So Deut. 11:32 and 10:12, 13, with ch. 28:1; Josh. 1:7, 8; 2 Kings 14:6; 2 Chron. 25:4. (6) Add to this, that this oral law, as it is later said to be recorded in the Talmud, conflicts in many things with the written Law of Scripture, as we shall note a little further on, § XXVIII.
Nevertheless they attempt to establish something for their oral law even from the written Law itself, which they otherwise, as being darker, and as needing to be illuminated by the help of the oral law, subordinate to and diminish before the oral law. They allege (1) Exod. 34:27, "Write these words," for על פי ("according to the mouth")—according to the tenor of these words have I made a covenant with you and with Israel. Here they see a twofold law: a written one, כתב, and an oral one, על פי, "by" or "according to the mouth." From these words they reason thus in Gemara, Gittin, cap. v, and Temurah, cap. xi; Manasseh ben Israel, in Conciliator, on Exod. q. 1. We answer: (a) Let them prove that the expression על פי means the same thing as תורת שבעל פה; and moreover על פי here means nothing other than "according to" or "in keeping with," as in Lev. 27:8, 18; Prov. 22:6, and elsewhere. (b) That the expression "according to the tenor of these words" must be referred to the words that were to be written, and not to some distinct or oral law. (c) It is presupposed here that a divine covenant was made not according to the written but according to the oral law, which Scripture constantly contradicts.
(2) They allege Exod. 24:12, "And I will give you tables of stone, and the law, and the commandments which I have written, that you may teach them"—which in Massecheth Berachoth, fol. 5, they interpret thus: "And I will give you tables of stone"—that is, the ten commandments—that is, the Holy Scripture; "and the commandment"—that is, the Mishnah—"which I have written"—namely the prophetic books and the Holy Writings (as they call them)—"that you may teach them"—that is, in and through the Gemara. From which we are taught that all these things were given to Moses on Mount Sinai. So too the rabbis Solomon Jarchi, Aben Ezra, and Maimonides. We answer (a): all these things ought not to be asserted merely as though by oracle, but ought to be demonstrated carefully. For where in the whole Holy Book is "the commandment" to be understood as the Mishnah, and the Gemara as well? It signifies, in general, everything that God commands. (3) One must further prove that here תורה ("the law") and מצוה ("the commandment") signify two different things, whereas the connecting letter ו ("and") might rather here be an explicative letter, as very often happens in Holy Scripture. But (γ) it is expressly said in the text, "the commandment which I have written"—how then shall it mean the oral law? Compare the passage 2 Kings 17:34, 35. Manasseh ben Israel further alleges, in Conciliator, ad Exod. q. 1, (3) the passage of Exod. 17:16 to be compared with Deut. 17:8, 9, 10, 11, and from these passages he concludes that not all the passages of the written Law are always so clear that an interpretation must be made, and that this must be done from the oral law. We answer: that not all passages of the written Law are equally clear, and that sometimes an explanation of the Law is necessary, are not the points in dispute that need to be proven; but that the explanation of the more obscure passages must proceed from and according to some particular oral law—that the texts do not say, and that Manasseh has not proven, since a more obscure passage can be explained from other passages of the written Law which are clearer. And once this is carefully noted, there also falls that further objection which this same Manasseh raises in the same place (4), from the argument that in many written laws there is continually something lacking or something superfluous, and that therefore an oral law is necessary to supply this defect: for these things do not prove that an oral law is necessary, but only that some interpretation is necessary, which can sufficiently be provided from other written laws, compared among themselves.
§ XXVIII. Of the Talmud
The oral law is distinguished and divided into the Talmud and the Kabbalah, each of which we shall treat separately. Concerning the Talmud, the question is whether the Jewish Talmud is of divine origin and authority. The word Talmud, derived from למד, Lamadh, that is, "to learn, to teach," signifies a teaching, or a book of teaching, or a summary of the Jewish teaching, revealed by God to Moses on Mount Sinai, which he was to propagate only by his living voice; but which, because of the hardship and the corruption of the times, the Jews, gradually declining, committed to writing. They now have a twofold Talmud, the Jerusalem and the Babylonian.
The Jerusalem Talmud, which is also known by the other name משנה, Mishnah, arose about the year of Christ 140, through Rabbi Judah Hakkadosh ("the Holy"), who divided it into six Sedarim, or orders and principal chapters. A few years later Rabbi Jochanan considerably enlarged these משניות, and from this arose the Jerusalem Talmud. But because that Talmud was rather obscure and difficult, Rabbi Ashi enlarged it with a great many books and commentaries about the year of Christ 427; and this Talmud was finally brought to its completion in the year 500, since which time it has not been permitted to the Jews either to add to it or take from it. And this Babylonian Talmud was at length completed in two parts, namely the משניות, the Mishnah, in which is, as it were, the text; and the Gemara, in which are the disputations, explanations, and additions. It is divided into six orders, each order into various books, and each book into its chapters.
Concerning this Talmud, then, we ask whether it is of divine origin and authority. The Pharisees with their followers say yes; but against this stand the Sadducees, the Samaritans, and the Essenes, with whom the Christians side, chiefly for these reasons. (1) Because it is the task of the Jews, who assert this, to prove it. (2) Because no oral law, distinct from the written one, was given by God to Moses, as shown in the previous paragraph. (3) Because it shows no shape whatever of a law, still less of a divine law: for it shows merely the varying and differing opinions of the Jewish schools and their masters, Hillel and Shammai, and the disputes concerning them; and therefore they cannot be called laws, still less divine laws. (4) A Jew can bring forward nothing for the authority of the Talmud that a Muhammedan could not equally bring forward for his Alkoran. If a Jew says that the Talmud was given by God to Moses, a Muhammedan will likewise say that the Alkoran was given by Gabriel to their prophet. (5) Because, as the Jews themselves confess, the Talmud arose from their own devising, and not from any particular divine command, or divine impulse and inspiration; and therefore it is not a writing that was inspired by God. (6) It is evident from the record itself, since neither Rabbi Jehudah Hannasi, the author of the Mishnayoth, nor Rabbi Jochanan, the author of the Jerusalem Talmud, nor Rabbi Ashi, the author of the Babylonian Talmud, were men driven by God's Spirit—the Jews themselves testifying to this. (7) That book contains many absurd, false, and godless things, unworthy of God and hateful and unjust toward the truth; fabulous things; and likewise very many things not worthy to be spoken of, as the Christians have shown in full and complete commentaries—such as Galatinus, De Arcanis Catholicae Veritatis, Lib. I; Sixtus Senensis, Bibliotheca, Lib. II; Theodoric Hackspan, Ad G. Lipmanni cap. 1, p. 260, etc.; Victor a Carben, a converted Jew, Contra Judaeos, Lib. I, capp. 9, 10; Marquard de Susannis, De Judaeis et Infidelibus, Part III, and others. The objections which the Karaites, Sadducees, and Essenes raise against us in defense of the Talmud fall away together with what we have said above concerning the oral law.
§ XXIX. Of the Kabbalah
The Kabbalah, among the Jews, sometimes means the whole of the oral law; sometimes the mystical sense of Scripture; but ordinarily it means that teaching which chiefly consists of an interchange of letters, through the Temurah, as they call it; or in numerical calculation, through the Gematria; and in the forming of various different words out of each individual letter, through the Notaricon; besides the remaining methods or rules, which the Jews generally count as thirteen, besides those already mentioned—all of which may be seen in detail in Hoornbeek, Contra Judaeos, Lib. I, cap. 2.
As to its origin: there are none among the Jews, according to the testimony of Reuchlin, who do not hold that Adam learned it from Raziel, Abraham from Zadkiel, Isaac from Raphael, Jacob from Peliel—namely from the spirits who were the teachers of these patriarchs. In general they believe that Moses received it from God on Mount Sinai, within the oral law. They divide it into a theoretical and a practical kind. The former they place chiefly in an interchange and a numerical power of the letters: for example, from the fact that in the first verse of Genesis the letter Aleph occurs six times, they conclude that the world will endure six thousand years; the latter they place in magical operations, which they say are now forbidden to them.
Now the question is whether this teaching is of divine origin and authority. The Jews maintain that it is; the Christians deny it, and for these reasons: (1) Because the Jews can in no way prove that it belongs to the Law given to Moses. (2) Because its rules could, in a like manner, be used for the discovery and confirmation of foolish, false, and godless things. (3) Because it must itself, as the Jews concede, be examined and tested by Scripture, and therefore is not itself self-credible.
(4) But let us turn the argument against them. Christians have proven a great many articles of the Christian faith from the Kabbalah, so much so that Pico, Count of Mirandola, has affirmed that no science makes us more certain concerning the Godhead of Christ than the Kabbalah. So too Johannes Capnio, or Reuchlin, and Angelus de Burgo, in a new interpretation of the doctrines of the Kabbalists; Jacob Gaffarel, De Abditis Kabbalae Mysteriis; and Elchanan Paulus, a converted Jew, in a special book entitled The Mystery of the Kabbalah, prove most, if not all, of the chief articles of Christianity from the Kabbalah. The objections raised here agree entirely with those which they urged in favor of the oral law.
§ XXX. Whether the New Testament Is of Divine Authority
The last and most important point of dispute between us and the Jews concerns the Gospel, or the New Testament—namely, whether it is divine and inspired by God's Spirit, of infallible truth and divine authority, even as the Old Testament is. Here indeed the Anabaptists impugn the Old Testament, when they suppose that it has been abolished, on the ground that we are no longer under the Law; and the Socinians, when they diminish its authority and dignity and hold that it is nearly useless to be read, on the ground that the religion of the Old Testament differs in its very essence from the religion of the New Testament. All, however, who confess Christ agree that the Old and the New Testament are of one and the same truth and authority.
On the contrary, the Jews, out of a pure hatred against our Messiah, Jesus, and against the Gospel, set themselves against the New Testament, while they accept neither its truth nor its divine authority. The Reformed hold that the New Testament is of one and the same truth and authority as the Old: on this dispute turns the pivot of all other controversies with the Jews, and at the same time the pillar and foundation of the whole of Christianity. We must therefore proceed here according to a firm and sure order of teaching, so that we first wrest from the Jews the general truth of the Old Testament, and then its divine authority.
First, then, we demonstrate its truth: (1) with the very same proofs by which the Jews themselves can prove the truth of the Old Testament; (2) with the credibility of the writers, inasmuch as (a) they were eyewitnesses of the events which they relate, John 19:35; 1 John 1:1–4; Acts 4:20—just as the writers of the Old Testament were. (3) Here there have been witnesses, not single private persons, not two or three (Deut. 17:6), but twelve, indeed more than five hundred brethren (1 Cor. 15:6–8), whereas the Jews, in the matter of the ascension of Elijah, believe on the word of a single Elisha alone, and rightly so. (γ) They had no reason to lie, whether for honors, or for riches and other advantages—as is evident from the many hardships, losses, persecutions, slanders, poverty, and other things to which they were exposed. (δ) In their accounts they have not concealed their own faults and failings (Matt. 16:22; Luke 22:34, and elsewhere).
(4) There were still living, at the time these things were recorded, persons who had themselves been present at the events narrated, who had seen and heard Jesus, to whom the greater part of these matters concerning Christ were thoroughly known. (5) They add to their narratives the circumstances of places, times, and feasts, when these things happened; nor do they differ among themselves in these matters, even though separated from one another, often by great distances of place. (6) They set forth these things plainly, in the sight of all, while the very thing was still fresh in memory, and while it was being done in the presence of those still living who could have contradicted them. (7) They have sealed their testimony with unbearable torments and with a bitter death—and would such men, in such circumstances, have lied and testified to what was not true?
Compare 2 Cor. 4:8, 9, 11, 24–26; 1 Cor. 4:9–12. (3) With and from the truth of the things written: which appears both from their most exact and universal agreement with the writings of the Old Testament, which are undoubtedly divine, and from the character and condition of the writings themselves. (a) Because they all, though so numerous and so different both in time and place, nevertheless agree together with such exactness. (2) Likewise with the nature and condition of the matters themselves. (3) Likewise with all other true histories, whether Jewish or heathen, as the interpreters will show point by point at each particular passage. (4) Indeed, even with the Jews themselves, as some have shown, and recently Josephus de Voisin, in his preface to the Pugio Fidei of Martini Raymundi, that most of the passages of the Old Testament which are cited in the New Testament were interpreted and understood by the ancient Jews in the very same sense. (4) Furthermore, because it can easily be shown—and indeed has been shown—by comparing hand with hand, that the principal matters of the New Testament are found very clearly in the Old Testament, and are read there. Let me add (5) that the enemies of the Gospel, both those who were present at the time and those who came afterward, have never with sound proofs convicted the New Testament of any falsehood whatever. But every writing remains true so long as it has not been soundly convicted of falsehood.
§ XXXI. Proofs of the Divine Authority of the New Testament
The truth of the New Testament having thus been presupposed, we now pass on to its divine origin and authority, which we shall wrest from the Jews with these and other arguments. (1) With the very testimony of the New Testament concerning its own divinity, 1 Thess. 2:13; 2 Pet. 1:19; 2 Tim. 3:16—and lest anyone say that this last testimony refers only to the writings of the Old Testament, let one compare 2 Pet. 3:16, "as also the other Scriptures." This testimony, once the general truth of the New Testament has been presupposed from the preceding arguments, will carry the greatest weight. (II) Through all the same proofs by which a Jew could prove the divinity of the Old Testament. (III) Because God speaks in the New Testament just as He does in the Old: Heb. 1:1—the Father, Matt. 3:17 and 17:5; the Son, John 14:24; Rev. 1:8; the Holy Spirit, Rev. 2:29. For this reason Paul says that he was called, not by man, but by Jesus Christ, Gal. 1:1; 1 Thess. 2:13.
Also (IV) with the doctrine of the New Testament, which is not only in complete agreement with, but even, so far as concerns the main points, one and the same with, the Old Testament. Whence Paul says, when he had declared to all the whole counsel of God (Acts 20:27), that he had said nothing beyond the Old Testament, Acts 26:22; and Christ and the apostles constantly appeal to the Old Testament, as though in a contest—Luke 4:20, 21; John 1:23 and 5:39; Matt. 22:23, 44; Rom. 9:10, 11; Heb. 1:5, 6, etc. Therefore (V) the doctrine of the New Testament, which is entirely true and as holy as that of the Old Testament, and which enjoins the keeping of all the commandments of the Law, the denial of self, the taking up of one's cross, the mortification of sin, the crucifying of the flesh and of evil desires, a heavenly walk and conduct, the knowledge, acknowledgment, love, and service of God, etc.—such a kind of writing, in the judgment of all, even of the Jews themselves, can be nothing other than divine.
(VI) The miracles by which the New Testament is confirmed are altogether divine, Matt. 10:8; Mark 16:17, 18; Heb. 2:4—and indeed of the very kind that were to be wrought by the Messiah, Isa. 35:4, 5, 6—which under the Old Testament were never done, John 9:32—concerning all sorts of creatures, in heaven and on earth, for the whole human race, never harmful, always beneficial: such as feeding, healing, raising the dead, and so forth. (VII) From the predictions, Matt. 21:45; Luke 19:43 and 21:45; Matt. 24:8; 2 Thess. 2:4, and the entire Book of Revelation throughout—for true predictions are undoubted marks of divinity, Isa. 46:9, 10 and 41:22, 23; Deut. 13. (VIII) From the martyrdoms of the apostles and of every sort of person by which the truth of the doctrine of the New Testament has been confirmed and sealed—2 Cor. 4:8, 9 and 6:4, 5; 1 Cor. 4:9–13—and especially in that first century of Christianity, when thousands of Christians, of every rank, sealed the doctrine of the New Testament with their blood.
And whence could this have come, except that the Holy Spirit wished, through a singular efficacy, to bear witness to the doctrine of the New Testament? And if these things ought not to hold good among the Jews in the case of the martyrdoms of the Christians, then neither should they hold good in the case of the martyrdoms of the Jews under Antiochus Epiphanes. (IX) The efficacy by which the doctrine of the New Testament, through the apostles and evangelists—who were unlettered men—was, within a short time, propagated over almost the whole world; as we have noted concerning this matter above, § XXII. Besides this (X), the divine providence, whereby God has so powerfully protected the doctrine of the New Testament and its followers against the assault of the mightiest enemies, indeed of nearly the whole world.
The Jews press this same argument for the Old Testament, as happened at the time of the Babylonian destruction, and under the negligence of the Israelites, 2 Kings 22:23. Why then should not we press this argument all the more? For we may consider (1) that the New Testament has been preserved through the cruelest persecutions, lasting three hundred years, such as none of the Jews ever underwent. Especially (2) under Diocletian, who set himself wholly to the task of collecting and burning the books of the Christians. (3) That it has been translated into nearly every language. (4) Notwithstanding so many deceptions and stratagems of the heretics. Finally, let us add to this the great simplicity, and yet the great power, of the style of the New Testament, whereby it can so forcefully penetrate into the hearts of men, and draw and win them to faith and godliness—concerning which one may read 1 Cor. 1:17; 2:1, 4; 1:19, 20—and of which Gerson, having become a Christian from a Jew, bears illustrious witness in himself, in the preface to his book on the Talmud.
Now if they object (1) that most of our proofs rest on nothing but the belief and authority of the New Testament, which is the very point in dispute here, we shall answer (a) that indeed it is on the belief and authority of the New Testament, but on what we have already, at such length, demonstrated by so many proofs to be true and genuine. (2) Since the Jews cannot prove the doctrine and the miracles of the New Testament except through the credibility and authority of the New Testament itself—and we too cannot proceed otherwise in such questions and controversies concerning a fact. Against the miracles of the New Testament they make this evasion, that Simon Magus, and Apollonius, and the Popish monks also boast of many miracles.
We answer: (1) do the apostles then also merely boast? Do the prophets of the Old Testament likewise merely boast? (2) They boast, but for an utterly different reason and manner: the former on a loose and deceptive authority, as has been shown by many; the latter on an authority that is credible, as of true witnesses, as we have set forth at length: the former nearly always in India and other far-off places, at best with a few separated witnesses, elsewhere in some corner; the latter in the presence of the whole people, indeed even of their most bitter enemies, who could say nothing against it. (III) When they object, against the martyrdoms of the Christians for the doctrine of the New Testament, that many are found who, because of their evil deeds, out of weariness of this life, or for some other reason, have desired death—for example Erostratus, Cajanus, and others—we answer (a) that these were indeed most wicked deceivers; were the apostles, then, who were true and godly men, such as these? Were the prophets—Jeremiah, Isaiah, Daniel, and others, who each suffered their own hardships and miseries—such as these? (3) They endured all sorts of things, but they did not endure them for their own private teaching, but for such a teaching as agrees with the writings of the prophets—just as did the apostles and Christians, in so great a number.
Finally (IV) they raise many objections against particular passages of the New Testament, in order to charge it with error, mistake, and falsehood; but to answer these things individually would be utterly endless, and altogether beyond our present purpose. This has been done by the opponents of the Jews and by the commentators on Holy Scripture in general. Nevertheless we say in general (a) that no Jew can bring forward anything against the apostles and against the writing of the New Testament, the like of which—indeed a far weightier difficulty—could not be shown concerning the prophets and the writings of the Old Testament. So that the Jews can charge us with no single difficulty which we could not throw back upon them with equal or even greater force. (b) They will raise no difficulty against the New Testament which has not already, long ago, been raised by others and abundantly answered by the Christians. See Spanheim, Dubia Euangelica; Mullerus, Adversus Judaeos, Lib. I, cap. 28, and Lib. III, cap. 2; and Lyranus, In Responsione ad Objecta Judaeorum, and others.
§ XXXII. Further Objections
Various Jews raise still further objections, among whom especially Rabbi Isaac ben Abraham has published an entire book in which he sets himself wholly to the task of impugning the falsehood and godlessness of the New Testament, and especially the Godhead of Christ, the virginity of Mary, the genealogy of Christ from the house of David; likewise His teaching, miracles, predictions, and holiness of life; as well as to carp at the passages cited in the New Testament from the Old. To all of these things the opponents of the Jews have, in their proper places, given a sound answer. Rabbi Lusitanus, in the Middelburg Dialogue, has soundly and forcefully refuted a great many of these things. Against this kind of thing, in particular, Johannes Mullerus, in his Judaismus, contends most forcefully against the writers of the New Testament: (1) that they were foolish and drunken men, Acts 2; (2) idle and worthless men, who taught the community of goods for this purpose, that they might sustain their life out of the goods of others; (3) that they lied about miracles; (4) that they did not forbid lying; (5) that they had their own errors in doctrine and life, and so forth.
We answer: (1) that all these and similar things are utterly false, and can never be proven. (2) Similar things are laid to the charge of the prophets as well—Jer. 5:13; 2 Kings 9:11; 1 Kings 18:18 and 22:24; Dan. 6:12. And (3) they have indeed been accused, but never convicted. (4) They have vigorously and soundly cleared themselves. We have drawn out this point of controversy a little more fully, because it lays the foundation not only of our disputes with the Jews, but also of the whole Christian faith and of godliness.
§ XXXIII. Of the Enthusiasts, Their Inspirations and Inblowings, and of the Testimony of the Holy Spirit
Let us now enter the lists with those falsely called Christians. Here there first present themselves the Quakers, or enthusiasts, with whom we have this dispute here: whether believers, now that the canon has long since been sealed, still enjoy inblowings of the Holy Spirit, which would be for them the most certain Word of God, and to which one ought to give as much—indeed even more—faith and credit than to Holy Scripture? The Pelagians and Socinians, that nature, reason, and free will might have all the more scope, ascribe less to the Holy Spirit than is right, and hold that no illumination of the Holy Spirit is necessary for the understanding of Holy Scripture; while, on the contrary, the enthusiasts—Weigel, Schwenckfeld, David Joris—ascribe far too much to the workings of the Holy Spirit. They indeed acknowledge that Scripture is the Word of God, but hold that it cannot be understood except by means of the inblowings, addresses, or inspirations of His Spirit, taking this to be a certain inward word.
The Reformed likewise acknowledge (a) that there were true divine inspirations in the patriarchs, prophets, and apostles; (b) that in ordinary believers there are indeed workings of the Holy Spirit, to enlighten, convert, and sanctify them, but no such "enthusiasms," no such inblowings, as would signify an infallible guidance of the Holy Spirit, of which all men are now bereft. The refutation of this error is accomplished by overturning these two false suppositions, namely: (1) that Scripture is not in itself a perfect and in itself sufficient rule of faith and morals—for once this self-sufficient and self-authoritative power of Scripture is established, enthusiasm collapses of itself; but this power stands firm, according to what we have said above, § XIX, concerning the perfection of Scripture, and what we shall say below against the Papists concerning the same. (2) That there are, even now, still enthusiasms, or infallible inspirations of the Holy Spirit, distinct from the inspiration by which Scripture was given, by means of which the Scriptures would have to be interpreted.
Of such (1) Holy Scripture knows nothing; (2) it even rejects the idea, since it is perfect and in itself sufficient in all things. And since (3) Holy Scripture declares that such a thing is bound up with the gravest danger of deception, 2 Cor. 11:14; 2 Thess. 2:2; 1 John 4:1, 2. The passages that might be brought forward for such an "enthusiasm" come down substantially to this: (1) that Scripture is called a dead letter, 2 Cor. 3:6—namely without the interpretation given by one's own particular spirit. We answer that this is not said of Scripture, but of the covenant of works, in contrast to the covenant of grace. (2) The passages which speak of a revelation and illumination of the Holy Spirit. Answer: but these do not speak of such "enthusiasms" as would infallibly govern and would disclose to us other objects, different from—indeed contrary to—those which Scripture contains; rather, Holy Scripture speaks of such illuminations of the Holy Spirit as bring light to the understanding, so that we may know, distinguish, and understand those things which are revealed in the Scriptures. So Eph. 1:17, 18. (Cf. Spanheim, Disputationes Miscellaneae, Part I, Disp. XVI through XX; Marnix, Contra Enthusiastas; Calvin, against the same.)
§ XXXIV. Whether Human Reason Is an Infallible Rule for Interpreting Scripture
Let the enthusiasts, in the rank of the falsely-called Christians, be followed by the Socinians. The question is whether human reason is an infallible rule and standard by which to interpret the Scriptures. Here the Papists sin by defect, when, in order to exalt the authority of the Pope, they ascribe this partly to the Church or to the Pope, partly to the fathers, councils, and so forth—which we shall examine and put to the test elsewhere. The Lutherans of old sinned here too, in order that, on the point concerning the communication of properties and the omnipresence of Christ's body, they might stand the firmer against our arguments drawn from reason, which contradict them: sometimes maintaining that reason ought not to be heard in the mysteries of religion, sometimes that reason, in those matters, is contrary to Scripture—points which we shall examine elsewhere.
Here the Socinians sin to excess, who, in order to shield themselves against the mysteries of the Christian faith—concerning the Trinity, the Godhead of Christ, the personal union of the two natures in Christ—against which they have nothing to bring from Holy Scripture, entrench themselves the more strongly in reason; virtually holding that reason is the infallible rule and standard for interpreting the Scriptures. To this same paradoxical view come near also the Cartesians, and those following the presumptions of that new philosophy, who wish to apply their principles to theology and to Scripture, holding that the ideas of all things are innate in us, which would therefore be, as it were, divine oracles; and likewise that a clear and distinct conception is the supreme rule of all knowledge and certainty—here too, the same holds for the interpretation of Scripture. Because the philosophers hold that a clear and distinct conception is an infallible rule of interpretation, some of the rationalist theologians who have recently arisen among us maintain, entirely on this same supposition, that the divine authority of Scripture itself can nowhere else be demonstrated than from reason.
And if there should seem to be any discrepancy between Scripture and reason, that then reason should be consulted rather than Scripture... [some further exposition follows on their notion of reason serving as guide, instrument, or foundation]. They hold that the use of reason is necessary, as an instrument, in every investigation of the truth that is occupied with Scripture; as a demonstrative ground, that its use is beneficial—namely, that the truth which we have drawn from Scripture, as from its first and only principle, we may also come to confirm with natural reasons. But as a standard and first principle of truth, by which one ought to believe, this they by no means allow. And so they hold that if there should seem to be any discrepancy between Scripture and nature, one ought then to yield, not to reason, but rather to Scripture.
The Reformed sufficiently establish their position with these arguments. (1) Because reason is (a) blind, 1 Cor. 2:14, 15, and (b) dark, Rom. 1:21, etc., and estranged from the light of God, Eph. 4:18, compared with 1 Cor. 2:12. All of which things run contrary to the nature of a standard or first principle. (2) Because the chief articles of the faith surpass reason. And this (a) because they are hidden, 1 Tim. 3:16; Matt. 13:11; 1 Cor. 2:7 and 4:1; (b) they appear strange, Luke 5:16; (c) they are spiritual, 1 Cor. 2:14. (3) Because in this way Scripture and the Holy Spirit would be made subject to reason and to man, which conflicts with the dignity of Scripture and of the Holy Spirit, as well as with the saying of Christ, John 5:30, 34. (4) Christ, the prophets, and the apostles never refer us to reason, but always to Scripture, Isa. 8:20; 2 Pet. 1:19; 2 Tim. 3:14. (5) Scripture generally speaks against reason, 2 Cor. 10:5, and 1 Cor. 1:17, 19, 20, 21, 22, and ch. 2:1, 4, 5, 6. (6) Thus the last and final resolution of our faith would not be so much Holy Scripture, as reason—which is contrary to Scripture, Matt. 16:17; 1 Cor. 2:7, 8; John 1:18.
To the objections raised for the opposing view, one may readily answer from what the Reformed have long since granted. For when they object (1) that Scripture cannot be understood without reason, we shall answer (a) that we acknowledge this of reason as an instrument, for irrational beasts and senseless men cannot understand the Scriptures. (b) But it is not hereby proven that reason is a standard or a principle. (2) That the truth of nature is not contrary to that truth which is in Scripture. Answer: it does not follow from this that reason is the standard of Scripture. And so, when there seems to be some discrepancy between reason and Scripture, it is not Scripture that must yield to reason, but reason that must yield to Scripture. (3) That the marks of divinity, from which the divinity of Scripture is proven, belong properly to reason. Answer: those marks are in Scripture itself, so that Scripture is recognized as divine from itself, and not from reason—just as the sun is known by its own light, and not from elsewhere. See Johannes Hoornbeek, Adversus Socinianos, Lib. I, cap. 6; compare also Dedel, Rationalistarum Antagonistes, Exercitatio Paradoxa.
§ XXXV. Whether the Old Testament Is Now Abolished, or Less Necessary and Useful to Read Than the New
The question is whether the Old Testament is now abolished, or at least less necessary and useful to read than the New Testament? Here the Jews sin by defect, who reject the New Testament altogether—a matter we have already dealt with at length above. But the Manicheans sin here to excess, who reject the Old Testament, as though it had arisen from an evil principle; as do also the Mennonites, who hold that the Old Testament is now abolished, because we are said to be no longer under the Law but under grace—thus confusing the New Testament with the Old.
Similarly, the Socinians sin here too, in that they hold that the religion of the Old Testament differs, in its entire essence, from the religion of the New Testament, in so far as under the Old Testament men would have been saved by keeping the Law, whereas we would be saved by keeping the Gospel: they hold that the reading of the Old Testament is not necessary, or at least less useful.
The Reformed, on the contrary, hold that even under the New Testament both Testaments have an equal divine authority and dignity, and that accordingly the Old Testament is just as necessary and useful to read as the New Testament. Our reasons are: (1) that the books of the Old Testament are as much inspired by God as those of the New, 2 Tim. 3:16, "All Scripture," 2 Pet. 1:20, 21, and therefore also of infallible truth and authority. (II) That the Old Testament was given to the Church for a rule of faith and morals just as much as the New—Ps. 147:19, 20; Rom. 3:2 and 9:4. (III) That one nowhere reads that it has been abolished in the Old Testament. No—but rather (IV), on the contrary, it was confirmed and strengthened by Christ, both by His command, John 5:39; Matt. 5:17, 18, and by His own practice, Luke 24:27, when He refers and points to the Old Testament, Luke 16:29; moreover He constantly refutes His opponents from the Old Testament, Matt. 4:7; 19:13; 12:3, 4; 22:29, 43.
The very same is done also by the apostles, by Peter, Acts 3:20; by Paul, Acts 18:28, etc. (V) The entire doctrine of the New Testament is contained in the Old Testament. Paul confesses, Acts 26:22, that he said nothing beyond the Old Testament. So much so that the Bereans examined the doctrine of the New Testament by the Old, Acts 17:11. Indeed, all the prophets are said to bear witness to Jesus, Acts 10:43; Luke 24:27. (VI) Indeed, even some articles of our faith are more clearly and fully described in the Old Testament than in the New—for example, the creation of the world, the fall of man, and so forth. (VII) The Old Testament is called the foundation of the Christian faith and of Christian teaching, Eph. 2:20; Acts 24:14. (VIII) The Old Testament even now, under the New Testament, still has a distinct and powerful usefulness, 2 Tim. 3:15, 16, 17; Rom. 15:4.
§ XXXVI. Objections of the Mennonites, Borrowed from the Socinians
As for the objections which some raise, they are borrowed from the Socinians. When they (1) object that the Old Testament is abolished, that is precisely what they must prove; and they do not make their case good with those passages which say that the Law is abolished, unless they show that the Law and the Old Testament mean the very same thing. That the ceremonial Law is abolished by the death of Christ, we readily grant; but that the books of the Old Testament should therefore be abolished, we deny, until they shall have proven it.
(2) When they say that in the New Testament those things which pertain to religion and to salvation are sufficiently comprehended, let them then prove the further inference, that therefore the books of the Old Testament are abolished; since God has willed that we should be provided for not merely sufficiently, but even abundantly—for He could have shown us all things in a single book. (3) When they say (3) that the New Testament is contrary to the Old, in matters concerning the sword, killing, the punishment of like for like, the swearing of oaths (from Matt. 5), and divorce (from Matt. 19)—we answer that it is the corrupt Pharisaic interpretations that, in Christ's judgment, are contrary to the New Testament, and likewise also to the Old, but not the Law of Moses itself against the New, or against Christ.
When the Socinians (4) say that the religion of the Old Testament differs, in its whole essence and nature, from the religion of the New Testament, we shall deny this from what has already been said, and moreover especially from Acts 15:11. Compare Johannes Hoornbeek, Contra Socinianos, Lib. I, cap. IV; Abraham a Doreslaer, Adversus Anabaptistas, cap. 8; Spanheim, Disputationes Miscellaneae, Part I, Disp. II, III, IV, V.
§ XXXVII. With the Papists: Whether the Authority of Scripture Depends on the Testimony of the Church
Let the Papists close the army, between whom and us there are several points of controversy concerning Holy Scripture, the root and ground of the whole dispute lying either in the supreme authority of the Pope, or in the doctrine of transubstantiation. The question is, first, whether the divine authority of Scripture itself depends on the testimony of the Church? The enthusiasts, who make Scripture depend on the yielding to their own spirit, we have already before this contradicted and rejected; the Socinians and Rationalists, who make it depend on reason, we have likewise long since rejected.
The Papists, in order to exalt the authority of the Pope above Scripture, acknowledge that the authority of Scripture, so far as it is considered in itself, depends on this, that it is inspired by God; but that the authority of Scripture, considered with respect to us, depends on the testimony of the Church, that is, of the Pope. But the Reformed make the authority of Scripture, in every respect, depend absolutely on Scripture itself, and on the divine radiance which shines through and is visible in it. Our proofs are sufficiently these: (1) The authority of Scripture depends only on its giver, since it is a testimony, whose authority is wont to depend on the truthfulness of Him who gives that testimony. (2) Because the authority of Scripture is self-authoritative and self-credible, and the first thing that is believable, 2 Pet. 1:20, "Knowing this first," etc. Wherefore David says that he knew from the testimonies themselves that God has founded them forever, Ps. 119:152.
(3) The authority of Scripture is sufficiently known from the marks of divinity contained within it, as we have taught above, against the heathen. (4) Even the authority of the Church itself, even with respect to us, depends on the testimony of Scripture: wherefore parties are commonly accustomed to prove the authority of the Church from Scripture, and therefore a most absurd and unreasonable circle would be made, were one in any way to make the authority of Scripture depend on the Church. (5) It would also follow that our faith would not rest so much on the foundation of the prophets and apostles, Eph. 2:20, as on the testimony of the Church. (6) Experience cries out against this, since thousands, indeed millions of men, are found who acknowledge the authority of Scripture, while nevertheless not acknowledging the authority of the Roman Church.
§ XXXVIII. Objections
They object: (1) that the Church is called a pillar and ground of the truth, 1 Tim. 3:15. Answer: because it is itself built upon the foundation of the prophets and apostles, Eph. 2:20—unless one should rather wish, with Cameron, to say that it is not so much the Church, as the mystery of godliness, which is great, and which is taught in the very next verse, that the apostle means and intends by that foundation and pillar.
They object (2): Without the tradition of the Church, the Scriptures would not have come down to us; nor would we know that the Scriptures were written by those men whose names they bear, etc., except through and by the testimony of the Church. Answer: but this by no means proves that Scripture derives its authority from the Church—just as a royal decree does not in any way receive its authority from the king's messenger who delivers it. (3) They say: the Church existed before the Scripture. Answer: priority in time does not entail a priority in dignity, and still less a dependence in authority. (Compare especially, after Whitaker, De Scriptura, and against Stapleton, William Ames, De Circulo Pontificio; Gisbertus Voetius, Disputatio de Scepticismo Loiolitico, circa principia fidei.)
§ XXXIX. Of the Number of Canonical Books: The Apocrypha
Our second point of controversy with the Papists concerns the number of the books to which divine authority belongs—namely, whether the books which we call Apocryphal, such as Tobit, Judith, and so forth, are to be counted among the canonical books. We deny this, on the strength of those reasons already set forth above, § IX.
The Papists, in order that they might, through their power to canonize books, be able to attribute these books to their Innocent I, who lived at the beginning of the fifth century—as though he were the first to have brought that sacred canon into its present order—and so that they might thereby win support for the supreme authority of the popes in the Church, say, almost for no other reasons than these: (1) that these books are frequently cited by the fathers. Answer: this has likewise happened with books that are undoubtedly Apocryphal. (2) That they are also often called canonical by the fathers, that is, "regular." Answer: but in a strange, different, more general and broader sense, by which all books which are read in the Church for edification are called canonical ("regular"). See Augustine, De Civitate Dei, Lib. XV, c. 23, and XVIII, c. 35; Lib. II, Against the Letter of Gaudentius, c. 20; De Doctrina Christiana, c. 8. Compare Whitaker, Chamier, Ames, Bellarmine, Enervatio.
(3) That they were transferred into the list of canonical books by Pope Innocent I, and that this list has descended and rolled forward from there to the Council of Trent. We answer: (1) the Apostle John sealed our canon, Rev. 22:18, 19. (2) Moreover, the Jewish Church, to whom the canon of the Old Testament was given, never acknowledged these books as canonical. (3) And besides, it was never within the power of Innocent to alter the canon which had been sealed by the apostle.
§ XL. Whether the Editions Other Than the Original Languages Are Self-Authoritative
The question is whether editions of Scripture, not written in Hebrew, with respect to the Old Testament, nor in Greek, with respect to the New Testament, are self-authoritative? Isaac Vossius—whether from an itch for teaching novelties, or because he wrongly persuaded himself that the chronologies of the patriarchs agree more precisely with the truth according to the Septuagint Greek translators than according to the Hebrew edition—has claimed that the Hebrew edition, as it came from the writers themselves, was substantially lost at the time of the Babylonian captivity, or under Antiochus Epiphanes, except that genuine copies were still at hand among the Septuagint translators; at least, that it has been wholly wanting ever since that time.
For these reasons he holds that the Greek edition, as expressed by the Septuagint translators from complete and pure sources, ought to be preferred above the corrupted sources. Johannes Morinus, in his Exercitationes, holds the same. The Papists are divided among themselves here. There are some among them who prefer the original edition to the common Latin translation—such as Arias Montanus, Xantes Pagninus, Simeon de Muis, Franciscus Vatablus—whom they, among their own, call "Hebraizers." Others hold that the common Latin translation is of equal authority with the original editions.
In general, according to the decree of the Council of Trent, which canonized the common Latin translation, that Vulgate is set above the original edition: not only for this reason, that they might more easily be able to say that the original text is corrupted, but also, and far more, in order that, by the use of one and the same common Latin tongue, the learned might the more easily be, as it were, united under one and the same head, and that thus and in this way the Pope might be able to rule the more powerfully.
The Reformed acknowledge Scripture to be self-authoritative only in the original languages. The reasons for our view we have given above, § X. But Bellarmine, De Scriptura, Lib. II, c. 10, counts up these reasons for the Papists. Namely: (1) The common Latin translation has been in use for many centuries. Answer: this indeed proves that it is useful, not that it is authentic. (2) It has the testimony of the ancients. Answer: not that it is authentic, any more than the Hebrew and Greek text. (3) The Hebrews had the authentic Scripture in their own tongue, the Greeks in Greek; therefore also the Latins in Latin. Answer: (a) therefore also the Germans in German, the English in English. (b) The question and the dispute here concerns translations. And thus neither did the Jews have an authentic translation, nor the Greeks, and consequently neither did the Latins.
(4) They say that otherwise the Church would be poorly provided for and cared for, because in the councils there are very few, or sometimes none, who understand the Hebrew tongue. Answer: (a) let them blame this on their own ignorance, and not on divine providence. (b) Such councils are not fit to distinguish the authentic editions. (5) They further allege this, that the heretics forge such various and mutually conflicting translations, that one can have nothing certain from them. Answer: (a) is then the Vulgate authentic? (b) Augustine, De Doctrina Christiana, Lib. II, cap. 11, teaches that before Jerome there were countless Latin editions.
§ XLI. Whether the Original Hebrew and Greek Texts Have Been Corrupted
From this it is asked, therefore, whether the Hebrew and Greek original texts have been corrupted. The Muhammedans, in order to set their Alkoran the more plausibly alongside Scripture, or rather to put it in Scripture's place, hold that Scripture has been corrupted. The Papists, in order the more easily to put the Vulgate in the place of the original texts, and also in order to gain the point that Scripture is not a perfect canon, and that therefore their traditions are additionally necessary, and that at the same time the supreme authority in and over the Church belongs to the Pope, who could and should judge concerning the sense of Scripture and concerning controversies risen or arising, hold that the original texts have been corrupted.
We deny this. (1) Because it would conflict with God's providence, which watches over us even to a hair of our head; how much more, then, would it not watch over the foundation of our faith and of our salvation? Eph. 1:20. (2) This conflicts with the testimony of Scripture, Matt. 5:18; Luke 16:29. (3) The authority of Scripture would fall to the ground by this very fact, since its authority rests upon the original languages, according to what we have said above, § X.
(4) Neither the Hebrew original text of the Old Testament has been corrupted, nor the Greek text of the New Testament, and therefore neither has been. Not the first, because it (a) has not been kept by the Jews, who were far too superstitious for that—as is clear partly from the Masorah, partly from the testimonies of Philo, De Egressu Filiorum Israelis ex Aegypto; of Josephus, Book I, Against Apion; of Eusebius, Lib. I and Lib. III, Historia Ecclesiastica, cap. 1, and De Praeparatione Evangelica, cap. 11; partly from the completeness of the predictions concerning Christ; but also because Christ and the apostles never reproached them with that crime. And still less (b) would the Christians have wished to do this, being still more devout in this regard; and even had they wished it, they could not have done it, both because of the abundance and multitude of the copies spread abroad, and because of the diversity of the sects, and also because of the Jews, who were present among them in such great numbers.
Consequently, corrupted by no one, and therefore the Hebrew original text is uncorrupted. The Greek text of the New Testament is likewise uncorrupted, for that too would conflict (a) with God's wisdom and goodness, (b) with the vigilance of the godly teachers against every corruption, whereby they most carefully corrected even the corruptions caused by fires.
§ XLII. Objections
The objections direct themselves in various ways: (1) against the completeness of the Hebrew text of the Old Testament, for which Bellarmine, De Scriptura, Lib. II, cap. 10, gathers together many passages which he claims to be corrupted—although his opponents deny this, and defend all the individual passages which he brings forward. Compare Ames, Antibellarminus. (II) Against the Greek purity of the New Testament, which they say has been corrupted either by the heretics or by the copyists—which they endeavor to establish: (1) by the corruptions of the books. Answer: some, not all; and therefore, by this reasoning, it should rightly be said not that the New Testament, but rather that particular edition of it, is corrupted. (2) By the variety of readings. Answer: from this too is proven nothing but the corruption of some copies, which can be removed by means of the oldest and best-attested copies. See Lucas of Bruges, in the preface to Variae Lectiones Scripturae. (3) By the effort and design of the heretics in corrupting and falsifying Scripture. Answer: the attempt to corrupt does not always bring about the effect, the godliness namely of the teachers of the Church, and their constant perseverance in maintaining and defending the original texts, withstanding and preventing it. (4) By examples, by which they wish to prove that the Greek text has been corrupted, in Bellarmine, De Scriptura, Lib. III, cap. 7. Answer: let his opponents be set against him, who have been most careful defenders of those passages.
§ XLIII. Whether Scripture Ought to Be Translated into the Vernacular Languages
The question is whether Scripture ought to be translated into the vernacular languages? The Protestants say yes, and that for these reasons: (1) God Himself had Scripture written in those languages which were the mother tongues of the Church—Hebrew, Chaldee, Greek. (2) The reading of Holy Scripture is a duty binding absolutely on all believers, John 5:39, as we shall presently show; therefore it must be translated. (3) The use and usefulness of Scripture—namely, edification, comfort, exhortation, correction, and the glorifying of God, etc., 2 Tim. 3:16, 17—belongs to all and to each; therefore it must be translated. (4) Religious worship must be conducted in commonly understood languages, 1 Cor. 14; therefore Scripture must be translated, since otherwise no service of God could be performed at all.
(5) Scripture has, for the Church of the Old Testament, been translated into the common languages, as the Chaldee paraphrase, as well as the Hexapla and Octapla—that is, the six- and eight-language Bible of Origen—show.
§ XLIV. Counter-Reasons of the Papists
The Papists, in order the more strongly to keep the common people from reading Scripture—lest their errors, idolatries, and superstitions come too plainly under the eyes of the common people, and in order that those of the Roman persuasion, by using the common Latin translation alone, may be the more closely bound together with their head, and that head may in turn rule the more powerfully over its members—deny that Holy Scripture ought to be translated into the mother tongues, and this for scarcely more than these trivial reasons: (1) "It is enough," they say, "that Scripture exist in those three languages in which the inscription on Christ's cross was written," John 19:20. Answer: this is a poor and trifling connection. (2) From the time of Ezra down to Christ, the Old Testament was not in the mother tongue, since by then the use of the Hebrew tongue had already fallen away. Answer: both of these claims are false, for even to this very day the Hebrew tongue is still the most commonly used among the Jews.
(3) The apostles preached over the whole world, and yet they did not translate Scripture into the languages of those nations. Answer: (a) the latter claim is uncertain. (b) They never forbade the former. (γ) They were unable to translate it, for want of leisure time. (δ) They also perhaps did not wish to do so, lest there be more than one self-authoritative edition, and lest disputes should arise in the Church over the authority of the various editions. (4) It serves the unity of the Church, and the mutual fellowship of the Church, that Scripture exist in the most common tongue, that is, in Latin. Answer: (a) provided only that it not be exclusively the Latin, nor self-authoritative. (b) That unity and fellowship of the churches can sufficiently be preserved through one single self-authoritative edition—namely the Hebrew and the Greek.
(5) It would be in vain, even if Scripture were in the common tongues, since it would nevertheless not be understood. Answer: we deny both, Deut. 31:11. Further, (6): in every age the mother tongues change. Answer: (a) not so much that they cannot be understood, especially when kept up by usage. (b) Then let the translations themselves also be a little altered. (7) It conflicts with the majesty of Scripture that it should be...
§ XLV. Whether Scripture Ought to Be Read by the Common People
The question, once it is granted that Holy Scripture is translated into the common tongues, is whether it ought to be read by the common people. The orthodox maintain this, for these reasons: (1) God commands it, Deut. 6:6, 7, 8, and 30:11, 12; Isa. 34:16; John 5:39; Luke 16:29; Col. 3:16 and 4:16; 1 Thess. 5:27. (2) The reading of Scripture has been customary in the Israelite Church, Acts 15:21; 8:30, and 17:11. (3) God greatly approves such reading, Ps. 1:2; 119:2; Acts 17:11; 2 Pet. 1:19; Rev. 1:3. (4) The uses and benefits of Scripture belong indiscriminately to all, Rom. 15:4; John 20:31; 2 Tim. 3:16, 17.
The Papists, lest their very evil and worst doctrine become known to the common people, and in order the more easily to keep them dependent on the rule of the Pope, deny this, because (1) some pervert Scripture to their own destruction, 2 Pet. 3:16. Answer: not through the fault of reading, but through their own fault. They say (2) that all sorts of crimes and abominations are commonly related in Holy Scripture, from which offense might arise to the ignorant. Answer: this happens by the accident of the readers, not through the fault of Scripture, or of reading.
§ XLVI. Whether Scripture Is Obscure
The question is whether Scripture is obscure. The Protestants deny this, in a certain sense, and for reasons already given above, § XVIII. The Papists, in order not only the more forcefully to keep the common people from reading Scripture, but also in order to establish the necessity of an interpreter—and indeed of one who is infallible—and thereby to confer that dignity upon the Pope, who by this very means would sit secure from all assaults on Scripture, being a judge in his own case, declare Scripture to be obscure, with these arguments.
(1) With the sayings of Scripture: (a) that David prays for the understanding of Scripture and for the opening of his eyes, etc. Answer: he prays for light for his understanding, not for a greater clarity of Scripture; or for light for himself, not for Scripture. (b) That Christ expounded the Scriptures, Luke 24:27. Answer: that is, that He recounted, applied, and brought them forward—from which obscurity can hardly be inferred. (γ) That the eunuch confessed he could not understand Scripture without an interpreter, Acts 8:30, 31. Answer: he indeed did not understand that particular passage of Scripture; but from this the general obscurity of Scripture is very poorly inferred.
(δ) That Peter says there are in Paul's epistles certain things δυσνόητα, things hard to understand, 2 Pet. 3:16. Answer: some things—but does it follow from this that the whole of Scripture is obscure? By such reasoning all writers would be obscure. Furthermore, the Papists attempt (2) to prove the obscurity of Scripture from the difficulty and obscurity of the matters that are contained in the Scriptures. Answer: even the most difficult and weighty matters are clearly explained in Scripture, especially in those things which pertain to salvation.
(3) That there are many things in Holy Scripture which at first sight appear to be contradictory; some things which are doubtful; also, that there are imperfect, indeed even seemingly perverse, lines of reasoning; as well as expressions peculiar to the Hebrews; and finally, that there are found in it very many figurative and metaphorical modes of speech. Answer: such things as are necessary to know and to understand unto salvation never occur in Holy Scripture without being explained elsewhere; so that, at the very most, it would not be the Scriptures, but certain passages of Scripture, that could on this account be called obscure. See Bellarmine, De Scriptura, Lib. III, capp. 1, 2, and his opponents, Ames, in his book entitled Bellarminus Enervatus, Tom. I, p. 39, where one should note especially the very precise formulation of the state of the controversy, from which and by which all the objections readily fall away.
§ XLVII. Whether Scripture Has More Than One Sense
The question is whether Scripture has more than one sense—a view of which Origen was the chief advocate, because they supposed that the literal sense of Scripture is too simple and too plain, and not such as could commend the wisdom of the Christian religion to the heathen; whence he fell away from the literal sense of Scripture into allegorical and mystical senses. Likewise the Jews, in their Midrashim (commentaries); but especially all the enthusiasts. Nor are far removed from this some who chase after novelties, when, in order to draw everything out of every passage, and to be able to apply the prophecies to their own liking with some show of plausibility, they lay down this general rule: that the words of Scripture signify whatever they can possibly signify—from which a manifold sense is wont to arise.
The Papists, in order to declare Scripture obscure to the common people, who ought not to read it, and who need an infallible interpreter—who is none other, nor can be any other, than the Roman Pope—hold (1) a fourfold sense of Scripture, namely (a) a literal sense, which the letter immediately conveys; (b) an allegorical sense, whereby something is signified and made known figuratively, which in the Old Testament looks to Christ and to the Church; (c) a moral sense, when something is made known which pertains to conduct; and finally (d) an anagogical sense, when eternal life is thereby signified.
(2) The Papists further hold that it is not improbable that there are sometimes more literal senses than one, bound up in one and the same passage. Meanwhile (3), they hold that from the literal sense alone must the arguments against opposing parties be drawn. See Bellarmine, De Verbo Dei, Lib. III, cap. 3. The orthodox allow only one, and that a literal, sense of Scripture—namely the one which the writer intended by his words; meanwhile they acknowledge that this sense is sometimes compound, as happens in figurative and typical modes of speech, where one part of the sense is the proper meaning of the words, and another part is the meaning of the things signified. Indeed, they also call those mystical senses, when it clearly appears that they were intended by the Holy Spirit, literal senses.
The arguments of the orthodox are: (1) Because the sense of Scripture is true, certain, and firm, 2 Pet. 1:19—indeed also pure and most pure, that is, far removed from all admixture, Ps. 12:6 and 119:140; Prov. 30:5. But now, that which is ambiguous and doubtful, or that which admits of more than one sense, is not pure, not certain, and not firm. (2) That which does not signify one definite thing signifies nothing that is certain. (3) The sense is, as it were, the form of the words: therefore, just as the words have but one form, so also they have but one sense.
§ XLVIII. Objections
The arguments of the Papists are: (1) The apostle makes mention, 1 Cor. 10:11, of a certain typical sense, and thus applies, in a spiritual manner, to Christians what happened literally to the Jews. Answer: one must not confuse the sense of Scripture with the various applications of it: the application of one and the same passage can be manifold, 2 Tim. 3:16, while meanwhile there remains but one single sense. (2) They heap up various passages of Scripture whose sense would be allegorical, Gal. 4:24, etc.; likewise anagogical, concerning the rest of the Israelites, Heb. 3 and 4; and also moral, 1 Cor. 9:9, etc.
Answer: the sense of Scripture is one and simple in the historical narratives, doctrines, and prophecies, set forth plainly and nakedly; or it is compound, expressed in typical or figurative words: meanwhile the application can be manifold, Rom. 15:4, and the literal sense, by way of a type, is sometimes applied in the Scriptures for instruction, as happens in Gal. 4, Heb. 3 and 4; and by way of a moral application, for correction, 1 Cor. 10:11, or for teaching, 1 Cor. 9:9. Therefore from this is indeed derived a varied use and benefit of Scripture, but not likewise a varied sense.
§ XLIX. Whether There Is, Besides Scripture, a Certain Infallible Standard for Interpreting It
From the obscurity and difficulty of some parts of Scripture arises the necessity of interpreting it. Concerning this it is disputed, first, over the standard according to which one must render judgment in interpreting Scripture; and then over the judge to whom it belongs to render judgment when a dispute arises over the sense of Scripture. As to the first point: whether, namely, besides and apart from Scripture, there is a certain infallible rule and standard by which to interpret Scripture? The orthodox, although they allow various aids and also rules for interpreting Scripture—such as the analogy of faith and of context, a diligent comparison of passages, or a mutual comparing of statements—nevertheless acknowledge no infallible rule and standard distinct from Scripture itself, as that which explains itself.
The reasons of the orthodox are: (1) Because we do not read that God has conferred that dignity and that power over His Word upon anyone. (2) Nothing outside of Scripture is of infallible truth, Ps. 116:11, as will easily appear from an enumeration—not the fathers, not the councils, etc. (3) It is unreasonable that the Holy Spirit and His sense and meaning should be tested by some other touchstone, 1 Cor. 2:11, 16. Finally (4), Scripture is the rule and standard of all else, Isa. 8:20; Gal. 6:16. Therefore nothing can be a standard for it, without the most shameful circularity.
§ L. The Established Opinion
The enthusiasts ascribe this honor to their own inspirations; the Socinians and Rationalists, as we have said, to reason. The Papists, in order the more securely to escape granting that Scripture is the supreme and infallible standard for interpreting itself, ascribe that honor and that right sometimes (A) to the fathers. But (1) they bring forward no proof texts for this. (2) The fathers could all, to a man, err, and have in fact erred, our own opponents themselves testifying to this. See Bellarmine, De Verbo Dei, Lib. III, c. 10. (3) The fathers themselves reject that dignity. (4) The parties themselves sometimes regard the fathers, even when they agree among themselves, as not worth a hair, as Rivet has shown, Critici Sacri, cap. 7. (5) Their writings have not always existed. (6) Moreover, of those writings that do exist, a great many are falsely counterfeited. (7) Nor do all the things demanded of those whose task and duty it is to interpret the sense of Scripture come to be consulted in those writings. Compare Rivet, Critici Sacri; also Dallaeus, De Usu et Abusu Patrum; Johannes Gerhard, Loci, I, cap. v.
(B) Sometimes they ascribe that honor and that right to the decrees of the Roman popes. So Stapleton says, Controversia 4, Quaest. 1, art. 3: "One ought not to believe God speaking in His written word, except through the mediation of the authoritative judgment of the Pope." Answer: 1. Let the parties prove this. We shall show the contrary in the following point of controversy. (C) Or to the decrees of the councils. Bellarmine, Controversia Generalis 4, Lib. 2; Council of Trent, Sess. 4. But (1) they constantly contradict one another. (2) They can err, and have erred. (3) They depart, through prejudices, quite often from the truth. (D) Or finally they ascribe that honor and that right to traditions, which we shall treat below with express intent and at length. The arguments, for and against, may be seen in Bellarmine, loc. cit., and in his opponent Ames, Bellarminus Enervatus, Tom. 2, cap. 5; Whitaker, Controversia Tertia, Quaest. 2, De Concil.
§ LI. Whether There Is on Earth a Certain Infallible Judge of Controversies
As to the second point: the question is (1) whether there is, among men, a visible judge of those controversies which concern the sense of Scripture and religion, in whose pronouncement and judgment the consciences of all must rest? This the orthodox deny. (1) Because it does not belong to men to have a power to judge, as though it were a royal and authoritative power, over God and divine things. (2) Because the judgment of every single individual, apart from that of Scripture itself, is subject to error, (3) and must therefore be tested and examined at the touchstone of Scripture, 1 John 4:1; 1 Thess. 5:21, compared with Isa. 8:20; Acts 17:11; and therefore no one can be set up as judge without a shameful circularity.
(4) God alone is the author of Scripture, 2 Tim. 3:16, the supreme, indeed the sole, lawgiver in the Church, James 4:12, the one infallible teacher, Matt. 23:8, 10. (5) In both Testaments God ascribes that honor and that right to Scripture alone, when He continually refers us, in controversies that arise, to Scripture, Isa. 8:20; Luke 16:29; 2 Pet. 1:19; Deut. 17:10, etc.
§ LII. What the Papists Assert
The Jews of old had their high priests, by a divine institution, appointed solely from the family of Aaron, to whom the supreme oversight of religion belonged; who, however, are nowhere called judges of controversies concerning Scripture. And the heathen Romans had their chief priests, who originally derived from Numa Pompilius, according to the testimony of Livy, Lib. I. Festus says of these that they were judges and arbiters of divine and human affairs. The Muhammedans, too, have their Mufti, the chief overseer of their religion, from whom, says Busbequius, Epist. 3, they seek and obtain answers in doubtful matters, as from a Dodonaean oak.
The Papists, in order that their Pope, being the supreme judge in his own case, may sit secure, agree indeed in this, that there is, besides Scripture, on earth, a certain visible and infallible judge of controversies; but they are divided among themselves as to whether it is the Pope, or a general council, or the Pope together with the council? Then the further question arises, whether the mark of infallibility resides in the Pope, or in the council? And from this, further, whether the power of the Pope is spiritual alone, or also temporal? And all this, whether he holds it by himself, or only for the sake of the Church?
At all events, they all make the Pope the judge of controversies and the interpreter of the Scriptures, and this for these petty reasons: (1) Because that privilege formerly belonged to Moses and Aaron, Exod. 18:26; Deut. 17:8ff.; Eccl. 12:11; Hag. 2:12; Mal. 2:7; 2 Chron. 19:11—and, they say, the Pope is their successor. Answer: we deny both of these claims, as the very passages they cite fail to prove any such thing, as their own examination will show. (2) Because Peter formerly was, they say, the supreme judge of controversies, Matt. 16:19; John 21:16; Luke 22:32; Acts 15:7; Gal. 2:9—and, they say, the Pope is, by succession, Peter. Answer: we again deny both of these, nor do the passages cited prove it—let them only be examined.
(3) That the final judgment concerning controversies belongs to the visible Church. Answer: this is precisely the point in dispute; nor is it proven even in the passages cited, Matt. 18:17, 18. For that a certain judgment is ascribed to the Church in Matt. 18:17, we acknowledge; but not a final and infallible judgment, since it must itself be examined from Scripture, Acts 17:11; 1 Thess. 5:21. And Christ means the scribes and Pharisees, as sitting on the seat of Moses, to be heard only in so far as, and to the extent that, they teach in accordance with Moses. Compare the opponents of Bellarmine, Ames, and others.
§ LIII–LIV. Of the Public and the Private Judgment Concerning the Controversies
As for the judgment left to the private discretion of each individual, the reformed Church is charged by the Papists, in order to deflect this criticism from themselves, with making all sorts of reckless and private persons—even down to little women—judges of controversies. But this is wrongly and falsely said. For (1) they plainly deny that question, just as much as the Papists do. Therefore (2) the Papists impute this to them only through a shameless slander.
Meanwhile the Reformed do make (a) a distinction between a public and a private judgment; (b) they likewise posit a twofold public judgment: one which is simple and unqualified, self-authoritative and determinative, binding the consciences of men to belief—such a judgment they deny to exist on earth apart from Holy Scripture; or a judgment which is qualified by virtue of a ministerial calling, and which is discerning and declarative, showing what it finds, through a dutiful and proper examination, to be determined in Scripture, not binding further to belief than as it can show that it is indeed the word which sets this forth. (c) Finally, they call a private judgment the judgment of private individuals, for themselves alone, discerning and testing what is set before them, but not declaring anything to others by virtue of some particular calling.
How then, the Papists ask, shall controversies and disputes concerning religion be determined and settled? Answer: just as we deny that there is, for the judging of theological controversies, a certain visible power, royal and commanding, established in the Church, so we also hold that it is laid upon men by God as a duty to search the Scriptures; that likewise the gift of discernment is imparted, both publicly and privately; that it is also laid as a charge upon the pure and the simple, to promote the knowledge and practice of the known truth, according to the demand of their calling; and finally, that to this is attached the promise of guidance and blessing. And all these things, we hold, are, in the end, sufficient for the determining and settling of controversies.
§ LV. Of the Perfection of Scripture
Our next point of controversy with the Papists, therefore, concerns the perfection of Scripture. Here the question is (1) whether Scripture is so perfect that it contains within itself all the doctrines necessary for faith and life? The orthodox say yes, and chiefly for these reasons: (1) Because nothing ought to be added to Scripture, nor anything taken from it, Deut. 4:2; Gal. 1:8. (2) Because it declares the whole counsel of God concerning our salvation, Acts 20:27, compared with ch. 26:22. (3) Because it makes us perfect unto salvation, 2 Tim. 3:15–17. Compare what we brought forward above, § XI.
The Jews, for the sake of their oral law; the Muhammedans, in order to keep their Alkoran safe; the Papists, in order to secure their endless superstitions, which they cannot maintain from Scripture, by seeking help from elsewhere in some way, as well as to confirm the absolute sovereignty of the Pope—which the Pope, in commanding, forbidding, and giving counsel, could not so exercise, if everything necessary to believe and to do unto salvation were bound up within Scripture—deny that Scripture is a perfect standard of faith and morals.
The Papists contend with almost these trivial reasons: (1) They say that many things necessary to know are not contained in Scripture. For example, (a) what remedy there was under the Old Testament for girls against original sin; likewise, what remedy for boy infants who died before the day of circumcision? (b) In what way were some of the heathen saved under the Old Testament? (c) Scripture teaches nothing of the perpetual virginity of Mary. (d) Nothing concerning the observance and celebration of the Passover feast and of the Lord's Day. (e) Nothing, too, of infant baptism, etc.
We answer: either these things are not necessary to know unto salvation, as is the case with the third and fourth of the matters mentioned; or Holy Scripture does contain it—for example (a) Holy Scripture declares the general remedy against original sin to be the blood or the grace of Christ, under both Testaments, 1 John 1:7, compared with Acts 15:11, which was rather sealed than brought about by circumcision, Rom. 4:11. The very same answer can be applied to (b) as well. Also (c) we say that infant baptism appears in the New Testament: for it is expressly said there that baptism belongs to all who partake of the blood and Spirit of Christ, Acts 10:47, and that little children are partakers of the blood and Spirit of Christ, Luke 1:15; Jer. 1:5. We shall bring forward other proofs for this matter in their proper place.
The Papists say: (2) Many books of Scripture, which were truly canonical, are truly lost: from the Old Testament, for example, the books of Nathan and Gad, 1 Chron. 29:29; of Ahijah and Iddo, 2 Chron. 9:29; of Solomon, 1 Kings 4:32; as well as, from the New Testament, the letter to the Laodiceans, Col. 4:16, and one to the Corinthians, 1 Cor. 5:9. Answer: these were either not canonical, or they are not lost—in accordance with the ground of proof given in Matt. 5:18. The books of Nathan and Gad may possibly be found expressed, under names now omitted, in the histories of Samuel and of the Kings, which Ezra may have set down in his own book. That the writings of Solomon which have been lost were canonical, we deny.
An epistle to the Laodiceans we do not acknowledge: for the apostle mentions, in Col. 4:16, an epistle, not πρὸς Λαοδικεῖς, "to the Laodiceans," but ἐκ Λαοδικείας, "from Laodicea." If any epistle to the Corinthians is indeed lost, then it was not canonical; and that the apostle, in 1 Cor. 5:9, speaks of that very same first epistle, the article τῇ seems to indicate. And suppose there were indeed some canonical books lost (which we still strongly deny), it would nevertheless not rightly follow from this that there is an actual imperfection in Scripture, unless it were first shown that those books contained some doctrine necessary to salvation which the books that still remain to us do not contain.
(3) The parties go on to say further: either the individual books of Scripture are each in themselves perfect, and contain everything necessary to salvation; or they are all, taken together, perfect—not each book by itself, for then why so many? Not all together, since many of them are lost. Answer: the individual books are indeed substantially perfect, so far as they are sufficient for their own end and purpose, and for their own time; and the whole canon is perfect in an integral way—if not otherwise, then so far as it has gradually grown by the acquisition of books; at least, so far as it is now already perfect and complete. Besides, we have already rightly denied that any single canonical book has been lost.
(4) Their last proof is taken from traditions, which we shall treat presently.
§ LVI. Of Traditions, Human and Beside Scripture
The question now is whether there are, apart from and besides Scripture, some traditions of Christ and of the apostles, which would be the Word of God, and have equal authority with the written Word? The Reformed, although they allow tradition, by means of which Scripture itself has come down to us, as necessary, nevertheless allow no traditions which would be doctrines, precepts, and commandments, necessary beside Scripture. (1) Because Scripture is in every respect perfect, according to § XIX. (2) Because traditions are the teachings of men, which are condemned, Matt. 15:9; Col. 2:22, 23. (3) No examples of such traditions are brought forward by our opponents which we cannot readily dispel—for example, the things which we have noted in the preceding paragraph, concerning the remedy for original sin, etc. (4) Because the traditions of the Papists are (a) uncertain, since some maintain, while others deny, of one and the same tradition drawn from the ancients, that it is apostolic. (b) Contrary to the written Word of God. (c) Some of them trifling and laughable. (d) Changeable, since they are found to be read variously and changed, according to the circumstances of times, places, and persons.
§ LVII. Why the Papists Hold Traditions to Be Necessary
The Pharisees, with that same disposition and design which we have shown in the preceding controversy, maintained this firmly; and in like manner, following and alongside the Council of Trent, Sess. 4, the Papists likewise maintain it, with and for these rather weighty reasons. (1) The apostle appeals to tradition, 1 Cor. 15:3. Answer: the word "tradition" sometimes means a doctrine, taught in whatever manner, even though it be expressly contained in Scripture, 1 Cor. 11:23; 2 Thess. 2:15. So too 1 Cor. 15:3, as the doctrine there expressed is affirmed without contradiction.
(2) The apostles handed down some things by tradition; therefore they did not write those things, 1 Cor. 11:34. Answer: (A) this does not follow; that they handed something down, therefore they did not write it—since tradition (according to the immediately preceding answer) happens as much by writing as by the living voice. (B) Nor does it follow that, because the apostle handed down certain things which are not written in that letter, Scripture therefore nowhere teaches them; or, if he himself does not teach them there, that therefore no apostle or prophet has recorded them elsewhere. (C) Suppose he handed down what he did not write; by what reasoning will one maintain that those things are necessary to know unto salvation?
(3) Christ, they say, still had many things to tell the apostles, which they could not then bear, John 16:12. Answer: (a) traditions do not follow from this. (b) Christ made known to His own everything that He had heard from the Father, John 15:15, so that the Holy Spirit needed to do nothing else than to bring to their remembrance all that Christ had told them, John 14:26. (c) Therefore the Savior speaks here not of certain new doctrines still to be received, but of such doctrines as He Himself had often already taught, but which, because of the weakness of His disciples, had not been grasped—which they would afterward grasp, under the guidance of the Spirit who was to come.
(4) They say that Paul often speaks of a deposit entrusted to him, 1 Tim. 6:20; 2 Tim. 1:14; and likewise he commends to his own those things which had been heard from him, 2 Tim. 1:13; 2:2. Answer: certainly not the Popish traditions, but he commends to his Timothy the whole body of sound doctrine, as clearly appears from 1 Tim. 6:20 and 2 Tim. 1:13, 14. (5) They allege that Paul was not willing to write of everything, but says that concerning many things he would give instructions when he should be present—τὰ λοιπά, "the remaining things," etc., 1 Cor. 11:34. Answer: he is not speaking of necessary articles of faith, but of the order which was to be observed in the congregations, of which they could, without loss of salvation, have remained ignorant.
(6) John, it is said, was unwilling to write everything with pen and ink, 2 John v. 12, and 3 John v. 13. Answer: would there then be some things necessary to salvation which are not contained in the whole Bible? (7) The apostle, they further say, has, without doubt, taken the names of the two magicians from tradition, since he neither had nor knew them from any records then at hand, nor by any inspiration of the Holy Spirit, 2 Tim. 3:8. Answer: (a) they were not articles of faith, necessary unto salvation. (8) They say further: we would not have the Scriptures of the Old and New Testament, and we would not know that the biblical books were written by those whose names they bear, except through the tradition of the Church, whether Jewish or Christian. Answer: we do have the tradition of that which is beside and apart from Scripture: the former we embrace, the latter we reject.
§ LVIII. Whether Scripture Is Now Necessary for the Church
The question is whether Scripture is now necessary for the Church? The enthusiasts deny this, since they claim that the illumination of some particular spirit is now enough for them. And the Papists, in order all the more to uphold the necessity of traditions, and to diminish the reading of Scripture, and to establish above all the necessity of the infallibility of the Pope, deny the necessity of the written Word; and moreover, for this reason too, in order all the more to exalt the necessity of the Roman Pope, on whose mouth we would then have to depend. And this with and for these reasons:
(A) For two thousand years, from Adam to Moses, religion was preserved by tradition alone: therefore Scripture is not simply and absolutely necessary. Answer: (1) We do not say that Scripture is simply and absolutely necessary; but rather, on the supposition of the will of God, who commands and enjoins His Word upon us, we say it has now been necessarily fulfilled; yet it does not follow from this that it is not now necessary, since that living voice of God no longer speaks as it once did. (2) At that time it was not necessary, while the living voice of God still held sway. (3) Religion was preserved, not so much by tradition, as by the living voice of God to and through the fathers.
They further object (B): when Scripture afterward came to exist, it belonged solely to the Jews, while meanwhile others, who did not belong to the Church, made use only of tradition—as Job with his friends; indeed even the Jews themselves made more use of tradition than of Scripture. Answer: (a) Job and his friends lived before the written Law of God, and had the living voice of God, as appears from the Book of Job. (b) With the godly living outside the visible Church of the Jews, God dealt in an extraordinary manner; but to deny, on this account, the ordinary necessity of Scripture would be just as if one wished, from the fact that Moses and Christ were sustained in an extraordinary manner without bread, to deny the necessity of food and drink. (c) We acknowledge that the Jewish Church—though not until the time of Christ, and a little before—through a most grievous corruption, which was very often rebuked by Christ, ascribed as much to the Talmudic traditions of the fathers as to Scripture; but the necessity of Scripture is no more rightly abolished by this than it would follow, from the most corrupt practice of the Papists, who set their traditions above Scripture, that it is therefore lawful for us to abolish the necessity of the Word of God.
The Papists say (C): after the coming of Christ, the Church was, for many years, without Scripture. Answer: (a) it was never, at least from Moses onward, without any Scripture at all, for it always had the Old Testament. (b) That it was for some time without the apostolic writings has come about because they first had to preach the Gospel with their living voice, and only afterward to write it down. (c) The living voice of the apostles, and thus of the Spirit himself, fulfilled that necessity, which, once it ceased, the doctrine of the apostles was immediately set down in writing—from which the necessity of Scripture is most strongly confirmed. On the contrary, the orthodox maintain the necessity of Scripture with many proofs, of which we have brought forward some above, § XX.
§ LIX. Whether Scripture Was Written Only on Occasional Circumstances, Without a Divine Command
The question is whether Scripture was written merely on occasional occasions, without a divine command? The Reformed hold, with the apostle, 2 Pet. 1:21, that the holy men of God spoke not of their own will, but as they were moved by the Holy Spirit. As proofs they bring forward (a) the command to teach all nations, over the whole earth—including those who would only afterward exist—until the consummation of the world, Matt. 28:19, 20; a thing which could scarcely be accomplished without any writing at all. (b) To some, God has, by an express command, laid the necessity of writing—for example, to Moses, Exod. 17:14 and 34:27, and elsewhere; to Isaiah, ch. 8:1; to Jeremiah, ch. 30; to Habakkuk, ch. 2:2; to John, Rev. 1:11.
To all, in place of an express command, there was the inspiration, 2 Tim. 3:16, and the driving of the Holy Spirit, 2 Pet. 1:21. (c) They were faithful ambassadors of Christ, 1 Cor. 4:1, 2, whose office and duty it is not to do anything without a command—whence some had a necessity to write, Jude v. 3—namely, all who indeed wrote. The Papists, in order to weaken the necessity of Scripture, but to exalt that of the Pope, and to draw the common people away from Scripture and to the Pope, deny the necessity of Scripture, and that with nearly these arguments.
(A) If it had been the intention of the prophets and apostles to write out the doctrine of religion deliberately and at length, they would, without doubt, have made a catechism, or some similar book; but they did not do this; therefore, etc. Answer: (a) this entails no such consequence at all. (b) The second premise is false; for are not the epistles to the Romans, the Ephesians, etc., catechetical instructions and theological treatises? And likewise the sayings and maxims of Scripture which indicate the catechetical headings, Mark 1:15; 2 Tim. 1:13; Titus 3:8, and especially Heb. 6:1, 2.
(B) Writing was not commanded to the apostles. Answer: we have already, just now, as well as above § XX, abundantly taught the contrary. (C) The apostles wrote out of the necessity of occurring circumstances, but not out of the necessity of a divine command; therefore, etc. Answer: subordinate causes do not conflict; they wrote at the command of Christ, as the principal moving cause, and on occurring occasion, as the lesser moving cause.
§ LX. Whether Scripture Should Rather Be Called a Useful Admonitory Writing than a Perfect Rule of Faith and Life
From this arises another question: whether Scripture ought rather to be called a certain useful admonitory writing, than a perfect rule of faith and morals? The Papists, in order to seek the perfect rule of faith and life, not in Scripture, but with the Pope, and further to lead and draw those whom they have drawn away from Scripture to the Pope, choose the former, for these trivial reasons: (A) Because the proper and chief end of Scripture is to give a certain admonition or exhortation, in order to preserve the faith, Rom. 15:4; 2 Pet. 1:13 and 3:1; and also because the style of Scripture is thoroughly admonitory and comforting. Answer: subordinate and coordinate things do not conflict. Scripture is an admonitory writing; therefore it is not likewise a rule—that does not follow: for it is also called a rule, Gal. 6:16; Phil. 3:16.
(B) A rule, they say, must necessarily be commensurate with, and equal to, that which is regulated—that is, it must contain all those things, and only those things, which pertain to salvation. But this by no means fits Scripture, because traditions besides it are still further required; therefore, etc. Answer: that the second premise is false, we have taught above, § V; and that traditions are not necessary, § LVI. (C) A rule, they further allege, is a continuous, sequential work; Scripture is no such work, for it contains various histories, sermons, prophecies, poems, letters. Answer: the first premise is true of a rule properly so called, or a technical, architectural rule and standard; but Scripture is called a rule only in a figurative sense, just as the Church is often called a house, a building, a foundation, and so forth.
The Reformed hold the latter position, for reasons already brought forward above, §§ IV, V; and we shall add nothing further, except only this: that otherwise we would not have any divine rule for living unto God, and consequently neither a divine faith, nor a divine obedience; for where God does not speak, there we cannot believe either; and where God does not command, there we cannot obey either: but God speaks nowhere except in the Scriptures. If you say that what God speaks in an admonitory writing, that He does indeed speak—so, too, I shall answer; but those things which, besides these admonitions, must be believed and practiced, God would not be speaking at all, so that admonitory writing would not be a perfect rule of what one must believe and do. Wherefore the Papists are wretched, and especially their common people, to whom the reading of Scripture is forbidden: since they have no divine rule at all by which one must believe and obey God—while the Pope, after all, is not God.
The Practical Part
§ LXI. Four Practical Uses Concerning Scripture
It stands firm, then, against parties of every kind, that Scripture is an entirely perfect rule and standard for living unto God. Wherefore, for the first practical use, it is altogether the duty of teachers and preachers to impress and urge the divine authority of Scripture upon their own people, often and earnestly, from the pulpit and in preaching—and not, as is nevertheless commonly done, to presuppose it merely as an unquestioned first principle. That is to say, that men may receive Scripture, not as the word of man, but, as it truly is, as the Word of God, 1 Thess. 2:13.
Let them consider: (1) that this is the very first foundational principle of Christianity, the first thing which one must accept and know: "knowing this first," etc., 1 Pet. 1:20—wherefore it also, in most of the prophecies, sufficiently occupies the first place: "The word of the LORD which came unto..." Hos. 1:1; Joel 1:1; Jonah 1:1; Micah 1:1; and likewise, "Thus says the LORD," Obad. v. 1, etc. (2) And that Scripture is not only the first principle of religion, but also its only support and foundation, Eph. 2:20, which, before all other things, must be well and firmly and soundly laid by any spiritual builder, 1 Cor. 3:10, "As a wise master builder I have laid the foundation," etc.
(3) Indeed, such a foundation, without which there can be neither faith nor obedience in the hearers. For what is faith, but to assent, because God says it? If you are not persuaded and convinced that God has said what is found only in Scripture, where then shall faith remain? Again: what is obedience, but to do what God has commanded? If, therefore, you are not certain that God has said those things which are commanded in Scripture, how shall you obey? Wherefore Paul says, 1 Thess. 2:13, "You received it, not as the word of men, but, as it truly is, [as] the word of God, which also works effectually in you who believe."
(4) The more vividly this principle is impressed upon the hearers, the more will their whole Christianity, the practice of good works, the fleeing of sin, and so forth, live and grow within them, and so a greater harvest will result from all our labor. (5) Let us consider how great is the number of those who either do not know, or even deny, this authority of the Scriptures—not only outside the enclosure wall of the Christian Church, but even within its very bowels! How great, too, the number of those who cavil at it! How great, finally, the number of those who doubt it! Not to mention that scarcely anyone, however sincere a Christian he may be, is found in whom, at times, some small doubts do not likewise arise.
§ LXII. The Manner and Way of Establishing and Urging the Divine Authority of Scripture
The manner and way, now, of establishing and urging the divine authority of the Scriptures comprises these three points: (A) That teachers and preachers instruct their people by what means the divine authority of Holy Scripture can be known to us—namely (1) by the marks of divinity which have been impressed by God upon Scripture; namely (1) the sublime divinity of the matters described; (2) the most exact agreement of all its parts; (3) the lowly and humble majesty of the writing itself, breathing everywhere and on every side a divine quality—compare §§ IV, XXII, XXIII, XXX, XXXI.
(II) By the inward persuasion of the Holy Spirit, 1 Cor. 2:12—yet by no means a Quakerish persuasion, which would, as it were, impart and infuse that truth into our understanding and mind directly; but an illuminating persuasion, whereby the very power of understanding and comprehending is raised up and enlightened, so as to be able to see and perceive those marks of divinity which God has impressed upon Scripture. (III) By the testimony of the Church, as a certain secondary and subordinate means.
(B) That teachers and preachers press the origin and authority of Scripture against the heathen, and against heathenishly-minded false Christians, and confirm it with unshaken and unwavering proofs, whereby the whole congregation of hearers will be exceedingly strengthened in this principle and foundation of Christianity. These arguments we have partly brought forward above, §§ XXII, XXIII. (C) That they carefully remove from those who doubt all their misgivings, of which kind are (1) those which concern the divinity of Scripture itself: namely, whether Scripture is with full certainty the Word of God?
The cause of this doubting is with reason regarded as chiefly the yielding to known sins, or to sins against conscience: for through this it easily and generally happens that, in order to escape the pronouncement and sentence of Scripture against our sins, we call into doubt the authority that belongs to it. The external causes are the apparent contradictions, and the seemingly impossible things, which occur to us in Scripture; from which then their general truth and divine authority begins to waver within and among us. These causes we shall then remove, if we abstain most carefully from all known sins.
But then also, if we (1) call to our aid the commentators, who have untied and resolved the apparent contradictions and other difficulties, etc.—namely Junius, Spanheim, Walaeus, Maimonides, and others. If we (2) consider that, in that age, there were other customs, habits, proverbs, idioms of speech, and so forth, and that it is therefore no wonder if it does not come quite so easily and readily to us to grasp these things. (3) Finally, let us far rather blame the slowness and dullness of our own understanding, than the ingenious subtlety of Scripture, 2 Cor. 10:5.
(II) Teachers and preachers must also remove the difficulties and doubts of their people concerning the testimony of the Holy Spirit, since without it (according to the theologians) no one is assured, or can be persuaded and assured, of the divinity of Scripture; and if, for example, I have never felt that testimony, and still do not feel it—how shall I rightly believe the divinity of Scripture? We answer in a word: that testimony of the Holy Spirit does not consist in some sort of enthusiasm, which would, as it were, whisper and instill into our understanding this proposition and pronouncement, "Scripture is from God"; but in an illumination and elevation of our understanding, whereby we know, discern, and recognize the marks of divinity which have been impressed in Scripture by God—in which way the Spirit, as it were, bears witness together with our spirit, Rom. 8:16.
Therefore, if we acknowledge and grasp the marks of divinity, and, by means of them, the divine authority of Scripture, then we shall likewise, in retrospect, be certain of the testimony of the Holy Spirit—in the same way as we rightly conclude, from the perceiving and judging of objects, that we have the faculty of sight. (III) Concerning the agreement of the translations with their original texts. For although I may indeed be certain of the truth and divinity of the original texts, how shall I be certain of the faithfulness of the translations, since the original languages are inaccessible to me?
Answer: (1) All the translations, although they differ in not a few small particulars, and also in some respects fall short, nevertheless agree with their original texts in the essential matters which properly concern our salvation. (2) This can be clear, even to those who are unacquainted with the original languages, from the testimony of those who are masters of those languages, even though they themselves are utterly estranged from the Christian faith—from the testimony, I say, of Jews, Turks, heretics, and so forth; and although the testimony of these is not divine, it is nevertheless morally certain and infallible: which external testimony the Holy Spirit (3) seals, as it were, inwardly with a seal, leading His own into all truth, John 16:13. For if any man will do His will, he shall know of the doctrine, whether it be of God, John 7:17.
Therefore (4), although those who are unacquainted with the original languages do not have a linguistic certainty of this correspondence, and thus not a certainty of knowledge, they nevertheless have a certainty which is spiritual, and of faith.
§ LXIII. The Second Use: Concerning the Love of God's Word
The second practical use, therefore, touches in general all who care to live unto God: that they should (1) love and highly esteem this, His only rule, Ps. 119:127; 2 Thess. 2:10. This love for the Word of God consists (I) in a favorable disposition toward, and affection for, Scripture—an affection so devoted and willing that we reverence Scripture just as we would God Himself, as if He spoke to us with His own mouth; namely, that we honor the commands with such great submission; the prohibitions with such great carefulness and aversion; the promises with such great desire, longing, and yearning; and finally the threats with such great fear and concern, as if we had God Himself present with us, speaking such things, 1 Thess. 2:13.
(II) In a vehement desire and longing after that Word, as of one who is hungry after food (for it is the food of the soul), and that with as constant, persistent, and daily fresh a desire as for eating and for drinking, 1 Pet. 2:2; Job 23:12; Ps. 119, throughout. (III) In an earnest and untiring endeavor to acquire, for oneself, an abundant knowledge of the Word, and to make use of it and enjoy it, as a thing on which the life and the salvation of our soul turns, Col. 3:16; Amos 8:12; Ps. 42:1, 2; John 6:17. (IV) In a delight and sweetness in and from the use of Holy Scripture, Ps. 1:1, 2 and 19:10; 2 Cor. 2:15.
(V) In a hating, fleeing, and abhorring of everything which, in any way, is contrary and hostile to Scripture, or which seeks to take away or diminish its use, enjoyment, and benefit, Ps. 119:104, 113, 128, 136, and 31:7. (VI) Finally, in a godly concern and anxious fear, lest at any time the candlestick of God's Word be removed from us and from our posterity, Rev. 2:5; Amos 8:12.
§ LXIV. Seven Reasons Which Ought to Move Us to Love Scripture
The reasons which can and ought to move us to love and cherish the Word of God are more than one, and are taken (A) from its origin and author, who is not some ordinary man, a wise or great man, or any worldly prince or monarch, but the King of kings, the Lord of lords, Father, Son, and Holy Spirit, the most mighty and most gracious God, 2 Tim. 3:16—wherefore it is called the oracle, or the words of God, Rom. 3:2; of Christ, Phil. 3:16; of the Holy Spirit, Acts 28:25; 2 Pet. 1:21.
If, then, we love the writings of godly and wise men, why should we not much more love the writings of the wisest and most gracious God? Especially since all human writings are filled with falsehoods, vanity, ignorance, and the like—whereas, on the contrary, the words of God are (a) in every respect perfect and satisfying, far from vanity, Ps. 19:7, 8; (b) most wise, ibid., v. 7, 9; (c) most pure and most refined, Num. 12:3; Ps. 12:6.
(B) From the instruments and writers—men who were, in every way, the best: for example Moses, the meekest of all men, Num. 12:3, with whom God, for this very reason, also dealt and spoke face to face, Exod. 33:11; Solomon, the wisest of kings, 1 Kings 3:12; David, who was a man after God's own heart, Acts 13:22; Paul, that chosen vessel of God to and among the Gentiles, Acts 9:15. In a word, in general, men of God, driven by the Holy Spirit, 2 Pet. 1:21.
(C) From the doctrines, or the matters contained, which are exceedingly excellent, and at the same time exceedingly profound: for example concerning God, his attributes, persons, works, his divine counsels and decrees; concerning the fall, redemption, calling, regeneration, justification, adoption to sonship, sanctification, and glorification of man; concerning the covenant of God with man, and its most wise administration through so many centuries; and concerning the duties of man toward God, his neighbor, and himself, in prosperity as in adversity, in living and in dying, and so forth—matters which are truly worthy, and in the highest degree necessary, to be known.
(D) From the form and composition—arranged and interwoven, with the most beautiful variety, among commands and examples, precepts and prohibitions, promises and threats—all of it most fittingly ordered for practice and for salvation. (E) From the end, or the uses, which are likewise most excellent and abundant: wherefore Scripture is also called profitable, not merely for some matters, but for all, so that thereby the man of God may be perfect, and fully equipped for every good work.
(F) From its power and efficacy, whence a strength is ascribed to it, Rom. 1:16; James 1:21, and an efficacy, Heb. 4:12; 1 Thess. 2:13. And this is no common power, but one for the life and salvation of the soul—wherefore Scripture is called a word of grace, Acts 14:3 and 20:32; likewise a word of reconciliation, 2 Cor. 5:19; a word of life, John 6:68; Phil. 2:16; of salvation, Acts 13:26; Heb. 2:3. Nor is this a slight or trifling power, but exceedingly great, wherefore it is compared to the most powerful and mightiest things: for example, to fire, Jer. 5:14; Luke 24:32; to water, Isa. 55:10; Deut. 32:2; to a hammer, Jer. 23:29; to a two-edged sword, Heb. 4:12, and so on.
Indeed, its power and efficacy is also of many kinds and various: (a) it enlightens the understanding, Ps. 19:8, 9; Acts 8:31; Ps. 119:17, 18. (b) It sanctifies the heart, John 17:17. (c) It converts the soul, Ps. 19:8. (d) It regenerates, James 1:18. (e) It kindles faith, Rom. 10:17; Gal. 3:5. (f) It penetrates and discovers the hidden thoughts of the heart, Heb. 4:12, 13; 1 Cor. 14:23, 24, 25. (g) It strengthens and empowers, 1 John 2:14, so that we can overcome all things—the world, the devil, and so forth. (h) It comforts, Rom. 15:4. (i) It guides and directs on the way, Ps. 119:17, and so forth.
(G) From its absolute necessity, on which we have already spoken above, § XX.
§ LXV. The Manner in Which One Must Love the Word
The manner, now, in which one must love and cherish the Word of God. For it is not enough to love it; one must love it rightly. Even hypocrites sometimes love God's Word, in such a way that they hear and receive it with much emotion and affection, indeed even show themselves obedient to it in many things, Matt. 13:20, 21; Mark 6:20; Isa. 58:2; Heb. 6:5. Let this affection and disposition, therefore, be: (a) sincere, deep, and inward, Matt. 13:5, 21—not remaining only on the lips, so that we merely say it, nor only in outward gestures, that we merely go through the motions of hearing, reading, and so forth; but rooted in the heart, such as is generally displayed throughout Psalm 119, and by the travelers to Emmaus, Luke 24:32. (b) Steadfast, constant, and enduring, daily fresh and never growing stale, as happens with hunger and thirst, Ps. 1:2. (c) And rising by an ever-ascending degree, surpassing every other love: namely, that the Word of God be sweeter to us than any honey, more precious and more costly than the purest gold, Ps. 19:10; Ps. 119:14, 72, 111. (d) Universal, extending itself to every part of the Word, Ps. 111:7, and not only to the Gospel and its promises, but also to the Law and its threatenings; and not only to those things which are pleasant and easy for us, but also to those things which are burdensome and hard for us, Jer. 42:5, 6; and most of all to those things which are most contrary to our sins.
Let it likewise be such a love as (1) stirs us up to thankfulness toward God, that He has given us His Word, whereby we (a) acknowledge with the heart the goodness of the Benefactor and the excellence of the benefit, Ps. 147:19, 20; (b) praise both of these with the mouth, in that same place, and throughout the whole of Psalm 119; (c) repay them with deed and with works, namely with faith and obedience to those things which are revealed in the Word, Heb. 4:2; Jer. 42:5, 6, etc. (2) Such a love as also drives us to the exercise of God's Word, Ps. 1:2, which consists in its devout (a) reading, (b) hearing, (c) meditation, (d) obeying—of which more in what follows. (3) Such a love as also kindles in us a love, reverence, maintenance, and support for those who proclaim and expound that Word of God to us, 1 Thess. 5:12; 1 Tim. 5:17; Gal. 6:6.
§ LXVI. The Means Effective for Kindling This Love
The means which are effective for kindling this love are the following. (1) A frequent and godly consideration of God's Word, whereby its excellence, usefulness, and necessity may become more and more known and apparent to you. For what is unknown is unloved. Let one add to this (2) prayer, that God would enlighten the understanding, to behold the wonders of His Law, Ps. 119:18, and that He would kindle in the will a desire after the Word—which the psalmist, in that same psalm, very often asks of God for himself. (3) A zeal and diligence to advance and grow from the Word of God. For just as the harvest awakens in the farmer a love for the field and for the land, so too does the fruit of God's Word. (4) Finally, a lively and powerful ministry of the Word does much to kindle love for the Word. Let such a ministry, therefore, be sought after, be desired, and so forth.
§ LXVII. What Is Contrary to This Love
Contrary to this love stand: (1) the disdain and low esteem of God's Word, Jer. 6:10; 8:9; Amos 2; Matt. 23:27; 2 Chron. 36:16. (2) Hatred, Job 21:14, whereby we shut our ears against it, Ps. 58:5, 6. (3) Disgust and aversion toward it, Job 21:14; Num. 21:5; Prov. 3:11. (4) The neglect of it, and resistance offered to it. (5) An utter rejection of it, Isa. 5:24. Concerning which abominable sins God threatens and proclaims the severest judgments, Jer. 6:19; 7:13; Zeph. 1:12; Matt. 23:37, 38; Amos 8:11, 12, and so forth.
§ LXVIII. The Fourth Use: The Practice and Exercise of the Word
From this love follows the fourth use, namely, the practice of it. Contained under this are the following matters. (1) Hearing, Neh. 8:1–7; Luke 10:38(?); Rom. 10:17. (2) Reading, Deut. 17:18; Josh. 1:8. (3) The searching out, John 5:39, and the ruminating upon it, Ps. 119:97, 148, compared with Lev. 11:3. (4) The testing and proving of it, Acts 17:11; 1 John 4:1. (5) A consulting with, and taking counsel of, those more skilled, in more obscure matters, Deut. 17:8; Matt. 13:36. (6) A mutual conversation and questioning among believers concerning it.
Such an exercise is required (A) by the divine command, both of the Old and of the New Testament. From the Old Testament there serve here very many passages—for example, Deut. 6:6–9; Josh. 1:8, 9; Isa. 8:20; Ps. 1:2; and from the New Testament, John 5:39; Col. 3:16; Jude v. 17. Such an exercise is also urged (B) by examples: both biblical—as of David, Ps. 119; of Job, ch. 23; of the eunuch, Acts 8:28; of the Bereans, Acts 17:11; of Timothy, 2 Tim. 3:14, 15—and ecclesiastical, as of Hilarion (Magdeburg Centuries, IV, cap. 10), of Johannes the Egyptian (apud Baronius, ad Ann. 309), and of the Waldensians, who, for example, knew Job, the Psalms, and the Proverbs by heart with the greatest exactness. Indeed, that even princes have taken delight in reading Holy Scripture is not uncertain from history—for example, Elizabeth, Queen of England, and her sister; likewise Alfonso, King of Aragon.
Such an exercise is also urged (C) by these further considerations: (1) the worthiness and excellence of the matter itself, which we have chiefly set forth, in Book I, § XXXIII, and in this chapter, § LXII. (2) The pleasantness and sweetness of this exercise, Ps. 119:14, 15, 16, 70, 72, 103; Jer. 15:16; Rev. 10:9, 10. (3) Its usefulness above all other exercises, as the passages already cited show. Compare 1 Tim. 4:8, whence it is said in the Talmud, Sanhedrin, that man was created לעמל תורה, for the work of the Law. (4) Its necessity, since without this exercise we cannot live unto God, neither here through grace, nor hereafter in glory: for Holy Scripture is, according to our stated principle, the only rule for living unto God; therefore this exercise of it is likewise necessary.
(5) The promises attached to such an exercise of God's Word. (6) Finally, the shameful folly of those who have sold and bartered away this exercise of God's Word, Prov. 13:13, etc. Compare § LXV. Meanwhile, one must also observe (D) the manner and way of this exercise: namely, that it proceed (a) from a sincere love for, and desire toward, the Word, Ps. 119:143 and 1:2; (b) that it take place with the putting away of all other cares and occupations, Luke 8:7; (c) with a lawful purpose set before us, to learn and to do, James 1:22–26.
...examine it, John 5:39. (e) With perseverance, day and night, Ps. 1:2. (f) With simplicity of heart, 2 Cor. 1:12. (g) With prayers, Ps. 119:18 and 25:4. (h) With practical application, Ps. 25:5. Compare Hoornbeek, De Studio Verbi Divini, Theol. Pract. Lib. I, c. 3.
LXIX. Fifth Use: The Reading of the Word of God
Since this exercise particularly extends to the reading, hearing, expounding, meditating upon, comparing, and practicing of the Word, we shall treat each of these points in turn, though briefly. The fifth exercise, then, shall be in the reading of God's Word: both in public (Deut. 31:11-12; Col. 4:16; Luke 4:16; Neh. 8:6) and in private (Col. 3:16). To such reading (1) the commands urge us: Deut. 17:18; Josh. 1:9; Rev. 1:3; Jas. 1:23-24; Acts 8:30 and 17:11. (2) The examples likewise recommend it: 2 Kings 22:8; Acts 8:30 and 17:11.
Of the reasons for this, some are general — namely those already given in the preceding paragraph, which, with some slight modification, may be applied here as well. Others are particular, taken from the things which private reading is able to bring about. For example: (a) It produces knowledge of divine things, 2 Tim. 3:15. (b) It confirms the Word already heard. For this reason the Bereans, when they had heard the Word from Paul, betook themselves to reading the Scripture, Acts 17:11. (c) It strengthens the mind in Christian virtue and courage — wherefore Israel's king was prescribed the reading of Scripture, Deut. 17:19. (d) It helps against temptations, inasmuch as the Word of God is the sword of the Spirit, Eph. 6:17. (e) It furnishes a continual store of matter for meditation, Ps. 1:2. (f) A further motive might also be found in the state of our own times, in which the use of God's Word is made so ample and so abundant for us — above the former times under the Papacy, when it was almost accounted an abomination even to look upon the Scripture.
Meanwhile, let this reading be carried out with a mind and heart that is: (1) attentive, with a hidden stillness, so that the words are as it were in our heart, Deut. 6:6. (2) understanding of what it reads, Matt. 13:19; Acts 8:30. (3) eager and desirous, whereby our delight and pleasure come to be in the law of God, Ps. 1:2, and the word is received with all readiness of affection, Acts 17:11. (4) believing, Heb. 4:2. (5) accompanied by fitting and suitable affections — of gladness regarding the promises, of grief regarding the judgments, of fear regarding the threatenings, and so forth, Isa. 66:1-2; 2 Kings 22:11, 19. (6) diligent and persevering in its constancy, Ps. 1:2; 103:1, 8; 119:44-45, 60. (7) pure of heart, for what is holy is for the holy, Matt. 7:6; Exod. 19:10-11, etc. Let one compare here the general points concerning the practice of God's Word set out in the preceding paragraph.
LXX. Sixth Use: The Hearing of the Word
The sixth exercise concerns the hearing of the Word, to which, again: (1) the command of God urges us, Deut. 5:1; 6:4; Prov. 1:8 and 4:1; Isa. 55:3; Luke 16:29; Matt. 17:5. The examples likewise recommend it — for instance that of David, Ps. 85:9, etc. (2) Various reasons commend it as well: general ones, already shown in §LXII, and particular ones, taken partly from the Word heard and its own excellence, whereby it is a most refined gold, Ps. 19:11, and likewise its sweetness, as of honey, ibid., and its efficacious working power, whereby it becomes useful to others, as we have exhorted above in §XXI. Partly they are taken from the use and necessity of hearing, unto conversion, Ps. 19:8; 1 Pet. 1:23; unto faith, Rom. 10:17. Partly also from the hearers themselves, to whom it furnishes proof of their new birth, John 8:47; of their sincerity, John 10:27; and of their fear of God, Acts 13:16.
Yet (II) the principal matter lies in the manner and mode of hearing, Luke 8:18, which consists in three points. (1) In a due preparation of the heart, Eccl. 4:17 and 5:1; Exod. 19:14-15, on which the fruitfulness and profit of hearing very much depend, Ps. 81:11, and wherein chiefly five things come together. (1) That we timely dispose our minds to reverence, humility, and meekness, in the thought that God is present, Eccl. 5:1. (2) That we clear away from our understanding all prejudices and other defects by which the harvest of the Word is hindered, 1 Pet. 2:1; Jas. 1:21, and likewise all the anxious cares of this life, and idle, carnal, and worldly thoughts. (3) That we stir up in ourselves a hungering desire and longing to hear the Word, as Peter exhorts: "be very desirous," 1 Pet. 2:2; see also Ps. 119:40; just as the Bereans received the Word with all readiness of affection, Acts 17:11, and as Sergius Paulus sought to hear the Word of God, Acts 13:7. Now this desire and longing is stirred up by the consideration (a) of the worth and excellence of the Word, John 6:68; Acts 5:20; (b) of its efficacious power, Rom. 1:16; Heb. 4:12; Isa. 55:11; 2 Cor. 2:15-16; (c) of its usefulness, Ps. 119:7-8, etc. (4) That we beforehand arm our minds with this resolve: that we will simply and unconditionally, without any exception or selection, receive whatever shall be revealed to us, whether it be threatenings or promises, Jer. 42:5-6; Ps. 119:6; Acts 10:33; Exod. 24:7. (5) That we with prayers earnestly persist before God, that He would favor our hearing with His grace, so that it may be wholesome and saving to us, Ps. 25:4-5 and 119:4-5. (2) The manner and mode of hearing consists also in a fitting disposition of mind under the hearing itself. To which belongs (A) that we hear with attentiveness of heart, Prov. 2:2, after the example of Lydia, Acts 16:14, of Mary, Luke 10:39, and of the crowd, Acts 8:6; which attentiveness requires an examination, Isa. 58:2, and a testing or proving, Rom. 3:2. (B) With an earnest resolve of will, to obey and keep what is spoken, Ps. 119:106. (C) With faith, John 5:24; Heb. 4:2; Isa. 53:1; for thereby we cleave fast to the Word, Ps. 119:31, and the Word itself cleaves and abides in us, and is sown and planted in us — "the word that is implanted in you," Jas. 1:21. (D) With hope, awaiting the promises and the life, John 5:39. (E) With love, 2 Thess. 2:13. (F) With reverence, fear, and trembling, Isa. 66:2. (G) With humility, Acts 10:33; Jas. 1:21. (H) With obedience and practical performance, Deut. 5:1; Jas. 1:22. (2) Finally, the manner and mode of hearing consists also in the practice of those duties which must follow upon the hearing. Namely: (I) to preserve and carry about what has been heard in one's memory, Jas. 1:21. (II) To ruminate upon it, and to ponder and reflect on it in one's mind, Luke 2:51; Ps. 119:15-16. (III) To repeat it with others, and to converse with them about what has been heard, Deut. 11:18-19. (IV) To put what has been heard into practice and carry it out throughout the whole of one's life, Ps. 119:6. Conf. Hoornbeek, Theol. Pract. Lib. IV, c. 11; Ames, Medulla, Lib. II, c. 8.
LXXI. Seventh Use: The Interpretation or Exposition of Scripture
But since, without the true and genuine sense of Scripture, every exercise regarding it — reading, hearing, and the rest — is utterly vain and futile, it is in every way necessary that a seventh exercise be added, namely, the interpretation or exposition of Scripture; whether this be scholastic, examining it according to its true sense; or ecclesiastical, showing chiefly its practical, efficacious power; or also domestic, undertaken in private retirement, which seeks both of the former in its own way. Now the exposition of Scripture is necessary in many respects. Because, namely, (1) certain things occur in Holy Scripture which at first sight are obscure and hard to understand, 2 Pet. 3:16. (2) Because the life-giving words of Almighty God are set forth therein, John 6:68, which require of man the most exacting consideration. (3) Because the matter of eternal salvation is treated therein, which rests upon the genuine sense of Scripture, 2 Tim. 3:15. (4) Because in divine things there is a most profound depth, and the understanding of man is heavy and slow, 1 Cor. 2:14. (5) Because the malice and cunning of Satan and of his followers the heretics, in twisting the divine Scriptures, is wonderfully great, 2 Cor. 11:3 — wherefore we wretched creatures must in every way take care, through a godly exposition of the Scriptures, that we may attain to the true and genuine sense of them with full certainty.
LXXII. The Means Necessary for the Interpretation of Scripture, for the Learned
The means, then, which are necessary to this end, are of two sorts. Some concern the learned, such as: (1) a sufficient knowledge of the original languages, namely Hebrew, Chaldean, and Greek. (2) A wise and careful use of Logic, for an orderly and well-arranged analysis of the Holy Text. For although the sacred writers did not write according to art, but according to grace, which is above all art, yet those who have written concerning the art have found the art present in their writings — so says Ambrose, Epist. 8. Likewise also (3) the use of Rhetoric, in order rightly to discern the figurative and metaphorical modes of speech in Scripture. (4) The aid of Philosophy, since, apart from the mysteries, most points of Scripture also occur in Philosophy. (5) The comparison of sacred history with secular history. So too (6) the comparison of translations, both old and more recent, with the original texts, and thus also attention to the correspondence of the various properties of language — especially of the Seventy translators of the Old Testament, and of the Syriac translation of the New Testament. (7) A cautious and judicious use of orthodox commentaries. Yet always so (8) that we let all languages, arts, histories, translations, and commentaries each keep to its own place — namely, that they serve, and do not rule over, Scripture.
LXXIII. Means for Everyone, without Distinction
These aforementioned points concern chiefly, and most of all, the learned; but there are other duties which pertain to each and every one without distinction. Namely: (1) prayers for spiritual wisdom, Jas. 1:5, that we may behold the wonders of God's law, Ps. 119:18, and reach and sound its depths. (2) Let us, being endowed with that same Spirit of grace, come to the interpretation of the Scriptures in which those wonders lie hidden — that is, with pure eyes, Matt. 5:8, with an enlightened and purified understanding, Eph. 1:18. This is the anointing which teaches us all things, 1 John 2:27. (3) Let us continually handle the Scripture with a submissive and humble mind, one that denies itself. For "if any man think that he knows anything, he knows nothing yet as he ought to know," 1 Cor. 8:2. For how could proud men, puffed up with foolish self-conceit, who expect everything from their own wisdom, ever come to grasp the sense of Scripture? Compare Prov. 3:34; Ps. 25:9; Matt. 11:25. (4) Let us accustom ourselves to the reading and exercise of Scripture, and that in a constant and steady manner, and likewise also in an orderly, methodical way. I say, in a constant and steady manner, Ps. 1:2; Col. 3:16; Josh. 1:7; Deut. 6:6-9, whereby the sense of Scripture becomes familiar to us, and at the same time also easier to grasp; and also in an orderly, methodical way, Ps. 50:23 — for just as an orderly method of learning is a support for the memory, so it is likewise a light for the understanding. (5) Let us, thus equipped, come to the interpretation of Scripture with the analogy of faith, which the Apostle calls the pattern of sound words, 2 Tim. 1:13, and which he commends, Rom. 12:3, 6 — against which no single sense of Scripture ought to be admitted or accepted. To this end it also serves that we carefully and prudently observe the general harmony and agreement of the Scriptures. For although these were written by various men, at various times, and in various places, they were nonetheless inspired by one and the same Spirit; wherefore they are always in agreement with themselves, so that if any difference should seem to appear, it lies not in Scripture, but in our own understanding. All apparent contradiction, then, which occurs in Holy Scripture, seems to arise from one or another of the following grounds: either (1) because some expression, or some word, is used in various places in a different sense; (2) because the same words, in various places, do not speak of one and the same matter or subject; or (3) because, though they speak of the same subject, they do not speak of one and the same part of that subject; or (4) because, though of the same subject, they speak of it in a different respect and relation; or finally (5) because they speak of a different time. (6) Let us interpret Scripture by and with Scripture, after the example of Peter, Acts 2:25-32, where the sayings in question are set forth more clearly and plainly — "there," says Augustine, De Doctr. Christ., Lib. III, c. 25, "one must learn how the same things are to be understood in obscure places." For Scripture never raises a difficulty without at once also offering some remedy against it. (7) It is helpful and useful that we keep ready at hand, in heart and memory, the "household arrangement" of the Scriptures — that is, the order of the Books, the titles of each Book, the time in which each was written, its author, the occasion and circumstance of its writing, and its aim and principal divisions. In this way we shall have an outline, and a brief sketch of each Book, and at the same time, with one and the same effort, a key, and as it were a rudder, which shows us the writer's aim, and the means by which he attains it. To all this let there also be added, (8) the practice whereby we make use of the commandments of Scripture: "If any man will do His will," says the Savior, "he shall know of the doctrine, whether it be of God," John 7:17; compare Ps. 119:98-100. For "he reads the divine Scriptures aright who turns the words into deeds," says Bernard, in his Tractate on the Order of Life. There remain still other means of interpretation — grammatical, logical, ethical, historical. On this one may compare Glassius, Philologia Sacra, part 2, sect. 2; Walther, Officina Biblica, book 2, art. 5.
LXXIV. Eighth Use: Meditation upon the Word of God
The eighth use of this matter concerns the meditation upon the Word of God. On this we shall be the more thorough, the more rare or brief our practical writers have been on the subject. We shall comprehend this whole matter under four heads: (1) we shall say what meditation is. Holy Scripture is accustomed to express it sometimes by figurative and metaphorical designations — for example, "a chewing of the cud," which was a property of the clean animals, Deut. 14:6; likewise, "to eat" the word that is heard, Jer. 15:16; Ezek. 3:1-3; Rev. 10:9, etc. Sometimes it uses more proper expressions, for example: to meditate, Ps. 1:2; to search, John 5:39; Ps. 78:7; to ponder in the heart, Luke 2:19; and to reason within oneself, Luke 1:29; compare Ps. 19:15; 49:4; 119:97, 99, etc. Now we do not take the word here in its very narrowest sense, so far as it is distinguished from thinking, considering, contemplating, and the like, but in a broader sense, so that it signifies all these things taken together. And thus, with us, it is nothing other than a certain fixed, settled, and deliberate activity and stirring-up of all the powers of the soul, to this end: that we may not only obtain the true sense of God's Word in our understanding, but that we may also come to experience its power in our heart. It is called an activity and stirring-up of the powers of the soul, that is, as it were a summoning and marshaling of the understanding, will, and affections toward this or that object — and indeed a summoning and marshaling that is not superficial, nor merely passing, but settled and composed, whereby the Word comes to dwell, as it were, in us, Col. 3:16. Its end and aim is twofold: (1) that we may obtain the true and genuine sense of the Word in our understanding, as is commonly the case with the meditation of students, which aims only at understanding the sense. (2) That we may experience the power and effect of the word once understood, in the heart, and that we may bring forth fruit, Luke 8:15. This is the general view of this meditation. But in particular it comprises: (A) a preserving in the memory of the word heard and read, Luke 2:19; Prov. 2:1; Ps. 119:11; Eccl. 9:1, and a calling to remembrance, Deut. 4:9. (B) An examination and testing of it, whether by oneself, through private reflection, Luke 2:19, or with others, Deut. 6:6-7; 11:18-19; Luke 24:14-15, 17. (C) A distinguishing observation, weighing, and application of the particular parts — whereby we draw and extract for ourselves, from the particular portions of God's Word, as from fibers and small veins, the quintessence, that is, the very essence, of it; just as spices are thoroughly bruised, so that their fragrance and scent may fly forth from them.
LXXV. What One Ought to Meditate Upon
(II) What must one meditate upon? Both the commands — Ps. 1:1-2; Hag. 1:5, compare with v. 5; John 5:39; Col. 3:16; Luke 9:44; Prov. 2:1 — and the examples: of David, Ps. 77:6-7; 19:15; and 119:97, 99, 103, 140; of Solomon, Prov. 24:32; of Mary, Luke 2:19.
LXXVI. Why One Must Meditate
(III) Why must one meditate? Namely, (1) because the Word of God is a certain food of the soul, wherefore it is compared to bread, Amos 8:11; to milk, 1 Pet. 2:2; 1 Cor. 3:2; to honey, Ps. 119:103; and because the ministers of the Word are said thereby to feed us, Jer. 3:15. But now, to what end does food serve, if not to be eaten? And what else is it to "eat" the word, but to meditate upon it? Jer. 15:16. (2) Therefore the word will do no good nor bring any profit, unless it is thoroughly meditated upon — just as food does no good unless it is chewed, sent down into the stomach, and there, by continual motion, warmed and digested. Hence the word, apart from meditation and recollection, is as it were without root, Matt. 13:21, and is not an implanted word, Jas. 1:21. (3) Meditation brings much benefit — to enlighten and illumine the understanding, to better the will, to set the passions and affections in motion, and to lead us into the truth, both in knowledge and in what is good, Prov. 6:22-23 — to such an extent that the Psalmist places our blessedness therein, Ps. 1:2. (4) If it should seem that there is in the Word some crudeness, hardness, difficulty, or ambiguity, or that some poison is imputed to it by the heretics, this will easily be perceived and discovered by earnest, persevering, and steady meditation — just as, by chewing, we easily discover foreign matter in bread. See other reasons in Hoornbeek, Theol. Pract. Lib. I, c. 3.
LXXVII. In What Manner One Must Meditate
(IV) Finally, in what manner must one meditate? Here one must observe (1) the quality and disposition of the one who is to meditate — namely, that he be (a) regenerate, and by regeneration enlightened; for by nature we are blind, Eph. 4:17-18, and the natural man does not grasp the things of the Spirit of God, 1 Cor. 2:14. (b) That he be pure of heart, and purified of sins; for such alone see God and divine things, Matt. 5:8. (c) Empty of temporal cares and anxieties, Matt. 13:22. (d) Steadfast and fixed in the resolve to meditate, not to be drawn away from it by anyone's artifices, Neh. 6:2-3.
(2) The choosing and selecting of the circumstances, namely: (A) of place. This should be solitary and set apart — whether at home, Matt. 6:4, 6, 8, or in the field, Song 7:11-12, after the example of Isaac, Gen. 24:63; of the Savior, Mark 1:35; Matt. 14:23; of John, in the wilderness, Luke 1:80; of David, upon his bed, Ps. 16:7 and 6:6. (B) Of time — whether in the morning, Ps. 5:4; in the evening, Gen. 24:63; or at night, Ps. 16:7; it matters little which, so long only as we (a) set apart daily a fixed and settled time for this purpose, Ps. 55:18; (b) do so most solemnly on each Lord's Day, after the example of John, Rev. 1:10, as the day which God seems to have set apart for meditating on the works of the six days of creation, Exod. 20:11; (c) do so extraordinarily, as often as God, whether by blessings or by distresses and afflictions, invites and stirs us up to it — that is, either on days of fasting, Lam. 3:19-20, 40, or on a joyful feast day, Ps. 103:1-3. (C) Let us add to this the circumstance of bodily gesture. For it takes place either standing, Luke 18:11, 13; or lying, Dan. 9:18; or while walking, Gen. 24:63; whether with bended knees and with lifted eyes and hands, Acts 7:55; Ps. 28:2, etc. — which matters little, so long only as one uses such gestures as most stir the mind to humility and attentiveness. (D) Attention must also be given to the subject or matter of meditation, which ought not to be idle, or worldly, or natural, or civil, or historical, but spiritual and divine, Ps. 119:37, 54 — for example, God and His attributes, works, creation, providence, redemption, and the like.
(3) In order to meditate well and rightly, the hindrances must be cleared from the way, which are: (a) evil company, Acts 2:37, compare with v. 14; Ps. 104:35. (b) The multitude of worldly cares and anxieties, Luke 10:41. (c) Rudeness and ignorance, Ps. 119:99. (d) The natural aversion of our mind to this exercise and occupation, Luke 24:25. (e) All vain and loose wandering of the thoughts, Matt. 15:8, which must be restrained and reined in, Ps. 42:6, 12 and 43:5.
(4) Finally, the right order in meditating must also be observed, and that (A) at the beginning, where a preparation must be employed such as we have described above, in §XLVI, concerning the hearing of the Word, and which same preparation, with a necessary adaptation, may here be used as well. (B) In the course of it, where one must proceed by a fixed and settled order in meditating, so that the understanding may be led with ease from the one thing to the other. Such an order is set forth variously by various writers; to us it seems best to allow a free order, provided only that it not be unsteady and confused. At the very least, these two things must be examined in every subject and text: first, what truth it contains, so as to form the judgment; then, what good lies enclosed within it, so as to set the passions and affections in motion, and likewise to better one's morals. And all this must first be set forth, and afterward confirmed, with sayings of Holy Scripture, with examples and reasons; then the parts must be explained, and finally applied — as one is accustomed to do in meditating upon sermons. (C) Finally, at the close or end, where one must take care not to depart from meditation before obtaining the true and genuine sense in the understanding, and likewise the power and effect in the will, together with the passions and affections. To this tend, and may here be compared, those points which we have set forth above, in §XLIV, concerning the exercise of the Word of God.
LXXVIII. Ninth Use: Spiritual Conversation concerning the Word of God
Upon the meditation, and one's own private reflection upon the Word of God, follow mutual conversations and questionings, whereby we bring forth with our mouth, to others, the thoughts of our heart, and converse together about them, for mutual edification, Rom. 1:11-12. Such holy conversations are urged (1) by the commands of God: Deut. 6:7; Eph. 4:29; Col. 3:16; 1 Thess. 5:11; 1 Pet. 4:11; Josh. 1:8; Prov. 5:2. They are likewise recommended (2) by the examples — of David, Ps. 119:97, compare with v. 172, and 71:15; of Job, ch. 4:3-4; of Abraham, Gen. 18:19; of those going to Emmaus, Luke 24:15, 17, to whom the Savior asks: "What manner of communications are these that you have one to another, as you walk?"
LXXIX. Reasons Commending Such Conversations
Many things commend such conversations. (1) They are marks and proofs of a spiritual and heavenly mind; for out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks, Matt. 12:34; compare Ps. 119:11, 13, 15 — just as a Gileadite was known by the word "Shibboleth," Judg. 12:6. (2) They sharpen the understanding, raise up the will toward the good, and strengthen the memory. (3) They implant the knowledge of God, along with all Christian virtues — faith, hope, love — just as, on the other hand, evil conversations corrupt all of this, 1 Cor. 15:33; Luke 24:17, compare with v. 23. (4) They exclude various vain, useless, and harmful reasonings and conversations, 1 Cor. 15:33, etc.
LXXX. Who Is Bound to Such Conversations
Such godly conversations must be earnestly pursued by all and by every single person without distinction — the learned no less than the unlearned, Col. 3:16; Eph. 4:29; 1 Thess. 5:14 — and likewise also in particular: in the domestic estate, between spouses, 1 Cor. 14:35; between parents and children, Deut. 4:9; 6:7, 19; Ps. 78:5-6; Eph. 6:4; Gen. 18:19; Prov. 4:3-4; 31:1-3; 2 Tim. 1:5; 3:15; in the civil estate, among all sorts of citizens, men and women, old and young, in whom there is even some knowledge and experience of the Holy Scriptures, Tit. 2:3-4. Thus Aquila and Priscilla with Apollos, Acts 18:26; Abigail with David, 1 Sam. 25:25; and, in particular, between kings and princes, Deut. 17:18-19; Ps. 119:172. Especially in the ecclesiastical estate, between pastors and hearers, Mal. 2:7; 1 Tim. 1:7; Matt. 3:7. And such conversations ought not merely to flourish among all sorts of persons, but also at all sorts of times and places, Ps. 1:2 and 119:97; Deut. 6:7. And not merely once in the whole of life, as the Jews were circumcised but once; nor merely once a year, as the Jews kept the Passover but once; nor merely three times, as they went up three times a year to Jerusalem; nor merely on every Lord's Day; but daily, day and night — that is, morning and evening, always and everywhere, Ps. 1:2.
LXXXI. Hindrances and Obstacles
The hindrances and obstacles which disturb and hinder such conversational exercises are: (1) ignorance of the Scriptures and of divine matters, Luke 24:25. (2) There comes to this the weariness, disgust, and aversion toward spiritual things, Jer. 6:10. (3) A fleshly and worldly mind, Matt. 7:18; 12:34-35. (4) The anxious cares of this life, with which the heart is so filled that it can bring forth nothing but such things, Luke 21:34 and 10:41. (5) Evil company, 1 Cor. 15:33. (6) A corrupted upbringing of children, Prov. 22:6. (7) A foul and rotten heart, Gen. 6:5; Matt. 12:34. (8) A misplaced shame; compare Ps. 119:46; Rom. 1:16.
LXXXII. Helps against These Hindrances
On the contrary, much helps here: (1) if we abstain from the noted faults and defects, and accustom ourselves to the opposite virtues. (2) If we furnish our minds with the knowledge of the Scriptures and of divine things, so as to have material at hand for such conversation, Matt. 19:18; 22:35. (3) If we learn the language of Canaan, Isa. 19:18, and seek it of God, Ps. 119:43; 141:3; 51:17.
LXXXIII. The Manner in Which This Should Be Done
These things being obtained, let us further apply ourselves also to this: (1) that we not bring forth anything rash, imprudent, or trifling concerning God and divine things, as the Jews did, Isa. 28:10; nor through misuse, Acts 19:13; nor through contempt, 2 Pet. 3:3-4; nor also through pride and contentious wrangling, 2 Tim. 2:17-18 and 3:13, imagining ourselves to be wise thereby, 1 Cor. 4:6. (2) Let us, in conversing, keep before our eyes as our aim: (1) the divine glory, Jas. 3:9. (2) The edification and building up of our neighbor, 1 Thess. 5:11. (3) Let us seek to have and to obtain an accurate knowledge of the matters concerning which we intend to converse, Rom. 15:14; Ps. 39:2. (4) We must think and consider well where, when, and to and with whom we shall have to speak, so that we may speak fittingly, Prov. 25:11, and undertake nothing that goes beyond our comprehension, Ps. 131:1.
LXXXIV. Tenth Use: The Practice and Obedience of the Word of God
There yet remains one more use concerning this matter: namely, the practice, observance, and obedience of the Word of God. (1) This God requires in so many commands throughout Scripture: Deut. 17:9-10; Josh. 1:16-18; Ps. 119:33-34; Prov. 7:1; Isa. 2:3; 55:3; Matt. 7:24; 5:19; Luke 8:15 and 11:28; John 13:17; Jas. 1:22; Rev. 1:3. Also (2) very forceful reasons commend this, from which and by which it appears: (1) that this is the very aim of the exercise which we devote to the Word of God, Deut. 5:1. (2) That not he alone shall be blessed who merely reads and hears the Word of God, but he who also does it besides, Jas. 1:25; John 13:17. (3) That the Word of God is harmful if one does not obey it, Luke 12:47; Heb. 6:7-8, etc. (4) On the contrary, that it is in every way profitable when it is diligently and carefully kept and obeyed. Now we shall keep and obey the Word if we, (A) in general — not being content merely with reading, hearing, and meditating — also, besides this, (a) give credence in general to all that is revealed, Acts 24:14-16; (b) apply it to ourselves, Ps. 27:8 — for to this end the Word is administered to us, Rom. 15:4, just as the Apostles applied the sayings of Christ to themselves, Matt. 26:22 and 19:25-27; (c) bind ourselves, with vows and oaths, to a general obedience, Jer. 42:5-6; Ps. 119:106. (B) In particular, if we (a) follow what is commanded and what is forbidden with a humble and submissive obedience, by doing the one and avoiding the other; (b) lean and rest upon the promises with a settled and firm trust of heart, Ps. 130:5; (c) receive the threatenings with fear, Isa. 66:2; (d) give credence to the narrated matters, and so forth. Compare what we have said concerning this matter above, in Chapter I, §36-40, and what we shall say in its proper place in the chapter on Obedience.
Chapter III: On the Division of Theology
2 Timothy 1:13
Hold fast the pattern of sound words which you have heard from me, in faith and love.
I.
To set forth this art, or rather this practical skill of living unto God, of which Scripture is the rule and standard, in certain distinct parts, is useful both for the judgment and for the memory — as the Apostle teaches and advises in the words set out above.
The Explanatory Part
II.
In these words the Apostle sets forth an exhortation, concerning the Holy Theology which Timothy was to hold and maintain, according to its essential parts — namely, Faith and Love. In which three points must be examined more closely:
I. The thing divided, which is, in Greek, hypotypōsis hygiainontōn logōn, the pattern of sound words. By this is understood that which is commonly comprehended under the name of Theology. This is called by the Apostle:
1. Hypotypōsis, or skiagraphia — a pattern, a composition, an outline, a brief summary of theological truths; a comparison which, according to Beza, is borrowed from painters. The Apostle indicates that an orderly and systematically arranged composition of theological matters is absolutely necessary for the theologian. Hence he calls it a pattern
2. of hygiainontōn logōn, sound words. This is the matter of a theological composition, which we have seen above, in the first chapter.
3. Hōn par' emou ēkousas, which you have heard from me. I am the instrumental cause of the theological subject-matter. For it must rest upon the foundation of the Prophets and Apostles, Eph. 2:20, as we have seen above, in Chapters I and II.
II. The Division, or the parts of the thing divided: en pistei kai agapē, in faith and love. Whether one refers these words to the word "hold," so that they express the parts of habitual Theology; or to "the pattern of sound words," so that they denote the parts of Theology considered as a system and body of doctrine — matters little; since the former is nothing other than a certain reflection of the latter. Unless one should prefer, as I would not object to, to refer them to both — since subordinate things do not conflict. It is enough that these be the parts, either of habitual, or of doctrinal Theology; or, which is best, of both. One must observe that faith looks chiefly to those things which must be believed, and love to those things which must be done, or to obedience.
III. The Practice, or the duty, concerning the observance of this division: eche, hold, keep. That is: (a) preserve that pattern, or keep it ready to carry about with you everywhere. (b) Maintain it, and take care that your life be conducted according to it. (c) And that you likewise conduct your disputations with adversaries according to it. (d) Finally, that you direct and order your whole practice, and that of your own people, according to it — which are the chief parts, both of the pattern itself, and of its parts, namely, faith and love.
The Doctrinal Part
III.
But to keep to the scope of our present purpose, we shall for now draw from the text nothing other than this: that the best division of Holy Theology, or of Christian religion and its worship, is made into Faith and Love. With which agree not only the testimonies of Scripture — Ps. 37:3; 1 Tim. 1:19; John 13:17 — but also the examples; since from these two parts the theology of Paul consisted, as is shown, Acts 24:14-16; Tit. 3:8, and is likewise plain from most of his Epistles, which he generally divides into these two parts, as one may see in the Epistles which he wrote to the Romans, Ephesians, Colossians, and others; but also the agreement of orthodox antiquity. Thus says Cyril of Jerusalem, Catech. IV: "The substance of godliness consists in these two things: in an exact investigation of the doctrines of godliness, and in the practice of good works." Likewise Athanasius, in the Bibliotheca Patrum, asks: "What is the mark of a perfect Christian?" and answers: "faith and good works." More testimonies, both ancient and more recent, may be found in Polanus, Syntagma, Lib. II, c. 1.
IV. Confirmed by Four Reasons
Nor are reasons wanting to confirm this division. For, first, if one considers the object of Theology, one will find that this division agrees most precisely with the parts of Theology — which Ames has forcefully expressed thus: "It is proper to this division (as is required in a genuine division of every art and science) that it flow from the nature of the object. For since the first principle, or the first act, of the spiritual life (which is the proper object of Theology) is faith, and the second act or working, proceeding from that principle, is obedience, it follows necessarily that these two are the genuine parts of Theology, and that no others need be sought." Medull. Lib. I, c. 2, §2. Next, if you compare this division with the thing divided, you will see (as is required in every lawful division) that the parts agree most exactly with their whole, and are plainly arranged according to it. For nothing is found in Theology which is not comprehended under one of these two parts; and nothing is comprehended under these parts which does not pertain to Theology. Indeed, thirdly, the parts are not only plainly arranged according to the thing divided, but they are also immediately distinct from one another (which is likewise required in a lawful division); for just as we observe in the natural life those two things — namely its first and second act — to be distinct from one another, so too, in the spiritual life, Faith and Love, which correspond to those two parts of the natural life, are truly distinct from one another. I shall not say, fourthly, that natural theology itself, which still retains some remnants of the revealed, assents to this division. For does not Philosophy, so far as it holds forth natural theology, present, in its supernatural or spiritual parts, the philosophers' faith; and in its ethical parts, their obedience and love? — as Ames speaks in the passage cited. Other reasons Polanus gives in the place already mentioned, which it does not please me here to reproduce.
V. Explained in Three Points
It remains, therefore, that we briefly declare in what sense we hold Faith and Love to be parts of Theology. (A) We understand here, by the word Faith, not only the faith which is believed — that is, the matters which must be believed — nor yet only the faith by which we believe; but both together: the faith by which we believe, insofar as it at the same time signifies the faith which we believe; just as, likewise, under love or obedience in general are comprehended all the duties of theological practice. Further, (B) though we acknowledge these two points to be parts of Christian Theology, we mean not only that they are essential parts, which divide the whole body of Theology into two; but also integral parts, which apply to every single article of Theology. For every article of it has its own contemplative side, or faith, and its own practical side, or obedience, as we have exhorted elsewhere, in Chapter III. Finally, (C) we distinguish these parts from one another, as being distinct by their own nature and objects; but we do not separate them from one another at all. For in use and in practice they always go hand in hand together. And we distinguish them in such a way that Faith holds the first place, and obedience the second — for no living actions can be practiced except from a principle of life going before.
The Polemical Part
VI. Concerning the Divergent and Differing Opinions of Theologians on This Division, Carefully Examined
Since the straight is a rule both of itself and of the crooked, it is easy, from what has been said, to judge what one ought to think of other, differing divisions. That is: though we do not wish simply and outright to reject all others — whether they differ in words or in substance from ours — since they often agree in substance with each other, even while differing considerably from one another in the particulars, according to each author's own point of view — nevertheless, if you seek a precise, exact, and well-fitted division, you will scarcely find one which you would prefer above this one of ours.
VII. The Question: Whether the Socinian and Arminian Divisions Are Sound and Good
The question is, whether the Socinian and Arminian divisions are sound and good. The Socinians, in order to deny the eternal Godhead of Christ, and to distinguish Christ from God, split Theology into two parts: the one concerning God, the other concerning Christ. And since their Gospel, which corresponds to their Theology, consists of two parts — namely, Christ's commands and Christ's promises — they suppose, on this very account, that all theological topics consist in these two matters, commands and promises. Yet these are not far removed from the Remonstrant apologists, who, that they might not be reckoned as Socinians (who are excluded from the fellowship of our Republic by civil law), though in most doctrines they are indeed such, judge that yet another part must be added, and accordingly divide Theology into three parts: faith concerning the divine promises, obedience to the divine commands, and the reverence owed to Holy Scripture. Which, though it may seem in words to differ from the Socinians, in substance agrees with them. All these things unravel themselves at this point: that the essential Godhead of Christ, His equivalent satisfaction for our sins, faith in Christ (that is, a receiving of Him as our only Redeemer), and other essential articles of Christianity, might be cast out beyond the pale of Christian doctrine and teaching. Hence these divisions are (1) not only narrower and more restricted than the thing divided, but also (2) directly contrary to our text, and to those passages of Scripture, together with those proofs, with which we have already strengthened our position above. Nor will it help them at all (3) that they do not utterly overthrow, down to its very foundation, the foundation itself of Christianity — which is laid with a thousand testimonies of Scripture — namely, that we are saved and made blessed only through the practical knowledge of God and Christ, John 17:3, and only by faith in these two. Nor, indeed, do our adversaries argue solemnly for their divisions; rather, they merely trust in them, quite unguardedly, right up to their own presuppositions.
The Practical Part
VIII. First Practical Use: A Reproof
It remains, then, that we touch, in a word or two, upon the practice of this chapter. I say, in a word or two, since the practice will scarcely be treated at length or in detail, being reserved for what follows. First, then, the practice of this passage reproves both theologians and ordinary Christians who separate those essential parts of religion, which are so closely bound to and dependent upon one another, and who thereby, as it were, murder true religion — both in the divided whole itself, and in the dividing parts which we have set forth above. This sin is committed, generally speaking, in a twofold manner. First, contemplatively, by those theologians who (1) insist so much upon faith that they neglect love, which the Apostle brands with a black coal, 1 Cor. 13:1-2; who (2) apply themselves rather to speculations and disputations concerning faith than to faith itself, 1 Tim. 6:3-5; and who thus (3), in their teaching, teach rather that faith which we believe than that faith by which we believe. Secondly, this sin is committed practically, by those who (A) apply themselves to faith alone, in order (1) merely to know it for themselves, 1 Cor. 8:1-3; or (2) to reason and dispute about it with others, Tit. 1:16; or (3) to defend it against opponents, Rom. 2:18-20; or (B) who confess with the mouth both Faith and Obedience or love, but neglect them in deed — and who thus indeed press the Faith belonging to the theological system, and Love as well, but not in faith and in love, Jas. 2:18. All such must be reproved chiefly with these grounds of reproof: (1) that they have a faith which is dead, Jas. 2:17, and thus a faith which is no faith — for a dead faith is, in the same way, no faith, just as a dead man is, in fact, no man. (2) Moreover, they are not theologians or Christians, Rom. 2:19, etc., except in name only — as those who, in respect of the second essential part, which is by far the principal part of Theology and of Christianity, are lame and crippled, 2 Tim. 3:5, and who thus (3), through that theology of theirs, and through the profession of it, however true it might be in itself, show themselves to be liars, Tit. 1:16; Rev. 2:2 and 3:1. And further (4), they set forth God, and likewise themselves, to be gazed upon, Rom. 2:17-25. And finally (5), with all this their theology, and with the profession of it, however fair it may seem, they will, on that day of Christ, be rejected as surely as anything is sure, Matt. 7:22-23. Compare the first chapter on Theology, ch. I, §36-40.
IX. The Second Practical Use: An Exhortation to Join Together the Two Parts
The second practical use of this division stirs up everyone to join together those things which are in themselves joined together, and which by the Holy Spirit, in the text and elsewhere, are so closely joined — namely, Faith and Obedience or Love — both by teaching them together, and by doing them together as well. That is: that we not only earnestly pursue both parts of Theology, or of the Christian religion, Faith and Obedience, but also that we do so in Faith and in Obedience. Or, what is the same, that we not only learn both parts for ourselves, and teach others about them contemplatively, but also that we, in both those parts — Faith and Obedience — walk practically. But since this practice agrees sufficiently with what we have already set forth above, in the passage cited, it will, so as not to say the same thing twice, suffice here merely to have touched upon it, as it were, with the finger. Furthermore, we reserve the particular treatment, both of Faith and of Love, both contemplative and practical, each to its own proper place.
X. Sketch of This Whole Theology
As an addition, we shall here add a brief sketch of this whole Theology. It consists (1) of Faith, which we have already treated at length, in eight Books. And (2) of Obedience, which shall in itself comprehend (a) moral Theology, concerning the individual virtues and vices, in those Books of which the first will contain the general matters concerning Obedience — its nature, rule, and law, together with conscience, the affections, and its parts; the second will treat of Religion, or the duties owed toward God; the third, of righteousness, or the duties owed toward one's neighbor. (b) The practical Theology, or the virtues arranged in their use and exercise, likewise in three Books. The first of these shall concern itself both with the more general matters relating to the Christian life, and its condition, growth, and their opposites — ungodliness and hypocrisy — as well as with more particular duties: (a) concerning knowing, loving, serving, and honoring God, both in public, through the reading and hearing of God's Word, through prayers and the Sacraments, and in private, through domestic exercises. (b) Concerning the neighbor, where solitude, and also fellowship in community, will be treated — both in general, in feasting and in the making of covenants, and in particular, with people of a certain fixed condition — the oppressed, the afflicted, the fallen, the good, the evil; then, with those in a certain fixed relationship — friends, enemies, through reconciliation or through judicial process; then, in a certain fixed order — domestic, civil, and ecclesiastical. (c) Concerning oneself, both in life and in death. In life we shall treat (A) general duties, concerning one's calling, food and drink, clothing, recreations, the ordering of religious exercises according to the times — namely, the Lord's Day, fasting, thanksgivings, and daily exercises. (B) The particular duties: first, in prosperity, in the second Book, where it will be treated, first in general, of prosperity and of the world — its misuse, use, and vanity; then more particularly, of the vanity of goods, of the mind (wisdom, etc.), of the body (health, etc.), and of fortune (treasures and riches). Secondly, in adversity, where again, in general, of the cross, on account of evils — (1) of the body, arising from sickness; (2) of fortune, from poverty; (3) of the soul, from evils which are in part without reason — confused terrors — and in part resting upon reason, namely, (a) various spiritual desertions, (b) doubts concerning the love of God, concerning election. So far, then, concerning the duties relating to life; and we shall conclude with the duties which must be practiced concerning death — namely, its meditation, its despising, and preparation for it.
Book II: On Contemplative-Practical Theology
Concerning Faith in the Triune God
Chapter I: On Saving Faith
John 1:11-12
He came unto His own, and His own received Him not. But as many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, [namely] to them that believe on His name.
I. The First Part of Theology, and of the Spiritual Life, Is Faith
That life unto God, of which Holy Scripture is the rule and standard, comprises, just as the natural life does, two acts. The first is that by which we are able to work in a spiritual manner, which is brought about by Faith, whereby the just man lives, Rom. 1:17; Gal. 2:20. The second consists of the activities which Faith produces — namely, the acts of obedience, by which Faith shows itself to be operative, Gal. 5:6. The first thing, therefore, in the spiritual life, is Faith, in which two things are comprised: the disposition, namely, by which and with which we believe, or the faith by which; and the object, which, or in which, we believe, and the faith which we believe. We shall explain the first of these, under the guidance of the Text, in this chapter, whose exposition will show us most of its essential points.
The Explanatory Part
II. The Text Analyzed and Explained
The Text presents to us the matter of Faith in two parts, of which:
I. The first shows us the unbelief of the Jewish people in the rejection of Christ, although He offered Himself to them. In this we find:
A. The unbelievers, hoi idioi, "His own," namely by right — both of creation and governance, vv. 3-11, and of redemption and covenant-making, which at least was offered to them, though not received by them; by which right alone the elect are idioi tou Theou, God's own, Gal. 6:24[?].
B. The offer, which they, through their unbelief, rejected: ēlthe, "He came" — that is, He came to them, through His incarnation, whereby He offered Himself to them as a Mediator, to be received by faith.
C. The unbelief, according to what the Text says: "and His own received Him not." That is, either simply, they would not receive Him — neither as their Savior, nor as their Lord; or, in a certain respect, they did indeed receive Him as Savior, in order to obtain from Him the forgiveness of sins and salvation, which the hypocrites sometimes do; yet not as King and Lord, to whom they would submit themselves, Luke 19:27.
II. Faith. "But as many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, [namely] to them that believe on His name." By these words are signified and expressed:
1. On the one side:
A. The believers, "as many as," hosoi — namely, all and each in particular of this class, and these alone.
B. Faith, or the act of believing, parelabon, "they received Him" — that is, they were willing to have Him as their only Mediator; likewise as their Priest, who redeems them by His own offered blood; and as their King, to govern them by His Word and Spirit; and as their Prophet, to teach them.
C. The object of faith: auton, "Him." Namely, not only His words and Gospel promises, nor yet only His benefits — the forgiveness of sins, eternal life — but Himself: that is, first, His own Person, in order to be united with Him; and then also His benefits, so as to have communion in His goods, according to the tenor of the divine gift and offer, Rom. 8:32.
2. On the other side, the fruit of Faith — namely, "He gave them power to become the sons of God." By these words is indicated:
A. The wellspring of this fruit, edōken, "He gave," and the efficacious power of Faith in relation to the spiritual benefits — namely, that Faith brings these about for us, not through its own inward worth or merit, but through a pure gift, grant, and goodwill of God, apart from which the saving Faith itself would work absolutely nothing toward salvation.
B. The fruit of Faith itself, namely exousia tēs huiothesias, the power of adoption to be children. In which is comprised, first, union with Christ, as with a brother, through whom we obtain one and the same God and Father with Him, John 20:17. Then, the fellowship in all His benefits, by way of an inheritance — just as the natural Son of God Himself, under the title of inheritance, possesses all things of His Father, Ps. 2:8; so also we possess, by right of inheritance, all things from Him, Rom. 8:17. And since this adoption to sonship includes the enjoyment of God, as the highest end, it follows that Faith must be directed not to Christ alone as Mediator, but also to God, as the highest end, John 14:1.
C. The condition, which is beforehand required for the granting of this fruit — namely, "to them that believe on His name." Namely, of which faith the adoption already indicated is a description. Here we find:
I. The act of Faith, pisteuousi, "who believe." For the mere disposition of Faith is not enough; the act too is required, wherever this can and ought to be.
II. The object of Faith, "on His name" — that is, either of God, who was last mentioned before; that is, in God; for "He is His Name, and His Name is He," according to the usual saying of the Jews; or of Christ, or in Christ, who bears the Name of God beqirbo, "in His midst," Exod. 23:21; or God in Christ, so that it is thereby indicated that the object of saving Faith is God as the end, and Christ as the Mediator.
III. The relation, or the bearing, of the act toward and upon its object, indicated by the preposition eis, "in," in His name. By which is signified that Faith extends itself toward its object, not only through knowledge, or even through a certain assent, but chiefly through an agreement of the will, whereby one desires and wishes to have Christ, as the coming Bridegroom who offers Himself to His own, above all things, to be one's Mediator.
The Doctrinal Part
III. The Description of Saving Faith Drawn from the Text
From the Text there are made known to us, if not all, at least the most of the things which enter into Saving Faith — in particular, that Saving Faith is nothing other than an act of the whole rational soul, whereby it receives God as its highest end, and Christ, as the only Mediator, to this end: that we may be united with Him, and, being united, may through and with Him obtain fellowship in and with all His benefits. The most of these things, I say, of this description, are expressed in the Text: the described and defined matter — Saving Faith — is "they that believe on Him." And that Saving Faith is meant here is shown by its fruit being given, namely the adoption to sonship. Its saving act is called a receiving. The object, namely God, as the highest end, is indeed not expressed, unless perhaps you would bring the expression "in His name" to refer to God, who was last mentioned before — yet it is nonetheless most certainly presupposed in the second, subordinate object: "as many as received Him." For no one can receive Christ as Mediator except one who has already received God as his highest end, John 14:6. Finally, the end, or the fruit, of this Faith — or of this receiving — namely, union and communion with Christ, is comprehended in this one word "adoption to sonship," whereby we, after having received Christ, having become His brothers, are made heirs of God and joint-heirs with Christ; wherein consists the whole substance of all our blessedness. Meanwhile we shall, in what follows, show and explain each of the particular parts of this separately.
IV. The Derivation of the Word "Faith"
The Latin word fides (faith) is so named from fido ("I trust"), just as the Greek word pistis is derived from pepeistai, "he is persuaded"; and the Hebrew word emunah from ne'eman, that is, "to be firm" — although the word properly denotes a persuasion of mind concerning the truth of some matter, Mark 15:32; Rom. 14:2. It is used by the Latins somewhat improperly for that which produces faith: whether this be a proof and the substance which teaches the matter, Acts 17:31; or the credibility of the speaker, Rom. 3:3; or the thing said and believed, Gal. 1:23; 3:23. In a more restricted sense it signifies that persuasion of mind which arises from and out of the credibility and trustworthiness of the speaker.
V. Distinction and Division of Faith
The persuasion, then, insofar as it can rest upon a twofold credibility, likewise produces a twofold Faith — namely, a divine and a human. And the divine Faith, which properly belongs to this place, denotes these four things: either a bare assent, which one gives to some statement, and which is called a historical Faith, of which Jas. 2:17-20 speaks; or, more particularly, the assent which one gives to the divine promise concerning the doing, or the receiving, of a miracle, and which is called the faith of miracles — whether actively, Matt. 17:20-21; 1 Cor. 13:2, or passively, Matt. 13:58; Mark 5:34, 36; or an assent which, besides this, stirs up in the will some good but quickly vanishing motions, Matt. 13:21; Heb. 6:4-6, and is called temporary faith; or else such motions in the will as those by which we lay hold of God for ourselves as our highest end, and Christ as our only Mediator — and this is what is called Saving Faith, of which John 1:12 and 3:16; Rom. 10:10 speak. It is so called, not because it works or merits salvation, but because it is a condition which, solely and only according to God's good pleasure, is required beforehand for the bestowing of salvation. This Saving Faith is sometimes taken more strictly, in a more philosophical sense, as it denotes a certain simple act; John 3:16; sometimes more broadly, in a more theological sense, as it denotes the many acts of Faith which are required beforehand for Faith — such as, in Saving Faith, knowledge, assent, receiving, and a particular application, all come together. And it is in this latter sense that it shall, in what follows, be described and explained by us.
VI. Saving Faith Is an Act of the Rational Soul, Consisting in Receiving; Of Which the Fruits Are Both Union with Christ and Communion with Him
We call that Faith an act — and indeed an act of the rational soul — which consists in receiving; namely, in the receiving of God, as the end, and of Christ, as the only Mediator, whence proceed both union with Christ and communion with Him. The particular points of this we shall each set forth briefly in turn. Faith, then, which is required unto salvation, is an act. There is indeed a seminal faith, which also belongs to little children through regeneration, and which is otherwise called the spirit of faith, or the seed and root of faith — it is likewise a fitting disposition and condition, arising from the efficacious calling, or conversion. There is a habitual faith, which, by repeated acts of faith, if not first arising and being born thereby, is at least confirmed thereby; it is called the power of faith, which remains unmoved and clings fast even to sleeping believers, even when they lie buried under the heaviest temptations. Finally, there is an actual faith, or the very act of believing itself. The first of these — which is threefold — is useful and necessary unto salvation, but is not usually sufficient in adults, since the constant tenor of Scripture requires believing, receiving, willing, beforehand, unto salvation, John 1:12; 3:16; Acts 10:43.
VII. It Is an Act of the Whole Rational Soul
Faith, therefore, is an act. But of what? Certainly not of the body alone, although faith is also attributed to it, Rom. 10:10 and 1:8 — but of the soul, for "with the heart man believeth"; and indeed of the whole soul, for it stands thus, Acts 8:37: "if thou believest with all thine heart." This, indeed, is the very first act of life, whereby the whole man lives in a spiritual manner, Rom. 1:17; Gal. 2:20 — and indeed of each particular power of the soul as well: of the understanding, of the will, of the affections, and so on.
VIII. The Acts of Faith in the Understanding
And so, in the Understanding, Faith requires: (1) Knowledge of the Gospel promises, of God and of Christ, John 17:3; Isa. 53:11; 2 Tim. 1:12. (2) Assent — not only involved and general, applying to the whole Word of God, Acts 24:14; Luke 16:29, but also express, applying to the fundamental doctrines, and in particular to the Gospel promises, without which assent there can be no receiving of either God or Christ, Phil. 3:8, 10. In particular, (3) assent to this great and weighty proposition: "Christ is that Messiah, who was promised of old, apart from whom absolutely no hope of salvation is left," John 11:25-27; 1 John 2:22 and 4:2-3; Acts 4:12. Finally, (4) here a mere contemplative knowledge and assent is not enough; there is also required a practical or applicative knowledge, whereby one is convinced, and the will is moved, to lay hold of the God and Mediator offered — Rom. 7:18: "I know," etc.; v. 21: "I find," etc.; v. 24: "O wretched man that I am, who shall deliver me?"
IX. In the Will
In the Will, Saving Faith requires an agreement, whereby we earnestly desire to have, and are willing to receive and accept, God and the Mediator, who offer themselves to us in the Gospel, John 1:12 — concerning which more presently, at large.
X. In the Passions and Affections
In the Passions and Affections (though these are in fact nothing other than acts of the will), Faith stirs up: (1) love toward God and the Mediator, Matt. 10:37; (2) a longing after them, and likewise after the goods promised by them, Ps. 42:1-2; (3) a gladness, joy, and rest, Ps. 16:5 and 73:25-26; (4) a hatred and abhorrence of all that is contrary to them, Ps. 139:22. After all of which, finally, Faith, in all its workings, is made strong and effective through love, Gal. 5:6.
XI. It Is a Receiving
But since in Saving Faith more than one act comes together — namely, knowledge, assent, agreement, trust, and the rest — one must observe that among all these there is a certain one act which rules above all the others; and it is this act, when present, that salvation is granted, and it is this same act, when taken away, that salvation — that is, that act which is called saving — is taken away as well. But what, finally, is this act? The Text answers: a receiving; with which the Apostle agrees, Col. 2:5-7; Phil. 3:8-9, 12; Gal. 4:14; Matt. 26:26. To this end (1) God and the Mediator offer themselves to us, that we should receive them, Isa. 55:1-2; John 7:37-39; Rev. 22:17 — indeed, through Faith, John 1:12. To this end (2) He behaves as it were as a Suitor, standing before the door, knocking, imploring, that He may be received, Rev. 3:20; Song 5:2; Hos. 2:13(?). To this end (3) He desires and seeks a spiritual marriage, Hos. 2:19(?), namely to this end: that He, through the assent which constitutes a marriage, may be received, Song 2:16. For this reason (4) we become partakers of no Gospel benefit, unless we, through Faith, receive the Covenant of Grace, the conditions of the Covenant, and likewise also the Mediator of it, 2 Cor. 1:20; Rev. 22:17. Hence (5) not to receive Christ is to reject Him, to despise Him; and not to believe are, in the equivalent words of the Gospel, the same thing, John 3:12(?).
XII. To Receive Christ
This receiving of Christ, then, consists in an agreement, when namely the will assents to Christ, who offers Himself in the Gospel, on this condition — that He be received as the only Mediator. In this way a bride receives her bridegroom, by assenting to Him when He offers Himself. Wherefore also the words "to receive," "to agree," and "earnestly to will" appear, in the Gospel, to be words of equivalent force, John 1:12; compare Rev. 22:17; Matt. 23:37 and 22:3. I say, "earnestly to will," that is: (1) to will unconditionally, without any condition or qualification, Ps. 73:25-26; Matt. 19:16-17, 20-21. (2) To will Christ Himself, and not only His benefits, John 1:12 — just as God gives to us first His Son, and then those things which are the Son's, Rom. 8:32. (3) To will Christ wholly — not only as Priest and Redeemer, but also as King, as Lord — just as He is given to us by God, 1 Cor. 1:30. (4) And not only wholly, but also solely, Ps. 73:25-26 — namely in the manner of marriage. (5) Not only as a King, but also as a servant; not only His glory, but also His affliction, Luke 9:23. Finally, (6) to will Him in that manner, on those terms, and on those conditions, under which He offers Himself — namely, under the condition of self-denial, etc., Gal. 5:24; Luke 9:23.
XIII. Various Designations of This Receiving of Christ
This receiving is, for various reasons, also set forth with various expressions in the New Testament. For it is called (1) a receiving, in a narrower sense, Col. 2:6-7; Rev. 22:17, which denotes a willing of Christ as offered. (2) An agreement with Christ, as the only Mediator, Matt. 23:37; Ps. 81:12; John 5:40, which conveys that same willing, but upon a preceding invitation, and persuasive and inviting reasons, Matt. 11:28; Isa. 55:1-2. (3) A choosing of Christ, Song 5:9, which signifies a willing and receiving, with selection and delight, and with a passing over of all other things, John 6:67; Ps. 73:26-27. (4) A making of a covenant, which signifies a receiving joined together with a giving of oneself, just as happens in a marriage, Hos. 2:20-21(?); Jer. 31:33. Therefore the act of Saving Faith is nothing other than to receive — namely, God and the Mediator — and not to receive them either, unless there be an agreement and an earnest willing, that is, so to will as He wills to give Himself. In a word, to receive Christ in the manner of marriage — namely, that thereby one likewise gives oneself back again to Him.
XIV. The Object of Faith, as Saving, Which It Is Not
From what has been said, the object of Faith becomes clear — which, taken in its full extent, according to the various powers of the soul in which it is found, receives various objects. (1) So far as it is in the understanding, its general object is the whole Word of God, Acts 24:14; its subordinate object, the Gospel promises, Acts 10:43; the fundamental object, on which all assent rests, is God's own trustworthiness, under the aspect of the true; but each and every matter under the aspect of the good, Rom. 4:21; Heb. 11:3. And therefore (2) the promises are the object of faith, only improperly, so far as they contain and offer the goods, and hold them out to us to be received and obtained. Nor also (3) are the benefits of God and of the Mediator, which constitute the end and aim of this receiving, 1 Pet. 1:9, and its fruit, John 1:12.
XV. What, Then, Is the True Object of Saving Faith?
What, then, is the object? God Himself, and the Mediator. "As many as received Him," etc., John 1:12; and this, accordingly, is twofold, John 12:44 and 14:1; Ps. 78:22 — for "no man comes to the Father but by Christ," John 14:6. The highest and first object is God, whence the expression, so very common in both Testaments, "to believe in God"; the subordinate and second object is Christ, but only as Mediator, in so far as we, through Him, believe in God, 1 Pet. 1:21; Rom. 6:11(?), and have trust, through Christ, upon and toward God, 2 Cor. 3:4 — God indeed as the end, Christ as the means, or Mediator.
XVI. The Proper Object of Faith Is Christ as Mediator, according to His Three Offices
The proper object of Faith, however, since man is a sinner, is Christ the Mediator, Acts 10:36; John 1:11-12 and 3:16; Acts 4:12; 1 Tim. 2:5, etc. — not only as God, nor yet only as man, but as the God-Man, excelling by His Mediatorial office, 1 Tim. 2:5. And not merely according to this or that particular exercise of His office — whether as He is Prophet, or Priest, or only as He is King — but under the aspect in which He holds and exercises all three offices at once. Wherefore Christ's three offices are to be believed in Him — "in Him," John 1:12 and 3:16, and "in Jesus" — which signifies believing unconditionally in His Person together with His office, Acts 8:37; and "in the Mediator," 1 Tim. 2:5; Heb. 5:14-15(?) — which joins together His three offices. We therefore receive Christ: as Prophet, by hearing Him, Matt. 17:5, by learning from Him as a Teacher, Matt. 23:8, 10, by not resisting Him, 2 Cor. 10:5; as Priest, by leaning and resting upon Him, as the only Redeemer, Isa. 10:20, seeking from Him alone the forgiveness of sins, salvation, and all things, Gen. 49:18; John 8:56, and, besides this, devoting everything of ours readily to Him, Phil. 3:7-9; finally, as King, by acknowledging His lordship, Rom. 14:8, submitting ourselves to Him and to His commands, Ps. 2:11-12, and devoting our whole life to His glory and profit, Rom. 14:7; 2 Cor. 5:15.
XVII. He Must Not Be Received Only in So Far As He Is a Redeemer, but Also in So Far As He Is Lord
In particular, therefore, He must be received by Faith not only insofar as He is the Redeemer, in order to be redeemed by Him from the penalties of sin and from eternal ruin, but also as Lord, to whom we must in all things render obedience. Whence He is commonly called Lord and Savior, 1 Tim. 1:1; Tit. 1:4; likewise the Lord Jesus Christ, whom believers are also said to receive as Lord, Col. 2:6: "As ye have therefore received Christ Jesus the Lord" — and in this relation, so far as He has come to us and offers Himself as King and Lord, Zech. 9:9. They do not receive the whole Mediator who do otherwise, since He is both a Savior and, at the same time, a Lord. Indeed, not even as a whole Redeemer, since He redeems not only from the guilt of sin, but also from its pollution; and He has become to us, from God, not only righteousness, but also sanctification, 1 Cor. 1:30 — although a believer, in receiving Christ, seeks rather His justification than His redemption, Phil. 3:16-17(?), just as, in examining and testing his faith, he sooner feels and becomes aware of the power of sanctification and obedience than of his Redeemer, Ps. 2:10-12.
XVIII. The Saving Manner of This Receiving
The manner, then, of this receiving, whereby Saving Faith is most sacredly distinguished from common faith, consists in this: that we receive God, not only as the end, but as the highest end; and that we receive Christ, not only as Mediator, but as the only one — that is, that we receive Him, both as God and as Mediator, above all other things, esteeming nothing above Him, Matt. 10:37; Luke 14:26, 33; that we seek Him first of all, Matt. 6:33; that we count all things outside Him as loss and dung, Phil. 3:7-8; that we also willingly and readily undergo the loss of goods, together with all manner of reproaches, bonds, and even death itself, for His sake, Acts 20:23-24; Heb. 10:32-34, compare with v. 24 — that thus, through our Faith, we may overcome the world, 1 John 4:4-5 and 5:4; Rev. 2:7, 11, 17, 26 — while the hypocrites are convicted and overcome, 2 Pet. 2:19.
XIX. The End or Fruit of Faith Which Follows: Union with, and Communion in the Goods of, Christ
Further, the end or fruit of Saving Faith, or of the Saving receiving, is twofold: union with Christ, and communion in His goods, according to the Apostle's indication, Phil. 3:8-9. For we receive Christ, first, in order to have Him, Ps. 73:25-26 — or, to be united with Him, so that He may be in us, Eph. 3:17, and we in Him, Eph. 1:13; and secondly, in order that, in and with Him, we may become partakers of all manner of saving goods, Rom. 8:32, and, out of His fullness, receive grace for grace, John 1:12, compare with v. 16, to such an extent that we are made complete in Him, Col. 2:9-10. Not otherwise than as, from a marriage-union, there flows a communion of goods — whence also he that has the Son is said to have life, 1 John 5:12. Now the goods of this communion are: (1) Justification, Phil. 3:9; Acts 10:43. (2) Adoption to sonship, John 1:12; Gal. 3:26 — for, being united to Christ by Faith, and having become His brothers, we obtain with Him one and the same God and Father, John 20:17. (2)(3) Sanctification, Acts 15:9 — insofar as we, through Faith, being set and planted in Him, experience the power of His resurrection, and become partakers of the fellowship of His sufferings, being made conformable to His death, Phil. 3:9-10; and having, by His blood, obtained sanctification, Heb. 9:13-14; and finally, insofar as we, through Faith, receive all those persuasive and motivating grounds which raise and stir us up to the exercise of holiness, Tit. 2:14; 2 Cor. 5:15. (4) Glorification, 1 Pet. 1:3-5, 9 — so the glorification already begun, which conveys an assurance of future salvation, Gal. 5:5; 2 Cor. 5:1; a trustful resting in God, Isa. 10:20; Jer. 17:7; a taste of the firstfruits, Rom. 8:23; the spiritual peace, Rom. 5:1; even unspeakable joy, 1 Pet. 1:8; Rom. 5:2; comfort and quietness of mind in adversities, Col. 2:2; the experience of divine favor and goodwill, Rom. 5:1, compare with v. 3; 1 Pet. 2:2-3 — as well as the full and perfect glorification, John 3:16; 1 Pet. 1:9.
XX. The Degrees of Faith
There remain still the degrees of Faith. According to which it is sometimes called a great Faith, Matt. 15:28, of which believers are said to be full, Acts 6:5, 8; sometimes a small Faith, whence the name of "little faith," Matt. 6:30; 8:26; 14:31, and of those weak in faith, Rom. 14:1; sometimes very small, and smallest of all, like a grain of mustard seed, Matt. 17:20; Luke 17:6; so small and slight that it is almost nothing: "Where is your faith?" Mark 4:40; Luke 8:25. In respect of these degrees, Faith is said to grow, 2 Cor. 10:15, to be confirmed, Col. 2:7, to grow exceedingly, 2 Thess. 1:3, even to the full assurance of Faith, Heb. 10:22. Meanwhile, three things must here be observed. First, that Faith may be strong on the one side, while it is weak on the other. This is plain in the disciples of Christ, Matt. 8:26, compared with the Syrophoenician woman, Matt. 15:28, and with the Centurion, Matt. 8:10 — in the latter of whom there was without doubt a more distinct knowledge of Christ and of Christian matters than in the former, though Christ meanwhile marvels at the faith of the latter, calling them of little faith. Secondly, that this inequality is found not only among various subjects, but also in the same subject, at various times — as is plain in David, Ps. 30:6-7, and generally in the Psalms, when compared one with another; for example, Ps. 3:7; 18:2-3 and 13:4, with Ps. 42:6-8, 12 and 43:5; likewise in Peter, Matt. 16:17, with ch. 26:70, 72. Thirdly, that Faith is called, not solely or even chiefly, strong and firm, or weak, on account of a clearer and more distinct knowledge of divine things which it has, or on account of a firmer and more resolute assent, or a more unmoved trust, or a more confirmed assurance of salvation; but also — and indeed most chiefly — on account of the desiring, receiving, and submitting of oneself, according as this is more vigorous or more feeble — since the act of Faith which is properly Saving does not so much consist in knowledge, or in assent, as properly in receiving.
XXI. The First and Chief, and the Efficient and Originating, Cause of Faith
The first and chief cause of Faith, which we have thus far explained, is God — the Father of lights, from whom every good gift and every perfect gift comes, Jas. 1:17; the Spirit of Faith, 2 Cor. 4:13, among whose fruits is also numbered Faith, Gal. 5:22. And indeed it comes to us from Him alone, and from no other source — since we are blind in our understanding, Eph. 4:18, have a heart of stone, Ezek. 11:19, indeed are dead in sins, Eph. 2:1-2. Now God works Faith: first, in and through Regeneration, whereby He brings to us the seed of Faith, by which we would be able, in His own time, everything else being arranged, to believe — for which, as we have said, man is dead in respect of all spiritual good; secondly, through Conversion, in and by which the seed of Faith becomes a bud, so that we, with the act itself, believing, lay hold of Christ as our only Mediator — that we, being drawn, come, John 6:44; run after Him, Song 1:4; lean and rest upon Christ, Song 8:5; thirdly, through Sanctification, whereby Faith also brings forth blossoms and fruits, and becomes efficacious through love, Gal. 5:6. All these things God uses the Word as an instrument to accomplish, Rom. 10:17 — the Law, so that it may produce a sense of misery, and a sight of the necessity of laying hold of the Redeemer — in which respect it is called a schoolmaster unto Christ, Gal. 3:24 — as also the Word of the Gospel, Rom. 1:16, so that thereby he may show the Mediator, who must be received, and add the motivating reasons for that receiving, 1 Cor. 1:23-24. The power of this Word, however, is here nothing other than moral and instrumental, 1 Cor. 3:6-8.
The Polemical Part
XXII. The Question: Does Saving Faith Consist Only in the Assent of the Understanding?
The question is asked, (1) whether Saving Faith consists only in the assent of the understanding. Here, on the one side, stand the Papists, who, lest they be forced to grant and accept the received view of the Protestants — according to which Saving Faith is a trust of the heart, whereby each individual applies Christ to himself, and is persuaded that Christ is his Savior — place Saving Faith in a certain general assent of the understanding; though they do not deny that a certain inclination and disposition toward God, and toward God's direction, is presupposed in the will, by whose help a believer grants the divine credibility. And this assent they make separable from all godly motions in the will. To this view come also very many of the Protestants, at least so far as they place Saving Faith in the assent of the understanding alone — yet not in such an assent as occurs in general, concerning everything revealed, nor yet in one that would be separated from all godly affections in the will, but in such an assent as is living and efficacious, whereby a believer is persuaded that Christ is his Savior. On the other side, most of the English practical writers place Saving Faith in the will alone, whereby we rest in God through Christ — because they hold that the assent of the understanding is sufficient for the receiving and accepting of Christ. There are also some who choose the middle view, and thus the middle way, according to which Faith consists neither in the understanding alone, nor in the will alone, but in the whole spiritual life of man — and indeed, in the understanding, in a radical manner; in the will, in a formal manner; and in the other powers of the soul, in an operative manner. This opinion has always seemed to me to be the most precise, and chiefly for this reason: because Faith is the first act of the spiritual life, which directs and governs all the human powers, as we have already taught above. That Saving Faith does not consist, then, in a bare assent of the understanding may be convincingly proven, first, from those testimonies of Scripture in and by which (1) we are said to believe not only "unto" God or "unto" Christ, but also "in" God, 2 Chron. 20:20; Rom. 10:11; John 14:1 and 3:16; 1 Pet. 2:6, etc. (2) In which Faith is called pepoithēsis, a trust, 2 Cor. 3:4; tharsos, likewise a confidence, Matt. 9:2; 2 Cor. 5:6; parrēsia, boldness, Eph. 3:12; plērophoria, full assurance, Rom. 4:21; Col. 2:2; Heb. 10:22; hypostasis, a firm ground, Heb. 11:1; prosagōgē, an access, Rom. 5:2; Eph. 2:18 and 3:12 — so it is named, or such is attributed to it. (3) In which believing is expressed by a trusting, or by trusting and confiding, Ps. 78:22; 25:2; Isa. 50:10. (4) In which we are said, by Faith, to stay ourselves upon the LORD, Isa. 10:20 and 50:10; 2 Chron. 16:8. (5) That we, by Faith, roll ourselves upon God, Ps. 37:5; Prov. 22:19(?). Likewise (6) that we turn and betake ourselves to God, and embrace God, Deut. 4:4; 2 Kings 18:6; Ps. 119:31. To this tend all those places of the Old Testament which express a resting, and a trust in God, and which in the New Testament are expressed by believing — for example, Ps. 33:21, compared with John 1:12; again, Prov. 3:5, compared with Acts 8:37; likewise Ps. 31:2 and 25:2, compared with Rom. 10:11. From all of which it is as clear as the sun that Saving Faith is not in the understanding alone, and that its act is not a bare assenting, and that it is not directed indifferently toward every kind of statement of God. This is also confirmed, in the second place, by these reasons: (1) Because we have shown that the object of Saving Faith, as such, is not every statement of God, but God and the Mediator. (2) Because, further, in the Gospel, God and the Mediator are set before us and offered to us, to be received in faith. (3) Because we come to God through Faith, Isa. 55:1; Matt. 11:28; 1 Pet. 2:4; Rev. 22:17. (4) Because the union and communion with Christ, which, without doubt, belongs to Faith, likewise cannot at all belong to a bare assent. (5) Because not to will Christ, Matt. 23:37; John 5:40; to reject and despise Him, Matt. 22:5; Acts 13:46; not to receive Him, John 1:11 and 5:43-44 — these constitute unbelief; from which, according to the law of contraries, nothing else is left but that Faith is to will Christ earnestly, Rev. 22:17, as we have shown in its proper place. To these reasons is added (6): Saving Faith belongs only to the justified, 2 Thess. 3:2; but this is not found in everyone in whom the Papists' faith is found, John 12:42. (7) To Saving Faith belongs the promise of salvation, John 3:16; Acts 10:43; but not to the Papists' faith, Jas. 2:19; 1 Cor. 13:2. Further, (8) the fruit of Saving Faith is union and communion with Christ, Phil. 3:9, justification, adoption to sonship, sanctification, glorification, as we have shown in its proper place; whereas none of this is, on the contrary, joined with the Papists' faith. Now to the objections which our opponents raise for their view: (1) that Scripture sometimes places Faith in the assent of the understanding, which is given to the truth, John 1:50 — we answer: (1) that the assent of the understanding enters into Saving Faith in more than one way, we have long acknowledged, and have even demonstrated in our own dogmatic propositions; but whether it alone constitutes Faith is precisely the matter in dispute, which we deny. (2) It is likewise found that the trust of the heart, or of the will, is applied, unconditionally, to our Jesus as the Messiah, through such expressions as savor of an act of assent of the understanding — yet in such a way that the trust of the heart is not excluded, but rather presupposed. When (II) they allege that the philosophers, unanimously (except perhaps him whom one might exclude, who, with Descartes, refers judgment, on their own presupposition, to the will), place all faith in an assent of the Understanding, I shall say that Faith can be considered either philosophically, so far as it denotes a single act of the rational soul, and thus, without doubt, it denotes only the assent of the understanding; or theologically, so far as it denotes more than one act, namely of knowledge, assent, trust, and particular application — and in this sense we say that there enters into Saving Faith, besides the assent of the understanding, also a trust or agreement of the will.
XXIII. The Question: Does Knowledge Enter into Saving Faith?
The question is asked, (II) whether knowledge also enters into Saving Faith. Those philosophers, and likewise those theologians, who follow Descartes, do indeed acknowledge knowledge in connection with faith, yet regard it rather as presupposed by faith than as entering into its very nature. But on the other side, the Papists utterly deny knowledge in faith — indeed, they wish it to be more precisely described by ignorance, Bellarmine, De Justif., Lib. I, c. 7 — with this aim namely: that one might have an implicit, or "collier's," faith, whereby each believes what the church believes, while he himself meanwhile does not know what the church believes, and thus that obedience might be firmly attached to the sayings and pronouncements of the Pope. The Reformed distinguish between science and knowledge: so far as "to know scientifically" means to know a thing from its causes or effects, they do not acknowledge that this is necessarily required in Faith; but the knowledge which does not include the causes or effects, they teach to be necessary in Faith. This is because Holy Scripture (1) expressly requires knowledge in Faith, Deut. 4:6; Ps. 32:9(?); Dan. 9:22; Col. 1:6 and 2:2; 2 Tim. 3:7. (2) Because it attributes salvation to knowledge as well as to Faith, Isa. 53:11; John 17:3. (3) Because it commends to us the confession of Faith, which presupposes knowledge, Rom. 10:10; 1 Pet. 3:15. Also (4) we cannot will God and the Mediator, or receive them by willing, without knowledge. Nor do the counter-objections avail here: (1) that Faith is the way, and also the means, to knowledge, according to Isa. 7:9 (which passage is ill-explained by them), so that an implicit faith might be for us a cause enabling us to know the things which must be believed, and to give them assent through an implicit faith. (2) That knowledge is distinguished from Faith, 1 Cor. 13:2. For besides that in this passage there is no mention of Saving Faith, but of that of miracles, so too the knowledge can and must be distinguished from Faith, as a part from its whole, and is therefore not thereby excluded from the whole. (3) That we are commanded to cast down imaginations and reasonings, and to bring our thoughts and understanding into captivity to the obedience of Christ, 2 Cor. 10:5. For here too reason, simply taken, is not to be brought into captivity, but only so far as it is corrupted; and moreover, all knowledge is still far from being commanded to be warded off and banished from Faith — for knowledge and reasoning differ from one another.
XXIV. The Question: Does Saving Faith Consist in the Keeping of Christ's Commandments?
The question is, (III) whether Saving Faith consists in the keeping of Christ's commandments. The Papists, in order the more easily to obtain that man is justified by works, hold that Faith is not only a good work, but that it is also considered, as a good work, in the matter of Justification. The Remonstrants say, with the same mind and purpose, that Faith is indeed not a perfect obedience, but that it is nevertheless, by an imputative reckoning, held and accepted by God, in the matter of Justification, as a perfect obedience. The Socinians, that they might the more forcefully exclude from Saving Faith, and at the same time from the whole of Christian religion, the satisfaction and merits of Christ, and hold that we are justified not by Faith in Christ alone, but by the keeping of Christ's commandments, and thus by Gospel works, as they love to speak — hold, accordingly, that Saving Faith consists in nothing other than obedience to Christ's commandments. The Reformed, although they do not deny that Faith, considered in itself and materially, is a certain work, John 6:29, and a work or act of obedience, nevertheless deny that it is considered, in the matter of Justification, as a work, or as an act of obedience, as we shall see at large and expressly in its proper place; they deny, moreover, that Faith is a keeping of Christ's commandments, and hold that Faith consists, most chiefly, in a receiving of God, as the highest end, and of Christ, as the only Mediator. That Faith is not the keeping of Christ's commandments, Holy Scripture teaches in more than one way. (1) When, in its descriptions, it distinguishes Faith and works from one another — saying that Faith is a receiving of Christ, John 1:12, a substance of things hoped for and an evidence of things not seen, Heb. 11:1; but that, on the contrary, works are a fulfilling of the Law, Rom. 13:10. (2) It distinguishes Faith and obedience, as the cause and the effect, Gal. 5:6; 1 Tim. 1:5. (3) It ascribes to each different effects: to Faith, justification, Rom. 3 and 4; Gal. 2 and 3; Eph. 2:8; adoption to sonship, John 1:12; union with Christ, Eph. 3:17; and it denies these same things of obedience or good works, Gal. 3:2, 5. (4) It assigns to each a different rule: to Faith, the Gospel, Mark 1:15; to obedience, the Law, Matt. 22:37; Rom. 13:8-10. Indeed (5) always, in the matter of Justification, it sets Faith and Obedience or good works over against one another, Rom. 3:20; Gal. 2:16. I shall not mention (6) the absurdities of the Socinian view, which are utterly unbearable for Christians. For that view excludes (a) from Faith the satisfaction of Christ; (b) man from partnership with Christ, Rom. 10:3; Gal. 5:4-6; (c) Christ from the perfect glory of redemption and salvation — for if all manner of works were the ground of our Justification, then it would not be Christ alone. (d) All hope of salvation from anyone whatsoever, since apart from Christ, received by Faith, there is no salvation, Acts 4:12; John 14:6 and 3:16. (e) All Christian fruit, as that which alone blossoms forth from and out of Christ, received by Faith, John 15:4-5. And besides this (f), it also brings back anew the Papacy, which seeks Justification in works. Nor does it follow, either, that Faith consists in obedience, from this: (1) that Christ is said to have promised salvation to those who obey Him, and that no one is saved who is not obedient to Christ's commands, Heb. 12:14 — for nothing else is thereby signified than that obedience is inseparable from Faith, but not that it is Faith itself, Gal. 5:6. Nor (2) from this, that James says that Faith without works is dead, Jas. 2:26 — since Faith is never said to be dead in any other sense than as being without any activity at all, inasmuch as works flow from Faith, just as the activities of life flow from life. Likewise (3) not from this, that the devout and obedient are called believers, Heb. 11 — since this happens for no other reason than that Faith and obedience are inseparable, but not that they are one and the same thing.
XXV. The Question: Is the Particular Application, or Persuasion, the Very Essence of Saving Faith?
The question is, (IV) whether the particular application or persuasion, whereby someone is assured that Christ is his Mediator, is the very essence of Saving Faith. The Pelagians, the Papists, and as many as deny that the infallible assurance of salvation can be obtained by ordinary means — and who, besides, would not wish to injure the independent indifference of the free will — these, I say, answer this question in the negative. The Protestants do not speak with one and the same voice. Most of them agree in this: that in Saving Faith there come together knowledge, assent, and trust; but the trust some place in a particular persuasion and application of Christ's benefits to oneself; others understand thereby nothing else than a choosing of Christ, and a resting in Him — these refer trust to the understanding, those to the will. There are also some who place this trust in a certain marriage-like receiving, whereby we so receive the Mediator, who offers Himself to us, in order to possess Him on certain fixed terms, that we give and hand ourselves back over to Him, Song 2:16 — upon which there afterward follows the particular application and the undoubting persuasion, that Christ is our Bridegroom, that His goods, however many and however great they may be, are ours — so, namely, that that persuasion or assurance is not the formal saving act itself of Faith, but a consequence of the receiving. This is, in my judgment, the most sound opinion. It appears, then, that concerning this particular application, one may sin by a twofold extreme: in defect, on the one hand, as the Papists and others do, when they exclude it altogether from Faith and from Religion, against the express testimonies of Scripture, Gal. 2:20; Rom. 8:38; 2 Cor. 5:1; 2 Tim. 4:8; Ps. 103:1-3; 2 Sam. 12:13, etc., of which we shall treat at large and expressly in the treatise on the assurance of salvation; and in excess, on the other hand, as most Protestants do, who place in that application the act of Faith which is properly and formally saving — which, being posited, salvation is posited, and which, being taken away, salvation too is taken away. Our own position, then, we prove sufficiently with these reasons: (1) That this particular persuasion has, in Holy Scripture, no promise of justification or of salvation. For nowhere is it said, either in words or in substance, that whoever is persuaded that Christ is his Savior, to him his sins are forgiven; he is justified, or he shall be justified, etc. (2) Because such a particular persuasion can have no place, unless the saving act of Faith is presupposed, from which you could infer and conclude that Christ is your Savior, that your sins are forgiven you. (3) Because this applying assent, if it is to be called a divine Faith at all, requires as its object the word of the speaking God; for where God does not speak, there I cannot believe either — but now, God nowhere says, "Peter, or Paul, Christ is your Savior; He died for you; your sins are forgiven you." (4) Because in this way Christ would even have died for the reprobate as well; or else it would have to be believed, by a divine Faith, by some to whom it is nevertheless false — which is absurd. The reason is that all and every single one to whom Christ is proclaimed — among whom are most of the reprobate — are obliged to believe in Christ, Mark 16:15; John 6:28-29, 64-65 and 12:36. (5) Because such a particular conceit can be found, at least in respect of the substance of the act, even in the unregenerate and in hypocrites, Luke 18:11-12; and even more plainly, Ps. 78:34-36. On the contrary, (6) a believer would be bound, stripped and destitute of Saving Faith, on the ground that it has been found that this particular persuasion is neither present in all believers, nor is it always present, Ps. 77:8-10 and 88; Rom. 7:24. The Scripture passages, which for the opposing view are wont to be alleged — Gal. 2:20; Rom. 8:38; 2 Cor. 5:1; 2 Tim. 4:8; Ps. 103:1-3; 2 Sam. 12:13, etc. — go no further than this: that the persuasion of particular grace has not been uncommon among believers, and that it may, moreover, through the help of the ordinary means — and by name, through the means of Saving Faith — be obtained, and ought indeed to be obtained by believers with the greatest zeal and gladness; but these passages by no means prove that Saving Faith is nothing other than that persuasion of particular grace itself.
XXVI. Nor Does Faith Consist in Trust Alone
But also, just as, on the one side, some think it makes trust, or some other act of the will, alone the whole nature of Saving Faith — since it also, plainly and openly, includes the operations of the understanding, namely knowledge and assent, according to §VIII — so also the arguments which are commonly brought forward for the opposite view prove, if well and carefully weighed, nothing other than that trust enters into the nature of Faith, not that it alone constitutes it entirely; or, if they should seem to prove somewhat more, and to attribute salvation to those who trust and confide, Ps. 2:12; Jer. 17:7-8, this must be understood figuratively, a part being taken for the whole — since that trust cannot at all exist without the knowledge of God and of the Savior, 2 Tim. 1:12; Job 19:25, and without assent to the divine promises, Rom. 4:20-21.
XXVII. The Question: Can Something False Lie Hidden under Divine Faith?
The question (V) is asked, whether something can lie hidden under divine Faith that is false. The sense of this question can be twofold: either (1) whether, under the divine credibility, or in the divine Faith, it can be, that something is false — that is, whether God can say something which is false; or (2) whether, in the divine Faith which is in us, something can be false — that is, whether that which we believe by a divine Faith can be false. As to the first sense: there are found, among the Scholastics, some who suppose that God, by His absolute power, can lie, or at least say something which is false — although, by His ordinary power, He cannot do so — according to the statement of Francisco Sylvius, on Aquinas's Secunda Secundae, Quaest. 1, Art. 3. Among our own writers, opinion is divided both ways, some holding that God can deceive, if He willed it, but that He does not will to do so. We have examined these views in our Refutation of Cartesianism, Sect. II, Cap. XII. But this question and matter of controversy does not belong so much to this place. As to the second sense, however, there is, so far as I know, but one man among the Reformed — otherwise a very learned theologian — who, as I suppose, being carried away by a certain zeal for disputation, on the occasion of this Pelagian controversy over general grace, held it in this manner: that which each individual, for himself, by and upon a divine Faith, is bound to believe, is also true of all and of every individual; but each individual is held, upon a divine Faith, to believe that Christ died for him; therefore this is true of all and of every individual. He, I say, who held this, thought that the first proposition must be denied, saying that something false could indeed lie hidden under the divine Faith; against which his colleague set himself — likewise a man of great renown — in a particular disputation treating of the truth of divine Faith, in which he most precisely examines his colleague's opinion, in respect of both its parts. To the arguments of this latter one can scarcely add anything; and since the former has nothing with which to answer him, it will not be worth our while here to add anything further concerning this opinion.
The Practical Part
XXVIII. The First Practical Use: The Practice Points First to Unbelief
The Practice of Faith notes, first of all, unbelief, according to the indication of the Text: "His own received Him not." Of this matter we shall bring the substance under four heads: (I) its nature; (II) its origin; (III) its evils; (IV) the remedies against unbelief. Concerning the nature of unbelief we shall be the briefer, since from the opposite — Faith, which we have depicted above in all its parts — the character and nature of unbelief can sufficiently be grasped. Unbelief is, then, in general, whether with the mouth, or with the heart, or with both: not to receive God as one's highest end, nor Christ as one's only Mediator. The acts of unbelief, accordingly, are (a) a not-receiving, John 1:11; a not-willing, John 5:40; Matt. 23:37; a despising, Matt. 13:5(?); a rejecting or refusing, John 12:48; (b) the object — both God, as the end, Ps. 78:22, and Christ, as Mediator, John 5:46-47; (c) the instrument — either the mouth, Matt. 26:27(?), or the heart, Heb. 3:12; Matt. 6:52(?), or the heart and mouth together, as is concluded from Rom. 10:10, and expressed, Job 21:14.
XXIX. In Particular, to Unbelief Belong
In particular, to unbelief belong: (1) a certain ignorance of God and the Mediator, and of divine things, Jer. 10:25; 2 Thess. 1:8; Ps. 14:10(?). Whether this ignorance be merely negative and lacking, as is the case among the heathen; or more positively depriving, as is found in those who are blind even in the light of the Gospel. (2) An unbelief, that is, a deprivation and privation of the assent of the understanding, John 5:46-47; Acts 28:24 and 19:9. This is either general — that which applies to the whole Word of God, John 20:25, which is granted to the heathen; or in respect of some essential part thereof, which befalls the Jews, in that they reject the New Testament; likewise the Mohammedans, who reject most of the Books of both Testaments; or in respect of this or that particular teaching of either Testament, as an integral part of the Word — which happens not only to heretics, but also, at times, to true believers, though in a very different manner. Wherefore we note degrees of unbelief: first, doubting, Rom. 4:20; then a refusal of assent, John 10:25-26; and finally, a resistance, which comes nearest to the refusal, Acts 19:9. (3) A not-receiving, or a not-willing, which has already been noted from Holy Scripture. And this is either wholly so, when we absolutely and entirely do not will God and the Mediator, but reject them, Job 21:14; Exod. 5:2; John 1:11; or in part, when we would indeed be willing, but yet we are not willing — that is, we will conditionally, with a qualification, or with a mental reservation, which is called a willing of a certain sort, such as we find, Matt. 19:21-22; John 12:42. This applies, as we have already noted, either to God or to the Mediator, which involves distinct offenses on either side. So far as unbelief does not receive God, it denotes, distinctly, three things: (A) Atheism, which receives and acknowledges no God at all, Ps. 14:1. (B) Idolatry, which either rejects the true God and sets up another in His place, or, at least, joins together with Him a false god, Rom. 1:25. (C) Ungodliness, which does indeed, by profession, receive a God, but by deed denies Him, in not glorifying or serving Him, Tit. 1:16; Ps. 10:4; Rom. 1:21. So far as unbelief does not receive the Mediator, it likewise includes three distinct offenses: for either (a) it plainly does not acknowledge Christ the Mediator at all, John 1:11 and 5:40; or (b) it does not receive Him wholly, since one may indeed receive Him as one's Redeemer, but reject Him as King, Luke 19:27; Ps. 2:1-3 — which is very common even among those who by profession are Christians; or (c) though it does in some measure receive Him, it nevertheless rejects the conditions which are required of Him who offers Himself — namely, self-denial, Luke 9:23; the mortifying of the flesh, Gal. 5:24; 1 John 3:3; the despising of the world and of worldly things, Luke 14:26-27; a steadfast and earnest pursuit of holiness, 2 Cor. 7:1; Matt. 7:22. (4) Distrust — either toward God, as if He would not come, Gen. 4:13, or would not be willing to fulfill His promises, though we ourselves should not fail in our duty, Zeph. 3:2; Ps. 78:22, 32 and 106:24 — which is unbelief and despair, most properly so called, and most utterly accursed and damnable; or toward Christ, that He is either not at all, or not alone, or not a sufficient Savior, Jer. 2:13; Rom. 10:3-4; or, at least, that He is unwilling, or unable, to save, although we should receive Him by believing, John 5:40 — whence arise so great a dread, anxiety, and faint-heartedness, which are very frequently branded, in the Scriptures, with the black coal of unbelief, Mark 9:24(?); 4:40. Meanwhile, some such unbelief is found to lightly surround even believers themselves, at least in part, as is plain from the passages already cited. (5) Stubbornness and disobedience, whereby we receive God and the Mediator, as Saviors, with a certain trust, yet obstinately refuse to give ourselves over to them — that is, ourselves and all that is ours, however much or little it be, to give and submit back to them, as to our Lords. Whence unbelievers are called children of disobedience, Eph. 2:2 and 5:6; Col. 3:6 — namely in so far as that unbelief and disobedience is set over against the obedience of Faith, Rom. 1:5 and 16:26 — and thus, through this stubbornness, we refuse to take up the yoke and lordship of Christ, Matt. 11:29, and kick against Him, Ps. 2:1-3, being readier to hearken to our own lusts, than to God and the Mediator, Rom. 6:12. Finally, (6) carnality, or the minding of the flesh, whereby we do indeed, in some measure, receive God and the Mediator, but reserve the chief part of our heart, of our care and labor, for ourselves, for the world, and for sin — being lovers of pleasure more than lovers of God, 2 Tim. 3:4 — of which one sees a striking example in the young Pharisee, Matt. 19:21-22, and in the rulers of the Jews, John 12:42-43.
XXX. The Degrees of Unbelief
These things, however, are not set forth by us as though we thought that all of them, and each of them in particular, must come together in every kind of unbelief — just as, in Faith, all requisites, and each of them in particular, are required — but that, one or another being present, unbelief too is present. Wherefore degrees are likewise noted in unbelief, as in Faith — so that it is either (1) a supreme and general unbelief, which either rejects the true God, as heathenism does, or Christ, as Judaism does, or His office of Mediator, as Mohammedanism does; (2) a lesser degree, such as heresy exhibits, obstinately denying the fundamental articles of the Faith; (3) the least degree, which shows itself, not so much in one's profession, as in one's deeds — as many as deny to God and the Mediator the preeminence, and, by their practice, put them below and beneath other things — such an unbelief being found, alas, all too often, even among the professors of the true Faith themselves.
XXXI. There Follow the Nine Causes of Unbelief
There now follows the origin of unbelief. (1) Satan, who works powerfully in the children of disobedience, or unbelief, Eph. 2:2. (a) By warding off the sense of sin, and setting up the notion and conceit of one's own righteousness, Luke 18:11. (b) By minimizing sins, 1 Sam. 15:15(?). (c) By misusing the divine Mercy, Rom. 6:1; or, on the contrary, (d) by exaggerating sins beyond measure, Gen. 4:13. (2) The corruption of man's heart, being an evil and unbelieving heart, in departing from the living God, Heb. 3:12 — whence they are called children of disobedience, or unbelief. The heart, namely, which is blind, burning with love for itself, and therefore neglecting God and the Mediator, Luke 18:11. (3) Dullness and insensibility, whereby they perceive within and by themselves not the least necessity of receiving God or the Mediator, Rev. 3:17-18; Luke 18:11. (4) Ignorance of God, of Christ, of His promises and benefits, John 1:10-11 and 4:10. (5) Love of, and devotion to, sin, John 5:44, wherefore, while they pursue their own advantage, they neither seek nor allow and receive Christ, 2 Cor. 6:14-15. (6) Fear of persecution, Matt. 16:24-25; Acts 14:22; 2 Tim. 3:12. (7) Self-love, or self-regard, whereby, since most men pursue their own disordered courses, they cannot sincerely love God and the Mediator, Luke 16:13 — wherefore, to the receiving of Christ, it is required that you deny yourself, Luke 9:23; crucify yourself, Gal. 5:24; forsake all things, Luke 14:26 — which cannot possibly coexist with self-love. (8) An excessive faintheartedness, whereby someone, from a sense of his own unworthiness, fears to come to Christ, Matt. 9:20(?). Sometimes it is (9) a despising of the grace long and often offered by God, John 12:38-41; compare Prov. 1:23-26; Ezek. 22:18-23; Heb. 6:7-8.
XXXII. The Evil Consequences and Miseries of Unbelief
There follow the very evil consequences, evils, and miseries of Unbelief, which ought to deter every single person. Because it (1) is injurious and hateful (a) toward God and His glory, compare Rom. 4:20, and toward the particular Persons: the Father, and His counsel of peace, Luke 7:30; Matt. 22:5; the Son, together with His redemption and merits, Heb. 10:29 and 6:6; the Holy Spirit, Heb. 10:29; 1 Thess. 5:19; Acts 7:51; Eph. 4:30; Heb. 3:17, 19. (b) Toward God's attributes and perfections: as His truthfulness, John 3:33; 1 John 5:10; Rom. 3:3; His goodness and love of mankind, Tit. 3:4; His grace and love, Rom. 1:4(?); His wisdom, plainly shown in the Mediator and in Redemption, Rom. 11:33; 1 Cor. 1:24; His omnipotence, whereby, when we prescribe and set bounds for God, Ps. 78:41. (c) Toward the works of God: toward His decrees and counsels, Luke 7:30; toward the promises, which, in Christ, through Faith, are Yea and Amen, 2 Cor. 1:20; toward the wishes, longings, and expectations of God, Ps. 81:14(?); Matt. 22:5; Acts 13:46; toward the suffering of Christ, Heb. 10:29. (2) Because unbelief is ruinous for the unbeliever himself, since he thereby makes himself unfit for all the works of godliness, John 15:4 — indeed, for those things which are pleasing and acceptable to God, Heb. 11:6; Rom. 14:23. On the contrary, (3) it is a mother and nurse of every kind of vice — of ignorance, 2 Cor. 4:4; of carnal security, Matt. 24:38-39; of apostasy, Heb. 3:12; of atheism, Eph. 2:12. Besides this (4), it is a cause of every kind of death, as is plain in our first-created parents, Gen. 3 — in particular, of bodily death, Num. 20:12(?), compared with v. 20; Ps. 106:26, compared with Num. 20:8, 10-12; of spiritual death, Eph. 2:1-2; and of eternal death, John 3:18, 36.
XXXIII. The Remedies against Unbelief
It remains that we let follow the remedies against unbelief, which must be applied and used by a spiritual Physician, and received by the sick. Namely: (1) an acknowledgment and sense of unbelief, Lam. 3:40, to which tends a self-examination, 2 Cor. 13:5 — that we, on the one hand, have a thorough knowledge of the nature of unbelief, and, on the other hand, compare ourselves to it. (2) A consideration of the evils and miseries of unbelief, according to the preceding paragraph. (3) An investigation of the cause — not so much of unbelief in general, according to §XXXI, as of one's own particular unbelief — namely, whether it springs (a) from ignorance; or (b) from dullness and insensibility; or (c) from love of the world; or (d) from fear of the cross and persecutions — so that the remedies suited and corresponding to each of these causes in particular may be applied. (4) An expectation and awaiting of God, that he will take away the unbelieving and stony heart, and create a new heart, and this, under a steadfast and faithful use of the means by which God is accustomed to work Faith — such as, the hearing of the Word, John 5:25; Ezek. 37:4; prayers, Ps. 51:12; fellowship with believers, and so forth. At the least (5) that we not strive against God, who, through the preaching of the Word, and through other means, seeks to work Faith in us — lest we stir up His wrath against us, so that He should wholly withdraw and forsake us, Isa. 63:10; Gen. 6:3; or harden us, Isa. 63:17 — lest we harden our own hearts, Heb. 3:7, nor quench the Spirit of Faith, 1 Thess. 5:19, nor shut our doors against Christ when He knocks, Rev. 3:20; Song 5:2-3. Finally, (6) the use of the means by which God is accustomed to work Faith, which we shall show in their proper place.
XXXIV. The Second Practical Use, Concerning the Examination of Faith
The second practical use looks to the examination of Faith, 2 Cor. 13:5; 2 Cor. 1:12(?); Gal. 6:4 — which the Apostle says to be more precious than gold that perishes, 1 Pet. 1:7. But since this work is very difficult and troublesome, both on account of the deceitfulness of our own heart, Jer. 17:9, and on account of the likeness and near neighborhood which there is between common faith and Saving Faith, it is necessary that we be stirred and moved to it by some considerations. It is fitting, then, that one here consider: (1) how easy and ready it is to be deceived in the matter of Faith, as appears from so many and so great examples, Matt. 7:26-27; Luke 18:9-11; Rev. 3:17; Luke 13:25-26. (2) How dangerous, meanwhile, and harmful — indeed ruinous — it is to be deceived in so great a matter, 1 Cor. 3:18; Eph. 2:2(?); Jas. 1:16. On the contrary, (3) how sweet and pleasant it is to be assured of the truth and sincerity of one's own faith, 2 Tim. 1:12, on which all good conscience depends, 1 Tim. 1:19, and all comfort and assurance of salvation, 2 Tim. 4:7-8. Indeed (4), how useful it is (a) unto godliness, 2 Pet. 1:8-10, that we may fight out the noble fight of Faith, 2 Tim. 4:7; (b) unto patience, Heb. 12:2 and 10:34-35; (c) unto eternal life, John 3:18, 36. (5) How harmful it is to know all things, and yet to be ignorant of oneself and of one's own faith, on which everything depends, Gal. 6:3. Finally, (6) how necessary this is, not only according to God's command, 2 Cor. 13:5, but also because God, one day, willing or unwilling, will examine us, in righteousness and in vengeance — which shall not happen, if we have proved and judged ourselves, 1 Cor. 11:31-32, and because our own conscience shall likewise prove us, and at the same time cruelly torment us — after the example of Cain, Gen. 4:13-14; for one of two things is unavoidable: either that we examine ourselves, or that God, who is a searcher of hearts, and a righteous Judge, examine us.
XXXV. The Things That Must Be Examined, and the Marks of Distinction
And in order that this work of self-examination may proceed as one would wish, there is required, on the one side, that the things concerning which one must inquire be known, and, on the other side, the marks of distinction. The things which must be examined and distinguished are: true Faith and feigned faith; verbal and real; only the outward form and also the power; a saying and a doing — that faith which clings only to the lips, from that faith which springs from the heart, Matt. 7:21 and 15:8. These things are easily distinguished, both by feeling and experience, whereby He who truly believes also feels, in fact, that he believes; and by reasoning from the fruits, Matt. 7:16; Jas. 2:17, 26. One must also distinguish great, small, and smallest faith, each from everything which comes close to it — namely, (a) a truly great faith, both from carnal security and from rashness; (b) a small, even a smallest, faith, from unbelief, on the one side, and from common faith, on the other.
XXXVI. A Great Faith Is Distinguished from a Vain Imagination
Faith which is truly great, Ames distinguishes, Cas. Lib. II, c. 6, §16, from a mere presumption and imagination. A living and strong faith, he says, is sufficiently manifest and known, to and in those in whom it is: because they (1) have the testimony of it in themselves — John 5:10(?) — namely, God's Spirit, who bears witness together with their spirit that they are the children of God, Rom. 8:16; whom they have as the earnest of their inheritance, Eph. 1:13-14; by whom they are sealed unto the day of redemption, Eph. 4:30. (2) They have the love of God, which is shed abroad in their hearts, Rom. 5:5, whence they have peace and joy, with a certain glorying in the hope of glory, Rom. 5:1; 1 Pet. 1:6, 8. (3) They have, and bring forth, those fruits by which true Faith is accustomed to be shown and brought to its end, Jas. 2:18; Gal. 5:6. To which one may add (4) an insatiable desire for God and the Mediator, joined with a resolve of the deepest submission of oneself, and with a general obedience — none of which things at all fall within a mere imagination, or imagined faith.
XXXVII. A Great Faith Is Distinguished from Rashness
From rashness and boldness, in undergoing and enduring dangers and evils, a great Faith is distinguished by these following points: (1) that it does not so much undergo and seek dangers of itself, as rather receive and accept them when sent and laid upon it by God, and for God's cause, Luke 9:23. Rashness, on the contrary, loves such dangers, and throws itself willingly into them, Matt. 26:33, 35. Or, even if (2) Faith should willingly bear these things, it nevertheless does so only at the divine command and bidding, Gen. 22:1(?); Acts 20:23 — but rashness does this of itself, or in order thereby to obtain some small glory, Matt. 4:6-7; 1 Sam. 15:32(?). Then also (3) Faith, when it undergoes dangers, and endures evils and misfortunes, leans upon the strengthening and support of God, Phil. 4:11-13; Rom. 8:37-39; Ps. 23:4 — but rashness leans only upon its own powers, 2 Cor. 1:9-10; Matt. 26:33, 35.
XXXVIII. A Lesser and Smaller Faith Is Defective; It Comes Close to the Common Faith
A lesser and smaller Faith is defective, whether in respect of trust, gladness, and full assurance, and comes close to distrust. From this, however, Ames very precisely distinguishes it, with a heaping-up of marks of distinction, Cas. Lib. II, c. 6, §17, to the end of that chapter — all of which, for brevity's sake, we shall not set out here; only we shall add this one thing, that a weaker trust, so long as it is only sincere, is found to have the exercise of submission and obedience — indeed, even the burning zeal and longing to receive Christ — to be more vigorous and forceful than the distinction from distrust would suggest; but the distinction consists in a more feeble receiving, submission, and self-surrender, whereby it leans toward the common Faith. When the desire to receive Christ, and to give oneself over to Christ, is so weak that it can scarcely be known, and distinguished from the common faith — in this case I would advise that a sick and weak believer should not so much make it his business to distinguish his Faith, as rather to increase it, so that it may, by its own greatness, be made visible and clear to him. The means we shall set forth in their proper place.
XXXIX. The Smallest Faith Is Likewise Distinguished from Unbelief, by These Marks
The smallest Faith is likewise defective: whether (a) in trust, in gladness, and in the particular application, as is seen in spiritual desertions, and appears as though inclining toward despair, Job 7:14-16 and 10:1-3; Ps. 43:2 and 77:8-10 and 88:5; or (b)... Nevertheless the smallest faith is distinguished from unbelief by these marks: (1) It longs after God, after Christ, and after salvation, Ps. 6:2-4 and 77:1, 3-4 — which unbelief in no way does, Job 21:14. (2) The smallest Faith, though it does not yet receive Christ as its Redeemer, in whom it might leap for joy, with Mary, Luke 1:47, nevertheless does receive him as its Lord, John 20:28; and though it is still deprived of the comfort of Faith, it is not deprived of the obedience of Faith, Rev. 3:8 — it is wholly otherwise with unbelief, Eph. 2:1-2. (3) The smallest Faith acknowledges its own weakness, feels it, laments and sighs over it, Mark 9:24 — whereas unbelief is carelessly at ease, Rev. 3:17; Luke 18:11-12. (4) The smallest Faith hungers after remedies, Mark 9:24; 1 Pet. 2:2 — whereas, on the contrary, unbelief, being dead, is likewise without feeling and without desire, John 5:40; Matt. 18:37(?). But (5) the smallest Faith is defective also in the power and vigor of its receiving, when love toward God and the Mediator stands, as it were, in balance with love toward all sorts of other things, so that the weight and the preponderance of Saving Faith, whereby it is, as we have said above, most surely known, cannot now be discerned. In this case I would even more urge what I have advised in the preceding paragraph concerning the lesser Faith — that one who is defective should not so much apply Himself to distinguishing his Faith, as to increasing it.
XL. Saving Faith Must Finally Also Be Distinguished from Common Faith of Every Kind
Finally, Saving Faith must be distinguished from every kind of common faith, of which it is spoken, John 2:23-24 and 12:42 — whether it be the historical faith, or that of miracles, or the temporary faith. Of the distinction between these we have shown above, in §V, and it shall be shown yet more clearly from the following paragraph.
XLI. Marks by Which Saving Faith May Be Distinguished from Common Faith
In order to distinguish and discern Saving Faith of every sort from the common, we shall bring forward, not so much a mark, as one description; namely, the description of Saving Faith, which has been set forth in the Doctrinal Part — though here we shall apply it somewhat more distinctly. That Faith, then, is without doubt Saving, in which all those essential points, which we have set forth, point by point, in the aforementioned description, come together — namely, the parts, the objects, and the relation, or the corresponding proportion, of the act to its object. Saving Faith, therefore, consists: (1) in a sufficient Knowledge, both of God and of the Mediator to be received, and likewise of the promises and of the conditions under which they are offered — for which reason Faith and knowledge are used interchangeably in Holy Scripture, as we have already noted above, from Isa. 53:11; John 17:3 — whereas, meanwhile, all other faith commonly does not know in whom it believes, John 4:21(?). (2) In a firm and unmoved Assent to the Word and to the Gospel, not only in general and implicitly, to all that Scripture sets before us as necessary to be believed concerning God and Christ, Acts 24:14-15; 2 Tim. 1:12; Rom. 4:20; but also in particular, explicitly and clearly — whereas, on the contrary, all other faith often either does not at all believe what it knows concerning God and Christ, Tit. 1:16, or, if it does believe it, it is very doubtful, at least not so firm and sure, that it dares, with the forsaking of all things, entrust itself confidently to the promises of God and of the Mediator, John 12:42-43. (3) In an Agreement of the will, whereby we receive with the very act itself God and the Mediator, now known through the assent of the Word of God, John 1:12; Col. 2:6 — while all other faith either consists only in a bare assent, Jas. 2:19, and does not completely and absolutely receive God and the Mediator, John 1:11; or, if it does receive them, it does so not so much with the heart as with the mouth, Matt. 15:8.
XLII. Further, from the Parts to the Object
These are the essential parts of the object of Faith which distinguish it. (1) Not only Christ as Mediator, but also God as the highest end, John 14:1; Ps. 78:22 — so that true believers, in very deed, hold and keep God for their God, and honor him, according to the first table of the Law; and then also hold Christ as the way and the means, through whose help they come to God, John 14:6-7. This is the nature of Saving Faith, while all other faith is, for the most part, brought only to Christ, so that He may deliver it from the evils that threaten — and does not seek, through Him, to be brought to the Father, to be united with Him, and to rest in Him, as in the highest end. Further, (2) the parts of Saving Faith are brought to Christ, not only as Redeemer, through a trust and resting of the heart, but also as Lord and King, through an unconditional submission of oneself, Col. 2:6 — while, meanwhile, all other faith wills Christ only as its Redeemer, so that He may take away from it the penalties of sin; and thus seeks rather Christ's benefits than Christ Himself, John 4:26(?). And the parts of the true Faith receive not only Christ, but also (3) the conditions under which Christ offers Himself to them to be received — the denying of oneself, Luke 9:23; the mortifying of the flesh, Gal. 5:24 — while all other faith would indeed, in some measure, want Christ and His benefits, but rejects the proposed conditions which we have just named, Matt. 19:21; Luke 19:27.
XLIII. Finally, from the Manner of Receiving
Finally, the parts of Saving Faith are so directed toward God and the Mediator, that true believers steadfastly give them precedence above all other worldly things, Ps. 73:25-26; Matt. 19:27 — while, on the contrary, all other faith, though it may at times seem to receive God and the Mediator, nevertheless receives them in such a way that it sets the world and worldly things above them, Matt. 19:21; John 12:42-43. All these points, though they do not come together in Saving Faith with equal necessity, nevertheless do come together, to such an extent that, when one of them is wholly absent, the faith is not saving. The particular parts of these points — namely, knowledge, assent, receiving, trust, submission — also have their counterfeits, which would well deserve to be precisely distinguished, were it not that the compendious scope of these common topics did not allow it. He, meanwhile, who desires this, may betake himself to our Treatise on Saving Faith, ch. XIII.
XLIV. There Follows, Then, the Third Practical Point Concerning Faith
There follows, then, the third practical point concerning Faith, which looks to the exercise of Faith in general. This practice commends to us, first, the excellence of Faith, 2 Pet. 1:1; 1 Pet. 1:7 — wherefore it is reckoned by the Savior among the weightiest matters of the Law, Matt. 23:23(?). For this reason the Apostle accounts those things which were gain to him as loss, indeed as dung, Phil. 3:7-9. Faith obtains and possesses this excellence: (a) from its fountain and origin, taken from the eternal love of Election, Tit. 1:1; Acts 13:38(?); (b) from its rarity, 2 Thess. 3:2; Luke 18:8; (c) from its objects, not only so many precious promises,
...but God Himself and the Mediator, who are the all-sufficient ones (Gen. 17:1); then also its effects — for it ennobles the person of a believer (Rev. 1:6; 1 Pet. 2:5, 9), his nature (2 Pet. 1:1, 3, 4), his prayers (Heb. 11:4), his works (v. 6), his estate — inasmuch as it makes us servants, friends, and children of God, and likewise makes us the Bride, and members, brothers, and children of Christ. One may add to this the inheritance (Ps. 16:6; Rom. 8:17; 2 Tim. 4:8; 1 Pet. 1:4-5).
(2) Second, the pleasantness and delightfulness of faith (Matt. 11:28-30; Isa. 55:1-2; Song 5:1): it sets the heart at rest in every way (John 14:1); it comforts in adversity (Ps. 42:6); it overwhelms with an inexpressible joy (1 Pet. 1:8; Rom. 5:2 and 15:13); it produces the experience of divine favor (Rom. 5:1, 3; Ps. 34:8-10); and an undoubting hope and certainty of eternal rest (Gal. 5:5; Heb. 11:1).
(3) Third, its usefulness: for faith is in general useful for the whole of life, inasmuch as we live by faith (Rom. 1:17; Gal. 2:20); and in particular it is the bond of union with Christ, the foundation of communion with Him, the producing cause of Justification, adoption as children, and Glorification — both that which is begun here, and that which shall hereafter be perfected, as we have shown above under those topics. In particular, faith furnishes the believer with an invincible power and strength, whereby he overcomes the world (1 John 5:4), Satan (Eph. 6:16), himself and his own passions (2 Cor. 10:5, with Heb. 11:17), persecutions and all manner of most fearful and hardest evils (Heb. 11:33), death itself (Phil. 1:23) — indeed, what is more, whereby we overcome God Himself (Gen. 32:28), and likewise even Christ (Matt. 15:28).
(4) Fourth, its equity and fittingness: for if God, with so great a provision, chose His Son from all eternity to be a Redeemer (Isa. 42:1; 1 Pet. 1:20), and sent and gave Him in time (John 3:16; Rom. 5:8); if He so readily offers His Son, and all His goods (Matt. 22:2-4); if Christ offers Himself, and all that is His (Isa. 55:1; Matt. 11:28; Isa. 65:1-2) — is it not, then, in the highest degree fitting that we too should receive Him, ready and willing, by faith? Indeed, if we rightly and justly receive the gifts of God and of the Mediator (1 Tim. 6:17), if we rightly receive their servants and messengers (2 Cor. 7:2; Gal. 4:16), should we not much rather receive the givers and senders themselves? I need not add that God and the Mediator, who must be received, are equally — indeed infinitely more — worthy of all reception than the Word which offers them to us (1 Tim. 1:15), so that it is the utmost inequity and unfittingness not to receive them.
(5) Fifth, its most absolute necessity: for without faith we remain enemies of God (Eph. 2:1), and have not the least access to Him (Rom. 5:1-3; Eph. 2:14-15, 17), and cannot please Him (Heb. 11:6). Without faith we have not the least part in Christ, in whom all the promises of God are yea and amen (2 Cor. 1:20); we remain still in our sins, under the wrath of God, under the curse of the Law, under everlasting condemnation (Acts 26:18). Without faith we are shut out from all hope of salvation (John 3:16, 18, 36).
§45. General Aids to the Exercise of Faith
To every exercise and practice of faith these general aids are useful and serviceable. (1) The use of a lively, powerful, and earnest ministry (Rom. 10:13-14), inasmuch as this brings to the understanding the knowledge needed to receive God and the Mediator, and the assent to the promises, and brings to the will readiness and willingness to agree and to receive, by means of the most powerful motives. (2) The contemplation of God and of the Mediator (Heb. 12:2), and of their sufficiency (Gen. 17:1; John 1:16); of their all-sufficiency, so that we are complete in them (Col. 2:2, 10 and 3:11); of their sole sufficiency (Ps. 73:25-26; Acts 4:12; John 14:6); indeed even of the overflowing abundance of their fullness (Eph. 3:8; Col. 1:19). (3) The use of all the means by which God is accustomed to arouse and nourish faith (2 Pet. 1:6, 10-11), which are: the reading, hearing, meditating on, and applying of the Word of God (Rom. 10:14, 17); the use of the Sacraments (Rom. 4:11); fellowship with believers (Prov. 13:20; Luke 24:32; Acts 18:27). (4) Prayer (Mark 9:24; Luke 17:5) — namely, that God would enlighten the understanding (Eph. 1:18), that we may know by faith (John 17:3); that He would open the heart, that we may receive the things set before us and offered to us (Acts 16:14; Ps. 81:11); that He would grant us the Spirit of faith (2 Cor. 4:13), whose fruit faith also is (Gal. 5:22); and that He would bless and make fruitful, by His grace, the use of all these and other means (1 Cor. 3:6-7). Since now this general practice of faith extends into, and is dispersed among, the particular effort to obtain faith, to preserve it, to increase it, to live by it, and by its help to raise ourselves to particular application, persuasion, and assurance — we must accordingly treat of all these particular matters under their several heads.
§46. The Fourth Practical Use: Obtaining Faith
The fourth practical exercise consists in the endeavor, zeal, and diligence to obtain faith. This is not, however, the obtaining of the seed of faith, or of the capacity and power to believe, which God, without our exercise and without any act of ours, bestows and imparts immediately by the power of Regeneration, together with making us alive, taking away the heart of stone, etc., as we have shown above; but the actual exercise of faith, whereby we, having been made alive by Regeneration, and having received the capacity to believe, endeavor and strive actually to receive God as our highest end, and Christ as the only Mediator. Let us be roused and spurred to this by the general proofs and motives which we brought forward in §44. The way of obtaining this actual faith consists chiefly in two things: first, that we have a thorough knowledge and insight into the nature, causes, and aids of actual unbelief — not only in general, but also in particular, into the nature, causes, and aids of our own unbelief, according to what we urged in its place, §§28-34; likewise our Compendium of Faith, ch. 18, §2. Second, that we have a right and thorough insight into the degrees and ways by which God is accustomed to work actual faith in the heart. Namely, after He has, as we have said, immediately brought about the capacity and power to believe through Regeneration: (1) He convinces the soul (John 16:8) that it should acknowledge the general truth and divine authority, and in particular the infallible certainty, of those threatenings which are thundered forth against sin and against sinners. (2) That it should thereby inwardly feel its misery (2 Sam. 24:10; Acts 2:37; Rom. 7:24; Ps. 38:4-5; Job 31:4), confess it and weep over it (Luke 15:18), be displeased with itself and be overwhelmed with shame (Luke 18:13), be burdened, laden, and wearied (Matt. 11:28). Further, (3) He drives the soul to a holy despair (Acts 2:37) concerning itself (Rom. 7:18-19), and concerning all other things distinct from God, that they cannot deliver us from our misery (Rom. 7:24) — a feeling which is called a broken heart and a contrite spirit (Ps. 34:19 and 51:19), a spirit of bondage unto fear (Rom. 8:15), likewise a spirit of timidity (2 Tim. 1:7); without which we shall never long for the true Physician and His remedies, and shall never consent to the terms on which Christ offers Himself as a Redeemer (Luke 9:23; Acts 9:6). Thereafter (4) He opens the heart, offers Himself, and displays His Son as Mediator and as the all-sufficient Redeemer, offers Him, and entices the heart to accept the terms of redemption (Matt. 11:28). Indeed also (5) He persuades, He moves, He draws the will, so that the sinner actually comes, lays hold of God as his highest end, and of Christ as his only Mediator (Acts 26:18); whereupon there follow, in due course, all manner of acts of conversion, trust, peace, comfort, joy, and so forth.
§47. The Way to Obtain Actual Faith
From all this one may easily see what we must do, that we may obtain actual faith. Namely, (a) we must carefully attend to those acts of God which are, as it were, in labor to bring faith to birth: if, for example, such thoughts come upon us as convince us of our sin and of our misery, let us at once consider that God is already purposing to work faith in us. (b) Let us, in accordance with those acts, order and conduct ourselves prudently and wisely, and offer ourselves and our faculties to God — when He is, as it were, in labor — as though to work together with Him, and, being drawn, follow after Him. (c) We must carefully take heed that we do not resist God, that we do not quench His Spirit (1 Thess. 5:19), grieve Him (Eph. 4:30), nor withstand Him (Isa. 63:10), much less do Him despite (Heb. 10:29). (d) We ourselves must employ all those aids by which we may be moved and stirred up to the knowledge and feeling of sin and of our misery, and to the knowledge needed to receive God and the Mediator. (e) And let there be added to these the general things which we set forth in §45.
§48. The Fifth Practical Use: Preserving Faith
The fifth practical exercise concerns the zeal and endeavor to preserve faith — not the seed-faith, which arises from Regeneration and can never be wholly lost (1 John 3:9), because it stands upon the firm foundation of God, and the Lord knows them that are His (2 Tim. 2:19), and because the gracious gifts of God are without repentance (Rom. 11:29); but actual faith, together with the sense and fruits of faith — namely comfort, joy, and the like — which, through negligence and carelessness, can be lost, or at least can cease; which also, together with its accompaniments, God will not preserve without our own exercise and diligence (Rom. 11:20-21). This exercise is urged upon us (a) by the frequently repeated exhortations of the Holy Spirit (Acts 14:22; 1 Cor. 16:13; Col. 1:23 and 2:7); (b) because faith, being kept and preserved, saves us (Rev. 2:10); and (c) because God does not preserve us, through and in His power, against Satan, against the world, and against our flesh, except by faith (1 Pet. 1:5); nor also (d) does Christ preserve us unto salvation except by faith (John 3:16, 18, 36; Rom. 1:16); nor also (e) is faith itself preserved and kept, unless it be kept and preserved (Heb. 10:38); (f) because so many and so mighty enemies assail our faith: Satan (Luke 22:31-32; Eph. 6:12), the world, either with its allurements (1 Thess. 3:4-5) or with its persecutions (Acts 14:22), or our corrupted flesh (Heb. 3:12).
§49. The Means of Preserving Faith
The means of preserving faith will be: (1) to esteem faith highly, as a most precious and most dear thing (2 Pet. 1:1); (2) to let its keeping and preservation depend, not on our own strength (2 Cor. 3:5-6), but on the Father of lights (James 1:17), on Christ, who is the author and finisher of faith (Heb. 12:2), on the Spirit of faith (2 Cor. 4:13), and to beseech God with earnest prayers that He would not take His Spirit from us (Ps. 51:11-12); (3) not to grieve the Spirit of faith (Eph. 4:30); (4) carefully and warily to avoid the hindrances and obstacles of faith, among which the chief are: insensibility (Rev. 3:17-18; Luke 18:11-12), ignorance and unlearnedness (John 1:10-11), love of the world and the doing of sin (John 5:44 and 12:42), faintheartedness (Matt. 14:31), and contempt and despising of the means (John 12:37-41; Heb. 6:7-8) — all these hindrances, I say, are to be carefully and warily shunned; (5) to take upon oneself a most tender care for faith, both as to its nourishment (1 Pet. 2:2), and as to its exercise, lest, by being left idle, it cease and perish (Luke 24:25), and also as to its well-being and health (Titus 1:13; 2 Tim. 1:13; 1 Tim. 6:3), and its protection and defense against enemies (Eph. 6:16; 1 Pet. 2:11); (6) to visit or examine one's faith often and continually, to see in what condition it stands (2 Cor. 13:5); (7) by prayer to commend faith to God, that it may not fail nor cease (Luke 22:31-32), that He would preserve us, in and through His power, in the faith (1 Pet. 1:5; Heb. 12:2). Let there further be added to these the general means prescribed in §45.
§50. The Sixth Practical Use: Increasing Faith
The sixth practical exercise is fitted to the endeavor to increase faith — an endeavor which presupposes the doctrinal position concerning the degrees and imperfection of faith, taught above in §20, and which the Apostle confirms (Phil. 3:12-13, 15). One must therefore do one's utmost that faith may grow (2 Cor. 10:15), be strengthened (Col. 2:7), greatly increase (2 Thess. 1:3), so that we may be full of faith (Acts 6:5) and so attain to the full assurance of faith (Heb. 10:22). In this exercise there is (1) a token and proof of a true and living faith, as one which grows and increases (1 Pet. 2:2; Matt. 13:31-32); (2) an increase and growth of our whole spiritual life, and of our spiritual perfection (2 Pet. 1:3, 5-8), inasmuch as, by a believing reception of Christ, who is our life (Col. 3:4), He Himself dwells in us (Gal. 2:20) — that is, His holiness, humility, patience, and the like — and at the same time, thereby, (3) the increase of joy, peace, comfort, assurance of salvation, and so forth — things which, however great they may be, rest upon a strong faith, as we have taught above in §19. (4) A great protection for our weakness against so many and so great enemies, which we have already mentioned in the preceding sections, and also against so many and so mighty attacks and continual darts of the same (Eph. 6:10-12). (5) Because God supplies us with most abundant means for the increase of our faith, He accordingly expects from us also a more abundant increase (Isa. 5:1-7).
§51. The Means of Increasing Faith
For this purpose the following are useful: (1) a steadfast and devout exercise in the Word of God (1 Thess. 3:10); (2) a continual and worthy use of the Sacraments, which are seals whereby faith is strengthened and confirmed (Rom. 4:11), and are therefore given in remembrance of the death of Christ (1 Cor. 11:25); (3) continual, indeed fervent prayers (Mark 9:24; Luke 17:5) — for as Paul plants and Apollos waters, so God gives the increase (1 Cor. 3:6-7), from which He is called the finisher of our faith (Heb. 12:2), an increase which is not obtained without prayer (Matt. 7:7-8); (4) a continual exercise of faith (2 Tim. 1:6), lest, namely, faith, lying idle, gather rust and sluggishness, but rather, being continually exercised, gather strength. For use, as commonly happens, makes a workman skillful; and by repeated acts, faith, if not thereby produced, is at least increased. Likewise 1 Tim. 4:7; [2 Tim.] 2:14-15; (5) a daily examination of faith, that it may appear whether it has grown or diminished, with such careful exactness that no day pass without some progress, and that a little always be added to the little; (6) an inward sense of the weakness of one's faith (Mark 9:24) — that you may always be displeased with what you are, if you would come to what you are not yet; for while you are pleased with yourself, there you have remained behind, says Augustine. Paul, Phil. 3:13-14; against the Laodiceans, Rev. 3:17.
§52. Marks of a Growing or Declining Faith
Meanwhile, that our progress may become the more evident, it will be useful to have a thorough insight into the marks of a growing and of a declining faith. This is discerned (1) from doubts, fears, and other such things, as they either increase (Luke 8:25) or diminish (Rom. 4:20); (2) from trust in, or distrust of, God and His goodness and providence (Matt. 14:29-31); (3) from the cares and anxieties of this life, whether they increase or diminish (Matt. 6:30-31); (4) from progress or regress in the duties of holiness — for faith works by love (Gal. 5:6), and must therefore be shown thereby (James 2:18); (5) from the endeavor to resist all manner of attacks by the enemies. For it is a weak soldier who easily yields and retreats, whereas one who resists even unto blood is reckoned to be strong (Heb. 12:4).
§53. The Seventh Practical Use: The Use and Life of Faith
The seventh practical exercise concerns the use and profit of faith, from which it is rightly said to be working (Gal. 5:6), and we are said to walk by faith (2 Cor. 5:7), and also to live by faith (Hab. 2:4; Rom. 1:17; Gal. 3:11; Heb. 10:38; Gal. 2:20): "The life which I now live, I live by the faith of the Son of God." Which, in general, means nothing else than to trust God and the Mediator wholly and entirely — whom one has received by faith — and to depend on them in all one's needs, and to surrender and give over oneself, with all that is one's own, to them. In particular it comprises three acts: one essential, namely the receiving of God and the Mediator, of which above at large; and two that follow upon it, namely a trustful dependence and an obedient submission. Dependence, in all manner of cases and needs, whether spiritual or temporal, and most of all in desperate circumstances, when every prop of confidence fails — so we walk not by sight, but by faith (2 Cor. 5:7); that is, we know and feel our need and our lack of power (Luke 15:16-17); we go out, as it were, from ourselves (Heb. 11:13); and, being assured of the all-sufficiency, goodness, and faithfulness of God and of the Savior (Phil. 4:12-13; Rom. 8:36-37), we await His help (Rom. 7:24-25) with patience, resting on His (a) All-sufficiency (Gen. 17:1), whereby He is a shield and buckler (Ps. 84:11); (b) His Goodness (Exod. 34:6-7), whereby He who spared not His own Son will, with Him, also freely give us all things (Rom. 8:32); (c) His Truth and faithfulness in His promises (Rom. 4:19-20; 2 Tim. 2:13). Finally, faith lives by an obedient submission: I call (1) an obedience (Rom. 1:5), whereby we show our faith in and by works (James 2:18), walking by faith (2 Cor. 5:7) — not by our own impulse, but by the driving of God (Deut. 12:32), nor by our own strength, but in the strength of God (1 Cor. 15:10; Gal. 2:20), while what stirs us thereto is not worldly desire, but the divine promises (2 Cor. 7:1). I call (2) the merit of Christ, with which all the works and deeds of believers are, as it were, dipped, that they may be pleasing to God (Heb. 11:6; Rom. 14:23), and so, with an assured faith, hasten to God (Heb. 10:22).
§54. Motives Urging This Use
This use, this exercise, and this life of faith is urged by the following reasons. (1) Because faith without it is dead (James 2:17), and is, as it were, buried (Matt. 25:18, 25). Indeed (2) it withers, fades, and perishes — for which reason the Apostle bids us, by the exercise of good works, stir up the spiritual life (2 Tim. 1:6). (3) The more active faith is, the more perfect it becomes (for perfection consists in a habit of activity), and also the more glorious to God (Rom. 4:20; Matt. 5:16). (4) The more active, the sweeter and more pleasant it is, both in life and in death (2 Tim. 4:6-8; Isa. 38:2-3; Rev. 14:13). Indeed also (5) it is the more glorious before us — so here (Heb. 11:2), as hereafter, in the last judgment (Matt. 25:34). Let us (6) add to this, that Christ died for this very purpose, that we, living, should live by faith (2 Cor. 5:15; Rom. 14:7-9). (7) That, by His grace, we may live for Him (Acts 17:25, 28), without ceasing, by faith. I need not say that (8) in this way our life truly becomes a Christian life, when we, namely, walk not by the senses and by feeling — which belongs even to unreasoning beasts — nor by outward show, which belongs also to unbelievers, but by faith (2 Cor. 5:7). And not only does our life thus become a truly Christian life, but also (9) a quiet and peaceful life, inasmuch as we, in every circumstance, through faith, rest in God and in His providence (Ps. 37:3-5). Indeed also (10) a blessed life (Ps. 2:12).
§55. The Eighth Practical Use: Particular Application and Assurance
The eighth and last practical exercise of faith concerns particular application, or persuasion and assurance, whereby you endeavor to hold fast, beyond all doubt, that God is your God, Christ your Mediator, your Bridegroom, that He has loved you, that He has given Himself for you, that He has obtained for you the forgiveness of sins — indeed, all things (Gal. 2:20): "I live by the faith of the Son of God, who loved me and gave Himself for me." And so Paul rightly, for all eternity: "I know whom I have believed, and am persuaded that He is able to keep that which I have committed unto Him against that day" (2 Tim. 1:12). This persuasion and assurance is born of faith, or of the saving act of faith — namely, of receiving — just as the Bride (Song 2:16) knew without doubt that this Bridegroom was hers, from the mutual agreement whereby she received Him, offering Himself to her. This persuasion and assurance, I say, is born by means of this practical syllogism: "Whoever believes in God and in the Mediator, and receives them as they ought to be received by faith, has undoubted part in God and in the Mediator (John 3:16 and 1:12). But I believe, and by believing I receive Him; therefore He is mine," and so on. From which it appears that to this assurance belong these things: faith, a feeling, and a reasoning. Faith, with respect to the proposal, whereby you know and understand the Holy Scriptures, and are convinced that they are undoubtedly true and divine, and afford that mark — and this is what is contained in the first proposition (2 Tim. 1:12). A feeling (Phil. 1:9), whereby you perceive and feel faith as truly present, and say, "I believe" (Mark 9:24). And then, finally, a reasoning (2 Cor. 4:13), whereby, from the effects and workings, you conclude the presence of the cause — that is, of faith — which you thereby conclude, distinguishing it from every common faith, and so, from the foregoing propositions, draw the conclusion. The conclusion thus drawn, therefore, or the particular persuasion, is not the saving faith itself, but a product of it; nor is it a product of faith alone, but together also of feeling and of reasoning. This must be carefully observed, lest we ourselves shut the way to particular assurance — which those do who, in a spiritually forsaken condition, think that saving faith is that very particular assurance, and therefore, since they do not feel it, conclude from this that they are destitute of faith, and finally, from this, that Christ is not their Savior.
§56. The Benefits of This Particular Assurance
In this particular assurance consists the highest pinnacle of faith. And in particular there is in it (1) a most powerful spur and goad to all readiness and willingness in godliness, awakening and stirring up to conversion (2 Cor. 7:1), to love of God (Ps. 18:2-3), to trust (Ps. 23:1), to strength and courage (Ps. 27:1), to patience (Job 19:25), to thankfulness (Ps. 103:1-4; Gen. 32:10), to the spiritual conflict (2 Tim. 4:7-8). (2) A continual wellspring of all spiritual peace (Rom. 5:1), comfort (Col. 2:11), joy and gladness (Ps. 16:5-6, 9, 11). (3) A sweetness in prosperity — in health, riches, honors, and glory — when we possess all these things as pledges of God's fatherly love (Ps. 23:1-3), and therein, as it were, see and taste how good the Lord is (Ps. 34:8). (4) A softening and comfort in adversity, so that we can even glory that the love of God is shed abroad in our hearts, being assured that all things are sent to us by our Father (Matt. 10:29-31), that nothing of these things shall separate us from His love in Christ Jesus (Rom. 8:39) — indeed, that all things shall work together for our salvation (v. 28). (5) In death, that we may come to defy it, with the Apostle (1 Cor. 15:55, 57) — indeed even to desire and long for it (Phil. 1:23; Luke 2:29-30). (6) Against the terrors of the last judgment, that we may look up and lift up our heads, because our redemption draws near (Luke 21:28; Rom. 8:23). (7) Against hell (1 Cor. 15:55). Indeed (8) it will be, as it were, a heaven upon earth, through this assurance representing to ourselves those things which eye has not seen nor ear heard (1 Cor. 2:9) — as though we already heard that sweetest of all words: "Well done, good and faithful servant," and so on (Matt. 25:21).
§57. The Means That Further This Particular Persuasion and Assurance
The means that further this particular persuasion and assurance are these. (1) A zeal and diligence to increase faith, of which above, §§50-52 — since this assurance belongs not to every faith, however true and saving, but only to a stronger faith (Rom. 4:21). (2) The testing of our faith, whether it be saving, lest we admit an empty presumption in place of assurance (2 Pet. 1:5, 7). (3) Let us guard against all manner of obstructions and hindrances of our faith, such as are: (a) errors, whereby we take common faith for saving faith, or a common act for a saving one; or place the nature of saving faith in a particular persuasion and application; or take the fruits of faith — peace, comfort, joy — for faith itself; or fail to believe that an assurance which is not perfect, and struggles with various doubts, is nonetheless true and genuine. (b) The great smallness and littleness of faith itself, and the leaving of it idle, whereby it comes to pass that it cannot be known and recognized. (c) The disturbance of conscience through grosser and more offensive sins (Ps. 51:13-14). (d) Spiritual desertions for a few moments must be carefully and diligently distinguished from total and perpetual desertions (Isa. 54:7-10). Finally, (4) one must diligently apply the zeal and exercise of this assurance, in order to obtain it, to preserve it, to increase it, and to use it. On which one may, at large, consult our Compendium concerning Faith, of which we have given in this whole chapter only a brief summary.
Chapter II: On the Existence and Knowledge of God
Hebrews 11:6. He that comes to God must believe that He is, and that He is a rewarder of them that seek Him.
§1. Division of the Matters Concerning God
That we may, by saving faith, earnestly seek, desire, and receive God as our highest end, it is absolutely necessary that we be convinced and assured (1) that God is; (2) that he is such a one as is, for Himself and for us, perfectly all-sufficient; (3) that He can and will communicate this His all-sufficiency to us, through His power and workings. And since the all-sufficiency of God flows from two sources — partly from His Being and essential perfections, and partly from His subsistence and Persons, as from the Love of the Father, the Grace of the Son, and the Communion of the Holy Spirit all good flows down abundantly to us (2 Cor. 13:13) — the whole doctrine concerning God will accordingly branch out into these four chapters: (1) Of the Existence and Knowledge of God. (2) Of His Being, His Names, and His essential Attributes. (3) Of His Subsistence and Persons. (4) Of the Power and Workings of God. The first three topics we shall consider in this Book; the fourth in a following one. The necessity of the Existence and Knowledge of God the Apostle teaches clearly and expressly, Heb. 11:6.
The Explanatory Part
§2. The Text Explained
In establishing the necessity of like faith, the Apostle brings forward the necessity of the act of believing, and of its use, in a twofold unfolding of the principle on which all religion rests: namely, that God is, and that He is a rewarder of them that seek Him. Concerning this necessity of faith, these things come before us: (1) The believers, for whom it is necessary to believe, if they would come to God. For this is the aim of faith, as the Savior Himself says (John 14:6; Matt. 11:28; Isa. 55:1). Now, to come to God signifies either (a) to walk with God, to walk together in the same paths, with an equal step, with God (Gen. 6:9; Job 31:1; Mal. 2:6, 8), or in the ways of God, through the exercise of holiness; or (b) before God, in the presence, in the sight of God (Gen. 17:1 and 24:40; 2 Cor. 2:17), through sincerity; or (c) after and behind God (Deut. 13:4), by following Him and conforming oneself to His virtues; or (d) in the name of God (Mic. 4:5); or (e) to come to God, namely, that one may find Him — for which reason Paul in the text uses the word ἐκζητεῖν, to seek — that one may be united with Him, have communion with Him, enjoy Him, glorify Him, and have in Him a complete blessedness. The last of these meanings seems most fitting to the text.
(2) To Believe, together with its necessity: δεῖ πιστεύειν, "he must believe." Here the word "believe" may, in a broader sense, signify any kind of knowledge, whether obtained through feeling or through reasoning — inasmuch as that there is a God becomes known to us not so much by faith, at least not by faith alone, as also by reasoning; or, in a more restricted sense, whereby it signifies that faith which is born of assent. For God leaves neither Himself, nor the world, nor the conscience of anyone, without witness to us (Acts 14:17). And this is said to be necessary — δεῖ — not merely fittingly, in every way, but unavoidably necessary for this, that one may come to God. For without knowledge and acknowledgment of a Supreme Being, there can be no love, no service, no obedience to God, and so forth; no impulse or desire to find Him; no finding of Him; and finally no salvation.
(3) The things which must be believed: namely two, as the foundations of all faith and religion; of which the first concerns the Existence of God, ὅτι ἔστι, that He is — which is the common foundation of religion, and the presupposition of faith. The second concerns the Grace whereby God is a rewarder, and gives Himself as an exceeding great reward (Gen. 15:1) — not to all and each alike, but to those who seek Him, τοῖς ἐκζητοῦσιν αὐτόν — who not only seek Him through faith and religion, but who seek Him diligently, earnestly, and so on; that is, who so seek Him that they find Him, and, having found Him, receive Him as their highest end, that they may obtain and enjoy that end throughout all eternity.
The Doctrinal Part
§3. That a God Exists Is Proven
At least it is, from this alone, evident and clear that the knowledge of the Divine Existence is the first principle and foundation of all religion. For we too do not come to God, or seek Him, by faith, according to the pronouncement of the text, except we be convinced that He is. For this reason the Psalmist places the source and wellspring of all faithlessness and godlessness in the denial and disavowal of this Existence of God.
§4. Proof by Reasons: First, from Effects
This Existence of God we must accordingly first demonstrate, before we explain the way and manner of knowing Him. And that we may soundly establish this point, we must presuppose that by the word GOD we mean nothing other than a Being which is absolutely the first; and that we shall demonstrate His Existence first by reasons, because atheists tend rather to laugh at testimonies, and then by testimonies, because those who are convinced by reasons can be excellently strengthened and confirmed by testimonies of every kind. Let there come forward, then, in the order of reasons, as the first and chief, that which is taken from effects; for we cannot, without contradiction, undertake to demonstrate the absolutely first Cause from prior causes.
Now this much, I know well enough, an atheist — unless he be utterly heartless and brainless, or a mere babbling mocker and buffoon — will acknowledge: that there are things which daily come before our eyes; he will likewise acknowledge that these things are not of themselves, nor of those things of which they consist; wherefore one must hold either that in these things there is an ascent to infinity; or that one and the same thing has produced itself; or that among causes there is a certain circle, whereby, for example, A is the cause of B, B of C, C of D, and D again of A; or that there is a certain first Being, which is of nothing, or of no one — for a fifth possibility there is not. But now none of these first suppositions can in any way be admitted, because they involve more than one contradiction.
An infinite subordination of causes implies, first, that, if that position be held, there could absolutely be nothing that is, contrary to the first assumed proposition; for nothing can be, except through its proximate cause, which brings forth the effect; but now, if an infinite number of causes must precede the proximate cause, then there will never be able to be a proximate cause, and therefore also nothing at all will be present. Then, second, the infinite would thus be made greater, since we observe that, among the infinite causes, causes are daily added; and to the infinite number, numbers would be added; and thus there would be something infinite which in fact is not infinite. Further, third, the order of earlier and later, which exists in a succession, would have no first, from which, by its nature, all flowing and succession proceeds — for where there is no first, there is also no second, nor any third; and again, where there is no second and third, there is also no first: and therefore there would be a subordination which is not a subordination. Wherefore an infinite subordination can in no way be admitted.
Just as little can it be admitted that one and the same thing can produce itself: for thus one and the same thing would at once be and not be. For insofar as it would produce, it would indeed be; and insofar as it would be produced, it would not be. If an atheist presses, that God nevertheless is, according to your own view, of Himself — we shall answer: He is indeed that truly; yet He has not produced Himself; He is of Himself, negatively speaking, insofar as He is produced by no one; but He is not of Himself positively, in the sense that He should have produced Himself, as we shall demonstrate in its place. What then? If at length a circle among causes were admitted, such as we have just mentioned, would not a first still be required? I would say that in that case one and the same thing, though by various roundabout ways, would produce itself, since A would be a cause of itself through B, C, D.
And now I do not see either what a denier of God could allege against these arguments, except perhaps that they do not observe that the sun, moon, and the rest of the stars were produced by others — for which reason perhaps by the first idolaters. And indeed the sun, under the name of Moloch, the moon under the name of Melecheth, the stars under the name of the host of heaven, were held to be gods. But here too the answer is easy: although we, with our limited insight, do not observe that these things were produced, nevertheless we conclude that more certainly than anything that is certain, by our understanding, or by right reasoning, from the fact that we observe that all these things are finite; and since nothing sets bounds, end, and limits to itself and to its own perfection, it follows that these things have received their limits from another, higher than they, who has produced them. Thus I see not even the slightest crack through which an atheist could escape the force of this reasoning.
§5. Second Proof: From the Creation of the World
From this we shall descend to particular things, among which there presents itself to us of its own accord this World, which will furnish us our second demonstration. The world is created; therefore there is a God. We presuppose, with every atheist, that the world exists. This has either produced itself, or it has existed from eternity, unproduced, or it has been produced by another. And this, either out of something which already existed beforehand, or out of nothing; and if the latter, then it is created — since creation, with us, is nothing other than a production out of nothing; and that which produces the world is necessarily more excellent than the world which is produced; and nothing is more excellent than the whole world except that which has produced it, which we call God. This is the short compass of the demonstration; let us now unfold it more fully.
That this world has not produced itself, nor could have produced itself, is evident from the preceding section. That it has not existed from eternity, more than one consideration teaches. For, first, eternity is an infinity, of which the finite world is not capable. If an atheist maintains that the world is infinite, he will easily be refuted from the parts of the world: which either will be infinite, and so there will be more infinite things, and consequently not one — for one part would have all the perfection of its counterpart, or not: if all, then they would not be distinct, but one and the same thing, which the very consideration of the parts of the world refutes; if it did not have that, then they would not be infinite. But now, from many parts there cannot arise an infinite world, unless the sought-for whole be better than its own cause, and finite causes have produced an infinity in the effect.
Then, second, if the world had existed from eternity, the infinite number of years which eternity would include must necessarily have preceded this present day; and since that number is never complete, this day likewise could never have followed — against which, without doubt, the understanding and mind even of an atheist himself will rebel. Finally, third, from that eternity of the world it would follow that to the infinite something could be added, and that thus there would be something infinite which is not infinite. For eternity is an infinite duration, to which nevertheless, as sense and experience teach, there are continually being added years, months, days, hours, and so forth. From which it follows further that something infinite could become greater than the infinite, inasmuch as the world, which for hundreds of years, by force of its eternity, was infinite in its duration, is now, after hundreds more years, greater.
It remains firm, therefore, that the world has by no means existed from eternity, and consequently that it was produced by another, either out of something that existed beforehand, or out of nothing. If one supposes it to be out of something that existed beforehand, then the same difficulties return which have been raised in this and the preceding section; if the production took place out of nothing, then the world exists and subsists by Creation — since by Creation we understand nothing other than a production out of nothing. And since it belongs to Creation to remove that infinite distance of difficulty which exists between that which is not, and that which is, it remains that this requires an infinite power, which alone can accomplish it; and since this can occur in no other than a first Being, whose power alone, being first, is not circumscribed and bounded, nor can be bounded — it remains nothing else but that, since the world is created, there is that first infinite Being, which we call God.
§6. Third Proof: From the Preservation of the World
The third demonstration is furnished to us by the preservation and maintenance of the world. If the world has been preserved and maintained down to this day, then there is a God. For preservation, in the judgment of by far the greater part of learned men, is nothing other than a continual creation, differing from creation only in this, that the latter implies a newness of existence, which the former excludes. If an atheist denies that the world is preserved, but claims that it merely continues to endure, almost in the way that our God continues to endure, though He is not preserved — we shall answer that the world indeed continues to endure, but by preservation, because it was produced by another, according to the preceding section. From which an unequal relation arises between the duration of God and the preservation of the world: in that God is simply of Himself, and therefore a first and independent Being, which therefore cannot be preserved by anyone — whereas the world is of another, as we have demonstrated, by whom it can and must be preserved and maintained.
Now if the world is preserved, it is preserved either by itself, or by another; not by itself, for that which could not give itself existence cannot preserve that existence either, which it received from elsewhere. And what, finally, is that other, if it is not that which gave it its existence? Indeed, if it were something else, that would without doubt be a part of the world, and consequently a part of the world would preserve the whole world — for that which preserves the whole, preserves also a part of it. Further, since in this world there are various parts, not only differing greatly among themselves in nature, but even mutually destructive one to another — of which the one, with all its might, sets itself to the destruction of the other, for example fire and water, water and earth — that the world has thus far been so preserved that water has not extinguished fire, or the dry land been flooded, or even a single one of the world's kinds wholly taken away — from where does this come, and is it, if not from a first and almighty Being?
§7. Fourth Proof: From the Government of the World
Let us now let follow a fourth demonstration, taken from the Government or Direction of the world. We presuppose, on the evidence of sight itself — which, I well know, an atheist will not deny — that the world consists of various parts, not only of a foreign and different kind, but even of a nature contrary one to another, and yet, for the most part unreasoning and irrational, hang together so well ordered, and so consistent with reason; and that each part seeks and pursues its own particular perfection, and not only its own, but also that of the Whole — so that they are even driven, above and against the nature of their own kind, to the preservation and maintenance of the Whole: as appears in heavy things, which, against their nature, strive upward, lest, through some empty space, the Whole should be deficient; that likewise the changes of the seasons return with such exactness, and bring forth fruits fitting to them. Likewise we presuppose that all these things are governed. But now, let an atheist tell me, by whom are they governed? By themselves, or by another? By themselves he will not say, because most of these things are without reason, and even strive against one another; therefore by another. And who then, finally, is that? Can there be, or be conceived, any other than a certain Being which is omnipresent, almighty, all-wise, and all-good? And who is such, but that first Being which we call God?
Let us illustrate the matter with a comparison: let there be very many small wheels in one and the same clockwork, which work together mutually, to strike and to indicate, precisely, this or that hour, while none of those wheels knows either its own purpose or one another: do these not powerfully show that there has been an artificer among them, who has put them together wisely and skillfully, who has understood the shape and the interworking with the utmost exactness? And would you then dare to say that the sweetest and most steadfast agreement, proportion, conformity, and mutual cooperation of the parts of this world exist and subsist without a certain all-wise, almighty, and omnipresent Artificer and Builder? (Heb. 11:10). If now an atheist insists that all these things arise from the particular nature and disposition of the parts, each in itself — then the same difficulties, already raised before, will again confront him: whence then is that nature? Whence so wise, so steadfast and orderly a composition? So that I cannot see through what crack an atheist could escape the force of this demonstration.
§8. Fifth Proof: From the Contemplation of the Heavens
The fifth demonstration arises for us in particular from the contemplation of the Heavens, whose vast expanse, and steadfast and orderly motion, proclaim nothing else than the glory of God (Ps. 19:1) — so that one might, from this, well call this contemplation an Astrologia, a discourse or speech of the stars, because it is, as it were, a Reason and Speech of the stars, whereby they, namely, proclaim God and His glory (Ps. 19:3); just as it is likewise called Astronomia, a law of the stars, because there is laid upon the motion of the stars, as it were, a Law, without doubt from a supreme Lawgiver. For are not the sun and the stars moved by another, through whose doing their motions are so precisely fixed by laws that all their eclipses (of sun or moon) can, thousands of years beforehand, to the very minute, be foretold with certainty by astronomers? That order, that law — whence is it, if not from a certain all-wise Lawgiver?
§9. Sixth Proof: From Man Himself
Likewise the sixth demonstration is furnished, in many ways, by Man himself, and indeed each one for himself. For first, does not the so skillful forming of us in our mother's womb, while we, as well as our parents, are entirely ignorant of it, clearly point to a certain all-wise Former? (Ps. 139:5, 15-16). Second, our Soul — a little portion, as it were, of the divine radiance and splendor, as it is even called by the heathen themselves, not entirely without warrant — being spiritual in its essence, and far more excellent and noble than the body, does it not point to a certain supreme Father of Spirits (Heb. 12:9), who formed the spirit of man within him? (Zech. 12:1). Indeed, third, one's own existence furnishes each of us a proof of the Existence of God. For since each knows that he is from his fathers, just as the parents are from the forefathers, each must necessarily acknowledge either that there is an infinite chain of that succession and kind — which, if held, would mean that his parents could not have existed, and therefore he himself would not exist either — or he must come to a stand and stop at a certain first Father, who would not exist except from the Father of Spirits, by the proportion of §7.
§10. Seventh Proof: From Commonwealths and Laws
We might add a seventh reason, taken from the preservation, steadfastness, order, and revolutions of Commonwealths, against the undertakings and hostile efforts of so many and so great enemies, toward their destruction and ruin. Indeed, even Civil Laws point to a Supreme Being, who both makes those laws known to men and preserves and maintains them for their good, so that they are not, through the hatred and evil undertakings of the Devil and of godless men, dissolved, decayed, and brought to ruin: who would not conclude and infer from this that there is a God of order, who wills that all things be done decently and in order? (1 Cor. 14:40).
§11. Eighth and Ninth Proofs: Miracles and Prophecies
Indeed also an eighth reason, taken from Miracles, which have from time to time occurred, and which are recorded not only in sacred, but also in profane, history: which, since they surpass nature, cannot but presuppose a power which is above nature; for to work and to do something beyond one's own powers involves a contradiction; and what is above nature — is it not God? So, finally, there remains yet a ninth reason, taken from the sure and certain Predictions of future contingent things, which, since they have in themselves no fixed truth, cannot but prove and demonstrate that there is an understanding which has beforehand determined all outcomes by a certain and fixed decree. These proofs, I say, I would add, if the brevity of my design allowed it, or if the earlier proofs were not sufficient.
We must therefore, second, pass on to the testimonies, so that perhaps the mind of an atheist, softened by the proofs and demonstrations, may be further strengthened by them; or at least, that those who admit a Deity may, from this principle — which is the first of all — be confirmed and strengthened in their faith and obedience. Let there come forward, then,
§12. First Testimony: Conscience
The first testimony, which conscience gives to each one concerning God. In this way the knowable of God is said to be manifest in them (Rom. 1:19) — namely, insofar as conscience either excuses or accuses, absolves or condemns (Rom. 2:15; Isa. 33:14 and 57:20; Mark 6:14, 16) — of which examples are found not only in the Holy Scriptures (Gen. 42:21), but also in profane histories: in Nero, who, when he had murdered Agrippina, was terrified (as by his familiar spirit, according to his own account); in Caligula, who, when it thundered and lightened, out of a conscience of his enormities, was accustomed to hide himself; in Richard III, King of England, who, after his committed robberies and murders, was tormented by the ravings of dreams, as by the very handiwork of Satan, so that Polydore Virgil says of him: "I believe that it was not a dream, but the conscience of his villainies." Whence also that saying of Statius: Primos in orbe deos fecit timor — that is, "Fear first brought the gods into the world." So too Grotius, in his Of the Truth of the Christian Religion, Book I. Whereas, on the contrary, the godly, out of a consciousness of a Deity, can even in chains sing and rejoice with cheerfulness (Acts 16:25), sleep in peace (2 Cor. 11:7), triumph and exult in the direst dangers (Ps. 3:6-7; 1 Sam. 30:6; Ps. 46:1-2). Horace says: si fractus illabatur orbis, impavidum ferient ruinae — that is, "Should the shattered world collapse, its ruins would strike an undaunted mind." And whence comes all this, but because they carry about with them the Law of God written in their hearts, and because they hear the voice of the Judge, as it were standing before the judgment-seat, whether condemning or acquitting?
§13. Second Testimony: The Whole World
The second testimony to the Existence of God is given Him by the World, through a general and constant consent of all Nations — which Paul brings forward (Rom. 1:20 and 2:15) — to such a degree that, according to the testimony of the describers of the World, Ortelius, Munster, and others, no people is found so barbarous but that it acknowledges a Deity: with which Tullius, in Of the Nature of the Gods, agrees. And Epicurus himself, who was ashamed of nothing that was shameful, was nevertheless ashamed to deny God. Indeed, though there are found people who live without king and without laws, and who, like wild beasts, wander naked in the forests, seek out inaccessible paths, and devour whatever comes before them — yet none are found, nor will any be found, who are wholly and entirely destitute of every semblance of religion, of sanctuaries and sacrifices, of every sense of a Deity. Indeed, idolatry itself lends its testimony to God; for never would so unreasonable and senseless an idolatry have so generally prevailed among the heathen, even among those not entirely barbarous, that they held even leeks and onions, rather than nothing at all, to be a Deity — according to Juvenal's Satire XV: Porrum et cape, &c. — that is: "It is a crime to violate, injure, or chew with one's teeth a leek or an onion. O holy nations, for whom such deities grow in their gardens!" — unless they had presupposed some God or some sort of Deity. So too the writers against idolatry: Vossius, Ludovicus Vives, John Owen, and others.
§14. Third Testimony: God Himself
Finally, the third testimony to His Existence God gives to Himself — not only by working in nature, such a testimony as the Savior gave concerning and from Himself (John 5:20, 36), but also by speaking in Scripture, of which, if not every line, at least every page proclaims that there is a God: whose beginning is, "In the beginning God created" (Gen. 1:1), and whose close is, "If any man shall take away from the words of the book of this prophecy, God shall take away His part out of the book of life" (Rev. 22:19); and whose middle reads, "Thus says the LORD. The word of the LORD. Hear, O heavens, and give ear, O earth, for the LORD speaks" (Isa. 1:2) — which testimony, though an atheist despise and reject it, with the Pharisees (John 8:13), is nevertheless of the highest authority, according to the Savior Himself, in that same place, v. 14.
§15. Some Objections Answered
The things which can be objected by atheists against the Existence of God are so slight and trifling, indeed so utterly frivolous, that they scarcely deserve to be mentioned, let alone refuted. Nevertheless we shall, in a word or two, in order to satisfy the requirements of a systematic treatise, touch upon a few points with the finger.
(1) Those who object that there is no God, because He is not seen by men, nor does He associate or converse with them, cast at us a most foolish and stupid objection. Answer: (a) That is utterly unreasonable and brutish; for if that which is not seen therefore does not exist, then such persons will have no rational soul either, since they do not see it, and so they will be irrational beasts. But (b) God makes Himself visible every day, in His own way, in His works.
(2) Somewhat more shrewd and subtle is this objection: "If there were a God, He would not tolerate the prosperity of the wicked and the misery of the good; He would not tolerate that He be blasphemed; He would not tolerate so great a disorder in these sublunary affairs." We answer: those things which seem to us so confused, so unjust, so perverse, when they come before us each by itself, would appear to us most just and most fitting, if it were given to us — as it is to God, who beholds all things together, at a single glance, in their connection and combination with other things, and in their proportion — to view them so.
Finally (3) the atheists would have it that all religion is nothing but a human invention, or a political stratagem, devised solely for the service of rulers, to keep their subjects in their duty. Answer: But only fools want, or would rather want, this (Ps. 14:1). For from the very first beginning of the world, religion has had a place; it still has a place over the whole face of the earth; and without doubt it will have a place until the end of this whole created order. From all of which it is very readily and easily concluded that religion is not a human invention, indeed, that it is from none other than God Himself.
§16. That the Knowledge of God Is Necessary
Yet it is not enough that there is a God; it is furthermore necessary that we know that God who is. For one must believe. It is necessary, I say, not only by a necessity of precept (Jer. 31:34), but also by a necessity of means; for just as He, on the one hand, promises life to the knowledge of Himself, so, on the other hand, He threatens to the contrary — to ignorance — the everlasting flames (2 Thess. 1:8).
§17. Further Reasons Why the Knowledge of God Is Necessary
Indeed, then, even according to the text itself, the knowledge of God is necessary in many respects. (1) It is necessary for faith: for how shall we believe in Him of whom we have not heard, or whom, through hearing, we do not know? (Rom. 10:14). Then (2) it is necessary for pleasing God; for as it is impossible without faith to please God, so, consequently, without knowledge no one can be acceptable to God, or do anything that would be pleasing to Him. Wherefore (3) knowledge is also necessary for the service of God, since no one, just as without faith, so also without knowledge, can seek God. And so, further, (4) it is necessary for union and communion with God: for as man cannot seek God without knowledge, so neither can he find Him, or come to God, without it. Finally, (5) it is necessary in order to experience the goodness and beneficence of God. For since man, without knowledge, cannot believe, nor by believing seek Him, nor by seeking come to Him, so likewise he can never, without it, experience that God is a rewarder of those who seek Him. To which I will (6) further add this, that apart from the Knowledge of God, not only would the understanding have been given to man in vain, and man himself have been created in vain, but even this whole world, at least the sublunary part, would have been made in vain. For to what end has God created all these things, but for the sake of man? And to what end man, but that he, as God's steward, might observe and contemplate the goodness of all irrational creatures, and bring it back to the Creator — which cannot be done without the knowledge and glorifying of God.
§18. The Nature of the Knowledge of God
We must, therefore, carefully investigate both the nature of, and the means to, this knowledge. As to what the nature and character of this knowledge is: since the knowledge of God is either comprehensive — fully grasping, namely, what God is through and through, as He is in Himself, and indeed according to everything that is knowable in Him, and which is therefore in all respects complete and perfect; or incomplete — knowing in some measure, rather that He is than what He is, rather what He is not than what He is: before all things, that first kind, the comprehensive, must be left to Himself alone, of Himself (1 Tim. 6:16). The latter, again, is either that of the Homeland, more perfect, hereafter, when we shall see God face to face (1 Cor. 13:12; Job 19:26-27); or that of the Way, less perfect, here, when we see God as it were from behind, not from before (Exod. 33:23), as through a glass, and in a dark saying (1 Cor. 13:12) — which knowledge God imparts to us in His Word, by, as it were, stammering with us, as with little children. From this it is that in Holy Scripture there occur so many human ways of speaking about God; and moreover, most expressions concerning God are explained rather according to our capacity and the measure of our understanding, than according to the nature of God Himself.
Further, that imperfect Knowledge of God is either natural — which we can obtain by nature alone, or by means and help of it: and this is distinguished by theologians into an innate or connatural knowledge, which arises of itself, without reasoning, of which the Apostle speaks (Rom. 1:19); and an acquired knowledge, which we obtain by reasonings, by ascending from the subordination of motions to the first mover, from the linking together of lower causes to a highest Cause, by those means and ways which we have just now pointed out, of which Paul speaks (Rom. 1:20), obtained also by way of Acts 17:27-28; or the knowledge is revealed — differing from the first not so much in kind, as in degree and perfection, as the first is included in it as a smaller number in a greater; for whatever natural knowledge has, all of that, and far more perfectly, the revealed knowledge has too. And this revealed knowledge is, again, either common, and merely speculative — which floats only in and through the brain, such as the text calls "to believe that God is"; see also Rom. 1:21; Tit. 1:16; or proper to the elect alone — experiential, practical, and saving — penetrating from the brain into the heart, powerfully affecting it, and stirring up godly motions therein; to which, in the text, there belongs the coming-in of the knowledge of God as of a Rewarder, which stirs and impels one to come to Him, to please Him — of which Scripture speaks everywhere (John 17:3; Isa. 53:11; Phil. 1:9-11 and 3:8-10; Col. 1:9-10).
§19. General Means of Coming to the Knowledge of God
As for the Means by which we arrive at the knowledge of God, these are considered as of two kinds. In the first kind, which is general, one reckons a threefold way to the knowledge of God: namely, (1) the way of Causality, whereby we, advancing along various secondary causes, as along Jacob's ladder, at last reach the highest step, on which God stands — in the manner which we have described above in §4 — and which way the Apostle seems to point out (Rom. 1:19); (2) the way of Eminence and Excellence, whereby we ascribe to the Creator, with the highest excellence, whatever perfection there is in creatures, however small — because no one can communicate to another that which he himself has neither formally nor by way of eminence; just as also no effect can be understood which is, in its whole kind, absolutely and entirely more excellent than its cause. This way the Psalmist seems to use (Ps. 94:9); indeed, by this means it is fitting for us to interpret all human, improper, and figurative ways of speaking about God. (3) The way of Negation, whereby we entirely remove from God whatever is an imperfection in creatures — for example, corporeality, mortality, finitude, and so forth — which way Scripture seems to take (Num. 23:19; Ps. 90:2-3). And thus we arrive, by this threefold way, at the Knowledge of God: so that the first leads us chiefly to His relative attributes, according to which He is called Creator, Preserver, Governor, Mover; the second, to His communicable and positive attributes — for example, His Wisdom, Righteousness, and so on, of which in its place; the third, to His incommunicable and negative attributes, such as His Infinity, Unchangeableness, and so on.
§20. Four More Particular Means
In the second kind, which is more particular, are (1) the Divine Names, of which some are meant to make known to us the Being of God, such as are Jehovah, LORD; Jah, the fitting God; Ehejeh, I will be — with which, in the New Testament, the name Kurios, Lord, agrees; others, His Power, as El, the mighty God; Elohim, the God of the Covenant, or of the oath; others, His All-sufficiency, as Shaddai, the Almighty, the All-sufficient; others, His Excellence, as Elyon, the Most High, and so on. (II) The Divine Attributes, with unequal and inadequate conceptions, which all present to us, as it were in parts, a single and infinite perfection, so that by their means it may be made known to us both how great God is, and what manner of being He is — as will be shown distinctly in its place. (III) The Works of God, from which, as commonly happens, the nature of the cause becomes known to us. Finally (IV) the Word of God, which, in everything aforesaid — so far as it can be done — most perfectly represents God to us.
The Polemical Part
§21. Whether One May Doubt the Existence of God
The questions and controversies concerning the Existence of God are: (1) concerning natural theology, both innate and acquired; concerning the insufficiency of natural theology unto salvation, we have already dealt with these matters above, the former in this chapter, the latter in Book I, ch. 1, §§23-24. Now the question is, whether one may, for any reason, or in any manner whatsoever, doubt the Existence of God.
The Academic and Sceptic philosophers, called Zetetikoi (Seekers), Aporetikoi (doubters) — also Pyrrhonists (from Pyrrho, the head, as it were, of the Sceptics, who, following in the footsteps of the ancient philosophers Socrates, Arcesilaus, Carneades, Anaxarchus, and others, and pressing the doctrine of the Incomprehensibility of things to the throne) — held of old that one must doubt everything, even the Existence of God: Aulus Gellius (Book 11, ch. 5), Sextus Empiricus (Against the Mathematicians, and in his Outlines of Pyrrhonism). Out of the mire of these opinions there arose, in our century, the very shrewd René Descartes, a Frenchman, who, about to lay a new foundation for a new philosophy, held that whoever would rightly philosophize must, at least once, doubt everything, and that seriously, and for so long, until he has grasped the matter clearly and distinctly. It is true that he elsewhere seems to except the matters of faith and of common life, or mutual human intercourse — though in vain, without any reason; but his disciples extend that doubt even further, to the matters of faith as well — of which a clear example is to be found, at large and with deliberate purpose, in a certain strangely-titled Exercise concerning Philosophy as an Infallible Interpreter of Scripture. One may consult, on this, the most renowned Wittich, in his Theologia Pacifica, and by name also, as concerns the matter of doubt, as we have elsewhere, in our book called Gangraena Cartesiana, that is, the Cartesian Cancer, demonstrated and shown.
In particular also, concerning the Existence of God, whether one may doubt it: Descartes, when asked, answered that one must make a distinction between that which belongs to the understanding — and here one must not ask whether it is permissible, but whether it can be done, and here he settles it, and ascribes this capability to all who are not convinced of the contrary by a thorough and sound reason — and that one must distinguish that which belongs to the will; and here he goes on and continues: "One ought to distinguish between that doubt which regards the end, and that which regards the means; the doubt which sets doubting God as its end and its aim — that," he says, "sins gravely, because it wishes to remain uncertain concerning a matter of so great importance; but if anyone proposes doubt to himself as a means of coming to a clearer knowledge of the Truth, he does that which is in the highest degree godly and honest, because no one can will the end unless he also wills the means." Here he acknowledges that there is a certain doubt which is in the highest degree godly and honest. Yet his followers profess, without these circumlocutions, plainly, that one must doubt everything, even the Existence of God — which we have shown and demonstrated in the first Subdivision, ch. 1, §§1-3, of our book called Gangraena Cartesiana.
The Reformed (1) confess that one must sometimes doubt. But (2) they deny that one must doubt everything, because this shuts, in the most rigorous and hardest manner, the way to any firm and sound knowledge of any matter — since by that alone we would be brought to the knowledge of the uncertain, which in itself is certain. Moreover (3) they say that one must never, in any case, doubt the matters of faith, and by name, that there is a God. Meanwhile (4) they do not deny that, when we are already convinced by divine testimonies of the matters of faith, and especially of the Existence of God, we then seek out and gather reasons whereby we may be more and more strengthened and confirmed in that faith.
These things being presupposed, they deny that it is ever right and fitting to doubt the matters of faith, and by name, the Existence of God. (1) Because God in Scripture constantly demands faith concerning those things which one must believe (Heb. 11:6), even with an express exclusion of every kind of doubt (Rom. 4:20-21; James 1:6), and that we in this way seal that God is true (John 3:33) — whereas by doubting we make Him a liar (1 John 5:10). (2) Because doubt removes all faith concerning God: for if you doubt that He exists, how will you believe that He speaks? How will you place your trust in Him? (3) Because it removes all divine service. For how will you serve, honor, love, and so on, God, of whom you doubt whether He indeed exists? Wherefore such doubt will make anyone an atheist. (4) Because thus the ignorance of, and unbelief in, a Deity would, at some time, not only be no sin, but moreover, according to Descartes's own definition, a godly and honest thing. (5) Because, if a general doubt is presupposed, you will have nothing at all by whose help you could ever get out of that doubt: for that which is uncertain to you cannot deliver you from doubt.
Meanwhile our opponents allege, for their doubt: (1) that it is an excellent means of arriving at a truer knowledge of things, indeed even so necessary and useful a means, that without and apart from it we should absolutely be able to know nothing with certainty. To which we reply: (a) We acknowledge that in doubtful and uncertain matters, doubt can have some use and benefit; but in matters which, by a most certain revelation of God, are fully certain — such as are all the matters of faith, and in particular the Existence of a Deity — doubt contributes absolutely nothing, but is on the contrary harmful and destructive. At least (b) it is in no way useful in a general way, in that it stops up the way to all certainty. They allege (2) that by their doubt they mean nothing other than a suspension of judgment. We answer: We too mean nothing else by doubt, and so we say plainly, that it is godless and God-denying to suspend judgment as to whether there is a God, or whether the matters of faith are true or not. They allege (3) that they do not wish for a perpetual doubt, but only such a one as is merely for a time. Answer: They demand a doubt which must last so long, until one has grasped the matter clearly and distinctly — which in Descartes lasted ten years: but what if a duller and slower mind requires more years? What if never? What will become of the peasants and other unlettered people, who are not able to examine and test the philosophical reasons by whose means one arrives at certainty? Shall they not remain forever stuck in atheism? Shall they not die in it? Whoever desires to see this and other such matters treated at large, pro and con, may compare our Gangraena (Cartesian Cancer), Section 1, ch. 2.
§22. Whether the Idea of God in Our Understanding Proves His Existence
The question is, second, whether from and out of the idea of God in our understanding, a firm and sound means is furnished to us of arriving at the knowledge of the Divine Existence, and indeed also a proof, whereby to convince God-deniers of it? The word Idea, in our tongue "concept" or "notion," derived from the Greek verb idein, that is, to see, to know, to perceive, commonly denotes that image which an artificer carries about with him in his mind, so that, when he is about to work something, he may look to, or set before himself, that image, and direct his working according to it. And this idea is exemplary, which we shall treat in the Second Book, ch. 13, of a simultaneous conception in the mind of God. Nevertheless that word is not seldom used in another and looser sense — a usage which Plato of old, with his Academy, wished to establish: namely, that the ideas of all things were innate in man, and that, though hidden and concealed, all our diligence must be employed to dig them out, awaken them, and contemplate them.
Descartes, together with his followers, aiming at a new philosophy, and seeking to find new arguments for the demonstration of the Existence of God, found in man a twofold idea: one innate and inborn; the other obtained by reasoning from the first. Now by "idea" he understands either an all-inclusive concept, or thought, of an infinite Being; or a Representation and Image, or some likeness of a Being which is infinitely perfect — which representation, as far as concerns the thing it represents, is of the same perfection as its object. He then determines that we, by the help of that idea alone, arrive at the knowledge of the Existence of God, and must demonstrate the same to others.
The Reformed gladly acknowledge a certain concept concerning God; but such an idea in us as, according to its representative power, should be of the same perfection as God Himself, they reject — because they acknowledge only One to be infinitely perfect. Moreover, that from a mere Idea an atheist could be soundly convinced of the Existence of God, they do not grant. For (a) if by "idea" one understands a simple conception of an infinite Being, then the proof would run thus: "Of whatever thing I have a conception or thought, that thing also exists; but I have a concept and conception of an infinitely perfect Being; therefore such an infinitely perfect Being also exists." An atheist would laugh at this, and would insist and press that even an Anthropomorphite (one who conceives God in bodily form) has a concept of a bodily God — is there therefore such a God? And a like atheist has a concept of a non-existent God — therefore there is no God.
(b) If they reason from the idea, that it signifies a picture, representation, likeness, image of an infinite Being, being itself an infinite idea with respect to the thing represented, so that they conclude from this: "If I have a representation or conception of an infinite Being, therefore such a Being exists" — then (1) the answer to the first proposition will be this: that does not follow; for suppose I have an idea of a bodily God — is there therefore such a one? (2) As to the second proposition thereupon assumed: if he denies that you have such an idea, how will you prove that to him? If he says that he does not have it, how is that impossible? If he adds further that it is impossible that there be more than one such infinite idea — since no more than one such can exist — and that, moreover, what is finite cannot in itself bear something that is infinite, how will you be able soundly and thoroughly to refute him? If you attempt to convince him, by a chain of reasons, (α) that you have not formed that idea yourself, nor from the teachings of others, as being mere sounds which vanish in the air — he will deny all this, by the experience which constantly contradicts it in teaching. If you further insist (β), granting that your statements are true, that a finite creature nevertheless could not form such an idea, which is in some measure infinite — he will again answer, that such an infinite idea, according to the reasons already brought forward, is nothing other than a mere Chimera (a fancy, a fiction). If, finally, you press upon him (γ) that every image requires, for itself, a certain depicted thing, from which such an image proceeds — he will escape this by saying that this can indeed be granted in true ideas, such as this is not; but by no means in false ideas, such as is the idea of a bodily God, of a Chimera, of a wooden iron, and the like. How difficult and troublesome will it be for you to convince him! Therefore this proof, taken from ideas, is in more than one way empty and of no value. More things belonging to this matter you have in our Cartesian Gangraena, Section II, ch. 4.
The Practical Part
§23. First Practical Use: Concerning Atheism
The first practical exercise, accordingly, concerns Atheism, that we may guard against it more than against the plague. For since (a) this is the first thing which is known of a true theology and religion, that there is a God — surely far from all religion is he who denies or doubts that there is a God. Since (b) he who comes to God must believe that He is, surely that man is far from God, from the highest Good, and from Salvation, who does not believe, who denies, or who doubts that God is. (c) Since the seeking of God presupposes His existence, surely the denial of, or doubt concerning, Him shuts out altogether all seeking, service of God, and godliness. And (d) as he who believes that God is, and seeks Him, shall experience that God is a rewarder to him whom he knows to exist — so, surely, he who even believes that God is not shall find Him a most severe avenger and punisher, to say nothing of him who would even investigate the matter. We must therefore guard ourselves in every way against Atheism; and that we may do this the more successfully, we must hold fast (1) what, and how many kinds, Atheism is; (2) for what reasons it must be avoided; and finally (3) by what means it is to be warded off.
§24. What Atheism Is, and Its Kinds
Atheism, then, which the Dutch most forcefully call Godlessness, is that whereby we either do not have God (Eph. 2:12) — namely as our Covenant-God — or do not acknowledge Him; or rather do not have Him, because we do not know Him, and do not acknowledge Him. And this either with our understanding and thought (Ps. 10:4), or with words (Ps. 14:1), or with deeds (Tit. 1:16). There are, accordingly, atheists either speculative or practical.
Atheists speculatively — and indeed in the most proper and strict sense — would be those who not only with the mouth would think that there is no God, but who also, absolutely, in their hearts, without any fear of the contrary, and steadfastly, feel and believe that there is no God — such would display, according to Tully, an empty name, because nowhere in the wide world has such a thing ever existed: so has God not left Himself without witness to all the heathen (Acts 14:16-17), and has written His Law in their hearts (Rom. 2:14-15) — so that I marvel that there are found, even among the Reformed, those who, though less consistently with their own principles, maintain that speculative atheists are to be found. But in a broader sense you may perhaps find speculative atheists — those who, though not steadfastly, have nevertheless openly denied a Deity — and perhaps you may reckon more than two or three such. But in the broadest sense you will perhaps be able to count more of those who, by open profession, deny God's Providence, Righteousness, or Goodness — who feel this secretly within themselves, and, on occasion, blurt it out to their own associates: of such the number will everywhere be the very greatest, among whom without doubt are Lucullus, Julius Caesar, Vanini, John Spinoza, and those who in France call themselves Deists, or Freethinkers, because they have hardened themselves against every sense and fear of God's Providence, its punishments or rewards.
And insofar as heathendom has had any who were, by profession, atheists — such as have been Diagoras, Protagoras, Theodorus, and others — these rather denied the gods of the heathen, or polytheism, than God or a Deity, according to the testimony of our Mornay, Of the Truth of the Christian Religion, ch. 1. Indeed, that Theodorus, who, on account of his godlessness, is by preeminence called "the Atheist," passed, according to the testimony of Laertius, from Atheism to a kind of Self-deification — thus he was not consistent with himself as to his atheism. Others have rather doubted than denied that there is a God, among whom Protagoras must be reckoned, who, because he had set forth, as an introduction to his own question and controversy, this statement — "Concerning the gods, I am not able to determine whether they exist, or whether they do not exist" — was, for this, banished by the Athenians. To whom one may also add and place Pope Clement VII, who, when in the throes of death, confessed that he could not, within his allotted time, settle these three matters, which had been doubtful to him his whole life long: namely, (1) whether there is a God; (2) whether the Soul is immortal; (3) whether there is a Heaven and a Hell. So that Bellarmine himself, not without reason, made this pronouncement concerning him: "As far as I understand, as far as I know, he has descended into Hell."
But the practical atheists, who doubt that there is a God, would rather wish that He did not exist, and for that reason, that they might shake off all sense of, and fear for, a Deity — such as make their belly their god, and live as though they felt that there is no God: such, I say, present themselves every day, and everywhere, in crowds before our eyes, even among Christians themselves, and in every part of Europe — as Spicelius (in his Scrutiny of Atheism, from Section V to XIII) shows at large. Of these the Scripture chiefly treats: Ps. 10:4 and 14:1; Eph. 2:12; Phil. 3:19; 2 Tim. 3:4; Tit. 1:16, and so on.
§25. Reasons Why Atheism Must Be Avoided
Now we know what Atheism is, and how many kinds of it there are. It remains to be shown for what reasons it must be so carefully avoided — which one may learn, if from nothing else, at least from the fourteenth Psalm, which is, as it were, the very seat and dwelling-place of this matter. (1) Because it makes men foolish and senseless. (2) Because it corrupts and ruins man, in soul, body, and his whole life and conduct. (3) Because it makes him abominable before God, and likewise also before men. (4) Because it renders him unfit to do anything good — that is, unfit for a single duty, whether of godliness or of civil decency — and, on the contrary, inclined and given over to all manner of villainies, which are recorded in Psalm 10. (5) Because it exposes man to the most fearful threatenings of God — wherefore Paul closely joins ruin and destruction to Atheism (Phil. 3:19), and the Psalmist utters over them this imprecation to God: "Break the arm of the wicked and the evil; seek out his wickedness till thou find none" (Ps. 10:15). Indeed (6) it subjects man to the terrible judgments of God, to such a degree that William d'Aussonville (in his Atheomastix, Book I, ch. 15) does not hesitate to say that scarcely a single person can be named an atheist — whether in the Holy Scriptures, in Church History, or in heathen writings — who did not come to a fearful and terrible end.
In particular, Calvin has a remarkable example (Commentary on Psalm 115:16): "It happened to us," he says, "that, when we were once supping at an inn in the evening, a godless despiser of God, mocking our discourse concerning the hope of the heavenly life, kept belching out this scoffing and reviling saying: 'The heaven, even the heavens, are the LORD's; but the earth hath He given to the children of men.' Then, suddenly seized with pain and torment, he began to scream, 'O GOD! O GOD!' and, as he was wide-mouthed, he filled the whole hall with his bellowing. I, being fearfully enraged and indignant against him, went on, in my own manner, announcing to him with a troubled mind and countenance that he should now at least feel and perceive that God is not mocked without penalty. One of the guests, a devout and religious man, but nevertheless given to jesting, then said: 'You call upon God — have you then forgotten your philosophy? Why do you not let God rest in His heaven?'" Similar examples, in a sufficiently great number, Spicelius brings forward, Scrutiny of Atheism, Section XXIX.
§26. Preventive Remedies Against Atheism
There remain, then, the Remedies against Atheism, of a twofold kind, namely both preventive and curative. Under the preventive, these must here be avoided: first, such opinions as lead straight to Atheism, such as, among very many others, are (a) that everyone can be saved in his own religion — against which opinion the Apostle warns that one must most carefully guard oneself (Eph. 4:14-15; Mic. 4:5); (b) that the Divine Providence is not watchful nor active in every particular small matter, and in particular not in the particular actions of men (Ps. 94:7-12), whether in punishing evil deeds or in rewarding good ones (Ps. 75:7); (c) that the immortality of the soul is a fiction (Eccl. 3:19).
Second, one must carefully avoid the practice and pursuit of godlessness, whereby man, disordering himself, and, for his own sake, loving sin, first hates the Law of God, which is contrary to his sins, and then the Lawgiver Himself; whence he at length begins to ponder in his mind the non-existence of God — which he would indeed wish to be true — and to persuade and talk himself into it.
Third, one must avoid the causes of Atheism, both general and particular. Among the general causes now are: (1) Godless teachers of Atheism, such as of old was Julius Caesar Vanini, with thirteen godless confederates, sent out from Naples throughout all Europe to spread that poison, according to the account of Mersennus, in his Genesis; and, in recent times, also Benedict Spinoza, very well known also in the Dutch Atheistic assemblies. (2) Books of the same stripe, among which notorious and infamous is the book De tribus Impostoribus, that is, Of the Three Impostors, which is ascribed to Pietro Aretino; one may add the book of Geoffroy Vallée, Of the Art of Not Believing; especially the Theological-Political Treatise of Spinoza, and Vanini's Theater of the Eternal Providence. (3) Loose, slippery, and dubious dialogues concerning God, His Providence, and the immortality of our Soul — among which is notorious the arbitrary Disputation held in the presence of Leo X, where, of two disputants, the one proved by every reason that there is a God, and the other denied and contradicted it — whereupon the Pope pronounced this judgment: "Your opinion is indeed the truer, but his makes for a merrier face and countenance."
§27. Particular Causes of Atheism
In the order of the more particular causes of Atheism, the first place is occupied by the sacrilegious belittling of Holy Scripture, its curtailment, distortion, and twisting, from whatever cause it may proceed — such as was that of Pietro Bembo to Sadoleto, when the latter was reading and mentioning the Scriptures: "Let these trifles go; such follies do not become a serious man"; of Lazarus Bonamico: that he valued the songs of Pindar more highly than the Psalms of David; of Angelo Poliziano: "I have once read that book (the Scripture), and I have never spent my time worse."
The second place is occupied by the godless religion of the Machiavellians, Hobbesians, so-called Politicians, and of all those who do not scruple to hold all religion to be merely a means for preserving the civil state — to which Theodor Reinking, in his De Regimine, Book II, chs. 1, 2, 48, seems even to bring what is called Reason of State.
The third place is occupied by the frequent changing of Religion, or passing from one persuasion to another, which at length discharges itself into Atheism — no differently than a making of Deists, whether it occurs at once or over the course of time, which finally ends in Atheism.
The fourth place is occupied by that perverse handling of natural wisdom, whereby very many, through an undertaking which I know not whether to call rash and reckless, or foolish and senseless, do not scruple thus to confine all things within the bounds of nature, and to attend to and consider only the secondary causes, with a setting aside of the first Cause — so that they persuade themselves that all things, of themselves, according to their own nature, run their several courses — to which Peter seems to allude (2 Pet. 3:3-5). And those who so investigate natural causes that they thereby, in effect, remove supernatural and miraculous ones, have, with this brand, come before a certain assembly of Cardinals appointed for the purpose, who censured some, otherwise excellent, secret searchers-out of nature, physicians and philosophers in Italy.
§28. Curative Remedies Against Atheism
Now, as concerns the curative Remedies, which are fitted to destroy Atheism where it already exists — you will proceed most effectively if (1) by unshakable reasons you convince the mind of an atheist that there is a God, and (2) refute his weak little arguments which he brings forward for the contrary — that there is, for instance, no Providence of God — if (3) you sensibly open and explain to him the Book of Nature, and its pages, as it were — Heaven, Earth, the Seas, with what is in them; if (4) you constantly hold before his understanding and his eyes the Book of Scripture — through which cunning device the father of Franciscus Junius, once a God-denier, afterward a very renowned theologian, called back and brought back this his son from Atheism to religion, by holding the sacred Bible before his eyes in every room. Finally, (5) if you weary God with prayers, and, as it were, importune Him, that He would breathe His blessing upon your endeavors, in the conversion of the atheist, and favor them with His blessing.
§29. Second Practical Use: Concerning Ignorance of God
The second practical exercise concerns the ignorance and unlearnedness of God, which one must likewise shun in every way. For if, in many ways, according to §17, the knowledge of God is necessary, then, in just as many ways, ignorance and unlearnedness of Him will be dangerous. I mean (a) a mere and bare ignorance, whether it be negative or privative — namely of the true God (Gal. 4:8; Isa. 45:4-5); (b) a feigned, affected, or pretended ignorance (Job 21:14; 2 Pet. 3:5; Exod. 5:2); (c) a practical ignorance, whereby most indeed know God in their brains, or with their tongue — that is, with a cold, empty, and idle knowledge — but do not know Him with their affections and with their deeds (Tit. 1:16; Matt. 7:21).
All this ignorance must be carefully shunned: (1) because it, according to God's own complaint, sets man beneath the unreasoning dumb beasts (Isa. 1:3); (2) because it renders him unfit to believe (Heb. 11:6; Eph. 4:18); (3) unfit to seek God; for one has no desire for what one does not know — the unknown is unloved (John 4:10); (4) unfit to find God, or to come to God; (5) unfit to please God; (6) unfit to experience God as a Rewarder; (7) because it exposes us to the danger of Idolatry (Gal. 4:8); (8) it places us outside the fellowship of the covenant of grace (Jer. 31:34); (9) it makes us liable to all manner of judgments and plagues, here in this life (Hos. 4:1-3; Jer. 10:25; Ps. 79:6), and (10) to the everlasting flames hereafter (2 Thess. 1:8).
Wherefore, in order to remedy this ignorance, we must attend to its causes and wellsprings, namely: (1) the mindedness of the flesh (1 Cor. 2:14; 2 Cor. 10:5); (2) godlessness (Isa. 28:9); (3) the lack of faithful instruction (Acts 8:30-31; 2 Tim. 2:25); (4) the lack of continual diligence and exercise (2 Tim. 2:7).
§30. Third Practical Use: Examining True Knowledge of God
The third practical exercise is fitted to the examination of the true knowledge of God. For since not every kind of knowledge suffices — not a common one, but a saving one is required — there is need of an examination and testing, that we may know whether we are endowed with some knowledge of God, and indeed with such a knowledge as the text gives at hand its marks: (1) if it awakens and gives birth to faith, in and toward the Rewarder; (2) if it awakens and sets in motion the desire to seek God, as one so known; (3) if it brings us to come to Him — that is, that we, having grasped Him, receive Him in faith (John 1:11-12); (4) if it awakens in us an endeavor to please God in all things (1 John 2:3-4); (5) if it, with a true trust of the soul, is desirous of experiencing, in the object known, God as a Rewarder; (6) if it, further, is glad in, and takes pleasure in, the conditions and qualities of saving knowledge, which are:
(a) That it is an experiential knowledge, not obtained merely from hearing, or from reading books, or by the revelation of another, entering into that which he has not seen (Col. 2:18), but through the very sense of experience, and through sight (Ps. 34:8; 1 Pet. 2:3) — namely, in acknowledgment, and in all feeling (Phil. 1:9). (b) That it is a living and practical knowledge, bringing not only light, but also warmth, and thus is a burning lamp (John 5:35), whereby the heart burns (Luke 24:32), and is made ready to love, seek, honor, and serve the God whom one knows. And therefore not merely a speculative, cold, unfruitful, empty knowledge, which consists rather in appearance than in power (2 Tim. 3:5), which is without love (1 Cor. 13:2). (c) That it is a deep and thorough knowledge, resting on the foundation of the Prophets and Apostles (Eph. 2:20), rooted in the innermost part of the heart (Col. 2:6-7), received from heaven, namely a wisdom that is from above (James 3:17), whereby God, by revealing Himself, as it were shines and gleams in the heart (2 Cor. 4:6), and thus is not a superficial, but an essential knowledge.
§31. Fourth Practical Use: Cultivating the Knowledge of God
There remains now the fourth practical exercise, concerning the care for, and cultivation of, the Knowledge of God (Hos. 6:3). If one considers (1) the Persons involved: (a) it concerns Magistrates, that they, not content to have obtained the knowledge of God for themselves, should also provide for it in their subjects — through their example, through the calling of qualified and capable teachers, indeed also, as the situation may require, through their own instruction — seeking to bring about and increase the knowledge of God, after the example of Moses, Joshua, David, Solomon, and others. (b) This concerns the Ministers of the Word, who, beyond the obligation common to all others, are bound, by virtue of their office, to impress upon their hearers the Knowledge of God — namely that which is the foundation of all Faith, Religion, and Godliness, according to the content of the text: that there is a God (2 Pet. 1:1-2; Tit. 1:9). (c) This concerns also every believer.
If one considers (2) the Knowledge of God which is to be cared for: it must not rest in some general and common knowledge, whereby one knows only that there is a God, or which is merely speculative, superficial, dry, and empty; but one must strive after an experiential, living, deep, and firm knowledge, which stirs and impels one to seek God, to come to God, and to please Him, to the end that one may experience Him as a Rewarder — as we have exhorted above.
If one considers (3) the Care itself, and its parts: then it is our duty not only to obtain the knowledge of God for ourselves, but also to endeavor, from day to day, to make more and more progress in it (1 Pet. 2:2; Col. 1:9-10; Rom. 15:14).
If one considers (4) the Motives to this exercise of coming to know God, these will present themselves to us: (a) from its excellence, as furnishing us a very noble matter and ground of our worth and glory (Jer. 9:23-24), for the sake of which Paul counted all things as loss and dung (Phil. 3:8), as being a very chief part of eternal glory, when we shall see (that is, know) God face to face (1 Cor. 13:12) — indeed, the great advantage of the Angels (Matt. 18:10) — which Moses accordingly desired so greatly and so ardently. (b) Then from its pleasantness and delightfulness: for just as the chief happiness and sweetness of the chief part of our soul, namely the understanding, consists in knowledge and wisdom, so the more excellent the object of the knowledge, the sweeter the knowledge itself is to it — so that not without reason is the chief part of future blessedness placed in the most perfect knowledge, or in the sight, of God (1 Cor. 13:12; John 17:3). (c) Then from its usefulness, whereby it is serviceable and useful (A) unto conversion (1 Tim. 2:4; 2 Tim. 2:25); (B) unto Justification (Isa. 53:11); (C) unto Sanctification, that we may believe, according to the text, seek God, come to God, endeavor to please God, so as not to be idle and unfruitful, but abounding in all duties and in godliness (2 Pet. 1:2-3, 6, 8); (D) unto Glorification (John 17:3); (E) unto the obtaining of every kind of Blessing, grace, and peace (2 Pet. 1:2-3), or, to experience God always and everywhere as a Rewarder. (F) Then from the harmfulness and destructiveness of ignorance and unlearnedness, of which §29 has treated.
If, finally, one considers (5) the Means: here much will help (1) a steadfast and continual use both of the more general and of the more particular aids, which we have mentioned in §§19-20. In particular (II) I would advise that you open the Book of Nature, and consider its several pages — heaven, earth, seas, and all that is contained therein — according to the counsel of Augustine: "Question the world, the beauty of the heaven, the splendor and orderliness of the stars, the sun and its sufficiency for the day, the moon as a comfort of the night; question the earth, which is fruitful in herbs and trees, full of animals, adorned with men. Question the sea, which is full of so many and so great waters. Question the air, so filled with all manner of birds. Indeed, ask and question all things, and they all, in their own way, will answer you: God made us."
(III) Let us, above all, steadfastly and devoutly attend to the Book of Scripture, wherein God, as far as can be done, most fully and perfectly reveals Himself to us, so that every page of it proclaims and points to God. (IV) Let us weary God, as it were, with the most fervent wishes and prayers, that He would reveal Himself to us, and inscribe the knowledge of Him, according to the promise of the Covenant of Grace, in our hearts (Jer. 31:33-34), after the example of Moses (Exod. 33:13-14); compare 2 Cor. 4:6.
Chapter III: On the Being and Independence of God
Exodus 3:13-14. And Moses said unto God, Behold, when I come unto the children of Israel, and shall say unto them, The God of your fathers hath sent me unto you; and they shall say to me, What is His name? what shall I say unto them? And God said unto Moses, I AM THAT I AM. And He said, Thus shalt thou say unto the children of Israel, I AM hath sent me unto you.
§1. Division
Having shown the Existence of God, and the way of knowing Him, we shall now expound His Being. This is made known to us partly through the Names of God, partly through His Attributes; each of these points, then, in turn, in particular. But before all these, we must let two things, as a kind of vestibule, precede, which in this Chapter we shall have to explain: the Incomprehensibility of the Divine Being, and the incomprehensible Being itself. But who can teach us both of these more felicitously than God Himself? Especially there, where He has a deliberate purpose to instruct Moses concerning Himself, namely in the passage above, Exod. 3:13-14.
The Explanatory Part
§2. The Text Explained
In which words, as it were an Instrument of accreditation (or, as one commonly calls it, a Credential), Moses, who was to be sent to deliver the Israelites out of the Egyptian bondage, is given, as it were into his hands, by God. Concerning which we note three things:
A. The acceptance and undertaking of the embassy, laid upon Moses by God in what precedes, which appears in a twofold duty: 1. In his journey and going to the children of Israel, which was, by God, laid upon him, and which he, hesitantly, sought to put off from himself, vv. 10-11: "Behold, I will go unto the children of Israel." 2. In his message to the children of Israel, or the delivering of his Credentials: "I will say, The God of your fathers hath sent me unto you." Whereby the Lord of this embassy is described, both by His own Name, Elohim, God — of which in its place — and by a certain relation to the forefathers of the Israelites, arising from a covenant made with them: "The God of your fathers."
B. An obstacle or difficulty which would be raised against this embassy: "They shall say to me, What is His name? What shall I answer?" He points out, on the one hand, the difficulty itself which he expected would come upon him: "They will say to me, What is His name?" — namely, either out of unbelief, whereby he supposed that they would not believe him, unless they had first, by inquiring after the name and other circumstances, examined and tested the truth of the matter, and that therefore they would, before all things, ask after the name of the sender — likewise Matt. 16:1 and 21:23-24; or out of a fleshly curiosity, whereby they, boasting of extraordinary revelations of God, would ask concerning the Divine Being, and the Name by which He designated it — which seems to be gathered from the divine answer, whereby, intending to curb their curiosity, He holds forth to them, of Himself, such a name as represents His Being. With a like curiosity Jacob of old asked after the name of the Angel (Gen. 32:29), and afterward Manoah (Judg. 13:17). One may compare Prov. 30:4. On the other hand, he points out his own anxiety about that difficulty: "What shall I answer them?" As if he said: I do not comprehend your Being, I do not know it, and therefore I cannot represent it by any certain name: What shall I do?
C. The removal of that hindrance and difficulty: "And God said unto Moses, I will be that I will be." As one about to rebuke and reprove both the curiosity of the Israelites, asking after His Being and His essential Name, and the anxiety of Moses, who was so greatly troubled about this name — because His Being, being spiritual and infinite, is incomprehensible to finite creatures, and it is therefore utterly vain and useless to ask after a name which could express it. For this reason, as it were with contempt and disdain, He rejects that request: "I am that I am," as if He said, that does not concern the Israelites, that does not concern you — almost in the way that this same God rejects the request of others (Gen. 32:29; Judg. 13:17; Prov. 30:4). Unless you would rather hold that God, in these words, grants Moses's request, as if He said: Would you know my Name, which in some measure represents my Being? It is a Being: Ehejeh asher Ehejeh, I am that I am; or, I will be that I will be; or, I will be that I am; or, I am that I will be — of which name, more fully in the following Chapter.
First Consideration: On the Incomprehensibility of the Divine Being
The Doctrinal Part
§3. That the Being of God Is Incomprehensible
That the Being itself of God — what it is in itself — is inaccessible to our understanding. For when the Israelites ask Moses, and Moses asks God, for a Name which would represent the Being of God, what else do they thereby signify, than that that Being is unknown to them? And since God answers, "I am that I am," as it were rebuking the foolishness of that question, what else does He signify, than that His Being is incomprehensible, and for that very reason also unutterable? A matter which Zophar likewise teaches his friend Job somewhat more plainly (Job 11:7): "Canst thou by searching find out God? canst thou find out the Almighty unto perfection?" He who is for this reason said to dwell in unapproachable light, whom no man hath seen, nor can see (1 Tim. 6:16) — not only not with the eyes of the body, but not even with the eyes of the soul, since He is in every respect invisible (1 Tim. 1:17). Hence, when God showed Moses His back parts, He says that His Face (whereby the Being of Persons is, so far as can be, most properly discerned) cannot be seen (Exod. 33:20, 23) — which has, hitherto, among all Christians, been beyond doubt, against the Anthropomorphites (or, Man-shape-formers), while all have acknowledged that we understand, of the Being of God, rather what it is not than what it is. Just as also, from the attributes, we do not so much know the Being itself of God, as something of and concerning the Being — for the attributes, as we shall show in their place, are predicated of God as in a certain second being (in esse quodam secundo), which the Being itself, as a certain first being (esse quoddam primum), precedes.
§4. Proof
There are, for this point, ready to hand for us — to prove it further — first, from God's Simplicity, whereby He is one, a most simple and pure act, devoid of all composition, which for that reason cannot positively be comprehended. To this the Apostle seems to look (1 Tim. 6:16), when, from the fact that God is Light — in the abstract, with a shining substance, in the concrete — He draws the conclusion that He is not seen, nor can be seen. Second, from His Infinity, whereby He cannot be comprehended or fathomed by a finite understanding — which incomprehensibility of God the cited passage of Job 11:7-9 seems to indicate, with a descriptive division into various particulars: "Canst thou by searching find out God? It is high as heaven; what canst thou do? deeper than hell; what canst thou know? The measure thereof is longer than the earth, and broader than the sea." Third, from His most simple Unity, whereby He is so different from all creatures, that He agrees with them in nothing, but differs from them in everything — so that we can borrow, from no created thing, an idea of the Divine Being, and can therefore form no properly so-called definition and description of His Being. Of which a little more hereafter.
§5. An Objection Answered
As to what might be objected against this, from the fact that God is repeatedly said in Holy Scripture to have been seen by the Saints — for example, by Abraham (Gen. 18:1), by Isaac (Gen. 26:2), by Jacob (Gen. 32:30), by Moses (Exod. 33:11), by Job (ch. 42:5), by Isaiah (ch. 6:1), by Micaiah (1 Kings 22:19) — and that He is believed to be seen, in that day, by the Saints (Job 19:27), and that indeed face to face (1 Cor. 13:12), and so on — all this must be understood either of a symbolic Sight, which comprehends not the Being, but its working, under certain signs; or of the human nature of Christ, and, in it, of God Himself, through a certain inclusive indwelling, or perichoresis (John 14:9); or of a certain more perfect knowledge of God in glory, which, in its perfection, will be, indeed will surpass, a sight, or a knowledge by direct vision — but by no means do these things bring with them a sight or comprehension of the Being itself.
§6. Clarifying the Sense of This Doctrine
Meanwhile, however, that we may the better and more rightly grasp the sense and meaning of our Consideration, we must observe: (1) that we speak, not of God, but specifically of the Being of God, insofar as it is understood in a formal sense, as distinguished from His properties, and from His subsistence, and from His operations — all of which, in an identical sense, come to the same thing, this being accepted by all — whether it be understood as something abstract, or as a first being, which, as it were, completes his attributes. Then (2) that we speak of the Being, not that it is — for that our understanding grasps, in many ways, most clearly — but what it is: and that in itself, but not in its attributes, insofar as those are understood as distinct from the Being. And thus we say, finally, of such a "whatness" (quidditas), (3) that it is inaccessible to our understanding, according to the reasons brought forward above: that is, that it cannot be attained by us, either with a wholly comprehensive, all-inclusive knowledge, or with a knowledge that fully grasps it.
The Polemical Part
§7. Whether We Have a Positive Conception of God's Being
The question is, first: Do we have a positive conception of the Divine Being? A positive conception is set over against a negative conception: so that by the former we think what the thing is, on its own side; and by the latter, what it is not. Descartes, with his followers, because they hold: (1) that the Divine Being consists in nothing else than a bare infinite thought; (2) that man has, in His understanding, an idea of an infinite Being; (3) that we must accept absolutely nothing except what we have clearly and distinctly grasped — hold that we have a positive concept of the Being of God itself.
The Reformed in general, although they allow positive concepts of some of God's attributes, nevertheless acknowledge, with respect to the Being of God itself, only negative concepts, whereby we know of that Being rather what it is not, than what it is in itself. The foundations of this view we have already laid above, §4. And we add nothing to this but this one thing, that we do not even have, of our own soul, though it is finite, such a positive concept — indeed, we do not even formally have a concept of the essence of a dog or a sheep, let me say, of any other thing whatsoever, except from its properties and effects — for example, of a dog from its barking: how then should we have such a concept of the Being of God, which is infinitely different from our soul, and from all other things?
If the Cartesians say, for their view: (1) that the Being of God consists in an infinite thinking, of which we have a positive concept — we answer: (1) that it is false, that the Being of God consists in a bare thought, which we shall demonstrate deliberately and at large in the following Consideration. (2) And even if all this were absolutely so, there nevertheless remains, between the divine thought and that of creatures, whatever they may be, an infinite difference, by force of which you cannot form, from the knowledge of creatures, a concept of the thought of God, according to Isa. 55:8. If they say (II): We nevertheless have some concept of God and of the Divine Being; or, what is the same, a certain idea of the Being of God. Answer: Yes, we have that certainly; but of the fact that He is, not of what He is in Himself. We have a concept that God is, for reasons which we have shown and vindicated in the preceding Chapter, and therefore that He has a certain Being. We have also a concept of what He is not — for example, not material, not dependent, not changeable, not composite, not finite. We likewise have a concept, and indeed a positive concept, of God's Attributes — for example, of His understanding, will, goodness, love, grace, mercy, righteousness, holiness, almightiness, and so on. Putting these together, we have some concept of what manner of Being that is; but of the Being itself, what it is in itself, we have absolutely no concept. No otherwise than as we have a concept of the Sun, that it exists, from the sight of it, and from the effects which it produces in this sublunary world — but of its essence itself, what it is in itself, whether solid or fluid, and whether it is a properly so-called fire, we know absolutely nothing.
If they say (III): We must accept nothing of which we have no clear and distinct concept and conception — for such a concept is the touchstone of all truth: therefore, if we do not have a positive concept of the Divine Being, we shall be atheists of every kind. Answer: (1) That we ought properly to accept nothing unless we have thereof a clear and distinct conception, we deny, so long as our opponents have not soundly and thoroughly proven it. Likewise (2) that a clear and distinct conception is the touchstone of all truth which one ought to accept. We can accept, and be assured, for example, that the Sun has a being, although we do not know what and of what kind that being is. And therefore we shall by no means be atheists, while we know that God is, and that he has a Being, though it is unknown to us what that Being is in itself.
§8. Whether We Have an Idea Equal in Infinity to the Divine Being
Here there would return, in the second place, the question: Is there in us an idea of the Divine Being, which, as to its representative or ideal character, is of the same infinity and perfection as the Divine Being itself possesses? This Descartes, with his followers, firmly maintains; the Reformed deny it in general: yet, since we have already, at length, in the preceding Chapter, disputed this question and controversy back and forth, it is, for the present, enough to have sent the reader thither.
§9. Whether God Can Be Defined
The question is, third: Can God be described? For since a properly so-called description is logos ousias, a representation and portrayal of the essence, and since the Divine Being is unfathomable, this question and controversy is not here unfittingly nor unsuitably investigated. John Scotus, with his Scotists, because he holds that we can have a concept of a Being which is infinitely perfect, and that that concept can be expressed and represented in words, maintains this. Conrad Vorstius, with his Socinians, because He held that God is finite in his Being, and is only in heaven, and moreover composite, likewise maintains this. Descartes, with his followers, because He held the Being of God to consist in an infinite thinking, therefore held an infinite thinking to be a properly so-called description.
The Reformed distinguish between a description (descriptio) and a definition (definitio): so that a description is a portrayal and representation of a thing from its properties — as when you say, for example, that a man is a two-footed animal without feathers: such descriptions of God they gladly acknowledge, as when you say, for example, that God is an absolutely unlimited first Being, or a Spirit, which is of Himself; but a properly so-called definition, whereby His Being would be portrayed and represented as it is in itself, they by no means allow. Because (1) the Being of God is incomprehensible and unfathomable, as we have demonstrated in §4, and is therefore, by a fixed description, unrepresentable and unportrayable. (2) Because there is no equal genus, or species, in which God and Creatures would agree; nor any particular fixed difference, wherein they would differ — since God does not differ in this or that, but in everything, and is distinct from all. Which two things, however, according to all Logicians, are the essential parts of such a definition. (3) Because a properly so-called defining description presupposes a composition, namely of a genus with its differentia — which composition, since it presupposes a composer, as being prior to it, cannot exist with an absolutely first Being. (4) Because it likewise implies a finitude and a limitation — not only on the part of our understanding, with respect to what is limited, but also of the limited thing itself. And also (5) it implies both an act and a potency in God — since the genus stands as a potency, which is actualized by the differentiating distinction. Finally (6) it also implies an imperfection, in that here there is first understood the genus, as being in a potency, to work and be perfected by the differentiating distinction; then, second, the differentiating distinction, although this is understood to be more perfect than the genus: yet both parts are presupposed to be less perfect than the whole defined thing.
§10. Objections Answered
Nor is it of little weight, that they object to us: (1) that we can have an idea of the Divine Being, actually present with us, and that we can also express that idea in words — which amounts to defining it: for besides that this presupposes that which is in dispute, namely, that we have a properly so-called idea of the Divine Being, it also does not follow that, from some idea, a properly so-called defining description is immediately formed — since an idea can arise of the accidents of a thing, whereas such a defining description is a description of the essence itself.
They object (2) that it is a defining description of God, that He is a most perfect Being. Whereas, however, not only is the designation "Being" not a general genus, but also the Being of God is thereby not so much explained, as merely set forth; while moreover the expression "highest" or "most perfect" seems only to express a relative relation of God, whereby He surpasses all Creatures in perfection. From which, therefore, no more precise defining description arises, than if I said that a man is a being which is the most perfect among sublunary things.
They say (3) that at least an infinite thinking or thought yields such a defining description of God. For indeed the Being of God does not consist any more in a thought or thinking, than, for example, in willing against something; nor are finite and infinite so much states of an act, as of the actor — which matters, by our ideas, or by clear and distinct concepts and conceptions, constantly differ. More things of this kind our Gangraena (Cartesian Cancer) has, Section II, ch. 5.
The Practical Part
§11. First Practical Use: Restraining Vain Curiosity
The first practical exercise of this Consideration restrains and curbs the vain curiosity of those who, either to satisfy their reckless desire to know higher things, or to seem wiser than the common run: (1) more curiously investigate the Divine Being, and other such matters, which are inaccessible to us (Exod. 33:18; John 14:8), as though, by and through investigating, they would find God, and would attain to the perfection of the Almighty (Job 11:7). (2) Those who thereupon rashly pronounce upon it — for example, that the Divine Being is nothing other than a Thought or Thinking: namely, being wise above that which is written (1 Cor. 4:6), intruding into those things which they have not seen (Col. 2:18). Then also (3) those who boast of ideas of the infinite Divine Being, as to its representative character, which would be absolutely equal to God. Is that not to strive after the perfection of the Almighty, and to pry into the hidden things of God (Deut. 29:29)?
This curiosity (I) is rebuked and reproved by God Himself (Exod. 3:4-5), and by the Savior (John 14:8-10). (II) It is expressly forbidden (Exod. 19:21). It is (III) not only a wanting to be wise beyond what is written (1 Cor. 4:6), and further than is fitting (Rom. 12:3), but also (IV) a wanting, with a foolish and senseless pride, to comprehend that which is infinite (Job 11:7). (V) It tends to nothing else than to puff up men with an empty conceit of knowledge (1 Cor. 8:1). (VI) It is the first wellspring of all Idolatry, as God himself shows (Deut. 4:15-16), as also the example of the heathen (Rom. 1:22-23) — since men sought to represent to themselves a fashioned form of God, by images and likenesses, to which they afterward judged that divine honors must be paid. Wherefore (VII) God, to restrain that curiosity, pronounces the penalty of death upon it (Exod. 19:21), and (VIII) has at times also carried it out (1 Sam. 6:19).
§12. Second Practical Use: Exhorting to Modesty
The second practical exercise exhorts us to cultivate Modesty, when we occupy ourselves concerning the Being and the essential Attributes of God. This modesty is exercised in these particular respects: (1) that we do not gird ourselves to the contemplation of them, except after first having implored the divine guidance and enlightenment (Eccl. 5:1; 2 Cor. 4:6), after the example of David (Ps. 119:18); (2) that we occupy ourselves therein, too, only with a godly fear and anxiety, because it is dangerous even to speak truths concerning God — happily as Abraham occupied Himself concerning God (Gen. 18:27); (3) that we also pronounce no judgment here, except after first having consulted the divine pronouncements (Exod. 3:13-14): "If they shall say, What is His name, what shall I answer?"; (4) always acknowledging the blindness and ignorance of our understanding (Prov. 30:3-4); and thus (5) as with shoes removed (Exod. 3:5-6), and with a covered face, after the example of the Angels themselves (Isa. 6:2-3).
Such Modesty (a) God requires of those who draw near to him (Lev. 10:3). And (b) the Nature of the thing itself demands it: namely, that a man, being occupied concerning God and divine things, should submit himself to this modesty. For if Moses had to remove his shoes reverently, on account of the place in which He stood, because it was holy, how much more, then, on account of God Himself, with whom we deal? (Exod. 3:5 and 19:10-11). (c) Such modesty the judgments of God enforce, upon those who have handled divine matters with too little reverence (Exod. 19:12), upon Korah, Dathan, and Abiram (Num. 16, especially v. 35), upon Uzza (2 Sam. 6:7), upon the Beth-shemites (1 Sam. 6:19), upon Uzziah (2 Chron. 26:16-20).
Finally (6), that we may be made the more ready and prepared for such modesty, it will be useful to employ, among others, these means: (a) that we reverently compare the Majesty of the Divine Being, and of the divine Essential Perfections, with our own littleness, after the example of Abraham (Gen. 18:27); then (b) that we earnestly consider the infinite distance between God and divine things, and our own understanding: namely, "He is higher than the heavens; what canst thou do? deeper than hell; what canst thou know? longer than the earth, and broader than the sea" (Job 11:8-9). So that we may here make use of that common and well-known saying, "God is infinite, we are finite." Likewise 1 Cor. 1:23; Rom. 11:33. Then (c) let us consider how ready it is, in matters which are so far removed from our reason and understanding, to be deceived (1 Cor. 2:14), and how dangerous and harmful it also is, to stumble and err in matters of so great weight (Job 42:7). Let these things suffice, said as it were by way of Introduction, in advance.
Second Consideration: On God's Being Itself, or His Independence
The Doctrinal Part
§13. The Name Jehovah, Signifying Self-Existence
Although, from the preceding Consideration, it is now known that God is, yet the Being of God, as it is in itself, is incomprehensible — nevertheless, that God might accommodate Himself to the weakness of our understanding, as far as can be done, so that we might still comprehend something of Him, He has willed to signify this His very Being by such a name as might make His Being known to us in the most fitting and suitable way: namely, that He is ho ōn, the Being One, or to on, the Being — namely, that which is of no other, or which is absolutely the first, or wholly and entirely independent of any other prior, that is, efficient, cause, from which its being should be — whether it be a material cause, from which He should be made; or a formal cause, by which He is what He is; or also a final cause, to which He should be directed.
This name He willed to make known to Moses, who asked Him, What is thy Name — namely, thy essential Name — when He answered, Ehejeh asher Ehejeh, I will be that I will be; or, I am that I am; or, I will be that I am; or, I am that I will be. To signify that He is that one, or has such a Being, as subsists throughout all the varieties of times, just as it is in the absolutely unlimited eternity. From which He, in place of a Name to be brought to the children of Israel, ascribes to Himself this, Ehejeh, that is, I will be, namely always the same — Thou art He, Thou art the Same — where the word "the Same" is derived from the verb hayah, has been, which, among the Kabbalists, is counted among the names of God. From this He afterward calls Himself to Moses, Jehovah, and adds that this is His Name, and also His memorial-name, and thus proper to Himself, so that He wills that it be given to no other (Isa. 42:8). Of which name more fully in its place.
The sum of what has been said comes to this: God has willed to make known to Moses, that He is — namely, preeminently and by way of excellence; that He has a Being — indeed, that He alone has a Being, namely a universal one, and one of Himself; whereas all creatures have but a portion of a being, and lack the being of other creatures, and thus, with respect to them, may rather be said to have no being at all, than to have one; but that He has such a Being, from which all the being of all things is derived and depends; indeed, that He has such a Being as is of no one, and of nothing, and that it is therefore a first Being — not in this or that kind, as Adam was among men, but a Being which is absolutely unlimited.
§14. Confirmed by Scripture
This same thing John declaratively makes known (Rev. 1:8): "I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end, says the Lord (Jehovah), which is, and which was, and which is to come." One may add also ch. 21:6, "the beginning and the end," and moreover ch. 22:13, "the first and the last." The same thing Isaiah had already said before (ch. 44:6): "Thus says Jehovah... I am the first, and I am the last; and beside me there is no God"; and ch. 41:4. Compare Prov. 8:22-23; Ps. 90:2.
§15. Confirmed by Two Reasons
Nor are reasons lacking here either. For, first, that God is a Being of Himself, a Being through His own Being, and an absolutely unlimited first Being, is rather presupposed by sound Philosophy, than demonstrated by it. For, it being granted — which is evident to every eye — that there is a certain subordination of things, and that these, with respect to their being, depend one upon another; and it being moreover granted — which is likewise conceded by all — that such a subordination of dependent things cannot be extended to infinity, because otherwise there would come to be no one thing at all, since that infinite number of preceding causes, never being complete or perfect, would exclude the existence of a proximate cause, on which the existence of the thing sought depends; further, it standing fast that nothing is a cause of itself, since this clearly implies a contradiction — because it amounts to saying that one and the same thing is, at once, existent (insofar as it produces) and non-existent (insofar as it is produced); finally, it being granted that creatures, by a circle among themselves, could not be the causes of their own existence — because this circularity too involves that same contradiction which we have just now pointed out — there can, therefore, remain absolutely nothing else, than that there is a certain Being of Himself, through a certain essence which is absolutely and unconditionally the first, which has produced all things, but is by no means produced by itself: that this Being, then, is God, we take as a matter commonly known and acknowledged.
§16. That All the Divine Attributes Are Grounded in This Self-Existence
Then, second, that we can, in the most fitting way, think and understand the Being of God under this name, can appear from this: because, on the one hand, it is an accepted truth, that that is most fittingly called the Being of a thing, in which all its properties are grounded, and from which they take their origin, as from their first source; and on the other hand, that all the Attributes of God are grounded in this His being-of-Himself, independence, and firstness — which can appear in this way, by an enumeration:
(1) His Unity; for that which is absolutely a first Being cannot be other than one: for if more such Beings were conceived, then none of them would be absolutely and unconditionally a first Being, since no other Being would precede it, to distinguish which is first.
(2) His Unchangeableness; for if He were to be changed, He would have to be changed by something else, and that other thing would, without doubt, have to be prior to that which is absolutely and unconditionally the first — which is a contradiction.
(3) Infinity: for whatever is bounded is bounded by something else — for nothing bounds itself or limits its own perfection — and that other thing would surely have to exist prior to that which is absolutely and unboundedly first. (4) Simplicity: for whatever is composite is likewise composed by something else, which is prior to it. (5) Life: for since life includes nothing imperfect in its concept, it can apply to nothing but that which is simple of itself, and to which, therefore, this perfection cannot be denied by any other. By the same reasoning, (6) Understanding: because, as all acknowledge, it is more perfect to understand than not to understand. And also (7) Will: because to act from a prior free choice — which all grant — is more perfect than to act of necessity through nature alone. Likewise (8) Omnipotence: for whoever acknowledges no one prior to Himself can have His power curtailed or limited by none. You will easily be able to show like things (9) concerning the powers and perfections of the will, namely wisdom, goodness, grace, holiness, and others besides — which, since they unquestionably declare an absolute perfection, cannot be excluded from a Being that is absolutely first; for if they were excluded from it, they would have to be excluded in favor of something else, which would then have to be prior to that which is absolutely first.
Now, in order that we may grasp the sense and meaning of this topic all the better, one must observe: (1) that by the word Being we mean nothing other than what Scripture makes known to us by the terms "Godhead," Col. 2:9; "Divinity," Rom. 1:20; "Nature," Gal. 4:8; "the form of God," Phil. 2:6 — so that we do not use the word Being of God irreverently, still less impiously, as certain opponents of the Holy Trinity, out of hatred toward it, slanderously allege. (2) That God, by His Being, is not simply ὢν, "being" or "existing," but ὁ ὢν, "He who is," who exists, who is, by way of eminence. That is, not merely nominally — as also that is called a being which is not actually present — but also really, so that thereby is understood a Being which is in fact actually present. Under this proviso, however, that this not be conceived compositely, as though it were something composed of the Being and of the presence; but abstractly, so that the presence is the very same as the Being. And hence we say that God is a Being through His Being; or, what is the same, that His presence is from and out of His Being — since we cannot conceive of a most perfect Being which would not be in being. And (3) by such a Being we mean nothing other than that God is a Being of Himself — in no way positively, as if God were the producing cause of Himself or of His Being, since this involves a most manifest contradiction, as we have said and shall say again — but only negatively, insofar as He has not been brought forth by any other. And to this we add (4), that He is a first Being through His Being — not merely within His own genus and species, in which sense in every kind there is a certain first, as, for example, Adam within the human race or kind; but absolutely unbounded within every genus and kind. And this in such a way that He excludes not only that which would have existed before Him, but also that which would exist at the same time as Him. He is the first, but without beginning; as He is the last, yet without end: namely, a most absolute, eternal Being — a first Being, in a comparative, or rather a transcending, sense in relation to all creatures, whatever they may be. Nor only in priority of nature, in which sense those things which coexist in time may nonetheless be prior and posterior to one another — as, for example, the sun and the sun's rays — but also with respect to time itself, each in its own way, yet so that nothing coexists with God from eternity; and, to say it in one word, by a priority which excludes not only anything that might have existed beforehand, but also anything that might have existed at the same time — for which reason not only Infinity in general, but also Eternity, is among the incommunicable attributes of God. And in this sense, finally, (5) God is said simply to be of Himself, in that He is absolutely, wholly, and in every way without any cause outside Himself — whether an efficient cause, which would have produced Him; or a material cause, out of which He would consist; or a formal cause, through which He would be what He is; or also a final cause, for the sake of which He would exist and subsist — as we have already noted above. Therefore God is, through His Being, in every way independent, both as to His existence and as to His workings. And (6) if, beyond what has been said concerning the Being of God, you should wish something more distinctive, you could say that He is a Spirit living of Himself. For, that I may speak with Ames, the concept of God must formally be a "whatness" (quidditativus), being the ultimate ground perfecting His nature, as it were in a most perfect kind of Being; and this because we have no more perfect concept of God than that He is a Spirit living of and from Himself. Ames. Medull. Lib. I. c. 4. §33. However, these matters shall be taken up again, each in its own place.
The Polemical Part
The question is, first: whether we use the word "Being," of God, with sufficient precision? The Remonstrant Apologists, secretly Socinianizing, in order that, through hidden tunnels, they might overturn the mystery of the Trinity — whereby one single Being and three Persons are posited in God — wish to maintain that the word Being is not used of God with sufficient precision. The Reformed teach that this word belongs to God most properly of all, indeed by way of eminence above all other terms. Because (1) there is expressly ascribed to God תושיה, Tushiah, which signifies a being, from יש, Yesh, that is, "He is," Prov. 8:14. (2) Because there are words of like meaning to that word used of God in Holy Scripture, as θειότης, Divinity, Rom. 1:20; θεότης, Godhead, Col. 2:9; θεία φύσις, the divine nature, Gal. 4:8. (3) Because He calls Himself אהיה, Ehejeh, that is, "I will be," and יהוה, Jehovah — names which surely include a "being" — as also does the name ὁ ὢν, "He who is," Rev. 1:4, 8. Finally, (4) if a being does not properly and precisely belong to God, then He also is not — which tends toward atheism. Let me add (5): if a being does not properly belong to God, then it also cannot rightly be said that God is one in Being and three in Persons. These things being established, they will not now dare to maintain, but will rather twist it around, that this word is not found in Holy Scripture. And even if the word were nowhere found there, while the substance of the matter remains — what then? If they say that God is ὑπερούσιος, above being, we shall indeed grant this, in order and relation to the creatures, whose being He, by His Being, infinitely surpasses; but this does not take a Being away from Him — no, rather it confirms it all the more, for which reason many do not hesitate to call Him οὐσίαν ὑπερούσιον, a being above being.
The question is, second: whether the Divine Being consists in a bare and mere thought? Descartes and his followers — since he posited only a twofold kind of substance, upon which he built his whole philosophy, namely Thought and Extension; and since he could not bring the Divine Being under Extension — held that it is thought itself. The Reformed, though they willingly grant that there is thought, indeed thoughts, in God, and also allow that these are absolutely the same as the Divine Being (since, according to the utter simplicity of God, they acknowledge nothing that differs from the Divine Being), nevertheless deny that the Divine Being is a bare, mere thought or thinking. And accordingly they say that God's thinking must be considered under a twofold sense, namely identico & formali, that is, under an identical and a formal sense, as the Schoolmen expressly speak. Under the identical sense they hold that all the Divine Perfections are equally the very Being of God — thus, for example, that even Reprobation is the Being of God; but that in the formal sense, whereby the Being of God is accommodated to our understanding, thought is then something different from God's Being, just as Reprobation likewise is; that therefore it must not be said that the Being of God is a thought or thinking, but rather that thought or thinking is a certain act of the Divine Being. The reasons of the Reformed are these: (1) Because God, who knows His own Being best, neither in our text — where He expressly sets Himself to reveal Himself to Moses and to the Israelites by essential names — nor anywhere else in the whole of Holy Scripture calls Himself a thought or thinking, or says that His Being consists in a thought or thinking. (2) Because, since God ascribes to Himself many thoughts, and thereby distinguishes His thoughts from His Being more than abundantly clearly, Isa. 55:8-9, Ps. 92:6, and 139:17, Jer. 51:11-12, 29, Mic. 4:12, and elsewhere — namely, distinguishing Himself as the Doer from His doing, so that we might understand that, although on His side the doer and the deed, the thinking one and the thought, are absolutely one and the same, yet He and His Being are by no means that which we understand when we conceive of mere thinking alone. And also (3) we would in this way be able to have an absolutely positive concept of the Divine Being, inasmuch as thought or thinking gives us such a concept — something which we, in our preceding topic, expressly and at length refuted and rejected. Let me add (4), that on this view the Being of God and of the creatures would be one and the same, insofar as the Being of God, and of the Angels, and of rational souls, would agree in this: that both the one and the other would be nothing else than a bare and mere thought or thinking — which has, until now, always been harsh, indeed cruel, to Reformed ears.
The root error of this novelty, unheard of before Descartes, is that Descartes, in his grandiloquent doubt — whether still stuck fast in it, or working himself free of it — found (1) that he thought, and also that he was extended; from which he concluded (2) that his soul consisted in thinking, and indeed in thinking alone, and the body in extension alone; and not only that, but (3) that all substances are either thought and thinking, or extension; and therefore (4), since God is not an extension, that He can be nothing other than a thought, or thinking. These, namely, are the props of so great an edifice — but truly a very sandy foundation. For just as, on the first supposition — namely, that man thinks and is extended — we may embrace and accept it with both arms, so it is by no means concluded thereby, with the least reason, that the soul consists in thinking, and indeed in thinking alone, and the body in extension alone: just as it in no way follows, "man is laughing, or he laughs, therefore he consists in laughter or in laughingness." And even if this should follow, you would still by no hair's breadth be able to draw and wrest from it that every substance is either a thought or an extension; and from this follows least of all that great demand, that God, because He is not an extension, should therefore definitely be a thought, or thinking — indeed, that His whole Being should consist only in thinking.
The chief thing that could here be raised against this is: that, since God is a most simple act, thought or thinking therefore cannot be other than one and the same with the Being. However, from this it is no more concluded that the Being of God consists in bare thinking than that it consists solely in reprobation — since reprobation is likewise the same as the Being, and thinking is likewise the same as it. Although thinking, therefore, is the same in an identical sense (sensu identico), whereby all things in God are one and the same, yet they are not one in a formal sense (sensu formali), whereby the Divine Attributes are understood by us as distinct — both from the Being and from one another. Therefore, in whatever sense, for example, reprobation differs from the Divine Being, in that same sense thought or thinking also differs from it. More matters pertaining to this — should the reader wish to know them — he may compare with our Cartesian Cancer, Sect. II, Cap. 6.
The question is, third: whether God is positively of Himself? Descartes, with his followers, because he allows negative concepts to be formed of God and of divine things, is not content to say that God is of Himself negatively, insofar as He is not from anyone else; but holds, moreover, that God is of Himself, rather most positively, insofar as He, by virtue of an infinite and incomprehensible power, through a most perfect causation, has from eternity been, for Himself, a cause of His existing — because He willed to be, and to be that which He is, as that wherein His special and singular perfection consists. By this "Self-fromness," the absolute Self-existence of God is thus rendered virtually powerless. For in this way, first of all, various things would have to be conceived in God: His immeasurable Omnipotence and All-sufficiency, as the cause; His eternal willing, as a most perfect causation; His Being, presence, and attributes, as the thing caused: then further, of that immeasurable and infinite Omnipotence, which through a most perfect causation is the cause of God and of all His Perfections, one of two things must be settled — that that power either is not positively of itself, and is thus deprived of that excellent perfection (which they will not say), or that it is positively of itself. Now I ask: let them tell us what the cause is, through which that immeasurable power is of itself positively, or, by way of perfection, is itself of itself? If they cannot show this — as indeed they cannot — then one must certainly hold that that immeasurable power is of itself only negatively, and is therefore deprived of a positive self-existence, and that thus, to this extent, the absolute self-existence (aseitas) of God is altogether broken down. To this I shall (2) not even add, that to be a cause of oneself involves a most manifest contradiction, as we taught above, §XV. But also (3), that if the immeasurable power of God is understood as the cause of God — that is, of His Being and of His Divine Perfections — then in this way the power of God must be understood as prior (if not in time, at least in nature) to the Being, since every cause is, by nature, prior to its effect. Nor will I (4) add this: if self-existence (which our opponents acknowledge) is the highest and chief perfection of God, and is therefore to be placed first, because from it the remaining perfections would flow — how then can a certain cause be assigned to it? Nor, finally (5), that if God is therefore positively of Himself, or a cause of Himself, because He has from eternity willed to be, and to be that which He is — then will not the will of God be the cause of God, of His Being, Presence, and Divine Perfections? Could we then use of the Creator what John says of the creatures: "for thy pleasure they are and were created," Rev. 4:11? But what then, finally, will be the cause of His will, whereby He would be positively of Himself?
If they say: (1) that self-existence is nonetheless a certain perfection of God, indeed the first and chief one, which therefore could not consist in something merely and purely negative — I shall answer: (a) that even the negative attributes of God include, in their material concept, besides a denial of imperfection, the assertion of the highest perfection. Thus, for example, Immutability and Infinity — in exactly the same way self-existence includes All-sufficiency, and self-sufficiency, as an entirely and most positively asserted perfection, although God is not thereby positively of Himself. Indeed, (b) to have a cause of oneself signifies no perfection at all, but rather an imperfection. If they say (2) that it is ascribed to the Father that He has life in Himself, John 5:26 — the answer is easy and ready: (a) it does not say that He has life of Himself, which is our point of difference; but in Himself, which differs immensely. Nor does it say (b) that God has life of Himself positively; but simply. Likewise it does not say (c) that God has His being of Himself, which is our point of difference; but life, insofar namely as, in a formal sense, it is distinguished from the Being. If they say (3) that God has nonetheless from eternity willed to be, and to be that which He is — I shall say, on the contrary, that it by no means follows from this that the willing of God is the beginning, or the cause, of His Being, Presence, and Attributes: since God is, and is such, by His nature, but not by His will, insofar as that, in a formal sense, is understood as distinct from the will; although He can, in a conjoined sense — insofar as it is not forced — be said to be voluntary.
The Practical Part
First Use, of Comfort. What, then, might the use of this observation and remark concerning the Being of God be? First, a use of comfort in all manner of adversities. For since not all, but at least most, of the grief and anxiety of the mind arises from this, that we do not have, nor are, that which we would well wish to have and to be — according to what is said of Rachel: "Rachel weeping for her children... because they are not," Matt. 2:18 — from where, then, could a more powerful comfort come to us than from Him who, by His Being and by way of eminence, is? And so, if we (1) do not have the goods of fortune — (a) so that our dearest friends are not, but have perished and been lost, as befell Job, ch. 1:19, Rachel, Matt. 2:18, Naomi, Ruth 1:3; (b) or that our treasures and riches, which are necessary for the needs of our life, are not, as is seen in Lazarus, Luke 16:20-21; (c) that we do not have honors, which adorn our life, so that we are the offscouring of the world, 1 Cor. 4:13 — if we (2) do not have the goods of the body: if we (a) do not have health, so that there is nothing sound in us from the crown of the head to the sole of the foot, Isa. 1:6 and 53:3, so that our flesh and our heart fail, Ps. 73:26, after the example of Job, Lazarus, and others; (b) if we do not have breadth and rest, 2 Cor. 6:4-5, but rather our tormentors and persecutors press hard upon us, as upon the Israelites, Exod. 1:14 and 3:7 — if we do not have (3) the goods of the soul: if we do not have (A), for example, faith, hope, love, Mark 9:23; if we (B) do not have the needed wisdom, James 1:5; if we (C) do not have spiritual light, so that we walk in the darkness of spiritual desertions, Isa. 50:10, Ps. 77:3, 8, 9, 10; if we (D) have and are nothing of all that which we would well wish to have and to be, and about which we are troubled and anxious that we do not have it or are it — what, then, can more powerfully lift us up than to consider, first, that God is through His Being, with which ground God lifts up the Israelites in the text, and Asaph lifts up himself, Ps. 73:25-26: "My flesh and my heart faileth," etc., "so art thou," etc. Second, that God is, by way of eminence, all being. That He is (a) all-knowing, who most perfectly knows what His own lack, or what they lack, Rev. 2:2. That He is (b) almighty, in whose hand is power and might, 2 Chron. 20:6, so that He can help, if He wills, Matt. 8:2. That He is (c) supremely good, gracious, and merciful, Exod. 34:6, who indeed is willing, Matt. 8:3, indeed who does not will to forsake His own, Heb. 13:5. Indeed, that He (d) is the most all-sufficient, Gen. 17:1, a sun and a shield, Ps. 84:12. Third, that God is not only for Himself, but also for us — and not only Being by way of eminence, but also the Author, or Cause, of being, as Him in whom we live, and move, and have our being, Acts 17:25, 28; from whom we are whatever we are, 1 Cor. 15:10; and in whom we can be whatever we must or wish to be, as Him who is for us all in all, 1 Cor. 15:28, and in whom we can be made perfect, Col. 2:10. Fourth, that He, through His Being, is a Being of Himself, absolutely independent, whose help does not depend upon any creatures, even if they be unwilling, or upon any instruments, 1 Sam. 14:6. Finally, fifth, that He, through His Being, is an absolutely first Being, who therefore, if we have not till now been something, can nevertheless be so hereafter — as He promises the Israelites: "I will be to you what I am." Now all these grounds of comfort can be nothing other than that from them there must spring up for us all comforts, in all our miseries, if only we do this one thing: that we make the Covenant with Him, Gen. 17:1-2, through which He becomes our God, Jer. 31:33 — so that Moses too might proclaim to us what he proclaims to the Israelites in the text: "the God of your fathers," etc.; indeed, your God.
The second use could be a use of Reproof, against all those who (1) openly would wish that Being and Presence were taken away from God, Ps. 14:1 and 10:4. Those (2) who, at least declaratively, so to speak, undo the self-existence and independence of the Divine Being, when they make the grace of God, in the matter of Predestination, dependent upon man's free will, upon faith and unbelief, or also upon foreseen good works — and who thus, on the one hand, rob God of His entire independence, and on the other hand attribute independence to man and to his free will, mingling heaven with earth. Indeed (3), those who at least practically nibble away God's independence, when they make His help depend upon means — whether through utter despair, 2 Kings 7:2, or through any kind of mistrust, Num. 11:21-23, John 11:21 and 4:49. Those (4) who set bounds and limits to God, Ps. 78:41, prescribing to Him, as it were, the time, the manner, the persons, and the means, thereby curtailing, as it were, the independence of His rule. Those (5) who, through ungodly wrangling, dispute with God, and thus themselves aspire to independence, after the example of Pharaoh, Exod. 5:1, and of the wicked, Job 21:14. Those (6) who do not rest in the decrees, counsels, and workings of God, Rom. 9:20, Matt. 20:12-16, compare Jer. 18:6. Thus, then, all these — although in various ways and various degrees — overturn the Being of God, which consists precisely in self-existence and utter independence, and thus they are Atheists, or at least have a share in atheism. But those who would wish that God — whom they would rather were not, or were not such as He is — will nonetheless be, whatever they cavil against it; and indeed, He will be for them exactly such as they would not wish Him to be. He will be for them a strict Judge; He will be a consuming fire; He will be a lion, and a bear robbed of her whelps. And He will be for them exactly such as He generally threatens through the Prophets that He will be, Jer. 16:21, compare with ch. 2:19. Indeed, such as the atheist Pharaoh once experienced Him to be, Exod. 5:2, compare with ch. 14:28; and so all who are like Pharaoh will without doubt experience Him — whether here, or hereafter, or both here and hereafter.
The third use can be a use of Exhortation, urging us to the practice and exercise of proper regard for the Being of God and its Independence: to know it (for to this end God reveals Himself to Moses and to the Israelites, as also elsewhere, in the passages noted above in §XIV), so as to make use of it: (1) for the glorifying of God, according to His own command, Isa. 42:8, likewise after the example of God Himself, when He, to this end, generally describes Himself — not only as saying, "I am Jehovah, I am," but also as Him "who is, who was, who is to come": the Alpha and the Omega, the first and the last. The passages we have set forth in §XIV. Namely, that from this we might acknowledge, extol, and glorify the glory of Him who is — that is, a Being by way of eminence, indeed the only one who is such. (2) For the humbling of ourselves, because the Divine Being — which indeed belongs properly to God — consists in this, that He Is; and consequently that we, as it were, are not, and therefore are nothing, Ps. 39:6, 12. Indeed, every man is vanity. Likewise Isa. 40:17: "All nations are as nothing before Him, or with Him, and are counted by Him as less than nothing, and vanity" — namely, as a drop from a bucket, and as dust on the scale, there, v. 15 — dust and ashes, Gen. 18:27. Let us therefore, proportionately, as it were, annihilate ourselves before Him, ἐξουθενοῦντες, making ourselves as nothing, as the Greeks expressly say: "Let us be nothing in the world," 1 Cor. 1:28. Likewise ch. 3:7. So then God shall finally be for us all in all, there, ch. 15:28. Thus by the grace of God we shall be what we are, there, v. 10. Further, (3) for the denial of ourselves, of our will, of our strength and deeds, after the example of the Savior, Matt. 26:39: "Not my will, but thine be done"; according to the admonition of James, ch. 4:13, 15; indeed also according to the wish of our daily prayer, Matt. 6:10 — always mindful that He alone is independent, and also the first Mover of all things. (4) To set our trust in Him alone, Jer. 17:5, 7, as Him who, because He, through His Being, according to His will and good pleasure, can call the things that are not as though they were, Rom. 4:17, and out of darkness itself call forth light, 2 Cor. 4:6. Wherefore it will help very much if we add that He is a Being (a) living and life-giving, in whom we live, Acts 17:28; (b) understanding and knowing, who knows and is aware of all our needs, Rev. 2:2; (c) willing, who does not will to forsake us, Heb. 13:5; (d) merciful and gracious, in that by His nature He is inclined to come to the help of the miserable, Exod. 34:6; (e) almighty, in that He can moreover do above all that we think or desire, Eph. 3:20; (f) unchangeable in His love and promises, always the same, because He will be what He is; (g) of Himself, independent, free from every hindrance and obstacle. Finally, (5) to receive and accept the word of God and of His ministers. To this end Moses, in the text, is furnished with these credentials, as it were: "Go to the children of Israel, and say, I AM hath sent me unto you." To this points the usual prophetic saying, כה אמר, "thus says the LORD"; likewise, דבר יהוה, "the word of the LORD." If, then, we finally do not strive to know God in His Being, in this or a like manner: (1) we shall deny with our deeds all that we have confessed with our mouths, Tit. 1:16 — thus, in effect, in the manner of the Atheists, Ps. 14:1. Indeed (2), all our knowledge of the Divine Being, however great it may be, and however powerful it may seem, will be vain and useless to us, since to it the loving and cherishing knowledge of God will never correspond, Matt. 7:23. Indeed (3), not only fruitless and vain, but moreover harmful, since God, by sending punishments, will make us experience, beyond all else that is certain, that He is in fact not a Rewarder, but a Requirer of debt — as appears in Pharaoh and in others. These five duties, which we have, for brevity's sake, gathered into a single exhortatory use, can each be set forth separately, as the matter requires, as distinct uses, expanded, and furnished with their own motives and means.
Chapter IV: On the Names of God
On Exodus 3:15.
"The LORD, the God of your fathers, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, hath sent me unto you: this is my name for ever, and this is my memorial unto all generations."
Transition, from the Being to the Names of God. Now that the two aids — namely, the Names and the Attributes — by which the Being of God, in the preceding chapter, has been made known to us, as though somewhat adumbrated, we take up the first, concerning the Names, in this chapter, following the lead of God Himself, when He, about to make Himself known to the Israelites through His messenger, uses these names: אהיה, Ehejeh; יהוה, Jehovah; אלהים, Elohim (God, the God of the Oath); and thereupon adds: "This is my name for ever, and this is my memorial" — namely, by which I am to be made known to them.
The Explanatory Part
God, in the words of the text — intending to bring credibility to Himself, and authority and dignity both to the Sender and to the Embassy — gives, as it were, into His own hand, as an instrument of embassy, otherwise called credentials, the declaration of His Names and titles, to be delivered in and before the presence of the Israelites; wherein two things occur: (I) An instructive commission, whereby, in order that the credibility and authority, both of the sender and of the one sent, and of the embassy, might carry the more weight with the Israelites, the sending God describes Himself (1) by three names.
A. By His essential Name, יהוה, Jehovah, the LORD — as one who, being of Himself, is therefore most perfect; who is also faithful, unable to be deceived, nor Himself to deceive; steadfast and almighty, able both to make promises and to fulfill them. More on this hereafter.
B. By His Personal Name, אלהים, Elohim, God — consisting in those Persons, of whom each is God, otherwise in three witnesses, immovable, faithful — so that they should have absolutely nothing whereby to doubt the credibility and authority of the embassy. Of which likewise more at large hereafter.
C. By His Covenant Name, the God of your Fathers, and thus also your God. Namely, by virtue of the Covenant of Grace, wherein He, as great and as all-sufficient as He is, has promised and pledged Himself to them and to you: "I will be your God, and the God of your seed." Namely and in particular (a) The God of Abraham, the most renowned of the Patriarchs — concerning which Covenant one may see Gen. 17:7-8. (b) The God of Isaac, Gen. 46 and 32:9. (c) The God of Jacob, Exod. 3:6. Which God, therefore, just as He has never in His covenant deceived, so also He will not deceive hereafter.
(2) Then the Sending: "He has sent me unto you." Here occur: a. The Sending, "He has sent me" — that is, He has furnished me with His authority and dignity. b. The one sent, "me" — whom you know to be an Israelite, and therefore your brother, raised at the court of your king, and, for your sake, because I slew an Egyptian as a token of the coming deliverance, sent into exile. c. The object of the sending, "unto you" — you who are at present so greatly oppressed and pressed hard by your king Pharaoh, and who sigh out of the distress of your bondage unto your God.
(II) A commendation of the Name — and indeed most of all of God's essential Name. This includes (1) the property of the Name: "This is my name for ever." Namely, that essential Name whereby I shall be named, acknowledged, and distinguished from all others: my Name — that is, my own, my particular Name, which can and may be communicated to no one, Isa. 42:8. And this for the ages, forever, through all the generations, to the end of the world, indeed unto all eternity. The Hebrew words of the text, le-olam and le-alam, are rendered by the Jewish teachers so as to conceal it, because they suppose that the pronouncing of that name is forbidden, and must therefore be kept hidden. (2) The use: "this is my memorial," Ps. 135:13, and 102:13, 111:6. By means of which I will preserve the remembrance of myself, and of my independence, eternity, steadfastness, and faithfulness, through all the ages, so that I may be known, loved, served, etc.
The Doctrinal Part
From this it appears, then, that the Nature of God is made known to us out of and through His Names. For God, in the text, appropriates to Himself the names Jehovah, Elohim, the God of your Fathers — and adds thereto, "this is my name, this is my memorial," namely, by which I shall be known, acknowledged, and distinguished, and by which I shall come into remembrance among men. To this the following passages point: Exod. 6:2, "By my name JEHOVAH was I not known to them"; likewise, "he shall bear my Name" (that is, he shall make you known by my Name) "before the Gentiles," Acts 9:15; "This is my name; and my glory" — namely, the honor and glory of this Name — "will I not give to another," Isa. 42:8. Since this in particular is the nature of names (whence the Latin word Nomen, a name, as though one said novimen or notamen, that is, a distinguishing mark, or token), that it leads us, as it were, into the knowledge of the things named. Nor is it of great moment to confirm this at length with arguments. For since those things lead to the knowledge of a matter which: (1) make known its essence; (2) distinguish it from others; (3) display and disclose its qualities and properties — it cannot be that the Names of God should not bring us to the knowledge of Him: since they (a) show forth His Being, as אהיה, "I will be," ἐγὼ εἰμι ὁ ὢν, "He who is," etc.; since they (b) distinguish Him not only from the false gods, but also from every kind of creature — in which sense the Greeks derive the word ὄνομα, a name, from νέμω, "I distribute, I distinguish"; since they (c) make known and reveal His properties and qualities — which is said more fittingly and more precisely of the Names of God than of any other kind of names, because they were given, not by inexperienced men, but by God Himself, the all-wise, who alone knows Himself perfectly, and this not rashly and in vain, but by a most deliberate counsel.
Let us, then, begin directly with the observation itself of the Divine Names, taking first that which is more general, and then that which is more particular. As to the first, a question first presents itself to us: whether a Name properly belongs and applies to God? This has of old been denied by Philo, De Vita Mosis; Justin, in the Paraenesis ad Graecos; R. Hakkadosh, in Galatinus (De Arcanis Catholicae Veritatis, Lib. 2, Cap. 10); and others — chiefly for this reason, that the Being of God is incomprehensible to us, and therefore also cannot be shown and represented by any name. Scripture, too, seems to deny a name to God, Prov. 30:4, Gen. 32:29, Judg. 13:18. And one must indeed altogether deny it, together with Scripture, if by a name one means a perfect representation of a thing. Since God in particular, being a most singular Being, is by His nature and infinity utterly distinguished from every other being, He has no need of a distinguishing Name — whether one means by this a common, appellative name, which distinguishes the species within one and the same genus from one another, or a proper name, whereby particular persons and things, within one and the same species, are distinguished from one another. Nevertheless, in order that He might be distinguished not only from the Creatures, but also from the Idols, and also that He might be more perfectly known to us, God generally ascribes to Himself a Name, indeed Names.
Then, in the second place, there comes before us the question of what the Names, in speaking of God, are meant to convey. Namely, the Name of God very often signifies, in the Holy Scriptures, (1) God Himself, Ps. 5:12 and 7:18, 1 Kings 5:5, Isa. 12:4, Joel 2:32. Sometimes (2) everything that is divine, or that regards and pertains to God — for example, (a) His Attributes, Exod. 15:3 and 34:14; (b) His will and commands, Deut. 18:19, 1 Sam. 17:45, Matt. 28:19; (c) His worship and confession, Mic. 4:5, Acts 21:13. And why not also (d) Christ Himself, who not only has God's Name in His inmost being, Exod. 23:21, but who also leads and brings us into and unto the knowledge of God the Father, John 5:24 and 14:9, Heb. 1:1, 3. But more properly (3) the Name of God signifies those words and names by which the Being of God, or something akin to it, is shown and represented.
Further, in the third place, of how many kinds is the Name of God? A question resolved and answered by various divisions, according as the Divine Names are said to be either Essential — such as the Names Jehovah and Θεός, God — or Personal, such as Elohim, Father, Son, Holy Spirit. Those Names which are God's Essential Names are either proper, or figurative — which (as later and lesser) apply to God either metonymically, as when He is called, for example, strength, help, light, our salvation, Ps. 18:3 and 27:1; or metaphorically, as when He is called a Shield, a Sun, Ps. 84:12, Isa. 10:17 — whether these figurative names be taken from man or from every other kind of creature. As for the proper Names, which are nonetheless also in some measure, according to a certain rule, communicable to the creatures (for there are some, such as Jehovah, that are absolutely incommunicable), the theologians note that the former apply properly to God, the latter to the creatures: that is, if you look to the thing signified, though, as regards the manner of signifying — which is borrowed from the creatures — the former looks to the creatures. Some also note, though by a rather slight conjecture, that the Names ascribed to God in almost all languages generally consist of four letters, so as to signify the threeness of the Persons within the unity of the Being. Again, the Personal Names either include within themselves the three Persons, as אלהים, Elohim; or they signify the particular Persons individually, as Father, Son, the Word, the Holy Spirit.
Thus far the consideration of the Divine Names has been more general; there now follows the more particular consideration, according to which the Names of God either display His Being, as יהוה, Jehovah, (אהיה, Ehejeh) "I will be"; or His Power, as (אל, El) "strong God," (אלהים, Elohim); or His All-sufficiency, as (שדי, Schaddai); or His Excellence and Preeminence, as (עליון, Eljon), "the Most High"; or His Sovereignty, as (אדני, Adonai), "Lord."
Among these, the first place, of the first rank, is held by the great Name יהוה, Jehovah, or, as it stands elsewhere, Jehovi, Deut. 3:24 and 9:26; from הוה, Havah, which is more in use among the Chaldeans, or from היה, Hajah, which is more in use among the Hebrews — both words meaning "to be," or "to exist," because God is of Himself, is for Himself; because He always is, always lives, is always the same, because He is unchangeable — as Drusius says, Tetragrammaton, ch. 24 — because He likewise, as it were, alone is; alone possesses all being; whereas all other things possess only some little portion of being, and are thus rather not, than are; and that, too, only for a moment, or for a momentary flow and duration, in which the past is no longer, the future is not yet, and what remains is not, save a single instant — whereas God, or the eternity of God, is an endless, and at the same time whole and perfect, possession of life, as Boethius says. From this some, in the three syllables of the Name, discern all the circles of time — the past, the present, and the future — so that (Jah) would signify the past, (Ho) the present, (Weh) the future time; or, as others have it: (Jod) the past, (He) the present, (Waw) the future. So Zanchius, De Divin. Attrib., Lib. I, Cap. 13; Fuller, Miscell. 5, Lib. II, Cap. 6. A thought which the Savior Himself also seems to have intended to express, Rev. 1:8: "Who is, and who was, and who is to come."
The Seventy, the Greek translators, generally render it by Κύριος, Lord, because that is the same as אדני, Adonai, Lord, and because He is Lord of all, since all things are from Him, and all things depend on Him: very seldom do they translate it by Θεός, God. The French, in their Bible, render it constantly by l'Éternel, the Eternal One. Something of this word seems to have flowed over to the heathen, when they called their supreme god Jovem, in the nominative Jupiter. They hold that this name is unpronounceable, and cannot nor may be pronounced; or that it cannot in fact be pronounced; or that it ought not by right to be pronounced. Whence, in reading, they always substitute for it either Adonai or Elohim — whether because it cannot be written in Greek letters, since the Greeks lack the mark of aspiration in the middle of a word. This Name is sometimes used essentially, for the whole Being, insofar as it includes the particular Persons together, Exod. 20:2, 5, 7; sometimes personally, for the Father, Ps. 110:1; for the Son, Num. 6:25, Gen. 19:24; for the Holy Spirit, Exod. 4:12, Num. 11:6 — which must, from the circumstances, and from comparison of the passages of the Old and New Testaments, be carefully and cautiously distinguished. It is also noted that all the letters that occur in this Name are "quiescent letters," as they are called; and from this it is concluded — perhaps more ingeniously than solidly — that this Name signifies not only God's deep rest, but also that, for us men, all firm and well-grounded rest must be sought in Jehovah alone; this very same thing, it is thought, was meant to be conveyed.
Now, as far as the force and emphasis of the meaning is concerned, this Name signifies (1) God's being of Himself, whereby He so exists and is through Himself that He is, moreover, before all things and for all a cause of their being and existence. (2) His height, excellence, and preeminence — in that, while by every other name a certain manner of being is signified, this Name, Jehovah, ὁ ὢν, "He who is," fixes no particular manner of being, so as to signify that God is by way of eminence. (3) His self-existence, whereby He is so alone independent, and without any external cause, that He is, for all His creatures, the fountain of their being and presence, according to Bernard, Lib. I ad Eugenium: "God is what He is" — that is, His own being of Himself, and the being of all other things: He is for Himself, He is for all — and by this He is, in a manner, one and alone. (4) His Unchangeableness, whereby He always is, never has properly been, never merely will be — or, He is what He has been, and will be what He is, always the same — not only with respect to His Being and Presence, but also with respect to His Will, His Word, and His Promises. Compare Ps. 102:27, Heb. 1:12.
Hence (5) His Eternity, because only that is, which is eternal — since, in time, past things are no more, future things are not yet, and present things pass away, ceasing to be as it were in a single instant; so that God alone, because He is eternal, and therefore without succession of time, properly is. Finally (6) His Truthfulness and Faithfulness in His Promises, insofar as, in this respect too, more surely than anything certain can be, He will be that which He is — so that, on this ground, the promises which shall be, are, in their own way, already in a sense present, to such an extent that on this account our Faith deserves to be called "the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen," Heb. 11:1. These meanings, moreover, since they apply to God alone, further prove and establish that the Name Jehovah, in every respect, belongs to God alone — our text bearing witness to this, in which God, most emphatically, calls this His Name, and also His Memorial, and thereby expressly claims it for Himself, Isa. 42:8. I say, in every respect: for whereas all the other Names of God, though properly and in themselves incommunicable, are nonetheless communicable to the creatures in an analogical sense, this Name is never read to have been communicated, either properly or analogically, except in composition, and in an inflected case. This Plato, having heard something of this Name in Egypt, seems to have acknowledged in his own way, when he teaches (in his Timaeus) that God alone properly is, but that the other things, which arise, change, and perish, more truly are not, than are. And also (in the Sophist and the Parmenides) he calls God τὸ ὄν, "the being"; and (in the Theaetetus) he says that every created thing has more of non-being than of being — as appears, for example, in man, who has only a human being, but by no means an angelic, a heavenly, or a divine being; whereas God, on the contrary, has the being of all things, at least in a more eminent way, so that He alone, to this day, deserves to be said to be. Should you desire to read and know more concerning this Name, apart from the disputed points which will come up in their place in the Refuting part, consult Drusius (in Tetragrammato), Buxtorf (Dissertatio de Nominibus Hebraicis), Gataker (Dissertatio de Nomine Tetragrammato), Fullerus (Miscellanea Sacra, Lib. II, ch. 6), Amama (Dissertatio de Nomine Jehova), Mercerus (on Gen. 2:4 and 15), Ludovicus Cappellus (Dissertatio post Arcanum Punctationes), and others.
The remaining matters, then, concerning the Name Jehovah — whether indifferent or disputed — having been reserved for their proper place, there now follows the name אלהים, Elohim. This name, according to some, derives from אל, El, whose plural אלים, Elim, would have the letters וה added to the four-letter Name, because Jehovah is Elohim; so that the force of the word would be: God, or Jehovah, are these, namely, Father, Son, and Holy Spirit — a view perhaps more ingenious than sound. According to others, it is a compound of אל, "strong," and אלה, "He has sworn," because He binds and obligates created men by His strength to His service, as it were by an oath. According to still others, simply from אלה, either because one must swear only by the Name of God, or because He has confirmed and ratified the Covenant of Grace, as it were, with an oath, Ps. 110:4, Heb. 7:20-21, compare Deut. 29:12-13. R. Nachman holds that it is equivalent to אל הם, El hem, that is, "the strength of those things," namely, which are created. Others hold that none of these accounts agree perfectly with the Hebrew derivation, and therefore maintain that to seek an etymology here is uncertain, and indeed vain and futile. It is, therefore, better derived from אלוה, Eloah, which occurs sometimes, Job 4:9 and 12:4, etc.; and, by a change of number, it is generally joined with titles of the singular number, and is used in various ways: sometimes essentially, Gen. 1:1; sometimes personally, Gen. 1:2, of a certain Person of the Holy Trinity, Ps. 45:7-8, Hos. 1:7, namely on account of ἐμπεριχώρησιν, the mutual indwelling. Why this Name generally occurs in Scripture in the plural will appear in its place, among the points of refutation. That it is a name of judgment, as Jehovah is a name of grace and mercy, is noted by the Jews — for example, Maimonides, R. Solomon Jarchi, R. David Kimchi, and the Talmudists — but for what reason does not appear. Properly the Name belongs to the Creator; but it also applies, analogically, to the creatures: to some indeed in being and truth, though in a secondary sense; to others only in appearance, or in imitation, as to the idols. The Rabbis write, in place of it, אלוקים, אלקים, or אלוריס; just as also the Chaldeans, in place of אלה, which is among the Names of God, write אלקא; and the Hebrews, in the Names יהוה and אהיה, put א in place of ה — without doubt moved to this by superstition, namely, so that, if by some mischance one book or another were profaned, a Name of God might not thereby at the same time be profaned.
Θεός, Theos, God — a Name which in the New Testament corresponds to the name Elohim — is derived either from (די, Dai) "the All-sufficient," according to Gen. 17:1; or from θέειν, theein, "to run," because the Greeks continually saw the sun and stars, as being, in a sense, the first gods of the heathen, running their course; or from θεᾶσθαι, theasthai, "to see, to behold," according to Basil, Epist. 141, because God is a Beholder, and a commanding Ruler over and of all things; or both together, from θέειν, "to run," and θεᾶσθαι, "to behold," as Dionysius holds (De Divinis Nominibus, ch. 12), because He sees through all things, and, as it were, runs about all things with a wondrous Providence; or from αἴθειν, aithein, "to burn," because He, as it were, burns evildoers by His wrath — unless you would rather, with Damascene, combine these Greek etymologies together (De Orthodoxa Fide, Lib. 1, ch. 11); it matters little, provided one does not hold, with the Socinians, that it is a name of office, or merely a common name — of which more in the Refuting part.
The Name אל, El, is said to derive from איל, Ejal, "strength." Franciscus Junius accordingly generally renders it "strong God." And, on account of a play of words with אלים, Elim, the idols of the heathen are sometimes called אלילים, Elilim — deriving either from אלל, Alal, whence אליל, Alil, which means something empty, useless, that is nothing, to which Paul alludes, 1 Cor. 8:4; or by composition, אל אלים, "not-gods" ("dung-gods"), although they put forward, or rather feign falsely, the name of God; or from אלה, "to curse," because they are things to be cursed. The Name שדי, Schaddai, derives either from שדד, Schadad, "to lay waste," because God, as He is the Creator, so also can lay waste all things; or from שד, Schad, "a breast," because He, as it were, with and from His breasts, nourishes and cherishes all things — for which reason Diana was called by the Greeks the many-breasted goddess; or from the chief prefixed letter ש, (sch) which, joined to (די, dai) "sufficient," signifies Him who, by way of eminence, is sufficient for Himself and for all things. The Name אהיה, Ehejeh, and יה, Jah, are of the same origin as יהוה, Jehovah, and likewise of the same force, except that some would rather derive the latter Name from יאה, Jaäh, which signifies beauty and fitness: better, in my judgment, it is reckoned to be an abbreviation of the four-lettered Name יהוה, Jehovah, arising from its very rapid pronunciation, at least in common speech — although in the High-priestly Blessing they pronounced it very distinctly. The Name אדני, Adonai, of a plural form, whose singular form occurs Dan. 10:17 and elsewhere, perhaps with the suffix of the first person plural — unless you would rather recognize an irregular ending — at least with the vowel kametz, or long a, as that vowel is regularly placed, in reading, under the proper Names of God, at the Name Jehovah; unless that kametz, or long a, is, for a grammatical reason — for example, in Soph Pasuk, that is, at the end of a verse — in place of a patach, or short a, for then it retains the common meaning. By this name is expressed God's most absolute and unlimited Sovereignty. The Name צבאות, Tsebaoth, is generally joined to the Names Jehovah and Elohim, and signifies that God uses all things, as His hosts, according to His good pleasure. עליון, Eljon, "the Exalted One," "the Most High" — one would rather say that this is a title than a Name of God, expressing His Majesty.
The Polemical Part
In the refuting exercises, there again comes before us, first of all, the Name Jehovah, and concerning it, matters both indifferent and disputable, as well as matters to be refuted. Among the indifferent and disputable matters is the reading, or the pronunciation, of that Name — in respect of which it is held, not only by the Jewish teachers, but also by some Christians, to be unnameable and unpronounceable. Eusebius, Lib. I, De Praeparatione Evangelica, ch. 8. For which reason they, in reading, always substitute the Name Adonai — or, if that had immediately been joined with this Name, the Name Elohim instead.
The question is: (2) Whether the Name Jehovah is a wonder-working Name? Just as the Papists, not content with having, out of superstition, ascribed far too much to the Name Jesus, ascribe to it, moreover, a power to work miracles, to drive out devils, to heal sicknesses, and other things besides — so also the Jews maintain, without doubt with this aim: that, in order the more strongly to deny the Divinity of Christ, which we defend on the ground of His miracles, He did not perform those miracles by any Divine power, but that, by the power of this Name, which He had secretly stolen by theft from the Holy of Holies, He performed all His miracles. Namely, by Shem Hamephorash (as they call it), which we suppose, following the opinion of Maimonides, Moreh Nebuchim, Part I, ch. 62, to have been that very same Name Jehovah — although others hold otherwise. This fable Luther, and rightly so, wittily mocks and derides, in his Schem Hammephorasch. The Reformed, although they embrace with both arms the truth that He who is called Jehovah is Himself wondrous, nevertheless deny that this should be transferred to the Name itself: because (1) Holy Scripture nowhere has this, and the Jews can prove this very point by no sufficient and fitting reason. (2) Because in the forming of any sound or utterance, whatever it may be, there is no other power than a rational one, to signify the inward thoughts of the mind. (3) Because to undertake such a thing smacks of sorcery, or of the practicing Cabbala, which Holy Scripture everywhere forbids, Nah. 3:4, Deut. 18:10, Mic. 5:12.
Meanwhile the Jews put forward, on the contrary: (1) that Moses, by that Name, which he bore inscribed on his staff, performed all his miracles by the power of this Name. (ii) That he slew the Egyptian by that same Name, Exod. 2:14. And (iii) that Elisha, through the mediation of bears, slew, by this Name, the boys who cursed him, 2 Kings 2:23-24. And they add (iv) from Scripture, Ps. 44:6: "In thy name will we tread down those that rise up against us" — that is, they say, by the Shem Hamephorash. To all of which we answer: (1) The Jews, as far as the first three points mentioned are concerned, merely suppose that those miracles of Moses, Elisha, and Christ were done by the Shem Hamephorash — a thing that would have needed to be carefully proved, chiefly because Scripture knows absolutely nothing of that Name. (2) As for the passage, Ps. 44:6, the words immediately preceding it there ascribe those victories to Jehovah Himself: "through thee will we push down our enemies with horns." And the Jews are also not unacquainted with their own common saying: "He is His Name, and His Name is He."
The question is: (3) Whether the Name Jehovah belongs solely to the Most High God? There are those who will not even accept this Name as a Name of God at all, but as an invention and a fiction — a view, however, which the constant use of this Name throughout the whole of Holy Scripture most forcefully refutes. The Socinians, out of hatred against the Holy Trinity — which, this property of this Name being granted, finds in it a very powerful proof and support — deny that it belongs to God alone, but hold that it is common also to the creatures, indeed even to the idols. The Reformed indeed grant that it can happen that this Name is given to creatures in an inflected case, and in composition, and thus in a greatly diminished sense; but in the proper case, and in a simple and complete sense, they deny that this Name, according to the Scriptures, can belong to anyone other than, as they say, the Supreme God. Because (1) God in the text says that this is His Name for ever, and His memorial from generation to generation. Likewise Ps. 83:18, Exod. 15:3, Hos. 12:5. (2) Because Scripture expressly denies and refuses this Name to all others, Isa. 42:8 and 48:2. Because (3) the force and emphasis of this Name, which has been shown and explained in the section above, can belong and apply to no one else but the Most High God. (4) Because even the basic rules of Hebrew grammar allow nothing else, according to which this Name (a) is never read with the definite article, "the"; (b) never with a suffix; (c) never in the plural — all of which are proper to proper names. With which (5) the general agreement of all the Jews accords.
The Socinians, however, argue against this, and say: (1) That this Name is given to Angels, Exod. 3:2 and 19:11, compare Acts 7:53 and Gal. 3:19. The answer is: not to angels, but to an Angel — namely, to Him who is called the Angel of God's Presence, Isa. 63:9, the Angel of the Covenant, Mal. 3:1, who carries in His midst, or in His very inmost being, the name of God, that is, has God in Himself, Exod. 23:21, and who is therefore God Himself. (ii) Of the Judges, Deut. 19:17 — but this is denied: the contending parties are said to be set, or to stand, before the face of the LORD, through the face of the Priests, by whom the LORD judged and gave sentence. (iii) That this Name is given to the Ark, Num. 10:35: "Rise up, LORD, and let thine enemies be scattered." Answer: That Name is not given to the Ark, but to Jehovah, who was present by the Ark in a singular manner: for it is an invocation and an act of worship which, as the parties themselves acknowledge, belongs not to the Ark, but to Jehovah alone; also, the enemies who were to be scattered were properly not enemies of the Ark, but of Jehovah. (iv) They say that this Name is likewise given to the Altar, Exod. 17:15: "And Moses built an altar, and called the name of it Jehovah-nissi" (the LORD is my banner). Answer: He did not name the altar Jehovah, but Jehovah-nissi, that is, "Jehovah my banner," in composition — just as happens in the names Jehonathan, Jozadak, and others, in which the force of the Name Jehovah is not complete, but diminished. In this way the Reformed do not deny that it can be said of creatures, just as Gideon's Altar is also called "the LORD is peace," Judg. 6:24. (v) They object that this Name is also applied to Jerusalem, Jer. 33:16: "and this is the name wherewith she shall be called, The LORD our righteousness." Answer: It is not said that Jerusalem itself shall be so named, since, as the parties themselves confess, it was not Jerusalem, but Jehovah, that was their righteousness. But the Messiah is there so named, who was the righteousness of Israel, Jer. 23:6: "This is His name whereby He shall be called: THE LORD OUR RIGHTEOUSNESS" — for indeed Jerusalem itself was not the righteousness of Israel. Finally (vi) they say that this Name is given to idols, Exod. 32:5, Judg. 17:3. Answer: (1) Aaron does not name the idol Jehovah, but proclaims a feast unto Jehovah. Also (2), Judg. 17:3, the idol of Micah is not named Jehovah; but his mother said only that she had dedicated money unto Jehovah, in order to offer it to Jehovah therewith, namely, by means of an image. Hence, when the Jewish teachers wish to signify the invented gods of the heathen, they say, contemptuously, in place of Elohim, in the feminine gender, Elohoth.
It is asked: (4) Whether the name Elohim — which corresponds to the Greek Θεός and the Latin Deus (in Dutch, Godt) — is a Name that signifies only an Office, but not the Godhead, or the Divine Being? The Jews indeed generally hold, though without any cogent reason, that this is a name of justice and judgment, and that it is therefore communicated also, by agreement, to magistrates alone; but that otherwise, as opposed to the Name Jehovah, which is a name of grace and mercy, it, in its own force and emphasis, signifies God alone. The Jews — since they note that the name Elohim, Θεός, God, is generally given to Christ and to the Holy Spirit — in order not to be forced to acknowledge in them a Divine Being, or an eternal Godhead, hold that the words Elohim, Theos, God, do not signify the Divine Being, or the eternal Godhead, but only an Office. The Reformed do not deny that among the Names there are some, if not all and each individually, which, together with the Divine Being, also signify a certain Perfection of God — as, for example, the Name Adonai, which without doubt belongs to God, likewise also signifies His most absolute sovereignty over all created things: yet they hold no Name to be one that excludes the Divine Being. For that it can happen that Elohim, according to the opinion of the Jews, together with the Being of God, also signifies His strength, God's righteousness and judgment — or rather, from אל, "strength." The same you will find, for example, in the Name Schaddai (the All-sufficient), Eljon (the Most High), and others. Meanwhile they also deny that Elohim, together with the Being, signifies a certain Office of God. For (1) what sort of Office would that be, which Elohim, Theos, God, signifies? Then (2) all names of an office are derived from such a name as expresses the formal ground of that office — as in Latin Rex, "a king," from regendo, "from ruling"; Dominus, "a lord," from dominando, "from ruling" — but neither the Hebrew name Elohim, nor the Greek name Θεός, God, is derived from any such other name. If they urge, in support of their opinion, that this Name is also given to magistrates, Ps. 82:6, John 10:34 — it is not thereby concluded and settled that it is a name of an office; for many names are given to magistrates which are not names of an office.
It is asked: (5) Whether the Name Elohim signifies a plurality of Persons in God? The Jews — with whom the Socinians here agree in all respects, since, just as they allow only one Divine Being, so also they allow only one Person — hold, at one time, that Elohim, though of a plural grammatical form, is singular in force of meaning; at another time, that if the Name is indeed plural also in force of meaning, then it, together with the Being, also signifies God's attributes and virtues; and again, that in this Name there is a courtly manner of speech, whereby a plural word signifies a single, particular Monarch. Among the Protestants there are those who hold that this Name so forcefully indicates a plurality in God that this Name alone, joined, namely, with a word of the singular number, can, in disputation, establish the Holy Trinity — thus most of the Lutherans, and moreover some among the Reformed, for example, Zanchius, Martyr, Junius. Others, on the contrary, do not wish this argument to be pressed in disputation with the opponents of the Holy Trinity, since it seems exposed to all-too-plausible-seeming objections and evasions, while other clearer and more evident proofs for this matter are at hand. So Calvin, Mercerus, Danaeus, Drusius, and others, who nevertheless otherwise frankly and openly confessed the Trinity of Persons. I should think that here the middle way is trodden and held most safely, if we say that this argument must not be set forth and used at the beginning of disputations, as Calvin cautiously advised; nor yet that it must be altogether neglected: but that it may be added, once the Trinity has been demonstrated by and through other clearer proofs — namely, that this was without doubt, for the Holy Spirit, the reason that, although the singular forms El and Eloah were at His disposal, He nevertheless wished almost always to use Elohim, in the plural number. Meanwhile, in my judgment, there is no one among the Protestants who denies that this Name is a personal Name. For to what end (1) — since there truly are more Persons than one in God, as we shall demonstrate in its place, with God's help, by irrefutable proofs — would He not wish to signify this by a plural Name? Why should He (2), merely to signify one Person, use the plural number, when the singular of that same word is readily at hand, and is also not seldom used elsewhere, Deut. 32:17, Job 3:2, 23, and 12:4, and 36:2, Ps. 50:6, Hab. 3:2, and elsewhere? To what end (3) would He, merely to signify one Person, join with the plural Name Elohim verbs and nouns of the plural number, as for example: "let us make man," and indeed "after our image," Gen. 1:26, compare ch. 20:13, Deut. 5:26, Josh. 24:19, Jer. 10:10, Isa. 6:8? To what end are these things?
If they say, in support of the opposing view: (1) that among the Hebrews there are nouns of the plural number which have only a singular force — we readily grant this, but only when the singular form of that word is not found. If they say (2) that this occurs according to the style of a royal council, they must prove that such a style was then in use, and is in use among the Hebrews, and, granting that too, that this empty title is also used of God. If they say (3) that it is nonetheless observed, on our supposition, that this plural Name is used of a certain Divine Person, we shall answer that, in Ps. 45:6-7, this occurs through a mutual indwelling, on account of the one Divine Being, which is common to the particular Persons. If they say (4) that this same thing is also observed with respect to particular singular idols, we shall answer that this occurs καταχρηστικῶς, "abusively," and μιμητικῶς, "imitatively," because it was thus customary among the Hebrews. Similarly Judg. 11:24, Amos 5:26 with Jer. 16:20, Hos. 8:6, Ps. 96:5, and 1 Cor. 8:5, 2 Thess. 2:4 with John 17:3, 1 John 5:20 — since the Hebrews are accustomed to signify God by Elohim. If they say (5) that this occurs in order to signify the Angels together with Him, Gen. 1:26, "And Elohim (God) said, Let us make man" — will the parties, then, give God's Name and God's Glory to another, whereas God Himself sets Himself against that, Isa. 42:8? Will they, then, also make the Angels into Elohim, into Creators — a thing Jeremiah abhors, and holds in abomination, ch. 10:11? Will they, then, also say that man was created after the image of the Angels — against the whole tenor of Scripture? If, finally, they say (6) that God, precisely by this, wishes to reckon together with Himself His Attributes and Virtues, then they will be saying something which has neither example in Scripture, nor reason, nor sense. For what does it mean to say, for example: "And God said, with His Attributes, Let us make man after our image"?
The Practical Part
As for the Practical part: the consideration of the Divine Names helps, first of all, in the Knowledge of God. For, among the means by which we come to the knowledge of God, the first lies in His Names. Likewise this is the first means whereby the true God is distinguished from the creatures and from invented gods, wherein the foundation of all Religion, faith, and service of God consists, Heb. 11:6, to which Holy Scripture attributes Justification, Isa. 53:11, and eternal Life, John 17:3. For this is, according to the derivation of the Latin word Nomen, that is, a Name, the very office and duty of a Name — since that Latin word means nothing else than novimen or notamen, that is, a distinguishing mark or token, meant to make known the thing named, Exod. 6:3. For that whole multitude of so many Divine Names — of which the particular Names represent one and the same God, but each in a different way — to what purpose does it serve, but that it might produce a more distinct knowledge of the named subject? Hence there are Names which represent the Being of God — Jehovah, Jah, Chejeh; there are those which make known God's existence in three Persons, such as Elohim, Father, the Word, or the Son, the Holy Spirit; there are those which set forth God's All-sufficiency, as El Shaddai; God's Sovereignty, as Adonai; God's strength or Omnipotence, as El; God's Majesty and Excellence, as Eljon — indeed, to this end, that we might know God distinctly in these and yet more attributes besides. See the second chapter, on the Presence and Knowledge of God.
Then, in the second place, the consideration of God's Names also serves the Glorifying of God. For that gathering together of so many Names — of which each Name in particular sets forth something distinctive of God's Majesty, and the knowledge of God arising from them — to what purpose does this serve, if not that we should acknowledge in our heart, and praise with our mouth, the Majesty of God as it is thereby, piece by piece, portrayed? And what is that, finally, but to glorify Him? For if (a) a name in Holy Scripture generally signifies someone's fame, renown, esteem, and great celebrity, Gen. 11:4 and 12:2, Prov. 22:1, Mark 6:14; if (b) "men of name" are those who are renowned and celebrated on account of every kind of excellence, 1 Chron. 5:24, Gen. 6:4; if (c) "to have a name" means to be praised and proclaimed by all, Rev. 3:1, and one's name is said to be proclaimed who is most highly praised and extolled, 2 Sam. 12:28; if (d) "children of no name" are reckoned to be the obscure and ill-reputed children of the earth, Job 30:8; indeed, if (e) in particular, God's Name, not seldom, in the Sacred Records, means nothing else than an acknowledgment of God's Attributes and Perfections, Ps. 76:1, Heb. 2:12 and 13:15 — what, then, finally, do so many, and so various, Names intend, if not to raise up and stir man to this: that he should (1) in himself, in his own heart, acknowledge and highly esteem the Virtues of God, which are signified by the Names; and then (2) proclaim, praise, and extol them before others, 1 Pet. 2:9 — which are the two parts of the Glorifying of God. Of which more at large in the chapter On the Glory of God.
Further, in the third place, this consideration condemns all careless and thoughtless handling and profanation of God's Names, which are appointed for uses so precious — namely, the increase of the knowledge of God, and the Glorifying of God. Such thoughtless use and profanation (1) God expressly forbids in a certain particular commandment out of the Ten Commandments, Exod. 20:7. To which He (2) attaches an unavoidable penalty: "the LORD will not hold him guiltless." Indeed, which He (3) has also punished with death itself, Lev. 24:11, 16. Now this profanation occurs (1) with the heart, through ignorance and lack of knowledge, whereby the Name, which was given for the making known of God, is neglected; as also through forgetfulness, insofar as God's Name serves for a remembrance of Him. (2) With the mouth, and that thoughtlessly, or without a lawful cause; irreverently, without honor and awe; wickedly, by using the Name of God in blasphemy. (3) With deed and with works: for whosoever names the Name of the Lord must depart from iniquity, 2 Tim. 2:19. More matters of this kind will come before us at the third Commandment.
Finally, in the fourth place, this consideration urges us to the Hallowing of God's Name — under which is, in general, comprehended everything which can serve toward a true, right, and fitting use of the Divine Names, for example: (1) The making known and proclaiming of God's Name, Acts 9:15. (2) The invocation of it, Joel 2:32. (3) A trustful resting in it, Prov. 18:10. (4) Fear and reverence toward God's Name, Ps. 143:11. (5) A confession of God's, or of Christ's, Name, 2 Tim. 2:19, Acts 2:15. (6) The glorifying and magnifying of it, Joel 2:26, etc. Of all which Holy Scripture generally speaks, as also the theologians, on the first petition of The Lord's Prayer. Further, to draw out and set forth individually the use and practice of each particular Name of God would be far too lengthy and diffuse to accord with a concise summary of theology.
Chapter V: On the Attributes of God in General
On Exodus 33:18-23.
"Then he said, I beseech thee, shew me thy glory. And He said, I will make all my goodness pass before thee, and I will proclaim the name of the LORD before thee, etc."
The first means for knowing the Divine Being — namely, that which lies in the Names of God — we have thus far set forth; we now pass, for the present, to the second, which lies in the Divine Attributes; and we shall speak of these, first in general, and then in particular of the particular ones. For the first consideration, the text of Exod. 33:18-23 shall lay the foundation for us.
The Explanatory Part
In which is set before us the entreaty of Moses, together indeed with a gracious, but also a qualified, answer from God. From which then arise two parts: I. The request of Moses, v. 18: "I beseech thee, shew me thy glory" — "thy way." But what does this "glory" mean? Philo the Jew (De Monarchia) understands by it the ideas and powers that are in God. Tertullian, the glory of Christ's manhood, which He would afterward have shown on Tabor, Matt. 17. Jerome, Augustine, and others, God's glorious Being itself, which Moses would have desired to see with his own eyes — whether of the body, in some bodily form, or of the soul: which God Himself in the text seems to refute, by denying that His face can be seen by anyone who lives. What if, instead, we understand by it God's glorious and resplendent Attributes, by which His very Being becomes in some measure known to us? Just as the Rabbis, by the ways of God, understand His Perfections, according to the testimony of Drusius (in his Observationes), which they otherwise call Middoth, and which are, in ch. 34:5-8, abundantly enough mentioned and enumerated — which seems to be confirmed by the text, when God, in place of His Glory, sets forth His Goodness, v. 19, and His avenging Righteousness, saying, "I will be gracious to whom I will be gracious," together also with the addition of the Name Jehovah — through all of which, just as the hinder parts of God, or rather, the Being of God as seen from behind, is made known to us in some measure through His glorious Name.
The hearing granted by God, whereby He grants the request of Moses, promising him a twofold benefit; of which A. The one was visible: "I will make all my goodness pass before thy face." "All my goodness" — namely, that which is contained in all my Attributes. Moses had desired God's glory; God answers with His goodness — whether because he most of all desired to see God's goodness in God's glory; or because God's glory is chiefly manifest in God's independent goodness, Matt. 19:17; or also (which I would most gladly hold) because the face, the Glory, goodness, righteousness, mercy, and all other Attributes, are on God's side one and the same. B. The other benefit was audible: "and I will proclaim the name of Jehovah before thy face" — or, "I will, moreover, proclaim that great Name of mine, Jehovah, before thy face; that you might, thus, both from the Attributes and from that Name, in some measure see both my Glory and my Being." That very same request He, as it were, limits and qualifies by a twofold condition; of which the first regards His Goodness: "But I will be gracious to whom I will be gracious, and will shew mercy on whom I will shew mercy" — as though He said, "You shall indeed see my goodness, but not such a goodness as differs in itself from, or is contrary to, my avenging Righteousness. For, indeed, the Attributes of God are not in fact different in God, much less contradictory." The second regards the Being: "Thou canst not see my face: for there shall no man see me, and live" — where the Face of God seems to signify the Being itself, which no one has seen, nor can see, because God dwells in unapproachable light, 1 Tim. 6:16. Although we are meanwhile said, after this life, to see God face to face, namely, in contrast to the sight which occurs in a dark manner, 1 Cor. 13:12.
Finally He fulfills and grants the thing desired: 1. By showing Moses the place where he should obtain his desire: "Behold, there is a place by me, and thou shalt stand upon a rock" — of which nothing further need be said here. 2. By determining the manner both of granting and of receiving the requested benefit: "And it shall come to pass, while my glory passeth by, that I will put thee in a clift of the rock, and will cover thee with my hand while I pass by." 3. By granting the very thing desired: "And I will take away mine hand" — namely, from your eyes — "and thou shalt see my back parts: but my face shall not be seen."
The Doctrinal Part
First, that the Being of God, as it is in itself, is absolutely invisible and incomprehensible, insofar as God's Face cannot be seen. Which observation, since we have treated it at length in the second chapter of this second Book, we leave there for the present.
That, meanwhile, this Being is made known to us in some measure out of its Attributes and Perfections: insofar as God, through these, shows, as it were, His hinder parts to Moses — in His Glory, goodness, mercy, and righteousness. For this reason the Divine Attributes are generally heaped together in the Holy Scriptures, Exod. 34:5-6, Neh. 9:5, 17, Ps. 103:8, Jer. 32:17-19, 1 Tim. 1:17 and 6:15-16, etc. And also for this reason God's Attributes appear under the designation of names, both in Scripture and among the Church Fathers, as we have noted above — namely, because these Attributes, together with the names accordingly assigned to them, serve as marks and tokens of the Divine Being. This being all the more the case, since if the knowing and distinguishing of all sorts of creatures generally occurs, it will be far more the case in the knowing of the Divine Being. For if (1) every substance, down to the least, though corporeal and exposed to our senses, cannot become known to our understanding except by means of its properties — shall we not then (2) say much more of the spiritual substances, which are altogether inaccessible to our senses, that they are not known except by their properties? — of which the Angels, indeed also our own soul, are clear witnesses. Indeed (3), must one not hold this much more of an infinite substance? For how, indeed, could that be in any measure grasped by our understanding otherwise than piecemeal, under various properties, and in various unequal concepts? From all of which a threefold proof is born for the necessity of the attributes, as a means of knowing that substance, namely, that it is, both spiritual and infinite.
These Attributa, that is, ascriptions, appropriations, are so called not because they inhere, or exist alongside and cling to something, as accidents and qualities do; but because they are ascribed and given to God by us — that is, they are said of Him, that they truly belong to Him, and that they are of His Being — or, rather and better, that they are His very Being itself. Otherwise they are called properties, not insofar as they express a fourth kind among the Praedicabilia (things which can be said of something), but in that they signify the very essential ground of the Subject; and they are also called names, as we have noted before. If you wish to know the matter, they are nothing but an infinite perfection of God, insofar as this is grasped by us through various unequal concepts and conceptions. For to our formal concepts, as they are called, which in fact differ variously among themselves, there correspond, on God's side, various objective concepts, which in God express nothing other than His one infinite perfection — which, for our understanding, on account of its innate finitude and weakness, is knowable only through various operations, as it were piecemeal. Just as, when we behold the entire Horizon, though it is but one and single, we nevertheless employ various acts and operations of seeing — now turning toward the East, now toward the West, then toward the South, finally toward the North — until we have, as it were, exhausted the whole Horizon with our sight. So that this multitude of appropriations and attributes arises not so much from God's Perfection, as from our imperfection. When, namely, out of those things which we see to be in the creatures, we ascribe some to God, and deny others of Him — then we remove from the ascribed things all the imperfection which is wont to cling to them in the creatures, because in a most perfect Being no imperfection can fall; and finally, leaving in place the things now ascribed, we add to them an infinite excellence, which belongs to God by virtue of the infinity of His Being. And this, finally, is the way and manner of tracing out the Divine attributes.
In order, therefore, that we may more precisely apprehend and grasp the nature and character of the Attributes of God, we must, before all things, lay down this as a foundation: that these, all, in general, are in God nothing other than one, certain, single, most simple and most pure act, His very Being, His infinite Perfection. For (1) in an absolutely first Being there cannot fall a thing and a thing, by composition, because this would require a composer, who would have to be prior to a Being which is absolutely first. Nor can this (2) fall in an infinite Being: for if there were in it a thing and a thing, then both would have to be either infinite or finite — not infinite, because more than one infinite being involves an infinite contradiction; nor finite, because from many finite beings there cannot grow together a single infinite Being. Moreover (3), this cannot fall in an unchangeable and incorruptible Being: for where a thing is composed with a thing, there the one thing can be separated from the other thing, and the thing can thus be changed and corrupted.
This being laid down as a foundation, we shall, concerning the Nature of the Divine Attributes, most fittingly come to think, by and through these conclusions: (1) That the Attributes of God differ among themselves, but not so much on God's side, as on the side of our understanding — therefore not really, as one thing and another thing, but through reason, or through our thinking and conceiving: yet not by the reasoning reason alone, which would have no grounds by which to distinguish them; but also by the reasoned reason, which receives from God Himself the grounds for making a distinction — insofar as it observes and notes that God, by His infinite perfection, differs, as it were, in infinite ways, in His workings — as, for example, when He establishes this, but overthrows that; and since reason is assured that the former is done out of love, but the latter out of hatred, it ascribes both to God, on account of the likeness and correspondence of the thing sought, and distinguishes them also in God, at least virtualiter et eminenter, that is, in an effective and eminent manner: indeed it also expresses them by and through various descriptions, according as, of one and the same thing, various concepts and notions — or, as they say, formalities — arise for us, not on their side, but on the side of our understanding and conception. Meanwhile, (2) that all the Attributes truly belong to God. For He is not merely so by our thinking alone, but by virtue of His Nature, good, wise, righteous, etc. And they belong to Him not only in concreto, that is, in a composite manner, as attributes belong to creatures, but moreover also in abstracto, that is, in the abstract, which belongs to God alone. Compare 1 John 5:20 with 1 John 1:2; likewise 1 Tim. 6:16, Dan. 2:22 with 1 John 1:5; so also Exod. 34:5-6 with 1 John 4:8. Indeed, (3) that all the Attributes, considered as to the thing they signify, not only truly belong to God, but also per prius, that is, in a way that is prior, more excellent, and more perfect than in the creatures — insofar, namely, as the perfection of such a Divine Attribute infinitely surpasses every corresponding perfection in the creatures; although the names by which those perfections are signified apply per prius, that is, in a prior way, to the creatures, from which they are then transferred to God. And since all the Perfections in God make known one single, most simple act, one must (4) hold fast that no degrees of increase or diminishment, of equality or inequality, are to be admitted in them: namely, inwardly, and on God's side, every attribute in particular makes known an infinite Perfection, in which no more or less is admitted; although it may, meanwhile, happen that, outwardly, one perfection extends to more objects than another — in which sense the understanding would come to be called greater than the will; or works more powerfully in one object than in another — in which sense God loves the Elect more than the reprobate. From that same fundamental principle it must (5) be held, much more, that no contradiction, or the least hostility, is to be admitted in the Attributes of God; and if something of this sort might seem to exist — for example, between God's mercy and His avenging righteousness — that lies wholly and solely in the object, with respect to which the uniform perfection of God, because it is infinite, is occupied in various ways; or, to speak more precisely, which Perfection of God the creatures experience in various ways. Further, (6) the Divine Attributes must be understood by us as Divine Perfections — yet in such a way that all imperfection, which such attributes are wont to have attached to them in the creatures, is carefully removed from the true Attributes of God; and that the perfection then remaining is understood with the greatest possible excellence — namely, according to the ways of causality, negation, and eminence, which we have just now shown in the tracing out of the Divine Attributes.
It must, however, (7) be noted, that the Perfections belong to God, not merely effectively — as heat and warmth belong to the Sun, because it makes things warm — nor merely by way of eminence — as the perfection of some effect belongs to its cause, Ps. 94:9 — but formally, insofar as every perfection which is made known through fitting attributes, with the exclusion of every imperfection attached to it, truly and properly, indeed also in a degree of excellence, belongs to God; although they do not belong to Him as accidents or qualities, as pertains to the imperfections of those attributes in the creatures. Add to this (8), that the Attributes or Perfections belong to God, as it were, in a certain second manner of being, insofar as the Being of God is understood as prior — as the root from which the attributes and perfections spring forth. For we understand that God is, before we can understand that He is, for example, merciful, wise, and righteous. In this respect, from the Category of the Divine Attributes, the Being, the Substance, the Spirit, are excluded — since those elements belong to the first category, and have nothing to which they are ascribed, by way of an additional and qualifying perfection, as wisdom, etc. And since there are incommunicable and communicable Attributes — which we here presuppose, though it must be explained and established in its proper place — one must (9) note that those which are incommunicable include, in their formal concept, something so particular to the Divine Being, that not even a trace of it is found in any single creature: to which belong, most of all, those Attributes which are made known in a negative way — for example, Infinity, Unchangeableness, Independence; and, among the positive perfections, some are Omniscience, Omnipotence, Eternity, and the like. As, conversely, (10) those Perfections which are called communicable do not belong to God and to the creatures in an equal manner, since between the infinite and the finite there is absolutely no corresponding proportion; nor even equivocally, as though they agreed only in name, since we come to be led from the knowledge of the one to the knowledge of the other — but only analogically, so that the thing which is made known through the Attributes belongs, most principally and originally, to God; but to the creatures only partially, and with a degree of diminishment — just as health belongs to an animal properly and of itself, although food, air, and medicine are necessary for the animal's sake.
By these general considerations, then, of the Divine Attributes, their general nature will become sufficiently known to us, and yet more so if we add to them their division — which is variously made by various writers. The most common are those according to which the Attributes of God are: first, proper and figurative, as, "a Lion," "a Dove," "a Rock." Second, negative and positive — such that those which are called negative, while, in the formal aspect of their meaning, they exclude all imperfections from God, nonetheless include, in their material concept, positive perfections. Third, the positive ones are either relative, as "Creator" — which are admitted of God only, more strictly, in concreto, that is, in a composite manner — or absolute. They are, fourth, either personal, as the generation of the Son, or natural. The natural ones, finally, are either communicable or incommunicable — a division which, though very common among the theologians, we have elsewhere defended against every cavil and quibble: we add here only this, that those Attributes which are called communicable do not belong to God (1) merely in a negative way, so that, for example, when He is said to live, it is thereby signified only that He is not, like lifeless things; but (2) only in an effective or causal way, insofar as He alone is the cause, in the creatures, of the perfections signified; but also (3) not equivocally, such that the thing signified by the Attributes is, on both sides, both in God and in the creatures, in an equal manner — since all the Attributes are infinite in God, from which the finite differs infinitely — but truly and really, by way of eminence, of loftiness, and analogically; so that, although the perfection signified by the attributes, as belonging to the creatures, truly and properly belongs to God as such, yet it does not follow, conversely, that the perfection of that attribute, as it is in God, is also in the creatures, except perhaps by some trace of it.
It pleases us to arrange and divide the Divine Attributes and Perfections according to their respective functions. For they teach, in part, what God is — namely, those which most fittingly concur toward the description of God, whereby He is a Spirit of Himself; in which come together His spirituality (under which are His simplicity, invisibility, etc.) and His independence: in part, how great He is, whereby He is said to be one, infinite, eternal: in part, of what sort He is — the Attributes of which kind set before us the Divine Perfection, under the notion either of Faculties, as understanding, will, affections; or of Virtues, whether in the understanding, as omniscience; or in the will, as His goodness (under which are His grace and mercy), holiness, and righteousness; or under the notion of workings, of which the principle is His omnipotence. From all these there grows, as it were, together, Perfection and All-sufficiency, His Majesty and Glory, and finally His Blessedness. And thus, according to this order, we shall occupy ourselves in the consideration of the Divine Attributes and Perfections.
The Polemical Part
It is asked: (1) Whether the Divine Attributes and Perfections are something different from His Being? The heretic Valentinus, about the year of Christ 130, with his Gnostics, counted thirty gods, whom he called Aeons, that is, "Ages," partly male and partly female (without doubt distinct from the Divine Being), from whose union or mingling he held that the Savior originated — so that he would not be forced to grant that Christ is of one and the same Being with His Father. Concerning whom see Tertullian, Against Valentinus; Irenaeus, Bk. 2, ch. 4; Epiphanius, Haereses, XXXI. The Cabbalistic Jews had their Sephirot, "numberings," and Atsiluth, "emanations," which they, from the book Yetzirah, which they ascribe to Abraham, count as ten — being, as it were, lights, or attributes of the Divine Being, which are neither God, nor creatures, but flow and radiate out from God, like the rays of the sun. Concerning which Buxtorf, drawing from Reuchlin's De Arte Cabbalistica, reasons thus (in his Lexicon Talmudicum): "Behold, these ten Sephirot are ten Divine Names, which we understand as emanations of God, whether essential, or personal, or relational, one, or common; and they are named thus: Keter, the Crown; Chokmah, Wisdom; Binah, Understanding or Prudence; Chesed, Loving-kindness, or Goodness; Gevurah, Severity, or Strictness, or Power; Tiferet, Beauty; Netsach, Triumph; Hod, the Confession of Praise; Yesod, the Foundation; Malkhut, the Kingdom, which, however, is placed above upon the Crown; Ein Sof, Infinity, which is the abyss."
Conradus Vorstius, Socinianizing, distinguishes the power of God, really, from the Divine Being, in order that the Being of God should be in Heaven alone, while the power of God would also be on Earth — and that in this way he might powerfully lay a snare for Christ the God-Man. The Socinians, in order that the Holy Spirit should not be God, coequal with the Father, hold that He is a power of God, distinct from the Divine Being. Moreover, in order that we might not soundly conclude, from the Divine Attributes generally ascribed both to the Son and to the Holy Spirit in Holy Scripture, that the Divine Being belongs to them, and that thus God is three in Persons and one in Being, they say that the Divine Attributes really differ from the Being. Furthermore, in the matter of the Decrees and Predestination — lest, the will of God being changed, the Divine Being should thereby also be changed — they hold that the Attributes really differ from the Divine Being.
The Reformed, though they grant that the Being differs from the Attributes, nonetheless hold that this is not a real distinction, in God Himself, but a distinction of reason — that is, rational — in our understanding, insofar as it sometimes conceives the Being simply, and abstracted from the Attributes; sometimes that same Being, with various relative relations and workings in the creatures; and from this arise the attributes, or ascriptions, which really differ neither from the Being, nor among themselves. For if they (1) differed really, then there would be several things in God, and therefore there would be no pure Godhead in God; likewise, in that case, God would not be a light in which there is no darkness, John 1:5. But (2), if there were in God a thing and a thing, there would be in Him a composition, which would require, beforehand, a composer; and thus God would not be an absolutely first Being. Furthermore, if He were composite, He would also be dissoluble, and thus not incorruptible, indeed even destructible — since neither the Being without the Attributes, nor the Attributes without the Being, are God. Thus God would (3) in part be God, in part not: for if the Attributes are not the Divine Being, then they are not God.
Our opponents in this matter contend not so much with arguments as by stubbornly clinging to their suppositions. Nor is there anything which they can put forward, in support of their view, with more apparent plausibility, than that there are contradictory Attributes in God — for example, mercy and avenging righteousness. But this is not in God Himself; but in the work of God, and in us, as we observe and note that diversity and apparent contradiction in the Divine works, and from it form such Attributes. Herein lies the highest perfection of the most simple Divine Being, that it is able to produce differing things in differing matters.
It is asked: (2) Whether the Attributes of God that are necessary to be believed unto salvation are only a very few? The Socinians — in order not only that they might the more easily introduce Samaritanism into the Christian faith, but also that they might the more effectively banish from the doctrine of the Christians those Attributes of God with which Christians are wont to prove the eternal and coequal Godhead of the Son and of the Holy Spirit; further, that they might the more securely hold and maintain the dependence of God upon man's free will, the changeableness of the Divine decrees, according to the caprice of man's free will, the real distinctness of the Divine Being, the incommunicability of the Being to those Persons, and yet more errors besides — excluding independence, unchangeableness, simplicity, and infinity — hold that only these six Attributes are necessary to know and believe: (1) that there is a God, (2) that He is only one, (3) eternal, (4) perfectly righteous, (5) perfectly wise, and (6) perfectly powerful (Catechismus Racoviensis, ch. 1). The Apologist Remonstrants, in order that the Socinians should not be judged to err in fundamental matters, and might have fellowship in their assemblies, do not differ much from the Socinians, holding that only a very few things concerning God are necessary for Christians to know and believe. The Cartesianizing theologians, for the sake of their Philosophy, according to which the Divine Being is nothing but a bare thought, count only two Attributes of God: Understanding and Will — because these two alone enter into the nature of a thought or thinking.
The Orthodox count more Attributes of God than the six Socinian ones, and than the two Cartesian ones, and indeed as necessary to be believed. Because (1) Holy Scripture enumerates more, and also often heaps up the Divine Attributes together, as we noted above. Because (2), when one passes over the Attributes of independence, unchangeableness, simplicity, infinity, grace, and mercy — as well as who God is — no one can have a knowledge of the true God, and therefore neither love, faith, nor trust — whereby one is necessarily an Atheist. (3) Because no faith, nor any service of God, can exist in any way whatsoever, unless we know who the true God is, namely, He who is Father, Son, and Holy Spirit, John 17:3 — unless, that is, we wish to believe in an unknown God, and serve Him — which is contrary to John 4:22, Acts 17:21, 2 Kings 17:29. (4) Because God's spirituality and simplicity, John 4:24, His invisible nature, Deut. 4:15, His immensity, Ps. 139:1-3, His unchangeableness, Ps. 102:27, 29, 30, are necessary to be known. (5) Because the six Socinian Attributes, with the others excluded, do not bring salvation, but serve only to render man without excuse, Rom. 1:19-21 and ch. 2:14-15, according to the pronouncement of the Apostle, 1 Cor. 1:21, Rom. 1:19-20. Nor do the Socinians have anything to put forward in support of their view, except that these six things are required for salvation — but they do not demonstrate that these, with the others removed, are sufficient for salvation. As for the Cartesians, their foundation consists in this, that the Being of God consists in a mere thought — a thing which we have already, previously, expressly and at length, refuted and rejected.
The question is: (3) Whether the division of the Divine Attributes into incommunicable and communicable — or rather, into proper and common — is precise, useful, and tolerable? Or whether it should rather be cast out and banished? The Lutherans, in order to have certainty and assurance concerning the presence of Christ's flesh, and especially its presence in the Holy Supper, hold that, through the Personal union of the two natures in Christ, Attributes of the Divine Nature have been communicated to the Human Nature — and thereby they largely do away with the division into communicable and incommunicable. This we shall refute below, Book IV, ch. 5, on the Person of Christ, and Book VII, ch. 5, on the Holy Supper. The Cartesian theologians, in order that they might, the more conveniently, substitute for it a division more suited to their Philosophy — into understanding and will — judge that this division must be entirely done away with.
The Reformed hold that, although no Attribute of God is, properly and in an equal manner, communicable or common — since they all lie an infinite distance apart — there are nonetheless some of which certain traces, in an analogical sense, are observed in the Creatures; and that this division must therefore be firmly admitted, while there are, again, others in which no such trace is discerned — for example, independence, self-existence, unchangeableness, etc. Since (1) experience itself, together with Scripture, teaches that life, understanding, will, goodness, love, grace, righteousness, holiness, are, in the manner we have just stated, common to the Creatures with God. (2) Because that division is useful, indeed necessary, for the demonstration of the coequal Godhead of the Son and of the Holy Spirit, which can be, and is wont to be, demonstrated not from the communicable Attributes, but only from the incommunicable ones. (3) Because Holy Scripture teaches that God created man after His image, Gen. 1:26 — that is, according to the interpreters, after our image, which is very like to us; likewise, that we become partakers of the Divine nature, 2 Pet. 1:3; indeed also, that we are changed into that same image of God, 2 Cor. 3:18. From all of which one cannot fail to conclude a certain community of the Attributes.
The grounds for the contrary opinion are these two: First, that, if one takes the word "communicable" more strictly, then the Ascriptions of God are Attributes, and thus all incommunicable. Answer: (1) This, though true in itself, agrees but little with the Cartesian suppositions. For they hold that the very same Being is truly and equally common to God, to the Angels, and to our Souls. For "every Spirit, whether human, or angelic, or divine, is a thinking thing," says the celebrated Wittich, Theologia Pacifica, §122. And they also hold that being is the first attribute of every thing, §120. Consequently, if (a) the being of a Spirit, namely, thought, is common to God, to the Angels, and to our Souls; if (b) being is the first and chief ascription of a thing; and if (c) the ascription is an attribute of God — how, then, shall all those ascriptions of God be incommunicable? But (2) there is, according to the Philosophers, a threefold community: an equivocal one, whereby only the name is common — as the word cancer, "crab," belongs to a disease, to a constellation, and to an animal; a univocal one, when the sense of the word, according to one and the same ground, belongs equally to many — as the word "substance" belongs to a man and to a beast; and an analogical one, when the word, as to its meaning, belongs first and principally to only one thing, but to other things on account of, or because of, that first — thus health belongs first and principally to an animal, but also to food, to air, and to medicine, on account of, and because of, the animal. Thus the Divine Attributes belong, first and principally, indeed incommunicably, to God; but they apply to the Creatures, not merely equivocally, but also analogically.
Their second foundation is: that, if one takes communicability in the very broadest sense, of some very obscure resemblance, even some of those which are commonly called incommunicable will come to be called communicable. Wittich, Theologia Pacifica, §194. Answer: (1) That some incommunicable Attributes, on account of some such very obscure resemblance found in the Creatures, could be called communicable — or that there is such a very obscure resemblance of the incommunicable Attributes, for example, of self-existence, unchangeableness, infinity, etc. — is false until it shall have been proved. (2) And even if it should be absolutely proved that some incommunicable Attributes have such a very obscure resemblance in the Creatures, that distinction will nonetheless not thereby fail, so long as it is not demonstrated that all the Perfections of God are either communicable or incommunicable. Should the Reader desire to know more concerning this matter, let him compare our Cartesian Cancer, Second Section, ch. 16.
The Practical Part
Concerning the practical consideration of this passage, we shall be briefer, for a twofold reason: (1) because the whole practice which we ascribed to the Names of God, in the preceding chapter, returns here with but few changes — since the Attributes agree with the Names in this, that both are a means of knowing the Divine Being. (2) Because the practice of the Attributes flows sufficiently from the particular Divine Attributes, which should therefore be added to each particular Attribute separately. Therefore, first of all, there is no one who can doubt that it contributes exceedingly to the knowledge of God, that one grasps, through His Attributes, what God is, how great, and of what sort He is — since, in all knowledge, the more attributes are grasped of a subject, the more perfect that knowledge is said to be. Nor, secondly, does it serve any less for the glory and glorifying of God, to conceive so many Attributes in God, of which each individually represents an infinite perfection of the Divine Being — to which end they are generally heaped together by the Saints, Exod. 34:5-6, Neh. 9:5, Ps. 103:8, 1 Tim. 1:17, 1 Pet. 2:9. Indeed also, thirdly, because this brings about reverence toward God, and a diligence to please and obey Him, Neh. 9:17, etc. — namely toward God, who is preeminent through so many infinite Attributes. Compare the earlier sections above.
In particular, in the second place, the general consideration of the Divine Attributes contributes exceedingly to the confirmation and strengthening of the Articles of our Faith — and indeed of those that are most fundamental, concerning the Holy Trinity, the eternal coequal essence of the Son and of the Holy Spirit with the Father — and of other Articles of Faith. Since also the incommunicable Attributes, which are absolutely one with the Divine Being, are ascribed in Holy Scripture not only to the Father, but also to the Son and to the Holy Spirit. Wherefore also the Socinians, in order to overthrow those fundamental articles, have need to distort most of the Attributes of God.
Moreover, in the third place, an excellent foundation for our faith and trust is given by the confluence of so many Perfections in God — His wisdom, omnipotence, goodness, etc. — of which each individually is infinite, unchangeable, indeed also is the very Being of God. And not only in God, but also in the Mediator, who, because He is God, and blessed in all Divine Attributes, is able to save perfectly, Heb. 7:25, etc.
This consideration also serves, fourthly, as an unshakable foundation for our Prayers, that we may with confidence approach the throne of grace of Him who, on account of so many Perfections, both can and will supply all our needs, Jer. 32:17-19.
Further, in the fifth place, the general consideration of the Divine Perfections furnishes material for our thanksgivings and glorifyings of God, and gives us spurs and incentives to obedience, to the service of God, and to all Christian virtues. Having thus merely touched upon all these things here, as with a finger — since they can, with the least effort, by the addition of a few further testimonies, be increased and expanded, and since we shall, in the particular consideration of the particular Attributes, expand and explain them more fully — this shall suffice.
Finally, in the sixth place, the confluence of so many, and so great, Attributes in one God instructs us concerning the blessedness of those who have that God for themselves as their Covenant-God, Ps. 33:12: "Blessed is the nation whose God is Jehovah; the people whom He hath chosen for His own inheritance." 2 Cor. 6:18. For when that God is our God, and is for us, Rom. 8:31, shall not all those Attributes then be for us, and be ours? For example: (1) His Unchangeableness shall make us calm and assured, that He will remain our God to all eternity, Mal. 3:6, 2 Tim. 2:19. (2) His Truthfulness — will that not make us able to rest unmovably upon His promises? Josh. 21:45, Isa. 34:16. (3) His Goodness and Love, that we, amid all manner of adversities, however many and however great they may be, may be calm and assured, that all these things shall work and cooperate together for our good, Heb. 12:6, Rom. 8:28, 38-39. (4) His Mercy will give us hope, that it shall come to pass, that He will graciously forgive us our sins, Ps. 103:8, 10, Exod. 34:6. (5) His Wisdom — will it not assure us that His governance shall be for us most salutary? 2 Pet. 2:9, 2 Sam. 15:25-26. (6) His Omnipotence, that He can grant us all those things which He has promised, and which can be useful to us? Eph. 3:20, 2 Thess. 1:11, etc.
Chapter VI: On the Spirituality and Simplicity of God
On John 4:24.
"God is a Spirit: and they that worship Him must worship Him in spirit and in truth."
Let now the particular Divine Attributes follow, each individually — and first those which represent to us what God is, or which enter into the description of Him, such as His Spirituality and Self-existence, together with the Attributes and Consequences corresponding to these, Simplicity and Unchangeableness. For, according to us, God is: a Spirit of Himself. But since we have already treated, above, of God's Self-existence and Independence, in chapter III of this Book, we shall in this chapter join together God's Spirituality and Simplicity. The foundation for this shall be laid for us by the text, John 4:24.
The Explanatory Part
In whose words is contained an Answer concerning the Nature of God, and its efficacy for the practice of godliness. In which, then, there presents itself: I. A certain description of God; wherein is contained A. The thing described, or the subject of the maxim, with the definite article, ὁ Θεός, "God" — of whom, thus far, and hereafter in what follows. B. The Description, in the word πνεῦμα, "Spirit" — the copula being understood, by a Hebrew ellipsis. God is called a Spirit, indeed improperly, if you look to the meaning of the word — as this word, among the Hebrews, the Greeks, and the Latins, being derived from "to breathe," properly belongs to a bodily breathing or exhalation, because this, among visible things, is generally held to be the finest — but if you look to the thing signified, then quite properly, because He, by way of eminence, is fine, immaterial, simple, as we shall show hereafter.
The practical Conclusion, concerning the use of this description for the ministers and for the service of God: "and they that worship Him must worship Him in spirit and in truth." In and by these words three things are expressed. (1) The Worshippers — for whom, and to whom, the description is beneficial: they are οἱ προσκυνοῦντες, "the worshippers," those who worship God, who cast themselves down before God — those who worship, who serve Him by confession and by outward acts of service. For the Greek word signifies the same as the Hebrew hishtachavah, that is, to bow down, to kneel down, to prostrate oneself. It denotes a twofold kind of service: sometimes a civil service, Gen. 23:7, Matt. 18:26; sometimes a religious one, John 4:23, Ps. 96:9, Matt. 4:10 — outward, or at least joined with outward bodily gestures. So that by "the worshippers" are understood those who profess and perform the service of God. (2) The Service, and its properties and qualities, flowing from the Nature of God — namely, that it should occur A. In Spirit, that is, that it should proceed from and out of the spirit of the worshipper, or, out of his inmost being, Ps. 51:8, Matt. 22:37, Rom. 1:9 — not with confession alone, or with outward gestures alone; so that even that outward service should be spiritual, John 4:22-23. B. In truth, that is, (1) not adorned with hypocrisy, but in sincerity of heart, 1 Cor. 5:8; (2) not in a typical manner, through shadow, through ceremonies, bound to places and times, but in spiritual grace, John 1:17. (3) The relative obligation to such a kind of service, in the word "must" — it is fitting, it is necessary, one ought, it behooves. Namely, on the one hand, because God is a Spirit, and therefore takes delight in Spirit and in spiritual things; and on the other hand, because He rejects the ceremonial shadows, and now, under the New Testament, chiefly requires a spiritual service, which was prefigured by those shadows.
First Topic: On the Spirituality of God
The Doctrinal Part
Therefore God is, according to this text, a Spirit. Whereby He is held, in both Testaments, to be a Spirit. In the Old, Num. 24:2, Judg. 3:10, Ezek. 2:2. In the New, 2 Cor. 3:17, Acts 5:9 — although the latter passage may also be understood personally of the Holy Spirit. Wherefore Origen, Homily 1 on Genesis, says: "To hold, concerning God, that He is corporeal and of a human form, is openly ungodly." And Augustine, City of God, Bk. 8, ch. 5: "If our soul is not a body, how is God, the Creator of the soul, a body?" Also, God can be nothing other than a Spirit: (1) because He is a most absolute first Being, which rejects bodily parts, whether prior to the whole, or together coexisting. (2) Because He is independent, Rom. 11:36, whereas a body depends upon its parts. (3) Because He is simple, indeed most simple, as we shall shortly prove at length — for which reason He does not admit of any composite of bodily members. (4) Because He is infinite, which He could not be, if He had finite parts. (5) Because He is unchangeable and incorruptible, James 1:17, which cannot be admitted in bodily and composite things, which can be dissolved and destroyed. Finally (6), because He is most perfect, Matt. 5:48, and a Spirit, according to the confession of all, is in many respects more perfect than a body.
Now God is a Spirit, not in a figurative and improper sense, in which sense also bodily things, such as the wind, the animal spirits, the chemical spirits, bear this name, because they come closest to immaterial substances; nor even in a like manner, as the Angels, and our Souls, are called spirits, because they come nearest to the immateriality and simplicity of God; but truly in a proper and univocal sense, since He is very far removed from all composition. Thus, then, is called Spirit, not only the third Person, personally, by a particular ascription, because He exists through a certain ineffable breathing forth of the Father and of the Son; but also the particular Persons essentially, because they all have the same immaterial Being.
Now in the spiritual Being of any spirit, and most of all of an uncreated Spirit, the following elements enter in: (1) that it is a substance, and not an accident. (2) Incorporeal and immaterial, Luke 24:39. (3) Living, which works of itself — whence the expressions "a Spirit of life," Rom. 8:2, and "a life-giving Spirit," 1 Cor. 15:45. (4) Understanding, 1 Cor. 2:11. (5) Willing, which distributes all things as He wills, 1 Cor. 12:11. But the particular elements of the last-named, we shall treat, each in its own place, in the course of the Divine Attributes.
Upon that spiritual Nature there follow, likewise, its properties and affections: (1) Imperceptibility, not falling under the senses — whereby a spiritual Being is altogether inaccessible to our senses, which require a bodily object. In particular there follow now (a) Invisibility, Exod. 33:20, 1 Tim. 1:17 and 6:16, John 1:18, Heb. 11:27. For (since He is immaterial, having no parts outside of parts) He has no outward form, nor can He give off any shape, which would affect our eyes — to which it may be added that He is infinite. Although He is, meanwhile, very often read to have been seen, Gen. 18:2, Judg. 13:22, 1 Kings 22:19 — in a vision, namely, when God, through some extraordinary sign shown to the eyes of men, has revealed His presence — nearly in the manner in which His invisible things are said to be seen through in the creatures, Rom. 1:20, and as we see the Father in the Son, John 14:9, Exod. 3:2, compare Heb. 11:27. Likewise also seen with the understanding, Matt. 18:19, whereby we are also said to see God face to face, 1 Cor. 13:12 — namely, no longer through a mirror darkly, that is, obscurely, but clearly, just as things which we see before us with our eyes. Such a seeing is meant, Matt. 5:8, Heb. 12:14, Job 19:27. (b) Intangibility, Luke 24:39, compare John 4:24 — although He is called tangible, Acts 17:27, figuratively, just as He is also called perceivable by taste and by sight, Ps. 34:8 — namely, with the soul, not with the body. (c) Unrepresentability, Isa. 40:18. Since a spirit displays no shape, features, outlines, colors, or anything of the kind, which could be represented pictorially, Deut. 4:15, Acts 17:29.
Upon the spiritual Nature of God follows (2) His utter Simplicity. And then also follows (3) His Unchangeableness — of which we shall treat at length in so many particular topics.
The Polemical Part
It is asked, first: Whether God, properly and precisely, is a Spirit? The Anthropomorphites (formers of a human shape), in order the more easily to explain the creation of man after the image of God, held that He is not a spirit, but a dense body, like the human body. Of this we shall speak in the following section. Some of the Church Fathers, among them Tertullian, Against Praxeas, indeed ascribe a Body to God — but a thin, fine body — although this is excused by others on the ground that he meant nothing else by it, than that God is not an accident, but a substance. Vorstius likewise, together with the Socinians, ascribes a body to God, and in that sense they acknowledged that He is a Spirit — of which more shortly hereafter. The Cartesian theologians, because the word Spiritus, that is, "Spirit," does not Cartesianize sufficiently for them, and because they would rather have a word which, in meaning, comes closer to thinking, say that God is improperly a Spiritus, that is, a Spirit; but more properly, that He is Mens, by which Latin word they mean that God is a thinking Being.
The Reformed, although they acknowledge that the Latin word Spiritus (in Dutch, "a Spirit") is derived a spirando, that is, from "to breathe," just as Ruach, "a Spirit," among the Hebrews, and the Greek πνεῦμα, Pneuma, "a Spirit," from πνεύειν, pneuein — words which mean "to breathe" — and that therefore the word Spiritus, "a Spirit," in its first meaning belongs to creatures — nevertheless hold that the thing which is signified by the word, according to accepted usage, namely, an immaterial, simple substance, belongs to God not improperly, but altogether properly, indeed per prius, that is, in the primary sense. (1) Because God is expressly called a Spirit in the text, and there is not the least necessity compelling us to depart from the proper sense to an improper one. (2) The thing which is signified by the word Spiritus, "Spirit," according to accepted usage, namely, immateriality and simplicity — the opposing parties themselves granting this — belongs to God most properly of all, as we have already said. (3) If God is not properly a Spirit, then He is properly a body, only that He would be a Substance, not an accident — since the distinction of a Substance, into spirit and into body, is immediate, insofar as every substance is either immaterial or material. (4) If God is not properly a Spirit, then the proof of the Orthodox for the Divine Simplicity, drawn from His spirituality, will be fruitless and vain. But (5), the Holy Scripture, when it proves that God is not a body, from the conclusion that He is a Spirit, would then be saying something which would mean nothing — since it would in this way prove that God is not something bodily, and at the same time hold that He is not properly called a Spirit: for a spirit is, according to the opinion of our opponents, something bodily.
It is nothing that they object: (1) Spiritus, that is, a Spirit, is so called a spirando, that is, from "to breathe" — yet He is not properly breathed. Answer: (1) One must distinguish between the signifying word, which derives from "to breathe," and the thing signified, which is not "of breathing." (2) Also, not every Spiritus, Spirit, is "of breathing": for example, the animal spirits, the natural spirits, nor our soul, nor the Angels, are "of breathing" — therefore neither would these properly be Spirits. What, then, would properly be a Spiritus, that is, "a breathing"? — unless perhaps the wind, and our respiration, which are breathed: but these are, as all agree, most improperly Spirits — what, then, is properly a Spirit? If they say (2): all spirits are properly something material — for example, the wind, a breath, the animal spirits, the chemical spirits. We answer: (1) What will you hold concerning our souls, and likewise the Angels? Are these properly Spirits? (2) All these things are Spirits only by a certain participation, analogically, and thus far improperly, insofar as they, in part by their fineness, come nearest to our souls and to the Angels; and again, our souls and the Angels come, most of all, near to God — while He alone is a Spirit properly so called.
If they say (3): God is a thought, in which case the word Mens ("a thinking Being") comes closer than the word Spiritus, that is, "Spirit." Answer: (1) What is understood by the Cartesian theologians is that every spirit, whether human, or animal, or of the Angels, or Divine, is "a thought, or thinking," as the celebrated Wittichius says. (2) We deny that God is a thought or thinking, because He is nowhere in the Scriptures called a thought, a thinking, or a thinking Being. If they say (4), the word Spiritus ("Spirit") is also given, in Holy Scripture, to the wind, and to a breath. We answer: (a) Shall that word, then, therefore not properly apply to God? For also the word "God" is given to others — for example, to the Angels, Ps. 8:5, compare Heb. 2:7; to magistrates, Ps. 82:6; and to idols, 1 Cor. 8:5 — shall God, on that account, not properly be God? (b) But rather, I shall turn the argument around: God is properly a Spirit, John 4:24; therefore the wind, the breath, and the animal and chemical spirits, are not spirits, except improperly, by way of analogy — by what proof will they refute me?
It is asked, second: Whether God is a body, consisting of human members, and thereby complete and perfect? The heathen of old, because they held light and airy men to be gods, held that their gods were bodily, furnished with human members, as we shall note in the next disputed point. The Anthropomorphites, called Audians after a certain Audeus, who disturbed the Church in the fourth century, or about the year 370 — and also in the tenth century — to whom Tertullian also, of old, adhered, in defining our soul under a bodily form. The Anthropomorphites, I say, in order the more easily, in their judgment, to explain what the Image of God in man is, held that God is furnished with human members, after which He would have formed man. The Reformed indeed acknowledge that human members — eyes, ears, hands, feet, heart — are generally ascribed to God in Holy Scripture; but that this occurs only in a human manner of speaking, and must be understood in a way fitting to God, insofar as the fleshly members, which involve an imperfection, do not truly belong to Him; but that the perfections of those same members, with all imperfection removed, thereby signify: the eyes nothing else than His knowledge and understanding; the hands, His power; the feet, His presence; His heart, His love — because (1) Scripture denies of God everything that is bodily, Rom. 1:23. (2) Because it sets God before us as invisible, there v. 20; as a Spirit, John 4:24; who has no flesh nor bones, Luke 24:39. (3) Because, if God consisted of members, He would be something composite, and thus would require a composer, prior to Himself; wherefore (4) He would be divisible and corruptible, contrary to the saying of the Apostle, Rom. 1:23. He would also (5) not be Infinite, since from many finite members a certain whole, which would be infinite, cannot grow together. But also (6) most simple, and therefore (7) in many respects imperfect.
If they now urge, in support of their opinion: (1) that God is described in the Scriptures with members — we answer that this occurs in a human manner of speaking, but must be understood in a way befitting God. (2) That God is, in the Old Testament, several times read to have appeared to men — Answer: He has appeared, either without any human form, only through some extraordinary sign, in order to reveal His extraordinary presence; or, if there was some form present with it, that was not His own, but an assumed form; He appeared, not in His own form, but in a vision — in the manner in which Jesus appeared to Stephen, standing at the right hand of God, Acts 7:56, and to Paul, ch. 9:10, 12, and to Peter, ch. 10:11-12 and 11:5-6, who saw a vessel descending out of heaven, filled with animals.
It is asked, third: Whether to God, if not bodily members, at least a thin, fine body, belongs? The opinion of some Church Fathers, in particular Tertullian, we have already heard. Vorstius, in order — through hidden underground tunnels, so to speak — to lay traps concerning the Personal union of the two Natures in Christ, which he did not dare openly to deny, held that God is a fine body, whose power indeed would be everywhere, but whose Being would be in heaven alone — from which it most directly follows that Christ, while on earth, was not united with the Divine Nature. The Reformed hold, with the Savior, that God is a Spirit, that is, an immaterial Substance, and therefore altogether lacking any body or matter, however thin and fine — for the reasons which we have given above, which, with the appropriate changes, hold just as well against the Socinians as they do against the Anthropomorphites. Nor will there be, for the Socinians, any other arguments at hand, for the contrary, than those which the Anthropomorphites have at hand.
It is asked, fourth: Whether God, who is a Spirit, can and must be shown and represented by images and likenesses? The heathen, because they held, as we have said, that the gods were bodily, maintained this. The Papists and the Lutherans acknowledge that God is a Spirit, and yet, out of love for images, teach that God can and must be depicted — yet with this difference: that the Papists teach that images of God must not only be kept, but also worshipped with that religious honor which they call λατρεία, latria; which the Lutherans do not allow nor tolerate. The Reformed, precisely because God is a Spirit, allow neither the one nor the other. For if (1) a Spirit, because it is immaterial, and therefore without any shape, cannot be depicted, then it also ought not to be done, Isa. 40:18, Deut. 4:15 — unless one wishes to hold that that which cannot be done, must nevertheless be done. Therefore God (2) sets Himself, with great zeal, against such images everywhere: for example, in the second Commandment, Acts 17:29, and elsewhere. (3) Because images change the glory of the incorruptible God into the likeness of an image of corruptible man, Rom. 1:23. (4) Because those images produce empty, crude, and unbecoming conceptions of God — for which reason the heathen Philosophers are said to have become vain in their —
Objections... having become foolish, ibid., vv. 21, 22. The Papists and Lutherans, too, have nothing to offer on behalf of their images beyond what we have already overturned at length above in §9 — namely, that God repeatedly appeared in the Old Testament under a certain form, even under a human one. To this it is easily answered that God never appeared for the purpose of being depicted, a thing which He has everywhere, as we have said, most strictly forbidden. But since this point of controversy belongs properly to the Second Commandment, we shall reserve further discussion of it for that place.
XII. One asks, fifthly: Is it lawful, in the service of God, under prayer, to represent God to oneself under the form of a certain old man? The Lutherans, because they use images in public worship which cannot but produce such coarse conceptions in the beholders, have long since lost the right — even with any show of fairness — to censure this; and they therefore hold that such conceptions of God under the form of an old man carry with them no sin, so long as one merely holds that the essence of God is not thereby made subject to such a form (see Francis Balduinus, Confess. cas. 1, and Brunnerus, in Mille casibus consc., et alii). The Reformed, although they embrace with both arms the truth that it is lawful — indeed supremely necessary, unless we would be atheists — to have a conception of God, nevertheless maintain that a conception of God under the form of a man, or of any other bodily thing, is absolutely unlawful. (1) Because the Savior, John 4:24, commands that we have such a conception and apprehension of God as agrees with the nature of God; He teaches that God is a Spirit, and therefore wills that God be served and worshiped in geist and in truth, that is, spiritually, without such images, and with thoughts that agree with truth and with right understanding. (2) Because such conceptions of God are false, insofar as they do not agree with the God who is conceived, and are therefore unlawful. (3) Because such conceptions are vain: "They became vain in their imaginations," Rom. 1:21. (4) Because they darken the glory of the incorruptible God, and change it, as it were, into the likeness of an image of a mortal man, ibid. (5) Because through such conceptions the heart is darkened and the understanding made foolish: "Their foolish heart was darkened," ibid — insofar as such conceptions produce in the soul gross, ignorant notions unworthy of God. (6) Because those who worship God under such figures worship, not God, but an idol. Yet Balduinus objects: (1) That since we have a conception of God, and thus form within ourselves a certain image of God, it is therefore better to conceive Him under the image of a man than under that of any other thing. Answer: Balduinus presupposes that having a conception and forming an image are the same thing, whereas they differ as widely as heaven from earth — for under what likeness or image will you conceive a spirit as it is in itself? But he objects (2): God has appeared in human form. Answer: We have long since answered this. God appeared, Gen. 18:2, Josh. 5:13, Dan. 7:9, Isa. 6:1, etc., so that the beholders might grasp His extraordinary presence, and might bring to God whatever was glorious in that appearance — but by no means so that they should form within themselves, or make outwardly, an image of Him, since He has repeatedly forbidden this most strictly.
The Practical Part
XIII. As a first practical consideration, it is no small case of conscience arising from what has been said: namely, what kind of conception one ought to have of God in praying and in worship. Here it is presupposed that it is necessary to have some conception and apprehension of God when praying, Ps. 16:8, since otherwise we would not be calling upon Him at all. Likewise we presuppose that the conception of an old man, or of any other bodily being, has here no place and is of no use — for by such means we would, in the very act of worship, be calling upon an idol instead of God. How, then, and in what manner ought one to think of God? Answer: (1) Nearly as we think of our own soul, concerning which we do not conceive under the form of anything corporeal possessing human members. (2) As we think of some spirit, John 4:24, or of an immaterial substance which has neither flesh nor bones, Luke 24:39. (3) We ought to think of God as an omnipresent Being, who fills heaven and earth, Jer. 23:23, 24, in whom we live, move, and have our being, and who is not far from every one of us, Acts 17:27, 28. (4) As an invisible Being, whom no man has seen nor can see, 1 Tim. 6:16. (5) As an almighty Being, supremely good and beneficent, who is therefore, both for Himself and for His own — indeed for all things — most abundantly sufficient unto an infinite blessedness, Gen. 17:1, who will superabundantly satisfy all your desires, Ps. 37:4, 5. Finally, (6) one ought far rather to think of His most glorious attributes than of His incomprehensible essence, in the manner in which God presents Himself to our thinking, Exod. 34:6. Thus we shall at last see, as it were, His back parts, while His face, or His essence, can neither be seen nor conceived, Exod. 33:19, 20.
XIV. Secondly, God's spirituality marks and brands all those who serve God — who is a Spirit — without spirit: those who draw near to God with their lips, while their heart is far from Him, Matt. 15:8, from Isa. 29:13; those who go with their feet to God's sanctuary, but without inward devotion; those who pray to God with the tongue, but not in the spirit with understanding, 1 Cor. 14:15; those who distribute alms and other goods with their hands, but without spirit — who are said to bring their outward parts to God, while they keep their inward parts for themselves, for the world, and for their pleasures; whereas God nevertheless requires the heart, or the spirit, Prov. 23:26, and indeed the whole heart, Deut. 6:5, 10:12, 30:6, Luke 10:27. Whose service consists and rests in mere bodily exercises, which are of little profit, 1 Tim. 4:8. Such hypocrites the Savior points out with His finger, Matt. 15:7, and their service, however outwardly splendid, being void of spirit and soul (which is said of faith, James 2:20, 26) is dead, and stinks before God like a rotten corpse. For which reason He also casts such hypocrites, with their vain service, from before His eyes, Josh. 1:3 (?), and pronounces a woe upon them, Matt. 23:25, 26 — indeed compares such service to dung, which shall be thrown back in their faces, Mal. 2:3, Amos 3:13, 14.
XV. Thirdly, therefore, God's spirituality counsels that we carefully examine and test our worship, to see whether it agrees with the divine nature — whether it is in spirit and in truth. This we shall be able to know from and by the following marks: (1) Whether, in our outward service, the spirit always accompanies the body, so that we glorify God in spirit and in body, 1 Cor. 6:20 — and not with the body alone, or with the lips, while the heart remains far off, as we have already admonished. (2) Whether the spirit, which in outward worship accompanies the body, be spiritual and not fleshly — for that which is born of the flesh is flesh, but that which is born of the Spirit is spirit, John 3:6; and they that are after the flesh mind the things of the flesh, but they that are after the Spirit, the things of the Spirit, Rom. 8:5. (3) Whether the end and aim of our outward service is not fleshly — the preservation or increase of our own name and praise, Matt. 6:1, the furthering of the affairs of this life, John 6:26, or, as is said, the mere performance of the work itself, 1 Tim. 4:7, 8 — but spiritual, namely, to glorify God, to edify and build up the soul, to work out and further salvation; that is, to serve God in the spirit, Rom. 1:9, and to work out one's own salvation, Phil. 2:12. (4) Whether in our worship all the faculties of our soul are exercised: the understanding, through attention and discernment — for this is called by the Apostle "praying in the spirit," 1 Cor. 14:15; the will, through love, 2 Cor. 5:14, Ps. 27:4, through desire and longing, Ps. 84:2, 3, through delight and joy, ibid., and Ps. 43:4, and through grief on account of sloth and negligence, ibid., v. 5. (5) Whether we are Christians and godly not only in public, but also in secret — that is, in the spirit, not in the letter, Rom. 2:28, 29. (6) Whether we do, in simplicity of heart and from the soul, whatever we do, as unto the Lord and not unto men, Col. 3:22, 23. Finally, (7) whether we are more abundant and diligent in spiritual exercises — the denial of self, the mortification of lusts, the following of Christ, faith, hope, love — than in outward and bodily things; indeed, whether in outward and bodily things we aim at nothing else than the increase of the aforesaid inward and spiritual things, 1 Tim. 4:7, 8.
XVI. Fourthly, that God is a Spirit admonishes us to dedicate our spirit to God, since He (1) delights and is pleased that we be glad in the spirit, John 4:23. And the Father seeks such worshipers, just as each creature seeks and delights in its like, Rom. 8:5 (?). (2) He is the Father of spirits, Heb. 12:9, in that He forms the spirit of man within him, Zech. 12:1. (3) He has marked our spirit with His image, and has sealed it for Himself as His own peculiar possession, that we might render to God, the owner and possessor, that which bears the image of God as a token of God's ownership, Matt. 22:20, 21. (4) He has many peculiar relations to our spirit: since He is (a) not only the Creator of our spirit, as already noted, but also (b) its Redeemer, Ps. 31:6; (c) its Ruler and Lord, Prov. 21:1; (d) its Searcher, Jer. 17:10. But in what way, finally, shall we accomplish this? Answer: (1) By going out from ourselves and denying ourselves, whereby we, as it were, divest and strip ourselves of the property of being our own spirit, 1 Cor. 6:19 — when we do not so follow the faculties of that spirit (its understanding and its reasoning and wisdom; its will and its inclination and desire, Matt. 26:39, and all the passions and their affections and sufferings) as though they were not from our spirit and not within our own right and power. (2) By yielding, surrendering, and dedicating our spirit: when we appropriate to God the spirit that has been given to us, 1 Cor. 6:19 — "You are not your own; therefore glorify God in your body and in your spirit, which are God's" — when we give our spirit to Him, Prov. 23:26, 2 Cor. 8:5, that it may live not unto itself, Rom. 14:7, 8, Gal. 2:19, 20, but (a) unto God's honor and glory, 1 Cor. 10:31; (b) according to His will, 1 Pet. 4:2; (c) He working in us, Phil. 2:13. (3) By cleansing our spirit from all defilement, 2 Cor. 7:1, Jer. 4:14 — that it may be fit to be received and accepted by God, Isa. 1:15, 16, of which more presently and at large. (4) By adorning our spirit with all manner of virtues, 1 Pet. 3:3, 4, 5, so that it may the more readily be accepted and taken up by God — as in Matt. 22:11, 12. (5) By committing our spirit into the hands of God, that He may redeem and deliver it, Ps. 31:6; that He may wash and cleanse it in and with the blood of His Son, Ps. 51:11, 12; that He may renew it by the working of His Spirit, ibid., and Ezek. 36:26, 27; and finally take it up to Himself at the hour of death, Luke 23:46, 16:22.
XVII. Fifthly, since God is a Spirit, let us more and more cleanse and purify our spirit, which is marked with His image and dedicated to Him, 2 Cor. 7:1, 1 Thess. 5:23, Jer. 4:14, from every defilement. But one may ask, of what sort of defilement do we speak? We answer: (1) of that which the Savior marks out, Matt. 15:19, 20; (2) of that which the Apostle points out when he enumerates the works of the flesh, or of the carnal spirit, Gal. 5:19, 20 — namely, not so much gross adulteries and uncleannesses, as idolatry, witchcraft, strifes, and the like. These are in particular (3) spiritual ignorance, blindness, spiritual pride, unbelief, hypocrisy. They are, finally, (4) all manner of lusts, which James calls the lusts of the spirit, chap. 4:5, which war against the soul. But for what reasons shall we do this? Answer: (1) Because God is a Spirit, who, just as He delights in spiritual duties, so also is He especially offended and dishonored by spiritual defilements. (2) Because these fight most of all against the perfection of the spiritual Law, Rom. 7:14. (3) Because sin is most powerful in man's spirit, as in its wellspring, Matt. 15:19. (4) Because through spiritual defilements and filthiness we become most like the devils, who are, in effect, nothing but spiritual wickedness. Finally, by what means shall we cleanse and purify our spirit? Answer: (1) Let us circumcise our hearts from day to day, Jer. 4:4. (2) Let us wash and be sprinkled, through faith, with the blood of Christ, ibid., v. 14, Heb. 9:14, Acts 15:9. (3) Let us watch diligently over every particular movement of our heart, thoughts, desires, and pleasures, that we be not defiled from without by objects that would defile our spirit, Prov. 4:23. Moreover, (4) let us keep the Word of God as our rule and standard in the inmost part of our heart, ibid., vv. 20, 21. (5) Let us continually, as it were, weary God with prayers, that He create in us a clean heart, and renew within us a steadfast spirit, Ps. 51:12; that He, according to the promise of the Covenant of Grace, put His Law within us and write it upon our hearts, Jer. 31:33, and likewise give us a new spirit within us, Ezek. 36:26, 27.
XVIII. Moreover, since God is a Spirit, this requires, sixthly, that we serve Him in spirit and in truth, as the text implies. This signifies: (1) not with the body alone, but also with our spirit — and not merely in a bodily manner, but far more in a spiritual manner, according to the proportion indicated in §§14, 15. (2) Not only in public worship with others, but also in secret, between God and the soul alone, Matt. 6:6, through godly private conversation and meditation, whereby we pour out our spirit, as it were, into God's bosom, Ps. 42:5. In particular (3), after the example of Paul (Rom. 1:9: "For God is my witness, whom I serve in my spirit, in the gospel of His Son, how without ceasing I make mention of you always in my prayers"), in the concerns of the Gospel, of piety, love, prayers, intercessions — and that continually, indeed without ceasing, and with such constancy that we, as it were bound by the Spirit, undertake our religious exercises, Acts 20:22 — finally also sincerely, so that we can call upon God to witness. Such spiritual service (a) agrees with God's spiritual nature, John 4:24; (b) is sought and desired, indeed also required, by God, ibid., v. 23, Prov. 11:20, 1 Chron. 29:17 — to such an extent that (c) the spiritual element must be everything in all our worship, 1 Sam. 12:24, 1 Kings 8:61 (?), Matt. 22:37; and that all worship without spirit is nothing, Matt. 15:8, indeed wicked and hypocritical, ibid., v. 7, and detestable, like a dead body without spirit, James 2:17, 26 — however outwardly fair it may otherwise appear, as is evident in Ahab, 1 Kings 21:27, and in Jehu, ibid., 2 Kings 10:29, 30. But also (d), through the sincerity and truth of the Spirit, the greatest defects and imperfections are covered and made good, 2 Chron. 30:18, compared with v. 19. Finally (e), the presence and the truth and sincerity of the Spirit is so highly valued by God that He accounts it evangelical perfection, and pronounces such a one to be complete and perfect, Job 1:1, 8, and righteous, Ps. 32:11, 97:11, 2 Chron. 20:20 (?).
XIX. We would add, seventhly, that above all in prayer we ought to be active in spirit and in truth, as the text expressly requires. That is, that we should not pray with the voice or lips alone, nor with outward gestures alone, Isa. 1:15, nor bound to customary set prayers only; but that the heart be present therein, with understanding and attention, 1 Cor. 14:15; and accordingly also with faith, hope, love, with a fitting preparation of the mind before prayer, with a right disposition of mind during prayer, and finally with an exceeding great desire, longing, and expectation of obtaining the thing desired, after prayer. These things, I say, we would add here, did not the fear of already too great prolixity restrain us, and did they not, in particular, belong rather to the chapter on Prayer.
The Second Consideration, on the Simplicity of God
The Doctrinal Part
XX. A consequence of God's spirituality is His simplicity — not that this belongs to created spirits merely because they are equally spirits, but rather because God is a Spirit of and from Himself, in an original and singular manner, all things flowing from Himself and to Himself. This simplicity of God the Scripture teaches us, in that it often presents God to us not only with combined and composite modes of speech, but also with ones that are simple and abstract — as when Scripture calls God love, 1 John 4:8, 16; life, 1 John 5:20; a light in which is no darkness, 1 John 1:5 — that is, the Godhead in which there is nothing of any other kind, which is nothing other than pure, unmixed Godhead.
XXI. And this for the following reasons: (1) Because He is an absolutely First Being; hence, if He were, through composition, one thing and another thing, there would be many "firsts," and none of them absolutely and unconditionally first, since it would not be prior to all the other parts that co-exist with it. Moreover, if God were composite, He would require a composer, who would have to be prior even to that first. (2) Because He is Independent — which He would not be, if He depended in His entirety on the composing parts, and on the one who unites the parts, and on the one who maintains that union. (3) Because He is Unchangeable — for wherever, through composition, there is a union of parts, there can also occur a dissolution, and thus a change, of the same. (4) Because He is Infinite — for composing parts can only be finite, so that, joined together, they must utterly exclude the infinite. (5) Because God is Eternal — for that which is composite has a beginning, from the composer, through the joining together, and can also have an end, through the dissolution of the parts. (6) Because He is All-perfect — since it is, by the consent of all, more perfect to be, for example, goodness itself, than to be good; wisdom itself, than to be wise, etc.; but a part necessarily includes some imperfection, insofar as it does not have the perfection of the whole, and also requires a composer. Finally, (7) if there were any composition in God, then He would not be a light in which is no darkness, not a pure, unmixed Godhead: for the parts, being without doubt diverse, would not together compose that same, pure Godhead. Very well, therefore, does Justin (in Quaest. et Respons. ad Orthodox., quaest. 144) say: God is not, as a creature is, such that what He is and has is to be understood through composition, as with created nature; but just as He has His Nature, so also must it be understood that what He is, and what He has, He is and has apart from any composition.
XXII. By His simplicity, God is absolutely without any composition, in which one thing and another thing are joined together. Onto this least amount of simplicity in God's essence there runs, in particular, an exclusion of a fivefold composition: (1) of bodily parts of any magnitude; for He is a Spirit, according to the preceding Consideration, and it is bodies to which parts belong. (2) Of essential parts, matter and form, which likewise occur only in a body. (3) Of substance and accident — since all accidents are judged to be less perfect than their own substance, which cannot stand with a most perfect Being; and since accidents are reckoned to perfect the substance, and finally to render it liable to change and corruption. (4) Of essence and existence — since existence is nothing other than the act of the essence, nor anything distinct from it, which would introduce a composition. (5) Of genus and differentia: for since a Being which is ὑπερούσιος, above being, agrees with nothing else in any respect, but differs from all in all things, and has placed all other things under the order of genera and species — He is therefore also not subject to being determined and limited by any distinguishing differentia. And not only is God, through His simplicity, without any composition within Himself, but He also enters into no ordinary composition outside Himself — because thereby every composing part would be presupposed to be less perfect than its whole; although meanwhile we do not deny the extraordinary composition, so to speak, in the personal union of Christ — because that does not signify such an imperfection; for in that composition, the assuming nature possesses, by way of excellence, all the perfection that is also in the assumed nature. For which reason God, being united with a creature, does not thereby manifest any greater perfection than He has apart from and outside the creature.
The Polemical Part
XXIII. One asks: (1) Is God a most simple Being? The heathen, who had human gods — that is, who held illustrious men to be gods — the Anthropomorphites, because they taught that man was formed after the image of the Godhead in His very members; some of the ancient Fathers, among them Tertullian, perhaps because they took the words "substance" and "body" to be synonymous, lest God should become an accident; and the Socinians, in order to have a finite God, existing only in heaven, who therefore could not have been united with the human nature of Christ, since that was only on earth — and moreover, in order to have a God who is distinct from His essence, whereby it would follow that, according to the caprice of man's free will, He would every hour, according to their feelings, be changeable, and yet not be changed — all these deny that God is a most simple Being. The Reformed, on the contrary, teach with Scripture, and with the reasons which we set forth in §§20 and 21, that God is in every way most simple. The chief objections of the parties are: (1) That human members are ascribed to God — to which we have already at length given answer. (2) That outward acts differ from the doer Himself. Answer: The thing that is externally produced by an act does indeed differ; but not the power and the productive act itself; and the relation which, through the production, accrues to the producer with respect to the thing produced, does not bring any composition, since it is not a certain reality, and introduces into God (for relative things are relative to something, not in someone) no composition. (3) That acts, even inward ones — for example, decrees — are, without doubt, distinct from the doer and decreer. Answer: They are indeed distinct from the thing decreed, but not from the decreeing act; and the relation which arises from this, within its proper bounds, is in neither of the two such that it could constitute a composition. (4) That the Attributes differ from the Essence — for example, mercy from strict justice. Answer: Not so, except with respect to their objects and effects, and through the relation that exists between the attribute and its object. (5) That there are three Persons in one Essence. Answer: But (1) the Essence differs from the Personhood only in a manner of reasoning, and in our conception, which can think of the one while not thinking of the other — for Personhood is nothing other than the subsistence of the Essence; and subsistence is nothing other than the existence of the actual substance, which, without doubt, does not differ from the existing God Himself. And (2) the Persons, considered abstractly, differ among themselves not as those subsistences, but as three modes of one and the same subsistence — which modes of being, since they are not essences, constitute no composition, but only a distinction and a manner of being, as we shall more distinctly explain in its proper place. (6) That two natures are united into one Person. Answer: From this arises no composition in God, although, as we have said and explained, there does arise from it an extraordinary union in the God-man.
XXIV. One asks: (2) Does Holy Scripture teach the absolute simplicity of God? The Anthropomorphites or Audians, Vorstius (in his Tractate on God, and in his Notes on the third Disputation on the Nature of God), Smalcius (in the Defense of the Animadversions on the Assertions of Poznań, and the Racovian Catechism, chap. 5), exclude the simplicity of God entirely from the number of the divine attributes, being enslaved to their presuppositions which we noted above at the preceding controversy. The Remonstrants, who style themselves reformed, do not, indeed, deny God's simplicity outright in their Confession — for thereby they would fall in with the camp of the Socinians, an army which has been banished from our provinces by the civil laws, lest they should be compelled to banish the Socinians from their own communion — yet they resolve the matter of God's simplicity into these three propositions: (1) That not one jot concerning God's simplicity is found in Scripture. (2) That the whole doctrine of it is, whether in wording or in substance, beyond the natural light of reason. (3) That the simplicity of God is not necessary to be believed. Among the Reformed there has always, down to Socinus, been great agreement concerning the divine simplicity. By what follows we must show that Scripture teaches the simplicity of God, and that it is therefore not a mere philosophical doctrine, but necessary to be believed — a thing which the orthodox seek to establish by the following reasoning: (1) Because Scripture teaches that God is a Spirit, John 4:24; but "a Spirit," in the judgment of all, signifies an immaterial, and therefore a simple, Being. As for their objection that in Scripture an angel too is called a spirit, as also our soul, and that they are nevertheless, for that reason, not absolutely simple — the answer is easy: that angels and our souls are called spirits only by way of analogy, in a diminished sense, insofar as they come, nearest of all, to God's spirituality; whereas God, properly and most perfectly, is a Spirit. (2) Because Scripture teaches that God is an absolutely first Being, Rev. 1:8, Jer. 41:4 (?) and 44:6 (?), Rev. 1:6 (?) and 22:13, Rom. 11:35, 36 — which therefore admits nothing prior which could have joined together various things in God. (3) Because Scripture teaches that God is unchangeable, Mal. 3:6, James 1:17, Ps. 102:27, 28, Heb. 1:11, 12; but what is composite can also be dissolved, and thereby changed. (4) Because Scripture teaches that God is incorruptible, Rom. 1:23, 1 Tim. 1:17; but if God were composite, He could be corrupted and destroyed — since He cannot be changed into something better (for nothing is better than God), nor into something equally good (for that too cannot exist); nor, if He should be supposed to change into something worse, and thus be corrupted, would He remain God. (5) Because Scripture teaches that God is infinite, as one who fills heaven and earth, Jer. 23:23, 24, who is higher than the heavens, Job 11:8, whom the heaven of heavens cannot contain, 1 Kings 8:27. But that which is composite is finite, since the composing parts are always finite, being less than the whole; and out of finite parts no infinite whole can grow. (6) Because Scripture teaches that God is most perfect, Job 11:8, Matt. 5:48; but that which is simple, and most simple, is more perfect than anything composite, since what is composite consists of imperfect parts. Let these proofs suffice, especially when compared with §§20 and 21. In vain, meanwhile, do they urge the opposite: (1) That not one jot concerning God's simplicity is found in Scripture. Answer: (a) We have already at length proven the contrary. (b) Though it may not stand there in so many words, it stands there nonetheless in force and meaning. But that it is not stated in so many words is a poor ground on which to conclude that it is not there at all — for by that reasoning (c) neither the Trinity, nor the personal union, nor the satisfaction, nor other mysteries would be taught in Scripture, insofar as they too are perhaps not found there in so many syllables. (2) That the absolute simplicity denies that God's particular acts and willings are truly distinct from His Essence, a thing which does not agree with the New Testament, Ezek. 18:24 and 33:11. Answer: This is their first and fundamental error. The multiplicity of the divine willings remains nevertheless intact and safely preserved, in that He, notwithstanding His simplicity, is active and does all things with deliberation and counsel, and out of a free choice of His acts — wherein the multiplicity consists. (3) They allege that the Attributes indicate a composition in God's essence. Answer: They indicate and bring about no composition, because they do not differ from the Essence, except according to our manner of conceiving; nor from one another, except through reason, which has found a ground for distinguishing them in the diversity of their operations, and in the relations arising therefrom. (4) They object that the three Persons, in one and the same Essence, assert a composition in God. Answer: They do not, because the Persons do not differ from the Essence in God, but rather in us and in our conception; nor from one another, except through the modes of subsisting — which, since they are not realities or essences, but only modes or manners of being — do not compose, but only distinguish.
The Practical Part
XXV. As for the practical exercise: since God's spirituality is essentially the same as His simplicity, and since the Savior derives God's absolute simplicity from His spirituality, Luke 24:39 — as also theologians wish to establish His absolute simplicity through God's spirituality — it follows that some of the practical uses which we have just now appended to the divine spirituality may, with the necessary changes, be applied also to His simplicity; among which we shall here briefly gather together the following uses. In the first place, then, God's absolute simplicity affords us a foundation both for the perfection that is in God, and for the imperfection of creatures. And indeed for the divine perfection, because He, through His absolute simplicity, is a pure and unmixed Godhead, in which there is, or can be, nothing less perfect than the infinite Godhead itself. Each and every one of His particular Attributes — Wisdom, Goodness, Grace, Truth, Holiness, Righteousness, Almightiness, etc. — is the very Godhead itself. Wherefore they are said of God not only in the concrete, as one speaks, but also in the abstract, so that He is called, not only wise, good, holy, but Wisdom, Goodness, Holiness, Life, itself. And this not by way of exaggeration, as happens among men, nor in a courtly or flattering manner, as when we, for example, greet a wise man as wisdom itself — for we can never say too much good of that highest and infinite Good. On account of all this He is called a Light, in which is no darkness, 1 John 1:5 — that is, the identity of His Essence and Attributes is so great that no strangeness, no imperfections whatsoever, are found in Him. The foundation and the root of all this lies in God's absolute simplicity, which is taught us in Holy Scripture to this end: that we (1) might, from it, as from the root of all perfection, glory in and glorify God. It is well known that in Holy Scripture God's Majesty and Glory are made known by the word Light, whence He is said to dwell in unapproachable Light, 1 Tim. 6:16, and that He clothes Himself with Light, Ps. 104:2. Hence the heathen are condemned, because, from their knowledge of the Godhead, they did not glorify Him as God, Rom. 1:20, 21. (2) That we, by virtue of God's simplicity, might depend wholly upon God, in all manner of circumstances, however adverse — because He is (a) our Light, Ps. 27:1; because He is (b) Love itself, 1 John 4:7, 8, 16, by which He cannot fail to love His own, and to bring upon them all that is salutary, Rom. 8:32; moreover (c) our Salvation and our Health, Ps. 27:1, who both can and will deliver His own from every evil, ibid.; indeed (d) eternal Life itself, 1 John 5:20, who can be for us a fountain and wellspring of all life, Ps. 36:9. (3) That we, from all these things, might glorify God as the simplest Goodness, from whom alone He is called good, Matt. 19:17, through faith, conversion, endeavor, and desire to please Him, and especially through covenant-fellowship with Him — for how blessed is that people whose God is Jehovah, Ps. 33:12. Thus far the absolute simplicity of God has laid for us the foundation of all perfection in God; but it likewise lays the foundation of all imperfection in creatures, because they, one and all, are composite, in which — at least in most of them — a continual mixture of good and evil is observed, whereby, though they may perhaps be able to do some good, like the good, they are likewise also able to do harm, like the bad; so they can bind up, they can also embitter; and even were they altogether good, they would nevertheless, on account of their composite nature, remain merely changeable. This ought to move us never to place too great a trust in creatures, of whatever sort they may be — at least, that we not depend upon them as upon God, who is the simplest and purest Perfection and Godhead.
XXVI. Yes, but rather, secondly, since God is most simple, and therefore gives simply (or otherwise, generously, ἁπλῶς), James 1:5, gives Himself, wholly and entirely, and all His Attributes — which, on account of His simplicity, are inseparable — and thus lays out His wisdom, power, goodness, and grace at our cost: let us therefore, with a simple and undivided heart, rest in God alone, and, with David, promise ourselves all good things from His sincerity and uprightness (which are one and the same as His simplicity), Ps. 25:21. To which trust we have, in the divine simplicity, various grounds and supports: namely, because that divine simplicity is (1) a pure Goodness, whereby it can only be beneficial, and in which there is no evil, whereby it could be harmful. (2) A universal Goodness, which admits no exception, Ps. 34:10, 11. (3) An unlimited and boundless Goodness, which can be restricted or hindered by no creature, however mighty — which can therefore stand for us in the place of all things, and can give us all things, indeed above all that we ask or think, Eph. 3:20. So that there is no reason why we should not say with David: He is the portion of my inheritance, Ps. 16:5; and with Asaph: Whom have I in heaven but thee? and there is none upon earth that I desire beside thee. My flesh and my heart faileth: but God is the strength of my heart, and my portion for ever, Ps. 73:25, 26. To neglect this duty — what else is it but, in deed, to deny God's simplicity, whereby He is a light in which is no darkness? And what else is it but to estrange oneself far from God? Ibid., v. 27.
XXVII. Again, thirdly, let us occupy ourselves, in all our service, with a simple heart before the simple God, Matt. 10:16. So Paul admonishes, Eph. 6:5, that servants should obey their masters in singleness of heart, as unto Christ; and as the Apostle speaks, 2 Cor. 1:12, in simplicity and godly sincerity. Not with a double heart, which is ascribed to hypocrites, Ps. 12:2 (3), of whom one part looks to itself, to the world, and to temporal things, and another to God — but with one simple heart, which is drawn along a single straight line toward God alone. Herein three things are distinctly comprehended: (1) That the heart be pure within, that is, stripped of every mingled corruption, Ps. 12:2 (3, 4), stripped also of all crooked intent — wherefore such a heart is called by the Savior a single eye, Matt. 6:22, 23. Then (2) that we, with a pure and simple heart, aim at but one single mark, namely, the honor and glory of God, Phil. 1:20, 21, and the end subordinate thereto — the salvation of our own soul, together with the edification of our neighbor. (3) That the pure and simple heart pursue its simple aim with a steadfast and, as far as possible, uniform effort — for want of which man is called δίψυχος, unstable in all His ways, James 1:8. And that we may apply ourselves the more strongly and earnestly to such a simple heart, we ought to consider: (1) That we are thereby laboring and striving after the imitation and likeness of the first and chief perfection of God — namely, that which is the foundation of all perfection — in conformity to which the chief perfection of the rational creature consists. Whence uprightness, which among the Greeks is ἁπλότης, simplicity, is among the Hebrews תָּם, perfection. (2) We ought to consider that they are pronounced blessed by the Savior who are pure in heart, Matt. 5:8, Ps. 73:1 — whereas, on the contrary, (3) the double-hearted are transgressors, condemned and hardened, Ps. 12:2, 3, cf. 1 Kings 8:61, Hos. 10:2. Further (4), we ought to consider that the foundation of all steadfastness lies in simplicity, just as the foundation of all instability lies in double-heartedness, James 1:8. And finally, that our heart may become simple: (1) it must be cleansed from every admixture of anything of a foreign kind, of evil desires, 2 Cor. 7:1, 1 John 3:3; it must be cleansed in and through the blood of Christ, 1 John 1:7, and through sincere conversion, Jer. 4:14 and v. 4. (2) One must fight against fleshly lusts, that they mingle not with our hearts, Gal. 5:16 (13). (3) One must pray and beseech God that He, according to the promise of the Covenant of Grace, give us one heart, Ezek. 11:19, and that He create within us a clean heart, Ps. 51:10 (12).
XXVIII. And we ought to apply ourselves to simplicity of heart not only in the service of God, but also, fourthly, in human society and dealings. After the example of the Apostle, 2 Cor. 1:12, where he says: For our rejoicing is this, the testimony of our conscience, that in simplicity and godly sincerity, not with fleshly wisdom, but by the grace of God, we have had our conversation in the world, and more abundantly to youward — that is, to the Corinthians. And he requires the very same thing, Col. 3:22: with singleness of heart, fearing God. And what is that, indeed? The Apostle explains it in v. 23: it is to do it heartily, as to the Lord, and not unto men. Since, then, in this simplicity consists (1) our security and safety, Prov. 20:21 (?), and (2) our peace of mind and rejoicing; whereas (3) a deceitful dealing is an abomination to God, Ps. 5:6, Prov. 11:20.
XXIX. The divine simplicity admonishes us, fifthly, that we rest and be content in our lot, however simple and lowly it may be. For the more simple a given thing is, the more steadfast and enduring it is; whereas the more composite it is, the more, for that very reason, it is subject to dissolution and destruction. Wherefore God is most unchangeable, because He is most simple; whereas, on the contrary, the angels, because they consist of qualities which differ from their essence, have through sin proven liable to ruin; and material things, the more composite they are, the more they too are liable to destruction, as appears from a comparison of elemental substances with mixed compounds. In exactly the same manner it stands with man's temporal lot and portion: the simpler it is, the more lasting and stable; and the more variously it is furnished, out of a composition of riches, honors, and pleasures, the more changeable — and the more you involve and burden yourself with so many objects, the more you are subjected to cares and anxieties, Luke 10:41. For the more you possess, the more can also be taken from you. There is, therefore, great reason why we, through godly contentment and satisfaction, should accustom our minds to simplicity, and, in place of the changeableness of things, set God alone before us, who alone is all-sufficient for all, unto all things, Gen. 17:1 — who alone is therefore truly necessary, Luke 10:42. Let us possess this, with a simple contentment, as our portion, and count all other things as things thrown in besides, Matt. 6:33 — a contentment which the Apostle recommends, 1 Tim. 6:6, and in which he himself sets us an example, Phil. 4:11, 12.
Chapter VII: On the Immutability of God
James 1:17
With whom is no variableness, neither shadow of turning.
I. From the Independence and Simplicity, by which God is a Spirit of and from Himself, His Immutability must absolutely and necessarily flow. For that which, through its Independence, is absolutely first, admits of nothing prior to it that could change it; and that which is most simple has nothing which could, through change, be taken away from it or added to it. Hence James speaks of the Father of lights (who is not only a light in which is no darkness, 1 John 1:5, but also the fountain of life, in whose light we see and enjoy light, Ps. 36:9, the Sun of Righteousness Himself) as one with whom is no inward alternation of light and darkness.
The Explanatory Part
II. Here the text gives to God, the Father of Lights, an outstanding testimony of His absolute immutability, expressed almost in astronomical terms. In this testimony two things come before us:
I. To whom the Apostle gives this testimony: παρ' ᾧ, "with whom," or "in whom." Here, without doubt, God is meant, of whom he had been speaking before; Him he calls the Father of Lights — not merely a Light, in which, or in whose Essence, is no darkness, that is, nothing of a foreign kind, as we have noted in the preceding chapter; but one who is a Father, that is, a fountain and wellspring — not of Light, but of Lights, namely, of all lights, however many there are, whether natural — sun, moon, stars — or supernatural, such as are in the soul of the rational creature, through the illumination of regeneration, conversion, sanctification.
II. What he testifies: οὐκ ἔνι παραλλαγή, κ.τ.λ., "with whom is no variableness," etc. — namely, he denies that there is in Him any variation. Here two things present themselves to us:
A. The denial: οὐκ ἔνι, "is not in," instead of "is not." The Greek ἔνι comes from ἔνειμι, "to be in," by an elision, for ἔνεστι. Except that one Greek manuscript reads, according to the testimony of Beza, ἐστι for ἔνι — the sense of the denial being the same, as it concerns the immutability of God, from whom he wards off:
(1) παραλλαγή, "variation" — a Greek word derived from ἀλλάσσω, "I change," which itself plainly derives from ἄλλος, "another" — since in every change there is ἄλλο καὶ ἄλλο, one thing and then another thing, and their continual succession, which is signified by the preposition παρά. There is here a continual, figurative comparison, drawn from the astronomers, among whom the sun (the created Father of Lights) and the moon have their παραλλαγαί or παραλλάξεις, "variations," or various aspects (as one might say in plain speech): for they are seen otherwise at their rising, otherwise at midday, otherwise at their setting; likewise various changes occur, so that now they appear full, now waning, as is evident in the phases of both sun and moon; and also in their motions — for instance, in the sun, which changes its position, since it is moved from the East toward the West, and from the sign of Cancer to the sign of Capricorn; whence it is now day, or light, now night, or shadow, which is greater or lesser according to the greater or lesser approach or departure of the sun. Hence again, the sun now appears, now shines and gleams, now is darkened by vapors, clouds, eclipses. To so many changes, then, is the created Father of Lights subject — all of which, together with all manner of other changes, the text wards off from the uncreated Father of Lights.
(2) τροπῆς ἀποσκίασμα, "a shadow of turning," or of vicissitude. Both these words are again astronomical. The word τροπή, "turning," is applied by the astronomers to the sun, which has its yearly departures from us, which they call solstices, the Greeks τροπαί, "turnings"; according to these departures it gives us different shadows, which is ἀποσκιάζειν, "to overshadow." Wherefore, in this whole compound expression, it is signified that there is in God not only absolutely no change, but not even a semblance or shadow of change.
The Doctrinal Part
III. Therefore God, and God alone, is in every way and in every respect unchangeable. This Holy Scripture teaches us in many ways: when it (1) wards off and denies from God all change, even to the very shadow of it, James 1:17, Mal. 3:6, 1 Tim. 1:17 — which is proved from Rom. 1:23. And (2) all that change implies, for example: repentance, Num. 23:19, 1 Sam. 15:29. Indeed (3) it ascribes to Him an everlasting unchangeableness, Ps. 102:27, 28, Heb. 1:11, 12. Whence Proclus (in the Sermon on the Faith to the Armenians) says: The Godhead abides, as being above all change. The change of a nature that flows and passes is a passivity; but its ever-abiding and ever-uniform nature is a true unchangeableness.
IV. For God is, through His Independence: (1) an absolutely first Being — for whatever is changed is changed by something or someone else, which or who must therefore be prior to that which is changed. Also, God is, through His Independence, (2) a most simple Being; but in a change there is always something that remains, something that comes to be, or departs — there is also an alternation between them. (3) God is, moreover, a most perfect Being, indeed infinitely perfect, to which therefore no perfection can accrue or be added — for then He would not be most perfect; nor can any depart from Him — for then He would not remain most perfect. Therefore He cannot be changed either into something better, which does not exist, or into something worse, for that would corrupt Him; or into something equally good, for then there would be more most-perfect Beings, and thus, for that very reason, none. Wherefore Hilary (Lib. 3, De Trinitate) says: God, I think, is not changeable, nor does an eternal Being admit any defect or improvement, any advance or decline: but whatever God is, He is always, and it can never come to pass that He should not be. (4) God is Infinite, to whom, through change, nothing could be added or taken away without His ceasing to be infinite. He is (5) Incorruptible, whereas the change of a most perfect Being can be nothing but a corruption. Indeed also (6), He would then be annihilated — for the change of a most simple Being can be nothing other than an annihilation, since, the most simple Being being changed, nothing would remain of what it had been before; and thus, through the change of God, an outright atheism would be introduced.
V. A change now differs from an annihilation, in that in a change there always remains something of what was there before; but in an annihilation nothing at all remains. If, therefore, the Godhead were to be changed, it would altogether cease to be. If you say that another might, through the change, come in its place, then you will be saying that there are several godheads, of which the one would come into the place of the other — from which one, being taken away through change, another would be born, which likewise would not be eternal, and therefore no godhead at all. Wherefore not one kind, nor even a shadow of change, can apply to Him. Hence Augustine (in the Preface to Book 4 of De Trinitate) says: The Divine Essence has nothing changeable, either in its eternity, or in its truth, or in its will. God is, therefore, unchangeable: (1) In respect of His Essence and existence, 1 Tim. 1:17, Ps. 102:28 (27), Rom. 1:23 — because He is eternal and immortal, a most pure act, necessarily existing, and that through His own Essence. (2) In respect of His accidents — which do not occur in Him at all — because He is good, true, righteous, wise, through His Essence. Wherefore He can neither deny Himself, 2 Tim. 2:13, nor lie, Titus 1:2. (3) In respect of His knowledge, because He is omniscient, 1 Cor. 2:16 (?), Job 11:7, 8, 9, knowing all things within Himself, in eternity, with a single glance, however the known things themselves may come to be changed. (4) In respect of His will and counsel, Isa. 46:10, Rom. 9:11, Job 42:2 — for although His will is free, it is nevertheless steadfast and eternal, and that which has once pleased Him can never displease Him. Nor does His unchangeableness stand in the way of His acting according to a purpose formed beforehand. (5) In respect of His sayings, promises, and threatenings, Num. 23:19, Heb. 6:18 — for whoever changes His words and sayings, changes His will, which is the very Essence of God itself. (6) In respect of place, because He can be contained neither in one place, nor in the whole world, according to Justin (in the Dialogue with Trypho); He can therefore also not change place.
The Polemical Part
VI. One asks: (1) Is God unchangeable in every respect? As many as, even with the mouth alone, confess Christ — indeed, as many as acknowledge a God, even to the heathen — acknowledge also that He is unchangeable with respect to His Essence, insofar as they confess that He is incorruptible and immortal, Rom. 1:23. For there is nothing more often on the lips of the heathen than the expression "the immortal gods." The Semi-Pelagians, the Jesuits, the Remonstrants, the Anabaptists, and even the Lutherans — because they acknowledge a certain will which depends on a condition to be fulfilled by man, and which depends on man's free will, consisting in an independent indifference — acknowledge indeed that God is in all things unchangeable, except in that will, which, according to the change of man's free will, would every hour be changed. The Semi-Pelagians, with whom, in our day, our Socinians in all points agree, hold, on those same presuppositions, not only that the divine Will, but also that the Understanding of God, or His Omniscience, is changeable, insofar as it too, according to the disposition of man's free will or choice, daily acquires knowledge of new truths — for they hold that God does not have any certain knowledge of future contingent things, especially of those which depend on the determination of our free will, which would consist in an independent indifference; and that thus the knowledge of God is every hour increased, and consequently changed. They hold, moreover, that God experiences within Himself truly and properly-named passions — for example, repentance, longings, wishes, sorrow, delight, joy, anger. The Reformed, on the contrary, deny all change in God, with those Scripture passages and reasons which we have set forth in §§3 and 4. Meanwhile, our opponents allege, or can allege, on behalf of God's changeability: (1) That through this unchangeableness of God the freedom of our will or choice would be lost. Answer: Not at all — for the freedom of our will or choice does not consist in an indifference, and especially not in an independent indifference, but in a power to do and to act according to a purpose and counsel formed beforehand, with a rational pleasure and good will, which is neither taken away nor injured by the Unchangeableness of God. (2) That thus also to God Himself no free will and choice would belong, insofar as He too, on account of that absolute Unchangeableness, could not change His settled opinion and will. Answer: This too is not true, because He, on account of the indifference of His nature, can effect either of two opposite things, and therefore, according to His rational good pleasure, wills whatever He wills — and freely wills whatever He wills. (3) That He wills and does changeable things. Answer: Yet unchangeably — just as He, by virtue of His Eternity, in which no succession of time whatsoever has place, governs and rules the successive and changeable times of creatures. (4) That He created the world in time, which He had not created from eternity. Answer: He created the world by that power and might which has from eternity been unchangeable, and by which eternal power, through the divine Will, the world came to exist and was sustained in time; nor has anything from without accrued to Him from creation, save only a bare relation, which brings about in Him no change. (5) That He has foretold future things which He has never brought to pass. Answer: He has foretold — or rather, He has promised and threatened things under a future condition, which condition, not having been fulfilled, He also foretold would not come to pass. (6) That He has sometimes repented of some deed. Answer: In a human manner of speaking, with respect to the change of the work, not of the Worker. (7) That it does not always come to pass which He wills. Answer: Yes, it always comes to pass which He wills, but in the manner in which He wills it — if He wills only by commanding, that the commanded thing be a matter of our duty, then this comes to pass; if He wills the thing by decreeing that it shall be, then it is, or shall be. (8) That the Λόγος, the Word, or the second Person of the Trinity, became flesh, John 1:14. Answer: He became flesh by assuming, or by doing, not by suffering; but all passive change occurs through suffering. (9) That God suffered death, Acts 20:28. Answer: He suffered it, not in Himself, but in the assumed human nature.
VII. One asks: (2) Is it not rightly concluded, from the fact that the incarnate God, and the divine nature of Christ, suffered, that God is changeable, and indeed has been changed? The Patripassians — that is, "Father-sufferers," of old, originally from Praxeas, who troubled the Church from about the beginning of the third century, whom Marcellinus Comes, in Anastasius, calls Deopassians, that is, "God-sufferers," because they acknowledged not only one and the same nature in Father and Son, but also one and the same Person — a thing which Noetus later followed, and his disciple Sabellius — these, I say, held that the Father too suffered, and that God was thus changed (see Augustine, Haer. 41; Eusebius, Hist. Eccl., Lib. 5, cap. 11; Epiphanius, Haer. 57 and 62; Forbes, Instruct. Historico-Theol., Lib. 1, cap. 3, §5). The Lutherans — because they hold that, through the personal union of the two natures in Christ, the divine Essence has been communicated to the human nature, together with the subsistence of the second Person, in order thence to conclude the omnipresence of Christ's flesh, and thus also its presence in the elements of the Holy Supper — hold that this communicated divine Nature likewise became flesh and suffered, and was thus changed; yet they deny that God is changeable. The Reformed, on the contrary, acknowledge that the Son of God, or the second Person of the Holy Trinity, without doubt became flesh, or suffered within Himself, not through suffering, but only through doing — that is, through assuming the human nature — insofar as it can also be said, in that sense, that He became flesh; and also that God, not in Himself, but in the assumed human nature, suffered. Thus they hold, too, that if the divine Nature were properly said to have become flesh, or to have suffered, then God would be said to be changeable — since suffering entails a change: for to become what one was not — which occurs in a passive fleshly wounding — and to cease to be what one was, who can say that this does not bring about a change? And yet the parties are not without their pretexts. And indeed (1) the Patripassians say that, without doubt, the same nature is in the Father which is in the Son; since the divine Nature suffers in the Son, it cannot but be that it also suffered in the Father, and that thus the divine Nature suffered in both. Answer: The divine Nature suffered in neither of the two; but the Person of the Son, who indeed had the divine Nature, and the same nature as the Father, but who, through characteristic or personal properties, was, as it were, particularized to the second Person, assumed the human nature, and in this the Son of God suffered. (2) The Lutherans allege that, through the personal union, the subsistence of the Son of God is communicated to the human nature of Christ, and, since the subsistence in God is the same as His Essence, that therefore the divine Essence and divine Attributes are likewise communicated to it — and that thus, since the human nature suffered, the divine Nature also, which is communicated to the human, suffered. But we deny that, through the personal union, the subsistence of the second Person has been communicated to the human nature — because, in that case, the human nature would have become not merely a person, for every rational subsistence which has any propriety, whether its own or communicated, is a person — but also a divine Person. We likewise deny that the divine Nature of the Son of God is communicated to the human nature, for thus the human nature would have become a divine Nature, and thus there would not be a union of Natures in Christ, but an identitas, that is, an equal sameness, in which lies an open Eutychianism. It stands firm, therefore, that if the divine Nature, being communicated to the human, suffered in it, then God would have been changed, and would thus be changeable. These matters will, with God's help, be more distinctly set forth in the chapter on the Person of the Mediator.
VIII. One asks: (3) Is God changeable, at least in respect of place? Conradus Vorstius, not yet daring openly to deny the personal union of the two natures in Christ, nevertheless lays snares against it by covert means, holding that the Essence of God, being finite, is only in heaven — from which it most immediately follows that it could not have been united with the human nature, which was only on earth; he therefore acknowledges such a finite Godhead as could be moved from one place to another. The Socinians, openly denying the personal union in Christ, teach openly that God is composite and finite, to whom it is not repugnant to be moved from one place to another. The Reformed, as they teach that God is in every way unchangeable, so that there is not even a shadow of change in Him, teach the same also with respect to place. Because His Essence is infinite, omnipresent, immeasurable, filling heaven and earth, Jer. 23:23, 24, Ps. 139:7–10, Acts 7:49 and 17:24–28 — He cannot therefore change place. Of which more at large hereafter. As to their saying: (1) that it is generally said that God is in heaven — I will answer: nowhere is it said that He is in heaven only; indeed, rather the contrary, as is evident from the passages already cited. (2) That He goes up and comes down; that He comes and goes away — I will answer: in His own manner, namely, in the manner in which an infinite, omnipresent Being, which fills heaven and earth, can come down and go up: that is, as often as God reveals His extraordinary presence, for an extraordinary end and work, in an extraordinary manner, He is said to come down and to come — unless you would rather say that He comes down and goes up, not in His Essence, but in a certain assumed form. This briefly here; more will be said hereafter.
The Practical Part
IX. As for the practice. The Unchangeableness of God serves, first, unto the glory and glorification of God. Wherefore Paul speaks of the glory of the incorruptible, or unchangeable, God, Rom. 1:23 — of and from which (1) God glories and glorifies Himself, Mal. 3:6, and (2) the Church, Ps. 102:26, 27, (3) Paul, 1 Tim. 1:17, and others. This because (a) He alone possesses this so great a perfection, Mal. 3:6, and in the passages cited; but also (b) because this perfection extends to and spreads over all His other Perfections — insofar as He is, in His wisdom, goodness, love, grace, mercy, longsuffering, righteousness, might, etc., absolutely and altogether unchangeable; (c) because, amid so many and so great changes, vicissitudes, and revolutions of the whole universe, He Himself remains unmoved, and stays altogether unchangeable — indeed, is Himself the unmoved Cause of all change in all things, Ps. 102:26, 27. Let us therefore also glorify Him, by virtue of this His Perfection, after the example of God and of the saints, that we too may not be reproved, along with the heathen philosophers, for having changed the glory of the incorruptible God, Rom. 1:23.
X. Secondly, it serves for the belittling and disesteeming of all creatures, however constant and excellent they may seem to be. We ought, namely, to consider that God alone is unchangeable, and that therefore all that differs from Him is, under the sun, brittle, fleeting, and quick to vanish. In particular (a) republics, kingdoms, cities, kings, princes, Hag. 2:22, Jer. 13:18, Dan. 2:1–46; (b) treasures, honors, pleasures, health, Prov. 23:5; (c) prosperity and good fortune, Job 8:11, 20:15, 24:24 (?), Ps. 73:18, 19. All of which things we ought so to consider that we (1) set not our heart upon any of them, Ps. 62:11 (?), Prov. 23:5; but (2) rest not our trust upon them, as being brittle, slippery, and perishable, 1 Tim. 6:17; indeed (3) that we despise and disdain them, 1 John 2:15, 16; at least (4) that we use the present world in moderation, 1 Cor. 7:29, 30, 31; and (5) that we rest and repose upon the unmoved God alone, as Him who is the rock of the heart for ever, Ps. 73:26, and whose promises are unchangeable, Heb. 6:13–19.
XI. Thirdly, it deters from sin and from complacency in sinning, because God is, in every respect, unchangeable, 2 Tim. 2:19. (1) In respect of His Essence and existence: that He is an avenger of sins and of sinners, unto all eternity, Isa. 66:24. (2) In respect of His Attributes: that His righteousness, His anger and hatred against sin and against sinners, will never, not even in the least degree, diminish or cease. (3) In respect of His threatenings, Gen. 2:17. (4) In respect of the exercise of vengeance, through His judgments — that He is therein, and will be, always the same that He has been from all ages, Exod. 20:5 and 34:7.
XII. Fourthly, it awakens trust and comfort in the godly, amid all manner of circumstances, however adverse — namely, that God is unchangeable, Heb. 6:17, 18. Whence He is called a Rock, Deut. 32:31 (?), Ps. 73:26, upon whom the strong foundation is built, Matt. 16:18. For whether they are straitened and distressed concerning their eternal salvation, on account of the slipperiness of their own heart, compared with the unchangeable snares and stratagems of their spiritual enemies — what shall more powerfully sustain and uphold them than that the unchangeable God, Mal. 3:6, is an unmoved Rock, whose sure foundation stands, whereby the Lord knows them that are His, 2 Tim. 2:19, whose saving gifts of grace are without repentance, Rom. 11:29 — whether they are troubled and distressed over the vicissitudes of their temporal affairs, or over the movements of war, sicknesses, or all manner of other miseries and calamities — what shall come to their aid more powerfully than to consider: (1) that the Unchangeableness of a God is a privilege, and that all other things, being in a state of continual motion and flux, are changeable, 1 Cor. 7:29 (31?); meanwhile (2), that God, in and under all those movements and changes, will be unmovedly present with His own, Ps. 46:1, 8 (?), that He will be with them with His perfection and strength, that they may not be moved, ibid. and Ps. 90:1; (3) that He is unchangeable in His goodness, love, grace, mercy, Isa. 54:10, Ps. 117:2 and 118:1, 2, 5; and also (4) in His will and in His gracious decrees, whereby He knows His own, 2 Tim. 2:19, Heb. 6:17, 18; moreover (5) in so many and so great promises, Num. 23:19, which are all in Christ, and shall further be, yea and Amen, 2 Cor. 1:20, Heb. 13:5 (?); especially in His faithfulness and covenant, Isa. 55:3, 54:10, Hos. 2:19 (20). And what is more powerful for comfort in all these things? — as the examples of so many saints confirm, among others also that of David, Ps. 18:2 (3), and Ps. 37:33, 37, etc. — only that we assure ourselves: (a) that the unchangeable God is our God, through the Covenant of Grace; and (b) that we, on our part, are unmovable in the keeping of that Covenant; and also (c) in love, in faith, trust, holiness, service, etc.
XIII. Fifthly, God's Unchangeableness draws us away from all changeableness, unsteadiness, and levity: (a) in holy resolutions, 1 Cor. 15:58; (b) in promises made to God, Rom. 1:13(?); (c) in the covenant entered into through Baptism, and often renewed through the Holy Supper, in sicknesses, fasts, etc., Ps. 25:10 and 103:18; (d) in the confession of Christ and of the Christian faith, Matt. 10:32, 33; (e) in love, in trust, and in good works, 1 Cor. 15:58, Heb. 10:27 (?), 38. For indeed (1) through all such levity we depart from the example of the unchangeable God, in the imitation of whom all our perfection consists, Matt. 5:48; wherefore we (2) also lay ourselves open to very dark reproach for such levity, which we find in James 1:8, Matt. 11:6, Luke 7:23 (?), 1 Kings 18:21, Eph. 4:14, Heb. 4:9 (?), and elsewhere.
XIV. On the contrary, sixthly, God's Unchangeableness invites us to the exercise of imitation, that we, in our duty toward God and our neighbor, be unmoved — not with a Stoic insensibility, which is too greatly extolled by the spiritual enthusiasts — but: (1) with our passions, our affections of love, desire, joy, fixed unmovably upon God alone, Ps. 73:25; (2) with our promises and covenants, made and entered with God and men, to stand firm and to be fulfilled unchangeably, Ps. 116:14; (3) with all manner of duties of godliness: (a) to undertake them with a firm and settled resolve, Acts 4:19; (b) to pursue them with unmoved steadfastness, Rev. 2:26; (c) to receive and to repel with courage the difficulties that arise, Heb. 10:36. Moreover (4), that we (1) keep our thoughts continually fixed, as upon an exemplar, on the unchangeable goodness of God, in the imitation of which our perfection consists, Matt. 5:48, Lev. 11:44 (?); (2) being convinced and persuaded that nothing good, no virtue, no faith, no righteousness can be true or complete and perfect without steadfastness, Ezek. 18:24, Rev. 2:25, 26; and then (3) that we, through persistent and unmoved prayers, weary God, as it were, that He renew within us a steadfast spirit, Ps. 51:10 (12), that He sustain our slipperiness with His Unchangeableness, that we may advance and grow in steadfastness, until at last we attain and enjoy the state of perfect unchangeableness.
Chapter VIII: On the Unity of God
Deuteronomy 6:4
Hear, O Israel: The LORD our God is one LORD.
I. We have had the first kind of the divine Attributes, which showed us what God is; there follows now the second, which, under the notion of quantity, will set before us the Unity, Infinity, and Eternity of God. The Unity, which is the general foundation, we find in Deut. 6:4, cited and adduced by the Savior, Mark 12:29 — a passage which the Jews are accustomed not only to read daily, but also to have written on pure parchment, to which, according to Fagius (on Exod. 13), they attach the chief part of their religion.
The Explanatory Part
II. The text urges upon the Church the hearing of the Articles of Faith which are most fundamental of all — those of the Trinity and of the Unity in God. Wherefore the following are noted:
1. The hearing, שְׁמַע, "Hear": namely, not only with the ears, but also with the heart, that is, acknowledge, believe, retain — as being the outermost foundation of all religion. The last letter in the word שְׁמַע, "Hear," is written as a larger letter — indeed the ninth among such letters as occur enlarged in the Hebrew Bible — which not only the Masoretes but also Christians take note of, as being done in order thereby to awaken the greatest possible attention. Wherefore the Jews read these words daily, according to a very ancient tradition, and glory in them in their prayer book, when they say: O we blessed, who morning and evening say, Hear, O Israel, etc.
2. The hearers, Israel. Not "Israelites," in the plural, but "Israel," in the singular — that it might thereby be signified that not only the Israelites in general, but that every single Israelite, for himself in particular, must judge that it was incumbent upon him to hear. Israel, namely, not only that fleshly Israel which Moses led out of Egypt into the wilderness, and Joshua brought into the land of Canaan, as it occurs in the Old Testament Scriptures — but also that spiritual Israel of which it is spoken, Rom. 2:28, 29, Gal. 6:16, in which sense the name Israel runs throughout. Here is signified the Church of both Testaments, to which it must be judged to be most highly commended, to hear, as an Article of Religion — and indeed a most fundamental Article, without which no other could be pure and unimpaired, as is evident in the Antitrinitarians (opponents of the Holy Trinity), who, through neglect or corruption of this Article, have corrupted the whole of religion. In a word, an Article without which you cannot be that Israel of God, that is, the true Church.
3. That which must be heard, which is twofold, namely:
I. God's Trinity, יְהוָה אֱלֹהֵינוּ, "Jehovah our God." Note here:
A. Jehovah, a name which is most peculiarly God's own, indeed His memorial-name, which name never occurs in the plural. Of this we have already spoken at large above, in the explanation of the Names of God, Book 2, chap. 4.
B. Our God, אֱלֹהֵינוּ. Here the name אֱלֹהִים, Elohim, is a personal name, denoting a plurality in God — not, indeed, of Essences, but of Persons. And the pronominal suffix of the first person, נוּ, "our," signifies a covenant-relation, whereby Jehovah was the God of Israel, and Israel, in turn, the people of Jehovah. Whether one understands here that national covenant-making whereby God had chosen that whole Israelite nation, out of all other nations, as His own possession — which covenant-making belonged only to the Israelite people, and to all its members, whether good or bad; or whether one understands here, rather, that gracious covenant-making which God enters into with each and every one — indeed with only the true believers — of both Testaments, in every nation.
II. God's Unity, יְהוָה אֶחָד, "Jehovah [is] one." Here again the third letter in the word אֶחָד, Echad, or Achad, "one," is a larger letter — indeed, according to the observation of the Masoretes and others, the tenth — in order to impress upon Israel the necessity of this Unity, lest they, on account of the plurality of Persons, should fashion for themselves more gods than one. For this reason, among the Names of God is also this Echad, or Achad, "One," Isa. 66:17 (?), Job 31:15, after which name God is called by the Syrians AHAD, and by the Assyrians ADAD, who was the greatest and highest god of the Assyrians, according to the testimony of Macrobius, Saturnalia, Lib. 1, chap. 23.
The Doctrinal Part
III. God is, therefore, according to the text, most perfectly one — not only one, but also unique; indeed, as Bernard says elsewhere, unissimus, that is, the one most singularly one. This God says of Himself in His own Word, who would not be God if, either through ignorance or through pride, He should say something that was not true, and this in more than one manner: (1) as often as He declares, in so many words, that He is one: Zech. 14:9, Mal. 2:10, Matt. 19:17, Mark 10:18, Rom. 3:30, 1 Cor. 8:4, 5; thus Gal. 3:20, Eph. 4:6, 1 Tim. 2:5. (2) God says this, as often as, besides one, He denies that all others are gods, Deut. 4:35, 2 Kings 19:15, Ps. 83:19 (18), 86:10, John 17:3. (3) He says this, as often as He excludes all others from the dignity of Godhead, Deut. 33:26 (?), 1 Sam. 2:2, 2 Sam. 7:22, Ps. 18:32, and with Hos. 13:4, Mark 12:32, 1 Tim. 6:15, etc. With this the ancient Church Fathers agree, when they, with a heaping-up of proofs, wring this Unity out of the heathen (see Ignatius, Ep. 9 to the Antiochenes; Justin, in the Exhortation to the Gentiles, and in his book On Monarchy; Tertullian, Against Praxeas, and in the Apology and the book On Idolatry; Cyprian, On the Vanity of Idols; Athanasius, Against the Idolaters; Nazianzen, Orat. 2 On Theology; Basil, Orations against Sabellius and Arius; Ambrose, On the Faith, Lib. 1, cap. 1; Lactantius, Institutes, Lib. 1, cap. 3; Augustine, On the Trinity, Lib. 1, cap. 4; Damascene, On the Orthodox Faith, Lib. 1, cap. 5). Indeed, even those who were wiser among the heathen, at least as often as they spoke seriously, bear witness to this Unity. Thus Plato, Epistle 13 to Dionysius: From this, he says, you shall learn whether I write in earnest or not; when in earnest, I begin the letter with one God; if otherwise, with more gods. And Lactantius: Whence, then, has the opinion of many gods come to prevail among men? Namely, all those who are honored as gods have been men, and indeed the first, foremost, and greatest kings; but that they, either on account of their virtue and valor, whereby they were useful and beneficial to the human race, were honored with divine honors after their death — who does not know this? Lactantius, On the Wrath of God. Cf. Selden, On the Syrian Gods, in the Prolegomena. Thus Sophocles: There is, in truth, but one God, who made heaven and earth. — But we mortal men, deceived by trickery (namely, of certain men), set up — images of the gods — and by bringing to these offerings and vain assemblies, we think that in this way we are pious. Orpheus sings, after his Theogony, that is, "Generation of the Gods," a recantation-song, with these words: μοῦνος δέ, κ.τ.λ., that is: There is but one God, an immortal King of the world; of Himself, from whom all things are.
IV. Nor have they been able to refrain from giving such testimonies, since Nature herself cries out. For she cries out: (1) that in the ordering of things, one must come to rest at and in a certain one thing, which is of itself, and unconditionally first, before which absolutely nothing could have pre-existed, or co-existed with its own nature, of the same nature. She cries out (2) that this one thing must be infinite, as one which is not bounded by anything prior, and which therefore comprises all reality, whether formally, as one says, or by way of eminence. (3) She cries out that this infinite thing, for that very reason, must be most perfect, from which no perfection whatsoever of anyone can be lacking — whereas a plurality of gods would imply the opposite of this. She cries out (4) that this first, infinite, and most perfect being must, for that very reason, also be almighty, against which no other so-called god could set itself. She cries out (5) that this first being, through that Almightiness, has made a world, all of whose parts, in a harmonious concord, conspire together for the preservation and maintenance of one, being without doubt provided for by one, wisest Governor and Ruler. She cries out (6) that over this one world one supreme Monarch holds sway, whom none greater, and none His equal, will tolerate, Isa. 46:5 (?), Ps. 86:8. Wherefore Homer says, Iliad, Book 2: οὐκ ἀγαθόν, κ.τ.λ., "It is not good [to have many masters]" — let there be no diversity of (highest) good; let there be one king, one lord. Meanwhile, lest any difficulty against this most perfect Unity of God should lurk in anyone's mind, one must hold firmly that nothing is contrary to the divine Unity: (1) not the plurality of Names, since these signify nothing other than one God; nor (2) the plurality of Attributes, since these indicate nothing other than one infinite Perfection of God, adapted to our limited conceptions; nor (3) the Threeness of Persons — in which our opponents make so fine a show — since, in those three Persons, there is but one Essence, one existence, one subsistence, and only three modes of subsisting, from which arise not three Gods, but three who are one God.
V. God is, therefore, one, and, as we have said, unissimus, that is, the One, the only one, or most singularly one, because He is the greatest and most perfect Being. Therefore, not on account of a unity of species, which admits of many particulars of the same kind and nature; nor on account of a unity of composed parts, such as body and soul compose one man; nor on account of a unity of subject and accident, such as occurs in every created spirit, angel, or soul — but on account of a simple and singular unity, which absolutely excludes all composition, whereby He is the only one, undivided in Himself, and indivisible into more essences, or into more things, of the same name and nature. By this unity, furthermore, when it is ascribed to God, is not meant a numerical unity, which would be the principle of number — in which sense Basil, Epistle 141, says: We confess that God is not one by number or by counting, but in and through His nature. But this Unity is essential, and transcends all number — in which sense Victorinus, Against the Arians, Lib. 3, says: That God, in three Persons, is one, more than in number.
The Polemical Part
VI. One asks: (1) What, and of what sort, has been the polytheism of unbelievers, or heathen? That polytheism was not held by all the heathen we have already noted above, §3, nor even by the wisest among them, but only by men of common wit and small understanding. Whence the sect of philosophers, whom men most commonly called Atheists — among whom appear to have been Theodorus, Protagoras, Diagoras — seems, to many, not to have been so called because they believed in no god at all, but because they set themselves against the crowd of gods (as Pausanias, or perhaps Hesychius, in the Sermon on the Nativity of Christ, speaks against them), or, at least, out of hatred against polytheism, did not shrink from drinking a mad draught of folly. Those gods were furnished to the common people of the heathen, or to their common and lesser philosophers, out of all manner of created things, so that Prudentius has not unaptly sung:
Quicquid humus, Pelagus, cœlum, mirabile signant, / In dixere Deos, colles, freta, flumina, flammas.
That is: Whatever the earth, the sea, and the sky mark out as wonderful, all this they have called gods — hills, straits, rivers, flames. Among whom Varro counted three hundred Jupiters, and Hesiod thirty thousand gods. See Augustine, City of God, Book 6. Which Epiphanius, from Col. 3:11, divides into Barbarism, universal Skepticism (σκεπτικισμός), and Hellenism — so that Barbarism, with him, had its place from Adam to Noah; universal Skepticism, from thence to the time of Serug, in which time Hellenism was introduced — just as Judaism takes its beginning from the circumcision of Abraham. By Barbarism He understands that cruelty and violence of manners which ruled the world before the Flood. The distinction between Skepticism and Hellenism He sets thus: that idol-making had its beginning under Hellenism. That this is not stated accurately enough, the Jesuit Petavius notes in his Animadversions — namely, that idol-making was introduced within the period which he had assigned to Skepticism. For this reason others have preferred rather to divide it into Sabaism and Hellenism. Sabaism consisted in the worship of the heavens, sun, moon, and stars, whereas Hellenism added to it the veneration of deceased men and of images — although the worship of the stars was common to both. Sabaism, accordingly, worshiped the Sun, which in Scripture is called Moloch, and the Moon, which is called Melecheth — the Sun as king, and the Moon as queen. Hence they called the Sun by various names: Adramelech, Chiun, Melech, Beelzebub, Chemosh, Adonai, Elyon, Hal, Baal Bal — that is, Elyon, Hal, Baal Bal, Adonai, Chemosh, Beelzebub, Melech, Chiun, Adramelech, etc. To which are added Saturn, Jupiter, Mithra, Mars, Apollo, Osiris, Pan, Bacchus, Janus, Belenus, Nellio — by all of which nothing else than the stars was signified. Of this kind of polytheism Job speaks, chap. 31:26, 27, and Moses, Deut. 4:19. The occasion of this their polytheism, or of this their idolatry, they seem to have taken: (1) perhaps because it had come down to them from Gen. 1:16, that God made two great lights, the one for the government of the day, and the other to have dominion over the night. (2) Because they observed the excellent powers, operations, and influences which the heavenly bodies exercise over the earth and over sublunary things, Jer. 44:17, 18. Because they likewise (3) marveled and were astonished at the beauty of the heavens, over the course of the stars, over the order of the celestial bodies — whence the heavens are said to declare the glory of God, Ps. 19:1, 2, etc. — which origin of polytheism has also been noted by Lactantius (Lib. 2, cap. 24, On the Origin of Error) and Diodorus Siculus (Bibl., Lib. 1). This Sabaism flourished for a long series of years, even among the most ancient Greeks, when it had not yet entered men's minds to raise their fellows to the throne of the Godhead. As for Hellenism, so far as it is concerned, it has added two things to Sabaism: first, the deification of illustrious men, who lived for the most part in the East and were the leaders of the tribes. Thus they, for example, made Noah into Saturn, Janus, and Bacchus; Ham into Jupiter Ammon; Japheth into Iapetus and Neptune; Shem into Pluto. And thus other illustrious men were afterward enrolled among the number of the gods. The cause of this deification was either wonder at their outstandingly executed deeds; or love, on account of the accumulated benefits toward those who deified them; or hatred, on account of the persecutions of such violent tyrants; or flattery, which is evident in the deification of Herod, Acts 12:21, 22. Then, secondly, besides the deification of men, Hellenism added to Sabaism the worship of statues and other images and likenesses. These are said to have first been made by Terah, the father of Abraham, who is said to have been an image-maker; which statues, in the course of time, began to be introduced into shrines, sacred groves, and temples, and thus obtained the standing and authority of a godhead. The origin of all polytheism or idolatry is variously judged by various men. Maimonides brings it to the times of Enosh, and to that end twists and wrests the passage Gen. 4:26, "then began men to call upon the name of the LORD" — which words, as they are rendered by most interpreters, and rightly so: "Then men began to call upon the name of the LORD," or, "Then it was begun to be called upon in the name of the LORD" — He renders: "then it was begun that the name of the LORD was profaned" — namely, that which He vainly appends to it as a tail and appendage, through idolatry: whereas, in the times before the Flood, there is in Scripture not the least mention of idolatry. Others, therefore, bring the origin of idolatry to the building of the Tower of Babel; others to the times of Peleg or of Terah. But all is uncertain. The fundamental error of all these lay in this one thing: that they did not know the nature of the Godhead — namely, that God, through that nature, is an absolutely first, and infinitely perfect Being, which can be nothing other than one. The whole of polytheism is most powerfully overthrown by the arguments adduced in §4. Through their polytheism the heathen do not dispute; they merely presuppose their opinion at the outset.
VII. One asks: (2) What has been the manner and the reason of the polytheism of the ancient heretics? Marcion, a disciple of Cerdo, who lived in the second century, about the year 145 — perhaps because he observed that God dealt more harshly with His people under the Old Testament, by laying upon them the yoke of the Ceremonial Law, than under the New, through the sweet and pleasant Gospel — invented two gods: an evil one, as the author of the World and of the Law; and a good one, as the author of the Gospel and of Redemption. Origen relates that he set up these gods: the first for the Jews, the second for the Christians, the third for unbelievers (see Tertullian, On Prescription, and Against Marcion, Books 1 and 3; Epiphanius, Haer. 42; Augustine, Haer. 22 (?); Origen, Dialogue against the Marcionites). Then the Manicheans, in the third century, about the year 275, through the use of the enthusiast-books of Scythianus and of his disciple Terebinthus, being inclined and given over to sorceries, invented that there were two gods: the one good, being the cause of all good things, especially of the good soul, whom he called pure Light, to whom, with Marcion, he also ascribed the Gospel; the other evil, endowed with an equal power to the good one, whom he called Hyle, or Matter, from whom the evil soul, the body, marriage, kingdoms and dominions, and all evils drew their origin (Epiphanius, Lib. 2, Haer. 66; Augustine, Haer. 46 (?), also On the Manner of Life of the Manicheans; Theodoret, Lib. Haer. fab. 10 (?)). Valentinus, from whom the Valentinians descend, an Egyptian, under the Emperor Antoninus Pius, in the second century, in the year 140, being altogether enslaved to Platonic and Pythagorean philosophy, as also to the theogonies of the ancients, Orpheus, Hesiod, etc. — out of their marshes and seeds constructed the doctrine that there were thirty Αἰῶνες, Aeons, that is, "Ages" — that the beginning of these was the Deep and the Silence, or Bythus and Sige, of which He also calls the Deep the Father. From these two, as from a marriage, He says there proceeded νοῦς καὶ ἀλήθεια, Mind and Truth, and that these, in honor of their Father, brought forth eight Aeons, or Ages. That from God's Mind and Truth there then proceeded λόγος καὶ ζωή, Word and Life, and that these brought forth ten Aeons. Further, that from the Word and the Life there proceeded Man and the Church, and that these brought forth twelve Aeons. That thus, out of eight, and ten, and twelve, are made thirty Aeons, having, as we have said, their first beginning from the Deep and from the Silence. Furthermore, that Christ, being sent from the Father, that is, from the Deep, brought with Him a spiritual, or heavenly body, and took nothing from the Virgin Mary, but passed through her, as through a channel, or through a pipe, without taking any flesh from her. But of the thirtieth Age, He says, the devil was born, and from the devil other children, who were to have made this world. Thus, following Augustine's On Heresies, our Danaeus (in his Commentary on Augustine's On Heresies) depicts the Aeons of Valentinus. These Aeons Tertullian aptly calls crimina, non numina, that is, "crimes, not deities." He sees at least two first principles, Bythus and Sige, that is, the Deep and the Silence, and thus, as it were, two chief gods, from whom the Aeons, as secondary and lesser gods, have, as it were, drawn their lineage and descent. The refutation of all these things depends upon the correct exposition of the Godhead, which the reader can fetch and repeat from and out of its proper place, that of the Essence of God.
VIII. One asks: (3) What has been the manner and the reason of the polytheism among the Tritheists (or "Three-God-drivers") and others? Antiquity had, according to the testimony of Augustine's On Heresies, a nameless sect, which a certain person has called the sect of the Triformians, that is, "Three-Formed-drivers." This sect held God to be three-formed in this manner: that a certain part of Him is the Father; a certain part, the Son; and a certain part, the Holy Spirit — that is, that these are parts of the one God who compose the Trinity, as if God were made perfect out of three parts, and were not, in and of Himself, wholly perfect either as the Father, or as the Son, or as the Holy Spirit. This sect troubled the Church in the fourth century, about the year 370, having taken occasion from the Sabellians, who held only one divine Person, or held that the Persons were distinguished only by names — against whom these, going to the opposite extreme, distinguished the Persons from the divine Essence itself; thus they held, in effect, three Gods — for whatever has a divine Essence, is God. Likewise Antiquity had Tritheists, whose leader was a certain grammarian surnamed Philoponus, in the sixth century, about the year 574, under the Emperor Phocas. These likewise, in order the more strongly to set themselves against the Sabellians, held there to be complete divine Essences, of which each particular Essence would belong to each particular divine Person. These men thus, in effect, professed three Gods. Finally, Antiquity had Tritheists before the time of the Emperor Anastasius, in the fifth century, about the year 485, afterward under various names — Theodosians, Damianists, Angelites — who taught that, besides the three divine Subsistences, there is a certain fourth Essence, common to them, and communicating itself to those three, by reason of which communication they became gods: of these Isidore speaks. Not unlike the Tritheists was, in the preceding century, in Switzerland, a certain Valentinus Gentilis, who counted in God several Essences, indeed eternal, but nevertheless subordinate to one another — whence they called the Essence of the Father, by a foreign word, Essentians, that is, "the Essence-maker"; but the essences of the Son and Holy Spirit they called Essentiated, that is, "Essence-made." The fundamental error of all these consisted in this, that they did not accurately observe the distinction between the Essence and a Person — which distinction we shall, God willing, show in its proper place, in the chapter on the Holy Trinity, from which the reader may here take it up.
IX. One asks: (4) What has been the manner and reason of the polytheism among the Papists? The Papists indeed profess one and the same God; meanwhile they have, in heaven, as also on earth, those to whom they render a religious service and honor. In heaven they have the angels, the blessed Virgin, the departed saints; on earth, the Host, as they call it — they have images, which must be served and honored with the same kind of service and honor as belongs to the objects depicted by them; they have also relics (remains) of the saints. Now, if He to whom a divine service belongs and is rendered is God, then the Papists will have many gods: they will have angels for gods, they will have human gods, gods of stone, of wood, of gold, of silver; they will also have their bread-god — not to speak of their Pope, whom they hold as a second god, or vicegerent of God on earth. The fundamental error of all this lies in the blind obedience shown to the Pope, upon which His whole sole dominion is built, and in the perverted exposition of the nature of a religious service and honor. The refutation the reader may fetch from and out of its own particular places — namely, from the chapter on the Papal Monarchy, and likewise from the nature of a religious service, at the First and Second Commandments of the Ten Commandments. Meanwhile they try in vain to help themselves with the distinction between Latreia, Douleia, and Hyperdouleia — a distinction which has no foundation in Holy Scripture, and which, at the very least, entails a religious service and honor.
X. One asks finally: (5) What has been the manner and the reason of the polytheism among the Socinians? The Socinians, out of hatred against the Holy Trinity, upon which our whole Religion and worship rests — although they hold Christ to be a mere bare creature — nevertheless glory in Him as the true God, indeed as eternal, at least from a subsequent point; and, moreover, the Holy Spirit, whom they do not hold to be God, of one essence with the Father, they nevertheless in some measure exalt as God. They therefore make a distinction between a created and an uncreated, between a highest and a subordinate God: between a God who has the divine Essence, which they wish to be one alone, and one who does not have the divine Essence. This distinction we shall, God willing, refute and overthrow in its proper place, in the chapters on the Holy Trinity and on the Person of the Mediator.
The Practical Part
XI. As far as concerns the Practice: a godly consideration of the Unity of God serves very powerfully, first, unto the peace and settling of the mind. When (1) our mind is buffeted by the diversity and multitude of cares and anxieties, Luke 10:41; or (2) when our mind wavers and is unsteady through other assaults of civil wars, or (3) through the confusion of ecclesiastical disagreements and disputes, or (4) through particular quarrels and disputes with our neighbor — what, in the end, shall more effectually help it than (a) to have seen through to the source of the evil, namely, the shamefulness of sins, whereby that blessed unity between us and God is first of all broken, Isa. 59:2 — and then also with all creatures, as servants of God? That there is, meanwhile, (b) against all such waverings of anxiety, and against all such quarrels and disagreements, no other remedy than to bind the mind to the one God alone, Ps. 73:25, and (c) humbly to beseech Him, who is the fountain of unity and concord, according to the tenor of the Covenant of Grace, that He everywhere give one heart, Ezek. 11:19, that Jehovah may be one, and His name one, Zech. 14:9.
XII. Then, secondly, unto the abhorrence of all manner of idolatry, whereby God is robbed of His unity. Now idolatry, I say, first, that of the grosser sort (a) of the heathen, who honored as gods the outstanding sun and stars, and their princes and others — Hercules, Saturn, Jupiter, etc. — and Aesculapius, Bacchus, Ceres, and all manner of other things from which they had received some more notable benefit, being more beneficial than themselves — with which policy they also built temples to fevers, likewise to Fortune, and to other things; indeed even to virtues — Justice, Patience, etc. — and to the statues of their idols; and also (b) that of the Romanists, who honor angels, deceased saints, and their relics and images in a religious manner, and greet them as (Divos) made gods — from which idolatry we have, through divine goodness, been delivered. But also, secondly, unto the abhorrence of the subtler idolatry, whereby we, giving our heart over to riches, honors, pleasures, etc., serving them, and building our trust upon them, set up our belly as a god for ourselves, Phil. 3:19, and therein commit idolatry, Col. 3:5 — that being the great crime which God, in the First Commandment, forbids above all others, and which surpasses, and at the same time includes within itself, the shamefulness of all other shamefulness.
XIII. On the contrary, thirdly, the Unity of God commands us, having brought our mind from multiplicity to unity, (1) to bind it to the one God alone, Ps. 73:25, 16:5, so that we rest in Him alone, desire and long for Him alone, seek Him alone, and, that we may obtain Him, devote ourselves and all that is ours to Him alone — being convinced and persuaded that He alone, because He is God, is enough and sufficient for us unto all things, Gen. 17:1, and that nothing can either profit or harm us anywhere, apart from and without Him, Rom. 8:28, 30. Then (2) that we ground our faith, hope, and love in and upon Him alone; that we acknowledge, revere, serve, and honor Him, according to the tenor of the First Commandment, which is, as it were, the front and the summary of all the Ten Commandments. Moreover (3), that we, when we are about to perform our particular and secret religious exercises, call back our mind, well, from the multitude of thoughts, to unity, Ps. 94:19, and our body, from the crowd, to solitude, Matt. 6:6.
XIV. Finally, fourthly, the Unity of God gives us both a compelling reason and, at the same time, a directive, to cultivate and to further, with prayers and with all zeal, according to all our ability, ecclesiastical unity and concord. According to this prayer of Christ, John 17:21, 22: I pray that they all may be one, as thou, Father, art in me, and I in thee, that they also may be one in us — and, I have given them the glory which thou gavest me, that they may be one, even as we are one: I in them, and thou in me, that they may be made perfect in one. On which words Athanasius, Orat. 4 against the Arians, notes the following: Just as the Father and the Son are one in essence, so we, through a certain likeness and rough sketch, when we look upon Him, are made one among ourselves, through one and mutual concord of mind, and unity of spirit. And Cyril, Lib. 11 on John: What manner of prayer is this, that they may be one, even as thou, Father, art in me, and I in thee, that they also may be one in us? He prays and asks for the bond of love, of peace, and of concord, which may bring spiritual believers to so great a unity, that they may imitate and follow the likeness of the natural and consubstantial unity which is in the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit. This same unity, and from that same chapter, the Apostle recommends, Eph. 4:4, 5, 6, where he, with a heaping-up of various kinds of unity, as with so many motives, urges ecclesiastical unity and concord: because we, namely, (1) are all one body of the same mind, and each in particular a particular member thereof — but what, indeed, is more useful and advantageous to fellow members than mutual concord and unity? (2) One Spirit, by whom we are all baptized into one body, 1 Cor. 12:12, 13; (3) one hope of our calling, the heavenly glory and fellowship, Eph. 4:4, Heb. 12:22, 23; (4) one Lord Jesus; (5) one Faith, in Him; (6) one Baptism; finally, (7) one God and Father of all. By which reasons the first Christian Church, being roused, was gathered together with one heart and mind, Acts 2:1, and vv. 44, 45, 46. And that we may the more happily attain and obtain that blessed unity and oneness, it will be useful and profitable (1) often and much to fix our attention upon the Unity of God, and upon the oneness of Essence, as well as upon the concord of the Persons, which the Savior urges upon His Father, and at the same time sets before us for contemplation, in the passages cited above. (2) To guard ourselves, in every possible way, most carefully, as against something than which nothing worse exists, against all manner of schisms in the church, and against schism-making quarrels and disputations, 1 Tim. 6:3, 2 Tim. 2:14, 1 Tim. 6:4, 5, 20, 21. (3) To wrest that unity, after the example of the Savior, by the most earnest prayers, from God, that the persuasion of His unity may so impress us, that we may strive with all our might and ability toward a like unity. Finally (4), to fix our attention upon so many and so great benefits which the unity and concord of the Spirit brings and affords, both to the Church in general, and to every particular member of it, not only inwardly but also outwardly.
Chapter IX: On the Infinity and Greatness of God
Psalm 145:3
The LORD is great, and greatly to be praised; and His greatness is unsearchable.
I. Under the notion of a discrete quantity, God has shown us His Unity; under the notion of a continuous quantity, He will show us His Infinity, which by another name is called His Greatness. This Infinity, or boundlessness, is considered either in the divine Essence itself; or with reference, in part, to His particular "where," or to His presence, which, with a particular name, is called God's Immensity, Omnipresence, and Ubiquity; in part, to His "when," or to His duration, which is called Eternity. The Infinity of the Essence is set before us, at large, by Psalm 145:3.
The Explanatory Part
II. The text contains a certain praise or glorying concerning God, the content of which is His infinite Greatness. In this praise two parts come before us:
1. The thing praised: יְהוָה, Jehovah — often with the added title, "our God," 2 Chron. 2:5 (?), Ps. 135:5, to signify thereby that not only the divine Essence, but also each particular Person of the divine Essence, is, according to the Essence, infinite. In particular it is worth noting here that it is not a divine Power or Wisdom that is praised as being infinite in greatness (which, on account of the identity of these with God's Essence, is elsewhere in Scripture not unusual) — but Jehovah Himself, named from His Essence, that we might know that God, with respect to His Essence, is infinite.
2. The matter of the praise, which sets before us a threefold title of honor:
A. He is called Great, גָּדוֹל. This is applied either to quantity or to quality. When applied to quantity, it is applied either to number — so Jehovah is but one alone, yet in such a way that He, by way of eminence, includes all things, indeed surpasses all things, because He is infinite; or to magnitude, properly so called, as in this passage — yet in such a way that He is understood to be great without any magnitude, just as He is, without a so-called quality, for example, righteous, good, wise, etc.
B. Greatly to be praised: מְהֻלָּל מְאֹד. Greatness follows upon the excellence of a thing or of a person: a thing is said to be praiseworthy, or worthy of praise, as it possesses much excellent good. And because Jehovah is great through every kind of excellent good, He is for that very reason said to be מְהֻלָּל מְאֹד, greatly or most of all to be praised, in a superlative degree, above all creatures — namely, on account of His surpassing, or infinite, Greatness, which is stated yet more strongly when it is added:
C. And of His greatness there is no searching out: אֵין חֵקֶר. Or, as others translate it, "thereof is no end." For that which is finite is also fathomable and comprehensible; and, conversely, that which simply cannot be fathomed is also infinite — according to the like saying, Job 5:9, 9:10, Rom. 11:33, which is also set forth with great emphasis when God is said, with comparative expressions, to be great above the gods, and above all gods, 2 Chron. 2:5, Ps. 135:5 — not only above the so-called gods, magistrates, kings, but also above those who are so called by misuse, the idols, which, according to the opinion of their devotees, were the greatest — of which, in the time of Hesiod, more than thirty thousand were counted, to each of which its own particular greatness and perfection was attributed — so that there is no doubting that He, who is greater than all these, must be proclaimed to be infinite.
The Doctrinal Part
III. Therefore, without doubt, God, through His Essence, is infinite, and He alone so much so that, besides Him, there is, and can be, no other infinite. For although Holy Scripture does not have this in so many words (perhaps because the Hebrews have no word that expresses Infinity, and the New Testament follows the style of the Old), it nevertheless has words which, in many ways, are of equal force: namely, (1) as often as it simply calls God great, 1 Chron. 16:25, namely, ἐξόχως, by way of eminence, and "the Great One," הַגָּדוֹל, Neh. 8:6 (?), and with the added title, so great that He cannot be comprehended, or that we, by thinking and searching, cannot grasp Him, Job 36:26: Behold, God is great, and we know Him not, neither can the number of His years be searched out. (2) As often as it wards off from Him any end, ibid. and Ps. 145:3. (3) As it also exalts Him in greatness above all things which are great, indeed very great — above the heaven and above the abyss, Job 11:7, 8, 9 — above all the heathen, so that they are as nothing before Him, indeed less than nothing, Isa. 40:12, 15, 17, Dan. 4:32 (?); likewise above all the gods of all the heathen, as we have said, to which we shall further add, Exod. 18:11, Ps. 77:14 (?). All those passages belong here in which He will in particular be shown to be immeasurable, omnipresent, and everywhere present, in the following chapter. Hence Ambrose, in his Commentary on Ephesians, chap. 3, says: Just as in a sphere the length is as great as the breadth, and the height as great as the depth, so in God all things are equal, through the immeasurability of His infinity. God now not only fills all things, but also surpasses all things; nor is He enclosed, but has all things beneath Him, so that He alone is held to be ineffable and infinite.
IV. For He is (1) an absolutely First Being, which therefore admits nothing prior which could bound and limit Him. And therefore (2) Independent, who bounds and limits all things, and is therefore bounded by none. (3) A simple, most perfect Being, since, above that which is finite, something more perfect can always be conceived, insofar as it is understood that some perfection is lacking to it. He is (4) Jehovah, Being itself, namely, all that can be, or that can be conceived — such a thing is necessarily infinite. He has also (5) created the world out of nothing, which requires an infinite power, one which exhausts the infinite distance between nothing and something, and which is for that very reason also an infinite Being. Finally (6), nothing can be observed in creatures which shows any end or defect in them, that is not altogether far removed from God — for example, defect in essence, in knowledge, in presence, in duration, in power — on account of which defect they are called finite, a defect which right reason would not ward off from God. Further, the reasons drawn from God's immeasurability, omnipresence, and ubiquity will be taken up from the following chapter.
V. By Infinite we here understand, not that which has not yet been finished or completed, but which nevertheless must be finished — in which sense a work not yet completed may be called unfinished, being in itself finite and imperfect; nor that which is merely such that we do not comprehend what its bounds are, which, in a certain sense, might be called Indefinite — in which sense the world might be called unbounded, that is, indefinite, uncircumscribed; nor, further, that which is ever so perfect that it could yet be made more perfect, which among the philosophers is called Syncategorematic, in which sense all created things are infinite — but that which has all the perfection that can be conceived, or that could be conceived, or that could ever exist, by anyone: such as His Presence, Jer. 23:24, Duration, Ps. 90:1, 2, Power, Ps. 115:3, Wisdom, Rom. 11:33, Righteousness, Job 37:23, Goodness, Grace, Mercy, Ps. 103:11, 12. This Infinity of God has regard either to His Attributes, of which in their proper places; or to His Essence, insofar as this cannot be bounded and limited, either from without, by some encompassing body, as material things are, nor from within, by its own bounds, as created spirits are. God is, therefore, infinite, not (1) in the sense that He shall yet be finished, in which sense created works are unfinished, so long as they are not yet completed or perfected; but (2) in the sense that He is infinite in power and might, or, as one says, Syncategorematically, as a continuous quantity is reckoned to be divisible into infinity, and capable of infinite increase; but God is called infinite in a positive sense, actually, and Categorematically, so that He actually has all that He can have, and that in what He has there are no bounds. Thus He alone is infinite, and, besides Him, nothing whatsoever can be, according to §§3 and 4. This Infinity can be considered and comprehended either in its general perfection, or as it is in its particular attributes — presence, namely, duration, etc. In the first manner we have here set it forth; in the latter manner we shall set it forth in the following chapters.
The Polemical Part
VI. One asks: (1) Is God infinite in every respect? The Anthropomorphites, or Audians of old, because they taught that God is composite, as one who would have human and bodily parts — hands, feet, heart, eyes, etc. — which He has shown in His image in men, could not but deny that He, with respect to His Essence, is infinite. Vorstius, who did not yet dare to deny openly the personal union of the two natures in Christ, nevertheless, by covert means, sought to undermine it; likewise denied the infinity of the divine Essence, because this, namely, in Christ's human nature, being still only on earth, would not have been present with it. The Socinians, in order not to be compelled to grant that one and the same divine Essence is common to three Persons — a thing which we are accustomed to derive from the infinity of the divine Essence — and also so that they might not have to acknowledge the infinite worth of Christ's death and obedience, as to how that can be applied to so many thousands of men to be redeemed, and thereby, deceitfully, to overthrow the satisfaction and merits of Christ — deny the absolute infinity of God. The Reformed, on the contrary, maintain God's absolute infinity, with testimonies and proofs which we have already at length adduced, §§3 and 4. Nor do they lack objections, which are: (1) That the infinity of God is not taught in Scripture. Answer: Even if it is perhaps not taught there in so many words, yet, since it is claimed, on the contrary, that a greatness is ascribed to Him, in the text and elsewhere, of which there is אֵין חֵקֶר, "no end," "no searching out," it is nevertheless taught there in many ways, according to the sense and according to the substance of the matter, per §3. (2) That God is "this something" (hoc aliquid), distinguished from all others, and therefore something finite. Answer: He is formally "this something" in such a way that He, by way of eminence, is all things; and He is distinguished from all other things by this very infinity of His. (3) That, through God's infinity, all creatures would be equally perfect, because they are equally distant from the infinite, or infinitely so. Answer: It is wrongly presupposed here that the measure of perfection consists in a greater or lesser distance from the most perfect; whereas it consists, in fact, in greater or lesser degrees of perfection, compared with and against the most perfect. (4) That God has been seen by creatures, and shall be seen hereafter, and is consequently finite. Answer: Not with the eyes, but with the understanding; not in His Essence, but in His Attributes; nor can He even thus be comprehended by seeing, but only apprehended. (5) That He can be bounded and circumscribed. Answer: But this we have already, at length, above, in chapter 3, denied with many reasons.
VII. One asks: (2) Is the World infinite, or can it be? The Scholastics, that they might the more easily represent to themselves, and explain to others, the Infinity of the divine Essence, held that there are, outside the World, imagined spaces, infinite in their own way, with which God, through the Infinity of His Essence, would co-exist — which, nevertheless, would in fact be no realities at all. The Cartesians, because they hold that those spaces are real bodies, since they are truly extended, and possess, as one says, three dimensions, conclude from this that the World could have been infinite — although we could not conclusively determine that it is infinite — that it is unbounded (indefinitus); and, to forestall the objection that Infinity is an incommunicable Attribute of God, they make a distinction between an infinity of perfection, which they leave to God alone, and an infinity of magnitude and extent, which, they say, could belong to the World, and perhaps in fact does belong to it. The Reformed, although they do not reject the imagined spaces of the Scholastics, insofar as they hold these to be merely imagined, since they are not truly spaces, nevertheless deny to the World any positive and actual infinity, and ascribe this to God alone. And this (1) by Scripture and by reasons which we have set forth above, §§3 and 4. Then (2), because it involves more than one contradiction that the World should be infinite — for to have parts, and to be infinite, is a most manifest contradiction: for those parts must be either infinite in magnitude, or not infinite, and thus finite; and between contradictory things there is no middle ground. Thus, if you say that they are infinite, you will be saying that an infinite whole is composed of many infinite things; if you choose rather to say that they are finite, you will be saying that out of many finite things one infinite thing arises. Which of the two is the more absurd, let them say themselves. (3) Because to be a whole body, such as, without doubt, the World is, and to have no parts, is contradictory — but such a thing an infinite World would entail, since that World could then have neither finite parts, nor infinite ones, and consequently none at all. Moreover (4), it is contradictory to be a creature, and yet to be incapable of being increased and enlarged even in the least by one's own Creator — but this would be the case with the World, if it were infinite. I will not press (5) that the Psalmist says that he saw an end to all perfection, Ps. 119:96; that (6) heaven and earth, of which the World consists, Gen. 1:1, Exod. 20:11, are finite — indeed the heaven, Isa. 40:12, 48:13 (?), Deut. 4:32, and also the earth, Job 38:5, 18 (?). I will add nothing (7) but this one thing, that it stands beyond doubt with all that it involves a contradiction for a finite subject to have an infinite attribute. Meanwhile they are not without objections with which they contend: and indeed (1) from Holy Scripture, that God Himself says, Jer. 31:37, that the heavens above cannot be measured. Answer: (a) That it is, meanwhile, still uncertain among the Cartesians themselves whether there are, above the heaven of heavens, other bodies — Wittich, Theologia Pacifica, §86. (b) In that manner the heavens would be immeasurable and infinite — for that which cannot be measured is immeasurable and infinite. But this, I think, the Cartesians will not say. (c) They cannot be measured, on account of human incapacity, in the same way that the foundations of the earth are there said not to be able to be traced out. (2) They say that every man has such a conception of the World, that we can conceive of no bounds in it. Answer: (a) The conception in man is no infallible rule of truth. (b) The Prophets, Apostles, and ancient Fathers and philosophers, down to Descartes, did not have such a conception. Indeed (c) that they had a conception of a finite World is evident from the imagined spaces. (3) They object that those spaces, which are outside the highest heaven, and with which God, through His Infinity, co-exists, are not imagined, but real bodies. Answer: We deny this, because thus there would be a body within a body, whenever there is a body within a space; and thus one would have to allow a penetration of extended things, which, by the admission of all, overthrows the nature of a body. If they (4) try to prove this by the fact that they are extended, and have their three dimensions, this too will be denied — because that extension and threefold dimension is not, properly speaking, in the containing space, but in the thing contained therein, insofar as a thing, being placed in a space, is as long, as broad, as high and deep as it is, or would come to be, were it placed in that space. If the reader desires more of this sort of thing, he may compare our Cartesian Gangrene, Sect. 2, chap. 20.
VIII. One asks: (3) Does God's Infinity consist in this, that God thinks all things with one single and simplest act? The Cartesians, because they hold that the whole essence of a spirit — whether of angels, or of a human and a divine Spirit — consists in a single act of thinking; and because they cannot distinguish the spirits, which differ from God, from the divine Spirit, except through the Infinity of the divine Spirit; and since they find nothing else in which God's Infinity consists, than that He thinks all those things with one single and simplest act — place herein alone the divine Infinity. The Reformed grant that there is in God a thought or thinking, and that this proceeds with one single and most simple act, namely, in sensu identico, that is, in an equivalent sense, as one says; yet, in a formal sense, they distinguish God's thought, and refer the Infinity to His greatness. Because (1) the text so does, and so also do all the Scripture passages that speak of God's Infinity. Because (2) no theologian, nor philosopher, down to Descartes, has placed Infinity in this, that God, with a single act, thinks all things. Because (3) the Cartesians themselves ascribe to spiritual creatures, or created spirits, no more than a single thought or thinking — just as they ascribe to men no more than one soul, which, according to various manners, according to the diversity of objects, thinks its own thoughts, though not all things at once. Because (4) thought or thinking, of and by itself, and from its own nature, has no relation to magnitude or infinity. The opposing party bring forward, for this their opinion, no proofs whatsoever, save only their presuppositions — that a spirit is nothing other than a bare thought or thinking, and that there is nothing bound up in a thinking whereby the thinking of God can be called infinite, other than that He, with a single act, thinks all things. But these presuppositions have already, at length, been overthrown, by proving that God's Essence by no means consists in a bare thought or thinking, and that God's Infinity consists in His greatness.
IX. One asks: (4) Is the Infinity of God so peculiarly proper to God, that it cannot be communicated to any creature? The Lutherans, in order to have the flesh and blood of Christ essentially present in the Holy Supper, hold that, through the personal union, there has been communicated to Christ's human nature the subsistence of the Son of God, and, through that very fact, the divine Nature, and its Attributes, and thus also the Infinity. The Reformed, on the contrary, hold, according to the nature and character of infinity, that God's Infinity is entirely and altogether incommunicable. Because (1) if it were communicated, it would not be an Attribute of God — which the Lutherans themselves acknowledge. Because (2) in this way Christ's finite nature would also have become infinite, which involves a manifest contradiction. (3) Because, if the infinity were communicated to the human nature, that human nature would have become the divine Nature — since the divine Nature and Essence, as they themselves acknowledge, consists in Infinity. (4) If the infinity were communicated to the human nature, then all its parts, and all its members, would likewise have become infinite. (5) Because its parts, body and soul, could then not have been separated from one another, and the human nature would therefore also not have been able to die, nor to rise again, nor to ascend into heaven, nor to come thence again to judgment — since all these things presuppose the finiteness of the human nature. I say (6) that Scripture nowhere teaches that the Infinity of the divine nature has been communicated to the human nature. Nor do the Lutherans have anything for themselves but their presuppositions, which we have just now pointed out, and which, in their proper place, in the chapter on the Person of the Mediator, shall, God willing, be refuted.
The Practical Part
X. This Infinity of God, first, directs and disposes us unto modesty in the consideration of the divine mysteries — as often as, in the Articles of Faith, for example concerning the Trinity, the personal union of the two Natures in Christ, and other articles of faith; likewise, as often as, in the reading and pondering of the Scriptures, certain things occur to us that are hard to understand, for which our small understanding is not fit — what shall then more powerfully take our reflections captive than that we bring to mind, with humility, that Jehovah is great and greatly to be praised, and that His greatness is unsearchable? Or rather that saying of Zophar, Job 11:7, 8: Canst thou by searching find out God? canst thou find out the Almighty unto perfection? It is higher than the heavens, what canst thou do? Indeed also that of Paul: O the depth of the riches, both of the wisdom and knowledge of God! how unsearchable are His judgments, and His ways past finding out! Rom. 11:33. More matters that belong here we have had in the Practical Part of the third chapter of this Book.
XI. Then, secondly, God's infinite Greatness furnishes us with matter to magnify Him with infinite praise and glory, Luke 1:46. For He is (1) great, and therefore greatly to be praised. Indeed (2) greatest of all, infinitely great, and of His greatness there is no end. And (3) He alone is such, Isa. 40:12, 15, 17. Indeed (4) so much, indeed in every respect, great: in essence, presence, duration, wisdom, strength and might, grace and mercy, Ps. 145:3 (?). And that (5) above the gods — whether earthly, kings, magistrates, or heavenly (at least in the opinion of the heathen) idols — and above all gods, 2 Chron. 2:5, Ps. 135:5. If, then, we magnify the sun on account of its so great greatness, and the heaven on account of a still greater greatness — how much more, then, should we not magnify God on account of His greatest, indeed His infinite, greatness? Let us therefore magnify and glorify Him (a) with the heart, Ps. 103:1, Luke 1:46, by always thinking great, indeed the greatest of all great things, of Him, as one who is infinitely greater than all our thoughts, above what we can think, Eph. 3:20 — by esteeming Him great, indeed very great, and all that is His, especially His favor, His promises, His service, so that we, with an infinite, that is, an insatiable, desire and longing, go out after Him, and after the things that are His, Ps. 84:1, 2. (b) Let us magnify Him with the mouth, with a loud voice, extolling Him among others as infinitely great, Ps. 103:8 (?), indeed let us be a cause to others, that they too praise and extol Him with us, ibid., vv. 20, 21, 22. Finally (c) with deed and with works: namely, (1) with a deep reverence for the infinite Supreme Being, and with a careful fear, lest we in the least disturb Him — because He is a very great King, Mal. 1:14, Deut. 10:17, Neh. 1:5, Dan. 9:4. (2) With a chosen zeal and earnestness to obey and to please Him, 2 Cor. 5:9. (3) With an infinite desire, longing, and care, to have and to enjoy Him, Ps. 73:25.
XII. Further, thirdly, let the consideration of God's infinite Greatness banish and ward off from us all manner of belittling of Him — whereby we would either (1) cast Him down beneath ourselves, by saying or thinking with Pharaoh: Who is the LORD? Exod. 5:2; or (2) His ordinances and service, that I should obey Him — ibid., and Job 21:14, 15: Depart from us, etc.; what is the Almighty, that we should serve Him? Or (3) His patience, longsuffering, kindness, Rom. 2:4; or (4) His messengers, Luke 10:16. We now account Him small and mean, as often as we (a) do not think of Him gloriously and excellently enough: Who is the LORD? Exod. 5:2, Ps. 10:4, 14:1; (b) as often as we do not handle His affairs diligently, zealously, accurately, and carefully enough, Isa. 48:10 (?), Col. 3:22, 23; (c) as often as we set our own affairs and concerns before and above God, Phil. 2:21, as also our treasures, honors, pleasures, and delights, 2 Tim. 3:4.
XIII. Moreover, fourthly, a reverent comparison of God's infinite Greatness with, and alongside, human nothingness — or, let me rather say, nothingness itself — restrains and curbs the pride and haughtiness of man, and disposes Him unto humility. But...
...the example of Abraham, Gen. 18:27, and of the angels, Isa. 6:2. For God is infinite in Being, Wisdom, and Power; and what are we — however great and excellent we might seem to be — but grasshoppers, dream-shadows, worms that live but for a day, Ps. 22:6; dust upon the scale, and a drop in the bucket, Isa. 40:6,15,17; indeed, nothing, Ps. 39:5-6,11; and even less than nothing, Isa. 40:17 — for between the infinite and the finite there is absolutely no proportion. Must not all these things wring from us the cry: "What is man, that fleeting creature, that thou shouldest regard him?" Ps. 8:4.
XIV. Finally, in the fifth place: let the example of God's infinite Greatness incite us to magnanimity — so that (a) in the service of God we may undertake and bear great labor and difficulty, great hardships, great dangers, with a great courage and spirit, being assured that God Himself shall be our exceedingly great reward, Gen. 15:1. (b) That in our thoughts, our loving inclinations, and our longings, we may be great, and, in our own manner, infinite — that is, insatiable, except with the infinite Object, Ps. 16:5 and 73:25 — since the infinite God has, for that very reason, placed within us an infinite desire, so that there might be nothing which could satisfy it but He, the Infinite One, Himself. (c) Let us be magnanimous in the disdain and contempt of worldly things, which are vain, indeed nothing, Heb. 10:34. On the other hand (d), let us be zealous with a great spirit in the consideration and contemplation of divine, spiritual, and heavenly things, which truly are great things, Heb. 11:24-26, Matt. 6:33, 2 Cor. 4:17-18. To this magnanimity God incited Abraham, Gen. 15:1 and 17:1; Paul, the Colossians, Col. 3:1; the Savior, His hearers, Matt. 6:33-34; David, himself, Ps. 27:1-2. And a like condition and estate ought equally to incite each of us to it: we bear the image of the great King, we are subjects of a great King, created, redeemed, and destined for great things, so that we are above all that is great, and beneath none but Him who is the greatest, or infinitely great. Shall not all these things — so many, and so great — make us great in spirit and in courage? Phil. 3:8, James 1:9. That they may do so the more powerfully, let us (1) fix and stretch our thoughts upon the greatest of all, who through covenant-making is ours, so that we may not only imitate and follow Him, so far as this can and may be done, but also so rest in Him that we may esteem all things which differ from him as small and light, Ps. 73:25. (2) Let us set forth and oppose the great God, as our great Shield, against all manner of great dangers. Relying on this great God, Moses defied the great threats of the great king of the Egyptians, Heb. 11:27; Daniel, with his companions, those of the Monarch of the Chaldeans, Dan. 3:17-18; the unarmed and defenseless Apostles counted as nothing the threats of the great Sanhedrin, with a great and heroic courage.
Chapter X: On the Immensity and Omnipresence of God
Psalm 139:7-10.
"Whither shall I go from thy spirit? or whither shall I flee from thy presence? If I ascend up into heaven, thou art there: if I make my bed in hell, behold, thou art there. If I take the wings of the morning, and dwell in the uttermost parts of the sea; even there shall thy hand lead me, and thy right hand shall hold me."
I. We have considered God's Infinity absolutely and without qualification, as it is in itself. It follows now that we consider His Immensity and Omnipresence, as it stands in relation to a space, or to a "where" — which space, if it is without a body, is empty; and in that relation it is called Immensity; or, if that space is filled with a body, then it is a place, and in that sense it is called Omnipresence.
The Explanatory Part
II. God's immensity and omnipresence are set before us very forcefully in the words of the text prefixed above, in which the Psalmist, being about to give proof of the divine providence, depicts God's immensity, as it were, in its pieces and parts. He sets it forth, first, more generally, v. 7, by a double question: 1. "Whither shall I go from thy Spirit?" — that is, to escape you and your presence? The answer lies beneath: nowhere. By "thy Spirit," some wish to understand a certain Person distinguished from the Father, namely the Holy Spirit — just as by "thy presence," in the following question, they understand the Son, as is done in Exod. 33:14-15, Isa. 63:9 — so that it might be made known that immensity belongs not only to God in general, but also to the particular Persons of the Godhead. But I do not know whether this is sufficiently firm and cogent; it is therefore safer to take God here in a more strictly theological sense, as is done in John 4:24. 2. "Whither shall I flee from thy presence?" The answer is: nowhere. Concerning both these questions it belongs to this place only to note that they concern not only God's knowledge, nor only His power and working, but also His very Being itself — which is emphatically expressed when mention is made of a Spirit and of a Presence (by which the Being of God is customarily signified, Exod. 33:20,23, compare with v. 18).
III. He explains and proves this by dividing the relative bounds of this omnipresence of God according to a threefold difference of distance. For the bounds of this world are either an outermost one, namely heaven; or an innermost one, namely hell; or a middlemost one, namely the earth and the ends of the seas. It is as if he reasoned thus: He who is in the outermost, and in the innermost, and in the middlemost of this whole creation, is without doubt immense and omnipresent, so that one seeks in vain to flee His Spirit and His presence. But now — etc. Therefore. The clarity of the first proposition being presupposed, he confirms the second proposition by an enumerative argument, through a threefold question, of which:
The first teaches God's presence in the uppermost part, namely, in heaven. Here we find: a. A question: "Shall I ascend up into heaven?" — namely, into the uppermost, third heaven, into Paradise. The supposition is wholly one of amplification, or of hyperbole, such as also occurs, Obad. v. 4, Prov. 17:22, Deut. 30:12, Job 20:8-9. b. The answer: "Thou art there" — namely, through your Being, through your knowledge, and through your power and might.
The second teaches God's presence in the lowest part, or in hell, with a repetition: a. of the question: "Shall I make my bed in hell?" The word Sheol could here mean the properly so-called hell, the place of the damned, as in Job 11:8 and 26:6, which is set over against heaven by the greatest possible interval; but in hell no one spreads a bed for us. It would be more fitting for the word here to mean the Grave, as in Gen. 42:6, Acts 2:27, from Ps. 16:8 — because graves are, as it were, little beds for the departed. Here, however, it is set over against heaven, as the lowest place, farthest and most remote of all from heaven. What then? One might understand by it the inmost hiding places and recesses, or the center of the earth. And to spread a bed elsewhere means nothing other than to hide oneself, to conceal oneself, or to dwell somewhere. b. Of the answer: "Behold, thou art there" — that is, you are certainly present there.
The third shows God's presence in the middle, on the earth and at the uttermost parts of the seas, with a repetition: 1. of a question: "Shall I take the wings of the morning, and dwell in the uttermost parts of the sea?" Here "the wings of the morning" mean the rays of the rising sun, which, as with an instantaneous flight, are cast forth to the farthest reaches of our horizon. Wings are ascribed to the dawn, just as elsewhere they are ascribed to the winds, Ps. 18:10 and 104:3; and to riches, Prov. 23:5; and to the sun, Mal. 4:2. The "uttermost parts of the sea" mean the parts of the globe farthest removed from Judea, Ps. 65:5, 72:8, Isa. 24:14. So that the sense is: If I, in the manner of the sun's rays, in a single moment of time, should fly away, as it were, to the farthest-off ends of the earth. 2. Of the answer: "Even there shall thy hand lead me, and thy right hand shall hold me." That is, there you shall not only be present through your Being, nor only find or know me there, but you shall also, through your Providence, sustain me, uphold me, guide and govern me.
The Doctrinal Part
III. From this, then, nothing is clearer than that God is Immense and Omnipresent, both with His Being and with His knowledge, as likewise with His working — co-existing with all space, and with every creature in that space or place. For He is said to co-exist with all the ends of the world, with His Spirit and with His Presence — that He found David everywhere, knew Him, and also led and upheld Him.
IV. And this is taught in Holy Scripture not once or twice, but frequently and in many ways, Eph. 4:6, Jer. 23:24, 1 Kings 8:27, 1 Cor. 3:16, etc. Likewise by the testimony of the Ancient Church Fathers. For thus says Hilary, Bk. 1 On the Trinity: "There is no place without God, and no place is in God. He is in heaven, He is within hell, He is beyond the seas — yet He is not contained, but is also without them. So then, since He is possessed within a thing, and is yet in all things, and, in a manner of speaking, is contained within nothing, and is nevertheless in everything." And a little later: "God is wholly Himself; He embraces within and without Himself all things, so that He, being infinite, is nevertheless not absent from anything; and all things, though they exist in Him who is infinite, would nevertheless not be in Him." Likewise Augustine, City of God, Bk. 7, ch. 30: "This same God is everywhere wholly present, enclosed in no place, bound by no chains, divisible into no parts, changeable in no part, filling heaven and earth with His present power, without His nature being absent."
V. Nor is right reason here opposed to this. For (1) He who is infinite in Being cannot be confined to any finite place. (2) He who is independent can be enclosed by no one within a place. (3) He who is a most absolutely simple act cannot, for that very reason, exist merely in the potency of arriving at a certain place in which He is not. (4) He who is unchangeable cannot be carried from one place to another. (5) He who is omnipotent can therefore work everywhere, and is consequently also everywhere. (6) He who is most perfect of all can therefore not be deprived of the perfection of infinity and omnipresence. By these reasons even the heathen themselves were led to believe that all things are full of, and filled with, Jupiter.
VI. Immensity, Incomprehensibility, Everywhereness, and Omnipresence signify one and the same thing, though in different respects. For Infinity, insofar as it cannot be measured against any place, is called Immensity and Incomprehensibility; insofar as it coexists with all "where," it is called Everywhereness; insofar as it coexists with every creature, it is called Omnipresence. So that it cannot be more fittingly described than as the Infinity of the Divine Being, insofar as that Being coexists with all space. And by space we understand nothing other than a "where" in which a creature is, or can be. Space is therefore twofold: either empty, where a creature can be; or a place, where a creature actually is. Space, then, is not properly a certain being, still less a body — for then there would be a body within a body, since a body is in a place; nor is it the same thing as the body which is contained in the place, for we conceive that, the enclosed or contained body being removed or displaced, the containing or enclosing place nevertheless remains — for even the bodily dimensions of length, breadth, and depth are not properly in the space, but in the body which is, or can be, in the space.
VII. With that space, whether it be empty or filled, God is not, however, coextended, nor spread out through it, as some, both of the ancients and of modern theologians, conceive and speak; since all such things belong only to bodies — but He coexists with it alone. And He coexists with and by all spaces, not (a) by multiplication of Himself (as the Papists embellish the body of Christ in the Mass), for He is one. Not (b) by division, as it were, into parts — partly in heaven, partly on earth — for He is most simple. Nor (c) circumscribed by or through space, or by a surrounding place, for He is a Spirit. Nor (d) bounded and confined to a certain fixed place, through a finitude of His Being, as created spirits are, for He is infinite. Nor (e) is He in space as an accident is in its subject, for He is a pure and unmixed substance; but He coexists by filling it, Jer. 23:24 — namely, being wholly present with and to the entire world, and wholly present with and to each part of it, enclosed in no space, excluded from none, indeed also present beyond the world — because the Being of God is infinite, whereas the world, on the contrary, is finite.
VIII. Just as this Immensity and Omnipresence of God looks, first and chiefly, to the Being of God, so too, through that Being, it looks also to His knowledge, since before His eyes all things are naked and laid open, Heb. 4:13, Ps. 139:12,13, Jer. 23:24; and also to His working and Providence, Heb. 1:3, John 5:17, 1 Cor. 12:6. And with respect to this working of His, He is then said, in various ways, to be present to the creatures — namely, (a) to the human nature of Christ, through a Personal union, Col. 2:9, John 1:14, 1 Tim. 3:16, Rom. 1:3-4 and 9:5. (b) To believers, through the Spirit of faith, of sanctification, of adoption, of comfort, of strengthening, John 14:16-17,23, 2 Cor. 13:13, Rom. 8:14-17,26, Gal. 4:6, Ps. 145:18. (c) To the Prophets, through His Wisdom and Revelation, 1 Pet. 1:11, Heb. 1:1. (d) To the church, through His uniting Spirit, who distributes gifts and healthfully and savingly governs and rules, 1 Cor. 12:12-13, John 17:21, Matt. 28:20. (e) In the heavens, through His Majesty and glory, revealed, or to be revealed, alike to angels and to men, Isa. 66:1, Matt. 18:10, Heb. 12:22-23, Phil. 3:20-21, John 14:2-3. (f) In hell, through His avenging justice, Ps. 139:8, Matt. 10:28, 2 Thess. 1:9, Mark 9:44,46. Concerning which manner of being and presence, Bernard, Meditations, ch. 1, says beautifully: "God is in Himself incomprehensible, because He is the beginning and the end — the beginning without beginning, the end without end; in the angels desiderabilis, desirable, because they long to look into Him; in the saints, delectabilis, pleasant and delightful, because they, being continually blessed in Him, take delight and rejoice; in creatures, admirabilis, wonderful and marvelous, because He creates all things with power, governs them with wisdom, and dispenses them with goodness; in men, amabilis, lovable, because He is their God, and they are His people." Or, as others say: "God is in Himself, as the Alpha and the Omega; in the world, as its Author and Ruler; in the angels, as their savor, splendor, and adornment; in the church, as a Father of the household in His own house; in the soul, as a bridegroom on the marriage bed; in the righteous, as a helper and protector; in the reprobate, as a terror and dread."
The Polemical Part
IX. The disputed points belonging to this chapter, at least so far as their foundation is concerned, we have already, for the greater part, encountered before, in the preceding chapter, when we maintained, against various opponents, the Infinity of the Divine Being — for, that Infinity being taken away, it cannot but follow that the Omnipresence built upon it must fall as well; nevertheless it will be useful to defend it more distinctly here. One asks, then: (1) Whether God, with respect to His Being, is present with all things? That Vorstius, together with the Socinians, denies the Infinity of the Divine Being, we have already heard and refuted, along with their presuppositions. As for Omnipresence: Vorstius (De Deo, p. 214, etc.) reckons the omnipresence of the Divine Being among impossible things — indeed, he even holds that it does not befit the Divine Majesty, and is not consistent with it, namely, to coexist with foul, filthy, and stinking things; meanwhile He grants that God is present to all things with His power and working, and therefore distinguishes the Divine Being, in reality, from its power and effect. Socinus does the same, in his Tract Against Franciscus Davidis. The Apologetic Remonstrants, to favor the Socinians, do not indeed deny the Omnipresence of the Divine Being, but neither do they affirm it — passing over it in silence in their Confession, and in their Apology belittling the disputed question concerning the Omnipresence of the Divine Being, treating it as a matter of little or no consequence. A certain Cartesian Rationalist has, in a public disputation, held that this is a fabrication of the Scholastics. The Reformed, for the most part, although they do not deny that God is omnipresent with His power and efficacious working, hold nevertheless that, because power and working in God are one and the same thing, one must not except only the produced work, but that the Divine Being itself is also omnipresent. The foundation of this opinion we have already laid, in the preceding chapter, in treating the Infinity of God, where, §§ 3 and 4, we set forth the Scripture and the reasons for the Divine Omnipresence; and now we add to this, from what is granted us: If God, with respect to His power and working, is omnipresent, then He must also be so with respect to His Being, since we do not wish to separate that which is absolutely one and the same thing.
They urge the following against this: (1) That the Omnipresence of God's Being is not taught in Holy Scripture. Answer: We have demonstrated the contrary in § 4. (2) On the contrary, that Scripture says that God is in heaven. Answer: Not exclusively, but in His own, and in an especially eminent, manner. (3) That it is beneath the dignity of the Divine Being to coexist with filthy and foul things. Answer: (a) If it is not beneath God's dignity that His power and working should coexist with them, then it will also not be beneath His dignity that His Being itself should coexist with them, since in God all these things are one and the same. (b) It is likewise not beneath the dignity of the Divine Being to create, sustain, and govern filthy and foul things. (c) A spiritual Being is not touched or defiled by bodily things. (4) That God comes and goes, ascends and descends. Answer: (a) Power and working, abstracted from Being, neither properly comes nor properly goes away. (b) He comes and goes, etc., not by a change of place, but of work — namely, through some extraordinary disclosure and manifestation of grace or of justice. (c) At most, He has come and gone, not in His Being, but in a certain assumed form, Gen. 18:1-2, etc. Furthermore (5), that God is not with and among the wicked, Num. 14:42-43. Answer: He is not with and among the wicked in and through His grace, Matt. 18:18, 2 Cor. 13:13, though He certainly is with them in and through His Being, Acts 17:28. Moreover (6), that He fills heaven and earth. Answer: (a) If this is understood of His Being, it powerfully proves that the Being of Him is everywhere present. (b) It also does not prove what our opponents intend, namely, that the Being of God is not outside of heaven, since Scripture clearly teaches the contrary, Job 11:7-8, 1 Kings 8:27. Finally, they urge (7) that it belongs to the perfection of a thing, that its power should stretch further and wider than its being. Answer: Though this might in some measure be true in bodily beings, whose working is distinct and different from their being, it is nevertheless not true in spiritual beings, and far less in the most perfect and infinite Being of all.
X. One asks: (2) In what order it is fitting that one should conceive the Omnipresence of God's Being, power, and working? The Cartesians (to come to the aid of their supposition, according to which the being of every spirit, even the Divine, consists in nothing but a bare thinking, which admits of no relation to a place, or to a certain "where") — since they dare not openly deny the Divine Omnipresence — twist and turn themselves here in every shape and manner, by holding: (1) That God, with respect to His Being, is not properly in any place, space, or "where" — because that would confer upon His Being a certain extension. Accordingly (2), that He is also not properly everywhere, through His Being. But (3) nowhere, or in no circumscribable, or bounded, or fillable manner. Although (4) He is, by His outward working, present to all things, and is therefore better said to be Omni-present than to be everywhere. Meanwhile (5), insofar as power and working are in God one and the same thing with His Being, He can also, to that extent, be said, through His Being, to be omnipresent — yet in such a way (6) that we, in conceiving the Divine Omnipresence, must think first of His outward working, then of His power and capability, and finally of His Being — and this only insofar as that Being is one and the same as it. All these things come to this: that the Divine Being, properly and considered in itself, is not the Omnipresence, which the first supposition expressly and clearly wishes it to be — and yet that one should not say, with Vorstius, that that Being is absolutely not omnipresent. A certain Disputation, held by a certain Rationalist at Deventer, cuts the knot to pieces, when he said, by way of an appendix, that the Divine Omnipresence is nothing other than a fabrication of the Scholastics. The Reformed in general, although they judge it vain and useless to dispute with anyone about the manner and order in which the Divine Omnipresence is to be conceived, so long as one has no design to lay snares for the truth, and to banish altogether the Omnipresence of the Being — although they likewise hold that a person, by raising his thoughts, can first grasp the Divine workings, and from these infer God's power and capability, so that he, from the consideration of both of these, may at last arrive at the Being and existence of God (as most are wont to do in the demonstration of a Godhead) — nevertheless, God's existence and Being now having been demonstrated and presupposed, they hold that, in the matter of the Divine Omnipresence, the beginning of our thinking is best made from the Being, to which presence belongs in the most proper sense; that from there a progress of thought is made to the Omnipresence of God's power and capability, insofar as that, in a formal sense, as one says, is distinguished from the working; and that one should finally rest in and at the working itself.
Therefore, that (1) the text of Ps. 139:7 so shines forth: "Whither shall I go from thy Spirit?" — which Spirit is surely not the Divine working — "whither shall I flee from thy presence?" And the Presence of God stands constantly for the Being of God: therefore v. 8, "If I ascend up into heaven, thou art there" — not "thy working," but "thou." Thus the Psalmist begins, from the Spirit, from the Presence, from God Himself, his consideration of God's Omnipresence; from there he proceeds to the Omnipresence of God's power and capability, v. 9-10, "If I take the wings of the morning" — for what does the hand of God signify in Holy Scripture but the power or might of God? Thus he finally comes to rest at and in the working of God, v. 10, "and thy right hand shall hold me." On the other hand (2), there is, so far as I know, not a single Scripture passage which begins the consideration of God's Omnipresence from His workings, proceeds to His power, and ends in His Being. (3) Because the aim of this order, on the part of our opponents, openly conspires — even though it does not agree entirely and altogether with the opinion of Vorstius and of the Socinians — insofar as this order, with those just named, the presence of the Being being excluded, places it in the presence of its power and working; although they differ, with respect to the nature of the Divine Being (which does not belong to this place), in this: that the Cartesians hold that the Divine Being consists in a bare thinking, which Vorstius, with the Socinians, does not allow. (4) Because the Cartesian supposition, placing Omnipresence in the working, very badly confounds Omnipresence with the Divine Providence, which two are, in the Scriptures, carefully distinguished — namely, as a property of the working, of which the first is conceived as being in God, the second as flowing forth from God. Finally (5), this order and manner of conceiving does not help our opponents' supposition at all: for though one, in thinking about the Divine Omnipresence, begins from the effects and proceeds to the power and the capability, it will nevertheless not follow from this that the Being, properly and in itself, is not omnipresent — for whether one conceives the Being first, or in the third place, the matter will come out to the same thing. The foundation of the contrary opinion consists in these three points: (a) That a thinking admits of no relation to a place or space. (b) That, just as the being of the spirit of angels and of men, so also the being of the Divine Spirit, consists in mere thinking. (c) That a place, a space, a "where," involves an extension, and is thus something bodily, and consequently cannot fit spirits. The first of these assertions, which is entirely false, will not help the cause of the Cartesians, unless the second comes to its aid, namely, that the Divine Being is nothing other than a bare thinking — which we have already long since refuted, in ch. 3 of this Book 2. Whoever wishes more on this may compare our Cartesian Cancer, Sect. 2, ch. 15. The third, that a place, a space, a "where," is an extension, shall be examined at the disputed point of § 12.
XI. One asks: (3) Whether, presupposing the finitude of this world, we can have a concept of God's Immensity and Omnipresence, without having a concept of extra-heavenly spaces? Those who deny the Infinity of the Divine Being, like Vorstius with the Socinians, have no need of a concept of spaces; likewise those who teach that this world is infinite in magnitude or extent. Among the Reformed there is a certain theologian who plainly acknowledges both the finitude of the world and the Infinity and Omnipresence of the Divine Being, but who, notwithstanding, banishes imagined spaces. The Cartesians, because they, with Vorstius and the Socinians, deny the Omnipresence of the Divine Being, likewise have, along with them, no need of a concept of spaces; meanwhile, because they hold that the world is indefinite (indefinita) — which, though like the infinite, would nevertheless turn out to be finite — in which case they do allow spaces outside the world, but which are true bodies, and thus grow together with the world into one. The Scholastics, in order to conceive the Divine Immensity, teach extra-heavenly places — but which are born only of our imagination, for which reason they are commonly called by them imagined spaces. The Reformed, at least those who think and feel more precisely and accurately, these two points being presupposed — namely, the finitude of the world, and the Infinity of God's Omnipresence — hold that it is impossible to conceive an infinite presence which should be confined within the bounds of a finite world, unless one calls to one's aid spaces, whatever these may be, outside the world, with and in which God, through His immensity, may, as it were, coexist unto infinity. Moreover, the finitude of this world being granted, I do not think that anyone will deny that there could, through God's unspent and inexhaustible power, be a certain body outside this world — and this only through a Divine Creation — since this would involve nothing contradictory; and, further, because to deny it would be to deny the infinite power of God. Now, this body that is to be created I cannot conceive except as being in some certain "where" or space, with and in which God's infinite power, or His Being and working, likewise coexist. To the contrary it is said: (1) That God, even as before the Creation of the World He existed in Himself, so I shall say that He is everywhere present; but this does not prevent that He should not have coexisted with a space, in and by which He afterward created the world along with it — unless He should thereby have become changed, and thus be changeable. If it is said (2) that that space would be infinite, and that there would thus be two infinites, I shall answer by denying that to be finite or infinite, properly speaking, is applicable to a space, but only to a real being, such as space is not — following what shall come in the following section. If they say (3) that that space would be a true body, and thus the world infinite, I shall answer by denying this, as we have just above demonstrated.
XII. One asks: (4) Whether those extra-heavenly spaces, with and by which the Divine Immensity or Omnipresence coexists, are true beings, indeed true bodies? The Scholastics, because these are not, nor can be, true beings, hold that they depend on our bare fancy and imagination, and therefore commonly call them imagined spaces. The Cartesians, in order the more forcibly to help their whirlpool-like world, which to them is truly infinite, and also in order to leave no place for a possible body outside their world, will not add to this — since two immense or infinite beings would conflict with one another — and so, in order to transfer to their world the infinity which they have taken from God, hold that those extra-heavenly spaces are true bodies. The Reformed are compelled to posit these extra-heavenly spaces, so that they may keep the Divine Infinity, Immensity, and Omnipresence pure and unimpaired; and also so that they may avoid the infinity of the world, which, if granted, would leave no room for infinity. And yet by them we understand no true beings, still less true bodies — for they allow absolutely no substantiality in them — but a "where" of beings, especially of bodies: for that which is, must coexist in some certain "where"; and if it coexists nowhere, it is not. That space, or that "where," if it is filled with a body, is called a place; if it is without a body, it is called the void. Thus, that these spaces are no bodies, we chiefly maintain by these supports: (1) Because, if they were a body, they would be within a body, and there would then be a penetration of dimensions, which takes away the nature of a body. For by the sense which is common to men, and to which a clear and distinct conception assents, a body is in a space, in a place, in a "where" — and in such a way that, the space remaining, the body may be moved, or, the body remaining, the place or space may be changed — lest you should escape by saying that the space and the body which is contained in it are one and the same thing. (2) Because God, by His absolutely unbounded power, can annihilate everything that has a real substance — for example, within a certain chamber, so that its walls remain, and stand where they now stand — then there will certainly be nothing real within the walls, and yet the space will remain, which can receive as much air as God might have annihilated. If you say that God cannot do this, because it involves a clear and manifest contradiction, since, according to the supposition, those walls would both stand apart from one another, and at the same time not stand apart, because nothing would have been thrown between them by which they would stand apart from one another — I shall answer: (1) According to the opinion of Descartes, God can do even those things which are contradictory, at least on the side of the thing. (2) I would rather deny the contradiction: for although those walls would not stand apart from one another by something of a substance, they would nevertheless stand apart from one another by something of a space. (3) Because, if those spaces were bodies, the world would then be infinite; hence more than one infinite; hence not one at all — nor could God, by His infinite power, create other worlds, nor even add anything at all to the world which He has created.
There is one thing which they bring forward with some show of an objection, namely, that those spaces, notwithstanding, have their extension, their dimensions of length, breadth, and depth, which things belong only to a body. The answer is easy and ready: that these things do not properly belong or pertain to the containing spaces, but to the bodies which are, and would be, contained and comprehended within them, were they created therein — for example, that so many ells of length, breadth, height, and depth, which belong to this world in its space, wherein and wherewith it coexists, are improperly ascribed to that space. And this is the source of the error — that those things which belong to the contained things, or to the things that are to be contained, are transferred to the containing space.
XIII. One asks: (5) Whether Immensity, Omnipresence, and Everywhereness belong to the human nature of Christ, that nature having been made a partaker of these through the Personal union with the Divine nature? The Papists will have it that Christ's human nature is indeed present in many places — namely, in all those in which their Mass is celebrated — but not present in other places. The Lutherans are here divided among themselves. The Calixtines, so called after Georgius Calixtus of Helmstadt, feel in this matter altogether with the Papists; the others, on the contrary, whom they call Ubiquitists, in order that they may have Christ's Flesh and Blood present in the Holy Supper, hold that the Omnipresence of the Divine Nature has been communicated to the human Nature through the Personal union. The Reformed judge that, just as the Infinity, of which we spoke in the preceding chapter, so also the Immensity and Everywhereness, so properly belong to God that they neither have been, nor can be, communicated — else the human nature would, through that communication, have become a Divine Nature; likewise, one and the same nature would be omnipresent and not be so — God and not God — and consequently the human nature would also be Divine; indeed, even the union itself would cease. The remaining proofs we have had at § 9 of the preceding chapter. If they take this way out — that a distinction must be made between Immensity as it is proper to God, and as it is communicated — they will accomplish absolutely nothing: for whether it is conceived as proper or as communicated, it remains the same Immensity — so that, if the human nature has it, it will in fact be a Divine Nature; for whatever is immense, in whatever way it may be so, that is God. Not to add that Immensity cannot be communicated, or else it ceases to be among the incommunicable Attributes of God — besides that the infinite cannot be in the finite, without a most manifest contradiction. More things belonging here we have had in the preceding chapter, concerning the Infinity.
The Practical Part
XIV. The practical power and effect of God's Immensity and Omnipresence consists, first, in comfort in all kinds of adversities and afflictions — whether they still hang over the head, or already press upon it — that God is present to His own, not only with His Being, but also with His grace: "Yea, though I walk through the valley of the shadow of death," they need fear no evil, "for thou," they say, "art with me; thy rod and thy staff, they comfort me," Ps. 23:4, Isa. 43:1-2, Rom. 8:31. Namely (1) in loneliness and solitary places, at the uttermost parts of the sea, Ps. 139:9-11; (2) in banishments, dangerous journeys, and sojournings in strange lands, Gen. 39:2; (3) in imprisonments, there, v. 21; (4) in the persecutions of enemies, which press the pious, Ps. 46:6; (5) in sicknesses, illnesses, in death itself, when all men and all things forsake us, Ps. 23:4; (6) in all manner of heavy and difficult undertakings, Exod. 3:11-12. What, in these and similar cases, shall more powerfully sustain and support the mind of a believer than to think (a) that the immense God is at his right hand, Ps. 16:8; and (b) that with God is also our Savior, who likewise is God, Matt. 28:20, who wills to dwell around us as a wall of fire, Zech. 2:5,10.
Sic ubi Christus adest, nobis vel aranea murus, / Sic ubi Christus abest, vel murus aranea fiet.
That is: "Thus, when Christ is with us, even a spider's web shall be to us as a wall; thus, when Christ is away from us, even a wall shall become as a spider's web." Altogether in like manner, as Julius Caesar said to the boatman: "Fear not, boatman, Caesar is in the boat." And Alexander to his soldiers: "When I am present, fear not, though you should be unarmed, the weapons of any enemy." And Augustine: "What enemy shall you fear, if you have made yourself worthy to have God, as King, within you?" And again: "What man shall you fear, when you are set within the bosom of God?" (c) That God, through His Immensity, is present to him, not only with His Being, but also with His wisdom and counsel, in doubtful matters; and moreover with His power, in weighty and difficult matters; and finally, with His Grace and Providence, in desperate matters, when He stretches out, as it were, both hand and staff, Ps. 23:4. Only let us take care, and diligently see to it: (1) that this Infinite and Omnipresent God become our God, through the Covenant of Grace, in and through the Mediator, received by faith, Isa. 43:1-3, Ps. 23:1, compare v. 4, Gen. 17:1. That He (2) be reconciled with us and be our friend, 2 Cor. 5:19, so that He may be at our right hand, and not at our left, Ps. 16:8; for us, not against us, Rom. 8:31. And (3) that He may also remain with and among us, not depart from us, as if driven away, as it were, by the shamefulness of our sins, Isa. 59:2. Yea (4) that He may also daily be invited and welcomed by our prayers, that He may come to us and abide with us, Ps. 91:15, Luke 24:29.
XV. Secondly, in awakening in our hearts fear and reverence toward God — whereby we may (a) recoil in horror from the committing of any sin whatsoever, even the least, because it takes place in the presence, and, as it were, under the very eye, of God. And whereby we may (b) be powerfully deterred from thinking, speaking, or doing anything which is not holy, honest, and godly — because we have everywhere the most holy God before our eyes, who is Himself also the Judge, and who beholds from near at hand, and before His eyes, all the most secret things, Heb. 4:13, Amos 9:1-4. For this reason God commanded the Israelites to remove all foulness and uncleanness from their camps, Num. 5:2-3, Deut. 23:13-14, with this compelling reason: "For the LORD thy God walketh in the midst of thy camp." Yea (c), that we, through a sincere and unfeigned repentance, should put away all that is shameful from before the face of God, so that, namely, nothing unclean and foul may be seen — lest He forsake us, there and Isa. 1:16. Especially since it can scarcely happen but that you are drawn back from wicked deeds by the presence of an honorable and dignified man, let alone of a Judge — how much more, then, shall this not happen through the thought and consideration of the presence of God, who is so strict and stern a Judge and Avenger? Gen. 18:20-21,25, Dan. 5:26-28, Rev. 3:15-17. This is indeed here a firebrand to kindle all fleshly carelessness and unbridled license, when we would think that God were so bound and fastened to heaven that He would not concern Himself with us at all here on earth, Ps. 10:3-4, 14:1, 95:7; on the contrary, believers have always set and held God present before their eyes, and have therefore, even when very far removed from all men, kept themselves from the commission of shameful deeds and abominations, Gen. 39:9, Job 31:1,27.
XVI. Thirdly, in destroying all deceit and hypocrisy, and in furthering sincerity of heart in the whole service of God. When we think, namely, that God, through His Immensity, is present even to the inmost part of our hearts, and sees and understands our most secret thoughts even from afar, Ps. 139:5 — with eyes infinitely clearer and brighter than the sun, whose sharpness of sight neither walls, nor roofs, nor chambers, nor caves and dens, can shut out — who is wholly an eye, to see all our affairs; wholly an ear, to hear, etc., Augustine, on Ps. 36. For this reason, in the New Testament, to act sincerely and without deceit means as much as to act and do in the sight and before the face of God, Gen. 24:40, 2 Cor. 2:17 — to set God always and everywhere before oneself, Ps. 16:8.
XVII. Finally, fourthly, in awakening a sincere zeal and diligence, always and everywhere, to walk and go about with the Omnipresent God — of which we have the example of Enoch, Gen. 5:24, who "walked," or rather, according to the force of the Hebrew conjugation, in a continual and multiplying sense, walked continually and unceasingly with God; and of Noah, Gen. 6:9; and of Abraham, Gen. 17:1. This same thing Holy Scripture, in many ways, requires of us — when it urges that we should walk, not only with God, Job 31:9, Mal. 2:6, but also before God, or in the presence of God, Gen. 24:40, 2 Cor. 2:17; after God, Deut. 13:4; in the name of God, Mic. 4:5; by the Spirit of God, Gal. 5:16. Which includes in itself very many things: for example, (1) that we know Him, and perceive that He is present with us, Ps. 16:8. (2) That we, being drawn away from sins by Him, strive to be reunited with Him through reconciliation, compare Amos 3:3, 1 Sam. 24:19. (3) Indeed also, that we earnestly seek His friendship, so as, like Moses, to converse with Him as a friend converses with a friend, Exod. 33:11. That we (4) therefore continually long after His gracious presence, Ps. 23:4. Further (5) that we converse with Him, through prayers and soliloquies, Song 1:2-8 and 7:5. Moreover (6) that we take counsel with Him in all our writings and affairs, in the Word, Ps. 42:7 and 43:3-4. And (7) that we feast with Him, in the Holy Supper, Matt. 22:4, Ps. 36:9. Most of all (8), that we, always and everywhere, conduct ourselves as in the sight and presence of God, 2 Cor. 2:17, with reverence and fear, Prov. 23:17, Neh. 5:9; refraining, on the one hand, from all evil, because of the presence of God — for a great part of sins is taken away from us, when there stands present a witness, at the time when we would be tempted to sin, says Seneca, Epist. 11 — and, on the other hand, giving heed and attention to all that is good, Isa. 38:3, and that without any pretense, with all sincerity, Col. 3:22. More matters belonging here may be found in our Prodromus Theologiae ("Theological Forerunner"), Specimen 3, De Conversatione cum Deo ("On Conversation with God").
Chapter XI: On the Eternity of God
Psalm 90:1-2.
"Lord, thou hast been our dwelling place in all generations. Before the mountains were brought forth, or ever thou hadst formed the earth and the world, even from everlasting to everlasting, thou art God."
I. God's Infinity can be considered either absolutely and without qualification, insofar as it looks to His Being, as that Being is in itself — which cannot unfittingly be called and named the Infinity of the Divine Being — or with respect and relation to His co-existence, or coexisting, whether with other beings, both spiritual and bodily, or with the spaces in which beings are, or can be — and thus it is called Omnipresence, or Infinity of presence — or, simply and alone, with respect to existence, or duration, which is Eternity. The Infinity of the Being we have treated in Chapter IX; the Coexistence, in the preceding chapter. There remains, then, under the concept of magnitude, nothing but the Infinity of Existence, or of Duration, which we call by its own name Eternity — of which Moses, Ps. 90:1-2, gives an exceedingly excellent conception.
The Explanatory Part
II. The Psalmist, about to depict emphatically the flourishing yet fragile brevity of human life, sets it beside the eternal Steadfastness and Unchangeableness of God, joined with a certain acclamation, or praise and exaltation of God. In this connection the following are to be noted:
1. The subject that is praised: Adonai, with a Kametz, for Jehovah — and that God is thus named on account of the everlastingness of His Being and existence, we have above, in our consideration of the Divine Names, at length remarked.
2. The praise itself, which, under a twofold relation, represents God's Eternity, namely, as it has shown itself:
1. Toward His own: "Thou hast been our dwelling place from generation to generation" — that is, at all times, since there have been men in the world, you have been for us that very same thing which a house is for its inhabitants, sheltering and covering it against all manner of hardships of the weather. Here the Hebrew word Maon means a dwelling or place of abode — namely, a lasting and continuous one; not an inn, not a hut or tent, under which the Israelites, for a time, during their wanderings, lived in the wilderness, Exod. 33:14, Deut. 33:17 — it also means a refuge, namely against the hardships of the sky. Such a one, says Moses, you have been to us — namely, to us Israelites, your people — not to all, but especially to the believers among that people. And for how long? "In generation and generation" — that is, for as long as there has been a generation, or men, upon the earth. And this is the Eternity of God, as it coexists with time.
2. Toward Himself, with respect to the infinite duration of His Existence, which the Psalmist beholds:
A. By way of comparison, according to these degrees: a. "Before the mountains were brought forth" — namely, those unmoved and immovable bodies — before they were born, that is, through your eternal power.
b. "Before thou hadst formed the earth and the world." Here Eretz means the ground of the earth, whether it be habitable or not; Tevel means, more particularly, the globe, insofar as it is habitable, which the Greeks call οἰκουμένην, the habitable world. "Before thou wast in travail" with these things, or, in giving birth, didst form, or create, Deut. 32:18, Job 26:13. The word teḥolel can be taken either in an active sense, in the Piel conjugation, as in Prov. 25:23, Deut. 32:18, so that it would mean "before thou hadst given birth"; or in a passive sense, in the Pual conjugation, Ps. 51:7, Prov. 8:24-25, "before the earth was born through your power."
c. "Yea, before the whole world" (which some, not unreasonably, understand by the word Tevel) "was present." Something which unshakably demonstrates that all that was present before the world is eternal — for whatever was before time, that has been in eternity.
B. Without qualification: "From age to age thou art God," from everlasting to everlasting. Thus Eternity, being absolute and unqualified in all its parts, is expressed in Holy Scripture, both forward and backward — whereas a partial eternity is signified only by the single word Olam, that is, age, eternity. Wherefore, by these words, the Eternity of God is set forth with a twofold negation, namely:
a. Of a Beginning: "from everlasting," me'olam.
b. Of an End: "unto everlasting," le'olam — to make known that the existence of God, in eternity, has neither a beginning nor an end; that God is the First and the Last, the Alpha and the Omega.
c. Then, the Succession of times: "Thou art God" — where the substantive verb "thou art," which is included, according to Hebrew usage, in the pronoun attah, as all acknowledge — makes known that God, being present at all the varieties of time, the past, namely, the present, and the future, coexists with them. As with that of the Savior, John 8:58: "Before Abraham was, I am." To which also belongs that of Exod. 3:14, "I am that I am."
The Doctrinal Part
III. From which saying it follows, of itself, that God alone is eternal. This Holy Scripture teaches in many ways, when it (1) says expressly: "Attah El, me'olam ve'ad olam" — "from everlasting to everlasting thou art God." Likewise Prov. 8:25, Gen. 21:33. And Ps. 55:19, "who abideth of old," that is, dwelling without beginning; Isa. 40:28, "the LORD is a God of everlasting"; and ch. 57:15, "who dwelleth continually," or who dwells in eternity. Add to this Dan. 6:26, Rom. 16:26. (2) When Scripture denies of Him time and succession of time, Job 36:26, "neither can the number of His years be searched out," Isa. 43:10, Ps. 90:5, 2 Pet. 3:8. (3) When it ascribes to Him eternal attributes and workings, Ps. 103:17 — where an everlasting mercy, Exod. 15:18, an everlasting Kingdom, 1 Pet. 5:10, an everlasting glory, are ascribed to Him. (4) When it depicts Eternity in a figurative manner, ascribing to God days and years — which nevertheless differ, as high as heaven, from ours, Dan. 7:9,22, "the Ancient of days"; Ps. 102:27, "thy years shall have no end," Job 10:5, Isa. 43:13. With this agree the ancient Church Fathers, as Irenaeus, Bk. 2, ch. 64: "Without beginning and without end, truly and always the same, standing in one and the same manner, is God alone, who is Lord of all." And Hilary, On the Trinity, Bk. 2: "Run to and fro with your thoughts and with your feelings, if you think that there is something earlier than He; intend Him always, and you shall always have that which you may intend. Again, consider the ages, and you shall find that He always is, and when the whole number in speech and reckoning fails, it shall nevertheless not fail to be with God. Sharpen all your understanding, and comprehend Him wholly with your understanding — you know then nothing yet, since He still has a whole remainder over and above, and this remainder is always in the whole." Especially Augustine, on the words of Ps. 102:25: "Thy years are from generation to generation. But what are thy years? What else, but years which shall not come so as to pass away? What are they? Years which do not come in order that they should not be. For every day, in this time, comes in order that it should not be — every hour, every moment, every year: none of these stands firm, none of these is, before it has come; when it shall have come, it shall not be. Therefore thy years, which do not change, shall be years of thy generation to generation — for God's years are not something else, and God Himself something else, but God's years are God's Eternity. Eternity is God's very Substance, which has nothing changeable. There is nothing past there, as though it now were not; nothing future, as though it were not yet; but there is nothing there but a bare 'is.'" Yea, even the heathen themselves: Thales, in Laertius, being asked what God was, answered: ὁ μήτ' ἀρχὴν ἔχων, μήτε τέλος — "He who has neither beginning nor end." And Plato, in the Timaeus: "To God can be ascribed neither anything past, nor anything future, without blasphemy."
IV. With Scripture right reason agrees. For (1) if God had not been from eternity, then He would once not have been, and thus for the present He would not be — and thus we should, instead of Religion, have an Atheism. For either He would have brought forth Himself, before He was — and thus He would have been and not have been at the same time; for as bringing forth, He would have been, and, as still to be brought forth, He would, as yet, not have been — or another would have brought Him forth, and that other would then have been earlier than the first: for by God we understand nothing other than an absolutely first Being, or such a Being as excludes not only another being that exists beforehand, but also one that coexists together with it. (2) If God had not been from eternity, then there would be, altogether, nothing at all: for when there is not a first, there is also not a second, and so on — which we have demonstrated above, in the subordination of beings or causes. (3) If that which God is had not been from eternity, then He would not be God — for that which God is, is a most perfect Being, that is, one which has every perfection that either is, or can be, and be conceived to be; but that which has no existence lacks that perfection, and this is then a non-existence; indeed, it would also lack Being, since Existence and Being, in God, mean one and the same thing. (4) God, when He is presupposed by us to be the Creator of all things and times, is also presupposed to be before all things and before all times — and that which is before time is, for that very reason, eternal. We shall add nothing more, on a matter which stands beyond all dispute.
V. Yet not only is God eternal, but He alone: because the text confines Eternity to God — "Thou, LORD — from everlasting to everlasting, thou art God" — and Scripture everywhere distinguishes God, by His Eternity, from all other things, Ps. 92:8 and 102:25-28, Rom. 1:23, 1 Tim. 1:17 and 6:16. To Him alone is given the name of the first and the last, the Alpha and the Omega, Isa. 41:4 and 44:6, Rev. 1:8, 21:6, and 22:13. Nor is reason wanting here either. (1) Because, from and after the subordination of causes, God alone remains, as an absolutely first Being — that is, such a Being as excludes not only a being that pre-exists, but also one that coexists together with it. (2) Because Eternity is nothing other than duration, and duration nothing other than existence, and existence nothing other than being. Therefore, if the Being of God cannot be common to another, then neither can Eternity be so. (3) Whatever is distinct from God is created, and thus involves a certain newness of existence. (4) By the remainder of the argument, there would thus be, besides God, something unchangeable, over which, consequently, God would have no power — the reason being that whatever is eternal, without a beginning, excludes a change of succession, as flowing forth from and proceeding out of a beginning.
VI. Now the word Eternity means sometimes a duration with a beginning and an end, but which is very long, and which has no fixed end — thus Gen. 17:13 and 49:26, Lev. 25:? no wait, Lev. 17:7, Exod. 21:6. Sometimes such a duration as has a beginning but no end — either by nature, such as belongs to the angels and to our souls; or by grace, or by righteousness, such as shall also, after this world, belong to our bodies. Sometimes such a duration as has neither a beginning nor an end, and which, to distinguish it, is expressed by this circumlocution, "from everlasting to everlasting"; or by the coupling together of two like-sounding words, olam va'ed, "everlastingly and forever," Exod. 15:18, Ps. 9:5 and 10:16, Dan. 12:3, Mic. 4:5. This is also customarily called Eternity, Ever-lastingness, or Perpetual Duration. This is described in various ways by various authors. It might be called, negatively, a duration which has neither beginning, nor end, nor succession of time. Otherwise, God's infinite duration — provided we do not, by the word "duration," signify a continuation of some existence by succession of time, such as is the duration of creatures, through years, months, days, etc. — but taken abstractly and simply, insofar as "to endure" is set over against "to cease to exist and to be." In Boethius, Eternity is described precisely enough: Interminabilis vitae, tota simul et perfecta possessio — that is, "an unending, and at the same time whole and perfect, possession of life" (Consolation of Philosophy, Bk. 5, Prose 6). By "life" he here understands nothing other than the Being of God itself, so that Eternity may, for this reason, not unfittingly be described as the very Being of God, insofar as that Being, as it is conceived by us, is without beginning, end, and succession of time. This life is called by Boethius interminabilis, that is, unending — not merely in fact, but such as also cannot, by a beginning or by an end, be bounded and ended — altogether otherwise than occurs among creatures. For although among creatures there are found some whose life is unending, either by their nature, as is evident in spirits, or through the unceasing Divine sustaining, which shall occur to our bodies after the resurrection — yet there is not, and cannot be, among creatures, an unending life to which God, by His infinite power, could not, at least by annihilation, put an end. Boethius adds that Eternity is a whole, at once, and perfect possession of life — thereby signifying that in an eternity there is absolutely no place for anything earlier or later, for any flowing and continual succession of minutes, which is inseparable from our time — but of this more shall come in the Polemical Part.
VII. That we may now have at least some concept of this Eternity, it will not be unfitting to represent to ourselves certain temporal spaces, and thereby and therewith to compare the Divine duration. For just as we have not come to conceive the Divine Immensity and Omnipresence, according to the preceding chapter, without spaces which are, as it were, local — so we shall also scarcely, indeed very scarcely, be able to conceive God's Eternity without, as it were, temporal spaces. This, however, must occur under these conditions: (1) That we not conceive these to be true beings — just as we have not wished the local spaces to be true beings, so this must not occur in these temporal ones either, so that we may conceive nothing but an eternal Being. (2) Just as we have not allowed a true extension, no true dimensions of length, breadth, etc., in the local spaces, so also we do not allow, in these temporal ones, a flowing of moments, nor any succession of time in the duration of the co-existing God — although that can be allowed in coexisting creatures.
VIII. Further, its nature will become known and manifest to us, if we conceive that there is, in every respect, a threefold measure of duration. The first is of things which, by their nature, are changeable and aging, which have a beginning and an end, and this is called time — whose nature consists in a continual succession of moments, so that there is, properly, never more than one moment at a time, since the preceding ones cease to be, and the following ones are not yet — and in this are properly noted the periods of past, present, and future. The second measure of duration is of things which, by their being, are incorruptible or immaterial, which have a beginning but no end, and this is called an Age. The third is such as is simply and absolutely unchangeable, and thus has neither beginning, nor end, nor succession of time. And this, finally, is that Eternity which the Scholastics describe as being interminabilem, indivisibilem, et independentem durationem — that is, an unbounded, indivisible, and independent duration. Unbounded, whereby it lacks both extreme ends; indivisible, whereby it moreover has no succession of time; finally, an independent duration, whereby it is without all imperfection and change. So that in that Eternity these things coincide: an absence of beginning and end (which all grant), and of succession of time, which Vorstius, with the Socinians, denies, and which we shall demonstrate and defend in the Polemical Part.
IX. Finally, through Eternity God exists and subsists, with and among the varieties of all times — past, present, and future — unchanged and unchangeable. This the ancients somewhat depicted by the symbolic figure of a circle, whose center, being brought into a curve or ring with all the points of the circumference, coexists unmovably with them all. It may also, in some measure, be sketched by this comparison: just as a man who sits on the bank of a river sees only that water which is present, but not that which has already flowed by, or which is yet to come — whereas, meanwhile, if he were raised on high, the whole river, from its source together to its mouth, would be visible and present to him — so likewise God, and His eye, exist and subsist above time, with and among things past, present, and future, and with and among the whole flow and course of things, by His Eternity, in such a way unchangeable that to Him, or to His eye, nothing flows forth or flows away — although these things do not, together with God, coexist except insofar as they are present and actual, nor do they coexist among themselves. For it is not because they coexist with eternity that they would thereby become eternal, unless one defines this coexistence by the word inadaequate, that is, disproportionately, dissimilarly.
The Polemical Part
X. One asks: (1) Whether Eternity is such an Attribute of God as truly belongs to Him, and to Him alone? The heathen, because they held their gods to be human, subject to the lot of being born and of dying — whence their most ancient Theological writers busied themselves with the Θεογονία, the Generation of the Gods — cannot hold Eternity to be an Attribute inseparable from God. The Manichaeans of old, in order the more easily to have their two principles, of good and evil, or two Gods, adorned both of them with an eternal existence — yet they would not tolerate that from his having been before the world one should conclude that he had been from eternity, against the Scriptures, in which those two things are of equivalent force, Ps. 90:2, Eph. 1:4, Matt. 25:34, John 17:5, etc.; and likewise against reason, according to which whatever is outside of time is in eternity. The Peratae (of whom, however, one scarcely finds anything in the rolls of the ancient writers), or Tritheists, counted, according to the number of the Divine Persons, three Divine Beings, and ascribed to each of them Eternity, and thus posited three eternal Gods. With these, in the age before, Valentinus Gentilis fully agreed — who, for this very reason, was burned in Switzerland — counting those Beings, all of which were eternal, of which he called the first Being, the Father, Essentiantem, that is, the Being-causer; the others, namely the Son and the Spirit, Essentiatas, that is, caused Beings, or created by the Father. The Socinians deny that Eternity is ascribed to God, in so many words, in Holy Scripture, and therefore hold that it is not necessary to be believed. Further, they admit two true Gods, the Father and the Son; but of these they ascribe Eternity to the Father, and deny it to the Son — and thus they hold Him for the true God who has not been from eternity. Finally, in order that Christians might not, from the Eternity which is clearly ascribed to Christ in Holy Scripture, firmly and cogently conclude that Christ is God, of one substance with the Father, they hold that Eternity is not an Attribute proper to God alone, since, according to them, it would not be contradictory that a creature should have existed from eternity. The Reformed hold that Eternity is such an Attribute of God as truly belongs to God, and to Him alone, according to those Scripture passages and those reasons which we have adduced above, §§ 3 and 4. Nor do they have anything to object, except that it cannot, in their view, be proven by us — which, by what we have adduced, falls of itself.
XI. One asks: (2) Whether there is, in Eternity, a succession of time, just as there is a succession of time in time itself? Vorstius and the Socinians, in order the more forcefully to overthrow God's all-sided Unchangeableness, and also in order the more easily to sustain the changeableness of the Divine Decrees, according to the loose changeableness of our free will — in particular, that God, in the matter of Predestination, might change His opinion and decision as often as the rational creature saw fit to change its course of life and its ways — hold that in eternity there is, just as in time, an equal succession and flowing of moments, and that God, therefore, coexists with continually new moments, and is thereby, and to that extent, changed. The Reformed hold, on the contrary, that in Eternity there neither is, nor can be, any succession of minutes. (1) Because Scripture so testifies: for when it says that a thousand years are with God as but one day, Ps. 90:4, compare 2 Pet. 3:8; when it says that God remains in eternity, from generation to generation, that He is always the same, that His years do not pass away, nor are changed, Ps. 102:12,13,25,27,28; indeed, when it says that God has begotten His Son, Ps. 2:7, whose goings forth are nevertheless said to be of old, from the days of eternity, Mic. 5:2 — what does it say else, than that in eternity there is not a past, nor a future, but a bare present? (2) It conflicts with His Unchangeableness, Mal. 3:6, James 1:17, which without doubt excludes a flowing of duration. (3) It conflicts with the Being of God: for since Eternity is nothing other than the Divine duration, and duration nothing other than His Existence, and Existence nothing other than His Being — it cannot be otherwise than that, if Eternity is subject to a succession of time, the Being too must be subject to it. Wherefore Augustine, on Ps. 101, says: "Eternity is the very Substance of God, which has nothing changeable. There is nothing past there, as if that now were not; nothing future, as if that were not yet; there is nothing there but a bare 'He is'; there is not 'it has been,' or 'it shall be' — because that which has been is now not, and that which shall be is not yet; and all that is there, is nothing other than a bare 'He is.'" (4) Because it conflicts, in many ways, with right reason. For this teaches: (a) That in every succession of time there is an order of earlier and later, and that this order presupposes a beginning, from which the flow of that order proceeds — which an Eternity rejects, as being without beginning, just as it is also without end. (b) In every succession of time there are mutually following parts, which can have no place in an infinite duration. For those flowing parts would be either finite — but then, out of finite parts, an infinite Whole would grow together, and the compound would, absolutely in every respect, be nobler and more perfect than its cause, from which it has all its perfection — or those parts would be infinite; but then, out of many infinite parts, an infinite composite would arise, which is contradictory. I shall not add that to call something an infinite part is to call it a part which is less than the whole — or, what is the same thing, a part which is no part at all; likewise, that this would speak of a number of parts, to which not even a single unit could be added; further, that there would thus be something infinite, greater than the infinite, and consequently something infinite which is not infinite — for that infinite duration of eternity would involve infinite ages, and those ages many years, and those years many months, days, hours, etc. Also (c) Nature teaches that in every succeeding duration there is a certain not-being: for that which has passed by is no more; that which is future is not yet; and that which is present shall so pass by, and be no more. Likewise (d), that duration, flowing by and through parts and members, is never infinitely perfect, and is therefore not consistent with the infinity and perfection which is in God — for that to which something continually accrues, which happens in a duration succeeding in time, is never perfect. Further, Nature teaches (e) that that which must continually be brought into actuality cannot be independent — for as much possibility as there is in things, so much dependence is there also in them.
Yet they raise five objections against this. (1) Years, days, past, future, before and after, are commonly ascribed to God in Scripture. Answer: Not otherwise than by way of an accommodating condescension to the weakness of our understanding, so that it, namely, the more easily, in its own way, might come to represent to itself God's Eternity — which is, therefore, spoken in a human manner, and must not be understood otherwise than in a manner befitting God; and under and through these expressions one must think of nothing other than God's most simple and most perfect duration. (2) Eternity coexists with the succession of time, and with the changes of times. Answer: But without succession of time — just as God coexists with changeable things, without Himself being changed, Mal. 3:6, and with imperfect things, without imperfection; and just as spirits coexist with bodies, in a spiritual manner. (3) If God coexisted, without succession of time, with the differences and successions of times, then the differences of times — the past, present, and future — would also coexist together with one another. Answer: This does not follow, just as the points of a revolving circle, though the center coexists with them, do not therefore coexist together among themselves at the same time. Also, the differences of times do not coexist together with eternity, except disproportionately — indeed, properly, nothing coexists with it at the same time except the present, since the past and the future are not, whereas eternity coexists with all of them together. (4) Thus time would coexist with the whole of eternity, and consequently time would be eternity itself. Answer: Time does indeed coexist with the whole of eternity, but not proportionately and wholly — for time coexists only according to the present, not according to the past and future. (5) The order of earlier and later is noted even in God's eternal workings themselves. Answer: This is indeed noted in the works, but not in the working, or in the one working. Insofar as God, with a single and most simple working, has decreed from eternity, and brings forth in time, all that is subjected to it.
XII. One asks: (3) Whether there is succession in the matter of anything having existed from eternity besides God, or whether at least there could not have been something that had existed from eternity? Some say (with what right, I shall not here determine) that Aristotle, because he, not having Holy Scripture, could not arrive at the first man, and therefore thought that one must proceed infinitely backward, held that the world had existed from eternity. The Tritheists and Valentinus Gentilis, because they either could not or would not make any distinction, in God, between the Divine Being and the three Persons, counted three Divine Beings, and, among these, two as created, namely that of the Son and of the Holy Spirit, and ascribed to these no less an eternity than to the Father. Certain Jesuits, though they acknowledge that nothing has, in fact, existed from eternity besides God, hold nevertheless, out of sheer and pure wantonness, that something, besides God, could have existed from eternity — and thereby rob both themselves and us of the proof for the consubstantial Godhead of the Son and of the Holy Spirit, which is placed in our hands through the eternity ascribed, both to the Son and to the Spirit. Vorstius and the Socinians, in order the more strongly to evade the force of our proof for the consubstantial Godhead of the Son and the Holy Spirit, which we take from the Eternity ascribed to both of these in Holy Scripture, do not deny that God alone has, in fact, existed from eternity, but say nevertheless that something besides God could have existed from eternity. The Reformed, on the contrary, hold that complete Eternity is so proper to God, that there neither has been, nor could have been, anything besides God from eternity — on account of the Scripture passages and the reasons which we have already set forth in §§ 3 and 4. To these we shall add nothing except the following difficulties: (1) That, according to this supposition, before, for example, the present day, an infinite number of days would have had to precede it — which number, since it would never have been complete, this day too could never have followed. Or (2) if that number is held to be complete, and it is said that an infinite number of days preceded the present day, then a far greater number of hours would have preceded it, and thus the infinite would be greater than the infinite. Indeed also (3), then one would have to hold that something could be added to the infinite. I shall not say (4) that the proponents of this possible Eternity, at least those who accept the Trinity, undermine the proof taken, for the Godhead of the Son and of the Holy Spirit, from their Eternity. From Holy Scripture the Jesuits and the Socinians attempt to bring nothing at all in favor of their opinion; from reason this is, if not the only, at least the most plausible-seeming, argument: If God has, from eternity, been able, for example, to create the world, then the world has also been able to be from eternity; but He has, from eternity, been able to create — therefore. Yet the extremes of this proposition hang together but poorly. For although that power, which has created the world, and according to which He can be said to have been able to create from eternity, has been present with Him — it does not follow at once from this that the world has been able to be present from eternity, since this involves a contradiction not on the side of God, but on the side of the world — namely, that out of finite moments, with which the time of the world coexists, an Eternity, or infinite duration, should arise; or, if they would rather have infinite moments, it nevertheless conflicts that, out of many infinites, one certain infinite should arise. But (in order that I may oppose the Scholastics in a Scholastic manner) it has been able to be, through the power of the cause; it has not been able to be, through the power of the effect.
XIII. One asks: (4) Whether that which is before the world has existed from eternity? Conradus Vorstius openly denies, to please the Socinians, that to be before the world is the same as to be from eternity (thus in his Epitome of the Apologetic Exegesis, § 14). The Arians, or Homoiousians (Like-substance-holders), because they acknowledge that Christ existed before this world, and yet meanwhile deny that He has existed from eternity, are compelled to deny the disputed question. Among the Cartesians, the very celebrated Wittichius here speaks, Theologia Pacifica, §§ 180-181, very loosely and slipperily concerning the angels, whether they could have existed before this world — and this to favor the Cartesian suppositions, according to which an angel is nothing other than a bare thinking, and a thinking, in order to be present, requires no space with which it should coexist, and could therefore have been present even when there was as yet no space, and thus before the world. Concerning this he acknowledges that the angels have not existed before this world, or before the first beginning of Creation; meanwhile he denies that he holds, for the reasons of the very celebrated Maresius, his opponent, that they could not have existed before the world. He adds that he does not simply deny that they could not have existed before the world; and yet he asserts nowhere that they could have existed before the world; much less does he bring forward reasons by which he might be persuaded that they could not have existed before the world. Because, however, he does not roundly confess that the angels could have existed before the world, and yet not from eternity, we shall not press our opinion of him further. One may nevertheless compare our Cartesian Cancer, Sect. 2, ch. 22. The Reformed hold that whatever has existed before the world has existed from eternity. For thus holds with them (1) Scripture, in which the manner of speaking "to be before the world" is a continual circumlocution for Eternity — thus in our text, Ps. 90:2, "before thou hadst brought forth" — that which he had just before said, "before the mountains were born," "before thou hadst formed the earth and the world," he explains directly afterward through eternity: "from everlasting to everlasting thou art God." A second passage, which serves here, we find in Mic. 5:2, where it is said of the Messiah, that His going forth (namely, that Personal going-forth, through the eternal Generation from the Father, of which Ps. 2:7) has been mikedem, of old — that is, before the Creation of the world; and it is thus explained, mimei olam, "from the days of eternity." From this the word kedem, that is, "old," "of old," "from of old," when it is used of God, signifies His Eternity, Deut. 33:27. At least, that it here means to make known the Eternity of the Messiah, is evident from a comparison of the passages, Prov. 8:22-24,30-31, John 1:1. Let there now come forward a third passage, from John 17:5. What does, or what can, the manner of speaking "before the foundation of the world," or "before the world was," there mean otherwise than Eternity? Likewise 1 Pet. 1:20 and Eph. 1:4, etc. Thus, with the Reformed, holds also (2) Nature, or right reason, according to which whatever is before the world is also before time, since time was created together with the world; and that which has existed before time cannot but be in Eternity, or from eternity. Nor does Vorstius, with the Arians, have anything which they might urge for the contrary, except that God can do whatever involves no contradiction; now, that there should be a creature before the world involves no contradiction; therefore God can bring forth such a creature — to which I answer: yes, it does involve a contradiction, to be a creature and not to be in time — for a creature which is not in time never is; and that which never is, is not; just as that which is nowhere absolutely is not.
The Practical Part
XIV. God's Eternity incites us, first of all — the text itself admonishing us to this — to the glorification of God, and to thankfulness toward Him, Ps. 93:2 and 102:13,25,27,28, 1 Chron. 16:36, 1 Tim. 1:17. (1) Because God, in Himself, is eternal — alone eternal — eternal through all His perfections; in wisdom, goodness, righteousness; and that He therefore not only is, but also shall be, eternal, according to His Name, Exod. 3:14, "I am that I am." (2) Because He has made us eternal, in our own manner, according to the soul, Matt. 10:28, and immortal, with respect to the whole man, had we not sinned, Gen. 2:17, Rom. 6:23. (3) Because He has foreordained us to an eternal Blessedness, 1 Pet. 1:4. And (4) that from all eternity, Eph. 1:4, and therefore unchangeably, since in eternity there is no change or alteration. (5) With an eternal Covenant, 2 Sam. 23:5, Ps. 111:9, Hos. 2:19. Let us acknowledge all this with a thankful mind, boast of it with a ready mouth, and follow after and imitate it with a steadfast and everlasting resolve, Ps. 119:106, 103:18, and 139:24.
XV. Secondly, God's Eternity shows us the natural vanity, frailty, and transience of all things which are outside of God, Ps. 90:2-12 — with which the Apostle agrees, Heb. 1:11, from Ps. 102:26-28. So that, although all our days had lasted a thousand years long, they would nevertheless, with respect to eternity, be no more than a single day — indeed, less than a single day, since between a thousand years and a single day there is at least some proportion, whereas between a thousand years and eternity there is absolutely none. Yea, but even absolutely and without qualification, apart from any relation to eternity — however long they might have lasted, since they are still subject to succession and flow of time — they exist only for a moment, since that which is now past has ceased to be, and that which is future has not yet begun to be, and that which is present is nothing but a moment. So that the Apostle speaks very well of a light affliction, which passes very quickly away, 2 Cor. 4:17. From which it appears how vain and foolish it is to promise oneself anything stable and unchangeable of any created things — riches, honors, pleasures, indeed even of one's own life, 1 Tim. 6:17 — or to fasten one's heart firmly upon them, as if they were stable and lasting. And how, on the contrary, it is to act sensibly, having withdrawn one's affections from fleeting and transient things, to bind them to God, who, through His eternity, without end and without succession of time, and thus always the same, alone may be to us a refuge, and, as it were, a dwelling place from generation to generation — following the example of the Patriarchs, Heb. 11:9-10, Ps. 39:12.
XVI. Thirdly, God's Eternity gives comfort to the soul: (1) against the terrors of sin, when it accuses us that we are alienated from the eternal life, and guilty of the eternal death — what shall then more powerfully raise us up, than to set against it the fact that the mercy of God endures to eternity, Ps. 103:17, and 117:2? (2) Against spiritual desertions, and doubts of God's love and mercy, Ps. 77:8-10 — what shall more powerfully come to our aid than to think: "For a small moment have I forsaken thee; but with great mercies will I gather thee: in a little wrath I hid my face from thee for a moment; but with everlasting kindness will I have mercy on thee," Isa. 54:7-8, likewise ch. 40:27-28. What hope, indeed, shall one not place in and upon the eternal Father, whose mercy is everlasting, Ps. 117:2, who keeps His truth and faithfulness, which He has promised, forever, Ps. 146:6? "For the mountains shall depart, and the hills be removed; but God's kindness shall not depart from us, and the covenant of His peace shall not be removed," Isa. 54:10. (3) Against all manner of calamities and miseries — for what can we think more powerfully than that these afflictions are for a moment, and pass away very quickly, and are working for us an exceedingly excellent and eternal weight of glory, 2 Cor. 4:17, and that God sits as King over all of them in eternity, Ps. 10:16. Yea (4) against the terrors of death — what shall we consider more sweetly than that God is eternal, Ps. 102:12-13, Hab. 1:12, and that He shall set an eternal life in the place of death; indeed, that our natural death shall pave the way for us to the eternal life, John 5:24.
XVII. Fourthly, this shall most powerfully hold us back and restrain us from sin, when we think: (1) that the offended, most righteous, and most strict Judge shall also be, to sinners, an eternal Avenger, Exod. 20:5; and that He shall also (2) be eternal to the sinner who has offended and despised Him, not having a Redeemer, Matt. 25:46. Further (3), that also those who lament their misdeed and guilt, Dan. 12:2, and that their imprisonment shall also be eternal, namely hell, 2 Pet. 2:4, Jude v. 6, in which (5) there shall be an eternal fire, Matt. 25:41, Jude v. 7, which shall be kindled by the breath of the LORD, the eternal Judge, like a stream of brimstone, Isa. 30:27-28, 34:8-10, and 66:24, whose smoke also shall not be quenched, there. Moreover (6), the punishment of loss and damage — namely, the being deprived of the highest and infinite Good — shall be eternal, 2 Thess. 1:9, Matt. 25:41. Likewise (7) the punishment of sense shall be an eternal punishment, there v. 26 — "a worm that gnaws in eternity," Isa. 66:24. And all this for a temporal, indeed a momentary, enjoyment of sin, Heb. 11:25, compare 1 Sam. 14:23. Shall not all these things incite and kindle us: (a) to mourn earnestly for our past sins, Ps. 2:6; to (b) seek help and remedy for them in Him who has brought about an eternal Redemption, Heb. 9:12; and (c) for the future to renounce all sin forever, Ps. 80:19 (compare Drexelius, De Aeternitate, Consideration 2, § 1).
XVIII. Finally, fifthly, God's Eternity invites us, most sweetly and kindly of all, to believe, to practice, and to live for eternity — according to the exhortation of the Apostle, 2 Cor. 4:18: "While we look not at the things which are seen, but at the things which are not seen: for the things which are seen are temporal; but the things which are not seen are eternal." Let us, I say, believe that God is eternal, and that all His Attributes — goodness, mercy, righteousness — are eternal; and that we also, whether we be good or evil, according to body and to soul, shall be eternal; and that life, as well as death, shall last eternally. If we believe these and similar things firmly and sincerely, what great movements and affections shall they not stir up in us, throughout our whole life, unto godliness, unto the fleeing of evil, and unto the practice of the good! Further, let us also study eternity — that is, let us spend some time every day, if but a quarter of an hour, in the consideration and contemplation of it, so that we may not only grasp its nature with our understanding, through so many holy symbols and similitudes as have been sketched, both by the ancient Church Fathers and by the heathen themselves (as Drexelius, De Aeternitate, shows), but that we may also feel its weight in our hearts, whether unto blessedness or unto perdition, 2 Cor. 4:17. Finally, let us also live for eternity — that is, let us ponder eternity, and the things which are eternal, not those which are momentary, not those which are earthly, Phil. 3:19. Let us speak of eternity, and of the things which are eternal, 1 Thess. 4:17-18. Let us be set upon, and intend, and consider the blessed eternity, 2 Cor. 4:18. Let us work for eternity, John 6:27. Let us suffer for eternity, 2 Cor. 4:17, Rom. 8:18. Let us pray for eternity, Matt. 6:13.
Chapter XII: On the Life and Immortality of God
John 5:26.
"For as the Father hath life in Himself; so hath He given to the Son to have life in Himself."
I. We have had, among the Divine Attributes, those things which represent to us what God is — those things which enter into the very description of Him, whereby He is a Spirit, of Himself; and we have likewise had those things which represent to us how great God is: namely, one in number; infinite in greatness; immense, or omnipresent, in presence; eternal in duration. There now remains for us to pass on to those things which show us of what sort God is — those things, namely, by which He is understood by us to work. And of these two kinds shall present themselves to us: namely, the first, to wit, His Life, His Understanding, etc.; and then those which have proceeded from the first, namely, God's All-sufficiency, Majesty, and Blessedness. We shall begin with the first, and in particular with Life — an Attribute which, of this kind, is the most general of all. This the Savior shall explain to us, John 5:26.
The Explanatory Part
II. The text contains a comparison between the life of the Father and the life of the Son, whereby it is proper to the Father to communicate it, and to the Son, to have it communicated. Wherefore, according to the number of the things compared, two points present themselves to us here.
I. The Life of the Father, communicating itself: "As the Father hath life in Himself." The very learned Lightfoot holds that in these words there is a circumlocution of the Name Jehovah, whereby it is made known both that He has existence in Himself, and that He gives existence to all creatures — so that the sense of the passage would be: As the Father is Jehovah, He has given that same Name also to the Son. Perhaps more ingenious than sound. Here four things present themselves to our consideration, more distinctly:
A. The Living One, the Father: "as the Father." It signifies that, just as, in earthly things, a father communicates life to his son — and indeed the same life in kind — so also, in the Divine, the Father communicates to the Son the very same Being in number. This belongs to the Father, and to Him alone. For although the Son also, and the Holy Spirit, since they are God, have life, and indeed of themselves, and the same as the Father's — yet the Son does not communicate this to the Father, nor does the Holy Spirit communicate it to the Son, or to the Father.
B. The Life, or the Being, insofar as it is understood by us as working through itself — of which more at length hereafter.
C. The Having-of-life, or the possession of life: "He has it." He has not received it, for Himself, from any other Person; but He has communicated it to the Son and to the Holy Spirit, so that the Son and the Holy Spirit have it, not only as God — just as the other Divine Persons also have it — but also as the first Person, in a manner in which the other Persons do not have it, namely, of themselves.
D. The Life-giving One, or the Origin of life, "in Himself" — that is, either in His Being, with which it is altogether the same (except that our understanding does not grasp it together with its actuality, by which conception the Being is distinguished from the life); or "of Himself," that is, in every way independent. Certainly not in a positive sense, as if He had brought forth that Being for Himself, it not having belonged to Him beforehand — for thus He would have lived, and at the same time not have lived; but only in a negative sense, insofar as He has received nothing — neither from any other Being, something common to all the Divine Persons, nor from another Person, something proper to Him as the first Person — as we have said.
II. The Life of the Son, which is communicated: "so hath He given to the Son to have life in Himself." Here four things present themselves to us:
1. The Giving: "He hath given." Truly, not by grace, as life is given by grace from God to all living creatures; but by an eternal begetting, of which Ps. 2:7. He has given life — namely, the very same in number as His own. For indeed, He could not be a Son without this communication of the Being and of the Life — whatever the newly-arisen Rationalists may hold to the contrary. So that He is, for this reason too, rightly called αὐτόθεος, God-of-Himself — namely, with respect to the Being, though not with respect to the Subsistence or Personality.
2. To whom given, namely to the Son: "He hath given to the Son." Not as if He, before this giving, had not already been God; but He, through this communication of the Life and of the Being, became, so to speak, the Son. But just as He is God through the essential Being-of-Himself, so He is the Son through this bestowal, or communication.
3. The Gift itself, namely, Life. Not so much that life which He has obtained through His death, of which John 10:11, whereby He is, for His own, the spiritual life, Col. 3:4, whereby they live Him — namely, through the faith of the Son of God, whereby the Son of God lives in them, Gal. 2:20 — and also the eternal life, John 3:16, "that whosoever believeth in Him should have eternal life." And yet I do not deny that He has also received the all-encompassing life for His own, in order to communicate it together with all other benefits, Ps. 68:18, "Thou hast received gifts among men" — namely, in order to communicate them to them. From this He is said to have become for us wisdom, righteousness, sanctification, and redemption, 1 Cor. 1:30. This life, however, is not so much meant here in this place; but rather the life which the Father has in Himself, which the Son should have in Himself — of which presently.
4. The manner of the giving: "to have in Himself." It means either "in Himself," not in another — as we believers, who have our life in Christ, 1 Cor. 1:30, "Ye are in Christ, who is made unto us righteousness" — or "of Himself," as God, who has life and everything of Himself, although He also, insofar as He is a Divine Person, has received life communicated to Himself from the Father, as we have heard.
First Topic: On the Life of God
The Doctrinal Part
III. From all which we say, with every right, not only that God lives, but also that He lives by way of eminence, as no other lives, and moreover, that He is the fountain of all life — as one who communicates life, not only by begetting, to the Son, but also by grace, to all who live. Wherefore God is everywhere in Holy Scripture called the living God, Deut. 5:26 and 32:40, Isa. 37:17, Dan. 4:31, Hos. 3:10, Ps. 42:3 and 84:3, Jer. 2:13 and 5:2, Matt. 16:16, Acts 14:15. Indeed, also, Life itself, 1 John 5:20, Col. 3:4; and the fountain of life, Ps. 36:10, Jer. 2:13: as "in whom we live, and move, and have our being," Acts 17:28. For which reason He distinguishes Himself, by His Life, from the idols, Jer. 10:10, Acts 14:15. Wherefore the Greeks name Him Ζεύς, Zeus, that is, "the Living One," because He, by way of eminence, is the Living One — just as He is named, from the Greek εἶναι, "to be" or "to exist," θεός, from being. And from this it is also God's constant custom to swear by His own life, Zeph. 2:9, Jer. 46:18, Isa. 49:18, Deut. 32:40, and fourteen times in Ezekiel — so also the saints, after God's example, Jer. 5:2 and 12:16.
IV. And Life is ascribed to God not only essentially, but also personally, to the particular Persons individually: to the Father, John 5:26; to the Son, there, and Job 19:25, John 14:19, and indeed through the Father, John 6:57, so that He is called the Prince of Life, Acts 3:15, as one "in whom is life," John 1:4, and who also is our life, Col. 3:4, and has an indissoluble, or eternal, life, Heb. 7:16, through which He lives forevermore, Rev. 1:18. And it is ascribed also to the Holy Spirit, Rom. 8:2, 2 Cor. 3:6.
V. It cannot be otherwise than that Life must be proper to God. (1) Because it is, beyond doubt, a certain perfection, involving no imperfection — wherefore whatever lives is judged to be more perfect than that which does not live. (2) Because He, through His Being, is most active of all: He understands, wills, works, decrees — and all this absolutely of Himself. (3) Because He is, above all that lives, the fountain and wellspring of their life, Ps. 36:9. Yea (4), if He did not live, then all His other attributes — indeed, He Himself — would be fruitless and vain, and He would then not differ from an idol, since all His other attributes are made active through life.
VI. Further, those things are said to live which work of themselves, not being driven from elsewhere — whether with respect to secondary causes alone, in which manner life belongs to creatures; or with respect to every prior-moving cause, and thus God lives. In creatures — at least in those which are material — all life proceeds from a certain composition: natural life, from the union of the soul with the body, which, being taken away, all power to work in a natural manner ceases; spiritual life depends on the union of original righteousness with the soul, which, ceasing, the soul can work nothing in a spiritual manner; and eternal life proceeds from the perfect union with God, as the highest Good, which, being absent, the soul cannot enjoy God, nor spring up in God. Further, a fourfold kind of life is counted among creatures: either a growing life, which serves for the acquiring and preserving of the full strength of nature, and for the propagation of its kind and species; a sensitive life, whereby living creatures distinguish the beneficial from the harmful, so as to choose the one and reject the other — both these kinds of life involve much imperfection, so that they cannot belong to God; a rational life, whereby the living subject freely determines itself to act, such a life as belongs to the angels and to rational souls; and a mixed life, either only of the first two, which one observes in animals, or of all three, which occurs in men.
VII. There can therefore belong to God, as being a most perfect Being, nothing but the most perfect kind of life, namely, the rational life, whereby His understanding and His will are understood to be active. And that life is, in fact, nothing other than His Being, insofar as it understands, wills, and works — both inwardly and outwardly toward itself; or, it is the Being of God, insofar as that Being is understood by us as working, of itself, simply.
VIII. And although Life is common to God and to rational creatures, not merely with respect to the name alone — for then we could in no way be led up, through the life of creatures, to that of the Creator — yet it is also not, in the matter itself, one and the same thing, such that it should not differ, as high as heaven, being something finite, from the infinite; particularly, and most of all, in the following respects: (1) Whereas creatures are only living, God is life itself, 1 John 5:20 — or, what is the same thing, while creatures have a life which is distinct from God's life, and which is a certain capacity of God, God has a life which is altogether one and the same with His Being. (2) Creatures have their life on loan, it being communicated to them by God, who is the fountain of life, Ps. 36:9, Acts 17:28; but God has life in Himself. Wherefore, while (3) creatures possess a life as something foreign, and as on loan, as another's life — God has His own life. (4) The life of creatures is finite, either on both sides, before and after, or at least before — and thus they have, at some time, not had it, and shall, at some time, not have it; God has an infinite, immortal, and eternal life, which He is therefore said to have, always to be for the present. (5) The life of creatures passes by, in motion, in succession of time, and in a continual flowing; but to God belongs an unending, whole, and perfect possession of life.
IX. From which it is apparent how the life of God not only differs from the life of creatures, but also how the life of God differs from His thought, understanding, and will. Namely, (1) a life is, in concept, nothing other than a working power, or (to express it in bad Latin, actuativa) an active force — and to that extent life is, in its own manner, common to God and to living creatures. But since (2) that active force requires an object which must be sought — namely, a capacity, either growing, from which it is called a growing life, or feeling, from which it is called a sensitive life, or rational, from which it is called a rational life — it follows that, although thought, understanding, and will, on God's side, are absolutely one and the same thing, in sensu identico, that is, in an equivalent sense, as one says, they are nevertheless understood, with respect to us, or in sensu formali, that is, in a formal sense, to differ, as being active, and about to be exercised — insofar as we understand that God, through His life, actually thinks, understands, wills. But (3) since, in proportion to the capacity which must be made active through the life — according, namely, as that life is nobler or less noble — a life, or an active force, nobler or less noble is also required (for which reason the sensitive life is nobler than the growing, and the rational nobler than both the former) — it remains, then, since the capacity to think, to understand, and to will differs infinitely in God and in creatures, that there is also an infinite distance between the Life of God and that of creatures. Therefore it is common neither aequivoce, that is, equivocally, nor univoce, that is, univocally, but analogice, that is, analogically.
The Polemical Part
X. The Life of God has not lain so plainly open to the perception of the heathen. Yet one asks: (1) whether that can be, or must be held to be, a god, which does not live a rational life? The wisest among the heathen — for example, Socrates and others, Tully, Plato — though they did not commonly speak of this in ordinary discourse — admitted but one God, and such a God as lives in a rational manner, whom they named Zeus, "the Living One" — that is, the name which they gave Him by way of eminence. But the common people, and as many philosophers as were no wiser than the common people, had gods which were neither living, nor living in a rational manner. The first idolaters, namely the Easterners, held for gods things without life and without reason — stars, sun, moon — naming various regions by various names, for example Bel, Moloch. They had their stone, wooden, and golden statues and other images; they had gods which had only a growing life, for example trees, leeks, onions; they had also some somewhat nobler, having a sensitive life, such as Apis, etc. They had their noblest gods of all, furnished for a short time with a life — indeed a rational life — namely men who were renowned either for their beneficence or for their cruelty. Such were the gods of the Westerners and of the Greeks. All these are compelled to hold that that can be a god which does not live in a rational manner. The living God aptly mocks these, Jer. 10:3, Isa. 41:23, 44:6-21, and ch. 46:5-6, Ps. 115:5-6; and even the heathen themselves, who were somewhat more sensible — for example, Juvenal, Satire 15: "It is unlawful to violate a leek or an onion, or to break it with one's teeth. O holy peoples, in whose gardens such deities are born and grow!" The Reformed, although they do not deny that magistrates, on account of a certain limited communication of the Divine power, are sometimes called gods — for example, Ps. 82:1,6 — nevertheless acknowledge no one to be the true, and properly so-called, God, who does not live in a rational manner. Their reasons we have set down at § 5. With proofs and reasons those cruder heathen cannot make good the case for their lifeless gods.
XI. One asks: (2) Whether those who honor lifeless creatures with a religious veneration do not have, at least by implication, lifeless gods? The heathen, whom we have just now had before us, acknowledge and confess that those lifeless things, which they religiously venerate, are gods. The Papists have various lifeless things which they pursue with a religious veneration, and in various degrees. They have their images and statues — of God, of the Holy Trinity, of the Blessed Virgin, of the departed saints; they have their remains (relics), fragments, pieces, and scraps — namely, of the Body of Christ, of the Mother-Virgin, of the departed saints, or of their garments, or of other things which have in any way touched the Body of Christ — all of them lifeless things; in particular, they have their Bread-god in the Mass, which is likewise lifeless. And as for the images, they teach that these must be honored with the same kind of religious veneration as that with which they honor the subjects thereby depicted; and so too the relics. Thus they render to the image of God, of the Trinity, of Christ, that same service of λατρεία, latreia (as they speak), which they render to God and to the Trinity itself. Thus they also honor the images of the departed saints, and their relics, with the same service of δουλεία, douleia, with which they honor those saints themselves: the host, as they call it, which with them is Christ the God-man Himself, transformed and transubstantiated out of bread, they honor with that same service of λατρεία, latreia, with which they honor Christ in heaven. Concerning this, then, the question now is, since all these things are lifeless, whether they do not, at least by implication, have gods which are lifeless. This the Roman party denies; the Reformed affirm it, with these or similar reasons: (1) Because Scripture says of all idolatry, or perverted religious worship, that it makes other gods, Exod. 20:3-5 — consequently, whoever kneels before lifeless things, and honors lifeless things, makes lifeless things into gods. (2) A religious service and honor, such as worship is, rests and depends solely on the excellence of the Godhead, Isa. 42:8, "I am Jehovah... my glory will I not give to another, neither my praise to graven images." Here God's glory, and His praise, are grounded on the Godhead, whereby He is Jehovah; and consequently, whoever transfers God's glory and His praise (which without doubt has its place in a religious service) to lifeless things, holds those lifeless things to be gods. (3) Because the Savior, Matt. 4:10, confines religious worship of adoration to God alone; and consequently, whoever extends it to things which are lifeless, holds lifeless things to be gods. Finally, (4) because all honor and service is divided into a civil kind and a religious kind, in such a way that religious honor is rendered to an object under the concept of a god; and thus, if religious service and honor is rendered to lifeless things, it is thereby rendered to them as to gods.
The Roman party also have, for a way out, nothing but these two points: (1) They pretend that not all religious service and honor is rendered as to a god — not the service of douleia, nor of hyperdouleia, but only that of latreia. Answer: (1) To argue at length the emptiness and nullity of that distinction does not belong to this place. But (2) that distinction being once granted, although not admitted — that same latreia is by the Papists extended to lifeless things, to the images of God, of the Trinity, of Christ, and to the bread in the Supper. (2) They pretend that their religious service and honor does not terminate in the images, but passes over and rests in the subjects thereby depicted, and that thus it is not so much those lifeless things that are worshipped, as rather God, who is thereby signified. Answer: (1) The heathen also were able to pretend the very same thing, in the worship of their images, being persuaded that their gods dwelt in heaven, not among men, Dan. 2:11. Then (2), that honor, passing through the representation to the thing represented, must at least concern that representation, though it does not rest there.
XII. One asks: (3) Whether the Life of God does not differ from His understanding and will? Vorstius and the Socinians, in order the more easily to have a composite and finite God, who should be nowhere but in heaven, and who could therefore not have been united with Christ, being only upon the earth; and in order finally to have their Christ, or rather to have God in Christ, such a one as should be nothing other than a mere man — hold that life, understanding, and will differ in God Himself, as so many different things. The Cartesians, because, according to them, God is nothing but understanding and will, these being, namely, so many attributes of God — conclude that the Life of God does not differ from His understanding and will. The Reformed take the middle way: they do not grant that in God life, understanding, and will differ and are distinguished as so many different things; they grant that God is thus a single, most pure, and most simple act; that life, understanding, and will, which on God's side are absolutely one and the same thing, are one and the same most simple Being; but that, with respect to our understanding and conception, life, understanding, and will are distinguished — for while we think of the Life of God, we do not think of His understanding or will, and so conversely; and this distinguishing thought has its ground for distinguishing in the things that are to be distinguished — for it conceives understanding and will as capacities in God, and life as that operative and effective force whereby those capacities are brought into act, as we have shown above at § 9, and more fully in our Cartesian Cancer, Sect. 2, ch. 8, § 2. Our reasons are (1) grounded on the things which we have just now stated. (2) Because Scripture constantly makes a distinction between Life and understanding and will, insofar as God, in His oaths, and in the things which are of such a kind, says: "I live," Isa. 49:18, Ezek. 33:11, Hos. 4:15, etc. He does not say, "I understand, I comprehend, I will, I think" — something which would occur, if the life, the understanding, and the will of God said one and the same thing. (3) If life, understanding, and will, or thought, were so one and the same, that the Life of God is nothing other than to think, then one of two things would have to be granted: either that that act whereby God enjoys Himself, unto an infinite blessedness — likewise, whereby He can and does work all things — as also whereby the Father begets the Son, and, with the Son, by breathing sends forth the Holy Spirit — would not belong to the Life of God; or, if they do belong to it, that all those acts would be nothing other than to think. Which of these two is the more absurd, I truly do not know. At least (4) there is absolutely nothing in the way, why Life should not be distinguished from understanding and from will, or from thought — just as, according to the Cartesian suppositions, understanding and will are distinguished within thought or thinking. The foundation of the Cartesian opinion lies in these two points. (1) That God is nothing other than a thinking. Answer: (a) This we have already, long since, with proofs adduced, refuted more than once, especially in ch. 3, § 9, of this Book. (b) Just as the Cartesians, within thinking, make a distinction between understanding and will, so that from these two alone they allow only two Divine Attributes of God, properly so called — why should it not likewise be free to us to make a distinction between life, and understanding and will, in God? They object (2) that God is a single, most simple, and most pure act, and that, for this very reason, life cannot differ from His understanding and will. Answer: (a) By this, nevertheless, the Cartesians themselves make a distinction, within the one most simple Divine thinking, between understanding and will, and indeed as two different attributes. (b) Notwithstanding this, the Cartesians themselves make a distinction, for example, between the Divine Being and reprobation, although these two things, on God's side, are one and the same. One must therefore (c) say that life, understanding, and will are indeed one, in sensu identico, that is, in a wholly identical sense (as the Scholastics, with a foreign word, yet forcefully and pointedly, speak), insofar as everything that is in God is God Himself, and the very Being of God — yet not in a formal sense, whereby I understand one Divine Perfection, by thinking of the life, and another, by understanding God's understanding and will. And if this were not so, then I could, with the same cogency, say that the Life of God is one and the same as His righteousness, decree, creation, providence, reprobation, etc., since all these things, in God, mean one and the same thing.
XIII. One asks: (4) Whether the Life of God agrees, scarcely in anything, with the lives of creatures, plants, animals, men, and angels, except only in the bare name? The Cartesians, because they hold that the life of God is absolutely the same as His understanding, or as His thought or thinking or will, and that this itself is the same as His Being, and that Being nothing other than a single and most simple act of thinking — hold that there is nothing in which they would agree, except in the bare name. The Reformed posit a threefold correspondence of things: an all-sided correspondence, whereby the thing which is signified by the name agrees, on every side, truly and properly; such a correspondence they by no means acknowledge between the Life of God and that of creatures, since the Life of God is infinite, whereas that of all creatures is finite, and the finite differs infinitely from the infinite, and for that reason no creature agrees with it in that same manner. But then they also posit an equivocal correspondence, when one thing agrees with another only in name; and finally, thirdly, a proportionate correspondence, when the thing which is made known by the Name is, in its first and chief signification, and in its own manner, properly proper to one subject alone, but through a certain proportion is also common to others. Thus, to be an animal is, in an all-sided sense, or in a like manner, common to a man and to a beast; that which is called a crab, or cancer, is equivocally common to a water- and a land-creature, to a sign of the zodiac, and to a malignant disease; health belongs, proportionately, to an animal, to the air, to food, and to a remedy — such that its meaning belongs, chiefly and in its own manner properly, to an animal alone, and to the other things only in relation and reference to the animal, insofar as they serve to foster, maintain, and restore the animal's health. The Reformed also acknowledge a manifold distinction between the Life of God and that of creatures: for example, that in God the power to bring the capacities into act, in which life consists, is absolutely one and the same as the capacities which are to be brought into act, whereas in creatures these really differ; that the capacities to be brought into act, understanding and will, are in God one and the same thing, whereas in creatures they differ; that in living creatures, the capacities being set in mere possibility and power, are brought into act by the life, with and in the act itself, whereas in God the capacities are never in power and in a mere ability, but always in actuality, through His life; that creatures, through their life, are indeed active of themselves, but only with respect to secondary causes, while God, through His life, is active of Himself simply. Further, with the Reformed, Life is nothing other than that power whereby a living subject works of itself, or whereby the capacities of a living subject are made active — which being absent, that subject is dead. This life, when it produces a capacity to grow, is called a growing life; when it produces locally-moving or sensitive motions, it is called a sensitive life; and when it excites rational activities, namely understanding and will, it is called a rational life. From this now follow, with them, three things: (1) that the power to be active, which is called life, and the capacities that are to be made active, are conceived as distinct. (2) That nevertheless the power of making active is, in concept, common to all living things. But (3) the more perfect and noble the capacities to be made active are, the more noble and perfect a power of making them active is also required — since a proportionate correspondence is always required between the work that is to be produced and the power which shall produce that work: from which the sensitive life is more perfect than the growing, and the rational life more perfect than both these; and the Life of God is most perfect of all, indeed infinitely perfect. These things, being clear in and of themselves, and thus laid down, one easily sees: (a) how, and in what manner, life, understanding, and will are understood in God to be mutually distinct — namely, that life is understood to be presupposed, and laid as a foundation, both to this and to all manner of other Divine activities — all of which things, though on God's side, or as one speaks, in sensu identico, that is, in an equivalent sense, are a single, most simple, and most pure act, yet, in a formal sense, are, with respect to us, distinct — because we think something different, when we conceive life, and something different, when we conceive understanding and will. (b) That, since God's understanding and will, being capacities which must, as it were, be made active by and through the life, are of an infinite perfection, and thus differ infinitely from all the capacities of all living creatures — the Life of God, too, is of an infinite perfection; while nevertheless, as far as concerns activity simply, it agrees with all living subjects, not exactly, equally, or equivocally, but proportionately. To which one must finally also add (3) this: since to live is to be active of oneself, not being moved by another, that therefore to live cannot be proper to creatures except in a certain respect, and dependently only, insofar as they work of themselves, not being moved by others, which are only secondary causes; but to God alone, by way of eminence, because He works of Himself, purely, simply, and independently. These things needed to be stated beforehand here at greater length than usual, because they contribute a great deal, not only to the settling of the disputed question, but also to a more distinct understanding of the Divine Being. The Reformed, therefore, generally deny that the life of God and of creatures agree in anything, save almost only in the bare name. Reasons: (1) Because, in that case, we could in no way be led up, through the life of creatures, to the knowledge of the Life of God. And thus (2) the life of God would be, for us, nothing other than an empty and useless word, which, in practice, could be of no advantage to us whatsoever. (3) Because there would have to be granted, between the Life of God and the life of creatures, such a correspondence as there is between the understanding of God and that of creatures. Also (4) the power to make something active is, in its own manner, observed to be common to God and to creatures, as has been said. And just as, finally, (5) according to the Cartesians themselves, the thought or thinking, in which, according to their supposition, it consists — indeed, even the life — is common to God and to created spirits: according to that saying of the very celebrated Wittichius: "Every Spirit, whether that of the angels, or of God, is a thinking, a thought" (Theologia Pacifica, § 122). And now I do not see what they would come to allege for the contrary. For if they say (1) that God is a bare thinking or thought, this is nevertheless common to God and to created spirits — and why not life also, since chiefly the life of all spirits consists, according to them at least, in thinking? Besides, that we have elsewhere with cogent reason demonstrated that God, or indeed any other Spirit, does not consist in a bare thinking. If they say (2) that God is a most simple act, this nevertheless does not prevent life, in its own manner, from being common to Him — just as thought, understanding, and will are. Nor can they (3) say that God is an infinite Spirit, and yet it is not in their way, why thought should not be common to Him, and therefore also life — besides that, with them, the infinity of God consists in nothing else than in this, that He thinks all things with a single act, which contributes nothing whatsoever to life.
The Practical Part
XIV. As regards the Practical use: from the Life of God there is furnished, first of all, a ground and motive for and unto God's glory and glorification, Rev. 4:9, 1 Tim. 1:17 and 6:16. Because He (1) not only has a life, which is the first and chief, indeed a general perfection of man, Job 2:4, since, by means of it, all His capacities, and all His perfection, are made active — so that, apart from life, all His perfection is nothing, compare Eccl. 9:4 — indeed, moreover, unto abhorrence: thus also the Life of God absolutely activates all His other perfections, so that they are all, altogether, nothing without life. But also (2) because He is life itself, 1 John 5:20, and therefore nothing less than that highest perfection. Yea (3) also such a life, namely, independent, infinite, eternal, unchangeable, etc. Add to this (4) also, that He is, for all, the fountain and wellspring of all life, Ps. 36:9, so that nothing has a life, but it has it from His life. And these are the reasons why God Himself so often, as it were, glories in His life — so often, namely, as He (a) swears by His life, Jer. 46:18; so often as He (b) distinguishes Himself, by His life, and challenges and defies all idols, as having no life, Ps. 115:3-8. And not only He Himself, but also (c) holy men, Ps. 42:3, even to the heavenly ones, Rev. 4:9.
XV. By that same means we also receive, secondly, a ground and motive for and unto thankfulness, insofar as He, as the fountain of life, is for us the wellspring of all life — of natural life, Acts 17:28, Ps. 104:? — of spiritual life, Eph. 2:4-6 — and shall be of eternal life, John 3:16 — so much so, that He, for this very cause, gave over His only-begotten Son to death; there. All this incites us to thankfulness: (1) to acknowledge it with the heart, Ps. 103:1-4; (2) to glory in it with the mouth, Ps. 116:8,12; (3) to repay it with our works, by bringing back our whole life to Him from whom we have received it, and by devoting it, with all readiness, to His glorification: namely, (a) the natural life, Phil. 1:20-21; (b) the spiritual life, Rom. 6:11, Gal. 2:19-20; (c) the eternal life, Isa. 6:3.
XVI. Thirdly, it gives us a ground and material for rebuke of all those who (1) deal with God, not so much in word as in deed, as if they had a lifeless and unfeeling God, who neither sees, nor hears, nor perceives, nor understands, nor repays, nor knows anything of all those things which are done upon the earth, Ps. 94:6-8 and 10:4,11. Who, for this reason, (2) do not love God, do not seek Him, do not fear Him, do not reverence Him, do not call upon Him, do not honor or serve Him — just as if He, as though He were lifeless, could do neither good nor evil, Lam. 3:38, Zeph. 1:12. Who, (3) being set in some straits and distresses, so lose heart, as if they did not believe that God lived in heaven, or saw and understood their misery, and could bring help to them. Contrary to the practice of Job, ch. 19:25. Do not all these men, though in a different manner, pass over into the senseless folly of the heathen, which we have noted in the Polemical Part — and, what is far worse still, make of the true God an idol for themselves? And what shall they promise themselves from this, other than that the living God shall, through His vengeance, show Himself to them to be living — according to that well-known word of Ezekiel: "and they shall know that I am Jehovah," ch. 25:14 and 35:9.
XVII. It gives us, fourthly, a ground of comfort, in all manner of difficulties and burdens of our whole life, when we are assured that God, who is our Redeemer, lives, Job 19:25, and that He is the strength and power of all our lives, Ps. 27:1 — namely, (1) in the burdens and difficulties of natural life: so (a) if some sickness threatens the end of our life, Ps. 6:3,5, Job 19:25; (b) if poverty deprives us of the means of life, so that we must say, "Whence shall we buy bread?" John 6:5, Matt. 6:25; (c) if the enemy lays snares for our life, seeks our soul, Ps. 7:3,6, 35:4, and 38:13, with Ps. 42:3; (d) if the fear of death oppresses us, Heb. 2:15; and (e) the horror of corruption, Ps. 16:10 — what shall help us more powerfully in such cases, than to think that, meanwhile, our God and our Redeemer lives — indeed, is life itself, and the fountain of life; and that He, just as He has given us life, can also so preserve it, notwithstanding all things should set themselves against it; yea, that He can also, that life being lost, restore it again; that Jesus is to us the resurrection and the life, John 11:25, and has become a life-giving spirit, 1 Cor. 15:45; that the Holy Spirit is a Spirit of life, Rom. 8:2, and that He, if He is in us and dwells in us, shall also quicken our mortal bodies, there v. 11. So too (2) in the difficulties of the spiritual life: if we feel ourselves dead in sins, Eph. 2:1, unfit for all the workings of the spiritual life, for the conversion of ourselves, for faith, hope, love — what can more powerfully raise us up, than to think that God has life in Himself? that He has given it to the Son? that He gave Himself, that we might live through Him? 1 John 4:9; yea, that He is our life? Col. 3:4; the way, the truth, and the life? John 14:6. Finally (3), in the difficulties and anxieties of and concerning the eternal life, when the fear of death, Heb. 2:15, the body of death besets us, so that we groan, "Who shall deliver me?" Rom. 7:24, "What shall I do, that I may have eternal life?" Matt. 19:16, "What shall we do, men and brethren?" Acts 2:37 — what shall then more powerfully raise us up, than to think (a) that God is a living God? Ps. 42:3, and the life, and the fountain of life; and (b) that our Redeemer lives, and that He is our life, given to this end by the Father, that we should not perish, but have the eternal life; yea, that He has died for this, that we might live. Finally, (c) that the Holy Spirit is a Spirit of life, who quickens, John 6:63. What, I say, shall more powerfully raise us up in all these things? Only that we earnestly attend to this: (1) that we know Him, for this is the eternal life, John 17:3; (2) that we believe, for he that believeth shall not perish, but have eternal life, John 3:16, that we receive Him by believing, John 1:12; moreover, (3) that we may be united with Him, as the members with the head, the branches with the vine, John 15:4-5; (4) that we may become a graft with Him, in the likeness of His death and resurrection, Rom. 6:5; (5) that we may obtain the life-giving Spirit, 1 Cor. 15:45; (6) and that Jesus Himself may live in us, Gal. 2:20, and His life be made manifest in us, 2 Cor. 4:10; and thus (7) we may conclude, and hold ourselves bound, to live unto God, Rom. 6:11.
XVIII. Fifthly, we receive from the Life of God a manifold material and motive to live unto God, Gal. 2:19. Because (1) our God lives, and in His life consists the highest perfection; and because our life consists in the following of Him, Matt. 5:45. (2) Because He is the fountain and origin of all our life, which must therefore be brought back again to Him, Rom. 11:36. (3) Because our Redeemer, who has life in Himself, is our life; indeed has died, that we should not live unto ourselves, but unto Him who died for us, 2 Cor. 5:15, Rom. 14:7-9. (4) Because the Holy Spirit is a Spirit of life, who, according to His Office, quickens, John 6:63. But what, finally, does it mean to live unto God? Answer: (a) To live unto the glory of God, 1 Pet. 4:2,6. (b) To live according to the will of God. (c) To live through the power of God, so that He, as it were, lives in us, Gal. 2:19-20. (d) To turn oneself unto the living God, Acts 14:15. (e) To strive to be a living member of the body of Christ, 1 Cor. 12:27. (f) A living stone, 1 Pet. 2:4-5. (g) Endowed with a living faith, James 2:17-18. (h) Living and active, not slothful, in the work of God, 1 Thess. 1:9, Heb. 9:14. Compare what we have had above concerning this matter, Book 1, ch. 1.
Second Topic: On the Immortality of God
The Doctrinal Part
XIX. That God is also Immortal is very readily shown. Just as, in creatures, life is very readily hedged about by death, so, in the Creator, it is Immortality — which, though in actual fact it is one and the same thing with His Unchangeableness and His Eternity, and for that reason, from
...as far as the word itself is concerned, it signifies that unchangeableness and eternity which belong to the life of God in particular. This is ascribed to Him: (1) by the text, when He is said not only to have life in the present tense — namely, that He continually pursues the same life — but also to have it in Himself, and thus not to have received it from another, nor to be capable of having it taken from Him by another. So too (2) elsewhere Scripture, when it calls Him incorruptible and immortal — indeed, Him alone, Rom. 1:23, 1 Tim. 1:17 and 6:16. Likewise (3) when it everywhere ascribes life to Him — indeed, when it calls our Savior the true God and eternal life, 1 John 5:20.
XX. And He cannot be other than immortal: (1) He who, by His independence, has life of Himself and by Himself, and is likewise preserved of Himself, nor can be deprived of it by anything distinct from Himself. (2) He who, by His simplicity, is life itself, so that if He were to die He would be annihilated — for which there would be required an infinite power, distinct both from the one annihilating and from that which would be annihilated. (3) He who, by His eternity, has life without any succession of time, all together and at once — or, according to Boethius, "a whole, simultaneous, and perfect possession of unending life." (4) He who, by His unchangeableness, utterly rejects and disdains the greatest of all changes, that of death. For this reason He alone is said to have immortality, 1 Tim. 6:16 — which Augustine (Against Maximinus, Bk. 3, ch. 12) demonstrates very finely and forcefully when he says: "In every changeable nature there is a kind of death, the change itself, because it causes something no longer to be what it was before. Hence the human soul itself, which is for that reason called immortal — inasmuch as in some measure, according to its own manner, it never ceases to live — nevertheless in its own way undergoes a certain death: because, if it lived righteously and then sins, righteousness dies in it; if it was a sinner and is justified, it dies to sin. And the nature of the heavenly creatures was able to die, because it was able to sin — for the angels too have sinned, and those who have not sinned were able to sin. Therefore whatever is absolutely and altogether unchangeable is by that very fact also immortal." (5) He who, by the highest perfection of His being, cannot be deprived of the perfection of life. (6) He who, on account of His omnipotence, permits no one to take life from Him. Finally, (7) He who, by His blessedness, cannot fail to enjoy Himself, which cannot be without life. Wherefore to live and to be blessed are, in Scripture, sometimes equivalent expressions, Ezek. 37:14.
XXI. Yet since there are found other subjects that either have had immortality, as the first-created human beings; or still have it, as the angels and human souls; or shall have it, as hereafter the blessed in heaven — the question would arise how God is said alone to have immortality, 1 Tim. 6:16, and alone to live, Deut. 32:40? To this the answer is that one must observe a threefold immortality. The first is by the favor and grace of another, belonging to that which by its own nature is mortal, and this immortality is only a possible one, whereby a living subject cannot die — such was formerly the immortality of the two first-created human beings, and such shall ours also be in glory. The second is indeed by nature, through its simplicity indissoluble, but which can nevertheless be changed, corrupted, and annihilated by the unbounded power of the Creator, and is thereby, in a certain sense, mortal — this is the immortality of the angels and of souls. The third is, through an utterly all-sided independence from all change, corruption, annihilation, and death, absolute — and this, finally, is the immortality that belongs to God alone, who is therefore called incorruptible, Rom. 1:23, 1 Tim. 1:17.
The Polemical Part
XXII. It is true that there have hardly been any, so far as I know, who would deny that God is immortal — not even among the heathen, who had nothing more common in their mouths than the expression "immortal gods." Yet there are those who posit things wholly incompatible with all-sided immortality: so of old the Anthropomorphites, who ascribed human parts to God; so Vorstius and the Socinians, who hold that God is composed of parts, and likewise of a subject and accidents — these can never consistently maintain God's all-sided immortality. For whatever is composite, in whatever way, is by that very fact dissoluble, and to that extent also mortal, or at least corruptible. Further, whatever would belong to the Refutation part of this topic we have already stated beforehand, at the topic of the Life of God, which one may, as the matter requires, carry over to this topic.
The Practical Part
XXIII. As regards the Practical use, God's immortality serves, first, for the glory of God, as the Apostle teaches, Rom. 1:23, 1 Tim. 1:17 and 6:16, Ps. 102:27-28 — which even the heathen themselves acknowledged, when, on account of His immortality, they called God not only Zeus, "the Living One," but also constantly boasted of their immortal gods. This use agrees with, and is the same as, the first use of the preceding topic.
XXIV. On the contrary, secondly, it serves for our humbling — we who carry our breath in our nostrils, Isa. 2:22, Ps. 146:4; who are exposed to so many kinds of death — the natural, the spiritual, and the eternal; who can be deprived of life by the slightest of causes, by a fly, by a needle, as histories teach; who have also brought this mortality upon ourselves by our own willfulness. For this reason we shall all die, and shall be as water spilled upon the ground, which cannot be gathered up again, 2 Sam. 14:14; and our days are as a passing shadow, Ps. 144:4, they run away like a stream; we are like a flower that flourishes in the morning but is cut down and withers in the evening, Ps. 90:6, and Job 14:1: "Man that is born of a woman is of few days, and full of trouble." On which words Bernard beautifully and aptly says: "Man is born to labor and trouble, not to honor; man is born of a woman and, on that account, with the guilt of sin and punishment, living a short time and therefore subject to change, filled with many miseries and therefore with weeping — and truly with many miseries, since these strike both soul and body. For in these words of Job is described the shortness, frailty, inconstancy, and manifold adversity [of life]" (Bernard, Consid. ad Eugen., Bk. 2). It is profitable now to consider this our mortality, that we may thereby (1) be humbled, seeing that, compared with God, we are nothing but dust and ashes, Gen. 18:27. (2) Never promise ourselves a long life, Ps. 39:5-6. (3) That from the vanity and nothingness of our life we may infer the vanity and nothingness of all things, since nothing can be more stable and constant to us than our own life. (4) That we may long after eternity and immortality, 2 Cor. 5:1-4. And (5) that we may seek this immortality in the immortal God Himself, so that when our flesh and our heart fail, He may be the rock of our heart and our portion forever, Ps. 73:26.
XXV. Further, thirdly, it brings to the godly a most sweet comfort, even in the terrors of death, that they have as their covenant God the one who is immortal — who formerly created us, in His own image, unto immortality; who, in His eternal decree, has ordained us to a blessed immortality, Matt. 25:34; and when we had lost that inborn immortality, Eph. 2:1, in order to restore it to us gave His only-begotten Son over to death, that He might abolish death and bring life and immortality to light through the gospel, 2 Tim. 1:10 — who, as a pledge of our future immortality, made us alive together with Christ when we were dead through our trespasses, and raised us up together, and made us sit together in heaven, in Christ Jesus, Eph. 2:5-6 — who, finally, when we shall have died in the course of nature, will raise us up to a blessed immortality, when that which was sown in corruption shall be raised in incorruption, and that which was sown in weakness shall be raised in power, and where a natural body was sown, a spiritual body shall be raised. For this corruptible must put on incorruption, and this mortal must put on immortality, 1 Cor. 15:42-44, 53 — so that they shall now come and shout in triumph: "O death, where is thy sting?" (v. 55). By the thought and consideration of which David's heart was made so exceedingly glad, and his tongue rejoiced, Ps. 16:9-11; and with such words and reasonings the Apostle charged that the Thessalonians should comfort one another, 1 Thess. 4:18.
XXVI. Finally, fourthly, God's immortality entices us, by way of example, to zeal and diligence after immortality, and at the same time shows us the fountain and the means of obtaining it. Inborn in all is the desire for immortality — whether that they might not die, Gen. 42:2, Job 2:4; or that, having died, they might nevertheless live, whether in their seed and offspring, Ps. 89:30, 37, or in their name and renown, Gen. 12:2, 5, 2 Sam. 7:25; or that they might be restored from death to life, Phil. 3:11. And after that immortality they strive, either through natural workings — the use of food, of medicines, of defenses, and through the most careful fleeing from and avoidance of death; or through heroic deeds, 2 Sam. 23:8, etc.; or through virtuous actions — wisdom, learning, etc.; or even through wicked and shameful deeds, Gen. 11:4, as did Herostratus, who set fire to the temple of Diana; or through religious deeds, Phil. 3:10-11. Indeed, to this end the immortal God has given us an immortal soul, and in it a desire for immortality; indeed, He even created us immortal in our first parents, and when we had lost this immortality through the fall, He has restored it to us, even through the death of His only-begotten Son; finally, He has in the gospel shown the way to immortality, so that in due time we may be brought to it in the last judgment. But in what manner, and by what means, shall we at last obtain the desired immortality? Answer: (a) The fountain and origin of it is God, the only Immortal One, 1 Tim. 6:16, who unites this desire with us through love and a burning affection, Ps. 73:25. (b) The only means is the Savior Jesus, to whom the Father has given to have life in Himself, so that He might be the way, the truth, and the life, John 14:6 — indeed, the very life of His own, Col. 3:4. (c) The helps for obtaining it are: (1) a knowledge of God and of the Mediator, John 17:3; (2) faith in both of these, John 14:1 and 3:16; (3) a burning desire after blessed immortality, 2 Cor. 5:2-4; (4) a general well-living, Phil. 3:20-21; (5) a believing well-dying, Rev. 14:13. Upon all of which nothing but a blessed immortality can follow.
Chapter XIII: On the Understanding, the Knowledge, and the Wisdom of God
Over Romans 11:33-34.
O the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and knowledge of God! How unsearchable are His judgments, and His ways past finding out! For who has known the mind of the Lord? Or who has been His counselor?
I. Through the Life of God there is first made active in God His Understanding — not that this Life passes over from a power into an act, for God, and all that is God's, is a most simple act; but because that act in God consists in His living. The act, then, as it were, insofar as it concerns understanding, is knowledge, and the perfecting of that is wisdom — all of which, with respect to their object, are as it were fashioned and ordered accordingly. Most of these points the Apostle expresses in the text, when he speaks of the understanding by way of a faculty, of knowledge by way of act, and of wisdom as a virtue and perfection — namely, according to our manner of conception, distinguished from one another.
The Explanatory Part
II. The text presents a certain exclamatory eulogy, by which the Apostle both wonders at and at the same time extols the surpassing excellence of God's Understanding, Knowledge, and Wisdom in the work of Redemption, and above all in that of Predestination. Here two things fall to be considered: an exclamation, and the explanation of it.
A. The exclamation itself. The exclamation-mark, in the word how, is here a particle belonging to one who wonders, indicating that the extolled matter is so great that it cannot be grasped, according to its worth, by the understanding of any rational creature, nor praised and extolled with the mouth.
B. The matter itself, which is by this word of wonder extolled — namely, (1) A depth. The root word bathos signifies a height upward and a depth downward, so as to indicate that the matter extolled far surpasses all the bounds of perfection, both of height and of depth, and is therefore infinite, according to the expansive description of Zophar, Job 11:8-9: "higher than the heavens... deeper than hell... longer than the earth, broader than the sea." Yet the word most properly expresses a depth, whence it is also rendered by the word ἄβυσσος, abyss, depth, Rev. 20:24, 1 Cor. 2:10.
(2) Of the riches, πλούτου. And what is a riches? It is a superabundance of goods and treasures, whereby one has more than one needs. There is, therefore, in the matter extolled, a certain superabundance — not of poverty or misery, but of treasures which can make the possessor rich and happy. It is disputed whether that depth is to be confined to riches, so that the sense would be, "how great a depth is there in riches?" — or whether it ought also to be extended to wisdom, so as to read "the depth of the riches of wisdom!" and likewise to knowledge: "the depth of the riches of the knowledge of God." The latter seems to us more advisable, on account of (1) the conjunction "and" following the word "riches"; (2) the comparison with 2 Cor. 8:2 and elsewhere; (3) the comparison with what precedes, where mention is made of the divine mercy toward heathen and Jews, at the greatness of which the Apostle marvels, and that with the word "riches," Rom. 2:4, Eph. 2:7 — as is customary with Paul, as appears from the passages cited, as well as Eph. 1:18, 3:8, Col. 1:27.
(3) Of the wisdom and of the knowledge of God, σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως Θεοῦ. These two genitives are governed by the first, πλούτου, "riches," as also happens Col. 2:3, "a treasure of wisdom and of knowledge." With some, wisdom and knowledge here are one and the same; with others they are distinguished, in this way, that wisdom is a particular kind of knowledge. At any rate, on God's side they are, without doubt, one and the same, though on our side they are distinguished in various ways — namely (1) that understanding is, as it were, the faculty of knowing and comprehending; knowledge, as it were, the act; and wisdom, as it were, the completeness and strength of both, as they present themselves to us. (2) That wisdom is something absolute and unqualified, knowledge something relative and qualified. (3) That wisdom comprehends all rational habits, while knowledge signifies only one of them. (4) That knowledge is a contemplative habit, wisdom a practical one, which otherwise is one and the same as prudence — so Beza remarks on 1 Cor. 1:17.
III. A fourfold question of the wondering Apostle, which sets forth more distinctly the ground of the preceding wonder. These questions concern:
A. The first, God's judgments: "How unsearchable are His judgments?" (1) The matter extolled in the question lies in the words "His judgments," κρίματα αὐτοῦ; he calls "judgments" both God's decrees and the executions of those decrees, especially the punitive executions, according to the custom of the Hebrews, among whom חֻקִּים, chukkim, that is, decrees, means both together. In particular he looks to the judgments carried out in the rejection of the Jews and the substitution of the Gentiles in their place.
(2) The perfection by which he indicates the matter: ὡς ἀνεξερεύνητα, "how unsearchable!" It is the same as what is said, Ps. 36:7: "Thy judgments are a great deep." The word ἐρευνᾶν, "to search," means to search something deeply, John 5:39; and the compound word ἐξερευνᾶν means to trace out and grasp with one's understanding something that has been deeply searched; and the word ἀνεξερεύνητα, "unsearchable," means something which, even having been deeply and thoroughly searched, cannot be traced out or is incapable of being traced out with one's understanding — or such a thing as cannot, even by the most acute and careful investigation, be searched through and found out. Which perfection of unsearchableness is further magnified by the interrogative particle "how" — "how unsearchable!" — so much so, namely, that it cannot be done by any creature whatsoever.
B. The second question concerns the ways of God: καὶ ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ, "and His ways past finding out." Here we find (1) the subject of the question, αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ, "His ways" — in Hebrew, דְּרָכִים, derachim. By these are understood, more generally, the ways, manners, and grounds of all and every counsel and deed of God; or, more particularly, the orders, ranks, and manners of Predestination, both of Election and of Reprobation — which are, above all, past our finding out. (2) The property thereof, ἀνεξιχνίαστοι, "past finding out" — whereof not even the footprints can be traced by any acuteness or any art; or which cannot be tracked by the footprints of any single one; or of which no footprints are to be found in our natural understanding apart from Revelation, indeed not even through Revelation itself.
C. The third question touches the mind or understanding of God, on which knowledge and wisdom rest, and from which God's judgments and ways proceed: Τίς γὰρ ἔγνω νοῦν Κυρίου, "for who has known the mind of the Lord?" Isa. 40:13: "Who has directed the Spirit of the LORD?" Here comes before us (1) the one knowing — τίς, "who?" As if to say: who on earth? who in heaven? shall anyone anywhere point out someone? Consequently, no one. (2) The thing known, νοῦν Κυρίου, "the mind of the Lord." In Hebrew, רוּחַ יְהוָה, "the Spirit of the LORD," the mind, or the understanding of the LORD, Jehovah. The word "mind" signifies the understanding, insofar as it is conceived by us as the faculty from which knowledge proceeds, and in which the power of wisdom lies — yet so that the things understood are not excluded, particularly regarding Predestination, the Election and rejection of the Jews, the substitution of the Gentiles: "Who has known the mind of the Lord concerning these things?" (3) The knowledge: ἔγνω, "has known." In Hebrew, תִּכֵּן, "has weighed, considered, searched out" — τίς ἔγνω, "who has known," namely, perfectly. Some things we do know concerning the mind or understanding of God — for example, that it truly belongs to God; what its properties and dispositions are; also many of the things understood and comprehended, namely those which He has revealed to us in His Word — but who has so known that He has weighed, considered, searched out, that is, perfectly attained and comprehended, the understanding or the Spirit of the Lord? No one, 1 Cor. 2:10-11.
D. The fourth question relates to the counsels of God: συμβούλος αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, "or has been His counselor?" — repeating from the preceding verse the interrogative "who." These words too appear to have been taken, following the LXX translators, from Isa. 40:13-14: "And who has taught Him understanding, and has shown Him the way of judgment, and taught Him knowledge?" — with whom did He take counsel, that he instructed Him, and taught Him in the path of judgment? Here comes before us (1) the counselor, who is denied to exist — in Greek, σύμβουλος: by this is understood such a one as points out to someone seeking counsel what is necessary for him to do, what he ought to do, so that he may, according to his own judgment, either accept or reject it. A counselor is thereby presupposed who is more experienced than the one seeking counsel, or than he who takes and seeks counsel. (2) The one seeking counsel, who is likewise not admitted nor acknowledged, in the word "Him," namely, God. Now, if from the preceding half-verse we bring back the interrogative "who," this sense arises: "Who has been a counselor to God?" — namely, concerning His Providence, Predestination, Election, Reprobation, the rejection of the Jews and the substitution of the Gentiles? Who can point out such a one? No one.
The Doctrinal Part
III. There belongs to God, therefore, according to the text, not only Understanding, Knowledge, and Wisdom, but these most perfectly, most wisely, most extensively, infinitely, and unfathomably. Although these three things — Understanding, Knowledge, and Wisdom — are distinct in creatures, and yet in God are one and the same, we shall nevertheless, for our own sakes, that we may grasp the perfection of God's understanding more distinctly, treat of them somewhat more distinctly. First, with the Scriptures.
To God there belongs, then, an Understanding — or, what is the same thing, He is a most understanding Being. For the text ascribes to Him a mind or understanding, which Scripture elsewhere calls God's eyes, 2 Chron. 16:9: "For the eyes of the LORD run to and fro throughout the whole earth"; and Job 7:7 [sic]. Whence it is said that there is nothing invisible before Him, but that all things are naked and open before His eyes, Heb. 4:13. For this reason God is called a God of knowledges, 1 Sam. 2:3. Compare Job 12:13, Ps. 136:5 and 147:5, Prov. 3:19. And to this belong also all those passages in which Wisdom, Knowledge, Foreknowledge, and Providence are ascribed to God, which shall be brought forward in their places.
IV. And not only is God, according to Scripture, an understanding God, but also by nature and reason. For since (1) understanding is among the perfections, indeed among those which include nothing whatsoever of imperfection, it cannot, without contradiction, be denied to the most perfect Being. Then (2) He is, for all understanding creatures, the fountain and origin of their understanding, since they see light first in His light, Ps. 36:10: "He who planted the eye, shall He not see? He who formed the ear, shall He not hear?" Ps. 94:9. Further (3) since He works outwardly, not being determined by nature, as the sun shines — neither recklessly nor by compulsion, but with reason, with counsel, and with a preceding good pleasure — He cannot but be without understanding. And (4) were He without understanding, what else would He be but an idol, of which it stands, Ps. 115:6-7: "They have eyes, but they see not; ears, but they hear not." Yet since there has never been anyone so barbarous — unless he were an atheist — as to withhold understanding from God, there is no reason why we should further weary and exhaust ourselves in proving this.
V. It will therefore be more useful for us to examine what and of what kind understanding is; which will become clear from nowhere else more plainly than by comparing human understanding with the Divine, for understanding belongs to that class of communicable attributes which, in proportion, also belong to creatures. The Latin word intelligere, that is, to know, to understand, seems to be said as it were intus legere, that is, to read within — namely, to contemplate the forms or images of understandable things, according to the common saying: Oportet intelligentem, phantasmata speculari, that is, "one who understands ought to contemplate his mental images." Hence two things are required for comprehending and understanding: understandable forms, which in the matter of representation are usually called ideas; and then their contemplation or beholding — which requires (1) a receiving and taking of them from the outward senses, from common sense, and from the imagination, according to which the understanding is called a passive understanding; and (2) a contemplation of the received ideas, which consists partly in a comparing, a composing or dividing, an affirming or denying, whence arises the noetic — that is, contemplative and speculative — judgment; partly in a reasoning or discoursing, whereby one climbs from the more known to the less known, whence proceeds the discursive judgment and the practical understanding. And this is the manner and way of understanding and comprehending in creatures.
VI. In the Understanding of God, likewise, two things are required which, according to our conception, are distinguished: the presence of the ideas, and their contemplation or comprehension — according to which the Understanding of God can be more precisely described as nothing other than a most perfect contemplation of Himself, or of His ideas — but without any, even the least, receiving of them, or without any, even the least, passive understanding; without any composition and division; without any reasoning: because these things involve an imperfection which must, with the utmost care, be excluded from the most perfect Being.
VII. In what sense ideas may be said to be in God. We accordingly ascribe here ideas (from the Greek ἰδεῖν, "to see") to God, insofar as they signify not merely a practical form which must be exhibited in a work, but also, at the same time, an understandable form and representation — although one that shall never be expressed. Of which Scripture speaks sparingly; one is accustomed to use of it the saying of Paul, Heb. 11:3: "The things which are seen were made of things which do not appear." In creatures this properly signifies something which is in the mind of the craftsman, to be expressed in his work. In God (as Ames speaks, Medulla, Bk. 1, ch. 7, §14) there is no idea other than His own Being itself, insofar as it is comprehended by Him as capable of being imitated in the creature — or so that, in some way, a likeness of that perfection, or some footstep of it, can be expressed in creatures. That is, the creatures themselves, as they are comprehended in the Divine Understanding, are ideas of that nature which they have in themselves.
VIII. How an idea in man differs from one in God, in the creatures. An idea in man, who acquires knowledge by analysis, is derived out of and from the things themselves; and hence the things first exist in themselves, then come to the sense and feeling of man, and from there to the understanding, where they come to form a certain idea, so as to direct the ensuing action accordingly. But since God comprehends and understands all things through their origin (per genesin), and knowledge thereof is not obtained through their analysis (per analysin), all things are therefore in His understanding rather than in themselves. In man the things themselves are the exemplar, and our knowledge is the image thereof; but in God the idea is the exemplar, and the things themselves are the expressed image. In man the idea is first impressed, and afterward it is expressed in things; but in God it is, properly speaking, only an expressing, with an impressed idea, because it comes to Him from nowhere else. These are the words of Ames, in the passage cited.
IX. How the idea in God is one, and yet manifold. An idea, then, as it is considered absolutely and unqualifiedly in God, is only a single one, because it is the Being of Him; but insofar as it also signifies, at the same time, various respects and relations to the creatures, it becomes manifold — so that it remains true that the idea of one creature is not the idea of another creature. Moreover, there are in God ideas of all the perfections that are in creatures, because these proceed from God's actual power; but not of any imperfections, insofar as these are formally considered under the idea of imperfections. Yet the knowledge of evil also belongs to God — but such as depends on and from the denial of the good, just as the essence of evil consists in the privation of good; for in that way things are known according to truth, as they are. The ideas also, insofar as many are in God, are, among themselves, as it were joined and bound together, and also depend mutually upon one another — whence arises that order of priority and posteriority which we observe in Predestination and Providence.
X. And, insofar as manifold, it takes on various names. Thus, in the contemplation, the beholding, and the knowledge of the ideas — or rather of that one idea — consists the Divine understanding, which, from the creatures and their various relations to the creatures, takes on various names. Thus, with respect to first principles, it is called (intelligentia) intellection, whereby God, in each particular creature, comprehends whatever is particular in it. With respect to the truth belonging to particular things, it is called Knowledge; which, from its breadth, is Omniscience. And with respect to that being which things have in their own measure, it is called Foreknowledge, Prescience. With respect to the dependence of truths, it is called Wisdom, whereby He knows what belongs to a given matter and what is different from it. With respect to the whole order for carrying out an action, it is called Wisdom and Prudence, whereby the most fitting occasions are applied to matters. And finally, with respect to the practical execution, it is called Skill (Konst), whereby He knows how to work out all things most skillfully and wisely, Heb. 11:10. These words are very often used interchangeably in the Holy Scriptures to express the perfection of the Divine Understanding, according to the capacity of those who have an understanding and comprehension which is for the most part imperfect — yet their nature permits no other distinction than this. These are the constant words of Ames in the passage cited.
XI. From which it clearly appears that God knows, comprehends, and understands all things, not in the things themselves, but in Himself. From which flows the entire perfection of the Divine Understanding, whereby the Understanding of God is (1) Independent, because He understands not from elsewhere, but of Himself, and through Himself sees and beholds most perfectly; for in God neither any accident, nor any idea different from His own Being, can be admitted — in which sense the text repels from God every counselor. (2) Most Simple, insofar as God, in Himself, with a single beholding and seeing, without any composition of like things or interference from foreign things, without any reasoning, abstraction, and the like — for understanding the ways of creatures, originating from their imperfection — sees through everything thoroughly. (3) Unchangeable, since He no more comprehends and understands one thing than another, nor more beforehand than now, or now than beforehand — namely, because He sees through all things in His own unchangeable Being, and in His eternity, whereby He coexists, through all the varieties of times, unchangeably and immovably, without any succession of time. Whence all things are said to be naked and thoroughly open before the eyes of God, Heb. 4:13. (4) Eternal, since He neither begins nor ceases to comprehend and understand, however much the known things themselves, in themselves, may begin or cease to be, or to be that which they were not — namely, because He knows and understands, not through acquired forms and species, but through His own eternal Being, or through His own eternal Decrees, Acts 15:18, Eph. 1:4. (5) Infinite, since He not only knows Himself and His own infinite understanding alone, but also all truths of all matters and their grounds, without any surmise, either of ignorance or of error. For which reason His wisdom is said to be higher than the heavens, longer than the earth, and broader than the sea, Job 11:8-9. To which also pertain the passages of Ps. 139:6 and 147:5, Isa. 40:28, John 21:17, etc.
XII. The act of the Understanding of God — which we have considered under the aspect of a faculty — is knowledge, in the Greek of the text γνῶσις, which we, on account of the extent of its object, have long since called Omniscience, because before it all things are naked and inwardly open. Scripture ascribes this to the Divine Understanding in many ways, when it (a) says, in unqualified expressions, that He beholds the ends of the world, and sees through all that is under heaven, Job 28:24; and calls Himself a God of knowledges, 1 Sam. 2:3; to which pertain also the passages 1 Sam. 16:7, 1 Kings 8:39, Ps. 94:11 and 139:1-4, 6, 12, Acts 15:18, 1 John 3:20. (b) With negative expressions, Job 42:2: "No thought of thine can be withholden from thee" — or, as others translate, "no thought is hidden from thee," Heb. 4:13. (c) With comparative expressions, when God is called a Light, in whom is no darkness, John 1:5; that He runs through the whole earth with His eyes, 2 Chron. 16:9; likewise that He numbers all our hairs, Luke 12:7. On which account Augustine, on Ps. 136, says: "God is wholly an eye, because He sees all things." And it cannot be otherwise, since He knows all things in Himself, as being more excellent than all; and since He likewise upholds and governs all things as they have proceeded from Him, and confers upon all creatures whatever knowledge and wisdom they have. And if there were the least thing of which He had no knowledge, He would not be most perfect, and would therefore not be what He is — that is, He would not be God.
XIII. In particular, God knows, through His Omniscience, Himself in Himself; He knows His own mind and meaning, Rom. 11:34. Then also all other things — the general and the particular, the essential and the circumstantial, the good and the evil, the thoughts, words, and deeds of all; things past, present, and future — whether they are future by a necessary cause, which by its own nature is fitted and determined to such an effect; or by a contingent cause, which is not of itself determined to such an effect; or by a free and voluntary cause, which acts by a preceding free choice. To confirm all these things in particular with particular Scripture passages would be too long, more than the necessity or usefulness of the matter would require.
XIV. Meanwhile God sees through all these things not in one and the same manner. For there is a general knowledge, whereby He is equally occupied concerning all things; there is a particular knowledge, whereby He knows His own in particular, Rom. 8:29, 1 Pet. 1:2. There is, further, a contemplative knowledge, whereby He only knows; there is also an operative knowledge, whereby He is, besides, active — indeed, with an affection, which is either favorable, Ps. 1:6, or averse, Rev. 3:15-16. And, from the lack of the former, He is sometimes said not to know, that He has never known, Matt. 7:23. And with respect to this variety, it also takes on various names: with respect to past things it is called a remembering or memory, Ps. 25:6-7 — indeed, in a human manner, according to its inclination and effect, not simply according to knowledge; with respect to present things, a seeing and beholding, Heb. 4:13; with respect to future things it has a twofold name — namely, of a natural knowledge, or of a simple apprehension, whereby He, out of enkel possible things, beholds their possibility, from His all-sufficiency and omnipotence; and of a free knowledge, or knowledge of vision, whereby He, first of all, foresees and foretells that general order which has already from eternity been decreed, for bringing things about in their own time, and afterward brought about in creation, whereby all things obtain such a dependence and connection with one another, that God, although He has decreed that such things shall never in fact be, can nevertheless foresee and foretell them as future — the requisites for their doing and working having been laid down — for example, that dry straw, when brought near the fire, must burn. In this way God also foresaw and foretold that David, if he remained in Keilah, would be delivered by its inhabitants into the hands of Saul — namely, because, according to the decreed and created order of things, a betrayer will betray his betrayed friend into the hands of his lord, if he only can, so that he might be destroyed. Secondly, He foresees the things that shall actually be and come to pass, whether they be good or evil, and this solely from His decree, since a determined future coming-to-be acknowledges no other foundation, and no other cause, than the Divine decree. The invention and fiction of a third kind of knowledge, which certain Parties call a middle knowledge, we shall refute expressly and at length in the Polemical Part.
XV. There remains the Virtue of the Understanding and knowledge of God, whereby the same is called Wisdom, to which such a riches, or abundance and wide extent, is ascribed, that His judgments and ways are said to be unsearchable and past finding out, and that He alone is called wise, Rom. 16:27, 1 Tim. 1:17 — namely, by way of excellence and independently; likewise, great in counsel, Jer. 32:19; in whom is wisdom and strength, Dan. 2:20, Job 12:13, through which His wisdom is unfathomable and past finding out, Job 11:7-8, compare Ps. 92:6, 1 Cor. 2:8; so that the Psalmist exclaims: "How great, how manifold, are thy works, O LORD! Thou hast made them all in wisdom," Ps. 104:24 — with which agree the passages Ps. 136:5, Prov. 3:19 and 8:30, Jer. 10:12, and others.
XVI. That Essential Wisdom (for of the Personal, which is made known by the name of the Word, Prov. 8:1, Matt. 11:19 — because in Him all the treasures of wisdom and of knowledge are hidden, Col. 2:3, and who, for this reason, is called the wisdom and the power of God, 1 Cor. 1:24 — we shall not, for the present, treat) is nothing other than a certain particular virtue and perfection of the Divine Understanding and Knowledge, whereby God knows in what ways He may, in the execution of His counsels and works, most fully display His glory. Wherefore it is most active and observed: (1) concerning God's counsel, decrees, Predestination, election, and reprobation — to which pertains the exclamation of the text: "O the depth of the riches, both of the wisdom!" etc. (2) Concerning the works of Creation, Preservation, and Government, of which the Psalmist says: "Thou hast made them all in wisdom," Ps. 104:24 and 136:5. In particular also (3) concerning the formation of man, who is as a little world, Ps. 139:14-15. Likewise (4) concerning the union, reconciliation, and ordering of creatures so very different from one another, according to which He is called a God of Peace, 1 Cor. 14:33, who makes all things beautiful in their time, Eccl. 3:11. Above all (5) in the glorious work of Redemption, through the Son and the Holy Spirit, of which the Savior is called not only the wisdom and the power of God, 1 Cor. 1:24, but of which there is also mentioned a manifold Wisdom of God, Eph. 3:10, into which even the angels desire to look, 1 Pet. 1:12. And also (6) in the mysteries of the Christian faith, which the Apostle, 1 Cor. 2:6, calls the Wisdom of God, set over against the wisdom of this world. Further (7) in the gathering and protection of His Church, against the most cunning assaults of so many and so great enemies, whom He, through His Wisdom, catches in their own craftiness, Ps. 9:13 and 10:2. Finally (8) in His particular guidance and government of individual believers.
The Polemical Part
XVII. The question is asked: (1) Whether the Knowledge of God extends to each and every particular thing? Certain philosophers from among the Peripatetics are said to have held that the comprehension of particular things belongs only to a material power and faculty, or to that of the senses — holding that the knowledge of God does not extend to particulars, but only to general things. With these agree, at least to some extent, the Pelagians, when, in order the more easily to maintain the independence of the arbitrary will, they acknowledge, in the matter of Predestination, at least regarding particulars, no decrees other than general ones — for example, "I will make those who believe and repent blessed" — because, they say, God would not know whether the will of man will determine itself to believe or not. More openly the Socinians assert, with the most extreme of the Pelagians, in order the more securely and certainly to maintain the independence of the indifferent free will, and the all-sided independence of contingent things, that God has absolutely no knowledge of future free and contingent things — which we shall put to the test in a separate topic. The Reformed hold, on account of the infinite perfection of the Divine Understanding, that God knows and understands all things, both particular and general — indeed, more properly the particular than the general, since there are no general things except as, by abstraction and separation, made by the human understanding from particular things; which abstraction, on account of its inherent imperfection, does not befit an infinitely perfect understanding. For the very same reasons they do not admit any general decrees of God, and bring it to the infinite perfection of the Divine Understanding, that it knows and understands future contingent and voluntary things most exactly. Because Scripture so teaches: in which Christ, considered as God, is said to know all things, John 21:17; that all things are naked and open before His eyes, Heb. 4:13 — not only general things, but also the particular, Ps. 147:4 and 56:9, even to the hairs of our head, Matt. 10:30; that He knows those who are His, 2 Tim. 2:19; indeed, also the future contingent and voluntary things, Ps. 139:1-6, Matt. 26:34-35. And with sound reasons. For if God did not know all things: (1) He would not be infinitely perfect, since to know all things is, according to the unanimous judgment of all, more perfect than not to know some things. And, in particular, (2) as regards particular things, would He who created particular things not know and be acquainted with them? (3) Would He who upholds and governs particular things be ignorant of them? (4) Would He who knows Himself — the most particular and singular of all, and, in Himself, all things — be ignorant of particular things? (5) Since a man knows his own particulars, would these then escape the Understanding of God? Indeed, but also (6) God properly knows nothing but particular things, or at least not otherwise than particularly and simply, insofar as He does not understand by abstracting from particulars — for that happens with men out of imperfection and weakness, because they do not have particular knowledge of every particular thing, and form a general knowledge out of the knowledge of particulars. Finally, (7) if God did not have an exact knowledge of particular things, neither could He have knowledge of general things, since general things are born out of particular ones. I shall not even say (8) that general things are not actually present, and are therefore non-entities (non-entia), so that He would have only a knowledge of things that do not exist. In particular (9) if He had no foreknowledge and prescience of future contingent things, He would not be omniscient, since these things can be known, as appears in thousands of prophecies. And it does not tell against this, as the philosophers object, that the Understanding of God is immaterial — since it is occupied, in an immaterial manner, even about material particular things (as also occurs concerning immaterial spiritual things). The objections of the Socinians against the Foreknowledge of future contingent things we shall put to the test a little further on.
XVIII. The question is asked: (2) Whether God understands and comprehends by reasoning and by discoursing? The Anthropomorphites of old, because they found the faculty and the act of reasoning in the image of God, judged also that these ought to be carried over to the imaged Being. Vorstius and the Socinians, in order the more easily to make God dependent on the free will of man and on the objects to be known, and especially in order to attribute to God a conjectural knowledge — which one cannot have without reasoning — hold that God, by reasoning, drawing conclusions and adducing proofs, proceeding from the more known to the less known, comprehends and understands things, just as we men do. The Reformed, although they acknowledge that God most exactly sees through and knows human reasonings and conclusions, nevertheless deny that this occurs through reasoning, but through beholding and contemplating. Because they say (1) that God knows and understands all things through a single beholding, so that all things are naked and inwardly open before Him, and that nothing is invisible before His eyes, or before His understanding — nothing hidden, Heb. 4:13. Now, that which is understood by a mere beholding and contemplating is not concluded and derived, by reasoning, from something else. (2) Because God knows all things, not through the things themselves, but through beholding and contemplating Himself and His own decrees. And thus (3) the Understanding of God is independent, which does not receive its ideas from things, but is itself an exemplar and a rule to things. (4) That the Understanding of God, being the very Being of God, is most simple, and that it therefore does not, by reasoning and discoursing, proceed from the more known to the less known. Likewise (5) that the Understanding of God is infinite, to which nothing, therefore, is unknown, so that He would need to proceed by reasoning in order to attain to it. (6) That it is eternal, in which there is no succession or alternation, whereby He, by reasoning, would pass from the one known thing to the other unknown. Finally (7) that God's Understanding is most perfect, free from all ignorance, growth, progress, and change from the more known to the less known, and from other such imperfections which reasoning brings with it, all at once. Nor does it tell against this that God understands human reasonings, since He, not by reasoning but by beholding, understands our thoughts from afar, Ps. 139:2.
XIX. The question is asked: (3) Whether, concerning future contingent and voluntary things, only a conjectural foreknowledge belongs to God? The crude Pelagians of old, because they feared that, through a fixed and certain Foreknowledge of God, the contingency of things and the indifference of our free will might be lost, acknowledged in God only a conjectural knowledge. The Socinians, who in all things are their perfect followers, hold the same opinion, and for the same suppositions. Whence Socinus also, in his Praelectiones, openly confesses that, standing the doctrine of the Reformed concerning God's certain and fixed Foreknowledge of all future contingent things, neither the contingency of things nor the indeterminacy of our free will can be defended — so that thereby might fall the eternal, independent, and unchangeable Predestination, the perseverance of the saints, and the certain assurance and confidence of Salvation. The Reformed are of the opinion that this conjectural Foreknowledge is contrary both to Scripture and to the Divine Nature. And indeed against Scripture, when it testifies (a) that all His works have been known to Him from eternity, Acts 15:18; (b) that nothing — not even that which is most contingent — comes to pass except according to a preceding command of God, Lam. 3:37, Prov. 16:33; (c) that He also foresees future contingent things, Ps. 139:1-2; indeed also (d) foretells them, even many ages before they come to pass, as appears in thousands of prophecies — concerning the birth of the Messiah, the persecutions endured by Christ, Ps. 2:1-2 and 22, etc., compared with Acts 4:25-27 — so that Tertullian (Bk. 2, Against Marcion) says quite rightly: "The Foreknowledge of God has as many witnesses as it has made prophets and prophecies." It also conflicts with nature — not only the Divine, but also our own — through and according to which (I) to a most perfect Being there belongs a most perfect knowledge, such as, in anyone's estimation, a conjecture is not. (II) An independent Being foreknows all things independently; consequently He knows and understands them not in the things, but in Himself, and through a most certain and perfect insight into and of Himself. (III) No outcome can have any futurity except through a decree made from eternity, and which is most perfectly known to God. (IV) The unchangeable God foreknows and foresees unchangeably, and therefore also infallibly. Finally (V) He foreknows in eternity, which coexists, all at once, with all varieties and successions, as we have taught in its place; and therefore, as a present matter, certainly and infallibly. If they object (1) that God is said to have been grieved, and to have repented, Gen. 6:6-7; to have tested Abraham's obedience, Gen. 22:12; to have expected good grapes from His vineyard, Isa. 5:2, and other such things more, which they gather together from Gen. 18:21, Exod. 16:4, Deut. 13:2, Ps. 81:10, 14-15 — the answer is ready, that what is said of God in a human manner must be understood in a manner becoming God, according to the well-known saying of Athanasius. Then, when they (2) further object that future contingent things have no determinate truth, we answer that they indeed do not have this in themselves, but that they nevertheless have it in the decree of God, who works all things according to the counsel of His will, Eph. 1:11.
XX. The question is asked: (4) Whether, besides the natural knowledge, or that of a simple apprehension, and the free knowledge, or that of vision, there is in God a certain third knowledge, which they call a middle knowledge? The Jesuits, followed by the Remonstrants and other semi-Pelagians, in order the more easily to defend, against the Pelagians and Socinians, a certain foreknowledge of future free things in God, and at the same time to maintain unimpaired the independent indifference of the free will, have devised, besides the natural knowledge, whereby God, by virtue of the all-sufficiency of His own Nature, knows possible things, and the free knowledge, whereby He, by virtue of His decree, knows future things, a certain third, whereby God foresees future voluntary things with certainty, yet not by virtue of His decree, but from circumstantial conditions, which being posited, the will would determine itself to this or that. And this third knowledge they have baptized with the name of Middle Knowledge, in a twofold way: (1) Because it is such that it belongs neither to the natural knowledge nor to the free: not to the natural, because it has for its object not the possible but the future; not to the free, because God would not know these things from and through His decree. Meanwhile, (2) it partakes of both: of the natural, because God knows these things not from His decree; of the voluntary, because that knowledge is active concerning the future. Over the honor of authorship of this invention two Spanish theologians, Petrus Fonseca and Ludovicus Molina, contended. The Reformed utterly reject this new invention as vain, false, and injurious and slanderous to the Divine Perfection.
XXI. And this, above all, for these reasons: (1) Because that knowledge is superfluous, since all that is knowable is the object of the customarily accepted twofold knowledge, the natural and the free. For if the knowable is considered as merely possible, it stands, without doubt, under the natural knowledge; but if it is considered as having a connection with these and other secondary causes, and thus as future, if it be joined with those secondary causes — although it shall never actually be — then this is the object of that knowledge which rests on the decree, which has established that order which shall afterward, through Creation, be brought to things: that, for example, dry straw burns when it is joined with a flame — although God has never decreed that it should be joined with it, or should burn. Finally, that which is actually future — that itself is the object of the free or voluntary knowledge. Then (2) because the idea, in whose beholding or contemplation we have heard the Divine knowledge to consist, can only be considered in two ways: either as preceding the decree, by way of our conception, and so it constitutes the knowledge of a simple apprehension; or as following upon it, and so it is the knowledge of vision. (3) Because, through this knowledge, the Understanding of God would fetch its ideas from elsewhere, and would thus be dependent on the creatures. On the contrary (4) the human will, and its first determination, would be withdrawn from Divine dependence. (5) That connection which exists between the outcome, which shall be voluntary or contingent, and that circumstance — as, namely, preceding the Divine decree — would then stand under the will of God. From which (6) a more-than-Stoic fatalism would arise, which God Himself would in no way be able to avert — inasmuch as that outcome is reckoned to be future, preceding all of God's good pleasure. Further (7) it will not deserve to be called a knowledge, which has no true object. For that which has, neither in itself nor in its cause, any determinate truth, is likewise not knowable. And to know that which cannot be known — does that not involve a contradiction? Therefore it would (8) far better and more rightly be called a conjecture than a knowledge. Indeed also (9) a mistake and an error — for He who knows and comprehends something as certainly future which can either happen or not happen, or as not certainly future what is certain, mistakes and errs without doubt. (See Twisse, De Scientia Media; Rutherford, Exercitationes de Gratia, edit.)
XXII. Meanwhile they object: (1) those passages in which God foretells future things under a condition which He nevertheless never decreed — for example, 1 Sam. 23:11-12, Matt. 11:21, Jer. 26:2-3, etc. Answer: He foresaw them by His free knowledge, out of the decree, in which God has fixed that He will, in their time, bring to all things such an order, whereby, out of this combination of things, such an outcome would have followed, if only the usual concurrence of God were added thereto. By virtue of that order He foresaw that the Keilites would deliver up David; namely, because the order of things is such, that a betrayer betrays his betrayed friend, if only he can. Similarly 1 Sam. 24:20 [sic]. Other more particular answers of others, which occur everywhere, we shall, for brevity's sake, leave to their inventors. (2) That all things which come to pass have, from eternity, been future things, even by the decree of God — for one of two contradictories, either "it shall happen" or "it shall not happen," was true even before the decree, which God has therefore foreknown, not by the natural knowledge, which is determined concerning purely and merely possible things, nor by the free or voluntary knowledge, which follows the decree — therefore, they say, there is a certain third, or Middle Knowledge. Answer: That one of two contradictory things was, before the Divine decree, determinately future or not future, we absolutely deny. For, according to logic, only one of two contradictory things can be true — but indeterminately, that is, one or the other separately and disjunctively could be — which then God, by the natural knowledge, knew. They further object (3) that apart from this middle knowledge there appears no way or means of reconciling the contingency of outcomes, the freedom of the will, and the certain and fixed foreknowledge of future contingent things, with the Divine decrees, with Providence, and with the grace of Conversion. Answer: That inconsistency between free will and the Divine decrees and foreknowledge, which this knowledge promises to remove, consists in nothing other than a mistaken description of the free will, according to which it would be nothing other than a faculty whereby one, all the requisites for acting being posited, can either act or not act — and whereby thus the certainty of all futurity, and the dependence of the free will, would be absolutely excluded. Which description, therefore, being removed by a better description (according to which the free will is nothing other than a faculty of doing something with forethought and deliberation), all inconsistency ceases. For God has decreed that many things shall come to pass through contingent causes, and also many things through voluntary causes, to which the Foreknowledge of vision does not in the least prejudice. But these matters shall recur in the chapters on the Decrees, on Providence, on the free will, and on Conversion.
XXIII. The question is asked: (5) Whether the possibility of things is not known by God except from the decree of His will, whereby He has willed that this or that be possible, or not possible? The Cartesians, because they wish that this possibility should have a certain real quality, and that no real quality can obtain except from and through the will of God, hold that God can have no knowledge of that real quality, or possibility, except from His will or decree, whereby He has willed that this be possible, when He has willed the other to be not possible. One may see the Cartesian opinion set forth somewhat distinctly in our Cartesius, Sect. II, ch. 10, §2. The Reformed, while granting that all the possibility of creatures is grounded in God, hold that it is not grounded in the will of God, as this is conceived by us as distinguished from the all-sufficient Being of God, which is conceived by us as, according to our finite comprehension, preceding His will by nature — therefore, in order to have the matter most clearly, so let it be conceived to be in God: (1) the being able, whence flows the possibility of things; (2) that He can know, whence arises the natural knowledge; (3) the willing, that such shall at some time be, whence comes the decree and the futurity of the matter; (4) the bringing forth by an executive power. For this their position they have offered these reasons: (a) That, according to the supposition of the contrary opinion, possible things would have had a real quality — or, what is the same, an essence and a certain being — from eternity; and thereby eternity will not be an immediate property of God, so as from it to establish, against the Antitrinitarians, the Godhead of the Son and of the Holy Spirit, soundly. (b) Because thus the possibility of things would depend determinately on the willing of God — a thing which brings with it many absurdities; for example, that God, if He had willed it, could have made contradictory things be true at the same time, since all possibility depends on His will; that God would both be and not be; that He would be omnipotent, and at the same time not be so; that a man would be a man and not a man; and so forth in all other matters. In the same way, and for the same reason, it would follow that God could, if He had willed it, have commanded absolutely contradictory things — for example, that He should not be held or acknowledged as God; that He should not be loved, but on the contrary hated, blasphemed; and that these things, if He had willed it, would have been good, instead of all those duties which are prescribed to us. Indeed, if the will of God is the cause of all possibility, of the true and the good, and the will of God is indifferent to all good, so that no good could be devised or conceived, as they speak, before the will has determined itself to bring it about, that it is such — then God Himself will be good, wise, righteous, etc., because He wills to be so, and if He had not willed to be good, righteous, etc., He would not have been such. Further, (c) if the possibility of things depended only on God's Will or Decree, then the all-sufficiency and perfection of God would also depend on His will and decree, so that He would first be all-sufficient and perfect because He wills and has decreed to be such — the reason being, that His all-sufficiency and infinite perfection, as that which, in infinite ways, as it were piecemeal, can be represented outside of God, is the foundation of all possibility. (d) According to the supposition of this opinion, one would, instead of the twofold division of Divine knowledge hitherto agreeable in the Reformed world, have to admit not only a threefold one, as the Jesuits have recently invented, but even a fourfold division, as we have already shown above. The foundation of the Cartesian opinion lies sufficiently in these two points: (1) That they, on the one hand, hold that possible things — even insofar as they are distinguished from God and from the Divine ideas (which the renowned Wittichius, Theologia Pacifica, §200, indicates clearly enough) — have, from eternity, had a certain reality, or being; yet eternity has, up to now, according to the Reformed, been proper to God alone. (2) Because, on the other hand, that eternal reality must necessarily depend, not merely and simply on God, but determinately on the will of God, as being indifferent to all things — the contrary of which we have hitherto demonstrated, by so many absurd consequences. Herein, therefore, lies the nest of this error, that they make no distinction between the Being and the Will of God — whence it comes to pass that they carry over to His Will the possibility of things, which flows from the Being of God.
The Practical Part
XXIV. Thus we proceed straightway to the Practical use of this doctrine. First, according to the indication of the text, it furnishes us an excellent matter for the glorifying of God, so as to cry out: "O the depth of the riches, both of the wisdom and of the knowledge of God!" Likewise: "Unto the only wise God be honor and glory forever," 1 Tim. 1:17. Because He (1) is a Being not irrational, acting by nature, or by compulsion, or recklessly, but in the highest degree understanding. (2) An independent, most simple, unchangeable, eternal, and infinite Being, and thus possessing a most perfect Understanding, whereby He (3) not many, but all things, and all the truths of all matters, sees through so exactly, as if they were naked and open before His eyes, Heb. 4:13. And not only does He see through everything, but He also directs and orders all His judgments, ways, and works so wisely, that one must exclaim: "How unsearchable are His judgments, and past finding out His ways!" Likewise: "How great, how manifold, are thy works, thou hast made them all in wisdom," Ps. 104:24. For if we esteem a man above a beast on account of understanding, Ps. 32:9; if we prize a man highly who in some measure of knowledge and wisdom excels the common run, or who has shown some sample of an excellent wisdom and prudence — how highly and how greatly then shall we not esteem God, whose wisdom is higher than the heavens, deeper than hell, longer than the earth, broader than the sea? Job 11:8-9. If we in particular distinctly consider and weigh His works — of Creation, Providence, Redemption, and that unspeakable Counsel of Peace, and the whole economy of the Divine Persons therein — shall we not then, in a truly wonderful manner, be compelled to break out, with the Psalmist: "I will praise thee, for I am fearfully and wonderfully made; marvelous are thy works, and that my soul knows right well," Ps. 139:14; Ps. 92:6; Jer. 10:12-13 and 51:15-16. From the knowledge and wisdom of God, then, we gather manifold matter for glorifying Him. But in what manner ought this to be carried out? Answer: So that we (1) marvel with the heart, Ps. 139:14; (2) praise with the mouth: "I will praise thee, O LORD... O the depth!..."; (3) follow with our works, through an unwearied and as it were infinite pursuit of Divine knowledge — of which a little more hereafter.
XXV. But, on the other hand, secondly, this doctrine provides us matter for humiliation, from the comparison of our own ignorance and folly with the infinite knowledge and wisdom of God — as the example of Asaph, Ps. 73:22, and of Agur, Prov. 30:2-4. This is the nature of natural, or rather of fleshly, knowledge, that it puffs up, 1 Cor. 8:2, that it exalts and makes proud, 2 Cor. 10:5. For one can see this in those who are only a little above the common run, even in matters of lesser and smaller concern — for example, in grammar, in poetry, indeed even in the mechanical and building arts — how they hold up their crest and lift up their chin, how great they are in their own eyes, how great they wish to be esteemed by others, how much they promise themselves above others, how peevish and put out they are when things do not go according to their taste and opinion. What, therefore, shall more effectually check pride and puffed-upness than to consider how small a thing it is that we know above others — indeed, how much it is that we do not know — especially when we compare our superficial wisdom with the deepest abyss of the knowledge and wisdom of God? What shall more powerfully move us to that humility so earnestly commended to us, Jer. 9:23 (although we should even possess some outstanding knowledge and wisdom above others), than to think (1) that it is the all-wise God who has made us wiser than the beasts, Job 35:11? Therefore (2) that we cry out to ourselves: "What have you that you have not received? And if you have received it, why do you boast as if you had not received it?" 1 Cor. 4:7. (3) That what we have obtained above others not by our own merit, we render back to God with a most humble thankfulness, and that we, for that reason, cast down every argument, and every high thing that exalts itself against the knowledge of God, and bring every thought captive to the obedience of Christ. Indeed also (4) that we consider the fearful judgment of God upon the pride of worldly wisdom, 1 Cor. 1:19-20.
XXVI. From these two preceding uses arises, thirdly, in particular, a matter and an incentive to modesty, whenever we (a) are occupied with God's judgments, executed on and concerning others; or (b) with the ways of mercy toward us and others; or (c) with the wisdom of God brought to light, 1 Cor. 2:6-7; or (d) with the Word of God, and the wonders of His Law, Ps. 119:18; especially (e) with weighty matters, hard to understand, seeming contradictions and insoluble questions; or (f) with the mysteries of the Faith. What shall more powerfully form us to modesty than a godly comparison of the Divine wisdom with our folly? — that we not only think that the foolishness of God is wiser than men, 1 Cor. 1:25; likewise: "O the depth of the riches, both of the wisdom and of the knowledge of God!" — but also that we, above all things, take heed lest by our own wisdom (1) we bring the Divine wisdom to the test, taking counsel with flesh and blood in the things of God and of the Faith, Gal. 1:16, as the Socinians and Scholastics do — since the natural man does not comprehend the things that are of the Spirit of God, indeed accounts them foolishness, 1 Cor. 2:14. (2) Still less ought we to withstand the Divine wisdom, or set ourselves against it, 2 Cor. 10:5, 1 Cor. 1:21, through a falsely so-called philosophy, or all manner of vain deceit, Col. 2:8. We must also (3) not exalt ourselves above the wisdom of God, so as to be wise above what is written, 1 Cor. 4:6, or beyond what is fitting — which was the sin of our first parents, Gen. 3:4-6, and of the Antichrist, 2 Thess. 2:4 — which could be called ὑψηλοφρονεῖν, being high-minded, Rom. 11:20. And finally (4) we must beware of despising, in any way, the wisdom of God — whether more grossly, by accounting it foolishness, 1 Cor. 1:18, 23, Acts 17:18; or more subtly, as is done by those who, having a distaste for the simplicity of Scriptural wisdom, daily search out new opinions, forge new doctrines, or, if they could, pour the old doctrines into new molds, as it is said, so that they may at least seem to have discovered something new — which is a common sickness of this age. Indeed, but let us rather (1) extol the wisdom of God, glory in it, marvel at it, after the example of the Psalmist, Ps. 104:24, 119:18, 139:6, and of the Apostle, 1 Cor. 2:7, Rom. 11:33. (2) Let us submit to it readily and willingly, Rom. 8:5-7. And so, when (3) the mind of the flesh strives to set itself against it, let us cast down its imaginations, and bring them captive to the obedience of Christ, 2 Cor. 10:5, and let us set against it that saying of Zophar: "Canst thou by searching find out God? Canst thou find out the Almighty unto perfection? It is high as heaven — what canst thou do? Deeper than hell — what canst thou know?" Job 11:7-8.
XXVII. Further, fourthly, this doctrine furnishes a curb against sins, both past — that we (a) remember them, Rev. 2:5; (b) that we mourn over them, Jer. 30:18-19; (c) that we confess them before God, Ps. 32:5; (d) that we turn from them, Rev. 2:5 — because the all-knowing God sees all this, Hos. 7:2; because He knows all our thoughts, Ps. 139:2-3, however deeply they may be hidden in the inmost recesses of the heart, 2 Chron. 6:20; all our words, Ps. 139:4; all our deeds, with all their circumstances, ibid. v. 3, and of these retains a most exact remembrance, Ps. 109:14, Hos. 8:13 and 9:9, and does not lay it aside except through and after our conversion, Jer. 31:34, Num. 23:21, Acts 3:19, Micah 7:19, Ezek. 18:21 — and also as to future sins, that we earnestly abhor even the slightest of them, and those that seem furthest removed from the sight of all creatures, since not only their witness but also their judge and avenger is all-knowing, in whose sight they are committed, and who is a searcher of hearts, before whose eyes all things are naked and open, Heb. 4:13. To this end it is useful to consider the passages Job 34:21-22, Ps. 94:7, Job 22:14.
XXVIII. Again, fifthly, we have here a motive and an incentive to sincerity in all our duties, whether toward God, publicly or in secret, to be observed. There is the example of David, 1 Chron. 29:17: "I know also, my God, that thou triest the heart, and hast pleasure in uprightness. I have, in the uprightness of my heart, offered willingly all these things." And of Paul, 2 Cor. 1:12. In particular, in the exercise of all manner of good works, since God is a most gracious Rewarder, Heb. 11:6, knows all our works, Rev. 2:2, 13, 19 and 3:8, and remembers them, being written down most exactly, as it were, in a book of remembrance, Mal. 3:16 — and this, that He may reward and recompense them, Acts 10:4, compare Neh. 5:14, 19 and 13:10, 14, 22, 31; likewise Isa. 38:3. But also toward our neighbor, that we do all things as in the sight and presence of God, Col. 3:22-23, who will also remember all this, and one day, at His own time, declare it, in the last judgment, ibid. v. 24, Matt. 25:34-35.
XXIX. Furthermore, sixthly, we find here matter for trust and comfort. So in public darknesses of the church, when Satan and the Antichrist, and the vassals of both, by all manner of arts and cunning — which are altogether unsearchable and past finding out — assail the Church in such a way that hardly any little crack of escape seems to remain; what shall then help and comfort more powerfully than that all things are naked and open before the eyes of God, that God, who dwells in heaven, laughs at their counsels and mocks them, Ps. 2:1, 4, and that He says: "Take counsel together, yet it shall come to nothing," Isa. 8:10. As also in particular oppressions and distresses, sicknesses, poverty, persecutions, dangers of each and every believer, it serves for comfort that his merciful Father sees it, Ps. 10:13-14: "Thou hast seen it, for thou beholdest mischief and spite, to requite it with thy hand: the poor commits himself unto thee; thou art the helper of the fatherless... and He has seen it," Exod. 3:7, Rev. 1:2, 9, Isa. 49:15. In particular, what shall more powerfully sustain and comfort you in poverty, when the means of living are lacking, than to hold fast that God knows that you have need of earthly things, Matt. 6:31-32. And also in spiritual desertions, when we suppose that God has forgotten us, Ps. 13:2-3, 77:10-11, and 88:6, what shall we bring more powerfully to mind for our comfort than that saying of Isa. 49:15, where the LORD says: "Can a woman forget her sucking child, that she should not have compassion on the son of her womb? Yea, they may forget, yet will I not forget thee." Likewise that of Paul, 2 Tim. 2:19: "The Lord knows them that are His." Finally, in all manner of distress and despondency, into which we are often driven by our need and want, so that not even a little crack of deliverance seems to remain, 2 Chron. 20:12, so that we say: "Whither shall I go from thy Spirit, or whither shall I flee from thy presence?" Ps. 139:7. Likewise: "What shall we do, men and brethren?" What shall we bring more powerfully to mind than that of Peter, 2 Pet. 2:9: "The Lord knows how to deliver the godly out of temptations." That He, to whom no one is a counselor, will Himself be a Counselor to us, Ps. 73:24, and that He has, besides, given His Son, that, according to His office, He might be our Counsel, our Counselor, Isa. 9:6.
XXX. Finally, seventhly, we find here matter which invites us to the exercise of knowledge and wisdom, that we may not be like the beasts, in which there is no understanding, Ps. 32:9. I say knowledge, and wisdom — but not of every kind: (a) not of an imagined one, whereby we are wise, or rather wish to seem so, in our own eyes only, Prov. 3:7, Rom. 1:22, 1 Cor. 3:18; nor (b) of a pretended, fleshly one, or a mind of the flesh, Rom. 8:6, whereby we take counsel with flesh and blood, Gal. 1:16, minding earthly things, Phil. 3:19 [sic]; nor (c) of a cunning and deceitful one, Luke 16:8; still less (d) of that devilish kind of which James speaks, ch. 3:15, as also Gen. 3:1; nor (e) of a worldly one, 1 Cor. 2:6, a deceiving and seducing philosophy, Col. 2:8. But of that which is from above, James 3:15 [sic], the mind of the Spirit, Rom. 8:6, Spiritual, which the Holy Spirit teaches, 1 Cor. 2:13 — indeed, a true one, which is indeed a wisdom of God, 1 Cor. 2:7. Also a civil and political one, such as that of Solomon, 1 Kings 4:33, and of Bezalel, Exod. 31:3, which is nonetheless of God, and after or according to God, James 1:5, 1 Cor. 3:19-20. But especially a Theological one, which consists in mystery, 1 Cor. 2:7, whereby we judge the things that are of God, which are spiritual, in a spiritual manner — as there, vv. 11, 14. By this wisdom we are distinguished (1) from the beasts, Job 35:11, Ps. 32:9; (2) from unbelievers, Ps. 79:6, Isa. 1:3; and (3) from fools and the senseless, Prov. 15:7. Hereby (4) we draw near to God, and imitate Him in a certain particular perfection of His, which consists in wisdom and knowledge, in the following of which our own perfection consists, Matt. 5:48. So that (5) it is lawful to boast only in this, Jer. 9:24; and it is on this (6) that God makes justification depend, Isa. 53:11, and eternal salvation, John 17:3. Whereas, on the contrary, (7) He has declared His wrath and indignation against ignorance, Ps. 79:6, and destruction, Hos. 4:1, 6, 2 Thess. 1:8-9. And that we, by studying and applying ourselves, may obtain this Divine knowledge and wisdom, it is before all things necessary (1) that we go to its fountain — namely, to the depth of wisdom and of knowledge, to the Father of Lights, the fountain of life, in whose light we see light, Ps. 36:10, and that we present ourselves most humbly at His feet. (2) That we seek His teaching and enlightening with most fervent and burning entreaties, James 1:5, Dan. 2:21, after the example of Solomon, 1 Kings 3:11 [sic]. Further (3) that we conduct ourselves obediently and teachably toward His reproofs and corrections, Ps. 25:4 and 143:10 — so shall we, without doubt, in this way become wiser than our enemies, indeed wiser than our teachers, Ps. 119:99. Meanwhile (4) that we renounce our own and fleshly wisdom, 1 Cor. 3:18, Gal. 1:16, 2 Cor. 10:5. Finally (5) that, having obtained the Spiritual and Divine wisdom, we walk steadfastly in it, Eph. 5:15.
Chapter XIV: On the Truthfulness and Faithfulness of God
Over Romans 3:3-4.
For what if some did not believe? Shall their unbelief make the faith of God without effect? God forbid: yea, let God be true, but every man a liar.
I. Just as the will, by its nature, is driven to the good as such, insofar as it is nothing other than a rational desire toward the good as known — so the understanding, by its nature, is driven to the true. And since the conception of the understanding is, according to logic, then only true when it conceives in accordance with the thing which it conceives; and the utterance thereof is then only morally true when it agrees with the conception of the understanding; and, when that utterance consists in promises, it is then only called true when the performance agrees with the promise — from this arises, finally, in God, both His Truthfulness and His Faithfulness, which two matters we shall let follow upon the Understanding of God, as being qualities of the same, since they belong to the understanding, as that which cannot be deceived, nor deceive. This topic we shall ground on the words of Paul, Rom. 3:3-4.
The Explanatory Part
II. The Apostle undertakes the defense of this against a difficulty which might be raised and objected against him, taken from the unfaithfulness of the Jews — who, when God, in the face of so many promises made to them, rejected them, seemed to do violence to His truth and truthfulness. This difficulty the Apostle counters:
1. By a certain preliminary statement or preface, which raises the difficulty. "Shall their unbelief make the faith of God without effect?" — that is, shall their unbelief and rejection annul the faithfulness of the Divine promises? Here comes before us: 1. The unbelief of the Jews, as giving offense — whereby they, namely, would not receive Christ, who was offered to them in and through so many promises, John 1:11, and, precisely for this reason, have been rejected by God, Rom. 11:1-2. 2. The faith of God, as being offended — which signifies (1) God's own authoritative faith and trustworthiness, on account of which it is most fitting that one should believe Him with the utmost confidence; (2) the constancy and unchangeableness in His decrees, Num. 23:19, Prov. 30:5-8; (3) His faithfulness in fulfilling His promises, 2 Cor. 1:18-20; (4) His truthfulness in all His words and sayings. Here it signifies chiefly God's faithfulness. 3. The nullification, the injury, caused by the unbelief of the Jews. For that is said to be nullified whose force and beneficial effect is taken away — which belongs to promises when they are not fulfilled, and which, through the unbelief of the Jews, seemed to happen, since this seemed to conflict with the promises of an eternal Covenant, Gen. 17:10 [sic], Jer. 31:33, 36 — from which it would then also follow that the faith, or trustworthiness, of the promiser is gradually weakened and vanishes; for he who does not fulfill his promises loses his credit. Now, putting this question, "shall their unbelief..." he denies it in the strongest terms — bringing forward, at the same time, a witness, as it were, that this would be most unjust: as if he said, "Who shall say that it is fitting that God's faith or faithfulness, though it underwrites so many promises, should be weakened by the unbelief of some Jews?"
2. By a certain substitution or addition, whereby the raised difficulty is removed: 1. By a certain rejection with abhorrence, μὴ γένοιτο, "let it not be, let it not happen, God forbid" — in Hebrew, חָלִילָה, a formula or expression of one who is greatly averse, and who, with abhorrence, denies that it would be fitting for God to waver on account of the wickedness of men. 2. By a certain substituted choice: "but let God be" — or, "that He be," or, "that He remain true." Here comes before us: a. On the one side, the chosen matter: "let God be true" — let Him be steadfast, trustworthy; that God's sayings agree, in every respect, both with His meaning and with the facts; that He be faithful in all His promises. b. On the other side, the surrendered matter: "and let every man be a liar" — or, in a comparative sense: even if all men became liars, or failed in their word and promises, this would bring about nothing else than that — or, absolutely, be it so that all men are liars, God nevertheless shall remain true and truthful. Here the word ψεύστης, "liar," does not signify one who has given himself over to lying, who actually lies, but one who can lie — which is common to all men. And the verb which occurs in this clause, γενέσθω, "let God be," must not be taken imperatively, but permissively — so that the sense is: let God remain truthful, and He shall remain so, although every man be a liar, and lie.
The Doctrinal Part
III. That general and unchangeable Truthfulness and Faithfulness, which the text ascribes to God alone, Scripture confirms throughout, and in more than one way: as often as it (1) expressly says that He is true and truthful, Jer. 10:10, 1 Thess. 1:9, 1 John 5:20; (2) that He cannot be deceived, nor deceive and lie, Num. 23:19, 1 Sam. 15:29, Titus 1:2, Heb. 6:18. In particular (3) so true in His words, that He is Truth itself, John 17:17; likewise (4) in His works, so that all the ways of the LORD are mercy and truth, Ps. 25:10, Rev. 15:3 and 16:7.
IV. He also cannot be other than truthful and faithful, and with reason. Because (1) all falsehood and deceit arise either from imperfection, in that one does not know the matter rightly, or from malice, whereby one is unwilling to say what one knows, or as one knows it — while both of these things are contrary to Him who is the God of Truth, Ps. 31:6, whose Son is Truth itself, John 14:6, and whose Spirit is the Spirit of Truth, John 16:13. (2) There could be no truth, or anything truthful, at all, were God not true and truthful, since there cannot be a second truth which is not from a first. The creature would therefore either have what it had not received from God, or would have received the truth from one who did not have it — which conflicts with Him who is Truth itself in essence, Ps. 100:5, and who alone, in His own way, is truthful in the fullest sense, Rom. 3:4 — for which reason He is also distinguished from idols by His Truth and Truthfulness, 2 Chron. 15:3, John 17:3. Thus Philo very rightly says: "Every word of God is an oath." And Fulgentius says: "Truth without deceit; goodness without evil; equal blessedness without misery."
V. Now all truth consists in the agreement, either of appearance and kind with the thing itself — as gold differs from copper-pyrite — and this is usually called metaphysical, or transcendental, truth; though perhaps it might more accurately be sought in the agreement with the Divine idea. Or it is an agreement of the conception with the thing, whereby we grasp and comprehend the matter as it is, and this is called logical truth. Or of words with the soul and the understanding, whereby we speak as we understand it, which is called moral truth. The first truth is set over against pretense and deceit; the second, against error and falsehood; the third, against a lie, which is nothing other than to go against one's own conscience.
VI. Each of these kinds of truth belongs to God pre-eminently. For He has (1) by His own Being all that belongs to true Godhead, without any deceit, John 17:3 — over against which the idols, which bear nothing Divine in themselves, only put forward the appearance, or have it in the imagination of their worshippers, Ps. 115:5-6. Then (2) His understanding and conception correspond most exactly with the things themselves, because He sees through all things in Himself, and no creature is invisible to Him, Heb. 4:13. Further (3) His words and utterances with His conception (though these sometimes do not seem to agree, to one who observes closely — as Gen. 22:2): (a) in all manner of narratives; (b) in predictions of future things, Gen. 41:10 [sic], Isa. 34:16; (c) in the exposition of saving doctrines, Ps. 19:8; (d) in the threatening of punishment, Deut. 18:15 [sic], Rev. 19:11; (e) in the promises of benefits, ibid. v.1, 2 Cor. 1:18-20 — wherein, in particular, consists His faithfulness. Finally (4) His working, of every kind, with His purpose and with His words. From this He is called faithful (a) in His decrees, Isa. 25:1 [sic]; (b) in creation, 1 Pet. 4:19; (c) in redemption, Heb. 2:17; (d) in grace, John 1:17; (e) in the protection and preservation of the Church, Rev. 19:11.
VII. In all of these, this general truthfulness, faith, and faithfulness of God excludes (as well as, and indeed much more than, in creatures): (1) all that is false, and not in agreement with, but rather contrary to, the facts, Prov. 6:19; (2) hypocrisy, and all manner of pretense, Ps. 5:6 [sic]; (3) false speaking or lying, Titus 1:2, Heb. 6:18; (4) deceptions, cunning, and snares, Prov. 14:25, and other such things more.
The Polemical Part
VIII. The question is asked: (1) Whether the Reformed, by their positions, lay a trap for the all-sided Truthfulness of God, and teach that God dissembles? All our opponents, though out of different suppositions, and in different degrees, agree in maintaining this. All Pelagians and Pelagianizers, Papists, Socinians, Remonstrants, and Lutherans, in order the more forcefully to blacken the Reformed Churches to their own people, and to alienate and frighten them from the fellowship of the Reformed, heap up whole wagonloads of such slanders together — because they imagine themselves to observe, on the one hand, that God says in His Word that He does not desire, does not will, the death of the sinner, Ezek. 18:23, 32; on the other hand, that the Reformed teach that He wills the death of the sinner, and has predetermined it by an unchangeable decree of reprobation — although He says that He wills that all men be saved, 1 Tim. 2:4. Also, on the other side, that the Reformed teach that God does not will that all men be saved; further, that God offers to each and every one His Son as a Savior, invites them, with the most select reasons, to embrace the offered Savior by a living faith, and to convert from sin; while nevertheless, meanwhile, He does not will that all men believe, convert, and obtain salvation, according to the doctrine of the Reformed, and that He thus plays the hypocrite. It would follow that God says that He wills what He does not will, and that He is therefore not truthful in everything. The Reformed, on the contrary, openly and sincerely declare before God that they hold that God is truthful in all things, that His words always agree most exactly, both with the things said, and with His own mind and meaning; that He likewise always wills what He says He wills, but in that manner in which He wills it. So He says that He wills the future coming-to-be, or the outcome; that then that outcome should always come about; so He says that He wills that this or that be our duty, that we should do or refrain from this or that; that then this be always our duty, although it be not in fact carried out. Moreover, they distinguish the will of God, into a Legislative will, whereby He wills and determines what we must do or not do, only in point of right, but nothing regarding the outcome; and into a Determining and Establishing will, whereby He wills and determines what He Himself will do, or what shall or shall not happen in fact only, but not what, in point of right, ought or ought not to happen. That God, in this way, wills many things by a Legislative will, which do not happen in fact — for example, He has willed that Pharaoh should let Israel go, in point of right, that is, He has willed that this be Pharaoh's duty, which He has not willed in fact; on the contrary, He wills that many things happen in fact — for example, all the sins that are committed — which He does not will in point of right, or that they should be our duty. This matter we shall, God willing, set forth more distinctly in the following Chapter. From this, then, he answers the objections thus: first, that God does not will the death of the sinner, by His commanding or legislative will, insofar as He seriously wills that there be an inseparable connection between the conversion of the sinner and his salvation — whence He seriously invites all sinners to conversion, and seriously promises life to those who convert; although He meanwhile does not will, by His determining will, that is, has not decreed from eternity, to bring faith and conversion to all sinners through His grace, and consequently to save them in fact. So the meaning of the Reformed is no other than that God, by the will of His eternal decree, does not will that each and every sinner should in fact be saved — which I know that the parties themselves dare not say. Again, secondly, that God says that He wills [that all be saved]. Answer: (1) The Reformed do not deny that God wills that all men be saved; but they deny that God wills that each and every individual, head for head, should in fact be saved — thus they deny that God says anywhere in His Word that He wills that all be saved, that is, all who believe and convert, out of all manner of nations and orders of men, Rev. 5:9, 7:9. But (2) He wills it by His commanding will, that is, He wills to prescribe faith and conversion to all, Acts 17:30, seriously to promise salvation to those who believe and convert, and that He seriously wills to save these; but not that He, by His determining will, would will, or from eternity would have decreed, that all men should in fact obtain salvation. Thus we come to the third: that God should act hypocritically, when He, by so many and so choice motives and incentives, offers salvation to sinners, to whom He would nevertheless not be willing to bring it. Answer: God offers, according to the Reformed, to believing and converting sinners, earnestly, the forgiveness of sins and eternal salvation, Ezek. 18..., although He has not, from eternity, decreed to grant to each and every one to whom He offers it, the grace of faith and of conversion, and thus also not to save them. Therefore God is, according to the opinion of the Reformed, not a hypocrite.
IX. The question is asked: (2) Whether, under the Divine faith which is in God, and hence also, under the Divine faith which is in us, any falsehood can lurk? We connect these two kinds of falsehood together. For if our Divine faith, whereby and wherewith we believe, rests on nothing but the faith and faithfulness of God, insofar as He is the first and absolutely firmest truth — then, if any falsehood could lurk under our faith, it could also lurk under the faith of God, and thus on both sides. Also, nothing must be believed with a Divine faith, except that of whose truth God Himself gives testimony; and God gives no testimony except insofar as it is truthful, just as He Himself is truthful. Therefore it cannot happen that the truth of the testimony, in an all-knowing witness, should be separated from the truth of the matter — nor likewise that that which we are, by a Divine faith, bound to believe, should not be true. This whole demonstration is clearly confirmed, 1 Cor. 15:14-15: "And if Christ be not raised, then is our preaching vain, and your faith is also vain. Yea, and we are found false witnesses of God; because we have testified of God that He raised up Christ." That is, if the testimony is not true, then the witness is false. Moreover, if under the Divine faith any falsehood could lurk, then that inference, which is the most certain and firmest of all — "God has said it, therefore it is true" — would count for absolutely nothing. These are the arguments of Ames, Medulla, Bk. 2, ch. 5, §25, with which one may compare his Disputation on the truth of the Divine faith, where more proofs occur, and also objections, especially of that difficulty, are refuted expressly and at length. But since we have already treated that topic at length, Bk. of this work, ch. 1, §27, it will be enough here only to have pointed to it.
X. The question is asked: (3) Whether God could deceive, if He wished? Descartes, with his followers, in order to establish that all possibility depends on the will of God, thinks that to be able to deceive seems to be, in some way, a proof of power (Meditation IV); and in his Answer to the Second Objection he maintains that God can produce a verbal lie. The Reformed hold that God neither can deceive, nor wills to deceive, and that the assertion that He could do so, if He wished, is false and impious. Because this conflicts: (1) with Scripture, according to which it is impossible that God should lie, Heb. 6:18, for which reason He is called ἀψευδής, the God who cannot lie, Titus 1:2. (2) With nature — not only that it should merely be possible to deceive, but also that this should conflict with the first and most proper truth itself, since it is, without doubt, a greater perfection in a witness not to be able to deceive, than to be able to. (3) With the nature of God, in whom, in this way, there would be a yea and a nay — which the Apostle nevertheless denies, 2 Cor. 1:18. Also (4) with the goodness of the most benevolent Creator, to be able to deceive His own poor creatures — which the very worthy Wolzogius acknowledges, when he says: "That from truth any falsehood, from goodness any deceit, should arise, conflicts with His most perfect Nature." (5) By this supposition all credibility of the whole Bible would be weakened, indeed would collapse, since it is nowhere else upheld than by the immovable Truthfulness of God — which, being taken away, that credibility too falls into ruins. (6) Our whole faith, which we owe to God and to His Word, wavers and totters; for if God can deceive, as soon as He only wills to, especially since He can will this — inasmuch as, according to the Cartesians, the possibility of all things depends on His will, by which He is from eternity indifferent to whatever is possible — then we could never truly believe Him safely and securely. Indeed (7) the very Divine Majesty of God shall totter and waver; for if He can deceive, as soon as He only wills it, then He can also lie (be it said without blasphemy), if He wills; then He would be imperfect, if He willed it; He could not be God, if He willed it. Meanwhile they object and counter: (1) that this would be a proof of wisdom, of power, and thus of some perfection, which ought not to be absent from the most perfect God. Answer: (1) Then it would have to be reckoned, hereafter, among the praiseworthy things, among the perfections and attributes of God, that He can deceive, if He wills. (2) By what proof shall they demonstrate that this is a matter of wisdom, power, or of any perfection? At any rate (3) theologians and philosophers have hitherto held it to be nothing else than a proof and mark of a base and deceitful cunning, to be able to deceive. But (II) they further object: we do not say that He can deceive simply and absolutely, but only if He wills it. Answer: In this way the will of God seems to presuppose the possibility of a thing, which conflicts with the Cartesian supposition, according to which the will of God is the cause of all possibility, Wittichius, Theologia Pacifica, §199. From which it clearly follows: if God does not will, then He also cannot; and conversely, if He can deceive, then He also wills it — since nothing is possible to God except what He actually wills, as the very renowned Burman constantly asserts, Synopsis Theologiae, Bk. 1, ch. 21, §20, 24, and ch. 25, §9, 10, adding that nothing is possible, or has been from eternity, except what actually comes to pass, ibid. ch. 21, §24, 26. From which it flows that if God can deceive, then He has not only willed this from eternity, but that this also actually comes to pass. Yet they add (1) that He does not will to do it. But I shall say: from what shall it appear to you that God does not will to deceive? If they answer, "it is enough that He has said that He does not will it" — then I shall press further: but what if He, in this very saying of His, has willed to deceive? If Descartes should further object, that to will to deceive is, without doubt, a mark and testimony of malice and of weakness — I shall answer, following Descartes: the will of God is, in every respect and absolutely, the cause of all truth, goodness, and possibility; and it conflicts, according to him, that the will of God should not have been, from eternity, indifferent to all these things, Wittichius, Theologia Pacifica, §199. From which two things follow: (A) That God has, from eternity, been able, and also willing, to deceive. (B) That, if He had willed to deceive, then to will to deceive would in no way have been a testimony of malice and weakness, but on the contrary would then have been a good thing, and a mark of power. Compare Gangraena, Sect. 2, ch. 12.
The Practical Part
XI. As for the Practical use: on the truth or truthfulness and the faithfulness of God rests, first of all, the entire steadfastness, certainty, and credibility of the Word of God, as being the word of Him who cannot lie, Titus 1:2, to whom it is impossible to lie, Heb. 6:18 — whence it is called the word of truth, Col. 1:5, purer than fine and refined gold, Ps. 12:6. On which, further, rests our whole religion, our whole faith and obedience, and everything belonging thereto, and whatever we owe of duty toward God — so that it is altogether necessary that we should become more and more convinced and assured of the truthfulness and faithfulness of God. To this end it is useful and serves: (1) to compare God's words with His deeds, (2) predictions with their outcomes, (3) threats with judgments and punishments, (4) promises with benefits, (5) doctrine with nature — carefully, diligently, and reverently, Isa. 34:16, Josh. 1:3, 6, 14, 1 Kings 8:56, that we may thereby be more and more rooted in the persuasion and assurance of the general truthfulness of God. To which should also be added the Prayer, that God Himself may be pleased to convince and persuade us of it, Ps. 43:3.
XII. In particular, secondly, on this rests, as on a last resolution, our whole Faith, 1 Cor. 15:14-15, Heb. 10:23 — especially (a) in the Articles of our Faith, 2 Tim. 1:12; (b) in the differences of the Faith; (c) in the mysteries, particularly those most obscure, 1 Tim. 3:16; (d) in things hard to understand, and seemingly insoluble, which occur everywhere in the reading of Scripture. In all these things we can rest secure and certain in this one thing, that the things we believe have been revealed to us by Him who cannot lie, who is the faithful witness, Rev. 1:5, whose credibility no faithlessness can undermine, who shall remain truthful, though all men become liars. And with this one thing we can most effectively check and restrain all manner of reasonings and thoughts that rise up against the knowledge of God, and also all manner of cunning devices and contrived interpretations of the most cunning enemies of the truth — only that we rest upon the one Word of God; for a plausible interpretation has deceived many. Rest on the Word of God, and you shall be safe and secure — as the well-known proverb says.
XIII. Not only does our Faith rest on this, but also, thirdly, our whole service of God: namely (1) an unshakeable confession of the truth, Heb. 10:23, John 3:33; (2) all readiness of obedience, Rom. 4:19-21; (3) all confidence of prayer, Dan. 9:18-19 [sic], 1 John 1:9; (4) all steadfastness in adversities, 1 Pet. 4:19, 2 Thess. 3:3; (5) all perseverance in the faith, 1 Cor. 1:8-9, and 10:13.
XIV. Further, fourthly, on the Divine truth and faithfulness rests a firm and solid comfort in all manner of adversities — namely, that through it so many and so great promises, made to the afflicted and oppressed, Heb. 13:5, shall be yea and amen, 2 Cor. 1:20; and that He will not turn His loving-kindness from them, nor break His word, against His given faithfulness, Ps. 89:34, Heb. 6:17-18. So that Cyprian, in Sermon 4 on the Lord's Prayer, very rightly says: "God is true," etc. — that is: "God is truthful, whose word, for believers, is eternal and firm. If a grave and praiseworthy man promised you something, you would surely give credit to the promiser, and not believe that you would be deceived and disappointed by him, of whom you wish enough to be steadfast in his word and deeds. Now God speaks with you, and you, faithless one, doubt in your mind." In particular, the comforting power of this shows itself, according to Scripture, in the following cases: (1) in all manner of impending and threatening persecutions by the enemies of the Church, Rev. 18:5-6 and 19:20; (2) in spiritual desertions, Heb. 13:5, Isa. 49:14-15, Matt. 11:28; (3) in doubts over the seeming non-answering of our prayers, Matt. 17:19 [sic]; or (4) over the never-coming deliverance from us of all manner of evil, Ps. 23:4. In all these, and a thousand other cases, what can be sweeter or more pleasing than to consider: (1) that God is truthful in general, and, in particular, that He is faithful in His promises, to such a degree that no one's unfaithfulness can make God's faithfulness of no effect, Rom. 3:3. Above all, since He has (2) besides confirmed His promises with an oath, Heb. 6:17, compare Ps. 146:5-6. Indeed also (3) since He has given so many and so great proofs of His truth and faithfulness — see 2 Kings 20:9, 2 Chron. 21:7, Isa. 38:7, Jer. 33:22 — upon which also (4) the saints of every age have, in all their difficult circumstances, so steadfastly trusted and clung to God: Abraham, Rom. 4:18, 22; David, 2 Sam. 7:28, etc.
XV. On the other hand, fifthly, there lies also, in the truthfulness and faithfulness of God, a chief motive (1) which should turn sinners back from their sins, considering that God is in all things truthful, and unmovable, both in His threats and in His promises, Jer. 18:9-11, Rev. 2:5 — of which there are examples in the Israelites, Num. 14:21-36, compare with ch. 26:65 and with Deut. 1:35; in the Jews, 2 Kings 24:2. (II) On account of which they ought not to despise the Divine threats, because they are the threats of the most truthful God, Deut. 29:19, Ps. 139:7. But on account of which they ought rather (III) to fear and tremble at them, Isa. 66:2. And they ought also (IV) to humble and abase themselves before God on account of them, after the example of Israel, Num. 14:39; of the Ninevites, Jonah 3:4-5; of Hezekiah, 2 Kings 20:2, Isa. 38:2; indeed, even of Ahab, 1 Kings 21:27, and of Simon the sorcerer, Acts 8:24 — remembering that despisers and scorners of the Divine threats are condemned and punished: as Cain, Gen. 4:7-8; the Jews, Isa. 5:18-19; the Israelites, Amos 6:3; Manasseh with his subjects, 2 Kings 21:11-17.
XVI. In particular, sixthly, there is in the truth and faithfulness of God a motive to guard ourselves (I) from all manner of false speaking, Exod. 20:16, Prov. 6:15 [sic]; (II) from all hypocrisy, Ps. 35:16, and 10:7; (III) from all lying, 1 Kings 22:23, Ps. 31:7, Prov. 6:17; (IV) from all unseemly double-dealing and deceptive plottings, Prov. 25:24; (V) from all manner of unfaithfulness and covenant-breaking, Ps. 15:4, Rom. 1:31; (VI) from all cunning and deceit, Prov. 14:25; (VII) from all hatred of the truth, whereby we should set ourselves against it, Rom. 1:18, 2 Tim. 3:8. Since all these things (1) altogether conflict with the truthful and faithful nature of God, who is Truth itself, John 14:6, and the God of truth, Ps. 31:6, from whom therefore nothing that is false can come, John 8:21 [sic] — indeed, also against the very character and disposition of the children of God. But far more (2) do they befit and belong to the character and nature of Satan, the sworn enemy of God, who is a liar, and the father of lies, John 8:44, 1 Kings 22:21-22; and so (3) exclude one from the fellowship of God, and from the participation in the heavenly Kingdom, Rev. 21:27 [sic], 22:15. And (4) consign one to eternal destruction, Ps. 5:6-7.
XVII. Finally, seventhly, there lies in the truth, faithfulness, and uprightness of God a motive and incentive why we should apply ourselves (1) to truthfulness in all our words and sayings, Eph. 4:15, 2 Thess. 2:10; (II) to faithfulness in our promises, whether made to God or to men, Ps. 15:2 and 116:14, 18, Josh. 24:21-22; (III) to uprightness in all our deeds — namely, to conduct ourselves in simplicity and godly sincerity, and not in fleshly wisdom, 2 Cor. 1:12; (IV) that we conduct ourselves obediently to the truth, John 18:37, Rom. 2:8, 1 Cor. 13:7, Gal. 3:1; and (V) that we walk in the truth, 2 John v. 4; and thus (VI) that we may be sanctified in the truth, John 17:19. Because in this way (1) we are made in that respect conformable to God, and partakers of the Divine Nature, 2 Pet. 1:4. And thereby (2) we obtain the favor of the Triune God: of the Father, who is the God of truth, Ps. 31:6; of the Son, who is Truth itself, John 14:6, whence it is called the truth of Christ, 2 Cor. 11:10; of the Holy Spirit, who is called the Spirit of Truth, John 14:17, 15:26, 16:13, who leads His own into all truth, ibid., and Ps. 25:10 [sic], which is hence called a fruit of the Spirit, Eph. 5:9. Indeed also (3) because we thereby show ourselves to be true and living members of the militant Church, which bears the name of a pillar and ground of the truth, 1 Tim. 3:15 and 4:3 [sic], John 18:37, and thus consequently also of the triumphant Church, Ps. 15:1-2. And (4) God will show Himself, in return, truthful and faithful toward us, in His promises, 2 Cor. 1:18, 20.
Chapter XV: On the Will and the Affections of the Will of God
Over Psalm 115:3.
But our God is in the heavens: He has done whatsoever He has pleased.
I. The first among the rational faculties, that, namely, which beholds its object as true — the Divine Understanding, with its affections and perfections — we have treated; there follows now the second, namely, that Faculty which has for its object the thing known as good. This we shall consider: (1) as it is a faculty (according to our manner of conceiving it); (2) as it is an act; and (3) as it is a virtue — with the first we shall set forth the nature and character of the Divine Will; with the second, its Affections, which are nothing other than acts of the Will; with the third, its Virtues — Goodness, Grace, Righteousness, Holiness... In this Chapter, on the Will and the Affections of the Will, in which the Psalmist shall guide us, Ps. 115:3.
The Explanatory Part
II. The text contains a ready and honorable answer to the reproachful, mocking, and taunting question of the heathen, in the preceding verse: they asked, "Where is now their God?" — as if they said, "you people cannot show that, and therefore He is nowhere, and consequently does not exist at all." The Prophet answers, in the name of the Israelite Church, in a ready and honorable manner: "Our God is in the heavens, and whatsoever He wills, He does." And thereby he gives, at the same time, an honorable and excellent description of his God. Here comes before us:
1. The one described, "But our God." The connecting letter (ו) prefixed here, which usually has a conjunctive force, is here a letter of contrast, looking partly to the immediately preceding question, "Where is your God?" — the Psalmist answers, "But, yet, our God is in heaven" — and partly to the following description of the idols of the heathen, from verse 4 to 9: "their idols are silver and gold..." The one described is אֱלֹהִים, "God," in the plural number, threefold in Persons — this one is first the true God; He is God, infinite in perfection and power, and each Person — Father, Son, and Holy Spirit — is infinite, so that our God is threefold infinite, almighty, perfect. The Prophet adds a pronominal suffix, of the first person plural, "our" — meaning: He who has, out of all manner of nations, set us apart for Himself, to be His People and His own possession, to whom we, for our part, have also given ourselves over to be His people; who has not only, through the National Covenant entered into with us, given Himself to us, just as we also, on our side, have given ourselves to Him — but who has also, through a Personal Covenant of Grace, given and bound Himself, great and glorious as He is, to us believers, to be our God — just as we, believers, on our side, have also wholly and entirely bound ourselves to Him.
2. The description, that He is in heaven, and does all that He wills. Three things are here ascribed to Him, namely:
1. An Existence, or Being, and a place of that Existence, or of that Being: "He is in heaven," בַּשָּׁמָיִם. He is not, like your idols, which are not, 1 Cor. 8:4, nor are anywhere except only in your idol-temples; and He is in the heavens, the highest, most exalted, and most glorious places, whereas yours are on earth, enclosed within narrow and confined spaces. And "in the heavens," in the plural — that is, in all the heavens; not that He is enclosed in them, so that He is not elsewhere besides them, but because He there makes His Divine Majesty manifest, in and through a particular glory.
2. A Will: in Hebrew, חָפֵץ, chaphets, which word signifies to will, or to do something according to one's own counsel and good pleasure. He has an understanding, He has a will, He sees, He hears — whereas your idols are silver or gold, which have eyes, but see not; ears, but hear not — that is, which understand nothing, are lifeless and irrational.
3. A Power and Working: "whatever He wills, He does." He is endowed with power, whereas your idols can do nothing — indeed, with an Omnipotence, whereby He can do, and also does, all things; whereas your idols, fastened to their places, do absolutely nothing. Indeed, He does what He wills, not by compulsion, but freely, according to His own deliberate counsel, and with a rational good pleasure — so that all that comes to pass, comes to pass and exists only through His power and will. "What He wills" — so that all things come to pass only according to the command and beckoning of His will: it is here, as it were, "so said, so done," Rev. 4:11, Ps. 33:9.
The Doctrinal Part
III. Nothing else is imposed on us, from the text at this point, than the consideration of the Divine Will, which Scripture, in innumerable places, ascribes to God, of which the following may serve as examples: Eph. 1:11, Rom. 9:18-19, Matt. 11:26 and 26:32, 42, 1 Cor. 12:11. Likewise also from Nature, in more than one way. For (1) the Will is, without doubt, a Perfection, and indeed such a one as does not at the same time signify anything of imperfection. (2) It has been communicated by God to creatures, and therefore existed beforehand in the One communicating it, as in Him whose it truly is. (3) Since God cannot work in a lesser way than His creatures, to whom He has communicated a more perfect manner of working — namely, with counsel, and by a free choice — He cannot therefore work either from and through nature, like irrational creatures, or recklessly, like fools and madmen; and consequently He works with counsel, and with deliberate purpose, which is the act of the will. And if not, then (4) there would in the world be nothing contingent, or by chance — since a naturally working cause works to the utmost of its powers, so that it cannot not work, nor work otherwise. From which (5) it would follow that to God absolutely no service, and no thankfulness, for benefits bestowed, would be due — just as neither service nor thankfulness is due to the sun, though it, by its light and warmth, brings about so many and so great things for our benefit, because it renders this not through a Will, but through Nature. Also (6) all sovereignty, grace, mercy, righteousness, would have to be denied and withdrawn from God, as these require a will. Finally (7) an absolutely first, absolutely independent, and most perfect Cause would not be most blessed in itself, nor the cause of blessedness for others, since, without a Will, it could neither enjoy itself, nor communicate the enjoyment of itself to others. To prove with further reasons that a Will belongs to God is nothing else than to light a candle before the sun.
IV. We would rather investigate what, of what kind, and how much the Will in God is; what its acts, and what its affections and virtues, are. To the knowledge of which matter we shall come by no easier way than by making a comparison between our will and God's Will, so that it may appear wherein they agree and wherein they differ. The word "Will," then — that we may begin from this — signifies three things: (1) that power of our soul which is the willing principle, or the faculty of willing; (2) the act of that faculty, or the θέλησις, the willing itself; finally (3) its θελητόν, the willed object, that is, the object which is willed. The first two points belong chiefly to this place. And thus the Will is: a faculty of doing something ἐκ προαιρέσεως, out of a preceding choice, or out of a rational satisfaction and good pleasure, whose act is called a rational desire. For there is a natural drive and desire, whereby growing things are driven toward a good natural to them, which is wholly unknown to them; a sensitive or sensible drive and desire, whereby irrational animals are driven toward their object, as known to them by the senses, to desire the good which agrees with their nature, and to flee the evil which is harmful to them; and a rational drive and desire, whereby angels and men are driven toward their object, as known to them by the understanding — so that from this understanding, whether preceding or accompanying, it is called a rational desire, arising out of a deliberate counsel and a rational good pleasure. By which desire, at least in order to be active concerning the means (for concerning the end, as such, no deliberation takes place), insofar as this last requires a prior judgment of the practical understanding, so that it may indicate what agrees with its particular inclination and bent, what not. And this rational desire is not so proper to man that it excludes the sensible and natural desire, but rather it includes them, as the greater number includes the smaller, and also governs them.
V. What, further, are the acts of this rational desire, as such? They are of two kinds: an elicited one, or the willing; and a commanded one, concerning the acts of all the other faculties — of the understanding, of the senses, and of the limbs. The first act happens either by willing that which agrees, or by not willing that which does not agree, but is contrary. This, then, wills either (a) the end, from which a threefold act is born: (1) love, whereby the will simply inclines toward the end, as good, held to be so; (2) enjoyment, whereby it inclines to that good, as already obtained and possessed; (3) the intention and purpose of that good, as still to be obtained. And this act is accustomed to presuppose the end as obtainable of itself through means, whence hope and longing are born; but if the will, on the contrary, regards the end as not obtainable, this arouses a mere wishing and yearning — which wishing is nothing other than that imperfect act of the will which is deprived of the power to obtain. Or (b) [it wills] the means, and that again through a threefold act: (1) through choosing a fitting means, if there be more than one, whence comes προαίρεσις, the choosing, to which liberty is proper; (2) through good pleasure, which is active concerning the means, as already chosen; (3) through the using and putting into effect of the chosen means, which is commanded by the will, directed by the understanding, and accomplished by the other faculties, through commanded acts, of understanding, senses, limbs. From all of which, by way of contrast, it can, without the least difficulty, be concluded what the not-willing is.
VI. To all this the will is driven, as to something that is good — that is, that agrees with the inclination of the one willing, whether it be truly good, or not, so long as it agrees with the inclination and bent. This, then, is a very brief sketch of the created will, in which appears a manifold dependence of the acts on the faculty, on the objects, on one another; also a manifold composition, changeableness; and thus a manifold imperfection, whereby the will cannot be univocally proper to God and to creatures.
VII. It will therefore be useful to compare these things, in few words, with the Will of God. (1) The objects and effects of the Divine will are called by the name "Will" only improperly. (2) The Faculty of willing does not, in God, really differ from the act — since in Him faculty and act, perfection and imperfection, have no place. (3) Also the freedom to will or not to will, though in creatures this is superior to the other kind, does not in God amount to a faculty really distinct from the act, or a faculty which must be put into operation; but Freedom signifies in God only a natural indifference of a most simple act toward its object, whereby it can be determined or not determined, or rather toward this object than toward that. (4) There is also in God absolutely no natural drive and desire, such that He would be driven toward His object as unknown to Him, and governed by something else more than by Himself — which is altogether contrary to the first and most perfect Cause. (5) Thus there also falls away in God, with the absence of human senses, all sensible and sensitive drive and desire, and with it all passions and affections. (6) There remains, therefore, in God only a rational drive and desire, which is occupied about the object as comprehended.
VIII. Having thus said this beforehand, in a word, we hold that the Will in God is nothing else than His most wise inclination or bent, toward Himself as the highest Good, and toward creatures for His own sake, as means. It is called an inclination or bent, on the one hand, that it may be distinguished from the understanding, which is only a bare beholding and contemplating; and, on the other hand, in order to use such a word as is fitted and suited to signify all the acts of our will together. We also say a most wise inclination or bent, that we may distinguish it from a natural and sensible drive and desire; and we also assign to it a twofold object: Himself, as the first and chief; and creatures, as the second and subordinate — namely, for His own sake, insofar as they bear some likeness to His Goodness, and are fitted to strive toward Him and toward His glory, and to aim at these. And that we may grasp these things a little more clearly, we must further observe that the relation of God's Will to the willed object is absolutely the same as the relation of the understanding to the object understood. For desire is of such a nature that it extends itself to the object in the way that the object is presented to it by the understanding. Wherefore, just as the Divine Understanding knows only by beholding and contemplating His own most perfect Being, so God reaches, by His will, the goodness of creatures, not as it is in itself — for thus He would, in willing, be dependent on creatures, and would thus, with respect to them, be in a passive power, and consequently behind them, and later than they — but, by way of eminence (eminenter), all the goodnesses of all creatures are comprehended and contained in Himself; and He is thus moved and inclined toward His own infinite goodness, by a most free choice, insofar as that goodness is exemplarily distributed among the creatures.
IX. Thus far we have considered the nature and character of the Divine Will; we now proceed to its affections and properties. Whereby it is, first, Independent, Rom. 11:35-36, since its own Being is the first cause of things, Rev. 4:11: "For thy pleasure they are, and were created." From which follow four consequences: (1) that, in order for Him to work outwardly, He does not presuppose any goodness in the object, but He establishes it, by willing, there, James 1:18: "Of His own will [He has begotten us]." "He has mercy on whom He wills," Rom. 9:18 [sic]. By which supposition, if it alone existed, all manner of foreseen things, in the matter of Predestination, would fall away, since the Will of God would thereby depend on them. (2) Also, by this very independence, the will admits no cause, although it ascribes, among things themselves, a dependence of cause and effect. It is therefore rightly said that God wills that one thing be and come to pass, for the sake of another thing; but it is wrongly and improperly said that that one thing is a cause, properly so called, by which the Will of God is inwardly moved to will that other thing. Thus God has willed that there be a Sun and Stars, for the propagation, preservation, and destruction of sublunary things; but nevertheless the Sun and the Stars are not the cause that God wills that these things be born, brought forth, preserved, and destroyed. In the same manner it stands with everything that is outside of God — all which things are indeed, by the Will of God, among themselves causes and effects; but they are nevertheless not causes of the Divine Will itself. Indeed, (3) through this independence in God Himself, the willing of the one thing is not, properly speaking, an efficient cause, that God, in and by Himself, wills the other. That He, for example, has willed to bring faith to Peter, is not the properly-so-called cause that God, in and by Himself, has willed to bring salvation to him — since the efficacy of a cause upon an effect, and the dependence of the effect on its cause, cannot obtain in the Divine Will, which is God Himself, willing all things, truly and simply, together and at once, by a single act. Nevertheless it is (4) true, what the Scholastics — though obscurely enough — say: that the passive touching (attingentia) of the will, with respect to the one thing, is the cause, or rather the reason, of the passive touching of the other thing. That is: that, for example, Peter's faith is touched by the Will of God, is the cause, or the reason, that his salvation also is touched or attained by him. In this sense, therefore, it is rightly said that God wills a certain one thing, because He has willed the other.
X. Secondly, the Will of God is most simple, because He is Himself the willing God. He therefore wills, with a single most simple act, all things, and each in particular, the end and the means. So that there are not many willings in God, nor an order of willings, on God's side; but only on the side of the matter, and with respect to our conception. For just as we have seen above that the Understanding of God, by beholding and contemplating Himself, comprehends and sees through, with a single most simple act, without any composition and separation, reasoning, or the like, at once and together, all the truths of all things, and their grounds — so we now say that the Will of God, by most perfectly willing Himself, with a single and most simple act, wills, at once and together, all the goodnesses of all creatures, since these, by a most free act of His infinite and self-communicating goodness, either have been, or shall be, actually brought about. So that the very good, indeed the best, Will of God is the first fountain of all the goodness that is in creatures, whether that goodness be absolute, or relative — such as creatures have among one another, so that they are mutually, for one another, causes and effects, ends and means. We therefore admit, in no way, many willings, or many acts of willing, much less such as would conflict with one another; although we, from the effects and objects, comprehended in various ways, and for that very reason distinguished, [speak of] one single willing of God — as we shall, in what follows, more distinctly point out.
XI. Thirdly, the Will of God is absolutely unchangeable, Mal. 3:6, 1 Sam. 15:29, Ps. 33:11. So that He does not now will this, then that; but that He wills, once, and at the same time, and always, all that He wills — not again and again; nor now these things, then those; nor now wills what He did not formerly will, or now does not will what He formerly willed — because such a will would be changeable, and whatever is changeable is not eternal; but our God is eternal. These are the words of Augustine, Confessions, Bk. 10, ch. 15. Namely, just as the Understanding of God is for that very reason unchangeable, because He, by understanding and comprehending, beholds and looks not upon creatures, but upon Himself, and in Himself all things — so also the Will of God, because He wills Himself, and for His own sake all things, is for that very reason also unchangeable, Mal. 3:6, Num. 23:19, Isa. 46:10: "My counsel shall stand, and I will do all my pleasure (all my will)." By which observation the "antecedent and consequent will" of the Pelagians and Pelagianizers falls away, as shall appear in its place.
XII. Fourthly, the Will of God is eternal, Eph. 1:4, for He is Himself the willing God. He therefore does not begin to will what He did not formerly will, nor does He cease to will what He formerly willed; nor does He will the one thing earlier than the other — although we, from that order which we observe in our own will, understand that God wills the end earlier than the means, according to the order of intention; and the means earlier than the end, according to the order of execution.
XIII. Fifthly, God's Will is infinite, because God Himself is infinite. Not exactly that He wills that all things which can be willed shall actually be there, just as He understands and comprehends all understandable things; but that He wills Himself, infinitely, and, for His own sake, all things — some, that they shall be; others, that they shall not be. And that He does not will that all things which can be willed shall actually be there, comes without doubt from this: (1) because in that way these things would actually be infinite, and God would, consequently, not only be infinite in being. (2) Because the Will of God, concerning things that are outside of Him, is altogether and absolutely free — a thing which does not belong to the Understanding — wherefore He wills these things through a free preceding choice. Although therefore the Will does not will all that can be willed, just as the Understanding comprehends all understandable things, this nevertheless does not hinder the Will from likewise being infinite, since the finitude is not in the one willing, but in the things willed; and the limiting of the things willed does not come to Him from without, but is from God's own Will. For "our God is in the heavens, and He does all that He wills, whatsoever pleases Him." Compare Isa. 46:10, Rom. 11:19 [sic].
XIV. Sixthly, the Will of God is free, and, in the highest degree, free. For freedom belongs to the essence of the Will. That freedom is either preceding the willed thing, as its principle, in which sense God only wills those things which are distinguished and different from Himself, freely, Rev. 4:11, "for thy pleasure they are"; or accompanying it, and going together with it, in which sense God wills Himself and all that is His own. Further, two things concur in the Divine freedom, insofar as it looks to things outside of God: indifference, and a preceding free choice or counsel, a rational good pleasure. I say, first, an indifference, whereby the willing God is determined to one or the other neither by His nature, nor necessarily by the object. For wherever the actual or operative power is by nature determined to one of two opposite things, or is necessarily determined by the object, there is no freedom. For, because, for example, fire can, by nature, burn; or a hungry ox, food being set before it, can eat — these acts are not, for that reason, called free acts. Further, we do not understand an indifference which is passive, whereby the will, being undetermined, can be determined from elsewhere — which belongs to creatures, with respect to the Creator — but an active one, by virtue of which God, by nature, can will or not will this or that. Moreover, the actual indifference of freedom does not belong to God in a privative sense, so that His will would at some time have been absolutely undetermined, and would afterward have determined itself — which indifference the Socinians and Pelagians would wish for, in order to undermine the eternity of the Divine decrees; but only in a negative sense, insofar as the Will of God, though indeed never undetermined, is nevertheless, by its own nature, always indifferent and undetermined with respect to creatures — and, for example, God is, by His nature, no more determined to create than not to create, to create in this way or in another.
XV. Besides the indifference, there is required, secondly, for freedom, a preceding deliberation and determination, whereby the will, being by nature indifferent to both, is determined to one of the two. This, with respect to the created will, indeed occurs, concerning the means, through the concluding judgment of the practical understanding, while it points out to the will that this or that agrees, or does not agree, with some particular inclination and bent of the will (with which the willing has an inseparable connection). Whence it is that the created will is free, not simply, but only in a certain respect — since it wills, necessarily, that which agrees with its inclination and bent; whereas God's Will or inclination has, of itself, no connection with any creature, which the creature receives from the willing of God. Therefore God wills this or that, not only freely, but in the highest degree freely — whereas creatures will dependently on the predetermination of God. And this is a most free and most voluntary preceding choice, whereby God, by His nature being beforehand indifferent, is determined to this or that.
XVI. Seventhly, the Will of God is universally efficacious. For all that He wills, and as He wills it, He brings the willed effect into being, in His own time and in His own way; nor is there anything that He wills which does not come to pass, or does not come to pass just as He wills it. For "God is in the heavens; He does all that He wills." Rev. 4:11: "For thy pleasure they are, and were created." Yet (which is well worth noting) it always comes to pass as He wills it: if He wills the outcome of the matter, it also comes to pass; if He wills that it be only our duty that we should will it, it is that...
the working will, and between an efficacious will. The efficacious will alone concerns good things, both natural and moral; the efficacious will also concerns morally evil things, insofar as God has not willed to bring about the evil itself as such, but has, by an eternal decree, determined the future occurrence of it — insofar, that is, as He wills the subject (substratum) of the sin, though He does not will its unlawfulness and defectiveness.
XVII.
We now know what the Will is in God; it is worth the trouble to see what His Not-willing (nolition) is. Namely, it is the second elicited act (actus elicitus) of our will, by which the same is engaged concerning evil, or that which does not agree with its inclination and bent. Now this Not-willing is in God nothing other than that act of His Will by which He, willing Himself in the most perfect manner, has an aversion to everything that is contrary to Him and to His glory, which is the sole end of all things. It is called an act of the Will — certainly not another or different act from willing, but that act by which the will is engaged concerning what by its nature is good. Just as the understanding knows false and contradictory things, not by an act of knowing and understanding different from that act by which it knows true and good things. For this reason we also posit as the object — and indeed as the first, principal, and immediate (though not the formal) object of the Divine Not-willing — His own goodness: just as the first, principal, and immediate object of God's understanding, which knows the false and the evil, is His immeasurable perfection, insofar as this displays the forms of all truths, as in a mirror, with the utmost clarity; which, having been known in the most perfect manner, He thereby knows, with one and the same act, most exactly what is false, what is contradictory, what is evil. Likewise, through His goodness, known in the most perfect manner, He has, in the most perfect way possible to a creature, an aversion to all that is contrary to it. This is to be seen even in creatures, since one who loves God perfectly, for that very reason also hates perfectly everything he knows to be contrary to God. Meanwhile, however, there is also a second, subordinate and formal object of the Divine Not-willing, namely, that which is by its nature evil — not, however, natural evil, but a moral evil. For the natural evil that exists, God wills with a willing most properly so called. And concerning moral evil, God is active not absolutely and unqualifiedly, but insofar as it is such by its nature. For it can happen, and often does happen, that what by its nature is contrary to the Divine goodness, contrary to and above its nature, or by accident, through an almighty and all-wise governance, tends toward that governance, as toward its end; and hence, insofar as concerns that governance, which is supernatural to it, it is stripped of the nature of evil and is, as it were, turned by accident into a good — insofar, namely, as it is, by the power of that almighty governance, made fit for an end that is truly good; though it nevertheless, by its own nature, and with respect to the creatures who corrupt it, is and remains utterly evil: because it is not only contrary to the rule of doing and forbearing prescribed by God, but also because it cannot, by the power of creatures, be governed toward an end that is truly good. The act by which God's Not-willing is stirred up against that evil is aversion, differing from the act of the will as desire does — certainly not with any passion, but with the effect, that is, of destroying, annihilating, punishing. But as for the evil that does not exist, and never shall exist, God has an aversion to it as to something contrary to His nature, insofar as He would destroy it and it would perish, if it existed — just as He loves the good that shall never exist, because He, as agreeing with His own goodness, would preserve, sustain, etc. it, if it existed.
XVIII.
The object of the Will is, as we have already said, the good, that is, that which agrees with the inclining bent of the one who wills. Whether the same be truly good, that is, conducive to the welfare of the one willing, or not — as long as it merely agrees with the inclining bent, so that it is fit to set the desire in motion — that it not be such a good is the concern of the final judgment of the practical understanding. On the contrary, the object of the Not-willing is the evil, or that which conflicts with the inclining bent. The object of the Divine Will, inwardly, is nothing other than God's infinite goodness, as it fully satisfies Him; and outwardly, all that agrees with the same — just as the object of His Not-willing is everything that differs from it and is contrary to it.
XIX.
Furthermore, these acts of the Will — the willing and the not-willing — take, according to the variety of their objects and the various manners of working upon the objects, various names, both of Affections and of Virtues. The Affections, accordingly, are in God nothing other than acts of the Divine Will insofar as these have relations to creatures, and stir up in creatures those operations which correspondingly the affections and passions have and stir up in men. These, accordingly, according to the well-known saying of Nazianzen, are ascribed to God in a human manner, and must be understood in a manner befitting God — rather according to the effect and the thing wrought than according to the passionate affection.
And so that we may follow and grasp this the more easily, we must distinguish five things in the affections of God: (1) The act of willing — for example, in wrath, to will to remove, to take away, to punish; (2) The object of that, namely, that which is contrary to the Will of God, sin and the sinner, in that instance; (3) The relation between the willing and its object, in which the reason for a passionate affection consists, or, according to which relation, the willing is, for example, called wrath; (4) The foundation of that relation, the agreement or the contrariety which exists in creatures; and finally, (5) those effects which are wont to arise in creatures from those affections — doing good, punishing. In these matters, various changes occur in creatures — commotion and disturbance even in the body itself, as, for example, in wrath, an agitation of the mind and a stirring up of the blood about the heart. These things, since they imply an imperfection, must carefully be excluded from the Most Perfect Being.
XX.
So then, that we may descend to the particular Affections: (1) God's Love (John 3:16) is to will that which agrees with Him, or is, as it were, His own, and to act accordingly — like the affection of love in man, namely, to desire and seek union or presence with the thing, to do it good, to rest in its goodness. More on this in its place. On the contrary, (2) God's Hatred (Ps. 5:5) is not to will that which is contrary to Him, and to act upon it as the hatred of creatures is wont to do — that is, to repel it, to punish it. (3) God's Longing and expectation (Isa. 42:14) is to will an absent good, which, when it appears to creatures difficult and doubtful, is also called hope (1 Pet. 3:20); if it appears to creatures easier to obtain and less doubtful, then it is called expectation, with the corresponding activities concerning it — activities according to which it is called care. On the contrary, (4) Flight (Ps. 5:6) is not to will an absent evil, as something difficult and approaching. If its coming appears to creatures probable, yet still able to be averted, it is called fear, which is ascribed to God, Deut. 32:26, 27; Gen. 3:22 — to which belongs Jealousy, or the fear of losing a very dear and precious thing, Exod. 20:5; Isa. 9:7; 37:32. If it appears to creatures as unavoidable, it stirs up despair, Isa. 5:4; Jer. 2:21, with which the corresponding operations of the creatures, in their own affections, must be joined. (5) Joy (Heb. 13:15, 16; Gal. 8:22) is to will a present good, related to Him — which looks either to the duty performed by the creature, Heb. 11:4, or to the benefit which God bestows upon the creature, Deut. 30:8, 9; Isa. 62:5; Jer. 32:41. On the contrary, (6) Sorrow and displeasure (Isa. 63:10; Ps. 78:40) is to will, or not to will, a present evil, which, when it arises from a certain act of one's own, produces repentance, Num. 23:19; Gen. 6:6, 9; 1 Sam. 15:11 — which implies a change not in God who works, but in the work, Jer. 18. (7) Furthermore, Wrath (Rom. 1:18; Eph. 2:3) is to will to repel and avert that which is contrary to Him, by punishing it: which, if it occurs through heavier punishments, is called indignation, anger, and the heat of wrath, Deut. 29:20. In creatures there also occurs, besides these, wonder, boldness, etc., which are not read of God.
XXI.
Insofar as God works with the most complete readiness by His Will, He is said to be endowed with virtues. For virtue is a disposition by which the will inclines to do and to act well. Concerning this one must first note, in general: (1) that these must not be understood in God as first acts or dispositions, arranged to produce the operations in a second act; for such a power does not fit into one most simple act, but only insofar as God, through the same, works with the utmost readiness. Second, that the virtues, which are in us so various, in God signify only one readiness in His doing and working, which is one and the same as His Essence. Third, that we must beware lest they signify also some imperfection, and for that very reason must not be ascribed to God — such are those virtues which imply a relation to a superior, as faith, hope, obedience, humility; likewise those born of an imperfection, such as modesty, chastity, etc.; finally, that virtue which is occupied with the governing of the passions, as temperance. And fourth, all the remaining virtues, and those that imply some imperfection, must be so left to God that they are understood by us with the highest excellence of perfection. The Virtues in God, then, are: first, Goodness, which is as it were a general Virtue. Then, second, Grace, or Goodness toward creatures, which, on account of various considerations, is also called Mercy, Longsuffering, Kindness. Third, Righteousness, being a goodness in rewarding and in punishing. Finally, fourth, Holiness, or moral Perfection. Each of these virtues we shall treat separately hereafter.
XXII.
Now nothing remains but that we add here a few things concerning the Division of the Divine Will. The Will of God is indeed one and single; nevertheless it is distinguished by us in various ways: partly on account of the various and differing kinds of things which He wills, as also on account of the various manners in which He seems to will those things which He wills. Thus one distinguishes the Will of God: (1) Into a Will of sign and of good pleasure. The latter denotes God's own decree, whether effecting, with respect to all that is good, or permitting, with respect to all that is evil, Ps. 115:3, He does all that pleases Him; Matt. 11:26, Yea, Father! for so it seemed good in your sight; Luke 12:32. But the former denotes, in general, every kind of revealing sign by which God wishes to make something known to us — whether it be that this should merely be believed and acknowledged, to which belongs the Foretelling, the Fulfillment, and the Reminder of a thing or deed; or that we are thereby obligated to order our deeds accordingly, as by a rule, to which belong equally a command, promise, admonition, exhortation, invitation, counsel, etc., as well as a prohibition, threat, dissuasion, warning, etc. In particular, however, in that opposition of members, one is accustomed to look to the command specifically, namely, a commanding or forbidding sign, as a particular product of the Divine Will — from which one also calls it the Will of precept.
XXIII.
Furthermore, one distinguishes the will (2) into a hidden and a revealed will, according to Deut. 29:29. By the hidden things one understands those things which God has decreed either to do or to permit, and which He has not yet revealed to us, either through the outcome or through a prophecy. Consequently these are no rule or standard for us; indeed, modesty requires that we not be overly curious in inquiring into those things. But those things which have been revealed to us bind us immediately to acknowledgment and belief; and those things which are therein commanded to be done, or forbidden to be avoided, require immediate obedience — wherefore we, laying aside all curiosity, must diligently apply ourselves here to obedience.
XXIV.
One uses (3) the distinction into an absolute and a conditional Will — namely, not with respect to the act of God who wills (for in this respect every will is absolute), but with respect to the things which are willed by this act of God. For God wills that some things shall occur absolutely and unconditionally, but some things under a condition. Thus He wills regeneration, faith, conversion, for the elect absolutely and unconditionally; but that salvation should come to them, He wills under the condition of faith and conversion. But since this distinction is commonly twisted by the Pelagians and semi-Pelagians into an evil and perverse sense, as we shall note a little further on, it is largely left aside by the Orthodox.
XXV.
But (4) the most exact distinction is into a decreeing and a legislating Will, or a Will of purpose and of command; by the first of which He determines the outcomes, or what shall or shall not occur in fact, whether it be good or evil; but by the second, what shall or shall not occur only in point of right. To the decreeing Will belong: (1) Predestination, Election, Reprobation, Preterition. (2) The Covenant of Grace, concerning the salvation of the elect, between Father and Son. (3) The absolutely unconditional Promises of regeneration, sanctification, faith, perseverance. (4) The fulfillments and executions of these promises, through discriminating grace, etc. To the legislating Will, or Will of command, belong the Commands and Prohibitions, the promises and threats. Concerning this division one must carefully note this: that just as the decreeing Will determines only the outcome, or the future occurrence of a thing, but not its moral goodness or evil (for it determines, without distinction, the outcomes of good and of evil things), so the legislating Will determines only the goodness and evil of what is willed, while it meanwhile establishes nothing about its future occurrence or non-occurrence.
From this it is clear: (1) in what way God's Will is always and in general efficacious — the decreeing Will with respect to the outcome, the legislating Will with respect to our duty — while He, meanwhile, sincerely wills many things through His legislating Will which never occur; just as also many things occur, through His decreeing Will, which He does not will [in the legislating sense]. It is also seen from this, (2) how there is, on God's side, no contradiction in the wills, since they do not will one and the same thing, or in one and the same manner.
XXVI.
When, accordingly, one neglects this distinction, one shall by no means escape these difficulties: (1) that there are in God contradictory wills, by which God would will and not will one and the same thing. (2) That some wills of God are powerless, since they would not obtain their intended purpose. Consequently (3) that God's Will is not almighty. (4) And that He is also not in all respects blessed, since He would not obtain that which He seriously wills. On the contrary, when one has rightly and properly distinguished the efficacy of the one from that of the other, as we have said, you will not only entirely avoid all contradiction and powerlessness in the Divine Wills, but you will also most easily free Him from the charge of insincerity, which our opponents constantly cast at us — namely, that God, according to our view, gives many things to be understood as willed, which He does not in fact will, and that He thus dissembles. We shall counter this without any difficulty, and answer, that God always truly and in fact wills that which He gives to be understood that He wills; but that what He wills through His legislating Will — though He wills its goodness — He does not therefore immediately will its future occurrence, nor does He give that to be understood either.
The Polemical Part.
XXVII.
The question is asked: (1) Whether there is in God such a Will as depends upon a condition to be posited first by creatures? The crude Pelagians of old, to whom the Socinians now attach themselves, out of love for an independent free will, by which man would be able to do all that he wills without any preceding condition — denied a Divine Will that would will anything, save as the creature wills; and they hold, out of love and desire, and a wish, that the creature might only will; being grieved and pained that the creature does not will what He wills. The semi-Pelagians, with whom the Jesuits, Arminians, and others conspire, although they confess some kind of dependence — of a general influence of the Divine Providence, of a co-working with the willing creature, of an influence upon the thing wrought — nevertheless will that the first act of the will, by which it determines itself, be altogether independent; and hence they teach such a Will in God as awaits that first determination of the creature, and depends upon it. The Lutherans, out of a hatred against the absolutely unconditional Divine Will — especially in the matter of Reprobation — and out of a love for a universal salvation of all and each man in particular, allow such a will, by which God would will their salvation under the condition that they themselves should will it. All agree in this, that in many things the willing of God depends upon a condition to be posited beforehand by the free will of creatures; and that condition not being fulfilled, God would very often be deceived and disappointed in His aim and design. Thus God wills, according to them, that all His commands be most exactly kept, if, namely, men are willing; He likewise wills that all men, and each one in particular, be saved, if only they themselves are willing to believe in Christ, to turn from their sins, and to devote themselves to good works. And thus they allow, in place of an absolute willing (volitio) of God, nothing but a certain dependent willingness (velleitas). The Reformed, although they acknowledge a will in God which makes this or that outcome depend upon this or that condition — for example, Peter's salvation upon his faith — which will, likewise, in this sense, could be called a conditional will — nevertheless acknowledge no will in God that would depend upon any condition. Because (1) Holy Scripture, in the sense mentioned, teaches only such a will of God as is absolute and unconditional, by which He does all that pleases Him, whatever He wills, Ps. 115:3 and Isa. 46:10, My counsel shall stand, and I will do all my pleasure, or all my will. But a conditional will, which depends on man's will, He does not do, nor can He do it. (2) Because Holy Scripture extols God's absolutely unconditional will even in those matters which presuppose man's free will, Phil. 2:13, It is He who works both to will and to do, according to His good pleasure; Prov. 16:9, A man's heart devises his way, but the LORD directs his steps; and chapter 21:1, The king's heart is in the hand of the LORD, as the rivers of water: He turns it wherever He wills. (3) Because Holy Scripture extols God's absolutely unconditional will even in those things which concern Predestination, Election, and Reprobation, Rom. 9:15, He has mercy on whom He wills, and He hardens whom He wills; and v. 16, It is not of him who wills, nor of him who runs, but of God who shows mercy. Compare vv. 18, 19, 20, 21, 22. (4) Because the Will of God is the very Essence of God, and God's Essence is absolutely independent, as most of the Papists, Jesuits, and Remonstrants acknowledge, though the Socinians differ. Whereas, on the contrary, a conditional Will depends upon the condition. And thus God, according to this supposition, is dependent, that is, not God. (5) Because the Will of God would in this way be changeable, and hence also God's Essence changeable; and consequently we would have a changeable God, which is contrary to Scripture, Mal. 3:6; James 1:17. (6) Because, by that will, the free will of man would be independent, and thus would be God. (7) Because God, by that will, would not be Almighty, as one who could not do that which the creature is unwilling to do. But also (8) not all-wise, since He would seriously will that those things which He foresees with certainty should, at least according to the semi-Pelagians, never occur. Nor (9) blessed in every respect, as one who would not always obtain and achieve that which He seriously wills. Nor (10) an absolutely sovereign Lord of all things, as one who would have no power over that condition upon which His will depends — in particular, not over man's free will, and over all those things which depend upon that free will.
XXVIII.
To the Objections raised for the opposite view, an answer will be given easily enough without much trouble, if one first, carefully, distinguishes between the willing and the thing willed — which two points, our opponents confusing, they thereby transfer to the willing what pertains to the thing willed; whence, for example, they carry over to God's Will that condition of faith, upon which the Will of God makes Peter's salvation depend. Secondly, if one is mindful to distinguish between the decreeing and the legislating Will, and accordingly refers the promises and threats, which are very often conditional, to the Legislating Will — which determines nothing concerning the outcome of the things willed, but shows only the right of those things willed, and hence signifies nothing other than the mere bare connection of the promised good with the prescribed duty. From this now the objected passages of Holy Scripture — Ps. 81:13, 14, Oh that my people had listened to me!... I would soon have subdued their enemies, etc., and the parallel passages, Isa. 48:18; Matt. 23:37; Isa. 5:4, 7; Luke 7:30 — in which God clearly seems to have desired the conversion and salvation of the Jews, which He nevertheless never obtained — may easily be answered: in that and similar passages there are contained exhortations to obedience and dissuasions from sins, strengthened and urged by their promises and threats, illustrated with similes and examples; and that these therefore belong to the legislating Will, which determines nothing concerning the outcome of the things willed, but signifies only the discernible connection of the duty with its promise; and that God wills by it nothing other than that men be bound and obligated to the prescribed duties, under promises and threats. This, for example, may be seen clearly in the cited passage from Ps. 81: there God admonishes the Israelites to hearken to Him, vv. 9, 10; He adds promises, v. 11, and threats, vv. 12, 13; finally He concludes, vv. 14, 15, Oh that my people had listened to me!, giving to understand that there was no other cause why He had not subdued their enemies and fed them with the finest of the wheat than their own disobedience. Likewise, Isa. 5:4, 7: the Prophet there sets himself to recall the Jews from the faults and sins that are related, in a long list, in the second part of this chapter; to this end he uses, among other things, an argument drawn from the benefits — which were so great that they could serve only to show clearly how much their obedience was approved by Him, who had extracted from them so many benefits; and conversely, how much their disobedience was disapproved and condemned by Him, who has willed that it be bound to such great punishments. Thus the Savior threatens, Matt. 23:37, ruin to the Jews, because they stubbornly neglected the grace that was offered them by Him. Although one is also accustomed to answer these passages in other ways: namely, that Christ willed the salvation of the Jews not considered as God, but as man, through a pious compassion; or, if He also willed it as God, that He also obtained it in those in whom He willed it, namely, in the children of Jerusalem, although the Pharisees opposed it. Finally, by the Counsel of God rejected by the Pharisees, the Evangelist, Luke 7:30, understands nothing other than the Gospel, and the salvation offered to them therein, under the condition of faith.
XXIX.
The question is asked: (2) Whether the distinction of the Divine Will into an antecedent and a consequent will ought to be tolerated? The first inventors of this distinction appear to have been Chrysostom and Damascene; from them the semi-Pelagians eagerly took it up — both the ancient and the modern ones, the Socinians, Jesuits, Remonstrants, and others — in order the more easily to maintain a universal grace and man's independent free will. By the so-called antecedent will, God is believed to will something for the rational creature antecedently to any act of the same, which He would, in a consequent manner, not will upon the act. Thus they will that God, for and toward all men, antecedently to faith or unbelief, wills their Salvation; although He does not will it for most of them, having seen their unbelief. This distinction, according to them, consists in this: that God is very often frustrated of His antecedent will, but never of the consequent — the cause of which would be the free will of creatures, which, by their unbelief, causes God to abandon His first, good, indeed best will, by which He wills salvation to and for man, and to pass over to the second or consequent will, by which eternal damnation is decreed for man. Among the Reformed, great men are not lacking — for example, Molinaeus, Anad. Gravis., Quaest. p. 315; Walaeus, Perkins, Twisse; and among those of the Roman persuasion, Alvarez, De Auxil. Lib. V, Disput. 34, Num. 2 — who think that this distinction, in a sound sense, may be tolerated. Namely, if by the antecedent will is understood that Will of God by which He has made a connection between the antecedent and the consequent — between the antecedent condition, for example, faith and conversion, and a certain benefit — so that He, by virtue of that connection, promises: Whoever believes shall be saved; or, If Peter shall have believed, he shall be saved; and by the consequent will, the execution of the conditional promise — for example, because Peter has believed, he shall be saved. But in the Pelagian sense, which we have shown, whereby the Will of God is understood to depend on the condition, this distinction can by no means be tolerated, according to the preceding controversy. But since this distinction, in the just-mentioned sound sense, is of very little weight and utility, and on the contrary the danger of abuse is great enough, it will be best not to introduce it into the Church. But insofar as it is free of an unorthodox sense, it agrees sufficiently with that which we have had in the two preceding disputations, and falls also under the same reasons that were adduced there.
XXX.
The question is asked: (3) Whether God wills that all men, and each one in particular, be saved? Origen once supposed that God, by a decreeing Will, wills, or has decreed from eternity, that not only men, and each one in particular, shall at some point actually be saved, but even the devils themselves — namely, that they, after they have, for a just number of years, according to the proportion of their sins committed, suffered punishment in Hell, shall finally be restored to eternal salvation. To this the Socinian Franciscus Puccius attached himself, and the Swiss Samuel Huber — first a Reformed preacher, but, on account of denying general Grace, removed from his office, then received by the Lutherans and admitted to the ministry; when, however, he began to press upon his congregations Origen's teaching concerning the salvation of all and each one, he was again cast out of the ministry — taught that all and each one shall, at some point, obtain salvation. The Pelagians and Socinians, as also the Jesuits and Arminians, in order that man's differential free will may be preserved, hold that God does indeed will that all and each man be saved, but only by a conditional or antecedent will, if they themselves shall be willing to believe and to be converted. The Lutherans, although they do not confess the differential free will, nevertheless confess such a free will as cannot, positively, resist the Holy Spirit when He wills to work conversion and faith in us; they likewise hold that God wills that all men, and each one in particular, be saved. The Reformed do indeed believe that God wills that all men be saved, because Holy Scripture testifies to this more than once, 1 Tim. 2:4; Ezek. 18:23; 2 Pet. 3:9; but they do not believe that He wills that all and each one be saved, because Holy Scripture nowhere says this. They accordingly grant that God wills that all men be saved — that is, all kinds of men, or, according to the exposition of Scripture, out of every family, people, and nation, Rev. 5:9 — namely, as many as Christ has purchased, and as many as shall have believed; but not all and each individual man. They also grant, moreover, that God wills that all men be saved by an antecedent will, in the sense which we showed in the preceding disputation — namely, that God has willed that between faith and salvation there be an inseparable connection, by which all and each one who believes shall not perish, but have everlasting life, John 3:16; and that He, by virtue of this connection, wills to invite all and each one, both elect and reprobate, to salvation, and, under that condition, to grant them salvation. But since we have already, in the preceding disputation, set aside the distinction of the Divine Will into antecedent and consequent, we prefer rather to hold that God wills that all men be saved through His legislating will, which determines nothing concerning the outcome — that is, that He has promised that as many as believe shall have everlasting life, namely, by virtue of that connection which we have just now shown; and that He, by virtue thereof, earnestly offers and promises salvation to all; but that He does not will that all and each one be saved through a decreeing will — that is, that He has not decreed that all shall actually obtain salvation. And upon this, finally, turns the true pivot of the controversy. So that if our opponents wish to win anything against us, they must prove that God has decreed that all and each one be saved — which, I well know, our opponents will not undertake. Since, (1) Scripture expressly testifies that God does not will this; rather, that He wills the contrary, Prov. 1:24–29; Ps. 95:11; Matt. 20:18; John 17:9. (2) Since Scripture itself, in the matter of salvation and predestination, expressly attests that God does not will that all and each one be saved — no, but that He has made the wicked for the day of evil, Prov. 16:4; that He hardens whom He wills, Rom. 9:18; that He has prepared the vessels of wrath for destruction, v. 22; that He has appointed some to condemnation, 2 Pet. 2:8. (3) Since Scripture furthermore testifies that God denies to most men the necessary means of salvation, John 17:9. And that He (4) does not call all and each one to the fellowship of grace, Ps. 147:20; Acts 14:16. Indeed, (5) that He wills that the Gospel not be preached to many, Mark 16:5; Acts 16:6, 7. Also (6) that He does not give faith to all and each one, 2 Thess. 2:2; Acts 13:48. Therefore we must absolutely deny that God, through His decreeing will, would will that all and each one be saved: unless we should wish (7) (a) to place the Divine Omnipotence in the utmost peril, as unable to obtain that which God wills and intends should exist; (b) to posit contradictory wills in God, of which one, for example, would will that Judas be saved, the other would not will it; (c) to ascribe a changeable will to God, who in all things is unchangeable — whereby He would now not will that which He formerly earnestly willed; (d) likewise to attribute to Him a powerless will, to Him who can do all things that He wills; (e) to make a will dependent upon creatures, and temporal; unless (f) we should wish to ascribe to the all-wise God that He would earnestly will that which He knows He shall never obtain.
XXXI.
The question is asked: (4) Whether the Will of God is alone the cause of all substantiality and possibility, as it is also of all moral good? Descartes, with his followers, as we have already noted before, Chapter XIII, holds that the cause and root of all moral good lies in the Will of God, insofar as He, that which is in itself indifferent, wills that this be good, and not otherwise. The Reformed note (1) the Will of God, either (in sensu identico), in an identical sense (that I may use this word), insofar as it is one and the same as the Essence of God itself — so that it is all the same whether one asks whether the Essence of God, or whether the Will of God, is the cause of all moral good — and in this sense they do not deny the question; or (in sensu formali), in a formal sense, insofar as the Divine Essence is understood by us as bound and joined to this or that relation — and in this sense the Reformed in general deny that the Will of God alone is the cause of all moral good. (2) They distinguish moral good into that which belongs to positive right, and this they acknowledge to depend upon God's most sovereign Will — for example, to rest on the appointed seventh day of the week from all His works is a moral good, but belonging to positive right; and into that good which belongs to natural right, resting upon nature itself, either of God or of man, such as, in original righteousness, bears the image of the Divine holiness and righteousness: this is not from the Will of God, but from His very Essence. (3) They understand and consider moral good in two ways: either with respect to its essence, or with respect to its existence. Thus they confess that all good, with respect to its existence, is from the Will of God, insofar as this is the commanding and executing principle in the production of all things, Rev. 4:11. But with respect to its essence, they hold that all moral natural good depends, not upon the will as such, as does the positive good, but upon the Nature of God, as God is. Thus the Reformed understand it in general, unless one perhaps excepts one or another who held that all things are righteous and good because God wills it, but not that God wills it because it is righteous and good. The reasons of the Reformed are: (1) that Holy Scripture testifies that God wills many things because they are good and right, which He would therefore not fail to will, Gen. 18:23, 25, Will you also destroy the righteous with the wicked?... Far be it from you! Shall not the Judge of all the earth do right?; Rom. 1:32; 2 Thess. 1:6, It is righteous with God to repay tribulation...; indeed, that there are evils so great and such that they are contrary to the purity and holiness of His nature, or of His eyes, so that He cannot look upon them, Hab. 1:13. (2) Because, if all good depended upon God's from-eternity indifferent will, He could not have prescribed to us the knowledge, love, and reverence of Himself. (3) He could have commanded absolutely contradictory things — for example, hatred, blasphemy, rebellion against Himself. Indeed also (4) all those things, had He willed it, would be good and praiseworthy. I will (5) add nothing of the ideas in God, which are one and the same with the Nature of God, being infinitely perfect, so that they could be displayed in infinite ways in creatures — which ideas would in this way be changeable. Nor will I (6) add that then not even God Himself would have been holy, righteous, good, etc., before the will had determined Him to it; and hence He would be holy, righteous, good, etc., only because He wills to be such. Also (7) we, in devoting ourselves to holiness and righteousness, would not be made conformable to His natural, but to His arbitrary perfection, against which Holy Scripture protests, Matt. 5:48; Luke 6:36; 2 Pet. 1:4. The foundation of the contrary opinion lies in these three points: (a) If not all goodness were from the Will of God, then God would not be in every respect independent and perfect. Answer: That would be true, if there were some good which did not depend upon God; but it is one thing to depend on God, and on the nature of God, and another thing to depend determinately on the Will of God as such. (b) That otherwise one would have to say that objects have their essence of themselves, and are prior, at least with respect to nature, to the Will of God. Answer: Although some things do not depend upon God's Will as such, they nevertheless depend simply upon God; for they depend upon His Nature and Essence as such. (c) To say that thus it would follow that the Divine Will depends upon those good things, and is thus dependent. Answer: By no means, since those good things depend upon His most holy nature, and God's nature does not, in turn, depend upon those things.
XXXII.
The question is asked: (5) Whether passions and will-affections, properly so called, belong to God? Or rather, whether the will-affections in God are properly so called movements of the Divine will, by which the will of God is either driven toward its object, or withdraws from it — from which hatred, anger, longing, flight, joy, sorrow, and other human passions would arise? I will not dwell upon the Anthropomorphites, who say that God, as endowed with human members, is likewise subject to passions; nor upon the willingness (velleitas) of the Pelagians and semi-Pelagians, or the imperfect willing, dependent upon man's free will, which in fact is nothing other than a longing, desire, and wish, and from which, moreover, anger, hatred, flight, joy, and sorrow are excluded. The Socinians, since they hold God dependent upon man's free will, and posit in Him a changeable will, openly ascribe to God longing, flight, joy, sorrow, anger, repentance, and other passions arising from these. The Reformed, although they by no means deny that words of affections and passions, as well as of members, are used of God in the Holy Scriptures; likewise, although they, all imperfection of the passions being removed, acknowledge the reality of the words in God — nevertheless dare not allow in God those movements and disturbances in which the whole nature of the passions essentially consists. (1) Because Holy Scripture clearly denies this, Num. 23:19; 1 Sam. 15:29; Rom. 9:29 — in which passages, what is said of God's repentance must, by analogy, be applied to all sorts of passionate affections. (2) Because Nature, or right Reason, does not permit in a most perfect Being the several imperfections of human passions — for example: (1) An imperfect willing. (2) Dependence of the same upon their objects, by and through which they are affected. (3) Impotence, whereby one cannot obtain that which the passions desire; and the passions are often overcome, and vanish, when they are not satisfied. (4) Various changes — often ignoble and base enough — according to which they are wont to be called sufferings. (3) Because the infinite Blessedness of God, which can be increased by no accession of any good, nor can be touched and impaired by any sense of evil, can much less be overturned by so many turnings and windings of passions. Nor do our opponents satisfy us when they pretend that the imperfection, if there is any in the passions, does not in the least injure God, because it is swallowed up by the immeasurable overflow of all good that is in Him; indeed, that even that which is most contrary to Him, they say, is by His most perfect wisdom and power turned to good: such a self-deceiving and misleading remedy might in some measure comfort men who are disturbed and thrown into disorder by the raging and boiling of their passions, but it cannot remove from God an imperfection with which He cannot be God. For whatever it be that happens to Him against His will, and disturbs and moves Him, does not cease to be displeasing to Him, and thus cannot, without conflict, be finally overwhelmed by the immeasurable overflow of blessedness — so that there would remain in God, for at least some time, some discontent, struggle, and, as it were, a boiling of the mind, and anxiety and distress, which disturb His blessedness, until at last that storm has spent itself. Nor do our opponents have anything which they could plead for their view, except this — that often in Holy Scripture affections of love, hatred, repentance, etc. are ascribed to God. To which the answer is easy: (1) That the passions ascribed to Him are elsewhere clearly removed from Him — for example, repentance is ascribed to Him, Gen. 6:6; Jer. 18:8; again it is denied of Him, Num. 23:19; 1 Sam. 15:29 — a thing which warns us that passions are ascribed to him only, as it were, with a grain of salt (as one says): namely, (2) not according to the passionate affections, or movements and stirrings of mind, but only with respect to the effects which those affections are wont to stir up in creatures — that is, that the affections or passions which are ascribed to God in a human manner must be understood in no other way than as befits God. To the passages which are usually adduced for the contrary, Ezek. 33:11; 2 Pet. 3:9; 1 Tim. 2:4, you will easily give satisfaction in this way: if you first show, from the sayings in general, that one is speaking there not of the decreeing Will, but only of the legislating Will, by which God, in commanding, wills that they be converted, and carry off the reward thereof, namely, everlasting life; or, that conversion is their duty, and that the reward of conversion is everlasting life. Indeed also, that one speaks there not of each man in particular, but of all sorts in general. Then, secondly, one could also answer in particular to the passages cited: that, namely, it is not said, Ezek. 33:11, that God does not will the death of any single sinner, but of him who converts: I do not will the death of the sinner, but that he be converted and live — that is, I do not will the death of him who converts himself. Thus the Apostle does not say, 2 Pet. 3:9, that God wills that absolutely all men be saved, and none of them perish; but only all believers: for thus He says: He is longsuffering toward us, not willing that any of us should perish. Also it is not said, 1 Tim. 2:4, that God wills that all and each one be saved, but only all, that is, men of every rank and sort — namely, whether it be, alike, kings and rulers, or whether it be subjects, as the proportion of the context shows. Which answer, with the necessary changes, will be able to be applied to very many other passages of Holy Scripture.
The Practical Part.
XXXIII.
First: the Will of God, as it is regarded as a faculty, is not only theoretical, but is also the foundation and basis of all Christian practice. For (1) how shall we, of our own accord, worthily serve and honor so great and so most excellent a Being, if He were not a self-willing Being? How shall we entreat all manner of good from Him? How shall we pray to be delivered from evil? And how shall we bring Him thanksgiving for benefits received, if He, otherwise than by the necessity of nature, moved by nothing else than the necessity of His own nature, does whatever He does? (2) How shall His lordship, sovereignty, providence, governance — on all of which our piety, however great it be, rests and depends — consist? What sort of lordship, what sort of power, whether to give laws or to maintain the laws given, can belong to one who does all things according to the necessity of nature, without any free choice? Accordingly, (3) what sort of obedience, service, reverence, etc., could be due to one who cannot not-do what He does? Finally, (4) where would there also remain any freedom for our will, if even God Himself possessed no free choice?
XXXIV.
Second, in particular: the Sovereign Freedom of the Divine Will demonstrates the perfection of God's lordship, in that He is in heaven, and does whatsoever He wills. Namely, just as there is in His Understanding wisdom, counsel, and insight, so there is in His Will lordship. Accordingly, just as the Will of God is (1) free and most free, (2) independent, (3) absolute and unchangeable, (4) eternal, (5) most efficacious of all — so also is His Lordship entirely (1) most free, whereby He does all that pleases Him, and whereby His Will stands in the place of a reason, compare Matt. 20:15; (2) absolutely independent, Rom. 11:35; Jer. 18:6; consequently (3) unchangeable and irresistible, Rom. 9:18; (4) most efficacious of all: for whatever He wills, He does, compare Ps. 33:9; Lam. 3:37; Isa. 14:24. (5) Most universal of all, for He does all that He wills. This appears in the following particulars: (a) In the Creation of things, Rev. 4:11. (b) In the governance and rule of things, Isa. 14:6, 7. (c) In the dispositions of Kingdoms and Lordships, Dan. 4:17; Jer. 27:5; Ezek. 28:17. (d) In the disposition of treasures and riches, Exod. 3:22; 11:2. Especially (e) in the governance of human affairs, principally of those which concern their eternal welfare — in Predestination, Election, Reprobation, Calling, Regeneration — of which more shortly. Let us, accordingly, (a) adore, praise, and extol that self-sovereign lordship of God, Matt. 6:10, 13; (b) submit ourselves humbly and lowly to its ordinances, ibid. v. 10; (c) whether it be that there is a duty to be practiced, Ps. 40:8, 9; (d) or whether there is a punishment to be borne, 1 Sam. 3:18; Acts 21:14; Matt. 26:31, 42, 44.
XXXV.
From this, third, the same restrains and curbs the wanton rashness of those who, in the matter of the particular Predestination, Election, Reprobation, Redemption, Calling, and Conversion, make the Divine Will depend upon the foreseen works of creatures, and seek therein the reason why He has chosen this one and not that one, redeemed this one and not that one, etc. — as if it were not entirely lawful for the Will of the Supreme Lord to be advanced as a reason: Is it not lawful for me to do what I will with my own? Or is your eye evil because I am good? Matt. 20:15. Likewise: Or has the potter no power over the clay, to make of the same lump one vessel to honor and another to dishonor? Rom. 9:20. These do not consider that God is self-willed and free, and independent of creatures — of whom, through whom, and unto whom are all things, to whom no one has given anything, that it should be repaid to Him, Rom. 11:35, 36. They do not consider that the Will of God is absolutely absolute and unconditioned, which has mercy on whom He wills, and hardens whom He wills, ibid. ch. 11:33 — Oh, the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and knowledge of God! That this will is free, indeed most free, that it is most wise. Accordingly, thus to rail against it, and to demand an account of it, is nothing other than (a) to demand a reckoning of the Most Powerful God, (b) to subject the Independent One to creatures, (c) to rob the unconditioned Sovereign Lord of His lordship, (d) to reprove and correct the All-Wise. And who shall finally have done all these things without punishment?
XXXVI.
And also, fourth, the same restrains every sort of will and lust to sin, which Peter points out, 1st Epistle, 4:3, whereby we (1) refuse to submit ourselves to the will of God, Job 21:14; Exod. 5:2. Indeed, whereby we (2) plainly set our own will against the Divine, Jer. 44:16, 17, and (3) do the will of the flesh, Eph. 2:3. Or (4) in one way or another do not rest in the will of God, murmur, grumble against it, and contradict it, Num. 14:27, 29. What, finally, do all these things intend, other than (1) to overthrow the independent will, (2) to raise one's own will to independence, (3) to dispute with God His freedom and lordship, (4) to stir up against oneself God's most efficacious will, which (5) subjects us to the will and desire of our own lusts, Ezek. 16:27, or (6) enslaves us to our own concupiscences, Rom. 1:24; indeed (7) brings into bondage to itself, to its own sins, and also to Satan, one who was created for and unto freedom, John 8:33, 34, 44; 2 Tim. 2:26.
XXXVII.
On the contrary, fifth, the same counsels: (1) that we deny our own will, insofar as it is contrary to the Divine Will, Luke 9:23, or also differs from it in any manner whatever, Acts 21:14; John 5:30; 6:38. (2) That we crucify our fleshly affections and lusts, Gal. 5:24, put them to death, Col. 3:5, subdue and lead them captive under the obedience of Christ, 2 Cor. 10:5. (3) That we recall our passions and affections, which strive against God, against reason, and against the will, to their proper place and rank, so that they be made subject to the will, or rational desire, and in this way become acts of the will, as they are in God — that finally God's Will alone, according to His right, be independent and absolutely unconditioned. More on this in its place, in the chapter on the denial of oneself.
XXXVIII.
The same also counsels, sixth, a diligence and zeal to fulfill the Will of God with the utmost readiness. In this consists our obedience, whereby we fulfill the Will of God, to His glory, with submission, Eph. 6:6, 7, as servants of Christ, doing the will of God from the heart, serving with goodwill the Lord. To which belongs, in particular: (1) That we diligently search out the Will of God, which is prescribed to us as a rule, Col. 1:9; Eph. 5:17; Rom. 2:17. (2) That we, having learned to know it, then also keep it constantly before our eyes as the sole rule of our life, indeed have it in the heart, Ps. 40:9; 16:8. (3) That we diligently order and direct the courses of our life according to it, Gal. 6:16; 1 Pet. 4:2. And that we (4) in this way be made conformable to the Divine Will as far as possible, Rev. 2:6. And this (5) with a deep submission, as servants, Eph. 6:6, 7; Acts 13:36; meanwhile also from the heart, and serving the Lord with goodwill: see also 2 Chron. 15:15. There is the example (1) of the Savior, Ps. 40:8, 9; John 4:34; 5:30; 14:31. (2) Otherwise one shall not enter into the Kingdom of God, Matt. 7:21. And (3) one shall not be heard in our prayers and supplications, John 9:31. But (4) one shall be admitted to the dignity of spiritual kinship with Christ, Matt. 12:50. In particular we must show this duty of obedience to the Will of God: (a) in the matter of Faith, John 6:29; (b) of Conversion, Ezek. 33:11; Matt. 3:2; (c) of a general practice of Holiness, 1 Thess. 4:3; Heb. 12:14.
XXXIX.
Besides this, seventh, a pious meditation upon God's free Will shall be able, in particular, to form and shape us: (1) to the practice of Humility, when goods or gifts come to us, from which we might have occasion to become proud and haughty — that we consider that these things, by God's sovereign Will, which brought them to us, can be taken from us and transferred to another. See 1 Cor. 4:7; Rom. 11:21, 22, 23; Eph. 2:8, 9; Deut. 7:7, 8. (2) To the exercise of Mercy and compassion toward our wretched neighbor, who, by that same sovereign Will of God, is visited and afflicted with those evils from which we, by that same sovereignty of God, are free, Matt. 11:11, 13. (3) To the practice of Contentment and Equanimity, whereby we, on account of the good which has been granted to our neighbor and meanwhile withheld from us, remain far from all envy, because God's sovereign Will distributes all that according to His most free good pleasure, Matt. 20:15; 1 Cor. 12:11, 15; and that therefore to set oneself up and resist that distribution out of envy is nothing other than to kick against the pricks, to gnaw and nibble at God's sovereign lordship and power, and to torment oneself uselessly and fruitlessly.
XL.
In particular, however, eighth, this meditation invites us to the practice of ordering our will according to, and conforming it to, the Will of God — which the Savior commends, Rev. 2:6. This is to be carried out in this manner: (A) That we, as far as possible, endeavor to make our will conformable to the perfections of the Will of God. Namely: (1) Just as God's Will is independent, so also our will, in the matter of the service of God, should be independent of any creature, 1 Cor. 7:23; Matt. 15:9. (2) Just as the Will of God, being most simple, is with one act, at once, driven both toward the end and toward the means, so also our will, in the matter of salvation, should, with a pious simplicity, with one and the same act, be driven and set both toward the end and toward the means, Phil. 2:12. (3) Just as the Will of God is absolute and unconditional, far from all fruitless willingness, so also our will, in the matter of the service and obedience of God, should be absolute and general, and not dependent upon any condition, Josh. 24:15; Matt. 19:21, 22; Rom. 14:7, 8, and at the same time unconditional, Matt. 19:16, 21, 22; Mark 10:20. (4) Just as the Will of God is supremely free, so also our will, in the matter of the service of God, should be voluntary and most willing, 2 Cor. 8:3, 5, 7, 10, 11; Ps. 110:3, hence free from all spiritual servitude — of the flesh, of sin, and of the devil; and should also, most earnestly, pursue Christian freedom, Gal. 5:1. (5) Just as God's Will is infinite, so also our will, in the Divine duties, should be infinite, that is, insatiable, Ps. 73:25; Phil. 3:13, 14. (6) Just as the Will of God is universally efficacious and active, so also our will should not remain hanging in idle wishes and desires, but should express itself in actual deed and work, Matt. 21:29, 30; 7:21; Gal. 5:6. (7) Just as the Will of God is eternal, so also our will, in the practice and zeal to know and obey the Divine Will, should be unceasing, indeed eternal, Ps. 1:2; 119:44, 112:1. Furthermore, (B) that our passions and affections also be made conformable to the affections and will-affections of God — which is chiefly accomplished by these two things: (1) When our affections aim together at one and the same object at which the Divine aims — when we love, desire, hate, abhor, and flee that same thing which God does in this respect, Rev. 2:6; Ps. 139:21, 22. (2) When we are also moved by the same reason — namely, as we have said, as the acts of the will, or the rational desires, which stand under reason and do not rule over it, but not as brutish, unreasoning, and irrational acts, 2 Pet. 2:12; Jude v. 10. Furthermore also (C) that we order and direct our works according to the Will of God, by willing the same thing that God wills, Matt. 6:11; John 3:21, to the same end — God's honor and glory — so that we, as servants, serve the Will of God, Acts 13:36. Finally (D) that our passive affections also be in agreement with the Will of God, Matt. 26:39, 42, compare Phil. 2:7; Acts 21:14; 1 Sam. 3:18; 2 Sam. 15:26, and 10:12. By this conforming of our will to God's Will, we shall (1) be made so far conformable to God, and made partakers of the Divine nature, 2 Pet. 1:4; 1 Pet. 1:14, 15. And (2) this conformity of will and affections shall lay the foundation for the sweetest converse and communion with God, Amos 3:3 — since differentness destroys the same, Isa. 59:2. Moreover (3) that agreement shall, in all mischances, whether in prosperity or in adversity, stir up a tranquility of mind in us, so that we, namely, always and everywhere say and feel: Your will be done. Whereas, on the contrary, (4) no fortune or prosperity shall satisfy us, if we differ from the Will of God — indeed, not even heaven itself, if we should there wish otherwise than God wills. To obtain that conformity, the following shall be useful: (a) diligently to search out and trace the Will of God, to which one endeavors to make one's own will conformable, Eph. 5:17; Col. 1:9; (b) to deny, stifle, root out, put to death everything that in any manner is contrary to the Will of God, Gal. 5:25; 2 Cor. 1:5; (c) to strive, with all our power, to do those things which God wills to be done by us — that we, namely, may become perfect, and complete in all the will of God. Other things of this sort has Drexelius (in Heliotropium), which are not without use.
XLI.
Finally, ninth, it furnishes consolation, and lifts up our patience and forbearance in every sort of adversity and hardship, to consider: (1) That these — whatever and however great they be — do not occur to us by chance, without the knowledge and will of God; nor through a fatal necessity against which God Himself could not contend; but by the most sovereign good pleasure of the Supreme Governor of all things, in whose most free, most righteous, and also most gracious dispensation to rest is absolutely necessary and just — so that we ought not, by some abominable crime, to cast down and trample beneath our fleshly thoughts the self-authoritative Will of God. (2) That it is set before us daily in our prayers and supplications, to pray that His Will be done, Matt. 6:10; Acts 21:14. (3) That we have need of patience, that we may do the Will of God, and carry off the promise, Heb. 10:36. (4) That to this end all sorts of evils are sent us by God, so that we may accustom ourselves to His most sovereign will and to His most absolute lordship over us, and rest in it, Job 1:12, compare with v. 21. Finally (5) that we, through a humble submission and patience, come to obtain the most sovereign favor and grace of God, by whose will and nod all these hardships and adversities are brought upon us, and can also be taken away, or turned to our profit, 2 Sam. 15:15. Such a consolation, from a pious meditation upon the Divine Will, in every sort of most pressing hardship, have Eli, 1 Sam. 3:18, David, Ps. 39:10; 2 Sam. 16:10, and also the Savior Himself, Matt. 26:39, drawn and obtained.
Chapter XVI: On the Goodness of God
On Matt. 19:17.
Why do you call me good? No one is good but one, [namely] God.
I.
Just as, from the Understanding, insofar as it extends to the true, God's Truthfulness flows forth: so, from the consideration of the Will, insofar as it extends to the good, flows the consideration of His Goodness. Which, when it is simply considered as desirable and communicable, is in particular called Goodness: if it is considered as communicable of the good, out of a pure and sincere affection or good pleasure, it is called Love, Grace, Mercy: if this communication appears as active and operative, as it were according to a certain rule, it is called Righteousness: finally, if it is considered as agreeing with that rule of conduct which He has prescribed to rational creatures, it is called Holiness. Each of these points we shall have to treat separately hereafter. The Savior ascribes Goodness to God, Matt. 19:17.
The Explanatory Part.
II.
In these words is contained a certain answer of the Savior to the address and appellation of a certain young man, who had greeted Him with the title of good — whereby he sought, from what had already been granted him, to persuade and press him to acknowledge that He was God. Here two things occur.
I. A Rebuke: Why do you call me good? Here a twofold reading occurs. The one runs thus: τί με ἐρωτᾷς περὶ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ, εἷς ἐστιν ἀγαθός, Why do you ask me concerning the good, etc. Thus read Beza, Grotius, the Latin translator, the oldest and purest manuscripts, likewise the Hebrew Gospel of Matthew, with which, in many respects, the Vulgate agrees, and, among the Church Fathers, Origen, Chrysostom, Augustine, and others. So that the Savior's purpose was to rebuke the young man, not because he had called Him good, but because he inquired and asked about the good, since there is nothing good in men, and inasmuch as no one can lawfully be called good in that respect. That is, since the young man acknowledged in Jesus nothing greater than a man, and yet hoped that he, on Jesus's direction, would arrive by his own strength at the possession of that good by which eternal life is obtained — as if he needed for that matter only a guide — and since he, with that mind, had greeted Jesus as a good master, that is, a guide to the good: but Jesus, to counter this error, and at the same time to give us an example of modesty, says that there are not many fountains of the good, but one only, namely God. And with this He indicates that it is not enough that the good be shown and pointed out to us, unless the regenerating and converting God open our eyes, and grant the strength.
The second reading runs thus: τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν; οὐδεὶς ἀγαθός, εἰ μὴ εἷς, ὁ Θεός, Why do you call me good? No one is good, but one, [namely] God. Thus have the majority of Greek manuscripts, likewise the Greek expositors, Euthymius, Theodoret, and the Syriac; thus one also reads Mark 10:18; thus Beza, Piscator, Diodati, and others. As if the Savior said: you ought not to call me good, since you do not hold me to be God, who alone is good — namely, independently, perfectly, of Himself, and by His own nature, just as He alone is called immortal, 1 Tim. 6:16. He does not therefore reject that title, nor does He deny Himself to be good, as the Socinians will have it, out of their hatred against Jesus's Godhead (for who would dare to deny that Jesus was good?), but He rebukes the mind of this one who greets him — either because he ascribed to Him with words that which he believed did not belong to Him, or because he, although he believed that this belonged to Him, nevertheless did not believe that He was He to whom alone this is proper, namely God.
II. A Correction: No one is good, but the one God. Therefore, if to me, even according to your own testimony, goodness belongs, then I am indeed also God. Herein:
1. The Savior denies a certain goodness to all creatures: No one is good, namely, in that manner, that is, the highest, independent, and of Himself. If you object: but God saw everything that He had made, and behold, it was very good, Gen. 1:31 — the answer will be easy: no one and nothing is good by its own nature, essentially, unconditionally, infinitely, unchangeably, on every side good, the cause of all good. Each single creature has its goodness, which is communicated to it; it also has only its own, not that of other creatures; hence it does not have the greatest overflow of goodness; and it can also not communicate that goodness which it has to others, unless it be stirred up and moved thereto by the influence of the Divine Providence.
2. He ascribes the same to God, and indeed to Him alone: But the one God. Namely: (a) By His Essence, that is, originally, as the fountain of goodness — whereas the goodness of the creature is by communication, as little streams. (b) By efficaciousness, insofar as He alone can communicate Himself, and, independently, make good — whereas creatures can do nothing, and also cannot be good, unless stirred up and moved by His influence. (c) By His Existence, insofar as He alone is good, necessarily existing — whereas creatures are good only contingently, and by His will, do they exist. This the Heathen have acknowledged, at least those to whom some sparks of a barbarous Philosophy had penetrated. Hence Plato says in the Meno: Virtue is neither by nature, nor by human teaching, in us; but it comes to us through the Divine Providence. And Seneca: No soul is good without God. Even Porphyry himself has acknowledged that men cannot τελειᾶσθαι, be made perfect, except διὰ τὸν νοῦν πατρικόν, through the paternal Mind. That the Jews, too, held this, Philo teaches us: εἷς ἐστιν ἀγαθός. One is Good. God was among them wont to be called One, even without any addition. Indeed also among the Assyrians, according to the testimony of Macrobius, the highest and supreme God was called Adad, which word means One. Hence in Philo Byblius, Ἀδωδὸς βασιλεὺς Θεῶν, Adodus, King of the Gods. This is, among the Hebrews, אחד Ahad, Job 14:4, לא אחד Not one: the Chaldean paraphrase renders it, unless God.
The Doctrinal Part.
III.
God, accordingly, is truly good, and supremely good, and alone, in His own manner, good. This is what Holy Scripture intends, as often as (1) it expressly calls Him good, for example, Ps. 25:8 and 119:68; (2) and removes Him far from all evil, Ps. 92:15; Deut. 32:4; (3) makes mention, in the highest degree, or by way of excellence, of a wealth of goodness and kindness, Rom. 2:4; (4) testifies that He is, before all, the author and cause of all good, Gen. 1:31; (5) that He must be loved, honored, and served — which, without and apart from a goodness, would occur without reason.
IV.
And nature teaches it, when it acknowledges God to be (1) one, along with four other things, and on that account good (for the terms one, being, reason, and good are interchanged among the Philosophers); and indeed a first, and thus also a highest and supreme Being; therefore also a first and supreme good. (2) A perfect Being, and hence desirable and communicable, in which the summit of goodness consists. (3) Through and to all, the Author and origin of all their goodness (since there is nothing which has its goodness of itself), and hence good of Himself; for what you do not have, you cannot communicate to others. (4) That He contains, as it were, all kinds of good or goodness: the useful good, insofar as He spreads His perfection and goodness over all things; the pleasant and delightful good, as one in whose possession, fellowship, and enjoyment consists all the satisfaction of pleasure and joy, Ps. 16:11; 34:9; the honorable good, as one who, by His holiness, is the example, rule, and origin of all holiness. Wherefore Augustine says: God alone is unchangeably good; He alone is the good of all good; He alone is the cause of all goodness, before whatever is good (De natura boni). Likewise (De Trinit. Lib. VIII, c. 3), having mentioned various kinds of goodness in creatures, he continues: Take this and that away; behold the good itself, if you can; thus you shall see God, who is not good by another good, but is the good of all good, etc. There would be no communicable good, if there were not itself an incommunicable good. When therefore you hear of this and that good, which can also otherwise be called not-good, if you, apart from those things, shall be able to grasp those things which, by participation in the good, are good, then you grasp and understand, at the same time, Him also, when you hear of this or that good. If you, therefore, those things being set aside, shall be able to see through the good by itself, then you shall be able to see through and fully comprehend God — and not, as those things are good. Over Ps. 134: The Lord is good; but not as those things are good which He has made: heaven and earth, and all that is in them, He has made good; He Himself is properly that good, from which all other good proceeds, for He Himself has made all things good; He Himself is good, whom no one has made; He is good through His own goodness, not through a good communicated from elsewhere; He has needed no one, by whom He should be made good; but all other things have needed Him, that they might become good. These things I have set forth a little more fully, that you might perceive the great difference between created and uncreated good.
V.
Meanwhile there seem to be objections and contrary arguments against the Divine Goodness: (1) That He is not desired by all; indeed, that He is neglected and shunned by most. Answer: He is nonetheless, by and on account of His nature, desirable, and deserves to be desired by all; but that He is not desired by all is not on account of a lack of goodness, but on account of the abundance of His avenging Righteousness, on account of which they think of Him as a stern avenger of their sins. (2) That He does not communicate His goodness to all — not to the reprobate — though the good is nevertheless of itself communicative. Answer: (1) He communicates to all, though what, and how much, and how great, He wills. (2) Because He is good through His Essence, He cannot fail to have an aversion to evil and to the evil, and hence He cannot communicate Himself to them. Not to mention (3) that He is for Himself alone infinitely good — for otherwise He would necessarily preserve all by His nature. Meanwhile He is (4) good to all in some measure, insofar as He bears with, sustains, feeds, and nourishes them, as long as they exist, and brings to them all that they have, freely, even against some of their merit. But (3) one says that God is said, Ps. 18:26, to be, with the perverse, a wrestler (a perverse one). Answer: The inference is denied: for the intent is to show that God, by His righteousness, adapts Himself in His judgments to the perverse ways of the perverse, without the least perversity Himself.
VI.
Further, the good, in the concept, gives us to understand that which agrees with the inclination of the one who wills — whether it be truly good, or not, as we have seen in the preceding Chapter. But the true good (always, as Aristotle, though less exactly, holds) is that which all desire: better, that which, on account of the perfection of its Nature, is desirable, and deserves to be desired, and which can communicate itself. Thus that in that which is good, three things concur: (1) A certain essential Perfection, on account of which it deserves to be called good. (2) A power to communicate its Perfection, on account of which it is itself called a useful good. (3) A relation of these two to desire, on account of which it is called desirable. Hence one counts a threefold good. (1) A metaphysical or essential good, which each single Being has, insofar as it is a Being — that perfection, namely, which has been brought to it by its cause, on account of which it can be desired. And this perfection has no evil opposed to it. (2) A physical good, which the Being has as such a Being which is fitted for the use and benefit of some other — that perfection, namely, whereby it is fit for its use, whether for a general use and benefit, which thus gives welfare to the Whole; or for a particular use and benefit, which it can bring to this one or to that one in particular. Thus a medicine is called good, which serves and is useful for health. Opposed to this stands the useless and unfit, or also the harmful. (3) A moral good, which has place as something rational, insofar as it conforms to a rule; opposed to which are a defect, a crime, and a sin.
VII.
In particular, God's Goodness is nothing other than that perfection of His by which He can communicate Himself, and deserves to be desired, and also must be desired. It accordingly includes in itself three points: (1) His infinite Perfection, which is made known to us through and by all His attributes, whereby He is אל שדי, God All-sufficient, God Almighty, Gen. 17:1 — sufficient for all, and that indeed unto an infinite blessedness; whereby He is good in Himself, and goodness itself, Ps. 25:8; Exod. 33:19, in whom there is no evil, Deut. 32:4. (2) A Power to communicate Himself when He wills, and insofar as He wills, whence He is called good and doing good, Ps. 119:68, whereby He distributes His goodness, as it were piecemeal, to all sorts of creatures — to the irrational, to men, to the elect, Ps. 36:6, 11; 57:4, 11; 104:24; 119:64. (3) The relation, which rests and leans upon the two preceding points as its foundation, whereby He is desirable, and must in every way be desired or sought, Ps. 42:3; 63:2; 2:12; 34; 69:7, 33; 119:2, 10.
VIII.
God's Goodness may accordingly be considered, either as it is in God, indwelling, and thus it is (1) His very Essence, and essential to Him — whereas the greater part of the goodness of creatures is accidental, coming from outside, and again separable. (2) Independent, whence He is called the fountain of life, Ps. 36:10, thus being good through His own Goodness — whereas all creatures are good through His Goodness, namely by communication, by way of gift, Ps. 144:2. (3) Most simple, whence He is called Goodness itself, Rom. 11:22, a pure sincere Goodness, without any admixture of any imperfection or evil, Ps. 92:15; a Light, in which is no darkness, 1 John 1:5 — whereas in creatures there is no goodness without evil, or at least without imperfection. (4) Infinite and unconditioned, Ps. 57:11, capable of no increase or decrease, above all that we can comprehend or think, Eph. 3:18, 19 — whereas creatures are never so good but that they can become better. (5) Eternal, 1 Chron. 16:34, 41, and throughout the Psalms — without beginning, without flourishing, without end — whereas the goodness of creatures, since it consists of a beginning, and is subject to a flourishing, has an end, or at least can have one. Accordingly (6) great, indeed very great, indeed the highest and greatest, Neh. 9:25; Ps. 31:20 — whereas that of creatures, whatever it be, is but a drop, Isa. 40:15.
IX.
Again, God's Goodness may be considered as it is, going out toward creatures, through beneficence. And so God's Goodness is the cause of all created Goodness, and that indeed (1) as an Exemplary Cause, insofar as He expresses Himself, and displays and represents His infinite perfection, as it were in parts and portions — so that even all the irrational creatures bear some footprint of Him, and the rational are His image, Gen. 1:26. (2) The Efficient Cause, ibid. v. 31, since the creature owes all its Goodness to God, James 1:17. (3) The Final Cause, Prov. 16:4; Rom. 11:36, insofar as all creatures either strive, desire, and long for Him, Ps. 42:3, or are governed and directed toward Him, Ps. 19:2.
X.
God's Goodness now passes over to creatures in a various and differing manner: (1) In general, to all, by creating, sustaining, governing, adorning them, Ps. 36:7 and 147:9. (2) In common, to men without distinction, elect and reprobate, 1 Tim. 4:10, by heaping upon them various common benefits, Rom. 2:4; 1 Tim. 6:17. (3) In particular, to the elect, Ps. 36:8 and 73:1, by communicating to them saving goods, Eph. 1:3; 1 Pet. 1:3, 4. In which manner God's Goodness, according to its various relation, takes on various names — of love, grace, mercy, longsuffering, patience, kindness, beneficence — of which more at large in the following Chapter.
The Polemical Part.
XI.
God's Goodness, which fills heaven and earth, is so noble and so renowned that there are found none, not only among Christians, Jews, Muhammedans, but even among the Heathen, however barbarous, who by confession blaspheme it — wherefore, as regards the refutation, we shall be brief.
The question is asked: (1) Whether they are not insane who imagine God as evil? It is said that among the Indians there are found some who worship the Devil, that he may do them no evil or harm, and thus, by worshipping him, make him a god. The Cerdonians, Marcionites, and Manichaeans believed, of old, in a certain independent principle of evil, as of the good; foolishly dreaming that the Author of the Law and the Prophets was not good nor righteous, and they also called that principle of evil, as well as the principle of good, God, according to the testimony of Augustine (Ad Quod vult Deum, Haeres. XXI). The Reformed judge that whoever calls God evil is foolish and mad, because they call something God which is not God. For God is a most perfect Being, and goodness is, without any doubt, a perfection. If you say: but you Christians also acknowledge a principle of evil, namely Satan: I answer, yes, we do indeed acknowledge it, but we do not acknowledge, as the Cerdonians, Marcionites, and Manichaeans did, an independent principle of evil; hence we acknowledge no principle of evil which is God.
XII.
The question is asked: (2) Whether those who do not acknowledge God to be the highest and supreme Good do not thereby deny that He is God? The heathen Philosophers, disputing among themselves with great diversity concerning the highest Good, some placed it in the goods of fortune — riches, offices, pleasures; others in the goods of the body — health, strength, beauty; others in the goods of the soul and mind — wisdom, virtue, courage, tranquility of mind; so that Varro reckoned there were more than two hundred opinions as to what the highest Good was — no one among which acknowledged the highest Good to be God, without doubt because they, being blinded and made foolish by sin, did not confess God alone to be good. And what is this, finally, but with the very deed to deny that God is God? What else than to set up the wretched riches, the empty honors, the vile pleasures, the foolish wisdom, and the barren, unfruitful, cold virtue, upon the throne of God — that our Apostle rightly pronounces of them, that, knowing God, and not glorifying Him as God, they became vain and foolish in their reasonings, and that their darkened heart was made foolish, so that they exchanged and suppressed the truth of God for a lie, Rom. 1:21, 25.
XIII.
The question is asked: (3) Whether those do not very badly abuse the Divine Goodness, who, from the fact that one is said to be good, God, deny that the Son of God, Jesus Christ, is good, and hence deny that He is God from eternity? The Socinians — that they might, by His own testimony, cast the Son of God down from the throne of eternal Godhead, and thereby, at the same time, deny the Divinity and the Satisfaction of Christ — twist Christ's own testimony against Christ, asserting that Christ, in the text, rebukes the young man for having called Him good, while He denies that He is God: Therefore, they say, since He denies that He is good — since no one is good, but one, namely God — at least He is not held to be that highest Good, as God is. The Reformed hold this to be a shameful distortion of the meaning of Christ against Himself; that Christ does not deny that He is good, nor that He is the highest good, and that He does not rebuke the young man for that reason, for these reasons: (1) For whether one considers Christ as man, He was so good that He knew no sin, 2 Cor. 5:21; that there was no deceit in His mouth, Isa. 53:9; or as God-man, He was good even more so, and it would imply a contradiction that He not be good — He was that good Shepherd, John 10:11; or as God, He was good in the highest degree, indeed the highest good. (2) His most bitter enemies themselves, though challenged, could not accuse Him of even a single fault, at least not with justice, John 8:46. Indeed, moreover, (3) they extol Him also as good, as truthful, one who taught the way of God in truth... Matt. 22:16. Furthermore (4) He Himself is the one through whom God distributes all good, Eph. 1:4, apart from whom no good, no salvation, can come to us, Acts 4:12. Indeed also (5) He is, as the Socinians themselves acknowledge, the true God and eternal life, 1 John 5:20. And would He, being such, rebuke the young man for calling Him good? Would He deny that He was good? Meanwhile: (1) They say, He rebuked him because he called Him good. Answer: Christ certainly rebukes him, yet not because he called Him good, but because he perhaps called Him so with a flattering and fawning mind; or, which I would rather hold, because he called Him good, as God alone is, while yet he did not believe that He was God. But our opponents say: (2) They do not say that He denied that He was good, but that He is God, because He is not so good, as God is good. Answer: (a) Christ rebukes the young man, not because he called Him God, but because he called Him good, whom he did not hold to be God. And (b) if He rebukes him for this reason, that he held Him for God and the highest Good — while the young man said nothing else than merely, good Master — whence would the Savior have known and understood that he held Him for God, and for the highest good, if He had not been God? Since God alone is the searcher of hearts, Jer. 17:9, 10, just as He alone is good. If He, therefore, were God, and supremely good, as God is, with what right would He have rebuked the young man for calling and praising Him as such? Similar to what we have long since had concerning this matter, in the Explanatory Part.
XIV.
The question is asked: (4) Whether God's Goodness requires that He should will that all men, and each one in particular, be saved, and that, to that end, He should give His Son for all and each alike, to be a Savior? The controversy, whether God wills that all and each one be saved, we have already long since disputed and dealt with in the preceding Chapter; and we now ask nothing other than this: whether His Goodness requires and demands this? The Pelagians and semi-Pelagians, Jesuits, and Remonstrants (being taken with a perverse love for the doctrine of God's general will to save each one alike, the efficacy of which would depend upon man's independent free will) say yes; but the Reformed say no: (1) Because God is indeed so good, and so self-communicating, that He is nonetheless a most free and most wise Being, who, according to His wisdom, distributes His goodness most sovereignly. (2) If He, through His Goodness, necessarily willed that all and each one be saved, then He could not, by and on account of that same goodness, will the demonstration of His avenging righteousness in any just condemnation and damnation. (3) By His infinite Goodness, God has distributed, and still distributes, all that good which all creatures — even the very worst, down to the reprobate and the devils — possess; He is also, by His goodness, not determinately bound to bestow eternal salvation upon all and each one. (4) Nor does it injure the Divine Goodness that He distributes His goodness in various ways, and in various degrees, among His creatures, and does not bring all His goodness to all — that He, for example, does not bring to men the goodness which He has brought to the Angels; and does not throw among the beasts what He has distributed among men. It does not at all injure the Divine Goodness that He does not give the good of His children to or among the dogs, Matt. 15:24. Furthermore (5) notwithstanding that His Goodness, He wills to condemn most eternally, Prov. 1:26, 27; Rom. 9:15, 18. Also I see in the least nothing by which our opponents come to demonstrate, with any plausibility, an inseparable connection between God's Goodness and the Will to save all and each one in particular. Similar to the Chapters, the preceding one on the Will of God, and the following one on His Grace.
XV.
The question is asked: (5) Whether the Reformed, by their doctrine concerning an absolute and independent decree, reprobation, election of a few; concerning also the decree of the fall of the first-created men, etc., diminish and belittle the infinite Goodness of God? We propose this question and controversy chiefly for the sake of the Lutherans, who, that they might the more easily justify the schism made by them, and blacken our Church, have nothing more often on their lips than the contrast between the love of mankind on God's part, and the hatred of mankind on Calvin's part — wherefore they answer this question with yes, the Reformed with no. The pretended and alleged occasion for this slander lies, indeed, (1) in general, in the absolutely independent and unchangeable decree, whereby God would will evil to men. But our opponents ought to note these two things: (1) That the decree of God is an immanent act of Him which does not touch the creature, except by bringing to it, whether good or evil; and that that decree therefore injures no one. (2) If they say, He wills nevertheless evil to man, which conflicts with His goodness — I shall answer, He wills to bring evil to Him only on account of His sin, as the meritorious cause of that evil. The foundation of the slander is (II) in the absolutely independent and unchangeable reprobation, whereby He has fitted man for eternal damnation. But (1) reprobation, being a decree, touches or injures no one. (2) He has decreed to bring damnation upon no one, except on account of and by reason of His unbelief and impenitence, as the meritorious cause of the damnation, Prov. 1:26, 27. Furthermore, they slander us (III) because we hold that God has chosen but few: yet the Savior holds the same with us, Matt. 20:16, whom our opponents, I know, will on that account call no hater of mankind. Moreover, they pretend (IV) that we, by an absolute and independent decree, make God a cause of sin. But (1) the decree does not work outside of God; it is therefore not the cause of the sin, but only of the future occurrence, between which there is a great difference. For the future occurrence of a thing is from eternity — for whatever occurs in time has been, from eternity, future, while it was to occur in time: the future occurrence is from God, through His decree; the future thing is from creatures: the future occurrence is good; the sin is evil. (2) The sin, as such, God has not decreed, but only permitted. Furthermore, they say (V), that we say that God, by His Providence, flows into the sinner and into the sins, and that He thus compels the sinner to sin: to this we answer, (1) the sin consists alone in a ἀνομία, a lawlessness, 1 John 3:4; therein God does not flow in, but only into the subject (substratum) of it, wherein the lawlessness resides; but He does not compel — rather He leaves to man the faculty of determining Himself, by His own free choice, according to previous deliberation, out of a rational good pleasure, in which the true freedom of our will consists. Finally they say, (VI), that we teach that God has decreed, from eternity, the Fall of our first Parents. Answer: He has decreed the future occurrence of the Fall, to be brought about only through the abuse of man's free will — to this end, that occasion might thereby be given Him to display His glory, both of Mercy and of His avenging Righteousness. It shall be enough to have brought this forward here in this place; it shall be said more fully in its own place.
The Practical Part.
XVI.
As for the Practice: Since God is truly good, supremely good, indeed all good, it is accordingly, first, our duty to love Him, proportionately, indeed by way of excellence, and above all, Ps. 18:2, 3 and 116:1, 5 — for that which is good, and that which is lovable, are interchanged among each other, so that that which is not loved is also not held to be good. Wherefore, if you love a small ray of the Divine Goodness in creatures; if you long so eagerly after a little droplet from this fountain — how much more, then, should you not love the Sun itself, and the perpetual Spring of all goodness? Love, says Anselm (in Proslogion, cap. 25), the one good, in which all other goods are contained, and it shall be enough for you. Let us love Him, I say: (1) by desiring, longing, seeking His presence, possession, union, fellowship, enjoyment, Ps. 42:3; 63:2, so that we, as it were, are chained and glued together with Him — ibid. v. 9; 1 Cor. 6:17 — just as He desires and seeks us, Ps. 119:176. (2) By devoting and expending all our goodness upon Him, 2 Cor. 8. (3) By turning away all the evil of sin from before His face, Isa. 1:16, that we may please Him, Rom. 12:1, 2 and 14:18, and that He may make all His goodness pass before our face, Exod. 33:19, and by His goodness avert all evil from us, Ps. 103:3, 2. (4) By resting in His infinite goodness, as in our one, and in every good, Ps. 16:5, 6 and 73:25, 26, so that we neither desire more good, nor less righteous [dealing], from Him — for by either we would deny His infinite goodness, Exod. 34:7. Let us love God in all these points: (1) in truth and in sincerity, with our heart, and not with the mouth, or with outward gestures only, 1 Tim. 1:5, love out of a pure heart, and out of an unfeigned faith, John 1:18 — namely, as God is truly good. (2) In the highest degree, with all our heart, with all our thoughts, with all our powers, Matt. 22:37, above all that is in heaven and on earth, Ps. 73:25 — namely, as He is the highest good, infinitely surpassing all other good. (3) Uniquely and alone, with the setting aside and disdain of all other good — ibid., and Song 8:7 — at least insofar as it is contrary to this one good, Phil. 3:7, 8 — namely, as He alone is good. (4) Independently, for Himself alone, not for the sake of anything else, John 6:26 — namely, as He is an independent good, and has made all things for His own sake, Prov. 16:4; Of whom, through whom, and unto whom are all things, Rom. 11:36. (5) Steadfastly, unchangeably, eternally, 2 Tim. 4:10 — namely, as He Himself is one and the same, unchangeable, and always the same. (6) Efficaciously, not idly, but energetically and actively, Gal. 5:6; Song 8:7, not with word, nor with tongue, but in deed and in truth, 1 John 3:18; Matt. 7:21 — namely, as He Himself is a good communicable of Himself, in and through all things. Now, to kindle and inflame this love, it will be useful: (a) that we strive, with all our endeavor, to become more and more rooted in the faith, and in the persuasion of that infinite goodness of God, Col. 2:7, Rooted and built up in Him, and established in the faith: that we may be able fully to comprehend with all the saints what is the breadth and length and depth and height, and to know the love of Christ, which passes knowledge, Eph. 3:17, 18, 19. (b) That we strive to be manifoldly and deeply engaged in the contemplation of that infinite goodness and perfection which is indwelling in God, so that we may, as it were, taste and see the same, Ps. 34:9 — just as a miser, by contemplating His gold, is kindled to love for it. In particular (c) that we be continual and persevering in the consideration of that goodness which is outward in God, which the Psalmist extols as wonderful, Ps. 17:7, which fills the earth, Ps. 33:5, and reaches unto the heavens, Ps. 57:11; which goodness of God is visible in the creation, preservation, and government of this Universe, Ps. 36:7, 8, 9, and, by way of excellence, in the matter of man's redemption, in the face of our Lord Jesus Christ, Titus 3:4; 2 Cor. 4:6.
XVII.
Second, that we, in God and in His infinite Goodness, in which and from which all good must come to us, also seek and expect every good. In which goodness, I say, since it is all-sufficient, Gen. 17:1, is a Sun and a Shield, Ps. 84:12, an exceeding great Reward, Gen. 15:1, from whom (as He who is the fountain of life, and in whose light we see light, Ps. 36:10) every good gift and every perfect gift comes, James 1:17, who blesses us with every blessing, Eph. 1:3. If, accordingly, we lack (1) a delightful and pleasant good, He Himself, through His goodness, fills our hearts with food and gladness, Acts 14:17; through His goodness He gives us all things richly to enjoy, 1 Tim. 6:17; crowns us with lovingkindness and mercies, Ps. 103:4 and 84:12. (2) If we lack a useful good, and one necessary for the sustenance of life, He hears the heavens, and the heavens hear the earth, and the earth hears the corn, and Jezreel, Hos. 2:21, 22, and Ps. 104:10, 16; indeed, in whom we live, and move, and have our being, Acts 17:28. (3) If we lack an honorable and saving good — faith, hope, love, godliness, etc. — He is the Father of lights, from whom every good gift and every perfect gift comes down, James 1:17, who blesses us with every spiritual blessing, Eph. 1:3. Only that we (1) not, in the obtaining of every good, dig for ourselves, in creatures, broken cisterns that hold no water, Jer. 2:13, and that we not say: who will show us any good?, Ps. 4:6. (2) That we, by most fervent prayers, extract that highest good, as it were, James 1:5; Matt. 7:7, 8. (3) And this, through faith in His Son Jesus, John 16:23, in whom all His promises are yea and amen, 2 Cor. 1:20. With the addition (4) of a childlike reverence and fear of His name, Ps. 34:10, 11. And also (5) with a pious resting in that good which the highest Good has thought good to bestow upon us, Phil. 4:11, 12, 13; 2 Cor. 12:9. And that we (6) have and hold no earthly goods, except as tools, Matt. 6:33, 34.
XVIII.
Third, there is in the infinite Goodness of God a help and remedy against every sort of evil, whence God is called a Physician or Healer, Exod. 15:26, as one who heals all our infirmities, Ps. 103:3. Let us then press: (1) the evils and miseries of fortune, lack and poverty — He shall, through His goodness, be our portion and our inheritance, Ps. 16:5, 6, and He shall also grant us, out of His treasuries and stores, as much as shall be needful for us, Matt. 6:32; 2 Cor. 9:10; Ps. 23:1, 2. Let us press (2) the cruelties and rages of enemies; He shall, through His goodness, be to us a stronghold, a high retreat, a shield and strength, Ps. 18:2, 3. Let us press (2) the evils and afflictions of the body, for example, sickness and infirmity; He shall, through His goodness, heal all our infirmities, Ps. 103:3; 6:3, 4, 5; 38:9, 10, 23. (3) Let us press the evils of the mind, namely, sins; He forgives all our iniquities, Ps. 103:3, and that according to His goodness, Ps. 51:3, 63; 43:25. Let us (4) press the powerlessness to withstand sin: His grace shall be sufficient, His strength shall be made perfect in our weakness, 2 Cor. 12:9. Let us (5) press spiritual desertions, Ps. 77:9, 10: the LORD, who is good, is slow to anger, great in lovingkindness; He does not retain His anger forever, Ps. 103:9, 10, 23; Isa. 54:7, 8, 9, 10. Indeed (6), in absolutely all our evils, however great and of whatever kind they be, help shall be furnished us from the infinite Goodness of God: for the LORD is good, He is strength in distress, Nah. 1:7, who is also able to procure and bring it about that all evils work together for our good, Rom. 8:28. Only that we (1) seek all help in Him alone, Isa. 55:6, 7. (2) That we set our hope on Him alone: for the LORD is good to those who wait for Him, to the soul that seeks Him, Lam. 3:25; Nah. 1:7 — as one who, according to His goodness, sends all sorts of evils, Heb. 12:6, 7, governs according to His goodness, Ps. 23:4, through His goodness promises His presence and help, Ps. 91:15, through the same also keeps His promises, Heb. 10:23. Only that (3) we turn and avert the evil of sin from His eyes, Isa. 1:16 and 55:7; for these alone make a separation between us and the most good God — ibid., ch. 59:1, 2.
XIX.
Fourth, in God's infinite Goodness we can also recognize the evilness and wickedness of sin — as that which (1) alone and uniquely runs counter to the infinite goodness, and, as far as is in itself, seeks to cast the highest Goodness down from the throne of the Godhead — for which reason sin is called by the Church Fathers deicidium, that is, a God-slaying. (2) Whereby we forsake the highest Good, Jer. 2:13; Deut. 32:15. And whereby we (3) not only forsake the highest Good, Isa. 59:1, 2, but shall also be eternally forsaken by Him who is the highest Good, Matt. 25:41; 2 Thess. 1:9. And (4) because it makes so very evil, and so useless and unfit for any good, our very soul, which was created, so good, by the good God, according to His image. Whereby (5) the true and infinite Goodness of the Creator is set behind and below the imagined goodness of creatures. Whereby we (6) repay nothing but evil to the highest Good, from whom all our good comes, Deut. 32:6. Whereby we (7) despise the riches of the Divine kindness, Rom. 2:4. And that we, in all these points, so recognize the wickedness and evil of sin, that (1) God's Goodness leads us to conversion — ibid.; (2) to a deep sorrow and pain over past sin, Lam. 3:16; (3) to a fleeing and shunning of all future sin, Ps. 97:10; (4) to seek a remedy against it in the Goodness of God alone, which is in Christ Jesus, Ps. 2:9.
XX.
Fifth, there is in God's infinite Goodness something to be imitated by us. The example and precept of this the Psalmist gives us in a short compass, Ps. 119:68: You are good and doing good, טוב ומטיב: Good, through His indwelling and inherent goodness, whereby He is lovable, and beloved of Himself; whereby He is communicable of Himself, and thus amiable and desirable, and must be sought and desired by all: well and doing-good, as He pours out and communicates His goodness to creatures — to all, both good and evil, though in a various manner and in various degree. We must, accordingly, strive and do our best to become an example of the good and of doing good. First, of the good, that is, that we be fit for the use for which we were created; and that use is, that we should know, acknowledge, love, glorify the Creator, and live eternally with Him in blessedness, Isa. 43:7. The fitness and aptitude for this use is in the Image of God, and in its original righteousness, that is, in the wisdom of the Understanding, Col. 3:10, in the holiness and righteousness of the Will, Eph. 4:24. But that original Righteousness having been lost, by sin, we have become unfit for our use, unprofitable servants, Luke 17:10, and, by that very fact, absolutely evil, Gen. 6:5, 12, 13 and 8:21. Accordingly the matter of this imitation requires, before all things, these following points: (1) That we be restored by God to the lost goodness, which happens through regeneration unto life, through conversion to faith in God and Christ, in Sanctification unto the renewal of the image of God, John 3:5; 1 Cor. 6:11. (2) That we, being restored and renewed by God, renew ourselves more and more from day to day, Rom. 12:2, that we wash ourselves, put away more and more the wickedness from before God's face, and learn to do good, Isa. 1:16, 17. Then, second, that we be doing good, according to the use and necessity to which we, by the benefit of Creation, are bound and ordained — that is, toward God, by acknowledging, loving, glorifying, and faithfully serving Him, Rom. 1:9; and toward our neighbor, by pouring out our goodness upon all, even upon the evil and enemies, Rom. 12:17, 19, 20, 21; Matt. 5:45 — though in an unequal manner and in an unequal degree, Gal. 6:9, 10. Through this imitation of the Divine Goodness we shall (1) be made conformable to God in a certain most perfect property of His, and made partakers of the Divine Nature, 2 Pet. 1:4, wherein consists the chief perfection of the rational creature, Matt. 5:48. (2) Thereby shall we show ourselves to be children of God, ibid. v. 45, that you may be children of your Father who is in heaven — as those who, by a spiritual birth, have been made partakers of the same His goodness. (3) We shall thereby have within us such a proof, upon which we can ground and build the certainty of our restoration to the Image of God, 2 Thess. 1:11; Eph. 5:9; Gal. 5:22; Col. 3:12.
XXI.
Sixth, there is in God's infinite Goodness that in which we may seek and find our blessedness, Ps. 4:6, Who will show us any good? Lift up upon us the light of your countenance, O LORD! — where the light of the countenance is nothing other than that good which is sought, in which is the fullness of joy at God's presence, Ps. 16:11, in which is the fountain of life, in whose light (goodness) we enjoy light, Ps. 36:10, 11 — so that we taste and see how good the LORD is, Ps. 34:9. It is in particular this wherein we may see, first, our objective goodness, or that good which makes us blessed — namely, not any kind of created good, as the ancient Philosophers foolishly dreamed, but an uncreated, independent, highest, infinite good — which for this reason is called the fountain of life, and also our portion, Ps. 16:5, 6, as that which can avert all evil, as being a firm shield, Ps. 84:12, and bring all good, as being a Sun, unto a perfect satisfaction, and abundantly reward all our labor and endeavor, as being our exceeding great reward, Gen. 15:1. Second, our formal blessedness, namely, in the possession, union, fellowship, enjoyment, and delight of and in this highest and infinite good — that we have and possess Him, Ps. 73:25, Whom have I in heaven besides you? and our God is God, Ps. 33:12, Blessed is the people whose God is Jehovah: that God spends and communicates His Goodness to us, ibid. v. 22, and 36:11 and 42:6; indeed, wherein we enjoy the same, Ps. 119:11, and 17:7; delight ourselves in it, Ps. 63:4 and 69:17; and rejoice and leap for joy in the same, Ps. 31:8 and 36:8. Thus the infinite Goodness of God points out what it is, and where it is — but it does not merely point it out, it also invites us to seek it: for just as the seeking is innate and inborn in all, and just as it is proper to fleshly man to seek it elsewhere — thus that one must seek it in God's Goodness alone — this the following considerations counsel us: (1) that therein is the highest end of our life, Matt. 6:33, apart from which all our doings shall occur fruitlessly and in vain, since it is from a view to this end that all our deeds must be directed; of which those alone are right which, as by a straight line, tend to that end — all the others are crooked and distorted. Whoever, accordingly, lives without care for, and without concern about, this blessedness and this end, shoots, as it were, an arrow without a target, or trusts his ship to no compass. Wherefore such are said in Holy Scripture to wander, to go astray, Isa. 53:6; Ps. 119:176; likewise, to deviate and become useless, and not to do that which is good, Rom. 3:11, 12.
XXII.
Because (III) the highest Good has the highest worth and excellence, and for that reason deserves to have the first and foremost place in our thoughts and in our endeavors, Matt. 6:33; Phil. 3:13, 14. Whoever, accordingly, with contempt of this, occupies themselves with all sorts of other things, are like children, who, valuing nothing of the greatest things, are busy about and with things that are nothing, Ps. 62:11; Prov. 23:5. And yet it is not enough merely to seek, unless we also find. This now shall come to pass: (1) if we seek it in its rightful place, not in the world and worldly things, in wine and corn, Ps. 4:8 and 17:14, but in God alone, Ps. 73:25. (2) If we do it with and through fitting means, namely, the knowledge and faith in God and in the Mediator, John 17:3; Acts 4:12; John 14:6. (3) If we do it also with a lawful zeal and effort, and first of all, Matt. 6:33, with the setting aside of all else, Phil. 3:13, 14. (4) If we add to it the practice of good works, 2 Pet. 1:5, 11. And if we (5) in all these things be pure in heart, Ps. 73:1; Matt. 5:8. More things belonging to this we shall learn elsewhere.
XXIII.
Finally, seventh, there lies in the infinite Goodness of God a ground and motive to glorify Him, according to the continual example of all the saints — in particular of David, Ps. 135:3 and 106:1; of Moses, Exod. 34:46 [sic]; of Asaph and his companions, 2 Chron. 5:13; of the Levites, Ezra 3:11. For God's Goodness is (1) that attribute of His whereby He pours Himself out and communicates Himself the most to creatures. Whence Augustine (on Ps. 135) says: Since God is good, and has made all things good, and since He who has made is far better than those things which He has made, you shall find nothing better which you could say of Him, than: because the Lord is good — if only you properly understand that good, from which all other goods are. It is (2) that attribute which touches us the most, and which therefore obliges and binds us to glorify Him — whence Bernard says: Just as there is not one moment in which we do not enjoy the Goodness of God, so let there be no one moment in which we do not have Him present in our remembrance. And (3) in the glorifying of which the sweetest occupation of the saints consists: I am moved (says Augustine, in the passage cited) with an ineffable sweetness, when I hear, the Lord is good; and, having considered and weighed all other things that are outside of Him, I do not praise and extol them without Him, but I find Him, without them, perfect, not needy, unchangeable, seeking no one's good, that He might thereby be enriched and increased; fearing no one's evil, whereby He might be diminished. If, accordingly, we praise and extol any other thing, we praise it for this reason, because it is good; but no greater or better or firmer cause could be given you, why you should praise and extol God, than that He is good. And, that in this matter of glorifying God we may be the more ready and prepared, three things will be useful: (1) That we know (a) what His goodness is — what the indwelling, what the outgoing? (b) Of what sort and how great — independent, unchangeable, eternal, highest, and infinite. (c) What are its effects or workings — in creation, providence, redemption, glorification: all of which points, considered distinctly, greatly tend and contribute to readiness for the glorifying of God. (2) That we feel, taste, see, and marvel — how great is His good, and how great His beauty is, Zech. 9:17. (3) That we pour out with our mouth that which we feel in and with our heart, and that we stir up others to the same occupation: Praise the LORD, for He is good, for His lovingkindness endures forever, Ps. 106:1. Praise the LORD, for the LORD is good: sing psalms to His Name, for He is pleasant, Ps. 135:3. Praise the LORD, His angels... Praise the LORD, all His hosts... Praise the LORD, all His works... Praise the LORD, my soul, Ps. 103:20, 21, 22.
Chapter XVII: On God's Love, Grace, Mercy, Longsuffering, and Kindness
On Exod. 34:6.
LORD, LORD, God, merciful and gracious; longsuffering, and abundant in goodness and truth.
I.
The Goodness of God, which we have called outgoing, works either by giving, or by governing: and this, either by bestowing beforehand, or by rewarding. From the latter points it is called Righteousness; from the former, according to the various character, both of the thing given and of the act of giving, it is called, at one time, Love, which is nothing other than goodness as communicating itself; at another, Grace, which is nothing other than an unmerited love; at another, again, Mercy, being a grace toward some wretched one; at another also, patience or forbearance, being God's mercy toward a sinner; at another, again, longsuffering, being a persevering and enduring patience; and finally, likewise, kindness, being God's longsuffering coupled with beneficence. And these are the dispositions or affections of the gracious and kind God, of whom Moses speaks, Exod. 34:6.
The Explanatory Part.
II.
In these words a certain thankful eulogy is contained, in which — that Moses might repay thanksgiving for the hearing of his prayer, and for the granted liberty to see God's hinder parts — Jehovah Himself instructs him, and, as it were, prescribes him a certain formula, in which two points are marked.
I. He who is extolled and praised: יהוה Jehovah, being, according to the Jewish teachers, a Name of Grace — fitted to, and agreeing with, the present matter of the eulogy, insofar as, by virtue of this Name, the virtues occurring therein — love, grace, mercy... — grow and become the greater in strength and vigor, without limit: while, for example, the love is extolled for this reason, as being truly present, independent of anyone; unchangeable, always the same, always constant, and always alike to itself; most simple, without any pretense or deceit; infinite, without limit or measure; eternal, without end, etc. — since all those things are enclosed and contained in the one Name Jehovah. Compare what we had, in its place, concerning this Name.
II. The Praise or Eulogy itself, displaying itself through a heaping-up of titles:
1. Love and mercy, אל רחום, God merciful. If the words are taken in the nominative or first case, then must be understood, anew, the substantive Verb Is, so that this sense comes out of it: Jehovah is a merciful God: but if in the fifth or vocative case, then it shall be a eulogistic acclamation, from God Himself to Himself, given to Moses as a precept and formula. Further, אל God is the Subject, and must be applied to all the following titles — for example, אל חנון / אל רחום, God merciful, God gracious, etc. אל, God, denotes the strong God, who shall cause His strength to flow forth in all the following attributes, so as to make His love and mercy strong and mighty, against which absolutely nothing can set itself or resist.
The Hebrew רחום, merciful — which word, in the Qal conjugation, occurs only once, namely Ps. 18:1, where David uses it of his love toward God, meaning to express his most intimate and most intense love to God — in the Piel conjugation occurs more often, meaning, besides love, the affection of mercy, or a love toward one who is wretched, coupled with compassion; commonly and often it is used of God's love toward wretched men, never of the love of men toward God; meanwhile it also sometimes means a common love. It comes either from רחם, a womb, to express that love with which a Mother follows the fruit in her belly — compare Isa. 49:15 — or from רחמים, bowels, of which the singular, according to the observation of Piscator on Ps. 18, is not found. Hence in Greek the word σπλάγχνα, bowels, inward movements, Col. 3:12, σπλαγχνίζομαι, to be inwardly moved with compassion, Matt. 15:32. It signifies not a common Love, as the Hebrew אהבה, Ahabhah, but a most intimate and most tender love, arising from the very bowels; moreover, such a one whereby the bowels are stirred and moved. And such a love belongs, in the end, to God alone, toward the wretched — whence He is called in the text not only אל רחום, the strong, the mighty, the powerful God in love, but there is also ascribed to Him a greatness, or a multitude, of mercies, Ps. 51:3, כרב רחמיך, according to the greatness, or according to the multitude, of your mercies.
2. Grace, חנון, Gracious — one supplies אל, strong God, and thus, a gracious strong God. The verb signifies to do a thing gratis, that is, freely, out of a pure and sincere good pleasure. It is set (a) against the payment of a wage, and the repayment of a reward, Gen. 9:15 [sic]; Exod. 21:11; (b) against righteousness, Ps. 35:7, 19; (c) against merit, 1 Sam. 3:5. Thus is Noah said to have found grace with God, Gen. 6:8, and Moses, Exod. 33:13. With this agrees, in the New Testament, the word χαριτόω, to bestow grace, Eph. 1:6.
3. Longsuffering, ארך אפים, long of nostrils. The word ארך (Erech) means long, stretched out; it is used of the Cloud above the Tabernacle, Num. 9:15 [sic], which stretched out far, and covered the Tabernacle on all sides. The word אפים, Appaim, means nostrils, and also anger. Thus ארך אפים, Erech Appaim, means one who is slow to become angry and to punish. For those who are long of nostrils breathe out the breath and spirit of anger, which glows and seethes within, and is extremely hot about the heart, more lightly and easily; but those who are short of nostrils, and of a colder disposition, draw the same together for refreshment and breathing; also the vapors which rise up from the heart are received more sharply, and are breathed out more slowly and gradually, on account of the narrowness and tightness of the passages. Hence the Spaniards say that the nostrils of angry men become inflated. Under Longsuffering is also included Patience or Forbearance, differing from it only in degree of duration. With this agrees, in the New Testament, the word μακροθυμία, Longsuffering, Rom. 2:4.
4. Kindness or Beneficence, רב חסד, much or great in Kindness, or in Beneficence. The word חסד, chesed, means, besides godliness (since beneficence is a work of godliness), also a kindness and a kind deed, Deut. 5:10; Ps. 106:1. It signifies every kind of beneficence which is shown to others — whether to the dead, or to the wretched, or to the not-wretched; whether to such as have deserved it, or have not deserved it; whether it be brought about righteously and godlily, or bountifully and graciously — according to the observation of Serarius on Josh. 2. The word רב, rabh, signifies an excess and the highest degree of a certain thing, of whatever kind that thing may be. Among the Prophets it signifies, for the most part, such a kindness as is exercised toward one to whom one owes absolutely nothing, according to Maimonides, in Moreh Nebuchim. Also Paulus Fagius adds that it signifies not a common kindness, but an excellent, outstanding, rare kindness, which occurs solely gratis, without any view or regard to any repayment. In such a kindness and beneficence God is said to be רב, much or great: whence He is said, πλούσιος χρηστότητος, to be rich in kindness, Rom. 2:4.
The Doctrinal Part.
III.
There is, accordingly, according to the whole Text, in God a certain benevolent and beneficent inclination and disposition toward creatures, which, according to the various kinds of subjects, and according to the various manners of dealing with and about them, is called now Love, now Grace, now Mercy, now Patience and Longsuffering, now Kindness and Beneficence: insofar, namely, as that one inclination includes in itself, by way of excellence, the perfection of all those virtues in men, and, as it were, swallows them up. This is expressed in Holy Scripture, in general, as often as a good pleasure of the will is ascribed to Him, Matt. 11:26; Eph. 1:5; as often also as there is ascribed to Him, in particular, Love, Grace, Mercy — as we shall show separately, and point by point, in their own places.
IV.
The same is affirmed by: (1) God's Will, insofar as this is nothing other than an inclination and disposition toward the good. So also (2) His Goodness, insofar as this is communicative of itself. (3) Also His works display this — as the Creation, whereby He inclined toward the existence of the creature. (4) The Sustaining and Preservation, whereby He is inclined toward its perseverance in its existence. (5) The Governance, whereby He governs the creature toward its own good. (6) The Election, whereby He is inclined to decree and ordain salvation for the wretched. (7) The Redemption, whereby He is disposed to the restoration of the lost sinner, etc. I shall say it in one word: every single benevolent and beneficent working of His proves and demonstrates that inclination which we have mentioned.
V.
That inclining disposition, considered inwardly, is called kind and gracious, and, considered as doing good or beneficent, outwardly. Considered in itself, in general, it is Love; insofar as this is independent, free and unowed and undeserved, it is Grace; insofar as it regards the creature as wretched, it is Mercy; insofar as it looks in particular upon the offending sinner, whom it bears, with Patience and Forbearance, bears and endures for a long time, it is Longsuffering; and, as it also does good to him thereby, it is Kindness and Beneficence. So that, accordingly, so many Divine virtues and powers signify, in creatures, nothing other, in God, than His one inclination and disposition, variously arranged. This I say once, for brevity's sake, so that I not be compelled to repeat the same things in the particular sections, and so that the Reader may be able to repeat it, in the particular parts, as the matter requires.
VI.
The inclination and disposition toward the good, considered in general, is called Love. All those points which we have adduced in §§ III and IV teach this; and also very emphatically, 1 John 4:8, 9, 10: God is Love. In this the Love of God toward us was made manifest, that God sent His only-begotten Son into the world, that we might live through Him. In this is love — not that we have loved God, but that He has loved us, and has sent His Son to be a propitiation for our sins. In which passage the inclining disposition is distinctly marked, as kind and disposed inwardly, and beneficent and doing good outwardly. Add to it the passages, Rom. 5:5; John 3:16; Deut. 33:3.
VII.
Also Love is nothing other than a kind inclination of the will toward a thing, just as hatred is an aversion from a thing. It is an inclination of the will, so that it is not something different from God, but is His very Will; and also not properly an affection or passion, as we have noted above. Although it can be considered as a passion, and thus is, one and uniform, with respect to all creatures, as an effect and product, and thus various according to the variety of the goods which it produces — which we shall note in its place. As an affection or disposition, which is indwelling in God, it includes in itself three admixtures: (1) A desire of union, which is in us the concupiscence, of the kind which the Savior expresses, John 17:24, I will that where I am, they also may be who you have given me — since He, as it were, seeks us, Ps. 119:176, upon which the Apostle looks, Eph. 2:4, For His great love with which He loved us, compare with v. 14, You, who once were far off, are brought near by the blood of Christ. This concupiscence in God does not arise out of neediness, as it does in us, but out of the abundance of His goodness, to communicate Himself to others, Job 22:23. (2) An effort to do good, which is called goodwill, whereby He does good to, or better, loves, the beloved. This love accordingly precedes all goodness of the beloved, as that which He bestows. Whence we clearly come to see, that God has been able to love the elect, while yet sinners, stripped of faith and of all good: (1) through a certain spiritual life of theirs, before faith, and before all corresponding work, Eph. 2:5; John 3:16; Rom. 5:17. (2) Through their natural life, Rom. 9:11. (3) Through the fact that His Son was set forth for the world, John 3:16. Indeed (4) through the creation of the world, already from all eternity, Eph. 1:4; 2 Tim. 1:9 — that God, namely, through this benevolence, brings life, faith, His Son, and all things. If you say, how could He have loved the workers of unrighteousness? Hab. 1:13; Ps. 5:5, 6 — I shall say, He loved the doers, yet hating their works; He loved them with a love of goodwill, not of good pleasure [i.e., complacency], Ezek. 16:5. (3) A joy of resting, whereby God pleases Himself, and rests in all His creatures, especially in the sinners, for the sake of His Son, when they are apprehended by faith — namely, in that beloved one, Eph. 1:6 — whereby (a) His own are precious and dear to Him, Ps. 116:15; (b) He often praises them, Song 5:2; (c) very often visits them with His grace, Luke 1:68; Rev. 3:20, whereby He (d) discloses and reveals to His own His secrets and hidden things, John 15:15; (e) has compassion with them in their adversities, Isa. 63:9; Heb. 4:15.
VIII.
With His Love, God is, first of all and most principally, active concerning Himself, insofar as He is the highest good, for the sake of which He has wrought, and still works, all things, Prov. 16:4. And the Divine Persons concerning one another: the Father concerning the Son, John 3:35; 5:20; 10:17; Matt. 3:17; 17:1; the Son concerning the Father, John 14:31. Finally, for His own sake, concerning all creatures — because He, namely, has made them fit to promote His glory, Prov. 16:4; Rom. 11:36 — and among these, most fully and most rationally, concerning the elect, Eph. 1:5, 6, 7. All things, not in themselves, but in Himself; since His love is independent.
IX.
Hence there arises now a threefold Love of God toward creatures: A general one, Ps. 104:31 and 145:9, whereby He has created, sustains, and governs all things, Ps. 36:7 and 147:9. A common one, extending itself indeed particularly to men, not indeed to all and each one, but nevertheless to all sorts without distinction, both reprobate and elect, of whatever kind and generation they be, to whom He distributes His benefits, which are mentioned Heb. 6:4, 5; 1 Cor. 13:1, 2. A particular and proper one, to the elect, whereby He distributes to them saving benefits, things which are joined with salvation, Heb. 6:9; consequently, things which are different from nature and from natural benefits — for nature and grace must not be badly mingled together. This is again called either objective, whereby such goods are communicated as indeed regard and concern man, and are appointed and ordained for him, but which nevertheless carry no admixture with them — such are Election, Redemption and purchase through the satisfaction of Christ, the calling to salvation through the preaching of the Gospel; or accompanying, which enters into man himself — such as Regeneration, Conversion, Sanctification, Union and communion with Christ. These latter are most especially particular, and proper to the elect, Rom. 8:29, 30; John 1:12. Similar to what we shall say a little further on concerning this matter, concerning Grace, §§ XV, XVI, XVII.
X.
And this Love, finally, is: (1) Free, indeed most free, Hos. 14:5, arising from no worthiness of the beloved, whether foreseen or actually present, Ezek. 16:8. (2) Steadfast and unchangeable, Rom. 5:8, 10; 1 John 4:10; John 13:1. (3) Infinite and eternal, never to be changed, John 3:16, never to cease, Ps. 27:10, never to be diminished, Song 8:7, much less altogether broken off, Rom. 8:35. (4) Efficacious, and most abundant and pouring itself out, indeed pouring itself out through all sorts of benefits, Ps. 34:10, 11, both spiritual, Eph. 1:3; 1 John 3:1; 2 Cor. 1:20, and bodily, Matt. 6:32, 33. (5) Absolutely pure and sincere, without any deceit, hatred, or perverse inclination, as one who loves nothing except for His own sake, Deut. 7:6, 7, 8; 1 John 4:8, so that He communicates Himself to them, Isa. 73:5 [sic — Ps. 73:5?], Rev. 3:19, not that He might receive or take back anything from them, Job 22:2. Finally (6) burning hot and fervent, Jer. 31:20; Rom. 5:5, 8; Song 8:6, 7, whereby He thus, in a measure, pours out His love into the hearts of those who are in some manner conformable to Him, and whom He transforms into His image, 2 Cor. 3:18; 2 Pet. 1:4.
XI.
But there is (as we have taught above, Chapter XV) also in God a hatred or aversion, both from sinners, Rom. 9:13, and from sin, Ps. 5:5, 6 — whose disposition is nothing other than God's averse Will, Hab. 1:13; Isa. 1:15, and whose outworking is the separation and repelling, Isa. 59:2, punishing, Ps. 5:6, 7, and all that which is wont to arise from the passion of hatred, in men — without any disturbance or change in God. This accordingly looks upon the sinner, and upon him alone — most of all upon a stubborn sinner, in whose destruction and ruin He is said to rejoice, Deut. 28:63; Prov. 1:26. And that hatred comes forth from sin alone, because it is contrary to His Nature, to His Law, to His Honor, Ps. 45:8. And thus it tends to punish the sinner: (a) in general, with all sorts of judgments, Deut. 28:15, unto the end, Ps. 11:5, 6. In particular (b) with terrors of Conscience, Prov. 17:22; Isa. 66:24. (c) With every kind of death, Gen. 3:3; Rom. 5:14. Indeed also (d) with the accursed death of His own Son, Gal. 3:13; Rom. 8:32. Finally (e) with the eternal damnation of the reprobate sinner himself, Heb. 10:26, 27. But since the hatred in God belongs to His avenging Righteousness, it will be enough here in this place merely to have mentioned it.
XII.
From Love one sees that there is Grace in God, according to which He is called, in the Text, אל חנון, the gracious strong God, likewise רחום, merciful; and nowhere in Holy Scripture is anything spoken of more often than of God's Grace — for example, Ps. 85:11; 111:4 and 112:4; Eph. 1:6; 2 Cor. 13:13 (where it is ascribed to the Mediator), and in a thousand other passages. Nor can it be otherwise, but that Grace must belong to God, since Goodness belongs to Him, and a Will, free and independent, communicable of itself, and hence also Love, or a favorable, kind, and beneficent inclination, which, being free and independent, and thus gratis distributing goods, is called Grace.
XIII.
As for the word Grace: it signifies either that on account of which God is gracious to us, namely, His entire gracious perfection, John 1:14, or that whereby we please God, Eph. 1:6. Again, either the Favor and Kind Disposition in God, of which, among the Greeks, is Χάρις, Favor, Grace — or the fruits thereof in us, Χαρίσματα, the Gifts of Grace, 1 Cor. 12:4, 11. Accordingly it signifies the Grace, or a gratuitous giving grace, Matt. 11:26; Eph. 1:6, or God's gracious favor; or also a grace gratuitously given — all sorts, namely, which fall to a single creature; in particular those common gifts, which even the unbeliever enjoys, although they are, on account of these, not the least more pleasing to God Himself; or also a grace which makes pleasing, Ps. 84:12, namely, the saving Gifts of Grace, Faith, Hope, Love, through which we please God. Accordingly the Divine Favor and Disposition, which distributes such Gifts of Grace among men, is commonly called Grace.
XIV.
Which, if you look to the matter, is nothing other than an unowed Love. When it is called Love, all those things which we have already, long since, said of Love, fit it; insofar as it is unowed, or entirely free, and independent of all worthiness and merit of the creature, it is, in particular, Grace, Rom. 11:6, so that the whole manner of its distribution, according to Holy Scripture, lies in the good pleasure of God's Will, Matt. 11:26; Eph. 1:5 — which accordingly looks upon all creatures, and upon each creature in particular, down even to the holy and blessed Angels, who have all that they have solely and only out of God's Grace: for who has first given to Him, that it might be repaid to Him? Rom. 11:35. Meanwhile, to Grace are ascribed those things which differ from Nature. For Nature must not be mingled with Grace. Because natural gifts, according to God's benevolent ordinance, are, as it were, owed to a single creature, though not to each one in particular, at least with respect to their kind, they are not accustomed to be held for grace — as belonging to nature, being absolutely unowed.
XV.
We shall now not repeat, concerning Grace, those things which we have already before taught concerning Love, unless a manifold, and, at all times, greatly disputed and controverted matter compel us to it. There is, accordingly, (A) a General Grace, whereby God distributes natural benefits to all and each creature, on account of which He is called a preserver of all, 1 Tim. 4:10, who preserves man and beast, Ps. 36:7, and who sees to it that His Sun rises over the field of the righteous and of the unrighteous, Matt. 5:45 — of which above. Which, in particular, brings to man free choice, and gives him all sorts of powers unto natural good, which it stirs up, lifts up, and sets going, by its influence. All these things, although flowing from God's undeserved and gracious Love, are nevertheless, by the usage of Holy Scripture, and also by the whole orthodox Antiquity, seldom and less properly called grace, since this has carefully distinguished the nature of grace, against the Pelagians.
XVI.
There is (B) a common Grace, whereby God distributes moral goods to men in particular, but without distinction between elect and reprobate. Of this kind are the virtues and perfections of the Understanding — ingenuity, wisdom, prudence, Exod. 31:3 — and also of the will, namely the moral, Luke 18:11 — of which kind are all the virtues of the Heathen and Unbelievers. Under which one must reckon those graces which come nearer to the saving ones, such as are mentioned, Heb. 6:4, 5; Isa. 58:2; 1 Cor. 13:1. To which belongs the outward Calling to the fellowship of Christ, through the Preaching of the Word, Ps. 147:19, 20; Matt. 20:16, and also an inward one, through a certain measure of illumination, and all those gifts and graces which are seen in temporary believers, Matt. 13:20, 21.
XVII.
There is (C) a particular Grace, whereby God...
...which salvific goods (of which the grace of God that pertains to salvation — that is, the saving grace of God, Titus 2:11 — is said to consist: things joined with salvation, Heb. 6:9) it bestows only upon the elect, Rom. 8:29-30; which are therefore called the good of the elect, the joy of God's people, the glory of His inheritance, Ps. 106:5. To this in particular belongs: (I) Election, Eph. 1:5, Rom. 11:5, which must therefore be derived neither from works, nor from faith, nor from any foreseen thing whatsoever. For if it is of grace, then it is not of works — otherwise grace is no more grace, as it is said there, v. 6. It is therefore not of him that willeth, nor of him that runneth, but of God that showeth mercy, Rom. 9:16. (II) Redemption through the Satisfaction of Christ: which is everywhere and consistently bounded to God's people, Matt. 1:21, to the sheep of Christ, John 10:15, to those who were given to Christ by the Father, John 17:9. For although the blood of the Son of God, 1 John 1:7, is of infinite worth, and His satisfaction might be called a satisfaction of universal sufficiency; nevertheless, because it was never the design and intent, either of the Father or of the Son, to expend that blood and that satisfaction upon all, so that all might be saved through it, it must be reckoned altogether to particular Grace. (III) Effectual Calling, Rom. 8:29, or conversion to faith in Jesus Christ, John 3:3, and faith itself, 2 Thess. 3:2, Acts 13:48. Accordingly, neither conversion nor faith is a fruit of man's free will, 1 Cor. 4:7, but a fruit of the Holy Spirit, Gal. 5:22, who brings it about not merely by way of persuasion, as men do, 1 Cor. 3:6-7, but by working it, Phil. 2:12, by creating it, Ps. 51:12, by taking away the heart of stone and putting a heart of flesh in its place, Ezek. 36:26-27, Jer. 31:33 and 32:39. (IV) Justification, Rom. 3:24, and therefore not of works, Eph. 2:8-9, Gal. 2:16. Finally, (V) eternal Salvation — namely so far as concerns the right thereto: for by grace, says Paul, are ye saved, and that not of yourselves, it is the gift of God, Eph. 2:8. Although the possession of it is, by the grace of God, made to depend upon the pursuit of good works, Matt. 25:21, 34-35.
XVIII. Standing opposed to the Divine Grace — at least so far as concerns the matter of Salvation — are: (I) Nature, inasmuch as by it we are children of wrath, dead in sins, Eph. 2:1, 3, bearing a heart of stone, Ezek. 36:26, and a free will, whereby the natural man does not comprehend the things of the Spirit, indeed counts them foolishness, 1 Cor. 2:14, and does not submit himself to the Law of God — nay, cannot, Rom. 8:7. (II) All manner of Merit and works, in the matter of Justification, Rom. 3:24, Gal. 2:16 — for Grace is an undeserved Love.
XIX. In particular, (III) Wrath, which is everywhere ascribed to God in Scripture: for example, Exod. 4:14, 2 Sam. 24:1, Ps. 90:7, Rom. 1:18 and 2:8-9, etc. — not according to the affection of some agitation, as we have cautioned above, ch. 16, but according to the working of vengeance, namely, that whereby God comports Himself toward the sinner as an offended man comports himself toward the one who has wronged him. Wrath in God, therefore, is nothing other than His avenging justice, or His disposition to punish those who have offended Him by their sins. Which disposition comprises three things in itself: (1) a purpose or desire for vengeance, John 3:36, Rom. 1:18 and 9:22; (2) the declarations of that purpose, by way of threats, Hos. 11:9, Jonah 3:4; (3) the execution of that purpose and of those threats, by all manner of judgments and vengeance, Eph. 5:6, Ps. 6:1, Rom. 3:5, Matt. 3:7. The offense or injury done to God, whereby His wrath is provoked, arises from sin alone, and indeed from every sin, inasmuch as by it is offended and injured (a) His legislative authority, James 4:12, compared with ch. 2:9-10; (b) His own attributes and perfections, as His Holiness, Hab. 1:13, Ps. 5:7, Isa. 1:13, and His Glory, Isa. 42:8; (c) His goods and benefits, Hos. 2:8-9, Rom. 8:20, 22. Yet sin offends God in different ways, namely more heavily and more lightly, John 19:11. Whence also arise the various degrees of Divine wrath, in that it increases and grows, in one degree more than another, unto indignation and even unto fury, Ps. 6:1 — much as a man, in his own manner, increases in the fury and rage of his anger, according to the measure in which he metes out his judgments — like a man who is as it were raving and mad with wrath. Meanwhile, an orderly wrath in God is (a) dreadful, whence God is called ba'al chemah, a Lord of Fury, and thus a Avenger, and that most furiously, Nah. 1:2 — being, as it is infinite with Him, Ps. 90:7, 11, intensively, like a consuming fire, Deut. 4:24, and extensively, stretching out to all manner of evils, bodily and spiritual; unto life, unto death; upon persons, households, families, kingdoms, Jer. 18:9; enduring for eternity, an unquenchable fire, John 3:36. (b) Irresistible, whence it is compared to a whirlwind, Zeph. 1:14-15, Zech. 7:14. The remaining matters that touch on this subject belong to avenging Justice, with which the Wrath of God is truly one and the same.
XX. Just as, from Love, is seen and understood what God's Grace is, so likewise, from Grace, is seen and understood what Mercy is — which is everywhere ascribed to God in the Scriptures, and not in one manner only, nor with one degree of excellence, as when it is said in the text, rav chesed, wide or abounding in mercy — just as elsewhere, the Father of mercies, 2 Cor. 1:3, and rich in mercy, 1 Pet. 1:3, Eph. 2:4, in whom there is a multitude of mercies, Ps. 51:1, who is tender in mercy, Ps. 25:6, Luke 1:58; in whom are the bowels of mercy, Ps. 40:11, whence He, rachum, is called as it were full of bowels, that is, merciful; and in the New Testament σπλάγχνα, bowels, are ascribed to Him, Luke 1:78, whose σπλαγχνίζεσθαι, to be moved inwardly with compassion, is ascribed to Him, Matt. 15:32, Mark 8:2, and likewise ch. 1:41 and 6:34, etc. And since to Him is ascribed goodness, which is that which communicates itself; since love, which is a certain inclination toward a thing; since grace, or an undeserved love, according to what has been said before, is ascribed to Him — who shall dare to say that mercy also does not belong to Him? Mercy, as we shall say, is nothing other than grace toward the wretched; since the wretched have the very greatest need of His goodness, love, and grace. I need not add that mercy, among men, is counted among the perfections, among the virtues, which the nobler spirits generally possess the most; indeed, they possess it by communication from Him, the Father of mercies. Who then would dare to deny and refuse Him compassion, mercy?
XXI. If you say (I) that Mercy (in Latin, misericordia) implies an imperfection, namely a certain sorrow — according to the derivation of the word, as it were miseria cordis, that is, a misery of the heart — arising from a sense of another's wretchedness: I will grant, as regards this affection, that it does not befit God, save only insofar as that affection signifies a certain knowledge — just as is the case with longsuffering — insofar as that affection excludes the effect of deliverance or of comfort, so far it in every respect befits God. Which Anselm, Proslogion, ch. 8, states elegantly and finely: Es misericors, o Deus, &c., that is: Thou art merciful, O God, according to us and according to thyself; according to our sense, and according to thine own; when thou lookest upon us wretches, we feel the effect of thy compassion — thou dost not feel the passionate affection of compassion. If you add (II) that it runs contrary to Justice, insofar as Mercy denotes a certain release from Justice: I will deny it, since Mercy, joined together with Justice, is not opposed to it, Exod. 34:7 — since God is never merciful against His Justice, just as He also never exercises His Justice against His Mercy, nor indeed even without any mercy at all — although by showing mercy He, as it were, surpasses His justice, in which sense mercy is said to glory against judgment, James 2:13; just as one who forgives five hundred guilders to a man who owes him a thousand, or who even grants him just as much again, is not said to act against Justice, but to go beyond it and surpass it.
XXII. Mercy (in Latin, Misericordia) is, as regards the derivation of the word, as it were miseria cordis, that is, a misery of the heart, arising from a sense of another man's wretchedness, joined with readiness and eagerness to come to the help of the wretched: as regards the matter itself, it is in God nothing other than His grace toward the wretched — so that we thereby exclude the angels, both the good, in whom there is no wretchedness, and the wicked, whom God has given over wholly to His Justice and made subject to it, being excluded from all mercy, 2 Pet. 2:4 — and so that we thereby point out the activities by which the Divine Mercy pours itself forth. For, being twofold (speaking here at least of men, that we may not, for brevity's sake, speak of mercy toward the irrational animals, Ps. 36:7) — a shameful wretchedness of sin, and a doleful wretchedness of punishment — the Divine Mercy comes to the aid of both in a particular manner. To sin, God comes to the aid by His mercy, in part (a) by reconciling sinners to Himself, in and through the blood of His Son, 2 Cor. 5:18; (b) by bestowing on them His own and only-begotten Son, John 3:16; (c) by giving over His Son to every wretchedness and to the most accursed death, Rom. 5:6-8; (d) by bestowing on them faith in the Reconciler, Phil. 1:29. In part also, by subduing the tyranny and dominion of sin, Rom. 6:12, that they might overcome it and triumph over it, Rom. 7:25. Again, God comes to the sinner's aid, through His Mercy, so far as concerns the punishment: (1) by bearing with the sinner, Rom. 9:22 and 3:25, Isa. 1:9, Lam. 3:22 — wherein consists the Patience and Longsuffering of God, of which more presently; (2) by not punishing sins according to their worth and guilt, Ps. 103:10; (3) by pointing out a remedy against the punishment hanging over the sinner's head, namely faith and conversion, Matt. 3:7, Jer. 18:7; (4) by inviting, in a heart-touching manner, to embrace that remedy, Jer. 2:14; (5) by receiving into grace those who embrace it, Luke 15:20; (6) by forgiving them all their sins, Ps. 103:3 and 51:3; (7) by comforting and sustaining them, when set under His fatherly chastisements, persecutions, and other adversities, 2 Cor. 12:9-10, Ps. 3, Heb. 12:17-18.
XXIII. Now besides these and yet many other activities, the Divine Mercy receives various titles of honor: when it is called (1) great, 2 Sam. 24:14, Ps. 57:11 and 103:11, Neh. 13:22; (2) incomparable, Jer. 3:1; (3) sure, faithful, and infallible, Isa. 55:3; (4) eternal and unfailing, Ps. 25:6; (5) free and most absolute, Matt. 11:25-26, Eph. 1:11. For although the virtue of Mercy belongs to Him by His very nature, yet its dispensation depends wholly upon His sovereign good pleasure — which must be diligently observed, (a) that we may not, by ascribing mercy to Him, injure His Power and Sovereignty, as though He, on account of His Mercy, could not appoint and ordain a creature in whose righteous condemnation He might reveal the glory of His Justice, against what Paul says, Rom. 9:15-18, 20-22. (b) That we may not, in objection against reprobation, argue as though God, by virtue of His Mercy, could not pass by a sinner according to His good pleasure, deny him the means of salvation, and thus condemn him for his sins — see that passage, and Acts 14:16. Nor even (c) argue against particular redemption, as though He, on account of His Mercy, could not have expended the blood of His Son upon some without being obliged to expend it also upon all, Matt. 1:21, John 17:9. Nor (d) argue against particular Calling, as though it were not in His power to call whom He wills. As for the matters that might arise concerning the division of the Divine Mercy into a general, a common, and one proper to the elect, they appear abundantly enough from what has been said concerning God's Love and Grace.
XXIV. Set over against the Divine Mercy, in its own way, is God's Severity (Rom. 11:22), in the exercise of His judgments against transgressors, James 2:13. Of this there is very frequent mention in the Holy Scriptures — for example, Isa. 26:9 and 5:6, Ezek. 14:21 and 39:21, Rom. 2:3, Rev. 14:7 and 15:4, etc. There are also not a few examples of it at hand: in Satan, Gen. 3; in the first human beings, there also; in the old world, Gen. 7:17, 21; in Pharaoh and the Egyptians, Exod. 14:27; in Korah, Dathan, and Abiram, Num. 16:31-35; Achan, Josh. 7:25; Abimelech, Judg. 9:53; Adonibezek, Judg. 1:6; Judas, Matt. 27:5; Ananias and Sapphira, Acts 5:5, 10; Herod, Acts 12:23; and in a thousand others. From all which examples it is to be concluded that the judgments of God, which He exercises through His severity, are nothing other than particular punishments, executed for particular sins. So that concerning these judgments five points come into consideration: (1) The meritorious cause, sin — not every sin, but a particular one, which sort is generally determined from the proportionate punishment, Judg. 1:6, 1 Sam. 15:33, 2 Sam. 12:9-10, Isa. 3:24 and 8-13. (2) And the punishment, not a common one, but a particular or notable one, namely one that agrees with, and answers to, the particular sin, there. (3) The reasons or the ends of executing it, namely: (1) The glorification of God, insofar as the judgments show that God is righteous and holy, Exod. 7:5, 17, Lev. 10:3, 1 Sam. 4, Isa. 2:11, 17, Ezek. 7:4, 9, 27. (2) The conversion of men, both of those who are visited by God's judgments, Rev. 2:21-23, and of the onlookers, Rev. 11:13, Job 34:23, 26. (3) The mocking, scorning, and public exposure of the wicked, Job 12:16-19 and 27:23, compared with what precedes, Ezek. 14:18. There are examples in the Jews, 1 Kings 9:8, Jer. 18:16; in the Moabites, Jer. 48:39; in the Babylonians and their king, Isa. 14:4-18. (4) The kinds; for they are either spiritual, Amos 8:11-12, Rev. 2:5, 2 Thess. 2:10-12, or bodily, Deut. 28:15 to the end. Again, either particular punishments upon particular persons — such as sicknesses, want, poverty, disgrace, Rev. 2:21-23 — or public judgments upon lands and peoples, Jer. 18:7 — such as famine, Lev. 26:25, plague, Ps. 91:3, war, Lev. 26:23, drought, floods, storms, Hag. 1:11, Ezek. 14:21 — which are wont to be sent on account of, and for the sake of, notable sins: (1) against God, which are chiefly: (a) ingratitude, Isa. 1:3, 2 Chron. 32:25; (b) contempt of the Word of God, Isa. 42:24, 2 Kings 22:13; (c) belittling of His ministers, 2 Chron. 36:16; (d) breach of covenant, Hos. 8:1, Ezek. 16:59; (e) idolatry, Isa. 2:8, Jer. 2:13; (f) pride, Isa. 2:11, Ezek. 28:2. (2) Against one's neighbor, such as (a) deceits, Jer. 9:5, Hos. 4:1; (b) neglect of widows and orphans, Isa. 1:23, Jer. 5:28; (c) biting usury, Ezek. 22:12; (d) oppression of the poor, Isa. 3:14, Ezek. 45:9; (e) cruelty toward the wretched, Ezek. 16:49; (f) withholding of wages, Jer. 22:13. (3) Against ourselves, such as: i. pride in apparel, Isa. 3:18; ii. excess in feasting, Isa. 5:12, Amos 6:1-4; iii. abuse of the benefits of God, Isa. 5:4; iv. perjuries and cursings, Hos. 4:1-2; v. covetousness, Isa. 5:8; vi. hypocrisy and dissimulation, Isa. 10:6 and 1:16. Whereby, however, one must observe that God's judgments are not sent at once, as soon as these sins are committed, but when they become (a) open and general, Jer. 5:1 and 6:13; (b) shameless, Jer. 3:3; (c) after repeated warnings and rebukes, Ps. 95:10, 2 Chron. 36:15-16; and (d) after the despising of God's judgments executed on others, Jer. 3:8, Isa. 1:5. (5) Their properties and characteristics, whereby they are (1) righteous, Ps. 119:75, 137, Ezek. 7:3, 8, 27, Rev. 15:4, 16:5-7 and 19:2, 11; (2) unsearchable, Rom. 11:33, Prov. 25:2; (3) altogether wonderful and marvelous, Isa. 29:14 — inasmuch as they are poured out not only upon the sinners themselves, but also very often upon their posterity, 2 Kings 10:1, 15, Ps. 109:12-15 and 119:73; inasmuch also as God does not pour them out only upon the wicked, but also brings them upon His own, Ps. 6:1, 2 Sam. 24:12-13; indeed, inasmuch as God, passing over the wicked, at times afflicts and chastises His own, 1 Pet. 4:17; likewise, inasmuch as He at times punishes and plagues the wicked through the wicked, 2 Chron. 33:24-25. (4) Fearful and dreadful, even to the godly, Heb. 10:31, Ps. 119:120, Isa. 6:5, Jer. 4:19. (5) Unchangeable and irrevocable, Jer. 15:1, Ezek. 14:14, Exod. 32:33. These matters, although they properly belong to avenging Justice, it seemed good to me to bring in here, that opposed things, set over against one another, might the more shine forth.
XXV. From Mercy it is, in turn, easy to grasp the nature and origin of Patience or Forbearance, and of Longsuffering, which are frequently ascribed to God, Exod. 34:6, Ps. 103:8, Job 21:7-9, Nah. 1:3, Isa. 30:18, 1 Pet. 3:20, 2 Pet. 3:9, 15, Num. 14:18, Neh. 9:17. Nor will anyone deny them of God, who shall have thoughtfully considered: (1) How great an offense and injury to God there is in every single sin — by which the sinner prefers himself, his own desires, and all manner of creatures, before and above God, and thereby, so far as in him lies, casts God down from the throne of His Godhead; whence sin is by the ancient Fathers sometimes called Deicidium, that is, a God-murder. (2) How great a Holiness there is in God, how great an aversion from, and how great a contrariety against, sin, Ps. 5:5-7, 11 and 7:12. Further, (3) how great a Power there is in Him to take vengeance, whereby He cannot be hindered but that He might crush the offender at once, with but a single word, Ps. 50:22, Amos 9:1-2. Moreover, (4) how great a multitude of sins there are, which are committed every moment; how great an ugliness and shamefulness there is in sin — so that if it were granted even to a man, however longsuffering and gentle he might be, to see and behold them all at once and together, as God does, he would not endure the world for a single hour, Jer. 32:31. Let one add to this, (5) how great is God's effort to call the sinner back to repentance, that his ruin might be averted, 2 Cor. 5:19-20. Finally, (6) how great also are the benefits with which He, without — indeed against — all merit, very often loads even the most godless, Ps. 73:3, 12. Now whoever shall have gathered together all these and other points, will, I well know, acknowledge how great a Patience and Forbearance, how great a Longsuffering, there is in God.
XXVI. Patience or Forbearance, in creatures, differs from Longsuffering, in that by the one we very often cannot, by the other we will not, render evil to the one who offends; but in God, in that God, by this (namely Longsuffering), overlooks greater and heavier offenses, and also more lasting ones. Hence God is called erek appayim and μακρόθυμος, Longsuffering, slow and tardy to wrath. And it is nothing other than His Mercy, insofar as He delays vengeance, or does not requite and repay the evil upon the one who brings it about, Matt. 18:17. Which comes to pass (1) by sparing for a time, or not repaying at once — indeed, sometimes waiting for a long time: for days, Jonah 3:4; for years, Luke 13:6-9; for an age and more, Gen. 6:3. (2) By warning beforehand, and calling and inviting to repentance, that, if possible, the punishments might be averted, Matt. 23:37, Luke 19:41-44, Matt. 3:10. (3) By setting before the eyes, as an example, His judgments executed upon others, Jer. 7:12, 14, Luke 13:4. (4) By giving beforehand a foretaste of the whole ruin through gentler plagues, Ps. 7:12. Let the Sodomites serve here as an example, Gen. 14 compared with ch. 12; and Pharaoh, Exod. 6-25; and the Israelites, Amos 7:1-12. (5) By not punishing according to the proportion of the desert, Ps. 103:9-10, Lam. 3:22, Job 11:6, Ezra 9:13. Nay, even (6) by doing good to those who offend Him, Rom. 2:4, Isa. 5:2. Finally, (7) by preserving a remnant even in the very ruin and destruction, Isa. 1:9 — after the example of Noah, with his household, in the general flood of the world, Gen. 6-7, Matt. 24:37-38, 2 Pet. 2:5; in the destruction of Jerusalem, Ezra 9:8, 13.
XXVII. The causes and reasons of so great a Patience, Forbearance, and Longsuffering of God are: (I) His good and gracious Nature, more inclined to do good than to destroy, Lam. 3:33, Jer. 32. (II) The demonstration and manifestation of His Glory, Rom. 9:22-23; an example of which is Pharaoh, Exod. 9:16. (III) A promise made to the godly seed, Isa. 48:9, compared with 2 Sam. 7:14-15. (IV) The godly mingled among the wicked, Gen. 19:22, 2 Kings 22:19-20, 2 Chron. 25:18. (V) The number of the saints, not yet fulfilled and completed, which must yet be filled up and accomplished, Rev. 6:10-11. (VI) The measure of sin, not yet filled up, Gen. 15:16. (VII) The expected conversion and repentance, 1 Kings 21:29, 2 Chron. 32:26, 2 Kings 20:19. Accordingly, (VIII) the end of the delayed punishments is: (1) that there might be time to amend one's ways, 2 Pet. 3:9, Rom. 2:4; (2) that sinners might become more and more inexcusable, there, v. 20; (3) that those who do not repent might be the more severely punished, Ps. 50:21, Eccl. 8:11-12, Rom. 2:4-5.
XXVIII. Set over against Patience and Longsuffering is the desire for vengeance, according to which God is called a jealous God, an avenger, and that most furiously — who keeps His wrath, and who avenges Himself upon His adversaries, Nah. 1:2, Exod. 20:5; again, 1 Thess. 4:6, an avenger, of whom Ps. 94:1 speaks; Deut. 32:35, Rom. 12:19, Heb. 10:30, that vengeance belongs to Him; likewise, Jer. 51:6, that He comes to take vengeance, Ezek. 25:14; that He puts on the garments of vengeance, Isa. 59:17. And that He may indeed be seen to be both patient and longsuffering: (1) not from want of power and ability, but knowingly and willingly, as one who does not wish that His patience be profaned with impunity, Rom. 2:4. Nor (2) from ignorance and lack of knowledge, as one who suffers things to happen of which he is ignorant, Jer. 32:28. Nor (3) from want or neglect of justice, on account of which it is often joined together with longsuffering, Exod. 20:5-6, Nah. 1:2-3, Jer. 18. Nor (4) from sluggishness and indolence, or from want of purity and holiness, Ps. 10:11-12 and 104:6-7 and 50:21-22. Now God exercises vengeance: (1) when He punishes swiftly, Jer. 18:7 — examples of which are Gen. 7:21-22 and 19:24, Lev. 10:2; (2) when He punishes very heavily and severely, oftentimes for a comparatively light sin, Gen. 2:16-17, Lev. 10:1-3, 1 Sam. 3:13-14 and 6:19, Acts 5:5, 10; (3) when He punishes unbendingly and inexorably, Ps. 1:22, Jer. 15:1, Ezek. 14:14, Exod. 32:33; (4) when He punishes not the sinners alone, but also their children, family, and kindred, Exod. 20:5, Num. 16:31-32, Josh. 7:24-25; (5) when, finally, He punishes eternally, Matt. 25:41, 46, 2 Thess. 1:9. It will suffice merely to have touched, as with a finger, these matters, which, according to the law and nature of opposed things, belong to avenging Justice.
XXIX. There remains, that we speak with a word of God's Kindness or Beneficence, according to which He is called rav chesed, great or abundant in Beneficence, in the text, and likewise Neh. 9:17 — which the Holy Scripture everywhere, and with the most excellent titles, ascribes to Him, when it calls His Χρηστότης and Kindness, Eph. 2:7, Kindness and love toward mankind, Titus 3:4, and says that His kindness and beneficence is excellent, even unto the heavens, Ps. 36:6, and precious, there, v. 8, abounding in kindnesses and in goodness, Isa. 63:7; that His kindness is everlasting, Isa. 54:8, from everlasting to everlasting, Ps. 103:17; that He makes it wonderful, Ps. 31:22; that He is great, Ps. 145:8. Now Kindness is nothing other than God's Mercy, doing good to the sinner; whereby He works (1) in a friendly, sweet, agreeable, and gentle manner with sinners — whence it is called love toward mankind, Titus 3:4, Prov. 8:31; whereby He (2) entices and invites sinners to repentance, Isa. 5:26, Hos. 2:14, Matt. 11:28, Isa. 55:1, Song 2:10, Rev. 3:20; whereby He (3) heaps them with all manner of benefits, Rom. 2:14 — in which respect it is one and the same as God's Goodness, of which we have treated at large and expressly in the preceding chapter. Set over against this, in its own way, is God's σκληρότης, hardness, bitterness, harshness, etc., Matt. 25:24, whereby He (1) deals very severely, hard, and rigorously — indeed, as it were, inhumanly and cruelly — with sinners, especially with those who are impenitent; by bringing shame and disgrace upon them, Deut. 32:19-20, 22-23, etc., Matt. 3:7 and 16:4; by turning His face from them, Isa. 1:15, and, as it were, driving and casting them away from His presence, there, v. 12-13. Indeed, also (2) with His own, by forsaking them, Ps. 13:2-3 and 77:8-10; and (3) by heaping upon them every manner of evil, Ps. 88:4 to the end; (4) by driving sinners away and casting them out from His presence into the utmost and eternal torments, Matt. 18:32, 34 and 22:13 and 25:41, 46.
The Polemical Part
XXX. It is asked: (I) Whether God's Love alone would be sufficient to reconcile the sinner, without any satisfaction of Christ? The Jews maintain that, for the sinner to be reconciled to God, nothing else is required than repentance and contrition, the use of sacrifices; now they require obedience and the observance of the ceremonial and legalistic Law, without any Satisfaction from the Messiah. The Socinians very badly abuse the Love of God, whereby He gave His Son, in order thereby to exclude the Satisfaction and merits of Christ from the mystery of religion — arguing that, by that love, the world has long since been reconciled, and that nothing more is now required of it than obedience to the commandments of Christ; so that the Grace flowing from this Love also strictly excludes all Satisfaction of Christ. The Reformed, although they acknowledge that Love of benevolence, whereby He gave His Son to the world, nevertheless do not grant that, by the Love of good pleasure, the world was reconciled with Him, and that therefore the Satisfaction of Christ was not necessary to this end. Their proofs: (I) Because Scripture expressly says that there are, notwithstanding that Love of God, such as are enemies of God, Rom. 5:10, children of wrath, Eph. 2:3. Because also (II) Scripture expressly says that God hates sinners, abhors them, and has a loathing of them, Ps. 5:6-7. (III) Because the Father, loving His Son, could not, on account of sin committed, be angry with Him, so that He should need to be reconciled with Him — as is shown by the example at hand of David and Absalom, 2 Sam. 13:39, compared with 14:24, 28, 32-33. (IV) Because God, loving the world, has reconciled it to Himself through Jesus Christ, not imputing their sins unto them, and has also made Him, who knew no sin, to be sin for us, 2 Cor. 5:18-19, 21. (V) Because we do not wish that Christ's Satisfaction, and the Reconciliation brought about thereby, should look and aim at this, that thereby, as regards affection, one who did not love should become one who loves; but rather, as regards its effect, that it should remove from the sinner that which prevents the affection of love from being poured out upon him unto salvation. So they say: (a) There is meanwhile in God nothing other than an inclining disposition to do good — and love is also efficacious, as that whereby He gave His only-begotten Son to the world: could this proceed from an averse and hostile disposition? Answer: (1) There is in God a general or common Love, whereby He is inclined to do good to all creatures, and therefore also to man, Ps. 36:7, 1 Tim. 4:10, by way of outward and common benefits, Ps. 145:9; there is also in Him a particular or saving Love, whereby He imparts benefits which are joined with salvation, which have an inseparable connection with salvation, Heb. 6:9. But that Love God does not dispense except upon a prior reconciliation through satisfaction. (2) That efficacious Love, whereby He gave His Son to the world, had no other relation to the world than, so to speak, an objective one — a love which, of itself, did not touch man, so that it is no wonder that this Love could have had place before the reconciliation and satisfaction; but the subjective Love, which enters into the beloved object, in order to bring salvation to it, presupposes, by the intervention of other things, the Reconciliation through the Satisfaction of Christ. (3) There is a Love of benevolence, whereby God wills for and toward the beloved objects such things as, by and through which, they shall at some time be able to please Him — whereby, for example, He, having from eternity chosen them, and in time redeemed them, bestows on them from day to day faith and conversion; and this love goes before the reconciliation through a satisfaction: and there is a Love of good pleasure, whereby we are, moreover, pleasing to Him, and whereby He has made us acceptable to Himself, and has graced us in the Beloved, Eph. 1:6; and this Love requires first a Reconciliation, through the Satisfaction of Christ, in order that it might be in that Beloved One. (b) If they say that we are, by the Love of God, freely justified, of His grace, Rom. 3:23-24; likewise, that by that same Love our sins are forgiven and remitted us, and therefore not on account of, and by reason of, a payment or satisfaction. Answer: (†) But it is done διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, through the redemption (that is, such a one as is brought about τῷ λύτρῳ, by a ransom) which is in Christ Jesus, that is, in His blood, and that indeed to the demonstration of His righteousness. (††) Thereby we are freely justified, and our sins are also forgiven and remitted us, insofar as God freely allows and accepts the Satisfaction of Christ on our behalf, and likewise imputes it to us, and not to another, freely. Moreover (†††) freely, insofar as man contributes nothing to his own justification, nothing to the forgiveness of his sins. If they persist, saying that whether it be done by ourselves or by another, satisfaction is made; then it is no forgiveness, no remission — I shall answer: (*) Here there is not a true and properly so-called payment, which excludes all grace; but a Satisfaction, which in many ways includes grace. (**) This would perhaps hold, if we ourselves had appointed for ourselves a surety, and the satisfaction were laid for us, in our place; but not when the Creditor Himself, and that not being asked or entreated, sets a Satisfier in the place of His Debtor, and freely allows and accepts that one's Satisfaction on behalf of His Debtor. More on this matter will come before us below, in the chapter on the Obtaining of Salvation.
XXXI. It is asked: (II) Whether the Love, whereby God has elected us, is grounded and settled upon a foreseen faith — that is, whether God could not have loved the sinner except as already established in Christ by faith? The Remonstrants, Jesuits, and others, in order that they might hold Grace to be equally disposed toward all, which would be determined and made effectual by our free will, make Election depend upon the free will, in that man determines himself, according to his own choice, to believe; and, to obtain this, they lay it down that God, by reason of His righteousness, loves no one so as to save him, except in Christ, in whom no one can be, except by faith. The Reformed acknowledge that the Love of good pleasure, whereby we are pleasing to God in Christ, and therefore also faith itself, whereby we are in Christ, presupposes election; but they deny that the Love of benevolence, whereby He elected us, does so in any way. Because (I) even that faith, whereby we are in Christ, does not arise except from the love of God — as being called a gift of God, Phil. 1:29. Because (II) it flows from and out of the love of election, Acts 13:48, Eph. 1:4. Because (III) that love of benevolence, whereby He has elected us, whereby He bestows on us the Redeemer, calls us to Him, and brings faith in Him to us, is understood as distinguished from the love of good pleasure, whereby He is pleased with us, first, after or through faith, Heb. 11:6 — from which distinction one may answer, with no difficulty at all, the foundation of the opposing opinion. More on this matter will come before us in the chapter on Election.
XXXII. It is asked: (III) Whether the saving Grace of God extends equally to all and to every man alike? The Pelagians, Socinians, Jesuits, Remonstrants, and others, in order to maintain that the indifferent free will — independent of everyone, even of God — determines itself, according to its own choice, to believe and be converted, so long as the duty which is to be pursued is set before it and urged upon it, hold that saving grace extends equally to each and every man, sufficient for him to believe, be converted, etc.; which would nevertheless have to be determined solely by an independent free will. The Dominicans among the Papists agree with the Jesuits in this, that they hold that the free will can, with a sufficient grace, which comes equally to all and to every man, be brought to actual conversion, so that it might do good works, believe, etc., if only it wills; they contend that this grace, not merely a moral one, aided by persuasion, but also a physically operative one, is bestowed on all, which predetermines man's will to believe, etc.; whereas the Jesuits hold that a moral, persuasive grace suffices for this, upon which the free will can determine itself according to its own judgment. The Universalist Reformed make a distinction between an objective and a subjective grace: the former they hold to be general; the other they hold to be proper to the elect alone — of which more, at length, in the following chapter. The Lutherans likewise teach a general grace, which is saving, although (they say) the production of faith, of conversion, etc. does not depend on man's free will, but upon a physically operative working of the Holy Spirit; meanwhile they nonetheless ascribe to the free will the power to come to a merely negative not-resisting of the Spirit, as He is at work to produce faith, etc. — of which likewise, at length, a little further on. The Reformed in general acknowledge a general grace with respect to natural things; a common one with respect to moral things; but they do not admit a saving grace, with respect to those things which are joined with salvation, except that which is proper to the elect alone. They do not admit a saving grace which should extend equally to each in particular — not even that which our Brethren call objective. For these reasons: (I) Because Brethren, especially the Pelagians and those inclined to Pelagianism, are compelled to posit a grace without grace. For what else is grace but a privilege — in Latin, privilegium, as it were private legis, that is, of a particular own law — according to Isidore, in Gratian, dist. 3, cap. 3? And how could that be a privilege which is general, which makes no distinction, 1 Cor. 4:7? (II) Because the Brethren are compelled to mix and confuse nature with grace, when they ascribe to man's free will natural powers, which would, as it were, determine the general grace — such as the remnants of natural light, and the common notions in those who have never so much as heard a single word about Christ — thereby being compelled to bring in that Party's grace unassisted. (III) Because they are compelled to distinguish a sufficient grace, common to all, from an efficacious grace, and yet call it sufficient — grace which cannot produce its effect, that is, which is not sufficient; indeed, what is worse, to derive the efficacy of grace from man's free will. (IV) Because they are compelled, in order to support that general grace, to call in the aid of middle knowledge, whereby God, before His decree, would have foreknown who would be willing and who not; which middle knowledge we have refuted in its proper place. (V) Because they are compelled to posit a Will of God who has decreed that any and every one should be saved, which is not far removed from the general election of Origen, Puccius, and Huber, which we have expressly and at length refuted in the chapter on the Will of God. (VI) Because they are compelled to posit a willing or willingness of God dependent upon a condition, and thus dependent, temporal, powerless, changeable at every hour — which we have rejected above. (VII) Because they are compelled to teach a redemption whereby it might come to pass that not a single one of the redeemed should be saved, and by which by far the greater part of the redeemed would in fact be lost. (VIII) Because they are compelled to make the object of predestination the redeemed and called, and man endowed with sufficient powers. (IX) Because they are compelled to confuse and mix together the proclamation of nature and of the word, in order to maintain that even those are called to salvation who have never had opportunity to hear the word. (X) Because they are compelled to hold that the grace of regeneration is given to those who have never had opportunity to know Christ. And because they are thus (XI) compelled to grant that salvation can be obtained without the knowledge of, and faith in, Christ. Which matters are such that to have merely mentioned them is as good as to have refuted them. The objections we have already answered above, when we were occupied with the Will of God.
XXXIII. It is asked: (IV) Whether at least the objective Grace is general? Those Reformed who acknowledge a general grace (perhaps to that end, and with that design, that, on the one hand, they might not depart too much and too far from the accepted teaching of the Reformed, and, on the other hand, might come nearer to the opinion of the Lutherans and Arminians, and thereby win them the more effectively, and pave the way to a hoped-for Concord and Peace) deny, to some degree, the general grace. To this end they establish a certain distinction, making that grace to which man has a relation only as an object, general — such grace, with them, being the grace of the Satisfaction and Redemption; while yet they add that, by the powers restored by grace, man is able to obey, believe, etc., if only he wills — this grace, they say, is general: whereas a subjective grace — such, with them, is the grace of regeneration, faith, conversion, etc. — this now they do not wish to be general, but proper to the elect. They agree with those inclined to Pelagianism, in that they acknowledge some saving grace to be common to all and to every man alike; but they differ chiefly, and most of all, in these particulars: (I) whereas those teach such a general grace as excludes a particular one, these teach both a general and a particular one. (II) Whereas those extend their general grace equally to particular men, these extend it unequally, insofar as they bring more grace to the elect than to the reprobate. (III) Whereas those bring the powers, whereby one can obey, believe, etc., to the free will — remaining to it, even after sin, either wholly unimpaired, or at least not wholly extinguished — these bring those powers to the grace, whereby that same will, extinguished by sin, is again restored. (IV) Whereas those teach such a general grace, whereby any and every one might be able to obey, believe, be converted, without any limit, these teach such a one whereby each in particular can, if he wills. (V) Whereas those teach a general sufficient grace, whose efficacy depends solely on the free will, these make the efficacy of their general grace depend on an overflowing and additional grace, whereby God brings about not only the ability, if they will; but also the willing itself of that which they are able to do. This it has seemed good to me to set forth and expand a little further, that we might know how much silver differs from tin, and that we might not put these Reformed on the same footing as the Pelagians. The Reformed in general — however much they acknowledge a general grace with respect to natural things, and a common one with respect to moral things — nevertheless acknowledge no general grace with respect to saving things, whether objective or subjective. (1) Because Holy Scripture teaches no saving grace which is general, as will appear from the objections. (2) Because also the grace of election is objective, which nevertheless even our Brethren, who differ from us in this matter, acknowledge to be not general, but altogether particular; and because also, conversely, the powers whereby they come, if they will, belong not to the objective, but to the subjective grace. (3) Because the grace of Redemption, of Satisfaction, of Calling, just as that of Election, is in Holy Scripture a particular grace, proper to the elect — as we shall show, each in its own place, in particular. (4) Because, on the supposition of the Brethren, there is now not a single man who could not be obedient to the calling God, believe in Christ, etc. — which Holy Scripture everywhere contradicts, Jer. 13:23, Rom. 8:7, 1 Cor. 2:14, etc. (5) Because one of these two positions of the Brethren, according to their own supposition, must of necessity be granted: either, that those powers, restored equally to all and to every man, do not spring from the grace of regeneration, conversion, sanctification; or, if they do spring from it, then regeneration, conversion, etc. is general — which of these two is the harder and coarser, I do not know. The reasons on which the Brethren rest their opinion are taken: (a) from the general ransoming of Christ, which Scripture generally teaches — 1 Tim. 2:4, 6, who gave Himself a ransom for all, etc. Answer: Assuredly for all, but not for all and every one, which is required for the reckoning of a universality. For all, that is, for all sorts, Rev. 5:9 — since the Savior plainly excludes the world, John 17:9. (b) from the general calling, which the New Testament teaches, Rom. 1:19-20, Ps. 19:2, 4-5, Acts 14:17. Answer: Those passages do not teach a general calling to Christ, such that any and every one should embrace Him by faith — which is here the point in dispute — but they speak of a calling to God, that they should seek Him, or that they might perhaps, groping after Him, find Him, though He be not far from every one of us, Rom. 1:21, Acts 17:27. (c) from this, that, they say, by grace any and every one is restored to that condition from which they fell, through the sin of the first parents, in which they could obey God, if they had willed. Answer: It has not yet been proven, and cannot be proven, that any and every one is, by grace, restored to that condition from which they fell in the first parents: for then would be restored, in any and every one, the original righteousness, the immortality, the dominion over the earthly creatures, and the paradisal blessedness.
XXXIV. It is asked: (V) Whether anyone, still unregenerate, apart from grace, by the powers of the free will, could, without the Holy Spirit working faith and conversion, at least so much as not-resist positively — that is, before the Holy Spirit, bringing in the light of grace, as it were open the doors and gates, and remove the obstacles: by attending upon religious worship, pouring out prayers, using the Sacraments, and other things of the kind? The Jesuits, for the sake of their independent free will, hold that, when the free will, by its own powers alone, apart from God's predetermining grace, has begun to determine itself to believe, to be converted, etc., God then works together with it by the cooperation of His grace, that faith, etc. might come to actuality. The Synergists among the Lutherans think that the free will, together with the Holy Spirit working faith and conversion, is able to cooperate. The remaining Lutherans, since they wish to distinguish their general sufficient grace — in order, on the one hand, not to depart too far from the man of God, Luther, who, in his treatise on the Bondage of the Will, and elsewhere, has utterly unnerved the powers of the free will in the matter of conversion; and, on the other hand, not to leave the unregenerate man absolutely nothing, which might make the general sufficient grace efficacious — hold that an unregenerate person, by the powers of the free will, can at least positively not resist — that is, by eagerly hearing God's Word, praying, etc. — the Spirit, as He is about to bring in the light of grace, as it were open the doors and gates, and remove the obstacles. The Reformed acknowledge indeed that an unregenerate person, apart from saving grace, can not-resist the Holy Spirit in a negative sense, as happens, for example, in sleep: that he can, in some manner, hear God's Word, pray outwardly, receive the Sacraments, etc. — but they add that these things also come to pass not by the powers of the free will alone, but by that same common grace, by which God works even in the unregenerate whatever moral good is in them, or whatever proceeds from them. For example, whatever there was in Bezalel of his natural skill, Exod. 31:2-3; whatever there was of moral good in those who are said to have been enlightened by the Holy Spirit, to have tasted the good word of God and the powers of the world to come, Heb. 6:4-5. Thus the Reformed judge and think, chiefly for these reasons: (I) Because Scripture makes every good work, even a good thought, to depend upon some grace of God, 2 Cor. 3:5. (II) Because a ψυχικός, natural or unregenerate man does not comprehend the things of the Spirit, indeed counts them foolishness, and cannot understand them, 1 Cor. 2:14 — how then could he, before the Holy Spirit is about to work saving grace of faith and conversion, and to bring the light of grace into him, turn himself, and, as it were, open the doors and gates for Him? (III) Because the φρόνημα σαρκός, the mind of the flesh, apart from which there is nothing else in the unregenerate, does not submit itself to the Law of God — indeed, cannot — Rom. 8:7. How then could it, before the Holy Spirit is about to work faith, as it were come to meet Him and help Him? (IV) Because, on the contrary, it resists the Holy Spirit and strives against Him, Isa. 63:10, Acts 7:51. And such are we all by nature, before regeneration, Eph. 2:3. How then could we, before the Holy Spirit is about to bring the light of grace into us, as it were open the doors and gates? (V) Because whoever shall open the doors of his heart to the Holy Spirit must at least know that the Holy Spirit is at work to produce faith and conversion — but whence shall an unregenerate man know and understand that, especially since he is by nature darkened in his understanding, and moreover alienated from the life of God, Eph. 4:17-18; indeed, altogether blind, Rev. 3:17? But how could such a one help the Holy Spirit, or cooperate with Him? Finally (VI) because to positively not-resist the Holy Spirit is nothing other than to show oneself willing and obedient, and thus to be obedient to Him — but how could an unregenerate person, by the powers of the free will, bring this about? I also do not see what they can produce for this their Helen — which was utterly unknown to Luther, indeed, sufficiently refuted even by the suppositions of his Bondage of the Will — which the present-day Lutherans, however often they must dispute with us on this point, so greatly embrace and are, as it were, hopelessly enamored of; what, I say, can they bring forward for it, other than that experience itself cries out, that those who are as yet unregenerate, possessing nothing but their own free will, are able to go to church, pour out prayers, use the Sacraments, and do other outward things? However, (1) we do not deny that such things can be performed by the unregenerate; but that this can be done by the powers of the free will — this is precisely what we deny, since these things come to pass by the help of common grace. And then (2) we deny that this comes to pass in the unregenerate to this end, that they might not resist the Holy Spirit. For this is nothing other than to show oneself obedient to the Holy Spirit, to earnestly desire the grace of regeneration, and to plead for it — a thing which cannot proceed from those who are dead in sins.
XXXV. It is asked: (VI) Whether those do not undermine the grace of Election, so many as hold that Election comes to pass either out of a foreseen faith, or out of foreseen good works? The Pelagians and Socinians, who do not acknowledge a certain foreknowledge of future contingent things, hold that Election (at least the personal and finalizing sort) comes to pass, not out of grace, but by virtue of faith and conversion, already present — namely, at the moment of death, or even after death — in order to maintain a free will which is absolutely indifferent, independent, changeable at every hour. The Semi-Pelagians, Jesuits, and Remonstrants, who do allow a certain foreknowledge of future contingent things, in order likewise to maintain an independent free will, by which faith and conversion should not depend upon the grace of Election, but Election upon the faith and conversion — hold that God has elected us not out of pure grace, but for the sake of foreseen faith: the Papists, out of foreseen good works. The Lutherans, although they do not wish to seem to make faith and conversion depend on the powers of the free will, nevertheless, in order that the free will might contribute something, from which the efficacy of the general sufficient grace might be drawn, ascribe to its powers a not-resisting, and thereby make election depend upon foreseen faith. The Reformed are of the judgment that all of these, although in different ways and in different degrees, undermine and render powerless the Grace of Election — at least injure and diminish it: and this they judge for these reasons: (1) Because the Apostle goes before them in this, Rom. 11:6: If it is by grace, then it is no more of works; otherwise grace is no more grace. And if it is of works, then it is no more grace; otherwise the work is no more work. (2) Because the very nature of grace teaches this, since grace is an undeserved — that is, an independent and altogether most free — love, as we have taught above. As much, therefore, as one makes to depend on nature, or on the powers of one's own free will, so much one fails to make depend on grace, since one makes it depend chiefly on an independent free will. What they might urge against this, in favor of the opposing view, they draw from the Scripture passages which seem to make Election depend on faith — which we shall answer, God willing, in the chapter on Election.
XXXVI. It is asked: (VII) Whether those do not undermine the grace of Justification, who make Justification depend on good works? The Socinians, in order not to hold that our Justification depends solely on the Righteousness of Christ, bestowed on us — that is, on His satisfaction and merits, received by faith alone — think that we are justified on account of our good works; not indeed the legal works, but the Evangelical ones, that is, works performed according to the Law of Moses, insofar as it has been improved and augmented. The Remonstrants, that we might not be justified on account of the Righteousness of Christ, freely imputed to us out of grace, but out of works — teach that we are indeed justified by faith, but insofar as it is working through love, in good works; or insofar as, working through faith, in good works, it is held for a complete obedience, which the Law demands, and for a Divine, favorable acceptance and reckoning. The Papists posit a twofold merit: one, which falls upon works done before conversion — something which, according to them, is not according to righteousness, but by virtue of congruity, which would be owed to works that presuppose some generosity of God, yet which nevertheless also merit by congruity; a second, which would belong to good works after conversion, by virtue of righteousness and condignity. In the merit of congruity there enters, according to them, some bountifulness of God, which nevertheless depends on the congruity of the works; the merit of condignity excludes all grace, as involving a payment, of whatever sort it be. The Reformed think that all these, in various ways, undermine the grace of Justification, for the same reasons that we have noted at the preceding topic; and for other reasons, which we shall state in the chapter on Justification — where we shall also, besides, examine and test at large and expressly the proofs for justification by works.
XXXVII. It is asked: (VIII) Whether they do not abuse God's Mercy, who hold that by it not only all men, and each in particular, but even the Devils themselves, shall at some time be saved? We have touched on this topic in the Polemical Part of chapter 15 of Book II, §30. The Pelagians and Semi-Pelagians, ancient and modern, Socinians, Jesuits, Remonstrants, hold, out of regard and in favor of the independent free will, that God wills that all men, and each in particular, be saved, under the condition that they be willing to believe and be converted. Origen of old held that, on account of God's Mercy, no punishments whatsoever are appointed absolutely — recompensing or satisfying for sins, however great and of whatever kind, and for whatever creatures, even for the Devils — but only purifying punishments, whereby sinners might be made fit to enter into heaven; that on this account sinners, in proportion to their sins, unto a certain fixed time, both devils and men each in particular, shall be received into grace and purified, and that thereafter all sinners, and each in particular, shall be brought into and admitted to the Kingdom of God — according to the testimony of Augustine, On Heresies, ch. 43, to Quodvultdeus. Franciscus Puccius, an Italian inclined to Socinianism, and Samuel Huber, a Swiss, who from a Reformed minister became a Lutheran, taught that, on account of God's Mercy, at least all men, and each in particular, shall in fact be saved. The Reformed think that all these shamefully abuse the Mercy of God: (I) against the Scriptures, which speak of a merciless judgment, James 2:13, of eternal shame, Matt. 25:41, 46, of a fire that shall never be quenched, of a worm that shall never die, Isa. 66:24. (II) Against God's avenging Justice, 2 Thess. 1:8-9. (III) Against the nature of sin, which, from the offense and injury done to God's infinite Majesty, draws upon itself a guilt of infinite punishment; and since the finite sinner cannot bear the infinite punishment intensively — that is, in its own concentrated weight — it therefore necessarily requires an infinite punishment extensively — that is, in its duration — infinite, or eternal. (IV) Against the Reprobation of which Holy Scripture speaks, which altogether does away with the general salvation of all. (V) Against the Election of which Holy Scripture speaks; for Reprobation being taken away, thereby Election too is taken away: for where there is no Reprobation, there is also no Election. Nor do I see what the opposing Party can, with any semblance of plausibility, urge and bring forward for the general salvation of all, other than this: (1) That it is contrary to God's infinite Mercy to punish eternally a creature which has sinned only for a short time. Answer: (a) The Divine Attributes — namely, Mercy and avenging Justice — do not at all strive against one another: hence, from the fact that, according to the whole of Scripture, there is an avenging Justice, Rom. 1:32, compared with ch. 2:6 and following, 2 Thess. 1:6-11, Gen. 18:25, God's mercy is not thereby done away. (b) Although God's mercy is infinite, and natural to Him, so that He can have mercy on whom He will, Rom. 9:15, nevertheless the dispensation of it depends on His most sovereign good pleasure: He has mercy on whom He will, and He hardens whom He will. (2) That it is also contrary to the Divine Justice, which requires a proportion between the crime and the punishment; and therefore that a finite crime should not be punished with an infinite punishment, and that what has been committed within the compass of a short time should not be requited with a punishment of infinite duration. Answer: (a) Although God's Justice punishes every sin with an eternal punishment, nevertheless God does not neglect or disregard proportion in the degrees of punishments, Luke 12:47. (b) The heaviness of the crime must not be reckoned by its duration alone, but also by its object — just as it is a heavier matter to kill a king than a beggar, 2 Sam. 18:3. Therefore, to slay the infinite God — which a sin, so far as lies in it, attempts to do — incurs a guilt of infinite punishment, by a rightful proportion; and since the finite creature cannot allow or bear an infinite punishment intensively, that is, in its own concentrated weight, there is therefore necessarily required a punishment which is infinite in duration, that is, eternal.
The Practical Part
XXXVIII. In setting forth the practical use, we shall be briefer on this topic than the dignity of this matter would otherwise require — because most of the points which we have already noted concerning God's Goodness can easily, with the necessary changes, be carried over to this place, inasmuch as Goodness, so far as it communicates itself, is one and the same with Love. Meanwhile, the particular practical use of this topic might be the pursuit, the cultivating, and the diligent care: First, in order to obtain, and, as it were, to draw to ourselves, the chief point and the sum of all love, grace, mercy, longsuffering, and kindness — that inclination and disposition of God to incline Himself favorably toward us. (I) Because in it is understood, as in an abyss, all the perfection of all the love, grace, mercy, longsuffering, and kindness of all creatures — for which reason it is compared to the tenderest, or fatherly, inclining affection, Ps. 103:8, 11, 13. Indeed, (II) it surpasses that infinitely many times over, Isa. 49:15-16. (III) Because it is the fountain-source and the chief matter of all the happiness of all creatures, inasmuch as by it God has given His only-begotten Son to the world, John 3:16, and with Him all things, Rom. 8:32. (IV) Because in particular, and among its outgrowths, from it there arise and flow forth to us: Election, Redemption, Calling, Regeneration, Justification, Adoption to sons, Sanctification, Glorification, and all things joined with salvation, as we have taught in the Doctrinal Part, compared with Eph. 1:2-4, 2 Pet. 1:2-3. (V) Because that alone is sufficient for us, 2 Cor. 12:9, is sufficient unto all things, Phil. 4:11-13, and is necessary to such a degree that apart from and without it we are nothing, 1 Cor. 15:10. So that God (VI) is, on account of it, called not only rich in grace and mercy, Eph. 2:4, abundant in mercies, Ps. 51:1, most tender in these, even to the bowels, Ps. 25:6, Luke 1:50 — likewise everlasting, Ps. 25:6, and unchangeable, Isa. 54:10 — but also the Father of mercies, 2 Cor. 1:3. Wherefore (VII) the saints have always been so greatly concerned and anxious as to how they might find grace in the eyes of the Lord, Gen. 18:3, Exod. 33:12-13, 16-17, Num. 11:15, compared with Ps. 119:41 and 90:14. Indeed, (VIII) Grace makes up the beginning and the end of most of the Apostolic epistles, Rom. 1:7 and 16:24, 1 Cor. 1:3 and 16:23, 2 Cor. 1:2 and 13:13, Gal. 1:3 and 6:18, Eph. 1:2 and 6:24, etc. Indeed (IX) herein consists the whole business of the Apostles and of the Gospel — to uncover, lay open, offer, and bring to men God's Grace: whence the Word is called the Word of Grace, Acts 14:3 and 20:32, and a Gospel of Grace, there, v. 24. But by what means shall we obtain and secure for ourselves that gracious and beneficent inclination and disposition of God toward us? Answer: (1) Certainly not by any foolish endeavor to bend or change the unchangeable God, so that from one who does not love He should become one who loves; but (2) by entrusting and committing that matter, however great it be, solely to the Mediator, in whom the Father is well pleased, Matt. 3:17 and 17:5 — who has reconciled us to the Father, Col. 1:20-21, Eph. 2:12-17, 2 Cor. 5:19-21 — not by changing the Father, but by taking away from us that which, as it were, stopped up His Grace, and made us unfit to receive and take in the saving floods and streams of the Divine Grace: there. By paying our debt, and tearing the handwriting as it were in pieces, Col. 2:14 — so that we are now graced in the Beloved, Eph. 1:6, and can draw and receive out of His fullness grace for grace, John 1:16. Whence grace and the fellowship of the Holy Spirit, 2 Cor. 13:13, are so joined together, that the first place belongs to the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, and then the love of God (the Father), and then the fellowship of the Holy Spirit. For this reason it is (3) our duty that we, to obtain the Father's Love toward us, strive and endeavor to become partakers of the Grace of Christ — which shall come to pass through a true and living faith in Him, John 15:23 and 1:12, Rom. 3:24, Eph. 2:8, compared with John 14:6, Acts 4:12. Let us add (4) to this, the Love of God and of the Mediator, whereby we may, at least in a Scripturally-formed love, be confirmed, Deut. 8:9, John 14:23, 1 John 4:10. And also (5) let us diligently order and conduct ourselves according to the prescript of His will and word, Gal. 6:16. Finally, (6) let us put away from before His face all that can turn away His favor from us, Isa. 1:15-16 and 59:2.
XXXIX. Secondly, to guard ourselves and be on our watch, that we do not at any time close ourselves off, or turn ourselves away, from that inclining disposition of love, grace, mercy, longsuffering, and kindness, and, on the contrary, stir up against us His aversion, hatred, wrath, severity, vengeance, and judgments, 2 Sam. 22:23-24, 26. Which comes to pass (1) through every sin, Rom. 1:18, Ps. 5:5-7, Hos. 1:15-16 [?]. In particular (2) through a hatred of God, Deut. 5:9, Exod. 20:5. (3) Through abusing God's grace, forbearance, and longsuffering, Rom. 2:4-5. (4) Through cruelty and hard-heartedness against one's neighbor, James 2:13. (5) Through idolatry, Deut. 6:14-15 and 7:4, Jer. 8:19. (6) Through vanities and lies, Deut. 29:19-20. (7) Through unbelief and disobedience, John 3:36. (8) Through impenitence, Rom. 2:4-5. And (9) through other sins besides, which the Apostle recounts, Eph. 5:5-6, Col. 3:5-6. Now that we might the more carefully avoid and flee these and other such offenses, it will be helpful and of much service that we think often and much: on the one hand, of the weight and importance of the salvation and blessedness which rests upon the love, grace, mercy, longsuffering, and beneficence of God; on the other hand, of the weight of the wretchedness which lies in the hatred, wrath, severity, vengeance, and judgments of God. The proofs and motives for this shall come to us, piece by piece, out of the Doctrinal Part.
XL. Thirdly, to examine and test — whenever we perceive and become aware of God's inclining disposition, love, grace, or mercy toward us — whether it is merely a general good disposition, which extends as much toward beasts as toward men, Ps. 36:7, or whether it is a common one, which extends as much toward the reprobate as toward the elect. For since (I) there is sometimes found so great a nearness and likeness between nature and grace, whereby, in the outward exercise of religion and of the virtues, nature very often surpasses grace — as appears not only in certain heathen, above others, of upright and modest life, such as Plato, Cato, Aristides, Scipio, Seneca, and others, but also in the Church, for example, in the Pharisee and in the Publican, Luke 18:10-14. Since there is also (II) sometimes so great an agreement between common and saving grace, as appears from the examples, Isa. 58:2, 2 Cor. 13:1. Since (III) in these matters so many, and so great, men have deceived themselves, and still daily deceive many thousands of falsely so-called Christians — taking a more decent, modest, and honorable nature for the grace of regeneration, and the common gifts of grace for proofs and evidences of saving grace, James 1:26-27, Luke 18:11, Rev. 3:17. And since (IV) they have not deceived themselves without danger — indeed, without eternal ruin: it is therefore necessary, if anything is, to test here the things that differ, Phil. 1:9-10, and to make our calling and election sure, 2 Pet. 1:10. But by what marks shall we, after all, be able with certainty to recognize and distinguish that disposition of God which is peculiar in particular to the elect, and which allots Election, Redemption, Calling, Union, and fellowship with Christ? Answer: (1) We shall not seek that distinction in the affective disposition itself of God, which is, with respect to all, altogether alike; but in the effects and results, whereby it is distinguished, by things which are in particular called gifts of grace and fruits of the Holy Spirit, and which are joined with salvation. Such are (2) Faith — not every kind, but the saving kind, which we have elsewhere distinguished from the common kind. This indeed is expressly ascribed to the particular grace, Phil. 1:29, John 3:16, and is reckoned among the better gifts, 1 Cor. 12:31, compared with ch. 13:13, and is ascribed to the Holy Spirit, as His fruit, Gal. 5:22 — who is thence called the Spirit of Faith, 2 Cor. 4:13. In particular (3) love toward God gives us an excellent proof of His love toward us, 1 John 4:19, Rom. 5:5 — that love, in particular, which bears to the Divine love, in its own way, such a resemblance that it, as it were, shows forth an image and impression of it, from which one may the more clearly infer and understand the original image, which we shall portray a little further on. Then (4) love toward the brethren, 1 John 4:7-8, 11-12, 20, 1 Cor. 13:1 — not every kind of love, which does not consist in word and in tongue, but in deed and in truth, 1 John 3:18, such as the love of God is toward us, and whereby we love our neighbor for God's sake. Further (5) grace, mercy, forbearance, and longsuffering toward all and each — namely, that we, as elect of God, holy and beloved, are affected with inward stirrings of compassion, kindness, humility, meekness, longsuffering; bearing with one another, and forgiving one another, Col. 3:12-14. Finally (6) all those things whereby Election, Redemption, Regeneration, Conversion, Union, and fellowship with Christ, as fruits and marks of the Divine love, are known and recognized — all which points shall each in their own place be taught in particular.
XLI. Fourthly, for practical use. For to what end does God expend His inclining favor, love, grace, mercy, longsuffering, and kindness — is it that these should lie idle? And if they be idle, shall they not then be received in vain? Of which the Apostle so earnestly warns us, 2 Cor. 6:1: We beseech you that ye receive not the grace of God in vain — if only in vain, Gal. 3:4, and not unto an aggravation of God's hatred, wrath, vengeance, and judgments, Rom. 2:4-5, James 2:13. Now we shall make use of this: (1) in the case of humbling — that we, above other men, possess and hold all the goods that we possess, not by our own power, merit, and worth, but by God's mere inclining disposition, love, grace, mercy, longsuffering, and kindness, 1 Cor. 4:7, Eph. 2:8-9, Rom. 3:24, 26-27. Then (2) in the case of comfort — for God is the Father of mercies, and the God of all comfort, 2 Cor. 1:3. For, in general, in all manner of adversities, bodily as well as spiritual, what shall be able more powerfully to lift up and sustain us than a godly thought and consideration of the love, grace, mercy, longsuffering, and kindness of God? — which the Saints have so often, and with so great feeling, called to mind and taken to heart, Exod. 20:6 and 34:6, etc., Ps. 103:3-14. In particular (1) in bodily afflictions and sicknesses, Ps. 6:3 [?]. (2) In afflictions of fortune, in poverty, Ps. 39:9-11 and 147:9, 11; in the hatred and persecutions of enemies, Ps. 23:4-5 and 84:12. Especially (3) in afflictions of the mind, in anguish and distresses over sin, Ps. 51:3 [?]; in spiritual desertions, Isa. 54:7-8, Ps. 147:3; in the awareness and sense of our own insignificance, Luke 18:13, Matt. 8:8, Luke 8:44 (for love, after all, is a purely gratuitous grace, altogether free and independent, Rom. 11:36) — in the multitude and continued persistence of sins; that God is great, and infinite in compassions and mercies, as we have shown above. Further (4) in the case of trust, in every sort of condition, both in adversity and in prosperity: for he who trusts in the LORD, mercy shall compass him about, Ps. 32:10 — so that we can calmly hold and cleave to God, never departing from Him a hair's breadth, whether from fear of evil, or in hope of some good — because He, who is a Sun and a Shield, will give grace and glory, and will withhold no good thing from them that walk uprightly, Ps. 84:12. Finally (5) in the very use itself of grace, that we should watch against its contempt and disdain, Rom. 2:4-5, and against a shameful presumptuous carelessness and unconcern, Rom. 6:1, compared with ch. 3:8 — whether it be unto wantonness and licentiousness, Jude v. 4, or unto ...
XLII. Fifthly, to follow after the love, grace, mercy, longsuffering, and kindness of God, Matt. 5:43-45, 48. (I) By love toward God, who has loved us — not only with a general or common love, but with that precious and costly love, whereby we are made drunk with the fatness of His house, and given to drink of the river of His pleasures, Ps. 36:8-9 — and this love John urges upon us, 1st Epistle, ch. 4:19. And not with any love whatsoever, however great it be, but with such a one as, so far as is possible, resembles the Divine love: which (1) is pure, and without dissimulation, 1 Tim. 1:5 — which does not merely hang about in the mouth and on the tongue, 1 John 3:18, but wells up from the heart, and indeed from the whole heart, Matt. 22:37 — such, namely, as God's love is toward us. (2) That it be free and independent, not so much for the sake of His benefits, or something that comes from God, John 6:26, as for His own sake — just as His love or grace toward us did not arise from any pleasingness or worthiness in us. (3) That it not be idle, but efficacious, Gal. 5:6 — just as God's love and grace toward us is. (4) That it be in the highest degree, above all that is dear and precious, Matt. 10:37, 39 — just as God has loved His own above all things; indeed, in His own way, above His own only-begotten Son, Rom. 8:32, 1 Tim. 6:17. Compare what has been said above, ch. 16, §16. (II) By love, favor, and grace toward one's Neighbor, whereby we do him good freely, apart from any regard to worthiness or recompense — just as God does, Matt. 5:45-46. (III) By mercy, whereby we are ready and willing to comfort and come to the aid of all who are set in any wretchedness — just as God does, Lev. 6:26 and 10:30, 37. (IV) By patience, forbearance, and longsuffering, whereby we are disposed to bear long and much with the one who offends us, Matt. 18:17 [?], to forgive offenses, however grievous they may be, Matt. 18:21-22 — just as God does, Matt. 6:12, 14-15 and 18:35 — and to be reconciled after offenses, Matt. 6:24-25 — just as God does, 2 Cor. 5:18. Finally (V) by kindness and beneficence, that we deal gently and kindly, even with our very greatest offenders, Gen. 45:4-5 and 50:19-20, 21, and, moreover, heap our offenders and enemies with benefits — just as God does, Matt. 5:44-46, Rom. 12:20-21. To expand all these things, the grounds thereof will come to hand for us most abundantly out of the Doctrinal Part.
XLIII. Finally, sixthly, to glorify God, and to give Him thanks on account of all these His Attributes. To which end (I) points the frequently-employed heaping up of the Attributes, in the songs of praise, Exod. 34:6, Neh. 9:17, Ps. 103:8. Toward which (II), as toward the last and utmost aim and goal, all grace tends and points: the grace of Election, Eph. 1:6, to the praise of the glory of His grace, Rom. 9:23; of Redemption, Eph. 2:4, 7; of Calling, Eph. 1:9, 12; of Regeneration, Titus 1:1, 4-5, 1 Pet. 1:3; of Justification, Rom. 3:24, 26; of Adoption to sons, 1 John 3:1, Eph. 1:18; of Sanctification, Rom. 11:15, 17; of Glorification and eternal salvation, Eph. 2:6-7; and of all His benefits, Ps. 23:5-6. And that we might be the more ready and prepared for this business of thanksgiving and glorification, it will be helpful to think often and much: (1) that God, in His inclining favor of love, grace, and mercy toward us, is nevertheless entirely self-sufficient for Himself, and seeks or desires no benefit from us — indeed, cannot even receive one, Gen. 17:1, Ps. 16:2 and 50:9, 14. (2) That God inclines in love toward mean and unrighteous men. What is man, that thou art mindful of him? etc., Ps. 8:4; a nothing, a thing that is as nothing, Ps. 39:6-7; a drop in the bucket, and a speck of dust on the scale, nothing, indeed less than nothing, Isa. 40:15, 17 — even toward transgressors, and toward those who are His enemies, Rom. 5:10. (3) The inclining favor itself, whereby the all-sufficient God, with so great a perfection, and in so many ways, pours Himself out in love, grace, mercy, longsuffering, kindness, upon wretched sinners, Exod. 34:6, and even embraces them so tenderly, Jer. 31:20. Finally (4) the benefits of this inclining affection, which are so many and so great — natural, moral, saving — such great riches of kindness, and forbearance, and longsuffering, Rom. 2:4. And let us think on this so long and so earnestly, until we (a) comprehend somewhat with the heart, together with all the saints, what is the breadth, and length, and depth, and height, and know the love of Christ, which passes knowledge, Eph. 3:18-19; and also (b) break forth with the mouth: Bless the LORD, O my soul. The LORD is merciful and gracious, longsuffering, and abundant in kindness, Ps. 103:1, 8; and (c) that we render again, so far as lies in us, in works, Ps. 116:12 — which shall come to pass, in particular and especially, through a diligent following of those Attributes which we have already pointed out.
Chapter XVIII: On God's Righteousness
Over Psalm 119:137.
LORD, thou art righteous, and every one of thy judgments is right.
I. We have said that the Goodness of God may be considered either as it communicates itself, whereby it makes others good; or as it is desirable in itself. In the first way it is, as it were, a natural attribute, insofar as its communication takes place through God's love, grace, mercy, forbearance, longsuffering, kindness — and thus we have thus far noted and considered it. In the second way it is, as it were, a moral attribute. And in this way it may again be considered either as related to a certain rule, with which it agrees most exactly — and thus it is called Righteousness — or absolutely and without qualification, insofar as it has an aversion from all moral impurity, and, on the contrary, is inclined to every moral good — and thus it is called Holiness. Righteousness we shall consider in this chapter; Holiness in the next. By Righteousness, then, God is inclined and disposed to act and to conduct Himself according to the rectitude of His nature, as an eternal rule; this rectitude He prescribes to creatures as a rule, or manner and way of acting and conducting themselves — that is, a Law; He also repays, either good or evil, according to the obedience or disobedience of creatures. This Righteousness the Prophet sets before us, Ps. 119:137.
The Explanatory Part
II. The text contains in itself a certain laudatory acknowledgment and exclamation, with a proof and argument taken from God's Righteousness. Herein two points come before us, namely, (1) The Person: LORD, thou art righteous. Here first the Person praised, YHWH, LORD. To this name is added, by way of excellence, the title of address, righteous — insofar as it is thereby made known that God's Righteousness, according to the nature and force of this name, is independent, unchangeable, most simple, infinite, and eternal. (2) The proof and ground of the address, righteous art thou, tsaddiq attah — according to the usage of the Hebrews, attah, in place of the substantive copulative verb "thou art," so that it is: thou art righteous — although here it is besides emphatic. Thou art righteous, namely, by way of excellence, and independently, thou alone. Which emphasis is also somewhat increased by the word order, whereby the adjective "righteous" is placed before the pronoun "thou": righteous art thou, LORD, and no other, in that manner, but thou alone. Further, the title tsaddiq, righteous, is applied, if it be referred to words, to signify one who is truthful — who acts according to His own words and sayings, as according to a rule, by both promising and threatening at once; or, if it be referred to things and dealings, namely, according to the nature and condition of each — dealing differently with a righteous man than with an ungodly one, namely, either by rewarding the one, or by punishing the other: and thus this word signifies fairness and fittingness.
(2) The Judgments, ve-yashar mishpatecha, and right are thy judgments. The connecting letter (vav) joins together the righteousness of nature with the righteousness of the judgments or workings: because he who is right and righteous also acts rightly and righteously — just as he who does not act rightly is also not right or righteous. The word yashar, translated "right," could be taken either substantively — the right, or rightness itself, are thy judgments, emphatically; they are not merely right, but rightness itself, so that it conveys an excellence of rightness above all that is right; or adjectivally — right, or upright, are thy judgments, namely each one of thy judgments, to convey a universality of rightness in each and every one of thy judgments, proceeding and acting according to the rightness of thy nature, according to the truth of thy sayings and words, whether of thy promises or of thy threats, according to the condition of the objects, whether good or evil, dealing out to each one, individually, various things — either rewards, or punishments. (3) The praised and celebrated matter, mishpatecha, thy judgments. The word mishpat is of manifold meaning; for it signifies (a) a custom, a solemnity, a manner of doing — thus Jer. 30:18, 1 Sam. 8:9 — for thus it would here signify the right or the justice: thus the tyranny of the Kings would signify the "right." (b) The Law, namely the Civil Law, according to which right was pronounced and administered in the Republic of the Israelites — thus Ezek. 20:11 [?]. Further (c) the pronouncement of the sentence, as it were a judicial proceeding, a judge's pronouncement — thus Deut. 1:16, Judg. 16:31, Job 9:15. Moreover (d) the execution of the sentence, by rewarding or by punishing, Num. 20:12 [?], Ps. 2:6 — the same as, among the Greeks, the word κρίνω, I judge, Rom. 3:4, Heb. 10:30, from Deut. 32:36. And since subordinate things do not conflict, all these things can be fitly gathered together. Wherefore also the word stands in the plural, mishpatim, judgments, to signify that all God's customs, solemnities, and manners of doing; all His Laws, legal proceedings, and executions of His sentences, whether by rewarding or by punishing, are right.
The proof and ground of the address: yashar, right, is set over against crookedness, whereby something deviates from its rule — and so it agrees with the word tsaddiq, righteous. In the moral sense, crookedness is the same as sin, or ἀνομία, lawlessness, unrighteousness, John 3:4, compared with Ps. 125:5, whereby a deed deviates from its rule and standard; and yashar, right, that which agrees with the same, Eccl. 7:29. It is therefore made known that God is righteous not only in Himself, but also in all His judgments and workings.
The Doctrinal Part
III. Accordingly, according to the testimony of the Psalmist, God is righteous in Himself, and righteous in all His deeds and works. With which the Holy Scripture consistently, and in many places, agrees elsewhere, when it (1) expressly calls God righteous, right, holy, Ps. 25:8 and 11:7, Deut. 32:4, Exod. 9:27, Jer. 12:1, Dan. 9:14. When it (2) removes from Him all that is contrary — unrighteousness, unfairness, respect of persons, receiving of gifts, and all the causes, workings, and appendages of every sort of unrighteousness, 2 Chron. 19:7, Rom. 3:14 and 9:13-14, Heb. 6:10, Deut. 32:4, Job 8:3. When it (3) ascribes to Him such affections as require righteousness in creatures — hatred, wrath, severity, vengeance, judgments, punishments — just as we have shown in their own places: all which things in God are nothing other than the acts of an unchangeable Righteousness. When it (4) says that He repays each according to his work, and thus gives to each his own, Job 34:11-12. And He can be none other than righteous: because He (1) is absolutely perfect, from whom therefore this perfection, which excludes nothing imperfect, cannot be absent. (2) Because He is the Lord, the Governor and Ruler of the whole Universe, who, if He is not righteous, degenerates into a tyrant. (3) Because He is the Judge of the whole earth, Gen. 18:25 — but how could He, without being righteous, pronounce sentence and judgment? (4) And if God were not righteous, whence would any righteousness come? Accordingly, either there would be no righteousness at all; or such as had not proceeded from God; or it would have proceeded from one in whom it is not: but which of these is more, or less, absurd?
IV. Righteousness now is, in general, a conformity with its right and rule. Wherefore it is one and the same with rectitude, to which crookedness is set in opposition, or the deviation from one's rule and standard, as we have said in the Explanatory Part. Righteousness therefore comprises (1) the right in general — that which is denoted by, and belongs to, each and every one, Rom. 1:32, Luke 20:25 — which is the rule and standard of doing and acting; and (2) a conformity with this right, which is the formal element, or the essence, of Righteousness — just as deviation is the essence of unrighteousness. So that Righteousness belongs to those things which are relational, and differs in just this from Holiness, which consists in a quality. Whence it admits of no degrees, and is either perfect, or is not at all — for it either agrees with its standard, or it does not agree with it — whereas Holiness has its degrees. In this conformity in particular consists also God's Righteousness, no less than that of creatures — except that God is Himself both the right, and the standard of His own doing and acting; whereas creatures acknowledge the right and standard of their doing and acting to have been prescribed to them from elsewhere: whence Divine and human Right are distinguished — although meanwhile the Divine Right, insofar as it is natural, is in fact the same as human and moral right, or that of the Ten Commandments, of which some likeness shows itself in man's original Righteousness. Now insofar as God acts in conformity with this — though not dependently — He is said to act righteously.
V. This Righteousness is accordingly noted and observed distinctly: (1) In the Will of God, according to which it is described as a steadfast will to give each his own — which, since it is one and the same with His Being, on this account calls Him righteous. (2) In His words and sayings, according to which He is called truthful, faithful, and steadfast — because it befits and suits the rectitude of the Divine nature to speak no otherwise: of which above at large. (3) In His deeds: which is again either (1) of Government, or Dominion, whereby He, as Lord, governs all creatures with the highest fairness — that is, in conformity with that rectitude which He has, through original righteousness, in some measure expressed in man — Himself righteously. Whence it stands, Ps. 33:4-5: For the word of the LORD is right; and all His works are done in truth. He loves righteousness and judgment. Against this it does not conflict, that so many perverse, unrighteous, and very evil things happen in the world; since God, according to His right, permits these, does not work them, in order that in these very things He might, at some time, make manifest His righteousness. Or (2) of Jurisdiction, or Judicial rule, whereby He in particular prescribes to rational creatures His right, and, according to that, governs them, in a manner suited to their particular nature. This comes to pass, in part, by giving a Law, consisting of commands and prohibitions — that is, by prescribing to them their duty, under the promise of reward or the threat of punishment, according to His Holiness, or His eternal Law, James 4:12: There is one Lawgiver, who is able to save and to destroy, Rom. 10, Deut. 27:26, Gal. 3:10; in part, by strengthening and binding the Law with promises and threats, Deut. 30:15.
VI. In part, by fulfilling the obligation of the Law, Jer. 32:19. First, by rewarding the duties, according to His gracious promise, Ps. 18:24-26, Rom. 1:6-7 [?], 2 Thess. 1:5-7 — whose righteousness, however, is nothing but the fruit of a bare and mere covenant, apart from and without any worthiness on our part, Luke 17:10, Rom. 11:35-36 — because He, out of abundance of goodness, does not wish to be served in vain, Isa. 45:19, and, by promising, willingly and freely makes Himself, as it were, a debtor, 2 Tim. 2:13. Secondly, by punishing, or sending evils — indeed on occasion of sin, but not by way of recompense for it — namely, that either (1) sin might be corrected, turned away, and prevented — Heb. 12:5-11, 1 Cor. 11:31 — or curbed and restrained, in the elect who are as yet unregenerate, Acts 9:3-5, 9, and thus the way be paved to their conversion; or that (2) some hidden, lurking good might be brought to light, to which purpose the testing afflictions belong, Deut. 8:2 and 13:3, Judg. 2:22 and 3:4; or that the good, which is already manifest, might be exercised and increased, Ps. 66:10-12 and 26:1-2. Which afflictions and visitations are governed, not by God's Righteousness, but by His fatherly Love, Heb. 12:5-7, Rev. 3:19. Thirdly, by punishing transgressors, requiting and compensating with grievous evils the disgraceful wrongs done to Him. Which righteousness is called by various names, such as hatred, wrath, indignation, severity, vengeance, judgment or sentence, as we have expressly noted at large in the preceding chapter.
VII. But that this avenging Justice truly belongs to God essentially cannot be doubted any the more, seeing that it is one and the same with God's Goodness — for it is nothing other than God's Goodness, setting evil in order; just as Grace is God's Goodness, presenting and furthering virtue. So that the execution of punishing Justice is not equally free, sin being posited, as Grace is, virtue being posited — since God, in respect of the creature, is not made a debtor of any benefit whatsoever except by virtue of His own gracious promise, Luke 17:10, Rom. 11:35, whereas the creature, by virtue of sin, remains, absolutely and of necessity, a debtor to Divine Justice, subject to the punishment, Rom. 1:32. The punishing of sin, therefore, is in many respects inevitable and necessary: (1) By virtue of God's decree, Isa. 14:24, 26-27, Rom. 9:21-22. Then (2) by virtue of the threat, Gen. 2:17 and 3:3. Further (3) by virtue of God's natural hatred against sin and against the sinner, Ps. 5:5-7, which signifies nothing other than His will to punish. (IV) By virtue of the inward desert of sin, Rom. 1:32 and 6:23. Moreover (V) by virtue of the nature of the Law, which prescribes to man his duty under condition of punishment, and which would otherwise not differ from mere counsel, James 2:10, Gal. 3:10. Finally (VI) by virtue of His having punished His own and only-begotten Son, Rom. 8:32. From all these things, taken together, it can flow forth as nothing but indubitable, that sin must necessarily be punished by God — especially since Holy Scripture expressly says so, 2 Thess. 1:7, Hab. 1:13, Ps. 5:5.
VIII. Finally, God's Righteousness is (1) impartial, admitting no acceptance of persons, 2 Cor. 5:10, nor sparing the multitude of those who sin, Jer. 18:7 — nor even the whole first world, nor the worthiness and excellence of the person, not even of kings, Josh. 14:4-5; nor even those who are, in one way or another, joined with Him by covenant, Amos 3:2 — as appears from the examples of Moses, David, and others. It is (2) inexorable, Ezek. 14:14, 18, 20, Jer. 15:1. It is (3) universal, so that no single sin can be passed over that is not strictly punished — either in the sinner, or in the Surety, Gal. 3:10.
The Polemical Part
IX. Concerning God's Righteousness various matters are treated by way of question, or as controversial. It is asked first: Whether, and in what manner, Righteousness can have place in God? The reason for doubting is that He does not have, prescribed to Him by another, any right, as a rule and standard, according to which He should order Himself, in and under His doing — whereas righteousness or rectitude consists in conformity with its rule. Answer: He indeed has no right, or rule and standard, differing from the rectitude of His own nature; nor one such as would have been prescribed to Him from elsewhere; nor one such as He would be compelled to conform Himself to: nevertheless He has a right and standard, namely His own most upright and holy nature, which one is accustomed to call the eternal right, or the eternal law. Indeed, He has that Law of Nature, which He has prescribed, in the Ten Words, to rational creatures, according to which He, of Himself and freely, orders Himself in the governing of creatures. Further, that in God there is a Righteousness, we have abundantly proven from the Holy Scriptures and with reasons, §3.
X. In particular, secondly, it is asked concerning the righteousness of Government: Whether the Divine Righteousness must in every respect be said to be righteous? The reason for doubting is, on the one hand, because (1) so much and so great unrighteousness is observed and perceived in the world, under His governance, which does not seem to agree, or to be able to stand together, with a most righteous Governor who is almighty and all-wise. Because He (2) allots to His own, namely to the godly, the worst and most evil things, 1 Cor. 15:19, and to His enemies, or the ungodly, the very best, Ps. 73:3-9, 14, Jer. 12:1. Because He (3), in the matter of predestination, seems to be a respecter of persons, in that He allots things altogether unequal to those who are equal, forming out of the same lump one vessel unto honor, the other unto dishonor; that He has mercy on some, but hardens others; that He grants grace to these, but denies it to those, without any distinguishing reason in the objects, but solely according to and by His own good pleasure, Rom. 9:11-24. Because He (4) at times punishes the sins of the fathers in the children, Exod. 20:5. Because He (5) punishes an innocent one in place of, and instead of, the guilty — namely, that He has made His Son, who knew no sin, to be sin for us, sinful sinners, 2 Cor. 5:21. On the other hand, because Righteousness is a perfection, and indeed such a one as implies no imperfection whatsoever, and this therefore cannot be absent from a most perfect Being. We answer, accordingly, that God, in the government of this world, is in all things righteous, as we have demonstrated §3. To the first objection we say that God righteously permits unrighteousness, in order to make His avenging Righteousness illustrious in the punishing of the guilty. To the second we answer: (1) That God never sends to His own, or to the godly, anything that is truly evil; nor allots anything that is truly good to His enemies, or the ungodly, Isa. 3:10-11, but only some semblance of good. (2) That the evil which He sends to His own is in fact good; just as the good which He brings to His enemies is in fact evil — since to the godly their evil is profitable, and works together for their good, Rom. 8:28, just as to the ungodly their good is harmful: for the former it is a fatherly chastisement, whereby He keeps and excludes them from sin, as the highest and only evil; or a testing and exercising of patience, prayer, etc. (3) If we should even grant, which however we do not, that what God sends in this life is, in the ungodly, a true good, and in the godly a true evil, God will nevertheless, after this life, requite their evil to the godly infinitely — 2 Cor. 4:16-17 — and their good to the ungodly, Luke 16:19-26. To the third objection we say: (1) That God, in His government, is by no means a respecter of persons — for a respecter of persons is called, and is, one who, being bound to allot to equals, according to their claim, equal things, nevertheless allots them unequally; but God acts neither according to any set prescription, nor is He indebted to anyone for anything: for who has first given to Him, that it should be repaid Him again? For of Him, and through Him, and unto Him, are all things, Rom. 11:36. Then (2) predestination is a Divine decree, which is nothing other than an immanent act of God, which produces nothing outside itself, and consequently allots neither anything good, nor anything evil — although it is the standard, according to which His providence allots all things. And (3) if that providence be considered, which allots salvation and damnation, it does not bring unequal things to equals; but to unequals — namely, to believers and unbelievers — it brings unequal things: to believers, for Christ's sake, salvation; to unbelievers, for their sins' sake, most righteous condemnation. Finally (4) God deals with His creatures as an absolute and unqualified Lord, who orders and disposes them according to His own choice and good pleasure, Matt. 20:15: He has mercy on whom He will, and He hardens whom He will; out of the same lump He makes one vessel unto honor, and another unto dishonor, Rom. 9:18, 20-21 — using the one for the glorifying of His Mercy, and the other for the glorifying of His avenging Righteousness, in the manner that a Lord makes disposal regarding his servants and slaves, by setting the one to a more honorable, and the other to a less honorable, task, without and apart from any acceptance of persons. To the fourth objection we say that God never punishes the sins of the fathers in innocent children: for as to the first sin of the first-created parents, they committed that in those parents, by virtue of the covenant of nature; and as to the following sins, of the nearer or immediate parents, these are never punished in the children, unless they either incline toward the sins of the parents, or else follow after them. To the fifth we say that He punished His Son, not as simply innocent, but, by virtue of His eternal suretyship voluntarily undertaken, as guilty — although He was in Himself innocent.
XI. Further, thirdly, it is asked concerning legislative righteousness: Whether all righteousness depends solely on the Divine Will? Or, whether a thing is righteous for this reason, that God wills it to be righteous — or, whether, on the contrary, God wills it because it is righteous? From which arises also another controversy: Whether God could have commanded, in place of those things which He has commanded, altogether contrary things? Answer: (1) Certainly God is the first who is righteous of Himself; yet on this account the Will of God, as such, is not therefore straightway the cause of all righteousness — since we understand that some things are righteous prior to the will of God, although they are not such prior to His nature. Accordingly (2) some things are righteous because God so wills — namely, those things which belong to positive right; but some things God wills because they are righteous — namely, those things which belong to natural right, insofar as they agree with the holiness of His nature, or with the nature of man, insofar as it bears the image of God. Accordingly, God (3) could not have commanded contrary things, except insofar as they belong to positive and arbitrary right. For He could not have prescribed, for example, blasphemy, idolatry, disobedience, etc., although in the shadowy service of the Old Testament He was able to abolish it, and set up in its place another form of worship. We have treated this controversial and disputed matter in the chapter on the Will of God, §31.
XII. It is asked fourthly, Whether God, consistently with His Righteousness, can bind man to impossible things? The Papists and other champions of Perfectionism, in order to maintain, against this, that man in this life can be morally perfect — that is, can keep the whole moral Law — hold that God, consistently with His righteousness, cannot bind man to impossible things. The Socinians and Remonstrants, for the sake of the unimpaired free will, in order to hold that man is able to do what is prescribed to him by the Divine Law, hold that God, by virtue of His Righteousness, cannot bind man to impossible things. The Reformed make a distinction between things which are simply impossible for the whole human race, or which surpass the powers of the whole human race, to which it has never received powers from God — for example, to fly — then they acknowledge that man, consistently with the Divine Righteousness, cannot be bound to such impossible things; and between things which are impossible in a certain respect, to which man, in his Creation and in his original righteousness, did receive powers from God, but which he has lost through his own wantonness and willfulness: that God, consistently with His Righteousness, can in every respect bind man to such impossible things — for example, to perfectly obey His Law, although this is impossible for the sinner. Because God, through man's sin, and the powers wasted thereby to do what is prescribed, cannot be deprived of His right, whereby He requires that which is owed to Him. More on this elsewhere.
XIII. It is asked fifthly, concerning the rewarding Righteousness: Whether God, by His Righteousness, is likewise bound and obligated to reward obedience, as He is by it bound to punish disobedience? The Papists, in order the more forcefully to support their Merits — both those which, according to them, arise from congruity, which are due to works done before conversion, which nevertheless would presuppose some bountifulness of God; and those which, from condignity, would belong to works done after conversion — hold that God, by virtue of His Righteousness, according to strict right, owes a reward, no less than He is bound to punish disobedience. The Reformed, although they acknowledge that God, according to His gracious promise, is bound to the promised reward, because every promise creates a debt — nevertheless hold that good works merit absolutely nothing, and that God, by His promise, does not become so much a debtor to the good works, or to those who perform them, as He does to Himself, in so promising: and that therefore He, by virtue of His Righteousness, does not reward good works in the same manner as He punishes evil ones, to which, from their own nature, punishment is owed. Their reasons are chiefly these: (1) Because Scripture brings all reward to grace, or undeserved love, as we have shown in the chapter on Love, Grace, etc., §36. (2) Because our works themselves originate from God, whence the Apostle says: Who has first given to Him, and it shall be recompensed to Him again? For of Him, and through Him, and unto Him, are all things, Rom. 11:35-36 — and therefore they are more God's than our own works: how then could He, on their account, owe us anything? (3) Because they do not reach up to God, Ps. 16:2, Job 22:2, ch. 35:7, Ps. 50:9, etc. How then would he, on their account, be indebted to us? (4) Because they proceed from us as from servants, Luke 17:10 — but a Lord owes His servant nothing. If they now object, saying: (1) that a Reward is spoken of — so one must think that there is a Reward which is not according to debt, but out of grace, Rom. 4:4. (2) That a worthiness is ascribed to the works — but which is not by virtue of the value of the works, but by virtue of an agreement with God's gracious promise, Eph. 4:1, Phil. 1:27. (3) That the reward is brought to Righteousness, 2 Thess. 1:7, Heb. 6:10 — yet this does not flow from the merit of the work, but from the gracious promise of him who rewards.
XIV. It is asked sixthly, concerning God's punishing Righteousness: Whether those sorrowful evils, which come upon true believers and the justified in this life, and even their death itself, are sent them from God's avenging Justice? The very renowned Cocceius, in order to have a greater distinction between the Old and New Testament, and to hold that the true believers who lived under the Old Testament did not have the ἄφεσις, the full remission of sins, but were under guilt, until the actual satisfaction of Christ — holds that they were under God's wrath, under the curse, under the fear of death, etc., and that therefore all the evils which came upon them in this life were sent them on account of their guilt of punishment, through God's Righteousness. A certain famous Reformed teacher, because he could not reconcile these temporal evils, with certainty, with his clear and distinct conceptions, which are with Him, as with all the Cartesians, the rule and standard of all truth, to God's fatherly love, chastening His own unto their good and salvation, holds that those evils proceed from God's punishing, or avenging, Righteousness, and that Christ has not made satisfaction for them. The Papists, in order the more forcefully to come to the aid of the self-satisfactions of Believers for the temporal punishment of sins, and likewise of their purgatory and indulgences, hold that Christ has made satisfaction only for the eternal punishments of sins, and that the temporal punishments are therefore sent them from God's avenging Justice. The Reformed indeed acknowledge that he has left to them, in order that they might make satisfaction, the temporal punishment; but they do not concede that those evils are sent without righteousness, or against it — since all that God does is righteous; also, that they are sent on occasion of sins, that these might thereby be prevented and averted, and thus tend to their salvation: but they do not admit that they are sent by God's avenging Righteousness, but by God's fatherly love. Accordingly, that they are not properly so-called punishments, but fatherly chastisements — between which and properly so-called punishments a manifold distinction is to be observed, namely, that punishment is inflicted by a Judge, chastisement by a Father; that punishment proceeds from God's avenging Righteousness, chastisement from God's fatherly love; that punishment tends to the harm of the one punished, chastisement to His benefit; that punishment tends to the recompense of a formerly committed crime, chastisement to the averting of a future sin. Their chief reasons are: (1) That Christ has made most complete and most exact satisfaction for their sins, and has taken away all guilt of punishment — wherefore avenging Righteousness can absolutely demand no punishment for it. That Christ has made the most exact satisfaction for these, Scripture teaches everywhere, John 1:29, 1 John 1:7, 2 Cor. 5:21, Isa. 53:4-5, 11 — so that He, by the one offering of himself, has perfected all believers forever, Heb. 10:14, and that the justified have all their sins forgiven, Rom. 4:7-8, Ps. 103:3. Then (2) because there is now no condemnation (κατάκριμα) for those who are in Christ Jesus, Rom. 8:1 — but He who punishes where there is no guilt of punishment, no condemnation, deals unrighteously. Further (3) because the Apostle denies that the Elect of God can be accused, because it is God who justifies, and that they cannot be condemned, because Christ has died, Rom. 8:33-34. Moreover (4) because He does not behold iniquity in Jacob, nor perverseness in Israel, Num. 23:21, and much less, therefore, punishes it. Besides (5) that, if God should punish the justified with temporal punishments, Christ would not then save perfectly (εἰς τὸ παντελές) those who come to God through Him — of which the Apostle teaches the contrary, Heb. 7:25. Also (6) that those evils which are sent to believers are said to proceed from the love of God, Heb. 12:11-12, Rev. 3:19, Ps. 119:71, 1 Cor. 11:32 — and therefore not from God's avenging Righteousness. Finally (7) because they are sent them for their profit and advantage, Rom. 8:28, Ps. 119:71, and are therefore far better called benefits than punishments. I shall not omit (8) that even their death itself is nothing other than a deliverance from sin, Rom. 6:6-7 and 7:25-26, and 8:10, 2 Cor. 4:10, and a passing over unto life — wherefore it is reckoned by believers among their goods, 1 Cor. 3:22, Rom. 14:8. The chief thing that they object is this: that, according to the Scriptures, God, in the case of believers who sin more grievously, has sometimes punished more severely, and that they thus have borne the wrath of God, Micah 7:9 — indeed, that He is said to have avenged their sins, in Moses and Aaron, Ps. 99:8, and that He is thus found to have dealt with David, Solomon, and others. Answer: (a) To hold graver sins to a stricter account is not the same as at once to punish, as appears in David, on whom God, after the forgiveness, nevertheless sent so grievous a punishment, 2 Sam. 12:13-14. (b) God has brought heavier visitations upon heavier misdeeds, not that thereby the misdeed might be atoned for, and satisfaction be made for it to His justice, but that He might thereby make manifest His holiness, His hatred against sin, and His non-acceptance of persons, as an example to others — as appears in the chastised Moses and Aaron, Ps. 99:8: Thou wast a God that forgave them, though thou tookest vengeance of their doings. In this sense also (c) the Church is said to have borne God's wrath and His vengeance, namely materially, not formally, as the saying goes.
XV. Moreover, seventhly, it is asked, concerning that same punishing Righteousness of God: whether God, consistently with His Righteousness, could punish an innocent creature, at least with an eternal punishment? The Arminians, in order that God might not be able to reject a rational creature, not yet fallen, without foreseen sins, hold firmly that it conflicts with God's Righteousness to punish an innocent and guiltless creature. The Socinians indeed say that God can punish an absolutely innocent and guiltless creature, but upon perverse suppositions — namely, in order to maintain that Christ, being absolutely innocent and guiltless, was not punished for our sins, and that He therefore did not make satisfaction through His sufferings and through His death for us, but that He was nevertheless visited and afflicted — they hold that it does not conflict with God's Righteousness to punish an innocent and guiltless creature. Among the Reformed there are some — for example, the very renowned Twisse and others — who think that God can not only visit and punish an innocent and guiltless one, but even with eternal pains; the rest indeed acknowledge that He can do it simply, but that He cannot do it with eternal punishments, such as have place in the eternal punishments of the damned. And that He can simply punish an innocent and guiltless one, they prove: (1) by testimonies of Scripture, for example, Matt. 20:15, Jer. 18:6, Rom. 9:21-22. Then (2) because His power over creatures is infinite, which therefore also extends to and over an innocent one. Further (3) because as much power, at least, belongs to Him over rational creatures as belongs to man over the irrational animals, so that he even puts these to death. Moreover (4) because God, by His power and right, as, I think, all acknowledge, can at least, for example, lightly injure an innocent creature's finger; if this is granted, why then should He not, by that same power, be able to remove the entire finger from him — and why not also his temporal life? Let them add (5) to this the passage of John 9:2-3, where the Savior, to His Disciples, who asked Him for what cause that man's blindness from birth had been brought upon him — whether for the sin of his parents, or for his own — answered that it was neither for the sin of his parents, nor for his own, but that the works of God might be made manifest in him. Christ does not indeed mean to deny that either he or his parents had sinned, but only means to give to understand that, without respect to sin, this blindness was sent upon Him, to the glorifying of God. Let me add (VI) that all those evils which are sent by God upon true believers and the justified are sent them as, in their own way, innocent and guiltless. For although they are in themselves sinners, they can nevertheless in Christ, through Justification, by virtue of the righteousness of their perfect Surety, bestowed on and imputed to them, be called innocent and guiltless, and are also so called by God, Isa. 1:18: Though your sins be as scarlet, they shall be white as snow; though they be red like crimson, they shall be as wool. And the reason for this is given: because the blood of Jesus Christ, the Son of God, cleanses us from all sin, 1 John 1:7. And yet I would not dare to determine that God could punish an innocent and guiltless creature with eternal punishments: because not only are the eternal pains, for sin's sake, appointed and destined for the damned as punishment, as coming upon them by virtue of God's Righteousness, 2 Thess. 1:6, 9, Matt. 25:41, 46, but chiefly because those eternal pains, which are otherwise destined to the damned for punishment, can contribute nothing to the glorifying of God's Mercy, nor of His avenging Righteousness — and that which does not tend to the glorifying of one of these two, God does not seem able to inflict on such a one. Nor does the objection hold good here, for the opposing view, of the reprobation of creatures as yet to be created and as yet to fall — since that reprobation, being an immanent act, neither visits nor punishes; and God, as it were, according to the prescript thereof, does not punish the damned except after a foregoing sin.
XVI. Finally, eighthly, it is asked concerning God's avenging Justice: whether God, consistently with His Righteousness, could leave sin unpunished? That He can punish, if He wills, is beyond all dispute, according to Rom. 1:32, and according to the constant tenor of Scripture. But that He could not punish, indeed that He even wills not to punish, the Socinians hold, out of hatred against the satisfaction of Christ, and that upon various suppositions: namely, (1) that to punish sins does not belong to God's Righteousness, nor to His nature, so that the punishing Righteousness should be natural to Him; but (2) to His hatred and severity, differing from His Righteousness, and therefore not to Righteousness — but that the punishing must be brought to God's incidental severity, and that therefore, by the not-punishing of sins, His Righteousness is not thereby offended or injured. The very renowned Twisse, with some others — for example, Grotius and others — holds that God can indeed, by His absolutely unlimited power, without regard to any contrary decree, not punish sins; but that He does not will it. Most of the Reformed are of the judgment that God can neither, nor wills to, leave sins unpunished. There are those who take the middle way, and do not judge it advisable enough to make a determination concerning God's unlimited power, whereby He could not let even the very least sin pass by unpunished — because (1) this seems to verge on rashness, that a creature should undertake to determine what the infinite God, by His infinite power, can or cannot do. And that it also (2) is not safe enough — being a thing hateful, and exposed to the slanders of the opposing Parties — to wish to maintain that God cannot, by His unlimited and infinite power, let even the very least sin go unpunished; and that (3) the duty and burden of proving it would be laborious and difficult enough, to show plainly and clearly enough that God cannot do this by His absolute power. They think, therefore, that it is, for the refuting of the opposing Parties, altogether sufficient to hold that God cannot do this — not so much on the ground of His absolute power, but at least on account of, and by reason of, the accumulation of very many reasons and causes: namely, (a) by virtue of God's eternal decree, wherein and whereby He has determined that He will not hold the guilty innocent, Ps. 50:21, Exod. 20:5. Then (b) by virtue of the threat, whereby He has declared to the sinner the punishment, Gen. 2:16-17 — the truth of which threat requires punishment. Further (c) from a natural hatred against the sinner, Ps. 5:5-7, from which they infer and conclude: God cannot fail to hate sin and the sinner, because otherwise He would also come to love him, according to the nature of contrary things, and thus sin would therefore not be sin — for whatever is loved by God is no sin; but now to hate sin and the sinner is, in God, nothing other than to will to punish. Moreover (d) by virtue of the nature of the Law, which prescribes to the rational creature his duty, under either an express or a tacit threat against transgression — which would otherwise degenerate and change into a bare counsel, or a mere and simple guidance, such as, for example, belongs and is proper to physicians toward their patients. Now, if God cannot fail to prescribe a Law to the rational creature — because otherwise He would not be an absolutely sovereign Lord — then He also cannot fail to threaten the transgressor with punishment; and if He cannot fail to threaten, then He also cannot fail to send the threatened punishment, consistently with His truthfulness, whereby it is made worthy of death, Rom. 1:32, 2 Thess. 1:6. Moreover (e) by virtue of the inward desert of sin. Finally (f) from the death of God's own, only-begotten, and most beloved Son, from which they infer and conclude: if God had been able to spare sin and the sinner, He would surely have spared His own only-begotten Son; but He has not spared Him, Rom. 8:32 — therefore He cannot. From all these reasons, taken together, they conclude finally that God cannot let the sinner perish unpunished. By virtue of this, Holy Scripture also says that He is of purer eyes than to behold evil, and cannot look on iniquity, Hab. 1:13, and that He hates all workers of iniquity, Ps. 5:6. That middle and more moderate course pleases me best of all. Wherefore we acknowledge, against the Socinians: (*) that the punishing of sin is, by Holy Scripture, brought to God's hatred, wrath, and severity; but which, by virtue of His simplicity, are not accidents in Him, or things differing from His nature, nor properly so-called passions, but His very Will to punish, which is altogether the same as His avenging righteousness. Meanwhile (**), that the exacting of punishments, or the exercise of punishing, is in the Scriptures brought not only to God's hatred, wrath, and severity, but to His Righteousness itself, 2 Thess. 1:6, Neh. 9:33, Ps. 11:6-7 and 129:4, Lam. 1:18, Dan. 9:14, Rev. 16:5 — whence He is moreover called an avenger of righteousness, Ps. 9:5, who has a day of righteous judgment, Rom. 2:4, and exercises a righteous recompense, Heb. 2:2, and a righteous judgment, Rom. 3:6 — indeed, is also a righteous Avenger, 1 Thess. 4:5. If it now be objected against this: (A) that anyone may waive his own right — we shall answer: (†) that not everything the creature can do, the Creator can likewise do at once — for example, divest Himself of His own sovereignty. (††) God is the Judge of the whole earth, who can do nothing but what is right, Gen. 18:25, Rom. 3:4-6, who does not attend to His own right, but that of the whole Republic; wherefore, if He should let sin go unpunished, He would not be giving up His own right, but a right belonging to another. (B) That all God's acts, however many there are, are free. Answer: (†) They are so — namely, those which do not involve, and so far as they do not involve, anything contrary to His holiness and righteousness: and (††) the ordering, as regards the circumstances — what sort of punishment, when, where, and to what degree it is to be executed — belongs to God's sovereign choice and good pleasure, while the essence, or the essential nature, of the punishing belongs to His righteousness and holiness. (C) That He can mitigate, moderate, delay the punishments, and transfer them to another. Answer: Only in the sense that He does not remove them altogether, and, as it were, conspire with the sinner, Ps. 50:21. All these things, moreover, belong to the circumstances of the punishing, in which, as belonging to an absolutely sovereign Lord, the freedom of dispensing them is His. (D) That, at least, sins against the positive Law do not conflict with the Divine Nature (since those Laws proceed only from His own choice), but only against His own indifferent will and good pleasure — and therefore that they too can be taken away only by a free forgiveness and remission. Answer: If it is but sin, and one has thereby violated the righteous Will of God, offended His infinite Majesty, and thereby made oneself guilty of the crime of injured Majesty, then, precisely for that reason, sin must truly be punished according to God's Righteousness. Especially since he who stumbles in any single point, whatever it be, is held guilty of having transgressed the whole Law, James 2:10.
The Practical Part
XVII. In respect of the Practical use, the Divine Righteousness furnishes us, first, matter for the glorification of God. Wherefore one sees that it is so customary with the saints to mingle the Divine Righteousness in and among their songs of praise — for example, Ps. 7:17, 48:10, 71:24, and 145:7, Eph. 2:16, Rev. 19:1, Isa. 26:7, Dan. 4:37. For the LORD of hosts shall be exalted in judgment, and God shall be sanctified in righteousness before the eyes of the holy, Isa. 5:16. Whence the heavens, and those who dwell in the heavens, are said to declare God's Righteousness, Ps. 50:6 and 97:6. Indeed, God Himself is also said to declare His Righteousness before the eyes of the peoples, Ps. 98:2. In particular it furnishes us matter for glory and for glorifying God: (I) His governing and ruling Righteousness, whereby He directs all things so exactly, in conformity with their nature and kind, by giving to each his own, that all His works are said to be pure righteousness, Ps. 119:75 and 111:7, Isa. 9:6. (II) His judicial Righteousness, whereby He, as the Judge of the whole earth, judges the peoples in all uprightness, and the world with righteousness, Ps. 96:10, 13, and righteousness is said to be the stability of His throne, Ps. 89:15 and 97:2. (III) His legislative Righteousness, whereby He prescribes Laws, which in every part are so righteous, Deut. 4:8, Rom. 7:12. (IV) His rewarding Righteousness, whereby He does not will to be served in vain, and even repays a hundredfold, Isa. 45:19, Matt. 19:29 and 25:34-35, every duty, even the very smallest and least, Matt. 10:42. (V) His chastening Righteousness, whereby He so strictly holds even the sins of His own to account, Lam. 1:18, Isa. 42:24. (VI) His avenging Righteousness, whereby He does not let, nor can let, a single sin go unpunished, Hab. 1:13, Jer. 1:15, 28, 2 Thess. 1:6, 8-9 — indeed, holds it to account with so many and so great judgments. And in all these (VII) with so great an exactness of Righteousness, which is unswerving and inexorable — wherefore it is compared to mountains, and to a deep abyss, Ps. 36:7, and is called high, Ps. 71:19, indeed eternal, Ps. 103:17 and 111:3. And that we might be the more ready and prepared for this work of glorying and glorification of God, it will be helpful and of much service: (1) That we gladly and diligently observe the ways and works of God, that we may everywhere acknowledge God's Righteousness, Ps. 119:75. (2) That we...
...call to mind and remembrance (Ps. 71:19; Mic. 6:5). (3) That we never rebuke or find fault with the divine judgments executed upon others, upon ourselves, or upon the Church, but acknowledge their highest righteousness, and rest sweetly and quietly therein (Lam. 1:18; Mic. 7:5; Ps. 39:10; Jer. 12:1; Job 40:3).
XVIII. In the second place, God's righteousness gives us matter for terror, dread, and trembling, for humiliation and contrition. (I) Because God is called great and terrible chiefly on account of His righteousness and judgments (Dan. 9:4; Deut. 7:21; Nah. 1:5; Job 37:22). (II) Because a single broken sin deserves eternal condemnation (Gal. 3:10), and man has committed so great a multitude of such great sins (Ps. 38:5); indeed, because even all the righteousness of all men is as a filthy, menstruous garment (Isa. 64:6), and because God is so strictly righteous that He neither will nor can let even a single sin, however slight, pass unpunished (Hab. 1:13; Ps. 5:4,6). (III) Because God's righteousness, as it were, rages against sin in so many ways: with an irreconcilable hatred (Ps. 5:4,6), with unbounded wrath, indignation, and fury (Ps. 90:11; 2:12; Deut. 32:22), with inescapable vengeance (Nah. 1:2,4,5,6), and with such fierce and terrifying judgments (Heb. 10:27,30,31) as we have already described somewhat more fully, point by point, in the preceding chapter, and which must be carried over here as well. (IV) Because God, who is an omniscient Judge, a searcher of hearts and exceedingly strict, has by His righteousness appointed a fixed day on which He will examine and judge every single person, and all the particular thoughts, words, and deeds of every single person (Rom. 2:5,6,8,9; 2 Cor. 5:10; Matt. 12:36). Would not all these and other such considerations, carefully and diligently weighed together, wring from even the hardest heart the cry, "Woe unto us, that we have so sinned!" (Lam. 5:16); likewise, "O wretched man that I am! Who shall deliver me?" (Rom. 7:24); and again, "Men and brethren, what shall we do?" (Acts 2:37)
XIX. From this it follows, in the third place, that God's righteousness is for us a schoolmaster unto Christ — in whom God has willed to show forth and declare His righteousness (Rom. 3:25), whom for this very reason He has given us for righteousness (1 Cor. 1:30; Jer. 23:6), and who has been made sin for us, that we might become the righteousness of God in Him (2 Cor. 5:21), whose righteousness is from this point also called our righteousness (Rom. 10:3) — driving and impelling us: (I) to be convinced by God's righteousness of the necessity of a satisfaction, since we have no righteousness of our own with which we could stand before God's tribunal (Ps. 130:3; 143:3), and our righteousness, however great, is nothing but a filthy, menstruous garment, and we cannot stand in the judgment except through God's righteousness (Ps. 1:4,5,6; 5:5,6,7); therefore it is immediately necessary either that the satisfaction of another intervene, or that we perish eternally. (II) God's righteousness makes the Redeemer precious to us (1 Pet. 2:7), and the blood of redemption precious (1 Pet. 1:19), so that we may count as loss what was gain to us, in order not to have our own righteousness, but that which is through faith in Christ (Phil. 3:9). (III) It moves us, on whatever terms He is offered, readily and willingly to lay hold by faith of the Christ offered to us (John 1:12), that we may be justified by faith in Christ (Gal. 2:16). (IV) That we rest securely in the Christ we have received (Isa. 10:20), because He has fulfilled the righteousness of the law for us (Rom. 8:3), and was delivered up for our offenses and raised again for our justification (Rom. 4:25). (V) That we deny ourselves all things, that we may not lose Him alone (Matt. 16:24,25).
XX. Meanwhile, in the fourth place, God's strict righteousness rouses us to walk before His face with all reverence and childlike fear, as before a consuming fire (Deut. 4:24), so that (I) we carefully take heed never, not even in the very least, to show ourselves before so righteous a God (Job 37:23,24; Heb. 12:28,29). (II) That we carefully guard against every imagining of a righteousness of our own, and against pride and haughtiness before God — such as the Pharisee betrayed and displayed (Luke 18:11,12), and the church of Laodicea (Rev. 3:17), and the Jews (Rom. 10:3) — (Ps. 130:3; Job 9:3). (III) That we never intrude into the sight and presence of the most righteous God with the guilt of our sins (Isa. 1:12,13), nor even without godly concern and diligence (Judg. 4:17; 5:1; Isa. 8:13; Gen. 28:17). And also (IV) that we never pour out our prayers before the most righteous Sovereign Being with the iniquity and unrighteousness of our sins, since He not only does not hear sinners (John 9:31), but also drives them from His presence and abhors them (Isa. 1:14,15; Prov. 15:8). And finally (V) that we never presume to deal with God at all without the intervention of the Mediator (1 John 2:2), without this Advocate who appears for us before the Father (Heb. 9:24), who covers and makes good the defect of our own righteousness with and through the abundance of His own, that we may be made complete in Him (Col. 2:10), who for this reason is said to have been given to us by God for righteousness (1 Cor. 1:30). Let us therefore never approach our religious duties except in His name (John 16:23; Heb. 4:15,16; compare ch. 9:14).
XXI. Also, in the fifth place, God's most exacting righteousness draws us back, in general, from every sin whatsoever: because God, as Lord, governs with such great righteousness and equity; because, as Lawgiver, He has prescribed such righteous laws — laws agreeing with our own advantage and salvation — and has, moreover, enforced them with righteous promises and threats, so that in every sin it is unrighteousness and iniquity itself to transgress them; and also because God, as Judge, on the day of wrath and of the revelation of His righteous judgment (Rom. 2:5), will demand the strictest reckoning and account of all deeds from all men (2 Cor. 5:10,11); and — what is chief of all — because He, as a righteous and severe Avenger, with His hatred, wrath, severity, vengeance, and judgments, here and hereafter, unto all eternity, will pursue every sin home, so that it is madness itself to provoke so great a Being with sins.
In particular, God's righteousness draws us back: (I) from all unrighteousness, deceit, and fraud in our dealings, contracts, commerce, and partnerships with our neighbors (Jer. 22:13; Prov. 19:5,9), and likewise from all respect of persons and receiving of gifts in judgment (Amos 5:17; Ps. 82:2,5). (II) From all murmuring against God, whereby, under the divine judgments, we call God's righteousness into question, find fault with it, or recoil against it (Job 10:2,3,15,16; compare Matt. 20:11,13,15). (III) From all hypocrisy and pretense, whereby we cloak and disguise the unrighteousness hidden within the heart with an outward show of piety and godliness (Matt. 23:14,25,26,28,29), since a deceitful heart is an abomination to God (Ps. 5:7; 15:2). Finally, (IV) from all Epicurean careless ease, whereby, by putting far from us and wholly setting aside the day of vengeance and of judgment (Amos 5:18), and by giving ourselves over to iniquity of every kind, we treasure up wrath for ourselves against the day of wrath and of the revelation of God's righteous judgment (Rom. 2:5).
XXII. On the other hand, in the sixth place, the righteousness of God invites and urges us to the exercise and pursuit of righteousness, both to obtain it and to practice it — to obtain it, that we may be righteous, and to practice it, that we may act righteously. To obtain the righteousness of imputation, that of Christ, spoken of above (§19), this comes about: (I) by the denial of our own righteousness (Rom. 10:3); (II) by a desire and longing for a foreign righteousness, that is, another's, namely Christ's (Phil. 3:9); (III) by faith in Christ (Rom. 5:1); (IV) by justification from faith (Phil. 3:8,9). As for the inherent righteousness, in particular and specifically: (1) the original righteousness, which we received by creation (Eccl. 7:29), lost by the sin of our first parents (Rom. 5:19; John 3:6), but which we recover again through regeneration, conversion, and sanctification (Eph. 4:24,25); (2) the actual, or rather habitual, righteousness (1 John 3:7; Mic. 6:8; Phil. 1:11), whereby we are in general inclined and disposed to render every man his own, according to God's prescription (Ezek. 18:5,21; Prov. 21:15; 20:7).
The diligence and industry to exercise and practice righteousness looks (a) toward God, that we give to God what is God's (Matt. 22:21), namely ourselves (1 Cor. 6:20), and likewise the love, honor, service, and obedience owed to Him (Deut. 6:5,13; 10:12,13, etc.); (b) toward our neighbor, that we faithfully render and show him all that belongs to him by virtue of the divine law (Rom. 12:7,8). This is done, in one part, by giving to each his own — which is distributive righteousness, whereby we, following a lawful judgment of matters and persons, a proper comparison of thing with thing and of person with person, and observing the most exact proportion, without respect of persons, faithfully give each man what is his due; and in another part, by rendering — either evil to the evil, which is retributive righteousness, entrusted to the magistrate alone (Rom. 13:4), or good to the good, which is remunerative righteousness; and in a third part, by mutual exchange, in obligations, covenants, buying and selling (Luke 3:14; 1 Thess. 4:6), which is called commutative righteousness.
In particular, righteousness is practiced, after God's own example: (a) in the governing of inferiors by superiors (Col. 4:1), without violence or oppression (Isa. 5:8); (b) in the making of laws (Eph. 6:9; Lev. 25:43), demanding nothing unrighteous or impossible (Exod. 1:13,14); (c) in judging (Deut. 25:1); (d) in rewarding (Rom. 13:3,4); and finally (e) in punishing, as above. And that we may be the more ready and prompt in all these duties for the exercise of righteousness, it will serve to reflect: (i) that in this consists a great part of the image of God (Eph. 4:24), whereby we are made partakers of the divine nature (2 Pet. 1:4), and thus perfect, as our Father in heaven is perfect (Matt. 5:48); (ii) that in this way we shall become partakers of all those blessings promised to the righteous (Ps. 97:11; 106:3; Prov. 3:33; 10:2; Isa. 3:10; 32:16,17); (iii) that God will then reward us according to our righteousness (Ps. 7:9; 18:21,22); and finally (iv) that the righteous Judge will one day give us the crown of righteousness (2 Tim. 4:7,8), by which the righteous shall shine in the kingdom of their Father (Matt. 13:43).
XXIII. Finally, in the seventh place, the righteousness of God furnishes us matter of comfort: (I) in every kind of visitation and divine judgment, even the heaviest, when we consider (1) that God is righteous, and His judgments too are righteous, and that through the unrighteousness of our sins we have deserved all manner of evils (Mic. 7:9; Neh. 9:33; Dan. 9:7); also (2) that God visits us far beneath our deserving (Lam. 3:22; Isa. 1:9); and (3) that He does not afflict us from His heart (Lam. 3:33), nor out of hatred, but out of a fatherly love (Heb. 12:6-8; Rev. 3:19); nor (4) in order that we should perish, but that we should not be condemned with the world (1 Cor. 11:32). Then, in particular, (II) as often as we are hard pressed by the persecutions of enemies, by lies and slanders, from whatever quarter, and as often as a violent perversion of justice prevails (Hab. 1:2,3,4), let us then reflect that there is a righteous Judge in heaven, to whom we may and can appeal — who is the God of our righteousness (Ps. 4:1; 7:9; 43:1), who will reward and requite us according to our righteousness (Ps. 18:21,25), and who will see to it that our righteousness shall one day break forth like the noonday light (Ps. 37:6,28; Isa. 59:14,16); indeed, that in His own time, according to His righteousness, He will take vengeance on those who unjustly oppress us (2 Thess. 1:5,6,7). Also (III) in the very anguish of our sins themselves, we may lift ourselves up with the thought and consideration of divine righteousness, which — since through the accursed death of the Son enough has already been done to satisfy it — cannot demand anew the penalties of our sins; because He who knew no sin was made sin for us, that we might become the righteousness of God in Him (2 Cor. 5:21), so that we may now boast, "Who is he that condemns? It is Christ that died" (Rom. 8:33,34). Finally (IV) in the noble and fierce struggle of faith, against the assaults of enemies both spiritual and bodily at once, that we may promise ourselves the crown of righteousness which the righteous Judge will, as surely as anything can be sure, one day give us (2 Tim. 4:7,8), and that on our enemies He will, through His righteousness, take vengeance — so that with a great voice, rejoicing, we may sing: "Your wrath is come, and the time of the dead, that they should be judged, and that you should give reward to your servants... and destroy them which destroy the earth" (Rev. 11:18); and, "Hallelujah: salvation, and glory, and honor, and power unto the Lord our God; for true and righteous are His judgments" (Rev. 19:1-2).
Chapter XIX: Of the Holiness of God
On Leviticus 19:2
"You shall be holy, for I the LORD your God am holy."
I. Transition to God's Holiness
We have considered God's goodness, as it were, supernaturally — whereby He is desirable — and likewise, as it were, naturally, whereby He is communicable, both by giving what is good, through His love and grace, and by governing and rewarding, through His righteousness. There now remains God's moral goodness, whereby He is above all imitable, and this is called God's holiness. One must, however, note here a further distinction between the righteousness of the preceding chapter and the holiness now before us: righteousness denotes a relative goodness, whereby God acts according to the eternal law as His rule, whereas holiness expresses an absolutely unqualified goodness, whereby God is inclined toward all moral purity and cleanness, and has an aversion to all the uncleanness of sin. Moses is charged to impress this holiness of God upon Israel, both as a motive and as a pattern for the pursuit of holiness (Lev. 19:2).
The Explanatory Part
II. In these words is contained a command, whereby Moses is charged to impress and instill upon Israel the pursuit of holiness, together with a supporting motive drawn from the holiness of the LORD their God. Two things occur in it:
1. The duty commanded: "Be holy." This comprises:
(1) A certain virtue, namely holiness. Qedoshim, "holy ones," from qadash, means, according to common usage, to be set apart, dedicated, holy, clean, unblemished, pure, and undefiled; whence in the Piel conjugation, qiddesh means "he has prepared," "he has enjoined, commanded, or declared something holy," etc. And the word qodesh, "holiness," commonly signifies not a holy thing, nor the sanctuary, nor the Temple, but either the city of Jerusalem, according to the observation of Kimchi, or rather the citadel of Zion, as Bochart holds (Observationes Sacrae, Book 2, ch. 9). Sometimes, however, it signifies the tabernacle or temple (Ps. 30:2; 96:9); sometimes the inner sanctuary (1 Kings 8:8); sometimes the offerings (Num. 10:33); sometimes the angels (Deut. 32:2); sometimes the holy people (Lev. 10:10); sometimes the holy land (Exod. 15:13; Ps. 83:5) — because all these things were, or had to be, set apart for a holy use. In this passage the word qedoshim means not only being separated from all that is common or unholy, but also being inwardly averse to all the uncleanness of sin, and dedicated and given over to all moral purity.
(2) The exercise and pursuit of holiness: "shall be," or "be ye." That is: be diligent, do your utmost, that you (a) may become holy, that you may be sanctified (Exod. 19:10) — whether by an outward holiness, consisting in the washing of garments and other Levitical or ceremonial purifications, or by an inward holiness, through the cleansing or sanctification of the Spirit (1 Pet. 1:2), en hagiasmō tou pneumatos, "in sanctification of the Spirit, unto obedience and the sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ" — something accomplished through the exercise of faith and repentance, and through the pursuit of holiness; (b) that you may more and more advance and progress in holiness; (c) that you may act in a holy manner, and, all your life long, may sanctify the Holy One of Israel.
The proof and motivating reason, which enforces two points, namely:
1. The attribute of God: "For I am holy." I am holiness itself (Isa. 63:15), the fountain of all holiness, who sanctifies you (Ezek. 20:12), the very expression, pattern, and rule of all holiness. It is therefore in every way fitting that you too should be holy, that you should seek and obtain holiness from me, and that you should conform and direct yourselves wholly according to my holiness, as to a rule.
2. The mutual relation between God and the people, that is, the covenant: "your God" — I who have, as it were, sanctified and pledged myself to you as your God, and to whom you, as my people, have wholly dedicated, separated, and bound yourselves through the covenant of grace. It is therefore absolutely necessary that you be holy. Here, then, we find on the one hand the holiness of the creature, as an image, and on the other the holiness of the Creator, as the pattern to be imitated: since the infinite holiness of the Creator, as it is in itself, is inaccessible and unapproachable to you, you may, from the holiness of the creature, as from an image, infer and conclude the holiness of the Creator so far as is possible.
The Doctrinal Part
III. That God, then, is holy in the highest and most excellent degree, no one can doubt, since He is everywhere in Scripture called holy (Isa. 40:25; Hos. 11:9; Job 6:10; Hab. 3:3), and "the Holy One of Israel" (though I would think this is said especially of the Son) more than thirty times (Isa. 41:20; 43:14), "the Holy One of Jacob" (Isa. 29:23), "the Holy of Holies," or "the Holiness of holinesses" (said of the Messiah), "thrice holy" (Isa. 6:3), in whom a threefold holiness, as it were, flows together — for which reason it is ascribed to Him in the plural, with a pronoun of the singular number: Elohim qedoshim hu, "He is a holy God" (Josh. 24:19), literally as if one said "holy Gods is He." This is doubtless also because in the three Persons there is one and the same essential holiness, which for that reason is also ascribed individually to each of the particular Persons: to the Father (John 17:11), to the Son (Dan. 9:24; Ps. 16:10), to the Holy Spirit (Rom. 1:4). So that from this proof, taken from the thrice-holy God (Rev. 4:8), the Trinity of the divine Persons is neither rashly nor foolishly inferred and concluded. From all this He possesses His name from holiness (Luke 1:49); indeed, He is also called the only Holy One (1 Sam. 2:2).
IV. And if He were not holy, how then could He be (1) the most perfect being? Since holiness, as no one doubts, is a perfection which includes and implies nothing imperfect. How could He (2) be perfect in any single perfection at all, when holiness is the foundation of all perfection? For apart from holiness, what would His wisdom be but cunning? His sovereignty but tyranny? His power but violence? His grace but recklessness, neglect, and carelessness? Indeed, (3) apart from holiness, how could He conduct Himself fittingly even toward Himself? How could He conduct Himself fittingly toward His creatures — that is, how could He holily govern and rule them? I add (4): if God were not holy, whence then would any holiness be? And how could God, who is the fountain and wellspring of it, fail to be holy Himself?
V. Now, in order that we may the more fittingly grasp what God's holiness is — since it is in itself inaccessible and unapproachable to us — it is necessary that we consider it as in an image, that is, in the imaged holiness of creatures. Holiness in general, then, is nothing other than the moral goodness of a rational being. For there is a goodness of being, whereby a thing is desirable; there is a goodness of use, whereby a thing is called useful — this twofold goodness is common to all creatures; and finally there is a moral goodness, whereby conduct is fitted to please God, and this belongs particularly to rational creatures.
This is found in creatures in a special or covenantal way, whereby the saints, being set apart, as it were, as God's own possession, for the pursuit of holiness (Num. 15:40; Deut. 7:6), profess holiness, and, according to the judgment of charity, are on the strength of that profession accounted holy. Because of this holiness the whole people of Israel was formerly holy to God; and in just the same way all the little children of Christians are also reckoned to be holy (1 Cor. 7:14).
Or there is a habitual holiness (under which we also include the actual), consisting in an inward purity of will and affections, whereby we are fitted to live in a manner pleasing to God; according to this we are called by the Greeks hosioi and by the Latins sancti (both words meaning "holy").
Or there is a relative holiness, whereby places, times, and other things are called hiera, that is, holy or set apart, because (a) they are appointed to God, (b) they serve and tend to promote and secure habitual holiness, and (c) in their own way they display a fitness suited to God and to divine worship.
In the first two senses, which are most relevant here, holiness comprises in itself: (1) a setting apart for a divine use, in which sense the Mediator is said to have been sanctified (John 10:36), and Paul to have been set apart (Rom. 1:1; Gal. 1:15); (2) a dedication, whereby you offer up and consecrate yourself and all that is yours to the honor, glory, will, and cause of God (2 Cor. 8:5; Rom. 12:1; Lev. 21:6); (3) a display of divine holiness, whereby both the inward part of the heart and the outward part of the body show forth, in their own way, the purity of the divine law (Ps. 119:11; 1 Thess. 5:23); and finally (4) an abhorrence and flight from all uncleanness (2 Cor. 7:1).
VI. From this image of holiness it is easy, without much difficulty, to infer the character and nature of divine holiness. Namely, it is His moral excellence, whereby He (1) is separated and distinct from all that is common and unholy — just as the Mediator is said to be "holy, harmless, undefiled, separate from sinners, and made higher than the heavens" (Heb. 7:26); (2) is dedicated to Himself, doing all things for His own sake (Prov. 16:4), seeking Himself in all things and above all things, and His own glory and good pleasure (Eph. 1:11); (3) in all His thoughts, words, and deeds, precisely conforms to and agrees with that holiness which He has expressed in His law — which is why He continually calls men to imitate His holiness (Lev. 19:2; 11:44; Matt. 5:48), inviting, stirring, and urging them, without doubt, to no other holiness than that set forth in the law; and finally (4) is pure and clean, and utterly estranged from all that is evil, unjust, and shameful which He forbids in His law (Hab. 1:13; Ps. 5:5,6,7), indeed has an entire aversion and horror of it (Deut. 25:16; Rev. 21:27).
VII. Furthermore, God discloses and displays His holiness, first, in His works and workings (Ps. 145:17): (1) in His decrees — predestination, election (Eph. 1:4) — that we should be holy and blameless before Him; (2) in creation, when He made man after His own image, upright, in holiness and righteousness (Eph. 4:24; Eccl. 7:29); (3) in His moral providence, when He prescribes a law to rational creatures by commanding and forbidding, enforces and confirms it by promising and threatening, and carries out that enforcement by rewarding and punishing (Ezek. 20:11,12), and when He established with them the covenant of works (Deut. 30:15,16); (4) in redemption, when He sanctified His Son (John 10:36), who would sanctify Himself for us (John 17:19), that He might sanctify us to God (Eph. 5:26; Heb. 2:11), when He punished His own only-begotten Son with an accursed death, that He might display His holiness, by which He cannot look upon evil (Hab. 1:13; Rom. 3:25); (5) in calling, when He calls with a holy calling (2 Tim. 1:9), not unto uncleanness but unto sanctification (1 Thess. 4:7), that we should be called saints (Rom. 1:7; 1 Cor. 1:2); (6) in sanctification, when He regenerates us, converts us, sanctifies us wholly, that our spirit, soul, and body may be preserved blameless (1 Thess. 5:23); and finally (7) in glorification, when He shall present to Himself a Church having neither spot nor wrinkle nor any such thing, but holy and without blemish (Eph. 5:27).
Secondly, God discloses and displays His holiness in His Word — in Scripture, which is for this reason called holy (Rom. 1:2; 2 Tim. 3:15) — in the truth, whereby He sanctifies us (John 17:17); and especially in His law, which is called holy: "The law is holy, and the commandment is holy, and just, and good" (Rom. 7:12), because in it is found a certain shadow and image of divine holiness, so far as it is imitable — for which reason it is compared to a mirror (James 1:23,24,25).
Thirdly, God discloses His holiness in His worship — in the rites, sacrifices, sacraments, baptism, and the Lord's Supper, which are commonly called holy, because they serve unto holiness (James 1:27; Rom. 12:1).
Fourthly, God discloses His holiness in His people, in His subjects, who are therefore continually called a holy people (1 Pet. 2:9), in His Church and household, whose chief ornament consists in holiness (Ps. 93:5).
Fifthly, in His servants, who are for this reason called holy men of God (2 Pet. 1:21), who are charged to wear upon their forehead "Holiness to the LORD" (Exod. 28:36), because God wills to be sanctified in those who draw near to Him (Lev. 10:3).
Sixthly, in the company of angels, who are for this reason continually called holy angels (Luke 9:26; Matt. 25:31).
And finally, seventhly, in all those things which bear some relation and regard to God, such as holy places (Ps. 20:3) and holy times (Exod. 20:11). In all these, and in many more besides, God discloses that He is holy, and that He sanctifies what is His own (Lev. 20:8).
VIII. Holiness, then, belongs to God: (1) not as something incidental, but as His very being — for He who is said (Isa. 45:23) to swear by Himself says (Ps. 89:35; Amos 4:2) that He has sworn by His holiness. (2) Not as something received from elsewhere, but as the wellspring of all holiness in all things (Lev. 20:8; 11:44; Ezek. 20:12; 1 Thess. 5:23). (3) Not in some fixed measure, but without measure, in an infinite degree, which therefore can be neither increased nor diminished, since it is His very being — though it can and must be shown forth and declared more and more (Matt. 6:9). (4) Not sketched, formed, or fashioned after the holiness of His law, or of anyone or anything else, whatever it might be, but rather as the very idea, pattern, and rule of all holiness (1 Pet. 1:15; Eph. 4:24). (5) Not as some particular attribute of His, but as a general quality and disposition affecting, as it were, all His other attributes — for which reason even His power, or His arm, is called holy (Isa. 52:10, etc.). (6) Not, finally, some common or lowly quality in Him, but by far the chief one, for which He is proclaimed by the angels themselves not once, but three times, as if in a single breath: "Holy, holy, holy is the LORD of hosts" (Isa. 6:3; Rev. 4:8) — which is nowhere read of any other of His attributes.
The Polemical Part
IX. What we have said concerning God's holiness is so clear and evident to everyone that no dispute can be raised against it, even by adversaries. Meanwhile the question is asked: (I) Whether these titles — "Most Holy," "His Holiness" — belong and are fitting to any mortal whatsoever? The Roman Pope, in order to have titles befitting his claim to sole headship, wishes to be called "Most Holy Father," indeed "His Holiness" — upon which, not without reason, a certain bishop, indignant at the Council of Trent, wittily remarked: "If God alone is called holy, how then can His Vicar be called Most Holy?" The Reformed hold that these titles in no way belong or are fitting to any mortal, and especially not to the Pope:
(I) Because God Himself, although He is in fact the most holy, indeed holiness itself, is nevertheless rarely or never called "the most holy" or "holiness itself"; rather, before His very name is ascribed to Him the simple title "holy" (Ps. 111:9). (II) Because the Savior Jesus, although He Himself too is the most holy, indeed holiness itself (whose vicar the Pope falsely claims to be), is very often called "the Holy One of Israel" (Ps. 78:41; Isa. 47:4). The name of our Redeemer is "the LORD of hosts, the Holy One of Israel," whom the Father has sanctified — yet rarely or never "the most holy," or "holiness itself." (III) Also, because Peter, whose successor he claims to be, was indeed holy and is called so, and calls himself a fellow-elder (sympresbyteros), but is never called "the most holy," much less "his Holiness" or "holiness itself." (IV) For this very reason he thereby reveals himself to be the Antichrist, as one who exalts himself above all that is called God or is holy. (V) Chiefly because to be "the most holy" and "holiness itself" is one and the same as God's most holy being, and thus God Himself, who is holiness itself; therefore no sinner — such as, by everyone's admission, the Pope himself is — can be, or can be called, "the most holy," indeed (VI) "holiness itself." And (VII) this is especially true of the popes, who are in fact the Antichrist; among whom, moreover, there have been heretics, such as Liberius, and Honorius the Monothelite, and others; even harlots, such as Pope Joan ("Pope Jutte"); and sodomites — who in Scripture are, by way of ironic contradiction, called qadesh, "holy," and qedeshah, "a harlot," or "holy one," by a similarly euphemistic usage (Deut. 23:17; cf. Selden, De Jure Naturali, Book 5, ch. 4, p. 555). I will not even mention (VIII) that for a like arrogant presumption Herod was once eaten by worms (Acts 12:21-23). Nor do I see what even plausible pretext the Pope's flatterers could offer for these blasphemous titles. If they say these are merely political (civil) titles, I answer: either they truly belong to him and are properly his — in which case they involve blasphemy, according to all that has been said above — or they do not, and then they are falsely given and ascribed to him, and are blasphemous besides.
X. The question is asked: (II) Whether papal canonization, whereby, with many ceremonies, certain mortals are declared to be saints, does not derogate from God and His holiness? The Papists, not content with having made their Pope the most holy, indeed holiness itself, in order to exalt him yet further, say that he is not only such a one himself, but that he can, through a solemn ceremony and decree, raise other deceased persons to the rank of saints — so that thereafter (1) they are openly and in a special way held and called saints by all; (2) they are invoked in the public prayers of the Church; (3) temples and altars are consecrated to God in their memory; (4) sacrifices are openly offered to God in their honor; (5) holy days are kept in their memory; (6) their images are painted with a certain special radiance and set up in the churches, in a conspicuous place, for veneration and worship; (7) their relics, enclosed within such images, are publicly honored (see Bellarmine, De Ecclesia Triumphante, Book 1, chs. 7 and 9). They add that one must believe the Pope does not err in such canonization — which, however, others deny, such as Cajetan (Tractatus de Indulgentiis), Aquinas (Quodlibet 9, art. 16), and Melchior Cano (Book 1, ch. 5), who says in these words: that the judgments of the Church, arising from uncertain human testimonies, are weak and powerless to produce a fully certain and approved faith — such a faith, he says, being that whereby the Church believes and judges that a certain saint must be inscribed in the roll of deified men. And the Pope's flatterers call this canonization a deification.
The Reformed, though they readily grant that true saints, according to the testimony of Holy Scripture, must be acknowledged, accepted, and honored even with civil honor, nevertheless call such canonizations ungodly, superstitious, and idolatrous deifications: (I) Because there is neither word nor sign of it in Holy Scripture, and it is for that very reason superstitious, being "a plant which the Father has not planted," and which must consequently be rooted out, according to the Savior's judgment (Matt. 15:13) — a doctrine of men, likewise condemned by Him there (v. 9) and by Paul (Col. 2:18,20,22). (II) Because canonization commands the invocation of creatures, which Christ ascribes to God alone (Matt. 4:10), and God to Himself (Isa. 42:8) — consequently it is idolatrous, and dishonoring to God. (III) Because it ascribes to the Pope an infallibility that belongs to God alone, since all men are liars (Ps. 116:11), and since he cannot show any promise of infallible guidance. On this basis, according to the judgment of Cajetan and Cano, even a damned person could be canonized and invoked as a saint; and, as Cano adds, there is no difference between honoring the Devil and honoring a damned man. (IV) Because that man of sin, that lawless one, could thus sanctify, or declare holy, a man who is perhaps on the roll of the damned, and who in his life was nothing but a thoroughgoing villain — such as, perhaps, a Francis of Assisi, or one like whom the world has perhaps never seen another. (V) I will not even add that most of the elements involved in these canonizations belong to divine holiness alone, which alone can search and try the hearts and reins, and therefore alone can pronounce with certainty who is a true saint.
Nor has Bellarmine anything of any real weight to offer for such canonization; for example: (A) That God willed that the sacred writers should specially record the glorious and renowned life and death of the saints, and that it is therefore credible that God wills the same thing to be done afterward in the same manner. Answer: (1) as though there were no difference between such a record and the canonization now described; (2) nowhere in the whole of Holy Scripture is it recorded that the seven honors of canonization just mentioned were ever intended or assigned to any mortal; (3) the Papists do not, as a rule, render these honors even to those whose illustrious life and death are recorded in Holy Scripture. (B) That if we do not know who are truly saints or not, we cannot honor them as we ought, cannot be stirred up to imitate them, cannot rejoice together with the saints, nor give thanks to God for their glory. Answer: (1) We ought not, in any case, to honor them with religious worship; (2) we know in particular that we are to follow those whom we see following Christ (1 Cor. 11:1); (3) therefore, either the Papists fail to do what they ought, or else they possess a special knowledge of all the saints who are in glory, and are bound to canonize them all.
XI. The question is asked: (III) Whether merits of condignity do not derogate from God's most pure holiness? The Papists, in order that eternal life should not be obtained solely through the merits of Christ, and so that good works — especially works of charity, such as the founding of churches and monasteries — might serve to prop up and exalt papal authority, hold that the good works of believers merit eternal life condignly (out of strict equivalence); they accordingly deny that this derogates from divine holiness. The Reformed, on the contrary, maintain this charge. For since (I) God is too pure of eyes to behold our sinful defects (Hab. 1:13), being thrice holy, the most holy (Isa. 6:3); since (II) Moses is commanded to remove his shoes, because even the place where he stood was holy on account of God's presence; since (III) those who are mindful of God's most strict holiness so anxiously and carefully beg to be spared His tribunal and judgment (Ps. 130:3; 143:2), because no one can stand before it; since (IV) God is so holy that He finds blemishes even in the holy angels (Job 25:4,5); so that (V) even the cherubim, in God's presence, cover their faces and their feet with their wings, crying, "Holy, holy, holy is the LORD of hosts" (Isa. 6:2,3) — and since, on the contrary, even the best works of the saints are as a menstruous garment (Isa. 64:6) — does such a one, then, who by his works seeks to merit eternal life, and that condignly, according to the strictness of God's righteousness, does such a one, I ask, sufficiently acknowledge the utmost exactness of divine holiness? To have merely touched on these matters must suffice for now; they will be treated elsewhere, God willing, in the chapter on justification.
XII. The question is asked: (IV) Whether the Reformed religion, by its presuppositions, derogates from God's holiness by holding that He is the author and cause of sin? The enemies of the Reformed religion — Socinians, Remonstrants, Mennonites, Papists, and especially the Lutherans, as many as there are — contend here, slandering as if for a prize, to blacken our religion all the more, and so they raise this question. The Reformed, on the contrary, deny that, according to their presuppositions, God is a cause of sin, because (A) the presuppositions of the Reformed religion agree in every respect with the presuppositions of Holy Scripture; therefore, if Holy Scripture does not injure God's holiness, neither does the Reformed religion — the first premise will appear from the answers to the objections below. (B) Because, on the contrary, the presuppositions of the Reformed religion, agreeing as they do with Holy Scripture, tend in the highest degree to the enlargement and celebration of the wisdom, power, righteousness, and holiness of God: for to decree the futurition of sin, to permit sin, to withdraw grace from the sinner on account of sin, to furnish men, for most holy reasons, with good opportunities which they themselves abuse in order to sin — all this displays God's wisdom, power, righteousness, and holiness, as will appear from our answers to the objections of our adversaries.
For when they allege: (I) that God has decreed future sins, we answer: (a) that Holy Scripture teaches this very thing (Acts 2:23; 4:27; compare ch. 15:18; Eph. 1:11); (b) that He has decreed not to bring them about, but only to permit them (Ps. 81:13; Acts 14:16); (c) that the decree is the cause only of the future coming-to-be, not of the future sin itself, which is committed by the creature through the abuse of its own will, as appears in Pharaoh, Judas, and others; (d) that He has decreed it with a most wise counsel and design (Acts 4:28: "Your hand and your counsel determined before to be done"), for indeed the counsel of the all-wise is itself all-wise — namely, to this end, that through permitted and foreordained sin He might have occasion to make glorious both the glory of His mercy, in the gracious deliverance of the sinner (in which His wisdom and goodness likewise appear), and of His righteousness, in the just punishment of the sinner, in which His holiness appears.
The adversaries urge (II) that God has thus ordained and appointed man to sin. Answer: (a) This too Holy Scripture teaches (Exod. 9:16; Rom. 9:17; compare Jude v. 4; 1 Pet. 2:8; Rom. 9:21,22); (b) He has ordained and determined to leave man to himself and to his own free will (Acts 4:26; Rom. 1:24), in order to make known His avenging righteousness (Rom. 9:22), in which His holiness appears.
But then (III) they object that God thereby compels and forces man. Answer: He does not compel or force; rather, He has decreed that the sinner, by his own deliberation and rational free choice (in which properly consists the freedom of our own will), should commit the sin; and thus He does no more than this, that the future occurrence and outcome should, by virtue of His decree, be certain and infallible.
A fourth objection (IV) is that God wills sin. Answer: (1) This too Scripture says, which nowhere makes God a cause of sin (Acts 4:27); (2) He does not will sin by His legislative will, or will of precept, but only by the will of His decree does He will that the future occurrence and outcome of that sin, which the sinner willingly commits, be infallible.
It is said (V) that, according to the Reformed view, God commands sins, incites men to them, hardens and blinds men, and gives them over to a reprobate mind. Answer: (a) In the same sense in which Holy Scripture says that the LORD commanded Shimei to curse David (2 Sam. 16:10; ch. 24:1); that He stirred up David against them (Exod. 9:12): "He hardened Pharaoh's heart" (also ch. 14:17); (Isa. 6:10): "Make the heart of this people fat, and make their ears heavy, and shut their eyes, lest they see with their eyes," etc.; (Rom. 1:28): "God gave them over to a reprobate mind"; (2 Thess. 2:11): "God shall send them strong delusion, that they should believe a lie." If, then, Holy Scripture, with all these expressions, does not make God a cause of sin, neither do the Reformed. (b) They do not teach that God commands sins properly — not by His law, in which He forbids them — but by His providence, insofar as He powerfully permits and governs them; nor that He properly incites or drives the unwilling; but that, by withdrawing His grace from them on account of their sins, He gives them over to their own lusts and desires; nor that He hardens or blinds by infusing blindness and hardness, but that He justly punishes them, for their committed crimes and abominations, with blindness and hardness.
The adversaries object still further (VI) that the Reformed ascribe the very same evil deeds to God and to the wicked alike. Answer: (a) In the sense in which Holy Scripture ascribes this (2 Sam. 12:11,12): "You did it secretly, but I will do this thing before all Israel, and before the sun" — see also ch. 24:1, compared with 1 Chron. 21:1; Gen. 45:8. (b) The same deeds indeed, but not in the same manner; according to the well-known saying: when two do one and the same thing, it is nevertheless not the same thing. Compare Gen. 45:8. (c) Nor, properly speaking, do they ascribe one and the same thing to both: for to God they ascribe the future occurrence and outcome of the sin, but to man the sin itself; to God alone the subject in which the unlawfulness or sin resides, to man the unlawfulness or sin itself. On this compare what we have said on this matter in ch. 16, §15, and what we shall perhaps say in the chapters on the decrees, reprobation, providence, and elsewhere.
The Practical Part
XIII. As for the practice: God's holiness urges us, first, to strive with all our efforts to be sanctified by God — a thing which the Savior begs and desires for the elect (John 17:17), and Paul for his hearers (1 Thess. 5:23), with such great earnestness and affection. For since we are all by nature unclean and unholy (Job 14:4), and even our righteousness is unclean (Isa. 64:6), and likewise we are unclean of lips and of heart (Isa. 6:5), it follows that the thrice-holy God, who is holiness itself and the wellspring of all holiness, should sanctify us wholly — that is, that He should bring to us that holiness which we have shown above (§5): (I) through redemption, sprinkling us and, as it were, washing us with the blood of His Son (Ps. 51:7; 1 John 1:7; Heb. 10:22; 1 Pet. 1:2), who sanctified Himself for us to this end (John 17:19); (II) then through regeneration, by the Spirit (John 3:5), taking away from us the heart of stone, putting in its place a heart of flesh, writing His law upon our hearts (Ezek. 36:25,26,27; Jer. 31:33,34), making us alive, who were dead in sins (Eph. 2:5,6); (III) further, through conversion (Jer. 31:18,19), bringing us over to faith in Jesus Christ, whereby we may be united with Him, and by that very union be crucified with Him and rise again (Gal. 2:20; Rom. 6:5); (IV) and finally through renewal (Eph. 4:24; Rom. 12:2), gradually restoring in us the purity of the image of God (2 Cor. 4:16), putting off the old man and putting on the new, that we may become a new creature, in whom old things have passed away and all things have become new (2 Cor. 5:17). This sanctification is a work of God alone, though it comes about through the ministry of the Word (Acts 26:17,18).
And here there is nothing left for us to do but (1) to note and learn the excellence, usefulness, and necessity of sanctification (John 3:5), that thereby our longing and desire for it may increase; (2) to pray humbly to God that He would create in us a clean heart, and renew a steadfast spirit within us (Ps. 51:10); meanwhile (3) diligently and steadily making use of the means which God is accustomed to employ in this sanctification — namely, the reading and hearing of God's Word, together with fellowship with the godly — and by these means to wait and hope (Ps. 27:14), until at last God, who has said that light should shine out of darkness, shall be pleased to shine in our hearts (2 Cor. 4:6).
XIV. Secondly, having been sanctified by God, let us also for our part sanctify God (Exod. 29:43; Lev. 22:32; 11:44; Matt. 6:9; 1 Pet. 3:15) — certainly not by making Him holier, as God sanctifies us, but by (I) acknowledging God's holiness in our heart, marveling at it, and revering it (1 Pet. 3:15; 1 Sam. 6:20; Isa. 8:14); (II) proclaiming it with our mouth (Ps. 71:22; Isa. 6:3); (III) expressing it in deed itself, when we occupy ourselves with divine worship, all its particular parts, and everything dedicated to God or touching Him in any way, not without a special reverence, care, and godliness (Exod. 19:22; Lev. 11:44), as things to which God has in some way imparted His holiness; (IV) by carefully taking heed that God's most holy name or worship not be profaned by us through contempt, recklessness, negligence, laziness, sloth, and other such sins forbidden in the third commandment. For (1) God wills to be sanctified by those who draw near to Him (Lev. 10:3); (2) to this end He has sanctified us for Himself, that we should sanctify Him (1 Pet. 2:9); for (3) if we do not sanctify Him by virtue, He will sanctify Himself upon and in us through punishments and judgments — as appears in Nadab and Abihu (Lev. 10:2,3), in the Bethshemites (1 Sam. 6:19), in Uzzah (2 Sam. 6:7), and others (Ezek. 28:22; 38:22,23). Compare what is said by the expositors on the third commandment and on the first petition of the Lord's Prayer, and what we have said above, ch. 4, in the Practical Part.
XV. Thirdly, that we, in sanctifying ourselves, hold in dread and abhorrence all unholiness, uncleanness, and ungodliness spoken of (Gal. 5:19,20,21; Eph. 5:3) — whether of the body or of the spirit (2 Cor. 7:1), whether it lurks inwardly in the heart (2 Cor. 4:2; Eph. 5:12), or shows itself outwardly in works (Isa. 3:9), whether in ourselves or in others (Ps. 139:21). Because (I) the most holy God abhors all these things (Hab. 1:13; Ps. 5:5); because they therefore (II) separate us from God (Isa. 59:2; 1:12; Ps. 11:5); because He has sanctified His own Son, that He might destroy the works of the Devil (1 John 3:8); because (III) they will forever separate us from heavenly blessedness, let us earnestly abhor ungodliness (Rom. 12:9; Heb. 12:14; Jude v. 23); (2) let us seek to be cleansed from it, and reconciled to God on account of it, through the blood of Christ (1 John 1:7; 1 Pet. 1:18,19); (3) let us wash ourselves from it (Isa. 1:16; Jer. 4:14; 2 Tim. 2:21); (4) let us renounce all ungodliness (Titus 2:11,12).
XVI. On the other hand, fourthly, having been cleansed and purified from all ungodliness, let us also apply ourselves diligently to holiness, that we may be holy, since, or as, our God is holy — that is: first, that we more and more separate and set ourselves apart from all that is common, defiled, and worldly (Rev. 18:4; Rom. 12:2). To this end the Nazirite vow and all the Levitical purifications pointed. Secondly, let us more and more dedicate, consecrate, and wholly surrender ourselves to God (2 Cor. 8:5), namely as a holy sacrifice (Rom. 12:1). Thirdly, let us apply ourselves diligently to the inward purity of our heart and of all our affections (Ps. 51:10; Matt. 5:8; 1 Tim. 1:5). Fourthly, that we devote and apply ourselves to holy works — such as (1) flow from a holy and pure heart (1 Tim. 1:5); (2) tend to the sanctification or glorification of the divine name (1 Pet. 2:9; 2 Tim. 2:21); (3) are conformed to God's most holy will (Rom. 12:1,2).
We are stirred up and urged to all these duties, because (1) God, our Father, is Holy, the Most Holy, holiness itself, who wills that we should be holy. Because (2) God's holiness is His chief and general perfection, for which reason He is called thrice holy, and thus, by the pursuit of holiness, we become conformed to Him in His chief perfection. Because (3) God has, from all ages, been so zealous and diligent to establish holiness and afterward to restore it, through predestination, redemption, calling, etc., as we have taught above, §7, point by point. Indeed, because (4) the individual Persons, in this matter of sanctification, have each taken up His own work in particular, and the Holy Spirit receives from this in particular both His office and his name. And finally (5) because without holiness we shall never see God (Heb. 12:14; Matt. 5:8). To have touched on these things must suffice here; they will be spoken of more fully and abundantly elsewhere, God willing, in the chapters on regeneration, conversion, and sanctification.
XVII. Meanwhile, fifthly, let us in this pursuit of holiness often test and examine ourselves, in order to discern those things that differ from it, that we may be sincere (Phil. 1:10; Heb. 5:14), and that hypocrisy and deceit may not stand in place of truth; a mere form in place of power (2 Tim. 3:5); a contrived motive in place of true religion; a settled, respectable opinion in place of a sanctified conscience; the affected postures and haughty gestures of the Pharisees in place of true piety and godliness; a partisan, schismatic zeal in place of true zeal for holiness; or a ceremonial, formal, and outward holiness in place of a true and substantial one — lest anyone deceive Himself, overwhelming and suppressing what is essential and inward — but that we may be renewed in the holiness of truth (Eph. 4:24). This is something which, from what has already been said, will not be too difficult to discern and distinguish. Namely: (I) it is a holiness of truth, which is not merely partial, confined to this or that point alone, but which wholly separates and sets one apart from the world and things worldly (Rom. 12:2; Titus 2:12); (II) it dedicates and sanctifies the whole man, soul and body, to God (1 Thess. 5:23; 1 Cor. 6:20; Rom. 12:1), by wholly denying oneself (Luke 9:23), withholding nothing from God or keeping anything back for oneself, unlike Ananias and Sapphira (Acts 5:2) or the rich young ruler (Matt. 19:21,22), but spending everything on and for Him (v. 27), even life and death itself (Rom. 14:7,8; Matt. 16:25,26); (III) it aims far more at an inward than an outward holiness (Ps. 51:6,10), in contrast to Pharisaic holiness (Matt. 23:23-27); (IV) it is exercised far more in the presence of God than of men (Matt. 6:1-6); and (V) it flees not merely this or that uncleanness, as the Pharisees did (Luke 18:11), but all fleshly lust (Titus 2:12), all defilement of the world (2 Pet. 2:20,21; Jude v. 23), hating even the garment spotted by the flesh (v. 23), yes, avoiding every appearance of evil (1 Thess. 5:22); (VI) on the other hand, it gives itself not merely to one or another good work, as Pharisaic holiness did (Luke 18:12; Matt. 5:20; Phil. 3:6), nor even merely to many good things, as Herod did (Mark 6:20), but to all things and of every kind, willing to walk honestly in all things (Heb. 13:18; Phil. 4:8); and finally (VII) it does not endure only for a time (Gal. 3:3), but perseveres to the end, indeed grows and advances more and more (Rev. 12:11; 1 Cor. 15:58).
XVIII. Here, sixthly, when we have examined and tested the sincerity of our holiness, however imperfect it be, comfort will arise even in the midst of our uncleanness and imperfection itself — when, feeling it, we must cry out, "Woe is me, for I am undone, because I am a man of unclean lips" (Isa. 6:5); likewise, "We are all as an unclean thing, and all our righteousnesses are as filthy rags; we all do fade as a leaf, and our iniquities, like the wind, have taken us away" (Isa. 64:6); and again, "Who shall deliver me from the body of this death?" (Rom. 7:24). What can raise and steady the soul more powerfully than to consider that God is holy, the Most Holy, holiness itself, the fountain of all holiness, who sanctifies us (Ezek. 20:12)? Who blots out our transgressions as a mist, and our sins as a cloud (Isa. 44:22)? Who sanctified His own Son, that He might sanctify us, who gave Him to us for sanctification (1 Cor. 1:30)? Who gave Himself for us, that He might sanctify and cleanse us with the washing of water by the word (Eph. 5:26)? Who has promised us in a covenant that He would write His laws in our understanding and in our heart, take away the heart of stone, and give in its place a heart of flesh (Heb. 8:10; Jer. 31:33)? That He will sprinkle clean water upon us, that we may be cleansed from all our uncleanness; that He will give us a new heart and a new spirit, that we may walk in His commandments and statutes; that He will cleanse us from all our iniquities (Ezek. 36:25,26,27,33)? This too will comfort us in all our adversities and afflictions: that God will be good to those who are pure in heart (Ps. 73:1); that they shall one day see God (Matt. 5:8); and that those whom He has sanctified He will also most certainly and perfectly glorify. And finally, that the Holy One will bring us into His sanctuary, there forever to sing and shout to Him: "Holy, holy, holy is the LORD of hosts!" (Isa. 6:3).
XIX. And in this consists, finally, seventhly, the last and highest use and practice of divine holiness: that we, after the example of the holy angels (Isa. 6:3) and of the holy inhabitants of heaven, accustom ourselves in this present time to praise and glorify God for and on account of His holiness — that He is not only the Most Holy, indeed holiness itself, but that He has also shown Himself holy from all eternity, still shows Himself so, and will show Himself so — so that it may thus appear that He is that God who sanctifies us, without doubt, that we may see, acknowledge, and praise Him as holy. So that here, rightly, may be placed the end and goal of election, of redemption, and thus of all saving grace.
Chapter XX: Of the Might and Power of God
On Ephesians 3:20-21
"Now unto Him that is able to do exceeding abundantly above all that we ask or think, according to the power that works in us — unto Him be glory in the Church."
I. Having considered the attributes by which God is understood by us to be active — His Life, Understanding, and Will, and the virtues corresponding to these: Truthfulness, Goodness, Love, Grace, Righteousness, and Holiness — we now come to Might and Power, whereby the foregoing active attributes, as it were, immediately touch their work. This the Apostle describes most excellently (Eph. 3:20,21).
The Explanatory Part
II. In these words is contained, most emphatically, an ascription of praise, with a proof drawn from the omnipotence of God, in which the following points occur:
1. Ho dynamenos, "the one who is able," to whom this praise is offered — tō de dynamenō, "now to Him who is able," namely God. Here the definite article tō seems to carry a distinguishing force, distinguishing the mighty God from any other equally mighty being; rather, it celebrates Him alone as mighty, denying almightiness to and from all creatures — as if to say: to Him who alone is able; for the creature can do nothing without God, and God can do everything without the creature — which is why He is called "the only Potentate" (1 Tim. 6:15), and here "able above all things."
2. Dynamis, the power or might whereby He is ho dynamenos, the one who is able; kata dynamin, "according to the power." The Greek word dynamis means might, power, ability, valor, strength; sometimes the power to work miracles (2 Thess. 2:9); sometimes abundance, wealth (Rev. 18:3), such as the Apostle ascribes to divine wisdom (Rom. 11:33): "O the depth of the riches, both of the wisdom and knowledge of God!" So too among the Hebrews the word ḥayil. Thus Ruth 4:11 uses it to mean might, valor, and whatever seems to consist in some kind of power, such as armies or riches. Whenever the word dynamis, power or might, is joined to "Spirit," it signifies a certain power greater than the usual. Furthermore, there is a producing power, for which reason even the authorities are sometimes called dynameis, "powers" (Rom. 8:38), just as the angels are called dynameis, "powers" (Eph. 3:10; Col. 1:16), and in this sense perhaps are called dynameis tōn ouranōn, "the powers of the heavens" (Matt. 24:29). Or there is a produced power; thus miracles are called dynameis, "mighty works" (Matt. 7:22; Mark 6:2,5; Luke 10:13; Acts 8:13, and elsewhere), because in them shines forth the divine, absolutely infinite Might and power, without which no true miracles can be performed; or also the power which produces the miracles (Mark 6:14; 1 Cor. 12:10).
But what is most relevant here is that there is a might and power whereby one may rightfully possess exousia, authority, or a moral capacity; and there is a might or power whereby one can actually do something, otherwise called a natural or physical power, strength, or might: this, in a narrower sense, is called dynamis, might or power. These two things are, in creatures, not only distinguished but also separated from one another, so that exousia, authority, may belong to someone to whom dynamis, power, does not belong, and conversely; but in the Creator they coincide, and are one and the same, because He can do nothing by right which He cannot also do in fact, and conversely. Compare Jer. 18:6 with Rom. 9:20,21,22; Matt. 20:15. Hence hē basileia, "the kingdom" — to which exousia, authority, belongs — and dynamis, power, seem to be joined together (Matt. 6:13). Meanwhile we shall treat both distinctly in this chapter.
III. Dynaton, the possible, or rather, the working of divine power. In this regard the following is explained:
1. Energeia, the efficacious activity, or act, in the word poiēsai, "to do," to effect, to bring forth (Ps. 115:3): "He does whatsoever He pleases." This power of effecting may be considered either insofar as God is simply able — even able to do that which He will never in fact effect (Matt. 3:9; 26:53) — which is called God's absolute or unqualified power, whereby He is regarded as autarkēs, self-sufficient, simply capable; or insofar as, beyond what He can do, He also actually does what He wills, which is called God's ordained power, His executive power, whereby He brings into effect that which He knows He can do, and also wills to do (Ps. 135:6).
2. Energoumenon, the effect, or work, brought forth or to be brought forth by God's power — which is commended:
a. By the generality of its object: all things, everything — namely, whatever is not contrary to His nature, nor to the nature of things (Luke 1:37; Phil. 3:21; 2 Chron. 20:6).
b. By the excellence of the power whereby the effect is produced, which is expressed by expressions that are:
α. Absolutely unqualified: hyper ekperissou, "more than abundantly." This is a manner of speaking, an expression that is by nature amplifying and elevating in the highest degree, a manner of speech in which the Apostle habitually indulges (2 Cor. 3:9; 7:15; Phil. 1:9; 1 Thess. 4:1,10, etc.).
β. By comparative expressions: "above all that we can ask or think" — by which is signified a power that is absolutely infinite, beyond which none greater can either exist, or be conceived, or be sought and desired.
The Doctrinal Part
III. From this it appears that unbounded and infinite Might and Power belong to God, for which reason He is called a Lord (Ps. 86:3), a King of kings (Dan. 2:47; 4:35), a great King (Ps. 48:2; Matt. 5:35), to whom belong the kingdom, the power, and the glory (Matt. 6:13). He is commonly called El, strong; Shaddai, Almighty (Gen. 17:1; 49:25, etc.) — from shadad, "to destroy," as if one said "the Destroyer," who, just as He has by His good pleasure brought forth all things out of nothing, can likewise by His will and good pleasure bring them back to nothing; gibbor, mighty, powerful (Deut. 10:17); ammits koach, strong in power (Job 9:4); kabbir, strong (Job 36:5); pantokratōr, the Almighty (2 Cor. 6:18; Rev. 1:8); "the only Potentate" (1 Tim. 6:15). And not only is He honored and adorned with these titles, but He is also said to be able to do all things, to have all power, even to raise up children to Abraham out of stones (Matt. 3:9; 19:26; Mark 10:27; Luke 18:27). Indeed, that there is nothing that He cannot do (Rom. 9:19); that with a strong, outstretched arm and right hand He has stretched out and spread abroad the heavens and the earth (1 Chron. 29:12; Jer. 32:17); so that, on account of all this, not without reason does the Apostle extol the exceeding greatness of God's power (Eph. 1:19).
IV. And who indeed would doubt this? Since (I) a First Being admits of no prior being that could limit its might and power. Since (II) might and power are, without doubt, among the perfections that include nothing imperfect. Since (III) by virtue of God's simplicity, might and power are one and the same as His infinite being, wherefore they must necessarily be absolutely infinite. Since (IV) all things either have their might and power not at all, or have it from a first cause, which can be nothing other than one that must possess, in the highest degree, that which it communicates to others.
V. By and through all these titles and proofs is taught both God's Might and His Power, which in creatures are sometimes separated, so that one may do a thing by power which one may not or cannot do by right and authority; but in God they coincide, and are one and the same, for whatever He can do by His Might or Right, that He can also do by His Power, and conversely. Yet they are distinguished, in that, first, God's Might (exousia) is His general, independent, and most absolute right and dominion over all creatures, to determine and decree concerning them entirely according to His own good pleasure. For to Him belongs the right (Rom. 1:32; 2:20,21; Matt. 20:15), whereby all things are His, both in possession and in use — for example, heaven and earth (1 Chron. 29:11-16), the earth and its fullness (Ps. 24:1), the beasts of the field (Ps. 50:10,11), the gold and the silver (Hag. 2:8), especially man (Rom. 14:8), and most especially His soul and body (1 Cor. 6:20; Ezek. 18:4).
VI. The foundation of this right lies solely in the exalted excellence of His Godhead, whereby He is infinitely raised above all things (Isa. 40:17,22,23), and therefore has all things, as it were, under His feet (Isa. 66:1). For once this exaltation of His Godhead is granted, His right and might likewise extend even to those things which do not yet exist — namely, that they should exist according to His will and good pleasure, and that they should then exist, and be such as they are. Meanwhile, the titles of this right are many and various, namely: (1) Creation, whereby He has right over all things, as a craftsman over His work (Jer. 18:6); (2) Preservation, together with every benefit, whereby He binds the creature to Himself and obligates it to gratitude (Deut. 32:6); further, with regard to rational creatures in particular, (3) Redemption (1 Cor. 6:19,20; Titus 2:14); and (4) Covenant-making, whereby we give ourselves over to God (2 Cor. 8:5; Rom. 12:1; Ps. 116:16); also (5) Sin, whereby He does not so much receive as exercise the right to punish (Rom. 1:32), which is also called the right of the law (Rom. 8:4).
VII. The might of this right extends to all things. (1) To possible things, so that as many of them as He wills also come to pass (Ps. 115:3), indeed come to pass exactly as He wills (Jer. 18:6), while the rest remain merely possible for Him (Lam. 3:37). (2) Over all things which exist (1 Chron. 29:11-16), even to kingdoms and dominions (Dan. 2:21). (3) Over rational creatures, whom God bends, not only by a natural movement, wherever He wills — though they be unaware of it, like other creatures (Prov. 21:1) — but also by a moral movement, prescribing what must be done and left undone, that they may knowingly and willingly obey it (Rom. 6:16). Especially (4) over the elect (John 17:9,10), as it were by an acquired right.
VIII. The right of this might over all these things God exercises, in general, mutually, decreeing concerning them entirely according to His good pleasure (Ps. 115:3; Matt. 20:15) — but His acts nevertheless in various and differing ways. (1) With regard to possible things, so that from them He brings to actuality whichever He wills, and as He wills, making out of one and the same lump a vessel unto honor and a vessel unto dishonor (Rom. 9:21). (2) With regard to existing things, while He preserves them as long as He wills (Ps. 90:3), ordains and appoints them to whatever use He wills (2 Tim. 2:20), transferring kingdoms, treasures, and riches to whom and in whatever manner He wills (Dan. 2:21), fixing and determining the end of life and death (Job 14:5), and lengthening it according to His good pleasure (Isa. 38:5). (3) With regard to rational creatures, while He elects, rejects, redeems, calls, regenerates, converts, justifies, sanctifies, glorifies, and condemns whom He wills (Eph. 1:5; Rom. 9:18,21; Matt. 11:25,26); further, when He prescribes laws to them, enforces and confirms them, and, having confirmed them, establishes and carries them out as He wills; indeed, when He reckons children in their parents, and imputes the sins of parents to their children (Rom. 5:12-14,16-19; Exod. 20:5; Lam. 5:7), just as also when He bestows the righteousness of one upon many (Rom. 5:18). (4) With regard to the elect, distributing His gifts of grace as He wills (1 Cor. 12:8-11).
IX. Finally, this Might is (I) independent and eternal, because it rests upon and is grounded in His Godhead, and God has received nothing from creatures that could be repaid to Him (Rom. 11:35,36) — although the exercise of this might sometimes requires an occasion, such as the punishing of sins, while yet no might is thereby added to God, just as a judge's authority is not increased by evil deeds, which it merely presupposes in the wrongdoer. Indeed, whatever might any being may possess, it has and possesses it from nowhere else than from this fountain of might (Rom. 13:1; James 4:12). For this reason it is also (II) infinite, unbounded, most absolute, and altogether self-authoritative. For who could limit or restrict Him who is absolutely first (Rom. 9:19)? Who could gainsay Him (v. 20; Matt. 20:22,23)? And also (III) it is peculiar and incommunicable to God alone, because it rests upon the surpassing excellence of the Godhead — although God has transferred to His Son the mediatorial and administrative authority relating to the Church (Matt. 28:18; Eph. 1:20-23).
X. Secondly, Power, dynamis, or strength, whereby He is able to work what He does not will to work, and works everything that He wills to work. There belongs to Him, then, a might not whereby He would suffer anything (for He would then have to suffer from another, who in that respect would be prior to Him — and He would thereby also become mutable), but whereby He works, or effects and produces something. Nor does this belong to Him insofar as it is distinguished from His act, as if by working He were passing from idleness into activity — for He is a most pure act; but insofar as the creature, which formerly did not undergo God's working, now indeed undergoes it, by His will, without this producing the least change in the one working, but rather in the work. Just as in the sun, which now warms a man whom it did not warm before, no change occurs in the sun, but in the man, who formerly did not experience the sun's rays, but now does experience them.
Nor does there belong to God any power or capacity that is truly distinct from His Will, although it is distinguished from it in our conception: for we conceive of a capacity or power that precedes the Will, whereby God is simply able, and this is one and the same as the sufficiency of His being (Rom. 11:33); and also a power that follows the Will, which, in its own way, comes after the sufficiency of His being, and regards the actual carrying-out, insofar as He brings to effect that which He wills (Ps. 115:3; 135:6). So that under this must be comprehended what we conceive: first, that God is able; then, that He knows that He is able; further, that He wills what He knows He is able to do — which therefore in fact does not differ from His power and capacity. This is what the syllogism of faith teaches (Matt. 8:2,3): "Lord, if you will, you can make me clean" — "I will, be clean" — whereupon it was so done; where the argument proceeds from the will, as coming nearest to the capacity or power.
XI. This Might and Power of God extends to all things, for which reason He is called pantokratōr, the Almighty (2 Cor. 6:18; Rev. 1:8), since He can do everything that He wills (Ps. 115:3), indeed more than He wills (Matt. 3:9; 26:53), so that nothing and no one can resist Him (Rom. 9:19); and this He can do without difficulty or weariness (Isa. 40:28); indeed, even those things which are impossible to nature (Matt. 19:26). Yet that which is impossible by and through nature itself, this God cannot do by His omnipotence: for it would be a contradiction that God should be able to bring about that which cannot happen. Now that is impossible by nature which involves a contradiction; for since that cannot be a being (ens) at all, it can no more be a work of power.
Now a contradiction is involved either on God's side, when the work would betray an imperfection in the most perfect of workmen — as if He were said to be able to lie or deceive; or on the side of the thing itself, when the thing would overturn itself, like a triangle that had not three angles. Both kinds of contradiction are impossible to God, because otherwise it would follow that God should deny Himself (2 Tim. 2:13), or thereby say that He is no God. For if He lied, for example, He would thereby say that He is not the most perfect being, and therefore no God. This applies not only to the first kind of contradiction, but also to the second: for if God made a triangle which had not three angles, He would then have a different idea of a triangle than He in fact has, and would thus be different from what He truly is, and consequently would be saying that He is not the same as He was — that is, that He is now no God.
Therefore, what is impossible to God is not due to some defect of power, but arises from its very abundance. For if He could do impossible things — lie, sin, for example — He would then also be capable of not being Almighty. Wherefore we say that God, precisely because of His power, or in the fullest exercise of it, cannot do such things — not on account of weakness. And we say more precisely still that the thing cannot happen because it either conflicts with the divine Nature and Perfection, or with His Will and Decree, or with His Majesty, or with itself. God, then, is said by His Might to be able to do whatever is possible — not as though the thing were possible by nature prior to, and independently of, God's ability to do it (for then God's Might would depend upon it), but rather that the thing is possible because God can do it. And conversely, on the other side, God cannot do this or that, not because it is impossible in itself, but it is impossible because God cannot do it. So that the root and ground of possibility and impossibility lies not in the things themselves, but in the Might and Power of God.
XIII. Might and Power, although in themselves but one, and most simple in God, because it is His very Being — yet it is customarily distinguished by us into an absolute power, insofar as we conceive it as preceding His Will (Eph. 3:20; Mark 9:23), and an ordained or ordered power, insofar as we conceive it as following the Will — by which He now not only can, if He wills, but also actually effects what He wills (Ps. 135:6).
XIV. From what has been said, it appears finally that God's Power is: (1) His very Being, the mighty Godhead itself — for in God there is no distinction between one thing and another. For this reason it is (2) infinite, not only in itself, insofar as it is the mighty God Himself (Gen. 17:1), nor only on account of the perfection of His working, since God does all that He does simply by and through His will and command (Ps. 33:9; Isa. 40:28; Eph. 1:19; Phil. 3:21), but also on account of its object (Luke 1:37), insofar as it extends to all possible things (just as the understanding extends to all intelligible things), and since God, by His power, never accomplishes so much that He could not accomplish more (Eph. 3:20). For although all the things He can do cannot exist together at the same time — since otherwise something infinite in actuality would exist besides and outside of Him, and His Might would thereby, as it were, be exhausted, so that He would not be almighty — yet God lacks no power whereby He could bring them forth, provided only that their coexistence were not self-contradictory. (3) Independent, so that He can work through means, without means, or against means (1 Sam. 14:6). And finally (4) eternal (Rom. 1:20). For although He has not been active outside Himself from eternity, yet He has had, from eternity, the might and the power, and He had that very same might and power whereby, when He willed, He made the world. And by this same might and power He could likewise have brought forth the world earlier, had only the world been capable of existing from eternity.
The Polemical Part
XV. The question is asked: (I) Whether the foundation of all divine Might and Authority over men is creation, the covenant, benefit received, or sin? The Remonstrants, in order the more forcefully to reject the eternal reprobation of a man not yet created or fallen, say that all Might and Authority of God over man rests and is grounded either upon creation, whereby He, like a potter, has power over the clay (Jer. 18:6; Rom. 9:21); or upon a covenant-making, whereby man has obligated and bound himself to God; or upon sin, whereby man has made himself guilty; or upon benefit received, by virtue of which man is bound to gratitude — and since none of these things had yet taken place from eternity, God, they say, therefore had no power to reject man.
The Reformed distinguish between the might itself and the exercise of it, so that God has the might by virtue of the excellence of His Godhead, or because He is God, and the supreme Lord of all things — while, meanwhile, the exercise of this Might requires various things: namely, the existence of the object through creation, in order to punish it; the presence of sin, in order to punish; the benefit received, in order to demand gratitude; the covenant, in order to require the fulfillment of the promise. But God's Might flows from nothing and no one else than from His Godhead. This is made evident to them by the following reasons: (I) Because Scripture testifies that God had might and right over Jacob and Esau, though as yet uncreated and non-existent, nor standing with them in any covenant, nor as yet guilty of any sin, before the children were born or had done anything good or evil — that God already then had power over them, both to elect or to reject (Rom. 9:11,12,13), and likewise to show mercy or withhold it, or also to harden (vv. 15,18) — namely, as a potter has power over the clay, to make out of the same lump a vessel unto honor and one unto dishonor (v. 21). (II) If He had received His might and authority from someone else, it would then be neither independent nor infinite, and there would thus be in God something dependent, and something finite, which would grow and increase from day to day. And since (III) God's Might, Authority, and Power are, by virtue of God's supreme simplicity, God Himself, or His mighty and almighty Being, it would follow that the divine Being could increase and grow. Also (IV) from eternity He has had the power to decree, out of infinitely many possible things, this rather than that, which should pass into a future actuality. Finally (V) even in a civil court a judge receives his power to punish a wrongdoer not from the wrongdoer, but only the exercise of that power for which he already had the right beforehand.
Nor does the contrary view hold, namely: (1) that a son, for example, who surpasses his father in learning, wisdom, valor, or strength, does not thereby acquire authority over his father, and that thus God, by virtue of the surpassing loftiness of His Godhead alone, would have power over man without creation, etc. For here the cases are not parallel: a father has authority over his son by virtue of fatherhood, which no advantage the son may have over the father can take from him. In the same way, (2) suppose that in a noble or a popular government there is one who surpasses all his fellow citizens in wisdom, uprightness, and other virtues; such a one would nevertheless have no authority or right to rule over his fellow citizens on that account, for the reason for the difference lies in this, that the authority to rule is given and conferred by God (Rom. 13:1,2,3) — though, meanwhile, if it belongs to the people to choose a magistrate, they are bound to choose the best one, most fit for governing (Exod. 18:21). Further, (3) though the angels possess an excellence and eminence above all men, they nevertheless have no authority or power over man, because God has not given that power to the angels. In particular, and point by point, (4) God gains no greater might through creation, as if He would thus have created infinitely more things in order that His Might might become the greater — although He cannot exercise in actual fact the might which He has had from eternity, and possessed by virtue of the excellence of His Godhead, unless an object exists through creation. Nor does (5) the wrongdoing or sin of the creature confer upon the Creator the power and right to punish, in the way it does confer this upon a civil judge, although it is the meritorious cause of the punishment. The same (6) may sufficiently be said of covenant-making, which indeed increases the obligation of the party bound to keep his promises, but does not ground God's Might and Right upon promises. And finally, (7) God does no injustice to the reprobate, not yet existent, by His reprobation, in foreordaining him to display the glory of His avenging righteousness, chiefly because God does not punish him except through the intervening cause of his sin and desert.
XVI. The question is asked: (II) Whether God, by His Might, without incurring the guilt of respect of persons or of unrighteousness, can decree unequal things and outcomes for men who are otherwise alike? The Remonstrants, Lutherans, and others, in order the more easily to make the whole matter of election and reprobation depend upon a foreseen faith and unbelief, and to find in these foreseen things a certain inequality, according to which God allotted them unequal things, deny this. The Reformed, on the contrary, affirm it: (I) Because Scripture affirms it (Rom. 9:11-23; Jer. 18:6). (II) Because those who are, among themselves, alike as well as unlike, are without distinction His own, concerning whom He can and may decree and determine according to His own free will (Matt. 20:15). (III) Because God's Might is infinite and most absolute, and cannot be bounded by either the equality or the inequality of creatures (Rom. 9:20,21). Especially (IV) because He stands under no law, nor under any lawgiver, by which His Might would be limited (James 4:12). (V) For God to decree something, being an immanent act of God, does no wrong to the creature, whether in good or in evil, since the creature does not yet exist from eternity (Rom. 9:11), nor does He allot evil except upon foreseen sin.
They say: (1) that this involves a respect of persons. We answer that a sinful respect of persons is nothing other than bestowing unequal things upon such equals as, according to the precept of a superior, you are obligated to treat equally; but God recognizes no one greater than Himself who might prescribe such a rule to Him, and He Himself is in no way bound to treat all alike (Rom. 11:35,36). They say (2) that this involves unrighteousness, in that you show unequal things to those to whom equal things belong. We answer that it is unrighteousness when you fail to give someone what is his own; but the creature, in relation to the Creator, properly has nothing that is its own (1 Cor. 4:7; James 1:17,18).
XVII. The question is asked: (III) Whether God, by His might and authority, can punish the sins of parents in their children? The Pelagians and those of Pelagian leanings, who do not acknowledge the imputation of the first sin — such as our Socinians — simply deny this. The Reformed distinguish between the first sin of our first-created parents and the subsequent sins committed by nearer or more remote ancestors: they say that God can, and indeed in fact does, punish that first sin in all their descendants, because it was a sin of the whole of human nature; but that the subsequent sins, being personal sins, God does not always punish in the children — though He can do so, chiefly when the children are inclined and disposed toward the same sin of their parents, and approve and commend it, or have in some way made themselves partakers of it. Meanwhile they hold that God never punishes wholly innocent children for the sins of their parents: because (I) Scripture expressly says so (Exod. 20:5): "Visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children, unto the third and fourth generation of them that hate me" — whether this means bringing that hatred upon the parents or upon their descendants, at the very least the power is ascribed to God to visit, or punish, the sins of parents in their children. The same is said in ch. 34:7. Because (II) the first sin of our first parents is a sin of the whole of human nature, and by it death came into the world (Rom. 5:12). Because (III) God's independent and absolutely unbounded might extends as much to the children as to the parents — especially when they follow, or approve, the sins of their parents, or show themselves inclined and disposed toward them. Because (IV) the children are sinners just as much as the parents, and are thus subject to infinite punishment; from which, even by our adversaries' own admission, God's power to avenge the sins of the parents in them follows. I would add (V) that children, according to the judgment of the jurists, are extensions of their parents, and that thus the parents are punished in the children.
Nor does it help our adversaries (1) that God declares He does not will to punish the sins of the fathers in the children (Ezek. 18:20). For (a) God speaks, throughout that whole chapter, of innocent and guiltless children (vv. 14-18), whom God does not wish to punish for the sins of the father — though He could and might do so by virtue of His most absolute might. (b) God speaks of the personal sins of parents, which God is not accustomed to punish in the children; but not of the first sin, which is a sin of the whole of human nature. (c) There He speaks against and refutes the slander of the Jews, who accused God of unrighteousness, saying that they were punished only for the sins of their parents and not for their own sins; God answers that He had no need to punish them for the sins of others, that there was in themselves a sufficient weight and burden of sins for which they were justly punished; therefore, that He did not wish to punish the sins of the parents in them — but He does not say that He could not, or might not, do so if He wished. Nor does it help our adversaries (2) to say that it seems to savor of unrighteousness to punish the sin of one man in another, since justice gives to each his own. For it savors of unrighteousness only when the one punished is wholly innocent; but not when he is, by his own sins, already long subject to avenging divine justice, and a debtor to it, and that indeed unto infinite punishment.
Other disputed and controverted points relating to the Might of God we have already treated at length in the eighteenth chapter, concerning the justice or righteousness of God, to which the might of God, insofar as might is nothing other than a capacity to act and do according to right, is at the very least closely akin, if not one and the same.
XVIII. Concerning God's Might, the question is asked: (IV) Whether there is in God a passive capacity, or a passive power, whereby He could suffer something, good or evil, from creatures? Conrad Vorstius, along with the Socinians, in order to have a God dependent upon the free will of man and changeable every hour according to its good pleasure, affirms this; but the Reformed deny it. (I) Because Scripture denies that He could receive anything, good or evil, from creatures (Ps. 16:2; Job 22:2; 35:7; Ps. 50:9, etc.; Rom. 11:35). (II) Because He would then have something prior to Himself, from which He would suffer, and would therefore not be an absolutely first Being (Isa. 44:6; Rev. 21:6). (III) Because He would then not be independent, and therefore also not God. Thus He would (IV) not be immutable, for that which suffers is changed. Thus He would (V) be corruptible; for since whatever suffers is changed, either for the better, or into an equal good, or into something worse, whereby it is corrupted; and since there can be nothing better than God, nor anything equally good, nothing would remain but that He should change for the worse, and thereby be corrupted. Nor does the contrary opinion hold, that God is honored and served by virtue, and offended and angered by sin: for neither virtue nor sin touches His Being, so that it should suffer; but rather His Law, and, so far, the Lawgiver. This disputed point, however, properly belongs to the chapter on the Immutability of God, where more such matters occur.
XIX. The question is asked: (V) Whether God's Power and Capacity are infinite in themselves, excluding all bounds and limits, or only relative to us? Vorstius and the Socinians, because they teach that God is finite — that, as to His being, He is not outside heaven, and can be bounded and circumscribed by us — hold that God's Power and Capacity are called infinite not because they have no bounds or limits, but because He has such a Power and Capacity as surpasses the might and understanding of creatures, and whose bounds and limits we cannot trace or discern. The Reformed teach that God's power is in itself absolutely and simply infinite: (I) it can do not only above all that we ask or think (Eph. 3:20,21), but also, simply, all things (Phil. 3:21; Luke 1:37), being the Almighty (2 Cor. 6:18; Rev. 1:8; 4:8) — such a one is not one that cannot do something, for which reason He is called the only Potentate (1 Tim. 6:15), the mighty God (Isa. 9:6; compare §3). (II) It is an excellent greatness of might, to which belongs a working of the strength of His power (Eph. 1:19). (III) By reason of the utter simplicity of God, it is one and the same as the Being of God, which we have proven and demonstrated above (ch. 9) to be absolutely infinite. (IV) And if it were in itself simply finite, there would truly be someone who had bounded it, who would then have to be prior to, and mightier than, God Himself. And indeed, (V) it is, by the admission of all, more perfect to be able simply to do all things, than to be able to do so only with respect to something in particular; likewise, to have an absolutely infinite power is more perfect than to have one that is bounded merely with respect to us — wherefore such a power cannot befit a most perfect Being. Not to mention (VI) that if we conceived a power that was not in itself and simply infinite, we could not then say that God has a might and power so infinite that it surpasses our comprehension and understanding.
Nor is the contrary opinion valid, when they object: (1) that God's Might and Power are constrained and bounded by His Will; since (a) it is not the might and power itself, but its exercise with respect to its objects, that is and must be bounded by His most sovereign Will (Ps. 115:3; 33:9), lest there be two infinities, and thereby, in fact, none at all. Therefore (b) it is not the power whereby He is simply able — which is the point in question here — that is bounded by the Will, but rather the might and capacity whereby He actually works, that is, His executive power.
(2) That God's Understanding surpasses His power and capacity, insofar as He comprehends more things than He can effect and bring forth — for example, He comprehends and understands Himself, He comprehends infinite things which He cannot bring forth. Answer: (a) By reason of God's supreme simplicity, Understanding and power are, on God's side, absolutely one and the same, although the Understanding extends to more objects than the Might or power. (b) As the Understanding extends to all knowable things, so also Might and power extend to all possible things, without any difference. (c) Although God's ordained power, being bounded by God's Will, does not extend to all possible things, yet His absolutely unbounded Will extends to all possible things, which are infinite.
They object (3) that God cannot do contradictory things — deny Himself, lie, etc. — and therefore that His power and Might are not simply infinite. Answer: that all these things are not objects of any Might or Power, but rather objects of impotence. For to be able to lie, sin, deny oneself, etc., speaks not of power and perfection, but of weakness and defect. Therefore God's Might and power would in no way be infinite if He could do these things. So too Augustine judges (De Symbolo, Book 1): "God, since He is Almighty, cannot die, cannot be deceived, cannot lie. For if He could die, He would not be Almighty; if He could lie, deceive, be deceived, act unjustly, He would not be Almighty; for if these things were in Him, He would not have been worthy to be called Almighty." Compare the chapter on God's Infinity.
XX. The question is asked: (VI) Whether God wills many things to happen which He does not, by His omnipotence, in fact bring about? The Pelagians and Socinians, because they maintain the independence of free will, together with the claim that its powers remained wholly unimpaired by the first sin, and also in order to establish that God earnestly wills the salvation of all men and of each individually, provided only that men themselves are willing, hold that not everything that God wills actually comes to pass by His omnipotence. The Pelagians, and likewise the Jesuits, Arminians, and others who maintain an antecedent and conditional Will of God, and likewise that the powers of free will were indeed wounded and weakened by the sin of our first parents, but not extinguished, and who wish to establish that God nevertheless earnestly wills that all men and each individually be saved, hold that God wills many things which He never, by His omnipotence, brings to effect. The Lutherans, though they acknowledge that the powers of free will toward spiritual good are wholly extinguished, yet, because they hold that men, through the powers of free will, at least come to be, as it were, laboring to receive the Holy Spirit, faith, and conversion, by attending to religious exercises, by praying, etc., do not positively contradict this, and likewise suppose that God wills many things to happen which He does not, by His omnipotence, bring to effect.
The Reformed, on the contrary, holding that God, by His legislative Will, or Will of precept, wills many things which He does not, according to His decreeing Will, bring about by His omnipotence, hold that whatever God wills to happen by that decreeing will, He actually carries out by His omnipotence — because (I) Holy Scripture everywhere testifies that God does whatever He wills (Ps. 115:3). For this reason Paul says (Rom. 9:18): "He has mercy on whom He will, and whom He will He hardens" — adding also in verse 19: "Who has resisted His will?" — and likewise verse 22: "God, willing to show His wrath and to make His power known... endured with much longsuffering the vessels of wrath fitted to destruction." And this (II) is the force of that syllogism of faith found in Matt. 8:2,3: "Lord, if you will, you can" — "I will" — therefore it was done; where the proof proceeds from the antecedent Will to the Might, and from this to the effect. Hence (III) the will, together with the might, is the effecting principle of the created world (Rev. 4:11): "For your pleasure they are and were created"; and (Ps. 33:9): "He spoke, and it was done; He commanded, and it stood fast" — that is, when He wills and commands, then everything that exists comes to be. And (IV) if He did not bring to effect what He earnestly wills, there would truly be something able to resist and hinder Him — something which Holy Scripture denies (2 Chron. 20:6): "In your hand is power and might, so that none is able to withstand you" (Rom. 9:19). And thus (V) whatever resisted and hindered Him would, by an open contradiction, be mightier than the Almighty. Moreover (VI) the Independent One would depend on a dependent being. Also (VII) a dependent being would become independent; and moreover (VIII) an infinite Might would be finite. Likewise (IX) the most blessed Being would not be blessed in every respect, being unable to exercise His Will. And (X) the most perfect Being would not be perfectly and absolutely perfect, since, by the judgment of all, it is more perfect to carry out what one wills than not to carry it out.
For the contrary they offer these objections: (1) "I would have gathered your children together... but you would not" (Matt. 23:37). I answer: (a) the text speaks of the will of Christ as man, not the will of God, or of Christ as God. (b) Even if it is spoken of Christ's divine will, He did indeed gather the children of Jerusalem, against the will and displeasure of the Pharisees and all others. They say (2): God willed that Pharaoh should let Israel go; I answer that He willed to command it — He willed, by virtue of His precept, that it should be Pharaoh's duty — but He did not will that it should actually happen. They say (3): God does not will the death of the sinner, but that he turn and live (Ezek. 33:11). I answer that God has no delight, in general or in the abstract, in the death of the sinner, but rather delights in the sinner's conversion and life. They say further (4): God wills that all men be saved, and come to the knowledge of the truth (1 Tim. 2:4), which nevertheless does not happen. I answer: (a) the Apostle does not say "all and every individual," which is the point in question, but "of every sort," as in Luke 11:42; Mark 1:5 — from every rank of men, both kings, for whom He commands us to pray, and subjects. (b) He wills to prescribe and commend to all the knowledge and acknowledgment of the truth, and upon that to promise salvation, by His legislative Will, but not by the Will of His decree that this should come to pass in all — for then no one would be condemned, contrary to the declaration of Christ (Matt. 20:16).
XXI. The question is asked: (VII) Whether God, by virtue of His absolute Might, can do contradictory things? The Socinians, in order to maintain that God's Might is not, in itself and simply, infinite, deny that He can do contradictory things (§19). The Weigelian enthusiasts, on the contrary, say that God, because He is Almighty, can also do things which are contradictory. Descartes and his followers, because they make all possibility and impossibility depend upon the willing of God, distinguish between what is contradictory on God's side and what is contradictory on the side of the thing itself; the former they seem to hold to be absolutely impossible, but concerning the latter they dare determine nothing (Descartes, Responsiones Sextae, §6; Wittich, Theologia Pacifica, §§199-201). The Reformed say plainly that God cannot in any way do contradictory things. For (I) if God, as is granted, cannot do things that are contradictory on His own side, or that conflict with His Nature, then neither can He do those things that are contradictory on the side of the thing itself; since, in that case, God's Understanding, which is one and the same with His Nature, would have contradictory ideas — for example, an idea of a man who would not be a man. Therefore what is contradictory on the side of the thing is likewise so on the side of God. Therefore (II) if He could do contradictory things, He would deny Himself, contrary to the Apostle's words (2 Tim. 2:13), for He would be that which He is not. Also (III) if He could do contradictory things, He could also speak contradictory things. And what, after all, is lying but maintaining contradictory things — words which contradict the mind, or a mind and understanding which contradicts the facts? As the Apostle explains (2 Cor. 1:17-19): "That with me there should be yes and no... But as God is true, our word toward you was not yes and no. For the Son of God, Jesus Christ... was not yes and no." I would add (IV) that on this view contradictory things could be true things, whereby all power of reasoning would cease, since reasoning rests upon this its first principle, that one and the same thing cannot at the same time both be and not be. Not to mention (V) that on this view we would be bound and obligated to believe, with a divine faith, things that are yes and no, or contradictory — contrary to Holy Scripture (Titus 1:2; Heb. 6:18), which says God cannot lie.
For their view the adversaries urge: (1) that the Will of God is the cause of all reality, truth, and goodness; but we have already refuted this, when we made it our particular business, with force, in ch. 18, §11. We add further that there is no reality in contradiction and contradictory things, but rather a denial of all reality; for indeed, nowhere do we more decisively prove the falsity of any statement or opinion than by showing that it involves a contradiction. When the adversaries (2) say that God's infinite Might extends to all reality, we answer (a) that we have already long denied that there is any reality in a contradiction or in contradictory things; (b) if indeed there were, then Weigel and his enthusiasts would have won their case, when they sought to derive from God's infinite Might that God can do contradictory things. When they say (3) that a finite creature cannot and may not determine what God, by His infinite Might, can or cannot do, we answer them: (a) then neither could nor should the adversaries themselves determine that God cannot do things which conflict with God's Nature, or which involve a contradiction on God's side; (b) a finite creature cannot and should not determine what God, by His infinite omnipotence, can or cannot do, except insofar as God and the Nature of God have already determined this beforehand — for example, that He cannot deny Himself, cannot lie, etc. Whoever desires more on this subject may compare our Gangraena Cartesiana ("The Cartesian Cancer"), Book 3, sect. 1, ch. 11, and especially also Voetius, Rationale Theologicum, Book 3, ch. 8.
XXII. The question is asked: (VIII) Whether God, by His infinite Might, can bring forth a body or extended mass which is unbounded in its extension? The Cartesians, in order to maintain that the world is "indefinite" — such that it is uncertain whether it is infinite or not — grant indeed that God can bring forth nothing that is infinite in perfection, but hold that He can, in every respect, bring forth something that is infinite in extension and in number. The Reformed deny that God can, in any way, bring forth anything infinite. (I) Because in that case there would be more than one infinite Being, and thus, in effect, none at all — for either the one would have the very infinity of the other, in which case they would together form but a single infinite Being, or it would not have it, in which case there would be no infinite Being at all. (II) Because in that case infinity would not only be a peculiar attribute of God, but we could also no longer, from that supposed infinity of Christ's flesh, whereby it would be on earth and at the same time in heaven and at God's right hand, conclude the consubstantial Godhead with the Father. (III) Because in that case it might happen that Christ's flesh is infinite and omnipresent, so that the arguments of the Reformed against those who press for the omnipresence of Christ's human nature, who hold the opposite, would be idle and in vain. (IV) Because, on this supposition, God would have created and built something to which He could add nothing further, and thus His omnipotence would be exhausted by a single infinite creature. (V) Because, in the same way and for the same reason — whatever the Cartesians may argue against it — God could then also bring forth a being that is infinite in perfection; for since extension, mass, and body are, without doubt, a certain perfection, it cannot but follow that whatever is infinite in extent must also be infinite in perfection. (VI) Because it is contradictory that something created should nevertheless, in one way or another, be infinite; for while it is being created, it is finited, and therefore that which is not finite is not created. Wherefore, if there could be more than one infinite Being, in whatever manner, there could likewise be more than one uncreated, and thus also more than one independent Being — of which, however, none would be an absolutely first Being, and consequently none would be God.
The grounds of the contrary opinion are, sufficiently, these: (a) that the Will of God, being from eternity equally indifferent to all things, is the cause of all possibility, from which nothing else can follow than that, if God had willed that something infinite in extension or number should actually exist, this would, precisely for that reason, have been possible. This foundation we have already overturned above (ch. 18, §11). We add only this one thing: that, were they to say the same of something infinite in perfection — that if God had willed it possible that, besides Himself, some being infinite in perfection should exist — would that possibility then not have come to pass? And thus there would come to be two, or more, beings infinite in perfection. (b) That this same eternally indifferent Will of God is the cause of all truth, as Descartes says (Responsiones Sextae, §6) — from which it would follow that, however utterly contradictory something might be, or contrary to God's Nature, if only God had willed it, then it would not be contradictory, nor contrary to God's Nature. (c) That God, by His absolutely unbounded might, can do things which conflict with the nature of things, and which are thus contradictory — from which it would follow that, though it be contradictory to be infinite in extension or number, God can nevertheless do this. These suppositions we have long since rejected and refuted. Compare our Cartesian Cancer, ch. 13.
XXIII. The question is asked: (IX) Whether God could deceive, if He willed to? This disputed point could belong in various places: namely, in the chapter on the Truthfulness of God, insofar as deceiving conflicts with that; in the chapter on the Will of God, insofar as it concerns the condition "if He willed"; and in the chapter on God's Might, insofar as it asserts that He could do this under that condition. Since, then, we have already debated and reasoned through this point, back and forth, in the chapter on the Truthfulness of God, it will not be necessary to occupy ourselves with it here; it will suffice to have noted that this disputed point belongs here as well.
XXIV. The question is asked: (X) Whether God's Might, Power, and Capacity can be communicated to the creature? The Ubiquitarians among the Lutherans, in order to maintain that Christ's body is present in the bread of the Holy Supper, hold that, through the union of the two natures in Christ, there was communicated to His human nature, besides omnipresence, also the divine omnipotence and power; and since they acknowledge that Christ's human nature is a creature, they accordingly hold that divine Might, power, and capacity can be communicated to a creature. The Reformed deny that God's Might and power can be communicated to creatures, or were communicated to Christ's human nature. Because (I) God's Might and power are His very Being, which the Lutherans also acknowledge; and consequently, God's very Being would then be communicated to the creature, and to Christ's human nature, whereby a creature — and thus Christ's human nature also — could be God: for that which has the Being of God is God. (II) Because Christ, as man, acknowledges one greater and mightier than Himself, when He asks and prays to be sustained in His sufferings (Ps. 16:8,10,11; 22:2,3; Matt. 26:39,42,53; Heb. 5:7), and likewise, when about to perform miracles, turns in prayer to His Father (John 11:41, and elsewhere). (III) Because He was, according to His human nature, under a passive power, which does not befit one who is Almighty. (IV) Because if an omnipotence had been communicated to Him, it would either be distinct and different from God's, in which case there would be two omnipotences; or it would be the very same omnipotence that God has, in which case Christ, as man, would have been almighty not merely by a borrowed almightiness, but His human nature would also have performed divine operations, insofar as His human actions — eating, drinking, walking — would have been acts of omnipotence. I will not even add (V) that, on this supposition, Christ's human nature would be God: for whoever works with the same power with which the Father works is God, according to the teaching of Christ (John 5:18,19,20).
Nor does the contrary opinion hold: (1) that Christ testifies that all power in heaven and on earth has been given to Him (Matt. 28:18). For He speaks not of true divine omnipotence, but of His Mediatorial power, whereby, with respect to those things which pertain to the Church, He has all authority and capacity in heaven and on earth — which appears from the immediately following words: "All power is given unto me... go therefore, and teach all nations..." (2) That He, as head of the Church, must be almighty according to His human nature, because otherwise He could not defend and protect it against the gates of hell and against the world; for it suffices that the whole person is almighty. (3) That He performed miracles according to His human nature: for it was the whole almighty person who performed the miracles, not the human nature separately.
XXV. The question is asked: (XI) Whether those who deny that God can make a body infinite and omnipresent, or present at once in places far removed from one another, thereby deny or disparage God's omnipotence? Weigel and his enthusiasts or Quakers, because they hold that God, by His infinite Might, can also do contradictory things, when they hear our theologians opposing this, cry out and shout that we deny God's omnipotence, as we have noted above (§21). Descartes, because he, as we said there, makes all possible and impossible things, all truth and falsehood, all goodness and evil, depend upon God's indifferent will, holds that God can do contradictory things; and when he and his followers hear us maintain the opposite, they are compelled, by their own presuppositions, to conclude that we belittle and disparage God's infinite Might. The Papists, in order the more confidently to maintain that the body of Christ, in their Masses, is present in the intervening space of so many separate and distant places at once, and who for this reason take refuge in God's omnipotence, likewise, when they hear our men oppose this on the ground that it involves a contradiction, chatter and cry out that we belittle divine omnipotence. The Ubiquitarians, in order to have Christ's body present in the signs of the Holy Supper, hold that it is, by virtue of the personal union of His two natures, omnipresent; and when they hear that this involves a contradiction, and various absurdities which we shall set forth in Book 7, ch. 5, §§20-21, they likewise take refuge in God's omnipotence, and, straightaway blackening us and our people who deny that God can do this because it involves a contradiction, cry out that we deny or disparage God's omnipotence. And — a sufficiently clear sign of a desperate cause — John Gerhard (in Exegesis Locorum Theologicorum) resorts to this evasion: that those things which, with respect to human power and knowledge, involve a contradiction and cannot happen, do not thereby, with respect to divine Power, involve a contradiction and become impossible.
The Reformed sincerely and forthrightly acknowledge God's infinite Might, and that by it He can do everything that involves no contradiction; while they deny that He can bring it about that a body be omnipresent, or present at once in various widely separated places, because this involves a contradiction — yet they in no way deny or disparage God's omnipotence. This is shown by the fact that our adversaries themselves, both Lutherans and Papists, commonly acknowledge that God cannot do contradictory things — except perhaps, among the Papists, Arnold Vernon, and among the Lutherans, Menzer, Chemnitz, and perhaps some others still, who hold that God can do things which are contradictory, or that things which are contradictory to reason are not always so before God and before Scripture, or that reason has no competence to judge of contradiction in the mysteries of the faith. On all this see Voetius, Rationale Theologicum, Book 3, chs. 7 and 8. One must not, therefore, cry out and shout that we deny or disparage the divine omnipotence; rather, one ought instead to show that an infinite body's coexisting at once in various places involves no contradiction.
The Practical Part
XXVI. The practice of this chapter counsels us, first, that we more and more acknowledge God's Might and power in and over us in particular, and seek to be persuaded of it. For to this end God teaches His Might and power in general over all things (Ps. 24:1), and in particular sets forth His Might over His people for their consideration (Deut. 32:6,9,10), as Paul does to the Corinthians (1 Cor. 6:20), and the Psalmist to himself (Ps. 116:16). Let us then, I say, strive and endeavor: (I) that we readily and forthrightly confess that God, for no reason whatsoever except only by virtue of His gracious promise, can never be a debtor to us for any benefit, since we, and all that is ours, are His own (Luke 17:10; Rom. 11:35). (II) That, whatever God determines and decrees concerning us, He does us no wrong, nor treats us unfairly, since we, whatever and however great we may be, are wholly His own possession (Jer. 18:6; Matt. 20:13,14). By this we shall be (1) the more ready and prompt for gratitude in prosperity (Rom. 11:35,36; 1 Cor. 15:10); (2) more patient in adversity (Ps. 39:9; 1 Sam. 3:18); (3) more trusting in every future circumstance, whether prosperous or adverse (Ps. 25:7; 130:6), namely by considering that at least as much power, indeed infinitely more, belongs to Him over us, as a potter has over His clay (Jer. 18:6; Isa. 45:9; Rom. 9:20), or as much as belongs to us over our own beasts, etc.
XXVII. Further, secondly, the divine Might and power fashions and forms us to patience, resignation, and rest in and under God: (I) When the general adversity of the Church — a most unjust lot, the multitude, might, arrogance, and oppression of enemies — presses and afflicts us, let us then consider: (1) that God has a most absolute and unbounded right in and over the Church, which is His Kingdom, His people, His own possession and treasure. And that He (2) will never be careless, slothful, or negligent in tending His own affairs (Ps. 121:3,4). Therefore (3) whenever it seems good and fitting to Him, and useful and serviceable both to His own glory and to that of the Church, He can, by His omnipotence, easily and without the least effort come to her aid, change her lot, and scatter her enemies, however many, great, and mighty they be (Ps. 68:14,15). At the very least, (4) that by His omnipotence He will never allow His own possession and treasure to be brought entirely to the utmost extremity, or wholly brought under the yoke of the enemy, even though the gates of hell themselves should assault and attack it (Matt. 16:18; Ps. 46:1; 110:1,2).
(II) When some particular misfortune, misery, sickness, want, poverty, or persecution presses and afflicts us, what can serve more powerfully for our calm and comfort than to consider (1) that God is our Lord, in whose might we are, as clay is in the hand of a potter (Jer. 18:6), who, concerning us as His own possession, can determine and decree entirely according to His own good pleasure (Ps. 39:9); (2) that He is also an Almighty Father, who can change our condition and lot whenever He wills (Matt. 8:2,3), and that He will, without doubt, be willing to do so, when His hour has come, and when it will be useful and serviceable both to His honor and glory and to our welfare (John 2:4; Ps. 27:14). (III) When we lack the necessary strength and ability, whether in bodily or in spiritual matters, what can raise and comfort us more powerfully than to consider that God, who is our Father, is Almighty, whose grace is sufficient for us (2 Cor. 12:9,10; Phil. 4:12,13)? When, specifically, (IV) the might of spiritual enemies afflicts, presses, and torments us, compared with our own weakness and powerlessness, what can more powerfully sustain and uphold us than the omnipotence of our heavenly Father, whose own possession and treasure we are (John 10:28,29; Eph. 6:10)? If, finally, (V) our situation and condition seems in every way to have come entirely to the last extremity, and to the point of despair, what can comfort us more powerfully than to consider that God, whose treasure we are, is able to do exceeding abundantly above all that we ask or think (Eph. 3:20; 1:19; Rom. 4:20,21)?
XXVIII. Thirdly, it directs and disposes us to self-denial, in considering that, on account of God's most absolute Might and power, (I) there is on earth absolutely no unbounded dominion, no absolute ownership, because we all ourselves depend upon God, and we have not brought forth even the smallest thing, according to its whole, out of nothing (Ps. 24:1; Hag. 2:8). And (II) that whatever dominion and ownership we may have is nothing other than a delegated dominion, such as that of stewards and managers, communicated to us by God (John 19:11). And (III) it is truly communicated to us not that we might enjoy it according to our own pleasure, as our own property, but that we might use it as instruments, for God and for His causes, just as day laborers and household managers use the tools entrusted to them, and must render account of them to God. We must therefore (1), above all other offenses, take care never to believe that we belong to ourselves (1 Cor. 6:19), or are absolute lords of our own affairs. We must also (2) take care never to spend ourselves and our possessions, whatever and however great they may be, upon ourselves, for our own honor, pleasure, delight, or comfort — which, according to Holy Scripture, is to live unto oneself (2 Cor. 5:15; Rom. 14:7). Moreover, we must (3) take care that, however rich we may be, we do not waste or squander even the least of our goods, or misuse them, because they are God's goods, not our own (Hos. 2:8,9). On the contrary, (4) let us deny ourselves (Luke 9:23), and crucify the flesh with its lusts (Gal. 5:24; Col. 3:5).
XXIX. On the other hand, fourthly, God's infinite Power and Might urges us readily and willingly to give ourselves wholly, and all that is ours, over to God, to whom all things belong, and to offer and dedicate ourselves to Him (2 Cor. 8:5) — not that this in the least adds to God's right, or establishes our own; but because it serves our own advantage and comfort, to acknowledge that right of God through our own free consent. All men, even the wickedest (John 1:11), indeed even the unclean spirits, do indeed bow their knees to God (Phil. 2:10), but unwillingly; only believers acknowledge this of their own accord, readily and willingly (Song 2:16; 6:3; Ps. 116:16), and, having entered into covenant with God, receive, as it were, His very name (Ezek. 16:8; Mal. 3:17). In particular, and point by point, let us dedicate to God (I) our body (Rom. 12:1); (II) our soul (Prov. 23:26); (III) both our essential parts together (1 Cor. 6:20), all the faculties of both, our life and our death — let us devote all this to the honor and glory of God: that, whether we live, we may live unto the Lord; or whether we die, we may die unto the Lord; and thus, whether we live or die, we may be the Lord's (Rom. 14:7,8). And not only ourselves, but let us also (IV) submit to God all that is ours — our intellect and understanding, our power and authority, our households, our subjects, our entire estate and condition (Matt. 21:2,3,7,8,9) — and use it for His glorification. Yet not all in one and the same way: we ought not to spend everything on the poor, nor everything on the commonwealth, nor everything on the Church and its ministry; but let us nevertheless spend all of it, in one way or another, for God, and apply it to those uses which He has prescribed to us, so that we possess nothing of these things solely and only for ourselves. Indeed, (V) let us also spend all our efforts, undertakings, studies, and labors not for ourselves, but for God (Ps. 115:1), so that we are always occupied and engaged with the things of our Lord, and, whenever asked at any time whose work it is that we are doing, may freely and forthrightly answer: it is the work of my Lord that I do and perform (Rom. 1:9; 1 Cor. 10:31). Indeed, let us also (VI) spend all these things for our Lord in such a way that we withhold absolutely nothing from Him, like Ananias and Sapphira (Acts 5:2) or the rich young ruler (Matt. 19:21), nor limit or restrict it in any way — whether we live or die (Rom. 14:7; Phil. 1:20,21) — nor make it depend on any condition (Matt. 8:21,22), nor bargain for any reward for ourselves apart from and beyond communion with God Himself (Matt. 19:27,28; Gen. 15:1; Ps. 73:25).
And that we may practice all these things the more readily, it will be useful and of much help that we often and devoutly consider: (1) that most absolute right which we have above ascribed and assigned to God, by virtue of His Godhead, of creation, of redemption, etc., and how great a sacrilege it would therefore be to withhold from God those things which in so many ways are His own; (2) that He, in creation, marked us as His own possession and treasure with His image, and, that image being lost, has restored it through sanctification (Eph. 4:24), indeed has, as it were, sealed us with the blood of His Son (Rev. 7:3; 9:4; 14:1; Ezek. 9:4) — to what end but that we should give to God, indeed give back to Him, what is God's (Matt. 22:20,21)? (3) That we have, by a solemn covenant-making, dedicated ourselves repeatedly to God, in baptism, in the Holy Supper, in sicknesses, in judgments, etc. (Josh. 24:15,21,22; Ps. 22:11). I will not even add (4) that He has, by so many and so great benefits, bound, obligated, and appropriated us to Himself (Rom. 12:1; 1 Cor. 6:20).
XXX. Moreover, fifthly, God's might, whereby He can prescribe laws to us according to His good pleasure, and confirm what He has prescribed with promises and threats, and His power and capacity, whereby He can carry out and execute His promises and threats, compels us: (I) to submit ourselves readily under His mighty hand (1 Pet. 5:6), that is, to become, with a spontaneous and willing consent, His subjects and servants (Ps. 116:16), whereby we renounce even the innermost of our soul, understanding, and reason (2 Cor. 10:5), and likewise our will, passions, and affections (Matt. 26:39,42), that we may be ready and prompt to receive and accept all of God's commands, without exception (1 Sam. 3:9; Jer. 42:5), and to avoid every device of the flesh that rises up against them (Gal. 1:16). (II) That we, having made this general submission, promptly carry out the things prescribed to us by Him (Ps. 40:8; 143:10; 1 Thess. 4:3; 1 Pet. 4:1,2; Col. 4:12). (III) Doing this faithfully, that we may then, above all that is certain, promise ourselves a rich store of promises (Heb. 10:36), because He who has promised them is faithful and almighty (Rom. 4:21). Just as, on the contrary, (IV) if we set ourselves against this, we may, by virtue of this same omnipotence of His, more surely than anything can be sure, expect all those curses which He has pronounced upon the rebellious (Deut. 28:15; 27:16). For since God, as Augustine says elsewhere, is of an immeasurable and infinite might and power, there is therefore no place where anyone can hide himself; no time in which He can escape Him; and no power that can withstand Him.
XXXI. Therefore, sixthly, let the consideration of God's Might and power stir up in us a reverence and fear (Mal. 1:6; Isa. 8:13), because He is the only Lawgiver, who is able to save and to destroy (James 4:12); also a fear, not whereby we flee from Him as His enemies, but whereby we revere Him as a Father (Heb. 12:28), that we may carefully take heed never to anger or offend Him by any sin (Gen. 39:9) — especially by that sin which, as it were deliberately, sets itself in particular against God's might and power. Such a sin is (I) pride and arrogance, whereby we despise God's legislative power (Exod. 5:2), and show it to Him with an uplifted hand (Num. 15:30; Ps. 19:13), and, as it were, despise His might, authority, and power alike (Jer. 44:16,17), exalting ourselves against the LORD, breaking His yoke and bursting His bonds (Ps. 2:2,3), and provoking Him to wrath, as if we were stronger than He (1 Cor. 10:22). (II) The tempting of God, whereby we attempt, as it were, to set bounds and limits to His might and power (Ps. 78:18,19,41). (III) Despair, whereby, being brought to the last extremity, we imagine that the hand of the Lord is shortened (Isa. 59:1; Num. 11:21,22,23). (IV) Carnal ease and carelessness, or the presumption of immunity from punishment (Ps. 10:5,6,11; 50:20,21), as if God were powerless and could not avenge the wrong done to Him, like an idol (Zeph. 1:12).
XXXII. Seventhly, a devout thought and consideration of God's Might and power gives us a firm and steadfast trust, whereby we calmly commend and entrust ourselves, all that is ours, all our happiness, and all our undertakings and endeavors to God. Because we (I) are, by virtue of His might and dominion, His own possession, whom He has acquired for Himself through creation and redemption (1 Cor. 6:20), to whom we have pledged and bound ourselves and all that is ours, with our whole will (2 Cor. 8:5); who has openly received us as His own possession and treasure, and who will therefore take upon Himself the care of His own possession and treasure — in which we shall come to rest, as David did (Ps. 119:94): "I am yours, save me" — who also had experienced this Himself (Ps. 116:16).
(II) Because to Him, by His might and power, not only is absolutely nothing impossible, but also nothing bur—
...heavy, Ps. 78:19,20; Isa. 40:28. (iii) Because none of His enemies can overpower Him, John 10:29; 1 John 4:4; Rom. 9:19 — indeed, even a confluence of enemies, and what is still more, not even the gates of hell, Matth. 16:18; Rev. 3:7,8 and 18:1,2, since our almighty God is the LORD of Sabaoth, of hosts, Ps. 46:11 and 89:9. (iv) Because by His omnipotence He can do all things — through means, however weak they may be; without means; and against means, 1 Sam. 14:6; Rom. 4:17; Dan. 3:17. Finally, (v) because He alone can do it, Ps. 62:11, without whom we can do nothing at all, John 15:5, as the one who works all things in all, Rom. 11:36.
XXXIII. Finally, in the eighth place, the divine power and might furnish us with material for glorifying God, Eph. 3:20; Matth. 6:13, so that we may, together with Him, glorify Him: (1) by wondering inwardly at the greatness of that power and might, Eph. 1:19, at the vastness of His kingdom, Ps. 24:1, and at the might of His governance, Jer. 32:17-19; (2) by extolling and openly praising the same, Neh. 9:32; Ps. 147:5 and 99:2; Rev. 15:3 and 1:8; and (3) by imitating, in our own way, (1) His independent power — subjecting ourselves, with respect to that right which God has given us over all things, 1 Cor. 3:21,22 (see v.23), to God alone, and letting ourselves be brought under no man's power, so far as conscience is concerned, by suffering, 1 Cor. 6:12, by standing fast in that liberty (or right) which Christ has obtained for us by His blood, Gal. 5:1, and being anxious about nothing else so much as that we not abuse that power, 1 Cor. 10:23, nor use it to give offense, 1 Cor. 8:9; and (2) His strength, whereby we too may be strong and mighty, 1 Cor. 16:13, mighty in the strength of God's power, Eph. 6:10 — indeed, in our own way, almighty, Phil. 4:13: I can do all things through Christ who strengthens me.
Chapter XXI: On the All-Sufficiency or Perfection of God
On Genesis 17:1.
I am the almighty God, who is all-sufficient. Walk before my face, and be perfect [upright]. And I will establish my covenant, etc.
The Explanatory Part
I. From the divine attributes which are, as it were, original, and which we have thus far set forth, there arise three attributes that are as it were derivative: the All-sufficiency and Perfection, whereby He is, for Himself and for all, in the most perfect way sufficient and self-sufficing; the Majesty and Glory, whereby He is such that He is supremely worthy to be extolled and praised; and the Blessedness, whereby He knows Himself to be the most blessed of all — Gen. 17:1.
II. The content of the text is a most forceful exhortation, built upon the all-sufficiency of God, to walk with God and to be upright, together with a promise of mutual covenant-making. To this end there is set forth:
1. The foundation of the exhortation, in the all-sufficiency of God: אני אל שדי, "I am the mighty God, the All-sufficient One." Here we must consider —
1. The All-sufficient One, אני, "I," namely Jehovah, named in the immediately preceding words. For indeed in this name — or rather in the one now to be named — lies the foundation of all all-sufficiency; for by it He is, and truly exists; by it He is independent of Himself, unchangeable, always the same; by it He is the simplest goodness and perfection; by it He is an infinite being and goodness, or all goodness and perfection; by it He is an eternal and unceasing being and perfection, etc. — I, such a one.
2. The All-sufficiency, אל שדי, "El Shaddai": understand under it "I am," by an ellipsis customary among the Hebrews. God's all-sufficiency is expressed by and under two titles, namely that He is:
a. אל, "El," that is, the mighty God, derived from איל, "eyal," that is, strength, valor, Ps. 80:5. The word properly means one who is strong, valiant, Ezek. 31:11, and by an antonomasia, that is, by substitution, it signifies God, the mightiest of all, Gen. 14:22 and 21:33; wherefore it is commonly rendered by Junius and Tremellius as "the mighty God," and by the LXX translators, Ps. 7:12, by ἰσχυρόν, mighty, powerful, strong. From this comes אלי, "Eli," Matth. 27:46, and "Eloi," that is, "my God," or "my mighty God," Mark 15:34 — unless you would rather have it that "Eloi" comes from אלוהי, "Elohi." So that here is signified the second pillar of the divine all-sufficiency, namely that He is not only God, but the mighty God, whom nothing and no one can withstand: I, who can bring to pass the vastest and most glorious goods that I shall promise — for which reason those are the most blessed who stand with me in covenant, and are thus my covenant people.
b. שדי, "Shaddai," a word which has a threefold or fourfold derivation: (1) as it were from שדד, "Shadad," that is, to lay waste — as if God said, I am He who, just as I have created all things, so also can lay waste all things, who can lay waste all your fortresses. (2) From שד, "Shad," that is, a breast, as if God said, I am He who nourishes all, who can nourish you and provide and care for you in all that is necessary for your sustenance. Some also (3) derive it from the Arabic שרד, which means to strengthen, to bind together, as if one said πάντα κρατῶν, holding all things, upholding, sustaining. Sanchuniathon, the writer of the history of the Phoenicians, tells of a certain god whom his interpreter Philo of Byblos calls ἀγρόν, "a field," or land, and ἀγρότην, "a husbandman," as though He had in mind that this name Shaddai derived from שדה, "sadeh," that is, a field, a land. Aquila rendered it by ἱκανὸς πάντων, sufficient, abundant, and elsewhere by Ἄλκιμος, strong, mighty, valiant. So Drusius. Elias Levita (in his Tishbi) says that most translate this word as "strong" and as "a conqueror," as if God said: I who am able and willing to shelter, cover, and secure you, so that one need not boast of a sufficiency He keeps hidden and secret within Himself, but which I declare and show toward my own. (4) Yet — which seems to be the truest derivation — the word is composed of the letter Shin, that is, "Sch," being a demonstrative pronoun standing for אשר, "asher," that is, "who" or "which," and די, "dai," that is, "sufficient" — in Plato, ἀνενδεής, "needing nothing" — according to Drusius: so that God says that He is the one who is enough and all-sufficient, namely, unto all things, unto a perfect blessedness, and for His own, παναρκής, all-sufficient unto all things, and that indeed of Himself — that is, αὐτάρκης, self-sufficient of and from Himself — as if He said, I who am sufficient for you unto all things. Thus שדי, "Shaddai," means nothing other than the Perfection of God, whereby He has enough, for Himself and for all — in particular for His own — unto an all-sided blessedness.
II. The duty enjoined by the exhortation: Walk in my presence, and be perfect. This duty consists, as it were, of two parts — or, if you would rather call it a twofold duty, then it is namely:
1. Communion or fellowship with God, התהלך לפני, "Walk in my sight." The word התהלך, "hithhallech," comes from הלך, "halach," that is, "he has walked, he has gone." In the Hithpael conjugation it means "he has walked, conversed, gone about continually and steadfastly." Verbs of this conjugation denote intensity, multiplicity, and continuance, Isa. 38:3. By a figurative manner of speech the word "walking" is used of a man's life, ways, and deeds, Ps. 1:1 and 119:1, and elsewhere. In this place it means nothing other than to converse and have dealings with God, to live for God, to His honor and glory, according to the prescription of His will and law. לפני, "lifnai," that is, "before my face," means before or in the presence, in the sight of God, God being as it were present — so that we, in our walking, might have God continually before our eyes, just as God has us, in our walking, before His eyes. Otherwise it is called walking with God, after God, in the ways of God. The nature and exercise of this walking with God we have expressly and at length explained in our Prodromus Theologicus (Theological Forerunner), Specimen 3, and perhaps we shall also sketch and explain it again in the Practical Part.
2. Uprightness or Perfection, והיה תמים, "and be perfect," or upright. Here the word תמים, "tamim," means upright, Gen. 25:27. It denotes one who is not cunning to deceive, as R. Solomon [says] on this passage. It is used of sacrificial animals, which had to be whole and unblemished; it is also ascribed to the holiest of men, as to Abraham, to Noah, Gen. 6:9, to David, Ps. 101:2, to Job, ch. 1:1. It denotes one who is upright, whole, ἄδολος, without guile — following the common Latin translation, ἁπλοῦν, "a simple one." Aquila also translates it, Gen. 20:5, by ἄπλαστον, "unadorned," that is not embellished, not feigned, not fabricated, not dissembled. Symmachus renders it by ἄμωμον, without fault, without blemish. In Paul it appears to be the same as ἄρτιος, "perfect," and ἐξηρτισμένος, "perfectly furnished," 2 Tim. 3:17 — "that he may be perfectly furnished in all his parts." Wherefore God requires of Abraham not an all-sided perfection of degree, as the Papists would have it, but only that in every part of His law he should strive to walk uprightly, without deceit.
III. The motive of the exhortation, namely the promise of mutual covenant-making. ואתנה בריתי, "And I will give (establish) my covenant between me and between you." בריתי, "my covenant" — assuredly not the covenant of nature which was entered into between God and the first-created man, but the Covenant of Grace in the blessed Seed — meant to signify that the divine all-sufficiency would still be of no advantage to him apart from this covenant, and also that he cannot enter into that covenant except by walking before God, and without uprightness and truth. This covenant we shall treat expressly and at length in its own place.
The Doctrinal Part
III. God, therefore, is that most perfect one who is all-sufficient — namely, not only for Himself but also for us, and that not merely unto this or that, but unto all things. For which reason (1) the name Shaddai, that is, All-sufficient, is applied to His name, whence He is called and is Deus (God), from די, "dai." (ii) He is expressly called perfect, Matth. 5:48, תמים דעים, "perfect in knowledge," Job 37:16. And (iii) it is said that He lacks absolutely nothing, and that He needs no one's counsel, help, power, or beneficence, Job 22:2,3; 35:16; 41:2,28; Isa. 40:14; Rom. 11:34. Indeed, it is said that He gives and imparts all things to all, ibid. v.36; Acts 17:28; Ps. 145:16.
IV. And He can also not be otherwise than perfect and all-sufficient, for the all-sufficiency and perfection which He has can be neither limited nor bounded, (1) because otherwise there would have to be a being prior to this first being; (ii) because He is a being par excellence, the highest Being, ὁ ὤν, "He who is," יהוה, "Jehovah," to whom therefore nothing of being, perfection, or sufficiency can be lacking, or else the being would fall short of what being is — and by whose reason, as (1) an absolutely first being, Rev. 1:5,8, the supreme Being would not be supreme. (iii) [Because He is] an infinite being, which, on account of a lack of any perfection whereby it would not be sufficient either for itself or for others, cannot be limited. (iv) He is most simple in His being, admitting of nothing foreign to Himself by which He might be made perfect, or by which He might become more sufficient for Himself. (v) He is eternal, who, when there was nothing besides Himself which might perfect Him, was for Himself alone all-sufficient — and who even now requires nothing by which He should become more perfect or more all-sufficient. And who (vi) has brought to everything outside Himself all the sufficiency it has, and therefore has had — and possesses par excellence — that same sufficiency Himself, since otherwise He could not have conferred it: Ps. 36:9, With you is the fountain of life, and in your light we see light. Namely — just as the sun is always seen full and never diminishes, unlike the moon — so God is and continually remains ever perfect, full of power, wisdom, immortality, and all other good things, as Theophilus writes ad Autolycum; just as also, according to Damascene (De Orthod. Fid. Lib. 1, cap. 5), He is called not only τέλειος, "perfect," but also ὑπερτελής and προτέλειος, "above-perfect" and "before-perfect."
V. Nor does the following stand against this: (1) that He has created all things, and indeed created them for His own sake, Rom. 11:36; Prov. 16:4 — for He did not create in order to be made more perfect by His creatures, but that He might perfect them, and, as it were, pour and instill His perfection into them, which, once received and taken up, would be acknowledged, extolled, and praised by those who received it. (ii) That He demands duties from His creatures — for this too does not happen so that He, once these duties are performed, should become more perfect, but that those who perform them should become perfect, and, by performing them, obtain eternal blessedness. But, you will insist, He expects from them honor and glory. Answer: that is the acknowledgment and praise of that perfection which He has already possessed from eternity, John 17:3, and this glorification and praise redounds not so much to His own perfecting as to ours. (iii) That the works of instruments tend toward their own end — Answer: not out of necessity, but out of freedom; not from a want of virtue, but from an abundance of goodness, in order to impart to creatures the dignity of some efficacy and efficacious working, and to make His efficacious working more perceptible and palpable in them. (iv) That He does not possess the perfections of creatures, such as sight, hearing, and other things — Answer: insofar as these are perfections, He is not deprived of them; but insofar as they also signify imperfections, which, once abstracted, leave only what belongs to a pure perfection — that remains in Him, in an eminent way, as in the idea representing and depicting it, and as in the cause, Ps. 94:9; Rom. 11:36. For indeed there is nothing in the effect which was not, in some manner, already in the cause.
VI. Now the Perfection and All-sufficiency which we have ascribed to God is not to be understood as limited to some particular species and to some particular fixed use, such as belongs to all creatures and merely excludes a privative imperfection; rather it is universal, comprehending all that is good, in every kind, and sufficient in and for all, unto infinite blessedness itself — which therefore also excludes a negative imperfection. Now on account of this His Perfection, insofar as He has enough in every way, He is called by the Greeks ἐξαρκής, "sufficient"; insofar as He is sufficient for all unto all things, παναρκής, "all-sufficient"; insofar as He is so not from elsewhere but from and in Himself, αὐτάρκης, "self-sufficient." In particular, and point by point: (1) He has enough for Himself, because He desires and can receive nothing more than what He has, because He is infinite, Ps. 50:9-13 and 16:2 — which appears the more abundantly from the fact that the world was not created out of necessity in time, but out of and according to His will from eternity. (ii) And He has enough for all and everything outside Himself, as the one who gives to all life, breath, and all things, Acts 17:25, from whom, in particular, we men live, move, and have our being, ibid. v.28. But especially (iii) He is sufficient for His covenant people, Ps. 2:11 — (1) by warding off from them every evil, whence He is also called their Shield, Rock, Stronghold, and Redeemer, Ps. 18:3 and 84:12; (2) by bringing them every good, both spiritual and bodily, Eph. 1:3, whence He is called a Sun, Ps. 84:12; (3) by abundantly recompensing all their labor, trouble, and misery undertaken for His sake, whence He is called an exceeding great reward, Gen. 15:1. And even if He gave them none of these things — if He only gave Himself to them — He would thereby give them all things, that they might rest in Him alone, justly and rightly, Ps. 16 and 73:25.
VII. This Perfection and All-sufficiency of God, according to the nature of an attribute that is, as it were, derivative, arises in the first place from the attributes of His being which we have thus far set forth and mentioned — so much so that if even a single one of those attributes were lacking to Him, He would deserve to be called neither perfect nor all-sufficient. Thus, for example, by His independence He is perfect, and has enough for Himself and for His own, from Himself, so that in the blessing of His own He is neither hindered nor limited; by His unchangeableness He is perfect, and has enough without any change in Himself, without increase or decrease, so that in this His own have a firm foundation for their blessedness; by His simplicity He is a purely simple perfection and all-sufficiency, of which they need fear the least imperfection, defect, or lack for themselves; by His infinity there belongs to Him an unlimited and illimitable perfection and satisfaction, whereby alone He can satisfy the infinite desire of His own; by His eternity He never was not, but has always been, is, and will be perfect and all-sufficient, and can save His own forever; by His life all His perfection is active and operative within Him, and thereby He is sufficient for His own unto every kind of life — natural, spiritual, and eternal; by His understanding He is conscious to Himself of His own perfection, and knows and discerns the needs and desires of His own, that He may fulfill them; by His will He enjoys His own perfection, and wills to impart to His own, out of His fullness and satisfaction, as much as is sufficient. And thus, with regard to all His other attributes, as we have severally shown in the several considerations of them.
VIII. There is also, secondly, that from which God's Perfection and All-sufficiency flow forth: the subsistence of the three Persons, whence that perfection and all-sufficiency, as it were, reflecting from Person to Person, grows and increases, were that possible — while the Father, in His Son, as in an utterly exact and most perfect image of Himself, in the brightness of His glory, in the express image of His substance, most fully satisfies Himself, Heb. 1:3; Matth. 3:17; Prov. 8:30. The Son likewise, in the glory which He possessed from eternity with the Father, John 17:5, and in their mutual glorifying of one another, ibid. and v.1. The Holy Spirit, in the love and fellowship of these two, 2 Cor. 13:13 (or 3:13). But also the perfection and all-sufficiency of God is derived to us distinctly from the several Persons — when the Father, by His Love, the Son, by His Grace, the Holy Spirit, by His Communion, pour out the perfection and all-sufficiency of God in and upon us. As if the perfection and all-sufficiency of one divine Person were not enough for the blessing of a lowly little man, and there had to be three Persons — each of whom is at once God, perfect and all-sufficient — cooperating together for this purpose! As we shall show more clearly in the Chapter on the Trinity.
The Polemical Part
IX. It is true that hardly anyone will be found who would undertake, deliberately and by set purpose, to attack with arguments the all-sided Perfection and All-sufficiency of God; yet among our own parties one will scarcely be found who does not, by his own presuppositions, nibble away at it obliquely — though by different roads and degrees. Openly, both the Socinians and the Pelagians do this. Our question is therefore: (1) Do not the Socinians, by their presuppositions, secretly and by underground channels — as it were — take away God's all-sided all-sufficiency? Conradus Vorstius (in his Tract. de Deo and notes to the same), as well as the Socinians generally, out of a smothering love for man's independent free will, and out of an implacable hatred against Christ's eternal Godhead, against the Trinity, against the Satisfaction of Christ, against our Justification by the righteousness of Christ alone, are compelled to teach various things which the Reformed thus prove to be intolerable and unbearable with the infinite Perfection and All-sufficiency of God: (1) because they take from Him such things as, by the unanimous consent of all, denote perfection, and must therefore belong to the most perfect God, and without which He cannot be so perfect — such as independence, when they teach that He depends on man's free will; unchangeableness, when they hold that He, according to the changeableness of that same free will, changes His decrees, as it were, every hour; simplicity, when they suppose that He is composed, in more than one way — for example, of subject and accident, of essence and attributes, virtues and perfections, etc.; infinity, insofar as they teach that He is enclosed in heaven; omniscience, when they hold that future contingent things are unknown to Him; omnipotence, when they deny that He can incline and bend the will of man; avenging justice, when they deny that it must necessarily demand punishment from sinners, etc. — as we have shown in their respective places. (11) Because, on the contrary, they ascribe to Him such things as savor of manifest imperfection — for example, passions or sufferings of the mind, longings, willings, repentance, and other such things, which are unworthy of and unbefitting the most perfect Being. (111) Because they reject the Satisfaction of Christ, by which God's holiness and righteousness, wounded as it were by man's sins, receive it back again. (iv) Because they blaspheme the most worthy Holy Trinity, from whose most blessed communion an ineffable Perfection flows forth, as we shall show in its place. More such things we could heap up, were they not already sufficiently adduced, and long since dealt with, at the particular chapters.
X. The question is: (II) Do not the Pelagians and Semi-Pelagians also, along with the Socinians, by their presuppositions, injure — or even overturn — God's all-sided Perfection and All-sufficiency? The Pelagians and Semi-Pelagians, Socinians, Jesuits, Remonstrants, and others, moved and affected by the same perverse love for an independent free will, and contriving various pretexts to bring about, namely, an agreement and concord between God's Foreknowledge and Providence and the indifferent freedom of the will, of contingent things, and God's Holiness — whereby He is far from any contrivance of sin — set forth such things that it cannot but be that God's all-sided Perfection and All-sufficiency should be undermined and collapse: namely, when they (1) ascribe to God a will which in more than one way depends on man's own will, and on other conditions, through which His will becomes conditional — by which very fact the perfection of Independence also falls, which is the wellspring of all His other perfections and attributes. (ii) When they hold that God, at the caprice of man's own will, is altered and disturbed in His counsels, and made subject to it as to a lord. (iii) When they ascribe to Him a fleeting or imperfect willing, whereby He would earnestly will something He would never obtain — and whereby, for that very reason, He would be powerless, unable to bring forth what He wills, and at the same time miserable, as one who does not have what He desires and longs for. (iv) When they ascribe to Him, specifically, that He earnestly wills that all men, and each one in particular, should actually be saved — from which wish and will, since it commonly fails, it must follow that He is sufficient neither for Himself nor for His own wish, nor for those for whom He wills that salvation. (v) When they take from Him the right and power over man's own will, whereby He could neither obtain His desires, nor convert men, unless they themselves were willing, and thus converting themselves. (vi) When they make Predestination depend on foreseen things in the creature, and thereby take from Him both His Independence and His All-sufficiency. Let this suffice as a sample.
The Practical Part
XL. As for the Practical Part: The Perfection and All-sufficiency of God convince us, in the first place, of the imperfection, insufficiency, and vanity of all creatures, Eccl. 1:2. For if God alone is absolutely and unboundedly perfect and all-sufficient, then truly every creature is of itself imperfect, vain, and empty — because (1) of and by itself it has no perfection by which it is sufficient either for itself or for others, Jer. 2:13; and (ii) whatever it has is that which has been conferred upon it by God — which is itself utterly empty, fruitless, and useless unless stirred up and applied by God as the first Mover, and unless the creature is likewise commanded and enjoined by the all-sufficient God to bring the perfection it has received to bear upon this or that end, 1 Kings 17:6. And if there is in creatures no perfection or sufficiency, then there is also no reason why we should (1) love any creature, of whatever kind, unfittingly and disorderly, 1 John 2:15,16; James 4:4; (2) that we should set our trust upon it, 1 Tim. 6:17; Ps. 62:11,12; (3) that we should fear it too greatly, or take and bear the loss of any earthly thing ill and heavily, Ps. 73:25.
XII. Secondly, they furnish us a ground of consolation. If we are not sufficient for ourselves, nor is the whole world sufficient for us — the soul in its nature being endowed with an absolutely insatiable desire — let us think that God is the most all-sufficient of all, and is for Himself, and for us, Ps. 73:25. In particular and point by point: (1) if we lack every good thing of the mind — for instance, strength of judgment, James 1:5, rightness of will, faith, hope, love, ordering of the passions; or goods of the body, health, strength, good constitution; or goods of fortune, needful riches, honors, favor of men; (ii) if dangers hang over our heads which we are unable to ward off; if (iii) we are pressed and hard-pressed by burdens, whether spiritual — Satan, the world, sin, and the conscience of sin — or bodily, of whatever kind they may be, it can serve for our comfort: (1) that God — El Shaddai, the All-sufficient, indeed the most all-sufficient Shield and Sun, Ps. 84:12; Gen. 15:1 — is sufficient for Himself unto infinite blessedness, and therefore much more for us, who need no such and so great a perfection. And who, moreover, (2) has so solemnly promised, with so many promises, to be to His own all things and in all — a Sun and a Shield, Ps. 91:15; 84:12 and v.12,13; Heb. 13:6. Indeed (3), who has also, in so many ways, always and everywhere, on every occasion, shown by deed that He is the most all-sufficient. Meanwhile, that we may enjoy this All-sufficiency of God the more assuredly, and be the more firmly upheld by it as future occasion requires, it is absolutely necessary: (a) that we be, by faith, covenant partners of God, Gen. 17:1 — I am the mighty God, the All-sufficient, etc. I will establish my covenant. For He is not all-sufficient for all without distinction, but only for His own. (b) That we frequently seek and invoke that sufficiency by prayers and supplications, Ps. 91:15; John 16:23; Ps. 27:8.
XIII. Thirdly, they rebuke all those who, not so much in words deny God's All-sufficiency and Perfection, or at least gnaw at it, as they do by their deeds. This happens (1) in the case of open ungodly men, when, having forsaken and neglected God, they are enslaved to their own worldly riches, honors, pleasures — indeed, abominations — seeing in these all sufficiency, but seeing and perceiving no sufficiency in God at all; (ii) [the marginal apparatus at this point is too corrupted to reconstruct reliably and is omitted]; bringing something, indeed a good deal, to Him, especially in the outward duties of religion, but not everything — for they would not, on this account, cling to Him steadfastly and in all things, Matth. 13:20,21. The reason is plain: because they do not trust that they will have in God everything which they judge necessary or useful for themselves; wherefore they think and judge that they must seek and obtain certain things for themselves from creatures, whether by right or by wrong, Hos. 2:4,5,14. Indeed (III), even true regenerate persons themselves — as is seen in the hesitation of Moses, Exod. 3:11,12, in the lie of Abraham, Gen. 20:2, and in other failings of the saints — namely, not being sufficiently persuaded that God can help and heal their needs and impending dangers as much as is required. In particular respects God's All-sufficiency is taken away, or nibbled and gnawed at: (1) by despair or distrust, Num. 21:21; 2 Kings 7:2; (2) by an empty confidence in creatures, whereby we in effect promise ourselves something from creatures which God either could not or would not grant and impart to us, Ps. 62:9-12; (3) by a disordered love of the creature, whereby we in effect suppose that there is something in creatures which is not in God — for which reason covetousness is called idolatry, Eph. 5:5; (4) by craft and deceit, when by artifice and cunning stratagems we seek to obtain, through unlawful means, that which we distrust obtaining from God, or in God, through lawful means. An example of this is found in Jacob, Gen. 27:6, etc.; compare Ps. 125:5. (5) Finally, by every sin, insofar as there is in it a turning away from God and a turning toward the creature, Jer. 2:13 — which certainly happens only by expecting from creatures that which is not to be found in God. Wherefore accordingly (a) all such sins involve idolatry, and likewise apostasy, insofar as we depart and fall away from God to creatures, because we ascribe to these something which does not belong to them — from which the atrociousness and gravity of such sins becomes evident, Heb. 3:12. (b) They close off from us God's favor and beneficence, so that we can absolutely promise ourselves nothing of that all-sided All-sufficiency of God, in accordance with the divine threatenings, Matth. 17:19,20; 21:22; Mark 6:6; indeed (c) they render us guilty and subject to the severest judgments, as is seen in that centurion who, by distrust, took away from God His All-sufficiency, 2 Kings 7:17; indeed in Moses himself, who, together with Aaron his brother, for that very reason, was most strictly excluded from possessing the land of Canaan, Num. 20:12.
XIV. Fourthly, the contemplation of the divine All-sufficiency can, as the case requires, incite and stir us up to one or another of the following virtues. (1) To the glorification of God, Ps. 96:4 and 145:3. For if every perfection and sufficiency gives us occasion to praise creatures, how much more, then, that highest and infinite Perfection and All-sufficiency, which is sufficient for Himself, and for us, unto an infinite blessedness — which is the foundation of all majesty and glory. (ii) To love, that we might thereby embrace Him above all, as the one who alone is sufficient for us unto all things, Ps. 18:1,2: I will love you dearly, O LORD, my strength. The LORD is my rock, and my fortress, and my deliverer, etc. Let us long after Him, and seek Him with all zeal and earnestness, Ps. 73:25; let us rest in Him, delighting ourselves in Him alone, Ps. 16:5,6 and 4:7,8,9. (iii) To fix our trust firmly in and upon Him alone, as the one who alone is sufficient for us unto all things — namely, all in all, 1 Cor. 13:10; a perfect light for the understanding, Ps. 36:9(10)? [Ps. 27:1]; goodness for the will; life for the whole soul, Ps. 36:9(10); righteousness for the passions; joy for the heart; health, clarity, immortality for the body: All that is loved shall be, and nothing shall be desired or longed for which shall not be there. Augustine, de Trinitate, Lib. 3, cap. 7. (iv) To lift up our hope and patience amid all manner of adversities, Ps. 27:13,14; 77:11,14,15; 73:25. (v) To render Him obedience, service, and honor, as the one from whom there shall be to us an exceeding great shield and reward, Gen. 15:1; Ps. 84:12. (vi) To our own humbling, that from His highest sufficiency we may know, feel, and confess our own utmost and lowest neediness, and from His all-sided perfection our own imperfection, Gen. 18:31, and Job 4:17-19: We often seem perfect to ourselves in our own eyes, but when we compare ourselves with God's highest perfection and all-sufficiency, as with a rule and pattern, we shall then at last say: Shall a man be more righteous than God? shall a man be purer than his maker? Behold, He puts no trust in His servants, though He has set brightness in His angels — how much less in them that dwell in houses of clay! Our own righteousness itself, when brought to the test of divine righteousness, is unrighteousness; it is squalid and unclean in the description and judgment of the Judge, says Gregory on Job, ch. 7. Yet still, in the enumeration and mention of these several points — inasmuch as each, in preaching, must be set forth according as the matter falls out — there ought to be explained (1) the particular power and efficacious working of the divine All-sufficiency and Perfection, whereby it flows in to form and work these virtues in us, to kindle, increase, strengthen, and confirm them; (2) the motives which, from the consideration of the divine All-sufficiency, can and must incite and move us to the practice of these virtues; and finally (3) either the means by which we may happily attain the habit of these virtues, or the manner in which their exercise may be directed and governed.
XV. Fifthly, the conviction and persuasion of the divine Perfection and All-sufficiency entices us and moves us to walk with God — just as God Himself invites and moves Abraham to this in the text — which, in general, includes all godliness, and especially those virtues which we have pointed out in the preceding sections. But in particular, and point by point, it signifies: (1) always and everywhere to hold God present to oneself, ...and Gen. 26:3, in whom to abide and remain, as it were at His right hand, Ps. 16:8; (ii) to strive after the same thing with God — to aim at the same purpose, the same thing which God seeks and pursues, to will and not to will the same thing that God wills and does not will, Rev. 2:6, and that unto the same end, namely, to God's honor and glory, Rom. 11:36; and (iii) also to walk along the same path, which in Holy Scripture is called walking in the ways of God, Deut. 19:9 and 28:9, etc. And what, then, are these ways of God? Holiness, Ps. 87:14 [77:14]; goodness and truth, Ps. 25:10; so that to walk in the ways of God is nothing other than to walk and go in God's law, Exod. 16:4; Neh. 10:29, in God's commandments, 1 Kings 6:12, in God's statutes and judgments, Lev. 20:8 — to cleave to God constantly in all these, Deut. 4:4, turning aside neither to the right hand nor to the left from Him, Deut. 12:32. Further, (iv) to walk, as it were, holding fast God's hand, Jer. 31:32, never letting it go, Gen. 32:26; Luke 24:29 — namely, just as little children, when they walk with their parents, join hands with them, so that we too join hands with God, that is, depend wholly, entirely, and in all things on Him: and this then is, properly, to walk with God, or after and behind God, Deut. 13:4 — which happens when we, as He walks with us in the ways of His judgments and decrees, follow Him through repentance, humiliation and amendment, prayer and patience, Lam. 3:40,41; but when He walks with us in the ways of His goodness, that we then follow Him with joy, thankfulness, and praise, Ps. 103:1,2,3. Further, (v) in all these things continually holding and conducting ourselves as under the eyes of God, with all simplicity and uprightness of conscience, Gen. 17:1: I am the mighty God, who is all-sufficient; walk before my face, and be perfect, or upright. For seeing that God is all-sufficient, not only for Himself but also for us — to ward off every evil, as a Shield; to bring and pour out every kind of good upon us, as a Sun; to recompense all our labor, trouble, and loss, as our exceeding great reward — in a word, since He alone can be to us all in all, let us therefore also, with our whole heart and mind, be fixed on Him alone, cling to Him inseparably and unshakably, and let ourselves never, whether through fear of any evil or through hope of any good, be drawn or torn away from Him. In this way God shall be, not only for Himself, perfect and all-sufficient, but also for us — by supplying all our defects, healing all our infirmities, Ps. 103:3,4, and fully satisfying all our desires, ibid. v.4,5; 20:5 and 16:11.
XVI. Sixthly, it also kindles us and stirs us up to strive with all power and might to be brought into covenant fellowship with the most perfect and all-sufficient God. And this use and benefit of God's All-sufficiency God Himself points out in the words of our text: I am the mighty God, who is all-sufficient; walk in my presence, and be perfect (or upright); and I will establish my covenant between me and between you. For by this covenant-making, (1) the all-sufficient God becomes our God, Jer. 31:33; (ii) without it, that all-sufficiency, however great it be, will profit us not the least, Isa. 65:13; indeed (iii) it would rather be harmful, ibid., and Ps. 34:16,17. Now this covenant-making comes to pass (1) through Christ, who for this very reason is called the Angel of the Covenant, Mal. 3:1, in whom all the promises of God are yea and amen, 2 Cor. 1:20; (2) through faith, Hos. 2:19, in Christ, who is the way to the Father, John 14:6, in whom we have boldness and access with confidence through faith in Him, Eph. 3:12.
XVII. Finally, seventhly, it gives us a pattern which we are to follow: (A) God's Perfection: Be therefore perfect, Matth. 5:48. And indeed a moral perfection resembling God's own — for example, Independence, that we too, so far as conscience is concerned, may be independent, set free from all men, 1 Cor. 7:23; Unchangeableness, that we too may be such, in the pursuit of what is good, 1 Cor. 15:58; (B) Simplicity, that we too may be simple and upright, Matth. 10:16; 2 Cor. 1:12. And so with respect to all the other attributes, as we have repeatedly noted in the several considerations of them. In particular, however, God's moral perfection sets before us a pattern to be followed, which He has displayed for this very purpose in His law — of which Paul speaks, Phil. 3:15; Col. 4:12; James 3:2. (B) His Sufficiency, whereby we may, in the first place, have enough for ourselves, under God, 2 Cor. 9:8, so that we (1) are far from covetousness, Heb. 13:5, whereby we would seek our sufficiency in treasures and riches; (ii) that we are not overly anxious about the things which belong to this life, Matth. 6:25, etc.; (iii) and that we are not too troubled and too solicitous about an abundance of earthly treasures, 1 Tim. 6:9; (iv) that we are content with whatever lot we have, Phil. 4:12 — and then also readily and freely impart our sufficiency to others, just as God does, 2 Cor. 8:13,14 — being persuaded and convinced (1) that in this way we become, in some measure, conformed to this divine Perfection, Matth. 5:48, wherein our highest Perfection consists; (2) that the divine All-sufficiency will, all the more justly, watch over us and our needs, Matth. 6:26,30.
Chapter XXII: On God's Majesty and Glory
On Isaiah 42:8.
I am Jehovah, this is my name; and my honor [or glory] I will not give to another, nor my praise to graven images.
The inward excellence of God's Perfection and All-sufficiency, which we have now explained, insofar as it spreads abroad from itself, as it were, a certain radiance, that He might thereby be known, extolled, and praised, furnishes us with a second perfection drawn out of it — one which is, as it were, a further derived perfection, namely, His Majesty and Glory, which God Himself, in a most excellent way, ascribes to Himself, Isa. 42:8.
The Explanatory Part
II. The text contains a certain declaration — a solemn and public proclamation and announcement of the divine ordinances, as if to say, "Hear what I speak," which He wishes to belong to Himself alone. Of these —
I. The first consists in His being: אני יהוה, "I, Jehovah." One must supply, by a Hebrew ellipsis, the substantive verb, "I am" — as happens, Isa. 43:12. This is a sign, and, as it were, a familiar and customary subscription with which God is accustomed to seal and confirm His commands, as commonly, Lev. 18:2,30 and 19:2,3,4,10,12,14,16,18,25,28,30,31,32,34,36,37. It can be referred either to what precedes — as a confirmation of the preceding prophecy concerning Christ, taken from the nature of the calling God and from the truth of the preceding promises, v.9 — or to God, that He, having ended the prophecy concerning the Christ, returns to His proposition and purpose, and affirms that Jehovah alone is the true God. Now the name Jehovah is a name of God's Being, in which all God's perfections — His independence, unchangeableness, simplicity, immensity, omnipresence, eternity, omnipotence, omniscience, grace, etc. — are comprehended, as we have taught in its place; in which name, therefore, all His inward glory is grounded. Wherefore this Name is most peculiarly His own, and absolutely incommunicable — for which reason it is also called His memorial name, Exod. 3:15; Ps. 135:13 and 102:13; Hos. 12:6.
II. The second consists in His Name: זה שמי, "This is my name." Here again one must supply the ellipsis with "is." The pronoun הוא, "hu," "this," is, in a certain Kabbalistic sense, according to some Jews, the very name which God would here ascribe to Himself: "my name is Hu." But since this has not thus far been solidly proven — that the word הוה, "hu" (or "hoveh"), is among the names of God — it will more suitably signify "this," and be referred to the preceding "Jehovah," so that it means: this, namely Jehovah, is my name, most peculiarly my own, whereby I am distinguished from the gods of the heathen — a name which in no way, whether in its full or in an abbreviated form (as my other names are), belongs to any creature, at least in the direct case, although in the oblique case, and in composition, it might in some measure be given to it, as it is recorded to have been given by the ancients, in order to append a small part of the name Jehovah — supposed to be a name of grace — to their own names, as appears from the names Jozadak and Jehonathan, and others. This we have taught elsewhere against the Socinians.
III. The third consists in His honor and praise. And my honor (glory) I will not give to another, nor my praise to graven images. Here God wards off —
1. His honor or glory in general, from all: לא אתן וכבודי לאחר, "And my honor (glory) I will not give to another." Here we have —
a. That which is warded off, or that which He keeps back: וכבודי, "and my honor," or glory. Understand either the honor and glory of the name Jehovah in particular — that is, I will not permit that anyone, in heaven or on earth, should arrogate to himself that glorious name, or the Being made known through it — or my glory in general. He does indeed allow creatures a certain honor and glory, but He forbids His own glory, for He says "my honor," or "my glory," that is, a religious honor and glory. The word כבוד, "kabhodh" (honor, glory), comes from כבד, "kabhad," which means to be heavy, or in greatness, or in quality, magnitude or multitude, weight or number, riches, glory — whence the expression βάρος τῆς δόξης, "a weight of glory," 2 Cor. 4:17. It differs from honor and praise in that honor belongs to an ordinary dignity, Rom. 13:7, praise to a greater dignity; but glory belongs to the greatest, and specifically a heroic dignity. Wherefore it belongs, par excellence, to the most high God.
b. The Person from whom it is warded off: לאחר, "another" — for example, from Bel, Nebo, Merodach, or any similar other, who by nature is not God, or who is a foreign and alien one, Mark 16:17; Ps. 16:4.
c. The warding off and denial itself: לא אתן, "I will not give" — I will not permit that my glory be changed, or transferred to another. God means to say, by a figure of speech commonly called litotes, whereby less is said and more is meant, that He will most strictly punish and chastise those who ascribe and assign His name Jehovah, or His glory, to another.
2. His praise, to graven images: ותהלתי לפסילים, "and my praise to graven images" — one must supply the sense: "I will not give." As if He said: And I will not even permit praise, though it is less than my glory, to be given to graven images. Here again there is —
a. The forbidden or prohibited matter, תהלתי, "my praise" — that is, which belongs to me alone. The word תהלה, "tehilla" (praise), comes from the word הלל, "he has shone, glittered, been bright and radiant," Job 29:3, whence הילל, "Helel," Lucifer, the Morning Star, because it is a star that shines brighter and more brilliant than others, Isa. 14:12. In the Piel conjugation it means to praise, to extol, to laud, because one who praises and lauds another, as it were, causes him to shine and glitter, and spreads his light abroad.
b. The object from which it is warded off and denied: לפסילים, "to graven images." The word פסיל, "pasil," or פסל, "pesel," signifies an image, but one which is carved, hewn, engraved, out of wood, stone, etc. The Greeks render it by εἴδωλον, "an idol," and γλυπτόν, "a carved or engraved image." The Chaldeans, "an image." Because the heathen believed that there was in their idols, statues, and other images something divine, or something of deity, and for this reason offered to them a divine praise, or religious honor — just as the Romanists also do. God therefore forbids any religious honor — whether it be called glory, or λατρεία, latreia; or praise, or δουλεία, douleia, or ὑπερδουλεία, hyperdouleia — to be brought and offered, whether to the living and deified, or to the lifeless, idols, statues, and images of whatever kind they may be.
The Doctrinal Part
III. Our God, therefore, has a Majesty and Glory which belongs to Him alone, in every respect properly His own. This the Scripture teaches (1) as often as it calls and extols God "great" — not, indeed, in bulk, but in majesty of perfection, Deut. 7:21 and 10:17; Neh. 1:5 and 4:14 and 9:32; Ps. 46:3, and throughout the Psalms; Isa. 12:6; Jer. 10:6; Dan. 2:45. Compare our Chapter IX, on the Infinity and Greatness of God. (ii) As often as it calls and extols God glorious, wonderful, and marvelous, Deut. 5:24 and 11:2; Ps. 8:2,10 [8:1,9]. (iii) As often as it calls God the Most High, Gen. 14:18; Num. 24:16; Deut. 32:8; Ps. 7:18 [7:17]; Lam. 3:38. (iv) As often, also, as it makes mention of His great and terrible deeds, as witnesses of His Majesty, Deut. 9:21; 2 Sam. 7:21-23; Ps. 71:19; Acts 2:11. (v) As often as it exalts His excellence above the gods, Ps. 135:5. (vi) As often as it says that God is to be praised, indeed greatly to be praised, Ps. 48:2 [47:1?] and 96:4 and 113:3; Exod. 15:11. (vii) As often as it exalts and elevates God's honor, and shows, both by commands and by examples, Isa. 6:3, that this same honor must be exalted and elevated by us. On account of all these things, therefore, God is extolled as the God of glory, Acts 7:2.
IV. And if Majesty and Glory did not belong to Him, to what end would He (1) have created the world, and sustain and govern it? For indeed neither could the creature itself have moved Him to this, it not yet being in existence, nor any hope of profit or gain, whereby He should at some point be made more perfect by or through the creature which was made; for He has been, from all eternity, sufficient for Himself — and therefore nothing else remains except the acknowledgment, praise, and glory of that infinite perfection which He has had from eternity, wherein His glory consists, Prov. 16:4,5; Rom. 11:36. And to what end would He (ii) rather have created creatures, and made them present in this theater of the world, than that they should declare how great a workman and artificer He was, how great His power, wisdom, and goodness? — to this end the heavens are said to declare the glory of God, Ps. 19:1; compare Ps. 8:4,10 [8:3,9]; Rom. 1:20. And (iii) what could be the ultimate and final end of all things, in which all subordinate ends should rest and terminate, if not the Glory of God? For the end to which the world was created is presupposed to be more excellent than the world itself; and what, finally, is more excellent than the world, except God alone? And how can God be the end, unless it be that He may be glorified? Finally, (iv) He has made very many of His creatures glorious and splendid: the Messiah, Isa. 42:21; the sun and the stars, 1 Cor. 15:41; David, Ps. 21:6 [21:5]; Solomon, Matth. 6:29, etc. Should He, then, not Himself be much more glorious?
V. Now God's Glory is nothing other than the radiance of His infinite loftiness, which must be acknowledged and made manifest — so that four things concur together unto the Glory of God: first, a certain infinite loftiness and excellence — for just as honor and praise belong to one who is good, and to one who is more excellent, so glory belongs to the most excellent of all. This excellent superiority belongs to God — both on account of His Being, insofar as He is Jehovah, Exod. 33:18-20; Isa. 42:8, and on account of His attributes and perfections, as being, as it were, the components from which that excellence of the divine Majesty springs forth — as we have generally shown in the particular consideration of them. This surpassing excellence is the foundation of all divine Glory, on account of which He deserves from us to be honored and glorified, and to be called and extolled the God of glory, Acts 7:2, the King of glory, Ps. 24:8, the Father of glory, Eph. 1:17; and to Him an excellence of glory is ascribed, Eph. 3:14,16.
VI. Here, secondly, concurs the radiance, as it were the outbeaming and shining-forth of that perfection and excellent superiority, Isa. 35:2, whence the Latin word gloria (glory) is, as it were, said to derive from claria (clarity, radiance, splendor) — whence also the Son is called the outshining (or brightness) of God's glory, Heb. 1:3, and the glory of the Lord is said to have shone round about the shepherds, Luke 2:9, just as a light from heaven also shone round about Paul, Acts 9:3; compare Matth. 17:2. Hence He is said to dwell in unapproachable light, 1 Tim. 6:16. This radiance affects and strikes not so much the eyes of the body (as did the glory of Solomon, Matth. 6:29, of the sun, 1 Cor. 15:41, and of the morning star, Isa. 14:12) as it does the soul — although at times an outward radiance also, as a sign, has attended it, as is evident from the passages cited: Luke 2:9; Acts 9:3; Exod. 33:18,19,23; Ezek. 1:26,27,28 and 3:12 and chapters 40 and 43, etc.
VII. From this, thirdly, arises the acknowledgment of that excellent superiority — from which it is called the face of God, Exod. 33:20, the face of glory, Jude v.24,25, and likewise His Name, Matth. 6:9; Exod. 20:7 — because from and out of the face, and from and out of the name, the majesty and excellent superiority of a thing is made known. That knowledge, in as much as it is in every respect absolutely perfect, belongs to God alone — for which reason He is said to dwell in unapproachable light, whom no one has seen, 1 Tim. 6:16; John 1:18. A less perfect discovery of it, however — out of a revelation, out of His attributes, out of His works — is also given to creatures, such as to angels, Isa. 6:1; Matth. 18:10; to Moses, Exod. 33:23; Num. 12:8; to the shepherds, Luke 2:9; to the apostles, John 1:14; to Paul, Acts 9:3; and to others — which, however, is not without degrees, since we here see or know through a mirror in a dark saying, but hereafter, face to face, 1 Cor. 13:12. And these several points — namely, God's excellent superiority, the radiance, and the knowledge and acknowledgment of it — make up the inward, and to God co-eternal, glory.
VIII. Finally, fourthly, there also concurs together unto God's glory the extolling, praising, or publishing of that excellent superiority which is perceived and acknowledged by means of its radiance — which is more properly called glorification than glory. Whereby the inwardly known and acknowledged excellent superiority of God, and the fitting esteem for it, are propagated and spread abroad by others. This happens (1) by God Himself, glorifying Himself, when He makes manifest, in one way or another, in His Being, in His attributes and works, the ineffable superiority and excellence of His nature, Num. 14:21; Ps. 71:19; Lev. 10:3. (ii) By the divine Persons themselves, mutually among one another: thus the Father glorifies the Son, John 17:1; the Son in turn (as the outshining of God's glory, Heb. 1:3) [glorifies] the Father, John 17:4 and 8:49; the Holy Spirit [glorifies] the Son, John 16:14, and the Father, who, on this account, is called the Spirit of God, and the Spirit of glory, 1 Pet. 4:14. (iii) By angels and men, when they make manifest and known their knowledge and acknowledgment, their sense and esteem, of the divine glory, and of that excellent superiority of God itself, as much as they can, by singing, extolling, magnifying, and exalting it, Isa. 6:3; Luke 2:14; Ps. 8:1; Rev. 4:10,11. (iv) By and through the Word of God, especially that of the Gospel, which is for this reason called a glorious Gospel, 2 Cor. 3:7,8, because it discloses and reveals to us God's glorious attributes — power, wisdom, grace, righteousness — and His glorious Son, Phil. 2:11. (v) By the works of God, Ps. 90:16 and 111:3, of Creation, Preservation, and Government, Ps. 8 and 104:24,31; in particular, by and through those excellent and surpassing works which are called wonders, in which the glory of the divine Omnipotence shines forth still more, and still more clearly. Most of all, however, (vi) by and through the works of Grace, with which He is occupied concerning His own — that whole Counsel of Peace whereby He has determined to preserve and save the elect, and that wisest Economy which He has unfolded in the direction and governing of them: to what else, indeed, does everything else tend, but to the glorifying of God? Phil. 2:11: that every tongue should confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father. For this reason the angels sing, Luke 2:14: Glory to God in the highest. In particular, and by name: (1) The glory of God's Mercy and avenging Justice discloses itself in the article of eternal Predestination, Eph. 1:5,6; Rom. 9:22,23. (2) The glory of God's Wisdom, in the devising of the way of Redemption, fitted and adapted to both righteousness and mercy — as likewise in the dividing of the task, as it were, which each Person should undertake in this work of Redemption — concerning which Paul cries out: O the depth of the riches, both of the wisdom and of the knowledge of God! Rom. 11:33. And the Savior is for this reason called the Wisdom and the Power of God, 1 Cor. 1:24. Again, (3) the glory of God's Love and Grace toward the world, John 3:16; Rom. 5:8. Further, (4) the glory of God's Holiness, whereby He could not bear even our sins in His own Son, and therefore strictly required an account of them in His Son, Rom. 8:32. Moreover, (5) the glory of His avenging Righteousness, by which He did not even spare His own Son, Rom. 3:25(?) [8:32]. For these and other reasons, therefore, the Gospel is called a glorious Gospel, or the Gospel of the glory of the blessed God, 1 Tim. 1:11, as it is likewise said that the light of the gospel of the glory of Christ shines, or radiates, 2 Cor. 4:4.
IX. Meanwhile, this extolling — or making manifest and known and praising — of God's excellent superiority is carried out chiefly by rational creatures in their acts of worship, as appears in the songs of praise of Israel, Ps. 22:4 [22:3], and in the word εὐχαριστία, thanksgiving, Ps. 26:7 and 35:18 and 99:3, as also supplications and prayers of every kind, taken together, 1 Tim. 2:1 — chiefly in the acts of divine worship, in which God's omnipotence, wisdom, and unfathomable goodness are acknowledged, extolled, and praised.
The Polemical Part
X. Since God's infinite Perfection and All-sufficiency are the foundation of all glory and glorification of God, it is clearly evident that all who gnaw at God's Perfection and Sufficiency thereby also injure, harm, obscure, and take away God's Glory. Hence, out of the preceding Chapter, the Socinian and Pelagian controversies return again. The question, therefore, is: (I) Do not the Socinians, through their several presuppositions, in an eminent degree weaken and obscure the Glory of God? The Socinians, as we have said in the preceding Chapter, out of a perverse love for man's independent free will, and out of hatred against the Holy Trinity, and against the eternal Godhead and Satisfaction of Christ, violate and obscure God's Glory in more than one way, when they (1) take from God those perfections — independence, unchangeableness, simplicity, infinity, omnipresence, omniscience — on account of which God deserves to be glorified by us. When they (ii) ascribe to Him such imperfections — a powerless willing, repentance, longings and desires, and disturbances of so many passionate affections — on account of which He deserves to be reckoned by us of little worth, or at least to be praised and glorified by us more coldly and feebly, as we have admonished in the preceding Chapter, §IX. (iii) When they dispute and deny the Glory of the eternal Godhead of the Son of God and of the Spirit — notwithstanding that the Son is expressly called the outshining of the Father's glory, Heb. 1:3, and desires that that divine glory, which He had from eternity with the Father, be brought to Him, John 17:5. (iv) When they take away from the Son of God, as a mere man, the glory of the religious honor which Jehovah, in the text, ascribes to Himself alone — just as the Savior Himself, Matth. 4:10, [ascribed it to God alone]. (v) When they take from Him the glory of God's avenging Righteousness, whereby He is too pure of eyes to behold evil, Hab. 1:13; Exod. 34:7, and thus make Him equal to the sinner, Ps. 50:21. (vi) When they refuse to the Son of God the glory of the Satisfaction, whereby He purchased the human race with His own blood — even though the Father, precisely on account of and because of this, has given to the Son a name which is above every name, that at His name every knee should bow, etc., Phil. 2:7,8,9. When they (vii) take from the Son of God the glory of our Justification, insofar as it comes solely from His righteousness, imputed and given to us — on account of which He nonetheless, having accomplished the cleansing of our sins by Himself, is seated at the right hand of the throne of Majesty in the highest heavens, Heb. 1:3(?),4. (viii) When they, having taken from the Son of God the glory of that Justification, ascribe it to themselves, while they strive to obtain it for themselves by their own works — against the teaching of the Apostle, Eph. 2:8,9, that no one should boast; Rom. 3:27, Where then is boasting? It is excluded... by the law of faith. We shall not heap up more such things here.
XI. The question is: (II) Do not also the Pelagians, old and new, Socinians, Jesuits, Remonstrants, by their teachings, obliquely assail and obscure God's Glory? This we have established and proved in the preceding Chapter, §X, by showing how they, on the one hand, take from God various perfections — Independence, Unchangeableness, Infinity, Omniscience, Omnipotence, infinite Blessedness — according to and by virtue of which He must and should be glorified, and by which He is also continually extolled and glorified throughout Holy Scripture; and how, on the other hand, they load upon Him various imperfections — for example, dependence, ignorance, powerlessness, etc. — by which God's Glory is diminished and obscured. But since we have already dealt with these matters at length in the places cited, we shall add nothing more here.
XII. The question is: (III) Do not the Romanists, contrary to God's own declaration, give His Glory to another, and His Praise to graven images? With the heathen, who by their own conduct stand condemned, who reckon the authority of Holy Scripture, and of God Himself, as nothing, we shall not concern ourselves, as they are guilty of both crimes whereby they give God's Glory to their false gods, Jupiter, Mercury, etc., and God's Praise to their graven images, in which they believed there was something of deity, or something divine. But it is a lesser, though still a kind of, idolatry that the Papists commit, giving to another — namely, to Saints and to their images — a portion of divine honor, and yet acknowledging, in words, the authority of God and of the New Testament Scripture — doing so only that, without God, without Holy Scripture, without any lawgiving power [transferred] from these unto the Pope, they might all the more strongly exalt him above the entire Christian people. Who can endure that? Now they obscure God's Glory in more than one way: (1) obliquely, through various presuppositions — when they (1) enervate and obscure the grace of gracious Justification, through their twofold notion of merit, of congruity and of condignity, against Rom. 3:24, being justified freely by His grace... and v.27, Where is boasting then?... and chap. 4:2,4,16 and chap. 11:6: And if it is by grace, then it is no longer of works; otherwise grace is no longer grace. And if it is of works, then it is no longer grace; otherwise the work is no longer a work. When they (2) urge, against that same grace, their own satisfactions for venial sins, whereby they injure the glory of Christ — as though He were not a perfect Savior, able to save completely, Heb. 7:25. When they (3) urge, against that same grace, the intercessions and mediations of the holy departed, as if the intercession and mediation of Christ were not enough for them, 1 John 2:1; Isa. 63:16. (4) When, to the detriment of grace, they too greatly exalt the powers of free will, 2 Cor. 3:5,6; compare 1 Cor. 15:10. But (ii) more directly they nibble at and obscure God's Glory when they (1) on the one hand, give God's Glory, or religious honor, to others — namely, to the blessed Virgin, angels, holy departed, the Pope of Rome — against the express declaration of our text: I will not give my glory (honor) to another. (2) When they, on the other hand, give to images and graven images, likewise to the Mass-bread, and to the relics of the Saints, a religious honor — indeed, the very same honor which belongs to what is thereby depicted — against that same declaration, my praise I will not give to graven images; changing likewise the glory of the incorruptible God into the likeness of an image of corruptible man, Rom. 1:23; serving, moreover, those which by nature are no gods, Gal. 4:8. With far-fetched and contrived distinctions, to cover up their sacrilege — I know not what distinctions — between latreia, douleia, and hyperdouleia, of which Jehovah the Lawgiver, in His Word, knows nothing, or which are abundantly refuted also by their own established contradictory suppositions, as shall be seen at length, God willing, in its own place.
XIII. The question is: (IV) Do not the Lutherans, by their presuppositions, gnaw at and obscure God's Glory? The Lutherans — especially those who, in order the more forcibly to maintain the omnipresence of Christ's flesh, and its presence in the elements of the Holy Supper, and the general redemption, obscure, in more than one way, God's Glory: (1) His infinite power and might, whereby He can, concerning His own, fix and determine as He wills, Matth. 20:15, by appointing and setting apart out of fallen sinners such as He wills, in order to display in them the Glory of His avenging Righteousness, through their just condemnation and damnation on account of and because of their sins, Rom. 9:13,15,17,18,20-23. (ii) His saving grace, whereby He would impart just as much grace to the reprobate as to the elect, by willing that all men, and each one in particular, actually obtain salvation — from which it follows that grace would not be grace, since grace is a privilege and an advantage belonging only to some. (iii) His independence, insofar as He would depend on man's own contrary free will, which, according to its own good pleasure, could... resist the Holy Spirit [text corrupted here]. But especially (iv) when they teach that God's glorious and splendid perfections, in which all glorifying of Him is grounded, are given to another — that is, to Christ, insofar as He is man, or a creature — namely, His immensity, omniscience, omnipotence, quickening power, and others. This is directly against the declaration of our text. See Johann Gerhard (Loc. 11, §364), who, even on the very text objected to him, gives the feeblest of answers — indeed, distorts even the Savior's own request, John 17:5: Glorify me, O Father, with yourself, with the glory which I had with you before the world was — considering little or nothing: (1) that the Savior does not request and demand for Himself, as man, a new glory, but the manifestation, or that glory, which He had already possessed from eternity, but which, through His humiliation, had been very greatly obscured, Phil. 2:6-9. But (2) that the Savior desires and asks to be glorified by the Father, just as He Himself had glorified the Father, v.1: as you have glorified your Son. Wherefore, just as the Son, by glorifying the Father, did not impart to the Father any new glory, but only made manifest that which He had already long possessed from eternity, so also the Father, by glorifying the Son, did not impart to Him a new glory, but only made manifest that which He had already long possessed from eternity. And consequently (3) that the Savior does not speak of His human nature, as though it were to be made happy by some new glory, but of the person of the God-man, whose divine Glory had to be made manifest.
The Practical Part
XIV. As for the Practical Part: first, the divine Majesty and Glory, as it is forcefully and powerfully set forth, with respect to God's Being, Attributes, and Works, in His word, Isa. 40:15,16,17,21; Jer. 10:6,7,10,12,13; Amos 9:5,6; Micah 1:3,4; Hab. 3:3; Job 26:6...14:13; 35:5; and 40:4... — being devoutly meditated upon, and compared with our own lowliness and nothingness, Isa. 24:23, (1) brings forth in us a humbling of pride, and (ii) compels reverence and fear of God, Gen. 18:27; Job 21:7? [Jer. 10:6,7?]; Ps. 111:9; Isa. 59:19; and (iii) a renouncing of all self-honor and glory, Ps. 115:1.
XV. Secondly, it suppresses and restrains the senseless folly of those who (1) esteem that infinite Majesty of God as small and trifling in their heart, Rom. 2:4; Mal. 2:2; Exod. 5:2; (ii) blaspheme it with the mouth, Isa. 52:5; Ezek. 36:23; 1 Tim. 6:1; Titus 2:5; (iii) suppress and diminish it by their deeds and works — whether by teaching such things as agree ill with the glory of God's Independence, Grace, Righteousness, Omnipotence (of which elsewhere); or by doing such things through which God's Glory is wounded and violated, Rom. 2:24; Titus 2:5; or by abusing God's Glory as a pretext for wicked deeds, 1 Sam. 15:15; or by setting and seeking their own glory above the divine, John 12:43; or by esteeming God's name and worship lightly, neglecting, treating irreverently, or in any other way profaning it, against the third Commandment of the divine Law. By all of which (1) God's Majesty and Glory are violated; His name is profaned; His face, as it were, spat upon, or at least provoked, Isa. 3:8, and defiled and sullied, Ezek. 13:19. (2) Against all of which God shall most assuredly set His vengeance and the vindication of His Majesty, according to the threatenings, Exod. 20:7, and according to the examples of the divine judgments, Lev. 10:3: I will be sanctified in them that come near me, and before the face of all the people I will be glorified — namely, by my judgments. Compare 2 Sam. 12:14.
XVI. Thirdly, God's Majesty and Glory move us to glorify His name, 1 Cor. 6:20. This is done: (1) with the heart, Ps. 103:1,2; Luke 1:46, by acknowledging, esteeming, and prizing, Mal. 1:14, and revering God's infinite excellence and superiority, which He has displayed and shown in His attributes, in His works, in His Son, and in His Word, 2 Cor. 5:11; Jer. 10:6,7,8; (ii) with the mouth, Ps. 40:17 [40:16?] and 145:5, by proclaiming and extolling to others His virtues and perfections, 1 Pet. 2:9; 1 Chron. 29:11-14 — for which the whole Book of Psalms will give us occasion and matter, which is thence called (in Hebrew) תהלים, "Tehillim," that is, Praisings, Extollings, Laudations — inviting and stirring up all and everyone to join hands with us in this work of praising and glorifying God, since we alone are powerless and unable for it, Ps. 103:20-22; (iii) with our works, John 15:8, and that (1) by renouncing all self-glory, that God's glory may be preserved the more unblemished, Ps. 115:1; Matth. 3:11 [3:15?]; (2) by bravely and courageously bearing and enduring, on account of and for the sake of that glory, all manner of dangers, losses, injuries, reproaches, and torments, even unto death, Phil. 1:20; Luke 9:26; Exod. 32:32; Rom. 9:3; (3) by devoutly and godly abstaining from everything by which God's glory can be wounded, diminished, or blasphemed, Exod. 20:7; Titus 2:5; Rom. 2:25; (4) by steadfastly doing that which tends to God's glory, Matth. 5:16. To which belongs chiefly: (a) thankfulness for all manner of benefits received, both bodily and spiritual, Ps. 50:23; 1 Thess. 5:18; (b) confession of God's name and of evangelical truth, Matth. 10:32; Phil. 1:7,20; (c) the paying of vows made on every occasion, in Baptism, the Lord's Supper, in sicknesses, etc., Ps. 116:18; Ps. 50:14; especially (d) a holy walk, John 15:8; Phil. 1:11; (5) by giving ourselves wholly over, in body and in soul, and as it were enslaving ourselves to the glorifying of God, Acts 15:26; 1 Cor. 6:20; (6) by expressly intending, so far as possible, God's glory in all our undertakings, endeavors, and workings, 1 Cor. 10:31 — at least in general, by directing and ordering all that is ours toward the Glory of God, Rom. 14:7,8, undertaking absolutely nothing which, by its own nature, does not tend to God's glory, or could in any way be prejudicial to it — even though it might otherwise, in itself, be a matter of indifference, 1 Cor. 14:13(?) [10:13?] and 9:15(?). Such a general glorifying of God is recommended to us (a) by the highest equity of the matter itself — namely, that to Him to whom belongs the highest, indeed infinite, excellence and superiority, all glory also should be brought — that is, that we give unto God the things that are God's, Matth. 22:21; (b) by examples of every kind, which instruct us in this: God, glorifying Himself; the Persons of the Holy Trinity, mutually glorifying one another; the angels, doing the same night and day, Isa. 6:1,2,3; the holy departed; all God's works, Rev. 4:8; heaven and earth, as we have shown above separately, each in its place; (c) because it is for this that all things have been created by God, and we, apart from the angels, alone are in a condition for it, Rom. 11:36; Prov. 16:4; Isa. 43:7; (d) because in this consists all our perfection, excellence, and usefulness, whereby we are fit for the use, or for the highest end of our creation, 2 Tim. 2:20,21, and likewise for the highest end of our redemption, 1 Cor. 6:20; 2 Pet. 1:9(?); Titus 2:14 — without which we are called unfit, useless, and worthless, Rom. 3:12; (e) because therein consists our chief honor, and God has, besides, promised that He will honor those who honor Him, 1 Sam. 2:30; Ps. 91:7,8(?) [113:7,8?]; (f) because, on the contrary, He will overwhelm and put to shame, here and hereafter, with all manner of reproach and contempt, those who do not do this, but despise and disdain Him — indeed, will curse them, even in their very blessings, Mal. 2:2; Num. 20:12; finally, (g) because for this we shall be eternally glorified, that we may eternally praise Him together with the blessed angels, and sing to Him, unceasingly, day and night, His thrice-holy name, Isa. 6:3; Titus 2:13. Let one compare what we have already remarked, at length, concerning the hallowing of God's Name, Chapter IV, and concerning the glorifying of God with respect to most of God's attributes.
XVII. Fourthly, God's Majesty and Glory show and point out whence true glory is to be sought, and wherein it must be placed — namely, in God and from God, who is, as it were, the Ocean of Majesty and Glory, Jer. 17:14; Ps. 119:1(?) — and by what means it is to be obtained in God and from God, namely: (1) by disdaining and disregarding worldly honor, John 12:43 — for if you desire to boast, disdain honor and glory, and you shall be more glorious and praiseworthy in the sight of all, says Chrysostom; likewise James 4:16; Heb. 11:25,26; (ii) by humility, 1 Sam. 2:30(?); James 1:9,10; 1 Pet. 5:5,6; (iii) by subjecting and devoting to the honor and glory of God whatever honor, glory, authority, or riches are given to us, Rev. 4:10; Prov. 3:9,10. Further, by those virtues to which God Himself especially ascribes glory, namely: (iv) by the knowledge and acknowledgment of God, Jer. 9:23,24; (v) by patience and martyrdom, Rom. 5:3; Rev. 2:10; (vi) by the exercise and practice of uprightness, 2 Cor. 1:12; (vii) by a glorious and victorious fight of faith, and by a zeal and desire to have and keep a good conscience — for which the righteous Judge shall give the crown of righteousness, 2 Tim. 4:7,8; (viii) by faithfulness and steadfastness in the evangelical work, 1 Thess. 2:19; Dan. 12:3. And there are still other such virtues, occurring throughout Holy Scripture.
XVIII. Fifthly, God's Majesty and Glory kindle our desire to reach forward and strive that we may become partakers of the eternal glory — of which the Apostle speaks, 2 Cor. 3:18: We all, with unveiled face, beholding as in a mirror the glory of the Lord, are changed into the same image, from glory to glory. This is thence (1) called the glory of God, Rom. 5:2, likewise the glory of Christ, 2 Thess. 2:14; and it (ii) bears the name of a far more exceeding, eternal weight of glory, 2 Cor. 4:17; and (iii) a crown of glory, 2 Tim. 4:7(8); and (iv) a crown of life, Rev. 2:10; 3:11; 4:4(?); an unfading crown of glory, 1 Pet. 5:4. With which (v) the righteous shall shine like the sun, in the kingdom of their Father, Matth. 13:43; Dan. 12:3. Whereby (vi) the bodies of believers shall be changed, so as to be conformed to the glorious body of Christ, Phil. 3:21, so that what is here sown in dishonor shall be raised in glory, 1 Cor. 15:41,42,43. Whereby (vii) the souls of believers, purified from all disgrace and shame — of ignorance, with respect to the understanding, 1 Cor. 13:9-12, of all wicked desire of the will, and of the passions (being made like the angels, Matth. 22:30) — shall be changed after the image of God. Whereby (viii) the whole man shall be made glorious, without spot or wrinkle, or any such thing, holy and blameless, Eph. 5:27; and that (ix) in a glorious place, in the very dwelling place of the divine Glory itself, the heavenly Jerusalem, whose glory is described, Rev. 21:1(?)... And (x) with a glorious company and fellowship, Heb. 12:22 — which glory (1) God the Father, by His eternal foreordination, has prepared for His own, Matth. 25:34; Rom. 2:23(?)?? [8:23?]; 1 Cor. 2:7; which (2) God the Son has obtained, and shall hereafter bring and bestow, Heb. 2:10; 2 Thess. 2:14; Rom. 8:17(?); John 17:22; unto and according to which (3) the Holy Spirit, as the Spirit of glory, 1 Pet. 4:14, shall in His own time transform us, 2 Cor. 3:18. Now we shall prepare ourselves for that glory: (a) by the exercise of regeneration or conversion, 1 Pet. 1:3,4; John 3:5; (b) by a true and living Faith, John 1:12, compared with Rom. 8:17,21; (c) by an upright love of God, 1 Cor. 2:9; (d) by a continual practice of good works, Rom. 2:7,10, especially of works of love, Matth. 25:34,35; (e) by a noble fight of faith and of a good conscience, 2 Tim. 4:7; (f) by a patient endurance of all manner of adversities, for God's and the Mediator's sake, Rom. 8:17,18; 2 Cor. 4:17; Luke 24:26; (g) by a heavenly walk, Phil. 3:20,21, whereby we do not regard the things that are seen, which are temporal, but the things that are not seen, which are eternal, 2 Cor. 4:18; and that (h) we persevere in all these unto the end, Rev. 2:10; 2 Tim. 4:7,8.
XIX. Meanwhile, sixthly, so long as we still dwell away from this glory, God's Majesty and Glory furnish us comfort amid all manner of reproach, especially that which is suffered for God's and Christ's sake, Rom. 15:13[?]; Ps. 69:8; 1 Pet. 4:14; and even in the dishonor of death itself, 1 Cor. 15:43. When we consider and reflect: (1) that to God alone belongs honor and glory, Ps. 115:1, and to us, on account of our sins, nothing but reproach and disgrace, Dan. 9:7,8; (ii) that the reproach of Christ is better, and a greater riches, than all the treasures of Egypt, according to the esteem and choice of Moses, Heb. 11:26; (iii) that we can serve the divine Glory, according to the will of God, not only by honor, splendor, and glory, but also by reproach and disgrace, according to the proportion of place, 2 Tim. 2:20,21; (iv) that it is God's usual manner of dealing, that He first humbles and casts down the one whom He wills to glorify, 1 Sam. 2:7,8; Luke 24:26; Heb. 2:7. Finally, that (v) that far more exceeding eternal weight of glory shall, in an excellent way, one day most abundantly recompense and repay all manner of reproach and dishonor, 2 Cor. 4:17 — when our body, which has been sown in dishonor, shall be raised in glory, 1 Cor. 15:43.
Chapter XXIII: On the Blessedness of God
On Psalm 16:11.
Fullness of joys is with [in] your presence; pleasures are at your right hand forevermore.
I. There yet remains, of the derived perfections of God — as they are called — and of all the last, one further, the third and last attribute of God, whereby He rejoices in Himself and in all His perfections, and enjoys them, and imparts Himself to His own for the enjoyment of joy and gladness — which is called God's Blessedness, and which is described in Ps. 16:11.
The Explanatory Part
II. With these words the Psalm is concluded by a certain graphic description of a twofold divine Blessedness, namely:
1. God's own Blessedness, or that of the divine countenance: Fullness of joys is with your face. I will not disguise the fact that, according to most interpreters, these words can be taken of the Blessedness of creatures, which they enjoy before the face of, and from the beholding of, the face of God; yet there is nothing to prevent us from also understanding these words of God's own Blessedness, since He undoubtedly could not impart to creatures a blessedness which He Himself would not have, par excellence — especially since Blessedness is expressly and in so many words ascribed to Him, 1 Tim. 1:11 and 6:15. Meanwhile there occurs here —
1. The Blessedness which is ascribed: שבע שמחות, "Fullness of joys" — where the word שבע, "fullness," denotes an abundance, a plenitude, indeed a satiety: because Blessedness is not accomplished and made perfect by one single good alone, but by a confluence of all and every kind of good. For which reason the word שמחות, "joys," is added in the plural, by which word is meant both those goods which make one blessed, and also the resting, contentment, and gladness which shall arise from the possession and enjoyment of those goods. By both together it is signified that there is in God so great an abundance of Perfection and Glory, arising from so many and so great attributes, that He has enough — as if He were full, indeed overflowing, and had overflow — not merely unto necessity, but also unto joy and gladness, so that He can have nothing more, and also desires or longs to have nothing more.
2. The Being of God, to which this is ascribed: את פניך, "with your face." The little word את, "et," says Drusius (Observ. Sac. Lib. 9, cap. 7), is not merely a bare sign of the accusative case, but at the same time also points to the most properly own Being and substance of a thing. In this place it could signify "with," "by," "in" — that it denotes that Blessedness which is in God, or in the Being of God; or it could signify "from," that it denotes the Blessedness which flows from God to creatures. Perhaps it includes both the one and the other. Now God's face seems to signify His very Being, Exod. 33:20 — so that the purport of the expression is that there is, in God's very Being, a fullness of perfection, gladness, joy, and blessedness.
II. Then the imparted Blessedness: נעימות בימינך, "Pleasures at your right hand." Here again I will not disguise the fact that these words can be used of God's own Blessedness, but nonetheless also of the imparted blessedness of creatures. Here again there occurs —
1. The Blessedness which is imparted: נעימות, "pleasures," delights — unless you wish to supply from the preceding, "fullness of pleasures," or an overflow and confluence of every honorable and delightful good.
2. The right hand of God, by which it is possessed, and at the same time imparted: בימינך, "at your right hand." The right hand (as opposed to the left, which is commonly, among men, weaker and less honorable) is, among the Hebrews, the hand of faithfulness and love — for which reason many suppose that this word is derived from אמן, "amen," faithfulness, truth, because the first root-letter is expressed, Jer. 30:21; and also because, among them, one especially beloved and dear is called a son of the right hand, Ps. 80:18(17). By this it is signified that a fullness of pleasures, or of blessednesses, shall be imparted, from God's faithful and gracious power, to the elect.
3. The duration of both these Blessednesses: נצח, "forevermore" — unresisted, unconquerable. This is a continual and abiding addition to Blessedness, which would be no Blessedness at all if it were not eternal and unceasing.
The Doctrinal Part
III. From this it is evident that God is not only blessed in Himself, but also the fountain of all blessedness for His own. Whence He is (1) expressly called μακάριος, the blessed, the happy one, 1 Tim. 1:11 and 6:15; and (ii) שדי, the All-sufficient, Gen. 17:1. Perhaps also (iii) εὐλόγητος, "the blessed one," Rom. 9:5; 2 Cor. 11:31 — unless you would rather refer this title to His glory. (iv) That He can receive nothing good from elsewhere, Ps. 16:2 and 50:12. And (v) a Light, in which there is no darkness at all, 1 John 1:5 — inasmuch as the Blessedness of the creature is frequently set forth in Scripture under the figure of Light, Ps. 112:4 [111:4]. Whence He is (vi) said to bring Blessedness to His own, Ps. 16:11 and 27:13, that He is their Light, ibid. v.1, and that they, in His light, first see light, Ps. 36:10 [36:9].
IV. And truly, He who (1) possesses so many and so great perfections as we have already, one by one, mentioned above, and who can neither have nor desire more and greater ones — should not such a one be blessed? He who (ii), on account of all those perfections, is called and is All-sufficient (as we have shown, Chapter XXI) for Himself, and for all His own — should not such a one be blessed? He who (iii) is, for all, the cause of all Blessedness, so that they have nothing which they have not received, and which they have not received from Him — should not He Himself be blessed? Would He Himself not have that which He bestows on others? There is, therefore, no Blessedness at all if every creature — and especially the rational creature, by its own ingrained impulse and desire — cries out against it; or else God is blessed. So Augustine, de Civitate Dei, Lib. 9, cap. 2, says well and rightly: With the true God alone, and in Him alone, and on account of and concerning Him alone, is the human — that is, the rational and understanding — soul blessed. He who (iv) alone is of Himself, is self-sufficient from Himself, and is of Himself good — goodness and perfection itself — should such a one be deprived of the perfection of Blessedness? And (v) He whose perfections are always in operation, indeed are, as it were, a single simple act — should not such a one be blessed?
V. Blessedness, among the Hebrews אשרי, "ashrei," in the plural, denotes a confluence of every good, which is accomplished in the highest good; among the Greeks, μακαρισμός, "makarismos," as if one said μέγα χαίρων, "greatly or exceedingly rejoicing," or ἀπὸ τοῦ μάλιστα χαίρειν, "from being exceedingly glad"; or, according to Favorinus, from μή, "not," and κήρ, "death," as if it were μήκηρ, "one who is not exposed to death and to fate" — and thence, according to Erasmus, called "freedom" or "liberty from destruction." As for the thing itself: it is nothing other than an absence of all evil, and a possession and enjoyment of all good, in the highest good. So that for Blessedness there is required: (1) an absence of all evil; (ii) both a possession and presence of all good, in the highest good, and (iii) the enjoyment thereof — that is, the sense of it, the resting therein, and the joy thereof. From which it is clearly evident that the possession of the highest good is not sufficient for Blessedness — as appears in believers who are spiritually deserted — but there is required, besides, an enjoyment or fruition of that possession, that is, a knowledge of it in the understanding; likewise a resting, contentment, delight, and joy in it, required in the will. From which it appears that objective Blessedness (as it is called), by the possession of which one is made blessed, is a highest and universal good, as we have taught above, Chapter XVI; and that subjective Blessedness, or the act by means of which we enjoy that highest good, is, in part, the understanding, or the seeing of God, John 17:3; Job 19:26, and in part the will, or the resting and delighting in that highest good, Ps. 16:11 — as, in its own place, shall be shown more fully.
VI. This same thing — though in His own way — will also disclose God's Blessedness in itself, namely, an absence of all evil and imperfection; for He is a light in which there is no darkness at all, 1 John 1:5; and a perfect enjoyment of Himself, whence it is said that there is fullness of joys with His face, Ps. 16:11. And in this is comprehended, not only a most exact knowledge of Himself, belonging to Him alone, Rom. 11:34; 1 Cor. 2:11, but also a satisfaction, resting, joy, and gladness in Himself, in the communion of the Persons, and in every kind of enjoyment of Himself — a satisfaction which is enough for God, but such a one as is in every respect perfect. That is: (1) such a one as arises in Him not from this or that good alone, coming from elsewhere and thus limited in extent, as is that of creatures — but from every good that can be conceived, or that can exist, whether He possesses it formally, or by way of pre-eminence, Ps. 24:1; Eph. 1:20,21. (ii) Such a one as He possesses not from another, by request or by loan, but of Himself and in Himself, so that it is an essential blessedness, namely, with His own face — for that which comes from elsewhere is both less perfect and depicted from without. (iii) Which He always has, and unchangeably — for whatever blessedness has not existed at some time, or which can cease to be, is transitory and perishable, and consequently not utterly perfect. (iv) Which He does not have by turns, passing from potentiality to act, or by composition, out of a confluence of manifold goods, from formal and objective blessedness — but which He possesses by a single, purest, and simplest act. Which, finally, (v) He has not for Himself alone, but can impart, has promised to impart, and also actually imparts, to His own, according to His will and pleasure, and according to their capacity, Ps. 4:7,8; 76:10 [?]; and 84:12. But who, finally, shall be able to depict and represent God's infinite blessedness? — since even our own, though it be in every way finite, "eye has not seen, nor ear heard, nor has any understanding ever conceived," 1 Cor. 2:9.
VII. And this Blessedness is not contradicted by the following: (1) that God does not possess all the goods which He has bestowed upon creatures — for these would involve an imperfection, on account of which He, if He possessed them, would be less blessed; and whatever imperfection they do not involve, that He does possess, if not formally, then at least by way of pre-eminence, so that by this His Blessedness cannot in any way be increased. Nor does it stand against this (ii) that not all things come to pass which He wills — indeed, that even by far the greatest part does not come to pass. For whatever He wills to come to pass, that also always comes to pass, and whatever therefore does not come to pass, that He has also not willed to come to pass, Ps. 115:3. But such things as He has willed only by way of commanding, those He has willed only that they should be our duty; and, on the other hand, that they do not come to pass, by this — through punishing — He obtains the glory of His Righteousness, in which He takes pleasure in Himself. No less does it stand against it (iii) that He is offended, provoked, and moved to anger by creatures. For indeed God is not, properly speaking, offended, provoked, and moved to anger by sins; but that is done thereby whereby a creature would be offended and shown [such affections]; and whereby God, were it possible, would be offended and wounded; and whereby His commandment is offended, wounded, and violated. Finally, it does not stand against God's Blessedness (iv) that He is said to await in vain, to wish, to repent. For that is said, as we have explained elsewhere, only in a human manner of speaking, according to the effect and the outcome, but not by any passionate affection. In the explaining of the divine Blessedness one may compare that which we have already, long before, taught concerning God's Goodness, All-sufficiency, and Perfection, as also concerning God's Majesty.
The Polemical Part
VIII. The question is asked: (I) Have the heathen candidly, sincerely, and truly known and acknowledged the divine Blessedness? It is true that they greeted and called their gods μακάρες, "blessed ones." The Epicureans, too, in order that they might have a truly μακάριον, blessed, God, took from Him Providence, that He might not, being wearied and worn out by the cares and troubles of a general sustaining and governing [of the world], cease to be blessed. Perhaps, likewise, they acknowledged in their idols a certain apparent Blessedness — but such as could not truly be divine, since it did not consist in that infinite [perfection] which is proper to the true God — for the following reasons it can be shown that they have not, candidly and truly, acknowledged it: (1) because it cannot coexist with the divine, that is, the infinite, Blessedness: for the infinite cannot be more than one, else it would be [merely] one among many. (ii) Because they nourished human gods, who, on account of their finitude, were subject to many defects. (iii) Because they likewise had lifeless gods — lacking life, sense, and understanding — in their images and statues, of which you have a striking depiction, Ps. 115:4-7. (iv) Because in so great a diversity of opinions concerning the highest Good, there was not one that placed man's highest good in God, as we have already noted above, Chapter XVI, §XII. (v) Because true Blessedness cannot belong to man except from such a Good as is: (1) an absolutely highest Good, in which nothing evil or imperfect is mixed, which would oppress Blessedness; (2) a universal Good, lacking nothing that deserves to be desired, but sufficient unto all things; (3) a good properly one's own, which may truly be called "ours" or "our own" — not so much adhering to us as inhering in us; (4) constant and unmovable, always like itself — indeed, one and the same, everlasting and eternal; (5) an infinite Good, capable of satisfying the insatiable desire of man. Now, if you compare, with these prerequisites of the highest Good — the Good which can truly be called blessed — all those things in which the heathen philosophers, through so many circuitous paths, have sought the highest Good, you will find that in all those things there is nothing which can, with truth, sustain the dignity and the Being of a highest Good, by the possession of which you could be called blessed.
IX. The question is asked: (II) Does one who seeks Blessedness in all manner of things apart from and outside of God acknowledge that God is blessed? Epicurus placed Blessedness either in outward and fleshly pleasures, or in an inward tranquility of mind, or in both together; Muhammad, in all manner of outward pleasures — but neither of them placed it in the possession, communion, enjoyment, and glorification of God, and by that very fact they do not acknowledge God to be sufficient to make them blessed, and consequently do not acknowledge that He Himself is blessed. But since these matters belong to the Chapter on the Glorification [of God], we shall defer them to that place for the present.
X. The question is asked: (III) Do not the Pelagians and Semi-Pelagians, old and modern, by their presuppositions, disturb in various ways God's infinite Blessedness? We have already noted above, at the two preceding Chapters, that the Pelagians and Semi-Pelagians, old and modern, Socinians, Jesuits, Remonstrants, and others, by their presuppositions, gnaw and nibble at God's infinite Perfection and All-sufficiency, as well as His Glory, which flows forth from these — when they (1) take away from God certain perfections; (ii) ascribe to Him various imperfections; (iii) attribute to Him a fruitless willing and longing, whereby He would be deprived of His end and purpose. But now, if even a single perfection is lacking in Him, and there is in Him even a single imperfection, He shall not be called infinitely blessed; and if He does not obtain that which He earnestly longs for, wills, and desires, how then could He be, or be called, blessed? To have touched on this shall be enough, that one may know what can be disputed concerning God's Blessedness.
The Practical Part
XI. The Practical Part of this Chapter furnishes us, first, material for the glorifying of God — that God is not only blessed, and the most blessed, on account of which He is extolled, Ps. 16:11; 1 Tim. 1:11 and 6:15 — but also the wellspring of blessedness, at whose right hand is fullness of pleasures, the fountain of life, in whose light we see light, Ps. 36:10 [36:9]. In particular, and point by point: (1) that He, being in and for Himself all-sufficient and most blessed, brings blessedness to wretched men: What am I, that you... etc., 2 Sam. 7:18(19); Ps. 8:5(4). (ii) That the most blessed does this in the most free manner possible, moved and impelled by no hope of any recompense, Rom. 11:36. (iii) That He, in order to bring blessedness to His own, poured out His own Son into the utmost misery, Rom. 8:32. (iv) That He, through the misery of His Son, restores to His own a greater blessedness than they had when they were blessed in their first parents, Rom. 5:17. Indeed (v), even a greater one, in its own way, than the blessedness of the angels, insofar as He has raised and lifted them up to the blessedness of children, John 1:12; 1 John 3:1; compare Heb. 1:5(?). Do we not have abundant material from all this — for which (1) we should thank God from the heart, and rejoice in and over His blessedness, Ps. 103:1,2; for which (2) we should bless the blessed God with the mouth, by praising and extolling Him, Eph. 1:3; and (3) strive to increase His blessedness, so far as is in us, by godly fulfilling His will and desire, Ps. 81:14(13); Isa. 5:2? Likewise (4) that we carefully guard against disturbing His blessedness, so far as is in us, by provoking and embittering Him with our sins, Isa. 63:10, or by grieving Him, Eph. 4:30?
XII. Secondly, it marks the folly of any sin, which not only seeks to rob the most blessed God of His blessedness, by offending, provoking, embittering, and grieving Him, but also, by this very act, wholly strips the sinner himself of all hope of his own blessedness. For if God Himself is not made perfectly blessed by us — He who has made us blessed — and if by our sins we shall attempt, as it were, to rob Him of His blessedness, how and in what manner should He then wish to bring blessedness to us?
XIII. Thirdly, it rebukes the folly of those who, departing from the true source of all blessedness, seek their blessedness in all manner of things — in riches, honors, pleasures, treasures, and pursuits — which are marked out, Ps. 4:7(6). Since all those things (1), however great they may be, or seem to be, make no one even good, much less blessed — for which reason they commonly fall to the lot of the very worst, and thus also of the most wretched, Ps. 73:3(?)... Indeed (ii), because they very often furnish occasion for sin and eternal misery, and shut men out from blessedness, Matth. 19:23-25. Not to mention (iii) that there is in all these things nothing which can bless or satisfy our chief part, namely the soul, Matth. 16:26, and that in order to obtain blessedness we are commanded to deny ourselves, Luke 14:33. Yes, since (iv) in all these things there is scarcely anything which does not also fall to irrational creatures themselves, which are ignorant of blessedness, 1 Pet. 2:12(?); from which (v) it belongs to perfection, glory, and blessedness also to despise and disdain all these things, and that those are held to be the more perfect and the more blessed who esteem these things the least.
XIV. On the contrary, fourthly, (1) it convinces us that the blessedness of the rational creature is possible — because not only is God the most blessed, and can therefore impart blessedness, but He has also implanted and instilled in rational creatures a drive and desire toward blessedness, truly not in vain, Ps. 4:7(6). (ii) It shows where true blessedness is to be found, namely: (1) in union with, or possession of, the most blessed one, Ps. 73:25; 16:5; 33:12; 144:15; (2) in fellowship with God, 1 John 1:3; 2 Cor. 13:13(?)[3:13?], whereby He is with us, in us, over us, and gives Himself, and all His attributes, as our God, to us and toward our blessing, Rom. 8:32; (3) in the enjoyment of God, which comprehends within itself both a perfect knowledge (and, as it were, a seeing) of God, John 17:3; 1 Cor. 13:12; John 19(?):26,27 [1 John 3:2?], and at the same time a knowledge of our own blessedness, in union and fellowship with God, 2 Cor. 3:18 and 4:6, as a perfect rest, joy, and gladness, springing forth from that joy and union, and at the same time from the knowledge of it — namely, a full satisfaction of joy and of pleasures with God's face, and at His right hand, Ps. 16:11; 4:8(7); 84:12; (4) in a most sweet glorifying of God, Isa. 6:3; Rev. 4:8,10,11 and 5:9... (iii) It entices us to seek blessedness: (1) because it can be obtained and enjoyed, since God, as we have said, is blessed, indeed the most blessed, whom nothing and no one can hinder or prevent, if He wills to bring blessedness [to us]; since the rational nature is capable of blessedness; since very many have already obtained and possess it; since God delights in the blessing of His own, and has, precisely for this purpose, ordained the whole counsel of peace. (2) Because blessedness is exceedingly desirable, just as misery is abhorrent; for there is nothing which can refrain from wishing for and desiring its own blessedness. (3) Because it is so desirable and worthy of desire that it makes all other things desirable and worthy of desire; for there is nothing desirable and worthy of desire except blessedness — indeed, nothing is desired except for and on account of blessedness: for to what end are treasures, honors, pleasures, delights, etc., desired and sought, but for and on account of blessedness? To what end, likewise, do we have an aversion to and a shrinking from all manner of adversities and misfortunes, except because these hinder or disturb blessedness? (4) Because blessedness alone can satisfy human desire, being, as it were, the center point of the soul, which rests nowhere except in blessedness. It is the whole of man, Eccl. 12:13.
[The means:] It furnishes helps for stirring up delight in blessedness: (1) let us acknowledge and feel our utmost misery, so long as we are deprived of God and lack Him — we are enemies of Him who is the fountain of all blessedness, Isa. 59:2; Eph. 2:12. (2) Let us seek and pursue reconciliation with God with all our endeavor, through faith in the blood of the Mediator, 2 Cor. 5:19,20; Col. 1:20, that we may be delivered from every evil, which is the first thing in blessedness. (3) Let us strive with all earnestness after union with Christ, that thereby we may be united with God as well, wherein is the foundation of all blessedness, Phil. 3:9; John 14:6 — which union comes about through faith. (4) Let us strive with all power and earnestness after conformity with God and with His will, Rev. 2:6; Ps. 40:9(8), inasmuch as that most of all, and best of all, produces friendship. (5) Let us enter into the covenant with God, by accepting the conditions of the covenant offered to us, that God may become our God, Gen. 17:1, wherein consists the whole substance and the pinnacle of our blessedness, Ps. 33:12. (6) Let us walk with God in the light, and thus we shall have fellowship with Him, 1 John 1:3. (7) Let us diligently use all those means by which we draw nearer to and toward God — faith, hope, love, conversion, prayers, together with the parts of public and private worship, James 4:8. Compare that which we have already had above, Chapter XVI, §XXI.
XV. Finally, fifthly, God's blessedness serves for comfort: (1) to those who are wavering, stumbling, spiritually forsaken, doubting, and well-nigh despairing of their own blessedness (of whom it is spoken, Isa. 50:10; Ps. 77:8,9,10 and 88:4,5, etc.) — as often as they perceive within themselves nothing but sin, guilt, death, and reprobation, as it were, creeping through every corner of their soul; as often as there appears to them, apart from themselves, nothing but confusion and disturbance, and as it were a dark pit and abyss of darkness, misery, death, and every conceivable evil; as often as everything seems to threaten them with eternal damnation, a forfeited and lost salvation, a shut heaven, and that God has departed from them — to such a point that they wrestle with despair, and are almost minded to hang themselves — what shall more effectually come to their aid and comfort them, than this: that God is blessed, and the fountain of all blessedness, and that therefore their own blessedness is at least possible, especially since so many have already actually obtained it, and there is nothing that can prevent God, on account of which He should not bring it to them as well; and not only possible, but also probable, since the most blessed God is the highest good, and therefore capable of imparting His blessedness — especially since He has done so many and so great things, whereby He has shown and proved His inclination and disposition to make wretched man blessed; has given His own and only-begotten Son to the world for this purpose; has given Him up to death, indeed to an accursed death; and, further, has taken such careful thought that the wretched should be called to a partaking of this blessedness, Matth. 11:27,28; Isa. 55:1,2; 2 Cor. 5:19,20. And if to all this there be added, besides, the certainty of blessedness — how great, then, shall be the comfort! But also (2) how great a joy, how great a comfort, does it afford also to those who are already established in fellowship with God, and assured of their salvation — that God is not only, in Himself, the most blessed, but also, for them, shall most assuredly be a fountain of all blessedness! Let sicknesses and infirmities now come; let poverty, persecution, death, and whatever else may be worst come — still they shall say: If God is for us, who can be against us? Rom. 8:31. Let them strip away the growth, the bloom, and the leaves of blessedness (which they possess in hope, and, in their own way, already in deed and in reality) — they shall never root out the root and the stem; they shall, triumphing with the Apostle, say: Who shall separate us from the love of Christ? etc. I am persuaded that neither death nor life, nor anything else whatsoever, shall separate us from the love of God, which is in Christ Jesus our Lord, Rom. 8:35,38,39. Only (1) that they be truly and without deceit reconciled with God, Rom. 5:1; (2) that the covenant of grace be truly entered into between them and God, Gen. 17:1,2; (3) that they, according to the formula of this covenant, have truly given themselves back again to God, that there may be a mutual communion between them, Song 2:16; (4) that they have truly and in fact become partakers of the regeneration, renewal, and sanctification of the Holy Spirit, of the divine nature, whereby they are made fit and able for there to be a fellowship and communion between them and God; (5) that they find in themselves a sincere and unfeigned zeal and diligence to walk steadfastly and constantly with God, Gen. 17:1,2. These several points are the chief marks and proofs by which one shall infallibly receive and obtain the blessedness of the blessed God.
Chapter XXIV: On the Holy Trinity
On 2 Corinthians 13:13.
The grace of the Lord Jesus Christ, and the love of God, and the fellowship of the Holy Spirit, be with you all. Amen.
I. That the Faith, whereby we rest in God unto eternal life and eternal blessedness, rests upon two foundations, we have already noted above: that God is sufficient thereto, and that He is willing to accomplish it. Now He is sufficient thereto, on the one hand, by His Being and essential Attributes, whereby He is אל שדי, El Shaddai, the All-sufficient and Almighty; and on the other, by His Subsistence, whereby the three Persons of the Godhead each have their own economic task and work in the making blessed of man, as the Apostle teaches, 2 Cor. 13:13.
The Explanatory Part
II. In these words is contained a wish, whereby the Apostle earnestly beseeches the several Persons of the Godhead, each in particular, that they would vouchsafe to impart to his Corinthians, each their own particular benefit. Which wish looks distinctly —
1. To the Son: the grace of the Lord Jesus Christ. When he sets the Son before the Father, he looks not so much to the order of subsistence between the Persons as to the order in the bringing of the saving benefits, insofar as this pertains to the execution [of the plan of salvation] — where the first benefit is the Redemption of the Son, although, with respect to the intention, the Election of the Father precedes. By this same fact is also signified the essential equality of the Persons, whereby the Father, though prior in order and manner of subsistence to the Son, is nevertheless not on that account prior or superior in being. Here we find —
1. The benefit for which prayer is made, namely Grace — not that natural grace which is common to the whole Trinity, of which we have treated above, but the Personal [grace], which consists in the Redemption of wretched man, belonging economically, and in particular, to the Son, and in which are comprehended all the benefits which originate from Christ. Now that work of Redemption is called grace, both because He took it upon Himself gratuitously in the Counsel of Peace, and because He dispenses it out of an undeserved love, to whom, and according to what laws and conditions, He wills.
2. The Benefactor is set before us and displayed:
a. By His authority, as Lord. Here a threefold Lordship occurs in Holy Scripture: (1) A lordship of the divine nature, equally common to all the Persons, when God is generally called a Lord. There is (2) a lordship of the Person, which belongs to the Father in particular, insofar as He is the Creator, Lawgiver, Judge, Mal. 1:6. There is (3) a Mediatorial lordship, obtained through the blood of redemption, Rev. 1:5,8; 1 Pet. 1:19. And it is this lordship which the Apostle, in this passage, ascribes in particular to the Son. For although, with respect to His Father, because He took upon Himself our penal debt, He is a Servant, Isa. 53:11, yet with respect to us, whom He would purchase and redeem, and has indeed purchased and redeemed, He is a Lord, Acts 2:36 — to whom, therefore, it belongs in particular to dispense grace, according to His own pure and simple sovereign good pleasure.
b. By His own name, Jesus, whereby the Redeemer is designated according to and by His office. For although the Father, and also the Holy Spirit, also contribute their part to the sinner's redemption, yet not by virtue of office, as does the Son.
c. By His surname, Christ, whereby it is signified that He is anointed and called to the office of Mediator.
2. To the Father, when the Apostle speaks of the Love of God. Here again there occurs to us —
1. The benefit, namely Love, ἀγάπη — by which is understood the Love of Election, which the Apostle derives from προγνώσει, "foreknowledge," Rom. 8:29 — namely, of the pre-loving and giving of the Son, John 3:16, which arises purely and solely from the bare and simple inclining disposition toward the elect, whereby He likewise gave up His Son for them unto death, Rom. 5:5-9(?). Therefore not only that love of benevolence, which in the order of nature precedes the redemption, and faith in the Redeemer, but also the love of complacency, which follows upon Faith, Heb. 11:3(?) — with which love He, being now reconciled, embraces them, on account of the grace of the Son. So that here it is not so much the love of benevolence, whereby He gave His Son to be a Mediator, John 3:16, whereby He receives the price of the [Son's] blood — which love precedes the grace of Christ — as rather the love of complacency, whereby He embraces the redeemed and reconciled, which follows upon the grace of Christ; and thus the whole economic work and benefit of the Father are here signified.
2. The Benefactor, namely God the Father — who is God, not so much by virtue of His nature, which is common to all the Persons, but also, as it were, by virtue of office and duty. For in the economy of Grace, whereby and in which He is the Head, Creator, Lawgiver, and Father of the household, He is commonly called God by a particular appropriation. Now He is God, not only with respect to men, nor only with respect to Christ as man, or as Mediator-God-man; but also with respect to the Son, on account of the order of subsistence, and most of all on account of His office of Redemption, whereby He, in the Counsel of Peace, on behalf of the debt of the elect, became a debtor of the Father, and thus, as it were, made subject to God.
III. To the Holy Spirit; namely, the Fellowship of the Holy Spirit. Here again it is signified —
1. The benefit, namely κοινωνία, "the Fellowship," the communication — which denotes the whole economic office and benefit of the Holy Spirit, insofar as He, by sanctification and comfort, actually imparts the Grace of Christ and the Love of the Father.
2. The Benefactor, who is called —
a. Spirit — not with respect to His Being, for so also are the Father and the Son a Spirit — but with respect to His manner of subsistence, insofar as He subsists by way of spiration (breathing forth), John 20:22.
b. Holy — because, by virtue of His office, He sanctifies, whence He is called the Spirit of Sanctification, Rom. 1:4.
The Doctrinal Part
III. Since, therefore, as everyone concedes, in this wish is comprehended a worship — which belongs to God alone, Matth. 4:10 — a worship of the one God, and an equal worship of three, and, according to a threefold economic benefit, of three: it cannot be otherwise but that there are, in the one God, three distinct Persons, distinguished also with respect to their economic offices and benefits. This is what Holy Scripture teaches, as often as it (1) makes mention of more than one who is called God — which happens: (1) in all those passages in which God speaks to Himself, or of Himself, in the plural number, Gen. 1:26; 3:22; 11:7; compare Isa. 6:8. For here one must not admit the opinion of the later Jews, who hold that here either the angels, or heaven and earth, or the elements, are summoned into and unto a fellowship of Creation; or those who contrive that God here speaks according to the manner of speech of the great, of Himself, in the plural. For neither angels nor any other creature could ever have been called into a fellowship of Creation, this being a work of infinite Omnipotence; nor, moreover, does this manner of speech of modern-day great men agree either with Holy Scripture, or with the character of the Hebrew tongue, or with the customs and manners of the Orientals — for even among us one does not say, "We, the King of France," or "We Louis," as Holy Scripture speaks of God, but rather "I, the King of France." (2) In those passages in which Jehovah is distinguished from Jehovah, Gen. 19:24; Exod. 34:5; 2 Sam. 23:2(?); Ps. 45:8; Hos. 1:7; Ps. 110:1, with Matth. 22:43,44; Dan. 9:17(?); Hos. 1:7. For Jehovah is not distinguished from Jehovah in Being — since there is none but one Jehovah, Deut. 6:4 — nor in accidents, which do not fall in Jehovah; and there remains, therefore, nothing else but that they are distinguished as Persons. (3) In those passages in which the name of God, in one and the same discourse, is repeated several times — which one will not dare to say happens by an idle repetition of words, Num. 6:24,26; Deut. 6:4; Exod. 3:15(?); John 20(?):24 [12:28?]; Ps. 67:6,7,8; Dan. 9:19; Isa. 6:3 and 33:22; Zech. 1:3. (4) One may add here, if not for a mathematical, then at least for a rhetorical proof, those passages in which, alongside the name Elohim, being of the plural number, attributes, either nouns or verbs, of the singular number are joined, Gen. 1:1, etc. — although this is exposed to no small number of evasions and difficulties: because (a) this same conjugation of words is also used of things which are purely singular — of idols, Judges 16:23,24; of a single man, Exod. 4:16; (b) also of only one Person of the Godhead, Ps. 45:8(?); (c) because, by virtue of the construction of the words, either three Beings, or three Persons, could equally be inferred from it; (d) because that manner of speaking is not altogether contrary to the genius of the language, as appears in בעלים, "Baalim," Exod. 21:29(?); Isa. 1:3, and אדונים, "Adonim," Gen. 40:1(?) and 42:33, a name which also belongs to God, according to which He is called, Deut. 10:17, אדני האדנים, "Adonai ha-adonim," Lord of Lords. Compare Mal. 1:6. Wherefore Calvin judged that, in disputations with the Antitrinitarians, this kind of proof ought to be set aside; although I should think that this proof, once the Mystery of the Trinity has been sufficiently established by other testimonies, can not unprofitably be applied for confirmation. The Holy Scriptures also teach this Mystery more clearly when they (ii) expressly mention three in God, Ps. 33:6; Isa. 61:1 and 63:7,9,10; Matth. 3:16,17 (whence that saying of the ancients: "You Arian, go to the Jordan, and there you shall find the Trinity"), and 28:19 (since we cannot be baptized in the name of one who is not God, 1 Cor. 1:13 — just as the Israelites also are not said to have been baptized in the name of Moses, but "in Moses," that is, according to the Syriac and Arabic, "under Moses," 1 Cor. 10:2); 2 Cor. 13:13; 1 John 5:7 (which passage, before the times of Arius, was read by Cyprian and others — indeed, is even set forth by the Socinians themselves, in their own High-German Racovian translation of the year 1630). Add to these the passages John 14:16 and 15:26; 1 Cor. 12:3; Gal. 4:6; Eph. 2:18 and 3:14,16; 1 Pet. 1:2; Titus 3:5,6; Rev. 1:4,5,6.
IV. That same thing is also confirmed by reasons which the Holy Scriptures place in our hand: (1) because in Holy Scripture, to those distinct Persons is ascribed everything that is divine, when to the particular Persons, each in particular, are ascribed divine Names, Attributes, Works, and religious Honor — under which headings is comprehended everything that is divine — which we shall show concerning each Person in particular in the following Chapters. (ii) Because salvation and life cannot be restored to the sinner unless there be, in the one God, more than one Person. Insofar as the Satisfaction (apart from which there can be no Reconciliation), which takes away the evil of sin (which, morally speaking, is infinite), and brings about an infinite good — namely, union with God — cannot come except from the infinite God; nor can one and the same Person render satisfaction to Himself. Other reasons will come to hand from the Economic Office belonging to each Person, in the matter of our salvation, of which in their proper places.
V. Proofs and demonstrations from nature you will here seek in vain, because a Mystery surpasses nature, and here, above all, that saying holds good and applies: τῇ τέχνῃ τὰ τεχνικά, etc. — that is, let us leave matters of art to art, natural things to nature, but divine things let us leave and entrust to God. And yet we do not reject comparisons, that by them the possibility [of the doctrine] might, in some manner, be made clear — provided always that the demonstration proceeds first from Holy Scripture — although we think that in this too one ought not to be too extravagant. And also the testimonies of the heathen say — perhaps drawn from the Holy Scriptures, or from the traditions of believers — not the same thing, but only something resembling it. (Compare Gerhard, de Trinit. §238; Meisner, Philos. Sobr. Part 3, Sect. 4, c.9, q.2, and others.) Wherefore also that reason ought not to be heeded, when it, either from Holy Scripture or from the creature, brings forward anything against the Trinity that goes beyond its comprehension.
VI. And this is, finally, what the ancients, from the very beginning of Christianity, have meant and signified by [the word] Trinity (a word which, indeed, with respect to its syllables, is not scriptural, but in its meaning is most clearly scriptural, 1 John 5:7) — whereby they wished to signify one divine Being, common to three Persons — Father, Son, and Holy Spirit — distinguished in and through three modes of subsistence. Which [Being], indeed, elsewhere the New Testament expresses by other terms belonging here: they wished to call it Being, Substance, Phil. 2:6(?); the nature, Gal. 4:8; the form of God, Phil. 2:6; Godlikeness, Rom. 1:20; Godhead, Col. 2:9. Or that whereby God is God; for that whereby any particular thing is what it is, is called its being. Which, when it already [exists] in and with the act, or apart from its causes, is called existence; and insofar as that existence belongs to accidents, it constitutes an inexistence; insofar as, on the contrary, it belongs to particular substances, it is a subsistence; and insofar as that subsistence exists in rational, complete, absolute, and incommunicable substances, it is called a personality. So that, hence, a person is nothing other than a rational, incommunicable substance. This is the force and import of the words and manners of speech which belong to this place.
VII. The matter signified by these words and manners of speech, we shall then understand, when we shall have explained, part by part: (1) the agreement, or the fellowship, of the three [Persons]; (ii) the distinction between them; and finally (iii) their particular economic work in the matter of man's salvation. The three Persons, therefore, agree: (1) in Being, whence they are called one, 1 John 5:7, and constitute one God in number (not in kind) — otherwise than as happens among created persons, because the divine Being is infinite, and by this very fact communicable to more than one. Hence they also agree (2) in all the essential Attributes — eternity, omniscience, omnipotence — which are one and the same with the Being. In particular, and by name, (3) in essential self-existence (aseity), according to which the Son and the Holy Spirit are just as much of themselves as the Father — although, besides this, there also belongs to the Son, in the Father, a personal self-existence, which is peculiarly His own, John 5:26. Moreover, (4) in religious Honor, which is equal for the several Persons, ibid. v.23. Finally, (5) in a certain ἐμπεριχώρησις (mutual indwelling), whereby the one Person is said to be in the other, John 14:9,10,11 — on account of the oneness of the Being.
VIII. A twofold distinction here presents itself. The first is that whereby the Person is distinguished from the Being: certainly not a real distinction, whereby they would differ as one thing differs from another thing — for God is most simple — nor a distinction by a bare, mere reason or reasoning, or only in our conception; for they are distinguished as one from three: but by a distinction which has its ground and manner of distinguishing in the thing itself. For although the divine Being is equally proper to the three Persons taken together, it is nevertheless, in this respect, more broadly and more extensively distinguished from each Person individually, than one Person is from another, since the Being is common to the three Persons, whereas each Person, taken singly, is narrower [in scope] than the Being. Deshalben (ii) it is something communicable and something incommunicable, while the Being is common to the three Persons. (iii) It is something determined and something determining, for the Person determines, in its own way, the Being. (iv) It is something abstract and something concrete, for the Person signifies at the same time the Being, which the [term] Being does not do. See Mastricht, Syst. Loc. 3, §14-18.
IX. The second distinction is between the Persons among themselves. Here, above all, one must carefully and diligently avoid, on the one side, the Sabellian error, which allows no distinction between the Persons at all, except one of reason and of designation, insofar as one and the same Person, according to His various operations, would now be called Father, now Son, now Holy Spirit; and, on the other side, the tritheism of Valentinus Gentilis, who fancies three eternal Spirits, unequal to one another, of whom the first would be the essence-giver (Essentiator), and the rest the essence-given (Essentiati). To avoid Sabellianism, some say that the Persons differ really; but this seems to incline toward tritheism. Again, to avoid tritheism, others hold that the Persons are distinguished modally (modaliter), as one mode from another mode (modus a modo), not merely by a bare reasoning (ratione rationis), but truly: which distinction they express by the joining of two words, saying that they are distinguished realiter modaliter, that is, really-modally, namely as one mode from another mode, not only by reason or reasoning, but truly. This is, at any rate, the view which most fully satisfies me. There are, however, some to whom none of these formulations is pleasing, but who think one must say that the Persons are distinguished personally: but what is this other than to say that the Persons are distinguished as Persons? — while nothing is thereby said as to how the Person is distinguished from the Person. If, however, anyone cannot go along with these scholastic modes of speech, then let him say that he, being instructed from Holy Scripture, believes that the Persons are distinguished as three, 1 John 5:7, but that he does not know by what kind of distinction, since Holy Scripture does not disclose this — or that they are distinguished in a supernatural, not a natural, manner.
X. Whatever the case may be, they are, at the very least, distinguished: (1) in Personal Properties: to subsist wholly of oneself; to subsist from a certain other one; and to subsist from two. Which Properties cannot fall upon a single Person. But of the Properties which are peculiar to each Person in particular, we shall treat in the particular consideration of each Person. (ii) In the order of subsisting, whereby the Father is the first, as subsisting wholly and entirely of Himself; the Son the second, as being of the Father; the Holy Spirit the third, as proceeding from both — as we shall teach separately, and point by point, in their places. (iii) In the manner of working, which follows the mode of subsistence and the order [just mentioned] — insofar as, outside Himself, the Father works of Himself, through the Son and the Holy Spirit; the Son, from the Father, through the Holy Spirit; and the Holy Spirit, from the Father and the Son, through Himself. Here, indeed, the operative power is but one alone, common to the three Persons; but the order of operation, and likewise its final outcome, is distinct. Whence also, to the first Person, the first work, Creation, is ascribed; to the second, the second — namely, the economic dispensation and the Redemption; to the third and last, the last work, namely the perfecting and Sanctification.
The Practical Part
XI. And thus, upon this fellowship of the three distinct Persons there rest and depend a certain economy, economic offices and duties, economic properties, economic service and honor — indeed, also economic transgressions. But since all these matters are well worth the trouble of being treated the more distinctly, the less they commonly occur in the common places (as they are called), there is, therefore, (1) a certain Economy common to the three Persons; for here is a Father of the household, a Son of the house, and, as it were, a common emissary, the Spirit. There is one who generates, the Father; there is one who is generated, the Son; there is one who proceeds from both, the Holy Spirit. The Father loves the Son, John 5:20 and 15:9(?), has His delight in Him, Prov. 8:30, as in a perfect image of Himself, Col. 1:15, and being the outshining of His glory, and the express image of His substance, Heb. 1:3; rests in Him, and has His good pleasure in Him, Matth. 3:17, and glorifies Him. The Son, in turn, for His part, honors the Father, John 8:49 and 17:4. The Holy Spirit searches the depths of these two, 1 Cor. 2:10, and glorifies them both, John 16:14,15. And all this without any impairment or loss, either of independence, John 5:26, or of equality, ibid. v.23. Unto fellowship with this household, 2 Cor. 13:13; 1 John 1:3, and as unto a society, He has, in time, taken up the Church — which is thence called the House of God, 1 Tim. 3:15; 2 Tim. 2:20 (in which God is said to dwell, and to have, as it were, His hearth and home, Isa. 31:9) — likewise the City and the Kingdom of God, Matth. 6:10,13 — whence the members of the Church, sons and daughters,
XII. The administration of this household the [three] Persons have taken upon themselves — entering, as it were, into a Council, Zech. 6:13, or through an intervening covenant, Isa. 53:10,11 — wherein and whereby, according to the order of subsisting which is peculiar to each in particular, the particular Persons have taken upon themselves, as it were, a certain fixed task or household work and duty. Whereby the first Person, as House-father, behaves as Lord and Governor, who has marked out the whole work of the coming government and rule by fore-ordination, Eph. 1:11; Acts 4:28; and who, besides, is Creator, Gen. 1:1,10 and 33:6; Lawgiver and Judge, Gen. 18:25; and also avenger and defender of the Law, Rom. 1:18; Nah. 1:2 — and therefore God, not only Theologically, but also Economically; that is, not only through His nature and Being (which is common to all the Persons), but also, as it were, through His household office and duty — whence commonly the name of God is given to the Father by way of appropriation, as we have seen in the Explanatory Part, from 2 Cor. 13:13 and 1 Tim. 2:5. Again, the second Person, as the middle one, has taken upon Himself the task of Mediator — there of Self-Surety, Heb. 7:22; of Goel, Job 19:25; Isa. 38:14; of Redeemer, who would set Himself for a guilt-offering, Isa. 53:10. Finally, the third, or last, Person has taken up, as it were, the office of Envoy, who, as it were, was sent by breathing forth, John 20:22; 14:26; and who, the work of redemption once accomplished, would perfect it — on His own account, and in His own name — and would be the Sanctifier, Rom. 1:4; the Teacher, John 14:26; the Guide, Ps. 143:10; John 16:13; the Comforter, John 14:16. Which division of household task nevertheless requires a twofold caution: (I) that it be understood and grasped as occurring apart from any dependency or essential inequality — as we have already admonished above, from John 5:23,26; Phil. 2:6,7 — although some sort of economic inequality does seem to flow from it, John 14:28. (II) That each Person have His household office and work, not to the exclusion of the other Persons — whence not only the Father, but also the other Persons, are the Creator, Ps. 33:6, and not only is the Father called Judge, Gen. 18:25, but also the Son, John 5:22,27; 2 Thess. 1:7,8 — since the works ad extra (because they flow from the one Being) are undivided and unseparated, only that they work in a distinct manner and order.
XIII. According to this distinct household task, each Person has had, as it were, His turns of government: so that the turn, and the manner and mode, of the Father's government and rule — in the Creation, the Covenant of Works, the pre-Gospel, appearances and addresses — has been most visible before the giving of the Law at Sinai. Then the administration of the Son (that Angel who bore God's Name in His innermost being, Exod. 23:20,21), leading the Church through the wilderness — there He gave them the Law from the Father, Gal. 3:19, yet not unto a Covenant of Grace (at least not so far as concerns the Law of the Ten Commandments, which contained nothing but the matter and content of the Covenant of Works, though set forth with an Evangelical intent and Evangelical proofs and motives) — except perhaps so far as the Ceremonial Law is concerned, which contained within it the Gospel of the Old Testament, by which Law the Church was governed until the death and ascension of Christ. Finally there began to grow renowned the government and administration of the Holy Spirit, since His solemn outpouring, Acts 2:1, etc.; 13:2, until the end of the ages, John 14:16,17 — by that name choosing men out, qualifying them for their tasks, Acts 2:14; 1 Cor. 12:7-11; working together with them by signs and wonders; causing the Word which was preached by them to prosper, Rom. 15:19; making spiritually dead men alive through regeneration, John 6:63; converting hearts to receive the Mediator by faith, 2 Cor. 4:13; and renewing in them the image of God, by enlightening the understanding, amending the will, ordering the affections, leading into all saving truth, and comforting in adversities. Which variety of household administration shall continue further until the end of the world, when the Son shall deliver up the kingdom to the Father, and there shall be a common government, wherein God shall be All in all, 1 Cor. 15:24-28. Which points, however, must always be so understood and grasped, that never is the government of any one Person excluded — for the works ad extra are common to the whole Trinity, since they flow from one and the same Being.
XIV. To this economic government and rule correspond, further, economic Properties: (I) to the Father, as Lord, as Head of the household, as the first deviser and sketcher of the whole provision through fore-ordination, is ascribed right and power, Rom. 9:21,22; Matth. 20:15; as Creator, strength and might, Matth. 11:25; John 10:29; Heb. 1:3; as Lawgiver and Judge, righteousness, Gen. 18:25; 2 Thess. 1:6; as House-father, love, 2 Cor. 13:13 — namely a fatherly love, Ps. 103:13, and also a motherly one, Isa. 49:15. Again (II), to the Son, as the Word, regarded as Distributor and Dispenser, is ascribed wisdom, Prov. 8:1; as Surety and Redeemer, grace and mercy, 2 Cor. 13:13; Eph. 5:2. Finally (III), to the Holy Spirit, as the Perfecter, is ascribed power, Luke 1:35; as the Communicator, Sanctifier, Teacher, Comforter, a communicative goodness, Ps. 143:10. There are some who are pleased to ascribe the economic properties thus: power to the Father, wisdom to the Son, goodness to the Holy Spirit — whereby the triune God would be the greatest, the wisest, the best; to which would then correspond understanding, intellect, and will. Which points, since they are, on the side of the object, truly in some manner distinguished, and yet, on God's side, posit one and the same thing, would, if not constitute, then at least persuade and argue for the Trinity — namely, that the Father accordingly is the creating Person, the Son the redeeming Person, and the Holy Spirit the sanctifying Person. Which conception, however, I would not dare embrace and adopt, because other Attributes also [belong] in the same way, and yet differ among themselves, and are one and the same with the Being; and there would thus have to be admitted more than three Persons in God, which is contrary to Holy Scripture.
XV. Moreover, corresponding and consonant with these economic offices of the three Persons is their economic Service and Honor. Whereby (I) from the particular Persons are expected and sought those deeds which correspond with each one's economic office, 2 Cor. 13:13; Isa. 63:7,9,10 — Election, the bestowing of the Redeemer, justification, and the forgiveness of sins, from the Father; the redemption and satisfaction, from the Son; regeneration, conversion, and sanctification, from the Holy Spirit. Yes (II), that we desire each particular benefit, from each particular Person, in that order in which they subsist and work, Eph. 2:18 and 3:14-16 — for example, redemption from the Father, through the Son and through the Holy Spirit, etc. Also (III), that we give thanks for every particular benefit to each particular Person in His own order, and likewise that in our praises and thanksgivings we commonly make mention of the particular Persons, 1 Pet. 1:2,3, likewise vv.17,19,21,22; Rev. 1:4,5 — of which, perhaps, more in their own places.
XVI. Finally, there are also economic sins, which run counter to and clash against the economic offices of the particular Persons in particular, Matth. 12:32; John 8:55(?). Sins against the Father occur everywhere throughout Holy Scripture; the sin against the Son is mentioned Heb. 6:6 and 10:29; against the Holy Spirit, Matth. 12:31; Heb. 10:29; Eph. 4:30; Isa. 63:10. Of the particular economic office, benefits, service, and sins, of and against the particular Persons, however, we shall speak more fully and at greater length in their own particular consideration, God willing.
The Polemical Part
XVII. One asks: (I) Whether one and the same Essence, in number, is common to Father, Son, and Holy Spirit? The unbelievers, present-day Jews and Muhammadans, know nothing of Father, Son, and Holy Spirit, or even hate that doctrine, and therefore allow absolutely no community of Essence among the three. Among the falsely-named Christians — the Simonians, Cerinthians, and others — among whom, while the Apostle John still lived, Antichrist had already crept in, by denying the Godhead of Christ they denied thereby also the sameness of Essence among those three. Macedonius, from whom the Spirit-fighters sprang forth in the course of the fourth century, held that the Holy Spirit is a prince and a head among the created angels, denying that same sameness of Essence. In that same century Arius said that Christ was not ὁμοούσιος (of one substance) with the Father, but only ὁμοιούσιος (of like substance) with the Father. Pothinus, at nearly the same time, by teaching that Christ was a mere bare man, who did not exist before His birth from the blessed Virgin, rejected and denied the community of Essence between Father and Son. The Tritheites, at the beginning of the seventh century, under their leader John Philoponus, an Alexandrian philosopher, according to the testimony of Nicephorus (Lib. 18. Cap. 88), and also the Peratae, held that, according to the number of the three Persons, three Essences also are to be reckoned. Following these, in the preceding century, Valentinus Gentilis, spreading among the Swiss the view that in God there are three eternal Spirits, subordinate to one another, so that the Father is the essence-giver and the Son and the Holy Spirit the essence-given. The Anabaptists, too, seem to admit such essences in God, which, according to the number of the three Persons, would agree in operations, righteousness, holiness, virtues, and benefits. The Socinians hold that Father and Son differ in their whole Essence, and that the Holy Spirit is not a Person at all, but only an accidental power, as of a Creator [and its effect]. The Reformed, against all these, hold that to the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit belongs the one and the same Divine Essence, not only specifically, but also undividedly, or numerically the same. (I) Because Holy Scripture teaches this in so many words, 1 John 5:7: There are three that bear record in heaven, the Father, the Word, and the Holy Ghost, and these three are One — namely, in Essence. Therefore (II) Jehovah (being indeed a name of the Essence) — "our God," in the plural number — is named "the one Jehovah," or "one only LORD." (III) Because, although Holy Scripture teaches that there is but one, and only one, God, or one only Essence, it nevertheless teaches that the Father is that one God, and the Son whom He has sent, John 17:3. And (IV) because it makes all the Divine Attributes, which are one and the same with the Divine Essence, common to Father, Son, and Holy Spirit — as we shall show at the consideration of the particular Persons separately. (V) Because, while it commands that only one God alone be honored and served religiously, Matth. 4:10; Isa. 42:8, it nonetheless also commands that Father, Son, and Holy Spirit be worshipped with a religious honor, 2 Cor. 13:13; Rev. 1:4,5 — which we shall show distinctly concerning each of them in its proper place. (VI) Because they are commonly mentioned as equals — for example, in the institution of Baptism, Matth. 28:19; in the heavenly testimony, 1 John 5:7; in the wish for the Corinthian Church, 2 Cor. 13:13; likewise in John's benediction to the seven Asian congregations, Rev. 1:4,5. Since therefore they are mutually joined together, in an equal manner, in such a dignity as belongs to no one but one only Divine Essence, it follows that that one Divine Essence is common to three. Nor is there anything that the [opposing] Parties can allege for the contrary. (1) That each particular person has his own, and indeed his particular, essence — from which they conclude that the same Essence in number cannot be common to those three. To which we answer, that to each particular human person indeed belongs his own particular essence, because their essence is finite, and therefore cannot be common to more than one; but that one must judge otherwise of the Divine Essence, which, on account of its infinity, can be absolutely common to those three. (2) That a person is nothing other than a simple understanding substance, and that therefore, according to the number of the persons, simple understanding essences are required. But we answer, that to constitute a person it is not enough to have a simple understanding essence — such belongs also to a separated soul, which meanwhile is no person — but that, to constitute a person, there is furthermore required that it be incommunicable; and since this does not hold in the Divine Essence, which, on account of its infinity, is common to three, it therefore cannot constitute one person. (3) That, if three Divine Persons agreed in one Essence, they would also agree with one another, and thus constitute only one Person. Answer: they do indeed agree, but only in a third thing, that is, the Essence; but for that very reason they do not agree in one and the same personality, whence they are not "the one" (unus), but only "one" (unum), according to that of John: these three are one, 1 John 5:7.
XVIII. One asks: (II) Whether Father, Son, and Holy Spirit are distinguished from one another as Persons? The Triformians, of whom we have spoken above, Ch. IX §VIII, held that they differ as parts of the one Godhead, so that they made God to be composed of three parts, of which the Father has the one, the Son another, and the Holy Spirit the third. On this view there would be, in God, not only a composition, but furthermore neither Father, nor Son, nor Holy Spirit, as Persons, would be the whole complete God. The Tritheites, old and new, among whom Valentinus Gentilis, wished them to differ from one another as so many Godheads, so that three Gods would result. To these belong, in their own way, the Socinians, when they say that Father and Son differ as things as different from one another as heaven is from earth — as the Creator and the creature — and the Holy Spirit from both, as a power or accident of its subject. The Sabellians hold that they are distinguished only by bare designations, by which one and the same Person, according to His various modes of working, is called now Father, now Son, now Holy Spirit. The Tritheites did indeed distinguish them as Persons; but they added thereto the Essence, which would make a fourth Person. One may compare what we have said above at the place cited. The Reformed hold that they are distinguished, within the one common Divine Essence, as three Persons. Because (I) Father, Son, and Holy Spirit truly and in fact are Persons, being furnished with all the requisites of a person — for each one of them is a substance, simple, understanding, incommunicable, evident through personal operations, as we shall show for each Person in particular. Because they (II) are counted as three (tres), not as three things (tria), which are one, or one thing, 1 John 5:7. Indeed (III) as another and another, not as something else and something else, John 14:16. (IV) Because the Father and the Son, beyond all doubt, are Persons; and when the Holy Spirit is counted along with them, Matth. 28:19; 1 John 5:7, He too is counted as a Person. Because (V) to each particular Person, in Holy Scripture, is assigned His particular characteristic property — to subsist of oneself, to subsist from one, and to subsist from two — which things cannot fit upon one and the same Person alone, and which properties, moreover, are of such a kind as show and prove that they are Persons — namely, to generate, to be generated, to proceed from two. Moreover (VI), to each one of these are ascribed in Scripture operations proper to one Person alone, which we shall show at the particular Persons in particular. They are, therefore, (VII) not distinguished as parts, because the Essence of God, through its simplicity, admits no parts, as we have taught in its own place; and were it otherwise, according to this supposition, then no Person would have the whole Godhead, and would therefore not be a complete God. Also, they differ (VIII) not as Divine Essences or Godheads, because they are said only to be one, 1 John 5:7, and that one and the same Essence in number is common to them we have demonstrated in the preceding section; but the contrary would present to us three Gods, against the content of Holy Scripture. Likewise (IX), they differ not as Creator and creature, because they, each in particular, are Divine Persons, as we shall show and demonstrate presently in particular concerning the particular Persons. Finally (X), they differ also not in bare designations arising from a diversity of operations, but in characteristic properties, which, without contradiction, fit only in one certain Person alone. These things being thus established, I see not what, even with any semblance of truth, can be objected to the contrary.
XIX. One asks: (III) Whether the doctrine concerning God as one in Essence and three in Persons is a doctrine of Scripture? The Antitrinitarians indeed say that this is false, except that some later Socinians, in order to escape the common hatred of Christians toward the Trinity which the Socinians deny, cry out, hoarse to the point of screaming, that this is slanderously imputed to them by us, since they acknowledge that God is one in Essence, and that, notwithstanding, Father, Son, and Holy Spirit are acknowledged by them to be called God — although, if pressed to answer more distinctly whether they acknowledge that one Divine Essence is common to those three, they answer that this is not in Scripture. Some Papists, because the word "Trinity" does not stand [in Scripture], base this doctrine upon traditions. The Reformed hold that this is absolutely a doctrine of Holy Scripture: (I) Because we have already, at length, in the preceding topics, proved and demonstrated from Scripture that one and the same Essence is common to the Father, and to the Son, and to the Holy Spirit, and that they, notwithstanding, are distinguished from one another as so many Persons. (II) Because we have also, in the Doctrinal Part §§IV and V, proved from the Scriptures of both Testaments that this doctrine is taught in Holy Scripture. (III) Because upon it is built and grounded the whole faith of Christians, who are therefore baptized in the name of God the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit — just as also of old they were not admitted into the communion of the Christian Church before they had confessed their faith concerning this doctrine. Now there remains nothing but that we, according to the premises laid down, neatly resolve the common objections of all against the Trinity. (1) They allege that, by virtue of the infinity of the particular Persons, three infinite Essences must be derived and concluded. But wrongly, and quite unjustly, since through the unity of the Essence the one infinity also, being one and the same with the Essence, belongs to the three Persons. (2) That from the threeness of the Persons, joined together with the unity of the Essence, there flows a fourness. Wrongly, since the Essence and the Persons do not differ really, but only by reasoned reason (ratione ratiocinata); for a particular essence cannot differ, in fact, from its own subsistence. (3) That, since only one simple Divine Essence, subsisting of itself, is acknowledged, there is but one only Person, since a Person is nothing other than a simple substance endowed with reason. But a simple substance, though endowed with reason, does not thereby immediately constitute a Person, unless incommunicability be added, as appears in a separated soul. (4) That each Person requires for Himself His own Essence, and that therefore, according to the number of the three Persons, three Essences must be posited. Answer: certainly each Person (in concreto), in the composite, requires an Essence, but not a distinct or particular Essence of His own, since the one Essence, through its infinity, is sufficient for the three Persons. (5) That three Divine Persons constitute three Gods, just as three human persons constitute three men. Answer: by no means, since to three human persons belong distinct essences in number, whereas to these Divine Persons the same Essence in number is common. (6) That, since the three Persons agree in one and the same Essence, they then also agree with one another, and thus constitute only one Person. Answer: they truly agree, but only in their one third thing, which is the Essence, and are therefore one in that sense; but they are not one in one and the same Personality in number, wherefore they are not (unus) one Person, but (unum) one thing. (7) That the Trinity carries with it various absurdities — for example: (a) that the Son is the Father, for, they say, the Divine Essence is the Father; the Divine Essence is the Son; therefore the Son is the Father. Answer: besides that this is a paralogism in a categorical syllogism, since the middle term, the Essence, is indeed something particular but also something common — which the laws of a categorical syllogism do not permit, as in which not only a particular but also an incommunicable middle term is required, since otherwise it will only imitate a universal one — so it is also false that the Divine Essence is either Father or Son, though both Father and Son have the same Essence in number. (b) That, if the Father is the true God, the Son cannot be the true God, which they thus attempt to make out: the Father is the true God; the Son is not the Father; therefore He is not the true God. Answer: the falsity of this categorical paralogism will appear if it be resolved into its proportionate, direct syllogism: All that the Father is, that is not the Son; but the Father is the true God; therefore the Son is not the true God. For the greater, or first, premise is only true with respect to the Personality, not simply, nor with respect to the Essence; and thus it shows only that the Father is not the same Person which the Son is, but not that He is not the true God, on account of the Essence, which is common to both.
XX. One asks: (IV) Whether the doctrine concerning the Trinity is necessary for the Christian Church, indeed for each member of it in particular, to believe? The Antitrinitarians, because they deny its truth, are compelled also to deny its necessity, indeed also its usefulness. The Apologetic Remonstrants, although they do not openly dare deny its truth, lest they be seen openly to have gone over to the Socinian party, nevertheless lay it wide open to secret undermining; they nonetheless openly deny its necessity, and that in order that they may be able to admit and tolerate the Socinians in the fellowship of their churches. The Reformed, although they do not hold a distinct knowledge of it — whereby one should have clearly and distinctly to grasp its nature — to be necessary unto salvation, nevertheless, as to the bare "that it is," which is taught most clearly in Holy Scripture, judge it to be absolutely necessary, at least that those who deny it altogether cannot be saved. (I) Because Scripture expressly teaches that eternal life consists in this, that we know the Father to be the one true God, and Jesus Christ, whom He has sent — namely, that He too is that one true God. (II) Because such a one cannot acknowledge the Father, who does not acknowledge the Son, 1 John 2:23; indeed, does not honor the Father, who does not honor the Son, John 5:23. (III) Because such a one, who does not know nor acknowledge the Trinity, can neither seek nor obtain salvation from the love of the Father, and from the grace of the Lord Jesus Christ, and from the fellowship of the Holy Spirit, 2 Cor. 13:13. (IV) Because that one cannot be admitted into the fellowship of the Christian Church who has not openly confessed faith in the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit, Matth. 28:19. (V) Because such a one cannot seek nor obtain his salvation in the Satisfaction of Christ, who does not acknowledge nor accept His Godhead, since that Satisfaction cannot exist apart from His Godhead, 1 Tim. 2:5. (VI) Because he who does not acknowledge the Trinity cannot believe most of the mysteries of the Christian religion, as being built and grounded upon this mystery. Against these reasons and proofs they will object in vain: (1) That the believers of the Old Testament were saved without the faith of the Trinity. Answer: (a) this the [opposing] Parties must prove; (b) this is soundly refuted by those testimonies of the Old Testament which we have set forth in §III; and (c) if they had not acknowledged the Trinity, then they would not have acknowledged nor served the true God, and would therefore have been idolaters, indeed atheists — for he who does not acknowledge Him who truly is God, and does not honor and serve Him, is an atheist. (2) That the article concerning the Trinity has no use in the practice of godliness. Answer: (a) granting, though not conceding, that it has no particular use, it is nevertheless the foundation and groundwork of all Christian practice and godliness, without which no Christian godliness, at least, can exist; (b) indeed, that this Article also has a particular use in the practice of godliness, the Doctrinal Part has already long taught, in the Economy of the Trinity, and the Practical Part of this chapter will teach abundantly. (3) That most do not comprehend this mystery, who nevertheless are not immediately therefore to be excluded from a share in salvation. Answer: though they do not comprehend the nature of it, how it is, they can nevertheless, from the plainest revelation of Scripture, grasp the truth of it — that God, who is one in Essence, is three in Persons.
XXI. One asks: (V) Whether the doctrine concerning the Holy Trinity can be known and comprehended by the means and help of reason? Theophrastus Paracelsus, with his chemists, has tried to demonstrate it from their three principles of the human body — salt, sulphur, and quicksilver. Some Scholastics have tried to make it out from God as understanding, almost in this manner: reason teaches that God comprehends and understands; from that understanding, they say, is born a concept or image, and, since the thing understood and comprehended is something good, from it arises love. Since now that image, and also that love, in God are not accidents but a substance, it cannot be otherwise, they say, but that it be one and the same in the one understanding, the one understood, and the one beloved: whence they styled the Father the understanding God, the Son the understood God, and the Holy Spirit the beloved God. Others among them, such as Scotus (ad Lib. 1. Sentent. Distinct. 2, 9, & 10), try to demonstrate the Trinity from production, in this manner: to produce is a certain perfection, which includes nothing imperfect; it therefore belongs to a most perfect Being, and that from eternity, before the production of this universe. And since an eternal production requires an eternal thing produced, it must follow, since it involves in its concept nothing imperfect, that then also that eternal thing produced must be admitted and acknowledged; and since to produce, and to be produced, and to produce and be produced at once, also include a perfection without imperfection, that too must be granted in the most perfect Being. Whence it would follow that the Father is the producing God, the Son the producing and produced God at once, and the Holy Spirit only the produced God. That same proof is followed by Gabriel Biel (in I. Sent. Diff. 10, q.1) and Raimundus de Sabunde (in his Theol. Natur., cap. 46 to 55). Among the Ramists, some (though others contend against it) have adopted that same proof, and followed it out at length and with much labor in various Disputations. A certain one of his followers adds other proofs — for example, that the possession of any good without a companion is not pleasant, and since in God there has always been a most pleasant possession of the highest Good, it can, he says, easily be concluded that God has never been without a companion. Thomas Aquinas (Summa, Part I, Quaest. 32, art. 1) sets himself against the Scholastics, holding that this attempt, in more than one way, does the faith a disservice. Others among the Scholastics hold that in all creatures there is a certain mark and vestige of the Trinity, an image — insofar as the soul, being mindful of itself, comprehends and understands itself, and loves itself: if we note and comprehend this, we also, in some measure, note and comprehend the Trinity; yet we do not thereby know and comprehend God, but only an image of God — which they cite from Augustine, de Trinit. Lib. XIV. Cap. 8. Nor are there lacking among our own theologians those who try, if not to demonstrate the Trinity, then at least to elucidate and explain it, from the three principal Attributes of God — power, wisdom, and goodness — so that, as it were, the Father is powerful, the Son wise, and the Holy Spirit good. The common opinion of the Reformed is that the Trinity can neither be traced out nor soundly proved and demonstrated by natural reason; meanwhile, that it can be explained, and, as to its possibility, be shown, by similitudes and reasons drawn a posteriori. (I) Because it is a Mystery, as is acknowledged by all who acknowledge its truth — excepting only those who in fact acknowledge no mystery at all, but only what is clearly and distinctly comprehended — as the matter itself teaches: for if there is any mystery at all in the Christian religion, it is truly this, that a three are one, as the Apostle also clearly enough gives to understand, Col. 2:2: to the acknowledgement of the mystery of God, and of the Father, and of Christ — where the repeated conjunction "and" shows clearly enough that Paul speaks of more than one Person, namely Father and Son, although he, for his own reasons, makes no express mention of the Holy Spirit. Since therefore he calls this a mystery, what then, if not the Trinity, or at least the plurality of Persons in God? (II) Because such an attempt, as Aquinas warns, harms in more than one way the dignity of this doctrine — whereby it is placed above matters unfathomable to reason — and harms the faith itself, insofar as the Antitrinitarians will [scoff to] believe that we build and establish so great a matter upon such trifling reasonings. Add to this, that to seek reasoning in the faith of this Mystery is, as much as it accomplishes, only to hold up a shield and shadow before a weak eye, that it not be struck and darkened by a greater light, as Richard [of St. Victor] (de Trinit. Lib. I, cap. 1) speaks. (III) Because no one philosopher, indeed not even all philosophers together, with all the sharpness of their wit, have attained to the knowledge of it. (IV) Because the doctrine concerning the Trinity is the foundation of the whole Christian faith; therefore, if it is brought under natural reason, nothing will hinder the whole Christian religion from being resolved into reason, and thus degenerating into a mere philosophy. (V) Because there can be set forth no natural reason which soundly concludes: therefore, because God is one in essence, He is also three in Persons — which is plain from the reasonings mentioned. For if you (1), with the Paracelsians, say that in a particular body there are salt, sulphur, and mercury, you will, at most, have that there is in every body some likeness of the Trinity; but you will have nothing that soundly concludes: therefore there are in the one God three Persons. (2) If one says with the Scholastics, that nature teaches that God understands and comprehends, and that from that understanding is born a concept or image, one will likewise have (a) some sort of likeness or vestige of the Trinity, but not a conclusive proof that there is in God a Trinity. Or you will (b) say that to understand is a characteristic act, proper to the Father alone — so then the Son and the Holy Spirit would not understand and comprehend, and would therefore be deprived of that perfection, and consequently not infinitely perfect, and therefore also no God. Or if you (c) say that the Son also, and the Holy Spirit also, understand and comprehend, you will have to say that from that understanding of the Son again is born a certain image and love, and therefore that there are also in the Son three Persons, and likewise in the Holy Spirit — and thus you will have, instead of three, nine Divine Persons. If you (3), with Scotus, the Scotists, and the Cartesians, allege that nature teaches that to produce, to be produced, and to produce and be produced at once are perfections in God, then, mutatis mutandis, there will return the very difficulties raised against the preceding proof. If you (4), with others, try to prove the same from the three principal Attributes of God — power, wisdom, goodness — you will fall into the same difficulty. Nor can any other natural reasons be shown and brought forward which are not subject to the same or similar difficulties, as we have shown abundantly in our Cartesian Cancer (Sect. II, Cap. 17). If you finally (5) object that some Heathen philosophers, such as Mornay (de Verit. Relig. Christianae, Cap. VI), Ludovicus Vives (de Verit. Relig. Christ. Lib. 2, Cap. 2), and others acknowledged it; if you in particular try to prove, with Marsilio Ficino (Super VI Lib. Platonis de Republ.), that Plato knew this mystery by reason — likewise Aristotle, with Scaliger (de Subtil. Exercit. 365, Sect. 3), and with Plotinus (Super Aristotelem de coelo, text. 2) — I will answer, either that they acknowledged only a likeness and vestige of the Trinity; or that they had knowledge of it from the writings of Moses and the Prophets; or from intercourse with the Jews, according to the testimony of Eusebius (de Praeparat. Euangel. Lib. IX, Cap. 3). At any rate, that the old philosophers of the Greeks drew from the Egyptians, Chaldeans, Phoenicians, and Hebrews, for the sake of learning, teach with a general agreement — Diodorus Siculus (Hist. Lib. 2, cap. ult.), Laertius (in Vitis Philosoph.), Eusebius (Lib. X, de Praeparat. Euangel.), Cyril of Alexandria (Lib. I. cont. Julianum), Justin (Apolog. 2), Origen (cont. Celsum, Lib. I), Augustine (de Civit. Dei Lib. 18, Cap. 36), Lactantius (Instit. Lib. IV, Cap. 6,7), etc.
The Practical Part
XXII. The Practical consideration of this chapter discloses to us, first of all, the godlessness and atheism of all those who do not accept the Trinity. Which atheism the Savior marks, when He, from His oneness of essence with the Father, which He had pointed out, John 5:19 (whatever the Father does, that likewise does the Son also), draws the conclusion that the Jews did not honor the Father, because they did not honor the Son, v.23, and 1 John 2:23. Wherefore Paul, from the fact that the Heathen have been without Christ, [concludes them to be] without God, Eph. 2:12. And that they truly were atheists is [plain]: (I) is that not what an atheist is, who withholds religious honor from Him who is the true God? Rom. 1:21. Or (II), if he brings religious honor to one whom he does not believe to be God, is he not an idolater? Gal. 4:8; Matth. 4:10. By (III) which will there be the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, or the fellowship of the Holy Spirit, where the honor of the Godhead, which belongs to them, is sacrilegiously robbed from them? Yes, what will be the love of the Father, where the honor of the Godhead is disputed to His beloved Son, and to the Spirit of His mouth? And what religion, finally, can there be, where the grace of Christ, the love of the Father, and the fellowship of the Holy Spirit are banished? Finally (IV), what will be the confidence of forgiveness of sins, without satisfaction? Or satisfaction, without the Godhead of the Satisfier? What will be the regeneration of man, who is dead in sin? What the conversion and sanctification, without the fellowship of the Holy Spirit? Or what fellowship, without the Godhead? And what, finally, will religion be, without confidence of the forgiveness of sins, without regeneration, conversion, sanctification? Among the Antitrinitarians, that is, deniers of the Holy Trinity, therefore, nothing can flourish under the name of religion, but a dreadful atheism, shameful idolatry, an empty presumption of salvation, and a most certain despair.
XXIII. Secondly, the Trinity furnishes us matter for the glorifying of God — wherein the praise of the Seraphim, Isa. 6:3, which is repeated Rev. 4:8, and made known also Rom. 11:36; Rev. 1:4,5, goes before us. Because in the most blessed fellowship and covenant-partnership of the three Persons there shines forth greatly: (I) God's infinite perfection, since infinite power, wisdom, and goodness come together most perfectly in the one God, John 17:23; (II) God's immeasurable blessedness, in the sweetest fellowship and the unanimity of the Persons, through mutually shared counsels, whereby the Persons mutually know, love, and rest in one another most perfectly, and communicate their perfection to one another. To this tend the passages Prov. 8:30; Matth. 3:17 and 17:5; John 17:21,22. Further (III), the mutual glorification, whereby the Father glorifies the Son, the Son the Father, and the Holy Spirit the Father and the Son — as we have shown above from John 17:4,5,22 and 16:14. I add not (IV) that general matter for divine glorification which comes to men from the most wise economy of the Persons in the matter of their salvation, of which in the Doctrinal Part. Nor do I add (V) the groundwork and matter of thankfulness and glorification furnished us by the revelation of so great a mystery, inaccessible to reason and unknown to the most acute philosophers — that wisdom, consisting in mystery, which was hidden, which none of the rulers of this world has known, but which God has revealed to us through His Spirit, 1 Cor. 2:7,8,10. Yes (VI), which is furnished us from and through fellowship with the most holy and blessed Trinity, of which below. For all which reasons nothing has been more customary in the early Church than, in their religious exercises, to sing Hymns and Songs of praise in honor of the Holy Trinity — which Hymns Joh. Clichtoveus (in his Elucidarium Ecclesiasticum), and likewise Georg Cassander (in his Liturgica), have collected. (Cf. the celebrated Voetius, Disput. Part I, p. 483.)
XXIV. Thirdly, the doctrine of the Holy Trinity contributes eminently to the excellence and blessedness of the elect man, to whose blessing not one alone — though infinitely mighty, wise, good — would, as it were, be sufficient; but three, of whom each is such, have joined together for that blessing. In particular, and by points: (I) that each one of these has taken upon Himself, as it were, a certain particular task in the work of this blessing — the first, to determine and prepare that blessing; the second, to obtain it; the third, to apply and bring it about — as will appear in the particular consideration of the Persons. (II) That each also contributes thereto a particular benefit — the first His love, the second His grace, the third His fellowship, 2 Cor. 13:13. (III) That each of these bestows Himself wholly, and all that is His, as great as it is, as it were by virtue of the office and duty He has undertaken, upon this blessing. Yes (IV), that they also receive and admit the sinner within their household, family, and fellowship — that he be not only a servant, a friend, a household-member, but also a Son of the house, on account of that one, natural, indeed firstborn Son, Heb. 12:23. Yet further (V), that they will that, as a token of this admission and reception, Baptism be administered to him, and the name of the whole Trinity be invoked and poured out over him, Matth. 28:19. From all of which things the Holy Trinity presses home man's excellence — to what end? (1) Not, that he be proud and haughty on that account: for what is man, that thou art mindful of him? Ps. 8:5 — as if this happened by reason of his own inborn merit, and not out of the pure grace of the Trinity. But (2) that he acknowledge the grace of the Holy Trinity. And (3) that he, who through the grace of the Trinity has been raised and lifted to so great a dignity, not, by his conduct and walk, lower and cast himself away below the reprobate, indeed below the beasts. Yes, also (4), since the Holy Trinity has freely taken upon itself so great a care for his salvation, that he then not himself carelessly neglect his own salvation.
XXV. Fourthly, this doctrine entices and draws us to seek the fellowship of the Holy Trinity with all our endeavor, John 17:21,22,23. For that there is between [the elect and believing] man and the Holy Trinity a fellowship, appears (I) from many testimonies of Holy Scripture, by which either a common fellowship with the three Persons is taught, 2 Cor. 13:13; Eph. 2:18, or a particular one with the Father and the Son, 1 John 1:3; John 14:23, with the Son alone, 1 Cor. 1:9; Rev. 3:20, with the Holy Spirit, Eph. 3:4[?]. Yes, also (II) from the reasons by which one and the same benefit of God is sought from two — as grace and peace from the Father and the Son, Rom. 1:7; 1 Cor. 1:3; 2 Cor. 1:2; or from three together, Rev. 1:4,5. Or when one and the same benefit, in various Scripture passages, is distinctly ascribed to three Persons. For example, our Teaching or Instruction is distinctly ascribed to the Father, John 6:45; it is ascribed to the Son, Matth. 23:10; it is ascribed to the Holy Spirit, John 14:26; 1 John 2:27. As therefore our Teaching and Instruction is common to three, so too is every saving benefit common to three, although belonging to each in His own particular way — namely, to the Father, through His original authority and dignity; to the Son, through the obtaining; to the Holy Spirit, through the fellowship and communication. To the Father, I say, according to His original authority and dignity, whence it is said that thus has been His good pleasure, and that He makes us alive because He wills it, John 5:21; Jas. 1:18. To the Son, according to right of merit, since He, through His blood, has obtained that we now receive, out of His fullness, grace for grace, John 1:16. To the Holy Spirit, through the immediate efficacy of application, Rom. 8:11. To seek, therefore, that fellowship with all purity and earnestness, the Holy Trinity calls and invites us: (1) Because therein consists our excellence and blessedness, 1 John 1:2,3 — for what could be wished more excellent for a man than fellowship and covenant-partnership with the most blessed Trinity? (2) Because upon it depends all our welfare and salvation. Whence God of old willed that the solemn High-Priestly blessing should be pronounced with an express and distinct naming of the Trinity, Num. 6:23-27, just as also Paul wishes and implores the grace, love, and fellowship of the Trinity. To signify which, we too are dedicated and consecrated to the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit in Baptism. We shall now strive and endeavor after fellowship with the Holy Trinity, and obtain it happily, by these means: (a) By striving after our reconciliation with God — for our sins make a separation between our God and us, and hide His face from us, Isa. 59:2, and estrange us from Him, Eph. 2:12 and 4:18 — so that there can be no greater fellowship between God and us than between light and darkness, 2 Cor. 6:14; Amos 3:3. Then (b) through a true and living faith in the Son of God, that we, thereby united with Him who has likewise become partaker of our flesh and blood, Heb. 2:14, may obtain fellowship with His Father and Spirit, John 20:17, and that He pray His Father that He give us His Spirit, John 14:16, and that we thus may have fellowship with the three. Finally (c), since the fellowship is mutual and reciprocal, that we then, for the benefits communicated to us, or that shall be communicated, by the Holy Trinity, pay and render back our obligations to the Holy Trinity, Rom. 12:1.
XXVI. Therefore the Holy Trinity also, fifthly, presses upon us that we, in turn, from our side, render back the fellowship of service and honor to it. (I) That we sacredly keep the fidelity given to Him in our Baptism, giving ourselves back wholly to Father, Son, and Holy Spirit, in whose Covenant and Fellowship we, by that solemn Covenant, have been taken up and received, and conducting ourselves faithfully within that Covenant and Fellowship, Matth. 28:19,20. (II) That we expect all benefits and saving blessings from all the Persons, as who, unto our salvation, according to their counsel and as according to their duty, equally join together, Num. 6:24-27 — yet observing the order of each one's contribution, so that we seek this from the Father through the Son and the Holy Spirit, Eph. 2:18. Meanwhile (III), that, for that benefit which, according to household duty, is, as it were, particularly proper to a particular Person, we also particularly implore it from that same Person — the Grace from the Son, the Love from the Father, the Fellowship from the Holy Spirit. Likewise (IV), that we faithfully render the economic duty proper to each particular Person in particular — for example, to the Father, reverence and obedience; to the Son, faith and love; to the Holy Spirit, obedience — and that we render to them all thanksgiving and glory, as we shall exhort separately in the particular consideration of the Persons. Finally (V), that we, in all our prayers, hymns, and praises, make a distinct remembrance and mention, according to the custom of the early Church, as much as possible, as we have admonished above, §XXIII. Through all these things we shall, as it were, acquire and obtain for ourselves the Grace of the Lord Jesus Christ, the Love of the Father, and the Fellowship of the Holy Spirit.
XXVII. On the contrary, sixthly, let us watch diligently, that we provoke and offend no particular Person by any kind of sin: (I) Because we, in provoking one Person, provoke and offend all three, who are equally God, almighty, good, righteous. (II) Because we, having offended and provoked the one, can experience the favor and grace of none of the three. Indeed (III), because we, having offended and provoked one, stir up all three as most sharp and severe avengers against us, Isa. 63:9,10. But which, and what sort of, sins offend against each particular one of the Divine Persons in particular, we shall show in its own place.
XXVIII. Finally, seventhly, the most blessed unity, agreement, and mutual love of the three Persons invite and stir us up to imitation — that we, namely, who through one Spirit, through one faith with the same Son of God, and through the same [Spirit] with one and the same Father, are united, may strive and endeavor to keep the same body of Christ, the unity of the Spirit, unbroken, Eph. 4:3. Because we hereby: (I) become conformed, in our own manner, to the Holy Trinity, John 17:21 — that they all may be one, as thou, Father, art in me, and I in thee. In which unity our highest glory consists, v.22: I have given them the glory which thou hast given me, that they may be one, even as we are one. (II) Because we have no fellowship with the Holy Trinity apart from and without this fellowship with the Saints — that they may be one in us. (III) Because accordingly that mutual fellowship among us furnishes an infallible proof, to convince the world that Christ has been sent to and for us, according to that saying of the Savior: that the world may believe that thou hast sent me, v.21. Finally (IV), because in this unity consists the chief perfection of Christ's mystical Body: I in them, and thou in me, that they may be made perfect in one, v.23. And indeed not without reason. For just as, in the most perfect union and fellowship of the Divine Persons, consists the chief perfection of the Holy Trinity — when the infinite perfection of God, reflecting as it were from Person to Person, immeasurably increases and becomes, as it were, greater — so, from the unity and fellowship of the Saints, since so many and so great gifts not only flow together in one and the same mystical Body, but rebound, as it were, from one member to and upon another (when you communicate your gifts to another, and another communicates his to you; and when you implore from God, for another, the gifts he needs, and another does the same for you, 1 Cor. 12:12,13; Eph. 4:14-16), the perfection of that spiritual Body of Christ becomes infinitely greater. The rest, which belongs to the practice of this topic, will come to hand for us, God willing, from and through the particular consideration of each particular Person. One may also compare here Gijsbertus Voetius (de Trinitate cognoscenda, amanda, laudanda), likewise Lorinus (in Comment. ad Sapient. Cap. VII. 22,23), cited by the very celebrated Voetius (Disp. Part I, p. 485), which authors, however, have not been seen by me.
Chapter XXV: On God the Father
On Ephesians 3:14,15.
I bow my knees unto the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, of whom the whole family in heaven and earth is named.
I. From here we descend directly to the particular consideration of the particular Persons, and first indeed to that of God the Father, whose personal description — with respect to His Godhead, His Personality, and His distinction from the other Persons — the Apostle teaches precisely enough in the words set before us.
The Explanatory Part
II. In which words is contained a portion of that wish, or of that prayer, which the Apostle pours out for his Ephesians, from verse 4 to the end of the chapter; so that in the words set before us you have:
1. An Invocation, κάμπτω τὰ γόνατά μου, "I bow my knees" — which corresponds almost fully with the Greek προσκυνεῖν, "to worship" (or, properly, to throw oneself upon the ground like a little dog), and with the Hebrew hishtachaveh, "to bow down, to kneel down." This signifies the custom of those who pray in very anxious and distressing circumstances, Luke 22:41; Acts 7:60; 9:40; and 20:36. But it signifies two things: a religious honor of adoration, which, since according to Matth. 4:10 it belongs to none but God alone, shows and asserts that the Father who is adored is God; and a submission, which is peculiarly proper, in an economic sense, to the Father, as Head and Lord of the household. Although this, meanwhile, is also ascribed to the Son, Phil. 2:10 — namely, as to the Father's Steward, δεσπότῃ, Jude v.4 — by virtue of the will and grant of the Father, that thereby it might be made known that He is God.
2. The One invoked, whom he sets forth under the relation which He bears to the Household — whose household is here marked out as:
1. The Father of the household, πρὸς τὸν πατέρα, "to the Father" — not indeed essentially, as occurs 1 Cor. 8:6, but personally, as commonly occurs whenever He is set over against the Son and distinguished from Him. And yet also economically, insofar as, in the Divine Household, the Father is the Governor, Lawgiver, Judge, Rewarder, and Avenger of the Laws; and moreover, insofar as He is the kind and gracious Provider of the whole household; insofar as He is the Begetter of His own, only-begotten Son; and finally, insofar as He is, for His Son's sake, the adopting Father of believers.
2. The Son of the household, of the Lord, and of our Lord — namely, not through an essential lordship, by virtue of His Godhead, which is common to the three Persons, nor through a personal lordship, which is peculiarly and economically proper to the Father, but through a Mediatorial Lordship, proper to Himself, by virtue of a purchase, 1 Cor. 6:20, and of a redemption, Heb. 2:5. Whom the Apostle designates and names with two names: a. With His own name, Jesus, the Redeemer, the Savior, whereby His economic office is expressed; b. With His surname, Christ, by which His consecration and installation to His economic office, through the anointing accomplished by the Holy Spirit, is made known.
3. The Household, πᾶσα πατριά, "every family," the whole household, Eph. 3:15 — "all," or "the whole." Πατριά, fatherhood, or lineage, or kindred, or household. Among the Hebrews, mishpachah, "the family," 2 Sam. 14:7; Esth. 9:27; or beth avoth, "the house of the fathers," the household, Exod. 6:24 and 12:3. Now, a family or household is a people and lineage which has one and the same house-father, or belongs to the same house: compare Luke 2:4. Concerning that household or lineage are noted and named:
a. The heavenly, ἐν οὐρανοῖς, "in the heavens" — or, as one commonly says, the upper household, in distinction from the lower. Under this now is comprehended the Father of the household, the Son of the household, the Spirit as the one sent by both, John 15:26, the Angels, as ministering spirits, Heb. 1:14, and the blessed inhabitants of heaven, Heb. 12:22,23.
b. The earthly, ἐπὶ γῆς, "on earth." The Apostle means the militant Church on earth, which is called the House of God, 1 Tim. 3:15, and household-members of God, Eph. 2:19, household-members of the faith, Gal. 6:10, the Church spread over the whole earth.
c. The Origin of both: ἐξ οὗ ὀνομάζεται, "from whom it is named." Ὀνομάζεσθαι, "to be named," is the same as "to be" — that is, to have one's essence, Luke 1:32; Rom. 9:26 — likewise, to be called from or after someone's name, 1 John 3:1.
The Doctrinal Part
III. From which it is evident, that in the heavenly household God the Father is the first Person. Since (I) in all households the Father is the first. (II) Namely, in the heavenly household, in πατρὸς πᾶσα πατριά — "from the Father every family" — He is, both with respect to His subsistence and with respect to His Being, of Himself. (III) He is the fountain of the whole Godhead, and of all the Persons. Wherefore He (IV) is commonly (not always), for economic reasons, called the first, Matth. 28:19; 1 John 5:7; Rom. 1:7; 1 Cor. 1:3.
IV. That the Father is God from eternity is, among all, beyond doubt — so much so that even the enemies of the Trinity concede eternal Godhead to Him alone. Meanwhile, that you may not doubt, He is commonly not only called God, John 17:3, but there is also ascribed to Him everything that is divine: (I) Divine Names — for example, God, John 3:16 and 8:54; Jehovah, Ps. 33:6; Isa. 61:1. (II) Divine Attributes — Independence, Eternity, John 5:26; Rev. 1:4; Acts 17:28; Lordship and Power, Matth. 11:25. (III) Divine Works, Acts 4:24,30. (IV) Divine Service and Honor, John 17:1, etc.; Phil. 2:11; Matth. 11:25.
V. That He is likewise a Person is also beyond doubt, because He is not only expressly called a Person (or Substance), Heb. 1:3, but because to Him is also commonly ascribed everything that is personal — life, understanding, will, personal operations — John 5:26 and 6:57; Matth. 11:25-27.
VI. Yes, that He is also a Person distinguished from the others, Holy Scripture teaches openly, John 14:16; Matth. 3:16,17. And this is confirmed by His personal, or characteristic, Properties, which are: (I) Aseity — not the essential aseity, which is common to the other two Persons, but the personal aseity, whereby He has His being of Himself, and without origin from any other; whereby He is said to have life in Himself, and to have given to the Son to have the same in Himself, John 5:26 — wherefore He is called by the ancients ἀγέννητος, "unbegotten." (II) The actual Generation of the Son, Ps. 2:7, whence the Son is commonly called His own, only-begotten Son — by which Generation He has communicated to the Son one and the same being of His own, in an utterly supernatural manner, not to be measured by any laws or rules of a natural generation. (III) The actual spiration of the third Person, common to the Father with the Son, whereby they give a joint principle to the Holy Spirit, who is hence said to be sent by both, John 15:26. Further (IV), the personal priority of order in subsisting, whence from Him the whole family is named, Eph. 3:15. Finally (V), the personal priority in operating — so, inwardly, insofar as He is said to send the Son, John 3:16,17; 10:36; and 16:28, and likewise to send the Spirit of His Son, Gal. 4:6, while the Son is said to send the Spirit from the Father, John 15:26; and outwardly, insofar as He is said to have made the world through the Son, Heb. 1:2; Ps. 33:6, and the Holy Spirit to search the depths of God, 1 Cor. 2:10. By this priority the Father works of Himself, through the Son and through the Holy Spirit.
VII. On account of this order of subsisting and operating, according to His economic office and duty, the Father is (I) the Lord, Matth. 11:25; Eph. 4:5, as the one who has built the house, Heb. 3:4. Hence it has been His work, through eternal fore-ordination, to prepare the government of the future household, to arrange the end and the order of the means, Rom. 9:22,23 (namely, that all things might be carried out according to the counsel of His will, Matth. 11:25; Eph. 1:11), and to elect those who would be received into His family, passing by others, ibid. vv.3,4. He is therefore (II) the Creator of the world, Exod. 20:11, that He might build the house, Heb. 3:3,4, lay the seeds of the household and family, Eph. 3:15, and become the Owner of the household, who, concerning and over all things, could absolutely order the disposition according to His own will and pleasure, Matth. 20:15. He is therefore also (III) the Lawgiver, Jas. 4:12, who has furnished created man with the Law of nature, by creating him upright, after His own image, Eccl. 7:29, and with the positive Law, Gen. 2:17, and has confirmed and enforced it with a threat and a promise, having entered into a certain covenant with man. He is (IV) the Maintainer and Avenger of the Law given, confirmed, and violated, Rom. 12:19, who has announced to fallen man, and to all his descendants, every kind of death, both temporal and eternal, as a punishment to be inflicted, either upon the sinner himself, or upon his Surety. He is, finally (V), a merciful Father, Ps. 103:13, who, in accordance with the eternal Counsel of Peace, has for sinners chosen, sent, anointed, and given a Mediator, Isa. 42:1; John 3:16,17; Isa. 61:1 — who, once given, He has visited with every kind of punishment for their sins, Isa. 43:4-6; 2 Cor. 5:18,19, that He might redeem them; who, moreover, also sends His Holy Spirit, Gal. 4:6, who applies to them by faith the redemption obtained, regenerates, converts, and sanctifies them; who, finally, through the ministry of the Word, calls them to a share in redemption, justifies the called through faith, adopts the justified as children, sanctifies and glorifies them. All of which points occur commonly throughout Holy Scripture, Rom. 8:29,30. On account of, and because of, all these things the Father is particularly called God, 2 Cor. 5:18 — not so much on account of the Divine Essence, which is common to all the Persons, as on account of His economic office and duty.
VIII. By virtue of these economic offices and duties, there are also, in a particular way, certain economic Properties proper to the Father: for example, to Him, as Lord, belongs power (of which sort He has also communicated to the Son, Matth. 28:18), independence, freedom to act according to His good pleasure, Matth. 11:26 and 20:15; Eph. 1:11; as Lawgiver, Judge, and Avenger, righteousness, Gen. 18:25; 2 Thess. 1:6; as Father, love, mercy, John 3:16; Rom. 5:5,8; 2 Cor. 13:13. Wherefore everything that we have said of those Attributes in their own places must not be applied exactly to the Father alone, but must nevertheless be particularly referred to the Father, on account of His economic office and work.
IX. The Father's economic government has been most manifest and visible, both in the state of uprightness, through the establishing of the Covenant of nature, which would be broken, and afterward in the state after the fall, throughout the whole course of the Old Testament — especially, however, under the Patriarchs, in the announcing and spreading of the first pre-Gospel, with the repeated promise of the blessed seed; in the deliverance of His household from the bondage of Egypt; in the Sinaitic legislation — of all of which, in its own place, we shall have to treat deliberately and at length.
The Polemical Part
X. This chapter is not so exposed to the darts and arrows of enemies, since all acknowledge that the Father is a Person, and likewise that He is God, indeed also distinguished, at least, from the Son. That we may nevertheless know what can be brought into dispute regarding this chapter, the question is: (I) Whether it is proper to the Father alone to be φύσει Θεόν, God by nature, the highest God? The Antitrinitarians indeed acknowledge that the Son and the Spirit are God — the true God, the eternal God, who shall endure to eternity — yet they do not acknowledge them as God by nature, but as made; that the Father alone is God by nature; hence they call Him the highest God, by way of distinction, not only with respect to earthly rulers, but also with respect to the Son and the Holy Spirit. The Reformed say that not the Father alone is God by nature, but also the Son and the Holy Spirit, and therefore, at least with respect to the Essence, just as much as the Father, the highest God — a thing which we have already more generally demonstrated in the preceding chapter, and which, God willing, we shall demonstrate separately in two chapters concerning the Son and the Holy Spirit, from which it will appear that those three are one and the same God by nature, and indeed the highest God. Here we shall examine and test what can be alleged for the contrary. (I) They allege the passage John 17:3, ἵνα γινώσκωσί σε τὸν μόνον ἀληθινὸν Θεόν, "that they might know thee, the only true God." However, (1) they fail to add what follows concerning the Savior, καὶ ὃν ἀπέστειλας Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν, "and Jesus Christ, whom thou hast sent" — one must supply, that He too is that one true God, without which addition the sense would be incomplete and broken. (2) They fail to note, that the Father is indeed called "the only true God," but that it is nowhere said that the Father alone is the true God — for that would exclude the Son, whom John, in his First Epistle, 5:20, plainly and expressly calls the true God, just as the [opposing] parties themselves also call Him such. (3) Nor do they note, that, by the exclusive word μόνον, "only," the Persons of one Essence are not excluded, but only all other, alien kinds of beings. They allege (II) the passage 1 Cor. 8:6: we have but one God, the Father, of whom are all things. But we answer: (1) just as Jesus is the one Lord, without excluding the Father, so the Father is the one God, without excluding the Son, whom He has this day begotten, Ps. 2:7, equal with God, Phil. 2:6 — the exclusion applying only to all other things. (2) Namely, as the Son is the one Lord with respect to His Mediatorial office, so the Father is the one God with respect to His economic office. Unless you (3) prefer that the Father here be named, not only as the first Person of the Godhead, but as the whole Trinity, so that one may understand that the one Trinity is the Father of all things — namely, through Creation, through Eternity, etc.
XI. One asks: (II) Whether the Father has begotten the Son from eternity? Some Antitrinitarians, such as the Tritheites, do indeed allow an eternal generation, but not one such as would have communicated to the Son one and the same Essence. The Socinians acknowledge no eternal generation at all, although they do not reject a generation occurring in time — whether with respect to Christ, whom the Father, in the raising up of the Son, as it were, has begotten, or with respect to adopted children, or believers of every sort, whom He, as it were, generates and begets through regeneration — this in order to exclude the eternal existence of the Son. Among the Rationalist Reformed there are not lacking some who cannot reconcile, with their own clear and distinct conceptions, the generation which consists in the communication of one and the same Essence, and who therefore deny it — of which more will be seen in the following chapter. For the rest, the Reformed commonly distinguish between a supernatural generation, which has communicated the same Essence in number to the proper, only-begotten Son from eternity, and a natural [generation], which in some way communicates the nature of God to believers, 2 Pet. 1:4; and finally a common and ordinary one, which takes place in bodily subjects. The last they reject altogether in the Divine; the second they allow in the sense stated; but the first they maintain, and defend it against every sort of Antitrinitarian: (I) Because to Him is expressly ascribed an actual generation, and this is affirmed to have occurred from eternity, Mic. 5:2. Then (II), because Holy Scripture ascribes to the Father such a generation, by which the Son is the ἴδιος, His own Son, Rom. 8:32, the μονογενής, only-begotten Son, John 3:16, who is ἴσος Θεῷ, equal with God, Phil. 2:6 — which can be no other than such a generation as has made His own one and the same Essence common to Him. (III) Because Holy Scripture, through the generation, ascribes to the one begotten such a Godhead, to which belong all the requisites of God — namely, Divine names, attributes, works, honor — as we shall see distinctly in the following chapter. If they now object, that such a generation brings with it and includes (1) a diversity of Essences, (2) a change, both in the one generating and in the one generated, and therefore (3) more than one imperfection in both, further (4) a transition from potency to act, and (5) that the one generating always loses something of his essence — namely, that which he communicates to the one generated — finally (6), that generation could not have occurred from eternity, since one who generates is presupposed not to have existed before his generation: since all these things cannot apply to God, even by our own suppositions, the answer will be easy and simple — that all these things pertain to a natural and bodily generation alone, but by no means to a supernatural generation, such as, according to the Holy Scriptures, is ascribed to the Father, and to the Son and Holy Spirit.
XII. One asks: (III) Whether the Father is distinguished, and really differs, from the Son and Holy Spirit — from the Son, as the Creator differs from the creature, and from the Holy Spirit, as a power differs from the one who has that power, or as a subject from its accident? All the Antitrinitarians hold that the Father really differs from the other Persons, as one essence from another essence, a creating essence from a created one. The Reformed are of the opinion that He differs in no way really, as one essence from another essence, but only personally, as one person from persons. Because (I) there is only one Divine Essence, equally common to those Persons, as we have demonstrated in the preceding chapter. (II) Because, if there were more Essences in God, one would have to acknowledge in God dependency, composition, finitude — things which, since they denote an imperfection, we have excluded from the Divine Essence. (III) Because we shall prove, in the two following chapters, that to the Son and to the Holy Spirit belongs one and the same Essence in number. Nor can they object anything else than the unity of the Divine Essence, which cannot be other than proper to the Father, John 17:3 — to which we have already answered above, §X.
The Practical Part
XIII. The Practical consideration of this chapter consists in the duties owed to Him. Among which, first, to the Father, as Lord, House-father, and Head of the household, belongs Honor — which we also owe to our earthly parents, according to God's Law and Precept, Exod. 20:12, and concerning which God complains that it is refused Him by His own, Mal. 1:6; which His natural Son rendered to Him, John 8:49 and 17:4; which the Father Himself, through the economic Service peculiarly belonging to the Father — the eternal Fore-ordination, most wisely arranging and preparing beforehand the work of our salvation — has of old sought, Rom. 9:23; Eph. 1:5,6. Compare Chapter XXII, on the Glory of God, §§VIII and XVI.
XIV. Secondly, there belongs to Him, as Lord, submission — whereby we ought not only to bear patiently, with a level mind, our whole state and condition, however hard it may be, which He has decreed over us or sent to us, 1 Sam. 3:18, but also with thanksgiving, Job 1:21, as did His natural Son, Matth. 26:39,42 — since it is not uncommon for house-fathers to chastise their children, Heb. 12:6,11. Shall we then not much rather be subject unto, and live [in submission to], the Father of spirits? Compare Chapter XX, on the Power of God, §XXVI.
XV. To Him, as Creator (from whom every family is named, and from whom we have all that we are and have), belongs (I) a humble thankfulness, which the Law requires of us as due to Him as our common Father, 1 Tim. 5:4, and which God laments to be refused Him by His own, Deut. 32:6, and which His natural Son rendered to Him, Matth. 11:25 — namely (1) on account of the natural life given us by Him, Acts 17:25,28; (2) on account of the spiritual life brought about and restored by Him, Eph. 2:1,5; (3) on account of the eternal life which shall one day hereafter be granted, 1 John 3:2. (II) A whole surrender and entire dedication of ourselves, and of all our powers, goods, etc., to the Father, as Creator and Owner, without withholding anything, because all is His, 1 Cor. 6:20; compare Chapter XX, §29. (III) Faithfulness in the using and administering of our affairs, as being not our goods, but our Father's and Creator's. For among the duties of children toward their parents, and of servants toward their masters, is also fidelity, or faithfulness, Prov. 27:24[?]; Titus 2:10; Col. 3:22,23 — by which faithfulness we readily and promptly lay out and spend ourselves and all that is ours in the service of our Father and Creator, and to His honor and glory, and to the welfare and benefit of the common household, 1 Cor. 6:20 and 10:31; 1 Pet. 4:11.
XVI. Fourthly, as He is also, as Lawgiver, Judge, and Avenger, owed (I) a general and most ready obedience — which, according to the will of God, we owe to our earthly parents, Eph. 6:1; Prov. 6:20-22, and servants to their masters, Col. 3:22 — so we owe much more to the heavenly Father, the Lord of those who rule, 1 Pet. 1:14; Acts 5:29; Deut. 5:33. (II) Honor and fear, with which we follow after our earthly parents, Mal. 1:6; Eph. 6:2,3; servants their masters; subjects the judges and avengers of the laws, Gen. 18:25,27; Isa. 66:1,2.
XVII. Fifthly, as Father and Benefactor, there belongs to Him (I) Love, in the highest degree, Matth. 10:37 — with which sort He is occupied toward us, 2 Cor. 13:13; John 3:16; Rom. 5:5,8 — namely, that it be a mutual and reciprocal love, whereby we have fellowship with Him in love; which comes to pass when we follow God our Father not only with a sincere and perfect love, Matth. 22:37, but also with such a love as is, in its own way, proportionate and corresponding to His Fatherly Love toward us. But of what sort, then, is that Fatherly Love of God toward us, which we must imitate? It is (1) free and utterly independent, both of any worthiness of merit on our side, and of any hope of gain or advantage on His side, Rom. 9:12; Titus 3:5; Jas. 1:18 — purely and solely for His own sake; such must also ours be, not for the sake of something advantageous to us from God, nor for some reward that might come to us from God, but purely and solely for His own sake. And as (2) the Love of God toward us is eternal, from everlasting to everlasting, always the same and unchangeable, Rom. 11:29, so too must our love toward Him be eternal — if not from the beginning (as one says), at least thereafter, steadfast and unbroken, Rev. 2:10. (3) God's love is discriminating and discriminative; God loves — He watches over and preserves all His works, Ps. 145:9 — but in an unequal manner and degree, Rom. 9:13: He loves them as works of His hands, but not as His sons. So too must our love toward God be discriminating and discriminative: we must love all persons and things on account of, and for the sake of, God, as works of God, as the image of God; but God for His own sake, above all things, Ps. 73:25.
XVIII. But, sixthly, there belongs to us, from God as Father, a childlike and trustful dependence upon Him, with respect to food, clothing, and everything necessary to us in any way, Matth. 6:26,32 and 7:10[?] — because He bears a Fatherly care toward and for us, Ps. 103:11,13, and a Motherly one, Isa. 49:15, to whom we have access and approach with confidence, Heb. 4:16.
XIX. Further we have, seventhly, on account of God the Father, matter and ground for Comfort in every sort of adversity and hardship, because all these things come upon us: (I) from a Father, Ps. 27:10; 1 John 3:1; (II) from an almighty Father, who is able to come to our aid, 2 Tim. 1:12; (III) from a merciful Father, who is willing to do so, Ps. 103:13; Lam. 3:22; Heb. 13:5; (IV) from a most good Father, who can turn even the very worst that befalls us to our good, Rom. 8:28; (V) from a Father, who has already long since shown and proved His Fatherly love and affection toward us in greater things, Rom. 5:8; John 3:16; (VI) from a Father, who by no hardships or adversities shall ever be drawn away or turned from His love toward us, Rom. 8:38,39.
XX. Finally, eighthly, God's Fatherhood invites us to seek, with all our effort, the adoption as children before Him, being stirred up and moved by the excellent privileges and benefits of this sonship, which are: (I) A most noble descent, namely, a heavenly and divine one, John 1:13 and 3:5; 2 Pet. 1:4. (II) A most illustrious lineage — since God is our Father, Matth. 6:9; 2 Cor. 6:18; Christ our Brother and Bridegroom, Matth. 12:50; Heb. 2:11 and 12:22,23. (III) A rich Inheritance, Rom. 8:17 — heirs of God, and joint-heirs with Christ, etc. We shall now obtain the Adoption as children: (1) Through faith in the natural Son of God, John 1:12, whereby we shall be united with Him, and, being united, shall obtain the same God and Father, John 20:17. (2) Through the Holy Spirit, who is the Spirit of adoption unto children, whom the Father sends, that we may obtain the adoption as children, Gal. 4:5,6. (3) Through faithfully keeping and performing the duties of children toward our heavenly Father, which have thus far been mentioned and enumerated. (4) Through carefully guarding and abstaining ourselves from all the uncleanness of sin, 2 Cor. 6:17,18, especially from those [sins] which are particularly contrary to God's Fatherly dignity and to our filial duty — such as rebelliousness and faithlessness, which wound and offend Him as Lord over us and over all our affairs, Isa. 63:10; Jer. 4:17; Ezek. 2:3 and 20:8; Hos. 5:7 and 6:7; disobedience, 2 Kings 17:14,15,40, which wounds and offends God as Lawgiver; disdain, Deut. 8:11, which is contrary to the fear that belongs to Him as Judge; hatred, Exod. 20:5, which is contrary to Love; distrust, Num. 11:21-23, which runs counter to His Fatherly care; impatience and other sins, Exod. 15:24; 1 Cor. 10:10[?], which are contrary to God's Fatherly chastisements. Having pointed out all this briefly, and as with the finger, let this suffice: the grounds for its fuller expansion shall come to hand for us in the chapters on the mutual duties of Parents and Children, and on the Adoption as children.
Chapter XXVI: On God the Son
On Psalm 2:7,8.
I will declare the decree: the LORD hath said unto me, Thou art my Son, this day have I begotten thee. Ask of me, and I shall give thee the heathen for thine inheritance.
I. The Father is followed, in the heavenly household, by the Son: for just as the Father, because He subsists of Himself, is the first Person, so the Son, because He subsists from the Father, and has His being from Him, communicated to Him, is the second. Therefore, just as we have considered the Father, so we shall now consider the Son, who declares His own personal description, and His economic office, according to the economic covenant, in the words set before us, from Ps. 2:7,8.
The Explanatory Part
II. In which is contained an open Proclamation of the eternal Covenant which was made from eternity between Father and Son, concerning the Mediatorial Office and duty of the Son. In respect of which the Son sets before us:
1. The economic Covenant between Himself and the Father: I will declare the decree, אֲסַפְּרָה אֶל חֹק. Here the second Person is introduced speaking, as it were abruptly — namely, that same King of whom mention was made in verse 6, such changes of speaker being not uncommon in the Song of Songs and in other poetic Scriptures. The Son, therefore, is introduced speaking, showing and proclaiming to His enemies the very Covenant by, and through, which He was appointed to be King, anointed over Mount Zion — that is, over the whole Church. In the type, the words are to be understood of David, to whom the kingdom (now taken from Saul, and Ishbosheth already removed) is confirmed, together with his posterity, 2 Sam. 5:3; in the antitype, an eternal Covenant is brought and proclaimed to Christ and to His members. The word חֹק, "chok," signifies something established, something fixed, which is fixed and determined in the eternal Counsel of Peace between the Father and Him. Likewise, a command and precept, which He wills to have proclaimed to all as a law; a decree, which must be published abroad; a determination, eternal and unchangeable. The word אֶל, "el" ("unto"), stands here in place of אֵת, "et" ("of"), as Judg. 7:25[?]; Isa. 38:19[?]; Jer. 4:23[?] and 10:2. Some would have this אֶל here to be the same as the Arabic article-particle, which is often a mark of the accusative case. According to others, it means "unto," so that it says: unto a decree, or unto a law, which I will carefully proclaim, so that it may become to me, as it were, a settled custom. According to others it means "of" — I will declare of the decree, as Job 42:7[?], "ye have not spoken of me the thing that is right"; likewise Ps. 69:26[?]; Jer. 27:19[?]; Ezek. 21:28[?], and elsewhere. According to others it means "according to," "in agreement with," namely, the decree — so that it would signify the fitting correspondence of one thing with another, as though He said: my declaration shall be according to the decree. Others join it together with the preceding words, in this sense: I have anointed my King, that He might declare the decree. Nor are there lacking those who, with the Masoretes, point it under the second case-ending, אֵל, so that it reads "the decree of God" — so the LXX translators, the Targum, the Arabic, the Ethiopic, and the common Latin version; yet in that case it would have to stand after the word חֹק, "decree," instead of, as now, before it. Nor could it then well be rendered: I will declare the very decree of my Father, that it shall be firm and inviolable with all. אֲסַפְּרָה, "I will declare," from סָפַר, "to count" — that is, to relate and recount a matter, as it were, by and through numbering, piece by piece and point by point, 2 Sam. 24:10; Ps. 119:18[?]. Whatever the case, what is meant and intended is the economic settlement, decree, and covenant which exists between Father and Son — the very thing set forth expressly, Isa. 53:10, and called by others the Counsel of Peace, from Zech. 6:13. Whereby, just as the Father has taken upon Himself the office of Lord, Lawgiver, Judge, and Avenger in the matter of man's salvation, so the Son has taken the office and post of Surety, Dispenser, and Redeemer. According to the content of which, finally, He has said unto the Son: Thou art my Son.
2. The Person of the Son, as Steward of the House: My Son thou, to be completed with "art." It is an address of the Father to the Son, such an address as Paul notes concerning the Priesthood, Heb. 5:5, and David concerning the Kingdom, Ps. 110:1. It alludes to the custom of men, when they promote, install, and, as it were, consecrate those who are chosen to a certain dignity and office, with words prepared beforehand, by which they signify what is conferred upon them, for what reason, and to what end. Here, then, are distinctly marked:
1. The Speaker, namely Jehovah — יְהוָה אָמַר, "Jehovah hath said." The name Jehovah is here taken personally and economically for the Father, as commonly, Ps. 33:6 — as what is added, "Thou art my Son," plainly confirms. For it is proper to a Father to have a Son, and to design for Him an inheritance. "He hath said" — namely, in the Counsel of Peace. "He hath said," namely, to me, as the LXX translators have it (Matth. 3:17), or at the Transfiguration on the Mountain, chap. 17:5 — though He speaks of time past, not of time to come. When has He said it? Some supply "at the Baptism." Others judge more precisely, that it is not necessary to inquire anxiously after the time of this saying, since the Father has said this, has said it, and shall say it — with respect to the decree, before all time; with respect to the execution, in time.
2. The thing said: Thou art my Son, this day have I begotten thee: ask of me, and I shall give thee, etc. Here is marked, of the second Person:
A. His Sonship: בְּנִי אַתָּה, "My Son thou," to be completed with "art." The pronoun אַתָּה, "thou," is not here in place of the vocative — "O my Son," as Grotius, serving his Antitrinitarian suppositions, would have it — but this "thou" is not a bare address and naming, but an assertion of an utterly singular fact. Hence it carries an emphasis that extends beyond mere address: all acknowledge and recognize an emphasis in that word, "my Son thou art" — not by adoption, which is common to all believers, John 1:12; 1 John 3:1, but by nature and generation. From which appears both the Godhead of the Son, and the personal distinction between Father and Son.
B. His eternal Generation, as the ground of His Sonship: This day have I begotten thee. Here we have before us:
a. The One generating, אֲנִי, "I," namely, Jehovah the Father, who spoke in the preceding clause, and Prov. 30:4. "I" is emphatically set down — not another, whoever that might be.
b. The time of the Generation, or, as it were, the time: הַיּוֹם, "this day." This may be taken in two ways: (I) properly, of the eternal Generation: "this day have I begotten thee" — where the word "day," being a word of the present tense, signifies the continuance and perseverance of the Generation, without succession of time; while the verb of the past tense, "I have begotten," [signifies] its completeness and perfection. Generation, too, is brought to a "day," because eternity, together and with all the diversities of times, always co-exists as present. Compare Ps. 90:4 with 2 Pet. 3:8. For indeed the going forth of the Son, which signifies the Generation, is from eternity, Mic. 5:2; compare Prov. 8:22; John 1:1. God is called the Ancient of Days, Dan. 7:9, whose days do not pass away, but abide, Ps. 102:28[?]. Whence, just as eternity is signified in the Divine Scriptures by time, so too is the day of eternity signified by "this day" — in which there is nothing of change or succession of time; with God, in eternity, there is no yesterday, nor tomorrow, but only ever a today. Hence eternity is signified by the word "today," Isa. 43:13 — "also today I am He," that is, from eternity. Hence the LXX translators render it ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς, "from the beginning" — a manner of speech by which eternity is also commonly signified, John 1:2[?]. Or (II) less properly, the words are taken of a present manifestation and demonstration of the eternal Generation. Thus there would be signified thereby a manifold and repeated time of that demonstration — namely, as often as God has said to Him, "Thou art my Son, I have begotten thee," that is, I have testified that I have begotten thee. Now this God the Father has testified, both with a living voice, and by the deed and work itself, John 5:36. And He testified this by His voice, partly at the Savior's Baptism, Matth. 3:17, partly also at His Transfiguration on the Mountain, chap. 17:5. Others add, at His Birth, although this is not so clearly read to have occurred. At any rate, it took place at the Resurrection, Acts 13:33; Rom. 1:4. Others, however, extend that Generation to the whole manifestation and disclosure of Christ, which began at the Birth and was completed and perfected at the Resurrection — because it is expressly and deliberately taught that the Son of God was to be the Messiah, this being the eminent and excellent revelation made to the fathers, according to which — it being very clear and open among the Jews — the Apostle refers them, Acts 13:33.
c. The act of generating: יְלִדְתִּיךָ, "I have begotten thee" — which some, with the Socinians, refer only to the Resurrection; others, more correctly and rightly, to the eternal communication of the Essence; others to both — but first and chiefly to the communication of the Essence, and only in a second and lesser way to the manifestation thereof, which occurred partly at the Baptism, partly at the Resurrection, as we have said. Whatever the case, at the very least there is thereby signified His eternal Generation, according to which He is called the Own, the Only-begotten, the First-begotten.
d. The One begotten, "thee." This the Socinians and those of Socinian mind, Grotius, the Jews, and others, would have to be David; others, David as a type of Christ; others, Solomon, 2 Sam. 7:14. But how, and in what way, can God be said to have begotten David and Solomon? Those judge best and most rightly who hold that the Messiah alone is here to be understood: (I) Because this, in the New Testament, is uniquely explained of Christ, Acts 13:33; Heb. 1:5 and 5:5. (II) Because here is spoken, not of an adopted son, but of the proper Son, Rom. 8:32, of the only-begotten Son, John 1:14 and 3:16, who is in the bosom of the Father, John 1:18, and is with the Father, and is Himself God, John 1:1,2. (III) Because here is spoken of that Son of God to whom, in the context, are ascribed and attributed Omnipotence, Omniscience, Divine honor, and worship.
C. The Inheritance, springing from the Sonship, yet by virtue of a certain economic agreement: Ask of me, and I shall give thee, etc. Here is:
a. The economic stipulation of the Father: Ask of me. Wherein is contained and comprehended, that the Son must do and perform that which lay upon Him, by mutual covenant, to do — namely, that His soul should make itself a guilt-offering, Isa. 53:10 — and that He then, upon that right, should ask, as a reward by virtue of the covenant, the inheritance of the heathen.
b. The reciprocal Promise: I will give thee the heathen for a possession, which shall, by virtue of the Satisfaction and Redemption, be brought to Him over the heathen — indeed, over this whole universe, according to Matth. 28:18; Phil. 2:9,10,11: "thine inheritance." Here is signified the Savior's Mediatorial [dominion].
The Doctrinal Part
III. Just as, therefore, the Father holds the first place in the heavenly Household, so the Son holds the second. Since (I), in any particular household, especially when the mother is absent, the Son is nearest to the Father — most of all when He is the first and only-begotten, and this by right of firstborn status; and such a one is, in this household, the second Person, who is also here called the firstborn from the dead, Col. 1:18; Rev. 1:5, and simply the firstborn, Heb. 1:6. Then (II), because, just as the Father, since He subsists of Himself, is the first, and the Holy Spirit, since He subsists from Father and Son, is the third, so the Son, since He subsists from the Father alone, is rightly reckoned the second. Further (III), just as the Holy Spirit, because He subsists from Father and Son, that is, from two principles, is the third Person, so the Son, being the principle of the Holy Spirit — as Him whom He sends, and who is sent in His name by the Father, John 15:26 and 16:7 — is, for that very reason, without doubt, prior in order, and thus the second Person. (IV) Because He, on account of all this, is commonly reckoned second in Holy Scripture, Matth. 28:19; 1 John 5:7 — although, for economic reasons, and namely in order to ward off from Him any inequality or difference of Essence, He is sometimes reckoned first, as for example, 2 Cor. 13:13.
IV. He is now called Son, in the Old Testament, Ps. 2:7,12; Prov. 30:4; אָמוֹן, "a Nursling," who is in the bosom of the Father, Prov. 8:30, with John 1:18. In the New Testament, with respect to office, [He is] God's Son ἐν δυνάμει, "in power," Rom. 1:4, so that this be His more excellent name, Heb. 1:4. And, as we have shown in the Explanatory Part, not on account of Creation, as Adam and the Angels were called sons, nor through an adoption as children, as believers are, John 1:12; 1 John 3:1, nor by virtue of a temporal birth, which comes about through regeneration, whereby believers, in their own way, become partakers of the divine nature, 2 Pet. 1:4, but through an eternal begetting, Ps. 2:7 — according to which begetting His goings-forth are said to be "of old, from the days of eternity," Mic. 5:2, whereby He has from the Father the same Essence in number. Hence He is called God's own Son, Rom. 8:32, the Firstborn Son, Heb. 1:6, indeed the Only-begotten Son, John 3:16, to whom none of the Angels is equal — for to which of the Angels has He ever said, "Thou art my Son, this day have I begotten thee?" Heb. 1:5. He is, therefore, in respect of us, the Son, the second Person of the Holy Trinity, begotten from eternity of the Father, Mic. 5:2, the personal image of the Father, Heb. 1:3, together with the Father breathing forth the Holy Spirit. Concerning His personal description, the following points come up for our consideration in order:
V. First, His Personality — which all indeed acknowledge with one mouth, but not with one mind and meaning; for all the Antitrinitarians say that He is a created Person, while the orthodox [say He is] an uncreated one. We believe that He is an uncreated Person: (I) because He is called the Son of God; (II) who is said to be born of God; (III) who is charged to ask His inheritance; (IV) who is God's anointed King over Zion, whom kings, and everyone without exception, must kiss, and follow with every kind of religious honor; (V) upon whom one is bound to place his trust, under a promise of blessedness. All these, and other things besides, this second Psalm furnishes us for the Divine Personality of the Son. Add to this (VII[VI]), that He is called the express image of the Father's Substance, Heb. 1:3, likewise the image of the invisible God, namely of the Father, Col. 1:15. And that (VIII) there are ascribed to Him, in Holy Scripture, all the requisites of a person: (1) that He is a substance, ὑπόστασις; (2) endowed with life, John 5:26; (3) with understanding, Matth. 11:23, whence He is also called λόγος, the Word, John 1:1; (4) with will, Matth. 26:39; (5) with personal operations, John 5:17,19.
VI. Secondly, His distinctness from the Father and the Holy Spirit. That they are distinguished, all acknowledge, as many as confess Christ — indeed, with one mouth, but not in one sense and meaning. At any rate, they differ, not as Creator and creature, nor as God and God, but (1) as one Divine Person differs from another — the Son, as the one begotten, being distinguished from the Father, as the one generating; (II) as the second of the three Persons; He is (III) distinguished by His personal or characteristic property — namely, from the Father, by a passive generation, and thus by a going-forth from one principle. Which, since it cannot fall upon the Father, clearly distinguishes Him from the Father, though He be the same in Essence, John 10:30, and, with respect to the manner of subsisting, most like and nearest to Him — whence He is said to be in the form of God, and equal with God, Phil. 2:6; John 5:18; likewise the image of God, 2 Cor. 4:4; Col. 1:15, the express image of His (the Father's) substance (person), Heb. 1:3. He is also distinguished from the Holy Spirit by the actual spiration, which He has in common with the Father, whereby, together with Him, He is the principle of the third Person, communicating to Him His own Being — who is therefore called the Spirit of the Son, Gal. 4:6, and the Spirit of Christ, Rom. 8:9 — who sends the Spirit from the Father, John 15:26, and that in such a way that He Himself receives from that which is the Son's, John 16:14 — as a token of which spiration He, about to communicate the Holy Spirit to His disciples, breathed upon them, John 20:22. He is (IV) also distinguished in the order of subsisting, according to which He is the second in the Trinity, Matth. 28:19; 1 John 5:7 — namely, later than the Father, as being from Him, John 5:26. He is (V) distinguished in the order of operating, whereby, just as the Father works of Himself, so the Son works from the Father, John 5:17,19,20,21 — just as the Father works through the Son, ibid. v.22, and chap. 1:3, so the Son works through the Holy Spirit, Rom. 8[?]. Finally (VI), He is distinguished by His outward operation, whereby, just as Creation belongs to the Father, so belongs to the Son the economy, or Redemption, 1 Tim. 2:5,6; Rom. 1:25 — as to the Holy Spirit belong the perfecting and communicating, 2 Cor. 13:13, and Sanctification, 1 Cor. 6:11.
VII. Since, now, among these characteristic properties the Generation holds the chief place, we must treat of it somewhat more distinctly. That there is, in God, an eternal generation, we here presuppose from Eph. 3:14,15 and Ps. 2:7 — passages already long ago explained at length and deliberately. We confirm the point further from Prov. 8:22: The LORD possessed me, namely, by begetting, the beginning of His way, before His works — namely, that I should be the beginning of His workings — of old, from everlasting — מֵעוֹלָם — have I had the dominion, from the beginning, or ever the earth was: while the depths were not yet, I was brought forth, חוֹלָלְתִּי. The LXX translators have γέννησέν με, "He hath begotten me." Aquila and Theodotion render it still more emphatically, by ὠδινήθην, "I was, as it were, brought forth with travail." The word חוֹלָלְתִּי is used Ps. 51:5, where the LXX have συνελήφθην, "I was conceived." And Mic. 5:2 it is said of Christ, as born, according to His human nature, at Bethlehem; and that He has, besides, a higher birth is added there: His goings forth are from of old, from the days of eternity. The reason for the plural, "His goings-forth," is given by [a rabbinic source] in the Galera-zara: because there are two goings-forth of the Messiah — the one of His Godhead, the other of His manhood. To this others add the passage Ps. 72:17: His name shall endure forever, before the sun, that is, His name shall, before the sun, "be a son to," יִנּוֹן ("Yinnon"), "shall be established" — and all nations shall be blessed in Him, etc. The whole Psalm speaks of Christ, of whom Solomon was but the type. That eternal generation is further strengthened and confirmed from the titles by which He (I) is called, absolutely and without qualification, the Son of God, Mark 1:1; Matth. 16:16; Mark 14:61,62; 2 Pet. 1:17; Matth. 3:17. (II) A Son, begotten of God, Ps. 2:7, applied to Christ, Acts 4:25,26; Heb. 1:5. (III) God's own Son, Rom. 8:32; compare John 5:18,19. (IV) God's firstborn Son, Heb. 1:6; Col. 1:15, add v.16,17,18. And (V) His only-begotten Son, John 1:14,18 and 3:18. But what is this Generation? Some answer, that it is an eternal producing of the Son out of the Being of the Father. In place of "producing," one might perhaps more precisely say: a communication of the same Essence in number. The manner and mode of that Generation is anxiously investigated by many, but in vain, since it is ἄρρητος, καὶ ὑπὲρ νοῦν, ὑπὲρ λόγον, καὶ ὑπὲρ κατάληψιν — unspeakable, and above understanding, above reason, and above comprehension, as Justin speaks. Whence the ancients expressed and set forth the mystery of this Generation by four terms: (1) ἀκαταλήπτως, incomprehensibly; (2) ἀχρόνως, without succession of time, Prov. 8:22,23; Mic. 5:2; Mal. 1:17[?]; further (3) ἀχωρίστως, inseparably, John 1:1 and 14:11; finally (4) ἀπαθῶς, without passion or any change, whether in the Father or in the Son. The various opinions of the [opposing] Parties you shall have at the Polemical Part.
VIII. Thirdly, His Godhead, whereby He is God, and indeed the true God, 1 John 5:20, and the eternal God, Isa. 9:6 — and that not only a posteriori (as one says), but also a priori, Mic. 5:2; Heb. 7:3 — indeed also of one substance with the Father, whence to Him is ascribed the Godhead, Col. 2:9, and the form of God — without doubt one and the same — so ascribed to Him, that He is thereby, and is, equal with the Father, Phil. 2:6. This His Godhead we may establish immovably by this one general proof: whoever has everything that is divine belongs to him, is without doubt that true, eternal God, of one substance with the Father; and that he to whom belongs everything that is divine should not be God, not even shamelessness itself would dare to say. Now, to the Son belongs everything that is divine, nothing excepted — since Divine Names, Attributes, Works, and Honor, under which headings everything that is divine is comprehended, are ascribed and attributed to Him in Holy Scripture. It cannot, therefore, be otherwise, but that He must be the true, eternal God, of one substance with the Father.
IX. When, therefore, the second premise shall have been proved and demonstrated, the matter will be settled. We now prove and demonstrate it separately, point by point. First, that Divine Names belong to Him appears from this: (I) Because He is called Jehovah, LORD, Hos. 1:7[?]; Jer. 23:5,6; Isa. 6:5, compared with John 12:40,41; Num. 14:2[?] and 21:5,6 — in which last passages that one who is tempted by the Israelites, and who thereupon sends fiery serpents against them, is said to have been Jehovah; that same one is again said to have been the Angel of God's presence, Isa. 63:10, and expressly also Christ, 1 Cor. 10:9. Again, Ps. 102:17,26,27 speaks, beyond doubt, of Jehovah, but there it is spoken of the Son, Heb. 1:10. Likewise, that which is said Ps. 68:18[?] is taught by Paul, Eph. 4:8,9, to be said of the Son. That this Name belongs only to the highest God, we have shown above, Chapter IV. (2) Because He is called Elohim, that is, God, Ps. 45:6,7 and 68:8,9,10,19,20. (3) Also, אֵל גִּבּוֹר, Mighty God, Isa. 9:6. Likewise (4) אֲדֹנָי, Adonai, that Lord, Ps. 110:1; compare Matth. 22:43[?]; Mal. 3:1. (5) Θεός, God, not only appropriatively, Rom. 9:5 and 1:3,4; Titus 2:13; Jude v.4; 1 John 5:20; but also as a subject in itself, John 1:1, compare John 4:24; Acts 20:28; 1 Tim. 3:16; John 20:28. (6) Κύριος, Lord, Luke 1:16,17 and 2:11 — with which corresponds the name Jehovah. (7) A Lord of lords, Rev. 17:14 and 19:16. (8) The Lord of glory, 1 Cor. 2:8, with which agrees the title of King of glory, whose name is Jehovah, Ps. 24:7,9,10. There is, therefore, no Divine Name which is not ascribed to the Son.
X. Secondly, that Divine Attributes belong to Him is taught: (1) [by] His spiritual, most simple, and unchangeable Being, ascribed to Him, Ps. 102:27,28[?], compared with Heb. 1:12. (2) Independence, Rev. 1:8,17 and 22:13. (3) Eternity, Isa. 9:6; Rev. 1:8; Heb. 7:3 and 9:14; Mic. 5:2; John 17:5. (4) Omnipresence, Matth. 18:20 and 28:20; John 3:13. (5) Omnipotence, Rev. 1:8; Phil. 3:21; Heb. 1:3. (6) Omniscience, John 2:24,25 and 21:17; Rev. 2:23. (7) Ἰσότης, Equality with the Father, Phil. 2:6; John 16:15[?]; Col. 2:9. There is, therefore, no Attribute belonging to God which is not ascribed to the Son.
XI. Thirdly, Divine Works, John 5:17,19, with Matth. 28:18 — namely: (1) Creation, John 1:3; Col. 1:16; Heb. 1:2; Ps. 33:6. (2) Providence, Heb. 1:3; John 1:17[?]. (3) Miracle-working, John 5:21; 11:43,44; 2:19,21; 10:17,18; Rom. 1:4. (4) The works of Redemption, such as: Election, Matth. 24:31; John 13:18; Salvation, Matth. 1:21; Justification, Isa. 53:11; the forgiveness of sins, Matth. 9:6; Sanctification, Heb. 10:10; spiritual quickening, Hos. 2:1[?]; the institution of the Sacraments, Matth. 28:18,19; 1 Cor. 11:23; the sending of the Holy Spirit, John 16:7,13,14.
XII. Finally, fourthly, Divine Honor, John 5:23; Phil. 2:10,11; Rom. 14:10,11 — such as: (1) in Adoration, Heb. 1:6; Acts 7:59 and 9:14; 2 Cor. 12:8[?]. (2) In Baptism, instituted as much in His name as in that of the Father, Matth. 28:19; 1 Cor. 1:13; and the Holy Supper, administered in remembrance of Him, 1 Cor. 11:24,25. (3) In that He is called the chief Leader of our salvation, Heb. 2:10, so that salvation is in His name alone, Acts 4:12. (4) In that we are charged to set our faith, hope, and trust upon Him, Heb. 12:2; John 14:1; Ps. 2:12; Rom. 10:9-11,14; 1 Cor. 15:19. Since, therefore, all these things are so, what then is lacking, why you should not be God from eternity, of one substance with the Father?
XIII. For the last point there comes to us, fourthly, for our consideration, the economic Office and work which the Son, of one substance with the Father, by virtue of the economic decree recounted in our text, and which He, by virtue of the Counsel of Peace between the Persons, has taken upon Himself. By this He is appointed, first, to be a Dispenser or Steward of the household, as to whom is given all power, Matth. 28:18 — one who must be found faithful to Him who appointed Him, just as also Moses was faithful in all His house, Heb. 3:2 — through whom He would create the world, John 1:3, and, it being created, sustain it, Heb. 1:3, that His household might have a dwelling-place in the world. Secondly, [He is appointed] to be Surety, and indeed a Self-Surety, Heb. 7:22, an עֲרֵב, Surety, Isa. 38:14, a גֹּאֵל, Goel, a Redeemer, who should take upon Himself the whole matter and the whole penal debt of the sins of His household, and give His soul for them, an אָשָׁם, guilt-offering, Isa. 53:10, who for them would be made sin, that they might become the righteousness of God in Him, 2 Cor. 5:21. Thirdly, to be a Mediator between God and sinners, His household members, 1 Tim. 2:5; 1 John 2:1 — who, being the middle one in the Household of the Trinity, should go between God and the sinner; who, being God and man together, should attend to the affairs of both; who, being the Son by nature, should make sinners children of the household by adoption, Gal. 4:5,6. Fourthly, to be a λυτρωτής, a Redeemer or Ransomer (such as Moses is called in type, Acts 7:35,36), who, having taken upon Himself the nature of sinners, should redeem His household from sin, Matth. 1:21, and give Himself a ransom for many, Matth. 20:28. Fifthly, to be the Father's Ambassador, an Interpreter, the Word, λόγος, Mal. 3:1; John 1:1 — who should declare the Father, whom no man has seen nor can see, to His own, there, v.18 — through whom the Father would speak to men, Heb. 1:2 — who would declare the Father's decree, Ps. 2:7 — who would show the way of salvation, wherefore He is also called the way, the truth, and the life, John 14:6. Sixthly, to be the Head of the Congregation, Eph. 1:22,23. Seventhly, to be a Judge of the living and the dead, Rom. 14:10[?]; John 5:22,27.
XIV. By virtue of these economic offices and duties, there belong to Him also economic Properties, such as: (I) Wisdom, as is especially required in a Steward, Ambassador, and Interpreter — whence He is also called Wisdom itself, Prov. 8; 1 Cor. 1:24. (II) Faithfulness, which is the chief virtue required of a Steward, 1 Cor. 4:2, which the Apostle commends in Christ, Heb. 3:1,2 — whereby He sought not Himself, or His own things, but the things which are the Father's, John 5:30 and 8:29,49,50. (III) Power and strength, 1 Cor. 1:24, as [He] through whom the Father has made all things, Ps. 33:6, and sustains them, as by the word of His power, Heb. 1:3. Especially (IV), mercy and grace, 2 Cor. 13:13 — whereby He has so loved us, that He gave Himself up for us, Eph. 5:2,25,26; compare Rom. 8[?].
XV. Furnished with these economic properties, the Son has, from the very beginning, discharged His economic Office and Post — insofar as God, through Him, also made τοὺς αἰῶνας, the ages, Heb. 1:2, and, among the Patriarchs, to whom He not infrequently appeared, Gen. 18:1 and 32:29,30 — but especially from the time of Moses onward, when He led His household through the wilderness, out of Egyptian bondage, and brought them over into Canaan, Acts 7:36, as a foreshowing and prefiguring of the future spiritual redemption; when He gave His Law at Sinai, Gal. 3:19 — the moral together with the ceremonial — by which His household was to be governed, until He Himself should come to His Temple, Mal. 3:1; when, finally, having taken on flesh, having become God-man, having announced, obtained, and sealed salvation, about to bring and bestow it through His Spirit, He brought His economic course to completion and perfection, Heb. 1:1; 1 Tim. 3:16; Gal. 4:4. The remaining points, which belong to economic service and honor, and to economic sins, we have reserved for the Practical Part.
The Polemical Part
XVI. One asks: (I) Whether Christ is the Son of God by virtue of eternal Generation alone? The ancient Jews, in Christ's time, although greatly corrupted in their faith, nevertheless acknowledged that their Messiah would be the Son of God, and indeed such that He would be the ἴδιος, the proper Son, and hence God, ἴσος, equal — as appears from John 5:18; Matth. 26:63; without doubt from Ps. 2:12. But whether by virtue of a Generation does not appear. The present-day Jews likewise deny that He is God's Son, that they may the more easily deny that He is the true God, of one substance with the Father. Cerinthus and Carpocrates acknowledged indeed, according to the testimony of Irenaeus (Lib. I, Cap. 26; Lib. III, Cap. 26,27), of Eusebius (Hist. Lib. III, Cap. 26,27), and of others, that He was the Son of God by virtue of His temporal birth, but of others [it is said]. Arius, an offshoot of the foregoing, in order to hold more firmly to his ὁμοιούσιον, "like-substance," against the Orthodox, did indeed acknowledge that He is God's Son, but not by Generation, rather by creation — much less by an eternal Generation — but that He is a bare creature, meanwhile endowed and adorned with gifts, powers, and virtues surpassing both human nature and the nature of the Angels; who, on that very account, had deserved and been worthy to be called God's Son; created, meanwhile, ἐκ μὴ ὄντων, out of things that are not, and ἑτερούσιον, of a different Essence from the Father. He was condemned at the Council of Nicaea, in the year 325, by 318 Bishops. Paul of Samosata and Photinus likewise acknowledged Christ to be the Son of God, but by virtue of His birth from the blessed Virgin, before which He did not exist. Muhammad, in his Koran (which he wrote in the year 610, in the time of Heraclius — the spreaders and sellers of it being Sergius, formerly a monk, and John of Antioch, a Jew), denies that He is the Son of God. Valentinus Gentilis, in the preceding century, acknowledged Him, with the Tritheites and the ancient Peratae, to be God's Son, and that indeed by an eternal Generation — yet not by virtue of His Essence as God, but by virtue of His essence as a created offspring. The Socinians, who altogether hold with Samosatenus and Photinus (in order the more firmly to exclude Christ's eternal Godhead, and thereby His equivalent satisfaction for our penal debt, and, finally, in order to obtain that we be justified by our own works), acknowledge indeed that He is God's Son, but by no means by virtue of an eternal Generation, but by virtue of, and on account of, His birth from the blessed Virgin — insofar as He, in an utterly extraordinary manner, was conceived of the Holy Spirit, who took the place of a generating man here, and mingled a certain extraordinary seed with the woman's seed. Likewise, that there was communicated to Him, by grace, a certain likeness to God, since He (1) was sanctified by the Father and sent into the world, John 10:34-36; (2) was, as it were, born through the Resurrection from the dead, Acts 13:32,33; (3) was, through His exaltation, made and raised to God's right hand, Heb. 1:4[?]. Others add other reasons for this Sonship, or put others in their place. Calovius (in his Socinianismus profligatus) counts up eleven reasons of theirs, the eternal Generation alone being excluded. The Apologetic Remonstrants agree with the Socinians in this, that they approve the four causes of the Sonship which the Socinians bring forward; but in this they differ, that they seem to add thereto the Generation from the Father — although they do not grant that He is thereby ὁμοούσιος, of one substance with the Father (Episcopius, Instit. Lib. IV, Cap. 35). The Reformed hold that He is God's Son only on account of the eternal Generation — although that eternal Sonship is shown and manifested in His sanctification and sending into the world, and likewise in His Resurrection and Exaltation. There lie upon us here, therefore, these points to demonstrate: first, that the true cause of this Sonship is the eternal Generation of the Son from the Father. Which we thus prove and establish: (1) Because He is called the Son of the living God, Matth. 16:16; the true one, 1 John 5:20; the proper one, Rom. 8:32; the only-begotten, John 1:14,18; the Father's beloved Son, in whom He is well pleased, Matth. 3:17. (2) Because the Son is equal to the Father, Phil. 2:6; John 5:17,18 — yes, the same in Essence with the Father, John 10:30,33,36; 1 John 5:7, and of one substance with Him — as we have already long ago demonstrated from His Divine Names, Attributes, Works, and Honor. (3) Because He is expressly said to have been begotten of the Father, Ps. 2:7, through the communication of the Essence, John 5:26, and that from eternity, Prov. 8:22,23,24; Mic. 5:2; John 1:1,2 — whence He is called the firstborn, Col. 1:15; Heb. 1:6. Yes (4), He is proclaimed to be the essential image of the Father, the outshining of His glory, and the express image of His Person, Col. 1:15; Heb. 1:3. (5) Because He is the Son in a way in which no creature — neither visible nor invisible, in heaven or on earth — is God's Son; not as the Angels are, in that they are sons of God by creation, Job 38:6,7; nor as the earthly rulers are, by power and authority, Ps. 82:6,7; indeed, in a way in which not even the most excellent of creatures, the Angels, are, Heb. 1:4,5. It cannot, therefore, be otherwise, but that He must be God's Son by an eternal Generation. But that they allege, for the contrary, that this Generation would in many ways disparage and diminish God, we have already, long ago, in the preceding chapter, shown to hold only of a natural generation, but not of a generation which is supernatural.
Then we must, secondly, prove and demonstrate (what the Socinians hold) that He is God's Son on account of a glorious communication of holiness, or on account of His Exaltation to God's right hand. (1) Because He was God's Son before He was conceived of the Holy Spirit, and these declarations were made concerning Him, Ps. 2:7; Mic. 5:2; Prov. 3:23,24[?]. (2) Because He would thus be the Son of God according to His human nature — against which Holy Scripture contends, as often as it calls Him God's Son (a) in contrast to His human nature, Rom. 1:4 and 9:5; (b) as often as He is called the Son of man, without doubt according to His human nature, Matth. 16:13,16. (3) Because those three or four Socinian reasons are neither, each in particular (totales), a complete and entire cause of this Sonship — for then one would suffice, and the others would be superfluous — nor (partiales), taken together in part; for then He would, from His conception onward, have become the Son of God only by degrees, and would not, before He sat down at God's right hand, have been the complete Son of God, which is absurd. I will not add (4), that He would, according to the Socinian supposition, be God's Son of one and the same kind as believers, only in a different degree — which Holy Scripture contradicts, Heb. 1:4,5, and as often as it calls Him alone God's own and only-begotten Son. That now His Sonship is referred to His Conception of the Holy Spirit, Luke 1:35, to His sanctification, John 10:36, to His resurrection from the dead, Acts 13:32,33, and to His exaltation, Heb. 1:4,5, happens not because these things are causes of this Sonship, but because they are proofs and evidences of its open manifestation. Whence He is elsewhere said to have been manifested in the flesh, 1 Tim. 3:16, and that, from His conception of the Holy Spirit onward, His glory has been seen, as it were, John 1:14; and finally, that He should be called a son of the Highest, Luke 1:35. Likewise we must, thirdly, show that He is also not called God's Son by a joint and combined title — partly on account of the eternal Generation, partly on account of a gracious communication of existence, holiness, power, and glory — as the Remonstrants hold, in order, to the Socinians' satisfaction, to weaken the eternal Generation. Because (1) Holy Scripture thus distinguishes the twofold Sonship in Christ, that He, according to the flesh, is a son of man, but according to the Spirit, or according to His Divine Nature, is called the Son of God, Rom. 1:3,4. (2) Because He would, in that way, be God's Son ambiguously, from various causes — against which Scripture contends, when it calls Him God's own and only-begotten Son. (3) Because in this way He could, according to His human nature, be called an adopted Son of God, and thus in no wise be ἀπάτωρ, without father, Heb. 7:3.
XVII. The question is: (II) Whether the Generation of the Son consists with the fellowship of the Essence, in His eternal co-existence and co-subsistence with the Father, and in His economic manifestation in the flesh? Concerning the nature of this Generation we have already, at length, set forth and refuted the various opinions of various Parties, above. Occasion and cause for this controverted point is given us by a certain Dutch theologian, who — because he could not reconcile the received opinion of the Reformed, concerning such a Generation as would communicate to the one begotten the same Essence, in number, as His own, with his own conceptions, nor clearly and distinctly grasp in what way God, who would be nothing other than a bare thought, could communicate His thought to another without dependency and changeableness, without loss of His eternity, and without other unfitting and insufficient consequences (which the Socinians allege) — first held that this Generation consists in nothing other than an eternal fellowship of the same Essence, and a co-subsistence with the Father; but afterward, when he noticed that this co-essentiality alone was not sufficient for the concept of a generation, added to it the economic manifestation of the Son in the flesh, through the generation from the blessed Virgin — all communication of the Essence being thereby excluded. This opinion has been condemned and censured by almost all the Synods of the Dutch Churches, and the author, by the authority of his high superiors, has been forbidden to propagate this opinion — which he also accepted. Meanwhile most of the Synods have resolved that candidates for the Holy Ministry should be examined on this opinion, and that no one, adhering to it, should be admitted to the ecclesiastical service. The Reformed, accordingly, hold that for the eternal begetting of the Son of God there is required a communication of the Essence, with the image or likeness of the one communicating; that here, therefore, it is not enough to have a fellowship of the Essence, coupled with a co-essentiality, nor also the economic manifestation of Him in the flesh. To this end serve, and are sufficient, the proofs of §VII and of the section just preceding, with the change of what needs to be changed, in order to establish that, for our generation, there is necessarily required a communication of the Essence. We shall only have to demonstrate here, that the co-essentiality in the fellowship of the same Essence, likewise the economic manifestation in the flesh, nor even both joined together, are sufficient for the nature and essence of the Generation. To which end we proceed distinctly as follows. First, indeed, that the co-subsistence in the fellowship of the Essence is not sufficient, we shall try to establish by these reasons: (1) Because the co-existence or co-subsistence, for example, of Peter with Paul in the same human Essence, is not sufficient, for that reason, that Peter should be called the son of Paul, unless there be added the communication of the Essence. (2) Because that co-essentiality is more forceful to ground a relation of brotherhood between them. (3) Because, according to the supposition of this co-essentiality, the first Person would as much be a Son as the second — since the Father likewise co-subsists in the same Essence with the Son, just as much as the Son with the Father; and the very same thing could be said of the Holy Spirit. (4) Because, accordingly, by this supposition, the characteristic or personal properties are taken away, and thereby, at once, also the Trinity of Persons. (5) Because that co-essentiality brings with it and includes, at the least, a twofold or threefold existence in God, and, since existence in God in no wise differs from His Essence, there would, for that very reason, have to be acknowledged in God a twofold or threefold Essence. Secondly, that the economic manifestation of the second Person in the flesh is also not sufficient for this, will likewise appear thus: (a) Because to be manifested in the flesh is by no means the same as to be, or to become, the Son of God. For the three Men who appeared to Abraham — among whom, meanwhile, the one was Jehovah, Gen. 18:1,2 — did not thereby constitute nor prove those to be Sons. And the Holy Spirit, especially under the Old Testament, was manifested to the Church more than once, and yet He did not thereby become the Son. If you take this way of escape — that the Holy Spirit was not manifested in the flesh, and did not bear a visible image of God — I shall answer by asking: who shall say that to be manifested in the flesh, or to become a man, amounts to becoming the Son of God? For what reason shall a Divine Person, who manifests Himself in the flesh, more be said to be God's Son, than one who manifests Himself in some other way, without or apart from the flesh? Then (b), if the manifestation in the flesh be the ground of the Sonship, what shall be the ground of the Fatherhood? For to be a Son, and to be a Father, are mutually correlative — since the manifestation in the flesh has the very same relation to the Holy Spirit which it has to the Father. Further (c), the second Person is the Son of God before He was manifested in the flesh, Ps. 2:7; Prov. 30:4; indeed, from eternity, Prov. 8:25. He was already, before that, God's Son, when He was sent into the world, Gal. 4:4. Now, as to what concerns the reasons of our opponent, one must observe, that for the co-subsistence, in which he first, and alone, placed the eternal Generation of the Son, he brings forward absolutely not the least proof, whether from Scripture or from reason, which would conclude that the Generation of God's Son consists in that co-existence. Wherefore, in his later thought, he strains all his powers to obtain, that — that co-essentiality being presupposed — that generation should consist in the economic Manifestation of the Son of God in the flesh; to which end he urges: (1) That the word "generation" sometimes signifies, in Holy Scripture, a manifestation, Prov. 17:17[?]; 27:1[?]; Song 8:5[?]. The force of this proof runs thus: if the word "generation" sometimes signifies a manifestation, then the Generation of the Son consists in His manifestation in the flesh. But now the first is true; therefore, consequently, so is the latter. Answer: (1) the connection of the first proposition is absolutely null. (2) It would have to be proved, that anything, or anyone, that is manifested is thereby generated, so that he is a son. (3) Granting that something which is manifested is said to be born in an improper sense, it is nevertheless nowhere customary that what, or who, is manifested without any communication should be called a Son. For example, when it is said, Prov. 17:17, "A brother is born, or manifested, in adversity," to whom, indeed, shall this mean as much as: a brother becomes, in adversity, a son? Suppose, too (4), that he who is manifested should in some way be called a Son — a thing which will never be proved — shall it then rightly be concluded from this, that God's own, firstborn, only-begotten Son, to whom the Father has communicated life, that is, the Essence, is thus named by virtue of, and on account of, His manifestation? As for (5) the minor, or second, premise, we deny that any single passage can be produced in which to be born as a Son consists in a manifestation, without any relation and respect to a communication. Not Prov. 17:17, for that passage speaks of a metaphorical generation of a Brother, not of a Son. Nor Prov. 27:1, "Thou knowest not what a day may bring forth," for the passage speaks not of a manifestation, but of a bringing-forth. Nor, again, the passage Song 8:5, "I raised thee up under the apple tree: there thy mother brought thee forth with pain," etc. — for that speaks not of a manifesting, but of a bringing forth, and that with the pains of childbirth. He urges (2), that the Son of God, in Holy Scripture, is often said to be declared, and shown to be the Son of God, in economic matters, 1 Tim. 3:16; John 10:36; Acts 13:32[?]; Rom. 1:4; Matth. 3:13[?], etc. — for example, at the Baptism, the Resurrection, etc. Yet nowhere is He said to have been begotten, or to have become, through these economic points, while the manifestation presupposes a Son already existing beforehand. He urges (3), that the third Person, on account of His economic operations, is called the Holy Spirit — and why, he says, should not the Son likewise be so called on account of His economic work? Answer: (1) He is indeed called πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης, the Spirit of Sanctification, Rom. 1:4 (unless one prefers rather to refer this passage to the Divine Nature of Christ), whence the manner of speech, "sanctification of the Spirit," 1 Pet. 1:2. But this must be carefully and diligently distinguished from the name "Holy Spirit," since this name is His distinguishing, characteristic name, while the other is only a title, of which sort more are given to the Holy Spirit — some economic, some personal: among the first are these — the Spirit of life, the life-giving Spirit, the Spirit of truth; among the latter are, for example, the Spirit of God, Matth. 3:16, the Spirit of Christ, Rom. 8:9. (2) Although the designation "Holy" were an economic designation, yet even so the whole Name of "Holy Spirit" would not, on that account, be an economic name. He is therefore called Spirit, not on account of His economic operation, but on account of His manner of subsisting — whence He is also called the Spirit of [God's] mouth, Ps. 33:6; 2 Thess. 2:8, the Spirit, or the Breath, of the Almighty, Job 32:8[?] — because He goes forth, as it were, by an unspeakable breathing, which is meant to signify the act of Christ, John 20:22. He urges (4) the passage from Heb. 7:3, and says: The word of God forbids me to think that Christ, with respect to His Divine Nature, of which he speaks, is born. Answer: the text speaks of Melchizedek in the type, and of the Son of God in the antitype, and says of Him that He is without father, without mother, without genealogy — because He, with respect to His human nature, was without father, and, with respect to His Divine nature, without mother and without genealogy; or, because He had no fleshly father and mother. Finally, he urges (5), from reason (which he ought to have laid low and brought into subjection, in so great a mystery, 2 Cor. 10:5), that a properly-so-called generation is not compatible with His eternity and independence. Answer: this was of old the argument of the Arians, and is still today that of the Socinians; yet he might easily have removed this difficulty, by distinguishing between a natural generation, which alone entails those unfitting things, and a supernatural one, to which those unfitting things by no means apply. This controverted point has been handled most exactly, against his colleague, by the very celebrated Campegius Vitringa, in his writings, both Latin and Dutch. We have been, in this matter, somewhat more extensive and thorough, on account of its weight and importance, and also its novelty, occurring nowhere in the common textbooks of theologians.
XVIII. One asks: (III) Whether Christ is God from eternity, and ὁμοούσιος, of one substance with His Father? Of old the Tritheites and the Peratae acknowledged, and, in the preceding century, Valentinus Gentilis, that the Son has been God from eternity, but not thus of one substance with the Father. The Arians hold indeed that He existed before the world, but neither from eternity, nor of one substance with the Father. The Samosatenians and Photinians, with the present-day Socinians, hold that He neither existed from eternity, nor before His birth from the Holy Virgin, nor is of one substance with the Father, but was only a bare man — although they do not deny that He, a posteriori (as one says), is and has become the true God, and eternal. Whence they ascribe to Him a θειότητα, a divinity, not the θεότητα, the Godhead — according to Smalcius, differing, as the finite from the infinite. The Reformed teach that Christ, with respect to His Divine Nature, has existed from eternity, and is of one substance with His Father. The reasons for this truth we have given, §§II, VIII, IX, X, XI, XII, XIII; and there remains nothing but that we meet the objections of the [opposing] Parties. They allege: (1) That Christ Himself calls Himself God, as the [earthly] rulers are gods, John 10:35 — namely, with respect to His office, not with respect to His Essence. Answer: Christ had said, v.30, "I and my Father are one" — from which the Jews concluded that He was a blasphemer, because He thereby made Himself God; the Savior answers from the lesser to the greater: if the rulers, on account of their office, are called gods, why then not I, who am sent by the Father? But, having said this, He says that He is the true God, of one substance with the Father, vv.37,38: "that ye may know and believe that the Father is in me, and I in Him." The [opposing] Parties object (II): He is made a Lord, Acts 2:36[?]; John 1:27[?]; Heb. 1:4 and 3:2; therefore also made a God. Answer: (1) to be a lord, and to be God, are not equivalent things — for there are many lords, who are not thereby gods. (2) There is in Christ a twofold lordship — a Mediatorial lordship, according to which He is made a Lord, and an essential lordship, which belongs to Him insofar as He is Jehovah — which interpreters of every sort express by the word "Lord," for example, Jer. 23:6 and 33:16, when they render the words of that last passage, with Glassius and other learned men: "He who shall proclaim it (namely, Jerusalem), or gather it together by that word, shall be called Jehovah our righteousness." See also Hos. 1:7. With respect to this essential lordship, He is by no means made a Lord. They allege (III), that the Son is less than the Father, John 14:28, subject to the Father, 1 Cor. 15:28. Answer: He is elsewhere said to be equal to the Father, ἴσος Θεῷ, equal with God, insofar as He was, namely, in the form of God, Phil. 2:6 — whence there belongs to Him an honor equal with the Father, John 5:23: "that all men should honor the Son, even as they honor the Father." From which it is easy to conclude, that the Son, in one respect, is equal to the Father, and, in another, also less than the Father: equal, with respect to the form of God, or with respect to the Essence; and less, not only with respect to His human nature, but also with respect to His economic Office, insofar as He, in the eternal Counsel of Peace, took upon Himself, and had transferred to Him, the whole debt and the whole case of the sinner, by offering Himself as a Self-Surety, and thereby became subject to the Father, as a debtor and a servant. Unless you prefer, rather, that He be said to be less than the Father with respect to the relation of Sonship — whereby also, among men, a son is said to be less than his father, although, with respect to the essence of manhood, and also with respect to his gifts, wisdom, and goodness, he be equal to him, indeed sometimes even greater. They allege (IV), that the Father is the one, and only, true God, John 17:3. Answer: elsewhere the Son also is called the true, or the genuine, God, 1 John 5:20; and as He is the true or genuine God, so He is also the one God. Nor, indeed, John 17:3, is the Father alone called the one true God; but the Father is called the one and only true God, that they might know Him, the only true God — and there is added, "and Jesus Christ, whom thou hast sent" — namely, that He too is that one true God. The [opposing] Parties allege (V), that He is commonly called a man, and the Son of man. Answer: this happens not in order to exclude His eternal Godhead, which we have already demonstrated, clearer than the sun; but because He was God manifested in the flesh, 1 Tim. 3:16, and because thus the Son of God has, in time, been made of a woman, Gal. 4:4. They allege (VI), that He calls the Father His God. Answer: He calls the Father His God, not only with respect to His human nature, but also with respect to His economic Office, as we have noted at the third objection. They allege (VII), that He is said to have all that is His from the Father. Answer: just as He has some things from the Father through the eternal generation — being ὁ λόγος, the Word — namely, life, the Being, and everything essential of the Godhead, John 5:26, compared with Ps. 2:7; and other things through the grace of the personal union, as God-man — so this in no way detracts anything from His Godhead, but rather confirms it. They allege (VIII), that the Father alone is called our God, 1 Cor. 8:6; therefore not the Son. Answer: just as the text, by saying that the Son alone is our Lord, does not deny that the Father also is our Lord, so, when it says that the Father is our God, it does not deny that the Son also is our God; the meaning of the text is therefore nothing other than to exclude, from Godhead and from lordship, the so-called gods, v.5.
XIX. One asks: (IV) Whether the Son is αὐτόθεος, "God of Himself," or God of and from Himself? The Tritheites, Valentinus Gentilis, the Arians, Samosatenians, Photinians, and Socinians — in order the more forcibly to deny that the Son is of one substance with the Father — deny this. The Papists, because Calvin and Beza, disputing against a certain heathen [heretic] who held that Christ is Deus essentiatus, that is, an "essence-given" (a made) God, called Him αὐτόθεον, "God of Himself," cry out that they thereby assail and undermine the Holy Trinity, establishing that the characteristic Property of the Father, whereby He is of Himself, belongs also to the Son — and thus the Papists invent a new heresy of the Autotheans, that is, of the "self-God-ists." The Apologetic Remonstrants, too, in order, to the Socinians' pleasure, to lay snares against the Trinity by secret paths and hidden ways, likewise deny it. The Reformed distinguish between an essential and a personal aseity: the essential they do indeed grant — whereby the Godhead, communicated to the Son and the Holy Spirit, is of itself; but the personal they deny, insofar as He [the Son] does not possess that Godhead, which the Son and the Holy Spirit possess, of Himself, but from the Father. For this opinion Christ Himself lays the foundation, John 5:26: As the Father hath life in Himself, so hath He given to the Son to have life in Himself. And if the Godhead which the Son has, and the Holy Spirit, were not of itself, then it would not be the true Godhead. Although, therefore, the Son and the Holy Spirit are αὐτόθεος, God of themselves, they are nevertheless not αὐτοπρόσωπα, "self-persons," of themselves — in which sense Bellarmine, Genebrard, and all who openly acknowledge the co-essentiality of the Persons, grant that the Son is αὐτόθεος, God of Himself.
or of Tritheism, since three would then be posited as having their being separately (collaterally) of themselves; or of Sabellianism, since the aseity by which the Father is distinguished from the Son would, through this αὐτοθεότητα of aseity, become common to the Godhead of the Son as well. But neither charge holds. Tritheism is not introduced, because we do not posit three essences existing separately (collaterally) of themselves, but only one essence, which is common to the three Persons. Nor is Sabellianism introduced, for although the essential aseity is made common to all three, the personal aseity is nevertheless left as the Father's own. So far, then, as this question and point of controversy is handled between us and the Antitrinitarians, it has been settled in the preceding section; but so far as it is handled between us and the Papists, it is nothing more than a bare dispute over words, as Ames shows (Bellarm. Enerv. Lib. 2. Cap. 1. §. 1.); and finally, so far as it is handled between us and the Remonstrants, it has already been sufficiently settled and dealt with above. Whoever desires more on this matter may compare Alting (Elench. Nov. Loci 11. Probl. 32.)
The Practical Part
XX. The gratitude the Person and Economy of the Son of God calls for
The Person and Economy of the Son of God furnishes us, first, with reason and matter for the glorifying of, and for thankfulness toward, God, who, by an eternal and unchangeable decree, moved by nothing but pure love for mankind, has given to His church not some ordinary man however excellent, nor even an angel, but His own Son — His own, only-begotten Son — to be Surety, Mediator, Redeemer, Ambassador, Head, and Judge; who should govern the church, take upon Himself the debt of its punishment, open for it the access to and entrance into the fellowship of God, redeem it with His own blood, disclose to it matter for the glorifying of eternal blessedness, protect it against every kind of enemy, and at last bring it the crown of righteousness. This love of mankind on God's part the Apostle extols so greatly, Rom. 5:5–8, that even the Son Himself cannot marvel at it enough, John 3:16; just as He, following the will of His Father, reports the decree of it to men as something extraordinary, Ps. 2:7 — so that here one may rightly cry out with the Apostle: "Behold, what manner of love the Father has bestowed upon us!" 1 John 3:1. And in this glorifying of the divine love toward mankind consists the highest and supreme aim of the whole evangelical mystery, Eph. 1:6; Rom. 9:23.
XXI. It kindles the desire to know the Son
Secondly, this doctrine kindles the desire and longing to know ever more that Son whom, according to the decree of the Father, He has reported to us as the one in whom the Father has placed our justification, Isa. 53:11, and the Son our eternal life, John 17:3 — for which reason Paul reckoned the excellency of the knowledge of Christ so great that He counted all things but loss and refuse for its sake, that He might but gain that Christ, Phil. 3:8. Now He must be known: (1) As Steward or Dispenser, to whom all power is given, Matt. 28:18, so that at His name the knees of our hearts should bow, Phil. 2:10–11 — such as Joseph was of old, first in the house of Potiphar, Gen. 39:4, 8–9, and afterward in and over the whole of Egypt, Gen. 41:41. (2) As Surety, that we, having wholly renounced all our own righteousness, seek the defense and protection of our cause in Him alone, Phil. 3:9–10. Further, (3) as Mediator, without whom we must never presume to hasten and draw near to the throne of the Father, Heb. 4:14–16; John 14:6. Also (4) as Redeemer, in whose ransom-price we must place all our hope and all our salvation, Acts 4:12. Moreover (5) as the Interpreter and Ambassador of the Father, whom we must in all things hear with the most devout and reverent attention, Deut. 18:15; Matt. 3:17. Then also (6) as the Head of the church, whom we must honor and revere, John 5:23. And finally (7) as Judge, whom we must fear and dread, 2 Cor. 5:10–11, and likewise long and yearn for, Luke 21:28, for various reasons.
XXII. This doctrine also commends to us the sufficiency of our Mediator
From this, thirdly, this doctrine and consideration of the Son of God commends to us the sufficiency and perfection of our Mediator, on account of which it is said that in Him all fullness dwells, Col. 1:19, and He Himself is said to fill all in all, Eph. 1:23, so that we draw and receive out of His fullness grace for grace, John 1:16 — indeed, that we are made complete in Him, Col. 2:10. Now this sufficiency has its origin: (1) In the dignity and excellence of the Person, by which He is not some ordinary man, not an angel, not any most excellent creature whatever, but God's natural, own, first and only-begotten Son, in whom the fullness of the Godhead dwells bodily, Col. 2:9–10; the brightness of the Father's glory, and the express image of His substance, whom He has appointed heir of all things, Heb. 1:3–4 — who is therefore able to be and to accomplish all things for His own, since He is almighty, to whom belongs all power in heaven and on earth, Matt. 28:18; who knows the needs and desires of His own, and equally the means and ways to come to their aid and to satisfy them, since He is omniscient, wisdom itself, in whom are hidden all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge, Col. 2:3; who also wills to be, for His own, all in all, who is supremely good and merciful, 2 Cor. 13:13(?); who has loved His church, and has given Himself for her, Eph. 5:2. Then, (2) this sufficiency derives and originates from the decree of the Father, which the Son reports to us, Ps. 2:7, from the counsel of the Father, Zech. 6:13, whereby it has come to pass, by the Father's good pleasure, that in Him all fullness should dwell, Col. 1:19, whereby He has been appointed Head over all things, Eph. 1:22, through whom the Father dispenses all things, so that He has already given all judgment to the Son, John 5:22, appointing Him over His whole house, Heb. 3:2. Finally, (3) this sufficiency has its origin in His economic office, whereby He, as we have said, according to the economic counsel of the Trinity, has taken upon Himself the work of a general Steward and Lord, of a Surety, Mediator, Redeemer, Ambassador, Head, Judge — through all of which relations He has become for us wisdom from God, and righteousness, and sanctification, and redemption, 1 Cor. 1:30, so that in Him is all salvation, Acts 4:12; He Himself is the way, the truth, and the life, without whom no one has access to the Father, John 14:6; in whom God has blessed us with every heavenly blessing, Eph. 1:3. From this He is compared in the Scriptures to everything that is good: He is called our life, Col. 3:4; our food, John 6:55; our Physician, Matt. 9:12; our comfort, Luke 2:25; our Protector, Isa. 32:2; a bundle of myrrh, Song 1:13; the Fountain of salvation and of blessedness, Zech. 13:1; the Sun of righteousness, Mal. 4:2; our glory, Luke 2:32; all in all, Col. 3:11.
XXIII. This entices us to kiss the Son
And this, fourthly, entices us to kiss the Son, Ps. 2:12 — namely, as a token of homage or tribute, such as was customarily rendered to kings and their rulers, Gen. 41:40, where the word nashaq, "to kiss," "to kiss earnestly," is used. By this kissing we understand nothing other than to receive and accept the Son — appointed by the Father as King and being His Vicegerent, in and under all His economic offices — readily and willingly, to worship Him, and to render Him all the honor and service that is His due. In particular this comprehends chiefly these three points: First, that we depend on Him wholly and entirely, which is, as it were, to kiss His hands — to promise, expect, and desire everything from Him alone, as the one to whom, as the supreme Dispenser, all things have been given over which are to be bestowed on men, Eph. 4:8. Secondly, that we submit ourselves willingly and readily to His power and dominion (which is, as it were, to kiss His feet), that we serve the LORD, Ps. 2:11, that our knees bow before Him, Phil. 2:10, that we readily hear, obey, and carry out His commands, Matt. 3:17, that we lay all that is ours cheerfully and fully at His feet, and spend it for His honor and glory, Matt. 21:2–3, 6–7. Thirdly, that we love Him sincerely and above all things, Matt. 10:37 — this is, as it were, to kiss His lips. This kiss of homage or tribute must be rendered to Him faithfully: (1) That we may turn away the wrath both of the Father and of the Son, Ps. 2:12, "lest He be angry." (2) That we may escape destruction: "and you perish in the way, when His wrath is kindled but a little." (3) That we may obtain the blessedness that comes from Him: "Blessed are all they that put their trust in Him."
XXIV. It commends to us faith in the Son
In particular, fifthly, it commends to us belief in Him. For "this is the work of God, that you believe on Him whom He has sent," John 6:29. Let us believe, I say, not only that He is such a one as the Father has sent, that Messiah, Matt. 16:16, nor only believe Him, Matt. 3:17, but believe in Him, so that by believing we receive Him with the heart. For "as many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God" — namely, "to them that believe on His name," John 1:12. For (1) to this end He gives Himself to us, and the Father sends Him, John 3:16: "that He gave His only-begotten Son, that whosoever believes in Him," etc. (2) To this end the Son Himself has come to us, John 1:11. Moreover (3) He invites us by so many persuasions and promises, Matt. 11:28–29; Rev. 3:20; Song 5:2; Hos. 2:14–15. By this very means (4) we win Christ, with all His benefits, Phil. 3:8–9. (5) Without this, the Son, and all His offices, as well as all His economic benefits, will not profit us in the very least, Rom. 10:3–4; Gal. 3:2, 5–7. Indeed, (6) they will even be harmful and hurtful to us, Ps. 2:12; John 3:36. This is treated more fully in Book 2, Chapter 1, on Faith.
XXV. It urges us to prize the Son above all things
Further, sixthly, let us (1) esteem and exalt the Son highly above all things, Matt. 10:37; Song 1:2. (2) Let us seek to obtain Him even at the loss of all things, Phil. 3:7–8; Matt. 13:46. (3) Let us rest sweetly and calmly in Him, as in our all-sufficient portion, Ps. 73:25, even though we should have to lack all things whatsoever, Hab. 3:17–18. (4) Let us devote ourselves and all that is ours to His glorifying, and let Him be our Alpha and Omega, our beginning and end, the first moving cause and the last end of all our deeds, Phil. 1:20; Rom. 14:7–8; 2 Cor. 5:15. (5) Let us seek and expect from His hand alone all that is necessary for us, whether for the body or for the soul: if faith, hope, love are lacking to us; if strength to withstand temptations; if comfort in adversities is wanting to us — let us seek and expect it all from Him alone, Mark 9:24, since He can supply us with everything, Phil. 4:13, and it would be to His shame and dishonor if we, passing Him by, sought it from anyone else, 2 Kings 1:3. Finally, (6) let us undertake and do all that we undertake in the name of this Son, and in His power and might, Eph. 5:20; Col. 3:17.
XXVI. It stirs up our hope of eternal life in the Son
Moreover, seventhly, this doctrine stirs us up to set our hope and trust for eternal life on the Son, Ps. 2:12, for which reason He is called our hope, 1 Tim. 1:1, and Christians are said to hope in Christ, 1 Cor. 15:19; 1 Thess. 1:3, for which reason He is also called the hope of Israel, Acts 28:20 — inasmuch as He, namely, (1) as Surety and Mediator, has taken upon Himself and taken away everything that would exclude us from the hope of salvation, namely the guilt of punishment for our sins, Eph. 2:12–13; 1:7. (2) As Redeemer, He has by His satisfaction and merit obtained the right to eternal life, Eph. 1:14. (3) As a righteous Judge He shall on that day distribute the crown of righteousness, 2 Tim. 4:7–8. Only let us (1) lay hold of Him, as the anchor of our salvation, by a living faith, Heb. 6:19; (2) exercise an unspotted conscience, Acts 24:15–16; (3) labor for the constant improvement of our lives, 2 Cor. 7:1, just as everyone who has this hope in Him (namely, in Christ) purifies Himself, even as He is pure, 1 John 3:3.
XXVII. It warns us against the sins that oppose the Son
Finally, eighthly, that we should above all guard ourselves — as against something that is truly the very worst of things — from all those sins which especially and economically oppose the Son. Namely, (1) from despising and belittling Him, whereby men, though He comes to them and offers Himself to them, would not receive Him, John 1:11; 5:43–44, but despise and reject Him, Matt. 22:5; Acts 13:46; 28:24. Then (2) from rebellion, obstinacy, and resistance, Ps. 2:1–3; Acts 4:26–27; Luke 19:27. Also (3) from denying Him after having received Him, Matt. 10:33; 26:70–71. Moreover (4) from every kind of unbelief and unfaithfulness, John 3:36. Finally, (5) from a malicious rejection of Him, which is one and the same as the sin against the Holy Spirit, whereby we trample underfoot the Son of God and count the blood of the covenant an unholy thing, Heb. 10:29.
Chapter XXVII: On God the Holy Spirit
Over John 14:26.
"But the Comforter, the Holy Spirit, whom the Father will send in my name, He shall teach you all things, and bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said unto you."
I. Transition to the consideration of the third Person
In the economy of the Holy Trinity, the third place belongs to the Holy Spirit, since He — not only with respect to the order and manner of His subsistence — proceeds from the Father and the Son, but also, with respect to the manner of His working, works, just as He subsists, likewise from the Father and the Son. From this it belongs to Him to bring to completion and to perfect all things, by virtue of His economic office, namely regeneration, conversion, sanctification, etc. We shall base our description of His Person on the words of the Savior which we find in John 14:26.
The Explanatory Part
II. Analysis of the text
In which a certain declaration is contained, or rather a promise, concerning the Person, the economic office, and the economic benefits of the Holy Spirit. In it we note three points, namely:
1. The Person of the Holy Spirit, as the Benefactor, of whom a twofold name is set forth.
(1) A title, taken from His economic office: ὁ παράκλητος, the Comforter. The definite article here is a letter of emphasis, signifying such a one as is the Comforter par excellence — indeed, the one who alone in the Trinity is, by office, the Comforter. The Greek term παράκλητος, Parakletos, is a very common word among the Jews in the Chaldean translation, and among the Talmudists — not in the sense of a comforter, but of one who takes up the cause of another, and specifically of one accused and guilty, and defends it. The word comes from παρακαλέω, "to call to one's side," so that our word signifies an Advocate, appointed to stand up for and speak for someone in court; or to come to His aid with counsel in His danger; or to instruct Him in matters unknown to Him; or to intercede for Him and pray for Him before another; or to lift up His spirit in adversities; or to rouse one who is drowsy and to urge on one who is sluggish. Now, on account of all these things, the word Parakletos means an Advocate for or of some cause, a Teacher, a Comforter, an Exhorter, an Intercessor. In this way, then, the Holy Spirit is so named because He was, as it were, called in the eternal counsel of the Father and the Son to accomplish the work of the Trinity in the matter of man's salvation — decreed by the Father, obtained by the Son — by teaching, leading, comforting, interceding, exhorting, and thus, by office, to show Himself to be the Teacher, Advocate, and Comforter of the elect. By this word, then, is signified His appointment or establishment through the economic covenant, and the entirety of the Holy Spirit's office.
2. His own name, τὸ πνεῦμα, τὸ ἄγιον, "Spirit, holy." These two words, "Holy Spirit," constitute a single name of the third Person, though it is a compound one; not two but one proper and common designation. Though it is sometimes abbreviated to be expressed by the one word "Spirit," it always presupposes what is understood under it. Meanwhile the article τὸ is prefixed distinctly to both parts, so that the first τὸ, within the Trinity, distinguishes the third Person from the two preceding ones, and the second τὸ distinguishes the Holy Spirit from any other, unclean, created spirit. Of this compound name two parts are distinguished, whereby He is called:
a. Spirit, πνεῦμα. This is said not so much on account of His immaterial being, which is common to all the Persons of the Trinity, nor of a certain economic working by which He makes men spiritual, as of the manner and mode of His subsistence — because He subsists by an inexpressible breathing forth, on account of which He is called the Spirit of the mouth, the Spirit of the LORD (that is, of the Father), and also the Spirit of the Son, as we shall say more fully in the Doctrinal Part.
b. Holy, ἅγιον. This is said not so much on account of holiness, which is an essential attribute common to all the Persons, as on account of the work of sanctification, insofar as it is, as it were, committed to the third Person as His economic office by the other Persons — concerning which more will be said further in the Doctrinal and Practical Parts.
III. The sending of the Holy Spirit
The sending of the Holy Spirit, through and by virtue of an economic covenant: ὃν πέμψει ὁ πατὴρ ἐν ὀνόματί μου, "whom the Father will send in my name." By these words two things in general are signified, namely His double origin, from which He is sent, and then the sending forth from both proceeding. These things are declared more distinctly in the text under three heads:
1. The Sender, ὁ πατήρ, the Father. That is, the first origin of the Holy Spirit — neither proceeding nor sent from another, but simply of Himself. Of this we have treated at length, Chapter 25.
2. The Sending, πέμψει, "He will send." Hereby is signified the outgoing of the Holy Spirit, insofar as He is from another. Now there is a twofold outgoing: the one is eternal or personal, whereby He goes forth from the Father — from which He is called the Spirit of the Father, Matt. 10:20, and the Spirit of God, 2 Cor. 3:3, and the Spirit that is of God, 1 Cor. 2:12 — and from the Son, from which He is called the Spirit of the Son, Gal. 4:6, and the Spirit of Christ, Rom. 8:9, because He is also sent by Him, John 16:7. The second outgoing of the Holy Spirit is temporal and economic, according to His economic office, whereby He is the Comforter.
3. The manner of sending, ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, "in my name." That is, on the one hand, from me, as from a second origin from which He proceeds, as we have just said; and on the other hand, for my sake, Gal. 4:4, as one whom I, by my merit and intercession, have obtained for my own. More on this follows.
IV. His twofold economic benefit
1. His Teaching, which regards the understanding, so as to bring to it the knowledge of things until now unknown. Ἐκεῖνος ὑμᾶς διδάξει πάντα, "He shall teach you all things." Here is marked:
a. The Teacher, ἐκεῖνος, "He" — in the masculine gender, which, according to the ordinary grammatical rule, does not well agree with the neuter noun. By this it is signified that the Holy Spirit is not to be some accidental power of God, but a Person, and one, moreover, to whom all things are known, or who is thus omniscient, that is, divine.
b. Those who would be taught, ὑμᾶς, "you" — namely the Apostles and other men driven by the Spirit of God, but not only these; rather every sort of elect person, throughout all ages of the world, Isa. 54:13; John 6:45; Jer. 31:34 — though in an unequal degree and in an unequal manner. Those, indeed, in a more excellent and infallible degree; these, however, in a lower and lesser degree, so much as is at least sufficient for them unto salvation.
c. The Teaching, or the act of teaching, διδάξει, "He shall teach" — outwardly, by the word inspired by Him and its outward ministry; inwardly, by the illumination of the understanding — both extraordinarily and infallibly, which took place in and with extraordinary persons, Patriarchs, Prophets, Apostles; and ordinarily, in and with all who shall be saved. He shall teach not only the truth, but also the goodness of the teachings; and not only by advising, but also by persuading, that they may walk in the truth. Meanwhile in this one word "teach" are comprehended, representatively, all the economic acts of the Holy Spirit, namely of guiding, comforting, rebuking, exhorting, stirring up — which are required in order to obtain eternal life.
d. What would be taught, πάντα, "all things" — namely, all that is necessary to salvation, and not only what is necessary to the being and essence of Christianity, but also to its well-being and welfare.
2. His bringing to remembrance, which regards the memory, so that those things which have slipped from it may return, and may exercise their power. Here is noted:
a. The bringing to remembrance, or the act of bringing to remembrance, ὑπομνήσει, "He shall recall, bring back to memory." The Vulgate, Erasmus, and others have suggeret, that is, "He will suggest to you, bring to mind." Not badly said, remarks Beza, but with a dangerous ambiguity; for those things are also said to be "suggested" which one has not heard of before at all. But here the subject is things already heard, that they might be understood and grasped, and recalled to memory. He shall therefore not only teach new and necessary and useful things, but He shall also bring back into your memory those things which you have long known.
b. The things which would be brought to remembrance, πάντα ἃ εἶπον ὑμῖν, "all things that I have said unto you." Namely: just as Christ has explained the teaching of Moses, so the Holy Spirit has explained the teaching of Christ, and has, at least in substance, set forth nothing new, or anything foreign to it or contrary to it, John 16:13–14; Matt. 28:19.
The Doctrinal Part
V. There is in the Divine Being a certain Person
There is, therefore, in the divine Being a certain Person, coexisting with the Father and the Son, and distinguished from them in various ways, who is called the Holy Spirit. All these points stand out, as if illumined by the rays of the sun, from the text we have expounded, in which so much is said of the Holy Spirit: that He is a Person is pointed to by the word ἐκεῖνος, "He," as also His sending and His personal workings — "He shall teach and bring to remembrance"; His distinction from the Father and the Son is taught by the words "whom the Father will send in my name"; finally, that this takes place within the divine Being, the whole text shows, when it speaks of God and of the divine Persons, Father and Son, and of the divine Ambassador of both. Other passages, such as Ps. 33:6; Isa. 61:1; Matt. 28:19; 1 John 5:7, confirm this — and the reason and manner of promoting man's salvation according to the counsel of peace seems to require it: for just as in the divine Being there is a Father, who has decreed the work of redemption by eternal predestination; and just as there is a Son, who has accomplished it; so there is also a Holy Spirit, who applies the redemption obtained, and brings the matter to completion and perfects it, through regeneration, sanctification, etc.
VI. Names of the Holy Spirit
The name "Holy Spirit" is sometimes used (at least when the two are separated) of God essentially, John 4:24 — because every Person is a spirit and an immaterial and holy being; sometimes more particularly, to signify the deity of the Son, in distinction from His human nature, Rom. 1:4; 1 Pet. 3:18; Heb. 9:14; Mark 2:8; 1 Tim. 3:16. When it is used of the third Person, it signifies either the Person Himself, as happens in the text, or His gifts — whether the common ones, Joel 2:28, or the extraordinary ones, John 7:39; Acts 19:2; 1 Cor. 12:9–10 — which are indeed carefully distinguished from the Person, Acts 2:38; 10:45; 1 Cor. 12:4, 8, 11; yet they also signify the Person at the same time, as their cause, whence the manner of speech of "seven Spirits," Rev. 1:4, since He is for this reason called by the ancients a sevenfold Spirit. Further, the Person is called, in particular, "Spirit," because He subsists by an inexpressible breathing, for which reason He is called the Spirit of the mouth, Ps. 33:6; 2 Thess. 2:8, whose sign the Savior gives to the disciples, John 20:22. He is called "holy" because He sanctifies by office, Rom. 1:4. There are also other names by which He is designated: the good Spirit, Ps. 143:10; the Spirit of adoption unto children, Rom. 8:15; the Spirit of grace, Heb. 10:29; likewise the Spirit of supplications, Zech. 12:10; the Spirit of generosity, or the free Spirit, Ps. 51:12; the Spirit of promise, Eph. 1:13; the Spirit of truth, John 14:17; 15:26; the Spirit of glory, 1 Pet. 4:14; the Spirit of life, Rom. 8:2; the Spirit of bondage, the same, v. 15; and by several other figurative names He is called the Advocate or Comforter, and more besides.
VII. That the Holy Spirit is a Person
That the Holy Spirit is a Person appears from this: (1) That He is commonly enumerated together with the other divine Persons, Matt. 28:19; 1 John 5:7. (2) That He has shown Himself under the appearance of a substance to be perceived, Matt. 3:16; Luke 3:22; Acts 2:3–4. (3) That the Greek name πνεῦμα, "Spirit," which is of the neuter gender, is joined grammatically with the pronoun of the masculine gender, ἐκεῖνος, "He," John 14:26. (4) That He is said to be sent, to come — there. (5) That everything which is personal is, according to and in Holy Scripture, ascribed and attributed to Him: (1) Substance, Matt. 3:16; (2) Life, Rom. 8:2; (3) Understanding, 1 Cor. 2:10; (4) Will, 1 Cor. 12:11; (5) Personal workings — regenerating, converting, sanctifying, giving life, comforting, leading, commanding, sending ministers — which occur everywhere in Holy Scripture. (6) That He is said to be grieved, to be affected with pain, Isa. 63:10; Eph. 4:30, as also that one sins against Him, Matt. 12:32. Unbegottenness, the not being born, which is common to and with the Father — but He is also distinguished in this from the Father's, that the Father has by it generated, but the Holy Spirit not at all. He is therefore distinguished most of all thereby from the Son.
VIII. That he is also a Person distinct from the Father and the Son
That He is also a Person distinct from Father and Son appears from this: (1) That He is not only, as a third, enumerated together with the other two, Matt. 28:19; 1 John 5:7; 2 Cor. 13:13, but also (2) that He is expressly called "another," John 14:16–17 — although not "another thing," with respect to the Being, as Vincentius Lirinensis (Adversus Haereses) says very well: "In Trinitate est alius atque alius, non aliud," etc. — that is: "In the Trinity there is another and another [Person], not another thing and another thing; in the Savior there is another thing and another thing, not another and another [person]." How is there in the Trinity another and another, not another thing and another thing? Because the Person of the Father is one, the Person of the Son another, the Person of the Holy Spirit another — not another and another nature, but one and the same nature. But especially (3) because personal and distinguishing properties are ascribed to Him which are incommunicable to the other Persons, namely: (1) The passive breathing forth, or outgoing by breathing, for which He is called Spirit, and the Spirit of God, the Spirit of Jehovah's mouth, speaking after a human manner, Ps. 33:6; Job 33:4 — a sign of which is that the Savior, about to impart the Holy Spirit to His own, breathed on them and said, "Receive the Holy Spirit," John 20:22. For this reason the Father gives and sends Him in the name of the Son, John 15:26, and through the Son, Tit. 3:6; by this passive breathing forth He is distinguished from the Father, who does not proceed from another. (2) The particular order of subsistence, whereby He, proceeding from the Father and the Son as from the same source, subsists, and is for this reason reckoned as the third in the economy, Matt. 28:19, etc. Finally (3) the particular order of working, whereby He works from the Father and the Son, insofar as He, proceeding and being sent from them, works, and is thence said not to speak of Himself, but to receive from another, John 16:13–15. By this He is distinguished from the two preceding Persons, inasmuch as the Father works of Himself, yet through two others; the Son from another and through another; the Holy Spirit from two others, yet through Himself.
IX. That he is also a divine Person
That He is also a Person, not created but divine, coeternal and of one substance with the Father and the Son, appears from this alone: that He is constantly joined together with the divine Persons, as one with them, 1 John 5:7 — but also because all that is divine is ascribed to Him just as to the Father and the Son. Namely, first, divine Names: for He is called Jehovah, as appears from the comparison of Isa. 6:9 with Acts 28:25–26; likewise of Exod. 17:7 with Ps. 95:7–8; Heb. 3:7–9; 4:3, 7–8; also of Lev. 16:2 with Heb. 9:7–8, and of Jer. 31:31 with Heb. 10:15–16. He is called Θεός, God, Acts 5:3–4; 1 Cor. 3:16–17, compared with 6:19. He is called Κύριος, Lord, 2 Cor. 3:17, by which name the LXX translators generally render the four-letter Name יהוה, Jehovah.
X. Divine attributes
Secondly, divine attributes, which are one and the same with the Being — of which sort are: (1) Eternity, Heb. 9:14; (2) Immensity, Ps. 139:7; (3) Omniscience, 1 Cor. 2:10–11, where He is said to search out — that is, to know most precisely — the depths of God; compare Jer. 17:10; (4) Omnipotence, and an independent power and might, 1 Cor. 12:4, 6, 11; compare Luke 11:20 with Matt. 12:28.
XI. Divine works
Thirdly, divine works, of which sort are: (1) Creation, Gen. 1:2; Ps. 33:6; (2) the working of miracles, the raising of the dead, Matt. 12:28; Rom. 8:11, the gift of miraculous healing, of powers, of tongues, of prophecy, 1 Cor. 12:9–10; (3) the anointing of Christ, Isa. 61:1 with Luke 4:18; (4) regeneration, or spiritual quickening, renewal, conversion, sanctification, the strengthening of Christians, the infallible leading of the Prophets and Apostles into all truth — matters which we shall demonstrate, along with others like them, in their proper places.
XII. Divine honor
Fourthly, religious honor — from which believers are called temples of the Holy Spirit, 1 Cor. 3:16–17; 6:19, since they are consecrated to His service. We are also baptized into His name, Matt. 28:19. He is worshipped, 2 Cor. 13:13; Rev. 1:4–5 — though more rarely, because He, rather, promises and forms our prayers for us than receives them, and because they end in Him — indeed, because He rather calls upon us (that is, causes and teaches us to call upon God) than is Himself called upon. He is religiously obeyed, Ps. 95:6 with Heb. 3:7, 9. Against Him one sins in particular, Matt. 12:31–32.
XIII. The economic office of the Holy Spirit
As for the economic office of the Holy Spirit: He is, as it were, the Envoy of the Trinity, to carry out and to perfect those things which had been decreed — for which reason He is said, at the Creation, to have hovered, to have brooded, on the waters (מְרַחֶפֶת, as a hen upon eggs, Deut. 32:11), Gen. 1:2; Ps. 33:6 — for which reason He is also called the power of God, Luke 1:35; Rom. 15:13, 19, and likewise the finger of God, Luke 11:20 with Matt. 12:28, which performed the miracles, there. He is the παράκλητος, the Advocate of the Trinity, to bring to perfection man's salvation, which the Father decreed and the Son obtained. For, just as the Son takes up man's cause chiefly with God, 1 Tim. 2:5, by offering and presenting Himself for men, Eph. 5:2, so the Holy Spirit takes up chiefly the cause of God with man, by bringing and leading man to faith in God and in the Mediator, and by sanctifying and strengthening him, that the salvation allotted him by the Father and obtained by the Son may be applied to him — for which reason κοινωνία, fellowship, is ascribed to Him, 2 Cor. 13:13.
XIV. What the Holy Spirit accomplishes, chiefly through a threefold activity
First, by teaching, John 14:26 — which is accomplished by sending out teachers, Acts 13:2, by preparing those sent and providing them with the necessary gifts, Acts 2:4; by co-working with them, thus provided, Rom. 15:19; by inspiring the word which is to be spoken, 2 Pet. 1:21, or by co-working and running along with their word, through an inward illumination of the understanding, Heb. 6:4, and by a powerful leading, Ps. 143:10. For all these things He is called the Spirit of truth, John 14:17.
XV. By sanctifying
Secondly, by sanctifying — for which He is called the Holy Spirit — which, in a wider sense, includes: (1) Regeneration, John 3:5, and renewal, Tit. 3:5, whereby the first act of spiritual life is brought to and into the soul; for which reason the work is called a quickening, and the Worker the Spirit of life, Rom. 8:2. (2) Conversion, whereby one who has been made alive is brought to the act of faith in Christ, for which reason He is called the Spirit of faith, 2 Cor. 4:13. (3) Sanctification, 1 Cor. 6:11, whereby the fruits of faith are produced, Gal. 5:22. (4) The strengthening of believers in the practice of godliness, 2 Cor. 1:21–22. (5) The stirring up and rousing to all that is good, Rom. 8:14, whereby zeal and ardor of spirit are brought to them, for which reason He is also compared to fire and to a driving force, Acts 2:2–3.
XVI. By comforting
Thirdly, by comforting (from which He is in particular called παράκλητος, Comforter), which occurs: (1) By praying in and for believers with unutterable groanings, Rom. 8:26, that the grace of hearing and comfort may, as it were, be extorted from God — that is, by awakening unutterable groanings for this purpose in their hearts. (2) By strengthening believers against the assault of enemies of every kind, Rom. 8:26. (3) By assuring them, in adversities of every kind, of God's unchangeable favor toward them, for which reason He is called a witness, 1 John 5:7, and is said to bear witness with our spirit, Rom. 8:15–16, that He seals and anoints us as our earnest, 2 Cor. 1:22; Eph. 4:30; that He pours out the love of God in our hearts, Rom. 5:5, and that through all this He brings it about that we may and can glory in tribulations, v. 3, and that in our hearts there is peace and joy through the Holy Spirit, Rom. 14:17.
XVII. His economic attributes
On account of all these economic works and benefits there belongs to Him in particular: (1) Holiness, from which He has His name; (2) Goodness, Ps. 143:10; (3) Grace, Heb. 10:29; Zech. 12:10; (4) Power and might, as He is the power of God, perfecting all things, Luke 1:35; (5) Glory, 1 Pet. 4:14, as He who leads and brings believers to an immeasurable and eternal glory.
XVIII. His economic offices
There are also economic offices, which, though not to the exclusion of the other Persons, are nevertheless in a particular manner proper to the Holy Spirit, arising from His particular working, and likewise proceeding from His economic benefits. There are, moreover, economic sins committed against the Holy Spirit, which we shall, God willing, mention in our Practical Part. The Holy Spirit has carried out His economic office from the very beginning of the world, Gen. 1:2, and under Moses in the wilderness, leading the church of God, Isa. 63:10; Acts 7:51–52 — yet chiefly and above all promised for the times of the New Testament, Joel 2:28; Isa. 44:3. Finally, He entered upon His assigned post since the departure of the Son of God to heaven, Acts 2:1–6, 17, according to the promises previously and repeatedly made by the Son, John 14:16–17, 26; 15:26; 16:7; and that post of His He shall keep and administer until the end of the ages, remaining with His own and in them, that they, since their Savior's departure, should not be left orphans — because the Son shall deliver up the kingdom to the Father, that God may be all in all, 1 Cor. 15:24, 28 — yes, even unto eternity, John 14:16.
The Polemical Part
XIX. The question is: (I) Whether the Holy Spirit is a Person
The opponents of the Spirit, the Macedonians, and in our time the Englishman John Biddle, indeed acknowledged Him to be a Person — but only a created Person, namely the Prince of the angels, against whom we shall dispute in the point of controversy immediately following. The rest of the Socinians hold that the Holy Spirit cannot in any way be said to be a Person, unless one wishes to hold that all that is in God are Persons distinguished from God, as Smalcius speaks (in Refutat. Thes. Graveri de Spir. S.). In particular they hold that He is something intermediate between the Creator and the creature; that He is an accidental power of God; that He is a divine breath; that He is the Gospel; that He is godly motions in man — for the brothers of Cadmus differ among themselves, and they, having strayed from the truth, find nothing on which to fix and set their foot. (See the most eminent Hoornbeek, Socin. Confut., Tom. I, p. 117.) The Reformed, on the contrary, hold that He is a true Person: (1) In agreement with Holy Scripture, as we have shown above, §. VI. (2) In agreement with right reason: for since (1) God, as all acknowledge, is an absolutely most perfect Being, how can there, without any contradiction, be admitted in Him an imperfection of dependency — essentially proper to something accidental, whose being consists in inhering in and depending on a subject, which is moreover by its nature more imperfect than substance? (2) Since to devise a certain intermediate thing between God and the creature is to devise a certain intermediate thing between the dependent and the independent, and, to say it in one word, an intermediate between contradictory things. (3) Since in this way there would be in God something which is in part God, in part not God. (III) Because the opinions of the parties conflict with one another: for if He is an accidental power of God, and therefore in God, how then is He a breath, which is outside of God? How then is He the Gospel? The general proof, whereby we have unassailably demonstrated in §. VII that the Holy Spirit is a Person — namely, that all personal things are ascribed to Him from and in Holy Scripture — we shall not repeat. We shall only briefly resolve the objections.
XX. Objections against the personality of the Holy Spirit answered
The parties allege: (1) That all these personal things belong to the Holy Spirit through a mere personification, as for example that Scripture "foresees," that the Law "speaks," that sin "seduces," etc. Answer: In a personification, some particular personal attribute may perhaps be ascribed to that which is not a person, but that all personal attributes should be ascribed to something which is not a person is shown by no single example — indeed, it involves a manifest contradiction to hold that that which has all personal attributes should not properly be called a person. The parties allege (2) that such things are ascribed to Him as fit no person — for example, to be given and poured out among men; to be baptized with Him; to be anointed with Him; to be filled; to be given by measure. Answer: (a) It is not contrary to the nature of a person that certain things be ascribed to him figuratively — for example, that God is called love, 1 John 4:8; Christ, the way, the truth, and the life, John 14:6; likewise the resurrection; a propitiation, 1 John 2:2; made sin for us, 2 Cor. 5:21. Therefore (b) all these things are indeed said of the Holy Spirit, but only with respect to His gifts, in which sense the words "Spirit" and "Holy Spirit" often occur in Scripture — for example, 2 Kings 2:9; Num. 11:17; Joel 2:28; John 7:39, and elsewhere. It is said (3) that the Holy Spirit is mentioned along with the other Persons, Father and Son — for example, John 17:3; 1 Cor. 8:6; 1 Tim. 5:21; Luke 9:26; John 8:16. Answer: This does not conflict with His personality; for it also happens that, when mention is made of the Father and the Holy Spirit, no mention is made of the Son, 1 Cor. 3:16. Thus the Holy Spirit is joined with the Son without mention being made of the Father, John 1:33; Rom. 9:1. It is enough that He is, not seldom, joined together with the other Persons, Matt. 28:19; 2 Cor. 13:13; 1 John 5:7 — though this, for certain reasons known to God, does not always occur. The parties say (4) that a will is also ascribed to the wind, John 3:8. Answer: But without understanding, and without all the other personal properties which are ascribed to the Holy Spirit. (5) That workings are also ascribed to accidents — for example, to love, 1 Cor. 13:4–7, and to sin, Rom. 7:11. Answer: (a) Neither to love nor to sin are all personal properties ascribed. And (b) the workings ascribed to love and to sin are not personal workings, of the sort ascribed to the Holy Spirit. It is said (6) that He is called a power of God, by which God works, Luke 1:35. Answer: The power of God is no accidental power, which can have no place in the most perfect Being; nor is it an instrumental power, as though the world had been created by means of it, Ps. 33:6, where an instrument can have no place; but it is a personal or economic power, since the Father, through the Son and through the Holy Spirit, accomplishes and perfects His outward works, as we have taught above. Finally, they object (7) that He is called a breath, John 20:22, and is compared to wind and to fire, Acts 2:2. Answer: He is compared to these on the one hand to signify His personal outgoing, as we have seen above, and on the other hand His economic working — just as elsewhere He is said to have been in the wind, 1 Kings 19:11–13.
XXI. The question is: (II) Whether the Holy Spirit is a divine Person, from eternity, of one substance with the Father
The ancient Tritheists, and the Peratae, with whom Valentinus Gentilis agrees in everything, indeed acknowledged that He is God, and also from eternity, but nevertheless denied that He is of one substance with the Father, and asserted that He had received His essence (essentiatus) from the Father. The Jews speak variously and of various things concerning the Holy Spirit: sometimes they say He is a power of God; sometimes excellent gifts of God; sometimes heroic impulses; sometimes the presence of the divine Majesty in the Temple, which they call the Shechinah (שכינה); sometimes the lowest degree of prophecy, by whose help and aid the Hagiographa — that is, the so-called Holy Writings of Scripture — were said to have been written. The Macedonians, deriving from Macedonius, in the year 360 after Christ, hold that He is a prince of the created angels, a servant of God, and the deacon of Christ. This opinion the Englishman John Biddle has recently dredged up again out of the abyss, which the most renowned Klopppenburg, in a particular treatise, has most soundly refuted. Biddle tries to ground this invention of his chiefly on these suppositions: (1) He supposes that in the Scriptures the same names and words are used of the Holy Spirit and of a good angel, just as the names "unclean spirit" and "evil angel" are used, where common angels are spoken of, or the Archangel — however, apart from and without Scripture, in which the Holy Spirit is never called a good angel, nor the good angels Holy Spirits. (2) That Ps. 51:14, "רוח נדיבה" — ruach nedhibah, πνεῦμα ἡγεμονικόν (according to the LXX translators), a "princely Spirit" — is a certain foremost archangel, a prince and head of the created angels. However, this designation "ruach nedhibah" is variously translated and variously applied by the interpreters: some understand it of David's generous spirit, which befits a prince, or of the Holy Spirit, who might make him free and generous, and adorn him with a spirit befitting the dignity of a prince — but that this manner of speech of a "chief spirit" is used among the created angels, Biddle will still have to prove. (3) He says that the Savior belittles and lowers Him beneath God, by calling Him παράκλητον, an Advocate or Comforter, and by ascribing to Him the service of an Advocate. But that He is thereby lowered and belittled, Biddle has not proven, nor does he even attempt to prove it. For thereby is signified His economic office, which He has willingly taken upon Himself in the counsel of peace, for which reason He is perhaps called רוח נדיבה, the willing Spirit, Ps. 51:12. (4) That He is distinguished in Being from God, as "the Spirit of God." But this too Biddle has not proven, and never shall prove: for the word "God" is here used personally, to signify the Person of the Father, and also of the Son, as often happens in Scripture. So long, therefore, as he shall not have proven these four points from Holy Scripture, so long shall he also have nothing for himself; but he shall never prove them. We, however, have long ago demonstrated, with this one unshakable proof, that He is a divine Person, because all that is divine is ascribed to Him. And there is therefore nothing left but that we resolve the chief objections of this opponent of the Spirit.
XXII. Biddle's objections answered
He objects, (1) that the Spirit differs from God as His Spirit. Answer: Certainly, yes — but not as a being differs from a being, but as a Person differs from a Person. (2) That He who has given the Spirit is Jehovah alone, Neh. 9:6, 20. Answer: The sense of the words is: "You, Jehovah, the Triune One — Father, Son, and Holy Spirit — you are that Jehovah alone," in the same sense, and in nearly the same construction, as occurs Deut. 6:4, "Jehovah our God, Jehovah is one." "You have made the heavens... and you have given your good Spirit... just as you have also given your Son to the world," John 3:16. Therefore the whole Trinity, and each Person in it, is that Jehovah alone, "the only true God," and "Jesus Christ, whom you have sent," John 17:3. He says (3) that He who does not speak of Himself, John 16:13, is not God. Answer: The Holy Spirit does not speak of Himself, insofar as He does not subsist (as a Person) of Himself, but from the Father and the Son; but not that His Being is not of itself, and that He therefore does not speak of Himself, as we have shown in the Doctrinal Part. (4) That He hears from another, John 16:13, and is thus taught by another. Answer: To hear from another, and to be taught by another, are not absolutely, in a general sense, identical manners of speech, though according to the requirement of the matter they are sometimes one and the same, as John 8:26–28. To hear, therefore, from the Father must in the Holy Spirit be understood in a manner befitting God, so far as it means to speak of another, namely according to His order of subsisting and working. (5) That He receives it from another, John 16:14, and therefore depends on another. Answer: Here too it is wrongly supposed that to receive from another and to depend on another are identical things. He receives it, then, and takes it from another, just as He subsists and works from another — not, namely, through dependency, but by and through a manner of subsisting particularly His own, which we have taught above. The same error is in what he alleges (6), that He is sent, and therefore serves. Answer: Although it sometimes happens that he who is sent serves, this is nevertheless not universally true, and cannot be true of Him to whom all that is divine is proper. (7) That He is a gift of God, and therefore not the Giver of all things. Answer: Someone can give himself to another, just as God, by and through the covenant of grace, gives Himself to His own, when He will be their God, Heb. 8:10; 1 Tim. 2:6; Tit. 2:14. And (8) that He changes place, Luke 3:21–22. Answer: It is denied that He changes place, except only in a figurative manner, just as it is said of God, Gen. 18:19–20(?). (9) That He bids Christ to come to judgment, Rev. 22:17. Answer: He prays this operatively (as one says) in believers, not formally in Himself — although one may also say that "the Spirit and the Bride," by a manner of speech called hendiadys (that is, that one and the same thing is expressed by two words), signify the spiritual Bride. (10) That the baptized did not even know that there was a Spirit, Acts 19:2. Answer: (a) Though they did not know it, is that a proof that He therefore did not exist? (b) They did not know of the extraordinary gifts of the Spirit, but they well knew of His existence. (11) That He has an understanding, which is distinguished from the understanding of God, because He hears it from Him and is taught by Him. Answer: This is warmed-over stew from the third and fourth proofs. Finally, (12) that He has a will distinguished from the will of God, because He is said to pray for the saints according to God, that is, they say, according to the will of God, Rom. 8:26–27. We answer, besides what we have said on the second objection, also that the manner of speech κατὰ Θεόν, "according to God," does not here mean "according to the will of God" as distinguished from His own will, but, according to verse 26, the same as καθὸ δεῖ, "as it ought" — namely, that the Holy Spirit is for believers the Author, the Producer, and the Giver, that they may come to pray as they ought, and, if you will, according to the will of God — but which is one and the same as His own. The most renowned Klopppenburg (in his Vindiciae pro Deitate Spiritus Sancti adversus Bidellum) has treated this subject fully, deliberately, and exactly.
XXIII. The question is: (III) Whether the worship of the Holy Spirit has foundation in Holy Scripture
The Socinians, because they deny the eternal deity of the Holy Spirit, are constrained also to deny that His worship has foundation and proof in Holy Scripture — namely, lest we should from His worship at the same time infer and press His deity. The Apologetic Remonstrants seem to acknowledge it, but nevertheless deny, out of love for the Socinians — although they otherwise are unwilling to deny the eternal deity of the Holy Spirit — that His worship has foundation in Holy Scripture. The Reformed, though they acknowledge that Scripture speaks more sparingly of the worship of the Holy Spirit, because He, according to His office, is much rather the cause of worship in us than the end and object toward which it is directed, Rom. 8:25–26; Gal. 4:6, nevertheless firmly maintain that His worship does have foundation in Scripture, because (1) according to the content of Scripture the Holy Spirit is of one substance with the Father and the Son, as we have shown in the Doctrinal Part, and as our opponents themselves confess; and because it is also commanded in that same Scripture to worship God, Deut. 6:13; Matt. 4:10 — while it is altogether unreasonable that the worship of one who is truly God should have neither command nor example in the Scriptures. (2) Because sufficiently clear and plain examples of this worship do occur — in our baptism, Matt. 28:19, and in the wish of Paul, 2 Cor. 13:13, and in that of John, Rev. 1:4. (3) Because it savors of atheism not to worship Him who truly is God. Nor does it hold good against this: (1) That we, 1 John 1:3, are said to have fellowship with the Father and with the Son, but not with the Holy Spirit. Answer: This happens because the Holy Spirit is rather the bond, and the internal and inward cause, than the terminating end of it; nor does this in the least detract from His worship. (2) That believers are said to be, and to remain, in the Father and in the Son, 1 John 4:13, compare with chapter 2:6 etc., but not in the Holy Spirit. Answer: (a) This has nothing to do with His worship. (b) This occurs because He and His anointing are rather and remain in us, than we in Him, 1 John 2:20, 27. (3) It is said that Holy Scripture speaks more rarely of the Holy Spirit than of the other Persons. Answer: This occurs both because He speaks constantly in Scripture, and because He, through His inward workings, insinuates Himself into the souls of believers. (Compare Hoornbeek, Socin. Confut., Tom. I, p. 447, and Alting, Elench. Nov., Loc. III, Contr. 2.)
XXIV. The question is: (IV) Whether the Holy Spirit proceeds from the Father alone, or also from the Father and the Son
Weigel and his followers hold that the Holy Spirit indeed proceeded, under the Old Testament, from the Father alone, but under the New Testament from both Father and Son — perhaps because he did not sufficiently sincerely and candidly acknowledge the presence of the Son even under the Old Testament. The Greeks of old, in the year 381 after Christ, when in reading the Constantinopolitan Confession of Faith they noted only these words, "who proceeds from the Father," and that "from the Son" had been added by the Latins — because thereby not only was the public confession of the church altered by the particular authority of the Latins alone, but also the Latin church raised itself to a position of authority over the other churches; indeed, they wished to correct even Holy Scripture itself, from which the words of that confession were taken, namely from John 15:26 — took occasion from this to deny altogether that the Holy Spirit proceeds from the Son as from the source of His subsistence. Nor was that schism removed by the declaration of the Council of Florence, in the year 1438, that the Holy Spirit proceeds from the Father and the Son from eternity, as from one single source, and by one single breathing forth; rather, the schism was by this very means increased and enlarged, because the Latins now urged and pressed as a necessary article of faith a doctrine which, up to that council, had not been necessary. Here there has been sin on both sides: on the part of the Latins, that they added something to the Constantinopolitan confession of faith, and thereby forced upon the Greeks from the side the authority of the Pope; but also on the part of the Greeks, that they, out of mere envy and spite against the Latin name, rashly and recklessly refused and rejected a doctrine agreeable to Holy Scripture and acknowledged by the older church fathers. Yet there are not lacking those who hold that both the ancient and especially the later Greeks meant nothing else, and wished to say nothing else, than that the Holy Spirit proceeds from the Father alone, through the Son. And thus their opinion would be more tolerable, since the Father works all things through the Son; indeed, thus this controversy would almost amount to a mere dispute over words. Meanwhile the Reformed hold, with the Latins, that the Holy Spirit proceeds from the Father and from the Son, and this for these reasons: (1) Because He is called the Spirit of Elohim, that is, of the divine Persons — but also in particular the Spirit of the Father, Matt. 10:20, the Spirit of the Son, Gal. 4:6; Rom. 8:9; Phil. 1:19 — therefore, just as He is the Spirit of the Father by virtue of His outgoing, 1 Cor. 2:11, so He is also the Spirit of the Son for the very same reason. (2) Because He is called the Spirit of the mouth of the Lord Jesus, 2 Thess. 2:8, just as, Ps. 33:6, He is called the Spirit of the Father's mouth. (3) Because that pure river of the water of life, clear as crystal (by which nothing else can more fittingly be understood than the Holy Spirit, Isa. 44:3; John 7:38; Ezek. 36:25–26) is said to proceed (go out) from the throne of God and of the Lamb. (4) Because He is said to be sent by the Son, just as by the Father, Luke 24:49; John 15:26; 16:17(?) — indeed also in the name of the Son, John 14:26, just as, on the other side, the Son sends Him from the Father, John 15:26, that one may understand that He proceeds from both in like manner. (5) Because Christ, John 16:14, says of the Holy Spirit, "He shall take of mine, and shall show it unto you" — just as He says of Himself, "All things that the Father has are mine." For indeed, He did not receive in time and take what He would announce; therefore from eternity — and how from eternity, unless through His outgoing? (6) Because, if His outgoing from the Son is denied, the order of subsisting and working in the Trinity will not a little be disturbed and confused — for if the Holy Spirit should proceed immediately from the Father in the very same manner as the Son, there will scarcely be anything left, apart from Generation and Breathing, by which the outgoing of the Son and of the Holy Spirit could be sufficiently distinguished from each other.
XXV. Objections of the Greeks answered
The chief proofs by which the Greeks attempt to establish their opinion are: (1) The passage John 15:26: "But when the Comforter is come, whom I will send unto you from the Father, [namely] the Spirit of truth, ὁ παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐκπορεύεται, who proceeds from the Father," etc. Answer: (a) That this passage, for lack of any excluding word, proves nothing more than that the Holy Spirit proceeds from the Father, which is not contradicted. (b) If they mean nothing other than that He proceeds from the Father alone, but through the Son, then I have not much to bring against it. Meanwhile (c) the passage seems to speak not so much of His personal, as rather of His economic outgoing, which takes place in time. They object (2) that Holy Scripture has nothing of the outgoing of the Holy Spirit from the Son. But against this we set all the proofs which we have long since brought forward on behalf of the opinion of the Latins. If they (3) allege that, according to the opinion of the Latins, the order of the Persons in the Trinity would not a little be confused and disturbed, and that one might perhaps better say that the Holy Spirit proceeds from the Father through the Son, just as the prepositions διά, "through," and εἰς, "unto," are used, Rom. 11:36 — as Basil, Theophylact, and Damascene are willing to hold, according to the testimony of Bessarion, in his History of the Council of Florence — I answer thus: (a) that I do not strongly set myself against it; although (d) the passage Rom. 11:36 does not seem to be concerned with, or about, the outgoing of the Holy Spirit, and still less to speak of His personal outgoing, but only of the bringing forth of the creatures by God, and of their preservation through Providence, and of their being governed unto His glory. But (c) notwithstanding this, the order of subsisting, precisely named, shall stand, so long as one holds that the Holy Spirit proceeds both from the Father and from the Son, while the Father is simply said not to proceed or go out from anyone; the Son from the Father by an eternal Generation; the Holy Spirit by an outgoing or actual Breathing forth from both.
XXVI. The question is: (V) Whether the Holy Spirit, now that the canon of Scripture is sealed, teaches and leads believers in the same way and to the same degree
The question is: (V) Whether the Holy Spirit, now that the canon of Holy Scripture is already sealed, teaches and leads believers in the same manner and to the same degree as He formerly taught and led the Patriarchs, Prophets, Apostles, and other men driven by God's Spirit? The falsely so-called Enthusiasts, Weigel, Franck, Schwenckfeld, David Joris, and others of that sort of people, would have it (if they even openly acknowledge the personality and teaching office of the Holy Spirit, rather than setting up their own reason and its promptings in His place) that the Spirit, even today, now that Holy Scripture is already sealed, teaches and leads men, just as He formerly taught and led the Patriarchs, Prophets, and Apostles — by breathing into them, through certain divine and enthusiastic inspirations, new doctrines and foundational principles, distinct from and apart from Holy Scripture. However, since we have already at length disputed this point of controversy from both sides, Book 1, Chapter 2, §. XXXII, it will for the present be enough, for the completion of this Polemical Part, merely to touch on it here with a fingertip, and to refer the reader there.
The Practical Part
XXVII. That we should strive after fellowship with the Holy Spirit
Here, then (so far as practice is concerned), there is great reason why we should, first, strive with all our strength and effort after the fellowship of the Holy Spirit, 2 Cor. 13:13, that we may become partakers of the Spirit, and may receive Him, Acts 19:2. For which, on God's part, is required: (1) That He be given to us freely, for which reason He is also called a gift of God, Neh. 9:20; John 14:16; 20:22; Acts 2:38; Rom. 5:5. (2) That He be sent to us by the Father, in the name of the Son — that is, that He come to us as it were on the authority, indeed in the name, of the whole Holy Trinity, John 15:26. (3) That He be poured out upon us, Joel 2:28, as a pure stream, Tit. 3:6; Isa. 44:3. On our part, in order that we may become partakers of and receive the Holy Spirit, is required: (1) Faith, Gal. 3:2, 14; John 7:39 — that faith, namely, whereby we lay hold of Him as the Spirit of promise, Eph. 1:13, which promises we obtain through faith, Gal. 3:14. (2) Prayer, Luke 11:13, for which reason He is also called a Spirit of supplications, Zech. 12:10. (3) Expectation, Acts 1:4. (4) The hearing of the word, Acts 10:44; 2 Cor. 3:8, and other such means besides, Acts 2:1. (5) Repentance from sin, Acts 2:38. (6) A religious exercise, whereby we make and show ourselves to be temples of the Holy Spirit, in which He delights to dwell, 1 Cor. 6:19. (7) Obedience, whereby we carefully order ourselves according to His motions and leadings, Rom. 8:14. To such an endeavor we shall be roused and stirred by: (a) The excellence of the Person, whereby He is God, of one substance with the Father and the Son, of like power, wisdom, and goodness, whereby He can promise us all that the Father and the Son promise us. (b) The end and aim of His economic office, namely to perfect the work of man's salvation — that is, to communicate to us the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, the love of the Father, and all that these can do and accomplish, 2 Cor. 13:14(?). (c) The abundance and preciousness of His economic works and benefits — regeneration, guidance, instruction, comfort. (d) His absolute necessity, since without Him we cannot even say that Christ is Lord, 1 Cor. 12:3, and can have no fellowship with Christ.
XXVIII. That, having obtained the Holy Spirit, we should carefully keep and preserve him
There is, secondly, great reason why we, having obtained the Holy Spirit, should carefully keep and cherish Him, that He should not lodge in us as merely a stranger, and only for a time, Rom. 8:11, but rather that He should dwell in us, 1 Cor. 6:19 — indeed, that He should remain with us even unto eternity, John 14:16. For one may lose the Holy Spirit, wholly and finally, so far as concerns His common gifts, as appears in Saul, 1 Sam. 16:14; and one may lose the felt sense of the presently indwelling Holy Spirit, Ps. 119:8, which occurs in spiritual desertions, Ps. 13:1; one may lose Him so far as concerns His agreeable and pleasant gifts, which otherwise serve toward the full assurance of faith, toward joy, and toward comfort, Ps. 51:13(?) compared with v. 14, and Ps. 30:8; 77:9–10; 87:15. One can, with respect to the saving fruits — faith, hope, love — be so greatly diminished that one might ask, "Where is your faith?" Luke 8:25; Rev. 2:4–5; Isa. 6:13(?). Since, then, the Holy Spirit can be lost in so many and such great ways (although He simply and finally cannot be lost), there is truly great reason that we should do our utmost to keep and preserve the Holy Spirit, and all His fruits, after the example of David, Ps. 51:13 — since it is truly worth the effort, not only to preserve and cherish the Holy Spirit Himself, but also His gracious gifts; and not only His saving, but also His common gifts; and not only the honorable fruits, but also the agreeable and pleasant ones; and not only the presence of all these, but also the felt sense and the clear evidence of them.
XXIX. The means of keeping and preserving the Holy Spirit
The means, now, of keeping and preserving the Holy Spirit are these that follow: (1) A careful attentiveness to the motions of the Holy Spirit in our hearts, that we not only diligently attend to and note them — like the Bride, Song 2:8, and John, Rev. 1:10, who noted the voice speaking to them and turned themselves toward it — but also that we promptly obey Him: hear the Spirit striving with us, Gen. 6:3; let Him in when He knocks, Rev. 3:20; Song 5:2, walk according as we live in the Spirit, Gal. 5:25, and thereby kindle, fan into flame, and stir up the gifts of the Spirit, ἀναζωπυρεῖν, 2 Tim. 1:6 — for whatever remains idle gradually fades away. (2) The use of the means by which the Holy Spirit can be obtained, stirred up, and increased, of which sort are: (a) The hearing of the Word, Acts 10:44; 1 Pet. 1:12. (b) Meditation, Ps. 119:11(?). (c) Prayer, Luke 11:13. (d) Fellowship with godly people, Eph. 4:29. And (3) guarding oneself against all those things by which the Holy Spirit can be quenched or driven away, of which sort are: (a) All manner of sins committed against better knowledge and against conscience, especially those which are above others shameful and grievous — for example, David's adultery and murder, Ps. 51:1, 13–14; drunkenness, Eph. 5:18; excessive love of the world, John 2:15; sluggishness and laziness in spiritual things, Rom. 12:11(?); lukewarmness and satiety, whereby we rest content in what we have long since obtained, and do not strive to advance, Rev. 3:15–17. (b) Namely those sins by which we in particular, and as it were deliberately, set ourselves against the Holy Spirit, of which sort are: to quench the Spirit, 1 Thess. 5:19; to grieve Him, Eph. 4:30; to resist Him, Acts 7:51; to embitter Him, Isa. 63:10; to blaspheme Him, Heb. 10:29 — all of which will be discussed below deliberately and at length.
XXX. That we should give heed to the leading of the Holy Spirit and follow it
There is, thirdly, great reason to give heed to the motions and leadings of the Holy Spirit, to observe them, to follow them, and to be obedient to them, Rom. 8:14, so as to live according to the Spirit, Rom. 8:1, and to walk in the Spirit, Gal. 5:25. Now by the leading of the Holy Spirit we understand all those workings by which that Spirit is active concerning our soul, and which we have already above brought under three kinds: (1) His teaching and instruction — "He shall teach you all things" — to which we should be obedient by hearing Him, inwardly and outwardly attentive, in a godly and reverent manner, "not holding the truth in unrighteousness," Rom. 1:18. (2) Sanctification, whereby He (1) seeks to regenerate us, to renew us, and to make us alive, as a Spirit of life, Rom. 8:2, with which, being dead in sins, we cannot cooperate, Eph. 2:1; (2) to convert us, or, being made alive, to bring us to faith in Christ, by convincing us of sin, of misery, of the guilt of eternal condemnation, and of our natural inability with regard to the good, John 16:8–10, on account of which workings He is called a Spirit of bondage unto fear, Rom. 8:15; 2 Tim. 1:7; (3) to draw back and withdraw the converted, powerfully, from their defects, and to spur them on to virtue, for which reason He is called Holy Spirit par excellence, and a Spirit of sanctification, Rom. 1:4; (4) to strengthen the sanctified in the practice of that which is good, 2 Cor. 1:21; (5) to seal and assure them unto the day of redemption, Eph. 4:30; (6) to comfort them in all manner of adversities and misfortunes that befall them, for which He in particular bears the name of Comforter, John 14:26. Now, in all these it is our duty: (a) Carefully and diligently to attend to and note these motions, so that, when good thoughts, of whatever kind they may be, arise in our heart, we should at once hear and acknowledge that it is a voice, that they are knockings of the Holy Spirit — just as Samuel says, "Speak, LORD, for your servant hears," 1 Sam. 3:10, and the Bride-church: "The voice of my beloved! Behold, He comes," Song 2:8. (b) Carefully to examine the aim of these motions, what may be the mind of the Spirit, Rom. 8:27 — to what end, namely, these motions tend, whether it be, for example, to the acknowledgment, sense, and abhorrence of sin, or to a godly despair of ourselves and to conversion, or to faith, to sanctification, to comfort — so that with Paul we may ask, "Lord, what will you have me do?" Acts 9:6. (c) Promptly to obey the known motions of the Holy Spirit, turning ourselves toward them, as it were, as John did, Rev. 1:12, cooperating with them, running after them when drawn, Song 1:4, opening to Him when He knocks, just as the Bride: "I will rise, I will open" — "I rose up, I opened," Song 5:3, 5–6 — willingly and readily following His leading, as Peter did, Acts 12:8–9. (d) Above all to take heed that we never neglect or make light of, or cast to the wind, the known and acknowledged motions of the Holy Spirit — which is to quench the Spirit, 1 Thess. 5:19 — much less to set ourselves against them, whether through reasonings of the flesh, Gal. 1:16(?); 2 Cor. 10:5, or through the enticements of the world — as Saul did, when the motions of the evil spirit came upon him at David's playing of the harp, 1 Sam. 16:14–16.
XXXI. That we should examine and test the Spirit
There is, fourthly, great reason that we should examine and test the Spirit, whether He is of God, 1 John 4:1; 1 Thess. 5:21. Let us test and examine: (1) Whether we have received the Holy Spirit, Acts 19:2 — "Have you received the Holy Spirit?" — that is, whether we feel some good motions in our hearts, and, if we feel them, whether they are motions of the Holy Spirit, or motions of the natural conscience, Rom. 2:14–15, motions of an honest and modest nature. (2) If they be motions of the Holy Spirit, of what kind then? Are they common ones, Heb. 6:4, or saving ones, which are joined with salvation, the same, v. 9? Something which we shall happily discover if we diligently examine the nature of the Holy Spirit, which excludes other similar motions, and if we then compare it with our hearts.
XXXII. Marks of the Holy Spirit
He is (1) a Spirit of life, Rom. 8:2, who makes alive, John 6:63, just as the presence of our own spirit or soul makes the body alive, Jas. 2:26. For this reason the Holy Spirit is called life, Rom. 8:10, who awakens and quickens us: for, if, as the Apostle says, the Spirit of Him that raised up Jesus from the dead dwells in you, then He that raised up Christ from the dead shall also quicken your mortal bodies, by His Spirit that dwells in you, Rom. 8:11. If, then, we perceive spiritual life in ourselves, whereby we in turn, for our part, live to the Spirit, as opposed to putting to death the deeds of the body (the same, v. 12–13), then we are certainly led by the Spirit of God, so that we are children of God (the same, v. 14). (2) He is a Spirit of sanctification, Rom. 1:4. If, then, we find in ourselves an earnest desire and endeavor after holiness, and an abhorrence of all uncleanness, then we can safely conclude from this that we have received the Holy Spirit. He is (3) a Spirit of light, from whom all spiritual light must come, for indeed the natural man does not grasp the things of the Spirit of God, 1 Cor. 2:14. If, then, we observe that there is in our understanding a new light, by which we discern spiritual things spiritually (the same, v. 14–15), then, etc. (4) He is a fiery and burning Spirit, Matt. 3:11; Mark 9:49, for which reason He was also imparted under the appearance of fiery tongues, Acts 2:3–4, just as He also makes fervent in spirit those in whom He dwells, Rom. 12:11, who, wherever He is, does not remain idle, but drives and spurs on, Rom. 8:14. If, then, we are not cold, nor lukewarm, nor idle and inactive in all that is good, but fervent and zealous, then we have the mark of the Holy Spirit. (5) He is the Spirit of Christ, Rom. 8:9, through whom Christ lives in us, Gal. 2:20, who glorifies Christ, John 16:14, through whom His holiness, righteousness, love, obedience, humility, patience, contempt of the world, and a heavenly conversation and walk, live and flourish in us. If, then, we observe these things in ourselves, we may be fully certain and assured that we have infallibly obtained the Spirit of Christ. Finally, this shall become known and manifest to us (6) from the fruits of the Holy Spirit which the Apostle mentions, Gal. 5:22–25.
XXXIII. That we should guard ourselves against the sins committed against the Holy Spirit
There is, fifthly, great reason that we should guard ourselves most carefully against all those sins which in particular set themselves against the Holy Spirit, which are these: (1) To quench the Spirit — to neglect and to make light of the motions and leadings of the Holy Spirit (as Felix did, Acts 24:25), of which we have already spoken above at length. (2) To resist the Spirit, Acts 7:51; Ps. 81:9, 12, 14, to hold the truth in unrighteousness, Rom. 1:18, as it were to stop the mouth of the Holy Spirit, to set the counsel of the flesh against His leading, to live after the flesh and not after the Spirit, Rom. 8:1, 13. (3) To grieve the Spirit, by whom we are sealed unto the day of redemption, Eph. 4:30, by doing that by which, if it were possible, the Holy Spirit would be grieved, whether in ourselves or in others — which happens through grosser and more shameful abominations, uncleanness, wantonness, drunkenness, and the like (the same). Likewise, to give oneself over to those things whereby the joy, the comfort, the readiness of spirit worked in us by Him can be darkened and, as it were, grieved. (4) To embitter the Holy Spirit, Isa. 63:10, by repeatedly resisting His leadings, and by murmuring against them, Ps. 95:8–11. (5) To lie to the Holy Spirit, as Ananias and Sapphira did, Acts 5:3, which occurs chiefly through hypocrisy, sacrilege, and robbing the church. Finally, (6) by blaspheming the Spirit of holiness, Heb. 10:29 — that great, unforgivable sin against the Holy Spirit, Matt. 12:31–32, in which the whole Trinity — Father and Son, in whose name the Holy Spirit is sent and comes — is wronged in its Godhead. To this the other aforementioned sins pave the way. We must therefore guard ourselves from and against all those sins against the Holy Spirit, as against something beyond which nothing worse can exist, or even be conceived. Otherwise: (1) The Holy Spirit will, for these reasons, neglect us; despise and disdain us; resist us; grieve at us; be embittered against us — namely, through the just judgment of retribution, Prov. 1:24; indeed, even as He forsook David, Ps. 51:13(?)–14, whether for a time, as with him, or forever, as with others. Moreover, (3) after the Spirit has been quenched, the spirit of the Devil, or the fiery darts of the Devil, will be kindled, Eph. 6:16, after the example of Saul, 1 Sam. 16:14: an evil spirit will come in his place, taking with it seven other spirits worse than himself, so that the last state will be worse than the first, according to Matt. 12:44–45. We shall also (4) by quenching the flame of the Holy Spirit within us kindle the fire of the divine wrath, 2 Kings 22:17, and draw down and load upon ourselves judgments of God of every kind, both spiritual, Rev. 2:4–5, and eternal — that unquenchable fire, Isa. 66:24; Mark 9:43–48. Not to add (5) that by the first sins against the Holy Spirit the way is by degrees paved to that last and terrible sin, the blasphemy against the Holy Spirit, the very thought of which must rightly strike terror and horror. For when you (a) neglect the Spirit, and thereby have as it were quenched Him, what is left but (b) to resist Him, seeking out pretexts? Furthermore (c) to grieve the Holy Spirit with greater and more shameful abominations; indeed (d) to embitter Him by doing this often, and by murmuring and grumbling against His motions with contrary things. And further, (e) that one, in order to cover up these misdeeds, uses hypocrisy as a means, and thereby, with Ananias and Sapphira, lies to the Holy Spirit. And finally, (f) having by all these abominations been sufficiently prepared and arrived at the nearest degree — what then will hold back and restrain one from also finally climbing this last step, and blaspheming the Spirit of Holiness, coming in the name of the whole Trinity, and thus bringing upon oneself unavoidable ruin? That you may therefore be far from this, guard yourself from the first step toward it.
XXXIV. That we should flee every spirit that is opposed to the Holy Spirit
Finally, sixthly, there is great reason that we should most diligently flee every spirit that is opposed to the Holy Spirit, 1 Tim. 4:1: namely (1) the spirit of error and of seduction, of lies, which was in the mouth of the false prophets against the Holy Spirit, 1 Kings 22:22; the spirit of Antichrist, 1 John 4:3, by which name is meant everyone who teaches things contrary to and inconsistent with godliness, in the matter of the true faith — especially the Enthusiasts, who believe a spirit apart from the Word and contrary to the Word; for which reason we are charged to try the spirits, 1 John 4:1. (2) The perverse spirit, or the spirit of perversity, Isa. 19:14, which blinds a man, so that he undertakes and carries out all his affairs in a perverse order. (3) The spirit of this world, 1 Cor. 2:12, which allures and entices to worldly wisdom and all sorts of other worldly things, 1 John 2:15–16. (4) The spirit of uncleanness, Mark 1:23, which is set over against a pure, clean, and upright spirit, Ps. 51:12, and which plunges men into every sort of lust. Finally (5) the wicked, malicious spirit, Satan, Matt. 12:43, in whom is the power of the air, who works mightily in the children of disobedience, Eph. 2:2. Let us flee these spirits, which are so opposed to the Holy Spirit, for this reason above all, that otherwise we can have no fellowship with the Holy Spirit, 2 Cor. 13:13(?). For what fellowship has righteousness with unrighteousness? And what communion has light with darkness? And what agreement has Christ with Belial? 2 Cor. 6:14–15; 1 Cor. 10:21.
Book III: Contemplative-Practical Theology, On the Works of God
Chapter I: On the Acts and Decrees of God
Over Ephesians 1:11.
"According to the purpose of Him who works all things after the counsel of His own will."
I. The two supports of faith
The faith by which we rest and repose in and upon God rests, as it were, on two props and supports: the all-sufficiency of God, whereby He is able to supply us with all that is necessary and profitable for our salvation; and His efficacious working, whereby He does and effects what He can do and supply. The first of these two points, arising from the Being of God and from the subsistence of the Persons, we have up to now explained and treated; the second we shall now undertake and begin, and shall, for the present, speak by way of a preface of the acts and workings of God in general, and then of His inward acts or decrees. To both the Apostle shall show us the way, in the passage set before us from Eph. 1:11.
The Explanatory Part
II. The text is built up
With these words the Apostle, about to explain the nature of the divine workings, shows:
1. The working of God itself: "who works all things." In these words we find:
1. The Doer, which lies hidden in the little word "the," "of Him who..." Here God is to be understood, of whom mention had been made in what precedes — whether taken theologically, with regard to the whole Trinity, since it is proper to each Person, according to His particular manner of subsisting, to work all things; or economically, that here only the Father is to be understood, as one who throughout what precedes is distinguished from the Son, in and through whom He works all things that are required for our salvation.
2. The Act or Doing, ἐνεργοῦντος, "who works, effects." By this word is signified a doing coupled with efficacy, and indeed with the highest efficacy, which can in no way be hindered or obstructed — and this according to the usage of Scripture. The LXX translators use this word, Isa. 41:4, in which passage a most powerful working is set forth, one which breaks through and removes every obstacle, and accomplishes the thing wrought. The Apostle uses this same word, Eph. 2:2, to express the power of the Devil, and the force of his dominion and rule in and over the children of disobedience. It signifies here, therefore, such a working of God as no power of any creature, no strength of the free will, can withstand or resist, so that it does not, with the utmost precision, come through to the intended and purposed effect.
3. The Thing Wrought, τὰ πάντα, "all things." Namely, either (a) ἁπλῶς, simply, and in the widest possible sense, without any exception — not only these benefits of grace, but also all manner of others, and not only good things, but also evil ones (namely so far as they are moral acts or deeds, but not so far as they are morally evil, seeing that God best orders even these to His own aim and end). Thus it would be an argument from the lesser to the greater: God works all things, even in the very least of creatures; much more those things which pertain to man's salvation. Or (b) in a somewhat narrower sense, all these things, namely, which pertain to our salvation, of which he constantly treats. Or (c) in the narrowest sense, of those works alone which are God's works, of which sort are: to send Christ with commands, and to raise Him up after He has died; the revelation of the Gospel of fulfillment, and dependence on Him. Yet in such a way that not only are the workings of the whole Trinity not excluded, but the economic works of the Father are also included, whereby He, as the first Person, decreed the whole work of Redemption from eternity, and afterward accomplished it in time.
II. The rule of the working: κατὰ τὴν βουλὴν τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ, "according to the counsel of His will." For the eternal counsel of peace between Father and Son is, as it were, the rule according to which the whole work of Redemption has been brought to execution. Here in particular is signified:
1. God's Purpose: κατὰ τὴν πρόθεσιν, "according to the purpose." God's Purpose, πρόθεσις, means in Holy Scripture sometimes the whole decree of Election, or the counsel of peace; sometimes the first act of Election, whereby God has purposed within Himself to reveal the glory of His mercy in the gracious salvation of certain particular men, according to which He has set apart and marked out those certain particular men in whom that gracious salvation should one day come to pass in time; sometimes the third act of Election, whereby He purposes to prepare the means fitted and suited to that salvation. For this reason election is sometimes said to occur according to the purpose, Eph. 1:11; sometimes the purpose according to election, Rom. 9:11; and election according to the purpose, the counsel, and the good pleasure of God's will, Eph. 1:5.
2. God's Counsel, κατὰ τὴν βουλήν, "according to the Counsel." For in any counsel there is, besides the setting forth of a certain end, also a deliberation concerning the means, and finally an intention of this means, to the neglect of all others. In God, properly speaking, a deliberation or consultation — as including ignorance — can have no place; nevertheless a counsel or deliberation is ascribed to God, with regard to the certainty of His knowledge, and also with regard to the wisdom and most perfect manner of working, which proceeds not from nature but from a counsel taken, or from a rational good pleasure, willingly.
3. The Intention of the will, τοῦ θελήματος, "of the will," whereby the means already beforehand chosen is applied and put into effect — freely indeed, yet also wisely and righteously, since this takes place according to the counsel of the will, by virtue of a complete, full, and unlimited right over all creatures. So that, in the whole text, both the general manner of all God's workings is pointed out, and, in particular, that of the divine decrees, of which we shall speak separately and point by point in the remainder of this chapter.
First Consideration
On the Acts and Workings of God
The Doctrinal Part
III. All things are said to be worked by God
All things are said in Scripture to be of Him, through Him, and to Him, Rom. 11:36; and the Savior says that His Father works, and He also, John 5:17. Nor could anything be clearer to all men than this, since God is the first cause of all things, without whom there could be no acting or working in the world at all — for, the first cause not working, how should the second work? Not to add, that it is beyond all doubt more perfect to do and to work than not to do and not to work, and that it therefore cannot be that this should not fit and be proper to a most perfect Being.
IV. In what manner working is ascribed to God
Now, to work, to do, and to accomplish signifies, in creatures indeed, these four things together: a Worker, in whom there is a power or capacity to work, from which the working itself arises, which produces the work. These four things, which in creatures are various and distinct, are in God, who is a most simple act, one and the same thing, and there is in Him no working except the working Being itself. Although, in the outward workings, the work differs from the worker and from the working, so that here the divine working includes two things — namely, the working Being of God, and its relation to the work. Further, in the workings of creatures both the worker and the work pass from power to act, insofar as the worker, who before could only work, now works in act, and the work, which before could only be brought forth, is now actually brought forth. But in the workings of God, only the work passes from power to act, insofar as it undergoes the power — the divine Being — which is in itself always and uniformly active; for in God there occurs, through the working, no change or alteration of power and act.
V. How far the divine working extends
God works all things and in all, Rom. 11:36 — all that exists, whatever has any being or goodness, whether natural or moral. For the working of every second cause depends necessarily on the working of the first cause (which otherwise would not be an absolutely first cause), both with regard to the being of the working, and with regard to all the real circumstances, Isa. 45:7: "I the LORD do all these things"; Lam. 3:37–38. Therefore God works only the morally evil things, or sins, not — and cannot work them — Ps. 5:5–6, because these are not works but defects of works; and God cannot transgress the Law, in which alone the working of this evil consists, 1 John 3:4.
VI. The manner in which the divine working belongs to the Persons
God's workings (namely, the outward ones, or those that go forth) can be considered either as flowing from the Being, or from the Omnipotence, which is one and the same with the almighty Being, of which we have spoken above at length; or from the Persons, and in this respect we find: (1) The co-working of the Persons, whereby they all work the same thing inseparably, John 5:17, 19 — since, according to that well-known axiom, the outward works of God are common to the three Persons, John 16:13–14. From this it follows (1) that each Person works of Himself, so far as concerns the working power, John 5:26, since one and the same power to work is common to them all. For this reason (2) in these workings no one Person has any preeminence over another, since they all work through one and the same power, John 5:21, 23. Here we find (2) the distinct manner in which the particular Persons work, whereby each particular Person works according to His particular manner of subsisting: the Father of Himself, through the Son and the Holy Spirit; the Son from the Father, through the Holy Spirit; the Holy Spirit from the Father and the Son, through Himself — as we have taught in the chapter on the Trinity. (3) Here we find the particular Appropriation, whereby a work, which is otherwise common to those Persons, is for a particular reason attributed to one of them in particular. From this the first work outward, namely Creation, and the first outlining of the work of Redemption through Predestination, is ascribed to the first Person; to the second is appropriated Redemption, because He obtained it by His blood; and to the third belongs in particular Sanctification, along with adherence to it, because He touches and works it immediately. Then also (4) we find here the Termination of the working, whereby the termination or end-point of a certain working, though common to all the Persons, is proper to one Person in particular. Thus the end-point of the very act of the incarnation, namely the human nature, which is common to the three Persons, is in particular brought to the second Person, who assumed the manhood.
VII. The division of the divine working
The divine working is commonly divided and distinguished into inward or immanent, by which nothing is brought forth outside of God, or that is distinct from God; and outward or transient, whereby something is brought forth distinct and distinguished from God. The former are again either personal and distinguishing, whereby the Persons are distinguished from one another — as, to generate is the work of the Father, Ps. 2:7; to be generated, or to go forth by way of one begotten, is the particular working of the Son, Mic. 5:1(?); to go forth by way of one breathed forth is the particular property of the Holy Spirit, John 15:26 — or they are essential, whereby the Persons are in part impelled toward one another, as when, for example, the Father knows, loves, glorifies the Son, and the Son in turn the Father; and in part toward the creatures, whereby the Father knows the creatures, blesses, elects, rejects them. Under these come, in particular, the divine Decrees. The latter, namely the outward workings, are brought under Creation and under Providence.
The Polemical Part
VIII. Four points of controversy concerning the workings of God noted
That God works all things in all is thus sufficiently denied, first, by the Epicureans, when they ascribe to God such an idleness as would make Him despise and neglect all worldly affairs — namely, lest the activity of creating, preserving, and governing so many creatures should impair His rest and blessedness — giving little thought to what is written, Isa. 40:28, that the everlasting God, the LORD, the Creator of the ends of the earth, neither faints nor is weary. Secondly, the Stoics, when they make God's own workings depend on a fate, or on a chain of second causes — as though He Himself did not work that chain of causes, or could not, according to His will, change it. Thirdly, the Pelagians, when they withdraw from the divine working the first determination of the free will, and also sin — not only as to its unlawfulness, but altogether, even as to the subject of the unlawfulness. All of which things they each shift and remove to their own place, that of Providence. Fourthly, the Socinians and Vorstius, who devise in God such workings as would be accidents of His, distinct from the Being — which the doctrine of God's Simplicity and Unchangeableness, in its proper place, has refuted.
The Practical Part
IX. That God works all things in all discloses first his glorious efficacious activity
That God works all things in all discloses, first, His glory, as the one from whom, through whom, and to whom are all things. To Him, therefore, belongs the glory forever, Rom. 11:36 — who forms the light and creates the darkness, Jehovah, who does all these things, Isa. 45:7. In particular, the glory of His Independence, whereby He, doing and working all things, is set in motion and effected by no one, Rom. 11:35; of His Omnipotence, whereby He, being moved by nothing from elsewhere, does whatever pleases Him, Ps. 115:3; of His Wisdom, whereby He makes all things with wisdom, Ps. 104:24; of Thankfulness, as the one to whom, for that reason, belongs the glory of all the good which all men enjoy from all the creatures, as the one who works all things in all — who works in us in particular both to will and to work, Phil. 2:13, so that we are and can be, by His grace alone, all that we are, and all that we can do and accomplish — whose grace, then, is not idle in us, 1 Cor. 15:10.
X. It condemns godlessness
Secondly, this marks the atheism of those who think that God works nothing, that neither good nor evil goes forth from the mouth of the Most High, Lam. 3:37–38; who say in their hearts, "The LORD does neither good nor evil," Zeph. 1:12; who thus do not love God, do not seek Him, as if He could do them no good, who say, "It is vain to serve God: for what profit is it that we have kept His ordinance?" Mal. 3:14; who thus do not revere or fear Him, as if He could do them no harm, Ps. 10:6, 11; 94:7, 10. And who make of God, who works all things in all, a dull and inactive idol.
XI. It comforts the godly in every kind of trouble
Thirdly, this comforts the godly in every kind of trouble, that it is God who forms their light and creates their darkness, who makes peace and creates evil, and that it is this same God who is theirs, Isa. 45:7; that there is no evil in the city which the LORD has not done, Amos 3:6 — so that they, on this account, are struck silent in every kind of adversity, affliction, and misfortune, and do not open their mouths, because the LORD has done it, Ps. 39:9.
XII. It raises and strengthens our trust
Fourthly, this raises and strengthens our trust in God, that we roll our way upon the LORD, because He shall bring it to pass, Ps. 37:5 — that we depend on Him alone in all things, since He so works all things in all, that without Him nothing can befall us, whether good or evil.
XIII. It binds us to God and to the pursuit of blessedness
Fifthly, it binds us to God, that we cleave and adhere to Him with sincere service and godliness, and withdraw and detach ourselves from all other things — whether from hope of any good, or from fear of any evil, to be received from the creatures apart from God — since God works all things in all; and that we should therefore be most concerned that we may have God at our right hand, that we may not be moved, Ps. 16:8 — for, if He is for us, who or what shall then be against us? Rom. 8:31; and on the other hand, if He is against us, who or what shall then be for us? — since He works all things in all. Having touched on these things, let this suffice; it will perhaps be spoken of elsewhere, more distinctly, in the chapter on Providence.
Second Consideration
On the Decrees of God
The Doctrinal Part
XIV. Among the inward workings, the Decrees of God come first to view
Among the inward divine workings, of which we have up to now spoken in general, there come first to view the Decrees of God, whereby, according to the text, He works all things according to the counsel of His will. That He is everywhere in the Scriptures of both Testaments said to have such a decree appears, for example, from Isa. 25:1: "This is the counsel that is counseled... for the LORD of hosts has purposed it in His counsel"; and 46:10; Dan. 4:24(?); Ps. 2:7; Zeph. 2:2(?); Acts 2:23; 4:28; Rom. 8:29–30; Matt. 11:26, etc. For since God works, not by nature, as unreasoning and lifeless creatures do, nor recklessly, without reason, out of a mere impulse, it is necessary that He work out of and with a deliberate, free counsel — especially since we have long since demonstrated, and it is also acknowledged by all, that He is endowed with understanding, and equally with will. Not to add that it is beyond doubt a greater perfection to work out of and with a deliberate counsel than out of and through nature or impulse. The word "decree" is indeed unscriptural, but the thing itself is scriptural, through many synonymous words and manners of speech, as we shall note in the following section. And yet it must not for this reason be said that a decree does not properly belong to God, since understanding and will belong to Him most properly of all, and likewise to work freely, or out of and with a rational good pleasure, for the reasons already given above. Nor does it conflict with this that in the decrees of creatures a deliberation and counsel is presupposed, and that in their decrees and counsels ignorance is observed. For these things do not belong to a decree simply, but only to a decree of creatures, whose imperfections must be withdrawn and kept away from God, just as we are accustomed to do with the communicable attributes of God.
XV. A Decree signifies a fixed and settled opinion
A Decree signifies a fixed and settled opinion and pronouncement, whether of a judge, giving a decisive sentence between parties, or any other opinion, pronouncement, and judgment following upon deliberation — called by other names counsel, good pleasure, purpose, predetermined counsel, Acts 2:23; 4:28; Eph. 1:9, 11; likewise in Hebrew, עֵצָה, a decree, a determination, Ps. 2:7. In God it means nothing else than His predetermined opinion and purpose, concerning the providing for and disposing of all future things, according to the counsel of His will. It is a pre- and firmly-determined opinion, signifying three things: (1) A decreeing act, which is nothing other than God's own Being, considered as a living act, or the decreeing God Himself. (2) Its inclination, leaning, and relation to the object which shall be disposed in time, without any change in God, or any perfecting of the Being — for that leaning and inclination is not some particular thing accruing to the Being, whereby the Being would come to be more perfect. And in this respect the decree differs from the Being, since the Being does not include such an inclination, leaning, and relation. (3) The decreed thing, or that which shall be brought forth in time, which really differs and is distinguished from God. With respect to the first, the decree in God is one, necessary, and eternal; with respect to the second, that is, of the inclination and leaning, it is manifold and various — much as, in a circle whose center is one, the lines drawn from it are indeed various, yet never in conflict with one another.
XVI. The determinate settling of the decree includes three things
Further, this determinate purpose and settling of the decree includes, first, the end which the one decreeing has pre- and firmly-set for Himself, which end, for God, is nothing but His own honor and glory, with respect to which He is said to work all things for His own sake, Prov. 16:4, and unto Himself, Rom. 11:36; secondly, the comprehension of the means, concerning which (in creatures) a deliberation is held, that the most fitting and effective might be chosen and settled upon — for which reason the decree is called a counsel or deliberation; thirdly, the intention of the will, whereby the means, chosen out of many, is intended. And this intention indeed is the cause of every future coming-to-be, but yet not of the future thing itself, whether it be good or evil — since the decree is an immanent act, producing nothing outside of God, and since also the future coming-to-be is there from eternity, while the future thing itself is born in time.
XVII. The decree is active and effective concerning the future coming-to-be
This determinate settling of God is therefore active and effective concerning the future coming-to-be of every and each thing, whether it be necessary or contingent, good or evil — although meanwhile the future things themselves do not receive that determinate settling as their cause. Thus the decree is indeed the cause of the future coming-to-be of sin, but not of the future sin itself, which acknowledges as its cause the free will of the one sinning. For if God's decree were not the cause of every kind of future coming-to-be, then the thing would have been from eternity of itself and by its own nature, whereby a fate more than Stoic would be implied — not to add that in this way that which shall be and come to pass in time would be the cause of that which has been from eternity, and thus the thing wrought would be prior to its own cause. Meanwhile, however, the future thing does indeed follow certainly upon the decree, through Creation or through Providence, as being either the cause of it, if it is a good thing, or only the antecedent, if it is an evil thing.
XVIII. God therefore, according to the decree, provides for and disposes the future coming-to-be and the future things
God, therefore, according to the decree, intends to provide for and dispose the future coming-to-be and the future things — whether by accomplishing them, if it is a good thing, or by effectively permitting them, if it is an evil thing — for which reason arises the division of the decree into an effecting and a permitting decree.
XIX. Finally, the rule
Finally, the rule, or that which is named as a rule of the disposing and providing, is the Counsel of the will, in a certain and determinate sense — such counsel as belongs to God, not (as it does to creatures) with regard to a properly so-called deliberation, in which an ignorance is presupposed, which must be driven off and removed by the deliberation; but with regard to a most perfect judgment, such as follows in creatures upon a careful deliberation, so far as it excludes rashness and recklessness, and adorns all things wisely and fittingly — for which reason God's decree is called פֹּעַל, a work, an undertaking, a masterpiece, Prov. 8:22; Isa. 5:12(?).
XX. God's decree is eternal
Further, that decree of God is, first, eternal, Eph. 1:4, for which reason it is said that all His works are known to God from eternity, Acts 15:18, and the purpose according to which grace is given to us is said to have been before the times of the ages, 2 Tim. 1:9. And God is said to have ordained beforehand, in a mystery, the hidden wisdom, before the world was, 1 Cor. 2:7 — and this not only with respect to the decreeing act, but also with respect to its inclination and leaning, to dispose and provide for the future thing. Were it otherwise, God would, by decreeing, pass from power to act, and would be subject to change, which Holy Scripture most precisely excludes from Him, Mal. 3:6; Jas. 1:17.
XXI. It is likewise absolutely free
Meanwhile it is, secondly, entirely free, Rom. 9:11; Jer. 18:6; Matt. 20:15(?). Not that God could have been without the power or without the act of decreeing — for thus He would have been able to be without understanding and will; nor that the power or act of decreeing could have been without any inclination and leaning toward a certain object — for then God would decree without anything decreed; nor that God at some time was indifferent as to whether to decree or not to decree — for then the decree would not be eternal, and God would have been changed by decreeing. But the decree is free, insofar as (1) God, by His nature, is indifferent to decreeing this or otherwise. (2) Insofar as God, in decreeing this or otherwise, is not determined from elsewhere, but only by His own reasons, through a rational good pleasure. And yet God's decree is not only free (as that of creatures is, though that is determined by a supreme cause), but also most free of all, or absolutely and unlimitedly free, since it is simply independent.
XXII. It is most wise
It is, thirdly, most wise, so that here one may rightly cry out: "O the depth of the riches, both of the wisdom and knowledge of God!" Rom. 11:33–34; Ps. 104:24 — insofar as God chooses and puts together, through their ends, all parts that are most fitting and most suitable, Rom. 8:28–30. Nor does He decree anything without reason, for although the divine decree excludes all causes that would produce it, it nevertheless absolutely requires — since it is most wise — reasons that are good in themselves.
XXIII. It is likewise, fourthly, absolutely unlimited and unchangeable
It is likewise, fourthly, absolutely unlimited and unchangeable, Isa. 46:10; Acts 4:28; Prov. 19:21. For although the decreed thing itself very often depends on certain determinate causes and conditions, yet the very act of decreeing is always and entirely independent of every cause and condition, and thus absolutely unchangeable.
XXIV. Finally, fifthly, it is in general efficacious
Finally, fifthly, God's decree is in general efficacious, Ps. 115:3; 135:6; Isa. 14:24. For although it does not work the decreed thing itself — for example, sin — it is nevertheless efficacious concerning the future coming-to-be of sin, which is evil, and which can be caused by nothing else than the divine decree. This efficacy of the divine decree does not, therefore, lay upon and in things any necessity, but only a certainty of outcome — since there is nothing in the way why a certain outcome should not proceed from a certain contingent proximate cause, which is not of itself determined to that effect, nor does it take away the freedom of our will, since there is nothing in the way why He should not work out of a preceding good pleasure and free choice. Indeed, it is so far from being the case that the efficacy of the divine decree would press all things with a hard necessity, that it is rather the root and wellspring of all contingency. For if there were no God, or a certain supreme and most powerful Being, who so ordered and joined together such a contingent and chance cause for such an outcome, there would then be absolutely no contingency or chance at all.
XXV. The Object underlying the divine decree
The Object lying beforehand under the decree is the possible; and the Object terminating and determining the decree is the future, insofar as God, out of the possible things, has decreed that this or that shall be and come to pass. Now the future concerns all things, Eph. 1:11; Rom. 11:36; Lam. 3:37–38, down to particular sins, Acts 4:28 — so that, as we have said, although sin itself flows from the transgression of the Law, its future coming-to-be nevertheless comes from nowhere else than the divine decree.
XXVI. The decree is one, so far as concerns the decreeing act
To God belongs only a single and most simple decree, with respect to the decreeing act; and God has also, once for all and simultaneously, without any deliberation, determined from eternity the future things, which either already have been, or now are, or shall be. Nevertheless God's decree is called manifold and various, on account of and through the leaning and inclination toward various objects, and on account of the various endings and relations arising from it for Him — for which reason mention is made of counsels, Isa. 25:1, of thoughts (מַחְשָׁבוֹת), and of works (מִפְעָלִים), Prov. 28:22(?). And insofar as these are many, they hang together among themselves in a most beautiful and wise order. Indeed, according to our manner of conceiving, we note not only an order in the decreed things themselves, but also, in its own way, in God's counsels, thoughts, and undertakings — not that there are, in reality and in fact, various acts of decreeing there, and that the one is, either in time or in nature, later than the other, but because we, as it were, grasp various parts of one and the same decree, and join them together in a due and fitting order, that we may thus, each in its own distinct way, contemplate all the wisdom of the decree, and more fully draw it out and comprehend it. For, since it would be neither right nor fitting for God to decree one thing without the other — for example, to create the human race without any counsel to glorify Himself thereby, since He would then not have created it wisely, but rashly and in vain; or the end without the means, and again the means without the end — here we distinguish various parts of the decree, and we say that the one part, or the one decree, is, if not the producing cause, at least the reason of the other, and we reason from the one to the other, just as the Apostle leads us in this, Rom. 8:32, 29–30. By this order in the divine decrees we may rightly comprehend and say that God wills the end before the means to it, and among the means, those first which more nearly touch the end; and thus, that that which is first in intention is last in execution — namely, according to the order of intention, whereas according to the order of execution the means come before the end. Which, however, must not immediately be understood as though there were various willings in God, as if the one were earlier there, the other later; likewise as if the one were the cause of the other — but it must be understood of the decreed and willed thing, that there is with God a willing and most wise ordering together of an earlier and of a later thing, chiefly of the means and of the end, which He has joined together in the most fitting and suitable way, and at the same time in the most free way — so that, nevertheless, neither He Himself, nor His decree, depends on any thing, or condition, or means. Wherefore, as we have said, God's decree, just as it is one, is likewise for that reason necessarily, in the highest degree, absolute and unlimited, although the execution, and the thing wrought, and the bringing forth, can be conditional — all of which nevertheless depends on the one, simple, and unlimited decree.
XXVII. Finally, the decree, considered as manifold, is distinguished into an effecting and a permitting decree
Not that the decree properly effects anything, for it is an immanent act; but because there is a decree, according to which God has determined, in time, to effect some things, and to permit others. The effecting decree concerns all manner of good things, both natural and moral, since God is the first and general cause of all being; but the permitting decree only provides for the future coming-to-be, while the future thing itself is brought forth, through a certain deviation, aberration, and defect in the working, by the creature — God merely not preventing it, Ps. 81:13(?); Acts 14:16(?), compared with Gen. 20:6. This is active only concerning the moral evil, or sin, which God, as such, does not work, but only permits, Acts 2:23–24; 4:27–28.
The Polemical Part
XXVIII. The question is: (I) Whether God's decree is his very Being
Among the Greeks this question was of old disputed: whether the Being and the Will of God are one and the same thing — which was denied by some, acknowledged by others, as may be seen in Justin Martyr, or whoever else is the author of that book (in Quaestiones ad Graecos), upon which the later church fathers, chiefly Augustine (Lib. de Essentia Dei), and likewise the Schoolmen, Damascene, Lombard, Aquinas, and others, have given an answer affirmatively. The Apologetic Remonstrants, in order to have the Socinians the more favorable to themselves, and in order the more strongly to attack the Simplicity of God, and to defend the changeableness of the divine decrees, deny it. The Socinians deny it more openly, and reduce the decree to accidents in God, for this reason: (1) to overthrow God's simplicity, and (2) His unchangeableness. The Reformed acknowledge that the decreed things really differ from the divine Being; likewise that the leaning and inclination of the decree toward a certain object does not without qualification belong to the Being of God Himself; yet that this nevertheless in every respect belongs to the constituting of the decree, since otherwise there would be a decree which would decree nothing. But so far as concerns the very act of decreeing, they hold that this is one and the same with the Being — except that the Being, considered as unlimited and in itself, does not at the same time signify a leaning and inclination toward this or that object, which inclination the decree, formally considered, includes. Meanwhile there are not lacking among the Reformed those who make a distinction between the Being and the Decree, yet in such a way that they do not thereby admit any composition in God, since the leaning or inclination is nothing else than a relation, which properly has no being of its own, by which it would come to constitute a composition. The reasons of the Reformed, by virtue of which the Decree is one and the same with the Being of God, are taken: (1) From the divine Simplicity, whereby He wards off all accidents, as we have demonstrated in its place, in the chapter on the Simplicity of God. (2) From His Infinity, which allows no diversity of things, no parts, or any kind of composition, as we have shown in its place. (3) From the fact that the decree in God is nothing other than His Understanding and Will, which are without doubt one and the same with His Being. (4) Because accidents, which by their nature include an imperfection, do not fit the most perfect Being. Nor does the opposing view hold good here: (a) That in God there are many decrees, whereas the Being is but one; for if by decrees you understand the decreed things, they are indeed many, and really different from the divine Being and from one another; but if you look to the leaning or inclination toward the objects, by virtue of which leaning there are many decrees, this is not a thing different from the Being, nor an accident, but a relation, only distinguishing, not composing. But if by decrees you understand the decreeing act, this is nothing other than the divine Being itself, so far as it is understood by us as active concerning the future coming-to-be of things. (b) That the decrees in God are free, whereas the Being is necessary — for the act of decreeing is in God not free, but necessary, just as also the power of decreeing is in rational creatures; the leaning or inclination of the act toward some object is also in God not free, but necessary, since He cannot decree unless there be something which He decrees — although the leaning inclination of the decreeing act toward this object rather than that is free, indeed most free. This, then, we say is not the Being of God, but only the act of decreeing, so far as it is understood by us with relation to a decreeing or a decreed thing.
XXIX. The question is: (II) Whether all God's decrees are eternal
The Pelagians, Socinians, and Remonstrants, in order the more readily to maintain that God's decrees are not God Himself, that man's free will consists in an independent indifference, and that the decrees which arise from day to day are made according to the pleasure of man's free will, do indeed acknowledge that there are certain divine decrees which are from eternity — as of the creating, preserving, and governing of the world; of the giving and sending of Christ into the world; of the giving of eternal salvation to those who are obedient; and of other such things which are not opposed to the indifference of the free will — but that all the decrees are eternal, they deny. The Reformed, on the contrary, hold that all God's decrees, and each in particular, are eternal, for the following reasons: (1) Because, according to the preceding section, God's decrees are God Himself; therefore, since God is eternal, His decrees are eternal too. (2) Because He has foreknown from eternity all future things, Acts 15:18, and He did not foreknow them except from His decree. (3) Because, from the contrary supposition, God would have been from eternity, until the bringing forth of those decrees in time, ignorant, inconsiderate, and uncertain of very many, indeed of most, of the things that were to come. (4) Because God would then have received, and would still daily receive, very many perfections that are found in the knowledge of things not decreed from eternity, and would therefore not have been from eternity most perfect, and consequently not have been God. (5) Because the parties, with their contrary supposition, ground a necessity greater than that of the Stoics. For if that which now is in time has, from eternity, had to be, and that future coming-to-be does not depend on the free decree of God, then it can depend on nothing else than the future things themselves; if these, then, were future from eternity, before and without the decree, then even God Himself could not have determined otherwise concerning them, and God will thus stand under their future coming-to-be. If they object by way of the contrary: (A) That God alone is eternal, but that the decrees are not God, and are therefore not eternal either. Answer: (a) We have already at length demonstrated, in the preceding section, that the decrees are God Himself, and in what manner. (b) The parties themselves acknowledge that some decrees of God are from eternity; therefore at least some decrees will be God Himself — and if some, why not all. (c) The Apostle says, Eph. 3:11, that God's decrees, notwithstanding that they are made, are nevertheless eternal: "according to the eternal purpose which He has made," etc. Therefore that "He has made" is, with the Apostle, nothing other than that He has taken, that He has conceived within Himself. The parties object (B) that God's decrees are free, and therefore not eternal. Answer: (a) By the parties' own admission, some of God's decrees are from eternity; therefore eternity does not conflict with freedom, or else not all the decrees will be free. (b) They are therefore free, because they are not from a necessity of the divine Nature, but from a rational good pleasure — which does not conflict with their being from eternity. (c) They are therefore free, not with regard to the act of decreeing, but with regard to its leaning and inclination toward this or that determinate object. It is said, (C) that no contingent and free thing that has come to be is from eternity; but God's decrees are contingent and free things that have come to be — for all such things that have come to be are later than their cause. Answer: (a) The decree, so far as it means the decreed thing, is later than its own cause, and therefore not eternal; but the decree, so far as it means the decreeing act, is in no way later than the decree, but exists simultaneously with the decreeing act. (b) The decree is later than the decreeing act only in order of nature, but not in order of time — just as the sun's rays are later than the sun, not in order of time, since they exist together with it, but only in order of nature. They proceed further and say: (D) Some decrees are later than other decrees; they are therefore not all eternal, since in eternity there is no earlier and later. Answer: (a) There are earlier and later decrees, if one looks to the decreed thing, but not if one looks to the decreeing act — for God has decreed all things by one single and most simple act. (b) They are earlier and later, only according to the manner of our conceiving, but not on the side of the decree itself. (c) They are, among themselves, earlier and later, in order of nature, but not in order of time. (E) Finally, it is objected that some of God's decrees occur in time, and are therefore not all from eternity; the former, it is said, appears from Jer. 18:11; 31:28(?); Deut. 28:63. Answer: These texts speak, not of the decrees, but of God's promises and threats, which differ vastly from the decrees.
XXX. The question is: (III) Whether there are conditional decrees of God
The Pelagians and Pelagian-minded, the Socinians, the Arminians, the Papists, the Lutherans, and however many there are outside the Reformed church, in order the more easily to maintain the independent free will of man, and at the same time that God has decreed to save all men and each in particular — hold that there are conditional decrees of God, both antecedent and consequent, by which God would have determined to save every man and each in particular, if only they should be willing to believe and to convert themselves. The Reformed acknowledge that, if one understands by the decree the decreed thing, there are conditional decrees, insofar as God has from eternity willed that certain things should come to pass, upon an antecedent condition — for example, that this or that person will be saved, upon an antecedent faith and conversion. But if one understands by the decree the decreeing act of God, they deny that it depends on any condition. (1) Because God's decree is His will, Eph. 1:11, "according to the counsel of His will" — but we have already at length demonstrated above, Book 2, Chapter 15, §. 27–29, that there is in God no such conditional will. (2) Because God's decree is God Himself, according to §. XXVIII. Therefore, since God does not depend on a condition, neither will His decree depend on a condition. (3) Because an absolutely first and independent Being can in no way, without contradiction — and consequently not with regard to His decree either — depend on anyone or anything. (4) Because the decree, being from eternity, as we have demonstrated in the preceding section, cannot depend on a condition which shall only first arise in time. (5) Because that conditional decree, according to the nature of a condition, would be taken up in time, and in vain. (6) Because God would then not foreknow and foretell the outcomes of things which depend on man's free will, before they come to pass — since that foreknowledge depends only on God's absolute decree; and consequently there would fall in God an ignorance, and thus an imperfection in the most perfect Being. Finally, (7) because with God all things are unlimited and unconditional, Ps. 115:3; Isa. 46:10; Job 42:2. And it does not hold good against this that the divine decree is often changed, and made conditional, by the creature's placing a condition, Jer. 18:7–10 — since it is not the decree that is changed, or made conditional, as often as God promises something good, or threatens something evil, but the decreed thing. Not to add that the decree differs vastly from the promises, since the decree has been from eternity, while the promises are made in time — so that, when these are made conditional, and changed according to their state, the decrees are nevertheless not thereby immediately made conditional or changed.
XXXI. The question is: (IV) Whether there is a decree fitted and suited to the circumstances
The Remonstrants and the Jesuits, that they might, on the one hand, not seem to ascribe absolutely nothing to God's decree and grace, and, on the other hand, take nothing away from man's independent free will, hold that, before the regeneration of men, one man has a nature more inclined and disposed to conversion than another man; that God, according as the man is called in a manner and by means fitted and suited to his nature, in such a place, at such a time, with such motives — will, if he obeys that fitted and suited calling, of himself and willingly convert himself, and, by the powers of his free will, determine himself to faith and conversion. They then hold that God has decreed to call such a man, in accordance with that nature and those circumstances. The Reformed, on the contrary, hold that all men, through the Fall, are equally dead, and unable to believe, in whatever manner they may then be called; and that this decree is therefore in many respects foolish. (1) Because, as we have said, Holy Scripture teaches that all men are dead in sin, Eph. 2:1–3, and consequently equally unable for any spiritual good, even for the least good thought, 1 Cor. 2:14; 2 Cor. 3:5; Rom. 8:7–8; Tit. 3:3; Jer. 13:23; Gen. 6:5; 8:21, and elsewhere. (2) Because Holy Scripture teaches a decree which precedes the circumstances and the conversion, Acts 13:48(?); Rom. 8:29–30. (3) Because that same Scripture brings the determination of the will to conversion only to the powerfully bending grace, Phil. 2:12–13; Prov. 21:1; Rom. 15:18; 1 Cor. 15:10. (4) Because such a fitted, suited, and applied decree makes God — who is independent and absolutely the first, who is one and the same with His decree — dependent, and, in time, conforming His decree to fitting or suitable circumstances. (5) Because this stated opinion establishes a connection, antecedent to God's decree, or a fully certain and inseparable connection, between those fitted and well-suited circumstances and the free conversion of, say, Peter — and thus the parties, while they wish to escape a necessity that arises from the absolute decree, fall into a fate more than Stoic. Or (6) it presupposes an uncertain connection, which God could not, therefore, have foreseen with certainty, so as to make a sure and settled decree, fitted to those circumstances — and thus they take away God's omniscience, for that which is not certain cannot be certainly foreknown either. (7) Because this opinion ascribes conversion and faith, independently, to man's free will, whereas, on the contrary, it makes God dependent on this. Nor is there anything that they allege for their so fitted decree, except that it is fitted for maintaining the free will. To which we answer, that the parties falsely presuppose that the freedom of our will consists in a mere independent indifference, whereas it truly consists in a capacity to do and to work out of and with a rational good pleasure, which is not taken away — indeed, not even injured — by God's absolute decree, since God has decreed from eternity that Peter, for example, should believe and convert himself willingly, or out of and with an antecedent good pleasure.
XXXII. The question is: (V) Whether there is an antecedent and general decree
The same Remonstrants and Jesuits, in order to come to the aid of their independent, indifferent free will, hold and maintain that there is a general predestination, election, and reprobation, which does not concern the persons so much as it does the state of the persons — holding that God has, by an antecedent and general decree, determined, for example, that everyone who shall have believed shall be saved; but by a subsequent and particular decree, that Peter, because he wills to believe, shall be saved. The Reformed acknowledge no antecedent and general decree: (1) Because every universal notion is born from a process of reasoning, and from an abstraction from particular things, which reasoning includes a dependence on particular things, as well as an ignorance, insofar as, by reasoning, a knowledge is obtained which one did not have beforehand. (2) Because that general decree would be idle and vain, since it is presupposed that another and particular decree shall follow, which determines and wholly amends that first one, and thereby sufficiently nullifies it. (3) Because it is superfluous — for where there is a particular decree, which is concerned with all and each thing down to the indivisible, there the general decree is of no use, since He who knows all things and each in particular, by and through one single and most simple act, and that in Himself, has no need to have a general concept and apprehension. (4) Because the logical genus is a non-being, and there would thus be a decree which would be no decree. Indeed, (5) one thereby posits such a decree as is altogether unworthy of and unbefitting God, as one to whom nothing is general, nothing unlimited, nothing dependent on something else, or on particular things. Nor, finally, (6) does it agree with His infinite perfection, that He should, by an antecedent and general decree, decree and determine salvation for all and each at once — for example — which He already, from eternity, foreknows shall never come to pass. If they urge against us those passages of Scripture which seem to breathe something of the universal in God — for example, John 3:16: "that whosoever believes should not perish, but have everlasting life," and verse 36: "he who is disobedient to the Son shall not see life, but," etc. — likewise Acts 10:43: "that whosoever believes in Him shall receive remission of sins through His name," and whatever other similar passages there are — one must note that these passages speak not of the decrees, but of general promises and threats, which God uses toward men, to come to the aid of their weakness, as ones which comprehend all and each in
...can be understood only under general expressions.
§ XXXIII. One asks: (VI) Whether there is in God a changeable decree? The Arminians, Jesuits, Socinians, and other Pelagian-minded theologians teach that decrees are changeable — on account of their doctrine of a free will which is, in the same way, changeable at every hour, and upon which they make the majority of decrees depend; and also because they teach that the general, conditional election, when its condition fails, is changed into reprobation.
The Reformed hold, with their reasons, that all God's decrees are unchangeable. (I) Because all decrees are God Himself, as we demonstrated in §28. Therefore, as God is unchangeable, so also is His decree unchangeable. (II) Because all God's decrees are eternal, according to §29, and in eternity there is no succession of change. (III) Because the decree would then have to be changed by some other being prior to God, and God would consequently not be an absolutely first Being. (IV) Because God would then have to be changed either into something better — which does not exist, nor can exist — or into something worse — but then God would be corrupted — or into something equally good, which likewise does not exist. (V) Because Holy Scripture calls God not only utterly unchangeable in general (Mal. 3:6, James 1:17), but also, in particular, His decree (Isa. 46:10, Ps. 33:12, Heb. 6:17), and elsewhere — apart from those passages which speak only of conditional promises and threatenings, which differ immensely from decrees. Nor do our opponents have anything they can bring against this, although even these conditional promises and threats, being themselves conditional, are not, properly speaking, changed. If there remain yet other points of controversy on this subject, these will, God willing, be treated in their proper places under Predestination, Election, and Reprobation.
The Practical Part
§ XXXIV. The practical use of the general consideration of the decree of God appears most fully in the particular decree of Predestination, Election, and Reprobation. In the meantime, it belongs to this place, first, to draw and derive from the perfection of God's decree the majesty of God's dominion and rule, whence God is said to be wonderful in counsel and excellent in working, Isa. 28:29; Jer. 32:19. In particular, and in the following points: (I) Its comprehensiveness, inasmuch as it extends to every and each future thing, since God works all things after the counsel of His own will, Eph. 1:11; Ps. 115:3; Isa. 46:10 — so that not the least thing happens which He has not ordained by a prior decree, Lam. 3:37. (II) God's independence, inasmuch as the whole government and administration of this world depends on nothing other than the predetermined pronouncement of the divine decree, Rom. 11:34–36. (III) His power and almightiness, inasmuch as His counsel stands, and He does all His good pleasure, Isa. 46:10, so that no one and nothing can withstand His will, Rom. 9:19. (IV) God's wisdom, Rom. 11:33, 34, which discloses and reveals itself most of all in His decrees and counsels — for which reason it is said that counsel shall not perish from the wise, Jer. 18:18, and likewise that essential Wisdom claims counsel as her own, Prov. 8:14. (V) God's constancy and unchangeableness, inasmuch as His counsel stands as the sure foundation of His whole dominion, 2 Tim. 2:19. (VI) His freedom, whereby He, free from all constraint, of Himself and willingly, disposes all things solely according to the counsel of His own will, and does His own will and good pleasure. All these things point us to the majesty of God's power and dominion, to the end: (1) that we may acknowledge it, Ps. 93:1, 2 and 97:3; (2) that we may glorify, exalt, and magnify Him, Ps. 99:1–5; (3) that we may submit ourselves to Him and bow down before Him, Ps. 95:6, and serve His counsel, Acts 13:36, etc.
§ XXXV. It belongs, secondly, to this place, to guard ourselves carefully against every misuse of God's decree, such as: (I) rashly and irreverently prying into the hidden decree of God, Deut. 29:29; Acts 1:7; (II) neglecting, despising, and making light of the decrees of God, Isa. 5:19; 2 Pet. 3:4, and setting oneself in opposition against them, Luke 7:30; (III) measuring God's all-wise and absolutely independent decree by the scant measure of our own reason, and demanding a reckoning of it, Job 38:2; Rom. 9:20, 21; (IV) surrendering oneself to sloth, laziness, and idleness on account of the universality, efficacy, and unchangeableness of God's decree, and neglecting the care of the means, as though God, by an unreasonable decree, had intended the end without the means; or (V) despairing in adversities on account of the constancy and unchangeableness of that same decree, as though God's hidden decrees concerning one's outward state and welfare were known to Him, or as though he had been God's counselor, Rom. 11:34.
§ XXXVI. It belongs, on the contrary, thirdly, to this place, to bring the contemplation of the divine decree to our own use — namely: (I) to reverence and fear God, to repentance and the forsaking of sin, before the decree brings on the day of judgment, in which we would pass away and perish as chaff, Zeph. 2:2, before the decree hastily pronounces our ruin, Jer. 18:7, compared with Luke 19:42, 43; (II) to patience and quietness of mind in all adversities and afflictions which befall us, or could befall us, because, according to the eternal unchangeableness of God's decree, nothing befalls us, nor can anything befall us from any creature however mighty, except what God's hand and counsel has decreed shall come to pass, Acts 4:27, 28 and 2:23 — and this, according to the wisdom of that same decree and its goodness toward us, tends to nothing else than our own good and advantage, Rom. 8:28; (III) to trust and assurance in the matter of our salvation, because our redemption, justification, adoption as children, sanctification, and glorification rest upon the eternal, all-wise, and unchangeable decree of God — namely, upon that firm foundation which bears this seal: the Lord knows them that are His, 2 Tim. 2:19; Rom. 8:29, 30.
§ XXXVII. Finally, fourthly, there is here something for us to imitate. For since it belongs to the divine perfections to do all things according to decree, counsel, and deliberation, not rashly, recklessly, or out of mere impulse — and since God, in His decree, has a firmly proposed aim before Him, namely, His own honor and glory, and pursues that aim by wise counsel and deliberation, and what He has determined He carries out and follows through with unshaken effort and earnestness — we too, inasmuch as we likewise bear in this the image of God, and inasmuch as our chief perfection consists in this following and conforming to God, ought greatly to strive that in all our undertakings and occupations — and most of all in those by which we are engaged concerning God and concerning our own salvation — we do not act and proceed by impulse, or recklessly and rashly, as the beasts do (Ps. 32:9) or as nature does (Jude v. 19), but with a wise resolve, counsel, and deliberation, Eph. 5:15, so that our worship of God may be reasonable, Rom. 12:1. And that we set before ourselves in this resolve a rightful and lawful aim, namely, God's honor and glory, our own salvation, and the benefit and advantage of our neighbor; that toward this aim, with an intelligent and prudent deliberation and counsel, we devise and seek out the most effective means; and finally, that having devised and sought these out, we pursue, follow, and carry them through with a constant and unshaken resolve.
Chapter II: On Predestination
Rom. 9:22, 23. What if God, willing to shew His wrath, and to make His power known, endured with much longsuffering the vessels of wrath fitted to destruction: And that He might make known the riches of His glory on the vessels of mercy, which He had afore prepared unto glory?
God's decree looks either upon all creatures without distinction, with respect to all their states — and this is the decree either of Creation, according to which they first are and exist, or of Providence, according to which they subsequently are and are governed toward their ends (matters to be treated in their proper places) — or it looks upon rational creatures in particular, and that again partly with respect to their temporal state, to which the decree concerning the end of life stands related, and partly with respect to their eternal state. This latter decree is called, by a special name, Predestination, the consideration of which shall be grounded upon the words of the Apostle, Rom. 9:22, 23.
The Explanatory Part
§ II. In these words the Apostle describes the divine counsel of Predestination according to both its parts. Namely:
1. With respect to Reprobation, v. 22 — where there comes first the general cause of the whole of Predestination, which is also the electing cause, namely, God Himself, as the first and absolutely independent cause, excluding every external, moving, or conditional cause which might have moved and induced Him to predestinate, and moreover excluding any internal reason moving Him; but solely and only His own good pleasure, or will, which He makes known through the word θέλων, "willing." This word, when used of creatures, sometimes signifies a longing and a wish which is also powerless — thus even among profane writers, as Cicero says (Epist. Lib. XV, Epist. VIII): eum honorem tibi Deos fortunare volo, that is, "that honor I wish for you — I wish that the gods make you prosper" — and likewise among the sacred writers. But when used of Christ, it signifies an efficacious purpose, Matt. 3:3; Mark 1:41; Luke 5:13; John 3:8 and 5:21 and 21:22; Ps. 115:3; Eph. 1:5. It is therefore hereby made known that the will or good pleasure of God alone and solely is the cause of the whole of Predestination, Matt. 11:25, 26, and that it does not depend on the free will of anyone, Rom. 9:16.
2. The reasons, or the ends, of Reprobation, namely, God's purpose:
a. To shew His wrath, ἐνδείξασθαι τὴν ὀργὴν. The Greek word ὀργὴ, wrath, derives from ὀρέγεσθαι, to desire, because wrath is a desire for vengeance on account of some inflicted injury. It is sometimes joined together with the word θυμός, indignation, Rom. 2:8, because in wrath two things concur: a certain agitation or commotion of mind, and a desire for vengeance. The first is signified by the word θυμός, indignation; the latter by the word ὀργή, wrath. So it is among creatures; but in God there is no agitation or commotion, but only a desire for vengeance, which, speaking after the manner of men, is one and the same thing as God's avenging justice, John 3:36; Rom. 1:18. The root word ἐνδείξασθαι, to shew, signifies, with emphasis, to make something known by a clear demonstration, for the sake of manifest clarity, 1 Tim. 1:16. This compound verb, used both of God (Rom. 9:17; Eph. 2:7) and of men (2 Cor. 8:24; 2 Tim. 4:14; Titus 2:10 and 3:2), signifies to declare something plainly and clearly enough for all to see, so that the matter cannot be denied or kept hidden. To demonstrate and manifest His avenging justice in this way, in the righteous punishment of the sinner, is the highest and supreme end of reprobation — but by no means the destruction of the sinner as such.
b. His power: and to make His power known, γνωρίσαι τὸ δυνατὸν αὐτᾶ. The Greek τὸ δυνατόν, the possible, here is equivalent to τὴν δύναμιν, power. For by Reprobation God intends to make known that it is in His power, for that exercise of His avenging justice, to choose out of all men whom and however many He wills. From which it follows that the end of Reprobation — as also of Election, and thus of the whole of Predestination — is not the display of His general glory, which is intended in all God's works, but rather to make known and manifest the particular glory of His avenging justice, power, and mercy, in a righteous destruction and in a gracious salvation.
c. The longsuffering in Reprobation, whereby God, with much restraint of wrath, has borne with the reprobate — insofar as He has determined not to destroy them immediately after the sin committed, nor to exclude them from all benefits, but, as it were, to restrain His wrath against them and still to load them with very many benefits, both bodily and spiritual. In all of which there shines forth not merely longsuffering but πολλὴ μακροθυμία, abundant longsuffering — that He is, in the Hebrew phrase, "long of nose," that is, slow to anger, Joel 2:13. The Greek word μακρόθυμος describes one who is long or far removed from indignation. Others render the word by "magnanimity," not exactly according to the root or force of the word, since the word θυμός does not signify a mind but indignation or wrath; nevertheless, by way of consequence, because he who can long and patiently bear injuries done to him is called magnanimous — so the word may not unreasonably be rendered by magnanimity. It is therefore not without cause that the second, or subordinate, end of Reprobation is set down to be God's patience, longsuffering, and magnanimity.
3. The object of Reprobation: σκεύη ὀργῆς, the vessels of wrath — or the instruments of wrath, by or in whose righteous damnation God manifests His wrath and avenging justice. They are called σκεύη, vessels or instruments, according to a Hebrew idiom that calls all household goods, all implements, all serviceable things by this name, Heb. 9:21; and it is transferred to men, indeed to the reprobate, 2 Tim. 2:20, 21, because God is accustomed to make known and obtain, through them or through their righteous punishment, the glory of His avenging justice, and likewise His power and longsuffering — just as, by contrast, the elect are called σκεύη ἐκλογῆς, vessels of election, or chosen vessels, Acts 9:15, likewise σκεύη εἰς τιμὴν, vessels unto honor, namely of God's grace and mercy, 2 Tim. 2:21, because God is accustomed, through them, to provide for and secure the honor of His mercy, both through their conversion, which is to God's honor and glory, and through their gracious preservation and salvation.
4. The act of Reprobation: κατηρτισμένα εἰς ἀπώλειαν, fitted, prepared — namely, by the eternal Predestination — for destruction, not only as the end (for God has no pleasure in the death of the sinner, Ezek. 18:32) but as the means: κατηρτισμένα, heaped up, put together, made suitable, fitted, adjusted. This participle is used, according to Hebrew usage, which has few participles, for a verb. Exactly as the Hebrew נָכוֹן (nakon), which means fitted, adjusted, suitable, and which is regularly translated by ἕτοιμος, ready, prepared, and also by κατηρτισμένος, fitted, made ready, made suitable, Ps. 68:10 and 74:16. In this way one finds κατηρτισμένος, made ready, prepared, Luke 6:40 — thus here, prepared for destruction. But by whom are they prepared and fitted for this? Answer: partly by themselves, through their unbelief and impenitence, by giving themselves over to sin and thereby making themselves worthy of eternal destruction, Jude v. 4; and partly, and indeed most properly, by God, who by His eternal Reprobation has decreed to give over the impenitent to destruction, Prov. 16:4; Matt. 25:34, 41 — just as vessels are not prepared by themselves, but by the potter, Jer. 18:6. Εἰς ἀπώλειαν, for destruction. This word is of a very harsh meaning. In its very softest sense it means death, John 11:50 — indeed, death through some pitiable means, for example through hunger, Luke 15:17 — yes, even hellish destruction, 2 Thess. 1:9, whence the traitor Judas is called the son of perdition, John 17:12, and the Devil bears the name of Ἀπολλύων, Apollyon, that is, Destroyer, Rev. 9:11. It is hereby made known that by Reprobation the reprobate are fitted for every kind of destruction, both of soul and of body.
II. With respect to Election, v. 23 — where, the efficient cause being understood [as the same], there is laid down:
1. The supreme end: καὶ ἵνα γνωρίσῃ τὸν πλῶτον τῆς δόξης ἀντᾶ, and that He might make known the riches of His glory — by which "glory" is here in particular understood God's goodness and mercy, just as occurs in Exod. 33:18, 19. The connecting word "and" joins the preceding v. 22 together with this v. 23, in order, by way of contrast with the end of Reprobation — at least incidentally — to make known that the end of Election is the display and adornment of divine grace toward the vessels of mercy, which would not sufficiently appear, nor be sufficiently esteemed, if it were common to all; or, that the Apostle, by means of this connecting word, would join the second part of Predestination, namely Election, together with the preceding Reprobation. Πλῶτος τῆς δόξης, the riches of glory — namely, of grace and mercy — signifies either (1) God's rich, indeed more-than-abundant, goodness; or (2) the riches and treasures of blessed immortality, which He has prepared beforehand for the elect out of grace; or (3) the riches of the glory of mercy, or of glorious and resplendent grace, Eph. 1:6 and 14. Paul is accustomed to call every abundance a "riches," πλέτον, Rom. 2:4 and 11:33; 2 Cor. 8:2; Eph. 1:7. Therefore πλάτος τῆς δόξης, the riches of glory, here and in Eph. 1:18 and Col. 1:27, is an exceedingly great glory.
2. The objects are the vessels of mercy — in whose gracious restoration God would manifest and display the glory of His mercy. In the Greek stands σκεύη ἐλέως. The word ἔλεος signifies mercy, like the Hebrew חֵן — that is, grace toward one in misery. With reference to men it signifies all sorts of goods which God bestows and grants them out of sheer grace; with reference to God it signifies every kind of compassion and His infinite goodness and mercy. The elect are therefore called vessels of mercy, because they are chosen out of mercy in order to obtain mercy, and through them God intends to make known and display the glory of His mercy.
3. The act of Election: ἃ προητοίμασεν εἰς δόξαν, which He had afore prepared unto glory — which He had beforehand fitted, made suitable, prepared for the obtaining of salvation, before they existed, or by a prior decree; which act therefore does not presuppose any fitness or suitability, but rather brings and confers it: ἃ προητοίμασεν εἰς δόξαν. The word ἑτοιμάζειν, to prepare, signifies a divine appointment and preparation, Matt. 25:34; 2 Tim. 2:9; Heb. 11:16. The word προητοιμάζειν means and expresses to prepare beforehand — a lasting precedence of the electing act, before the good works, and before the calling unto them. Εἰς δόξαν, unto glory — not only of God, since even Reprobation likewise tends to God's glory, but also of the elect, 2 Cor. 4:17.
The Doctrinal Part
§ III. Passing over now those particulars which pertain specifically to this text concerning Election and Reprobation, we conclude, and take from it in general, that there is with God a decree concerning the eternal state of rational creatures, which decree we call Predestination — a matter clearer than the sun, made evident not only by Holy Scripture, when it ascribes to God προορισμόν, a predestination, Rom. 8:29, 30; Eph. 1:5, a good pleasure, Matt. 11:26 — when it says that He does nothing in the matter of eternal salvation except according to the counsel of His own will, Eph. 1:11, and those who shall be eternally saved are said to be ordained to eternal life, Acts 13:48, likewise afore prepared unto glory, Rom. 9:23 — just as, on the contrary, those who shall be damned are said to be fitted for destruction, ibid. v. 22, likewise to have been of old written down unto judgment, Jude v. 4 —
§ IV. but also made evident by nature. For (I) if God does all things, even down to the least, according to the counsel of His own will, would He then neglect a matter of so great importance as is the eternal state of the rational creature? And (II) if there can be absolutely no futurition apart from the eternal decree — for otherwise God would be changed in time, and would depend on something outside Himself, or else there would be introduced, over and for all things, a fate more Stoic than anything else, since everything that exists has been future from eternity, and if it is not future through God's almighty decree, it could never have had its futurition from anywhere else than from itself — thus it cannot happen that either the salvation or the destruction of the creature should come to pass without and apart from an eternal Predestination. I shall not even add (III) that God's honor and glory, which springs from the eternal salvation or the eternal destruction of creatures, would be very greatly diminished if these were held to happen by chance, recklessly, and without a preceding eternal counsel of God. And also (IV) that it tends to the increase of the divine glory, that there be, through Predestination, in His house vessels unto dishonor as well as vessels unto honor — vessels of wrath as well as vessels of mercy, 2 Tim. 2:20; Rom. 9:22, 23.
§ V. The synonymous names of Predestination we have already enumerated long before; and yet, concerning them, it is worth noting and observing that the word προορισμός, predestination, sometimes signifies, more generally, any other decree, Acts 4:28, and πρόγνωσις, foreknowledge, sometimes, in this matter, signifies not merely knowledge properly speaking, but a foreloving disposition by which Election is accomplished, Rom. 8:29 — unless you would rather have that word signify the notion of the whole counsel of Predestination, insofar as this is the understanding of God prior to the existence of things. Likewise, that the word πρόθεσις, purpose, sometimes signifies in particular that part of Predestination which either intends the end, or proposes the means to the end — in which sense it is more specifically called Predestination. Whence Predestination is sometimes said to happen according to the purpose, and the purpose according to the election, and the election according to the purpose, counsel, and good pleasure of God's will, Eph. 1:5.
§ VI. In particular, the word Predestination sometimes agrees entirely with Election, Rom. 8:29, 30; sometimes it denotes, more strictly, the appointment of the means to the salvation of the elect, and thus it follows upon Election — as when He that He foreknew, He also did predestinate. We use the word here in its very broadest sense, to signify the whole counsel of God concerning the eternal state of rational creatures. And thus it is indeed called an ordination, insofar as it is a fixed and certain determination of the order of the means to their ends; and a Predestination, insofar as God, before the existence of all things, has fixed and determined that order within Himself.
§ VII. This Predestination is nothing other than the decree of God concerning the manifestation of His particular glory in the eternal condition of rational creatures. It is called a decree because it comprises God's fixed pronouncement and judgment, to be carried out by a firm and certain administration and counsel. All, therefore, that was said in the preceding chapter concerning the decree of God in general applies again here, to be applied to Predestination.
§ VIII. Among other things, there is, in particular, in Predestination: (I) a proposal of the end — the display or declaration of God's glory, not in general, of all God's glory, but of His particular glory, namely, that of His power and dominion, Rom. 9:21, 22 — Hath not the potter power over the clay? — insofar as He can dispose of His creatures, however free they may be, according to such uses as He Himself wills, and out of one and the same lump, according to His sheer good pleasure, fashion this one for a vessel of wrath and that one for a vessel of honor and glory; secondly, the glory of His grace and mercy, Eph. 1:6, to the praise of His glorious grace — insofar as He has determined to restore the creature, which deserved nothing but wrath and eternal damnation, not merely to eternal life, but even through the death of His own only-begotten Son; thirdly, the glory of His avenging justice, Rom. 9:22, willing to shew His wrath — namely, in the righteous condemnation and damnation of the stubborn creature.
§ IX. There is (II) in Predestination a conception and comprehension of the means, and, as it were, a survey of them, so that God might, as it were, choose out from them the most fitting. These means are: (1) gracious salvation and a righteous condemnation or damnation, for God has determined to manifest, in these, the glory of His grace and righteousness; (2) the general creation of the whole human race; the establishing, with created mankind, of the covenant of works; His permitting, or allowing, of the fall — so that He might have an object in whose gracious salvation and righteous damnation He might manifest the glory of His mercy and of His wrath. All these things converge as one single means in the matter of Predestination. (3) Out of all created mankind, an election of particular persons, in whom, by name, God's mercy and wrath shall be made manifest.
§ X. There is (III) an intention and appointment of the means by which the gracious salvation of some, and the righteous damnation of others, would be worked out and secured — namely, the restoration of the former through the Son as Mediator, and the abandonment and forsaking of the latter in their sins — of which more shall be said in its proper place.
§ XI. Predestination, therefore, is not, as some of the Schoolmen have wished, an act of the Understanding alone, nor of the Will alone, but of the Understanding and the Will together. Whence the counsel of God — in which both a conception in the understanding, concerning the end and the means, and an intention of the will, converge together — is called not only πρόγνωσις, a foreknowledge, but also προορισμένη βουλή, a predetermined counsel, and a counsel of His own will, Eph. 1:11.
§ XII. The object of Predestination, whereby it differs from the decree in general, is the rational creature — men and angels, both each and every one, and all together, in their eternal state; because it is in them, and by their salvation and damnation, that God's particular glory can and must be declared and made manifest. That the angels are an object of Predestination the Scripture testifies, since it expressly makes mention of elect angels, 1 Tim. 5:21; Matt. 25:34, compared with v. 41; and of such as are reserved in chains of darkness unto judgment, 2 Pet. 2:4; Jude v. 6, compared with Matt. 25:41 and v. 34. More abundant, however, is Scripture concerning the Predestination of men. Both these rational creatures, now, are objects of Predestination with respect to their eternal state — namely, destruction and glory, Rom. 9:22, 23; with respect to their temporal state, they are subject, together with the other creatures, to the decree of the general Providence. Likewise, they are objects of Predestination not as already created and fallen — for as far as concerns the angels, it is a clear matter that in Predestination they could not have been regarded as already created and fallen — and in order that one may see this matter still more clearly with respect to man also, four acts of God must here be observed and noted: (I) God's purpose to manifest the glory of His mercy and of His avenging justice; (II) God's determination to create all men, and to permit them all to fall, in a certain first common beginning and origin; (III) to choose, out of the created and fallen men, those in whom He would obtain the glory of His mercy, and to reject those in whom He would obtain the glory of His avenging justice; (IV) the intention to prepare, appoint, and direct the means, corresponding to Election and Reprobation. With respect to the first act of Predestination, the object could have been nothing else than man as capable of being created and capable of falling, since it is presupposed that, as yet, no decree has been made concerning creation and the Fall; with respect to the second act, it is properly man who would be created and who would fall; with respect to the third act, created and fallen man; with respect to the fourth act, elect and reprobate man. Since, therefore, Predestination, insofar as it is distinguished from Election and Reprobation, consists in the first two acts, one may say with the utmost precision that the object of Predestination is indeed man as one who would be created and who would fall, while meanwhile the object of Election and Reprobation is created and fallen man. And thus one will most easily be able to reconcile and harmonize the conflicting opinions among people, and also most safely to remove the difficulties with which each party is accustomed to burden the other. If, then, the Infralapsarians press against the Supralapsarians (as they are called): (1) the Scripture passages in which God is said to be occupied with predestinating men, as vessels of wrath and of mercy; and that (2) they could not have been regarded otherwise than as lost in Adam, who, "in Christ" (Eph. 1:4) — that is, so as to be saved in Christ — are regarded; and finally (3) that such as are set forth as objects of the divine Predestination as the divine Calling finds us to be — namely, plunged by sin into the world — if, I say, the Infralapsarians urge these things, nothing will be easier than to answer that the object of Predestination, as it is formally Election and Reprobation, or the object of the third act, is indeed created and fallen man, but by no means the object of the whole of Predestination, and specifically not of its first act, that is, of God's purpose to manifest the glory of His mercy and justice in the salvation and damnation of some undetermined persons. If, on the contrary, the Supralapsarians press against the Infralapsarians that they posit a creation and a fall whose end is not the display of grace and justice, it will be easy and simple to answer that they indeed acknowledge that the end and aim of creation and of the permitted fall is the display of grace and justice, and that the object of it is man not yet created and not yet fallen — but that they hold that the object of Election and Reprobation, as such, is man already created and fallen.
§ XIII. It will meanwhile be worth the trouble to survey the diversity of opinions in this matter. The strict Supralapsarians hold that, for example, Peter and Judas, as not yet created and not yet fallen, are the object of Predestination. The Infralapsarians, on the contrary, posit man as already created. The most orthodox, who take the middle course, hold that man, as not yet created and not yet fallen, is the object of Predestination as such, but created and fallen man the object of Election and Reprobation as such. The Reformed advocates of universal grace say that the object of Election and Reprobation is, moreover, man redeemed and called. The Pelagians and the Pelagian-minded hold man as already believing or not believing — indeed even man already placed at, and having died, the point of death.
§ XIV. As for the properties or conditions of Predestination: it is, according to the nature of all divine decrees, first, eternal, Rom. 9:11; Eph. 1:4; 2 Tim. 1:9; 2 Thess. 2:13, and indeed from the very beginning of God's works — yet it makes no difference among the predestined themselves before the actual Calling, Eph. 2:3. For Predestination establishes, prior to the application of grace which comes about through the efficacious Calling, or rather through Regeneration, nothing in the predestined; but it is hidden in and with the predestinating God alone.
§ XV. Predestination is therefore, secondly, independent, being the first cause of the eternal state. For "God, willing to shew His wrath," etc., Rom. 9:22, 23. For this reason Predestination presupposes (I) neither its object nor its aim as necessarily already existing, but rather ordains that its object should come to exist, so that it, by force of Predestination, is fitted and determined to be, 1 Pet. 1:20. For this reason it does not depend (II) upon any external cause, reason, or condition, but proceeds solely and only from the will and good pleasure of the predestinating God, Matt. 11:26; Rom. 9:16, 18. For this reason it is also (III) neither in accord with reason nor with Holy Scripture to posit any prerequisite quality in man as the formal object of Predestination, or to indicate and determine some certain state of man in such a way that the rest are excluded — for it is enough that one understand that men, being alike among themselves, are the object of this distinguishing decree, so that the difference of the decree does not depend upon man, but rather that the difference which is observed among men follows from that decree.
§ XVI. Furthermore, thirdly, it is also unchangeable — namely, according to the nature of every divine decree, Isa. 14:26, 27 and 46:10 — whence it is called a sure foundation of God, 2 Tim. 2:19, bearing moreover a seal — so that neither can anyone once elect ever be reprobated, nor can a reprobate ever be elected.
§ XVII. For the same reason it is also, fourthly, entirely certain and determinate, determining the number of those who shall be saved and who shall be damned — and not only the number in the sense of a count, how many shall be saved and how many shall be damned, but also the number as counted, namely, who these are — ibid. It determines, therefore, not only the state of those who shall be saved and those who shall be damned — I will save the believers, I will damn the unbelievers — but also the persons: He hath mercy on whom He will have mercy, and whom He will He hardeneth, Rom. 9:18. Indeed, even the particular persons: Jacob have I loved, Esau have I hated, ibid. v. 13.
§ XVIII. It is, fifthly, absolute and consummating, so that although it makes salvation and damnation depend on their causes and conditions, and for that reason is in some manner called conditional, it nevertheless itself depends absolutely on no cause or condition whatsoever. For "whom He did foreknow, He also did predestinate.... Moreover whom He did predestinate, them He also called; and whom He called, them He also justified; and whom He justified, them He also glorified," Rom. 8:29, 30.
§ XIX. It is, sixthly, free, indeed most free: for He hath mercy on whom He will have mercy, and whom He will He hardeneth; and, like a potter, according to His power and right, He makes out of the same lump, according to His good pleasure, one vessel unto honor and another unto dishonor, Rom. 9:18, 21 — inasmuch as He elects the one above the other neither by any necessity of nature, nor by any condition of the subject, but solely by the good pleasure of His will, as was determined before, Matt. 11:25, 26.
§ XX. Finally, seventhly, it is most wise, so that the Apostle here justly cries out: O the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and knowledge of God! How unsearchable are His judgments, and His ways past finding out! For who hath known the mind of the Lord? or who hath been His counsellor? Rom. 11:33, 34. Whence Predestination is also called a Counsel, because it comes to pass with so great and so exact a wisdom as that with which the wisest of all beings is accustomed to proceed in His most deliberate and well-considered counsels and purposes. For although God does not depend on causes and reasons from elsewhere, yet He always has before Himself His own reasons for His counsels; He joins the means together with their ends, and He foresees and provides such means as are proportionate and agreeable to their ends.
§ XXI. From this there springs and arises that most wise order of Predestination, of which Holy Scripture makes mention everywhere, Rom. 8:28, 29, 30 and 11:11; Eph. 1:4, 5; 1 Thess. 5:9; 2 Thess. 2:13, 14; 1 Pet. 1:2; John 3:16 — which becomes apparent from the most fitting subordination and conjunction of the end and the means, of the causes and the effects, and which shines forth on every side in the execution of salvation and of damnation. This order, however, under the general rule of governance, lies in this maxim: whatever is first in intention is last in execution; and on the other hand, whatever is last in execution was first in intention. According to this rule, God (I) proposed to Himself to manifest the glory of His Grace and Righteousness. To this end (II) He proposed to create men after His image, in the first-created humans, to establish with created mankind a Covenant of Works, and efficaciously to permit the breach of that Covenant in the Fall. Then (III), out of created and fallen men, to elect these by name, and to reject those. Further (IV), to bring the means of salvation to the elect — namely, to procure and provide redemption, through His Son the Redeemer, and the application of redemption, through faith — and, on the contrary, to refuse to the reprobate the means of salvation, and to leave them in their sins. And thus (V), through faith, to save the elect eternally, for Christ's sake, and to damn the reprobate eternally, for their sins' sake. So that, in this way, finally (VI), He might display the glory of His Mercy in the salvation of the elect, and of His avenging Righteousness in the damnation of the reprobate. This order Holy Scripture teaches, and experience clearly and plainly confirms it.
§ XXII. There is, according to the object, a Predestination either of angels or of men, just as we indicated above in a word. Concerning the Predestination of angels, Holy Scripture has few express statements; most of what is inferred and concluded concerning it is drawn partly from the execution of the divine Decree concerning them, partly from the Predestination of men, by comparison of like and unlike things. According to which, the Predestination of angels and of men agrees: (I) in the efficient and moving cause, which in both is the divine good pleasure — for He has chosen angels, 1 Tim. 5:21, compared with Mark 8:38; He has also rejected angels, for whom He has prepared everlasting fire, Matt. 25:41 — both according to His good pleasure, as also Dan. 4:24; (II) in the formal act of Predestination, namely, the separation or distinguishing of the angels who would be kept, from those who would be forsaken — such a separation being made known in Election, 1 Tim. 5:21, whence Peter says that God spared not the angels that sinned, 2 Pet. 2:4; (III) in the end and aim of Predestination — the display of grace, at least of preserving grace, and the display of God's punitive justice; (IV) in the created object, capable of being created and capable of falling. Meanwhile, they are both distinguished: (1) in order, insofar as the Predestination of angels precedes but that of men follows, as the Savior makes known, Matt. 25:41, and as also appears from the order of creation itself; (2) in the moving cause, which was indeed grace in the preserving of the angels, but mercy in the restoration of men; (3) in the means and effects, since God, in the blessing of the angels, does not, as He does in that of men, use Christ as Mediator, nor the Calling, Justification, Adoption as children; (4) in the degrees, inasmuch as there shines forth in the Election of angels a greater grace, since God preserved them beforehand from misery, and in Reprobation a greater severity of justice, since He cast them away without and apart from all hope of restoration, 2 Pet. 2:4; whereas in the Election of man there appears a greater mercy, since, being a sinner, He preserves him; and a greater severity, since He wills that the reprobate atone not only for their actual sins but also for the original sin — indeed even for that of the first parents.
§ XXIII. Finally, the Predestination of angels and of men, with respect to its parts, is either Election or Reprobation — although the manner of Predestination does not belong equally and alike to both these parts, but is ascribed, in a better and more excellent way, to Election in the Holy Scriptures. Meanwhile, we shall at once treat the manner of this division in the Polemical Part, but its particular members in their own particular chapters.
The Polemical Part
§ XXIV. One asks: (I) Whether Reprobation too is a part or species of Predestination? This may be either a merely verbal question, or dispute — whether the word Predestination applies also to Reprobation — or it may be a real question and controversy, namely, whether there is with God a certain decree concerning the eternal state of the reprobate, just as there is with Him concerning the eternal state of the elect. The Scholastics among the Papists, in order the more forcibly to come to the aid of the independent indifference of the free will — which they think would be constrained by a decree, and that the reprobate would thus sin and perish not freely but of necessity — admit no decree of God in Reprobation, but only a bare, mere foreknowledge, which does not flow into the free will of the reprobate, nor bring any necessity upon it — just as the physician's foreknowledge of a sick man's death does not flow into, nor make so necessary, the death of the sick man. For this reason and cause they deny that Reprobation is a Predestination. The Lutherans too, out of a hostility toward an absolute decree in Reprobation, bring the whole matter of Predestination solely to Election. The Reformed hold that in Reprobation there is likewise a decree of God concerning the eternal state of the reprobate, just as there is in that of the elect; and that for this reason Reprobation is just as much a Predestination as Election is — although concerning the word itself there is no lack of those who engage in verbal disputes about it. Their chief reasons are: (I) Because a word synonymous with Predestination, προορίσμη, is read to be used in the matter of Reprobation, Acts 4:28 — compare it with the reprobate Judas, ibid. 1:16, 25. (II) Because the matter of Predestination is brought, in more than one way, in the Holy Scriptures, to bear upon Reprobation — for example, Prov. 16:4, The Lord hath made the wicked for the day of evil; Matt. 25:41, everlasting fire is prepared, from the foundation of the world, for the Devil, his angels, and reprobate men; Rom. 9:22, the vessels of wrath are said to be fitted for destruction; 1 Thess. 5:9, some are said to be appointed unto wrath; Jude v. 4, of old written down unto the judgment of condemnation. (III) Because the Holy Scripture brings the reprobate Pharaoh, and his blindness and hardening — the means of Reprobation — to the predestinating will of God, Rom. 9:17, 18: "even for this same purpose have I raised thee up... He hardeneth whom He will." The reprobate unbelievers are said to be appointed to stumble at the Word, as the means of Reprobation — to which end also they are indeed appointed, 1 Pet. 2:8. From the reprobate wise men of this world God has hidden the mysteries of the Gospel, which is likewise a means of Reprobation — for, says Christ, so it was well-pleasing before thee, Matt. 11:25, 26. (IV) Because in Reprobation there is just as much an ordering of the means to their end as there is in Election, since the vessels of wrath, or the reprobate, and their righteous damnation on account of their sins, are, as the means, just as much and equally appointed and determined by God to the display of His wrath, or avenging justice, as the vessels of mercy and their gracious salvation are appointed and determined to the display of His glorious grace, Rom. 9:22, 23. For this reason (V) the ancients — Augustine, Enchirid. cap. C, likewise de Peccat. Merit. et Remiss. lib. II, cap. 17; Prosper, ad Capit. Gall. cap. XVII; Fulgentius, in a particular book on the twofold Predestination — hold, with us and with Holy Scripture, that Reprobation too is a Predestination.
Meanwhile our opponents raise the contrary opinion against this: (I) that the word προορισμός, Predestination, is nowhere in Holy Scripture used of Reprobation. Answer: (a) This proves, at most, nothing more than that the word προορισμός, Predestination, is not given in Holy Scripture to Reprobation — over which we will not dispute with anyone by mere words, so long as the substance of the matter remains certain. (b) That word is used in its equivalent verb προορίζειν, to predetermine, Acts 4:28, and in its synonymous words is used in more than one way of Reprobation, as we have shown. They say (2) that all who are predestinated, these same are also glorified, Rom. 8:29, 30 — but the reprobate are not glorified; therefore.... Answer: (a) By this reasoning they would also not be foreknown, which conflicts with our opponents' own supposition. (b) Although the word Predestination, Rom. 8:29, 30, is used in a narrower sense of Election, it is nevertheless elsewhere used equally of Reprobation, Acts 4:28. They object (3) that in Reprobation there is not a Predestination of the end and the means, or an ordering of the means to the end, since neither is damnation the end — since it is not something good — nor can sin, which is the means of Reprobation, be fitted to the end. Answer: The end of Reprobation is not, properly speaking, damnation, nor is its means, properly speaking, sin; but the end of Reprobation is the display and adornment of God's avenging justice, and also of His power, Rom. 9:22, and the means is righteous damnation, inflicted for and on account of the sins of the reprobate. This means God has, in every way, joined together with that end in Reprobation, and herein lies an ordering. The (4) objection is: Election and Reprobation are opposed to one another, and therefore they cannot have the same proximate logical genus of Predestination. Answer: (a) Just as a man and a beast, however different from one another, admit the same proximate logical genus, so also Election and Reprobation, however different from one another, admit one and the same species-genus, 1 Thess. 5:9, "For God hath not appointed us to wrath, but to obtain salvation." (b) Although there is a conflict between the objects and between the effects, yet with respect to God they are not conflicting, but only different, since both flow forth from one and the same predestinating God, and from one and the same good pleasure of His, Matt. 11:25, 26. They say (5) that if Reprobation were a Predestination, then the reprobate would be predestinated to sin, and to eternal damnation. Answer: By no means — for a reprobate is predestinated to the display and adornment of God's avenging Righteousness, as the end, and to the righteous damnation, on account of his sins, as the means. Finally they object (6): if Reprobation were a Predestination, then a reprobate would not sin freely, nor would he be justly damned. Answer: Notwithstanding this, a reprobate sins freely and willingly, since he sins with premeditated purpose, deliberation, and rational good pleasure — for Predestination takes none of this from him; but he is, after he has freely sinned, justly, although necessarily, punished.
§ XXV. One asks: (II) Whether Predestination — being eternal, absolute, and independent — consists in this one thing, that God has from eternity decreed to elect the obedient and to damn the disobedient? Our opponents, the Socinians and Arminians, posit several Predestinations of God, of which some are eternal, others temporal. The eternal are, with them, of two kinds: some absolute and unconditional, respecting the states, according to which He has decreed to save the obedient and to damn the disobedient; others conditional, respecting the persons — for example: I will save Peter, if he shows himself obedient, and damn Judas, if he shows himself disobedient. Likewise they have a temporal Predestination, and that again either not final and consummating — I will, for example, eternally save Peter, whom I now see believing, if he shall persevere in the faith unto the end — or final and consummating, because I see that he, being placed at the moment of death, will persevere, [and] I will eternally save him; and, on the contrary, [I will] eternally damn Judas, because I see that he will not believe. The first root-error of so many distinctions consists in this one thing: to preserve the independent indifference of the free will, which they think is violated, indeed taken away, by an eternal, absolute, and personal decree.
The Reformed acknowledge only one, and that an eternal, absolute, independent, and personal Predestination. Their chief reasons are: (I) Because all God's decrees are God Himself, according to §28 of the preceding chapter. (II) Because all God's decrees are eternal, according to §29 of that same chapter. (III) Because there is no conditional decree of God, according to §30 of that same chapter. (IV) Because there is no general decree of God, according to §32 of that same chapter. (V) Because there is no changeable decree of God, according to §33 of that same chapter. (VI) Because Scripture clearly and expressly brings the whole of Predestination to particular persons — for example, to Jacob and Esau, Rom. 9:10, 11, 12; to the Apostles, Luke 10:20; to Paul, Acts 9:15 — and there is no example to the contrary. (VII) Because God, by force of Predestination, knows those who are His, 2 Tim. 2:19. (VIII) Because Paul continually extends Predestination to himself and to his hearers — for example, the Ephesians, the Thessalonians, Eph. 1:4, 5; 2 Thess. 2:13; 1 Thess. 5:9. (IX) Because He, through Predestination, has inscribed particular persons by name, as it were, in the Book of Life, Rev. 13:18 — see Dan. 12:1; Luke 10:20; Phil. 4:3; Rev. 20:15 and 21:26. (X) Because Paul says: whom He did foreknow, these He also did predestinate, Rom. 8:29, 30 — likewise, that as many believed as were ordained to eternal life, Acts 13:48. Nor can our opponents produce a single passage of Scripture which says that God does not predestinate particular persons, or that He, in predestinating, determines only the state of those who shall be saved and who shall be damned.
Our opponents object only (I) those passages of Scripture which speak of promises and threats, yet which differ immensely from a decree of Predestination, as we showed in §32 of the preceding chapter. Then they say (2) that such a Predestination overthrows the contingency of things and the freedom of the will, and that, on the contrary, all things are pressed down by a harsh necessity. These things we steadfastly deny — for there is nothing in the way to prevent many things from happening in the world which, by their nature, are not determined to that effect by their proximate causes, whence they are called contingent things; nor by causes which determine themselves to their acts by deliberation, wherein consists the reason and manner of freedom — but rather Predestination determines only the certainty of the outcome, while yet bringing it about and appointing it through necessary, or through contingent, or through free causes, just as we have taught elsewhere. Then they press (3) that Predestination of particular persons overthrows all Religion and service of God, as being incompatible with such a necessity. This, since the compulsory character of Predestination has already been denied, falls of itself. Finally they press (4) that a particular Predestination of particular persons is unbecoming to God, because it ascribes to Him (a) an injustice, in that He punishes a man for that which He, according to His decree, could not have avoided doing. Answer: Indeed, He punishes the man because the man, of himself and willingly, transgresses the law prescribed to him, being ignorant of His decree, and not intending, in his transgression, to obey God's decree, but rather his own desire. (b) Also a deceitful pretense, whereby He calls all without distinction to be saved, while He has nevertheless, by an unchangeable decree, determined that by far the greatest part of mankind shall never be saved. Answer: Whom He calls, who shall not be saved, He does not call in order that they may be saved, but that they may be rendered inexcusable, and perish through their own guilt, on account of their own willful obstinacy. (c) That such a Predestination ascribes to God an ignorance and imprudence, whereby He would earnestly call and endeavor to bring to salvation those whom He, by force of Predestination, knows beforehand shall never obtain salvation. Answer: It has already been said that He does not call, nor endeavor, that they should actually be saved, but that they should perish through their own guilt, and acknowledge the righteous cause of their own destruction. (d) Wickedness and malice, whereby He would have decreed not only who must be damned, but also who must sin. Answer: He has decreed to permit sin, and, on account of and because of it, righteously to damn — to the end that thereby the Majesty of His Righteousness might be made manifest, in which there is absolutely no malice or wickedness.
§ XXVI. One asks: (III) Whether, besides the divine good pleasure, some other moving cause of Predestination is to be found? The gross Pelagians — with whom the present-day Socinians agree in every point, because they allow absolutely no certain and fixed foreknowledge of future contingent things, since they hold that, on account of the independent indifference of the free will, future things cannot be foreknown — do not even hold to the foresight of faith and conversion as the moving cause of Election, nor the foresight of unbelief as the cause of Reprobation; still less do they allow God's mere good pleasure as the moving cause of Predestination. The semi-Pelagians, Papists, Remonstrants, Lutherans, and all others outside the Reformed Church, set up as a moving cause of it either the foreseen good works, with respect to Election — thus the Papists — or the foreseen faith, with respect to Election, or the foreseen unbelief, with respect to Reprobation — thus the rest; to the end of preserving the independent indifference of man's free will unimpaired.
The Reformed acknowledge no properly so-called cause of Predestination, because Predestination, according to the nature of all God's decrees, is the predestinating God Himself, in whom, on account of His general independence, the relation of cause and effect does not fall. Nevertheless, according to the manner of our own conception, whereby we formally distinguish the doer from His act, we say that the moving cause of Predestination is solely His good pleasure. Meanwhile, we distinguish reasons from causes, insofar as the former produce the effect, but the latter are only reasons for the joining together of the means with their ends. Therefore, since God's decrees are all-wise, we do not at all object to the reason for that good pleasure being called the display and manifestation of God's Mercy and of His avenging Righteousness; but as a cause, or even as a reason for it, outside of God, we acknowledge none other than God's good pleasure, whose end and aim is, as we have said, the display of His Mercy and avenging Righteousness. Our reasons are: (I) Because, besides that good pleasure, to display His particular glory, we find nothing revealed in Scripture as a moving cause or reason, Matt. 11:25, 26; Eph. 1:5; Rom. 9:22, 23, etc. (II) Because in the Predestinated, who will only exist afterward in time, there can be nothing which in any way could be a cause of the eternal Predestination, unless one should wish to say that that which is born in time is a cause of that which has existed from eternity. (III) Because everything which is put forward, in the Predestinated, as having the appearance of a cause, follows upon Predestination — for example, the good works, Eph. 1:4; faith, Acts 13:48; unbelief, John 8:47 and 6:65. (IV) Because God cannot foreknow who shall believe and who shall not believe, except from the decree of Predestination — for all future coming-into-being is solely from the decree of God. (V) Because otherwise one man would distinguish himself from another, against that word of Paul, 1 Cor. 4:7: "Who maketh thee to differ from another? and what hast thou that thou didst not receive? now if thou didst receive it, why dost thou glory, as if thou hadst not received it?"
Our opponents urge, for the contrary opinion: (1) that Christ is the cause of the divine Good Pleasure, and consequently also of Predestination, at least of the electing part, Matt. 3:17 and 17:5; Isa. 42:1. Answer: In Christ the Father has a good pleasure, insofar as He, in the eternal counsel of the Trinity, admitted Him to be the personal Surety of the elect; insofar as He gave Him to the elect as their only Mediator; insofar as He admitted His satisfaction for the punishment owed by the elect; insofar as He is the meritorious cause of all saving benefits, according to Election — but of Predestination, or of Election itself, insofar as it signifies the electing act of God, Christ is nowhere said to be the cause. Our opponents say (2) that we cannot please God, except we be elected through Predestination, in Christ, Eph. 1:5, nor are we in Christ, except by faith; therefore not God's good pleasure alone is the cause of Predestination, but also Christ, and the foreseen faith in Christ. Answer: Yes indeed, we cannot please God apart from Christ, Eph. 1:5, 6, 7, nor except by faith, Heb. 11:6. This, however, does not prevent God, out of His sheer and pure good pleasure, from having determined and ordained Christ and faith for the elect, that they should please Him through Christ and through faith. The good pleasure, therefore, to give Christ and faith, does not depend on Christ and on faith — although this, namely, to please God, depends on nothing else than on Christ and on faith in Him. They say (3) that if Predestination is absolute and unconditional, that is, independent of foreseen things, because it is out of and according to God's good pleasure — then glorification too would be absolute and unconditional, since this too is said to happen out of and according to God's good pleasure, Luke 12:32. But this latter is false, because glorification is made dependent on Calling and Justification, Rom. 8:29, 30. Answer: There is no connection here at all — for by force of the absolute good pleasure of Predestination, glorification is made dependent, by force of that same Predestination and of the same divine good pleasure, on faith and on sanctification; and therefore, although the consequence of Predestination depends on faith, Predestination itself does not, according to Rom. 8:29, 30. Finally they object (4) that if Predestination depends on nothing else than God's good pleasure alone, then an elect person will indeed be saved, although he live godlessly to the end, and, on the contrary, a reprobate will be damned, although he live godly. Answer: By force of Election, an elect person cannot live godlessly to the end of his life, Eph. 1:4, nor can a reprobate live godly — because God, who has predestinated them to the end, has also predestinated them to the fitting means.
§ XXVII. One asks: (IV) What must be held concerning the Arminian order of Predestination, which, with the alteration of a few particulars, is also adopted by the Jesuits and the Lutherans — whereby God is held to determine (I) to give Christ as Mediator, that He might, by His death, destroy sin; (II) to receive into grace those who convert and believe, and, on the contrary, to damn the impenitent and unbelieving; (III) to furnish to all sufficient and efficacious means for conversion and faith; and finally (IV) to elect, by name, those whom He has foreseen will freely believe, and to reject those who will not believe? Answer: Since upon this order there is grounded (1) an equally universal grace, as far as concerns those first acts; (2) free will, that man wills to believe or not to believe, and thereby distinguishes the universal grace; and (3) a Predestination dependent on the creature, and on its free will; and finally (4) a Predestination occupied not so much with persons as with their state and condition — one must hold absolutely that this order is directly contrary to the Scriptures and to experience, as Alting most exactly demonstrates, Elench. Nov. Loc. IV, Controv. 2. Whatever, beyond this, might come to be disputed concerning the conditions, affections, and divisions of Predestination, belongs particularly to Election and Reprobation.
The Practical Part
§ XXVIII. Just as all general things exist and operate in and upon their particulars, so too the practical force of Predestination is chiefly considered in its particular parts, Election and Reprobation. Meanwhile it will here be useful and profitable, first, to consider (a) God's absolute dominion and power, whereby He (I) can appoint and use for their ends, not only the meaner creatures, but the most excellent of all — and among these, not only men but also the angels, each and every one, and all together — and their state, not only the temporal but also the eternal, their salvation together with their damnation, so that they are His vessels unto His glory; whereby He (II) prescribes, to and for these uses, the means, conditions, and order; and this (III) solely out of and according to His good pleasure. This power the Apostle repeatedly, and with much emotion and earnestness, presses home in this matter, Rom. 9:17, "Even for this same purpose have I raised thee up, that I might shew my power in thee" — v. 21, "Hath not the potter power over the clay, of the same lump to make one vessel unto honour, and another unto dishonour?" — and v. 22, "What if God, willing to make His power known...." Compare 2 Tim. 2:19. (b) God's independence, whereby He, in so great and so weighty a decree and purpose, depends neither on the worthiness nor the unworthiness of the creature, but solely on His own sheer and pure good pleasure — not from works, but of Him that calleth, Rom. 9:11: "Jacob have I loved, but Esau have I hated," v. 13; "I will have mercy on whom I will have mercy," v. 15; "He hath mercy on whom He will have mercy, and whom He will He hardeneth," v. 18, so that no one and nothing can withstand His will, v. 19; and, together with this, (c) God's wisdom, whereby He knows how to employ, to those very same ends, fitting means and fitting occasions — in consideration of which the Apostle cries out: O the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and knowledge of God! How unsearchable are His judgments, and His ways past finding out! For who hath known the mind of the Lord? or who hath been His counsellor? Rom. 11:33, 34. And let us, in view of all this in Predestination, so acknowledge it that we (1) adore, and do not pry into it, ibid. (2) Let us submit ourselves to the Lord, and not contend against Him — for who shall withstand His will? (3) Let us glorify Him in all this: To Him be glory for ever, v. 36.
§ XXIX. Secondly, it will here be useful and profitable that we carefully guard ourselves against the reefs of this mystery, that what has been revealed to us for our salvation may not turn to our destruction. These reefs are: (I) An overly curious prying and inquiring into the manner and the reason of Predestination — why God has done thus and not otherwise; why He has elected these and rejected those — which is nothing other than measuring the unsearchableness and unfathomableness of God (Rom. 11:33) by our own scant measure of comprehension; demanding of the independent God reasons for His counsels — "why hast thou made me thus?" Rom. 9:20 — and esteeming oneself wiser than the all-wise God: compare Matt. 11:19. (II) Disputing and contending over the Righteousness of Predestination, Rom. 9:14 — "Is there unrighteousness with God?" — as though He were a respecter of persons, who deals unequally with equal things, when He is debtor to no one, Rom. 11:35, and, particularly to sinners, owes nothing but destruction. This is therefore nothing other than to carp at and quibble over His power and dominion, Matt. 20:11–14, and to make oneself a judge of the Supreme Judge, Gen. 18:25. (III) From the certainty and firmness of Predestination, to fabricate an absolute necessity of all things, or to take away the freedom of man's will — through which all care for religion and for the means of salvation would be lost, and we, in despair, would say: "Who hath resisted His will?" Rom. 9:19 — whereas Predestination does not take away the contingency and freedom of the will, but only directs and orders it to its uses. (IV) To make God, from Predestination, a cause of sin — whereas every decree of God is the cause not of any particular future sin, but only of its future coming-to-pass, as we have taught in the chapter on God's Decree. (V) To take occasion from Predestination for despair — as if God's unsearchable and untraceable decree were known to us, or as if we had been counselors to the predestinating God, Rom. 11:33, 34. (VI) Or, on the contrary, to give oneself over, on account of it, to carelessness and negligence, to esteem lightly and let slip the care and the means of salvation, because the purpose of Predestination cannot be revoked, and it is therefore all the same in what manner one lives — as if the all-wise God, by a foolish counsel, had determined the end without the means, or as if it were not rather the case that he who would resolve thus in natural matters would be a fool — for example, "if God has determined that I shall live, then it makes no difference whether I eat and drink or not."
§ XXX. It is, thirdly, useful and profitable to consider the decree of Predestination in this way: that we, after the example of God, may be stirred up and incited to the care of our eternal state. For if God, from all eternity, has had so great a care for each and every man, and for his eternal state, that He has willed to occupy Himself continually with him by means of a particular kind of decree — if He has ordained and appointed the state of each of them, and the whole condition of eternity, to nothing else than the display of His glory — if He has, to this end, created all things and everything — if, out of created mankind, He has chosen some to the glory of His Grace, and rejected others to the glory of His Righteousness — if He administers and applies to the elect the means of Grace, and to the reprobate the means of Justice, with so great a wisdom that one must cry out: O the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and knowledge of God! how unsearchable are His judgments, and His ways past finding out! — if, I say, God has had, from eternity, so great a care over us and over our eternal state, how great, then, ought our own care to be over ourselves and over our eternal state — so that we look not (σκοπῶμεν, that we regard and set as our end and aim) at the things which are seen, but at the things which are not seen: for the things which are seen are temporal, but the things which are not seen are eternal, 2 Cor. 4:18. Let us, in this way, with a firm and unwavering resolve, take to heart that we, together with God, hold before ourselves God's honor and glory as our end and aim, and that we apply ourselves, by fitting and suitable means, to that end and aim, so as to work out our own salvation in all things with fear and trembling — because it is God who worketh in us, both to will and to do, of His own good pleasure, Phil. 2:12. On this subject one may compare what the very famous Hoornbeek has, Theol. Pract. lib. I, cap. I, and what he notes concerning the Practice of the whole of Predestination, lib. II, cap. 2, from which many things which we have said briefly can be further clarified. Other things of this kind may be drawn from the following chapters on Election and Reprobation.
Chapter III: On Election
Eph. 1:4, 5, 6. According as He hath chosen us in Him before the foundation of the world, that we should be holy and without blame before Him in love: Having predestinated us unto the adoption of children by Jesus Christ to Himself, according to the good pleasure of His will, To the praise of the glory of His grace.
The Explanatory Part
§ I. Every species, according to the maxim of the logicians, includes within itself, and presupposes, the whole nature of its genus, together with the determinate subject (individual) of its species. Therefore, just as Predestination includes within itself the whole nature of the divine decree, of which it is a species, so too Election and Reprobation, being species of Predestination, comprise within themselves all that belongs to a decree and to a predestination — which, carefully and precisely observed, will make for a great abridgment in setting forth both these species. With this in mind, and along this line of teaching, we shall descend a step from Predestination to Election. Its nature the Apostle will describe to us point by point and member by member, Eph. 1:4, 5, 6.
The Explanatory Part, continued
§ II. In which words is comprised a precise description of Election, from its parts or acts, according to all its properties. Its parts, or acts, are two.
1. Election, so called in a narrower sense — for Election, taken in a wider sense, always has four acts, namely: (1) a purpose to manifest mercy; (2) an intention to create those who would be elected, and to permit their fall, so that God might have objects in whom, or in whose gracious salvation, He would manifest His mercy; (3) the election of the persons, in whom He would make that mercy of His glorious; finally, (4) the predestination of the means, by which He would lead and bring the elect to the obtaining of mercy. The first two acts properly belong to Predestination, taken in a wider sense; the remaining two acts pertain to Election in a more determinate sense. These two acts, therefore, the Apostle traces distinctly in the text, namely, as noted above. (1) Election, v. 4: "According as He hath chosen us in Him before the foundation of the world, that we should be holy and without blame before Him in love." In which words is indicated:
1. The act of choosing, καθῶς ἐξελέξατο, according as He hath chosen. The little word καθῶς, "according as," joins the foregoing third verse together with this fourth, and makes known that all spiritual benefits are conferred upon us in time according to the eternal Election, and are consequences of it. Ἐξελέξατο, He hath chosen, from ἐκλέγω, I choose, I choose out — as if to say, I select out, I declare, I speak forth, because in Election this or that thing is spoken, named, or appointed, out of others. The various meanings of that word we shall set forth in the Doctrinal Part. Here it means to choose out the one, passing by another, to select, to set apart.
2. The object of Election, ἡμᾶς, us. He means himself and his Ephesians — not himself alone, nor every man alike, but the believers. Yet not the believers indeterminately and vaguely, but by name — me and you, namely, the saints which are at Ephesus, the faithful which are in Christ Jesus, v. 1.
3. The ground of Election, ἐν αὐτῷ, in Him — that is, being comprehended in Him, being united with Him, being implanted in Him, just as we, through the Covenant of Nature, were all implanted in the first Adam, Rom. 5:12.... In Him, as the foundation or ground, as in whom all God's promises are yea and amen, 2 Cor. 1:20; out of Him — that is, out of God — are ye in Christ Jesus, who of God is made unto us wisdom.... Or, as the Apostle says, "that I may be found in Him, not having mine own righteousness," Phil. 3:9. Therefore it is not that Christ is the cause of Election itself, but that He is the meritorious cause of all saving benefits which follow upon Election. Ἐν αὐτῷ, in Him — not that they existed in Him before Election, or were foreseen as existing in Him, but that they should exist through Election, in Christ, by faith.
4. The time of Election, or, as it were, the time, πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, before the foundation of the world. The word καταβάλλεσθαι signifies to lay a foundation, Heb. 6:1 — יסד, to found, to lay foundations, is said of a house, 2 Macc. 2:30, and by way of similitude of the world: καταβολή, the foundation, is the beginning of the world, Matt. 13:35 and 25:34; Luke 11:50; John 17:24; Heb. 4:3 and 9:26; 1 Pet. 1:20; Rev. 13:8 and 17:8. Thus the Gospel is said to have been hidden before the foundation of the world, Matt. 13:35, and a Kingdom is said to be prepared for the elect before the foundation of the world, Matt. 25:34 — that is, from the ages, Eph. 3:9; Col. 1:26 — indeed, before the ages, 1 Cor. 2:7; before the times of the ages, 2 Tim. 1:9; ἀπ᾿ αἰῶνος, from the age, from eternity, Acts 15:18. Hereby, then, is signified eternity, or an Election which has come to pass from eternity — for whatever is before the foundation of the world is before time, since time was created together with the world; and whatever is before time is from eternity, which among the Hebrews is קֶדֶם, of old, and עוֹלָם, of the age — Mic. ...: מִקֶּדֶם מִימֵי עוֹלָם, of old, and what is that? It is from the days of the age.
5. The proximate end of Election: that we should be holy and without blame before Him in love. One must here note the omission of the little words εἰς τό, or πρὸς τό, "that," before the verb εἶναι, to be. Here is indicated the end, or the resulting effect, unto which we are elected of God — not indeed all the effects and ends, but that one which we obtain in this life; elsewhere the Apostle says that salvation is the end and effect of Election, 2 Thess. 2:13; elsewhere, glory, Eph. 1:6; here he expresses only the subordinate end: "that we should be" — he does not say "because we were holy," or that He had foreknown that we would be holy, lest anyone should suppose that we were elected out of a foreseen holiness or faith, or that the foresight of it is the cause of Election. The end, now, is:
a. Holiness, ἅγιοι, that we should be holy — that is, inclined and disposed toward holiness, and active in holiness. Therefore those who are elect can be nothing other than holy, and cannot live godlessly, unless the almighty God should be deprived of, or deceived in, His end.
b. Blamelessness, or perfection. In old times the sacrifices had to be תְּמִימִים, entire, perfect — that is, without blemish, Exod. 29:1; Lev. 3:3, 10, and elsewhere: ἄμωμοι or ἀμώμητοι, blameless — such must, by force of Election, the Christians be, Phil. 2:15; Col. 1:22; 2 Pet. 3:14; Jude v. 24; Rev. 14:5; likewise ἄμεμπτοι, unblamable, 1 Thess. 2:10 and 3:13. Ἄμωμος, unblamable, blameless, is one who is not exposed to the bite of Momus (the fault-finder), beyond all reproach, guilty of no crime, and thus blameless. The word μώμος, blemish, seems to be derived from the Hebrew word מוּם, Mum, which signifies a fault or defect — so that our Apostle seems to have in view Song of Songs 4:7: "Thou art all fair, my love, וּמוּם אֵין בָּךְ, and there is no spot in thee." The Hebrew מוּם, Mum, is the Chaldaic מוּמָא, Mouma, and from this the Greek μῶμος, Momos. Thus Election intends that they shall be such — partly, in this life, through the imputation of the holiness and righteousness of Christ, 1 Cor. 1:30; partly through the zealous pursuit of, and striving after, perfection, whereby they strive and endeavor toward the highest degree of perfection, though they shall never attain it so long as they are here, Phil. 3:12–15, compared with 1 Thess. 5:23; Isa. 1:16–18; partly after this life, when Christ shall sanctify the church, having cleansed her, that He might present her to Himself glorious, without spot or wrinkle or any such thing, but that she should be holy and without blemish, Eph. 5:26, 27.
c. Love, ἐν ἀγάπῃ, in love. There are some who join these words, by a transposition of words, with the word ἐξελέξατο, He hath chosen, so as to signify that God has elected in love, out of His sheer and pure good pleasure and love, John 3:16; Eph. 2:4. More fittingly and more simply, the word "love" is joined with the words immediately preceding, so as to signify that not only must holiness and blamelessness be joined with love toward God and toward one's neighbor, but also that all the duties of holiness and blamelessness must proceed from love, Matt. 22:37–40.
d. Sincerity, made known by the words κατενώπιον αὐτοῦ, before Him, or in His sight, in His presence. Hereby is meant both the constancy and perseverance in holiness through love, as Ps. 102:28, and the sincerity and openheartedness whereby we are holy and blameless not only before and in the presence of men, as the hypocrites are accustomed to be, Matt. 6:5 and 23:5, but especially before God, and in the presence of God, 2 Cor. 1:12.
II. Predestination — likewise, in a narrower and more determinate sense, denoting the appointment of the means for those who have been elected unto the end, namely, unto eternal salvation. Of this it is recorded:
1. The act, with respect to its object, προορίσας ἡμᾶς, having predestinated us, or, who hath predestinated us. The word ὁρίζειν, to determine, to ordain — ὅρος, a boundary — signifies to determine, to fix, to devise, to decree; and προορίζειν, to predetermine, means to appoint to a fixed and certain aim and goal, or to appoint and predetermine the means to a certain, fixed end. So that from this the following sense arises: just as He has set us apart, through Election, unto the end, so also has He appointed and determined, and brought to us, the means which are fitting and sufficient for this end.
2. The means, namely, unto the adoption of children, through Christ, to Himself. In and with these words there seem to be indicated three kinds of means, namely:
a. The benefit, υἱοθεσίας, of the adoption of children — whereby, besides the sanctification already expressed at length, there may abundantly be understood and comprehended the whole communion of us with Christ, in Justification, Adoption as children, Sanctification, and Glorification — in which breadth it seems to be taken, John 1:12 — that we are appointed and ordained to that whole communion, as to a means, through which is to be made known the praise of the glory of His grace.
b. The redemption, through Christ, διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, through Jesus Christ. This might come to be, or be limited to, the aforesaid benefit of the adoption of children, so as thereby to signify that the adoption of children comes and belongs to us through Christ, being received through faith, John 1:12; or it might be extended to the whole work of redemption, obtained and brought about through the satisfaction, merit, and intercession of Christ — without which salvation cannot come and belong to us, Acts 4:12; John 14:6 — nor to God the glory of His mercy. This redemption the Apostle will describe more fully in verse 7.
c. The union with Christ, εἰς αὐτόν, to Himself. Not so much unto His glory, as Prov. 16:4; Rom. 11:36, which is separately expressed at the end of this verse; and therefore this εἰς αὐτόν, to Himself, seems to signify nothing else than the union with Christ, brought about and secured by our being led and gathered to Christ, which comes to pass through the Calling, that we may be united with Him by faith.
3. The rule, or, as it were, the moving cause, κατὰ τὴν εὐδοκίαν τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ, according to the good pleasure of His will. Therefore not according to merits, or according to a foreseen faith. The Greek word εὐδοκία (eudokia), among the Hebrews חֵפֶץ (hhefetz) or רָצוֹן (ratzon), a good pleasure, is also brought to bear upon Reprobation, as appears from Matt. 11:25, 26 — so far as it signifies, in general, a good pleasure; but insofar as it signifies a benevolence toward the object, it properly belongs to and befits Election. Furthermore, the word εὐδοκία (eudokia), good pleasure, is particularly proper to the Holy Scriptures, having been devised by the Seventy Translators, whereby they translate the Hebrew רָצוֹן (ratzon), good pleasure, benevolence, inclination. There is added to it θελήματος αὐτοῦ, of His will, so that it reads: according as it hath been pleasing to His will. The word "will" expresses something more general, which extends also to the reprobate; but the word εὐδοκία, good pleasure, usually signifies that kind of will which is joined together with favor, from which Election flows.
4. The highest and supreme end, namely, to the praise of the glory of His grace. The phrase ἔπαινος τῆς δόξης, praise of glory, is elsewhere ἔπαινος ἔνδοξος, a glorious praise, so that the second noun-case here stands in place of an adjective, after the manner of the Hebrews. Others, however, distinguish honor, praise, and glory — so that to honor is subordinated every good quality, to praise a more excellent one, but to glory the most excellent of all, just as we have taught elsewhere, Book II, Chapter XXII, on the Glory of God, in the Explanatory Part. There is added ἔπαινος τῆς χάριτος, the praise of grace, because grace is the proper end of Election — just as avenging justice belongs to and is proper to Reprobation, with this distinction: that grace has, in Election, the relation of the end, although of a subordinate end; whereas righteous damnation, in Reprobation, has no other relation and regard than that of a means, by whose help God obtains the end, namely, the display of His righteousness. It is also called a glory of grace, not only because this is the proximate end of Election, but also because it is the supreme end of it.
The Doctrinal Part
§ III. It is therefore, from this text, and from very many others, clearer and plainer than the noonday sun, that God, by an eternal decree, out of the men created and fallen in Adam, has elected some by name, in whose gracious salvation He would manifest the glory of His Mercy, Rom. 8:29, 30 and 9:11, 15, 16; 1 Thess. 1:5 and 5:9; 1 Pet. 1:2; 2 John v. 1; Matt. 20:16 and 24:22, etc. For since nothing happens in time which God has not decreed from eternity would happen, Eph. 1:11; Acts 15:18, and since, by a particular counsel of Predestination, He has taken upon Himself the care and provision for the eternal state of men, according to the preceding chapter — no one can, with any reason, doubt, as indeed no one does doubt, that there is an eternal Election.
§ IV. Now the word Election sometimes signifies a predestination to a certain office, whether civil, 1 Sam. 10:24; Ps. 78:70, or ecclesiastical, Luke 6:13; John 6:70. Sometimes it signifies a choosing out of a certain whole nation, in and among whom God would distribute the pledges of His love — His Law, Statutes, and the name — Deut. 4:37 and 7:7, 15; Rom. 11:5. Sometimes it signifies the elect themselves, Rom. 11:7. Sometimes a separation which comes to pass in time, according to the eternal decree, or the efficacious calling, Ps. 4:4; John 15:16, 19; 1 Cor. 1:27, 28. Most often, however, it signifies the eternal decree to save each and every believer, as appears from the passages cited in the preceding paragraph, as well as from Rom. 8:33; Luke 18:7; Rev. 17:14; 2 Pet. 1:10, and elsewhere.
§ V. Since, then, Election is nothing other than a predestination of certain determinate men, in whose eternal salvation the Glory of the divine Mercy would be manifested — while it is now called a predestination, all that has been said of it in the preceding chapter applies here as well. Although Predestination and Election are, in God, but one single and most simple act, yet, according to our manner of conceiving, their acts or stages are, in general (insofar as the acts of Predestination too are included in this), absolutely four in number.
§ VI. The first is the purpose to manifest the glory of His Mercy in the gracious salvation of men who are (as yet) only capable of being created and capable of falling, Eph. 1:6, "to the praise of His glorious grace"; Rom. 9:23, "that He might make known the riches of His glory on the vessels of mercy, which He had afore prepared unto glory"; 2 Thess. 2:13, "He hath from the beginning chosen you to salvation." The second act is the determination to create, and to permit the fall — so that He might have a suitable and fitting object in whom to manifest His Mercy, and might prepare beforehand, unto glory, the vessels of Mercy. The third act is the determination and separation of certain determinate men, in whose salvation the glory of His Mercy would be made manifest, 2 Tim. 2:19, "the Lord knoweth them that are His." In this third act, now, consists the proper reason and the very essence of Election, comprising within itself these three following points: (I) a loving, wherein and whereby it differs from the separation which is found in Reprobation, Rom. 9:13, "Jacob have I loved, but Esau have I hated." (II) A loving in order and with respect to the highest and supernatural good, namely, whereby He has prepared them beforehand unto glory, Rom. 9:23; "I have loved thee with an everlasting love, therefore with lovingkindness have I drawn thee," Jer. 31:3. (III) A loving with separation from others, in which comparative act is included the habitual (virtual) intention to bring that good to them, Rom. 9:1, 2, 3; John 17:6; 1 Cor. 1:26, 27. The fourth act is the intention to prepare and appoint the means, by which the elect may be brought to salvation as to their end — to which belong both Redemption through Christ and the Application of Redemption through faith, John 6:37; 2 Thess. 2:13. This act, as we have already noted before, is in a particular manner called a Predestination, Eph. 1:5; Rom. 8:29 — just as the third act just preceding is, in a particular manner, called Election. And hence Predestination is sometimes said to happen according to the purpose, Eph. 1:11, and is called the purpose according to Election, Rom. 9:11, and Election according to the purpose and counsel of the will, Eph. 1:5. Furthermore, one must note concerning these acts also this: that with them, in the Understanding of God in particular, there goes together a fixed and utterly certain knowledge, whereby God knows, most certainly of all, the heirs of life — whence Election itself is also called a Foreknowledge, Rom. 8:29.
§ VII. These acts of Election having been noted and observed, it is not now necessary to repeat, concerning the object of Election, what we have noted in the preceding chapter — namely, that the object of Election, if it be taken more broadly, as it includes the first two acts, is man as capable of being created and capable of falling, likewise man who would be created and would fall; but if it be taken more determinately, as it consists in the last two acts, that the object of it is man created and fallen, and at the same time elect. One will therefore, more precisely, say that man as capable of being created and capable of falling is the object of Predestination; but man created and fallen the object of Election, as also of Reprobation.
§ VIII. It is better to note that the object of Election is the whole mystical Christ — that is, Christ with all His own — whence we are said to be elect in Christ, Eph. 1:4, likewise predestinated through Jesus Christ to Himself, v. 5; likewise, accepted in the beloved, v. 6, having redemption in Him, v. 7, obtaining an inheritance in Him, v. 11, being called and sealed in Him, v. 13, so that it hath pleased God to gather together all things in Christ, v. 10 — so that, just as we have all sinned and perished in the first Adam, so also we should all, in the second Adam, be restored, Rom. 5:12.... So, nevertheless, that Christ, considered personally, is regarded in this Election as the Head, absolutely without spot, blameless, and righteous, Rom. 5:18, 19, just as men, as members in Him, Eph. 1:4, are regarded as fallen and wretched.
§ IX. From which it is quite easy to grasp how, and in what manner, Christ enters into the matter of Election — namely, as God, He is, together with the Father and the Holy Spirit, the Author of Election, although this is, in the economy, ascribed in Holy Scripture to the Father, Eph. 1:3, 4; but as Mediator, who would obtain salvation for the elect, He may be regarded either as the instrumental cause, insofar as salvation is a work of God, whereby He preserves and saves us through Christ; or as the principal cause, insofar as it is the benefit and advantage of man — whence He is called the captain and finisher of faith, Heb. 12:2. Therefore, in the first act of Election, or in the purpose to display Mercy, Christ is included as the means of gracious salvation; and in the last act, as the principal head-cause of the blessedness of the elect.
§ X. Christ, as Mediator, is not the meritorious cause of Election, though He is indeed of the salvation of the elect ordained and decreed through Election — since He, in the matter of Election, is Himself the one who elects, and Christ is also, through Election, ordained to be Mediator, 1 Pet. 1:20; Isa. 42:1. Nor is faith either, or good works, or whatever else one wishes to regard as foreseen, a moving cause with God for electing: (I) because neither Election, nor any other decree, admits of causes; (II) because neither faith nor good works have had any futurition apart from a preceding decree, and therefore could not have been foreseen; indeed even (III) because faith and good works derive their origin from Election, as from their first cause, according to the constant testimony of the Scriptures, which we shall bring forward in the Polemical Part.
§ XI. The cause of Election is therefore, wholly and entirely, the Triune God, 1 Pet. 1:2 — the Father, Eph. 1:3, 4; John 6:37 and 17:2; the Son, John 13:18 and 15:16, 19; the Holy Spirit, as is inferred and concluded from the Sealing and from His divine works, Acts 13:2; Eph. 1:13; John 3:6; 1 Cor. 6:11. And this same Triune God, considered as the moving cause, appears to us to be none other than God's sheer and pure good pleasure, Eph. 1:5; Rom. 9:16–18, 21–23; Matt. 11:25, 26; Luke 12:32. The supreme end is God's honor and glory — not the general glory, as of every decree, but the particular glory, of Grace and Mercy, Eph. 1:6; Rom. 9:23. To which, as a subordinate end, the gracious salvation of the elect serves and tends — whence the elect are said to be appointed unto the obtaining of salvation, 1 Thess. 5:9, and to have been afore prepared unto glory, Rom. 9:23. To this, as means, serve faith, union and communion with Christ, in Justification, Adoption as children, Sanctification, and in all things according to which the end of faith is said to be the salvation of souls, 1 Pet. 1:9, and we are said to be elected that we should be holy, Eph. 1:4 — predestinated to be conformed to the image of God's Son, Rom. 8:29 — and Election is called a foreknowledge of God the Father, in sanctification of the Spirit, 1 Pet. 1:2. These means, although in order and in relation to this end they are more mutually coordinated with one another than subordinated to one another, converge rather as parts of one and the same whole means unto salvation, because each of them by itself, and each in particular, does not by itself produce the highest end of Election.
§ XII. As for the conditions and properties of Election: it is, first, eternal — namely, before time, Eph. 1:4 — and no election takes place in time, which is to be distinguished from the Calling, whereby we are actually elected within ourselves, 1 Cor. 1:26–28. In particular, it does not first take place after faith, or at the moment of death, nor after death either.
§ XIII. For this reason it is, secondly, absolute, unchangeable, and certain — namely, the sure foundation of God stands unmoved, bearing, moreover, a seal, that God knows not only how many, but also who are His own, 2 Tim. 2:19: "Whom He did foreknow, these He also did predestinate," etc., Rom. 8:29. And the purpose of God, which is according to Election, is said to remain, Rom. 9:11; and that Election (the elect) obtains salvation, ch. 11:7. Whence Election is, moreover, called a Book of Life, Isa. 4:3; Phil. 4:3; Rev. 13:8, 17:8, 20:12, 15, and 21:27 — although the Book of God sometimes signifies God's general Providence, Ps. 139:16; Dan. 7:10 and 12:1; Mal. 3:16 — sometimes the Book of the living on earth, Ps. 69:29, which Book Moses perhaps has in view, Exod. 32:32 — sometimes the Book of general Predestination, Rev. 20:12 — from which it is not difficult to infer and conclude in what respect, and in what sense, anyone can be blotted out of the Book of God. The number of the elect is therefore certain and fixed, and cannot be increased or diminished — of which a figure seems to have existed in the numbering of the Israelites in the wilderness, which, being repeatedly carried out, on each occasion yielded one and the same number of heads, with a remarkable corresponding proportion. See Exod. 38:26, compared with Num. 1:46 — a figure which the Holy Spirit seems to use and follow, Rev. 7:4.
§ XIV. And by force of, and by reason of, this Book, not only can God Himself know who are His; but also each elect person — if not always, then at least he can, by the ordinary marks, be assured that his name is inscribed in the Book of Election, Luke 10:20; Eph. 1:4. To this end they are charged to make their calling and election sure, 2 Pet. 1:10.
The Polemical Part
§ XV. One asks: (I) How many kinds of Election are there, according to and in Holy Scripture? The Pelagians, Socinians, semi-Pelagians, Jesuits, Remonstrants, and others, to whom the Lutherans here join themselves, in order the more speciously to come to the aid of the independent indifference of the free will against the Election of which Scripture speaks, betake and hide themselves in the hiding-places and hedgerows of various distinctions, and fabricate several kinds of election. (I) There is with them an Election of state and condition — for example: I will save all believers, I will damn all unbelievers. This, with them, is eternal, absolute, unchangeable, general. (II) There is with them an Election of the person, of this or that one — for example, of Peter: this, insofar as it is eternal, is with them conditional, changeable, incomplete, and unconsummated; thus God has from eternity decreed to save Peter, if he shall be willing to believe. (III) There is with them a temporal Election, and this again either incomplete and not final — for example: I will save Peter, whom I now, at present, see believing, if he shall be willing to persevere in the faith — or complete and final, which would come to pass at the moment of death, or even after death, when perseverance, through the free will, has now been fully and finally accomplished.
The Reformed, although they acknowledge various meanings in the one word Election, and understand various acts within Election itself — with respect to the persons, with respect to the end, with respect to the means — nevertheless admit, with Holy Scripture, only one Election, and reject all the others of our opponents as bastard and falsely-named elections. Specifically: (I) Scripture rejects a general and undetermined Election of state and condition, because Scripture constantly restricts Election to persons, Acts 13:48; Rom. 8:29, 30 and 9:11; Eph. 1:4, 5, 6, as we have also refuted at length, Book III, Chapter I, §32. (2) Scripture also does not allow a conditional and incomplete Election of persons, since it teaches that God has decreed the end and the means, all and each, with one single and most simple act, 2 Thess. 2:13; Rom. 8:29, 30; Eph. 1:4, 5, 9 — we have also deliberately and at length examined and refuted such an election, in the passage already cited, §30. (3) Nor is there any word or trace, in Holy Scripture, of some unconsummated, finalizing, and changeable election which would come to pass at death or after death; but on the contrary, the purpose of Election is constantly declared to be fixed, 2 Tim. 2:19; Heb. 6:17; Rom. 9:11 and 11:28, 29. We have also, with respect to its changeableness, refuted this at length in the passage mentioned, §33, and with respect to its temporality, §29. And since, in those cited passages, the objections of our opponents have been undone, there is no reason why we should occupy ourselves here with repeating them.
§ XVI. One asks: (II) Whether there is a certain general Election? Origen of old held that not only all men, and each without exception, are elected to salvation, but even the devils themselves — namely, that they, having in hell endured, for a certain time, punishments proportionate to their sins, would finally, all and each in particular, be carried over into heaven. Thus too held Franciscus Puccius, an Italian and a Socinian; likewise Samuel Huberus, a Swiss, who, having been a Reformed minister, became a Lutheran minister, yet was deposed from his ministry by the Lutherans on account of this same opinion; and, among the Socinianizing Arminians, Sebastian Castellio, in his Dialogues. The Lutherans distinguish between the use of the word Election properly speaking and improperly, or by abuse. Then they hold that, if the word is taken in the abusive sense — for God's favorable will toward all, and for His general love, or for a denial of the decree of Reprobation, or for a purpose of God to create all in Adam unto eternal life, and to restore all in Christ unto eternal life, or for an offering of the means of salvation, common to all — then, they say, they readily and easily grant that Election may be called general; but, they say, we deny that Election, in its proper sense, and in accordance with Holy Scripture, is general. Then they also say that the counsel of God concerning the salvation of men can be considered and regarded either in God's antecedent, or in His consequent, will; in the first respect, they say, the counsel of God is general, but in the latter respect it is particular, on account of the foreseen final unbelief of some. Hence they ground the general Predestination on this threefold support: (I) on God's general will and inclination, to save all; (II) on a general Redemption through Christ; (III) on a general Calling — and that nevertheless not all men are saved by that general Predestination, because they are not willing to believe. See John Bergh, tom. II, cap. X, de Elect. et Reprobat.; Hafenreffer, in loc. commun. The Pelagians and the Pelagian-minded, being taken up with a love for universal grace, do not, in terms and expressions, or as far as the word is concerned, accept a general Election, since it includes a relation to Reprobation, which, as far as the word is concerned, they do accept — but they do accept the substance of a general Election, absolutely, when they hold that God wills that all men, and each in particular, shall be saved, at least by an antecedent will.
This latter opinion, which the Pelagians and the Lutherans hold in common, we have refuted and rejected, Book II, Chapter XV, §30 — one may also compare some preceding paragraphs. Against the first-mentioned opinion of Huberus and Castellio, which maintains an absolutely unconditional general Election, we now enter into open conflict. The Reformed allow absolutely no general Election: (I) Because Holy Scripture has not the least trace of a general Election. (2) Because, on the contrary, it teaches nothing but a particular one, Matt. 20:16 and 22:14; John 15:19 and 17:6; Rom. 8:29 and 9:13, 15, 18, 22; 1 Thess. 5:9. Nor is there any example to the contrary. (3) Because to elect means to choose out one from among many, to set the one above the other, or, having accepted the one, to reject the other, Deut. 7:7; John 15:19. Therefore a general Election is σιδηρόξυλον, an "iron-wood," or an absolutely self-contradictory thing. (4) Because then there would be no Reprobation at all, against which Holy Scripture sets itself, Rom. 9:18 and 22; Jude v. 4; Prov. 16:4; Matt. 25:41. (5) Because the elect are said to be inscribed in the Book of Life, Luke 10:20; Phil. 4:3 — which is expressly denied of those who shall perish, Rev. 13:8 and 17:8. (6) Because the elect are said to have been predestinated unto the adoption of children, Eph. 1:5 — which is said of none of all men elsewhere, and cannot be said. (7) Because the elect are said to have been foreknown, that is, to have been foreloved, Rom. 8:29 and 11:2; 2 Tim. 2:19; 1 Pet. 1:2; Ps. 1:6 — which is denied of the reprobate, Matt. 7:23. (8) Because the elect are said to be going to believe, [2 Tim.] 1:6 — which is not true of the reprobate. (9) Because thus so many of the elect would perish, against the declaration of Paul, Rom. 8:29. (10) Because that general Election would be either fixed and certain, or fruitless and in vain. If the former, then all men, and each in particular, would be saved — which conflicts with what was said before, especially against Matt. 25. If the latter, then Election would have to be made fruitless and powerless — either by God, but He is not changed, Mal. 3:6, and He changes not His counsels, Isa. 46:10; Heb. 6:17 — or by some other; but this cannot be, since he who changes the counsels of another is thereby earlier, and greater, and mightier than He.
Nor does the following avail here, for the contrary opinion: (a) that the decree to have mercy, which is one and the same as Election, is general, Rom. 11:31, 32 — for it does not say a having-of-mercy upon all, and each in particular, but upon all out of every kind and rank of men, or upon every kind of men, out of Jews together with Gentiles — which appears from the aim of the whole context, and also from Paul's explanation, Gal. 3:22; Rom. 3:22. (b) The passage John 3:16, "For God so loved the world," etc. Answer: "The world" here signifies the generality of believers, not only from among the Jews, as it was under the old economy, but also from among all the Gentiles, Rom. 11:11, 12. (c) That God wills that all men should be saved, 1 Tim. 2:4 — that He wills not the death of the sinner, Ezek. 33:11; 2 Pet. 3:9 — nor that anyone should perish, but that they all should come to repentance. To this we have elsewhere answered, namely: (a) that God wills that all shall be saved, that is, of every kind and rank, Kings as well as subjects — for if the Apostle understood every single individual, then he would also have commanded to pray for every single individual, which John forbids, 1 John 5:16, and which Christ Himself does not do, John 17:9. (b) That God wills not the death of the sinner who converts, but that He wills it for the rest of them, absolutely, 1 Sam. 2:25; Prov. 1:26. (c) That He wills not that anyone of the believers, from among us, should perish, but that all such should come to repentance.
§ XVII. Further one asks: (III) Whether there is, on our part, any moving cause or reason of Election, besides the divine good pleasure? The Pelagians, together with most of the Papists, put forward the foreseen merits. The Socinians and the Remonstrants set in their place, not foreseen merits, but foreseen faith and good works. The root-error of all in this matter is likewise to come to the aid, all the more forcibly, of the independent indifference of the free will. The Lutherans rest in a mere foreseen faith, and add to it the merits of Christ. Augustine and the Reformed, together with Holy Scripture alone, admit here only the divine good pleasure: (I) Because all God's decrees, and especially that of Predestination, are eternal, independent, and absolute, as we have shown in the preceding chapters. (II) Because Holy Scripture constantly brings Election to God's good pleasure alone, Matt. 11:26; Luke 12:32; 2 Tim. 1:9; Rom. 9:11, 12 — for which reason it is also called a gracious Election, Rom. 11:5. (III) Because we are elected not out of faith, nor out of works, but unto faith and unto sanctification, Eph. 1:4; Rom. 8:29; John 15:16. And therefore (IV) because faith, sanctification, and perseverance flow from Election, as fruits of it, Acts 13:48; John 6:37 and 8:47. And because (V) faith and good works cannot have had any futurition, except from the decree of Election. Finally (VI), if our Election depended on and from the foreknowledge of our faith, works, or perseverance, then it would have to be necessary that these were foreknown and foreseen, either as things which would proceed from ourselves — and thus we would have distinguished ourselves, against the Apostle, 1 Cor. 4:7 — or as from God, who would, accordingly, have decreed, through Election, to bestow them.
And against this, the following objections do not avail: (1) that the predestined are expressly called foreknown, Rom. 8:29; 1 Pet. 1:1, 2. Answer: It is not said that they were predestinated out of a foreseen faith, but that they were foreknown, that is, foreloved beforehand, Ps. 1:6; Matt. 7:23. (2) That no one could have been loved, so as to be elected, except by being placed or reckoned in faith in Christ, Heb. 11:6. Answer: We can nevertheless be loved and favored by God, so that He gives to us both Christ, John 3:16, and faith in Christ, Phil. 1:29, so that through it we may at last please Him, Heb. 11:6. (3) That we are said to be elect in Christ, Eph. 1:4. Answer: Certainly not as already being in Him, but as about to be in Him — just as we are said to be redeemed and called in or through Him, vv. 7, 11, 13 — that is, that we should, through Christ and for Christ's sake, obtain salvation. (4) That we are justified by faith, and obtain salvation, and therefore that we are also elected by faith. Answer: Certainly, although we are justified by faith and obtain salvation, faith is nevertheless not, for that reason, immediately the cause of Election itself.
§ XVIII. Hence it is asked: (IV) Whether Christ, as Mediator, is at least the foundation of Election, that is, its meritorious cause? The Remonstrants and the Lutherans establish this — not with a purpose and intent to exalt Christ, but in order to undermine the independence of Election, and to make it dependent on foreseen faith, and on man's free will. The orthodox, although they nowhere read in Holy Scripture that Christ is the foundation of Election (as He indeed is of salvation, 1 Cor. 3:11; Eph. 2:20), and do not deny, in this respect, that He might so be called, insofar as He is the foundation of the execution — since God has decreed to bestow, through Him alone, the salvation determined by Election — nevertheless steadfastly deny that one must, for this reason, say that He is the meritorious cause of Election itself: (I) Because, just as all God's decrees, and especially Predestination, so too Election is so independent and free that it depends on no cause, reason, or whatever else it may be called, other than the good pleasure alone of the electing God. (II) Because Christ is an effect of Election, and an instrument of God, whereby He has determined to save the elect, Isa. 42:1; Matt. 12:18; 1 Pet. 1:20. (III) Because, in the order of Election, Christ with His merits is not placed in the first, but in the second place, John 3:16; Rom. 8:29, 30; 2 Tim. 1:9 — and also because the election of God is derived and drawn not from the merits of Christ, as indeed redemption and reconciliation are, but from God's Grace and Mercy, Eph. 1:—; Col. 1:—, and elsewhere.
What is objected is: (1) that we are elected in Christ, Eph. 1:4. Answer: This is not to be elected on account of Christ, but to be elected so that we, through Christ, and through faith in Christ, might obtain salvation — so that the preposition "in" is here taken for διά, "through," as appears from the following context, and from the parallel passages, 1 Thess. 5:9; 2 Thess. 2:13, 14. They say (2) that Christ, according to our supposition, is not the foundation of our salvation, 1 Cor. 3:11, and that it is contradictory that the decree to save some men should not be grounded on Christ as its meritorious cause, while nevertheless man's salvation is grounded on Christ. Answer: It is exactly as if there were no very great difference between the divine act, whereby we are foreordained to salvation, and salvation itself, unto which we are foreordained — as if He who is said to be the foundation and the captain-leader of it, Heb. 2:10, must also immediately, on that account, be the foundation of it. A third objection is that it would conflict with the divine Righteousness to love and elect anyone outside of and apart from Christ. Answer: It is certainly impossible that God, apart from Christ, should love anyone with a love of well-pleasing, so that he should be pleasing to Him, Heb. 11:6 — but not with a love of benevolence and favor, whereby God wills to give to him Christ, and faith in Christ, John 3:16.
§ XIX. Furthermore one asks: (V) Whether Election unto glory is just as absolute and independent as Election unto grace? There is but one Election of God, which for us inseparably ordains glory as the end, Rom. 9:23, and grace, justification, etc., as the means, Rom. 8:29, 30. The semi-Pelagians, Arminians, and Jesuits will have it that this is out of foreseen things — and specifically the Jesuits, out of foreseen merits — and thus deny that it is absolute and independent. Augustine held, with Holy Scripture and with the Dominicans, that the whole of Election is absolute and independent. Ambrosius Catharinus held, at the Council of Trent, that Election unto grace is absolute and independent, but that unto glory is out of foreseen merits. The Reformed hold, with Holy Scripture and with Augustine, that the whole of Election is absolute and independent, both unto glory and unto grace — because (I) it is called a gracious Election, Rom. 11:5, ἐκλογὴ χάριτος, an Election of grace, which excludes every kind of works, ibid., and Eph. 2:8, 9; 1 Cor. 1:28, 29; 4:7; Rom. 11:6. (II) Because we are elected in order that we should do good works, Eph. 1:4; John 15:16 — therefore not out of foreseen works. (III) Because the Calling itself, which is a consequence of Election (Rom. 8:28, 29, 30), and the cause of the works, comes to pass absolutely, and without any foresight, 2 Tim. 1:9, 10; John 15:16, 19; Eph. 2:8, 9. (IV) Because the whole of Election is brought solely to God's good pleasure, Eph. 1:4, 5, 11; Rom. 9:11, 18; Luke 12:32; 2 Tim. 1:9.
Nor does the following conflict with this: (1) that we are accustomed to choose that which is better — particularly when, out of many, only a few are to be chosen — and that therefore those must have been chosen by God who seemed to Him to be better than others, that is, endowed and furnished with virtues and works. Answer: One either chooses that which is better, or that which may become better — in the former case, the choosing happens out of merit, because it is better, and thus creatures choose; or out of grace, that it may become better, and thus the Creator has chosen. And still less does it avail (2) that glory is given on account of merits, and that therefore Election too must have been decreed on account of merits. Answer: It is both false that glory is given on account of merits, and, even if it were given on account of merits, it would not follow that it was therefore also decreed, on account of merits, to be given — since Election unto glory, and glory itself, differ from one another as an act of God, and as the good of the creature. Nor does it avail (3) that we become assured of our Election through the pursuit of good works, 2 Pet. 1:10; 2 Tim. 2:20 — this proves, with not the least shadow of reason, that we are chosen unto glory on account of our works.
§ XX. Further it is asked: (VI) Whether the number of the elect is absolutely unchangeable? The Socinians, together with the Pelagians, Remonstrants, and Jesuits, deny it, out of love for the absolutely independent and self-empowered free will. The Lutherans are here little consistent with themselves: for on the one hand they hold that it is unchangeable with respect to the divine foreknowledge — namely, that God has certainly foreseen how many, and who, would believe — but on the other hand, that it is changeable with respect to the elect, who come to believe and not to believe — as if what God has foreseen would certainly come to pass could, on the side of the creatures, both come to pass and not come to pass. The orthodox hold the number of the elect to be absolutely unchangeable: (I) Because not only every decree of God, but also, in particular, that of Predestination, is unchangeable, according to the preceding chapters; but also (II) because God, through Election, knows infallibly how many, and who, are His own, 2 Tim. 2:19; John 13:18; Rom. 8:29 and 11:2, 29.
Against this, however, it is wrongly objected: (1) that God wills that all men, and each in particular, be saved, 1 Tim. 2:4, and that therefore the number of the elect is not unchangeable. For the first premise is false, and this is not what is said by the Apostle either. It is objected (2) that the elect can become reprobate, which they attempt to prove: (a) from 1 Cor. 9:27, "lest... I myself should be a castaway." Answer: The Apostle does not say, lest I should in any way become a castaway, but, lest I should be castaway-like. And ἀδόκιμος, a castaway, is here not set in opposition to the eternal Election, but τῷ δοκίμῳ, to one who is approved — that is, pure, clean, innocent, blameless, who himself also does what he teaches to others. (b) From Matt. 11:—, that the Tyrians and Sidonians, if they had had the same means of salvation, would have repented. Answer: There is nothing here about Election, nor that the reprobate would become elect — but the Savior teaches that the stubborn obstinacy of the Capernaites is the more inexcusable, the more powerful the means of salvation are which they had, compared to those which the Tyrians and Sidonians had. They appeal (c) to Rom. 11:23, "God is able to graft them in again." Answer: The Apostle speaks of the Jewish nation, which is rejected from the Gospel on account of its unbelief — but that it could be, and indeed would be, restored by God, for the greater part of it, in its own time, vv. 25, 26. He does not, however, say that those very same Jews who have been rejected would have been restored so as to be changed from reprobate into elect. Our opponents object (3) that someone can be blotted out of the Book of Life, Exod. 32:33; Ps. 69:29; Rev. 3:5 and 22:19. Answer: The first two passages do not deal with the Book of eternal Election, but with the Book of the living on earth, as we have shown in the Doctrinal Part. And Rev. 3:5 does not say that anyone can be blotted out of the Book of eternal Election, but there it is promised to the overcomers a firm, sure, and unshaken blessedness after their victory. Compare Phil. 1:6. And Rev. 22:19 contains a conditional threat: that if anyone, being inscribed in the Book of Life, should take away from the words of the prophecy, God would take away his part out of the Book of Life — which conditional threat does not establish that this absolutely comes to pass, that anyone should be blotted out of the Book of Life, since God has decreed and foreknown that none of the elect shall commit that outrage — in much the same way as it is said, Ezek. 18:24, "when the righteous turneth away from his righteousness," etc. So that the sense of the threatening of the Revelation is: if anyone of the elect (which shall never happen) should take away, God would take away his part out of the Book of Life. More matters of this kind will come before us in the treatment of Perseverance.
§ XXI. Finally it is asked: (VII) Whether a true believer, by the ordinary helps, can be infallibly assured of his Election? The Pelagians, Papists, Socinians, Remonstrants deny it outright, because they hold that the will is in a lasting and independent indifference. The Lutherans do indeed grant it — but they add to it (whereby it would in fact have to be denied) that a truly elect person can wholly and completely fall away. The orthodox maintain, with Scripture, this position: (I) Because the elect are charged to make their calling and election sure, 2 Pet. 1:10 — certainly not in and with God, 2 Tim. 2:19, but in and with themselves. (II) Because they have within themselves the marks of Election, namely, the things that accompany salvation, Heb. 6:9. They can be assured of their faith, which has an inseparable bond with salvation, and consequently also with Election, 2 Tim. 1:12; John 3:16. (III) Because they have the Holy Spirit, who is the seal and pledge of our inheritance, 2 Cor. 1:22; Eph. 1:13, 14 and 4:30, who bears witness with our spirit, Rom. 8:16. (IV) Because there are abundant examples of this Assurance at hand, Ps. 23:1, 6; Rom. 8:38; Gal. 2:20; 2 Tim. 4:8; 2 Cor. 5:1; Gal. 4:6.
And against this the following is not in the way: (1) that we have not been counselors to God, Rom. 11:34, and that we have not ascended into heaven, Rom. 10:6, to look into the Book of Life — for we come, by comparison of those things which are bestowed and granted by God only to the elect, to conclude afterward, firmly and certainly, that we are elect of God. Nor does the following avail (2): that this Assurance, when it is true and sincere, makes anyone — as our opponents slander — careless, proud, puffed up, carnal, vain, and idle, 2 Pet. 1:10, 11; 1 John 3:3. Nor does the following avail against it (3): that fear is everywhere prescribed to believers, Ps. 2:12, 13; Phil. 2:11, 12 — for by this is understood not a doubting concerning Election and salvation, but a childlike reverence and fear toward and before God as Father, Heb. 12:28. And finally (4) it does not avail against it that some are said to have fallen away, to have gone astray from the faith, 1 Tim. 1:19, 20 — for by this is understood the profession of faith, Rom. 1:8, or every kind of common and temporary faith, Matt. 13:20, 21; 1 Cor. 13:2.
The Practical Part
§ XXII. The decree of Election discloses to us, first, God's honor and glory, which is the supreme end, as of all God's works in general, so in particular of Predestination, as we have taught in the preceding chapter, and of Election — whence He is said not only to have elected us to the praise of His glory, Eph. 1:6, and that He might make known the riches of His glory, Rom. 9:23, but is also, on this account, called an elect stone, that we should show forth His praises, 1 Pet. 2:9. Namely, (I) the virtue of His Power, Dominion, and Authority, which He has, like a potter, over the whole lump, so as, according to His good pleasure, to make out of one and the same lump vessels of wrath and vessels of grace, and, to that end, to choose or to pass by whomever He wills, Rom. 9:22; Jer. 18:6; Matt. 20:15. Compare the preceding chapter, §28. (II) The glory of His Mercy, whence one reads of vessels of Mercy, Rom. 9:23, and that we are elect to the praise of the glory of His grace, Eph. 1:6 — which shines forth here so powerfully that nothing can shine forth more powerfully or more gloriously: namely, in the purpose to display grace; in the gracious choosing-out of Persons from among sinners, who were His enemies, Rom. 5:10; in God's sheer and pure good pleasure, without any merit or worthiness of our own, Rom. 9:—, without any expectation of advantage, ibid.; in the gracious gift of His Son, John 3:16, and of the Holy Spirit, who applies the Son to us, in the bringing about of faith, Acts 2:39 and 10:45; 2 Cor. 4:13; in the election, not to some mere friendship, but to adoption as children, Eph. 1:5; in the preparation unto glory, Rom. 9:23, unto an incorruptible, undefiled, and unfading inheritance, 1 Pet. 1:2, 4. (III) The glory of God's Wisdom, whereby He has aimed at the end of Election through so intelligent and wise an ordering and conjoining of the most fitting and suitable means, Rom. 8:29, 30; Eph. 1:4, 5, 6; 2 Thess. 2:13 — whereby He has devised a way to unite and reconcile together His mercy and His righteousness, Rom. 3:25. This...
wrings from the Apostle this exclamation: O the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God! How unsearchable are His judgments, and His ways past finding out! For who has known the mind of the Lord? Or who has been His counselor? Rom. 11:33-34. And these are the excellences that God discloses in election — to what end? Not only that we should know and acknowledge them, but also that we should proclaim and glory in them, 1 Pet. 2:9, with a godly acclamation: To Him be the glory forever, Amen! Rom. 11:36. Compare the two preceding chapters.
XXIII. Furthermore, the decree of election, in the second place, urges us to make every effort to be assured of our election and to make it sure, 2 Pet. 1:10, and to examine ourselves as to whether we are not perhaps reprobate, adokimoi, 2 Cor. 13:5. For indeed there is nothing that more powerfully urges us to, and advances us in, the exercise of our sanctification, 2 Pet. 1:10, that we may not be idle nor unfruitful, but that we may be holy and blameless before Him in love, Eph. 1:4. (II) Because such a thing wards off apostasy and sin, 2 Pet. 1:10. (III) Because it thus richly supplies to us entrance into the eternal kingdom of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, there v.11. (IV) Because nothing more powerfully strengthens and confirms us amid every kind of adversity, Rom. 8:35, 38-39. (V) Because it makes our access to God more ready, Heb. 10:22. And (VI), to say it in one word, because it makes a heaven on earth, Eph. 1:3-4; Heb. 11:1. One labor will resolve for us a double matter: as we shall have made our calling sure, so shall we also have made our election sure, 2 Pet. 1:10. For those whom He foreknew, He also predestined; and those whom He predestined, He also called, Rom. 8:29-30. Now we make our calling sure when we add to our faith virtue, to virtue knowledge, and so forth, 2 Pet. 1:5-6. The certainty of our election, then, will become clear to us by and through a twofold kind of marks — of which the first kind is from God assuring us, the second from us being assured. God demonstrates and makes manifest, by unmistakable signs and proofs, that He has chosen us; and we, from our own side, that we are chosen, through various kinds of evidence.
God makes it manifest from eternity that He has chosen us: (1) By that election of us which takes place in time, that is, by calling — from which calling itself is called an election, 1 Cor. 1:26-27. For when God sets apart, in time, from the wicked and fleshly crowd of worldlings, those whom He has separated from the reprobate in His eternal counsel, and now prepares — those whom He prepared for Himself from eternity for the benefits of grace — to devote themselves to God with an unshakeable resolve. (2) God makes it manifest by receiving and taking us up into His household, Ps. 65:4: Blessed is the man whom you choose and cause to approach, that he may dwell in your courts. This happens through the effectual working of the Word, through the power of the promises, and through the might and power of the Spirit — by all of which it comes to pass that we hear the God who calls, and follow the God who draws us, into His household, 1 Thess. 1:4-6: Knowing, beloved brothers, your election of God: for our gospel did not come to you in word only, but also in power, and in the Holy Spirit, and in much assurance; and you became followers of us and of the Lord, having received the word in much affliction, with joy of the Holy Spirit. (3) God makes it manifest by the sanctifying of the cross, adversities, and afflictions sent to them, by pouring out the sense of His love, Rom. 5:5, by forming them to patience, humility, prayer, a sense of and hatred against sin; by hearing and answering their sighs, and by directing all their adversities and troubles to their profit and good — to such a degree that they come to see God's love in their very afflictions, and acknowledge with David that it was good for them that He afflicted them, Ps. 119:71. Paul lays down this mark, Rom. 8:28-29: We know that all things work together for good to those who love God, to those who are called according to His purpose. For whom He foreknew, etc. By these and similar proofs and marks, then, God makes manifest that He has chosen us.
But on the other hand, the elect themselves also, by various evidences and proofs, make their election manifest: (1) By the sanctification of the Spirit. For we are chosen that we should be holy and blameless before Him in love, Eph. 1:4, and 2 Thess. 2:13: God from the beginning chose you to salvation, in sanctification of the Spirit and belief of the truth. See also 1 Pet. 1:2. (2) By the virtues of Christ shining out in and through our whole walk. For we are chosen in Christ, Eph. 1:4, so as to be in Christ, or to be united with Him, that His humility, longsuffering, love, obedience, contempt of the world, and other saving things may shine and radiate through us everywhere, 2 Pet. 1:5-7, 10; 1 Pet. 2:9. (3) In our affection and disposition toward God, namely, blameless before Him in love, Eph. 1:4 — so that we, being chosen out of God's pure and unmixed love, again offer our love back to God, to His Word and ordinances, and that we also at the same time bring and show our love to the friends of God who are chosen together with us in Christ, Col. 3:12: Put on therefore, as the elect of God, holy and beloved, bowels of mercies, kindness, etc. — which love will then more powerfully make our election manifest, and by it we remain unmoved amid all adversities, Rom. 8:28, 35. (4) In and through our spiritual priesthood, 1 Pet. 2:9: You are a chosen generation, a royal priesthood — whereby we offer up ourselves to God, by putting to death the flesh, or the unreasoning passions and desires, and offering them up, as it were, upon Christ as upon our altar, Gal. 2:20; 5:24; 6:14. (5) In and from the hatred and persecutions of the world, John 15:18-19: If the world hates you, know that it hated me before you. If you were of the world, the world would love its own; but because you are not of the world, but I have chosen you out of the world, therefore the world hates you. Other and more marks are given by Chamier (in his treatise on the signs of election).
XXIV. Now when we have obtained assurance of our election, this obliges and binds us, in the third place, to gratitude, Eph. 1:3-4: Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, etc., according as He has chosen us, etc.; 2 Thess. 2:13: We are bound to give thanks always to God for you, brothers beloved of the Lord, that God chose you from the beginning to salvation. See likewise 1 Thess. 1:2, 4. To this thankfulness I say we are moved by these reasons: that God (1) has chosen us, when He could have rejected us, Rom. 9:21. (II) That He has chosen us above so many thousands whom He has passed by and rejected, Rom. 9:27-29 and 11:3-5, 7, 22. (III) That He has chosen us fallen, corrupt, sinners, indeed enemies, Rom. 5:8; Ezek. 16:5-6. (IV) That He has chosen us out of pure and unmixed mercy alone, there, without the least expectation of any gain or advantage, moved only by His sovereign good pleasure, Eph. 1:5; Matt. 11:25-26. (V) That He has chosen us not to some servile bondage, or to any kind of friendship with God, or to all sorts of other lesser and inferior benefits; but to adoption as children, Eph. 1:5, to justification, sanctification, and an incorruptible and eternal glorious inheritance, undefiled and unfading, reserved in the heavens for us, 1 Pet. 1:4. (VI) That He has chosen us in Christ, that is, to be redeemed, united with Him, and made blessed through and by communion in all His benefits, by the blood of His own and only-begotten Son, 1 Pet. 1:2: The elect according to the foreknowledge of God the Father...unto obedience and sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ, that we should be complete in Him, Col. 1:10; 1 Cor. 1:30 — to be made conformable to the image of His Son, Rom. 8:29. And (VII) through the sanctification of the Spirit, 1 Pet. 1:2; 2 Thess. 2:13 — namely, to be regenerated, converted, and renewed by Him, John 3:5; Titus 3:5. Let us now show and render thanks to God for all these benefits: (1) by acknowledging with the heart the greatness and nature of that benefit, by sensing, esteeming, and valuing it, and ascribing it to God alone and to His pure and unmixed love and favorable goodwill, Ps. 103:1-3, and 116:12, Gen. 32:10. (2) By proclaiming with the mouth, as a chosen generation, the virtues of Him who has called us, 1 Pet. 2:9, Ps. 51:16. Finally (3) by works and deeds loving again, in return, God who out of pure unmixed love has chosen us, Ps. 116:1-5, choosing Him back for our God, Josh. 24:22: You are witnesses against yourselves, that you have chosen the Lord, to serve Him. See also Ps. 16:5-6. And since by choosing us He has separated us from the world, John 15:19, let us then not conform ourselves to the world, Rom. 12:2, but rather go out of it in spiritual fashion, Rev. 18:4; Heb. 13:13. And since He has chosen us that we should be holy and blameless before Him in love, we must serve this counsel of God (Acts 13:36) and give ourselves to holiness — of which more presently, expressly and at length.
XXV. Therefore, in the fourth place, the doctrine of election invites us, by its urgent and moving reasons, to the practice of holiness: (1) Because He who has chosen us is holy, Lev. 11:44-45; Matt. 5:48. (II) Because He has chosen us to be a holy people, Deut. 14:2: You are a holy people to the Lord your God; and the Lord has chosen you to be a people of His own possession, 1 Pet. 2:9: A chosen generation, a royal priesthood, a holy nation. (III) Because He has chosen us unto holiness, Eph. 1:4: That we should be holy and blameless before Him, through or in the sanctification of the Holy Spirit, 2 Thess. 2:13; 1 Pet. 1:2. (IV) Because He has chosen us in Christ, the Holy One of Israel, Isa. 10:20, whom the Father has hereunto sanctified, John 10:36, and who has sanctified Himself for us, that we too might be holy, John 17:19 — and in whom the one made new by grace in Him is a new creature, 2 Cor. 5:17, created unto good works which God has prepared beforehand, that we should walk in them, Eph. 2:10. (V) Because He has chosen us that we should be conformed to the image of His Son, Rom. 8:29. (VI) Because He has chosen us out of sheer grace, which teaches us to renounce all ungodliness and worldly lusts, and to live soberly, righteously, and godly in this present world, Titus 2:12. (VII) Because by choosing us He has separated us from the world, John 15:19, that we should separate ourselves from it, and not be conformed to it, but be transformed by the renewing of our mind, Rom. 12:2. The exercise and practice of this holiness requires: (1) that we love God, just as He, by choosing us, has loved us, Rom. 8:29: Whom He foreknew, etc. — so that it be a mutual love, Song 2:16. (2) That we love Him purely, and, as it were, for nothing — just as He, in choosing us, had nothing in us that could move Him to it — so that we love Him not for our own sake, or for the sake of anything that shall come to us from God, but purely for His own sake. (3) That we love Him for choosing us, that is, with the passing-by and disregard of all other things, Ps. 73:25, just as He, in choosing us, passed by thousands. (4) That we so choose Him that we, now chosen by Him, give ourselves over to Him wholly and entirely, safe and complete, devoting and spending ourselves at His cost, 2 Cor. 8:5; Rom. 12:1, just as He, having chosen us, has furnished and spent for us His own Son and all things (Rom. 8:32), indeed even Himself. (5) That we devote ourselves and all that is ours to and for His glory, just as He has devoted Himself and all that is His to and for our salvation — to live to Him, and to die to Him, Rom. 14:7-9; Phil. 1:20-21. Finally (6) that we set our names down before God, subscribing ourselves, as it were, to Him, Isa. 44:1-5, just as He has inscribed our name in the Book of Life.
XXVI. Then, in the fifth place, from the divine election we have material for comfort in every kind of adversity, of unspeakable joy in prosperity, and of a gentle and sweet trust in every condition. For by virtue of election we are: (1) infallibly certain of our eternal salvation and life, 2 Thess. 2:13-14: God from the beginning has chosen you to salvation... to the obtaining of the glory of our Lord Jesus Christ, Ps. 23:6, and of God's unchangeable love toward us, Rom. 11:2 and 8:38-39. (II) Certain and secure of our gracious reception and adoption into the household of God, and of our continual and lasting fellowship and communion with God, Ps. 65:4: Blessed is the man whom you choose and cause to approach, that he may dwell in your courts; we shall be satisfied with the goodness of your house, the holy place of your temple. Likewise Isa. 65:13-14. (III) Certain and secure of divine protection in every kind of danger and adversity, Isa. 41:10-13: Fear not, for I am with you; be not dismayed, for I am your God; I will strengthen you, yes, I will help you, yes, I will uphold you with the right hand of my righteousness. Behold, all those who are incensed against you shall be ashamed and confounded; they shall be as nothing, and those that strive with you shall perish, etc.; Ps. 23:4-5 and 3:6-9. (IV) We are certain and secure that all sorts of the hardest and heaviest afflictions, by the grace of God, shall not only be softened for us, Ps. 73:26, but shall also work together for good and for our salvation, Rom. 8:28, to such a degree that we can even glory in our tribulations, because the love of God is shed abroad in our hearts, Rom. 5:2-5. (V) Certain and secure that, however much we may be despised and rejected in the world, we are nevertheless chosen of God; that we shall always be received and accepted by God; that our prayers shall be heard and answered, John 15:16: You have not chosen me, but I have chosen you, and ordained you, that you should go and bring forth fruit, and that your fruit should remain; that whatsoever you shall ask of the Father in my name, He may give it you, Heb. 4:16; Isa. 65:22. (VI) Certain and secure that Christ will impart to us, as to friends, the secrets of His Father, the mysteries of His kingdom, John 15:15-16; Ps. 25:14; Gen. 18:17. And finally we are (VII) certain and secure that all accusations which on that day shall be brought against us before God's judgment seat shall be rejected, because Christ, in and through the decree of election, has been ordained for us to be our surety and our paymaster, Rom. 8:31-35: If God is for us, who can be against us? He who did not spare His own Son, but delivered Him up for us all, how shall He not with Him also freely give us all things? Who shall lay anything to the charge of God's elect? It is God who justifies; who is he who condemns? It is Christ who died. All these and countless other benefits stand for us sure and immovable; let us then, without deceit or wavering, be assured and persuaded of our election.
XXVII. Further, in the sixth place, we gain from the divine election material for imitation — that we not only choose the God who has chosen us, as we have already said before, but also that we choose for ourselves those whom God has chosen along with us, as those who together with us, by the same love, out of the same grace, for the same uses, in the same Head, Christ, unto the same mystical body, unto the same union and fellowship with His Son, unto the same means of salvation, have been chosen: so that we, therefore, as chosen, holy, and beloved of God, should put on the tender affections of mercy, kindness, humility, meekness, longsuffering, etc. — just as Christ has done to us, etc., Col. 3:12-13; John 15:17 and 17:26. Let us then, without any disdain or respect of persons, embrace even the very least and most despised with love, since God has chosen the poor of this world, to be rich in faith, and heirs of the kingdom which He has promised to those who love Him, James 2:5; 1 Cor. 1:27. Indeed, let us also be ready and willing to undergo and endure all things for their sake and on their account, because they are so precious to God, and thus to Him who has also chosen us, 2 Tim. 2:10.
XXVIII. Finally, in the seventh place, we must also take note, and diligently shun, the reefs by which the aforesaid fruits of election might not only be lost to us, but by which our very ruin could also be brought about. Such are: (1) The fancy of a certain general election, by virtue of which, through God's mercy, all men, and each one in particular, would in the end be saved — a fancy by which all concern to make one's election sure, on which almost all the efficacy of godliness and of comfort depends, is wholly unnerved and undone, as we have abundantly shown in the Polemical Part. (II) A high and deep precipice, whereby, meaning to examine our election, we begin the inquiry from above, aiming immediately and directly at our election — so that we, as it were, attempt to peer into the Book of Life to see whether our name is written there; from which nothing can follow but a steep and deep fall, since such counsels of God are, from that side, wholly inaccessible to us; whereas we must begin that work of self-assurance by examining our hearts, whether they have in and about themselves such things as have an infallible connection with election. Namely, that we, by means of the Apostolic Ladder erected in Rom. 8:29-30, climb gradually and step by step, from the sense of our faith and sanctification to justification, from there to calling, from there to predestination, and so finally to the foreknowledge of election. Then, when we have thus climbed up and have obtained the assurance of our election, we must from there gradually descend again to ourselves, drawing from it the certainty of our perseverance and salvation, and so gathering those sweetest and most pleasant fruits which we have already pointed out at length. (III) We must diligently guard against carnal ease and carelessness, whereby we, on account of the unchangeableness of our election, might through negligence come to esteem lightly and neglect the means of salvation, as though God, by some foolish decree, had determined and settled the end and salvation for us without the means, without the practice of faith and holiness — which the Apostle refutes everywhere, Eph. 1:4; 2 Thess. 2:13; 1 Pet. 1:2, 13. (IV) We must also here guard against despair, whereby we, from not perceiving in ourselves the marks of election, would immediately conclude that we are not chosen, and by which all exercise of faith, conversion, and godliness would be entirely neglected and abandoned — since concern and anxiety about our election, and longing for it, awaken in us hope, by which we are lifted up to the practice of the means by which we at length arrive at the assurance of our election. Lastly, here (V) all the idle and fruitless doubts of true believers concerning their election must be avoided, which choke and stop up the love and common fellowship between God and them. I say the idle and fruitless doubts of believers, for there are also just doubts, arising from sins committed, which lay waste the conscience; but idle and fruitless are those which are taken from every particular weakness. For although it is fitting and proper, after every sin committed, to humble oneself before God, and to entreat pardon for it, it is nevertheless not fitting, after every single sin, to cast away all hope at once, and to doubt concerning one's election and salvation — for otherwise who could ever be certain of his election and salvation, since we all stumble daily in many things, James 3:2, and even a righteous man falls seven times a day, Prov. 24:16. For such idle and useless doubts greatly diminish the familiar fellowship which the elect have with their God.
Chapter IV: Of Reprobation
On Jude v. 4: For there are certain men crept in unawares, who were before of old ordained to this condemnation, ungodly men, turning the grace of our God into lasciviousness, and denying the only Lord God, and our Lord Jesus Christ.
Transition
I. Election and reprobation are among mutually related things, which, just as they establish and remove one another (for where there is an election, there is also a reprobation; and where there is no reprobation, there will also be no election), so likewise, in the knowing and comprehending of them, they help one another to excellent effect: so that the better we understand the one of these related matters, the better and more accurately we shall also, by that very means, understand the other. With this disposition and purpose we shall descend from the first kind of predestination, namely election, to reprobation — the truth, nature, and character of which the holy Apostle Jude will show us in the fourth verse of his epistle.
The Explanatory Part
II. In these words is comprised a certain description of a person, or a description of a reprobate apostate. Here we find:
1. The matter described. Παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι, for there are certain men crept in unawares. The Apostle means falsely-named Christians, who were deceivers within the enclosure of the Christian church, but who, already in his time, had shamefully fallen away from the Christian faith — such as were the Simonians, Nicolaitans, Gnostics, Menandrians, Carpocratians, Cerinthians, Nazarenes, Ebionites, etc., whom the Apostle John commonly calls Antichrists, 1 John 2:18-19, 22 and 4:1-3. One may see and read of these in Epiphanius, Panarion, Book I, and from him, as well as from Eusebius and Augustine, De Haeresibus, Book I, p. 14, Tom. VI, Basel edition, 1569 — who among other things taught that sin is a matter of indifference, that wives and all sorts of other things are common property, etc. It was against these, according to the testimony of Oecumenius on the contents of this epistle, that Jude wrote it. Now, he says, παρεισέδυσαν, they crept in stealthily, or by stealth, or came up in passing; they thrust themselves in deceitfully, gradually, and secretly — which is the force of the word δύειν or δύνειν, they crept in — namely, into the church.
II. The description, in which is taught:
1. The rejection of these men, οἱ πάλαι προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα, who were of old before ordained to this same judgment. Here is marked, concerning their rejection:
a. The time, πάλαι, of old, long ago, now already for a long time, before their creeping into the church. Here it seems, according to the ordinary matter of eternal reprobation, to mean the same as מִקֶּדֶם יְמֵי עוֹלָם, from of old, from the days of eternity, Micah 5:2.
b. The act of rejecting, προγεγραμμένα, before written, before appointed. Some refer this to Paul, or to Peter, 2 Thess. 2:8-9; 2 Tim. 2:16; 2 Pet. 2:3 — so Grotius; others to Christ, Matt. 24:4-5, 10-11, 14, without doubt in order to escape an eternal reprobation. Others refer it to the times of the Old Testament, by a transfer taken from the fact that sentences used to be read out of a writing, Ps. 149:9, to signify that these had already been decreed and determined beforehand by God. Others refer it, better, to eternal reprobation, by a figurative manner of speaking, taken either from the fact that the decree of election is called a Book of Life, doubtless set over against a Book of Death; or from those who, for the aid of memory, write and note down in handbooks what they have purposed with themselves to do — which without doubt agrees more with the corresponding manners of speech, such as τιθέντες, appointed, 1 Thess. 5:9; κατηρτισμένοι, fitted, Rom. 9:22; οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους εἰς αἰῶνα τετήρηται, for whom the blackness of darkness is reserved forever — without doubt through eternal reprobation, 2 Pet. 2:17 — which is confirmed by the fact that Peter speaks of the same persons of whom the holy Jude says that they were προγεγραμμένοι, before written, unto this judgment. Compare both Apostles.
c. The end point — not to say the end — of this προγραφῆς, this before-writing, namely, εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα, unto this same judgment. Here he calls κρίμα the judgment, or a perverse and reprobate mind, whereby they are driven to twist and pervert the doctrine of the truth; or a righteous abandonment, whereby they, on account of their prior sins, are given up and left to suffer shipwreck as to the faith, in such a way that they should become masters of error and finally be eternally condemned; or eternal damnation, so that κρίμα, judgment, here stands for κατάκριμα, punishment, as in Matt. 23:14; Mark 12:40; Luke 20:47; Rom. 2:3 and 5:16; Gal. 5:16; James 3:1 — which punishment God has long ago determined against those who reject the gospel; unto which eternal ruin the holy Jude says they were before written, to signify that this happens neither lightly nor rashly, but that God's eternal and settled counsel and providence has thus righteously ordained it, 2 Pet. 2:23.
2. The ungodliness of these men, ἀσεβεῖς, ungodly, 2 Pet. 2:6. The word ἀσεβής, composed of the privative letter α and σέβομαι, I honor, I serve, denotes those who are not only devoid of all affection for and unto the service of God, but who are also inclined to all sorts of sins — for which reason ἀσεβεῖς, ungodly, and ἁμαρτωλοί, sinners, are more than once coupled together in Holy Scripture, 1 Tim. 1:9; 1 Pet. 4:18; Jude v. 15 — and with this, ἀπώλεια, destruction, 2 Pet. 3:7, likewise the wrath of God, Rom. 1:18; Jude v. 15. Certainly not because this ἀσέβεια, ungodliness, was the moving cause of eternal reprobation, but because it is a consequence of that abandonment, in order that there may be a cause on account of which they are righteously condemned, and that the glory of God's avenging justice may be made manifest and appear in their righteous condemnation. In particular:
3. These men's misuse and abuse of divine grace: τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριν μετατιθέντες εἰς ἀσέλγειαν, turning the grace of our God into lasciviousness, or into indulgence, wantonness, licentiousness, etc. Here, concerning the misuse of grace, is marked:
a. The point of departure, namely, the grace of our God; by which is understood the doctrine of grace, or the gospel, called by this transferred name, Heb. 12:15 and elsewhere — specifically, the doctrine of Christ's gracious redemption, of our gracious justification by faith alone. This grace the Apostle amplifies by adding its relation to our God, or to the covenant of grace, by means of which God becomes our God in Christ — whence the gravity of this misuse becomes exceptionally greater, that they abuse the grace of so great a covenant.
b. The act of misusing, μετατιθέντες, changing, transferring — namely, its wholesome use, into and unto a perverse use. The word is taken from those who transfer their goods and possessions from one dwelling place to another, Acts 7:16; Heb. 7:12 and 11:5; it is applied to a perverse doctrine, as here, and likewise Gal. 1:6.
c. The point to which, εἰς ἀσέλγειαν, unto wantonness, licentiousness, riotous excess. According to the word, it denotes that insolence which is born of a shameless lust, as Junius observes (on Gal. 5:19). For this reason it is very often coupled with uncleanness, 2 Cor. 12:21; Gal. 5:19; Eph. 5:19, where the Syriac renders it by "stench." This term now comprises every kind of licentiousness, lust, and impurity, whereby by loose and wanton words the inward lustfulness is disclosed. So that here is signified a monstrous outpouring of oneself into and unto every kind of wantonness and lust, into which the Simonians, Nicolaitans, Carpocratians, Gnostics, and others turned and changed the doctrine of the grace of our God.
4. These men's apostasy: καὶ τὸν μόνον Θεὸν καὶ δεσπότην, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν ἀρνούμενοι, and denying the only God and Ruler, our Lord Jesus Christ. Here is marked:
A. A twofold object of the denial.
a. The chief one, καὶ τὸν μόνον Θεὸν καὶ δεσπότην, and that only God and Ruler. There are those who apply the three titles — the only God, the Ruler, and the Lord — to the one Jesus Christ, as being with the Father that one God, John 17:3; whom they call Ruler, or Father, of the household, in the household of the church; and a Lord, who by His blood has obtained and acquired us for Himself, 1 Pet. 1:18-19 — and this because only a single relative pronoun is set before both titles; though also, before various persons, not seldom only one relative pronoun is placed, Matt. 17:1; Acts 3:11, etc. I would rather, however, apply the first two titles to the Father, who is then called:
1. Μόνος Θεός, the only God, in contrast not only to creatures and idols, but also to the Son — whose God He is very often called, namely, in an economic sense, insofar as the Son, through His eternal self-suretyship, has become the servant and subject of the Father, Isa. 53:10; John 20:17.
2. Δεσπότης, Lord, or Ruler, Luke 2:29; Acts 4:24. Thus He is now called: because, as Father in His household, He is Lord and Ruler; also because in the economy of the Holy Trinity He is the first Person, just as the second Person is the Dispenser, and the third a common Sender-out, as it were, as we have taught in his proper place, in the chapter on the Trinity; also because in the eternal counsel of peace He has drawn up and arranged the whole work of redemption; and finally, because in the economy of the church He is the supreme Lawgiver.
b. The second object, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν, our Lord Jesus Christ. Commonly He is called Lord, not only on account of His deity, whereby He has created, sustains, and governs all things; nor only on account of the redemption, whereby He has acquired us for His own possession by purchasing us, Rev. 5:9; 1 Cor. 6:20 and 7:23; but also because all power has been given Him by His Father, Matt. 28:18; Phil. 2:9-11; Acts 2:36.
B. The act of denying, ἀρνούμενοι, denying. The word ἀρνεῖσθαι, to deny, means to withdraw from someone one's trust, allegiance, and respect, Matt. 10:33; Luke 12:9; Acts 3:13-14 and 7:35, etc. And this happens both by someone's life and deeds, Titus 1:16, and by his word and doctrine, Matt. 10:33. This is, as we have already noted before, properly said of and concerning the Simonians, Nicolaitans, Carpocratians, and others. These turned the grace of God into wantonness and licentiousness; they denied both God the Father — introducing several World-Rulers instead of one, worshiping a Simon who pretended himself to be that God who had appeared on Mount Sinai — and also Jesus Christ, of whom they said that He was neither truly born, nor had suffered, nor had risen, nor that He was the Christ, but was different, by mere appearance, from the highest, invisible, and incorporeal Christ; our Christ they said was a man, born of a woman, and many of them thought themselves His equals — and thus they did not acknowledge Him as their Redeemer and Lord.
The Doctrinal Part
III. Since, therefore, certain men — not all men, but certain determinate men, who are described by their marks — are said to have been before written, not merely foreknown but foreordained, unto a certain determinate end, namely to condemnation, and that πάλαι, of old, long ago: who then can doubt that there is a certain eternal decree of reprobation, by which God, through a righteous judgment and condemnation of certain determinate men, has intended to reveal the glory of His avenging justice? Especially since Holy Scripture teaches this in so many ways, both in express words, Isa. 41:9: I have chosen you, and have not rejected you — as often as certain persons are said to be prepared for destruction, Rom. 9:22, appointed thereunto, 1 Pet. 2:8-9 (but you are a chosen generation, 1 Thess. 5:9), and hated of God, Rom. 9:11-13; Mal. 1:2-3; Rom. 9:15; and as often, likewise, as God is said to have mercy on whom He will have mercy, and to harden whom He will; likewise, that there are those whose names are not written in the Book of Life, Rev. 13:8; who are not God's people, not beloved, Hos. 1:10 and 2:23, compared with Rom. 9:25.
IV. And besides Holy Scripture, sound reason also confirms the same: for (1) if there is an election, which everyone acknowledges, then there is also a reprobation, according to the nature of mutually related things. Reason also shows (II), from the divine perfection, that nothing happens in time which God has not foreseen from eternity, and that He could have foreseen it in no other way than because He had determined it beforehand; consequently, since He has foreseen the condemnation of many, it is necessary that He has predetermined and foreordained the same from eternity, that is, that He has rejected them. Reason further teaches (III) that God, concerning the eternal state of rational creatures, as being a matter of singular importance, has had a singular care from eternity in the decree of predestination; and just as He has had this concerning salvation in election, so He has also had it concerning damnation in reprobation. And also (IV), since He has been concerned to elect some, reason teaches that He must necessarily have passed by others, in order to leave them to their own ways and to condemn them eternally. Indeed (V), it is fitting and consonant, and it becomes God, that He from eternity should have intended to demonstrate His avenging justice, no less than to demonstrate His grace and mercy.
V. Reprobation, then, is the predestination of certain determinate men, in order, through their righteous condemnation, to reveal the glory of His avenging justice, Rom. 9:22; Jude v. 4. Now when reprobation here is called a predestination (according to the chapter on predestination), it is not a bare and powerless foreknowledge, but an ordering and determining of the will, whereby He hardens, sets, prepares, and before-writes unto destruction those whom He wills. Furthermore, when reprobation is called a predestination of certain determinate men, it is not thereby understood to be a predestination of the state of men in general, whereby He would have willed that unbelievers and the ungodly in general be condemned — since reprobation always extends to men — some men, vessels of wrath; nor is it a reprobation of men indeterminately, but of certain determinate men, for example Esau. And since God is said to have predestined some, it is plain and clear, according to the opinion of the Reformed, that God has not predestined man to destruction as to an end, nor that He takes pleasure in the death of the sinner, in and of itself; but that this is unto the glory of His justice, of which the means are not all sorts of things, but a righteous condemnation. Yet most of these matters must be stated a little more distinctly.
VI. The predestination of reprobation, as an act, comprises within its scope these following four points, as we have already noted before: (1) God's purpose to reveal the glory of His avenging justice, Rom. 9:22 — but not to condemn and destroy man, which has no regard whatsoever to any good (and hence also not to any end), neither in respect of God nor in respect of man. Whence He says that He has no pleasure in the death of the sinner, Ezek. 18:23. And in this lies the first difference between election and reprobation: that election has for its intended end not only the glory of God's mercy, but also the salvation of the elect, Rom. 9:23; whereas reprobation intends, as its end, only the demonstration of God's justice, and regards the righteous condemnation of the reprobate as nothing other than a means. (II) A purpose to create men, and to permit their fall — which is common to the reprobate with the elect, so that neither Cain nor Judas nor anyone else has ever had anything of which he could complain, since God, by creating men indeterminately and without distinction, in order to set forth through Himself the glory of His justice, and by permitting their fall thereunto, does injustice to no one — especially since that reprobation is an immanent act of God, and touches no one. (III) To determine and appoint, from among fallen men in particular — for example, Judas — in whom His justice should be made manifest. This appointment now cannot be called a choosing or election, because it is not out of love, nor a communication of any good, but only and merely a withholding of both. And in this act consists, in a stricter and most properly speaking sense, reprobation — because it rejects and turns away those with whom it is concerned from that love by which the elect are foreordained unto salvation. Just as, therefore, in election there is a loving-with-a-setting-apart, so in reprobation there is a not-loving-with-a-setting-apart. And in this lies the negative hatred of reprobation, as it is called, to which, as it were, is joined a positive hatred, whereby God wills that some shall be excluded from eternal life, and, on account of their sins, be righteously condemned, Rom. 9:13.
The second difference between election and reprobation lies herein: that the love of election immediately communicates good to the creature, whereas the hatred of reprobation only withholds good, and does not bring about evil except through the intervention of the creature's own demerit. (IV) The intention to prepare those means by which the justice may be revealed in the reprobate. Now what kind of means these are, that are most properly so called, is: the permission of sin, and the leaving-in sin, Rom. 9:18; 2 Thess. 2:11-12, and the righteous condemnation on account of the sin. And in this lies the third difference between election and reprobation: that election is the cause not only of salvation, but also of all the means leading thereunto; whereas reprobation is a properly-so-called cause neither of the condemnation, nor of the sin which merits the condemnation, but is only something antecedent to it. Indeed, here also shines forth a fourth difference between the two: that in reprobation the means themselves, among one another, do not have the relation of a cause and an effect — since the permitting of sin is not the cause of the abandonment, the hardening, and the punishing, but sin itself is; whereas in election, calling is the cause of justification, and justification of glorification. Meanwhile it must be noted that the means of reprobation are for the most part negative: as a not-redeeming, John 10:26; a not-calling, at least not effectually, Matt. 20:16 and 22:14; a not-giving of faith, Acts 13:48, compared with John 12:39-40; a not-hindering of sin, and a leaving-in it, Rom. 9:18; a not-forgiving of it, John 20:23. Meanwhile there are also positive means: blinding, hardening, Isa. 6:9; John 12:39-40; the righteous condemnation and damnation on account of sin, there, and Rom. 9:22; Jude v. 4. Yet all the means, whether they be negative or positive, are directed by a positive act of the divine will unto their end.
VII. Now there is no reason why we should again say, from the beginning, how man is the object of the divine reprobation — namely, in respect of the first act, as able to be created and able to fall; in respect of the second, as about to be created and about to fall; in respect of the third, as created and fallen; in respect of the fourth act, as passed by and rejected. It is rather to be noted here that every man can be the object of reprobation — not only an adult, but also a small child, even one dying in its earliest infancy. For although the little children of believers are under the promise of the covenant of grace, Gen. 17:7; Acts 2:39, and thus holy, 1 Cor. 7:14, nevertheless the children of unbelievers are called unclean or unholy, and were of old excluded from the covenant by the lack of circumcision, and also all are, on account of original sin, condemnable, and much more reprobable, Rom. 5:14. Yet whether all the small children of all unbelievers, dying in their infancy, are actually reprobate, we leave to God, to reveal in His own time.
VIII. Although man, on account of sin, becomes and shall be condemnable and condemned — since a just penalty presupposes guilt — nevertheless he does not become reprobable through sin. For that God should propose to Himself the demonstration of His justice, and that He, out of fallen men, should in a like manner destine some to this and not others, is certainly not from sin, but from God's absolute might and dominion, Rom. 9:21; Matt. 20:15. And thus, although sin is the meriting cause of the eternal punishment ordained for the reprobate, it is nevertheless not the moving cause of the predestination itself, Rom. 9:11-12, 19, because that predestination is independent, eternal, and is the decreeing God Himself. And hence there is likewise, of reprobation, no other chief cause whatsoever than God, Rom. 9:11-12, 19; Jer. 6:30 — nor any moving cause besides God's sovereign good pleasure, Rom. 9:18-21; Matt. 11:26. Because everything that can be devised as a cause — for example, sin, unbelief, ungodliness, impenitence — follows upon reprobation, so that it could not have been presupposed before that decree, or foreseen by God, and be a cause of it: for God's foreseeing is, in order, later than the decree. The direct and proper end, indeed, is the glory of God's power and justice, or of His wrath, Rom. 9:23; but, incidentally or by the way, the display of His grace and mercy toward the elect, Rom. 9:22-23.
IX. This reprobation is entirely absolute and independent — yet certainly not in such a way as if there entered into that whole decree no regard whatsoever to sin: for there is such a regard to sin in the second act of reprobation, which determines and settles the permission of sin, in order that God may have that in and about which He might reveal His avenging justice; and hence the third act likewise presupposes sin, insofar as God, out of sinners, rejects whom He wills; and finally, the regard to sin also comes into play in the fourth act, since a righteous condemnation presupposes sin, and looks to it as its meriting cause. But sin does not enter into this decree as a moving and meriting cause, on account of which God should decree the revealing of His avenging justice; nor on account of which, out of all men equally reprobable, He should reject this one and not that one, Rom. 9:11, 13 — because otherwise the decreeing God Himself would depend on the creature, and the creature, on the other hand, would be made independent.
X. Finally, reprobation is, according to the nature of all God's decrees, unchangeable, both on God's side (with whose being the act of reprobation is one and the same), which always remains and is always the same, Ps. 102:27-28; Heb. 1:11-12; Mal. 3:6 — and on the side of the reprobate; for he who is disobedient to the Son through unbelief shall not see life, but the wrath of God abides on him, John 3:36. Whence also the number of the reprobate is certain and determined, known to God alone, Rom. 9:11-12; 2 Tim. 2:19 — not only the counting number, or how many, but also the numbered number, or who shall be condemned: Esau have I hated, Rom. 9:13 — a thing which appears both from the proportion of election, Rom. 8:29-30; 2 Tim. 2:19, and from the execution of reprobation, which shall take place on that day, Matt. 25:32.
The Polemical Part
XI. Most of the points in controversy in this chapter can be settled and disposed of from what we have already laid down as a foundation in the three preceding chapters. It is nevertheless worth the trouble to sketch the points in controversy briefly.
The first question is: I. Is there, with God, from eternity, a certain personal reprobation? The Socinians, and other cruder defenders of an independent indifference of the free will, acknowledge a reprobation of state, occurring from eternity, whereby God has rejected unbelievers and the ungodly, dying as such; they also acknowledge a reprobation of persons — but one which occurred, they say, not from eternity, but only after the death of the sinner. And they hold this position both because they take away from God the foreknowledge of future contingent things, and because they wish the free will to be self-determining and indifferent right up to death. The semi-Pelagians of Marseilles, with whom the Jesuits, Anabaptists, Lutherans, and Remonstrants agree, since they do not wish to seem to deny the certain foreknowledge of contingent things, allow a personal reprobation that occurred from eternity — but not an absolute and final one, which they, with the Socinians, put off until the point of death. The Reformed acknowledge, with Scripture, no other reprobation than one that is personal, occurring from eternity, final, and absolute: (1) because God hated Esau before he had done anything good or evil, Rom. 9:13, and because the vessels of wrath are said to be prepared and fitted beforehand for destruction, there v. 22; appointed thereunto, 1 Pet. 2:8; before written, Jude v. 4; wrought, or formed, for the day of evil, Prov. 16:4. (II) Because we have already shown at length that all the decrees of God — the whole of predestination, the whole of election — are independent, eternal, absolute, and unchangeable; and therefore reprobation likewise. Nor do our opponents have anything, either from Scripture or from nature, that comes to hand against our position — the eternal and infallible foreknowledge of future contingent things in God being demonstrated, and the nature of the free will explained — but only weak and thin accusations and carping, with which they attack, not so much our doctrine, as God Himself, and quite unjustly. Specifically, they object: (1) that this reprobation robs the sinner, in his sinning, of his liberty, and obligates him, as by an iron compulsion, to sin. Answer: (a) Reprobation, being an immanent act of God, does not touch man so as to rob him of his freedom. (b) Nor does it prevent man from sinning with deliberate counsel, forethought, and reasonable inclination; indeed, God has rejected him precisely so that he should thus sin voluntarily, and in this properly consists the freedom of the will, and not in an independent indifference. (c) Also, properly speaking, nothing is necessary except that which is produced by an immediate necessary cause, that is, by such a cause as by its own nature is determined to such a thing; but the decree of reprobation brings no such thing with it — although it does bring with it a firm, certain, and unavoidable future coming-to-pass, which differs, by a whole heaven's breadth, from a necessity or compulsion. They object (2) that this reprobation makes God a cause of all sin, since it would have predestined and necessitated the sinner to sin. Answer: (a) Reprobation does not make it so that the sinner necessarily sins, or is by his own nature determined to sin. (b) God has not predestined man to sin; but, on account of sin, through a just punishment, to show forth in him His avenging justice. (c) No one can be a cause of sin except him who transgresses and sins, which is repugnant to God. Our opponents object (3) that such a reprobation makes God unjust, because He punishes the sinner who, by force of the unchangeable decree of reprobation, cannot but sin. Answer: (a) Man can, notwithstanding reprobation, not sin, through the power of a cause, insofar as the decree does not compel the sinner — although the future occurring of the sin cannot fail to be, on account of and because of the decree. (b) God condemns justly, because He condemns for nothing but sin, and has determined to condemn for nothing but sin. (c) Reprobation itself is not an act of God's avenging justice, but only of His power and dominion, Rom. 9:22. A fourth objection is that such a reprobation makes God cruel toward His own miserable creature, since He has predestined it to eternal condemnation even while it was not yet created, nor had sinned, moved only by His own good pleasure. Answer: (a) Nevertheless, Scripture speaks thus, Rom. 9:22; Jude v. 4; 1 Thess. 5:9; 2 Pet. 2:8-9, compared with Mal. 1:2-3 and Rom. 9:11-13. But (b) He does not predestine and determine unto eternal condemnation as such, but unto the demonstration of His avenging justice, through a righteous condemnation, as a means. (c) That predestination, being an immanent act, does not touch the creature by bringing any evil upon it, and does not condemn it except for its own sin; and also God has no pleasure in the death of the sinner, except of an impenitent one, Prov. 1:25-27. Nor (d) is it cruel to will to punish a man for his sins; still less (e) to predestine him thereunto. They object (5) that such a reprobation makes God into a hypocrite and dissembler, in that, having by an unchangeable decree fitted man for impenitence and death, He nevertheless calls him to repentance and to life. Answer: God does not dissemble, but calls earnestly to repentance, and, that condition being met, promises life — although He has not decreed, according to His infinite power, to work conversion effectually in man, to which He is by no manner of means bound or obliged. It is said (6) that this decree makes God a respecter of persons, when He determines unequal things for equal persons — for these, life, for those, death. Answer: He is a respecter of persons who, when by rule and covenant he owes equal things, brings unequal things; but now God owes nothing at all to any creature, Rom. 11:36. Besides, it is not for equal persons, but for unequal — namely, for believers and unbelievers — that He determines unequal things; indeed, even for unbelievers, beyond and above all their merits, He prepares and bestows all sorts of earthly goods, Ps. 17:14. They further pretend (7) that this reprobation gives the ungodly a just occasion and reason to complain, that God has not chosen them, as He has chosen others; but that reprobation holds them bound, as it were with an iron force, so that they cannot do their duty. Answer: (a) He is not bound to choose them, since He is an absolute Lord of all; therefore they complain with not the least right, Matt. 20:13-15; Rom. 9:14-16, 21. But (b) this complaint might carry a little weight if they, through an unjust withdrawal of their powers, or through the hindering and preventing of outward actions, while a disposition toward those acts nonetheless remained, were unable to act — but as it is, they both sin very willingly and with the greatest pleasure, and they cannot do otherwise; they follow, like unreasoning beasts, their nature; they trample underfoot God's grace, and they do not wish it to be otherwise. Wherefore this complaint will be a most unjust one, of the sort that is made by that wicked, carping, and complaining servant, Matt. 25:24. It is further said (8) that such a reprobation shuts and stops up the way to all comfort and godliness, when someone fears that he is one of the reprobate, and that therefore all his efforts toward godliness will be in vain. Answer: (a) No one can be fully assured of his own reprobation, although an ungodly man may be certain that he is thus far outside the state of grace, yet not that he shall remain so. (b) This fear is useful toward repentance and conversion, Rom. 11:20. Meanwhile it gives (c) the godly occasion and a spur to work out their own salvation with fear and trembling, Phil. 2:12. It also gives them occasion and opportunity to make their calling and election sure, 2 Pet. 1:10-11. Moreover, when they are assured that they are not reprobate, this furnishes them a most sweet matter of comfort, since they have learned that, whereas many are called, but few chosen, Matt. 20:16, this grace has been given to them, 1 Thess. 1:4 — which then gives them matter and reason to thank God most heartily, as we shall more fully urge in our Practical Exercises. Finally, having sufficiently demonstrated the truth of our doctrine of reprobation, we shall set, against all the bitterness of our opponents and their answers, that saying of Paul against those who dispute with God: But, O man, who are you who replies against God? Shall the thing formed say to Him who formed it, Why have you made me thus? Has not the potter power over the clay, of the same lump to make one vessel unto honor, and another unto dishonor? Rom. 9:20-21.
II. The question is asked, secondly, whether reprobation is an act of the understanding alone, or also of the will; or, whether the reprobate ought rather to be said to be foreknown than foreordained; or, whether reprobation is a part or a kind of predestination. All of which comes to one and the same thing, and has already long since been answered and settled by us, Book III, Chapter II, §XXIV; and we note this here nowhere else but so that we may have ready and together at hand everything that is disputed concerning reprobation.
III. The question is asked, thirdly, whether the meriting, or in some manner moving and impelling, cause of reprobation is sin. The Pelagians, Socinians, semi-Pelagians, Jesuits, Remonstrants, Lutherans, and however many are outside the Reformed Church, acknowledge that their general reprobation, which looks to the state of men (namely, "I will condemn all unbelievers and the impenitent"), depends on no other moving cause than God's good pleasure — since such a reprobation does not stand in the way of the independent indifference of the free will. But all personal reprobation they make dependent on sin, as a moving and impelling cause. The Reformed distinguish between condemnation, of which they grant that sin, unbelief, and other things are the meriting causes, and reprobation, and they acknowledge that into this latter there does enter a certain regard and relation to sin, indeed in all its acts: the first act ("I will declare the glory of my avenging justice in the righteous condemnation of sinners") presupposes sin as possible; the second act ("I will create men and permit their fall") posits the future occurring of sin; in the third act ("I will, out of created and fallen men, set apart — for example, Esau...Judas — in whose righteous condemnation I will reveal my justice") sin enters in as the meriting cause of the condemnation; in the fourth act ("I will — for example, Cain, Ham, Esau, Judas...leave lying in their sins, not redeem, not bestow faith...on account of sin condemn, that I may, in that righteous condemnation, have the glory of my avenging justice") sin comes in together with the condemnation, as a means toward the making known and glorifying of God's avenging justice — but as a moving and impelling cause of the rejecting act itself, it enters in no way whatsoever. (1) Because Scripture nowhere makes the act of reprobation depend on anything other than God's mere and simple good pleasure, Rom. 9:11, 18, 21; Matt. 11:25-26 and 10:15; Ps. 115:3. (II) Because sin is not the cause of God's eternal will; but now the act of reprobation is nothing other than the will of God, Rom. 9:18, and the decreeing will of God is the first and highest cause of every future occurrence, and therefore does not depend on anyone who would be above God; nor can there be, of a matter that consists from eternity, any cause which first begins to exist in time — for thus that which is born in time would be a cause of that which has existed from eternity, and the effect would be prior to its own cause. (III) If sin were the cause of reprobation, then absolutely all men would be reprobate, since all men by nature are sinners, Eph. 2:3. (IV) Because God is said to have kept the wicked for the day of evil, Prov. 16:4. (V) Because He is said to harden whom He wills, Rom. 9:18. (VI) Because reprobation is nothing other than God who rejects, as we have already shown before in the chapter on the decrees. (VII) Because the future occurring of sin could not have been foreseen except from the decree, since the future occurring of any and every thing whatsoever is from nowhere else than the decree. (VIII) Because, by force of the opposite supposition, the act of reprobation would depend on the sin of man, whether already created or yet to be created. Nothing avails against the opposite opinion: (1) that the ruin, or destruction, of the reprobate is on account of sin, Hos. 13:9, which ruin is nothing other than reprobation. Answer: The consequence is false, since reprobation occurred from eternity, whereas the ruin occurs in time; and that which occurs in time cannot be the same thing as that which has existed from eternity. It is said (2) that that on account of which men shall be condemned and damned at the last judgment is sin, Matt. 25:41...We answer therefore that condemnation, or damnation, differs by a whole heaven's breadth from reprobation, namely, as something that is eternal differs from something that occurs in time. They object (3): sin alone is the cause of the divine hatred, Ps. 5:5-7; but now the hatred of God is the cause of reprobation, Rom. 9:13. Answer: The hatred of God is reprobation itself, but not the cause of reprobation, Rom. 9:13 — besides, the word "hatred" sometimes means a punishment or chastisement, Ps. 5:5-7, of which sin indeed is the cause, but not of reprobation itself, which precedes the punishing. It is said (4) that if God, according to His good pleasure alone, has rejected so many men, He would not be good, but a tyrant and an unjust judge. Answer: The consequence is false, because God, through reprobation, has determined to condemn no one except on account of sin, as the meriting cause of the condemnation — from which, as our opponents themselves acknowledge, no wickedness or injustice can rightly be asserted.
XIV. The question is asked, fourthly: is the end of reprobation the sin of the reprobate, or rather his condemnation or ruin? Or otherwise: is man predestined by God unto sin, or unto destruction? Answer: This fixed position is slanderously laid to the charge of the Reformed. For according to their own suppositions, sin is intended by God neither as the end nor as a means — although the just punishing of sin does enter into the divine decree, not as its end, but as a means. Therefore, with us, the end of reprobation is nothing other than the revealing of God's avenging justice, through a righteous condemnation of the sinner — and likewise, of His absolute might and dominion. Thus Scripture speaks with us, Rom. 9:17, 21; Matt. 20:15. Nor has He created the reprobate, or permitted sin, with the end of condemning them; but creation, the permission of sin, and the leaving-in-sin, are nothing other than a single accumulated means, tending thereto, that God, through it as through a means, might attain to the demonstration and revelation of His power and of His avenging justice, as His highest end, as we have already shown before.
XV. The question is asked, fifthly: is the object of reprobation not only a fallen man, and thus a sinner, but also one who is an unbeliever? And are, therefore, all sorts of small children able to be an object of reprobation? The Pelagians and Socinians, because they hold that man's will remains changeable right up to the end of life, notwithstanding any divine decree, make an object of personal and final reprobation only a man who is actually an unbeliever — and because they likewise deny original sin, they exclude small children entirely from reprobation. The semi-Pelagians, because they allow divine foreknowledge, and wish that the foreseen unbelief be the moving cause of reprobation, do make of adults, who shall not actually believe, an object of reprobation; but since they dare not lead small children into heaven, on account of the saying of Paul, 1 Cor. 7:14, they nevertheless acknowledge no reprobation of these, but assign to them a certain middle state, and only a punishment of loss, just as also to the heathen dying in their non-culpable unbelief. The Lutherans, because they hold that all and each are equally redeemed, and shall also all and each be equally called, and thus all are obligated to believe, make an object of reprobation those who shall actually not believe; concerning small children they determine, so far as I know, nothing definite. The Reformed say that the object of reprobation, taken in a broader sense, insofar as it signifies the purpose of God's predestination to reveal the glory of His avenging justice, is a man who can be created, and who can fall; but of reprobation, taken in a narrower sense, insofar as it denotes a setting-apart, the object is man already fallen, and thus sinful — but that the object of reprobation should precisely be, determinately, an unbelieving man (except perhaps with reference to the last act, which concludes and determines the righteous condemnation of the reprobate, and with reference to some who have rejected the Christ offered to them) they do not find in Holy Scripture, which regards as the object of reprobation those who are not yet born, and who have done neither good nor evil; indeed, which sets forth unbelief as a consequence of reprobation, Matt. 13:11-15; John 12:37-40; Matt. 11:25-26. And therefore they hold that even certain small children can be subject to reprobation, as being subject to original sin, Rom. 5:12, 14, not being holy but unclean, 1 Cor. 7:14, and placed outside the covenant of grace, Gen. 17:7-8; Acts 2:39. Meanwhile, concerning the small children of believers, because these are said to be clean, 1 Cor. 7:14, and to be within the covenant, Acts 2:39, compared with Gen. 17:7, and likewise because they are held to partake of the better things of their parents — they think better things; but concerning the small children of unbelievers, because Holy Scripture says nothing, indeed nothing express, about these, they hold that they must be left to the divine judgment. But since we have already abundantly urged the positions of the Reformed on this whole matter above, and our opponents have here nothing but their own suppositions, which we have already thrown out of court, we judge it superfluous to add more to what has been said.
XVI. The question is asked, sixthly: is the reprobation of certain determinate persons, occurring from eternity, absolute and independent, or does it occur on condition of a final unbelief? Our opponents hold that the reprobation of state, and also that final reprobation of persons which, according to their position, occurs at the moment of death, is absolute and independent; but the personal reprobation which occurred from eternity, they say, depends on man's self-willed unbelief. The Reformed, just as they accept and acknowledge, with and according to Holy Scripture, a reprobation not of state, but of persons alone, and not in time, but occurring from eternity — so they indeed believe that the righteous condemnation of the sinner is made, through reprobation, dependent on sin and on unbelief; but that reprobation itself should depend on sin or on unbelief, they read nowhere in Holy Scripture — no; but, according to the nature of every divine decree, which is one and the same with the decreeing God, they say that reprobation is wholly independent, eternal, absolute, and final, as we have shown above in the chapter on the decrees.
XVII. Finally the question is asked, seventhly: is reprobation firm, sure, and unchangeable? Our Pelagian-minded opponents hold that the reprobation of state, and the final reprobation of the person at the point of death, are unchangeable; but that non-final reprobation, being attached to and dependent upon voluntary unbelief, can, according to human free will, be changed. The Lutherans seem, as regarding election, so also here regarding reprobation, to make a distinction, and hold that reprobation, with respect to divine foreknowledge, must be said to be unchangeable; but that the same, with respect to men, can be changed, so that a reprobate becomes elect, and thus again, in turn, from the other side. The Reformed believe that the decree of reprobation is absolutely unchangeable: (1) according to Holy Scripture, Rom. 11:7. (II) By force of the proportion of election, Rom. 8:30: Whom He did foreknow, them He also did predestinate, etc., unchangeably; so too, whom He did not foreknow, these He has also not predestined, etc. Finally (III), from the nature of every single divine decree, which is absolutely unchangeable. Nor do our opponents have anything to allege for themselves, except only the divine promises, in and through which He promises the wicked, when they become penitent and are converted, the turning aside of His judgments — for example, Jer. 18:7-8. Yet they do not consider that God's promises differ by a whole heaven's breadth from His decrees, as we have shown elsewhere in the chapter on the will of God. And as for the slanders of our opponents, with which and in which they especially, in this matter, are accustomed to burst out — that our doctrine of reprobation overturns the liberty of man's free will and the contingency of things; that it brings a fatal and Stoic necessity upon all things; that it makes God a cause of sin; that it makes Him an unjust and unrighteous deceiver and dissembler; that it banishes all exercise of religion and godliness — to all this we have already long since answered, and done enough concerning it, indeed, at §XI of this chapter.
The Practical Part
XVIII. As for the Practical Part: first, the decree of reprobation forcefully displays to us the glory of God, to which end God has, above all else, applied and directed this whole counsel, Rom. 9:22-23. For God, just as in the matter of election, besides His own glory, has also intended the salvation of man, so in reprobation He has not been able to intend man's ruin or condemnation as such, since that, in and of itself, has no regard or relation to any good. The glory, I say, (1) of God's most absolute power and dominion: willing to make known His power, Rom. 9:22, which He has, like a potter, to make out of the same lump not only vessels of mercy, but also vessels of wrath or of His justice; and, to this end, out of persons equally reprobable, to set this one aside above that one — for example, Ishmael and Esau — according to His own sovereign good pleasure; and further, to leave him lying in sin; not to bring to him the means of grace; then also to harden him, to give him over to himself; and finally, on account of and for his sins, righteously to condemn him. Compare the chapter on predestination, and likewise the chapter on God's power and dominion. (II) The glory of God's wrath, severity, and avenging justice, willing to show His wrath, Rom. 9:22, and 11:22: Behold therefore the goodness and severity of God — who has excluded the sinner, with such great severity, from all grace and from the saving means of restoration, and has, on account of His own will, assigned him to eternal condemnation — so that He may, as it were, boast: Even for this same purpose have I raised you up, that I might show my power in you, and that my name might be declared throughout all the earth, Rom. 9:17. (III) The glory of divine wisdom, whereby, unto the revealing of this His wrath and justice, He has been able to devise means, by which neither His justice nor His goodness may be hurt or offended — indeed, even sin itself, being the highest evil, He has, through His highest wisdom, been able, as it were, to turn to use for a highest good, the glory of His avenging justice — so that here one may with all right cry out: O the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and knowledge of God! How unsearchable are His judgments, and His ways past finding out! For who has known the mind of the Lord? Or who has been His counselor? Rom. 11:33-34. Indeed, the doctrine of reprobation brings that power, that strict justice, and that infinite wisdom of God so plainly into the light of day, that we should not only consider and acknowledge them, but also: (1) that we should submit ourselves and all that is ours entirely to that power of God, and set ourselves against our fleshly thoughts and reasonings, according to that word of Paul: But, O man, who are you who replies against God? Shall the thing formed say to Him who formed it, Why have you made me thus? Rom. 9:20. (2) That we should regard and revere with fear and trembling the severity and strictness of God's avenging justice, Rom. 11:20: Be not highminded, but fear, etc. (3) That we should so give way before God's unsearchable wisdom, and so submit ourselves to it, that we cast down all our reasonings and considerations, to which we are especially in this matter so much inclined, and bring every high thing that exalts itself against the knowledge of God, and every thought, into captivity to the obedience of Christ, 2 Cor. 10:5 — that we, with all humility, lay our hand upon our mouth: with David, for you, O Lord, have done it, Ps. 39:9; and with Eli, It is the Lord: let Him do what seems good in His eyes, 1 Sam. 3:18.
XIX. From this it follows also, secondly, that in reprobation we must guard ourselves, as against something than which nothing worse can be, (1) so that the reasonings of our own flesh do not conspire with the burning truth on behalf of the reprobate, so that we, as if we were their advocates, should contend with God, the supreme Judge, and, as it were, be His accusers — indeed, at the same time also His judges. So that we, from the very matter of reprobation, would as it were accuse Him, in and before the law, of: (1) Unrighteousness, Rom. 9:14: What shall we say then? Is there unrighteousness with God? God forbid! (2) Cruelty, whereby, by rejecting, He withholds the miserable creature from all mercy, and purposes with Himself to burn the same with everlasting flames. (3) Respect of persons, in that He determines unequal things for equal persons, and that by an eternal decree of destruction. (4) Hypocrisy, in that He calls to repentance and to grace those whom He will not accept, as being rejected by and from Him. (5) That He would be a cause and abettor of sin, Rom. 9:19. (6) That He furnishes the ungodly, through reprobation, matter both to complain and to excuse themselves, since it is by and on account of it that they cannot but sin. (7) That He gives to the wretched occasion for despair, when they, being fettered by the hard necessitation of reprobation, can neither escape nor extricate themselves from sin and misery. Against all these fleshly accusations and reproaches we must guard ourselves, as against something than which nothing worse can be: because it is not only (a) most unjust, for the sake of a man, and of the very worst of men, to wish to dispute with the supremely good God, Gen. 18:27; but because it is (b) slanderous against God, even to hold Him suspect of so great an injustice; indeed also (c) ruinous for man, for whatever reason it may be, to contend with his God, Job 9:2-4. But rather, on the contrary: (II) We must, by virtue of this doctrine, valiantly stand up for God, not only against the perverse reasonings of our own understanding, but let us also courageously withstand and refute the attacks of our opponents, and their carping and reproaches, which we have already mentioned, with those and similar reasons which we have set forth before, §X — content with this one thing, that God has not rejected us; indeed, taking from this a proof and assurance that we are not rejected by Him, because we so valiantly stand up for Him and for His glory, both against ourselves and against others who rise up against it, Matt. 12:30, compared with Rom. 8:31.
XX. Indeed also, thirdly, reprobation displays to us the very glory of divine mercy, both toward the reprobate themselves — when He not only bears with much longsuffering the vessels of wrath fitted for destruction, Rom. 9:22, but also, very often, loads and heaps them with very many outstanding bodily benefits, even beyond the elect, Ps. 17:14 and 73:3, 12, and — what is still more — with spiritual and very excellent, though not saving, benefits, Heb. 6:4-5 — whereas He could have delivered them over to the everlasting flames from the ground up, being as they are excluded from all grace, Lam. 3:22; Isa. 1:9 — and especially toward the elect, Rom. 9:22-23: What if God, willing to show His wrath, and to make His power known, endured with much longsuffering the vessels of wrath fitted to destruction; and that He might make known the riches of His glory on the vessels of mercy, which He had before prepared unto glory? For since God (1), according to His absolutely unbounded power, could as well have rejected these as those — for who has first given to Him, that it should be recompensed to Him again? Rom. 11:35 — and since (II) they had all alike fallen, and thus alike become reprobable and children of wrath, Eph. 2:1, 3 — since therefore (III) the elect had absolutely nothing above the reprobate which would render them pleasing to God, so as not to be rejected, Ezek. 16:3-7 — and since, finally, (4) nothing whatsoever can be devised as to why God has chosen us above them, to be vessels of mercy unto glory, other than His sheer and pure good pleasure toward us, Luke 12:32; Eph. 1:5 — there is, from all these, indeed, an abundant reason: (1) to show ourselves, with all the greater care and diligence, thankful to God, and to make ourselves pleasing to Him, Matt. 11:25; Eph. 1:3-4. (2) To love God the more ardently in return, Ps. 116:1, 8, 16. (3) On His account, in turn, to renounce all other things, Ps. 73:25-26; Heb. 11:24-26; Phil. 3:7-8. (4) To show ourselves, above them, to be vessels of grace, prepared unto His glory, Rom. 9:23; Eph. 1:6; 2 Tim. 2:21. (5) To devote ourselves to humility and modesty, 1 Cor. 4:7, and not to exalt ourselves above the reprobate, but rather to be moved with compassion toward them, Rom. 11:18. Finally, (6) with the most careful avoidance of a fleshly ease, to work out our own salvation with fear and trembling, because it is God who works in us both to will and to do, according to His good pleasure, Phil. 2:12; Rom. 11:20; Ps. 2:11.
XXI. Therefore, fourthly, that we may do all these things the more readily and promptly, let us with the utmost care guard ourselves from lightly imagining, and much more from persuading and assuring ourselves, of our own or of another's reprobation. For although the Apostles and others, through extraordinary revelations, by means of outward tokens and proofs coming to them, have been convinced of the reprobation of certain persons, 1 Pet. 2:8; Jude v. 4 — likewise, although you yourself, from ordinary marks, might with right come to doubt, indeed be assured, that you, or also someone else, are as yet not in the state of grace, and therefore, dying thus, shall certainly be condemned — nevertheless, since no one can be certain that he will never be converted by God, so neither can anyone be certain that he is reprobate; since all sorts of sins, from which one would have to conclude such a thing, can also fall even into an elect person, 1 Tim. 1:13-14; Matt. 26:72 — one sin alone excepted, whereby the Holy Spirit is blasphemed, of which the Apostle says plainly that it is impossible to renew such a one again unto repentance, Heb. 6:4-6. But since you can nonetheless be assured that you have not committed this sin (at least not intentionally), it remains that the elect must diligently guard themselves from ever allowing such doubts, and still less a firm imagination of their own reprobation. (1) Because this very thing is fit and able to extinguish love toward God, familiar fellowship with Him, trust in and rest upon Him, bold access to Him in prayer, the exercise of repentance and godliness, and the whole flourishing of religion, 1 John 4:18. Then (II), because this is a most ready means to root out all joy and gladness in God, all cheerfulness of mind, and thus the life and sweetness of the whole Christian life, and to set in its place a sorrowful and, as it were, dead life. One must also entertain no suspicion, still less any persuasion, concerning the reprobation of one's neighbor, however abandonedly and ungodly he may as yet live, because God is able to convert him, Rom. 11:23, and has revealed to no one that He does not wish to do so. For if you allow yourself a suspicion or imagination against your neighbor, that he is rejected of God, you will have closed off for yourself the way to all endeavor for his betterment, 1 John 5:16. It is therefore better here to use that saying of Paul. We are persuaded better things of you, Heb. 6:9.
XXII. Meanwhile, however, fifthly, let us be spurred on by the severity of reprobation to work out our own salvation with fear and trembling, Phil. 2:12, that we be not high-minded, but fear, Rom. 11:20, 22; Ps. 2:11; 1 Cor. 10:12 — that we, who are chosen by grace, may not, by living as if reprobate, make ourselves reprobable. Wherefore we must especially guard ourselves against those faults and sins by which the reprobate have shown themselves to be reprobate, and by which we might arouse in ourselves or in others some suspicion of reprobation. Such sins Jude sets forth as a sample, v. 4: (1) Hypocrisy, whereby, with a profession of the true faith and with a pretended godliness, we creep secretly into the church. (II) Misuse of the divine grace, and fleshly carelessness, unto wantonness, licentiousness, and lust, Rom. 3:8. (III) Apostasy, whereby we deny God the only Ruler, and our Lord Jesus Christ. (IV) When we should stumble at Christ and at the word of truth, and conduct ourselves disobediently against it, 1 Pet. 2:8. (V) Giving ourselves over to those sins by which the step is laid toward that sin which is peculiar to the reprobate, namely, blasphemy against the Holy Spirit: such are (1) grieving the Holy Spirit, by whom we are sealed, Eph. 4:30; (2) provoking Him, Isa. 63:10; (3) resisting Him, Acts 7:51-52; (4) quenching Him, 1 Thess. 5:19 — to which (5) the next step is blasphemy against the Holy Spirit, Matt. 12:31-32, whereby we would show ourselves to be wholly and completely reprobate. Finally (VI) all sorts of sins, by which the reprobate — Cain, Saul, Judas, and others — have made themselves notorious and shown themselves to be reprobate.
XXIII. But on the contrary, sixthly, since we are not vessels of clay or of earth, or made unto dishonor, but, like vessels of gold and silver, unto honor, 2 Tim. 2:20, prepared beforehand unto glory, Rom. 9:23, let us give ourselves entirely over to those virtues by which the elect have most of all shown themselves to be distinct and different from the reprobate — of which the Apostle sets forth a certain sample, 2 Tim. 2:19, 21: (1) To depart from all iniquity. (II) To purge ourselves from sins, that we may be a vessel unto honor. (III) To fit ourselves for the uses of the Lord. (IV) To be prepared and furnished for every good work. (V) To be holy and blameless before God in love, Eph. 1:4. (VI) To put on the tender affections of mercy, kindness, humility, meekness, longsuffering, etc., Col. 3:12-14. (VII) Obedience, and an aversion, 1 Pet. 1:2. (VIII) To strive for the truth of the gospel, Phil. 4:3 — and whatever other similar virtues there may very many be, from which the reprobate have been, above all, estranged and averse.
Chapter V: Of Creation in General
On Gen. 1:1: In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth.
Transition
I. Having until now considered the internal works of God, we now proceed to the external — which internal works, as they display their own patterns and archetypes, and moreover bring to execution the counsel and purpose of God to reveal the glory of His mercy and justice. And these external works are two, namely: creation, whereby the creature is brought forth; and providence, whereby provision and care are made for the creature once brought forth. Of creation we shall speak, first, in general; then somewhat more distinctly, of the six-day creation; and finally, in particular and point by point, insofar as it presents an object for predestination, in the bringing forth of the rational creature. The first of these matters the first verse of the Bible will set before us.
The Explanatory Part
II. In the words of this verse is taught the sum and substance, or the framework of the whole creation, or of the works of the first day; and in it we find:
1. The time of creating: בְּרֵאשִׁית, in the beginning. The word רֵאשִׁית, Reshith, a beginning, comes from רֹאשׁ, Rosh, the head — whence Aquila has translated it ἐν κεφαλίδι, in the head, or in the chapter-heading, in the superscription — as if he said that the sum and chief substance of created things is comprised in this verse, because in the creation of heaven and earth all other things are contained and included. The word looks either to order or to time. If to order, then there must be understood beneath it הַכֹּל, of all, of all things — for in matters that are not doubtful, something is often, among the Hebrews, left unexpressed and understood, as in John 3:10; Isa. 8:4. And thus בְּרֵאשִׁית, bereshith, will mean: the first of all things He created... If it looks to time, then it will mean: in the beginning, either of time, or of creation, or of the totality of things, or of the creature, Mark 13:19 — in or with the first moment. There are also, among the ancients, such as Origen, Basil, Jerome, Augustine, and others, and among later writers, Galatinus (De Arcanis Catholicae Veritatis, Book III, ch. 3), who think that by רֵאשִׁית, the beginning, Christ is meant, so that the sense is, ἐν ἀρχῇ ἀνάρχῳ, in or through the beginning that itself has no beginning — namely, the Son of God. Ambrose prefers that here a beginning that has a beginning be understood, of time and of the universe. Whatever the case may be, at least these two things are made known to us by this "beginning":
1. That the world has not existed from eternity, nor has anything else existed before that beginning, besides God.
2. That the world was not brought forth out of matter previously existing, because before the first beginning of all things there was nothing out of which the world could have been created.
II. The creating, בָּרָא, He created, He has created. The LXX translators render this word here by ποιέω, to make, elsewhere often by κτίζω, to create. The Hebrews distinguish the words ברא, to create, יצר, to form, and עשה, to make, Isa. 43:7. Thus: to create is to bring something forth out of nothing; to form is to give shape to what has been created; and to make is to arrange well the particular members and parts. Thus R. David Kimchi explains the passage of Isa. 43:7. As for the rest, the word ברא, to create, is properly taken for a bringing forth of a thing out of nothing — as it is doubtless the case in this text; sometimes, however, it is used of things which are made out of some pre-existing matter, but then it always signifies something outstanding, something new, and to make and do something with skill. We shall have the equivalent words of this in the Doctrinal Part. The word ברא, He created, which is of singular number, is joined together with the word אֱלֹהִים, God, which is of plural number, because — although all three particular Persons of the Trinity have created (whence they are called בּוֹרְאִים, Creators, Eccl. 12:1) — there is nevertheless but one common creating power to all.
III. The one who creates, אֱלֹהִים, Elohim, properly, according to the word, Gods — namely, the three Persons of the Godhead, Father, Son, and Holy Spirit, Ps. 33:6. For although we should not, from this word alone, contend for the Trinity against our opponents, since this proof is exposed to many evasions, nevertheless — the Trinity being established by other, clearer and more evident proofs — no one need doubt that the Holy Spirit, in order to signify the plurality of Persons in God, wished to use the plural number, since otherwise a singular noun was indeed available, as we have more fully noted elsewhere, in the chapter on the Trinity. By this name, then, is made known:
1. That God alone is the cause of creation.
2. That the same work belongs to the particular Persons of the Trinity, though in a distinct manner, as we shall more distinctly note in its proper place, in the Doctrinal Part.
IV. The thing created: heaven and earth. Some understand this so, that God created these two things first, out of nothing, and afterward the rest of things out of these, as out of a pre-existing matter — so A. David Kimchi. Others understand by it the matter of heaven and of earth; others, all heavenly and earthly creatures, Acts 17:24, and thus this whole universe, Acts 17:24 — whence the future world is thus named, 2 Pet. 3:13. This is something which Moses, making a brief recapitulation and summary, states clearly enough, Gen. 2:1, 4. Elsewhere, however, to signify the world, there are joined together with heaven and earth the seas and all that is in them, Exod. 20:11; Acts 4:24 and 14:15. The thing created, then, or this world, Moses divides into two parts, comprising all things in themselves, namely:
1. The heaven, אֶת הַשָּׁמַיִם. The Jewish teachers understand by "the heaven" the heavenly regions, from the sublunary heaven up to the firmament — but the creation of these heavens is better assigned to the second day of creation. Augustine understands by the heavens the angels, in his book The City of God, Book II, ch. 9. Valesius (De Sacra Philosophia) thinks that by the heavens the air is meant. Luther understands by heaven and earth a rough and unformed mass, a mixed and as yet unordered or unarranged lump, and he holds that it is called heaven and earth by a certain anticipatory account, with respect to its final purpose and end — which rough and unformed mass some indeed call chaos, that is, a confused lump, others the first matter, though different from Aristotle's first matter. The writer of the Book of Wisdom calls it ὕλην ἄμορφον, a formless, or unshaped, matter, ch. 11:18 — which then Moses would explain in v. 2: the earth was תֹהוּ וָבֹהוּ, without form and void. Those who hold that the first verse contains a short summary of the whole creation think, with the Jewish teachers, that by it is signified all the visible heavens. But those who assign this same first verse to the first day of creation understand, with the Scholastics, by "the heaven" the highest heaven, the dwelling place of God, the seat of the blessed angels, which Christ calls Paradise, Luke 23:43, Paul the third heaven, 2 Cor. 12:2, and a city, whose builder and maker is God, Heb. 11:10. So also think Theodoret, Alcuin, Rabanus Maurus, and Bede. One of these last two opinions seems to me by far the most probable. The particle אֵת, Et, is, according to the observation of Aben Ezra and David Kimchi, not merely a simple sign of the accusative case, but signifies the very substance of the thing.
2. The earth, אֶת הָאָרֶץ. The word אֶרֶץ, Eretz, that is, earth (whether it be derived from רָצָה, to will, to take pleasure, because by the sight of it the inhabitants of the earth are most of all taken with satisfaction, pleasure, and delight; or from רוּץ, to run, because it, as it were, runs, both around its own axis and around the sun, as the Copernicans and Cartesians hold; or rather from רָצַץ, to wear away, to be worn out, because it is worn down by our feet) is taken in this place not for a chief element, which enters into the composition of most material things, but it signifies here a part of the world, the second comprising part of this universe. The demonstrative prefix ה, h, seems here to signify that same earth which we now tread with our feet — yet in such a way that it includes together within it everything that is contained in it, namely, the seas and all that is within or upon it, as appears from Ps. 121:2 and 124:8; Jer. 10:11, compared with Ps. 46:6; Acts 4:24, and from Gen. 1:1, 15 — which also belongs to the sea, Acts 27:30, 33. The force of the particle אֵת, Et, we have already noted in the preceding clause.
The Doctrinal Part
III. The triune God, therefore, has brought forth out of nothing everything that is distinct from Himself, and indeed very good — a thing which we most readily know and understand by faith, Heb. 11:3: Through faith we understand that the worlds were framed by the word of God — as Scripture so often and so clearly says, Jer. 10:11-13: The gods that have not made the heavens and the earth, they shall perish from the earth, and from under these heavens. But the Lord God is the truth, He is the living God, who has made the earth by His power, who has established the world by His wisdom, and has stretched out the heaven by His understanding. Isa. 42:5, 8: Thus says God the Lord, He who created the heavens, and stretched them out; He who spread forth the earth, and that which comes out of it; He who gives breath to the people upon it, and spirit to those who walk in it. Ps. 96:5; Isa. 45:12; Rev. 4:11: You have created all things, and for your pleasure they are and were created. Exod. 20:11, and in countless other places besides.
IV. The same is acknowledged by nature also — though, on account of the cunning and deceitful tricks and devices of the philosophers, more obscurely — when it cries out: (1) That God alone is an absolutely first Being, besides whom, therefore, nothing can exist which is not and does not depend upon Him, and who alone cannot not-be. (II) That everything which is distinct and different from God, can as well not-be, as be, and follows only from a possible existence, and thus is made by another, namely, by Him who alone exists through Himself. (III) That if anything had brought itself forth, this would, without any doubt, be a mark of infinite perfection, for nothing limits or diminishes its own perfection — so that even the general imperfection of this whole universe shows another author of itself, who has meted out to the particular creatures each its share of perfection, according to His good pleasure — a thing which will appear even more clearly from what follows. Hence there also come together here (IV) the testimonies of certain philosophers, for example, of Macrobius, in his Commentary on the Dream of Scipio, Book 2, ch. 10, as well as their disputes and disagreements concerning the origin of the world. Meanwhile, however, the reasonings of the philosophers have not been able to reach so far as to determine in what manner, in what order, at what time, the first cause of all things has brought forth all things — this belongs entirely to faith, as the Apostle teaches, Heb. 11:6 — although it is also not unfitting or inappropriate that this same thing be known both by reason and by faith, as appears from all those philosophical reasonings which are taught in the Scriptures.
V. The work of creation is expressed and signified in the Scriptures of both Testaments in various ways: and indeed, in that of the Old Testament, we find the word יצר, to form, to fashion, Gen. 2:7, compare Job 10:8; Isa. 64:8; Jer. 18:6; יסד, to found, Ps. 89:12 and 102:26; שפר, to build skillfully, to construct, to adorn; כון, to prepare, to fit, to arrange, to order, Job 26:13; Ps. 8:2; Jer. 10:12 — yet the act of creation is most powerfully expressed by the word ברא, which signifies a most excellent working, such as, without doubt, that is by which a thing is universally brought forth. In the New Testament it is called the founding of the world, καταβολὴ τοῦ κόσμου, Matt. 25:34; Heb. 4:3; a building of all things, Heb. 3:4, whereby πάντα ἐγένετο, all things were made, John 1:3; and God is said to have made the heaven, ποιήσας, Acts 4:24; to have prepared the ages, or the world, καταρτίζω, Heb. 11:3 — but most properly of all, that work is called κτίσις, creation, Rev. 4:11: You, Lord, have created (ἔκτισας) all things, and for your pleasure they are and were created.
VI. Now as to the thing itself: creation is nothing other than a bringing forth of a new thing, and its passage from a not-being into a being, through God's mere calling and command. But, more distinctly, it is that working of God whereby He has made the world out of nothing, exceedingly good. Considered and regarded in an active sense, it does not differ from the very being of God, and is nothing other than God-creating. For by us is not to be understood some power, going out from God, as it were; or that the creature is brought forth by some power distinct from God — for this conflicts not only with the simplicity and unchangeableness of the first Being, but also with reason. For that creating power, distinct from God, could neither be finite — since an infinite power is required for creation, as shall appear in its place — nor infinite, for then more infinities would be devised, by which nothing would be simply infinite. The active, or effecting, creation is, then, nothing other than the willing of God (Rev. 4:11) that the world should be, at its own time; or God's powerful and almighty command, Ps. 33:9; Heb. 11:3 and 1:3, or calling, Rom. 4:17; Isa. 41:4. And in this respect, indeed, creation is from eternity, and God, in time, through the bringing forth or the coming into existence of the creature, has received nothing except a certain relation to His work. But creation, considered in a passive sense, is the creature itself, as it, by God's command, passes from not-being to being.
VII. Since, therefore, creation consists in nothing else than in God's powerful willing, and, as it were, in His mere nod or command, it excludes every other thing, whether as a cause or as an undertaking. And this is the reason why it is called a calling, Rom. 4:17: Who calls those things which are not, as though they were, Isa. 41:4. And such a calling, whereby that which is called comes into being, Ps. 33:9: He speaks, and it is done; He commands, and it stands fast. Whence the world is said to have been prepared by the word of God, Heb. 11:3; likewise, that all things are and were created by the will of God, Rev. 4:11. And God Himself is said to do all things by the word of His power, Heb. 1:3.
VIII. That command of creation, now, comprised these matters: (1) The bringing forth of the thing, by that most powerful word: let there be, Gen. 1:3, 6, 7, from which the creature has received its existence. (II) The ordering and arranging, that it should be for this or that end — for example, to give light upon the earth, Gen. 1:15 — whereby a usefulness and function is assigned to each creature at the same time, and, as it were, its duty, which it must render to the universe. (III) The approving: God saw that it was good, Gen. 1:4, whereby He, through His goodness, approved the goodness and perfection of the creature, and blessed it unto the use appointed for it.
IX. Since creation, therefore, brings forth something only through the mere nod and command of God's will, it follows that it did not occur out of a pre-existing matter, in whose power and capacity the shape to be brought forth would have lain hidden; but out of nothing — so that either there had been absolutely nothing before the command of creation, not even as a terminus from which, in respect of the manner in which the works of the first day were created; or, if something had existed before, this had nevertheless not existed before as the matter, out of which the shape would have come forth, and in whose power and capacity that shape would have lain hidden beforehand; but only as a terminus to which and upon which God, having brought forth its essential form out of nothing, applied and fitted it. And so likewise are the works of the five following days created. That everything is created out of nothing, Holy Scripture teaches when it says that God calls those things which are not, as though they were, Rom. 4:17 — whence the Apostle, Heb. 11:3, says that the world was built and prepared by the word of God, and by the power of Him alone, μὴ ἐκ φαινομένων, not out of things which are seen, that is, according to the manner of speech of Holy Scripture, out of things which are not, nor have existence. To this also belongs the fact that God (1) has created all things by His will, Rev. 4:11, so that nothing could have existed beforehand for that. Likewise nature or reason teaches the same; for whatever matter one might here suppose, it would be either created or uncreated — if created, then the question returns again into infinity; but that there is, besides God, nothing uncreated and from eternity, we have said before in its place, and shall say in what follows. Then (II), besides God and the world, nothing can be conceived; and therefore, since the world has been created by God, it follows that it has been created out of nothing.
X. The Author of creation, therefore, is God alone, Ps. 24:8: Who has measured the waters in the hollow of His fist? — whence He is called the Creator of the ends of the earth, Isa. 40:12, 28: as He who has created the heavens, and stretched them out, who has spread forth the earth, and that which comes out of it, who gives breath to the people upon it, and spirit to those who walk in it, there, ch. 42:5, and ch. 44:24: I am the Lord, who makes all things, who alone stretches out the heavens, and spreads abroad the earth by myself. Jer. 10:11-13: The gods that have not made the heaven and the earth shall perish from the earth, and from under these heavens. But the Lord God is the truth, He is the living God, who has made the earth by His power, who has established the world by His wisdom. And Ps. 19:1, the heavens are said to declare the glory of God.
XI. And God is not only alone the cause of creation, but also there can be, besides Him, no other. (1) Because an infinite power is required, to exhaust and remove that gap which exists between nothing and something. For the further that which shall be brought forth is removed and distant from that out of which it must be brought forth, the greater is the difficulty of the bringing forth, and the greater the power and might that is also required in him who shall bring it forth — from which it also follows that when that which shall be brought forth is at the very furthest and utmost remove, or so far distant that it can be no further or more distant, there is then an infinite distance, which brings with it an infinite difficulty and hardship of bringing forth, and therefore also requires an infinite power to bring it forth. Thus, for example, in generation: because in the generating of an animal the distance is greater from blood than from seed, and from phlegm than from blood, and from grass than from phlegm, there is accordingly a greater difficulty and hardship in bringing forth an animal out of grass than out of seed. Again, in change or alteration: for example, because a table that is to be brought forth is more distant from a hard stone than from prepared wood, and more from water than from a stone, and more from air than from water — so without doubt a greater power of change is required to bring forth a table out of air than out of wood. Therefore, since no greater distance can exist or be conceived than between nothing and something, it stands firm that here is an infinite distance, which can be exhausted and removed by nothing but an infinite power. Then (II), because the cause which shall bring forth the whole universal being (which happens in creation) must surpass and go beyond the whole universal being, or (which is the same thing) be ὑπερούσιος, above-being — for I cannot communicate that which I do not have, indeed which I do not have in greater measure, since otherwise I should lose it by communicating it. Since, then, besides and apart from God, there is no one and nothing to whom it can belong to be above- or super-essential, it stands firm that no one and nothing, besides God, can create. (III) Because a universal effect, such as is present through creation, requires a universal cause — a thing which belongs to God alone. (IV) Because neither an accident nor a material substance can create; for the effect would, in its whole kind and genus, be nobler than its cause; nor can an immaterial substance either, for it would create either through its essence, and thus it would always be creating, or through its accidents, and thus the cause would, in kind, be entirely inferior and lesser than its effect.
XII. And not only can no single creature be the principal cause of creation, but neither can it be even an instrumental one: because not only does every instrument require something beforehand upon which it may work, and from which it receives its efficacy, and through which it may act by receiving; but also because it cannot receive the creating power of an infinite cause, as being infinite, so as to work by it (according to the nature of an instrumental cause).
XIII. God alone, then, is the Creator, and the Lord of heaven and earth, Matt. 11:25; Acts 17:24 — and by creation He lets Himself be distinguished from all things, Ps. 96:5, whereby is understood and perceived His eternal power and Godhead, Rom. 1:20. God, I say, Father, Son, and Holy Spirit, who from this are understood to have taken counsel together, Gen. 1:26: Let us make man — and are therefore also called Makers and Creators, Isa. 54:5; Job 35:10; Ps. 149:2; Eccl. 12:1. Indeed, creation is also, on this account, ascribed to the particular Persons each in particular: to the Father, Matt. 11:25; Acts 4:24; 1 Cor. 8:6; Heb. 1:2; to the Son, John 1:3; Eph. 3:9; Col. 1:16; Heb. 1:10; Prov. 8:22; to the Holy Spirit, Gen. 1:3; Job 26:12; Ps. 104:30 and 96:5, compared with Heb. 3:7, 9. So that it is not entirely beside the matter that Basil (De Spiritu Sancto, Book 8, ch. 16) calls the Father προκαταρκτικήν, the first moving cause of creation; the Son δημιουργικήν, the building or making cause; and the Holy Spirit τελειωτικήν, the perfecting or completing cause — to signify thereby that these Persons have not only joined together in and unto the work of creation, but that each Person, according to His own particular manner of subsisting, has contributed His own share to that work in particular: that the Father, working of Himself, has, as it were, begun the work; that the Son, working from the Father through the Holy Spirit, has carried it forward; and that the Holy Spirit, working from the Father and from the Son, has, as it were, brought it to completion. We must, however, take great care that we do not call these partial or confederate causes, since it has been one and the same efficacy of all; we must also take much greater care to call them subordinate causes, because creation, in an economic sense, is commonly ascribed in particular to the Father — since this is ascribed to the Father, as if it were a privilege, not with respect to the power of creating, which is one and the same in all, but with respect to the order of creating, whereby the first working with regard to the creatures is ascribed to the first Person.
XIV. Since, therefore, there is an infinite Workmaster, who moreover has created by a mere nod of His will alone; it appears that the particular creatures were made (1) not by any wearisome exertion, but only by a commanding word, Ps. 33:9; nor (II) by a temporally successive motion, by ways and windings, but came forth in a single moment of time, there — since creation excludes all matter which would need to be prepared by the alteration of its old shape, so that a new one could be set in its place, in which a temporal succession, of moments following upon moments, would be required. Finally (III), without any difficulty, trouble, or weariness, Isa. 40:28: The Creator of the ends of the earth grows not weary, nor faint.
XV. Furthermore, this creation began to occur at a determined and settled time, בְּרֵאשִׁית, in the beginning — both of time and of every thing distinct from God, and hence also of the words of God. So that nothing, out of which God has created everything, has preceded all created things, not only in the order of nature, but also, in its own way, in the order of time. Whence God is said not only to call the generations from the beginning, Isa. 41:4, but matters are also mentioned in Holy Scripture as having occurred or existed before the world, before the foundation of the world, Eph. 1:4; 1 Pet. 1:20: before this world was, John 17:5: when the depths were not yet, before the hills, when the earth was not yet made, nor the fields, nor the beginning of the dust of the world, Prov. 8:23-26: before the mountains were brought forth, and the earth and the world were formed; yes, from everlasting to everlasting, Ps. 90:2. Hence eternity also is regularly expressed in Holy Scripture by such a manner of speaking. From which it follows (at least according to the judgment of Holy Scripture) that, besides God, nothing has existed from eternity — indeed, not even before this created world; and that nothing else could have existed either, as we shall say in its place, in the Polemical Part.
XVI. Whether, now, something could have been created before this its beginning, is asked ambiguously. For if you understand thereby that time was made, then you would thereby be asking whether, in eternity, one thing could occur earlier or later than another? But if you mean to ask whether that beginning of creation could have been further removed from us by yet more years than it now is, there is no reason why one should doubt to affirm this. For although it is nearly hopeless, on account of the very intricate and confused disputes of the chronologers, to determine the birth-time of the world, it nevertheless appears sufficiently from Scripture that it is not so far distant that it should have to be reckoned back by an immeasurable number of ages — indeed, that it is, according to the common reckoning of chronologers, more recent, or younger, than an entire span of six thousand years: so that those who extend their annals further either fabricate, or reckon by lunar years, or by four-month years, but not by solar years, which correspond to ours.
XVII. As to what season of the year the creation began — whether in spring or in autumn — this is, in general, with respect to the whole world, asked in vain and fruitlessly, since all the seasons, according to the various regions of the world, exist at once and together. Nor is it of much use or profit to determine this of a certain particular region — whether the land of Canaan, or the Garden of Eden (which are themselves also distant one from another, and do not lie under one and the same celestial sign). But if one asks about the sign of the Zodiac in which the sun was first seen — as being the most fruitful question — the common opinion holds that creation began in autumn, the sun being in Libra (the Balance); which is inferred from the civil year of the Israelites, which was also the civil year of the patriarchs down to the first time of the world, and which began with the month Tishri: (And you shall keep the feast of harvest, of the firstfruits of your labors which you have sown in the field: and the feast of ingathering, at the end of the year, when you have gathered in your labors out of the field, Exod. 23:16; compare Exod. 34:22: the feast of weeks you shall also keep, being the firstfruits of the wheat harvest, and the feast of ingathering, when the year is out) — likewise from the sabbatical years, which similarly began at the autumnal equinox, this is not idly or lightly inferred; and this same season of the year seems also, to most, to have been the season of Paradise, as appears from the fruits of the trees being ripe at that time. God now, by so creating, has willed to reveal His all-sufficiency and perfection, whereby He does not need the creature — for otherwise He would have created the world as soon as He could have done so; and also His liberty, whereby He has brought forth all things apart from any natural necessity; for otherwise He would have created from eternity, Ps. 115:3; Rev. 4:11.
XVIII. Finally, God has created everything good, indeed very good, Gen. 1:31; 1 Tim. 4:4; Rom. 14:14; Deut. 32:4 — because He Himself is not only good, and the highest good, from whom nothing can flow except what is fitting and proportionate; but also most wise, who has created nothing lightly and rashly, or in vain, but for a certain and determinate end, which He also has certainly obtained. That goodness, now, is the perfection of a given thing, whereby it is fit for that use for which it is designed: thus, for example, that man is good who is fit to glorify God, for which he is said to have been created, Isa. 43:7. And the use of a given thing is reckoned to be of four kinds: (1) A nearest use, namely, its own, proper, and formal working — for example, of food and drink, to nourish; of a medicine, to make well. (II) A more remote use, which a thing, by means of a nearest thing, furnishes to this whole universe, for whose preservation and maintenance all the parts of this world work together, just as the members of an animal do for the maintenance of the whole body — which is most clearly seen in nature's abhorrence of a vacuum. (III) A further-removed use, which the universe, and its particular parts, furnish to man (whence all things are said to have been created for man's sake, Ps. 8:7; Hos. 2:20-21): (1) by sustaining his life, both for being and for well-being, both honestly and pleasantly, Ps. 104:14-15; (2) by furnishing him occasion to know and to seek God from the creatures, Rom. 1:20; Acts 17:26-27. Finally (IV), a yet-more-remote use, which man, from the creatures, carries over to the Creator, namely, by acknowledging, in all things, His immeasurable wisdom, power, and goodness, praising and glorifying it — whence the heavens are said to declare the glory of God, Ps. 19:1. From all of which is composed that golden circle of the Apostle, Rom. 11:36: Of Him, and through Him, and to Him, are all things: to Him be glory forever. Amen. And thereby is likewise perceived the highest end of the whole creation, namely, the glory of the Creator, Prov. 16:4.
The Polemical Part
XIX. The controversial and polemical points of this chapter can easily and without much trouble be settled from the doctrines already demonstrated; meanwhile, however, the chief questions and controversies must be briefly noted.
The question is asked, first: I. Is there a creation, or bringing forth, out of nothing? Enough — indeed all — who accept Holy Scripture acknowledge this. But this is denied: (1) by those who hold that the world is God, as Pliny and Spinoza; (II) by those who hold that the world has existed from eternity, as the Chaldeans, the philosophers, Aristotle, etc.; (III) by those who hold that it came forth by a chance concourse of indivisible particles, as Democritus, Leucippus, Epicurus; (IV) by those who imagined two eternal beings, νοῦν καὶ ὕλην, mind and matter, as the Stoics, and Anaxagoras, who taught an eternal chaos, to which mind (Nous) was added, which separated out all the kinds of things from it — which error was introduced into the church by Hermogenes, whose footsteps Marcion follows, likewise Seleucus and the Manicheans; finally (V), by all and every kind of atheist. Against all the testimonies, both of Holy Scripture and of reason, by and according to which God alone is of Himself, and consequently everything that is distinct from God is from Him — these also have nothing which seems able to help them, except: (1) that out of nothing, nothing comes. But this does not hold, unless one distinguishes: naturally speaking, not supernaturally — as out of a matter, not as from a terminus from which. (2) That creation in time presupposes something creatable from eternity, which would be a something. Answer: It presupposes something, certainly, not as being actually present, but as being about to be — and if it were present, then not in itself, but in the understanding and in the power of God, which is one and the same as the power of creating.
The question is asked, secondly: II. Can the creating power and capacity belong to any creature? Avicenna dreamed that the highest angel created the one who was immediately beneath him, and this one, in turn, him who was next below him, down to the lowest angel, who then would have created bodies. The Simonians and Gnostics, and other ancients, who put in the place of angels their Aeons and other imagined powers, followed this. The Papists also maintain this view, for the sake of transubstantiation, whereby the mass-priest becomes the creator of his own Creator, and for the sake of the sacraments, of which they say that under the Old Testament they worked grace by the power of the work done. The Reformed deny it, with Holy Scripture: (1) since it ascribes creation to God alone, as we have seen; so that (II) God is, through creation, distinguished from all things; and (III) that from it is perceived God's eternal power and Godhead, Rom. 1:20 — with which reason agrees, teaching that an infinite power is required for creation, etc. Nor do the evasions which they make here hold good, such as: (1) that an infinite power is not required for creation, because the distance between a not-being and a something is not infinite, above which a greater distance and interval could be conceived — since without doubt there is a greater distance and interval between God and nothing, than between something else, whatever it may be, and nothing. Answer: Without doubt there is here a greater distance and interval of perfection, but that does not belong to this consideration; rather, there is not a greater distance and interval of that difficulty which we have spoken of in the Doctrinal Part. (2) That the effect, which shall be brought forth by creation, is finite, and thus requires only a finite power. Answer: Certainly the effect is finite, yet it nevertheless differs and is removed infinitely from the nothing out of which it shall be brought forth. (3) That God would not be almighty if He could not communicate the power to create to the creature. Answer: He is no less almighty on this account than He is on account of not being able to create another God.
The question is asked, thirdly: III. Can the creature at least be an instrumental cause of creation? Both the Jews would wish this — out of hatred toward the Trinity, so that it not be made up by us out of Gen. 1:26 — holding that God called the angels to a partnership in creation; and also the Socinians, with nearly the same design, namely, so that from those passages in which creation is ascribed to Christ it might not be inferred that He is one in essence with the Father; with the Arians they hold that God created through Christ as His instrument, and to this end they draw the passages in which all things are said to have been created through the Son, John 1:3, 10; Col. 1:16. But they do not notice that the preposition "through" does not always express an instrumentality, as appears from Rom. 11:36, and that elsewhere too creation is ascribed to the Son without qualification, Heb. 1:10 and 3:3-4; nor that all things are said to have been created through Him for any other reason than to indicate the personal order of creating, according to which the Father, according to His manner of subsisting, has created through the Son. They add to this a proof, taken from something equivalent to creation, namely, that creatures have been able to be instruments of miracles. However, besides the fact that there is here an unequal case, since miracles admit of objects which receive the powerful working of the doer, whereas creation excludes this — it is likewise false that creatures should be instruments by whose power the miracle would be effected and wrought, although they may indeed be called instruments, because they obtain and bring it about from God that He, by His immediate power, performs the miracles; or they signify that God now wills to perform a miracle, Acts 3:12-13, 16 — since otherwise God alone is said to do wonders, Ps. 72:18. The Reformed therefore deny more correctly that the creatures themselves could be instruments of creation, for the reasons which we have adduced in the Doctrinal Part.
The question is asked, fourthly: IV. Could the creation of the world have been from eternity? That it has not been from eternity is acknowledged, against the philosophers, Aristotle, Pliny, and others, by enough — indeed all — who accept Holy Scripture. Some Scholastics, with a very great disagreement and dispute, in favor of Aristotle — so that he might not seem to have offended against reason — think that God has not only from eternity had the same power and capacity to create by which the world was afterward brought forth, but also that the world could have coexisted with God from eternity. The orthodox, just as they absolutely grant the first, so they steadfastly deny the second, and hold that God, indeed, in a divided sense (as one says), could have created from eternity; but that the world could not have been created from eternity. We have given the reasons for this above, Book II, ch. 11, §§V and XII. To which we now add: if the world had existed from eternity, then it would (1) have been infinite in duration; and since duration does not really differ from being, it would likewise have been infinite in being, and consequently either God Himself, or two infinite beings — and therefore neither of the two simply infinite. (II) There would then have preceded this year an infinite number of years, whereby — since years keep being added continually — the infinite would, by an open contradiction, be increased. Indeed (III), since that infinite number of years makes up a much greater number still of months, days, hours, and minutes, the infinite would, again with an open contradiction, become greater than the infinite. And since (IV), for the eternity of the world, an infinite number of days would have had to precede the present day, how then could this present day finally have been able to follow? — since the infinite number of preceding days would never have been complete or finished. And thus (V), there cannot, in the duration of the world, fail to be a succession of time, which brings in an order of earlier and later; so there is necessarily required a certain beginning, from which that earlier and later proceeds — which beginning excludes eternity. Now if our opponents say: (1) that the Son and the Holy Spirit have gone forth from the Father from eternity, so also the world could have gone forth from Him from eternity — the answer is easy, that here there is an infinitely unequal case, since the Son and the Holy Spirit are one and the same with the being of the Father, and therefore do not bring in more infinite beings, as God and the world certainly would; nor is there, in the duration of the Son and the Holy Spirit, any succession of time, whereby anything would be added to this duration, and the infinite would be increased — as is the case in the duration of the world. If they further say (2) that God has been almighty from eternity, and that He could therefore have created the world from eternity — we have long since answered that God indeed could have created from eternity, or that He had the power to create; but that the world could not have been created from eternity, because eternity is repugnant to the being of the world. If they say (3) that some creatures are eternal a parte post, as the spirits, and that there can also be some that are so a parte ante — I shall answer that there is a very unequal case here, because that first eternity does not include an actual, or properly speaking (categorematical), logical infinity, which the latter brings with it and includes; but only a potential and (syncategorematical) improper logical infinity, which does not conflict with the nature of the creature.
The question is asked, fifthly: V. Have at least the time, and the matter out of which the world was created, existed from eternity? This is affirmed by Volkelius (De Vera Religione, Book II, ch. 4), doubtless in order to obtain thereby that eternity is not an incommunicable attribute, from which the supreme Godhead of the Son and of the Holy Spirit could be soundly proven; nor that there is an infinite distance, which would have to be exhausted and removed by an infinite power — since creation (according to his view) occurred out of a pre-existing matter. On the contrary, all Christians acknowledge and confess: (1) that this whole universe was created out of nothing, and that this not-being preceded existence, not only in the order of nature, but also, in its own way, in the order of time, as we have already shown at length before. (II) That, with and beside God, nothing has coexisted from eternity — indeed nothing could have coexisted, according to the preceding paragraph. It can also (III), in no way, be escaped, from this supposition, that an infinite number of moments (since even Socinus and his followers acknowledge a temporal succession) would result, whereby either no further moment could be added, or the infinite would become greater — which is an open contradiction. Meanwhile Volkelius, to confirm his opinion, bids us compare the passages Heb. 11:3, where it is said that the world was prepared, not out of things which are seen. By these words, he says, the Apostle plainly enough indicates that visible things were created out of certain things, though not appearing, or not being seen. And Gen. 1:2, where Moses would explain what those not-appearing, not-manifest, not-seen things are, namely, the waste and empty earth. Answer: That perverse man perverts and twists both the words and the meaning of the Apostle: for whereas Paul says μὴ ἐκ φαινομένων, not out of things which are seen, he treats it as though it said ἐκ μὴ φαινομένων, out of things which are not seen; and whereas Paul means to deny every matter out of which the world would have been created, he there posits an invisible matter. Nor can the passage of Gen. 1:2, brought in for comparison, be of the least advantage to him; it is even against him and to his disadvantage, as it says in so many words that the heaven and the earth, which is called waste and empty, was created by God in the beginning — much better shall we compare this passage with Rom. 4:17, where God is said καλεῖν τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα, to call the things which are not, as though they were.
The Practical Part
XXIV. As for the Practical Part: the work of creation invites us, first, to know God, Isa. 40:26; Job 37:14 — because God's invisible things are said to be understood and perceived from the creation of the world onward, through the things that are made, Rom. 1:20, so that we should, from creation and the creatures, climb up, as it were by a ladder, to the Creator, and from this draw and conclude: (1) That God is — something which, from the creation and the dependency of the creatures, is not so much inferred and concluded, as it is, as it were, felt and touched, Acts 17:27 — so that it is not without reason asked, Job 12:9: Who does not know, in all these, that the hand of the Lord has done this? Likewise, Isa. 40:12: Who has measured the waters in the hollow of His hand? etc., and that it is answered, Isa. 66:2: My hand has made all these things, and all these things have been, says the Lord, and ch. 45:6, 12, to restrain the ungodly or the denier of God, Ps. 8:2. (II) What kind of God He is: namely, (1) absolutely independent, from whom all things are, and who is Himself of no one, Rom. 11:36: the first and the last, Isa. 41:4. (2) Almighty, Rom. 1:20, who has brought forth all things out of nothing, μὴ ἐκ φαινομένων, not out of things which are seen, Heb. 11:3: who calls the things which are not as though they were, Rom. 4:17, by the word and nod of His will alone, Ps. 33:9: who has created so many and so great things, Ps. 104:14. (3) Wise, there — so that one may ask: Who has measured the waters in the hollow of His hand, and meted out heaven with the span, and comprehended the dust of the earth in a measure, and weighed the mountains in scales, and the hills in a balance? Who has directed the Spirit of the Lord, or, being His counselor, has taught Him? With whom took He counsel, and who instructed Him, and taught Him in the path of judgment, and taught Him knowledge, and showed to Him the way of understanding? Isa. 40:12-14. (4) Good, because He has made all things very good, Gen. 1:31, and has most bountifully assigned to each thing its own ends, and brought and given to it its uses and fitnesses. (5) Eternal, as one who has existed before the mountains were brought forth, and before He had produced the earth and the world; indeed, from everlasting to everlasting, God, Ps. 90:2; Rom. 1:20. (6) Perfect and all-sufficient, who, from all eternity until the creation of the world, has been sufficient for Himself alone, without any single creature, Ps. 50:9-14. (7) Blessed, as one who is not only sufficient for Himself in all things, but who besides also rejoices in His own works, Ps. 104:31. (III) Who God is: namely, Father, Son, and Holy Spirit — because not only did אֱלֹהִים, Elohim, create the heaven and the earth, Gen. 1:1, but also distinctly the heavens were made by the word of the Lord, and all their host by the breath of His mouth, Ps. 33:6; because the Father made the world through the Son, Heb. 1:2; and the Holy Spirit hovered upon the waters, upon the waste and empty mass, and out of it wrought this whole universe, Gen. 1:2. Finally (IV), who He is for us in particular — namely, our Creator alone, whence we are charged to remember our Creator, even in the days of our youth, Eccl. 12:1; Ps. 100:3. To this end has God created the world, and man in the world; to this end has He, above all other creatures, endowed him with a rational soul, Job 35:11, that he might understand and perceive those invisible things of God, from the creation of the world onward, Rom. 1:20, and that the spirit might also return to God who gave it, Eccl. 12:7.
XXV. Creation invites us, secondly, to glorify God, wherefore He is said to have wrought all things for His own sake, Prov. 16:4, and the heavens are said to declare the glory of God, Ps. 19:2 — that from this, that of Him, and through Him, and to Him, are all things, it should follow, before Him: to Him be the glory forever. Amen! Rom. 11:36. We now glorify God: (1) not only by acknowledging all that we have said in the preceding subdivision, but also (II) by marveling that so many and so great things have been brought forth out of nothing, by the mere command of His will — whence Moses extols the works of God as great and marvelous, Rev. 15:3; and David: I will praise you, for I am fearfully and wonderfully made; marvelous are your works, and that my soul knows right well, Ps. 139:14 — and bursts out into an exclamation of wonder: How great (how manifold) are your works, O Lord! You have made them all in wisdom: the earth is full of your riches, Ps. 104:24, and 8:2, 10. And also (III) by praising and extolling Him, namely, just as the heavens declare God's glory, and David: I will praise you, etc., Ps. 139:14 — and the angels in the song of Moses, Rev. 15:3: Great and marvelous are your works; and the twenty-four elders, Rev. 4:11: You, Lord, are worthy to receive glory, and honor, and power: for you have created all things, and for your pleasure they are and were created. On account of such a glorifying: (1) we are said in particular to have been created by God for His glory, Isa. 43:7. (2) If we do not show and confess this, we shall fall into the sin and into the judgment of the heathen philosophers, who, when they knew God, glorified Him not as God, and were therefore given over by God to their own lusts, Rom. 1:21, 26. Indeed (3), we shall be worse and lower than the unreasoning beasts, Isa. 1:3. And also (4), God will at the least have created the world in vain for us — indeed, much rather will He have created us men in vain, if we, above the unreasoning beasts, furnish Him no use or benefit.
XXVI. Creation invites us, thirdly, to honor and serve God, Ps. 100:3-4: Serve the Lord with gladness...it is He who has made us, and not we ourselves. For He is (1), by virtue of creation, the Lord of heaven and of earth, Matt. 11:25, compared with Ps. 24:1-2, to whom, therefore, with all right, honor and service belong, Mal. 1:6. He it is (II) who has wrought all things for His own use, benefit, and service, Prov. 16:4, just as all creatures, each in its own way, serve Him, Ps. 33:9, even down to the unreasoning animals, Gen. 8:22; indeed, even down to the devils themselves, Phil. 2:10. (III) He is, hereby, in particular our Creator, Former, Maker, Isa. 43:1 and 45:11; likewise our Potter, there v.9; Rom. 9:20-21; and also our Father, Isa. 64:8; Mal. 2:10 — to whom, therefore, that whole manner of service and honor is owed, with all right, which a Creator may expect and desire from His work, a potter from His handiwork, and a father from His son. In particular: (1) thankfulness, Deut. 32:6, as to Him who has not only created us, however we are and however great we are, but who has also made all things for our sake, Ps. 8:7. (2) A deep humbling and humility, Ps. 95:6: Come, let us worship and bow down, let us kneel before the Lord who made us. (3) A resting content in every lot, as being that which the Creator of us and of this whole universe has determined and appointed for us, Rom. 9:20-21. (4) The weekly observance of the Sabbath, in remembrance of creation, Exod. 20:8-11; Ps. 92:1. (5) Love toward all sorts of creatures, even the very least, insofar as these, together with us, acknowledge one and the same Workmaster, Mal. 1:10.
XXVII. It invites us, fourthly, to the fear of God, Jer. 5:22: Will you not fear me, says the Lord, will you not tremble at my presence, who have placed the sand for the bound of the sea, by a perpetual decree, that it cannot pass over it? Likewise Ps. 33:6-8: By the word of the Lord were the heavens made...let all the earth fear the Lord; let all the inhabitants of the world stand in awe of Him. Rev. 15:3-4. By which fear we should, in general, shun and flee all sins, as by which the Creator of heaven and earth is offended and dishonored, Ps. 24:10 — but most of all those sins which are, in particular, committed against God as Creator, such as are: (1) Ingratitude, Deut. 32:6, 15, 18 — those who, having grown fat and thick, forsake the God who made them, and set at nothing the rock of their salvation; and: we have forgotten the God who bore us, so that you complain, Isa. 1:2, 4: I have nourished and brought up children, and they have rebelled against me. See also Ps. 106:21. (II) Slothfulness, sluggishness, negligence, whereby we neglect to behold the works of the Lord, Isa. 5:12; Ps. 92:6-7, compare Ps. 111:2. (III) Contending with one's Creator, Job 40:2, and murmuring against Him, Rom. 9:20-21.
XXVIII. It invites us, fifthly, to set our trust, in every circumstance, upon God our Creator, Ps. 146:5-6: Blessed is he who has the God of Jacob for his help, whose hope is in the Lord his God, who made heaven and earth, the sea, and all that is in them. See also Isa. 42:5-6, and Ps. 121:2: My help is from the Lord, who made heaven and earth, and Ps. 124:8 — because (1) He who once created all things out of nothing can also do so now; for His hand is not shortened, Isa. 59:1. Because (II) He who once, by His word, command, and will alone, created heaven and earth, can also now still say: let it be so, Ps. 33:9: He speaks, and it is done; He commands, and it stands fast. (III) Because He who once created all things out of nothing can also still call the things that are not, as though they were, and it comes to pass that they are, Rom. 4:17 — indeed, not out of things that are seen, Heb. 11:3. For which reason (IV) we confess to believe in God the Father, the almighty Creator of heaven and earth, who, therefore, with His infinite abundance, can do everything, indeed, above what we can ask or think, according to the power that works in us, Eph. 3:20. And therefore let us commit our souls to Him, as to a faithful Creator, 1 Pet. 4:19.
XXIX. The doctrine of creation invites us, sixthly, that we, in particular, in every kind of adverse condition, should wholly and entirely depend, and draw and obtain comfort, from Him who has made heaven and earth, Ps. 121:2, who, therefore, (1) —
...our Creator, the LORD, our Potter, in whose power we are, to determine concerning us wholly according to His own good pleasure (Matt. 20:15) — against whom it does not befit us to grumble or murmur, "Why hast thou made me thus?" (Rom. 9:20). (II) He it is who, by the same right hand with which He made all things, can turn all our misfortune and adversity (Ps. 77:11-13). Indeed, (III) He it is "that formeth the light, and createth darkness; that maketh peace, and createth evil; I the LORD do all these things" (Isa. 45:7). In particular, and point by point: (1) If a harsh poverty presses you, let this be your reason: that you consider the Creator of all things to be the portion of Jacob (Jer. 10:16), who provides for the birds of heaven, for the grass, and for the lilies of the field, and who is your maker and your Father (Matt. 6:26, 28). (2) If an enemy presses, oppresses, and hard besets you, you have reason to think that the very one who is the Creator and Lord of the fire that is yours is He, and that He who is your Maker is also your Husband, your Redeemer, the Holy One of Israel, who is called the God of the whole earth; therefore fear not (Isa. 54:4-5). (3) If some danger hangs over your head, this is reason to think: "Fear not, thou worm Jacob, and ye men of Israel; I will help thee, saith the LORD, and thy redeemer, the Holy One of Israel: behold, I will make thee a new sharp threshing instrument," etc. (Isa. 41:14-15, and ch. 51:13) — that you do not forget the LORD who made you, who stretched out the heavens and laid the foundations of the earth, and that you not fear continually every day, etc. (4) If some spiritual inability presses and constrains you with respect to some necessary spiritual good — to believe, to be converted — or if a general bent toward evil weighs upon and oppresses you, then this is your comfort: that He who made all things out of nothing can create in you a clean heart, and renew within you a steadfast spirit (Ps. 51:12), that you may become a new creature (2 Cor. 5:17; Eph. 2:10, and 4:24).
Chapter VI: Of the World and the Work of the Six Days
Exodus 20:11: "For in six days the LORD made heaven and earth, the sea, and all that in them is, and rested the seventh day."
Having considered Creation, we shall now consider the creature — both in the general composite of all things, which is called the World, and in its outermost containing parts, heaven and earth; and then also the things which are contained within those outermost parts, following the order of the six days of Creation. Most of these matters will be kept before us by the aforementioned portion of the Fourth Commandment.
The Explanatory Part
II. Here is described, in a brief compass, the work of the six days, so as to move us to rest and to the sanctifying of the seventh day, together with God's rest that followed upon it. In this description we are told:
1. The duration of Creation, namely, six days. Those who follow Descartes, in order to assist their mechanical account of creation — whereby God is said to have created matter out of nothing and to have imparted to it a certain motion and expansion, by which, as though poured forth, the matter would in due course unfold into all the appearances which we now see before our own eyes — hold that God spent whole six days, or full days-and-nights (as some say), upon the work of Creation. Augustine, on the contrary, holds that God took up only a single moment, on the first day, for Creation, and that during the remaining days He only distinguished and adorned what had been created on the first day. The common opinion holds that God did indeed spend six days on Creation, yet in such a way that on each particular day He was occupied only for a single moment, or with a single command of His will — since that word or command, of which Exod. 20:9 speaks, did not require six whole days-and-nights. In what order God, throughout so many days, was thus occupied, and what He brought forth on each particular day, we shall set forth, God willing, in the Doctrinal Part.
2. The Creation by the Creator: עשה יהוה, "the LORD made." Here two things come before us:
(1) The act of creating: עשה, "He made." This unquestionably signifies the same as ברא, "to create" (Gen. 1:1), though not in the same manner, as we said in the Explanatory Part of the preceding chapter. The word ברא (Bara), "to create," properly means "to bring forth," so that it is used, in the history of Creation (Gen. 1:1), of that first thing from which it began — rather rarely, and almost only of the work of the first day, on which God simply brought forth immaterial things, namely the light and the chaos, and that out of nothing; whereas for the remaining days there is commonly used instead the word עשה (Asah), "to make" — for example, vv. 7, 12, 16, 25, 26, 31 — not that God did not create on the later days, but because He then no longer brought forth something first, but rather gave to matter already at hand its essential forms, and that out of nothing, inasmuch as those forms did not lie hidden in the power and capacity of that matter, which for this reason is called unformed and ἄμορφος, "shapeless." He therefore chose rather to say that He "formed" or "wrought out" that matter; for the word עשה (Asah) does not properly mean "to make," but rather "to work out," "to perfect," "to form."
(2) The cause of the act of creating: יהוה, "Jehovah," "the LORD." In Gen. 1:1 stands אלהים, "Elohim," "God." Not so much because the name Jehovah was not yet so widely common and known at that time (Exod. 6:2), or because — just as there He intended to make known the Trinity of the divine Persons — here He intended to make known the unity of the Essence; but especially in order to attribute the bringing-forth of all the being that exists in Creation to Jehovah, the essential Being itself.
3. The thing created during those six days, namely, all that exists apart from and outside of God, or distinct from God, which is commonly signified by the name "World," whose parts are here mentioned:
1. The containing parts, namely:
a. The outermost, the heaven, את השמים. One is to understand here not merely the third heaven, as in Gen. 1:1, but all the kinds of heavens — the third heaven (Deut. 26:15), the starry heaven (Ps. 8:8), the airy heaven (Gen. 8:2) — because God here has expressly undertaken to recount the Creation of the Whole, as in a summary, by its parts, whereas there in Gen. 1:1 He had intended only to set forth the work of the first day. The etymologists do not agree on the derivation of this word. Some hold that it is compounded of שם, "sham," that is, "there," and מים, "mayim," that is, "waters," so that it means "waters there," in the dual number. Others derive it from שמם, "shamem," that is, "to stand amazed," because the heavens, by their vast expanse, carry us away in astonishment — in the plural, on account of the various spheres and circuits of heaven. Others derive it from שם, "sham," "there," an adverb of place, yet a distant one (Eccl. 3:17), which, to intensify its meaning, is as it were expressed as a doubled form.
b. The inner part: "and the earth," ואת הארץ. The word "earth" is taken here in a narrower sense than in Gen. 1:1, for there it signified the waters as well, and denoted the whole globe of the earth, the dry land and the water together; but here it means only the dry land, since the seas are separately included under it.
c. The middle part: "the sea," את הים. It is called Yam, that is, "sea," derived, as it were, from המה, "hamah," that is, "he made a roaring sound," namely on account of its abundance and multitude; it denotes every kind of greater gathering of waters (Num. 34:11), and in particular the great sea, or the ocean (Josh. 23:4), that most spacious and far-reaching gathering of waters.
2. What is contained therein: "and all that in them is." Namely, in the particular parts of these containing parts — for example, in heaven, and specifically in the third heaven, the angels; in the starry heaven, the stars; in the airy heaven, the birds, the fowl of the air; on the earth, animals, fruits, mountain-works; in the sea, fish and other things — concerning which see Zanchius, Danaeus, Vallesius, and others.
IV. The rest: ויניח ביום שביעי, "and rested on the seventh day." Here two things come before us:
1. The rest itself: יניח, "He rested," "He ceased." The word נוח (Nouach) means, according to the requirement of the matter concerned, either "he rested from oppressions, labors, and hardships" — namely, when used of creatures, whence one of the patriarchs was so named, Noach — or "He ceased," "He rested from His work," by no longer working, as when it is used of the Creator (Job 3:17; Esth. 9:22) — so much so that Rutilius, in his travel-account, mockingly derided the history of Creation, saying: Septima quaeque dies, turpi damnata veterno, ut delassati mollis imago Dei, that is: "Every seventh day is condemned to a shameful sleep and idleness, as the image of a wearied and feeble God." To which the Jews very fittingly replied out of Isa. 40:29, that God does not grow weary nor faint. It is meant, therefore, that God ceased from the work of Creation.
2. The time of resting: ביום שביעי, "on the seventh day." The word שביעי (Shevii), "the seventh," comes from שבע (Sheva), "seven," which signifies a full, perfect, and complete number. With what design and counsel God spent precisely six days and rested on the seventh is, in our present imperfection, not so easy for us to determine; at the very least, He rested on this day in order to sanctify it, and thereby to perpetuate the memory of Creation — commending this day to us for the remembrance of the divine works that must take place on it, and for the work of religious worship that must be given to it, persuading us by His own example. This, however, must be well noted: that God sanctified this day for this purpose even while man was still in the state of rectitude, when there were as yet no typical ceremonies looking to Christ — so that from this very fact we may firmly hold that the seventh day does not belong to the shadowy law abolished under the New Testament, of which more elsewhere, God willing, more particularly.
First Topic. Of the World
The Doctrinal Part
II. There shall first come before our consideration here the general composite which is signified by the name "World"; then its outermost part, Heaven; then its inner part, the Earth; and finally the things which are contained in those parts, according to the order of the six days. The whole World, then, is created by God, so that it has passed from not-being into being. That the World is created by God is proven from the Holy Scriptures and from reason. Concerning this, Scripture is nowhere clearer than where (1) it teaches that all that exists apart from God — indeed, even the matter of things itself — draws its origin from the divine work of Creation (Exod. 20:11; Neh. 9:6; Ps. 146:6; Acts 4:24; 14:15; and 17:24; Rom. 11:36; Col. 1:16; Matt. 25:34); wherein one also reads (2) that all the things of this World once were not (Prov. 8:22-25; Ps. 90:2; John 17:5; Eph. 1:4). To this same end also (3) tends that well-known phrase, "in the beginning" (Gen. 1:1; John 1:1; Matt. 19:8). Nor does the light of nature doubt this, presupposing these three things: (1) that the World could not have brought itself into being, since in that case it would at once both have been and not have been; (2) that it could not have been brought forth out of anything other than out of some matter — for that question would then recur to infinity; but also (3) not from eternity, since eternity is an incommunicable property of God, as we have said more fully in the preceding chapter. There remains, therefore, nothing left but that the World was created by God out of nothing, in the beginning.
IV. The World is called by the Greeks Κόσμος, Kosmos, on account of its comeliness and adornment; by the Hebrews עולם, Golam, as though it had existed from eternity, hidden as it were in God. Hence the expression "things that were hidden from the foundation of the world" (Matt. 13:35), or because it shall be forever — with which corresponds the Greek αἰών, "age" (Heb. 1:2). It is expressed in various ways in Holy Scripture: sometimes by "heaven and earth," to which is sometimes added "all their host" (Gen. 2:1); sometimes also "the seas and the deeps" (Ps. 135:6; Rev. 14:7); sometimes also "and the dry land" (Hag. 2:7); sometimes also "all that is in them" (Exod. 20:11; Ps. 146:6; Neh. 9:6; Jer. 51:48; Acts 4:24). Likewise it is made known by "heavenly, earthly, and under the earth" things (Phil. 2:10; Rev. 5:3). This word also signifies various things: most often and most commonly, the composite of created things, whence among the philosophers τὸ πᾶν, τὸ ὅλον, "the All," "the Whole-All" (see also Heb. 11:3); sometimes only the innermost part thereof, namely the earth (Matt. 28:18); sometimes the men upon the earth (1 Cor. 4:9; John 12:19); or else the elect (John 3:16); or the reprobate (John 17:9); or all without distinction; and again, sometimes, the misuse of earthly things (1 John 2:15).
V. With us, "World" here signifies the composite of Heaven and Earth, and of all that is in them (Acts 4:24), or the composite of created things. By this description of the World we understand both the parts of the World, as its matter, and also the connection and coherence of the parts, as its form or figure. The parts of the World are set forth variously by various writers. We prefer, above others, those which the Text points out, by which the World consists, or is contained — Heaven, Earth, Seas — or what is contained therein, namely the creatures, both the immaterial, the Angels, and the material, which are partly simple, namely the elements, and partly compound; and these either unensouled, like the meteors and the products of the mountains, or ensouled, endowed with life — whether a growing life, as trees, stems, herbs, fruits; or a sensing life, as animals and fish; or a rational life, as man — to which must be added all sorts of accidents and circumstances, namely place and time. Yet we do not hold that all these things were created in one and the same manner; for some things were created to persist in their own being, as the Angels, the Heavens, the Stars, the elements; others to arise and pass away, only their species remaining, as plants, beasts, men; some were created in themselves, others in their causes, as the meteors, and the bloodless animals, which are born only out of putrefaction; or out of the mingling of species, as mules and leopards. Finally, some things are said rather to have been created together with other things, and to become uncreated in themselves rather than directly created — such as accidents and various parts; likewise place, which signifies the "where" (ubi) of creatures, and time, which signifies their "when." But of these the natural philosophers treat.
VI. The connection, coherence, union, and most beautiful and well-ordered arrangement, whereby all things are enclosed within one and the same bounds, conspire toward one and the same end, and are serviceable to one another, is what we call the figure, or form, of the World. For we do not here allow any general (substantial) essential form of the World, which would form the particular parts; since the World is not something one through itself, but only through a gathering together, like a Republic, an army, or a heap of grain; nor does it have continuous, but rather successive, parts. Nor do we allow a certain common soul of the World as its form, as formerly with Plato, the Stoics, and lately Deusingius, because by and through such a soul the World would become a living animal, like a man or a beast, and thus a man would be formed with a twofold soul — one common to this World, and one peculiar to himself. And still much less do we allow — what some would have — God Himself as the forming form of the World, since He, being thus united with the creatures, would be more imperfect than the composite; but also then every single thing would be partly God and partly a creature.
VII. From this connection and coherence of the parts arises the unity of the World. For although I do not at all doubt that there could very well be many worlds — whether by a mere addition of space, or by something entirely distinct and of a wholly different kind — because God is not only almighty, but also because such a thing involves no contradiction, either on God's part or on the part of the world itself; yet we do not believe that there actually are, at once, or have been in succession, more worlds, as the Jews, along with some ancient philosophers, dream. Not only because we find in nature not the least compelling reason forbidding it (for those things which are outside this World, and are done there, can be made known to us only by a divine revelation), but because we see that Scripture cries out against it, when it speaks everywhere not of "heavens and earths," but of "a heaven and an earth"; and describes only one World, created in the space of six days, and moreover teaches nowhere that anything else has been created (John 1:3; Col. 1:16).
VIII. Very ill-advisedly, therefore, do both ancient and some later philosophers attempt to ground the eternity of the World upon its (infinitati) infinity. For although we do not know precisely what the limits of the World are (Isa. 40:12), and to that extent it may be called (indefinitus) undefined; yet neither Scripture (1 Kings 3:27; 2 Chron. 2:6 and 6:11; Job 11:8-9; Prov. 30:4) nor reason will allow that it has no limits at all — against which stand: (1) that there would then actually be more infinite beings, whether in perfection or in magnitude, since magnitude is itself a perfection, and therefore what is infinite in magnitude is also infinite in perfection; (2) [that it would then be] a natural body, and yet could not be changed, moved, increased, or diminished; (3) that out of finite parts there would arise a whole which is actually infinite; (4) that it would have one part outside another part, and so a bounded shape together with an unbounded magnitude; (5) that it would have parts infinite in number, to which not even God's absolute power could add a single further unity; (6) that out of something infinite, by the annihilation of one part, something finite could arise. Not to add (7) that we have an idea or concept of a finite World, so that in this sense we admit no infinite or undefined World either, by which we might comprehend no limits of the World at all.
IX. Further, that the World, because it is finite, also has a certain determinate shape, is in every way certain, although we do not know for certain which and what sort of shape that is — except that Scripture seems to indicate a spherical shape (Eccl. 1:5-6, compared with Prov. 8:27 and Isa. 51:22), where "heaven and earth," by which the whole World is commonly signified in Holy Scripture, seem to be assigned a round shape; and besides, a most perfect shape seems fitting for a most perfect body, which the philosophers hold to be spherical, because that is the most capacious of shapes.
X. Moreover, since the World consists of parts which could be composed together, and which can therefore also be divided and separated from one another, it can not only be annihilated by God — which belongs, by its very nature, to each and every one of its particular parts — but it can also be changed and corrupted, and shall indeed be corrupted and destroyed: "They shall perish, but thou shalt endure" (Ps. 102:27); "The heavens... shall be dissolved" (2 Pet. 3:12-13). Yet in such a way that its matter remains, and that its particular parts, according to the law of nature, retain and preserve their unchangeableness for as long as they are not disturbed from their state by some other cause.
XI. Meanwhile, however, it is good (Gen. 1:31; 1 Tim. 4:4), because it not only, in its whole, agrees with the mind and will of its Creator, but also, in its particular parts — being created, as we have said, neither rashly nor in vain, but for a certain determinate use — has, through the goodness of the Creator, both fitness and capacity for that use; indeed, the whole World also has a general end, namely, God's honor and glory, and the sustaining and support of man unto the glory of God, as we have taught in its proper place. Hence it is also perfect, insofar as nothing is lacking to it according to the intention and idea of its Creator, although some parts appear to us more imperfect and lesser, when set apart from the whole and considered by way of comparison — since even those creatures, according to the wisdom of the Creator, contribute their share to the perfecting of the Whole-All, which without them would be more imperfect. And if in some creatures there now indeed appears an inclination to harm men, this seems rather to be traced to sin than to Creation. But whether the World could have been created better and more perfect by God is a useless question, since this World could not agree more exactly and perfectly with the will of the Creator than it now does — wherein its whole perfection consists. Although both the whole World itself, and its particular parts, considered in themselves, could indeed have been created absolutely more perfect, had it so pleased the Creator.
XII. Finally, we say that this World was created in the space of six days — not exactly of full days, as though God spent a full twenty-four hours, on each day, upon Creation; for Scripture nowhere teaches this — indeed, rather the contrary — since by the mere command, whereby He said "let there be this or that," on any given day, the works to be brought forth were there at once (Ps. 33:9: "For He spake, and it was done; He commanded, and it stood fast"); but that the moments of that command, over the course of twenty-four hours, were spaced apart from one another. At any rate, that God did not use but a single moment for the whole of Creation, as Augustine, and many of the ancients, as well as some later writers, have held — deceived, in construing Moses's narrative as figures of speech (allegories), by Jesus Sirach, ch. 18:1, who said that God created all things κοινῇ, "together," which in the common Latin translation is "at once," "simultaneously." Against which opinion the six days of Creation in Moses's narrative plainly contend, when he testifies that the earth was at first without form and void, and afterward separated from the waters — which cannot fit with a single moment. Nor does that well-known saying of Jesus Sirach help them; for besides that he is no Apostle or [inspired] Writer, this need not be understood strictly of time, but may be understood of the gathering of all creatures, which alike and in general derive their origin from God, as happens in Ps. 49:11. As for the reasons why God spent precisely six days upon Creation, we have already in part traced these out beforehand in the Explanatory Part; for the present we add only this, that it happened so that He might unfold His wisdom by degrees; and also, that He might set before us, in due order, the whole World as it lay under the Creator's hands, and how its particular parts came forth upon this stage of the World, and might the longer detain us in this most delightful Topic, and finally lead us by the hand, as it were, from natural Creation to spiritual Creation. That is, just as in natural things He has generally made a passage and progress from something less perfect to something more perfect, at least with respect to material creatures, so also in spiritual things He ever proceeds by degrees toward what is more perfect (2 Cor. 4:6).
XIII. Let us add that the World, and everything created within the compass of six days, was created for the sake of man, who was to be created on the sixth day (Gen. 1:28; Ps. 8:4-7; Ps. 115:16; Matt. 25:34; Hos. 2:21-22; 1 Cor. 3:21-23) — namely, that the Creator might at last obtain, through man, the honor and glory of Creation, and of the unreasoning creatures, on account of which He has set man as it were as His Steward in the World, into whose lap all the remaining creatures should bring and heap together the goodness they had received from the Creator, as their tribute and toll, whether directly or by various roundabout ways — that from man's hand, with thanksgiving and glorifying, it might be brought back and restored, as it were in account, to the Sovereign Lord: so that all creatures would have been in vain and to no purpose without and apart from man. All creatures, I say, and each one in particular, were created for man's sake — partly to furnish him a dwelling-place, as heaven and earth (heaven hereafter, earth for the present); partly for delight, namely all the variety and beauty of things; partly for food, whence heaven is said to hear the earth, and the earth the corn and the new wine, and these at last Jezreel (Hos. 2:22); partly also for help, to which the ministry of the Angels serves (Heb. 1:14); and finally, all things as a stirring and spur to glorify the Creator. Yet the World and all things are understood to have been created for man's sake in such a way that, nonetheless, both man and all things are for God (Prov. 16:4; Rom. 11:36).
The Polemical Part
XIV. In a Polemical Part to this Chapter, the greater part of the disputed questions of the preceding chapter return; to which we here add, as belonging more particularly to this Topic, the philosophical-theological questions and controversies with Descartes and the Cartesians, which we have elsewhere examined at length. Namely, first, whether God spent, on the particular days — at least on the last five — full twenty-four hours upon Creation. Augustine, with a great many of the ancients and also some later writers, held that God spent, on the whole of Creation, and specifically on the works of the first day, no more than a single moment; but that on the works of the remaining days He spent nothing but the ordering and adorning of what already existed — being deceived in this, that they supposed Creation to exclude the presence of any matter whatsoever; and therefore, since the works of the five following days had a certain matter already at hand, and God thus properly brought forth nothing out of nothing on those days, that He therefore created nothing on those days either. Sacred History plainly refutes this, when it says that God made all things not only in six days (Exod. 20:11), but also expressly ascribes the word ברא, "to create," to the following days as well — thus Gen. 1:21, 27. Indeed, the matter itself refutes that opinion; for although the works of the following days had a certain matter already lying at hand, which had been brought forth out of nothing on the first day, yet that matter was ἄμορφον, shapeless — that is, such that it lacked all those essential forms which were to be given to it on the following days, forms which lay hidden in the power of that matter in no way whatsoever, and which therefore had to be brought forth out of nothing; and thus He properly created on those following days as well. Not to add that God spent, on the works of the first day — namely, the creating of heaven, earth, the unformed mass, and the light — not merely a single moment, but many moments. The Cartesians, in order the more easily to explain their architectonic construction of the World, whereby motion was imparted to the fine matter brought forth out of nothing, which motion, proceeding over the space of twenty-four hours, of itself thrust forth and thus produced all the phenomena of this World, hold that twenty-four hours were fitting and suitable for this task; meanwhile they grant that God, for the works of the first day, spent only a single moment, or at least a very few. The Reformed maintain, against Augustine and his followers, that God, on each day, truly and properly created; and against the Cartesians, that God, for the works of the particular days, spent only a single moment, or at least but a few — because (1) God, by a mere command or nod of His will, brought forth particular creatures (Ps. 33:9); (2) because the Cartesians' architectonic world-making has no foundation, neither in Scripture nor in Nature, but only in the bare imagination of Descartes; (3) because they themselves acknowledge and grant that the works of the first day were brought forth in a moment, or a few moments, and there is no reason why God should not have brought forth the works of the other days in the same manner; (4) since those essential forms (though they deny them without any lawful reason) which were brought forth on the following days of Creation, since they did not lie within the capacity of the shapeless matter, must necessarily have been created out of nothing — and, as the Cartesians themselves acknowledge, the transition from not-being to being takes place only in a moment, since otherwise a thing would in part be and in part not be. I shall not add (5) that, according to the Cartesians' own suppositions, the very idea of a body, and of something extended, does not allow that it should be created part by part, or in various successive moments; and that those essential and substantial forms, which were brought forth on the following days, are truly material. Nor does it avail the opposing view (1) that otherwise, instead of God being said to have rested on the seventh day, He would have rested on each day after that moment of Creation. Answer: (a) This is no more the case than that God rested, on the first day, after that moment which both parties acknowledge. (b) God did not rest until He had ceased bringing forth new species, which did not happen before the seventh day. They say (2) that otherwise it would not have been necessary to spend six days upon Creation, but only a few moments, or at most the space of one hour. Answer: Certainly God could have brought forth the whole World in a single moment; but it pleased the Creator to spend upon it several moments — say, days — separated from one another; and this will of the Creator is, in this matter, reason enough for us. It is said (3) that the separation of the waters by motion took place successively in time, and that the forming of Eve, and the bringing of the animals to Adam, undoubtedly required more than one moment. Answer: Let them, if one so wishes, have required several moments; God did not therefore spend, on that account, a full twenty-four hours on each and every day of Creation. And the works of the first day, which, according to the Cartesians, were brought forth in a single moment — heaven, earth, light, the raw mass — required, on that same foundation, more than one moment. Cf. Gangraena Cartesiana, Sect. II, ch. XIX, §7-12.
XV. Second, whether God, in creating the World, brought forth out of nothing only the fine, subtle matter, imparted to it a certain motion, and let that motion — proceeding successively through the six days of Creation — thrust forth all the parts of the world, and its species and all particular things? The Cartesians assert this; the orthodox deny it. For (1) the History of Creation, Gen. 1, denies it, when it relates that the works of the particular days were created immediately by God, by His command "let there be" and "it was," but not by means of a motion. (2) David denies it, Ps. 33:9, when he says that, at God's command, the things which were to be created were at once present: "He spake, and it was; He commanded, and it stood fast." (3) Reason denies it, because, according to this supposition, it would not so much be God as motion that created — at least on the later days. (4) Because, in this way, Creation would have to be denied to the five following days, since on those days nothing would have been brought forth out of nothing — which Scripture constantly contradicts, as often as it teaches a six-day Creation. Nor do our opponents bring forward any reason for their view, apart from the false supposition of Descartes — which he himself calls such (Principia III, §47, in the marginal lemma; likewise §45, Dissertatio de Methodo, p. 41) — and the claim that Preservation is the same thing as Creation, and consequently that God, by preserving the motion during the five last days, created. But it is as yet unheard-of that God creates by Preservation; for thus He still preserves motion today, and would therefore still be creating now in an equal manner as of old; yet finally, Creation and Preservation, at least in a formal sense, are no more the same thing than Creation and Destruction — wherefore one could with no more right say that God creates by Preservation than by Destruction. Cf. Gangraena Cartesiana, Sect. II, §13-16.
XVI. Third, whether the World can be infinite in magnitude, and thus undefined (indefinitus), because we could conceive that it has no limits? The Cartesians — because they hold that whatever we have an idea of, or clearly and distinctly conceive, truly exists; and moreover think that they have an idea of such a space beyond which they can conceive nothing greater — hold that this space (Spatium) can be infinite, and therefore that the World too can be infinite, if not in perfection, at least in magnitude and size; especially since Space, they say, is a true body, being furnished with a threefold dimension (trina dimensione), and in this sense they finally say that the World is undefined and infinite (indefinitus). The Reformed, though they grant that the World may be called (indefinitus) undefined, insofar as we cannot determine what the limits of the World are, nevertheless deny that it should be called undefined (indefinitus) merely because we do not know precisely that it has any limits: (1) because every kind of infinity belongs to the incommunicable properties of God, and what is infinite in magnitude — that is, infinite in a certain perfection — is also infinite in perfection [as such]. (2) Because God, by virtue of His divine Omnipotence, can always add some further magnitude to it. (3) Because that space (spatium) which we conceive to be beyond this World is not itself a true being (ens), much less a body; but only a "where" (ubi) in which some creatable body could exist; and therefore (4) because the threefold dimension (trina dimensio) belongs not to the containing space, but to the body contained, or capable of being created, within it. Nor does it avail them (1) that it is said, Jer. 31:37, that the heavens above cannot be measured, etc. Answer: This is to be understood with reference to us, and to our comprehension and understanding. Nor also (2) that we conceive the space beyond the heavens to be immeasurable, and that it is truly of a threefold dimension, and thus a body. Answer: This is denied, because thus, while there is a body in the space, there would be a body in a body — which is repugnant to our very conceptions. Nor do those threefold dimensions belong to the containing space, but to the body which is contained within it: therefore, if there is no body within it, there will also be no dimensions there. Wherefore that space which is beyond the heavens is, in fact, not a true being (ens), but only a "where" (ubi) in which God could place a body. Cf. Gangraena Cartesiana, ch. XX, §3-19.
XVII. Fourth, whether there could be more Worlds? That there are, in the course of time, more Worlds, is held by the Cabbalistic Jews, who deduce from the letter ב, with which the Creation of this World begins (Gen. 1:1), that our World is the second World which God has created — but by a Cabbalistic, that is, a trifling proof. Epicurus, Metrodorus, and the philosophers in general, invent countless Worlds, without revelation, without reason. Descartes and his followers hold to one such World that they also at the same time deny that there could be more. The Reformed acknowledge but one World, because Scripture, by the help of which alone this could be made known to us, counts no more worlds; meanwhile they firmly hold that there could be more worlds, because God is almighty, and this involves no contradiction, either on God's part or on the part of the thing itself — chiefly, since God can undoubtedly create a world distinct, in its essential parts, from this World: not to add that God, having annihilated this World, could set another World in its place, and that He could therefore, by that same power, also add yet another world alongside this very World. Nor does it avail the Cartesians that a plurality of Worlds would involve a contradiction on the part of the thing itself: because (1) the World would then be conceived by us as infinite. Answer: This is false. (2) Because these several Worlds could be distinguished from one another neither by nothing — for then they would constitute but one World — nor by something, for then they would be joined together and become one. Answer: (1) They could be distinguished from one another by an intervening space (spatium), which is not a body, as we have already shown at length. (2) They could be distinguished by a certain being (ens), of a different kind than the two mutually separated Worlds. Descartes says (3) that this World is τὸ πᾶν, the Whole-All. Answer: Not simply so; for thus God too would be a part of the World, as being in this way comprehended within that τὸ πᾶν, the Whole-All; but the World is τὸ πᾶν, the Whole-All of things that have been created, but not of things that could be created. (Cf. Gangraena Cartesiana, ch. XX, §19-22.)
XVIII. Fifth, whether the World, and all that is in it, was created, if not for man alone, at least for man's sake? This all Christians have hitherto acknowledged, together with the Scriptures and with Natural Philosophy, as we have taught above, §XIII. Descartes and his followers deny it: (1) because, on account of the immeasurable or undefined greatness of the World, by far the greatest part of the creatures is unknown to man. Answer: (1) We have already contradicted and refuted the infinite greatness of the World. (2) Holy Scripture represents to our understanding, suitably and easily enough, the whole greatness of the World, by and through the division of heaven, earth, sea, and all that is in them, and it says and assigns the particular parts thereof throughout to men. (3) And those things which are not perceived by men can nonetheless be directed and governed by God for their use, just as things which are hidden from a small child can be directed by its Father for the child's use. It is said (2) that it savors of self-love and pride to think that all things were created for one's own sake. Answer: (1) No more than that God gave His own and only-begotten Son to men, indeed gave Him over to death, and to an accursed death. (2) Indeed, rather, it tends to gratitude toward, and love for, the Creator; yes, and also to modesty and humility concerning ourselves: "What is man, that thou art mindful of him? and the son of man, that thou visitest him?... Thou madest him to have dominion over the works of thy hands; thou hast put all things under his feet," Ps. 8:4-6. (Cf. Gangraena Cartesiana, ch. XIX, §22-25.)
XIX. The sixth question is, what is to be held concerning the System (Systema) of the World? The Cartesians, in service of their own suppositions, divide the World into those vast regions, as it were, Heavens. Of which (1) there is a first Heaven, or this our Heaven, in the middle of which the Sun stands immovable, and around which are moved and revolve Mercury, Venus, the Earth with its companion the Moon, then Mars, Jupiter with its four attendants, and Saturn. (2) The second Heaven they divide into countless world-spheres and vortices, which are turned round about by the fixed Stars. (3) Whatever is found beyond those two Heavens, far from our sight, is to be reckoned the third Heaven — whether this is one and the same with the third Heaven so named in Holy Scripture, that is, with the Heaven of the blessed, they say they cannot determine. The Reformed determine, from the Scriptures, the System (Systema) of the World thus: that they assign its first and uppermost part to the fiery Heaven (Coelum empyraeum), which they hold to be the dwelling-place of God and of the blessed Angels, and likewise of the blessed men, and which is hence called the third Heaven, likewise Paradise (2 Cor. 12:2, 4), likewise the Heaven of Heavens (1 Kings 8:27). Beneath this Heaven they place the airy Heaven, in which are the Stars and the Sun, revolving about the Earth (Isa. 40:12-13; Ps. 19:5-7), and likewise the Moon (Josh. 10:12). The lowest place they leave to the Earth, which, according to the constant tenor of Holy Scripture, is distinguished from the Heavens and from the Stars, and stands immovable as the center-point of this Whole-All (Eccl. 1:4). The Cartesians, for their World-system, attempt and undertake nothing whatsoever from Holy Scripture, nor from nature, other than that it should sufficiently account for the phenomena and for observation — something which may be said more truly and more soundly of the World-system of Holy Scripture, and with which the common opinion of Christians has hitherto agreed. If the Cartesians add that our World-system (Systema) involves various difficulties, and more than one inconvenience, we answer: God will resolve those difficulties; and those who defend the Tychonic World-system (Systema) have already resolved them.
The Practical Part
XX. As for the Practice: here return, with such changes as need to be made, most of the uses of the preceding chapter. Yet first, from the contemplation and consideration of the World — being so great and so vast a structure, and from the most skillful manner of its making — there grows in an outstanding way the recognition of, and glory belonging to, the Creator. In particular and point by point: (1) The glory of His infinite Power (Rom. 1:20), whereby He was able, by His mere command, without any use of helpers and instruments, and without the least previously-existing suitable matter, within very few moments, to bring forth a work of such vast magnitude — though not itself infinite — adorned with such great and various abundance. (2) The glory of His unfathomable Wisdom (Ps. 104:24), whereby He has been able so skillfully to unite, join, and heap together parts of so great a variety, indeed even of so great a contrariety. (3) The glory of His inexhaustible Goodness, whereby God has, in so many ways, poured out His goodness upon so many creatures — even creatures at war with Him — that not only is the Earth constantly said to be full of the divine goodness (Ps. 33:5 and 119:64), but that it reaches even unto the clouds (Ps. 36:6), yea, even unto the heavens (Ps. 57:11) — He who, moreover, has assigned to each particular creature its uses, and has likewise given it the fitness for those uses. (4) The glory of God's steadfastness and Unchangeableness, whereby He has so sealed so great a structure, consisting of parts so mutually contrary and hostile to one another, that it nonetheless stands unmoved and unchanged.
XXI. But second: The system of this World furnishes man, in particular, matter both for gratitude, love, and service toward the Maker, who has built for us so excellent a lodging; who has adorned it with so many and so splendid furnishings; who has provided us with every kind of equipment and provision, both for food and for delight; who has surrounded us, as it were, with a bodyguard of Angels; who prepares for us an eternal dwelling-place in the heavens; indeed, who has built all the things of this Whole-All for our sake — so that Paul rightly says, 1 Cor. 3:21-22: "All things are yours; whether Paul, or Apollos, or Cephas, or the world, or life, or death, or things present, or things to come; all are yours." Are not, then, all these things so great that they must, as it were, extort from us gratitude, love, and the service of God? — whereby, just as He has given us all things, we in turn give back all things — ourselves included — to Him, that of Him, and through Him, and to Him, all things may be, and that to Him may be glory forever, Rom. 11:36. This also furnishes us matter for modesty or humility toward ourselves, that we not become puffed up, proud, and haughty because of the beneficence of the Creator toward us, and the greatness and munificence with which He has freely favored and crowned us, but rather always think: "What hast thou that thou didst not receive? Now if thou didst receive it, why dost thou glory?" 1 Cor. 4:7. And to address ourselves: "What is man, that thou art mindful of him? and the son of man, that thou visitest him? For thou hast made him a little lower than the angels, and hast crowned him with glory and honor. Thou madest him to have dominion over the works of thy hands; thou hast put all things under his feet." And finally, to bring all things back to the glory of the Creator, crying out: "O LORD our Lord, how excellent is thy name in all the earth!" Ps. 8:2, 5-10.
XXII. Meanwhile, also, third, let us earnestly abhor and curse the malice and wickedness of sin, which has brought (1) the curse (Gen. 3:17; Deut. 28:15-19) upon so fair a work — whose beauty, usefulness, and goodness God Himself, by His blessing, has so often and so solemnly extolled (Gen. 1:31); (2) vanity (Rom. 8:20; Eccl. 1:14), whereby its original goodness, and its fitness and inclination to do good to men, has become so dried up and deadened that creatures now neither can nor will benefit us; (3) bondage (Rom. 8:20), whereby the World is made subject to the lust of the worst and most wicked of men, and, as it were, seizes and plunders man, its former lord, into servitude and slavery for itself; (4) vexation of spirit (Eccl. 1:14), whereby those things which formerly served for refreshment, for a holy delight and pleasure, are now nothing but trouble, and as it were a thorn, Matt. 13:22; (5) sworn enmity with men, whereby creatures have not only shaken off their former ready and willing obedience and service, but whereby, moreover, they have also become deadly and destructive fires against Him, and conspire for His destruction — namely, meaning, as it were, to avenge the wrong done to their Sovereign Lord through sin, by man's rebellion. Hence the heaven becomes as brass (Deut. 28:23; Lev. 26:19; 1 Kings 18), or altogether as water (Gen. 7:4); the earth becomes stone or iron (Deut. 28:23), or brings forth, instead of fruit, nothing but thorns and thistles (Gen. 3:17-18); and so it stands with all creatures, even to the Angels, indeed even to men themselves, who through hatred, strife, quarreling, wars, plunder, and murder rage against one another. Finally, (6) the corruption and destruction, whereby the very Heavens wax old like a garment (Ps. 102:26, 29), and shall indeed be dissolved and melt away (2 Pet. 3:12), so that it is in fact nothing but a passing fashion of the World (1 Cor. 7:31). And since all this evil which clings to the creature is not voluntary (Rom. 8:20), but only on account of sin (Gen. 3:17; Deut. 28:15), we have every reason: (1) to acknowledge, lament, and abhor sin; (2) as often as we perceive creatures that are useless, harmful, and rebellious toward us, to be thereby reminded of our own rebellion and disobedience against God, since it is on His account that the creatures, in avenging Him, refuse us their obedience; (3) to strive, through faith and repentance, to be reconciled with the Creator, that the creatures too might thereby return into favor with us (Hos. 2:21-23; Rom. 8:38-39); and for that reason (4) to strive and long, by all manner of means, after that ancient dominion over the creatures which we have lost — namely: (a) through faith in Christ, to whom all power in heaven and on earth is given (Matt. 28:18), and who is heir of all things (Heb. 1:2; Ps. 2:6, 8), in and with whom all things are given to believers (Rom. 8:32); (b) through love toward the Creator, for to them that love God all things work together for good (Rom. 8:28); (c) through godliness, which has the promise of this life and of that which is to come (1 Tim. 4:8); (d) through diligence, to free ourselves more and more from bondage to the creatures, and to pass over to the liberty of the children of God (Rom. 8:21), by bringing the creatures under our power (1 Cor. 6:12), by being enslaved to no creature (Matt. 6:24), so that all things may be ours, and we alone God's (1 Cor. 3:21-23).
XXIII. Fourth, therefore, let us carefully guard against an immoderate love of this World (1 John 2:15; Jas. 4:4), of which Demas gives us an example (2 Tim. 4:10), and from which some are named "men of this world," whose portion is in this life (Ps. 17:14) — to whom Christians must not be conformed (Rom. 12:1-2); no, but rather be crucified to the world (Gal. 6:14), and keep themselves unspotted from the world (Jas. 1:27), and thereby overcome the world (1 John 5:4). This immoderate love includes: (1) an excessive regard for this world and for worldly things, whereby we ascribe to it, instead of vanity and emptiness, a fullness, as though it could be sufficient for our happiness; (2) an excessively violent desire, whereby we seek and pursue it with too great an eagerness and covetousness, as if we could not be happy without it; (3) an excessively sweet and pleasant delight and enjoyment in and from the creatures, and a resting in them, whereby we do not use them as means, but enjoy them as our highest end; (4) an excessively anxious fear of losing them, or grief over their loss. By all of which we set our hearts upon, indeed make ourselves dependent upon, the world and worldly things (Ps. 62:10) — whose excess and going-too-far is a most certain mark and proof, in an ascending degree, that we love all things, even father and mother, more than Christ (Matt. 10:37); the honors and offices of this world, more than God (John 12:43); and are more lovers of pleasure than lovers of God (2 Tim. 3:4). Against which one must set, as a help and remedy, the proofs and motives of the preceding section.
XXIV. Finally, fifth, since God created the World for man, and man for His own [i.e. God's] sake, let us so use the world that we do not misuse it (1 Cor. 7:31). Let us, I say, not misuse the World: (1) by possessing worldly things as though without God (Ps. 10:3-4): "There is no God in all his thoughts" — as though these things had come to us by chance, or by our own labor alone, apart from and without God; which is to sacrifice unto one's own net, and to burn incense unto one's own drag (Hab. 1:16); (2) by exalting them above God (Matt. 10:37), so that they become to us, as it were, a god, and stand in the place of God (Phil. 3:19; Col. 3:5); or (3) by setting them alongside God, so that we pursue the world and worldly things with at least an equal zeal, ardor, and affection as we do God, and thus have them as strange gods before His face: עלעניו, "before His face," "in His sight," "in His presence" (Exod. 20:3); (4) by setting them against God, by using our goods, riches, honors, etc. against God, θεομαχοῦντες, "fighting against God" (Acts 23:9), as the Israelites did (Deut. 23:15), and as Goliath, relying on his own strength, mocked and reproached the battle-lines of the LORD (1 Sam. 17:10). On the contrary, let us use the World and worldly goods: (1) by possessing all things as from God, and receiving and accepting them as from the hand of God, who gives us all things richly to enjoy (1 Tim. 6:17), from whom every good gift and every perfect gift comes down (Jas. 1:5, 17); (2) by placing the world and every creature beneath God its Creator, as being His footstool (Isa. 66:1), and not serving the creature above the Creator (Rom. 1:25); (3) by using the creatures for God's sake (Prov. 16:4; Rom. 11:36), so as to be led by worldly things unto God, by the creatures unto the Creator, and so to go on from strength to strength, until at last we appear before God in Zion (Ps. 84:8); finally, (4) by directing all things to God (Rom. 11:36), so that we hold them for God — that is, so that they may serve His honor, His Kingdom, and His Will, and stand or fall according to His good pleasure. And that we thus bring our donkey, with her colt, to Christ and to God the Creator, and cast our cloaks and garments upon them, and then set Christ upon them (Matt. 21:7). And this, finally, is not to misuse the World and worldly things, but to use them.
Second Topic. Of the Heavens
The Doctrinal Part
XXV. Now, following an analytical order of teaching, we pass on to the Parts, and first to the outermost Part of Heaven itself — namely, to the Heavens, which were the very first thing created by God, and which the Text mentions, and with it Holy Scripture everywhere (Gen. 1:1 and 2:1; Ps. 8:4 and 33:6, and in countless other places); indeed, nature and reason teach this as well. For since we have already shown that there is nothing which has brought itself into being, and likewise that nothing could have existed from eternity, and that the whole World was created by God, nothing remains whereby a man of sound understanding could with any right doubt that all the heavens are created. This is to be understood not merely of this or that heaven, but of all, according to the teaching of Ps. 33:6: "The heavens were made, and all their host." For there are more heavens than one — there are natural heavens, as I shall call them, and there is also a supernatural heaven. Thus Holy Scripture speaks expressly of three heavens; namely, it mentions (1) the airy heaven, after which birds are commonly called "fowl of heaven" (Matt. 6:26), which Moses calls the Firmament (Gen. 1:6), of which we have had more to say in the exposition of the work of the six days. There is (2) a starry heaven, in which are the stars (Gen. 15:5): "Look now toward heaven, and tell the stars," by which we understand that region of the World which rises, through the various circuits of wandering and fixed stars, from the Moon up to the third or uppermost heaven. This starry heaven the Triune God created out of nothing (Ps. 33:6), stretching it out as a curtain (Ps. 104:2). Whether its matter, of which it consists, be elemental, and of a like nature with the sublunary creatures, or of another and unlike nature, we confess that we do not know, since Scripture does not explain it, and, on account of the too-great distance, cannot otherwise be known; and still less do we know its inward forming form, so that some philosophers have rashly and recklessly ascribed to it, from its regular motion, a certain soul — and still more rashly and recklessly, even a rational soul — or, with Aristotle, have attached to the several spheres particular intelligences, as assisting forms, as it were, whereas that motion proceeds from its own form, as from an inward principle, whence the Sun is said to go forth from its chamber, and to run its course (Ps. 19:5-6). As for its ends: the supernatural end is indeed God's glory (Ps. 19:1), of which more in the Practical Part; the natural ends are: (1) by its power and motion to form the cycles of times and seasons; (2) by its light, warmth, influence, and revolution, to move and sustain the sublunary world, and to bring forth one thing from another; (3) to furnish a dwelling- and lodging-place for the birds and for the meteors, which is the work of the airy heaven; for the stars, which is the work of the starry heaven; just as the uppermost Heaven does this for God and for the heaven-dwellers.
XXVI. Among the properties and conditions of this Heaven, the first is that its magnitude, though not infinite, is nonetheless utterly beyond our expression. For — not to speak of the uppermost Heaven, whose magnitude is far greater — who can measure or express the thousands upon thousands of miles that make up its circumference? How uncommonly great is our globe of earth? and yet what is it, compared with the Heavens? scarcely a small cottage in comparison with the globe of the earth. There are those who calculate 180,000 miles from us to the third Heaven, to measure which a journey of 500 years would be required — and this would be only half the diameter to the third Heaven. Whatever the truth may be, it is not without reason that Eliphaz stands amazed, Job 22:12: "Is not God in the height of heaven? and behold the height of the stars, how high they are!"
XXVII. The second property and condition is its perfectly round shape, which we infer from the like shape of our globe of earth, around which we see the Heavens revolve; and also from the fact that the stars, having completed their course, return to their own place. Although, I confess, one can less certainly infer from this the outermost shape of the Heaven than only from the fact that so perfect a shape seems fitting for so perfect a body. Compare Prov. 8:27.
XXVIII. The third is its most rapid motion, so great indeed that it cannot even be followed by thought; for it is reckoned of the Sun alone — which is but the middle one among the Planets, and revolves around our globe within twenty-four hours — that it travels 1,160,000 miles every hour, so that some think this altogether unbelievable, and, though it runs against Holy Scripture, would rather hold that the earth revolves around the Sun than that the Sun revolves around the earth. And what should I now say of the motion of the upper Planets, and of the motion of the primum mobile, which, according to the calculation of some astronomers, covers twenty thousand miles within the space of forty hours? But we leave these matters to the philosophers, as the prying investigators of nature.
XXIX. To Scripture, and to us from Scripture, belongs the further consideration and contemplation of the third Heaven — which we may not unfittingly represent under the figure of Solomon's Temple, as the inward parts of Heaven represent the Court and the Holy Place. This Heaven, because it is inaccessible to the philosophers, and to our outward senses, indeed even to our reason (since it produces no effects in these our lowest parts of the world, from which its existence might be inferred), is accordingly represented all the more variously in and by Scripture, through figurative names; for it is called, with reference to the lower heavens, the third Heaven (2 Cor. 12:2), the Heaven of Heavens, or the uppermost and most excellent Heaven (1 Kings 8:27), Paradise, on account of its delightfulness (Luke 23:43), the Throne of God, on account of God's Majesty, which is there manifest and visible in an outstanding way (Isa. 66:1), the Heavenly Jerusalem, on account of its most excellent Safety (Heb. 12:22), and, for the same reason, the Mountain of Divine Holiness, the House of the Father (John 14:2), since the Father of Christ, who is also ours, is particularly in the heavens (Matt. 6:9), a House, not made with hands, eternal in the Heavens (2 Cor. 5:1), a City which hath foundations (Heb. 11:10), the heavenly Fatherland, Abraham's bosom (Luke 16:23), and very many other names besides — by which, taken together, it is in some measure represented to us that this heaven is the dwelling-place of the Divine Holiness, filled with all that can belong to eternal blessedness, where the Divine Majesty presents itself for contemplation, as it were face to face.
XXX. The Maker, Artificer, and Builder of this Heaven is particularly named and extolled as God (Heb. 11:10), so that one must not believe that this heaven has existed from eternity, as Augustinus Steuchus Eugubinus, together with the Socinians, has held; nor also that it is God Himself (although it is sometimes used, by a transfer from the container to the thing contained, for God Himself, Luke 15:18) — for it is absurd to call God the Artificer and Builder of Himself, or of that which has coexisted with Him from eternity; especially since it is called elsewhere a building of God, not made with hands (2 Cor. 5:1). As for the matter of which it is composed: there are those who believe it to be nothing other than that inaccessible light spoken of in 1 Tim. 6:16, or a certain radiance of God's glory, or a light flowing forth from the Divine Being. We do not allow this, because not only is the Son alone called the brightness of God's glory (Heb. 1:3), but also because whatever thus flows forth from God must necessarily be the very Being of God. It seems nearer the truth that the aforesaid third Heaven is not something spiritual, since it is also ordained and fitted to receive one day the bodies of believers; it is, at the very least, of the most excellent matter that can be conceived by men — for which reason that heavenly Jerusalem, which descends from heaven, is represented with streets, with gates of precious stones, and with all manner of most excellent things (Rev. 21). From which we may in some measure grasp its splendid form, than which none more splendid can be conceived, if only we are able to utter or stammer out that which eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither hath entered into the heart of man. God has built this Heaven for these purposes: (1) to be the dwelling-place of His glory, wherefore it is called His Throne (Isa. 66:1), where He would grant, in an ineffable manner, to the blessed heaven-dwellers, Angels and men, to behold His glory visibly. (2) To serve His Son, after conquering His and our enemies, as a kind of triumphal chariot, where He would sit at the right hand of the throne of Majesty in the highest Heavens, and whence He would return to judge the living and the dead (Eph. 4:8; Col. 2:15; Phil. 2:9). Finally, (3) to furnish the godly, after their pilgrimage, a place of eternal dwelling; after their labor, a place of rest; and after their struggle and victory, a place of triumph (2 Cor. 5:1; Matt. 25:34).
XXXI. Further, this Heaven is (1) a very wide and spacious place, wherefore it is called by John the great City (Rev. 21:10), whose great and high wall, and twelve gates, when the Angel measured it with a golden reed, he found this Heaven to be of twelve thousand furlongs — a definite number taken for an indefinite yet exceedingly great number; namely, being of such capacity as easily to contain so many millions of believers, on account of which the Savior ascribes to it many mansions (John 14:2). (2) Very glorious and very bright, whence it might be called ὄλυμπος, Olympus, as it were ὅλος λαμπρός, "wholly shining" — so much so that this City of God has no need of the sun, moon, or stars, but that God's glory fills the place of them all (Rev. 21:23). (3) Incorruptible — not that it could not be corrupted or changed, but that it must never be corrupted; wherefore it is called a house, not made with hands, and eternal (2 Cor. 5:1), and a city which hath foundations, namely, immovable ones (Heb. 11:10) — indeed twelve foundations (Rev. 21:14) (although I do not deny that this is also said of the church) — indeed also that they are of gold: all of which serves not only to make known the glory of this third Heaven, but also its incorruptibility, since we shall dwell there forever. Finally, it is (4) a place free from all sin (Rev. 21:27), likewise from all misery, sickness, poverty, and persecution (Rev. 21:4); on the contrary, filled with all glory and blessedness (Ps. 16:11). It is the place of rest from all our labor (Heb. 4:9-11), the place of triumph and coronation after the struggle and after the victory (2 Tim. 4:7-8); indeed, it is the place of our complete perfecting (1 Cor. 13:9-10).
XXXII. Opposed to this Heaven stands Hell — although, along with the earth, it seems to have been created only on the second day — not only in position, insofar as, just as Heaven appears to constitute the outermost part of the world, so Hell seems to constitute the innermost part thereof, as Scripture generally indicates (Num. 16:33), but also in nature and quality: for just as we have said that Heaven is free of all sin and misery, and complete and perfect in all blessedness, so we find in Scripture that hell is empty and stripped of all blessedness, and, on the contrary, filled with all misery. It has been prepared from eternity (Matt. 25:41) as a dwelling- and punishment-place at once for the unclean Angels and men, whose place it is hence called (Acts 1:25; Luke 16:26; 1 Pet. 3:19-20; 2 Pet. 2:2-4). How vast and wide hell is, and by what great interval it is separated from the outer and inner parts of the earth, we do not know for certain; though we by no means doubt that it is even now spacious and capacious enough to hold the unclean spirits within it, and shall afterward also be spacious enough to receive the bodies of the wicked (2 Pet. 3:10-11; John 5:29; Matt. 25:41).
The Polemical Part
XXXIII. Concerning the natural Heavens, no controversies are raised so much as those touching the motion of the starry Heaven, which we defer to the work of the fourth day. Meanwhile it is first asked, whether the third Heaven is created? Among the Papists this is denied by Augustinus Steuchus, Bishop of Gubbio (in his Perennial Philosophy). The Socinians, in order to maintain that God alone is not from eternity, and that therefore no sound conclusion for the Godhead of the Son and the Holy Spirit can be drawn from eternity, hold that the third Heaven is not created. The Reformed hold that everything that exists apart from God was created by God: (1) because it is plainly and expressly said that God created the heaven, just as much as the earth, in the beginning (Gen. 1:1; Exod. 20:11; Heb. 11:10; Ps. 33:6, and elsewhere); (2) because otherwise it would exist of itself, and consequently be God, and so there would be more Gods; (3) because nature teaches that there is no middle state between the Creator and the creature, and therefore, since this heaven is not the Creator, it must necessarily be a creature. They object that heaven is an inaccessible light, which God has inhabited from eternity (1 Tim. 6:16). Answer: that God has dwelt from eternity in Himself, and that therefore that inaccessible light is nothing other than God Himself (1 John 1:5, compared with v. 7).
XXXIV. It is asked, second, whether the third Heaven is everywhere? The Ubiquitists (the proponents of omnipresence) — in order to maintain the omnipresence of Christ's Body, namely, so that He, ascending into heaven, would not be compelled to change place — hold that the third heaven is not a certain fixed and definite place, but that it, alongside God, is omnipresent, or everywhere, even in hell itself (Brenz, De Majestate Christi, pp. 160-162). Indeed, in order the more easily to maintain this heaven, they call in to their aid yet another error, when they distinguish God's heaven from the heaven of the blessed. The Reformed hold that Holy Scripture contradicts this opinion: (1) when it everywhere shows and presents this third Heaven to us as a definite place, as a City, as a House in which there are many mansions (John 14:2). (2) When it everywhere distinguishes this Heaven from the earth and from hell, as something that is above, from that which is lower and beneath. (3) When it says that God dwells on high, in the exalted place (Ps. 113:4-6; Luke 2:14). Wherefore Christ, about to pray, lifted up His eyes on high; and the Angels, who are said to descend and ascend (John 1:51), behold in Heaven the face of God (Matt. 18:10). (4) When it relates that Christ ascended on high (Eph. 4:8-10), that He passed through the heavens (Heb. 4:14), that He entered into the Sanctuary (Heb. 9:24), that He sits in the highest heavens (Heb. 1:3), and charges us to seek those things which are above, where Christ is (Col. 3:1). (5) When Christ teaches that we shall dwell with Him forever in His Father's house (John 14:2, compared with ch. 17:24). Not to add (6) the absurdities of this error, since by it even the Devils and the damned would also be in heaven. And what Brentius, to support his absurd error, brings forward from Job 1:6, 1 Kings 22:19, and Eph. 6:12, is all too shallow and pitiful and wretched. For Job 1:6 does not say that the Angels stood with Satan before the face of Jehovah in heaven; since elsewhere the Seraphim are said to have appeared before the LORD in the Temple (Isa. 6:1-2), and Adam on the earth (Gen. 3:8-9), as also Abraham (Gen. 18:33). Nor does 1 Kings 22:19 relate a history, but a vision in an ecstasy of the senses. And finally, Eph. 6:12 does not say that the evil spirits are in the third heaven, but in the airy heaven, as the Apostle teaches there, ch. 2:2.
XXXV. We shall not trouble to refute those who confess that they do not know whether the third heaven has limits or not — or, what is the same thing, whether it is finite or infinite, something which they hold to be undefined (indefinitum). This we have already, together with the possible infinity of the World, refuted expressly and at length in the preceding Topic; and which, as their own judges, Zophar exposes, Job 11:8, compared with 1 Kings 8:27.
The Practical Part
XXXVI. As for the Practice: first, the natural Heavens invite us (1) to their attentive contemplation, which God enjoined upon Abraham (Gen. 15:5): "Look now toward heaven," and which David himself practiced (Ps. 8:3): "When I consider thy heavens"; and nature itself, and the very form and posture of man, urges this, according to that well-known line of the poet: Pronaque cum spectent animalia caetera terram, Os homini sublime dedit, caelumque tueri — that is: "Whereas all other animals look down, bowed toward the earth, He gave to man a face uplifted, and bade him behold the heavens." And this same thing the heathen commend by their examples, as when, for instance, Anaxagoras said that he was born for this purpose, that he might see and behold the heavens, according to the testimony of Lactantius (Institutes, Bk. III); and Eudoxus burned with so great a desire to see the Sun that he would not have shrunk from letting himself be burned up by it. It is added that it would be most unjust and most shameful that God should have deigned to create the Heavens, which man would disdain to behold. Yet, since it is not enough merely to see the Heavens, and to contemplate them in some fashion, this Topic invites us also (2) to the consideration and observation of the Heavens as being a work and handiwork of God (Ps. 8:3): "When I consider thy heavens" — so that in that handiwork we see the Workman, namely, God who is in the Heavens, just as Stephen (Acts 7:55), being full of the Holy Ghost, and looking up steadfastly into heaven, saw the glory of God. Lactantius rebukes and censures this lack and negligence in Anaxagoras, because he placed the whole duty of man in the eyes alone, bringing nothing to the soul and mind, but all to the body. Yes, but (3) let us so see God in the heavens that we glorify Him, whence the Heavens are said to declare the glory of God, and the firmament to show His handiwork (Ps. 19:1). In particular and point by point, (4) that we contemplate them with a godly amazement (Ps. 8:3-4): "When I consider thy heavens, the work of thy fingers, the moon and the stars, which thou hast ordained; then, indeed, I burst out in amazement: What is man?" — with amazement (1) not only at the infinite greatness, which God has so formed that He has stretched it out like a curtain, so that He holds it as it were in His fist, and is therefore higher than it, indeed infinitely so (1 Kings 8:27); (2) with amazement at the swiftest of motions, in the midst of which He nonetheless coexists, unmoved and eternal (Ps. 102:26-28); (3) at the most brilliant splendor, which nevertheless the splendor of the inaccessible light which God inhabits infinitely surpasses (1 Tim. 6:16); (4) at the inexhaustible usefulness, whereby heaven hears the earth, the earth the corn, the new wine, and the oil, and these at last hear us (Hos. 2:21-22), from which we may gather the goodness of the Creator who brings all this to us (Ps. 8:5). (5) That we, for this reason, love the Creator of the heavens above the heavens themselves, and rest in Him, so as to say with Asaph (Ps. 73:25): "Whom have I [beside thee] in heaven? and there is none upon earth that I desire beside thee" (Rom. 1:25). Meanwhile also (6) that we honor and fear Him who has heaven for His throne (Isa. 66:1; Ps. 33:6, 8). And moreover (7) that we obey Him, that His will may be done by us on earth, as it is done in heaven (Matt. 6:9-10), and that thus the name of our Father who is in the heavens may be hallowed.
XXXVII. Then, second: the ineffable perfection of the supernatural heaven discloses to us the ineffable happiness and ineffable blessedness of those for whom He has, by His eternal decree, appointed it (Luke 10:20), and has prepared it in time. Who (1) shall have the same dwelling-place with the blessed Angels, indeed with God Himself (2 Cor. 5:1; Heb. 12:22-23; John 14:2 and 17:24). Who, for this reason, (2) are not strangers and sojourners, but of the household of God (Eph. 2:19), whence their citizenship and civic right is said to be in heaven (Phil. 3:20). And as such, Abraham, Sarah, Isaac, and Jacob have conducted and comported themselves (Heb. 11), whose names (1) have been entered upon the roll and register of citizens (Luke 10:20). Who, for this reason, (2) are no longer slaves of the world, but freedmen of God (Gal. 5:1). Who also (3) possess and enjoy the privileges of this citizenship (Eph. 2:12-13, 18-19). And moreover (4) also have and enjoy fellowship and communion with the heaven-dwellers, with God, with the Mediator, with the Angels, and with the spirits of the departed and perfected righteous (Heb. 12:22-23). Then also, (5) they have their share in the goods and treasures of this City (Acts 26:18; Eph. 1:3) — namely, in all those goods and benefits which God has prepared for them that love Him (1 Cor. 2:9). Further, they are also (6) under the shelter and protection of heaven (Ps. 84:12; compare Acts 22:25, 28). This right of citizenship they possess under the title: (a) of foreordination and creation, because Heaven was designed and created for them by God beforehand (Matt. 25:34); (b) under the title of purchase, not at their own price, but at the price of their Redeemer (Eph. 1:13-14; compare Acts 22:28); further (c) under the title of birth (John 3:3); moreover (d) under the title of inheritance (Matt. 25:34; Rom. 8:17); and further still (e) under the title of their sworn oath of allegiance (Ps. 2:12). This is, as long as we are here, to be understood more of the acquisition (κλήσει) and the right to it, than of the use, enjoyment (χρήσει), and possession — but which is as certain, indeed more certain than anything certain can be, and shall follow when we have laid aside the burden and weight of this body (2 Cor. 5:1). Or, if you would rather understand it also of enjoyment and possession, then it must be understood of that which we ourselves do not, but which our Surety, Christ, ascending into heaven, has taken possession of for us and in our place (John 14:2).
XXXVIII. Third, there arises also a most sweet and most pleasant comfort for all those privileged citizens of heaven: (1) in their banishment, sojourning, and wandering in this life (Ps. 39:12), that they are nonetheless citizens of heaven, fellow-citizens with the saints, indeed of the household of God (Heb. 11; Eph. 2:19). Then (2) in poverty, because the Kingdom of Heaven nonetheless belongs to them (Matt. 5:3 and 25:34; Eph. 1:3), and because their heavenly Father, who feeds the fowls of the air, will never allow those who are citizens of Heaven to perish for want (Matt. 6:26). Further (3) in contempt and reproaches, when they are made as the offscouring of the world (1 Cor. 4:13), that they are nonetheless citizens, indeed also heirs of the Kingdom of the heavens (Heb. 11:26, 37-40). Moreover (4) in labors, hardships, sicknesses, in commotions and shakings of every kind, that they, being privileged citizens of heaven, shall obtain in their Fatherland every refreshment, quiet, and rest (Heb. 4:9-10) — indeed, that it is impossible to obtain that Fatherland, that place of rest, in any other way than through such hardships (Acts 14:22), or to enter into this glory except through sufferings (Luke 24:26; Rom. 8:17), and that their light affliction, which is but for a moment, works for them a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory (2 Cor. 4:17). Finally (5) in death itself, whereby they must leave the world and lay aside this their tabernacle, because they are here strangers, but privileged citizens in heaven, that they have a house not made with hands, eternal, in the heavens (2 Cor. 5:1).
XXXIX. And since that heaven has not been built, and the heavenly Kingdom not prepared, for all, and since therefore the blessedness and the comfort of which we have spoken does not belong to and through all men equally and in particular (Matt. 7:21) — indeed, since there are also those for whom the fire is prepared, to be tormented forever, since God has prepared hell (Matt. 25:41) — it is, fourth, in the highest degree necessary that we examine whether that heaven is also prepared for us; namely, that we, being falsely persuaded and assured of this, may not neglect the necessary care to prepare and obtain it for ourselves (Luke 13:24). But from what, finally, shall we with certainty conclude and infer this? Answer: chiefly by these marks and tokens: namely, Heaven is prepared: (1) for those who are born of heaven, or born again of spiritual water; for none but such shall enter into the Kingdom of God (John 3:3, 5). (2) For those who are truly and in fact children of God; for these are also heirs of the Kingdom (Rom. 8:17). Also for those who are of the household of faith, who are the People of God (Heb. 4:9), and who, by making covenant, having as it were sworn the oath of allegiance, have become citizens and subjects of heaven, as Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, those chief leading citizens. (3) For those who are clean of hands and pure of heart (Ps. 24:3-4) — that is, pure and clean in life and conduct (Ps. 15:1-2); for indeed, nothing that is unclean shall enter in here (Rev. 21:27; Matt. 5:8); without shall be the dogs (Rev. 22:15). (4) For those who already here on earth have their citizenship and their conduct in heaven (Phil. 3:20) — that is, who conduct themselves on earth as privileged citizens of Heaven. (5) For those who esteem the earth and earthly things small and of little worth, and despise them, who hold the earth as it were under their feet, like God (Isa. 66:1) and Asaph (Ps. 73:25); who can accept and endure the loss of their goods with joy, knowing that they have in themselves a better and abiding possession in the heavens (Heb. 10:34). (6) For those who, as strangers on earth, as on a journey, in an inn, can be content with little; with the Apostle (Phil. 4:11-13) — namely, with and upon hope and expectation of and for a better and larger and more glorious lot and portion in their Fatherland. (7) For those who, for the same reason and with the same design and intention, can here undergo and bear all manner of adversities and misfortunes with a level and resigned mind (Heb. 10:31, 33-34). Finally, (8) for those who, on account of their expectation of and hope for heaven, for their house, for their Fatherland, can despise even death itself, indeed even long for it thereafter (Phil. 1:23; 2 Cor. 5:2, 4; Rev. 22:20).
XL. Further, fifth, since the excellence of heaven is so great, and hence the blessedness of the privileged citizens of heaven so great — indeed, since from this there arises and shall arise for them so great a comfort in every condition and state — it truly appears from this how slovenly is the negligence and carelessness of those who (1) are ignorant of Heaven, or at least do not believe in it, except perhaps only with the mouth; but who in their heart hold it to be nothing but a certain churchly fable, and would gladly leave heaven to the Lord of Heaven, provided only that He leave to them their heaven, that is, the earth, forever — with whom, if not on the lips, then at least in the heart, stands: Ede, bibe, lude, post mortem nulla voluptas — that is, "Eat, drink, play; after death there is no more pleasure or delight" (compare 1 Cor. 15:32; Eccl. 3:19-20). (2) Those who do to some extent believe that a heaven is prepared for the elect, but who embrace and caress the earth all the more, and would readily let heaven go for the earth's sake; at least, who hold and keep heaven for nothing but a certain refuge and hiding-place, in case the earth should suddenly be taken from them by death — whence they only desire it with idle wishes, like Balaam (Num. 23:10; Luke 14:15). (3) Those who, besides idle wishes, also spend some effort on it, diligently attending religious worship with the Pharisees, pouring out public prayers, and crying with a full throat, "Lord, Lord," indeed abounding in an outward righteousness (Luke 18:10-12; Matt. 5:20 and 7:21-23) — who cleanse the outside, who tithe mint and dill and cummin, but neglect the weightier matters of the Law, namely, judgment, mercy, and faith, as well as the denial of self, the crucifying of the flesh, etc. (Matt. 23:23, 25, 27). Not to speak now of those who (4) shamefully squander the possession of heaven through their crimes and abominations, of whom the Apostle speaks (1 Cor. 6:9-10): "Know ye not that the unrighteous shall not inherit the kingdom of God? Be not deceived: neither fornicators, nor idolaters, nor adulterers, etc. shall inherit the kingdom of God." To all such the Judge Himself has already denied the right to heaven (Matt. 5:20): "Ye shall in no case enter into the kingdom of heaven"; and He shall also openly deny it on that day (Matt. 7:23): "And then will I profess unto them, I never knew you: depart from me, ye that work iniquity." Indeed, on the contrary, He shall assign them hell as their own place (Matt. 25:41): "Depart from me, ye cursed, into everlasting fire, prepared for the devil and his angels."
XLI. Therefore, sixth, this Topic rather stirs us up, and spurs us on, to stand and strive, with every exertion of body and soul, to prepare for ourselves the possession of heaven — that is, that we mind the things that are above (φρονεῖν) (Col. 3:2), consider, aim at (σκοπεῖν) (2 Cor. 4:18), seek (ζητεῖν) (Matt. 6:33; Col. 3:1), work out (κατεργάζεσθαι) (Phil. 2:12), strive to enter in (ἀγωνίζεσθαι) (Luke 13:24), after the example of the Patriarchs (Heb. 11), and together with those who, however many, have the firstfruits of the Spirit (Rom. 8:23). For indeed, heaven is (1) the Dwelling-place and the Throne of the most high and most gracious God, where He dwells not so much for Himself as to grant us there a view of His Majesty and Glory; where the Angels behold the face of God (Matt. 18:10), and where we too shall see Him, face to face (1 Cor. 13:12). It is (2) the Palace of the blessed Spirits (Heb. 12:22-23). It is (3) the place of our Redemption (Luke 21:28); (4) the place of our Crowning (2 Tim. 4:7-8); (5) the place also of our eternal rest (Heb. 4:8-11). It is (6) the place of our most blessed fellowship (Heb. 12:22-23), where dwells our Father (Matt. 6:9), our Brother, our Bridegroom, our Advocate; where our inheritance, all our income and estate, indeed all our treasure is (Matt. 6:19-21). It is (7) the place where we shall be perfectly united with God, who is the highest Good, enjoy Him, and rejoice and be glad in Him. Who would not, after weighing and considering all these things, cry out with the Psalmist: "How amiable are thy tabernacles, O LORD of hosts! My soul longeth, yea, even fainteth for the courts of the LORD: my heart and my flesh crieth out for the living God" (Ps. 84:1-2, and 42:1-2)? But on what ground, and in what manner, shall we finally obtain that Heaven? Answer: (1) God the Father has, by His eternal Election, ordained it for us, and has prepared it in time (Matt. 25:34). (2) The Son is the way to the Father (John 14:6); He has also gone to prepare a place for us in His Father's house (John 14:2), and moreover has, as our Head, already taken possession of it in our place. (3) The Holy Spirit is not only our Guide (Ps. 143:10), but is also our seal and pledge (Eph. 4:30; 2 Cor. 1:22 and 5:1, 5). On our part, however, is required: (a) to be born again by the Holy Spirit, that we may see the Kingdom of God, and enter into it (John 3:3, 5); (b) to lay hold of Christ by a true and living faith, who is that ladder of Jacob's, which reaches from earth to heaven, by which we too may climb up together with the Angels (Gen. 28:12), just as He also is the way, apart from whom no one comes to the Father (John 14:6); (c) to follow the leading of the Holy Spirit, as our Guide (Ps. 143:10), and thereby to go forward from virtue to virtue, until at last we appear before God in Zion (Ps. 84:8); (d) carefully to abstain from all uncleanness, for nothing that is unclean shall enter there (Rev. 21:27); (e) to order our whole life according to the laws of Heaven, that our πολίτευμα, our citizenship and conduct, may be in heaven, whence we may then confidently look for and expect Jesus, who shall fashion our mortal and lowly bodies like unto His glorious body (Phil. 3:20-21); (f) unceasingly to walk and hold converse before and with the God of heaven, that we too, with Enoch, may be taken up by Him into heaven (Gen. 5:24; Heb. 11:5); (g) to perform all these things and duties without deceit and hypocrisy, but in singleness of heart; for indeed no one shall climb the hill of the LORD, nor stand in His holy place, except one who is clean of hands and pure of heart (Ps. 24:4; and 15:1-2; Matt. 5:8). Finally, (h) to accustom ourselves to patience, since we must enter the Kingdom of God through much tribulation (Acts 14:22; Luke 24:26), and thus not only to seek, but also, with much striving and wrestling (ἀγωνίζεσθαι), to strain and struggle to enter in through the narrow gate (Luke 13:24).
XLII. Meanwhile, seventh, while and as long as we are still outside of heaven, and absent from the Lord (2 Cor. 5:6), while and as long as we still live on earth, we must have our conversation and citizenship in heaven (Phil. 3:20), and seek the things that are above (Col. 3:1) — that is: (1) that our heart, our life and longings, indeed also our endeavors, be directed toward heaven, where our treasure is (Matt. 6:21); (2) that our ultimate end be to seek heaven and heavenly things above all else (Matt. 6:33), with so great a zeal and earnestness that we forget all that is behind, and reach forth unto those things which are before, pressing toward the mark, for the prize of the high calling of God, which is from above, in Christ Jesus (Phil. 3:13-14); (3) that the principles, the pivots as it were of our endeavors, with which we strive and strain heavenward, be spiritual and heavenly (Rom. 8:5); (4) that the rule of those endeavors be heavenly (Matt. 6:10; Gal. 6:16), not earthly and worldly (Rom. 12:2); (5) that our conversation, converse, and company be heavenly, and with heavenly and heaven-minded men (Ps. 16:3), with a loathing for the worldly (same place, v. 4, and Ps. 1:1); (6) that all our doings and occupations on earth may be heavenly — let us therefore gladly do here on earth that which one day it shall be our task to do in heaven: for example, let us strive to see God more and more, that is, to know Him (John 17:3), which we shall do on that day in heaven (Job 19:27; 1 Cor. 13:12); let us carry out the will of God readily and willingly, as it is done, and as we shall also afterward do with the blessed Angels in heaven (Matt. 6:10; Ps. 103:20); let us take delight in the spiritual Sabbath, which we shall celebrate and keep forever in heaven (Heb. 4:9-11); (7) that our mind, even in earthly things, may be heavenly — that is, that in earthly things it discern and ponder heavenly things: for example, in the natural Sun, the Sun of righteousness; in earthly food, spiritual food; in the garments of the body, the garments of the soul; that our mind also let itself be led up, by earthly things, to heavenly things; that we further spend our earthly things, riches, honor, and standing, to a heavenly use, for the Kingdom of God, for the relief and support of the poor. Such a heavenly converse and walk these following reasons commend to us: (1) because we are citizens of heaven (Eph. 2:19), and heaven is our fatherland, and it therefore befits us to live with heavenly manners; (2) because we, as touching our soul, originate from heaven, not only by virtue of its immediate creation by God (Gen. 2:7; Eccl. 12:7), whence He is called the Father of spirits (Heb. 12:9), but also on account of a divine, and thus heavenly, regeneration (John 3:3, 5); (3) because through sanctification we have become partakers of the divine, and thus heavenly, nature and disposition (2 Pet. 1:4; 1 Cor. 15:47), which is driven upward, just as an earthly nature and disposition is driven downward; (4) because all our most excellent treasures are in the heavens — our Father, Brother, Bridegroom, Advocate, Inheritance, and our whole treasure — wherefore our heart must also be there, according to the declaration of the Savior (Matt. 6:21), and of Paul (Col. 3:1-2); (5) because it is the wellspring of all quietness, calm, and gladness of mind to have one's heart in heaven, and to converse with heaven-dwellers and heavenly things (Ps. 17:15 and 84:1-2, 4, 10); (6) because it is a spur and goad to godliness, and likewise also a foundation of Christian patience, to have our heart and mind godlily, and often, indeed continually, set upon heaven, as the place of reward and refreshment, of comfort and rest (2 Tim. 4:7-8; 2 Cor. 4:17-18 and 5:1). More matters belonging to this subject shall come before us in the Chapter on Glorification.
Third Topic. Of the Earth
The Doctrinal Part
XLIII. Upon the outermost, containing and fixed part of the World follows now the middle and inner part, namely the Earth, which, after the Heavens, was created by God, as the Text testifies, and also other sayings of Scripture, particularly what we read, Ps. 104:5-7: "He hath founded the earth upon her foundations, that it should not be removed for ever. Thou coveredst it with the deep as with a garment: the waters stood above the mountains." Where God is said to have created the Earth by founding her — that is, by setting her as a support and foundation of this Whole-All, and also by fixing her immovably, resting and supported, as it were, upon foundations. To this same point look also the passages Isa. 45:8, where God is called the Creator of the Heavens, the Former and Maker of the Earth, who established and confirmed it; Ps. 24:2; Neh. 9:6; Ps. 90:2; 95:5; 102:26 and 146:6; Isa. 40:28 and 48:13; Jer. 10:12; Acts 4:24 and 14:15; Heb. 1:10; Rev. 10:6 and 14:7. Further also those passages in which the Earth is said to be God's, Exod. 9:29 and 19:5; Deut. 10:14; Ps. 24:1 and 50:12; 1 Cor. 10:26-27. Likewise those passages in which God is called the God of the earth, or of the world (Isa. 54:5; Rev. 11:4; Ezra 5:11). There is also no one so senseless as not to grant that the Earth is created; and if there be such a one, he can be convinced by the very reasons with which we have already shown before that the whole World, and the Heavens too, were brought forth out of nothing.
XLIV. The word "Earth" in Latin is Terra, which some hold to be derived from terere, that is, "to wear away," "to tread," just as also the Hebrew word ארץ, Eretz ("Earth"), according to some. Sometimes it denotes the element, as opposed to and distinguished from water, air, and fire; sometimes it denotes a certain definite region or tract of land. With us, "Earth" here means nothing else than that inner part of the World, or that vast and great globe which we tread, and which, joined together with water and with soil, God has set immovably in the middle of the Whole-All, in the Air, upon which the Whole-All should rest as upon its center-point, and which should furnish a dwelling-place, until its very end, to the animals, but especially to man. Of which Job says that it is stretched out over the empty place, and hangs upon nothing (Job 26:7), that is, suspended in the Air; and the Psalmist, that it is founded upon its foundations, that is, that it is immovably built and created — which took place on the third day of Creation, when the globe of the earth, which before had been covered with the deep or with the waters, was separated from them. So that the matter of which it consists is the dry and the wet, just as flesh and blood is for our body; the form or figure of the Earth is its well-ordered and well-fitted composition, whereby, just as the members of the body, so all the parts of the Earth work together to one and the same end — namely, (1) to the filling out and perfecting of the Whole-All, of which the globe of the earth, as we have said, is the foundation (Ps. 104:5); (2) to be a dwelling- and abiding-place for every kind of bodily substance, both living and lifeless, which all incline toward the earth, as toward a place that is natural to them, on and in which they may rest; (3) particularly for the animals, both those endowed with reason and those lacking it, moreover for food (Ps. 115:16; and 104:13, 15-16; Hos. 2:21-22).
XLV. Among the qualities and conditions of the Earth are the following: (1) As to its situation or position, it appears to occupy (as we have said) the middle of the Whole-All, surrounded on every side by the Heavens. (2) As to its size, it constitutes, at least compared with the Whole-All, no more than a mere point; although, considered by itself apart, undefined, it is of a very vast extent, whose circumference (perimeter) is commonly reckoned and estimated at five thousand four hundred German miles, and its diameter at one thousand seven hundred and eighteen miles. (See Timpler, Physica, Bk. III, ch. 4, prob. 6.) From which one may then gather and conjecture how vast a mass its whole body is. (3) As to its shape, it is beyond doubt round, according to the testimony of navigators — against which the mountains and valleys do not contend, since these, compared with the whole mass, will scarcely amount to what is, in a great globe, but a small crack. (4) As for its support (fustentaculum), which the Psalmist compares to and sets upon a foundation (basis), and which Job has already said before is nothing (Job 26:7): this has tormented very many, namely, in what way a mass of so great a weight could, as it were, fly in the air without any supports whatsoever (Job 26:7 and 38:4-6) — since not even a small stone, its support being removed, can remain an hour in the air. It is quite true that the system of this Whole-All, of which the Earth constitutes the foundation and support, absolutely requires this, since, if that foundation were moved, the upper parts would be mingled together with the lower; but from this it still does not appear how, and in what way, the Earth hangs immovably in the air. There are those who hold that this happens, contrary to the laws of nature, through a divine miracle. Others devise these reasons: (1) that a body which is heaviest naturally occupies the lowest place, just as lighter bodies strive upward — whence water exists above the earth, just as air exists above the water. Then (2) that the elements, in the place that is natural to them, do not weigh down, but rather rest. Further (3) that the earth, if it were moved, would be moved upward, heavenward, and would fall into heaven, and conversely the heaven earthward — which is against the nature of both. As for us, while we indeed leave to these and similar reasons their force, we nevertheless hold that they do not sufficiently meet the difficulty posed, unless one also calls in, besides, God's almighty support — wherefore God also says to Job, ch. 38:4-6: "Where wast thou when I laid the foundations of the earth?... Who hath laid the measures thereof?... or who hath stretched the line upon it? Whereupon are the foundations thereof fastened? or who laid the corner stone thereof?"
XLVI. The whole mass of the Earth (imitating, as it were, the human body, which consists of flesh and blood, Matt. 16:17) is composed of the dry, as its flesh, and of the wet, as its blood; along with this, of stones and mountains, as its bones and veins. (1) The dry is divided by geographers into four, as it were, essential parts, among which Asia is as the head, America as the foot, Africa as the left, and Europe as the right arm. The outer parts of the dry land are seen to be adorned (besides the works of art) with trees, plants, produce of the earth, and beasts — all of which serve for the use and benefit of man (Ps. 104:13-15). The inner parts consist of minerals of various kinds, which are here, as in their womb, cherished and brought forth by the influence of heaven, and particularly by the heat of the Sun — concerning which one may consult a description of the World and of the Earth. Again, (2) the wet part of this globe of earth consists of seas and rivers, which, in the manner of veins, cross both its outer and its inner parts, in order to moisten it and make it fruitful. Concerning the Seas, we must in particular consider and stand amazed (1) at their almost immeasurable breadth and extent, whereby and wherewith they cover and surround the earth round about like a garment (Ps. 104:6 and v. 25): "This sea, great and wide"; (2) at their height, whereby, though they are higher than the earth, they nevertheless do not overflow it, of which the Psalmist gives the reason there, v. 9: "Thou hast set a bound that they may not pass over; that they turn not again to cover the earth." See also Prov. 8:29. (3) At their motion, in ebb and flood, visible within the space of six hours; the cause of which various writers seek variously, in its correspondence with the motion of the Moon, which would be, as it were, the mother of moisture; yet they obtain scarcely anything that is certain. Compare the hydrographers.
XLVII. It is also beyond all doubt, if one gives credence to the constant testimony of Holy Scripture, that Hell was created, at least within the surface of our globe of earth, on the second day of Creation, as most hold, to be a prison and place of torment for the unclean spirits (1 Pet. 3:19-20; 2 Pet. 2:4), and at the same time also for the damned (Acts 1:25; Ps. 63:9), appointed by God. Although there are not wanting those who, without reason and against Holy Scripture, hold that our whole earth, after the last judgment, shall be a hell for the damned. Compare what we have noted above, §XXXII, concerning Hell.
The Polemical Part
XLVIII. The Topic concerning the Earth is not, in fact, so very subject to theological controversies. Nevertheless it is asked: (I) whether the Earth is turned about the Sun by a twofold motion, namely, a daily and a yearly one? Nicolaus Copernicus and his followers, as also René Descartes and his followers, hold this firmly, because they think that they can more easily explain the phenomena of this World by the help of this supposition. The Reformed deny this, together with the Tychonic astronomers, because divine revelation plainly denies it, and establishes that the Earth stands immovable (Ps. 93:1): "The world also is stablished, that it cannot be moved"; (Ps. 104:5): "Who laid the foundations of the earth, that it should not be removed for ever" (Ps. 96:10 and 119:90?; Eccl. 1:4), and in all those places in which it is repeatedly said that God has founded the Earth, which we have adduced at §XXXIII. Nor do our opponents, for their opinion, adduce anything whatsoever from Holy Scripture; indeed, not even anything from nature that soundly proves that the Earth is moved: they only insist that it seems more fitting and easier, for the explanation of the phenomena, that the Earth, being the smaller body, should be moved, rather than the Sun. Yet, although this seems easier to us, it does not on that account seem easier and more fitting to God. Indeed, from this a greater glory and renown seems to accrue to God, that He causes the Sun, being so great a body, to revolve, through so small an interval, in so short a time. Moreover, it still hangs before the Judge, and it is not yet decided, whether the phenomena are more fitly and more easily explained and resolved by the motion of the Earth or by the motion of the Sun. At any rate, in theology, that method of proceeding is the most dangerous of all, whereby one sets against the constant testimony of Holy Scripture nothing but one's own assertions, indeed philosophical conjectures.
XLIX. It is asked: (II) whether the Earth is a Planet, just as the Moon is? The Cartesians, since they have ascribed motion to the Earth, and consequently also assigned to it a round orbit in which it should be moved around the Sun, and finally, that it, having received light from the Sun, would likewise reflect it back as the Moon does — hold that the Earth may be called a Planet, as is the Moon. The Reformed deny this: (1) because Holy Scripture constantly sets the Earth over against Heaven, and distinguishes it therefrom; (2) because the Earth, if it were a heavenly body, would have had to be brought forth, along with the other Stars, only on the fourth day of Creation. Not to add (3) that Hell itself, which, even according to the testimony of our opponents, is within the Earth, would, according to this supposition, be in Heaven — a thing which in fact is nothing other than to confuse and mingle Heaven with Earth, indeed even with Hell itself. (Cf. Gangraena Cartesiana, Sect. II, §7-8.) The foundation of the contrary opinion lies in the motion of the Earth around the Sun, which we have overthrown and refuted in the preceding controversy.
The Practical Part
L. As for the Practice: since the words "World" and "Earth" very often agree in meaning in Holy Scripture, there return here again, with such changes as are needed, all those Uses which we have already set forth beforehand in the Topic of the World, §XIX etc. Only, that first, God's Glory and Majesty receives new proofs from the Creation and founding of the Earth (Ps. 104), where the Psalmist is wholly occupied in and with the glorifying of God as Creator and Ruler, v. 5, and takes an outstanding proof from the Creation and founding of the Earth. Similarly Isa. 40:18-19. In particular, (1) His Power, which has hung so great a mass upon nothing (Job 26:7), and holds and supports it, as it were, with His fist (Isa. 40:12); who has set bounds for the untamable Sea (Ps. 104:9; Prov. 8:29). (2) His Wisdom, whereby He has assigned the Earth, for this structure of the World, as a support and foundation, and has adorned it with so great a variety of trees, fruits, herbs, animals, and metals (Ps. 104:14). (3) His Goodness, whereby He has given the whole Earth, furnished with so great a variety of goods that it is said to be full of God's Goodness (Ps. 33:5), to men, to possess, enjoy, and tread upon (Ps. 115:16, compared with Ps. 104:13-16). (4) His steadfastness and unchangeableness, whereby He has caused a body of so great a mass, and consisting of so many contrary parts, to be immovable in the air (Ps. 96:10). This Majesty of God the Earth presents to us for this purpose: (1) that we should marvel at it, and stand amazed in our hearts. To this end God asks Job: "Where wast thou when I laid the foundations of the earth? declare, if thou hast understanding. Who hath laid the measures thereof, if thou knowest? or who hath stretched the line upon it? Whereupon are the foundations thereof fastened? or who laid the corner stone thereof?" (Job 38:4-6; Ps. 104:24). Then (2) that we should proclaim and praise it with our mouths, like the Psalmist: "Bless the LORD, O my soul. O LORD my God, thou art very great; thou art clothed with honour and majesty... who laid the foundations of the earth, that it should not be removed for ever," etc. (Ps. 104:1, 5). Finally (3) that we exalt and extol Him with our works and deeds, by reverencing so great a Creator of the whole Earth and of the Seas: "He gathereth the waters of the sea together as an heap. Let all the earth fear the LORD: let all the inhabitants of the world stand in awe of Him" (Ps. 33:7-8) — namely, just as the waters are said to have fled at His rebuke (Ps. 104:5-7).
LI. In particular and chiefly, second, there appears from Creation God's most far-reaching sovereignty and dominion, whereby He is not only extolled as being the God of the earth, indeed of the whole earth (Isa. 54:5; Rev. 11:4; Ezra 5:11), but the earth is also said to be His (Ps. 24:1; 50:12; 95:5; Exod. 9:29 and 19:5). Moreover, that we should (1) reverence Him, not as a petty king, but as the God and Lord of the whole earth (Ps. 33:8); (2) that we should carry out His commands and ordinances, as His servants, ready and prepared (Exod. 19:5-6): "Now therefore, if ye will obey my voice indeed, and keep my covenant, then ye shall be a peculiar treasure unto me above all people: for all the earth is mine" (Deut. 10:13-14); (3) that we not misuse the earthly things which have been entrusted to us for our use, that we not squander them, not consume them wastefully (Luke 16:1). Meanwhile, also, that we use and enjoy them without scruple (1 Cor. 10:25-26), yet so that, in using them, we give no offense to the conscience of others, there v. 28.
LII. Third, the earth can (1) admonish us of our mortality, as those who, just as we were made from the earth (Job 10:9), shall likewise also return to the earth (Gen. 3:19; Eccl. 12:7), so that the earth, at least now after the fall, serves to consume our bodies, and at the same time to devour them, whence the grave is in many places called σαρκοφάγοι, "flesh-eaters." And hence (2) the consideration of the earth further forms us to modesty and humility, because God not only forms us out of the earth, which is the meanest of matter, so that we are children of the earth, but has also placed us upon the earth, as the lowest chamber of this Whole-All, as in a dwelling-place, so that we inhabit huts of clay (Job 4:19; Ps. 115:16), which He Himself has even made the footstool of His feet (Isa. 66:1). (3) That we should therefore also despise and disdain the earth of this world, as being the lowest place of this World, and the most ignoble element, and that we hold and regard it, in comparison with Heaven, and likewise with God, as a footstool for our feet (Col. 3:2), which we tread with our feet — wherefore the etymologists also derive the word ארץ, Eretz, "earth," from רצץ, Ratzatz, "to wear away," "to shake," "to move," just as also the Latin word Terra ("earth"), a terendo, from wearing away, trampling, treading.
LIII. Above all things, fourth, let us carefully guard against becoming earthly-minded, minding earthly things (Phil. 3:19), even though we have proceeded, as to the body, out of the earth, and the earth is given to us rather as an inn than as a dwelling-place of the Creator (Heb. 13:14 and 11:9). This happens (1) when we spend the earth and earthly things, which have been given us by the Creator for the body, as a dwelling-place and as food for the soul, setting our heart upon them (Ps. 62:10), and thus cling to the earth as it were (Ps. 44:25). (2) When we choose the earth and earthly things as our only portion (Ps. 17:14), instead of choosing God (Ps. 16:5 and 73:25), or at least as our best portion, instead of first seeking the Kingdom of Heaven, the Kingdom of God and His righteousness, and holding and regarding earthly things as things thrown in besides (Matt. 6:33) — whereby we make our belly, as it were, our god (Phil. 3:19), and esteem gold more highly than God; or at least set the earth and earthly things beside God, and thus alongside God, as a certain second god, as the Philistines their Dagon (1 Sam. 5:2) — that is, pursue them with an affection equal to that with which we pursue God, and do not subordinate everything to God's honor, will, and kingdom. When we (3) spend our chief efforts and cares upon the earth and earthly things (John 6:26-27). And also (4) take our chief sorrow and grief from the loss of the earth and of earthly things (2 Cor. 7:10), altogether otherwise than spiritual men do (Heb. 10:34; Ps. 73:25). For these following reasons: (1) those who have been set by God as lords over the earth (Gen. 1:26) thereby make themselves slaves of the earth; and thus bring upon themselves (2) Satan's own curse: "Upon thy belly shalt thou go, and dust shalt thou eat all the days of thy life" (Gen. 3:14). Indeed (3) since they turn away from God, they shall be put to shame, and God shall write their names in the earth, since they have forsaken the fountain of living waters, namely Jehovah (Jer. 2:13 and 17:13) — that is, not in Heaven, which belongs to the heaven-dwellers (Luke 10:20). They are also (4) enemies of God (1 John 2:15; Jas. 4:4), enemies of Christ and of Christ's cross (Phil. 3:18). Moreover, they are thus (5) idolaters, who serve Mammon (Matt. 6:24), indeed the most shameful of idolaters, who make themselves, indeed their own belly, into a god (Phil. 3:19). Finally, (6) they bring upon themselves, if they do not repent in time, the most certain ruin (Phil. 3:19).
Fourth Topic. Of the Things Contained in Heaven and on Earth, According to the Six-Day Creation
The Doctrinal Part
LIV. And God has created not only the World, Heaven, and Earth, but also everything that is contained and comprised beneath these — and this within the space of six days. Thus He created, on the first day, Heaven and Earth, so that the Earth was, up to that point, tohu va-vohu, "without form and void," ἄμορφος, "shapeless," a raw and unordered matter, which the fanciful poets have dreamed to have been a Chaos, that is, as it were a confused mass, upon which God, in the following days of Creation, imposed particular shapes by His creating. This matter was ἄμορφος, shapeless, because it did not yet actually possess those substantial and essential forms and shapes which it afterward received (as may be seen in every instance of generation and change), nor did it possess them even in power and capacity — but was purely and simply obedient, whereby it was able to receive the shapes. So that God had to bring forth those shapes, on the following days, out of nothing. And this bringing-forth seems to be indicated by Moses through the Spirit of God (whether the Spirit that is God, or the Spirit of the Trinity), who is said to have hovered, merachefet, upon the face of the waters, in whose depth, as in an abyss (Gen. 1:2), the Earth had lain hidden and concealed — just as happens in the brooding of a hen — namely, in order that, just as a hen hatches her chicks out of the eggs, so He might likewise bring forth all things, of every kind.
The power of this Word, and the working corresponding to it, may be gathered from Deut. 32:11, where it is said that, as an eagle stirreth up her nest and fluttereth over her young — the very same word — so the LORD led His people; from which one may infer what sort of efficacious hovering this too must have been. There are those who understand by it the wind — which cannot be, since the wind was not yet created, and moreover the wind does not brood, but rather scatters — or fire, or a certain world-soul, or an angel: none of which can properly apply here. Nor can it be that by "the Spirit of God" one should understand merely a general active power and efficacious working of God Himself — which the Socinians, to serve their own principles, would have it be; since this hovering plainly distinguishes the Spirit's own proper efficacious power from any such thing.
LV. Upon this, the Light was next created, Gen. 1:3: "And God said, Let there be light: and there was light." By this Light some understand the Angels, because they are called angels of light (2 Cor. 11:14). But wrongly so, because the Angels are nowhere, in the proper sense, called "a light"; and they are called angels of light only in distinction from, and contrast to, the angels of darkness (Col. 1:13) — a distinction which as yet, at that point, had no place. There are those who understand by it the element of fire — yet without reason, indeed against all reason. Some among the Papists would have it that this was an accident without a subject — to the advantage of their doctrine of Transubstantiation — a position which Bellarmine and Cornelius à Lapide advance, though even they do not dare to defend it, both because it is contrary to reason (it being as much as to say that an accident is a substance, since that which exists in nothing other than its subject exists through and of itself, and is therefore a substance), and because it runs contrary to the common opinion of almost all the Fathers, Greek and Latin alike, and of nearly all theologians. It is enough to say that the light was a true substance, whereby, having distinguished light from darkness, it came about that, when the light departed, it was evening, and when it returned, morning — and that these were never confounded (Gen. 1:5; compare Job 38:19-20 and 8:22? Jer. 33:25). Then God Himself called the light Day, and the darkness Night. Furthermore, the commentators ascribe to this day, at least in part, on rather feeble grounds, also the creation of the Angels — a matter which we shall defer to the following chapter.
LVI. The work of the second day is (1) the establishing of the Firmament, and its use to separate the waters from the surface of the Earth, and to make a division between the upper and the lower waters (Gen. 1:6): "And God said, Let there be a firmament in the midst of the waters, and let it divide the waters from the waters." Namely, that, through the intervention and means of the warmth from above, a certain portion of the water should be separated into vapors, and thus raised up into the middle region of the air, and there, the warmth gradually departing and failing, and the vapors thereby condensing together, should be changed into clouds, which would constitute the upper waters, distinguished and set apart from the lower waters of the earth's surface (Ps. 104:3; Jer. 10:13; Job 26:8). So that one must not here posit waters above the whole of the Air, and still less above the starry Heaven, as it pleases certain Ubiquitists to hold, in order that the passage through Heaven for Christ's body might thereby be made the more difficult. (2) By this same day also seem to have been created, in their causes, the meteors — rain, hail, mist, and others — indeed also, through accompanying earthly sulfurous exhalations and other winds, thunder and lightning (Ps. 147:8, 16-18; Jer. 10:13). Among these is, in particular, the Rainbow, which is appointed as a seal of the Covenant (Gen. 9:9-17).
LVII. There are those (such as Aben Ezra, Vatablus, Mercerus, Piscator, and Vossius) who assign the founding of the earth to the second day, through the separation of the lower waters from the dry land, holding that this was only related more fully in connection with the work of the third day (Gen. 1:9-10) — namely, so that this second day should not be deprived of its customary particular blessing and approval; and they accordingly render vayomer, "and God said," by the pluperfect tense: "and God had said." See Vossius, De Idololatria, Bk. II, ch. 67. Yet, since this pluperfect rendering of the word vayomer ("and God said") is unusual in the History of Creation, and since a fitting reason can be given for the absence of a blessing on this day — namely, that the work of this day was only begun, but was first completed on the third day, as Maresius says — I see, thus far, no reasons which would compel us to depart from the customary and received opinion of the ancient Fathers and theologians. To the third day, therefore, belongs: (1) that founding of the earth of which we have spoken, whereby it, having been separated from the waters, now stood forth above them; (2) by this same act also the establishing of the seas and rivers — namely, through the gathering of the waters separated from the dry land into their particular basins, prepared by God for this use (Ps. 104:5-9), where the covering waters are said, at the voice of the thunder — that is, by the word and voice of the divine command, or else by thunder and earthquakes — to have fled from the dry land, and to have betaken themselves into their hollows (Job 38:8). Hence the earth is said to be founded upon the seas, and established upon the rivers (Ps. 24:2). By and on account of this separation, the islands and peninsulas were also born at the same time; (3) the adorning of the earth thus separated from the waters, which took place not only outwardly, through trees, herbs, indeed fruits — at least in the region of Paradise, which appears to have been created expressly on this day — together with a power of nourishing, healing, and propagating; but also inwardly, through minerals and metals of various kinds. Not to speak of subterranean fires and winds, from which earthquakes and devastations arise, as well as of the springs and rivers, and likewise the hot and salty waters, which are born from them.
LVIII. On the fourth day the Lights were hung in the starry Heaven (Gen. 1:14): two greater ones, the Sun and the Moon, so named not from (discus) a round disc-shaped body, which is far surpassed by all manner of other heavenly bodies, but from the light which they spread from themselves, and from the effective power which they exert upon our globe of earth; then also, at least to our sight, the lesser Stars — both the Wandering Stars, called Planets, and the Fixed Stars, which differ greatly in size, position, and brightness, and are countless in number (Gen. 15:5; Isa. 40:26; Jer. 33:22) — whose constant and manifest motion is accomplished, not by intelligences, nor by assisting beings, nor by informing beings, as the philosophers idly speculate, but by and through the particular character of their own nature, impressed upon them by God through Creation, under God's supreme governance (Ps. 19:5-6).
LIX. The use and benefit of all these is: (1) to give light (Gen. 1:15): "to give light upon the earth." (2) To be for signs — both (1) natural signs, of the eclipses of the Sun and Moon, of the tides, and of various changes; and (2) civil signs, which, depending on natural causes, indicate the fit times and occasions for plowing, sowing, sailing, etc.; and also (3) spiritual signs, whether of God's favor (Gen. 8:22; Ps. 65:9; Hos. 2:21-22; 2 Kings 20:11), or of His wrath (Matt. 24:29 and 27:45; Lev. 26:19; Judg. 5:20) — although it is by no means within their power to determine or predict contingent and voluntary outcomes; except that signs which are shown in heaven outside the ordinary course seem to announce extraordinary calamities, according to Joel 2:30-31 and Acts 2:19-20, compared with the experience of history. Meanwhile, to predict definitely this or that calamity from them is vain and futile, and is forbidden (Deut. 18:10). Further, (4) to distinguish, by their light and by their motion, the changes of times, of days and nights, and of the seasons, summer and winter — a task which falls chiefly to the Sun and the Moon (Gen. 1:14, 16; Job 26:10; Gen. 8:22; Jer. 31:35).
LX. After this, the beasts began to be created, to which a soul belongs (Gen. 1:20-21, 24; Lev. 17:14) — not only a growing soul (anima vegetativa), whereby they are propagated, nourished, and grow, but also a sensing or sensitive soul (sensitiva), whereby they have perception. And on the fifth day were created the water-animals (Gen. 1:20), among which the Whales excel, and all manner of fish of monstrous size. Under this head must also be counted and reckoned the amphibious creatures; likewise other creatures living in the water, shellfish, purple-fish, etc., and the creatures of the air, or birds.
LXI. Finally, on the sixth day the land-animals were brought forth (Gen. 1:24-25) — namely: (1) Behemoth, all manner of larger beasts, and domestic and tame animals; (2) Remes, creeping creatures, under which name are also included the footless and the many-footed creatures; (3) Chaytho, wild and forest beasts of every kind — all of which God created, each according to its own kind (true, lawful, and genuine, not the degenerate kinds arising from a mingling of species), on this day. For the hybrid species were not created on this day in themselves, but in their causes — whence one may perhaps learn that such minglings, being as it were adulteries among the unreasoning creatures, were forbidden to the Israelites (Lev. 19:19). As for those animals which arise from putrefaction, they were either created only in their causes, or in their first immediate species, in such a way that, after the first Creation, they were to be propagated in both ways — partly by natural generation, and partly out of putrefaction. As for the things inquired concerning uncertain and fabled creatures — fire-devouring beasts, the Salamander, the winged Horse, winged and fire-breathing Dragons — these can scarcely be determined from Holy Scripture, since most Hebrew names, whether of animals, or of herbs and trees, are, if not wholly unknown, at least uncertain to us Westerners — something which must in particular be thought concerning the unicorns (reem). Finally, God brought the work of the six days to an end with the Creation of man, who would not only constitute a compendium and a little world of all the creatures, both spiritual and bodily, but would also be its end — whose Creation we shall treat in a separate chapter, God willing. This whole Work of Creation, as we have already noted before, God chose to accomplish within six days, though He could have done it in one, indeed in a single moment — so that He might thereby admonish us that we ought to spend six days in the contemplation of the divine Works; and also, that He might lay the foundation for the rest and sanctification of the seventh day (Gen. 2:2-3, compared with Exod. 20:9-11).
The Polemical Part
LXII. The questions and controversies concerning this Doctrine (besides those which have already been raised concerning the World, the Heavens, and the Earth, and which shall be treated in their place concerning Men and Angels) are, for the most part, more philosophical than theological. We shall briefly touch upon the most weighty of them. First, then, whether the first-created Light was an accident without a subject? Some among the Papists would gladly maintain this, to the advantage of their doctrine of Transubstantiation, and to this end Bellarmine adduces this position (De Eucharistia, Bk. III, ch. 24), as does Cornelius à Lapide (on Gen. 1); and they also ascribe it both to Basil (Hom. II and VI, Hexaemeron) and to Nazianzen (Orat. L.) — yet nevertheless they do not dare to take up its defense: not so much because that position runs contrary to reason, and amounts to saying that an accident is a substance (for that which exists in nothing other than its own subject exists through and of itself, and is consequently a substance), as because it runs contrary to the common opinion of almost all the ancient Fathers, both Greek and Latin, and indeed of nearly all theologians, as Pererius says, commenting on Gen. 1. Indeed, à Lapide himself adduces this opinion only in order to refute it.
LXIII. It is asked, second, whether above the general Firmament, indeed above the starry Heaven, there is a certain immeasurable body of waters? Some of the ancient Fathers hold this, whom Cornelius à Lapide follows, as also the Lutherans, because on this view the local ascension of Christ into heaven is made the more measurable. This opinion is denied: (1) because it is absurd to place a thicker and heavier element above the air — which is itself finer and thinner even in its third region — and above the starry Heaven, which is of the finest and thinnest matter of all; (2) because no natural use can be assigned to this water; and particularly (3) because the letter of Moses does not require this — for indeed, he does not say that the whole firmament was interposed between the upper and lower waters, but simply that a certain Firmament, such as the Air is in its first region, distinguishes the lower waters — the seas and the rivers — from the upper waters, namely, the vapors and clouds gathered together in the second region. For indeed nothing is more common in Holy Scripture than that by "the upper waters" the clouds are meant (Ps. 104:3; Job 26:8; Ps. 148:4; Jer. 10:13). This being well noted, nothing remains which our opponents could bring forward for their contrary opinion.
LXIV. It is asked, third, why and by what design the work of the second day lacks God's customary approval and blessing? Some deny that this second day lacked any blessing at all, but hold that the blessing of that day, from the tenth verse, must be transferred here, since otherwise the third day would have received a double approval and blessing — ascribing to the second day the founding of the earth and the gathering of the Seas and Rivers. Lombard holds that this happened because the number two is an evil and disreputable omen — to which Jerome also inclines, out of his aversion to marriage. Others seek the reason in this, that hell was created on this day, or that the Angels fell on this day — something which the Cabbalists invent. Luther holds that we ought not to inquire into the reasons for this design, since they have not been disclosed to us by God. Others hold that the work of this day was only begun, to be completed on the third day — against which I see nothing that stands in the way or contradicts it. One may add that the general blessing in v. 31 is to be applied to this day as well.
LXV. It is asked, fourth, whether the Sun stands immovably fixed in the heaven? The constant tenor of Scripture denies this, since it ascribes motion not only to the Sun (Eccl. 1:4-7; Ps. 19:5-7; Matt. 5:45; 2 Kings 20:9, 11, compared with Isa. 38:8), but also ascribes immovability to the earth, denying it motion (Ps. 93:1 and 104:5). Against which one could only, by a most perverse interpretation, set up Philosophy alone. Nicolaus Copernicus, Descartes, and others maintain this, moved by no scriptural passages — which they themselves acknowledge — but partly because motion, and indeed so swift a motion of so great a body, exceeds human comprehension, and partly because the heavenly phenomena can more easily be explained from the Sun's rest. But these are far too slight and trivial matters to be set against the unanimous testimony of Scripture, since God can also do what exceeds all human comprehension (Eph. 3:20), and since, through the swiftness of this motion, the honor and glory of the first mover is made all the greater and more illustrious. And indeed the heavenly phenomena have, on the basis of and according to this motion, been easily and fittingly enough expounded, unraveled, and explained by Ptolemy, Tycho Brahe, and other most eminent astronomers. Cf. Gangraena Cartesiana, Sect. 2, ch. XXI, §8-12.
LXVI. It is asked, fifth, whether the disposition and position of the Stars foretell future contingent things — good or ill fortune, the fates of men, kings, and princes? This is denied (1) by Holy Scripture, when it ascribes the foretelling and certain and sure prediction of future things to God alone, as His own prerogative (Eccl. 8:7; Jas. 4:13-16), and when it also forbids and bans every kind of prediction from the Stars (Deut. 18:10, 14; Isa. 8:19 and 19:3 and 47:13; Jer. 10:2 and 27:9-10). This is also denied (2) by reason, since the Stars, on account of their immeasurable distance from us, scarcely exercise any influence upon us — and if they exercise any at all, it is a very general one; at any rate, they do not act upon the souls of men. Nor can those things which depend on the will, zeal, inclination, and pursuits of a person be foretold from his natal star or point of birth — much less those things which touch the fates of a whole City, Nation, or Kingdom. And since the secretive interpreters of this astrology attempt to derive from the Stars not only good things but also evil, would they not then have to acknowledge even God Himself, who is the Author of Nature and of the Stars, as the cause of sin? Not to add that before sin there would have been neither sins nor punishments, though the position of the Stars would nonetheless have been, in every respect, the very same. Finally, this is denied (3) by Experience, since not all who are born under one and the same position of the Stars undergo one and the same fate; just as neither do those who are born at the very same moment as some king's son thereby attain to royal rank; indeed, since even twins, born at one and the same time, undergo different fates, and pursue mutually contrary occupations and inclinations. Yet the astrological fortune-tellers of nativities maintain this firmly — partly because the Stars are said to have been given to be for signs, though only of times, years, and days, but not of future contingent things, since God plainly and expressly rejects that use of signs; and partly because experience is said to agree with their predictions, which, though it might happen by chance, or through the Devil's craft, or through some hidden judgment of God, nevertheless occurs by no sure and fixed rules of art or of nature, nor even constantly.
The Practical Part
LXVII. The things which could be said, in a practical way, concerning the particular kinds of Creatures are without number; and what needed to be said concerning the world, heaven, and earth we have already said; and what remains to be said concerning the rational creatures we shall say in its place, and these can, with such changes and such additions as are needed, easily be applied here as well — so that nothing seems to remain here but that reflection which flows both from the duration of Creation and from the order of creating. Therefore, first: that God, though He could have accomplished this Whole-All in a single moment, nevertheless spent six days upon it, so that we might have a more distinct occasion to reflect upon His works and workings — this, I say, urges and calls upon us to occupy ourselves, as far as may be, during the six days of the week, with the contemplation of God's works: namely, to acknowledge the more distinctly, with our soul, the Creator's wisdom, power, goodness, and other attributes, from the variety, goodness, and steadfastness of the creatures; to praise them the more readily and eagerly with our mouth; and to glorify the Creator yet further with our works. And also, since God chose to be occupied for six days with working upon the world, that we too, after His example, should apply ourselves for six days to the business of this world with all diligence and prudence, most carefully avoiding all idleness and negligence. And since God, during those His six days, was occupied in working at nothing but things which are good, and useful to men, that we too should not spend the works of our six days on evil works, harmful and injurious either to God or to men; nor indeed on idle and trifling things, which contribute nothing to God's honor, or to men's use and benefit. Finally, since God worked for no more than six days, and rested on the seventh day, that we too, during the six days of the week, should so dispatch the business of this World that we may rest on the seventh day, and be able to devote it to the works of God's Honor and Glory, and to the salvation of our souls (Gen. 2:2-3, compared with Exod. 20:9-11).
LXVIII. Second, in the order of working which God observed during the six days, there shines forth: (1) God's Wisdom — in that the simple elements were created before the elemental, or compound and composite, things; in that, among the simple things, the more perfect were created first, being nearer to the nature of God; in that those things were created first which have only being; then those things which, besides being, also have life; and after that, those things which, besides being and life and sensation, also have reason; in that, among the simple things, the progress has been from the more perfect to the less perfect, but among the composite things, from the less perfect to the more perfect — from the plants to man. (2) God's Power shines forth particularly in this, that He created the plants, herbs, and trees before the Sun and the Stars, which usually possess the power of causes in their production. (3) His Goodness shone forth in this, that He created the dwelling-places before the animals, and likewise those things which would serve for man's use and benefit before man himself. These are the words of Ames, Medulla, Bk. I, ch. VIII, §57-59.
End of the First Volume.
Index of Principal Matters
An English rendering of the topical index appended to the 1749 Rotterdam/Utrecht Dutch translation of Petrus van Mastricht’s Theoretica-Practica Theologia. The original page numbers, keyed to the 1749 print pagination, have been omitted.
A
-
Academic Exercises (Akademische Oeffeningen)
- eleven rules concerning them
-
Adonai
- what this name of God means
-
Affections in God (Aandoeningen in Godt)
- what they are in general
- specific kinds: love, hatred, desire, aversion, joy, sorrow, wrath
-
The Air-Heaven (Luchthemel)
- what it is
-
The All-Sufficiency and Perfection of God (Algenoegzaamheit of Volmaaktheit Godts)
- proven from Scripture and by reason
- objections answered
- its nature explained
- arises from all his perfections and the Trinity of Persons
- uses of this doctrine: comforts us in all adversity; convinces us of the vanity of all things; shows God's majesty and glory; shows the vast extent of God's kingdom; rebukes those who neglect it in practice; stirs zeal for the practice of virtue; warns against earthly-mindedness
-
Angels (Engelen)
- how they are objects of predestination
- the predestination of angels and of men compared: wherein they agree and differ
-
Animals (Dieren)
- land, water, and air animals were created on the fifth day; earthly animals on the sixth day
-
Antitrinitarians (Antitrinitariſſen)
- their atheism noted
-
Apocryphal Books (Apokryfe Boeken)
- rejected; must not be counted among the canonical books
-
Atheism (Atheiſtery)
- what and how many kinds there are, a threefold kind noted
- six arguments against atheism
- preventive remedies against it
- its causes, general and four particular ones
-
Attributes of God (Eigenſchappen Godts)
- make known to us God's essence
- how and in what way "attributa" — that is, ascriptions/appropriations — apply to God
- all the attributes signify in God one and most simple act
- ten inferences concerning the divine attributes
- divisions of the divine attributes
- whether the attributes are distinct from God's essence
- whether only a few attributes need necessarily be known
- whether the division into incommunicable and communicable attributes may be allowed
- uses: for the knowledge, glorifying, and reverencing of God; for confirming other articles of faith; for strengthening our faith and trust; for prayer; for other virtues; for the blessedness found in fellowship with God — see further under each attribute's own name
-
Authority — the Divine Authority of Scripture (Gezach)
- demonstrated with seven reasons
- whether it depends on the Church — denied, against the Papists, with objections answered
- whether other, non-original editions carry authority of their own
- the authority of Scripture must be impressed upon its hearers
B
-
Becoming Children of God (Kinderen Godts te worden)
- what this implies
-
The Beginning (Beginne)
- how and in what way it is spoken of
-
Believing (Geloven)
- the various meanings of this word
-
Blamelessness in Man (Onberispelykheit)
- what it means as said of man
-
Blaspheming the Holy Spirit (Laſteren)
- what it means, and why it must be avoided
-
The Blessedness of God (Gelukzaligheit Godts)
- that God is blessed, and the fountain of all blessedness, is proven from Scripture and with reasons
- what blessedness is
- what God's blessedness is
- uses: gives us matter to glorify God; marks the folly of those who seek their blessedness outside of God; rebukes the folly of those who trouble themselves over their happiness by their false suppositions; invites us to seek blessedness in God, with motives and helps; comforts in all kinds of adversity, with the conditions of that comfort
-
The Blessing of the Second Day (Zegen [Tweede Dach der Scheppinge])
- why it lacks a solemn blessing
-
Boasting in and Glorifying God's Majesty and Glory (Roemen en Verheerlyken van Godts Majeſteit en Heerlykheit)
- by whom, and by what means, it is done
- happens chiefly in the exercises of religion
-
The Body — Whether God Is a Body (Ligbaam)
- whether God is a body, consisting of human members — the orthodox view denies this, and defends it against objections
- whether a subtle/fine body belongs to God — denied
-
The Book of Life (Boek des Levens)
- how many kinds there are; and its several names accordingly
C
-
The Canon of Scripture (Kanon der H. Schrift)
- whether now that the canon is sealed, the Holy Spirit still teaches in the same way and degree as formerly to the patriarchs — denied, and defended against objections
-
Cases of Conscience (Gewetensgevallen)
- [noted]
-
The Cause of Sin (Oorzaak van de Zonde)
- see Sin
-
Christ is God (Christus is Godt)
- from eternity, and of himself, which is demonstrated and defended
- not the cause of predestination [as contrasted with reprobation/hell]
- see also Son of God, Trinity
-
The Citizenship of Believers (Burgerrecht of Burgerſchap der Gelovigen)
- is in heaven
- titles and grounds of this right
- marks of those who hold it
-
Coming to God (Komen tot Godt)
- what this means
-
The Commandments of Christ (Geboden van Chriſtus)
- saving faith does not consist in keeping them
-
Communicable and Incommunicable Attributes (Mededeelbare en Onmededeelbare Eigenſchappen)
- whether this division may be allowed
-
Constancy in God (Beſtandelykheit in Godt)
- what it is
-
The Contingency of Things (Gebeurlykheit der dingen)
- is not excluded by predestination
-
Covenant Fellowship with God (Verbondgenootſchap met Godt)
- [noted]
-
Creation in General (Schepping in 't gemeen)
- the time of creating, in the beginning, and what that means
- the act of creation, with the force of the original words explained
- the Creator, Elohim: the force of that name, and what is signified by it
- the thing created, namely Heaven and Earth, how to be understood: what "heaven" means here; what "earth" means, with the force of the original word Eretz, and with the pointer-letter ha-arets — that is, the very earth we now tread with our feet, yet so as to include the seas and all that is within and upon it
- all things were brought forth by God out of nothing, and were very good
- the creation of the world could not have been from eternity, as proven and urged against objections
- creation is expressed in Scripture in various ways
- what creation is
- the act of creation is an almighty command
- the time and matter out of which the world was created have not existed from eternity, proven from Scripture and with reasons
- the practice concerning creation invites us: to know God — that he is, what he is like, who he is, and who he is for us in particular; to glorify God
- the power to create cannot belong to a creature, demonstrated against various parties
- a creature cannot be an instrument of creation, urged against various parties
- God alone is the author of creation
- besides God there can be no other cause of creation
- to honor and serve God, with motives, and in what manner
- a creature cannot be an instrumental cause of creation
- to fear God, and thereby guard against certain particular sins, which are noted
- the author of creation is the whole Trinity
- creation happened without a laborious undertaking, without succession of time, and without labor or weariness
- it began in time
- in what sense creation could have happened earlier or sooner — see World
- the creation of the six days in particular
- in what season of the year creation began
- God made everything very good
- that there truly was a creation is demonstrated
D
-
Deceit (Bedriegen)
- God cannot deceive
-
The Decree of God (Besluit)
- is a determined and settled purpose
- concerns the determining of future events
- is eternal, wholly free, all-wise, unlimited, unchangeable, universally efficacious
- in what sense one, either effecting or permitting
- is misused by those who hold that all men, even devils, will eventually be saved
- conditional decrees of God defended against an objection
- objections resolved
- there is no decree accommodated to circumstances (the Remonstrants say yes, the Reformed say no, and defend their view)
- there is no prior general decree
- there is no changeable decree
- uses of this doctrine: exalts the majesty of God's rule and government; concerns election, though the decree is not the foundation of election, as proven and defended against objections; requires that we wisely apply the divine decree to our use; teaches us to conduct ourselves after God's example, especially in his service, with wise conduct; warns us against sins contrary to the divine decree
-
The Degrees of Faith (Trappen des Geloofs)
- see Faith
-
The Deity of the Son Proven (Godheit des Zoons bewezen)
- see also Christ, Son of God, Trinity
-
The Delights at God's Right Hand [Ps. 16:11] (Lieffelykheden in Godts rechte[rhandt])
- what is meant by it
-
Denying the Only God and Lord (Verlochenen den Enigen Godt en Heer)
- namely, the Father, and our Lord Jesus Christ — what this means
-
The Depth of the Riches of God's Wisdom and Knowledge (Diepte des Rykdoms)
- [Rom. 11:33 theme]
-
Desire in God (Verlangen Godts)
- what it is
-
The Divine Authority of the New Testament (Goddelyk gezach van 't Nieuwe Teſtament)
- [established]
-
Doctrine (Lere)
- why theology is so called
-
Doctrine and Admonition (Lere en Vermane)
- how this is done
-
Doubt Concerning God's Existence (Twyfeling aan Godts Aanwezen)
- is in every respect unlawful
E
-
The Earth (Aarde)
- what it meant at the beginning of creation, and what is implied
- was created by God
- its creation and purpose
- hangs immovably in the air
- its essential parts: the dry, the moist, the hollow
- whether it revolves daily and yearly around the sun
- the earth is not a planet
-
The Earth Is Not a Planet (Planeet)
- [see also The Earth]
-
Earthly-mindedness (Aardschgezintheit)
- what it is, and why one must guard against it
-
Ehyeh (Name of God) (Ehejeh)
- what this name of God means
-
El (name of God)
- what this name of God means
-
El Shaddai (name of God) (Elſchaddai)
- what it means
-
Election (Verkiezing)
- its supreme end is to make known the riches of God's glory, with the means to obtain it
- that there is an election is proven
- the object of election, its nature
- the object of election is the whole mystical Christ — that is, Christ together with all his own
- how and in what way Christ enters into election
- its parts or acts are two: election in the narrower sense, and the act of electing itself, comprising: the act of electing; the object of election; its foundation, in what does it consist, and what this manner of speaking signifies; the nearest end of election
- the chief cause of election is the whole Trinity; its moving cause is God's grace alone
- election is not soundly derived from foreseen faith
- election does not depend on things foreseen
- its end and aim is the praise and glory of God's grace
- election is eternal, absolute, unchangeable, and certain
- whether there are several kinds of election — a plurality is claimed by our adversaries and refuted
- whether there is a certain general election — a difference of opinion; the Reformed absolutely deny a general election, and prove it with ten reasons, refuting the objections
- election unto glory is likewise absolute and independent, as is election unto grace
- the number of the elect is unchangeable, proven and defended against objections
- uses: discovers to us the glory of God's power, mercy, and wisdom; every elect person can obtain assurance of his election, with motives and two kinds of marks; it spurs us to gratitude, with motives and manner; it stirs us to the practice of holiness, with motives and manner; it gives us matter for comfort, joy, and trust; there is in election an example for us to imitate, in regarding others charitably as God's elect; pitfalls to be avoided in the matter of election
- Christ is not the foundation of election, proven and defended against objections
-
Election Not from Foreseen Faith (Verkiezing niet uit een voorgezien Gelove)
- it is not soundly concluded that election proceeds from foreseen faith
-
Elohim (name of God)
- whether it is a name denoting only an office, and not the divine essence itself; this name implies a plurality [of Persons]
-
Embittering the Holy Spirit (Verbitteren van den H. Geeſt)
- what it is, and why it must be avoided
-
The Ends of the World (Eindpalen der Wereldt)
- what they are
-
The Envoy/Messenger of the Father (Gezante des Vaders)
- is the Son
-
Epicurus
- wherein he sought happiness
-
The Essence of Faith (Wezen des Geloofs)
- see Faith
-
The Essence of God (Wezen Godts)
- is invisible
- is made known to us through his works and attributes
- is incomprehensible
- we can have no positive, full comprehension of it
- we have no idea that fully represents him
- its eternity, infinity, and freedom of will
- its unchangeableness and efficacy
- serves: for comfort; for rebuke; for admonition
-
The Eternal Generation of the Son (De Vader heeft van Eeuwigheit den Zoon Gegeneereert)
- proofs of this
-
Eternity of God (Eeuwigheit Godts)
- proven with testimonies of Holy Scripture, of the ancient church teachers, and of the heathen, and confirmed with reasons
- God alone is eternal
- what the word eternity means, and what the thing itself is
- eternity is a property that belongs to God alone, truly
- excludes a fivefold composition
- five objections resolved
- besides God there was nothing, and nothing could have been, from eternity
- in God's eternity there is no succession of time
- whatever is, has been from eternity
- uses of this doctrine: it lays before us a foundation of all perfection in God and of imperfection in creatures; it points us to the mutability of all things; it stirs us up to glorify him; it teaches us to rest with a simple heart in God alone; it gives comfort against all evils; it draws us back from sin; it invites us to meditate on a blessed eternity, with the means to it; it counsels and obliges us to simplicity and uprightness in our conduct; it stirs up zeal to be content with our lot, however simple and small
-
The Excellence of Christian Theology (Voortreffelykheit van de Chriſtelyke Godgeleerdheit)
- [noted]
-
The Existence and Knowledge of God (Aanwezen en Kennisse Godts)
- proven and defended; see also God, and Knowledge of God
-
The Expanse/Firmament (Uitſpanſel)
- its arrangement
- no waters are to be placed above it
-
The Exposition and Explanation of Scripture (Uitleggen en Verklaren der Schrift)
- urged, with means for the learned and for everyone
-
The Extinguishing of the Holy Spirit (Uitbluſſchen des H. Geeſts)
- what it is, and why and how it must be avoided
F
-
The Face of God (Aangezichte Godts)
- what it means
-
Faith and Love (Gelove en Liefde)
- are two parts of theology
-
Faith, Saving (Gelove)
- is the first part of theology and of the spiritual life
- description of saving faith
- the origin/derivation of the word "faith"
- distinctions and divisions of faith
- saving faith does not consist in keeping the commandments of Christ
- saving faith is an act
- acts of faith in the understanding, the will, and the passions and affections
- it is a receiving of Christ, and what receiving Christ means
- various names for this receiving
- it does not consist in trust alone
- it is an act of the whole rational soul
- whether anything false can exist within true faith
- the object of saving faith, what it is not
- the examination of faith
- Christ the Mediator is its object according to his three offices
- see also Unbelief, under letter O (Ongelovigheit)
- faith consists neither in the understanding alone nor in the will alone, but in the whole spiritual life of man
- the ends and fruits of faith: union and fellowship with Christ, in justification, in adoption as children, in sanctification, in glorification
- the degrees of faith
- the chief and efficient cause and origin of faith, and its instrumental cause
- weak faith distinguished from mistrust and from common/historical faith
- the smallest faith distinguished
- a great faith distinguished from a merely imagined faith
- marks of saving faith
- the exercise of faith: motives taken from its excellence, its pleasantness, its usefulness, its equity and fittingness, its necessity, with helps to the exercise of faith
- concerning obtaining faith, the manner of its production on God's side and on man's side
- the maintaining and preserving of faith, with motives and means
- the increase of faith with its helps
- signs of a waxing or waning faith
- the life of faith, with its motives
- the particular persuasion and application of faith
- the goods and advantages of this assurance of faith, the manner, motives, and means to it
-
The Faithfulness and Truthfulness of God (Getrouwigheit en Waarachtigheit Godts)
- see Truthfulness
-
The Faithfulness of God (Trouwe Godts)
- see Truthfulness
-
False Doctrine (Valſche Lere)
- its marks
-
False Religion (Godsdienſt [Valſche])
- see Theology
-
Falsehood Cannot Hide under True Faith (Valscheit... onder het Goddelyke Gelove)
- [see also Faith]
-
The Father Is God (Vader is Godt)
- the Father is not only God by nature, but so also are the Son and the Holy Spirit
-
The Fellowship of the Holy Spirit (Gemeinſchap des H. Geeſts)
- what it means, and how it is to be desired and prayed for
- the fellowship of the saints, urged from the doctrine of the Trinity
-
Fellowship/Communion with God (Verkering of Ommegang met Godt)
- what it is
-
The Filling of Joys [Ps. 16:11] (Verzading der Vreugden)
- how it is, with God's presence
-
The Fire-Heaven (Vuur-hemel)
- see the Third Heaven
-
Fleshly Curiosity (Nieuwsgierigheit [de Vleeſchelyke])
- by what it is curbed, and why it must be avoided
-
The Flight of God (Vlucht Godts)
- what it is
-
Foreseen Faith (Voorgezien Gelove)
- see the Love of God
-
The Formless Mass [of Creation] (Klomp)
- [Gen. 1:2 theme]
-
The Free Will of the Unregenerate (Vryen Wille der Onherboornen)
- see the Grace of God
-
The Freedom of the Will (Vryheit van den Wille)
- is not excluded by predestination
-
The Fruit of Faith (Vrucht des Geloofs)
- is becoming a child of God
G
-
The Generation of the Son (Generatie des Zoons)
- see Father and Son
-
The Glory of God (Ere of Heerlykheit Godts)
- what it is
- what is to be understood by it — see further Majesty and Glory
-
God the Father (Godt de Vader)
- is necessarily related to the Son and the Holy Spirit
- the practical use of this doctrine concerns the duties we owe the Father: as Lord — honor and submission; the duties owed him as Creator; as Lawgiver, Judge, and Avenger; as Father
- from God the Father we have matter for comfort
- the Father's fatherhood invites and moves us to seek adoption as children from and by the Father
-
God's Attributes (Godts Eigenſchappen)
- see Attributes
-
God's Purpose (Voornemen Godts)
- what it is
-
God's Will, What It Is (Wille Godts)
- what it is, and how God works all things according to it
-
The Good Pleasure of God's Will (Welbehagen van Godts Wille)
- what it is, and how it is the rule of election
-
The Goodness of God (Goedheit Godts)
- that God is good, declared and proven from Scripture
- uses: to acknowledge the evil and wickedness of sin; to imitation; to seek blessedness in God; to glorify God
- confirmed with four reasons
- objections against God's goodness answered
- God's inward, indwelling goodness, and his outward, communicated goodness
- the various and differing ways in which God communicates his goodness
- those are foolish who imagine that God could be evil
- those deny that God is God who do not acknowledge him to be the highest and supreme Good
- God's goodness does not require that every single man be saved
- those misuse divine goodness who try to argue from God's being called good that Christ is not necessary
- the Reformed do not diminish the goodness of God by their doctrine of an absolute and independent reprobation
- uses: to love him; to seek all manner of good in God; to find a remedy against every evil in his goodness
-
The Governance of God (Regeringe Godts)
- is righteous, against the view of the Papists
-
Grace (Genade)
- that grace exists in God is proven with reasons
- difficulties against God's blessedness removed
- common/general grace, what and how it is
- the heathen have not rightly known or acknowledged the divine blessedness
- the grace given to the elect in their adoption, what and how it is
- things opposed to grace: I. nature; II. merits; III. wrath, what it is in God and how
- saving grace of God does not extend equally to every man
- objective grace likewise is not universal, against the Universalist Reformed
- whether one still unregenerate could, by the power of free will, without grace, not resist the Holy Spirit — denied, against the objections of the Lutherans
- those nullify the grace of election who make election depend on foreseen things
- those nullify the grace of justification who make justification depend on good works
- grace is besought from the Lord Jesus Christ
-
Grieving the Holy Spirit (Bedroeven)
- what it means, and why it must be avoided
H
-
Hardness Ascribed to God (Hardigheit Godts)
- what it is
-
Hatred (Haat)
- what it is, and what it means when said of God
-
Heaven (Hemel)
- what it meant at the beginning of creation
- what this word means in Exod. 20:11
- that the heavens were created by God is proven
- Scripture speaks absolutely of three heavens: the air-heaven, a star-heaven (its substance unknown — see Star-heaven), and the fire- or third heaven (see Third Heaven)
- the practical use of this doctrine: invites contemplation of the natural heavens; explains the blessedness of the elect, for whom the supernatural heaven is prepared, of which they are citizens, with the titles and grounds of that citizenship; gives believers strong comfort; shows by sure marks and tokens for whom heaven is destined
-
Hell (Helle)
- set over against heaven, and described
- was created by God
-
Holiness in Man (Heiligheit)
- what it means as said of man
-
The Holiness of God (Heiligheit Godts)
- that God is holy is proven from Scripture and with reasons
- what holiness is as it pertains to creatures
- God displays this holiness in various ways
- in what way holiness belongs to God
- uses: that we strive to obtain the Holy Spirit, with the means and motives; that, being sanctified, we sanctify God, with the acts and motives of sanctifying him; that in sanctifying ourselves we abhor all unholiness and ungodliness; that, having a dread of sin, we apply ourselves to holiness; that we labor to examine and test our sanctification; sanctification serves for comfort; and finally for the glorifying of God
-
Holy Scripture (Schrift [Heilige])
- is the second preliminary foundation of theology
- is useful
- is a perfect rule to live for God
- its abbreviation/summary
- like-sounding names for Scripture
- the canonical parts of Scripture
- the authoritative edition of Scripture
- vernacular editions
- the origin of Holy Scripture
- the manner in which Holy Scripture was composed and written
- the properties of Scripture: its authority and majesty; its truth; its completeness; its holiness; its clarity and perspicuity; its perfection; its necessity; its efficacy and powerful effects
- whether there is a certain written Word of God
- whether the original Hebrew and Greek text has been corrupted — denied, against the Papists, whose objections are resolved
- whether Scripture may be rendered in the vernacular languages
- whether, besides Scripture, there are other means of equal authority
- whether Scripture is its own sure and infallible rule of interpretation — the Papists' denial of this is refuted
- whether there is, among men, a visible judge of controversies of religion on whose pronouncement the consciences of all must rest — denied, especially against the Papists
- whether judgment over controversies must be left to each individual person
- whether Scripture is a perfect rule of faith and morals — defended against the Papists, with their objections resolved
- whether human traditions are necessary besides Scripture — denied, against the Papists, with their objections resolved
- whether Scripture is now necessary for the Church
- whether Scripture arose only by chance occasions, without any divine command — denied, the Papists' objections refuted
- whether Scripture must be translated — the Protestants say yes, and prove it with five reasons, resolving the Papists' objections
- whether Scripture is obscure
- whether Scripture allows more than one sense — denied, against the Papists, and urged against their objections
- the confirming of the Word of God, fourfold: what it is; that it is necessary; why; in what way
- the keeping and practice of the Word of God is necessary, and why
-
The Holy Spirit (Heilige Geeſt)
- is, in the heavenly economy, the third Person
- names of the Holy Spirit
- is a divine Person, distinct from Father and Son, which is proven
- the economic (household) office of the Holy Spirit: its acts are to teach, to sanctify, to comfort
- the household attributes and household season of the Holy Spirit
- that the Holy Spirit is a Person is proven and defended against objections
- the Holy Spirit is a divine Person, and may and must be worshipped
- he proceeds from the Father, and also from the Son
-
The Holy Trinity (Drie-eenheit)
- the doctrine of the Trinity is necessary to be believed
- that God is Three in One is proven from Scripture and confirmed with reasons, natural reasons being excluded
- that Father, Son and Holy Spirit are distinguished as Persons
- it is a doctrine of Scripture that God is one in essence and three in Persons, proven and defended against objections
- the fellowship of the three Persons, in what it consists
- the distinction of the Persons from the essence
- what kind of distinction there is among the Persons
- the mystery of the Holy Trinity
- the chief manners of speech and expressions belonging to this topic explained
- the economy (household offices) of the three Persons: their distinct roles, service, and honor
- the atheism of the Antitrinitarians
- uses of this doctrine: gives us matter for the glorifying of God; commends the excellence of man to what end; draws us to and invites us to seek fellowship with the Holy Trinity, with motives and means; urges the proper worship of the Holy Trinity; counsels against sin; invites to the fellowship of the saints
-
Human Reason (Reden)
- whether human reason is an infallible rule for interpreting Scripture — it does not teach the Holy Trinity
-
Human Will (Menſchelyke Wille)
- see Will and the Volitional Affections of God
I
-
Idolatry (Afgodery)
- both the grosser and the more refined kinds must be abhorred, by virtue of the unity of God
-
Ignorance of God (Onkunde en Onwetenheit van Godt)
- the reasons it must be avoided: for reverence toward God; against hypocrisy and for uprightness; for diligence and zeal to walk with God
-
Ignorance, Its Evils (Onwetenheit)
- the evils and mischiefs of ignorance
-
Images (Beelden)
- God cannot and may not be represented by them
-
Imitation of God's Goodness (Navolging van Godts Goedheit)
- with motives and means, and likewise of his love, grace, etc.
-
The Immensity and Omnipresence of God (Onmetelykheit en Overaltegenwoordigheit Godts)
- proven with testimonies of Holy Scripture and of the ancient church fathers, and confirmed with reasons
- various kinds of divine presence distinguished, with their nature and manner explained
- is diminished by the Anthropomorphites, by Vorstius, and by the Socinians
- that God, even as to his essence, is omnipresent everywhere, is demonstrated and defended
- in what order the omnipresence of God's essence, power, and working must be understood, noting the views of the Cartesians and of the Reformed
- whether, supposing the infinity of the world, we can comprehend God's omnipresence without a concept of the spaces above the heavens
-
The Immensity of God, Practical Use (Onmetelykheit Godts — Praktyk)
- serves for the comfort of the godly, and for fear and reverence in every place
- evils which befall believers in this life do not flow from God's avenging justice
-
The Immortality of God (Onſterflykheit Godts)
- proven from Scripture and with reasons
- in what way it belongs to God alone
- uses: to glorify God; for our humbling; for comfort; to strive after a blessed immortality
-
Impossibility in God (Onmogelykheit in Godt)
- what is the root of it
-
The Independence of God (Onafhankelykheit Godts)
- see the Essence of God
-
The Infinity and Greatness of God (Oneindigheit en Grootheit Godts)
- that God is infinite is proven with testimonies and with reasons
- whether God properly has a name, and what a name in God signifies
- how many kinds of God's name there are
- what the name Jehovah implies
- what, and how many kinds of, God's infinity there are
- that God is in every way infinite is proven, against four objections
- Elohim, what it means
- Theos (Greek for God), whence it comes and what it means
- the world is not, and cannot be, infinite, against four objections
- whether God's infinity consists only in his thinking all things by a single act — the view of the Cartesians and of the Reformed, with their reasons
- infinity is so proper to God that it cannot be communicated to any creature
- the practice concerning infinity guides and directs us: to modesty; to glorify God; wards off all low regard for him; incites to humility; forms us to magnanimity
-
The Insensibility (Impassibility) of God (Onvoelbaarheit Godts)
- [noted]
-
Inspirations and Breathings of the Holy Spirit (Ingevingen en Inblazingen des H. Geeſts)
- whether believers enjoy these
-
The Instrument of Creation (Werktuig der Scheppinge)
- cannot be a creature, urged against various parties
-
The Intangibility of God (Ontastelykheit Godts)
- [noted]
-
The Invisibility of God (Onzienelykheit Godts)
- [noted]
J
-
Jah (name of God)
- what this name of God means
-
Jehovah (name of God)
- what this name implies
- whether it is a miraculous name
- belongs to God alone, with the cases in which this holds noted
- whether that name may be pronounced
- the name explained
-
The Joy of God (Blydſchap Godts)
- what it is
-
The Judge of Controversies (Rigter der Verſchillen)
- see Theology
-
The Judgments of God (Oordelen Godts)
- their meritorious cause
- the punishment of judgments
- their ends
- their kinds
- public judgments, for what causes sent
- the dispositions and qualities of judgments
K
-
The Kabbala
- whether it has a divine authority and standing
-
Kissing the Son [Ps. 2:12] (Kuſſen)
- what it means to kiss the Son
-
Knowledge (Kenniſſe)
- its degrees
-
Knowledge and Wisdom (Kenniſſe en Wysheit)
- wherein it consists, and how it is to be acquired
-
The Knowledge and Wisdom of God (Kenniſſe en Wysheit Godts)
- see Understanding
-
The Knowledge of God (Kenniſſe Godts)
- is necessary
- the nature and kind of this knowledge
- belongs to faith — see Trinity
- four particular means, and general means, to attain it
- inquiry into the true knowledge of God
L
-
The Laying of the Earth's Foundation (Grondlegging der Aarde)
- belongs to the third day of creation
-
The Life and Immortality of God (Leven en Onſterflykheit Godts)
- God lives, and is the fountain of all life
- life is ascribed to the particular divine Persons in particular
- that life belongs to God is demonstrated
- what life is, and how many kinds there are
- what kind of life belongs to God
-
The Life of Faith (Leven des Geloofs)
- what this implies, and its motives
-
Light (Licht)
- the first, original light, what is meant by it
- it was not accidental, but necessary, and why
-
The Lights of Heaven (Lichten des Hemels)
- which they are, when created, and for what purpose
-
The Longsuffering of God (Lankmoedigheit Godts)
- belongs to him
- what longsuffering and patience are, and their acts
- divine longsuffering and forbearance
- the longsuffering shown even toward reprobation, with its causes and reasons
- how the life of God agrees with and differs from the life of creatures, and from God's own thought
- that which has no rational life is not God, and must not be held to be God
- those who religiously honor lifeless creatures worship lifeless gods, against the Papists
- whether the life of God differs from his understanding and will
- whether the life of God agrees with that of creatures in anything more than name alone
-
Love and Faith (Liefde en Gelove)
- are two parts of theology
-
The Love of God (Liefde Godts)
- that there is love in God, and what it is, is shown
- the dispositions and qualities of divine love
- it is not enough alone to reconcile the sinner without the satisfaction of Christ, as is demonstrated and defended
- the love by which God has chosen us — means to obtain it, its marks, its use, and our duty to follow/imitate it
- has three commingled objects
- is threefold toward creatures
-
The Love of God the Father (Liefde Godts des Vaders)
- [noted]
-
Love of God's Word (Liefde tot Godts Woordt)
- consists in several things, with seven motives to love Scripture
- the manner in which one ought to love Scripture
- means to nurture this love
- Scripture is not without a proper subject, against the Papists
- the opposite of this love
-
Love toward God (Liefde tot Godt)
- the acts and motives thereof: as a ground to glorify him; flowing from the contemplation of God's perfection and all-sufficiency; matter for chastisement; matter for comfort; to live for God
-
Love toward the World (Liefde tot de Wereldt)
- wherein it consists
-
The Loving-kindness of God (Goedertierenheit Godts)
- proven and explained
-
Lying to the Holy Spirit (Liegen)
- what it means, and why it must be avoided
M
-
The Majesty and Glory of God (Majeſteit en Heerlykheit Godts)
- proven from Scripture and with reasons
- the Roman Catholics, contrary to God's own declaration, give God's glory to another, and his praise to carved images
- the Lutherans gnaw at and obscure God's glory with their suppositions
- four commingled aspects of divine glory: the infinite exaltedness of God's essence and attributes; the radiance and reflection of that exaltedness; the knowledge of it and esteem for it; the glorying in and revelation of it
- the Socinians weaken and darken the glory of God with their suppositions
- the old and new Pelagians obscure God's glory through their doctrines
- uses: to glorify God; to draw back from every kind of desecration of the divine glory; to incite to flee sin; to stir us to glorify God in ourselves and by our strength; to awaken the desire for eternal glory, what it is, and the means to it; to give comfort amid all lowliness and dishonor
-
The Making of Heaven and Earth (Maken van Hemel en Aarde)
- how it is to be understood
-
Marks of Practical Theology (Kenmerken der Praktikale Godgeleerdheit)
- [noted]
-
Means to Obtaining Theology (Middelen ter Verkryging van de Godgeleerdheit)
- in general, and of practical theology in particular
-
The Mediator between God and the Sinner (Middelaar tuſſchen Godt en den zondaar)
- is the Son of God
-
Meditation on God's Word (Betrachting van Godts Woordt)
- see Scripture
-
Meditation on Scripture (Overdenking der Schrift)
- fourfold
-
Mercy (Barmhartigheit)
- that mercy belongs to God, proven from Scripture and by reason
- what God's mercy is, and its operations
- the rule of its dispensing is God's counsel
- objections answered
- its opposite is God's severity in executing judgments — see Judgments
- remedies against [abuse of this doctrine]
- exercised either by carrying out or by withholding
-
Middle Knowledge (Middelkenniſſe)
- see the Understanding of God
- there is no middle knowledge (scientia media) in God, shown and defended against objections
-
The Might and Power of God (Magt [en Kracht] Godts)
- whether God, for equally balanced decrees, can will unequal things — affirmed, and defended against the objections of the parties
- that the sins of parents are punished in the children, urged against the objections of the parties
- God's might, to do what he wills
- how God intends to make his power known through reprobation
- God's infinite might and power
- no passive capacity can fall within God
- God's power and might is infinite in itself, and not only in relation to us, urged against the Socinians
- whether God wills many things to happen which he does not bring about by his omnipotence — denied, proven from Scripture and reason, and defended against objections
- that God, by his absolute power, cannot do self-contradictory things, proven and defended against objections
- what God's might is, with the ground and the titles on which and over which it extends
- its exercise and acts
- its qualities and properties — it extends to everything
- whether God, by his power, can bring forth a body infinite in its bulk — denied, objections refuted
- the root of this impossibility
- whether God could deceive if he willed — denied
- God's absolute and his ordained power
- the qualities and properties of God's might and power
- whether the foundation of all divine power and authority over men is creation, covenant, benefit, and sin, noting the view of the Remonstrants
- God's power, might, and capacity cannot be communicated to a creature, against the Ubiquitists
- whether those who deny that God can make a body infinite and omnipresent thereby deny or diminish God's omnipotence — denied, with reasons
- uses of this doctrine: to acknowledge God's power in particular over us; forms us to patience; directs us to self-denial; stirs us to surrender ourselves and all we have to God; to submit ourselves readily to God; to revere God; to rest in him through trust; to honor him for his power and strength
-
The Mind of the Lord [Rom. 11:34] (Zin des Heren)
- what it is, and how no one has known it
-
Mistrust (Wantrouwen)
- noted
-
The Misuse of the World (Misbruik der Wereldt)
- noted and condemned
-
Modesty Concerning the Knowledge of God (Zedigheit omtrent de Kenniſſe Godts)
- urged with compelling reasons and helps
-
The Most Holy (Allerheiligste)
- his holiness; such titles belong to no mortal
-
Muhammad
- is not a true prophet
N
-
The Names of God (Namen Godts)
- reveal to us his nature
- they are various — which they are
- the practice regarding them: concerns the knowledge of God; the glorifying of God; the desecrating of them; the sanctifying of them
-
The Necessity and Usefulness of Christian Theology (Noodzakelykheit en Nuttigheit der Chriſtelyke Godgeleerdheit)
- [treated] — see also Scripture for the necessity and usefulness of Scripture
-
The New Testament (Testament [Nieuwe])
- is of divine authority
- its deity, personality, and its distinction from the other Persons
- its economic office and duty, and its economic attributes
- the Father's governance
-
No One Has Been Counselor to God (Raadsman)
- no one has been counselor to God [Rom. 11:34 theme]
-
No Shadow of Turning Is in God (Schaduwe van Omkeringe)
- [James 1:17 theme]
O
-
The Old Testament (Testament [Oude])
- whether it is now abolished — objections answered
-
Omnipotence of God (Almachtigheit Godts)
- see Power
-
Omniscience of God (Alwetenheit Godts)
- see Understanding
-
The Oral (Unwritten) Law (Wet [Mondelyke])
- there is nothing beyond what is written
-
The Order God Kept in Creation (Order... in de Scheppinge)
- what stands out in it
-
Our Blessedness (Gelukzaligheit [Onze])
- must be sought in God
-
Our Spirit Dedicated to God (Geeſt — het toewyen van onzen geeſt)
- we must dedicate our spirit to God, why and how
- we must purify and cleanse our spirit: from what defilements, for what reasons, by what means
-
An Outline of the Whole of Theology (Schets van de Ganſche Godgeleerdheit)
- [noted]
P
-
Papal Canonization (Kanonizatie [de Pauſſelyke])
- by which mortals are made into, and held as, saints — this dishonors God and his holiness
-
Passive Capacity/Suffering (Lydendt Vermogen)
- cannot fall within God
- [see also Passive Capacity]
-
The Patience of God (Lydzaamheit Godts)
- see Longsuffering
-
The Patripassians
- refuted
-
Perfection and All-Sufficiency (Volmaaktheit en Algenoegzaamheit)
- see All-Sufficiency
-
The Perfection of Believers (Volmaaktheit der Gelovigen)
- what it is
-
The Perfection of Man as the End of Scripture (Volmaaktheit des Menſchen)
- how to be understood
-
The Perfections of God (Volmaaktheden Godts)
- see Attributes
-
Personality in God (Perſonaliteit in Godt)
- what it is
-
Persuasion and Application of Faith (Overreding en Toepaſſing des Geloofs)
- [noted]
-
Pitfalls to Avoid in the Doctrine of Predestination (Klippen)
- rough and improper ones to be avoided in the matter of election
-
The Polytheism of the Ancient Heretics (Veelgodiſterye van de Oude Ketteren)
- the Tritheites and others
- the manner and reason of polytheism among the Papists, and likewise among the Socinians
-
The Polytheism of Unbelievers and Heathens (Veelgodendom der Ongelovigen of Heidenen)
- which and how great it was
-
The Praise of God (Lof Godts)
- what it is
-
Prayer (Bidden)
- how one ought to think of God in it
-
Predestination (Voorverordineringe)
- [proven and defended against objections]
- whether the possibility of things is known to God only through the decree
- the longsuffering shown even in reprobation
- that there is a predestination is proven from Scripture and with reasons, and difficulties in this matter removed
- whether particular predestination is not unbecoming to God, shown
- what the word predestination means
- its moving cause
- what predestination consists in as to substance: a foreordaining of the end; an eternal comprehension of the means; an intending and ordaining of the means
- it is an act of God's understanding and of his will
- it concerns the eternal state of rational creatures, angels and men
- besides God's good pleasure there is no other moving cause
- what must be thought of the Arminian order of predestination
- the ambiguity of the terms "grace of God" and "election"
- various opinions concerning its object
- various properties of predestination in the narrower sense: eternity, independence, unchangeableness, certainty, absoluteness, freedom, wisdom
- the order within predestination
- in the matter of predestination one must: acknowledge both God's power and authority, and his independence, together with his wisdom; avoid the pitfalls in this matter; after the example of God, continually care for our eternal state
- its act, with respect to its object: having foreordained us beforehand
- its means: adoption as children through Christ, to himself
- it rests upon the truth and truthfulness of God: the infallibility of God's Word; the assurance of faith; the whole service of God; a firm and sure comfort; a fleeing and abhorring of sin and of all false speech and deceit; the practice and exercise of truth and truthfulness
-
The Price of the Glory of God's Grace (Prys der Heerlykheit van Godts Genade)
- what this phrase means
-
The Principle of Theology (Beginsel der Godgeleerdheit)
- is Holy Scripture
-
The Procession (Breathing) of the Holy Spirit (Blazing des H. Geeſts)
- what it is
Q
-
The Quran (Alkoran)
- whether it must be set alongside Holy Scripture — it is not divine Scripture
R
-
The Rainbow (Regenboog)
- what, when, and for what purpose it was brought forth
-
Receiving Christ (Aannemen van Christus)
- is an act of faith
- its qualities and conditions
-
Recklessness (Roekeloosheit)
- noted
-
Recording unto Judgment (Opſchryven ten Oordeel)
- what it is, and how it happens beforehand
-
The Redeemer (Verloſſer of Rantzoeneerder)
- is the Son of God
-
Repentance ascribed to God (Berouw)
- how this is ascribed to God
-
Reprobation (Verwerping)
- the objects of reprobation are called vessels of wrath
- the act of reprobation prepares and fits the reprobate for destruction
- that there is a certain eternal reprobation is proven from Scripture and with reasons
- what reprobation is
- four acts of reprobation
- the object of reprobation, which and what kind it is
- the chief cause of reprobation is God; the moving cause is his good pleasure
- reprobation is absolute and independent, likewise unchangeable and certain
- it is an eternal, personal reprobation, proven and defended against the objections of various parties
- its uses: in the glorifying of God; in the humbling of us men; in the exercise of modesty; in the abhorring of sin
- it deprives the sinner, in his sinning, not of his freedom, and does not oblige him to sin by any necessity
- it does not make God a cause of sin, guarding us against every accusation against God
- it does not make God unjust
- it magnifies and increases the glory of divine mercy
- it does not make God a hypocrite or dissembler
- it does not make God a respecter of persons
- it gives the ungodly no rightful ground to complain that God did not choose them as he chose others, since reprobation holds them bound as by an iron force so that they cannot fulfill their duty
- it admonishes us concerning our own or others' reprobation
- it moves us to work out our salvation with fear and trembling
- sins peculiar to the reprobate: hypocrisy; abuse of divine grace; apostasy; taking offense at Christ
- it does not shut off the way to all comfort and godliness
- is an act not only of the understanding, but also of the will of God
- its moving cause is not sin, proven and defended against objections
- man is not predestined to sin or to destruction
- whether man, not only fallen but also unbelieving, is the object of reprobation, answered distinctly
- Cain, Saul, Judas, and others have shown themselves notoriously reprobate
- it is absolute and independent
- it is fixed and unchangeable
- the consideration of reprobation reveals the glory of God's power, righteousness, and wisdom, and admonishes us to conform ourselves obediently to the Word of Truth; to guard against those sins by which the degree is laid toward the sin peculiar to the reprobate, namely blasphemy against the Holy Spirit; to make an effort toward those virtues from which the reprobate are most estranged and averse
-
Resisting the Holy Spirit (Wederſtaan [den H. Geeſt])
- what it means to resist him
-
Rest, Ascribed to God (Ruſte)
- what this means as said of God
-
Reward (Loon)
- see the Righteousness of God
-
The Righteousness of God (Rechtvaardigheit Godts)
- that God is righteous in himself, and in all his acts and works, proven from Scripture and with reasons
- what righteousness is, in general and in particular
- each kind of it is right
- what, and how many kinds of, God's righteousness there are
- God's rewarding righteousness
- avenging/punitive righteousness is essential to God, and its exercise absolutely necessary
- the affections and dispositions of divine righteousness
- whether, and in what way, righteousness can have place in God
- whether God's governance must in every way be called righteous, with reasons for doubt answered
- whether all righteousness depends only on God's will, answered distinctly
- whether righteousness can obligate man to impossible things
- whether God, by his righteousness, is equally bound to reward obedience as to punish disobedience
-
The Rule of Faith and Morals (Rigtſnoer van Gelove en Zeden)
- see Scripture
-
The Rule to Live for God (Regel of Richtſnoer om Godt te Leven)
- [noted]
S
-
Scriptural Dialogues (Schriftuurlyke t'Zamenſpraken)
- are to be held/practiced
-
The Sea (Zee)
- what this word means
- it must be regarded with wonder
-
The Second Day of Creation (Tweede Dach der Scheppinge)
- why and in what manner it lacks a solemn blessing
-
Seeking God (Zoeken [Godt te])
- what it implies to seek God
-
The Severity of God in Judgments (Geſtrengheit Godts)
- see Judgments
-
Shaddai (name of God)
- the origin and meaning of that name
-
Simplicity of God (Eenvoudigheit Godts)
- proven from Scripture and confirmed with reasons
- that God is a most simple being is demonstrated, and objections resolved
- that this absolute simplicity of God is taught in Scripture
-
The Simplicity of God's Will (Eenvoudigheit van den Wille Godts)
- [noted]
-
Sin (Zonde)
- its evil and wickedness, and how it is to be acknowledged
- whether the Reformed diminish God's holiness by holding that he is an occasion of sin — denied
- sin is not the moving cause of reprobation, proven and defended against objections
- it has brought great deformity and ugliness upon the world
- God can punish sins in the children, urged against the objections of various parties
- certain sins are customarily peculiar to the reprobate — which ones
-
The Six Days of Creation (ZesDagen)
- whether God devoted the whole work of creation entirely to them
- why so many days
-
The Son of God (Zone Godts)
- in the economy of the Trinity is the second Person
- what the Son is with respect to the name, and with respect to the thing itself
- his personality, being an uncreated Person
- the distinction of the Son from the Father and from the Holy Spirit
- the eternal generation of the Son
- the deity of the Son, proven
- the household office and duty of the Son himself is demonstrated and defended
- his household attributes
- the Person and household office of the Son
- the period of his household ministry and governance
- Christ is the Son of God solely by virtue of the eternal generation, not for any other cause, urged against objections
- uses of this doctrine: gives us matter to glorify God; kindles the desire to know the Son; commends to us the sufficiency of our Mediator; invites us to kiss the Son, and what that means
- whether the Son's generation is consistent with the unity of essence, with his eternal co-existence with the Father, and with his household revelation in the flesh — denied, urged against objections
- counsels us to faith in the Son
- urges us to esteem the Son of God most highly, and to place our hope of salvation in him
- Christ is God from eternity, and of one essence with his Father, maintained and defended against objections
- stirs us to raise our hope
- deters from household sins against the Son
- that the Son is God of himself is demonstrated and defended
-
The Son's Inheritance (Erffeniſſe des Zoons)
- springing from his Sonship
-
The Space Above the Heavens (Bovenhemelſche Ruimte)
- see the Immensity of God
- see Immensity
-
Spirit — God as Spirit (Geeft)
- why God is so called
- that God is a Spirit is proven
- in what sense God is a Spirit
- see further Holy Spirit for the third Person
-
Spiritual Prayers (Gebeden)
- what spiritual prayers are
-
The Spoken Law (Mondelyke Wet)
- see Law
-
The Stars (Starren)
- their placement and positioning
- the stars do not foretell future worldly events
- their qualities: size, shape, movement
-
The Strength and Power of God (Kracht en Macht Godts)
- see Might
-
The Strength of God (Sterkte Godts)
- see Might
-
Succession of Time (Tydvervolg)
- has no place in eternity
-
The Sufficiency of God (Genoegzaamheit Godts)
- see All-Sufficiency
-
The Sun (Zonne)
- whether it stands immovably fixed in the heavens
-
Surety (Borge)
- the Son is a Surety, indeed a Surety of himself
T
-
The Talmud
- whether it has a divine and reverend authority, and whether it is more or less necessary to be read than the Old and New Testaments
-
Teachers, Their Duty (Leraren)
- their duty in handling theological matters
-
The Teaching of the Holy Spirit (Lering des H. Geeſts)
- [noted]
-
That There Is a God (Godt — dat 'er een Godt zy)
- proven: I. with eight reasons, taken from: 1. the subordination of things; 2. the creation of the world; 3. the preservation of the world; 4. the governance of the world; 5. the contemplation of the heavens; 6. man; 7. commonwealths and laws; 8. miracles and predictions. II. with a threefold kind of testimony: of conscience, of the world, and of God himself — objections to the contrary resolved
-
That Which God Does Not Will (Nietwillentheit)
- what it is in God
-
Theology (Godgeleerdheit)
- whether our religion is spiritual, examined
- scholastic theology: what it is, and why it must be practiced
- true religion is not overthrown by the predestination of particular persons
- true theology must be distinguished from false, and all false theology avoided and shunned, with the persons bound to this duty identified
- who is, and who is not, a true theologian, and the reasons, manner, and means
- theology's nature shown; it must be learned in a certain order; zeal and practice for it urged, with the degrees of knowledge to be used
- its object
- whether it is contemplative, practical, or both; its parts are Faith and Love
- its description and name; like-sounding and corresponding names
- it is called a doctrine of living for God through Christ
- its object does not exclude natural theology
- that a natural theology exists is proven, though it alone is not sufficient unto salvation
- its parts (A), a fourfold use and benefit (B), and a threefold misuse (C)
- as a contemplative-practical habit/disposition
- that heathen theology is not the true theology, demonstrated
- whether the divisions of theology made by the Socinians and Arminians are sound
- ministers of the Word, magistrates, and every Christian are urged to examine and practice Christian theology
-
The Third Heaven (Derde Hemel)
- various names for it
-
To Live for God (Leven [Gode te])
- is the object of saving faith
- of election, of faith, of God's love, grace, and mercy
- of nature and of grace, in various ways
- what this life is, in general and in particular
- nine motives to it
- the manner of living for God, with six means to it
-
To Walk before God's Face (Wandelen voor Godts Aangezichte)
- what it is, and its motives
-
To Walk with God (Wandel[en] met Godt)
- what it is, and motives to it
-
Today [Ps. 2:7] (Heden)
- what this word means
-
Traditions (Overleveringen)
- see Scripture
-
Translation of Scripture (Overzettinge der Schriftuur)
- see Scripture
-
The Truth of Scripture (Waarheit der H. Schrift)
- proven with six evidences
-
The Truthfulness and Faithfulness of God (Waarachtigheit en Getrouwigheit Godts)
- God's general truthfulness and faithfulness is proven from Scripture and with reasons
- what, and how many kinds of, truth there are in general, and how many kinds of God's truth there are
- things contradictory to divine truth
- the Reformed do not diminish the all-embracing truthfulness of God with their suppositions, as their adversaries slander, which slander is refuted
-
Tzebaoth / Sabaoth (name of God)
- what this name of God means
U
-
Unbelief (Ongelovigheit)
- its nature, in general and in particular: ignorance; unbelief; a not-receiving; mistrust; obstinacy and disobedience; fleshly-mindedness
- the degrees of unbelief
- nine causes of it
- its evils and mischiefs
- remedies against it
-
The Unchangeableness of God (Onveranderlykheit Godts)
- proven from Scripture, and confirmed with reasons
- explained by pointing out its distinct kinds
- whether God is in every way unchangeable, shown and defended
- whether it may rightly be concluded, from the God-man and the suffering of Christ's human nature, that God himself changes
- whether God's immutability implies that Christ's human nature has no true body — denied
- practice concerning God's unchangeableness: for his glorifying; for a low regard of creatures; for the abhorrence of sin; for trust and comfort in every circumstance; for fleeing instability and fickleness; for the practice of steadfastness
-
Unchastity (Ontuchtigheit)
- what is meant by it
-
The Understanding, Knowledge, and Wisdom of God (Verſtandt, Kenniſſe, en Wysheit Godts)
- that understanding belongs to God is proven with Scripture and with reasons
- what understanding is in creatures, and what it is in God
- the divine understanding is known through five qualities
- trust and confidence in God arise from his perfection and all-sufficiency
- God's knowledge, considered as a single act, is called his omniscience
- the various divisions and naming of divine knowledge: natural knowledge and free (voluntary) knowledge
- the perfection of the divine omniscience
- the knowledge of God is wisdom
- what the wisdom of God is, and wherein it is manifest and active
- the knowledge of God extends to all things, and to each thing in particular
-
Ungodliness (Ongodiſtery)
- see Atheism
-
The Ungodly (Godloze)
- what the word means
-
Unholiness and Godlessness (Onheiligheit en Godloosheit)
- we must hold these in abhorrence
-
Unicorn (Eenhoorn)
- noted [Scripture reference]
-
Unity of God (Eenheit Godts)
- proven by divine and human testimonies
- the nature of the divine unity explained
- the unity of God serves: 1. for the quieting and settling of the mind; 2. for the abhorring of idolatry, both the grosser and the more refined; 3. to bind our whole heart to the one God; 4. for the practice of ecclesiastical unity and concord, with motives and helps
-
The Uprightness of Believers (Oprechtigheit der Gelovigen)
- what it is
-
The Use of the World and Worldly Things (Gebruik der Wereldt)
- what it ought to be
V
-
Vengeance (Wrake)
- that the desire for vengeance belongs to God is proven from Scripture and with reasons
- the acts of vengeance
-
Vessels of Wrath and Vessels of Mercy (Vaten des Toorns; Vaten der Barmhartigheit)
- what they are
-
Virtue (Deugt)
- what it is in God
-
Virtues from which the Reprobate are most averse (Deugden)
- listed and defended against objections
W
-
Waters above the Firmament (Wateren [boven het Uitſpanſel])
- must not be placed there
-
The Ways of God (Wegen Godts)
- what they are, and how unsearchable
-
The Will and Volitional Affections of God (Wille en Wilsaandoeninge Godts)
- a will is ascribed to God, according to the testimony of both Scripture and nature
- what the human will is, and its acts
- the object of the will is the good
- in what respect will does not properly befit God
- God does not will, by a decretive will, that all men and each individually be saved
- what will is in God
- God's will alone is not the cause of all moral good
- the independence of God's will, and four consequences of it
- proper passions and volitional affections do not fall within God
- the will of God is the foundation of all Christian practices; it shows the perfection of divine sovereignty; it restrains, in the matter of particular predestination and particular redemption
- the will of sign and the will of good pleasure; hidden and revealed will; unconditioned and conditional will, a double distinction
- in God there is no will that depends on a condition to be established by creatures, with objections resolved
-
The Wings of the Dawn [Ps. 139:9] (Vleugelen des Dageraadts)
- what is meant by it
-
The Wisdom of God (Wysheit Godts)
- see Understanding
-
The Word of God Is Infallible (Woordt Godts is Onfeilbaar)
- see further Scripture
-
The Works of God (Werken)
- how God works all things according to the counsel of his will
- the manner of working proper and particular to the divine Persons
- the manner in which divine working extends to all things
- the division of divine works
- four points of difference concerning the works of God
- God's powerful working: reveals his glory; rebukes atheism and godlessness; gives comfort in adversity; raises up and strengthens trust; binds us to God and to godliness
-
The World (Wereldt)
- whatever existed before it has existed from eternity
- was created by God, as proven from Scripture and with reasons
- could not have been created from eternity, proven and defended against objections
- the naming of "world" among the Hebrews and Greeks, and the various meanings of the word
- the parts or matter of the world
- the connection of the parts, or the form of the world
- there is only one world, and it is finite
- the world is changeable
- it was created good and perfect
- in what way it was created in six days
- the whole world was created for man
- whether God completed the whole work of creation within a full 24 hours each day — denied, and defended against objections
- whether God created by first bringing forth a thin substance and giving and sustaining motion in it during the last five days — the Cartesians hold this, the Orthodox deny it for four reasons
- the world cannot be unboundedly infinite in its bulk, proven against objections
- there could have been more worlds created
- the world and everything in it was created for man, maintained against two objections
- what one should hold concerning the constitution of the world
- the consideration of the world counsels us: the acknowledgment and glorifying of the Creator; gratitude to the Creator, who made the world to serve mankind
-
Worship (Aanbidden)
- what the word means
- the manner in which it consists
End of the index to Volume I.
Contemplative and Practical Theology
In which, throughout all the theological chapters, the exegetical, doctrinal, polemical, and practical parts are set forth, joined together distinctly, in one unbroken chain.
To which is added a complete brief compendium of Church History, a treatise on Moral Theology, and a sketch of Casuistic Theology, etc.
Written in Latin by Petrus van Mastricht, Doctor and Professor of Sacred Theology at the University of Utrecht.
Translated from the latest edition into Dutch, together with the Funeral Oration of the celebrated professor Henricus Pontanus on the death of the esteemed author. With a preface by the Reverend Cornelius vander Kemp, Doctor of Sacred Theology, Professor of Practical Theology at the Illustrious School, and Minister of the Holy Gospel in the congregation at Rotterdam.
Volume Two.
Rotterdam: Hendrik van Pelt, the Widow of P. van Gilst, Jacobus Bosch, and Adrianus Douci. And at Utrecht: Jan Jacob van Poolsum. 1749.
Index of Chapters Contained in This Second Volume
Continuation of Book Three, Of the Works of God.
VII. Of the Good Angels. Text, Heb. 1:7. — p. 1
VIII. Of the Evil Angels. Jude v. 6. — p. 34
IX. Of Man and of the Image of God. Gen. 1:26–29. — p. 64
Consideration I. Of the Creation of Man. — p. 70
Consideration II. Of the Image of God. — p. 96
X. Of God's General Providence. Rom. 11:36. — p. 123
XI. Of God's Particular Providence. Deut. 30:16–18. — p. 161
XII. Of the Covenant of Nature. Gen. 2:16–17. — p. 181
Book Four, Of Man's Fall from God.
I. Of the Breach of the Covenant of Nature. Text, Gen. 3:1–7. — p. 216
II. Of Original Sin. Rom. 5:12. — p. 250
III. Of Actual Sin. James 1:13–15. — p. 290
IV. Of the Punishment and the State of Sin. Rom. 7:24–25. — p. 322
Book Five, Of Christ's Redemption.
I. Of the Covenant of Grace. Text, Gen. 3:15.
II. Of the Mediator of the Covenant of Grace. Heb. 9:15.
III. Of the Names of the Mediator. Acts 15:26.
IV. Of the Person of the Mediator. John 1:14.
V. Of the Threefold Office of the Mediator. Heb. 3:1.
VI. Of the Mediator as Prophet. Deut. 18:15.
VII. Of the Mediator as High Priest. Ps. 110:4.
VIII. Of the Mediator as King. Ps. 2:6.
IX. Of the Humiliation of the Mediator. Phil. 2:6–8.
X. Of the Incarnation of the Mediator. Luke 1:35.
XI. Of the Life of the Mediator. 2 Cor. 4:10.
XII. Of the Death of the Mediator. Matt. 27:26–50.
XIII. Of the Descent of the Mediator. Ps. 16:9–10.
Book III: Of Contemplative-Practical Theology, Concerning the Works of God
Chapter VII: Of the Good Angels
On Hebrews 1:7.
"Who makes His angels spirits, and His ministers a flame of fire."
The Explanatory Part
I.
We have considered the irrational creatures, in and through which the Creator intended to reveal the general glory and majesty of His wisdom, power, and goodness. There now follow the rational creatures, in and through which the Creator intended to reveal the glory and majesty of His predestination — that is, of His mercy and His avenging justice — namely, the angels and mankind, for whose sake the remaining creatures were made. We shall first consider the angels: both as they are good in themselves, by creation, and as they have become evil through their own fault. The Apostle gives us the principal matter for the first topic of consideration in Hebrews 1:7.
II.
In and with these words the Apostle, being about to prove and demonstrate the eternal Godhead of Christ, makes a comparison between the Angels and Christ, the first part of which serves to establish that Christ is greater than the Angels. In the description of the creation of the Angels, in order that in the second part he may give an account of the Angels themselves, there occur to us the following:
1. The Creator, expressed by the Greek relative pronoun "who" — referring to Psalm 104, from which this text is quoted, where in verse 1 He is called יהוה, Jehovah, and also יהוה אלהים, Jehovah God. It is accordingly God who is here indicated, theologically speaking, as Father, Son, and Holy Spirit, whose work alone it is to create all things; though in that psalm the Holy Spirit in particular is meant, here, however, by way of the economy of the persons, it is the Father who is meant, from whom the Apostle, throughout this whole chapter, clearly distinguishes the Son, vv. 1, 2, 3, etc.
2. The making, עשה, "making," or "who makes." As for the word עשה, "to make": that it means the same as ברא, "to create," is abundantly clear from Genesis 1, where "create" and "make" are generally used interchangeably; and the word עשה, "to make," has this further particular feature, that it means not only to bring something forth so that it exists, but also to work it out so that it is of a certain kind — hence not only to make, but also to fashion. We have already noted this above, concerning the preceding chapter, in the Explanatory Part. The Greek word ποιεῖν, "to make," carries the same force. Both words therefore mean not only to create something so that it exists, but also so that it exists for a certain, definite use — and consequently, that the Angels not only exist, but exist as spirits, and moreover that they are λειτουργικοί, ministering spirits, as will appear in what follows.
3. The creature, τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα, "His angels spirits." Here several matters are disputed: (1) whether the Greek word ἄγγελος, and the Hebrew מלאך, taken as a common noun, mean "a messenger," or, taken as a proper noun, mean "an angel"; (2) whether the Greek word πνεῦμα does not here mean "wind," as it seems to in Psalm 104, where the Prophet in verse 3 appears to be speaking of winds; (3) whether the word "His angels" forms the subject of the sentence, or rather its predicate; (4) whether the two half-verses of the text speak of two different things — for example, of winds and lightnings, or of angels and ministers — or rather of one and the same thing, such that the second half-verse is an explanation of the first. From these differing questions arise various construals of the words, and likewise various interpretations.
(a) Some think that the first half-verse describes the nature of winds, and the second half-verse the nature of lightnings, so that the sense would be: He who makes the winds His messengers, by which He announces His wrath to men through the stirring up of storms, and the lightnings His ministers, which He uses to punish the wicked. But taken this way, the Apostle's proof of the eternal Godhead of Christ, drawn from His excellence above the Angels, is thereby rendered largely powerless. (b) Others hold that the winds and lightnings are called angels because God uses them as if they were His excellent angels — so Maimonides and others on Psalm 104:4. (c) Others judge better and more rightly, that in both half-verses the nature of the Angels and Ministers of God is described, and that these are called spirits and flames of fire. This is taught us: (a) by the definite articles attached to the names, which indicate the subject of the sentence, cf. John 1:1, and further show that the words "angels" and "ministers" are taken not as common but as proper names. (b) By the usage of the words מלאכים and ἀγγέλων, by which are ordinarily meant those created spirits who are complete in their nature. For this reason too (c) the ancient Jews and the Septuagint translators understood these words of the Angels, as does the Targum likewise, rendering it thus: "who makes His angels swift as spirits." (d) This is also required by the aim of the Psalm, which comes to this: to exalt and celebrate God's glory and majesty from the works of creation and providence — a glory and majesty which here too shines forth with special excellence, in that He has made His angels spirits, and His ministers mighty and powerful like a flame of fire. Finally, (e) the context and aim of our Apostle teaches this most clearly and plainly of all. For indeed, what sense would his statements otherwise have? Verse 4: having become so much more excellent than the winds; verse 5: to which of the winds has He ever said..., etc.; verse 6: that all the winds should worship Him; verse 7: of the winds indeed He says, who makes His messengers winds. For all these reasons we rightly interpret the prophetic and apostolic words of properly so-called Angels. In these words, then, we find set before us:
1. The name of these creatures: ἀγγέλους in Greek, מלאכים in Hebrew. These words, by virtue of their original derivation, denote a duty or office of a messenger, envoy, or one sent — of whatever kind that may be, whether divine, human, or angelic — and in that sense these are common nouns; but by virtue of their customary use they denote, in a proper sense, such creatures as are purely spiritual. So Psalm 104:4 (though some later Jews take it otherwise), and in our text, where there is added the relative and backward-referring pronoun "His" — namely, the good Angels, doubtless for the sake of distinguishing them from the evil Angels.
2. Their nature: πνεύματα in Greek, and in Hebrew רוחות, "spirits." These words mean many things, as we have already noted at length in Chapter XXVII of the Explanatory Part, and likewise in the Doctrinal Part. Of these various meanings the Jews prefer, for their part, the meaning "wind," which we have just now refuted. They are derived from words meaning "to blow"; and therefore, if one looks to the words themselves, they apply in their primary sense to creatures; but if one looks to the thing signified, they apply in their primary sense to the Creator, and in particular to the Holy Spirit. Chiefly, however, the words denote a complete, immaterial substance — which God is, principally, though creatures are so called only by way of analogy and proportion. In this place they denote the essence of the good spirits.
3. Their office, which lies contained in the words λειτουργοί and משרתים, both meaning "serving, ministering." These words do not mean servants or slaves, but public or official attendants. They are used in Holy Scripture: (a) of civil magistrates, Rom. 13:6; (b) of the ministers of the divine Word, Rom. 15:16; (c) also of the Levitical priests, Luke 1:25; (d) further, of Christ Himself, Heb. 8:2; and finally (e) of the Angels, as here, Heb. 1:7 and 14 — just as the Hebrew משרתים in Psalm 104:4 always denotes an office or function, joined with honor. It is thereby indicated that the Angels, although in themselves they are honored and distinguished attendants, are nevertheless servants of God and of Christ, and therefore lesser and lower than God and Christ; and consequently, since among creatures they are the most excellent and worthy of all, whoever surpasses and exceeds them must be God — from which it finally follows and arises that Christ is God.
4. Their power and its mighty working, expressed in these words: πυρὸς φλόγα, "a flame of fire." In Psalm 104:4 stands אֵשׁ לֹהֵט, "a flaming fire," that is, mighty and powerful by nature — גִּבֹּרֵי כֹחַ, "mighty heroes," Ps. 103:20 — for a flame of fire is a mighty and powerful element; and moreover they are swift and quick, for which reason they are called winged, and indeed winged all around, on every side, Exod. 37:9, Ezek. 1:6, 8, 9, 11, where the כרובים, Cherubim, are spoken of, by which word the Angels are commonly meant. Hence they are also called שרפים, Seraphim, that is, "burning ones," Isa. 6:6, from שרף, meaning "he has burned with fire" — so as to indicate thereby both their power and their readiness in carrying out the divine commands, Ps. 103:20.
The Doctrinal Part
III.
It appears, accordingly, that God, besides the material substances of which we have spoken so far, has also created immaterial ones, which should be chiefly for His service. For this seemed to be required: (I) by the perfection of this universe — since in it are found merely material creatures, as well as such as are partly material and partly immaterial (as will appear in its place regarding man), it seemed fitting and proportionate that there should also be found creatures that are wholly and purely immaterial; chiefly (II) because this serves to increase and enlarge God's glory and majesty; and since (III) God's nature also seemed to require spiritual servants, who could not be hindered in their duty by material obstacles placed before them. Hence, although reason cannot demonstrate with certainty that such creatures exist, one can nevertheless infer and conclude this from it as more than probable — especially when (IV) there occur such operations as are produced neither by God nor by material causes; as also (V) from the oracles which have been given on many occasions; and (VI) from the frequent apparitions of spirits; and thus also (VII) from the testimonies of the heathen.
IV.
But from Holy Scripture this matter is beyond doubt in more than one way: not only (I) from the testimonies occurring everywhere — Ps. 103:20 and 148:1, 5; 1 Pet. 3:22, and a thousand others; not only (II) from their excellent and outstanding operations, of which we shall speak in their place; but also (III) from various appearances of them, Gen. 19:1, which we shall perhaps also mention in their place. Indeed, also, that they were created out of nothing, Ps. 104:4 compared with Heb. 1:7, Col. 1:16–17, since they could not have co-existed with the Creator from eternity — as we have demonstrated and defended in its place, in the chapter on the Eternity of God and in the following chapters on Creation and on the World; and likewise, that they are set over against the Creator and distinguished from Him, and are therefore necessarily creatures, for there is here no middle ground. Indeed, that they were created on the first day of creation, together with their dwelling-place, seems very probable from the fact that they are said to have shouted for joy and sung to God when He laid the foundations of the earth, Job 38:4–7. It is certain that they were not created before the first day of creation, since before that day there was nothing but eternity, in which no beginning is admitted; from which it follows that the expressions "to exist before that beginning" and "to exist from eternity" are, in Holy Scripture, equivalent expressions of the same force — although it has pleased most, down to the Council of the Lateran, that the Angels were created before the beginning of creation; and this still pleases the Socinians today, though with a more malicious aim. It is also certain that they were not created after man, whom they seduced; as Moses too, in his account of the creation of the heavens, though more obscurely, seems to indicate, Gen. 2:1, when he says that the heavens and the earth, and all their host, were finished by God — under which designation these spirits are generally included, Luke 2:13, 1 Kings 22:19, Neh. 9:6, Ps. 103:20–21 and 148:2.
V.
Those immaterial substances are designated in Holy Scripture by various names, when they are called children of God, Job 1:6 and 38:7; Elohim (gods), Ps. 8:6 compared with Heb. 2:7; Cherubim, Gen. 3:24 — among the Talmudists, as it were, כרוביא, "like a child, or youth," for the word רביא means, among the Chaldeans, a youth, according to the testimony of Buxtorf, Lexicon Talmudicum, s.v. כרוב (though I am not unaware that others prefer a different explanation) — from which it perhaps comes that they are sometimes read to have appeared in the form of young men, Mark 16:5. They are also called Seraphim, Isa. 6:2, as though kindled by a fire of divine love or righteousness, for which reason they are compared to lightning, Luke 10:18. Further, they bear the name of Watchers, Dan. 4:10, 13; of Morning Stars, Job 38:7; of Flames of Fire, Ps. 104:4, because they consume the wicked.
VI.
Most commonly and most properly they are called Spirits, Heb. 1:7, from Ps. 104:4, on account of their immaterial nature; and מלאכים, Angels, on account of their office, since this name properly means messengers, who speak and act on behalf of and in the name of another. Although this name is sometimes given to the Mediator — the Angel of the Covenant, Mal. 3:1, and the Angel of God's presence, Isa. 63:9, who went before the army of the Israelites, Exod. 14:19, in whose inmost being is God's name, Exod. 23:20–21 — it is sometimes also given to men, as to the prophet Haggai, Hag. 1:13; to the priest, Mal. 2:7; to John the Baptist, Mal. 3:1; and to the ministers of the churches, Rev. 1:20. They are also given their own proper names, such as Gabriel, Dan. 8:16 and 9:21, Luke 1:26 — a name meaning "the strength of God"; and Michael, Dan. 10:21 and 12:1, Jude v. 9, Rev. 12:7 — a name meaning "who is like God?" — though most commentators not unreasonably hold that by this last name only the Angel of the Covenant is meant, inferring and concluding this from the titles of honor attached to it, Dan. 10:21, 12:1, and 8:25, likewise from comparing Jude v. 9 with Zech. 3:2.
VII.
The Angels, then, are created spirits, complete in their nature. When they are called Spirits, they are thereby acknowledged, first of all, to be immaterial substances — that is, such as reject not merely a coarser or denser matter (as Tertullian, along with some of the Church Fathers, seems to have held) but all matter whatsoever; hence they are called spirits, Ps. 104:4, Heb. 1:4, Matt. 10:1, Eph. 6:12 — though they have sometimes assumed bodies for a time, not in order to carry them along forever, but to possess them for a time. Nevertheless they are only finite spirits, not that they are bounded by the extent of, and by being enclosed within, some body, but because they are bounded by and through the inward limits of their own being; and they are simple, insofar as they have no parts, although not simple in the highest degree as God is, since they are subject to a composition of substance and accident, as well as of faculty and act.
VIII.
Secondly, a life is ascribed to them, since there is no spirit properly so called that lacks life. For otherwise they could not hear God, announce His commands to men, or be fitting servants of God. Their life, however, is neither a vegetative nor a sensitive life, but, in keeping with their excellent nature, an excellent life — that is, a rational life.
IX.
Wherefore, thirdly, because they are spirits, they are also endowed with understanding, whereby they are wise, 2 Sam. 14:20, and behold the face of God, Matt. 18:10. And although their understanding is far more perfect than ours, since it does not depend on the images and impressions of the senses and therefore has more settled and constant thoughts, they nevertheless do not know and understand by their own essence, since that essence is by no means a pattern and cause of all things; nor do they know by the Being of God, as in a mirror, since the works of God are free. Nor do they know all things — this belongs to God alone; in particular they do not know future contingent things, except only by conjecture, and by long use and experience of things, Isa. 41:22–23; nor the hidden secrets of man's heart, Jer. 17:10, 1 Kings 8:39; nor the day of judgment, Mark 13:32. And whatever they do know, they know by intelligible forms — whether such as are inwardly present in them by creation; or such as have been revealed to them by God; or such as they have derived and obtained from the things themselves, by apprehension or by reasoning. So that there appears to be in them a threefold knowledge: (I) a natural or innate knowledge, John 8:44; (II) a revealed knowledge, Dan. 8 and 9, Rev. 1:1; and (III) an experiential knowledge, gained by seeing and hearing the things which they thereby know and understand, Eph. 3:20, 1 Tim. 3:16, 1 Pet. 1:12.
X.
And these things they know not only for themselves, but they can also make them known to others; hence a tongue is figuratively ascribed to them, 1 Cor. 13:1, by which they speak to one another — that is, communicate their conceptions to each other — although in what manner this is done we understand no better than how we converse with irrational animals. They also speak to men by moving and shaping the air in the proper manner, so that words may be formed in it; and on both sides they are addressed by men, and they also receive and assume the form of men, although the manner of this assumption is likewise unknown to us.
XI.
Hence, fourthly, since they are spirits, they are also endowed with a will, whereby they act freely, out of and with a preceding deliberation — obeying God freely and of their own accord, Ps. 103:20; rejoicing over the conversion of sinners, Luke 15:10; being eager to look into the mysteries of salvation, 1 Pet. 1:12. This will belongs to them as a faculty distinct from their essence, more perfect than ours, yet also more limited, because it is not so much disturbed by passions and bodily movements, and is therefore more constant and settled; but passions, so far as they are bodily, they do not have at all, and if any are ascribed to them, these are intellectual passions. Meanwhile their will is dependent on God, being, as regards its exercise, confined within a definite range of objects; and it is, finally, also changeable, and has in fact changed.
XII.
Finally, fifthly, they are complete spirits, which have no relation whatsoever to a body as a second essential part of their composition — in which respect they are known to differ both from the soul of man, separated from the body (which by and through its nature is fitted for composition with a body), and from a whole man, which signifies a body and a spirit together. Whether, moreover, there is between the Angels and our soul an essential difference in kind, is hidden from us; although from the difference of their operations something of this sort seems more than probable to be inferred.
XIII.
Among the qualities and attributes of the Angels is, first, their goodness, which was created in them, both natural and moral, whereby they were made fit and capable for their uses and their duties — from which very many have wantonly departed, John 8:44, Jude v. 6, of which more, and more fully, in its place.
XIV.
Second, their very great power and strength, on account of which they are called גִּבֹּרֵי כֹחַ, "mighty heroes," Ps. 103:20; also Principalities, Powers, and Rulers of the world, Eph. 6:12; likewise Angels of might, 2 Thess. 1:7 — which their astonishing works confirm, 2 Sam. 24:16–17, 2 Kings 19:35, John 5:4, Acts 5:19 and 12:7. We do not understand these to have been performed by their will alone, since there is nothing to contradict ascribing to them a strength and power distinct from their essence. Meanwhile, that they could do infinite things, or perform miracles properly so called, which surpass the nature of the universe, or at least their own, we by no means believe; though we do not deny that they bring about astonishing and wondrous things which surpass our comprehension, 2 Thess. 2:9.
XV.
Third, a place, in which they are present — which they occupy not merely in respect of acting, but by co-presence; not by circumscription, as though they were surrounded from without, as bodies are; nor by infinite fullness, or an infinite co-presence; but by definite location, whereby, on account of the finitude of their being, they are so confined to this place that they are not in another. Thus a legion is said to have been in one man, Luke 8:30.
XVI.
Hence, fourth, a local movement, whereby they pass from one place to another, Gen. 28:12; which, though very swift, since nothing in between offers resistance — for which reason they are compared to winds and fire, Ps. 104:4, and called winged Seraphim, Ezek. 1:6, being moved like lightning, Luke 10:18 — nevertheless does not occur in an instant, but over a succession of time.
XVII.
Fifth, the duration of their existence, and its measure, whereby they are not under time, by which such things are measured as by their nature admit both a beginning and an end; nor yet under eternity, which belongs only to Him who by virtue of His nature can have neither beginning nor end; but under an aeon (sub ævo), by which are measured those things which by their nature include a beginning but exclude an end. This aeon agrees with time in that it includes not only a beginning of duration but also a flow or succession of time; and it agrees with eternity in that it excludes an end of duration. It differs from time in that it excludes an end; and from eternity in that it includes a beginning and a flow of time.
XVIII.
Sixth, their number is indeed finite, but nevertheless very great, Dan. 7:10, Rev. 5:11, Ps. 68:17, Luke 2:13 and 8:30, Matt. 26:53, Heb. 12:22. In this they are distinguished and differ, not as distinct species — as the Thomists among the Papists hold, on the ground that there can be no individual subjects except through some marked and definite matter, which the Angels do not have — but as individual subjects, agreeing in the common nature of a spirit, a thing which is most evident in souls separated from their bodies.
XIX.
Hence, seventh, we readily acknowledge a certain order among them, which is made known through various designations — Seraphim, Cherubim, Thrones, Dominions, Powers, Might, Principalities, Archangels, Col. 2:15, Eph. 1:21 — especially of Archangels and Angels; not to mention the designation of the Prince of the Devils, Matt. 9:34 and 12:24, and likewise of the Devil and his Angels, ch. 25:41. But what that order is, and of what kind, since Scripture is silent, and it therefore does not concern us, we do not inquire, in accordance with the precept and command of Paul, Col. 2:18 — although I do not think it improbable that the difference of that order corresponds to the difference of their duties and functions.
XX.
Nevertheless they are all λειτουργοί, servants of God, πρὸς διακονίαν, for service, Heb. 1:7, 14, Ps. 104:4. This service and ministry is active: (I) with respect to God, in glorifying Him, Ps. 148:2 and 103:20, Isa. 6:3, and in a most ready obedience to and execution of His will, Ps. 103:20; (II) with respect to the Mediator, by worshiping Him, Heb. 1:6, by serving Him, Matt. 4:11, Dan. 7:10, by submitting themselves to Him, Phil. 2:9–10; (III) with respect to men — the good, whom they serve, Heb. 1:14, "ministering to the saints" — and that (1) with regard to temporal things: (a) by protecting them, Ps. 34:7, 91:11, by warning them beforehand, and by snatching and delivering them from the evils hanging over their heads, Gen. 19:12; (b) by providing for their sustenance, 1 Kings 19:5; (c) by making their efforts and undertakings prosperous and successful, Gen. 24:7, 10; and (2) with regard to spiritual things: (a) by revealing to them the will of God, and instructing them concerning what they must do, Acts 10:5, Zech. 1:9, 13, 14; (b) by comforting them in their adversities, Luke 22:43, Acts 27:23–24; (c) by rejoicing over their conversion, Luke 15:10; (d) by carrying their souls at death into heavenly joy, Luke 16:22; (e) by separating them, at the last judgment, from the reprobate, and by giving assent and applause to the Judge's final sentence, Matt. 13:41 and 25:31 — as well as with regard to the evil, by restraining their wickedness and malice, and by executing God's judgments upon them, 2 Kings 19:35, Gen. 19:11.
XXI.
When, then, they are to perform their ministry and carry out their service, they are for this purpose not only sent by God, Heb. 1:14, but we also read that on many occasions they have appeared to men for this end — whether in a vision, Gen. 28:12, Acts 27:23, Matt. 2:13, or by way of familiar address, being present among those present, Gen. 18:2. This has sometimes occurred in a true human body, assumed by them for this ministry at God's behest, and laid aside again after the performance of their task — perhaps even annihilated, Judg. 6:21 and 13:20, Acts 12:10 — with which body, however, they have never been united so as to constitute angel-men; rather, they have used it much more as an instrument, being themselves present, indwelling forms. Perhaps at times they have also appeared merely in the likeness of a human body, Zech. 2:3, and throughout the Revelation; and sometimes in a form differing from the human, as when they appeared winged, Ezek. 1:6. These appearances, moreover, are not noted as being very frequent: the first occurred immediately after the fall of man, Gen. 3:24; the second is recorded, two thousand years later, as having occurred to Abraham, Gen. 18; the third, after two hundred and fifteen years, to Moses, Exod. 3. From that time such appearances occur more frequently in Holy Scripture, down to Zechariah the Prophet, Zech. 1 and 2. After that they go unrecorded for four hundred years, until the Messiah who was to become man, Luke 1:11, 26, and who had already become man, Luke 2:13 — after which time they became more frequent, down to John in the Revelation, after which time, the sacred Canon having been sealed and the will of God sufficiently, indeed abundantly, revealed, such appearances have ceased. Although, invisibly, they are still present in the assemblies of Christians, and perform their service there, 1 Cor. 11:10, until at last, at the final Judgment, for the gathering together and the one separating-out of the elect, they shall be sent forth by the Judge, Matt. 13:41, 25:31, and the Lord Himself, accompanied by the angels of His might, 2 Thess. 1:7, shall come with the voice of the archangel, 1 Thess. 4:16.
XXII.
On account of all these duties, services, and benefits which, at God's command, they bestow upon us, we do not read that they deserve anything from God; nor has any promise of reward been made to them, just as they cannot, by the worthiness of their work, merit anything from God, Rom. 11:35–36. Meanwhile, they do deserve from us, on account of the worth and value of the benefits they bestow upon us, reverence, honor, and service, 1 Cor. 11:10, Matt. 18:10, Acts 10:4 — but only a civil honor, since God has reserved religious worship for Himself alone, Matt. 4:10, and they themselves too have on many occasions refused and rejected it, Rev. 19:10 and 22:9. Add to this that they are nothing other than ministering spirits, Heb. 1:4, serving the saints, Heb. 6:13.
The Polemical Part
XXIII.
The question is: (I) Are there Angels, that is, complete immaterial substances? The Sadducees — so called either from Sadok, a disciple of Antigonus of Socho, as the founder of this sect, or from the Hebrew word צַדִּיק, "a righteous one," as though "self-justifiers" — in order the more easily to undermine the resurrection of the dead, held that there are no spirits which could be reunited with the dead body, and therefore also no angels, Acts 23:8. So too, in our own time, the Libertines (Freethinkers), among whose number we may rightly count David Joris, from whom the Davidists arose, who held that good thoughts are good angels, and evil thoughts devils — almost in the same way as the Cartesians, when they hold that spirits are nothing other than thoughts, except that the latter have not called their thoughts substances, unlike the former, of which more in its place. Recently certain atheist philosophers — Thomas Hobbes, Benedict Spinoza (who became an atheist from being a Jew) — mocking the general truth of Scripture somewhat and making sport of it, have scoffed at the existence of angels. Certain Anabaptists too, in the preceding century, held this same folly. The Reformed, although they acknowledge that the existence of spirits cannot be demonstrated clearly and irrefutably by natural reasons alone, nevertheless hold that this existence of spirits can be taught with more than probable reasons, but most clearly and plainly of all from the testimonies of Scripture. This we have proven in §§III and IV of this chapter, and indeed by name against the Sadducees, who are said to have acknowledged the divine authority of the five books of Moses, from Gen. 3:24, likewise 18, 19, 21:17, 24:7, 40, 28:12, and 48:16, Exod. 3:2, etc. — by which passages and testimonies they are self-condemning judges of their own error. We add to this: (I) that Holy Scripture speaks of them as persons, messengers, servants, keepers, watchers, etc. — against the Libertines. (II) That it ascribes to them all the requisites of persons: substance, life, understanding, will, joy, personal actions, as well as rewards and punishments. Indeed also (III) that we are said hereafter to be like the angels, Matt. 22:30, Luke 20:36. Against all these proofs the Sadducees objected in vain, and without any reason, that: (1) when God exercises His power to punish, this is called an evil angel; but on the contrary, when He preserves, shelters, protects, and does us good, this is called a good angel — but this is without support from Holy Scripture, indeed against the very passages of Scripture noted in §IV. (2) On the passages relating the appearances of Angels, they said that winds, or a power of God, must be understood — but this is against the plain text.
XXIV.
The question is: (II) Were the Angels too created at the very first beginning of creation? Aristotle is said, along with his Peripatetics, to have taught that the Angels were never created, but have coexisted with God from eternity. The Socinians do acknowledge that they were created, but hold that they could have existed from eternity, so that the eternity ascribed in Holy Scripture to the Son and the Spirit need not conclusively establish the eternal Godhead of those Persons. The ancients, according to the testimony of Origen in his book called Peri Archon, "On First Principles," speak doubtfully of the creation of the Angels; that they were indeed created, all acknowledge, but when and in what manner, they doubt. Most of the Greek Church Fathers lean sufficiently toward holding that they were created before this world. (So Origen, Homilies I and II; Nazianzen, Sermon on the Nativity of the Lord, XXXVIII; Chrysostom, Homily XXII on Genesis; likewise Anastasius Sinaita, Hexaemeron I; John of Damascus, On the Orthodox Faith II.2.) Yet there have also not been lacking those who thought otherwise, such as Epiphanius, Haer. LXV, and perhaps also Theodoret. Among the Latins, before Augustine, most preferred to hold that they were created before this world, such as Novatus, Hilary, and others. Augustine himself dares to determine nothing with certainty, but thinks nevertheless that they are signified by Moses under the name of "light," and thus created on the first day — an opinion not displeasing also to Gregory the Great, Moral. XXXII, nor to Bede, nor to Cyril. On all this one may consult Vossius, De Idololatria I.7. The Anabaptists, although they acknowledge that they were created with the beginning of the world, nevertheless think, since as mere thoughts they have no relation to a place, that they could have been created before this world. Most of the Reformed hold that they were created on the first day, together with the third heaven, Gen. 1:1 compared with ch. 2:1. At any rate, that they were created before the founding of the earth seems clearly enough stated in Job 38:7. But that they existed beforehand, or could have existed beforehand, before this whole world, they steadfastly deny: (I) because Holy Scripture has not one jot or tittle of this, but says rather that the whole world, with all its host, Gen. 2:1–2 (by which the Angels are meant, Luke 2:13, 15), and likewise all things contained in the world, were created in six days, Exod. 20:11. (II) Because before the world there was nothing but eternity, and because, according to the style of Holy Scripture, "to be from eternity" and "to be before the founding of the world" are equivalent expressions of the same meaning, Ps. 90:2, Prov. 8:22, Eph. 1:4, 1 Pet. 1:20, John 17:24, Acts 15:18. (III) Because reason teaches that before the beginning of time there was nothing but sheer eternity, in which there is no earlier and later; they would therefore, according to the opposing position, have existed in eternity and eternally, and thus infinitely in duration, in presence and in being — something which belongs to God alone. (IV) Because every creature, being finite, is confined within its own "where," so that what is not in a "where" is nowhere, and therefore does not exist at all. If they now urge the opposite view: (1) that Moses passed over their creation in silence — we answer: (a) that it is wrongly and mistakenly concluded from this that they were created before the world, for this is merely a negative testimony and proof. (b) And that Moses does indeed teach, though implicitly, their creation within the compass of the six days, we have already shown above. If it is said (2) that eternal life is said to have been promised to us before the ages of time, Titus 1:2, and why could this not likewise be said of the Angels? We answer: (a) that from the existence of a certain promise before the creation of the world, no inference follows to the existence of the Angels, since that promise lay hidden in God's eternal election. (b) That it would likewise have to follow that men existed before this world, to whom that promise was made. Further, it is objected (3) that the Angels are more excellent than all other creatures. But we answer that it by no means follows from this that they existed before all other creatures, since man, who is the noblest of all visible creatures, was created after all the other creatures. And even if it be granted that they were created before all other creatures, it still does not follow that they were created before the whole world. A fourth objection is: that, on this view, God would have had no servants, until the creation of the world, by whom He might be praised and glorified. Answer: (a) It would follow from this that they were absolutely eternal. (b) There is nothing at all absurd in supposing that God did not have the service of the Angels from eternity, since in Himself He is entirely self-sufficient and most blessed. Indeed (c) for this very reason He did not will that they should coexist with Him from eternity, so that it might thereby appear that He has no need of the service of any creature. Finally, it is said: (5) that in this way, on the contrary, God's omnipotence seems to be weakened. Answer: (a) We do not deny that it could have come to pass, by God's absolute and unlimited power, that the first Mosaic beginning, and with it the world and the Angels, could have existed very many ages before our present time than they in fact have; though we deny that they could have existed before all beginning of time whatsoever, since before time there could be nothing but eternity. Nor do we deny (b) that there has been in God, from all eternity, that omnipotence whereby He actually created the world and the Angels in time; though we deny that the world and the Angels could have been created from eternity, since this involves a plain contradiction.
XXV.
It is asked: (III) Are the Angels substances that are absolutely immaterial? Very many of the Jews, according to the testimony of Sixtus Senensis, Bibliotheca Sancta, Book V, Annot. VIII, and of Vossius, De Idololatria, Book I, ch. 6, have not held them to be simply immaterial, but only comparatively so, in relation to our coarser bodies, so that in comparison with God they would be bodies. Some Jews think that at least the evil spirits are material — egregoroi, "watchers" or "wakeful ones" — since they are supposed to have been seduced by the charms of women among us, Gen. 6:1–2. And in our own time Trithemius, Abbot of Sponheim (who holds that the evil spirits are fiery, airy, watery, and earthy in nature, Ad Maximilianum, Quaest. VI), thinks them material. Likewise Vorstius and Socinus, with their followers, in order the more easily to maintain that God too is, in His own way, material, composite, and finite, say that the Angels are material. Augustine reproaches the Manichean Faustus for having held that the Angels sprang forth from the very substance of God. Origen ascribes to them bodies of air. Nor have there been lacking those who, from the names Uriel and Seraphim, have concluded that they were created out of light, as out of a corresponding matter. Against this, the Reformed hold that they are absolutely immaterial: (I) because in Holy Scripture they are consistently called spirits, both the good Angels and the evil, of whom the Savior says, Luke 24:39, that they have neither flesh nor bones, and therefore cannot be touched, which belongs to material things. (II) Because Holy Scripture nowhere ascribes any matter to them. (III) Because they would not be able to render God so fitting and suitable a service if they were material. Nor is there any weight in their objections: (1) from Gen. 6:2, that the sons of God looked upon the daughters of men, that they were fair, etc. — a passage which has misled most of the Fathers. Answer: it would have to be proven that "the sons of God" here means the Angels, since by "the sons of God" it is more fittingly understood the descendants of Seth, who made up the church, while by "the daughters of men" are meant the descendants of Cain, apostates, with whom it was not lawful for the sons of the church to enter into marriage, 1 Cor. 6:14. (2) That they are called flames of fire, Ps. 104:4, Heb. 1:7, and therefore fiery matter. Answer: this comparison does not concern the essence of the Angels, but rather their power and swiftness in carrying out the divine commands, since with respect to their essence they are clearly said to have been made spirits, as we have noted in the Explanatory Part. (3) It is objected that we are said hereafter to be like the Angels, Matt. 22:30, and therefore, since we are material, the Angels too are material. Answer: since we are said to be made like the Angels, it is sufficiently indicated that we are not now like the Angels, and therefore that the Angels are not such as we are, namely, material — nor does it follow that our future likeness to the Angels implies a likeness of substance, but only a likeness of state, with reference to the future immortality which is common to both. A fourth objection is that they have on many occasions presented themselves to men to be seen in human form, Mark 16:5, etc. Answer: God too has not infrequently appeared to the patriarchs, and yet He is not on that account a material substance, Gen. 18:1–2. They have therefore shown themselves visibly to men, not in bodies of their own, but in assumed bodies, being in themselves spirits — for which reason too, having accomplished their task, they have laid aside the assumed bodies again, Judg. 13:3, 6, 8, 9, 10, compared with v. 20.
XXVI.
It is asked: (IV) Does the essence of an Angel consist in a mere thought? The Davidists, as we noted in §XXIII, hold that good thoughts are good Angels, and evil thoughts evil Angels. Descartes and his followers — since he, awakening within himself from his boastful doubt, found only a thought, and concluded from this that in the whole of nature there is nothing but these two things, thought and extension — held that the Angels are not extended things, and, since they can then be nothing other than mere thoughts, as we have noted elsewhere, Book II, Chapter III, §XIX.
The Reformed do indeed grant that the Angels are thinking substances; but they do not grant that in an Angel there is nothing but a bare thought — no, but rather that in an Angel there is a substance, distinct from its thought, in which, along with the faculties and powers of thinking and acting, the thoughts and actions themselves have their source and origin. At any rate, that they are not mere thoughts we maintain with many arguments: (I) because, by the admission of all, the thought of the one is distinct and different from the thought of another; but this cannot be distinct or different through nothing, for then they would not be distinguished from one another — therefore it must be through something which is itself distinct and different from the thought. (II) Because one thought of one and the same spirit is distinct from another thought; and since this again cannot happen through nothing, it must happen through something which is present in the one thought and not in the other. (III) Because in a spirit, and in the thought of a spirit, there is a moral goodness and badness, which is distinct and different from the thought itself, by which the one spirit and the one thought differs from the other, as an Angel differs from the Devil; but goodness and badness are, by the agreement of all, something substantial. (IV) Because, by the unanimous admission of the Cartesians themselves, there is in thought a certain modification, according to which the thought or idea is manifold in any given spirit. This modification is again either something or nothing. If nothing, then it cannot multiply the thoughts; therefore there is in the thought or idea something distinct and different from the very essence of thought. (V) Because the common sense and common judgment of all men — which, on the Cartesians' own view, they hold to be the standard of all truth — conceives of thinking as a certain act, and at the same time understands that an act presupposes an agent, which is distinct from the thought or thinking itself. And thus there is in a spirit something distinct from its own acting. (VI) If there were nothing in a spirit but a mere and bare thought, it could in no way be understood that, and in what manner, all sorts of spirits — good or evil — are truly and properly in a place, which nevertheless both Holy Scripture and reason ascribe to them. How too could a spirit be moved from one place to another; ascend and descend; arrive and depart — all of which is generally ascribed to them in Holy Scripture? How, too, after the death of the body, could a pious and godly soul ascend to heaven, and a godless one descend into hell? (VII) If spirits are nothing other than mere thoughts, then it cannot be understood that, and in what manner, all spirits, both good and evil, can and actually do act outside of themselves — which nevertheless almost countless testimonies of Holy Scripture require; but of this more at the following question. Nor do they have anything to object except their false assumptions, namely: (1) that we have no idea of any single thing in a spirit which is different from its own thought or thinking. Answer: (a) suppose we have an idea of nothing else, it would still not follow from this that no such thing exists, since our soul, being finite, has no idea of everything, nor can it have. But (b) we do indeed have an idea of something which is distinct from the thinking in spirits, as appears from and through all the arguments already adduced; in particular, we have, besides and alongside the thought, an idea of an act, as distinct from the agent. It is said: (2) if there were something in a spirit distinct from thought, this would necessarily have to be an extension, since in the whole universe there is nothing but thought and extension. We answer: what is this but begging and repeating the question? We have abundantly shown and proven the contrary. (Cf. our Gangraena Cartesiana, Sect. II, ch. VI, §§4–5, and ch. XXIX, §9.)
XXVII.
It is asked: (V) Do the Angels work outside themselves by their own powers? Concerning this matter of the operation of spirits there has in recent years been much variously-conducted dispute, occasioned by a book of the Rev. Balthasar Bekker, which he entitled in Dutch The World Bewitched. Bekker himself distinguishes, first of all, spirits into those united with their bodies, such as human souls — which he acknowledges act upon their bodies by virtue of that union — and those which have no fellowship with bodies of their own, and these again into good and evil: further, that God employs the service of the good Angels in rescuing His people from His judgments, executed both against the good and against the evil, but only without and apart from their own powers; while the evil spirits work absolutely nothing. His Cartesian opponents hold that they do indeed act outside themselves, though not by their own powers, but that God wills that, upon such-and-such a thought of the spirits, such-and-such effects should be present, while God Himself immediately produces, not only the connection between such a thought of the spirits and such an effect, but also the thought itself, indeed the effect itself as well. A spirit, therefore, by its own powers, produces absolutely nothing. This opinion, prescribed for him by the Reverend Consistory of Amsterdam, Dr. Bekker too gladly and willingly adopted. The primary falsehood common to both parties consists in this, that a spirit is nothing other than a mere thought, and that one cannot understand how a mere or bare thought could, by its own powers, act outside itself. The Reformed opponents of Bekker, whom we shall, for the sake of distinction, call the Anti-Cartesians, hold that spirits are not mere thoughts, but substances, in which are powers by which they can act outside themselves — the reasons for which we have already shown above, at the preceding question. As for the view of Bekker's Cartesian opponents, we acknowledge: (I) that, according to God's eternal decree, there is, through creation, such a connection that such an effect is produced by such a cause; but such a connection as, at the same time, has also conferred upon the cause the powers by which it can truly act, or by which it can truly be a cause. But (II) that empty and vacant connection of theirs, whereby a cause, without any powers of its own, should be a cause, and should work what it cannot work, the Cartesian opponents have neither proven, nor attempted to prove. Moreover, (III) if, through that empty and vacant connection, a spirit, without powers of its own, were truly to act — in which God alone produces the connection between the willing and the thing willed, and likewise immediately produces the willing and the willed thing themselves — then that which God alone works would be said to be worked by the creature, with a plain contradiction; and therefore, by and through such a connection, they hold that a spirit truly acts, whereby in fact it acts not at all. Further, (IV) if, from such a connection alone, our soul were to do evil — for example, murder, adultery — and the evil spirit, by virtue of the said connection, were to tempt and seduce, would not God alone then be the true and properly-so-called cause of all these evils, and not the creature, to which, by virtue of this connection, nothing would belong except the bare removal of any real acting? Add to this, (V) that Holy Scripture, instead of that vacant and empty connection, ascribes to the Angels powers — indeed a great power, on account of which they are called "mighty heroes," strong in power, Ps. 103:20, and Angels of God's might, 2 Thess. 1:7. Likewise (VI) that Holy Scripture ascribes to them many mighty operations — for example, the slaying of the firstborn in Egypt; the slaughter of one hundred and twenty-five thousand in the camp of Sennacherib; the overturning and destruction of the house in which Job's sons and daughters were feasting; and many more such works. Likewise the announcement of the birth of Isaac, Gen. 18:10 and 22:11, and of Christ, Luke 1:11, 26; of His resurrection, Matt. 28; the announcement of the deliverance of Lot, Gen. 19; of the Apostles from prison, Acts 5:19 and 12:7; of Daniel, Dan. 6:23; a voice of the archangel, 1 Thess. 4:16; service toward the elect, Heb. 1:14, and countless other such operations. Against all this Dr. Bekker brings forward nothing except: (1) that in some of these passages "angels" means nothing other than men sent forth, and that this is the case in Gen. 18, contrary to Paul's interpretation, Heb. 13:2. (2) That in other passages what God has done immediately by a miracle is transferred to the Angels, according to the opinion of others, without a single jot or tittle of proof that this is so, Dan. 6:21–22, 2 Sam. 7:22, and elsewhere — a claim which examination of the passages themselves will refute. (3) That in other passages the divine Majesty is displayed after a courtly and stately fashion, as though enlarged and magnified by a multitude and abundance of bodyguards and courtiers, though inactive ones. That this is the case, for example, in 2 Thess. 1:7, Matt. 24:31. From all of which he finally draws two conclusions: (a) that nothing certain can be gathered from Holy Scripture concerning the operations of the Angels with respect to men; (b) that all this serves only to display the works of God toward men, by such manners of speech, after the fashion of a heavenly court. And what, in the end, is all this but a contemptuous mockery of most of the accounts of Holy Scripture concerning the operations of the Angels, treating them as embellishments and imaginings, meaning by them nothing less than what the words actually say? (Cf. our Epanorthosis addressed to the distinguished Bekker, §XIX.) If, further, his Cartesian opponents press their empty connection by saying: (a) that miracles are said to be performed by men — we shall reply that these are said to be performed by God alone, Ps. 72:19, Acts 3:12–13. If (b) they press that, without such a divine connection, the creature can do nothing — we shall answer that apart from that connection whereby God confers upon the creature that is to act the powers by which it acts, the creature works nothing; but by that empty connection of the Cartesians, the creature likewise works nothing at all — God alone works. (Cf. our Gangraena Cartesiana, Sect. II, ch. XXX, §§7–10.)
XXVIII.
It is asked: (VI) Are the Angels, as regards their essence, in a place? Dr. Bekker holds that, although they are not properly in a place, since a bare thought bears no relation to a place, they are nevertheless in whatever place they are thinking of, and indeed in that whole place, and equally throughout it; for example, if an Angel thinks of Rome, he is in Rome; if he thinks of Heaven, he is there; if he thinks of Hell, he is there; if he thinks of the whole universe, he is in the whole universe. His Cartesian opponents indeed profess that the Angels, properly speaking, as to their essence, are not in a place; yet they hold that they cannot be said to be in every place they think of, but that they are in the place where that thing is upon which they act outside themselves. They agree with one another on these points: (I) that spirits do not act except by thinking; (II) that spirits, by and with their own powers, do not act outside themselves at all; (III) that they are not properly and in themselves in a place. Yet they seem to differ in this, that Bekker says they are wherever the thing is that they are thinking of and about, while his Cartesian opponents say they are wherever the thing is that they are acting upon. But what difference is there between thinking and acting, among those who agree together that spirits are nothing but mere thoughts, and act only by thinking, and that by thinking they produce nothing outside themselves? The common view of the Reformed is that the Angels, being substances, are distinct from their thoughts or ideas, which are actions; that, with respect to that substance, they are truly and properly in a place, although in such a defined manner that, being in one place, they are not at the same time in another. For this view we have (1) already laid the groundwork at the fourth question, by teaching that the Angels are not bare thoughts or ideas, but thinking substances, to which a place doubtless belongs, in which they are, insofar as they exist at all. (2) What is not in a place or space, is nowhere; and what is nowhere, does not exist. (3) It involves a contradiction that the Angels should be in the world, that they should be parts of the world, according to the common judgment of nearly all men, and yet be nowhere. For this reason too (4) Holy Scripture generally ascribes to the Angels their seats, their dwelling-place, Dan. 7:10, and describes them as coming, going, ascending, descending — doubtless out of a place in which they are; to cite the particular Scripture passages relevant here would be superfluous and needless. Let me add (5), from the very assumptions of the Cartesians themselves: they think in a place, they act outside themselves in a place; therefore they are in a place. The foundation of the Cartesian view rests sufficiently on these four points: (a) that an Angel is nothing other than a bare thought — a thing we have already overthrown at length. (b) That a thought bears no relation to a place — which is contradicted by experience, according to which a thought is in the place where we are; likewise by the common judgment of men, according to which, if thoughts were nowhere, neither in heaven nor on earth, they would not exist at all; indeed the Cartesian assumption itself contradicts this, for if the Angels are in the place where they act, why should they not also be in the place where they think — especially since, on the same assumption, they act only by thinking? (c) That a place or space is a body, consisting of a threefold dimension: but if space is a body, then there would be a body within a body, since, by virtue of the notion common to all, a body is in a space. Moreover, a threefold dimension does not properly belong to a space, but to the body which is in that space. (d) That everything that is in a bodily space is a body. But this is as valid as saying that whatever is in a golden cup is gold, or that whatever is in a glass cup is glass, or that God, who co-exists with all bodies, is a body. (Cf. our Gangraena, ch. XXIII, §§1–4.)
XXIX.
It is asked: (VII) Does movement not belong to the Angels except in a very improper sense? The Cartesians, having on grounds already refuted denied the Angels a place, cannot but likewise deny them a properly-so-called movement. The Reformed, on the contrary, since they ascribe to the Angels a place on solid grounds, and overthrow the Cartesian grounds, as appears from the preceding section, hold also that they are properly moved from one place to another. Chiefly because Holy Scripture proclaims this everywhere, Job 1:7, Heb. 1:14, Luke 1:26, 1 Pet. 5:8, Luke 11:24, Ps. 91:11–12, Gen. 28:12, and elsewhere. Nor can anyone produce a single passage of Holy Scripture which teaches that the Angels are moved only in a very improper sense. (Cf. Gangraena, ch. XXIII, §§7–8.)
XXX.
It is asked: (VIII) Can one determine with certainty what the orders of the Angels are? The Platonic philosophers divide their "genii," or spirits, into celestial, super-celestial, and sub-celestial, according to the testimony of Iamblichus, On the Mysteries of the Egyptians. The Jews (not to speak here of their Sephiroth and Atsiloth — "Enumerations" and "Emanations," of which we have spoken above, Book II, Chapter V, §X, as divine attributes, though some have rather held them to be angels) reckon, according to the various stations and functions of the Angels, three classes of them: first, those of the "Attendants," who are most fully separated from matter, are never seen in bodily form, nor come down to earth, but constantly surround God's throne. Second, the "Ministering" Angels of service, who are sent into the world, and sometimes converse under human form, and otherwise govern the heavenly spheres, for which reason they are called the host of heaven. Third, the "Punishing" ones, called by them the Angels of death and destruction, who dwell in the sublunary realm, being ministers of divine wrath and justice on earth — of whom they also hold that, being distinguished by sex, they take food and have intercourse with one another, and even die. The good Angels they call, in particular: 1. Living Creatures of Holiness, 2. Ophannim, 3. Oralim, 4. Chashmalim, 5. Seraphim, 6. Angels, 7. Elohim, 8. Bene-Elohim, 9. Cherubim — under which they include the Ishim, the highest of whom stand beneath the throne of the divine Majesty, and the lowest of whom associate with men. (See Angelus de Burgo Novo, Commentary on the Cabalistic Zohar, and Francis Gregory, Problemata Sacra, vol. VI, sect. V, §173.) Pseudo-Dionysius the Areopagite, following the Platonic philosophers, and the whole company of the Scholastics, reckon a threefold Hierarchy, that is, holy government: a super-celestial one, which is that of the Trinity; an ecclesiastical one, which is that of men; and a celestial one, which is that of the Angels — and these they further divide into a highest, a middle, and a lowest. These they distinguish generally: (a) by properties, order, knowledge, and operation; (b) by acts of holy government — purifying, illuminating, and perfecting — in particular, from the meaning of the names, such as Seraphim, Cherubim, Thrones, Dominions, Powers, Might, Archangels. Further, they posit nine choirs or orders, which they divide into three Hierarchies: namely, a first, which has the Seraphim, Cherubim, and Thrones; a middle, which has the Dominions, Virtues, and Powers; and a lowest, which has the Principalities, Archangels, and Angels. All of which they set forth for this purpose, that the Papists might the more easily maintain and defend their worship of the Angels. The Reformed do acknowledge that there is a certain order among the Angels, since not only is God, their Creator, a God of order, 1 Cor. 14:33, 40, but also because various names of the Angels seem to give occasion for this — Col. 1:16, Eph. 3:10 compared with Ezek. 9:3, Isa. 6:2, 1 Thess. 4:16, Gen. 3:24, Jude v. 9; especially too since the particle "whether," "whether thrones, whether dominions..." Col. 1:16, seems to require a certain order among the Angels — not to mention that there is a certain order even among the evil spirits themselves, Matt. 12:24. But what that order among the Angels is, they believe cannot be determined by men in this state of imperfection: because (I) neither can nature reveal anything of this order, nor does Holy Scripture reveal it, as appears from examining all the passages which Dionysius and others are wont to adduce for that order. (2) Because Paul, Col. 2:18, condemns that curiosity for more than one reason: "let no one beguile you of your reward in a voluntary humility and worshiping of angels, intruding into those things which he hath not seen." (3) Because the foundation on which that order is built, namely those nine names, is nothing but sand, since we read that not only those nine names, but very many others besides, are used of the Angels; for they are called morning stars, Job 38:7; watchers, Dan. 4:11, 17; the host of heaven, Luke 2:13; spirits, Heb. 1:7; Elohim (gods), Ps. 8:6; men, Gen. 18:2, etc. Not to mention that the proofs from the meaning of the words are far too weak to bear the weight of so great and so elaborate a structure. Moreover, Holy Scripture makes no mention at all of Archangels in the plural, but only of one Archangel. (4) Because the properties by which one tries to distinguish these orders from one another, drawn and derived from the names, are found to be common to all the Angels: for all are said to stand by or before God, Dan. 7:10; all are said to hear Him and execute His commands, Ps. 103:20; they are all ministering spirits, Heb. 1:14, Ps. 91:11. Nor do the advocates of this order have anything to offer for themselves except: (a) those various names, on which they build these orders, which we have already sufficiently dealt with; (b) the arguments drawn from fittingness and correspondences, of which the Schoolmen spoke so much (on Lombard's Sentences, Book II, Dist. IX) — arguments so insipid and flavorless that they do not deserve that we should trouble ourselves with refuting them; (c) the authority of Dionysius the Areopagite, who is supposed to have learned these mysteries from Paul. But that this Dionysius is nothing but a fictitious author has been demonstrated not only by our own, for example Illyricus, Catalogus Testium Veritatis, Book I, Beza on Acts 17, Scaliger, De Emendatione Temporum, Book VI, Rivet in his Critica Sacra, Cook in his Censura Patrum — but this has also been acknowledged by some among the Papists themselves, for example Erasmus in his Response to the Paris Censures, Tit. XXXI, Cajetan, and Lorenzo Valla on Acts 17. Of the same kind, too, is the Epistle of Ignatius to the Trallians, as Cook, Rivet, and Ussher have shown — so that some among the Papists here plead wrongly on the strength of its authority. More on such matters, pertaining to this subject, may be found in the celebrated Voetius, Disputationes, vol. I, De Hierarchia Coelesti.
XXXI.
It is asked: (IX) Are there guardian and protecting Angels, each assigned in particular to particular affairs, provinces, and persons? The heathen seem to have held something of this sort in former times, according to the testimony of Augustinus Steuchus Eugubinus, De Perenni Philosophia, Book VII, ch. 18, and of Martin Del Rio, Disquisitiones Magicae, Book II, Quaest. XXVI, sect. 2. Likewise the Kabbalistic Jews, and what they teach on this matter concerning guardian angels, birth-angels, delivery-angels, and death-angels, may be seen in Buxtorf's Synagoga Judaica. The Muhammadans too hold this, according to the testimony of Lonicer, Chronica Turcica, vol. I, ch. XXIV. Gerhard Johann Vossius, on the authority of the Fathers, seems inclined to hold that every man has his own guardian Angel, De Idololatria, Book I, ch. VII; likewise Zanchius, De Operibus Creationis, Book III, ch. 13, and Ames, Supplementum ad Chamierum, De Ecclesia, Book V, ch. VII. Many, if not most, of the Fathers likewise seem to lean toward holding that every man has his own guardian and protecting Angel. The Papists, maintaining the worship of Angels, hold that, besides their seven Angels, standing before God and serving Him — whom Pineda, De Rebus Salomonis, Book V, ch. XV, calls the Overseers and Wardens of the Heavenly Court, God's Servants, and Mediators of men, whose names are said to be Michael, Gabriel, Raphael, Uriel, Sealtiel, Jehudiel, and Barachiel, as Nicolaus Serarius, Commentary on Tobit, ch. XII.15, would have it — besides those seven general guardian and protecting Angels, I say, the Papists hold that from the ranks of the lowest, some are set apart and sent forth (deputed) for a particular cause, to their particular office and function: for example, the Virtues, to ward off evil spirits; the Powers, to work wonders in bodily matters; some for nations, peoples, provinces, states, and cities; others to protect particular persons, both evil and good, both reprobate and elect; indeed also a certain evil Angel, whom they call the Tempter. The names of these Angels Pope Zacharias, at the Roman Council, with the exception of Michael, Gabriel, and Raphael, declared to be the names of Demons. As for their offices toward their charges, some count four, as Bonaventure; others five, as Cornelius à Lapide on Exodus 23, or eight, as the same author does on Matthew 18:10; others twelve, as Gabriel Biel, on Book II of the Sentences, Dist. XI, who gathers them all together from Holy Scripture, namely: (1) to rebuke, Judg. 2; (2) to release from the bonds of sin, Acts 12; (3) to remove obstacles from the good way, Exod. 12; (4) to ward off evil spirits, Tobit 12; (5) to teach and inwardly enlighten, Dan. 9; (6) to reveal hidden things, Gen. 18; (7) to comfort the afflicted, Tobit 5 and 6; (8) to strengthen in and on God's way, 1 Kings 19; (9) to lead and guide on the way, Tobit 5; (10) to strike down enemies, Isa. 37; (11) to moderate and soften temptations, Gen. 32; (12) to carry prayers to God, Tobit 12. The Reformed believe that the Angels, in general, serve God for the salvation of the elect, since Holy Scripture testifies to this, Heb. 1:14, Ps. 34:7 and 91:11, compared with Matt. 4:6, Luke 15:10 and 16:22. But that particular Angels are assigned to particular affairs, provinces, and persons, they cannot believe with divine faith: because (I) Holy Scripture nowhere says this, and this cannot be known to us from elsewhere. Indeed, rather (2) it says the opposite, when it sometimes assigns more than one Angel to one person, and to many but one Angel, Gen. 28:12, 32:1–2, Ps. 34:7, 2 Kings 6:16–17, Luke 16:22. (3) Because this opinion dishonors and diminishes the dignity of Christ's mediatorial office and intercession, insofar as it puts the Angels in Christ's place, or at least makes them equal with Him. (4) Because it paves the way toward the worship of Angels. (5) Because this opinion agrees with the heathen, the Muhammadans, and the Jews, as we have seen. The objections to the contrary are of no weight whatsoever. (a) To the Scripture passages which Alsted, Zanchius, and the Papists use for this purpose — Matt. 18:10, Acts 12:15, Dan. 10:13, Isa. 37:36, etc. — we answer: (I) in general, that not even a single passage can be produced, or could be produced, which says that a particular Angel is given by God to particular persons. Therefore (2) if perhaps, to this or that person — for example, to Peter in his chains, or to children, because they cannot bear responsibility for themselves — or also for this or that particular matter, a certain Angel is sent by God, it does not follow from this that a particular Angel is given to all, and each in particular. In particular (b) on the passage Matt. 18:10, "their [the little children's] Angels...," we say that this speaks not of one Angel who is particularly proper to each individual little child, but of Angels who, without distinction, according to God's good pleasure, watch over their preservation, in accordance with their office and duty, Heb. 1:14. (c) On the passage Acts 12:15, "it is his Angel," we answer that this is said through a plain mistake and error, not by divine inspiration. (d) In Dan. 10 it is indeed related that an Angel was sent to Daniel, v. 11, yet he is not called "the Angel of Daniel." Likewise mention is made there, in v. 13, of the prince of the kingdom of Persia; but by this is not meant a certain Angel, but Cambyses, the son of Cyrus, a prince of Persia, an enemy of the Jews, who unknowingly opposed the efforts of the Angel sent to Daniel. Michael, too, is mentioned there as one of the chief princes. But it is not unfitting to understand Christ by this — He who is called "one," that is, the first and the Prince of the Angels, who, being compared with created princes, are very well called the first and chief princes, just as they are also called Principalities and Powers in heaven, Eph. 3:10. The remaining testimonies of Scripture carry not the least difficulty at all — no, rather, they are much more opposed to the Papists.
XXXII.
It is asked: (X) Are the Angels mediators and intercessors of men before God? The Platonists, since they had assigned a guardian Angel to every man, also made him a mediator and intercessor. (See Vossius, De Sectis Philosophicis, ch. XVI, and Horn, Historia Philosophica, Book VII, ch. 8.) This opinion of theirs seems to have crept into the Christian Church already in the Apostle's time, Col. 2:18. At the very least it is more than probable that from these the falsely-named Dionysius the Areopagite likewise drew this opinion for his "celestial hierarchy," his heavenly holy government. So too the Simonians, the Archontics, and the Angelici in the second century. From the muddy pools of these the Papists, in order the more effectively to bolster their worship of Angels, have likewise drawn this opinion. (See Pineda, De Rebus Salomonis, Book V, ch. 15.) The Reformed teach that this honor belongs to none of the Angels, but to Christ alone, 1 Tim. 2:5, 1 John 2:1, Heb. 4:14 — chiefly because it can belong to none but the Mediator, the God-man, as we shall see deliberately and at length in its place. Nor do the Papists have anything to allege for the contrary except: (I) from Tobit 3:15 — but this is an apocryphal book, overflowing with various errors. Indeed, even in this very passage the writer contradicts himself, when the Angel of this passage calls himself Raphael, though he had already earlier, in ch. 5:18, called himself Azarias, son of the great Ananias. (II) From Rev. 8:3 — but by this Angel none other can be understood than the uncreated Angel, the Angel of the Covenant, Mal. 3:1, the Angel of God's presence (properly, the Angel of the presences), Isa. 63:9, who alone, as the Priest of heaven, brings the prayers of the saints, laid upon Him as upon the golden altar, to God, Heb. 4:14, 9:24, 13:10, 15, 1 John 2:1. (Cf. Rainolds, Censura Librorum Apocryphorum, Praelect. LXII and LXIII.)
XXXIII.
It is asked: (XI) Is religious honor due to the Angels? Those who take the Angels for mediators or intercessors, whom we mentioned in the preceding section, do not hesitate to hold that they must be honored with religious worship; hence they institute feast days in their honor, build temples, make vows — indeed, the Jesuit Drexelius does not even scruple to invoke God through the merits of his guardian Angel. The Socinians, in order the more easily to maintain that Christ did not exist before His birth from the blessed Virgin, and that He was not that Angel — the Jehovah — before whom Abraham bowed down and whom he worshiped, Gen. 18:3 — so that our proof of the eternal Godhead of the Son and the Holy Spirit, which we draw from the religious honor and worship due to them according to Holy Scripture, might not stand and hold good; and finally, that Christ, in turning the Law into the Gospel, also improved upon the Mosaic Law in this respect — hold that under the Old Testament it was lawful to worship the Angels. With this, to favor the Socinians, the Apologetic Remonstrants agree, Episcopius, Institutiones, Book IV, ch. 35. The Reformed believe that a civil service and honor is due to them, 1 Cor. 11:10, 1 Tim. 5:21, as being the most excellent of creatures, Heb. 1:4; but that a religious honor is due to them, they do not believe: (I) because God nowhere testifies this in Holy Scripture; (II) because this is condemned by Holy Scripture, Col. 2:18; and (III) is rejected by the Angels themselves, Rev. 19:10 and 22:8–9, Judg. 13:15–16; (IV) because religious honor, presupposing the supreme excellence of deity, belongs to God alone, Deut. 6:13 and 10:20, Matt. 4:10 — for which reason God so solemnly testifies, Isa. 42:8: "I am Jehovah... my glory will I give to no other." Nor does it count in favor of religious worship of the Angels that Abraham showed the Angels who appeared to him a religious honor, Gen. 18:2–3, for he did not show the Angels a religious honor, but the Angel, v. 3: "Lord, if now I have found favor in thy sight..." — and that Angel is repeatedly called Jehovah, vv. 13, 14, 17, 20. (Cf. Chamier, Panstratia, vol. II, Book XIX, ch. 6, §§9–23.) More on this, and especially the assumptions of the Socinians, we shall have in their places.
XXXIV.
It is asked: (XII) Was the Church of the Old Testament exposed to the power and dominion of the Angels? The so-called Angelici, whom we mentioned above, built their worship of Angels upon their supposed power over, and, as it were, divinity in, the church. (See Epiphanius, Haer. LX, and Augustine, Haer. XXXIX.) Nor do the advocates of a celestial Hierarchy differ from this, nor indeed could they: for while they assign to particular affairs, provinces, and cities their own particular Angel, do they not thereby also assign them a dominion and power, and demand a subjection? The very celebrated Cocceius, in order to be able to infer from the punishment that the Old Testament church was under a still-outstanding guilt of punishment, and in order to elevate the privileges of the New Testament church above those of the Old Church, holds that the Jewish church, after the making of the golden calf, was under the power and dominion of the Angels, called gods, whom God is supposed to have taken to Himself for this purpose in the giving of the Law ("by the ordination of angels"), so that the people, through the Law, should be made subject to the Angels, as their servant and slave, the Angels being the avengers of the Law; under which servitude even Christ is supposed to have been for a time, having been made a little lower than the Angels, until He delivered the New Testament church from that servitude. The other Reformed do acknowledge that the Angels are called Elohim, gods, Ps. 8:6, that they were also present at the giving of the Law, Acts 7:53, and that the Law was delivered to Moses by the Angels, Gal. 3:19 — indeed, that God avenged the transgression of the Law through the Angels, by sending punishments — but they do not believe that the Angels were thereby made lords and, as it were, gods of the Old Church: (I) because Scripture nowhere says that the Angels are lords and gods of the church, to whom the church would have to be subject; (II) because, on the contrary, it describes the Angels as ministering spirits, sent forth to serve..., Heb. 1:14; (III) because, if they had been lords and so-called gods of the Old Church, a religious service would also have been due to them, and Paul would not so strictly forbid it, even with this very argument, that its advocates were intruding into things they had not seen, Col. 2:18. Nor is this dominion of the Angels over the Old Church established: (1) from the statement that God has not subjected the world to come to the Angels, Heb. 2:5 — for it does not follow with the least cogency from this that God subjected the Old Church to the Angels, especially since the Church is nowhere called "the world," or properly, "the inhabited earth." Nor (2) from the fact that Christ, according to His human nature, through His humiliation and self-emptying, is said to have been made lower than the gods, or Angels, Ps. 8:6 compared with Heb. 2:5 — for this does not indicate that the Old Testament church, and, with the church, Christ, was subject to the Angels; for to be lower than someone is not immediately to be subject to him. Much less (3) is this established from the fact that Christ is said to have stripped the principalities and powers and triumphed over them, Col. 2:15, since all interpreters have hitherto understood this of the unclean spirits, whose power over believers He has, by His death, rooted out, having despoiled them, Heb. 2:14. Finally, (4) this dominion is established by not the slightest thread of evidence from the fact that the Angels are called Elohim (gods), that they were present with God at the promulgation of the Law, and that it was given by the ordination of Angels, that they too sometimes exercised vengeance upon transgressors of the Law, etc., since all these things are wont to be done, not by lords, but by servants. More on matters of this kind we shall perhaps have elsewhere.
The Practical Part
XXXV.
The consideration of the blessed Angels shows us, first of all, the Majesty and Glory of the Creator, as being (I) seated and surrounded by so great and such a bodyguard of spirits, Dan. 7:10: "thousand thousands ministered unto Him, and ten thousand times ten thousand stood before Him." (II) With a bodyguard of such perfect spirits, who are endowed with such surpassing keenness and clarity of mind, readiness and swiftness, indeed with such great power, as we have said in the Doctrinal Part. All of whom (III) are wholly and entirely intent on obeying, attending to, serving, and glorifying their Creator and Lord (1) day and night, to which end they are stirred up, Ps. 103:19–21 and 148:2, which they do, Isa. 6:3, Luke 2:14, Rev. 4:8–9; (2) to carry out His commands, Heb. 1:14, Ps. 103:20. And this (3) with the highest (a) reverence, for they cover their faces, Isa. 6:2; (b) humility, for they cover their feet, ibid.; (c) readiness and swiftness in glorifying God and in executing His commands, for which reason they are called Seraphim; (d) intense zeal and burning fervor, when they are described as calling to one another, "Holy, holy, holy, is the LORD of hosts," and this with such great power that the posts of the thresholds are moved by the voice of Him who cries, ibid.
XXXVI.
Likewise, secondly, the Angels set before us an example, which we must not only follow, but in which, as it were, we must join hands with them — as David leads the way for us, Ps. 103:20–21, where, having stirred up and exhorted the Angels to praise God with obedience, he joins himself and his soul together with them, v. 22: "Bless the LORD, O my soul." Likewise the twenty-four Elders, Rev. 4:9–11: "And when the living creatures gave glory and honor and thanks to Him that sat on the throne, who liveth for ever and ever, the four and twenty elders fell down before Him that sat on the throne, and worshiped Him that liveth for ever and ever, and cast their crowns before the throne, saying, Thou art worthy, O Lord, to receive glory, and honor, and power." For if so many and such great spirits do this, what then should we wretched little men not do? And if we do not join with them in this here, we shall never join with them in it hereafter. Let us, therefore, betimes accustom ourselves: (I) to glorify God together with them, with heart, mouth, and deeds, Matt. 6:9–10; (II) to hear and do the will of God, ibid. — and this, as far as possible, with an equal (1) reverence for the divine Majesty, Exod. 3:6: "Moses hid his face, for he was afraid to look upon God" — namely, as the Seraphim, with two wings, covered their faces for the same purpose, Isa. 6:2. (2) With an equally deep humility, that we, with Moses, take off our shoes before the LORD, ibid., as the Seraphim, with two wings, covered their feet. Cf. Gen. 18:27. (3) With an equal zeal and fervor of readiness and eagerness, to burn, as it were, in obedience with the Seraphim, Rom. 12:1, Luke 24:32, Jer. 20:9. (4) With the exertion of all our powers, that we, like the Seraphim, may cry out so that the posts of the thresholds are moved: thus I say, let us do the work of our Lord with our whole heart, with our whole soul, with all our strength, and with all our powers, Matt. 22:37, Luke 10:27, Col. 3:23.
XXXVII.
Further, thirdly, the consideration of the Angels discloses to us the blessedness of Believers: (I) in their glory, that such glorious spirits are created and appointed for them, being sent forth by God for their service, Heb. 1:14, indeed, to serve the saints, Heb. 6:10. (II) In their calm security and certainty against every kind of danger, since the Angel of the LORD encamps round about them, Ps. 34:7, and God commands His Angels concerning them, to keep them in all their ways, lest they dash their foot against a stone, Ps. 91:11–12, Matt. 18:10, Dan. 3:25–26, Acts 27:23, 5:19, 12:7, 9, Gen. 16:7, 9, 11 and 19:12, Rev. 7:11, Gen. 31:11. (III) In their usefulness, whereby they derive all manner of advantage and comfort from this service of the Angels: for (1) with regard to the goods of the soul, they rejoice over their salvation, Luke 2:9–11, over the conversion of a sinner, Luke 15:7; they gladden them with the announcement of divine favor, Acts 10:4; they proclaim the Law, Acts 7:38 compared with Gal. 3:19; they announce the Gospel, Luke 2:10; they hinder and impede evil, Num. 22:22; they fight against Satan, Jude v. 9, Dan. 10:13; they stand by them in temptation, Matt. 4:11. And (2) with regard to the goods of the body, they provide them with necessary sustenance, 1 Kings 19:6, Gen. 21:17, 19. Finally (3) in their last things: in death they comfort them, Luke 16:22; after death they carry their souls into heavenly joy, Luke 16:22; at the last Judgment they will gather together those who shall be saved, Matt. 13:30 and 24:13, 1 Thess. 4:17; in heaven itself they will give them a most sweet and most pleasant company, Heb. 12:22. From all these things, and many others, there doubtless arises and flows the happiness and blessedness of believers.
XXXVIII.
And from this, fourthly, there is kindled in us a desire and zeal to obtain for ourselves the service, protection, and so many and so great advantages of the blessed Angels. This is accomplished: (I) By reconciling ourselves to, and gaining, the Creator and Lord of the Angels, whose ministering spirits they are, and by whom they are sent forth, Heb. 1:14, "who makes His angels spirits and His ministers," Ps. 104:4. (II) By obtaining for ourselves the protection of the Prince of the Angels, namely Christ, the Captain of the host of the LORD, Josh. 5:13, the Head of the Angels, Col. 2:10, 1 Pet. 3:22, whom all the Angels worship, Heb. 1:6, whom they serve, Matt. 4:11. Now both of these will obtain for us that they send us their Angels: (1) by a sincere repentance of sin, by casting away the foreskin of the heart, and by eating our Passover (not in the old leaven of malice and wickedness, but in the unleavened bread of sincerity and truth, 1 Cor. 5:8), Josh. 5:8, 11 compared with vv. 13–14; (2) by a living faith in Christ (as being that ladder by which the Angels descend and ascend, Gen. 28:12), in whom God has gathered together again, or reconciled with us, all that is in heaven, Eph. 1:10; (3) by a holy manner of life and conduct, Exod. 23:20–22, Zech. 3:7, cf. Josh. 5:15; (4) by reverence and fear of God, Ps. 34:7–8; (5) by placing our trust and hope in God, Ps. 91:2, 9 compared with v. 11; (6) by fighting valiantly with God's enemies and ours, resisting and overcoming their temptations, Matt. 4:10–11; (7) by calling upon God to send us His Angels, Matt. 26:53. (III) By obtaining for ourselves the goodwill and favor of the Angels themselves — certainly not by religiously honoring and worshiping them, which the Apostle forbids, Col. 2:18 — but (1) by gladdening them, which happens through a sincere and unfeigned pursuit of our duties toward their Creator and Lord, namely, through a sincere repentance, Luke 15:7, 10; (2) by conforming ourselves to and with their pursuits and manners, through a diligent care to glorify God and obey His commands, Ps. 34:7–8 — for nothing so much stirs up anyone's love and affection as likeness of pursuits and manners; (3) by guarding ourselves against and from all those things by which they might be embittered and driven away, such as disobedience, rebelliousness, etc., cf. Isa. 63:9–10, Exod. 23:20–21; (4) by reverencing their presence, 1 Cor. 11:10, 1 Tim. 5:21.
XXXIX.
Meanwhile, fifthly, we must carefully guard against being made so covetous by these many and great benefits of the Angels that we hanker: (I) after appearances of Angels, because such appearances, since God has spoken to us by His Son, Heb. 1:1, occur more rarely in the church, indeed very rarely; and because, moreover, now that the doctrine of salvation has been sufficiently and fully revealed, they are by no means necessary, Gal. 1:8, Acts 20:27; and are therefore also, on account of the devil's deceptions, since he can transform himself into an angel of light, 2 Cor. 11:14, very dangerous — for which reason we find that they have deceived very many. (Eusebius, Ecclesiastical History, Book V, ch. 15.) At any rate, those who, not being content with the revelations of Scripture, hanker and whine after such appearances, plainly expose themselves to the danger of being deceived, 2 Thess. 2:11–12. We must also (II) not hanker after extraordinary revelations that do not appear, for sufficiently the same reasons, and because the Apostle in particular seems to warn and safeguard us against them, 1 Tim. 4:1, Gal. 1:8, Col. 2:18, 2 Cor. 11:14 — chiefly because God nowhere promises that He will send His Angels to reveal to us things beyond the ordinary; cf. Rom. 10:15. On this matter, (III) should they perhaps appear to us, and reveal to us things to be believed, we must not therefore depend nakedly upon their word alone, but must compare it with what has long been revealed in the Word, Gal. 1:8, on account of the danger that hangs over our heads in this regard, according to what we have already said — unless perhaps in particular and singular matters, which are not so precisely determined in the Scriptures, and provided they at the same time give us sufficient marks of their divine commission, Luke 1:11 compared with vv. 18–20. Finally, (IV) even should they have shown sufficient marks of their commission, we must still take care that we never rise, on account of the majesty of the appearance, and on account of the benefits shown, or to be shown, by those who appear to us, to more than a civil honor, Gen. 18:2, and that we most carefully avoid rendering to them a religious honor, Rev. 19:10 and 22:9, Col. 2:18, as we have said in its place.
XL.
Finally, sixthly, the so great and such perfection of the Angels shows us the misery of the wicked, who, through their own fault, are compelled not only to forfeit the protection, service, help, and eternal companionship of the Angels, but must also, in addition, experience them as their adversaries and enemies, arrayed against them. Of which an example is at hand in the first-created human beings, Gen. 3:24; in the Sodomites, Gen. 19:13; in the inhabitants of Jerusalem, Ezek. 9:5–6; in Balaam, Num. 22:22; Sennacherib, 2 Kings 19:35; the Israelites, Isa. 63:9–10; Herod, Acts 12:23. And who, then, in the end, are those over whom this sad and miserable fate hangs? Answer: (I) those who set themselves against the commands of God; who, with the first humans, set fleshly pleasures and worldly honor above divine favor; who prefer to hear and obey Satan and men rather than God, Gen. 3. (II) Those who carry about a mind hostile to the church and to God's friends, as appears in Satan. (III) Those who exalt themselves above God, Exod. 5:2 compared with ch. 12; who are stubborn and obstinate against God's admonitions and warnings, as appears in Balaam, Num. 22:12, 19, 20, 22; who despise the true God and provoke Him with blasphemies, or, with Rabshakeh and Sennacherib, blaspheme the blessed name of God, 2 Kings 19:19, 21–23, 27–28, with v. 35; who, by rebelliousness and murmuring, with the Israelites, resist the Holy Spirit, Isa. 63:10; who seek and accept an honor which does not belong to them but is proper to God alone, which is evident in the first humans and in Herod. And to ward off and avert so great a judgment as this, there is no other remedy than in those means by which we seek to reconcile and appease God, and likewise the Mediator, indeed the Angels themselves, with us — which means we have already set forth in §XXXVIII, among which a true repentance of sins toward God stands out, Luke 15:7, 10, whereby every cause of discord and disagreement is removed.
Chapter VIII: Of the Evil Angels
On Jude verse 6.
"And the angels which kept not their first estate, but left their own habitation, He hath reserved in everlasting chains under darkness unto the judgment of the great day."
I.
We have considered the Angels as they are in themselves, and as they have flowed forth from the hands of God; but they must also be considered as they have become through their own fault, and in what manner, and through what, they have become, from good Angels, evil Devils — in which matter the Apostle Jude, in the sixth verse of his Epistle, will instruct us.
The Explanatory Part
II.
In and with these words the Apostle, for an example to men, sets forth God's judgment upon the fallen Angels. In which there occur to us:
1. The Persons upon whom God has executed the Judgment, namely, the Angels. Certainly not all, but those who are signified and described by what follows. The word is ordinarily taken for good spirits; but here and elsewhere, Rom. 8:38, 1 Cor. 6:3, etc., for evil ones — who are called Angels either because they were good Angels when they were created, or because these too are sent by God to execute His judgments, 1 Kings 22:21–23, Job 1:12 and 2:6–7, or in order to heighten the force of his warning, namely, that He who did not spare the Angels — being spirits, and such great and excellent ones — when they had sinned, would certainly not spare men either, 2 Pet. 2:4.
2. The Judgment, namely, their fall, which was brought about — as to its cause — by negligence, or neglect of their duty, which they should have observed: who "kept not their own beginning," or dominion. For the Greek word ἀρχή means both a beginning and a dominion. Hence Oecumenius translates it by principalitas, that is, primacy, excellence — that, not having kept the dignity of their nature, they did not act in accordance with their rank and dignity. And Beza and Erasmus render it thus: that they did not persevere after their beginning — namely, in that state in which they had been created: they were created good, but they became evil. It matters little which meaning one prefers, and it will perhaps not be unfitting to combine both: namely, that they did not do that which is chief, that they did not act in accordance with their dignity and rank, and therefore did not remain standing in that first blessed state in which they had been created. "Not having kept" — from the verb τηρέω, which means "I keep watchfully," 1 John 5:18, as it were by the use of a guard, as one who keeps the night-watch at the door of a prison; cf. Acts 4:3 and 5:18. The word differs from another verb, φυλάττω, which means "I preserve, I guard," since this latter word denotes a safeguarding and preservation from evil, while the former denotes a preservation in good; and the latter looks to the end, but the former to the means. It is thereby indicated, then, the outstanding negligence and carelessness of these Angels, whereby they paid no heed to themselves, to their order and rank, and to their dignity.
Second, by misconduct: "but left their own habitation." They did not merely fail, through carelessness, to keep their original dignity, but they moreover, through wickedness and malice, left their appointed place. Οἰκητήριον, a dwelling-place, is where someone lives, that is, dwells constantly and habitually, as distinct from an inn, where one only stays and lodges for a time. By the dwelling-place of the Angels is meant the third Heaven, Matt. 18:10, where they continually behold the face of God. That they left their dwelling-place was certainly not of their own accord and willingly, but by doing that on account of which they were compelled to leave Heaven — in the same way that the first-created humans left Paradise. What sort of sin their sin was, we shall inquire into in its place.
III.
The punishment of the Judgment.
1. Their confinement in prison until the day of the last Judgment. "He hath reserved in everlasting chains under darkness." Concerning this confinement in prison, there occur to us:
a. The chains, or fetters, "with everlasting chains." There are those who hold that "with chains" stands for "into chains," just as "with cords" stands for "into cords," 2 Pet. 2:4, so that it would refer to the punishment rather than to the imprisonment. But I see not the least need for any such emendation — no, on the contrary, the Apostle's construction is far more fitting and natural, namely, that God has kept them with chains unto the judgment. But since the Angels are spirits, which can be bound and fettered by no chains and fetters, what then do the "chains" mean here? The will and power of God, whereby a spirit is bound no less than a body is with chains. Cf. Acts 20:22. The text calls these chains "everlasting," to indicate the unchangeable imprisonment and misery of these spirits.
b. The place of imprisonment, "under darkness," or in a dark place, such as nearly all places of imprisonment are. The Greek word ζόφος means the thickest darkness, indeed darkness itself. In a spiritual sense it denotes a dreadful and terrifying condition, Isa. 50:10, Ps. 23:4, to be found in a terrifying place — which Peter seems to indicate by the word "having cast down to hell" (ταρταρώσας), 2 Pet. 2:4. But what, in the end, is this place of imprisonment of the evil spirits? There are those who understand by it a thick, dark air, in which the devils are kept until the day of the last judgment; but rather, it is hell itself. Cf. Matt. 22:13.
c. The confinement in prison, or the detention, "He hath kept." The force of the Greek word we have already shown above, namely, that it indicates that they are, by the will and power of God, kept as prisoners in such a way that they can never escape from their imprisonment, Ps. 139:7–8. This, however, must not be understood as though they were so shut up and bound in hell that they would never be here on earth outside of it, or that, by tempting and seducing, they would do nothing with respect to men — which Peter plainly contradicts, 1 Pet. 5:8 — but that they, wherever they are, are kept bound as with chains by the divine sentence, to this end, that they can never escape the execution of their sentence, although in the meantime, as it were in chains, they roam about, tempting and seducing men, by the permission and allowance of the Judge.
2. The punishment, "unto the judgment of the great day." Something which in other manuscripts is the same as "unto the day of the great judgment." But I do not know what reason would compel or necessitate this alteration, since the day of Judgment is elsewhere too called a great day, Acts 2:20, Joel 2:31: "and the day is great, and the judgment shall be great." Here we find:
a. The punishment, "unto the judgment." The root word κρίσις here means not a judging, or the act of judging, but the thing judged — and not an acquitting judgment, but a condemning one. Hence the words κρίσις, "judgment," and κατάκρισις, "condemnation," often mean one and the same thing, John 7:24, James 5:12, 2 Pet. 2:4, John 3:19 — so that by the punishment of the fallen Angels is left nothing but an unavoidable and unchangeable condemnation and damnation of them.
b. The time of punishment, "of the great day." These words seem to have been added, distinctively, to indicate that what is meant here is not a punishment of any and every kind of judgment and sentence, such as could still be interrupted or postponed, and which might be revocable, but rather the determining and final punishment of that last judgment. "The great day": Luke adds, Acts 2:20, "and notable," and terrible — all of which words describe a day that is illustrious, wonderful, terrifying, dreadful, fearsome, awful. That day is called great because it will be the day of the general judgment of and over all mankind.
The Doctrinal Part
III.
There are, accordingly, among the spirits some who, though created good by nature, and also righteous, have by their own wicked willfulness and wantonness irrevocably deprived themselves of righteousness and of blessedness. That such exist, Holy Scripture presupposes, through all the designations and appellations which we shall bring forward a little later. That they were created by God appears from the preceding chapter: for if good ones were created, then so too were the evil, since they were good at their creation — especially since it is, for all, more certain than anything certain, that they are not the Creator, and consequently are creatures; not to add that otherwise God would have no right or dominion over them at all, since that extends only over His creatures. That they have become evil through their own fault, Holy Scripture indeed teaches, when it says that they did not stand fast in the truth, thereby presupposing that they had at some time been in the truth, John 8:44; and a little more clearly, when it teaches that they did not keep their beginning, and left their dwelling-place, as also when it says that they sinned — with which right reason also entirely agrees, according to which it cannot happen, by virtue of God's nature, that He should bring forth a creature which is morally evil, for otherwise God would be a cause of sin. And that they have, by their own fall into sin, deprived themselves of all righteousness is evident from the text, in which they are said, on account of their sin, to be under an extreme and utter darkness, by which it is known that a thick ignorance is meant, Col. 1:13, Eph. 4:18 and 5:8, 11, Rom. 3:12; and they have deprived themselves not only of their righteousness, but also of their blessedness, for which reason they are said to be kept unto the judgment of that great day. And finally, that this has befallen them irrevocably and unchangeably is indicated by the chains of darkness.
IV.
But it is worthwhile to speak of these things a little more distinctly. The fallen Angels, of whom we now treat, are sometimes called, simply, spirits, 1 Kings 22:21, Matt. 8:16, on account of their immaterial nature, which they have in common with the good Angels; but, for the sake of distinction, generally with some qualifying addition — lying spirits, evil, wicked, unclean, cruel spirits, Eph. 6:12, 1 Sam. 16:23, Luke 8:2, 2 Kings 22:22(?), Prov. 17:11. Sometimes they are named from the punishing God who works through them, spirits of the LORD, 1 Sam. 16:16 and 18:10; again, from their office and end, being formerly natural to them, simply "Angels," 1 Cor. 6:3, and, with a defining qualifier, "evil Angels," Ps. 78:49, "Angels of Satan," 2 Cor. 12:7, Rev. 12:9. Yet they are never called "Angels of the LORD," although they too very often execute the LORD's judgments. Again, they are named from the knowledge natural to them, "Demons," Matt. 8:31, Mark 5:12, which the profane writers nevertheless divide into εὐδαίμονες, good demons, and κακοδαίμονες, evil demons; cf. Acts 17:18. Again, from their power, "strong ones," fully-armed ones, Matt. 12:28; then, "princes of the power of the air," Eph. 2:2, likewise "principalities and powers," Eph. 6:12, Col. 2:15. Again, on account of their sworn enmity against God and men, "Satan," that is, an adversary, Luke 10:19, 1 Pet. 5:8, Rev. 12:9, Matt. 4:10, and "a murderer of men," John 8:44; "Apollyon," that is, a destroyer, Rev. 9:11; or "Shed," that is, a devastator, Deut. 32:17 compared with Ps. 106:35, which name the Septuagint translators render by δαιμόνιον, "an evil spirit"; this name derives from שרר, "shadad," to devastate. Their euphemistic names we shall insert here and there in their places. Among the Jewish masters the Devil is called Sammael, who is said to have ridden upon a serpent to seduce man, as it were שר מאל, "sar mael," that is, "one fallen away from God."
V.
That most shameful transformation, whereby they became, from good Angels, the most wicked and worst of Devils, they have doubtless themselves been the cause of, for themselves, through their sin, 2 Pet. 2:4, and consequently through the transgression of the divine Law; since sin is nothing other than ἀνομία, lawlessness, unrighteousness, 1 John 3:4. But what sort of law was laid upon the Angels, we shall say in its place, in the chapter on God's moral providence. What their sin was, and what the very first motion toward it may have been, Holy Scripture does not so precisely determine. Wherefore some ascribe it to an error of the understanding, whereby it did not stand fast in the truth, John 8:44, and by which the first humans too were led astray from truth into error; others ascribe to them a lustful sensuality, wrongly drawing on the passage Gen. 6:2 for this; more probably, others name pride, since this is called "the condemnation of the devil," 1 Tim. 3:6, for which reason they still so eagerly aspire to divine honor, and incite men to the same. By this pride they sought their own excellence with such great zeal that they attempted to be made equal to God Himself, or even set above Him (for which reason too they specifically tried, through their temptation, to bring the first-created humans into this same crime) — or at least refused to be subject to His laws and dominion. Unless one wishes to add here also envy — either against God, on account of the dignity of Godhead, which belongs to Him alone; or against other Angels, who may have been above them in order and rank; or against man, who together with them had received the image of God. But this disordered striving after, and love of, their own excellence, they seem to have derived from an error of the understanding, in the choosing of means to that end — perhaps in the same way that Ames, Medulla, Book I, ch. 51, §7, shows in regard to men. As for myself, since Holy Scripture is silent, I would not wish to determine anything rashly.
VI.
And although that sin was committed with God's foreknowledge, and according to His eternal decree, and through the co-operating influence of His providence — without which neither would He Himself be independent, nor the Angels dependent in all things — nevertheless none is to be called the author and cause of it except the sinning Angel himself, who, through his own lust, and through the abuse of his free will, fell away from God. For he who willed it has fallen; and he was able to fall, because, according to the nature of created things, he was created mutable. Although, considered simply in himself, apart from the establishment of God's decree and providence, he was sufficiently endowed with powers by which he could have persevered and stood fast in his original state.
VII.
The place where the sin of the Angels was committed is not expressly stated in Holy Scripture, though it is not improbable that it was heaven, the natural dwelling-place of the Angels, which they are also said to have left through their sin. From this it may perhaps be that the great Dragon and that old Serpent is said to have been cast to the earth, and his Angels with him, Rev. 12:9. Nor is the time of the sin committed expressly stated any more than this: at least it is false that it was before the creation of the world, for at that time there was no time at all, but pure and sheer eternity — though the Socinians would have it so, to favor their assumptions. How long they persevered in obedience, or whether it was during the first six days of creation, cannot be conclusively determined from Holy Scripture. At any rate, it cannot be said from this that it happened on the second day, as some Jews hold, since this view has no particular approval; nor that they fell away at the very moment of their creation, from the fact that the Devil is called "a murderer of men from the beginning," John 8:44, since that "beginning" can fittingly enough be derived from the seduction of man. This one thing is certain, that the fall of the Angels preceded the fall of man, since the Devil was the seducing cause of the latter.
VIII.
The number of these apostates has doubtless been very great, as appears also from the words of this text, Mark 5:9, Luke 8:30 — though it is rashly determined to be a third part of them, from Rev. 12:4, 9: "and his tail drew the third part of the stars of heaven, and did cast them to the earth... and the dragon stood before the woman... and he was cast unto the earth, and his angels were cast out with him," since the sense and meaning of that vision seems to be something quite different altogether. Whether each one of them sinned separately for himself, or one in the place of all; likewise whether they all committed one and the same offense, or each his own, Holy Scripture does not precisely say. Damascene, Book II, On the Orthodox Faith, thinks that one chief Angel, having fallen, drew with him an infinite multitude, for which reason that one would be called the Prince of the evil spirits, Matt. 12:24 and 9:34, and the rest his Angels, Matt. 25:41, 2 Cor. 12:7, Rev. 12:7, 9. But since ἄρχοντες, "princes," are also mentioned in the plural, Eph. 2, and it is nowhere said that this princedom already existed before the fall, we say nothing further on this here — although it seems more certain that this princedom, if any existed then, did not originate from any natural dependence (in the way that the first man is the head of the whole human race, in whom all have sinned), since neither reason nor Scripture teaches that one Angel should be the prince and head of another Angel by virtue of their nature. Though we would not wish to deny that, through the persuasion and example of one certain Angel, the rest consented of their own accord to the same crime, and that, by this consent and imitation, they came to be enslaved and made subject, by God's righteous judgment, to the dominion of that one first Angel — which seems to be inferable from 2 Pet. 2:19.
IX.
By that fall the apostates have brought upon themselves, as it were, two things: first, an utterly complete and hopeless corruption, on account of which they are evil and unclean spirits, as we have already said above — their understanding being wholly and entirely deprived of all knowledge of God and of divine things, at least of a practical and experiential knowledge; for which reason they are called the power of darkness, who are bound and fettered with the chains of darkness. Cf. Eph. 4:18 and 5:8. Their will is utterly and entirely averse to God, and to the divine image in man; for which reason the Devil is generally called Satan, an adversary, an accuser of the brethren, a tempter and a seducer; their will, too, is turned toward, and given over to, every kind of villainy, cruelty, tyranny, hatred, and wrath; for which reason the Devil is called an enemy, Matt. 13:25, 39, Gen. 3:15, likewise a roaring lion, 1 Pet. 5:8, the red Dragon, great, seven-headed, seven-horned, Rev. 12 and following; a murderer of men from the beginning; indeed, given over to every kind of wickedness, for which reason he is called ὁ πονηρός, "the evil one," 1 John 2:13, Matt. 6:13 — in which corruption and ruin they have become so hardened that they neither will nor can desist from any of it, being, as it were, fettered fast to it with everlasting chains and fetters. Secondly, they have also brought upon themselves an extreme and unchangeable misery — already for a great part long since inflicted upon them, but for the greater part still to be inflicted upon them — for which reason they are said to be kept unto the judgment of that great day, so that, just as they excel here in wickedness, so they may hereafter excel in misery.
X.
Meanwhile, however, they remain by nature, and continue, imperishable and immortal, though in death and unto misery: they are endowed with understanding, with a knowledge of natural, indeed also of divine things, so exceedingly great that we have called them δαίμονας, Demons; see James 2:19. Namely, they are endowed not only with a very great natural knowledge, insofar as a spirit is not only naturally sharper and clearer, but also independent of the errors and prejudices of the bodily senses; but they are also endowed with a very great experiential knowledge, which they have gained through long use of time — for which reason Luther calls the Devil not a newly-graduated but a most experienced Doctor — and moreover with a very great revealed knowledge, which God reveals to them, 1 Kings 22:22. But their knowledge nevertheless does not extend to future contingent things, which God reserves for Himself alone, Isa. 41:26. Hence the astrologers, with all their instruments, could not interpret the dreams of Pharaoh, Gen. 41:8, nor of Nebuchadnezzar, Dan. 2:10–11 and 4:7 — except perhaps by conjecture from natural causes, just as wise statesmen can conjecture approaching wars. Their knowledge likewise does not extend to the hidden secrets of man's heart, for the same reason, Jer. 17:9 — except insofar as the Devil sees through us, from the drives, affections, and pursuits of men, or also from all manner of very evil thoughts, which he himself injects into men, 2 Cor. 4:4. And that knowledge which they have of God and divine things is merely speculative, and idle and unfruitful.
XI.
Likewise they are endowed with power and strength, whereby they are strong, Matt. 12:28, as fully-armed ones, Luke 11:21, and roaring lions, 1 Pet. 5:8 — which they show by their operations, Eph. 2:2, Job 1:19, Matt. 8:32; when they blind, seduce, and corrupt men's understanding; incite their will to sin; terrify the inner senses with dreams; entice the outer senses to desire unlawful things, as appears from the history of the fall, Gen. 3; likewise when they abuse men's locomotive power, Matt. 17:15, Mark 5:3–4; restrain the reasoning faculty, Mark 9:17, Luke 11:14; hinder good deeds, 1 Thess. 2:18, and on the contrary promote evil ones; possess bodies, and afflict them miserably in one way or another. They also have much power over the elements, over storms, and over growing creatures, Job 1:12, 16, Rev. 7:2–3. Their power, however, is not infinite, but circumscribed within certain limits, Job 1:12, Matt. 8:31–32, Exod. 8:18, Rev. 9:14. In particular, and by name, they are unable to perform miracles properly so called, which surpass either the whole of nature, or at least their own — since this belongs to God alone, Ps. 136:4. Nevertheless, through nearby or available naturally-acting subjects (whose powers and operations they know most precisely), they can do and bring about, upon such passive objects, astonishing and wondrous things, which surpass human comprehension, because we do not know their causes.
XII.
As for what particularly concerns man: they can contribute and do a great deal, both on his body, by impairing its health, and by sending bitter afflictions, Matt. 4:5, 8, Luke 13:11, 16, Job 2:7, Luke 9:39 with Mark 9:17, and following; indeed also, by God's permission, by wonderfully agitating the natural bodily humors, and by disturbing, unsettling, and overturning the shapes of things in the brain; they can bring a man to raving madness, Matt. 8:28 — with which raving madness, wild savage manners, and that sorrowful melancholy, which is thought to be a kind of lycanthropy, are often coupled. For to change men into the shapes of wild beasts, or into wolves, and to clothe that noblest of creatures with the forms of beasts, and to change the natures of things, seems to exceed their powers; likewise upon man's soul: for although Satan does not seem to be able directly to fall upon and steal into the chief faculties of the soul itself, the understanding and the will, and to address them inwardly, and fill them with all sorts of forms and shapes; yet he can, by means of and with the help of the power of imagination, and through the outward senses, powerfully affect them, terrify them, blind them, and in all manner of ways falsely present himself as an angel of light, 2 Cor. 11:14 — most of all by doing moral harm through deceptions.
XIII.
In particular, he is also accustomed to appear to men, to deceive with apparitions, and to encounter them in an assumed body — whether by merely feigning an outward shape in the air, or by entering into the dead bodies of the deceased, and carrying them about. To this belong all manner of oracles, murmurings, devilish whisperings, and divinations, which were common among the heathen — all of which things are known, not only from Scripture (Gen. 3:1, 1 Sam. 28:14, Matt. 4:3, Lev. 19:31 and 20:6, 27, 2 Kings 1:2), but also through experience. That he cannot, however, produce true human bodies, the Savior seems to presuppose, Luke 24:37–39; and that he can far less raise the dead, or call forth and summon up the souls of the departed from their dwelling-places, and show them again on earth, seems to be inferable from Luke 16:26.
XIV.
Furthermore, he can also form his own for magical arts, having entered with them into a tacit, or an explicit, Covenant, whereby they are enabled either to foretell future contingent things, which is called divinatory sorcery, or to work marvelous things without the use of any natural causes — or, for the most part, such things as are unfit and powerless (such as certain marks and signs, words, herbs gathered at a certain fixed time and with a certain fixed ceremony, and other ridiculous and godless things) — which is called operative sorcery; or also to attack and trouble others through poisonings, as Hecate, Circe, and Medea did. Although there are also those who, from an imagined covenant with the Devils, seem to perform many things by themselves, while yet, their brains being possessed and filled with the strongest melancholy, they in fact accomplish nothing of the kind — such as are commonly the so-called white witches and nightmares. Cf. Perkins, Basanologia, that is, a Treatise on Witchcraft; and what we shall say deliberately and at length on witchcraft in its place.
XV.
In particular, however, they are accustomed to exercise their power and cruelty in bodily possession (for there is also a spiritual possession, an example of which appears in the Betrayer, John 13:27, which is indeed far more dangerous, though not as terrifying), when they take over a man's body, use its members, tongue, and hands according to their pleasure and desire, torment the man miserably, and drive and impel him to such things as could not naturally be said or done by him — of which more frequent mention is made in the Gospel history at the coming of Christ, Matt. 4:24, 8:16, 28, 9:32, 12:22, and 15:22, Luke 24:36, Acts 13:8 — perhaps because the Savior Jesus wished to show and reveal His power over the Devils, not only with respect to men's souls, but also with respect to the body, in healing those who were possessed by the devil. Such persons are commonly called energumeni, "possessed ones," afflicted by the Devil, because Satan worked in them in a particular way; and they seem to be distinguished into the possessed and the lunatic, John 10:20, Matt. 17:15 compared with Luke 9:39, because Satan very often abused the lunar humors for his own purpose. The causes of this evil seem to be traceable both to the wickedness of the devil and to the sinners' own deserts, whereby they had already beforehand made themselves spiritual slaves of Satan; and also to God's righteous wrath, whereby He seems to have dealt out that judgment upon Saul; perhaps also to His grace, so that they might feel the bitterness of sin, and might be turned from it to better thoughts, 1 Cor. 5:5. (Cf. Voetius, Disputationes, De Obsessis.)
XVI.
There remains yet the power, and the mighty operation, of Satan in leading men astray, on account of which he is called, by a particular appropriation, the Seducer or Tempter, Matt. 4:3, and a roaring lion, going about and seeking whom he may devour, 1 Pet. 5:8. By which he does not compel mortals to sin — which he cannot do — but incites and entices them by tempting them with cunning and crafty suggestions, whereby, under the appearance of the true and the good, he attempts to lead them astray into the false and the evil. In doing so, he magnifies the good which he promises will be obtained by sinning, as a very great and supreme good; the means which he indicates for obtaining it, as easy; the danger of evil which seems to threaten from sinning, he sets aside, or minimizes. Of which artfulness this thousand-artificer has shown and given proof and example in both Adams — in the first, Gen. 3, and in the second, Matt. 4. To which he sometimes adds an extraordinary kind of temptation, both in confused and melancholic terrors, with which he seems to have plagued Saul, 1 Sam. 16:14, and in blasphemous suggestions, with which he most often torments the godly — which seems to have been that σκόλοψ, "sharp thorn" (or sharp stake), in Paul's flesh, while Satan, as with buffets, struck his soul, 2 Cor. 12:7. In order to discern and distinguish safely the promptings and suggestions of ordinary temptations, there seems to be no surer mark than this: that in ordinary temptations the flesh conspires along with them, whereas the mind of a believer has, toward the other kind — as toward buffets of Satan — a horror and abhorrence. Of this too we shall have to treat at length in our practical, duty-admonishing Exercises.
XVII.
As for the preventive remedies against these snares and stratagems of the Devil that hang over our heads, as well as the healing remedies which we must use to drive them out once they are already present — these are not of any bodily kind, but spiritual, as the Apostle admonishes, 2 Cor. 10:4: "the weapons of our warfare are not carnal, but mighty through God to the pulling down of strongholds"; namely, they consist in prayers, in the struggle, indeed in that whole armor of God which the Apostle commends, Eph. 6:12 and following, and of which we shall admonish more distinctly in the Practical Part.
The Polemical Part
XVIII.
It is asked: (I) Are there evil Angels? The Sadducees deny it, Acts 23:8. (Epiphanius, vol. I, Book I, ch. 14; Nazianzen, Oration on the Holy Spirit.) Some heathen have indeed admitted Demons, but such as by their nature have an aversion to all evil — with whom Plato agrees (in the Cratylus and the Epinomis), and his followers, Plotinus, Proclus, Porphyry, Iamblichus, and others, confusing good and evil Angels, gods with Demons. (See Augustinus Steuchus, De Perenni Philosophia, Book VIII, chs. XXXI and XXXIII; Heinsius, Introduction to Hesiod's Works and Days, ch. X.) David Joris holds that devils are nothing other than the corruption of the human will. Aristotle, Avicenna, and Averroes, with their followers, acknowledge no devils, and twist all their works either into fables, or into natural causes — in which latter course the recent author of The World Bewitched follows them. The Reformed unanimously acknowledge that there are evil Angels: (I) because Scripture steadfastly teaches this with thousands of testimonies. (II) Because there are apparitions, which perform such things as belong neither to God,
...nor can they be attributed to the good angels, on account of the lies and godless deeds involved in them; nor be brought back to natural causes, whose reach they surpass — the force of which proof the ancient Heathens, Muhammadans, and other foreign peoples acknowledge. (III) Because the oracles, which are recorded to have been given from the clefts of the earth, from trees, and from statues, confirm this, in keeping with the force of the foregoing proof. (IV) Because the possessed, and their workings and effects, likewise confirm this with the same force. (V) Because sorcery, and its magical and malicious effects, aim at the very same thing, and with the same force of proof. (VI) Because this is the common opinion of wise men of every sect at once — of Jews, Muhammadans, and Heathens (whose testimonies Eugubinus recounts in the Perennial Philosophy, Book VIII), and also of Christians.
Nor do I see what could be said against this, even with any appearance of truth or reason, except that the author of the recent Bewitched World tries with great force to render all the testimonies of Scripture powerless and ridiculous, and to prove that many of these testimonies are stated according to the mistaken opinion of others — although in the meantime he does not appear willing to deny outright that there are evil spirits. Of which we shall see more, more broadly and fully, in what follows.
XIX.
It is asked: (II) Whether the evil angels are spirits, that is, absolutely immaterial substances? The Heathens formerly believed that the souls of the godless were changed into shades, ghosts, white women, and specters, wandering about, terrifying, and doing harm, and were on that account material (Isidore, Orig. Lib. VIII); with which opinion the Jews of old agreed — see Josephus, Jewish War, VII.3.33. Plato (in the Epinomis) makes the demons material, indeed counts them even among the animals, and assigns to some bodies of air, to others heavenly bodies. The Talmudists and Kabbalists, whom Rabbi Manasseh ben Israel follows (de Creat. Probl. XXII), hold that the devils are corporeal, and are affected by corporeal things, that they eat food, beget, and die, just as men do: compare especially Muntterus, in his notes on Levit. XVII. The Messalian heretics said the devil to be corporeal; very many of the ancient Fathers, together with the Platonists, expressly held that the devils are corporeal, and are affected by corporeal things. (See Justin Martyr, Quæst. Græcan.; Origen, Peri Archon, in the Prologue; Tertullian, de Carne Christi, Cap. VI, and cont. Marc. Lib. III.9; Lactantius, Lib. II. Cap. 15; Augustine, de Civit. Dei, Lib. VIII. Cap. 15.) — except that Pamelius (in his Paradoxa) tries to excuse Tertullian on this point, saying that by the word "body" he intended nothing other than a substance. Dorstius and the Socinians, so as not to have any single being that is absolutely simple and immaterial — not even God — hold that both the angels and the devils are absolutely material, though they are called spirits comparatively, with regard to their fineness and thinness.
The Reformed hold unanimously that the evil angels, no less than the good, are absolutely immaterial substances: because (I) throughout the Gospels they are everywhere called unclean spirits, Matt. 12:43, 45; Mark 1:23, 26, 27; 3:11, 30; 5:2, 5, 8, 13; 7:25; Luke 7:21; 8:29; 11:24, 26; John 5:16; 19:12; Eph. 6:12; 1 Tim. 4:1; 1 John 4:1; Rev. 16:13, 14 — from whom the Savior seems to deny materiality, Luke 24:39, saying that they have no flesh nor bones. (II) Because such workings are ascribed to them as do not so much agree with material causes, such workings as are recounted in the Gospels concerning the possessed and the bewitched. (III) Because this opinion in particular lacks not the agreement of the Church Fathers — namely, of those who hold the spirits to be incorporeal, for example Cyril, on John, Lib. II. Cap. 10; Nazianzen, Oration II, de Theol., and Oration XXXVIII, de nat. Chr.; Chrysostom, Oration I, de Provid.; Theodoret, de curat. gr. aff., Serm. III, and on Gen. Quæst. XXXVI; Dionysius the Areopagite, Damascene, and others. For the contrary opinion one will scarcely, indeed hardly at all, hear any proofs. Manasseh ben Israel (de Creat. Prob. XXII) tries to gather from Ps. 104:4 that they are composed of fire and air — but that passage has nothing to do with the devils, but with the good, spiritual angels, of whom it is said that God makes them spirits, and, in a transferred sense, with regard to the swiftness and effectiveness of their works, flames of fire. Nor can any such thing be concluded from the fact that they move about in the air, Eph. 2 and 6:12, since one cannot very solidly infer the nature of the inhabitant from the place of his abode and dwelling.
XX.
It is asked: (III) Whether God is the Creator of the evil angels? The Heathens formerly believed, as we have already noted in the preceding section, that the souls of the godless are changed into shades, ghosts, and the like. The Jews, together with some Christians of whom mention was just made, hold that the devils originally arose from a fleshly union of the angels with human beings, or from the marriage of Adam with his first wife Lilith, who among them is the mother of the evil spirits; or from the union of Adam with female demons, for one hundred and thirty years, during which time he — on account of his roughness and grief over the death of Abel — is said to have abstained from intercourse with his wife Eve; and likewise that Eve, during that time, bore offspring from union with male demons. (Bereshith Rabba, Sect. XX & XXIV; R. Solomon Jarchi on Ps. 89:33.) This last source, however, states it a little differently, namely, that they were born from the emission of Adam's seed by night, while he was separated from Eve. The Valentinians and Archontics taught that the devil was born from the thirtieth Aeon. Very many of the ancients, misusing the passage of Gen. 6:2, believed that the angels begot giants or demons upon women. (Philo, de Gigantibus; Clement of Alexandria, Strom. Lib. III; Tertullian, de habit. mulier. Lib. II. Cap. XV.) Others hold, through that same misuse, that the "sons of God" — by which name they call the demons — being corporeal like men, beget demons. Others, by misuse of the same passage, have believed that the demons, lying on their backs, received a very strong and potent seed from very strong men, which they afterward, lying face-down, poured out into very strong and vigorous women. (Vales., Philosph. S. Cap. VIII.)
The Reformed consider the evil angels either with respect to their being, and in that regard they acknowledge that God is their Creator, no less than of the good angels, because there is no intermediate between the Creator and the creature; or with respect to their wickedness, and in that regard they acknowledge no other cause of it than those very evil spirits themselves, who, having abused their free will, fell away from God, and thus have been to themselves the causes of all their subsequent and worse wickedness; or with respect to their misery or punishment, and of that those angels themselves are the deserving causes, but God the justly punishing cause. Further, since they are spirits, we say that no propagation must be allowed with regard to them, whether active or passive, since that belongs only to bodies. Therefore God is by no means the cause of the devils, insofar as they are what they are: (I) Because God created everything very good, Gen. 1:31. (II) Because a moral evil cannot be produced except by transgression of a law, for it is ἀνομία, lawlessness, 1 John 3:4; but God stands under no law. (III) Because the devil, according to Holy Scripture, is alone the cause of his own fall and of his wickedness, Jude 6; 2 Pet. 2:4; John 8:44. (IV) Because God is not the cause of it through creation, since He created nothing but what was very good, and nothing but angels of light, not the power of darkness, Col. 1:13; nor through His decree, since that produces nothing distinct from God, it being an immanent act of God; nor through His permitting providence, since to permit is not to produce; nor through His ordaining providence, since that tends nowhere but to the good, inasmuch as it follows upon the fall. More on this will perhaps come up in the chapter on Providence.
From what has been said, whatever might be objected to the contrary will be sufficiently refuted: (1) from the divine decree — that this is not the cause of the fall of the angels themselves, but only of the future outcome, which is distinct from the fall itself, just as that which is eternal is distinct from that which is temporal. Or (2) from God's efficacious permission — that this does not produce, but only permits. Or (3) from His ordination — that this inclines only toward that which is good. Or (4) from the influence of divine providence, since that does not occur in the fall itself, insofar as it is a lawlessness, but only in its underlying act, which in itself is good — as, proportionately, will be said in its place concerning the fall of man.
XXI.
It is asked: (IV) Whether the evil angels work outside themselves by their own powers? That controverted and disputed point has recently been introduced with great vehemence and force by the author of the Bewitched World. His Cartesian opponents determine, in general, concerning the working of created spirits, that they indeed do work, but certainly not by their own powers, but only insofar as God has willed that upon such thoughts of theirs, such effects should follow; while He Himself, meanwhile, would not only have made that connection, but would also immediately produce their thought itself — indeed, even the very effect or product produced — while they themselves, meanwhile, by their own powers, do nothing: but in particular, concerning the workings of the evil spirits, they touch scarcely at all, as can be seen in their great and thick books on this matter — for example, from the Supernatural Physics of Henricus Groenewegen, published deliberately and intentionally on this very point; also from the great book of Johannes van der Wayen, published against the author of the Bewitched World; and from all the other writings which have been published on this matter. For they saw that they could not maintain that God would have made that connection between the evil thoughts of the evil spirits and their evil effects; nor that God could produce those evil thoughts, nor even their evil effects themselves, without becoming, in the plainest way, a cause of sin. But the author of the Bewitched World gladly granted that God used the service of the good spirits to execute His judgments, both against the good and against the evil, insofar as He made that connection between their good workings and produced their good thoughts themselves; but since He could not, without open blasphemy, apply this to the evil thoughts of the evil spirits, He preferred to deny to the evil spirits all outward working whatever, and to bring the whole controversy down to this one point: that God has assigned the evil angels who led mankind astray to eternal damnation in such a way that He no longer, since that time, permits them any working toward the leading astray of man — the lust (once kindled by the devil in the first temptation, which has corrupted the whole heart of man) being the proximate cause of all lying, sin, and seduction that is in the world. These are his own words, in his satisfactory Articles to the Reverend Classis of Amsterdam.
The first falsehood among them all consists in this: that they suppose a spirit to be nothing other than a bare thought, in which, therefore, there are no powers by which it could work outside itself. The Reformed anti-Cartesians hold that the evil spirits are substances, in which powers are inherent, whereby they can not only think within themselves, but also work outside themselves — tempt, seduce, harm, and so forth. (I) Because the evil angels are, by their nature, spirits just as much as the good, of whom we have shown in the preceding chapter that they are substances which have powers, by which they truly and properly work, both within and outside themselves. (II) Because Holy Scripture testifies that the devil led astray the first-created humans, Gen. 3; tempted Christ, Matt. 4; disputed and contended with Michael over the body of Moses, Jude 9; incited David to number Israel, 1 Kings 21:1; and afflicted Job most miserably, Job 1 and 2. (III) To this we shall add the collection of Scripture passages which the Bewitched World itself sets against itself in order to answer them, Book II, Chapter XVIII, §1, in these words: "The adduced Scripture passages, on closer examination, describe to us the devil — of what nature he is, what he is capable of, what he does, the manner of his working, and what lot awaits him. (1) As to his nature, Holy Scripture says that he is a liar, as one who led Eve astray by his cunning, 2 Cor. 11:3; that he has such depths as are not easily fathomed, Rev. 2:24; hence he is the father of lies, John 8:44. (2) As to his powers, that he holds the sinner under his power until his conversion, Acts 26:18; and for this reason he also has the power of death, Heb. 2:14. (3) As to his work and activity: in general, (a) to work evil, 2 Thess. 2:9; (b) to steal away God's word secretly, Mark 4:15; (c) to hinder and tempt God's people, 2 Cor. 12:7, 1 Cor. 7:5; (d) to accuse day and night, Rev. 12:9, 10. In particular he has done much harm — as to the soul, when he (a) sought to sift the apostles as wheat, Luke 22:31; (b) when he entered into Judas and into Ananias, Luke 22:3, John 13:27, Acts 5:3; (c) when he hindered Paul in his journey, 1 Thess. 2:18; (d) when he had his followers at Smyrna and at Pergamos, Rev. 2:1, 13. (4) As to the manner of his working, that he often disguises himself as an angel of light, 2 Cor. 11:14. (5) As to his present state, that he is God's prisoner, Rev. 20:7. (6) As to his approaching ruin, when he shall fall down from heaven, Luke 10:18, Rom. 16:20 — which shall be followed by the punishment of the eternal fire prepared for him and his angels, Matt. 25:41." Thus far the Bewitched World.
The author acknowledges that all those passages can well and fittingly enough be understood of the devil himself alone, who is the head of the evil spirits — but from this we reason thus: to whomever all the aforesaid things belong, he truly and properly works upon men, etc. Yet he retracts all his own statements, on the ground that, in his view, the devil is but a single one, in whom all those things said cannot properly hold; but, being forgetful of himself, he refutes this very point himself, Chapter XVI, §3. "First," he says, "one must know that the word devil, said of one, does not necessarily denote only one person: for just as a Canaanite, an Amorite, Gen. 15:19, 20, 21, signifies a certain whole people and race, so it can also happen here." Having laid this foundation, the Bewitched World then girds itself to twist its adduced Scripture passages into a perverse and improper sense — to which we have tried to answer, in our corrections upon that book, fully, and, in our judgment, with sufficient care; whereupon the author himself, though challenged, as he supposed, on some point of weight which had been passed over by me, having been admonished and warned either to retreat or to answer modestly, although he had promised to do so, has nevertheless up to now not answered. We therefore think that enough has been done concerning the whole matter of this controversy. Meanwhile we add (IV), for further proof, the general agreement — the common notion of the whole world, through all ages and among all sects — which the Bewitched World itself sets before itself in its first Book. Nor has he anything to object against his own opinion, except that he is not bound to prove it, since he maintains nothing but a negative opinion — which openly contradicts his own position, already proposed beforehand — although the universal assent and agreement of the whole world, to contradict it either without reason or without Holy Scripture, according to the consent of all, is rash and reckless. And insofar as he objects out of his own head something concerning godliness and piety, against which the common opinion should be supposed to stand — we have answered this point by point, and in detail, in our above-mentioned Epanorthosis [Corrections].
XXII.
It is asked: (V) Whether there is such a fellowship and intercourse of the evil angels with men, whereby they could perform wonderful things, or practice sorcery? That fellowship and intercourse, together with the effects thereof, is what I have wished to signify, in a more general sense, by sorcery, divination, and witchcraft — whether it be to tell hidden things, or to foretell, or to bring about perverse things. Now this intercourse with the devil, at least on the part of the one who divines, Varro counts, according to the number of the four elements, into four kinds — namely, that which occurs by fire, and is with him fire-divination; that which occurs by air, air-divination; that which occurs by water, water-divination; that which occurs by earth, earth-divination. From Holy Scripture one counts eight kinds, namely, Deut. 18:10, 11: "There shall not be found among you anyone that maketh his son or his daughter to pass through the fire," or one that "useth divination" (קסם), or "an observer of times" (מעונן), or "an enchanter" (מנחש), or "a witch" (מכשף), or "a charmer" (חבר), one who deals with charms, or "a consulter with familiar spirits" (שאל אוב), or "a wizard" (ידעני), or one that "seeketh unto the dead." And Num. 23:23: "For there is no enchantment (נחש) against Jacob, neither is there any divination (קסם) against Israel," etc. Some distinguish these kinds thus: those called קסמים, among the Latins Divini, that is, diviners, are those who, through intercourse and fellowship with Satan, tell or foretell hidden and secret things; אבות, among the Latins and Greeks Pythonici, that is, those said to have a Python, namely, a familiar or household spirit; ידענים, necromancers, among the Greeks Nekromantici, that is, those who divine by the dead; מעוננים, from which word perhaps come, among the Latins and Greeks, the Magi, that is, wise men — so named the astrologers and mathematicians, who try to foretell future things from the observation and consideration of signs, places, and stars, and their positions and aspects; מנחשים, among the Latins commonly called Magi, diviners and soothsayers who, by means of certain fixed and marked figures, lines, and strokes, and by superstitiously muttering certain fixed words, [divine]; ידענים, among the Latins Arioli, that is, soothsayers, diviners, who, as one says, foretell good fortune, of which sort among us are the dream-interpreters and wall-gazers, formerly among the Latins called Exstipes and Oscines; מכשפים, among the Latins Præstigiatores, that is, jugglers, enchanters, who deceive by charms and mere illusions and deceptions of the eyes; חברים, among the Latins Sortilegi, that is, casters of lots, sorcerers. So Danæus (de Sortiariis).
Whatever there may be of all these things, at least it is required for sorcery that there be an intercourse and fellowship of evil angels with men, whether this happens by an outward and express covenant, or by an implicit one — of which little has been determined, except only that the effects occur through Satan's help; and those effects are astonishing and wonderful — such as appear to surpass the understanding and powers of those who perform them; yet not miracles, which surpass nature itself, and belong to God alone. The question now is: whether there is such sorcery? With the Sadducees and Atheists we shall not concern ourselves for the present. Recently a certain Reginald Scot, a Scotsman by birth, in his Dæmonologia, that is, Discourse on Devils, and at the beginning of the Reformation Johannes Wierus, have openly denied this. The author of the Bewitched World, Book III, Chapter I, §7, does not indeed deny that there is sorcery, whereby, either through deceit, or through cunning shrewdness and craft, or through a hidden malice of men, wonderful things are done; but that they should be done through intercourse and fellowship with the evil angels, and by their help, he openly denies. His first falsehood consists in this, that he has held that the evil spirits are nothing other than mere thoughts, which come to work outside themselves neither by their own powers, nor by a divine connection, of which we have spoken in the preceding section. The Papists, in favor of their Purgatory, in heaping up such magical workings, go much too far, as appears in the Scholastics. The Reformed, although they ascribe almost nothing to the Papists' nearly endless old wives' fables, without any foundation whatever, nevertheless maintain this: that there are sorcerers who, by the help of the evil angels, carry out their divinations and their malicious works.
In this they rely on various presuppositions. They presuppose: (1) That the evil angels work outside themselves by their own powers, and in particular upon men, which has been shown in the preceding section. Then (2) that there is a certain intercourse and fellowship between the evil spirits and men, they prove from 1 Cor. 10:19-21: "What say I then? that the idol is any thing, or that which is offered in sacrifice to idols is any thing? But I say, that the things which the Gentiles sacrifice, they sacrifice to devils, and not to God: and I would not that ye should have fellowship with devils (κοινωνοὺς τῶν δαιμονίων γίνεσθαι). Ye cannot drink the cup of the Lord, and the cup of devils: ye cannot be partakers of the Lord's table, and of the table of devils." What is clearer? Likewise Levit. 19:31: "Regard not them that have familiar spirits (אבות, Python), neither seek after wizards (הידענים, the observers of birds)" — our Dutch translators render it "devil's artists" — with this added reason: "I am the LORD your God." Likewise Hos. 4:17. And if you also want examples of that fellowship, consider the first temptation, from which the Bewitched World derives all the wickedness of men — was there not an intercourse and fellowship between the devil and the first-created humans, Gen. 3? Or, further, the temptation of Christ, Matt. 4? We have defended these passages deliberately and at length against the foolish and absurd distortions of the author of the Bewitched World.
We proceed: (III) It having been presupposed that the devil works outside himself, and likewise presupposed that there is a certain intercourse and fellowship between him and men — what, then, shall now stand in the way of there being some covenant, whether express or implicit, between him and them? — especially since mention is made of this, Isa. 8:19-12; for what, indeed, is meant in that passage by "hell"? Certainly not the place, but the gates of hell, as the Savior speaks, Matt. 16:18. Although in this covenant we by no means place the protection and defense of our present position, it being enough that it stands firm that the fortune-tellers and sorcerers work through Satan. Let us now (IV) add the sorcerers, חרטמים, who were summoned together by Pharaoh, Gen. 41:8; also the summoned חכמים, wise men, מכשפים, jugglers, חרטמים, sorcerers, etc., Exod. 7:12, 22, and 8:7, 18, 19. Let us add to this the sorceries and enchantments of the Moabites and of Balaam, Num. 22, 23, 24; Deut. 23:4; 2 Pet. 2:15, 16; Jude 11. Let us add the Philistines and priests and קסמים, diviners, 1 Sam. 6:2, 7. Let us add the sorceress at En-dor, אשת בעלת אוב, a woman that had a familiar spirit, 1 Sam. 28:7, 8. Let us add Manasseh, 2 Chron. 33:6: "He practiced juggling, and observed the flight of birds, and used sorcery, and dealt with a familiar spirit and a wizard." The sorcerers and astrologers of the Babylonians, Dan. 1:20; 2:10, 20; 4:7, 9; 8:12. Let us add various examples of sorcerers and books of sorcerers, 2 Kings 23:24; of Simon, Acts 8:9, 24; of Elymas, Acts 13:6-10; of the Pythonic servant girl who had a divining spirit, πνεῦμα πύθωνος, Acts 16:16, 18, to which spirit Paul said, "I command thee in the name of Jesus Christ to come out of her." And the exorcists, Acts 19:13, who called the name of the Lord Jesus over those that had evil spirits, saying, "We adjure you..." (v. 15), but the evil spirit answering said, "Jesus I know..." (v. 16), and the man in whom the evil spirit was leaped on them, and, overcoming them, prevailed against them. Let us add the divine laws which have been given with such great strictness against sorcerers and sorceries, Exod. 22:18; Levit. 19:31; 20:6, 27; Deut. 13:1; 18:10, 11, 14 — with this added reason: "I am the LORD your God," Levit. 19:31, but not those evil spirits with whom the sorcerers conspire, together with the added exhortation: "Thou shalt be perfect with the LORD thy God." Let us add the various passages concerning sorcerers and sorceries which occur throughout both Testaments — for example, Isa. 3:2, 19:3, 44:25, 26, 47:12, 13, 9:19, 29:4; Jer. 14:14, 27:9, 10; Ezek. 21:21, 22, 13; Gal. 3:1, 5:20; Rev. 18:24, etc.
Now, if we join all these things together — that the evil spirits work outside themselves; that they have fellowship and intercourse with men; that there is also a covenant with hell; and that so many and so great things are recorded of sorcerers — will there not arise, from this joining together, an unshakable proof for us that there is such an intercourse and fellowship of evil spirits with men, whereby they can do wonderful things, that is, such things as surpass their own natural powers? Especially since, to all this, we further add (V) the experience of all ages, the common opinion of the whole world, the confessions of sorcerers themselves, the most careful and exact judgments and verdicts of the courts, the laws that have arisen from these, the writings of wise men, etc. What more, then, would you desire or require?
But what does the Bewitched World say against all these things? (1) The evil spirits, being mere thoughts, can work outside themselves neither by their own powers, nor by any divine connection — a point already refuted above. (2) There is no sorcery-covenant. Answer: Let it be so, for we care not to dispute much about that; only that there be a certain other intercourse and fellowship, which we have just now proven. (3) The demons do not, in Holy Scripture, signify the evil angels — for what reason? Because among the Heathens the demons were demigods, mediators? Not so in Scripture either? That would have to be proven — that Holy Scripture acknowledges demigods distinct from the evil spirits. Moreover, the Heathens had both their good demons (ἐνδαίμονας) and evil demons (κακοδαίμονας), which they, without distinction, called demons; they held them all to be spirits. Those whom they called evil demons are, with theirs and with Scripture's, one and the same as evil spirits. Therefore, since they had evil demons which produced such and such workings in and upon men, they had, in fact, that which Scripture calls δαιμόνια, evil spirits or devils. (4) The words of Scripture — Chartumim, Mecashephim, Kosemim, Oboth, Iidonim, Meonenim, Ashaphim, Gozrim, Menachashim, Chasdim, Cholemim, Choverim, etc. — do not signify such sorcerers as work by the help of evil spirits — why? Because Scripture, in speaking of them, nowhere mentions the devil, by whose help their workings would have been carried out. Answer: since their divinations and other workings were performed neither by their own powers, nor by the power of God or of the good angels, it is rightly presupposed that they proceeded from demons, or evil spirits, since there is no fourth possibility. (5) That all these workings of these sorcerers were performed either by deceitful tricks or deceptions of the Heathen priests, or by natural powers, through a natural sympathy and antipathy, the Bewitched and Bewitching World tries to show in the whole XXII. Chapter of the III. Book. Answer: (a) I do not at all doubt that, in this same way, one could also come to attack and mock all the miracles of Moses, of the Prophets, of the Apostles, indeed of Christ Himself, plausibly enough, just as has been done by some of the followers of Descartes's suppositions. (b) That those sorcerers whom we have named knew those deceptions, and worked by them, the author of the Bewitched World has not yet proven, and will not be able to prove. (c) How much more fitting and proper is it, for those who hold that the evil spirits work outside themselves by their own powers, to attribute all these workings to the evil spirits? I shall not even add (d) that it can never be proven or shown that all these workings are brought about by the powers of sympathy and antipathy. Finally, the Bewitched World says (VI) that the received opinion concerning the workings of the evil spirits is, in many ways, contrary to godliness and Christian practice. Answer: We have already shown and proven, above, in our Epanorthosis [Corrections] on the author of the Bewitched World, that the common opinion is in no way contrary to godliness — no, but on the contrary, that the opinion of the Bewitched World is, in many ways, contrary to godliness; but that the common and received opinion serves most powerfully for the furtherance of godliness. These things we have set forth a little longer and more fully, on account of the newfangled opinion of the Bewitched World.
XXIII.
It is asked: (VI) Whether it is in the power of the evil spirits to raise up, in some manner, the departed bodies of believers? The Papists, both for the sake of the Fathers' Limbo and for the sake of Purgatory — namely, in order to establish such things, if not by Scripture, then at least by the experience of appearing souls — adopt the positive opinion, and bring forward as an example Samuel, raised up by the sorceress at Endor, 1 Sam. 28:14. The orthodox deny that the bodies (at least of the godly) are in the power of Satan, Jude 9 — much less their souls: wherefore Abraham also holds forth, in the great gulf, through which it was not even possible for a wise man like Abraham to send Lazarus out of his bosom, Luke 16:23 — not to add that the use of that raising up and calling forth, in defense of the Limbo and of Purgatory, is idle and far-fetched.
That Samuel was actually raised up by the sorceress, several considerations refute. For that which appeared, having been raised up by the sorceress, was (I) under the power of the sorceress, but not Samuel. (II) Had he been sent by God, he would not have complained of being disturbed by the sorceress, just as Moses does not complain, Matt. 17:3. Also, the true Samuel would (III) not have approved, by obeying it, the sorcery of the sorceress. Nor also (IV) would he have suffered himself to be worshipped by Saul. Also, he (V) never came into the company of the godless Saul, which nevertheless that apparition, speaking to Saul in his form, ascribes to him: "Tomorrow shalt thou be with me." I add (VI) to this: to him to whom God would not answer, neither by a vision, nor by a Prophet, nor by Urim and Thummim, to that same man the Prophet Samuel would not have wished to answer either. Finally, (VII) the true Samuel would, at least after his death, not have lied, Heb. 11:23, as the counterfeit "Samuel" does, when he says that Saul had raised him up, disturbed, and troubled him. (Compare Rainold., Censur. Libb. Apocryph., Tom. 1, Cap. 75.) Therefore those things which are there recounted must be ascribed to a devilish apparition, which, godlessly lying that it was Samuel, foretold that Saul would descend to him the next day. Nor does it help Bellarmine that the text steadily calls it "Samuel," since nothing is more customary in Holy Scripture than to call "gods" those who were nothing less than gods, 1 Cor. 10:19, 20 — just as also the angels who appeared to Abraham are called "men," Gen. 18:2 and 32:24.
XXIV.
Then (VII) it is asked, concerning the remedies which we ought to set against all kinds of attacks and cunning devices of the evil spirits, whether spiritual means alone — prayer, struggle, and the whole apostolic armor — are sufficient; or whether various outward means must also be added, such as holy water, the pronouncing of the name of Jesus, the use of relics, the sign of the cross, all sorts of consecrated things, namely a wax image in the shape of a cross, blessed images, and especially devil-banning [exorcism]? The Papists maintain this, in favor of their superstitious devil-exorcisms. The orthodox deny it: (I) because Scripture prescribes us no other means than spiritual ones, which we have already listed, Eph. 6:12 — indeed (II) it also expressly rejects all others, 2 Cor. 10:4; and (III) because also no bodily things can work upon spirits. They object: (1) that in the name of Jesus, devils are recorded to have been cast out, Mark 16:17; Acts 16:18. This I will grant — yet not through the bare pronouncing of that name, but through the authority and power of Christ, Matt. 8:31, 32; Mark 1:32 and 9:25; since also the devils themselves named and mentioned that name, Luke 8:28, and those who addressed them in the name of Jesus, without that authority, were themselves attacked, Acts 19:15, 16. They (2) say that Saul, through David's harp-playing, was delivered from the evil spirit — so I shall deny that Saul was properly possessed, but only that he was, in one way or another, troubled and disturbed, and thus was somewhat relieved and refreshed by David's harp-playing. To this they (3) add, out of Tobit, that Raphael counseled the young Tobias that with the heart of a fish, together with the gall and the liver, laid upon glowing coals, he would drive away every kind of evil spirit — to which we shall answer, that this was an apocryphal, and, among believers, a superstitious counsel.
The Practical Part
XXV.
As for the practical application: we see, first, in the evil spirits themselves, the majesty of God, who not only sits in heaven, attended and surrounded by ten thousand times ten thousand faithful and believing servants, Dan. 7:10; Matt. 26:53; but who also, on earth, indeed in hell itself, is furnished with so many officers of justice, who — however great and however hostile to Him they may be — are ready to punish and torment the wicked, and before whom, willing or unwilling, they must bow their knees, Phil. 2:10; indeed, who offer themselves to His commands, even if only as it were feignedly, 1 Kings 22:19, 21, 22, 23; Job 1:11, 12; 2. Moreover, we acknowledge in them God's glory — in particular, the glory (I) of His Holiness, whereby He has not been able to endure, in heaven, in and under His sight, these spirits, however excellent otherwise in their nature, but has cast them out of the highest heaven, on account of their sin, down into the lowest hell, 2 Pet. 2:4; compare Isa. 14:11-15; Matt. 11 — for He is of purer eyes than to behold evil, Hab. 1:13; Ps. 5:5, 6. (II) The glory of His avenging Justice, whereby He has not spared even the angels who sinned, but, having cast them into hell, delivered them into chains of darkness, to be reserved unto judgment, 2 Pet. 2:4; Jude 6; compare Rev. 15:3. On the contrary, (III) the glory of His Mercy toward us, whereby He has taken hold, not of the angels, but of the seed of Abraham... [Heb. 2:16]; compare Rom. 2:21, 22, and Ps. 103:11, 18. Furthermore, (IV) the glory of His forbearance, patience, and longsuffering, whereby He has borne, for so many thousands of years, His sworn enemies, who are wholly against Him — whom He could destroy with a single bare nod — and even now bears with them, reserving them unto the judgment of that great day, bound with everlasting chains. Finally, (V) the glory of His power and dominion, which God Himself sets before and displays to Job, who had answered against Him, in the Behemoth and the Leviathan, Job 40 — by which two beasts very many understand the devils, though without my full assent. And that He holds those roaring lions so bound with the chains of His Providence, that they, however much they might wish to do something contrary to God, can nevertheless do not the least thing, Job 1:12; Matt. 8:31; Mark 5:12.
XXVI.
Then, second, this doctrine discloses to us the misery of those who are under the power of the evil spirits, Heb. 2:14, 15; Col. 1:13; Acts 26:18; 2 Tim. 2:25, 26. If we think of the power, cunning, cruelty, persistent endurance, and countless multitude of them, Eph. 6:11, 12; 1 Pet. 5:8; Rev. 12:12 — this ought to stir us up: (I) that we, with gathered strength, indeed with the calling-in of the aid of God's power, endeavor and strive to be uprooted out of his snares, by conversion, 2 Tim. 2:25, 26; by faith in the Redeemer, Heb. 2:15; by the use of the ministry of the Word, Acts 26:18; Mark 1:15; Matt. 10:1; by prayers, Mark 9:29; by praying and fasting, Matt. 17:21 and 15:22. (II) That, for those who have been delivered, this doctrine raises them up to love toward the Redeemer, Mark 16:9, compared with Luke 7:44; to thankfulness toward and the glorifying of the Redeemer, Luke 8:33, 39, compare Ps. 107:14, 15; to watchfulness, that they not again become entangled and ensnared in the snares of Satan, 1 Pet. 5:8.
XXVII.
Further, third, this doctrine warns us to guard ourselves most carefully from the sins of Satan, by which he fell away from his origin and beginning, lest we, cast down in the same judgment with him, be compelled also to leave our dwelling-place along with him: for if God spared not the angels that sinned, we too must well take heed lest He spare not us either. Whether that sin was a despising of the truth, or envy, or pride and haughtiness, or was compounded of all these — at any rate, their sin has been an apostasy from the truth, and a neglect and carelessness whereby they did not keep that which ought to have been kept; also a lust for novelty, whereby they did not keep their own origin and beginning, but left their own dwelling — and whatever other outrages and abominations besides may have been wrapped up in this one fall. Let us, I say, guard ourselves therefore from this, lest, through fellowship in the crime, we also draw upon ourselves a share in the judgment — since, by God's own Justice, these two things are sufficiently bound to one another: for if He spared not the angels that sinned, etc.; compare 1 Tim. 3:6 — lest we be bound and fettered together with them, here already with the chains of darkness and of sin, and hereafter with the chains of misery and everlasting ruin; and, being doomed to hell in both, be kept, as it were with bonds, unto the judgment of that great day.
XXVIII.
In particular we must, fourth, guard ourselves — as against something than which nothing worse can be — from taking on the image of the devil, which the Jews did, John 8:44. And this occurs: (I) when we follow after and imitate his desires; (II) when we set ourselves to lying, 1 Kings 22:22; Acts 5:3. Likewise (III) through murder, and all that belongs to it, John 8:44 — whence they are called children of Belial, as many as have had a hand in the murder of Naboth, 1 Kings 21:13. Also (IV) through unclean lusts, by virtue of which the devil is called an unclean spirit, Luke 11:24. In particular also (V) through pride, haughtiness, and ambition, whereby, not content with our own lot, we, together with him, aim and strive after a glory that does not belong to us, Isa. 14:12-14; Rom. 11:20; 1 Tim. 6:17. Finally, (VI) through envy — taking pleasure in another's harm, and through persecutions, whereby we, with Satan, being grieved at the advantages and good fortune of our neighbor, lay snares for him, Gen. 3. Through all these, and yet many other sins, (1) we — who were created after the image of God — draw upon our faces the countenance of Satan; and how shameful, how miserable is this! For if it is wretched to be turned, from a king, into a brute beast without reason — as happened to Nebuchadnezzar, Dan. 4:12, 13, 22 — is it not even more wretched and more shameful to become, through imitation of his abominations and outrages, a devil, out of a child of God and, as it were, a demigod upon earth? John 6:70. At the very least we become, (2) we who are children of God by Creation, thus made into devils, and him into our father — according to what the Savior says, John 8:44: "Ye are of your father the devil," namely, because ye will do the desires of your father — since you have made yourselves like him through lies and murders, and since you do the works of your father, v. 41. Of which every one who makes sin his business is said to be of the devil, 1 John 3:8, as one who sins already from the beginning; and the godless are commonly called children of Belial — for example, the seducers, Deut. 13:13; the Sodomites, lustful, unclean, Judg. 19:22; the drunkards, 1 Sam. 1:16; the irreligious, with regard to observance of the service of God, 1 Sam. 2:12; the cruel, who are devoid of all love, 1 Sam. 25:17; the stubborn rebels, 2 Sam. 20:1; the sorcerers, Acts 13:10; and very many others of that sort besides. Consider now with me, within yourself: (a) what it is, and how shameful it is, to be a child of the devil — to have such a father, whose dwelling-place is hell and the abyss, who lies there as it were fettered with chains of darkness, doomed to be cast out and destroyed, kept unto the judgment of that great day; (b) a father who is so cruel, that he leads and drives his own about in his snares, into the very worst and most godless things, 2 Tim. 2:26; indeed, what is worse, (c) who makes his sons into servants — indeed, into bond-slaves; for whoever a man is overcome by, of the same is he brought into bondage, 2 Pet. 2:19; compare John 8:34.
XXIX.
But above all things, fifth, let us guard ourselves most carefully against all those arts and practices which cannot be exercised except by Satan's help, and through intercourse with him. Such are: (I) all bewitching and juggling arts, whereby men try to deceive others; (II) all divinations, in whatever manner they may occur, which Peucer (in his book de Divinatione) and, following him, Casmann (Angelographia, Part II, Cap. 13) recount and enumerate; (III) all sorceries, whereby one tries to bring about wonderful things by the devil's help; (IV) all poisoning arts, whereby one tries, moreover, to harm others; (V) all those things which can be expected from a familiar spirit, as it is called; (VI) all those things which, in any manner, require some fellowship, intercourse, familiarity, and communion with Satan; (VII) all conjurations, whereby we swear away, dedicate, and hand over our neighbor, ourselves, or all sorts of other things, to Satan; finally, (VIII) all those things which can breathe and savor of a certain kind of intercourse and fellowship, and not of resistance and struggle. Because (1) God has most strictly forbidden all these things, even on pain of temporal death, Deut. 18:10-12; Levit. 19:31, and 20:6, 27. (2) Because these things transfer that religious faith and trust, which belongs to God alone, to His sworn enemy — and by these means one gives faith to Satan, hopes for some good from him, places one's trust in him, and, in that regard, loves him, and thus transfers the whole natural service of God to Satan. (3) Because one thereupon enters into the very intercourse and fellowship with Satan which, by faith, is usually entered into with God. Consequently, (4) because that union and fellowship, which by faith is usually sought with Christ, is instead obtained and acquired with Satan. Finally, (5) because with all these things there can be, and can be hoped for, absolutely no intercourse with God, nor any fellowship in the benefits of Christ. All of which points, it may here suffice to have touched upon as it were with the finger — they will, God willing, be spoken and treated of elsewhere, deliberately and at length.
XXX.
Let us rather, sixth, with the straining of all our powers, set ourselves against the devil's wiles and assaults — as the Apostle prescribes this to us, 1 Pet. 5:8; Jas. 4:7; 1 Tim. 6:12 — and as the example of the saints lights our way in this, 2 Tim. 4:7, 8; Phil. 1:30 and 4:3; 1 Thess. 2:2; Heb. 11:34 — together also with the example of the good angels, Rev. 12:7 and 20:1; Dan. 10:8, 13, indeed even that of the Archangel, Michael, the Angel of the Covenant Himself, Jude 9; Matt. 4:1-12. To this end we ought to be spurred and pressed by the multitude, power, cunning, and persistence of our enemies, Eph. 6:12 and 2:2, and also the weight and importance of the matter — for it is a struggle and a contest not over worldly treasures and honors, and other such trifles, but over the eternal salvation of our souls, that they not be devoured by the devil, 1 Pet. 5:8; but that we, having fought the good fight, may obtain the crown of righteousness, 2 Tim. 4:8. We shall then withstand, and fight, and indeed also overcome: (a) through watchfulness, Eph. 6:18 and 5:15; 1 Pet. 5:8, whereby we try (1) to know and discern our spiritual enemies, 2 Cor. 2:11; then (2) also our own weakness, so as to set it against so great and so many enemies, Rom. 12:14, 18, 21, 23, 24; 2 Cor. 12:9, 10; Isa. 64:6; further, (3) to conduct ourselves prudently and carefully in all things, Eph. 5:15; and (4) always to be occupied with good and holy exercises, so that our enemies not surprise us idle, careless, and unwatchful; and to that end to walk unceasingly with God, Gen. 5:24; Ps. 16:8. (b) Through an excellent and good fight, 1 Cor. 16:13; Phil. 4:7, in which we must lay to heart and practice: (1) that we be of a brave and stouthearted spirit, setting our trust upon the promises of the divine presence and help, 1 Pet. 5:9; Eph. 6:10; Ps. 23:4. (2) That we be armed with the whole spiritual armor, which the Apostle prescribes, Eph. 6:11, 2; 2 Cor. 10:4, 5, etc. Then (3) that we carefully guard ourselves from all conspiracy, intercourse, conversation, and, in general, from everything that does not serve to fight the enemy. On the contrary, (4) that we, as soon as the arrows are shot at us, valiantly shoot and cast them back again upon the enemy himself, Eph. 6:14 and 4:27; Matt. 4:10. In particular also (5) that we may be girded with the spiritual sword, which is God's Word, so as to have ready, against every kind of temptation, one saying or another of Scripture, Eph. 6:17; Matt. 4:7. Finally (6) that our last refuge be in and unto prayer, that we be not led into temptation, Matt. 6:13, and, being led into it, may be strengthened and enabled to fight and to overcome, Ps. 119:133 and 138:3; 2 Tim. 4:7, 8. Of which more elsewhere, and more fully.
XXXI.
Finally, seventh, let not the consideration of so many and so great enemies, who day and night lay siege against us, cause our courage to grow faint, to despair, or to give way — as happened to the Israelites, through their thinking upon the Canaanites, Num. 13:32, and also to Jether, the son of Gideon, Judg. 8:20; 2 Kings 6:15. For our comfort, we ought also to consider: (I) that, although our enemies are many, and mighty, and cruel, yet they are not infinite nor almighty; that their rage and fury lie under the most exact bounds of divine Providence, Job 1:12; Luke 11:21, 22 and 8:29. (II) That those very ones who are such fierce and enraged enemies to us are also enemies of God and of the blessed angels; and therefore, if God be for us, who can be against us and stand? Rom. 8:31; Ps. 33:4; 2 Kings 6:15, 16. Further, (III) that those who fight against us are fought against, rebuked, and reproved by God, Zech. 3:1 — with the promise that they shall be overcome, Hos. 13:14. Also (IV) that in this struggle we have a stronger Captain, who has been able to spoil the house of the strong man, Luke 11:21, 22; who has been able to command the enemies, Mark 1:23; Luke 8:29; who has also been able to impart to His own the power over the unclean spirits, Matt. 10:1; indeed, who has come into the world for this very purpose, that He might destroy the works of the devil, 1 John 3:8; and who has not only come, but has also, in deed, broken and destroyed them — thus triumphing openly enough over them, Col. 2:15; Heb. 2:15 — and has delivered us from the power of darkness, Col. 1:14. Let the evil spirits, then, be ever so much stronger than we; they shall not be stronger than our Captain-Leader, Luke 11:22; Ps. 110:1. Let them be more cunning and crafty than we; yet they are not more understanding or wiser than He who has become to us wisdom from God, 1 Cor. 1:30, who is our Counselor, Isa. 9:6. Let them be princes of this world; yet they are judged and condemned by Him, and have no power at all over Him, John 14:30. Let them be gods of this world; yet He that is in us is greater than the world, 1 John 4:4. Let him be a roaring lion; our Samson has torn him apart, Judg. 14:5; our David has slain him, 1 Sam. 17:49; our Lion of the tribe of Judah has overcome him, Rev. 5:5. Let him be that great Dragon, Rev. 12:3; our Jesus shall be his plague, Hos. 13:14. Let him be a Leviathan and a serpent; our Captain has a hard, great, and strong sword, to visit Leviathan, the piercing serpent, the crooked serpent, and He shall slay the dragon that is in the sea, Isa. 27:1. Let him be the Behemoth, whose bones are as strong pieces of brass, and his bones like bars of iron, Job 40:18; nevertheless our Hero, as if with a hook and a cord (v. 24 there), having caught him, holds him fast bound with everlasting chains of darkness, Jude 6. And lest we should despair of the victory, let us (V) consider that our Captain has Himself been tempted in all things as we are, who therefore can and will help those who are tempted, Heb. 2:18. Meanwhile (VI) that our very struggle shall be so governed by our Lord and Captain, that some advantage and some benefit shall come to us out of it, 2 Cor. 3:9 and 7:11; Rom. 8:28.
Chapter IX: Of Man, and of the Image of God
Upon Genesis 1:26, 27, 28, 29.
And God said: Let us make man in our image, after our likeness; and let them have dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the heaven, and over the cattle, and over all the earth, and over every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth. And God created man in His own image; in the image of God created He him: male and female created He them. And God blessed them, etc.
The Doctrine concerning Man
I. We come at last to man, who is the end, and at the same time an abridgment, of the whole Creation, in whom God has set Himself forth, in order to reveal, in a most excellent manner, the glory of His Predestination, that is, of His Mercy and of His Justice. With whose creation, fall, restoration, and salvation the whole Trinity is occupied, and upon which the whole of Holy Scripture, and the whole of our theology, proceeds and issues.
The Explanatory Part
II. Moses relates the forming and adorning of this man, in the text set before us, in three parts.
1. The preceding deliberation, verse 26: "God said, Let us make man...." He does not say, as in the other works, "Let the earth bring forth"; but, with a preceding deliberation concerning man's forming, adorning, and exalting, He gives us to know his excellence and worth. In this deliberation, then, there come before us:
1. The deliberating Persons: וַיֹּאמֶר אֱלֹהִים, "and Elohim said." The word "said," being of the singular number, signifies the unity or oneness of the deliberating Persons; and the plural name Elohim, the plurality of the same. From which the ancient Fathers — Hilary, Augustine, Fulgentius, and others — and after them most theologians of our day, most soundly deduce, against the Jews, the Socinians, and other anti-Trinitarians, the mystery of the Trinity from this passage. But so that the opposing parties might evade this proof, they turn themselves into all sorts of contortions. For there are (1) those who hold that God addressed the angels, out of a kind of condescension, so that they should not burn with any envy or dislike against man, whom He had determined to create in their likeness. Yet to call them creators — how unreasonable, how unbecoming to God is that! There are (2) those who hold that God addressed the four elements, and stirred them up, as if He said: "You give the body, I will give the soul." There are (3) those who hold that God here speaks in the manner of the Great, out of royal dignity. Now although the Hebrews indeed allow this in the second and third person, yet they allow no example whatsoever of it in the first person — namely, that a certain particular and singular subject should speak of itself in the first person of the plural number — according to the remark of Aben Ezra on Gen. 1:26. There are (4) those who hold that God speaks in the plural in order to express man's excellence, as if He said: "Let not the earth, not the water, be occupied in the creating of man, but we ourselves" — that is, God and the angels. But we have already, above, excluded the angels from any share in the dignity of Creation. There are (5) those who translate the Hebrew word נַעֲשֶׂה, na'aseh, not by "let us make," but by "man is made," or "has become," "is made" — but Aben Ezra ridicules and refutes this, as also those who say that these words, "in" or "after our image," are not words of God, but of Moses. The most ancient Hebrews (6) hold that God here speaks to the house of His court, according to the testimony of Drusius. And what is the house of God's court, other than the household of the three Persons?
2. The deliberation itself, or the act of deliberating, which the word "said" or "hath said" expresses, after the manner of men. The word אָמַר, "to say," differs from the word דָּבַר, "to speak," because the former word is always joined to another; but the latter, without any connecting relation to another — as R. David Kimchi says. And thus it would signify that the one Person said to the other. Furthermore, the two words אָמַר, "to say," and דָּבַר, "to speak," are used, according to Maimonides (in the Moreh Nebuchim, Cap. LXV), (1) of speech which occurs with the tongue, Exod. 19:19; (2) of a certain thing, conceived and formed in the understanding, without any outward utterance, Eccles. 2:15; Prov. 23:33, etc.; (3) they are also used of the will, 2 Sam. 21:26. Thus God "said," not with speech, but with His understanding and will.
3. The matter deliberated, or the content of the deliberation: "Let us make man," etc. Here is signified:
a. The work to be formed, namely man, in Hebrew אָדָם, Adam, whether the word be taken here in a proper sense, as it is used, 1 Cor. 15:22; Hos. 6:7; or in a common, appellative sense, as it usually is — since it was the proper as well as the common appellative name of the first man; on which little turns — although I would rather prefer the latter, since here it is used not of one man, but of two, man and woman. Only let it not be taken, according to the Jewish fable, for a man who is a man-woman, or hermaphrodite. It seems to be said thus, by way of anticipation, of that which is more particularly explained below, in Chapter II, verse 7.
b. The work regarding the work, or regarding אָדָם, Adam, which is twofold, namely his:
a. Formation: נַעֲשֶׂה אָדָם, "let us make man" — which the LXX translators mistranslate as ποιήσω, "I shall make," or "let me make," lest Ptolemy Philadelphus should conclude from it that the Jews acknowledged more than one God. "Let us make" — elsewhere it stands "He created" — so that we might know that the distinction between בָּרָא, "to create," and עָשָׂה, "to make," does not always hold; unless you would rather have it that by עָשָׂה, "to make," here is meant not only the bringing forth of man, but also, in addition, his adorning.
b. His adorning: בְּצַלְמֵנוּ כִּדְמוּתֵנוּ, "in our image, after our likeness" — in which image the chief ornament, and the chief advantage, of man consists. Some distinguish these words, holding that the "image" lies in the natural gifts, but the "likeness" in the gifts of grace; others merge them, through a manner of speech called Hendiadys, whereby one thing is expressed by two words, which manner of speech is very common in Holy Scripture; others bring these two words together into an intensification, to signify an image that is exceedingly, wholly alike; others bring them to a diminishing, that "tselem," an image, signifies a shadow, or a shadow-like likeness — not such a one as is complete and perfect, but rather a fading one, such as there is in a shadow — and the second word, דְּמוּת, they translate as "a likeness," or "a concept," which we form in our understanding.
c. Man's exaltation to a very great dominion: "That they may have dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the heaven, and over the cattle, and over all the earth, and over every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth." Here is expressed by these words:
†. The dominion, וְיִרְדּוּ, "and," or "that they may have dominion." It is believed that the root word is compounded of the conjugations Kal and Piel. Wherefore R. Solomon Jarchi expounds it both actively and passively, as if God said: "If men shall have lived well, they shall have dominion over them; but if ill, then the beasts shall have dominion over them." Others render the word by "let them spread abroad," because the power and authority of a lord is extended and enlarged over his servants.
†. The things subjected to this dominion, namely the fish of the sea, the fowl of the heaven, the cattle, indeed the whole earth, and all sorts of earthly things — to use them according to the prescription of God and of right reason. Man's dominion is therefore extended over the waters, over the air-heaven, and over the earth, but by no means over the starry heaven, nor over the third heaven.
II. The forming itself, which followed upon this deliberation, verse 27: "So God created man in His own image," etc. Here is signified:
1. The act of forming: וַיִּבְרָא, "and God created." This act God had, just before, called עָשָׂה, "to make"; now Moses uses the word בָּרָא, "to create," in order that it might thereby be signified that God not only brought man forth, but also adorned him. He created man, in order to prepare his body from red earth, and to breathe into it חַיִּים נִשְׁמַת, the breath of life, Gen. 2:7 — that is, the breath or soul of a threefold life, namely, of a vegetative, sensitive, and rational life.
2. The manner of forming: "after His image; in the image of God created He him." This latter half-verse seems to be an explanation of the first, whereby it is signified that man was created after the image, not of the angels, but of God alone. By אֹתוֹ, "him," is meant, by virtue of the correspondence of the preceding and following words, not the one indivisible subject of Adam, but each and every one — that we might understand that not only the man, but also the woman, is a human being.
3. The being formed: "male and female created He them" — אֹתָם, "them." Certainly not at the same time, as we have heard the Jews dream; but in succession of time — namely, that they might be fit for the propagation of their kind, and that we might understand that not only the man bears the image of God — as some wrongly conclude from 1 Cor. 11:7 — but also the woman; although with respect to the general dominion, even over the woman, only the man is called by the Apostle "the image of God."
III. The fourfold consequence of this forming, verses 28, 29. Namely:
1. The blessing: "And God blessed them." The root word בָּרַךְ signifies "to greet" (which of old was done with a slight bending of the knee), "to congratulate," "to wish well," whether for good or for evil; it corresponds with the Greek εὐλογεῖν, which signifies to say good or well of someone — and thus we bless God and our neighbor, by praising and extolling them, Ps. 103:1; Eph. 1:3; or for someone, and that is to pray for someone, or to intercede and speak on someone's behalf, Num. 6:24, or to do good to someone. And thus it is used either of man toward God, and signifies to honor God in a godly manner, bowing before Him, as it were, the knees of body and soul; to love Him, by wishing and granting Him all good things; to glorify Him, to give Him thanks, Deut. 8:10; Eph. 1:3; or of God toward man, Gen. 1:28; Isa. 19:25, and thus it signifies God's benevolent will, whereby He wishes man all sorts of good things, and also, at the same time, is conscious of and brings them about — whereby, for man's sake, He gives to all things their power and capacity, and the fitness and ability for their use, and, having given these, also raises up and stirs up, Matt. 4:4, from Deut. 8:3.
2. The making fruitful: "Be fruitful, and multiply." These words can have (1) an imperative sense, in which manner the ancient Jews hold that here a general command is given to all men, to enter into marriage, which they call מִצְוַת פְּרִיָּה וּרְבִיָּה — which command, if anyone does not comply with, he has, they say, no part in the world to come. But thus this command would also apply to the irrational animals, since the same is said of them, v. 22. Thus it would also be a command to have dominion over the fish, etc.: "have dominion, rule, over the fish of the sea." (2) A permissive and allowing sense, as Gen. 2:16; Deut. 14:11, 20. Finally (3) a promissory sense, so that the imperative moods here stand in place of future-tense verbs: "be fruitful," for "you shall be fruitful," etc. — so that God promises the fruitfulness, the capacity, and the desire, to propagate their kind; wherefore it is said only of fruitful creatures, not of the air, the stars, the plants, etc.
3. The subjecting of the earth, which comprises in itself:
a. A duty which man is to perform with regard to the earth: "and subdue it" — namely, to you. For although God, by the preceding making-fruitful, had promised man the fruitfulness of the earth, He nevertheless requires the duty of tilling the soil, which, certainly, in the state of uprightness, would have been accomplished without hardship or fatigue, yet not without labor, which man would apply to the earth during the first six days of the week, so that he might arrange and spend the seventh in sanctification and rest. According to the preceding words, the Creator means not only Paradise, which indeed would have sufficed for the first-created humans alone, but the whole habitable earth, which was given to their descendants, according to the preceding words.
b. The benefit following upon the duty: "and have dominion," or "have rule," of which we have already spoken above. This dominion now extends itself even over the fish in particular — although man had given them no names, as he gave to the animals, as a token of his dominion. "And over the fowl of the heaven, and over every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth" — so that man might have a general dominion over all earthly creatures, of which we have already spoken above.
c. The provision of food: "Behold, I have given you every herb bearing seed, which is upon the face of all the earth, and every tree, in which is the fruit of a tree yielding seed; to you it shall be for meat." From which the ancient Church Fathers, in general, and others also conclude, that the eating of flesh was not yet in use in the state of uprightness, being permitted only after the Flood, Gen. 9:2 — flesh being, for a long time, reserved only for the sacrifices, and only the hides or skins, milk, and cheese of the animals being left for men. Otherwise it pleases others, however, especially Bochart, on the grounds that (1) Abel would not have offered up the same to God, had he believed that it was unlawful to eat it; (2) that he would then have fed and pastured sheep and lambs in vain; (3) that the distinction of the animals into clean and unclean seemed to teach that some were permitted, but others forbidden. Let each one use and follow his own judgment here. Meanwhile, here is distinctly signified:
a. The divine grant, which is the foundation of the right and of the use: "I have given you" — so that God, by this very act, claims to Himself the supreme dominion.
b. The gift, namely: "every herb bearing seed," etc. — nothing excepted. So that the Apostle does not conclude wrongly from this, "all is yours," 1 Cor. 3:21.
c. The use of all these creatures, for food — that you might sustain your life and health, and gain strength to carry out your affairs and occupations.
First Speculative Article
Of the Creation of Man
The Doctrinal Part
III. Two matters must, accordingly, be treated from the text: namely, of the Creation of man, and of the Image of God in the created man. God, then, created man in an absolutely singular manner. That He created him is said many times, and it is with especial emphasis affirmed, Isa. 43:7, that He created, formed, and made him, Ps. 89:4; 95:6; 100:3; 119:73. And from this He is also called our Father, Isa. 64:8; Matt. 6:9; our Maker, Isa. 45:9; Rom. 9:21; our Workman and Potter, Rom. 9:20; and we are called the work of His hands, the labor of God, and His offspring, Job 10:9. Nor can it be otherwise, since man can be neither of himself, nor from eternity. That He created him in an altogether singular manner appears chiefly from these three points, namely: (I) that He created him, as it were, after a preceding deliberation — "let us make man" — whereas all other creatures came into being through a bare "let there be," or "let it come forth." A deliberation, I say, not with the angels, as it pleases the Jews, out of hatred against the highly-praised Trinity, to hold — for the angels also cannot create, and we are nowhere said to have been created after the image of the angels — but with the three Persons, who have elsewhere been shown to be among themselves; so that we might understand that three Persons have been engaged, together with one another, in creating us, Ps. 33:6. (II) That in one man was created the whole race of mankind, Acts 17:26, so that they should all either stand or fall in that one, Rom. 5:12. (III) That God created man on the last day, and after all other creatures, as being the end, and the abridgment, of all the creatures, Ps. 8:7.
IV. Also, God has not created man rashly or in vain, but for His own glory, Ps. 89:48; Isa. 43:7; Prov. 16:4 — namely, that He might (I) bring, as it were, into one sum all that was created, in man; and, through an astonishing masterstroke, exhibit the sum and substance of this vastly extended universe in so small a compass, and as it were in a little world. (II) That He might portray Himself in man, and, as in a mirror, behold Himself — just as man has within himself that whereby he can see God, as his archetype, John 14:9. (III) That He might have someone through whom all things which had flowed forth from Him might flow back again to Him — one who, as it were His steward on earth, should receive the revenues of all creatures, and, acknowledging that they had come forth from God, might, with a due and grateful thankfulness, restore and return them to Him, Rom. 11:36. For although both an angel and man are endowed with reason, to acknowledge their Creator, and the creatures as flowing forth from the Creator — yet man alone is fit and able to experience within himself the goodness of all creatures, and therefore to bring it back to God with thankfulness. Further, (IV) that the irrational creatures might have a lord, through whose agency and working they might be governed and directed, Gen. 1:26 — for which reason they are all brought to man, as to their lord, to receive names and offices, Gen. 2:19. Finally, (V) that we might acknowledge, in the three Persons, who have worked together as it were toward our production, the love of the Father, the grace of the Son, and the fellowship of the Holy Spirit, 2 Cor. 13:13.
V. For all these things He created man (hominem, so named ab humo, that is, from the earth, just as in Hebrew אָדָם, Adam, from the red earth) in such a way that He first, as it were, used His own hands to form the most beautiful body of the first-created man out of the earth, or out of the clay, Job 10:8; Ps. 139:15, being a most contemptible material — so that we might thereby more clearly discern the artistry of the Maker, and also that we might not be proud on account of the beauty of our body. A most beautiful body, I say — not only (I) through a most exact good constitution, above all others; nor also merely (II) through its upright shape, whereby it would be, as it were, οὐρανοσκόπος, a beholder of heaven, from which it is also called in Greek ἄνθρωπος, Anthropos, as it were ἄνω θεωρῶν, looking upward, as Lactantius (de Opificio Dei, Cap. 8) beautifully notes: for God, he says, having determined to make man alone, of all the animals, heavenly, and all the rest earthly, has therefore made man stand stiffly erect, and two-footed, namely, that he might look thither, whence his origin is. And not only (III) with a wholly wondrous συμμετρία, a proportionate correspondence of the parts, to which — as to the rule and standard of Polycletus — builders bring everything: temples, houses, buildings, structures; but also (IV) with and through ease of use, in that this body afforded a most fitting instrument to the soul, for eliciting natural, moral, and spiritual workings, Rom. 6:13; 12:1. Also (V) as a most artful abridgment of the whole universe, which Laurentius (Anatom. Lib. I, Cap. 2) portrays; and (VI) in and through a most complete age and stature. Meanwhile it is related that God dealt a little differently in the forming of the male body than of the female: that He prepared the man's out of red earth, so that the man, insofar as he is such, might understand that he depended upon God alone; but the woman's body out of a rib of the man, so that the woman might acknowledge that she, under God, depended upon the man, and might learn to be subject to him, as to her lord — which is the reason why the Apostle says that the man was created after the image of God, 1 Cor. 11:7. And hence also God says, Gen. 2:18, אֶעֱשֶׂה לּוֹ עֵזֶר כְּנֶגְדּוֹ, "I will make him a help meet for him."
VI. But that, second, He added to this most beautifully formed body a soul, in infinitely more excellent ways still. The history of the soul stands, Gen. 2:7: "And the LORD God had formed man of the dust of the ground, and breathed into his nostrils the breath of life; and man became a living soul." This soul, if one considers its essence, is nothing other than a spiritual substance, by whose help the ensouled being works of itself. It is (I) a substance — not an idle name, as Dicaearchus foolishly held; nor properly a mixture of the vital humors, as Galen thought — for thus the passions and impulses of the mind, which arise from an intemperance of the humors, could not be corrected by the soul; nor also a bare thinking or thought, as Descartes thought, since thinking is an act, and presupposes an acting cause: but, I say, a substance — since man, by means of it, differs in his whole kind from all other creatures, and the soul also subsists on its own after death. It is also (II) a spiritual or immaterial substance, since it comprehends immaterial things, and also does so in an immaterial manner, through comparison, abstraction, reasoning, observation. (Cf. Zanchius, de Operib. Dei, Part III, Lib. II, Cap. 2.) It is further (III) an incomplete substance, fitted for a composition with a body, whereby it is known to differ from the essence of the angels. It is finally (IV) given for this purpose, that the ensouled being might, by its help, come to work of itself, that is, to live — from which it is called נִשְׁמַת חַיִּים, the breath of life; thus named in the plural, not that there is a manifold soul in each individual man, but because, by one נְשָׁמָה, soul, a threefold life (or rather a threefold degree of living) is signified: namely, (1) a vegetative life, whereby we merely live — which life comprises within itself a nourishing life, a growing life, whereby we increase and become larger, and a propagating life, whereby the species is sustained and preserved. (2) A sensitive or feeling life, whereby we, moreover, sense, perceive, and comprehend, by means of the five outward senses — touch, taste, smell, hearing, and sight — and of the three inward ones, the common sense, the imaginative faculty, and the memory, to comprehend and judge the things that fall under the senses. From which also proceed the locomotive faculty, the sensitive appetite and desire, and the animal passions and affections. (3) A rational life, by which alone we differ from the remaining created creatures, whose faculty is indeed twofold: to comprehend the true, which belongs to the understanding, by first simply apprehending the object; then by compounding or dividing, or by affirming or denying it; and finally by reasoning and inferring, whereby we deduce and conclude the less known from the more known things.
In this last consists judgment — both the speculative, which only pronounces upon the bare truth of the matter, and the practical or applied, which, moreover, passes judgment upon the goodness of a matter — and that either only in general, as to what in general is good or evil; or in a particular case, as to what, for me, here and now, all things considered, ought to be considered such: then the faculty of desiring, or of rejecting, the good or the evil, which belongs to the will, which, with regard to the end, is necessarily engaged, but with regard to the means is, at least by its own nature, indifferent. From both these faculties, of comprehending and of desiring, are born both free choice, or free will, which is nothing other than a faculty of doing and acting out of premeditated counsel, or with a rational deliberateness — which can indeed allow a certain natural indifference, in a divided sense (in sensu diviso), as one says, but consists by no means in an indifference — and the affections, passions, or feelings, which in man seem indeed to be nothing other than acts of the will, although they also depend much upon the disposition of the humors, of the bile, of the blood, etc., as well as upon the sensitive impulse and desire. And these are either desiring (concupiscibiles), which arise from the apprehension either of something good, such as love, longing, joy; or of something evil, such as hatred, avoidance, sorrow; or they are irascible (irascibiles), such as hope, boldness, anger, mercy, envy, jealousy, remorse, ambition, bashfulness.
VII. From the constitution of the human body and of the human soul, and of its understanding and will, arises the faculty of speaking, or of reasoning, which belongs to man absolutely alone — that is, the faculty of exhibiting and representing the concepts and apprehensions of his soul, by signs, or by various sounds formed in the air. For whatever Apollonius of Tyana, according to the testimony of Philostratus in his book, boasts of concerning the speech and interchange of the birds, whereby they should make known to one another the whereabouts of the absent — if it is not fabricated and fictitious, it seems to have proceeded from Apollonius's sorceries, and from Satan's revelation. For although the dumb animals, through human instruction, have the faculty to form those sounds, whereby men are accustomed to represent their concepts to one another — yet they have no concepts or apprehensions which they would thereby represent, nor understanding nor will, which are nevertheless necessarily required for speech or discourse. From which the Chaldee Paraphrast, in expounding the words of Gen. 2:7, though less felicitously, nevertheless, if one looks to the substance of the matter, expounds it truly: יְהִי בְאָדָם רוּחַ מְמַלְּלָא, "there was in Adam a speaking spirit" — for it is inseparable to be rational, and to speak.
Meanwhile it is very difficult to determine exactly whence Adam had the faculty of tongue and words, whereby he gave names to the animals, each in particular, Gen. 2:19. Wherefore some among the Jews ascribe this to nature; others to an agreement and institution; and finally others to a revelation of God alone, and to a heavenly instruction. Since, then, no speech and language seems to be natural to man — inasmuch as words signify everything, not by nature, but only by institution and use, which use, in the first creation of man, as yet had no place — most take refuge in a divine revelation, and bring in God as the Founder of the first language, who instilled it into Adam, either wholly, or at least with respect to its chief first principles, which he himself, by his own ingenuity, would then have to adorn and perfect. For although one does not read that God beforehand traced out for Adam the outward sounds, there is nevertheless nothing standing in the way of God's having instilled into his understanding that faculty, whereby he gave names to all sorts of things, according to his wisdom and will.
VIII. Among the properties and qualities of the soul, the first is its own unity. Concerning this there are various opinions, both of Philosophers and of Theologians. There are those who ascribe to all men who have ever been, are, and shall be, one common soul. There are those who allow more, yet not as many as there are men, since one and the same soul, through a transmigration of souls, would pass from the one to another. There are those who ascribe more than one soul to a single man — and that either at once, in which the three faculties of the soul, the vegetative, sensitive, and rational faculty, constitute just as many souls; or in succession of time, so that a child in the mother's womb is endowed first with a vegetative, then with a sensitive, and finally with a rational soul. There are, finally, those who assign to each individual only one soul — which is by far the most, indeed in my judgment altogether, in accordance with Holy Scripture (which everywhere ascribes to each individual only one soul, Gen. 46:26; Acts 7:14; Rom. 13:1; Ezek. 18:4; and records that only one soul was breathed into the first-created man, as the fountain of a threefold life, Gen. 2:7; likewise, that only one soul is given at birth, Eccles. 12:7; and also, that finally only one soul is separated in and through death, Ps. 31:6; Matt. 27:50; Acts 7:59), and with right reason, which allows only one essential form, whereby a given thing is that which it is, in an indivisible subject. If you also ascribe one common soul to all — will you then not also ascribe knowledge and ignorance, virtues and defects, reward and punishment, eternal life and eternal damnation, to one and the same subject? If you ascribe three souls at once to particular subjects, will not then each individual, at death, bring three souls either into heaven or into hell, since none of them can perish or die? Matt. 10:28. If you ascribe as many in succession of time, will man then not first be a plant, then an irrational animal, and finally a man? Cf. Zanch. Lib. II, Cap. 4, de Operib. sex dier.
IX. The second property or quality of the soul is its immateriality, whereby it is entirely free from all matter — not only from a thicker and grosser matter, but also from the most thin and subtle (such as Vorstius and the Socinians, with some of the ancients, ascribe to it). This immateriality is taught, with the Scriptures, Eccles. 12:7; Luke 24:39, by reason itself: for since its rational workings are neither bodily nor instrumental, attached to a certain fixed and particular instrument, as the sensitive workings are — it follows that the rational faculties themselves are also not bodily, and consequently the very essence of the soul is also not bodily. (Cf. Zanch. Part III, Lib. II, Cap. 2.) From this immateriality flows, of itself, its simplicity, whereby it is without any least composition out of essential parts, matter and form, or out of completing parts or members; likewise its invisibility, since visibility, arising from the location, position, and shape of parts, is proper only to bodily things; further its indivisibility, for that which is not composed out of parts cannot also be divided and separated into parts; finally its immortality, indeed also its incorruptibility — of which, God willing, more at length in the Polemical Part.
X. Let there now follow the Union of the essential parts, body and soul, which God has brought forth through the breathing of the living spirit into the nostrils of the body. By this union the soul is not a mere subsisting form of man, like a helmsman of a ship, as Plato absurdly thought; but an informing one, whereby man is placed within and under this species of things. Nor does it inform only one part of the body — whether the brain, as the Platonists would have it, or the heart, as the Stoics would have it — but the whole body, of whatever nature and size it may be, so that it is entirely in the whole body, and entirely in each of its parts in particular; for, because it is spiritual and indivisible, it touches all the particular parts of the body — and that not only through its power and workings, as Vorstius, and also Descartes, holds — but through its essence, so that a given part of the body is said to be ensouled by virtue of the soul subsisting together with it. Nor does this union occur through some intervening bond, but immediately, in a manner to which nothing can be represented as equal — although many theologians think that the union of light with air is a most fitting likeness of it: for just as those two are most closely united, and yet immediately and unmixed, so also the soul, being personally united with the body, does not change its own nature, nor does it take away the nature of the body — just as also the whole light is in the whole air, and wholly in each part of it, so also the soul in the body; just as, when the air is disturbed or infected by winds and impurities, the light nevertheless is not disturbed or infected — so, when sicknesses and pains attack and assail the body, the soul is not thereby injured or wounded; just as the air, without light, grows dark and cold, so the body without the soul; just as the light shines without the air, but not likewise the air without the light, so the soul lives without the body, but not the body without the soul; finally, just as the light is from the sun alone, so the soul is from God alone. Did. Zanch. de Operib. Dei, Lib. II, Cap. 6; Tilen., Syntagm. Part I, Disput. 28, §§33-34.
XI. As to the origin of the soul, there are various opinions, both of the ancients and of the more recent, which Zanchius, Lib. II, Cap. 5, recounts and enumerates: the chief point comes to this — that all souls, not only of the first-created humans, but also of all who followed, are of God, is confessed sufficiently by nearly everyone; but whether they are of God immediately, or mediately, on this there is dispute. Of those who hold it immediately, some hold that the essence of the soul is originally from the very Essence of God — the good soul from the essence of a good God, the evil soul from that of an evil God, as from a matter; thus held of old the Stoics, Manicheans, and Priscillianists; others derive the origin of the soul more correctly from the creation of God, as the sole efficient cause; others again hold that origin to be mediate — of whom some ascribe it to the angels, some to the powers of the heavenly bodies, others to the seed of the parents, and this again with various differences of opinion, which to explain, indeed even merely to mention, would run out longer and more broadly than the requirements of an abridgment allow — should anyone nevertheless desire to know them, let him go where there is to be found a particular treatise on the origin of the soul. There is one who holds that souls are propagated from souls, according to Zanchius and Robert Baronius, in his Philosophia Theologiae ancillans, just as light is kindled and lit from light.
We presuppose here, from Scripture, that all human souls are of God, Gen. 2:7; Eccles. 12:7; Heb. 12:9; Jer. 38:16 — and yet not as from a material cause: for thus God would be a material substance, entering into composition with something else, and thereby be less perfect than that whole; also thereby every man would be God — not to add that, on this view, the essence of God would be subject to the same alternations and turns of power and act, of knowledge and ignorance, of virtue and vice. And therefore we hold that souls are of God, as of their efficient cause, and that indeed through creation, without any pre-existing matter — since they are immaterial substances, which can be brought forth in no other way than through an immediate creation, and indeed without any instrument, whether spiritual or bodily, since creation, because it works upon nothing, excludes every instrument. And this has occurred, not from eternity, since, before that beginning of creation, there was nothing but God, John 1:1, 3; Gen. 1:27, compared with Chapter 2:7. Nor are they all created at once, from the beginning, and packed together as it were in a bundle, out of which they would, at conception, be released and sent forth into bodies; nor, again, outside the body, but in the body, Zech. 12:1. The propagation of souls from the seed of the parents we shall, in its place, contest and refute in the Polemical Part.
XII. From all that has been said we may conclude and derive the highest excellence of the whole of man, Ps. 8:6. (I) Because he has been created through and according to a particular decree and provision of the Holy Trinity. (II) Because he has been created as the end and aim of all creatures, and all things for his sake, Ps. 8:7, therefore also after all other creatures. (III) Because he has been created in a particular manner to the honor and glory of the Creator, Isa. 43:7, as one who, from all the creatures, should acknowledge, extol, and praise the Creator's wisdom, power, and goodness — to such a degree that God, without and apart from man, would have created most things in vain. (IV) Because he displays an abridgment and a small composite of the whole world — of the spiritual creatures with respect to his soul, and of the bodily with respect to his body. (V) Because his body was, as it were, formed by God's own fingers, and consequently (VI) with a most beautiful proportion, fitness, and aptitude, to render its service to God and to the soul. (VII) Because man's soul is a spiritual, heavenly, divine, indivisible, immortal, incorruptible nature, nearest to the angels, indeed to God. (VIII) Because that soul is blessed with the noblest faculties, understanding and will. (IX) Because he, in all these points, displays God his Creator, as an image displays its exemplar — of which a little more shortly hereafter.
The Polemical Part
XIII.
It is asked: (I) Whether all men owe their origin to the one Adam? The Philosophers — among whom also Aristotle — being deprived of the divine Revelation, since they could not reach back to the first man, devised an infinite succession of men, and, for that very reason, the eternity of the World. Democritus is said to have held that men, like little worms, crept forth out of the earth. Epicurus said that man is composed of a chance concourse of indivisible particles, and that even now, in the manner of mushrooms, men are born out of the earth, and are, by a certain determinate laying of the stars, daily animated. Paracelsus, besides men who are descendants of Adam, set up four other kinds of men, not descended from Adam, and attached these to the four particular elements: namely, to the bowels of the earth he attached the Pygmies; to the waters, the Nymphs and water-goddesses; to the air, the Wood-gods and the Melusines; to the fire, the Vulcans and Salamanders — and that it is still uncertain to which kind of men the true faith in God has been given, and salvation revealed. The Kabbalistic Jews, who deduce and conclude, from the letter Beth (whence the second letter of the Hebrew alphabet) in the first word of Scripture, בְּרֵאשִׁית, Bereshith ("in the beginning"), that this our world is the second, have no reason why, in that first world, there should not have been men. Isaac Peyrère, or Peyrerius, a Frenchman, published in the year [16]55 of this century a treatise on the Pre-Adamites, in which he — whether out of an itch for novelty, or, what is worse, in order the more forcefully to attack the divine authority of Scripture, or in order to overthrow, as with one stroke, the whole order and mystery of man's redemption — attempts to maintain and defend that there were men before Adam.
The Reformed hold that absolutely all men owe their origin to the one Adam: (I) Because Moses, in explaining the origins of the World and of the Church, not only makes no mention whatsoever of Pre-Adamites, but also mentions Adam as the first Father of the human race, in such a way that before him there was no man to till the ground, Gen. 2:5. (II) Because he calls Eve, Adam's wife, the mother of all living, Gen. 3:20. (III) Because the Apostle, 1 Cor. 15:45, calls Adam the first man. And from this (IV) he preaches, before the Athenians, that of one blood the whole race of men (πᾶν ἔθνος ἀνθρώπων) was made, to dwell upon the whole face of the earth. And (V) he says that by one man, without doubt that first Adam, 1 Cor. 15:45, sin entered into the world... and that death passed upon all men, Rom. 5:12. Let me add (VI): if the world had already, before Adam, been filled with men, to what purpose would God have created a man anew? To what purpose would a wife have had to be created for Adam before, out of his rib, with this reason added: "It is not good that man should be alone; I will make him a help meet for him"? Gen. 2:18. To what purpose would the naming of the animals have been brought to Adam? Gen. 2:19. I will proceed further: (VII) death came into the world through the sin of Adam, Gen. 2:17; Rom. 5:12; 1 Cor. 15:45 — therefore there was no death before Adam, and consequently those Pre-Adamites would still be alive to this day. Hence (VIII) men are everywhere and constantly called בְּנֵי אָדָם, children of Adam, and, with the article, בְּנֵי הָאָדָם, children of this Adam, children of this man, Deut. 32:8; Eccles. 3:21; Jer. 32:29 [sic]; 1 Sam. 26:19; 2 Sam. 7:14; Ps. 12:1, and elsewhere throughout. Moreover, (IX) the Savior says, Matt. 19:4, 5, that God made man and woman ἀπ' ἀρχῆς, "from the beginning"; likewise, that Satan is a liar and a murderer of men ἀπ' ἀρχῆς, "from the beginning," John 8:44 — certainly from that Mosaic beginning, which was one and the same as the beginning of the world. Finally, (X) if those Pre-Adamites sinned, against what Law did they sin? Since sin is nothing other than ἀνομία, unrighteousness, properly, lawlessness, 1 John 3:4. Or, if they sinned, then surely they sinned in Adam, Rom. 5:12, compared with 1 Cor. 15:45. If they did not sin, how then have they obtained eternal life through Christ, since without Him no man comes to the Father, John 14:6, and there is salvation in none other, Acts 4:12, etc. To these testimonies of Scripture and of reason there comes also, as if to help, the whole history of the whole of antiquity, and the agreement of nearly all peoples, among whom the memory of the first man, however corrupted and wrapped up in fables, has nevertheless not been entirely extinguished.
Meanwhile, there is no lack of far-fetched little arguments. It is objected (1) that a twofold creation of men is recorded, Gen. 1:27 and 2:7, so that the first would be the creation of the Heathens, the second that of the Jews. Answer: No twofold creation is recorded; but the creation, which was recounted in the first Chapter, is, in the second Chapter, explained a little more distinctly — which is even clearer than the sun from this one point, that, before that fabricated second creation, it is said, Gen. 2:5, that there was no man to till the ground — which certainly could not be true, if the creation of man, recorded in the first Chapter, had, according to this author's view, preceded the second by nearly an infinite number of ages. From this the Expositors translate the word וַיִּיצֶר, Vaiyetser, Gen. 2:7, commonly by the perfect tense: "and the LORD God formed man"; but it is better rendered by the pluperfect tense: "and God had formed" — namely, according to the correspondence of the two preceding verses: "For the LORD God had not caused it to rain... but there went up a mist from the earth, and had watered the whole face of the ground" — and then it follows: "and had formed [man]."
(2) A second cover for his fiction he seeks in Rom. 5:12, 13, 14, and pretends that sin and death are said by the Apostle to have been in the world before the first transgression of Adam; but that, since the transgression, sin was first imputed — from which he then infers that there were, before Adam, also men in the world, who were subject to sin and to death. Just as if the Apostle were speaking of that first positive Law which had been given to Adam — which our Pre-Adamite ought carefully and diligently to have proven, if he had wished to gain anything from this for his Pre-Adamites — and not rather of the Law which was given by Moses to Israel at Sinai, before which both the Law, and sin, and death were in the world. Our Pre-Adamite indeed cannot defend his cause from this passage without several shameful suppositions, repugnant to the truth: for he is compelled to say: (a) that sin and death first came into the world through Adam in such a way that already infinitely many ages before Adam there had been sin and death in the world; (b) that from Adam onward death has begun to reign in such a way that it had already long held an absolute dominion among his Pre-Adamites; (c) that these have sinned in Adam, in an imputative manner, and yet that no sin, before the times of Adam, was imputed to anyone; (d) that another's sin was so imputed to them, that they nevertheless incurred no guilt of punishment from their own sins; (e) that these were nevertheless sinners before God, though they were guilty of no violation of the divine Law; (f) that they were so guilty of, and subject to, death, which is a punishment of sin, that yet no sin was imputed to them; (g) that they were so men and rational creatures, dependent upon God for their being, that they yet received no laws from God, according to which they might approve their obedience; (h) so mortal, that their souls after death went neither to heaven nor to hell; (i) so redeemed — which is more — by Christ, and shall, at the end of the ages (which shall never be) (k) be brought to a blessed life, though they never believed in Him, and have heard not the least about Him. I could relate many more monstrosities of errors, which this man has mixed into his explanation of Paul's passage (Rom. 5:12, 13, 14), which overthrow altogether the very redemption through Christ. Thus speaks forcefully and pointedly the most celebrated Maresius, in his Refutation of the Pre-Adamite Fable, page 171. We would make all these things still clearer, did not the proportion and symmetry of our composition prevent it. There are yet a few other proofs of his; but so slight and trifling that they scarcely deserve to be mentioned, much less refuted; should anyone nevertheless desire to see them, let him go, besides to the aforementioned Refutation of the Pre-Adamite Fable by Maresius, also to Turretin, Heidegger, Saldenus (in his Otia), who have treated of this matter at length.
XIV.
It is asked: (II) Whether the essence of the rational soul consists in bare thinking? That the Sadducees acknowledge no spirits, which would be substances distinct from the body, but bare thoughts, whether good or evil; and that the David-Georgians hold nearly the same opinion as the Sadducees, we have already noted more than once above. Descartes, with his followers, because he, as a philosopher, rising up out of his boastful doubting, could find nothing within himself except extension and thinking, and since he could not hold our soul to be an extension, has preferred to hold that it is nothing other than a bare thinking — in order thereby to maintain that in the whole nature of things there is nothing but extension and thinking, and from this, that all spirits, whoever they may be, are not extensions, cannot be anything other than bare thinkings.
The Reformed indeed grant that the rational soul is a thinking substance — that is, a substance which has the faculty of thinking, from which the act of thinking proceeds — but they do not allow that its essence should consist in a bare thinking, whether by this is understood the faculty, or the act, of thinking; and again, whether this be taken in general, as a thought, or in particular, as this or that thought, matters little to them. Because Holy Scripture, and likewise the whole of Antiquity, and the common opinion of men, down to Descartes, have (I) held the soul to be a spirit, but never a mere bare thinking or thought; (II) held it to be a substance, not the one or another doing. While also (III) right reason perceives such absurdities in this opinion as are utterly unworthy of sound theology: (1) that the soul would not properly be in a place, and thus also not in a body; (2) that it consequently could also not be separated from the body; (3) nor migrate to heaven or to hell; (4) nor also be mortal or immortal, since to live and to die is not proper to a doing, but to a doer; (5) moreover, that it also would not be most simple, since in it we would acknowledge absolutely nothing except a thinking or a thought; (6) likewise also not indivisible, since in a bare and mere thinking nothing can be taken away, and something remain; (7) further, that there could be no sin except an actual one, since the thinking or thought, in which the sin consists, is nothing but a doing; (8) nor virtue or vice, since these are settled dispositions, whereas the soul, on this view, is nothing but a doing. And whatever else of that sort there may be. (Cf. Gassend., c. Cartes., Cap. XXV, §§12 & 14.) The foundation of this error — namely, that Descartes, through his doubting, could find nothing else but extension and thinking, and that therefore the soul, since it is not an extension, must be a thinking or a thought — we have several times overthrown, in the chapter on the Essence of God, Book II, Chapter III, §§19, 20, 21, and on the good angels, Book III, Chapter VII, §26.
XV.
It is asked: (III) Whether man lives by the union of the rational soul with his body? Descartes, with his followers, counts in man two souls, an animal one and a rational one; and he then holds that the human body lives only through the first, so that the body's own life, and its living operations, must be understood as being produced by that, as distinguished from the rational soul. The Orthodox, on the contrary, although they carefully distinguish the whole man's derivative life from the original life of the soul, nevertheless make all the life of man — the vegetative, the sensitive, and the rational — depend on the one rational soul, and on its union with the body. Because (I) Holy Scripture makes the חַי, the living, that is, their נְשָׁמָה, breath or soul, which God breathed into man's nostrils — without doubt the rational soul — the very thing on which they depend, and indeed in such a way that man thereby became לְנֶפֶשׁ חַיָּה, a living soul, or a living creature, whereas before that the soulless body neither lived, nor felt, nor was moved, Gen. 2:7. In just that same sense (II) Elijah prayed, when he was about to raise up the son of the widow of Zarephath: "O LORD my God, I pray thee, let this child's soul come into him again. And the LORD heard the voice of Elijah; and the soul of the child came into him again, and he revived" — so that, as long as the soul was absent, the child was dead, 1 Kings 17:21, 22. The same is also confirmed (III) by the vision of Ezekiel 37:5-10: "Behold, I will cause breath to enter into you, and ye shall live... but there was no breath in them... Come from the four winds, O breath, and breathe upon these slain, that they may live... Then breath came into them, and they lived, and stood up upon their feet, an exceeding great army." Likewise Acts 20:10: "his soul is in him." From this one finds (IV) that when the rational soul is too much occupied and engaged, the body wastes away, is worn down and exhausted, and finally becomes entirely corrupted. Let me add (V) that, from and according to Descartes's supposition, the very worst outrages — theft, lying, adultery — would be nothing but acts of the body. Likewise (VI) that the body, deprived of the rational soul, could still live.
The foundation of this error lies in these points: (1) That the body and the soul, and the workings of the soul and of the body, must be carefully distinguished — which we acknowledge and embrace; but (2) that these are mixed and confounded, if one makes the life of the whole composite depend on the life of the soul — which has no more truth in it than to say that one makes the life of the soul depend on the life of God. Further (3) that the life of the body, and the life of the soul, differ in their whole nature. But let them differ, as the life of the Creator and of the creature differ, although this depends on that. Finally (4) that the life of the body consists in the motion of the blood and of the vital spirits: this I shall grant, with respect to certain secondary acts of life; but with respect to the first act, that life does not consist in the motion, but in the union of the body with the soul. But the foundation on which this Cartesian opinion rests lies in this, that a bare thinking does not work upon the body by its own powers, but only by virtue of a divine connection — which we have described, and also refuted, together, §XXVII of the VII. Chapter of this Book.
XVI.
It is asked: (IV) Whether there is, in each individual man, only one soul? Descartes, with his followers, as we have said, acknowledges in each individual man a twofold soul: an animal one, which with him consists in the warmth and motion of the blood and of the animal spirits; and a rational one, which with him consists only in a bare thinking. The Reformed acknowledge indeed three faculties — a vegetative, a sensitive, and a rational one — but only one soul. Because Holy Scripture, in more than one way, contradicts more souls, as often as it (I) calls it יְחִידָה, a single, a lonely one, more than once, Ps. 22:21 and 35:17; (II) when it makes mention only of one soul, Matt. 16:26 and 10:28; 1 Cor. 6:20; 1 Kings 17:21, 22; Job 34:14, 15.
Nor does it help them: (1) that Holy Scripture makes mention of a certain soul which consists in the blood, Gen. 9:4; Levit. 17:13, 14; Deut. 12:23. For Holy Scripture there speaks of the soul, not of men, but of beasts — not to say that the warmth of the blood can, in every respect, be nourished by and through the union of the soul with the body. So little does it help them (2) that eating, drinking, generating, etc., are bodily workings. For these are indeed excited by the body, formally speaking, as one says, but by the soul, effectively speaking — just as those same workings are also produced by God.
XVII.
It is asked: (V) Whether the rational soul, by and through its own nature, is immortal; and whether this appears, not only from Holy Scripture, but also from natural Reason? The Atheists, Sadducees, Epicureans, Somatists, the θνητοψυχῖται (those who hold the soul to be mortal), the Arabians, and the Hobbesians, since they sufficiently place the essence of the soul in κρᾶσις, the temperament of the body, as Galen said, hold that the rational soul is mortal. The Socinians, because they hold that the soul is something composite, although not finer or thinner than the body; likewise, because they think that man, through death, passes over into a state of non-existence; and finally, because they hold that the composite is without feeling, and capable neither of pain nor of joy — hold, in effect, that the soul is, by and through its own nature, mortal — except that they think that, after the last resurrection, it shall return to a state of existence, and that from that time on, souls, at least of the believers, shall be immortal, but only by and through pure grace, and that this appears only from Holy Scripture. To this same view the Anabaptists also incline, when they hold that souls, until the resurrection, sleep. The Cartesians indeed confess the immortality of the soul, but from this angle and for this reason, that they hold it to consist only in thinking or thought, which in fact is capable neither of life nor of death, since death does not arise except from the separation of things which had been joined and united together.
The Reformed hold that the rational soul is immortal, and that not only by grace, but also by and through its own nature; and that this appears to us not only from Holy Scripture, but also from its nature, and from natural reasons: (I) Because the essence of the rational soul, being purely spiritual, is not subject to dissolution, and therefore has no principle of death in itself, as I have already shown above, §VIII. (II) Because it cannot occur, by virtue of divine justice, that it should not fare differently with the good, and differently with the evil, than as commonly happens in this life. (III) Because it also seems most contrary to God's wisdom, that men and beasts should have one and the same outcome, whose origin we have already shown to be very unequal. Not to add (IV) that all religion would totter and fall to pieces, if one believed that nothing remains of man after death except his body, which shall so soon turn to dust.
But also from the Holy Scriptures, both of the Old and of the New Testament, the immortality of souls is altogether beyond doubt: (1) Because the Covenant of Grace, which was entered into between God and the Patriarchs, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, is eternal, and it is therefore necessary that the covenant-making Parties be eternal — certainly not according to their body, therefore according to their soul, Exod. 3:6, compared with Matt. 22:32, 33. (2) To this can be added yet other proofs, taken from the Image of God in man, Gen. 1:26, 27; from Abraham's reward, which is the eternal God Himself, Gen. 15:1; from the murder of Abel, which cries out for vengeance, Gen. 4:10; from the taking up of Enoch, who was carried over to God, Gen. 5:24; from the faith and trust of the dying Jacob, Gen. 49:18; from the promise which is added to the second Commandment, Exod. 20:5, 6; from Balaam's wish, Num. 23:10; from God's continual care, which preserves and protects His own as the apple of His eye, Deut. 32:10; from the life and death, the blessing and the curse, set before Israel, Deut. 30:15 and following. All of which things can by no means be held to be temporal, without disgrace to God, and without the mockery and derision of the whole of religion. So that, from all these — though not with an equally clear evidence — the Sadducees might be convinced that the immortality of souls was known and understood even by Moses. Nevertheless there are (3) still clearer testimonies in the New Testament: Luke 16:26; Matt. 10:28; Phil. 1:23; 2 Cor. 5:1, 2; 1 Pet. 3:19; Rev. 6:10. From which passages and testimonies it appears most clearly that souls, separated from the body, are not deprived of activity, and therefore also not of existence. Compare Zanch. Lib. II, Cap. 8; Tilen., Syntagm. Part I, Disput. 31; Anton. Sirmundus, de immortalitate animarum; and among the Fathers, Arnobius, Athenagoras, Lactantius, Eusebius, and others.
Nevertheless our opponents dispute against this, not only with reason, but also with Scripture. (a) From Job 14:7-10: "A man dieth, and wasteth away: yea, man giveth up the ghost, and where is he?" Answer: There it speaks of man, not particularly of the soul. (b) From the same passage: "Man lieth down, and riseth not." Answer: "Till the heavens be no more," as the text has it, or as ours render it, "until the heavens are no more," that is, until the last judgment. (c) From Eccles. 3:18-20: "God shall manifest them (namely, the sons of men), that they might see that they themselves are beasts. For that which befalleth the sons of men befalleth beasts... they have all one breath, so that a man hath no preeminence above a beast." Answer: There it speaks of man, not of the soul; and man is said to be like the beasts with respect to mortality, which is common to both. (d) From Eccles. 4:2, 3, where he who has not yet been born, and thus has not yet existed, is deemed better and more fortunate than one living and one dead — which would be harshly said, if an eternal happiness were to follow for the dead. Answer: He is called better and more fortunate with respect to the miseries of this life, which one not yet born has not felt or perceived (and has not yet seen the evil work that is done under the sun, v. 3), as a living person notices and feels, and a dead one has noticed and felt. (e) From Eccles. 9:5: "The living know that they shall die: but the dead know not any thing... neither have they any more a reward." Answer: The Preacher speaks of those things which happen in this life, and of temporal rewards and recompenses, as is seen from vv. 6, 7.
Our opponents also wish to appear armed with a show of reasons. For they object: (a) that all things which we ascribe to the spiritual soul come to be produced by matter and motion. Answer: (*) Thus every soul would be superfluous. (**) It is at the very least false that reasoning comes to be produced by matter and motion. (b) That the rational soul, in its workings, depends on its object, and works agreeably to it; consequently, that it is material, and therefore corruptible. Answer: (*) Even if it depended on that, it would not therefore immediately become material — for why should not an angel be able to comprehend and perceive something of material creatures, without thereby immediately becoming material himself? But (**) that all the workings of the human soul depend on a material object is altogether false, although it can give the soul an occasion and opportunity to work — just as sin gives God occasion to punish; for the rest, the elicited workings of the understanding and of the will by no means depend on matter. They object (c), and say: an immaterial cause does not work on material things, on account of the disproportion and inequality; but the soul works on the body; therefore, etc. Answer: God, working on material things, refutes, more clearly than by any evasion, the premise of this reasoning. Indeed, if a material cause, which is weaker, can work on a body, why then could not also a spiritual cause, which is stronger, work on a body? And if the body should fail to work on the spirit, that would arise and proceed not from a disproportion and inequality, but from its own weakness. Finally, they say (d): whatever comes into being, passes away and perishes. Answer: that is, it can be corrupted and annihilated by God, but it cannot and will not therefore immediately be corrupted by its own nature.
XVIII.
It is asked: (VI) Whether the souls, after the death of man, sleep, or at least feel nothing, whether of pain and sorrow, or of joy and gladness? What the Mennonites and Socinians hold on this point, and on what suppositions, and with what mind and intent, we have already disclosed above, at the controverted question concerning the immortality of the souls, §XVII.
The Reformed hold that the souls, after the death of the body, not only remain, but that they, without sleeping, feel and are aware — as well of joy and gladness, as of pain and sorrow — according as they have been, in the life of man, believing or unbelieving. (I) Because Scripture testifies this everywhere, Matt. 22:32; Luke 16:22, 23; Phil. 1:23; Heb. 12:23; 1 Pet. 4:6; 2 Cor. 5:1, 2. (II) Because right reason leaves sleep to the animals alone. And (III) when it teaches that that which feels nothing, either of pain or of joy, is dead — which conflicts with the immortality of the soul, which has been proven in the foregoing section. (IV) When it teaches that it is contrary to the nature of a spirit properly so called, not to live, and to feel nothing.
If they object: (1) that the departed are sometimes said in Scripture to sleep — we answer, (a) that Scripture nowhere teaches that the souls sleep, but that man, with respect to the body, is as it were asleep. (b) That this must be understood only in a figurative sense. They say (2) that souls, in their feeling and workings, depend on their objects. Answer: (a) In some respects, but by no means in all. Also, (b) there is nothing standing in the way of the separated soul's being able to work upon those things which it has formerly taken from the [remembered] images. Compare, against this error, Calvin (Adversus Psychopannychitas), Hoornbeek (Gangraen. Anabaptist., Disput. 28).
XIX.
It is asked: (VII) Whether the soul of man, having been separated from the body, passes over into another body? The Atheists, Sadducees, Somatists, and others of that sort, whom we have named §XVII, hold that the soul, through death, perishes altogether, like the soul of the beasts. Pythagoras, Empedocles, Plato, and others — since, being deprived of the divine Revelation, they could not climb up or reach back to the first man, and also could not, by reason, allow either the mortality of the soul, nor yet the eternity of the world — having noted more readily that, if to each individual man a particular immortal soul were left, the number of those souls would have to be increased and extended to infinity, and that from this the eternity of the world would also follow — have therefore preferred to hold that the soul, after the death of man, passes from one body into another body. Among the Jews, some, namely the Sadducees, deny — I know not for what reason — that our soul is a spirit; others, namely the Pharisees, seem to have acknowledged the transmigration of souls, whereby the soul, after death, passes into another body.
The Reformed acknowledge, for each individual man, one particular immortal soul, which through death passes to its place, until its reunion with its body at the last resurrection: (I) Because Scripture has nothing of that transmigration of souls, nor can nature teach it either. (II) Because, according to the suppositions both of Scripture and likewise of reason, by virtue of the correspondence with divine Justice, to each individual soul, according to the requirement of its works, belong either rewards or punishments. (III) Because it conflicts with God's Goodness and Mercy, at least with His avenging Justice, that what has been done in the body — whether good or evil — should not be rewarded or punished in the body; and thus there must be, for each individual body, its own soul.
If you object: (1) from Scripture, the passages of Matt. 16:14, that some said that the Son of man was John the Baptist, others Elijah, others Jeremiah, or one of the Prophets — compare Matt. 14:1-3 — I shall answer: (a) The disciples do not declare their own opinion, but only relate the opinion of others, namely of the Jews, in particular of the Pharisees among them. Moreover (b) they make not one word's mention of a transmigration of souls, but they seem to understand their words of a resurrection of those named men, as appears from Luke 9:19, that some Prophet of old had risen again. The same must be said (c) of the opinion of Herod the Tetrarch, Matt. 16:1, as Luke points out, Chapter 9:7. And what, besides, would it prove, even if Herod had believed in the transmigration of souls? So (2), if one objects with Pythagoras that, by the contrary opinion, souls would be multiplied to infinity, and that thus the eternity of the World would also have to be allowed — as Aristotle seems to have allowed the same, for this very reason — the answer will be easy for Christians: namely (a) that God has shown and pointed out to them, in His Word, the first man; (b) that reason itself does not allow either an infinite number of souls, or the eternity of the world; and therefore, although the Heathens could not determine who the first man was, they could nevertheless have determined, and ought to have determined, that there was a certain first man. This error, now sufficiently buried, has been clearly and forcefully refuted by Justin Martyr (in his Dialogue with Trypho, in his Refutation of Greek Questions), Clement of Alexandria (Stromata, Lib. VI), Irenaeus (Lib. II), Athanasius (to Trophilus), and Augustine (Of the City of God, Book XII, Chapter 20).
XX.
It is asked: (VIII) Whether the rational soul comes to each individual man only through God's immediate Creation, whereby it is brought forth within man? Various opinions concerning the origin of souls Jerome recounts (Epist. ad Marcellinum, Tom. 2), and after him Zanchius (de Operib. sex dier., Lib. II, Cap. V). Pythagoras and Plato, with the Academics, held that God created the souls in a certain fixed number, having their abode beforehand in heaven, to be admitted from there into the formed body — being of a heavenly and thus incorruptible substance, out of the soul of the world. Origen, with some other theologians, taught, according to the testimony of Jerome, that all the souls of all men were created out of nothing in the beginning, and are kept, as in God's storehouse, until they are sent out into bodies. The Stoics, Manicheans, and Priscillianists held that the souls were created out of the very essence of God. Carpocrates, Seleucus, Hermias, the Galatians, and the Messalians held that the souls were made, not by God, but by the angels, out of fire and spirit. Apollinaris, and not a few other Bishops, together with the greater part of the learned men in the Western churches, held, according to the testimony of Jerome, that the souls, being spirits, are propagated in a spiritual manner, like one light from another light. Others taught that the first soul was created by God out of nothing, and that from it the other souls, together with the propagation of the body, are propagated by a certain seed of the parents — and consequently held the soul to be corporeal. Most of the Lutherans, and, among the Reformed, some — Sohnius, Peucer, Combachius — embrace the opinion which we have just now attributed to Apollinaris, because they could not otherwise satisfy themselves concerning the propagation of original sin.
The Reformed, with Jerome, and the common opinion of the Church of that time (Hieron., Apol. ad Rufin., Lib. 2), teach that new souls are daily created by God out of nothing, and that these are, each in particular, united with their particular bodies within man: (I) Because God, without the intervention of any matter or of a second efficient cause, breathed into our first father the breath of life, Gen. 2:7, and thereby, by the very act, taught what He would do, in the future propagation of men, regarding their soul. (II) Because Eccles. 12:7, compared with Heb. 12:9 and Zech. 12:1, ascribes something particular to God in the production of souls, in contradistinction to the production of other living creatures. (III) Because Christ, who, in the same manner as we, has partaken of soul as well as of body, Heb. 2:11, 14, 17, did not receive His soul from a certain soul-seed (traduce) — since He, on that view, according to most, would have had to have had a father; and if one holds that this occurred from the soul-seed of Mary, He would have had to be subject to original sin — and consequently He obtained it through an immediate creation. (IV) Because a body is unfit to produce a spirit, for the thing produced would, in its whole nature and kind, be more excellent than its cause. (V) Because, if the generation of the body were the producing cause of the soul, then also the corruption and defilement of the body would be a cause corrupting and defiling the soul. Not to add (VI) that, through this transmitted seed (traducem), the soul would become material (having one part which is retained by the begetter, and one part which is transmitted to and into the begotten), and consequently also divisible, and therefore also corruptible and mortal.
Among the reasons of the opposing party, the chief one is (1) that, by the help and means of such a transmitting soul-seed, the propagation of original sin can more easily be explained — for it does not happen through the body, and it cannot happen through the soul either, without a transmitting soul-seed. Answer: (a) Be it so, that the manner of that propagation is not clear and easy to see through; it is enough that the propagation itself is clearly and plainly taught in Scripture. Also (b) the manner of that propagation will be taught clearly enough in its place, as also Rob. Baron (Exercit. 11, Art. 6), Molina, Anatom. Arminianism., Cap. 10, and Zanchius, Part 3, Lib. 2, Cap. 5, have taught. (2) A reason coming closest to this is made up by the opposing party out of Gen. 1:22, 28 and 5:1, from a comparison of natural suppositions: a man generates a man; likewise, it is a most natural work for a living thing to generate its like; therefore man also generates the soul. Answer: Certainly man generates a man, but not, specifically, the soul. A man, I say, insofar as he prepares the body, with which the soul can be united, and in which it can work; and in this way man generates a man. So Baronius, Art. 4 & 5. Not to add that the Virgin Mary truly conceived Christ, although she did not conceive His soul.
The Practical Part
XXI.
Since, therefore, God has created man in a particular manner, this is, in particular, man's obligation: that he strive to know himself, Ps. 9 [sic]:21 [likely a mis-citation of a related Psalm]; 2 Cor. 13:5. This is that divine maxim, γνῶθι σεαυτόν, "know thyself," which not only the Christians have recommended to their own, as the second chief point of heavenly wisdom (Calvin, Institutes, Lib. I, Cap. 1), but also the Heathens — according to Juvenal, who says that this γνῶθι σεαυτόν fell down from heaven; and that Simonides, the philosopher, praised and recommended it to Pausanias, as a matter of the greatest art: μίμνησο ἄνθρωπος ὤν, "remember that you are a man." And Philip of Macedon had himself called out to, every day, according to Aelian: Φίλιππε ἄνθρωπος εἶ, "Philip, you are a man."
This indeed is, as coming from a most excellent origin, the most excellent wisdom — for what would you rather, what more usefully, know than yourself? Yet not every kind of knowledge is such; but that first, whereby you (I) not only see through your nature in a philosophical manner, what you are, and who; but also (II) your state — who you formerly were, by Creation; who you have become, through the Fall; who you can become, through grace; and who you shall, along that road, hereafter be, in glory. Namely (III), how excellent with respect to the soul; how mean with respect to the body; how happy and blessed hereafter; how wretched and poor for the present. Moreover, how vile, transient, perishable, and mortal by nature; ignorant and erring in understanding; wicked and perverse in will and affections; forgetful and slack of memory; weak and sickly in strength and powers. And this (IV) not only with a speculative knowledge, which hovers only in the brain, far from the heart, far from practice; but with a practical knowledge, which from and out of the head penetrates into the heart, and warms it, moves it, and forms it to practice — which awakens thankfulness and submission to the Creator; courtesy and friendliness toward one's neighbor; and finally virtue, moderation, and chastity toward ourselves. Such a knowledge, I say (V), whereby we are — or at least strive to be — what we know we ought to be; whereby it is not enough for us to be called men, but to be so, so that in deed we are those who are called such.
Whereby we then (VI) guard ourselves from running out into the manners of unreasoning beasts — through unreasonableness and dullness, into mules, Ps. 32:9; through pride and puffed-up strength, into lions, Ps. 22:14; through uncleanness, into dogs and swine, 2 Pet. 2:22; through deceptions and cunning, into serpents, 2 Cor. 11:3; through unchastity, into horses and asses, Ezek. 23:20; through cruelty, into leopards and bears, Jer. 5:6; through devouring greed, into caterpillars and locusts, Joel 1:4; finally, through rapacity, grasping, and tyranny, into wolves, Matt. 7:15 and 10:16; Acts 20:29. But let us rather (VII) think that those things which we notice, in irrational animals, to be, in their way, human, apply to us with much more right — for example, the exactness of the stork, the swallow, and the crane, in observing their season, Jer. 8:7; the knowledge and understanding, as it were, of the ox and the ass, Isa. 1:3; the mutual love and concord of even wild and fierce beasts, within and toward their own kind — let us, I say, think that these things apply to us much more. Again (VIII), let us know and acknowledge that we are not kings, mighty men, learned men, rich men, but that we are men.
Much less ought we (IX), with Herod, Acts 12:22; with the Antichrist, 2 Thess. 2:4; with Babylon, Isa. 14:13; with Tyre, Ezek. 28:2, 9, to regard and view ourselves as gods — by aspiring to divine honor, Acts 10:26 and 14:15; or by arrogating to ourselves divine things, such as divine power, strength, self-sufficient credibility, and whatever other such things there may be. For obtaining, then, a sensible contemplation of man, it will be useful and advantageous: (1) A wondering at him, Ps. 8:4. (2) A diligent zeal, especially in an exact comparison of our threefold state — namely, who we have been by Creation; who we now are through sin; who we shall be, both through grace and through glory. (3) A sensible and careful comparison of the great world with the small world, whereby one seeks within oneself, in the small world, that which one sees outside oneself and observes in the great world. (4) A diligent and exact examination and testing, 2 Cor. 13:5. (5) A going to, taking counsel with, and asking counsel of the wiser. (6) Prayers, that God may direct and guide us to and in the knowledge of ourselves, so that we, with Augustine, may pray and beseech: Da mihi nosse te et me — that is, "Grant me to know you and myself."
XXII.
Secondly, this doctrine invites and calls us to thankfulness toward our Creator, Ps. 100:1, 3; Eccles. 12:1; Isa. 1:2; Deut. 32:5, 6, 28, 29. Namely: (I) That He has created us, whereas He could have let us lie forever in a state of non-being. (II) Not soulless or irrational — serpents, toads, etc. (III) That, by creating us, He has, undeserved and gratis, bestowed on us all that we are, whether as to body or as to soul. (IV) That He has created us most excellently, above all sublunary things, with, as it were, a divine soul, 2 Pet. 1:4, and has graced us with His image. And (V) that He has done all this, moved and prompted only by His benevolence and love, being otherwise all-sufficient in and for Himself, Rom. 11:35.
We shall show ourselves thankful: (1) When we, with our heart, are mindful of our Creator, of our first origin, from our youth onward, Eccles. 12:1 — namely, that we do not take our origin by chance, as Epicurus would have it; nor from an accidental concourse of indivisible particles, as Democritus held; nor in the manner of rain-generated mushrooms; but from God — so that we also dedicate and give over ourselves, and all that is ours, to Him alone. (2) When we, with our mouth, extol and praise God's highest wisdom, almighty power, and goodness, shown and demonstrated in creating us, bursting out: "O LORD, our Lord, how excellent is thy name in all the earth! What is man, that thou art mindful of him? Thou hast made him a little lower than the angels, and hast crowned him with glory and honor," Ps. 8:1, 4, 5, and Ps. 103:1, 2. (3) When we, in deed, as much as is in us, try to make requital to God, Ps. 116:12. Which occurs: (a) if we follow after God, who through Creation has become a Father to us, as true children, with all honor, love, and submission, Mal. 1:6; Isa. 1:2; Deut. 32:18. (b) If we strive and set ourselves to display, through virtue and conduct, this our Father, who is in every way most perfect, and to be conformed to Him, Matt. 5:48, so that we, as wise sons, may be, as it were, a joy to our Father, Prov. 10:1. (c) If we conduct ourselves, ourselves and all that is ours, so thankfully toward the divine Creation (1 Cor. 4:7), that we are ready and prepared, for the honor and glory of our Creator, whether to live or to die, Rom. 14:7; whether to possess, or to give back again, Job 1:21. (d) If we so acknowledge and accept the Creator's — by virtue of Creation — absolutely unlimited right and power over us, as of a Potter over His clay (Jer. 18:6; Rom. 9:21), that we depend in all things on His will and good pleasure, Ps. 104:5 and 123:2, and submit ourselves to Him most heartily and willingly, Acts 4:19. Finally, (e) if we, out of the Creator's first and original affection and benevolence, in all adversities and troubles, take up hope and comfort concerning the future — that we are the work of His hands, He our maker, our former, and our Father, Rom. 9:20, 21, who will therefore indeed have compassion on us, Ps. 103:13; Isa. 49:15 and 66:13 — so that we, with Job, can and may hold fast to Him: "Remember, I beseech thee, that thou hast made me as the clay," etc., Job 10:9.
XXIII.
This doctrine warns us, thirdly, to consider seriously — reflecting on our first and original excellence — our present misery. So that we may repeatedly bring to mind that word from Rev. 2:5: "Remember from whence thou art fallen"; and that we earnestly compare who we have been, so blessed, and who we now are, how wretched. In particular, and in these points: (I) How great, then, the Creator's affection toward us was, when He created us as such, Prov. 8:1; and how great, at present, His hatred against us is, Eph. 2:3; 8:8; and 5:10; Isa. 1:24, 25, 35. (II) How great, formerly, was the beauty of our body; how great the temperateness of the vital humors; the proportionate correspondence of the parts; the beauty, health, strength, and vigor of the whole body — compare Phil. 3:21 — how great an ugliness and deformity has come in its place, how many sicknesses, etc., so that we are now perhaps worse and more wretched than almost all other animals. (III) How great, formerly, was the wisdom and clear-sightedness of our understanding; how great the rectitude of our will and affections; how great the splendor of the image of God; how great the dominion over all the creatures of God; and how great a folly, dullness, and blindness
...of our understanding now beset us; how great a depravity of the will and affections; what a shameful, disfigured face of Satan; and what a great bondage and slavery under all sorts of creatures. And these things we must compare and weigh, in order that we may earnestly lament and bewail our present wretched condition. For if Job, by drawing the most doleful comparison between his former blessed state and his present misery, laments and weeps so grievously (Job XXIX and XXX) only on account of his lost goods, health, standing, and honor — which were but so small a spark of our original happy estate — what then should we not do, who have been robbed at a single stroke of the whole of blessedness, both outward and inward, both of body and of soul? If Rachel, driven and cast out with her children from her Jewish fatherland into the Babylonian captivity, weeps so grievously over so small a portion of miseries that she is unsatiable in and by her tears (Jer. 31:15), what should we not do, who have been carried away out of Paradise, as our fatherland, and at the same time out of all blessedness, into a prison of all sorts of miseries? (2) That we, considering the lost crown of our dignity, cast ourselves down before God's highest excellence and majesty in the most humble and lowly manner (Rom. 7:24; Gen. 18:27). (3) That we conceive an unceasing and insatiable desire and longing to become partakers again of our old and first dignity, in part in this life through grace, and wholly in the life to come through glory. Indeed, not desire and longing alone, but also an endeavor corresponding thereto, and the utmost zeal and diligence, to recover our original happiness and lot, of which we shall speak at once expressly and at length. But let us meanwhile (4) hold in honor and reverence the remnants and footprints of that original excellence bestowed upon us, as they appear in our neighbors — those who excel us either in standing and authority, or in gifts of wisdom, prudence, sharpness of mind, godliness, righteousness, and the like — and from those remnants take the measure of, and lament, our loss. And also (5) bear the faults and blemishes of others, as witnesses of the lost common excellence, with a gentle and moderate mind.
XXIV. Further, in the fourth place, the wonder and admiration over man's first and original excellence must awaken and rouse us to strive, with all zeal and earnestness, that we may regain what we have lost. Compare Rev. 2:5: "Remember therefore from whence you have fallen, and repent, and do the first works." For what does it help to cry out: "O wretched man that I am! who shall deliver me?" (Rom. 7:24) if nothing more follows upon it? And if gamblers try, even with a fresh stake, to win back what they have lost through play, should we not then, with far greater zeal and earnestness, seek to recover our loss — that certain and infallible blessedness lost through sin? If a woman who has lost one coin out of ten lights a candle, and sweeps the house, and searches diligently until she finds it (Luke 15:8), with how much greater zeal and diligence ought we then to seek to regain that far greater happiness which has been lost through sin? For (1) if you consider the thing lost, it is not a little coin, not one sheep out of a hundred, not earthly treasures and the like, but it is our whole happiness, our whole welfare. If (2) you consider the outcome, we shall not seek uncertainly, with an uncertain result, but we shall certainly find (1 Cor. 9:26). And if (3) some difficulty or weariness should attend the seeking, let us then remember the surpassing excellence of what is to be regained (2 Cor. 4:17; Rom. 8:18), and let us not believe that we seek in vain, and that the thing shall never be regained; for it shall as surely — indeed more surely than anything that is certain — be regained again, if not wholly, at least in part. It shall be regained in part in this life (Eph. 4:23, 24; Col. 2:10; 1 Cor. 13:9-13 [rather: 9-12]), but wholly, and with an infinite increase, after this life (1 John 3:2), both with respect to the body (Phil. 3:21) and with respect to the soul (Eph. 5:27), as well as with respect to state and dominion (Matt. 19:28). Meanwhile it lies upon us to use the means diligently, namely: (1) since Christ is the first and chief cause of this restoration (Col. I; 1 Cor. 1:30; Eph. 5:25, 26), it is therefore our duty, before all things, to embrace Him with a true and living faith, that we may be united with Him, and in Him be made perfect in every way (John 17:23; Col. 2:10). (2) Since the whole cause of our loss is sin, we must, through a true, sincere, and unfeigned repentance and reformation, strive and endeavor by degrees toward the first and original excellence (Rom. 12:2; Eph. 4:22; Col. 3:8, 9, 10). Meanwhile (3) let us do this with unwearied endeavors, and spare no labor (Phil. 3:13, 14, 15), being fully assured that if we have here, and by these means, striven and labored toward that first and ancient excellence, we shall at last certainly regain it (1 Cor. 9:25, 26). Finally, (4) let us be driven, with many and continual groanings, toward and unto that most desired deliverance from the bondage of corruption, unto the liberty of the glory of the children of God (Rom. 8:19-25).
XXV. Finally, in the fifth place, since there remain in us as yet such remnants of the dignity bestowed upon us at creation, that we surpass all other creatures except the angels alone, let us above all things take heed and beware that we do not further pollute and defile — by outrages and abominations, by misusing it for sin, or by directing it to trivial and frivolous ends — that most excellent of creatures which we ourselves have already so greatly dishonored and marred through sin. For this would be: (1) against God, a most shameful and dreadful trampling of the Divine Majesty — namely, to expose His own image itself, His most excellent masterwork, to outrages and abominations, and, as it were, to make it a mockery and derision even to the Devils themselves (just as the first man, by the first sin, gave himself over to God, and God gave the first man over to others, to be mocked, Gen. 3:22) — indeed, even to waste and destroy it (Rom. 14:20). (2) Against ourselves, dreadfully and terribly — namely, not merely to profane a strange thing and another's work (which in itself would be excellent), but to profane, violate, and destroy oneself, for the sake of things that are nothing, and to rob oneself of all excellence, both of body and of soul, and that forever. Compare 1 Cor. 6:18. (3) This would be to bring upon oneself the heaviest of God's threatenings (1 Cor. — cf. also 1 Cor. 4:17), indeed even those dreadful judgments which He executed against the heathen philosophers (Rom. 1:24-27). Now this workmanship and masterpiece of God is dishonored and disgraced: (1) In general, by every sin, through the defiling of the flesh and of the spirit (2 Cor. 7:1). (2) In particular, by pride, unbelief, disobedience, ingratitude, gluttony — sins by which our first parents robbed both themselves and us of our innate and original dignity, and cast us down into that misery which we, alas, experience daily. (3) Most particularly, by fornication (1 Cor. 6:18), by giving offense (Rom. 14:20), by manslaughter (Gen. 9:6), and the like.
Second Consideration: Of the Image of God
The Doctrinal Part
XXVI. But the chief excellence and highest privilege of created man consists in the image of his Creator (Gen. 1:26, 27; and IX. 6; 1 Cor. 11:7; Jas. 3:9). For whereas in all the other creatures — the angels alone excepted, below whom God made man a little lower (Ps. 8:6), and whom Job XXXVIII. 7 calls sons of God — indeed, who, being furnished with wisdom of understanding, and with holiness and righteousness of will, which are the chief parts of the image of God, are as fully, and even more, provided with these than men are, and are for that very reason no less than man bearers of the image of God — He has, as it were, only impressed a footprint of Himself, so that from it one might read the presence and power of the Creator, or, as the Apostle speaks, understand and perceive His eternal power and Godhead (Rom. 1:20); yet He has blessed man alone with His image, by and through which man is able not only to know and acknowledge that there is a Creator, but also who, or of what nature, He is.
XXVII. And this (1) so that He might behold and delight in Himself, as it were, in man, as in a most exact likeness and in a most clear mirror — whence His delights are said to be with the sons of men (Prov. 8:31). (2) So as to propagate Himself, so far as this could be done, in man, as it were. For this is indeed the nature and property of the good, that it communicates itself; whence almost all things that are good seek their propagation, and in this their propagation consists their good in the most perfect degree. For this reason God, because He could propagate on earth nothing that would be like Him in one and the same kind — that is, nothing that would be God — willed at least to propagate an image of Himself; or, to speak more properly, He willed, with respect to His nobler and more excellent qualities and endowments, to express and communicate Himself to man. (3) So that He might have on earth one who might know, love, honor, and serve Him and what is His — which could not be obtained apart from and without the image of God, as will appear in its place. (4) So that He might have a man with whom He might live in the most blessed fellowship forever, and with whom He might associate as with a friend; for such an association and friendship has place only among those who are like one another. Hence man has no association or friendship with irrational beasts, nor even with a man wholly unlike Him; for like loves and seeks its like, and nothing more awakens mutual love than agreement and likeness of character. In order, therefore, that God might come to dwell and associate with man forever, He has willed that man should in some manner be like Him, and bear His image — that is, be wise, holy, and righteous with and alongside Him (2 Cor. 6:14, 15, 16). (5) So that, on the other side also, man might have in himself something by and through which he might know his Creator, not only with respect to his existence, but also with respect to his noblest and chief perfections. For to this end serve images — namely, to bring us to the knowledge of the original subjects that are pictured in them. Now this consists in this: that we learn to know God's simplicity, invisibility, immortality, understanding, will, wisdom, righteousness, holiness, and dominion from the contemplation of ourselves; yes, also, by thinking upon ourselves, continually keep our God in remembrance — just as images are made sufficiently for this end, that they may bring the absent and the past back into our memory and thoughts. Finally, (6) so that God might show Himself to be a cause not of any evil, but of all good, and thus, in punishing man for his sins — man being absolutely without excuse — proportionately and according to his deserts, might show forth the glory of His righteousness; with which purpose He is said to have made even the wicked for the day of evil (Prov. 16:4).
XXVIII. An image — called Imago among the Latins, as though one said imitago, that is, an imitation — is called among the Hebrews tselem, demuth, words which the Papists distinguish thus: that the first denotes the likeness of nature or form, and the second the likeness of qualities; but in Holy Scripture they are joined together, and are of the same signification, yet so that the joining of these two words, according to Hebrew usage, increases and enlarges the meaning — so that to be created after an image and likeness is nothing other than to be created after a most exactly resembling image (Gen. 5:3). Now in an image there generally concur three things: (1) A likeness and agreement in a certain and definite third thing; for that which is not alike is no image. (2) Its dependency; for a likeness alone is not sufficient to be an image, but there is required such a likeness as is drawn and derived from the exemplar — wherefore an egg, though it be like another egg, is nevertheless not an image of an egg. (3) The species-forming shape, or a certain most noble and excellent perfection, in which the exemplar and the copy agree and concur together. For a concurrence, agreement, or likeness of kind, though joined with a dependency, is not sufficient to constitute an image; for otherwise a worm born in man would be his image, being, together with man, an animal, and also depending on him as its cause. Nor is an agreement in one and the same common accident sufficient here; for a white color painted after a white color is not thereby an image of it. But here is required a dependent agreement in the species-forming shape, in which way the son of a king may be called his image; or in a most noble and excellent perfection of both, which is, as it were, a species-forming distinction and difference — such as exists between God and man in the fellowship of understanding and will, and the highest perfection of these faculties, namely wisdom, holiness, and righteousness. And from this there arises, sufficiently, the distinction between an image and a footprint: because a footprint displays only a common form and shape.
XXIX. Now the image of God belongs to man: (1) Not with respect to the distinction, arrangement, and shape of the parts of the body and of its members — as, alongside the Anthropomorphites (the shapers of God's form), the Manichaeans dreamed. For God is a spirit (John 4:24), utterly without parts, limbs, or shape (Luke 24:39). Nor (2) because man was to be depicted and formed after the human nature of Christ, assumed in an extraordinary manner at the time when man was to be created, as a certain one of the ancient Fathers held; for that opinion has not only no foundation whatever in Holy Scripture, but is also sufficiently contrary to Scripture, which says that we were created after the image of God, but not after the image of Christ, and that Christ, through His incarnation, was made like us in all things, sin excepted (Phil. 2:7; Heb. 2:12, 17). Nor do we (3) bear an absolute and in every way perfect image of God, such as Christ bears according to His divine nature (Col. 1:15; Heb. 1:3), but a certain image that is in some measure similar, not the same or perfectly equal.
XXX. The image of God in man is nothing other than a conformity of man, by which he displays, in his own way, the highest perfection of God. It is, I say, a conformity in which man agrees with a footprint, and through which the whole likeness of God in man converges unto the image, whereby man in his own way displays God — that is, displays and makes manifest such things as he has, in some manner and by way of proportion, in common with God. And this, finally, in a certain most noble and excellent perfection, which is seen both in man's very being, and in the primary faculties of the soul, and finally in the virtues of these faculties.
XXXI. The first conformity, therefore, consists in man's very being, indeed in his whole being, in body and in soul — wherefore the image of God is generally ascribed to the whole man (Gen. 1:26, 27, compared with 1 Thess. 5:23); consequently the image of God is also in the body of man, whence God forbids the body to be harmed, because man is created after the image of God (Gen. 9:6), and the body too is said to be restored after the image of God (1 Thess. 5:23). But of what sort, then, is the conformity of our body with the most simple and most spiritual God? Certainly not in the material bulk of our members, but in their formal perfection: for all imperfection being wholly withdrawn from them, and the excellence of a highest perfection being put in its place, our members — or rather the virtues and powers of our members — belong to God, not indeed in a formal manner, as one says, but in a more excellent and more eminent manner. In which respect, and for which reason, most of our members are generally ascribed to God throughout Holy Scripture: face, eyes, ears, hands, heart, feet, and the like. For the power of the eyes to see, of the ears to hear, of the hands to work, belongs to God without the least imperfection, and with the highest excellence of perfection, in every way and absolutely (Ps. 94:9). Indeed, it even seems that He gave man this variety of members for this very purpose, that in them He might show, piece by piece as it were, that infinite perfection of His, by which He accomplishes all things by one single and most simple act — which we accomplish by the roundabout ways and circuits of so many members (see Zanchius, de Operibus Dei, Part III, Book III, Chapter 1). Nor does it stand in the way here that, in this manner, the image of God might seem to be, at least in part, ascribed to irrational animals as well; for the agreement of one or another feature is not sufficient for an image, and the animals lacking reason, on account of their community of members, are not said to bear the image of man. Meanwhile we see the image of God far more fully in the being of the soul; for is it not the case that spirituality, simplicity, invisibility, and immortality are seen on both sides — in God and in man — though with an infinite disparity between us? Compare Acts 17:28, 29. Thus far, and in this respect, the image of God has not only been natural to man, but has been his very nature itself.
XXXII. The second conformity of the image of God consists in the faculties of the soul, understanding and will, which are, on both sides, acknowledged by all to belong both to man and to God. And also the diversity of the faculties in the one being of the soul seems to shadow forth — though it cannot be proved or demonstrated — the plurality of the Divine Persons in the one Being.
XXXIII. The third and chief conformity of the image of God consists in the gifts, or the natural perfection, of these faculties. Such are, in the understanding, wisdom, or a perfect knowledge of divine and human things (Col. 3:10), which the newly-created man immediately manifested in this, that he gave to all the animals names agreeing with their nature; likewise in that he immediately, and at first sight, recognized his wife Eve, formed as she was out of his flesh and his bones. Without wisdom, too, he would have been unfit to exercise dominion over the things beneath the moon; unfit also to know, acknowledge, praise, and glorify the Creator from and through the creatures, and therefore unfit for the purpose for which he was made, and consequently he would have been not good, but evil. In the will, holiness toward God and righteousness toward his neighbor (Eph. 4:24) — namely, that he might be as well disposed and capable of desiring the good, as of apprehending the true, and might not only know his Creator, but also love Him, and might exercise, over the creatures subjected to him, not a tyranny but a dominion; indeed, so that in every matter, whether well or ill performed, he might be liable both to reward and to punishment. There was also, in the affections, an obedient virtue and power, by which they were inclined and disposed — indeed ready — to admit and receive the command of right reason with respect to the desires and passions; and thus there was a most sweet agreement between them and right reason, without any conflict (Gal. 5:17).
XXXIV. From all these features together arises that famous and much-disputed original righteousness. This, if the word be considered, is called a righteousness or justice in a general sense, insofar as it denotes a general and habitual conformity of the whole man with God and with His Law; but it is called original in a distinguishing manner, with reference to all of Adam's descendants, insofar as his righteousness was the origin of all the righteousness and rectitude of the whole human race that was to follow from it. For it was conferred upon Adam, not as upon a private, but as upon a public and common person — or, what is the same thing, upon the whole human race in Adam. Wherefore it would have been propagated by him to and upon all his descendants. It is also called an original righteousness in contradistinction to the actual righteousness which flows from it — whether that be a habit, a virtue, an actual deed, or a good work. This original righteousness is not a substance, as Illyricus foolishly dreamed, but a quality, spread as it were through the whole substance, and thus common to the body and to the soul, likewise to the understanding, to the will, and to the affections. By this righteousness man was fit and equipped to be under God, and to persevere in complete obedience to Him — if he willed, that is, although the willing itself, and thus the very act of persevering, required besides this another, and a certain second, grace, namely one by which that first grace should be roused, and brought from capacity into act, and sustained and preserved: for God works both the willing and the working (Phil. 2:13), and in Him we first live, and move, and have our being (Acts 17:28). In its place, after sin, there came an original and innate unrighteousness, which, having been transmitted from Adam to all his descendants, is the root and the fuel of all actual unrighteousness (Ps. 51:7; Eph. 2:3; Rom. 5:12). This same righteousness also belonged to the angels before their fall (Jude v. 6), excepting, however, the condition and provision for propagation — after which image they are, without doubt, called sons of God (Job XXXVIII. 7).
XXXV. Finally, the fourth conformity of man with God is seen in a certain state common to body and to soul, which comprises in itself the immortality of the human composite, man's dominion over earthly things, and his paradisal happiness. First, I say, the immortality of the whole man: (1) because Holy Scripture attributes death to sin as its cause (Gen. 2:17; Rom. 5:12; 1 Cor. 15:56). (2) Because death is a ruin and destruction of nature, and consequently not natural to man. (3) Because, apart from sin, there was no cause of death — certainly no proximate cause: neither an internal one, no imbalance of the humors, or lack of innate warmth and moisture, whence come sicknesses and diseases; nor an external one, no corruption of the elements, no lack of food, no violence or cruelty of men or beasts; nor whatever else has, with respect to death, the appearance of a cause — consequently no mortality, at least no proximate mortality. (4) Because, upon perfect obedience, nothing else could follow, according to the promise of the Lawgiver, than a perfect life (Lev. 18:5; Luke 10:28) — consequently, for disobedience, no death or mortality. And yet we do not here understand an absolute immortality of man, by which he would have been utterly unable to die, which is contrary to the very composition that is natural to man, as also the death that afterward occurred cries out against it; but such an immortality by which he would have been able not to die, and also would not have died, had he not sinned.
XXXVI. Besides this immortality of man, the state of the image of God comprises the dominion over all God's earthly creatures (Gen. 1:26; Ps. 8:6-9; 1 Cor. 11:7, where the dignity of the image of God is ascribed to the Man above the Woman, only with respect to this dominion, which belongs to him even over the Woman. For (1) to what does it point, that the animals came to him as to a lord, and received their names from him — as denoting their offices — which were so many testimonies of the homage they rendered him, seeing it is the work of a lord and ruler to give names (Gellius, Book 17, last chapter; compare Casaubon, ad Baronium, Exercit. XIII, Sect. 13). Likewise here belongs (2) the general power and freedom to use all sorts of creatures according to pleasure, excepting only the one tree of the knowledge of good and evil (1 Cor. 3:21). To this also points (3) the fact that man can tame and subdue the most savage passions of wild beasts (Jas. 3:7). As likewise (4) the general excellence of man above all other creatures (the angels alone excepted), which even now, after sin, remains with respect to its remnants. For although, taken separately, with respect to this or that quality, we see that man is surpassed and outdone by this or that irrational animal — for example, by the lynx in sharpness of sight, by the horse or the elephant in size and strength — yet, all being taken together, he surpasses them all. This dominion of man extends: (1) To the unensouled creatures, the elements and what belongs to them, insofar as they all serve and are useful to man, whether for his life, or for his health, pleasure, convenience, and the like. (2) To the ensouled creatures, whether they be without feeling, herbs and fruits, or have feeling — whether they be without reason, all sorts of irrational animals, or endowed with reason: for one man, even if not subjected to another, was at least in every way useful to him, and thus served him, even in the state of rectitude. This dominion also comprises not only χρῆσιν, a use and utility of all these creatures, but also κτῆσιν, a possession of them and a property in them (Ps. 8:6; 1 Cor. 3:21, 22) — yet under God, who conferred this dominion; compare 1 Cor. 15:27, 28. The foundations, finally, or the titles of right to this dominion, are: (a) the gracious gift of the Creator; (b) the natural excellence and preeminence of man above all creatures, for, as reason itself dictates, the less perfect is subject to the more perfect; (c) the Divine Providence, which has conferred on all creatures the capacity to obey; (d) God's honor and glory, unto which man must bring back everything he has received from God.
XXXVII. Finally, the image of God comprises, with respect to man's state, his paradisal happiness (Gen. 2:8). This was a garden in Eden, watered by a river which divided into four heads, and which many suppose to have been the Euphrates (see Ortelius, under the words Euphrates and Tigris). Moreover, it was a most pleasant place, whence it is called Eden, τόπος τρυφερός, a delightful and pleasant place, containing in itself every tree pleasant to the sight and good for food; therefore also very fruitful, not only in things necessary of every sort, but also in things desirable. In particular there was in it also the tree of life, so called either because it bore a fruit naturally fit to nourish life, and given for the purpose that it might procure and promote immortality, as pleases very many; or rather, that it might seal to obedient and steadfast man that blessed and eternal life (Rev. 2:7; Prov. 3:18). There was, moreover, also the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, so called not on account of some inward form by which it would have been endowed with reason, knowing good and evil, nor on account of some physical effect, as though it were in itself productive of knowledge (scientifica) or had a power to give and hasten the use of reason and of the will, nor finally on account of the lying promise of omniscience by which the serpent deceived and seduced the Woman (Gen. 3:5); but on account of the outcome — namely, an experiential knowledge of good and evil, which God foretold and assured would follow by means of this tree, if man, by sinning, departed and fell away from God: namely, how great a good he would lose, and how great an evil he would draw down and bring upon himself through his disobedience. This Tree was therefore: (1) A testimony-sign, both of dominion with respect to God — for it signified that the power and the right belonged to God to give laws according to His own will and pleasure, for which reason God also chose so small a token of this, namely the prohibition of eating the fruit of this tree, that He might thereby disclose and make manifest His wholly absolute and unlimited power and dominion — and of a general subjection and obedience with respect to man, since this sign obliged him to depend wholly and in all things upon God's beck and will, and thus, by this very sign, to profess exactly that. (2) A Sacrament — partly probationary, whereby God willed to test and prove the use and the abuse of man's free will, and also to make manifest its instability in the good; partly forewarning, namely foreshowing and depicting a sorrowful outcome if man did not, at God's command, keep himself from that tree; partly also dissuading, insofar as this Tree dissuaded and warned man against acquiring for himself, by eating of it, so harmful, indeed so deadly, a knowledge of good and evil (see Drusius on Gen. 2:11). These two trees were, therefore, so many Sacraments of the Covenant of Works, of which the first most powerfully strengthened and confirmed man's faith, and nourished and increased his hope of a wholly blessed life, and the second his obedience, by virtue of the threatening and sealing of the penalty.
XXXVIII. Man, now, being placed in this place, which was filled with all these things, led (1) a religious life, whereby he lived not only for himself and for the other creatures, but especially also for the Creator, in and through faith and obedience. For faith, being the first act of all religious life, nourished God through and with the promise of life, and was strengthened by the Sacrament of the Tree of Life — for both of these looked to this, namely, that man, through faith, might lean the more securely and confidently upon the Word and upon the faithfulness of God. Further, upon faith followed Hope, whereby man awaited, with entire certainty, the life which had been promised to him if he remained obedient, together with all its consequences. Upon these two followed Love, not only on account of what was promised, but also on account of the life already conferred, with respect to body, soul, and state. Now Obedience God expressly prescribed, both toward the natural laws written in man's heart (Rom. 2:15), and toward the positive Law, to be shown by abstaining from the tree of the knowledge of good and evil — which obedience God at that time urged as a condition of the Covenant of Works, that by means of it eternal life might be obtained. There was also joined to this natural service a certain instituted service, which was to be exercised by the sanctifying of the seventh day (Gen. 2:2), namely by abstaining from his daily labors and business, and by sanctifying that day, more expressly and more fully, through religious exercises. This would have been man's religious life in Paradise. But (2) he also led a Civil life, insofar as he did not live unmarried but married, wherefore also his marriage is described (Gen. 2:22, 23, 24). In this marriage man led (1) a contemplative and philosophical life, occupied wholly in the contemplation and consideration of God and His works. (2) An active life, engaged, on the one side, in the exercise of faith and obedience and of the instituted service, and on the other side, busy in governing and ruling the creatures subjected to him. (3) A productive life (vitam factivam), occupied with the tilling and working of the garden — and this only until, a certain fixed time having elapsed, he should be carried over to better things and better places, namely to the heavenly Paradise.
XXXIX. The image of God, of which we have spoken, is neither wholly lost through sin, nor wholly remaining since sin. It therefore still to some extent remains (Gen. 9:6; Jas. 3:9; 1 Cor. 11:7), where, without doubt, it speaks not of man's former, but of his present, state. This, I say, still remains, insofar as it consists: (1) In the very nature of man's body and soul. (2) In the natural faculties of the soul, understanding and will. (3) In some gifts of the understanding and of the will, insofar as even in the very worst there is still detected some use of reason, and also an inclination toward what is good, indeed even morally good (Rom. 1:19; and II. 15; 1 Cor. 5:1). Further, (4) at least some remnants of the old dominion (Gen. 9:2). All these portions of His image God has willed to remain in us after the fall, both that they might be indelible witnesses of His goodness toward us, and that they might be, as it were, seeds from which the image of God, through the grace of restoration, might afterward sprout up and reflourish; likewise also to render the unbelieving and disobedient forever without excuse. Yet the image is lost with respect to its most excellent parts, namely: (1) original righteousness, since we are now all born children of wrath, dead in sins (Eph. 2:1, 2, 3). (2) The absolute immortality of natural, spiritual, and eternal life. (3) The perfection and completeness of dominion (Rom. 8:20). (4) Paradisal happiness (Gen. 3:23, 24).
The Polemical Part
XL. Now we shall proceed to dispute. And indeed (1) we shall not revive the long-buried dreams of the Jews concerning Adam as two-bodied and having two foreheads; nor those concerning man created after the image of the Angels; nor the blasphemy of the Anthropomorphites concerning the image, by which man would show God to be corporeal; nor the fiction of certain ancient Fathers and Anabaptists, who held the human nature of Christ to be the depicted subject of the image of God in man; nor the improper and inhuman sportings and trifles of those who exclude the Woman, as from humanity, so also from the image of God. All of which positions refute themselves by their own absurdity.
XLI. The question is asked: (II) Whether the original Righteousness that constitutes the image of God is man's own substance? Flacius Illyricus, otherwise a very learned man, being carried away by zeal in disputing against Strigel and Victorin, and in maintaining that original sin is man's very substance, is forced to hold, in consequence, that the opposite of this — namely, original righteousness — is likewise man's very substance. The Reformed indeed grant that the image of God is also to be discerned and observed in the very being and substance of body and soul (§ XXXI), but they teach, nevertheless, that original righteousness is not a substance, but a quality of the substance, though one natural to man. For according to Flacius's view: (1) man would be righteous and holy by his essence, which belongs to God alone, as He alone is a most simple act. (2) Thus the very essence of the soul would be corrupted by sin. (3) Unrighteousness (ἀνομία) would be a substance, and consequently God would be the cause of it, as being the author of substance (Rom. 11:36). (4) The Devil, or equally man, would be the Creator, as being in fact and in truth the cause of sin. (5) The Resurrection of the dead would thus be vain and useless; for either sin itself would rise again, since, according to Flacius's supposition, our substance has, through the fall, been changed into sin; or a new substance would be produced through the resurrection — but then how shall that which was not dissolved rise again? Nor do those Scripture passages help Illyricus in which original corruption is called flesh, the old man, a body of sin, members, and the like; since this occurs by a transference of the name of the container to the thing contained, because original corruption is spread over the whole man, and over all his faculties and members, so intimately that it seems, as it were, to have passed into his very being and substance, and is on that account laid aside with as much difficulty and hardship as the being and substance of the body and of the members themselves (Matt. 5:29, 30; Mark 9:47) — concerning which perhaps more will be said in its proper place.
XLII. The question is asked: (III) Whether man was created with original righteousness? The Pelagians and Socinians, in order the more strongly to oppose original defilement, or hereditary taint, and the more forcefully to maintain the powers of the free will as still remaining with respect to what is spiritually good, and finally to establish that nothing but a moral and advisory grace is needed for man's regeneration, hold that man was indeed created innocent and guiltless, but without any righteousness whatsoever, so that even in the state of innocence there was in him a continual conflict of flesh against spirit. The Reformed teach, on the contrary, that man was created not only innocent and guiltless, but also endowed with original righteousness, and therefore free from all rebellion of the flesh against the spirit — which they prove and demonstrate most chiefly by these reasons: (1) Because man is said to have been created upright (Eccl. 7:29), and good, indeed very good (Gen. 1:31), with a goodness not only common and merely natural, but proper and moral to man, whereby he would be fit to acknowledge and love his Creator, and to serve Him according to the prescription of the Law — which truly cannot happen without such an upright habit; for as the tree is, such is the fruit (Matt. 7:18). (2) Because man is created perfect in his kind, no otherwise than the Angels (1 Pet. — cf. Jude v. 6), for here there is no ground for an unequal reasoning. But how shall he be called complete and perfect who lacks wisdom, holiness, and righteousness? (3) Because, since the lack of holiness and righteousness in a rational creature can be nothing other than sin (Rom. 3:23), God, in creating man with that lack and defect, would necessarily be the cause of sin — not to add that the disorderliness of the flesh warring against the spirit and being wanton, which Paul calls a law warring against the law of the mind (Rom. 7:23), and with which flesh this heresy supposes man to have been created, is, beyond all doubt, sin; and therefore I do not see how its adherents could escape a blasphemy by which God is made the cause of sin. (4) Because we are plainly said to be created unto that knowledge, holiness, and righteousness unto which we are being renewed (Col. 3:10; Eph. 4:23, 24). (5) Because man could not have governed and exercised, wisely, holily, and righteously, that very dominion to which they limit the image of God — through his understanding and will — without wisdom of understanding, nor without holiness and righteousness of will; for actual righteousness presupposes a habitual one, just as an act presupposes a power; nor can he act righteously who is not himself righteous. And yet the other side seems to have something to object. Namely: (1) That man received, through creation, nothing but natural goods. Answer: (a) Wisdom, holiness, and righteousness were likewise natural to man at that time, as we shall presently demonstrate against the Papists. (b) But if by "natural" they mean something that is not moral, they will thereby simply be begging the very point in dispute, since that is exactly what is denied. They object (2): Thus man would not have been able to sin, being subject to no error and to no rebellion of the flesh. Answer: It only follows that he would have been unable to sin without being able not to sin; but it does not follow from this that he could not have sinned, since no creature can be created unchangeable, and therefore that power and capacity of not sinning had to be sustained and upheld by a certain second grace, in order not to sin in the act. They say: (3) That the righteousness by which they remained free from sin up to the point of the sin committed would have been an actual, not an original, righteousness. Answer: That lack of sin is not, with us, the original righteousness, but rather that most fitting rectitude and harmony of understanding, will, and passions, by which they were able to remain free from all actual unrighteousness. For that lack of sin is something negative, whereas with us original righteousness is something positive. They say: (4) If man was righteous before the sin he committed, then he was so either because he had done nothing against God's command, or because he had done nothing against his conscience; but the first cannot be said, since he then had as yet no command, nor the second, since Scripture says nothing of it. Answer: (a) This reasoning bears against actual righteousness, not against original. But (b) it is false that he had no Law, for he had that inborn and innate Law of which Paul speaks (Rom. 2:15). A fifth objection is this: The understanding of the first-created man, they say, was without wisdom, since man did not know that he was naked, nor did he know good and evil; his will was without righteousness, since, for a most trifling cause, he fell away from God to the Devil; finally, his passions and affections were without holiness, since he obeyed the lust of his eyes, his gluttony, and other passions, against reason and against the Law of God. Answer: (a) To his understanding is ascribed not an ignorance that diminished, but one that increased, his wisdom: he is credited with an ignorance of his nakedness only insofar as that included the shame arising from sin, not an ignorance simply — for that would have been a defect of his eyes, not of his understanding. Thus also he did not know good and evil simply and merely, but by experience and trial. (b) The cause by which his will departed and fell away from God was not a light and trifling one, but the heaviest and weightiest temptation of Satan: "You shall be as God." (c) The lust of the eyes, gluttony, and the like, were not natural, innate, and original to man, but came from without, and were actual — and these do not prejudice the original righteousness which preceded the temptation. They proceed further, and say: (6) Flesh and spirit are by nature contrary to one another; therefore the desires and lusts of the two are also contrary to one another, and consequently the discord and difference between them is natural. Answer: They were indeed distinct and different, but subordinate, not contrary — for subordinate things do not conflict. And in this very subordination consists original righteousness, as we have taught above.
XLIII. The question is asked: (IV) Whether created man was mortal? The Socinians, in order not to be forced, from the death of little children, to acknowledge original hereditary sin, nor forced to acknowledge that Christ's death was a punishment for our sins and thus satisfactory, deny that man was created immortal, but say that he would have died even had he never sinned. To what extent the Reformed grant, and to what extent they deny, the immortality of newly-created man, and with what arguments they deny it, we have already noted above (§ XXXV). The arguments of the other side prove no other mortality than that more remote one by which he could die — which we grant — but not that proximate mortality by which he would in fact have died. For example: (1) That he is called earthly and animal (Gen. 2:7; and III. 19; 1 Cor. 15:45) proves not that he would have died in fact, but only that he would have been able to die. So also (2) that he would have made it his work to beget children (Gen. 1:28, 29), and that he would have used food (Luke 20:35, 36; 1 Cor. 6:13). If this indicates anything beyond that more remote mortality, it will be nothing other than that the immortality in the state of glorification is distinct from that which had place in the state of creation, but not that man, even apart from sin, would have died. Thus (3) that he was created of contrary elements, mutually opposed to one another, proves nothing more than that he could have been dissolved again, but by no means that he would in fact have been dissolved. Likewise (4) that he needed the tree of life, as also food and drink: these things served to ward off death, but by no means asserted a future death. They add finally (5) that Christ, who has removed all the consequences of sin, has nevertheless not removed death, whence it follows that death is not a consequence of sin, but of nature. Answer: He has removed it insofar as it is a punishment of sin and a curse, but not insofar as it is a benefit, and insofar as it is the way to the blessing and to the eternal life (Gal. 3:13, 14; Rom. 8:13).
XLIV. The question is asked: (V) Whether the original righteousness was natural to man? The Pelagianizing Papists, in order to establish: (1) that concupiscence — whose second acts alone, not the first, would take away original righteousness — is no sin, and that therefore, notwithstanding it, man comes in this life to be perfect; (2) that man was created in pure naturals (in puris naturalibus), that is, by nature neither righteous nor unrighteous; (3) that man's natural endowments remain wholly and completely after the fall — hold that man indeed has a certain natural righteousness of soul, which the Papists suppose to be superadded beyond nature to restrain and curb the natural difference and strife between flesh and spirit; but meanwhile they do not deny that this same conflict was born with man, and would even have helped him in his natural faculties. The Reformed, although they do not acknowledge (as Flacius held) that original righteousness is man's very nature, nevertheless maintain that it was natural to man, insofar as it was owed to a complete and upright nature, so that this nature could not have been complete and upright without it. For (1) if it had been supernatural, then its opposite — the fleshly concupiscence, or rather the difference and discord between flesh and spirit — would have been natural to man, and therefore good, and of God, which is contrary to Holy Scripture (Rom. 7:7, 8; 1 John 2:16). (2) Thus the rebellion of the flesh against the spirit would have been natural to man, without any preceding demerit, brought upon him by God by virtue of his nature, and consequently God would be the cause of sin. But (3) blessedness, as the end, was natural to man, and therefore also righteousness and holiness, without which he would not have been able to obtain blessedness (Rev. 21:27; 1 Cor. 15:56). The arguments of the Papists against original righteousness agree for the most part with those of the Socinians; for they allege: (a) The natural contrariety of flesh and spirit, of body and soul, and consequently the rest. Answer: This we have already, long since, denied against the Socinians to have had place in the state of rectitude, where a most perfect harmony prevailed, up to the sin. (b) That the gifts first conferred upon man are called honor and glory (Ps. 8:6), which, without doubt, are external and come to man from without, and are not natural. Answer: (1) The Psalmist does not so much name original righteousness as man's dominion over the earthly creatures, honor and glory. But also (2) in a sound sense, original righteousness is honor and glory (Rom. 3:23), insofar as it is the foundation of all honor and glory, and in that respect it is not something that comes to man from without, but is indeed something internal. Bellarmine has still other proofs, but of no importance whatever; whoever wishes to know them may consult his opponents, Ames, Pareus, and others.
XLV. The question is asked: (VI) Whether Paradise still remains in the World, or whether it was destroyed by the waters of the Flood? Some of the ancients hold that it, untouched and unharmed by the Flood, still remains — for example, Irenaeus, Book V, Chapter 5. The same is the opinion of most of the Jews, according to Manasseh ben Israel, De Creatione, Problem XVII — namely, that it serves as a receiving- and dwelling-place for souls, until the day of the last judgment. The same is held by Bellarmine as an article of faith, in order that those two witnesses, Enoch and Elijah, who are to be killed by the Antichrist, may return from there, and that on this account the Pope may not be the Antichrist. But, on the contrary, others among the Papists, and not insignificant men either — for example, Cornelius à Lapide, Augustinus Steuchus Eugubinus, Pererius, Jansenius, Ambrosius Catharinus, Suarez, Oleaster, and others — hold, with the Reformed, that it was lost through the Flood: (1) Because nowhere are any traces of it found remaining. (2) Because we read that the whole globe of the Earth, and therefore also Paradise, perished through the Flood (Gen. 7:19). (3) Because, on the fiction concerning Enoch and Elijah, it would otherwise be in vain (compare Rivet, Exercit. XXIX on Genesis). The arguments of the other side rest partly on certain testimonies of the ancient Fathers, partly on the supposed return of Enoch and Elijah from there, to fight against the Antichrist and to be killed by him (Bellarmine, de gratia primi hominis, ch. XIV; likewise de Pontifice, Book III, ch. 6) — resting on testimonies against which other testimonies of equal authority may be set in opposition. And the fiction concerning Enoch and Elijah rests on no foundation at all in Holy Scripture, as even Bellarmine's own opponents teach (against his de Pontifice, Book III, ch. VI).
The Practical Part
XLVI. As for the practical application: the contemplation of the image of God leads us, first, to the knowledge of God, as the original exemplar whom we are to know and acknowledge from the contemplation of ourselves — since for this purpose images are made, and are called by the Papists "Books of the Laity." So that, consequently, he who sees himself sees God; compare John 14:9. Now we know God from the image: (1) With respect to His existence, that He is. For God is not only the efficient, but also the exemplary, cause of man; and therefore, since no effect exists without a cause, and nothing can be expressed or depicted except from a pre-existing original image, it remains beyond denial that, the image of God being present, God also is present. Moreover, just as we conclude, as surely as anything is certain, that our soul, formed after God's image — though never seen by anyone, nor visible — is nevertheless present and exists; so we also conclude from the works, both within us and outside us, that God, thus absolutely, as the exemplary cause of our soul, though never seen by anyone (John 1:18), nor able to be seen (1 Tim. 6:16), nevertheless is and is present, as surely as if we saw Him with our own eyes. (2) With respect to His being, what He is. For since, according to the settled rule of the Philosophers, the cause is never inferior, in its whole kind, to its effect, and since we know that our soul, formed after the image of God, is of a spiritual, simple, invisible, and immortal nature, endowed with understanding, will, and free choice — all of which things, without doubt, denote a perfection — why then shall we not acknowledge such a spiritual, simple, invisible, and immortal being to exist, in an eminent degree, in God? (3) With respect to God's attributes, at least the communicable ones, of what sort they are. For since we see the image of God so richly adorned and endowed with so many perfections of every kind — namely, reason with so many intellectual faculties, understanding, wisdom, foresight, arts; the will with so great holiness and righteousness, and with so many moral virtues; and finally the body with so much variety of members, each of them adorned with its own particular faculty — must we not, and shall we not, ascribe all these things, all imperfection nevertheless being removed from them, with the highest excellence, to God, as being the original exemplar of them all? Finally, (4) with respect to His subsistence, who He is — namely, three in Persons, one in Being. For although we neither know nor can prove, from man alone and apart from Holy Scripture, indeed cannot even so much as suspect — much less perfectly define and describe — nevertheless, revelation being presupposed, we can to some extent explain and clarify it from man, created after God's image; namely, insofar as we, from this, comprehend, if not the actual existence, at least the possibility of three Persons in the one Being. For just as the rational soul, though one and simple in being, is nevertheless observed to have distinct faculties, and, as it were, essential parts; so we see that God, in one most simple Being, subsists in more than one Person. Further, just as the being of our soul is distinguished from its faculties, understanding and will, so also in God the Being is distinguished from the Persons: thus the Father — being the origin and fountain, both of the Godhead, and of Creation, and likewise of restoration, whence He is called the Father of lights, Jas. 1:17 — is, as it were, the understanding God, distinguished from the Son, as the understood God, and from the Holy Spirit, as the beloved God; and just as the understanding is distinguished from the will in one and the same soul, so also the Son and the Spirit are distinguished. For the Son is begotten of the Father as by an act of the understanding, whence He is preeminently called the image of the Father, likewise the Word and the Wisdom of God, in Holy Scripture; but the Holy Spirit proceeds by an act of the will, or of love, whence He is, by a particular appropriation, called Spirit. Observe now, and see, what and how much we can know concerning God, from ourselves, from His image. But what sort of knowledge of God, then, ought we to strive to obtain for ourselves? Not that alone whereby we merely know God, and know that there is a God; but that whereby we (1) always and everywhere carry God about in our hearts, and have and hold Him present before us — so that, as often as we think of ourselves, we are, by that very act, reminded of God's presence, and walk and converse everywhere as under His eye; just as we are wont to keep before us the likeness of our parents, or of those who are especially dear and precious to us, in order to renew continually the remembrance of the absent or the deceased. (2) Such a knowledge whereby we are moved unto the love, reverence, and service of God with a holy and godly delight, pleasure, and readiness. For to this end not only the Heathen and the Papists have their images, in order, by the contemplation of them (though wrongly), to arouse and incite themselves to the love and service of the depicted subjects; but also in civil life every man loves the likenesses of those who are dear and precious to him, that by beholding them, with an honest delight, he may nourish his love and service toward the depicted persons. Indeed, to this very end God Himself, moved by love toward Himself, has made man like Himself — that is, has blessed him, alongside Himself, with understanding and will, as well as with wisdom, holiness, and righteousness — that not only might He love and honor Himself in us, but also that we might love, honor, and serve Him in ourselves, and might be able to associate and converse with Him in a holy friendship. For like loves and seeks its like, and between things wholly unlike one another — for example, between a man and a beast, between one perfectly righteous and one wicked — no firm and lasting friendship can have place (2 Cor. 6:14, 15). (3) Such a knowledge whereby we follow God, as the exemplary image of our creation, so far as possible, and conform ourselves to Him (2 Cor. 3:18). For in this consists the perfection of an image, that it express the perfection of its depicted subject — that is, that we, according to God's wisdom, holiness, and righteousness, with all zeal and earnestness, strive, labor, and press forward (Matt. 5:48; Eph. 4:24). But of this, more fully in its place.
XLVII. Again, second, the contemplation of the image of God leads and brings us to the knowledge of ourselves. For the image of God belongs to the class of relative things, which, as they depend on one another in being (in essendo, as one says) — that is, in existing and being present — so also depend on one another in knowing (in cognoscendo). And just as man is subject to a fourfold state, so the image of God, compared with each state, makes man knowable and visible in a fourfold manner. First, if you compare the image of God with the state of rectitude, as being complete, you shall have and behold man as most excellent. Second, if with the state of the fall, as being lost, you shall have and behold man as most wretched. Third, if with the state of grace, as being restored, you shall find man greatly adorned. And finally, fourth, if with the state of glory, as being perfect in every respect, you shall have man as most glorious. With reference to these last three states — each to be treated in its own place — we shall consider the image of God as it was constituted in the first state, and this under a twofold relation: namely, insofar as, on the one side, it agrees with the original exemplar, and thereby proves man to be most excellent; and, on the other side, insofar as it differs from the exemplar and depends upon it as the depicted copy (so to speak) depends upon the pattern, and thus proves man, with all his worth and excellence, to be altogether subject to God. If, then, I say, you consider and weigh the image insofar as it agrees with the original exemplar and displays it, you shall see man shining with such great glory, splendor, and honor, that he is nearest to Elohim, to God (Ps. 8:5, 6). Just as Joseph, bearing the image of the Egyptian king, and his rings and seal, was held glorious and excellent throughout all Egypt (Gen. 41:42-44), so man, being a lord of the World, and, as it were, a second god, a subordinate god and God's Viceroy, is resplendent with the most splendid seal and ring of God's image — adorned with the most excellent jewels of divine knowledge (Col. 3:10), of human wisdom (Gen. 2:20), of righteousness and perfection (Eph. 4:24), of holiness (ibid.), of immortality (Gen. 2:17), of dominion (Gen. 1:26), and the like — and is rightly held to be the most excellent thing on the whole face of the earth, and greeted as nearest to God. On the other side, if you consider the image of God as it stands over against its depicting exemplar, and depends upon it, not only as upon an exemplary cause, but as being, if not wholly unlike it, at least, in wisdom, holiness, righteousness, glory, and majesty, unequal to it — then man shall have cause and matter, not only to prevent and hinder all pride toward the Creator, which would otherwise very easily arise from the highest majesty of the image, but also to cast himself down most humbly at His feet. Let us therefore, in the contemplation of the image of God, apply ourselves not only to the knowledge of God, but also of ourselves. But to what sort of knowledge of ourselves shall we apply ourselves? Answer: to such a knowledge as, through the contemplation of our original majesty and excellence, (1) shapes and forms us unto thankfulness toward God, who has conferred it upon man, as we shall see in the following §. (2) restrains us, that we do not, through sins, assume the most hideous, disfigured face of Satan, nor make ourselves like the beasts — of which likewise in the following §. Finally, (3) that we, with all our worth and excellence, now to some extent restored through regeneration, conduct ourselves always and everywhere with the utmost modesty and lowliness, being mindful that in this consists not the least part of the image of God.
XLVIII. Again, third, the godly consideration of the image of God shapes and forms us unto thankfulness toward the Creator, as being such a gracious bestower and giver of so excellent a benefit. In this consists the beginning, the middle, and the end of the Eighth Psalm. For motives, it will be useful and profitable to weigh seriously these four points: (1) The origin of this benefit, namely solely and only the Creator's love toward us. Is it not a certain singular sign and proof of a certain singular benevolence and affection, to receive the likeness of a king or a prince from his own hand? Is it not likewise also a singular sign of God's excellent and singular affection, that, having created all things for man's sake, and having withheld and denied to all the other creatures the likeness of His own wisdom, holiness, righteousness, dominion, and the like, He has bestowed it upon man alone? Is it not so great that it ought also, in return, to kindle and awaken in us an affection — indeed a most ardent and burning one — so that we might say with the Psalmist: "I will heartily love you, LORD, my strength," etc. (Ps. 18:1, 2)? (2) The weight and excellence of this benefit — that He has conferred and bestowed upon us not merely a shadow, as upon the other creatures, but an image, not of the Angels, but of Himself; and has thus raised the needy from the dunghill, to make them sit among princes, that He might make them inherit the throne of glory (1 Sam. 2:8). This is that golden plate, bearing the inscription "Holiness to the LORD" (Exod. 28:36), with which the High Priest of the Testament so greatly adorned and displayed himself. Does not so great a benefit, as the previous § requires, call for an excellent and abundant thankfulness? (3) The end and purpose of this benefit — for to what end has God blessed man with His image? Certainly not so much for His own sake as for man's sake. Namely, that not only man, being like God, but also, in turn, God — man being His image — might be able to love him, unite with Himself, admit him to His everlasting fellowship, and impart to him an eternal blessedness and joy. For a familiar association, and a firm and lasting friendship, though sometimes observed between unequals, is nevertheless never observed between those who are wholly unlike one another — namely, in kind and in character. For there is no communion and close association between men and beasts; likewise no firm and essential friendship between the godly and the wicked (2 Cor. 6:14, 15). Consequently, God admits no one into the fellowship of eternal life and of eternal blessedness, except him who is in some manner like Himself. Whence He has not only created man after His likeness, but also, man having degenerated through the fall and been stripped of his likeness, does not receive him again into glory before, and until, He has restored His image in him through grace. For just as the unlikeness of character, brought in by our sins, separates us here from grace (Isa. 59:2), so it will separate us forever from glory (1 Cor. 6:9, 10; Rev. 21:27). Finally, (4) the use and profit of this benefit, being various and excellent, both for confidence and for consolation, in all sorts of adversities. For whether you be poor and needy, and stripped of all the means of life, think that you were nevertheless created after the image of God, and that you shall therefore be far less forsaken by God than the rest of the irrational and dumb creatures (Matt. 6:25, 26). Whether you be despised and scorned, think that you nevertheless bear the image of God, which is the quintessence, the very substance, indeed the summit, of the highest worth and standing. Whether you be generally hated, indeed sought unto death, think that you were created after God's image, and that thereby, as with a divine hedge, you are held most holy (Gen. 9:6, etc.). You see, then, various and excellent uses and benefits of the image of God. And would not all this, to anyone not wholly devoid of reason, form and dispose him unto thankfulness toward his Bestower and Benefactor? The manner of this thankfulness consists of a threefold kind of duties. Namely, (1) immediately toward God: (a) through love and affection of heart, since He has not only loved us, but has loved us in such a way that He has given us His image — indeed, in order that we might in turn come to love Him, has created us like Himself. (b) By praising, extolling, and glorifying Him with mouth and voice, so that we break forth with the Psalmist: "The LORD has done great things for us, [wherefore] we are glad" (Ps. 126:3). Finally, (c) and indeed most especially with deeds: when we (a) surrender ourselves wholly to God, whose image we bear (Matt. 22:20, 21); (b) when we strive and endeavor to conform ourselves, more and more, to God, our depicting exemplar — in general, through wisdom of divine and human things (Col. 3:10), through righteousness and holiness (Eph. 4:24), but also in particular through sincerity and completeness of character. And most especially, and in particular points, that we display the unity of the Divine Being in the plurality of Persons through the unity and agreement of our minds (John 17:11); God's spirituality, through love for spiritual things (John 4:24); His simplicity, which gives ἁπλῶς, liberally — properly, simply — (Jas. 1:5), through simplicity and sincerity of our own mind (Ps. 25:21), which is hence called εἰλικρίνεια Θεοῦ, the simplicity and sincerity of God (2 Cor. 1:12); His eternity, through a desire and longing for those things which are eternal (John 6:27); His infinity, through an unceasing... [and] His omnipresence, through our being everywhere present with God, whereby we walk in every place with Him, in His presence, and under His eyes and sight (Gen. 17:1; Ps. 16:8); His almighty power, through steadfastness and perseverance in the practice of godliness, through the strength and power of faith, by which all things are possible (Matt. 17:20; Phil. 4:13); His unchangeableness, through a diligent constancy in the practice of godliness; His goodness, through beneficence (Matt. 5:44, 45); His mercy, through mercy (Luke 6:36); His righteousness, through righteousness (Ps. 35:24); His omniscience, through an insatiable desire and meditation upon divine things (Ps. 1:2); His liberality, through readiness and promptness to do good to our neighbor (2 Cor. 9:7); His truthfulness, through truthfulness (Eph. 4:25). (2) Mediately, with respect to ourselves — so that we, being mindful that we bear the image of the most gracious God, watch over ourselves most carefully, so as not (a) to bear, in particular, the image of the world (Rom. 12:2); (b) nor that of Satan (John 8:44); finally (c) nor that of the irrational and wild beasts (Jude v. 10). For what greater shame and dishonor could there be for man, or what more base and shameful misery, than that he, having lost this his glory of the image and likeness of God, should fall into the unadorned and irrational likeness of irrational animals? asks Ambrose, De Dignitate humanae conditionis, ch. 3. For what, beyond this, would (a) tend more to the dishonor of the image of God? (b) be more unbecoming to ourselves? (c) be more harmful to body and soul? Then also (3) there are required duties toward our neighbor — namely, that we, out of love and reverence for the image of God which he bears alongside us, embrace him with an inward affection, and show it in deed: on the one side, by refraining from all injury and harm, (a) to his body and life (Gen. 9:6), (b) to his honor and good name (Jas. 3:9) — being mindful that it is not swine, not donkeys or cats, with whom we have to do, but such as bear the image of God; on the other side, by striving with all endeavor for the good and profit of our neighbor, and providing him, as is fitting and proper, with both food and covering (Matt. 25:35), as one who bears the image of God, and who is, for that very reason, our own image as well — especially since we see that the Papists, together with the Heathen, in the service of their lifeless images, are so excessive and prodigal — even to idolatry itself — that Cassander (in Consultatio ad Augustanam) not unjustly says: "It is best, the people, especially in this time, being brought over to better things, and a moderate use of images being preserved for the sake of peace and quietness, to invite them to the service of the true image of God — that is, of man, who is created after the image of God" — a service which consists in the succoring of the poor, who represent and display to us not only the image of God, but also the life and person of Christ.
XLIX. Fourth, let the contemplation of the image of God stir us up (1) earnestly to bewail and lament our fall, by which act we have lost the worth of this image, and have become, from the most blessed, the most wretched. For just as Athaliah, having become rebellious, was not only herself put to death, but also all the images of Baal, the idol of the Israelites, were broken (2 Kings 11:18); so we, in our first parents, having become rebellious against God, were not only ourselves struck down with every kind of death, but also the image of God, with which we were adorned, was broken. Now we must, first and above all, grieve over the damage and the loss caused by the fall — namely, over the loss and the robbing of the image of God, in which the chief worth of man consists (Rom. 3:23). Second, over the most base grimaces of Satan brought upon our souls, according to which we are with all right called a brood of vipers (Matt. 3:7), indeed even children of the devil (John 8:44), instead of children of God, and of such as are like God. And not only this, but we have also become unfit and useless for all spiritual and saving good, and, on the contrary, inclined to every evil (Rom. 7:18, 19). Third, over the very evil fruits that have followed from this loss — namely, both with respect to the present life, in place of the use, and of an absolute dominion over all God's creatures (Gen. 1:26; Ps. 8:6-9), a most wretched bondage and slavery (Rom. 8:20, 21), whereby we are now the meanest and most despised slaves of Satan, of the world, of our own flesh, and of fleshly lusts and pleasures; as also, with respect to death, in place of a most desired immortality, an unavoidable, and withal most harsh, death (Rom. 6:23; Heb. 9:27); and finally, with respect to the state after death, in place of a most blessed fellowship with God, and the enjoyment of an eternal blessedness and joy (Ps. 16:11), the feeling of unbearable pains of hell (Matt. 25:41, 46). Are not all these things such, and so great, that they must and ought to draw the bitterest tears from anyone who seriously considers them, however hardened he still be? Yet (2) in what manner ought we to grieve and mourn over all this? Answer: (1) That we know and acknowledge our loss with our heart, and have a deep sense of it (Luke 18:13). (2) That we confess and lament it with our mouth (Rom. 7:24). (3) That with our affections and desires we most ardently seek and beg for the restoration of the lost image (Ps. 51:10). Finally, (4) that with deeds, with all our strength and powers, we press on, strive, and labor after that restoration (Ezek. XVIII), but these last particulars shall be treated more fully in the following §.
L. Finally, in the fifth place, the godly contemplation of the image of God obliges us to seek with all our strength to regain its restoration (Col. 3:10; Eph. 4:24). That this restoration is not only possible, but that it shall certainly come to pass in all the elect, we here take for granted, as being very clear and evident, both from many testimonies of Holy Scripture and likewise from experience: this alone we admonish — that this restoration begins in this life, in and through grace, by several degrees (1 Cor. 13:12), whence we, considered without qualification, are called only children, though we may, comparatively speaking, already be men (Phil. 3:13, compared with v. 15); that it is carried forward after this life, in and through death, at least with respect to the soul; and finally, that it is wholly and entirely completed, with respect to the whole composite, in the resurrection (Phil. 3:21). Wherefore, I say, we must here weigh these points: (1) In what manner the restoration of the image of God takes place — that is, how it is both accomplished by God and obtained by us. For, without any doubt, God is, both of the bestowal and of the restoration, if not the sole, at least the chief efficient cause, according to the promises (Ezek. 11:19, 20; XXXVI. 25. 26. 27) — how not only the efficient, but also the exemplary, cause, so that this takes place, Matt. 5:48. And God is not the cause of it in general only, but each Person in particular also appropriates His own part to Himself. And indeed the Father, being the origin and fountain both of the Godhead and of Creation, so also of restoration, whence He is called the Father of lights (Jas. 1:17); the Son, being, according to His nature, the most perfect image of the Father (Col. 1:15; Heb. 1:3), is the exemplary image and pattern of this restoration (Rom. 8:29; 1 Cor. 15:49; Phil. 3:21; 1 John 3:3; 1 Cor. 11:1); finally, the Holy Spirit puts the last hand to it (2 Cor. 3:18). (1) Through Regeneration (John 3:5, 6), whereby the image of God, as being the soul of the soul, is restored to the soul — whence spiritual life arises, just as, from the lost image, by virtue of sin, comes spiritual death. Through this regeneration the understanding is enlightened and irradiated with the original wisdom (Col. 3:10); the will is endowed with holiness and righteousness (Eph. 4:24); the senses and passions are amended, so that they submit themselves to God and to right reason (2 Cor. 10:5). (2) Through Sanctification, whereby, on the one side, the blemishes of the image are, as it were, wiped away and blotted out, and, on the other side, the former splendor and luster is more and more renewed and restored (Eph. 4:22, 23, 24). (3) Through the Word (Eph. 5:26). (4) Through the Sacraments (ibid., and Titus 3:5). Thus, then, takes place and is accomplished the restoration of the image of God. Now, that this may be received and accepted by us, it is necessary: (a) That we, most carefully and attentively weighing the excellence, worth, and usefulness of the lost image, and the most shameful ugliness of the image of Satan that has come in its place, may thereby be terrified from the one, and earnestly desire and seek back the other. (b) That we strive and press toward saving faith, whereby hearts are cleansed (Acts 15:9), whereby we receive and put on Christ, who is the very substantial and most perfect image of God (Gal. 3:27), and are united with Him, as with a head, with a stem, with a vine, and the like, so that He dwells in us (Eph. 3:17), lives in us (Gal. 2:20), and makes us conformed to Himself through death and resurrection (Rom. 6:5). (c) That we fix the eyes of our soul wholly upon the Lord's glory, that we may behold it as in a mirror, so that we may be transformed into that same image (2 Cor. 3:18) — namely, as one who is going to paint often looks at and considers the living, proper original. That is, that we diligently and carefully practice and consider God's wisdom, righteousness, and holiness, and so practice and consider them that we strive, so far as possible, more and more to express and display that image and that glory of God (Matt. 5:48; Eph. 5:1). (d) And since God is invisible, let us look upon Christ, who is the most perfect radiance of God's glory and the express image of His substance (Heb. 1:3), so that, seeing Him, we see God (John 14:9). Let us, I say, behold His virtues, His obedience (Phil. 2:8), His love (Eph. 5:2), and His gentleness (1 Pet. 2:21, 23) — and behold them in such a way that we follow Him (Matt. 11:29). (e) Let us diligently and steadfastly attend to the means which the Holy Spirit is accustomed to use for the restoration of the divine image — for example, the hearing of the Word, and the like. (f) That we cleanse ourselves more and more from all the stains and defilements of sin, whereby the image of God is polluted, darkened, and befouled (2 Cor. 7:1). (g) On the contrary, that we, through the exercise and practice of wisdom, holiness, righteousness, and all sorts of other Christian virtues, adorn, perfect, and complete the image of God from day to day (ibid., and Rom. 12:2; Eph. 4:22, 23, 24). Finally, (h) let us seek from God, for all these things, by godly prayer, the desired outcome and blessing, with the Psalmist (Ps. 51:10): "Create in me a clean heart, O God, and renew a right spirit within me." Now we must (II) here consider for what reason this restoration of the image of God must be sought by us with such great zeal and diligence. Namely: (1) On account of the most absolute necessity of this matter, a necessity clearly made known by God's command and precept, repeated so often, and with so much earnestness and zeal, in the Old and New Testament (Ezek. 18:31; Rom. 12:2; 2 Cor. 5:17; Eph. 4:22-24; Col. 3:10, etc.). (2) On account of the highest worth and excellence of this image, by which alone we sufficiently differ from the irrational animals, whence also the Most Blessed Trinity employed a consultation for man's creation alone: "Let us make man in our image" — and by which we come nearest to God, as His Vicegerents, and, as it were, as under-gods upon the earth (Ps. 8:5, 6), indeed by which we are made partakers of the fellowship of the divine nature (2 Pet. 1:4). (3) On account of its general usefulness, both in the present and in the future life, of which image of God it can no less be said than of godliness — which consists in the image of God — that (from 1 Tim. 4:8) "it is profitable unto all things." Finally, (4) on account of the shamefulness and dishonor of that image which stands opposed to the image of God, the image of the irrational animals (Ps. 32:9), or of Satan (John 8:44).
Chapter X: Of God's General Providence
On Rom. 11:36: "For of Him, and through Him, and to Him, are all things: to Him be the glory forever. Amen."
I. Thus far we have examined that outward working by which God brought things forth — namely, that kind of it called Creation. Now follows that working of His by which He cares for and provides for the things He has brought forth, namely, Providence. Which, since it is occupied, in general, with all sorts of things, in a natural manner; in particular, with the rational creatures, Angels and Men, in a moral manner; and most particularly with Man, in a, as it were, political manner (more politico), by way of covenant-making — invites and calls us to those three chief heads, which we shall examine separately in these chapters, we shall in this Chapter speak of the general or natural Providence, which the Apostle sets forth briefly indeed, but forcefully and powerfully, in Rom. 11:36.
The Explanatory Part
II. In this passage is contained a certain doxology, with which the Apostle concludes the whole doctrinal part of this Epistle, signifying that the whole consideration of all the theological chapters consists in the glory and glorification of God; and here he lays the foundation for this in the explanation of the Divine Providence. Two things, therefore, here present themselves to us:
1. The Divine Providence, or, as we have said, the foundation of the doxology: "Of Him, and through Him, and to Him, are all things" — concerning which we find here:
1. The Author, who is signified not by one, but by a threefold-repeated pronoun: "of Him," "through Him," and "to Him," whereby God is designated — namely, δημιουργὸς καὶ προνοητὴς τῷ κόσμῳ παντός, the builder and provider of the whole world, as Justin says. Whereby, on the one hand, is signified the unity of the Divine Being, in that one and the same demonstrative pronoun is used, to show that there is one God who is the author of Providence; and, on the other hand, the trinity of Persons, in that the same pronoun is repeated three times. By this very thing is likewise signified the economy of the Trinity in the matter of Providence, through the threefold repetition, and with a distinguishing name for each — so that Providence is of the Father, as Lord and Householder; through the Son, as Steward and Provisioner of the household; unto the Holy Spirit, as the Dispenser and Executor. In which manner also Cyprian expands and explains the Apostle's words in Acts 17:28: "In the Father we are, in the Son we live, in the Spirit we move." Thus too do very many of the ancient Fathers explain this text, since Holy Scripture itself also attributes Providence, distinctly, to the Father and to the Son (John 5:17), and to the Holy Spirit (Ps. 104:30).
2. The three acts of Providence, which are perhaps signified by these three prepositions: ἐξ ("of"), διά ("through"), and πρός ("unto"): namely — a. Ἐξ, "of," seems to signify the preservation or maintenance, unless you would rather, by that word, understand the bringing forth of Creation. At any rate, this "of" denotes not the matter, but the author of the being that is to be preserved, or the principle, or first efficient cause, as in 1 Cor. 1:30 and VIII. 6, and elsewhere. b. Διά, "through," denotes the influence by and through which all the Persons of the Trinity work in Providence — a preposition which here does not signify an instrumental cause, but the influence, or cooperation, or the very working itself, of the Persons in Providence. c. Εἰς, "unto," denotes the government or direction whereby the Divine Providence directs and governs all things unto their end. Εἰς, "unto," for διά, "on account of, because of" (2 Cor. 11:12), just as the Latins use ad ("unto") for ob ("because of, on account of") — thus ad memoriam, that is, "for a memorial"; and in hoc factum est, pro ad hoc, that is, "this happened for this," that is, "on this account it came to pass."
3. The object of Providence: τὰ πάντα, "all things" — namely, those things that have a true existence, all things that are in heaven and on earth, great and small, necessary and contingent, natural and voluntary — indeed also, in their own way, evil things, whether sorrowful (Amos 3:6; Isa. 45:7) or shameful (2 Sam. 3:12; Acts 4:28; and II. 23) — unless you would rather understand by τὰ πάντα, "all things," those new works which He performs in His elect, or that whole dispensation of grace of which the Apostle had, until now, been treating.
II. The doxology which is founded upon this Providence: αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. Ἀμήν. "To Him be the glory forever. Amen." Here it is signified that the whole of Providence, and all its acts, tend to the glorification of God, as to their supreme end. Here are marked:
1. He who is to be glorified: "to Him," and to no other, because He will give His glory to no other (Isa. 42:8). Αὐτῷ, "to Him," in the singular number — for although he had signified three by a threefold pronoun, and also by a threefold preposition, ἐξ, διὰ, καὶ εἰς, "of, through, and unto," yet here, by using but one demonstrative pronoun, he seems to signify that these three, with respect to their Being, are one; and likewise, that to these three, from the work of Providence, one and the same glory belongs.
2. The glorification itself: ἡ δόξα, "the glory" — understand there the substantive verb "be," so that thereby is signified a wish, or an act of glorifying. Such acclamations and doxologies we have in Rom. 1:25 and IX. 5. Δόξα, "glory," signifies (a) Majesty (Matt. 6:29; Rom. 1:23; Acts 7:2); (b) Brightness, splendor, luster, an overflowing light (Luke 9:31; and II. 9; Acts 7:55; Heb. 1:3); (c) Excellence, preeminence (2 Cor. 3:10). The glorification comprises in itself both the glory, or inward excellence, which lays the ground for the glorification, and the glorification itself, whereby that glory or excellence, which is the ground of the glorification, is acknowledged with the heart, proclaimed and praised with the mouth, and honored with the deeds. Compare the Chapter on God's Glory.
3. The duration, or perpetuity, of the glorification: εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας, "forever," "unto the ages." The Greek word Αἰών, "Aion," as though one said ἀεὶ ὤν, "always being," "always existing," just as also the Hebrew olam, signifies various things; but here, an unceasingness, and a purpose of a glorification which shall never end.
4. The concluding word of the doxology: Ἀμήν, "Amen." The Hebrew word amen is retained many times in the Greek New Testament, and is likewise generally kept by most Interpreters. It expresses a testimony of assent (1 Cor. 14:16); likewise a desire and longing of the heart, or a wish: "Oh, that it be so!" (Matt. 6:13; Rev. 22:20); sometimes the certainty of some matter, being the same as ἀληθῶς, "truly, verily" (compare Matt. 16:18 and Mark 9:1). These three meanings of the word may fittingly concur here, so that it signifies: "it is so," "oh, that it be so," "that shall certainly come to pass" — and that we are thus admonished that the Divine Providence tends, in a particular and preeminent way, unto the glory of God, and that all men, after Paul's example, must be directed to that end, as will appear more fully in the Practical Part.
The Doctrinal Part
III. There is, therefore, a certain Providence of God, whereby He sustains, moves, and governs all things. This Holy Scripture attests in many ways: when it teaches it in general (Job 34:21; and X. 12; Ps. 147:8, 9; Prov. 5:21; and XV. 3; Matt. 6:26; and X. 29. 30; Acts 17:26); indeed, when it devotes and applies whole chapters to its explanation (Job XXXVIII. XXXIX. XL.; Ps. VIII. XIX. CIV. CVII.). Likewise when it teaches, part by part, the preservation, the cooperation, and the direction, as we shall note in their proper places. Finally, when it everywhere calls God a King (Ps. 10:16; XCV. XXIV. 7. 8; XLIV. 5; XLVII. 3. 7. 8. 9; LXXIV. 12; and XCV. 3; Isa. 33:22; Micah 1:7), and also Jehovah, and δεσπότην, a Lord and Master (Ps. 16:2, and elsewhere). For it is proper to kings to defend and protect their subjects, to lords their servants, to householders their household — to preserve them, to move them, by and through their authority, unto good, and to govern them by and according to their laws.
IV. This right Reason confirms, whereby (1) God cannot be an independent, all-wise, almighty, all-good Being, if He does not care for and provide for all things. (2) That order and agreement among the creatures, which is often so very much at variance with itself, cannot exist, except through a certain omnipresent, powerful, and all-wise Providence of God. (3) The outcomes could not, with so great a diversity and difference, coexist with one another, nor follow one another, except through the disposing and ordaining of a Divine Providence (Prov. 8:15; Dan. 4:14).
V. With this, moreover, agrees the testimony of the wisest of the Heathen. Thus Homer calls Providence σειρὴν χρυσείην ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, "a golden chain from heaven," and Seneca, with the Stoics, derives all the fortunes of all men from on high, when he says: "Whatever we mortal men suffer; whatever we do, comes from on high" (Seneca, Tragedy, Oedipus). Not to add the general consent of all the ancient Fathers, according to which Irenaeus, Against Heresies, Book II, ch. 45, says: "There is absolutely nothing, of all the things that have happened, and that are happening, and that shall happen, unknown to God; but that, through His Providence, each one of these things receives, and has received, its own particular form, and order, and number, and magnitude," etc.
VI. The word "Providence," among the Greeks πρόνοια, among the Hebrews hashgachah, does not indeed occur, at least in this sense and of God, in so many words in Holy Scripture — unless perhaps in the corresponding passage of Ps. 33:13, 14. It appears to be called God's eye (Gen. 22:8; 1 Sam. 16:1), likewise a care (1 Pet. 5:7; Ps. 34:16). Among the Church Fathers it commonly occurs under the name of a counsel, a guidance, a care, a forecare, a disposition, an ordaining, a direction, and other such words. Sometimes it denotes the providing of counsel; sometimes the very care and provision itself, whereby, in accordance with that providing of counsel, provision is in fact made and care in fact taken (Acts 24:3; Rom. 13:17; 1 Tim. 5:8); sometimes both these things together.
VII. And thus the Providence of God is nothing other than that outward act of God whereby He provides for and cares for the creatures — already existing — in all things, according to the counsel of His will (Eph. 1:11). It is called an outward act, as also is Creation, not that it differs really from the one who acts, but because it is such a decree of God whereby something outside God either is brought forth, so that it may exist — which is called Creation — or is sustained and governed, while it already exists — which is called Providence. It is the same as the Being of God, except that it further implies and includes a relation to the creature.
VIII. The act, or deed, of Providence is, definitely and by name, to provide, to care for, to look after (Ps. 33:14) — which includes and comprises three things: (1) Preservation (Ps. 36:6; Neh. 9:6; 1 Tim. 4:10; Acts 17:25, 28; Ps. 104:28-30), whereby God causes all things to persevere and remain standing, so long as it pleases Him, with respect to their existence, being, and powers — an act not unfitly called by the Scholastic teachers manutenentia, that is, a holding-fast by God's hand, with which the Apostle agrees (Heb. 1:3). For whatever is created is created unto a certain end and use, unto which it must be directed and governed, and must therefore be preserved, being of itself somewhat prone to fall away. Indeed, this preservation and safekeeping must necessarily proceed from God, since every creature, in every respect, with regard to its being made, its being, its subsisting, its enduring, and its working, depends necessarily upon its Creator — so that it would instantly revert to that nothing out of which it came, were it not that God Himself sustained it and kept it standing (Ps. 104:29). And if any creature could preserve itself, then truly not a single one would perish, which runs counter to all experience. God now preserves certain creatures immediately — namely, those which stand under Him alone, such as all sorts of immaterial creatures, likewise the Heavens, the first matter, and the elements. Their preservation corresponds entirely with Creation, except that it excludes that newness of existing which this latter includes, and thus might not unfittingly be called a continual, ongoing Creation — wherefore it is also very often joined together with Creation (Neh. 9:6). Some creatures God preserves mediately, through the intervention and by means of other creatures on which they depend — thus the living creatures, the vapors, and others: yet so that here too God's inward and immediate efficacy must be acknowledged, as much as in the wholly immediate preservation. The creatures preserved immediately subsist in one and the same individual subject; but those preserved mediately subsist in one and the same species.
IX. Set over against preservation stand both the destroying or laying waste, whereby God takes from a lasting thing its completeness — either wholly, or in a certain part (Jer. 18:7) — and annihilation, whereby He takes away a thing wholly and entirely, with respect to all that belongs to it. This is accomplished not by any positive act, but only by a withdrawal or refusal of an act; for otherwise God would, by a positive act, be extending Himself toward a nothing — indeed, the thing, even though all God's sustaining power should cease, would nevertheless still be able to exist, and in that respect would be independent. Annihilation, therefore, is nothing other than God's almighty will that the thing exist up to a certain time, and no further.
X. Then, providing also includes (II) the Influence of God, whereby the second causes are powerfully aroused, incited, and advanced unto action and working (Jer. 10:23; Prov. 21:1; Phil. 2:13; Acts 17:25). This is generally called Cooperation, though this word defines it too narrowly. Through this influence, therefore, the second causes, whatever and of whatever kind they be, are, first, aroused and predetermined, insofar as this brings into act that which was previously in the creature's capacity (apart from the communication of power, and its preservation) — in causes not only working naturally but also willingly, this is absolutely necessary. And indeed the latter also, not merely by moral persuasion, but by a natural inclining and bending (Prov. 21:1; Phil. 2:12, 13). For otherwise some creature, or some act of it — namely, that whereby it determines itself unto action — would be independent. Nor is a mere cooperation sufficient here, whereby God would only help the free will's own self-determination through His influence, since the determination itself would, in this way, remain independent, and God would then not be, in this way, the beginning and the end of all things, but only an accompanying cause of a creature equally disposed toward Him. I add further: neither is a general influence and premotion sufficient — indifferent as to its working, as, for instance, the Sun — which would be determined by the creature itself; but there is required, in particular, an influence and a premotion which predetermines every creature to work thus, and not otherwise (2 Sam. 16:10); for otherwise the particular predetermination would be independent — all of which we shall establish more fully in its place, in the Polemical Part. Through this influence, second, the power and capacity of the creature is applied to a certain determinate object with regard to which it is occupied in working (Ezek. 21:21, 22, etc.) — for example, that a thievish highwayman and robber commits this act, and not another. Finally, third, [the creature] is governed and directed — that is: (1) that bounds and limits are set to the act (Job 1:12; and II. 6; and XXXVIII. 10. 11); (2) that some good is drawn and extracted out of the evil (Gen. 50:20; Rom. 8:28).
XI. Providence includes (III) a Direction and Government, whereby God, like a King (Ps. 145:13), and like a Helmsman (Acts 17:26), (1) applies each and every thing, in particular, to and upon certain determinate objects (Isa. 10:5, 6, 7, 15; 2 Sam. 16:10, 11; Ezek. 21:21, 22, 23; Job 1:12; Acts 1:26; Ezek. 21:12, 13, compared with the history of Ahab's death and downfall, 1 Kings 22:34); (2) directs and governs them, most precisely, unto their ends (Isa. 55:10, 11; Prov. 19:21; Isa. 10:5; Luke 2:1, etc.; Prov. 16:9; Gen. 49:10). Thus, then, the creatures must necessarily be governed and directed by God; for they would never, with any certainty, attain the end for which they were created, were they not directed by the same power by which they were created. Indeed, it would also betray an imperfection if God, like a craftsman and maker of a device, were to leave the work which He has made to the direction of others.
XII. This direction includes in itself not only the fitting and appropriate means, each unto its own end, but the very efficacy of the means, indeed also the very attaining and obtaining of the end. Hence the order of this direction is certain, unmovable, and indissoluble — such that no creature can ever withdraw itself from the whole order of the Divine direction, although it might escape this or that particular means under that order (Gen. 50:20).
XIII. This threefold Providence of God, then, is, according to Holy Scripture, active and occupied, first, in general, with regard to all and every creature (Rom. 11:36; Heb. 1:3; Eph. 1:11; Ps. 145:15, 16; Prov. 16:9, 33; Exod. 21:13). For unless we should hold something, apart from God, to be independent, and thereby infinite — indeed, to be God — it is necessary that all things, even down to the very least, be subject to the Providence of God, since even that being, however slight and feeble it be found in itself, has all the more need of God's support and direction. Providence, therefore, is the general and the particular cause of all things — itself determined by no cause, and determining all — for all the being that is found in the effects, though it be also ascribed to second causes, nevertheless comes from God alone, and proceeds from His Providence.
XIV. Second, and in particular: (a) with regard to inanimate and lifeless things — the heavens, clouds, rains (Ps. 147:8), winds and waters (Job 28:25), fire, hail, snow, vapors (Ps. CXLVIII. 8), the sun (Matt. 5:45). Wherefore Augustine (Book V, De Genesi ad literam, ch. 21) says: "Nothing seems to be so much rolled along by chance as all those stormy, disturbed, and turbulent qualities, by which the face of this lower heaven is changed and turned about; but because the Psalmist has added, 'who performs His word,' he thereby shows sufficiently that the order of these things too, being subject to the Divine dominion and government, is rather hidden and unknown to us, than that it is lacking to the nature of the Universe." (b) With regard to things that grow and spring up out of the earth (Ps. 104:14, 16; Matt. 6:28, 30; 1 Cor. 15:38). (c) With regard to irrational, living creatures (Job 39:1, 2, 19-21; Ps. 36:6, 7; and CIV. 27. 28; and CXLVII. 9; Matt. 6:26; and X. 29; Luke 12:6, 7). (d) With regard to living creatures endowed with reason (Ps. 36:6; Acts 17:28), who stand under God's Providence: (a) With respect to their life, and thus (*) with respect to their entrance into this life, or their forming in the womb (Job 10:8-12; Ps. 139:14, 15) and their birth (Ps. 22:10); (**) with respect to the progress and course of their life (Deut. 30:9; Job 10:12; Ps. 56:9; and CXXXIX. 2; Prov. 22:2; Matt. 10:29, 30); (***) with respect to their departure from this life, or death, whose limit and appointment is with God entirely fixed, determined, and unmovable, together with all its circumstances (Job 14:5; Ps. 139:16; Matt. 10:30; John 7:30; Ps. 39:6; 1 Sam. 26:10); (b) with respect to their works, not only good but also evil, of which more, and more fully, in its proper place.
XV. Finally, third, and most particularly, God's Providence bears care, among men, for the elect, the believing, the godly — who make up the pith and marrow of the human race, and for whose sake this world, great as it is, was created — and for their union and their common body in the Church, unto the depicting and outlining of whose household government the whole of Holy Scripture runs; in particular, compare these passages: Deut. 32:9; Ps. 77:20; and XCI. 11; 1 Tim. 4:10; and the examples in Abraham and Isaac (Gen. 22:12), in Jacob (Gen. 33:4), in Joseph, indeed throughout the whole of his life (Gen. 50:20; Acts 7:9), in David (1 Sam. 23:26, 27), in Elijah (1 Kings XVII), in the Jewish Church (Esther VI. and VII. 10), in Daniel with his companions (Dan. VI), in Peter (Acts XII), in Paul (Acts 21:30, 31), and countless others besides. So that the Psalmist says very well: "He has made His favored one wonderfully [guided]" (Ps. 4:4; and LXXIII. 24): "You have guided me with your counsel, and afterward you will receive me with glory."
XVI. In and concerning all these aforesaid points, Providence is active and occupied, not only with respect to necessary things, which have a natural connection with their causes (Jer. 33:20, 25), but also, first, with respect to contingent things, which have an uncertain, chance, and accidental connection — either with the existence and nature of God (in which respect all things outside God exist contingently and by chance, being unable to exist of themselves), or with their proximate, contingently- and chance-working causes, or with the free will of man. That such contingent things stand under the Divine direction and government, Holy Scripture teaches everywhere (Exod. 21:12, 13; Deut. 19:5; Prov. 21:31; Ps. 127:1, 2; and XLVI. 9. 10. 11; Dan. 11:11), down to the very least and smallest things — such as the falling of a hair of the head (Matt. 10:30), the workings of the locusts and the lice (Exod. 8:17; and X. 12; Joel 1:4; Acts 12:23). By and in which, therefore, their natural contingency is not thereby destroyed, because they are directed and made to happen, certainly and infallibly, by the first cause — a thing which appears particularly in the lot (Prov. 16:33), whereby God settles disputes by means of purely contingent and chance outcomes (Judg. 6:37, etc.; Josh. 7:14, etc.). Likewise in the fixing of the term of man's life (Exod. 21:12, 13; Isa. XXXVIII. 5).
XVII. Second, with respect to voluntary acts, which spring from a free preceding decision and deliberation. That these too stand under the Divine determination (and indeed a physical, not merely a moral, determination) appears both from Holy Scripture (Prov. 16:1; and XIX. 21; and XXI. 1; Gen. 43:14; Exod. 4:11; Phil. 1:12) and from Reason — because otherwise the free will would be independent, at least with respect to the act of determining itself; and that things, nevertheless, remain free, is as undeniable both from Holy Scripture (1 Pet. 5:2; Heb. 10:26) as from experience. Now, in what manner the freedom of our will coexists with that Divine predetermination is not so difficult and hard to grasp (as many suppose), if we but consider that the Divine influence, and its predetermination, does not prevent man from acting with a preceding deliberation, consideration, and rational choice, and thereby determining himself — being otherwise undetermined, and unable to be determined by any created cause. I would add, moreover: if God, by determining the will and thereby producing the volition or inclination, took away freedom from the will, then the will too, by determining itself and causing the volition, would take away freedom from itself — which is contradictory; but if the will, by determining itself, does not take away freedom from itself, then neither does God, by doing that same thing, take away freedom. Wherefore the Providence of God, in determining our will, neither takes away, nor injures nor impairs, the freedom of our will.
XVIII. In particular, third, with regard to moral acts, both good and evil, which — since they are, on account of this determination of the Divine Providence, no less free — are likewise no less our own: for however much God, insofar as they are entities, is the efficient cause of them (Acts 17:25, 28), man nevertheless remains their formal cause. God indeed brings forth faith in man, and yet it is not He who believes, but the man. But the chief difficulty here concerns those workings which are morally evil — in what manner the Divine Providence can efficaciously exercise itself with regard to them. Two things, undoubted from Holy Scripture, must here be firmly held: namely, on the one side, that the Divine Providence is, even efficaciously, occupied with such evil workings (2 Sam. 16:10; Exod. 4:21: "I will harden his heart, that he shall not let the people go"; and IX. 12; 1 Kings 22:20, 23: "You shall persuade him, and shall also prevail: go forth, and do so. Now therefore, behold, the LORD has put a lying spirit in the mouth of all these your prophets"; Ps. 105:25: "He turned their heart, that they hated His people"; Isa. 19:14: "The LORD has mingled a perverse spirit in the midst of them"; Exod. 14:17; and X. 1. 20; 1 Kings 12:15; Acts 3:18; Rom. 1:24) — and, on the other side, that God is not the cause of sin (Ps. 5:5, 6, 7; Deut. 32:4), since He is the highest good, a light with no darkness at all (1 John 1:5), in which and from which no darkness can be. These two points being laid down beforehand, although we, on account of the weakness of our understanding, cannot bring them into full accord, yet nothing thereby is taken away, either from the Divine independence, whereby He alone is of Himself, or from His holiness and pure cleanness, whereby He cannot be the cause of sin. And yet we can bring these two points sufficiently well into agreement, if we only distinguish, in sin, its material aspect — namely, the bare habit or act of evilness, to which, since it is in itself, considered naturally, good, God cannot but cooperate as the efficient cause, without any loss of His independence (Acts 17:28; Rom. 11:36) — from its formal aspect, namely, the unlawfulness (1 John 3:4), by which the act or habit becomes sin: of this God cannot be the cause, because He cannot transgress the Law, being set above all Law; nor does He, through His Providence, become the cause of it, because that unlawfulness is nothing other than a defect of the working, of which He cannot be the efficient cause, but only the withholding and abstaining cause — in which manner alone the creature is the cause of sin, as such, by transgressing the Law.
XIX. Although, therefore, the Providence of God is occupied with sin — not by effecting it, as it is occupied with all that is good, and with the material aspect of sin itself — yet neither is it occupied merely and bluntly by permitting it, the way we permit those things which we either do not know of, or cannot, or also do not wish, to prevent; but rather by permitting it — yet efficaciously — that is, in such a way that, although not by any hard necessity (for Providence compels by no hard necessity), yet certainly and infallibly that comes to pass which is permitted. In particular, and in six respects, God's Providence is occupied with sin: (1) By always forbidding it, as being hateful to Him (Ps. 5:5), and contrary to His preceptive will. (2) By sometimes restraining and preventing it from taking place (Gen. 20:6; and XXXI. 7; 1 Cor. 10:13; Acts 18:9, 10). (3) Often, too, by permitting it (Ps. 81:13; Acts 14:16) — not indeed in a moral manner, as in the case of certain other things, by not forbidding it, but in a physical manner, by not preventing it. (4) Always, however, by ordering and governing it — that is, partly by determining it (Job 1:12; 1 Cor. 10:13), partly by directing it unto some good end (Gen. 45:7, 8; and L. 20; Josh. 11:20; 1 Kings 12:15). (5) By always punishing it (Exod. 34:7; Ps. 5:5, 6, 7; Rom. 1:32).
XX. In a certain particular and singular manner, however, God's Providence is active in blinding (Rom. 1:21; Isa. 6:9, 10; 2 Thess. 2:10, 11, 12), whereby He brings this upon the sinner's understanding, and in hardening (Rom. 9:17, 18), whereby He gives the will over to its own lusts (Rom. 1:24, 27). Both of these things God indeed does not effect, nor does He pour blindness and hardness into the sinner — compare Jas. 1:13, 14, 15 — and yet He neither takes away the blindness and hardness, either by not circumcising the heart (Jer. 6:10, 26; Acts 7:51), or by not bringing spiritual light to the understanding and pliancy to the heart (Matt. 13:14, 15; Isa. 6:9, 10). But, beyond this, (1) He takes away, or diminishes — on account of former committed misdeeds, in a righteous and holy manner — whatever remains to the sinner of wisdom and moral goodness; indeed, He also increases and aggravates the original blindness and hardness. And this is what Holy Scripture calls "making the heart fat" (Isa. 6:9, 10), giving it over to its own lusts (Rom. 1:24-28), sending a strong delusion (2 Thess. 2:10, 11). (2) He gives Satan, the world, and its seductions loose rein, as it were (2 Thess. 2:9): "whose coming is after the working of Satan, with all power, and signs, and lying wonders." He sends a lying spirit (1 Kings 22:22, 23). (3) He offers opportunities to turn themselves — both outwardly, through manifold admonitions, awakenings, promises, threatenings, and examples (which, however, they would abuse, Exod. 5:1, etc.; Isa. 6:9), whence the Gospel becomes to some a savor of death unto death (2 Cor. 2:16); as also inwardly, through the suggesting of honest thoughts, through the pricking and gnawing of conscience, whereby they might be drawn back from atrocities and stirred up to good — which, however, they would suppress and quench (1 Thess. 5:19; Jude v. 10; 2 Pet. 2:12), whence they are called past feeling (Eph. 4:19). (4) He adds to this outward benefits and blessings — the riches of His goodness, and forbearance, and longsuffering, which they, according to their hardness and unrepentant heart, would despise (Rom. 2:4, 5). And likewise (5) outward punishments and judgments (Jer. 5:3: "O LORD, do not your eyes look upon the truth? You have struck them, but they have felt no pain; you have consumed them, but they have refused to receive correction: they have made their faces harder than a rock, they have refused to return.")
XXI. And since this blinding and hardening always, or at least generally, follows upon preceding misdeeds, as their righteous return, that working of Providence also becomes clear whereby God, according to the law of retribution (Ps. 18:26), often punishes sins with further sins (2 Sam. 12:12; 1 Kings 11:26; Judg. 9:23, 24, compared with v. 20; Rom. 1:21-28) — namely, when God, for someone's punishment, orders, directs, and governs sins, whether his own or another's, yet so that only that which is punitive and grievous in them is thereby ascribed to Him, but not that which is culpable and blameworthy. In such a case those sins carry the character of a punishment, insofar as, through them, (1) the sinner's nature is beaten down, corrupted, made meaner and more contemptible (Rom. 3:23), and his shamefulness increased; (2) insofar as, by this very thing, the punishments of sins — death, and every sort of misery — are also increased (Lev. 26:14, 15, 18).
XXII. In all these things, both good and evil, God, through His Providence, provides for matters according to the counsel of His will (Eph. 1:11; Acts 2:23; and IV. 28) — that is, according to His eternal decree and plan, according to which the whole is carried out. Wherefore that decree, insofar as it exists in the mind, or is the foreknowledge and purpose [not yet executed], would be called a virtual, depicting, and exemplary Providence; and the execution or the outworking of it, an actual Providence.
XXIII. The Divine Providence, however, does not provide for all things in one and the same manner, whence there arises, as it were, a certain distinct classification of it, according to which the Providence of God is: first, either immediate or mediate. By the first, God provides for things by Himself, being of them, absolutely, the sole cause — as He thus sustained Moses on Mount Sinai (Deut. 9:9, 18), called him to his ministry (Exod. 3:6, etc.), and spoke to him many times (Num. 12:8). In like manner He called Paul immediately to the Apostleship (Gal. 1:1). By the second kind, He provides through the use of means — thus He fed Elijah by means of bread and water (1 Kings XVII, etc.; compare Ps. 104:13, 14, 15; Hos. 2:22; Isa. XXXVIII. 21; Heb. 1:14; Ps. 91:11; and XXXIV. 8). Immediately, God indeed works all things which happen, both with respect to their power and capacity — all of which touches their effect and outworking (Deut. 8:3; Isa. 28:29), with reference to all the being that is found therein — and with respect to the subject, with reference to that being which it has, insofar as it is an entity (for in this too God Himself works, immediately, in all things, being always and to all things inwardly and immediately present); but, with respect to those things in which the second working causes bring forth their effects by the power of their own form, God is said to work not immediately, but mediately, since He works through the intervention of the subjects and of the powers of the second causes. One must not therefore suppose that God uses means as creatures use them — namely, in such a way that a power belongs to the principal cause distinct from the power of the instrument, as a craftsman uses his tool: for God touches all things immediately (Acts 17:28; Ps. 127:1, 2). Whence all the works and effects of everything are ascribed to the Divine working (Isa. 28:29), so that no single means can, without His working, accomplish anything (Matt. IV; Lev. 26:16; Hagg. I. 6).
XXIV. God, therefore, uses means not on account of a lack of power, but on account of the abundance of His goodness — namely, in order to communicate to them the dignity of some efficacy, and to make Himself, in this, still more clearly visible: for with the LORD there is no hindrance to save by many, or by few (1 Sam. 14:6). For which reason He also, very often, in order to bring forth a most excellent effect, uses very weak and very slight means (1 Cor. 1:27, 28; 2 Chron. 24:24), and, on the contrary, renders the most powerful means powerless and fruitless (Ps. 33:16, 17; Hos. 4:10) — indeed, not seldom works even against the nature of the means (Dan. 3:17, 21, 24) — and, however often He uses fitting means, their power, and the arousing and application of it to the object, depends absolutely and immediately upon Him.
XXV. God's Providence is, second, either ordinary or extraordinary. By the first, God follows the order that was conferred upon things in the beginning — an order which requires, by its very manner and reason, that, this or that being posited, the other should follow (Hos. 2:22; Jer. 31:35, 36), through the power of that capacity which He conferred upon the cause. This order is nothing other than the law of nature, common to all creatures, or the nature of things itself, as it is made firm by a certain determinate order, proceeding from the power and efficacy of that never-fruitless command of God, "let there be, let it be, so let it be" — which, expressing the force of something future, signifies duration, constancy, and steadfastness, and, by its power, works out all the things which ordinarily happen with respect to those matters. This law of nature, therefore, is a certain communication of the Divine Law and will (Job XXXVIII. 12). To which, further, is added (1) a natural inclination, or principle of working according to the law of nature (Job 5:7); and also (2) a natural instilled instinct, or particular propensity of certain creatures toward more noble workings, with some appearance or footprint of reason (Prov. 30:24, 28; Jer. 8:7); finally, (3) a certain obedient capacity, whereby all creatures are made fit to be subject, submissive, and obedient to their commanding Creator (Ps. 119:91; and CXLVIII. 8) (Ames, Medulla, Book I, ch. 9).
XXVI. By the latter, or extraordinary, Providence, God works against, or above, the order established in things. You have examples of this in Exod. 16:13, 15; 1 Kings 17:6; Acts IX; and countless others, scattered throughout the whole of Holy Scripture. Now, whatever kind of things are brought forth in such a way that they carry men away in astonishment are called wonderworks, whose nature and essence consists in this: that they surpass nature — either the nature of the Universe as a whole (as, for example, the annihilation of a spirit), or of this or that particular kind (as when, for example, a she-ass speaks), or of this or that individual subject and its age or condition (as when, for example, a young child spoke clearly and distinctly in all sorts of languages, and a virgin gave birth). Of such wonderworks, therefore, none can by any means be the cause whose powers do not surpass nature — that is, none who is not God (Ps. 72:18; and CXXVI. 4; Acts 3:12, 13, 16) — since all creatures are subject to the order of nature, and display and perform powers that are circumscribed and bounded by the laws of nature. Although they may be moral instruments, insofar as they either, by prayers, obtain of God that He perform wonders through them, or make known that God wills to perform wonders (Acts 3:6, 16; John 9:29, 30). And yet we do not deny that they can be causes of wonderful or unusual things which do not surpass the powers of nature, but conceal them — such as appear in the false Prophets (Deut. 13:2), likewise in the Antichrist (2 Thess. 2:9), and in the magic arts.
XXVII. Finally, third, the Providence of God is either general — touching all creatures, which we have hitherto explained — or particular, touching the rational creatures, such as some are accustomed to call natural Providence, and others moral, which we shall relate and explain more fully, with express purpose, in the following Chapter.
The Polemical Part
XXVIII. The question is: (I) Whether there is such a Providence of God, whereby He provides for, cares for, and governs all things, and each thing in particular, according to the counsel of His will? The Philosopher Epicurus acknowledged no Providence of God whatever, and ascribed all things to chance and fortune. Their view C. Velleius sets forth, in Cicero's De Natura Deorum, Book I: "You," he says, "are accustomed to ask of us what kind of life the gods lead, and what manner of time is reckoned theirs — namely, one above which nothing more blessed, nothing more overflowing with every kind of good, can be conceived: for God does nothing, is entangled or burdened by no cares, undertakes and performs no works, but enjoys and delights in His own wisdom and virtue, being assured that He shall always be, alike in the greatest and in everlasting pleasures. This God we may, and rightly may, call blessed; but yours, a most laborious and much-troubled God." Aristotle indeed seems to have acknowledged Providence, but he confined it only to general things, leaving the care of particular matters to the heavenly intelligences and to the heavenly bodies. Most of the Stoics put a Fate in the place of the Divine Providence — that is, a general and indissoluble bond and connection of all creatures and of all causes, to which God Himself is subject. Plato, with his Academy, seems to have been the first to acknowledge the Providence of God — which, however, he did not extend to all things and to each in particular, especially not to free causes, to their free choice and rational workings. The Atheists and Spinozists, because they in fact deny God, and confound Him with nature, take away God's Providence all the more. All Christians indeed confess with one mouth the Providence of God; but with respect to its nature, various men err in various ways. The practical Epicureans, who are spread abroad in very great numbers among all sorts of sects of Christians, indeed accept God's Providence with the mouth, but in deed and in practice, nothing less. Their view Holy Scripture shows us (Job 22:12, 13, 14): "Is not God in the height of heaven? and behold the highest stars, how high they are. And you say, What does God know? Can He judge through the thick darkness? Thick clouds are a covering to Him, that He sees not, and He walks about upon the circuit of heaven." This view he calls, in verse 15, "the way," or "the path" — that is, the theology of the age which wicked men have trodden. Likewise Ps. 10:11; and LXII; and XCIV. 7.
The Reformed accept God's Providence alone, but such a Providence whereby God freely provides for, cares for, and governs all things, and each thing in particular, according to the counsel of His will. This view we have built (§ III and IV) upon Holy Scripture and upon reason, and we add nothing further but only one proof, for the benefit of the Epicureans, taken from their own hypothesis: they acknowledge that there is a God, and indeed such a one, above whom nothing wiser, nothing more blessed, nothing more overflowing with goods, can be conceived. But now, how can (1) He be God, who is not an absolute first Being, who is not independent, and on whom not all things, with respect to their existence, being, and workings, depend? (2) How can He be all-wise, who can display no acts of wisdom in the direction of things? (3) How is He furnished with the highest and greatest power, who, idle, sluggish, and empty, neglects everything? (4) How is He most overflowing with all sorts of goods, who is bereft of the wisdom, power, and will of a general direction, and of its fame and glory? So that, according to the judgment both of Holy Scripture (Ps. 94:8, 9, 10, compared with X. 4. 11. 12, and LIII. 2. 3) and of the matter itself, he who denies Providence also denies that there is a God. The little arguments with which they might try to play run thus, against them: (1) The Divine blessedness is not injured by the working of Providence, but far rather by idleness. For just as there is, in God's resting, no laziness, sluggishness, sloth, or weariness (Isa. 40:28), so also there is, in God's working, no labor, striving, or exertion — He knows how to work while resting, and to rest while working, says Augustine, in his City of God, Book XII, ch. 17. Especially since He directs all things by one single and eternal beck of His will, without which He would not be most overflowing in perfection. (2) Nor does the Divine Providence take away the contingency, or the freedom, of our will, since He (according to Augustine's City of God, Book V, ch. 9) governs and directs matters in such a way that He lets them have their own proper motions. For the Divine Providence does not, in fact, prevent certain things from happening through causes which, by their nature, are not determined to this or that effect, and are thus contingent and by chance, or through the counsel and deliberation of a created will, or free choice — no, but all of this proceeds, nevertheless, from the Providence of God alone. (3) Nor do those disorderly, confused, evil, and worst of things, which commonly occur in nature, prove that they are not directed by a most wise, almighty, and most gracious Providence — since all these things, although they deviate from this or that particular order, do not nevertheless deviate from the general order, nor do they happen outside of or against the intention of the general cause; which failings and defects of the second causes God directs, most wisely, most powerfully, and most graciously, unto the glory of His name, unto the salvation of His own, and unto a righteous punishment of the wicked (John 9:3) — so that, by this and through this, God's most wise Providence is rather confirmed and strengthened than weakened and rendered powerless. Much less (4) does God, through this Providence, become the cause of sins and abominations, since He, insofar as they are transgressions and sins, only permits them, and, having permitted them, directs and governs them, and punishes what has been committed by the most free wickedness and malice of evil and wicked creatures. Furthermore, the Divine Providence (5) lets no sins pass without punishment, for He punishes them either in the sinner or in his Surety, either here or hereafter. Also, (6) He does not provide ill for the good and well for the wicked; for besides that it is (at least to us) uncertain who are truly good or wicked, it is also not a true good which is rendered to the wicked — being that which discharges itself in their ruin and destruction — just as it is likewise not a true evil which comes upon the good — being that which always works together for their good and salvation (Rom. 8:28). And although it may sometimes seem, even here, that it goes well with the wicked and ill with the good, it shall nevertheless not be so hereafter and in eternity. Also, God (7) never punishes a righteous man together with the unrighteous, since before Him not one is found who is absolutely righteous, and he who, with respect to this or that particular transgression for which others are punished, is himself righteous, may nevertheless, on account of very many other misdeeds, be unrighteous — in which sense God threatens (Ezek. 21:3): "I will cut off from you the righteous with the wicked."
XXIX. It is asked: (II) Whether there is, in Providence, a certain physical (physicè) influence of God, whereby...
...absolutely determine all causes to their acting and working? The Epicureans allowed no influence of God at all, as we saw in the preceding section. Aristotle and his followers acknowledged none with respect to particular things. The Stoics, for their part, subjected God Himself to a chain of second causes, and so allowed no influence of God upon all things by which He would, in a purely natural way, absolutely determine all causes to act. Durandus acknowledged only such an influence as preserved the second causes, each with its own powers within its own being; above this he acknowledged a general influence, leaving the particular determination to those causes themselves — much as the sun works generally and uniformly upon all things, which then determine themselves to this or that operation according to their own nature; or as a piper sees to it that wind flows into his pipes, while he himself, with his hand, determines what sort of peculiar workings and sounds are to be produced.
The Pelagians and Socinians grant that God's providence flows into natural things; but as to voluntary things — at least as regards their predetermination — they deny it, in order to preserve the independent indifference of the free will. The Semi-Pelagians, Jesuits, and Remonstrants grant an influence upon the free effects themselves, but deny it with respect to the free cause as such, for that same supposition of the free will's independent indifference. All of them, Pelagians and Semi-Pelagians alike, grant a moral, advisory influence by which the free creature may determine itself or not, according to its own independent good pleasure; the latter further acknowledge a concurrent and simultaneous influence, which they call a concursus, whereby, once the free creature has set out upon its course after determining itself, God helps it bring the effect to completion — but they deny any praecursus, a preceding influence, so that the independent indifference of the free will may remain intact and unimpaired.
The Reformed believe in such an influence as predetermines every cause — whether natural or voluntary — to act and to work. This they hold: (I) because Holy Scripture testifies that God works all things in all, 1 Cor. 12:6, and therefore also the very first determination of the free creature to its own operations; and that in Him we live, move, and have our being, Acts 17:27-28; that from Him, through Him, and to Him are all things, and therefore also the voluntary ones, Rom. 11:36; Isa. 26:12, "You have wrought all our works for us"; and ch. 45:7, "I the LORD do all these things"; Eph. 1:11, "who works all things according to the counsel of His will."
(II) Because God is said, through His providence, to determine even chance events — for example, the lot, Prov. 16:33, an example of which is found in Josh. 7:14, 18 — and voluntary things as well, Phil. 2:13, "He works the will"; Prov. 16:9, "the heart of man devises his way, but the LORD directs his steps." So too with sins, Acts 2:23 and 4:28: "whatsoever your hand and your counsel determined before to be done."
(III) Because otherwise that first determination would be independent, and thus would itself be God — since to be independent belongs to God alone.
(IV) Because otherwise no lordship over that determination, nor over any of its consequences, would belong to God. And therefore (V) on that ground no service, no gratitude for good received, and no invocation for obtaining good would be owed to God — so that they themselves fall into the very trap they try to set for us on this point. Indeed (VI) on such a view God would not even be God, since not all things would depend on Him; rather He Himself would be compelled to depend upon that self-determination. And finally, (VII) on this supposition man, in the matter of his conversion, would be the architect of his own happiness, possessing something he had not received, and would thus distinguish himself — against the express word of the Apostle, 1 Cor. 4:7.
Nor do our opponents have anything of substance to bring forward for the contrary opinion, beyond this little: (1) that by such an influence all contingency of things is removed, and everything is pressed under a harsh necessity; (2) that by that same means freedom is taken from man's will — indeed the will itself, and even his humanity; (3) that by such an influence God is made a cause of sin. These objections, however, we shall answer more fully in what follows, under the particular points of controversy, so that we may grasp all the more distinctly how the contingency of things, the freedom of the will, and God's perfect holiness are to be reconciled with His providence.
§XXX. Whether the Influence of Divine Providence Removes the Contingency of Things and Presses All Things under a Harsh Necessity
Epicurus and his followers, having banished all providence of God, allowed nothing but contingency, chance, and fortune. Joined with them in the early church were the Simonians, Carpocratians, Gnostics, and others. The Platonic and Aristotelian philosophers, though acknowledging divine providence in general, nevertheless held that in matters concerning us — that is, in voluntary matters — there is only bare contingency. These are followed by the cruder Pelagians, who, along with the Socinians, allow nothing but a mere contingency in matters touching our will, since they do not even acknowledge that God has any fixed and certain foreknowledge of future contingent things. The Semi-Pelagians, Jesuits, Remonstrants, Lutherans, and Mennonites, though they likewise allow nothing but contingency in free acts themselves — such that the thing might be or might not be — nevertheless acknowledge in God a fixed and certain foreknowledge of the same.
The Stoics, on the other hand, loudly proclaimed a general providence, yet subjected all things to a harsh necessity, which they called Fate (Fatum), whose nature Cicero describes in these words: "I now call that fate which the Greeks call Εἱμαρμένη, that is, an order and sequence of causes, in which one cause, joined to another, produces from itself an effect: this is a truth eternally flowing from all eternity" (De Divinatione, Bk. I). And Chrysippus (as cited in Gellius, Noctes Atticae, Bk. VI, ch. 2) calls fate an unavoidable succession, bound together by an eternal order of consequence.
Such fate is godless. Yet if by that "fate" or bond they mean to derive the word (à fando, that is, from "to say" or "to speak") from the divine decree, then there is no reason why they should be censured or condemned for it; hence the word Fatum, properly meaning "that which is spoken," has in this sense been accepted by very many Christians, both older ones — for example Minutius Felix (in his Octavius), Augustine in The City of God (Bk. V, ch. 8), Gregory Nazianzen (On Fate), Isidore (Origines, Bk. VIII, last chapter) — and by some later Scholastic teachers and men of letters. The Reformed, however, do not adopt the word, because it carries an evil connotation.
The Arminians, Jesuits, and others of Pelagian sympathies, not knowing what sort of fate it is that they are trying to avoid, fall into a fate more Stoic than the Stoics' own, when they hold that future contingent and voluntary things have existed from eternity prior to the divine will and decree. For if that future coming-to-be does not derive from the will and decree of God, then it can derive from nowhere else than either from itself or from an irresistible chain of causes, from which those future things would then be produced.
The astrologers, mathematicians, nativity-casters, and Chaldeans, in order to be able to prophesy, likewise make contingent things — for example, the laws of birth, marriage, children, fortune, and the condition of each and every person — depend on the positions of the stars, as things bound to happen of necessity, and predict them accordingly.
The first lie and root error of all these mistaken opinions is that they do not define with sufficient precision the contingent and the necessary, when they hold that the necessary is that which simply cannot but happen, and that the contingent is that which cannot but happen either.
The Reformed hold, rather, that a thing is contingent or accidental when it happens outside of and beyond the aim and intention of its cause; and since there are two kinds of cause — a first and supreme cause, and a subordinate one — they maintain that, since nothing can happen outside of or beyond the intention of the first cause, nothing can happen accidentally with respect to that cause; but since very many things happen outside of and against the intention of subordinate causes, many things do happen accidentally, notwithstanding the predetermining influence of God. Or, to put it another way: something is contingent or accidental when it comes about through a cause which, by and from its own nature, is not determined to it — as, for example, when a farmer, ploughing his field, happens by chance upon a hidden treasure.
Conversely, they hold that a thing is necessary when it comes about through such a cause as is, by and from its own nature, determined to that very effect: thus the sun necessarily shines, fire necessarily burns, and a heavy body necessarily sinks downward.
On this supposition, they say that many things happen accidentally, even though the influence of divine providence determines that they occur — outside of and beyond the intention of the subordinate causes, yet predetermined by God's influence — or are brought about by such subordinate causes as by their own nature have no necessary connection with those effects.
They hold, meanwhile, that all effects, whether contingent or necessary, occur certainly, unavoidably, and irresistibly, only that the causes of these effects have been aroused and predetermined by the divine influence. From this they conclude, finally, that since on the one hand predetermining providence is necessary in order to act, as we have shown in the preceding section, while on the other hand many things repeatedly occur, both in Scripture and in daily experience, that are truly contingent and accidental, this predetermining influence therefore does not remove contingency, nor does it bring with it a general necessity. Rather, that influence is itself the cause of all contingency, in that it joins and predetermines such causes to such effects as occur outside of and against the intention of the causes, and which by their own nature have no necessary connection to them.
Let me add that even with respect to subordinate causes it is not unusual for one and the same effect to be, in different respects and relations, both accidental and necessary. For suppose that two servants are sent out by one and the same master, both to return to him by one and the same road: these servants, with respect to the master who sent them out, will necessarily meet one another on the road, but with respect to the servants themselves, they will meet by chance. And I see nothing that our opponents can, with any semblance of reason, set against this.
§XXXI. Whether the Influence of Divine Providence Removes or Impairs the Freedom of Man's Will
All the parties opposed to us mentioned above — philosophers as well as theologians — hold firmly to this (which is their first root error and falsehood): that they locate the freedom of the will in a bare, independent indifference, such that if the influence of providence were removed, freedom itself would at the same time be removed along with it. The Reformed, on the contrary, though they acknowledge a certain indifference in the will — namely, a natural indifference, whereby the acting subject is not, by and from its own nature, determined to this particular action, and by which the acting subject cannot, in a purely natural way, be determined by any subordinate cause — nevertheless do not concede that freedom consists in bare indifference, still less in an absolutely independent indifference, which could not even be removed by the first cause.
In what, then, do they locate the nature of freedom? I answer: in that power of the acting subject by which it acts ἐκ προαιρέσεως, according to a preceding and deliberate counsel, and with a rational satisfaction and good pleasure, whereby it determines itself, under God, to act.
Since, then, it has pleased God to work upon and predetermine free or voluntary causes through the influence of His providence, so that they may, with deliberate counsel and reflection, determine themselves to this or that operation, to which by their own nature they are indifferent, it follows that this predetermining influence does not remove true freedom, nor does it impair it. Their reasons are: (1) that in Holy Scripture many free acts are recorded, to which God nevertheless determined their causes — for example, all the evil that the Jews, Pilate, Herod, and the soldiers wickedly and godlessly committed against our Saviour, which they committed freely, by the admission of all, and yet the hand and counsel of God are said, by a figure of speech called hendiadys (that is, when one thing is expressed by two words), to have predetermined them to do this, Acts 4:28. Likewise Paul, beyond all doubt, freely preached the gospel, 1 Cor. 9:17, and yet he says that he could not do otherwise, since Christ worked this in him, Rom. 15:18-19. Similarly the Gentiles freely believed through Paul, and yet he says that this came about through the power of the Holy Spirit, v. 12; indeed he confesses that he was unfit to think anything good of himself, but that all his sufficiency was from God, 2 Cor. 3:5.
Further (II), the king's heart — that is, his will — undoubtedly works freely, and yet Holy Scripture says that it is in the hand of the LORD, who inclines it wherever He wills, Prov. 21:1; likewise ch. 16:1-2. Moreover (III), the will certainly acts freely, and yet God is said "to will" (τὸ θέλειν) — not the mere capacity but the very act of willing — and "to work" (ἐνεργεῖν), just as much as the working itself, Phil. 2:13. And (IV), if freedom consisted in bare indifference, where indeed would freedom be found? Not even in God, who, in accordance with His decree — which has existed from eternity — has never been indifferent as to whether or not to bring about the thing decreed. Likewise (V) the angels would not act freely, since they are already determined to the good and are therefore not indifferent. Nor (VI) would the devils or the unregenerate, since they are determined to sin by their inward corruption. Where, then, would the freedom of the will be found — unless perhaps in the regenerate, who can do both evil and good, though even in them it is God who works the willing.
Nor do our opponents have anything with any plausibility to bring against this, except: (1) that necessity and freedom are contrary to one another, so that a preceding influence must involve a necessity, and thereby remove freedom. We have already denied, in the preceding section, that this influence involves any such necessity. (2) That what has already been determined beforehand by the divine influence cannot determine itself by its own free choice or counsel. Answer: God's influence excites and predetermines the will in a natural way, so that the will, through its own counsel and deliberation, may determine itself, under God, in a moral way. (3) That once indifference is removed, the freedom of the will ceases. Answer: once all indifference is removed — in particular, natural indifference — freedom does indeed cease; but it does not cease when only an independence-indifference is removed.
§XXXII. Whether This Predetermining Influence Makes God a Cause of Sin
Julian of old maintained this connection and consequence, out of hatred against Christians. Likewise the Pelagians and those of Pelagian sympathy — Socinians, Jesuits, Remonstrants, Mennonites, and Lutherans — with the intent of blackening the Reformed church, allege the same connection and consequence, and add slanderously that the Reformed teach such an influence of providence whereby God incites and drives Satan to tempt and deceive men, whereby he moves man to sin by some hidden power, and whereby God, together with us — indeed more than we — works the sin, as if we were merely instrumental causes while He were the principal cause.
The Reformed, however, distinguish three things concerning sin: (1) A certain habit or act of the rational creature, in which the moral evil is present — for that evil is not a substance existing by and of itself, as the Manicheans imagined. (2) The anomia, the lawlessness or wickedness, which is present in that habit and in that act, and in this alone they locate the entire essence of sin. (3) The composite whole made up of both of these preceding elements together.
As to the first — namely the underlying habit or act — they hold that, considered naturally, it is something good, and therefore dependent on the first and highest good; and so they extend the influence of divine providence to this, because Holy Scripture clearly teaches it, Acts 17:28, Rom. 11:36, and because the surpassing excellence of the Godhead itself demands it: for if God did not flow into it, He would not be the absolutely first cause, and therefore would not be God at all. As to the second — the lawlessness or wickedness — since this is not a positive entity but merely a defect or privation, which admits no efficient cause but only a deficient one, they hold that the influence of divine providence does not touch it but only permits it — yet in such a way that sin certainly follows upon that permission. As to the third — the whole composite of sin — they hold that divine providence is occupied with it in various ways: morally, by forbidding it, and naturally, by governing, determining, and punishing it.
Therefore (1), since the entire nature of sin consists only in its lawlessness, and the influence of divine providence does not touch that lawlessness, it is clearer than the sun that God does not, through the influence of His providence, become a cause of sin. Then (2), sin cannot be produced except through a transgression of the Law, and since God, through the influence of His providence, does not and cannot transgress the Law, it follows that God does not, through that influence, become a cause of sin. Further (3), since on the one hand, according to Holy Scripture — for example Ps. 5:5 — as well as according to the very nature of God, who is the highest good, God cannot be the cause of sin (which all acknowledge), and yet on the other hand we read that God, by and through His providence, has variously been occupied with sin — for example, Acts 4:28 and 2:23, Gen. 50:20, 2 Sam. 12:11-12 and 24:1 — He has nevertheless not thereby become a cause of the sins. We shall not press further points of this kind for the present.
Our opponents object: (a) that even so, that influence which determines a man to sin is itself the cause of the sin. From what has been said, the answer follows readily: that the influence is the cause only of the act, in which the sin is present, but not of the sin itself. If they say (b) that, granting such a predetermining influence, man cannot but sin — the answer is: this may nonetheless hold true through and by virtue of a power or capacity of causation, and in a divided sense, as they say, insofar as man is not, by and through his own nature, determined to sin; though he cannot avoid it by a power or capacity of effect, and in a composite sense — yet on this account sin is not an effect of that influence, but only a consequence of it. They say (c) that the influence which rouses man to sin is nonetheless the cause of that particular sin of his. Answer: if some theologian, following Holy Scripture — 2 Sam. 24:1, Ezek. 14:9, 2 Thess. 2:11 — speaks in this way, he means, in keeping with Scripture, nothing other than that God has aroused men to that act to which sin is added through man's own doing, and hence He is not the cause of the sin itself.
(d) It is objected that the influence upon man's sinful act — being the principal cause of that act — ought rather to be called the cause of his sin, rather than the man himself, who is merely the instrumental, or lesser, cause of it. Answer: God, through His influence, is indeed the principal cause of the act itself; but man alone is the cause of the sin itself, which is present in that act. (e) It is said that some Reformed theologians, on account of this influence, plainly and expressly call God a cause of sin. Answer: if they do speak this way, more harshly than they ought, they mean nothing other than that God is the cause of the act as such, from which alone the creature derives the lawlessness in which sin consists; but not one Reformed theologian can be shown who has said that God is the cause of the lawlessness or sin, insofar as it is sin.
§XXXIII. Whether There Is in Divine Providence a Certain General and Indifferent Influence upon All Creatures, Which Is Then Determined by Each Particular Creature
Aristotle and his Peripatetics, since he acknowledged God's providence only with respect to general things, denying any care for particulars — especially those things which touch upon us or lie within our power and depend upon our free will — likewise admitted no other influence of divine providence than a general one, rejecting any particular influence. The Pelagians and those of Pelagian sympathy, the Jesuits and the Remonstrants, in order the more easily to maintain an independent indifference of the free will, while yet not thereby making man absolutely independent, acknowledge on the one hand a certain cooperation with, or influence upon, all things; but on the other hand only a general and indifferent one, which causes being, life, and motion in all things (Acts 17:28), but which is then determined and particularized by the particular creatures according to their own nature, and in particular by man according to his own free will. Just as, for example, the sun spreads its rays generally and in a uniform manner over and into all things beneath the moon, for the production of things in general, yet these rays are determined and particularized by the individual receiving creatures — whence one is accustomed to say that the sun and a man beget a man, the sun and a lion a lion. Nor are there wanting among them some who wish to extend this even to evil deeds; but even those who do so covertly, and most of them openly, extend it equally to both good and evil things.
The Reformed, just as they acknowledge no general decree, as we have seen above in the chapter on God's decree, likewise acknowledge no general influence of providence, but only such a one as determines all things, indeed each thing in particular, and nothing is left undetermined. (I) Because the whole tenor of Holy Scripture, and what we have already established above in the doctrinal part, teaches that there is a particular providence — for example, with respect to Adam, Noah, Abraham, and so forth — and consequently the influence too is particular. (II) Because we read that this same influence determines the particular movements of the will, Prov. 21:1 and 16:1 — which is illustrated by examples, as in Esau, Gen. 33; in the Egyptians, Exod. 11:1-3; Ps. 105:25; Acts 4:27-28. This is also why the saints have been accustomed to pray to God that they might find favor in the eyes of this or that person, Gen. 43:14, Neh. 1:11, compared with Exod. 4:21. (III) Because the divine influence in the sinner's conversion is active, by a particular grace, upon his understanding and will specifically, Phil. 2:13, John 6:65, Acts 16:14, Gal. 1:15-16, and therefore not through a merely general influence. (IV) If it lay within man's own power to determine the general influence of God according to his own free choice, then the will would be independent, and man self-sufficient, and the sole author of his own happiness. Also (V) God's decree would then be uncertain, and His foreknowledge deceptive, since it would not know whether or how man's will would determine God's general influence. And (VI) neither good nor evil would then be done, since this would depend on man's indifferent determination of God's general influence — for indeed God could then dispense neither punishments nor rewards, if He only flowed indifferently into all things, as the heavens and the heavenly bodies do into things here below.
Consequently (VII) He would then be nothing to be invoked, feared, or glorified — no more than the sun and the heavens, on account of a like influence. Indeed (VIII) that general influence would thus become dependent on each particular working proceeding from it, and would likewise be variable, and would not remain a purely simple and most elementary act — something wholly unbefitting God. Nor does it help the opposing view to say: (1) that God is a general cause of all things; for He is not so through a general and indifferent influence, but rather through a particular influence, insofar as this touches and determines all things, and each thing in particular. And (2) it is not true, as they allege, that by such a particular influence (a) the freedom of man's will is removed; since God so flows in and determines that man, through his own counsel, deliberation, and good pleasure, brings forth the effect — as we have already shown and demonstrated above. Nor (b) does that influence remove the contingency of things, since God so flows in that many things happen outside of and against the intention of the nearest agent, and also through such a cause as by its own nature is not determined to that particular effect. Nor is it (c) true that this influence makes God a cause of sin, since the influence extends only to the underlying subject-matter of sin — that is, to the act as act — to which the wickedness and lawlessness is added by the sinning man himself, as we have already taught fully and expressly above.
§XXXIV. Whether Divine Providence Is Occupied with Sin in No Other Way than by a Bare Permission, or Mere Inactivity
The ancient Pelagians extended that bare permission to every operation of our will, good as well as evil — whence the Pelagian Julian reasoned this way, cunningly: just as God conducts Himself with respect to evil wills, so He conducts Himself likewise with respect to good wills; but in evil wills He works only in a permissive manner — and so forth. The modern Pelagians and those of Pelagian sympathy seem to limit that permission to sins alone, under the pretext that God should not become a cause of sin, but in fact in order to preserve unimpaired the independent indifference of man's will. Hence they hold that through this permission God neither does nor wills to do anything, but rather leaves sinners to themselves, so that they may freely bring the indifferent power of their will into effect, and thus either commit or not commit the sin.
The Reformed acknowledge that, with respect to the lawlessness or wickedness of sin — in which alone the whole nature of sin consists — God is not active otherwise than by permitting, Ps. 81:12, Acts 14:16, 1 Cor. 10:13; but nevertheless, with respect to the whole composite of sin — insofar as this signifies together both the underlying subject-matter and the lawlessness — they hold that God is active also by doing, insofar as He wills the future coming-to-be of the sin, and insofar as, by His exciting influence, He rouses the powers of the man who is about to sin to such an operation as brings the lawlessness upon him through the sinner himself — such that, this divine action being posited, sin does not indeed necessarily, but nevertheless certainly and infallibly, follow. Wherefore they wholly reject the Pelagians' bare permission and mere inactivity.
By this position of theirs, the Reformed are sufficiently supported by these reasons: (1) because Holy Scripture teaches that God is occupied with sins by willing their future coming-to-be, Acts 2:23 and 4:28, Rom. 9:18, 1 Pet. 4:19, and therefore not by bare permission. (2) Because it teaches that God incites to sin, 2 Sam. 24:1; that He commands sin, 1 Kings 22:22; indeed that He does it, 2 Sam. 12:12. These expressions, though they must be understood in a holy and wholesome sense, nevertheless prove, at the very least, that God is not occupied with sins merely by a bare, empty permission. (3) Because the expressions of blinding, hardening, and giving over to sin, which we have explained in the doctrinal part as applied to God, neither say nor imply a bare permission. (4) Because God is said to permit sin in such a way that upon that permission sin certainly and infallibly follows, Ps. 81:12, Isa. 63:17, Acts 14:16 — which is truly not a bare and empty permitting. (5) Because the powers of the man who is about to sin — which must necessarily be raised up by God, Acts 17:28, in order that the sin may be committed — are by no means raised up and stirred by a bare permission. Nor will I press (6) that to govern, determine, and direct sins — which we have above, in the doctrinal part, ascribed and attributed to divine providence — does not consist in a bare, empty permission.
If our opponents object: (1) that Scripture nevertheless speaks, as we ourselves have said, of a permission with respect to sin — this, however, poses no difficulty for the Reformed, who gladly acknowledge a permission with respect to the lawlessness of sin, while at the same time believing that with respect to the whole composite of sin, and in particular with respect to its abstract underlying subject-matter, divine providence exercises various operations, and moreover such a permission upon which sin unavoidably follows: they reject, therefore, only a bare permission. If our opponents (2) allege that to permit men something is nothing other than not to act — the answer follows readily, that no inference from a human permission to a divine permission holds. If (3) they say that upon efficacious permission, and likewise upon the governing and directing of sin, sin unavoidably follows, and that God thereby becomes a cause of sin — we have already shown above at length that this is false.
§XXXV. Whether Divine Providence Fixes Immovably the End, Measure, and Manner of Man's Life
The Pelagians and those of Pelagian sympathy, Socinians, Arminians, Mennonites, and Lutherans, the more forcefully to support the independent indifference of man's free will — since some men can, by violently laying hands upon themselves, or by other means, shorten the end of their life — hold that divine providence does not fix for any given man an immovable end of his life. The Reformed, just as they acknowledge that the end of human life, as set by nature, can be altered, likewise deny that the end which God sets, by His decree and providence, can be altered.
This they prove: (1) by those passages of Scripture which subject all things, and each thing in particular, to divine providence, Eph. 1:11, Acts 15:18. (2) By those which subject to it even the very smallest things, down to the grass, the sparrows, and even the hairs of one's head, Matt. 6:26, 28, 30, and 10:29-30 — how much more, then, the end of man's life? (v. 31). Indeed (3) by those passages of Scripture which subject man's life to it in particular, Job 14:5 and 7:1, Ps. 39:5 and 90:3, Acts 17:26. (4) Because everything that happens in time was foreknown as future from eternity; now if it was not foreknown as future by God and by His providence, it must have been so from itself, and thus would be subject to a fate more Stoic than the Stoics' own. Then also (5) if the end of life were not predetermined by God, it could not be certainly foreknown by God either — the contrary of which Scripture demonstrates by very many examples: of Moses, Deut. 31:14; of David's child, 2 Sam. 12:14; of Jeroboam's son, 1 Kings 14:12; of Ahaziah, 2 Kings 1:4; of Hezekiah, Isa. 38:1; of Peter, John 21:18, 2 Pet. 1:14; of Christ, Luke 18:32, John 12:33. Indeed (6) we read that even the manner of death — which of all things seems most accidental — is determined by God, Exod. 21:13-14, Deut. 19:3-6, Josh. 20:2-3.
Nor does it stand in the way of this: (1) that the lengthening of life is made contingent upon conditions, Exod. 20:12, Eph. 6:2, Deut. 30:20, Prov. 3:1-2, as likewise its shortening, Lev. 26:25, Deut. 30:18, Ps. 55:23. For this is made contingent upon a condition through the promise or the threatening; but that condition itself, together with the conditional matter, is already predetermined from above, from eternity, in God's eternal decree. (2) That various examples seem to confirm the alterability of man's lifespan — in Hezekiah, 2 Kings 20:1ff.; in the Ninevites, Jonah 3:4; in the Israelites in the wilderness, Num. 17:12-13; in David, 2 Sam. 24:15; in Paul's companions in the shipwreck, Acts 27:20, 24; in the Sodomites and their neighbors, Gen. 19, compared with ch. 18:32; in Absalom, 2 Sam. 18:14; in Ahaziah, 2 Kings 1:2. Answer: Hezekiah, David's companions, and Paul's companions would have died according to the order of second causes, but not according to the determination of God's decree and providence. To the Ninevites destruction was announced under a condition of repentance, which was understood, and which God, by that stern threatening, sought, as it were, to wring from them. The men before the flood, the Sodomites, and others would have prolonged their lives had they repented — which God had not decreed to grant them. The example of Nebuchadnezzar is similar, Dan. 4. It is said (3) that on this view all use of medicine seems to be wholly banished. Answer: not at all, since God's decree and providence extend life, through the use of medicines, up to its appointed and fixed end, as is evident in Hezekiah's case. (4) That on this view those who lay violent hands upon themselves, or who perish through their own crimes and outrages, would seem foreordained to sin by a divine decree, and God would thus become a cause of sin. Answer: He does not thereby become the cause of it at all, since He has decreed only the future coming-to-be of that criminal act, which is to be committed by the sinner as its sole cause; nor does He flow into its abstract, underlying act. (5) That on this supposition no one would kill himself freely. Answer: he does so absolutely freely, since one who lays hands upon himself kills himself out of his own counsel, purpose, and design, even though the future coming-to-be of that very death, by force of the divine decree, occurs absolutely certainly and unavoidably.
The Practical Part
§XXXVI. Divine Providence Reveals to Us, First, God's Glory
According to Rom. 11:36: "Of Him, and through Him, and to Him, are all things: to whom be glory for ever, Amen." See also Exod. 9:16, Ps. 19:1-2, 104:1, and 145:1. Since providence foresees, governs, and directs all things, and each thing in particular — the greatest and the smallest, the necessary, the contingent, the voluntary, the good and the evil — according to the eternal counsel of God's will, it discloses in particular the glory of His wisdom, His power, His goodness, His holiness, His righteousness, and His sovereign might and authority.
It discloses (1) His Wisdom: full of eyes, according to the vision of Ezekiel, ch. 1, upon which God sits; those eyes of God with which He is said to run to and fro through the whole earth to behold it, 2 Chron. 16:9, Prov. 15:3. (2) His Power, which, as in providence, Scripture repeatedly joins with His wisdom, Job 36:4-5, Ps. 147:5, whereby God does whatever pleases Him, Ps. 115:3 — "He is wonderful in counsel, and excellent in working," Isa. 28:29. For that so many and so great things — indeed all things and each thing in particular in this whole universe — cannot be carried out and accomplished without an infinite power, is easily seen by all. (3) His Goodness, whereby, in providing for all things, He pours out His goodness upon all: so that the whole earth is said to be full of His goods, Ps. 104:24, 27-28; compare Ps. 147:1, 8-9. (4) His Holiness, whereby, in all His ways — even when He is occupied with evil — He is holy and altogether good, Deut. 32:4: "He is the Rock, His work is perfect: for all His ways are judgment: a God of truth and without iniquity, just and right is He." (5) His Righteousness, whereby in His whole providence He gives to each his due, Rev. 15:3 and 16:5, Exod. 24:7, Rom. 1:18-19, 2 Thess. 1:6, Heb. 6:10. (6) His Might, Authority, and Sovereignty, by virtue of which Jehovah, through His providence, is said to sit as King forever, Ps. 29:10 — since He most wisely, most mightily, and most graciously governs and directs all things and each thing in particular.
This doctrine of providence discloses and explains itself to us to this end: (1) that we should acknowledge it, Ps. 100:3; (2) that we should marvel at it, Isa. 28:29, Ps. 104:24, Rom. 11:33-35; (3) that we should praise and extol it, Ps. 66:16, 9:2, 15, and 145:6; and finally (4) that we, so far as lies in our power, should display God's wisdom, goodness, holiness, and righteousness, by imitating these virtues in our own providence — that is, in our own care and diligence — concerning our service to God, our dependents, and our own salvation, 1 Cor. 7:32-34, 1 Tim. 5:8, 1 Pet. 5:2-3, Phil. 2:12.
§XXXVII. This Doctrine Warns Us, Secondly, to Guard Ourselves Diligently against Sinning in Any Way against God's Providence
Hosea 14:9. This happens: (1) By denying God's providence, with the Epicureans, atheists, and the godless, who set fortune or fate in its place — a matter which we have already noted and refuted above in the polemical part, §§XXVIII and XXXIII. (2) By doubting, whether of the truth or of the universality of divine providence — something that befalls not only the godless, Ps. 73:11ff. and 94:7-11, but sometimes even the pious and godly themselves, Num. 11:18-24. (3) By accusing and reproaching providence, and disputing with it, 1 Sam. 2:10, Isa. 41:11 and 45:9, Ezek. 50:9 [sic], Rom. 9:20-21 — as though God, in our judgment, favors the wicked, Job 21:7, Ps. 73:2-3, 13, Jer. 12:1-2, while on the other hand treating the good ill; and as though God permits so many confused and perverse things — even wicked, cruel, and abominable ones — and that unpunished. (4) By neglecting providence — Deut. 4:10 — or by neglecting to contemplate God's providence and works, Isa. 42:20, Ps. 92:6-7, Isa. 5:11-14 — or also by neglecting the use of it, when we attribute the outcomes of affairs, prosperous or adverse, to any manner of other chances and accidents rather than to divine providence, Jer. 17:5, or make them depend on our own wisdom, strength, valor, riches, and the like, Dan. 1:16 [sic], Ps. 52:7. (5) By setting ourselves against it, and resisting it, by murmuring, when something does not turn out quite according to our own mind and liking, Lam. 3:39, or by kicking against it, as it were, Acts 9:5, striving against it, Acts 5:39. (6) By turning away and departing from divine providence toward a reliance on means, Jer. 17:5 — as though God depended on means, and it were not all one to Him to help by many or by few, 1 Sam. 14:6; by means, or without them, Ps. 105:40, Jer. 32:27; by weak means as well as by mighty ones, 1 Kings 17:14, Matt. 4:4 — as though it were not equally within His power to render the mightiest means powerless, fruitless, and vain, Ps. 33:16-17, Hos. 4:10, Ps. 127:1-2, and, on the contrary, to make the weakest means prosper, Dan. 1:15, 2 Kings 4:42-44; or also to work and to deliver through unwilling and reluctant means, Dan. 3:17, 22, 25, John 9:6, 11, 15. Or (7) by despising, on the contrary, the use of means, Isa. 38:5, compared with Matt. 4:4. Whichever of these ways it may be, if we stumble against divine providence, we make ourselves not merely useless to it in every circumstance, but its adversaries and opponents, Ps. 52:7-9, Jer. 17:5-9.
§XXXVIII. Thirdly, This Doctrine Urges Us to Take to Heart the Various Courses, Ways, and Turnings of Divine Providence
And to observe them diligently, Ps. 111:2 and 123:12-13, Exod. 8:19 — indeed also to bring them to the remembrance and thought of others, and to renew them there, Ps. 66:5. This applies especially to the ways of that ordinary or common providence, by which God is at work, without distinction, concerning creatures of every sort, according to the example of Ps. 104 and 8. In particular, concerning rational creatures — both the wicked, through the ways of righteousness and justice which God observes, as God requires, Deut. 7:18-19, and according to the examples of Job, ch. 5:3-5 and 21:17-19, and of David, Ps. 37:35ff.; and the good, partly through acts of correction, Ps. 89:30-32, Deut. 32:9, Jer. 7:12, 10:11, partly through acts of prospering, blessing, and comforting, Ps. 37:25-26, 37, Prov. 6.
Especially, however, ought we also to call to mind the instances of God's extraordinary and unusual providence — for example, when God (1) beyond and above all hope, by absolutely unusual means, exalts one, Ps. 113:7-8, Gen. 41:14, 41, and 45:9, and casts another down, Eccl. 4:14; or (2) when He, in an entirely tangible way, snatches and rescues His own from present and utterly grievous ruin, Judg. 5:20-21, Josh. 10:11, 13, Ps. 48:8 and 46:6, 1 Sam. 18:26-28; or (3) when He punishes and avenges the wicked with His wrath, as an example to others, Joel 1:2-3, Jer. 3:3, Hag. 1:5-6.
Most of all, however, this doctrine calls us to consider most diligently and carefully those acts of divine providence by which He provides for His elect in a special way, and at the same time for His church — concerning which the whole eighty-third Psalm treats at length and expressly, as does Deut. 33:11, Exod. 13:21, Isa. 58:8, Esther 6:1, etc.; to which belongs that wonderful economy of God in gathering, preserving, protecting, increasing, delivering, and saving His church, which the whole of Holy Scripture expressly and at length represents — and each true and genuine member of it, as may be seen, for example, in Abraham and Isaac, Gen. 22:12; in Joseph, Gen. 50:20, Acts 7:9-11; in David, 1 Sam. 23:26-27; and in countless others, who appear throughout all histories, sacred, ecclesiastical, and even secular.
Above all, however, we must with all care and diligence observe the workings of divine providence with respect to ourselves, Job 5:27, Prov. 3:6, Ps. 66:16. This concerns (1) our soul, or the spiritual part: (a) in converting and translating it from the state of sin to the state of grace, 1 Cor. 15:10; (b) in raising it up, restoring it, and comforting it in adversities, Ps. 119:50, 94:19, 2 Cor. 1:3-4; (c) in revealing Himself and His countenance to it, Job 42:5, Ps. 4:6-7, Rom. 5:5, 8:16; (d) in imparting and bestowing upon us the goods of His house, Ps. 84:1-4, 10, 119:103, 63:1-2; (e) in hearing and fulfilling our prayers and desires, 1 Sam. 1:27-28, Ps. 10:17.
(2) Our body, or the earthly part — both in prosperity, in how He has favored and showered us with His blessings, in respect of our life, health, calling, marriage, household, children, and all manner of prosperous outcomes, Ps. 103:4-5, Gen. 32:9-10; and in adversity, in how He (a) has provided for and cared for us in our need and poverty, Ps. 3:5, whether immediately — as Israel, through the sending of manna and the bringing forth of water from the rock — or by means of friends and neighbors, or strangers, Acts 28:7, 10, or through enemies, Ps. 106:45, or through irrational creatures, 1 Kings 17:6, or by blessing the little store of provisions we had, so that they sufficed us for our needs for a long time, 2 Kings 4:1-8; (b) how, in doubtful and hazardous circumstances, when everything had come to the utmost extremity, He has stood by us with His grace, 2 Tim. 4:16-17, how He has sometimes wonderfully delivered us, Gen. 48:15-16, when all seemed desperate, Gen. 22:12-14, 2 Cor. 1:8-10; how He has directed temporal and bodily evils to a spiritual good, Ps. 119:67, 71, Job 42:12; how He has, through very many adversities, brought us to honor and esteem and to the highest and greatest tranquility, as is manifest in Joseph, David, Daniel, and others.
All these things and the like we ought to observe and consider in such a way that we (a) gather them together in the storehouse of our memory, and preserve and lay them up, that they may never flow out and away, according to God's command, Deut. 8:2, 11 and 6:12, and according to the examples of the saints given to enlighten us in this, Ps. 103:2 — who, that they might not let these things slip away, were accustomed, in various ways, to nourish and sustain the memory of them all: by repeating them frequently, Ps. 77:5-6, 10-12 and 145:5-6; by erecting all manner of memorials, 1 Sam. 7:10-12; and also by giving to the events particular commemorative names, 1 Sam. 1:20, Gen. 22:14, Esther 9:26. And (b) that, having thus gathered and stored them up in memory, we turn them to our use and profit — namely, to (*) glorify God, Exod. 15:11, 2 Chron. 6:14, Ps. 34:3-4, 6, compare §XXXVIII; (**) to strengthen and encourage our own minds in every condition, whether of prosperity or of adversity, 1 Sam. 17:37, 2 Cor. 1:10, 1 Tim. 4:17-18; (***) to build up others in every circumstance, 2 Cor. 1:3-4.
§XXXIX. In Particular, Fourthly, This Doctrine Admonishes Us to Ascribe All Our Fortune, Welfare, and Prosperity — Bodily as Well as Spiritual — to Divine Providence
As the first and principal cause thereof, Ps. 103:2-5, 1 Cor. 4:7, 15:9-10. On this account: (1) to exalt and extol God, and to humble and diminish ourselves, Ps. 115:1, Gen. 32:10; (2) to love Him most tenderly, Ps. 116:12 and 73:25; (3) to repay Him with the most fervent and earnest thankfulness, Ps. 103:1-3, Judg. 5:1ff., Exod. 15:1ff., 1 Sam. 2:1, Ps. 34:1-2, Joel 2:26; (4) to obey Him in all things with the readiest and most willing spirit, by devoting our own works and endeavors to Him and for Him, as one who will recompense the benefits shown to us, 2 Chron. 32:25, Ps. 116:12.
§XL. On the Contrary, Fifthly, in All Manner of Adversities and Afflictions — Spiritual as Well as Bodily — Divine Providence Strengthens Our Minds
Against all anxious cares, Matt. 6:25-33, 1 Pet. 5:7, Ps. 37:5-7. (1) When means fail us that would be fit for our desires, or when those we do have prove powerless and, as it were, withered and dead — the means, whatever they may be, are of no avail, but divine providence alone is sufficient and able to fulfil our desires, Ps. 107:9. (2) When the means work against us, and the outcomes are contrary, Jer. 14:19 — if only God and His providence are for us, what then can be against us? Rom. 8:31; since God can turn everything, even that which is most against us, to work together for our good, v. 28. (3) When our provisions fail, so that it seems to us that we must perish through hunger, thirst, and the like, 1 Kings 17:12, Mark 8:4 — the providence of God cares for us daily, Matt. 6:34, 1 Kings 17:4-6, 14-15. (4) When a heap of pressing and successive evils, as it were, casts us to the ground, Job 1:15-20 — these come from nowhere else than from God's fatherly providence, Job 5:6, Amos 3:6, by whose working we are appointed to afflictions, 1 Thess. 3:3 — which providence, meanwhile, can turn and change all things, even the very worst, to our good, Heb. 12:11 [sic], Ps. 119:71 and 94:12.
And thus, in every such matter, the contemplation of divine providence is powerful to dispel all our anxious cares and worries. In particular, we consider that such cares and worries are (1) not only most bitter and sharp, casting down the soul, Luke 10:41, Prov. 12:25, 17:22, and 15:13, Ps. 42:11 — so that one spends and consumes the days of one's life in sighing and groaning, Prov. 15:19 — whereas, by contrast, one who casts and rolls his cares and worries upon the providence of God is, in every encounter, evenness of mind, glad and cheerful, Ps. 37:3-5, 2 Sam. 10:12. They are also (2) not only vain and useless, Matt. 6:27, since a happy outcome depends solely upon the providence of God, Ps. 127:1, Mark 4:26, 1 Cor. 15:37-38; but even (3) harmful, being the cause that divine providence, being reckoned little, indeed as nothing, does not bring about the hoped-for happy consequences and outcomes, 2 Kings 7:2, compared with Matt. 14:28-30. Let me add (4) that they are superfluous, since God has long since taken the care for us upon Himself, Heb. 13:5-6, 1 Pet. 5:7, Ps. 37:5. For He indeed knows our lot and our condition and circumstance most exactly, Exod. 3:7-8; He knows what we need, Matt. 6:31-32; He is also able to help, Ps. 115:3, Eph. 3:20, 2 Pet. 1:9 [sic]; He is willing to do it, as Father and as Shepherd, Heb. 13:5, Ps. 23:1-2 — indeed, He must also do it, by force of His promise and covenant, Isa. 43:2-3; and He has always done it steadfastly, and never failed or deceived, Ps. 34:11 and 37:18-19, 25.
On the contrary, (5) such anxious cares are wholly dishonoring to God and to His providence, since we thereby, as it were, arrogate and appropriate to ourselves and to our own cares what is His, and therefore sacrifice to our own net, Hab. 1:16, and make ourselves into gods, 2 Chron. 16:7-9, Num. 14:11-12. And finally (6) they render us unfit for all service to God, Matt. 13:22, Luke 21:34 and 10:40, Matt. 6:32.
§XLI. Sixthly, This Doctrine Therefore Advises Us to Depend, at Rest, upon the Providence of God Alone in All Our Affairs
That is: (1) that we entrust and commend our lot and our undertakings, of whatever number and magnitude, to the will, wisdom, and power of God's providence, and rely upon it, Ps. 37:5, 1 Pet. 4:19 and 4:23 [sic], 2 Tim. 1:12; (2) that we subject all our thoughts, affections, and desires to His most wise direction, being content in all things as God shall have ordained, 2 Sam. 15:25-26, Matt. 6:10 and 26:39; (3) that we never hasten overmuch, or push forward our wishes and desires prematurely, Isa. 35:4 and 28:16, nor set boundaries or limits to divine providence, nor prescribe to it its time or manner, Ps. 78:41, John 2:3-4, nor by improper means strive to force our desires, 1 Sam. 26:10-11; (4) nor be overly anxious about the future outcome of our efforts and undertakings, Ps. 42:11 and 43:5.
Whence it follows that (5) we should, in every way, not only calmly and sweetly acquiesce in divine providence, whatever it may be toward us, but even rejoice in it, Eccl. 3:12-13, and give thanks to God for it, Job 1:21. And in order that we may in all these ways depend upon God's providence, it will be helpful and profitable to consider: (1) that, since we must depend on something outside of ourselves, being creatures, there is no one on whom we can more safely depend than on God, who alone is independent, most wise, most mighty, and most gracious — whereas all creatures (since they depend elsewhere and possess only a limited wisdom, power, and goodness) offer us a deceptive and slippery foundation on which to lean, or from which to depend, Ps. 62:10, 12. (2) That there is likewise no surer means, for obtaining our wish and desire, than to depend upon God and His providence, Prov. 3:6, Ps. 37:5, 30, 40. And, on the other hand, (3) no surer cause of being deceived than to seek elsewhere the attainment of our desires, Ps. 52:9, Jer. 17:5. Then (4) that no one has ever been deceived by such dependence, Ps. 25:3 and 22:5; and (5) that whoever has once experienced, from his tenderest youth onward, the security of resting in God's fatherly care, has done so repeatedly, Ps. 22:9-10, 1 Sam. 17:37. (6) That He has given up His own only-begotten Son to secure our eternal salvation, Rom. 8:32. And (7) that He who cares for the sparrows and the lilies — would He not much more provide for man, who depends upon Him wholly and solely? Matt. 6:26, 30.
§XLII. In Particular, Seventhly, the Godly Contemplation of Divine Providence Ought to Bind and Oblige Us
To cling unmovably and inseparably to God, to walk with Him without ceasing, neither turning aside from Him to the right hand nor to the left; and never to allow ourselves, by the hope of obtaining any good elsewhere, or by trusting to ward off any evil, to be drawn a nail's breadth away from Him — since all creatures are so subject to Him and so dependent on the beck of His providence that, if He does not command it, they can bring us not the least thing, whether good or evil, Lam. 3:37-38, Isa. 45:5-7. In this way God bound and obliged Abraham to Himself, Gen. 17:1, when He declared and showed Himself to be God Almighty ("El Shaddai") — who would be to him a shield to ward off all evil, and an exceeding great reward, sufficient to bestow and grant every necessary or desirable good — and thus He entices him and stirs him up to walk with Him and before His face, and to be upright.
§XLIII. Moreover, Eighthly, God's General Providence over All Things, and His Particular Providence over His Own, Provide the Most Powerful Comfort
In all manner of visitations, adversities, and afflictions — spiritual as well as bodily — however great these may be. Namely: (1) that God devotes His providence to all things, even to the least and smallest — sparrows, lilies, grass, Matt. 6:31, Luke 12:6-7 — indeed to the numbering of every hair of our heads; will He not, then, do much more for the greatest and most excellent of things, namely, for man? As Augustine very rightly says: "If your superfluous things are thus preserved, in how great a tranquility and security is then your soul?" (On John, Homily 24). (2) That He nevertheless bestows this care in a particular way upon those who are, as it were, of His household, 1 Tim. 5:8, Gal. 6:10, compared with 1 Tim. 1:7 [sic], Ps. 55:15, Eph. 2:19 — whence His eyes are said to be upon the righteous, Ps. 34:16, and He is said to know them most exactly by name, John 10:3, 2 Tim. 2:19 — their names being written and kept in the Book of Life, Ps. 69:29, Phil. 4:3, Isa. 49:1-2, 15-16, compare Matt. 18:10, 14, and Job 1:8 and 2:3.
And not only does He know, see, behold, and regard them so exactly, Isa. 66:1-2, but also (3) their miseries and afflictions, down to the least tear, Exod. 3:7, Ps. 56:9, Job 34:4, Ps. 139:2-4 — whence Hagar called God, "the God who sees me," for she said, "Have I also here looked after Him that seeth me?" Gen. 16:13, compare ch. 29:32. And He does not merely see them, but (4) He feels them too, and they grieve Him, as it were, Hos. 11:8, Jer. 31:20, Isa. 63:9, Ps. 103:13, Isa. 49:10 [sic], Acts 9:4.
Wherefore (5) however many, however great, and however grievous the afflictions that press upon them, these come from nowhere else than from His certain fatherly care, John 19 [sic], 2 Sam. 16:10, Luke 22:22 and 24:26 — in which one must indeed calmly and sweetly acquiesce, Acts 21:14, 1 Sam. 3:18, Ps. 39:10, 1 Pet. 3:17. In particular (6), since He is an almighty Father, He can (1) remove those plagues without effort, and is accustomed to remove them from His own, once they have reached their measure and height, Exod. 2:23-25, 3:7-8, Esther 6:1ff., Ps. 39:14 and 138:7-8, Isa. 26:13-14; or (2) at least moderate and limit them, 1 Cor. 10:13, Job 1:12 and 2:6 — for all things, even the devils, are under His mighty providence, as His instruments, 1 Kings 22:21, Matt. 8:31-32; they are His host, Isa. 40:26 and 10:5, and can do and are able to do nothing without God, Acts 17:28. Or if He does not choose to do this, He can (3) turn everything, even the very worst, to their good, Rom. 8:28 — God's good hand shall always rest upon them for good, Ezra 8:22. A clear proof and example of this is found in Joseph and in others, Gen. 50:20, Luke 24:26, 2 Cor. 1:7-18 [sic], Acts 14:22, 2 Tim. 4:17-18.
§XLIV. Ninthly, in the Public Miseries, Afflictions, and Persecutions of the Church, Divine Providence Likewise Affords Its People the Most Powerful Comfort
(1) Because nothing can befall it, by force of that providence, at the hands of its enemies, except what has been predetermined beforehand by God, Acts 4:27-28, and it will also be directed toward its own propagation and increase — as is evident in the Egyptian persecution, Exod. 1:12; in that of Herod, Acts 4:27-28; and in that under the Caesars in the time of the early Christian church. (2) Because divine providence is almighty, whereby God holds and sustains the stars, as it were, in and with His own hand, Rev. 1:20 and 2:1, Isa. 51:12-16 and 41:8, 10, 14, Rom. 8:31 — whereby He is the Prince of the hosts of God, Josh. 5:15, compare Isa. 8:12. Therefore He is able (1) to restrain the rage and fury of the nations, 1 Chron. 29:12, Isa. 59:19; (2) to grind and trample their power, however great it may be, to powder, Ps. 2:9 — examples of this are seen in Pharaoh, Sennacherib, Ahithophel, Haman, Julian, and countless others; (3) to advance the welfare of the church, even though all manner of nations gape their mouths against her and rage in their broadest persecutions, Exod. 1:11-12, Ps. 2:1-4, 6; (4) to strengthen and fortify His church, so that she may endure, withstand, and overcome all manner of the worst evils, John 15:5 [sic], Rom. 8:37, Phil. 4:13.
(3) Because God is so merciful, and is affected with so tender a care and forethought toward His church, that it is compared and equated with the affection and providence of a father toward his little son, Jer. 31:9, and of a mother, Isa. 49:15, and of a shepherd, Ps. 80:1, Jer. 31:10, and of a friend, Song 5:6 — hence He is exceedingly and tenderly moved by her afflictions, Exod. 2:22-23, 25, and full of compassion, Jer. 31:20, Isa. 63:9, Deut. 32:10. (4) Because He is also so wise and far-seeing that He sees and knows through and through (1) what is useful for the church and what harmful to her, Matt. 6:32; (2) in what manner and by what means; and (3) at what time she must be helped. (5) Because He is so faithful in this His care, 1 Thess. 5:24, Josh. 23:14, Ps. 100:5. Finally (6) He is also constant and unwavering in His care and providence, Ps. 121:3-4, 8, Isa. 51:8 and 14-16.
Only, the church herself, groaning under persecution, must: (a) turn from all those things which are wont to stop up, as it were, the ever-watchful care of divine providence, and, on the contrary, to kindle and stir up its wrath, Ps. 81:14-16, Josh. 7:11-13, Isa. 1:16-18 — such things being, in particular, distrust, idolatry, rebellion, and murmuring, Ps. 95:8-11, Num. 14:23, as may be seen in Israel. (b) That she cast herself down before divine providence in prayers and supplications, Isa. 64:6-12 and 62:6-12 [sic], Dan. 9:3. (c) That she place her trust solely in divine providence, 1 Pet. 5:7, Ps. 55:23 and 27:5 [sic], 1 Pet. 4:19. (d) That she cling steadfastly to God and walk in His ways, 2 Chron. 15:2, Ps. 81:14-17. (e) That she bear all manner of lots, even the very hardest, from divine providence, humbly and patiently, Mic. 7:9, Ps. 39:10. And (f) that through all this she calmly await that hour of deliverance which divine providence has appointed for her, John 2:4 [sic], Ps. 27:13-14.
Chapter XI: On God's Particular Providence
Deuteronomy 30:16-18. "For I command thee this day to love the LORD thy God, to walk in His ways, and to keep His commandments, and His statutes, and His judgments, that thou mayest live and multiply, and that the LORD thy God may bless thee in the land whither thou goest to possess it. But if thine heart turn away... I denounce unto you this day, that ye shall surely perish," etc.
§I
Upon the general providence, by and with which God is occupied with a natural working concerning creatures of every kind, follows particular providence, which occupies itself specifically with rational creatures through a moral governance and rule, whereby they determine themselves to act or not to act — a providence which is carried out through the prescribing of duty and the urging of it, as Moses teaches, Deut. 30:16-18, etc.
The Explanatory Part
§II
Here he describes God's particular providence, or moral governance, in commanding and forbidding, together with the urgings and confirmations of these, through promises and threats. In the explanation of the text, the following present themselves to us:
I. The Governor or Ruler: "I" — namely Moses, who is indeed the supreme governor and lawgiver, yet not in his own name, but in the name of God, as His servant, faithful in all His house, Heb. 3:4-5 — so that the chief and supreme legislative power belongs to God, the only Lawgiver, who is able to save and to destroy, Jas. 4:12. From this we further note that God governs and rules men by His moral providence, not always immediately — though we read that He has not seldom done so, Gen. 2:16-17, Exod. 20:1... — but often also through rational creatures, angels and men, of which examples occur throughout Scripture.
II. Those Who Were to Be Governed and Ruled: "you" — namely, the Jewish people, who may be considered and regarded as men, and so he governed them by the moral Law, contained in the Law of the Ten Words; as a church, by the ceremonial laws; and as citizens of that commonwealth, by the civil laws. For to men, under these three relations, there belongs, by virtue of their rational soul, the capacity to grasp and understand their duty, and to obey the duty commanded, or to set themselves against it.
III. The Governance or Rule Itself, which comprises two parts:
1. The prescription of the good which Israel was to practice, v. 16. This includes:
A. The act of governing or ruling: "I command." The word (mitsvah) properly means to prescribe a duty for observance, with a binding and obligating authority; likewise also to persuade and direct. Joined with the word "al" ("not"), it includes a negation, and means to hinder and forbid, according to the remark of Mercerus on Amos 2:12, and likewise of R. David Kimchi. Sometimes it also means to permit, 1 Chron. 5:6, just as the Greek anatello ["to command/enjoin"] is used, Matt. 19:7. Here it signifies the prescribing of a duty. "I command" — that is, I make known to you, I point out to you the duty you are to observe, and I bind and oblige you to observe it, under threat of punishment should you fail to do so.
B. The duties prescribed by the command or the governance. These are:
*. Moral duties, which are continually and always binding, namely:
a. The love of God: "to love the LORD thy God." Here are marked:
1. The act of loving — "to love," "that thou mayest love." The Hebrew word ahabh the LXX translators render variously: sometimes by agapao, "I love," "I cherish"; sometimes by another word, phileo, which means the same, Prov. 17:20; sometimes by chairo, "I rejoice"; and sometimes by zeteo, "I seek." Philologists note that our Hebrew word ahab denotes a burning and vehement, a tender and affection-laden impulse and inclination, full of feeling and heartfelt warmth. For the love of God is not only the fountain and source of all duties toward God, so that there is no duty that does not spring from and out of love, but also a summary of all duties — whence the Savior's word: "Thou shalt love the Lord thy God... This is the first and great commandment," Matt. 22:37-38.
2. The object of love — "Jehovah thy God." Jehovah, one in essence; Elohim, God, that is, in Persons; and "thy" God, by virtue of the covenant.
b. Communion and converse with God. "To walk in His ways" — to walk, to go. Going or walking is, by various steps, to move oneself from one place to another and to proceed. "In His ways" — God's ways are, or are those in which He Himself walks, the ways of providence, Ps. 138:5, which are either ways of grace and mercy, Ps. 25:10, or ways of righteousness and judgment, Ps. 145:17, Ezek. 18:25, 29. In these ways we too walk with God, when we order our own steps, as it were, according to His — which happens: when He, walking with us in the ways of grace and beneficence, we then walk in the ways of thankfulness and love; and He walking in the ways of His judgments, we then walk in the ways of repentance and humbling. Or, the ways of God are those in which He wills that we should walk, Ps. 143:8, namely in His commandments, Ps. 25:4 and 27:11, Isa. 42:16, and so throughout. So that to walk in the ways of the LORD is to go along with God, in one and the same path, whether of His providence or of His commands.
c. The keeping of the divine commandments. "And to keep His commandments." This is a more narrowly defined duty than the preceding one, the walking in the ways of God, which, besides the keeping of the divine commandments, also includes other duties — for which reason this present duty is joined, by way of explanation, to the preceding one by the prefixed conjunction "and." The word shamar, translated "to keep," means to preserve a thing with care, concern, diligence, industry, and attentiveness, so that it may not slip away or be taken. The word mitsvah, "commandment," commonly means, in a broader sense, any command or precept whatsoever; here it seems to signify more specifically the moral commandments, since it is joined together with the statutes, or ceremonial laws, and with the judgments, or civil laws. So that to keep God's commandments is to be most exactly watchful over the divine commandments, and to be obedient to them by observing them, Exod. 19:5, Luke 11:28.
2. Ceremonial duties: "and His statutes." The word hhukka means the ceremonial Law, for which reason it is commonly used of the church's rites — of the Passover, Exod. 12:42-43; of the preparation of the lamps, Exod. 27:21; of the duties and garments of the priests, Exod. 30; of their washings, Exod. 30:21; of the offerings, Lev. 3:17 and 6:18, 22, etc. — so that in matters of worship too they should depend on Him alone.
3. Civil duties: "and His judgments," from shaphat, that is, "He has judged," whence mishpat, which means either the pleadings and disputes of contending parties, Job 18:13, or the sentence of the judge, and the execution of that sentence — so that it may be signified that the Israelite commonwealth too is a divine government, wholly and entirely dependent on the divine laws, God being, as it were, its supreme Monarch and Lawgiver.
C. The reward of the duty performed: "that thou mayest live, and multiply, and that the LORD thy God may bless thee in the land whither thou goest to possess it." And thus God makes known that He does not wish to be served for nothing, Mal. 1:10 and 3:14, Job 21:15. By this reward God promises three things:
a. Life: "and that thou mayest live." The word hhaja means to live, and likewise to be healthy, preserved, unharmed, and prosperous. Life is the most general of all goods, so that without it all other goods are nothing — even by the judgment of Satan himself, Job 2:4. He promises a life complete and of every kind: natural, spiritual, and eternal.
b. A multiplication: "and thou shalt be multiplied," likewise "thou shalt be great," Gen. 9:7 — "thou shalt increase and grow in number and in strength." He promises, therefore, a reward that would not remain confined to the obedient themselves, but would also pass on to their posterity. In this multiplication lay an excellent benefit, looking forward to the appointment and coming of the Messiah, Gen. 1:28 and 9:7, Jer. 33:22, Zech. 10:8.
c. A blessing: "and the LORD thy God shall bless thee in the land whither thou goest, to possess it." Here are marked:
1. The blessing: "and He shall bless thee." The word barak, "to bless," here means to do well, Gen. 24:35 — to impart and bestow power upon all things fit for their use, Exod. 23:25, Ps. 132:15, Ezek. 34:26, Mal. 3:10, compare Matt. 4:4.
2. The one who blesses: "the LORD thy God." The LORD, Jehovah, the Almighty, who can effectually bless; the Elohim, the three Persons of the Godhead, Num. 6:24-26, of whom each, being Almighty, shall contribute His own part in the blessing — He who blesses with all spiritual blessings, in Christ Jesus, Eph. 1:3. "Thy God," who wills to do thee good by virtue of the covenant, by which He is thy God.
3. The one blessed: "thee" — that is, Israel — namely, if thou shalt love Him, walk in His ways, keep His commandments, and likewise observe His statutes and judgments; for upon this condition the whole promise of blessing is fastened.
4. The place of the blessing: "in the land whither thou goest, to possess it." He means the land of Canaan, which was itself also a blessing, as one that flowed with milk and honey, Exod. 3:8 and 13:5, Ezek. 20:6, and elsewhere generally, and which also furnished a receiving-place for all blessing, Deut. 5:16 — to such an extent that, apart from and outside of Canaan, there was scarcely any blessing at all for Israel.
2. A prohibition of the evil which was to be avoided, v. 17. Here we find:
a. The forbidden sins, which are four in number:
a. Turning away from God, or hatred toward Him: "if thine heart shall turn away." This is set over against the love commanded above: for just as love is a turning, inclining, or leaning of the heart toward a thing, so hatred is a turning and drawing away of the heart from a thing. And in every sin is noted a turning and drawing away from God and from the good, and a turning and inclining of the heart toward evil.
b. Disobedience: "and wilt not hear." "To hear" means not only to hear with the ears, but also to understand with the heart, and to obey in deed — just as the Greek akouo, "to hear." Except that hearing with the ears comes first, understanding with the heart follows, and the practicing of what is heard and understood is the conclusion of it. Compare Rom. 10:14, Isa. 55:2.
c. Stubbornness and obstinacy: "and shalt have cast away" — namely, my words and commands — with loathing, or with obstinacy, Job 21:14-15, after the example of Pharaoh, Exod. 5:2.
d. Idolatry: "and worship other gods, and serve them" — that is, show religious honor to other gods. Here are marked:
1. The forbidden religious honor, which is expressed by two words: bowing oneself down, which elsewhere not seldom means only a civil honor, but here undoubtedly a religious one; and then also serving, namely with all manner of religious duties, Matt. 4:10, Deut. 6:13 and 10:20, Exod. 20:5.
2. Those who were not to be served, namely other gods, distinct and different from me alone, "who brought thee out of Egypt, out of the house of bondage," Exod. 20:2-3.
b. The punishment of these sins, v. 18: "ye shall surely perish, ye shall not prolong your days," etc. This signifies every kind of ruin and destruction — temporal, spiritual, and eternal — and all those evils which are set forth in a long and extensive register, Deut. 28:15 to the end, and likewise Lev. 26:14, etc. Thus we have in this single text, if not all things, at least most of the things that belong to moral providence.
The Doctrinal Part
§III
From what has been said, it appears that God governs and rules the rational creatures in a particular way, far beyond how He governs any other creatures: for we do not read that God, by commanding or forbidding, by promising or threatening, governs and rules any creature besides these. This manner of governing and ruling occurs throughout Holy Scripture, Deut. 26:16-18 and 10:12-13, Mic. 6:8, Jer. 32:19 — indeed the whole of Holy Scripture is occupied with it. And this manner of governance is required, on the one hand, by the particular nature of the rational creature, created after the image of the Creator, endowed with understanding and will, whereby it is the principle of its own actions, proceeding from and with deliberation and forethought, and determines itself, with respect to the acts elicited, independently of any other creature — which therefore, in accordance with its own nature, had to be governed and ruled in this manner. On the other hand, it is required by the nature of the Creator, who, being a Being simple and absolutely first and alone independent, both requires and nourishes a creature that is dependent on Him in all things — not only with respect to its natural being, but also with respect to its moral being. But in order that it might thus depend, a duty had to be prescribed to it, by commanding and forbidding, by promising and threatening; and in the third place, the very nature of the service which the creature owes to its Creator required this, demanding that the creature should know and acknowledge its duty, and freely render it of itself — and therefore that this duty be made known to it by commanding and forbidding, and be urged upon it by promising and threatening.
§IV
This particular manner of governing and ruling is customarily called by theologians a moral providence — not so much because it is chiefly occupied with forming and directing morals, as because it operates in a moral manner, whereas God governs all other creatures by a natural working. Not that He governs the rational creatures with this working alone (for here too He employs a natural working), but because He is occupied with the rational creatures principally in this manner of governing. For although, in a broader sense, a certain moral governance may also be allowed with respect to irrational creatures, insofar as this signifies an objective and figuratively-transferred (tropical) motion, brought about through outwardly proposed signs and through natural good or evil things, whereby irrational creatures are enticed, frightened off, guided, and driven away — as when the angel governed Balaam's donkey with a drawn sword, Num. 22:23, 25, 27 — nevertheless, in the narrower and proper sense, this providence is occupied only with rational creatures, and in such a way that they, and their actions, depend on it in genere morum, that is, in the matter of reason, as one says — that is, with respect to a moral goodness or wickedness. You have examples of this in Gen. 3:6, 2 Sam. 11:2, etc., Acts 9:3-4.
This differs from natural governance chiefly in this: that the natural touches the effect immediately, with its own power and working, and produces it by that touching; whereas the moral works that toward which another cause freely brings about the effect. Thus a preacher, commending virtue, does not touch it immediately in the hearts of his hearers, nor does he produce it by touching — but he sets before his hearers such things as they may determine themselves, upon consideration, to put into practice.
§V
The acts of this governance concern (I) the truth, in order to reveal, recount, teach, confirm, and defend it to creatures — such acts occur throughout Holy Scripture. Or (II) the duties which must be observed by the rational creatures: whether (1) by doing good and prescribed things — to which the commandments are directed, Mic. 6:8 — and this applies both to such things as are good in and of themselves, on account of their agreement with the natural rectitude of God and with His image in man (such commandments being called natural commandments), and to such things as are good only by virtue of the Creator's will and precept, the reason for which is indeed always known to God, but very often unknown and hidden to us (such commandments being given the name of positive commandments) — commandments which, in various ways, according to the good pleasure of the Lawgiver, can be abrogated, altered, extended, or curtailed. Or (2) by avoiding evil and forbidden things — to which the prohibitions are directed, which are in turn either such as are evil by and through their own nature, and contrary to God and His image, or evil only by virtue of the prohibition. Examples too carry the force of commands and prohibitions, Matt. 11:29, 1 Cor. 11:1, Phil. 2:5 — certainly not all examples, Zech. 1:4, Rom. 12:2 — but those approved, whether by word or by deed, namely by rewards or by punishments, Jas. 5:10, at least those that agree with the laws; otherwise one ought not to live according to examples.
Or (III) indifferent things, which are neither in themselves, nor by virtue of a divine command, morally good or evil — to which belong permissions and toleration; and these are moral, since natural indifferent things belong to general providence. These things, being left in idea, or in their disposition, to our freedom, are supposed (1) to be good: if (a) done in faith, Rom. 14:23, Heb. 11:6; (b) if without offense or stumbling to one's neighbor, Rom. 14:13; (c) if to the glory of God, 1 Cor. 10:31, Col. 3:17. Just as, on the other hand, (2) they are made evil if any of these elements is lacking. Hence in the singular instance no human act is indifferent, since we shall have to give account of every particular act, 2 Cor. 5:10, down to every idle or empty word, Matt. 12:36, indeed down to the least wish and desire of the heart, Rom. 7:7.
Now God permits — sometimes in express words, Col. 2:16, 20-21, Gen. 2:16-17, Lev. 11:2-4, when He exempts this or that thing from what is forbidden; sometimes merely by nowhere forbidding it, compare Rom. 14:14, Acts 10:15; sometimes even in expressions of commanding, Deut. 23:20, Gen. 1:28, just as He sometimes, with the very same expressions of commanding, expressly forbids, Num. 22:20, John 13:27 — such things must, both by comparison with the Lawgiver's other statements and by comparison of circumstances, be carefully and cautiously discerned and distinguished. Or (IV) with respect to certain particular things, by exempting and releasing from them. Here one must, above all, carefully and exactly distinguish:
(1) The abrogation of a Law, whereby God takes away from a law given by Him all its obligatory force. In this way He has, under the New Testament, abrogated the Ceremonial and Civil Law formerly given to the Jews. (2) The relaxation of a Law, whereby God extends the obligatory force of the Law beyond the sound and content of its words. In this way He transfers the punishment threatened in the Law against the sinner, on account of sin, onto his satisfying Surety. (3) The exemption or discharge from a Law, whereby the Law, remaining wholly intact and unimpaired in its obligatory force, only exempts this or that person, this or that case, from it. Thus God exempted the priests, in the case of the offerings, from the command of Sabbath rest, Matt. 12:9, Mark 3:1. It must, however, be noted here that such exemption or discharge applies only to positive laws, which depend on the free good pleasure of God the Lawgiver; for natural laws, which are grounded in and rest upon nature — whether of God the Lawgiver, or of man, insofar as he, in his original righteousness, bears the image of God — are absolutely and altogether unalterable. (4) The interpretation and explanation of the Law, which neither abrogates the Law, nor relaxes it, nor exempts from it, but merely declares that it is not the meaning and intent of the Law to bind in this or that case. This interpretation and explanation likewise belongs to God with respect to the natural commandments. Thus God gave no exemption from the prohibition of murder when He prescribed and commanded Abraham to slaughter his innocent and guiltless son, Gen. 22:2 — meaning that he should understand this as the killing of an innocent person, and that by killing him he would not become guilty of violating the Law against murder; but God only declared that no unlawful murder is committed when it is carried out at the command of the sovereign Lord of life and death. So too God gave no license or discharge with respect to the Law against theft when He commanded the Israelites to ask of their Egyptian neighbors vessels of gold and silver, etc., Exod. 11:2-3 — as though it were lawful for them alone, and in this case only, to commit theft; but He declared only that it was not theft, since they asked for and received the vessels of others at the command of the sovereign Lord of all things: this was done so that they might afterward, in the wilderness, employ these things for sacred use, benefit, and adornment, for the building of the Tabernacle; or because the supreme Lawgiver assigned to them what they had earned by their labor. Finally, He likewise gave no dispensation regarding the marital unions of brothers with their sisters, at the very first origin of mankind; but He only declared, by the deed itself, that such unions, in the case of an absolute necessity, were no incest.
§VI
The things that are commanded and forbidden, God, through His moral providence, (I) not only sets forth, but (II) moreover presses home in various ways, according to the nature and degree of the goodness or wickedness present in the things commanded or forbidden. Sometimes He presses them home (1) with a single, simple confirmation of the Law (sanctio), by promising a reward to the obedient, Deut. 28:1-15 — and this out of pure and sheer generosity, Rom. 11:35, obligating Himself to His creature by and through a gracious word — and by threatening punishment to the disobedient, Gen. 2:17 and 3:3, which, by virtue of His avenging righteousness, and according to the desert and equivalence of the sin, He also necessarily sends and inflicts, Rom. 1:32, 2 Thess. 1:6, Ps. 5:5. Meanwhile, just as under the commands is understood a prohibition of the opposite, and under the prohibitions a command of the opposite, so also under the promises are included threats of the opposite punishment, and, conversely, under the threats, promises of an opposite benefit: thus, for example, under the threat of death in Gen. 2:17 is included the promise of life.
Sometimes (2) with counsels, whereby He urges the fairness, honorableness, and usefulness of the duty, above the nature of a command receiving the name of counsel, Rev. 3:18, Ps. 16:7 — not that these may be left to the free choice of the creature, whether to follow them or not, but that they may be observed with a noble, willing, and open-hearted spirit, Ps. 110:3, Phil. 2:13-14. Sometimes also (3) with solemn attestations, whereby He sets forth and proves the righteousness and fairness of the prescribed duty, calling in, as it were, all manner of witnesses to the conscience, Deut. 4:26 and 30:19, Ps. 81:9, Isa. 1:2, 4 and 5:3 — so that the conscience may be all the more powerfully urged and convinced, Ps. 2:6, Rom. 3:4. Sometimes (4) with wishes, and, as it were, with earnest and fervent longings, whereby the excellence of the duty and of obedience, together with the shamefulness and wickedness of disobedience, is expressed most forcefully — an excellence so great that it would, were it possible, draw God Himself away in desire and longing toward it. Unless you would rather understand these wishes as expressed according to the intent and out of the mouth of God's servants, for whom it is not unusual, in this manner, to commend to the people the worth and excellence of a duty. Examples of this we find in Ps. 81:14-15, Deut. 5:29, Luke 19:42, Isa. 5:4. Finally (5) with the actual execution of the promises and threats, or the actual sending of rewards or punishments, Jer. 32:19 — namely insofar as these have great power to move the will to the practice of what is commanded and the avoidance of what is forbidden — while other matters are more fittingly referred to natural providence.
§VII
The most absolute rule and standard of this moral providence is the Word of God, set forth in Holy Scripture, Deut. 29:29, 4:2, and 12:28, 32, Isa. 8:20, Matt. 15:9, Ps. 19:8. And in particular, as regards duty, the divine Law — whether the particular law, binding for a certain fixed time or certain fixed persons, such as all manner of positive laws, both ceremonial and civil; or the general or Moral Law, binding all rational creatures at all times and in all places, which is displayed, chiefly and briefly indeed, yet also wholly complete and most perfect, in the Ten Commandments, as we shall teach elsewhere at length and expressly.
§VIII
Under this moral providence stands alone, and also wholly, the rational creature, since no creature, without contradiction, can fail to depend in all things on the absolutely first cause — as much with respect to its moral being and existence as with respect to its natural being and existence. Hence, in particular, angels and men. Indeed, both of these are governed and ruled by one and the same moral Law, insofar as it is displayed in the Ten Commandments — except that, with respect to the angels, one must exempt whatever belongs either to the nature of a human body or to the condition of this mortal life, since these have, by reason of their spiritual nature, no place at all in them. Such are many things touching procreation, which belong to the seventh commandment, Matt. 22:30; likewise many things belonging to the fifth commandment, touching the subjection of inferiors to superiors; as well as to the eighth, concerning each one's seeking of his livelihood in his own calling; and finally also many duties of the second and fourth commandments, to be observed particularly by men.
§IX
With respect to men, however, this moral Law has these particular features: (1) that, while the basic principles of this Law are indeed common to men with the angels, very many things derived from them are proper to men alone — such as those concerning parents, marriage, food, and the like. (2) Since man is by nature more imperfect than the angels, and thus needs greater instruction and exercise, something positive has therefore been added in the Ten Commandments to the law of nature, being otherwise of the same character as it — such as the sanctification of the seventh day, Gen. 2:2. And (3), since man in this life understands and grasps things through the senses, and is thus led, as it were by the hand, from sensible to intelligible and spiritual things, there have accordingly been added, alongside that spiritual Law for man, outward signs and Sacraments, to elucidate and confirm it. Yet in these signs and tokens a certain particular and positive Law was also contained, together with a general confession of obedience to the earlier-given law of nature, and moreover a confirmation of that solemn engagement (sanctio), which consisted of promises and threats.
§X
Finally, God governs and rules men through His moral providence, either immediately, or through the intervention of other men, to and upon whom He, as the only Lawgiver, Jas. 4:12, and Monarch, has to some degree transferred His ruling and governing power and authority — whence He is said to appoint kings, Ps. 2:6, and that kings reign by Him, Prov. 8:15, and hold judgment for Him, 2 Chron. 19:5-7, and are thus His servants, Rom. 13:1-2, 4. And this not only in the commonwealth, but also in the church, Eph. 4:11-12, Acts 20:28, Luke 10:16; indeed also in a household, Exod. 20:12, Eph. 6:1-5, etc. Therefore God teaches, through them, what is to be done and left undone, in both commonwealths; He presses it home with promises and threats; He repays and rewards with benefits and with judgments. So that whatever, in all these matters, is lawfully done by all legitimate authorities of both commonwealths, is to be reckoned as done by God. Hence He is said to sit in the congregation of the mighty, Ps. 82:1; and it is the duty of subjects to submit to them and obey them — not only by virtue of mutual agreement, or out of fear, or through force, but also by virtue of the divine institution, for conscience' sake, Rom. 13:1-5, because it pleases God to govern us by their hand.
The Polemical Part
§XI
The controversies particular to this chapter are not very numerous. Meanwhile it is asked: (I) whether God, with respect to the first determination of the free will, is occupied with nothing else than His moral providence, to the exclusion of the natural? The Pelagians and those of Pelagian sympathy — Socinians, Jesuits, Arminians, and others — press so strongly, in favor of the free will, upon a moral governance and rule, that they wholly exclude, with respect to free and voluntary actions, so far as their first determination is concerned, any natural governance and rule — holding that God governs these only through counsels or advisings, which men may or may not obey. Those of the Reformed who accept a general grace, and hold that the will unavoidably follows the last judgment of the deliberating understanding — such as the very renowned Cameron, Amyraut, and others — hold that God, by His counsels and persuasions, affects the understanding so powerfully that it cannot but move and win over the will; yet that God does not touch the will immediately, by bringing about a new inclination and disposition in conversion, and, once that is brought about, arousing and setting it in motion by a natural working, and thereby bending it.
The Reformed, on the contrary, hold that God, with respect to the free will and its first determination, is occupied and active not only with His moral providence, by advising and persuading, but also with a natural working, by bending the will — indeed even immediately, not only with respect to the understanding, by enlightening it, but also with respect to the will, by pouring into it a new inclination and disposition toward Himself and toward spiritual and saving goods. (I) Because Scripture teaches this, Prov. 21:1 and 16:1, Phil. 2:13, Jer. 31:33, and elsewhere. (II) Because nature too teaches that the rational creature depends on God's general or natural providence, not only with respect to its natural being, but also with respect to its moral being, so that it cannot, without contradiction, be withdrawn, in either respect, from that divine providence. (III) Because not only is the understanding of the man who is to be converted subject to his blindness, but the will also is afflicted with its aversion from God and from all spiritual good, and with an inclination toward the contrary — wherefore this necessarily requires that, by a natural working of God, not only the blindness be taken away from the understanding, but also that corruption from the will. Nor do our opponents have anything to object, except that by such a working the will is deprived of its freedom — to which we have already answered fully and expressly in the preceding chapter.
§XII
It is asked: (II) Whether God, through His moral providence, governs and rules man through Evangelical Counsels, distinct and different from the Commandments? Just as the Pelagians, in order the more forcefully to support their independent indifference in natural things, ascribe to man's free will an indifference whereby it may will or not will this or that, according to its own pleasure and good will — so the Papists, in some moral matters (in order the more forcefully to support their monastic vows, which they leave to each individual's choice, and by and through which the authority and wealth of the Roman Pope so greatly increase and grow), leave man's will indifferent and independent, so that he, without sin, may do or not do those moral things — by giving him Evangelical Counsels, distinct and different from the commandments.
The Reformed, on the contrary, hold that God's counsels bind man to obedience just as the commandments do; only, that these advisings or counsels press home obedience with motives taken from man's own advantage, whereas the commandments press it home with motives and compelling reasons taken from the authority of the Lawgiver — and therefore that there is no real distinction between the counsels and the commandments. This Reformed view is confirmed by many arguments: Because Scripture overturns those Counsels (whence come the "works of supererogation") with many proofs: (I) when it commands us to love God with the whole heart, and our neighbor as ourselves, and sets this as the sum of the whole Law and the Prophets, Matt. 22:37. (II) When it commands whatsoever is just, honest, holy, and praiseworthy, Phil. 4:8 — beyond which nothing morally good can be conceived. (III) When it commands us to devote soul and body, and all that we have and can do, to the service of God, 1 Cor. 6:20, Rom. 12:1, Tit. 2:14, 1 Pet. 2:9 and 3:18 — beyond which no greater or other moral good can be conceived. (IV) When it requires us bravely to follow Christ, as the most perfect example, Luke 9:23, 1 Cor. 11:1 — to have the same mind that was also in Christ Jesus, Phil. 2:5 — to purify ourselves as He is pure, 1 John 3:3 — to walk as He walked, 1 John 2:6 — indeed, to follow God Himself, Eph. 5:1 — to such a degree that we should be perfect, as He is perfect, Matt. 5:48 — beyond which nothing more perfect can be conceived.
(V) When it sets forth and proposes, as commands and precepts, those very same things which our opponents assign to the counsels — for example, to love our enemies, Matt. 5:43-44; to leave all things, even what is dearest and most precious, readily for Christ's sake, Mark 10:29 — with which agrees the counsel given by the Savior to the young man, Matt. 19:22-25; indeed, to preach the Gospel free of charge, which our opponents themselves urge as a work of supererogation from 1 Cor. 9:18 — whereas the Apostle there plainly says that he did this at and by command, v. 17. Nor (VI) is what they allege for the contrary of the least weight or importance: as, (1) that mention is made of eunuchs, Isa. 56:3-5, Matt. 19:12, who have made themselves eunuchs for the kingdom of God's sake, and who thereby obtained a certain more excellent and outstanding reward and prize. Answer: (a) that they made themselves eunuchs willingly does not point to a counsel, or to a work of supererogation, since nothing at all is said of this in the text — no, rather the opposite, v. 14. Also (b) all obedience to the commandments must be a willing, voluntary obedience, Ps. 110:3. (c) That something outstanding and excellent is there promised to those eunuchs does not signify or imply a golden crown or wreath, but perhaps a certain greater degree of blessedness, however such a degree is obtained, through a more ready and prepared obedience.
(2) The Apostle permits the unmarried state, 1 Cor. 7:26, according to the exigency and condition of the times: (a) not as a work of supererogation or of merit, but as a matter indifferent in itself, which must be determined by the circumstances. Nor does he (b) promise thereby a greater reward than eternal life, but only a more convenient capacity and fitness to overcome and surmount all manner of persecutions and difficulties. Nor does (3) the Apostle boast, 1 Cor. 9:18, of works of supererogation, in that he preached the Gospel free of charge, since he plainly testifies that necessity was laid upon him to do so, v. 16. And (4) that new song, which the virgins are said to have sung, does not prove that the state of virginity is an Evangelical Counsel (though it is in itself a thing indifferent), and that its reward is something more excellent than eternal life. Likewise (5) that the Apostles and others, for the benefit and service of the poor and needy early church, sold their goods and possessions and applied them to her benefit, does not prove a certain Evangelical Counsel — since we are bound and obligated, by virtue of a divine command, even to lay down our lives for the brethren, 1 John 3:16. And what they finally (6) prattle about the essential and accidental perfection of every good work shows indeed degrees, both of virtue and of reward, but not an Evangelical Counsel, which would point to an unowed and non-obligatory duty, and promise a golden crown better and greater than eternal life.
§XIII
It is asked: (III) Whether there is, in God's moral providence, a certain powerless wish or longing on God's part? The Pelagians and those of Pelagian sympathy, Socinians, Jesuits, Arminians, and others, since they posit a self-sufficient and independent free will, which God cannot determine; and since they likewise posit in God an antecedent conditional will, whereby God would will, if man wills — whereby He would likewise will that all and each be saved, if only they themselves would will it — say that there is in God a properly so-called wish, whereby God would wish and desire that this or that duty be performed by man, though fruitlessly and in vain. The Reformed acknowledge in God no wish or longing other than that which is one and the same with His command and precept — differing from it only in this: that whereas the command urges the duty with the authority of the Lawgiver alone, the wish urges the same duty with a compelling motive, taken from a certain excellent and outstanding advantage and benefit, which is certainly to be expected by the obedient from and through it. The arguments, for and against, we have examined and weighed in the fifteenth chapter of the second book, §XXXII.
§XIV
It is asked: (IV) Whether, besides Holy Scripture, or the divine Law, moral providence has any other rule and standard? The Enthusiasts take, besides and outside of Scripture, as a rule and standard, the impulses of their own private spirit. The Socinians and Rationalists, their own reason. The Papists add to the Scriptures, besides their Evangelical Counsels, the decrees of the councils, the ordinances of the popes, and the opinions of the church fathers. These matters too we have examined and weighed at length, Book I, ch. II, §§LV, LVI, LVII, and following — so that it will suffice here merely to have pointed to them.
The Practical Part
§XV
From this moral providence, God is known, first of all, as the supreme and universal King and Governor of the rational creature, and in particular of man, from whom all power to govern and rule is derived and determined, and on whom it wholly and in every way depends. For although He is known, from creation and from natural providence, as the supreme and universal Lord of all things, yet He is, properly and precisely, the Governor and Ruler of rational creatures only by virtue of moral providence. Hence He is commonly called a King, Ps. 29:10 and 5:3; a Lord (in a narrower sense), Mal. 1:6; the only Lawgiver, who is able to save and to destroy, Jas. 4:12.
God, then, is and shows Himself to be a Governor and Ruler — or rather a Lord: (1) in the world, through general providence, powerfully directing and governing all things to their ends, as we have noted in the preceding chapter. (2) In a commonwealth, by prescribing laws for it, Deut. 4:5, 8, setting rulers over it as His deputies, through whom He Himself rules, Rom. 13:1, and arming them with His sword, v. 2-4. Finally, (3) in the church, like a father in His house, Mal. 1:6, over His own household, Eph. 2:19, governing and ruling them, not only with laws, promises, and threats, with recompenses, rewards, and watchful discipline, but moreover also with covenant-makings, by which He freely makes Himself, as it were, a debtor to His creatures — the first covenant-making having occurred with the whole human race in the first man, and this, being violated by sin, a second one, moreover, with the elect, whom He, through various periods of time, governs in a wonderful manner, as is described throughout the whole of Holy Scripture.
The absolutely supreme Governor here, then, is the Most High and All-Gracious God; and, by delegation, the highest Mediator, Jesus; the subordinate governors are all manner of servants; the instruments and tools, as it were the scepters, are the Law and the Gospel; the reward of obedience is every kind of blessing, especially eternal life; the punishment of rebellion is every kind of evil, and, above all, eternal damnation.
§XVI
Hence this moral governance advises us, secondly, to acknowledge and accept God as our Governor and Ruler, and to submit ourselves willingly and readily to His governance and rule, Ps. 2:11-12, 1 Pet. 5:6, Jas. 4:7. This above all is required of subjects: that they acknowledge and accept their king, and submit themselves to Him. Let us submit (1) our understanding to His teaching and instruction, surrendering ourselves to it, making ourselves pliable and obedient, and forcefully suppressing and casting down every thought of the flesh that rises up against it, 2 Cor. 10:5, Gal. 1:15-17. For it does not befit a subject to inquire into or search out the reasons behind the sayings of his princes, 2 Chron. 25:16, Rom. 11:33. Let us (2) submit our will to and under His will, as it is made known to us in and through His laws, Mic. 6:8, Deut. 10:12-13, Ps. 40:8. So that nothing move us more powerfully to do the good, or restrain us from doing the evil, than the known will of the Lawgiver. And let us above all and chiefly guard ourselves from whatever is contrary to His will, Matt. 6:39, 42, 2 Cor. 10:5. Further, (3) let us restrain and crucify all manner of passions, movements, and desires, Gal. 5:24, that they may never at any time rise up and rage against God, our Governor, Ruler, and Lawgiver.
Thus it is (1) right and fitting that we submit ourselves to the Father of Spirits, Heb. 12:9, even in His most severe dispensations. Thus (2) the Body submits itself to its Head, Eph. 5:24. And this (3) belongs to the very essence of our covenant with God — that, just as He Himself devotes Himself to us and shows Himself to be our God and Governor, so we likewise readily accept and submit to Him as our subjects, and thus the covenant is confirmed, that He shall be our God, and we His people, Ezek. 34:25, 30. Just as (4) it is a crime of condemned and damnable rebellion against God to raise up our own wisdom, will, and desires as our governors and rulers, and thus even as gods, Ps. 2:3, Luke 19:14.
§XVII
And it likewise kindles us, thirdly, and stirs us up to show ourselves obedient to His precepts and commands, and to comport ourselves accordingly. For it is not enough to have accepted Him as Lord, Governor, Ruler, and King, and to profess this with full mouth, unless we also obey His will, Matt. 7:21. Obedience is a fruit of submission, Mal. 1:6, 1 Pet. 4:1-2, Col. 4:12.
To this end it is useful and helpful that we earnestly consider: (1) the supreme power and majesty of our Governor, who is that only Lawgiver who is able to save and to destroy, Jas. 4:12, Ps. 47:3, Exod. 34:6-7 and 20:5-6. (2) The fairness and perfection of His laws, Deut. 4:8, Jas. 2:8, Ps. 19:8-11, Rom. 12:2. (3) The very purpose of the laws themselves, which tends not to the profit and advantage of the Governor and Ruler, Ps. 16:2 and 50:12, but to the welfare and salvation of those who are governed and ruled, Ps. 19:12-13, Deut. 30:20 and 32:47. (4) The benefits attached to obedience, Isa. 55:2-3, 1 Tim. 4:8. (5) The bonds of obligation by which we are bound and obliged to our Governor and Ruler, Rom. 12:1, Deut. 32:6. (6) The eternal ruin of those who do not obey, Deut. 28:16ff. and 27:26, Gal. 3:10.
And in order that we may obey our supreme Governor, it is necessary: (1) that we, with all earnestness, diligently inquire into His will, and accustom ourselves to it, Prov. 4:4. Let us then open the book of nature, Ps. 19:1, and of conscience, Rom. 2:14-15, and above all also of Scripture, John 5:39; let us meditate on it day and night, Ps. 1:1-2, which even princes must continually handle, Deut. 17:18-20, John 1:8-9, and rich and poor must live to obey, Deut. 5:6-7. (2) That we humbly beseech God, our Governor and Ruler, with fervent prayers, that He incline our hearts to His commandments, Ps. 119:36 and 141:4. (3) That we cast down every high thing that exalts itself against the knowledge of God, and bring every thought into captivity to the obedience of Christ, 2 Cor. 10:5. (4) That we be obedient to all those He has set in authority over us, in both kinds of government — both civil, Rom. 13:1-4, and ecclesiastical, Heb. 13:17. For he who hears an ambassador hears his lord, Luke 10:16, just as, on the other hand, he who sets himself against the minister sets himself against his lord, Rom. 13:1-2, 4. More matters of this kind will be treated, God willing, in the chapter on obedience.
§XVIII
Indeed also, fourthly, this doctrine strengthens and confirms our trust in our most gracious Governor and Ruler, by virtue of His promises, which He has, freely and out of grace, added to His Laws, 1 Tim. 4:8 — and this trust springs from the faithfulness and trustworthiness of Him who makes the promise, 2 Thess. 3:3, Heb. 10:23 and 11:11, Rev. 3:14. Whereby He shall accordingly repay His subjects, as many as shall have submitted themselves to Him, with reward, Rev. 22:12, and, as a righteous Judge, shall set upon them the promised crown of righteousness, 2 Tim. 4:8, 18, and shall judge in righteousness, Ps. 67:4 and 96:13.
§XIX
On the other hand, fifthly, it likewise drives us to fear and reverence toward our supreme Governor and Ruler, Ps. 96:9-10 — as one who (1) has proclaimed the most extreme destruction against those who despise Him and violate His laws, Deut. 27:26 and 28:15; who (2) just as He is faithful in His promises, is likewise true in His threats, Ps. 132:4-5; who (3) is certain and unfailing in the fulfillment of His threats and in the execution of His judgments, Ps. 9:16-17; who (4) is righteous, so that He cannot but carry out His threats, Ps. 11:4-5, Rom. 1:32, 2 Thess. 1:7; who (5) has, countless times, most severely punished, and shall punish, the despising of Himself and of His precepts, Exod. 20:5; who (6) by the very nature of His laws and of His governance, cannot allow their violation to go unnoticed or unpunished — since a law without a threat, and a threat without its execution, is absolutely no law at all, and differs in no way from a bare governance and advising — indeed it becomes an object of mockery to its despisers, Gal. 6:7.
§XX
Moreover, sixthly, since God, through moral providence, is the highest and supreme Governor, alone independent, and thus the only Lawgiver, having authority in His own right — this is the reason and cause (1) why all manner of subordinate Governors and Rulers must acknowledge that they derive and take their authority and dignity neither from themselves, nor from the agreement and consent of their subjects, nor from the violence and force by which they may have brought subjects under their power by the sword, nor from anything else — as the Machiavellians, Hobbesians, and so-called false politicians would derive it — but that they derive it from God, who is the highest and supreme Monarch, Rom. 13:1-6, 1 Pet. 2:13-15, Deut. 1:16-17, 2 Chron. 19:5-7 — since otherwise they would make themselves guilty of the crime of injured Majesty.
Consequently they have (1) reason to defend the honor and glory of their supreme Monarch, above their own, everywhere and always, and to cast down their crowns, as it were, before His feet, Rev. 4:4, 10, Matt. 6:13. That they (III) strive, with all their power, to extend, enlarge, and increase His kingdom, Matt. 6:10, 33, Acts 4:24 [sic], 19:8 and 28:23, 31. Indeed also (V) that they most severely punish and avenge the scorning, contempt, and neglect of the divine commandments, Ps. 89:31 [sic] and 101:4-5. And so, through all these things, they make their civil government into a government of God, in which God sits in and upon the highest place, and His throne is upheld above all others, whoever they may be, Ps. 82:1 — and that thus His may be the kingdom, and the power, and the glory, forever. Amen! Matt. 6:13.
§XXI
Finally, seventhly, this moral government — whereby God, the supreme Governor, has to some degree caused to descend to all subordinate governors whatever authority they possess — also teaches all subjects, among other things, not only that they must obey their governors, in every station — ecclesiastical, civil, and domestic — as God's ministers, Rom. 13:1-2, 4, 1 Pet. 2:13-15, Deut. 1:16-17, but also something they may learn from it: namely, in what manner and how far they must obey them — that is, so far as these do not misuse their power, and prescribe nothing against the supreme Lawgiver and God, which is unlawful, Acts 5:29, Dan. 3:16-17. For otherwise their authority ceases, and is turned and perverted into mere violence and rebellion against God, Acts 5:39.
Let us, therefore, in such a case not obey — and yet also not immediately resist (for not obeying and resisting are different things); or, if their deeds must be resisted, let us nevertheless never resist their station, legal authority, and rank: for a ruler is and remains, even should he overstep in this or that matter, a minister of God. So far, then, as rulers overstep their bounds and set themselves against the highest sovereignty of God, we must resist them, or at least not obey them — but not insofar as they are God's ministers, and His ambassadors and deputies. This must be noted and observed (1) in the ecclesiastical estate, Heb. 13:17; (2) in the civil estate, Rom. 13:1-2, 4; (3) in the domestic estate, Eph. 6:1-2, 4-5, 9. Because this is the express will of our supreme Governor and Ruler, 1 Pet. 2:13, 15 — and those who thus obey and hear, hear God, Luke 10:16.
Chapter XII: The Covenant of Nature
Genesis 2:16-17. "And the LORD God commanded the man, saying: Of every tree of the garden thou mayest freely eat; but of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, thou shalt not eat of it: for in the day that thou eatest thereof, thou shalt surely die."
§I
Upon the general providence, with which God is occupied concerning all manner of things, and upon the particular providence, with which He is at work in particular concerning the rational creature, there follows finally the most particular providence of all, with which God occupies Himself concerning men, insofar as they constitute a church before Him, through a making of covenant — whereby God demands of them a duty, on pain of punishment, and promises a benefit; they accept the required duty, and await the benefit; and this agreement, or mutual consent, constitutes a covenant, and a mutual obligation. Of this covenant-making, God gave the first example, with the whole human race, in Paradise, Gen. 2:16-17. For although no express mention of a covenant is made there, this nevertheless occurs elsewhere, Hos. 6:7, and the matter itself constitutes a covenant: for wherever there are covenanting parties, and an agreement of the covenanting parties in and to the same, there is a covenant. That these elements are indeed to be found in the text will appear in its proper place.
The Explanatory Part
§II
The words of the text set forth the Covenant of Nature, which God made with the first-created man, together with the whole future human race. Concerning this, the following present themselves to us:
I. The negotiating parties, or those who were to enter together into a covenant, namely:
1. On the one side, Jehovah Elohim. Jehovah, the LORD, the Creator of man, the self-sufficient one — indeed the self-satisfied one, of and by Himself sufficient unto an infinite blessedness — not only as a covenanting party, but also as ba'al berit, the Lord of the covenant, having absolute right and power of His own, who was able to enter into a covenant with man, and to do so in that manner, and with those laws and conditions, that seemed good to Him. He, though by His sheer authority and dominion He might have simply commanded, has nevertheless preferred, through an excellent condescension and accommodation, to enter into a covenant-negotiation with man — for reasons which shall be pointed out in their place. Elohim, three-in-one in Persons, Father, Son, and Holy Spirit, so that man might stand in covenant with three — each of whom, being faithful and almighty, is thus more than able to make good the promises — and so that, on the other hand, man might be obligated and bound to three Persons, just as we note occurs concerning the Covenant of Grace, Matt. 28:19.
2. On the other side, man — al ha-adam, "unto man," "over man," "against man," as in Amos 2:12 — since the covenant concerned a matter that touched him closely. Ha-adam, "the man," with a demonstrative article, seems to indicate that the word "Adam" here does not signify a proper name — since, according to the usage of the Hebrew language, proper names do not admit an article — but a common noun, and thus "a man." In the singular number, not so as to exclude Eve, the wife — not only because she too was herself a human being, but also because, in the household sense, man and wife are one, Gen. 2:24, Matt. 19:5, Eph. 5:31.
Meanwhile, "a man" is named in general, so that every single man might be understood, 1 Cor. 11:28 — not only those then present and already created, but also all those to come, or who would be created. So that we should understand that God entered into the Covenant of Nature with Adam, not as a private person, but as a public and general person, representing the whole human race, both present and future, Rom. 5:12 — the second Adam alone excepted — so that in that one man all should either stand or fall, either live or die, 1 Cor. 15:22.
II. The negotiation, or the act of covenant-making, in the word tsivvah, "He has commanded" — which here signifies, in part, a permission, with respect to the first following half-verse, "of every tree of the garden thou shalt surely eat," and in part a prohibition, with respect to the second half-verse, "but of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil thou shalt not eat." Meanwhile, by the word "command" the act of covenant-making is signified: for a command, whenever it appears joined with its obligating force — namely with a promise and with a threat, and together also with a mutual agreement of the parties — always constitutes a covenant. That such a command indeed has place here, we shall show in its own place. Yet God does not use the word "covenant-making," but that of "commanding" — not only because it is customary, in covenant-makings, for the negotiating parties to set forth their demands in commanding expressions, "thou shalt do this and that," or "this and that shall come to pass" — but rather and preferably, in order that it might also be signified that here we do not have an equal covenant between equal parties, mutually equal to one another and equally entitled on both sides, but rather a covenant between a Lord and a servant — a covenant of a kind which even jurists themselves do not allow, since a servant does not have his own right and power, and therefore has no will by which he could or might freely consent to demands and promises. Further, He also uses the word "command" to indicate that He has no need to bargain for consent, or to fear a refusal of it, since man is bound and obligated to consent, and may not differ from it without incurring the guilt of death. Finally, this is to signify that all covenant-negotiation of God with man properly belongs to God's morally-governing providence.
III. The matters to be negotiated, or the content of the covenant-negotiation, in which we find:
1. A certain permission: "of every tree of the garden thou shalt surely eat." The expression "thou shalt surely eat" does not here have the force of a command — as though it meant, "thou shalt certainly eat," as in the following half-verse, "dying thou shalt die"; for then they would have sinned had they not eaten of each and every tree. "Thou shalt eat" stands in place of "you [plural] shall eat" — each one of you, and of your descendants. By this is also signified at once God's wholly general and absolutely unlimited dominion, both over the garden and all its trees — indeed over this whole universe — and in particular over man, with whom He wills to enter into a covenant, granting him the right to use and enjoy His goods, out of a pure and sheer permission of this favor and grace — so that, from and through the ample extent of this permission and freedom, the crime of violating the following prohibition might be all the greater.
2. The prohibition that follows this: "but of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, thou shalt not eat thereof." Here we find:
a. The forbidden matter: "but of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil." The prefixed letter vav, properly "and," is here beyond doubt an adversative letter, as it commonly is, meaning "but" — as in Isa. 10:20, 1 Pet. 1:25 (from Isa. 40:8), and Heb. 1:12 (from Ps. 102:27-28 [sic]). As to why this tree is called the tree of the knowledge of good and evil: whether because it possessed, by and through its own nature, the power and capacity to hasten the exercise of reason, so that it would come to arouse knowledge — as might seem to be inferred from Satan's lying temptation and deception, Gen. 3:5 — or because they would, by and through the use of this tree, obtain an experiential knowledge of what the good was, which they would have lost by eating, and likewise of what the evil was, which they would thereby have brought upon themselves — this we shall determine, God willing, in the doctrinal part. Likewise, as to why God forbade them the use of precisely this tree, and why He forbade so light, so small, and so easy a matter, we shall likewise speak in its place. For the present we suppose this: that God forbade this one tree in order to show Himself to be Lord of all things, and so that they might thereby acknowledge that they were, in all things — even the very lightest, in which they could discern no reason for the prohibition — universally and altogether subject to God, though with their own reason they could neither trace nor grasp any reason for forbidding it. This, at least, seems certain: that this tree was a token and sign which bound and obliged them to an entire submission and obedience — which is hereby presupposed, and which the first-created humans also acknowledged, Gen. 3:2 — and finally, that through the disobedience and violation of this one single prohibition (since He had granted them the use of every other tree) man's ingratitude, disobedience, and willfulness might be all the more greatly magnified. Whether this eating of the forbidden tree alone was to pass on to posterity, or also all the other sins of the first humans, we shall say in its own place.
b. The prohibition: "thou shalt not eat thereof" — lo tokhal mimmenu. "Thou shalt not eat" — that is, you shall not eat, neither thou nor thy wife. Whether the abstaining from this tree must also be extended to their descendants is not stated in the text; but we shall inquire into this hereafter. Mimmenu, "thereof," seems superfluous. Meanwhile it seems to be a diminishing little word, as if God said: not even the very least, not even so much — thereof, that is, of its fruit, shalt thou eat.
3. The threat of punishment: "in the day that thou eatest thereof, thou shalt surely die." Here are marked:
a. The punishment of disobedience: "thou shalt die." Death is the most severe punishment that the Lawgiver can impose. But what sort of death is meant here? Certainly every and all manner of death, which is set over against that life which the first humans then possessed — since no particular kind of death is specified, and consequently every and all manner of death is to be understood. But what sort of life did the first-created humans then possess? They possessed (1) a life of the soul, or a spiritual life, which consists in the union of God's image, or of original righteousness, with the soul, whereby they were able to perform all manner of spiritual operations. (2) A natural life, which arose from the union of the body with the soul, whereby they were able and fit to perform all manner of operations of natural life. (3) An eternal life, which arose from the union of the whole human composite with God, as the highest good, whereby they were fit to perform those blessed and happy operations which shall have place in eternal life. From this it is now plain and clear what sort of death the Lawgiver threatened the transgressing man with, namely all three kinds together. Meanwhile, since He threatened man with death if he transgressed, it is easily understood from this that He likewise promised him, if he obeyed, a continuing perpetuity of all that life which they then possessed. From which we understand and note that this covenant-making was not without a promise, provided man persevered in obedience — something absolutely necessary to the making of a covenant.
b. The unavoidable certainty of this punishment: "dying thou shalt die." This signifies, besides its certainty, also the violence and a hastening of death. Hence some among the Hebrews hold that what is meant is, "then thou shalt begin to be mortal" — for they suppose that man would not have died had he not sinned, though according to the constitution of nature he could have died, Gen. 3:22.
c. The time of the sending of this death: "in the day" — namely, on which thou shalt have eaten. But how does this agree with the truth, since Adam, after his fall, lived nine hundred years more? Answer: there are some among the Jews who hold that this was a bare threat of death, under which a condition is to be understood — namely, "unless thou shalt repent and be converted," as happened in Isa. 38:1. This, however, does not seem admissible, on account of the emphasis of the expression "dying thou shalt die," which seems to carry not merely a single threat, but moreover also a certain prediction of the future punishment. Others therefore prefer that it be understood to mean, "then thou shalt become mortal" — man having been immortal before sin — which is indeed true, but...
...does not, however, exhaust the force and emphasis of the threat, "dying you shall die." Others hold that this means, not that he would have had to die immediately, but rather whenever it should seem good to the Lawgiver, just as it is said in 1 Kings 2:36–37: "for it shall be, that on the day you go out and cross the brook Kidron, know for certain that you shall surely die" — that is, they say, at whatever time it should then please King Solomon. Others judge better, that it means: on the day that you shall have eaten, you shall be guilty of death — which is indeed true, but not sufficient, unless it be added that on that very same day he brought upon himself the spiritual death. In this we rest content.
IV. The covenantal consent of the contracting parties. This is, as it were, the form and essence of covenant-making, without which there is no covenant. On God's side this is indeed made clear enough through the prohibition and the threat itself; but on man's side it is not expressed in the text. Nevertheless it is sufficiently signified by the fact that he kept silent — for one who is silent is reckoned to consent. And this is shown even more clearly in Genesis 3, when Eve at first refused to listen to Satan's temptation, adding this reason, v. 3: "But of the fruit of the tree which is in the midst of the garden, God has said, You shall not eat of it."
The Doctrinal Part
III. It has therefore pleased God, from the very first beginning of the world, to regulate and govern mankind by way of covenant transactions. For just as He began, in Paradise, with the first human beings, to deal with them in this manner; so He has continued to do throughout both Testaments: (I) by repairing the broken Covenant of Works, setting in its place the Covenant of Grace, Gen. 3:15; (II) by renewing it with Noah and his household, Gen. 6:18, etc.; (III) afterward with Abraham and his seed, Gen. 17:1–16, compared with Acts 3:25–26, Gal. 3:8, Rom. 4:13; (IV) then with Israel at Sinai, through the ceremonial law, Exod. 31:32, Heb. 8:9; (V) further with David and his descendants, 2 Sam. 23:5, Ps. 89:4, 2 Sam. 7:5–17; (VI) moreover with the Jews after the Babylonian captivity, Jer. 32:37, Ezek. 11:16, 21, and 36:22; (VII) and finally, under the New Testament, with the church after the incarnation of Christ, Heb. 8:8.
IV. It has thus pleased God to deal in this way, for these reasons: (I) because this manner of dealing is especially effective for declaring His pure and unmixed love and grace toward His Church — since, whereas by His authority and dominion He could have prescribed man's duty under a bare threat, without any promise, Rom. 11:36, He chose rather to deal with him as out of friendship, and as an equal with his equals, Deut. 7:7–8. (II) That He might deal more familiarly and openly with His sons, He was unwilling to act by mere command, but chose to act through compact and covenant-making, after the manner of friends who regard one another as equals, 2 Sam. 7:19, 1 Chron. 17:17. (III) Further, that man might the more certainly promise himself the promised goods, because these are owed to him by right, by virtue of the covenant, 2 Sam. 23:5–7, Ps. 89. (IV) Finally, that He might be made the more precious and the more beloved, and be honored and served the more freely and willingly by His own, 2 Sam. 7:18–20, Jer. 31:33, compared with Ps. 40:8, Ezek. 11:18–20.
V. Moved and impelled by these and other reasons, He entered into a covenant with and in the first-created human beings, together with the whole future human race — a covenant described in Gen. 2:16–17. There He promised man life, to be earned by rendering a perfect obedience both to the natural law and likewise to the positive law; and man, for his part, accepted the condition. That this was indeed a covenant we have already shown above, both from Holy Scripture, Hos. 6:7, and from the very nature of the case; and we confirm it by both sacraments — that of the tree of life, and that of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil — by which nothing is more fittingly signified and sealed than life upon obedience, and death upon rebellion, as we have shown and proved in the Explanatory Part.
VI. That we may therefore better grasp the nature of this covenant, it is worth our while first to take brief notice of its names, and also of the general nature of a covenant, before descending to the consideration of this first covenant itself. A covenant is called among the Hebrews, in Holy Scripture, berith — which some derive from bara, "he created," because the word was in use from the very beginning of creation itself; or from that verb's Piel conjugation, in which it means cædere, that is, to strike or to slaughter — the same as the word charath means, from which the words berith and cherith carry one and the same meaning, inasmuch as in covenant-making, among the Hebrews as in Scripture generally, the slaughtering of animals was customary, Gen. 15:9–10, Exod. 24:6–7, Jer. 34:18, and elsewhere.
Others derive the word from barar, "he has purified, he has cleansed," to signify the pure and clean disposition and friendship of both covenanting parties; others from barath, "strength, firmness" (whence the word baroth, an oak or cypress tree), because both covenanting parties thereby confirm their bonds; others from the word barah, which sometimes means "he has eaten," because at covenant-makings meals — indeed feasts — were customary; others derive it from that same word insofar as it means "he has chosen," because by a covenant-making both parties choose one and the same thing; others from bara, "he has slaughtered, killed, cut in pieces," because covenants were wont to be made by the slaughtering of sacrifices, Exod. 29:3–9, compared with Gen. 15:9,10,17, etc., Jer. 34:18–20.
Among the Greeks it is Diatheke, that is, a testament — a word which the LXX translators always use (except in Deut. 9:19 and 1 Kings 11:11) in place of the Hebrew berith, "a covenant"; and not only the LXX, but even the divinely inspired writers of the New Testament, Heb. 8:8,9,10 and 10:36. This word is sometimes rendered by the Latins as a covenant, Luke 1:72, Acts 3:25, Rom. 9:4, etc.; sometimes as a testament, Matt. 26:28, Mark 14:24, 1 Cor. 11:25, 2 Cor. 3:6,14, Heb. 7:22. Sometimes it denotes the disposition of one person alone, as in a testament, Heb. 9:15–18; sometimes an agreement between more than one, as in a covenant, Heb. 8:8,9, 10:16, and 13:20; sometimes something composite of a covenant and a testament, or a testamentary covenant, Heb. 9:16,17. Moreover, the word — whether the Hebrew or the Greek — is used to express either a civil covenant, Mal. 2:10, Prov. 2:17, Gen. 21:27,31, Gal. 3:15, Heb. 9:16,17, or a religious covenant between God and the church, Jer. 31:31,32, Heb. 8:6–9, Gal. 4:24, Heb. 9:1.
VII. In a general sense, a covenant means an agreement between God and His people, in which God promises blessedness and every good subordinate to it, and demands dependence, unto His own honor and glory; and the church, for her part, promises God dependence and obedience, and claims the promised reward. It is, I say, an agreement, Amos 3:3 — whether implicit, such as there was in the Covenant of Nature, Gen. 2:16, or clearly expressed, whether in words alone, Gen. 6:18 and 17:7, or moreover in writing, Exod. 34:28 and 24:7. Of which (I) the Author is God, not man — for man does not have his own independent right and power; wherefore it is generally called a covenant of God, Gen. 6:18, 9:9, and 17:9, Jer. 22:9 and 31:32, established by Him, Deut. 5:2 and 29:1, 2 Sam. 23:5, Heb. 8:7,8 — of which the moving cause is His good pleasure alone, Eph. 1:5,7,8,11, although it is also sometimes called a covenant of men, Mal. 2:10. (II) The promised good is, in general, blessedness and everything subordinate to it — namely, in contrast to the death which was threatened upon transgression, Gen. 2:17, compared with Rom. 6:23 — and the demanded or stipulated good is dependence upon, and obedience to, God, Gen. 2:17. (III) The covenant-constituting form, or the essence of a covenant, is the homologia, the consent or agreement of the parties in and to one and the same thing, whether expressed or implicit, as we have said.
VIII. In Holy Scripture mention is made of a twofold covenant of God with His own: the one of nature, with man while he was still upright; the other of grace, with fallen man. The former, with which we are here concerned, is wont to be called by theologians sometimes (I) a legal covenant, because the performance of a perfect obedience — both to the law of the ten commandments written in man's heart, and to that particular positive law forbidding the eating of the forbidden fruit — was made the condition for obtaining eternal life; sometimes (II) a covenant of works, because it prescribed, with authority, a most absolute obedience to the law, under the symbolic sign of not eating of the fruit of the forbidden tree; and sometimes again (III) a covenant of nature, because it not only demanded obedience to that law which, for its greatest part, was written and implanted in man's nature, but also because it was entered into with the whole of human nature, according to the order of propagation — including that which was as yet still to come — as we shall explain more distinctly in its proper place.
IX. This Covenant of Nature, then, denotes that compact which God entered into with Adam, together with the whole human race, promising to give it eternal life, on condition of showing a perfect obedience, not only to the natural law, but also to the positive law forbidding the eating of the fruit of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil. That this Covenant of God was established with the first Adam is beyond doubt from Holy Scripture, Rom. 5:12, 1 Cor. 15:22 — whether it was with him as an individual (cum individuo), as Augustine holds (De Genesi ad literam, Book VIII, ch. 17), or rather that the name also denotes the woman, in which sense the expression "Adam" sometimes appears to be used, Gen. 1:26,27, compared with ch. 5:1,2.
Whether this covenant was also entered into with the second Adam is determined with more difficulty: for on the one hand, as a creature and a man, He does not seem able to be exempted from God's moral government, and, besides, as man He could not for Himself have merited anything; but on the other hand, if He had been in Adam under the Covenant of Nature, then He Himself too, in and with Adam, when Adam sinned, would seem to have broken that covenant — a conclusion which surpasses all absurdity. It therefore seems safest to hold that, although as a rational creature He could not be exempted from God's moral government with respect to its natural duties, He could nevertheless have been exempted and excepted by God from it with respect to its positive duties — such as not eating of the forbidden fruit (on the transgression of which the sin of the whole human race depends) — as well as from Adam's remaining subsequent obligations.
That the Covenant of Nature was therefore, according to God's intention, established with Christ, I do not believe: (I) because He was ordained in the eternal decree to be the second Adam, 1 Pet. 1:20, Rom. 5:12 — and it is absurd that the second Adam should have been comprehended in the same covenant with the first, indeed have been included and enclosed in him; not to add (II) that no others were included in it except those who were future according to the order of secondary causes; but the Savior, prior to sin, was not future according to the order of secondary causes. Nor (III) can He be regarded as having sinned in another, since it is utterly contrary to His nature to sin at all — for it is absolutely and altogether impossible that He should ever become a sinner.
X. Yet at least this is beyond doubt from the Holy Scriptures: that the rest of Adam's descendants have been included in every respect in this covenant. This is clear (I) from the outcome, since that one sin of Adam has passed over to all his descendants, who are said by the Apostle to have died in that one man — or, "in whom all sinned," as most theologians prefer to render eph' hō pantes hēmarton, Rom. 5:12; or, as others would rather take it from 1 Cor. 15:22, "as in Adam all die"; or, "because all have sinned," namely in that one Adam, as Ludovicus de Dieu (on Rom. 5:12) and certain others would prefer. At any rate, they sinned not in their own persons, but only in their cause. But (II) this appears also from the corresponding proportion of all God's other covenant-makings, when He made them not with individual persons alone, but with the head and the members, with the stem and the branches. Thus He entered into a covenant (1) with Christ and His seed, Gen. 3:15, Rom. 5:12; (2) with Noah and his household, Gen. 6:18; (3) with Abraham and his seed, Gen. 17:7,8; (4) with David and his descendants, 2 Sam. 7:16, Ps. 89. And why should He not have dealt in the same manner with Adam and all his descendants — with the sole exception of the second Adam, who was appointed and ordained to be the head and beginning of a solemn second covenant-making?
XI. With the whole human race, then, God entered into a covenant in the first human beings — not merely as one party thereto (for He did not deal with them as with His equals, who possessed a right of their own and could offer and receive a condition according to their own free choice), but also as the Author and Cause of the covenant, Gen. 17:2, Jer. 31:31 and 32:40, Ezek. 16:8 — inasmuch as He entered into the covenant as a Lord with His servants. Whence a covenant-making of this kind with God is never called, in the Scriptures, a covenant of man, Ezek. 16:61, but is constantly called a covenant of God, Jer. 11:10, 22:9, 33:21,25, and 34:18, Ezek. 17:19, etc. And in this first covenant-making He stipulates not so much man's duty to be discharged at man's own discretion, as He rather prescribes it by His own authority ("you shall not eat"); nor does the text express man's consent, because it is enough for the creature to enter into a covenant with its Creator on such laws and conditions as should please the Creator. Now God is the Author and Cause of it: (I) through the law, whose obedience He demanded of man, engraving and inscribing it in his heart, Rom. 2:14,15, Jer. 31:33, and presenting it outwardly by a certain positive command, Gen. 2:16,17 — so that the former constituted the rule of the demanded duty, and the latter the touchstone of trial. (II) By attaching signs and seals to it, namely two trees: the tree of life, Gen. 2:9, to confirm and ratify the promise of the life that would be brought to the obedient one; and the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, Gen. 2:16,17, to seal death, should he depart from obedience.
XII. That which properly constitutes a covenant is the mutual agreement, or homologia, the consent of God and of man; whereby the latter would show God a perfect obedience by his own powers, and confirm it particularly by a religious abstinence from one single tree; and, on the other side, would receive from Him, as the reward of his obedience, namely, a life blessed in every respect; or, as the penalty of disobedience, death. This, then, is the brief summary of this mutual agreement: God offers, man accepts; God sets forth the duty, and promises the reward (moved and impelled by a pure and unmixed favor and affection toward man — for indeed, the compact and the promise being set on one side, man, however exactly obedient, could not have demanded the least thing from the Creator); man accepts the duty with the most exact obligation.
XIII. The matter of this agreement consists in these two points: (1) in the promise of life and the threat of punishment; (2) in the stipulation and demand of man's duty — and this on both sides. The point concerning the promised life, which is a very difficult and complex matter, we shall try to unfold and explain briefly. All life, consisting in some union, or at least in some connection, is set forth in the Scriptures as threefold. (I) A natural life, arising from the union of the two essential parts, body and soul, and properly so called in the Scriptures and in ordinary speech, by which man was fit for natural operations. (II) A spiritual life, which arises from the union of the divine image, or of original righteousness, with our soul, by which we are fit for spiritual operations; whence we, being dead in sins, are said to be made alive, Eph. 2:5, to live by faith, Rom. 1:17, Gal. 2:20. (III) And an eternal life, springing from the union of the whole human composite with God as the highest good, John 3:16 and 17:3.
Now, what sort of life did man possess from his creation onward? And what sort of life would he have received, upon his obedience, as a reward by virtue of the promise? From which it will then not be very difficult to determine what sort of death it was that he, through sin, brought upon and procured for himself by virtue of the divine threat. The life which he possessed from creation onward, Scripture nowhere restricts to this or that kind; and since it is not fitting for us to make such a restriction, it is right that we hold that every kind of life was bestowed upon man by God through creation — the more so, since Scripture clearly enough attributes every kind of life to him. First, no one will dispute that natural life belongs to him, Gen. 2:7. As for spiritual life, which consists in the union of God's image and its original righteousness with man's soul, we have already, above, in the chapter on the creation of man, against the Socinians and those of Socinian persuasion, clearly and plainly enough ascribed and proved it to belong to him, from Gen. 1:26,27, compared with Eph. 4:24, Col. 3:10, Eccl. 7:29. And who indeed will deny eternal life — which consists in the favor, enjoyment, and glorifying of one's Creator — to the first man, who need only consider that, having been created by the Creator's pure and unmixed favor, he was adorned both with natural and with spiritual life — indeed, was adorned to this very end, that he might acknowledge, love, and serve his Creator, and thereby glory and rejoice in Him — especially since, to obedience, as a reward, eternal life is regularly assigned throughout Scripture, Matt. 19:17, Lev. 18:5, Ezek. 20:11, Rom. 6:23.
XIV. It is thus easy to gather from this that the life promised to man upon obedience was a lasting continuation and perseverance of all this life; since the taking away of life, by virtue of the divine threat, follows upon nothing but disobedience, Gen. 2:17, just as every kind of death is nothing but the wages of sin, Rom. 6:23. Besides, it is very probable that, in addition to all the life which man possessed by virtue of creation, a still greater degree of life and blessedness would have arisen through a steadfast obedience. From this it is likewise easy to remove the difficulty as to how that could be promised as a reward upon obedience which man already possessed even before that obedience: namely, that he would, for himself and his descendants, have earned and obtained the continuance and increase of that life through obedience — exactly in the same way as, under grace, the life which is here begun through faith shall be continued forever, John 3:36, 1 John 3:15, and as, according to the degree of virtue, a degree of reward shall hereafter be bestowed, Dan. 12:3, 1 Cor. 15:40,41. Whether this life, which was promised upon obedience, would have been enjoyed in the earthly Paradise, or, after a certain sojourn there, in the heavenly Paradise — man thus having been translated into heaven — Holy Scripture is silent; though this Calvin regards as more than probable.
XV. And from this you will also, without difficulty, gather what sort of death it was that the Lawgiver threatened against the disobedient — namely, the deprivation of all that life which he had possessed, from creation up to the point of disobedience: "in the day that you eat thereof, you shall surely die," Gen. 2:17. Something which the doubling of the penalty ("dying you shall die") seems to confirm, indicating not only the certainty of the death, but also its degree. In particular, and by its several parts, this death, according to Holy Scripture, was threatened as: (I) natural death, concerning which see Gen. 3:19, which would last only for a time, namely until the resurrection, Dan. 12:2, John 5:28,29. Then (II) spiritual death, concerning which see Eph. 2:1,5 and 4:18, lasting until quickening, which occurs in regeneration and conversion, Eph. 2:5,6, Col. 3:1. Further (III) eternal death, occurring everywhere in Holy Scripture, elsewhere called the second death, Rev. 20:14 — not because sinners, after natural death, would forever cease to exist; for it is called an eternal fire, Matt. 25:41, and a worm that shall not die forever, Isa. 66:24, and some are said to be raised at the natural death to shame and everlasting abhorrence, Dan. 12:2. And moreover (IV), not only was such a manifold death threatened against the sinner, but also everything besides that tends and inclines toward it — namely, every kind of evil of soul, body, and fortune, which things occur frequently in Scripture under this same name of death, Exod. 10:17, 1 Cor. 15:31, 2 Cor. 11:23 — just as also, after the sin was committed, by virtue of the death threatened against the transgressor, God, as an avenger, sends upon him all sorts of evils, Gen. 3:16–19.
XVI. Meanwhile, there might yet remain in someone's mind a doubt and difficulty as to how and in what way the threat — which had announced that death would occur on that very same day on which man should sin — was satisfied, seeing that the first human beings lived so many centuries after their disobedience. (I) One should not say, with some, that it is sufficiently answered by saying that a thousand years are with God as one day, 2 Pet. 3:8, since this is too forced. Nor (II) is it quite right to say, as some do, that it is a bare threat — of the kind that was Jonah's word to the Ninevites, ch. 3:4 — which does not carry with it the infallibility of the outcome, but which depends on the condition of repentance; since the wording and tenor of the threat is more forceful and emphatic — "dying you shall die" — just as also the first-created man did not repent on that very same day on which he sinned. Nor should you (III) with some improperly refer the words "in the day" solely to the eating, and not to the punishment of death, taking the words "dying you shall die" indefinitely, as though God had said: from that day on which you shall have eaten, you shall be guilty of death, so that from that day forward, if it should please me, you may and shall be punished with death — since this explanation seems too thin, having more subtlety than solidity. It is therefore better and more fitting to say (IV): (1) that the first man, on the very day on which he transgressed, brought upon himself the guilt of every kind of death — that the sense of the threatening pronouncement is: on the day that you shall have sinned, you shall be guilty of death, Rom. 1:32. In particular and by its parts: (2) with respect to the soul, he died on that very day of the transgression, when original righteousness — by which the soul lived spiritually — was taken from her, Eph. 2:1. (3) With respect to the body, he did not indeed die in fact, through an actual separation of soul and body (because God had determined to make the whole human race of one blood, Acts 17:26); but, as we have said, through the guilt and liability of death, Rom. 1:32, and also through the irrevocable and unavoidable sentence and verdict of death, Heb. 9:27 — by virtue of which he was already legally dead, or at least had become mortal, whereas before he had been immortal. Hence Homer approves the translation of Symmachus concerning the divine threat, which renders "you shall die" as "you shall be mortal" (Rivet, on Genesis, Exercitatio I). Indeed, even from the very moment of the sin he undoubtedly experienced the beginnings of death — weariness, sicknesses, and the like, Gen. 3:19, compared with 1 Cor. 15:31. (4) With respect to eternal death, which consists in the separation of the whole man from the favor and enjoyment of God as the highest good, this appears from God's severe rebukes, from the punishments of every kind pronounced and sent, Gen. 3:16–18, and from the casting out of Paradise, which symbolically represented heaven, v. 23 — all of which undoubtedly proceeded from an angry God.
XVII. Now, to obtain that life and to avert death, God required of man an obedience which had to be perfect in every respect, and had to be performed by his own powers — a demand which Adam also accepted. This is evident: (I) from the very wording and tenor of the threat, whereby God, for that one and so slight an act of eating, could on no other ground have announced and inflicted the punishment of death than by virtue of the natural guilt of punishment arising from disobedience, Rom. 1:32. Then (II) from the content of the Covenant of Works, whereby it is declared at the same time that everyone is cursed who does not continue in all things written in the book of the law, Deut. 27:26, compared with Gal. 3:10. Further (III) from the sentence of death, propagated by the one offense of the one man to all his descendants, Rom. 5:12,18. Moreover (IV) from our restoration through the Mediator, who required not only the punishment of death, Phil. 2:8, Gal. 3:10,13, but also a perfect obedience to the law, Gal. 4:4,5, Matt. 3:15, Rom. 5:18,19 and 10:4. Finally (V) from the fact that the Mediator is said to have fulfilled the righteousness of the law for us, who do not walk after the flesh, but after the Spirit, Rom. 8:3,4. If, therefore, the violation of the law had to be repaired again by an obedience perfect in every respect, then surely the right of the law — or, what is the same thing, the Covenant of Works — likewise demanded a perfect obedience.
XVIII. The rule and standard of this perfect obedience was a twofold kind of law. The first was that moral law which God had inscribed on the hearts of the first-created human beings, through the original righteousness of His image — a law which was perfect in wisdom, holiness, and righteousness, as we have shown in its place, in the chapter on the creation and on the image of God in man; by means of which the first human beings acknowledged that they stood under their Creator and owed Him obedience, and indeed readily and willingly accepted the obedience owed. Of this, some remnants — whatever they may be — even the Gentiles still carry, written in their hearts, Rom. 2:14,15. To this was added a second kind of law, namely, a twofold positive law: (I) the sanctifying of the Sabbath, Gen. 2:2,3, Exod. 20:4, Heb. 4:4 — that on and throughout that day, laying aside his daily labor in the garden, he might, not only rest in imitation of his Creator, but also, by hallowing that very same day, and devoting it in a more solemn manner to holy occupations, train himself in an actual knowledge, holiness, and righteousness. (II) The positive law against tasting the fruit of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, Gen. 2:17, concerning which a little more will be remarked more fully and expressly hereafter.
XIX. This perfect obedience God required of man, who in every way and in every respect was perfect and able to perform the required duty. He was so able: (I) by the image of God bestowed on him and, through it, by the original righteousness with which he was blessed — with spiritual wisdom, Col. 3:10, with holiness toward God, and with righteousness toward his neighbor, Eph. 4:24. By these qualities he was yashar, upright, and, of himself, sufficient and able in every respect to perform the required duty, by his own powers (though those powers were given him by God). He was so able (II) inasmuch as he was as yet subject to no defect or sin — neither original nor actual — by which the whole subsequent race alone is made unable to render to God what is due Him, Rom. 8:3. He was therefore (III) inwardly equipped with a complete and perfect principle of obedience, namely, original righteousness; outwardly he had a perfect rule and standard of obedience; and there was nothing that held back or hindered obedience itself. There is therefore no reason why one should say that he was not able and fit for a most perfect obedience. And (IV) if you should say that he was unable and unfit for it, you would make God unjust, who would have demanded of man impossible things, and would have announced and inflicted upon him the punishment of death out of sheer cruelty.
XX. The Covenant of Nature having thus been established, God confirmed and strengthened it with a twofold sacrament, of which the first — namely, the tree of life — sealed the reward of obedience, that is, a life blessed in every respect, Gen. 2:9 — whether this life was one and undivided, or one in kind, Rev. 22:2, Ezek. 47:12. Now it seems to have been so named, not as though, once tasted, it would have conferred immortality by some power natural to itself, in the manner of the so-called herb Nepenthes, or of ambrosia (the food of the gods), which, according to the fictions of the poets, the gods eat in heaven; or at least that it would have been able to prolong man's life for a very long time — which was, according to Peter Lombard, the opinion of many among the Papists and Lutherans, and likewise of Socinus and Episcopius, but without any good reason; nor because that tree would have had to supply a help and remedy to man's weakening powers, since man, during that state, was subject to no weakening at all; especially since it is by no proof or evidence certain that the use of that tree stood open to man without distinction, seeing that it is promised only to him who overcomes, Rev. 2:7. Whence it also does not appear that Adam had touched it before the fall. This tree, therefore, did not bring about life — bodily, spiritual, and eternal blessedness in every respect — by its own power, but sealed it, according to the testimony of Augustine, when he says: Cætera ligna alimento erant, hoc etiam Sacramento — that is, "The other trees served for food and nourishment, but this one also for a sacrament." In the same way, whatever sort of thing the bread in the Holy Supper is, it is not because it excels other foods as nourishment, but because it is a mysterious bread, a sign and seal of the truly life-giving bread. Since the fall of the first human beings, this tree has come to be an image of the Son of God, who is called the tree of life, which is in the midst of the Paradise of God, Rev. 2:7 — that is, the cause of eternal life for all who take hold of Him, Prov. 3:18. All of which is not said by a mere light allusion; no, it rather shows that Christ is He in whom, as all the promises are, so also this first one made to Adam is yea and amen, 2 Cor. 1:20, John 1:4, 14:6, and 5:21,26. Wherefore He has also, by the most ancient type of the tree of life, been shown and pointed to from the very first beginnings of the Church.
XXI. The second sacrament of the Covenant of Nature, namely, the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, sealed to the transgressor the punishment of his disobedience, Gen. 2:16,17. What sort of tree this was does not appear: for what some of the ancients suppose, that it was a fig tree, because man, immediately after the fall, clothed himself with its leaves — as though he had plucked them from that same tree, or from a neighboring one — or that it was an apple tree, drawn from Song of Sol. 8:5, is uncertain, or indeed altogether foreign to the matter.
This tree is called the tree of the knowledge of good and evil: (I) not on account of some inward power to hasten the use of reason, as though the first-created human beings had, from creation, been like foolish children; for how, and in what way, could God, on this view, have prescribed to man, as to a child not yet sufficiently master of reason, so great a law, and under so great a threat? Not to add that man was already beforehand furnished with wisdom through the image of God, Col. 3:10. Nor (II) on account of some inward power and capacity to arouse, quicken, and refresh the vital spirits — since a material thing does not act immediately upon a spirit or soul; and if he had possessed this inward capacity, for what reason would God then have forbidden him the use of so great a tree? Nor (III) on account of the lying assertion and temptation, that by the use of it they would become and be like God, knowing good and evil, Gen. 3:5 — for who would believe that God would have wished to name a tree from one of Satan's lies? There remains, therefore, (IV) nothing else but that it was so named from an experiential knowledge of the good which would be lost through the transgression, and of the evil which would thereby be brought and drawn upon him.
This second sacrament seems to have been added to the first for these reasons: (1) that God might show and demonstrate His absolute lordship over the first-created human beings, and at the same time over all the trees of Paradise, indeed over all creatures, to man; for this reason it pleased the Creator to set apart this one single tree. (2) To furnish man with matter for the trial of his obedience. For it is indeed a chief point of obedience, when one keeps a command for this reason alone, that the Lawgiver has prescribed and commanded it, even though one can perceive and grasp no other reasons for the command and precept — indeed, when the forbidden thing itself, the prohibition alone being taken away, would be indifferent, even good, Gen. 1:31 (?). Whence Augustine, De Genesi ad literam, Book VIII, ch. 13, says: "That tree, which was not evil, was forbidden to him, that the very keeping of the commandment might be good for him, and the transgression evil." Finally (3) that hereby and thereby the future transgression of man might be aggravated — partly, because in so slight a matter, and of no weight whatsoever, he was unwilling to obey his Creator, who had given him, out of pure and simple favor and grace, the enjoyment of everything, power, right, and glory; and partly also, because for a matter of absolutely no weight, he was willing to hold his Creator and Benefactor, and His lordship and authority, cheap — indeed as nothing — by doing that very thing which, for this reason alone, ought not to have been done, namely, that the Creator's lordship and legislative authority might not be violated. Let me add (4) that God thereby intended, by this one positive command, to enclose and at the same time seal up the whole natural law which was implanted in the heart of the first-created human beings, and the whole obedience of man, in this one sign — so that this one act would carry everything with it, and would either display and approve, or overturn, the whole obedience of man. For by keeping that commandment he would have shown God an unbroken love, undefiled and unstained by any earthly desire, and would have proved himself, in all things, less than God and subject to Him — just as, by breaking that commandment, he confessed and proved that he cast off God's lordship from his hand, and that he would rather live with Him, as with his equal, as a lord of this lower world; indeed, that he would not endure with a good conscience any lordship of God over himself — which is an exceedingly great and most violent rebellion.
XXII. That covenant has indeed been broken through the transgression of the first human beings, Hos. 6:7; yet it has not thereby become entirely obsolete, nor has it remained wholly intact and unimpaired. It is obsolete: (I) with respect to its power to justify (since by the works of the law no flesh can now be justified, Rom. 3:20, Ps. 143:2, Gal. 3:11), and to give life, whence the law is called a dead letter, and is a killing letter, Gal. 3:10, 2 Cor. 3:6,7,9. It is obsolete (II) with respect to its rigor, in that it no longer, under threat of death, demands a perfect obedience of the elect themselves, Rom. 8:3, being content, on pain of death, that satisfaction be made on their behalf by the Surety. It is, moreover, (III) obsolete with respect to its power to curse the elect, Gen. 3:13, since, by virtue of the divine gracious mitigation, that curse rests, having been removed from the debtor and transferred onto the Surety, Isa. 53:3,4,6, 2 Cor. 5:19,21.
These things, then, being taken away and removed, the Covenant of Works still retains a place with respect to its demands, namely: (a) with respect to the perfect obedience owed to the moral law — to love God with our whole heart, and our neighbor as ourselves, Matt. 22:37, and thus to be perfect, as our Father who is in heaven is perfect, Matt. 5:48; then (b) with respect to the threatened punishment, Deut. 27:26, Gal. 3:10, Rom. 6:23, Heb. 9:27; and consequently also (c) with respect to its power to curse — even the sinners themselves, that is, those at least who have not been received into the Covenant of Grace, whom Christ has not redeemed from the curse of the law, having become a curse for them, Gal. 3:13. So that the Covenant of Grace — whereby God, sending His own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh, and for sin, condemned sin in the flesh (that which the law could not do, in that it was weak through the flesh), that the righteousness of the law might be fulfilled in us, Rom. 8:3,4 — has come, not so much in place of the Covenant of Nature, as alongside it.
The Polemical Part
XXIII. One asks: (I) Whether there is a Covenant of Works? The Socinianizing Episcopius, in order the more forcefully to deny original corruption — whose propagation can scarcely be adequately explained without a Covenant of Works — denies that there is any such covenant. Likewise another Reformed theologian does the same, though not in one and the same manner: the one flatly denies that it exists; another had indeed formerly denied it, but, being persuaded otherwise, does acknowledge that it exists, though he denies it with respect to the promise of eternal life. The Reformed maintain absolutely that there is a Covenant of Works: (I) because it is mentioned in so many words, Hos. 6:7, "But they, like Adam, have transgressed the covenant: there they dealt treacherously against me" — compared with Job 31:33, where the best commentators, the common translation, the Zurich version, Pagninus, Castellio, the Dutch translators, and others, do not render the word ke'adam as a common noun, "as a man," but as a proper name, "as Adam" — although, I confess, there are also those who prefer to take it as a common noun. (II) Because the Apostle, Gal. 4:24, speaks of a twofold covenant, of which the first is from the works of the law, ch. 2:14, demanding a most exact obedience, ch. 3:10, by which no one has ever obtained life, nor ever shall, ch. 2:16 and 3:11; under which all were, until the Covenant of Faith, v. 23, and under which we are, so long as we are children of the flesh, vv. 22,29 — which bears only unto bondage, v. 24, compared with Heb. 2:14,15. This is precisely what we mean and understand by the Covenant of Works; the second, from faith in the Gospel. If you say that the Apostle speaks not of the Paradisal but of the Sinaitic covenant, it is easily answered that the Apostle speaks of the Paradisal covenant insofar as it was repeated and renewed at Sinai with Israel, in the law of the ten commandments, which contained the substance of the Covenant of Works. (III) Because expressions equivalent to those of the Covenant of Works occur in the New Testament, Rom. 3:27, Gal. 2:16. For what indeed is the "law of works" other than the Covenant of Works? What is "the law," simply speaking, insofar as it is set over against grace, Rom. 8:3 — what else, I say, than the legal covenant? Since we are said to be not under the law, but under grace, Rom. 6:14,15 and 7:6. What else does this mean than that we are not under the legal covenant? At any rate, these expressions are, for us, entirely equivalent. (IV) Because we have already shown above, in the Explanatory Part, that all the essential parts of a Covenant of Works are comprised in its first proclamation, Gen. 2:17. (V) Because we could scarcely give a satisfactory account of most of the chief topics of the Christian religion — for example, concerning the propagation of original corruption, concerning the satisfaction of Christ, and His subjection to the divine law, Rom. 8:3,4, Gal. 3:13 and 4:4,5 — if one denies the Covenant of Works.
Meanwhile parties advance the following in favor of the opposite view: (1) that the Covenant of Works does not occur in Scripture. Answer: (a) Suppose it does not occur there as to the word — will the reality therefore not exist? Neither, in the first Gospel promise, is any mention made of the Covenant of Grace, nor do the words "satisfaction," "Trinity," and the like occur in Holy Scripture; it is enough that the reality signified thereby be taught in Scripture. (b) And in fact the word does occur in Scripture, as do equivalent expressions of the word, and the reality of the word, as we have just now shown.
It is said (2) that the essential parts of a covenant are lacking here, namely (a) that the contracting parties must be sui juris, in their own right, able to consent or not — which, with respect to man, has no place here. Answer: this is necessary only in covenants made between creatures; but by no means in a covenant between the Creator and the creature, where the creature, by virtue of its creation and of its total dependence, is bound and obliged to consent. (b) That in all covenants a mutual promise is required, which is not observed here. Answer: (i) that an express promise is always required is never proven. (ii) That an implicit or included promise was indeed present here we have long since shown, because the threat of the punishment which would be inflicted on the disobedient implies and includes the promise of exemption from punishment for the obedient; and therefore the threat of death, should man sin, contained within itself the promise of the continuance and perseverance of that life which he then possessed, provided he did what he ought to have done, as we said in §§13,14. (c) That in all covenants a demand and a counter-demand are necessarily required, which is not observed here. Answer: very many covenant-makings occur in Holy Scripture in which the demand and counter-demand are not expressly stated — for example, Gen. 9:11 and 15:18, where God alone passed through the sacrificial animals divided into pieces; yet that these were implicitly present we have long since demonstrated. But one further objects (d) and says: in all covenants the consent of the covenanting parties is required, which is not noted here. Answer: an express consent is not always required, as we have just now shown; an implicit consent was indeed present, as we have shown in the Explanatory Part.
XXIV. One asks: (II) Whether the Covenant of Works, in Adam, was entered into with the whole human race, Christ alone excepted? The Pelagians and Socinians, that they might the more forcefully banish original corruption and keep the free will unimpaired, deny that this covenant, in Adam, was entered into with the whole human race. Those who acknowledge — or do not sincerely acknowledge — that there is indeed a certain Covenant of Works, do acknowledge that the whole human race was reckoned to have been in Adam, and to have sinned in him; but they do not acknowledge that God made that whole covenant with all of them; or that man sinned by breaking a compact; or, even granting that God did make a covenant, they hold that He at least did not promise to Adam, should he persevere in his duty, and to all his descendants, eternal life. The Reformed maintain that the Covenant of Works was entered into, in Adam, with the whole human race (Christ alone excepted) — both with respect to the promise of life, should Adam have persevered in his duty, and with respect to the threat of death, should Adam fall. One reason and another we have already touched upon in §10; we now add still others. (I) Because what God speaks and does to and with Adam has regard to the whole human race, and not to Adam alone — for example, "be fruitful and multiply," Gen. 1:28; "it is not good that man should be alone," Gen. 2:18; "a man shall leave his father and his mother, and cleave to his wife," v. 24. And why then should not this likewise have regard to it: "of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil you shall not eat"? (II) The punishments of this broken covenant touch the whole human race — such as what God threatened to the Woman: "I will greatly multiply your sorrow, that is, your conception; in sorrow you shall bring forth children," Gen. 3:16; and what He threatened to the Man: "Cursed is the ground for your sake," Gen. 3:17 — whether the word "ground" be taken here for the containing or bearing subject, insofar as man would enjoy it with sorrow, since it would bring forth thorns and thistles to him; or for that which is contained, borne, and sustained in it, namely, all people who dwell, or would dwell, upon the earth — it makes no difference how one takes it here, since at any rate the punishment of this curse touches the whole human race. Likewise, "in the sweat of your face you shall eat bread," v. 19, "you are dust, and to dust you shall return," ibid. All these things have been punishments, by which the whole human race is burdened; it has therefore also violated the commandment, or the covenant, on account of which Adam is punished, and consequently the commandment applies to it as well. (III) The dignity, and likewise the contrast, of the first and second Adam, Rom. 5:15, teaches the very same thing. For just as the Covenant of Grace was entered into, in the second Adam, with all the elect, so that they themselves are reckoned to have done and suffered what that second Adam did and suffered, so also the Covenant of Works, in the first Adam, was entered into with the whole human race that would be born from him. I will not add (IV) that Adam was the beginning and head of the whole human race, both by virtue of covenant and by virtue of nature. Therefore, just as it follows, from the fact that Christ is the Head of all the elect, in whom they are all covenantally comprised, 1 Cor. 1:30, and from whom they all derive, Heb. 2:11,12, and from whom they have received everything, John 1:16, that all the elect are under the Covenant of Grace — so it likewise follows, because Adam is the beginning and the head of the whole human race, that the whole human race was in him, and under that same covenant.
They say: (1) that it would be unjust in God to enter into a covenant with those not yet in existence, and to involve them in the danger of every sort of death. Answer: (a) that this is not unjust is taught by experience itself, since we read that God generally made covenants even with persons not yet present, as we have shown above in §10; and moreover He has the highest sovereignty and dominion over all men, including those not yet in existence, by virtue of which He can make a covenant with them according to His good pleasure. Indeed (b) even among creatures, and in civil affairs, it is not unjust to make bonds with those not yet present — as appears in the case of feudal estates, where a bond is made not only with the vassal but also with all his descendants, who are thereby included, along with the promised benefit, in the danger and the penalty as well. Indeed, it is the less unjust for this reason, that He promised to all the descendants, in their first father, that if that father should remain steadfast in his duty, they too, with him, would obtain eternal life.
They say: (2) that it would be equally unjust toward man, to consent, on behalf of all his descendants throughout so many ages, to so great a burden, and to involve them in so great a danger, over which he had no such power. Answer: that this is not unjust, even in a civil jurisdiction, we have already learned from the case of fiefs. Moreover, it is not a burden, but an honor, to serve the Creator — indeed even a duty owed, which by nature alone, on pain of death, lies as an obligation upon him; and this duty man could therefore, with every right, promise on behalf of his descendants as well, to his and their Creator — especially under the promise and the assured expectation of so great a blessedness in every respect, should he, with them, persevere in the duty owed. And even if, finally, the first man had, of and by himself, no power or right to act for and in the place of his descendants, yet that power and that right could have been conferred and given to him by his own and his descendants' Sovereign Lord, with whom that Lord willed to enter into a covenant.
XXV. One asks: (III) Whether God, by the Covenant of Works, promised man any spiritual blessings? The Socinians hold that God promised nothing at all to man, had he obeyed (Volkelius, De vera Religione, II, ch. 8). Those Reformed who deny the Covenant of Works likewise deny, for the same reason, that God promised life to obedient man, denying this precisely so that there might have been no covenant in this positive command, since a covenant properly so called requires promises. The Socinians — so that death might not be a punishment of sin, and that Christ, by dying, would have done enough, and also so that original sin might not follow from the death of little children — deny that God promised natural life and immortality; a view which we refuted in the chapter on the Image of God, Book III, ch. 9, §42. The same Socinians, so that spiritual blessings might belong to the New Testament alone, say that God promised man no spiritual goods, neither spiritual nor eternal life. The Reformed hold that God promised the man who was to obey the continual perpetuation and permanence of all the life which he then possessed; but that he possessed, besides natural life, also a spiritual and, moreover, an eternal life, as we have shown in §§13 and 14. This can be further confirmed: (I) by God's goodness, by which He is the author of this covenant-making, and who therefore was no less willing to promise spiritual blessings then to man, who was capable of and desirous of a spiritual life and blessedness, than He afterward promised the same: "I will be a God to you and to your seed after you," Gen. 17:7; likewise, "I am your shield, and your exceeding great reward," ch. 15:1, compared with Matt. 22:32 — to which belong all the promises of life, Lev. 18:5, Ezek. 20:11, Gal. 3:12, Matt. 19:17 — indeed eternal life, Rom. 10:5, Matt. 19:16, "What good thing shall I do, that I may have eternal life?" — indeed by virtue of the Covenant of Works, Rom. 10:5, for Moses describes the righteousness which is of the law as set in contrast to the righteousness which is of faith, ibid. The law, therefore, or the legal covenant, promised an eternal life, which was without doubt spiritual — especially since man, from his creation onward, possessed the spiritual life of the soul, and also the eternal, inasmuch as God was his God, and inasmuch as he enjoyed and delighted and rejoiced in the love, affection, communion, enjoyment, and glorification of God — in which things eternal life consists. Since, therefore, he had this life, and would not have been deprived of it except through his disobedience, according to the threat "in the day that you eat thereof, you shall die," it remains beyond doubt that spiritual and eternal life was promised to him.
(II) This is confirmed by an argument taken from the nature and dignity of man himself; for since he, with respect to his most excellent part, is a spirit, and is taken up with and by spiritual things, and he alone comprehends and understands these things, and is moved by a mighty desire for them — at least so long as he was still upright — he could not truly be weaned or satisfied with earthly goods alone, in the manner of unreasoning earthly beasts. (III) Then the sacrament of the tree of life, which sealed life — not only bodily life, but most of all spiritual and eternal life, by proportion to its place, Rev. 2:7, compared with Matt. 19:16, Rom. 10:5, Ezek. 20:11. We assume (IV) that the continuation and permanence of all that life was promised to obedient man which he already then possessed; but now, he already then possessed spiritual life, arising from the union of original righteousness, by which he was able to obey his Creator; and had he not had it, he would indeed have been spiritually dead, and thus a sinner from his very creation — for a creature lacking original righteousness is a sinner, Rom. 3:23 — and thus God would, by that very fact, be a cause of sin.
Should they say to this: (1) that man, by his actual obedience, would have merited for himself the spiritual goods and eternal life, and that he therefore did not yet possess it — the answer readily follows, that by his obedience he would have merited for himself the continuing permanence of that life which he already then possessed, and perhaps also some increase and a greater degree of it. Should they say (2) that what is already possessed cannot be promised as a reward of obedience — the answer likewise readily follows from what has already been said: meanwhile, the continuing enjoyment of what he already possessed can indeed be promised, and moreover its increase, and a perfect possession of it, which he did not yet have.
XXVI. With this we have determined and dealt with the greater part of the points at issue with our opponents. For as to those matters which are debated concerning the death threatened against the transgressor — whether it was also natural death (which the Socinians deny); or whether it was natural death alone, as the Sadducees, Epicureans, and others hold; or, granting that God also threatened spiritual death besides, whether this consists in a complete inability toward every spiritual good, as Scripture generally describes and defines that death, or rather in some partial injury and wounding of the soul, as Philo the Jew formerly held, and as the Socinians still hold today, in order to avoid admitting that natural death was threatened to man as a punishment; further, whether eternal death, if it was indeed announced to man, signified nothing else than a death of eternal non-existence, as most Socinians hold, and the Socinianizing Arminians — for example, Curcellaeus, Dissertatio de Necessitate cognitionis Christi, §5 — and other such matters besides: these, I say, we have already long since dealt with, both elsewhere and in the Doctrinal Part of this chapter, and we shall, God willing, treat them further hereafter in Book IV, ch. 4, on the punishment of sin. It pleases us, therefore, that we may grasp the nature of this covenant the more distinctly, to add here, in place of further points of controversy, some questions. We ask, then: (IV) Whether that threefold life which God had promised to the first human beings, had they remained obedient, would, just as the death did, have passed over to all their descendants? Answer: this seems absolutely certain, on the supposition: (I) that a certain covenant was entered into with the first human beings, which promised life to the obedient just as it threatened death to the disobedient — since no covenant can exist or consist without the promise of some good. And if (II) one supposes that this covenant was established, in the first human beings, with their entire posterity, then it cannot be otherwise but that one must acknowledge that the promise of life would have passed over just as the threat did pass over — since it seems unjust to involve someone in the hardships and calamities of another's disobedience, while not, for that very same reason, including him in the benefits of that other's obedience, had he been obedient.
XXVII. One asks: (V) In what manner that life would have passed over to the posterity — whether it would have been by the merit of that first father, just as, in the Covenant of Grace, eternal life passes over to all the elect by the merit of the second Adam, Rom. 5:18... or whether they would have merited it by their own obedience? Likewise, whether the first-created man, by his obedience, would have merited perseverance in duty for himself? These questions are indeed asked rather vainly and idly; for since Scripture allows us to determine nothing else here, at least not expressly, it seems more probable to say that, since the first human beings could merit nothing for themselves except from a sheer and bare compact of promise, they likewise could have merited nothing for their descendants except from that same sheer and bare compact — because a creature, by virtue of its being incommensurate with its Creator, can merit nothing from Him: for "who has first given to Him, that it should be repaid to Him again? For of Him, and through Him, are all things," Rom. 11:36. It is therefore altogether probable in every respect that, according to the compact of the divine promise, the descendants, each for himself, would have merited by his own obedience. Nor does it count against this that Christ merits life and perseverance for His elect — for the reason is vastly different, since Christ merited all saving and beatifying goods, not from a compact of a legal covenant, but by virtue of the infinite worth of His obedience, inasmuch as that obedience, by virtue of His divine nature, was of infinite value — a case altogether different from what holds in the obedience of the first-created human beings.
XXVIII. One asks: (VI) Since moral obedience was the chief part of the required covenantal duty, why is no mention made of it in the covenant-making? We take it as beyond doubt, from what we have said on this matter in the Doctrinal Part, that all the duties of the law of the ten words were, by this Covenant of Nature, required of man, because they belong to the law of nature, both of God and of man, insofar as man bears the image of God; and that they therefore, the same nature of God and of man remaining, could not but be required (except perhaps for the sanctifying of the day, which was indeed of a moral, yet also of a positive right, to the observance of which the first-created human beings themselves were nevertheless bound, according to Gen. 2:2,3) — which the testimonies of Scripture everywhere confirm, Ezek. 20:11, Rom. 10:5, Gal. 3:12, compared with Lev. 18:5 and Matt. 19:17,18,19. From which we consequently conclude, not wrongly nor foolishly, that the ten commandments contain within themselves the substance of the Covenant of Works, as we shall show more precisely and forcefully in its proper place. Since these things are so, the question arises, why this covenant-making makes no mention of this obedience, just as though the whole matter were bound up solely in that one positive duty, of not eating of the fruit of a single tree? It seems one must answer that this happened: (I) because man had an exact knowledge of moral obedience from that law which was written in his heart, Rom. 2:14,15, wherefore it would have been useless and vain to name it expressly. (II) Because that positive law presupposed a general obedience: for if the first-created human beings had not known and acknowledged that they were bound and obliged to the Creator to that general obedience, with respect to all those duties which nature laid upon them, how then would they have known and acknowledged that they owed God obedience in this positive duty? It was therefore necessary that mention be made only of the positive duty, because man could have no knowledge of it from anywhere else than from divine revelation. Let it be added (III) that, since God in this covenant-making dealt with Adam not merely as with a private person, who would stand or fall for himself alone, but as with a public person, representing the whole human race, from whom both the obedience and the disobedience would pass over to all his posterity, it was fitting that that commandment be recorded, from which life and death would pass over to the posterity: and this now was and lay in the positive commandment, as we shall admonish more fully and at large presently.
XXIX. One asks: (VII) For what reason God fastened and bound the demand of this covenant to that one positive commandment, not to eat of the fruit of a certain tree? Answer: (I) because, from this one commandment, whether obeyed or violated, life and death would pass over to the descendants — which the Apostle teaches, Rom. 5:12ff., speaking of the transgression as one offense, fall, disobedience of one man, by which many were made sinners, by which many died, by which, through one man, the offense and the judgment came to condemnation, by which, from the offense of one, death has reigned — namely v. 15, "as the offense" — "for if through the offense of one many died." That the violation of this one positive commandment is meant here, no one doubts. Therefore, had Adam violated some other commandment of the moral law, while keeping this one positive commandment, he would have sinned only for himself, and brought the guilt of death only upon himself, but not upon his descendants; and conversely, had he kept everything else and transgressed this one positive commandment, that one transgression would have passed over to his whole posterity. (II) Because, by means of this single positive commandment, as by a solemn sign, watchword, and sacrament, man was bound to the whole natural law, so that, having kept this one positive commandment, he would thereby have kept the whole law, both for himself and for his sons. (III) That Christ, the second Adam, might be exempted from participation in this covenant, and from the guilt of punishment which would arise from its violation: for since, as a rational creature, He could not be exempted from obedience to the natural law, and yet had to be exempted from the Covenant of Nature, the covenant-making had to be fastened to a certain positive commandment, from which Christ could and had to be exempted — to this end, that He might in His own time be the head and beginning of the Covenant of Grace, not subject to the guilt of punishment of the broken Covenant of Works, and might be able to satisfy for the guilt of punishment of others who had come under that covenant. Let it be added (IV) that God chose so easy, so slight and light a matter — this seems to have happened, that He might show and display His universal lordship; and moreover, that man might not be able to complain that a matter had been chosen too heavy to obey; and finally, that thereby man's violation of the covenant might become the greater and the more grievous, in that he had been unwilling to do so small and so slight a thing for his Creator, who had given him liberty to eat of all the other trees.
XXX. One asks: (VIII) Whether the commandment not to eat of the fruit of the Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil was a moral commandment? Answer: among those for whom "moral" and "natural" mean one and the same thing, it was beyond doubt not a moral commandment; for we acknowledge that it was not of a natural right. But since there is such a thing as a moral commandment that is nevertheless positive, or of moral-positive right — as appears in the fourth commandment of the law, whose seventh day was of a moral, though positive, right — their view does not seem conclusive. Yet this same consideration seems to indicate that it was not a general commandment, of the sort all moral commandments are, insofar as it did not always oblige, nor all men, since it no longer obliges now. But this too does not seem to hold or to press the point — not only because it bound only so long as the covenant remained whole and unbroken, something which no longer applies, the covenant having been broken; but also because it cannot now oblige, since this tree no longer exists; perhaps also because it bound no others than the first human beings, from whom life and death had to pass over to their descendants — something which, the covenant now being broken and shattered, would be of no use. It would therefore be more fitting and proper to say, on the contrary, that it was altogether a moral commandment, because it obliged all men who then existed, and because, had the first human beings remained steadfast in obedience, it would have obliged them all. Add to this, that since it was neither a ceremonial nor a civil commandment, it could have been nothing other than a moral commandment — since the division of the divine commandments into moral, ceremonial, and civil includes all divine commandments; wherefore that which is neither ceremonial nor civil is necessarily moral. That it was not a ceremonial commandment appears from the fact that all such commandments presuppose sin and the Mediator, to whom, by their very nature, they bear an image and a relation, Col. 2:17, Heb. 10:1. Nor was it a civil commandment, since it had no relation to the Jewish commonwealth, to govern it. From all of which it appears most probable that it was of a moral, though positive, right.
From this, certain questions drawn by way of consequence can now be more easily determined: (I) Whether this commandment, had the first parents persevered in their duty, would have bound and obliged all the descendants of Adam? This seems necessarily to be affirmed, because moral commandments oblige all men. (II) Whether, Adam persevering, his descendants would have been able to violate this commandment? It seems one must say that they, considered simply in themselves, would in every respect have been able to violate it — since Adam, while he was still upright, violated it, and his descendants would have been endowed with no greater powers; yet, considered together with and under the promise of the covenant, whereby life was promised not only to Adam, should he obey, but also to all his descendants, it seems clear that, the father persevering in obedience, God would not have permitted his children to fall away. And should the descendants perhaps have sinned while the first man persevered in his obedience, they would have sinned only for themselves, not for their descendants — just as also occurs in the daily sins of immediate parents, which, at least ordinarily, do not pass over to the children, according to what is said in Ezekiel 18:20, "the son shall not bear the iniquity of the father," compared with v. 17; and the reason for this is clear, because God did not make a compact with Adam's descendants that they should stand or fall in their own name and in the name of their children.
XXXI. One asks: (IX) Whether there were more than two sacraments of this covenant? That there were at least two is beyond doubt among all the Reformed, namely, the Tree of Life, and the Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil. There are, however, very famous men who count three, adding Paradise itself to those two trees. There are those who add a fourth, namely the Sabbath. To this last opinion I too would be quite willing to go over entirely, chiefly for the following reasons: (I) because Holy Scripture commonly understands "Paradise" to mean heaven, Luke 23:43, 2 Cor. 12:2, Rev. 2:7. And it is likewise customary among the Jews to understand "Paradise" as heaven, just as also "Abraham's bosom." Whence they commonly had it in custom and in speech to wish their dying "the garden," and gan eden, "the garden of Paradise," and menuchath eden, "the rest of Paradise." (II) Because here there is a sign and a signified thing, which are the essential features of a sacrament. (III) Because there is, besides, a manifold and most emphatic correspondence between Paradise and heaven: for (1) Paradise was planted by God Himself; so too is heaven prepared by God Himself, Heb. 11:10, 2 Cor. 5:1. (2) Paradise was a most pleasant place, which needed to yield in pleasantness to no other, a delightful place, a place of pleasure and delight, whence the most pleasant regions of the earth are wont to be compared to Paradise, Gen. 13:10, Ezek. 36:35, Isa. 51:3; likewise heaven, Ps. 16:11. (3) In Paradise there was room for no one but him who was pure and undefiled; wherefore also the first human beings, immediately after their sin, were driven out of Paradise, Gen. 3:23,24 — just as also out of heaven, Rev. 21:27. (4) In Paradise man enjoyed the familiar company and fellowship of God, whence it is perhaps called "the garden of the Lord"; likewise in heaven, Ps. 16:11, John 14:2, etc. (IV) A fourth reason is that here too is found the sacramental manner of speech, whereby the sign is used for the thing signified — just as the bread is called the body of Christ. All these things are such as must persuade everyone that Paradise is a sacrament of heaven. The same could also be said of the Sabbath, which is not only called oth, "a sign," Ezek. 20:12, Exod. 31:17 — by which word a sacrament is signified, Rom. 4:11 — but to which also, according to the thing signified, the heavenly rest is promised, Heb. 4:9,10,11.
Meanwhile I have some difficulty concerning certain points: (a) because neither Paradise nor the Sabbath is joined together with the Covenant of Works, and thus they are not equipped to be its sacraments. (b) Because correspondence alone is not enough to make a sacrament — for then flesh too would be a sacrament, since a close correspondence is perceived and seen between flesh and the body of Christ, John 6:33,35,48,50,51,55. (c) Because it is, to me, not yet beyond doubt, whether by any Scripture passages or by arguments, that the first-created human beings, after having spent some time in Paradise, would, had they persevered in obedience, have been translated into heaven; and thus, through Paradise and the Sabbath, heaven could not have been sealed to them as by a sacrament — for they already then enjoyed the friendship, fellowship, and enjoyment of God, in which points the heavenly blessedness otherwise consists; and why should God not have been able to cause that blessedness to continue for them, indeed even to be increased, in Paradise itself? I acknowledge that great men — Calvin, Zanchius, Musculus — hold this opinion; but I see as yet no compelling and convincing reasons by which they could prove it. (d) What if Paradise and the Sabbath acquired a relation to heaven only after the fall, under the New Testament? Finally, (e) since that correspondence of Paradise and the Sabbath on the one side, and of heaven and the heavenly rest on the other, still holds under the New Testament, and we read of no abolition, nor that there were, alongside the Covenant of Works, any ceremonial things — well then, will they also now, under the New Testament, still be sacraments? And thus, instead of two sacraments, we would have four. For these reasons I restrain myself here, and hold fast to the ordinary and accepted opinion of the Reformed, according to which there were only two sacraments of the Covenant of Works, namely, the Tree of Life, and the Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil — until my difficulties shall have been sufficiently resolved.
The Practical Part
XXXII. From the Covenant of Nature — now almost entirely abolished, of which Holy Scripture therefore also makes very little mention — there is disclosed and made evident to us, first of all, besides God's absolute lordship over all creatures, whereby He was able to forbid man one out of all the trees, also His unlimited legislative power, whereby He was able to prescribe, permit, and forbid all things to man according to His will and pleasure; and moreover, His entering into a covenant with all — not only those then present, but those yet to come as well, even to the consummation of the ages — indeed even His exempting the second Adam from it besides; and especially His astonishing condescension and stooping down to us men, whereby He — (I) who is a most absolute and almighty Lord, in entering into a covenant with us, has willed to set Himself, as it were, on a level with and alongside us. (II) Who, having and possessing His own right, could therefore have demanded of us, and of all that is ours, as His due, has instead, by His promises, made Himself, as it were, a debtor to us — compare Rom. 11:36. (III) Who, apart from any mutual reward, could have exacted what is owed Him (namely, a most exact obedience to His law), has been willing instead to stipulate that very same thing as though it lay within our free choice — compare Philem. vv. 8,9,14. Indeed even (IV) with the promise of so great and such a reward, namely, of a life blessed in every respect and in every way. And (V) as though He Himself, along with us, were fallible, He has been willing to strengthen and seal His promises with signs and seals, to come to the aid of our weakness.
XXXIII. From this there is disclosed to us, on the contrary, in the second place, our own wonderful elevation and exaltation, whereby we are not merely His creatures, the work of our Creator's hands; not merely His servants, not merely His friends; but His covenant partners, to whom (though only by virtue of a gracious and favorable promise) God is bound and obliged, just as we are to Him. So that we may not unfittingly use here that word of Ps. 8:4, "What is man, that you are mindful of him, and the son of man, that you visit him?" Or that of David, 2 Sam. 7:18, "Who am I, O Lord GOD, and what is my house, that you have brought me thus far?"
XXXIV. Further, in the third place, from God's condescension to us, and our elevation toward and to God, there appears the exceedingly great and dreadful shamefulness of our falling away from God, which we, notwithstanding, were willing to hold cheap and small — indeed to despise — for the fruit of a certain tree, so slight a matter; and to spurn the covenant with our Creator, Hos. 6:7, and the life promised therein in every respect and every kind — temporal, spiritual, eternal — and to bring upon ourselves the guilt of a death in every respect and every kind — natural, spiritual, eternal. Ought you not here, and with much more and much greater right, to lament and complain with Jonathan, 1 Sam. 14:43, "I did but taste a little honey with the end of the rod that was in my hand; and, lo, I must die"? And ought you not to accuse and charge your own ungodliness and recklessness, which is yet greater than that of Esau, who for one morsel of food sold his birthright, and who afterward, when he desired to inherit the blessing, was rejected — for he found no place for repentance, though he sought it carefully with tears, Heb. 12:16,17?
XXXV. Let us from this, further, in the fourth place, be kindled and stirred, to seek and recover again the right of the law — violated in our first parents — by and in the Mediator Christ, so that what the law could not do, in that it was weak through the flesh, we might again obtain through the Son whom God sent in the likeness of sinful flesh, and that thus the righteousness of the law might be fulfilled in us through Him, Rom. 8:3,4. And so that the law (or the legal covenant) might be to us a schoolmaster unto Christ, Gal. 3:24, since He is the end of the law for righteousness to everyone that believes, Rom. 10:4,5. That, just as through one man sin entered into the world, and death through sin, in whom we have all sinned, so we too might likewise receive again a most perfect obedience, grace, and the gift of righteousness, through that one man, our Lord Jesus Christ, Rom. 5:12,15,16,17.
XXXVI. Meanwhile, in the fifth place, the Covenant of Nature, however much it has been broken through and in the first human beings, still obliges and binds us most powerfully to its observance — that is, to display and demonstrate obedience to the law of this covenant. For (I) although it has, through that violation, ceased and been abolished with respect to its power to justify, Rom. 3:20, it nevertheless does not cease with respect to its power to bind and to oblige, Rom. 3:31, Matt. 5:17–20. For the law of this covenant is, with respect to its greatest part, of a natural and, in every respect, moral — that is, universal — right, with regard to every place and time. And although God, through the violation of this covenant, which occurred on our side, is, as it were, released and discharged from the obligation to make good the promise, we are nevertheless in no way released, through our sin, from the obligation of obedience. It obliges us (II) all the more, moreover, because, whereas God could have demanded that obedience of us solely by virtue of His right and dominion, as being our absolute Lord, He has instead chosen, like a friend of a friend, to await it from us through a covenant-making — undoubtedly to this end, that we might render it to Him the more willingly and the more readily. Compare Philem. vv. 13,14, Ps. 110:3. It obliges and binds us moreover, (III) because, whereas God could have demanded that obedience through and by His bare command alone, as something we owe Him, He has instead preferred, through a covenant-making, accompanied by the offer of so great and such a promise of life and of every kind of blessedness, to allure us to it. Compare Ps. 81:14,17 [?]. It obliges us, (IV) that He, on the other hand, has been willing to drive us on by a most severe threat of death and of every evil, that we might understand that this obedience is not merely a bare and simple duty of friendship, but a most strict and rightly owed debt, Gen. 2:16,17. It obliges us, (V) because we accepted the main provisions of this covenant, and the obedience required therein, by a voluntary consent; and, though we were already sufficiently obliged to our Creator by nature, we have nevertheless, through this covenant-making, bound and obliged ourselves the more. Compare Josh. 24:15,16,21,22,24,25. Finally, (VI) it obliges us also in this, that we, by disobeying, have once become faithless ones, covenant-breakers, rebels, perjurers — and that we bring upon and incur these same crimes, so often committed, with all their consequences, as often as we leap beyond the bounds of our due obedience. Compare 1 Pet. 4:2,3.
XXXVII. It will not be necessary to occupy ourselves more broadly and at greater length with the practical consideration of the broken, and thus now sufficiently obsolete, Covenant of Works; since it is, at least now after its violation, not so much itself a matter for practical treatment, as it is rather the ground and foundation of all practical treatment proper to the states that follow upon it, namely, those of sin and of grace — which, apart from and without the knowledge of the Covenant of Nature, can take no root in our hearts. Wherefore, now leaving the state of rectitude, which we have hitherto considered from the image of God in man and from the mutual covenant-making between God and man, we pass directly to the state of sin.
Book IV: Of the Contemplative-Practical Theology, Concerning Man's Fall from God
Chapter I: Of the Violation of the Covenant of Nature
On Genesis 3:1–7
"Now the serpent was more subtil than any beast of the field which the LORD God had made: and he said unto the woman, Yea, hath God said, Ye shall not eat of every tree of the garden? And the woman said..." etc.
Transition
I. That God's moral providence is active concerning man chiefly under and in a threefold state — namely, (I) under and in the state of rectitude, through the bestowal of His image, and of original righteousness therein, likewise also through a natural covenant-making; (II) under and in a corrupted state; and finally (III) under and in a restored state — we have long since noted above. How God has been active concerning man under the instituted or upright state, we have shown thus far. How He has been active in and under the corrupted state, we shall show, with God's help, in this Book. How, in and under the restored state, we shall say in the four following Books. Concerning the corrupted state, therefore, we shall first unfold these two matters: first, the violation of the Covenant of Works, whereby corruption was first introduced; then the consequences of that introduced corruption, namely: (I) original sin, (II) actual sin, (III) the punishment and the state of sin. To the violation of the Covenant of Nature we have devoted this chapter, which Moses will disclose and explain to us clearly enough, Gen. 3:1–7.
The Explanatory Part
II. In and with which words Moses describes the history of the violation of the Covenant of Works, brought about through Satan's temptation, under these three heads, showing:
1. The Tempter and Seducer, v. 1: "Now the serpent was more subtle than any beast of the field which Jehovah God had made." Here, concerning the Seducer, it is shown:
1. Who he was — "and the serpent." In the Hebrew text, ve-hannachash, "and that serpent," to signify that Moses was speaking of a known serpent. Some of the Jews take the serpent simply for an animal, whose speech and language, like that of other animals, Eve would have understood — just as Apollonius of Tyana is said to have understood the speech and languages of animals; which is absurd, because, just as the use of reason, so also speech, does not belong to dumb animals. Others understand by the serpent Satan alone, who would have assumed the image and shape of a serpent — so Cyril. Others take it of a true and actual serpent, yet in such a way that Satan spoke through it, as through an instrument — so the ancient Kabbalistic Jews, because Scripture is accustomed to understand, under the instrument, the author, 2 Sam. 12:9. It is understood better and more rightly as not the serpent alone, but the serpent moved and driven by and through Satan, as appears from John 8:44, Rev. 12:9, 20:2,10, Rom. 16:20. Now it spoke, just as formerly through those who had a spirit of Python, who were sorcerers; likewise in and through the oracles of the heathen gods, as the angel spoke through Balaam's donkey, Num. 22:28 — which ought not to have seemed strange to Julian, since Valerius Maximus (De Miraculis, Book I, Title 8) writes that the image of Juno Moneta spoke; and likewise that same Valerius (ibid.) relates that the image of Fortune spoke twice; and Julius Obsequens (De Prodigiis, ch. 38) that the ox of Privernum spoke, and that the very same thing happened in a Roman field (ch. 40 and 53); likewise, that a tree addressed Apollonius of Ariminum. Nor are there lacking those who hold that the serpent had, in the beginning, the use both of understanding and of speech, of which it was afterward deprived through sin. Balthasar Bekker, in his Betoverde Wereld ("Enchanted World"), in order to maintain that devils do not work outside themselves, held that neither Satan nor the serpent spoke — since the former lacks organs of speech, and the latter, besides, lacks reason — and thus turned the whole history into a certain allegory; concerning which we shall perhaps have more to say in its proper place. In much the same way, Don Isaac Abarbanel denies that the serpent addressed the woman, because it is not said, as of Balaam's donkey, that "God opened the mouth of the serpent," preferring rather that this happened by a personification, which is not unusual in the Scriptures, Ps. 148:7, Job 28:14 — that this is therefore said because the serpent had many times climbed that tree and, before Eve's eyes, eaten of it, and that Eve thereby began to think that those fruits were not deadly, and that this was the very same thing as if the serpent had said, "you shall not die." Hence Bekker says that Satan perhaps and by chance led her astray. The safest view seems to be that one comprehend both Satan and the serpent under that one word, because Scripture attributes the temptation and seduction to both — to Satan, John 8:44; to the serpent, in the text — and that both, the serpent too, received punishment on account of the seduction, Gen. 3:14.
2. What sort he was: subtle, and, comparatively, more subtle than all the beasts of the field, v. 1: "and the serpent was more subtle than all the beasts of the field which the LORD God had made." Here this serpent is said to be subtle, and subtle above all the beasts. Here, subtlety is wisdom unto evil, just as prudence and understanding are wisdom unto good. It therefore seems to imply a certain measure of reason or rationality. One asks how subtlety can be attributed to a serpent. Some of the Jews think that the serpent was, at first, endowed with human passions; others hold that subtlety is ascribed to the serpent on account of Satan speaking in and through it — just as we say a human tongue is cunning and subtle, because a cunning and subtle mind directs it; and a learned tongue, which is moved understandingly and prudently through the understanding. Augustine joins both together, namely, that the devil used a cunning and subtle instrument, fitting for his purpose; yet that meanwhile this subtlety must chiefly be referred to the devil — and this does not seem far from the truth; meanwhile it is also ascribed to the instrument, which is said to be subtle above all the animals.
Wherein, then, did the subtlety of the serpent consist? Some answer that, when attacked, it immediately covers and hides its head; others, that it stops its ear against the voice of the charmer; that it sheds its old skin at certain times; that, about to drink, it first spits out its venom, and draws in fresh water; meanwhile, however, subtlety implies some measure of reason or rationality. One must say that it implies no reason or rationality at all; but that some animals have such a nature as seems to display something human, as Solomon mentions of four creatures, Prov. 30:24–28. But the question is, for what reason the serpent is said to be more subtle than all the animals, when there seem to be animals more subtle than the serpent? Some answer that its subtlety has been diminished since its curse; and if this is not true, that it is nevertheless rightly said to be more subtle — not with respect to everything, but with respect to natural instincts and drives, and, as it were, arts, for preserving its life against dangers. To which may be added that it naturally has the capacity to injure man covertly and cunningly, in that, lying beside the path, and hidden under sand of the same color as itself, it bites the horse's heels, Gen. 49:17, and, with its little horns raised, which resemble grains of corn, it deceives and snatches little birds flying to it as to food. Whence Aristotle (Historia Naturalis, Book I, ch. 1) says that serpents are malista epibouloi, exceedingly given to lying in wait.
II. The tempted or seduced one, namely, the Woman: "and he said unto the woman." This subtle one chose the Woman for himself, to attack and seduce her — not only because she was, by her nature, "the weaker vessel," 1 Pet. 3:7, whom he therefore thought he would the more easily overcome; but also so that, she being overcome, her husband Adam might the more readily and easily be overcome through her persuasions and arguments, and that in him at last the sin might be consummated which would pass over to the whole posterity of the first parents. Whether this happened with Adam present or absent, Scripture is indeed silent; but nevertheless it seems that one may and can conclude from the circumstances that it happened in his absence, since otherwise, as head, he would not in this matter have conducted himself as an upright person. How the serpent spoke or is said to have spoken, we have already, at least in part, said above. For there is no difficulty here, if we say that Satan, through the sensory organs of the serpent, was able to produce a distinct sound in the air, which the Woman understood. One might, moreover, come to ask, for what reason the Woman, unaccustomed to the address of a speechless and unreasoning animal, did not at once recoil, or reject conversation with the serpent? To this several things could be answered: (1) that the Woman, being newly created, did not yet know that unreasoning animals do not speak and discourse. (2) That she thought this happened by a miracle, and that she therefore had to yield the more, thinking that God was dealing with her in an unusual way. (3) That she thought God would be present with her, with His grace, to overcome the temptation. Whatever the case, at least she gave ear to the Tempter and Seducer through inattentiveness and carelessness, whom she ought to have rejected and cast off with indignation and abhorrence.
III. The Temptation or Seduction itself, which occurred through a twofold assault, namely, through a question, and through a pressing and urging. He deals in questions, not in plain assertions — which his followers, the heretics, seem to have learned from him, just as it is related elsewhere of Laelius Socinus, that he was accustomed to attack the eternal Godhead of Christ cunningly with questions and problems. And indeed with variously ambiguous questions, of the sort the Devil is also observed to have used in the oracles of the heathen. Whence Apollo is called loxias, "ambiguous" or "double-tongued," because he gave a loxēn phōnēn, an ambiguous utterance, or confused and doubtful oracles. Meanwhile, in Satan's temptation and seduction, a twofold assault presents itself to us:
1. The first, concerning the divine command. And here again:
a. Satan's question: "Yea, hath God said, Ye shall not eat of every tree?" The question teems with ambiguities. For at first glance he might seem to be asking after the truth of the prohibition, whether it be true that God has forbidden it — aph ki, "is it so? is it true? is it really so?" So the Syriac and Arabic: "Has God said?" But secondly, he might seem to have asked after the reason for the prohibition — why He commanded, to hoti eipen, as the LXX have it: "what is it that He said? To what end would He have said this?" There is no reason for saying so, since the all-wise God says nothing of what He says without reason. But here there is no reason; therefore He has not said it. Thirdly, he might seem to be speaking of his own design and intention to deceive. Hence the Jews render the Hebrew words aph ki as "how much more," or "much rather," so that the sense intended is one for which other things, not here expressed, must be understood as having preceded — so that from this arises: truly God hates you, or has forbidden this out of envy and spite, that He might not allow you the use of all the trees; because He begrudges you so great a happiness as would come to you from and out of the enjoyment of this tree. Finally, fourthly, with the words "shall ye not eat of every tree of the garden," he might seem to have come to ask whether He had forbidden the use of every tree, or only the use and enjoyment of one certain tree — thus tempering, arranging, and twisting his words, so that, if discovered and caught, he might come to say that he had named only one tree.
b. The Woman's answer, vv. 2 and 3, in and by which she acknowledges:
a. God's permission: "of the fruit of the trees of the garden we may eat." Ets, "of the tree," by an exchange of number, reads as much as "of the trees," to signify that God had granted her the use of every tree, and of each one in particular, this one alone excepted.
b. The prohibition, with its attached obligation, v. 3: "but of the fruit of the tree which is in the midst of the garden, God hath said, Ye shall not eat of it, neither shall ye touch it, lest ye die." There are those who hold that these are the words of the woman, already then wavering and falling; corrupting, on the one hand, God's command, by adding "you shall not touch it" — out of displeasure, vexation, or dislike of the commandment, thereby exaggerating and aggravating it; and, on the other hand, diminishing its obligation and threat: "lest perhaps you die," pen tǝmuthun — whereas the command had said, "dying you shall die." Others, however, prefer that these be the words of the Woman while still in the upright state, spoken out of godly fear and reverence for the commandment — as though she meant to say, "we may not even touch the fruit which we may not eat" — and then they restrict the doubtful little word "perhaps" to the touching alone, saying that this little word is not always a word of doubt, according to Ps. 2:12, Isa. 27:3; indeed, that it is sometimes a word of affirmation, Jer. 36:18, compared with 2 Kings 18:3 and Matt. 15:32 with Matt. 8:3. I prefer this latter view, since she seems to have begun to waver only from Satan's second assault onward.
2. The second assault concerns the binding force of the commandment's sanction. In this assault he:
a. On the one hand, denies the threat: "you shall not surely die." He has not said "dying you shall not die," but "not dying you shall die" — so that he denies only the fixed certainty of death, of which the Woman seemed to be in doubt.
b. On the other hand, he sets in its place a twofold promise, of which:
a. The first has regard to the soul, and to her knowledge and understanding: "for God doth know that in the day ye eat thereof... your eyes shall be opened." Here the little word ki must be rendered "but," in place of ki im, as though he said: God knows that this will be most useful to you, and consequently he has not forbidden it for that reason — "and they shall be opened." And this then, as in Mark 14:34 compared with Matt. 26:39, likewise Mark 15:27 with Matt. 27:38, "your eyes shall be opened," namely, the eyes of the understanding — that is, you shall be so keenly perceiving that you will think you have until now been as blind. Meanwhile he plays upon an ambiguity of the word; he promises that they shall know, but he means that they shall experience good and evil.
b. The second promise has regard to the excellence of their state — "and ye shall be as God" — not bound and limited by a certain prohibition and constraint, nor subject to anyone; and particularly in this, "that ye shall know good and evil": for of Jupiter, Homer says, pleiona ēdē, "he knows more" (he knows very many) things, and Cicero, in the Hortensius, says that knowledge and understanding is the life of the gods.
IV. The Victory of Satan, in and through the transgression of the Woman, and in and through the first-created human beings' violation of the Covenant of Nature — of which, as it were, three stages are recorded:
1. An inward one, the lust or desire in the Woman: "and the woman saw that the tree was good for food, and that it was pleasant to the eyes, and a tree to be desired to make one wise." "And she saw," or "had seen." So that we do not wrongly or foolishly infer from this, that sin enters into man through the outward senses, and especially also through an unruly sight, and that the violation of the first covenant likewise entered into the world in this way. So that Job had not in vain made a covenant with his eyes, that he might not look unchastely upon a woman, or that he might give no heed to a virgin, Job 31:1. And yet she looked upon that tree and its fruit not only with the eyes of her body, but also with those of her soul, comparing them with Satan's words and with the reasonings of her understanding — whereas she ought to have compared and reconciled them with the words of her Creator; for she was unwilling to allow what did not agree with her own reason. So that the Apostle not without cause advises that we bring every thought and reasoning and consideration captive to the obedience of Christ, 2 Cor. 10:5. In particular, however, a threefold cause of her wrongful desire is marked:
a. Her gluttony and appetite — she saw that the tree was good for food, to eat: certainly not that it was truly good for the support and sustenance of life, but because it appeared to her good for her palate; so that hereby is signified the lust of the flesh, 1 John 2:16.
b. The beauty of the tree, that it was fair and desirable to the eyes: herein lies the lust of the eyes, ibid.
c. A desire for vain knowledge and understanding, that it was to be desired to make one wise — which desire misleads many, so that they turn aside from the truth, and wander from the truth into errors. And that belongs to the pride of life, ibid.
2. An outward one, namely, the eating of the forbidden fruit: "and she took of the fruit thereof, and did eat." First she took that which she had told Satan was forbidden to her; then she immediately afterward also ate, and thereby consummated and completed — so far as it is considered in itself, and concerned her own person — the transgression and violation of the Covenant of Works.
3. The seduction of the Man: "and gave also unto her husband, and he did eat." And thus the violation of the Covenant of Works was consummated, to pass over to the whole posterity of the first parents — which teaches that it is not enough for the sinner to have led himself astray and sinned, unless he also leads others astray and brings them to sin — much as drunkards cannot bear or endure that others should be sober.
The Doctrinal Part
III. By this eating, then, of the forbidden fruit, the first-created human beings, for themselves and for their descendants, violated the Covenant of Nature, and cast down themselves and their descendants into the utmost misery. This is clearer than the sun: (I) from the Scriptures, both of the Old Testament — to which the whole third chapter of Genesis tends, Hos. 6:7 — and of the New Testament, Rom. 5:12,14,18,19. (II) It appears from experience, since and when one sees that the whole posterity of Adam is involved in the same sin, death, and condemnation, Rom. 5:12, etc. (III) It appears (III) from the abolition of this covenant, and the setting in its place of a new covenant, done immediately by God, Gen. 3:15.
IV. This violation of the covenant is expressed by the Apostle with various names, Rom. 5. Namely (I) sin, but with a demonstrative article, which is very emphatic, hē hamartia, v. 12, "that sin," namely, great and outstanding. (II) Transgression, parabasis, v. 14, namely of the law and of the Covenant of Nature. (III) A fall, paraptōma, insofar as man, by that very act, was cast headlong from the highest pinnacle of dignity into a gulf of misery. (IV) Disobedience, parakoē, insofar as he gave ear not to God, but to Satan.
V. Through various stages this violation of the covenant advanced gradually and progressed to its highest pitch. For the Woman (I) heard Satan in the serpent, seeking her out. Then (II) she perhaps weakened God's word, by adding to His commandment the touching of the fruit, which is not expressed in Gen. 2:16,17 — thereby diminishing the force of the obligation: "lest perhaps you die." At any rate (III) she looked upon the forbidden tree with desire — "she saw that the tree was good." Further, she (IV) took hold of the forbidden fruit. And also (V) ate. Finally (VI) she also gave to her husband, that he might eat after her example, as was indeed done by him. From which one may understand in what sense the Apostle says that not Adam, but the Woman, was deceived, 1 Tim. 2:14 — namely, not immediately by the serpent, but through the woman. And Adam too accomplished his transgression through no other stages: for he (1) allowed his wife's incitement. (2) He turned away from God. Further (3) he inclined toward the sin. Then (4) to the very commission of the sin. And thereby also (5) to its propagation.
VI. Although, then, the consummation of the violation of the covenant occurred in the last of these stages, sin was nevertheless present already in the first, so that one might come to say that man was already a sinner before he had committed the outward act of eating — though that sin, before its consummation, would not have passed over to the posterity, since God had said, "in the day that you eat thereof, dying you shall die," namely, with your whole posterity. Whether now the first movement toward sin was, in the understanding, some drowsiness, inattentiveness, error, or unbelief; or rather, in the will, a certain desire for one's own excellence — this is disputed among theologians, according to their various presuppositions. Those who make the determination of the will in everything depend upon the last judgment of the practical understanding allege inattentiveness, unbelief, or error, which determined the will to a wrongful longing and desire for its own excellence. Those who, on the contrary, hold that the proper and exact subject is the will alone, think that inattentiveness and unbelief, so long as they precede every inclination of the will, cannot be sin; that therefore the first movement toward sin was a disordered desire for one's own excellence, which afterward swept him away into inattentiveness, error, and a wrongful judgment, so that he judged those means for obtaining his excellence, which were set before him by Satan, to be genuine. And this seems the more to commend the order and progress of the temptation, although the matter is not of any great weight or importance.
VII. The principal cause thereof has not been God — whether by an eternal decree, which was indeed the cause of an infallible future occurrence, but not of the future sin itself; or by His influence, which produces only the underlying subject or matter, not the unlawfulness and wickedness which is the form of sin; or by a withdrawal of grace and of some necessary help, since none such was withdrawn before the sin was committed, nor could have been, without injustice — for that would have been an inflicted punishment before the sin was committed. Although we meanwhile acknowledge that a second, confirming, strengthening, and establishing grace — whereby the act of sinning would not have been prevented, and a contrary act of obedience would have been secured, being itself something not owed, and this by a certain, determined, wise, and just counsel and design of God — was not bestowed upon man: it therefore remains that not God, but man, through the abuse of his free will, was himself the principal cause of this violation of the covenant, Eccl. 7:29 — through his own free choice, which is neither taken away nor in any way impaired, either by the divine decree or by His influence. Indeed, he sinned not only with a freedom of spontaneity, willingly and without any compulsion, but also with a freedom of indifference, insofar as he was, in himself and by his own nature, not determined to that sin, however much he may have been outwardly determined with respect to the divine decree.
VIII. If you ask, in what way he, being endowed through original righteousness with a perfect wisdom, holiness, and righteousness, could have sinned — I shall not answer, with the Pelagians, Jesuits, and Remonstrants, that in him, from creation, there was a struggle and wrestling between flesh and spirit; for I would then have to say that God was the cause of sin, since lust, according to the Apostle's own statement, is without doubt sin, Rom. 7:7, contrary to the command, "you shall not covet," Exod. 20:17. I would rather say that he was able to sin, even though endowed with so great a wisdom, holiness, and righteousness, because he was endowed with these mutably (since immutability is among the attributes of God alone; and moreover the very prohibition of the Covenant of Works would have been superfluous, had he been wholly unable to sin), and that he was changed from his innate rectitude by the most violent assaults of the temptations, while God's second, confirming and strengthening grace — being altogether unowed — was meanwhile withheld.
IX. The assisting causes of this violation of the covenant were, on the one side, the Woman, with respect to Adam — not indeed by a blow of the lash, as some Jews idly fancy, but through persuasive words of human wisdom, previously suggested to her by the serpent; and, as regards the Woman, the serpent — that is, Satan, not under the mere mask of a serpent, as it pleases Cyril, Cajetan, and others, but in the serpent, as being said to be the most subtle among all the animals. Satan's own sin had been pride, 1 Tim. 3:6, and an envy against God, and against the image of God in man, arising from pride. For since, by seeking after and aspiring to a disordered excellence, he had lost the ordered excellence, he was therefore grieved at the excellence of others, and was driven, malicious and spiteful, to attack and root it out. And yet he was not a compelling cause, nor in any way a natural cause of a sufficient, direct, necessary, or fixed and certain efficacy, in bringing about this violation of the covenant, but a moral cause — by questioning, advising, tempting, suggesting to man how he might voluntarily dispose himself to sin — whence he received the name of Tempter, Matt. 4:3, and also of Deceiver, 2 Cor. 11:3.
X. His temptation, then, was nothing else than a subtle piece of reasoning, whereby, under the appearance of the true and the good, he sought to lead man astray into the false, and to bring him into evil — something he both sought and also obtained: (I) by displaying and magnifying the good he promised, as though it were the highest good: "your eyes shall be opened, you shall know good and evil, indeed you shall be as God." (II) By pointing out the means, fitted and suited for obtaining this good, as easy and certain: "in the day that you shall have eaten... this God knows." (III) By concealing and warding off the very great danger that hung over their heads: "you shall not surely die." This is, in general, the common deceit of all temptations; yet there were, besides, particular deceptions of his own, such as: (1) that he chose a serpent for his instrument, of which Holy Scripture says that it was more subtle than all the beasts of the field, Gen. 3:1. But what sort of advantage of subtlety this was (which is likewise taught elsewhere, Ps. 58:5,6, Matt. 10:16, 2 Cor. 11:3), and how it was suited to Satan, we have already shown above in the Explanatory Part. (2) That he chose to attack the Woman, 1 Tim. 2:14 — whether the Man was present or absent, Scripture does not say — so that he might not only have a weaker adversary, but might also, through the woman once overcome, the more easily triumph over the man. (3) That in the first assault he asserted nothing, but only asked, in order to test the Woman's disposition and steadfastness. (4) That he asked a question which was in many ways doubtful and ambiguous, as we have noted and remarked in the exposition of the text — so that there might thereby be a broader field and occasion for evasions. (5) That, having in the second assault called and drawn the divine command into doubt, he also cunningly undermined the threat, with the now-wavering woman, so that he denied either its truth, or at least its necessity. (6) That in place of the removed threat, he set the promise of an outstanding advantage. Finally (7) that, to prove that promise of his, he abused the very name of God, and of the forbidden tree itself: "God knows that in the day you shall have eaten, your eyes shall be opened, and you shall be as God."
XI. Although, then, this violation of the covenant was accomplished through the subtlety of Satan and through the seduction of the Woman; although likewise God was in no way the cause of it; although, moreover, He did not, by His influence or governance, in any manner compel man to this violation of the covenant; and although, finally, He did not, before the violation was committed, withdraw any prior grace or help, such that man would have had to fall willingly or unwillingly — one must nevertheless hold that man's fall did not come to pass entirely apart from God and all providence, and that God was merely an idle spectator of this struggle and contest, and of its whole outcome. For thus He would not be an absolutely first Being, and would therefore not be God at all; and would He, who cares for all things, down to sparrows, indeed even to the hairs of the head, have neglected and disregarded the destinies of the whole human race? — especially seeing that the sending of the Mediator, and the whole economy of redemption, would depend on this violation of the covenant.
XII. He has, therefore, beyond all doubt: (I) predetermined this violation of the covenant, by an eternal decree whereby He works all things according to the counsel of His own will, no less than He predetermined all those wicked acts which were committed by Herod, Pontius Pilate, and the Jews concerning His Son, Acts 2:23 and 4:26,27 — since especially the sending of the Mediator, which presupposes a fixed and certain future occurrence of the fall, is said to have been foreknown and predetermined beforehand, 1 Pet. 1:20. Then also (II) He has, with no less concern than for all other human acts, upheld the natural act which underlies this sin, Acts 17:28. Further (III), by permitting the unlawfulness, He withheld the influence of His strengthening grace and help, without which the event could in no way have come to pass — for God was not obliged to bestow that influence, especially since man, relying on his own powers, did not desire it. Indeed also (IV) He tempted the first-created human beings — certainly not as Satan does, unto evil, Jas. 1:13,14 — but (just as He afterward tempted Abraham, Gen. 22:1, and the Israelites, Exod. 20:20, Deut. 8:2,16) that it might become manifest what was in man. Not to add (V) that whole governance of this violation of the covenant, whereby, to the glory of His name, to the redemption of His own, and to the just condemnation of the reprobate, He has directed it in a most holy manner.
XIII. This violation of the covenant, then, committed by the first-created human beings (Satan tempting, and the Woman being seduced, while divine Providence had the direction of it), touched and concerned not them alone, but also all their descendants, as we have noted in the preceding chapter — since the Covenant of Nature was not established with them alone, as the Apostle clearly says, Rom. 5:12, 1 Cor. 15:22 — just as the punishment itself moreover confirms this, since it fell not on them alone, but also on all their descendants; for those things which were inflicted upon the first-created human beings touch all their descendants, so that the curse upon the earth signifies not only the accursed ground, but also all its inhabitants — especially since the remaining punishments of that sin, by experience, press upon all Adam's descendants as well. Compare Book III, ch. 12, §10.
XIV. As to the time: since Holy Scripture does not determine it very precisely, the Jews, the Scholastics, and likewise the theologians differ among themselves. The Kabbalists conjecture, and derive from certain letters, that the fall occurred in the twenty-ninth year of the world. There are those who think that the first-created human beings persevered in the state of rectitude for the space of thirty-four years and six months, namely, as long as the Savior sojourned here on earth; yet who believes that, after the blessing of multiplication, no children would have been begotten by the first-created human beings in so great an interval of time? Some think, with Luther, that this happened on the seventh day after the beginning of creation, or on the day of the Sabbath. Maimonides, Irenaeus, Chrysostom, Theodoret, Cedrenus, Augustine, Bernard, and others prefer that it happened about the evening of that day on which man was created. In this obscure matter, however, this seems clear: (I) that some interval of time elapsed between the two events, namely, between the creation and the fall — that (1) man might give names to the individual creatures, Gen. 2:20; (2) that the woman might be formed from Adam's rib, Gen. 2:21,22; (3) that Eve might be joined with Adam in marriage, ibid. vv. 22,23,25; (4) that the married pair might be blessed by God, that dominion over the sublunary world might be conferred upon them, Gen. 1:28, that they might be granted and permitted to enjoy all the fruits of the garden, ibid. v. 29, the one tree of the knowledge of good and evil excepted, Gen. 2:16,17, and that the Covenant of Nature might be established with them. All of which things truly require some time. Meanwhile it is (II) probable that they spent not much time in the state of rectitude. For (1) they would have eaten of the tree of life, and been confirmed in the state of life, against the fall, Gen. 3:22. (2) Eve would have received an unpoisoned and sinless fruit. (3) After the events which preceded the fall, and have just now been recounted, which could have been accomplished within a short interval, the fall is recorded. Wherefore (III) it seems probable that the first-created human beings persevered in rectitude neither years, nor months, nor weeks. Yet it seems to me most probable that they persevered at least some days, indeed for the space of one week, in the state of rectitude. For here (1) nothing occurs that would argue against this — indeed, nothing that does not rather confirm it. (2) All the aforesaid things could scarcely have been fittingly and easily accomplished within a few hours. (3) When the Sabbath was instituted, everything was still very good, Gen. 1:31, compared with ch. 2:1,2,3. Moreover (4) the first-created human beings could scarcely, within a few hours, have come to experience what the state of rectitude was, and what its blessedness would be.
Nor does the contrary press hard enough here: (a) that they would not have abstained so long from the tree of life, nor from the use of marriage — for He who kept them from the fall for some hours could also have kept them, for some days, in abstinence from the aforesaid things. That (b) the first-created human beings, about the evening, the sin having already been committed, were called to account by God, Gen. 3:8 — for it is not said that this happened on the very same evening of their creation. Nor does it press further (c) that Satan is a liar, and a murderer of men from the beginning — for this does not signify from the first day of created man, any more than it signifies from the beginning of creation, whether of the whole creation, or of the first hour of created man. Nor is there (d) less weight and importance in the proportion between the fall and the death of the second Adam, who died on the sixth day, and at the sixth hour, or at noon — for besides that there is here no firm and binding connection, that correspondence could also hold if the fall occurred at the sixth hour of the second week. Finally (e), the passage of Ps. 49:12 does not press the point here either: "man" (in the Hebrew, indeed, Adam) "that is in honor abides not" — since the word Adam here does not signify the actual Adam, but, as a common noun, "a man"; and the verb yalin means "shall lodge for the night," not "he has lodged"; and finally, since "to lodge for the night" signifies to persevere for a certain time in this or that state, Ps. 49:12, Jer. 4:14. Meanwhile I would not dare to determine anything absolutely here.
XV. This, finally, is that great, and never sufficiently to be deplored, violation of the Covenant of Nature, the foremost crime of the human race, and the highest fall of the world — in which one must observe and note, not this or that particular sin, whether of gluttony, or of pride, or of theft, as it pleases the Papists to say, but the seeds and the miry pit of all sins. For in it there was pride, ingratitude, unbelief, idolatry, disobedience, thoughtlessness, a perverse thirst for knowledge, a most wicked lust, and the touching of a forbidden thing, lovelessness toward one's children and descendants, manslaughter against the whole world, faithlessness and violation of the covenant — indeed, in the violation of so solemn a sacrament there lies a general confession of disobedience, a contempt and disdain of the covenant, rebellion, and a total falling away from God. All of which things are rendered infinitely more grievous by the circumstances — for example: (I) of the person, who, laden with so many blessings from God, adorned with so many gifts, was, by virtue of original righteousness and of the divine image, subject to no incitements to sin. (II) Then of the object, which overflowed with so great an abundance of every kind of thing, that man could have abstained from one single tree with the least possible effort. (III) Then of the place and the time — that he, scarcely having been formed by the Creator, and placed in the garden and sanctuary of God, immediately, at the first and second assault of the tempter, cast away the weapons for his own salvation and that of his own. All these particular points could be so expanded and magnified that it would be plain to every eye that this sin was simply the very greatest of all.
XVI. Which of the two married persons sinned more grievously is a question asked well-nigh in vain, since in Holy Scripture it is reckoned to be one sin, Rom. 5:15,16,18, one sinner, Adam — at least in a household sense, ibid. vv. 12,16,17 — one punishment of death, ibid. v. 12, Gen. 2:17 — except that that sin began in the woman, who was both seduced and at the same time seduced others, in which respect her sin seems to be called more grievous by the Apostle, 1 Tim. 2:14, and was consummated in the man, whence death is said to have reigned from Adam onward, Rom. 5:14, in which respect no sin could be called more grievous. Unless you should rather wish to add, that by virtue of, and on account of, the superior strength of soul which is more natural to men than to women — who are called by the Apostle "the weaker vessel," 1 Pet. 3:7 — the sin of the man was far more grievous.
XVII. The punishment following upon this violation of the covenant may be considered, in part, insofar as it was announced, in particular, immediately after the violation of the covenant, to the violators of the covenant themselves; in part, insofar as it was pronounced, in general, upon all their descendants. In the first way it concerns (I) the Cause of the violation of the covenant, namely, the serpent as instrument, and Satan as the chief and leading seducer, whose punishment is described, Gen. 3:14,15 — which, as a whole and in general, must be attributed neither to the serpent alone, as the Socinians hold, nor to Satan alone, as others maintain. There is therefore announced to the serpent, both the curse — "because you have done this, you are cursed above all cattle" — and its lowly and despised manner and mode of going — "upon your belly shall you go" (though it does not appear from the text that it had, up to that time, gone upright or on feet; since that mean, lowly, and cumbersome manner of going first became a punishment from the time of the seduction — just as the rainbow, since the promise, has come to be a sacrament of grace; perhaps too that mode of going was aggravated on account of the seduction) — and also its mean, sordid, and despised food: "dust shall you eat all the days of your life." To transfer this without any necessity, by a figure of speech, to Satan — that he eats the earth, that is, earthly and material men — is flat and unfitting. To Satan, then, is announced, as a punishment for his seduction, in v. 15, the enmity with the seed of the Woman, who would crush his head — concerning which more will be said expressly and at length in its proper place.
This punishment concerns (II) the Woman, to whom, v. 16, are announced the multiplying of hardships throughout all her life, the sorrows of conception and childbirth, and subjection to the Man. (III) The punishment concerns the Man, to whom is allotted both the cursing of the ground, v. 17, "cursed is the ground for your sake" (whether this be understood of the containing ground itself, according to v. 18, "thorns and thistles shall it bring forth to you"; or, moreover, of that which is or would be contained in it, namely, all his descendants, according to Rom. 5:12, Eph. 2:1, Deut. 27:26, Gal. 3:10), as well as the misery of his whole life, v. 17, "yea, with sorrow shall you eat of it all the days of your life: in the sweat of your face shall you eat bread"; and finally death, v. 19, "till you return to the ground."
The punishment concerns, finally, (IV) both violators of the covenant, the Man and the Woman together: (1) a shaming rebuke from God, reproaching their pride and haughtiness, v. 22, "behold, that man is become as one of us." (2) The expulsion from Paradise, v. 23, "therefore the LORD God sent him forth from the garden of Eden" — which perhaps also bore, at that time, an image of the heavenly Paradise, from participation in which they would be driven out. (3) The exclusion from the sacrament of life, v. 24, "He placed cherubim at the east of the garden of Eden, and a flaming sword which turned every way, to keep the way of the tree of life" — namely, so that man, having been deprived of life through the broken covenant, and burdened with the guilt of death, might not, by the use of the sacrament of life, feed himself in vain on an empty imagination and persuasion of life. Of the punishment, insofar as it was inflicted and sent, in general, upon all the descendants of the covenant-breakers, we shall speak in the following chapters.
The Polemical Part
XVIII. The questions and points of controversy of this chapter we have already sufficiently dealt with beforehand in the Doctrinal Part. It will nevertheless be useful and profitable to state briefly, by way of contrast, the chief points at issue. The question is, first, whether the first-created human beings violated the covenant not only for themselves, but also for all their descendants? The Pelagians and Socinians, out of hatred for original sin and love for free will (which, through this sin, would still remain unimpaired), deny it; the Reformed maintain it firmly, by virtue of the arguments set forth in §13, to which, for the further elucidation of the point, we add the following analogous cases. (I) When parents lose possession of a hereditary estate, the children lose it also, because they had received it not for themselves alone, but also for their children. Just as (II) the debts of parents are justly exacted from their heirs. And (III) by the crime of high treason the children of the criminals are also implicated. Moreover (IV) when a magistrate governs the commonwealth badly, the whole commonwealth is in danger; or (V) when an ambassador conducts his business badly, all who sent him suffer harm and loss.
Should they say: (1) that, on God's part, sons do not bear the iniquities of their fathers, Ezek. 18:20 — I shall answer: (a) that the Prophet speaks of sins which the children did not commit in their parents, whereas the opposite occurred in the sin of the first-created human beings, Rom. 5:12; therefore (b) that he speaks of the personal sin of the Jews, which God would not wish to punish in the children, but not of the natural sin of the first-created human beings. Should they (2) say that the descendants did not yet exist at that time, and therefore did not sin — I shall answer that they indeed did not sin in themselves, just as they did not exist in themselves; but that they sinned in their cause, just as they existed in their cause, Rom. 5:12. Should they (3) go further and say that it is contrary to truth to suppose, hold, and reckon that one has sinned who has not sinned, indeed who was not even present — I shall answer that I will grant this, if anyone supposes that he sinned in himself, which is not the case here. Should they (4) add that it is contrary to justice to hold and punish someone as a sinner who has not, in fact and in truth, sinned — I shall say that it is false that they have not, in fact and in truth, sinned, for they have sinned in Adam, Gen. 5:12 [Rom. 5:12].
XIX. One asks, secondly, whether it follows from the view of the Reformed, that God is the cause of this sin? This the Socinians and other Pelagian-minded persons, and with them the Lutherans, slanderously lay to the charge of the Reformed — because they hold: (I) that God foreknew the fall. Answer: foreknowledge, as such, is not the cause of the thing foreknown, but only something that precedes it, Isa. 48:8 [?]. (II) That God even decreed the fall. Answer: hence He is the cause of its futurition — of the future occurrence — but not of the future thing itself, Acts 4:28. (III) That God, by His Providence, flowed into the sin through the fall. Answer: only into the act, which is the subject of the sin, not into the sin itself, or into the unlawfulness of the act, Acts 17:28. (IV) That He did not prevent the fall, though He could have prevented it. Answer: He was not obliged to do so; nor would He have obtained the glory of His mercy and justice, had He prevented it, Acts 14:16. (V) That He furnished no necessary help. Answer: He furnished a sufficient help, by and with which man could have avoided the sin, had he willed to; although He did not furnish that help by which man would, in fact, have avoided the sin, because He was not obliged to furnish it. Indeed (VI) that He withdrew grace. Answer: we deny that this happened before the sin was committed; although we do not deny that He withheld a second, confirming, yet unowed, grace. And (VII) that He tempted man. Answer: yet not unto evil, Jas. 1:13, but only that it might become manifest what was in man, Deut. 8:2,16. Finally, (VIII) that He even compelled man to sin. Answer: this we deny, because he sinned with premeditated counsel and a certain free choice, although, by virtue of the determinate decree, infallibly.
XX. Thirdly, whether, from and according to the view of the Reformed, it can be said that man sinned voluntarily? To deny this would place one outside the Reformed Church. The Reformed hold that man committed this first sin altogether voluntarily, because he, notwithstanding God's eternal decree, and notwithstanding also the predetermining influence of divine providence, and whatever else of that sort, committed it with premeditated counsel, free choice, and rational deliberation — wherein properly consists the freedom of our will. Some deny this, objecting: (1) that he was not able not to sin. Answer: that is false; he was able, with a power of acting, in a divided sense (in sensu diviso), taken separately — for he had the powers...
...by which he would come, and by which he was brought to the point of the fall. (II) Because God has decreed sin. Answer: But [is it not fitting] that this should happen voluntarily, with deliberate counsel? Because He has influenced the will of the first-created humans, so as to determine themselves thereto? Answer: Yet in such a way that they would act out of and with deliberate counsel, freely — for the predetermining influence does not thereby take away [their freedom], but establishes it. (IV) Because He willed that the fall should happen. Answer: God has permitted this, that the fall could not not happen, in order that it should happen with deliberate counsel and freely.
XXI. Concerning the Nature of the Serpent, the Tempter
Fourth, concerning the serpent, the tempter, the question that tends to be raised is not so much what it was in shape and kind — whether a basilisk, an adder, or some other animal — but rather whether the serpent that carried out the seduction was a true and natural serpent, or had only the appearance of one; and if a true serpent, whether it was a serpent alone, or whether it was possessed, indwelt, and filled by Satan. Philo, in his περὶ κοσμοποιίας (Of the Making of the World), just as he allegorizes the whole third chapter of Genesis, so too turns this serpent into a mere figure of speech, understanding by it nothing other than the will. Origen follows him, allegorizing in the same way almost every passage of Scripture. On the other hand, some allow nothing but a natural serpent, which Aben Ezra (in his Perush on Gen. III) vigorously defends, and to which the Socinians, the Kabbalists, Cyril (Contra Julian., Lib. III), and Cajetan hold — the last of whom understands by it only Satan, in the form of a gleaming serpent.
ὄφις ἦν ὄργανον τῷ τῆς ἐν ἀληθείᾳ ἐχθρῷ — the serpent was the instrument of him who in truth was the enemy. For that a true serpent was present is evident both from the testimony of the text, Gen. 3:1, and from the punishment of crawling and eating dust, v.14. But that Satan too was present is evident (I) from Rev. 12:9; (II) from her own speech, John 8:44, 2 Cor. XI.3, concerning the punishment announced for these things; (III) from the retribution and requital appointed, which was inflicted, or was to be inflicted, on none other than Satan, Rom. 16:20. Now, besides these things, concerning the order of this breach of covenant, and concerning its first movement, likewise concerning its gravity and other points that are commonly disputed, we have already touched upon at length above, in the Doctrinal and Explanatory Parts.
XXII. Whether the Account of the Temptation and Seduction of the First Humans Is Historical or Allegorical
Fifth, the question is asked whether the account of the temptation and seduction of the first-created humans is historical, or allegorical. We shall not again call up for review what we have already noted in the Explanatory Part, and in the preceding paragraph. Balthasar Bekker, recently, in his Betoverde Wereld [The World Bewitched], Book I, Chapter XII, because he supposed that created spirits are nothing but mere thoughts, and therefore do not work by their own powers outside themselves — seeing that the history of the temptation of the first humans by Satan through the serpent would be raised against him as an objection, showing that Satan worked outside himself, both upon the serpent and, by means of and with the help of it, upon the woman — strains with all his might to obtain that this be taken not as a historical, but as an allegorical account.
Concerning this matter he says first, §1, that he is not bound or obliged to resolve every difficulty that occurs to him regarding it, so long as he may hold and maintain the one thing his whole work aims at, namely, that evil spirits do not work outside themselves. Then he seems, in §2, to acknowledge that Satan did seduce man, and that Moses relates this by way of circumstances; meanwhile he bids us to compare with this account Christ, John 8:44, where He says that the devil is a liar and a murderer of men from the beginning; and Paul, 2 Cor. 11:3, where he says that the serpent deceived Eve through her cunning; and John, Rev. 12:9, where he says that the old serpent was the devil — so that the comparison of all these sayings, he says, brings much light to this account, and that one ought above all to pay heed to that.
Thereafter he teaches, §3, that the serpent is mentioned in the text, and that alone; and since, according to §4, serpents are manifold, of every kind and shape, at least male and female, one cannot understand for what reason only one is mentioned, and that with a definite article, "the" serpent; nor also how it can be said, §5, to have been more cunning than all the animals, since there are animals observed to be more cunning; moreover, §6, that one cannot conceive in what way any irrational, speechless animal could be fit, through cunning, to seduce and deceive man — and indeed a man endowed with so great a wisdom.
From this he proceeds further to the devil, §7, seeking to obtain that Satan in no way chose a serpent for himself, by whose help he might speak to the woman — since he had no need of a tongue and a voice with which to address her, and since a serpent is destitute of understanding and of speech. Wherefore then should he have chosen a serpent for himself? Why not a magpie or an ape? Yet, §9, granting that Satan did speak through the serpent, he says that the serpent thereby performed a greater miracle than God Himself ever performed. Indeed, §10, he says, if you compare Balaam's she-ass, speaking by a divine power, it will follow from this that the devil showed and conducted himself far more wisely than God, speaking through a she-ass — inasmuch as the reasoning of no fool has ever been more absurd than this. Yet, §11, God does not say that Satan spoke through the serpent. He therefore asks, §12, Who then was it that spoke? And he answers himself: that same serpent, to which he afterward announced the punishment; but here he again objects to himself: how can God address a dumb animal? How did He announce to it, as a punishment, to crawl upon the ground, which was already proper to it beforehand, by its own nature? And in §§14–15 he refutes Pareus, who thinks that the serpent went upon feet before the fall. That likewise, §14, one cannot understand in what way the eating of dust is announced to the serpent as a punishment, when one observes that the serpent eats all sorts of things. That also, §16, one cannot understand in what way there is enmity between the seed of the woman and the seed of the serpent, since a greater enmity is observed between men and other irrational animals — lions, tigers, wolves, for example. And, §18, that the Ophites honored serpents above Christ, etc. Further, §21, that here only the serpent is mentioned, and that Paul, 2 Cor. 11:3, does not say that Satan seduced Eve; that otherwise it cannot be explained how it was announced to it as a punishment to crawl upon its belly. All of which resolves itself, §22, into this: that neither the serpent, nor the devil, nor both together, are properly to be understood here; and consequently, that the account must be understood not historically, but allegorically. And although Scripture teaches, §24, that the origin of the fall of spirits is from sin, and of men from the devil — yet whether this happened by design and counsel, or according to example, or in some other way, they nevertheless relate no account of. That it is certain that the text speaks of the serpent alone, which however could not have carried this out. Meanwhile, what the allegorical sense of this account might be, he does not explain, nor indeed can he explain it, beyond doubt.
This is the short summary of the man's whole argument, honestly set forth; let us now weigh it a little more closely. A chief argument might in this way be framed thus: In an account in which so many insoluble difficulties are lodged, it cannot be a historical and literal account; but in the account of this text there are lodged so many insoluble difficulties; therefore it cannot be a historical or literal account. We deny here the second proposition. Bekker tries to prove the second proposition piecemeal: if neither the serpent, which alone is related in the text, nor Satan, who is understood under it, nor the serpent and Satan together, can be understood, being subject to so many insoluble difficulties that nothing of this can be understood historically — then the account is not a historical account, etc.
He proves the second proposition thus: because (I) the serpent alone is mentioned, to which, as to an irrational and speechless animal, reasoning and speech — which are ascribed to it in the text — cannot belong or fit. Answer: (1) We acknowledge that an account is given concerning the serpent; but (2) we deny that it alone is to be understood. Our reasons are: (a) because a serpent is mentioned that reasoned and spoke, which does not belong to a serpent alone; (b) because a serpent is mentioned that deceived the woman by her cunning, 2 Cor. 11:3 — who is a liar and a murderer of men from the beginning, indeed a father of lies, John 8:44 — such a one to whom, as punishment for the seduction, enmity with the seed of the woman, Christ, is announced, Gal. 3:16 — such a one whose head the seed of the woman would crush; likewise Rom. 16:20 — all of which does not fit a mere bare serpent alone; likewise such a serpent, which John, Rev. 12:9, calls the old serpent, which is the devil. Thus far, therefore, there is no insoluble difficulty here.
But (II) that there is a difficulty in this, that, whereas only one serpent is mentioned, and yet there are many kinds of serpents, and of each kind at least a male and a female, it cannot be explained for what reason that one is mentioned. Answer: There is no difficulty here, because it is not necessary for us to know that; and also because one alone was enough for the seduction, and Satan indeed chose that one out of all which he thought fittest for his purpose. (III) Because to it is ascribed a cunning surpassing all animals, whereas nevertheless there are beasts observed that are more cunning than serpents. Answer: According to the pronouncement of God, this particular serpent surpassed all other animals in cunning, and this pronouncement of God removes all difficulty. There may indeed at this time be a kind of serpent that is surpassed in cunning by other animals; but that there was, at that time, an animal that surpassed that serpent, ha-nachash, in cunning — let Bekker show and prove that. (IV) No reason can be given why he, in order to seduce man, who is wiser than all the most cunning animals, should have wished to choose a serpent. Answer: God says that He chose a serpent because of its cunning, and this is enough for us; but a reason could also be added, namely, that He judged that serpent, more cunning than all animals, to be the fittest for His purpose.
But, one says, no reason can be given for that judgment. Answer: What then — as if the foolish Satan had acted without reason! Now as for Satan, concerning him he raises these difficulties: (A) That Satan, in order to seduce, had no need of language and voice. Answer: He himself, however, has judged that he needed a language and a voice in order to seduce the woman; let him then have judged foolishly. (B) That cunning cannot belong to him, as belonging only to bodily creatures. Answer: The Apostle ascribes cunning to the serpent, 2 Cor. 11:3, and cunning is ascribed in the text not to Satan, but to the dumb serpent itself. (C) That it cannot be understood for what reason Satan should have chosen for himself a serpent, being at once a speechless and irrational animal, as his instrument, when a magpie was more pliable and fitter at hand with respect to speech, an ape with respect to shape. Answer: God gives the reason: because the serpent was the more cunning. Again you answer: this cannot be understood. We have already stated the reason: because He judged the serpent, for His purpose, to be the fittest. And if He judged thus without any reason, what then? (D) That if Satan spoke through a serpent, he would then have performed a greater miracle than God ever performed. Answer: This is far from blasphemy. Satan performed no miracle, and far less a greater one than a miracle of God's, because what Satan did does not exceed the powers of nature: for to bend the tongue of some dumb animal, so as, by his (Satan's) power and ability, to form a distinct sound in the air, does not exceed the nature of an irrational, dumb animal — as is evident in your own magpie. (E) That the devil would also have spoken much more neatly and fittingly through the serpent than God Himself through Balaam's she-ass. Answer: Away with blasphemy. Satan spoke very cunningly by means of a very cunning animal, to deceive and seduce the woman, who by reason of her original righteousness was as yet exceedingly wise; and God spoke through a she-ass, the dullest and most stupid of animals, in order the more sharply to sting the foolish and dull false prophet, as Peter clearly and expressly says, 2 Pet. 2:16. (F) That Scripture does not say that Satan spoke through the serpent, or opened the serpent's mouth, as is said of Balaam's she-ass, Num. 22:28. Answer: This is indeed not said in the text in so many syllables; nevertheless it is said that such a one was present, who by reasoning was able to seduce the very wise man: between whom and the seed of the woman, Christ, there is now enmity, whose head Christ would crush — beyond all doubt this is Satan. It also says that a true serpent was present, which deceived Eve by its cunning, 2 Cor. 11:3; likewise that such an old serpent was present, which is called the devil and Satan, without doubt one who was possessed by the devil, and therefore seducing, Rev. 12:9. These things being put together, what is said more fittingly and suitably, than that the devil and Satan seduced through the serpent? So that you now have no need to attack yourself, saying, (G) Who then was it that spoke here — to answer: it was the serpent, to which God announced as a punishment to crawl upon the ground. More fittingly will John answer you: it was that old serpent, called the devil and Satan, ὁ πλανῶν, the deceiver, or he who deceives. Now whether the instrument, the serpent, licked dust before the fall and crawled upon the ground raises no difficulty at all: if you say the latter, one must understand that those things which had until then been natural to the serpent, and without trouble or difficulty, could be announced to it as a punishment, so that thereby might be the utmost trouble, disgrace, and shame.
(H) That the enmity which God has set between the serpent and its seed, on the one side, and between the woman and her seed, on the other, is now not observed — since there are found serpents that are not the enemies of man, that do not harm man, indeed are even profitable to him besides. Answer: (1) Be it so — which Bekker has nevertheless not yet proven; the text nowhere says that this was announced as a punishment to every kind of serpent: for what if God announced this only to that serpent and its seed which deceived the woman? For there is, as he himself acknowledges, a kind of serpent that is hostile to man. But (2) he presupposes that only a serpent, being a beast, is to be understood here, whereas we have already shown at length that the serpent meant is the one whose head the seed of the woman would crush, namely, Satan, Rom. 16:20 — that old serpent, called the devil and Satan, the deceiver, Rev. 12:9 — between whom and the seed of the woman there is, and always shall be, a continual enmity. There is therefore (I) no reason for him to pretend that serpents are held in the highest honor among the Ophites and Indian heathens. For to this it is answered, that this holds true among the seed of the serpent, between which and the seed of the woman, Christ, there is an everlasting enmity.
He proceeds (K) further to the passage of Rev. 12:9; he asks — truly mocking and irreverent enough, as if he did not acknowledge that John came to the dragon by divine inspiration, whereby the whole Revelation was written — how did John come to the dragon? Then he adds that in this passage there is nothing but a vision, and indeed such a vision as looks not to time past, but to time to come; and that therefore nothing can be concluded from it. Answer: He speaks of that dragon, called ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος, the old serpent, who has existed from the beginning, according to Christ's explanation, John 8:44, who has deceived from the beginning, still deceives, and shall deceive through all ages, τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην, the whole habitable world; of him he speaks not in the future, but in the present tense, ὁ πλανῶν, he who deceives — without doubt according to the manner of Holy Scripture, whereby it is customary, in continuous and successive actions, by a change of tense, to mingle the times together. Meanwhile we accept what he adds, that from it can be concluded that the enmity which was announced in Paradise between the seed of the woman and the seed of the serpent endures to this very day (which he had so clearly contradicted in §§17–18, and against which he sets himself in the whole content of his Chapter XIX) — and indeed in this sense, that by the dragon and Satan and his seed are understood his angels, that is, the evil spirits (which we accept), but not evil men; that these are nowhere in Holy Scripture called angels of the devil, or the seed of the serpent. To this we answer: (1) Whether the seed of the serpent be the evil spirits, and likewise whether evil men are called the seed of the serpent, does nothing at all to the present question and point of controversy, and is brought in nowhere else than that he, having nothing with which he might otherwise escape the force of this passage, might at least have this. But (2) evil men, though not in so many syllables, are called the seed of the serpent, Matt. 23:33, serpents, broods of vipers, Chap. III.7 and XIII.34, who are of their father the devil, who is a liar and a murderer of men from the beginning, John 8:44. Hence too, 1 John 3:8: He who commits sin is of the devil, for the devil sins from the beginning; and v.10: In this the children of God and the children of the devil are manifest.... Now those who are said to be of the devil, and children of the devil — are they not called and said to be the seed of the devil? And if you insist upon the syllables, tell me where the evil spirits are called the seed of the devil? At least believe your own self — having forgotten yourself — where you say this, Chapter XVIII, §3.
Yet he seeks against this text another difficulty, so subtle that in my simplicity I cannot make it out. He says: if by the dragon is understood the old serpent, the devil and Satan, the deceiver, then Michael, the enemy of the dragon, could not be an angel, and could then also not have fought for the woman in travail against the dragon. Answer: (1) Why could Michael not be an angel? Is it because he is set over against his angels, and distinguished from them? Yet could he not be distinguished from them, and set over against them, as the Angel of the Covenant, Mal. 3:1, the Angel of His presence, Isa. 63:9, the Angel who bears in His midst the name Jehovah, Exod. 23:21, the Angel Jehovah, Gen. 18:1 compared with v.13? This Angel, whom the woman bore, now caught up into heaven — why could He not have fought for the woman against the dragon, the devil, according to His divine nature, upon the earth?
Now I believe we have overcome and defeated every single difficulty that Bekker has raised against the historical sense of this account; at least we have not deliberately avoided a single difficulty raised, which I say sincerely in conscience. I conclude, therefore, with all the Reformed, and with as many as in any way confess Christ, that the sense of this account is properly and historically to be understood, because (1) one may not, according to all the laws of interpretation, depart from the proper sense to a figurative one, unless the necessity of some difficulty compels it. Then (2) if neither the devil nor the serpent, nor both together, were present in this account, as Bekker concludes in §22, presupposing that neither man nor God deceived — then the seduction that is related is false: for who would have deceived? And consequently there is no original hereditary sin, no evil concupiscence, which would arise from the seduction, no regeneration, conversion, sanctification — and what not? A thing which (3) presses all the more against one who, without a clear and distinct conception, admits absolutely nothing, as the Cartesian Bekker does. Let me add (4) that he who raises almost endless difficulties against Holy Scripture, and does not try to remove even one of them, paves the way, I say, to a general skepticism, indeed to atheism; and that he does not sincerely believe that the seduction really happened. Yet meanwhile (5) he confesses more than once that he acknowledges that through Satan's seduction ruin came into the world; but since he brings forward no Scripture passage, he confesses this in vain and without ground. But (6) in a figurative sense — yet he does not even add a figurative sense, foreseeing without doubt that none could be set forth that would not be subject to greater and more numerous difficulties. Then, over and above all these things, finally (7), we have shown in the chapters concerning the good angels, and likewise concerning the evil ones, that spirits of every kind work outside themselves by their own powers. Likewise, moreover, what we have already noted in the Explanatory Part of this chapter on this text; and let it be counted to our credit, that in defending a passage of so great importance we have been longer and more detailed than is our custom.
The Practical Part
XXIII. The practice of this passage consists, then, in these points. First, that we more and more seek to trace out and comprehend the gravity and shamefulness of our sin, begun through this breach of covenant. For to this end it is so distinctly displayed, Gen. II[I], being called by so many names — sin, fall, transgression, disobedience, Rom. 5:12, etc. It is commonly reckoned lightly by the Papists, when they confine it to this or that kind of sin, to pride, or to gluttony, and thus regard it as slight and light, indeed merely spiritual. This breach of covenant is also commonly disregarded by most of the common people, as though it were a strange sin, or someone else's — whereas it is nevertheless truly not only the gravest of all, but also, as it were, a sewer and mudpit of every sin, and at the same time a continual fountain and wellspring from which all our own sins are drawn. Let us therefore consider, first, its gravity, to which tends what we have already brought forward at length above, §XV; to which for the present we add the following aggravations: (1) That we wished to exchange the favor of God, and our whole blessedness, for the fruit of a certain tree, be it a fig tree, be it an apple tree. Compare the sin of Esau, Heb. 12:16-17, and of Jonathan, 1 Sam. 14:43, already brought forward above; add to this the comparison of the Savior, Matt. 16:26, Luke 9:25, Mark 8:36. (II) That we transgressed the very first of all God's commandments, and thus, after so many and so great benefits received, did not show ourselves thankful even by the keeping of a single commandment. Compare Deut. 32:6 — indeed not even in so small and trifling a matter, as to abstain, for His sake, from but a single tree. (III) That we committed that sin when there was as yet no fuel of sin within us, no concupiscence or inclination to sin — when we were still perfectly wise, holy, righteous, Eccl. 7:29. (IV) That we could not even abstain from a single fruit, for the sake of our most benevolent Creator, when we had so great an abundance of all things, and He had given us all things abundantly to enjoy, 1 Tim. 6:17. (V) That with one single act we violated the whole covenant of God, Hos. 6:7, compared with Josh. 9:3, with 2 Sam. 21:1-10, 2 Chron. XXXVI.13 and following, 2 Kings 25:4-7, Ezek. 17:12-22 — indeed also the whole Law of God, Jas. 2:10. (VI) That we profaned a sacramental fruit, and cast, as it were, the children's bread before swine, Matt. 15:26, Mark 7:27. (VII) That by this one act we fell away from God to the devil, and made, as it were, a covenant with the sworn enemy of our Creator; that we transferred our faith and hope, belonging to God alone, over to Satan; that we stood, as it were, against the very throne of God, etc.
Then, secondly, we must strive to know and acknowledge not only the gravity of this sin, but also that it was committed by us, and not by the first-created humans alone, Rom. 5:12: in whom all have sinned — in which sense we are guilty of that sin, and, as though struck by a certain plague, let each pierced and wounded conscience bring itself thus before its own eyes: I have sinned, O Jehovah, 2 Sam. 12:7,13; likewise: O wretched man that I am, who shall deliver me? Rom. 7:24; compare Acts 2:13 with v.37.
XXIV. Then, secondly, let us proclaim the divine righteousness, whereby He, for this breach of covenant, has announced not only those evils, so many and so great, which we have already noted, but also others, even graver — the deprivation of Himself, of His image, of Paradise, indeed of all blessedness — and that not only to the first-created humans, but also to all their descendants, down to the second Adam, so that thereby He might take away the guilt of the first Adam's sin; indeed afterward also to the second Adam — so that here, if anywhere, you may use that word of Ps. 51:6: Against thee, thee only, have I sinned, and done that which is evil in thy sight, that thou mayest be justified when thou speakest, and be clear when thou judgest. Likewise that from Rev. 16:5,7: Thou art righteous, O Lord... and holy, because thou hast judged these things: thy judgments are true and righteous. For who could devise a punishment that would exhaust the desert of this faithlessness, this breach of covenant, perjury, and violation of the whole divine Law? And who would dare to blame it as an injustice, that God visits all Adam's descendants with this punishment, since they have indeed all sinned, Rom. 5:12 — inasmuch as traitors, and those guilty of injured majesty, are punished even in their children, indeed also in their descendants. Likewise Exod. 20:5 with XXXIV.7.
XXV. Let us, thirdly, from both these points, infer and conclude our utmost misery, into which we have been cast by this breach of covenant. Shall we not here, and with greater right, be permitted to cry out: The crown is fallen from our head; woe unto us, that we have sinned! Lam. 5:16. Likewise Ezek. 16:23... It has also happened according to all thy wickedness (woe, woe unto thee, says the Lord GOD). For we are (1), through this breach of covenant, in the fall of the first-created humans (until the erecting of the new Covenant), shaken out of all covenant with God, and thus godless, without God in the world, without help, Eph. 2:12. We are (2) thereby cast into a state of sin, death, and utmost misery, insofar as we — being still placed outside the Covenant of Grace — lie under the penal guilt of the broken covenant, under the curse, and under every kind of death, natural, spiritual, and eternal; and therefore (1) dead in sins, Eph. 2:1,5 — indeed even as to the body, dying daily, not only our life's powers failing from day to day, but also our days themselves. Likewise 1 Cor. 15:31. (2) Children of wrath, Eph. 2:3, subject every moment to the fear of every kind of death, Heb. 2:15. Indeed (3) already condemned by the sentence pronounced by the Judge, and, as it were, already bearing the wrath of God abiding upon us, John 3:18,36. We are (III), in this state of death and misery, altogether dull and unfeeling, to such a degree that in this very great misery we promise ourselves everything, indeed the very best, Luke 18:9-11, Rom. 7:9-10, Rev. 3:17. But a sick person who is without feeling and pain is judged by physicians to be the most seriously and most dangerously ill. We are (IV), being placed in so great a misery, altogether unable either to counsel ourselves well or to come to our own aid, Rom. 5:6 and VIII.8, 2 Cor. 3:5. We are (V) so made, so enslaved, so doomed to this whole misery, that even in this state we despise and disdain the offered remedies themselves — Christ, faith, everything — John 1:11, Heb. 2:23, 1 Cor. I.23 and II.14. Of all these points we shall perhaps speak somewhat more distinctly in their proper places.
XXVI. Consequently, fourthly, our first breach of covenant, committed in the first-created humans, teaches us to watch and guard ourselves diligently, against and from ourselves, from and against the powers of our own free will, so that we may not be highminded, Rom. 11:20, relying and trusting too much upon our own powers, wisdom, and righteousness. For if the first-created humans, endowed with original righteousness, fell — shall not we, who are destitute of it, fall the more easily? If they, possessing an entire wisdom, fell — shall not we then fall, who are blind and foolish? If they were taught immediately by God — shall not we too, taught only by men? If they were seduced by Satan while he was still, as it were, a young tempter — shall not we then be the more easily seduced by one who is now already an old craftsman? If they, being alone in Paradise, fell — shall not we too, who in this world are surrounded on every side by the very worst and most evil of men and spirits? If, therefore, they — such great and such excellent persons — fell by their own free choice, and were plunged into a breach of covenant with God, into a violation of the whole Law, into a mudpit of every kind of abomination — shall we not then be permitted to say with David: Surely men of low degree are vanity, and men of high degree are a lie; laid in the balance, they would together be lighter than vanity? Let us therefore strive and endeavor: (I) more and more to perceive from this how slippery and treacherous it is, and how dangerous, in matters of eternal salvation — indeed in all matters whatsoever — to commend and entrust oneself to one's own wisdom and strength; let Peter be our example, Matt. 26:35 compared with vv.70,72,74, and a thousand others. Let us rather (II) roll our cares and anxieties upon God, Ps. 55:22, and let us, in particular, let the whole matter of our salvation depend on Christ alone, leaning and trusting upon that Rock on which He has built His church, which the gates of hell shall not overpower, Matt. 16:18 — out of whose hand no one shall ever pluck a single sheep, John 10:28-29 — from whose love nothing and no one shall separate us, Rom. 8:35. Meanwhile (III) let us work out our own salvation, indeed work it fully out and complete it, with fear and trembling, Phil. 2:12. And let him that thinks he stands take heed lest he fall, 1 Cor. 10:12. Finally (IV) let us cast ourselves down humbly before God: Hold up my goings in thy paths, that my footsteps slip not, Ps. 17:5.
XXVII. Fifthly, let us, from consideration of the fall of the first humans, guard ourselves against the wiles, snares, and temptations of Satan. For if Satan seduced those who were blessed with wisdom, holiness, and complete righteousness into a breach of covenant with God, into a general violation of the divine Law, and into every kind of concourse of abominations — what would he not do to us wretches, in so great a confusion and disorder of affairs? Let us here consider (a) who Satan is: (1) our hater, who eagerly seeks to sift us like wheat, Luke 22:31, Zech. 3:1; who traverses and walks about the earth, Job 1:7. (2) Our adversary, who goes about like a roaring lion, seeking whom he may devour, 1 Pet. 5:8. He is (3) Διάβολος, a slanderer, Rev. 12:9 and XX.2; κατήγορος, an accuser of the brethren, Rev. 12:10. He is (4) a murderer of men from the beginning, John 8:44. He is (5) the old serpent, Rev. 12:9, the old adversary and old enemy with whom we wage war: nearly six thousand years have elapsed since the devil made war upon man; he now has every kind of temptation, craft, wile and snare with which to cast us down, thoroughly perfected through age itself, as Cyprian says, Exhort. ad Martyres. He is (6) the tempter par excellence, Matt. 4:1.
Let us (b) consider what manner of being he is: (1) In wickedness, he is a roaring lion, a hater, the enemy, Matt. 13:39, the evil one, v.19, Eph. 6:16. (2) In power, a strong man fully armed, Luke 11:21; the prince of this world, Eph. 2:2 — wherefore our struggle is said by Paul to be, not against flesh and blood, but against a superhuman power, against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in the heavenly places, Eph. 6:12 — wherefore he is also called by Paul the god of this age, 2 Cor. 4:4, and by John that great dragon, Rev. 12:9, as one who holds the power of death, Heb. 2:14. (3) In cunning and craftiness, wherefore snares are ascribed to him, 1 Tim. 3:7, depths, Rev. 2:24, cunning, whereby he seduced Eve, 2 Cor. 11:3 — whereby, as Cyprian says, he lies in order to deceive, flatters in order to harm, promises good things in order to give what is evil, promises life in order to kill (Lib. I, Epist. 8). (4) In diligence, wherefore he is said to traverse the earth, Job 1:7, 1 Pet. V.8 — who, when the master of the house sleeps, does not rest, Matt. 13:25, and is ready for the seduction: 1 Kings 22:21, I will persuade him. (5) In boldness, whereby he assailed the first-created humans, Gen. 3:1... the apostles, Luke 13:31 [XXII.31], Paul, 2 Cor. 12:7, indeed even the God-man Jesus Himself, Matt. 4:1... (6) In cruelty, whereby he is a roaring lion, seeking to devour, 1 Pet. 5:8, having great wrath, Rev. 12:12, who does nothing else, even with God's leave, than stretch out his hand and touch all that is ours, Job 1:11.
Let us (c) consider what manner of artifices, deceptions, and cunning stratagems are his, Eph. 6:11. For he tempts (1) by himself, Matt. 4:1, and (2) by others, 2 Cor. 11:3. He tempts through the outward instruments of the senses, that which is seen, that which is heard, Gen. 3:1, and through the inward, 2 Cor. 4:4. (3) By degrees and stages, little by little, so that he may seduce unperceived: he begins doubtfully, proceeds boldly, asserts, affirms, and concludes most audaciously of all. Thus he dealt with the first-created humans, Gen. 3:1; thus also with the Savior, Matt. 4:1. (4) By subtle deceptions he displays, as it were, the highest good: You shall be as God; all these things I will give you. The evil that must follow upon sin he lightens and diminishes, indeed takes away entirely: You shall not surely die; cast yourself down, for it is written, that He shall give His angels charge concerning you. The means of obtaining the promised good he represents as easy and light: Eat; if you will fall down and worship me. (5) He seizes upon everything that is convenient for him and serves his advantage: he attacks the weaker — Eve, 1 Tim. 2:14 — or, if the stronger, then when they are at their weakest, as with the fasting, sober, and hungry Savior. Likewise 1 Cor. 7:5. (6) He takes note of men's temperament, age, occupations, desires and longings, in order to cast them down: for example, he seduces a greedy man through gain, Matt. 26:15; a young man through the lusts of youth, 2 Tim. 2:22, Jude v.16.
Wherefore, that we may be secure and safe: (I) let us diligently observe his devices, 2 Cor. 2:11. (II) Let us diligently shun and flee all fellowship and intercourse with him, by which Eve was seduced into breach of covenant. Likewise Matt. 4:10: Get thee hence, Satan. (III) Let us guard against every evil desire, lest we give Satan any occasion or opportunity for temptation — for example, from pride and haughtiness, by which the first-created humans seem to have been seduced. (IV) Let us carefully shun and avoid all occasions of sinning, Matt. 26:58 compared with vv.68-69. (V) Let us diligently observe and attend to our outward senses — sight, hearing, taste, feeling: Eve saw that the tree was good. Likewise Job 31:1. (VI) Let us resist manfully, Jas. 4:7, 1 Pet. V.8, Eph. 6:12. (VII) In and with trust and prayer, let us depend upon God alone, Matt. 26:41, Eph. 6:13, Luke 22:32. More on this perhaps in its proper place.
XXVIII. Let us likewise, sixthly, guard against the allurements of this world, 1 John 2:16, by which the first-created humans were seduced into breach of covenant with God. That is: (I) let us guard against the lust of the eyes: she saw that the tree was good. (II) Against the lust of the flesh: that it was desirable. (III) Against pride and haughtiness: you shall be as God. (IV) Against flattery, even from our own friends: she gave also to her husband with her, and he ate. For all these things are temptations and snares, 1 Tim. 6:9, 2 Tim. II.26. And with them the love of God cannot coexist, 1 John 2:15, Matt. 6:24, 1 Cor. VII.32-33. That we may therefore be free and safe from the seductions of the world, we must (1) overcome the world, 1 John 5:4. We must (2) renounce worldly lusts, Titus 2:12. (3) In no way follow the world, nor be conformed to it, Rom. 12:2 — nay, rather, on the contrary, (4) we must despise and disdain the world with all that is its own, Heb. 11:25-26, Rev. 12:1[?]. We must (5) shun and flee it, 2 Pet. 1:4, 1 Tim. VI.11. All of which we shall come to do: (a) through Christ, who has overcome the world, John 16:33, Rev. 3:21 and V.5; (b) through faith, 1 John 5:4-5; (c) through the Spirit, who is mightier and stronger than the world, 1 John 4:4-6; (d) through the Word of God, Eph. 6:17, Rev. 12:11, Matt. 4:9-10.
XXIX. Let us, seventhly, guard ourselves against all the steps of sin by which the first humans gradually fell into their breach of covenant: (1) first ambition, whereby they wished to become as God; (2) then fellowship and communion with Satan, and familiar conversation with him; (3) then unbelief, whereby they did not hold fast to the Word of God; (4) then error, born of that unbelief; (5) then indulgence of the senses, whereby we regard what should not be regarded (and the woman saw), hear what should not be heard, namely the words of Satan, taste what should not be tasted — she ate — lest by this we fall at last into the abyss of breach of covenant, as into the intermixtures of the sin of this breach of covenant, namely: (1) pride and haughtiness, whereby we, not content with the honor that is our due, gape and grasp insatiably, as it were, after the very seat and throne of God, 1 Pet. 5:5. (2) Unbelief, whereby our corrupted understandings degenerate and depart from the simplicity of God, 2 Cor. 11:3. (3) Disobedience, Rom. 5:19. (4) Gluttony. (5) Greed. (6) Theft. (7) Murder, and other abominable deeds, which lay enclosed within this one breach of covenant, as we have already shown above.
In particular, of every kind of breach of covenant — which God reckons among the number of the very worst abominable deeds, Rom. 1:31, compared with 2 Tim. 3:3 — on account of which God even excludes covenant-breakers from the confession of the covenant, Ps. 50:16-17, and exposes them to various threats, Gen. 17:14, Jer. 22:7-9, Hos. 8:1, indeed also to fearful judgments — the examples themselves are evident in Saul, Josh. 9:3... compared with 2 Sam. 21:1-10, and in Zedekiah, 2 Chron. 36:13, 2 Kings XXV.5-7, Ezek. 17:12-22. Above all else, let us guard against all faithlessness and breach of covenant with God, of which it is well known that God has commonly taken the sternest vengeance upon the Israelites, Hos. 10:4, Jer. 34:18.
XXX. Yea rather, eighthly, let us, from the Covenant of Nature — once broken in the first-created humans — be stirred up to watch the more diligently and carefully for the Covenant of Grace. For (1) it is enough that we have once become covenant-breakers against God; compare 1 Pet. 4:3. Whereas (II) God so often, and so earnestly, impresses upon His own the keeping of His covenant, Gen. 17:9-10, Deut. 29:9. (III) He promises all good things, indeed the very best, to those who keep His covenant, Ps. 132:12 and CIII.17-18. And we, moreover, (IV) by a careful and godly keeping of our covenant with God, become in that measure like our God, Deut. 7:9, 1 Kings VIII.23, Neh. 1:5 and IX.32. Wherefore also (V) one reads that a steadfast and faithful keeping of the covenant with God has been repaid by God with excellent rewards, Deut. 33:9-11. Indeed, all the paths of the LORD are mercy and truth unto such as keep His covenant and His testimonies, Ps. 25:10 — whereas He, on the contrary, as we have said, (VI) has visited and punished the violators of His covenant with the sternest plagues and punishments, Hos. 10:4. That I may not add (VII) that there is nothing whereby God can be more powerfully obliged and bound to keep faithfully and to fulfill toward us the promises of the covenant, than that we, for our part, perform and carry out the duties the covenant requires, Gen. 17:1-2,4,6-10,16,19-20.
XXXI. Finally, ninthly, let us marvel at and extol the riches of God's inexhaustible wisdom and goodness, whereby He, out of this our most shameful breach of covenant, has been able and willing to open a way for Himself to establish a certain new and far more excellent covenant with us. For it is most worthy of note and observation, that when the Covenant of Nature had scarcely been broken, and was as it were grown old, God at once set in its place the Covenant of Grace, in the promise of the woman's seed, Gen. 3:6-8 compared with v.15 — that when man had utterly ruined and cast down himself, God, as it were, hastened to restore him again through His Son. For this He had (1) from eternity decreed and determined beforehand, in that eternal decree of His, Eph. 1:4-6. To this end He had (II) permitted the breach of the Covenant of Nature, namely, that by the substitution of the Covenant of Grace an occasion might be furnished Him to reveal the glory of His grace, according to election. Wherefore (1) the breach of the Covenant of Nature opens, in more than one way — though only by accident — a way for God to the Covenant of Grace. For thereby there arose (1), with respect to God, the most fitting occasion afforded Him to show grace and mercy, through Christ, to the most wretched of men: hominis enim extremitas, Dei est opportunitas — that is, man's utmost extremity is God's most fitting opportunity, according to that well-known saying. (2) With respect to man, there arose from it an absolute necessity of a certain Mediator, of the forgiveness of sins, of the vivifying and sanctifying work of faith, of a certain Covenant of Grace. (3) With respect to grace itself: the death which the breach of the Covenant of Nature demanded of the violator, the Covenant of Grace sets forth through the Surety Himself. O felix culpa, quæ talem nobis meruit Redemptorem — that is: O happy fault, which deserved for us so great a Redeemer! See, therefore, stand amazed, and adore: (a) The severity of God, in punishing the Surety, Rom. 8:3. (b) His goodness, in forgiving and remitting to the transgressor, Rom. 5:15. (c) His wisdom, in joining together righteousness and mercy, Rom. 11:22 — in making, out of so great a poison, so great a remedy. Therefore, if the first covenant had not been broken, so excellent a second covenant would not have taken its place; if the first man had not been corrupted, the second would not have been promised; if that first sin had not been so terrible, so more-than-abundant a grace would not have followed in its place. Wherefore Augustine rightly exclaims: O happy my crime and guilt, to blot out which, while He is drawn by love, His very love is also opened to and for me, desiring the same, and longing for it with all my endeavors. Never should I have known His love so well, had I not experienced it in such great dangers. O how happily have I fallen, who, after the fall, have risen the more happily! Lib. Meditat. cap. 6.
Chapter II: On Original Sin
On Rom. 5:12: Therefore, as by one man sin entered into the world, and death by sin, and so death passed upon all men, in whom all have sinned...
Transition. Of the particular consequence of the first breach of covenant, insofar as it was immediately announced to the first-created humans, we have spoken in the preceding chapter, §XVII. The general consequence, insofar as it presses upon all the descendants of the first humans, is first of all sin, and thereafter the punishment of sin. We observe in Holy Scripture a twofold sin: an original sin, and an actual sin. Of the first we shall speak here, from Rom. 5:12.
The Explanatory Part
II. The words of the text contain a member of comparison between the first and the second Adam, with respect to the world — corrupted through the first, restored through the second — wherein the Apostle describes the generation and propagation of ruin through original hereditary sin. Here therefore we have before us:
1. The Generation of the ruin, and here again:
1. The Generator, δι᾽ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, through one man. The father, therefore, of this ruin is a man, and indeed emphatically one man. A man, I say; for although the devil sinned before man did, he nevertheless did not sin for men, but for himself alone, and perhaps for his angels; and although he was also the occasion of man's first sin, having been the cause of man's seduction by his suggestion, he was nevertheless not himself the perpetrator of the human sin; and it was not through his temptation, but through man's own act, that sin passed into the world. Man alone, therefore, has been the author of his own ruin.
But who? There are some (1) who mean Eve, who sinned first, so that the name "man" would be a name of kind, not of sex. There are others (2) who prefer Adam alone — because he is afterward named, and, as the first man, is compared with the second, namely Christ; likewise also because Adam alone was the cause of the propagation of sin, so that if Adam had not sinned, though Eve had sinned, the descendants would not have drawn sin to themselves through their begetting — because God had made that covenant with Adam alone; because also the propagation of nature, by which sin is propagated, occurs principally through the man. There are others (3) who understand Adam and Eve together — two indeed in sex, but only one in nature and marriage — so that Eve began the sin, but Adam completed it, while meanwhile it is only the completed sin that passes to posterity: in the day that thou eatest thereof thou shalt surely die, Gen. 2:17. But why is Eve not named? Because the Hebrews are not accustomed to reckon lineage through women; likewise because Adam was appointed by God to be a father and beginning of the human race; because, finally, man and wife make, in household terms, but one person; nor need it here be added, that Eve was created out of Adam, and depended upon him. Thus has ruin entered into the world through one man; but for what reason specifically through one man? I answer, that against him the one Christ might the more fittingly be set. Add, that from one blood the whole race of mankind should depend, Acts 17:26.
2. The twofold thing generated, namely:
a. Sin, ἡ ἁμαρτία. Sin is taken here properly, not improperly, to denote the consequence of sin, or its punishment, as happens elsewhere, 2 Cor. 5:21, Isa. 53:10 — namely because it is here set over against punishment and death, and distinguished from it. The Apostle now speaks of sin, not of sins, of that one man — just as also, constantly in what follows, of one transgression, fall, disobedience — to signify that only one sin of the first humans passed over to their posterity, that there is only one sin of Adam's that is a natural sin, but all the rest are personal. But what, then, finally, is that one sin? Answer: that sin was the actual sin which the first humans committed by eating of the forbidden fruit, whereby sin, which until then was not in the world, came into the world. Then (2) that imputed original sin, which, with respect to the first parents, was not an imputed but a sin committed by themselves; with respect to their descendants, that original sin was an imputed sin, insofar as that particular act of eating is charged to the account of the descendants, as though committed by themselves — because the prohibition against eating was made not to Adam alone, but also to his posterity. Hence (3) the original sin has been inherent, insofar as the descendants, on account of the sin committed in their forebears, have been punished with the deprivation of original righteousness — whereby the whole nature of each and every one of the descendants is found so greatly infected and corrupted, that they are altogether unfit for any saving good, and inclined to every evil. From this flow, finally, (4) all the actual sins of all the descendants: for, being deprived of the light of original wisdom, and of righteousness and holiness, everything they undertake and are inclined to do is only evil and wicked, even from their youth, Gen. 6:5 and VIII.21, Job 15:16, and elsewhere. And therefore all sin, by all these avenues and in this whole compass, is here understood.
b. Death, as a punishment and consequence of sin: and by sin, death. Death, with all that depends upon it and belongs to it — that is, every kind of misery, preparing for and betokening death. Here every kind of death is meant, set over against that life which the first-created humans then possessed, namely, the natural, spiritual, and eternal death — since God, as Lawgiver, announces death without qualification as a punishment to the transgressor; of which we shall see more, God willing, in its proper place.
3. The birth of these two begotten things, namely of sin and of death, made known by these words, εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσῆλθε, entered into the world. For through birth we come into the world. Here is noted:
2. The world, into which both sin and death are said to have entered, εἰς τὸν κόσμον, into the world. There is understood (1) the place in which we dwell, the whole fabric of the world, which for man's sin's sake is made subject to the curse, Gen. 3:14,17, and to vanity, Rom. 8:20, and itself earnestly and of necessity awaits its own deliverance too — compare Acts 3:21. (2) The human race, or, "unto all men," as is at once explained.
b. The entrance into the world, εἰσῆλθε, broke in with violence, like a fire into a city broken open; or rather, παρεισῆλθε, crept in stealthily, by wiles and snares, like a wolf into a sheepfold. But in what way did sin come into the world? Answer: truly not by imitation — for thus Eve, when she sinned, would have imitated the sinning Satan, as some foolishly suppose; and in that case it would also not have passed over to those who have not sinned in the likeness of Adam's transgression, since it is a contradiction to sin by imitation and yet not in the likeness. It has therefore entered by the first corruption, although it has been propagated in other ways. Thus far the generation and birth of sin.
II. The Propagation of the corruption, concerning which is noted:
1. The nature of the Propagation. And so that death passed upon all men. In these words we have before us:
a. The manner of the Propagation, καὶ οὕτως: and so, that is, through, or on account of and because of, the sin of the first-created man, insofar as death was a punishment of sin — wherefore, sin having been carried over to the descendants, death, by that same necessity, had to pass over as well. The little connecting word signifies that this is a consecutive, and an unbroken, uninterrupted line of reasoning.
b. The Object of the Propagation, εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους: unto all men. Unto men, namely, from and through one man unto men, by a human begetting — not unto spirits, not unto beasts, or any other creature. And indeed unto all men, namely as distinguished and differing from the first-created humans; not only unto men of every sort, of every age, sex, rank and degree, but unto all men and each one in particular — excepting only the second Adam, as the antitype of that first one, v.14.
c. The propagated thing, ὁ θάνατος: that death. Certainly it is death, yet not merely propagated, but, as a punishment of sin, which presupposes the sinner as its subject. Meanwhile death is named first, because it is the better known, and lies exposed to the very senses themselves. That death, namely, which came upon the first humans on account of sin, in contrast to all that life which they possessed up to the time of sin — consequently the natural, spiritual, and eternal death — not indeed the same in number, but only the same in kind.
d. The act of propagation or of birth, διῆλθεν, has passed through — namely, as diseases are wont to do, by infection; or, has penetrated, spread through, to express the swiftness, force, and violence of the evil, penetrating and flowing through unto all. In what way this propagation now takes place shall be explained further on.
2. The Cause or reason of the propagation: ἐφ᾽ ᾧ πάντες ἥμαρτον: in whom all have sinned. Here is noted:
a. The reason of causality, ἐφ᾽ ᾧ, in whom. This has been variously rendered and explained. (1) In Augustine it is "in which," namely, the sin of Adam — yet the masculine relative does not agree with the word ἁμαρτία, which is of the feminine gender. Others (2) refer it better to the word "man," namely to Adam, as the beginning, the root, and the head of the whole human race, in whose loins, as it were, all have sinned — who, as father, head, and stock, represented all his descendants. (3) With others, ἐφ᾽ ᾧ means "because," since it is not said ἐν ᾧ, "in whom," nor is the preposition ἐν found in place of ἐπί. Yet this reason is not very cogent, for ἐπί, epi, is frequently used for ἐν, "in" — not only in Holy Scripture, as Mark 2:4, Heb. 9:17: A testament is of force ἐπὶ νεκροῖς, over the dead — indeed even in this same chapter, Rom. 5:14: ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι, in the likeness; compare Rom. 1:23, VIII.3, Phil. 2:8, Acts 2:38: ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι, which is elsewhere commonly said ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι, in the name, Matt. 18:5, Rom. 4:18, etc. — but also among the pagan writers: for example, in Hesiod, Erg.: μέτρον δὲ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ἄριστον, measure is in all things best; Pindar, Olymp. I: ἐπ᾽ ἄλλοισιν ἄλλοι μεγάλοι, others excel in other things — so commonly among the good writers. Indeed, that the preposition ἐπί, epi, in our text ought to be translated by "in," the Apostle seems to teach in the parallel passage, 1 Cor. 15:22: For as they all ἐν τῷ Ἀδάμ die in Adam — as also, by the comparison with the second Adam, likewise shall they all ἐν τῷ Χριστῷ be made alive in Christ, there. Meanwhile, whether you translate it "in whom all have sinned," or "because all have sinned," the sense will come out the same, as we have said.
b. The cause itself: because they have all sinned, namely in Adam; wherefore they also die in him. This, namely, is the cause for which they die: because they have all sinned.
The Doctrinal Part
III. The first fruit, therefore, of Adam's breach of covenant has been human sin. For just as the sin of the angels did not enter into the world of the angels, except through the transgression of the angels — so has human sin entered into the world of men, only through Adam's breach of covenant; and for this reason the text says, that through one man sin entered into the world.
IV. Sin is denoted in Holy Scripture by various names. In the Old Testament there are for the most part three names in use, which Ps. 32:5 and Exod. 34:7 join together, namely, chatta'ah, sin; pesha, transgression; avon, iniquity. And avon, iniquity, is, as it were, a crookedness, a deviation from the straightness of the Law: it is also ἀδικία, wickedness, malice, Ps. 49:6. Pesha is a transgression, namely of the Law. Chatta'ah is a straying from the mark, or from the way, Job 5:24, Prov. 19:2, Judg. 20:16. Elsewhere sin is called meri, ἀπείθεια, disobedience, and apostasy and rebellion; ma'al, faithless rebellion, Josh. 22:22; in the same sense it is called begged, faithlessness, Isa. 24:16, a hidden estrangement under the appearance of friendship, Num. 5:21. In the New Testament: ἁμαρτία, sin; παράβασις, transgression; παρακοή, disobedience; παράπτωμα, fall, Rom. 5:12, etc. It is described by John with the utmost precision by this one word, ἀνομία, anomia, 1 John 3:4: lawlessness — that which differs from the Law, not of some lesser lawgiver, but of that one sole Lawgiver who is able to save and to destroy, Jas. 4:12, Ps. 51:6. For insofar as it injures men, or runs counter to their laws, this does not belong here.
It does indeed presuppose something positive, in which it is, as it were, situated as in its subject; yet it is not itself something positive or real — for then it would require the first cause as its author, since nothing can happen that is positive or real which does not necessarily depend on the first cause. Meanwhile it is not, on the other hand, merely and purely a negation, for then sin would also be no evil, nor be punished by God. There remains, therefore, nothing else but that it be said to be something privative, or an absence of a certain moral good where it ought to be present. Now the subject in which this privation resides is rational creatures alone, angels and men, to whom alone a law has been prescribed which they are able to understand and to transgress; and in these, further, their faculties, dispositions, and acts, insofar as these depart from the Law, come into consideration; properly, however, it is the will, to such an extent that, were the will entirely free of it, nothing could be called sin — since good and evil, according to all, theologians and philosophers alike, is, at least so it has hitherto been held, seated in the will.
V. The cause of sin, so far as concerns its materiality or subject-relation — since that, considered naturally, is something good — is God, Acts 17:28 (as being the first cause of all that has being); the second cause is man. But so far as concerns its form, its unlawfulness, it is nothing other than a transgression, a transgressing; and for this reason, since God cannot transgress the Law, He also cannot, without blasphemy, be called a cause of sin, Ps. 5:5, 2 Chron. XIX.7, Jas. 1:13. The creature, transgressing the Law, is rightly called a deficient, a failing cause (causa deficiens). Nor is there any end or aim of sin, insofar as it is a lawlessness, since a defect or privation properly neither intends nor produces the good — although there can be, and indeed is, an end and aim on the part of those who sin, insofar as by sinning they aim at a certain apparent good, an agreeable or useful good, or that which agrees with their most wicked inclination and bent; and also, insofar as God, through His unsearchable goodness, governs and directs evil things so that they redound, by accident, to His glory.
VI. The general consequence of sin is threefold: the shamefulness or stain, the guilt, and the punishment. The shamefulness or stain is that spiritual defilement and pollution of sin whereby one is stripped of all spiritual splendor and beauty, and made vile and despised, Matt. 15:11,19-20, Rev. 22:11, Ps. 14:3, Isa. 6:5, Job 5:14. This ugliness follows immediately upon the sin committed, and remains in the sinner after the act of sin has passed. Upon it follows (1) a contempt and disdain of God, 1 Sam. 2:30, Rom. 3:23, Hos. 4:7. (2) An aversion and abhorrence toward God, Isa. 1:15, Prov. 3:32, Ps. 5:5-6. (3) Shame before men, to the point of confusion, Gen. 3:7 — which is nothing other than a fear arising from awareness of a certain shamefulness, Rom. 6:21, Jer. 3:24-25. (4) A flight, a fleeing, or an attempt to avoid the presence of God, as being that from which this shamefulness shrinks most of all, Isa. 1:15, Rev. 6:16 and IX.6.
VII. The guilt, which according to the jurists is the state in which an accused person hangs and is held, until the sentence of the Judge, whether acquitting or condemning; according to the theologians, it is an obligation to punishment by virtue of sin, whereby the sinner is said, asham, to be guilty, Lev. 5:2-5, to be under sin, Rom. 3:9 and VII.14, to be in his sins, 1 Cor. 15:17, to be condemnable before God, Rom. 3:19, God's debtors, Matt. 6:12 compared with Luke 11:4. Guilt now follows upon sin, partly by virtue of its inward nature and desert — insofar as it is not a middling or indifferent matter, but by its nature evil and demanding punishment, which, short of a confusion of the natures of things and a removal of all distinction between good and evil, cannot be refused — and partly by virtue of the obligation of the divine Law. The first denotes the inward worthiness of punishment, Rom. 1:32; the other, the actual appointment to punishment. The first is (reatus potentialis) a possible penal guilt, which is inseparable from sin; the other is (actualis) an actual one, which, by God's favorable and gracious forbearance, can, if not from the sin, at least from the sinner, be separated. Penal guilt is therefore a certain mean between the crime and the punishment: for it arises out of the crime, and leads to the punishment, so that there is but one guilt of crime and punishment, which stands, as it were, in the middle between those two extremes, and is named indifferently from and toward both.
VIII. From the guilt of sin arises (1) an accusing and rightly condemning conscience, Rom. 2:15. (2) Terror, Isa. 57:20-21, which is called a spirit of bondage, Rom. 8:15, of fearfulness, 2 Tim. 1:7, and a fear of death, Heb. 2:15 — compare 1 John 3:20, Jer. 2:19. (3) A fleeing from the presence of God, Gen. 3:8,10, arising from an aversion to divine vengeance. (4) The punishment itself — the last consequence of sin, of which we shall speak deliberately and at length in Chapter IV.
IX. Yet not only in general is sin the consequence of Adam's breach of covenant, but also in particular, both original hereditary sin and actual sin. For the text clearly teaches the first, when it says, that through one man sin entered into the world, because they all sinned, namely in Adam. Wherefore it is named by Irenaeus the ancient plague-wound; by Cyprian, the first sin; by Ambrose, the pollution of nature; and in Holy Scripture, the evil imagination from youth, Gen. 8:21; the hidden sin, Ps. 19:13; the sin in which we are conceived and born, Ps. 51:6; in the New Testament, sin, Rom. 7:8; the indwelling sin, there v.17; the evil that is present, v.21; the sin that so easily besets us, Heb. 12:1; the law that is in the members, Rom. 7:23; a body of death, there v.24; a body of sin, Rom. 6:6; the old man, Eph. 4:22; flesh, John 3:6, Gal. 5:17; the outward man, 2 Cor. 4:16. Yet the name "original" or "hereditary" sin does not itself occur in Holy Scripture, but is, like many others, of ecclesiastical usage, commonly employed by Augustine and other writers who followed him, against Pelagius, to express the natural, inborn pollution. It is so named, both because it has its origin in the first man and in his first sin, and because it has its origin together with our own origin, and further because it is itself the origin of all actual sins.
X. The matter and essence itself of this sin comprises two things: on the one side, the guilt which we have from Adam, τὸ κρίμα, the desert of judgment, which is ἐξ ἑνὸς εἰς κατάκριμα, from one unto condemnation, because they are judged to have all sinned in him, as the Apostle says, Rom. 5:12,16; and on the other side, that stain and defilement itself which cleaves to us. The first is commonly called the original imputed sin; the latter, the inherent or indwelling sin. Now the imputation does not consist in a bare opinion or reckoning, whereby God should suppose and reckon that the breach of covenant of the first humans was not committed by them alone, but actually and personally also by all their descendants — for in this there would be a manifest error and mistake — but rather, that that breach of covenant, committed by the act of the first man, was committed in him, as in its cause, by all his descendants; and that thus the friendship of God was lost, not with the first humans alone, but with the whole world; and that God therefore did not thereafter further impart His image to their descendants, and pursued them, on account of that sin, with every kind of death.
XI. The foundation, therefore, of this imputation does not lie so much (1) in the nature which we have from the first humans — as though they could give us no better than they themselves had, since even the second Adam has the human nature of the first-created humans, Acts 17:26, Luke 3:23 compared with v.38 — as it does (2) in the Covenant which God entered into, not with the first humans alone, but also with all their descendants, as we have shown at length and deliberately in Book III, Chapter XII; and that it was also broken by all, we have taught in the preceding chapter — which therefore draws in and entangles his whole posterity in the same misery with him. Perhaps also (3) this could be added, that — from the order and interconnection which is brought to all things by creation, likewise from the original righteousness which was to be brought to the first humans and to all their descendants in an equal manner, and at the same time also from the help of grace, which was to be equally communicated to, or withheld from, the first humans and their descendants — God foresaw that all Adam's descendants, if exposed to the same temptation of Satan, would have committed the same breach of covenant with Him; and that He thus reckoned that which would certainly come to pass, as though it had been done and committed in fact. Finally (4), this too could be added, that the whole human world, then present in Adam, sinned, and that thereby also the friendship of God with the whole world was lost, and consequently also with the descendants, since children are reckoned to be parts of their parents.
XII. Whatever may be the case with this, at least that Adam is here to be regarded as the common head of the human race, and as the Prince of the Covenant of Nature, seems most clearly to be taught: (1) By the history of the first man, where we read that all good and evil things were brought to him as to a public person — who is a type, and, as it were, a shadow of the world to come — so that whatever was brought upon him was brought upon all: as before the fall, that excellent image of God, and in it the original righteousness, the dominion over the creatures, marriage, and the blessing, looked to all; so after the fall, all those miseries and calamities affected not him alone, but also all his descendants. (2) By the clear testimony of the Apostle, Rom. 5:12: ἐφ᾽ ᾧ πάντες ἥμαρτον, in whom, or because, all have sinned. For whether one translates it "in whom all have sinned" — with a manner of speech not unusual in the New Testament, the preposition ἐπί, epi, being used in place of the preposition ἐν, "in," as we have also noted in the Explanatory Part (which meaning and translation seems especially recommended not only by the connection and context — for when there had been mention of the one and first man, and of the sorrowful company which he brought into the world, it is then said, ἐφ᾽ ᾧ, in whom all have sinned — but also by the parallel passage, 1 Cor. 15:21-22) — or whether one translates it "because all have sinned," as it is necessary in the same sense to supply the words when the preposition ἐπί, epi, is used, Heb. 9:17: the matter, as we have also elsewhere noted, will come out to the same; and nothing else will arise from Paul's statement than that that one sin is the sin of all — truly not by a personal act of all, v.14 — and therefore not otherwise than by that imputation of which we have spoken. Hence (3) the same Apostle says elsewhere, that all die in Adam (ἐν Ἀδάμ), 1 Cor. 15:22 — therefore they have also sinned in Adam, since indeed the wages of sin is death, Rom. 6:23; yet, not having been present, they could not otherwise have sinned than through the imputation of the first breach of covenant. Let me add (4) that we have sinned in Adam in the same manner as we are justified in Christ, Rom. 5:19 — but now we are not otherwise justified in Christ than through the imputation of His righteousness.
XIII. From the imputed sin, being the first part of the original sin, there also blossoms forth the second part, namely the inherent or indwelling sin — when God, on account of and because of that imputed sin, does not, as punishment, bring to us the original righteousness of His image; and, that being absent, nothing else can be present but every kind of unrighteousness. This second sin lacks no kind of witnesses and testimonies: (1) Holy Scripture, Gen. 6:5 and VIII.21, Ps. 51:5, Ezek. 16:4, Eph. 2:3, Job 14:4, John 3:6. (2) The absolute necessity of regeneration, conversion, and sanctification, John 3:3, Matt. 18:3, as presupposing a ruin and a spiritual death, Eph. 2:5 and IV.22-23, Ezek. 36:26. (3) Right reason, according to which, if the root be rotten, nothing but rotten branches can come forth, which spread the same taint to the other twigs sprouting from them; and a corrupted spring pours forth nothing but corrupted little streams — and thus, according to the law and right of nature, the whole inheritance of Adam has passed over to his descendants, he himself being corrupted by sin and, being enfeebled and sick with earthly love, has become the corrupter of his whole posterity. It also seems unfitting for God to give, to a sinning man who does not seek a seed of God, a holy seed and offspring, and to propagate His image, through a generation often defiled and stained by various lusts, unto his descendants — so that a sinner, alienated from the friendship and covenant of God, should become the stock and head of a holy seed. (4) Universal experience, when it teaches that the whole world is corrupted, not one single person excepted, Rom. 3:10-12 — for among so great a number of men, surely one or another would be found holy and pure. (5) The remnants of this stain, alas, too abundant and too many, even in the regenerate and sanctified, Phil. 3:12, Jas. 3:2, 1 John 1:8,10, Gal. 5:17, Rom. 7:14. (6) Every man's own conscience, disclosing to him and reproaching him with his blindness, his aversion from every good, and his inclination to every evil — which even the heathen themselves have felt, and which even our own adversaries, Jews and Socinians, dare not deny.
XIV. This inherent or indwelling sin, now, is nothing other than a total deviation of our whole nature from the rectitude of the divine Law, which is therefore called the old man, Rom. 6:6, Eph. 4:22, Col. 3:9; the body of sin, Rom. 6:6[?]; the law that is in the members, Rom. 7:23, and the members themselves, Col. 3:5; flesh, John 3:6, Rom. 7:18,26; the animal man, 1 Cor. 2:14 — as we have already indicated at length.
XV. It is a deviation and straying of the whole nature, that is, not only of the whole human race, but also the particular corruption of each single individual's nature — so that not one single person, except the second Adam alone, is exempted, John 3:6, Job 14:4, Rom. 5:12, 1 Cor. XV.22. I say "alone" is the second Adam excepted: (1) because He was not reckoned in the first Adam. (2) Because in him He did not, nor could He, transgress the Covenant of Nature, as being the God-man. (3) Because He could not have been the head of a second Covenant, had He Himself broken the Covenant in Adam. And (4) because, according to the order of nature, He would not have been born before there was sin. Nor (5) is He corrupted by virtue of that first blessing, "be fruitful and multiply," Gen. 1:28, but by virtue of the promise of grace, Gen. 3:15. And finally (6) because He was sanctified by the Holy Spirit in His mother's womb, Luke 1:35 — though only in the sense of a bare denial of the contrary.
XVI. And it is not only a corruption of the whole nature, but also, besides this, a total corruption; wherefore it is also ascribed, in Holy Scripture, to the particular parts and faculties of each individual man: (1) to the understanding, Eph. 4:17-18. (2) To the will, Gen. 6:5 and VIII.21. (3) To the conscience, Titus 1:15. (4) To the passions, Rom. 1:24. (5) To the body, and finally to all its members, Rom. 6:19.
XVII. There are, as it were, two essential parts of this corruption: an aversion from every kind of moral good, especially spiritual and saving good; and an inclination to every kind of moral evil, Jer. 2:13, where the description of the actual sin displays an image of the original, as a daughter does her mother. The first point is expressed in Scripture in a privative manner, Rom. 3:23; the second in a positive manner, Rom. 7:23, Gen. 6:5 — which nevertheless do not differ so greatly as though there were not, on both sides, a privation; but rather because, in the one, there is an absence of a good habit, whereas in the other there is indeed a habit present, though one that tends not to good, but to evil. The positive element here is therefore nothing but logical, so to speak, and is expressed by the word only in that sense, which Holy Scripture uses, partly that we might not regard sin as a mere nothing, or bare negation, and partly that we might the better come to know its most destructive fruits.
XVIII. There yet remains the propagation of original sin, by which we understand nothing other than the transmission of that same, in kind, worst of all conditions to all descendants — as many as descend from Adam in a natural way, Job 14:4, Ps. 51:5, Rom. 5:14, Eph. 2:3. And this according to God's just ordinance, whose fairness, by way of proportion, is also seen in some measure among men: for example, (1) in natural Right, whereby the innate qualities of the begetter are carried over to the begotten. (2) In hereditary Right, whereby the burdens of the parents are carried over onto the children. (3) In the Right of retribution, whereby the rejection of the good, and the suffering of the evil, go equally together.
XIX. This propagation now does not happen by imitation alone, since it is also propagated to small children, who are not capable of imitation, Rom. 5:14; nor by a seminal transmission (per traducem seminalem), whereby, together with the soul itself, the corruption of the parents should pass into the children — since not only is each person's soul individually created by God, Zech. 12:1, Eccl. 12:7, Heb. 12:9, but also because, by such a seminal transmission, the soul would necessarily become material and composite, and therefore dissoluble, and also mortal — for it is not the whole soul, which bears the corruption, that could pass from father to son; wherefore nothing remains but that one must hold that only a part passes over. Nor, distinctly, either through the body — since that, the soul being withdrawn from it, is irrational and without reason, and altogether incapable of good and evil — or through the soul, since that, as we have said, is individually created by God for each person. There remains, therefore, nothing else, but that we say this propagation happens (1) through imputation or desert, insofar as God judges and reckons that that first breach of covenant of the first humans was committed by the whole human race, Rom. 5:12, 1 Cor. XV.21-22. Then (2) through an actual communication, insofar as God, on account of that breach of covenant committed in the first humans, no longer brings to all their descendants the original righteousness of His image — that is, wisdom to the understanding, righteousness and holiness to the will, rectitude and subjection to the passions — whence it comes about that, as often as these faculties direct themselves to anything moral, their bent and inclination is nothing but moral evil; and not only this, but also that all their action is evil: for the understanding, by reason of the deprivation of light, being blind, readily accepts every kind of error; and the will, being averse from God, burns with love of itself, and of every kind of evil desire, without God. Finally (3) through the natural begetting, Ps. 51:5, John 3:6, Job 14:4 — truly not that the begetting is the sole or the principal cause of this propagation, for then this defilement would also have been propagated in and upon Christ; but rather because it is a cause without which the propagation cannot happen: for if man were not propagated through generation, then sin also could not be propagated. Let this meanwhile be carefully noted, that the corruption passes from parents to children not the same in number, but only the same in kind — which will remove by far the greatest difficulty attaching to this propagation.
XX. Finally, not only is sin propagated in this way, but also all its consequences — the shamefulness, the penal guilt, and the punishment itself — whereby it comes about that no one who is born of the flesh, without regeneration, can see the Kingdom of God, John 3:3; and that all are by nature children of wrath, dead in sins, Eph. 2:1,3; and that the whole world is guilty before God, Rom. 3:19.
The Polemical Part
XXI. The question is: (I) Whether sin consists only in a lawlessness? The Manichaeans of old held that sin was something real, to which they accordingly assigned a particular evil principle, or an evil god as its author. Flacius Illyricus, just as he said that original righteousness was the very substance of the soul itself, so likewise said that sin, at least original sin, is something substantial. The champions of the Reformed Church, in order the more readily to shield God from this blasphemy, distinguish two constituent elements of sin, namely the faculty or the act, in which the lawlessness resides, which they take as the matter of sin; and the wickedness, which they take as its form — objecting that, since we hold God to be the cause of the first, it would follow, on our view, that God is a cause of sin, at least in part. Vázquez, a renowned scholastic teacher among the Papists, places the formal element of sin in a certain external relation of opposition and unfitness with the rational creature — which, had he placed it in an unfitness and opposition to the divine Law, would be tolerable enough. A certain writer among the Reformed says that sin is a privative nothing, that is, a nothing made relative to a certain determined subject where it ought not to have been present — for in itself, he says, sin is nothing; which is, in fact, one and the same as the view of Vázquez which he rejects.
The Reformed indeed acknowledge that there is something subject-like in sin, namely the faculty or the act in which the wickedness inheres, since it is not a substance existing on its own; they likewise acknowledge that sin is not something merely negative; but they deny that it is something real, substantial, or positive, holding rather that it is something privative, consisting in a mere lawlessness, or absence of moral rectitude in a capable subject: (1) because John, 1 John 3:4, describes sin most precisely of all by ἀνομία alone, unrighteousness, lawlessness: sin, he says, is ἀνομία, lawlessness, unrighteousness. (2) Because, if it were something real, positive, or essential and substantial, it would necessarily require God as its author, since the first cause of all that is real, substantial, or positive, is its author. Nor (3) does it consist of parts, the subject as matter and the lawlessness as form — for thus God would, at least in part, become a cause of sin, insofar as He is, beyond doubt, the cause of the material element. Nor do I see what can be brought forward for the contrary, except: (1) that the original defilement is commonly called flesh, the old man, the body of sin, the law of the members, etc. — to which it is easily answered, that this happens by a transference of the name of the subject to its adjunct, because that defilement pervades the whole man. (2) That a nothing does not draw to itself a penal guilt or obligation to punishment, and cannot be punished. Answer: We do not say that sin is a nothing; rather, that it is a privation of the moral rectitude that ought to be present.
XXII. The question is: (II) Whether, for the constitution of the essence of sin, a preceding assent of the will is required? The Pelagians and Socinians, the more forcefully to banish original sin from the Christian religion, hold that every sin requires a preceding assent of the will. The Papists, since they observe that in all men, however holy, movements of an evil desire occur, in order nevertheless to maintain that they can, notwithstanding this, remain morally perfect and unblemished in this life, teach that in every sin a certain preceding assent of the will is required. To this end they posit a threefold degree: a first-first (primo-primum), a movement of desire in which no assent of the will is present at all; a second-first (secundo-primum), which has some assent of the will; and a second (secundum), where full assent is present. The first-first movement they deny to be sin; the second-first they say is only a venial sin; the second, they hold, finally constitutes a mortal sin.
The Reformed acknowledge that the will is the indicative faculty (δεικτικόν), the determined subject of all moral good and evil; they likewise acknowledge that that which is involuntary, whereby the will positively, without any confusion, resists, is no sin — but they distinguish between a preceding assent of the will, which they take to be the cause and beginning of the act, and an accompanying assent, which takes pleasure and delight in the sin and assents to it when it is already present. Thus they finally deny that a preceding assent of the will is necessarily required to constitute the essence of sin, but hold that an accompanying assent suffices: (1) because for John, the lawlessness itself suffices to constitute the essence of sin, 1 John 3:4, according to the preceding paragraph. (2) Because Paul himself testifies of himself, that he did the evil that he did not wish, Rom. 7:15-17; and of the Galatians, that they did what they did not wish, Gal. 5:17. (3) Because the first-first (as they call them) evil movements of desire are condemned, Exod. 20:17, compared with Rom. 7:7. (4) Because original sin exists without a preceding assent of the will, and is nevertheless a true sin — which the Papists themselves acknowledge, and which we have argued at length against the Socinians already in the Doctrinal Part, and shall argue more fully in the Polemical Part. That I may not speak (5) of the sins of ignorance, of weakness, and of inadvertence, of which mention is made, Num. 15:27, Ps. 19:13 — such as one reads were committed by Pharaoh, Gen. 12:17, by Abimelech, Gen. 20:2, by the Jews, Acts 3:17, by Paul, 1 Tim. 1:13 — which, though committed not without any assent, were nevertheless committed without a preceding one.
From this it can readily be resolved, what is objected to the contrary: namely, (1) the first-first movements of sin, or of desire — which, though they have no preceding assent, are nevertheless not devoid of all assent. (2) That man is a rational being: for from this it does not follow that all his acts are rational or voluntary; there are also natural acts, such as falling downward, or what, for example, is done in sleep. I shall not say that all acts of the will flow from a preceding assent of the will; it is enough that they have an accompanying assent — which can also be answered concerning original sin, for it too has an accompanying assent of the will, though it lacks a preceding one.
XXIII. The question is: (III) Whether there is, in general, an original sin? The Pelagians and Socinians, in order to maintain the powers of the free will unto a saving good, deny that there is any original sin, and slander it as a fabrication of Augustine's, made to uphold the absolute necessity of Baptism, by which it is supposedly taken away. The Pelagians and Jesuits acknowledge to some degree that it exists, but add that it is entirely taken away through Baptism. The Arminians hold that it is removed from all, and from each in particular, through the merits of Christ. The Reformed, on the contrary, defend its truth: (1) from Holy Scripture, which we have already adduced above, §IX. (2) From the confession of faith and from Baptism, administered also to small children, which presuppose some sin, and show that its penal guilt must be taken away; and since they cannot presuppose an actual sin, they of necessity assert and require the original. (3) The same is also confirmed by the death of small children, as being wages of sin, Rom. 6:23, Gen. 2:16-17, Rom. 5:12. And moreover (4) the universal necessity of Redemption through Christ, Acts 4:12, John 14:6, which, on this supposition, would at least with respect to small children be removed. Finally (5) from the image of Adam, propagated in place of the Image of God, Gen. 5:1,3. Let us add (6) also the imputation of the first sin, and the real and actual communication of the inherent corruption, which are the two essential parts of this sin — already shown distinctly above, or to be shown more fully in what follows.
And this is not contradicted by: (1) that it is not in every way voluntary — for it is enough (a) that it was voluntary in a preceding manner, in its cause, namely the first-created humans; (b) that it is voluntary in an accompanying manner in the descendants themselves, insofar as it is present in them not against their will, but together with it. That I may not add (c) that the lawlessness alone suffices to constitute the essence of this sin. (2) That the Law nowhere forbids being born with sin — for it is enough that it everywhere forbids being with sin, and in particular forbids wrongly and perversely to desire, Exod. 20:17, Rom. 7:7. (3) That small children are called innocent, Ps. 106:38, Jonah 4:11 — since this must not be understood absolutely and simply, but by way of comparison with adults, insofar as they are not, like these, under the guilt of any actual sin, or, with respect to men, under any penal guilt of death. (4) That the twins in Rebekah's womb are said to have done neither good nor evil — for this proves nothing else than that there was in them no actual sin. (5) That the children of believers are said to be holy, 1 Cor. 7:14, inasmuch as they are such, not by nature, Eph. 2:1,3, but by grace — whether by an outward covenant-fellowship, being members of the holy people, Deut. VII and XIV.2,21, or, in some, by an inward sanctification, Luke 1:15, Jer. 1:5. (6) That it was not present in the first-created humans — for it was present there, though not by generation or by imputation, but by their own commission and act, and by the deprivation of original righteousness. (7) That accidental qualities are not propagated by generation, or do not pass to the descendants — for although not the same in number, they nevertheless do pass over, being the same in kind, as is evident in leprosy, in kidney stone, in gravel, and in other diseases. (8) That God thereby becomes a cause of sin, insofar as He is the cause not only of the begetting, but also of the deprivation of the original righteousness. For He is indeed (a) the cause of the begetting, and of the thing begotten as such, as being naturally good, though not morally evil. And (b) He is indeed a cause of the deprivation, insofar as this is a righteous punishment of the breach of covenant committed, but not of the sin itself, which follows upon the righteous deprivation. (9) That concupiscence is said to bring forth sin, Jas. 1:14 — since there is nothing to prevent sin from again bringing forth sin, namely, the sin begun bringing forth one completed. (10) That a single act does not produce a habit — for it produces the deprivation of the original righteousness, upon which an evil habit, or rather a general corruption of the whole nature, follows. (11) That it is taken away in the regenerate, and therefore not propagated by generation — for parents beget not as regenerate persons, but as human beings; and the original sin is taken away in the regenerate, with respect to its penal guilt, through Justification, and with respect to its dominion, through Sanctification, but not by the removal of its whole present reality.
XXIV. The question is: (IV) Whether there be an original imputed sin? The Pelagians and Socinians — lest, from the imputed sin, the inherent sin should follow, since Adam's descendants would then be reckoned as deprived of the original righteousness because of the imputed sin, and thus dead in sin; and lest, consequently, the free will's powers toward a saving good should be understood as impaired; and lest, further, from the imputation of Adam's unrighteousness, we should conclude, by the same logic, the imputation of Christ's righteousness — deny this absolutely and obstinately. The Remonstrants hold that the punishment of that sin passes to the descendants, but not the sin itself, and that not by imputation, but according to the nature and condition of the human constitution — as if a punishment could pass over where no sin passes over. We Reformed, on the contrary, believe that the first sin of Adam is truly imputed to all his descendants, Christ alone excepted: the reasons we have already given at length above, in the Doctrinal Part, §§X-XII.
The opposing parties could put forward in vain: (1) The passage of Ezek. 18:4,20, according to which the son shall not bear the iniquity of his father. Answer: This passage speaks of the personal sins of the immediate parents, which shall not be imputed to the children if they have made themselves no partakers of them; not of the natural sin which we have all committed in Adam, Rom. 5:12. (2) That to little children, namely the elect, and thus covenanted ones, the Savior promises the Kingdom of Heaven, Mark 10:14, and that they are called holy, 1 Cor. 7:14. For they are indeed not such with respect to nature, Eph. 2:1,3, but with respect to the grace in Christ, who on this account adopts and receives them. (3) That Christ, John 9:2-3, denies that the parents of the man born blind, and the blind man himself, had sinned — for He means nothing else than that neither the sin of his parents, nor his own sin, was the specific cause of this particular evil, namely his blindness, or that God had not sent him this blindness on account of some particular sin, but that the works of God might be manifested in him. (4) That we were neither present, nor gave our assent, when the first-created humans sinned — for we were present, and we gave assent, and we sinned, in the cause, namely in the one Adam, Rom. 5:12. Indeed, (5) that that same first sin is not present, and therefore cannot come to be imputed — for whatever way it be not present naturally speaking, it is nevertheless present morally speaking, in which respect all sins, though ceasing naturally speaking, remain morally speaking. (6) That we could have refused to assent to the sin of the first humans — for it does not seem consistent with the truth, that we, endowed with no other powers than they, sustained by the same divine help, and exposed to the same temptation of Satan, would not have assented to the same crime; at least this cannot be demonstrated by any argument. Whatever the case may be, God knows best, and judges always most justly. (7) That it is contrary to God's omniscience and truthfulness to suppose and judge that he has sinned who has not in fact sinned. Answer: It is indeed so, to suppose that such a one has sinned in his own person, who has not in fact sinned; but it is not so, to suppose and judge that he has sinned in the cause, who has not sinned in his own person. (8) That it is also contrary to God's Righteousness to punish him who has not sinned. Answer: It is unrighteousness to punish him who has sinned neither in his own person, nor in the cause; but it is no unrighteousness to punish him who, though he has not sinned in his own person, has nevertheless sinned in the cause.
XXV. The question is: (V) Whether there is an original inherent sin? The Pelagians and Socinians, in order to keep the powers of the free will toward a saving good undiminished even in the state of corruption, deny it altogether and entirely, as they do the original imputed sin. All the Papists — because they hold that the original righteousness, once removed by the sin of the first-created humans, was to man a supernatural gift — think that nature and the free will, on account of the absence of the original righteousness, are indeed not so ready and prompt in the exercise of their powers, but that they have nevertheless not lost the powers by which man can do saving good, provided he is helped by, and with, the assistance of grace; which assistance the Jesuits will have to be only moral, or advisory, while, on the contrary, the Dominicans and the Jansenists will have it to be, besides this, also natural. The Remonstrants seem to acknowledge an original imputed sin, from which the free will would have drawn a certain difficulty in doing any saving good, though not, however, a total inability for it. The Mennonites follow them, with almost the same suppositions. The Lutherans do indeed allow, with the Reformed, an original inherent sin; but they nevertheless leave to the free will powers whereby man could, in a positive manner, refrain from resisting the Holy Spirit, and strive to work faith and conversion. Among the Papists, Albertus Pighius and Ambrosius Catharinus, at the Council of Trent, do indeed accept such an original sin, whereby the punishments of the first sin would be imputed to the descendants — but that the sin itself descends to them, they deny.
Against all these the Reformed believe in such an original inherent sin, whereby man is absolutely dead in sin — that is, altogether unfit for any saving good, and inclined to all evil. Their reasons we have already set forth above, §XIII; and we have also resolved the objections of the opposing parties, §XXIII. From all this it can now, without great difficulty, be understood and made up — the, if not altogether the same, at least a very closely related, and for so many ages so greatly disputed, point of controversy concerning the powers of the free will in the state after the fall: namely, whether man, still placed in the state of sin, has powers to perform any spiritual and saving good. The differences of opinion we have already set forth at length above, together with the reasons of both parties; and nothing remains except to set forth the state of the controversy a little more distinctly.
On this matter the Reformed are accustomed to distinguish, on the one hand, a fourfold good, with which man may occupy his free choice: namely, (1) a natural good, for example, walking, reasoning. (2) A moral good, every kind of exercise of civil virtue. (3) An ecclesiastical good, such as the duties of external religion. (4) A spiritual and saving good, joined with salvation. On the other hand, they distinguish a fourfold state of man: (1) of rectitude, up to the fall. (2) Of sin, from the fall up to regeneration. (3) Of grace, from conversion up to natural death. (4) Of glory, from the Last Judgment throughout all eternity. This being posited, they determine: (a) that man, in the state of rectitude, blessed with the original righteousness, with an inclination and bent toward good alone, also had powers to do the same — yet in such a way that, a strong temptation coming upon him, he could also depart from it. (b) That he, in the state of grace, through regeneration, recovers the powers, lost through sin, toward the spiritual and saving good, with a remnant, however, of a certain kind of inclination and bent toward evil. (c) That in the state of glory there will be present to him an unchangeable inclination toward good alone. Yet (d) that in the state of sin there are present to him some kind of powers toward the natural, moral, and ecclesiastical good, but toward a spiritual and saving good, absolutely none — a view of which we have already shown the reasons, and resolved and refuted the objections.
XXVI. The question is: (VI) Whether the original sin consists only in the deprivation of the original righteousness? The Socinians, in order to maintain the free will, as after the fall of the first humans entirely unimpaired, absolutely deny any original righteousness, and therefore also any deprivation of it. The Papists indeed acknowledge an original righteousness, but hold that it was not natural to man, like a certain golden bridle, but was a supernatural gift bestowed upon natural man, to restrain the conflict between flesh and spirit — so as thereby to obtain, that man's natural endowments, among which is the free will, remained unimpaired after the fall of the first humans; likewise so as to maintain, that the conflict between flesh and spirit, or the lust of the flesh against the spirit, is no sin, and that, notwithstanding it, man can be morally perfect in this life. They hold, therefore, that the original sin consists in nothing but a deprivation of the original righteousness, whereby the spirit, in its struggle with the flesh, being deprived of the help of the original righteousness, has contracted a sluggishness and slowness, so that it cannot so successfully restrain the assaults of the flesh.
The Reformed, on the contrary, since they believe that the original righteousness was natural to man — that is, owed to a morally perfect nature — hold that not only was the original righteousness, on account of the fall, taken away, but also that, at the same time, the whole nature of man has been so greatly morally corrupted, with respect to understanding, will, and passions, that he is by nature blind with respect to all spiritual truth, likewise unfit for every spiritual good, and inclined to all evil with respect to the will. The reasons of the Reformed are chiefly these: (1) That Scripture calls man dead in sin, Eph. 2:1,5, Matt. 8:22, 1 Tim. V.6, Rom. 5:12 — and death belongs to nature. (2) Because all the faculties of man are said to be corrupted: the understanding blind, Eph. 4:18, which does not comprehend the things of the Spirit, and holds them for foolishness, 1 Cor. 2:14-15; the will averse from the spiritual good, enmity against God, which does not subject itself to the Law of God, indeed cannot, Rom. 8:7; the conscience unclean, Titus 1:15; the passions perverted and disordered, Gal. 5:24, Rom. 7:5; the members, Rom. 6:19; the whole man in general, altogether corrupted, Isa. 1:4-6, a fleshly flesh. (3) Because we are said to be alienated from the life of God, that is, from the divine, spiritual, heavenly life, Eph. 4:18, falling short of the glory of God, Rom. 3:23. (4) Because we are all said to be under sin, Rom. 3:9-11. (5) Because there is noted in us a total inability with regard to the spiritual good, Jer. 13:23, 2 Cor. III.5, Rom. 7:14-25. Finally (6) all the proofs which we adduced, §XIII, argue for this.
Nor does anything hold for the contrary, which they pretend: (1) That the flesh, naturally speaking, strives against the spirit, that is, the body and bodily things, against the soul and spiritual things, Gal. 5:17 — since the Apostle there by "the flesh" understands in no way the body, but the sinfulness and corruption which is in the whole man, just as likewise by "the spirit" he means not the soul, but the regenerate part in believers. That I may not add, that in the state of rectitude, body and spirit were not at strife with one another, but most exactly subordinated to one another; and that the conflict now observed between the two originates from sin and from corruption. Nor does it hold any more, (2) that all sin consists in a deprivation of the rectitude that ought to be present — for the original corruption denotes not only an absence of the good, but also a presence of evil habits, which fasten upon a wrong subject, and are thereby corrupted. Least of all does it hold, (3) that God thereby becomes a cause of sin — supposing it were indeed something other than a deprivation or absence of the original righteousness — for although He is the author of the corrupted habit, He is nevertheless not the author of the corruption and unlawfulness itself, which accrues to the habit from the creature through the original unrighteousness. Finally (4) this holds no more, that through a nature which, by the original defilement alone, is inclined only to evil, the indifference of the free will toward the spiritual good would be lost — for let that indifference be lost, while meanwhile that evil inclination is always voluntary, at least in an accompanying manner, and works voluntarily, even in a preceding manner.
XXVII. The question is: (VII) Whether the original corruption is located only in the lower part of our soul, in the sensitive appetite and desire? Augustine indeed placed the original corruption in the concupiscence, but in a broader sense, insofar as it denotes the corruption of all the faculties, each of which has, as it were, its own concupiscence, or lust and inclination. The Papists, especially the Jesuits — in order to keep the upper part of the soul, as they say, in which the free will resides, unimpaired by the corruption, and at the same time to obtain that concupiscence is no sin, and therefore that, notwithstanding it, man can in this life be fully and completely virtuous — hold that the original corruption is located only in the lower part of the soul, that is, in the sensitivity, desire, and rebellion of all the lower faculties.
The Reformed, on the contrary, extend the original corruption not only to the lower faculties of the soul, but also to the upper — indeed rather to the upper than to the lower. The reasons of the Reformed we have already given at length above, at the preceding point of controversy; to which we here add, further: (1) That the Apostle expressly attributes the corruption to the understanding, 1 Tim. 4:5[?] — men who have a corrupted understanding; Col. 2:18, puffed up by the mind of his flesh. (2) That Christ derives evil thoughts, murder, blasphemy, from the heart, Mark 7:21 — beyond doubt from the understanding and from the will. Indeed also (3) because Paul ascribes to the flesh its φρόνημα, its mind, its wisdom, Rom. 8:7 — and indeed such a wisdom as that whereby the animal or natural man does not comprehend the things of the Spirit, indeed holds them for foolishness, 1 Cor. 2:14 — which beyond all doubt belongs to the understanding — and does not subject itself to the divine Law, which regards the will. Let me add (4) that it is not the body, or the flesh and the sensitivity, that draws the spirit, but the spirit that draws the flesh; and that therefore the corruption hangs rather in the spirit, or in the upper faculties, than in the flesh, or in the lower, as the Papists say, Gen. 8:21.
Nor is there almost anything that the opposing parties object, except this: that the inborn corruption is commonly called σάρξ, flesh, and thence the corrupted man σαρκικός, a fleshly man, in contrast to the spirit, Gal. 5:17, Rom. 7:14,18, John 3:6 — so that a man does what he does not wish, Rom. 7:16,18 — which is nowhere else the case, than because it sits in the flesh, or in the fleshly desires, in the sensitivity of the flesh, or the lower faculties of the soul. Answer: (1) Certainly the corruption is in the flesh, and in the faculties of the flesh; but not there alone. (2) Moreover, the flesh is not confined to bodily things, or to the sensitivities, as we have just now shown, but is extended also to the spirit, to which a φρόνημα, a mind, a wisdom, is ascribed, in which, as we have said, the corruption is placed. Besides (3), by the flesh nothing else is understood than the corruption that is in the whole man, and therefore also in the spirit.
XXVIII. The question is therefore: (VIII) Whether concupiscence, at least in the regenerate or baptized, is no sin? The Papists, as we have just said, since they place the corruption only in the flesh, or in the sensitivity and desire of the flesh or of the body with which man was created — although they grant that this concupiscence is sin in the unregenerate, because in them the will conspires with it — yet, in order to obtain, that at least a regenerate man can be morally perfect in this life, say that it, in the regenerate — that is, in the baptized, as they understand it — is no sin, insofar as the will does not conspire with it: wherefore they distinguish between a first-first movement of concupiscence, which is without any assent of the will; and a second-first, which has joined to it a certain assent; and a second, which has a full assent — so that the first constitutes absolutely no sin, the second only a venial one, and the third also a mortal one.
The Reformed, on the contrary, hold that all concupiscence which inclines to evil is sin: (1) Because all such concupiscence is against the Law, Rom. 7:7, and therefore a lawlessness, in which sin wholly consists, 1 John 3:4. Because likewise (2) all concupiscence has joined to it an assent of the will — if not a preceding one, at least an accompanying one. (3) Because that concupiscence is the wellspring of all evil, Rom. 7:7-8 — wherefore it also has the last place among the Ten Commandments, so that, this evil desire being excluded, all the sins forbidden in the preceding Commandments might the more assuredly and effectively be excluded: wherefore Augustine says: The concupiscence of the flesh, against which the good spirit desires, is both a sin, and a punishment of sin, and a cause of sin. Contra Julian., Lib. V, Cap. 3. (4) Because the Papists themselves acknowledge that it is sin in the unregenerate or unbaptized, which is with them voluntary in the cause — that is, in the voluntarily sinning first-created humans — why then not also in the regenerate, since they have sinned in Adam no less voluntarily than the unregenerate? Finally (5) there arises, from Paul's manifold description, a most cogent proof, namely: (1) that it is not something good, Rom. 7:18. (2) That it is an evil that easily besets, Heb. 12:1. (3) That it is evil in a privative manner, since on account of it the good in us is not accomplished, Rom. 7:15,18. (4) That it is evil in a positive manner, because it wars against the law of the mind, and compels man to do what he hates, v.23. (5) Because it strives against that commandment, Thou shalt not covet, there v.7. (6) Because the Apostle, on account of this evil, cries out: O wretched man that I am, who shall deliver me from the body of this death, there v.24. (7) Because it is an unrighteousness striving against the Law, and therefore necessarily sin, 1 John 3:4. This is a compilation of the proofs of Chemnitz, in his Exam. Concil. Trid., de Reliq. peccat. origin.
And yet the Romanists try to maintain their view, though in vain, with these three reasons: (A) That concupiscence, at least with respect to its first-first movement, has scarcely anything voluntary about it. Answer: (a) It has a preceding assent in its cause, just as the Papists themselves acknowledge that it has an assent of the will in the unregenerate. (b) Even if it did not have that preceding assent, it nevertheless has an accompanying one, insofar as its presence is agreeable and pleasing to the sinner. (B) That all penal guilt of every concupiscence and sensitivity is entirely taken away through Baptism. Answer: (a) Through Baptism there is taken away not only the penal guilt of concupiscence and sensitivity, but of every crime, through forgiveness for Christ's sake — are, then, all those crimes no longer sins? David's adultery and murder, for example? (b) It is indeed taken away through regeneration, but only so far that it does not reign in believers, Rom. 6:12: does it therefore cease to be sin? (C) That in the regenerate nothing condemnable remains, and therefore not concupiscence and sensitivity either, Rom. 8:1. Answer: The Apostle does not say that there is nothing condemnable remaining in believers, but that there is no condemnation, οὐδὲν κατάκριμα, namely no actual condemnation — because all of that has been transferred to Christ. I shall not add that, according to this supposition, not only would concupiscence and sensitivity in the regenerate be no sin, but also absolutely no crime or atrocious deed of theirs would be — adultery and murder, for example.
XXIX. The question is: (IX) Whether the original sin, at least insofar as it is in us, is a light and venial sin? The Pelagians and Socinians acknowledge none at all. The semi-Pelagians, and especially the Papists, indeed acknowledge that it is sin, but a certain light and venial one — extensively, indeed, even greater than an actual sin, but intensively less and smaller (Aquinas, Sum., Part III, Quaest. 2, Art. 4). Indeed they dispute that it is the very least of all sins, and less than every venial sin.
The Reformed, on the contrary, judge it to be the very gravest violation of all: (1) because, if we consider it in itself, as we have already shown at length above, Book I, Chapter XV, it has been by far the gravest of sins — and that sin is, through the imputation, the sin of us all, Rom. 5:12. But (2) if you think of the original inherent sin, then it is (F) καθ᾽ ὑπερβολὴν ἁμαρτωλὸς ἡ ἁμαρτία, exceedingly sinful sin, Rom. 7:13. (2) It is the fountain and wellspring of all sin: it has wrought in me all manner of concupiscence, there v.8. (3) It is that sin, ἡ ἁμαρτία, namely par excellence — a compendium of all sin, and, as it were, all sin. (4) It is a sin which brings death, Rom. 7:11. (5) It is that concerning which the saints so greatly complain: O wretched man that I am, who shall deliver me? there v.24. In sin did my mother conceive me, Ps. 51:5. So too God Himself, Gen. 6:5 and VIII.21.
Nor does anything avail which they object: (a) The eating of a certain forbidden fruit, they say, is a very light matter, and can constitute nothing more than a venial sin. Answer: A light and trivial matter can indeed occasion a grave sin to be committed; compare Josh. VII, Acts 5:2-3,37. (b) The imputed sin has been, in a manner, less our own. Answer: It has been in some real sense our own, according to that word of Paul, in whom all have sinned, Rom. 5:12. (c) It has little of the voluntary. Answer: (a) It has been perfectly voluntary, even in a preceding manner, in the cause, in the first-created humans. (b) Even if it did not have a preceding assent of the will, from which it arises and consists, it nevertheless has an accompanying one, whereby the sinner takes pleasure that it coexists with him — from which it becomes a lawlessness, and whereby it deserves the curse, Gal. 3:13, from Deut. 21:23.
XXX. The question is: (X) Whether the original sin deserves only a punishment of loss or privation? The Pelagians and Socinians assign it no punishment at all, because they do not acknowledge it as sin. The Papists, because they reckon it a light and venial sin, according to the preceding paragraph, in order to keep their Limbo of children safe and unimpaired, think that it deserves nothing but a punishment of loss or privation, whereby they are indeed excluded from the good, but have also no feeling of pain.
The Reformed think that the punishment of feeling is inseparable from the punishment of loss, and therefore ascribe to it not only a punishment of loss, but also a punishment of feeling: (1) Because all sin, as striving against the infinite majesty of God the Lawgiver, deserves an infinite punishment, and thus not only of loss, but also of feeling, Gal. 3:13, Deut. 21:23. (2) Because God, Gen. 2:16-17, thereby threatens every kind of death, as we have taught in the preceding chapter; and that we committed this in Adam, the Apostle testifies, Rom. 5:12. (3) Because the same Apostle calls us, on account of this sin, children of wrath by nature, dead in sins, Eph. 2:1,3. (4) Because we have already shown above that this sin is simply the very gravest. (5) Because the punishment of feeling is inseparable from the punishment of loss, Matt. 25:41, 2 Thess. I.8-9. (6) Because the whole Limbo of children is nothing else than an idle and empty fabrication of men's brains, provable by no passage of Scripture, nor by any reasoning, as we shall show more fully and forcefully elsewhere.
Meanwhile the Papists try, though in vain, to defend their view: (1) From the milder punishment of small children — since even in the punishment of feeling there are finally degrees, according to Luke 12:47; and likewise, the wages of every sin is said to be death, Rom. 6:23, and that from and through the first sin death has passed upon all, Rom. 5:12. Then (2) that they do not feel the worm of conscience, Isa. 66:24, which belongs to the punishment of feeling as arising only from actual sin — [claiming they are] not subject and guilty of it, being subject only to original sin. But what, if they feel the unquenchable fire, which is there added — their fire shall not be quenched? For there is nothing to prevent them from feeling this; moreover there is not only a conscience of actual sins, but also of the original hereditary sin, Ps. 51:5. Finally the opposing parties say (3) that no one is accustomed to be visited with a positive and felt punishment merely on account of the deprivation of virtues, and the inclination to sins and defects, but that one is first so punished on account of an actual guilt — for though this may not be customary before the tribunal of men, it is nevertheless accustomed to happen before the court of heaven, on account of omission alone, Gal. 3:10, Luke III.[?], Matt. 25:27,30,32,43. But then also, in this sin there is not merely a deprivation of virtues alone, and a certain inclination to vices, but a general corruption of the whole nature, whence all the imagination of man's heart is said to be only evil, even from his youth, Gen. 8:21 — indeed, whence we are said to be children of wrath by nature, and dead in sins, Eph. 2:1,3. And suppose also that it were nothing else than a deprivation of virtues which ought to be present in us, and a certain inclination toward vices — even so, precisely on that account alone it would deserve death and the eternal curse, Gal. 3:10, Deut. 27:26, Rom. 6:23.
XXXI. The question is: (XI) Whether even the Blessed Virgin was subject to original sin? The Papists in general — except only the Dominicans — in order to preserve the θρησκεία, the religious veneration, due to Mary, deny that she was subject to original sin.
The Reformed judge that sin to be so universal that no one is excepted from it, save the second Adam, Jesus Christ: (1) Because Holy Scripture says, that death has passed upon all men (Christ alone excepted), because they have all sinned in the one, Rom. 5:12; likewise, that God has concluded all under sin, Rom. 11:32, 1 Cor. XV.22. (2) Because the Savior Himself receives her also as her Savior, Luke 1:47. Because (3) she herself also acknowledges that she has sinned in fact, being justly rebuked by Christ, John 2:4. (4) Because she herself also prayed: Forgive us our debts, Matt. 6:12. Because (5) she was not saved, nor could have been saved, other than through Christ and His satisfaction, Acts 4:12, John 14:6, 1 Tim. II.4. (6) Because she also underwent every kind of calamity and misery, indeed death itself — which things, as even the opposing parties themselves confess, are nothing else than punishments of sin.
Nor do they have anything to put forward for their view, except (1) some feeble, insipid, and jejune similitudes and comparisons: for example, just as the first Adam was created from an earth not yet accursed, so it was also fitting that the second Adam should be born from a mother who did not lie under the curse; likewise, just as Eve, being a type of Mary, had to be born without sin, so also, etc. — for with the same ease with which these are put forward, they are also rejected, even on the suppositions of the opposing parties themselves, according to which typological theology neither reasons nor demonstrates anything. Then (2) the passages Song of Songs II.13-14 and IV.1,12, where Mary would be called wholly beautiful. But this is said of the Church, whom Christ has loved, and gave Himself for her, that He might sanctify her... that He might present her to Himself glorious, a church not having spot or wrinkle, or any such thing, but that she should be holy and without blemish, Eph. 5:25-27. And even if it were all said of Mary, this would nevertheless not prove that she was without original sin — since not even the Church, which shall one day be without spot or wrinkle, is now free of original sin. But (3) they say that God could have, and would have wished to, keep the Blessed Virgin unimpaired by the original defilement, for the honor of Christ Himself. Yet from the fact that God could, it does not follow that He wished to; nor is it proven that He wished it, and that He did it for the honor of Christ — for it redounded rather more to the honor of Christ, that He should be a universal Redeemer of all, even of Mary herself, that Virgin herself acknowledging this, Luke 1:47, and Peter, Acts 4:12, and the Savior Himself, John 14:6. Finally (4) the fabulous revelations of Bridget deserve not the slightest regard.
XXXII. One asks: (XII) Whether all the baptized are, through Baptism, delivered from original sin? Augustine denied this, because he held firmly to the absolute necessity of Baptism. The Lutherans likewise will have this, because they hold that Baptism, though not exactly the cause of the forgiving and regenerating grace, is nevertheless at least a vehicle of all grace. The Papists, the more easily to maintain the absolute necessity of Baptism, hold this likewise.
The Reformed indeed grant, with respect to all the elect who are baptized, that they are delivered — whether before Baptism or after Baptism — from the penal guilt, or from the dominion, not only of the original sin, but also of all actual sins. But as for the stain and its remaining remnants, they teach that sin remains in them, so long as they continue in the imperfection of this life. This, because Scripture teaches that it remains and abides: when it (1) teaches that even in the regenerate, the flesh always wages war against the spirit, Gal. 5:17; when (2) Paul, even after his regeneration and conversion, so greatly laments the remnants of sin and flesh, Rom. 7:18-19,24; when (3) even those who belong to Christ, and are therefore truly regenerate and converted, are still charged to crucify their flesh with its lusts and desires, Gal. 5:24, Col. 3:3, Eph. 4:21-22, and to deny themselves, Luke 9:23; when (4) they are daily charged to pray for the forgiveness of sins, Matt. 6:12, Ps. 130:3 and CXLIII.2; when (5) an absolute and total perfection, even of the regenerate, in this life, is everywhere in Scripture refuted, Phil. 3:13, 1 Kings VIII.46, Eccl. 7:20, Jas. 3:1, etc., of which more, deliberately and at length, in its proper place; when (VI) Scripture, with express naming, charges concupiscence itself with sin, Exod. 20:17, Rom. 7:7.
What the opposing parties, on the other hand, are accustomed to press from Scripture for a total perfection signifies, according to the style of Scripture, nothing other than a sincerity, whereby we earnestly strive toward a total perfection, though we can never attain it, according to the testimony of the Apostle, Phil. 3:12,13,15. What they (2) especially pretend concerning Baptism — that it washes away sins, Acts 2:38, that it is a Sacrament of regeneration and of the renewing of the Holy Spirit, Titus 3:5 — asserts nothing other than that every sin, both actual and original, in believers and their children, is, for Christ's sake, sealed as taken away, with respect to guilt and dominion, Rom. 6:6-7,11-12; but not with respect to a total absence of sin, or with respect to its remnants, Rom. 7:17,21.
XXXIII. The question is: (XIII) Whether the original inherent sin is man's very substance itself? Flacius Illyricus, carried away by the heat and passion of controversy, just as he held that original righteousness was man's very substance itself, so likewise holds that the original stain is the very essence of corrupted man himself.
The Reformed, on the contrary, believe that it is present as a certain accidental quality, cleaving and inhering most intimately in the whole substance; because, on the contrary view, (1) God would necessarily be a cause of sin, since He is beyond doubt the cause of every substance, Rom. 11:36. Then also (2) Christ would have taken on sin, since He took on our nature, Heb. 2:14. Further (3), in regeneration, conversion, and sanctification, while sin is thereby destroyed, man's very nature and substance itself would also be destroyed — whereas, on the contrary, nature is then healed and restored. Moreover (4), on this view, we would rise again on that day, and possess eternal life, upon our sin — since [rather] it is our nature and substance that shall rise, and possess that life, Job 19:26-27, 1 Cor. XV.53-54. Then further (5), according to this view, our soul, with respect to its substance, would be corruptible, and thus mortal — since sin is daily being consumed away in believers, 1 Cor. V.[?], Rom. VII.[?]. Finally (6), the error long ago condemned in the Manichaeans would, through this view, have to be restored again.
The reasons with which Flacius supports his view are of not the slightest weight: for (1) the imagination of the heart, which is evil from youth, Gen. 8:21, is clearly distinguished from the heart itself. (2) As often as sin is called flesh, a body of sin, members which are upon the earth, the old man — it is so called not properly, but by a transference of the subject to the adjunct: namely, by "the body of sin" is understood the whole compound and accumulation of sins; by "the old man," the cause and rule of the first life. And that (3) the indwelling sin is said to work, to deceive, and to kill, Rom. VII, must be understood in the same way as the Law also is said to work wrath, Rom. 4:15, and the grace of God is said by Paul to have labored, 1 Cor. 15:10. And (4) the image of God, insofar as it consists in the original righteousness (to which the original sin is set in opposition), is in no way man's very substance itself. Likewise (5) that David prays that a clean heart might be created in him, Ps. 51:10, and that God promises that He will give it, Ezek. 36:26-27, does not assert that before regeneration the corruption was the very substance of the heart itself, but that the corruption was in the substance. And (6) that we are said to be children of wrath by nature, Eph. 2:3, means nothing else than that our nature, from our birth, has drawn corruption to itself, but not that it has itself become and been made the corruption.
XXXIV. The question is: (XIV) Whether the original corruption is propagated by imitation? The Jews say that the sin of the first-created humans does not harm their posterity, except by example. The Pelagians, Socinians, and Mennonites, in order to keep the powers of the free will toward every good, even saving good, unimpaired and unharmed after the sin of the first humans, indeed deny all original sin. Meanwhile, if there seems to be some propagation of sin, which they can scarcely deny, they hold that it happens through imitation.
The Reformed, although they do not deny that some actual sins are at times propagated by example, nevertheless deny that the original corruption, or the total corruption of our nature, comes about through imitation: (1) Because we have already proven and demonstrated above, §§XVII and XIX, that it is propagated through the imputation of the first sin, and, on account of and because of that same sin, through the deprivation of the original righteousness, and through the natural begetting. (2) Because it is propagated also to those who have not sinned in the likeness — that is, in imitation — of Adam, Rom. 5:14. (3) Because we are said to be conceived and born in sin, Ps. 51:5. (4) Because it is propagated even to small children, 1 Cor. 7:14, Gen. 8:21, who are capable of no imitation. (5) Because, among the first-created humans, when they first sinned, none of their descendants was present, wherefore also none could have imitated that sin. (6) Because sin cannot, by imitation, be propagated to all men, and to each in particular, in the manner that the original sin is propagated, according to the pronouncement of the Apostle, Rom. 5:12: In whom all have sinned. (7) Because it cannot in any way be understood, that the general corruption of the whole human nature — whereby we are unfit for all spiritual good, and inclined to all evil, a thing which we have already proven above concerning original sin — should be propagated by imitation.
To this the opposing parties say, on the contrary: (1) That the corruption, as being a deprivation, can be propagated in no other way than by imitation, since it can be propagated neither through the body, which is irrational, nor through the soul, because that is not itself propagated, but merely coexists with each individual through creation. Answer: The objection would hold, if we held that the same corruption in number were propagated — which would necessarily require a certain subject, in which it should pass from the parents to the children; whereas we say that the same corruption is propagated only in kind, which requires no such subject, any more than does that which happens through the imitation urged by the opposing parties. (2) Innocent and guiltless children are mentioned, Ps. 106:38, Jonah 4:11; likewise holy ones, 1 Cor. 7:14 — beyond doubt for this reason, that they cannot imitate. Answer: Innocent and guiltless, not that they are free from all guilt, but because they are free from actual guilt; and holy, through a covenant-sanctification, whereby of old the whole people — among whom there were very many ungodly, indeed very many hypocrites too — was also called holy: by virtue of that same holiness, the children of believers, as being parts of their parents, enjoy the same ecclesiastical privileges with their parents, but not [on that account] that they are free of sins, free from all original guilt. (3) The opposing parties say: Sin would not be voluntary, and thus also no sin, if it were not propagated by a voluntary imitation. Answer: Sin is nevertheless voluntary in an accompanying manner, insofar as the corruption is present with pleasure. (4) The Law does not forbid being born corrupted. Answer: It nevertheless forbids being corrupted.
XXXV. The question is: (XV) Whether the original corruption is propagated through a seminal transmission and transplanting? There are those who hold that it is propagated by the body alone, since the manners of the soul follow the disposition and temperament of the body. Others, on the contrary, hold that it is propagated through the soul alone, which would be propagated as one light is kindled from another, so that with it the corruption passes over from the parents to the children. Augustine, however, and very many of the Church Fathers, likewise most of the Lutherans, and moreover some among the Reformed, [hold that it is propagated] through a...
...many, because they otherwise cannot understand the propagation of original bodily corruption, hold that the propagation occurred through a seed-like transmission, by which the whole man was propagated, and thus body and soul together. The first error of all these consists in this: that they think the same corruption is propagated numerically, whereas nevertheless it is propagated only the same in kind. Likewise Socinus (Dialect. IV) acknowledges that it can happen that parents, through a continual exercise of sins and defects, draw to themselves such a sinfulness of nature, which passes over with the seed to the children.
The Reformed do not deny that it can happen that, because of the sin of the first-created men, through the transmission of the seed, such a temperament — naturally corrupted — is passed on, from which occasion the man may in due time receive an inclination and propensity to this or that particular sin: they also acknowledge that for the propagation of original corruption a natural generation is necessarily required, by which man is propagated, and without which the corruption cannot be propagated. But that the corruption itself is carried over with the seed to the children, they utterly deny. (1) Because we have already shown before that the corruption is propagated by the imputation of the first sin, and thereafter by the withholding of original righteousness, and by natural generation, §XIX. (2) Because we have already, before, refuted the propagation of the rational soul through a certain soul-seed, Book III, Chapter IX, §X and §XVIII. (3) Because through a transmission of seed properly nothing is propagated but the body, which, being hitherto bereft of a soul, is not capable of any moral good or evil. (4) Because the soul, since it alone is the present subject of moral evil, does not pass over from the one subject into another subject, so that together with it the corruption could pass over. (5) Because the propagation of corruption through a soul-seed does not remove the difficulty for whose remedy it seems to have been devised, since it does not explain in what way the corruption of original corruption through a seed-like transmission or soul-seed could occur. For thus they say: (1) that it cannot be understood or explained, in what way the corruption — which is not a substance — could by itself pass over to posterity: this I will gladly confess cannot be understood or explained, if the same corruption is taken numerically; but that it can be sufficiently understood and explained, if there be understood the same corruption only in kind. And if (2) Socinus also pretends that through a certain continual and persistent exercise of a certain sin, an inclining disposition can be drawn toward that sin: even so it still cannot be understood or grasped, in what way that sin should reside in a lifeless and irrational seed, so that by its help the moral defect and sin might pass over to posterity. And even if I granted all this, I still could not grasp in what way a general defect, or the corruption of the whole nature, or the inclination to all defects, should pass over through a seed — just as I likewise cannot grasp in what way it should pass over to all posterity: points which, nevertheless, concerning original corruption, have long since been proven and demonstrated by us.
The Practical Part
XXXVI. The practice concerning sin in general we shall defer to the following chapter; concerning original imputed sin we have given the practice in the preceding chapter, and it must accordingly be repeated here. The practice of inherent sin requires, first, that we rightly know it — not only speculatively, as to its nature, which we have shown in the Doctrinal Part; but also practically, its inward disposition and character, so corrupted, poisoned, and destructive. For it is: (1) a general evil, since it produces not only a defect of absolutely all the righteousness and holiness once created in us, but also the presence of a most evil and utterly wicked disposition and readiness for all manner of evil — called, among other things, "flesh," "the mind of the flesh," Rom. 8:6-7; "the law in the members," Rom. 7; "the body of sin"; "the work of the devil," John 8:44 — indeed, even by the name of hell, which sets the whole nature ablaze, James 3:6 — names by which Scripture in some measure seeks to portray and represent it to us. And not without reason: for this defilement and stain is general, and thus common (1) to all times, from Adam to Moses, Rom. 5:14 — indeed it has passed through to all men, there v. 12. (2) To all the faculties of all men: for on the understanding it works a mindedness of the flesh, blindness, darkness, errors; on the will or the heart, every kind of evil imagination, aversion from all good, and inclination to evil; on the passions, rebellion and disorder; on the conscience, impurity and insensibility; on the memory, weakening and loss; on the sensitive faculties and their desires, a kind of scab — to such an extent that from the crown of the head to the sole of the foot there is nothing sound in and upon us, Isa. 1:5-6, Ps. 38:4-5. It is (2) an evil that lightly besets us, Heb. 12:1, inseparable — like the blackness of a Moor, Jer. 13:23 — even from those who are themselves already regenerate, converted, and sanctified, Rom. 7:14-15,17-19,21; for although this is forgiven them and put to death in them, yet it is not wholly and entirely driven out and dead. (3) It is a defiling evil, being itself not only the very worst evil, but also defiling all our good — so that thereby our righteousness, indeed all our righteousness, is in itself and before God nothing but a menstruous garment, Isa. 64:6 — which weakens all our endeavors and undertakings, so that we not only fail to do the good that we wish, and on the contrary do the evil that we do not wish, Rom. 7:18-19, but also so depresses and weakens all the good that we do, that of itself, without Christ's supplementing and amending, it cannot please God, but can only displease Him, John 3:6, Rom. 4:7-8. It is (4) a very fruitful evil, which produces all evil: for as long as we are in the flesh, the sinful passions, which are through the law, work in our members to bring forth fruit unto death, Rom. 7:5 — working in us all manner of coveting, there v. 8, deceiving us, v. 11, doing and working, v. 17,20, warring, and taking us captive under the law of sin, v. 23 — so that sin, through the commandment, might become exceeding sinful, v. 13; and not only shameful evils, but also sorrowful ones, to bring forth fruit unto death, v. 5 — they kill us, v. 11; they work death, v. 12; and enmity with God, Rom. 8:7 — that we are children of wrath, cut off from God, from grace, from glory, to such an extent that we are without God, without Christ, without hope in the world, Eph. 2:12-13, and altogether shut out from the fellowship of the Kingdom of God, John 3:5.
XXXVII. The practice of this sin, in the second place, requires that we deeply humble ourselves before God on account of this sin, after the example of David, Ps. 51:5, and of Paul, Rom. 7:14,17,18,23 — to which end he also brings it to remembrance for his Corinthians, 1 Cor. 6:9-11, as already before Isaiah did for the Jews, Isa. 48:8. For to this end God wills that that thorn, or that sharp stake, remain in our flesh, that we not exalt ourselves, 2 Cor. 12:7, compared with Rev. 3:17. In particular, let us so humble ourselves — dead in sins, Eph. 2:1,3, thereby estranged from God — that we deeply feel the shamefulness and hurtfulness of this sin, so that we may cry out concerning it and over it: "O wretched man that I am! Who shall deliver me from the body of this death?" Rom. 7:24 — inasmuch as it not only works all sins, but also gathers them into itself, and is even, virtually, all sin. (2) Let us, in our prayers and supplications, confess and beg pardon for it in the most humble manner, Ps. 51:5: "Behold, I was brought forth in iniquity, and in sin did my mother conceive me." (3) Let us condemn and damn ourselves on account of this sin, since it alone in us is the cause of all sin: for let no one, when he is tempted, say, I am tempted by God; for God cannot be tempted with evil, neither tempts He any man; but every man is tempted when he is drawn away by his own lust and enticed, James 1:13-14. For without natural corruption Satan would tempt in vain, and the world would in vain allure and seduce — as appears in the Savior, Matt. 4. Since we now do those things which please the flesh and our own thoughts, being by nature children of wrath, Eph. 2:3, let us therefore not ascribe our sins and our ruin to Satan alone, nor to the seducing world; but to the sin that dwells within us, Rom. 7:20. Wherefore (4) let us at all times bear ourselves lowly and humbly: "O wretched man that I am," Rom. 7:25; "Behold, I was brought forth in iniquity," Ps. 51:5. As often as we look upon others, subject and guilty to all manner of most shameful crimes, so let us think of ourselves, whose image they display, Gen. 5:3 — such as we too once were, Tit. 3:2-3, Eph. 2:2-3,13, Col. 3 — that we still carry the same within us in potentiality, even when we are not so in act, since in the flesh dwells no good thing, Rom. 7:18 — carrying within us the root of all those crimes and abominations, and being driven to break out into the most godless sins ourselves as well, were we not restrained and held back by pure, unmixed grace, Gen. 20:6. (5) Indeed, let us guard ourselves, even in our most excellent activities, against a Pharisaic pride and haughtiness, Luke 18:12, since all our righteousness is nothing other than a menstruous garment, Isa. 64:6, by which we are unprofitable servants, Luke 17:10, whose best deeds contain within themselves things that stand in need of forgiveness, Neh. 13:22.
XXXVIII. Thirdly, the practice of this sin requires that we labor with all our strength to be delivered from this evil, after the example of Paul, Rom. 7:24: "Who shall deliver me from this body of death?" For although we — as we have already reminded before regarding its presence — as long as we are here, can never be wholly delivered, since it is an indwelling sin, Rom. 7:20, an evil that lies close at hand, v. 21; yet we do come to be delivered from it, in respect of the guilt of condemnation, Rom. 8:1-2, as also in respect of its dominion, Rom. 6:12. Now this deliverance is brought about, God being the cause, through Christ: "Thanks be to God, who gives us the victory through Jesus Christ our Lord" — through the righteousness of Christ, Rom. 5:17-19, and through the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus, Rom. 8:2; in particular, and in respect of the several parts: (1) by means and help of justification, Ps. 51:9, 1 John 1:7, Eph. 5:26; (2) of regeneration, John 3:3,5, Tit. 3:5; (3) of conversion or vivification, insofar as God makes alive and raises up those who are by nature dead in sin, Eph. 2:1,5; (4) of sanctification, 1 Cor. 6:11: "And such were some of you: but ye are washed, but ye are sanctified, but ye are justified, in the name of the Lord Jesus, and by the Spirit of our God" — insofar as thereby original corruption is gradually taken away, and the purity of the image of God is restored in and upon us, Eph. 4:22-24. It is and remains, therefore, our duty, in order to be delivered by all these means from original defilement: (1) that we strive, through a true and living faith, to be united with Christ, and to draw strength from Him, by which we may crucify the flesh with its lusts and desires, Gal. 2:20, 5:24, that we may henceforth no longer serve sin, but become with Him one plant in the likeness of His death, Rom. 6:5. (2) That we betake ourselves with the most humble and lowly prayers to Christ, as one who (a) came into the world for this purpose, that He might destroy the works of the devil, 1 John 3:8; (b) who is able to come to the aid of the sicknesses of our soul, just as He did to the sicknesses of the body, Matt. 9:27-28, as one who is full of grace and truth, John 1:14, who with a single word has healed leprosy, the woman's issue of blood, those possessed by the devil, and those afflicted with all manner of diseases, Matt. 4:23-24, a man blind from his birth, John 9:32; who also (c) is willing to help, as one who is merciful, Mic. 7:19.
XXXIX. Meanwhile, fourthly, the consideration of this sin requires that we faithfully withstand our inborn corruption: (1) by denying ourselves, Luke 9:23 — that is, ungodliness and worldly lust, Tit. 2:12 — that our corrupt right eye (that is, the corruption which is in the eye), whenever it offends us, be plucked out and cast away; that our right hand, if it do the same, be cut off and cast away, Matt. 5:29-30, just as if they were not our own. (2) By crucifying the flesh with its lusts and desires, Gal. 5:24, that is, by subduing and bringing it more and more into subjection from day to day, 1 Cor. 9:27, that we may at last say with the Apostle, "I am crucified with Christ," Gal. 2:20; likewise, "by whom the world is crucified unto me, and I unto the world," Gal. 6:14. Or, to speak more precisely, by cleansing ourselves more and more from all defilement of the flesh and of the spirit, 2 Cor. 7:1. (3) By putting to death, Col. 3:5, Rom. 8:13 — that is, by not ceasing, but by resisting even unto blood, striving against sin, Heb. 12:4. Which is accomplished (1) by diligently and carefully observing the very first motions of sin, Heb. 3:12, in order to crush the basilisk in its egg, Isa. 59:5. Then (2) by pursuing it with an irreconcilable hatred, Rom. 7:15, Jer. 31:19, Luke 18:13. (3) By earnestly and heartily grieving over the corruption of our heart, Rom. 7:18, 2 Cor. 7:10. (4) By carefully avoiding and rejecting all manner of occasions whereby the corrupt flesh and the sin which so easily besets us might come to be provoked and stirred up, Heb. 12:1 — even to every appearance of evil, 1 Thess. 5:22, Jude 23. (5) By bravely fighting against the lusts of our flesh, Gal. 5:17, Heb. 12:4, putting on the whole armor of God, Eph. 6:12. (6) By standing steadfast and constant in watchfulness, in all manner of exercises of religion, or by walking in the spirit — for thus we shall not fulfill the lust of the flesh, Gal. 5:16. In particular, and by parts: (a) by reading and hearing the Scriptures, John 5:39, Ps. 119:9; (b) by pouring out prayers and supplications, 2 Cor. 3:8, compare Ps. 56:9, after the example of the Jewish Church, Isa. 64:6-7; (c) by often and earnestly calling to mind our Baptism, Rom. 6:3-5, which is a bath of regeneration and of the renewing of the Holy Spirit, Tit. 3:5.
XL. Also, fifthly, the consideration and acknowledgment of the unspeakable shamefulness and guilt — whereby there is nothing sound in and upon us, from the crown of the head to the sole of the foot, Isa. 1:6, whereby we bear virtually all sins in our bosom, indeed are as sin, and thus by nature children of wrath, and to God a curse and an abhorrence, Isa. 1:15 — calls us to thankfulness, and to wonder over every grace that has been shown to us, that we may cry out with Paul, Rom. 7:24: "O wretched man that I am, who shall deliver me? I thank God, through Jesus Christ our Lord." And with Jacob, Gen. 32:10: "I am less than all the mercies, and all the truth, which thou hast shewed unto thy servant." Likewise with David, 2 Sam. 9:8: "What is thy servant, that thou shouldest look upon such a dead dog as I am?" As also with the blessed Virgin, Luke 1:47-48. Let us, I say, stand amazed, in particular and by parts: (1) that, whereas all and every one of us are such — a certain compendium of godlessness and shamefulness — God can nevertheless, and by His abundant grace wills to, restrain it, that it not break out into act, to the ruin of all human society; and so in others as well, since the common condition of all is such, as the Apostle sets forth and represents, Rom. 3:13-18: "Their throat is an open sepulchre; with their tongues they have used deceit; the poison of asps is under their lips; whose mouth is full of cursing and bitterness; their feet are swift to shed blood; destruction and misery are in their ways; and the way of peace have they not known; there is no fear of God before their eyes." And yet these things do not always break out so grievously, but we still come to dwell together in peace: let us marvel here, I say, at God's restraining and constraining grace (compare Ps. 10:1 with vv. 12,16), whereby we still live in quiet — even if but for one hour, Ps. 121:5 — as in ourselves, whose wickedness is so great (whereby we (1) have in us the seeds of absolutely all abominations, together with an inclination toward them, for which we (2) feel a propensity to the committing of the most shameful abominations, in which we see that others have plunged themselves in deed), He so powerfully restrains. Let us (1) stand amazed, yea even more, that God has been able and willing to convert us — such as we are, children of wrath by nature, dead in sins, Eph. 2:1,3, in a gall of bitterness, and in a bond of iniquity, set together with Simon the sorcerer, Acts 8:23. Namely, God, who is rich in mercy, for His great love wherewith He loved us, even when we were dead in trespasses, hath quickened us together with Christ — that He might shew in the ages to come the exceeding riches of His grace, by His kindness toward us in Christ Jesus, Eph. 2:4-7. That He, by name, (1) has sought us, such as we are, lost sheep, Luke 15:4, compare Rev. 3:9. (2) That He has willed to be reconciled with us, such as we are, 2 Cor. 5:20, Col. 1:21, Isa. 65:1, Ezek. 16:6,8. (3) That He has willed to impart to us and to our hearts, though such as we are, such excellent gifts of grace in conversion, 1 Cor. 6:9-11, 1 Tim. 1:13,14,16. Let us (2) stand amazed and marvel, and that in the highest degree, that whereas we are, by nature, so weak and powerless, so inclined to falling away, that we could not endure even a single hour in the grace of conversion, let alone persevere steadfastly therein unto the end, 1 Cor. 15:1, Rom. 5:2, Col. 4:12 — that likewise, notwithstanding that we, allured from every side by the worst examples, are solicited by Satan to fall away, and on account of our natural corruption are of ourselves inclined and disposed thereto, God nonetheless so powerfully keeps us unto salvation, 1 Pet. 1:5. Let us therefore, in all these things, acknowledge and extol the divine power and goodness, and requite it with every kind of thankfulness.
XLI. Meanwhile, sixthly, we are also, by the corruption which at all times and everywhere, even after regeneration, so easily besets us, admonished and warned that we watch for ourselves, lest we, who now stand, suddenly fall, 1 Cor. 10:12, Rom. 11:20; that we ascribe not the least particle, to ourselves and our own strength, wisdom, might, and other gifts, especially in the matter of salvation; on the contrary, that we work out our own salvation, yea, accomplish and perfect it, with fear and trembling, Phil. 2:12; let us watch and pray, that we enter not into temptation, for the spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak, Matt. 26:41. Let us often, and with a humility earnestly exerted, take heed to the examples of those who, through an idle presumption and recklessness, have been brought to the very worst crimes: let one think of Peter, Matt. 26:33,35,70,72, and of others, even otherwise most holy men, who, out of this same confidence, have suffered the most shameful falls. Let us therefore be mindful, that we carry a traitor, and a most bitter enemy, in our own bosom, who is always laying plans, how he may deceive us in one way or another: let us not trust our eyes, but make a covenant with them, after the example of Job, ch. 31. Let us restrain our mouth with a bridle, with David, Ps. 39:1. Let us draw our ears away from allurements; let us flee from them, Gen. 39:10-11. Let us tolerate no seducing ungodly one in our house, indeed not even in our sight, Ps. 101:3,4,7. To say it in a word: let us guard our heart above all that is to be guarded; let us weigh the going of our feet, that all our ways be well ordered, that we turn not aside, either to the right hand or to the left, Prov. 4:23-24,26-27.
XLII. Finally, seventhly, since this original defilement also passes over to little children, and not without the begetting of the parents, the parents must, with all their might, take pains, and seek to bring it about, that grace also be propagated to them, whereby they may become a seed of God, Mal. 2:15, and that this defilement, so far as lies in them, may be amended, Deut. 30:2-3, Gen. 18:19, Eph. 6:4. For in this way the parents will (1) most powerfully show their affection toward them, and their compassion for them — the like at Isa. 49:15, Ps. 103:13 — and that they are not without natural affection, Rom. 1:31. Yet how could they more be such, than if they neglected and disregarded the care of this defilement, which their children have received from them? (2) They will provide joy for themselves, Luke 15:23-24, Prov. 10:1, 23:24-25, 15:20, Heb. 11:23, whereas otherwise the children will bring them sorrow and grief, Gen. 26:34-35 and 27:46. They will also thereby (3) prepare for themselves glory before God, from the reformation both of their children and of their household, Gen. 18:19, Josh. 24:15, Luke 19:9, John 4:53, Acts 10:2, 16:15,33-34. Let me add (4), that children are not only the property and the jewel of their parents, but also of God, Ezek. 16:21, Mal. 2:15. And that (5) upon this reformation of the children and of the household depends the chief happiness and well-being of the Church. Compare Josh. 24:15-16, Deut. 4:9. Now this the parents shall accomplish concerning their children: (1) by chastising and rebuking them betimes, Prov. 29:17, if they have done wrong and sinned. (2) By instructing them in those things which concern godliness, Prov. 4:3-4, 31:1, 22:6, 2 Tim. 1:5, 3:15. (3) By accustoming them, from their tender youth, to the exercises of religion and godliness, to the reading and hearing of God's Word, to prayers, Eph. 6:4, Luke 2:40-41. (4) By enlightening them with holy examples, that the children may see in their parents what it is their duty to do, Josh. 24:15, Ps. 101:2. For how powerful holy examples are toward reformation appears from many indications, Tit. 2:7, 1 Pet. 3:1-2, 2 Kings 14:3, 15:3,34 — just as, on the contrary, evil examples lead them to godlessness, 2 Kings 15:9. (5) By dedicating and commending them to God with the most fervent prayers, whence Solomon is called the son of Bathsheba's vows, Prov. 31:2; by praying for them daily before God, Job 1:5; by desiring and beseeching wisdom from God for themselves, whereby and wherewith they may bring up their children in the fear of God, Judg. 13:8, and that He would deliver them from the snares of Satan, Matt. 15:22.
Chapter III: Of Actual Sin
James 1:13-15.
"Let no man say when he is tempted, I am tempted of God: for God cannot be tempted with evil, neither tempteth He any man. But every man is tempted, when he is drawn away of his own lust, and enticed. Then when lust hath conceived, it bringeth forth sin: and sin, when it is finished, bringeth forth death."
I. The first sin, being a consequence of the first breach of the covenant — namely, both the original sin, the imputed and the inherent — we have set forth and explained. We shall therefore now descend directly to the second, namely actual sin, upon which we shall build our meditation and consideration upon the words of James 1:13,14,15.
The Explanatory Part
II. In which the bringing forth or birth of actual sin is most exactly depicted, through two parts, namely: 1. the Begetter, or the generating cause, concerning which our Apostle is occupied, both in refuting the mistaken opinion regarding God as begetter of sin and of death, and in setting forth the true one. Hence there comes before us here:
1. The refutation of the mistaken opinion concerning God as the begetter of sin and of death
"Let no man, when he is tempted, say, I am tempted of God: for God," etc. Here is: a. The one refuted — μηδεὶς πειραζόμενος, "no man, being tempted" — the text therefore refutes the tempted one, and indeed every tempted person, "no man." Someone is tempted either by the enemies of the truth, through outward persecutions, on account of the confession of religion, that he might, because of those persecutions, forsake the name of Christ (of which temptations the Apostle had spoken, vv. 2-4: "when ye fall into divers temptations"); or he is tempted by his own heart, on occasion of the persecutions, so as to waver, or even to fall away from the confession of the Christian truth. Πειράζω, "to tempt," derived from πείρω, means to examine something by probing deeply, that it may become clear what lies hidden and concealed within; it is sometimes taken in a good sense, Gen. 22:1, Ps. 26:2, 2 Cor. 13:5; sometimes in a bad one, as here, and likewise Matt. 4:3, 16:1, and elsewhere. From this the devil is called ὁ πειράζων, "the Tempter." Novarinus, on Matt. 4:1, notes that πειρασθῆναι means to be craftily tempted and deceitfully solicited. Here, then, is refuted every tempted person, whether he be called a Christian, or even an unbeliever; because it befits no man to hold that godless and irreverent opinion, that God — who is the highest good — should tempt anyone to evil.
b. The refuted matter, or the refuted opinion, according to which God would be the tempter to evil, or the cause of sin: "say, I am tempted of God" — λεγέτω, whether with the heart, thinking it, holding it; or with the mouth, saying it, confessing it: "I am tempted of God" — God lures me and seeks me out, either through the outward persecutions of enemies, or through inward solicitations, to forsake the evangelical truth.
c. The refutation itself, or the proofs and grounds of the refutation, which are two, taken from a twofold impossibility. a. An impossibility on God's part: "for God cannot be tempted with evils" — ἀπείραστος γάρ ἐστιν κακῶν ὁ θεός, "for God is untemptable of evils." Some join this half-verse together in this sense: just as He Himself cannot be tempted to evil deeds, so likewise He takes no delight in tempting anyone. The word ἀπείραστος the common Latin version renders by "one who does not tempt" (intentator) — unless intentator here be misread for intentatus, that is, "untempted, not tempted" — so that from it this sense would arise: He stirs up no one, He incites no one to do or handle evil. But thus one and the same thing would be said twice; nor should you take the word in an active sense: it reads better, rather, in a passive sense — "untemptable of evils," or, "cannot be tempted." It is added, by way of qualification, κακῶν, "of evils," whether of evil thoughts, or unto evil deeds. Therefore no one can truly say, I am tempted of God; for whoever tempts unto evil is himself first tempted by evil, or by an evil thought, in order to counsel the evil to another.
b. An active one: πειράζει δὲ αὐτὸς οὐδένα, "and He Himself tempts no man." "He Himself," αὐτός — namely, He who, because He is the highest good, takes no pleasure in wickedness, Ps. 5:5, who forbids sin, who punishes sin — wherefore no one truly says, I am tempted of God. If you object: yes, God is tempted, Exod. 17:2,7, Deut. 6:16 — and He tempts, Gen. 22:1, Deut. 8:2, 13:3 — the answer is, that this is said of a temptation of trial, of examination, or also of disclosure; but here is spoken of a temptation of ensnaring, or of seduction. God does indeed tempt: 1. By setting forth hard commands. 2. By visiting man with chastisements and punishments. 3. By giving the rein to Satan. 4. By withholding His gifts and help, or, on account of sins, justly withdrawing them. 5. By presenting occasions for sinning. 6. Also, by ordaining, disposing, directing, and determining the evil inclinations of the will. But He tempts no one by supplying or counseling sin, as though He intended or established it.
2. The identification of the true begetter of sin
"But every man is tempted, when he is drawn away of his own lust," v. 14. As if he said: if anyone, through the flames of persecution and other adversities and hardships, is drawn and led away from God, or from the confession of the Christian faith, God is not the cause of it, but lust, ἐπιθυμία. Now there is a manifold lust: there is a lust of the heart, Rom. 1:24; or of the flesh, Gal. 5:18,24, Eph. 2:3; a worldly lust, 1 John 2:16; a lust of men, 1 Pet. 4:2; of the devil, John 8:44; of sin, Rom. 6:12. And this is again either actual, Exod. 20:17, Rom. 7:7; or habitual, or rather, natural — which is one and the same thing as original corruption; among the Hebrews called yetzer ha-ra, "the evil imagination" — which natural lust, since the fall of the first-created man, has penetrated all men, indeed the whole man, and all his faculties — understanding, will, passions, conscience, feeling, powers, and the very members of the body itself. This, then, is finally the true begetter of sin, as we have already reminded in the preceding chapter.
The generation, or bringing forth, of sin, proceeding through various stages
II. The generation, or bringing forth, which proceeds through various stages — whether with regard to the times and the act, or with regard to the order in the generating and bringing forth: and thus three stages are marked in the text, namely:
1. The meeting, or coming together. Ἐπιθυμία ἐξελκόμενος καὶ δελεαζόμενος, "drawn away and enticed by lust." Here is given to understand the original lust, as a kind of coming-together (coitus) with a sinful object, whereby it is, as it were, drawn out into and unto the act, and enticed to the pleasure of that coming-together. Ἐξελκόμενος, "drawn out," is by others rendered "drawn away," namely, from God, and from the good, to evil — the same, namely, as ἀφελκόμενος, just as Xenophon also says that pleasure ἀφέλκει πρὸς ἡδέα, "draws away to sweet things"; by others it is rendered "enticed," namely, just as a hungry man is enticed by food set before him to eat; by others, "drawn out," namely, as a fish by the hook. Δελεαζόμενος, "that which is enticed, that which is allured" — thus speak the best Greek writers: γαστρὶ καὶ λόγοις δελεάζεσθαι, "to be enticed by the belly and by words." Here is a similitude taken from a harlot, who draws away a foolish young man from his parents, and entices him to whoredom. Here, therefore, is to be understood the application of the lust to and upon an evil object, in order, as it were, to come together with it in pleasure and delight — and there is thereby given to understand the first act of lust, or of the will, which as yet is without any consent, at least without an antecedent one, although there is present with it an accompanying consent, whereby the lust is allured and drawn down, and delights itself in the evil — whence properly comes sin.
2. The conception. Εἶτα ἡ ἐπιθυμία συλλαβοῦσα, "then when lust hath conceived," or, "having conceived." Here is given to understand the second-first act, which has some consent of the will joined with it, though not yet complete. Now this conception gives two things to understand. (1) The first conception, whereby the womb receives a living seed, whereby the one who is about to sin no longer resists the sin, nor casts it off and rejects it — as happened with Joseph, Gen. 39, and with Christ, Matt. 4 — but allows it. (2) The carrying, whereby the members of the sinful offspring are gradually, as it were, formed in the belly of the lust, when the one who is about to sin regards the sin as pleasant, desirable, and delightful — as Eve did, Gen. 3, compare Ps. 66:18, Gal. 4:9, 1 Tim. 5:15 — and takes delight in it, so that he would gladly commit the sin, if only it were lawful: which, if it is fleeting and passing, is called προπάθεια, a "first-motion"; but if it is impressed and remains, it is called πάθος, a "passion," Job 20:13 — as when someone, tasting something sweet in his mouth, does not immediately spit it out, but keeps it with contentment and pleasure, and is not willing to let it go readily. (3) A lingering, or a lingering, stubborn pleasure, when someone tarries and stands still upon a thing, and weighs all its circumstances with pleasure and delight, as Eve did, Gen. 3 — "good for food," pleasant to the eyes, and "to be desired to make one wise" — and this is, as it were, the articulation of the offspring, and, as it were, the formation of all its parts and members in the belly. Other similar matters we shall perhaps treat in the Practical Part.
3. The bringing forth, τίκτει, "brings forth" — namely, in part, with a full consent, when the lust is now bent upon seeking out and seizing an opportunity to expel the conceived offspring, through an actual execution. As the word τίκτειν, "to bring forth," is properly proper to women — in which respect it is here used of lust, since it is of the female gender — so γεννᾶν, "to generate," is properly proper to men; yet, just as τίκτειν, "to bring forth," is sometimes used of men, especially among the poets, so γεννᾶν, "to generate," by a certain misuse, is sometimes applied to women, Matt. 1:1[?], Luke 1:13,57. And this word means not only to bring forth, but also to be in labor, to be near to giving birth. Therefore it here signifies, by virtue of the latter meaning, the complete consent to expel the offspring; and, according to the former meaning, the birth itself of sin through its expulsion.
III. The twofold offspring:
1. The sin, ἁμαρτίαν, namely the actual one — whether an inward one, in the disposition and desire; or an outward one, in the deed and its accomplishment. The Greek word ἁμαρτία, "sin," from the Hebrew for "transgression," means (1) in general, all manner of sin, Rom. 7:17, 1 Tim. 5:24; sometimes (2) distinctly, original sin, Rom. 6:11-12 and 7:14; sometimes (3) actual sin, as in this passage, likewise 1 John 3:8, 1 Tim. 1:23 — committed, whether against a neighbor or against God, however it be done, whether by force or by fraud, in word or in deed, with forethought or through carelessness.
2. The death, which brings to this whole tragic spectacle its full completion and consummation, concerning which is here marked:
a. The completing cause: ἁμαρτία ἀποτελεσθεῖσα, "sin, when it is finished" — completed, fully accomplished. Ἀποτελεσθεῖσα, from τέλειος, which means someone or something that is complete; sometimes it is one and the same with ἄρτιος, "fitted, apt," that which is whole in its members, that which is complete. Sin, now, is completed and finished, whether by consent, inwardly — as in the sins that dwell in the spirit, for example heresy, envy, and so forth — or by the work and the deed, outwardly, so that it forms a full description of actual sin.
b. The completion, or the act of completing: ἀποκύει, "brings forth," brings forth to birth. Ἀποκύω, or ἀποκέω, means the same as "to be delivered of that which was conceived," that is, of the offspring. The same is said by the expression "to bring forth fruit unto death," Rom. 7:5. It brings forth, in part, in order to earn or bring the guilt of the debt of death; in part, in order to work the same, or actually to kill, Rom. 7:13 — at least the soul, by robbing it of its rightness, as is evident in the first-created men.
c. That which is brought forth, namely death, θάνατος. But what death? Answer: every death which is set over against the life of the one who sins; for it is not confined to any one kind of death — just as sin has robbed the first-created men of all that life which they possessed up to the time of the sin: therefore, (1) natural death, whatever the Socinians, in service to their own doctrines, object against this; (2) spiritual death, which takes away from the one who sins the spiritual life, and puts in its place a complete inability to all saving good, of which Eph. 2:1,5 speaks; and finally (3) eternal death, which robs man of the glory of God, or of the blessed enjoyment of God, Rom. 3:23, compared with v. 19, Gal. 3:13, from Deut. 21:23. From this now, that the Apostle ascribes death to finished and completed sin, the Roman party wrongly concludes that an unfinished sin does not deserve death, but only temporal penalties, in order thereby to have their so-called venial sins, and from that their purgatory — paying too little heed that the Apostle does not say that death is brought forth only by sin completed with a full consent of the will, since Paul elsewhere ascribes death to lust, Rom. 7:5, to that very lust which he had already before declared to be sin itself, v. 7. He means, therefore, only this: that finished sin, above all and pre-eminently, brings forth death, since it joins together two degrees of sin, an inward one and an outward one. Of which we shall, God willing, treat more fully and at greater length, in the Polemical Part.
The Doctrinal Part
III. Actual sin, therefore, is engendered from original sin, as a daughter from her mother. For original lust is said to be enticed, to be made pregnant, to conceive, and to bring forth actual sin. Whence it is called a "sinning sin," ἁμαρτωλὸς ἁμαρτία, Rom. 7:13 — which, having taken occasion by the commandment, works in us all manner of coveting, there v. 8, deceives, v. 11, does and works, v. 17,20, wars, and takes us captive under the law of sin, v. 23. And that which goes out of the mouth is said to go out of the evil heart itself — namely, evil thoughts, murders, adulteries, fornications, thefts, false witness, blasphemies, and all that defiles a man, Matt. 15:18-20; indeed, the very imagination of man's heart is evil from his youth, Gen. 8:21.
IV. For (1) the bringing forth follows the womb; the offspring follows its source; the fruit follows the tree — men do not gather grapes of thorns, nor figs of thistles: a corrupt tree brings forth evil fruit, and can bring forth no other, Matt. 7:17-19. And (2) not without reason: for original righteousness having been taken away, by which all the faculties ought to have been governed, there follows from this such a defect, that when these faculties are moved toward that which is moral, that very inclination and propensity is itself morally evil — whence all manner of actual sins are further born. For the understanding, being blinded through the loss of light, readily admits all sorts of errors; and the will, now averse from God, burns with love for itself, and for all evil desires without God. And finally (3) original lust can, according to the assertion of the text, bring forth nothing but every kind of sin.
V. That we may now understand this more distinctly, we shall first consider actual sin as being born, and then what it brings forth. It is called an actual sin, not because it alone is a sin in act, while original sin would be nothing but a power and capacity, as the Pelagian-minded would have it — since original sin too is a sin in act, and indeed pre-eminently, yea virtually all sin, as we have said in the preceding chapter — but because it is a deviation and straying from the act, under which we nevertheless also comprehend the habit; whereas original sin is a habitual deviation and straying of our whole nature. It is customarily designated by various names, as ἁμαρτία, "sin," James 1:13; a work of the flesh, Gal. 5:19; an evil fruit, Matt. 7:17; a work of darkness, Eph. 5:11; a dead work, Heb. 6:1, etc.
VI. In the matter itself it is nothing other than a deviation of a human act from the Law of God. In Augustine (Contra Faust. Manich.) it is "a deed, a word, or a desire against the Law of God." More precisely, however, the deed, word, or desire are not the genus in the description of sin, but only its receiving subject; sin itself is nothing other than an unlawfulness or a straying of deed, word, and desire from the Law of God. This deviation and straying occurs chiefly in four ways: (1) when it occurs against the precept of God, whence it is most properly called ἀνομία, "lawlessness," 1 John 3:4; (2) when what is done is indeed not against the Law, but against the end and purpose to which it ought, according to the precept of the Law, to be directed, Matt. 6:1; (3) when the foundation and fountain from which and out of which it flows is defective and corrupt, 1 Tim. 1:5, Rom. 14:23; finally (4) when it does not occur in the circumstances of place and time as it ought, according to the Law, to occur, Lev. 10:1-2, 2 Sam. 6:6, Rom. 14:20.
VII. It is a deviation of a human act, Mic. 6:8. It applies not to unreasoning creatures. For although to the unreasoning and inanimate creatures also their natural law is prescribed, Jer. 8:7, Deut. 32:11, Isa. 1:3, Prov. 6:6, from which they may in some manner deviate: nevertheless, when this occurs, there is not committed by them a properly-called sin — just as, if the earth does not give its fruits, if the concoction of the stomach or liver fails; even so, since they have no moral law, and know not their natural law, and cannot conform themselves to it, but are ordered and determined by another, they do not properly overstep the mark, and thus do not sin. Nor does it stand against this, that we read that they are sometimes punished, Gen. 3:16, 9:5, Lev. 20:15-16, Exod. 21:28 — because that punishment, by way of misuse, so called, strikes the owner of that unreasoning animal for the abomination of the material act itself, through the sin of it. Nor does their destruction indicate their sin, but only their fragile nature, which, on occasion of human sin, has been increased, Gen. 3:17, Rom. 8:20.
VIII. It is, therefore, a doing of man, in departing from the divine Law. And yet not of every man: for little children — although, on account of the breach of the covenant committed in Adam (Rom. 5:12), they are deprived of the original righteousness which they, according to the law of their rational nature, are bound to have, and are on that very account afflicted with original sin — nevertheless, since they do not have a Law prescribed to them, according to which they would have to order their deeds, they do not commit an actual sin, Rom. 5:14 — whence they are, to this point, called innocent and blameless, Ps. 106:38, as those who do not yet know how to distinguish between their right hand and their left, Jon. 4:11; wherefore the Law of God does not apply to them either. But young men are subject to actual sin as soon as they are so far possessed of reason, that they come to distinguish a command from a prohibition; but in what year of their life this occurs is difficult to determine, since wickedness and depravity, in and upon many, fills up the deficiency of their years. But grown men, too — upon whom pre-eminently applies that of Mic. 6:8, "He hath shewed thee, O man, what is good," etc. — indeed, all grown men sin, 1 Kings 8:46, Ps. 14:3, Eccl. 7:21, even the regenerate themselves, Ps. 130:3, 143:2-10, Matt. 6:12; yea, even the blessed Virgin herself, John 2:4 — the Savior alone being excepted, as one who knew no sin, 2 Cor. 5:21.
IX. Yet not all sin in one and the same way, whence various divisions of sin arise, which occur throughout in the theologians. For although, with regard to the foundation or fountain from which they flow, they are wholly bound and joined to one another, James 2:10, 1 Tim. 6:9-10; yet, with regard to the objects, and to the various manners in which sins are directed toward those objects, they are various — indeed sometimes even at strife with one another, as may be seen in prodigality and covetousness. Hence they are distinguished and divided:
X. (1) First, with regard to the matter: into sins by themselves, in which the deed itself strives against the Law — as idolatry, blasphemy, murder; and by accident, in which, through the circumstances of the doer, of the end, of the manner, and of other things, the defect comes from elsewhere to a deed which is by itself good, Prov. 15:8, Isa. 1:14-15, Tit. 1:15, Rom. 14:23. Some must be omitted, others must be amended, Isa. 1:16, Matt. 6:1.
(2) Secondly, with regard to the parts: they are sins of omission, or of commission, James 4:17, Matt. 25:42 — for these two things run together as parts in every sin: when what ought to have been omitted is done, then what ought to have been done is not done. Now since the omission has the upper hand, and is more visible, it is there called a sin of omission — and thus from both sides. And hence the sin of omission is also brought under actual sins, because it, morally speaking, is never without some doing, whether antecedent or accompanying. In the omission, then, lies the unlawfulness, either in the power, or in the habit, which does not work when it ought to work. In the omission there is, as it were, a certain withdrawal from the Law of God; and in the commission, a certain addition to it; in both there is a deviation, Deut. 4:2 and 12:32, Rev. 22:18-19.
XI. Thirdly, with regard to the object: sin is committed either against God, 1 Sam. 2:25, when it does no injury to the neighbor, Luke 15:18,21; or against our neighbor, or against ourselves, 1 Cor. 6:18. Yet so, that every sin, as such, is committed against the Law of God, and therefore against God — taken with respect to the trespass — even though it be also against men, taken with respect to the injury and wrong.
XII. Fourthly, with regard to the subject: sin is either inward, of the heart or mind, Job 36:13, Ps. 14:1; or outward, Matt. 15:19-20, of the mouth, Matt. 5:22, as of the deed, Ps. 14:1. In outward sins, however, an inward one runs together with it, Matt. 15:19 — and indeed so, that they do not make two sins (for to wish to commit theft, and actually to commit it, do not make two sins, but only one), but two degrees of that one sin — although the inward is very often committed without the outward. The inward sins, though they never exclude all inclination of the will, yet very often lack an antecedent consent of the will, as appears in the original stirring, and in those movements toward sin which are called first-first motions; sometimes they have an antecedent, but only half-complete, consent of the will, which occurs in the second-first sins, Rom. 7:15. But very often they have a complete consent of the will, James 1:15. And although from this several degrees, as of sins, so of punishments, would seem to be born, there does not follow from it, however, either a complete absence of sin, which would belong to the first-first motions, or various kinds of it — namely venial, which one would have to say of the second-first motion, and mortal, which alone would be proper to the second motions — as we shall speak more fully and at large, in its place, against the Papists.
XIII. Fifthly, with regard to the beginning: sin is either out of ignorance, Acts 3:17, 1 Tim. 1:13, when the sinner does not know that he is sinning; or out of weakness, Gal. 4:1, Heb. 5:2, when the sinner yields and succumbs to a certain temptation; or out of wickedness, or with a high hand, Num. 15:27-28,30. The first two kinds of sins fall also in the regenerate; but the last by no means, Rom. 6:12. With this division nearly agrees that of a reigning sin, in the same place — when the sinner shows himself to be a slave of sin, willingly obeying it as his lord, defending and upholding it, and unwilling to forsake it, Job 10:14-15 — to which is akin, though not entirely the same, sin committed with pleasure and delight, Prov. 9:17, 20:17 — whose opposite is a subdued and mortified sin, 1 Cor. 9:27, Gal. 6:14.
XIV. Sixthly, with regard to the degrees, comparatively (for taken absolutely, every sin is grievous): one sin is heavier or lighter than another, John 19:11, Ezek. 5:6, 8:15. For we do not, with the Stoics, allow an equality of sins. Now the inequality depends: (1) on the object — since, all else being equal, that is a heavier sin which is committed against God than against men, Ps. 51:6, in which respect adultery is also heavier than fornication. (2) On the state and condition of the one who sins, according to the greater grace, benefits, and obligation brought to bear upon him, Hos. 4:14, Luke 12:47-48, Heb. 10:26, John 15:22. (3) On the nature of the matter, Matt. 5:21-22. (4) On the intensity and slackness of the act, Phil. 3:6, 1 Tim. 1:13. (5) On the manner of committing, or the principle of committing — ignorance, weakness, wickedness, and depravity, Ps. 19:13-14. (6) On the circumstances of place, time, and the like, Isa. 26:10.
XV. Seventhly, with regard to the works and effects: sin is (1) either conscience-destroying, which cannot coexist with a good, quiet conscience, 1 John 3:19, or which draws the conscience away from its duty — to judge, to govern, to accuse, to condemn, to call for vengeance — being of such a kind, 1 Tim. 1:19, Hos. 4:2, Rom. 1:21,24,26,28; and although every sin, by its nature, is apt to produce all this, yet there is, by the grace of God, in the regenerate a sin which does not destroy the conscience — which is that sin, as Tertullian calls it, "of daily incursion," of daily stumbling, slipping-in, Ps. 19:13-14, 1 John 1:9; or (2) it is a sin crying out for vengeance, such as is named in Scripture: (1) bloodshed, Gen. 4:10; (2) withholding the wages of workers and hired laborers, James 5:4; (3) robbery, Hab. 2:11; (4) oppression and vexation of widows, orphans, and strangers, Exod. 22:22-24; (5) the Sodomitic abomination, Gen. 18:20; or (3) a sin against forbearance, Rom. 2:4, 9:22.
XVI. Hereto also belongs a venial and an unforgivable sin, Matt. 12:31. A venial one, not that it deserves to be forgiven by reason of its smallness — since every sin deserves eternal condemnation, Deut. 27:26, Gal. 3:10, Rom. 6:23 — but because God has resolved to forgive it, and also has sometimes forgiven it, namely out of pure grace, on account of the satisfaction of His Son, 1 John 1:7, Prov. 28:13, Acts 10:43. Now an unforgivable sin is one which God has resolved never, in its kind, to forgive: in its kind, I say; for as to particular determinate subjects, He has resolved never to forgive any of the sins of the reprobate. Such a sin, then, is recorded in Scripture as twofold: (1) a final impenitence and unbelief, Eccl. 11:3, John 3:18,36 — so called, not because it is in itself unforgivable, but because it does not depart from the course of sin, and is thus not forgiven, Prov. 28:13; (2) the sin or blasphemy against the Holy Spirit — so called, not so much because it is reproachful and blasphemous against the being or the personhood of the Holy Spirit, as rather against His office and economical workings.
The sin against the Holy Spirit: why so named
XVII. The nature and character of this sin we shall, for the service and use of troubled and scrupulous consciences, set forth somewhat more distinctly, beginning from the term. It is called a sin against the Holy Spirit, not because it is committed against Him alone — for whatever is sinned against the Spirit is, by reason of the communion of the divine Being, also sinned against the Father and the Son — but because it is committed against Him in a particular manner, economically (for it is an economical sin): (1) against the Gospel, which is a ministration of the Spirit, 2 Cor. 3:8, against which the sinner wickedly sets himself; (2) against the office of the Holy Spirit, to whom it particularly belongs to convict, John 16:9, to enlighten, to furnish with various goods and gifts, Acts 8:13, Luke 8:13, 1 Cor. 12:11, and to stir up good motions, Matt. 13:20, Mark 6:20, and also some measure of joy and gladness, Acts 26:28. Under another name it is called apostasy — not a common one, but a preeminent and outstanding one, Heb. 6:6; likewise a sin unto death, 1 John 5:16-17, because it, in intent, is never forgiven, nor can be forgiven. Especially, however, it is called a blasphemy against the Holy Spirit, Matt. 12:31, Mark 3:28-30, Luke 12:10 — a designation which is most properly its own. For it must be noted, that there are various sins against the Holy Spirit, but only one blasphemy, which is unforgivable. There is: to grieve the Spirit, Eph. 4:30, namely through those foul and rotten sins by which an honest man is wont to be grieved, and much more would the Holy Spirit be grieved, if He, by reason of His unchangeableness, could be grieved. There is: to resist the Holy Spirit, or to withstand Him, Isa. 63:10, Acts 7:51 — that is, to set oneself against the admonitions and motions of the Holy Spirit, most of all the inward ones. There is, further, to quench the Spirit, 1 Thess. 5:19 — which is, as it were, wholly to stifle His motions, especially the inward ones. And in all these particular points there is a sin against the Holy Spirit, yet nevertheless a venial one; but also so many degrees toward that terrible and unforgivable sin, namely the blasphemy against the Holy Spirit. In general, "to blaspheme," according to the force of the root word, means to injure someone's good name; but here it means that more grievous and terrible contempt and disdain of the Holy Spirit, and that wickedly, against better knowledge and consciousness — a thing which the Apostle, Heb. 10:29, expresses by ὑβρίζοντες, "doing despite," a word which properly signifies a wantonness and readiness to rebuke and to disdain. (Steph., Thesaur. Ling. Graecae.)
In order, therefore, more exactly to grasp the nature of this blasphemy, and thus of this unforgivable sin against the Holy Spirit, it will be useful, on the one hand, to state which things do not constitute this sin. (1) Not any kind of blasphemy, prompting, or temptation cast in by Satan against the Father, Son, or Holy Spirit — which even befalls the most tender believers, with the greatest abhorrence, at times; indeed it even befell our Savior Himself, in whom nevertheless no sin at all is found, though far less so. Nor (2) any kind of sin against the Godhead or Personhood of the Spirit, such as is observed in the Sadducees, Arians, Eunomians, Macedonians, who either wholly denied the Holy Spirit, or asserted Him to be a creature; in the Photinians, and in Biddle, there were indeed opinions and conjectures of blasphemy against the Holy Spirit, yet this was nevertheless not that properly-called, terrible, and unforgivable blasphemy against the Holy Spirit — because in it not only are lacking some of the requirements of this blasphemy, as shall appear in its place, but also because this blasphemy was not so much directed against His economical ministry and office, as we have said. Nor, again, does it consist (3) in any kind of sin committed against one's own better knowledge, judgment, and conscience: for thus Peter, Matt. 26:60ff., and Paul, Rom. 7:15,19-20,23, and other believers, would have committed that blasphemy, whose sin, however, is not for that reason commonly held to have gone unforgiven them. Nor also (4) any kind of sins against the truth of Christ and of the Gospel — because so many who know and believe those truths know them only in part, 1 Cor. 13:9,12. For many, in their very works, have sinned against the fundamental truths of Christianity — for example, the Corinthians, 1 Cor. 15:12, and Pergamos, holding the doctrine of Balaam and of the Nicolaitans, which nevertheless is called to repentance. The same might be said of the Galatians, ch. 1:6, 2:16, 3:1. Even the Apostles themselves were in error concerning a temporal kingdom of Christ, and the Apostle bids that such be called to repentance, 2 Tim. 2:24-26. Nor, further, does this blasphemy consist (5) in any kind of sin against the gracious motions and workings of the Holy Spirit, Isa. 63:10, Acts 7:51-52. And all fleshly men resist, in their own way, the Holy Spirit in His evangelical ministration. It may happen that they do so in their ignorance, 1 Tim. 1:13, Acts 26:10-11. And who knows how many grieve the Holy Spirit, Eph. 4:30, and quench the Spirit, 1 Thess. 5:19, Rev. 2:4-5, Ps. 51:12? Nor also (6) any kind of sin against restored and renewed grace. For true believers very often find in themselves their unconquered weaknesses, their doubtings, their terrors, their distracting thoughts, their disordered longings, and the like. Also they many times grieve the Spirit and quench Him, by stifling the motions of the Holy Spirit, by departing from their first love, Rev. 2:1-8, by falling into various shameful deeds — for example, drunkenness, Gen. 9:21; incest, Gen. 19:33; adultery and murder, 2 Sam. 11, compared with Ps. 51; by falling back again into former sins, Gen. 27:19,21, Matt. 26:72-74. Nor, again (7), any kind of wicked persecution of the Church and of the truth, Acts 8:1, 9:1, 26:10-11, 1 Tim. 1:13,16, Acts 2:36. All these things, therefore, do not yet make up that unforgivable blasphemy against the Holy Spirit. What, then, does constitute it, on the other hand? That we may investigate and understand this the more safely, we must consider and diligently weigh those passages of Scripture which are engaged in describing this blasphemy, Matt. 12:22,24-25,31-32, compared with Mark 3:22,28-29, Heb. 6:4-6 and 10:25-29, 1 John 5:16-18. From which passages, diligently and carefully compared with one another, this description of it will emerge: that it is a general and wicked apostasy of feigned believers from the truth, and from the common gifts of the grace of the Holy Spirit once received and obtained, unto a blasphemous contempt and disdain of the Spirit of grace, and likewise unto a terrible disparagement of the Son of God, and unto a violent persecution of the Christian truth.
Its genus, its distinguishing marks, its subject, and its terminus
According to this description, the blasphemy against the Holy Spirit, as far as concerns (i) its logical genus, is an apostasy, Heb. 6:4-6, 10:24-25,38-39. An apostasy (a) from the truth unto heresy, Gal. 1:6-7, 3:1-2, 2 Thess. 2:10-11, 1 Tim. 1:19-20; (b) from the purity of religion unto superstition and idolatry, Exod. 32, Acts 7:39-44; (c) from an intense degree of first love and zeal unto sluggishness and laxity, Rev. 2:4, Song 5:2-4; (d) from a temporal faith and temporal confession unto unbelief and ungodliness, Matt. 13:20-21, Luke 8:6,13; (e) from every common grace and confession thereof unto a wicked and incurable opposition against it. This, finally, is the apostasy of blasphemy against the Holy Spirit.
But as to (ii) its distinguishing mark — since not every apostasy is a blasphemy against the Holy Spirit — the difference by which this one differs from every other must be most carefully and cautiously observed. This difference consists chiefly in three points: (a) in its determined, designated subject — namely, only the feigned believers of the evangelical truth: such were the Pharisees, Matt. 12:24-25,31-32, the scribes, Mark 3:22,28-29, enlightened by the Holy Spirit, who had tasted the good Word of God, Heb. 6:4-6, who sin of their own accord and willingly, after they have received the knowledge of the truth, Heb. 10:25-26,29. Consequently the subjects of this abominable sin are not: (A) the elect, the redeemed, true believers, the regenerate, 1 John 5:16-18 — "we know that whosoever is born of God sinneth not," namely, a sin unto death; (B) nor the heathen, Jews, Muhammadans, together with Pharaoh, Rabshakeh, Tyre and Sidon, because they have not been enlightened, Heb. 6:4. Furthermore (b), in the characteristic properties of this apostasy — namely, that it is (A) general and total, not a particular falling away from this or that article of faith, which the Apostle seems to wish to indicate, Heb. 6, when, after the enumeration of the fundamental points of the Christian religion, vv. 1-3, he proceeds directly to sin in the New Testament, vv. 4-6 — nor from this or that gift of the Holy Spirit only, but from all the common gifts, enlightenment, heavenly taste, participation of the Spirit, taste of the good Word of God, and of the powers of the age to come, vv. 4-6. It is also (B) a final apostasy; for it is impossible for those who were once enlightened, and fall away, to renew them again unto repentance, vv. 4,6, compared with Mark 3:29, Luke 12:10, Heb. 10:26-27. And finally, (C) it is a voluntary and wicked abandonment, Heb. 10:26, ἑκουσίως ἁμαρτανόντων, "of them that sin willingly" — namely, not with every kind of sin, but with this one. Ἑκουσίως, "willingly" — among the Hebrews, without any cause — and with the most utterly given-over wickedness, treading the Son of God underfoot, counting the blood of the covenant unclean, and doing despite unto the Spirit of grace, Heb. 10:29. These characteristic properties do not occur each separately, but joined together, in that terrible and abominable sin.
As to (iii) the terminus of this apostasy: namely (A) the terminus from which — to wit, from the evangelical truth, long known and confessed; likewise from all the common gifts already long before received, Heb. 6:1-7, compared with ch. 10:26, as we have already said. (B) The terminus toward which, which consists: α. in a horrible disparagement of the Spirit of grace, whence it bears the name of blasphemy, Heb. 10:29, Matt. 12:31-32; β. in an execrable contempt and disdain of, and wickedness against, the Son of God, whereby (a) they, as it were, crucify Him again to themselves, Heb. 6:6, just as Judas, the Jews, and Pilate did, with such a crime that if they were to be delivered from it, a repeated crucifixion of the Son of God would be required; (b) they openly put Him to open shame, παραδειγματίζοντες, Heb. 6:6, compared with Matt. 1:19 and 27:39-45 — thus Julian the Apostate: "Thou Galilean," etc.; (c) treading the Son of God underfoot, Heb. 10:29, treating Him, together with His doctrine, in the most contemptible manner; (d) counting the blood of the covenant, by which He was sanctified, common, or unclean, Heb. 10:29 — the blood of Christ, that precious blood, 1 Pet. 1:19, that blood of the covenant, Heb. 9:15-17, whereby the covenant of grace is sealed, Dan. 9:24 — that blood by which not they, but He Himself, was sanctified — that blood they count αἷμα κοινόν, common, unclean blood, with which we are wont to be defiled, polluted, and stained, Isa. 1:15-16. Here comes, finally, γ., commonly joined with it, a certain violent persecution of that doctrine which they have renounced, and of its confessors — whence the Apostle seems to call them τοὺς ὑπεναντίους, "the adversaries," Heb. 10:27 — as appears in the Pharisees, persecutors of Christ, Matt. 12, and in Julian the Apostate.
The root or cause of its unforgivability
[XVIII.] It remains that we add here a few things concerning the root or cause of the unforgivability, about which the theologians are not all of one mind. There are those who seek it in the sin itself, and its natural detestableness, namely because they, by blaspheming the Holy Spirit, reject all the means by which He would bring them back to repentance, and thus to forgiveness: that this is indeed an excellent reason and cause, I readily acknowledge; but whether the Holy Spirit could not overcome and surmount it, I would by no means dare to affirm — especially since, where sin has abounded, grace has much more abounded, Rom. 5:20-21. Others seek the unforgivability in this, that this sin strives against all and every Person of the Trinity equally, since the Holy Spirit is sent by the Father and the Son to complete the work of redemption: but if all sins strove against the whole Trinity, then also to grieve the Holy Spirit, to resist the Holy Spirit, and to quench the Holy Spirit would, on this supposition, be unforgivable sins; and finally, for what reason would God, if He willed, not forgive a sin which is directed against the whole Trinity? I should therefore think it best to say that this sin is unforgivable by virtue of that very same cause and divine will by which all the sins of the reprobate are unforgivable — namely, because He has not willed that Christ should make satisfaction for them; just as, then, Christ also has not willed to expend His death for the forgiveness of this sin. This cause the Apostle seems to indicate, when he says that they crucify the Son of God afresh, Heb. 6:6 — that is, that they commit such a sin, on account of which, if they were to be delivered from it, Christ would have to be crucified afresh, since He has never been crucified for it. And a little more clearly, Heb. 10:26: "there remaineth no more sacrifice for sins." Finally I must warn and admonish, that one ought not lightly pronounce a judgment as to whether this abominable sin has actually been committed, whether by ourselves or by others, lest we cut ourselves off from prayer for ourselves or for others, 1 John 5:16, and moreover from the power to admonish, rebuke, or comfort our neighbor — especially since it is utterly impossible to trace out whether all the ingredients and requirements of this sin are present, at least for us, who are deprived of that power of testing and examining the spirits which flourished in the Apostolic age. This is perhaps somewhat more extensive than is proper, and not entirely proportionate to the other sections of this chapter; but nevertheless, as I think, not without just cause.
XVIII. Finally, eighthly, with regard to the privation of the opposed virtue, the best division of sins is made according to the righteousnesses of the particular commandments, from which these deeds deviate: thus, for example, the sins of the first commandment are two — atheism, whereby we have no God at all, and idolatry, whereby we have other gods. The sin of the second commandment is superstition; of the third, profanity; of the fourth, the violation of the Sabbath; of the fifth, disrespect toward one's neighbor; of the sixth, murder; of the seventh, lust; of the eighth, theft; of the ninth, falsehood; of the tenth, unlawful desire itself.
The generation of sin
XIX. Thus far concerning the offspring; now follows still its generation, or bringing forth. As the begetter or father we have heard is not God — who, just as He is not tempted to sin, so neither does He tempt to it; for He would Himself already be tempted beforehand to the sin, by the sin, if He tempted — but lust. The helping causes we have elsewhere named to be Satan and the world (as is evident in the temptation of the first-created men), whose working consists, not in a compelling, or in a natural production, but in a temptation, as is set forth in our text: "But every man is tempted" — whereby the good is presented to the one who is about to sin as excellent, the means of obtaining it as easy, and the danger as none at all. The generation, therefore, according to the explanation of the text, seems to be accomplished through three acts:
(1) Ἐπιθυμήσει, "by lust," whereby the senses are driven toward the object concerning which the sin is to be committed: the temptation is heard, the tree is seen to be good, Gen. 3:1-7. Wherefore, that we may be safe from sin, it is above all things necessary that we diligently and carefully guard our outward senses, hearing, sight, Job 31:1, and also our heart, Prov. 4:23; that we turn away our eyes and our mind from vanities, Ps. 119:37; that we stop our ears against temptations, that sin may be prevented from entering in.
(2) Συλλήψει, "by conception," which includes in itself (1) a certain dwelling of the mind and heart upon the object from which the lust is conceived, whence lust, Jer. 4:14, is said to lodge overnight, and whereby, as it were, a consent takes place in the temptation, which is evident in Eve's reasoning with Satan. Through this dwelling the heart is, as it were, filled with the object, John 13:2. Then (2) a taking counsel, deliberation, and consideration concerning the sin — such as that of Judas, Matt. 26:14-16, of Absalom, 2 Sam. 13:32, of Joseph's brothers, Gen. 37:20. (3) A firm resolve, whereby one stands fast in his heart, 1 Cor. 7:37, just as Daniel purposed in his heart that he would not defile himself. Finally (3) Τίξει, "by the bringing forth," in which is (1) a gathering and straining of powers, by which the sin is thrust forth, in order to yield our members as weapons of unrighteousness, Rom. 6:13 — just as the covetous strain their powers, in order to live to God, v. 11. (2) An undertaking and endeavor, persisting against all dissuasions, Ezek. 23:10, until finally (3) there follows the expulsion of the offspring, and the actual completion of sin: "then, when lust hath conceived, it bringeth forth sin," James 1:15; "sin, when it is finished, bringeth forth death" — as we have already, before, in the Explanatory Part, treated at large concerning this matter.
The Polemical Part
XX. It is asked: (1) Whether every man, except Christ, has, since the sin of the first man, natural powers still uncorrupted for all good, and can, by the powers of nature, if only he is willing, be free from all actual sin? The Jews, the Pelagians, and the Socinians hold this, and for that very reason also deny original sin; they assert that any man, if only he wills, can by the powers of nature avoid all sin. The Semi-Pelagians, the Remonstrants, and others — since they hold that man's natural powers have been bruised and shattered by the first sin — hold that a man, not indeed by his own natural powers alone, but nevertheless by the grace of divine conversion, if only he is willing, can be free in this life from all actual sin. The Papists, though they dispute among themselves whether the blessed Virgin was free from original defilement — the majority maintaining this for the sake of the honor of their devotion to Mary, the Dominicans alone denying it — nevertheless agree in this, that she was free from all actual sin. Indeed, the same men believe that every newly and freshly baptized person is free from all sin, both original and actual.
The Reformed simply deny that any man, except Christ, can in this life be free from all actual sin. Because the whole aforesaid contrary opinion conflicts: (1) with so many and so clear counter-testimonies of Holy Scripture, 1 Kings 8:46, Ps. 14:3, 143:2, Prov. 20:9, Eccl. 7:21, 1 John 1:10; (2) with the confessions and acknowledgments of the saints, Ps. 130:3, Phil. 3:13, etc.; (3) with the necessity of redemption and ransom through Christ, Acts 4:12, John 14:6; (4) with the very nature of sanctification, which by degrees so strives toward perfection, that it never, so long as we are here, attains the summit, 1 Cor. 13:11-12; (5) with the continual conflict between flesh and spirit, Gal. 5:17, Rom. 7:23; (6) with the continual complaints and sighings of the regenerate, Prov. 24:9, Isa. 64:6, Rom. 7:20, 1 John 1:8, James 3:2; (7) with what is presupposed in the Lord's Prayer, Matt. 6:12; (8) with so great a number of apostolic exhortations, Rom. 6:2, 8:12-13, 1 Cor. 5:7, 2 Cor. 7:1, Eph. 4:22-24, Col. 3:3, 1 Pet. 2:11; (9) with the general necessity of change and conversion, John 3:3,5, Matt. 18:3.
It is also of no weight or importance, what the parties allege for their contrary opinion. (1) That those who are in Christ are called new creatures, as those in whom the old has passed away and all things have become new, 2 Cor. 5:17. Answer: there is indeed spoken of a general renewal of all the faculties, 1 Thess. 5:23, but not of a renewal perfect in every respect. (2) That Christ dwells in the regenerate, Eph. 3:17 — "what communion hath he that has fellowship with Belial," 2 Cor. 6:15-16. Answer: for neither has sin in the regenerate any communion with righteousness, nor the flesh with the spirit, though they dwell together, since they strive against one another, Gal. 5:17, Rom. 7:19-20. (3) That they are often called perfect, and are bidden to be perfect, Gen. 17:1, Isa. 38:3, Luke 1:6, etc. Answer: for they are called perfect in an evangelical sense, that is, sincere, without any deceit or hypocrisy in godliness — because they also strive after a perfection in every respect, though they never, so long as they are here, attain it, as appears in Paul, Phil. 3, when he calls himself, v. 15, perfect, notwithstanding that he had just before, v. 12, confessed that he had not yet attained, nor was already perfect. Not to add, that the regenerate are called perfect, that is, full-grown, comparatively to little children, 1 Cor. 3:1, Heb. 5:12. (4) That whosoever is born of God does not commit sin, 1 John 3:9. Answer: that he does not make a business of sin, as a craftsman makes and does his work; that is, that he does not surrender himself to sin, does not serve it, and does not give himself over to it, but strives against it, Gal. 5:17, Rom. 6:19, and crucifies it, Gal. 5:24. (5) That the yoke of Christ is called easy, and His burden light, Matt. 11:29, 1 John 5:3. Answer: the yoke of Christ is not a perfect obedience to the Law, but the evangelical faith, joined with a sincere zeal and diligence to be obedient to the Law, Gal. 5:6; besides, if the Law is rightly understood, its keeping will be easy, insofar as the godly take delight in it — not that they attain it perfectly, Rom. 7:22-23. (6) That the Law does not oblige to anything impossible. Answer: it does not oblige to that which is simply and absolutely, by nature, impossible to man insofar as he is a man, apart from his own fault — such as, for example, to fly; but it does oblige to that which is impossible only in a certain respect, through his own stubbornness, to man insofar as he is a sinner, Rom. 8:3. (7) That all things are said to be possible to him that believes, Mark 9:23, Phil. 4:13, and consequently also to keep the Law perfectly. Answer: the first passage treats of the faith of miracles, which has now ceased, but which then could perform all manner of wonders, Matt. 17:20, although it could not immediately fulfill all the duties of the law and of love, 1 Cor. 13:2. The second passage gives to understand a power and ability to endure all things, but not to do all things, vv. 11-12. (8) That otherwise the way is opened to fleshly security and carelessness. Answer: by no means, Phil. 3:12; rather, the way is opened to a daily exercise of repentance, to humility, to supplications, to filial fear, to a readiness to excuse and forgive our neighbor, to patience under the cross, and to a desire and longing for the life to come.
XXI. It is asked: (2) Whether actual lust, with regard to its first-first motion, is sin? We have already treated of original lust, Book IV, Chapter II, §XXVII; now we must treat of actual lust. The Papists, in order to secure man's perfection in every respect, at least in the regenerate — though they note that the first-first motions also occur in the very holiest — conclude from this that they are not sins, because they lack all consent of the will; but that only the second motions are mortal sins, because they are committed with a full consent of the will, and that only the second-first motions are venial sins, because they lack a complete consent of the will. In this sense Bellarmine (Tom. IV, Lib. VI, De Peccat., c. 5) maintains that lust, by itself and by its nature, however it may be found in the baptized and the justified, is properly not a sin.
The Reformed, on the contrary, hold that all the acts of lust, even the first-first, are sins — for which the contrary opinion runs contrary: (1) to the clear and express words of the Apostle, Rom. 7:7; (2) to the clear and express requirement of the Law, Exod. 20:17; (3) to the force and exactness of the Law, which, on pain of the eternal curse, demands a most exact obedience, Matt. 22:37, Deut. 27:26, Gal. 3:10, and thus condemns all lust as such. Finally, (4) because it is the cause of all sin, James 1:14-15; wherefore it is itself sin, since that which is the cause of transgression is itself also sin. And they object in vain: (1) "it brings forth sin, therefore it is not itself sin" — for a man, because he begets a man, does not thereby cease to be a man; indeed, as we have said, it is for that very reason sin, because it brings forth sin. And (2) that it is said, there is no condemnation, κατάκριμα, to those who are in Christ Jesus, Rom. 8:1 — this does not mean that there is in them nothing condemnable, or no sin, but only no actual condemnation, since the punishment due for it has been transferred to Christ. Nor does it help the party (3), that in Baptism lust, insofar as it is sin, is taken away. Answer: that its guilt and dominion are taken away, we have said in the preceding chapter, but not with regard to its presence. Compare what we have said in the passage cited, Book IV, Chapter II, §27.
XXII. It is asked: (3) Whether there is a sin which, by its nature, does not deserve eternal death, or is venial? The Papists — in order to make their Purgatory and their indulgences more plausible, from which their treasury, and likewise their dominion, have so greatly increased — hold that there is a venial sin, which is beside and beyond, but not against, the Law, and which, by its nature, does not deserve eternal, but only temporal, punishments.
The Reformed, on the contrary, deny that there is such a venial sin: (1) because God expressly pronounces the curse upon every one who does not continue in all things that are written in the Book of the Law, to do them, Deut. 27:26, Gal. 3:10; (2) because whoever stumbles in one point, according to the declaration of James, is guilty of the transgression of the whole Law, James 2:10; (3) because every sin, however light and small it may seem to be, runs contrary to God's infinite Majesty, and by its nature seeks, as it were, to thrust God from His throne; (4) because the wages of absolutely every sin is said to be death, Rom. 6:23, and because he who shall have broken one of the least commandments is said to be called the least, that is, nothing, in the Kingdom of Heaven, Matt. 5:19.
What they now object: (1) from Matt. 5:22, "whosoever is angry with his brother without a cause shall be in danger of the judgment; and whosoever shall say to his brother, Raca, shall be in danger of the council; but whosoever shall say, Thou fool, shall be in danger of hell fire" — according to the manner of the Hebrews, taken from the fire-pits — proves and demonstrates nothing other than that there are various degrees of punishment, as well as of sins, but not that some, by their nature, do not deserve eternal death. Nor does (2) the Savior's comparison between a splinter and a beam, Matt. 7:3-5, prove anything other than that there are various degrees of sins and of punishments. As also (3) "wood, hay, stubble," 1 Cor. 3:12, intend not so much a comparison of sins, as rather a difference of erring and heretical doctrines; and moreover they reach no further than to various degrees of sins. Nor (4) does James 1:15 speak of lust as not leading to death; rather it is even recounted as the cause thereof. Furthermore (5), 1 John 5:16 does indeed mention a sin unto death — such is the blasphemy against the Holy Spirit — and a sin not unto death; but it is not thereby taught that there is a venial sin which, by its nature, does not deserve eternal death. And although (6) every kind of offense and injury among men does indeed remove friendship, yet the same must not immediately be said with regard to God, since we are much more closely obliged and bound to God than any man is to another man. Not to add, that a man does not, properly speaking, sin against a man, and that thus far punitive justice properly has no place here.
Of the so-called philosophical sin
XXIII. Akin to a venial sin is the philosophical sin, recently condemned by the Jesuit College of Dijon in the year 1683. The question, therefore, is: (4) whether the distinguishing of sin into a philosophical and a theological sin ought to be tolerated and endured? The Jesuits — who are, after all, flatterers, and in all things accommodating casuists, as Monaltius and others show at length — in order the more powerfully to win over the goodwill and favor of every man, and the money of the rich, say that there is a philosophical sin distinguished from a theological one. The Jesuit Stephanus Bougeant, in a disputation at Dijon in the year 1688, described philosophical sin in these words: "A philosophical or moral sin is a human act not agreeing with rational nature and right reason. But a theological and mortal sin is a voluntary transgression of the divine Law. Philosophical sin is committed by one who either does not know God, or does not think of God in the act; it is nevertheless no offense or injury against God, nor a mortal sin loosing and severing the friendship of God, nor deserving of eternal punishments."
To this definition his opponent (conjecturally, Arnauld), in his new work on Moral Theology, published in 1689, opposes this description: that there are indeed innumerable crimes committed in the world, and that will continue to be committed, against all shame and decency, against humanity and civility, against righteousness and other virtues — namely, fornications, adulteries, sins against nature, murders, ragings, revenge, poisonings, false testimonies, cruel slanders, thefts, robberies, and the like. Yet all these things, they say, can be merely philosophical sins, whereby neither is God offended and provoked, nor is an eternal punishment to be feared, provided only that those who commit them are ignorant of God, or, in the very committing of that crime, do not in the act think of God. They call it a philosophical sin, because it strives only against reason, which is governed by philosophy, but not against the divine Law, which is taught in and through theology. Its requirements they hold to be two: namely, that the one who sins either be wholly ignorant of God — and thus they hold that anyone ignorant of God, or an atheist, might be without sin — or, if he is not ignorant of God, that he at least, in the act of sinning, not have present to himself the thought of God. This sin, however grievous and terrible, some hold to be no sin against God at all, since it does not intend to do anything against God and His Law; others, that it is at least not a mortal sin, deserving eternal death; others, that even if it is a sin deserving eternal death, it nevertheless does not deserve the punishment of sense of that death, but only the punishment of loss, just as they say also occurs in original lust, if it is bereft of actual sin.
Their first errors and falsehoods consist in this: that they hold, according to Baunius (Summ. Peccat., p. 906), that sin is committed only voluntarily, and that nothing is voluntary except that which proceeds from a principle which knows the particular things in which the action consists; from which they infer and conclude, that deeds which are done hastily and precipitately, and without deliberation, are neither good nor evil; that, moreover, there are sins which are by and through themselves venial — from which it follows, that all the sins of the heathen, who do not know God, as also of the Deists, who do not in the act think of God, are venial, or rather, no sins at all. This is a brief analysis and arrangement of this sin.
The Reformed acknowledge no such philosophical sin: (1) because, according to the declaration of Scripture, every sin is deadly, and thus a mortal sin, Gal. 3:13, Deut. 27:13 — indeed that one who sins is guilty of the transgression of the whole Law, James 2:10-11; (2) because we have already, at length and of set purpose, refuted the supposed truth of venial sin in the preceding section, and by our reasons there have also, much more powerfully, refuted philosophical sin, which is properly no sin at all; (3) because Scripture expressly condemns sins of ignorance, Ps. 79:6, "pour out thy wrath upon the heathen that know thee not," Eph. 4:17-18, 1 Thess. 4:5, 2 Thess. 1:8, Rom. 2:12, Luke 12:48, John 16:2; (4) because it likewise expressly condemns and damns the atheists, who not only say in their heart, there is no God, but who also have no knowledge of Him, Ps. 14:1, 10:4 — who do not inquire; all their thoughts are, that there is no God — and Ps. 53:2, Eph. 2:2; (5) because a willful ignorance of what is right, especially when it is also conquerable, neither excuses nor exculpates, but rather accuses, 2 Pet. 3:5 — thus Augustine, Retract. Lib. I, ch. 15; indeed Aristotle himself too, Ethic. ad Nicomach. Lib. III, says that ignorance of good and evil does not make the deed involuntary, but wicked, and that through ignorance of the right and of duty the crime is not excused, but rather aggravated and increased; (6) because that which is committed against right reason is thereby committed against God and against the divine Law, Rom. 2:12,14-15, since the Law of God, which is made known through nature, is the very same as that which is taught by a living voice or by writing — for which reason the law of nature obliged the first-created men to obedience in the state of rectitude. What, moreover, if they are also (7), through the drive and heat of the passions, or in some other way, ignorant, or at least do not, in the act, think that their sin strives against right reason? Will it then certainly be no sin, which is a philosophical sin? Let me add (8), that those philosophical sinners will one day stand before Christ the Judge in the last judgment, either at His right hand with the elect, or at His left; for there is no third option: the former, I think and conjecture, the Jesuits, defenders of philosophical sin, will not affirm; and if they choose the latter, then they will assign to their philosophical sin the eternal fire, Matt. 25:41,46. I shall further add (9), that by virtue of the supposition of this philosophical sin, all manner of most abominable crimes — adulteries, murders, robberies, and the like — would not deserve eternal punishment, nor would they offend and provoke God, if, in the committing of the crime, the sinner did not, in the act, think of God, but was carried away and swept off by his passions, impulses, and lust, as commonly happens; or if he had no knowledge of God at all — what a blessed lot would then be born to atheists and the ignorant! Finally (10), by virtue of the supposition of this philosophical sin, fleshly men, who lie buried under their lusts, would be so much the less subject to the danger of condemnation, the more they are godless and atheists, and live in the greatest and most obstinate forgetfulness of God! Will they not even purposely accustom themselves to atheism and ignorance, and keep company with those who say to God, "Depart from us: for we desire not the knowledge of thy ways," Job 21:14?
The Jesuits try to support their philosophical sin with not a single testimony of Holy Scripture — which is a clear and evident sign of a most desperate cause. But if anyone should think that a proof and defense for his philosophical sin is furnished in certain passages of Holy Scripture, such as John 9:39,41, Acts 3:17, 1 Tim. 1:13, we shall answer in a word: that an unconquerable and not self-made ignorance does indeed excuse in part, but not wholly, Luke 12:47-48. Thus, when Christ says to the Pharisees, "If ye were blind, ye should have no sin," He does not mean thereby that through that ignorance they would be free from all sin, or from the whole of sin, but only in a certain respect, since they would then have been deprived of every pretext, or of every excuse, which was then furnished to them by their ignorance. The like at John 15:22. And when the Apostle, 1 Tim. 1:13, says that he did it in his ignorance, in his unbelief, and that mercy was for that reason shown to him, he does not mean thereby that that ignorance was the cause of that mercy, but only the reason on account of which his sins could be forgiven him, since they alone, by reason of a lack of knowledge, had not constituted the unforgivable sin against the Holy Spirit. As for their first fundamental error — that all sin is voluntary, etc. — we have already, before, dealt with abundantly enough, Chapter II, §21 of this book, and §20 of this chapter. As for their second fundamental error, concerning a venial sin, we have also, in the preceding section, of set purpose and at large, refuted it.
XXIV. It is asked: (5) Whether little children, prior to any use of reason, are subject to actual sin? The Socinians deny it; but for that very reason they also deny that they are subject to original sin, whether imputed or inherent — in order thus to maintain that little children are saved without Christ, and without His satisfaction. Certain theologians, because they hold that the rational soul is nothing other than an actual thinking, which either agrees with the Law of God, or strives against it, are compelled to hold that actual sin occurs in little children. The Lutherans, who teach that in little children there occurs an actual faith — and also, in order the more suitably and easily to be able to maintain and defend their baptismal formula, and what the newborn is itself said to do therein, namely toward original sin — hold that little children are also subject to actual sins: not indeed with regard to an antecedent voluntary choice, but nevertheless with regard to the unlawfulness, which also has a true appearance of an actual sin.
The Reformed, although they acknowledge that in little children there is, in act, original corruption, whereby they are by nature inclined to all manner of actual sins, so that they also carry the seeds thereof in themselves, nevertheless deny that they are properly subject to any actual sin: (1) because Holy Scripture teaches that they do not sin after the likeness of Adam's transgression, that is, actually, Rom. 5:14; (2) because it also calls them innocent, guiltless, Ps. 106:38 — for since this cannot be said with regard to original sin, according to which they are said to be unclean, 1 Cor. 7:14, nothing remains but that they are called innocent and guiltless with regard to actual sin, as those who do not yet know how to distinguish between their right hand and their left, Jon. 4:11; (3) because they are said to have done neither good nor evil, Rom. 9:11; (4) because to little children, as such, no Law is prescribed, against which they might commit anything unlawful — thus they know no Law, and therefore cannot conform themselves to any Law, nor stray from it.
The parties, however, object: (1) that the imagination of man's heart is said to be evil from his youth, Gen. 8:21, compared with 6:5. Answer: the Hebrew root word, translated "imagination," signifies in this passage the form and constitution of the heart in little children — not by reason of actual sins, but by reason of original corruption — only evil from its youth, Prov. 22:15. (2) That the human soul consists in an actual thought, which can not only agree with the divine Law, but also strive against it. Answer: (a) that the human soul is a thinking substance, which, the organs of sense being sufficiently disposed, can think, we do not doubt; just as it is a reasoning substance, not that it always in act reasons, but that it can reason, all things being well and properly disposed and constituted. (b) Even if we should grant that the soul in a little child does in act think, it nevertheless does not follow from this that it sins actually — because, as we have said, a little child, prior to any use of reason, has no Law prescribed to it, which it might transgress. Nor does it hold or avail, that its actual thought would be not merely non-conforming, but also positively contrary to the Law — since even the killing of a goring ox is materially contrary to the Law, and yet the ox is not thereby properly a murderer, nor does it sin by killing, because no Law has been prescribed to it, which it might transgress.
XXV. It is asked finally: (6) Whether God is an author of sins? Likewise, whether the Reformed hold, sideways or by way of inference, that God is a cause of sin? The former the Manichees and others of old held, by an open blasphemy against God, contrary to Holy Scripture, Ps. 5:5-7, and contrary to the nature of God as the highest good. And some among the Enthusiasts hold this still today. The Reformed abhor this so much, that they do not hesitate to pronounce the curse upon that opinion. And as for the slander, whereby all those who stand outside the fellowship of the Reformed Church lay this position to her charge, we have refuted and rebutted it more than once, Book III, Chapter X, §32.
The Practical Part
XXVI. The practice of the doctrine of actual sin consists, first, in the knowledge of it, Jer. 3:13, and indeed so, that we have a distinct insight: (1) what sin is — not only speculatively, as we have shown it in the Doctrinal Part, through its nature and heads; but also practically, that it is (1) the highest evil, above which none greater can be conceived, as being alone evil inwardly in man, exposing him to God's wrath and hatred; alone setting itself against the highest good; alone universal, however great or small it may be, wholly and entirely evil; alone estranging and separating us from the highest good; the cause of all evil — of the common or public, and of a man's own particular or hidden evil; of spiritual, bodily, and eternal evil; of hell itself, indeed worse and more grievous than hell itself — which by its nature seeks, as it were, to thrust God from His throne, whence it is not without reason called by the ancient Church Fathers a threefold murder: for it sets itself against the works of God, and has destroyed the image of God; it sets itself against the nature of God, which is simply pure and holy, whereas it is unclean, shameful, and godless; it sets itself against the will of God, for where He says, "do this," it strikes back against it and says, "I will not." (2) A most shameful evil, offending the most holy, most pure, and most glorious majesty of God, Ps. 2:4, which can be wiped out by nothing else than the blood of the Son of God, 1 John 1:7, through His most shameful and accursed death, Gal. 3:10; further, an evil which defiles and destroys both our soul and body, 2 Cor. 7:1, Isa. 64:6, and subjects them to its most shameful tyranny, Rom. 6:12. (3) A most ruinous evil, which robs us of God, of Christ, of grace, of glory, of heaven, of blessedness, indeed of our very soul, Eph. 2:12, and which exposes us to God's most terrible judgments, bodily, spiritual, and eternal.
(2) Let us seek to have a distinct insight, how manifold sin is — not only through so many kinds, which we have set forth in the Doctrinal Part, and through so many commandments against which they are set, but also through the almost infinite individual instances of it in a single man, so that here one must cry out with the Psalmist: "Who can understand his errors?" Ps. 19:12. (3) How great sin is — not only in itself and in its nature, namely the greatest of all evils, of infinite demerit, but also how much greater it becomes from the circumstances of the committing: of person, place, time, manner of committing, against conscience, against so many motions of the Holy Spirit, not out of a mistake and error, out of weakness and the heaviness of temptations, but with a high hand, out of a pure and simple obstinacy — and that not only in lighter offenses, stumblings, and delightings around sins, but very often in the most grievous and most shameful abominations, blasphemies, perjuries, adulteries, murders, thefts, lies, etc., Ps. 51:2,5-6, Ps. 19:13-14, Matt. 15:19-20.
XXVII. Secondly, in a sense, sorrow, and grief over sins, whereby sins and their heaviness and shamefulness are continually as if before our eyes, Ps. 51:5, that we may deeply humble and cast ourselves down before God on account of them, Dan. 9:18, be pricked, struck, and cut to the heart, Acts 2:37 — indeed, be utterly broken, Ps. 51:19, 34:19 — not indeed, as the Papists would have it, that the sorrow and grief be wholly and entirely equal to and commensurate with our sins, but nevertheless that it have, as far as possible, a correspondence with the gravity of the sins, if not in the act, at least in the affection; that our heart melt, as it were, with sorrow and grief, and be, as it were, poured out (which the Jews wished to signify by the drawing of water, and the pouring of it out before the face of the LORD, 1 Sam. 7:6), and, being poured out, testify and show forth sincere and hot tears, Matt. 26:75. To this end it will be helpful to weigh, on the one hand, the gravity and shamefulness of the sin or sins, Dan. 9:5,11, and on the other hand the weightiness of the guilt, and the desert of the punishment, there v. 14.
XXVIII. Thirdly, in a confession of sins, Prov. 28:13, whereby we (1) — on account of the gravity and multitude of our sins — being inwardly, in the heart, touched, pierced, and pricked, Luke 18:13, Ezra 9:6, Job 42:6; (2) with a deep humility, Dan. 9:18; (3) not only in general, but by kinds, by number, by circumstance, Dan. 9:6,8,10-11, and not only with the voice, but with the mind, without any deceit, diminishing, or dissembling, sincerely, Lam. 3:41-42; and (4) fully and completely, having thoroughly emptied out our conscience, Lam. 3:40-41, display and recount them before God, Ps. 32:5; (2) aggravate them, Ps. 51:4-5; (3) condemn and damn ourselves on account of and for them, and confess ourselves worthy of all manner of judgments and punishments, Dan. 9:12-13, Mic. 7:9 — because such a confession (a) especially tends to the glory of God, Josh. 7:19, Ps. 51:4; (b) to the relief and unburdening of an oppressed conscience, Ps. 32:4-5; (c) to the obtaining of the forgiveness of sins, Prov. 28:13, Luke 15:18-20, 18:13-14.
XXIX. Fourthly, in a hatred and abhorrence of sin, Ps. 97:10 — because (1) besides sin there is nothing which we may rightly hate, since everything, besides sin, from God as the highest good, has its origin, Rom. 11:36, down to plague, famine, wars, and all other most evil evils, Isa. 45:7. (2) Because God, who is the highest good, reckons sin alone worthy of His hatred, Ps. 5:5-6, Hab. 1:13. (3) Because sin alone makes us and all our best things hated and detestable before God, Isa. 1:14-15. Let us therefore, on account of our sins, (1) not only be angry with a placable disposition, but pursue them with hatred, that we may, according to the nature and character of hatred, with all our might and endeavor, stand for and strive after their destruction, ruin, and downfall — to which end we are commanded to crucify sin, Gal. 5:24, and to mortify it, Col. 3:5. And indeed (2) with a general hatred, not only against this or that sin, but against every kind of sin — not only against those which are heavier, and hated even by the ungodly themselves, 1 Cor. 5:1, but also against lighter ones, even to the very appearance of all evil, 1 Thess. 5:22, and the garment spotted by the flesh, Jude 23. And also (3) with an irreconcilable hatred, which rests not until its whole and entire destruction and abolition, Heb. 12:4.
XXX. Fifthly, in a fleeing from sin, Isa. 1:16, Prov. 28:13, so that we (1) circumspectly, cautiously, carefully, and exactly, always and everywhere, walk, that we may not be drawn into the net of sin — indeed so, that we keep our senses outwardly, Job 31:1, and our heart inwardly, carefully watched, Prov. 4:23-27. (2) That we take heed to the stumblings, falls, and sins of others, that other men's and strangers' dangers may make us cautious — for example, upon the breach of covenant and apostasy of the first-created men, Gen. 3; upon Noah's drunkenness, Gen. 9:20-21; upon Abraham's lies, Gen. 20:5; upon Moses' unbelief; upon David's adultery, murder, and pride; upon Solomon's idolatry; upon Peter's denial, and so forth — that we may not stumble against the same stone. (3) That we be diligently attentive to the fickleness and faithlessness of our own flesh, Matt. 26:41. (4) That we diligently and carefully observe and take note of the wiles and snares of Satan, 1 Pet. 5:8, his depths, Rev. 2:24, his devices, 2 Cor. 2:11, the crafty leading-about of error, Eph. 4:14, of the sophist not merely apprentice, but skilled, as Luther said. (5) That we carefully avoid and reject the artifices and deceptions of deceiving and seducing sin itself — in the offering and presenting of an object of offense; in the bringing forward and pressing of arguments apt and fitting for seduction; in the devising of excuses and pretexts, since there is no single crime without its defense and advocate; in the belittling of the most grievous crimes; in a thousand promises and enticements, such as are visible and evident in the temptation of both Adams — of the first, Gen. 3, and of the second, Matt. 4. That we therefore (6) set ourselves to suppress lust in the bud, that is, in its first-first motions, that we may not be drawn away by it, and, as it were, deceived with a bait, and thus conceive it, and finally bring forth both sin and death, James 1:14-15. To which end it will help and serve to examine well, and have a thorough knowledge of, the bringing forth and generation of sin, which we have sketched in the Explanatory Part.
XXXI. Sixthly, in deliverance from sin, Rom. 7:24: "Who shall deliver me?" — that we, being carried away by sin, or even enslaved to it, may be delivered, both from the guilt of the punishment, and from the dominion of sin. For there is (1) in sin a most shameful shamefulness, which defiles and befouls our very soul, 2 Cor. 7:1 — and so defiles it, that God Himself has a loathing and abhorrence even of our best works, Isa. 1:13, 64:6 — and this shamefulness can be wiped out by nothing else than by the blood of the Son of God, 1 John 1:7. There is (2) in sin a tyranny, a servitude, and a slavery, John 8:34 (whereby we follow its lusts and are obedient to it), harder than all the servitude of Egypt. There is (3) in sin an unspeakable misery, which, by God's righteous judgment, brings upon us — robbing us of all that is best: of God, of Christ, of grace, of glory; and casting us down into all that is worst — our very soul, into God's wrath, and into His judgments, bodily, spiritual, eternal, which Holy Scripture can portray and represent by no similitudes sufficiently, Isa. 66:24, Matt. 22:13, 25:41, 2 Thess. 1:8. That we therefore may be delivered from it: (1) we have need of a Deliverer, namely God, Ps. 130:7-8, Isa. 42:1, 60:16, the Mediator, 1 Tim. 2:5-6, Isa. 63:1, Rom. 3:23-25 — who came into the world for this purpose, that He might destroy the works of the devil, 1 John 3:8, Tit. 2:14, 1 Pet. 1:18-19 — the Holy Spirit, Rom. 8:23, Eph. 1:13-14, 4:30. (2) We must, with the most fervent wishes and desires, long for it, Rom. 7:24: "O wretched man that I am, who shall deliver me?" We must seek and desire the Deliverer with a living faith, Rom. 3:25, Isa. 45:22, and with the hottest and most ardent prayers, Ps. 26:11, 44:26, 2 Sam. 24:10.
XXXII. Seventhly, in the forgiveness of sins, Matt. 6:12, Ps. 51:3,9,16 — of which the sole Author is God, Isa. 44:22, Matt. 9:2; the Procurer and Purchaser, Jesus Christ, through the blood of His cross, Eph. 1:7, Col. 1:20. The means to obtain it are: (1) repentance, Ps. 51:4, Ezra 9:6, Dan. 9:8, which God absolutely requires beforehand, in order to bring forgiveness, Acts 17:30, 2:38, 3:19 — to which He promises forgiveness, Isa. 1:16-18 — to which He also grants it, Ps. 32:5, 2 Sam. 12:13, Luke 7:38,50, Matt. 9:2. (2) Prayers, which Christ, for the obtaining of forgiveness, has earnestly prescribed, Ezek. 36:37, compared with v. 25, Luke 18:13-14, Matt. 18:32. (3) The forgiving of the debts of our neighbor, Matt. 6:12,14-15. (4) The renouncing and forsaking of sin, Prov. 28:13, Isa. 55:7 and 1:16-18, Mic. 7:18-19.
XXXIII. Eighthly, in the mortification of sin, Col. 3:5. To which the following will be of very great help and furtherance: (1) the consideration and contemplation of sin, with regard to its shamefulness, servitude and tyranny, deceits, and misery, which we have already, before, at length set forth. (2) An abhorrence of sin, springing from this consideration, Ps. 97:10, whereby we crucify and mortify sin, Gal. 5:24. (3) Faith in Christ, Acts 15:9, whereby we are united with Christ, drawing virtue from Him, whereby we are crucified with Him, Gal. 2:20, and crucify the flesh with its lusts and desires, Gal. 5:24, so that we become conformed to the death of Christ, Rom. 6:5. (4) Repentance, 1 Cor. 6:11. (5) Watchfulness, Mal. 2:15-16, whereby we diligently take heed and attend to the first motions of the corrupt heart within, in order to suppress and extinguish them betimes, and to all manner of occasions to sin from without, that we may withstand the beginnings of sins, and thus stifle, as it were in the womb, the offspring of the devil — the like at Ps. 39:1, 1 Pet. 5:8. (6) The holy armor, Eph. 6:12, in which, as weapons to mortify the lusts, and as an antidote to expel the poison of sin, we must constantly and steadfastly use the Word of God, Ps. 119:11,174, as a spiritual sword, Eph. 6:17, after the example of the Savior, Matt. 4:4,7,10; as also the Sacraments, whereby the virtue and power of Christ is derived to us, by whose help we may mortify sin, Rom. 6:3-4; yea, above all, also use prayer, Eph. 6:18, that God, according to the riches of His glory, would grant us to be strengthened with might by His Spirit in the inward man, Eph. 3:16, by the help of which Spirit we may mortify the deeds of the body, Rom. 8:13, after the example of Paul, 2 Cor. 12:8-9. (7) The spiritual conflict of the spirit against the flesh, Gal. 5:17, 2 Tim. 4:7, whereby we set over against and exercise, against particular vices, their opposite virtues, in order to fight against and overcome those vices — for example, against pride, humility; against covetousness, generosity; against lust, contentment, and so forth. Finally, (8) the strengthening and fortifying of the mind against the particular assaults of the vices, with particular testimonies of Holy Scripture — for example, let us strengthen ourselves against anger, with the passages Eph. 4:26-27, Eccl. 7:9, James 1:20; against covetousness, with the passages Heb. 13:5, 1 Tim. 6:9-10; against pride, with the passages Prov. 16:18, 1 Pet. 5:5-6; against lust, with the passages 1 Thess. 4:3-5, Heb. 13:4, etc.
XXXIV. Ninthly, in thankfulness, to be shown to God on occasion of sins, Rom. 7:25: "I thank God, through Jesus Christ our Lord." That we (1) marvel at God's infinite wisdom and power, and adore His inexhaustible goodness, whereby He has known how to draw out, from sin — which is the highest evil in the world — the highest good; life out of death; heaven out of hell; an antidote out of poison; indeed, by virtue of which wisdom, power, and goodness of God, all things, even down to all manner of evils, even the infinite evil of sin, work together for good to the elect, Rom. 8:28, compared with Gen. 50:20 and Rom. 11:32-35. (2) That we acknowledge the riches of the love and mercy in Christ Jesus, whereby He has taken upon Himself the unbearable burden of sins, Isa. 53:6 — and that of all the sins of the whole elect world, John 1:29 — so that He was made sin for us, that we might become the righteousness of God in Him, 2 Cor. 5:21. How greatly, then, are we obliged and indebted to Him, who has taken upon Himself, not merely one particular sin of ours, which is of infinite demerit, and which includes and swallows up all evil in itself, but so many sins, all sins, and of all the elect, in order to take them from us, Col. 2:14. How is it not here our duty, to say with Bernard: "Thou art my life, I thy death; thou my righteousness, I thy sin; thou my heaven, I thy hell; thou my riches, I thy poverty." (3) That we feel the power of God, Luke 1:35, the power of the Holy Spirit, whereby He preserves us — who are beset and overwhelmed with so many sins, from within and from without, Heb. 12:1 — in the faith, that we may not sink down and succumb under our sins, 1 Pet. 1:5. (4) That we finally extol and glory in the infinite longsuffering and forbearance of the whole Holy Trinity, whereby He can bear, and so long can bear, so many who are defiled and befouled with sins, Rom. 2:4, Exod. 34:6 — and not only bear, but also forgive, Mal. 3:6 — notwithstanding that sin is in every way contrary to Him; indeed, not only forgive, but even make the sinners blessed, 1 Tim. 1:15.
XXXV. Finally, tenthly, in a particular care concerning the weightier sins — such as those which destroy the conscience, which are our delight, which reign in us; especially that terrible sin against the Holy Spirit — that we may rightly grasp, understand, and distinguish its nature; and then also, that we guard ourselves, from and against it, above all with the utmost care and vigilance, as that beyond which nothing worse can be conceived. But of reigning and mortified sins, a particular place will perhaps present itself for us to treat, in the Chapter on Sanctification, and on the sin against the Holy Spirit. Meanwhile, let those things which we have already, before, taught concerning the sin against the Holy Spirit here stand us in good stead — namely, that we watch with the utmost care against its first degree, namely the grieving of the Holy Spirit, that we may not, through this, be brought to the second degree, namely opposition or rebelliousness; and from thence, further, to the third degree, the quenching of Him; and from thence, finally, to the fourth degree, namely blasphemy — and thereby become unchangeably and eternally miserable.
Chapter IV: Of the Punishment and the State of Sin
Rom. 7:24-25.
"O wretched man that I am! who shall deliver me from the body of this death? I thank God through Jesus Christ our Lord."
The Explanatory Part
I. From the first breach of the covenant we have, up to now, considered the first consequence, springing from both sins, the original and the actual: there now follows the second consequence, namely the punishment of sin, from which our misery is born, and the state of sin — which the Apostle feels and bewails, Rom. 7:24.
II. In whose words is comprised a complaint concerning sin, and concerning the misery of sin, arising from the body of sin itself, wherein three things come before us:
1. A sense of misery. "O wretched man that I am!" Here is marked:
1. The wretched one. "I." He names himself, in order the more powerfully to raise up others who are sighing on account of the same misery. "I" — now already long since regenerate, I, an Apostle, one of the first among the regenerate, and, notwithstanding this, wretched by reason of the body of death. He does not, therefore, speak of himself as one still unregenerate: for it is not proper to such a one to know, acknowledge, feel, and complain of his misery.
2. The misery. Ταλαίπωρος, "wretched." The word is compounded of ταλάω, or, by elision, τλάω, "I bear, I endure," and πῶρος, "grief, sorrow." It can also be derived so that πῶρος signifies a kind of stony hardness, such as is in gouty joints, which produces the sharpest pains and aches. In the first meaning it will have the likeness of combatants, who, after having for a long time labored most strenuously and toilsomely for the prize or the victory, are at last overcome by their contending party, unless they are helped. In the second meaning it will denote one who feels his misery inwardly, and most sharply and painfully. So that in this one word are comprised both the misery, and a most painful sense of it. It is, therefore, a word of one sighing and yearning for deliverance from his misery.
II. A wish for deliverance: τίς με ῥύσεται ἐκ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου; "Who shall deliver me from the body of this death?" In these words is marked:
1. The Deliverer, who is sought and inquired after: τίς, "who?" For no man, nor any angel, nor any mere creature — nor even the Law — can do this: who then is there left, who might deliver me? It is truly no question of one who doubts; for he says, as it were in the same breath, in the following verse, who can do it; but he speaks as one thinking, in the utmost anguish and distress, how great, and how mighty, He must be who should now come to do this.
2. The deliverance: ῥύσεται, "shall deliver." He does not say, "who has delivered," but, "who shall deliver?" — to give to understand, that conversion and sanctification are never, in this life, so perfect, that there would be nothing more left to be perfected. The answer must here be supplied: God, through Christ, will do this at a certain time — to whom he accordingly gives thanks. Ῥύσεται, from ῥύω, whence the Latins have ruo, and from that the compound eruo. It signifies to pluck out mightily, and out of a present great danger or misery. It signifies more than deliverance: for those are delivered from a certain evil, who also themselves wish and desire to be delivered; but those are plucked out, who even themselves sometimes do not desire to be plucked out; those are pulled out of the water by force, who would perish and sink therein — just as David also plucked a lamb out of the mouth of a bear. Properly it signifies to pluck someone out of a dark place or prison into the light — which happened to Jeremiah. This deliverance or plucking-out now takes place, in part, through the ransoming or satisfaction of Christ; in part, through the application of the promised hope and deliverance through the regeneration, conversion, and sanctification of the Holy Spirit.
3. The one delivered, so to speak, or the terminus of the deliverance, from where: from the body of this death, ἐκ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου. Here is:
a. The body, from which he wishes and desires to be delivered — ἐκ τοῦ σώματος, from or out of this body. There are those who understand by this body the second essential part of man, this mortal body, or this mortal life, and all its toils, to which it is, by virtue of sin, subject, throughout this whole life — so that he would wish to be delivered from the mortal body, and to obtain an immortal body, through the resurrection of the flesh, 1 Cor. 15:53-54. Others better understand by this body, sin, Rom. 6:6, the body of sin, of which the Apostle in the preceding had constantly spoken, and indeed specifically, the original indwelling sin, vv. 8,13; the sinning sin, vv. 17,20; the law of sin, v. 23. Now he calls sin a body, because it consists of various parts or members, because it also has the seeds of all sinful lusts, and works them at the same time, v. 8 — whence the Apostle says, Col. 3:5, "Mortify therefore your members which are upon the earth" — and what are these members? sins: fornication, uncleanness, and the like; compare Rom. 6:12-13.
b. Of death: σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου, "of the body of this death." He calls that body of sin a body of death, because sin makes us guilty of every kind of death: of the spiritual death, whereby we are dead in sin, Eph. 2:1,5, and whereby we are unfit for all spiritual good, and inclined to all evil — whence "dead works," Heb. 6:1, 9:14; of the natural death, whose guilt sin also brings upon us, Rom. 5:12, 6:23, whereby the soul is separated from the body, and man is made unfit for all natural activity; and then also of the eternal death, whereby we are wholly and entirely separated from union with God, the highest good, and made unfit for all activities of enjoyment and joy in God. Meanwhile the Apostle seems in this passage to intend chiefly the first kind of death.
c. Of this: τούτου. This might be referred either to something further off, namely to the body, as if he said, "of the body, as it is in this wretched state of corruption and decay"; or rather, to that which is nearer, that is, to death — "of this death, in which I now am," whether it be taken of the mortal body, or of the body of original sin, under which I now am.
III. The exercise of thankfulness: "I thank God through Jesus Christ our Lord." Erasmus, and, following him, Menochius, read: "the grace of God through Jesus Christ," etc., so that it would be an interjected clause, as an answer to the question, "who shall deliver me?" — the grace of God shall deliver me through Jesus Christ. But there is scarcely one Greek copy which reads thus; a single one is found, that of Beza, which reads: gratia Deo, that is, "grace," or rather, "thanks be to God" — so that it would be a thanksgiving. All the other copies have: "I thank God, through Jesus Christ our Lord." Because the connection of these words with what precedes, as well as with what follows, is a little obscure, some judge that they ought to be placed, by way of a parenthesis, after the following half-verse, so that they would connect with the first verse of the eighth chapter; others read them better as a parenthetical remark, which, being left out, the remaining words connect sufficiently with what follows. In this thanksgiving of Paul is marked:
1. What, and who does something: εὐχαριστῶ, "I give thanks." Who does it, then? "I give thanks" — thus he speaks of himself in a parenthesis, certainly for this purpose, that he might exclude himself from the foregoing statements, in this sense: I have indeed, in the first person, out of a certain modesty, spoken as I have; but in fact, if I may and must speak without any disguising of myself, I am not one who would feel myself so wounded, hurt, and torn, seeing that God has delivered me through Jesus Christ — for which I thank God. Thus Grotius, following Origen, Ambrose, and others: but without any good reason, since the complaint, "O wretched man that I am," and all that precedes in this chapter, falls upon Paul just as much and in the same way as upon any regenerate person.
But what, then, does Paul do? Εὐχαριστῶ, "I give thanks," that is, he renders back all that is pleasing — with the heart, by acknowledging the benefits shown to him, by calling them to remembrance, and by continually renewing them in his memory, Ps. 103:1-2; with the mouth, by proclaiming and extolling them before others, Mark 5:19; with deed and with works, by requiting and repaying them, as it were, with all manner of good works, Ps. 116:12.
2. To whom he gives thanks: Θεῷ, "to God," as the sole author and giver of the benefits, and especially of the deliverance. I give thanks — to Him, and to no other, besides God alone.
3. How, and in what manner he does it: through Jesus Christ our Lord — without whom, and without whose power, I can do absolutely nothing that would be pleasing to God, such as is to give thanks to God, John 15:5; in whom, and through whose power, I, on the contrary, am able for all things, Phil. 4:13, Rom. 15:18; through Christ, without whom, being laid hold of in faith, nothing — and consequently also this my thanksgiving — would be pleasing to God, John 16:15,23-24; through Christ, as Him through whom alone He shall deliver, and has delivered, me from this body of death; through Jesus, as Deliverer and Ransomer, by virtue of His name and office; through Christ, as the anointed and appointed sole Mediator, 1 Tim. 2:5; through Him, as Lord, to whom God has given all power in heaven and on earth, Matt. 28:18, under whose feet He has put all things in subjection, Phil. 2:9-11; through Christ, as our Lord, who has bought us with His blood, 1 Pet. 1:18-19, who has delivered us out of the hand of our enemies, that we might serve Him without fear, in holiness and righteousness before Him, all the days of our life, Luke 1:74-75.
The Doctrinal Part
III. Wherefore sin, by reason of the punishment and the state, makes us wretched with a death of every kind. Or, that I may speak more distinctly: upon sin follows the punishment, and the punishment is every kind of death, and from death follows misery and a certain state of death. Each of these particular points we must explain a little more distinctly.
Upon sin, therefore, follows the punishment, 1 Pet. 2:16, Heb. 10:29, Jude 4. It follows, in part, by virtue of the divine Law, which assigns punishment to sins, in which respect the punishment has something good in itself, and is from God; in part, from the nature and the desert of sin itself, whence those who commit sins are said, according to the right of God, to be worthy of death.
IV. Punishment, now, is nothing other than a certain evil, inflicted by the Judge upon a rational creature worthy of it, not only on account of sin, but also for the recompense of sin. It is an evil, because it is a privation of the good — not of the honest as such (although God also does sometimes materially punish sins with sins, as we have elsewhere at large and of set purpose shown), but of the pleasant, delightful, or fortunate good, at least with regard to the sinner who is punished. It is, therefore, an evil, not merely brought upon oneself, such as sin itself is; but one that is inflicted and sent, because it belongs to vindicatory and avenging justice; inflicted and sent by a Judge and Lord, who has a legislative and avenging power, to avenge the violated Law (for otherwise one equal has no power over his equal); inflicted and sent, also, on account of sin, because it always has a regard and consideration for the desert of sin, upon which, by virtue of the offense and injury, with regard to the prohibition, and by virtue of the guilt of the punishment, with regard to the threat, the punishment follows. Hence a properly-called punishment has place only in rational creatures, in whom alone also sin has place, because they alone have a Law prescribed to them, which they can transgress. And yet also not simply and merely on account of sin — since even to believers, to whom, for Christ's sake, the sins are already forgiven, so that there is now no condemnation for them, Rom. 8:1, their visitations and afflictions are sent on account of and by reason of sins, or rather, on occasion of a sin committed, and thereafter no more to be committed — but also for the recompense of sin: so that it proceeds, not from God's love and for improvement, as in the fatherly visitations, afflictions, and chastisements of believers, but from His righteousness, for the recompense of the crime, so that it stands, as it were, in the place of the neglected obedience — for the Law requires one of two things, either obedience or punishment; and also from God as Judge, not as from a Father; and not for the use and benefit of the one visited, but for his harm.
The visitations of believers are not, properly speaking, punishments
V. From which it is then clearly evident, that the visitations and afflictions of those to whom, for Christ's sake, the sins are forgiven, are indeed, in a wider sense, punishments, inasmuch as they are sent on occasion of sin, Ps. 6:1, 38:1; yet that, in a narrower and proper sense, they are by no means punishments: but are either (1) fatherly chastisements, whereby not a recompense, but an improvement, is intended, Heb. 12:6-9, Rev. 3:19, 2 Sam. 7:14-15, 1 Cor. 11:32; or (2) trials, whereby the declaration and manifestation, as well as the confirmation and growth, of our spiritual state, of our saving virtues — faith, hope, love, wisdom, steadfastness, and the like — is intended, that believers themselves may be more and more disclosed and made known to themselves and to others, Gen. 22:1,12, Rom. 5:3-5, James 1:2-4, 1 Pet. 1:6-7, Deut. 8:5; or (3) martyrdoms, by which, through a valorous and bloody enduring of the greatest torments, the bearing of testimony to the evangelical truth is intended — for which reason the Savior Himself is also called that true and faithful witness, Rev. 1:5, and also His Apostles, Acts 1:8, and Antipas, Rev. 2:13, and Col. 1:24-25. Although, by an ecclesiastical usage, only those are called martyrs who by their death bear witness to the Gospel; while those who suffer and endure losses, damages, torments, banishments, and other miseries for the Gospel's sake are called Confessors. Or (4) there is intended, in the wondrous deliverance of the one visited, the manifestation of the divine glory, John...
Although it can happen that these four things — chastisement, trial, martyrdom, and the glorification of God — meet together in one and the same visitation, Hebr. 12:2-11; 1 Petr. 4:12, the punishment of sin is nonetheless, in general, death itself.
VI. The Punishment of Every Sin Is, in Particular, Death
The punishment of every sin is, in particular, death. Whence the names "a body of death" and "a body of sin," Rom. 6:6, agree with one another and are one and the same thing. Death is expressly threatened as a punishment of sin, Gen. 2:17, and is therefore called the wages of sin, Rom. 6:23, because through sin death entered into the world, Rom. 5:12. For since sin draws upon itself the highest majesty of God, and thereby a liability to the highest evil as punishment, it cannot be otherwise than that death should be the punishment of sin. This is especially so since the death of the rational creature brings about the destruction of the image of God, which the righteous Judge could scarcely have threatened apart from the desert of sin, Gen. 18:23, 25.
VII. What Death Is, and of How Many Kinds
Death in general is nothing other than a wretched deprivation of life. And life is nothing other than a conjoining of what must be conjoined, together with a power and capacity, born of that conjoining, for living activity. We have elsewhere said and shown that this life is threefold: a natural life, which consists in the union of the essential parts, body and soul; a spiritual life, which arises from the union of original righteousness with our soul; and an eternal life, which denotes a perfect union of the whole man with the highest good. From this threefold life the nature of a corresponding threefold death may, without the least difficulty, be constructed and derived. Each of these consists of two parts — a privation of the good, and a sense of the evil — as well as of two degrees, the beginning and the completion.
VIII. Spiritual Death Is the First Punishment of Sin
Spiritual death is therefore the first punishment of sin, according to which we are said to be dead in trespasses, Eph. 2:1, 3, 5, and alienated from the life of God, Eph. 4:18-19; 1 Tim. 5:6; John 5:25; Eph. 5:14. For since the spiritual life, springing from original righteousness, is the most precious jewel of the image of God, it cannot be otherwise but that spiritual death, being the highest evil, must belong to sin — a evil of infinite desert — as its rightful and proper punishment.
IX. What the Spiritual Death Is
Spiritual death, then, is a spiritual powerlessness, arising from the privation of original righteousness, to perform any spiritual good in a spiritual manner, coupled with a spiritual bondage. It consists, that is, in a powerlessness or inactivity; for just as life, arising from union, consists in an activity whereby the living being can act of itself, so death consists in a powerlessness. Yet it is not powerlessness of every kind, but a spiritual one; for notwithstanding spiritual death, man still retains his natural power and capacity to understand, will, and work, even though he is deprived of the spiritual. It is, moreover, a spiritual powerlessness not toward every kind of good — natural, civil, or moral — but toward the spiritual and saving good that is joined with salvation, Hebr. 6:9, at least so as to do it in a spiritual manner, 1 Cor. 2:14. And finally, it is not merely a powerlessness toward any spiritual good, but is coupled with a spiritual bondage and slavery, Col. 1:13; 2 Petr. 2:19; John 8:34 — a bondage and slavery, I say, (1) of sin, whereby man is so imprisoned under sin that he has no power to rise up out from under it, Rom. 6:16-17, 19-20; (2) of the world, Phil. 3:19; John 4:5 and 15:16, whereby he is exposed to all the enticements and allurements to every evil that are bound up in this world; and finally (3) also of the devil, Eph. 2:2; 2 Tim. 2:26, by which bondage he is enslaved to the power and dominion of the devil, through whom he works mightily in men, and in regard to whom he has a power and force of death, Acts 26:18; 2 Cor. 4:4; John 12:31; Eph. 6:12; Hebr. 2:14. But most of these matters we have already spoken of before, in the chapter on Original Sin.
X. The Nature and Quality of the Freedom of the Will
From what has been said it can, without much difficulty, be discerned and grasped what is to be held concerning the free will of man — whether it be, or is not, both efficacious and enslaved, and in what respect efficacious, in what respect enslaved. Freedom of the will, then (to use a word too proud among the Greeks, αὐτεξούσιον), considered in a natural way, is that power of the understanding and the will whereby we do what pleases us, after a preceding deliberation and judgment, in such a way that we are determined by no other created cause. It belongs partly to the understanding and partly to the will, in this manner: that the understanding judges and points out what is to be done, but the will commands what has been pointed out and judged, so that it is rooted materially in the understanding, but formally in the will. It does indeed involve a certain indifference in a divided sense (in sensu diviso), as they say, whereby — the consideration of God's decree and predetermination being set aside — man, at least by his nature, is indifferent whether to act and work, or not to act and not to work; yet in a composite sense (in sensu composito), with respect to God's decree and His predetermining providence, he is not indifferent, but is already determined virtually to one of the two; much less does his freedom consist in indifference itself. For in this way neither God, nor angel, nor any man, whether regenerate or unregenerate, would possess a free will, and consequently free will would be a non-being (non-ens). Whereas God is determined to the good, as are also the good angels; the evil angels, as also the unregenerate, are determined to evil alone; while the regenerate, together with all creatures, being determined at least by the first cause, lack any absolute and utter indifference. It is therefore rightly said that free will consists in a power and capacity to do something according to a preceding deliberation and counsel, or, which is the same, in a rational complacency. Although, therefore, it excludes an inward necessity of nature, and likewise an outward necessity of compulsion, it does not exclude a necessity of dependence, of infallibility, and of God's predetermination — for otherwise man would, at least in that respect, become independent, and thus become God. Nor is the necessity of bondage, whereby the whole man is enslaved to sin, John 8:34; Rom. 6:16, contrary to it.
XI. The Will, Considered Morally, and Its Fourfold Good and Fourfold State
But the will, considered in a moral way, must be examined and tested with respect to a fourfold good, and again with respect to a fourfold state. There is a natural good — for example, eating, drinking, speaking; there is a civil good — behaving courteously and kindly, and dealing with one's neighbor so as to injure no one; there is a moral or ecclesiastical good — such as diligently attending on divine worship, praying, and abstaining from gross crimes, Luke 18:11-12; and there is a spiritual or saving good — for example, faith, hope, and the like. And a fourfold state of man is also commonly acknowledged. In the state of righteousness, the free will was able to do all manner of good, and also evil; in the state of sin, it can indeed still do natural, civil, and moral good, but not that spiritual good which is joined with salvation; in the state of grace, man can do all manner of good and evil; in the state of glory, only good. From what has been said it is now easy to gather and conclude that there remains to our will a certain freedom, even after sin — a freedom essential to man's nature, by which each one, even of the very worst, does voluntarily what he does — yet not a freedom that is independent of the first cause, nor one furnished with power to perform any spiritual good in a spiritual manner; and that man's will is, in this respect, to be called far more enslaved than free.
XII. God's Moderation of the Rigor of Spiritual Death
Nevertheless, God moderates the rigor of this spiritual death and bondage: (a) inwardly, through certain remaining vestiges of the image of God and of original righteousness, Jam. 3:9 — so, as regards wisdom, in the understanding, in that He leaves to it certain principles of truth, by which man's judgment is guided, both the speculative and the practical; the former, through a certain knowledge of true and false, for example, that there is a God, etc., which is present in all who are not wholly senseless, Rom. 1:19, 21, 32 and 2:14-15; but the latter, through the knowledge of the honorable and becoming, and of the dishonorable and unbecoming — for example, that God must be honored and served; that each must be given his due; that one ought not do to another what one would not have done to oneself, Rom. 2:15 — from which things natural conscience receives a certain force; likewise with respect to a certain inclination and leaning toward the good in the will — indeed a vain, fleeting, even dead inclination, yet not wholly none, but rather such that at least the images and shapes of the virtues are, by all, honored, esteemed, and revered, 2 Tim. 3:5. In respect of both of these there comes an inward restraining grace, whereby sin itself is indeed not taken away or diminished, but its act is held in check so that it does not break out to the utmost — indeed, whereby also at least those who are more honorable have an abhorrence of the more wicked and monstrous crimes, 1 Cor. 5:1. (b) Outwardly, through all manner of aids of the state, the church, the household, and the schools, by which the license and unrestrainedness of sin is checked and curbed, and even an incitement to pursue what is honorable is added.
XIII. Bodily Death Is the Second Punishment of Sin
Bodily death is the second punishment of sin, Ps. 90:3, 5-6, 8, 10; Hebr. 9:27. For it too is not from and by nature, since it is itself a destruction of nature; nor can it be desired for its own sake by anyone who is good, much less by Him who is the highest good; just as it is never desired and sent by God for any other reason than on account of sin and to make satisfaction for it — wherein consists the reason and nature of a punishment. And it is not only itself a punishment, but so also are all its attendants and preparatory stages, such as: (1) the loss of vigor, health, and strength, Job 14:1-2, whereby the bond between soul and body, as it were loosened, and gradually dissolved. Likewise (2) the loss of dominion over the creatures, which, on account of sin, shake off man's yoke, and instead of being man's servants become his terrors, Job 5:22-23; Hos. 2:18; (3) the loss of the honor and glory with which man's life once shone before God and before men, Rom. 3:23; and (4) the loss of everything by which this life is sustained or honored, from which spring poverty, contempt, and disdain, Deut. 28:21-22, 27-29; Prov. 6:11.
XIV. The Gracious Moderation of This Death
And yet even this death is, through the overflowing goodness of God, not without a moderation: (1) some length of days and ease of life is granted to man, that he might thereby be moved to his duty, Gen. 6:3; Rom. 2:4; and he still shows (2) some vestiges of his ancient dominion, Gen. 9:2. Also (3) by the permission and allowance of God, he uses and enjoys the creatures, although otherwise, on account of man's breach of covenant, subjected and exposed to the yoke and to vanity, Gen. 3:17-18 and 4:11; Rom. 8:20. And indeed (4) those very creatures themselves, though from within corrupted by the divine yoke, are preserved for the supply of the necessities of human life, Ps. 8:1-9; 1 Tim. 6:17.
XV. Eternal Death Is the Third and Highest Punishment of Sin
Eternal death is the third and highest punishment of sin, 2 Thess. 1:8-9; Isa. 66:24; Rev. 14:11. For since sin, by reason of the violation of an infinite Majesty, draws upon itself an infinite guilt, this also demands and requires that an infinite punishment, as far as it is able to bear, be inflicted and imposed upon it. Consequently, since a finite creature — apart from the deprivation of the highest good — cannot bear the infinite punishments intensively, justice requires that it receive them extensively — that is, being infinite in duration — as its due recompense.
XVI. What This Eternal Death Includes
This eternal death, then, includes in itself: (1) an entire, complete, and eternal deprivation of all fellowship with God, the highest good, and of all saving good, Matt. 25:41; 2 Thess. 1:9; (2) a dreadful and horrifying fellowship and companionship with the unclean spirits of hell, unto all eternity, Matt. 25:41; (3) unbelievable terrors, anxieties, and distresses of conscience, arising from a remembrance of the sins by which they voluntarily and of their own accord brought those evils upon themselves, and from a sense of the divine wrath and vengeance, Isa. 66:24 and 30:33; Rom. 2:8-9; (4) unspeakable pains of the body and of all its parts and members, Luke 16:23; Matt. 25:41; Rev. 21:8. All of which shall receive yet a dreadful increase and augmentation, both from the spirituality and terribleness of the dwelling-place, which Scripture, under the comparisons of hell, prison, the abyss, the lake of sulphur, and darkness, scarcely presents and represents in any measure, Matt. 22:13; Rev. 9:1; and from the never-ceasing, unintermitted, and uninterrupted duration, unto all eternity, without any moderation or diminution, Rev. 14:11. Of this, however, we shall perhaps speak more fully in its proper place.
XVII. How Great the Misery of Sin Is
From all this it may now, in the second place, be sufficiently discerned and understood how great the misery of sin is — so great that it wrung from the Apostle, though in some measure already delivered from it, this most bitter complaint: "O wretched man that I am!"; and from the Jewish church: "Woe unto us, that we have sinned!" Lam. 5:16; and from Job: "Woe is me!" Job 10:15. Whence Chrysostom said to those of the Regular clergy: "Let us say, Woe to you, O soul — to what dignity have you been called by the goodness and mercy of God? What sort of estate have you forsaken? What sort of country will you receive, on account of your sluggish idleness?" That misery is increased and aggravated most especially by these three causes: (1) that all men are miserable, none excepted, Job 14:4, and that this compounded death has passed upon all men, Rom. 5:12; (2) that the whole man, with respect to his entire self, both body and soul, is miserable; and finally (3) that it is an utter and universal misery, to which all are by nature subject, Lev. 26:14... Deut. 28:13... And, what increases our misery yet more infinitely, (1) we do not know it, we do not feel it — indeed, we rather congratulate and applaud ourselves in so great a misery, Rev. 3:17-18; Luke 18:11-12 and 16:15. And (2) we cannot ourselves deliver ourselves, Job 7:20; Acts 5:37. We have nothing with which we might defend ourselves before the judgment-seat of the Judge, Job 9:3; Ps. 130:3 and 143:2. We have nothing with which we might atone for our sins, Mic. 6:6; Matt. 18:24-25 and 16:26. We have nothing with which we might appease the wrath of the Judge, Ps. 90:7-8, etc.
XVIII. The State of Sin
From all that has been said, not only in this chapter, but also of the whole book, it is evident that man, through the covenant-breach committed in Paradise, has been cast into a certain state of sin, death, and misery, which the text seeks to express by the body of this death. And the same thing the Apostle elsewhere also intends, when he so often says that all are under sin, Rom. 3:19; shut up under sin, Gal. 3:22; shut up under disobedience, Rom. 11:32; carnal and sold under sin, Rom. 7:14; to be in sins, 1 Cor. 15:17; imprisoned under the law of sin, Rom. 7:23, so that we serve sin, v. 25; and likewise, to be under the law of sin and of death, Rom. 8:2.
XIX. This State Consists, First, in the Privation of Original Righteousness
Which state most especially includes these four elements: that we, by that state, are, first, under original sin, Rom. 3:9 — that is, on the one hand deprived of original righteousness, naked, Gen. 3:10; Rev. 3:17, naked and stripped of the wisdom of the understanding, by which the same otherwise apprehends spiritual things in a spiritual way, 1 Cor. 2:14; naked and deprived of a holy inclination and leaning of the will toward the holy, so far indeed that the whole imagination of the heart is evil from its youth, Gen. 8:21; but on the other hand afflicted with the very worst corruption, consisting, with respect to the understanding, in a darkening, blindness, and folly, at least in divine matters, Eph. 4:22; 1 Cor. 1:18, 23; Eph. 5:8; with respect to the will, or the heart, in an aversion and turning away from God and from the divine law, so that man does not, indeed cannot, submit himself to it, Rom. 8:7, and a turning and inclining toward what is worst, Tit. 3:3; Eph. 2:2, whence the fruits of the flesh are recorded: adultery, fornication, uncleanness, idolatry, hypocrisy, enmity, etc., Gal. 5:19-21; Matt. 15:19-20; with respect to the passions or desires, in their disorder or rebellion, on account of which we are for this reason bidden to put them to death and crucify them, Col. 3:3; Gal. 5:24; and finally also with respect to the sensitive powers and the members of the body, in their voluptuousness, Rom. 6:19 — to such a degree that, with respect to the spiritual, there is nothing sound in man from the crown of his head to the sole of his foot, Isa. 1:6; Ps. 38:4 — as we have already admonished before, in the chapter on Original Sin.
XX. Second, in Spiritual Bondage
Second, they are under a bondage not only of Satan and of the world — of which we have spoken — but also of actual sin, whence we are called servants of corruption, 2 Petr. 2:19, and enslaved to the corruption that is in the world through lust, 2 Petr. 1:4. For (1) sin has dominion over the sinner — it βασιλεύει, reigns, as a king over its subjects, and κυριεύει, lords it, as a master over its servants and slaves, Rom. 6:12, 14 — so that (2) the sinner can do nothing but sin, in obedience to the authority and command of that lord dwelling within him: "sin that dwells in me," says Paul, Rom. 7:20; and that (3) he sins by force of that hard dominion over him — whence the expression, "to serve sin," Rom. 6:6 and v. 16: "Know you not, that to whom you present yourselves servants to obey, his servants you are whom you obey — whether of sin unto death, or of obedience unto righteousness?" Indeed (4) the sinner surrenders all that is his to bondage, presenting his members as instruments of sin unto unrighteousness, v. 13, and v. 19: "As you have yielded your members servants to uncleanness and to iniquity unto iniquity." And this bondage further seems to include these four things in itself: (1) an inclination and leaning of the heart to sin, which in Scripture is called living after the flesh, Rom. 8:1, 4-5 — so much so that in the flesh there is such an evil disposition and constitution that there is no sin to which it is not agreeable, and to which the sinner is not inclined, ready, and prepared, unless he be restrained and held back by reason — so that Acontius (De Strategemate Satanae, Lib. I) has said very well that there is no man in whom the seeds of every sin are not present. Just as a man, set at the top of a tree, if he lets go the hands by which he holds himself, falls of himself; so by this ready inclination and leaning we are even said to drink in sins as water, Job 15:16. (2) A giving-over to and in sin, arising from that leaning inclination, whereby the ungodly, (a) having become past feeling, give themselves over to lasciviousness, to work all uncleanness with greediness, Eph. 4:19; (b) repeat and multiply their sins the more often, 1 Sam. 22:19; Jer. 2:13; Hos. 4:1-2; Amos 5:12, and thereby (c) grow accustomed to sins, Jer. 2:24 and 13:24 and 44:17, and from this also (d) come to understand and speak up for sin, 1 Sam. 13:11-13 and 15:15; Jer. 44:18-19; Gen. 3:12-13. (3) A hardening in sin, a hardness — literally, a petrifying — of the heart, acquired by continually repeated and pursued acts, Matt. 19:8, becoming hard of face and stiff of neck, Ezek. 2:4, and making their faces harder than a rock, Jer. 5:3; 2 Kings 17:14; Jer. 7:26 — for which reason they are wont to be compared to those things which are the very hardest in nature: for example, to stone, Jer. 5:3; to iron and steel, Isa. 48:4; Jer. 6:28; to a diamond, Zech. 7:12. (4) Opposition and resistance against anyone who would call the sinner back, Acts 7:39, 51 — an example may be seen in Pharaoh, Exod. 7, and in Belshazzar, Dan. 5:22-23.
XXI. Third, in Liability to Punishment
Third, they are under liability to punishment, whereby they are subject to and worthy of punishment, and thus of death, Rom. 1:32, guilty and liable to condemnation, Rom. 3:19, under the guilt of an utter and universal misery — "O wretched man that I am!" — and thus under the pains and anxieties of conscience, which are worms that do not die, continually gnawing, and a fire unceasingly burning in the marrow, Isa. 66:24; under terror, and under a fearful expectation, both of manifold plagues and of death itself, Hebr. 2:15. From all this there also arises a fleeing from, and a hatred of, God Himself, though He is the highest good, Rom. 8:15 — a spirit of bondage unto fear, a spirit of fearfulness, 2 Tim. 1:7, of which we have spoken elsewhere a little more distinctly.
XXII. Fourth, in an Utter Powerlessness
Fourth, they are under a despairing powerlessness, Isa. 44:20, from which we cry, "Who shall deliver me?" and with respect to which we are said to be without strength, Rom. 5:6, for whom it is impossible to satisfy the law, Rom. 8:3, seeing that we are (1) ungodly, Rom. 5:8; sinners, v. 10; ungodly and enemies of God, Ps. 35:20; dead in sins, Eph. 2:1, 5; 5:14; Col. 2:13, having a heart of stone, Ezek. 36:26; (2) ignorant, unfeeling, and utterly hardened, Eph. 4:14, wherefore we neither will nor can. By reason of this powerlessness we can (1) bring forth before God nothing that might excuse or defend us, Job 9:3; Ezra 9:15. We can also (2) bring nothing to God that would remove the guilt of punishment, Ps. 49:8-9; Mic. 6:6-7: "Wherewith shall I come before the LORD, and bow myself before the high God? Shall I come before Him with burnt offerings, with calves of a year old? Will the LORD be pleased with thousands of rams, or with ten thousands of rivers of oil? Shall I give my firstborn for my transgression, the fruit of my body for the sin of my soul?" See also Job 7:20. Nor can we (3) do anything to reconcile God to us, Ps. 90:7-8; Matt. 16:26: "What shall a man give in exchange for his soul?" Nor also (4) anything by which we might be regenerated, converted, and sanctified from our sins, Jer. 13:23; Job 3:5; Eph. 2:5, 8. Indeed (5), not even the very least thing that would truly be good, down to the smallest good thought, 2 Cor. 3:5.
The Polemical Part
XXIII. (I) Whether the Guilt of Sin (Reatus Culpae) Differs from the Guilt of Punishment (Reatu Poenae)
The question is asked: (I) whether the guilt of sin differs from the guilt of punishment? The Papists, in order the more forcibly to uphold their own satisfactions for the punishments of sins — at least the temporal, whether in this life or, after this life, in Purgatory, unless aid come to them through Indulgences, purchased for the most part with money — maintain that a distinction must be made between a guilt of sin, which Christ has taken away, and a guilt of punishment, which each one must himself bear and take away through his own sufferings, unless he be helped by Indulgences. The Reformed maintain that this distinction is null: (1) because all guilt (reatus) consists in nothing other than an obligation to punishment, as we have shown above, and it is thus a distinction without a difference — that is, a distinction that is no distinction; because (2) guilt is thus something intermediate between sin and punishment, springing from sin and leading to punishment, growing out of both, standing in the middle, touching both boundaries (termino), and named indifferently from and toward both; finally (3) because this distinction is born of a godless supposition, one that derogates from and detracts from the fullness of Christ's satisfaction — not to add (4) that it also puffs up man, making him one who himself satisfies for the guilt of punishment; and (5) that it draws man away and holds him back from seeking all satisfaction in Christ alone, and thereby brings it about that he does not become a partaker of it, Rom. 10:3; Gal. 5:4. Nor can our opponents press anything for themselves beyond this: that the guilt of sin cannot be separated from sin, insofar as sin by its nature deserves punishment, while the guilt of punishment can be taken away from it. Yet this very fact does not teach a distinct guilt of sin and of punishment, but only a possible and an actual guilt of punishment, of which the first cannot be separated, but the second has actually been separated by Christ.
XXIV. (II) Whether, in What Is Deserved by Sin, Temporal Punishment Can Be Separated from Eternal
The question is asked: (II) whether, in what is deserved by sin, the temporal punishment can be separated from the eternal? This the Papists maintain, with the same design as they showed regarding the preceding point of difference — namely, to leave to Christ the satisfaction for the eternal punishment, and to lay upon each a temporal one, to be borne either here or hereafter in Purgatory, unless aid come by Indulgences. The Reformed maintain that the temporal punishment cannot be separated from the eternal: chiefly for these reasons: (1) because in the one threat of death both these punishments run together, Gen. 2:17; Rom. 5:12 and 6:23, and are in fact inseparable. (2) Because Christ takes away both by His one satisfaction, so that there is now no condemnation to us, Rom. 8:1. Consequently, (3) by this separation, something is subtracted and detracted from the worthiness and perfection of Christ's satisfaction; and (4) man's own righteousness is thereby established, by which nevertheless no sinner can become a partaker of the righteousness of Christ, Rom. 10:3; Phil. 3:9. Nor is this separation and division proved from the afflictions left to believers, and from temporal death itself; for these do not constitute properly so-called punishments, which would belong to a satisfaction, but only fatherly chastisements, which tend to their benefit — of which we have already spoken before in the Doctrinal Part, and shall speak in its place in the chapter on Christ's Satisfaction.
XXV. (III) Whether, in Eternal Punishment, the Punishment of Sense Can Be Separated from the Punishment of Loss
The question is asked: (III) whether, in eternal punishment, the punishment of sense can be separated from the punishment of loss? The Papists tear apart, for the sake of unbaptized infants, the punishment of loss and the punishment of sense in eternal punishment, so that little children dying without baptism might undergo the one without the other. The Jesuits, with this aim, tear these apart in order to leave to their "philosophical sin" only the punishment of loss, the punishment of sense being taken away. The Reformed maintain that the punishment of sense cannot be separated from the punishment of loss: (1) because every sin, on account of the violation of God's infinite majesty, being charged with an infinite guilt of punishment, requires and demands both these punishments. (2) Because Holy Scripture, as essential parts of one eternal punishment, always joins the two together, or never separates them — for example, Matt. 25:41; 2 Thess. 1:9; Isa. 66:24. (3) Because both punishments belong to every sin, even to original sin, as we have shown and asserted deliberately and at length above, Book IV, Chapter II, especially §27. And indeed the Popish opinion rests on nothing but false suppositions: (1) on the absolute necessity of baptism, which the Savior does not teach, John 3:5 — since at that time baptism did not yet have the standing of a customary sacrament under the Old Testament, being one that He afterward first instituted, Matt. 28:19. (2) That original sin alone does not deserve eternal punishments, which we have refuted at the place already cited. (3) That from the different degrees of punishment (with which actual sin, joined with original sin, is punished more severely than original sin alone) it follows that those two parts can be separated.
XXVI. (IV) Whether Spiritual Death Is Among the Punishments of Sin
The question is asked: (IV) whether spiritual death is among the punishments of sin? The Pelagians of old, because they maintain that the powers of the free will toward all spiritual good, even after the first sin of the first-created men, are not so much as wounded and impaired, much less altogether extinguished — and thus acknowledge no original sin — deny that the punishment of spiritual death enters in with sin. The Semi-Pelagians acknowledge indeed that the free will is wounded and injured, and therefore that it needs some grace, at least a moral one, in order to work what is spiritually good; but they deny it any death, or any total powerlessness toward spiritual good. The Socinians conduct themselves here very perversely, now denying that natural death is a punishment of sin — lest Christ, by dying for us, should be thought to have made satisfaction — and lest original sin should be thought to cause the death of infants; and again taking refuge in a spiritual death which they say is owed to sin, by which they nevertheless understand nothing other than a certain difficulty and burdensomeness in pursuing what is good — again, so as to preserve the powers of the free will, they deny spiritual death. The Arminians and Mennonites follow the Semi-Pelagians closely enough. The Lutherans, although they seem to acknowledge no powers of the free will toward any spiritual good, and thus seem to maintain spiritual death, nevertheless leave to the free will powers by which it can, in a positive sense, not resist the Holy Spirit as He endeavors to work the spiritual good — that is, opening and setting wide, as it were, the bolted doors before the Holy Spirit, by diligently attending on divine worship, praying, using the sacraments, etc., and thus so far obeying and following the Holy Spirit — which in truth and in fact denies that spiritual death is a punishment of sin. The Reformed, on the contrary, maintain that spiritual death, or the total powerlessness toward spiritual good, is among the punishments of sin. This, because all the aforementioned contrary opinions run counter and are at odds: (1) with the plain testimonies of Holy Scripture, Eph. 2:3, 5; Matt. 3:22 (recte 4:22?); John 5:25; Col. 2:13. (2) With equivalent and equally forceful expressions, by which a "stony heart," and thus without doubt a "dead heart," is denoted, Ezek. 36:26 — indeed, by which (3) a general powerlessness toward spiritual good is ascribed to man, 2 Cor. 3:5, which is without doubt of one and the same force and meaning as death. (4) Against the nature of the image of God (as that which includes original righteousness, and by which our soul was formerly quickened unto a spiritual life), which is taught to be absent from us, both by the Scriptures, Eph. 4:22, 24, and by experience. (5) Against the necessity and nature of spiritual quickening, which Holy Scripture plainly and expressly teaches, Eph. 2:5; Col. 2:13 — for where there is no death, there is also no quickening. (6) Against the necessity and nature of regeneration, John 3:5; 1 Petr. 1:3, which surely includes the bringing-in of a new spiritual life. The foundation of the contrary error lies (1) in the denial of original righteousness — for if the image of God did not confer original righteousness upon man, then that righteousness could not have been taken away by sin, and consequently man could not have died in a spiritual way; but since we have taught, in its place, in the chapter on the Image of God, that man received an original righteousness, this prop at least falls away. (2) In the powers of the free will toward all that is spiritual, which cannot possibly coexist with a spiritual death — but which we shall a little further on overthrow and demolish. (3) In that teaching of good works, which they say even the unregenerate have performed; but these, since they have been nothing other than civil, or at most moral and ecclesiastical, but not spiritual, neither assert nor prove that man is not, by nature, dead toward performing spiritual things in a spiritual manner.
XXVII. (V) Whether Natural Death Is a Punishment of Sin
The question is asked: (V) whether natural death is a punishment of sin? The Socinians, because they take away original sin — that it not be firmly established against them from the death of little children, who have committed no actual sin — and also to gain the point that Christ, by not dying, would not have made satisfaction for our sins, deny that natural death is a punishment of sin; on the contrary they say that natural or bodily death is merely a consequence of nature. This error we have refuted above, Book III, Chapter IX, §33 and 42, with arguments both for and against.
XXVIII. (VI) Whether Eternal Death Is a Total Annihilation of the Dying
The question is asked: (VI) whether eternal death is a total annihilation of the one who dies? The later Jews, for what reason I know not, unless it be the more effectually to support Sadduceeism against the Phariseeism, as well as Epicureanism, maintain that eternal death is nothing other than a total annihilation of the dying. (See Rabbi Kimchi on Ps. 1 and Isa. 26; Rabbi Saadia on Dan. 12, according to Manasseh ben Israel, De Resurrectione, Lib. III, Cap. 8.) Some of the duller Socinians likewise maintain that eternal death, at least of the ungodly, is nothing other than a death of non-existence; while others of the same stripe say that the death of some, both the pious and the ungodly, is a passage into a state of non-existence, out of which they shall return, by the resurrection, into a state of existence. The Reformed, on the contrary, hold that in eternal death an existence is presupposed, both of the soul after natural death, and of the body after the resurrection and the last judgment. This, because (1) Holy Scripture not only testifies that the pious shall rise, but also the ungodly, Dan. 12:2; John 5:25; Rev. 20:12-15; Acts 24:15. Because also (2) Scripture ascribes to souls, after death, pains and sorrows, 2 Thess. 1:8-9; Matt. 25:40, 46. Because (3) sin, wounding God's infinite majesty, and thereby drawing upon itself an infinite guilt of punishment, cannot, apart from an infinite loss, sustain and bear any other infinite punishment than in respect of duration — for a finite creature does not contain the infinite intensively. Not to add (4) that eternal death, of which Holy Scripture generally speaks, is not a death that ceases — for even the irrational creatures are not said to die eternally, but only once, Hebr. 9:27. Nor does it avail anything that they object: (1) that only believers are said in Holy Scripture to rise, 1 Thess. 4:14; 1 Cor. 15:23; John 6:39-40, 44, 47; Luke 20:35. Answer: it is false that only believers shall rise; nor do the cited places say this either — rather, that believers alone shall rise, namely through Christ and for Christ's sake, unto eternal life, but not that unbelievers shall not rise unto shame and everlasting contempt — for otherwise the clear and plain confession of the Apostle speaks, Acts 24:15, etc. (2) That the rational soul is either not a substance, and therefore falls with the dying body itself; or, if it is a substance, that it is not distinct from the Divine Being, being as it were a particle of it, which therefore, through death, falls back into God, Eccl. 12:7. Answer: both of these suppositions are false and impious. The first we have refuted, Book III, Chapter IX, §6 and 15. The second is even blasphemous: (a) because it makes the divine substance composite and divisible, since each individual man would then contain a particle of it; (b) because it makes every individual man, even the very worst and most ungodly, be God in his chief part; moreover (c) since every crime and monstrous deed flows out of the soul, Matt. 15:19, God, who is the highest good, would then become the cause of every crime and monstrous deed, against Ps. 5:5-6. Nor (d) is it taught, Eccl. 12:7, that the soul, as a particle of the Divine Being, falls back after death into God, but that it returns to its Creator, to receive punishment or reward from the Judge. What our opponents are further wont to allege for the mortality of souls, we have refuted at the place already cited. Cf. the celebrated Hoornbeek, Socin. Confut., Tom. III, Lib. V, Cap. 8.
XXIX. (VII) Whether Natural Death and All the Temporal Afflictions of True Believers Are Properly So-Called Punishments
The question is asked: (VII) whether natural death, and all the temporal afflictions of true believers, are properly so-called punishments, for which Christ has not made satisfaction? The Papists, in order to make room for their own satisfactions, to be paid either here or hereafter in Purgatory, unless Indulgences intervene, deny that temporal afflictions and visitations are properly so-called punishments, for which Christ has made satisfaction to sin. Among the Reformed, a certain theologian has of late, though on other grounds, likewise denied this; we have examined that opinion deliberately and at length, both for and against, Book II, Chapter XVIII, §14.
XXX. (VIII) Whether the Freedom of the Will Excludes Not Only All Necessity, but Also Certainty and Infallibility of Outcome
The question is asked: (VIII) whether the freedom of the will excludes not only all necessity, but also the certainty and infallibility of the outcome, of a voluntary act? The Pelagians and Semi-Pelagians, the Socinians, the Jesuits, the Arminians, and most others, in order to maintain a free will that is absolutely self-determining and indifferent, indeed absolutely independent, hold that freedom excludes not only every necessity, but also the certainty and infallibility of the outcome. All the Reformed exclude a natural necessity (whereby a man is, by and through his own nature, determined to his willed act, as, for example, the sun is determined to shine) from the free will; but a necessity of dependence upon God as the first cause; of infallibility, by force of the eternal decree; of predetermination, by force of God's governing providence; of bondage, arising from sin — these they allow. Others, again, when they say that something happens necessarily, mean by this only that it happens so, because it is determined by the proximate cause, by itself and by its own nature, to this effect — as fire necessarily burns; these freely and readily grant that all necessity is excluded from the freedom of the will, but they deny that a certainty and infallibility of outcome cannot coexist with it: (1) because from the divine independence, the unchangeableness of God's decree, and from the divine providence, predetermining each particular thing to act — a certainty and infallibility of a free and voluntary outcome cannot but be born of such a nature. (2) Because Scripture joins such a certainty and infallibility together with freedom, 1 Cor. 9:16; John 15:5; Matt. 18:7; 1 Cor. 11:17 (?); Prov. 21:1 and 16:1, 9; Jer. 10:23; Phil. 2:12. (3) Because Scripture and right reason make all creatures, and thus also the free will, depend upon the first and highest cause, Acts 17:28 — otherwise God would not have a natural absolute dominion over our free will. (4) Because that same Scripture teaches that everything that happens, however free and voluntary, was infallibly foreknown by God by force of an eternal decree, Acts 15:18; Eph. 1:11; Acts 2:23 and 4:28. (5) Because our opponents themselves are compelled to acknowledge that a necessity is not contrary to freedom — both a necessity of consequence, insofar as everything that happens, while it happens, happens necessarily, and a necessity of dependence upon the last judgment of the practical understanding (ab ultimo judicio intellectus practici) — wherefore no necessity whatsoever is contrary to it. Nor is it of any consequence that our opponents allege to the contrary: (1) that the free will is a principle of choice, or a power to choose, which cannot be understood to coexist with a necessity or determination to only one thing. Answer: the power to choose, though it cannot indeed be understood to coexist with a natural and inward necessity and determination, nor with the necessity of any created cause, can nevertheless be understood to coexist with the certainty and infallibility of the outcome, on account of the general dependence upon a first predetermining cause, Prov. 21:1; Phil. 3:12 (recte 2:13). (2) That it is said in Ecclesiasticus 15:14-15: "God left man in the hand of his own counsel: and said, If you will, you shall keep the commandments, and perform acceptable faithfulness." Answer: apart from the fact that this is a passage from an Apocryphal book, and also corrupted, as appears from the diversity and disagreement of the editions — it does not even say that the certainty and infallibility of the outcome is contrary to the freedom of the will, but only that obedience flows from a free will.
XXXI. (IX) Whether the Freedom of the Will Consists in a Bare, Independent Indifference
The question is asked: (IX) whether the freedom of the will consists in a bare, and indeed independent, indifference? The Pelagians and Semi-Pelagians, the Socinians, Jesuits, Remonstrants, Mennonites, and others, in order to have a free will that is purely self-determining, say that it consists solely in a bare, and even an independent, indifference. The Reformed, although they allow in the freedom of the will a certain independent indifference — that, namely, whereby it is indifferent to a natural determination, to compulsion, and to a necessary determination arising from the creature or from the object — nevertheless deny that it consists in indifference, and indeed in an independent indifference; rather, they say that it consists in a power to do something with deliberation, with premeditated counsel, after a preceding consideration, and with a rational complacency: (1) because, on the opinion of our opponents, there would be no free will at all in the whole world — since neither is God indifferent to good and evil, 2 Tim. 2:13; Jam. 1:13, 17; nor is Christ; nor the good angels, nor the evil angels, indifferent to good and evil; nor the glorified men in heaven, as being determined to the good; nor, on the contrary, the unregenerate, who can do nothing but evil; nor the regenerate, who, though they can now do both good and evil, are nevertheless not equally indifferent to both. Not to say that all these, God alone excepted, are determined by the divine decree and by the divine influence. Since, then, all these — notwithstanding they lack an indifference — are without doubt endowed with a free will, it remains beyond all doubt that free will does not consist in a bare indifference. (2) The will is determined inwardly by the last judgment of the practical understanding, and outwardly by divine providence, and yet it is and remains free; consequently freedom, and the certainty and infallibility of the outcome, run together, as we have taught in the preceding paragraph; freedom does not, then, consist in indifference. I say (3) that the proofs alleged for the contrary opinion are of no weight whatsoever. For example, the first: the will is truly free, and consequently indifferent — this begs the question, as they say, or is a repetition of the same thing; for we deny that it is for that very reason indifferent because it is free — since, for example, God's will is free, and yet not indifferent to good and to evil. The second: that man is a lord of his own acts — this does not prove it, since God too is a lord of His own acts, and yet is not indifferent. The third: that God, by predetermining and thereby removing the indifference, would become a cause of sin — it being well understood only that God is the cause of the act itself, in which sin inheres (since He predetermines only to the act), but not of the sin or unlawfulness itself, which is in the act.
XXXII. (X) Whether the Free Will, Before Regeneration, Has Powers Whereby It Can Perform Any Spiritual Good, Even in a Spiritual Manner
The question is asked: (X) whether the free will, before regeneration, has powers whereby it might perform some spiritual good, even in a spiritual manner? The Pelagians, holding that the powers of the free will remained wholly unimpaired by the first sin, maintain this without qualification. The Semi-Pelagians, the Jesuits, the Arminians, the Mennonites, and others, since they acknowledge that these powers are impaired, injured, and wounded, do indeed maintain that man, by the powers of his free will, can — if only he will — but with difficulty and hardship. The Reformed deny it — namely, that man's will, before regeneration, can perform any spiritual good in a spiritual way. (1) Because Scripture flatly says that man's will, before regeneration, is (1) powerless toward the good, at least toward such a good as is spiritual, Jer. 13:23; Matt. 7:18 and 12:34; John 12:40 (?); (2) inclined to evil, Gen. 6:5 and 8:21; Jer. 17:9; Matt. 15:19; Rom. 1:24, 26, 28 and 3:13-14; Tit. 3:3; and is thus (3) accused, on account of the guilt of corrupted nature, Job 14:4 and 15:14, 16; Isa. 48:8; John 3:6; Eph. 2:3. (2) Because man is said to be a servant of sin, and free from righteousness, Rom. 6:20; John 5(?):34-36 (recte); Rom. 6:12-13 and 7:14; 2 Tim. 2:26; Tit. 3:3; 2 Petr. 2:19. (3) Because man is by nature said to be dead in sins, Eph. 2:1, 3, 5, and to carry about with him a heart of stone, Ezek. 36:26. (4) Because all men need to be made alive, Eph. 2:5, and to be born again, John 3:5. Nor does it stand against this: (1) that in Scripture this power seems sometimes to be ascribed to the will of the unregenerate, Deut. 30:15, 19; Josh. 24:15; Luke 6:32-34; Rom. 2:14; 1 Cor. 7:35 (?); 2 Cor. 9:7, etc. For either (a) this is not ascribed to the unregenerate, but to the people of God, who profess to be regenerate, and among whom there also were very many truly regenerate — thus in Deut. 30:15, 19; Josh. 24:15; 1 Cor. 7:35; 2 Cor. 9:7 — or (b) what is ascribed to the unregenerate is not a spiritual good: thus Luke 6:32-34; Rom. 2:14. Of much the same weight is what they (2) object — that a certain indifferent exercise of good and evil is ascribed to the unregenerate (so by testimonies and examples, Rom. 2:14; Matt. 5:47; Luke 6:32-34; Exod. 1:21; Josh. 2:9; Dan. 4:24 — and among the heathen, in Aristides, Socrates, Scipio, Seneca, and others) — as also by experience. For the good that is ascribed to the unregenerate either was not a true good, but only an image of it; or, if it was a true good, at least it was not a spiritual good, done in a spiritual manner — since it was not done to the glory of God, but to their own glory; not according to the prescription of God's will, but according to their own opinion, or that of others; nor out of a regenerate and believing heart, but out of their own desire for honor, advantage, and the like. Of the same stripe also is what they (3) urge — that if these were not truly good works, it would then have been better to have left them undone. Answer: by no means, for they are (a) in themselves truly good, but evil through and by the circumstances; and they are (b) good indeed, though not spiritual, nor good in a spiritual manner. Nor is it (4) fruitless that they say that the unregenerate are urged and challenged, by the divine commands, to spiritually good things, but that they are not urged and challenged in vain, and that they can therefore do what they are urged and called to. For those who are urged and challenged at a time when they cannot yet do what must be done, are not for that reason forthwith urged and challenged in vain — since it may happen that they, through that urging, challenge, and invitation, (a) are prepared for conversion, Jer. 5:21, compared with 6:8; Matt. 3:2; indeed (b) that they are converted by it, as by an instrument, 1 Petr. 1:23; John 1:18(?); or that (c) the ungodly are formed to an outward obedience, Rom. 2:14; Gen. 20:6-7; or that (d) their hypocrisy is uncovered, Luke 11:34-35; 1 Cor. 1:27; at least (e) that they are rendered inexcusable, John 15:22; Rom. 1:20; and finally (f) that it may serve the highest end and use — the glorification, on the one hand, of God's mercy toward the elect, 2 Petr. 3:9, and on the other of His justice toward the reprobate, Rom. 2:4, etc.
XXXIII. (XI) Whether the Free Will of an Unregenerate Man Can, if Not Work Regeneration for Itself, at Least Positively Not Resist the Holy Spirit as He Endeavors to Work It
The question is asked: (XI) whether the free will of an unregenerate man can, if not work regeneration for itself, at least, when the Holy Spirit endeavors to work it, positively not resist Him? The Lutherans, not wishing to contradict Luther openly, who in his golden little book Of the Bondage of the Will (De Servo Arbitrio) maintains that man is by nature dead toward spiritual good — while they nevertheless say that man's will does something in order to obtain its own conversion — maintain that the Holy Spirit alone works conversion, but that nevertheless the free will can positively not resist the Holy Spirit as He endeavors to work conversion — that is, that it can remove the obstacles and hindrances before the Holy Spirit, allow Him room, by using the spiritual good — through diligently attending on divine worship, hearing the Word, praying, and the like as means of conversion. The Reformed, though they agree that an unregenerate man can, in a negative sense, not resist — just as a man who is naturally dead cannot resist Him who is about to make him alive — although they likewise grant that an unregenerate man can diligently attend divine worship, pray, and do other outward things, nevertheless deny that he does not, in a positive sense, resist; they deny likewise that an unregenerate man performs those outward good things by the pure and sole powers of the free will, but by a certain common grace, of which Paul speaks, Hebr. 6:4-6. Namely, because (1) not to resist in a positive sense is as much as to follow and obey the Spirit, which a natural man cannot do, Rom. 8:7. Because (2) Scripture testifies that the unregenerate always resist the Holy Spirit, Acts 7:51; Isa. 63:10. One may compare what we have said at length in the Doctrinal Part, especially §19 and 20. They will say that there is nothing more here than that an unregenerate man can go to church, hear the Word, pray, use the sacraments, and other such things, by which the Holy Spirit is wont to regenerate and convert — and thus, so far, not to resist. But we answer: (1) even if we granted all that in those outward things, we would nevertheless add that a natural man, performing all those duties, both can resist and continually does resist the movements of the Holy Spirit inwardly — indeed, that by the mere and bare powers of his corrupted nature he cannot but resist, Rom. 8:7. But then, (2) we do not grant that a man, by the mere powers of nature, can perform those duties in a saving manner. We do indeed readily grant that an unregenerate man, still placed outside the state of grace, can perform those outward duties — even greater and more numerous ones — but that this same thing should happen by the bare powers of nature and of the free will, we by no means grant; rather we are taught, Hebr. 6:4, that they derive from a certain common grace — where it is ascribed to the unregenerate to taste of the heavenly gift, and to be made partakers of the Holy Spirit — that is, indeed of the gifts of the Holy Spirit, but not the saving ones, not those which are joined with salvation, v. 9. For we also are not of ourselves sufficient to think anything, as of ourselves, but our sufficiency is of God, 2 Cor. 3:5, and by our own powers we can do no more good than a Moor can change his skin, or a leopard his spots, Jer. 13:23.
XXXIV. (XII) Whether All Men, and Each Individually, Restored by the Grace Given Them Through Christ, Can Do Every Good, Even the Spiritual, if They Will — While Yet That Willing Itself, by an Overflowing Grace, Is Brought Only to the Elect
The question is asked: (XII) whether all men, and each individually, by the grace restored to them through Christ, can do every good, even the spiritual, if they will — while yet that willing itself is brought about, by an overflowing grace, in the elect alone? The Pelagians and Socinians hold that each one, by the powers of the free will, unimpaired since the first sin, can do all that God requires of him to do, provided only that it be set before him and suitably urged. The Semi-Pelagians, the Jesuits, and the Remonstrants, who acknowledge that the powers of the free will have been bruised and broken, maintain that indeed every man can do every good that God requires of him, provided that he be assisted by a fitting and suitable moral grace. The Dominicans likewise maintain that all and each, by the powers of the free will, can do every good — only that God arouses those powers by a natural (physicam) grace. Those among the Reformed who uphold a general grace hold that all men, and each individually, can do every good, even that which is saving — not, indeed, by the natural powers of the free will, which they acknowledge to have been wholly extinguished by the sin of the first-created men, but by the grace restored, for Christ's sake, to all and each — under this condition, that they but will; yet that very willing they make depend on the grace that belongs to the elect, and which they call an overflowing (superabundantem) grace. They therefore teach a twofold grace: an objective grace, which with them consists in the redemption through Christ and a sufficient calling, whether by the preaching of nature or by that of the Word — this with them is absolute and altogether universal; and a subjective grace, which with them is again either merely sufficient, so that men can if they will — just as the first-created men, in the state of righteousness, could if they willed — and this is with them general; or an overflowing grace, whereby they not only can if they will, but also actually will — this they leave to the elect alone. From this it is easy to see that those Reformed come indeed nearer to the Pelagians and the Pelagianizing Remonstrants, Jesuits, and others, than the rest of the Reformed; yet that they are still far removed and differ from them. For (1) all the other parties make all grace universal, but these make only some grace so. (2) The others teach a universal grace in such a way as to exclude the particular, but these join the particular with the universal. (3) The former teach that all men can do every good by the powers of the free will, whether unimpaired by the first sin or impaired, through some moral or natural (physica) help of grace; but the latter bring those powers to depend upon the grace restored to all through Christ. (4) The former make the willing of spiritual good depend on nature alone; but the latter, on God's overflowing grace alone, etc. Nevertheless the common opinion of the Reformed is truer and more certain, which denies that the powers to perform any saving good belong, in general, to all. (1) Because Scripture nowhere teaches that all men, and each individually, can do spiritual good, if they will. (2) Because there are, on the contrary, many testimonies of it that expressly cry out and teach against this, that there are very many, indeed most, who cannot, Jer. 13:23; Rom. 8:7; 1 Cor. 2:14. (3) Because, on the supposition of the contrary opinion, one of these two things must necessarily be maintained: either, that the powers to perform what is savingly good do not depend upon regeneration — which Scripture contradicts in many places, John 3:3, 5-6; Eph. 2:5 — or, that regeneration is universal, against which the places already cited likewise stand. And I know not which of these two positions is taught with the greater absurdity. The foundation of the contrary opinion lies in this, that they maintain that Christ, by dying, restored all men and each individually to that state from which they had fallen in Adam — a state which had powers whereby the first men could stand in obedience; that likewise all and each must be called to obedience, faith, etc. — a calling which would be idle and vain if those called were deprived of the powers by which they might obey. Yet since we shall refute, deliberately and at length, God willing, the doctrine of universal redemption and deliverance, Book V, Chapter XVIII, and likewise the doctrine of universal calling, Book VI, Chapter II, there is no need for us to detain ourselves here with a full refutation of these suppositions. But this must in passing be noted here — that both the universal redemption, and the universal calling, and the powers whereby all and each could, if they willed, would be fruitless and vain, if it were not brought about, by the overflowing grace, in all and each, that they actually will.
XXXV. (XIII) Whether, in the Free Will, Judgment Is an Act of the Understanding or of the Will
The question is asked: (XIII) whether, in the free will, judgment is an act of the understanding, or of the will? The Pelagians and Semi-Pelagians, the Socinians, the Arminians, in order to have the free will wholly and altogether independent, and undetermined by anyone or anything else — not only by the divine predetermination, but even by the judgment of the understanding — do indeed acknowledge that to judge belongs to the understanding, but nevertheless maintain so great a difference between the will and the understanding that the will is never determined by the understanding, but only by itself. Descartes and his followers, in order the more conveniently to maintain that man can and must doubt everything in general, or suspend his judgment — indeed even that he can be free from all error, if he will — maintain that to judge, to affirm, and to deny are acts of the will, and consequently that no judgment ever determines the will, but the will, on the contrary, is determined by it. The Reformed hold that all judgment belongs to the understanding, so that, although the will can at times do nothing, even though the last judgment of the practical understanding says and gives out that something must be done (namely, insofar as the judgment goes against the present inclination of the will), it nevertheless never does anything, at least concerning the means that fall under deliberation, unless the judgment of the understanding precede it, as we shall teach in the following paragraph. And the Reformed determine it thus: (1) because the Cartesian opinion refutes itself by its very novelty, since it has been, up to now, unknown to Holy Scripture, to the Church Fathers, to theologians, to philosophers, and to the common sense of all men — and thus even to the Cartesian notion itself — that to judge is to will. (2) If the Cartesian opinion were true, it would follow: (1) that when the Apostle says, 1 Cor. 2:15, "He that is spiritual discerns (judges) all things, yet he himself is discerned (judged) of no man," he would then be saying: the spiritual man wills all things, and is willed by no man. Again (2) when he says, Acts 26:29, "I would wish (or, I would will) that all who hear me were such as I am," that he would then be saying: I judged that you were all such as I am. Then (3) to judge that a thing is so would be the same as to will that it be so; and to judge that a man is ungodly would be to will him to be such. Moreover (4) when God judges that we are sinners, He would then will that we be such; when He judges that the devil's torment burns, He would then also will that very thing. But the Cartesian opinion is yet more suspect to us on account of its origin, rise, and moving cause, which we have already noted above — namely, that a man can doubt everything if he will only wills it; that he could never err, if only he would — which openly smacks of Pelagianism. But (v) this opinion is above all suspect to us on account of its offspring, or consequences: for by it (1) the free will, which up to now, according to the opinion of all, has been both in the understanding and in the will together, would now be in the will alone. (2) Divine faith, which, according to the Papists, is only in the understanding, and, according to most Protestants, in the understanding and the will together, would now be in the will alone. (3) In the matter of conversion, the illumination which by all with one voice has been ascribed to the understanding alone would now have to be brought to the will alone. (4) The will would never be determined by or from the dictate (a dictamine) of the understanding. To have merely noted all this is to have refuted it. Add to this (iv) that in this way there would be no sin at all in the understanding — because in the simple apprehension of any given thing (which, according to Descartes, wholly constitutes the understanding), even though it be evil, there is no sin — since even in God, in the angels, and in our Savior Himself, such a simple apprehension of evil occurs. From which it would also (v) follow that the mind (bedenken) of the flesh is not enmity against God, Rom. 8:7, because it would pronounce no verdict against God. Indeed (6) according to this supposition the understanding would pronounce no verdict as to what is good or evil, which the Apostle contradicts, Eph. 5:17: "Be not unwise, but understand what the will of the Lord is"; likewise Gal. 3:7: "Know you therefore," etc. — since to pronounce a verdict is to judge, is to affirm and to deny, which, according to the Cartesians, does not fall within the understanding. Finally (7) in this way wisdom, prudence, learning, and cunning would not fall within the understanding, since all these things require judgment; but on the contrary all these things would properly be in the will, which is against the common sense and common opinion of all, and thus also against the notion held by everyone. If the very famous Wittichius (Theol. Pacif., §47) objects: "Indeed we find in it (in the understanding) that which is absolutely essential to the will, and which cannot be taken from the will unless the will itself be taken away, namely, freedom — for we are moved freely to judge, no less than we freely desire something, or have an aversion to it" — we shall answer: (1) that we judge freely and voluntarily, for example, that white is white, or that a man is a man; and that we could judge otherwise is falsehood itself — for even the devil himself, though he might wish it ever so much, cannot but judge that there is a God, and that He is one, Jam. 2:19. But (2) suppose that someone can judge whatever he wills, it will nevertheless not follow more from this that to judge is an act of the will, than that to eat, drink, walk, and other bodily and sensitive acts are; since we eat, drink, etc., voluntarily — for the will can just as well suspend those actions as suspend judgment. All human acts are indeed commanded (imperati) acts of the will, but they are not therefore immediately (eliciti) elicited acts, concerning which the point of controversy here properly lies. More on this matter we have said in our Cartesian Cancer, Sect. 2, Cap. 27.
XXXVI. (XIV) Whether, in the Free Will, the Will Is Always and Necessarily Determined by the Last Judgment of the Practical Understanding (ab Ultimo Judicio Intellectus Practici)
The question is asked: (XIV) whether, in the free will, the will is always and necessarily determined by the last judgment of the practical understanding? The Pelagians and Socinians, in order the more securely to gain the point that free will consists in an absolutely independent indifference, deny that it is determined even by the first cause, namely God, but maintain that it is determined by itself alone; only that it is morally aroused to work, by counseling reasons, through which it meanwhile remains indifferent to determine itself, or not to determine itself, according to its own pleasure. Those who follow Descartes maintain that God has made such a connection between the understanding and the will, that the will cannot be determined to act unless the understanding first attend to it. Some Reformed, otherwise very learned and very renowned men — for example, John Cameron and Samuel Maresius — do indeed profess that the will, toward what is spiritually good, is not determined by bare moral persuasions, but nevertheless maintain that the will is always and necessarily determined by the last judgment of the practical understanding, so that, the same being efficaciously persuaded through the illumination of the Holy Spirit, the will cannot but follow such a last judgment of the practical understanding, and that it is therefore not necessary, in man's conversion, that a physically (physice) converting grace touch the will immediately, but that it suffices that the understanding be so powerfully enlightened that its last practical judgment, having well weighed all that is to be weighed — this or that, now and here, all things considered — points out to the will, and at the same time persuades it, what is good for it, and also what is to be done by it. The controversy with the Pelagians and the Pelagian-minded, the Socinians, Jesuits, and Remonstrants, concerning the nature of freedom — whether it consists in a bare indifference, and indeed an altogether independent one, even independent of God — which we have already settled above, §31, having been set aside; as also the opinion of the Cartesians, according to which, by force of an idle and empty divine connection between the thought of the soul (such a thought following such and such a willing), the thought, meanwhile, by its own power and force contributes nothing to the determination of the will, or to the willed effect itself, God's will alone providing for all that — which opinion we have also sufficiently examined elsewhere, Book III, Chapter VII, §28, and Chapter VIII, §21 — being set aside: we must here now deal with the Scholastics, and with those Reformed who hold that the will always follows the last judgment of the practical understanding; and, that we may here hit the mark more precisely, we shall need first to bring forward certain matters, as it were, with the finger. (1) As concerns the good, to which the will is by its own nature driven, as to its own proper object. Here it must be held that this does not always here denote that which is truly and in fact good — whether naturally, morally, theologically, or savingly — since the will is very often driven to such things as are, in none of these ways, truly good — for example, to adultery, theft, lies, etc. — but that the good, in this matter, denotes only that which agrees with the present inclination and leaning of the will: for example, if the will already leans toward adultery, as may be seen in David, then that adultery is good for and to the will, though otherwise it is in no way truly good. (2) As concerns the judgment of the understanding, which by joining together or separating, by affirming or denying, pronounces a verdict concerning the condition of a certain object. This, if it occurs concerning an object that must be considered, is called a speculative judgment; but if concerning an object that must be done, it is called a practical (practicum) judgment. But this practical judgment is again either a subordinate and absolute one, which pronounces that this or that is good or evil in the abstract — for example, that chastity is a good thing; or a last and comparative judgment, which compares the matter with other matters and circumstances, and then concludes what is better, and what is worse — for example, chastity is, for you, here, now, all that is to be weighed having been weighed, good, and to be preferred to luxury, lust, and wantonness. These matters having been beforehand shown, as it were, with the finger, it now seems that one must say: (1) if that last judgment shows the will that this or that is good for it — that is, agrees with its present leaning and inclination — then the will always follows: for example, let David's will be inclined and leaning toward luxury and adultery; let a naked Bathsheba come before him; let the understanding say, "this is a fit and suitable opportunity to satisfy your lust" — then David's will cannot but follow that judgment. Again (2), if the last judgment of the practical understanding pronounces that this or that is good, while the will leans and is inclined to the contrary, then it never follows: for example, let David be, for the present, inclined and disposed to luxury and lust; let the understanding pronounce that chastity, for him, here, now, is good and to be preferred — the will will nevertheless not follow. Meanwhile (3) the will never does anything when the last practical judgment is altogether silent — at least in those matters which fall under deliberation and consideration, such as are the means with respect to the end — so the will never chooses this or that means above another, unless the judgment give the reasons for it. In this way, then, the will does not always and necessarily follow the last judgment of the practical understanding. In which opinion I am confirmed by this, that (a) on the contrary supposition, converting grace would not need to be efficaciously operative, by a physical (physica) working, particularly with respect to the conversion of the will, while such an illumination in the understanding would suffice to awaken the last judgment of the practical understanding — upon which the will could not but follow of itself, voluntarily. Whereas on the contrary (b) Holy Scripture describes such a converting grace as brings forth not only a new spirit — that is, works upon the understanding by enlightening it — but also a new heart, by which in Holy Scripture the will is constantly understood, Ps. 51:12 (10 recte): "Create in me a clean heart, O God, and renew a right spirit within me." Ezek. 36:26: "I will give you a new heart, and I will put a new spirit within you." Why and to what purpose would He join the heart with the spirit, if the spirit alone were sufficient? Indeed, (c) Holy Scripture describes, in conversion, such a physical (physicam) working as brings forth the very willing itself, Phil. 2:13: "who works in you, both to will..." Also (d) the light that is brought to the understanding cannot remove that habitual or natural wickedness and evil which is in the will itself, for example, the aversion from God and from all saving good, and the inclination to every evil, Gen. 6:5 and 8:21. Finally it is also (e) harsh and hard to hear that a will inclined to lust, and burning in unchastity, must necessarily hear and follow every dictate of the understanding. Nor does it hold, on the contrary, that the will is a rational appetite (appetitus rationalis), and that it cannot be driven to evil as such; that it is necessarily driven to the good, when judged as such; that it likewise, of two good things, always seeks and follows that which, here and now, has appeared better; that it would not otherwise work with deliberation and premeditated counsel; that no one, being asked why he wills this or that, could answer otherwise than that it so appeared to him; that we, in order to bend someone's will, gather together the most select reasons, by which he may be persuaded, etc. That all these things are indeed true we readily grant, but they do not hit the mark: for the question is not whether the will ever acts, concerning the means, without the preceding of the last judgment of the practical understanding — for we acknowledge that this never happens; but the question is whether, the last judgment of the practical understanding having been established, the will always and necessarily acts accordingly. This I hold to happen always, when the understanding pronounces in accordance with the inclination and leaning that is in the will; but if the last judgment of the practical understanding gives out something to be good — even here and now, all that was to be weighed having been well weighed — which does not agree with the present inclination and leaning of the will, then I hold that the will does not follow. Hence it is, in man's conversion, altogether necessary that there first be poured into the will a new inclination and leaning toward God, and toward every spiritual good; then, that the understanding be powerfully enlightened, so as to judge in a practical way that this or that is a spiritual good, agreeing with its inclination and leaning; only then will the will follow. To have answered this in general to all the objections would be enough; yet it will also help and be of use if we apply what has been said to the particular objections separately, though briefly. It was said (a) that the will is a rational appetite (appetitus rationalis), because it follows the dictate of reason. Answer: this is altogether true, and by this it is distinguished from a fleeting and sensitive lust and desire; and by this it also happens that, as often as the last practical judgment pronounces that this or that is good for the will — that is, in agreement with its present inclination — it always follows; but if that judgment gives out something which does not agree with that inclination of the will, then it does not follow, because that alone is good for it which agrees with its present inclination; hence it is also observed that the will often does not heed the most select reasons. It was said (b) that the will cannot be driven to what is unknown, nor to evil as such. Answer: this is indeed true, when it is judged that that thing is good for it which agrees with its leaning inclination; but it can nevertheless not act and work, when a certain good is proposed which does not agree with its inclination. It was said (c) that the will, of two good things, always seeks and follows that which, here and now, has appeared better for itself. Answer: certainly, but only when that which is called good agrees with its present inclination, and not otherwise. It was said (d) that the will would otherwise not act and work with deliberation and premeditated counsel. Answer: this is true, if it acted in that way; but when it does not act, it cannot be said either to be acting without deliberation and premeditated counsel. It was said (e) that everyone, being asked why he wills this rather than that, could answer nothing other than that it so appeared good to him. Answer: this too is true, when he does something, when he chooses something; but this is not true when he does not do or choose something, unless perhaps what is advised does not agree with his inclination. It was said finally (f) that we, when we are about to bend and incline someone's will, gather the most select reasons, by which the will may be persuaded and won over. Answer: but this too is true, that the will very often neither receives nor allows those most select reasons — which indeed always happens when those reasons do not answer to its present inclination; that alone is good for it which agrees with its inclination, and if it otherwise followed, it would be driven to evil as such — since that is good for and to the will which agrees with its present inclination, and, on the contrary, evil, which is contrary thereto.
The Practical Part
XXXVII. First, Concerning the Dullness, Complacency, and Insensibility of Almost All Men
As to the practical use, then. Here is, in the first place, cause to marvel at the general dullness, complacency, godlessness, and insensibility of almost all men, whereby, buried in and under the punishment of every kind of death, in the utmost misery, in the state of sin, bondage, and death, they (1) do not know their most wretched lot, Rev. 3:17; (2) do not feel it, have no sorrow over it, nor any dread of it, Eph. 4:19; 1 Tim. 4:2; (3) do not therefore long for, nor strive to escape from it, John 5:20 (?); 3:18(?); Matt. 23:37; (4) indeed sleep in that state, and snore deeply and soundly under it, Luke 12:19(?); Rev. 3:17; (5) and even grow angry at those who admonish and rebuke them, gnash their teeth at them, and persecute them as much as they can, Gal. 4:16. Examples of this are found in the king of Babylon, Isa. 14:13-14; in the Pharisee, Luke 18:11-12; in the church of Laodicea, Rev. 3:17; in Paul, when he was still a Pharisee, Phil. 3:4-5. The causes of this folly and senselessness are these: (1) a more honorable disposition, a decency of manners, by which they are not like the very worst — like the tax-collectors and sinners, Luke 18:11-12 — nature being taken up by grace, John 3:9(?). (2) The practice of religious and ecclesiastical duties — a steady attendance and observance of worship, the enjoyment and communion of the sacraments, etc.: "I fast twice in the week, I give tithes of all that I possess," Luke 18:11-12; Phil. 3:5; Isa. 58:2. (3) The wickedness and perverseness of nature: "all men," they say, "are sinners — well then, so am I one too; even if I could most earnestly wish not to be, I cannot, because I am so thoroughly corrupted along with all men," Gen. 19:31-32. (4) God's grace and mercy, by which they suppose they can easily obtain forgiveness of their sins, however many and however grievous they may be, Jude v. 4. (5) The consciousness of many crimes which they abhor, and of good works in which they take pains. Thus Herod, Mark 6:20; the heathen, Rom. 2:14; Amaziah, 2 Chron. 25:2. (6) The delay of God's judgments, Eccl. 8:11; 2 Petr. 3:4, 9; Ps. 10:6 — they do not see that the divine judgments are poured out at once upon crimes, and they do not consider that this proceeds from God's longsuffering and patience, whereby they are urged and drawn to repentance, Rom. 2:4-5. (7) Perverse judgments of others concerning them, by whom they are thought not so perverse as by others, who are all too rigid and too severe, Jer. 4:10 and 6:14; Luke 6:26. (8) A conceived error, that so great an exactness and strictness of holiness belongs only to preachers, against the plain word of Scripture, Hebr. 12:14; Eph. 5:15(?); John 3:3(?); Matt. 5:48. Nor will I fail (9) to add the all-too-great abundance of unbelief and atheism in each and every one, whereby they are not sufficiently convinced and persuaded, neither of God, nor of heaven or hell, nor of the truth and divine authority of God's Word, and therefore say inwardly in their heart, "There is no God," Ps. 14:1 and 53:1. Is such a foolish dullness and stupid folly (a) not even more than an unreasoning and beastlike senselessness — to feel pain over the evils of others, which are often light, and yet not to feel, nor to grieve over, one's own, which are a hundred times greater, Eph. 4:19? (b) It lies exposed to God's severest threats, Amos 6:1; 1 Thess. 5:3. Indeed it is (c) such that it bars man from the very first approach to repentance and salvation, Luke 18:11, 14.
XXXVIII. Second, Concerning Knowledge of the State of Sin
There is, in the second place, reason and cause why we should make earnest inquiry into our own condition — whether we too be perhaps still, up to now, in the state of sin and of spiritual death, Zeph. 2:1-2 (?); 2 Cor. 13:5. Because (1) this inquiry is the first step toward repentance and salvation, Lam. 3:40; Jer. 3:13-14, whereby we come, as it were, back to ourselves, Luke 15:17. Because (2) it is easy and readily possible to be deceived in this matter, since in the state of sin are found not only open and manifest ungodly men (whom Scripture generally calls sinners, unrighteous, ungodly, Jude v. 10, living worse than the beasts themselves, Isa. 1:13(?); 1 Tim. 1:9), whom you can, without any difficulty, know to be placed in the state of sin; nor only the merely natural, ψυχικοί, animal men, who follow the leading and drive of nature, 1 Petr. 2:12(?); Jude v. 19; Phil. 3:19; but also civil and honorable men, such as are found not a few even among the heathen, Rom. 2:14; indeed even churchmen, who at times make astonishing progress in moral virtues — not only outwardly, as the Pharisees indeed were, Luke 18:11-12; Phil. 3:4-6, but even inwardly, such as the temporary believers are, of whom it is spoken, Hebr. 6:4-5; Isa. 58:2; Matt. 19:17-20; Num. 24:3-5. To distinguish oneself from these with full certainty is therefore very difficult and burdensome; just as being deceived and misled in this is very ready and easy. (3) Because to be deceived in this is so dangerous, indeed so destructive — since this, as we have said, altogether shuts man out from the very threshold of repentance and salvation, so that it happens, and happens more easily, that an openly ungodly man is brought to repentance than such a one, Matt. 21:31. That we, then, may not be deceived in a matter of such great weight, it is before all things necessary to have an exact and careful insight into the nature of this state — with respect to which one must first of all be established as to what belongs to its essential parts: that such men, on account of the separation of original righteousness from their soul, are in general dead in trespasses, Eph. 2:1, 3, 5, and are therefore deprived (1) of all spiritual warmth, Rev. 3:15-16; (2) of all spiritual feeling, Eph. 4:19; 1 Tim. 4:2, as also having a heart of stone, Ezek. 36:26; of spiritual sight, Matt. 13:13(?); Mark 4:12; of spiritual hearing, John 8:47; of spiritual taste, 1 Petr. 2:3, etc.; (3) of all spiritual movement (for they too are not led by the Spirit of God, Rom. 8:14), of the movement of spiritual reasoning, Matt. 12:34(?), etc. Second, as to the powers of the soul: (a) the understanding does not grasp the things of the Spirit — they are foolishness to it, 1 Cor. 2:14. They are darkened in their understanding, and thereby alienated from the life of God, through ignorance, Eph. 4:18; Acts 26:18. (b) The will is averse to God, Jer. 2:5(?); Ps. 14:3-4; gives itself entirely over to sin, Rom. 6:16; Eph. 4:19; strives against the divine law, Rom. 8:7; Mal. 3:14. (c) The affections are altogether turned away and averse: (a) from the knowledge of God and divine matters, Job 21:14; 2 Tim. 4:4(?); Isa. 30:10; (b) from the law of God and from obedience to it, Jer. 6:17 and 7:26; Rom. 8:7; and turned, on the contrary, toward pleasures and toward everything carnal, 1 Tim. 5:6; compare Gal. 5:24. (d) Their thoughts are continually evil, Gen. 8:21 — for example, that God does not so much regard our deeds, Ps. 95:7(?) and 10:11, and that He is not so strict and severe in punishing crimes as many continually cry out, Deut. 29:19; that a mere show of godliness, and an outward practice of virtue, suffices for salvation, 2 Tim. 3:5; Rev. 3:17; that it is permitted to every man to indulge his lusts, so far as he is able, Phil. 3:19; Rom. 13:14. Third, as to their manner of life: they conform themselves, as to a rule, (a) to the lusts of their heart, 2 Petr. 2:12(?); (b) to the examples of their forefathers, Zach. 1:4; (c) to the customs of this world, Rom. 12:2; Eph. 2:2; (d) they enslave themselves wholly to sins, Jer. 16:12(?); 2 Petr. 3:3, 5; Hebr. 10:26. Meanwhile, however, that you not be deceived, this must always be held fast: that all these things which we have described and named are not equally present in all who as yet stand in the state of sin: there are some who are utterly and openly dead in sins; there are also those who seem, to themselves and to others, to be alive, as the Savior indicates, John 9:40-41. So that we ought not immediately to suppose that we are placed outside the state of sin, when we do not feel all these things in ourselves in the highest degree.
XXXIX. Third, Concerning a Sense of Our Misery, Springing Originally from Sin, Which Is Set Before Us in the State of Sin
There is, in the third place, reason and cause why we, being placed in the state of sin, should strive and endeavor to obtain a sense of our misery, springing originally from sin — a sense which is commended in Scripture under the titles of a broken and contrite heart, Ps. 34:19 and 51:19 (17 recte), of the weary and heavy laden, Matt. 11:28; Ps. 38:4-5, and other expressions besides. In this sense of, and sorrow over, one's own misery lies: (1) the second step toward deliverance out of the state of sin, whence a spirit of bondage unto fear is said to be brought, at least once, to all who are to be converted, Rom. 8:15, as appears in those about to be converted, and in the converted, Acts 2:37 and 16:27, 30, and 9:6; Rom. 7:24. (2) Such a sense, sorrow, and grief is in many ways necessary, in order to promote and advance conversion: namely, (1) that we may thirst for Christ, without whom we can do nothing, Isa. 55:1-2; Matt. 5:6; Rev. 22:17; Ps. 42:1-2. (2) That we may seek Christ, Isa. 55:6-7; Ps. 142:3-4(?). (3) That we may come to Christ, and take refuge in Him, Matt. 11:28, as the only Rock of health and salvation, Isa. 26:4; Ps. 18:2(?), 3, 5-7. (4) That, under a hope of deliverance, we may take upon ourselves, most readily and willingly, all the most severe and hardest demands and commands — the denying of ourselves, Luke 9:23; the crucifying of the flesh and of the fleshly lusts, Gal. 5:24; the spiritual plucking out of the eyes, and cutting off of hands and feet, and other such demands and commands more, Matt. 5:29-30. (5) That we may, for Christ's sake, count all our most precious and dearest things as slight, indeed as nothing, Phil. 3:7-8; Matt. 13:45-46; Ps. 73:25. (6) That, having valued Christ and His grace, we may the more zealously preserve them, Cant. 3:1-4, and neither suffer nor allow ourselves to be snatched and robbed of them by the perils of this world, or of pleasures and sins. This sense, then, includes in itself (a) a terror, arising from the sight of the sins with which our whole life is surrounded, Isa. 6:5; Lam. 5:16 (?); Rom. 7:24; (b) a shame, that we stand stripped of all spiritual good, Luke 18:13; Dan. 9:6-7; (c) a beating of the heart, out of and by reason of fear of the punishments hanging over our head and drawing near, 2 Sam. 24:10. This sense, then, of sin and misery, God brings about (a) by the word of the law, by the voice of the LORD, which makes the hinds to calve, and strips the forests bare, Ps. 29:9; Jer. 33:29(?); (b) by visitations and afflictions, and those many times very hard, very heavy, and very bitter, Jer. 2:19; Luke 15:17-18; Jer. 31:19; especially (c) by His Spirit, by whom He softens and takes away the stony heart, Ezek. 36:26. We, for our part, receive from God that sense of sin and misery (A) through a deep consideration and reflection, both upon our habitual and total corruption, Rom. 7:23-24, and upon our actual straying, committed so often and in so dreadful a manner, Acts 2:23, compared with v. 37; Luke 15:18-19; Ps. 38:5(?). (B) Through a consideration and application of the strictness and yoke of the law, Deut. 27:26; Gal. 3:10. (C) Through reflection upon God's infinite majesty, which we have wounded by our sins, Ps. 51:5-6(?); Job 42:5-6. (D) Through calling upon God, that He would enlighten our understanding, and touch our hearts, that we may become known to ourselves, Jer. 31:18-19.
XL. Fourth, Concerning Despair of Ourselves, Under This State, in the Matter of Salvation
There is, in the fourth place, reason and cause why we, under this state, in the matter of salvation, should altogether despair of ourselves, of what is ours, of our own people, and of everything that is outside of God and the Mediator: "Who shall deliver me?" Likewise: "I perish with hunger," Luke 15:17. Let us despair, I say, not of God, as though He could not, or absolutely would not, deliver us — for He is indeed almighty, Ps. 115:3, and abundant in deliverances, Ps. 42:6(?), 12(?) and 43:5. But of the Mediator, whether He be sufficient to deliver us — He indeed is the power and the wisdom of God, 1 Cor. 1:23(?)(24), in whom are hidden all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge, Col. 2:3, in whom we have redemption through His blood, Eph. 1:7(?)(14?). But (1) of ourselves, and of all our own worthiness and righteousness, by which we might be delivered; for we owe more than ten thousand talents, and have nothing with which to pay, Matt. 18:24-25. Then (2) of all our religious duties, of our good works, so far indeed that we count all things which once were gain to us, or which might still seem to be so, as loss and dung, Phil. 3:4-9(?); Isa. 55:2. Further (3) of our own powers, as being not sufficient of ourselves to think anything as of ourselves, 2 Cor. 3:5 — dead in sins, Eph. 2:1, 3, 5 — and apart from Christ we can do absolutely nothing, John 15:4-5. Indeed also (4) of everything that is outside God and the one Mediator, 1 Tim. 2:5, apart from whom there is no salvation, Acts 4:12; John 14:6; compare Matt. 16:26; Mark 8:37(?); Ps. 49:2(?). And let us so far despair of all these things that we (5) condemn and damn ourselves, Dan. 9:13(?); Ps. 51:6(?), confessing with the prodigal son, "I have sinned, and am no more worthy to be called your son," Luke 15:18-19; and therefore also (6) resting content with whatever most despised lot and condition He has willed that we should be placed in — as there, v. 19: "Make me as one of your hired servants." Such a despair is (1) altogether necessary to obtain deliverance, since God, on the one hand, does not will to bring deliverance to us without it, Rom. 10:3; Gal. 5:4; Acts 4:12; nor do we, on the other hand, will to seek it in God and the Mediator alone — for it is natural to us to seek deliverance and salvation everywhere else, wherever it might be, sooner than in God and the Mediator; to search out and try everything else, before despairing of all, Luke 15:13-16; Hos. 5:23(?). It is (2) also greatly to the honor of God and the Mediator, Ps. 115:1, when we seek nothing in ourselves, everything in God, in the Mediator, and in the pure and free grace of both, 2 Cor. 3:5; 1 Cor. 15:10. It is (3) also very useful to man: (a) toward his own humbling, 2 Cor. 5:7(?); (b) toward patience under every lot, Luke 15:19; (c) toward thankfulness for deliverance, Ps. 116:3-5, 8-9, 12, 16-17, and 18:2-7(?); Rom. 7:24. That we, then, may attain to such a wholesome despair, it will be useful and profitable (a) earnestly to consider, and to be persuaded of, the unspeakable corruption and misery of the state of nature — by which we (A) are nothing but mere flesh, John 3:6, and in us — that is, in our flesh — dwells no good thing, Rom. 7:18. Moreover (B) we are dead in sins, Eph. 2:1; Ezek. 37:2-3, 11. (C) We long bore the sentence of eternal death, John 3:18. (D) We are driven and urged by the prompting of the devil, John 6:70(?); Eph. 2:2; Acts 26:18. Is there, then, on account of all these things, no reason why we may and must despair of ourselves? (b) To reflect on the disadvantage and weakness of everything from which we might hope for some good for ourselves. In particular, and point by point: (A) we cannot convert ourselves, or perform any good — for we have a hard heart, Rom. 2:5(?): "the good that you would, you cannot; but the evil that you would not, that you do," Rom. 7:15(?). Also (B) we do not will, for the most part and generally, that good which we still can, Jam. 3:2; Isa. 64:7(?); Matt. 25:5. And suppose (C) that we could and would do everything that is best — what would it bring us toward our deliverance, since all our best things are imperfect, Isa. 64:6; Gal. 5:16(?) — while, on the contrary, the law demands the most exact obedience, Matt. 22:37; Gal. 3:10? And suppose (D) that we could, and also did, do everything that is perfect, in the most perfect manner — are we not still debtors for it all? Luke 17:10 — all of which, moreover, cannot even take away the guilt of original sin, Gen. 2:17. And suppose also (E) that we could exhaust and overcome all guilt, and restore ourselves to the state of innocence — could we preserve ourselves in that state better than the first-created men? Isa. 64:6(?). (c) It will be useful and profitable to consider the irreparable evil that lies in the opposite course — namely, in trusting in oneself — since (A) that shuts us out from communion with Christ, Gal. 5:2, 4; Rom. 10:3; and (B) unnerves, disables, and, as it were, blocks up all the means which God is otherwise wont to use for our deliverance, Jer. 17:5-6 — after the example of the Pharisee, Luke 18:11-12, compared with v. 14.
XLI. Fifth, Concerning Longing for Deliverance
There is, in the fifth place, in this state also, that which raises and lifts up our longing and desire for deliverance in many ways: "Who shall deliver me from this body of death?" For we (1) are, by this state, placed (1) under the very worst corruption and ruin, Isa. 1:6; (2) under the guilt of every kind of death, Gen. 2:17, and of the curse, Gal. 3:10; (3) under the bondage of the darkness of sin, of the flesh, of the world, and of the devil, Col. 1:13; (4) under an utter powerlessness of deliverance, being dead in sins, and therefore without God, without Christ, without promise, without hope, Eph. 2:11-13. Meanwhile there is (2) hope of deliverance — not only from God's mercy, Exod. 34:6, whereby He is abundant in deliverances, Ps. 42:12(?) and 130:7-8; nor only from the Son, whom He has for this purpose sent into the world, John 3:16; 1 Tim. 1:15-16; but also from the promises that have been made concerning this, Isa. 1:18. Indeed (3) the very manner of deliverance has been revealed by God's will, together with the Deliverer Himself and the means of deliverance, 2 Cor. 5:19-21. It is our duty (1) to provide ourselves with the Deliverer, since it is impossible for us to deliver ourselves, Rom. 8:3 — which Deliverer is none other than (a) God, with whom is loving-kindness, and a plenteous redemption, and who redeems Israel from all his iniquities, Ps. 130:7-8; (b) the Mediator, the Goel (גואל), the Redeemer, Job 19:25, through whom God promises that He will redeem His Israel, Hos. 1:7; and who has redeemed and drawn us out of the power of darkness, Col. 1:13. It is (2) our duty to bring forward everything by which we might gain God and the Mediator to our side — namely: (a) to examine and search out our state and our misery, Lam. 3:40, according to §35 [recte 38]; (b) to feel our misery, Ps. 38:3-6, etc., according to §36 [recte 39]; (c) to despair of ourselves, and of what is ours, indeed of all creatures, Acts 4:12, according to §37 [recte 40]; (d) to stretch out our necks toward the Deliverer and toward deliverance, Ps. 14:7(?); (e) with a true and living faith to embrace God and the Mediator, and to commend and entrust ourselves to Him for deliverance, Rom. 2:24-25(?); John 3:16.
XLII. Sixth, Concerning Thankfulness for Deliverance
There is, in the sixth place, reason and cause why we, being delivered, should show and conduct ourselves thankful toward God: "I thank God through Jesus Christ," Rom. 7:24; 1 Cor. 15:57; Luke 1:68, 71-75. By which thankfulness we ought (1) inwardly to feel the greatness of this deliverance in our heart, to exalt it according to its worth, and to give thanks to God and the Mediator alone, Ps. 103:1-4; Eph. 2:4-7. (2) To praise it with the mouth, Ps. 22:27(?) and 116:3-6; Mark 5:19. (3) Finally, to repay it in deed and in work, Ps. 116:8-14 — that we, being delivered from the hand of our enemies, might serve Him without fear, in holiness and righteousness before Him, all the days of our life, Luke 1:74-75. Especially by a diligent practice of holiness, and a daily reformation of our most corrupted nature, Eph. 4:22(?); Rom. 12:1-2. For this every kind of benefit requires, namely, thankfulness, Deut. 32:6 — especially so great and such a benefit — Gen. 32:10 — to have been delivered from the very worst destruction, from the guilt of an utter and universal death, etc., as we have said. There is (2), in thankfulness and in glorifying God, the sole and entire thing that we can render Him for so great and such a benefit, Ps. 50:9-11, 14. It is (3) that by whose means and help, as by a most certain token, we obtain assurance of our deliverance, and can rejoice and delight ourselves therein, Luke 7:47.
XLIII. Seventh and Finally, Concerning Certain Duties of the Redeemed
Finally, in the seventh place, since sin is the cause of that very worst corruption, of that utter and universal death, of that hardest bondage, of that unspeakable misery, there is reason and cause why the redeemed should (1) often renew and repeat, within themselves, the remembrance of their inborn state of sin and misery, Ps. 25:7(?); Eph. 2:1-3, 12; Tit. 3:3-4. Because by this and in this way there is nourished and awakened in them (1) humility, compare 2 Cor. 12:7; (2) love toward the Redeemer, Ps. 18:3(?), 5-7 (?) and 116:1, 3; (3) thankfulness toward the Redeemer, Rom. 7:24; Ps. 103:1-4; Rom. 12:1-2; (4) diligence toward conversion, Luke 1:74; Tit. 2:11-12. (2) A dread before sin, as that which formerly brought them into so great straits and distresses, John 5:14. (3) That they have a most tender compassion for others who are still stuck fast in the state of sin, and hang, as it were, in the snares of Satan, after the example of the Savior, Luke 19:41-43, and that they apply themselves with all their strength to their conversion, Luke 22:32; Acts 26:18. (4) That they walk carefully, circumspectly, and prudently, since they continually carry sin about in their own bosom, as the sole cause of so great a misery, Matt. 26:41; Eph. 6:14-15, and that they thus work out, complete, and perfect their own salvation, with fear and trembling, Phil. 2:12.
Book V: Of Contemplative-Practical Theology. Of the Redemption by Christ
Chapter I: Of the Covenant of Grace
On Genesis 3, verse 15.
"And I will put enmity between you and this woman, and between your seed and her seed: it shall bruise your head, and you shall bruise its heel."
Of the fall of man, brought about by the violation of the Covenant of Works, and of the utter misery of the transgressor that followed thereupon, we have spoken in the preceding book. There now follows his restoration, whereby he is raised up and set right out of the state of sin and death, into the state of grace and life. This matter shall be accomplished in two parts: namely, the Redemption, and the Application of the Redemption. Both of these acknowledge, as their rule and guide, the Covenant of Grace, which has been set in place of the violated Covenant of Works. The Redemption we shall, God willing, expound in this fifth book, and its Application in the sixth. We must therefore first speak of the Covenant of Grace, then of its Mediator, or Redeemer, and finally of the Redemption itself. We shall unfold the Covenant of Grace beginning with the first Promise, which was made to the first-created men, now become sinners, immediately after the violation of the Covenant of Works, and which is read in Gen. 3:15.
The Explanatory Part
II. The Text Unfolded and Explained
In which words, although the sentence is expressly contained whereby ruin is announced to Satan, the Deceiver, there are nevertheless found here, in an implicit manner, not only a promise concerning the restoration of the deceived, but also all the material and essential parts of the Covenant of Grace (although the name and the formal aspect of a covenant are not so much present there) — a thing which we shall make plain in its place. At any rate, that there is a certain mysterious sense in these words, the ancient Jews, as against those of today, seem to have acknowledged and admitted, when they explain the words thus: the Jerusalem Targum, according to the translation of P. Fagius, in this way: "And it shall be, when the children of the Woman shall make it their work to keep the Law, and shall have performed the commandments, then shall they seek to bruise your head, and shall slay you. But when the children of the Woman shall have forsaken the commandments of the Law, and shall not have kept the precepts, then shall you make it your work to bite them in their heels, and so to harm them. Yet there shall be a remedy for the children of the Woman; but for you, serpent, there shall be no remedy, for it shall come to pass that they shall remove the bite that is made in the heel, in the end of days, namely in the days of the Messiah." Almost in the same words R. Jonathan, according to the rendering of Helvicus, says the same thing; and Onkelos a little differently, according to the translation of Arias Montanus in the Royal Bible. The words, however, as they stand, present to us God's condemning sentence against Satan, the Deceiver of the Woman. Concerning which sentence is noted:
1. The Judge, condemning the Deceiver, and thereby sufficiently promising deliverance to and for the deceived, and at the same time instituting the Covenant of Grace. This is contained in the word אָשִׁית, "I will put": but who shall do this? This is shown in the preceding verse, וַיֹּאמֶר יְהוָֹה אֱלֹהִים, "And Jehovah Elohim said" — that is, Jehovah, one in Being, three in Persons, to whom is joined a verb in the singular number, to signify that the Triune God is the author of the Covenant of Grace, insofar as it was agreed upon, in the economy of the Trinity, from eternity, concerning and touching the restoration of the sinner — while, meanwhile, the first proclamation of this covenant was made by the help and instrumentality of that Person, according to the economy by which God speaks — that is, of the Son, who, from the verb אָמַר, "I say, I speak," is called by the Chaldeans מֵימְרָא, Memra, that is, the Word — in the New Testament, Λόγος, the Word, namely ὁ ἐξαγγελτικός, the announcing, the proclaiming, the revealing Word, as Nazianzen calls Him, because He is an announcer and an expounder τῶν μεγάλων βουλημάτων τοῦ Θεοῦ, of the great counsels of God, as Epiphanius speaks, Haeres. LXXIII, declaring from the bosom of the Father the hidden things, John 1:18 — of whom Paul testifies that through Him has been made manifest the mystery of the gospel, which was kept secret through the ages of the ages, Rom. 16:25; Eph. 1:9-10 and 3:9; 2 Tim. 1:10 — surely not only in the fullness of time, but also here in this beginning of the world. He it is who condemned and damned Satan, John 12:31, and who announced the deliverance to the Woman, as being the Angel of the Covenant, Mal. 3:1.
2. The sentence and judgment, indeed condemning and damning against the Deceiver, but delivering with respect to the deceived. For since, for the sake of, and to the benefit and advantage of, the deceived, the Deceiver is condemned and damned, there is thereby signified, at the least, a favor and goodwill toward the deceived: while to the one the curse is announced — "so are you cursed," v. 14 — so it seems that to the other, at least, some small chink of blessing is opened; while there is plainly enough enmity set in man against Satan, the enemy of God, so it seems that friendship with God is said to be about to be restored; while it is said of the seed of the Woman that its head shall be bruised, and that all power to harm shall be taken from him — is not the deceived then said to be about to be delivered? God now announces to the Deceiver, as a punishment, enmity, concerning which it is to be noted:
1. The enmity established: "I will put enmity" — אֵיבָה אָשִׁית, "And I will put enmity." Here comes before us:
a. The thing established and set, אֵיבָה, which the common Latin translation renders "enmities," but it is better rendered "enmity" — namely, one that shall last to the consummation of the ages. It denotes a most extreme and choicest aversion and opposition, πόλεμον ἄσπονδον, an irreconcilable war, in which there shall be no place for any truce or peacemaking. So Deut. 28:57 (?); Prov. 27:6(?). The Septuagint translate it by ἔχθραν, being the same as ἔχθος, "hatred," and it seems able to be derived from ἔχεσθαι, "to cling fast" — so that it should be a hatred which sticks fast in the mind, that is, an inveterate hatred. Here, then, is to be understood not only a natural hatred between the beast, the serpent, and man, whereby these two parties plot each other's bodily ruin, but also, indeed much rather and more, a spiritual one. This, on the one hand, denotes a mutual contrariety and opposition (antipathia) of nature, of affections, and of pursuits; and, in the seed of the Woman, it points to such principles as are hostile to Satan, that is, to sins, and thus to regeneration, conversion, sanctification, faith, etc.; and, on the other hand, friendship and reconciliation with the Creator — since not only can an enemy of Satan not fail to be a friend of God, according to the proportion of the passage Matt. 6:24, but also because such an enmity of mind against Satan, brought about by regeneration, conversion, and sanctification, can spring from nowhere else than from the love of God. In this one enmity, therefore, is comprehended the whole work of man's restoration, as we shall show more distinctly in its place.
b. The setting, אָשִׁית, "I will put." The Septuagint have θήσω, "I will put, set." Piscator: "I put, I set," by a change of tense, because this enmity began at once, after the pronouncing of this sentence — namely, in a decretive way, let me so speak, and in a beginning way in its members; but it began to be accomplished, perfected, and carried out fully only in the fullness of the times. It is here signified, then, that God, in His eternal decree, has determined and established the work of redemption, has procured redemption in time, and applies it through the calling, regeneration, conversion, sanctification, etc., and that He is thus, in all this, the author, the fountain, and the wellspring.
2. The enemies, or the contending parties, namely a double pair of enemies:
a. The first pair: "between you and between this Woman," בֵּינְךָ וּבֵין הָאִשָּׁה. The Septuagint here render בֵּין, "between," by ἀνὰ μέσον, "through the middle"; others render it better, "between." Under this comes:
a. The first party, the serpent, in v. 14. Who and what sort of serpent this was — not only a beast, as it has pleased some later Jews to think (cf. Rivet, on Genesis, exercise 35, and Pareus on Gen. 3:14-15) — since a spiritual punishment is announced to it, the curse, enmity, and the bruising of the head; nor only an immaterial serpent, namely Satan, Rev. 20:2, as it has seemed to some of the ancient fathers, Ambrose, Augustine, Gregory, and to other later writers — since a bodily punishment also is announced: "upon your belly shall you go; you shall lick the dust of the field," v. 14 — is therefore to be understood, not a merely material, nor an immaterial serpent alone, but both together: this, I say, we have examined more carefully elsewhere, Book IV, Chapter I.
b. The second party, הָאִשָּׁה, "and between this Woman." The definite article ה denotes a certain particular Woman, namely, directly and definitely, that very one who had been deceived, and who is mentioned more than once in this chapter. She is thus named after the man, because she was taken out of the man, Gen. 2:23, where Pagninus renders it by virissam ("a she-man"), a word that is not very good Latin. Arias Montanus has viraginem, a "man-woman," which word denotes a Woman — yet not just any woman, but a certain particular one, as the definite article ה plainly enough shows. Namely, (1) not the mysterious Woman, Rev. 12:1, as it pleases the Mennonites, though without any reason; nor (2) the Blessed Virgin alone, according to the common translation of the Papists, approved in the Council of Trent, which translation, through the faithlessness of Guy Fabricius, has done violence to the original and authoritative text, by putting, in place of the neuter pronoun "it" (in the Dutch, neuter), the feminine "she," הִיא, "she": both readings being irreconcilable both with the two grammatical constructions and with the matter in hand — since it was not she, properly or alone, who bruised the serpent's head, but immediately Eve, being the only Woman of that time; mediately, other Women, by whose help and agency the Savior came in the flesh — among whom, closest and most excellent, is the Blessed Virgin.
b. The second pair of the contending parties: "between your seed and her seed." Here comes before us:
a. The seed of the serpent, זַרְעֲךָ, "your seed" — namely, of the serpent, which he had just now named. The word זֶרַע, "seed," is used either in a proper sense, insofar as it is found in herbs, trees, and flowers, and likewise in animals, both irrational and rational — namely that ὕλη, matter of generation, from which each thing brings forth its like; or in an improper sense, and this either in a metonymic sense — the matter for the thing formed of it, the subject for the attribute, the containing for the contained — thus it denotes seed-corn, Hagg. 2:16(?); Zach. Vlaanderen(?) — or in a synecdochic and collective sense, "posterity, offspring," and a multitude of men from seed — which meaning generally occurs. Again, it is used either of one single, indivisible subject — for example, of Seth, Gen. 4:25; of Isaac, Gen. 15(?):13(?); of Ishmael, Gen. 21:13 — or by way of eminence, of the Messiah, as we shall presently see. Finally, it is used of children, not by generation, but by agreement and concord — those who are joined to someone, who imitate and follow another, and express his character and disposition through their practices and pursuits. And this sense of the word "seed" is taken again, both in a good sense, of the followers of the Messiah, Ps. 22:31(?); Isa. 53:11(?); and in a bad sense, of the followers of Satan — partly, among the devils, of whom one is the head and chief, whom the rest follow, whence the name of Beelzebub, Matt. 12:24(?); likewise that of "the devil and his angels," Matt. 25:41 — and partly, among ungodly men, whence mention is made of a "seed of evildoers," Isa. 1:4, and of "children of the devil," John 8:44. And this meaning of the word "seed" has its place here.
b. The seed of the Woman, וּבֵין זַרְעָהּ, "and between her seed," namely, of the Woman. This word זֶרַע, "seed," which the Septuagint everywhere translate by σπέρμα, "seed," and of which mention is made very often in the New Testament, it will be worth noting and observing, is used either improperly, of the children of God, or the regenerate, Matt. 13:38; of the Word of God, 1 Petr. 1:23; of the descendants of Abraham, both the natural, Luke 1:55(?); John 8:33, 37, and the spiritual, Rom. 9:8; Gal. 3:29. There are some among the Reformed, and especially among the Lutherans, who by this seed of the Woman understand no one other than Christ alone, because He is generally called in the Scriptures "the seed," "the seed of Abraham," Gen. 22:18; "of Isaac," ch. 26:4; "of Jacob," ch. 28:14; "of David," 2 Sam. 7:12; 1 Chron. 17:11 — but especially because the Apostle, Gal. 3:16, speaks of one seed, not of seeds, but as of one, "and to your seed, which is Christ"; and also because He alone has bruised the serpent's head. But others, and, in our judgment, more accurately, understand by that seed, collectively, Christ together with all His elect — so Calvin, Rivet, Pareus, who (in his Calvinus Orthodoxus, p. 363) speaks thus: "When Paul says that the seed of Abraham, to whom the promises were made, is Christ, he does not deny that it is a collective seed, and denotes a multitude (for so it is certainly taken in the promises: 'your seed shall be as the sand of the sea; I will be a God to you, and to your seed after you,' etc.), but he asserts that, although there are many seeds, sprung originally from Abraham according to the flesh, nevertheless, in the singular number, the promises are restricted to one seed, which is Christ — that is, that under the seed of Abraham is to be reckoned Christ alone, together with the believing members, Jews and Gentiles together; but that the rest were an adulterous seed, estranged from the promise, just as he says elsewhere: 'not the children of the flesh are the children of God, but the children of the promise are counted for the seed.'" And indeed the proponents of the first opinion, with the Scripture passages and the reasons they adduce, reach no further than that Christ is truly that seed of the Woman. When, then, we hold it to be a collective seed, we wish it to be understood in this sense: that Christ alone is the principal seed of the Woman, while the elect alone are its lesser, less principal part — since Christ alone, in this enmity, has overcome the serpent, while believers only fight against it, 1 Petr. 5:9; Eph. 4:27(?); Jam. 4:7; since Christ alone has bruised (contrivit) the serpent's head, while believers only bruise it in part (atterunt); since Christ has bruised the serpent's head for all and each of the elect together, while the elect fight the serpent only for themselves. Christ, now, is called the seed of the Woman, because He was made of a Woman, Gal. 4:4, born of a Virgin, Isa. 7:14. Whence He also seems to be called שִׁילֹה, "Shiloh," which some derive from שִׁלְיָא, Deut. 28(?):57, the membrane in which the fetus is wrapped in the womb, or the afterbirth, so that Shiloh should be as ὁ υἱὸς τῶν ὑπερῴων(?), "a son of the afterbirth," or of the seed of the Woman.
3. The Enmity in Its Exercise, or the twofold strife and combat of these enemies:
The first strife, or the first combat, is of the seed of the Woman against the serpent: הוּא יְשׁוּפְךָ רֹאשׁ, "He shall bruise your head." In this strife and combat is:
a. The Assailant, הוּא, "He" (in the masculine), or, that same seed of the Woman — by which, as we have said, the Papists read הִיא, "she" (in the feminine). This is referred to what immediately precedes, זַרְעָהּ, "her seed." There is here to be understood, as we have noted, first and principally, Christ, then, in the second place and in a lesser degree, the elect, who indeed contend against the serpent in a different and distinct manner.
b. The Assailed, "you," namely, you, the personified serpent, together with your seed.
c. The outcome of the strife, or the victory: "shall bruise your head." That is, shall take away your life, and all power to harm Him, or those who are His, Hebr. 2:14. Here is denoted:
a. The bruising, יְשׁוּפְךָ, "He shall bruise you," from the word שׁוּף, which occurs only three times in the Scriptures, namely here, Job 9:17, and Ps. 139:11. It signifies to crush, to bruise, to dash in pieces, to strike down. The Septuagint translate it by τηρήσει(?) "He shall watch for," or by another rendering, "shall dash in pieces"; the Chaldeans, "He shall crush"; Rabbi Levi, "He shall pound in pieces"; the Targum of Jonathan explains it by "He shall wound"; the Jerusalem Targum by "He shall kill"; Aben-Ezra by "He shall strike down." All this comes to much the same result, though not in the same manner of signifying.
b. That which was to be bruised, namely the head, רֹאשׁ — others seek here, in vain, an ellipsis of בְּרֹאשׁ, "in the head." The word signifies, in a proper sense, the head, the topmost limb of the body; in a figurative sense it denotes the highest power, excellence, dignity, authority. At any rate, a serpent has its life in its head, and thus, its head being bruised, it is dead, 1 Cor. 15:54-56. It is here signified, then, that all power truly to harm Christ and His would be taken from the devil.
The second strife, or the second combat, is in the words, וְאַתָּה תְּשׁוּפֶנּוּ עָקֵב, "And you shall bruise it in the heel." Here again is:
a. The Assailant, וְאַתָּה, "and you," namely, you, the personified serpent — namely both in your own person, Matt. 4:1, and in your seed, all manner of malicious persons: the Jewish rabble, its rulers, Pharisees, scribes, in its magistrates and governors, Herod, Pontius Pilate, in the soldiers, as the whole Gospel history shows.
b. The Assailed, "it," that is, the seed of the Woman — partly in its principal part, His own person, as the head; partly also in its lesser part, its members, namely the elect true believers, whom Satan has continually fought, and still fights, 1 Petr. 5:8(?).
c. The outcome of the strife, or a certain measure of victory: "you shall bruise it in the heel." This is again:
a. The bruising, or the attempt to bruise, תְּשׁוּפֶנּוּ, "you shall bruise it." Onkelos translates this by תִּטַּר, "you shall observe it, watch upon it" — that is, you shall keep firmly in your memory the wrongs done to you; according to the Venetian edition it is תִּזְכֹּר, "you shall be mindful." Jonathan and the Jerusalem Targum have "wound" and "kill," as we have already noted before: so he has bruised Him and His seed through his temptations, persecutions, slanders, and all manner of enmities, according to the Gospel history.
b. That which was bruised, or that which was to be bruised, עָקֵב, "the heel," or "in the heel," or "toward the heel." The verb from this noun signifies indeed to lie in wait, and to attack someone out of ambush, Gen. 27:36(?); Jer. 9:4; but the noun, from its bent shape, signifies the extreme part of a man's foot, in which, if a man be hurt and wounded, he runs no danger of his life. It is here signified, then, that Satan would inflict natural death upon Christ, and that only for a short time — namely, during the three days of His burial, after which time the wound would be healed, through a glorious resurrection, ascension to heaven, and sitting at God's right hand. And not only Him, but also His seed, the elect, he would bruise in respect of their heels — through his temptations, Luke 22:31(?); 2 Cor. 12:2-4, 7; 1 Petr. 5:8; through all manner of persecutions, Job 1 and 2; Rev. 2:10 and 12:13-17; finally, through temporal death — on account of all of which he is called a murderer of men from the beginning, John 8:44 — their spiritual state, meanwhile, remaining unimpaired, Rom. 8:28.
The Doctrinal Part
III. That God, Concerning the Restoration of the Sinner, Has Entered into a Covenant of Grace
It is evident, therefore, that God, immediately after the fall, not only promised the wretched man a restoration, but also entered into a Covenant of Grace concerning it. We have already, above, pointed out the promise with our finger, when we portrayed the enmity set by God — in which nearly all the evangelical chapters lie hidden — namely: (1) that God is the author of all our salvation and of all our blessedness; (II) that He, with man, created after His image, established a covenant of nature; (III) by the violation of which man became exceedingly wretched; (IV) that He, notwithstanding this, promised him a Mediator who would deliver him from the enemy; (V) who would be a man, as a seed of the Woman, who would suffer a bruising in order to be bruised, and at the same time also God, as one who would be able to overcome Satan; and who (VI), through His own bruising — that is, through His suffering and death — would take from Satan all power over Himself and over His own; who, moreover, (VII) would, through His Spirit, bring to His own a heart hostile to Satan and to his works (through regeneration, faith, conversion, and sanctification, unto the pursuit of good works); who also (VIII), as the seed of the Woman, would call the elect, through the voice of the gospel, unto faith, and thereby unite them with Himself, and on this account would impart to them all manner of saving benefits — justification, adoption as children, sanctification, and glorification. And that there would therefore (IX) be a church, which would constitute the seed of the Woman, as distinguished from and set over against the seed of the serpent. And (X) that, in order to gather it, the ministry of the Word would serve, by whose means the promise of restoration made to the sinner would be made known, and he invited to embrace, in and through faith, both the Mediator and also His benefits, which would be brought about through the bruising of the serpent's head.
IV. The Essential Parts of the Covenant of Grace Are Contained in This Promise
Indeed, it would thus appear that, if not all the formal circumstances, at least the essential parts of the Covenant of Grace are contained in this promise. Among the essential parts are the Author of the Covenant, the Contracting Parties, and the Matter and Form of the Covenant-making — all of which parts, though not made explicit, run together in and through this promise. (I) The Author of the Covenant of Grace is God, and His pure and free grace — whence that common and well-known expression: "My covenant: I will establish my covenant," Gen. 17:2; Deut. 8:14. With this our first gospel agrees: "I will put enmity" — and that this could here have had no other moving cause than God's compassionate good pleasure is evident from the state and condition of the most wretched covenant-breaker, at once liable to punishment and dead. (II) The Contracting Parties are, on the one side, the Triune God, and on the other, the mystical Christ, that is, Christ together with His own. All this runs together in the first gospel promise, where (1) God promises that He will put enmity; (2) the seed of the Woman, that is, Christ with His own, accepts the condition, and promises that it will bruise the serpent's head — for God could not have so plainly promised that bruising, had not the seed of the Woman, or the Son as Mediator, being Himself both able and Himself entitled, beforehand taken it upon Himself. (III) The matter of the covenant-making is a mutual promise: when God promises the restoration of the fallen sinner through the Mediator, the Mediator accepts and takes upon Himself the redemption, and His seed accepts and takes upon itself the acceptance of the Mediator and of His redemption, together with a manner of life worthy of the Mediator and of the redemption. With this agrees the promise of the text, in which God promises enmity between the seed of the Woman and the serpent; the seed of the Woman promises that it will bruise the serpent's head — and herein, principally and in the first place, Christ, that He will do this through His incarnation, life, and death; but His seed, or His members, in a lesser and secondary way, that they will, in the strength of their Head, fight valiantly against Satan and his own; and the whole mystical seed, that it will suffer and endure that its heel be bruised by the serpent through temptations, afflictions, and death. (IV) The form of the covenant-making is a mutual agreement of the parties, which springs of itself from what has been said.
V. The Covenant of Grace Is Set in Place of the Broken Covenant of Works, and This Is Confirmed by Scripture and by Reason
It is evident, then, throughout the whole text, that in this first promise the Covenant of Grace is displayed, and that God, the Covenant of Works having been broken, at once set a Covenant of Grace in its place. Hence there is (I) mention made of a new covenant, and God promises that He will establish a new covenant, whether by first instituting it or by renewing it, Jer. 31:31-35, and 32:40; Hebr. 8:8-... For also (II), not without a general and utterly hopeless ruin and destruction of the whole human race, could God have failed to institute a Covenant of Grace, the Covenant of Works having once been broken — since to inflict death upon the covenant-breaker, or, after sin, to grant eternal life on account of and for the sake of good works; or to expect a perfect obedience from a man who is dead in his sins, and on that account to assign him eternal life — and yet to be God — are things that cannot stand together. Moreover (III), from the Covenant of Grace there shines forth, in the most beautiful and glorious manner, God's goodness, love toward men, mercy, longsuffering, beneficence, Rom. 9:23. Finally, there is also (IV) supplied to the restored sinners, by force of the Covenant of Grace, a far more powerful spur and incentive to love, thankfulness, submission, reverence, and other duties of religion.
VI. There Is a Twofold Covenant of Grace: One Eternal, the Other Temporal
There is now a twofold Covenant of Grace: the one eternal, the other temporal. That from eternity was entered into between Father and Son, concerning and touching the restoration of the elect sinner; this, in time, is entered into between God and the elect sinner. The first is related to the second as a foreshadowing (prototypon), and the second is as a copy (ectypon) of the first. Both of these seem to be signified, Luke 22:29: "And I appoint unto you a Kingdom by covenant, as my Father has appointed unto me by covenant." And of both we must now treat separately, each in turn. First, of the eternal covenant. The name of this, though it does occur in the Scriptures, as well as among the Church Fathers, indeed also among the older Reformed, is nonetheless found rather rarely; yet that the thing itself has place is evident from more than one reason. (1) It seems to be mentioned in the already-cited passage of Luke, Chap. 22:29, where the Savior says that a Kingdom was appointed to Him by the Father through covenant — for this is the force of the word διέθετο, "He has appointed by covenant," whence the noun Διαθήκη, "a covenant"; by this and to this end He says that a kingdom was appointed or promised to Him — namely, the Mediatorial kingdom, as a reward for the redemption which He would bring about for the elect. Likewise (II), Gal. 3:17, where mention is made of a covenant that was beforehand confirmed by God upon Christ, but proclaimed and made known to Abraham four hundred years before the Law. When, now, was that covenant confirmed beforehand (προκεκυρωμένον)? Surely, certainly, from eternity — although the first making-known of it took place in Paradise; at any rate, you could truly assign no more fitting or suitable origin than eternity, in which Christ is said to have already been foreknown beforehand, 1 Petr. 1:20. To the same effect seems (III) to look Ps. 2:7: "I will declare unto you the decree" (namely, in the covenant): "the LORD has said unto me, You are my Son, this day have I begotten you. Ask of me, and I will give you the heathen for your inheritance," etc. Here is related the thing established between the LORD the Father and His Son, and indeed an eternal establishment, confirmed when the Son was born — "this day," that is, from eternity: and indeed such an eternal establishment as, by force of which, the Son has been able to make a covenantal demand, or counter-demand. Also (IV) not foreign to this is the passage of Zech. 6:12-13: "Thus speaks the LORD of hosts, saying, Behold, the Man" (צֶמַח, "Branch") "shall sprout up, and He shall grow up out of His place, and He shall build the temple of the LORD; yes, He shall build the temple of the LORD, and He shall bear the glory, and shall sit and rule upon His throne, and He shall be a priest upon His throne, and the counsel of peace shall be between them both." Here is mentioned the counsel of peace — or, concerning the peace and reconciliation of the elect sinners, without doubt the same thing that is comprehended in the counsel, or the Covenant of Peace: here are mentioned the Persons who made the covenant, namely, Jehovah and the Man, צֶמַח, Branch or Sprout: here is mentioned the duty demanded by Jehovah of this Man — He shall build the temple of the LORD, namely, the Church, the house of God, 1 Tim. 3:15, compared with Hebr. 3:4 and Matt. 16:18: here is mentioned the promise of reward — He shall bear the glory (the ornament), and shall sit and rule upon His throne, and shall be a priest upon His throne: compare Phil. 2:9; Matt. 28:18: here is mentioned the mutual accord and agreement of the parties, when it is said that these things would surely come to pass. The same thing seems also (V) to be said, Isa. 53:10, where not only are the negotiating parties shown, namely Jehovah the Covenant-maker, and His servant the Righteous One, or the Messiah; but also the content of the agreement, namely the covenantal demand of the duty to be performed there by the Messiah: when He shall have given (set, אָשָׁם) His soul as an offering for sin; and then the promise of reward: then He shall see His seed, He shall prolong His days, and the pleasure of the LORD shall prosper by His hand. And concerning the mutual accord or agreement of both parties, no one can doubt. What, then, is lacking here, on account of which there should not have been here a Covenant of Grace? It is also (VI) not without purpose that the Son often calls the Father His God, Ps. 22:3 and 44:8(?); Isa. 40:4-5(?); John 20:17 — which is a formula of the Covenant of Grace. Likewise (VII), because He used the Sacraments, which are seals of the Covenant of Grace, Rom. 4:11. To all which we finally (VIII) add further, that all the essential elements of the Covenant of Grace, in the matter of the Redemption between Father and Son, are found visibly and evidently — as we shall show a little further on, taking each part in turn.
An Objection Answered
The most plausible thing that could be alleged to the contrary consists in this: that, since an accord and agreement of parties, whereby their wills come together in and to the same conditions, is the form of a covenant, and since such an accord and agreement between Father and Son could not from eternity have had place, because the will of both is one and the same — that, I say, no covenant, then, can be admitted between them either. We meet this difficulty by observing that, just as the one and same numerical Being in God is, through the distinguishing Attributes, so drawn together and contracted that three Persons come forth from it, so also the will, which is one and the same with the Being, is likewise so drawn together and contracted, that to each individual Person, together with and alongside the Being, His own will belongs. This, which is clearer than the sun, appears in the internal, inward-directed operations of God — both in the essential and mutual ones, whereby, for example, the Father knows and loves the Son, and likewise the Son the Father; and in the personal ones, by which the Father begets the Son, the Son goes forth from the Father by generation, etc. Indeed, the same thing is, in its own way, also to be observed in the external operations, insofar as Creation is ascribed to the Father, Redemption to the Son, and Sanctification to the Holy Spirit.
VII. What This Eternal Covenant of Grace Is
This eternal Covenant of Grace, then, is with us nothing other than a Personal and Economic negotiation and covenant-making between Father and Son, whereby, from eternity, the Father demanded of the Son all that would be necessary in order to procure eternal salvation for the elect sinners, and promised, as a reward, among other things, a Mediatorial glory — while the Son, on the other hand, promised and undertook what was demanded, and, for His part, in turn demanded for Himself the promises made to Him, to the use and advantage of both parties. The particular parts of this must each be examined and drawn out a little more precisely, one by one.
VIII. This Covenant Is, First, an Economic Compact
This covenant is, first, according to the nature of any covenant, a compact or a certain negotiation — yet a personal and economic one, such as also, concerning the first institution of man, existed between the Persons of the Trinity, Gen. 1:26, and, concerning his restoration, seems, to one who considers it more attentively, to appear between Father and Son, Prov. 8:22-32, at least Isa. 53:10. What economic operations are, we have already said before, Book II, Chapter 24, §12-17.
IX. The Parties Negotiating This Covenant Must Be Rightly Distinguished
The parties negotiating this covenant must indeed be rightly distinguished: for just as a mediator is not a mediator of one party alone, Gal. 3:20, so also a covenant is not a covenant...
The parties bound to one another, 1 Tim. 2:5 — such as here are the Father and the Son — are so considered as distinct Persons, not only in and through their manner of subsisting, by virtue of their characteristic properties, but also in and through this act of covenant-making. The Father, in this article of the covenant-making, is regarded as Creator, who through the Son and the Spirit has brought forth all things, Ps. 33:6, and thus as a potter, Rom. 9:21, from Jer. 18:6, Isa. 45:9; and likewise, as the Father and Begetter of the Son, Ps. 2:7, He is considered, according to the economy, as Lord and Lawgiver, against whom we have sinned, Ps. 51:6, as Judge, Gen. 18:25, as avenger of the Law, Rom. 1:18, Nah. 1:2. He is therefore God, considered not only theologically but also economically — the very God whom the Son Himself, because of this work, repeatedly calls His God, Ps. 22:3, Isa. 45:8, John 20:17 — who (in signo rationis), in the order of reason, so to speak, was the first to take this covenant-making upon Himself. The Son, as the οἰκονόμος, the Steward, Dispenser, Mediator, and personal Surety, 1 Tim. 2:5, Heb. 7:22, or as the Goel, Job 19:25, takes upon Himself the Father's demand, Ps. 40:7-8, and stands surety for the elect sinner, becoming His very own surety. Likewise the Holy Spirit, as the Perfecter of all things, through whom the Trinity carries everything into effect, and as the one sent forth, assents to and executes what has been established in the Covenant, distributing His gifts to the elect as He wills, 1 Cor. 12:8,9,11, and regenerating them, John 3:5, Titus 3:5, etc.
X. The Content of This Covenant-Making
The content of this covenant-making was, in general, the restoration of the elect sinner, 1 Tim. 1:15 — from which the Son is called Jesus, Matt. 1:21, that is, Jesus who delivers us from the wrath to come, 1 Thess. 1:10 — but in particular it consisted of mutual demands and promises. On the one side stand the acts of the Father toward the Son, and among these, the promises made to the Son, namely: (1) that He would clothe Him with the most eminent and most honored office of Mediator, Isa. 42:6-7 and 49:6, Ps. 89:20-21, Matt. 11:6, and that He would therein appoint Him Prophet, as a light of the nations, Isa. 42:6-7 compared with ch. 50:4; High Priest, Ps. 110:4; King, Ps. 2:6-9 compared with Rev. 2:26-27 and 19:19. (2) That He would graciously accept everything that He, as Mediator, would have done for His own, Isa. 49:8 and 42:1 compared with Luke 3:22, and therefore that He would give Him the elect as His inheritance and possession, Ps. 2:7-8. (3) That in the exercising and discharging of His mediatorial office He would stand by Him with His favor, and strengthen Him with His power against all the difficulties and hardships that would confront Him, Isa. 42:5-7, Ps. 89:22-25 and 2:4-6. (4) That He would glorify Him, Isa. 53:9-11, Ps. 110:6, Zech. 9:10, by raising Him up from the dead, Ps. 2:7 compared with Acts 13:31 [?] and Ps. 16:8-10 with Acts 2:25,32 and 13:35-36; by receiving Him up into heaven, as the throne of glory, Ps. 68:18; by seating Him at His right hand, Ps. 110:1; by giving Him all power in heaven and on earth, Matt. 28:18; by committing to Him the authority to judge the living and the dead, Ps. 89:15 with John 5:21. (5) That He would exalt Him beyond measure, and give Him a name that is above every name, so that at His name every knee should bow, of those in heaven, and those on earth, and those under the earth, and every tongue should confess that He is Lord, Phil. 2:9-11. (6) That He would raise up seed for Him, Isa. 53:10, innumerable in number, Gen. 15:5. These are the promises of the Father to the Son. The duties required of the Son, which in general consist in His carrying out and accomplishing all those things which would be necessary for the restoration of the elect sinner, 1 Tim. 1:15 — this is that will of the Father of which Ps. 40:9 speaks, compared with John 6:39. In particular: (1) that He would take upon Himself the flesh of those to be restored, by His becoming flesh — for this the Father dug His ears, Ps. 40:7, according to Paul's exposition, Heb. 10:5. (2) That He would willingly and gladly submit Himself to those very worst things which had to be borne and suffered in order to restore the sinner, namely, by drinking that cup, Matt. 26:39. (3) That He would make His soul אָשָׁם, an offering for sin, Isa. 53:10, Ps. 40:7-9. (4) That He would liberally distribute among the sinners to be restored all manner of gifts necessary for the application or possession of the acquired forgiveness — the Holy Spirit, regeneration, conversion, faith, hope, love — by rising up, ascending, and sitting at the Father's right hand, Ps. 68:19 compared with Eph. 4:8. These, then, are the actions of the Father regarding the Son. The actions of the Son in this covenant-making toward the Father are, on the one side, a promise by which He willingly took upon Himself all the demands of the Father, Ps. 40:6-11 compared with Heb. 10:5-11, Isa. 61:1-3 compared with Luke 4:18-21, Isa. 50:5-9; and on the other side, a covenant-demand, by which He demands from the Father the reward promised to Him, Ps. 2:8 — for example, His own glorification, John 17:4-5; the keeping of His own, v. 11; their sanctification, v. 17; their glorification, v. 24, etc. The chief work, then, of this covenant-making, at least with respect to the Son, was His becoming Surety for the sinners to be restored — on account of which He is called, Jer. 30:21, ἔγγυος, Heb. 7:22, that is, Surety; whereby He took upon Himself and brought down upon Himself, all at once and altogether, the whole cause of the sinner to be restored, Isa. 53:4-7. And this not under any condition, as though it depended on whether the sinner to be restored would himself accomplish what needed to be done, but absolutely and unconditionally, as there, and Ps. 40:9 — so that this covenant-promise was not so much a suretyship by pledge (fidejussio) as a suretyship by substitution (expromissio), as will be said more fully in the following chapter.
XI. The Consent and Agreement of the Parties to This Covenant-Making
Finally, just as in every covenant-making, especially one made between parties who are equal to one another, an agreement and consent of the covenant-making parties is required — and indeed such a consent as is free, not extorted, and moreover such as lies within the power (potestate) and likewise within the capacity (potentia) of both parties — so also in this Covenant, which is between equals who are fully their own masters (sui juris) and therefore have the authority to negotiate concerning the right in question, and the capacity by which they can bring into effect in deed what they have agreed upon: the consent and agreement of the Father and the Son concerning what was agreed (in pacta) may be inferred sufficiently from what has been said in the foregoing sections. Holy Scripture also teaches this plainly enough, when (1) it says in general that a counsel of peace has passed between those two, the Man Tsemach (the Branch) and Jehovah, Zech. 6:13: "the counsel of peace shall be between them both" — which mutual consent we have already defended at length in §5. If you say that this passage speaks of a future counsel, it will be easy to answer that it speaks of one future with respect to its still-future execution, not with respect to the first establishment of that mutual agreement — unless you would insist on a change of tense, which is very common in Holy Scripture, especially in prophetic visions, whereby the future tense is taken for the past, Ps. 22:3 (?). This same mutual and reciprocal consent (2) the Savior Himself makes known, when He says that He has come into the world to do the will of His Father, John 4:34, 5:30, and 6:38-40. And that the Father was to this consent absolutely free and self-determining, whether it were to save the sinner or to condemn him, no one can doubt; and that the Son's consent likewise was free and self-determining is plain from Ps. 40:7, Heb. 10:5, John 10:11-12 — for of Himself and voluntarily He did all that He promised and did for the sinner, John 10:18. And this voluntary undertaking of suretyship by the Son is, in the Father, also the ground of His authoritative sending and sealing, for the mediatorial duties laid upon the Son, which are commonly signified in Holy Scripture by Ps. 40:7-8, Heb. 10:5, John 10:11-12 — according to which He is also called the Father's servant, Isa. 53:11, 42:1,6, and 49:9, Zech. 13:7.
XII. The Temporal Covenant of Grace
We have considered the eternal Covenant of Grace; let us now proceed to the temporal one, of which the eternal Covenant has served as a sketch, image, rule, and foundation — as will become clear through a mutual correspondence to be drawn between the first and the second Adam, Rom. 5:14, 1 Cor. 15:22. Namely: (1) Just as the first Adam was the foundation of the Legal Covenant, so the second is the foundation of the Evangelical Covenant. (2) Just as the first had his natural seed, to which he transmitted sin and death, Rom. 5:12, so the second has His own, to which He imparts righteousness and life, vv. 15-17, Isa. 53:10-11, Ps. 22:30-31 and 110:3, Heb. 2:13 — which seed the elect constitute, who were given Him by the Father, John 17:2,24, His sheep, ch. 10:15-17, 28-29, as those who are chosen in Christ, Eph. 1:4-5, as it were begotten of Him, as the Father of eternity, Isa. 9:6, and on that account called His children, Heb. 2:13. (3) Just as the violation of the Covenant of Nature involved the first Adam himself, together with his whole seed, in sin and death, so godly obedience and the keeping of the Covenant of Grace involves the whole race of the elect and believers unto righteousness and life, Rom. 5:18-19.
XIII. Its Names
This Covenant is called, (1) in the Holy Scriptures, at one time a new Covenant, Jer. 31:31, Heb. 8:8, which differs, both in its nature and in its time, from the aged Covenant of Works, vv. 7,13; at another time the Law of faith, Rom. 3:27, because it demands faith from the elect — whereas the Covenant of Works is called the law of works, because it demanded exact obedience to the Law, as the right of the Law, Rom. 8:3; at yet another time the Gospel of peace, Eph. 6:15, because it restores the peace which had been taken away by the violation of the Covenant of Works; at another time the Gospel, Rom. 1:16, because what is comprehended in this Covenant is disclosed and made known to us through the proclamation of the Gospel, just as the content of the Covenant of Works is disclosed to us through the Law; and at another time the word of life, Phil. 2:16, because it alone restores life to the sinner, whereas the violated Covenant of Nature is called a ministration of death and condemnation, 2 Cor. 3:7,9. (2) Among theologians it is by some called an Evangelical Covenant, when the violated Covenant of Works is by them called the Legal Covenant. That by others it is called a Covenant of Faith pleases me better, because it demands faith alone as its condition. Most of all I am content with the name Covenant of Grace, not so much because it is founded on divine grace — which also holds a place in the Covenant of Nature — but rather because, however broad and far-extended it may be, it is governed throughout by grace, so that there is nothing in it that does not breathe of the purest grace.
XIV. Description of the Temporal Covenant of Grace
This temporal Covenant of Grace is nothing other than that gracious agreement between the Triune God and the elect sinner, in and by which He, to the elect, each in His own way, according to the eternal Covenant of Grace, on account of the suretyship of His Son, promises deliverance, calling, regeneration, and other means unto salvation, absolutely and unconditionally, without any prior required condition; while with respect to justification, adoption as children, and glorification, He demands of them faith, which they must attest and demonstrate through repentance and the practice of new obedience — the elect, on the other side, promising to God what is required of them, and in turn demanding for themselves what has been promised them by God, unto God's glory and the Mediator's.
XV. The Covenant-Making Parties: God
The covenant-making parties are here, on the one side, the Triune God, appearing in this matter not merely as one party to the Covenant, but also as its author and governor, Gen. 1:1(?), 1 Sam. 23:5, Ps. 89:35, Jer. 32:14-15, Heb. 8:8-10 — He alone, as being, through the violation of the Covenant of Nature, the one alone offended, Ps. 51:8; likewise alone competent to devise and make known the manner and the laws of grace and forgiveness; and also alone able to bring the promised benefits of the Covenant to pass. Now God stands to this covenant-making under a twofold consideration and relation: (1) Κατά Θεολογίαν, theologically, as being simply a benevolent and well-disposed Creator, about to make a Covenant of friendship, as in former times in the Covenant of Nature; or else as a merciful Deliverer, about to enter a Covenant of reconciliation, 2 Cor. 5:19. (2) Κατ' Οἰκονομίαν, economically, inasmuch as the particular Persons of the Trinity, each in His own particular way, come forward together here, 2 Cor. 13:13: the Father as the offended Lord, reconciling the world to Himself, 2 Cor. 5:19; the Son as pledge and personal surety, Luke 22:29, John 10:28; the Holy Spirit, as the Perfecter and Executor of the covenant-making, producing the required duties — faith, conversion, regeneration — and, having accomplished this, applying the promises and, as it were, sealing them as a seal and pledge, 2 Cor. 1:20-22, 1 Cor. 12:3, Eph. 1:13-14. And properly speaking there is in God no moving cause, since He is in every way unmoved and independent; wherefore it is here commonly called His pure and simple good pleasure, Eph. 1:5, Matt. 11:26. Yet the reason according to which He wisely does all things appears to us twofold: the one, with respect to God, namely, the manifestation and disclosure of the glory of His mercy, Rom. 9:23; the other, with respect to men, namely, their gracious restoration and eternal salvation, ibid. — from which mention is made of the inward stirrings of mercy; compare Luke 1:54-55,72-73,77-78, Ezek. 16:4-9 and 36:22,32, just as that same reason is named at the renewal of the Covenant with Israel, Deut. 7:8, 10:15. Thus, on the one side, God alone, through His mercy, is the Author of this covenant-making, and also governs the one party.
XVI. And the Elect Man
On the other side is man — but only the elect man, considered (1) as wretched, and, on account of the violation of the first Covenant, possessed of no power or capacity for covenant-making, having no strength to fulfill the required conditions, and having nothing outside himself by whose help and assistance he might commend and render himself acceptable to God for covenant-making, Titus 3:3-4, Ezek. 16:1-6; (2) as foreknown by God, according to His most absolute freedom, unto grace together with glory, Luke 22:32; (3) as, in and through the eternal Covenant of Grace, through Christ's undertaking of suretyship, already long since admitted and accepted, Heb. 7:22.
XVII. The Content or Subject Matter of This Covenant
The content, or subject matter, of this Covenant consists, in general, in the restoration of the elect sinner, and in the manifestation of God's glorious mercy that flows from it; but the particular content and subject matter lies in the mutual promises and demands. Now God here promises: (1) that He will deliver the elect from every kind of misery, both of sin and of punishment, Heb. 10:16-18, Jer. 31:31-35, Rom. 11:27, Heb. 8:8 — namely, just as through the disobedience of the first Adam many were made sinners and liable to death, so through the obedience of the second Adam many shall be made righteous and heirs of life, Rom. 5:10,12, compare Ezek. 11:19-20 and 36:25-27. (2) The bestowal of righteousness and life, Rom. 5:17,21 — which benefits appear to have been prefigured both by the leading of Israel out of Egyptian bondage and their being brought into the land of promise, Gen. 15:13-15, Deut. 5:2-3,6, and by the bringing back of the Jews out of the Babylonian captivity into their Jewish homeland, Jer. 24:5-7. Which promises further (3) include that God would redeem the seed of the elect through the blood of His Son, as the ransom-price of the sinner to be redeemed, 1 Cor. 6:20, 1 Pet. 1:18-19, Titus 2:14, Gal. 3:13. Likewise (4) the mediatorship of the Redeemer, 1 Tim. 2:5; (5) a most exact satisfaction rendered by that same Mediator on behalf of those to be redeemed, Rom. 3:25, Eph. 5:2, Heb. 9:13-14, 10:8,11-15; then (6) their reconciliation, brought about and accomplished through the rendering of satisfaction, 2 Cor. 5:19-20; and also (7) the application of the redemption through the Holy Spirit, so that He may convince those to be redeemed of sin, John 16:8-11; regenerate them, John 3:3,5; quicken them, Eph. 2:5-6; renew them, Titus 3:5; convert them, Acts 26:18; effectually call them, Rom. 8:30; justify them, Rom. 5:1; adopt them as children, John 1:12; sanctify them, 1 Pet. 1:2, 1 Cor. 6:11; and finally also glorify them, Rom. 8:30, and raise them up for this purpose from the dead, 1 Thess. 4:16-17, etc.; and that God, through and by all these benefits, would show Himself to be their God, unto all eternity, Gen. 17:2,7, Jer. 31:33, Ps. 33:12. These are the promises of God.
XVIII. What God Demands of the Sinners to Be Restored, and Their Promises in Return
God now demands of the sinner to be restored — and the elect in turn promises and pledges to God — in this covenant-making: (1) that he will, with a living faith, receive God as his highest end, and God's Son as the only Mediator, Ps. 73:25, John 1:12 and 14:1,6. (2) That he will walk worthily of God and of this covenant-making with God, Gen. 17:1, 1 Thess. 2:12, 2 Thess. 1:5,11; that He will show and demonstrate to him His gratitude for the deliverance and for the benefits of this covenant-making, in everything, Col. 1:10-14. (3) That they shall be a people to God, Jer. 24:7 and 30:22, Heb. 8:10, in all that they are, 1 Cor. 6:19-20 and 3:16-17, Rom. 12:1 and 14:7-9, 2 Cor. 5:8; in all that they possess, 2 Cor. 8:3-5, Phil. 3:7-8; in all that they can do, or do, for God, Phil. 1:20-21, or suffer, Acts 20:24, Heb. 12:4. Now the duties required of them by God having been performed, they in turn demand from His hand, and await, the benefits promised to them by God; and herein lies and consists the matter (the covenant-demand) of a good conscience toward God, 1 Pet. 3:21, that we may with boldness approach the throne of grace and receive mercy and grace, Heb. 4:12, compare Ps. 27:8.
XIX. The Mutual Agreement of God and the Elect Sinners
From what has now been said it appears more than abundantly clear that there is mutual agreement between both parties in and toward the reciprocal demands and promises, which is, as it were, the very form of covenant-making. This God has, on his part, disclosed and made known in every more solemn renewal of this Covenant: for example, in its first establishment, Gen. 3:15; in its renewal with Noah, Gen. 6:18, with Abraham, Gen. 17:2, at Sinai with Israel, Exod. 34:10, with David, Ps. 89:4, with Israel before the Babylonian captivity, Ezek. 16:60, and in the promises and benefits shown in the New Testament, Jer. 31:31, Heb. 8:7-8. On the other side, the elect sinners also show and demonstrate this — at times expressly, Josh. 24:15-16,21-22,25, 2 Chron. 15:12-14, Ezra 10:3-4,12 — but for the most part, more implicitly, through the performing of what is required of them, as appears in most of the renewals of the Covenant of Grace — for example, with Noah, Abraham, Israel, and daily in the use of the Sacraments, Baptism and the Lord's Supper. Nor is there ever lacking, very often, a merely outward, verbal, and feigned consent, Ps. 78:10,36-37 and 50:16-17, Matt. 15:8 — which, if it is such that it does not openly convict the one consenting of falsehood, renders Him fit to be admitted by the Church into and unto its fellowship, and unto the outward and observable privileges of the Covenant, Acts 8:13,20-21.
XX. Whether the Covenant of Grace Must Be Acknowledged to Be Conditional
From what has been said it is clear how, and to what extent, the Covenant of Grace must be acknowledged to be conditional. It is truly not conditional (1) in the sense that God Himself should depend on faith or on anything else in the establishing and offering of the Covenant, or in the bestowal of its benefits — which would mean making both election and covenant-making depend on things foreseen, whereas Scripture on the contrary constantly and steadfastly declares that the good pleasure of God's will alone is the cause of the establishing of the Covenant, and of His taking and admitting one into the Covenant rather than another, Matt. 11:26, Rom. 3:24, 4:16, 5:15,21, 9:14-16,18, Eph. 1:4-5,9,11. Right reason also teaches this, when it says that God is in all things independent. (2) Nor is it conditional in the sense that some prior condition should be the meriting cause of the benefits of this Covenant, whether by virtue of an inward equivalence or by virtue of an outward compact; since the grace of this Covenant — the very thing whereby it differs from the Covenant of Works — excludes, according to the constant declaration of Scripture, all merit of every kind. (3) Nor also in the sense that such a condition must be fulfilled by our own strength; since not only does this Covenant differ from the Covenant of Works in this very point — that its condition had to be fulfilled by one's own strength — but also because we, on account of the violated Covenant of Works, are so dead in sins that we are incapable even of a single spiritual thought, 2 Cor. 3:5, 1 Cor. 12:3(?). (4) Likewise it is not conditional in the sense that some particular condition should be required beforehand for obtaining each and every benefit of this Covenant; since calling, regeneration, conversion, sanctification, faith, and all such things — which bear the relation and consideration of means to the end of this Covenant — do not depend on any condition to be fulfilled by the elect, but on the absolute good pleasure of the Giver, just as election itself does, Jer. 31:33, Heb. 8:10. But (5) as for the remaining benefits which flow forth from the communion with the benefits of this Covenant — the union with Christ and the fellowship of His benefits flowing therefrom, justification, adoption as children, sanctification and glorification (those benefits, namely, which bear more the relation and consideration of the end) — these are, by the Author of this Covenant, made fast to a certain condition, to be fulfilled by the elect, Phil. 3:9, Gal. 2:16, John 1:12 — provided that I do not thereby mean that any and every benefit of the Covenant of Grace depends on a condition to be performed by Christ, Isa. 53:10-11.
XXI. It Is Therefore Not Entirely Without Condition
This Covenant is therefore not entirely without condition, since, according to the nature of every properly so-called covenant, it consists in a mutual promise as its foundation: when God, on the one side, promises that He will set enmity between the seed of the woman and the seed of the serpent, Gen. 3:15; that He will give the Middle One (the Mediator), Isa. 53:10; that He will give the elect a new heart, Jer. 32:39 and 31:34; and demands of the Mediator that He present Himself as an offering for sin, Isa. 53:10; and of the elect, that they receive Him and the Mediator through a living faith, Acts 10:43, John 1:12. The Mediator, accepting and allowing this condition, likewise promises on His part, Ps. 40:8-9, Heb. 10:5, Phil. 2:8. Likewise the elect, upon the promises made to them by God, in turn promise on their part their duty, Ps. 27:8, Song 2:16. So that this Covenant, even with respect to men — concerning which there is the greatest difficulty — is by no means entirely without condition, as we shall show more fully in the Polemical Part.
XXII. What the Condition of the Covenant of Grace Is, on Man's Side
What the condition of the Covenant of Grace is, on man's side, is not determined by all in one and the same way. The Papists favor good works, as meriting causes; the Socinians likewise favor good works, but as required through grace; there are some who favor faith and conversion together; and there are also some who favor conversion, faith, and obedience together in this matter. The most Orthodox admit here, with Scripture, in the most exact sense, faith alone. Meanwhile, in order that we may rightly grasp the matter, it seems to me that one must distinguish between a condition in the broadest sense and a condition in a narrower sense, so called: under a condition in the broadest sense is comprehended everything which is in any manner whatsoever required for the Covenant of Grace, whatever manner that may be. Whether (1) antecedently, or preparatorily — in which sense a condition might be called the hearing of the proclaimed Covenant; a general assent to the Word of God; a conviction of the necessity of the Covenant of Grace; an effectual calling to faith (faith itself being, if not earlier in time, then at least earlier in nature); a knowledge, acknowledgment, and sense of misery; a godly despair of oneself, and of everything outside the Mediator, etc. Or (2) concomitantly — in which sense the denial of self might be reckoned as a condition, Luke 9:23, Phil. 3:4-12, the exercise of repentance and conversion, Mark 1:15, Acts 2:38-39. Or (3) consequently — as all the covenant duties, in which sense might be acknowledged as a condition an Evangelical obedience, Gen. 12:1-3, 15:18 compared with ch. 17:12, 22:9-15(?); the renewal of steadfastness and repentance, Deut. 30:1-9 with 29:24 to the end. A condition in the narrower and most proper sense signifies that by which, being set in man, one enters into the Covenant of Grace; and in this sense faith alone is the condition of the Covenant of Grace: for (1) by this it is distinguished from the Covenant of Works, Rom. 3:27 and 10:5-14; (2) hence it is called a Law of faith, Rom. 3:27; (3) and its righteousness is called a righteousness or justification of faith, Rom. 10:6, Phil. 3:9, Heb. 11:6-7; and (4) its covenant partners are called those who are of faith, Gal. 3:9.
XXIII. It Is Clear from This
From this it is clear and plain (1) that the Covenant of Grace is not committed and offered to all and to every one, since not all and every one are called to the faith, Ps. 147:19-20 — still less (2) is it brought to all and to every one, or entered into by all and every one, since by far the greatest part of men are utterly destitute of living faith, John 3:36 (?), Matt. 20:16(?). Although meanwhile, in the outward and Churchly Covenant of Grace — of which there is also, in its own place, an outwardly-administered form — very many hypocrites are also admitted or brought in, in that they only profess the condition of the Covenant of Grace. Thus, under the Old Testament, a national Covenant of Grace was entered into between God and all Israel, and among them also such as to whom God had not given a heart to understand, nor eyes to see — all and every one without distinction: little children, women, strangers, householders, those present and those absent, Deut. 29:1,2,4,10,11,14,15, Ps. 81:8,11-12, Isa. 1:3,12. To which, under the New Testament, seem to point the parables of Matt. 13:24-25 and 42, and 3:12, 2 Tim. 2:20. But with this outward and Churchly Covenant we have, for the present, nothing to do.
XXIV. The Properties and Qualities of This Covenant
As for this Covenant's own properties and qualities: it is therefore (1) most of all and supremely gracious, Rom. 4:16, insofar as God, moved and impelled by pure grace alone, (1) has instituted the Covenant, (2) has given the Mediator, (3) has admitted and accepted the mediation, (4) brings about the condition of the Covenant, (5) bestows the Mediator, with all His benefits, through faith — so that God, in order to bring all this about, requires of the elect themselves no meriting cause, indeed no merits at all, but rests solely in the single condition of faith, Rom. 3:28, Gal. 2:16, Eph. 2:8. (2) It is a holy Covenant, Dan. 11:28,30, Luke 1:72, Ps. 105:42-43, since (1) its Author is He who is thrice holy, Isa. 6:3, holiness itself, Ps. 89:35; (2) its Mediator is the Holy One, Acts 2:27 and 13:35, whom the Father has sanctified, John 10:36; (3) its parties are holy — God on the one side, and the elect on the other, Heb. 3:1, 1 Pet. 1:22 and 2:5, Ezek. 21:37(?), Deut. 7:6; (4) the substance, or matter, of this Covenant is holy, namely, to bring the sinner over, through sanctification, from the state of sin into the state of righteousness and life; and finally (5) its condition is holy faith, indeed a most holy faith, Jude v. 20: to walk before God in holiness and righteousness all the days of our life, Luke 1:75, to perfect holiness in the fear of God, 2 Cor. 7:1. (3) It is a Covenant in all things well ordered, berith ʿărûkhāh baʾkol, 2 Sam. 23:5, since both its material elements are, among and alongside one another, most skillfully ordered and arranged: God, on His part, promises restoration, through His Son as Mediator, out of the state of sin and death into and unto the state of righteousness and life, and that He will finally, once they are restored, be their God; the Mediator takes the sinner's cause upon Himself, and promises that for his sake He shall crush the serpent's head; the man to be restored accepts the promise, takes God and the Mediator for his own with a living faith, acknowledges himself thankful to both, and walks worthily of this Covenant. Its formal elements, too, are well ordered, as involving a mutual consent and agreement, a demand and counter-demand, and a mutual obligation and engagement — see how fittingly and beautifully everything here is arranged and ordered! (4) It is a firm and unmovable Covenant, kept on God's side holily in every respect, shmurah, 2 Sam. 23:5, from shamar, which, according to the remark of Mercerus (ad Thesaur. Pagn.), signifies care, concern, diligence, and watchfulness, that nothing be neglected, lost, dropped, allowed to slip away, or shaken loose. Hence it is called an incorruptible and inviolable Covenant, Jer. 33:20-21, a promise which stands sure to all the seed, Rom. 4:16, an unchangeable thing, confirmed and made sure by God's promise and oath, who cannot lie, Heb. 6:17. That is to say: (1) by virtue of God's unchangeable nature, Dan. 9:4, Neh. 1:5 and 9:32, 1 Kings 8:23, 2 Chron. 6:14; (2) by virtue of the firmest and most binding manner of covenant-making — for God has promised, Gen. 17:2, and repeated it many times, Deut. 7:12, Judg. 2:1, Ps. 89:34-35 and 111:5; confirmed it with covenant-solemnities, with sacrifices and slaughtering of animals, Gen. 15:8-10,17-18, Ps. 1:5(?), Jer. 34:18; likewise with signs and with seals, Gen. 17:11, Rom. 4:11; with the swearing of oaths, Heb. 6:16-18, Deut. 29:12,14, Ps. 89:3-4; and with the very death of the Testator, Gal. 3:15 with Heb. 9:15-18. (3) By virtue of its exact, actual observation and keeping, with respect to all parts and ages, as we shall unfold and show in its own place, in the treatment of the several points, through all the periods of both Testaments, from the beginning to the end of the created world. Hence it is finally (5) an everlasting Covenant, berith ʿolam, a Covenant of eternity, Gen. 17:19(?), Isa. 24:5, 55:3, and 61:8, Jer. 32:40, Ezek. 16:60, an everlasting Testament, Heb. 13:20 — namely, with respect to its essentials, even though, with respect to its circumstances, or its manner of administration, it shall cease after the last judgment.
XXV. Comparison Between the Covenant of Works and the Covenant of Grace: Their Agreement
From what has been said it will, without difficulty, become known both the agreement and the difference between the two Covenants, of Works and of Grace. The agreement is seen (1) in the Author of both Covenants, namely, God, Gen. 2:16-17, Gen. 3:15 and Jer. 32:38-40, Heb. 8:8; (2) in the moving cause, namely, the divine good pleasure, Gen. 2:16-17, 1 Cor. 4:7, with Ezek. 16:1-8 and 36:22,32; (3) in the negotiating parties, God and man — not an angel, nor an unreasoning animal, Gen. 2:16-17 with ch. 17:2; (4) in the matter and content of the Covenant, insofar as God in both promises and demands, Gen. 2:16-17 and 3:15; (5) in the mutual consent and agreement, obligation and engagement, which is, as it were, the form of every covenant; (6) in the aim and goal — the manifestation of God's glory, and the communication of His blessedness. So much for the agreement.
XXVI. Their Difference
Yet a far greater difference is seen and observed between the two Covenants: (1) in their nature and kind, since the one was a Covenant of friendship between the Creator and the creature, whereas this one is a Covenant of reconciliation between enemies. (2) In the moving cause, which in the first was a grace of benevolence; in the other, a grace of pity and mercy. (3) In the covenanted parties: for in the first, the one party was God, as a well-disposed and gracious Creator; the other, in Adam, the whole human race; but in the second Covenant, the one party is God, as a merciful Redeemer; the other is the mystical Christ, or Christ together with the elect seed alone, that is, the seed of the Woman. (4) In the matter of the Covenant: for in the first Covenant God prescribed an obedience of works, and therein also faith in Himself as their Creator, Rom. 3:27, Gal. 3:11-12, to be fulfilled by man himself through his own strength, Gen. 2:16-17, Gal. 3:10 — wherein there was a natural condition; and He promised in return, on His part, life, as a reward of righteousness, and indeed after a perfect, continual, steadfast, and personal obedience, excluding even the very least sin, all forgiveness and pardon; nor did He add any strength by which that exact and perfect obedience could have been kept. In the second Covenant, on the contrary, in order to enter the Covenant, He prescribes as condition properly nothing other than faith — and indeed a faith, not only in Himself as Creator, but also in His Son as Mediator, John 14:1, and not to be performed by one's own strength, but by strength imparted, and to be imparted, out of the Covenant — and this as an absolutely supernatural condition, and one that is required not as perfect in every respect and in every way, but only as sincere. He therefore promises, not only every kind of blessing, but also the strength necessary to fulfill the condition of the Covenant — indeed the condition itself; and moreover, after a committed offense, He allows repentance, and promises forgiveness; indeed He also promises life, not as a reward of one's own righteousness, but as a gift of grace. (5) In the form, or manner of difference — (a) of being revealed: for whereas the first was promised and confirmed at once and at one time, Gen. 2:16-17, the second was not promised until under the Old Testament, but was first confirmed in the blood of the Mediator under the New Testament; and whereas the condition of the first Covenant was known by nature, that of the second could not be known except by an extraordinary revelation. (b) Of being confirmed and established: for whereas the first was entered upon with a command of duty, with a threat of death in case of disobedience, with an implicit promise of life in case of the fulfilled condition, with the addition of two sacramental trees, without any mediator — the second offers the condition beforehand, promises reward, with covenant-signs added; but all this not otherwise than in the Mediator Jesus. (c) Then, of being administered and governed — (i) for whereas the first was carried out by a natural instilling, Rom. 2:14-15, the second is carried out by a supernatural one, Heb. 8:10; (ii) the first by voice alone, the second by voice and writing together; (iii) the first dispenses the benefit of life as a reward from the merit of a perfect obedience; the second, as a reward out of the grace of faith. (6) In its properties and perfections: (1) the first arose from the grace of benevolence alone; the second springs, besides this, also from the grace of pity and mercy. (2) The first was uncertain with respect to its outcome; the second is absolutely certain and unmovable. (3) The first was profitable only for the perfect man; the second, for a sinner. (4) The first remained unbroken only for a short time; the second shall stand fast to eternity without ever being entirely violated. (5) The first is abolished and made void by and through the second, with respect to those who partake of the second. (7) In their fruits and effects: (1) the first offered communion with God as Creator; the second brings this about, with God as Redeemer in Christ. (2) The first would have raised man, being perfectly righteous, to the dignity of a servant of God, whereby he would have been made a little lower than the angels, Heb. 2:7; the second, to the dignity of a Son, Heir, joint-heir, and member of Christ, whereby he becomes, in his own way, a little higher than the angels. (3) The first did not exclude all boasting, Rom. 3:27; the second excludes it altogether, Eph. 2:9. (4) The first presupposed perseverance as a condition; the second bestows it as a benefit. Finally (8), in their ends: (1) the first aimed to manifest the glory of God's dominion, holiness, goodness, and righteousness alone; the second, besides this, the riches of God's mercy, longsuffering, and patience. (2) The first disclosed God's glory in dealing with the creatures without any Mediator; the second, in the Mediator, His Son, John 5:22-23.
XXVII. Six Conclusions Following from What Has Been Said Concerning These Covenants
From what has been said it is clear and plain: (1) that the Covenant of Grace, once established, the Covenant of Works has been altogether and entirely abolished — at least with respect to its power to justify and save — on which account Christ can also be called the end of the Law unto righteousness for every one that believes, Rom. 10:4. (2) That the condition of the Covenant of Grace, once faithfully accepted and received by us, the Covenant of Works, with respect to its power to condemn, immediately vanishes, Rom. 8:1. Consequently, (3) that one and the same persons cannot be, at the same time, under the Covenant of Works and under the Covenant of Grace, Rom. 11:6 — although in the course of time they can be, first under the Covenant of Works, and afterward under the Covenant of Grace, though not with a reversal of that order. That hence also (4) the Covenant of Grace infinitely surpasses the Covenant of Works: for indeed (1) the Covenant of Works was from God as a bountiful Creator; the Covenant of Grace is from the same, as a merciful Redeemer. (2) That one arose out of mere well-disposed goodwill; this one, moreover, out of mercy. (3) That one was made with a mere man, in the first Adam; this one, with the God-man, in the second Adam. (4) That one demanded a perfect and continual obedience from man himself; this one, the righteousness and obedience of Christ the God-man. (5) That one was grounded in perfect nature without a Mediator; this one, in the most perfect Grace of the Mediator Christ. (6) That one was changeable; this one, eternal. (7) That one made one a servant of God; this one, preeminently, a Son, heir, and joint-heir of Christ. (8) That one served to exalt the glory of the divine Wisdom, Goodness, and Righteousness; this one, moreover, that of His mercy and longsuffering. Wherefore also (5) it is in many ways better to be under the Covenant of Grace than under the Covenant of Works: for those who are under the first are under the curse and death; while those who are under the latter are under the blessing and life. Hence, (6) although we, before the fall, in the first-created man, were much obligated to God by virtue of the Covenant of Works, we are nevertheless, since the fall, a thousand times more obligated to Him by virtue of the Covenant of Grace — since in the former, indeed, the infinite God as it were came down to the finite creature; but in this one He comes down, moreover, to a sinner, who is His enemy: in the former, God brought much goodness to a creature which indeed deserved nothing good; in this one, He brings all grace to the sinner, who deserves nothing but evil: God has done far more for us, according to the Covenant of Grace, in the second Adam, than, according to the Covenant of Works, in the first — in the Covenant of Works He offered a single blessedness; in the Covenant of Grace He bestows a double one.
XXVIII. Three Further Things Proper to the Covenant of Grace
To the Covenant of Grace belong, furthermore, three things: its communion; its proclamation and making-known; and then its administration. The first is a double or twofold communion, or communication of the benefits of this Covenant: for since this Covenant holds the promise of this life and of the life to come, 1 Tim. 4:8 — just as the Covenant with Abraham held the promise of the land of Canaan and of other temporal blessings, and besides that, a spiritual promise: I will be a God to you, Gen. 17:7-8 — which promises can also be separated from one another, as appears in the Israelites, of whom some enjoyed only temporal benefits, others, besides these, also spiritual ones; and since, moreover, the required duties of the Covenant of Grace are accepted by some only with an outward profession of the mouth, as we have already taught above from Matt. 15:9, Ps. 78:10,32-33, Matt. 7:21-22, and by others also with an inward one of the heart, Acts 8:37, Rom. 10:10 — there arises from this a twofold or double communion of the Covenant of Grace: the one entire, or, as others say, inward, whereby those who sincerely — that is, with heart and mouth — pledge and promise the demands of the covenant-making, or who are children of the promise, Rom. 9:8, of all the promises, 2 Cor. 1:20, partake both of the spiritual and of the bodily blessings, 1 Tim. 4:8; the other, partial, in part, or only outward, whereby the children of the kingdom, Matt. 8:12, who accept the conditions of the Covenant not sincerely, but only with the mouth, without the heart, or only with an outward profession, Matt. 7:21-22 etc., partake of the outward Churchly privileges, and only of the temporal blessings — just as formerly, under the old administration, the ungodly and hypocrites among the Israelites, who enjoyed only the outward privileges and benefits of the Covenant, 1 Cor. 10:1-6, Ps. 95:9-11, and under the new, for example, Judas Iscariot, Matt. 10:1-4, Simon the sorcerer, Acts 8:13, and all temporary believers, Matt. 13:3 — branches which bear no fruit in Christ, John 15:2. In this sense many are said to be called, but few chosen, Matt. 20:16 and 22:14.
XXIX. The Proclamation or Making-Known of the Covenant of Grace
The second is the proclamation or making-known of the Covenant of Grace, which constitutes the Gospel, just as the proclamation of the Covenant of Works constitutes the Law. The word Gospel, from εὐαγγέλλω euangello, that is, I bring good news, does not here signify to us that reward or prize of honor which one was accustomed to give to such a person as brought good tidings, but rather the bringing of good tidings itself. As to its etymology, it appears to be borrowed from the Seventy translators, at Isa. 52:7 and 61:1. It signifies to us here, moreover, the instrument in which the transactions of this Covenant are set forth, in which manner the four Gospels are so called; and also the Evangelical Doctrine itself, which is contained in these Gospels, and in the whole of the sacred Book. These matters, being less exactly distinguished from one another, have given some parties occasion to confuse and blend the Covenant of Works with the Covenant of Grace, because they observed that in both — both in the Old and in the New Testament, or, as they say, both in the Law and in the Gospel — the practice of good works is urged. From this arises, moreover, with them, a threefold Law — the Natural, the Mosaic, and the Evangelical — and hence a threefold way to the obtaining of eternal life: namely, through the keeping of the Natural Law under the Patriarchs; of the Mosaic, up to Christ; and of the Evangelical, up to the end of the ages. The Gospel, as a proclamation of the Covenant of Grace, comprises in itself two things, namely, the Covenant of Grace, as its material element, and the making-known or proclamation thereof, as its formal element — just as the Law, as a proclamation of the Covenant of Nature, comprises just as much, namely, the Covenant of Nature, and its proclamation. From which it is now ready and easy to understand how these two agree, namely, with respect to the proclamation and making-known; and how they likewise differ, namely, as a Covenant of Nature and of Grace.
XXX. The Covenant of Grace Is Not Proclaimed Through Any Law
The Covenant of Grace is therefore not proclaimed and made known through any Law whatsoever, and specifically not through the Law of the Ten Commandments, as that which demands works, through the practice of which the first men, in the state of creation, would have merited eternal life for themselves — concerning which it holds: "Do this, and you shall live," Lev. 18:5, Rom. 10:5, Ezek. 20:11, Luke 10:28; likewise: "Cursed is every one who does not continue in all things which are written in the book of the Law, to do them," Gal. 3:10, from Deut. 27:26. By which Law nothing else can be understood than the Law of the Ten Commandments. So that they stand thus far mutually opposed, setting aside and removing one another, so that he who is under the Law cannot be under grace and the Gospel; and thus from both sides, Rom. 4:14-15, 6:14-15, 7:1 and following, 9:31-32, and 10:3, Gal. 3:5 and 5:4. The Gospel, therefore, as such, has no Law; just as the Law, as such, has no Gospel — although it is called, from the fact that God requires faith of it as a condition of the Covenant of Grace, the law of faith, Rom. 3:27, and the practice of it itself, the work of faith, John 6:29.
XXXI. The Law Is Nevertheless Subordinate and Serviceable to the Gospel
By which it is nevertheless not brought about that they, under a different and distinguishing consideration, should not on this account be subordinate to one another, and serviceable to one another — from which the Law is called a schoolmaster unto Christ, Gal. 3:24, and the end of the Law, Christ, Rom. 10:3-4 — in which respect the Law is denied to be against the promises of God, Gal. 3:21. The Law now serves the Gospel: for (1) the Law prescribes to man righteousness, Lev. 18:5; the Gospel sets it before him, Rom. 8:2-3. (2) The Law lays the curse upon the sinner, Deut. 27:26; the Gospel takes it away from him, Gal. 3:10. (3) The Law casts down the sinner with the threat of the curse, Ps. 51:5,10; the Gospel raises up the stricken sinner with the promise of grace, Matt. 11:28. (4) The Law shows the necessity of a deliverance and of a Deliverer, and kindles a desire and longing for both, Rom. 7:24, Acts 2:37 and 16:30. The Gospel satisfies by bringing them, Acts 2:38 and 16:31. (5) The Law prescribes a manner and way of life and gratitude, which the Gospel drives out and rejects, Rom. 3:31, Gal. 3:17,19, Luke 1:74-75.
XXXII. There Is a Twofold Gospel: Of Promise and of Fulfillment
Hence theologians are accustomed to distinguish the Gospel into a Gospel of promise and of fulfillment: insofar as through the former not so much the redemption itself, as rather the Redeemer, is only promised; but through the latter He is shown and set forth, Gal. 4:4, Heb. 1:1 — hence that of the promise has been far more imperfect, more obscure, more contracted and confined, than this of the fulfillment, as we shall show more fully in its own place. The Covenant of Grace, in respect of both these Gospels, is either merely outward, Churchly, and National, whereby the inward Covenant is only offered — in which sense God, before the coming of Christ, entered into a Covenant with the whole Jewish nation, and with each and every particular member of it, even the ungodly themselves, insofar as God had chosen that nation alone, out of every other, for Himself, to be a people, Deut. 4:37, 7:6-7, 10:15, and 14:2, Isa. 41:8-9, to whom alone He would offer the spiritual benefits of the Covenant of Grace, Ps. 147:19-20, Rom. 9:4, and which nation would accept the conditions of the Covenant, at least by profession, Ps. 50:16. Just as also, under the New Testament, in the same sense, the Churchly Covenant of Grace, and its temporal benefits, are extended to all, at least to those who, by profession, accept the condition of the Covenant of Grace offered them in the Gospel, although they do not in deed fulfill it. To which the parable of the mixed threshing-floor points, Matt. 3:12; of the field sown variously in various places and parts, ch. 13:3, in particular the temporary believers, v. 21, the children of the kingdom who shall be cast out, ch. 8:12, the branches in Christ bearing no fruit, John 15:2 — among whom, Judas, Matt. 10:1,4, Simon the sorcerer, Acts 8:13, such as say and do not, Matt. 7:22 — in which sense many are said to be called, but few chosen, Matt. 20:16, as we have already admonished above.
XXXIII. The Administration of the Covenant of Grace, or the Testament
The third is the administration of the Covenant of Grace, which forms and constitutes a Testament; for a Testament is nothing other than the administration of the Covenant of Grace, insofar as it rests upon the death of the Testator, Christ. It therefore comprises (just as the Gospel also does) two things, namely, the Covenant of Grace with its promises, and its administration according to the diversity of the times — but under this relation, insofar as that administration rests upon the death of the Testator, from which the name of a Testament arises. Hence the Covenant of Grace is also called a Testament, Heb. 9:15-22, in which meaning the Hebrew berith and the Greek διαθήκη diathēkē agree, Exod. 24:8 compared with Heb. 9:20, Gal. 3:15. Because it (1) rests wholly upon, and is confirmed by, the death and the blood of the Testator, there, and Heb. 9:15 — whether a typical blood, under the Old Testament, Lev. 14:4-7 compared with Ps. 51:9, or His own blood, Zech. 9:11, Heb. 10:29, 13:11-12,20, Rom. 3:25, Matt. 26:28. (2) Because it acknowledges a Testator, Christ the Mediator, Heb. 9:15 and 12:24. (3) Because it brings the benefit of eternal life, not as a reward, but as an inheritance, and to the covenant partners, as to heirs, Rom. 8:17, Gal. 3:18, Matt. 25:34. (4) Because its benefits are brought to the covenant partners, not by virtue of any merit of theirs, but by virtue of the pure and simple divine institution and establishment, Luke 22:29. And in this sense, finally, insofar namely as the Testament and the Covenant of Grace are one and the same thing, it has always, from the first establishing of the Covenant of Grace, been one, and shall be — because it has acknowledged, and still acknowledges, only a single inheritance and only a single death of the Testator. Yet, insofar as a Testament does not signify the Covenant of Grace itself, but only its administration, there is acknowledged not merely one, but a double Testament, an old and a new, Heb. 8:8 — insofar as the first offers the Covenant of Grace as one to be confirmed by the still-future death of the Testator, and by His blood, which was still to be poured out; whereas the second is confirmed and established by the Testator's already-accomplished death, and by His already-shed blood. What remains further to be said concerning the administration of the Covenant of Grace, or of the Testaments, we shall defer to its own place, namely, to the eighth Book.
The Polemical Part
XXXIV. Whether the Son's Suretyship, in the Eternal Covenant of Grace, Had the Character of a Suretyship by Pledge, or of a Suretyship by Substitution
The question is asked: (1) Whether the Son's undertaking of suretyship, in the eternal Covenant of Grace, had the character of a suretyship by pledge (fidejussionis), or rather of a suretyship by substitution (expromissionis)? The Socinians, because they deny that the Surety was present from eternity, and likewise because they say that God, in sending His Son, was already reconciled with man, and therefore had no need of a suretyship whereby satisfaction should be promised to Him on man's behalf — but that God became Surety at the very time when the benefits were to be bestowed on man, provided man be obedient to His commands — deny every eternal suretyship. The very renowned Cocceius and his followers, who, in order the more readily to be able to maintain that the believers of the Old Testament, notwithstanding the eternal suretyship, remained, up to the point of the actual satisfaction, under the guilt of punishment (sub reatu), hold that this undertaking of suretyship was a suretyship by pledge (fidejussio), whereby the principal debtor remained under the debt until the actual payment. The remaining Reformed hold that the Son, through that eternal undertaking of suretyship, promised the payment or satisfaction absolutely and unconditionally, without any reservation of the benefits (ordinis & excussionis) of order and prior exhaustion of remedies (which the jurists leave to their fidejussio, or suretyship by pledge) — that He took upon Himself, all at once and together, the whole cause and debt of the elect sinner, and thereby delivered those to be ransomed from all debt; although they add that this divine undertaking of suretyship need not, according to the laws of every kind of civil suretyship, be measured too strictly and exactly in every point. Because (1) Christ, on account of this suretyship, is called, in the Old Testament, ʿārēb, Surety, Jer. 30:21, and in the New Testament, ἔγγυος enguos, which likewise signifies a surety, Heb. 7:22 — which latter word, according to Scapula (ad h. voc.), is from γυῖον, a hand, as it were ἐν γνώσις, "in the hands," because in an undertaking of suretyship the creditor receives the assurance of his debt, as it were, into his hands; or from γῆ, an unmovable earth, according to Suidas and others, because an undertaking of suretyship makes the debt unmovable. In the undertaking of suretyship there was, as it were, a certain (virtualis) potential satisfaction and reconciliation, by whose means and help also those who, before Christ's actual satisfaction was rendered, believed, were delivered. (2) Because the opposite view — a suretyship by pledge (fidejussio) — conflicts with all those passages of both Testaments which teach that the believers, before the satisfaction was rendered, had received the full forgiveness (aphesis) of their sins, Ps. 103:4-5, 51:2-3,9-11 and 32:5, Matt. 6:12 and 9:5(?). (3) Because it conflicts with the wisdom both of the offended God and of the intervening Surety, to take upon Himself and to allow the debt of the offender, under the condition that the offender himself is unable to make satisfaction — when both are convinced that it is impossible for the offender himself to make satisfaction. (4) Because it conflicts with the salvation of the believers of the Old Testament: for if they, notwithstanding the suretyship-promise, remained under the debt until the actual satisfaction of the Surety, how could they have been admitted and received into heaven? Unless, then, we wish to hold that they, while still placed under the guilt of death and eternal condemnation, could have been placed in heavenly glory — which surpasses all absurdity. (5) Because it conspires with the false positions of the Papists, who, on account of this suretyship-promise, banish the believers of the Old Testament to the Limbo of the Fathers, to be delivered thence by the actual satisfaction of Christ. (6) Because it conflicts with those passages of the Old Scripture in and through which one reads that God had already at that time cast our sins upon the Mediator, and had exacted them from Him, Isa. 53:4-7 compared with 2 Cor. 5:19-20 — namely, potentially (virtualiter). But how could this have happened, except through the undertaking of suretyship, or the absolutely promised satisfaction? Nor do they object anything forceful or cogent: (1) that the Mediator is called ἔγγυος, a Surety, Heb. 7:22, since that word signifies one who promises, as a genus, of which the suretyship-promiser and the suretyship-substitute are the particular species; since also a sponsio signifies nothing other than a promise and covenant-consent of every kind — from which, among theologians and philologists, the words sponsio, suretyship, suretyship-promise, and expromissio, suretyship-substitution, are commonly used interchangeably. Thus Martinius (in his Lexicon Philologicum), Hesychius; likewise Budaeus (in Comment. Graecae Linguae), who holds (pp. 80 and 90) that the word ἐγγυᾶσθαι enguasthai signifies to promise something absolutely, indeed to take something entirely upon oneself; and if not, then let our opponents teach us that the word ἔγγυος, Surety, in the New Testament, signifies nothing other than a suretyship-promiser. Nor is it cogent enough (2) that a suretyship-substitute (Expromissor) pays not for another, but for himself alone; and that thus, according to our supposition, the satisfaction of Christ for us would be dissolved: for we say that the Surety has absolutely promised, not for His own, but for our debts. Nor also (3) that we would in this way be delivered, not through a satisfaction, but through the undertaking of suretyship: for if the covenant is firm and binding, must it not then, according to the supposition of our opponents, be said that the believers of the Old Testament were delivered, not through satisfaction, but through a suretyship-promise? Yet we are not delivered through the suretyship-substitution alone, but through the satisfaction, taken upon Himself through the suretyship-substitution; and therefore, as certainly as this is certain, to be established, and consequently included in the suretyship-substitution. No less cogently is it concluded (4) that the Surety did not, by suretyship-substitution, promise on our behalf, and did not absolutely bring our debt down upon Himself, from the fact that, if He had not paid, the elect would still be said to be in their sins, 1 Cor. 15:17 — since it was impossible that the Surety, being the God-man, should not pay His absolutely-promised satisfaction, and thus also impossible that the elect should be in their sins. Finally, (5) that our sins are said to have been, up to the satisfaction, still in the world: for they have indeed been there, not in the sinners, but in their suretyship-substitute.
XXXV. Whether the Son Could Have Refused to Take Upon Himself the Mediatorial Office, or, Having Taken It Upon Himself, Could Have Withdrawn from That Charge
The question is asked: (2) Whether the Son, the Father demanding of Him that He take upon Himself the post of Mediator, could not have taken it upon Himself, or, having taken it upon Himself, could have withdrawn again from that burden? Episcopius, with his Remonstrant Apologists, in order the more readily to maintain this, holds firmly that the freedom of the will consists in an entire indifference (Apolog. cap. XVII, §187). The Reformed do not acknowledge this, and hold that God demanded in the utmost freedom and willingness that the Son should take the mediatorial office upon Himself, and that the Son, in the utmost freedom and willingness, took it upon Himself, since both acted after a preceding deliberation and with a reasonable good pleasure — from which the counsel of peace is said to have passed and been entered into between Jehovah and the Man Tsemach, Zech. 6:13, Ps. 40:7-9. Likewise, since they acknowledge the Father and the Son, as being divine Persons, to have been absolutely self-determining and fully their own masters — and therefore that the Father could, on His own part, considered in His own nature, not have made the demand; and that in that respect the Son also could have not taken the demand upon Himself — nevertheless, the demand of the Father having been made, that the Son could then not have obeyed, not taken it upon Himself, they consider harsh and unreasonable; and that, after He had taken the post upon Himself, He should have withdrawn Himself from under that burden, they consider, moreover, would have amounted to unfaithfulness; and therefore, that the Son could not have sprung back. (1) Because the counsel between Father and Son is said to be unmovable and unchangeable, Heb. 6:18 — the unchangeableness of His counsel, compared with Zech. 6:13, confirmed with an oath, Ps. 110:4. Then (2) because, by virtue of this undertaking, He is called the servant of the Father, Isa. 42:1, 52:13, and 53:11, who could not be disobedient to His Lord, at least not by right. (3) Because, by virtue of that same undertaking, the Father subjected Him to the Law, as His subject, Gal. 4:4, caused our sins to fall upon Him, Isa. 53:4, exacted them from Him according to His right, v. 7, indeed made Him to be sin for us, 2 Cor. 5:21. (4) Because to spring back from His agreement and promises would be unfaithfulness, which, to think of a divine Person, is a horrible blasphemy. And (5) because through such a refusal and drawing back of the Son, the Father would have fallen short of the glory of His grace and mercy; the elect, of their salvation; and the Son Himself, of the luster and glory of His mediatorial office. Meanwhile they urge to the contrary: (1) that if He could not have refused not to take up that post, nor to lay it down again, He would not have taken it up and carried it out freely and willingly. Answer. Here is presupposed something which will never be proved, namely, that freedom consists in a mere indifference, whereas it consists in actuality in a capacity to do something according to a preceding deliberation — which, as having taken place between Father and Son, we have already learned above. (2) That Christ obeyed His Father, not as we are obedient to the Law, under the threat of eternal death. Answer. Certainly the Father did not impose the mediatorial office on the Son under a threat of death, because that would have been superfluous and unreasonable, since the Son of God, by virtue of His nature, could not sin, or be disobedient to His Father; but it also follows from this that the Father did not lay this post upon the Son with any threat, that the Son could not have been disobedient to His demanding Father, or have stepped back from the obedience He had taken upon Himself.
XXXVI. Whether There Is a Universal Covenant of Grace, Under Which All Men, and Each in Particular, Stand
The question is asked: (3) Whether there is a universal Covenant of Grace, under which all men stand, and each in particular? The Semi-Pelagians, and among these especially the Remonstrants, in order the more forcefully to maintain universal Grace, and a predestination out of foreseen things, hold that God has decreed from eternity to appoint, for all men and for each in particular, the Mediator, who should deliver them through His satisfaction; hence, that He wills that all men, and each in particular, shall be saved through Christ, if only they themselves are willing; hence, moreover, that He offers this to all and to every one, and also brings sufficient strength to bear, on condition that they, through the powers of their own free will, will believe in the Mediator and turn themselves from their sins; but that He would choose those whom He foresaw would believe, and, on the contrary, would reject those whom He foresaw would not be willing to believe — they hold, therefore, a universal Covenant of Grace. The Reformed, on the contrary, since they deny a universal decree to save all men and each one in particular, as we have taught, Book 2, chapter 15, §30; likewise, since they deny that God has appointed the Redemption through Christ for all and every one, as we have proved, Book 2, chapter 17, §32; furthermore, since they hold that Christ was not given for all and every one, as we shall prove in its own place, in the chapter on the Acquisition of Redemption; and finally, since He could not have foreseen that this one rather than that one would believe — hold that there is no universal Covenant of Grace. In particular, (1) because it differs herein from the Covenant of Nature, inasmuch as that, in Adam, extended itself to all; whereas the Covenant of Grace has been entered into only with the seed of the Woman, in opposition to the seed of the serpent, Gen. 3:15, with the house of Israel, Jer. 31:33, with the children of the Covenant, Acts 3:25, the children of the promise, Rom. 9:8, the heirs of the promise, Heb. 6:17 — to whom alone the Covenant is said to belong, Rom. 9:4, and to whom the promise is said to come, Acts 2:39, while others are strangers to the covenants of promise, Eph. 2:12. (2) Because nowhere in the whole of Scripture is the Covenant of Grace extended to all and to every one — no, but on the contrary many are excluded from it, Ps. 147:19-20, Acts 14:16. Nor do the opposing parties have anything which they can allege for their view, other than what is commonly brought forward for universal Grace, but which we have already, at the passages already cited, refuted and overturned.
XXXVII. Whether the Covenant of Grace Is Conditional
The question is asked: (4) Whether the Covenant of Grace is conditional? The Pelagian-minded, in order to make participation in the Covenant of Grace depend on conditions to be fulfilled by the powers of free will, teach that the whole Covenant of Grace, however great, however broad, however far-extended it may be, is conditional. The opponents of the Law (Antinomians), on the contrary, under the pretense of exalting Grace, teach that the whole Covenant is absolutely unconditional. Nor are there lacking, even among the Reformed, those who, in order not merely the more forcefully to escape the crass errors of the Pelagian-minded, but also so that one should not make the right to the promises of the Covenant of Grace depend on fulfilled conditions, hold that the temporal Covenant of Grace is absolutely unconditional — yet in such a way that no one obtains salvation except by the way of faith and sanctification. I hold that one must, with the utmost exactness, distinguish between the promises of the Covenant of Grace which have the character of means to the end — such as are the acquisition of Redemption through Christ, regeneration, the bringing about of faith and of a purpose of conversion — and such as have the relation of the end, for example, Justification, Adoption as children, Glorification, etc. This having been done, one ought, I think, to say that the promises of the Covenant of Grace of the first sort are absolutely unconditional: for it involves an open contradiction to demand of a man who is dead in sins the fulfilled condition and the Redemption of Christ, regeneration, etc. But the promises of the second sort — Justification, Adoption, etc. — are in every respect conditional, yet in such a way that the fulfilling of the conditions does not depend on the powers of free will, but on the absolute and unconditional promises of this Covenant. Thus we hold: (1) because, constantly in the Scriptures, our Justification is made fast to the condition of faith, John 3:16, Acts 10:43, the adoption as children, John 1:11-12. (2) Because to conceive of a properly so-called Covenant which does not consist in mutual and reciprocal promises and demands, and in which the parties do not agree to the same conditions, is to conceive of a Covenant which is no Covenant. Hence one reads (3) that the covenant-makings with God have generally taken place through the proposing and accepting of conditions, Deut. 30:15, Exod. 19:5-6,8, 2 Chron. 15:12-13, Gen. 17:1-2, 2 Cor. 6:17-18, etc. Let me add (4), that the Covenant of Grace, being offered in general and without distinction, is not brought to this one rather than to that one, except on a certain fulfilled condition, John 1:12 and 3:16, Acts 10:43. (5) Because no one can be assured that he, above anyone else, is admitted into and unto participation in the Covenant, except from a certain fulfilled condition thereof, Gal. 2:16. I will (6) not speak of the very gravest and weightiest inconveniences which arise and follow from taking away from the Covenant of Grace all conditions — such as are: (1) that in this way only one of the covenanted parties would be obligated, namely, God. (2) That the Covenant of Grace could be entered into between God and man, man not consenting to it. (3) That the covenant partners with God, by virtue of that Covenant, would be bound to any duty of love, obedience, and reverence more after the receiving of the communion of the Covenant than before its being brought into effect. (4) That in this way a covenant partner of God could not, by anything, whether outward or inward, be distinguished from those who are not covenant partners. (5) That the neglect of faith and conversion could not exclude a man from participation in the Covenant. (6) That faith and conversion are not the way to the forgiveness of sins and eternal salvation. (7) That in this way the whole ministry of the Word would be in vain, since it would then serve for nothing more than to prepare and rouse man to accept the condition of the Covenant of Grace, or to faith in Christ, and to walk worthily of Him.
What might here be objected can, without any difficulty, be refuted from what we have already observed above in the Doctrinal Part. For example: (A) That in this way the Covenant of Grace would not be firm and everlasting, Gen. 17:13,19, if namely it depended on a condition to be fulfilled on man's part. Answer. This is true if it depended on a condition to be performed by human strength and uncertainly — such a one as we do not allow in the Covenant of Grace. (B) That nothing is required of man as a condition for participation in the Covenant of Grace, Jer. 31:33 and 32:39-40, Heb. 8:10, John 6:45, Ezek. 36:25-26. Answer. (a) That a condition is required, and in what way, we have taught in its own place, from John 1:12 and 3:16, Gal. 2:16, etc., although in those passages it perhaps is not expressed; (b) yet it is sufficiently expressed even in those very passages, when it is added, Heb. 8:10: "and they shall be to me a people" — namely, through the consent of faith, John 6:45: "he who comes to me" — namely, through faith. Ezek. 36:28: "And you shall be my people, and I will be your God" — namely, through a mutual and reciprocal consent — although in these passages that condition is said to be provided and brought about by God. (C) That a properly so-called condition, in the matter and substance of covenants, is such a deed as, once performed, gives to man a right to the reward — which does not hold or apply in the Covenant of Grace. Answer. A condition fulfilled in the Covenant of Grace gives no right to the conditional promises, but only to the possession of them, which is customary in the matter of Justification. (D) That the Covenant of Grace is a Testament, which involves no condition — indeed which, according to the jurists, excludes all negotiation and mutual consent to conditions. Answer. (a) A Testament is properly nothing other than the administration of the Covenant of Grace, insofar as it rests upon the death of the Testator. A Testament therefore does indeed involve the Covenant of Grace, as being its material element; but it is not the Covenant itself, but its administration, which is as the formal element of a Testament. (b) The jurists, too, allow conditions in their testaments: for example, if Titus shall wish to marry a certain man's daughter, then let him be heir.
XXXVIII. Whether the Covenant of Grace Demands of Men Any Good Works of Their Own
The question is asked: (5) Whether the Covenant of Grace demands of men any good works of their own? The Papists, for the sake of their merits of equivalence, hold that the Covenant of Grace demands good works as meriting causes. The Socinians, in order to secure that man is justified, not by the righteousness of Christ's satisfaction and merits, but by his own works — not indeed of the Law, but of the Gospel, that is, of the Mosaic Law, insofar as that has been improved and augmented by Christ, and that not out of merit, but out of God's grace — hold that the Covenant of Grace demands those good works. The Remonstrants, in order to avoid saying that man is justified solely on account of the imputed righteousness of Christ, hold that the Covenant of Grace demands Faith, and that alone — yet insofar as it is made effectual through good works; or insofar as faith, through a divine acceptation, stands in the place of a general obedience to the Law. The Reformed, though they grant that the Covenant of Grace demands the work of faith, John 6:29, with its accompanying elements — knowledge, assent, trust, and a particular application — yet they understand that faith, not as being any work, or works, but insofar as it is this work, namely, the laying hold of Christ; for the rest they hold that the Covenant of Grace demands absolutely no good works — because (1) hereby, even from the very naming of it, as a species, the Covenant of Grace, which is proclaimed in the Gospel, is distinguished from the Covenant of Works, which is set forth in the Law; since the one has the doctrine of things which one must believe, the other of things which one must do, Rom. 10:5,8,9,10,11; indeed, by virtue of this very form, they are set over against one another as contrary things, so that from the establishing of the one the denial of the other is concluded, and thus by inversion, Rom. 3:27-28, Gal. 2:16,21, Phil. 3:9, 2 Tim. 1:9-10. (2) Because the benefits of the Covenant of Grace, according to the constant tenor of Scripture, are made fast to faith alone, John 3:16 and Mark 16:16, Eph. 2:8, Rom. 3:28, Gal. 2:16. (3) Because hence the Law, on account of the Covenant of Works, is called a ministration of death, whereas the Gospel bears the name of a ministration of the Spirit and of life, 2 Cor. 3:7-8. (4) Because finally the Covenant of Works alone, in the Law, gives reward out of works, whereas the Covenant of Grace, in the Gospel, promises a reward without works, Rom. 4:4-6, out of pure grace, Rom. 6:23. What the opposing parties object against these things, namely, that in the New Testament (1) the doctrine of works is taught, (2) properly so-called Laws are taught, Matt. 5, 6, 7, (3) threats against the stubborn are added, and (4) the promises are made fast to obedience of works, Luke 17:10, Rom. 8:13, etc. — all this can be resolved and untangled without difficulty, if one only observes and points out the first fundamental error and delusion, whereby they fail to distinguish the doctrine of the New Testament from the Covenant of Grace, and from the Gospel, in and by which that Covenant is proclaimed and made known — compare §21.
XXXIX. Whether the Covenant of Grace Demands Faith as to Be Produced by One's Own Strength, or by the Natural Powers of Free Will
The question is asked: (6) Whether the Covenant of Grace demands faith as to be brought about by one's own strength, or by the natural powers of free will? The Pelagians and Semi-Pelagians, Socinians, Jesuits, Remonstrants, Mennonites, in order to hold and maintain the powers of the free will as not only unextinguished with respect to spiritual good things, but even entirely unwounded and unimpaired, hold that not only is the whole Covenant of Grace conditional, but also that the required conditions, whatever they may be, whether faith and conversion, or good works, are expected from men as to be fulfilled by the powers of their own free will. The Reformed hold that the Covenant of Grace demands faith, not as to be produced by one's own strength, but by strength to be brought about out of the promises of this very Covenant. (1) Because the Covenant of Grace differs essentially from the Covenant of Works in this, that the Covenant of Works was entered into with man while he was blessed with original righteousness, Eccles. 7:29, and therefore lived, so to speak, spiritually; whereas, on the contrary, the Covenant of Grace is entered into with a man who is dead in sins, Eph. 2:1,3, to whom it is impossible to fulfill the right of the Law, Rom. 8:3, who does not, indeed cannot, submit himself to the divine Law, ibid. v. 7, who can no more do good than a Moor can change his skin, Jer. 13:23. From which it follows (2) that through the Covenant of Grace itself, strength is promised and restored to him — a new heart and a new spirit — whereby he may be able, and may will, to bring about the condition of the Covenant of Grace, Jer. 31:33-34 and 32:39-40, Heb. 8:8-10, Ezek. 36:26-27. (3) Because faith is expressly and plainly called a gift of God, Phil. 1:29. Nor does it help the opposing parties' pretext, that you would then be demanding conditions in vain, if it is not within the power of the contending party to fulfill them — since the Covenant of Grace itself promises to impart strength, and does actually bring it about; compare Book 4, chapter 3, §31.
XL. Whether the Gospel Had a Place Also Under the Old Testament
The question is asked: (7) Whether the Gospel had a place also under the Old Testament? The Pelagians, with whom the Papists agree, since they hold that the believers under the Patriarchs were saved through the keeping of the Law of Nature; under Moses, through the keeping of the Mosaic Law; and under Christ, through the keeping of the Gospel — hold, therefore, that the Gospel had no place under the Old Testament. The Socinians, since they are largely of the same opinion as the Pelagians, and since they describe the Gospel as being a doctrine concerning the commandments of Christ, and concerning spiritual promises, the forgiveness of sins, and eternal life; likewise since they exclude the doctrine of Christ's satisfaction and merits, and the faith which embraces Christ's satisfaction and merits, from the believers of the Old Testament — hold that the Gospel had no place under the Old Testament. The Mennonites, since they are largely of the same opinion as the Socinians, and also confuse the Gospel with the Books of the New Testament, as they do the Law with the Books of the Old Testament, likewise deny that the Gospel had a place under the Old Testament. The very renowned Cocceius and his followers, since they distinguish the whole time of the Church into those periods — under the Promise, under the Law, and under the Gospel — and therefore assign the Gospel to the New Testament; likewise, since they describe the Gospel as a doctrine and promise concerning the goods of the New Testament — full forgiveness of sins, the removal of all guilt of punishment (although they meanwhile acknowledge the everlasting and universal Testament) — and hold that this has a place through all the ages of the Church; and that the content of the Gospel concerns the heavenly Fatherland, to be given for Christ's sake to all believers, in all ages (which with most is one and the same thing as the Covenant of Grace) — yet hold, in their own sense, that the Gospel belongs to the New Testament alone. The remaining Reformed, although they leave the Gospel of Fulfillment to the New Testament alone, hold nevertheless that the Gospel of Promise has its origin from the first Paradisiacal Gospel, and that it therefore had a place also under the Old Testament: (1) Because the Gospel, with them, is nothing other than a proclamation and making-known of the Covenant of Grace — just as a Testament, with them, is nothing other than the administration of the Covenant of Grace, insofar as it rests upon the death of the Testator Christ, whether future or present — from which arise, with them, the two Testaments, the old and the new, as we have admonished in the Doctrinal Part. From which it follows that, since that proclamation and making-known, and also the administration of the promises of the Covenant of Grace, had a place also under the Old Testament, the Covenant of Grace itself also had a place under the Old Testament. (2) Because the suppositions of the contrary opinion (excepting always the suppositions of Cocceius and his followers), namely, (1) that the believers of the Old Testament did not have spiritual promises of the forgiveness of sins and of eternal life; (2) that they were saved without Christ; (3) without faith in Christ; (4) that they were saved through their own works; (5) that the religion of the Old Testament, in its whole essence, was different from the religion of the New Testament, etc. — would be utterly intolerable for the Christian religion.
XLI. Whether the Covenant of Grace Was Proclaimed in the Law of the Ten Words
The question is asked: (8) Whether the Covenant of Grace was proclaimed in the Law of the Ten Words? The very renowned Cameron, because he, less exactly, makes no distinction between the use of the Ten Commandments and their nature, held that the Law of the Ten Commandments is neither a Covenant of Works, nor a Covenant of Grace, but a certain subordinate, serviceable (subserviens) Covenant, insofar as it, as a schoolmaster, drove the elect on to seek Christ, Gal. 3:24, Rom. 10:4-5. The very renowned Cocceius, with his followers, because he held that the Covenant of Works, through its violation, has been altogether abolished and annulled, and that nothing has remained except the eternal and universal Testament of Grace, right up to the golden-calf-making of Israel — after which the Law of the Ten Words, by receiving a double refrain ("Do this and you shall live," and "cursed is he who does not continue in all things written in the book of the Law") acquired, not indeed the essence of the Covenant of Works, but nevertheless its form — holds that the Law of the Ten Words is a pure, unmixed Covenant of Grace. The rest of the Reformed, on the contrary, hold that in the Ten Words there is not the least proclamation of the Covenant of Grace, but only a renewal of the Covenant of Works — although that renewal, at least with respect to the elect, has had an Evangelical use, to lead them on toward the embracing of Christ: (1) Because the Law of the Ten Commandments has nothing at all of Christ, nor of faith in Christ. (2) Because, if it did set forth Christ and faith in Christ — which we nevertheless do not grant — it would still, besides this, contain all the moral works; wherefore we would not be justified by faith alone, since we would without any doubt be justified by the keeping of the Covenant of Grace. (3) Because the Law of the Ten Words lacks that which alone (the single positive command not to eat of the forbidden fruit) God required of the first-created men in the Covenant of Works. (4) Because the Law of the Ten Commandments is also urged and confirmed with and through threats and promises, just as the Covenant of Works is. Let it be resolved, therefore, that one should not say that this Law properly sets forth the Covenant of Works, though, with respect to the elect, it does so to an Evangelical end and use. Nor does it at all stand in the way that mention is made therein of that formula which belongs to the Covenant of Grace, namely, "I am your God" — since it by no means conflicts with this that the obedience of the Covenant of Works should be urged with proofs, incentives, and motives, taken from the benefits of the Covenant of Grace. But this matter we shall set aside, until its own proper place, concerning the Administration of the Covenant of Grace under Moses, Book 8, chapter 3.
XLII. Whether the Covenant of Grace Differs from the Covenant of Nature Only in Degrees of an Obtained and Accidental Perfection
The question is asked: (9) Whether the Covenant of Grace differs from the Covenant of Nature only in degrees of an obtained and accidental perfection? The Papists, for the sake of their Monkery, since they hold that in the Gospel, besides the Law, there have been added Evangelical counsels, or Monastic and cloister-vows, by virtue of which the Gospel is made more perfect than the Law — say, Yes. The Socinians, in order to form the Gospel out of the Law, and the more forcefully to maintain that man is justified, not through the keeping of the Law of Moses, but through Christ, hold that Christ has not only, in His particular commandments, corrected and augmented the Law of Moses, but has thus also made it more perfect. The Remonstrant Apologists, in order, so far as they can, to come to the aid of the Socinians under cover, while they do not dare openly to go over to their party, hold that Christ has, at the very least, added these three commandments to the Law: the denial of self, the patient endurance of the cross, and the following after Him, Luke 9:23. The Reformed hold that the Covenant of Grace differs from the Covenant of Nature in its whole essence, and in its whole kind, just as a man differs from an unreasoning animal; and therefore also in degrees of perfection — but in essential degrees, not merely in accidental ones: that, as for the rest, both the Law and the Gospel, each in its own kind, has its own perfection — since even the Covenant of Nature, through its keeping, could at least have brought to man, in accordance with its own formula, "Do this and you shall live," life — just as the Covenant of Grace now, in actual fact, brings eternal salvation. These things appear more than abundantly from what has already been said above, not only concerning the Covenant of Nature, Book 3, chapter 12, but also from this very chapter. To refute and overturn the particular suppositions of the particular opponents, each in turn, does not belong to this place — especially since we have already, of set purpose and at length, dealt with the Evangelical Counsels of the Papists above, Book 2, chapter 40, §12. The additions of the Socinians, by which Christ is supposed to have made the Gospel more perfect, have no ground in Matt. 5:21-22, 27-28, etc., since the Savior there does not correct or augment the Law of Moses — as is clearer than the sun from v. 25(?): "You shall hate your enemy," which is nowhere found in Moses — but rather defends it, and cleanses it from the perverse interpretations and glosses of the Pharisees. Nor do the Arminian additions at Matt. 16:24 and Luke 9:23 stand, since in these passages, of the Law of Moses being augmented with these duties, not even the very least trace is found; and since, moreover, not only these three duties, but also all those which the Socinians invent as additions to the Law, occur throughout the Old Testament, as we shall show, of set purpose and at length, in its own place, concerning the Law of Moses. What might here be debated concerning the nature, the number, and the distinctions of the Testaments, must be reserved for the eighth Book of this Theology, where those matters shall be treated of set purpose and at length.
The Practical Part
XLIII. The Covenant of Grace Carries Us Away, First of All, into Godly Wonder
As for the Practice: the contemplation of the Covenant of Grace carries us away, first of all, into a godly wonder at it, on account of so many, and so great, mysteries as it discloses — since it (1) lays open the doctrine concerning the restoration and salvation of the sinner through Christ, which is called the mystery of the Gospel, Eph. 6:19, the mystery of the faith, 1 Tim. 3:9, the mystery of God, and of the Father, and of Christ, Col. 2:2; (2) since it declares the doctrine concerning the Person and the Office of the Mediator of this Covenant, which is called a mystery of godliness, which is beyond all controversy great, 1 Tim. 3:16; (3) since it discloses to us the union of Christ and the believers into one seed of the Woman, and into one body, as by a certain spiritual marriage — a thing which is called a great mystery, Eph. 5:29-33; (4) since it lays open the good pleasure of God to call the Gentiles to participation in the Covenant, which is called by the Apostle the mystery of Christ, which has been kept secret from the ages of the ages, but is now made manifest, Rom. 16:25-26; (5) since it makes known to us the mystery of God's will, according to His good pleasure which He had purposed in Himself, that in the administration of the fullness of times He might gather together again all things into one in Christ, Eph. 1:9-10; (6) since this contemplation also makes manifest the various administrations of this Covenant, through various Churchly institutions and enactments, according to which the ministers of God's Word are called stewards of the mysteries of God, 1 Cor. 4:1; (7) since this Covenant also makes known to us at the same time the resurrection of the flesh, and our sudden change in a moment, which the Apostle emphatically calls a mystery, 1 Cor. 15:51-52 compared with 1 Thess. 4:16-17. Let us so impress upon ourselves, and so revive in our memory, these and other, so many and so great, mysteries of the Covenant of Grace, that (1) the stewards of God's mysteries may diligently and carefully teach the doctrine of the Covenant of Grace, 1 Cor. 4:1-2, 2 Cor. 4:6,14, Jer. 11:1-2, Exod. 24:7; (2) that each and every one may learn it exactly, Heb. 8:10-11, Deut. 4:23, Jer. 11:3, Deut. 5:1-2; (3) that all, as many as there are of us, may heartily desire to become partakers of it, may often think much upon it, and may meditate and ponder it day and night, Ps. 25:14, 50:5 compared with 105:8.
XLIV. Secondly, It Shows Us the Distinguishing Glory of God's Attributes in His Glorification
Secondly, the contemplation of the Covenant of Grace shows us the glory and splendor (1) of God's most wise and most absolute good pleasure, whereby, when all alike had fallen out of the Covenant of Works, become guilty of death and subject to eternal condemnation, He was pleased to take and receive this one rather than that one into the Covenant of Grace, Matt. 11:25-26; (2) then His most tender Mercy and love toward men, whereby He embraced the most wretched sinner — not merely wholly unworthy of all grace and benefit, but even guilty of every curse, wrath, and punishment — not with some common grace, but with such, and so great a grace, that He admitted him into covenant with Himself, made Himself a debtor to him, gave His only-begotten Son, delivered him out of his desperate misery, and bestowed on him the right to life and to everlasting glory, etc., John 3:16, Rom. 5:8, compare Deut. 5:2-3, Ezek. 34:25,30-31 and 37:26; (3) of His most strict Righteousness, Rom. 3:25, whereby He, on account of sin, made His only-begotten Son, who knew no sin, to be sin for us, that we might become the righteousness of God in Him, 2 Cor. 5:21; (4) then His infinite Power, whereby He has reconciled to Himself His enemy, an enslaved bondman of Satan, dead in sins and trespasses, has restored him to freedom, and made him alive, Eph. 2:5-6; (5) then His unfathomable Wisdom, from which the Gospel is called the wisdom of God, 1 Cor. 1:21, that mysterious wisdom of God, in a mystery, which was hidden, which God ordained before the world unto our glory — which none of the rulers of this world knew, ch. 2:6-8 — and Christ is called the power of God and the wisdom of God, ch. 1:24. For what higher and, at the same time, more profound wisdom can be conceived than that whereby the highest righteousness is reconciled with the highest mercy, whereby, in the sinner's place, God's own Son is set, etc.? Here one may truly, if anywhere, cry out: O the depth of the riches, both of the wisdom and of the knowledge of God! How unsearchable are His judgments, and His ways past finding out! Rom. 11:33. But especially (6) of that grace and love more than fatherly, whence it is named a Covenant of Grace by way of eminence, at which the Savior Himself stands amazed and astonished, John 3:16: "God so loved the world"; and Paul, Rom. 5:8: "God commends His love toward us, in that Christ died for us, while we were yet sinners." By which He has particularly (1) founded this Covenant: "With you will I establish my Covenant," Gen. 6:17-18. By which He has (2) given the personal Surety, Heb. 7:22, the Mediator, ch. 8:6, the seed of the Woman, Gen. 3:15, set enmity, and crushed the serpent's head, ibid. By which He (3) chose the Mediator of the Covenant from eternity, Eph. 1:5-6, promised Him, Luke 1:72, set Him forth in the fullness of time — from which He is called a gift of God, John 4:10, Isa. 9:5(?). By which He (4) bestows on us in Him the greatest and most precious promises, 2 Pet. 1:4, 2 Cor. 1:20. By which He (5) offers and brings to us all manner of, indeed all, blessings, and that so bountifully, Isa. 55:1, Rev. 22:17. These and other such things the Covenant of Grace shows and represents to us, that we may (a) know, acknowledge, and highly esteem them with the heart, Luke 1:46-47, and (b) glory, praise, and glorify them with our mouth and our deeds, 1 Pet. 2:9, 1 Cor. 6:20-21, etc.
XLV. Thirdly, It Commends to Us, on the One Hand, the Blessedness of the Covenant Partners
Thirdly, the Covenant of Grace commends to us, on the one side, the unspeakable blessedness of those who are partakers of it, Ps. 33:12: "Blessed is the nation whose God is the LORD." Who, by this, are (1) not merely His servants, which is much; nor merely friends, which is even greater, John 15:15 — but even covenant partners, to whom God is obligated by His grace, through and by virtue of the Covenant: chăsîdê khōrṯî bĕrîṯî, "my favored ones, who make my covenant," Ps. 50:5. (2) Are delivered: (1) from enmity with God, Rom. 5:10; (2) from the bondage of Satan, Heb. 2:15; (3) from the guilt of punishment for sins, Ps. 32:1; (4) from the curse of the Law, Gal. 3:13. (3) On the contrary, have become partakers of the greatest and most precious promises of God, 2 Pet. 1:4, since in Christ, according to the Covenant of Grace, all the promises of God are yea and amen, 2 Cor. 1:20. (4) Become members of Christ, being also necessarily comprehended under the same seed of the Woman, united with Him who has become for us wisdom from God, and righteousness, and sanctification, and redemption, 1 Cor. 1:30, out of whose fullness we receive grace for grace, John 1:16, in whom we are made complete, Col. 2:10. Let me say it in one word: (5) they receive God Himself through this Covenant, Jer. 30:22, that most all-sufficient One, Gen. 15:1, who is their portion and inheritance, Ps. 16:5-6 and 73:25-26, a Sun and Shield, Ps. 84:12(?), an exceeding great reward, Gen. 15:1 — to their advantage and profit, through His gracious covenant-promise, so obligated and bound that He cannot but be everywhere serviceable, useful, and beneficial to them, Jer. 32:41(?), Ps. 23:1, etc. Indeed (6) they receive and enjoy God, not only in and through this Covenant, but also all His attributes — so that all of these are always and everywhere serviceable to their advantage and profit, Rom. 8:30-31. For example: (1) His Unchangeableness makes Him always to be their God, Mal. 3:6, Rom. 11:29. (2) His Truthfulness makes it that they can always rest and lean securely on His promises, Isa. 54:16(?). (3) His Love, that all things work together for them for good, Rom. 8:28,38-39, Heb. 12:6. (4) His Mercy, that all their sins are forgiven them, Ps. 103:8,10, Exod. 34:6. (5) His Wisdom, that He knows how to provide for them and care for them in everything, and how to draw them out of adversity, 2 Pet. 2:9. (6) His Almightiness, that He is also able to do this, 2 Thess. 1:11, Eph. 3:20. On the other side, the Covenant of Grace declares to us the misery of those who are set outside the Covenant of Grace, whose misery the Apostle depicts as in a picture, Eph. 2:12, since they remain subject to all and every kind of evil, from which others are delivered through the Covenant of Grace; and, on the contrary, are deprived of all those privileges and blessings which others enjoy by virtue of this Covenant, as we have just said above.
XLVI. Fourthly, It Admonishes Us to Examine Ourselves Earnestly
Hence, the contemplation of the Covenant of Grace admonishes us, fourthly, earnestly to examine ourselves, whether we stand under the Covenant of Grace or under the Covenant of Works — under the curse of the Law, or under the blessing of the Gospel? For on this examination, and on the assurance born from it, depends all our spiritual rest, calmness of mind, peace, joy, consolation, etc. The marks by which this may be safely and clearly known, we obtain (1), and chiefly, from the fulfilled or unfulfilled condition of the Covenant of Grace, that is, from the true and living faith in God and the Mediator, John 1:11-12 and 3:16,36, and therefore from all those things by which that faith is recognized — concerning which, in its own place, Book 2, chapter 2, §34-44, and in our treatment of Saving Faith, chapters 11-13, we have spoken. Then (2) also from the first formula of this Covenant, Gen. 3:15, namely, if we find: (1) that we are of the seed of the Woman, and not of the seed of the serpent — that is, if we are united with Christ through the Spirit and through faith: for the Covenant of Grace is entered into with the seed of the Woman alone; and in Christ alone are all the promises of God yea and amen, 2 Cor. 1:20; outside Him there is no salvation, Acts 4:12; without Him no one comes to the Father, John 14:6. (2) If we find an irreconcilable enmity between ourselves and the serpent. In particular, and point by point: (a) if God has set that enmity through Regeneration, Conversion, Sanctification, John 3:3,5 compared with ch. 8:44; (b) if there is between us and the serpent a hostile disposition of mind, arising from a turning about and change of our state, that is, from the fact that we have become, from carnal, spiritual, John 3:3,5-6, from natural, supernatural, 1 Cor. 2:14-15, from dead in sins, living in and through grace, Eph. 2:1-10, from devilish, godly, John 8:44, 1 John 3:12 compared with 2 Pet. 1:4; (c) if between us and the serpent there are observed and seen conflicting and opposing inclinations and pursuits — for example, that when he busies himself with lies, we busy ourselves with the truth, John 8:44, 1 John 3:19; when he behaves as a prince of darkness, we as children of light, Eph. 6:12 compared with ch. 5:8; when he shows himself an unclean spirit, we, as cleansed by Word and Spirit, Matt. 12:43, John 15:2, 1 Cor. 6:11; when he behaves as the god of this age, we, as those who, with Christ, are not of the world, 2 Cor. 4:4, John 15:19; (d) if there is a continual struggle and violence between us and the serpent and his seed, Gal. 5:17 — that is, a hatred against sins (as the works of Satan) and against sinners, 1 John 3:8-9, Ps. 139:21-22, a wrestling against his dominion, whereby he otherwise leads us captive at his will, 2 Tim. 2:25, and works effectually in the children of disobedience and unbelief, Eph. 2:2, and a zeal and earnestness to withstand his temptations, in the strength of Christ, and with the whole armor of the Spirit, Eph. 6:12; (e) if we, on the contrary, preserve within ourselves a friendly disposition toward God, and toward His ways and people, Ps. 97:10, 1 John 5:1(?), Ps. 16:3-4-5 and 139:21-22. If we, together and along with all the aforesaid, (f) earnestly strive, in the strength of Christ, to crush the serpent's head, through the denial of ourselves, the crucifying of the flesh, the mortifying of the old man, Luke 9:23, Gal. 5:24, Col. 3:5, by resisting our corruption so long, and setting ourselves against it, until it shall be wholly dead. Finally, (g) from the effects and benefits of the Covenant of Grace, which are variously expressed in the following formulas of this Covenant, Jer. 31:31-34, Heb. 8:8-12 — for example, if we perceive God's laws written in our hearts, etc.
XLVII. Fifthly, It Rouses Us to Strive for Participation in the Covenant
Hence, fifthly, if, after due examination, we find that we stand as yet outside the Covenant of Grace, Ezek. 18:31(?), let us be roused, stretch out our necks, and with all our strength strive and endeavor after participation in it. The motives for entering the Covenant of Grace will be supplied to us from §37. And the manner of making that Covenant consists in a consent and agreement of ours, whereby we take and accept upon ourselves the condition, to which God has promised the blessings of this Covenant, that is, in and with a true and living faith, John 3:16 — so that hereunto belongs all that whereby this faith is accustomed to be aroused and wrought, which we have shown above, Book 2, chapter 2, §44-47, to which, for the present, for brevity's sake, we shall add nothing.
XLVIII. Sixthly, It Commands Us to Keep Inviolate the Covenant Already Made and Concluded
Further, sixthly, if, after due examination, we find that we have already long since concluded the Covenant of Grace with God, it then follows that we keep and preserve it with the utmost care, unbroken and unaltered, Gen. 17:9,14, Deut. 29:9. If you say that this Covenant cannot, according to God's promise, be altered, Heb. 8:9-10 — I grant it, if it is understood of a total and final violation, that is, of a total unbelief of the true covenant partners; I deny it, if it be said of a partial one, which, in this or that way, runs contrary to the duties of this Covenant. To which belong all and every kind of sins, whereby one may most truly be said to violate the Covenant, Heb. 8:9, Deut. 4:23, 29:25, 31:20, Josh. 23:16, namely: (1) Idolatry, whereby we, either in the place of the one true God, or beside Him, accept another, Jer. 2:13,17-18, Deut. 29:25-27. (2) Open godlessness and atheism, whereby one, whether in word or in deed, acknowledges and reveres God not at all, Ps. 14:1-2 and 10:4. (3) Superstition and self-willed religion, whereby one, if not by profession, at least by his practice, serves another God, Deut. 29:19,21,25, Jer. 3:17. (4) Rebellion and stubbornness, whereby one, knowingly and willingly, runs and stumbles against the duties owed to the covenant partners, Jer. 44:16-17. In order, therefore, that we may keep the Covenant of Grace inviolate, it is necessary that we, on the one side, guard and watch with the utmost care against these and other such acts of violation, and, on the other side, that we apply ourselves with the utmost care to the duties and virtues of the covenant partners: (1) that we hold and keep God as our highest end, Ps. 33:12, 16:5-6, and 84:2-3; (2) Jesus as our only Mediator, Phil. 3:8-9; (3) that we give Him precedence over all worldly things, always and everywhere, Matt. 10:37 and 19:27(?); (4) that we order and direct all that is ours to His honor and glory, 1 Cor. 10:31, Phil. 1:20; and (5) that we conduct all our affairs according to His prescription, Matt. 6:10.
XLIX. Seventhly, It Urges Us to a Renewal of the Covenant
Moreover, seventhly, let us, having once entered the Covenant of Grace, renew it repeatedly, after the example of Joshua, Josh. 23:14-16, and of the Israelites, 2 Chron. 15:12-13: (1) through a renewed remembrance and recollection of our covenant-making, Deut. 4:23 and 8:10-14,18-19; (2) through a holy resolve to persevere steadfastly in the promised duties of the Covenant, Deut. 29:9 and 23:23(?), Ps. 25:14; (3) through a religious and godly use of the seals of the Covenant, especially of the Holy Supper, Gen. 17:11, Rom. 4:11, 1 Cor. 11:25. The motives to this are: that one (1) reads that God, so often, from the beginning to the end of the world, through so many periods, has renewed this Covenant with Noah, with Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, with all Israel at Sinai, with David and Solomon — indeed, that He has given tokens and seals for this purpose, that the Covenant might be renewed repeatedly by each and every one in particular. (2) Because God is repeatedly said to remember, and not to forget, His Covenant, Exod. 2:24 and 6:4-5(?), Deut. 4:31, and that indeed to this end, that He (3) may keep and preserve it, Deut. 7:9 and 8:18.
Eighthly and Finally, We Are Admonished to Turn This Covenant to Our Use
Finally, eighthly, having entered, kept, and renewed the Covenant, let us then also turn it to our profit and use, Deut. 29:12(?) — namely: (1) to consolation in every kind of adversity, whether bodily or spiritual, in that we are God's covenant partners, Ps. 4:4(?) and 23:1,4-5, etc.; also (2) to Sanctification — and this in such a way that, through the consideration of this Covenant: (1) we are turned away from every sin, as that whereby our Covenant with God, however much in different degrees, is offended and violated, and by which we become thereby unfaithful to our God, Ps. 50:17-19; (2) we are stirred up to every kind of duty of godliness, to which we are, by virtue of our Covenant with God, obligated and bound, Ps. 116:14; and then also (3) to Thankfulness for the love, grace, mercy, deliverance, and so many and so great blessings, to which God has, in this Covenant, through a willing and gracious engagement, made Himself a debtor to us, Deut. 32:6-7.
Chapter II: On the Mediator of the Covenant of Grace
On Hebrews 9:15.
"And for this cause He is the Mediator of the New Testament, that, death having intervened, for the redemption of the transgressions that were under the first testament, they which are called might receive the promise of eternal inheritance."
I. What Has Been Said Above, and What Is to Be Said in This Chapter
The Rule, the Guide, and the Pattern (Exemplar), according to which God dispenses all saving grace, is the Covenant of Grace, of which we have just now spoken. The Procurer and Provider of that grace, who, according to the Covenant of Grace, both acquires and also applies all its benefits, is the Mediator Jesus Christ; of whom we shall, in this chapter, and in this Book, set forth: (1) His Mediatorial dignity. (2) His Names. (3) His Person. (4) His Office. (5) His two States. And finally (6) the Redemption accomplished by Him — these several matters being closely joined and attached to one another.
The Explanatory Part
II. The Mediator's Dignity
The Apostle sets forth the Mediator's dignity, Heb. 9:15, in those words which are placed at the head of this chapter. In which he names:
1. The Mediator: "And for this cause He is the Mediator of the New Covenant," or Testament. Here two things come under our consideration.
1. The reason for which He is Mediator, διὰ τοῦτο, "for this cause" — namely, on account of what he had said in the preceding verse, that through the blood of animals no true and properly so-called forgiveness of sin takes place; that the believers of the Testament, therefore, either had no forgiveness of sin at all, which is absurd, or that they had it through the blood of this Mediator, namely Christ: for a third possibility there is none.
2. The Mediator Himself, μεσίτης ἐστί, "He is the Mediator" — namely Christ, of whom the Apostle had spoken throughout the whole chapter, indeed throughout the whole Epistle. The Greek word μεσίτης, Mediator, comes from μέσος, the middlemost. Christ now is the middlemost, partly with respect to His Person, through the participation of both natures, both the divine and the human, and thus He is the middlemost between God and man, equally devoted and obligated to both, and therefore set beyond all partisanship — which is absolutely necessary in a Mediator of both at once; partly with respect to His Office, whereby He goes in the middle, between the offended and offending God on the one hand, and the offending man on the other, in order to reconcile them with one another, 1 Tim. 2:5, Heb. 7:22 — since He has taken upon Himself the debt of the elect sinner, according to the counsel of peace, Ps. 40:7-9; since He has paid the debt He took upon Himself, by making satisfaction for it in time, 2 Cor. 5:18-19,21; and has thus, by His death, sealed the Covenant of Grace, Heb. 9:16.
3. The Covenant of which He is Mediator: "of the New Covenant," καινῆς διαθήκης. The word διαθήκη, diathēkē, signifies either a covenant or agreement between parties, or a Testament, which is made by one alone. Here, whether one translates it "a new Covenant" or "a new Testament," it will come to much the same thing, since the Testament, as being the administration of the Covenant of Grace through the death of the Testator, includes the Covenant of Grace within it. Although I would here rather understand by διαθήκη a Testament — not only for the reason that the Apostle, in the following verse, makes mention of the death of the Testator, which confirms and establishes the Testament, which is not so properly required of a Covenant as such — but also for the reason that the Apostle makes mention of transgressions which were under the first Testament. From this he takes it as a new Testament, being distinguished from the old, in order thereby to signify that the Mediator's blood was shed, not only for the transgressions of the present Church, but also for those of the preceding one, namely of the Old Testament. At the very least, he gives to understand that there are not three, as some hold, but only two Testaments.
2. The Mediatorship, or Mediatorial work, or the use and benefit of the Mediatorship — of which the Apostle mentions two aspects, namely:
1. The removal of evil: "that, death having intervened, for the redemption (deliverance, ransoming) of the transgressions that were under the first Testament." Here is:
a. The means of that removal, θανάτου γενομένου, "death having taken place." He calls death the means of the redemption, because without the shedding of blood, or without death, no forgiveness takes place, Heb. 9:22 — a death which He, in the eternal Covenant of Grace, took upon Himself to undergo. He means a death which all the elect, through the violation of the Covenant of Nature, had deserved. The redemption, therefore, did not come about merely through some sort of announcement, nor merely through the suretyship-promise or even the suretyship-substitution, but through the promised and undertaken death itself, unto satisfaction through death; yet he mentions a γενομένην, an accomplished death — "death having intervened," "having taken place" — truly not with the meaning of giving to understand that before this death actually occurred, no one under the Old Testament received forgiveness — for thus he would contradict himself, when he says that through the death the transgressions of those who were under the first Testament were taken away. What then? He means to signify that without death — whether a future one or a present one — no one has ever received, or receives, redemption.
b. The redemption which comes about through the death, ἀπολύτρωσις, redemption, ransoming — to signify that he does not mean every kind of deliverance, not one which comes about through a mere intercession, or through force, but such a one as comes about through the payment of the ransom-price, by the Redeemer, 1 Cor. 6:20, 1 Pet. 1:18-19, through a price of war, by the paying of which captured soldiers are accustomed to be delivered and set free, Eph. 1:7,14, Col. 1:14 — whether this takes place, here, from the debt, or afterward, from the punishment.
c. The terminus of the redemption, from what: τῶν ἐπὶ τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ παραβάσεων, "of the transgressions that were under the first Testament." By this it is pointed out with the finger that satisfaction was made, through the Mediator's death, for sins, not only present and future, but also past ones, which had already occurred beforehand; and therefore, that the Mediator is the same, yesterday, today, and forever, Heb. 13:8. The Apostle speaks of the first Testament, in order to distinguish it from the present one, and thus to divide the whole time of the Church into two Testaments.
2. The bringing of the good: ὅπως τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν λάβωσιν οἱ κεκλημένοι τῆς αἰωνίου κληρονομίας, "that the called might receive the promise of the eternal inheritance."
a. The possessors of this good are called οἱ κεκλημένοι, "the called" — certainly not all and every one, but the called alone. Called, not only outwardly, through the Word, or with a general call, but also inwardly, through the Spirit, or with an effectual calling, which is proper to the elect alone — and indeed in such a way that they, through this calling, unto the accepting of the Mediator in faith, have obtained the promised good; otherwise, many are called, few chosen, Matt. 20:16.
b. The good possessed, or to be possessed, which is:
a. An inheritance, κληρονομία, from κλῆρος, a lot, and νέμω, I distribute — because inheritances, both anciently and also now, are accustomed to be distributed by lot, Ps. 16:6, as appears in the dividing of the land of Canaan. By this inheritance is meant the heavenly Kingdom, Matt. 25:34, Eph. 5:5 — that we may understand that eternal life comes to the elect, not out of their works or merits, but by virtue of the Testament of the Testator Christ, confirmed through His death.
b. An eternal inheritance. This epithet is added, in order to distinguish this inheritance from every kind of temporal inheritance — even from that of the land of Canaan — and, moreover, to signify such an inheritance as was prepared for them from eternity, and shall remain and abide with them unto all eternity.
c. A promised inheritance, τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν, "the promise." "Promise" here signifies the promised thing itself: thus Luke 24:49, Acts 1:4 and 2:33, Rom. 4:13, and elsewhere. Promised before the foundation of the world, Matt. 25:34; to be brought, with respect to the firstfruits, in this life, Rom. 8:23-24, but with respect to the full harvest, after this life, in death, 2 Cor. 5:1, and at the last judgment, 2 Tim. 4:8.
The Doctrinal Part
III. A True, Fit, and Sufficient Mediator Was Necessary for the Covenant of Grace
For the Covenant of Grace, therefore, a certain true, fit, and sufficient Mediator was necessary. For otherwise, according to the declaration of the Text, it could not have come to pass that the sins of the first Testament were taken away, and that the called received the eternal inheritance. He was, I say, necessary — truly not (1) with an absolutely absolute necessity, such as God is and exists by; for it could have come to pass that no man was created, fell, was redeemed, and was made blessed; nor (2) with a natural necessity, whereby, for example, man desires blessedness, whether a true or an imagined one — for God has established a Covenant of Grace, not by His nature, but solely by the good pleasure of His will; but (3) with a suppositional necessity, namely, presupposing the decree to create man, to allow his fall, and to bring salvation to the fallen man. For the Covenant of Grace, too, cannot be entered into between God and the sinner without an intervening, peace-making Mediator, John 14:6, 1 Tim. 2:5-6.
IV. What Kind of Mediator Was Necessary for the Covenant of Grace
In this way, then, a Mediator is necessary — but not just any kind whatever: rather (1) a true one, not a typical one, such as the High Priest was of old, Heb. 5:1; (2) a fit and suitable one, that is, one equally the middlemost — both with respect to His Person, between the Father and the Spirit, as Son, and with respect to His natures, between God and man, as God-man; (3) a sufficient Mediator, one who can perfectly, and indeed by His own power, reconcile the differing parties, God and man, together, Heb. 10:1 compared with v. 14. Moses was indeed, under the Old Testament, a mediator, Gal. 3:19 compared with Deut. 5:23... but neither a true one, nor a fit and suitable one, nor a sufficient one. Not the true one, since he was a typical mediator, only an image of the true one, Heb. 3:5. Not a fit and suitable one, because he was not equally the middlemost, being a mere man, and thus nearer to man than to God — only a serving servant, not the Son, Heb. 3:5-6. Not sufficient, as one who himself had need of a mediator, Acts 7:38(?). The same, with the necessary changes, may be said of Joshua.
V. That a Sufficient and, in Every Respect, Perfect Mediator Was Necessary
There was, therefore, necessarily, a true, fit, and in every respect perfect Mediator, 1 Tim. 2:5 compared with John 14:6, Acts 4:12, Phil. (?) 10:43. For without a Mediator, and indeed without such a one, (1) God's eternal decree, concerning the sinner's true, spiritual, and eternal salvation, could by no means have been brought to execution: for just as everything pertaining to that salvation is predetermined in the eternal decree, Eph. 1:11, so likewise this is determined in no other way than in the Mediator, ibid. vv. 3-5. Then (2) without a Mediator, and indeed such a one, so many Prophecies, promises, oaths, types — indeed the whole Old Testament — made concerning Him, would have wavered, to the utmost peril and certain loss, indeed to the loss of the divine truthfulness. Moreover (3) for this same reason the Covenant of Grace would have been far more imperfect, unstable, and unsteady than the Covenant of Works had been — because the sinner, through his own fault, has been stripped of all the strength by which he would have to fulfill the condition of the Covenant, Rom. 8:3. Furthermore, (4) so too the enmity, which through sin exists between God and the sinner, could never have been happily taken away without such a Mediator, Heb. 3:25-27 (?). Nor likewise (5) could satisfaction have been made to God's essential holiness, to His avenging righteousness, to His governing wisdom, to the demand of the Law, to the desert of sin, without such a Mediator. And finally (6), the fallen man, who is dead in sins, could not have been effectually called, regenerated, converted, justified, sanctified, adopted as a child of God, and glorified, without such a Mediator.
VI. What Is a Mediator in General
In order, then, that we may the better and the more exactly grasp and comprehend the nature and character of this Mediatorial dignity, we must first observe, in general, that a Mediator is, in idea, one who goes in the middle between differing parties, and reconciles them with one another. In the Hebrew he is called ʾamtsāʿî; among the ancients, sequester, that is, a pledge, one who stands surety; among the jurists, one who comes between, a go-between, an interpreter, an advocate (Advocate); by Ulpian, Interreconciliator, that is, a reconciler-between. Therefore a Mediator is not [a mediator] of one alone, Gal. 3:20. In our present matter he signifies Him who goes in the middle between the offended and reproving God, and the offending man, 1 Tim. 2:5, in order to reconcile them again together, 2 Cor. 5:19-21.
VII. A Mediator Stands Between the Offended and the Offending Party
Here, then, is, first, an offended party, God, Ps. 51:6 — theologically speaking, indeed, that party as considered in the Persons, Isa. 63:9-10; economically speaking, the Father, as the supreme Lawgiver, Lord, and Judge, 2 Cor. 5:19. Here is a second, or offending, party — certainly not all men and each one in particular, John 18:9(?), but all those who are so beloved by the Father that they are given to the Mediator to be redeemed, John 17:11,24 and 3:16. Here is, thirdly, a Mediator, μεσίτης, 1 Tim. 2:5, Heb. 8:6-8, 9:14-15, and 12:24 — who is the middlemost, (1) between the offended Persons, Matt. 28:19, John 5:7(?); (2) between the differing parties, God and man, ʿimmānûʾēl, Immanuel, "God with us," Isa. 7:14 compared with Acts 10:38, bearing the nature of both equally, as the God-man, God manifest in the flesh, 1 Tim. 3:16, a ladder standing in the middle, joining heaven to earth together, Gen. 28:12; (3) with His Office, discharging the cause of both, before the other — namely, of God before man, 2 Cor. 5:20, and of man again before God, satisfying for him and interceding, 1 John 2:1. So that a certain writer not inaptly observes that Christ is seen, almost everywhere, as the middlemost: He is born, as some are pleased to say, in the middle of the night; He lives in the very middle of the world, namely at Jerusalem; He is crucified in the midst of thieves; He dies midway between heaven and earth; after His resurrection He stands in the midst of His Disciples; He promises that, where two or three shall be gathered together in His name, there He will be in the midst of them; He walks in the midst of the candlesticks; and, being the heart in the midst of His mystical body, He distributes to His members spirit and strength.
VIII. Three Things Are Chiefly Required for Him to Be a Fit, Suitable, and Sufficient Mediator
Further, in order that He may be a fit, suitable, and sufficient Mediator, three things above all are required. First, that He be lawfully called to it — for indeed "no man takes this honor to himself, but he that is called of God," even as was Aaron, Heb. 5:4-6. That is, that He (1) be chosen from eternity by the Father, and set apart for this work, as unto its end, [Isa.] 42:1, 1 Pet. 1:20(?). (2) Foreordained unto all things pertaining to this, as unto the means, ibid., Acts 4:27-28. (3) Sent in time for its execution, John 3:17 — according to which He is said to be sealed, John 6:27, anointed, Isa. 61:1, given to the world, John 3:16. Second, that He take that post willingly and readily upon Himself, Ps. 40:7-9. Third, that He be furnished with the necessary qualifications for it, on account of which He is called the sanctified one, John 10:36. In particular, that He be: (1) true God, John 1:1-2, that He might the more easily and suitably attend to the matters of God among men, John 1:18, as an all-powerful Lord of His own life, laying it down through death, for sin, at His own cost, John 10:17-18; that He might, with one death, requite the death of so many thousands of thousands, 1 John 1:7, Acts 20:28; that He might acquire for them an infinite good, and, having acquired it, apply it to them through the quickening of life, regeneration, conversion, sanctification, glorification, of which more in its own place, of set purpose. (2) True man, 1 Tim. 2:5, that He might take upon Himself the guilt of the punishment due to men, Exod. 32:32(?), Heb. 2:11,14, undergoing death for them, Heb. 9:15. (3) A righteous man, that He might not first need to make satisfaction for His own guilt, Heb. 7:26-27, and thereby be made unfit to take away the sins of others. (4) God and man in one Person, namely, that they might have one Mediator, 1 Tim. 2:5, since otherwise they would have none who was both God and man. But the particular points of this, separately, in their own places.
IX. The Mediator Discharges His Office: First, by Promising as a Surety
The Mediator now discharges His Office and His duties: First, by promising as a surety — on account of which He, who, Heb. 8:6, is called the Mediator of the new Covenant, bears, Heb. 7:22, the name of Surety of the new Covenant — when, in the eternal Counsel of peace, of which Zech. 6:13 makes mention, through a certain particular and singular agreement between the Father and Himself, Isa. 53:10, He, upon and according to the Father's will, took upon Himself the debt and the whole cause of the elect, and the Father, in turn, on His part, admitted Him — of which agreement a kind of formula is set forth, Ps. 40:7-9: "You had no delight in sacrifice or offering" (namely, of the sinners themselves — and indeed a typical offering); "you have dug my ears" (namely, as a token of obligation and engagement); "burnt offering and sin offering you have not required" (namely, that thereby satisfaction should be made for sin); "then said I, Lo, I come: in the volume of the book it is written of me; I delight to do your will, O my God." Here stands the will and good pleasure of the Father, to which the Son subjected Himself through His suretyship. He has, indeed, promised this, not through a properly so-called suretyship-promise (fidejussione), whereby the promiser accepts the debt of the debtor only conditionally — if the debtor himself does not pay, or shall not have satisfied — and thus reserves for himself the benefits and privileges of order and prior exhaustion of remedies, so that the debtor himself is first sued and his resources exhausted, and thus the principal debt remains with the debtor; but rather He has promised, and become surety, through a suretyship-substitution (expromissione) — although this extraordinary undertaking of suretyship, in a principal debt, need not be measured too strictly according to the laws of an ordinary undertaking of suretyship among jurists. This undertaking of suretyship we have already defended above, in the preceding chapter, §35.
X. Secondly, by Announcing and Proclaiming
He discharges His Office, secondly, by announcing beforehand, by bringing tidings, Isa. 61:1: "The LORD has anointed me to bring good tidings to the meek," Ps. 40:10(?), John 1:18. In particular, and point by point: (1) by opening that counsel of peace, Zech. 6:13, Isa. 53:10,12(?), the Covenant of Grace described in the Gospel, 2 Tim. 1:10; (2) by making known the conditions on which, according to the counsel of peace, the Covenant of Grace can be entered into, between God and the sinner, John 3:16 and 1:12; (3) by inviting, with heaped-up motives and incentives, the sinners to be willing to accept these conditions, Matt. 11:28-30, Rev. 3:20 and 22:17, Song 5:4(?); (4) by promising a happy outcome to those who shall be admitted, John 6:37. Because of this announcing, above all, He is commonly called, especially by John, a Sent One of God, ch. 3:17,34, 4:34, 5:23-24,30,36-37, 9:4, and 10:36; the Angel, the Messenger, the Messenger of the Covenant, Mal. 3:1; likewise, the Word, John 1:1, 1 John 5:7(?), Ps. 33:6 — not only because He was promised to the Fathers of the Old Testament, as the future Messiah, Heb. 11:39, nor merely on account of His manner of subsisting, according to which He is the Wisdom of the Father, Prov. 8:22, from which He is also commonly called the essential and substantial Word (Λόγος ἐνούσιος καὶ ἐνυπόστατος) — but also because He is the Interpreter, the Go-between, the Spokesman and Envoy of the Father, John 1:18, declaring to us the Father's will, both in His own Person, Heb. 1:1, and through the Prophets, 1 Pet. 1:11(?) and 3:18-19, the Apostles, etc. — which two ways of speaking are to be taken together, Matt. 11:27. For this reason He is also, in the Chaldee paraphrase, commonly called Meimra, a Word, Isa. (?), Ps. 110:1, 45:17(?), Hos. 1:7; and in the Syriac translation of the New Testament He is, in place of the Greek λόγος, "the Word," called meltha, likewise meaning "the Word" — and hence, among other things, the Wisdom of the Father, Prov. 8:22, 1 Cor. 1:24, because He was to make known to us the wisdom of God, 1 Cor. 2:6-7, and has become for us wisdom from God, 1 Cor. 1:30. But of this, God willing, more in chapter 6.
XI. Thirdly, by Reconciling
He discharges His Office, thirdly, by reconciling, by appeasing, by redeeming, by satisfying — inasmuch as He, as the one Mediator of God and of men, gave Himself a ransom for many, 1 Tim. 2:5-6, and has, by Himself, accomplished the cleansing of our sins (from which all discord and division originally arise), Heb. 1:3; as the faithful High Priest, He has made reconciliation for the sins of the people, Heb. 2:17; by offering up Himself, He has accomplished an eternal redemption, Heb. 7:27 and 9:12,14, etc. Hence εἰρηνοποιῶν, "peace-making," a Peacemaker, Col. 1:20, "our peace," Eph. 2:13-14, whereby and wherewith God has made us accepted before Him in the Beloved, or, by whom He has graced us in the Beloved. Likewise Goʾēl, Redeemer, Job 19:25, Isa. 59:20 — which name signifies, in its full force, such an Appropriator, Avenger, Redeemer, and Reconciler as, by the right of nearest blood-kinship, upholds the cause of his nearest slain kinsman, and avenges his blood; or who, his goods having in one way or another lapsed, been sold, or alienated, reclaims them again for himself and as his nearest of kin, by the right of ancient ownership (see Salomon Glassius, Orat. de Ling. Hebr. necessitate); compare Lev. 25:25, Ruth 2:10(?). Hence He is called, in Greek, ὁ ῥυόμενος, a Redeemer, properly a Rescuer, a Deliverer, a Helper-out, Rom. 11:26, and λυτρωτής, a Redeemer by ransom, a Ransomer, because He has given His soul as a ransom
(properly so called), as in Luke 24:21; compare Titus 2:14, 1 Peter 1:18. In Latin, Redemtor — one who redeems, having paid the ransom, 1 Corinthians 6:20. More on this in its proper place, in the chapter on Redemption (de Redemptione), chapters VII and XVIII.
XII. He administers His office, fourthly, by confirming and ratifying with His death the Covenant of Grace that He established, so that from it there might arise a Testament, by means of which those who are called obtain the promised inheritance. For where a testament is, there it is necessary that the death of the testator intervene, Hebrews 9:15-16; compare Galatians 3:15. Hence He is, not without reason, called the Testator as well: (1) because, as a Testamentary Mediator, He has sealed the Testament, or Covenant of Grace (the Testamentary Covenant), with His death; (2) because, having become alive again from the dead, He brings to His own all the benefits of the Covenant of Grace as so many legacies; and this (3) according to the Scriptures, as the word of Christ, which is the testamentary instrument, Jeremiah 31:31; (4) written down by the Prophets, Apostles, and other men moved by God's Spirit, as so many notaries and witnesses; moreover (5) sealed with sacraments, the seals of the New Testament, Matthew 26:27-28; and (6) not without witnesses, 1 John 5:6-10, both in heaven and on earth; indeed (7) because, having become alive again from the dead, He is Himself also the executor of this Testament, powerfully bringing to bear and applying, through His Spirit, the benefits of the Testamentary Covenant, Luke 22:29.
XIII. Finally, fifthly, He exercises His office by interceding: that is, (1) by praying for His own while He was still on earth, the whole of John 17; (2) by appearing on their behalf before the face of His Father in heaven, Hebrews 9:24 — namely, to attend there diligently and faithfully to their whole cause, Romans 8:34; (3) by bringing their prayers to His Father, presenting them to Him, and making them acceptable, Revelation 8:3-5; to this end also (4) by displaying His merits to His Father, Zechariah 9:11. And from this He is called παράκλητος, an Advocate, one called to stand for someone in his cause and defend him, 1 John 2:1; likewise the Angel of the presence, Isaiah 63:9, the Angel, the Messenger, the Interpreter, Job 33:23 — because, as has been said, He appears before His Father for the benefit and service of His own; compare Matthew 18:10.
XIV. On account of all these things, then — and perhaps other things besides — the dignity of the Mediator issues in these distinct offices: the Prophetic, Deuteronomy 18:15, Acts 3:22; the Priestly, Psalm 110:4, Hebrews 5:6 and 7:17; and the Kingly, Psalm 2:6, John 18:33,36. And this to the end that He, as Mediator, might come suitably and readily to the aid of His own: (1) in their ignorance, insofar as He is Prophet; (2) in their enmity toward and estrangement from God, insofar as He is Priest; and (3) in their powerlessness, weakness, and inability, insofar as He is King. The particular points belonging to each of these will be treated separately, deliberately, and at length in their proper place.
XV. One point still remains, namely, that it is our Jesus alone who is that Mediator whom we have thus far described and delineated, Hebrews 9:15, 1 Timothy 2:5-6, 1 John 2:1, John 14:6, Acts 4:12, etc. For He alone is (1) called forth to this in the eternal counsel of God, Hebrews 5:4-6, and ordained, sanctified, sent, and anointed, as we have said; (2) in Him alone converge all the predictions and promises of the Old Testament concerning the Messiah as Mediator; (3) He alone displays and fulfills, precisely, all the shadows and types concerning the Messiah as Mediator; (4) He alone has the testimony of this dignity of Mediator — not only that of the Baptist, who by virtue of a divine sending was His forerunner, Malachi 3:1, John 1:29, but also that of the Trinity itself: of the Father, sealing Him, John 6:27, and thereby giving testimony to Him, John 5:37; of the Son, giving testimony to Himself through His wonders, John 5:36, Matthew 11:2-7, Acts 2:22; likewise of the Holy Spirit, by His descending upon Jesus, Matthew 3:16-17, upon the Apostles, Acts 2:2-4, 32-33, 36, and testifying in the hearts of every Christian, 1 John 5:6; (5) He alone has all the requisites of a true, capable, and sufficient Mediator, as we have already stated at length above; (6) He alone has taken up and administered all the parts of the Mediatorial office which we have named. More on this will follow in the Polemical Part.
XVI. And He is not only the Mediator; but He is also, considered as God-man — both His natures working together — regarded not only with respect to the qualification (qualificationem) of the Person, which even the Romanists themselves acknowledge, but also with respect to the actual exercise of the Mediatorial office. Thus it is that the human nature nearly suffices for carrying out the work of the Mediator, while the divine nature confers upon it its worth and dignity. From this it is said that God acquired His Church with His own blood, Acts 20:28, and that the blood of Jesus Christ, the Son of God, cleanses us from all sin, 1 John 1:7. Indeed, the work of the Mediator itself, so far as it concerns the application of the redemption obtained — through quickening, regeneration, conversion, heightening of saving faith, and the working of the same — requires the help of the divine nature, as we shall show deliberately and at length in its proper place.
The Polemical Part
XVII. The question is asked: (1) Whether Christ is such a Mediator as, without any mediation (medietate) of Person, without participation in both natures, without an eternal suretyship, without a reconciling and appeasing of the offended party, is merely a go-between (tusschenbode)? The Socinians, out of hatred toward His eternal Godhead and His satisfaction, maintain that He is such a mere go-between (Socinus, Lib. I. de Christo Servatore, Cap. 1). The Reformed maintain the opposite: that He is the Mediator because He is the middlemost between the Father and the Holy Spirit, and bears the nature of both parties; and that He does not merely make known the will of the offended God to men, by announcing it, but also — because through His satisfaction He has reconciled and appeased God with man — is, unlike the fiction of Socinus concerning a bare go-between (one who has merely announced and confirmed to us the way to eternal salvation, and shown it plainly and openly in His own Person, both by the example of His life and by His rising from the dead, and who will Himself grant eternal life to us who believe in Him) truly an eternal Surety, through whom, before the divine justice, for which neither He nor we sinners would have needed to make satisfaction, since it would not have been necessary that He make satisfaction for it — this position conflicts (1) with the text, which says not only that He is Mediator by way of a redemption or ransoming accomplished by His death, but also by the removal of the sins that were committed under the first Testament; which truly cannot be understood, and would not even be granted by Socinus himself, to have come about by a mere announcement. (2) It conflicts with those things by which He has performed His Mediatorial duties, not merely by rewarding and reconciling, as we have already taught above in the Doctrinal Part. (3) It conflicts with satisfaction, which we shall teach deliberately and at length, in its proper place, in the chapter on Redemption. And here it does not stand in the way (1) — which is what might most plausibly be urged for the opposing view — that, on this supposition, He would have been Mediator with Himself: for it is not at all inconsistent that a certain member of an offended society should intercede with, and mediate between, the offender and the whole offended society, and thus, consequently, with Himself. Nor (2) does it follow that God, being offended by sin, in giving to the offender a Mediator, has thereby already shown Himself reconciled with him, and that He therefore has no need of the reconciliation effected by a Mediator: for (a) it is not inconsistent that one who loves an offender should not yet be reconciled and at peace with the offender, but must still be reconciled and appeased — as may be seen in David with regard to Absalom, 2 Samuel 14:21. But (b) the love of goodwill, by which an offended party desires and seeks that a reconciliation might take place, does not imply that the love of full delight is already present, or that the reconciliation has already occurred. The remaining objections will be treated in the chapter on Redemption.
XVIII. The question is asked: (2) Whether the eternal suretyship of the Mediator was a suretyship by promise (fidejussio) or a suretyship by substitution (expromissio)? We have already dealt with this question and point of dispute in the preceding chapter, §32; here we shall not touch on it further than to note it in passing, so that those matters which are in dispute concerning this chapter may be readily at hand.
XIX. The question is asked: (3) Whether the Messiah who was promised to us had to be the Mediator, and whether our Jesus is that Messiah? The heathen, having no revelation, deny it — whether out of sheer, plain ignorance, or out of hatred toward the Christian religion, toward any Messiah and any Mediator, and toward Jesus — except that they have held and kept their demons as mediators. The Muhammadans do indeed hold Jesus to be an excellent prophet, following Christ; but out of a wicked hatred of the Christian religion they deny both — namely, that the Messiah had to be a Mediator, and that Jesus is the Messiah. The Reformed affirm both. And the first they prove: (1) From the names and titles given Him in the Old Testament, when He is called the Angel of the Covenant, Malachi 3:1; likewise the Angel of the presence, that is, the Messenger and go-between who appears for the covenant partners before the face of God, Isaiah 63:9; the Goel, the blood-avenger, and the near kinsman-redeemer of the covenant partners, Job 19:25, Jeremiah 43:14; Immanuel, that is, God with us, Isaiah 7:14, who through His mediation joins and unites God with man. (2) From the parts of the Mediatorial office ascribed to Him, when He is called Prophet, Deuteronomy 18:15, Priest, Psalm 110:4, King, Psalm 2:6, as we have taught above. (3) From the requisites of the Mediator, when He is called both God and man in one Person, the Immanuel, Isaiah 7:14, a Child and a Son, Isaiah 9:6 etc., the Righteous One, Isaiah 53:11. (4) From His Mediatorial acts: the covenant of substitutionary suretyship, Isaiah 53:10-11; the proclamation of the Gospel, Isaiah 61:1; the reconciling and appeasing of God through the punishment we deserved taken upon Himself, Isaiah 53:12; the sealing of the Covenant, Daniel 9:24,27; the intercession for the covenant partners, Jeremiah 30:21. To convince the heathen and the Muhammadans, those things will serve which we shall present below, chapter XVIII, §23.
The opposing parties deny, secondly, that our Jesus is the Messiah promised to them — to wring which admission from them, sound proofs alone will not suffice, unless they are also delivered and presented to them in a fitting and suitable order; for which it is necessary that we prove and demonstrate, distinctly, these three points. First, that the Messiah promised to them has indeed already appeared in the flesh — a thing which we shall establish, more certainly than anything can be certain, from these testimonies of the Old Scripture, which teach (1) that the scepter would not depart from Judah, nor the lawgiver from between his feet, until Shiloh should come, Genesis 49:10; (2) that the Messiah was to be given after seventy weeks of years, Daniel 9:24-26; (3) while the second Temple was still standing, Haggai 2:8-9, Malachi 3:1, etc. Second, that the Messiah who has already come in the flesh is none other than our Jesus: for (1) if it is another, let the Jews show him; or if there is no other, then it is necessary that they acknowledge and confess ours. In particular (2), since there is no one on whom the requisites of the Mediator recorded in the Old Scripture fit more precisely than on our Jesus: (a) His mother a virgin, Isaiah 7:14, Genesis 3:15; (b) the place of His birth, Bethlehem, Micah 5:1-2; (c) the seed of Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, Genesis 22:18 etc.; (d) of David's line and house, Isaiah 11:1, 2 Samuel 7:12, Psalm 132:10; (e) Prophet, Priest, King, as shown above; (f) a king poor and needy, riding on a donkey, Zechariah 9:9; (g) renowned for wonders, Isaiah 29:18 and 35:4-6; (h) to be rejected by His own, Psalm 118:22; (i) to be crucified, and to die for the sake of others, Psalm 22, Isaiah 53, Daniel 9:24,26,27; (k) to rise from the dead, Psalm 16:10 and 110:7; (l) to ascend into heaven and sit at God's right hand, Psalm 68:19 and 110:1, etc. And third, since in the application of these and other divine oracles it is necessary to call upon the Gospel history for help, if not indeed as a writing inspired by God's Spirit and canonical (which, for order's sake, must for now be set aside), then at least as a history that is in general true and trustworthy — for this we must have ready what we have brought forward on this matter in Book I, chapter II, §30.
Nor does the following count against this: (A) that Elijah has not yet come, Malachi 4:5 — since it is for them to prove that it is the Tishbite who is promised; whereas that the spiritual Elijah has come is plain from Luke 1:17, compared with Matthew 11:14 and 17:12. And (B) that Mount Zion, which was to be exalted under the Messiah, Jeremiah [2:1-4], has not yet been exalted — for the Church, which is meant by the mountain, is already exalted, and is exalted from day to day, and will be exalted until the end of the age, through the calling of the Gentiles into fellowship with Christ. And (C) that the Temple which the Messiah was to build, Zechariah 6:12-15, has not yet been built — for it is for the Jews to prove that a material temple was and is to be built by the Messiah; but the mystical Temple, namely the Church, has already been built by the Messiah through the calling of the Gentiles, and is still being built daily. Other objections are of no consequence or importance whatsoever.
XX. The question is asked: (4) Whether, besides Christ, there are other mediators, at least of intercession or supplication? The Romanists, to cloak their idolatry, assert this, and (1) make a distinction between a Mediator of redemption and a mediator of intercession or supplication toward that end, so that (2) besides Christ, they may have other mediators in heaven — the angels, the blessed Virgin, and other departed saints — at least of intercession or supplication, if not of redemption. To these, nevertheless, (3) they also ascribe merits, arising from their superfluous works and sufferings, which they can lay out and expend on behalf of their clients. And therefore (4) that these must for this reason be invoked and worshipped; indeed, that God Himself, through the merits of these and of the guardian angel, may be invoked and worshipped, that God may grant and bestow upon them this or that desire and request. The Reformed, although they acknowledge (1) that believers on earth, by divine command, can and must intercede for one another with their prayers, 1 Timothy 2:1 — though they likewise (2) do not deny that it could be the case that the blessed ones in heaven pray in a general way for the militant Church, although no firm proofs of this have as yet come before us — nevertheless (3) that there should be, according to the sense of Holy Scripture, mediators of intercession who are not mediators of redemption; or (4) that there should be in heaven, besides Christ, mediators who pray in particular for believers on earth; much less (5) mediators who expend their merits on and for others; and for that reason (6) that they should be invoked and worshipped by us — these positions we hold to be contrary to Holy Scripture, according to which (a) there is no mediator of intercession who is not at the same time a mediator of redemption; and indeed there is but one Mediator, both of intercession and of redemption, 1 John 2:1, compared with 1 Timothy 2:5, John 14:6. Nor (b) is there anyone, besides Christ, who can boast of merits, much less of superfluous works that could be expended for others. And therefore (c) no one, besides Christ, ought to be invoked on account of His intercession and supplication; because invocation presupposes a knowledge both of the heart and of the need (which does not belong to the blessed in heaven, Isaiah 63:16), and because religious service and honor belong to God alone, Matthew 4:10. Nor do the Papists have anything with which they can defend and uphold their mediators with any semblance of plausibility. For if they plead: (a) that the saints on earth lawfully pray for one another — I answer that God has commanded this, 1 Timothy 2:1, but forbidden the other, as we have said; and moreover they do not pray for one another as intercessors by virtue of office and duty, but as brothers for brothers. (b) That it is not the custom to press straight in upon a king without intervening ushers and advocates. Answer: we have an usher and advocate, one in the place of all, namely Christ, 1 John 2:1.
XXI. The question is asked: (5) Whether Christ is Mediator with respect to one of the two natures, or according to both? The Papists, in order the more readily to attach further mediators alongside the one Mediator, hold that in His Mediatorial Person the two natures, the divine and the human, indeed come together and are united, but not in the exercise of the Mediatorial office; and that Christ, as God-man, is here indeed the principle, as they put it, but that His two natures are not the principles by which it is carried out. With these — at least as regards the position itself — agrees Franciscus Stancarus, a Lutheran professor at Regensburg, whether carried away by love for Peter Lombard, or merely out of hatred toward his colleague Osiander. And the Socinians agree with them as well, besides also denying the eternal Godhead of the Mediator Himself. The Reformed, on the contrary, since they hold such a Mediator as is God-man, whose two natures are the principles of His Mediatorial workings, such that each principle has its own particular efficacy proper to it in these workings, and that the whole Mediatorial work flows, by that efficacy, from both natures, and from each its own particular efficacy — maintain that He is Mediator according to both His natures. This is recommended (1) by the constant tenor of Holy Scripture, when it involves and includes the divine nature and its divine working in the Mediatorial exercises and acts, Acts 20:28, 2 Corinthians 5:19, John 10:17-18. This is recommended (2) by the end and purpose of the personal union of the two natures in the one Mediator, which can have been for no other reason than that He, the efficacy and activity of both natures concurring, might carry out the Mediatorial duties and acts fully and clearly — that He might, for example, be able to assume the human nature, and thus be manifested in the flesh, 1 Timothy 3:16; expend His soul, by dying, for the ransoming and redemption of men, John 10:17-18; offer Himself to God through the eternal Spirit, Hebrews 9:14; rise again from the dead by His own power, Romans 1:4; sit at the Father's right hand, Psalm 110:1. The nature and character of all the Mediatorial acts also recommends (3) that we believe that the divine nature works together and jointly with Him; for indeed He could not (1) from eternity have promised on behalf of sinners, nor, as a Surety in His own right, have taken up their cause; (2) He could not, by enlightening and persuading our hearts, proclaim the whole will and counsel of God concerning the Covenant of Grace and what pertains and belongs to it; much less (3) by His one death reconcile and appease so many millions with God; (4) confirm and ratify the Covenant of Grace with His death; and finally (5) by interceding and displaying His merits to the Father, sufficiently and powerfully attend to and uphold the cause of His own — had the Godhead not, together with the manhood, worked jointly in the Mediatorial acts, supposing He had not been God. Not to add (4) that He would not have been able to be such a Prophet as teaches both inwardly and outwardly at once; such a Priest as presented an offering of infinite worth; nor such a King as powerfully applies, by regeneration, conversion, and sanctification, the salvation obtained for His own, and as overcame and subdued for them so great a host of spiritual enemies — Satan, sin, the world, etc. — had not the Godhead worked most powerfully together with the manhood. Nor does it help the opposing parties: (a) that the Mediator, 1 Timothy 2:5, is there called a man, who gave Himself a ransom for all — since He is in fact also God. (b) That He would then not have been the middlemost between the parties, the offended and the offending: for He would not have been this had He been God alone, just as He would not have been this had He been man alone; but now, since He is both God and man, He is perfectly the middlemost, through participation in both. (c) For if He had been Mediator as God, He would not have been distinguished from the Son, either in person or in nature — for He indeed would have been so, and is so, with respect to the economic state, whereby He is a divine Person under another form, Philippians 2:7. (d) That if He had been Mediator as God alone, then the Father and the Holy Spirit would also have been Mediator: for that does not follow, since neither the Father nor the Holy Spirit is man; just as it does not follow that, if He became flesh according to the divine nature, the Father and the Spirit would also have become flesh — for the dignity of Mediator does not belong to the divine nature as such, but as endowed with such a mode of subsisting as does not fit the Father and the Spirit. (e) That it seems to introduce a confusion of operations, if both natures contribute to the work: for this introduces no more confusion than that body and soul concur and work together toward one and the same human act. Compare the fourth chapter of this Book, concerning the Person of the Mediator.
XXII. The question is asked: (6) Whether Christ is Mediator according to the divine nature alone? Andreas Osiander, in order the more readily to obtain that believers are justified and saved by being united through faith with the righteousness of the divine nature, holds that Christ is Mediator according to the divine nature alone. The Reformed indeed grant that He is Mediator according to His divine nature, but not according to the divine nature alone: (1) because the opposite view runs directly counter to Holy Scripture, which expressly declares not only that the Mediator is a man, but such a one as is Mediator by paying the price, 1 Timothy 2:5; who had to partake of flesh and blood, that through death he might destroy Him who had the power of death, etc., Hebrews 2:14-17; who was to bear our sins in His body, 1 Peter 2:24; who was to die for us, 1 Corinthians 1:13; who was to bear our infirmities, Isaiah 53:4-6 — and who could set forth all the passages of Scripture that say and teach this? (2) Because that view undermines and renders useless and superfluous for us all the righteousness He obtained: since the righteousness of a divine person, all else being equal, cannot be sufficient. Indeed (3) because it thus more or less does away with the whole Mediatorial office entirely: for to what end would He intercede as Mediator, unless perhaps to this end — to commend faith to us, and to persuade us, by whose help and agency we might be united with Him, whether essentially or personally, and thereby be made partakers of His divine righteousness? I will not say (4) that the supposition of this error — namely, the personal or essential union of us with Christ — is utterly blasphemous, in that it not only makes us God-men just as much as Christ, but also makes all the sins of those thus united with Him into His own personal sins. Nor do I see what can be brought forward with any plausibility for that view, other than (1) that absurd and blasphemous personal or essential union of us with Christ, in place of which, according to the pronouncement of Holy Scripture, only a mystical and relational union must be set, as we shall teach elsewhere. And then (2) that He is called יהוה צדקנו, Jehovah our Righteousness, Jeremiah 23:6; who is made unto us righteousness from God, 1 Corinthians 1:30. The first passage indicates nothing other than that the Messiah — not insofar as He is Jehovah alone, but as being the one who is Jehovah — is our righteousness; while the other passage does not say that He is our righteousness or justification through His divine Essence, but that He has become for us, namely through satisfaction and merit, unto righteousness. Compare Romans 5:15 with verse 18.
XXIII. The question is asked: (7) Whether Christ is a Mediator of all men, and of every man alike? The Pelagians together with the Socinians, and the Semi-Pelagians, Jesuits, Remonstrants, Mennonites, and Lutherans — in order the more readily to make the efficacy of grace depend upon the free will — hold that Christ is, in an equal way, a Mediator of all men, and of each in particular. The Reformed Universalists (the advocates of general grace), in order to have grace — at least objective grace — universal, hold that Christ is indeed a mediator of all and every one alike, yet in an unequal way: of all, if they are willing to receive Him in faith; but of the elect besides, whether they are willing or not. The remaining Reformed hold that He is a Mediator of the elect alone. For He is (1) called in the text the Mediator of the New Covenant, that those who are called might obtain the inheritance promised to them. Likewise He is (2) a Mediator who gave Himself a ransom for many, Matthew 20:28, 26:28. He (3) has purchased and redeemed His people, Matthew 1:21, His sheep, John 10:11, His flock, Acts 20:28, etc.; and indeed (4) in such a way that He excludes the world, John 17:9. Nor is it inconsistent with this (1) that He is said to have been given to the world, John 3:16, while He is also said to have excluded the world, John 17:9 — for by "the world" here He means only insofar as it is distinguished from the Jewish Church, as also happens in Romans 11:12. (2) That He is said to have been given for all, 1 Timothy 2:6, Romans 5:18 — since this is not to be understood of all and every one alike, but of every rank and order of men, of kings and those set in high places, or of all within a certain determined class, 2 Peter 3:9. Hence what is said of "all" is elsewhere narrowed and restricted to "many," Romans 5:18 compared with verse 15. Other matters of this kind occur in Book II, chapter XVII, §32-33, and will come up further in their place in the chapter on Redemption or Ransoming.
XXIV. To these settled controversies we shall now append a few questions argued pro and con. The question is asked, then: (8) Whether Christ is a Mediator of the good angels, if not of reconciliation, then at least of confirmation? This is denied: (1) because He is, according to the text, the Mediator of the New Covenant, whose partners are men, 1 Timothy 2:5, the called, Hebrews 9:15, the world, 2 Corinthians 5:19, His people, Matthew 1:21, sheep, John 10:11, the house of Israel, Jeremiah 31:31, etc., and nowhere in Scripture angels. (2) Because He is a Mediator of reconciliation, 1 Timothy 2:5-6, Hebrews 9:15 and 12:24, and of intercession, 1 John 2:1 — which the angels have no need of. Hence the angel says, Luke 2:10-11, that unto you is born this day a Savior. (3) Because He did not assume the nature of angels, Hebrews 2:16. Nor does the following count in favor of the contrary: (1) that God is said to have gathered together again all things in Christ, both what is in heaven and what is on earth — for by the constant tenor of the text, only those are to be understood as gathered again who had fallen away, been scattered and dispersed (by force of the Greek word ἀνακεφαλαιώσασθαι, "to gather again into one, to bring again under one head"), who are reconciled through His blood, Colossians 1:20, and by our regathering, which has taken place through the preaching of the Gospel and the efficacy of the Spirit, Ephesians 1:9-10 — which likewise involves redemption, calling, justification, and sanctification, according to the connection of chapter I of Ephesians. And it counts even less (2) that Christ is a Mediator of the Church, to which the angels belong, Hebrews 12:22-23 — for nowhere are the angels called members of the Church, of the congregation, though according to the passage cited they belong to the general assembly of the glorified. Nor does it follow (3) from His being called, Colossians 2:10, the Head of all principality and power — for that title belongs to Him by virtue of creation, whereby all things are under Him and must be subject to Him, Philippians 3:21; or by virtue of that power which has been given Him over the Church, and, with reference to it, over all things in heaven and on earth, Matthew 28:18, according to which power every knee must bow before Him, of those in heaven and those on earth, Philippians 2:9-10 — which power follows upon His Mediatorial administrations and acts.
XXV. The question is asked: (9) Whether Christ was a Mediator also of the believers of the Old Testament? The Socinians, out of hatred both toward His eternal Godhead and toward His satisfaction, deny that He was even present at all; others do acknowledge that He was present under the Old Testament, and that He was even then Mediator virtually — that is, potentially — but they deny that He was so actually. For this, they say, it would be required that He be man, 1 Timothy 2:5. Certainly it seems that it must be established that He was present, and that He exercised and performed the Mediatorial acts; only, on the one hand, this must be understood of those acts which depend more on the divine Person than on the human nature — of which sort are (1) the substitutionary suretyship undertaken from eternity (expromissio); (2) the announcing and appearing, made repeatedly to the patriarchs, Isaiah 61:1; (3) the reconciliation, at least virtually — that is, potentially — namely insofar as it rests on His suretyship, according to which the Father is said to have laid our sins upon Him, and to have made them fall upon Him, Isaiah 53:4-6,9, 2 Corinthians 5:21; (4) the intercession, Zechariah 3:1-3. And on the other hand, this must not be extended to those acts which depend upon the presence of the human nature, such as: (1) the actual appeasing, or reconciliation of sins, through His already-accomplished death, Hebrews 9:15; (2) the sealing of the Covenant, through the intervention of death, Hebrews 9:16 and 1:3. But with regard to the first of these acts, He is (a) even under the Old Testament called the Angel of the Covenant, Malachi 3:1, the Angel of the presence, Isaiah 63:9, the Goel, the Redeemer, Deliverer, Job 19:25; through whose grace (b) the believers of the Old Testament also are said to have become saved, Acts 15:11. From this it appears (wherein lies the chief difficulty of this matter) how far the presence of the human nature is necessary in the Mediator.
XXVI. The question is asked: (10) Whether Christ, insofar as He is Mediator, must be worshipped? The Socinians, Papists, Lutherans, and some of the Reformed, with different and diverging aims, and on different and diverging suppositions, say yes. The Socinians (that is, those who teach with Socinus that Christ must be worshipped) say so because they do not acknowledge His divine nature; the Papists, so as the more suitably to ascribe to the blessed ones in heaven the honor both of intercession and of adoration; the Lutherans, because they teach that the divine attributes on which the honor of adoration is built have, through the personal union, been communicated to the human nature; those Reformed, because they do not sufficiently distinguish the concept of a Mediator, which involves the Godhead, from the concept of the bare Godhead. Just as, then, we acknowledge that Christ, who is the Mediator, God-man, must be worshipped because He is such — so, insofar as He is Mediator (that is, in the sense that Mediatorship would be such a foundation that, being posited, worship is posited, and being removed, worship is removed) we deny it: (1) because, even if He were not Mediator, He would nevertheless have to be worshipped as God; (2) because then the Father and the Holy Spirit would not have to be worshipped, since they are not Mediator; (3) because if the eternal Godhead of the Mediator is not held to be the sole foundation of worship, we shall lose the force of the proof for the eternal Godhead of the Son and of the Holy Spirit, which is drawn from their being worshipped, from Matthew 4:10. Whatever can be brought forward for the contrary reaches no further than this: that Christ, who is Mediator, or because He is Mediator, must be worshipped. The particular suppositions proper to each of the opposing parties will be overturned in their proper places.
The Practical Part
XXVII. As to the practical use: first, in the necessity, sufficiency, and perfection of the Mediator there appears the divine honor and glory, both of severity against sin and of kindness toward the sinner, Romans 11:22 and 2:25. The severity, I say, whereby He was unwilling to let sin pass without satisfaction; the violation of the Law without death; the threat of punishment without its execution. Either satisfaction had to be made to the justice of God, or the sinner had to perish; the sinner was unable to make it, and therefore in His place a Surety-taking Mediator had to come, Romans 8:3. But there also appears His goodness and kindness toward the sinner, John 3:16, Romans 5:8, whereby God, that the guilty one might not perish and be lost, (1) Himself sought out and desired reconciliation, 2 Corinthians 5:19-20; (2) Himself gave and appointed a Mediator, a Surety in His own right, a reconciler, a redeemer, an intercessor, John 3:16, Romans 5:8; (3) appointed His own and only-begotten Son to this work, Romans 8:32, John 3:16; (4) gave Him up to every kind of death, Romans 8:32, and made Him to be sin, 2 Corinthians 5:21. Of this goodness and kindness Salvian (De Gubernatione Dei, Book IV) speaks most emphatically and movingly: God loves us more than a father loves his son. For it is indeed a plain matter that God loves us above the affection of sons, since for our sake He spared not His own Son. And, what is more, I add, and a righteous Son; and His only-begotten Son; and His Son who is God. And what more can be said? And this for us — the wicked and evil, the most ungodly, the unjust. Who could rightly estimate and value this love of God toward us, except that the righteousness of God is so great that nothing unjust can fall within Him? Let us therefore, in this matter, (1) mark and behold with the highest attention this astonishing bond and conjunction of severity and kindness, Romans 11:22 — Behold then the kindness and severity of God. (2) Let us tremble and be afraid at God's severity, there in verses 20-22, and marvel with the Savior Himself at His kindness, John 3:16. Indeed also (3) let us proclaim, boast of, praise, and glorify the same, Romans 5:8, 1 John 3:1. Finally (4) let us imitate God's severity against our sins, that we mortify, crucify, and kill them without any mercy, Colossians 3:5, Galatians 5:24. And His kindness, by showing it also to our neighbors, Luke 6:36, Matthew 6:12,14-15 and 18:27,35, specifically by interceding for them, 1 Timothy 2:1-2 compared with verse 5.
XXVIII. Secondly, in that same necessity, sufficiency, and perfection of the Mediator, most of the mysteries of the Gospel are made manifest and disclosed, in accordance with which the Mediator is wonderfully named, Isaiah 9:6, and the doctrine concerning Him is a mystery of godliness which is without doubt great, and likewise a pillar and ground of the truth, 1 Timothy 3:15-16. For indeed, how great are the mysteries (1) in the choosing of the Person, whereby specifically the middlemost of the Trinity is chosen and set apart to be Mediator; likewise also the middlemost by participation in both natures, who through His mediation was to join and unite the differing parties, God and man; the true Immanuel, who was given and represented as a sign to King Ahaz, Isaiah 7:14, Matthew 1:23; the Ladder uniting heaven with earth, over which the Patriarch stood utterly amazed with godly reverence, Genesis 28:12 compared with verses 16-17. More on this will perhaps occur in the chapter on the Person of the Mediator. (2) In the Mediatorial office itself He is both the offended and displayed God, and also the Mediator between the God displayed and the man displayed; He is at once the Surety who takes up the cause and the Testator of the new Testament, Hebrews 7:22 and 9:14-16; He is the Covenant, Isaiah 49:8 and 55:3, and at the same time the Mediator of the Covenant, Hebrews 8:6 and 9:15. He is a Prophetic and Priestly King, a Prophetic and kingly Priest, a Priestly and kingly Prophet, more excellent than Melchizedek, who was Priest and King only, and than David, who was only Prophet and King: He is at once Priest, offering, and altar; He died as Priest, and yet lives forever, being a Priest after the order of Melchizedek, Hebrews 7:26. He was without sin, and yet was made sin, 2 Corinthians 5:21. He cannot suffer, and yet He suffers death; He is the Lord of glory, and the most despised of servants; innocent, and condemned; the life, and yet died; the resurrection, and buried; He descended into the innermost and deepest abyss of misery, and ascended and climbed to the highest throne of glory. What are all these but things full of mystery and secrets! (3) In the works and effects of the Mediator: we who are slaves are, by His help, freed and delivered; being enemies, we are reconciled; estranged and strangers, we are adopted as children; being dead, we are made alive; being buried, we rise; being condemned, we are blessed; being guilty and sinners, we are justified; being damned, we are made blessed. (4) In the manner of providing and ordering all these things: for the Mediator has provided and ordained them by His own servitude, condemnation, rejection, death, burial, damnation, and by His being made sin, etc.
XXIX. From this it further appears, thirdly, that we ought to reflect godly on the Mediator: (1) that He has given us a most powerful matter and motive for gratitude, if we consider that such a God, John 3:16, and with such a heart, out of pure and unmixed love and mercy — so did God love the world! God, the all-sufficient one, Genesis 17:1, Psalm 16:2, above whom no greater advantage can be hoped for from the sinner's life than from His death, from His salvation than from His ruin. (2) That He has given us such a Mediator — not a man, however illustrious and perfect; not an angel, though of the first order; not a servant or friend, however dear to Him — but a Son, and His own Son, not an adopted one; but His only-begotten Son, John 3:16, Romans 8:32; but His innocent, most obedient, best, most beloved Son, 2 Corinthians 5:21, Philippians 2:8, Matthew 3:17. Like the example of Abraham, offering up His son, Genesis 22:12. (3) That He has given Him for such as these, namely sinners, covenant-breakers, enemies, Romans 5:6-8 and 3:12-20. (4) That He has given Him for such purposes — not to be served, but to serve, Matthew 20:28 — to all manner of the worst things, Isaiah 53:2-8, to death, even the death of the cross, Philippians 2:8, to a curse, Galatians 3:13. (5) That He has given Him for such uses and benefits, as one who would pay for us as a Surety in His own right; who would bring over to us the Covenant of Grace and its conditions; who would reconcile us with the Father; who would seal, with His own death, the Covenant of Grace, in which, as in a Testament, we are inscribed as heirs; who would continually uphold our cause before His Father; who would be to us wisdom, righteousness, sanctification, and redemption, 1 Corinthians 1:30; from whose fullness we would draw and receive grace upon grace, John 1:16; so that we are complete in Him, Colossians 2:9-10. By these many great reasons this matter rouses and stirs us to gratitude: (1) that we willingly and readily receive and accept so great and such a Mediator given to us, John 1:11-12; (2) that we, for our part, give ourselves wholly back again to the Mediator given to us, to be redeemed by Him, Acts 15:26, as those who have been given to Him by the Father, John 17:9; (3) that we readily accept the word of Reconciliation, which has come to us in the name of God and of the Mediator, 2 Corinthians 5:19; (4) that we acknowledge the grace of Reconciliation brought about through the Mediator, and glorify Him who brought it about, Romans 5:8; and (5) that we, as those reconciled and redeemed by the help of the Mediator, conduct ourselves accordingly for the whole of our lives, Titus 2:11-15.
XXX. From this there appears and stands open before us, in this Mediator, fourthly, a most sweet and pleasant matter of consolation. For just as the sealing of the Covenant of Grace was most bitter for the Mediator, so it is most sweet, pleasant, and refreshing for the covenant partners. Most bitter it was for the Mediator, if one godly considers and weighs His agony of soul in the Garden of Gethsemane, His bloody sweat, His head wounded and torn by thorns, His scourgings, His pierced hands and feet, His wounded heart, His forsakenness by God, His supplications as though vain, in vain, fruitless, and unapproachable before His Father. But on the contrary it is most sweet and pleasant for the covenant partners, since it procures and brings about for them all manner of goods — temporal, spiritual, and eternal: it procures for them the Mediator Himself, and everything that is the Mediator's; it procures for us God, and everything that is in God and flows from God. How pleasant and blessed is the appropriation of all these things for the favored ones and beneficiaries of this Mediator! His agony of soul is their victory; His condemnation, their justification; His anguish, their rest; His scourgings, their remedies; His wounds, their plasters; His blood, their blessing; His death, their life; His shameful crowning, their glorious exaltation. O what sweet fruits from so bitter a root! In particular, and point by point, we must here think (1) of the persons to whom, through the mediatorship of Christ, this matter of consolation belongs, namely: those who have a sense of their enmity toward God, together with the evils that flow from it, and who are thus filled with a desire and longing for reconciliation, Matthew 11:28-30, Isaiah 55:1-2, Revelation 22:17 — that they may have the Mediator as their Peacemaker, Colossians 1:20, who takes away their sins (which, like dividing walls, separate them from God, Isaiah 59:2), John 1:29, and also the enmity, Ephesians 2:16-17. Then (2) also for such as have, through the intervention of the Mediator, already long been reconciled with God, Romans 5:1. There is here, on account of this Mediator, an abundant matter of consolation: (a) against their daily weaknesses, 1 John 2:1, because they have in Him an Advocate, an Intercessor, who continually upholds their cause before His Father, Romans 8:33-34, compare Hebrews 9:7; (b) against fear of a total and final falling away, Luke 22:31, John 17:12,15 and 6:39; (c) against all manner of temptations, because we, being men, tempted, have a Mediator who is indeed God, but who is besides also man, tempted in all things like His brothers, Hebrews 4:15, 2:17-18; (d) against want, poverty, and every kind of need, both of body and of soul; that in our prayers, through the Mediator, we have the boldness and access to approach the throne of grace, Ephesians 2:18 and 3:12, Hebrews 10:19; indeed also an Advocate who commends our prayers and makes them acceptable to the Father, so that He may hear them; indeed even a Mediator whose advocacy and intercession is always admitted and accepted, John 14:13, 16:23, 1 John 5:14-15; (e) against the anguish of death, Job 19:25, 1 Corinthians 15:25-26, John 11:25; (f) against the terrors of the last Judgment and of eternal damnation, John 5:24 and 3:17.
XXXI. Further, fifthly, in the necessity, sufficiency, and perfection of the Mediator there appears the utmost misery of all those who are deprived of this one Mediator. Such are: (1) all who, even in profession, are unbelievers — heathen, Muhammadans, present-day Jews — who wholly reject any Mediator at all; of whom Ephesians 2:12; (2) those who do admit a mediator, but an unqualified, insufficient one — and thus a mere invented and fabricated go-between, who, without any mediation of Person or participation in both natures, without eternal suretyship, without reconciliation of the offended party, has been such — whom we have set forth and refuted in §17; (3) those who do confess with their mouth the true and sufficient Mediator, but who deny Him in deed in many ways, when they admit to the Mediatorial office the God-man either as God alone or as man alone; or who, alongside the Mediator, join together other mediators, angels and men — which we have set forth in §20, 21, 22; (4) those who indeed grant Him the title of a necessary, sufficient, and perfect Mediator, but who arrogate to themselves the Mediatorial acts and works, under the guise of their own satisfactions, merits, good works, and powers of free will — which is the customary and common offense of the Pelagians and those of Pelagian sympathies, and thus of all who serve their own righteousness and perfection; (5) those who indeed do none of these things in their confession, but who meanwhile are wholly ignorant of the Mediator, and do not try to come to know Him, John 1:10,26, 8:19, 4:22, compared with 2 Thessalonians 1:8, compare Isaiah 53:11, John 17:3; (6) those who do not love Him, 1 Corinthians 16:22, Matthew 10:37, who neglect Him, disregard Him, do not receive Him, but reject Him, John 1:11-12 and 5:40,43, Matthew 22:3, Acts 13:46, John 5:44, who trample underfoot the Son of God, and count the blood of the Covenant an unholy thing, Hebrews 10:29; (7) those who draw near to the Mediator with their mouth, and honor Him with their lips, but whose heart is far from Him, Isaiah 29:13, Matthew 15:8, who cry with full throats, Lord, Lord, but do not do what He commands them, Matthew 7:21-22, who indeed call upon the name of Christ, but do not depart from their iniquity, 2 Timothy 2:19, who claim for themselves the promises of Christ, but do not walk as He walked, 1 John 2:6, 3:3, and who thus, instead of a Mediator, make Him a servant of sin, Galatians 2:17, and, in their own way, trample underfoot the Son of God, Hebrews 10:29; (8) those who would receive Him only in some measure, but not, as it ought to be done, as a complete and whole Mediator according to all the parts of His Mediatorial office — indeed as Priest, to reconcile them with the Father, but not as Prophet, whom they ought to hear in all things, John 10:27, nor as King, to whom they ought to submit themselves, Luke 19:27; (9) those who do not receive Him upon those laws and conditions upon which He wills to be received, Luke 9:23 compared with Matthew 16:24. The misery of all these the Apostle sets forth, briefly indeed, but forcefully and strikingly, Ephesians 2:12: You were at that time without Christ, alienated from the commonwealth of Israel, and strangers from the covenants of promise, having no hope, and without God in the world. See also Colossians 1:21. In particular, (2) they are atheists, ungodly ones, without God, there — since through sin they are estranged from God, Isaiah 59:2. God they cannot regain, except through the Mediator, John 14:6, and they have no access to Him except in the Mediator, Romans 5:2, Ephesians 2:12, which they lack. Indeed, (3) they do have a god, but to their own harm; they have Him as an enemy, Romans 5:10 and 8:7; as a consuming fire, Deuteronomy 9:3, Hebrews 10:27; as a bear robbed of her cubs, Hosea 13:8, Amos 5:19. And (4) since they have no Mediator, in whom all the promises of God are yes and amen, 2 Corinthians 1:20, and from whose fullness grace upon grace is to be received, John 1:16, they therefore have absolutely nothing at all. And not only (5) do they have nothing, but they can obtain nothing either, since, without a Mediator, no access stands open to them to the throne of divine grace, Hebrews 4:16, Ephesians 2:18, and there is no one who draws near on their behalf as Mediator, Romans 8:34, 1 John 2:1. And even if they were to approach ever so earnestly with their prayers, without a Mediator to offer them, their very prayers would be to God an abomination and a horror, Revelation 8:4, Isaiah 1:13,15, Proverbs 28:9. Indeed, (6) not only do they have nothing, and can obtain nothing from God, but also, without a Mediator, they can do nothing for themselves or for their preservation and salvation, John 15:5, Philippians 4:13. Consequently they are (7) without hope of any salvation, Ephesians 2:12, since there is no salvation in any other than the Mediator, Acts 4:12, John 14:6, 1 Timothy 2:5. Let me add (8) that they, being excluded from the Covenant of Grace and its benefits, are under the severity and curse of the Covenant of the Law, Galatians 3:14. Therefore (9) they are under the enmity, wrath, hatred, and displeasure of God, and of those who stand with God, Ephesians 2:5, Colossians 1:21, Psalm 5:6-7, because they have no Mediator as Peacemaker. Moreover (10) they are, on account of so many sins, debtors to God, and must and shall for this reason be cast forever into the chains and bonds of hell, Matthew 18:25,34-35. And they have no Mediator to take their debt upon Himself or to pay it for them.
XXXII. For this reason, sixthly, the necessity of self-examination and testing with regard to the Mediator also appears — namely, whether that one, necessary, sufficient, and in every way perfect Mediator, belongs to us. For indeed, (1) what does it profit us, I ask you, that there is a Mediator for us, and such and so great a one — since He is not a Mediator of all, as we have taught in §23 — unless He is ours, and I am His, Song of Songs 2:16, Acts 8:21; or (2) if I enjoy no sure and settled knowledge of this? Genesis 28:16 with verse 13. And on the contrary, how sweet and pleasant it is, in every condition, to be able to say with confidence: I know that my Redeemer lives, Job 19:25. I am persuaded that neither death nor life ... shall be able to separate me from the love of God which is in Christ Jesus our Lord, Romans 8:38-39. And how shall we (3) approach God with confidence and obtain grace, if we do not know that the great Mediator is our Mediator? Hebrews 4:14-16. And how shall we know this, unless by examining ourselves, whether Jesus Christ is in us, and is our Mediator? 2 Corinthians 13:5. But by what marks shall we finally ascertain this with certainty? Most of all, and most especially, by these: (1) if we are His disciples, Luke 9:23, Matthew 16:24, know His voice, hear it, and depend wholly upon it, John 10:16; if we readily and willingly follow what we have heard, Luke 9:23, imitate it, Matthew 11:29, walk as He walked, 1 John 2:6 and 3:3; (2) if we, as disciples of the Mediator, for His sake, readily and willingly deny ourselves, Luke 9:23, crucify the flesh with its affections and lusts, Galatians 5:24; (3) if we sense that His Spirit has been imparted to us, Romans 8:9, who powerfully convicts us of sin, John 16:9-11, who makes us alive, being dead in sin, Romans 8:10, who sanctifies and cleanses us, 1 Corinthians 6:11, who moves and drives us so that, for the Mediator's sake, we address and call upon God as Abba, [dear Father], Galatians 4:6, Romans 8:15; (4) if we have become and are found new creatures, 2 Corinthians 5:17-18, so that we, who formerly were enemies of God, are now reconciled with Him through the Mediator, Romans 5:10 compared with the same; who were formerly children of wrath, are now vessels of mercy, Ephesians 2:3 compared with Romans 9:23; who were formerly dead in sins, are now made alive in Christ, Ephesians 2:1,5; who were formerly under the power of Satan, are now under the dominion of God, Acts 26:18; who were formerly blind, Ephesians 4:18, are now a light in the Lord, Ephesians 5:8, Acts 26:18; who were formerly averse to and estranged from Him, Ephesians 2:12, Romans 3:12, are now brought near, through the blood of the Mediator, Ephesians 2:13; (5) if we, on our part, through a sincere faith and love, have given ourselves back again to Him, Song of Songs 2:16, 2 Corinthians 8:5.
XXXIII. It also appears throughout, seventhly, in so perfect, sufficient, and necessary a Mediator, that He must be received by us with a true faith and a burning love, John 1:11-12. He came unto His own, and His own received Him not; but as many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, John 1:11-12, Revelation 3:20, Galatians 4:14. What it means to receive the Mediator, we have already taught above, Book II, chapter I, §12, and likewise also in our treatise on Saving Faith, chapter IV, §4-13; and for what motives He must be received by us, we have also explained above, Book II, chapter I, §44, and especially also in our treatise concerning Faith (Syntagma de Fide Salvifica), chapter XVI, especially §8. To these other motives and incentives can easily be added, taken, for example: (1) from His all-round perfection and most absolute sufficiency, whereby He is fully able to save all who come unto God by Him, Hebrews 7:25-26 and 10:14, Colossians 2:10; (2) from His inexpressible usefulness, 1 Corinthians 1:30, John 1:16, Matthew 11:25; (3) from the unavoidable necessity, John 3:16,36 and 14:6, Acts 4:12, 1 Timothy 2:5, etc.
XXXIV. Of the way and manner of receiving Him we have also spoken above, Book II, chapter I, §17-18, likewise in our treatise on Faith, chapter VI, §11-24, and chapter XVI, §24. From which it also appears, eighthly, that now that we have received the Mediator in and through faith and love, we must also, as the case requires, use Him diligently and constantly in every circumstance — namely, that we may not have received that grace in vain, 2 Corinthians 6:1; if indeed only in vain, Galatians 3:4. For (1) what does it profit to have so great and such a Mediator, if you make no use of Him? Is that not just as if you did not have Him at all? Will you not (2), by not using but neglecting Him whom you have received and accepted with your mouth, deny Him in deed? Titus 1:16. Will He not (3) — He who is a savor of life unto life — by being neglected, become to you a savor of death unto death? 2 Corinthians 2:16; and He who is set for a rising, become to you an occasion of falling? Luke 2:34, Romans 9:33. Let us therefore use the Mediator given to us in every necessity and need. For He is (4) a faithful Mediator, Hebrews 2:17, whose name is Faithful and True, Revelation 19:11 and 1:5 and 3:14. He is (5) a merciful Mediator, Hebrews 2:17; His word is σπλαγχνίζομαι, I am inwardly moved with compassion, Matthew 15:32, 9:36, 14:14, so that the misery of men wrings tears from Him, Luke 19:41. He is (6) a most mighty and strong Mediator, Hebrews 7:25, the mighty God, Isaiah 9:6, Matthew 28:18, Psalm 89:19. He is (7) an ever-abiding, indeed an eternal Mediator, who is always able to help, Hebrews 7:24-25, Matthew 28:20. He is (8) an omnipresent Mediator, Matthew 28:20, Psalm 139:7. Moved and spurred on by all these reasons, let us make use of our Mediator: (1) by going to Him, as Mediator, just as He Himself invites us to Himself, and draws us to Himself with His promises, Matthew 11:28-29, Isaiah 55:1, Revelation 22:17; then (2) by going through Him to God, Hebrews 4:16. In particular, (3) when we are frightened away from the throne of grace by the awareness of our natural faithlessness, let us then come to Him as our Surety, Hebrews 7:22, and Goel, Job 19:25, and present Him to God in our place as a Surety, Job 17:3. (4) When, being at a loss, we do not know what we must and shall do, let us then go to Him as to the Word of the Father, John 1:1, as to our Counselor, Isaiah 9:6, who has become for us wisdom from God, 1 Corinthians 1:30. (5) When the guilt of our sins presses upon our heart, let us then flee to our Mediator, who gave Himself a ransom for all, 1 Timothy 2:5-6, who was made sin for us, that we might become the righteousness of God in Him, 2 Corinthians 5:21, upon whom God has made the iniquity of us all to fall, Isaiah 53:3-4(?). (6) When we, or our own, lack in body or soul what is necessary and useful, let us go through the Mediator to the throne of grace, Hebrews 4:16, 1 Timothy 2:1 compared with verse 5, John 14:13-14.
XXXV. Finally, ninthly, when we now use and enjoy the Mediator we have obtained, there is also in Him that which admonishes us that we must follow Him, and accordingly walk as He walked, 1 John 2:6, Colossians 2:6. For to this end (1) He has come to us, and has set Himself before us as an example, John 13:12-14. To this end (2) He commands those who come to Him, and who will enjoy His mediation, to follow His example, Matthew 11:29 — Come unto me ... and learn of me. To this end He sets (3) in this following and walking the highest perfection of His followers, John 15:20, Matthew 5:48. Without this we are (4) unworthy to be called disciples and followers of the Mediator; hence the Apostle charges us to walk worthy of the Lord unto all pleasing, being fruitful in every good work, Colossians 1:10. Therefore there is (5) herein a mark of our fellowship with Him, if we walk as He walked, 1 John 2:6, John 15:10. And (6) without this we are excluded from all hope of fellowship with Him: for every one that has this hope in Him purifies Himself, even as He is pure, 1 John 3:3. But how, and in what way, shall we follow Him, and walk as He walked? Answer: (1) By knowing and acknowledging our Mediator, and continually holding His will and manner of life before our eyes as a pattern (exemplar), Colossians 1:9-10 — that you may be filled with the knowledge of His will, in all wisdom and spiritual understanding, that you may walk worthy of the Lord, John 10:14 and 17:3, Philippians 3:7-11, Ephesians 3:18-19. (2) By applying ourselves to become more and more rooted and grounded in the Mediator we have known and acknowledged, Colossians 2:6-7 — As you have therefore received Christ Jesus the Lord, so walk in Him: rooted and built up in Him, and established, Colossians 2:7. (3) By constantly bearing about with us His footsteps, words, and deeds, at least insofar as these can and must be displayed and represented by our following, to this end, that we may walk as He walked, 1 John 2:6. For example: (a) in meekness and lowliness of heart, Matthew 11:28-29; (b) in righteousness and truthfulness, Isaiah 53:9, John 8:26(?); (c) in zeal and obedience in performing and carrying out what is entrusted to us, John 4:32,34; (d) in diligence and zeal to serve and do good to everyone, Acts 10:38, Matthew 4:23 and 9:35, Mark 6:6; (e) in spirituality and a heavenly walk, which He, seizing upon every occasion for it, impressed upon His own, John 4:30-34 and 15:1-10; (f) in prayers, Matthew 14:23, Mark 6:46, Matthew 26:36, John 17:1, Hebrews 5:7; (g) in mercy and compassion, Hebrews 2:17 and 5:2, Matthew 9:36 and 14:14, Mark 1:41, Luke 7:13 and 15:20; (h) in patience, forbearance, and endurance of and toward all manner of injuries done to Him by His enemies, 1 Peter 2:21-24, Isaiah 53:7, Luke 23:34. (4) By carefully fleeing all evil, Romans 13:12-14 — that we, laying aside all the works of darkness, ... put on the Lord Jesus Christ, Galatians 5:24. (5) By seeking the things that are above, that are heavenly, where He is, sitting at the right hand of God, Colossians 3:1, Philippians 3:20. (6) By going forward and increasing more and more in all these things daily, 2 Peter 3:18. And (7) by waiting with longing for His glorious return to judge the living and the dead, and for our being made blessed together with Him, 1 Thessalonians 4:17, Philippians 3:20-21, 2 Timothy 4:7-8, 2 Peter 3:11-12, John 14:2-3, Song of Songs 8:14, Revelation 22:20. Meanwhile (8) by striving and endeavoring, whether present with Him or absent, to be well-pleasing to Him, 2 Corinthians 5:6-9, that we live, and likewise die, unto Him, Romans 14:8-9. And thus (9) by all these things pressing onward, through Him who is the way, the truth, and the life, toward the Father, John 14:6.
Chapter III: On the Names of the Mediator
On Acts 15:26
"Men who have hazarded their lives for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ."
Concerning the Mediator of the Covenant of Grace we have spoken of the first matter, namely, the dignity of His Mediatorship itself; there follows now the second, which will set forth the Names of the Mediator, in order that, by the help and means of these, the aforesaid Mediator might become the more distinctly known to us. From this the Synod of Jerusalem records the more common and familiar of His names, Acts 15:26.
The Explanatory Part
II. In these words is contained a certain commendation of Barnabas and Paul, on account of their godly devotion to the name of the Lord Jesus Christ. In which occur: 1. The commended godly ones, ἄνθρωποι, men — namely those two Apostles, Paul and Barnabas, sent out and dispensers of the mysteries of God, 1 Corinthians 4:1. They are called men, in Hebrew אישים Ischim, that is, men — not common ones, but eminent ones, Exodus 15:3, Judges 7:14, 1 Samuel 26:15 — burning and blazing with zeal, as it were from אש esch, fire, who out of pure and unmixed zeal for the name of Christ counted their lives as nothing. Compare Psalm 69:10, John 2:17 with Acts 20:24.
II. The godliness of those commended, or the duty of godliness — that they gave up their lives. Here is shown: 1. The giving up, παραδεδωκόσι, who have given up. The Greek root word παραδίδωμι corresponds in Latin to trado, as if one said transdo, that is, I hand over, I deliver up. And this happens either with a malicious heart, or out of hatred — whence it also means "to betray," as Judas betrayed the Savior, Matthew 10:4 — or with a friendly heart, out of love; thus God gave up His only-begotten Son, Romans 8:32; thus Christ gave Himself up for us, Ephesians 5:2,25; thus Paul and Barnabas had given up their lives. Except that Christ gave Himself up for us as a ransom, 1 Timothy 2:5, as an offering and sacrifice, Ephesians 5:2 — these alone unto the service and use of Christ. Meanwhile the giving-up takes place from both sides, of one's own accord and willingly. It sometimes also means (tradere, as it were transdare or traducere se ipsum) to give oneself over, to deliver oneself up — out of love for another, to whom one gives something over, to deprive oneself of that which one gives.
2. That which was given up, τὰς ψυχὰς ἑαυτῶν, their souls. That is, not only their goods, not only their reputation, not only everything distinct from themselves; no, but themselves — and, in and belonging to themselves, not only the body and the bodily, but also their soul, along with its faculties. The word ψυχή, "soul," means (1) sometimes the whole inward part of us, especially the will, Ephesians 6:6, Philippians 1:27, as opposed to everything outward; (2) the natural life itself, Matthew 2:20 and 6:25, Luke 12:23, John 10:15. So too the Savior is said to have come to give His soul a ransom for many. So that the sense here is this: that these Apostles had promised, bound, and given over themselves and all that was theirs to Christ, to such a degree that they were prepared to consecrate and offer up to Him not only all that was within them, but even their very life.
III. The use and benefit of this godliness, or rather its moving cause: ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ. Here two things come before us: 1. The Name, ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος, "for the name." Here stands the preposition ὑπὲρ, hyper, not ἀντί, anti — the latter always meaning something set in another's place, that is, whenever it does not mean something contrary or opposed; in which sense it is used of Christ, Matthew 20:28, whence He is called ἀντίλυτρον, a ransom (namely, in the place of others), just as He also underwent death in our place — although the preposition ὑπὲρ, hyper, also occurs concerning Him, 1 Timothy 2:6, yet not so strictly that it is not also said of others, for example Colossians 1:24, where the particle ὑπὲρ, being used, means nothing other than "for the benefit of," "to some advantage or profit" — so that here it means nothing other than for some use and benefit, of whatever kind that might be, belonging to the name of Christ. Now ὄνομα, "a name," sometimes means the one named Himself, Matthew 6:9, and commonly elsewhere; sometimes everything by which the one named is made known to others — for example, the words by which the one named is customarily signified; likewise someone's properties, works, and other things by which this comes about, in particular also the Gospel, Acts 8:12, compared with verse 25, whereby Christ's name would be borne to and before the Gentiles, Acts 9:15-16 — and so also in this passage. So that "for the name" here means nothing other than that these Apostles expended their lives in the service and for the benefit of the Gospel.
2. The one named: the Lord Jesus Christ. Here the one named is honored with a threefold title, or named with as many names.
a. The first of these displays and represents Him with respect to His lordship, by which name He is commonly called, Acts 2:36, Colossians 2:6, etc., but never δεσπότης, despotes. In the Old Testament the LXX translators rendered the name Jehovah by our word Κύριος, Lord. Now a twofold lordship belongs to Christ: namely a divine one, which He has as God over all creatures; and then also a Mediatorial lordship, according to which He is commonly called our Lord — from which Matthew 28:18, Philippians 2:9-10, Ephesians 1:20-22. And this lordship belongs most of all to this passage.
b. The second displays and represents Him with respect to His benefit — namely, Jesus, because by virtue of His office He is the Savior; of which more in what follows.
c. The third displays and represents Him with respect to His office, when He is called Christ; of which we shall likewise treat deliberately and at length in what follows.
The Doctrinal Part
III. It appears, therefore, that the Mediator of the Covenant of Grace is signified in Scripture, with a certain fixed design, by various names, among which the most usual are Jesus, Christ, Lord. For (1) not in vain is it that not merely one name in a word is assigned to Him in the text, but that some are also there heaped together, when He is called Lord, Jesus, Christ. Also (2) not without a certain fixed design are sometimes several names given to Him, as it were in one breath, as Isaiah 9:6: His name is called Wonderful, Counselor, The mighty God, The everlasting Father, The Prince of Peace — precisely to this end, that through the variety of names, various benefits of His Mediatorial office might be heaped together upon Him, 1 Corinthians 1:30. And (3) not without reason are those three, Lord, Jesus, Christ, commonly joined together throughout the New Testament, Romans 1:4,7 and 6:23, 13:14 and 15:6, so 1 Corinthians 5:5, etc. And all this (4) is done not by this or that man, but by God Himself, who does nothing in vain, without a certain fixed design, Matthew 1:21, Luke 2:21, Acts 4:36, etc.
But to what purpose, and with what design, does this very thing occur? Answer: (1) That He might be distinguished from all others to whom the dignity of Mediator does not belong, Acts 4:12, 1 Timothy 2:5. For to this end names are given to all things, that they may be distinguished from others, whether as different species within the same genus, or as individuals within the same species. But (2) in particular various names are given to the Mediator: (1) that He might the more readily be distinguished (for the Latin nomen, a name, is as it were as much as notamen, a distinguishing mark) (a) as a divine Person distinct from the Father and the Holy Spirit. To this end He is called Son, Matthew 28:19, the Word, John 1:1, the express image of the Father's Person, Hebrews 1:3, the Son of man, Matthew 16:13 — because among the divine Persons He alone is also man. (b) With respect to His human nature, from all other individual subjects. For although there have been, among men besides Him, those who separately (disjunctive) have borne the name Jesus, like Joshua, Hebrews 4:8, Haggai 1:1, Jesus son of Sirach; as well as the name Christ, Psalm 105:7 — yet there has been no one besides Him who has been called, conjointly (copulative), Jesus, Christ, the Lord. (c) With respect to the Mediatorial office; for although Moses too is called a mediator, Galatians 3:19, yet no one is called the Mediator, the man Christ Jesus, 1 Timothy 2:5. And although the Father too is sometimes said to preserve us, to save us, and is thus a Preserver, a Savior — yet nowhere is the name of Mediator given either to Him or to the Holy Spirit. (2) That He might be more distinctly acknowledged and known by us (for the Latin nomen, a name, is as it were as much as novimen, a distinguishing knowledge, a recognition, a mark), John 17:3: that they might know ... and Jesus Christ. In particular and point by point, with respect to His natures, person, offices, states, benefits — for which reason names corresponding and proportioned to each of these are also given Him. (3) That those things which we hold concerning His person at large (κατὰ πλάτος) might, in His names, as in brief summaries, be the more deeply commended to our memory — from which they are called memorial names, Exodus 3:15, Psalm 135:13, Hosea 12:6. (4) That He might the more exactly be honored and served, Philippians 2:9-10: that at the name of Jesus every knee should bow. For this reason the Apostles are said in the text to have given up their lives for the name of the Lord Jesus Christ. More on this, however, will occur in the Practical Part.
V. The name now very often signifies the named Mediator without any distinct regard to something particular about Him — thus, for example, Acts 4:12, Philippians 2:10; sometimes a certain quality that is inward to the one named — for example, His Nature, Person, Office, etc.; sometimes something that is, for the one named, altogether external — in which sense the Gospel is called His name, Acts 9:15.
VI. Since, then, the design and purpose of these names (as Dionysius the Areopagite very well remarks concerning the divine names) is to display and represent a brief summary of all those things which we must believe and confess concerning the one named — so various names are set before us in Holy Scripture, by which the most absolute Mediator might, according to His various perfections required for the dignity of Mediator, be distinctly represented. Hence we observe some names which involve a relation to His two natures, whether the divine or the human; some to the whole Person; some to His Offices — the Prophetic, Priestly, or Kingly; some to His States, in which He has exercised His Mediatorial office, of humiliation or of exaltation; some to the benefits arising from those Offices. Yet all these names signify either figuratively and metaphorically, with words borrowed from other things to which they properly belong, though the things thereby signified belong to the Mediator in a more excellent way; or properly, when both the signifying name and the signified thing fit Him equally.
VII. But since the requisites of the Mediator, to reckon which these names serve, are so many and so various that it would be an endless task to enumerate them all distinctly, it will certainly be much easier if we bring them under certain fixed classes, so that, when they must be taught and explained distinctly, the force of each particular name may to some degree be known, either from the titles themselves, or from those chapters in which those titles are explained. There are, then, names which (1) represent His divine nature — and these are either proper ones, such as: God, the true God, the great God, Jehovah, Lord, Son of God, His own, only-begotten Son, etc.; or figurative ones, such as: the Word, the Word of the Father, the image of God, the brightness of the Father's glory, the express image of His substance, and others. There are (2) names which signify the human nature — either proper, as a man, the Son of man, a Man, a Child, the Son of Abraham, the Son of David, Shiloh, the firstborn of Mary, etc.; or figurative, as the seed of the woman, the seed of Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, David, the fruit of David's loins, a rod or shoot out of the root of Jesse, a Branch or sprout, the second Adam, the Lion of the tribe of Judah, and the like. There are (3) names which express the whole Person, arising from the union of both natures — for example, Immanuel, the Lord of all, heir, etc. There are (4) names which express the office of the God-man in general — either properly, as Mediator, Redeemer, the desire of the nations, the salvation, the Angel of the Covenant, the Author and Perfecter of our salvation, and the like; or figuratively, as bridegroom, head, cornerstone, foundation, vine, Petra [rock], bread from heaven, sun, light, morning star, tree of life, etc. There are (5) names which in particular signify His Prophetic Office — such as: a Prophet, a great Prophet, Shepherd, Chief Shepherd, Master, Rabbi, Teacher, Apostle, Minister of the circumcision, Amen, Counselor, Overseer of souls, the faithful Witness, Wisdom, etc. There are (6) names which express His Priestly Office — as Priest, High Priest, Advocate, Offering, Lamb of God, Passover, Angel of the presence, Ark, the goat Azazel, Mercy Seat, brazen serpent, etc. There are (7) names which make known His Kingly Office — as King, Prince of Peace, Ruler, Leader, Judge, Head of the Church, King of kings, Lord of lords, etc. There are (8) names which signify His States — and indeed of Humiliation, as worm, a child, a servant, brazen serpent, a sign that is spoken against, sin, curse, etc. There are also names that set forth the state of His exaltation — such as all those names which we have already assigned to His kingly office, and besides these also the Lion of the tribe of Judah, Melchizedek, Wonderful, Judge, Gibbor, that is, the Mighty One, etc. There are (9) names which represent His Mediatorial benefits — in which, because they are practically infinite, Holy Scripture is exceedingly abundant, according to the requirement of the Prophetic, Priestly, and Kingly Office, as well as with reference to Redemption, Calling, Union, Communion, Justification, Adoption, Sanctification, Confirmation, Sealing, Glorification — for which the local texts must be sought in the explanation of these names. Thus He is called, for example, according to the benefits of His Prophetic Office, a light, the way, the truth, the Witness, the Amen, Counselor, Wisdom, the Sun of Righteousness, etc. According to the benefits of His Priestly Office, salvation, offering, mercy seat, Advocate, Angel of the presence, the blessed Seed, Redeemer, Deliverer, etc. According to the benefits of His Kingly Office, a ruler, leader, shepherd, protector, Isaiah 32:2, the Pillar of Cloud and of Fire. According to the benefit of Redemption, the Redeemer, Mediator, the antitypical Moses and Joshua, the redemption, the brazen serpent, Healer or Physician, Goel. According to the benefit of Calling, a gathering voice; God's arm, stretching itself out, Isaiah 53:1 compared with Proverbs 1:20-22. According to the benefit of Union, the Bridegroom, Vine, Head. According to the benefit of Communion, a bundle, Song of Songs 1:13, a horn of salvation, Luke 1:69. According to Justification, יהוה צדקנו, Jehovah our Righteousness, a plague against death, Prince of Peace, our Peace, a ransom price. According to Adoption, brother, firstborn, Father of eternity. According to Sanctification, the Holy One of God, the Holy One of Israel, Holiness itself, the Holy of holies, Daniel 9:24. According to Confirmation and Strengthening, Petra, the foundation, a rock, mighty God, the Lion of the tribe of Judah. According to Sealing, Manna, Bread of life, Passover, a sign or banner, Isaiah 11:10. According to Glorification, the glory of Israel, Father of eternity, the life, a ladder of Heaven, the book of life, the wood or Tree of life, etc. We do not append the Scripture passages to each title, not so much because this would be an endless labor, as because they can easily and with no trouble be looked up by the help of a Concordance.
One point remains, by way of admonition and caution: namely, that most of these designations relate at once both to the Person and to His Office — the reason for which depends on the purpose of the incarnation; for to this end the Word became flesh, in order to come to exercise the Mediatorial office (for which the properties of the divine and the human nature were required), and to be able to bring the benefits of that exercise to His own — although meanwhile some of these names look more directly, and in the first instance, to the Person, and only indirectly, in the second instance, to the Office and to the Benefits; and thus, conversely, as well.
VIII. Among this multitude of names, three stand out, which occur both in the text and in the Apostles' Creed: Jesus, Christ, Lord — of which the first is a name of benefit, the second a name of office, and the third a name of authority and dominion. These, therefore, must be examined a little more distinctly.
As for the derivation of the name Jesus, there are, concerning it, from various authors, various — rather Kabbalistic fancies than properly so-called derivations, springing perhaps from a superstitious reverence for that name. There are those (1) who, if they do not derive the name from it, at least wish it to have some kinship with the Hebrew יש, Jesch, which signifies existence and subsistence — because the Mediator, in His two natures, has but one subsistence; or because all the promises of God have, in Him, their subsistence, 2 Corinthians 1:20, compare Hebrews 11:1. (2) Others derive it from the Greek [iaomai, "I heal"] and from the Syriac אסא, "I heal," so that Ἰησοῦς, Jesus, would be as it were ἰατρός, a physician or healer. So Basil (in Ascet.) and Cyril (Catech. X). (3) Osiander (Harmon. Euangel.) holds that it is the very name יהוה, Jehovah, which, since it could not be pronounced, became pronounceable by the insertion of the letter ש, Shin (sch), from the word שילה, Shiloh, Genesis 49:10 — so that by this name it might be signified that the Mediator is true God, on account of the name יהוה, Jehovah, and true man, on account of the letter ש, Shin, from the word שילה, Shiloh, and that these two natures are united into one Person, so that from the names of the divine and human nature only one name is made or has become. Furthermore, that the incomprehensible God, having taken on man, began to be knowable to us. He therefore says that the name must properly be written, with its letters, יהשוה, Jehoshuah, and, by contraction, ישו, Jeschu.
(4) With the blasphemy of the Jews we shall not concern ourselves at all — those who do not pronounce that name, because it is written, Exodus 23:13: Make no mention of the name of other gods, it shall not be heard out of your mouth — and if they have by chance pronounced it, they punish themselves with a blow of the fist, and say ישו, Jeschu, understanding by that abbreviation of letters ימח שמו, "let His name be blotted out," according to the testimony of Fagius (in Exod. chapter 33). Moreover they will, instead of ישו, Jesch (which numerically amounts to 316), read וריק, Varik, that is, "and emptiness" — a word which yields the same number. Anton. Margaritha (De Fide Iudaeorum, Book IX).
The true and genuine derivation of the word is disclosed to us by the angel, Matthew 1:21: You shall call His name Jesus, for He shall save His people from their sins. Hence R. Hakkadosh (in Gale Razaya), addressing the magistrate Antoninus, says: Because the Messiah shall save men, He shall be called Jeschua; but the Gentiles of another nation, who shall follow His faith, shall call Him Jesus; and therefore you shall find this name Jesus signified, Genesis 49: Shiloh shall come, and unto Him [shall the gathering of the peoples be]. For if you take the first letters of these words, those same letters make up the name Jesu.
The name Ἰησοῦς, Jesus, accordingly corresponds to יהשוע, Jehoshuang, or, by a euphonious contraction, ישוע, Joshuang — as not only the son of Jozadak, who in Haggai and Zechariah is called יהשוע, Jehoshuang, and elsewhere, Ezra 2:2 and Nehemiah 7:7, ישוע, Joshuang; but also the son of Nun, whom Moses calls Joshua, and Paul calls Jesus, Hebrews 4:8. Both derive from the verb ישע in its Hiphil form הושיע, Hoshiang, which signifies Preserver, or Savior — where, in the Greek formation, the sheva under the yod (the formative letter of the proper name, owing to the dropping of the ה, he) is, in place of the cholem, changed to tsere, corresponding to the Greek η and the Latin e; finally the guttural letter ayin, which cannot be pronounced by the Greeks, is changed into an s — just as, in place of the heth, likewise of uncertain sound, they put the letter s in the name Messiah. Some Latin writers write Jesu, which others, to avoid the Jewish blasphemy which we noted in the preceding paragraph, will not tolerate, and prefer that one must say Jesus. Others add the aspirate h — of which Jacques Lefèvre d'Étaples says: in the name Jesu the aspiration must be placed at the end, because in the four-lettered name (from which he mistakenly supposes it to be derived) the yod precedes the he, but not the he the yod. Others judge that it must be added on account of the letter ה, h, in יהושוע, Jehoshuang — a point on which the Jesuits in particular insist, so as to favor the symbolic device of their Society, IHS, above whose middle letter they place a cross. Buntingius holds that it matters little whether the name is written with or without the aspiration, since ישוע, Jeschouang, too is commonly written without the aspirate ה, h.
X. Thus the name Jesus signifies nothing other than Σωτήρ, Servator or Salvator, a Preserver, a Savior (the first word being better Latin, but the other now more commonly used). Such a Preserver and Savior He is called: (1) Not typically, as Moses, Joshua, Othniel, and others were formerly called, but a true and properly so-called Jesus. (2) Because He has delivered from misery — not only a bodily misery, as those typical deliverers did, but also from spiritual misery, namely sin, death, curse, Matthew 1:21, 1 Corinthians 15:55-57. And also (3) not only because He has delivered from misery, as Moses only led out of Egypt, but also because He has brought in an all-around blessedness, as Joshua led out of the wilderness into Canaan, Hebrews 4:8. (4) Because He has done both of these, not only by merit, ransoming and redeeming, but also by power, applying — whence He deserves to be called not only ישוע, a Savior, but also ישועה, σωτηρία, σωτήριον, salvation itself, Genesis 49:18, Isaiah 49:6, Acts 13:47, Luke 2:30. And also (5) because He has done this not only by merit and by power, but also completely and perfectly, and indeed He alone, Hebrews 7:25, Acts 4:12. All of which points will perhaps be explained more distinctly in the chapter on Redemption.
XI. Thus far the first name of the Mediator, being His proper name, Jesus, drawn and derived from a benefit; there follows now His second, or His surname, taken from His office, namely משיח, Messiah, or Christ, both of one and the same force and import, John 4:25. The first name is Hebrew, the other Greek. This is very often joined in the New Testament with the name Jesus, perhaps to signify that the Messiah is a Savior not only of Jews, but also of Gentiles, Ephesians 2:14-15, Romans 3:29-30. Further, just as the name משיח, Meschiach, comes from משח, Maschach, so Χριστός, Christ, from Χρίω, Chrio — both signifying absolutely the same thing, namely, to anoint. Nor are there lacking among the ancients those who, rather by a punning allusion than by a true and proper derivation from Χράομαι, "I am useful, I am advantageous," seem to have read Chrestus, which would signify one who is useful, advantageous, agreeable, and fitting. (See Justin, Apol. 2, Pro Christianis, p. 24.)
XII. The Anointing, now, under the old Dispensation, was a ceremonial consecration, whereby, together with the pouring on of holy oil, the anointed things were solemnly dedicated to God and to a divine use. It was a consecration, an installation, or solemn induction into and unto a holy use, for which reason it was administered at the beginning of an entrance upon office, and only once, to the one anointed. It employed a holy oil, שמן המשחה, consisting of four spices — myrrh, cinnamon, calamus, and pure olive oil. This anointing took place, in part, with regard to holy things which had to be dedicated and consecrated to God — for example, with regard to the Holy of Holies and its vessels, the Ark, the Table of showbread, the lampstand, the altar of incense, and other things, insofar as they bore an image of the coming Messiah, Exodus 25 [30:26-29], upon which oil was likewise poured; in part, with regard to persons — Prophets, 1 Kings 19:16, Priests, Exodus 30:30, Leviticus 4:3, Kings, as appears in the history of Saul, David, Solomon, Jehu, and others. On these the oil was poured upon the head, that it might from there flow down upon the remaining members, Psalm 133:1-3. This Anointing, then, signified in general the consecration or installation of the anointed ones, whereby they were dedicated and consecrated to God and to divine uses, and had to be furnished, by means of it, with a blessing and the bestowal of a sufficient fitness for those uses; in particular this anointing signified, in the persons, that they were lawfully called to their offices, and that they would also be sufficiently qualified and made fit with the gifts of the Spirit, Psalm 45:8; most particularly of all it also prefigured the calling of the Messiah to the mediatorial office. So that in the ceremony of anointing there occurred a double sign — one representative, the oil; and one applicative, the sprinkling or pouring with it: the thing signified by the oil is the Holy Spirit together with His gifts; and by the sprinkling or pouring out, the communication of those gifts. The ground of the signification lies in the correspondence observed between the oil and those gifts of the Holy Spirit — prudence, wisdom, dexterity, joy, zeal, courage, and others besides, which were most necessary in the exercise of those three official functions. Compare Isaiah 11:1-2.
XIII. The name of an Anointed One is given in the Old Testament to various persons — not only to Jews, but also to Gentiles, for example to Cyrus, Isaiah 45:1; but it is used preeminently of the Mediator of the Covenant of Grace, and with the greatest distinction and difference — namely, with respect (1) to the Agent: for there others were anointed by mere men, Prophets and Priests; here this one is anointed immediately by God, with the Holy Spirit Himself, Psalm 45:8. And (2) with respect to the Matter: those with bodily oil, this one with spiritual. (3) With respect to the End: those unto earthly and vanishing ministries; this one unto a heavenly and eternal ministry, Psalm 110:4. (4) With respect to the Effect: for whereas the anointing of those others remained and ended in the ones anointed, the anointing of this one flows on to others also, as from the head to the members, Psalm 133:2-3 compared with John 1:16. Wherefore Athanasius (Oration 2 Against the Arians, p. 17) very finely says: Not as Aaron and David, or all the others, is He too anointed with the oil; but otherwise, above all His fellows — which oil is the Holy Spirit, as He has declared through the Prophet: The Spirit of the Lord GOD is upon me, because the LORD has anointed me, Isaiah 61:1.
XIV. In the Mediator, the anointing signifies two things. First, His Calling to His Office, Hebrews 5:4-5 — which took place in a certain eternal covenant between Him and the Father, Isaiah 53:10, whereby, above all others, He alone was chosen to be Mediator, Isaiah 42:1, foreknown and foreordained, 1 Peter 1:20, to accomplish and carry out all that was required for the redemption of the elect; and sent in the fullness of time, John 3:17. And on account of all these things the anointing is correspondingly called His sealing, John 6:27, and sanctification, John 10:36. Second, His qualification or fitting, whereby He is furnished with the gifts necessary for His Mediatorial exercise, Psalm 45:8, Isaiah 61:1. He is therefore anointed according to both His natures, insofar as the anointing signifies His Calling; but with respect to the human nature alone, insofar as it signifies His qualification or fitting.
XV. The Office, now, unto which He was consecrated by this anointing, is the Mediatorial office, Hebrews 8:6 and 12:24, 1 Timothy 2:5 — to which those exercises or ministries belong as parts, namely: the Prophetic, Deuteronomy 18:15, etc., Acts 7:37, Isaiah 61:1-2, whereby He does this, that He instructs ignorant and unknowing sinners, outwardly by the word and inwardly by the Spirit, concerning the way to obtain salvation — for which He is called a Teacher, the Apostle of our confession, a light, the way, the truth, and the life; the Priestly, Psalm 110:4, Hebrews 7:17, whereby He reconciles the sinners estranged from God, 2 Corinthians 5:19; and the Kingly, Psalm 2:6, Luke 1:32-33, whereby He rules, governs, protects, and preserves those reconciled, John 10:27-28. Of this, however, each part will be treated individually, deliberately, and at length, God willing, in its own place.
XVI. The Gifts of the Holy Spirit, finally, which He possesses through this anointing of His, He has received not for Himself alone, but also, besides that, for His own, that with them He might fill all things, Ephesians 4:8,10, Joel 2:28-29. Hence it stands, Psalm 45:8: God, your God has anointed you with the oil of gladness above your fellows — that is, not only above your fellows, but also for your fellows, as Illyricus observes. Which was also prefigured in Aaron, Psalm 133:2, when his anointing oil ran down from his head, upon his beard and garments, to the very hem of them. Hence, and according to this name, those who receive the anointing and everything else with their Head, Christ, are called not only His Disciples, but also His fellows, Psalm 45:8, on account of their sharing in the anointing; and Christians, Acts 11:26 and 26:28, 1 Peter 4:16, as those to whom also their own anointing belongs, 2 Corinthians 1:21, 1 John 2:20,27 — whereby they are partakers, not of the same anointing and everything else with their Head, 1 Timothy 2:5, Isaiah 63:3, in every unequal respect, yet, as by that same anointing, are also themselves, in their own way: (1) prophets, Acts 2:17, Joel 2:28 — because they (1) diligently and godly search out the doctrine of our highest Prophet, John 5:39, Psalm 1:2; (2) faithfully impart the same to others, according to the requirement of their calling and the measure of their strength, Colossians 3:16, Luke 22:32; at least (3) they boldly and readily confess the name of Christ, Matthew 10:32, 1 Peter 3:19. They are (2) priests, Revelation 1:6, 5:10, 20:6, 1 Peter 2:9, Isaiah 61:6 and 66:21 — who (1) offer themselves to God as a spiritual thank-offering, Romans 12:1 and 15:16; also (2) their prayers and thanksgivings, Hosea 14:3, Hebrews 13:15; (3) alms, Philippians 4:18, Hebrews 13:16; (4) their lives for the name of Jesus, Acts 15:26, Philippians 2:17, 2 Timothy 3:6. They are (3) kings, Revelation 1:6, 1 Peter 2:9 — who, (1) while here, fight bravely for Christ and against Satan, 2 Timothy 4:7, 1 Peter 5:8, 1 John 2:13, Romans 16:20, sin, Galatians 5:17, and the world, 2 Timothy 2:26, 1 Corinthians 15:32; and (2) shall hereafter triumph gloriously with Him, Romans 8:17, Revelation 3:21 and 4:4, 2 Timothy 2:12.
XVII. There remains now the third name of the Mediator, when He is called our Lord — not only in our text, but throughout the whole of Holy Scripture, Psalm 110:1, Malachi 3:1 and 4:5, Matthew 3:3 and 22:43-44,46, Luke 2:11, John 20:28, Acts 2:36, 1 Corinthians 8:6, Ephesians 4:5, Philippians 2:11, Revelation 11:8. Here Κύριος ἡμῶν, "our Lord," corresponds to the Hebrew אדנינו, Adonenu, so that it signifies a lordship, or power and authority, which someone has over someone or something under a rightful title — such as lawful magistrates have over their subjects, and masters over their servants. This lordship some possess by nature, by virtue of birth; but others obtain and possess it by right of war, of treaty negotiation, of purchase, etc.
XVIII. To the Mediator, now, belongs a twofold lordship: one innate, insofar as He is God, by virtue of creation, preservation, government, and administration — with respect to which He is called a Lord of all, Acts 10:36, so that thereby might also be made known the dignity of His Person, which, just as in the Old Testament He is called by the name יהוה, Jehovah — a name belonging strictly to God alone — so in the New Testament bears the name of Κύριος, Lord, Matthew 22:44. And one acquired, whereby the Mediator's lordship over His own — (1) who were placed under the power of Satan — has freed and redeemed them, Colossians 1:13, John 8:36; (2) has, when they were estranged by sin, recalled and brought them back to Himself as His own possession, 1 Corinthians 6:20 and 7:23. And the price by which He did this is customarily called λύτρον, a ransom, by which captured soldiers are redeemed from bondage to the enemy, Matthew 20:28, Romans 3:24, 1 Corinthians 6:20 — which ransom price was not silver or gold, but His own precious blood, Acts 20:28, Ephesians 1:7, 1 Peter 1:18-19, Revelation 5:9. With and in the same force He is called a Ruler, Micah 5:2 — except that the designation "Lord" expresses more the power and might, the right and authority to rule, or to act and do according to one's own good pleasure; whereas He is called a Ruler with respect to the exercise of ruling; and He is also called a King in the same sense — for which reason that which will occur in its proper place concerning His Kingly Office must be carried over to this point as well, just as, conversely, what we have here noted concerning His lordship must also be carried over there.
XIX. Finally He is also called our Lord — that is, neither of all in general and without distinction, nor of one certain person alone, but of more than one, of many, or of men of a certain and fixed order, who are hence commonly called His own, John 1:11 — namely, of that order to which and among which Paul and Barnabas belonged, that is, of all the elect, who (1) are especially given to Him by His Father, John 17:9; whom He Himself (2) has obtained for Himself at the price of His blood, 1 Corinthians 6:19-20; whom He (3) has, out of the power of the spiritual enemies, redeemed and claimed for Himself as His own possession, Hebrews 2:14-15; who (4) are joined to Him and united with Him, as members of the same mystical body with their Head, 1 Corinthians 12:12, as a bride with her bridegroom, Hosea 2:20; for whom (5) He has given Himself, in all that He is and all that He has, through the Covenant of Grace, Ephesians 5:2; just as (6) they, for their part, through that same Covenant, have given themselves back again to Him, 2 Corinthians 8:5. By virtue of all of which a certain particular lordship over this kind of men belongs to Him, according to which they are called His own, and He theirs, Song of Songs 2:16 — so that, on account of all these things, the name of our Lord belongs to Him with every right.
The Polemical Part
XX. The question is asked: (1) Whether, on pronouncing or hearing the name Jesus, one must necessarily bend the knee? The Papists and Lutherans, out of I know not what superstition, hold this to be necessary, or at least that one must, in its place, bare the head. The Reformed, although they acknowledge that no reverence can be too much or too great when paid to the Person of Jesus, nevertheless hold that it is superstitious to pay to that word the reverence that belongs to the Person: (1) because it altogether smacks of superstition to bring the reverence due to the Person to this one name alone, passing over all the other names of the same Person — for example, the name God, Christ, Immanuel. To which is added (2) that the ignorant and uncultivated common people, being accustomed to this reverencing of the name, also carry it over religiously to creatures — to Joshua, when he is called Jesus, Hebrews 4:8, to Jesus the high priest, Zechariah 3:1, to Jesus the son of Sirach, and others. I will not add (3) that it is a plain and open idolatry to transfer to the name or the word the religious honor that belongs to the Person. The only shelter for this superstition they seek, wrongly, in the passage Philippians 2:9-10 — since the Apostle there (1) says absolutely nothing about the pronouncing or hearing of the word, on the basis of which he would wish that the knee should be bent, or the head uncovered; since he (2) speaks of such a bending of the knee as occurs also among spirits, both heavenly and infernal, that is, of a spiritual bending in submission, whether voluntary or unwilling and forced. At any rate, there is (3) at the very least nothing there about the uncovering of the head.
XXI. The question is asked: (2) Whether a particular power belongs to the word or name Jesus — for example, to drive away Satan, etc.? The Papists, to cloak the superstitious and idolatrous reverencing of the word Jesus which we just spoke of, ascribe to that word a peculiar efficacy, whereby not only men, but also diseases, are said to be driven from their enemies and fractures healed, when that word is continually carried in the mouth, or when something unusual is done with it; indeed, what is worse, they write the name Jesus on parchment, and hang it around the neck, or on doors, sometimes with the addition of the words Mary and Anna, just like amulets against the plague. The Reformed, although they leave all efficacy to the Person, ascribe none to the name, other than to signify the one who is named by it. The Papists give little thought: (1) that names, insofar as they are words, have no power other than to signify — not to bring about or effect this or that in a physical manner; (2) that the common people are in this way accustomed to the profaning of that name, and thereby also brought to hold it in low esteem; (3) that it smacks of sorcery — so strictly forbidden by God — to wish, by the pronouncing of little words and the performance of correspondingly arranged actions, to drive away Satan and diseases. Nor do I see that any shelter whatsoever is brought forward for this superstition by its defenders, whether from Holy Scripture or from nature. For if they object the passage from Acts 16:18 and the like, where the Apostles are said to have cast out Satan by the name of Jesus — the answer is easy: that by the name of Jesus is meant the Person, not that word, as Peter himself teaches, Acts 4:10: By Him does this man stand here before you whole — compared with chapter 19:13,15.
XXII. The question is asked: (3) Whether one may name and call oneself after the name Jesus? The Loyolists, out of an insufferable pride and arrogance, not content with the common designation of Christians, wish to be named and greeted after the name Jesus, Jesuits, or those of the Society of Jesus (de Societate Jesu). The Reformed hold that the disciples of Christ ought to be named by no other name than the name of Christ, or Christians. Because (1) the aforementioned designation is altogether unscriptural; (2) it breathes contempt and disdain for the rest of the Christians; (3) it usurps to itself what Christ claims for Himself alone, Isaiah 63:3,5. Not to add (4) that this naming is (1) new, (2) superstitious, (3) schismatic, (4) imprudent and improper, as fitting nothing in the thing so named, (5) disapproved and rejected even by the more sober Papists themselves — from which, at the Colloquy of Poissy, in the name and on behalf of the whole Gallican Church, on the 15th of December in the year 1561, the Jesuits were told to abstain altogether from that designation. This one thing the Loyolists have pleaded for themselves: that if believers are rightly called Christians, then they also, and the fellow members of their order, are no less rightly called Jesuits, after the name Jesus. But they do not consider that there is here an entirely unequal case: (a) because we are called Christians in Holy Scripture, but nowhere Jesuits; (b) that we are called Christians after Christ, inasmuch as we partake of the spiritual anointing, whereas we cannot be called Jesuits, since Christ admits no partners in the meriting or in the applying of salvation. If they insist that they are called Jesuits not in an active but in a passive sense, we shall answer that all true Christians are indeed Jesuits in this sense; but that they ought not to be so called, because Holy Scripture does not wish it, and it sounds ill; and that, much less still, may anyone claim this name for himself.
XXIII. The question is asked: (4) Whether those confess Jesus rightly and purely who do not seek their salvation in Him alone, whether wholly or in part? Unbelievers, especially the heathen, do not seek their salvation in Jesus at all; nor, indeed, do they confess Him. Present-day Jews reject Jesus altogether. The Muhammadans do indeed confess Him as an excellent Prophet, but do not seek their salvation in Him. The Socinians do confess Him, but seek salvation in their own works. The Papists together with the Pelagians do confess Him, and do seek salvation in part in Him; yet in part also in their own merits, satisfactions, powers of free will; in the intercessions of angels, of the blessed Virgin, of saints; in superfluous works, papal indulgences, purgatory, masses, and other such things besides. Now the question is, whether these confess Jesus rightly and purely? They say yes; the Reformed say no. Because Jesus is so named, not only for the reason that He saves His own, Matthew 1:21, but also because He alone does this, Acts 4:12, John 14:6, Isaiah 63:3,5, Acts 5:31. Add to this, that whoever does not acknowledge Jesus to be a complete and perfect Savior thereby denies Him, and can promise himself no salvation from Him, Galatians 5:3-4, Romans 10:3. Nor do I see what they can plead for themselves, even with any semblance of plausibility, except their vain and futile suppositions, which we have overturned, or shall overturn, in their proper places.
XXIV. The question is asked: (5) Whether the Messiah was promised to be a spiritual Savior, and whether our Jesus is such a Savior? The Jews do acknowledge that the Messiah shall be a Preserver and Savior; but only a temporal and bodily one, who shall deliver Israel from their temporal and bodily enemies — for this reason they deny all the more strongly that our Jesus is a spiritual Savior. The Reformed maintain both: the first, (1) because a Redeemer is promised, Hosea 1:7, who should be called, and also be, יהוה צדקנו, Jehovah our Righteousness, Jeremiah 23:6; (2) because He is foretold to be for a light of the Gentiles, to open the blind eyes, to bring out the prisoners from the prison, and them that sit in darkness out of the prison house, Isaiah 42:6-7; (3) because such a one is foretold as would finish the transgression, and seal up sins, and make reconciliation for iniquity, and bring in an everlasting righteousness, Daniel 9:24, who should confirm the covenant with many, verse 27 there; who should redeem their souls, Psalm 72:13-14 compared with Psalm 49; He redeems from all iniquities, Psalm 130:7-8; He redeems from death and from hell, Hosea 13:14, Isaiah 25:8, and that with an everlasting redemption, Isaiah 45:17; the Savior shall be poor and needy, riding upon a donkey, and upon a colt, the foal of a donkey, Zechariah 9:9-10. Who on account of all this (4) is called a Priest, Psalm 110:4, Goel, Job 19:25, ישועה, the Salvation, Genesis 49:18, a Redeemer, Isaiah 44:6. If they now object those passages which seem to breathe of a temporal deliverance by the Messiah, let them consider (1) that subordinate things are not in conflict, since He is a universal Redeemer, Psalm 3:2-3, both a bodily and a spiritual one; (2) that a spiritual deliverance is also very often depicted by a bodily one. These things being supposed, the second point also becomes clear, namely, that our Jesus is such a Savior, from all those proofs by which we have above, in chapter II of this Book, §19, proved and demonstrated that our Jesus is the promised Messiah. To which we shall add nothing but this one word of admonition: if you would deal with a Jew by a short way, let him himself give you the marks by which he himself will one day recognize and acknowledge the coming Messiah, and let him prove these from Holy Scripture; then you will find no difficulty whatsoever in applying those proven marks to our Jesus. If he balks and raises difficulty concerning the authority — even merely a historical authority — of the New Testament, and is thus unwilling to grant the credibility and authority of any history at all, ask him then by what means he will ever come to know and understand that those marks of the true Messiah, which he has given you, fit his Messiah. Likewise, by what means the Jews will teach him to others, absent ones or descendants, if they reject the credibility and authority of all history, such as our New Testament is. This point of controversy is closely related to that which we have already had above, chapter II, §19, and which we shall have further below, chapter VIII, §11.
XXV. The question is asked: (6) Whether the name Jehovah belongs to Christ? The Jews, so as not to be forced to grant that the promised Messiah is God from eternity — while granting that this name belongs strictly to God alone — deny that this name is given to the Messiah. The Socinians, and all opponents of the Holy Trinity, so as not to be forced to confess that Christ and the Holy Spirit are God, of one substance with the Father, deny, at one time, that this name belongs properly to God; at another time, granting that it does, they deny that this name is given to Christ. The Reformed confess both — that this name belongs properly to God, and that it is given to the Messiah, and specifically to Christ — as we have said in its place, in chapter IV, §8 and 13, likewise chapter XXVI, §9 of the second Book. To which we now further add, that Holy Scripture contradicts the Antitrinitarians: (1) with sufficiently express testimonies — for example, Isaiah 41:14, which words must be understood of the Messiah, as not only the matter itself teaches, but also as the Chaldee paraphrase applies them verbally to the Messiah. Likewise Isaiah 45:17: Israel is saved by the LORD with an everlasting salvation. Hosea 1:7: But I will have mercy upon the house of Judah, and will save them by the LORD their God. Jeremiah 23:6: And this is His name whereby He shall be called: THE LORD OUR RIGHTEOUSNESS. (2) By a comparison of the passages of the Old Testament, in which beyond doubt Jehovah is spoken of, with passages in the New Testament in which those same passages are applied to our Mediator. Thus, He who redeemed the people of Israel out of Egypt was the true Jehovah, Deuteronomy 32:12: So the LORD alone did lead him, and there was no strange god with him — yet this is ascribed to the Mediator, Jude verse 5: But I will put you in remembrance, though you once knew this, that the Lord (in the common Latin translation the name Jesus is added here), having saved the people out of the land of Egypt, etc. — whom he says in verse 4 to be Jesus Christ. Thus, He who proclaimed the Law from Sinai was Jehovah, Exodus 20:1 — but that one was the Son of God, Acts 7:36-37. Again, He who was tempted in the wilderness was the exalted Jehovah, Exodus 17:2,7, Numbers 11:1 and 14:3, Psalm 78:18 — but that one was the Mediator, 1 Corinthians 10:9. (3) By those passages of the New Testament in which He is called Κύριος, Kyrios, that is, Lord, Luke 1:76, John 20:28, Jude verse 4 — a name which the LXX translators customarily used to translate the name Jehovah, as is generally known. The objections we have refuted in their proper places.
XXVI. The question is asked: (7) Whether the name Θεός (Theos), God, belongs to Christ, in that full force in which it signifies the Most High God? The Socinians grant that the name God, and true or genuine God, belongs to Him; yet, so as not to be forced to acknowledge that He is God from eternity, and of one substance with His Father, they deny that this name belongs to Him insofar as it signifies, as they put it, the Most High God. Thus Socinus says (Contra Wiekum, chapter VI, class 4, argument 1): The name God is by its nature an indefinite name, applicable to more than one; yet by way of eminence it is ascribed in particular to that one supreme Creator and Author of things, so that in the New Testament, whenever it, whether with the article or without it, occupies the place of the subject or of the predicate, if it simply and plainly has the article, or is without such an addition or construction as would break the force of the article, one will never find it ascribed to any but Him alone — Christ Himself not excepted. (Compare the same author, Animadversiones, chapter 4.) The Reformed, on the contrary, hold that the name Θεός, Theos, that is, God, is given to Christ in its fullest force and meaning, insofar as it signifies the Most High God: (1) because He is called God with this or that addition and amplification — thus, the great God, the true God, and God blessed above all forever, Titus 2:13, 1 John 5:20, Romans 9:5; (2) because He is called God, not merely attributively, but also substantively (subjective), Acts 20:28, 1 Timothy 3:16; (3) because He is called God with the article, ὁ Θεός, Matthew 1:23, Luke 1:47, Acts 20:28, Titus 1:13, Hebrews 1:8; (4) because He is called God not merely equally, but also identically with the Father, Colossians 2:2: unto the acknowledgment of the mystery of God, and of the Father, and of Christ; (5) because He is called God distinctly from, indeed in contrast to, those who are called gods and who by nature are no gods — as in 1 Corinthians 8:5, Galatians 4:8, 1 Thessalonians 1:9 with Matthew 16:16, 1 John 5:20; (6) because He is called God not merely since His exaltation and glorification, as the opposing parties would have it, but even in the very midst of His humiliation and self-emptying, Matthew 1:23, 1 Timothy 3:16; (7) because He is called the God of Israel (a designation which, as the Socinians themselves confess, is given to no one but the Most High God), Luke 1:16 and Malachi 4:5 — where He before whom John the Baptist went, was beyond doubt the God of Israel; but He before whom John went was Christ, Luke 1:17,76; (8) because David, Psalm 110:1, and Thomas, John 20:28, call Him their Lord and their God, the Savior Himself pressing the force of this, Matthew 22:43-44; and Paul, Philippians 2:6 and elsewhere.
The Practical Part
A General Reflection on the Names of the Savior
XXVII. Before we hasten to the Practical Part, it must first be noted that the practical use of these particular names must be drawn and derived not so much from the names themselves as from the things thereby named; and that one must therefore carefully observe and note whether a name signifies this or that — a nature in the Mediator, whether the divine or the human; or His Office, whether the Prophetic, the Priestly, or the Kingly; or the state of humiliation or of exaltation; or this or that benefit of His. And then the grounds, proofs, and motives of the practical use must be sought and drawn from a comparison with those chapters in which the meanings of those names are explained. For example, because the name Jesus expresses the benefit of Redemption, the grounds, proofs, and motives of the practical use concerning the name Jesus must be sought and drawn from the chapter on Redemption. Having premised this, there will accordingly be, corresponding to the twofold consideration of the Mediator's names — a general one and a particular one — a twofold practical use for this chapter as well.
XXVIII. The general consideration of the Mediator's names invites us, first of all, to know the Mediator. This, indeed, is the first use of names, that they lead and bring us to a knowledge of the thing thereby named; whence the Latin word Nomen ("a name") is, as it were, as much as Novimen (a taking-note, a mark of recognition). For this reason the name of Christ is used in Holy Scripture particularly for the knowledge of Christ, John 17:6,26, Romans 1:5, Acts 9:15. To this points, and to this belongs, the great accumulation of His names customary in Holy Scripture, Isaiah 9:6, 1 Corinthians 1:30, 1 Timothy 6:15 — because the knowledge of the Mediator is (1) the most excellent, Philippians 3:8; (2) the most useful, unto justification, Isaiah 53:11, unto eternal life, John 17:3 — whereas, on the contrary, ignorance of Him is in the highest degree harmful, deadly, and ruinous, 2 Thessalonians 1:8; (3) the most necessary, in order to believe in the Mediator, to love Him, and to serve Him, apart from whom there is no salvation, and no other name given, Acts 4:12. In particular, the consideration of the Mediator's names leads us to reflect and meditate (1) on His Person, as the God-man — to which points, for example, the name Immanuel, Ithiel; (2) on His divine nature — to which points, for example, the name Jehovah, God, the Word; (3) on His human nature — for example, man, son of man, sprout; (4) on His Office — to which belongs, for example, the name Christ, Goel, Redeemer, Prophet, Priest, King, etc.; (5) on the state of humiliation, according to which He is called, for example, a servant, a worm, etc.; (6) on the state of exaltation, according to which He is called, for example, King, Lord, King of kings, Lord of lords; (7) on His benefits, according to which He is called Jesus, Redeemer, Jehovah our Righteousness, counsel, wisdom, righteousness, sanctification, redemption, shepherd, sun, shield, etc. Compare §6 and 7 of this chapter. This consideration of the names, however, does not invite us to a knowledge of the Mediator of just any sort whatsoever — no. (a) Not to a merely contemplative and empty one, but to an effectual and powerfully operative knowledge, Galatians 5:6; (b) not to a cold one, but to a passionate, ardent, and love-kindling knowledge, whereby He is precious to us, 1 Peter 2:7, above everything that is in heaven and on earth, Psalm 73:25 — indeed, whereby even His reproach is for us a greater wealth than all the treasures of this world, Hebrews 11:25, etc.
XXIX. Secondly, to distinguish and discern Him from all counterfeit, disguised, or fabricated and falsified mediators. For to this end names are given to things — both proper and common ones (according to which the name of God is called "one," Zechariah 14:9) — in order to be distinguished from others, both with respect to species and with respect to individuals, Isaiah 42:8; whence the Latin nomen (a name) is as much as notamen (a distinguishing mark). Namely: (1) that we might have, hold, and acknowledge but one single Mediator, 1 Timothy 2:5; (2) that we pass by all others, and everything else, Psalm 16:4; (3) that we cleave to that one, and place in that one our trust, hope, salvation, and everything, Psalm 16:6, Acts 4:12, John 14:6; (4) that we honor, serve, and fear that one, Matthew 23:9-10 and 4:10; (5) but that we choose for ourselves one Bridegroom, one Head, one Lord, Song of Songs 5:10, Ephesians 1:21-23, 1 Corinthians 8:6, Ephesians 4:5 — passing by, according to the nature and requirement of marital love, all others, Psalm 73:25.
XXX. Thirdly, to boast of, praise, and glorify the Mediator. For since (as we have noted and demonstrated above, Book II, chapter IV, §17) (1) a name in Holy Scripture generally signifies a great fame, renown, esteem, and celebrity; and (2) men of name are such as are famed and renowned through some privilege or advantage, even if only a single one; also (3) to have a name is to be praised and celebrated by all; and finally (4) children without a name are held to be shameful, contemptible, and despised, sons of disgrace — what, then, will not fit and belong to the Mediator? (1) upon whom God has heaped up, in the Scriptures, so many names, each one displaying and representing some particular dignity, perfection, and excellence; (2) to whom the most glorious and renowned God has given a name which is above every name, that at His name every knee should bow, of those in heaven, on earth, and under the earth, etc., Philippians 2:9-11 — and this (3) not only out of pure and unmixed grace, but moreover through and on account of His merit, that therefore God has given Him, etc., as stated there; indeed also (4) has given back to Him that glory which He had long possessed with Him before the world was, John 17:5. In particular, (5) since we are, on account of this duty, generally charged to conduct our affairs in the name of Christ, that is, to His praise, honor, and glory, Colossians 3:17. Should we not, then, (a) acknowledge with the heart this excellence and eminence of our Mediator, which can never be adequately represented by any accumulation of such great and such names, Psalm 18:2-3 and 103:1 — since the inward dignity and excellence of any given thing lays the foundation of all honor and glory? Should we not (b) praise Him with the mouth? Psalm 116:17-19, 40:10-11, 22:23,26, Philippians 2:10-11. Should we not (c) show this with our works and deeds — with reverence, service, and all our other duties? 1 Peter 2:9. Should we not glory in Him alone? Philippians 3:3.
XXXI. Fourthly, so great an accumulation and heaping-up of the Mediator's names in Scripture explains to us, as it were piece by piece, and brings home to our minds and hearts His most absolute All-sufficiency, whereby He is able to save perfectly, Hebrews 7:25 — as one who is for us the way, the truth, and the life, John 14:6, wisdom, righteousness, sanctification, and redemption, 1 Corinthians 1:30, Counselor, mighty God, Father of eternity, Prince of Peace, Isaiah 9:5(6), upon whom rests the Spirit of wisdom and understanding, the Spirit of counsel and might, the Spirit of knowledge and of the fear of the LORD, Isaiah 11:2, from whose fullness we come to receive, indeed to draw, grace upon grace, John 1:16, in whom we can be made perfect, Colossians 1:28 and 2:9-10, so that in no other is there any salvation, nor any other name given under heaven, Acts 4:12. All of which is impressed and instilled in us by so great a gathering together and heaping up of names, and displays to us the Mediator's all-sufficiency to this end: (1) that we, through faith, might worthily, readily, and…
...would receive Him, John 1:12, and believe in His name. (III) To esteem Him above all things and above everything, Phil. 3:8, 9, 1 Pet. II. 7. (IV) To love Him with our whole heart above all the most beloved things, Matth. X. 37, 1 Cor. 16:22. (V) To cleave and hold fast to Him inseparably, Ps. 63:9. (VI) To seek Him with all earnestness, to desire and long after Him, Ps. 63:2 and 8. (VII) To rest in Him, Ps. 62:2, 7, and LXXIII. 25. (VIII) To take refuge in Him in all and every kind of need, Ps. 62:9. (IX) To kiss Him, Ps. 2:12, etc.
XXXII. Fifthly, let there be laid up on the unceasing memory and remembrance of the Mediator, that we bear Him constantly about with us. For this remembrance is a means by which our faith is stirred up, likewise our hope, love, trust, comfort, etc., Col. 2:2, 7, 10 — a thing which the Apostle urges and impresses upon his Timothy with such earnestness and force, 2 Tim. 2:8: Remember. Let us never forget it, Deut. 4:9. For (I) this remembrance of the Mediator strengthens our faith, and likewise our hope, love, trust, consolation, etc., Col. 2:2, 7, 10. (II) By it Christ dwells, as it were, in our hearts, Eph. 3:17, Col. 3:16. And thus (III) Christ is continually present with us, Matth. XXVIII. 20, 1 Cor. 4:12. So that we (IV) may enjoy in every circumstance and need the perfections of Him who is named above, unto an unspeakable sweetness and comfort of our soul, 1 Pet. 1:8, etc. Only, that this remembrance of Christ, whereby His name is recalled and brought to mind, be not (1) cold and chill, but fervent and heart-stirring, Ps. 42:5. (2) Not sluggish, idle, vain and empty, but active and diligent, Rev. 2:2, 5. Remember and do — (3) not fleeting, evaporating and soon vanishing, but abiding and always present, always living and growing, that we may keep it in remembrance, 2 Tim. 2:8, and never forget it, Deut. 8:11 and XXXII. 15, etc.
Meditation on the Name Jesus.
XXXIII. This has been a general meditation on the names of the Mediator; there follows now the particular meditation, on His chief names — Jesus, Christ, Lord. The consideration, then, of the name Jesus first condemns and censures the abuse committed of it: (I) by the Jews, who despise, revile and blaspheme this name, when they, out of hatred against the Person, instead of pronouncing it Jesus, pronounce it corruptly as Jeschu, which they take and interpret as meaning "liar, deceiver, seducer" — indeed, having heard the very sound of the name of Jesus, they are said to spit three times, with these words: "Let His name and His memory be blotted out." With which abuse also agree the Sorcerers, who blasphemously misuse the name of Jesus in their conjurations, when they, for example, wishing to conjure blood to stand still, speak, with the utmost impiety, these words: Sta sanguis in vena tua, sicut Jesus in poena sua — that is: "Stand still, blood, in your vein, as Jesus in His punishment." Likewise they attempt to heal sick beasts by the same means and help. Near and alongside whom, in their own way, come the Papists, while they, by the uttering of that name, attempt to drive away and ward off Satan and all sorts of evils and calamities; wherefore they have, at every unexpected mishap, the name of Jesus at once and continually in their mouths — much after the example of the wandering exorcists, who are recorded, Acts 19:13, 14, to have attempted by the name of Jesus to cast out devils, and who, on that account, are also said to have received, by God's just judgment, the punishments of that profanation from the devils themselves. (III) By the same, and also by the Lutherans, who transfer to the name itself the service, honor, glory and majesty which belong to Him who is named, when they hold that the name Jesus is holier than the other names of the Mediator, indeed than the name Jehovah itself, and command that at the pronouncing or hearing pronounced of this name the knee be bowed, or the head uncovered — which we have above noted and refuted, §. XX of this Chapter. (IV) By the Jesuits, for whom it is too little to be named, together with others, after Christ, unless they, above others, and with contempt and disdain of others, name themselves after the name Jesus, Jesuits — which we have long ago noted in the Polemical Part. (V) Again by the Papists, when they, though with the mouth, even to superstition, confess the name of Jesus, yet in deed neglect and disregard it (in so far as they seek salvation in themselves, or elsewhere than in Jesus), and thus in effect sufficiently deny it — which we have likewise noted in the Polemical Part. Finally (VI) by the same and by the Lutherans, when they exceed all bounds and are altogether too extravagant in the exalting of this name, in that they not only glory that it, as belonging to the Mediator, is holier and more excellent than any other name — even than the name of God Himself — as we have long since admonished before; but also transfer to the name itself that which is proper to Him who is named by it. When they proclaim the name to be unconquerable, adorable, and wonderful, and ascribe to the name itself that it delivers us from the wiles and temptations of Satan, and from all calamities and misfortunes — although all these things belong and are proper to the Person alone, by whatever name He may be called. Thus, I say, a godly meditation on the name Jesus condemns and censures all this abuse: because (1) the corruption of the very best thing, through abuse, is always the worst, 1 Pet. 2:7, 2 Cor. II. 16, 17. Because (2) the abuse of the name inclines and tends toward superstition, whereby to the name are ascribed those things which belong and are proper to Him who is named — whereby the rude common people are turned to honor the name above Him who is named by it, Rom. 1:25 — a thing which (3) tends to the disparagement and disesteem of the Person so named, Acts 19:13, 14.
XXXIV. Secondly, the meditation on the name Jesus commends to us the Mediator so named: (I) as the most ancient; for indeed this name is very old, already made known thus to the patriarch Jacob when he made his testament, Gen. 49:10 — from which passage, and from its first letters, Jabo Sciloh velo ("Shiloh shall come, and to Him"), Rabbi Hakkadosh, as cited by Galatinus, derives and constructs the name of Jesus; of whom Jacob also, v. 18, says: Lischuathecha kivviti Adonai — "For your salvation I wait, O LORD" — which the Chaldee Paraphrast translates: "the redemption of Christ, the Son of David, who shall come"; and the LXX Translators: "I await your σωτήριον [salvation], your salvation"; and the Targum: "my soul looks for the redemption." (II) As the most pleasant; wherefore Paul so far delighted himself in the use of this name, that he repeats it more than five hundred times in his Epistles. And Bernard says of it: "Honey in the mouth, melody in the heart, a jubilee," etc. Likewise: "Jesus, a mirror for the sight, honey for the taste, balsam for the smell, and a pleasant flower for the touch." (III) As a wonderful and marvelous name, inasmuch as the Apostles, when about to perform miracles, commonly used this name, Mark 16:17, Acts 3:6, IX. 34, XVI. 18, etc. (IV) As unconquered and unconquerable — compare Ps. 20:8, Prov. 18:10, 1 Sam. XVII. 45. (V) As adorable, Joel 2:32, with Acts 7:59. (VI) As the blessed one, blessing our undertakings and endeavors, Luke 5:5, Col. 3:17, and also saving and delivering, Acts 4:12. With these and other reasons, I say, this name commends the Mediator to us, to this end: that we should (1) esteem Him highly, Phil. 3:8; (2) glory and praise Him, Phil. 2:11; (3) submit ourselves the more readily and promptly to Him, and bow before Him the knees of our hearts, ibid. v. 10, Ps. 2:11, 12; and (4) glory in Him, ibid. III. 3, and I. 26, Ps. 35:9, etc.
XXXV. Thirdly, the name of Jesus furnishes the sweetest of all comfort in every adversity and trouble. For indeed He is a horn of salvation, Luke 1:69. Anselm says: "Jesus is everything for us: if you desire to be healed, He is a Physician; if you are burdened with unrighteousness, He is Righteousness; if you need help, He is Strength and Power; if you fear death, He is Life; if you shrink from darkness, He is Light. Taste, then, and see how good and sweet the Lord is." And Bonaventure: Jesu salutis hostia, salutis sacrificium: Jesu salutis gratia, salutis beneficium: Jesu tuta fiducia, atque tutum refugium: Jesu largitor veniae: Jesu solamen tristium: Jesu spes poenitentium: Jesu dulcis memoria, sitibunda dilectio: Jesu dulcis fiducia, laetabunda refectio: Jesu salutis ostium: Jesu porta tutissima: Jesu Protector omnium: Jesu salubris veritas, & lux mentem illuminans: Jesu vitae felicitas, dulcor in corde jubilans. O bonitas bone Jesu, qui es nostra justitia! O veritas vere Jesu, qui es nostra scientia! O Charitas chare Jesu, qui es nostra Redemptio! O sanctitas sancte Jesu, vera sanctificatio, tu nos a culpa eximas, & vitae lumen tribuas, etc. That is (as the author himself renders it in Dutch, for the sake of his Dutch readers, having first set down the Latin word for word for the benefit of scholars, on account of the elegance of its turns of phrase and fine invention, in which the ancients took such delight, but which cannot possibly be rendered with equal elegance in our tongue): O Jesus! sacrifice and offering of salvation: grace and blessing of salvation: a safe trust and a safe refuge: giver of forgiveness: comforter of the mourning: hope of the penitent: sweet and pleasant remembrance: thirst-awakening love: sweet trust, joy-awakening refreshment: O Jesus! door of salvation; safest of all gates; protector and shelterer of all; wholesome truth, and an understanding-enlightening light: the happiness of life, sweetness rejoicing in the heart. O goodness, good Jesus, who are our Righteousness! O truth, true Jesus, who are our knowledge and understanding! O love, dear beloved Jesus, who are our Redemption! O holiness, holy Jesus, true sanctification, deliver us from guilt, and grant us the light of life, etc. In particular, and by name, this name gives, through Him who is thereby named, a powerful refreshment and comfort (I) in sins, Matth. I. 21, Acts 10:43; (II) in the snares and assaults of the Devil, Rom. 16:20, Luke 11:21; (III) in temptations, 1 Cor. 10:13, Heb. 2:18 and IV. 15; (IV) in all adversities and troubles, Prov. 18:10. For indeed He delivers: (1) from guilt, through forgiveness, Acts 10:43; (2) from strife, through protection and defense, Ps. 20:2, 8; (3) from sickness and trouble, through healing, Mark 16:17-19, Acts 3:6, etc. Only, that (a) we be His people, Matth. I. 21, His sheep, John 10:7, 11; (b) that we come to Him, ibid. v. 9, Matth. XI. 28, Rev. 22:17, Isa. 55:1; (c) that we believe in Him, John 1:12, Acts 10:43; (d) that we bear ourselves obediently toward Him, Rev. 22:14, Heb. 5:9; (e) that we rest here in Him, Ps. 73:25; (f) that we call upon Him, Ps. 25:3.
XXXVI. Fourthly, this name counsels us that we diligently and earnestly take it up for our own use — namely, to raise and stir up: (1) our thankfulness toward God, that He, out of pure love, has given us such a Jesus, John 3:16, Isa. 9:5, Luke 1:68, and has deigned to save and deliver us from our sins through Him, Matth. I. 21; (2) the acknowledgment and confession of our sin, misery and want; (3) our longing for salvation, Rev. 22:17, Ps. 42:1, Isa. 55:1, John 7:37; (4) faith in Him, Acts 10:43; (5) conversion from sin, and hatred of it, Tit. II. 14, and the exercise of good works, 2 Tim. 2:19; (6) the glorifying of Him, Phil. 2:11, Luke 1:32; (7) the service, reverence and submission owed to Him, Phil. 2:10, Ps. 2:11, 12, etc. For if we should neglect these things, then He will (1) be vain and useless to us, Gal. 5:4, John 5:40; indeed (2) harmful and destructive, Rom. 9:32, 33, Ps. 2:12. Whereas, on the contrary, (3) when diligently and earnestly used, He will supply a fullness, out of which we may receive and obtain grace for grace, John 1:16, so that we may be complete in Him in all things, Col. 1:19 and II. 9, 10, etc. — much as was set forth above, and as will follow, God willing, in its own place, in the Chapter concerning the Redemption.
Meditation on the Names Christ and Christian.
XXXVII. There follows the meditation on the name Christ; but since this signifies nothing else than a setting-apart, a fitting-out, and an installation to His office of Mediator, it thereby admonishes us that its meditation must be drawn from, and here transferred out of, the Chapters concerning the Mediator and the Mediator's functions; and that nothing belongs to this place except that which flows from the imparting of the name, whereby we are called Christians, and are, as it were, made fellow-partakers of His anointing. This furnishes us, first, matter of glorying, 1 Pet. 3:16, Phil. 1:26 and III. 3, Isa. 61:3, 6, and LXII. 2 — because He (I) has named us after Himself, Deut. 28:10, Jer. 7:10, 11, 14; because (II) He has thereby made us His own possession and jewel, Isa. 43:6, 7, and XLIV. 5, His bride, His members, just as members are wont to be named after their head, as children after their parents — likewise, John 1:12, 1 John 3:1, Heb. 2:10, 13; (III) because He has made us partakers of His own anointing, and has called us fellow-partakers, metochoi, Ps. 45:8, Heb. 1:9; and has thereby (IV) imparted to us the Prophetic dignity, Acts 2:17, Joel 2:28, as well as the Priestly, Rev. 1:6, V. 10, XX. 6, 1 Pet. 2:5, 9, Isa. 66:21; and then also the Kingly, Rev. 1:6, 1 Pet. II. 9. Moreover (V) because He has anointed us with the same Spirit with which He Himself was anointed, 2 Cor. 1:21. So that, on account of all this, however much despised, reviled and rejected in the world, we may and can glory in the title of the anointed of the Lord, Ps. 105:15, and glory in the Lord, Jer. 9:23, 24.
XXXVIII. Secondly, of comfort: (I) in all the common miseries of this life, springing originally from sin — a laborious toil, an anxious care, sickness, poverty, contempt, wars, death, and other miseries more, which the Apostle recounts, Rom. 8:35, and which he himself experienced in a whole catalogue, 2 Cor. 11:23, to the end. (II) In the particular hatred, contempt, disdain and persecutions of Christians by outsiders — which things are the inseparable consequences of the Christian name, Matth. X. 38 and XVI. 24, 2 Tim. 3:12, Luke 21:26, Acts 14:22. Whence Tertullian (Apolog. c. 3) says: "This name is, without cause, the most hated of all. A good man is Caius, Sejus; but wicked, only because he is a Christian; the name, not any crime, is condemned in us; and the mere word is condemned as an unknown sect, because it is so named, not because it is convicted of any wrong: an innocent name lies under a hatred earned by innocent men." Compare Tacitus, Lib. XV. Therefore, to put an end to the report (namely, that Nero was said to have charged that Rome be set on fire, in order thereby to view the appearance of the burning of Troy), he falsely devised guilty parties, and inflicted upon them the most exquisite punishments, whom, being hated for their crimes, the common people called Christians, etc. (III) In the temptations of Satan, 2 Cor. 12:7 and XI. 3, to which Christians are most of all exposed, Eph. 6:12, 2 Cor. X. 3, 4. (IV) In spiritual desertions, Ps. 13:2, XLIII. 2, LXXVII. 8, 9, 10, LXXXVIII. 15-18, etc. In these and in all sorts of other cases, it is of the highest use, for comfort: (1) to suffer as a Christian, 1 Pet. 4:16; (2) as a Disciple (which is one and the same thing as a Christian) to bear the cross of Christ — indeed, to take it up upon oneself, Luke 9:23 — to be made conformable to Christ in the cross, Rom. 8:17, 29; (3) through the Christian name to be appropriated to Christ as His own possession and jewel, Isa. 49:15, 16, Jer. 31:9; (4) that He therefore has care for us in adversity, as for Himself, Acts 9:4, compare Deut. 32:10, Zech. 2:8, Ps. 17:8, who has Himself suffered for this very purpose, that He might have compassion with us, Heb. 4:15; indeed also (5) that He has anointed us, as His own fellow-partakers, with the same Spirit of joy, Ps. 45:8, Heb. 1:9, who gives us the Comforter, John 14:16, 27, and XV. 26, who pours out the love of God into our hearts, so that we may glory in adversities, troubles and afflictions, Rom. 5:3, 5 — He comes to the aid of our weaknesses, Rom. 8:26, etc.
XXXIX. Thirdly, of reproof of those: (I) who wish gladly to bear the name of Christian, but without the reality — who say Lord, Lord, but do not do, etc., Matth. VII. 22 — who are Jews openly, but not in secret, as the Apostle notes, Rom. 2:28, 29. (II) Who confess Christ with the mouth, but deny Him by their works, Tit. I. 16; who have the name that they live, but by deed and by their works show that they are dead, Rev. 3:1; who say that they are Jews, but who in deed are of the synagogue of Satan, Rev. 3:9. (III) Who confess Christ with the mouth, but who, in and by their conversation and walk, follow Satan, the world and the flesh, John 8:44, Ps. 17:14, 1 John 2:15, Phil. 3:19, and so, instead of Christians, show themselves in deed to be Satanists, worldly and fleshly. (IV) Who glory in all manner of other things than in Christ, Phil. 3:3, and who gladly let themselves be named after some other than Christ — for example, after Luther, Lutherans, of whom Paul speaks, 1 Cor. 1:12. Such persons (1) show themselves in deed to be liars, Rev. 3:9; (2) they deny Christ, Tit. I. 16; (3) they shall, in return, be denied by Him, Matth. X. 33; (4) they deceive themselves, Gal. 6:3, James 1:22; (5) they shall be rejected by Him at the last judgment, Matth. VII. 22, Ps. 1:6.
XL. Fourthly, of stirring up and admonition, that we, with every effort and earnestness, as we are in name, should so also in deed show ourselves to be Christians. That is: (I) since we have become, by the receiving of the name, His own possession and jewel, that we then live and die not for ourselves, but for Him, Rom. 14:7, 8, 1 Cor. VI. 19, 20 — that is: (1) to His honor and glory, Phil. 1:20; (2) according to His prescript, Heb. 5:9; (3) according to and through His inward leading, Gal. 2:20. (II) Since, through the fellowship of the anointing which is sealed by the name of Christian, Ps. CXXXIII. 2, we have become (1) prophets, Acts 2:17 — so let us unashamedly and undauntedly name or confess ourselves by His name, 2 Tim. 2:19, Matth. X. 32, 1 John 2:23; (2) priests — so let us offer ourselves wholly to Him, Rom. 12:1, and the calves of our lips, Hos. 14:3, Heb. 13:15, as well as our alms, Heb. 13:16; (3) kings — so let us fight for Christ the good fight, 2 Tim. 4:7. (III) Since we are Christians, and thus Disciples of Christ (which were formerly two names of the same meaning), Acts 11:26, so let us (1) hear Christ in all things, as our only Teacher, Matth. XXIII. 8, 10, Deut. 18:18, 19; (2) deny ourselves and all that is ours, Luke 9:23, Phil. 3:7-9; (3) follow Christ, Matth. XVI. 26, tread in His footsteps, Matth. XI. 29, 1 Cor. 11:1, Phil. 2:5, Eph. 5:1, 2. (IV) Since we bear the name of Christ, so let us depart from all unrighteousness, 2 Tim. 2:19. (V) Since we are Christians, so let us make it our work and apply ourselves to all Christian virtues, that we may be pure, as He is pure, 1 John 3:3, 2 Cor. VII. 1. In this way and along this path, (1) we shall be members of Christ, and the mystical hidden body of Christ, 1 Cor. 12:12, 27; (2) we shall die in Christ, and even in death itself remain Christ's own possession, Rom. 14:7. Otherwise (3) we shall defile and dishonor Christ's members, 1 Cor. 6:15; indeed (4) deny Him, Tit. I. 16; and (5) in turn be denied by Him, Matth. VII. 22, 23. Compare §. XXXIX, and Casman, Christianum Re et Nomine.
Meditation on the Name our Lord.
XLI. Finally, we shall conclude this Chapter with the meditation on the name our Lord, of which the matter will likewise come to hand from the Chapters concerning Christ's Kingly Office, and concerning the State of Exaltation. This title likewise furnishes us matter and motive: firstly, to glorify Him — whence He is called the Lord of glory, 1 Cor. 2:8, to whom majesty and glory belong, Ps. 45:4, 5; likewise, King of kings, and Lord of lords, Rev. 17:14 and XIX. 16, whom God has to this end made a Lord and a Christ, Acts 2:36, Isa. 49:5 and LV. 5, Jer. 30:21, Micah 5:4 — namely, that men should honor the Son, even as the Father, John 5:23; whose dominion is (I) heavenly, 1 Cor. 15:47, John 18:36; (II) almighty, Matth. XXVIII. 18, Ps. 8:7; (III) universal, John 5:22, 27, extending to the ends of the earth, indeed of the heavens, Phil. 2:10, Ps. 2:8; (IV) eternal, Dan. 2:44 and VII. 14; (V) spiritual, over the souls and consciences themselves, John 18:36, 1 Cor. VI. 20. Now, we glorify the Lord: (1) by acknowledging with the heart the nature and excellency of His lordship, Ps. 103:1, Heb. 8:11, Isa. 45:3, 5; (2) by praising Him with the mouth, Phil. 2:11, Rev. 4:10, 11; (3) by showing this forth in works and deeds, Matth. VII. 21. And so forth, §. XLV, etc.
XLII. Secondly, here is matter of comfort in every sort of calamity and misery — bodily as well as spiritual, general as well as particular, in life as in death. To this looks that heaping-up of evils, Rom. 8:35, 36, 38, 39, over which the Apostle at last triumphs through the contemplation of that love which is in Christ Jesus our Lord. And what indeed can, in the end, more powerfully blunt the point of every sort of evil, and dull its sharpness, than to think: (1) that we belong, in body and in soul, 1 Cor. 6:20, in life and equally in death, Rom. 14:7, 8, to the Lord Jesus Himself; (2) that this our Lord, whose possession and jewel we are, is (1) the wisest, who has the most intimate insight into all our misery, John 2:4, Isa. 66:1, Mark 8:3; (2) the most almighty, who can perfectly save, Heb. 7:25, of whom one reads throughout the Gospel that with a single word He has driven away and warded off the heaviest of evils, indeed even death itself, and through whom His own also can do all things, Phil. 4:12, 13; (3) the most gracious and most merciful, Heb. 4:15 — whence that well-known and common word in the Gospel, σπλαγχνίζομαι, "I am moved with inward compassion," Matth. XV. 32 and XX. 34, Mark 1:41, etc., Isa. 54:8 and XLIX. 14, 15. That we therefore (III) have a Lord who (1) can save and deliver, as the mighty God, Isa. 9:6; and who (2) is willing to do so, as the most merciful and gracious Redeemer, Matth. VIII. 2, 3, Mark 1:40, Luke 5:12, Matth. XV. 28; indeed (3) who has already bought us with His own blood, 1 Pet. 1:18, 19, and delivered us from the power of the Devil, Heb. 2:14, 15. Moreover (4) that we have such a Lord, who is both able and willing powerfully to keep those already saved, John 10:28 — so much so, that without His nod and will not even a hair of the head of His own can fall, Matth. X. 30, Luke 21:18 — indeed, who so governs and rules that every sort of evil works, not to their harm, but to their advantage, Rom. 8:28, so that they come even in afflictions, adversities, and every sort of trouble to glory, Rom. 5:3-5, 6.
XLIII. Thirdly, of reproof of those who (I) do not know, nor acknowledge, the Lord Jesus — as the heathen, the Jews, and other open unbelievers, of whom 1 Cor. 2:8 speaks; or (II) who confess Him only with the mouth, but not in deed, Matth. VII. 21, Tit. I. 16; indeed (III) who reject and despise Him, Luke 19:14; and further (IV) who openly resist Him, and set themselves against Him, Ps. 2:1, 2, 3; and also (V) who persecute Him in His own, Acts 9:4, 5; at the very least (VI) who, though they confess Him with the mouth, and even in some measure embrace Him with the heart as Jesus, as Christ, as Priest, yet do not embrace Him as Lord, Matth. VII. 21, compared with Acts 2:36, Mal. 2:6 — who indeed would gladly reign with Him, but not suffer with Him, Matth. XX. 21, 22, 25, 26, 28, compared with 2 Tim. 2:12. All of whom (1) are enemies of Christ, whether openly or secretly, Phil. 3:18, Luke 19:27; (2) willing or unwilling, shall find and become aware that He is a Lord, ruling in the midst of His enemies, Ps. 110:1, Acts 2:34, 35, Phil. 2:10; and (3) shall be crushed by Him with His iron scepter, and dashed in pieces as a potter's vessel, Ps. 2:9; and finally (4) shall be altogether slain by Him, Luke 19:27, Ps. 2:12.
XLIV. Fourthly, of self-examination: because (I) not all who say, Lord, Lord, Matth. VII. 21, belong to the Lord, Rom. 14:7, and many shamefully deceive themselves with their profession, James 1:22 — indeed (II) deceive themselves, to their own and to their eternal ruin, Matth. VII. 22 and XXV. 44, 46. Whereas, on the contrary, (III) it is at once most pleasant and most useful to be assured and convinced, in spirit and in truth, that Jesus is one's Lord, John 20:28, Gal. 2:20 — there is therefore altogether cause and reason that we earnestly examine ourselves, whether Christ in particular be our Lord. But by what marks and proofs shall we in the end be able to ascertain and know this with certainty? Answer: Among these the first is the knowledge of Him, John 10:14, Jer. 31:34, Isa. 53:11, 2 Thess. I. 8 — yet not any kind of knowledge whatsoever, not an idle, empty and inactive one, but an experiential and practical one, Phil. 3:8, 10. The second is the denial of oneself, Luke 9:23, of the flesh and of fleshly desires, Gal. 5:24, and of all worldly things, Ps. 16:5 and LXXIII. 25, 26. The third, the acceptance of Christ, which comes about through faith, John 1:11, 12, Col. 2:5, 6, Gal. 2:20 — whereby, by virtue of the promise, Christ becomes ours, Rev. 22:17. The fourth, the surrender of oneself to the Lord, 2 Cor. 8:5. The fifth, the making of a covenant, just as of a marriage, Song 2:16. The sixth, a love surpassing all things, Matth. X. 37, 39. The seventh, a love accompanied by a passing-over, a disregarding and a despising of all other things, Phil. 3:7, 8, Song 5:9. The eighth, obedience, John 10:27, 2 Thess. I. 8. The ninth, the diligent striving after following Him, and the practice of holiness, 1 John 2:6 and III. 3.
XLV. Fifthly, of stirring up and admonition. If He is a Lord, and indeed our Lord: (I) let us acknowledge ourselves to be His servants, Rom. 1:1, Phil. 1:1, Eph. 6:6. Consequently (II) that we are obedient to Him, Eph. 6:5, Col. 3:22, compared with Heb. 5:9, 2 Thess. I. 8. Further (III) let us reverence, honor and fear Him, Mal. 1:6, Ps. 22:24, John 5:23. Moreover (IV) let us submit ourselves to Him, Eph. 5:24, 1 Pet. V. 5, Heb. 2:8, Phil. 2:10. Also (V) let us love Him, Eph. 6:24, Matth. X. 37. Further (VI) let us everywhere seek His honor, glory and fame, Phil. 1:20, James 2:1. Yet further (VII) let us earnestly maintain, uphold and defend His cause, Phil. 1:21, 2 Cor. V. 15. And whatever other such duties of servants toward their masters there may further be, let us faithfully and sincerely observe them toward our Lord Jesus Christ. But let us take care and be diligent that we do this: (1) with heart and spirit, Rom. 6:17, Eph. 6:6, Col. 3:22; (2) not only with words, but also with deeds, Matth. VII. 21, 22, and XV. 8; (3) not for a season only, but continuing and steadfastly, Phil. 2:12, Ps. 16:8; (4) not in this or that case alone — as Herod honored John, and yet did many things, Mark 6:20 — but in all things, Col. 3:22; (5) and not only in the sight of men, with eye-service, as men-pleasers, Col. 3:22, as the Pharisees did, Matth. VI. 2, 5, but in simplicity of heart, fearing God, Col. 3:22, Eph. 6:5, 6; (6) not by constraint, but willingly, readily and cheerfully, Eph. 6:7, Jer. 30:21, Ps. 110:3, etc. For indeed (a) to this end Christ also died, and rose again, and became alive again, that He might have dominion both over the dead and the living, Rom. 14:9. (b) To this end He has acquired us for Himself at so great a price, 1 Cor. 6:20, 1 Pet. I. 18, 19, Tit. II. 14. (c) He has also to this end delivered us out of the power of Satan, Heb. 2:14, 15, compared with Luke 1:74, 75. And (d) we have ourselves offered, promised and bound ourselves to Him for this purpose, 2 Cor. 8:5, compared with Rom. 6:16-19. And what is there (e) lighter, easier, more pleasant, and also more delightful, than to serve the Lord Jesus? Matth. XI. 30, 1 John 5:3. Indeed (f) what is there more useful? Isa. 49:34, 1 Cor. XV. 58. Finally (g) what is there more necessary? 1 Cor. 16:22, etc.
Chapter IV: On the Person of the Mediator
On John I, verse 14. The Word was made flesh.
The Explanatory Part
I. From the Names of the Mediator we proceed directly onward to Him who is thereby named — that is, to the consideration of the Person — intending to reflect upon the union of the two Natures in one Person, following the guidance of John I, verse 14.
II. But in the assuming of human nature by the second Person of the Godhead, or the union of the two natures in the one Person of the Mediator, is displayed and represented, in those clauses of the text, namely:
1. The assuming Person, ὁ Λόγος, ho Logos, that is, the Word, the Reason. By this is, beyond doubt, signified the Son of God, 1 John 1:1, Rev. 19:13, Luke 1:2, by comparison with 2 Pet. 1:16, and (as I judge) Acts 20:32, Heb. 4:12; or from Ps. 33:6; or from the history of the Creation, where it is repeatedly said, "God said... and it was so" — as Him by whom God made all things. Elsewhere He is called by the Greek ῥῆμα, rhema, which likewise signifies a word or speech; though Λόγος, Logos, expresses something more perfect — a reasoned discourse (orationem) — inasmuch as this looks also to the understanding and the will; whereas the other properly signifies a word, a mere vocable (vocabulum), which is never brought to that. Among the Hebrews it is called Dabhar, Ps. 33:6 and CXLVIII. 8 (compare Maimonides, More Nebuchim, Lib. I, Cap. XXIII, LXV, and LXVI). The Chaldee paraphrasts use, not only in those places where the Hebrew has Dabhar, but also in other places — most of all where Miracles, or a Prophecy, or some singular help of God is spoken of; likewise wherever in the Hebrew stands "the face of God," "the hand," "the eye," according to the observation of Grotius — the word Memra ["Word"]: for example, Isa. 45:12, "I have made the earth" — the Chaldee paraphrast has: "I have, in [or by] my Word, made the earth"; also, Ch. XLVIII. 13, "Also my hand has founded the earth" — the Chaldee paraphrast has: "By my Word I have founded the earth" — which Peter follows, 2 Pet. 3:5: "That by the Word of God the heavens were of old made." The same Chaldee paraphrast also generally puts, in the place of Jehovah, "the Word of Jehovah," as Gen. 3:9 and VI. 6, Exod. 19:17, Job 42:9, Ps. 2:4. The Syriac, in place of Λόγος, has Meltha. Even the word Λόγος, Logos, was known also among the philosophers, particularly among the Platonists; so Heraclitus, as cited by Amelius; Zeno, as quoted by Tertullian (Adv. Gent.), says: "It appears that even among your own Wise Men, the Logos (the Word) is held to be the artificer and architect of the whole Universe." For Zeno defines this as the maker who has formed all things in order and arrangement. The same thing Seneca means and signifies, following the Stoics (Epist. LXV); and very many others, particularly Amelius, who, having read the words of John, said: "By Jupiter, this barbarian agrees with our own Plato, that the Word of God is set in the order of a first principle." If you ask why John does not simply call Him the Son of God? one might answer: because the term "Word," among the learned, whether among the Jews or among the Gentiles, was neither strange nor unwelcome; whereas, on the contrary, the Jews hated the name "Son" applied to the Godhead, as though it were contrary to the Divine Unity; and moreover this name was more fitting and suited to His purpose — that all things were made by Him, John 1:1 — since it was known to all, from Ps. 33:6, that by the Word of the LORD all things were made. If you further ask why John calls the Son of God Λόγος, the Word? one might say: partly because He is like the inward word of man — that is, either to the innate and natural reason of the soul and understanding, or to the product thereof, namely to the thought and conception of the same, or the reasoning of the understanding; and partly also, and rather, because God has accomplished and brought to completion all things belonging to the work either of Creation or of Redemption, not by the applying and using of His hand (a thing which would be a mark of human weakness), but only by His nod and word, or by His Son, Rev. 4:11. Perhaps also, that He might thereby signify that He is the Messiah, so often spoken of or promised in the Old Testament, 2 Sam. 7:21, compared with 1 Chron. 17:19. One might further add, that He is the sole Interpreter of the Father, or of the Fatherly counsel, just as a spoken word is the interpreter of our understanding and of our will, John 1:18, Matth. XI. 27. Only, that this one reason alone not be given, as the Socinians would have it (Socinus, Cont. Wiekum, Cap. V; Ostorodus, Instit. Relig. Christ., Cap. XVII), and others serving their own suppositions — namely, that He is thus named only from His Mediatorial office, because He was the go-between, the voice, and the reason of the Father to men. The Reformed indeed allow this as a lesser reason, from John 1:18; but they add that He is most chiefly so named because of the eternal presence of His Person, whereby He is the eternal Word of the Father, subsisting through Himself and coessential with Him — as appears from this alone, that the Father is said to have made all things through Him, John 1:1, 2. In which sense He is also called His Wisdom, Prov. 8:22, His Image, Col. 1:14, 15, and the express Image of the Father's own substance, Heb. 1:3. So that by and through this one name these several things are at once signified: namely, that He is (1) a Person of the Divine unity; (2) specifically the second; (3) not created, but creating, a divine Person; (4) who is the Mediator or Spokesman of the Father.
II [continued]. The thing assumed, or the human nature, σάρξ, flesh. Which word here signifies (1) not fleshly corruption, as John 3:6, Rom. 7:5, which can in no wise fall upon the Mediator, God-man; nor (2) the second essential part of His human nature alone, namely the body, Rom. 9:5 — as though He had not assumed a human soul, as Apollinaris impiously held. Rather, it signifies (a) that which in Christ is set over against the Spirit, or the divine nature — namely His whole human nature, 1 Tim. 3:16. For throughout, in Holy Scripture, "flesh" signifies man and mankind, Gen. 6:12, Ps. 65:2, Isa. 40:5, 6 and LXVI. 23(?), Matth. XXIV. 22. Then (b) the parts of human nature, body and soul, Eph. 2:15, Heb. 2:14. And finally (c) the bodily affections, dispositions, qualities and weaknesses, without sin, Heb. 5:7, Ps. 56:4 and LXXVIII. 39, etc. But, it is said, since by "flesh" he wished to signify human nature, why then did he not say, "The Word became man"? Answer: (a) to strengthen the more forcefully the truth of His human nature. (b) To distinguish the more precisely the divine and human natures; for the Jews were accustomed to set flesh and blood over against God, Matth. XVI. 17, Gal. 1:16. Further (c) to magnify the more the depth of His humiliation, inasmuch as He assumed flesh, the lesser part of human nature. (d) That He might apply a remedy suited to our sickness, and heal our flesh, which through us has been robbed of all good and shamefully corrupted — as Justin notes, and after him Lyra.
III. The assumption, or the act of assuming, ἐγένετο, "was made," or "became" — "the Word was made flesh." But not by a change of the Divine Nature or Person into flesh, or human Nature, as many Mennonites would have it — since a divine Person, by virtue of His nature, is unchangeable, Mal. 3:6, James 1:17; nor also by a confusion or mingling of the natures, as the Eutychians of old held. Rather, the Word so became flesh that He did not cease to be what He had been, but began to be what He had not been — so that the Word, or the Son of God, truly became man, as Theodoret argues at large in three Dialogues concerning incommunicability, unmixability, and impassibility. According to that well-known line: Sum quod eram; nec eram quod sum; nunc dicor utrumque. That is: "I am what I was; and I was not what I am; now I am called both." Since, then, the Word became flesh neither by change nor by mixture, how, then, and in what manner? By assumption, Phil. 2:7, Heb. 2:14, 16 — whereby nothing else is signified than the personal and inseparable union of the assuming divine Person with the assumed human nature.
The Doctrinal Part
III. There are, therefore, in the Mediator Christ, two natures, one divine and one human, so united together with one another that from them there results one Person of Him. For to this end ὁ Λόγος, the Word (the divine Person), is said to have become flesh — not by change, but by assumption — namely, in order to constitute with it one Person. For this cause He is called (1) Immanuel, that is, God with us, Isa. 7:14, Matth. I. 23; (II) a Child and a Son, Isa. 9:6 — the one according to His human nature, the other according to His divine nature. Also (III) Ithiel, that is, "God with me," Prov. 30:1. (IV) Distinctly, moreover, in the Holy Scriptures there is ascribed to Him (1) the divine nature, as we have taught above, Book II, Chapter XXVI; and (2) the human nature, when He is called a child, Isa. 9:6, a branch, a rod, a shoot, Isa. 11:1 and LIII. 2, a man, ibid. v. 3, a man, 1 Tim. 2:5; indeed, whatever is human is ascribed to Him. (3) The union of both natures, according to which the Word is said to have become flesh; to have taken hold of the seed of Abraham, Heb. 2:14, 16, Phil. 2:7; God to have been manifested in the flesh, 1 Tim. 3:16 — and this so absolutely, that by that assumption He became one Mediator, 1 Tim. 2:5, Immanuel, Ithiel, as we have now already shown.
IV. And not only has the Mediator truly and in fact been such, but He also had to be so, that He might be able to be Mediator, Heb. 2:16, 17, ὄφειλε, "He ought," etc. For (I) that He might be a Mediator between God and men, 1 Tim. 2:5, it seems necessary that He, by a fellowship in both natures, should be the middle one between the two. Compare Gen. 28:12. (II) That He who would make men to be children of God should Himself be the Son of God, and a man, Gal. 4:4, 5, Rom. 8:29. (III) That He, according to the requirement of the Mediatorial work, should, on men's behalf, according to the strictness of righteousness, make satisfaction to God — of which more particularly and at large in its own place — it was necessary that He (IV) should, on the one side, with the Father, be the coessential God: that He (1) might have power of Himself to lay down His life as a ransom-price, John 10:18 — which power over a man's life belongs to none but God alone, Gen. 9:6; whence He claims to Himself power over life and death, Rev. 1:18. (2) That He, by laying down His own life, might present an offering of infinite worth, 1 John 1:7, Acts 20:28. That He (3) might take away the infinite debt of punishment which, on account of a sin against the offended and wounded infinite Majesty of God, is due — and this (4) for the well-nigh infinite sins of all the elect, and of each in particular; and also (5) for a well-nigh infinite number of the elect. As likewise (6) to acquire an infinite good — namely, the union, communion and enjoyment of the highest and infinite good — for each of them in particular, and to be to them All in all, 1 Cor. 15:28, compared with Ch. I. 30, John 1:16, Col. 1:19 — to such a degree, that they should be complete in Him, Col. 2:9, 10. (7) To bring about, powerfully, the prerequisites for participation in this infinite good — regeneration, conversion, sanctification, faith, etc. — and thereby to apply the infinite good obtained. And also (8) powerfully to preserve those made alive against the well-nigh infinite assaults of infinite spiritual enemies, Eph. 6:10, 12, compared with Matth. XVI. 18, 1 Pet. 1:5, etc. For all these and other reasons, I say, it was altogether necessary, not only that the Mediator, on the one side, be true God; but also (V) that, on the other side, He be a true man: (1) to take away the punishment of men who had sinned, Exod. 32:33(?), Ezek. 18:20, compared with Rom. [ ] — which the right of the Law demanded, Gen. 2:17. And that (2) by suffering and dying, Phil. 2:8, Isa. 53:10, Heb. 2:9, 14. (3) Moreover, to be made subject to the divine Law, that He might fulfill all righteousness, Gal. 4:4, Matth. III. 15 and V. 17. Also, (4) that He might be a merciful High Priest, able to have compassion, Heb. 2:17, 18 and IV. 15. And thus (5) as our Goel, our near kinsman, Ruth 3:12, 13, compared with Job 19:25. For these reasons the Mediator had to be not only God, but also man. Finally (VI) the union of these two natures has been necessary, that (1) they should constitute but one Person; (2) that we should have but one Mediator, 1 Tim. 2:5 — and indeed one undivided and unseparated one; (3) that in the one Person all salvation should be gathered and united, Acts 4:12; (4) that God, in the fullness of time, might gather together all things into one head-sum in Christ; and finally (5) that we should have but one Lord, 1 Cor. 8:6, Eph. 4:5.
V. Thus, that we may the better grasp the nature of this mystery, we shall think somewhat more distinctly, on the one side, of the united extremes, and on the other side of the union of these extremes. In the extremes there comes to us, firstly, something divine — namely, (1) not the divine nature considered in its full extent; for thus not the Son alone, but also the Father and the Holy Spirit, would have become flesh, since the same divine nature belongs to them. (2) Thus, too, out of the two united natures there would necessarily be compounded some certain third thing, which the Eutychians held. (3) The Mediator would be no Person at all, since He would have received His personality neither from the divine nature (not having it as such) nor received it from the human. Yet so, that the nature is not thereby excluded, so that God may be said to have been manifested in the flesh, 1 Tim. 3:16, and God to have purchased the Church with His own blood, Acts 20:28. But (II) [it is] a divine Person, that thereby the Mediator might have His Personality; for from two natures there arises no Person. Yea, but also (III) only one Person: for just as one divine Person cannot assume two human natures — since thus one Person would become several men — so likewise several Persons cannot assume one human nature; for thus (1) [several] Persons would become one man; then also (2) the assumed human nature, being adequately bounded by the assuming Person, cannot again be bounded and grounded by another assuming Person — since it is adequately terminated, so far as it can be terminated at all. Indeed (IV) that assuming Person could (1) not have been the first Person, the Father; for in that way one and the same divine Person would be Father and Son at once; nor (2) the third Person, the Holy Spirit — for thus, in the Trinity, two Sons would be reckoned, the second with respect to the divine nature, the third with respect to the assumed human nature. Consequently, therefore, (3) it must specifically be the second Person: namely, (a) that the Son should make sons, Gal. 4:4; (b) that He who is the middle one among the divine Persons by negation should become the middle one between God and man by fellowship in both natures.
VI. Secondly, there comes to us, in the extremes of the union, something human: (1) certainly not a human Person — for then there would not be but one Mediator, 1 Tim. 2:5, but two, following the twofold nature, the divine and the human; and since neither of these two would at once be God and man, in this way there would properly be no Mediator at all. But (II) [it is] the nature alone, having in itself all that is necessary for the constituting of a human nature, and thus, with respect to nature, like to us in all things, sin only excepted, Heb. 2:16, 17 and IV. 15; yet nonetheless wholly bereft of a personality, whereby the nature is rendered incommunicable and complete — wholly bereft, I say, that is, not only of a personality proper and peculiar to itself, which would introduce a double personality, but also of a shared one, whereby it would be called self-subsisting, ἐνυπόστατος; because in that way the human nature would subsist by the divine Personality, and the human [nature] would thus be a divine Person. Yea, but also (1) a true human nature, of the same kind and of the same essence with ours, sin only excepted, Heb. 4:15 — not merely a feigned one, only seeming and showing itself so, as of old the Cerdonians, Marcionites and Manicheans held; but a true human nature, as the Evangelists press home: (1) by relating its conception, birth, life, weariness, hunger and pain, sorrows and death; (2) by teaching that He, παραπλησίως, likewise, even as the children, has become partaker of flesh and blood, Heb. 2:14; and (3) that He showed this same nature also after His Resurrection, Luke 24:39; (IV) coessential with ours, or, in all things, like ours, Heb. 2:17 and IV. 15. More of this, at greater length, in the Polemical Part.
VII. There follows, finally, thirdly, the union of the extreme parts; in which we must distinguish (A) the Personal union itself, according to which the parts, or natures, constitute but one Person, and one undivided Mediator, 1 Tim. 2:5, 1 Cor. VIII. 6. Of which is to be considered (1) its nature, which is nothing else than a certain unspeakable relation of the divine Person to the human nature, whereby this human nature is, in particular, the human nature of the second Person of the Godhead. This union is wont to be described by learned men with many reasons and manners, because there is no single one by whose help and means its perfection can adequately be shown and set forth. By it, (1) with respect to the assumption, the human nature is [regarded] as a proper appendage of the divine Person; it is likewise thereby (2) as a member of the whole Immanuel, or God-man, whose divine Person is, as it were, the other part; it is (3), with respect to its existence, sustained and upheld, in a particular and singular manner, as an effect and product of the divine Person; it is finally (4) as it were the subject, in which the Godhead dwells in a particular manner, Col. 2:9. All of which expressions and terms — within which the fountains of this Unity are comprehended — we, as it were, moderate by a certain qualification, since this union, so full of mysteries, has no equal in the whole nature of things, and therefore cannot sufficiently be shown and set forth by any one expression alone, but must rather, and far more, be shadowed forth by many. (B) The manner, which can more fitly be expressed than by those little adverbs which the ancients, in order carefully to avoid two cliffs of the Heretics, have been accustomed to use, laying it down: (1) that in the God-man the natures have been united ἀδιαιρέτως καὶ ἀχωρίστως, undivided and unseparated — against the Nestorians, who set up two Persons in the Mediator, and who therefore denied that God was crucified, and that the blessed Virgin is a Θεοτόκος, God-bearer. (2) Against the Eutychians — who compounded the two natures into one, confusing and mingling their particular properties — they said that they are united ἀτρέπτως καὶ ἀσυγχύτως, unchangeably and unconfusedly. Whence we understand that this union has occurred neither (a) συνουσιωδῶς, co-essentially, as that of the divine Persons among themselves is, with respect to the one and the same Essence; nor (b) φυσικῶς, naturally, as form is united with matter; nor (c) σχετικῶς, relationally, as that of a friend with a friend; nor (d) δραστικῶς ἢ περιστατικῶς, by a mere efficacy or an all-pervading presence; nor (e) μυστικῶς, mysteriously, only by a presence of grace, such as there is between God and the elect, John 17:21; but (f) personally — insofar as the assumed nature is, in and to the same Person, jointly knit with the assuming Son of God, the properties of both being preserved. Maresius, Syst. Theol., Loc. IX, §24. It is, therefore, a personal union — not with respect to the point from which, as though it were a union of Persons, as Nestorius held; but with respect to the point to which, because it issues in one Person. It is, moreover, indeed a union of natures, but not a natural union.
VIII. (B) The act of the Union — which the ancient Greeks called ἐνσάρκωσιν, ἐνανθρώπησιν, ἐπιφάνειαν, and θεοφάνειαν: Enfleshment, Enmanment, Appearance, and God-appearing. Among the Latins it is called Incarnatio, that is, Incarnation — both an active one, whereby God has ordained the incarnation; and a passive one, whereby Christ became flesh. The first belongs, according to the nature of the working, outwardly, to the whole Trinity — who is hence said to have pierced His ears for Him, or to have prepared Him a body, Ps. 40:7, Heb. 10:5. But the other belongs to the Son alone, who is hence said to have come in the flesh, ibid. v. 7, 1 John 4:2, 3, and to have taken hold of the seed of Abraham, Heb. 2:16. These things the ancients were wont to explain by a somewhat crude, yet fitting, comparison — of several persons sewing together but one garment, which is then to be put on by one out of their number; which comparison, however, must in no way be pressed or stretched beyond its own point and its own scope. There is, accordingly, in this act of Union: (1) with respect to the doing, the Incarnation, or preparation of Flesh, which we have called the active [act], whereby the whole Trinity prepared the two essential parts of the human nature, body and soul, and, having prepared them, joined them mutually together; and, being thus jointly prepared, personally united them with the divine Person. All of which, as we have said, is signified when God is said to have pierced the Son's ears, Ps. 40:7, and to have prepared Him a body, Heb. 10:5, to have given Him to men, John 3:16, and finally to have sent Him, Gal. 4:4. (2) The Assumption, whereby the Son of God applied and appropriated to Himself the humanity prepared by the Trinity — according to which the Word is said to have become flesh, John 1:14, to have come in the flesh, 1 John 4:2, 3, to have taken the form of a servant, Phil. 2:7, to have become partaker of flesh and blood, Heb. 2:14. (3) The Conception of the human nature, and its sanctification, which is ascribed in particular to the Holy Spirit, Luke 1:35 — who, having made the woman's seed fruitful, either turned aside or purified its disorder and immoderateness (whence a moral corruption of the soul might otherwise have arisen), that from her the Holy One might be born, Luke 1:35. Finally (4) the Birth, according to which the blessed Virgin is called Θεοτόκος, God-bearer. But these last particulars, in their own places, with express purpose and at large.
IX. And yet, by this act of Union, (1) it is not that the whole Trinity has brought forth the flesh, or the human nature, for herself in her entirety — for although the whole Trinity has prepared the flesh, she has not for that reason assumed it, but only for one out of her fellowship: and though the whole Trinity has prepared the flesh, yet the whole Trinity has not assumed it. Likewise (2), although the second Person, who has assumed the human nature, co-signifies the entire Godhead, yet not wholly and in her entire extent, but characterized and, as it were, limited to but one Person, by His Personal property. Also (II), the second Person, by assuming the human nature, is not changed — because (1) that assumption has been only a doing, and not a suffering; whereas a change occurs through a suffering (which, indeed, is only in the assumed humanity), and not through a doing (which is in the one assuming). (2) Because that which is brought forth by this assumption, or the Personal union, is, with respect to the one assuming, nothing but a mere relation, which brings with it no true and properly-so-called change — although in the assumed nature it brings and includes the very greatest change, in that by means of this assumption and union it has been raised to the highest perfection, as we shall presently say expressly and at large. Likewise (III), from the union of the two natures there has arisen no new subsistence or personality, to whose making each nature should have contributed its own — for thus (1) the eternal subsistence of the Son would either cease, or be added to by that new [element]; and (2) a compound and less perfect [subsistence] would take the place of an eternal one. Let us here note, once for all, (IV) that this assumption of the two natures, though it took place once in time, remains, in eternity, altogether inseparable, Acts 2:27, Ps. 16:10 — nor was it ever broken, even in death itself, when there occurred a separation of the essential parts of the human nature; for the parts, though torn and separated from one another, nonetheless remained united with the Word — the flesh remained the flesh of the Word, and the soul the soul of the same. Much less has that union ceased in Christ's Ascension, by a laying-aside of the body, as Socinus, together with the Manicheans, dreamed — since it is said, Acts 1:11, that He shall so come, in like manner as He went away. One thing more I shall add (V): although, through this union, the whole fullness of the Godhead is in the human nature, Col. 1:19 and II. 9, yet it does not so dwell within it that it is not also, indeed, outside of it — because it is infinite, and consequently cannot adequately dwell within what is finite.
X. There follows (C) the united [result], or rather the consequences of this union. There arise: (1) the fellowship of the natures in the Person, which we call μετοχή, partaking, Heb. 2:14: "So He also likewise became partaker of the same" — whereby the two natures constitute the one Person of Immanuel; for although in the Mediator there is one thing and another, yet there is not in Him altogether one and another. Thus, moreover, this fellowship is not properly between the natures themselves — as though the divine were communicated to the human nature, and conversely; for thus there would have occurred a Eutychian confusion and mingling.
XI. (II) The grace of the personal union, communicated to the human nature, whence there flows, in turn, a communication of gifts, or the most abundant conferral of habitual grace upon and in the human nature — of which Isa. 11:1, 2, Ps. 45:8, John 1:14, Col. 1:19 and II. 3, 9 speak: indeed without measure, John 3:34, but yet not altogether and wholly infinite — since that which is infinite can neither be communicated, nor be received by that which is finite; whence He is said to have increased in wisdom, and in stature, and in grace, Luke 2:52. In particular: (1) the grace of holiness, Luke 1:35, and indeed of such a holiness whereby He has never yet sinned, nor could ever sin — since it is a contradiction that the God-man should sin. (2) The grace of wisdom, Col. 2:3, which nevertheless has not been an omniscience, Luke 2:52, Mark 11:13 and XIII. 32. (3) The grace of power, might and authority, according to which He is also called Ithiel and Ucal, Prov. 30:1 — and yet not properly a divine and infinite [power], since in the exercise of His power He made use of prayer, John 11:41, 42.
XII. (III) The fellowship of properties, whereby the properties of both natures fall together in one and the same Person, and are therefore also said and predicated concerning the Person. So that concerning it two things come into consideration: (1) The fellowship itself of the properties — among which there is not (a) a real transfusion of them, whereby the properties of the one nature should pass over into and to the other, and the human nature should receive divine properties, and conversely; for thus the human nature would become divine, and the divine, conversely, human — and thus Eutyches would triumph; nor also (b) a real and actual bestowal, whereby the one nature should apply and appropriate its properties to the other, in the manner we have already noted above concerning the communication of gifts to the human nature; for thus the one nature could use the properties of the other at its own pleasure — the contrary of which nevertheless appears from the ignorance ascribed to the human nature, Mark 13:32, and from the entreaty of prayer, Matth. XXVI. 39, 42. (II) The predication, or naming, of them, grounded upon that fellowship — whereby indeed not the properties of the one nature are said of the other in the abstract; but whereby the properties of both natures are said of the Person in the concrete. Which nevertheless happens in two ways: either (1) more directly, when the properties of both natures, being alike and equally predicated, are said of the Person — as, for example, when the Mediator is called God or man; (b) or unequally, predicated of one nature alone — as, for example, "the Word is eternal, almighty"; "the Son of man is mortal." Or (2) more obliquely and sidewise, when the properties are said indeed of the Person, but predicated of that nature to which those properties in no way apply, nor are proper to it — as, for example, Acts 20:28, "God has purchased the Church with His own blood"; "the Son of man, being on earth, is at the same time in heaven," John 3:13. Whence it appears that, through this fellowship, such predications must not be admitted or received as (a) ascribe a created personality [to the Word] — since that belongs to the Word; (b) as ascribe to the divine nature human imperfections; or, on the contrary, (c) as ascribe to the human nature divine perfections. Which things being noted and observed, we say that the fellowship of properties is (1) real, with respect to its foundation — namely, the personal union, whereby the properties of both natures belong, in fact, to the Person; (2) verbal, so far as concerns the naming, or manner of speaking — indeed even improper, and nearly amounting to a substitution: for when several forms or natures are united in one and the same subject, although, in the abstract, they cannot (since they are things directly different) be said of one another, yet they can nonetheless, in the concrete, be said of that [subject].
XIII. (IV) The fellowship of the Mediatorial operations, 1 Tim. 2:5, which is nothing else than a concurrence and cooperation of both natures in the Mediatorial working — so that these workings proceed from the Person of the God-man, through a distinct efficacy of both natures. With respect to which four points come into consideration: (1) the producing cause, the Person of the God-man, the worker. (2) The two working principles of the producing cause, namely the two natures in the Mediator. (3) A twofold efficacy, according to the number of the two principles, or a twofold activity, of the divine and of the human nature. Finally, (4) one work, one product, or one operation of the God-man, which the one Mediator, according to His two natures, brings forth through the efficacy proper to each nature. Thus, for example, the one Mediator, as Redeemer, has, through the two natures concurring as principles of redemption, by a twofold efficacy or act of redemption (namely, by bringing to pass, in the human nature, death, and by the divine nature conferring its worth), brought about a ransom, or redemption.
The Polemical Part
XIV. The Polemical Part of this Chapter presents, as it were, a nursery of controversies and disputed points — of which some concern the assuming Person, others the assumed nature, some the union of both, and finally others the consequences of the union.
Questions and Controversies concerning the Assuming Person.
Concerning the assuming Person it is asked: First, whether the true Mediator is coessential with the Father, and God present from eternity? That the Mediator existed before His birth of the blessed Virgin was denied by Samosatenus, Photinus, and, of old, Cerinthus and Ebion, together with the Jews, and by Muhammad. The Carpocratians, Basilidians and Arians indeed confessed that He existed before His birth of the blessed Virgin, but denied that He was present from eternity, and coessential with the Father, and had constantly in their mouths, ἦν ὅτε οὐκ ἦν, "there was a time when He was not" — and therefore called Him ὁμοιούσιον, of like essence, but not ὁμοούσιον, coessential: one might call them Heteroousians, drivers of a different essence. There were, moreover, some who called Him ὁμοούσιον, of the same essence, but nevertheless of an unequal essence — thus the Aëtians and Eunomians, whom one might not unfitly call Anomoeans, Non-Sameists, because they set themselves against the Arians with respect to likeness of essence. Our Socinians in particular deny that He was present before His birth of the blessed Virgin. The Reformed, on the contrary, hold that He, with respect to His divine nature, has been present from eternity. This opinion of the parties we have refuted and overthrown, Book II, Chapter XXVI, and add nothing further to it here.
XV. Secondly, whether the divine Nature of the Mediator, from His Person, assumed the flesh? In this, indeed, as to the substance of the matter, the Lutherans agree with us; but as to the manner of speech they differ — unnecessarily and stubbornly holding that it is better and more correctly said that the nature became flesh, rather than the person; and also wrongly accusing the Orthodox, as though they held that the manner of subsisting became man apart from the divine nature. As to the state of the controversy, it may be noted, from the Doctrinal Part, that we do not deny that the nature became man — but the nature considered in its full extent, without its personal modification, that is what the orthodox opinion denies. The reasons for this we have already given above, §V; to which we add for the present nothing more than the plain statement of Holy Scripture, John 1:14, Phil. 2:7, Heb. 2:14, 15, 16. Nor is there any reason for them to object: (1) the passages of Scripture, Col. 2:9, 1 Tim. III. 16, in which explicit mention is made of the incarnate divine nature. (II) That the divine Nature and the divine Essence are so common to the three Persons, that it is equally whole and undivided in each one in particular, and that thus, the second Person having become man, the divine nature also became man. (III) That the Personality and the divine Essence, in one and the same Person, do not really differ, and that therefore, the Person having become flesh, the nature too must have become flesh. Answer: We do not deny that the nature has become flesh; but the nature considered in its full extent, without personal modification. Since, then, the Lutherans acknowledge that the divine Person assumed the human nature, and the Reformed in turn, for their part, acknowledge that the divine nature — so far as it is co-signified in the Person — has assumed the human nature, this controversy appears to come down to a mere strife of words, arising only out of an itch for contradiction, and out of a hatred against the Reformed: we shall not detain ourselves any longer with it.
XVI. Thirdly, whether, the Son having become man, the Father and the Holy Spirit have not also become man? Of old the Patripassians defended the affirmative, chiefly by these two reasons: (1) that the divine Essence is common to the three Persons, and that therefore, the Essence of the Son having become flesh, the Father and the Holy Spirit also became flesh. (II) That the incarnation was a work outward, and thus common to the three Persons. The Orthodox defend the negative opinion, because (1) it is not the nature in its full extent, but the nature as it is the Son's — and thus, as it were, a bounded personality — that became flesh; whereby, therefore, something has accrued with respect to personality which did not accrue to the Father or to the Holy Spirit. (2) Because the works outward are indeed common with respect to the working, though they are not so with respect to the end-point of the working. Which things being carefully and diligently noted, one will easily be able to answer the opposing arguments.
XVII. Fourthly, whether, apart from man's sin, the Son of God would nonetheless have become flesh? The affirmative opinion has been maintained by some of the Scholastics — Alexander of Hales, Scotus, Occam, Bonaventure, and others — which, in the age just past, was followed, in a special little book, by Andreas Osiander, who, endeavoring to confirm the teaching of the Scholastics with ten proofs; and finally also the Socinians. The root error of the Scholastics appears to be, that He became flesh not only for us, but also to earn for Himself honor and glory; that of Osiander, because he supposed that man was created after the image of Christ-as-man-to-be; that of the Socinians, that they sought thereby to weaken satisfaction as the chief end of the incarnation. Which things being circumspectly and carefully observed, there will not remain much difficulty as regards this disputed point. The Orthodox, therefore, together with Holy Scripture, hold the negative opinion (although some among the Reformed — Zanchius, Hexaëm., p. 3, Lib. 3, Cap. 2; Bucanus, Instit., Art. X; Willet, De Statu Hominis, Lib. I — seem to be of a differing opinion) because (1) the promises and the sacrifices which prefigured the Messiah as one who was to come, only presuppose that man was to be reconciled by His coming, or incarnation; for example, Gen. 3:15, Ps. XXII, XL, LXIX and CX, Isa. LIII, Dan. IX, Zech. 9:9 — nor is there any passage of a different sort. (II) Because in the New Testament no other end of His incarnation is taught than the reconciliation of sins, Matth. I. 21, Luke 1:67 and II. 30, John 1:29, Matth. IX. 13, XX. 28, Gal. 4:4, 5, 1 Tim. III. 16, Heb. 2:14, 1 John 3:8, etc. (III) Because also the Mediatorial office, for the sake of which alone He came into the world, presupposes sin and sinners — thus the Prophetic office, Isa. 61:1, the Priestly, Isa. 53:2, 10, Matth. XX. 28, the Kingly, Zech. 9:9. Meanwhile, against this the Scholastics allege: (1) that He merited glory for Himself, Phil. 2:9. Answer: (a) but by His suffering obedience, v. 8, which presupposes sin; or if also by His active obedience, it is for, and on account of, sinners, Gal. 4:4. (b) He merited, as man, the glory of a creature, which He would have had no need of, if He had not become man — no more than the Father and the Holy Spirit need it. The parties say (b) that He became flesh to show His love of mankind toward men, Prov. 8:31. Answer: certainly — but as toward sinners, Eph. 5:2, John 3:16. They further plead (c) that in the Old Testament He several times assumed flesh in order to appear to men, without regard to sin, Gen. XVIII, etc. — and that He could, therefore, also have assumed flesh in order to be personally united with it. Answer: (a) but "could" does not entail "would have." (b) And of those appearances there was a certain use with reference to sins. (2) Osiander [objects] (a) that we were created after the image of Christ. Answer: (a) this is nowhere said in Scripture; indeed (b) it is against Scripture, which mentions the image of God as Creator, Eph. 4:24, Col. 3:10, Gen. 1:26. He says (b) that Christ would otherwise have lacked the privilege of being head above the Angels and men. Answer: He would not have needed this either, any more than the Father and the Holy Spirit. Finally (3) the Socinians, because Christ had also to give glory to the true man. Answer: let them prove this — since the Triune God could have accomplished that without it: compare §IV.
Questions and Controversies concerning the Assumed Nature.
XVIII. There now follow the Questions and Controversies concerning the Assumed Nature. It is asked, then, first: whether the human nature which the Son of God assumed was a true human nature, and, in all things, coessential with ours? This the Reformed hold fast, together with Holy Scripture. This is denied, and directly, (I) by the Docetists and Phantasiasts, heretics teaching, already soon after the departure of the Apostles, that the Son of God assumed not a true humanity, but only a φάντασμα, an appearance, a semblance of the same, which one might suppose to be a true one — an opinion afterward renewed by the Manicheans and Marcionites. Whence Augustine relates (De Haeres., c. 21) of the Cerdonians, that they taught that Christ Himself was neither born of a Woman, nor had flesh, nor truly died, nor suffered anything, but only feigned it. [They allege] that (1) the Angels likewise often appeared thus in the flesh. Answer: But (a) nowhere did they take hold of the seed of Abraham, so as to become like their brethren in all things, Heb. 2:16; nor are they said to have become flesh. (b) There is a very great difference between an appearance and an assumption, Heb. 2:16, and an incarnation. (2) That the Holy Spirit appeared in a Dove, and yet did not become a Dove. Answer: The appearance of the Holy Spirit differs immeasurably from the union of the natures in the Mediator — for the one was (a) merely symbolic, the other personal; the one (b) for a season only, the other indissoluble, Heb. 7:24; the one (c) did not look to, nor aim at, redeeming doves, as the other [looks to] redeeming men. (3) That He is said to have been sent in the likeness of sinful flesh, Rom. 8:3. Answer: it is said simply so; but [it is] σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας, "of the flesh of sin," or of sinning flesh. (4) That He emptied Himself, having taken the form of a servant, and was made in the likeness of men, and, being found in fashion as a man — Phil. 2:7. Answer: this signifies that He hid the divine nature and majesty for a season, under the form of a servant, in the nature and likeness of other men, and in a common and ordinary garb; yet so, that He nevertheless, notwithstanding, truly became partaker of flesh and blood, like the children, Heb. 2:13, 14, John 1:14.
(II) The Heteroousians denied it — who indeed acknowledged in Him a true humanity, but denied one coessential with ours. Thus the Valentinians, of whom Irenaeus (Adv. Haeres., Lib. I, c. 1) testifies that they held that Christ passed through Mary, as water passes through a channel. With this Eutyches also agrees. In whose footsteps there walk today the Mennonites, Schwenckfeldians, Spiritists, and finally also the Socinians, holding: (1) that Christ was born as much of the substance brought by God for the forming of the body, as of the blood of Mary — thus Smalcius, Examin. Error. Francii, Error 18; (2) that He laid aside the flesh at His Ascension, Ostorodus, Instit., Cap. 28. (III) The Apsychites, who denied Him either any soul at all, as the Arians; or only a rational soul, as the Apollinarists — namely, holding that in place of a rational human soul there was, for Him, the divine nature — or who denied to the rational soul its own particular will, as the Monothelites. In these many ways the true humanity of the Mediator is more directly denied. But it is denied, more obliquely, also by (A) the Synusiastic Lutherans, and (B) the Metousiastic Papists, who, in order to make the bread into Christ, ascribe to Him, and dress up for Him, such a body as (a) either is spread out everywhere, and confined within no place; or (b) a body which is invisible, intangible, placeless and unextended, hiding beneath an invisible species, present in fact, in a manner unlocalized and undefined, in many places separated from one another — and this without any multiplication of itself, and without occupying any intervening space; finally, that it is made out of bread, by the power of certain little words mumbled over it in a magical-like manner, and that, accordingly, it is not in all things like us, sin only excepted. Against all of which we set this one, but unyielding, general proof. To whomsoever, according to Scripture, belong all the requisites of a true humanity, coessential with ours, to him belongs a true humanity, coessential with ours. But to the human nature of the Mediator belong, according to Scripture, the requisites of a true and coessential humanity: therefore [the conclusion follows]. The first proposition cannot, without contradiction, be denied, and, I am persuaded, will not be denied. The second proposition is proved thus: To whomsoever belong human names, essential parts, dispositions, and workings, to him belong all the requisites of a true humanity, coessential with ours; since to these headings all such requisites can be reduced. But to the human nature of Christ belong human names, essential parts, affections and workings: therefore to Him belong all such requisites. This second proposition is proved, part by part, thus: (1) With respect to Names — when He is called a man, 1 Tim. 2:5, a Man, Zech. 6:12, a Child, Isa. 9:6, the Son of Abraham, of David, Matth. I. 1, the seed of the Woman, Gen. 3:15, of the tribe of Judah, Rev. 5:5, the fruit of David's loins, Acts 2:30, the Branch of David, Jer. 23:5, the Son of man, Dan. 7:13. (2) With respect to the essential parts — a soul, Matth. XX. 28 and XXVI. 38, Luke 23:46; a body, Matth. XXVI. 26, Col. 1:22; indeed, also the essential parts of a body — flesh, Luke 24:39; blood, Matth. XXVI. 28; bones, John 19:33; hands, feet, eyes, head, face, ears, mouth, breast, loins. (3) With respect to the dispositions — (a) of the soul: understanding, to which are everywhere ascribed knowledge and ignorance, Isa. 7:15, Luke 2:40, Mark 13:32; will, Matth. XXVI. 39, to which are ascribed virtues, Isa. 11:1, Matth. XI. 47; and passions — love, hatred, desire, longing, avoidance, gladness, sorrow, anger, fear, etc., which are commonly ascribed to Him. (b) Of the body: locality, visibility, finiteness, Luke 2:7, Mark 16:16; palpability, Luke 24:39. (c) Of body and soul together: weaknesses common to the human kind — thirsting, hungering, being wearied, suffering, dying, etc., Heb. 4:15. (4) With respect to workings: willing, not willing, speaking, preaching, eating, drinking, etc. — as we have already, above, touched upon with the finger in the Doctrinal Part, §VI. Nor does it conflict with all this, that (1) He is said to have come down and descended from heaven, John 3:13, 1 Cor. XV. 47, John 6:50 — for this must be understood of the divine nature, which, when it was manifested in the flesh, 1 Tim. 3:16, is said to have descended; compare Gen. 18:21. (2) That the human nature has no subsistence — since that is properly required, not in the nature, but, of necessity, in the Person.
XIX. One asks, secondly, whether the assuming Word assumed not only the human nature, but also a human Person? Or, whether the nature which the Word assumed was bereft of a subsistence or personality? The latter (1) the Nestorians denied, admitting two Persons in the Mediator, even separately so. (II) The Lutherans hold that a proper subsistence is indeed denied of Him, but grant that the divine subsistence, through the personal union, has been communicated to it. (III) The Orthodox maintain this firmly, by denying altogether all subsistence to the human nature. Meanwhile, they grant to it an existence — and indeed a substantial one, though not an incommunicable one, and thus not one subsisting of itself. The proofs of the Orthodox party we have adduced in the Doctrinal Part, §VI. Nor does the lack of a subsistence detract (1) from the truth of the human nature, nor (2) from its perfection — since, for the truth and perfection of a nature, there are not required those things which are proper to the Person.
Questions and Controversies concerning the Union of the Natures.
XX. Concerning the union itself of the natures, the following points are chiefly wont to be asked and disputed. First, whether there is a true personal union of the two natures in the one Mediator? All Antitrinitarians, Jews, Socinians, etc., stubbornly deny this union, and even mock somewhat at it. Christians hold it firmly, because it has already, long since, been proved and demonstrated above: (I) that the Mediator is, from eternity, God, and coessential with the Father; (II) that this same one is a true man, coessential with us; that He is, notwithstanding, (III) but one Person alone; and that this (IV), by virtue of the Mediatorial office, must necessarily be so — now follows, of itself, the union of the two natures; especially since Scripture teaches this with such abundant testimonies, and so clearly, everywhere — for example, John 1:14, Rom. 1:3, Col. 2:9, 1 Tim. III. 16, Heb. 2:14, 16, 1 John 4:2 — just as the Fathers press the necessity of it so steadfastly and constantly, and with so great a zeal (see Gerhard, Exeges., Loc. IV, §35) that Hilary (De Trinit., Lib. IX) testifies: "It is, in Christ, a matter of one and the same peril, whether one deny His Godhead, or the flesh of our body; the one, without the other, gives no hope of salvation. He knows not, he knows nothing at all of his life, who knows not Christ as the true God, and equally as a true man." If, then, they should object: (1) "He is a man, and therefore He is not God" — which the Jews objected against Christ, John 10:39 — we shall answer that this does not follow, since Scripture ascribes both to Christ. (2) That there would be in Christ two contrary natures. Answer: not contrary, but only distinct and different. (3) That Christ's humanity would be a monster, having no personality. Answer: we deny that, because a personality is not required for a nature. (4) That God cannot suffer, nor die. Answer: with respect to His Godhead, He cannot; but in His humanity He certainly can. (5) That there would have occurred, in God, an essential change. Answer: by no means, since only a personal relation has accrued. (6) That there would then be, in but one Person, two Sons. Answer: only a double Sonship, with respect to His Father and to His Mother, such as is ever observed and noted also in us. (7) That, if it were true, Matthew and Luke would have expounded and explained it. Answer: they have indeed truly expounded and explained it, though not so fully, nor expressly, as John and the other writers driven by God's Spirit; and this happened for a particular reason, in that they had chiefly proposed to relate and explain the history of the humanity.
XXI. One asks, secondly, whether the formal element of the union consists in this, that the personality of the Word became the personality of the flesh? The Lutherans say, yes (John Gerhard, Exeg., Loc. IV, §115). We, with Scripture, deny it. The root error and fundamental falsehood of the Lutheran opinion is, in order the more easily to maintain the communication of properties between the natures, through a certain περιχώρησις, interpenetration — and that Christ is thereby everywhere present, and thus also, bodily, in the Holy Supper. The controversy consists in two things, namely: whether this communication of the divine personality is the very essence and form [of the union]? or at least a consequence of the union? The Reformed deny both — because (1) to the human nature no personality can belong, whether proper or communicated, for it would thereby become a Person. (II) Because the divine subsistence (personality) is the divine Essence itself. (III) Because, if the divine subsistence were communicated, by a certain περιχώρησις, to the human nature, then the human nature would become a divine Person — for that to which a divine personality belongs is a divine Person. (IV) Because Scripture nowhere represents that union by such a communication, but by λαβών, Phil. 2:7, and ἐπίληψιν — two words, both of which signify a taking, or assuming, and by which is signified that unspeakable relation of the human nature to the divine Person, whereby it is not only inseparably joined with it, but also [it is signified] not by a mere upholding and sustaining of the general Providence, but by a personal one, whereby the one comes into the constitution of the one Person of the God-man. Which John Gerhard, with the straining of all his powers, brings forward from §115 to §121, without adducing even a single proof for it, other than that which it presupposes, but does not prove — namely, that the union cannot be personal unless the personality or subsistence of the Word is communicated to the flesh; since it can well enough be personal, by that relation of the human nature to and upon the divine Person, whereby the one, together with the other, makes up one Person. Whence Scripture, in treating of this union, teaches such things as do not indicate any communication, or περιχώρησις, to the human nature, but only an assumption, and a manifestation of Himself in the flesh. And if you (2) should wish thus to argue by dilemma — the human nature has had either a proper subsistence of its own (which is Nestorian), or it had none at all, and so would not have existed, or it had the subsistence of the Word — then I shall choose the second; yet without saying that it did not exist, but only that it did not subsist of itself, which two things differ immeasurably from one another. And if (3) anything, with some semblance [of proof], could be urged for this communication, it would be the passage from Col. 2:9: "For in Him dwells all the fullness of the Godhead bodily" — according to which, in their view, the Godhead dwells in the human nature. But if you take good heed, you will note (a) that here no mention at all is made of a personality or subsistence, but of the Godhead; (b) that the Godhead is not said to dwell in the human nature, but in the whole Person, ἐν αὐτῷ, "in Him"; and indeed (c) σωματικῶς, bodily, that is, with the flesh — so that the sense is, that, in the one Person of the Mediator, the Godhead and the flesh, or the human nature, as it were, dwell together.
Questions and Controversies concerning the Consequences of the Union.
XXII. From the supposed communicated subsistence of the Word to the human nature there springs up for the Lutherans a whole array of misguided suppositions, in the order and relation of the consequences of this union — for since, even according to their own suppositions, the subsistence of the Word does not really differ from the divine Essence, it follows that, the subsistence having been communicated, the divine Essence has also been communicated; and since the Essence does not really differ from its Properties, it follows likewise that, the subsistence having been communicated, the Properties of the divine Essence have also been communicated to the human nature, and even, on that very account, infinite gifts as well. These matters must, therefore, be recalled and gone over a little more distinctly.
One asks, then:
XXIII. First, whether, by the personal union, the divine nature has been communicated to the human nature? The Lutherans — in order more easily to maintain that the properties of the divine nature, and among them Omnipresence, have been communicated to the human nature (by which Omnipresence Christ's flesh is present in the Holy Supper, and at the sacramental signs, to all who partake) — hold that the divine nature, by the personal union, has been communicated to the human nature; which is one and the same thing as [saying that] its properties — Omnipresence, Omnipotence, life-giving power — [have been communicated]. The Reformed, as they acknowledge that, through that union, the two natures have come together into its one Person, so that in the one Person there is a twofold nature, a divine and a human, so they deny that the natures have been mutually communicated to one another. Because (1) Holy Scripture has not so much as one syllable of any such communication, but speaks constantly, in the concrete, of the Person — Phil. 2:6, 7: "Who, being in the form of God... emptied Himself, having taken the form of a servant," etc.; Heb. 2:14: "So He also, likewise, μετέσχε, became partaker of the same"... and v. 16: "For verily He does not take hold of the Angels; but He takes hold of the seed of Abraham," etc. Nor is any contrary example found in Scripture. (II) Because the opinion of the Lutherans involves an open confusion and mingling of the natures, and thus Eutychianism. For, if (III) the divine nature had been communicated to the human nature, then the human nature would have become a divine nature — for that which has a divine nature is a divine nature — and thus the human nature would cease to be, and there would follow an open confusion and mingling. (IV) Because, if, by the personal union, the divine nature had been communicated to the human nature, then, by that same union, the human nature would have been communicated to the divine nature, and thus the divine nature would have become a human nature. And consequently, (V) just as, with the communicated divine nature, divine properties would be communicated, so also, conversely, to the divine nature would have been communicated the properties of the human nature; and thereby the divine nature would have become visible, tangible, passible, mortal, not eternal. Let us add (VI): if the divine nature had been communicated to the human nature, then the whole Trinity would have become flesh, because the divine nature is common to the three Persons. And also (VII), if the divine nature had been communicated to the human nature, then the human nature would have been Omnipotence itself, because the divine Nature is Omnipotence itself. Nor do I see what the parties can allege for themselves, except: (1) that, by that union, there has been communicated to the human nature the subsistence of the divine Person, which would thereby have become ἐνυπόστατος, self-subsisting — since the divine subsistence is one and the same with its nature. Answer: We have already, above, expressly and at large, denied that the divine subsistence has been communicated to the human nature. (2) That it is said, Col. 2:9, that all the fullness of the Godhead dwells bodily in Christ. We have already, above, answered that all the fullness of the Godhead dwells in Christ the God-man, but not in the human nature. (3) That God is said to have been manifested in the flesh, 1 Tim. 3:16. Answer: the Godhead is not said to have been communicated to the flesh, but that, in the flesh, by reason of the personal union in one Person, the invisible God has, as it were, become visible and manifest — namely, by ἐμπεριχώρησιν, the mutual indwelling of one another, of which the Savior speaks, John 14:9, 10. (4) That, meanwhile, by that union, there has been made and has come to be a certain fellowship of natures. Answer: certainly, in the Person; but by no means in the human nature. Yet further, (5) that believers are said to be made partakers of the divine nature, 2 Pet. 1:4 — how much more, then, the human nature of Christ! Answer: (a) if the consequence held, then all believers would be, just as much and in the same way, God, as Christ is. But (b) there is understood, not one and the same nature which belongs to God, but a certain likeness — namely, with respect to the divine holiness.
XXIV. One asks, secondly, whether, from the union of the two natures in one Person, there rightly follows the communication of properties in the natures — so that the divine properties, namely Omniscience, Omnipotence, Omnipresence, life-giving power, etc., have been communicated to the human nature? The Lutherans would, from the communication of nature treated of in the preceding controversy (were it not false), rightly be entitled to assert the affirmative proposition. The Reformed indeed grant a fellowship of properties in the Person, but deny a communication between the nature and the properties — because (1) if the divine properties were communicated, then the divine nature itself would also have been communicated, which we have refuted in the preceding disputation. (II) If, by this union, divine properties had been communicated to the human nature, then, by that same union, there would also have been communicated to the divine nature the properties of the human nature — compositeness, finiteness, locality, etc. (III) If some properties — Omnipresence, Omnipotence, etc. — had been communicated, then all of them would indeed have been communicated, and thus the human nature would have existed from eternity; it would have been most simple, unchangeable, impassible, etc. — since the divine properties are inseparable, as all expressing, by inadequate concepts, one and the same undivided Essence of God. Let us add (IV), that Scripture makes absolutely no mention of any such communication. Nor is there almost anything that can be alleged for the contrary, except: (1) the subsistence of the Word, communicated to the human nature, and, together with it, the divine Essence, which includes and contains within itself the divine properties — which, however, we have already refuted, above, at large. (2) Certain likenesses — for example, that the life of the soul is communicated to the body. Answer: (a) the soul does not communicate its life to the body, but causes life in the body; and (b) even if it did communicate it, it would still not follow (c) that Omnipresence, Omniscience, Omnipotence, etc., should be ascribed, in Holy Scripture, to the human nature — for that we have, when treating of each of these properties in particular, in Book II, denied and refuted. They add (3) that Christ's flesh, that is, His human nature, is said to be life-giving, John 6:54, 55, which is, without doubt, among the properties of the divine nature. Answer: (a) it is likewise said, v. 63, that the flesh profits nothing — that is, that His words are not to be understood fleshly, or in a literal sense, since "it is the Spirit that gives life" — but rather spiritually, or figuratively, of the spiritual fellowship which men have with one another through faith, whereby He becomes their life, Col. 3:4, Gal. 2:20, John 14:6. Then (b) Christ speaks of His whole Person, v. 33, "the bread of God is He who comes down from heaven"; thus v. 35, "I am the bread of life; he who comes to me shall never hunger, and he who believes in me shall never thirst." They further bring forward (4) that "the Father has given Him to have life in Himself," John 5:26 — a thing which without doubt belongs among the divine properties, and which must of necessity be referred to the human nature, since to the divine nature nothing can be given. Answer: this must, altogether and absolutely, be referred to the divine Person, to whom the Father has given the independent life — not by the grace of the union, but by the eternal generation, whereby, together with the Essence, there has been communicated to the second Person of the Trinity an independent life. Yet they do not stop there, but add (5) that Christ, John 17:5, prays that that glory might be communicated to Him which He had with the Father before the world was — which is, without doubt, the divine glory; and since nothing can be communicated to the divine nature, it must have been communicated to Him according to His human nature. Answer: (a) He prays for a certain manifestation of Himself, which He had not yet had through the personal union, of the kind the Lutherans nevertheless intend. Also, He prays (b) not that some glory be given or communicated to the human nature, but He prays to be glorified — "glorify me," that is, that the glory of the divine nature, which until now had been hidden by the assumed form of a servant, might be manifested, so far as it might be acknowledged by men. They plead (6) that the Father has given to the Son the power to hold judgment, ὅτι, because He is the Son of man — that is, so far as He is the Son of man. Answer: the text means nothing else than that the Father has given to the Son, as Mediator, the power to hold judgment, because He alone, among the divine Persons, is the Son of man, who, by His human nature, is fit to pronounce the judicial sentence with a living voice. Finally they add (7) that God has given to the human nature to sit at His right hand, Mark 16:19, Matth. XXVI. 64 — which glory, they say, is indeed truly a divine glory. Answer: (a) it is denied that to sit at God's right hand is a divine glory — for thus both the Father and the Holy Spirit would be bereft of that divine glory, and, by that same reasoning, not at God's right hand, since it is not ascribed to them that they sit at the right hand of God; but (b) there is understood the Mediatorial dignity, which He, by virtue of the eternal covenant, has merited for Himself, by His own self-humiliation, Heb. 1:3, compared with Phil. 2:7-10. If they now object anything further, it is so weak and powerless that it refutes itself.
XXV. One asks, thirdly, whether the Mediator, on account of the personal union, has received infinite gifts, or at least such as afterward could receive no further degrees? The Lutherans — in order more forcefully to maintain that divine properties have been communicated to the human nature, confusing and mingling, very wrongly, the gifts with the divine properties, in order thereby the more forcefully to establish that, since divine properties cannot fall upon a nature, infinite gifts have been communicated to the human nature — hold that infinite gifts have been communicated to Him, according to His human nature. The Scholastics, with those of their following, indeed judge them to be finite; but nevertheless, even from the first moment of the conception onward, such that absolutely nothing could afterward be added to them. Nor are there lacking, among them, those who distinguish the gifts with respect to habit, and with respect to acts — so that they, with respect to habit, were, even from the first moment of the conception, perfect and complete, but with respect to acts, had increased and grown. The Reformed carefully distinguish the gifts from the divine properties, as products from their causes; and they indeed grant that to the Mediator Christ, according to His human nature, such and so great gifts have been communicated as can fall within a finite nature — yet neither simply infinite, nor all at once and together, but such as had, in the course of time, to progress by degrees to their highest pitch; and thus Scripture holds that He was full of grace from the womb, yet that those gifts increased and grew with His years — which appears (1) from express testimonies of Scripture, Luke 2:40, 52, Mark 13:32; (II) from the more abundant outpouring of the Holy Spirit, which took place especially at and in His Baptism, of which a symbolic token was the descending of a dove upon Him, Matth. III. 16, 17, John 1:32, compared with Isa. 11:1, 2; (III) because He has been like us in all things, sin only excepted, Heb. 2:17 and IV. 15. Nor does it help the parties, that God is said not to have given Him the Spirit by measure, John 3:34 — for even this does not absolutely exclude every measure, but [only] that which He commonly measures out to creatures: compare Esth. 1:8. If they add, moreover, that all power has been given Him in heaven and on earth, Matth. XXVIII. 18, then it will readily be granted that not absolutely and simply all things are thereby meant, but all such things as are required for the government and ruling of the Church — as is plain from the verse immediately following.
XXVI. One asks, fourthly, whether, by virtue of this union, everywhere that ὁ Λόγος, the substantial Word, is, there also is the flesh? The Reformed deny this, because (1) Scripture clearly and expressly denies it, John 11:15, 32, Luke 2:12, 42, Mark 16:6, John 14:28 and XVII. 11, Heb. 8:4, etc. (II) Because the Articles of our Faith cry out against it in many ways. For (1) thus He would, with respect to the human nature, not be like us in all things. (2) Thus He could not have been born, and have come forth from His mother's womb. (3) Thus He could not have died, by way of a separation of the body from the soul. (4) [Thus He could] not have risen again. And (5) thus He could not come again to judgment. For all these things presuppose a definite presence of Christ's flesh to but one place. I shall add (III), that, by that manifest and equal co-existence of the flesh with the Word, the flesh would become God. The Lutherans, for the sake of the oral eating in the Holy Supper, contrive: (a) that this personal union — which, as they are fond of saying, involves a most profound interpenetration of the two natures, their mutual indwelling, their permeating and passing through one another, their all-encompassing presence, the most present presence of the natures, and a communication of the natures — whereby the natures, as it were, mutually pervade and pass through one another, so that within the flesh is the Word, and within the Word is the flesh, and remains so; and that thus neither is the Word outside the flesh, nor the flesh outside the Word, but that everywhere the Word is, there it also has the flesh most present with itself. But such a presence we have already, above, refuted at large. (b) By the same union they suppose that the Omnipresence of the Word has been communicated to the flesh — which communication of properties we have also refuted at large, §XXII. They add (c) certain testimonies of Scripture, Eph. 4:10 and I. 23, Matth. XVIII. 20 and XXVIII. 20 — which, however, do not speak of the presence of the human nature, but of the whole Person; or also of a presence, not of nature, but of grace, 2 Cor. 13:13. Finally, they urge (d) that, without this manifest and equal co-existence of the Word and the flesh, the union would be taken away, and the natures separated. Answer: This is far too crude — since the flesh is nowhere without the Word standing by with it, and remaining personally united with it; although the Word is and exists where the flesh does not co-exist with it. Just as the union between the soul and the head is not taken away because the head is not everywhere that the soul is — as, for example, the soul is in the feet, where the head is not.
XXVII. Finally, fifthly, whether the union of the different natures does not bring with it, and signify, some compositeness in the Mediator? Answer: That in the Person of the flesh-assuming Word there occurs no compositeness, we have already taught above; and that no compositeness occurs, either, in the Person of the Mediator, most divines hold — because God cannot enter into a composition with the creature, since the whole is always and necessarily more perfect than any one part of it, coming together in the whole with the perfection of both parts — which is indeed, in truth, wholly correct as regards every ordinary composition of creatures, in which the one part includes the perfection of the other part neither formally, nor by way of eminence. Yet, if one asks concerning an extraordinary composition, in which the one part does indeed include the perfection of the other part — not formally, but nonetheless by way of eminence — then I do not see, on what ground it must be denied, either that God can enter into such a composition with the creature, or that the Word could not have concurred with the flesh unto the composition of the one Mediator, God-man. For in this way, the God-man will signify nothing more perfect than the Word in the abstract — since all the perfection of the flesh is, by way of eminence, in the Word. Otherwise: if you grasp God together, at once, with the creatures, you will nevertheless grasp something more perfect than if you grasp God alone — because God includes within Himself, by way of eminence, the perfection of all creatures. And truly, I cannot see how any true union of various and different things — much less such a one as is noted and observed in this personal union of the two natures — could take place without any composition whatever, whether an ordinary one, or such an extraordinary one as we have now already set forth and represented.
The Practical Part.
Meditation concerning the Divine and Human Nature.
XXVIII. The Meditation of this Chapter looks, first, to the flesh-assuming divine Person, which we have already, above, dealt with, Book II, Chapter XXVI, and which must from there be carried over and transferred to this place. Secondly, it looks to the assumed human nature, whereby there is displayed and set before us, in the first place, the unspeakable love of mankind — both of the Father, who, through the becoming-man, not only gave His Son, His own and only-begotten Son, to men, John 3:16, Isa. 9:6, but also made Him like men, indeed even united Him with men — and this not to the end that He should rule over men, but that He should become a Child, Isa. 9:6, indeed a Servant, Phil. 2:7, indeed even a worm, Ps. 22:6; and that not only so, but also subjecting Him to the Law, and to weaknesses, sicknesses of every kind, Gal. 4:4, Heb. 4:15, Isa. 53:2-6; and of the Son, whereby He took so great a delight in the fellowship and company of men, Prov. 8:31, that He was willing not only to become like men, Phil. 2:7, Heb. 2:17, but also to become a man — man's near kinsman (παραπλήσιος), indeed man's Goel, blood-kinsman, Redeemer, and then also man's brother, Heb. 2:12, and even one with men, ibid. v. 11 — the same flesh with them, the same blood: namely, just as the children are partakers of flesh and blood, so He too, likewise, became partaker of the same, Heb. 2:16. And this not for Himself, not to serve Himself and His own advantage and comfort, but for men — to serve, and to give His soul a ransom for men, Matth. XX. 28. This unspeakable love of mankind, of the Father and of the Son, is displayed and set before us in the Son's becoming man, to this end: (I) to move us to a reciprocal, answering love toward God, and toward Christ, whereby we, for our part, may be φιλόθεοι καὶ φιλόχριστοι, lovers of God and lovers of Christ, just as they are φιλάνθρωποι, lovers of mankind, Tit. III. 4, with 2 Tim. [ ], Eph. 5:1, 2. (II) To strive and endeavor, on our part, more and more to become like them — just as He, through the incarnation, was willing to become like us, Heb. 2:17, even to the form of a servant, Phil. 2:7, with v. 5, Eph. 5:1, 1 Cor. XI. Yea, (III) to labor and strive that we may be united with Him through faith and spirit, just as He was willing to be united with us through flesh and blood, Heb. 2:14, with v. 11.
XXIX. Secondly, this same human nature sets before us the deep descent, coming-down and self-abasement of the Mediator — whereby He, who was the Son of God, God's own Son, Rom. 8:32, His only-begotten Son, John 3:16, in the form of God, equal with God, Phil. 2:6, indeed God Himself, to be praised above all forever, Rom. 9:5, the brightness of God's glory, and the express image of His own substance, Heb. 1:3, was willing (1) to assume the human nature — not that of the Angels, though infinitely more excellent than ours, Heb. 2:16. And that (II) not perfect and complete, as it was in the state of uprightness, but despised and cast away, as it had become through sin — bearing the form of a servant, Phil. 2:7, in which there appeared no form nor comeliness, that one should desire Him, Isa. 53:2. Indeed (III), in that nature, and in so contemptible a form of that nature — holy, harmless, undefiled, separate from sinners, and made higher than the heavens, Heb. 7:26 — He was willing to be united with us sinners, Heb. 2:11, whereas otherwise sins make a separation between God and sinners, Isa. 59:2 and I. 15. And what is more still, (IV) not only our nature, and the natural qualities of the nature, but also its weaknesses, and, moreover, every weakness, however slight and contemptible — provided only they were not shameful and sinful, Heb. 4:15 — to such a degree, that He became not only just as lowly and contemptible as we, but even more lowly and more contemptible than we, who are in deed and in truth sinners, Ps. 22:6, 7, 8. And this (V) not for Himself, Matth. XX. 28, but for us — that He might become our Brother, as if there lay in this so great an excellency, indeed so great a glory, to be the brother of a most lowly and despised man — a thing which the Apostle sets forth with such emphasis, Heb. 2:11, for which reason He is not ashamed to call them brothers. And to what end, indeed, is this so lowly a descent, humbling, self-emptying? — but that we (1) might know and acknowledge His unspeakable love of mankind, which we have set forth in the preceding paragraph. (2) That we, in turn, on our part, for His sake, might not shrink from or turn aside from any humbling, self-emptying, disgrace, contempt, or the like — however great it may be, 2 Cor. 11:23-30. (3) That we might, in particular and by name, not be ashamed of the Gospel, Rom. 1:16, and of the free confession of Christ's name, Mark 8:38, Luke 9:26; compare 2 Tim. 1:8, 12, 16 — however much it be accompanied with all manner of disgrace and contempt.
XXX. On the contrary, thirdly, in this descending of the Mediator to us there appears our ascending; in His humbling, our exaltation, 2 Cor. 8:9 — inasmuch as we are, through it, now the near kinsmen of the Son of God, His blood-relations, Heb. 2:14, 15, of His flesh and of His blood, Eph. 5:30, His brothers, Heb. 2:11, His children, Heb. 2:13, one with Him, ibid. v. 11. Is not, in all this, the very greatest elevation and exaltation of us? Compare 1 Sam. 18:23, 26, 27 — upon which there shall follow, at its own time, a still greater one, when He shall transform our body of humiliation, that it may be conformed to His glorious body, Phil. 3:21. So that herein, for all Christians, however otherwise so lowly, there is matter for the very greatest glorying, Phil. 3:3, compared with James 1:9.
XXXI. Moreover, fourthly, in this same assuming of our nature, and in His love of mankind and His descent to us, there also appears a more-than-brotherly care of Him for His own — which He (I), as their nearest kinsman, blood-relation, brother, bridegroom, flesh of their flesh and blood of their blood, bears toward and for them, Eph. 5:29, compare Gen. 2:23, Isa. 58:7, Gen. 29:14 and XXXVII. 27 — more tenderly, indeed, than Joseph toward his brothers, who had once also been so hostile to him, Gen. XLII and following, Matth. XXV. 40, X. 40, and XVIII. 5, Mark 9:37. Which He has also (II) shown the more plainly, in that He assumed that nature expressly to this end — that He might become a merciful and faithful High Priest, Heb. 2:17, able to have compassion with our weaknesses, as one who, in all things, just as we are, has been tempted, yet without sin. And also (III) to this end — that, through death, He might bring to nothing him who had the power of death, that is, the Devil, and might deliver all those who, through fear of death, were all their lifetime subject to bondage, Heb. 2:14, 15. How great a comfort is hereby furnished to all believers! (1) In the case of a lowly and despised birth and descent — that they are, notwithstanding, the near kinsmen, the blood-relations, the sweetest of all brothers, the brides of the Son of God; and that the Son of God Himself assumed the human nature from a lowly and despised Virgin, Luke 1:48, and assumed it to this end — to raise up and exalt ours. (2) In the case of poverty — since the Son of God also became poor, and indeed to this end, that He might make us rich, 2 Cor. 8:9. (3) In the case of weaknesses and sicknesses — since the Son of God also assumed a nature which was subject to our weaknesses and sicknesses, Isa. 53:3, 4, 10, in order to heal our weaknesses and sicknesses, Matth. IV. 23. (4) In the case of Satan's temptations — since the Son of God also, in our nature, was in all things tempted just as we are, and indeed to this end, that He might be able to have compassion with us, Heb. 4:15. (5) In the case of death, or the fear of death — since the Son of God, to this end, became partaker of our flesh and blood, that through His death He might bring to nothing him who had the power of death, Heb. 2:14. (6) In the case of the last judgment — since we look for Him as our Judge who is our near kinsman, our blood-relation, flesh of our flesh, blood of our blood, likewise our brother, and bridegroom, who is one with us.
XXXII. Fifthly, this also gives occasion and opportunity for a rightful concern: (1) since the Mediator has assumed not only our nature, but the human nature common to all — from which nevertheless there arises, for many, not even a title of advantage or comfort — that the same might not befall us also; indeed (II) that it might not turn to our disadvantage and ruin, while that nature which Christ has assumed is by us defiled, 1 Cor. 6:15. There is, therefore, reason that we diligently inquire whether that Child is indeed also given for us, Isa. 9:6, Luke 2:11, and whether the benefits of the incarnation, which have thus far been mentioned, reach also to us in particular. But from what, indeed, shall this at last become certainly manifest and evident to us? From this: not only, (1) if, through the assumption of our flesh, we have become His, John 1:11, but also He has become ours, Song 2:16. (2) If, just as He, through the assuming of human nature, has become with us one flesh and blood, we, for our part, through the enjoyment of Him — which comes about through faith, John 1:12 — have become with Him one spirit, 1 Cor. 6:17, Rom. 8:9, 11. (3) If, just as He, through the assuming of our flesh, has become, in all things, like us, sin only excepted, Heb. 2:17, so also we, on our part, strive and endeavor to become more and more like Him with respect to our conduct, Phil. 2:5, Eph. 5:1, 1 Cor. XI. 1, Matth. XI. 28. (4) If, just as He was willing to become partaker of our human nature, Heb. 2:14, so also we, on our part, strive and endeavor to become partakers of His divine nature, 2 Pet. 1:4. (5) If, just as He, kindled with pure and sincere love, assumed our nature, Prov. 8:31, so also we, out of love, desire His nature, and do all that we do, for Him, 2 Cor. 5:14.
XXXIII. Meanwhile, sixthly, there is here something against which we must diligently guard ourselves. Namely, (I) that we do not neglect, do not despise, the Son of God, who comes to us through the assuming of our nature, John 1:11, Rev. 3:20. Then (II) that we do not rest content merely in His assuming of our human nature, seeing that He has also assumed the nature of the reprobate, in so far as that too is a human nature — for thus His flesh will not profit us, John 6:63. Further, (III) that in the union of Christ with our nature, and in the assuming of His flesh, or of His human nature — which comes about through a bodily, mouth-borne eating together — we do not seek our salvation with the transubstantiating Papists, and with the consubstantiating Lutherans; for thus, according to the pronouncement of the incarnate Christ Himself, His flesh will not profit us, John 6:63. And that we may more carefully avoid these abuses, it will be useful to consider: (1) that the abuse of the very best thing is always the very worst, Luke XII. [ ], Rom. 9:32, 33, 2 Cor. II. 15, 16. And (2) that He who, for those who make right use of His incarnation, has come unto salvation, Zech. 9:9, Luke 2:11, shall, for the abusers of it, come one day unto a wholly terrible judgment, 2 Thess. 1:7, 8.
XXXIV. Finally, seventhly, the union of the Mediator with our human nature kindles us most powerfully: (I) in general, to the practice of holiness, as the Apostle presses and impresses, Heb. 2:11: "For both He who sanctifies, and they who are sanctified, are all of one; for which cause He is not ashamed to call them brothers." In particular (II), to the practice of purity — namely, that we do not make the members of Christ members of a harlot, 1 Cor. 6:15, and that we do not defile with any fleshly uncleanness that body which shall one day be changed and made conformable to His glorious body, Phil. 3:21, 2 Cor. VII. 1, 1 John 3:3. Further (III), that we too, after the example of Christ's love of mankind, Prov. 8:31, by which alone He was willing to become man, apply ourselves to the love of Christ's members, Eph. 5:1, and do not hide ourselves from our own flesh, Isa. 58:7. Moreover (IV), that, after the example of Christ's humbling, whereby He emptied Himself, Phil. 2:7, even to the form of a servant, we too should show forth humility and meekness, that the same mind which was in Christ might also be found to be in us, ibid. v. 3, 4, 5, Matth. XI. 29. Finally (V), that, after the example of Christ's beneficence — whereby He assumed the human nature and human weaknesses, not for Himself, but for us — every one of us likewise should look not only on his own things, but also on the things of others, that the same mind which was in Christ Jesus might also be, and flourish, in us, Phil. 2:4, 5.
Meditation concerning the Union of the Two Natures.
XXXV. This has been the Meditation of the united natures; there follows now the Meditation on the union itself. In this meditation there comes, first, matter for wonder: for it is called (I) by the Apostle a mystery of godliness, τῆς εὐσεβείας — of the Christian religion; a great mystery, and, beyond all doubt, greatly manifested: "God was manifest in the flesh." (II) It is called a preaching of Jesus Christ, according to the revelation of the mystery which was kept secret since the world began, Rom. 16:25; compare Col. 1:26, Eph. 3:4. (III) The born Child and the given Son has, for His first name, that of Wonderful, Isa. 9:6. Concerning this union also, (IV), Moses marveled at the burning, yet unconsumed, Bush, in which was the Angel Jehovah (the Angel of His presence, Isa. 63:9; the Angel of the Covenant, Mal. 3:1), prefigured, Exod. 3:2, 3: "I will now turn aside, and see this great sight." And if you (V) mark the union itself, is it not a thing to be amazed at, that God should become man; that He who has been from eternity should become one in time; that He who is almighty should be made subject to human weaknesses; that He who fills heaven and earth should be enclosed in a Virgin's womb; that He who has had neither Father nor Mother, nor any reckoning of descent, should nevertheless acknowledge both a Father and a Mother, and a reckoning of descent, etc.? So that Augustine (Serm. XII, de Tempore) not without cause cries out: "O wonders! O astonishing works! God is born, a Virgin conceives without a Man!" And Bernard (Serm. in Vigil. Nativ. Dom.): "That almighty Majesty has wrought three works, three wonders, in the assuming of our flesh, so singularly marvelous, and so marvelously singular, that such things have never yet happened, nor shall ever happen again, upon the earth: for there are joined and united together, God and man; a Mother and a Virgin; faith and the human heart." And Damascene (De Orthodox. Fide, Lib. 3, Cap. 1) calls this mystery the newest of all things new under the sun.
Sum quod eram; nec eram quod sum; nunc dicor utrumque. That is: I am what I was; and I was not what I am; now I am called both.
And if you, further, (VI) consider the fountain and origin of this union, you will marvel at the meeting-together of mysteries: (1) of God's avenging Righteousness — according to which He, that He might not let sin pass by unpunished, cast down from the throne into this misery, as it were, not some most excellent man, not an Angel, not a friend, whoever he might be, but His Son, His own, His only-begotten, His most dear and most beloved Son — that He might make Him, who knew no sin, to be sin for sinners, 2 Cor. 5:21. (2) Then His Holiness and hatred against sin, whereby He now, who once struck down not the two sons of Aaron, Lev. 10:2, 3, 19, nor ten thousand Bethshemites, 1 Sam. VI, has thrust down from the throne His only-begotten Son, in order to punish Him for the sins of men. (3) Then His Wisdom, whereby He, through the union of Himself with human flesh, has found out and paved the way to bring His avenging Righteousness into agreement with the eternal salvation of the sinner, by the union of Himself with the sinner — whence the Savior is called the Wisdom of God, 1 Cor. 1:24. (4) Then His Power, whereby He has been able to unite the Godhead with mankind personally — beyond which nothing greater can either be conceived or exist. So that one may and can say of it that which stands written, Exod. 10:14: that the like of it had never before existed, and after this should never exist. In particular, (5) [we marvel at] His infinite Mercy toward the wretched, whereby He, through the incarnation, has given His only-begotten Son to the wretched, John 3:16 — so that the Apostle not without cause says thereupon, Rom. 5:8: "God commends His love toward us, in that Christ died for us, while we were yet sinners." Likewise 1 John 4:9. And if you godly ponder and weigh these things, what is the Mediator, but God's love become flesh — a Love born of a Virgin, a Love come down from heaven, and dwelling in a human flesh?
XXXVI. Secondly, matter of modesty, whereby we must suppress and restrain all fleshly curiosity in the searching-out of this mystery — such a curiosity as appears to have been found, and reproved, in Moses, when he was willing to draw nearer, in order to examine that marvelous sight of a bush, in which was the Angel Jehovah, burning well, yet not being consumed, Exod. 3:3, 4: "And when the LORD saw that he turned aside to see, God called to him out of the midst of the bush... Draw not near this place; put off your shoes from your feet," etc. The same, it seems, the Angel did with the blessed Virgin, who was perhaps too curious in...
...the searching out and investigation of that same mystery, Luke 1:34, How shall this be? — answering: The power of the Highest shall overshadow you; signifying that the Holy Spirit performed and hid this union, as it were, covertly and under a shadow, which it was therefore not fitting to search out with curiosity and to uncover. Which modesty the Majesty Himself likewise urges concerning this mystery — namely, since of old there is no example of this union to be found in the nature of things — so let us, being convinced and assured, through and upon the testimony of God Himself, of the infallible truth of this union, not be overly anxious concerning the way and manner of it.
XXXVII. Thirdly, it gives us an unshakable foundation of faith and trust in and upon the Mediator Jesus. (I) Because from it, it becomes infallibly evident to us that He is our Mediator; for He cannot be a Mediator who is not God and man in one Person; and since our Jesus is God and man, and since besides Him there is no one else who is such. (II) Because He is our all-sufficient Mediator, who can perfectly save all those who come to God through Him, Hebr. 7:25 — since as God He can save, and as man He is willing to have compassion on us. (III) Because He also wills to save us, since He was willing long beforehand to become like us for our sake — to become one flesh with us, our Brother, and our Bridegroom, etc. — and can do so, because He who became like us is also God. Because therefore (IV) in Him, as God and at once man, we have obtained everything which we desire and long for toward the warding off or driving away of every kind of misery, and toward the bestowal of every kind of blessing, for soul and for body.
XXXVIII. Fourthly, it gives cause and impetus to rest, in everything, upon Him alone: because He, through a union of the divine and human nature, has become for us the one Mediator, 1 Tim. 2:5, the one Lord, 1 Cor. 8:6, Eph. 4:5. Upon whom alone, therefore, we can set our trust, as the one who alone is the way, the truth, and our life, without whom none of us can come to the Father, John 14:6; in whom alone is all our salvation, Acts 4:12, Ps. 16:11 and 73:25 — so that we must pass by and renounce all other creatures, our own strength, merits, etc., Phil. 3:7,8,9.
XXXIX. Fifthly, it kindles in us the pursuit of unity and concord. For since we observe and note in God so great an ardor, inclination, and exercise of unity and oneness — that (I) not only have the Persons of the Holy Trinity, in one and the same Being, willed to be one, 1 John 5:7, but also that (II) those three Persons, each by His own peculiar personal working, have willed to bring about the union of the Divine Person with our human nature: in that, in this union of the incarnation, the Father gave the Son, Isa. 9:5, John 3:16, sent Him in the flesh, John 12:49 and 14:24; the Son came in the flesh, 1 John 4:2 and 5:20; the Holy Spirit, by overshadowing the blessed Virgin, prepared the flesh, united it with the soul, and united both of these with the Divine Person; and finally the whole indivisible Trinity prepared for Him a body, Hebr. 10:5, Ps. 40:7,8. Moreover (III) the Son of God for this purpose descended from heaven, 1 Cor. 15:47, John 6:41,50, in order to be united with the flesh, John 1:14, and to be manifested therein, 1 Tim. 3:16. And that (IV) for this purpose, that we, out of those two united natures, might have one Lord, 1 Cor. 8:6, Eph. 4:5. But also (V) for this purpose, that we might be united with Him, Hebr. 2:11, one body with Him, 1 Cor. 12:12, and might become one spirit with Him, 1 Cor. 6:17. All of which things (1) the Savior, having united Himself with us through the incarnation, urges, in order to bring about unity and concord among us, John 17:21: That they all may be one, as thou, Father, art in me, and I in thee, that they also may be one in us: that the world may believe that thou hast sent me. (2) The Apostle urges, Eph. 4:3-7: Endeavoring to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace. There is one body, and one Spirit, even as ye are called in one hope of your calling. One Lord, one God and Father of all, etc. (3) The matter itself urges it; for what could be conceived more absurd than that those who are united, in the same humanity, into the same mysterious body, by the same Spirit, should among themselves be so at odds, so divided, and so at variance?
XL. Finally, sixthly, the union of the two natures in the Mediator urges us to gratitude. Because through this incarnational union (I) the Father has so loved us that He gave us His only-begotten Son, John 3:16, Isa. 9:5, and with the Son all things, Rom. 8:32. Because (II) the Son came to us, and, by coming, was willing to become a Son of man, that He might make us children of God, Gal. 4:4, indeed firstborn, Hebr. 3:23[?], compared with Exod. 4:22,23. Whence Irenaeus (Book V) says: The Son of God, on account of His immeasurable love, became what we are, that He might make us to be what He is. He became a partaker of our nature, that we might become partakers of the divine nature, etc. Because (III) that Son of God was willing to unite Himself, not only with our nature, but also with our weaknesses and natural imperfections, that He might bear and take away our weaknesses, Hebr. 4:15, compared with Isa. 53:4, and set His own perfections in their place, 1 Cor. 1:30, Col. 2:9,10. Let us therefore, with this our gratitude, (1) embrace God, who out of a pure love has given us His Son, with a reciprocating love, Ps. 18:2, whereby we give ourselves wholly over to Him, 2 Cor. 8:5. (2) Let us receive the Son, descending and coming to us through this union, with a living faith, John 1:11,12; let us come in turn, from our side, to Him, Isa. 55:1, Matt. 11:28; let us kiss the Son, Ps. 2:12. And just as He, by coming, was willing to be united with us in our flesh, let us also be united with Him in the Spirit, 1 Cor. 6:16,17, Eph. 4:4,5 — so that it becomes a mutual union, as is wont to be the case in a marriage, John 15:5, Song 2:16. Moreover (3), let us hold every kind of sin in abhorrence, as being that which is able to tear away from Him those who are united with God, Isa. 59:2, and on account of which the Father cut off His own Son, as it were, from Himself, and cast Him out into our so wretched nature, Rom. 8:32 — and whereby we, at the same time, so far as lies in us, bring dishonor and reproach upon, and as it were defile and befoul, the human nature of the Son of God with which He has united Himself, 1 Cor. 6:15,16, compare Hebr. 6:6 and 10:29. Finally, (4) since the Son of God has taken such delight in being with us and conversing with us, Prov. 8:31, compare John 17:24, that He was willing to be united with our nature, Hebr. 2:11,14 — let us in turn, from our side, take delight in being with Him, and in conversing and associating with Him, Phil. 1:23, Matt. 18:20, compare Luke 2:49, and in cleaving to Him, that we may become one spirit with Him, 1 Cor. 6:16,17. The like of which, God willing, will come up in the chapter on the Incarnation of the Mediator.
Chapter V: Of the Threefold Office of the Mediator
On Hebrews 3:1
Wherefore, holy brethren, partakers of the heavenly calling, consider the Apostle and High Priest of our profession, Christ Jesus.
Transition to What Follows
I. We have considered and viewed the Mediator of the covenant of grace, both with respect to His names and with respect to His person; now He comes before us for consideration and contemplation with respect to His Mediatorial office, which He has carried out and accomplished by a threefold task and administration — prophetic, priestly, and kingly. Of which the Apostle mentions two in the text — not that he does not acknowledge the third (as the Socinians, being servants to their own presuppositions, would have it), which he elsewhere proclaims and extols, Hebr. 7:1,2 — but because mention of it did not seem to him to serve his present purpose so well.
The Explanatory Part
II. In the text is comprised a commendation of Christ as Prophet and High Priest, held forth to the Hebrews to this end, and given, that they should consider Him. In it we find:
1. The foundation of the commendation, wherefore, which relates to those things which he had said in the preceding chapters, in which he had urged and demonstrated the Mediator's divine and human nature — as that in which are comprised the requirements which were unavoidably necessary for the discharge of the Mediatorial office, to the consideration of which he now girded himself.
2. The persons to whom he commends Christ, whom he calls, first, Brethren — that is, Christians, who, just as they were called Disciples while their Master was still present among them, are now, since He has been taken from them by His Ascension, called Brethren in common, because they are now alike, and acknowledge the same Heavenly Father, both among themselves and together with their Master Christ, John 20:17, Hebr. 2:11 — so that they pursue one another mutually with a brotherly heart.
Second, Holy, ἁγίας, hagias. This is judged by some to be composed of the privative letter ἀ, a, and the word γῆ, gē, that is, earth — so that it should denote such as are without earth, that is, not earthly. Others derive it from ἄζω, I revere, I serve, hence venerable — and specifically one who, on account of his uprightness, completeness, and perfection, is venerable. By still others it is derived from ἄγω, ago, that is, I act, I am active — so that it denotes one who is active, doing, working, and inclined and given over to exercises of struggle — namely, with a change of the breathing, and with the addition of the letter iota. In a contrary sense it sometimes signifies one who is stained and unclean, whence the well-known phrase: Auri sacra fames, that is, unclean [or rather accursed] hunger for money, hunger for gold. Here it signifies one who has an aversion and abhorrence of uncleanness, and who is inclined toward purity and holiness. Thus now Christians were named, partly on account of a covenantal sanctification, according to which, for example, the whole Israelite people of old were called holy, and the small children of believers under the New Testament are called holy, 1 Cor. 7:14, and the adult called ones, saints, Rom. 1:7 — whom one might not unfittingly call ecclesiastically-holy, because they have been received into the communion of the church, and enjoy the privileges of the Church; partly, on account of a real sanctification, brought about by the sanctifying work of the Spirit — according to which must be reckoned, by a judgment of charity, all who are members of the Church, so long as they give no signs and evidence of their unholiness and godlessness, because they are partakers of the privileges of the Church.
Third, Partakers of the heavenly calling, κλήσεως ὑπερανίου μέτοχοι. Of the calling, κλήσεως — namely, not to any office or ministry whatsoever, whether civil or ecclesiastical, but to the communion of redemption and grace, of which the first step is the Calling. Heavenly or above-heavenly, ὑπερανίου — not a merely earthly or human calling, which comes about only through the outward proclamation of the Word, but also an inward calling, which comes about through the illumination and renewal of the Holy Spirit. This the Apostle calls a heavenly or above-heavenly calling: with respect (a) to its origin, for it comes about through the Holy Spirit, or through the Father who is in the heavens, Gal. 4:6[?], Phil. 3:14. (b) With respect to the means, by which we are called, which is spiritual and heavenly, namely, the word and the Spirit. (c) With respect to the end, which is heavenly glory — as the Apostle testifies, which, unlike the Law of Moses, does not lead us to the earthly possession of the land of Canaan, but to heavenly goods, to the inheritance of the heavenly Fatherland. This calling now he calls them partakers, μετόχους — sharers, co-sharers — to signify that they, together with him, and with all other true Christians, have become partakers of that calling, and consequently were of one and the same lot, state, and condition. He thus heaps up all these titles upon the Hebrews at once, not only in order to reveal to them his more-than-brotherly affection toward them, and to gain their reciprocal affection toward him, but also to distinguish the Hebrews from one another. For there were true Hebrews, hardened enemies of Christ and of Christianity; there were also those who had gone over to the profession of the Christian religion, but were as yet weak, who supposed that the Mosaic Law had to be joined together with the Christian religion, and were not a little offended by the fact that the Christians abolished the Ceremonial Law, given by God through Moses — with these the Apostle is concerned throughout this entire Epistle; there were finally Hebrews who professed Christianity fully and purely — and it is these whom he seems, by such honorable titles, to wish to distinguish from the former.
III. The substance and content of the commendation, or the commended duty, of which is noted:
1. The act, κατανοήσατε, consider. The word κατανοεῖν signifies not merely, simply, to grasp, understand, perceive, but to strain one's mind and understanding upon a matter with great earnestness and effort. It is generally joined with verbs signifying to see, Acts 11:6, James 1:23. Therefore κατανοήσατε here means: direct your mind diligently, strain your thoughts eagerly, behold and consider how great He is, and of what sort He is, who has abolished the Ceremonial Law — namely, God, that very same one who once gave it on Sinai; and also man — not a common man, but one united with God, greater and more excellent than Moses himself: it is not the Christians, being mere men, who have abolished it of their own accord. And there is therefore no reason why you should be so greatly disturbed and offended, that the Ceremonial Law, given by God through Moses, has been abolished. This, finally, is indeed the chief aim of the whole Epistle.
2. The object of that act, which he beholds under its two offices:
a. The Prophetic, when he calls Him ᾿Απόστολον, the Apostle. The word comes, according to some, from στόλος, stolos, which signifies a fleet of ships — thus Demosthenes, Harpocration, and others; better, it is derived by others from ἀποστέλλω, I send, I send forth, and thus signifies one openly sent out, an emissary, an envoy — whether civil, John 13:16, or ecclesiastical, as commonly in the New Testament. And specifically, commonly, an envoy, one sent out by Christ, 1 Cor. 15:7, Matt. 10:5,16, to proclaim the Gospel, and therefore the extraordinary Servants of the Church, the first and foremost, the forerunners; of which sort under the Old Testament were the Prophets — extraordinarily, Christ Himself, since He was sent out by the Father to proclaim the Gospel to men, and also to accomplish the work of Redemption, Matt. 21:37, John 3:17, 6:57, 7:29, and 9:7. Now He is thus named: both because He has been, among men, His Father's Envoy or Mediator, 1 Tim. 2:5, and because He has conducted Himself as the interpreter and spokesman of the same — whence He is also called Λόγος, the Word — who has revealed and made known to men the hidden will of the Father, John 1:18. So that by one and the same word, both His Mediatorial office in general, and His Prophetic ministry in particular, are signified.
b. The Priestly, when he calls Him ἀρχιερέα, a High Priest. Such a one was called, among the Romans, one who was set as a supreme authority over sacred things and over their overseers, and had charge of them. Among the Hebrews, כהן הגדול, the High Priest, to whom belonged all the ministries and duties of the common priests, but to whom also, moreover, it was in particular proper, once every year, to enter into the Holy of Holies, and to have charge, both over the worship of God, and over the priests. Of this Christ was the antitype — as much more excellent as the body is more excellent than the shadow. The Apostle adds, in a distinguishing way, our belydeniffe, that is, our profession — namely, in order to distinguish this our High Priest under the New Testament from the High Priest of the Old Testament, by the phrase τῆς ὁμολογίας ἡμῶν, of our profession. The word ὁμολογία, translated profession, is either of a civil, or of a covenant-making use, signifying a mutual promise, agreement, covenant — where the one who makes a demand, ἐπερωτᾷ, asks; and the one who promises, ὁμολογεῖ, assents — so that thus one comes to an agreement by words. In the divine matter, either man's misery, or God's righteousness, made the demand; the mercy of the Son of God promised the work of Redemption. Or the word is of an ecclesiastical use, and thus signifies, again, either (Professionem) a profession, an acknowledgment — namely, of the faith and of the religion which you profess with one mind together with us; or (Confessionem) a confession, an assent — namely, of the Apostle and High Priest, whom we with one heart and mouth profess and acknowledge.
b. Then His names, Jesus Christ, which have been dealt with expressly and at large in the third chapter of this book.
The Doctrinal Part
III. From which it is evident that the Mediator, God-man, administers and discharges the Mediatorial office in various ways — namely, as Prophet or Apostle, and as High Priest; to which we shall add, from other passages of Scripture (as is placed beyond all doubt by all who but accept the Holy Scriptures, even down to the Jews and Socinians), as King, Ps. 2:6, Zach. 9:9. For this reason He is variously named in the Holy Scriptures: (1) Prophet, Deut. 18:15, Acts 3:22, Isa. 61:1,2 compared with Luke 4:16-21. (2) Priest, Ps. 110:4, Hebr. 7:15,17,24,26, Zach. 6:12,13. (3) King, Rev. 17:14, John 18:33,36.
IV. The same is taught, (I) by the types of the Old Testament, which foreshadowed these three offices in the Mediator — namely, the Prophetic, which Moses in particular prefigured, Deut. 18:15-20, Acts 7:37; the Priestly, which the priests, the High Priest, and also Melchizedek prefigured, Hebr. 2:17, 5:4,5,6, and 7:1 to the end; the Kingly, which Melchizedek king of Salem, David, and Solomon prefigured, Hebr. 7:2, Jer. 23[:5,6], Isa. 9:6,7, Luke 1:32,33, Rev. 19:16. Moreover, that threefold ministry is required (II) by the threefold necessity of the sinner to be redeemed by the Mediator, by which the sinner is afflicted: (1) with a thick and gross ignorance, Eph. 4:17,18, 1 Cor. 2:8,9,14, Rev. 3:17; (2) with an utter estrangement from God and from all salvation — indeed with a bitter enmity against God, against His Law, and against everything that pertains to God, Eph. 2:12, Col. 1:21, Rom. 8:7; (3) with a complete inability to return to God, Rom. 5:6 and 8:3, Eph. 2:1,2,3. Ignorance calls for the Prophetic office; estrangement and enmity, the Priestly; inability, the Kingly. That same threefold office is also required (III) by the order of the salvation to be brought to the sinner — which (1) had to be revealed to the ignorant, (2) had to be procured and provided for and to the estranged, (3) had to be applied to the powerless. For if salvation were revealed, but not procured and brought about, it would be like a remedy which exists only in the physician's contemplation and imagination; if it were revealed and procured, but not applied, it would be like a plaster, however powerful, yet not applied to the wound. But now salvation is revealed by the Mediator, as Prophet; procured by Him, as Priest; applied by Him, as King. (IV) Hence too the Mediator first proclaimed salvation in His life; afterward obtained and procured it through His death; finally applies it by sending His Spirit after His ascension. Again (V), He first taught as Prophet; then offered Himself up as Priest; finally entered into glory as King. Lastly, (VI) this threefold discharge of the Mediatorial office is confirmed by His anointing, from which He is named Christ, as we have already shown before: for it is known that only the Prophets, 1 Kings 19:16, the Priests, Exod. 28:41 and 30:30, and Kings, 1 Sam. 16:12,13, were anointed.
The Polemical Part
V. The question is asked: (I) Whether the Messiah, promised of old, should have no more than one office, namely, the kingly? The Jews, out of a sheer, unmixed hatred against our Jesus as Messiah, deny that the Messiah should have any office other than the one, namely, the Kingly. The Reformed acknowledge three: (I) Because, since of old — a thing the Jews themselves acknowledge — anointing was in use with respect to a threefold office, the Prophetic, Priestly, and Kingly; and since also the Messiah is called the Anointed One par excellence, it does not seem fitting that He should be confined to only this or that one office; since His anointing ought, by rights, to include and comprehend the perfection of all. In particular (II), since the Mediatorial working of a threefold office appears to be set forth concerning the Messiah, Dan. 9:24,25,26, where the Messiah is said to be anointed, and to seal up the vision and the prophecy, to make atonement for iniquity, and to bring in an everlasting righteousness, and that He shall be נָגִיד, a Prince. The same appears (III) to occur in Zach. 6:12,13, where the Man called צֶמַח, Tsemach, that is, Branch (by whom the Jews themselves understand the Messiah), is said to build the Temple, as Prophet; to be a Priest; and finally to sit and reign upon His throne, as King. Add to this (IV), that of old there have never been lacking those who held two offices at once — as Melchizedek, the Priestly and the Kingly, Gen. 14; David, the Prophetic and Kingly; Samuel, the Prophetic and Priestly: that these, with respect to office, should among the Anointed Ones be more perfect than the Messiah — whom the Jews themselves nevertheless acknowledge to be the Anointed One par excellence. But how shall He be more fittingly the Anointed One par excellence, than if He be said to have been inaugurated and consecrated into a threefold office? Whence the learned extol the שְׁלֹשָׁה כְתָרִים, a threefold crown; R. Simeon (in Pirke Aboth, ch. 4) speaks of a crown of the Law, of the Priesthood, and of the Kingdom. In particular (V), since He is expressly called a Prophet, Deut. 18:15 — and indeed such a one as is likened to Moses, כָּמֹנִי, as me, v. 18: I will raise them up a Prophet from among their brethren, like unto thee, and will put my words in His mouth, etc. — whereas it is expressly said, ch. 34:10, that there arose no Prophet more in Israel like Moses. Indeed, such a one whom they are commanded to hear, הַשְׁמָעוּן אֵלָיו, unto Him ye shall hearken, v. 15. And also Priest, Ps. 110:4 — which Psalm R. Saadia Gaon (in Comment. ad Dan. 11:13) acknowledges must be understood of the Messiah. Likewise Zach. 6:12,13: He shall be a Priest — which passage the Jews commonly interpret of the Messiah. Add to this (VI), that Prophetic and Priestly duties are prescribed to Him no less than Kingly. For what did the Prophets do? They taught, Jer. 7:25,26, Neh. 9:26 — and this also belongs to the Messiah, according to Isa. 61:3 and 42:1,2. What did the Priests do? They made atonement, Lev. 4:20,31 — and this too is ascribed to the Messiah, Dan. 9:24. Nor have the Jews anything to object, except (I) that the passage Deut. 18:15,18 ought not to be understood of the Messiah, but either of Joshua, as Aben-Ezra judges, or of some other Prophet after Moses — whoever that might be, as R. David Kimchi and Solomon Jarchi hold — or of Jeremiah in particular, as some others would have it. Against which we set in opposition: (a) That Joshua is indeed called a successor of Moses, but nowhere called a Prophet, distinctly and by way of distinction. Also (b) God is nowhere said to have spoken through him in the way He did through Moses, Deut. 18:18. (c) Neither Joshua, nor Jeremiah, nor anyone else there has been, who could be made equal to Moses; compare Deut. 34:10. Just as it also (d) cannot be understood of all the following Prophets, because not only is a Prophet mentioned in the singular number, not Prophets; but also because it seems to signify something singular in particular: I will raise up, אָקִים, v. 18, and He shall raise up, יָקִים, v. 15. More on this matter will perhaps come up in the following Sixth Chapter. They say (2) that the passage of Ps. 110:4 ought to be understood, not of the Messiah, but either of Abraham, as R. Solomon Jarchi and A. Lipman would have it, or of David, as Aben Ezra and R. David Kimchi think: whom the text itself contradicts, and that in more than one way — (a) since they were not placed at God's right hand; nor (b) was their scepter sent out of Zion; nor (c) were they appointed to be priests; nor (d) with an oath; just as they also (e) are not eternal; and (f) in particular, not David, since, according to the superscription, David speaks of his Lord. Compare Chapter VII.
VI. The question is asked: (II) Whether, instead of a threefold Mediatorial office in Christ, a twofold one ought to be admitted? The Socinians, while confounding and mingling the Priestly office with the Kingly — to this end, that He was not truly and properly called a Priest, and therefore that He did not sanctify Himself on earth for our sins and, by offering Himself, make sufficient satisfaction for them — acknowledge only two distinct offices of Christ, namely, the Prophetic and the Kingly, and confound and mingle the Priestly with the Kingly, so that it was only in heaven that He first offered Himself up to His Father. The Reformed, on the contrary, hold these to be distinct offices of Christ: because (I) it is beyond doubt that the Priestly and the Kingly are distinct offices, which are also distinctly ascribed to the Mediator, Ps. 2:6 and 110:4, and there is also no reason which requires that offices distinct in themselves should be confounded and mingled together in Christ. (II) Because, since He was a true and properly called Priest, who discharged all the Priestly functions here on earth — as shall be shown expressly and at large in the Questions and Points of Controversy of the Seventh Chapter — we shall here beforehand presuppose from this, that the Priestly office is in fact not the same as the Kingly. Nor does it help them, that Hebr. 3:1 mentions only two offices, the Prophetic and the Priestly: for from this too it is not concluded and inferred either that He did not have the third — since the Kingly office is expressly ascribed to Him, not only elsewhere, but also in this very Epistle to the Hebrews, ch. 1:2,8 — or that the Priestly office and the Kingly are one and the same, because the acts of the one are wholly distinct from the acts of the other, as will clearly and plainly appear from the mention and enumeration of both.
The Practical Part
VII. The meditation upon what has just now been noted and observed convinces us, first, of the truth and sufficiency of Christ's Mediatorial office. For since, on the one hand, no Mediator can be sufficient who is not a Prophet, to teach His own inwardly and outwardly; a Priest, to reconcile them to God; and a King, to rule, govern, sanctify, and glorify them; and since, on the other hand, there has never been anyone who has discharged this threefold office (for there have indeed been those who might be said to have discharged one certain one of the three, or even perhaps two; but besides our Christ one reads of no one who should have discharged all three at once) — it cannot be otherwise, but that He, and He alone, is the all-sufficient Mediator, who is able perfectly to save, Hebr. 7:25; who has become for us, from God, wisdom, as Prophet; righteousness, as Priest; sanctification and redemption or glorification, as King, 1 Cor. 1:30. Who alone is for us the Way, the Guide and Leader, as Prophet; the Truth — namely, of the Priestly and ceremonial types, John 1:17 — as Priest; and the Life, as King: so that no one can come to the Father but by Him, John 14:6. And to what end does it convince us of the truth and sufficiency of Christ's Mediatorial office? Only, (I) that we should lay hold of the true and all-sufficient Mediator with a true and living faith, John 1:12, Phil. 3:7,8,9; and that we (II) should rest securely in Him, as the only Mediator, 1 Tim. 2:5, with contempt and rejection of all others, John 6:68, Ps. 16:4,5 and 73:25, etc.
VIII. Secondly, this threefold nature of the Mediatorial office, and the most complete sufficiency of our Mediator that springs from it, affords us a most powerful comfort in all and every kind of adverse circumstance, since from this He can perfectly save, Hebr. 7:25. Specifically, in spiritual circumstances: (I) if we are troubled by ignorance, blindness, and dullness of understanding, 1 Cor. 2:14, and have no capable teacher at hand, Ps. 74:9 — then we have in the Mediator a Prophet for a Teacher, in place of all others, Matt. 23:10, who is able to teach outwardly, Matt. 4:17 and 22:16, and to illuminate inwardly, John 1:4,5,7,8,9, etc. — who has become for us wisdom, 1 Cor. 1:30, and gives wisdom liberally to those who ask it of Him, James 1:5. (II) If our enmity with God troubles us, we have a Priest, who by His own sacrifice reconciles us to God, Rom. 5:10, Eph. 2:14-16. (III) If we lack all manner of necessities, we have a High Priest, who has entered for us into the holy of holies, to appear for us before God, Hebr. 9:11,12, and who has prepared for us access with confidence, Eph. 3:12, so that we may come with boldness to the throne of grace, to obtain mercy and find grace to help in time of need, Hebr. 4:16 — to such a degree that whatever we might ask in His name, we shall obtain more surely than anything can be sure, John 16:23. (IV) If in bodily circumstances we are oppressed by the multitude, power, and malice of all sorts of enemies, Ps. 2:2,3, we have a King, who can dash them all to pieces with His iron scepter, like a potter's vessel, Ps. 2:6,9. And so in all other manner of needs and necessities, as will appear from the particular mention of the particular offices.
IX. Thirdly, this contemplation counsels us to strive and endeavor with all our might, (I) that we may surely become partakers, through faith, of this Mediator, who by reason of His threefold office is abundantly sufficient for all our needs, Phil. 4:19, Phil. 3:7-9. (II) That we, having become partakers of Him, may cleave to Him inseparably, and never forsake Him, Gen. 32:26, Ps. 63:2,9, Luke 24:29. (III) That we love Him above all things, Matt. 10:37, with a love (1) of desire and longing, Ps. 42:2, Rev. 22:17,20; (2) of delight and repose, Ps. 73:25 and 63:5,6; (3) of goodwill and obedience, 2 Cor. 5:9. Finally (IV) that we take up and turn to use, in every circumstance, in and for our practice, the sufficiency of the Mediator's threefold office, by leaning upon Him, Isa. 10:20, Song 8:5, etc. Such is the meditation belonging to this Fifth Chapter concerning the Mediator.
Chapter VI: Of the Mediator as Prophet
On Deuteronomy 18:15
A Prophet from the midst of thee, of thy brethren, like unto me, shall the LORD thy God raise up unto thee; unto Him ye shall hearken...
We have examined the threefold office of the Mediator in general, as it were, by way of preface; now follow the particular offices of it, to be considered each in particular — and among these, first, the Prophetic office, of which Moses prophesies, Deut. 18:15.
The Explanatory Part
II. In these words is comprised an illustrious prediction concerning the Messiah, as one who should be a Prophet. In which two things come before us: 1. A promise of a certain excellent Prophet. In which the text is unfolded and explained, and by which it is shown:
1. The promised Prophet. In Hebrew, נָבִיא, Nabhi, from נבא in the Niphal, which signifies a receiving of a prophecy from God, and a command to speak it to others. Whence the word נָבִיא, Nabhi, signifies a Prophet, a foreteller, a writer, and also an interpreter, Exod. 7:1; among the Greeks it is προφήτης, prophétés, a prophet. Properly it denotes such an extraordinary servant of the Church, who speaks before God, being infallibly moved by God, 2 Pet. 1:20,21, and also foretells future contingent things — although it sometimes denotes one who at the same time is occupied with expounding the Prophets of the Old Testament, 1 Cor. 14:1. In this place it denotes a certain excellent Prophet. But who is this? There are those who wish it to be understood of Joshua; there are those who wish to understand it of Jeremiah, which we have rejected in the preceding chapter, §V. There are those who would rather understand it of a certain succession of Prophets — thus, with the Jews, the very illustrious Grotius, and some others — except that they judge that Christ Himself must also be numbered among those Prophets: a thing which they infer, a., from what precedes: thou shalt not consult with them that have familiar spirits, because thou shalt not lack Prophets whom, when it shall be necessary, thou shalt be able to consult — which reasoning would not serve, if the passage were to be understood of Christ alone. b. Because an answer is given to the request of the Israelites, that God would speak to them through an interpreter, which God grants... [that] He here sets a true Prophet over against a false Prophet. Hence B., others understand the place indeed of the Prophets, as types, but of Christ, as the truth, first and chiefly. C. Others would rather have the passage understood of Christ alone, because the conditions and qualities of this Prophet, taken together, fit Christ alone. Namely:
a. This Prophet is foretold to be raised up from among the brethren of the Israelites, v. 15, which, as all, even the Jews, concede, applies to the Messiah, Isa. 11:1.
b. Because He should be no less than Moses, v. 18 — whereas, according to Deut. 34:10, the Jews themselves acknowledging it, after Moses there arose no one like him. (Thus Maimonides in the Mishnah, likewise in More Nebuchim, part 2, ch. 35; Manasseh ben Israel, in Quæst. ad Deut. Quæst. 11.) Thus, that the Messiah alone is like Moses — indeed greater than Moses — the Jews themselves acknowledge. (Thus Isaac ben Abraham, in Chizzuk Emunah, throughout the whole book.)
c. Because this Prophet is called a Mediator between God and Israel, through whom God should speak to them, v. 16,17, which cannot be said of any ordinary Prophet whatsoever.
d. Because this Prophet should discharge the office of a Teacher, v. 18, which is foretold of the Messiah, Isa. 50:4, 61:1,2, and 42:2,3 — which even Manasseh ben Israel (De Resurrectione, Book 3, ch. 3) acknowledges.
e. Because this Prophet should be heard above all others, v. 18, and that the same is to be fulfilled with respect to the Messiah the Jews readily concede.
f. Because here is understood such a Prophet as should not speak of and by His own motion, but by inspiration and at the command of God, v. 18 — and this too the Jews concede of the Messiah.
g. Because here such a Prophet is promised, concerning whom God threatens that He would punish him who would not hear Him, v. 18 — which the Jews also acknowledge of the Messiah, to the point that they suppose that Gog and Magog shall for that reason be rooted out by the Messiah, because they would not have been willing to hear Him and be obedient.
h. Because the Jews themselves, at the beginning of the New Testament, acknowledged that this passage must be understood of the Messiah, John 6:14 and 1:45, according to which Peter also explains it of the Messiah, Acts 3:22-26, and Stephen before the Jews, Acts 7:37, compared with Matt. 17:5, John 5:46.
D. Of these three opinions, the second, or middle one, pleases me most — because a. the first opinion, excluding Christ, or not including Him except merely as some ordinary Prophet, is plainly false, by the reasons of the third opinion; and b. the third is refuted by the reasons of the first opinion; just as also its reasons do not reach further than that Christ be included as a preeminent Prophet. And c. because the second agrees best both with the purpose, and with the whole proportion of the context.
2. The conditions and qualities of this Prophet, namely: a. His origin and descent: from the midst of thee, of thy brethren. The people had asked that God, from then on, should no longer speak to them immediately, as had happened at Horeb; God grants it, and promises them a Prophet, who should be a man, and indeed from the midst of them — their own brother, whom they might confidently consult, and who would answer them with a brotherly affection, being of like feelings; yet also one who should be God-man, whom therefore, as God, who can neither deceive nor be deceived, they might trustingly obey; and as man, who might announce and disclose the truth to them with a living voice, and not so terrifyingly as God.
b. His authority and dignity, כָּמֹנִי, as me — like unto me, indeed greater and more excellent than I. Such indeed the Messiah truly was, and He alone: a. With respect to the Person, since both were true men, and indeed Jews, from the midst of their brethren. b. With respect to the office, since both were, though in a different degree, Mediators, standing between God and the Israelites, Gal. 3:19[?] compared with 1 Tim. 2:5. c. With respect to faithfulness in the discharge of their office, Hebr. 3:2,5,6. d. With respect to the miracles, in which both abounded, though this one far more abundantly than that one. e. With respect to their surpassing excellence, whereby both dealt very intimately with God, John 1:18 and 3:13.
3. The calling of this Prophet, concerning which is noted: a. The one who calls, namely: a. Jehovah, one in Being, as elsewhere. b. God, אֱלֹהִים, Elohim, that is, in Persons. c. Thy God, namely, by virtue of the Covenant of Grace — for no man takes this honor to himself, but he that is called, Hebr. 5:4. The calling, יָקִים לְךָ, He shall raise up unto thee. He shall raise up, establish — namely, through a lawful calling, appointment, sending. Unto thee, Israel — namely, as much with respect to the bodily as to the spiritual.
II. A prescription of the duty owed with respect to observing this Prophet, אֵלָיו תִּשְׁמָעוּן, unto Him ye shall hearken. שָׁמַע, shama, among the Greeks ἀκούω, akouo, and ὑπακούω, hypakouo, means to hear, whether with the ears or with the soul; and thus it means to obey, to believe what is said, and to do what is prescribed.
The Doctrinal Part
III. It is therefore certain and beyond doubt that the Messiah promised to Israel is a Prophet. Because (I) He is thus expressly named in the text, and Acts 3:22 and 7:37, and in those passages which we have added on this matter in the explanation of the text. (II) Because He is called a great Prophet, Luke 7:16 and 24:19. And (III) in a like manner, a Teacher sent from God, John 3:2, Rabbi, Master, Teacher, Matt. 23:8,10, the Apostle of our profession, Hebr. 3:1, a Shepherd, Ezek. 34:23 and 37:29, the good Shepherd, John 10:11, that great Shepherd of the sheep, Hebr. 13:20, the chief Shepherd, 1 Pet. 5:4, our Lawgiver, Isa. 33:22, Counselor, Isa. 9:5[?], a minister of the circumcision, Rom. 15:8. (IV) Because the acts of the Prophetic office are ascribed to Him throughout, in both Testaments: the proclamation of the Gospel, for example Isa. 61:1,2, Ps. 40:10,11; the foretelling of future things, Rev. 1:1, Matt. 24, etc. And also, that He was a Prophet, agreed (1) with His Person, since He is the eternal and self-subsisting Wisdom of the Father, Prov. 8:12,22,24, the self-subsisting Word, to whom it belongs to be an interpreter of God among men, John 1:18 — for such interpreters were called Prophets, Exod. 7:1. (2) With our natural ignorance, to which nothing can come more powerfully to help than the God-man, the very Light of the world, which lights every man that comes into the world, John 1:9. (3) With the things to be taught, for which no one is more capable and fit than the Son of God, as Prophet, Hebr. 1:3, who is in the bosom of the Father, John 1:18.
IV. As for the Greek word προφήτης, prophétés, a Prophet, deriving from προφάναι, prophanai, that is, to say beforehand — and as for what a prophecy in general is, namely, an ability and capacity, brought about by God's Spirit, in certain persons, without human instruction, to know with certainty divine, sublime, and hidden things, and to explain them to others, for the edification and building up of the Church — what degrees there further are in prophecy, and other such matters, we shall, for brevity's sake, set aside; should anyone be desirous to know them, let him go to Peter Martyr (on 1 Sam. 19:25), or to Caspar Peucer (De Divinatione), or to Pierre Du Moulin's Vates, and others. It shall be enough for us here to have described the Mediator's Prophetic office, as being that part of the Mediatorial office by which He declares and reveals to men, both under the Old and under the New Testament, the whole counsel of God concerning their restoration and salvation. The inauguration into this office took place when He was declared, by the Father Himself, to be the supreme Teacher, at His baptism, Matt. 3:16,17, and repeated with an amplifying addition, hear ye Him, Matt. 17:5 — namely, as befits Him who is the eternal and self-subsisting Wisdom, 1 Cor. 1:30, and thus ὁ Λόγος, the Word and Spokesman of the Father among men, John 1:1.
V. He has discharged His Prophetic office, partly by revealing and making known His teaching, partly by illuminating the understanding of His own, that they might receive His teaching. He discloses, makes known, and declares His teaching in His Word, which is hence also called the Word of Christ, Col. 3:16. First, immediately, and that under a twofold period of time: (I) Of the Old Testament, 1 Pet. 1:10,11 — when He disclosed and revealed the will of God concerning the restoration of the sinner, to be brought about through the coming Messiah, to the Patriarchs, Prophets, and holy men of God, through visions, dreams, Urim and Thummim, inspirations, oracles, etc., Gen. 46:2, Dan. 7:1, 1 Sam. 28:6, compared with Acts 7:38, until at last that teaching, by the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, was set down in writing and sealed. (II) Of the New Testament: when He, as the God-man, in whom all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge are hidden, Col. 2:3, made known to men the manifold wisdom of God, Eph. 3:10 — and so great a salvation, which began to be proclaimed by the Lord, Hebr. 2:2,3 — the wisdom of God (consisting) in a mystery, which was hidden, etc., 1 Cor. 2:7-10. And that (1) by a personal preaching, when He, after His Baptism, at about the thirtieth year of His life, for three and a half years (which span of years Baronius, Torniellus, Salianus and others most forcefully infer and conclude from the fourfold Passover feast, of which one reads in John that He was present there — of which the first is read John 2:13, the second, ch. 5:1, the third, ch. 6:4, the fourth, or feast of His death, ch. 12:1), proclaimed the Gospel, Mark 1:9,14, explained the Law, and purged it of the falsifications and distortions of the Pharisees, and defended it against them, Matt. 5, and established a new administration of the Covenant of Grace, which is called the New Testament — namely, as the Mediator of the New Covenant, Hebr. 8:6, 9:15, and 12:24. (2) By the instructing and teaching of the Apostles, to whom He (a) opened and instructed their understanding, Luke 24:45; (b) gave commands to preach the Gospel, Matt. 10 and 28:19,20; whom He (c) governed by the Spirit, John 16:13,14 and 14:26; to whom finally He (d) entrusted the writing and sealing, by the Spirit, of the canon of the New Testament, Rev. 22:18,19. And thus far our Prophet has revealed the teaching of salvation, under both Testaments, immediately.
VI. Secondly, mediately — and that again (I) under the Old Testament, when He taught and instructed the Church, either through an extraordinary ministry, both through the Patriarchs and Prophets, and through His Spirit, 1 Pet. 1:10-12 and 3:18-20, or through an ordinary ministry, namely, of the Priests and the Levites, Mal. 2:7. (II) Under the New Testament, when He (1) planted the Church through the extraordinary ministry of the Apostles, Prophets, Evangelists, Eph. 4:11-13, Matt. 28:20, 2 Cor. 4:6,7; (2) waters, moistens, sustains, and preserves it, through the ordinary ministry of Pastors and Teachers, Eph. 4:11-13 — all of whom are ambassadors of Christ, through whom He begs that we be reconciled to God, 2 Cor. 5:19,20. And thus the Mediator, by revealing, preaching, proclaiming, and making known, has discharged His Prophetic office.
VII. The same He does also by illuminating the understanding, Luke 24:45, and by bending the will of His own, to understand and receive the teaching revealed to them, John 17:18[?]. This is the chief work of His Prophetic office; this is the anointing of that Holy One, which teaches us all things, 1 John 2:20,27, according to which we are said to be taught of God, John 6:45. Which indeed under the Old Testament happened more obscurely, and as it were under a veil, 2 Cor. 3:12-14, whereas we now, under the New Testament, most clearly, with unveiled face, behold as in a mirror the glory of the Lord, 2 Cor. 3:18.
VIII. The acts of the Prophetic office have been variously occupied: (I) concerning the will of God in general, which He has wholly disclosed and revealed to His own, John 15:15 and 1:18; (II) concerning things to come, by foretelling them, Matt. 24:4,5 and following, and revealing them to His own, Rev. 1:19; (III) concerning the Law, by expounding and defending it, as we have said, Matt. 5; (IV) concerning the oracles of the Prophets, by explaining and applying them, Luke 24:25,27 — thus He explained, for example, Ps. 110[:1], Matt. 22:43-45, applied the passage of Dan. 9:27, Matt. 24:15, and likewise explained the passages Isa. 61:1 and 42:7, Luke 4:17,18; (V) concerning the Gospel, Matt. 11:5, which until then, under the Old Testament, had been more obscurely set forth, and lay as it were hidden under a veil — by bringing it forth into its full light, 2 Tim. 1:10, and also by beginning first with the Gospel of fulfillment, Matt. 4:17. To all of which (VI) is added, that He confirmed the truth of His Ministry, Teaching, and Person by very many and most astonishing miracles, John 5:36.
IX. In all these things He was occupied, throughout the whole course of this earthly life: (I) wisely and prudently, making use of familiar parables, such as those of the seed, the tares, the wheat, the mustard seed, the leaven, the hidden treasure, the pearl, the net cast into the sea, Matt. 13 and elsewhere; (II) freely and boldly, without respect of persons, as even His enemies acknowledged, Matt. 22:16; further (III) powerfully, so that no one could withstand His wisdom, Matt. 21:25,27 and 22:19,22,32,33,34, Matt. 7:29; moreover (IV) in an eloquent manner, to the point of wonder and astonishment, Ps. 45:3, Luke 4:22, John 7:45,46; finally, (V) with such great earnestness and zeal, that He often for that reason forwent food, Mark 3:20, and did everything by which He might bring His hearers to repentance, Matt. 23:37, Luke 19:42.
The Polemical Part
X. The question is asked: (I) Whether the Messiah, promised of old, should be a Prophet? The Jews, out of a sheer hatred against Christ and the Christian religion, deny it; the Christians affirm it. The reasons of the Christians we have given in the preceding chapter, §V, defended in the Explanatory Part of this chapter, and confirmed by His various Prophetic acts, from Isa. 61:1,2, Ps. 40:10,11. Nor do the Jews have anything for the contrary, besides their feeble, empty, and trifling waverings over the passage of Deut. 18:15.
XI. The question is asked: (II) Whether our Jesus alone is that great Prophet, promised to Israel of old? or whether alongside Him — indeed above Him — Muhammad must be reckoned? The Christians affirm the former, and say that Muhammad was not only not that great Prophet, but no Prophet whatsoever — no, but a false Prophet, and a most wicked deceiver. The Muhammadans, on the contrary, indeed acknowledge that Moses was a great Prophet; Christ, a greater one; but their Muhammad, the very greatest — indeed, precisely the one whom Moses pointed to, Deut. 18:15,18. Since now the Muhammadans (I) grant the authority and dignity of the Law and of the Gospel, in which Christ clearly testifies that He is the only Teacher of His own, Matt. 23:8,10; since they likewise (II) confess that Moses was a great Prophet, Jesus a greater one — it will therefore (III) be their task to prove that their Muhammad was the greatest Prophet, indeed precisely the one whom Moses signified, Deut. 18 — concerning which, as far as I know, they have to this day attempted nothing by way of proof. To which we add, over and above, that Muhammad cannot be a true Prophet, and far less that greatest Prophet foretold by Moses, since he differs as far as heaven from Moses and from Jesus, whom they themselves confess to be true Prophets — indeed, who has shown himself, by the filthiness of his life and by his deceptions, to have been no Prophet moved by God's Spirit, but one possessed by an unclean spirit. Similar to what we have already had on this matter before, Book I, Chapter II, §XXIV-XXVI.
XII. The question is asked: (III) Whether, since Christ is that one Master of ours, Matt. 23:8,10, that our highest Prophet, of whom Moses speaks — whether, I say, He is not for that very reason also the sole infallible Interpreter of the Scriptures, and Judge of controversies? or whether also the Pope of Rome, together with and under Christ, is an infallible Interpreter of the Scriptures, and Judge of controversies? The former the Reformed maintain, on account of those proofs which we have brought forward in the Doctrinal Part; the latter most of the Papists maintain, whom we have refuted above, Book I, Chapter II, §LII-LIV.
XIII. The question is asked: (IV) Whether Christ exercised His Prophetic office also under the Old Testament? The Socinians, out of hatred against Christ's eternal Godhead, hold that He was not existent before He was born of the blessed Virgin, and deny it. The Orthodox maintain it, and prove it: (I) because 1 Pet. 1:11 says that the Spirit of Christ was in the Prophets. (II) Because it is said of Him, 1 Pet. 3:19, that He preached, in former times, in the days of Noah, to those who are now in prison. (III) Because He is said, Acts 7:37-39, to have spoken to Moses and to the Israelite fathers on Sinai, and to have given them the words of life. (IV) Because He is said, 1 Cor. 10:9, to have been tempted by the Israelites; compared with Isa. 63:9 and Gal. 3:19,20. Nor is this contradicted by: (1) that He is said to have begun to preach under the New Testament, Matt. 4:17, since He then began to do so as man. (2) That God is said, in these last times, to have spoken to us by the Son, Hebr. 1:1 — since He is understood to have spoken in and through the Son, not simply, but as He was set forth in the flesh: which, with the necessary adjustments, can likewise answer the objection from Hebr. 2:3. (3) That under the Old Testament He is promised as a future Prophet, Deut. 18:15 — and that therefore He did not then exist. Answer: He is promised as one to come in the flesh, or with respect to His human nature, but not simply.
XIV. The question is asked: (V) Whether He, before He should undertake His Prophetic office on earth, during the forty days of His fasting, was caught up and carried away into heaven, in order there to be fully instructed concerning the mysteries of the Gospel? This, out of hatred against Christ's omniscient Godhead, the same Socinians affirm; but the Orthodox deny it. Because (I) He, as the eternal Word, John 1:1, and the Wisdom of the Father, Prov. 8:14[?], had no need of such a rapture and instruction, being already placed in the bosom of the Father, John 1:18. (II) Because He was anointed with the Spirit without measure, John 3:34, Ps. 45:7, Hebr. 1:9 — namely, with the Spirit of wisdom, of understanding, and of the knowledge of the LORD, Isa. 11:2. (III) Because He is said to have been anointed on earth, not in heaven, with respect to the bestowal of the necessary gifts, and this before the beginning of His ministry, Luke 3:22 and 4:1,14,15. (IV) Because in the Holy Scriptures only one single ascension of Christ into heaven is mentioned — His having entered once into the Sanctuary, Hebr. 9:12. Nor does it help them: (1) that He was the Word, the Reason, an Envoy, sent to announce the will of God to men in the most complete manner; for from this it is not rightly concluded that He, concerning the will of God, had to be instructed and taught from elsewhere — since He knew and understood it most exactly as God-man; and still less is it inferred from this that He was for this purpose caught up and carried away into heaven. (2) That Holy Scripture testifies that He descended from and out of heaven, John 6:38,62, 3:13,31, 8:23, and 16:28 — since these passages must be understood of Him with respect to His divine nature, which, by its manifestation in the flesh, 1 Tim. 3:16, is likewise said to have descended, as God, Gen. 18:21[?]. (3) That Moses and Paul are said to have been taught by God in heaven — since here there is not only an utterly unequal case, between mere men and the God-man, between those who received the Spirit by measure, and Him who possesses it without measure; but also because it is likewise false that Moses was caught up into heaven.
XV. The question is asked: (VI) Whether the Messiah had to change something with respect to the Ceremonial Law of Moses, and the Levitical worship of God? In the time of Paul this was among the chief causes of offense, and among the strongest hindrances and restraints of the Jews, on account of which they came over the less readily to the Christian profession — because it abolished the Ceremonial Law and worship, solemnly prescribed by God through Moses; to remove which difficulty and hindrance the Synod of Jerusalem did its utmost, Acts 15, and Paul was occupied in various Epistles — most of all to the Galatians, Philippians, Colossians, Romans, and expressly and at large in the Epistle to the Hebrews — in showing (I) that our Jesus, who abolished the Mosaic Law and worship, is the Son of God, God Himself, and thus that very same one who once gave the Law on Sinai; and also (II) that, according to the nature of the case, that ceremonial worship had to be abolished, because it consisted of nothing but shadows and types of things to come, which therefore, being no longer future but now already present realities, had to cease. To which is added (III), that that Prophet whom Moses promised, Deut. 18:15-19 — namely our Jesus, who abolished the ceremonial worship — was of the same, indeed of a greater dignity and authority, equal to, indeed above Moses, who gave that worship: as one whom (1) God raised up no less than Moses; (2) in whose mouth He would put His words; who (3) would tell the Jews everything which God commanded Him; whom they therefore (4) had to hear in everything; with the addition (5) of a threat against him who would not hear, that it would be required of him. One thing we shall add (II) still, that it is clearly foretold, Dan. 9:27, that the Messiah, after He should have confirmed the covenant with many, would cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease. Against all of which, I do not see what the Jews can object, even with any semblance of reason, except that throughout the Books of Moses the ceremonial ordinances are called eternal, Exod. 12:14, Lev. 6:18,22, Num. 15:15, etc. — but they think wrongly that the word עוֹלָם, olam, that is, eternity, does not always denote a duration which is absolutely and simply unbounded and endless, but a duration which merely does not cease within a certain fixed period, Exod. 21:6 — and that it therefore signifies nothing other than that those ceremonial rites should be continual, for as long as the period of the Jewish commonwealth should last. But of this more, and at greater length, in its proper place.
XVI. The question is asked: (VII) whether He abolished the whole Law entirely, the moral Law too? This the Antinomians (opponents of the Law) hold, under pretense of Christian Liberty — such as there were in Germany, under their leader Johann Agricola of Eisleben, an Epicurean man, of whom Micraelius (Syntagma Historiae Ecclesiasticae, part 3, §48) [speaks]; as also those who still remain in England, under pretense of exalting grace, and who hold that, in the article of Justification, obedience to the Law is set in opposition to grace. The Orthodox, although they confess that the whole Law is abolished with respect to its power to justify, in relation to all men, and also with respect to its power to curse, in relation to believers, nevertheless deny that it is abolished with respect to its power to direct: (I) because Christ Himself denies that He came to dissolve the Law, Matt. 5:17. Indeed also (II) because He there, v. 18, expressly says that, until heaven and earth pass away, not one jot nor one tittle of the Law shall pass away. (III) Because Paul does the same, Rom. 3:31. (IV) Because the moral Law, being for the greater part a matter of natural right — partly due to God, partly due to man — cannot, God and man remaining what they are, be abolished, as we shall teach expressly and at large in its proper place. Nor is this contradicted by (1) that, John 1:17, the Law is said to have been brought by Moses, but grace by Christ — since there, by the Law, nothing else is understood than either the typical ceremonial Law, or that administration of the Covenant of Grace which, under the Old Testament, was a little tinged with legalism, now abolished by Christ: nor (2) that the Law often seems to be set in opposition to Grace, and believers are accordingly said to be, not under the Law, but under Grace — since this must be limited solely to the article of justification, and to the Covenant of Works.
XVII. The question is asked: (VIII) whether He improved or added to the moral Law? The Socinians, in order to turn the Law into the Gospel, and thereby make it easier to maintain that man is justified, not by the works of the Law, but by the works of the Gospel, hold that Christ added certain things to the particular commands of the Ten Words, and to all of these this one: self-denial, patient endurance of the cross, and the imitation of Christ, Luke 9:23 (in which last the Arminians agree with them); moreover, that He urged and confirmed increased commandments, with new spiritual promises, of the forgiveness of sins and eternal life, in order that we, by keeping this Gospel, might obtain Justification. The Orthodox, on the contrary, do not acknowledge Him as a true and properly so-called Lawgiver, nor that He added any new commandment to the moral Law: (I) because the old Law of Moses is so perfect, Ps. 19:8, that by keeping it the first-created men could, for themselves, have merited eternal life, Lev. 18:5, Ezek. 20:13,25, Luke 10:28. (II) Because those new duties, which our opponents claim He added, already stood prescribed and commanded under the Old Testament, as we shall show in their proper place among the particular articles. (III) Because by those new duties (by which the Law is turned into the Gospel), the satisfaction of Christ is excluded, Justification is fastened to works, and the Covenant of Works is confused and mingled with the Covenant of Grace — which points are ruinous, indeed deadly, to the Christian religion. Nor does it help them (1) that the fifth chapter of Matthew is against us — since Christ there does not improve or add to the Law of Moses (as appears at a glance, if only from verse 43, which is not only found nowhere in Moses, but whose very opposite is expressly prescribed, Deut. 32:35, Prov. 25:21), but only defends and purges it from the perverse interpretations of the Pharisees, as appears from the very verse 43 cited: nor (2) that in the New Testament mention is repeatedly made of a new Commandment, John 13:34, 1 John 2:7,8 — since the title "new," in John, not infrequently signifies something excellent and outstanding, Rev. 2:17, 5:9, and 14:3, etc. More such matters shall, God willing, come up in their proper places.
XVIII. The question is asked: (IX) Whether Christ, as Prophet, is the first Author of the Gospel? The Socinians, following the presuppositions of the preceding question and controversy, according to which the Gospel is for them nothing other than the augmented Law of Moses, urged and confirmed with spiritual promises concerning the forgiveness of sins and eternal life — say yes. The Orthodox, on the contrary, rejecting those perverse presuppositions, say no: because (I) the Gospel is plainly said to have had a place also under the Old Testament, Rom. 10:8,16, John 12:38 with Isa. 53:1. (II) Because the chief heads of the Gospel, in whole trains of Scriptural reasoning, occur throughout the Old Testament — for example, Isa. 53:1, Gen. 3:15. (III) Because the believers of the Old Testament also are said to have been saved through that same Gospel by which we are now saved under the New Testament, Acts 15:10,11. (IV) Because that Socinian gospel is in fact unscriptural — indeed a false and lying gospel, condemned by the Apostle, Gal. 1:6,8. Nor does it help them (1) that Mark speaks of the beginning of the Gospel of Jesus Christ, ch. 1:1 — since there the beginning of Christ's preaching is meant, not of the Gospel itself; compare Matt. 4:17. (2) That He is said, 2 Tim. 1:10, to have brought the Gospel to light — since (a) to bring to light is nothing other than to bring into clear and bright light the Gospel which, under the Old Testament, had been more obscurely revealed, and had been covered, as with a veil, by ceremonial shadows, 2 Cor. 3:14; or, one may say, (b) that there is meant, not the whole Gospel, but the Gospel of fulfillment, as distinguished from the Gospel of promise, of which Rom. 1:1,2, Titus 1:1,2,3. (3) That the Gospel is said to have been kept secret and hidden since the times of the ages, Rom. 16:25,26, Eph. 3:9, Col. 1:26,27 — since there is meant either (a) the Gospel of fulfillment, as has been said; or (b) with respect to the mystery of the now-fulfilled calling of the Gentiles, Eph. 3:8 with 9. (4) That the way of the Sanctuary, [or the way of the holy places,] is said not yet to have been made manifest, so long as the first Tabernacle was yet standing, Hebr. 9:8 — since by the way to the Sanctuary [or the way of the holy places] is understood, not the whole Gospel, but Christ, as manifested in the flesh, who is the way, the truth, and the life, John 14:6, without whom none of the saints comes to the Father.
The Practical Part
XIX. The meditation upon Christ's Prophetic office acknowledges, first, God's unspeakable grace, and extols and glorifies it — that a great Prophet has risen up among us, and that God has visited His people, Luke 7:16. Through which grace He (I) has given us a Prophet, Jer. 3:15. (II) A Prophet, promised and awaited for so many ages, Deut. 18:15, John 5:46, Acts 3:20-24 and 7:37. (III) So great and such a Prophet, equal to Moses, Deut. 18:15,18 — "like unto me," "like unto thee." And how great was Moses? Deut. 34:10 — indeed, greater and more excellent, Hebr. 3:2-6. (IV) A Prophet driven by God's Spirit above all others; to whom God put His words in the mouth, to speak all that He had commanded Him, Deut. 18:18. (V) A Prophet who, even by the own, though hypocritical, confession of His enemies, was a Master (not an idiot), and also a Teacher, and one sent from God to teach the way of God, and that in truth, without respect of persons, Matt. 22:16. (VI) A Prophet who is in the bosom of the Father, John 1:18, mighty in deed and word before God and all the people, Luke 24:19. (VII) A Prophet who could not only teach, but teach fully; not only advise, but also persuade; not only speak outwardly, but also illuminate inwardly, John 1:9. And, (VIII) to say it in one word, a Prophet, one of a thousand, Job 33:23, Song 5:10, one in the place of all, Matt. 23:8, without whom all the others profit nothing, John 15:5, and through whom they can do all things, Matt. 28:20, with Phil. 4:13, Rom. 15:18. The meditation on this, I say, acknowledges the grace of so great a Prophet, in order (1) with a thankful mind to glorify God, Luke 7:16; (2) to receive the sent Prophet readily and reverently, Matt. 10:40, John 13:20; (3) to hear the one received humbly and with submission, Deut. 18:15,19; (4) to kiss Him, Ps. 2:12.
XX. Secondly, this consideration and meditation acknowledges Christ (I) to be a Prophet, after the example of the Canaanite woman: Lord, I perceive that thou art a Prophet, John 4:19 — from the disclosure of hidden things, and from His manner of dealing with us, there. (2) From His miracles, John 6:14, 9:17, and 3:2. (3) From His loftiness of teaching, John 7:40. (II) It acknowledges Him as that great Prophet promised of old: This is truly that Prophet that should come into the world, John 6:14. (III) One acknowledges Him as one's own Prophet, John 20:16, Rabboni, Master, my Master. (IV) One acknowledges Him, as a Disciple his Teacher, Matt. 23:10 — whence Christians of old were called Disciples, Acts 11:26, and so throughout the Gospels, Luke 14:26[?]. One acknowledges Him (V) as the only infallible Teacher, upon whose mouth alone one may confidently rely, Matt. 23:8, Job 33:23. One acknowledges Him (VI) in everything that He says, whether it be for us or against us, Deut. 18:18,19, with v. 27[?] and Jer. 42:5,6.
XXI. Thirdly, the meditation on Christ's Prophetic office receives Him as Prophet, Matt. 10:41, John 5:43[?], Luke 9:48, Matt. 18:5 — not with the mouth only, Matt. 7:22, but in deed, by faithfully showing Him those duties which are owed to so great a Prophet and Teacher. Namely: (I) love, Gal. 4:14,15, Matt. 10:37; (II) reverence, Phil. 2:29, 1 Tim. 5:17, 1 Cor. 4:1, with John 13:13 — whence He is generally greeted throughout the Gospels, by His Disciples, indeed sometimes even by the Pharisees, as Master and Lord; (III) faith, whereby we believe His words and sayings, as being most exactly and universally true and truthful, Isa. 53:1, Rom. 10:16, John 4:19,29,39,41, and 5:24,46,47; (IV) obedience, Hebr. 13:17, Rom. 6:17, 2 Cor. 2:9, Deut. 17:9-14, with Hebr. 5:9, 2 Cor. 10:5,6; (V) imitation, Hebr. 13:7, 1 Cor. 4:16, Phil. 3:17, 2 Thess. 3:8,9, with 1 Thess. 1:6, 1 Cor. 11:1, Matt. 11:29; (VI) support and maintenance, Gal. 6:6, 1 Cor. 9:7,11 — to be shown to our Prophet indeed not in His own Person, but in His members, Matt. 10:41 with 25:40,45; (VII) desire and longing for His presence and company, Judg. 13:18, with Song 1:7, John 4:40, Luke 24:19 with 29, Rom. 10:15. For if we are obliged, by these duties, (1) to receive all ordinary Prophets, Teachers, and Masters, Phil. 2:29, 3 John v. 8 — indeed, even to receive a little child in His name, Mark 9:37, Luke 9:48 — should we then not, and indeed all the more, receive this so great and such a Prophet, whom we have already for a good while represented and portrayed in part, §XX? Especially since (2) he who receives Him, at the same time thereby receives His Father, who sent Him, Matt. 10:40, Mark 9:37, Luke 9:48, John 13:20. And (3) because he who receives and accepts Him, receives power to become a child of God, John 1:12. Whereas, on the contrary, (4) they who will not receive and accept Him draw down upon themselves His righteous indignation, and their own utter ruin, Ps. 2:12, Luke 9:53,54. I shall not add (5) the highest right and equity, that He, coming to His own, being sent by the Father, in order to be among them a Prophet and Spokesman, deserves to be received and accepted, John 1:11,12.
XXII. Fourthly, the meditation on Christ's Prophetic office hears Him, as the Prophet sent by the Father, and coming to us. Because this requires (I) that very same surpassing excellence of His Prophetic dignity, whereby He is not only a Prophet, but also so great and such a Prophet, as we have already represented Him before, Matt. 12:42, Luke 11:31; (II) the command of the Father, when He promised to send Him, Deut. 18:15,18; (III) the accompanying most severe threat against those who will not have been willing to hear Him, v. 19: And it shall come to pass, that whosoever will not hearken unto my words which He shall speak in my name, I will require it of him; (IV) the solemn Inauguration by the Father, presenting and confirming Him as the promised Prophet, Matt. 3:17, with 17:5, Luke 9:35; (V) because from this we can conclude with full assurance that He is our Shepherd, and we are His sheep, John 10:3,16 — indeed, that we are born of God, John 8:47 with 43; (VI) because, by hearing Him, we can prepare for ourselves eternal life, John 5:24. Not to add (VII) anything of the excellence of His sayings and words, Matt. 13:17. But in what manner do we hear Him? (1) With wonder and astonishment, Matt. 7:28,29 and 22:33, John 7:46, with applause and praise, Luke 24:19. (2) With assent and faith, John 5:24 and 8:45,46. (3) With gladness and joy, Matt. 13:20, Hebr. 6:5. Or also (4) with fear, Luke 10:24[?], Isa. 66:2. (5) With obedience, Luke 6:47, Matt. 7:24, James 1:22. (6) With a continual retaining and remembrance of what has been heard, Luke 2:49 with 51.
XXIII. Fifthly, the meditation on the Prophetic office also receives the heard word of this Prophet, that the word of Christ may dwell in us richly, in all wisdom, Col. 3:16, and that we may hold the more firmly to what we have heard, lest at any time we let it slip. For if the word spoken by angels was steadfast, and every transgression and disobedience received a just recompense, how shall we escape, if we neglect so great a salvation, which at the first began to be spoken by the Lord, etc., Hebr. 2:1-3. Whether therefore He (1) declares and defends the divine Law, Matt. 5 and 22:24,29, etc.; whether He (2) teaches the Gospel, Matt. 4:23, Isa. 61:1, Luke 4:43, 2 Tim. 1:10; whether He (3) prescribes duties, John 15:14,17; whether He (4) foretells things to come, Mark 13:22,23, John 16:20; whether He (5) promises blessings to His own, Matt. 28:20, John 16:23, 2 Cor. 1:20; whether He (6) threatens evils, Matt. 23:13,14,15... and 18:7, Luke 6:24, etc. — let us always do our utmost to hold the more firmly to what we have heard, Hebr. 2:1, so as to receive what we have heard with an affection suited to, and agreeing with, each thing heard.
XXIV. Sixthly, the meditation on Christ's Prophetic office receives not only Him as that Prophet, and at the same time what has been said and taught by Him, but also His emissaries — Prophets, Apostles, Pastors, Teachers, Gal. 4:14 — and that with the same duties of love, reverence, faith, obedience, maintenance, and desire for their presence and company, with which it receives and accepts the supreme Prophet and Teacher Himself — which duties, since we have just now named them above, §XXIII, we shall not, for brevity's sake, repeat here in further detail. (I) Because He Himself, through them, at least outwardly, teaches us, 1 Pet. 1:11 and 3:19,20, they being as it were His fellow workers, 1 Cor. 3:9 — whence the ministers are called fellow laborers, fellow workers in the Lord, Rom. 16:3,9,21, with whom He is said to work together, Mark 16:20, Rom. 15:18, and who in turn, from their side, are said to work together with Christ, 2 Cor. 1:24. (II) Because they are His Emissaries, His Ambassadors, 2 Cor. 5:20, Matt. 10, 1 Cor. 1:17. (III) Because all that they do, they do in the name of Christ, Matt. 18:20 and 28:19, 1 Cor. 5:4, Matt. 7:22, Acts 4:10. (IV) Because whoever receives them, receives Him Himself — indeed also the Father, who sent Him, Matt. 10:40 — and because on the contrary, whoever rejects and despises them, rejects and despises Christ Himself and His Father, Luke 10:16, Matt. 10, Luke 9:5. (V) Because whatever is done to them, He reckons as done and performed to Himself, Matt. 25:41,42, compare ch. 25:35,36,40,43, and wills accordingly and fittingly to repay it, there. (VI) Because they do the same work with Christ, Phil. 2:30, 1 Cor. 15:58. (VII) Because they work together with Christ for the benefit and advantage of the same, 1 Cor. 1:24[?]. Meanwhile, however, we must take care that, while the same duties are shown to Christ and to His Emissaries, we do not nevertheless perform and show them in one and the same manner. (1) To Him they must be shown as to our Lord and Master; to these, as to His servants and ministers, 1 Cor. 3:5. (2) To Him for His own sake, since He deserves them, John 13:13; but to these for His sake, Mark 9:41. (3) To Him in an absolutely supreme degree and with utmost effort; to these, comparatively, in the smallest degree, Mark 1:7, Hebr. 3:2.
XXV. Seventhly, the meditation on Christ's Prophetic office admonishes those who fill His place — that is, the Teachers and Shepherds of the Church, who are His Ministers — to strive, in their ministries, to follow their Master, John 13:13,15, 1 Cor. 11:1, Luke 6:40. (I) By doing the same things which their Master has done, that their work may be Christ's work, Phil. 2:30, John 6:28 — namely, as their Master Himself did the work of His Father, who sent Him, John 9:4, Luke 2:49. And what did their Master do? (1) He declared and defended the Law, Matt. 5:17 and 22:36 — let them also do the same, Rom. 3:31. (2) He proclaimed the Gospel, Isa. 61:1 — let them also proclaim it, and thus do the work of an Evangelist, 2 Tim. 4:5, Rom. 1:1,4, 1 Cor. 1:17. (3) He administered the Sacraments — Baptism, Matt. 3:11, Luke 3:16; the Supper, Matt. 26:26-29 — let them also administer these, as Ministers of Christ and stewards of the mysteries of God, 1 Cor. 4:1; let them Baptize, Matt. 28:19, or administer the Supper, 1 Cor. 11:23. (4) He taught the ignorant, Matt. 4:23, rebuked the stubborn, John 8:44, lifted up the brokenhearted, Isa. 61:1 — let them also do these things: rebuke, exhort, comfort, 2 Tim. 4:2. (5) He foretold the future judgments of God, Matt. 24:4,5 — let them also foretell, but out of His Word, 2 Tim. 3:1-6. (6) He set Himself forth as an example to His hearers, John 13:15 — let them also set themselves forth as an example, Titus 2:7. (7) He confirmed His teaching with His works, John 5:36 — let them also confirm it with their works, there, and Matt. 5:13-18 and 7:21,22. (8) In all these things He sought not Himself, nor His own advantage, but the glory of His Father, and the benefit of His own, John 5:44 and 8:50, Matt. 20:28 — let them also seek not their own things, but the things which are Christ's, Phil. 2:4,5,21. Nay, let them not only do those very same things which Christ has done; but let them (II) also do them in the same manner in which He discharged His Prophetic office: (1) wisely and prudently, according to the capacity of His hearers, making use of familiar parables, Matt. 13, speaking cautiously, Matt. 21:28 with v. 45 — let them likewise act prudently, Matt. 10:16, 2 Sam. 12:1-13. (2) freely, without respect of persons, Matt. 20:16[?] — let them likewise act freely and boldly, 2 Sam. 12:7, Mark 6:18, Acts 4:19. (3) powerfully and effectually, Luke 24:19, Matt. 7:29 — let them also act powerfully and effectually, so as to convince, to judge, that the secrets of the heart may be made manifest, and the hearers fall on their faces and worship God, etc., 1 Cor. 14:24,25, compared with Hebr. 4:12. (4) with great zeal, John 2:17 — let them also act with a holy zeal, 2 Cor. 11:2. (5) very movingly, by lamenting, weeping, etc., Luke 19:42, Matt. 23:37 — let them also act in a moving manner, Phil. 3:18, 2 Cor. 5:20, etc. And that they may do this the more diligently, let them consider: (a) that otherwise they will be no Prophets, but false Prophets, of which state, Matt. 7:15 and 24:11,24, Luke 6:26, 2 Pet. 2:1, 1 John 4:1 — false Apostles, 2 Cor. 11:13, ravening wolves, Matt. 7:15, dogs, evil workers, Phil. 3:2, no shepherds, but hirelings, John 10:12,13. But (b) emissaries, sent by Him, yet running of themselves, Rom. 10:15, Jer. 23:21 — and therefore (c) to be rejected by Him, Matt. 7:21-23, etc.
XXVI. Eighthly, since, by virtue of our participation in the anointing, John 2:20,27, we Christians are all prophets, Joel 2:28, Acts 2:17 — so too the meditation on Christ's Prophetic office lays upon us the duty (I) to prophesy, all of us, 1 Cor. 14:1,24,31,39, Num. 11:26,29, even to the women, 1 Cor. 1:5[?] — that is, to practice that teaching which our highest Prophet has taught. Which happens (1) by learning the teaching of Christ, 1 Cor. 14:31, Eph. 4:20, 1 Tim. 2:11 — being taught of God, Jer. 31:34, Isa. 54:13, John 6:45; (2) by searching the Scriptures, and expounding them — for this is, with the Apostle, to prophesy, 1 Cor. 14, and according to the Prophet Joel 2:28 — and this according to the requirement of our calling and duty, and according to the measure of our gifts, whether publicly among others, 1 Cor. 14:4, or privately by ourselves, proving what is that good, and acceptable, and perfect will of God, Rom. 12:2; moreover (3) by testing the spirits, 1 John 4:1, 1 Thess. 5:21, Acts 17:11, John 5:39; (4) by teaching our neighbor, each according to the requirement of his office and gifts, that the word of Christ may dwell richly among us, Col. 3:16; (5) by boldly and undauntedly confessing the name of Christ. And that we may be able to do these things, we must (II) strive after this, that above all things (1) we be made worthy partakers of the anointing of Christ, sharers of the same, Hebr. 1:9, Ps. 45:8, which teaches us all things, 1 John 2:27, and that we may receive it from Christ, there and 1 John 5:20[?]. Then (2) that we come to our highest Prophet, that we may be taught by Him, Mark 2:13, in the Temple, Mark 14:49, on the Sabbath days, Luke 4:31, in the Synagogues, ch. 6:6; moreover, that we also importune Him with prayers, Luke 11 — O Lord, teach us, Ps. 25:4,5 and 86:11 — that He may teach us not only outwardly, through His own, but also inwardly, through Himself, by illuminating us, Eph. 5:14. Further, (3) that the Spirit of Christ, who was in the Prophets, 1 Pet. 1:10,11, may also be in us, Rom. 8:9, and be imparted to us, just as the Spirit of Moses was imparted to the seventy Elders, so that they prophesied — and that not for a short time, as with them, Num. 11:25, they prophesied, but afterward no more; but continually, as with Eldad and Medad, there, v. 26 — nor as with Saul, through some act of glittering and flickering, which could almost be wiped away, 1 Sam. 10:6,10,13 — but as with the highest Prophet and Christ, that the Spirit may rest upon us, Isa. 11:2. Moreover, (4) that we importune Him with fervent prayers and supplications, that He give us His Spirit, Luke 11:13 — obtain it from His Father through his intercession, John 14:16 — send it, John 15:26 — that it may lead us into all truth, John 16:13 — that it may abide with us forever, John 14:16,17 — after the example of Elisha, who asked for a double portion of Elijah's spirit, and obtained His request, 2 Kings 2:9,15.
XXVII. Ninthly, and finally, the last meditation draws a most powerful comfort from Christ's Prophetic office, in various circumstances: (I) if we are afflicted and oppressed, if we are poor, if we are spiritually forsaken, if we are in one way or another prisoners, spiritually or bodily, if we are under the rod of divine wrath, if we are sorrowful, if we are anguished in spirit — this then gives a powerful comfort: that the Spirit of the Lord GOD is upon Him, and has anointed Him to bring good tidings unto the meek, that He has sent Him to bind up the brokenhearted, to proclaim liberty to the captives, and the opening of the prison to them that are bound; to proclaim the acceptable year of the LORD, and the day of vengeance of our God, to comfort all that mourn; to appoint unto them that mourn in Zion, to give unto them beauty for ashes, the oil of joy for mourning, the garment of praise for the spirit of heaviness, Isa. 61:1,2,3. (II) If we are deprived and robbed of Prophets and Teachers, so that we must sigh: There is no more any prophet; neither is there among us any that knoweth how long, Ps. 74:9 — if we are robbed, whether by the violence of persecution, or by divine providence, of our faithful Teachers, Acts 20:37[?]. (III) If our Prophets and Teachers are hirelings, John 10:12, ravening wolves, Matt. 7:15, Isa. 10:1[?] — if they are ignorant, lying, deceivers, dumb dogs — so that it becomes night for us because of the vision, and darkness because of divination, and the sun goes down over our prophets, and the day becomes black over them; that the seers are ashamed, and the diviners confounded, and that they all cover their upper lip, because there is no answer of God, Micah 3:5,6,7 — so that we are constrained to lament with Jeremiah: Because of the prophets my heart within me is broken... for both prophet and priest are profane, Jer. 23:9-18. So also (IV) if we ourselves are blind, so that we do not grasp spiritual things, but they are to us foolishness, 1 Cor. 2:14, Eph. 4:17,18, etc. — how great a comfort it affords us then to consider: (1) that we nevertheless have a Prophet, an Envoy, an Interpreter, one of a thousand, to declare to us our true duty, Job 33:23; (2) that we have a Prophet, one in the place of all, Matt. 23:8,10, as being the very Wisdom of God, Prov. 8, and who has become for us Wisdom, 1 Cor. 1:30, who is in the bosom of the Father, and who therefore alone can and will reveal to us what is necessary for us to know, John 1:18; (3) that we have a Prophet, who can not only teach outwardly, but also illuminate inwardly, John 1:9, by opening the heart, Acts 16:14; (4) that we have a Prophet, who has obtained the Spirit for us, and sends Him to us, leading us into all truth, who abides with us — indeed, is in us, John 14:16,17; (5) that we have a Prophet, who will remain with us, even unto the end of the world, Matt. 28:20.
Chapter VII: Of the Mediator as High Priest
On Psalm 110:4
The LORD hath sworn, and will not repent, Thou art a priest for ever after the order of Melchizedek.
Connection of This Chapter with the Preceding
I. The first office of Christ's Mediatorial function, namely the Prophetic, by which He has declared the counsel of God concerning the reconciliation of the sinner, we have examined; now we proceed to the second, namely the Priestly, by which He has procured and brought about that reconciliation — which we shall set forth and represent according to the guidance of the text placed above.
The Explanatory Part
II. In which is comprised the solemn Inauguration, or Conferral, of the Priestly dignity, made by Jehovah upon the Messiah. In which occur:
1. The Conferring, or instituting Person, Jehovah: namely the Father, Ps. 2:7. For it is by Him that He was appointed and called in the eternal Covenant of Grace; by Him He was, in time, sent to be Priest, Hebr. 5:4,5. And by Him alone: for He alone was offended and provoked by sin, Ps. 51:6; He alone had to be reconciled by a Priest; He alone therefore could appoint the reconciling Priest, and was under no obligation to acquiesce in any other whatsoever, not appointed by Him.
2. The Conferral, or the twofold act of the appointment of the Priest: 1. The first, affirmative: He hath sworn. נִשְׁבַּע, to swear, from שֶׁבַע, seven, which is reckoned the most perfect number, because an oath is the most perfect confirmation of a matter. God's swearing an oath presupposes a matter which is not light, trivial, or common, but rare, unusual, and well-nigh incredible, and of great weight and consequence: for it was unusual to appoint a Priest who was not of the tribe of Levi, but of the tribe of Judah, Hebr. 6:16 and 7:11-13 — doubtless, in order to restrain our doubt and wavering by this oath. This swearing therefore looks to three things: it signifies (a) the unchangeableness of His counsel, Hebr. 6:17, compared with Isa. 45:23 and 54:9,10; then (b) it demonstrates the excellence of this Priesthood above any other, as being, so to speak, sealed with a divine Oath, Hebr. 7:20,21, compare John 6:27; finally (c) it serves to strengthen and confirm the sinner in his confidence, Hebr. 6:11,17,18. 2. The second, negative: and will not repent. He will not withdraw His word, will not take it back; will not change; He will not make His purpose depend upon the obedience or disobedience of men — namely, as in other matters, by changing His purpose, Jer. 18:7,8, 1 Sam. 15:11, Isa. 38:1,5 — particularly with respect to the Aaronic Priesthood, which, having grown old, He has, in its place, instituted and appointed this eternal Evangelical Priesthood. Further, that repentance belongs to God in a manner befitting God, not with respect to the passion, but with respect to the effect, we have noted elsewhere.
3. That which is conferred, or rather, the formula of conferral, in which is shown:
1. The Person upon whom it is conferred: אַתָּה, namely, Him whom he had described in what precedes, to wit, David's Lord, the Messiah. Thus all Christians hold: (a) on the authority of the New Testament, Matt. 22:42, Acts 2:34, 1 Cor. 15:25, Hebr. 1:13. Thus also the Pharisees appear to have understood it, and in general all the Jews of that time. (b) From the whole context: for the whole Psalm speaks then of such a one (a) who should sit at God's right hand; (b) who should be a Priest forever; (c) who should be the Lord of David the king, and greater than he; (d) who should be King and Priest at once; (e) who should be, not a Levitical Priest, but one after the order of Melchizedek. (c) From the consent and agreement of the ancient Jews. But the Jews who have lived since the rise of Christianity have begun to deny this, solely and only out of hatred against Christianity. Nevertheless R. Kimchi and others contradict them, who, as also Trypho in Justin Martyr, expound this Psalm of the Messiah. The later Jews, in order to twist this Psalm, twist themselves into various contortions. There are those (α) who suppose that Eliezer, Abraham's servant, spoke this Psalm of his lord Abraham, after he had returned from the slaughter of the five kings; and to this end they twist, in application, everything that occurs in this Psalm: yet neither is the author of this Psalm Eliezer, but David, v. 1, nor has Abraham ever been a Priest after the order of Melchizedek. Others (β) would rather have it that David composed this Psalm concerning his lord Saul: yet neither has Saul ever sat at God's right hand, nor has Saul been a Priest, nor after the order of Melchizedek; nor did he ever exercise a priesthood, nor have an eternal priesthood; nor did the people ever offer sacrifice to him; nor, after he had drunk of the brook, did he lift up his head on high. Others (γ) apply the Psalm to Hezekiah: yet he too has not been David's Lord; has not sat at God's right hand; likewise has not been a Priest, nor such a one after the order of Melchizedek; nor was he even yet in existence when David composed this Psalm; and finally, no one ever offered sacrifice to him. Others (δ) would rather understand Solomon: but he has not been the Lord of his father David; nor has he sat at God's right hand; likewise he has not been a Priest, nor such a one after the order of Melchizedek; nor has he had an eternal priesthood; just as, likewise, his subjects never offered sacrifice to him. Nor are there lacking (ε) those who hold that it is not David himself who speaks here, but that his soldiers said this Psalm of Him, when they said: Thou shalt not go out with us to battle, that thou quench not the light of Israel, 2 Sam. 21:17 — to which they then, by distortion, apply the matters comprised in this Psalm: yet, besides that the Jews cannot prove, even by a single jot, that the soldiers speak here, so also none of the things which occur in this Psalm can be said of David, even with the least semblance of truth, according to what we have already said before. Thus there remains nothing else, but that this אַתָּה, Atta, this "Thou," is no one other than our Messiah.
2. The office which is conferred upon Him: Thou art a Priest, or, be thou a Priest. The word כֹּהֵן, Kohen, translated Priest, signifies an honored and distinguished minister, whether in civil or in ecclesiastical matters — sometimes a prince, a lord, 2 Sam. 8:18 and 20:26, compared with 1 Chron. 18:17, and from Job 12:19, Gen. 41:45, and Exod. 2:16. Yet in a proportionate and analogous sense — whereby the proper and chief meaning is a Priest, or ecclesiastical Minister, and the improper and lesser meaning, a civil officer — namely, because the Priesthood is, as it were, the noblest, indeed a divine ministry; because also to princes and the first heads of households, and moreover to the firstborn among the Patriarchs, belonged the care and oversight of sacred things, and thus also the priesthood; and finally, because it is also the office and duty of princes and lords to attend to religion and to sacred things — whence, by way of analogy, a king or a prince too is called כֹּהֵן, Kohen. (Cf. Menochius, De Republica Hebraeorum, Book VII, ch. 7.) Hence, in order that the Messiah not be a Priest, R. Kimchi explains it as a King, or Lord, Prince, Ruler. The Socinians follow him in this, in order to maintain that Christ's Priestly and Kingly offices are one and the same — and this indeed to this end, that Christ should not have been a Priest on earth, and should not, by offering Himself, have made satisfaction for us; but should have done so only in heaven, at God's right hand, by presenting and offering Himself as king to the Father — holding that Christ, from and according to this passage, is called rather a Prince or King, than a Priest. Among Christians, on the contrary, the word, in its proper, chief, and ordinary meaning, signifies a Priest, or ecclesiastical Minister. (I) Because the word, Gen. 14:18, whence it is here cited, undoubtedly signifies, in Melchizedek, a Priest, since he is called King and Priest. (II) Because the Messiah, in very many other passages, is called a Priest, Zach. 6:13, compared with Jer. 30:21[?] and 33:15,18, likewise Isa. 53:10, where a sacrifice is ascribed to Him. (III) Because R. Aben Ezra, and the ancient Rabbis, according to the testimony of Kimchi, hold this view. (IV) Because they will never prove that the word is used of a king, much less of a king who sits at God's right hand. King David had under him כֹּהֲנִים, Kohanim, princes, lords, 2 Sam. 8:18, compared with 1 Chron. 18:17. Would then David, of whom Kimchi would have this passage understood, be called כֹּהֵן, Kohen, a prince, a lord — which is less than a king? (V) Because the Messiah has performed and accomplished everything that is priestly: for the Priests (1) taught and instructed, Lev. 10:11, Mal. 2:7 — and the Messiah has also taught, John 1:18. (2) They offered sacrifices to reconcile God, as is known; and the Messiah has also offered sacrifice, Hebr. 10:4[?], Eph. 5:2. (3) They prayed, interceded for the people, and blessed them, Ps. 118:26, Num. 6:23 — the Messiah too has prayed, has interceded, and has blessed, Rom. 8:26, Hebr. 7:25. (VI) Because it is translated, Hebr. 5:6 and 7:17,21, by ἱερεύς, Priest. I shall not add (VII) that one may not depart from the proper meaning of words to an improper one, without a pressing necessity, arising either from the analogy of faith, or from the proportion of the context — which has no place here: therefore כֹּהֵן, Kohen, here means nothing other than a Priest. Nor should it be passed over, that the Messiah is here simply called כֹּהֵן, Priest, not High Priest, כֹּהֵן הַגָּדוֹל, the highest, the greatest Priest — not that He was not indeed such a one, for He was, and that in surpassing excellence — but to signify that He was the antitype, not only of the High Priest, with respect to His entrance into the Holy of Holies, but also of the ordinary priests, with respect to His sacrifice on earth: otherwise than the Socinians hold, in service to their presuppositions.
3. The duration of His office, לְעוֹלָם, for ever, namely, in contrast to the Levitical priesthood, which ceased after its own period. And yet He will not exercise and administer His priesthood beyond the period of this present, ending world, at the close of which He will hand over, will render up, the Kingdom to the Father, that God may be all in all, 1 Cor. 15:24,28.
4. The pattern, image, exemplar, of the Priestly office, עַל דִּבְרָתִי מַלְכִּי־צֶדֶק, according to, after, or upon the word of Melchizedek. Paul, Hebr. 7:11, renders the words κατὰ τάξιν Μελχισεδέκ, after the order of Melchizedek. We must here consider and weigh: (a) Who Melchizedek was. As far as the word מַלְכִּי־צֶדֶק is concerned, it reads either "my King, who (one is to supply) is a King of righteousness," or "the righteousness" — and thus it would be a pronominal suffix, from which this sense would arise: my King Melchizedek, who in the type is righteousness, which in truth was the Messiah, Jer. 23:6 and 33:16, 1 Cor. 1:30. By others, however, on Paul's authority, the letter Yod is taken as an appended letter, as it also seems to happen in the preceding word דִּבְרָתִי, "word," "order," as we shall note presently; and then it will mean: King of Righteousness. According to Paul, מֶלֶךְ, Melech, by force of the word signifies a magistrate; among the Hebrews it commonly means a King or Monarch. צֶדֶק, Zedek, signifies, among all peoples, equity, fitness, and righteousness, or conformity to the Law. Suidas thinks that he sprang from Sidus, son of the King of Libya, and Astarte or Asteria his mother, and that from this he is perhaps named Zedek. That this now was his own proper name, not a common name by which Abraham would have commended him, appears from this: (a) that Abraham is not said to have so named him. (b) That, by the connecting hyphen, Maqqeph, the two words מֶלֶךְ, melech, and צֶדֶק, zedek, are as it were united into one proper name, and are hence always rendered as the single word Μελχισεδέκ, Melchizedek, Hebr. 5:6,10, 6:20, and 7:11,17,21. Moreover, (c) because Salem too is the proper name of a place, not a common noun — whence ὁ Βασιλεὺς Σάλημ, king of Salem, Hebr. 7:1 — from which it appears that Βασιλεύς, king, is a common noun, but Σάλημ, Salem, a proper name.
As for the description of his person: R. Jonathan the Jerusalemite, R. Moses of Girona, indeed the oldest and best of the Hebrews, suppose that Melchizedek was Shem — in order, namely, that so great a person, more excellent than Abraham himself, should not be a stranger and foreigner to his lineage: for that Noah appointed him lord over the land of Canaan, so that he accordingly came here, built the city of Salem, and reigned here — with this view Jerome, Primasius, and others seem to agree. Didymus and Origen would rather have it that he was an angel. The Melchizedekians say that he was the Holy Spirit; others, at least some great power of God; others finally hold that he was not a man, but the Son of God, who appeared to Abraham in the form of a man — which view is set forth and defended at large and expressly by Cunaeus, De Republica Hebraeorum, Book III. Against all these opinions it stands: (A) that Scripture, Gen. 14, speaks of him in no other way than of a certain mere man, whom it describes by his own name; by his office, the kingly and at the same time the priestly; by the place where he reigned, Salem. (B) That he was not Shem appears from this, that of Shem it cannot be said that he was without father, without mother, without genealogy, having neither beginning of days nor end of life, Hebr. 7:3. (C) That he was not an angel appears, because nowhere is it ascribed to an angel that he is a priest. (D) That he was not the Holy Spirit, because He too is nowhere called a priest or a king, nor has He appeared in human form, or prepared a meal for a man. Nor (E) was he the Son of God, because he is said to have been made like unto the Son of God, ἀφωμοιωμένος. If you say that he is said to have been made like Him because He formed for Himself a shape and bodily form which He afterward in truth bore on earth, I shall answer, that the Apostle does not place the likeness in the face and form, but in his not having had a beginning of days, etc. If you further say that Christ is said to have been made like man, Phil. 2:7, although He was truly a man: I shall answer, that He is so said, because He, though He was the God-man, is nonetheless reckoned like an ordinary man. Who then was Melchizedek? He was an ordinary man, King and Priest in Salem, greater than Abraham, whom he blessed, and from whom Abraham received tithes. He was without father, without mother, without genealogy, having neither beginning of days nor end of life. Not that he did not actually and truly have all these things; but because these things, by a fixed and predetermined design of the Holy Spirit, are not recorded in the Scriptures — to the end that he might in this bear a type of the Son of God. Indeed, with respect to the Priesthood, these things are ascribed to him by the Apostle himself, in order that thereby it might be signified that that Priesthood was as different and distinct from the Levitical Priesthood as heaven is high and wide, as one which did not depend on Levitical and Aaronic genealogy.
Now we know who Melchizedek was; now must (b) be examined, of what sort was the order of Melchizedek, עַל דִּבְרָתִי, according to the order, or custom, or ceremony, or arrangement, or condition, or function, or form of order. Some hold that the letter Yod in the word דִּבְרָתִי is a pronominal suffix, that the sense is, according to, after my word — namely, concerning Melchizedek, or of, regarding Melchizedek. So Grotius, in order to accommodate the Jews, who hold that the Psalm speaks of David; but others more rightly think that it is an appended and superfluous letter, as often elsewhere, according to the testimony of Buxtorf (Thes. Gramm. p. 858), R. Kimchi and Aben Ezra acknowledging as much. Hence the Apostle, Hebr. 5:6,10, 6:20, 7:11, etc., renders it by κατὰ τάξιν, according to the order, or by κατὰ τὴν ὁμοιότητα, according to the likeness — and the appended letter Yod is perhaps added for the sake of euphony. Note therefore, that Melchizedek was a Priest, yet certainly not a Levitical or Aaronic one, but one as different and distinct therefrom as heaven is high and wide — just as Christ also was not such. Let me say it in one word: after the order of Melchizedek is to say, after the power of an endless life, Hebr. 7:16 — namely, not by any bodily anointing, or legal ecclesiastical ceremony, or intervening ordination or consecration of a man; but by a heavenly institution, and an immediate anointing of the Spirit of life, in an extraordinary manner.
There remains (c) still that we briefly note the proportionate correspondence between Melchizedek and Christ, which the text indicates by the little word עַל (gnal), according to, after: by which particle, on the one hand, an exact equality is excluded between the Priesthood of Melchizedek and that of Levi, and the distinction between the two is signified; on the other hand, the correspondence between the Priesthood of Melchizedek and that of the Messiah is signified, as well as the excellence, perfection, and permanence of Christ's Priesthood above that of Aaron, Hebr. 7:11,12, and 8:6. Which correspondence we shall, God willing, set forth and represent in our Doctrinal Part.
The Doctrinal Part
III. It is therefore beyond doubt, from the text, that the Messiah is a true and properly so-called Priest. Whence He is called a Minister of the sanctuary, and of the true tabernacle, Hebr. 8:2; our Advocate with the Father, 1 John 2:1,2; our Passover, sacrificed for us, 1 Cor. 5:7; the Lamb that was slain, John 1:29, compared with Exod. 29:38,39, Rev. 13:8; a propitiation, or the antitypical mercy-seat, Rom. 3:25; a propitiation for our sins, 1 John 2:1,2; λύτρον καὶ ἀντίλυτρον, a ransom, and that in the place of others, Matt. 20:28; אָשָׁם, a guilt-offering, Isa. 53:10; sin, 2 Cor. 5:21; a Priest forever, after the order of Melchizedek, Ps. 110:4, etc. In which words is also comprised His solemn inauguration and consecration to the Priestly office.
IV. As types and shadows of His Priestly office He has had: (I) all manner of ordinary Levitical priests, Hebr. 7:23,24, who offered goats, calves, bulls, and young cows, Hebr. 9:12,13,21, etc., and also the Passover lamb, 1 Cor. 5:7, John 19:36. (II) Melchizedek, Gen. 14:18, Ps. 110:4, compared with the whole seventh chapter of Hebrews. This one, now, was not an angel, nor the Holy Spirit, nor the Son of God Himself, nor some man created immediately by God, as it were, out of heaven, as some dream; since Moses speaks of him, Gen. 14:18 and following, as of a neighboring king and confederate of Abraham, who went out to meet him, to congratulate him on his victory: but he was only a type of the Mediator, having been made like the Son of God, Hebr. 7:3, as we have said more fully in the Explanatory Part. Which type he bore and displayed — not as the Roman party trifles, with respect to the Mass-offering of bread and wine, since he did not bring forth and offer these things to God, but to Abraham and his host, for their sustenance, Gen. 14:18 — but because he (1) was called King of righteousness, such as the Son of God has been, Jer. 23:6, 1 Cor. 1:30; (2) King of Salem, or of peace, such as the Son of God has been, Isa. 9:5[?], Eph. 2:14; (3) at once a King of men, and a Priest of God, Zach. 6:12,13, compared with Ps. 2:6; (4) because he blessed Abraham, and received tithes from him, and thereby signified his excellence in the priesthood above all the Levitical priests, such as has had a place in Christ, Hebr. 7:4,6,8-10; (5) because, by a fixed and deliberate design of the Holy Spirit, his genealogical record and age are passed over in silence, and he is for this reason called without genealogy, without father and without mother, in order that he might thereby foreshadow Christ's ineffable generation, particularly the divine one, and its eternal duration; (6) because he had neither predecessors nor successors in the priesthood — just as Christ likewise has had no partner in His Priesthood before Him, nor shall have any after Him, Hebr. 13:8, compared with ch. 10:2,3,4,10,11,12, and 7:23,24. (III) The High Priest, or the greatest Priest, Hebr. 3:1 and 5:1,5, of Aaron, descending by succession of order, to whom belonged a particular service, and a yearly observance, in the Holy of Holies — whence he too has been a more illustrious type of Christ, as Priest, Lev. 16:2, etc., 21:12, Hebr. 12:23[?], and 9:6,7, etc. — with respect (1) to his particular adornment, to whom belonged, as his own, a robe and breastplate, Exod. 28:2..., a mitre with a golden plate, v. 36,37,38, which foreshadowed the most excellent dignity of the High Priest Christ, Hebr. 5:5,6; (2) with respect to the anointing, Lev. 8:10,11, which prefigured the anointing of our High Priest, Ps. 45:8 and 133:2,3, Hebr. 1:9; (3) with respect to his yearly entrance into the Holy of Holies, with blood not his own, to make atonement, Lev. 16:2,3,4, foreshadowing the entrance of our High Priest into heaven, Hebr. 10:19,20; (4) with respect to his cleanness, purity, and dignity, Lev. 21:10-15, which foreshadowed the purity, cleanness, and holiness of our High Priest, Hebr. 7:26 and 4:15.
V. The necessity of such a Priest arises and springs forth, partly (I) from the wrong which we, by sin, in so many ways, have done to the infinite Majesty of God, which demands the vengeance of a total death, Rom. 1:32; partly (II) from a most agreeable conjunction of God's avenging Justice, requiring punishment for the injury done to His Majesty, Gen. 18:25, compared with Hab. 1:13, with His Mercy, requiring the preservation of the sinner, Ps. 103:8-15, Ezek. 16:3-7[?], Jer. 31:20 — between which the Divine Wisdom, as it were, set itself in the midst, as a reconciler, providing, by discovering a means whereby satisfaction might be made both to His Justice and to His Mercy, through His Son as Priest, offering Himself for the sinner's debt of punishment — whence Christ is called the wisdom and the power of God, 1 Cor. 1:24, as one who has discovered [procured] an eternal redemption, Hebr. 9:12; partly (III) from a most gracious conspiring of the Divine Mercy, which has not willed the total destruction of man, Mic. 7:18, Exod. 34:6,7, Isa. 55:7, Jer. 9:24; of His Justice, which has not willed to let sin pass by unpunished, Ps. 5:6[?], Zach. 8:17, Amos 5:21,22, Gen. 1:13,14[?]; and of His Truthfulness, which has not willed that its threat be done violence to, with the sinner going unpunished, Matt. 5:18, compared with Gen. 2:17; partly finally (IV) from and by reason of man's eternal inability to satisfy the avenging Justice of God, Rom. 8:3, Ps. 49:8,9. From all of which, taken together, there cannot but arise an utterly absolute necessity of a certain sufficient Priest, who should offer and present Himself as a ransom-price to His Father for His own, Matt. 20:28.
VI. That Priesthood is nothing other than Christ's Mediatorial office, so far as it is directed toward the reconciliation of sins, and the recovery of the divine favor for sinners, Col. 1:20,22, 2 Cor. 5:15[?], Rom. 5:10. The general act belonging to it is to offer, or to do that which, before God, is to be done on behalf of men, and, on behalf of men, in turn, before God. Of which are noted, precisely, four particulars: (I) to teach the people, Mal. 2:7 — though, since they had this in common with the Prophets, and it belonged to them in a more excellent way than to the priests and Levites, we have already before assigned this to Christ's Prophetic office; (II) to offer, Hebr. 8:3; (III) to intercede or pray for the people, Joel 2:17, Hebr. 5:1; (IV) to bless, Num. 6:23,24. Which four particulars, as they were foreshadowed in the types, so are found represented and set forth in the antitype.
VII. The first act, therefore, of Christ's Priestly office is to offer, Hebr. 5:3, 7:27, and 9:14,23 — which is nothing other than (we speak of a sin-offering) to set forth before God, on behalf of the sinner and for sin, something in which He might rest content, and by reason of which He might be reconciled again with the sinner. As in every kind of offering, so in this one in particular, these four particulars come to be considered: (I) the offering Priest; (II) the sacrifice offered; (III) the altar of the offering; (IV) the end and purpose of the offering. In this present matter, (a) the Priest is the Mediator, God-man, according to both His natures, Ps. 110:4, compared with Hebr. 7:3; (b) the sacrifice is Himself, Hebr. 7:27 — most properly with respect to His human nature, on account of which it is ascribed to His body, 1 Pet. 2:24, Col. 1:22, and to His blood, Col. 1:20, and also to His soul, Isa. 53:10, Matt. 20:28; (c) the altar is Himself, with respect to the divine nature, Hebr. 9:14 and 13:10, because, just as the worth and efficacy depended on the altar, Matt. 23:17, so the worth and dignity of the efficacy of Christ's death depends on the Godhead, 1 John 1:7, Acts 20:28; (d) the end and purpose of this offering is (1) satisfaction, since, by the transfer of the guilt onto the offering, the sinner was released, Lev. 4:24, and the whole of Lev. 16, compared with Hebr. 9:12,13 and 2:9,14,15,17, Rom. 3:24,25,26 — of which satisfaction we shall have to treat expressly and at large in the chapter on Redemption; and (2) the reconciliation with God, resulting from and consequent upon it, God having been offended and provoked by sin, whereby the sinner, the debt of punishment having been removed through the satisfaction, is restored to peace and friendship with God, Num. 16:46[?], compared with Rom. 5:1,2,9,11, Eph. 2:13,14. Which offering our High Priest, by dying on the wood of the cross, accomplished perfectly, at once and for all time, Hebr. 9:26 and 10:14.
VIII. The second act of the Priestly office is intercession or intervention, Hebr. 5:1. Whence He is called, 1 John 2:1,2, Παράκλητος, Parakletos — which word, of the Holy Spirit, signifies a Comforter, John 14:16,17,26 and 16:7; of Christ, an Advocate, one called to attend to someone's case, particularly by appearing for him in court, answering, and maintaining his case against his adversary — because He, against each and every one of our adversaries, 1 Pet. 5:8, with Matt. 12:10[?], Rev. 12:10, appears before the face of God for us, Hebr. 9:24 and 7:25, answers for us, attends to our case, prays for us at God's right hand, Rom. 8:34 — to this end, that He may obtain what we desire and need. This intercession and intervention is therefore nothing other than the gracious and steadfast will of Christ, with His Father, John 17:24, Hebr. 9:24, Rom. 8:34, that He, on account of His satisfaction and merits, 1 John 2:1,2, and the persons and the spiritual offerings of the persons, Hebr. 7:24[?], Rev. 8:3, 1 Pet. 2:5, Rom. 8:34, of all and each of the elect, John 17:9,10, Luke 22:31,32, receive and accept in grace — to which the Father is also always ready and prepared, Matt. 17:5, John 11:42.
IX. Now with respect to this intercession and intervention, two periods are noted and observed: the first, of its beginning, which He, while on earth, performed with the deepest humility of mind and abasement of bearing, John 17:9,20, Luke 22:31,32, Hebr. 5:7, John 17:1 and following, Matt. 26:37-39, Mark 14:35, Matt. 3:17; the second, of its accomplishment and perfection, which He, being in heaven, performs and exercises with the highest and utmost majesty, (I) by appearing before the face of His Father for us, Hebr. 9:24 with 8:6 and 7:22, just as Judah for Benjamin, Gen. 43:8,9, and Paul for Onesimus with Philemon, Philem. v. 9,10, and the High Priest of old in the Holy of Holies, adorned with the names of the twelve tribes upon his breast, Exod. 28:9-12,17-22, to which the Bride alludes, Song 8:6; (II) by presenting His satisfaction and merits, that on account of them His own and His people's spiritual offerings may be acceptable in the eyes of His Father, 1 John 2:1,2, Rom. 8:34, Hebr. 7:25 — which was formerly foreshadowed in the High Priest, slaying his offerings, and bringing in their blood, and setting it, as it were, in the Holy of Holies, before the Ark of the Covenant, Lev. 16:11,12,15,16 — without which He, remaining always on earth, would not have been a Priest — that is, not a complete, not a perfect Priest, Hebr. 8:1-4.
X. From this now further appear to us the qualities and incomparable privileges of this intercession. (I) That it is built and grounded upon His satisfaction and meritorious reconciliation, 1 John 2:1,2, Rom. 8:34, Hebr. 2:12[?] — which rested upon the dignity of His Person, as God-man. (II) That it is not merely and simply loving and charitable, as our intercessions are, but authoritative, John 17:2, Matt. 28:18, John 5:21,22,26,27 — because He has merited it. (III) That it is absolutely and universally prevailing with the Father, who always hears the Son, John 11:42, Col. 1:13[?], Hebr. 12:24, John 14:16 and 16:23,24,26 — obtaining, against any accusations and charges of the divine Justice, of the Law, or of Satan, nothing to the contrary, Rom. 8:34. (IV) That it is most glorious and splendid, as taking place in heaven, on the part of the blessed Son of God, who sits at God's right hand, there. (V) That it is universal, for all and every one of the elect, who are, who have been, and who shall be, John 17:9,20, Hebr. 9:24. (VI) That it is complete, perfect, and saving, Hebr. 7:25. There is therefore no intercession which can be compared with this: when we know not what we should pray for as we ought, Rom. 8:26,27, He then prays for us, and obtains for us, our names being continually upon the breast and shoulders of Him, as of our great High Priest.
XI. But since also the Holy Spirit, just as the Son, is our Advocate or Intercessor, as appears from comparing 1 John 2:1 with John 14:16,17,26 and 16:7 — and both are said to pray for us, Rom. 8:34, Hebr. 7:25, with Rom. 8:26,27 — it will be useful and profitable to note the distinction between the intercessions of these two: namely, that (I) Christ prays for us apart from us, with the Father, 1 John 2:1, Rom. 8:34, while the Holy Spirit prays with us before God, Rom. 8:15. (II) That Christ prays for us as our High Priest and Advocate, outside of us, through the presentation of His death, by virtue of His satisfaction and merit, by taking our case upon Himself, against all manner of accusation and charge against us, Hebr. 7:24,25 and 9:24, Rom. 8:34 — while the Holy Spirit, as assisting, by His effectual working, prays within us, Rom. 8:26,27, Rev. 22:17, effectively, as one says, not formally. (III) That Christ intercedes and prays for us with the voice of His blood, which speaks better things than the blood of Abel, Hebr. 12:24 — whereas the Spirit prays for us, by stirring up within us unutterable groanings, Rom. 8:26,27.
XII. The third act of the Priestly office is blessing, Hebr. 7:7. For (I) not only did the priests of old, according to the divine prescription, bless the people, Num. 6:23 — but also (II) Melchizedek alone, Priest of the Most High God, Hebr. 7:1, a type of our Priest, blessed Abraham, Gen. 14:19, Hebr. 7:6,7. But also (III) in the seed of Abraham, Gen. 18:18, of Isaac, Gen. 26:4, of Jacob, Gen. 28:14 — which seed is our Priest, Acts 3:25 — all nations are said to be blessed. And hence, moreover, (IV) the blessing of Abraham is said to come upon the Gentiles in Christ Jesus, Gal. 3:14 — namely, that same blessing in kind, with which God blessed Abraham for his seed's sake. Therefore (V) after His resurrection, appearing to His own, He imparted to them the blessing, wishing them peace, John 20:19,21. Which (VI) the Apostle follows, throughout his epistles to the churches, not only wishing grace and peace, but also, specifically, from our Lord Jesus Christ, Rom. 1:7, 1 Cor. 1:3, 2 Cor. 1:2, etc. Finally, (VII) God is said to bless us with all spiritual blessings in heaven with (in) Christ, Eph. 1:3.
XIII. Now to bless, in Hebrew בֵּרַךְ, barach, in Greek εὐλογεῖν, eulogein, means (I) to extol, to praise, to commend, to give thanks — and thus we bless God, Ps. 100:4 and 103:1,2,20. (II) To wish and pray for every kind of well-being, blessing, and good fortune — just as parents do for their children, Gen. 9:26,27, shepherds for the people, Num. 6:23, each one mutually for another, for example...
...that offering our High Priest accomplished by dying on the wood of the cross, perfecting it at once and for all time, Rom. 5:1,2,9,11; Eph. 2:13,14; Heb. 9:26 and 10:14.
VIII. The second act of the priestly ministry is intercession, or making entreaty, Heb. 5:1. From this He is called, in 1 John 2:1,2, Παράκλητος (Parakletos) — a word that, applied to the Holy Spirit, means a Comforter, John 14:16,17,26 and 16:7, but applied to Christ, an Advocate (one who is called upon to take up someone's cause, particularly by appearing for him in court, answering on his behalf, and maintaining his cause against his adversary) — because, appearing before an adversary, 1 Pet. 5:8, with Matt. 5:25, Rev. 12:10, He appears before the face of God for us, Heb. 9:24 and 7:25, answers for us, takes up our cause, and prays for us at the right hand of God, Rom. 8:34, to this end, that He may obtain what we desire and need. This intercession and entreaty is therefore nothing other than the gracious and steadfast will of Christ before His Father, John 17:24, Heb. 9:24, Rom. 8:34, that He, on the ground of His satisfaction and merit, 1 John 2:1,2, would graciously accept and receive the persons and the spiritual sacrifices of the persons, Heb. 7:24, Rev. 8:3, 1 Pet. 2:5, Rom. 8:34, of each and every one of the elect, John 17:9,10, Luke 22:31,32 — to which the Father is always ready and willing, Matt. 17:5, John 11:42.
IX. Now in this intercession and entreaty two periods are to be noted and observed: the first, that of its beginning, which He performed while on earth, dying, with the utmost lowliness of soul and humbling of demeanor, John 17:9,20, Luke 22:31,32, Heb. 5:7, John 17:1 and following, Matt. 26:37-39, Mark 14:35, Matt. 3:17; the second, that of its consummation and perfection, which He performs and carries out while in heaven, with the highest and utmost majesty: (1) by appearing before the face of His Father for us, Heb. 9:24, with 8:6 and 7:22, just as Judah appeared for Benjamin, Gen. 43:8,9, and Paul for Onesimus with Philemon, Philem. 9,10, and as the high priest of old appeared in the Holy of Holies, adorned with the names of the twelve tribes upon his breast, Exod. 28:9-12,17-22, to which the Bride alludes, Song 8:6; (2) by displaying His satisfaction and merits, so that by them His own spiritual sacrifices and those of His people may be acceptable in the eyes of His Father, 1 John 2:1,2, Rom. 8:34, Heb. 7:25 — which was of old foreshadowed in the high priest, who, having slaughtered the sin offerings and brought in their blood, presented it, as it were, in the Holy of Holies before the ark of the covenant, Lev. 16:11,12,15,16 — without which, had He remained on earth forever, He would not have been a priest, that is, not a complete, not a perfect priest, Heb. 8:1-4.
X. From this now appear further the properties and incomparable privileges of this intercession. (1) That it is built and grounded upon His satisfaction and meritorious atonement, 1 John 2:1,2, Rom. 8:34, Heb. 7:24, which in turn rested upon the worthiness of His Person as God-man. (2) That it is not merely and purely loving and benevolent, as our intercessions are, but authoritative, John 17:2, Matt. 28:18, John 5:21,22,26,27, because He has merited it. (3) That it is absolutely and universally prevailing with the Father, who always hears the Son, John 11:42, Col. 1:13, Heb. 7:24, John 14:16 and 16:23,24,26, obtaining that no accusation or charge — whether of divine justice, of the law, or of Satan — shall stand or prevail to the contrary, Rom. 8:34. (4) That it is exceedingly glorious and resplendent, as it takes place in heaven, on the part of Him who sits at the right hand of God, ibid. (5) That it is universal, for each and every one of the elect who are, who have been, and who shall be, John 17:9,20, Heb. 9:24. (6) That it is complete, perfect, and saving, Heb. 7:25. There is therefore no intercession that can be compared with this one: even when we do not know what we ought to pray for as we ought, Rom. 8:26,27, He prays for us and obtains for us — our names being continually borne upon the breast and shoulders of our great High Priest.
XI. But since the Holy Spirit, no less than the Son, is also our Advocate and Intercessor — as appears from comparing 1 John 2:1 with John 14:16,17,26 and 16:7, both being said to pray for us, Rom. 8:34, Heb. 7:25, with Rom. 8:26,27,30 — it will be useful and profitable to note and observe what distinguishes the intercession of these two. Namely: (1) Christ prays for us without us, before the Father, 1 John 2:1, Rom. 8:34, whereas the Holy Spirit prays with us before God, Rom. 8:15. (2) Christ prays for us as our High Priest and Advocate outside of us — by the display of His death, by the satisfaction of His death, by virtue of His satisfaction and merit, by taking our cause upon Himself against every accusation and charge against us, Heb. 7:24,25 and 9:24, Rom. 8:34 — whereas the Holy Spirit, as our Helper, by His powerful working prays within us, Rom. 8:26,27, Rev. 22:17, working it in us, as one says, rather than pleading it formally. (3) Christ intercedes and pleads for us with the voice of His blood, which speaks better things than the blood of Abel, Heb. 12:24, whereas the Spirit prays for us by working within us unutterable groanings.
The third act of the priestly ministry is blessing. For (1) not only did the priests of old bless the people according to the divine prescription, Num. 6:23; but also (2) Melchizedek alone, priest of God Most High, Heb. 7:1, as a type of our Priest, blessed Abraham, Gen. 14:19, Heb. 7:6,7. But also (3) in the seed of Abraham, Gen. 18:18, of Isaac, Gen. 26:4, of Jacob, Gen. 28:14 — which seed is our Priest, Acts 3:25 — all nations are said to be blessed. And from this it further followed (4) that the blessing of Abraham is said to come upon the Gentiles in Christ Jesus, Gal. 3:14 — namely, the same blessing in kind with which God blessed Abraham for his seed's sake. Therefore (5), appearing to His own after His resurrection, He imparted to them the blessing, wishing them peace, John 20:19,21 — (6) which the Apostle follows throughout, wishing the churches not merely grace and peace in general but specifically that of our Lord Jesus Christ, Rom. 1:7, 1 Cor. 1:3, 2 Cor. 1:2, etc. Finally (7), God is said to bless us with every spiritual blessing in the heavenly places, in (with) Christ, Eph. 1:3.
XIII. Now to bless — in Hebrew barach, in Greek εὐλογεῖν (eulogein) — means (1) to extol, to praise, to commend, to give thanks; and thus we bless God, Ps. 100:4 and 103:1,2,20. (2) To wish, to pray for, every kind of welfare, blessing, and good fortune — as parents bless their children, Gen. 9:26,27, shepherds the people, Num. 6:23, and one person another mutually, as for example Jacob blessed Pharaoh, Gen. 47:7. (3) To consecrate, to sanctify, to set apart for a holy use — thus God blessed the Sabbath, Exod. 20:11, and Christ the bread and the cup in the Supper, Matt. 26:26. (4) To bestow every kind of benefit — thus Jesus blesses the Jews, Acts 3:26, and thus the Gentiles are said to be destined to be blessed in Christ, Gal. 3:14. It is in this last sense that the word "blessing" is chiefly intended here.
XIV. And thus our Priest, by blessing, bestows benefits upon His own — namely, (1) every kind of spiritual benefit: (1) in general, Eph. 1:3, 2 Pet. 1:3; (2) in particular — (a) redemption, Gal. 3:13,14; (b) the impartation of the long-promised Spirit, ibid.; (c) the conversion of the sinner from sin to God and to righteousness, Acts 3:25,26; (d) adoption as children, whereby they are brought into and admitted to God's household, Gal. 4:4, with 1 John 3:1,2; (e) justification through faith, Gal. 3:8,9, Ps. 32:1,2; (f) covenant communion with God, Gen. 17:7,8, Heb. 8:10, with Ps. 144:15; (g) the everlasting glorification, Luke 13:28,29, with 16:23, etc. — and (2) every kind of temporal and bodily benefit, as appendages and attachments of the spiritual ones, Matt. 6:31-33, Rom. 8:32, 1 Tim. 4:8. This appears clearly in the blessing bestowed upon Abraham (which is said to have been drawn down to and upon all his seed in Christ Jesus, Gal. 3:14), whereby he obtained (1) treasures and riches, Gen. 13:2 and 24:35; (2) honor and standing, ibid. and ch. 23:6; (3) fortunate outcomes of his undertakings, Gen. 14:14-16; (4) countless offspring and posterity, Gen. 16:15, Heb. 11:11,12. Now our Priest bestows all these benefits — not merely lovingly and benevolently, obtaining them elsewhere through his prayers, as we bless (Ps. 129:8), but with authority and of Himself as their benefactor. From this it follows that God blesses us with these benefits for Christ's sake, as the meriting cause, Dan. 9:17, through Christ, as the procuring cause, Phil. 4:13 and 1:11, in Christ, as in the head, Eph. 1:3, 2 Cor. 1:20.
The Polemical Part
XV. With regard to the Polemical Part concerning Christ's priestly ministry, the first question and point of controversy that arises — after we have long since, in the Polemical Part of the fifth chapter, settled the point of whether the Messiah, who according to the divine promises was one day to come, had to be a priest — is this: Whether Christ was truly and properly called a Priest? The Socinians, so as not to be forced to concede that He, as a true and properly called priest, presented a true sin offering and by it truly made satisfaction for our sins by way of a vicarious substitution, grant, indeed, that He is sometimes in the Scriptures called a Priest, but hold that He is nevertheless improperly so called, on account of a certain kind of correspondence and likeness that He bore to the high priest, who presented and offered himself in the Holy of Holies once a year before God. The Reformed, on the contrary, maintain firmly, with the Scriptures, that He was a true and properly called Priest — and this chiefly for these reasons: (1) Because He, as they themselves admit, is repeatedly called a Priest — something which, absent any compelling necessity, ought not to be twisted into an improper sense. (2) Because He is described as a true and properly called Priest, and there belong to Him all the requisites of one properly so called. For the description of a properly called priest given in Heb. 5:1-11 is there applied to Him, as also in ch. 8:3. In particular, and point by point: (1) A priest must have had a lawful calling, for no one takes this honor to himself, but he who is called by God, as was Aaron, Heb. 5:4; and Christ had this, v. 5,10. (2) He must be taken from among men, ibid. v. 1; and Christ was from among men, 1 Tim. 2:5. (3) He must do for men, before God, what needs to be done, Heb. 5:1; and Christ has done for men everything that the Mediator had to do — formerly on earth, by reconciling us not only to God, Eph. 2:12-17, Col. 1:20,21, but also by praying for us, John 17:9, Luke 22:32, and now in heaven, Rom. 8:34, 1 John 2:1,2.
(4) He must offer gifts and sacrifices, Heb. 5:1; and Christ has offered Himself, v. 17, Eph. 5:2. (5) He must have had an altar upon which to offer, Exod. 29:23... and Christ has had one, Heb. 13:10. (6) He must have had his ordination, 2 Kings 23:4, Luke 1:5,9; and Christ has had His, Ps. 110:4. Nor can anything be cited and adduced concerning a priest that was not found in Christ. Indeed, He was so true a priest that all the Levitical priests, when He came, had to cease and give way, as foreshadowing shadows, the body itself having now been provided, Heb. 10:1,2,8, etc. (3) Because He is called a far more excellent priest than all the Levitical priests, Heb. 7 through ch. 10 — and therefore a true and properly called Priest. Let me add (4) that the truth of everything foreshadowed in the ceremonial law is in Christ, John 1:17, Col. 2:17, Heb. 10:1 — therefore also the truth of the priesthood. And it avails the opposing party nothing to object: (1) That this priesthood is spoken of only in the Epistle to the Hebrews. Answer: (a) Is He therefore an improperly called Priest? (b) Mention is made of it (b) elsewhere too, both in express words, Ps. 110:4, and in effect, when He is called a Mediator, 1 Tim. 2:5, an Advocate, 1 John 2:1,2, a Redeemer by way of offering, and when priestly acts are ascribed to Him. (2) That He did not properly do what the legal priests did, for He did not offer sacrifices to God as animal offerings. Answer: From this it follows only and is concluded only that He was not a legal priest, but not that He was no priest at all; for by this reasoning Melchizedek too would not have been a true and properly called priest. (3) That the Apostle ascribes to Christ's priesthood an intercession, an advocacy, which nevertheless is not a properly called sacrifice by which sins would be atoned for, but only improperly so, insofar as the intercession and advocacy served and was useful toward the atonement. Answer: (a) It is false that Christ's priesthood consists only in an intercession and advocacy for us; it consists also in an offering up of Himself for us, Eph. 5:2. Then also (b) that very intercession and advocacy which He carries out for us in heaven, after the pattern of the high priest interceding and praying for the people in the Holy of Holies, presupposes a sacrifice offered and presented on earth, Heb. 9:7 with v. 11-15.
XVI. Secondly, it is asked: whether He was also a priest on earth? The Socinians, in order not to be forced to acknowledge that Christ, by His death, which took place on earth, offered Himself for us, and by offering Himself made full satisfaction, hold that He was not a priest on earth, but only in heaven, where, by praying for us, He offered Himself to the Father. The Reformed hold firmly that, while on earth as well, and dying there, and by dying offering Himself, He was a priest — and they prove it thus: (1) Because He is said, Heb. 9:11,12, to have entered the sanctuary through His own blood, having obtained eternal redemption, compare v. 15-18,22,23. (2) Because there, v. 25-28, He is said — once, at the end of the ages, to put away sin by the sacrifice of Himself — to have appeared, to have offered Himself once, which without doubt took place on earth. (3) Because we are said, Heb. 10:10, to have been sanctified through the offering of the body of Christ, made once — without doubt on earth. (4) Because there, v. 12, He is said, having offered one sacrifice for sins, to have sat down forever at the right hand of God, compare v. 14. Finally (5) because He is said, Eph. 5:2, to have given Himself for us, to be an offering and a sacrifice to God for a sweet-smelling savor — which without any doubt took place on earth. And it avails nothing for the contrary that (1) our High Priest is said, Heb. 7:26, to have become higher than the heavens, so that, were He on earth, He would not even be a priest, Heb. 8:4. Answer: From this it follows only and is concluded only that He did not have to carry out the acts of His priesthood on earth, but that, having offered Himself upon the cross, He had to ascend, with His own blood, into the heavenly sanctuary, and there intercede and pray for us — for otherwise He would not be a higher, more exalted, and more perfect Priest than the ordinary Levitical priests were. (2) That He is said, Heb. 7:16, to have become High Priest according to the power of an indissoluble life — from which, they say, it follows that He was not a priest so long as He was mortal. Answer: (a) the Apostle does not mean that He was not a priest while He bore a dissoluble life, but that, for an everlasting intercession, He had at some point to obtain an unending life. But indeed (b) even on earth He had an indissoluble life with respect to His divine nature, and, after the resurrection, while still on earth, also with respect to His human nature. (3) It is said that He is called, Heb. 5:9,10, having been made perfect, to have become, to all who obey Him, the cause of eternal salvation, being named by God a High Priest, etc. Answer: He has never been simply imperfect, since He was always sufficient for Himself and for His office, although at successive stages, through a continuous progression of acts, He became ever more perfect, until at last, in heaven, sitting at the Father's right hand and interceding for us there in a glorious manner, and applying to us most effectually the redemption He obtained, He became a most complete and most perfect Priest.
XVII. From this, thirdly, it is asked: did only the high priest bear a type of Christ, or did the ordinary priests of the Old Testament as well? The Socinians, since they hold that Christ became a priest by His entrance into the heavenly sanctuary, deny that the ordinary priests bore any type of Christ. The Orthodox teach that the ordinary priests too were types of Christ: (1) Because He is called not only ἀρχιερεύς but also kohen, a priest, and is compared with the ordinary priests, Heb. 8:4. (2) Because the high priest and the ordinary priests were of one and the same kind, differing only in degree of rank and dignity — hence not only did nearly everything belong to the priests generally (the high priest's entrance into the Holy of Holies almost alone excepted), but the high priest too, under the very same name as the ordinary priests, is throughout the Old Testament designated kohen, priest. (3) Because not only the offering of the high priest, made at his entrance into the Holy of Holies with the blood of goats and calves (of which the Apostle speaks, Heb. 9:12), but absolutely every offering — including that made with the blood of bulls, goats, and the ashes of the heifer, carried out by each and every priest, of which v. 13 speaks — foreshadowed the sacrifice of the Messiah, compared with v. 19. (4) Because the Passover lamb also, which was not offered by the high priest alone but by each of the ordinary priests, was a type of Christ, 1 Cor. 5:7, John 19:36. (5) Because the Apostle, Heb. 10:11 compared with v. 10, compares each and every priest, with respect to sacrifice, offering, burnt offering, and sin offering, v. 5,6,8, with Christ, as the antitype with the type. (6) Because it is said of the whole ceremonial law that it had a shadow of the good things to come, of which the body is Christ, Col. 2:17, Heb. 10:1 — and consequently the ordinary priests as well. Not to add (7) that, on the opposing supposition, even Melchizedek could not have been a type of Christ, since he had no part in the entrance into the Holy of Holies. Nor do I see what the opposing party could allege to the contrary, even with any semblance of truth, except that a more explicit, more manifold, and fuller comparison occurs between the high priest and Christ than between the ordinary priests and Him — but from this at most nothing more can be concluded than that the high priest was a more illustrious type of Christ, and this indeed with respect to his entrance into the Holy of Holies, but not that he alone was a type of Christ.
XVIII. Fourthly, it is asked: did Christ also offer for Himself? Socinus, in order the more forcefully to deny that Christ, by His priestly offering, made satisfaction for the sins of others, holds that Christ offered no less for Himself than for others — not indeed for sins, which he grants Christ did not have, but for the weaknesses of His flesh, that is, for His mortality and susceptibility to suffering. The Orthodox deny this: (1) Because an offering is properly said in Holy Scripture to be made for the sake of sins, Lev. 7:11, Heb. 5:3 and 7:17, of which Christ was free, ibid. v. 26. (2) Because the weakness of the flesh, mortality, and liability to suffering, insofar as they are without sin (as they were in Christ, Heb. 4:15), require no offering. Not to say (3) that, even on the opposing party's own supposition — that Christ's offering took place in heaven, once He had laid aside all weakness, suffering, and mortality — this offering for Himself would be absurd. The only thing that could be alleged to the contrary with any semblance of truth is found in Heb. 5:2-3: that he can properly have compassion on the ignorant and erring, since he himself is also beset with weakness, and for this reason must, as for the people, so also for himself, offer for sins. But it is not noticed that the Apostle speaks there of a sinful weakness, common to the people and the high priest, on account of which the high priest had to offer for himself as well as for the people; this does not apply to Christ, nor can it be applied to Him, because in Him there was no such sinful weakness at all.
XIX. Hence, fifthly, it is asked: whether Christ has offered Himself only once, and is for that reason alone a Priest according to the order of Melchizedek — or whether He is also offered by others, and repeatedly, who would thereby be priests along with Him, after the order of Melchizedek? The Papists, for the sake of their Mass, hold that Christ is offered daily by the priests of the Mass, for the sins of the living and the dead, and that these are therefore not merely priests, but even priests after the order of Melchizedek. The Reformed hold that Christ alone offered Himself, and that only once, and that He alone is therefore a properly called Priest, He alone after the order of Melchizedek: (1) Because Holy Scripture nowhere teaches that Christ must be offered by anyone other than Himself, nor more than once, nor that He has any other properly so-called successors as priests — for such would be properly called priests of one and the same order, namely after the order of Melchizedek. (2) Because Holy Scripture teaches the opposite, repeatedly saying that Christ, by one offering of Himself, has perfected forever those who are being sanctified, Heb. 10:14, etc. I will add (3) that it involves the greatest absurdities — indeed a denial of that one sacrifice which Christ accomplished on the cross — to say that Christ is offered by men, and that that single sacrifice of Himself does us no good unless repeated daily, and that by men who would be priests of the same order as He, after the order of Melchizedek. Nor do they have anything to object except the passage of Mal. 1:11: In every place incense shall be offered to my name, and a pure grain-offering. But they fail to notice that by the incense and the pure grain-offering nothing else is meant than the true and spiritual worship of the New Testament, and the spiritual sacrifices foreshadowed by these Levitical offerings of the Old Testament — compare Zech. 14:16,20. More matters of this kind will come before us, God willing, when we refute the Mass expressly and at length.
XX. Sixthly, it is asked: whether Christ, as Priest, by offering Himself unto death upon the cross, made full satisfaction for sinners according to the strictness of divine justice, paying their debt with an equivalent price, and thereby reconciled them to God? This the Christians maintain firmly; the Socinians deny it. This is indeed a very weighty question at this place; but since it branches out into more than one issue — the necessity, truth, and universality, etc., of the Satisfaction, matters belonging to the chapter on Redemption — we shall defer it until then.
XXI. Seventhly, it is asked: does Christ alone intercede and pray for us? The Papists extend the dignity of intercession also to the angels and departed saints, whom they likewise teach must for this reason be invoked and worshipped. The Protestants leave this to Christ alone: (1) Because He alone is called not only mesitēs, a Mediator, 1 Tim. 2:5, but also paraklētos, an Advocate, 1 John 2:1. (2) Because Christ possesses the priestly dignity, with respect to all its acts — intercession among them — as untransferable, Heb. 5:5,6 and 7:4,6,7,11,16,17,21,22,24, etc. (3) Because intercession is nothing other than an effectual presentation of the sacrifice, Heb. 9:12,24, Rom. 8:34; and since this belongs to Christ alone, so too does the intercession. (4) Because no domestic ushers or introducers are needed, since the Son Himself so graciously invites us to Himself, Matt. 11:28, and so bountifully promises the granting of prayers made in His name, John 16:23-24 — especially since no one comes to the Father except through Him, John 14:6. (5) Because no one apart from Him either sees into our hearts, which is the work of God alone, 1 Kings 8:39, or knows our needs, Isa. 63:16. And it avails nothing that they allege, to the contrary, that we are commanded to pray for one another, 1 Tim. 2:1, James 5:16 — for we are commanded to do this while we are together on earth and know one another's needs, but not once carried up into heaven, on behalf of those still on earth, whom we do not know, Job 16:21, Isa. 63:16.
XXII. Eighthly, it is asked: did Christ also intercede and pray for us while still on earth? The Socinians, because they confine Christ's priestly ministry solely to His intercession, and hold that His priesthood began only in heaven, deny that He prayed for us on earth. The Orthodox maintain the contrary: (1) Because Holy Scripture openly teaches that He prayed for His own while on earth too, Luke 22:32, John 17. (2) Because the suppositions on which they build their view are openly false, namely: that Christ's priesthood consists solely in His intercession — whereas, having already accomplished the cleansing of our sins, He is seated at the right hand of God, Heb. 1:3, in order to pray for us there, Rom. 8:34; and that He began His priesthood only in heaven, the falsity of which we have expressly and at length demonstrated in §16.
XXIII. Ninthly, it is asked: did Melchizedek, going out to meet the victorious Abraham, bring forth bread and wine to God as an offering, in order thereby to prefigure Christ as a Priest after the order of Melchizedek, offering Himself under the appearance of bread and wine, Gen. 14:18? The Papists seek, if not their only, then at least their principal defense for their Mass-offering in this offering of Melchizedek. The Protestants deny that a properly called offering takes place here: (1) Because Holy Scripture makes no mention whatever of an offering. (2) Because both the text and the circumstances of the history clearly contradict this: for the word used here is not the one used of offering elsewhere in Scripture, but a word meaning "he caused to be brought" — bread indeed and wine, but not only these (since it was not customary to entertain such a person, in such a case, with bread and wine alone), but by way of representing every kind of provision; nor did he do this himself precisely, but at his command his servants did, who nevertheless thereby likewise served in it. (3) Because it conflicts with the Papists' own suppositions, who hold that the Savior offered, not bread and wine, at the first Mass, but Himself, His flesh and blood. Nor do I see what the opposing party can allege for themselves except the conjunction of the words: he brought forth bread and wine, for he was a priest of God Most High — from which Eccius argues that he brought it forth in order to offer it to God; but in vain, for the causal conjunction is not in the text, and the act of his priesthood is expressly indicated, not in an offering, but in his priestly blessing. Compare Num. 6:23.
XXIV. From this, tenthly, it is asked: did Christ Himself, under the appearance of bread and wine, offer Himself in the Mass? The Papists, for the sake of their Mass-offering, say yes; the Protestants deny it. (1) Because in Holy Scripture, namely in the institution of the Holy Supper, in all the Evangelists, and even in Paul's repetition of it, not the least hint of such an offering occurs. (2) Because He is constantly said to have offered Himself upon the cross, and that indeed through death. (3) Because, since the offering of a sin offering takes place by and with a destruction of the thing offered, Christ, by offering Himself in the Mass, would have to be destroyed. (4) Because an unbloody sin offering — such as the opposing party ascribes to the Savior — involves an open contradiction, Heb. 9:22. (5) Because He would, instead of instituting a Sacrament, have offered a sacrifice — things which differ entirely in kind from one another. To have pointed this out here in passing will suffice; it will be treated more fully in its proper place, God willing.
The Practical Part
XXV. The contemplation of Christ's priesthood shows us, first, what a dreadful and detestable thing sin is: since it has so greatly turned and estranged us from God, Isa. 1:10-16 and 59:2, that it has made a reconciling High Priest absolutely necessary for us before God, in order to uphold our salvation, Heb. 5:1; and not merely a common Levitical priest — an Aaron, a Joshua — but so great and so excellent a one, after the order of Melchizedek, according to the power of an indissoluble life, Heb. 7:11,16, the Son of God, God-man Himself, ibid. v. 3; who has brought upon us so great a guilt of punishment that a sacrifice has been necessary for us — not of bulls and goats, Ps. 40:7,8 and 51, Mic. 6:6,7, Heb. 10:8,13, but of the Son of God Himself, who must offer Himself to God, Heb. 9:12,14; which has made all our holy duties, prayers, and best works so hateful and detestable to God, Isa. 1:10-16 and 64:6, that an intercessor and advocate has been necessary for them, to bring them before and into the presence of God, Rev. 8:3,4; which has so utterly robbed us of every blessing, bodily as well as spiritual, that a Priest was necessary who would bless us, Num. 6:23, compared with Eph. 1:3, Gal. 3:13,14; which has so armed the law, the justice, and the power of God against us, that we could not be reconciled again except through the accursed death and offering of the Son of God Himself, Gal. 3:13,14. If, then, sin is so detestable a thing, and that in the sight and presence of the most righteous Judge, we truly have reason and cause: (1) to abhor it and be estranged from it ourselves also, Gen. 39:9; (2) to be deeply humbled and to abase ourselves before God on account of it, Dan. 9:3,4; (3) to seek earnestly the atonement for it in the offering of our only High Priest, ibid., and 2 Cor. 5:18-20; (4) to pursue it with an irreconcilable hatred, Ps. 97:10 and 119:128; (5) to be more and more cleansed and purified from it in and through the blood of our Priest, Isa. 1:16, Jer. 4:4, 1 John 1:7, Heb. 10:22, Ps. 51:4,9.
XXVI. Secondly, it shows and represents to us that we ought to marvel at the harmonious discord and the amicable strife between the various attributes of God, between which our Priest, through divine wisdom, set Himself in the middle, and as it were interposed Himself as a Mediator. For God's justice demanded the sinner's eternal condemnation, Deut. 27:26, Gal. 3:10, Rom. 1:18,32 — to whose aid came His unchangeable truthfulness, threatening the sinner with death and every kind of evil as punishment, Gen. 2:17 and 3:17. Against this, on the other hand, contended God's grace and mercy for the sinner's salvation and eternal happiness, Ps. 103:8, Isa. 55:7, Zech. 9:11 — to which came, as it were to its aid, God's honor and glory, sought from the good works of the redeemed, converted, and sanctified sinner, John 15:8, Matt. 5:16, together with the praise and spreading abroad of God's goodness and grace, whereby He has no pleasure in the death of the sinner, but rather that he should turn and live, Ezek. 33:11. Between these contending claims, divine Wisdom set herself, as it were, in the middle, resolved to satisfy both contending parties, so that sin might be punished according to the demand of God's justice, and the sinner saved according to His mercy; she appointed a Priest who should satisfy justice and yet save the sinner — who for this reason is called the power and the wisdom of God, 1 Cor. 1:24, since in this our Priest God's grace has, as it were, been reconciled and made peace with His righteousness, Rom. 3:25, so that now mercy and truth have met together, righteousness and peace have kissed each other, Ps. 85:10. So that, in this strife and wrestling, and in the most gracious resolution and peace brought about by our Priest, at least four divine perfections present themselves to us — righteousness, truthfulness, mercy, and wisdom — which we ought here (1) to contemplate, Rom. 11:22; (2) to marvel at, ibid. v. 32,33; (3) to extol and glorify, v. 36; (4) to imitate, by ever tempering the strictness of justice with mercy and gentleness, James 2:13.
XXVII. Thirdly, it moves and urges us most powerfully to thankfulness toward God the giver, and toward the Savior given to us as a Priest. For if we duly consider: (1) the giving Jehovah, Ps. 110:4, Jehovah has sworn, etc.; God the All-sufficient, Gen. 17:1, who, moved and impelled by no necessity or need, but out of the pure and sheer overflow of grace, appointed and determined this Priest in His eternal counsel, and in time actually gave Him; (2) the one given — not this or that priest, not a Levitical or Aaronic one, Heb. 7:11, not this or that man, however great he might be, but such a one, so great a one, after the order of Melchizedek, v. 17,21, the very Son of God, v. 3, eternal, v. 17,21, God-man, an all-sufficient one, able to save completely, v. 24,25, who atones, who intercedes, who blesses, and who accomplishes all that needs to be done for us before God, Heb. 5:1; (3) the manner of giving, with such great solemnity, with an oath sworn, Ps. 110:4, Heb. 6:16,17 and 7:20,21, with a solemn declaration of God's unchangeable counsel: and it shall not repent Him, likewise Heb. 6:17, Isa. 45:23 and 54:9,10, Ps. 89:34,35 — a manner of dealing that is neither in vain nor breathes anything common, since it (1) most powerfully assures us of the unchangeableness of His counsel, Heb. 6:17; (2) commends to us the surpassing excellence of this Priest and of this priesthood, which the Apostle extols throughout the whole Epistle to the Hebrews; (3) strengthens and confirms the sinner's heart concerning the unchangeableness of God's good pleasure toward him — for men swear by one greater than themselves, and an oath for confirmation is to them an end of all dispute; wherein God, willing more abundantly to show the heirs of promise the unchangeableness of His counsel, interposed Himself with an oath, that by two unchangeable things, in which it is impossible for God to lie, we might have strong consolation, Heb. 6:16-18, compared with Mic. 7:20, Hab. 3:9 — for which reason Tertullian (de Poenit. c.4) says: "What God so greatly commends, that He even, after a human manner, testifies it under oath, even to the utmost solemnity, we must both accept and keep, that abiding and persevering in the keeping of divine grace, we may also persevere and endure in the fruit thereof, and consequently in the benefit"; (4) the persons to whom He has given this Priest — mere men, Ps. 8:5, dust and ashes, Gen. 18:27, rebels, already by their own right condemned and doomed, indeed dead in trespasses and sins, Eph. 2:1,5, Ezek. 16:3-6 — from all of which God commends and confirms His love toward us, in that while we were yet sinners, Rom. 5:7,8; (5) the uses and benefits for which He has given Him to us — namely, (1) that He might reconcile us to Himself, Lev. 19:22, compared with 2 Cor. 5:19; (2) to provide us an introducer and guide, through whom we might have boldness and access with confidence to the throne of grace, Eph. 2:18 and 3:12; (3) to heap up upon us every kind of blessing, Num. 6:23, compared with Eph. 1:3, Gal. 3:14. Are not all these things so great and of such a kind that they must move and impel us most powerfully to thankfulness? So that we (a) should follow the giving Jehovah — who, with such great solemnity and preparation, gave us this Priest, namely by the interposition of an oath and with a declaration of His unchangeable counsel, and gave Him out of pure love — with a sincere and burning love in return, on our part, Rom. 5:8,11; (b) that we should readily and gladly accept and receive this given Priest, and confidently commit and entrust to Him our affairs that need to be done before God, Heb. 5:1; and (c) that we should offer up ourselves and all that is ours again to God, Rom. 12:1.
XXVIII. Fourthly, it admonishes us to consider this our High Priest with humility and devotion, Heb. 3:1, Consider, etc., and 7:4, Now consider how great this man was. For to this end served (1) the yearly offering of the Passover lamb under the Old Testament, 1 Cor. 5:7; (2) the Holy Supper under the New Testament, 1 Cor. 11:26; (3) the so often repeated and so carefully impressed description of this Priest, and of this priesthood, throughout the whole Epistle to the Hebrews. In particular, let us consider and weigh: (1) its absolutely unavoidable necessity, if we wish to become partakers of even the smallest good, Heb. 7:26, such a high priest was fitting for us, etc. — a necessity of which so few have any true sense, and even those who confess it with the mouth so rarely earnestly and sincerely desire fellowship with Him and pluck its fruits, John 4:10; (2) its nature and excellence, Heb. 7:26, such a High Priest was fitting for us, holy, harmless, undefiled, separate from sinners, and made higher than the heavens, and 8:1, merciful and faithful, ch. 2:17, the Son of God Himself, ch. 7:3, God-man, etc.; (3) its use and benefit, in reconciling the rebellious sinner again to God, in attending to all his affairs before God, in preparing for him every kind of blessing — matters already spoken of above. And let us so consider and weigh these things that we (a) with our confession faithfully accept and receive Him as the High Priest of our confession, Heb. 3:1 and 4:14-16 and 10:23; (b) that we, by faith, rest and trust ourselves securely in and upon Him, Isa. 50:10, as one who is a merciful and faithful High Priest, Heb. 4:15, tempted in all things as we are, yet without sin; (c) that we cleave to Him inseparably and never let Him go, Heb. 2:14, compared with ch. 12:2,3, Ps. 63:9; (d) that we, on every occasion, turn and apply all the acts of His priesthood to our own use and benefit: in case of sin, His offering and atonement; in case of any distress, His intercession; in case of any lack, His blessing — of which more, expressly and at length, hereafter.
XXIX. Fifthly, it counsels us to take up, for our own use, the offering of our Priest, by which He secures our reconciliation with God: (1) in the case of sin — when it burdens and oppresses us, Ps. 38:5,6 and 51:5,6; when our conscience accuses, condemns, and afflicts us, 2 Sam. 24:10, Ps. 32:3; when Satan, the accuser of the brethren, accuses us before God day and night, Rev. 12:10; when the law, with its curses, comes against us, John 5:45; when our own heart condemns us, 1 John 3:19, Rom. 2:15; when God's wrath and displeasure torment us, Ps. 90:11, Rev. 6:17; when the fear of death and of eternal damnation terrifies, presses, and constricts us, gnawing at us continually like a worm and like an unquenchable fire, Heb. 2:14,15, Isa. 66:24; (2) in the case of spiritual desertion, when we walk in darkness and see no light, Isa. 50:10, so that we must sigh, "The LORD has forsaken me, the LORD has forgotten me," Isa. 49:14, "How long, LORD, will you forget me forever?" Ps. 13:1,2, compared with Ps. 77 and 88, etc.; (3) in the case of divine judgments, whether public — famine, plague, war — or particular, Ps. 32:3,4 and 38:2-6. What can come to our aid more powerfully in these and other cases than, first, to have a Priest who offers in order to atone; then, to have such a Priest as is the Son of God Himself, God-man, after the order of Melchizedek, a King of righteousness and of peace, Heb. 7, who has offered not bulls, not half-measures, but Himself, Heb. 10:1-15, and who in all things, as we are, has been tempted, that He might be merciful, Heb. 4:15; then, such a one as can save completely all who come to God through Him, Heb. 7:25? What, then, is more advisable in every kind of case than to take up for our own use so great a sacrifice, from so great a Priest? (a) With a deep sense of our sins and misery, Ps. 51:5, compared with v. 9, 2 Sam. 24:10; (b) with a humble confession of them, Ps. 32:5, Luke 15:18,19; (c) with a confident appropriation of the sacrifice set before us, Gal. 2:20; (d) and, in that way, by laying our sins upon Him, as it were, Lev. 4:4,15,24,29,33, since God has long since laid them upon Him, Isa. 53:4,5, 2 Cor. 5:21, etc.
XXX. Sixthly, that we likewise take up for our own use His intercession and pleading, as often as we have any matter to bring before God. Here it will be our duty to ponder and weigh: (1) the benefits of this intercession — our fellowship with the Father and the Son, John 17:21; the gift of the Holy Spirit, John 14:16,17; protection against every kind of spiritual enemy, Rom. 8:34, John 17:15; our glorification, since He, sitting at the Father's right hand, will one day set us together with Himself in heaven, Eph. 2:6 — "raised us up together, and made us sit together in heavenly places in Christ Jesus" — because He sits there in our flesh, Heb. 2:14, Eph. 5:30, with John 17:24 and 14:23, and sits there for our sake and for our cause, Heb. 6:20, being thus so nearly related to us: by nature, as one and the same with us; by office and duty, as our surety; and by the Spirit, whose fellowship He obtains for us; power and strength against our sins, proven from His priesthood in heaven, which is the same thing as His intercession, from which the Apostle derives the inscribing of the law upon our hearts, Heb. 8:4,6,9,10; the sanctification of our whole service, depicted in the Levitical priests, who had to bear the iniquity of the holy things which the children of Israel had hallowed, in all their holy gifts, Exod. 28:38, compare Rev. 8:3 — for there is in us a threefold uncleanness: that which arises from the guilt of punishment for sin, which our Priest heals through His offering for us, "the LORD our Righteousness," Jer. 23:6, 1 Cor. 1:30; that of our nature and faculties, from original defilement, which He heals through His Spirit, obtained for us through His intercession, regenerating, renewing, converting, and sanctifying us, John 3:5, Titus 3:5; and that of our service and obedience, Isa. 64:6, which is turned into a sweet-smelling savor, Eph. 5:2, derived and descending from Him upon our whole service, Phil. 4:18, Gen. 8:21, we being made priests, Rev. 1:6, a holy priesthood, to offer up spiritual sacrifices acceptable to God through Jesus Christ, 1 Pet. 2:5; the inward intercession of the Holy Spirit, Rom. 8:26, which our Priest has obtained for us through His intercession; patience, and an untiring steadfastness in our duty, Heb. 3:1,2,3; and confidence to draw near with boldness to the throne of grace, Heb. 4:14,16 and 10:12,32. All these, and many other benefits, are certain and unquestionable for us through the power of Christ's intercession — because the Father always hears and answers Him, John 11:42, since He Himself appointed Him beforehand to the priestly ministry, Heb. 5:4,5; because He loves and cherishes Him, John 16:26,27; because He intercedes with authority, John 17:24, "Father, I will..." — and with power to bring about what is asked, John 16:7, "I will send Him..." — compare Ps. 68:18, Eph. 4:8; and because He has promised it, Acts 2:33. (2) The means of becoming partakers of it: that we receive this Priest as our Advocate with a living faith, John 1:12, in whom all the promises of God are yes and amen, 2 Cor. 1:20; that we confidently commit and entrust to Him, through prayer, all our affairs that need to be brought before God, Heb. 5:1, Phil. 4:6; that we bring our prayers, through a living faith, to this our Priest, grounding them upon His name, John 16:23, Dan. 9:17, laying them upon Him as upon the true golden altar of incense, that He may carry them into the sight and presence of God to become a sweet-smelling savor, Rev. 8:3,4; and that we lay the impurity and imperfection of all the duties of our worship upon this our Priest, that He may, by His merits and intercession, cleanse them, supply what is lacking, and bring them into the Holy of Holies, after the pattern of Aaron, of whom it is written, Exod. 28:38: "And Aaron shall bear the iniquity of the holy things which the children of Israel shall hallow, in all their holy gifts, that they may be accepted before the LORD." And thus they shall be a sweet savor, an offering acceptable and well-pleasing to God, Phil. 4:18, 1 Pet. 2:5.
XXXI. Seventhly, that we take up also, for our own use, the blessing of our Priest. The benefits of this blessing, to be enjoyed by making use of Him, we have already shown above, in the Doctrinal Part, §15 — from which the cases in which one must make use of this blessing may also be gathered; to which we add the case of persecution and cursing hanging over our heads from our enemies, insofar as God, through this blessing, promised Abraham that He would curse all who cursed him, Gen. 12:3 and ch. 22:17 — of which a shining example lies before us in the glorious and celebrated victory He granted him over his enemies, ch. 14, and in the preservation of his wife, ch. 12:14, 20:2,3,4,18 — which must not be restricted to bodily enemies, but extended also to spiritual ones, Matt. 16:18, John 10:28, 2 Thess. 1:6,7, etc. Among the ways and means of obtaining these benefits of blessing are: (1) that we strive with all our strength to be of the spiritual seed of Abraham — for these benefits, in the blessing of Abraham, were to come upon the Gentiles, Gal. 3:14, since it is promised not to Abraham alone but to his seed, and to that seed alone, Gen. 17:7 and 22:17; (2) that we may be within the Covenant of Grace — for this blessing is promised to Abraham and to his seed through the Covenant of Grace, Gen. 17; (3) that we may be in Christ, and united with Him — for God bestows the benefits of this blessing in Christ Jesus, Eph. 1:3, in whom all the promises of God are made, and are yes and amen, 2 Cor. 1:20; therefore (4) that we lay hold of and receive this blessed seed with a true and living faith, Gal. 3:14, John 1:12.
XXXII. Eighthly, that we diligently examine ourselves, whether that Priest — who offered Himself for us, who prays for us, who blesses us — is truly ours. For He is (1) not indiscriminately and in general a priest for all — for the Apostle limits the priesthood thus, Heb. 4:15, "we have a High Priest," and the Priest Himself says, John 17:9, "I pray not for the world" — but for certain, particular ones, for whom He has spent Himself as their Priest, and to whom He grants such great benefits from His offering, intercession, and blessing. And since, on the contrary, (2) the misery of those who lack so great a Priest, and are excluded from partaking of benefits so necessary for them, is so great; and since (3) there is such great peace of mind, joy, and comfort in the certain and infallible assurance of this fellowship; and since (4) this whole matter depends upon a careful self-examination — who then can doubt that it is absolutely necessary to undertake an earnest examination of oneself? But by what marks shall we be able to know this with certainty? Answer: the Apostle offers us some, Heb. 3:1: "Wherefore, holy brethren, partakers of the heavenly calling, consider the Apostle and High Priest of our confession." Therefore, those who have Christ as their Priest are: (1) Brethren — not only among one another, Matt. 23:8, but also, and chiefly, with Christ, Heb. 2:11, so that they have with Him one and the same God and Father — for it was thus that He, as Priest, about to intercede, ascended also for His own, John 20:17. (2) Holy — for He who sanctifies and those who are sanctified are all of one, for which reason He is not ashamed to call them brethren, Heb. 2:11 — namely, that He, like a brother to His brethren, and the brethren to their brother, might in all things, and thus also in holiness, be alike, so that He might be to them a faithful High Priest in the things pertaining to God, to make reconciliation for the sins of the people, ibid. v. 17. (3) Partakers of the heavenly calling — for no one takes this honor to himself, but he who is called, Heb. 5:4, not with a common calling only, of which Matt. 20:16, but with a heavenly one, of which Rom. 8:30 — one bound up with election, whereby they are conformed to the image of the Son, that He might be the firstborn among many brethren, ibid. v. 29. (4) Of the Christian confession — for He is the High Priest of our confession, that is, of the Christian, not the Jewish, not the heathen confession, etc., and that not merely in name but in deed, 2 Tim. 2:19. To this I add, (5) they are not of this world — for He does not carry out the intercession of His priesthood on behalf of those who are of this world, John 17:9. (6) They are among those given to Christ by the Father, ibid. — that is, those who, having appropriated Him by faith and been united with Him, follow Him through self-denial and patient bearing of the cross, Luke 9:23, crucifying the flesh with its affections and lusts, Gal. 5:24 — matters treated, with the necessary changes, above, ch. 2, §32, concerning the Mediator.
XXXIII. Ninthly, it binds and obligates us to render to our Priest — so great and such a one — the duties we owe Him. For if the Israelites owed their dues to the ordinary priests, from which "the right of the priests" gets its name, 1 Sam. 2:13; if we owe certain duties to our fathers, Judg. 17:10 and 18:19, compare 2 Kings 2:12, 6:21, and 13:14, 1 Cor. 4:15 — fatherly or filial duties: honor, love, obedience, faithfulness; if the tithes were specifically owed to the priests, as a token of homage rendered not so much to the priests as to God, from which the tithes are called holy to the LORD, Lev. 27:32; if Abraham himself, so great a patriarch, gave honor and tithes to Melchizedek as to a priest, Gen. 14:20 — a thing the Apostle notes four or five times in one and the same chapter, Heb. 7:1,2,4,6,8,9 — shall we then not render priestly duties and tithes to so great a Priest, who is so great and such a one, and infinitely greater still? But what, indeed, are these dues, these lawful claims and tithes, which we owe to our Priest? They are: (1) honor, fitting to such a High Priest, Heb. 7:26, which Abraham himself gave to Melchizedek, ibid. v. 1,4,7, and which the Levitical priests themselves rendered in the tithes of Abraham, v. 9; (2) love for the Priest, as for a Father, Judg. 17:10 with Matt. 10:37, as for a High Priest who is so faithful, Heb. 2:17, and merciful, ibid. and 4:15, who has offered Himself for us, prays for us, and blesses us with every kind of benefit, spiritual and temporal, as we have said above; compare 1 Cor. 16:22; (3) obedience and submission, compare Lev. 10:10,11, Deut. 33:16, Mal. 2:7, with Heb. 5:11, 2 Cor. 10:5; (4) homage, in place of tithes, Ps. 2:12, namely as to a Kingly Priest, compare 1 Pet. 2:9, such as Melchizedek was, Heb. 7:1; (5) upkeep, shown as it were by tithes — not indeed to His own Person, but to His members, Heb. 7:5,6 with 1 Cor. 9:13,14.
And let us note these and other duties (6) as we, after the pattern of our High Priest, are ourselves priests, and conduct ourselves as priests. For we too are made priests by Him, Rev. 1:6; indeed anointed to a royal priesthood, 1 Pet. 2:9; to a priesthood which, if not in every way the same, is at least of a like kind, 2 Cor. 1:21, and hence His fellow-partakers, Heb. 1:9, Ps. 45:8. Wherefore we must, with all our might, strive: (1) to have the personal prerequisites of priests, and thus also of our supreme High Priest Himself — that we may be lawfully called, Heb. 3:1, partakers of the heavenly calling, for no one takes this honor to himself, but he who is called, as was Aaron, Heb. 5:4, as was likewise our supreme Priest, ibid. v. 5; that we may be blameless, 1 Cor. 1:8, Eph. 1:4, Phil. 1:15, Col. 1:22, 1 Thess. 5:23, just as the Levitical priests, when called, had to be without any blemish of body or any other defect from which some disgrace might arise to their ministry, Lev. 21:18-21, compare ch. 22:22, as also our supreme Priest, 1 Pet. 1:19, Heb. 9:14; that we may be anointed ones, 2 Cor. 1:21, 1 John 2:20-27, like the Levitical priests, Exod. 29, Lev. 8 and 4:5, and as also our High Priest Himself was, Heb. 1:9, from Ps. 45:8, Isa. 61:1; that we be clothed with pure, clean, white priestly garments, Rev. 3:4,5,18, etc., 4:4, compare Jude 23, Isa. 61:10, just as the Levitical priests also had to be clothed with white, holy garments, Exod. 28:2,4 and 35:19,21, with washed garments, Lev. 11:25, Num. 19:7 — the high priest, if found lacking these, being said to lack garments and reckoned unclean, as also our great High Priest, Rev. 3:4; that we be holy, 1 Pet. 2:9, Heb. 3:1, 1 Pet. 1:15, just as the Levitical priests also had to be holy, Exod. 19:22, Ezra 8:24,28, Ps. 132:9, and as our supreme High Priest also has been; and finally, that we, being in all this sanctified and cleansed, show ourselves to our High Priest, compare Matt. 8:4, Mark 1:44, Luke 17:14. And so, being furnished with these personal requisites, let us then also (2) discharge and perform our priesthood, just as our High Priest has discharged and performed His: by offering — ourselves, Rom. 12:1 (just as our High Priest offered Himself, Heb. 5:3, 7:27, 9:25), not indeed as a sin offering, as He did, but as a thank offering; a broken heart and a contrite spirit, Ps. 51:17; the calves of our lips, Hos. 14:2; beneficence and generosity, in which God takes pleasure. By praying, 1 Tim. 2:1,2, 2 Cor. 1:11. And by blessing, Matt. 5:44, Luke 6:28, Rom. 12:14, 1 Cor. 4:12, 1 Pet. 3:9.
Chapter VIII: Of the Mediator as King
On Psalm 2:6.
Yet have I set my king upon Zion, my holy hill.
I. Thus we come down at last to the third office and function of the Mediator's task, namely the Kingly office, whereby the Mediator aims at the application of those benefits which were obtained and brought about through the two preceding offices. Its nature is displayed and represented by the appointed King Himself, according to the decree and counsel of His Father who appointed Him, Ps. 2:6.
The Explanatory Part
II. In these words is comprised the appointment or installation of the Mediator to His Kingly office, in which we may distinguish: 1. The one who appoints, installs, and inaugurates: "And I" (Heb. waani). The prefixed letter waw, though it very often serves more for ornament than for the sense of the clause, is nevertheless here taken in an adversative sense, meaning "but" or "yet" — as in Isa. 30:13, Mal. 1:4 — so that the sense arises: "Although the kings of the earth exalt themselves, yet I have set my king." The words are a mark of kindled anger, as in Acts 23:3. And the pronoun "I" is emphatic: I myself, He of whom vv. 2-3 spoke; I, who depose and establish kings, Ps. 75:7. Here it is to be understood not so much in a strictly theological sense, as God, but rather in an economical sense, as Father (speaking, that is, of the Son, v. 7), who in the eternal Covenant of Grace appointed the Son to be Mediator and King.
III. The appointment: "I have anointed" (Heb. nasachti). In some readings this stands in a passive sense: "I am anointed, I am poured out," as though the Son spoke of Himself; but this is not necessary, since the word, in the Qal conjugation, has an active sense, as appears from the following word "my king" — where to make the pronominal letter yod, "my," a superfluous suffix seems too forced. Nor is it necessary to depart from the ordinary sense and meaning, especially since, taken actively, the construction becomes more elegant and easier: in this way He addresses the raging kings — "but I have anointed," etc. And besides, what sense would it make to say, "I have been appointed my king"? — for which reason the common Latin translator was forced to render the words, "I have been appointed as His king." The Chaldee paraphrase gives it actively: "I have exalted, I have made great." Symmachus: "I have anointed." Acts 4:27: "whom you anointed." Others take it more emphatically: "I have poured out" — not merely by sprinkling, as with others, but by pouring over and flooding Him above His fellows, Ps. 45:7, compared with John 1:16. Others render it: "I have appointed Him" — as if to say: "Know, all of you, that the Messiah, although He displeases you, has not arrogated this dignity to Himself, nor received it by human counsels, Heb. 5:4,5, compared with John 5:15 and 18:36, but I have solemnly appointed, or anointed, Him." Nor should it pass unnoticed that it is said, "I have anointed," in the past tense, so as to indicate that this anointing took place of old, from ancient times, in the eternal counsel of the Persons, in which the Son was appointed to be a Mediator-King, Isa. 42:1; or else, by an exchange of the past tense for the future, "I will appoint Him, I will anoint Him, I will send Him in His own time" — and that as surely as if I had already anointed Him long ago.
IV. The one appointed, concerning whom is here described:
1. His kingly power. (a) King (Heb. melech) — that is, a Monarch, the Head of a kingdom. But who is this? Interpreters are divided here among themselves. Some explain this whole Psalm, in one way or another, as referring to David alone — so the Jews, though only the later ones, and this out of hatred toward Christ and the Christian religion; in particular Rabbi Solomon Jarchi, who says: "Our teachers have expounded the meaning as referring to King Messiah, that thus an answer might be given to the Minaeans" (by whom he means the Christians, as is well known) — although these words of his are not found in the Buxtorf and Venice editions, having doubtless been struck out by the Christians, as Pococke notes (in his Miscellanea ad Portam Mosis, R. Maimonides). Rabbi Kimchi leans the same way. Our Socinians hold with these, out of hatred toward the eternal Godhead of Christ. Others — among them Calvin, Pareus, Rivet — explain most parts of this Psalm as referring to David in the type, and to Christ in the truth, since many things in this Psalm would also fit David. Others apply the whole Psalm to Christ alone, because the one of whom the Psalm speaks (1) is called God's Son absolutely and without qualification, v. 7, just as in Matt. 3:17 and 17:5, which fits Christ alone, Heb. 1:4,5; (2) because the Son is said to have been begotten by God, and that "today," that is, from eternity; (3) because He is such a one as would have the Gentiles for His inheritance, v. 8,9; (4) because a religious service and honor is assigned to Him, v. 11,12; (5) because this Psalm is applied in the New Testament to Christ alone, Acts 4:25 and 13:33, Heb. 1:4 and 5:5; (6) because there is no indication that the composer of this Psalm, David, speaks of himself; (7) because, upon His wrath being kindled even a little, the ruin and destruction of disobedient peoples and kings is made to depend, v. 12; and finally (8) because trust in Him is said to determine their salvation, ibid. All of which particulars fit Christ alone, as has been proved above. Nor does it help that some sayings of this Psalm can be applied to David, since it differs immensely whether some things can be applied to David, or whether these very things are meant and intended by the Holy Writer.
(b) "My" — my King: this very same Messiah of mine, my Anointed, of whom mention was made in v. 2. The pronominal letter yod, "my," here signifies passively, "anointed by me," one who shall reign at my command — thus 1 Sam. 16:1, "a king for me," that is, one who shall execute my commands; but not actively, as in Ps. 74:12, that is, one who has dominion over me. He is therefore called a king of the LORD's: whether with respect to (a) His eternal generation — "today have I begotten you"; or with respect to (b) His mission, in which regard He is called "my Shepherd," Zech. 13:7; or with respect to (c) the excellence of His kingdom, which was to be entirely distinct and different from worldly kingdoms, John 18:36; or also with respect to (d) the Author and Appointer, who was immediately God, and not the commonwealth. Let me add (e): "my," one who is worthy of me, that He should reign in my name and with me. For although kings are appointed by God, and are for that very reason called gods and God's anointed ones, Isa. 45:1, yet God calls no one else "my king" — but this one He calls His, because He is with Him one and the same God, His own and only-begotten Son, Ps. 2:7, and directs His kingdom, Matt. 6:10,13, 1 Cor. 15:24,25.
2. The kingdom: "upon Zion, my holy hill." This kingdom is set forth (a) by its own proper name, "upon Zion." Zion was formerly a fortress and stronghold of the Jebusites, almost unconquerable, which, once David had driven them out, he made his royal palace, 2 Sam. 5:9, 1 Kings 8:1, calling it the City of David. In its vicinity was the hill Moriah, 2 Chron. 3:1, upon which the Temple stood, so that the kingly and priestly power might be joined together, as in Melchizedek and in the Messiah, Ps. 110:4, compared with 1 Pet. 2:9. Mystically, Zion is the Church, especially that of the New Testament, Isa. 60:14, Heb. 12:22, Rev. 14:1 — this both with respect to her invincibility, Matt. 16:18, and because the gospel would go out from Zion, Ps. 110:2, 87:3, and 132:13, Isa. 2:3, Mic. 4:2, Zech. 9:9, Luke 24:47, Acts 1:4. Just as the king of Zion, David, mystically not seldom signifies Christ, Jer. 30:9, Ezek. 34:23 and 37:24, Hos. 3:5.
(b) By a common name, or a certain description, "my holy hill" — namely, on account of the neighboring hill Moriah, on which the Temple stood, elsewhere called the Temple of holiness, Ps. 79:1, from which was named the City of holiness, Dan. 9:24, Matt. 4:5, and the holy people, Isa. 63:11. Thus Zion is now named, not from an inherent, but from a relative holiness. But mystically, the Mountain of holiness is the Church, especially of the New Testament, to be spread and extended to the ends of the earth. Compare Isa. 60:14, Heb. 12:22, Rev. 14:1. Thus it is now so named, because the all-holy God, as it were, dwells in it, Isa. 31:9; because the all-holy service of God flourishes in it, Rom. 3:1; because she herself is holy, 1 Pet. 2:9, 2 Cor. 1:1, Eph. 1:1; because she has been sanctified by the blood and the Spirit of Christ, 1 Cor. 6:11; because the practice of holiness rests upon her, Heb. 12:14; because hereafter she shall at last be perfectly sanctified, Eph. 5:26,27.
The Doctrinal Part
V. Among the parts of the Mediator's office, there follows at last its third function and administration, namely the Kingly. Here appears, first of all, its reality: (1) from the many prophecies concerning it made of old under the Old Testament, Gen. 49:10, Ps. 2, with Acts 4:25-28, Ps. 132:11,12, with Luke 1:31-33, Acts 2:30, compared with Isa. 11:1-3, Hos. 3:5, Ezek. 34:23,24 and 37:24,25, Dan. 9:25; (2) from the types and foreshadowings — of Melchizedek, Heb. 7; of David, Jer. 30:9, Hos. 3:5, Ezek. 34:24; of Solomon, Matt. 12:42, Luke 11:31; (3) from the royal titles of honor commonly given Him — that He is the Head of the Church, Eph. 5:23 and 1:22, the Leader of Israel, Matt. 2:6, Mic. 5:1(?), the Prince and Leader of our salvation, Heb. 2:10, Prince of Peace, Isa. 9:6,7, Prince of Life, Acts 3:15, the Lord of Glory, 1 Cor. 2:18(?), Lord of Lords, Rev. 19:16, Judge and Lawgiver, Isa. 33:22, King over Zion, Ps. 2:6, King of Kings, Rev. 19:16, etc.; (4) from Christ's own confession before Pilate, John 18:33-38, on account of which He was also condemned to death, with the inscription affixed to the cross: Jesus of Nazareth, the King of the Jews, John 19:12-23 — acknowledged and confessed moreover, as to His kingly power, by one of the thieves crucified with Him: "Remember me when you come into your kingdom," Luke 23:42,43.
VI. Secondly, its nature and kind, insofar as it is that office and function of the Mediator's task whereby He dispenses and governs, with authority and power, everything belonging to the salvation of His own, Dan. 2:44, Luke 1:32,33. Now there is (1) an essential or divine kingdom, common to Him, as God, with the Father and the Holy Spirit, which we have treated in Book II, ch. 20, Of the Power and Authority of God; and (2) a personal, economical, or Mediatorial kingdom, Ps. 2:6, John 18:36, Eph. 1:20-22, given to Him, as God-man and Mediator, by the Father, Acts 2:36, Matt. 28:18, John 5:21,22,26,27, Phil. 2:8,9. And this is again twofold: (1) a general kingdom, extending to and over all creatures, in order and relation to His Church, Eph. 1:19-23, Rev. 17:14, 1 Pet. 3:22 — which includes, on the one hand, a supreme and absolutely unqualified right and power to rule and govern, Ps. 110:1-3, Matt. 28:18, and, on the other hand, the exercise of that right in the subduing of His enemies, lasting until He shall have put them all under His feet, Ps. 110:1, Heb. 1:6, Phil. 2:9-11, 1 Cor. 15:27; and (2) a particular kingdom, extending only to His Mediatorial kingdom, that is, to and over the Church, in order to gather, govern, protect, and everlastingly exalt and glorify her, Luke 19:12,15, Ps. 2:8 and 28:9 — which takes place (a) in this present world, Matt. 28:20, Acts 1:8; (b) at the end of this world, Matt. 25, 1 Thess. 4:14, 1 Cor. 15:24, Rev. 20:11, Eph. 5:27; (c) after this, or in the age to come, Matt. 25:46, 1 John 3:2, 2 Tim. 4:8. From what has been said it is now easy to gather who the subjects of this kingdom are — namely, in general the whole world and everything contained in it, but in particular the Church, or the people of God.
VII. Thirdly, its kingly properties, qualities, and prerogatives, namely: (1) the Anointing, customarily bestowed especially upon kings, 1 Sam. 16:12,13, compared with Ps. 45:6,7, Acts 10:38, whereby He received the Spirit, and power and strength, Acts 10:38, not by measure, John 3:34, but to an all-sided fullness, Col. 1:19, John 1:14,16 — of which more at its proper place. (2) The Installation or Inauguration, whereby He was, by virtue of the eternal decree, appointed king, Ps. 2:6,7,8, afterward promised and prefigured, as we said in §3; further, as it were proclaimed at His birth, Luke 1:31-33 and 2:10,11, indeed also acknowledged at His death, John 18:33-38 and 19:12-23, Luke 23:42,43 — but He was publicly declared king with a solemn inauguration in His ascension and mounting to His Throne, and in His sitting at the right hand of God, 1 Pet. 3:22, Eph. 1:20-22. (3) The Coronation — both when He was to die, with a crown of thorns, Matt. 27:29, and when He rose, ascended into heaven, and sat down at the right hand of God, with a glorious crown, Heb. 2:9, Phil. 2:9-11. (4) The Throne, or royal Seat, 1 Chron. 29:23, 2 Chron. 9:17-19, compared with Rev. 3:21, Eph. 1:20, Heb. 1:3, Col. 3:1, which He has taken possession of until the restitution of all things, Acts 3:21, Ps. 110:1, 2 Thess. 1:9,10, and which He shall possess thenceforth to all eternity, Heb. 1:8, Ps. 45:6,7. (5) The Scepter, the royal rod, a sign of royal majesty and dominion, Esther 5:2, compared with Heb. 1:8, Ps. 45:6. Now there belongs to Him a twofold Scepter: the one, as it were, of gold, with which He governs His subjects — outwardly through the Word, chiefly of the Gospel, Ps. 45:6 and 110:2, inwardly through the Spirit, who for this reason is called the finger and the arm of the LORD, Luke 11:20, Matt. 12:28, Isa. 53:1; the other, of iron, with which He shatters and dashes His enemies to pieces, Ps. 2:9, Rev. 2:27. (6) The Laws, righteous, holy, good, Rom. 7:12, according to which He is called a Lawgiver, Prov. 8:15, compared with James 4:12, which He not only prescribes outwardly by the Word, but also writes inwardly upon the heart, Heb. 8:10. (7) Kingly prerogatives or privileges — for example, tribute, Rom. 13:6,7, compared with Ps. 96:8; armor against His enemies, compared with Eph. 6:11-19, Rom. 13:12, 2 Cor. 10:4; ambassadors, 2 Chron. 32:31, compared with 2 Cor. 5:20; a coercive judicial power, John 19:10, compared with ch. 5:22 — to which belongs that power which kings at least arrogate to themselves, of pardoning and forgiving wrongdoers, but which belongs to Christ truly and pre-eminently, Mark 2:5,9,10.
VIII. Fourthly, the exercise and administration of the Kingly office is likewise noted as twofold, corresponding to the twofold kingdom. The first, which regards the essential or divine Kingdom, in relation to the Church, extending to and over all creatures, is carried out: (1) by sustaining, upholding, and bearing all things, Heb. 1:3, Col. 1:17, Eph. 1:22, until all the elect shall have been gathered; (2) by permitting the temptations and persecutions of His subjects, for their most useful purposes and benefits, Rev. 1:10, 3:2,4,17, 19:19, and 20:7,8,9; (3) by restraining and curbing the ragings and assaults of His enemies, Rev. 2:10 and 20:1-3; (4) by protecting and defending, Rev. 3:2-16 and 14:1-6; (5) by ordering and directing even all manner of the worst things, unto the good of His sons, Rom. 8:28, 2 Cor. 4:17, Phil. 1:12-14; (6) by avenging Himself upon and destroying His enemies, Ps. 2:9 and 110:1,2, 1 Cor. 15:25; and finally (7) by redeeming His own wholly and to the end, Rev. 21:1-4.
IX. The second exercise or administration, regarding the personal or Mediatorial Kingdom, is particularly concerned with His Church, and is active and at work in her three periods (marked in §6 above): (A) with respect to the present age: (1) by pouring out the Spirit abundantly and effectually, in order to secure the application of the merits of redemption, and of His benefits, John 7:38,39, Acts 2:2-4,33, John 16:17-19; (2) by sending out His ministers, both extraordinary and ordinary, Eph. 4:8-13, Matt. 28:19,20; (3) by instituting the church ordinances of the New Testament, to be piously observed by His sent-out ministers — such as the preaching of the Gospel, Mark 16:15; the administration of the Sacraments, Matt. 28:18,19, 1 Cor. 11:23; public prayers, 1 Tim. 2:1,2,3, Acts 6:4; public psalm-singing, Col. 3:16, Eph. 5:19; church discipline, Matt. 18:15-22, 1 Cor. 5; the sanctifying of the Lord's Day, Acts 20:7, 1 Cor. 16:1,2; the gathering of the Church, Matt. 22:2-11, Acts 26:17,18; and the building up, establishing, confirming, and strengthening of the gathered congregation, Acts 14:22, until we all come to a perfect man, to the measure of the stature of the fullness of Christ, Eph. 4:10-13.
X. (B) With respect to the accomplished and consummated age: (1) by coming down to judgment, 1 Thess. 4:16, 1 Cor. 15:22; (2) by raising the dead, and changing the living, ibid.; (3) by catching up the elect into the air, to meet Him, 1 Thess. 4:16,17,18; (4) by gathering all nations before His judgment seat, and separating the sheep from the goats, Matt. 25:31ff; (5) by pronouncing the sentence of acquittal and of condemnation, ibid.; (6) by renewing, purifying, and cleansing the whole creation, that there may be a new heaven and a new earth, wherein righteousness dwells, 2 Pet. 3:10-13, Rev. 21:1,2,5.
XI. (C) With respect to the eternal age: (1) by distributing eternal rewards, according to works, Rom. 2:6, Jude 6; (2) by receiving the elect up, that they may be eternally with and beside Him, seeing and beholding Him in His glory, John 17:24, 1 John 3:1,2, 1 Thess. 4:17; (3) by casting away the reprobate from and out of His sight, into the lake that burns with fire and brimstone, Matt. 25:30,41, Rev. 20:10,14,15; (4) by ruling immediately over the triumphant Church, His own reigning with Him, Luke 1:32,33, Rev. 22:5, 2 Tim. 2:12 — after which He, having subdued all His enemies, shall deliver up and hand over His Mediatorial Kingdom to His Father, 1 Cor. 15:24-29 — certainly not simply with respect to the very essence of the kingdom, since that is said to be eternal, Luke 1:32,33, Heb. 1:8, but with respect to the instrumental manner of governing, through ministers, Word, Sacraments, Discipline, etc.
XII. From what has been said, you may finally readily gather the qualities and properties of this kingdom — namely, that it is (1) universal, with respect (a) to all ages, Heb. 13:8, Matt. 22:43,44,45; (b) to every kind of people, Dan. 7:14, Rev. 17:14; (c) to all creatures, so far as they can serve to further the salvation of the sons, Matt. 28:18, Phil. 2:10, compared with Eph. 1:11,12; (2) that it is spiritual, extending even over the soul and conscience of men, John 18:36, compared with Rom. 14:17, 1 Cor. 6:19,20; (3) that it dispenses eternal life and eternal death, Rev. 1:18; (4) that it is eternal, Dan. 2:44; (5) that it brings a deep peace, quietness, and a perfect blessedness to all who are truly its subjects, Rom. 14:17, Isa. 9:6, Eph. 2:16 — according to all of which the Kingdom of God is throughout the Holy Scriptures called a kingdom of peace and of glory, a kingdom of light and of glory, a kingdom of the heavens, and the world to come, Heb. 2:5.
The Polemical Part
XIII. Concerning the kingly office it is debated: first, whether the Messiah promised of old was to have had a spiritual, or a temporal kingdom? The Jews, in order the more readily to secure that our Jesus is not the Messiah, as one who had no such kingdom, choose the latter — with whom, in the earliest infancy of Christianity, the Apostles themselves conspired, Matt. 20:21, Luke 24:21. The Christians hold, with Christ, John 18:33,36, the former: (1) because we have already, above, with unshakable proofs, ch. 2, §19, taught that our Jesus is the true Messiah, who nevertheless had no temporal kingdom; (2) because it is foretold that the Messiah would come only once the temporal kingdom, or the kingly power, had already been taken away from the Jews, Gen. 49:10; (3) because He is foretold to come as a poor and needy king, riding upon an ass, Zech. 9:9; (4) because He is said to be despised and rejected by His own, Isa. 53:2,3, Ps. 69:15, indeed even to be put to death, Dan. 9:26, Zech. 13:14 — which the Jews vainly try to get around with a ridiculous fable of two Messiah-kings, one a son of Joseph, of the tribe of Ephraim, to be killed by an Armillus; the other a son of David, of the tribe of Judah, a glorious warrior and triumphator — trifling, that is, with two Messiahs corresponding to the two natures and the two states of the one Messiah; (5) because He is foretold to reign without temporal weapons, horses, or chariots, Zech. 9:9,10, Hos. 1:7, Isa. 9:3,4,5; (6) because He was to use, instead of bodily weapons, the rod of His mouth and the breath of His lips, Isa. 11:4; (7) because He is said to subdue the nations to Himself without any outward violence, but only with kindness and gentleness, Isa. 65:1,2 and 42:1-4; (8) because He was to carry out spiritual works, which are absolutely impossible for temporal kings — for example: to subdue the devil, Gen. 3:15; to bless all peoples, Gen. 22:18, a promise repeated as many as seven times; to procure and provide salvation for believers, Gen. 49:18, Isa. 49:6; to finish the transgression, to seal up sin, to make reconciliation for iniquity, and to bring in everlasting righteousness, Dan. 9:24, Zech. 13:1; by His knowledge to justify many, Isa. 53:11; to redeem and free His own from death, Isa. 25:8, indeed from hell, Hos. 13:14; (9) because the whole seventy-second Psalm — as the Targum and the ancient Jews themselves concede, according to the testimony of R. Solomon Jarchi and R. Aben Ezra — describes the kingdom of the Messiah as containing nothing but spiritual benefits: that He would, for example, bring the people to righteousness, and deliver the afflicted, v. 2; that in His days the righteous would flourish, and abundance of peace, until the moon be no more, v. 7; that all kings would worship Him, and all nations serve Him, v. 11; that He would deliver the needy who cries, and the oppressed who has no helper, v. 12; and so throughout the whole Psalm. If now you gather all these things together, this unshakable proof arises: that king who is to be poor, without temporal weapons, rejected by His own and put to death by them, who accomplishes all His affairs with the rod of His mouth and the breath of His lips, who subdues the nations with gentleness and kindness, who provides spiritual benefits for His own, etc. — such a king is without doubt not a temporal but a spiritual King; but the promised Messiah is such a king; consequently He is not a temporal but a spiritual King. From what the Jews can allege to the contrary, these points are the chief: (a) that He is said to wage temporal wars against Gog and Magog, Ezek. 38 and 39, Ps. 2:9, and against the fabricated Armillus, or Antichrist. But besides that it is nowhere said that the Messiah shall fight against Gog and Magog, there is also nothing to prevent that, if He is said to strive and fight, He should not strive and fight in a spiritual manner, as a spiritual King. (b) That He is said to build the third Temple, Ezek. 40ff. Yet no third Temple whatever is mentioned in the Holy Scriptures; rather it is concluded from Dan. 9:26 that the second Temple, to which the Messiah is said to come, Mal. 3:1, Hag. 2:8,10, would be the last. Indeed Ezekiel does not say that the Messiah would build any temple. And that a Temple is depicted and portrayed by Ezekiel is nothing but a mystical Temple, namely the Church, above all that of the New Testament — that is, that mountain of God which was to be exalted and lifted up above all mountains, Isa. 2:2 — a Temple already built up to this point, still being built, and to be built further hereafter, unto the end of the ages, by our Messiah.
XIV. Secondly, it is asked: is the Mediator Jesus only a subordinate and dependent king? The Socinians, since they reject the eternal Godhead of the Mediator, acknowledge in Him no other kingdom than one that is bestowed, subordinate, and dependent. The Orthodox, although they acknowledge in Him a Mediatorial, bestowed, and dependent Kingdom, Matt. 28:18, Phil. 2:9, Ps. 2:6, nevertheless acknowledge in Him besides this a natural, divine, and independent Kingdom, which — the eternal Godhead of our Jesus being presupposed, which we have expressly and at length demonstrated elsewhere, Book II, ch. 29, §5-10 — even the Socinians themselves would not deny, drawing all those passages of both Testaments in which an independent kingdom, and power and glory, are ascribed to God, forever and ever, Matt. 6:10,13, compared with 1 Tim. 1:17 and 6:14,15,16, Rev. 19:16.
XV. Thirdly, it is asked: was the Mediator, while on earth, a temporal king, either by right or in and by deed? The Papists, flatterers of the Roman Pope, in order to be able to ascribe to the Pope not only a spiritual but also a temporal authority, hold that the Mediator, if not in deed, then at least by right, possessed a temporal power over the whole earth — for if He had not had it, it could not have been derived from Him upon Peter, and from Peter upon the Pope. The Protestants, although they ascribe to Him, as God, absolutely all power — and likewise, from Matt. 28:18 etc., acknowledge humbly and submissively that He, as Mediator, after His Resurrection, received from the Father all power in heaven and on earth — nevertheless deny that, before that time, He either possessed, whether by right or in deed, or transferred to Peter, a temporal power. And this for these reasons: (1) because He was enrolled among those enrolled under Augustus, Luke 2:4,5, which enrollment paid, as it were, homage to Augustus; (2) because He clearly and expressly declares that He did not come to be served as a temporal king, but to serve, and to give His life a ransom for many, Matt. 20:28; (3) because He testifies that He had nowhere to lay His head, Matt. 8:20, Luke 9:58; (4) because He clearly and expressly says that His kingdom is not of this world, John 18:36. Against this the Roman party objects in vain: (1) that the throne of His father David was promised Him, Luke 1:32, 2 Sam. 7:12, Ps. 132:11, Isa. 9:6 — since this must be understood mystically, of such a kingdom as is not only eternal but also boundless, Luke 1:33, 2 Sam. 7:13,16; (2) that He was originally of the seed of David according to the flesh, Rom. 1:3, 2 Tim. 2:8. Yet not all who are originally of royal seed are forthwith, either by right or in deed, kings. In particular, that right had long since perished in David's family before the Messiah's birth, the government over Judea, through various changes, having passed after the Babylonian captivity first to the Hasmoneans, then to Herod, and finally to the Romans, to whom, as to lawful lords, tribute had to be paid, as He Himself taught, Matt. 22:21. Not to add that the kingdom over Judea had already long since been taken away, indeed abolished, from Jeconiah, from whom the Messiah lawfully descended through Joseph, the betrothed husband of Mary, Matt. 1:12, Jer. 22:30.
XVI. It is therefore next asked, fourthly: does any temporal kingly power over kings, princes, kingdoms, principalities, and the worldly persons and affairs of all Christians in any way belong to the Pope? The Papists are divided among themselves on this: some deny the Pope all temporal power simply and absolutely, as do the papal partisans of the Gallican Church; others ascribe to him all power, directly, simply, and absolutely, such as Alexander Carerius (De potestate Papae, Bk. 2), Azorius (Institutiones Morales, pt. 2, Bk. 4, ch. 19), and most Italians and Spaniards; others grant him all power, but only indirectly, in order and relation to the spiritual — thus Bellarmine (De temporali potestate Papae, Bk. 5) — even to the extent that he may depose kings and princes from their thrones, and release subjects from their oath of allegiance. The Protestants indeed acknowledge that a certain spiritual power has been derived from Christ upon the lawful Preachers of the Gospel, Matt. 16:19 and 18:18, John 20:22,23; but no temporal, much less kingly power — only a spiritual power, and even that merely a ministerial one: because (1) the Mediator Himself, at least before His Resurrection, did not have such a temporal power, according to the reasons given above; He therefore did not communicate it to Peter, much less to the Pope, who at that time was still a non-entity; (2) because He denies His Apostles any such power, Matt. 20:21,25,26; (3) because the Apostles themselves accordingly disdained and rejected such power, Acts 6:2, after the example of Christ Himself, Luke 12:14; (4) because they rebuke and censure it in others, 2 Tim. 2:4; (5) because the opposing party can produce no proofs, not even a single letter of Scripture, for this temporal power of the Pope. Their little arguments are of absolutely no weight or importance, such as these:
(1) Temporal power is subject to spiritual power, because temporal things are subject to spiritual things, and not the reverse — from which it follows that if a worldly prince, in his governance, undertakes something that conflicts with the spiritual good, he can then be brought into order and compelled to reason by the spiritual power. So Bellarmine reasons at the place cited. Answer: (a) Does the Pope therefore have a temporal power? (b) Would not, on this supposition, every little priest have this temporal power? (c) The spiritual (indeed kingly) power which brings an erring temporal power into order belongs to God and Christ alone. (d) Finally, the power which brings an erring temporal power into order and reason is nothing but spiritual, and works in a spiritual manner.
(2) Otherwise the Church Republic would not be sufficient for itself and for its own end. Answer: the head of the Church Commonwealth is Christ, in whom it is absolutely sufficient for itself, without any power of the Pope.
(3) To judge concerning the deposing of a heretical king, one who is corrupting and destroying the Church, belongs to the Pope; therefore he has a temporal power. Answer: (a) A heretical, Church-destroying king must be deposed by Him alone who is above him, namely God and Christ. (b) Judging a heretical king does not belong to the Pope, who is himself heretical, indeed the Antichrist. (c) And even if it did belong to him to judge in this matter, a temporal power would not follow from this — just as it belongs to mint-masters to judge concerning counterfeit coin, yet no power over the counterfeiters themselves follows from that.
(4) All Christian kings have, by covenant, whether express or tacit, subjected their scepters to Christ, even on pain of losing their dominion. Answer: (a) To the Pope, then? (b) Shall they then, as erring in some way from their office, which belongs to Christ, be deposed by the Pope? (c) Would it not then follow, in this way and for this reason, that the Pope has power to deprive of goods, indeed of life, all Christians who do not live a Christian life?
(5) For a shepherd, power to ward off a wolf is necessary. Answer: (a) Thus an ordinary pastor would have a temporal power over a heretical prince. (b) He has power to ward off — but only a spiritual power, and to ward off and drive away in a spiritual manner, by refuting from the Word of God; but he has no temporal power to depose.
(6) Uzziah, judged by the priest on account of leprosy, was cast out, and thus deprived of the power to reign. Answer: (a) If the cases are dealt with strictly according to the examples of the Old Testament, one may more clearly and plainly conclude, from the example of Solomon, who judged and deposed Abiathar the high priest, 1 Kings 2:27, that power over popes and priests belongs to kings. (b) Uzziah was not deprived of his kingly power, but only hindered in the use of it, and that not so much by the priest as by God, who sent the leprosy upon him. (c) Indeed, perhaps not even of the use of the kingly power, for he could still have reigned through others, just as, according to the Papists themselves, the Pope reigns through the bishops.
(7) Jehoiada, the high priest, ordered that Queen Athaliah be put to death, and Joash made king, 2 Chron. 23. Answer: (a) She was not a lawful queen. (b) These things were not done by Jehoiada alone, but by the whole covenanted assembly. (c) What Jehoiada did, he did not precisely and specifically as high priest, but as, by virtue of near kinship of blood, the guardian and protector of the lawful king. (d) And if the inference from this example were sound, it would also be lawful for the Pope to put kings to death — which the Papists themselves (whatever else they think) dare not grant him.
XVII. Fifthly, it is asked: is the Mediator alone king and Monarch of the Church? The Papists, in order to establish their Pope as a universal king and Monarch, both over the Church and over the World, hold that King Jesus transferred His kingly power to Peter as His Vicar on earth, and that, since Peter is supposed to have been Bishop of Rome, and the Popes his successors on the Roman See, He thereby entrusted His kingly power to all the Roman Popes. The Protestants, on the contrary, (1) accept Christ alone as their King and Head, Matt. 23:8,10,11, 1 Tim. 2:5, Ps. 2:6; and (2) allow, with respect to the kingly dignity, neither a Vicar nor a successor — because He Himself expressly forbids it, Luke 22:25,26, and Peter himself, who is alleged to have been a Vicar, refuses that dignity, 1 Pet. 5:1,2,3, and Christ Himself, being immediately present in His own affairs and doings, needs no Vicar, Matt. 18:20 and 28:20. And that therefore (3) Christ never conferred the vicariate upon Peter individually — since not only are there no proofs whatever of such a conferral, but He also willed that all the Apostles should be alike, Luke 22:25,26. That (4) Peter was not a Roman Bishop, they hold can be demonstrated with solid reasons — indeed, that he was never even in Rome. And (5) even if he had been there, they hold it cannot be proved that this dignity of vicariate, by the institution of King Christ, passes on to successors any more than the dignity of the apostleship does. Furthermore (6) they deny that the Roman Popes are true successors of Peter, since they differ from his teaching as far as heaven from earth. They add (7) that the succession, even if there was one, has been repeatedly disturbed and interrupted, through interim popes, antipopes, etc. It therefore falls upon the Papists to prove and demonstrate all these things first, before they can succeed in showing that the Pope is king and Monarch of the whole universal Church. The entire foundation of the opposing party's argument rests upon the monarchy and headship of Peter, promised him, Matt. 16:18,19. Answer: (1) that any power is promised to Peter by these words does not appear, since by "Peter" [Petra] may be understood either Christ Himself, 1 Cor. 3:11, or Peter's confession concerning Christ. (2) Even if it were vainly granted that some power is here promised him, it would still not be a kingly and monarchical power; for a priestly power might well suffice here, as the old Scholastics, with the Master of the Sentences [Lombard], acknowledge. Also (3) the Sorbonne and the Theological Faculty of Paris do not allow that a kingly power is promised to Peter. And as for what was given him, John 21:17, "Feed my sheep" — Answer: here is not even a hint of a kingly and monarchical power, but the duty common to all the Apostles and ministers of the divine Word, 1 Pet. 5:1,2,3, Matt. 28:19, Jer. 3:15, is impressed upon Peter with a particular emphasis. To this they add certain gathered and collected prerogatives of Peter, for the most part fabricated, all trifling, which are supposed to prove what needs to be proved, namely a monarchical power — whereas Paul expressly testifies that he was Peter's equal, 2 Cor. 11:5 and 12:11. The grounds of the orthodox view have already been shown at length; to which we will add nothing but the equality of the Apostles, which not only the Savior commands, but which the Apostle also impresses, in the passages just cited, and Gal. 2:6,7,9,11,14. We expect, therefore, that the Roman party will confirm and establish the foundations of their view.
XVIII. Sixthly, it is asked: did the Mediator, only at and after His Ascension, first become King? The Socinians, since they confuse the Priestly office with the Kingly, and hold that the Priestly began with Christ's Ascension, with this aim — that He might not be forced, on earth, to admit that He offered and put Himself to death — are also forced to admit that He was not King before His Ascension. From this Smalcius (against Francis of Spain, §80) concludes: "With the Ascension, therefore, begins not only the manifestation and exercise of Christ's power, but also that power itself, which He never had in fact before, and which He could in no way exercise beforehand." The Protestants distinguish in Christ between these things: the right, or power, to reign, which He had, with respect to His Godhead, from eternity; and the exercise and manifestation of it. They assign the exercise — at least the full exercise — of the kingly power, and likewise its manifestation, at least the full and perfect manifestation, to the state of exaltation, Matt. 26:63,64, compare John 17:5, Acts 2:36, Phil. 2:9,10. The right, however, they acknowledge as belonging to Him even from His birth: (1) because the born King of the Jews is sought by the Wise Men from the East, Matt. 2:2; (2) because He Himself testifies before Pilate that He was born a king, John 18:37; (3) because the Child born is said to have the government upon His shoulders, Isa. 9:6,7; (4) because He conducted and showed Himself as King even before His Ascension, though in a manner suited to the state of humiliation, Matt. 21:4; (5) because the Jews are charged to accept and receive the King, as coming in the flesh, Ps. 24:7, Zech. 9:9; (6) because He had all power in heaven and on earth before His Ascension; (7) because He was, from His very birth, the Son of God, Gal. 4:4, of whom Ps. 2:6,7: "Yet have I set my king... You are my Son." Nor is there anything they can object except: (1) that Christ was not a priest on earth, Heb. 8:4, and that therefore He was not a king either. Answer: this argument rests on a double false assumption: (a) that Christ's Kingly ministry is one and the same as His Priestly ministry, which we have expressly and at length refuted above, ch. 5, §6; and (b) that the Mediator was not a priest on earth, which assumption we have opposed and overthrown, ch. 7, §16. (2) That all that power in heaven and on earth which is identical with the Kingly power — of which Matt. 28:19 — was conferred on Him only after His Ascension, when the Apostles were sent out into the whole world, something which took place only after the Ascension. Answer: indeed, but He expressly declares that this power was given to Him in past time, while He was still on earth with His Apostles; and He already exercised this power then, when He derived from Himself, upon the Apostles, the power to proclaim the Gospel over the whole earth, which was to be exercised and carried into effect only after the solemn outpouring of the Holy Spirit at Pentecost, Acts 1:4. (3) That He, while on earth, exercised no kingly acts. Answer: (a) someone can have a right and power to something which he nevertheless does not exercise; (b) and He did indeed exercise that power, as has just been shown, though, according to the nature of His humbled state, not so fully as in His glorified state.
XIX. Seventhly, it is asked: will the Mediator's kingdom last forever? The Socinians, I know not with what confusion and vertigo, at one time ascribe to Him an eternal kingdom (Smalcius, De Divinitate Christi, ch. 15), and then again teach that He will lay down His kingdom at the last judgment — no doubt in order the more forcefully to maintain that He has not been God from eternity, as one who at some time will lack and be without the power to reign. The Orthodox distinguish between the Kingly power, or the capacity to reign, and the triumphant conclusion of the Mediatorial economy, or that manner of reigning which now takes place; they deny that He will ever lay down the power to reign, though they acknowledge that He will lay down the manner of reigning. (1) Because an eternal kingdom is promised Him, 2 Sam. 7:12,13; (2) because it is described as an eternal Kingdom, Dan. 7:27; (3) because it is foretold by the Angel as eternal, Luke 1:33, Rev. 11:15. The opposing party seeks the only proof for their denial in 1 Cor. 15:24, "when He shall have delivered up the kingdom to God, even the Father." But they do not consider that these words, as we have said, do not treat of the Kingly power and the capacity of the kingdom, but of the triumphant conclusion of the Mediatorial economy, and of His presenting to His Father the glorified Church, which is objectively called His Kingdom, because He has been anointed king over her. Compare Cloppenburg, Anti-Smalcius, Disp. 55, from §30 onward.
XX. Eighthly, it is asked: did the Mediator, considered only as king, abolish the shadowy ceremonial and civil Law? The Jews utterly deny that King Messiah would have power to abolish the Law, whether ceremonial or civil — a view which Daniel refutes by his very words and expressions, ch. 9:26,27, and which we shall refute elsewhere at length and expressly. The Socinians, since they remove Christ's priesthood from the earth, and confuse His Priestly ministry with His Kingly, which they say He first obtained and exercised only after His ascension into heaven, ascribe this abolition solely to His Kingly ministry, and hold that it took place only after the Ascension (see Smalcius, De Divinitate Christi, ch. 20). The Orthodox distinguish this abolition with respect to right, and with respect to deed: they ascribe the abolition with respect to right to His Priesthood, insofar as He there fulfilled the types and shadows of the Old Testament, and thereby removed them, according to the prophecy of Daniel, ch. 9:27 — which Christ testified by His own word, hanging upon the cross, John 19:30, and proved by the very deed, the veil of the temple being torn, Matt. 27:51, and thereby at the same time sufficiently removed the Jewish commonwealth, on which the civil Laws depended. With respect to deed, they ascribe that abolition to His Kingly ministry, whereby, in part, through the preaching of the Gospel, He provided the proclamation of freedom from the burden of the typical ceremonies, now fulfilled through His death; and in part He also declared, through the destruction and devastation of the Temple, the City, and the Jewish civil state, that their end had come. Thus, the abolition of the ceremonial Laws through the Priesthood at the cross having been proved with respect to right, the Socinian view now falls, which pretends that this abolition took place solely through His Kingly power — and their arguments accomplish and avail nothing against the Orthodox, who do not deny that these ceremonial and civil Laws were abolished in deed through the Kingly power.
XXI. Ninthly, it is asked: will the administration of the Mediator's Kingdom, from Christ's Ascension onward, be of one and the same form until the end of the ages? The cruder Chiliasts, following their forerunner Papias, held that Christ, after the general resurrection, would reign on earth with His own for a thousand years, to be spent not so much in spiritual blessedness as in fleshly pleasures. Many of the older church fathers also embraced this same view, though rejecting all Epicurean pleasures — for example, Justin Martyr, Irenaeus, Tertullian, Lactantius, Victorinus, and countless others; indeed, at first even Augustine and Jerome. Some later writers do not depart far from this, except that they fix the beginning and the end of this thousand years before the last judgment. John Piscator, though without fixing a date, after the fall of the Antichrist, argues for a certain bodily resurrection of the martyrs, this to precede the general resurrection by a thousand years, and holds that these martyrs will reign with Christ not on earth but in heaven. John Henry Alsted, a disciple of Piscator (in his Diatribe on the Thousand Years of the Apocalypse), departs from his teacher in two points: (1) that he holds this thousand-year kingdom of the martyrs with Christ to be not in heaven, but on earth; (2) that its beginning was to be fixed in the year 1694. Those in England and elsewhere who profess a "Fifth Monarchy" hold that the saints of the first resurrection will remain on earth, and associate familiarly with the Christians still living, Christ visibly and personally ruling both, from the city of Jerusalem, where, they say, He will set up the seat and throne of the Fifth Monarchy. The very celebrated Cocceius holds that, at an unspecified time before the last day, the state of the Church will be by far the most blessed, joined with a general conversion of the Jews, and that thus there will be a new heaven and a new earth, wherein righteousness shall dwell, according to Rev. 21:1.
The common view of the Orthodox, though it readily allows for some fluctuations in the circumstances affecting the Church, nevertheless allows absolutely no change in the essentials of the kingly administration — especially with respect to a thousand-year personal reign of Christ Himself on earth, and with respect to so great a blessedness of the Church as would exclude all persecutions by enemies, or even the defects of the Church herself: (1) because Scripture represents the last times to us as the most difficult and the most grievous, both with respect to spiritual matters, Luke 18:8, and with respect to temporal matters, 2 Tim. 3:1-5; (2) because Scripture acknowledges the triumphant Church in heaven alone, and none but a militant Church on earth, Job 7:1, 2 Tim. 4:7,8; (3) because Scripture teaches that the Antichrist, the fiercest persecutor of the Church, will be destroyed only at the appearing of Christ, by the breath of His mouth, 2 Thess. 2:8; (4) because the view of the Chiliasts places, between the fall of the Antichrist and the end of the ages, an interval of at least a thousand years, whereas Paul immediately joins these two things together, 2 Thess. 2:8; (5) because the suppositions of the Chiliasts presuppose one of two things: either that the souls of the martyrs, before the last judgment, will be drawn back and reunited with their bodies on earth, in order to reign there with Christ; or that their bodies will be taken up and received into heaven; (6) because they introduce another resurrection of bodies, besides the general one which, according to the Scriptures, will take place at the last judgment; (7) because Scripture teaches that there will be a uniform administration of the Mediator's Kingdom, through the preaching of the Gospel, until the end of the ages, Matt. 24:14. Against all of which the opposing party objects nothing but the passage of Rev. 20:1-8, which contains an almost obscure prophecy — one, moreover, that is understood only with difficulty, since prophecies generally are not understood before they come to pass in the event. At any rate, in that passage: (1) it is not said of Christ that He will begin a certain new kingdom, but only of the martyrs, that they will reign with Christ a thousand years; (2) the place where that kingdom shall be is not expressed — as though it must be on earth, as most Chiliasts hold — yet the martyrs can reign with Christ even though Christ is not with them on earth; (3) that thousand years may be understood to have already long since elapsed — whether reckoned from the incarnation, or from the Savior's passion, or from the proclamation of Jerusalem's fall, or from the reign of Constantine the Great: if from the incarnation, then those thousand years would end in the time of Sylvester II, a very notorious sorcerer; if from the passion, then in the time of Benedict IX, who was strangled and suffocated by the devil in the woods; if from the destruction of Jerusalem, then in the time of Gregory VII, the most wicked of men; if from the beginning of Constantine the Great, then in the fall of Boniface VIII, and in the rise of the Ottoman family, and the deadly persecutions of the Waldenses, around the thirteenth century (see Cornelius a Lapide on Rev. 20); (4) one might also understand a spiritual resurrection of the martyrs, which takes place from sin, through faith and conversion, of which John 5:25 speaks, which is called the first resurrection, in distinction and contrast to the second, or bodily resurrection, which will take place at the last judgment; (5) further, by the reign of the martyrs with Christ might be understood the Kingdom of Grace, beginning here, in contrast to the Kingdom of Glory, to be received hereafter in heaven; and finally (6) that a binding of Satan is to be understood — not one whereby he would be able to undertake absolutely nothing against the Church, but one whereby he would not come to deceive whole nations, v. 3. So that from this the sense of the whole passage arises: that Satan, whether from the incarnation of Christ onward, or rather since the reign of Constantine the Great, has been bound in such a way and to such an extent that he would no longer deceive whole nations into idolatry, or into such bloody persecutions of Christians, until Boniface VIII in the year 1300 — at which time he was loosed for a short period, namely until the time of the Reformation, to deceive whole nations, partly through the Antichrist, then chiefly gaining the upper hand in the West, partly through the empire of the Mohammedans, which then arose; and that, during that thousand years of the bound Satan, the martyrs who had been put to death before the time of Constantine were spiritually raised up — not in their own persons, but in others of like kind — and that they thus also reigned spiritually, that is, were held and regarded in esteem and honor, as priests of God and of Christ.
The Practical Part
XXII. In the Kingly ministry of the Mediator there appears, first, the glory of the King (in accordance with which He is expressly called the King of glory, Ps. 24:7,8,9,10, and the Lord of glory, 1 Cor. 2:8) — promised and prefigured to Him so excellently and so gloriously in the glory of David and of Solomon, Ps. 89:24,25,26,27, where it is distinctly promised Him: (1) that His glory would be exalted — "His horn shall be exalted in my name": the horn (according to Calvin's explanation) signifying His glory, dignity, authority, etc., Luke 1:69; (2) dominion and power, unto the seas and rivers — "I will set His hand also in the sea, and His right hand in the rivers," v. 26; (3) an excellence and pre-eminence above the kings of the earth — "I will also make Him my firstborn, higher than the kings of the earth," v. 28. This glory is also expressed and set forth with various comparisons, namely: with a Horn, in which consists the ornament and the strength of beasts; with a Lamp, Ps. 132:17, Luke 1:32, which spreads a brightness, splendor, and glory from itself, compare 1 Kings 11:36 and 15:4, Job 18:6; with a flourishing Crown, Ps. 132:18, "His crown shall flourish upon Him," Song 3:11, compared with Prov. 16:31, Ps. 89:39; with a Throne, Luke 1:32,33, Ps. 45:7, on and in which Monarchs display and manifest their glory, compared with Jer. 14:21 and 17:12, Job 36:7. This glory of the Messiah was prefigured in the glory and majesty of David and Solomon, 2 Chron. 1:1,12,15, 6:23,24, and 26, compared with Matt. 12:42. This glory will now impress and strike us more powerfully, the more distinctly we consider: (1) the Ruler Himself, who is not only the wisest, being the Wisdom of God Himself, Prov. 8, 1 Cor. 1:30, given to us for wisdom, ibid., Counsel, Isa. 9:5, and consequently most able to govern; but also the most righteous, Isa. 53:11, given to us for righteousness, 1 Cor. 1:30, indeed righteousness itself, Zech. 9:9, Jer. 23:6; the gentlest, kindest, and most beneficent, Matt. 11:29 and 12:19,20, Zech. 9:9; the mightiest, the mighty God, Isa. 9:5, the power of God Himself, 1 Cor. 1:24, to whom belongs all power in heaven and on earth, Matt. 28:18 — all of which particulars make a king splendid and glorious; but He is also God Himself and man, in one Person. (2) His Kingdom, being most widely extended, spreading and reaching to the seas and to the rivers, Ps. 89:25, to the uttermost ends of the earth, Ps. 2:8, indeed even to the heavens themselves, Matt. 28:18, Phil. 2:10, Eph. 1:21,22; most enduring and absolutely eternal, Luke 1:33, Dan. 2:44, Ps. 145:13; most flourishing, Ps. 132:18; most peaceable, Rom. 14:17; most obedient, best of all, Ps. 110:3, Matt. 6:10. (3) The government itself, or the manner of governing, most fitting and most befitting such a king, namely, the wisest, most righteous, kindest, mightiest, Ps. 45:7,8, 96:13, and 98:9. Now this glory of our king appears to us for this end: (A) that we should see and acknowledge it, John 17:24, Ps. 97:6 and 102:16,17; (B) that we should render it to Him, Ps. 30:2, 1 Tim. 1:17 and 6:16; (C) that we should glory in Him, Phil. 1:26 and 3:3, Jer. 9:23, compared with Book II, ch. 22, §16, and likewise Book V, ch. 2, §30.
XXIII. From this appears, secondly, the blessedness and welfare of this kingdom, and of its subjects, Ps. 33:12. This Kingdom is for this reason commonly called a Kingdom of God, Rom. 14:17, Luke 14:15; likewise a kingdom of Christ, Eph. 5:5; a kingdom of heaven, 2 Tim. 4:18; a kingdom of peace and of joy, Rom. 14:17; a kingdom of light, Col. 1:12; a kingdom of glory, Matt. 19:28, 25:31, and 16:27. This blessedness appears in particular and by name: (1) in the state and quality of the King, as being the wisest, the most righteous, the kindest, and the mightiest, as we have shown in the preceding sections; (2) in the state and quality of the Kingdom, as being the most widely extended, the most stable, the most holy, and the most overflowing with every good thing, Rom. 14:17, as also shown above; (3) in the manner of its administration — by the Scepter of the Gospel, Ps. 110:2 and 45:7; by most righteous Laws, Deut. 4:8; by a most sweet and pleasing manner of governing, with an inward bending and inclining of the heart, Gen. 9:27, "He shall persuade" (compared with Prov. 21:1, Jer. 31:33), according to which the kingdom of God is said to be within us, Luke 17:21, and His yoke easy, Matt. 11:30; (4) in the consequences of this kingdom, which are: quietness, certainty, and security for its subjects, Matt. 16:18; while we live here on earth, peace and joy through the Holy Spirit, Rom. 14:17; and hereafter in heaven, the crown of righteousness and of glory, 2 Tim. 4:8, Matt. 25:34. There is, therefore, in this blessedness very great reason why its true subjects should congratulate themselves and rejoice, Zech. 9:9; why, with all earnestness and endeavor, we should strive to become and to be children of this Kingdom, Matt. 13:38 — which comes about through the new birth, John 3:5; through conversion and faith, Mark 1:15; through seeking the kingdom of God and His righteousness, Matt. 6:33; and why, through the contemplation, fellowship, and hope of it, we should raise and lift up ourselves against every kind of persecution, Luke 12:32, Acts 14:22, from every kind of enemy, bodily as well as spiritual.
XXIV. And from this also appears, thirdly, the misery of all those who do not stand under this king. Such are: (1) those who, even by their own confession, reject Him, Luke 19:11,27, Job 21:14 — namely, all unbelievers, heathen, Mohammedans, Jews; (2) the kings of the earth, Ps. 2:2,3, Acts 4:26, who set themselves against our king, as does the Antichrist, 2 Thess. 2:4, and those who lend their power to the beast, Rev. 17:13; (3) those who, instead of taking their crowns from their own heads and casting them down before the feet of our King, Rev. 4:10, thus in effect withdraw His crown from Him and set it, as it were, upon their own heads, after the pattern of the Antichrist, 2 Thess. 2:4, when they seize for themselves His spiritual and ecclesiastical government, and the rights of Christ's Kingdom; (4) those who with full and round mouths cry out and thunder, "Lord, Lord," Matt. 7:21,22 — that is, who are indeed, by confession, children of the Kingdom, ch. 8:12, but who do not do the will of this King, and thus deny Him in deed, Titus 1:16. Let me say it in a word: (5) all who have not truly been born again, John 3:5. The misery of all these appears from this: that they (1) are entirely deprived of all the blessedness and all the welfare of Christ's Kingdom, and of all the benefits which, according to the foregoing, belong to His believing and faithful subjects, Eph. 2:12; that they (2) are thereby enemies of Him who is the King of kings and the Lord of Lords, Phil. 3:18, who shall reign in the midst of His enemies, and that until He shall have made them all a footstool for His feet, Ps. 110:1; that they (3) have a most abominable and dreadful king, the ruler of this world, and the god...
of this age, John 12:31, 2 Cor. 4:4. (4) That they are under the power of darkness, Col. 1:13. (5) That they are slaves of Satan, Heb. 2:14, 15, caught in his snares, 2 Tim. 2:26, Acts 26:18, 2 Pet. 2:19. (6) That they are servants of that iron king, and shall be dashed to pieces with His scepter, and broken like a potter's vessel, Ps. 2:9.
It is therefore useful and helpful, for these reasons, that we (†) examine and test ourselves earnestly and diligently, whether we are among the number of those who are under the ban of Christ, slaves of Satan, subject to so great a misery, Zeph. 1:1, 1 Cor. 13:5. (11) If we find that we have hitherto been under the yoke of darkness, that we then strive and labor with all our might to be drawn out of it and carried over into the kingdom of the Son of God's love, Col. 1:12, 13. Which is accomplished (a) by and through God, who has redeemed and drawn us, there. (b) Through the Mediator, who has annihilated the power of Satan, Heb. 2:14. (c) Through the help and means of faith, John 1:12. (d) Through the winsome preaching of the gospel, Acts 26:18. (†††) That if we have been drawn out and delivered, we then show ourselves thankful to God with heart, mouth, and deed, Col. 1:12, 13. (††††) That we watch diligently and carefully against the fiery darts and hidden snares of Satan, 1 Tim. 3:7, Prov. 13:14 and 14:27; indeed, that we set ourselves against him with all our strength, Eph. 6:11, 12.
Of the Mediator [as] King.
XXIII.
From the three foregoing points, in the fourth place, a most powerful motive and inducement is set before us and furnished, to zeal and earnestness in seeking the kingdom of Christ, Matt. 6:33. Which pursuit and endeavor comprises in itself: (1) A love toward it, Ps. 26:8 and 122:6, 7; then (2) effort and labor (1) to receive it, or that the kingdom of God may come, Matt. 6:10, 33, that is, that the church may be planted everywhere, 1 Cor. 3:6, 7, 8, Ps. 80:9, 16, Rom. 15:18, 19. (2) To keep it and preserve it against the assaults of its enemies, Matt. 16:18, Rev. 2:25, 26. (3) To build it up and reform it, Ps. 51:20 and 80:14, 15. (4) To propagate and extend the kingdom of grace, or the church militant, even to the uttermost ends of the earth, Ps. 2:8, 22:28, 72:8, and 47:8, 9. Which things are both intended and also obtained: (א) By praying, Ps. 122:6, 7 and 51:20. (ב) By using the means through which God is accustomed to procure and provide the same, such as: (a) the preaching of the Word, Matt. 4:23, Luke 8:1, 10, Acts 19:8, 20:26, and 28:23, 31. (b) The founding of congregations, 1 Cor. 3:6, 7, Mark 12:1, Ps. 80:16, Isa. 5:1. (c) The sending out of faithful laborers, Matt. 20:1, 2, 4, Luke 10:9. (d) The cooperating work of God, or the blessing on the labor, 1 Cor. 3:6, 7, Rom. 15:18, Gal. 2:8. (e) The planting and establishing of schools and seminaries, Gal. 6:6, Ps. 34:12. (f) The appointment of a faithful and believing government, which may be a nursing-father of the church, Isa. 49:7, 23. (g) Household instruction and discipline, Eph. 6:4, Deut. 6:7, 20, 2 Tim. 1:5 compared with 3:15. (h) By fighting against and overcoming the enemies of this kingdom, Eph. 6:10, 1 Tim. 6:12, 2 Tim. 4:7, Rev. 3:11. And what points must move and stir us up, that we may thus seek the kingdom of Christ: (†) the glorification of the King, of which we have spoken in §. XX, compared with Prov. 14:28; (††) the blessedness of the kingdom, which has been shown in §. XXI; (†††) the misery of those who are not subjects of this kingdom, Eph. 2:12; (††††) the blessing which the psalmist wishes upon those who seek it, Ps. 122:6, and which the King Himself promises, Matt. 6:33. So the commentators on the second petition of the Lord's Prayer.
XXIV.
Moreover, in the fifth place, the royal dignity of the Mediator obliges and binds us to render Him the rightful and owed duties: (1) A kiss of homage, Ps. 2:6, 12, which is customarily given to newly-crowned kings, 1 Sam. 10:1, and which is a token of religious honor, Job 31:26, 27, 1 Kings 19:18, Hos. 13:2 — a kiss (1) of love (amoris), whereby we love and cherish Him above all things, Matt. 10:37, and as it were of the mouth (oris), of which Song of Songs 1:2 and 8:1 speaks, 1 Cor. 16:22. (2) Dependence, and as it were of the hands, of which Sirach 29:5 speaks, whereby we depend on Him alone in all things, as those who without Him can do nothing, John 15:5, expecting life, salvation, and every kind of blessing as from His hand, Acts 4:12, John 14:6, 2 Cor. 1:20. (3) Submission, and as it were of the feet, of which Luke 7:46 speaks, whereby we depend on His mouth alone, Deut. 18:15, religiously obeying His commands and ordinances, 2 Cor. 5:9, Matt. 7:10, and cast ourselves, and all that is ours, as it were before His feet, Rev. 4:10, Ps. 116:1, Phil. 2:21. (4) Honor and esteem, whereby He is to us above father and mother, Matt. 10:37, above ten thousands, 2 Sam. 18:3, indeed above heaven and earth, Ps. 73:25. (5) Fear and reverence, Ps. 2:11 and 33:18, Rev. 15:4, Mal. 1:6. (6) Trust in His wisdom, power, and goodness, Ps. 2:12 and 20:7, 8. (7) Obedience and dutiful service, Ps. 2:11, Rom. 1:9, Col. 3:24, Rev. 7:15 and 22:3. (8) Our gifts and offerings, Ps. 72:10, 76:12, and 96:8, Matt. 2:11. (9) Praise and glory, Rev. 5:12, 1 Tim. 1:17 and 6:16. All these duties must be brought to our King, because (1) they belong to Him by every right, Rev. 19:12, as namely to the King of kings and Lord of lords, ch. 19:16, the Lord of glory, 1 Cor. 2:7. (2) Because He brings to His subjects glory and benefits, insofar as they are worthy of it by His grace, etc., Rev. 3:4 and 16:6. (3) Because to render them, to and for those who render them, is in every way most useful, Matt. 19:27–29, compared with Job 21:10, Mal. 3:14, Matt. 6:33. (4) Because to render them is in the highest degree necessary, if we wish to escape His righteous vengeance and all manner of destruction, safely and happily, Ps. 2:12.
XXV.
In particular, in the sixth place, the kings and all manner of authorities of this world have, in the royal office of our Mediator, something which they must imitate — namely, that they, following the example of the kings David and Solomon, types of our King, indeed also following our King Himself, rule justly and godly, 2 Sam. 23:3. The God of Israel has said, the Rock of Israel has spoken to me: he who rules over men shall be just, ruling in the fear of God. Whether one interprets the Hebrew text, which because of the omission of the substantive verb is ambiguous, (1) imperatively, so that God prescribes to David, with regard to righteousness and godliness: You shall be, or be a righteous ruler, etc.; or (2) prophetically, so that He promises a righteous ruler, there shall be a righteous ruler, etc.; or also of David as the type, who truly and in deed was a righteous and God-fearing ruler; or one takes it of the Messiah as the antitype, who was righteous and godly to the highest degree, Ps. 45:3–7 and 72:1–4, 7, 12–14, Isa. 11:1–10, Jer. 23:5, 6, Zech. 1, the true Melchizedek, that is, King of righteousness, Heb. 7:1–3 — however one takes it, you will at least have this, that rulers over men, following the example of the kings David and the Messiah, must in their governing apply themselves to a twofold righteousness, namely: (1) that of the person, whereby they are righteous both outwardly, through actual righteousness, and inwardly, through habitual righteousness, of which Ps. 101:1, Prov. 20:28 compared with ch. 29:4 speak, whereby they must be inclined and disposed to exercise righteousness and kindness toward all, without respect of persons, Prov. 24:23 and 28:21, Ps. 72:2, Deut. 1:16, 17, above fear or hope, whereby they might be turned from righteousness, Deut. 1:17, Isa. 1:23, Prov. 29:4. In which habitual righteousness various virtues are wrapped up and included, for example: (a) Zeal and diligence to know what is right and just, Ps. 2:10, Prov. 28:16, Eccl. 10:16, Isa. 3:3, 4. (b) Kindness and mercy, Prov. 20:28, whereby it comes to the aid of the oppressed, Isa. 1:17, 23. (c) Strength and courage, whereby it is not terrified from anywhere, but is a terror and fright to evildoers, Prov. 20:2, Rom. 13:3. (d) Modesty and humility, that it not exalt itself above its subjects in order to oppress them, Deut. 17:19, 20, as Rehoboam did, 1 Kings 12:14. (e) Chastity, that it not be drawn away by lusts from righteousness, Deut. 17:17, Prov. 31:3. (f) Temperance and sobriety, ibid. vv. 4, 5, Eccl. 1:13, 14. (g) Contentment and diligence, to avoid all covetousness, Deut. 1:16, 17 and 17:17, Prov. 28:16. In all these things a ruler over men must apply himself, not only to a righteousness of the person, but he must besides also apply himself (2) to a righteousness of the office and of the government, which comprises in itself these two things, namely: (a) a righteousness of the calling, whereby he rules under a rightful title, as a lawful ruler, not by mere usurpation, as a tyrant, like Athaliah, 2 Kings 11:1, 2, 3, so that he is like the anointed one, that is, a lawfully called Messiah, Ps. 2:6, Heb. 5:4, 5. (b) A righteousness of execution, whereby he (α) defends and protects the righteous, Isa. 32:1, 2, namely: (1) against their enemies, both inward and outward, Ps. 101:5, 7, 8. (2) against all violence, oppression, and wrongs of every kind, ibid. v. 3 and 82:3, 4, Isa. 1:17. (3) against all manner of defects, both of spiritual and of bodily necessities and needs, Job 29:14, 15, 2 Kings 6:25, 26, 27. (β) whereby he governs and rules, Rom. 13:3, 4, 1 Tim. 2:2: (*) by making and proclaiming just and useful laws, Amos 5:15, Ezra 1:1 and 6:1–3. (**) by rewarding the good, Rom. 13:3, 4. (***) by punishing the wicked, ibid. and Judg. 18:7, Ps. 101:8. Thus must kings or rulers over men, following the example of David and of the Messiah, apply themselves to righteousness.
But so must they also (2) apply themselves to the fear of God, whereby they rule not only justly, but also godly and religiously — caring for religion and not neglecting it, Acts 18:14, 15, 16, but devoting, expending, and bestowing themselves entirely upon it. Which principally comprises these three things: (1) to have a heart truly touched with the fear and reverence of God throughout their whole government, Gen. 42:18, 2 Chron. 17:3–6 and 34:1. Then (2) to direct the whole course of their government according to the prescription of the Word of God, to which end the king of Israel was required to copy out for himself the book of the law, Deut. 17:18–20, 2 Chron. 17:6. Further (3) to set before themselves, as the chief end and aim of their whole government, the glorification of our King, the propagation and extension of His kingdom, to procure in every way His twofold prosperity, spiritual and temporal, Rom. 13:3, 4, Isa. 60:10, 16, 1 Tim. 2:2. Which points are sufficiently obtained through these means, nearly: (a) By fostering, nourishing, and building up the exercise of religion and the service of God, 2 Chron. 15:9–16, 20:7–9, and chs. 29–35, Deut. 17:18–20. (b) By removing and putting away all manner of hindrances of religion, with respect to doctrine, worship, discipline — such hindrances as arise sufficiently from idolatry, heresy, godlessness, persecutions, etc., Deut. 4:1–6, Zech. 13:3, 1 Kings 15:14 compared with 2 Chron. 19:17, 1 Kings 22:44, 2 Kings 7:31 and 23:8, 13, 19, 20, 24, 25. (c) By reforming the church, when it has become corrupted in doctrine, worship, and morals — examples of which we find in Exod. 32, Josh. 24, 2 Chron. 15 and 17, 2 Kings 18 and 23. (d) By convening synods, to reform the affairs of the church, to order and direct them, 1 Chron. 13:1, 2, 23:1, 2, and 29:4, 1 Kings 8, 2 Kings 23:1, 2. (e) By establishing and confirming the laws and ordinances of Christ with their civil authority, and by fixing and executing punishments against those who violate them, 2 Chron. 29:5, 24, 30:1, and 34:33, Neh. 12:13, Dan. 3:28, 29 and 6:26, 27. (f) By providing and supplying the church with all that, with respect to outward things, is necessary for it — the maintenance and support of ministers, schools, etc., 1 Chron. 22, 2 Chron. 3 and 25, 1 Tim. 5:17, 18, 1 Cor. 9:6–15 compared with 2 Chron. 31:4–9. (g) By punishing violators, not only of the second, but also of the first table of the law, Deut. 4:1–6, Zech. 8:3, Exod. 22:1–15, Lev. 20:11, 12, 14, 17, 19–25, etc.
Let me say it in one word: in all these things they must serve King Christ, Ps. 2:11 — laying their crowns, that is, their whole dignity, power, and authority, down at the feet of King Jesus, Rev. 4:10, spending their treasures upon Him, Matt. 21:3, 7, 8, following the examples of David, Solomon, and others, and thus turning their monarchies into theocracies (God-governments), in which God and His Anointed are the supreme King, 1 Sam. 8:7 and 12:12, Rev. 11:15, Ps. 82:1. And that the kings of this world may be the more ready and willing to do all this, let them seriously consider: (a) That Jesus is that King of kings and Lord of lords, Rev. 19:16, whose own possession are the kingdoms of this world, Rev. 11:15, to the very ends of the earth, Ps. 2:8, to whom belongs all power in heaven and on earth, Matt. 28:18, Eph. 1:21, 22, Phil. 2:10. (b) That they have therefore received from Him all the dignity, honor, and authority which they have, Dan. 2:37, and that they must therefore faithfully render it back to Him, Rom. 11:36. (c) That they reign through Him, Prov. 8:15, that is, that they obtain from Him alone all things requisite for ruling — power, wisdom, blessing, prosperity, etc. (d) That if they neglect and disregard their duties toward this King, more certainly than anything is certain, they shall be deprived of their kingdoms, 1 Sam. 13:13, Dan. 6:26, 28, and thrust out among the beasts, Dan. 4:33, and at last be dashed to pieces with His iron scepter and broken like a potter's vessel, Ps. 2:9, 12, Rev. 19:15, 19. On the contrary, (e) that if they faithfully render the owed duties to Him, they shall then be established in their kingdom, 2 Sam. 7:12, 13, 1 Kings 2:24, 46, and 9:5, etc., and also be blessed by God with all kinds of goods, so that the crown flourishes upon their head, Ps. 132:18.
XXVI.
Also, in the seventh place, in the Mediator's royal office something is put into the hands of all Christians in general, which they must imitate: (1) With regard to the person of our King — that, just as He was wise, righteous, brave, kind, gentle, so also all Christians, being made partakers of royal dignity, apply themselves to those same virtues, Phil. 4:8. Then (2) with regard to the government — just as our King rules and reigns over all and over everything, so also they must so rule over themselves, over their passions, lusts, movements, and desires, Gal. 5:24, Rom. 5:21 and 6:12, 13, and not suffer themselves to be brought under the yoke and power of anyone whosoever, 1 Cor. 6:12. Also (3) with regard to fighting and warring — just as our King fought and warred with spiritual enemies, with Satan, Matt. 4:1–11, John 12:31 and 16:30, Rom. 16:20, 1 John 2:13, with the world, John 16:33 — that they also so fight the good fight, 2 Tim. 4:7, against their spiritual enemies, Satan, 1 Pet. 5:7, 8, the world, 1 John 5:4, 5, Rom. 3:2, the flesh, Gal. 5:17, and indeed so, that they, by fighting and through fighting, also overcome those spiritual enemies through the help of King Jesus, Rev. 5:3 and 17:14, Rom. 3:21, 1 John 2:13, 14 and 5:4, Rev. 2:7, 11, 26, 3:5, 21, and 20:7. Finally (4) with regard to conduct and conversation — just as our King has not sought a worldly kingdom, John 18:36, nor with worldly pomp and pride, Zech. 9:9, Luke 17:20, compare Acts 25:23, whereby He, even when it was offered and presented to Him, avoided and rejected the kingdom, John 6:15 — that they also thus be spiritual, Gal. 6:1, and despise and disdain all pride and other worldly things, as being beneath their royal dignity, 1 Pet. 2:9. And that they may in all these things the more readily be willing to imitate this, it will be useful and profitable to consider: (1) that they have been made partakers of royal dignity to this end, and have become co-sharers of it, Heb. 1:7, 8, Rev. 5:10, so that they might also in this be made more and more conformed to Him, Rom. 8:29. (2) That their highest perfection consists in this, that they also, in this royal perfection, become conformed to their most perfect King, Luke 6:40, Matt. 5:48. (3) That, as they in all these things shall have been conformed to Christ their King in grace, so they shall also be made conformed to Him with regard to eternal glory, Luke 22:28, Rom. 8:17, 1 Tim. 2:12, Rev. 3:28, 5:10, 20:4, 6, and 22:5, 2 Tim. 4:8, Luke 22:29.
XXVII.
Finally, in the eighth place, in and through Christ's royal office is furnished a most powerful comfort, Zech. 9:9. In case of (1) poverty and oppression, Ps. 72:13. (2) The temptations of Satan, Rev. 12:7, 9. (3) Persecutions, when we are hard-pressed by the multitude, power, and craftiness of our enemies, Ps. 3:2, 3. What can, in these and a thousand other cases, more powerfully sustain and uplift our mind than (1) that we have a King (a) so righteous, Ps. 45:7, 9:9, 96:13, and 98:9, Jer. 23:15 compared with Ps. 43:2, 3; (b) so mighty, Jer. 9:6, Matt. 28:18, Eph. 1:20–22; (c) so kind, Zech. 9:9, and merciful, Heb. 2:15, Ps. 72:13; then (2) that we have a King who reigns in the midst of His and our enemies, and who shall make them a footstool of His feet, Ps. 110:1; who (3) shall bring it about, according to His faithfulness, that we triumph gloriously over His and our enemies, 1 Cor. 15:54, 55, and that we, being delivered from all evil, Rom. 8:37, shall for ever enjoy a deep, broad, and most sweet rest.
Chapter IX: Of the Mediator's Humiliation
On Philippians 2:6, 7, 8.
Who, being in the form of God, thought it not robbery to be equal with God: but made Himself of no reputation, taking upon Him the form of a servant, and was made in the likeness of men: and being found in fashion as a man, He humbled Himself, and became obedient unto death, even the death of the cross.
I.
Having considered the Mediator of the covenant of grace with regard to His mediatorial dignity, with regard to His names, with regard to His person, and with regard to His offices and administrations, that same Mediator must now be considered by us with regard to His twofold state, in which He has carried out His offices and administrations — namely, the state of humiliation and of exaltation. And we shall examine the state of humiliation first more generally, then more particularly. The more general consideration shall be of this place, and for it we shall lay the foundation with the words of the Apostle, Phil. 2:6, 7, 8.
The Explanatory Part.
II.
In which words the Apostle, as an example of humility, holds forth and represents to the Philippians the humiliation of the Son of God, in which two points occur:
1. The Humbled One, or the Person humbling Himself, who, being in the form of God. In and with which words is marked the Person of the humbled one, by the relative pronoun Who. Namely, that very same one who in the foregoing had been commended as an example of self-denial and of humbling Himself: τοῦτο φρονείσθω ἐν ὑμῖν, ὃ καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ — Let this be felt among you, which was also felt, or was, in Christ Jesus. And what was that? He had said before: Let nothing be done through strife or vainglory, but in lowliness of mind let each esteem others better than themselves — whereupon he immediately adds: for this was felt among you, which was in Christ Jesus. The one humbled, therefore, is Jesus Christ, God-man, not with regard to this or that nature alone, but with regard to the whole Person, and of both natures of that Person, the divine and the human, though in a distinct and different manner: with regard to the former, through the concealment of the divine majesty; with regard to the latter, through the assumption and reception of lowliness.
2. The pre-existent form, brought forward to magnify the humiliation — that He, being in the form of God, humbled Himself. Ἐν μορφῇ Θεοῦ — in the form of God. Here it is especially disputed what μορφή Θεοῦ, the form of God, is meant to say. The Arians and Photinians, denying the ὁμοούσιον, the consubstantial Godhead of Christ, and with them Erasmus, Grotius, and the Socinians, understand thereby a certain outward and merely accidental ὁμοιότητα, likeness or resemblance, temunah or tabnith, which existed in His surpassing power to work wonders, to cast out devils, to raise the dead, etc. Those who accept the eternity of His Godhead judge and hold better, that thereby is signified His very essence, the nature with its essential properties — namely, the same as οὐσία, the essence, and φύσις, the nature, except that the first word, οὐσία, signifies the bare essence, and the second, φύσις, that same essence as clothed with its properties, majesty, power, wisdom — while our word μορφή, form, denotes among created things the accidents, which are consequences of the nature of a thing, by which, as by strokes, the οὐσία, the essence, and the φύσις, the nature, are confirmed and depicted; in which way it also expresses the human nature, considered with its properties. And hence it seems to have come about that the Apostle chose rather to say μορφὴν Θεοῦ καὶ δούλου, καὶ σχῆμα ἀνθρώπου, the form of God and of a servant, and the fashion of a man, than to say Θεόν, God, and ἄνθρωπον, a man. For which opinion they have these reasons: (1) The opposition of the form of a servant, which without doubt signifies the human nature; consequently the form of God also signifies, in their view, the divine nature. (2) Because he explains this manner of speech by εἶναι ἴσα Θεῷ, to be equal with God. (3) Because the word ὑπάρχειν, to be, to exist, requires a subsistence; for surely a thing does not consist and exist in its accidents. (4) Because all the ancient church fathers agree in this, whom Zanchius and Erasmus cite. To this is added (5) the truth, proved in its place, of the eternal Godhead in Christ, which being presupposed, there is no reason which necessitates confining the μορφή, the form, to the accidents.
Nor does it hold against this: (A) That it is not likely that the Apostle would have used this word μορφή, morphe, in a sense known only to philosophers — since its cognate verb, Gal. 4:19, "until Christ μορφωθῇ, be formed [in you]," and likewise its synonymous words, φύσις, nature, οὐσία, essence, χαρακτὴρ τῆς ὑποστάσεως, the express image of the substance, εἰκὼν Θεοῦ, the image of God, were known to them; and if they were not commonly known, they could have been explained to them by their teachers. (B) That μορφή, a form, ὁμοίωμα, a likeness, and σχῆμα, a fashion, mean one and the same thing with the Apostle — which latter words nevertheless signify not the nature but the accidents, since Christ, μορφὴν δούλου, laid aside the form of a servant at His ascension. Answer: He has not laid aside μορφὴν δούλου, the form of a servant, but only its lowliness; and also μορφή, form, signifies, along with the essence, also the properties.
3. The presence, ὑπάρχων, being or existing — namely, even before He took the form of a servant, that is, before He assumed the human nature, John 8:58 — so that we understand from this two things: namely, that a Person existing from eternity, that is, from eternity God, has humbled Himself; and that such a one was from eternity His own rightful Lord and Master, whereby it was in no way possible for Him to be humbled — therefore, that He has humbled Himself out of pure and unmixed free will, from which also His humility becomes the greater.
II.
The Humiliation, which comprises
1. A denial, or a certain negative act, whereby He did not acknowledge it as His own — at least did not hold it or reckon it as His own, which in fact was truly His own: Οὐκ ἁρπαγμὸν ἡγήσατο, τὸ εἶναι ἴσα Θεῷ — He thought it not robbery to be equal with God.
a. The act of denial, οὐκ ἁρπαγμὸν ἡγήσατο, He thought it not, did not regard it as, robbery. The word ἁρπαγμόν, harpagmon, interpreters commonly translate as robbery, plunder, which someone has obtained by violence and wrong. I hold, however, that a distinction must be made between a particular robbery, which is never obtained without unrighteousness — such as was in Achan, Josh. 7:21 — and an open, state-sanctioned plunder obtained in a lawful war, such as is observed in the Israelites taking the goods of the Canaanites, done by God's permission. The former, robbers are accustomed to hide, as appears in the aforementioned Achan; but the latter, conquerors were accustomed to display and exhibit in triumph, as is evident in the Roman triumphs. That the latter is meant here seems clear from the purpose; for what is meant is a disclaiming of glory to be won from what was seized, by a lawful victory. Ἡγεῖσθαι, hegeisthai, is to have and hold something as a robbery, as a rightfully obtained spoil, and to glory in it — so that from this arises this sense, that Christ, in His majesty which He had in the form of God, did not wish to glory in it, as the triumphant do in their spoil, but rather disclaimed the glory of equality with God, truly belonging to Him, by not displaying it, nor being proud of it.
b. The object of the denial, τὸ εἶναι ἴσα Θεῷ, to be equal with God. There are those who think that here one must supply an ellipsis, ἑαυτόν, Himself, or τὰ ἑαυτοῦ, His own things, so that the sense would be, that He and His own possessions, which He had from the form of God, were equal to God — and this so that they would not be compelled to allow, in the plural word ἴσα, a substitution of the plural for the singular number; whereas others are compelled to press this, that it is [used] for ἴσον, equal, singular, or adverbially for ἴσως, equally. The first pleases me more, as more in agreement with the ordinary construction. Now ἰσότης, isotes, here signifies not ὁμοιότητα, a likeness, as the Socinians would wish, along with the Arians and Photinians, in order to have, instead of a ὁμοούσιον, one of the same essence, a ὁμοιούσιον, one of like essence; but an equality, namely of essence and of essential majesty, compared with 2 Cor. 8:9, 14, Col. 4:1. The word Θεῷ, God, would here be taken either essentially, to signify that He, through His divine essence and all His divine perfections, is equal to the whole Trinity; or personally, that He is equal to His Father, which seems more consistent with the proportion of the context, in which sense it occurs in v. 9.
2. An annihilation, or a positive act of humbling Himself, v. 7: ἀλλ᾽ ἑαυτὸν ἐκένωσε, but made Himself of no reputation, emptied Himself — namely, of all glory and equality with the Father: truly not with regard to κτῆσις, possession, but with regard to χρῆσις, use; not with regard to right, but with regard to customary manifestation — customary, I say, since He also, on occasion, beyond the ordinary, according to the need of the case, manifested the same through His miracles. The little word ἀλλά, alla, here signifies without doubt, in an adversative sense, "but," in a very fitting sense: whereas He was, by reason of essence and majesty, God, and equal to Him, He was nevertheless not proud of this, as of a robbery displayed in triumph; but He emptied Himself. Ἐκένωσε, He emptied Himself, hērîq, He made Himself empty, He brought Himself as it were from all to nothing; He deprived Himself of His equality with God — not absolutely and unconditionally, as if He had ceased to be God and equal to God; but with regard to a state comparatively, by concealing His divine glory, as if He did not have it; not by actually laying it aside, or wholly and entirely denying it — for indeed God cannot deny Himself, 2 Tim. 2:13. For this reason the Apostle does not say ἠδένωσε, He brought Himself to nothing. Ἑαυτόν, Himself, signifies that He was emptied, not by another, by His Father, not against His will and unwillingly on account of His own sins; but that He willingly emptied Himself.
That emptying now is set forth, from and according to its stages, in a fourfold manner — namely, with regard to
א. The origin, which is in the assumption of the human nature, μορφὴν δούλου λαβών, ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπων γενόμενος. Taking upon Him the form of a servant, being made in the likeness of men. Here we have before us
a. The thing assumed, μορφὴν δούλου, the form of a servant. The word μορφή, morphe, here signifies (A) by some, the likeness of a servant, just as in the preceding verse it would have signified a likeness of God — so that He would not have become a true servant, but one like a servant. Thus Erasmus and others, who deny the personal union of the two natures in Christ. Yet (1) this contradicts the Apostle's purpose; for how is one said to empty and annihilate Himself, who has assumed only a likeness, a resemblance, not the reality, of a servant? Nor can one likewise (2) believe that μορφή, a form, would here be said of something which only appears to be, and in fact is not. Others (B) would rather have it that thereby is understood a servile, lowly, and despised state and condition, just as μορφή Θεοῦ, a divine state — a matter which we have already refuted above; nor does it help here, as we have said, that He, ascending into heaven, has without doubt laid aside the form of a servant — since He has not laid aside the form itself of a servant, but only the lowliness and meanness of that form. Most precisely, therefore, those (C) judge, who think that by the form of a servant is here understood His human nature itself, but clothed with its servile qualities — just as by the form of God is understood the divine nature itself, with its properties, majesty, and divine glory. Christ now is a servant or slave of God, Isa. 53:1, 5, not only because in the eternal covenant of grace He took upon Himself all the guilt and the whole cause of the elect sinners — of which servile bondage He has, however, discharged Himself, the payment now having been made — but also by virtue of the human nature, according to which all men are servants and slaves of God.
b. The assuming, λαβών, taking. This signifies that Christ took this form to Himself, or assumed it for himself, in unity of Person, through a personal union — which is expressed, Heb. 2:16, by ἐπιλαμβάνεται, he takes hold of; and therefore, that the assumed nature was not a part of the assuming Person.
c. The manner of assuming, ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπων γενόμενος, being made in the likeness of men. From which formerly the Marcionites and others wrongly concluded that Christ did not become a true man, but only bore a shape and semblance of a man, and that He therefore also did not truly die, rise again, etc. But they gave little heed to the fact that one man is like another man in nature, and in kind and shape, just as one egg is said to be like another egg; and that likeness also does not always exclude sameness of essence, Rom. 8:3, Heb. 4:15, in which sense Christ is said to be like His brothers, Heb. 2:17, and Adam is said to have begotten His son Seth after His image or likeness, Gen. 5:3, who, according to the supposition of the Phantasiasts, would not have been a true man. Christ has therefore been in the likeness of men — whether of common and despised men, who are often called men, Judg. 16:7, 11, Ps. 82:7; or of every other kind of man, of whom there was not one who was not a mere man, or a sinner. Nor should it be passed over that He is said γενόμενος, to have become, whereby is signified the personal union of the divine with the human nature, without which union He cannot be said to have become man, but only to have been joined to a man.
3. Then His life, καὶ σχήματι εὑρεθεὶς ὡς ἄνθρωπος. And being found in fashion as a man. That is, in His outward form, dress, movement, gestures, and in His whole outward manner and way of life, found to be a man. The Greek word σχῆμα is from σχέω, like the Latin habitus from habeo; it signifies every kind of outward form, countenance, and dress, which comes and falls under the senses, by which a thing is known, and whereby Christ has throughout demonstrated the truth of His human nature, Luke 24:39, John 20:20, 27 — the same in meaning as μορφή, form, and ὁμοίωμα, likeness, not an empty figure and shadow of a body, as if Christ were not truly a man, but such a form and countenance as demonstrates the truth of a matter — as τύραννον σχῆμα ἔχειν, to have a tyrannical bearing, in Sophocles, means to conduct, show, and prove oneself to be as a tyrant. Hence He is said εὑρεθείς, to have been found, and demonstrated and proved by the most certain evidence, ὡς ἄνθρωπος, as a man, namely a true, common, ordinary man; so that ὡς, as, here is a sign of confirmation, or of truth, not of a mere likeness — even as John 1:14, as if one said: the form, dress, and countenance of a man, namely, all of that which, in His whole life and conduct, He outwardly showed Himself to be, namely, a man.
4. Then His death: He humbled Himself, and became obedient unto death, even the death of the cross. Here is
a. The humbling, ἐταπείνωσεν ἑαυτόν, He humbled Himself. Who? Christ, the Son of God. Whom has he humbled? Himself; He is not, willingly or unwillingly, humbled by another; but He has voluntarily humbled Himself — and this as God-man: with regard to the divine nature, by concealing it, and withdrawing from it, as it were, the majesty of equality with His Father; and with regard to the human nature, by assuming a lowly, mean, and despised state and lot, as it were of an evildoer, and also, by conducting Himself in that state in the most humble manner, v. 5.
b. The evidence, or the substance of the humiliation, becoming obedient unto death. Obedient, ὑπήκοος, from ὑπακούω, to hear humbly and submissively — namely, for the sake of Him who is above me, first to understand and then readily to carry out. Christ has been obedient, both to God His Father, and also to men, parents, authority, both Jewish and Roman. Unto death: μέχρι, up to, unto, must here be understood not exclusively but inclusively, to signify that He was obedient not only up to death, but also in death — indeed, that His obedience was so great that it reached even to death, indeed to every kind of death, natural, spiritual, and eternal.
c. The degree of the humiliation unto death, θανάτου δὲ σταυροῦ, even the death of the cross. Not an ordinary and natural death, nor even any kind of violent death, of burning, stoning, etc., but specifically that of the cross. Σταυρός, stauros, from the letter T, whose shape resembles a cross, signifies a fixed stake, namely that on which the most notorious criminals were hanged; among Christians it signifies that wood on which Christ died, Matt. 27:32, 40; by metonymy, not seldom, the whole suffering of Christ, of which His death on the cross was the chief part, Heb. 12:2, Eph. 2:16. Here it signifies that most shameful and most disgraceful kind of Christ's death, which the Latins call malam crucem, an evil cross; infelicem arborem, an unfortunate tree; infamem stipitem, an infamous stake; damnatum stipitem, a condemned, a doomed stake — which death penalty, according to the judgment of Appian (Civil War, Book 2), was threatened and inflicted upon slaves; among the Hebrews it was moreover an accursed death, Deut. 21:23, which Christ had to undergo, that thereby He might redeem His own from the curse, Gal. 3:13.
The Doctrinal Part.
III.
From what has been said it is therefore plain and clear that the Son of God, Jesus Christ, along various degrees, has lowered and humbled Himself down to the utmost depth of the cross. For He is said to have been in the form of God, that is, being in the essence and majesty of God, to have counted it not robbery that He was equal with God; that He emptied Himself, took upon Himself the form of a servant, made Himself like common men, and humbled Himself, in His birth, life, and death. Similar things, as regards the substance, the Apostle teaches, Heb. 2:7, 9, 10, 17, 18, 2 Cor. 8:9, and the Savior Himself, Matt. 17:22, Mark 9:31, and 10:33, 34, Luke 9:44 and 24:26, which are also read as having been foretold, Isa. 53 and Ps. 22 and 8:5, 6.
The foundation of this utmost humiliation lies in Christ's Mediatorial suretyship. For since (1) the first-created man, through the transgression of the divine commandment and the violation of the covenant of works, and we all in him, exalted ourselves above God and His law, and thereby had deserved the utmost humiliation, unto death and eternal condemnation, Rom. 5:12, Gal. 3:10, Deut. 27:26 — it was therefore necessary that the surety who undertook the debt, for the sake of those to be redeemed, should undergo the utmost humiliation, Isa. 53:2–7, 2 Cor. 5:21, Gal. 3:13 and 4:4, 5. Because also (2) those to be redeemed had to and would be raised by Him to the highest degree of exaltation and glory, Eph. 2:4, 5, 6 — for this reason He had to be humbled to the uttermost, 2 Cor. 8:9, Gal. 3:13, 14. Because (3) in this humiliation of the Son of God, there would be manifested, on the one hand, God's most strict vindication of justice against the undertaking Surety, 2 Cor. 5:21, Rom. 3:25, and on the other hand His inexhaustible mercy toward the sinner to be redeemed, Eph. 2:4, 7, 8 — it was therefore entirely fitting and proper that the undertaking Surety (Expromissor) be cast down to the utmost humiliation and misery, whereby He became a servant, Phil. 2:7, Isa. 53:10, 11, and — what is worse — a worm, Ps. 22:7, indeed — what is the very worst — κατάρα, a curse, Gal. 3:13, and sin, 2 Cor. 5:21.
IV.
The state of humiliation now is that state in which the Mediator, God-man, with regard to His divine nature, has deprived Himself of the use and manifestation of the glory otherwise belonging to Him; and with regard to His human nature, has been made subject to the utmost lowliness under the divine law, in order to do and to suffer all that which was required for the restoring of the sinner, Phil. 2:7, 8, Gal. 4:4, 5. We attribute this humiliation to the whole God-man, because it belongs to Him as Mediator, which He is as God-man, as we have shown elsewhere expressly and at length, Chapter II of this Book — and indeed according to both natures: according to the divine, with regard to the concealment, whereby He has hidden Himself in the human nature as in a tabernacle (ἐσκήνωσε, He has tabernacled among us, John 1:14), and with regard to the manifestation of His glory, which He had from eternity with the Father, John 17:5, so that He emptied Himself, so that there was no form, no glory in and about Him, whereby He might be either honorable or desirable, Isa. 53:2 — except that He, outside the ordinary order and custom, through the working of miracles, and in other ways, has at times manifested Himself, 1 Tim. 3:16, 1 John 1:1, 2, Luke 2:9, 11, 12, Matt. 17:2–5, John 14:8–11; according to the human, with regard to the inward humiliation and misery which He has received, of which Isa. 53:2 speaks, whereby He was more despised than the very lowest slave, Phil. 2:7, a worm and no man, a reproach of men, and despised of the people, Ps. 22:7. Now the purpose of this humiliation has been, that He should be made subject to the law, Gal. 4:4, in order to fulfill its righteousness on behalf of those to be redeemed, Rom. 8:3, as much by doing as by suffering, as we shall show in its place, God willing, expressly and at length.
V.
This humiliation appears, first, in His conception, in that (1) through the assumption of the human nature, into unity with the same Person, the eternal Son of God, the Creator of all things, became, as it were, in time, and out of a woman, of which He was the Creator — Gal. 4:4 compared with 1 Tim. 3:16 — and in this way was hidden in the flesh, John 1:14. (2) In that He took this human nature from the substance, from the essence, of a virgin — who, though indeed originally of royal blood of David, was nevertheless of a wholly poor, lowly, and despised state and condition, Luke 1:48, Matt. 13:55, Mark 6:3.
VI.
Secondly, in His birth, in that (1) He, who was from eternity, unto eternity, the living God, above all praise in eternity, was nevertheless, in the fullness of time, willing to be born of a woman, Ps. 90:2 compared with Matt. 1:25 — and He, who gives to all life, breath, and all things, Acts 17:25, received life and breath from a wretched woman. (2) In that His birth itself was subject to the most despised circumstances — when He was born, not in His mother's own house, but among strangers, Luke 2:4–6; not in a palace, but in an inn; not in a suitable and comfortable sleeping chamber, but in a stable among the animals, because there was no room for them in the inn, Luke 2:6, 7; and moreover, that the luster and splendor of His divine glory and majesty was wrapped in swaddling clothes, and He laid in a manger, ibid.
VII.
Thirdly, in His life, in which (1) He who was the supreme Lawgiver, Isa. 33:22, was made subject to the law, Gal. 4:4, Matt. 5:17, Gal. 3:19. In which (2) He who keeps Satan bound with chains of darkness unto the judgment of the great day, Jude v. 6, was exposed to the most violent and boldest temptations of Satan, Matt. 4:1–12, Luke 4:1–14. In which (3) He who is the Lord of glory, 1 Cor. 2:8, God above all, blessed forever, Rom. 9:5, has endured hatred, reproaches, persecutions, and what not, from so many and every kind, indeed from the meanest and most despised of men, John 15:18, Matt. 4:55, Ps. 22:6, Heb. 12:2, 3, Mark 3:21, Matt. 12:10, 24, and 26:14–16. In which (4) He, who had done no evil, has, before the very Judge — who was otherwise sufficiently hateful and unjust to Him, and indeed while sitting on the judgment seat, in the presence of His enemies, pronouncing sentence, Matt. 26:23 — nevertheless endured every evil, Heb. 4:15, that is, not only those weaknesses to which all, without exception, are subject on account of the condition of human nature — hunger and thirst, pain and grief, hardships and sorrow, etc. — but also all manner of other things, which were more particularly proper to that most despised condition to which He exposed Himself for us, Isa. 53:2 — to such a degree, that His whole life was nothing but a whirlpool of miseries and sufferings.
VIII.
Fourthly, in His death, when He (1) was treacherously betrayed by His own disciple, Matt. 26. (2) Shamefully forsaken by all His disciples, ch. 26:56. (3) Denied by His most beloved disciple three times, and in so gross and dreadful a manner, ibid. v. 69. (4) With false testimonies, mockeries, blows of fist and palm, etc., most unworthily tortured and mangled, vv. 59–68. (5) Without any just cause or reason, both by the Jewish council and by the heathen court of Pilate, most unrighteously condemned to the extreme penalty, ch. 27:11–26. (6) Then dealt with by the soldiers in a barbarous manner, vv. 27–35. (7) Crucified in the most shameful manner, in the midst between two thieves, outside the city, on Golgotha, a place of ill repute, John 19:17, 18, Matt. 27:38. (8) Hanging on the cross, worn out and exhausted by the fiercest and cruelest pains, expiring, and yet still mocked shamefully and bitterly by every kind of onlooker, vv. 39–44. (9) Specifically undergoing that accursed kind of death, that He should become a curse for accursed sinners, Gal. 3:10, 13. And thus, by that death, the light of the world was extinguished, the health of the world wounded, life killed, and the Savior of the world, who had known no sin, was made sin for sinners, 2 Cor. 5:21.
IX.
Fifthly, in His burial, when (1) He, who has the keys of hell and of death, Rev. 1:18, 1 Cor. 15:55–57, who ought not to see corruption, was nevertheless cast into the pit of destruction and the ditch of decay, Isa. 38:17. When (2) He who was the King of kings and the Lord of lords, was buried without any solemn funeral procession. And (3) not in a grave belonging to His ancestors, but in a strange grave, as one who had nothing on which to lay His head, Luke 9:58. And (4) not by His own, but by strangers, although secretly His disciples, Joseph of Arimathea and Nicodemus, John 19:39, 40.
X.
Sixthly, in His descent into hell, by which He was not only (1) for three days and three nights as a captive of death and of sin, no differently than if He Himself had committed sin, Acts 2:24–27, 31, Ps. 16:13, Rom. 6:9, and as it were under the triumph of Satan, of sin, the world, and the power of darkness, Heb. 2:14, Rom. 6:23, 9, Matt. 27:62; but also (2) in His soul underwent and suffered infernal punishments, owed on account of our sins, both with regard to loss, Matt. 27:46 out of Ps. 22:2, and with regard to sense, Matt. 26:38, John 12:27. All these things I bring forward here only that we might behold the utmost humiliation of the Mediator, each point of which shall in what follows, in its own place, be treated and explained more particularly and in order.
The Polemical Part.
XI.
The points of controversy of this chapter, which concern the particulars of this humiliation — the conception, birth, etc. — shall each be considered in its own place, God willing. To this place belong only three matters of debate and controversy.
First: whether the Mediator was humbled only according to His human nature? The Socinians, because they do not recognize the divine nature; the Papists, because they call Him a Mediator only according to the human nature; the Lutherans, because they hold that His self-emptying is nothing other than an emptying of the divine majesty, communicated to the human nature — defend the affirmative view. The Reformed, on the contrary, hold that the Mediator was humbled according to both His natures — and indeed according to the divine nature, with regard to the concealment of glory, or with regard to its use alone (in which manner the sun is said to be darkened when, through interposed clouds, or through some other dark body, it does not spread its rays upon us); but according to the human nature, with regard to an inward depression and humiliation. And so they resolve this question and controversy: (1) Because the κένωσις, the self-emptying, whether of μορφῆς Θεοῦ, of the form of God, or of ἰσότητος Θεοῦ, of the equality with God, must be reckoned to leave nothing but a concealment of glory, which can be nothing other, or it must regard the divine nature. (2) Because the Savior Himself makes plain enough that the glory and majesty of His divine nature has been kept concealed, when He asks and desires of His Father to be glorified with the same, John 17:5. (3) Because the Apostle testifies, 2 Cor. 8:9, that He, though He was rich (without doubt according to the divine nature), became poor — certainly not by being deprived of the riches and treasures of the divine nature, Col. 1:9 — consequently by a concealment, which without any doubt regards the divine nature. (4) Because — as all confess — the divine nature of the Mediator, during the time of humiliation, was hidden under the veil, and as it were in the tabernacle, of the flesh, except that it, outside the ordinary order, and to His own alone, was somewhat disclosed and made manifest, John 1:14, 15. (5) Because if the divine nature and majesty had not been kept concealed by the assumed flesh, it would surely have been manifest to all, and He would have appeared openly as the Lord of glory; but now this has not been manifest and has not been open, Isa. 53:2, 3, 1 Cor. 2:8, Phil. 2:7, 8.
Against this the Papists urge chiefly two objections, namely: (1) that, according to our supposition, the divine nature would be changed; and (2) that it would also have become imperfect. The falsity of both these inferences is abundantly clear from what we have said above; for from the concealment of the glory of the divine nature there follows in no way any inward change or imperfection of the same. The Socinian opinion falls apart through the truth of Christ's divine nature, elsewhere proved and pressed. Likewise the opinion of the Lutherans, by the denial, Chapter IV, that the properties of the divine nature would, through the personal union, be communicated to the human nature.
XII.
Hence it is also asked, secondly: whether by μορφήν, the form, Phil. 2:6, must be understood an essential form, or an accidental one — that is, whether the form of God signifies the essence of God, or the majesty of God, or both? And if the latter, whether then first and chiefly is meant God's glory and majesty, and in the second place the essence of God itself? All, both ancient and later, both Reformed and Lutherans (for we do not here concern ourselves with the Antitrinitarians), hold that there is a twofold form and shape — an essential one, and an accidental one — and that thus by the form of God can be understood either the nature itself, or that whereby God is, so that to be in the form of God is to be by nature God; and that God's majesty and glory are one and the same with His nature. The difference is only whether by the form of God in the text must be understood the nature, or the majesty of God. Some of the ancients and of the Reformed, for example Johannes Piscator, hold that here the Apostle does not mean God's nature, but His glory; with these the Lutherans agree, though doubtfully. "In this place" (says Johannes Gerhard, Exeges. Loc. IV, §. 495) "we deny that by μορφὴν Θεοῦ, the form of God, is signified, first and properly, by this manner of speaking, the divine essence itself, considered in itself and unconditionally according to τὸ εἶναι, being and essence; but we say that thereby is understood a divine state, or divine condition, namely, the divine glory and majesty." He acknowledges, however, that in the second place, and less principally, the nature and essence of God is also understood. On the contrary, the Reformed in general, with most of the ancient fathers, understand by μορφὴν Θεοῦ, the form of God, first and chiefly, the nature of God; secondly, and less chiefly, the majesty of God. For (1) that whereby He was equal to God is, without doubt, first and chiefly understood by μορφὴν Θεοῦ, the form of God; but He was equal to God through the divine nature. (2) By μορφὴν Θεοῦ, the form of God, is first and chiefly understood that which, in the opposition to the corresponding clause following, is understood by μορφὴν δούλου, the form of a servant; but thereby is first and chiefly understood the nature of a servile man. (3) It will also press more forcefully toward the Apostle's purpose, if he argues and disputes thus: Christ, since He was God, and consequently in a glory equal with the Father, nevertheless so lowered Himself, that He took the nature of a servant, that is, of a man, and became a servant to God His Father, unto the most shameful and disgraceful death of the cross. I shall not here further urge (4) the nearly unanimous consent of antiquity, nor (5) that nothing necessitates the contrary.
For if they object: (1) that our interpretation of the word would be too philosophical, I shall answer, that it was well known among the Greek Philippians, following the accepted philosophy of Aristotle, to be quite common. (2) That this word occurs, Mark 16:12, in another meaning, I shall well grant, but say at the same time, that it is not necessary that it occur in the same meaning in this passage. (3) That the three words in the text, μορφή, form, ὁμοίωμα, likeness, and σχῆμα, fashion, are synonymous words — this they must prove at their own expense, while we in the Explanatory Part have sufficiently and easily enough distinguished them. (4) That by the form of a servant is not understood the nature of a man itself, but only a servile state and condition, since He laid aside the form of a servant at His exaltation — I shall deny that He, in His exaltation, laid aside the form of a servant, since He remains God's servant continually; but He has laid aside only the lowliness and meanness of that form. (5) That a form, and to be in a form, are distinct things, since one and the same thing cannot be said to be in itself — wherefore, since the Son of God is the form itself according to His divine nature, that He cannot then be said, according to that same nature, to be in the form of God: I shall grant that a form is not in a form, Godhead in Godhead, nature in nature; but I shall deny that the Son of God, insofar as He is the second Person, is the form itself, the Godhead or the nature of God; but that He has the same form, Godhead, and divine nature as His Father, and that He is in this sense said to be in the form of God. (6) That, if to be in the form of God were nothing other than to be God by nature, then also the Father and the Holy Spirit could be said to be in the form of God: I shall say that there is nothing absurd in that, just as there is nothing absurd in their being said, according to the opinion of our opponents, to be in the majesty and glory of God. (7) That by the form of God is understood such a glory as the Philippians could see, in order to follow His humiliation and self-emptying, of which John 1:14 speaks — I shall answer, that thereby is understood that nature, in and according to which the Person was ἴσος Θεῷ, equal with God; and that glory, of which they were convinced and persuaded not by an eyewitness sight, but from the teaching of Paul — because it had been kept concealed in the incarnation, through an outward humiliation which they were to follow. So much for the Expository and Doctrinal Part.
XIII.
Thirdly, it is asked: whether the humiliation of the Mediator consists in this, that He laid aside the majesty and glory communicated to the human nature through the personal union, not with regard to possession and essence, but with regard to use and power? The Lutherans, in favor of the omnipresence of Christ's flesh, in order to eat it orally in the Supper, and because of the divine properties communicated to the human nature, in which is a divine majesty and glory, hold this fast. On the contrary, the Reformed deny it, for the reason that we (1) have already learned above, §. X, that Christ has been humbled not only according to His human, but also according to His divine nature. (2) Because we have expressly and at length, above, Chapter IV, §. XXIV, overturned and demolished the foundation of the Lutheran view, namely, the divine properties communicated to the human nature. Here is added (3) that the Lutherans, holding this view (whose task it therefore is, according to the rule, to prove that the humiliation consists in this), have neither proved it, nor even attempted to prove it.
The Practical Part.
XIV.
Just as the Polemical Part concerns Christ's humiliation in general, so also the Practical consideration of it looks to the particular details of it — the conception, birth, etc. — which points shall each be taught in their own place. Nevertheless, the more general consideration of this humiliation first commends to us, according to the Apostle, the Mediator's ineffable grace, 2 Cor. 8:9: "Ye know the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, that, though He was rich, yet for your sakes He became poor, that ye through His poverty might become rich." Which grace we shall also more clearly discern and grasp, the more distinctly we think:
(1) Of the Person who has been, or is being, humbled — not a mere man, whether lowly or illustrious; nor even an angel, not even of the highest order; but the Son of God Himself, being in the form of God, equal to His Father, both with regard to nature and with regard to glory — the brightness of His glory, and the express image of His person, Heb. 1:3, the image of the invisible God, Col. 1:15, being rich, 2 Cor. 8:9, in whom all treasures are hidden, Col. 2:3. (2) If we think of the humiliation itself, whereby He thought it not robbery to be equal with God, was not proud, like triumphant conquerors, of His booty and spoil; but wholly ἐκένωσε, emptied Himself of all majesty and inborn glory, and thus humbled Himself, unto the most shameful and disgraceful death of the cross. (3) If we consider the degrees of the humiliation, through its particular details, with regard to the conception, birth, etc., with regard to the beginning, progress, and ending of His life, etc. (4) If we add to this the moving causes of this humiliation — from within, indeed, pure and unmixed grace, 2 Cor. 8:9; and from without, the extreme misery of man, brought upon himself by his pride against God, compare Isa. 14:11–20, Matt. 11:23. (5) If we consider the end and purpose of the humiliation — to exalt the wretched, despised, and cast-off, 2 Cor. 8:9. If we weigh all these points together, it will truly furnish us matter and occasion (1) that we and our minds be moved to a deep wonder over the riches of grace, Eph. 1:7, indeed, over the exceeding riches of His grace, in His kindness toward us, Eph. 2:7. (2) That we, with full mouth, praise and glory, crying out: Who is like unto the LORD our God, who dwelleth on high, who humbleth Himself to behold the things that are in heaven, and in the earth! Who raiseth up the poor out of the dust, and lifteth the needy out of the dunghill, that He may set him with princes, even with the princes of His people, Ps. 113:5–8. (3) That we, with all kinds of thankfulness, render Him the most ready and prompt recompense, Ps. 116:12.
XV.
Secondly, the Mediator's humiliation furnishes a most sweet comfort, especially, (1) to those who are in the form of a servant, that is, utterly humbled, or rejected and despised in the world, 1 Cor. 4:13, Rom. 8:36, compare Isa. 53:2, 3. (2) To those who are humbled with Christ unto the most disgraceful death of the cross, that is, who are persecuted by the enemies of Christ unto a most disgraceful death, 1 Cor. 4:9, Ps. 44:23. (3) To those who are as worms in the world, Isa. 41:14, compare Ps. 22:7. (4) To those who are poor in the world, and, like servants and slaves, men of a weak and low state and condition, 2 Cor. 8:2, 9, Rom. 15:16, Ps. 22:25. How much it helps, in these and other cases of humiliation, to think and consider godly: (1) That their Mediator too, though being in the form of God, and equal to God, was for their sake, 2 Cor. 8:9, emptied of all glory and honor. And (2) that He did this in order to exalt and lift them up. And that they thus, (3) in this their humiliation, become conformed to the image of the Son of God, Rom. 8:29, wherein their highest perfection consists, Luke 6:40 — that they bear the cross of Christ, and thereby prove themselves to be true disciples of Christ, Luke 9:23. Also (4) that it would be unbecoming, that a disciple, of any condition, state, and standing, should be above his Master, Matt. 10:24. Finally, (5) that they, as they are humbled with their Master, shall also be exalted with Him, Rom. 8:17 compared with Phil. 2:10 — because He Himself has for this purpose been humbled and made poor, in order to exalt them, or to make them rich. For all which reasons they can rejoice in their poor King, Zech. 9:9, indeed glory in their lowliness, Jas. 1:9, 10, Rom. 5:3.
Only, that (a) we, following the example of Christ, who was not only humbled by another, by His Father, Isa. 53:3, 4, 6, but who has also humbled and emptied Himself — not only let ourselves be patiently humbled by others, by God or by men, but that we also humble ourselves of our own accord and willingly, 1 Pet. 5:6, that we take up and bear our cross of our own accord and willingly, Luke 9:23, that we may in this too follow Christ and become conformed to Him. (b) That we, with Christ, obey God in our humiliation, by not murmuring against Him; that we be obedient unto death, indeed unto the death of the cross, that is, unto all that is most disgraceful and most bitter that might be done to us, 1 Cor. 4:9, 13. (c) That we, with Christ, do not regard our humiliation — and whatever good and excellent thing there is in and about us — as a robbery, that is, that we do not exalt ourselves over it, nor be proud of it, 1 Cor. 4:6, 7 and 15:10, Ps. 115:1.
XVI.
Thirdly, the Mediator's humiliation rebukes the pride and perversity (1) of those who, though in fact not otherwise than in the form of a servant, nevertheless strive to be in the form of the Lord, in the form of God, Gen. 3:5, Isa. 14:12–14 — inasmuch as, in place of Christ, who, being in the form of God, emptied and humbled Himself, they, puffed up, swollen, and proud of mind, 2 Cor. 10:5, 2 Tim. 3:4, exalt themselves (1) above God, Exod. 5:2, Isa. 14:12–14, Acts 12:22, 23, 2 Thess. 2:4, and despise and disdain God, Job 21:14, 15, Jer. 44:16, 17; (2) above themselves, insofar as, being high-minded, Rom. 11:20, they make themselves greater than they in fact are, by proudly arrogating and appropriating to themselves what they do not have, Rev. 3:17, Gal. 6:3, or by exalting beyond measure what they do have, 2 Cor. 10:16; (3) above others, 1 Cor. 4:6, Luke 18:11. (2) Of those who esteem as a robbery and a spoil — that is, through an outward pride and arrogance, like conquerors displaying and making known their spoil and plunder — that which they possess, or proudly arrogate to themselves, of what is divine or good; for example, power and authority, virtue and courage, treasures and riches, etc. And this (a) with mouth and boastful speech, Exod. 5:2, 2 Chron. 32:11–20, Ps. 73:6, 8, 9, 11, Jude v. 8, Ps. 12:4 and 17:10; (b) with proud gestures, Luke 18:11, standing, Rev. 18:7, "I sit a queen," etc., Ps. 101:5, Prov. 21:4; (c) with a proud countenance and haughty apparel, Isa. 3:19, 20; (d) with a haughty and proud conduct and conversation, Jer. 48:29, Ps. 30:7.
Consider now (a) how unjust, shameful, and perverse it is, that the Son of God, being in the form of God, equal to His Father, should annihilate Himself, take on the form of a servant, humble Himself unto the most disgraceful death of the cross — and that a son of man, being in the form of a servant, should assume, as it were, the form of God, and make himself equal with God, fill himself with a foolish pride and arrogance, and display his goods and gifts in a childish and silly manner. (b) How righteous and just it is, that such a one be emptied of all form and shape which he has; that he be humbled to the most despised form of a servant and slave; that he be made equal to the most despised, and be made subject to death, even to the most shameful, that of the cross. (c) How detestable and damnable such pride and arrogance is in the eyes of God, 1 Pet. 5:5, Prov. 6:16, 17, 16:5, Luke 16:15 and 18:11, 14, so that He beholds it with contempt, Job 40:6, 7, hears it with indignation, Ps. 42:2, 3, breaks it in His wrath, Lev. 26:19, Isa. 2:12, tramples and casts it to the ground in His grim vengeance, Ezek. 30:6. (d) With what terrible judgments He has punished pride and arrogance — in Babylon, Isa. 14:4–27; in Nebuchadnezzar, Dan. 4:29–34; in Herod, Acts 12:21–23.
XVII.
Fourthly, it exhorts us that we strive to have that same mind which was in Christ. This is the aim of the whole argument the Apostle sets forth, namely, that we, with Christ, (1) practice this modesty, that we not proudly arrogate to ourselves an excellence which does not belong to us, Rev. 3:9, 1 Cor. 4:6, nor boast and glory in that which truly does belong to us, 1 Cor. 4:7, nor seek from our privileges and advantages an idle honor and glory, exalting our own beyond measure, Gal. 6:3, nor strive too much after honor, offices of honor, and dignities, Ps. 131:1. (2) Then a self-annihilation, that we, with Christ, who emptied Himself, also esteem ourselves as nothing — especially when compared with God, 1 Cor. 1:28, Gen. 18:27 — just as Herod esteemed our Savior, Luke 23:11, and the rulers of the Jews, and He Himself made Himself of no account, whence He is called the stone, ἐξουθενηθεὶς ὑπ᾽ οἰκοδομούντων, which was rejected by the builders, esteemed as nothing, Acts 4:11 out of Ps. 118:22. (3) Then humility, that we, with the Savior, who humbled Himself, be humble of heart, Matt. 11:29, deny ourselves, Luke 9:23, and cast our own will down as it were before the feet of God, Matt. 26:39. (4) Then obedience, that we, with Christ, who became obedient unto death, etc., humbly and submissively hear God, and dispose ourselves in the most lowly manner to do His will, John 5:30, 1 Sam. 3:10, compare Jer. 42:5, 6, unto death, indeed unto a most shameful and disgraceful death, Acts 20:23, 24. (5) Then the form and shape of a servant, that we, even outwardly, with the Savior, in and through our whole conduct, conduct ourselves not as lords, but as servants: (1) with regard to speech and manner, without all boastfulness, Jude v. 8, loud talk and shouting, Isa. 42:2, 4, Matt. 12:19, that we speak low and humbly of ourselves, Ps. 22:6, 1 Sam. 24:14, and that we confess our meanness and unworthiness before God, Dan. 9:5, 6. (2) With regard to our bodily gestures, in which also the Savior was found in the fashion of a man — for example, bowing of the knee, Matt. 26:39, Phil. 2:10, bowing of the body, Gen. 18:2, the casting down of the eyes, Ps. 123:1. (3) With regard to an outward humble dress and countenance, Matt. 3:4 — such as one in the Old Testament gave up his self by putting on sackcloth, 1 Kings 21:27, 2 Kings 19:1, Ps. 30:12. (4) With regard to our whole conduct and conversation, being familiar, gentle, kind, modest, courteous, Matt. 21:29, Acts 20:19, John 13:34.
This is that mind, and that disposition, which was also in Christ Jesus, after which we, according to the Apostle's command, Phil. 2:6, must strive with all our endeavor, that it also be in us. For thereby, and in this way, we shall (a) become more and more conformed to Christ, Matt. 11:29, in which all edification and perfection consists, Matt. 10:25. Indeed, thereby we shall (b) be united with Christ; for where the mind and form of Christ is and lives, there Christ Himself is also and lives, Gal. 2:20. We shall also (c) thereby obtain rest and peace of mind, Matt. 11:29: "Learn of me, for I am ... lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls" — because Christian humility stills the tumultuous passions, from which all disturbances of mind arise, and also disposes and directs man, in every state, condition, and lot, to the will of God, Ps. 39:10. Moreover, (d) we shall, by virtue of God's promise, obtain grace, 1 Pet. 5:5, Luke 1:53 — grace of justification and forgiveness of sins, Luke 18:14, grace also of divine presence and union, Isa. 57:15. Finally, (e) having been humbled with Christ, we shall also with Him be exalted, Phil. 2:9, Jas. 4:10, Prov. 22:4.
Now this mind, and this form of humility, which was in Christ, these means shall most powerfully awaken in us: (a) By keeping the eyes on Christ, who lights the way, whom the Apostle, to this end, sets before his Philippians in the text — which the Savior Himself also enjoins, Matt. 11:28, John 13:12–16. (b) By godly and humbly comparing our meanness and nothingness with God's infinite and immeasurable perfection, majesty, and glory, Gen. 18:31, Prov. 30:1, 2, Job 42:3, 4, Isa. 6:1, 2, Rom. 9:20, 21. (c) By earnestly considering ourselves: What is man? Ps. 8:5. Who art thou? Rom. 14:4. What hast thou? 1 Cor. 4:7. In particular, on these points: (†) Who and what kind we have been by creation, and from what state of perfection and glory we have fallen, Rom. 3:23, compare Ezra 3:12. (††) Who and what kind we are after the fall — children of wrath, dead in sins, Eph. 2:2, the most wicked and the worst, Titus 3:3, the most wretched, Rom. 7:24. (†††) What kind we shall soon be after death, and eternal condemnation, Matt. 25:45, unless God, by pure and unmixed mercy, turn it away. (d) By attentively considering the multitude, shamefulness, and punishments of our sins, Luke 18:13.
XVIII.
Fifthly, it stirs and spurs us on, that, the deeper and lower the Mediator has humbled Himself for us, the higher we should exalt Him, Phil. 1:20. Which is done: (1) By setting Him above all things in our hearts, just as God, for this very reason, has highly exalted Him, Phil. 2:9, setting and preferring Him above all that is most precious and dear, Matt. 10:37, Phil. 3:7, 8, Ps. 73:25. (2) By giving Him a name which is above every name, Phil. 2:9, Eph. 1:21 — since there is no other name, of the same kind and efficacy, under heaven, Acts 4:12 — naming His name with the highest reverence, 2 Tim. 2:19, entrusting our souls confidently to the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, Acts 15:26. (3) By religiously bowing the knees, of body and of heart, before Him, Phil. 2:10, that is, by subjecting ourselves entirely, in all that we are, to Him, as to our Lord, to whom God has given all power in heaven and on earth, Matt. 28:18, whom He has set as head above all things, Eph. 1:21, 22, under whose feet He has put all things in subjection, Ps. 8:6, 1 Cor. 15:27, Eph. 1:22, 1 Pet. 3:22. (4) By confessing with our tongue that Jesus Christ is Lord, Phil. 2:9, Matt. 10:32, 33, John 1:20. (5) By ascribing and acknowledging to Him, fully and completely, the form of God and the equality with God, of which He emptied Himself, Matt. 16:16. (6) By restoring and giving back to Him, most freely and generously, in place of the form of a servant which He assumed, the form of God, in which He has been from eternity, John 17:1, 5, accepting Him as Lord, Acts 2:36, Col. 2:6, indeed as Lord of lords, Rev. 17:14 and 19:16, as Lord of glory, 1 Cor. 2:8. (7) By, because He has subjected Himself to His Father, and become obedient unto the death of the cross, in turn subjecting ourselves to Him, and obeying Him, even unto death, indeed even unto a most shameful and disgraceful death, Heb. 5:8, 9, Acts 20:24.
For these reasons: (1) that God Himself, on account of His humiliation, has determined and brought about this exaltation for Him, Phil. 2:9: "Wherefore God also hath highly exalted Him," etc. (2) Because the form of God, and equality with God, belong to Him by nature, and because He has had the same by right from eternity, John 17:5. (3) Because He, for us, that He might exalt us, 2 Cor. 8:9, emptied Himself of all glory, and lowered Himself to that degree of lowliness and misery — wherefore such an exaltation, out of gratitude, is by every right owed to Him by us, Rev. 5:9. (4) Because He will, on that day, exalt us in turn, Luke 22:29, that we may reign with Him, Rom. 8:17, and sit upon thrones, Rev. 3:21 and 4:4, Matt. 19:28.
Chapter X: Of the Mediator's Incarnation
On Luke 1:35.
And the Holy Ghost shall come upon thee, and the power of the Highest shall overshadow thee: therefore also that holy thing which shall be born of thee shall be called the Son of God.
I.
Up to now we have considered the Mediator's humiliation more generally, in the aggregate; now it remains for us to consider it a little more particularly, and that along these degrees: (1) The Mediator's incarnation; (2) His life; (3) His death; and (4) His descent into the grave and into hell. And indeed the incarnation includes these two points, namely, the Mediator's conception and His birth (for the assumption of the human nature by the divine Person, and the union of the human nature with the divine Person, we have already, long since, above, Chapter IV, examined and explained), which are set forth in the text-portion of Luke 1:35.
The Explanatory Part.
II.
In the words of which text-portion is contained the angel's prediction concerning the incarnation, or the wonderful conception and birth, of Christ. Here therefore is foretold:
1. The Mediator's conception, of which is marked
1. The one who brings it about, and His name — and that
a. His own name, the Holy Spirit (in whose place Servetus boldly substituted τὸν λόγον, the Word), of whom we have spoken above, Book II, Chapter XXVI, expressly and at length. Why now this bringing about is in particular attributed to the third Person, though it is common to all the Persons, shall perhaps be explained in the Polemical Part. Meanwhile it must here be noted, against the Socinians, that the Spirit is a Person, because personal operations are ascribed to Him, namely, coming upon, overshadowing; as against the Macedonians, opponents of the Spirit, Johannes Biddle, that He is a divine Person, because the making fruitful of a virgin, which is signified through those operations, is a divine work.
b. His surname: the power of the Highest. Whereby must not here be understood Christ Himself, who, with His overhanging body, would have covered the virgin as with a shadow, as some among the ancient fathers have held, according to the testimony of Maldonatus on this passage — but the Holy Spirit, since the Savior at that time had as yet no body. Therefore the little word "and" here is not a coupling of different Persons, but an explanatory or clarifying word of one and the same Person. Whence "power" and "Holy Spirit" are very often joined together in Scripture: thus Acts 1:8, Luke 4:14 and 24:49, Acts 10:38, Rom. 1:4 and 15:13, 1 Cor. 2:4, Eph. 3:16, 1 Thess. 1:5. That now by "power" is not meant some accidental power, as the Socinians would have it, appears because there are no accidents in God; nor is meant the property of omnipotence, as we have said elsewhere, Book II, Chapter XXVII, §. XVIII. Also, the word "of the Highest" does not here, distinctively, distinguish the highest God from a lower God, such as Christ is with the Socinians; but it must be taken explanatorily, that it means the same as, God, who is the highest of all kinds of beings — as appears from the wonderful fructification of a virgin, which belongs to no creatures, as if they were subordinate gods, Isa. 7:11, 14.
2. The bringing about of the conception, of which is marked a twofold act:
a. Shall come upon thee, ἐπελεύσεται ἐπὶ σέ, shall descend upon thee — certainly not with regard to place, since He is everywhere present, but with regard to His efficacy: not of a common and ordinary providence, but with an extraordinary one, with such a one as God formerly descended, Gen. 18:21 compared with Judg. 14:6, with such a one as fills the innermost being of a father. Nevertheless I prefer to translate it, "shall come upon thee," that is, He shall do in thee in a spiritual manner, that which a man does in such a business in a fleshly manner, namely: (1) He shall separate out a certain small portion of your flesh and blood for the bearing; (2) He shall prepare the same for this use; (3) He shall keep away from it every impropriety from which afterward sin might arise, namely, that the fruit born of you might be holy; (4) He shall unite the human nature with the divine Person — but shall mingle a certain, as it were, foreign and divine substance with and in your seed; whence the one born of you is named the Son of God, not, as the Socinians would have it, out of hatred of Christ's eternal and ineffable generation.
b. And shall overshadow thee, ἐπισκιάσει σοι. There are some among the ancient fathers who translate this: He shall cover thee, He shall refresh thy flesh, that thou mightest conceive without any sense of fleshly lust — so Augustine, Gregory, Bede (cf. Maldonatus ad h.l.) — for the LXX translators are accustomed to render the word for "cover, overshadow" by ἐπισκιάζειν, "to overshadow," Ps. 91:4, 140, and elsewhere. Better, however, Theophylactus and others hold, that here there is a figurative transfer, taken from birds hatching their chicks — that the angel thereby signifies that this fruit would come forth by that power whereby the world itself took its beginning: for in the history of Moses, Gen. 1:2, the Spirit of God "hovered" (merachefet) over the waters, which word the most learned Jews explain of just such an operation; and the same word is clearly used, Deut. 32:11, where the LXX use the word σκεπάσαι in a like sense. Very well indeed, in my judgment, it is said, that the name of a shadow is a sign and indication of the hidden and incomprehensible efficacious working of the Holy Spirit, whereby He so secretly carried out that work of fructification, that the manner and way of it was not even known to the blessed Virgin herself, and moreover thereby wished to admonish, that we ought not curiously to inquire into the manner and way of it. To this seems to point the overshadowing of the cloud in the tabernacle of the covenant, Exod. 40:35, and that the cherubim overshadowed the ark, 2 Chron. 5:8 compared with 1 Kings 8:12, Num. 9:22.
2. The Mediator's birth: therefore also that holy thing which shall be born of thee shall be called the Son of God. In these words comes before us:
1. The one born, or the one about to be born, holy — διὸ καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον ἐκ σοῦ ἅγιον, therefore also that which shall be born of thee shall be called holy. Ἐκ σοῦ, "of thee," is not found in some Greek manuscripts, nor in the old Latin, nor in Theodotion; nevertheless the Syriac, the Arabic, and the ancient writers, Irenaeus, Tertullian, Novatian, Epiphanius, Athanasius, have it, according to the note of Beza, Grotius, and others, who also judge that it must be retained. Τὸ ἅγιον, "that holy thing," namely, that which shall be born of thee, τὸ γεννώμενον ἐκ σοῦ, not some other holy thing — wherefore the little article τό here seems to be used by way of distinction. Ἅγιον, "holy," neuter, for ἅγιος, "holy," masculine, with a customary change of gender, in order thereby to signify a certain subsistence, which had already existed beforehand with regard to the divine nature, and would be born with regard to the human nature. Now that subsistence is called holy, not because it would be born of a holy seed, which the Holy Spirit would have purified of all original impurity — for indeed the angel does not speak of the seed, but of the holy Person; and also the seed, being without reason, is subject to no moral impurity — but because that subsistence is the Holy One of Israel, Isa. 10:20, whom the Father has sanctified in the eternal covenant of grace, that is, set apart from all other men who would ever be, and sent into the world in time, to be Mediator, and who would be, by excellence, the Holy One, to be conceived in a most holy manner, and to be free of all corruption, both original and actual, 2 Cor. 5:21.
2. The birth. Γεννώμενον, "being born," with a change of the present for the future tense, as Matt. 2:4. This does not speak properly of the conception; for then he would have said ἐν σοί, "in thee"; but of the birth, ἐκ σοῦ, "of thee." Whence Paul says, γεννώμενον ἐκ γυναικός, "made, born of a woman," Gal. 4:4. Furthermore, γίνεσθαι, "to become," here signifies the same as γεννᾶσθαι, "to be born," Luke 1:13, Acts 7:20. That birth of Christ the evangelists relate in all its circumstances, especially Luke, ch. 2, so that from it it might be plain and clear that He is that promised Messiah.
3. The name of the one born: shall be called the Son of God. Διὸ τὸ γεννώμενον, "therefore also that which shall be born of thee, shall...." Not that His extraordinary and wonderful conception and birth is the fundamental reason for which He would be called the Son of God, as the Socinians would have it — to the exclusion of His eternal generation, according to which He is properly the Son of God, Ps. 2:7, Mic. 5:1. But because through this extraordinary conception, by the Spirit, the union has come about of the divine Person with the human nature, by virtue of which the one born is, in the concrete, the Son of God; and after the birth, God has been manifested in the flesh, 1 Tim. 3:16. Κληθήσεται, "shall be called," here amounts to the same as, shall be manifested — being already from eternity the Son of God, He shall be recognized as the only-begotten Son of God, John 1:18. Therefore is signified in this whole verse: (1) That the Savior would assume flesh from the substance of the blessed Virgin. (2) That that flesh, through the working of the Holy Spirit, would be united also with a rational soul, so that He might thereby be a true man; and with the divine Person, so that He, precisely thereby, might at the same time be true God, and thus God-man. (3) That, on account of this union with the second Person of the Godhead, that man, born of the blessed Virgin, would be called the Son of God.
The Doctrinal Part.
III.
The incarnation, therefore, of the Son of God has happened in an absolutely extraordinary and wonderful manner. Because it is said to have happened (1) through a certain extraordinary efficacy of the Holy Spirit, which the phrase "the Holy Ghost shall come upon thee" signifies. (2) Through an overshadowing, that is, through such an efficacy of the Holy Spirit as has been carried out under a shadow, in secret, in an absolutely incomprehensible manner. (3) Against the common and ordinary order — a human flesh being brought forth from a female seed alone. (4) Because a virgin has given birth. And indeed (5) has given birth to the Son of God. For these reasons the incarnation is called a mystery, and indeed a great mystery, indeed ὁμολογουμένως, without any doubt great, 1 Tim. 3:16, compared with Rom. 16:25, 26, Eph. 1:9 and 3:9, Col. 1:26; and a new thing, something new, Jer. 31:22, whence to the man to become is given the name of Wonderful, Isa. 9:6, compared with Judg. 13:18. And fittingly here belongs an extraordinary and wonderful incarnation: (1) Because the Person who was to become man, namely the second Person of the Trinity, and who has become man, the God-man, is extraordinary and wonderful, 1 Tim. 3:16, John 1:14. (2) Because the work for which He became man, namely the redemption of the human race, has been extraordinary and wonderful, 1 Tim. 1:15. (3) Because the conditional state and condition of the man to become and be Mediator, whereby He had to be free of all original stain, 2 Cor. 5:21, has had to be extraordinary and wonderful.
IV.
This wonderful incarnation now consists in two points: in the conception and in the birth. In the conception, of which we must speak in the first place, three principles come before us: the passive, the active, and the material. The passive principle has been (1) a virgin, of whom the Mediator wished to be born: (1) That the prophecies might be fully satisfied, Gen. 3:15, Isa. 7:14, Jer. 31:22, Song 4:12. (2) That it might be plain that He was free of the original stain, which is propagated by an ordinary and natural generation — compare Ps. 2:7, John 3:6, with Heb. 7:26. Not that the mother's virginity is the sole or the formal cause of this freedom, but because the extraordinary conception and birth give a firm and certain proof of this freedom. (3) That He might be without a father, the antitype of Melchizedek, Heb. 7:3. (4) That He might show that He was that born holy one, Luke 1:35, of which Dan. 9:24 [speaks], "to anoint the Most Holy" (limshoach qodesh qodashim). (2) A virgin of the tribe of Judah, of the seed of David, Rom. 1:3, Acts 2:33, and Luke 1:27 — where "of the house of David" (ἐξ οἴκου Δαβίδ) can equally well be referred to Mary as to Joseph, Heb. 7:14, Matt. 1:2–15, Luke 3:23–38 — namely, that He might be that Lion of the tribe of Judah, Rev. 5:5, Gen. 49:9, that Son of David, Matt. 9:27, 12:23, and 22:41, 42, 45, Jer. 33:15, indeed, the antitypical David Himself, Jer. 30:9, Ezek. 34:23, 24 and 37:25, Hos. 3:5. (3) A betrothed virgin, Matt. 1:18, to Joseph, a man of the tribe of Judah, Matt. 1:20, who — because of this engagement and betrothal (insofar as consent makes for marriage) — is more than once called Christ's father, Luke 2:48, not only because he was reckoned generally as His father, Luke 3:23, and because he was fatherly disposed toward Him, Matt. 2:14, but also because he was truly the husband of His mother, between whom and himself a true marriage existed (whence she is once called "wife," John 2:4), namely established, though not consummated. Whether she, after having borne the Savior, remained a virgin, cannot be certainly determined from Holy Scripture: because on the one hand it seems less likely that that vessel, which had once been made fruitful by the Holy Spirit, should afterward have become fleshly known by a man — compare Ezek. 44:1, 2; and on the other hand there are not lacking sayings of Holy Scripture which, at first glance, seem to point to a consummated marriage, Matt. 1:18, 25 and 13:55, 56, Mark 6:3. Although I do not deny that to this the denying party can answer sufficiently well: it is enough, that it is more certain than anything certain, that she was a virgin before the bearing and in the bearing; and that the marriage, at least, was not consummated on account of a vow of virginity, since Scripture not only makes no mention of it at all, but it would also be absurd to have vowed virginity to God, and marriage to Joseph, since a married woman no longer has her own right and power, 1 Cor. 7:4. The Savior now wished to be born specifically from a betrothed virgin: (1) That we, from the testimony of the man dwelling with her, might be the more certain concerning the virginity of His mother, without which He could not have been the true Messiah. (2) That He might not be rejected as illegitimately born; compare Matt. 1:18. (3) That through the assistance and provision of Joseph, both the mother and her Son might the more suitably and easily be provided for and protected. (4) A pious and godly virgin, and above all other women graced and blessed, Luke 1:28 — but nevertheless still born without original sin, since Scripture excludes from that only the Savior, Rom. 5:12, 1 Cor. 15:22; nor also without all actual sin, John 2:4. (5) A virgin whose name was Mary — whether one derives that name from marar, to be bitter, so that it signifies a bitter one (compare Luke 2:35 with Ruth 1:19); or from yarah, to instruct, to teach, so that it would signify a teacher, Luke 1:46; or from or, a light, so that it would signify one enlightened, Luke 1:31, 45; or from rum, to exalt, so that the name would mean as much as an exalted one, Luke 1:28 with 48; or by composition, as if it were Mar-yam, that it would mean a drop (stilla) of the sea — from which, out of ignorance of Hebrew, the monks have made and called her a Star of the Sea; on which little depends.
A most exact personal consideration of the blessed Virgin one will find in Nicephorus, Book 2, Chapter 23.
V.
The active or efficient principle of Christ's conception has indeed been the whole Trinity, insofar as it is a work outward, Acts 4:32 — the Father, by preparing for Him a body, Heb. 10:5, Gal. 4:4; the Son, by taking the form of a servant, Phil. 2:7 — by which power of the Highest some among the ancients wished to understand Him also, Luke 1:35, compare 1 Cor. 1:18; the Holy Spirit, by coming upon, Luke 1:35 — but nevertheless, by a special appropriation, the Holy Spirit, on account of His particular activity (1) in making fruitful, compare Gen. 1:2; (2) in sanctifying, or in providing that Christ was born holy of Mary, without sin, Luke 1:35. The working now of the Holy Spirit, through coming upon and overshadowing, signified, has had sufficiently these particular details: (1) That He set apart a certain small portion of the virginal substance, out of which the body of Christ was formed, Heb. 10:5. (2) That He brought to that set-apart portion a forming power, by means of which the virginal seed alone brought about that which, according to the order of nature, both the male and the female bring about together. (3) That He cleansed and purified that virginal seed as it were — not indeed of a moral impurity or sin, to which a seed not yet ensouled is not subject — but of a natural imbalance or disorder, from which, in time, sin might have arisen; or at least He preserved the birth from all impurity, to this end, that what would be born of it might be that holy thing, Luke 1:35. (4) That He formed and shaped that virginal seed by degrees into human limbs, in the manner in which they are formed in ordinary generation, Heb. 10:5. (5) That He united with the now-formed body the rational soul, Zech. 12:1. (6) That He, by uniting the soul with the body, at once and at the same time united with both the united parts the divine Person, inseparably. And yet, on account of all this, the Holy Spirit is not rightly called the Father of Christ, even according to the human nature: (a) Because He has not been the material cause, from which the flesh of Christ would have been formed — such as a father is in the generation of a son; but only the efficient cause. (b) Because Christ, according to the human nature, is not of the same kind as He; and (c) because Christ is nowhere in Holy Scripture called the Son of the Holy Spirit, nor the Holy Spirit called the Father of Christ.
VI.
The material principle of this conception has not been: (1) the very essence of the Word, which would have been changed into the human nature — since the essence of the Word (1) has not only been spiritual, and absolutely of an entirely different nature than the flesh, but also (2) is the unchangeable essence of God itself, of the same essence with the Father and the Holy Spirit, Mal. 3:6, Jas. 1:17. Indeed also (3), the Godhead itself, being changed, would now no longer be God. Nor has it been (2) the essence of the Holy Spirit, for the same reasons. Nor (3) has it been something immediately brought forth by God from heaven, and let down into the belly of the blessed Virgin, since Scripture makes absolutely no mention at all of this, and we cannot know such a thing from anywhere else. But (4) it has been the seed of the blessed Virgin, whence the one born is called the seed of the woman, Gen. 3:15 — from Adam, through Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, David, etc., along the way of an ordinary propagation, traced down to Mary, that He might be the seed of Abraham, of Isaac, of Jacob, of David, etc., Rom. 9:5. That seed in her, although it has been propagated down to Mary through sinners, has nevertheless been subject to no sin or moral evil, since that evil does not fall upon what is unensouled and without reason, though it can have a natural malformation or imbalance, which might afterward have given occasion to sin — which we have therefore said was taken away from Mary's seed by the Holy Spirit. And on account of this seed, (1) He has been the true Son of Mary, and is throughout called the Son of Man in the Gospel, Matt. 1:25 and 13:55, Mark 6:3, etc., Matt. 8:20 and 9:6, etc. And (2) because the human nature, sprung forth from Mary's seed, has through the power of the Holy Spirit been united with the divine Person, the blessed Virgin is on that account rightly called Θεοτόκος, God-bearer, Luke 1:43 — just as the Savior, with regard to the divine Person, on account of His eternal generation, is rightly called Θεοτόκος, one born of God. And yet (3) the Savior is not therefore a double or twofold Son, since the title of honor "Son" is not a title of nature, but of Person — although I cannot as yet see for what reason a twofold sonship, the one with regard to the divine, the other with regard to the human nature, should not be allowed in Him, since a sonship is nothing other than a relation, and since also an ordinary man has a double sonship, the one from his father's side, the other from his mother's — whence also our Savior is both the Son of God and the Son of Mary, the union of the two natures having taken place in His single Person.
VII.
The time now, from His conception, Christ has possessed a fullness of all habitual grace, namely with regard to possession or essence; although He, with regard to use and power, or with regard to secondary acts, and through extension to more objects, has, from day to day, made increases and advances, Luke 2:52. But at what particular moment — whether at the time of the angel's announcement, or after it — that conception has taken place, is curiously asked, and uncertainly determined. This is certain, that it did not take place before the angel had completed his errand, Luke 1:38 compared with 1:31.
VIII.
So far and thus much concerning the conception. Now it remains to speak of the birth, namely, that it might be judged (1) either an eternal one, of which Ps. 2:7, Mic. 5:1 speak, belonging to Him with regard to the divine nature, according to which He is called a Son, Isa. 9:6, and has the first Person of the Trinity for a Father, Matt. 3:17. Or (2) that spiritual one, which comes about through Spirit and Word in the hearts of believers, signified Gal. 4:19. But that temporal one, whereby He, conceived by His Virgin Mother of the Holy Spirit, was brought forth into the light of the world. According to several (1) predictions of the Old Testament, foretold, Gen. 49:10, Num. 24:17, Isa. 7:14, 9:5, and 11:1, Jer. 31:22, Mic. 5:1, Hag. 2:8. (2) Shadows and types — in the burning bramble-bush, Exod. 3:3; in Aaron's staff, Num. 17:8; in Gideon's fleece, Judg. 6:37, compare Ps. 72:6, Isa. 45:8. (3) The history, which we find, Luke 2, Matt. 1, set forth for our instruction.
IX.
First, then, come before us the efficient causes of this birth: namely, (1) on the one hand, God, who through this birth has sent to us His Son, Gal. 4:4, and has given Him to us, John 3:16, Isa. 9:5 — whence He is also called a gift of God, John 4:10 — moved and driven (1) by an unquenchable love toward us, John 3:16, Rom. 5:8, (2) by an intent and purpose to manifest His glory, Luke 2:14, (3) by a sense of our misery, Ps. 14:2, Rom. 3:10–26. Which God, nevertheless, on account of this bringing about of the birth, must not be called the Father of Christ — for thus He would not have been born ἀπάτωρ, without a father, Heb. 7:3, namely, because He has not furnished from Himself the matter, or the seed, out of which He was born, nor is of the same nature and kind with the one born. (2) On the other side, the blessed Virgin, His Mother, of whose personal description we have, so far as is sufficient, spoken, §. IV — and we add nothing more, except only, that God has deigned to appoint for this birth a poor virgin, the wife of a carpenter, a felled stump of Jesse, Isa. 11:1, meanwhile of a royal lineage, in order thus to make known the meanness of the Son, and the glory of the Mother, as the one graced and blessed among women, Luke 1:28 — who, nevertheless, by bearing, has not lost her virginity, since that can be lost or violated only through intercourse with a man.
X.
Secondly, that which by God, out of the Virgin Mary, was brought about and caused through the birth, has been (1) a child, and a son, Isa. 9:5 — and indeed a son with regard to the divine nature, Ps. 2:7, God's own Son, Rom. 8:32, only-begotten Son, John 3:16; a child with regard to the human nature, Matt. 2:20, Luke 2:12, 16, 17, 21, 27, 40, 43, Acts 3:13. Now He wished to be born a child, (1) to show that He was that promised Messiah, out of Isa. 9:5. (2) To make Himself, thereby also, in this respect conformed to us, and to humble Himself, Phil. 2:7, Heb. 2:15, Gal. 4:4. (3) To become, with regard to that human nature, a brother to us, Heb. 2:15 and 4:15. (4) To show His love toward little children, Mark 10:14, Ps. 8:3. (5) To have compassion with our weaknesses, including those of earliest and most tender childhood, and to come to their help, Heb. 4:15. Also, He has been (2) the firstborn of His Mother, Matt. 1:25 — not that others were born of Mary after Him, but that no one was born of her before Him — compare Num. 18:15, 16, Exod. 13:2, Luke 2:23 — namely, because He was the firstborn of all creatures, Col. 1:15, and would be the firstborn from the dead, ibid. v. 18, the firstborn among many brethren, Rom. 8:29, so that the world would thereby be brought forth. He has been at once the Son of God and man, Matt. 16:16, the only-begotten, John 3:16 — so that hence His Mother is with every right called Θεοτόκος, the God-bearer, and He, with regard to the Person, Θεάνθρωπος, God-man, and with regard to His office, the exalted Redeemer, Christ, the Lord, Luke 2:11.
XI.
Thirdly, the bringing about, or the birth itself. Which has been (1) indeed a true birth, Luke 1:35, and of the same kind with our own, Luke 2:6, Ps. 22:10, through the opening of the womb, Num. 8:16 compared with Luke 2:23, with pains and other things which are ordinarily proper to giving birth — not only because the blessed Virgin, on account of sin, was subject to the same condition as Eve and other women, Gen. 3:16, John 16:21, but also, that the Savior, as in all natural things, so also in this, would be made like unto us, Heb. 2:14 with 4:15. Yet (2) nevertheless a wonderful and extraordinary birth, wherefore it is called a new thing, Jer. 31:22, so that it can be compared with wonderful and marvelous things — for example, with the bringing forth of Eve out of a mere rib, Gen. 2:22, 23; with the burning bramble-bush, which was not consumed by the fire, Exod. 3:2, compare Deut. 9:3, 4:12, 5:4; with Aaron's rod, blossoming and bearing fruit in one and the same night, Num. 17:8; with Gideon's fleece, Judg. 6:37. And truly it is wonderful, (1) that a virgin bears, Isa. 7:14, Jer. 31:22; (2) that she bears without a man, of the Holy Spirit, Luke 1:35; (3) that she bears the God-man, Isa. 7:14; (4) that she bears Him who has pre-existed before her from eternity, John 8:56–58. Meanwhile this birth has also been (3) wretched and pitiable, Exod. 2:3. Especially you see this (1) in the wretched, pitiable, and poor Mother, Luke 1:48, 53. (2) In the place of the birth, in a small town, Bethlehem, in an inn, in a stable, in a manger, in swaddling clothes, etc.
XII.
Fourthly, the circumstances of this bringing about or birth — both (1) the antecedent, or those accompanying it as with a seal, among which is the Time, indeed long delayed, on account of the love of God, Exod. 2:23–25, to kindle the desire and the longing, Prov. 13:19 compared with Isa. 64:1, but nevertheless not taken away, or drawn out longer than was fitting and promised, Dan. 9:24–26, with Num. 23:19. In particular (a) under the fourth Monarchy, Dan. 2:40, 44, 45, under Augustus, Luke 2:1, when the scepter and the lawgiver of Judah were transferred to the Romans, Gen. 49:10. Although (b) the year of the birth cannot be exactly and precisely determined, because the modern chronology, whereby the times of Christ are indicated, was only late employed, by its inventor Dionysius Exiguus, whence the reckoning of times, especially in the ages preceding it, is found to be somewhat confused. But the commonest and most usual chronology of the chronologers places the birth of Christ in the year of the world 3928, or 3949, or 3970, or 4020. Without any doubt, it must be brought to the reign of Augustus, which lasted 44 years after the victory at Actium, in whose thirty-first year the most excellent chronologers fix the birth of Christ. He is thought to have been baptized in the fifteenth, or at the beginning of the sixteenth, year of Tiberius, Augustus's successor. And still much less can (c) the day of the birth be determined with certainty, because Scripture, in those passages which bear a mark of Christ's times (namely, Matt. 2:1, Luke 2:1, 2, and 3:1), gives only a general indication of it, and determines nothing as to the day. The ancient Easterners celebrated the sixth day of January as Christ's birthday, which they called the day Θεοφάνεια, of the divine manifestation. Scaliger brings the same to the feast of the setting up of the tabernacles, which is customarily celebrated in that month; nor are there lacking those who fix it to the 22nd of April, or also the 22nd of May. The common opinion of the Westerners celebrates the 25th of December as Christ's birthday — which opinion, received from the Romans, out of their tax-tables, has spread throughout the whole Christian world; upon which tables the oldest of the church fathers often base themselves. Tertullian, Book 4, Against Marcion. At least from Scripture almost nothing certain can be determined as to the birthday. Meanwhile, that the birth took place at night appears from Luke 2:8, but in which watch of the night is unknown.
XIII.
(2) The place of the birth has been (a) Bethlehem, Luke 2:5, an insignificant town, on account of the prediction of Micah, ch. 5:1, and perhaps also according to the prophecy, 2 Sam. 6:12 and 23:15, compared with John 4:14. (b) At Bethlehem, in an inn, Luke 2:7 — which, of what sort it was, and where, whether within or outside the city, is inquired too curiously by idle minds. And indeed (c) in the stable of the inn, ibid., because there was no room for them in the inn. To this end, that we might (a) thereby the more grasp and perceive the depth of the humiliation, Phil. 2:7. (b) Perhaps also, that we might have therein a hidden meaning, since Bethlehem, beit lechem, signifies a house of bread — compare Exod. 16:15, John 6:33, 2 Sam. 22:15.
XIV.
(2) The circumstances following the birth of Christ have been of two kinds: the first serving to signify the lowliness of the birth; the other to signify its glory — namely, that both natures of the Mediator, the lowly human, and the glorious divine, and both states of the Mediator, of humiliation and of exaltation, might be depicted at once already in the very birth of the Mediator. To those circumstances which show forth His humiliation belong: (1) That the Mother herself wrapped her newborn little Son in swaddling clothes, Luke 2:12, 16 — without doubt, because she had neither midwife nor wet-nurse, according to the observation of Chrysostom (Homily 35 on John): "The mother," says he, "wraps Him in swaddling clothes, and she herself lays Him down, because Joseph did not dare to touch Him whom he knew not to have been begotten by himself; he marveled and rejoiced over the one born, and did not dare to touch the one born" — this last is indeed uncertain, but the first breathed of poverty and lowliness. (2) That she, having wrapped Him in swaddling clothes (a cradle, on account of poverty, being lacking), laid Him down in a manger, the feeding-place of animals — without doubt to show the utmost misery and lowliness; compare Matt. 8:20, 2 Cor. 8:9. (3) That Christ, immediately after His birth, was sought for death by Herod with such great eagerness and madness, that the tyrant, on His account, had the male children, of two years old and under, throughout the whole region of Bethlehem, put to death, Matt. 2:16 — without doubt to this end, that He might, already in His very birth, disclose and show that He was born unto death, Matt. 20:28. (4) That He, on this account, by fleeing into Egypt, had to take care for His life until the death of Herod, Matt. 2:13, 14, 15, to fulfill the prophecies, Matt. 2:15, compare Hos. 11, and thereby at the same time to signify, that He was born to all manner of miseries, in order to bring us out of the spiritual Egypt into the heavenly Canaan.
XV.
The circumstances following Christ's birth, which look to its glory, have been: (1) That He was, by the Eastern Magi, with a very long journey, so ardently and earnestly sought, worshiped, and enriched and gladdened with gifts, of gold, frankincense, and myrrh, Matt. 2:1, 2, 11. Who now these Magi have been, from what region of the East, how many in number, of what names, or whether they were kings, to what precise degree, and in what great weight of gold, frankincense, myrrh, and other gifts — since Scripture is silent, this is determined too curiously by idle monks. (2) That God, by a special star, either newly created, or newly appointed and sent for this new use, wished to make known the newborn King of the Jews even to the most distant heathen, whence it is called His star, Matt. 2:2, 10, compare Num. 24:17, 2 Pet. 1:19, Rev. 22:16 and 1:16. (3) That the Savior's birth was, by an angel, who came surrounded with the glory of the Lord, first made known to the shepherds, who kept watch by night over their flocks, Luke 2:9–12, and was honored and celebrated by a heavenly host with a song of praise, ibid. vv. 13, 14. (4) That He was diligently sought, found, and made known everywhere throughout the land of the Jews by the shepherds, vv. 15, 16, 17.
XVI.
Now there remain the ends and purposes of the birth as related — namely, (1) The glorification of God — for this reason the angel who preached, about to announce the birth, was present surrounded and attended with the glory of the Lord, Luke 2:9, and the host of angels also, in their song of praise, for this reason before all other things, give to God honor and glory: "Glory to God in the highest," ibid. v. 14 — because in this birth the glory of God's wisdom, power, righteousness, goodness, and mercy shines forth with so many rays, as we shall show more distinctly in its place. (2) Peace on earth — that is, the reconciliation of God with sinners, 2 Cor. 5:19, to be brought about through the satisfaction and merits of this newborn one, Eph. 2:12–14, Isa. 54:10 and 66:12. (3) In men a good pleasure, Luke 2:14, Isa. 62:4, "My delight is in her" (chephtsi bah) and 65:18 — that is, that God, by an inclination and disposition, a good will, has, in this newborn one, laid hold in this His good pleasure toward men — by faith alone, we here (1) find favor with God, Eph. 1:6, Heb. 11:6, and (2) obtain all manner of gracious gifts, as fruits and testimonies of this good pleasure, Eph. 1:3. Further (4) our adoption as children, since God, for this purpose, through that birth, has sent His Son into the world, that we might receive the adoption of sons, Gal. 4:4, John 1:12. Finally (5) redemption and eternal life — for to this end God, in and through this birth, has given His only-begotten Son to the world, that whosoever believes in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life, John 3:16. But when all these — and other uses and benefits, on their own place, shall be shown — the preaching angel bids us not to fear, but to be glad, because he brought good tidings of great joy, which should be to all people, namely, that unto them was born the Savior, who is Christ the Lord, in the city of David, Luke 2:10, 11.
XVII.
Finally, as to what has been brought forth by this conception and birth — this is (1) the fleshly-becoming, or the incarnation of the Son of God, which is customarily expressed and signified by various names, partly scriptural, partly ecclesiastical, namely: Ἐνσάρκωσις, incarnation, from John 1:14; Θεοφάνεια, God's manifestation, God's revealing, from 1 Tim. 3:16, Isa. 40:5; Ἐνανθρώπησις, becoming man, from Phil. 2:7; ἐξαποστολή, sending forth, from Gal. 4:4; ἐπιφάνεια, appearing, from Luke 1:78, 2 Tim. 1:10; and a visitation of the Son of man, from Ps. 8:5, Luke 1:78. Or (2) the union of the two natures, in the Mediator God-man, of which we have treated above, Chapter IV, expressly and at length.
The Polemical Part.
XVIII.
Setting aside, therefore, all those matters of debate and controversy which touch the Person of Christ, and the union of the natures in Him, it is here, first, asked, whether the cause of the incarnation is the whole Trinity, and each Person of it? The reason for doubt is, on the one hand, that the incarnation is a work outward, and thus common to the whole Trinity; on the other hand, that it seems to be attributed to the Holy Spirit alone, coming upon and overshadowing the blessed Virgin, Luke 1:35, or to the Son alone, who assumes the human nature, who became flesh, John 1:14. One must here therefore answer with a distinction: the active enfleshing, which brought forth the incarnation, is common to the whole Trinity, according to the well-known saying of Augustine: "For the visible nature of the Son of God alone the invisible Trinity has wrought" (De Trinit., Book II, Chapter 10) — because it is not only a work outward, which is occupied about something distinct and different from God, but also because it is ascribed to the particular Persons separately: to the Father, who has sent, John 10:36, who has raised up unto David a Branch, Jer. 23:5, who has prepared the body, Heb. 10:5; to the Son, who has taken the flesh, and by that taking has become flesh, John 1:14; to the Holy Spirit, who came upon the Virgin and overshadowed her, Luke 1:35 — but by way, nevertheless, of appropriation, on account of that particular manner of working, which the Holy Spirit has performed by coming upon and overshadowing, explained by us, §. V. Thus the active enfleshing is common to the Trinity; but the passive incarnation belongs to the second Person alone, John 1:14, 6:38, 41, 42, and 16:28, 1 Tim. 3:16, Col. 2:9, Heb. 2:14 and 10:5, 1 John 3:8 and 4:2 — insofar as the flesh, brought forth through the active enfleshing, belongs in particular to the second, flesh-assuming Person, with whom it is united, and whose flesh it becomes — which we, with a crude similitude, in imitation of some of the ancient church fathers, comparing it to three putting on but one garment, of only one of them, have explained in its place.
XIX.
Secondly, whether God, or the Holy Spirit, because He came upon Mary and overshadowed her, is rightly called the Father of Christ; and Christ Himself therefore the Son of God? The Socinians, in order the more easily to withdraw from the Savior His eternal Godhead, and His eternal generation, do indeed grant that the man Christ has received His being from the substance of His mother, no less than other men are born from the substance of their mothers — no, but that He received His essence from the substance of that same [Spirit] into His mother's: yet they imagine, nevertheless, that the Spirit, a certain substance, immediately created, sent into, or created in, the belly of the Virgin, out of which Christ, that which He received of the substance of the Virgin being added thereto, was born a true man — so that Christ, as man, on this very account, has had not only a Mother, but also a Father, namely, God or the Holy Spirit, whence He would then be called the Son of God — and thus they establish that point of debate and controversy. The Orthodox deny it: (1) Because He, the parties themselves confessing this, has not proceeded and been born from the substance of God, or of the Holy Spirit. (2) Because He, as man, is not of the same nature or kind with God. (3) Because He is nowhere in the Scriptures called the Son of the Holy Spirit, nor is the Holy Spirit called the Father of Christ. (4) Because, according to this supposition, there would be two Fathers in the Trinity. (5) Because He could thus in no sense be said to be ἀπάτωρ, without a father, Heb. 7:3. I shall not further press (6), that He is said to be materially of Mary, of her flesh and blood, Matt. 1:20, Luke 1:35, Gal. 4:4, whence He is called the fruit of her womb, Luke 1:42.
Meanwhile the parties urge for their view: (1) That Mary is said to have conceived ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου, of the Holy Ghost, Matt. 1:18, 20. Answer: The preposition "of" here does not signify a material, but an efficient cause — as happens, Rom. 11:36, 1 John 5:1 — since the substance of God and of the Holy Spirit, being immaterial, infinite, and unchangeable, cannot furnish the matter out of which a body would be born. (2) That the Holy Spirit is said to have come upon the Virgin and to have overshadowed her, Luke 1:35. Answer: In no other manner than that which we have said, §. V. (3) That He can be called the Son of God in no other way. Answer: This is exactly the primary lie itself, the contrary of which we have proved above, Book II, Chapter XXVI, §§. 16, 17, 18.
XX.
Thirdly, whether, in order for a virgin to conceive and give birth, the extraordinary working of the Holy Spirit was absolutely necessary? Some Jesuits maintain that it could happen, that a virgin, in soul and body, might nevertheless, from a man's seed, without intercourse, being brought in, conceive and become pregnant. All Christians, and even the Jesuit Delrio (Disq. Magic., Book 2, Question 15), deny that a woman can be known by a man, without the loss of her virginity, or become pregnant, unless she be known — except that God can, without that, effect it. (1) Because otherwise that extraordinary working of the Holy Spirit, which is mentioned Luke 1:35, would have been superfluous. (2) Because it is given to Ahaz as a miraculous sign from God, Isa. 7:11, 14. (3) Because it surpasses the order of particular nature, that a virgin should give birth, wherefore for this a working surpassing nature is required. (4) Because, according to the described supposition, the blood and the seed, outside the veins, would not necessarily putrefy, decay, and lose the forming power — which nevertheless is the common opinion of natural philosophers and physicians. (5) Because, according to that same supposition, someone would come to have a father whom his mother had never seen.
Let me add (6), that this godless wantonness and licentiousness of the Jesuits exposes the birth of the Savior to the public slanders of opponents. Nor do they have anything, which they can bring forward for their view, other than certain contrived examples, which have never been proved.
XXI.
Fourthly, whether the Messiah had to be born of a virgin? The Jews, out of hatred of Christ, deny it stubbornly: the Christians hold it undoubtedly fast: (1) That it is said, Isa. 7:11, 14: "Therefore the Lord Himself shall give you a sign; Behold, a virgin shall conceive, and bear a son, and shall call His name Immanuel." Here the following points must be noted: (1) That here a miraculous thing is promised, oth, a sign. (2) Not to the king alone, but also to the whole people, or the house of David, "you" [plural]; and thus, that a matter was promised in which all were concerned. (3) An entirely divine sign, to be set up by God alone: therefore "the Lord Himself shall give you a sign." (4) A wonderful, astonishing sign: "Behold." (5) Consisting in this, that the ha-almah, that virgin, should give birth. (6) That she would bear a son, Immanuel. Since all these points can be applied to no one except the Messiah, it follows that it is here prophesied that the Messiah would be born of a virgin.
(2) Because it is prophesied, Jer. 31:22, that the LORD would create a new thing on the earth, that a woman should encompass a man, namely in her womb. That by the Hebrew word neqevah is understood a virgin can be gathered from this, that YHWH, the LORD, and indeed through a creation (bara), a new thing, and unheard-of on earth, is said to bring this about; just as by gever is to be understood a man, a strong, brave, and singular man, which name is given to the Messiah, Zech. 13:7, compare Isa. 8:5 — which is also confirmed from the aim of this and of the preceding chapter, in which the prophet intends to raise up and comfort the afflicted and oppressed church with the coming of the Messiah, the antitypical King David, whom God would raise up for His people, Jer. 30:9, compare Zech. 9:9. (3) Because Gen. 3:15 a seed of the woman is prophesied — such a seed as would be able to crush the head of the serpent, of Satan, which without doubt applies to no one but the Messiah. (4) Because, Gen. 49:10, the promised Messiah is called Shiloh, from shilyah, that is, the afterbirth, that Shiloh is as it were a son of the afterbirth, in which afterbirth the fruit is wrapped in the mother's womb; compare Deut. 28:57. So that the sense of the promise would be: until the Son of that woman comes, whom she alone, without a man, shall conceive and have borne — namely, that Son who is called the seed of the woman, Gen. 3:15. One could (5) add to this the passage from Lev. 12:2, where mention is made of a woman who "gives seed" (tazria) and bears a boy, that she would be unclean — namely, distinctively, to signify that there would one day be a woman who would give no seed, and yet bear a boy, who would not be unclean. Among the ancient rabbis (6), there are not lacking those who use for this, that at Isa. 9:6, in the word lemarbeh, a closed mem is used, against the custom of the Hebrew language, to indicate that the Mother of the Messiah would be a closed virgin (see Galatinus, De Arcan. Cathol. Verit., Book VIII, Chapter 2). From all of which you shall gather and construct such a proof: that Man who (1) shall be born of an almah, a virgin, as a divine sign; whom (2) His Mother, in a new and unheard-of manner, shall have encompassed in her womb; who (3) shall alone be the seed of the woman; who (4) shall be brought forth from a mother not made pregnant by male seed — such a one has without doubt had to be born of a virgin: but the Messiah was to be such a Man; therefore He had to be born of a virgin.
The Jews' denying and evasive shifts are directed against our two foundational passages: namely, on Isa. 7:11, 14, they object (a) that by the word almah, though indeed often, yet not always, is understood a virgin, and to press this they bring forward one passage, from Prov. 30:19, "the way of a man with an almah," that is, with a harlot. Answer: (†) "The way of a man" signifies nothing other than a wonderful place, that is, the various maneuverings and stratagems, which a lover uses toward a virgin, in order to woo and win her — which does not at all detract from true virginity. (††) Even if we granted that almah, Prov. 30:19, signified a harlot, nevertheless it does not signify the same, Isa. 7:14, not only for so many circumstances, which we have already expressed above, crying out against it, but also because the Jews themselves, when they cry out, [say] that thereby is understood the wife either of the prophet, or of Ahaz.
The second [objection]: (5) That there was promised as a sign to Ahaz, not a birth which should occur only after so many centuries — for since that of Ahaz would not be seen, how then could it have been able to raise up and support the visited mind of Ahaz? Answer: (†) The promise of this sign did not so much raise up Ahaz, as he had sufficiently scorned and rejected it, but the whole house of David, v. 13, 14, which would endure until the coming of the Messiah. (††) The prophet raises up the mind, not only with a foreshadowing sign, which precedes the outcome, such as occurs, Judg. 6:37, but also with a memorial sign, which follows the outcome, and renews the memory of it — such as occurs, Exod. 3:12, 1 Sam. 2:34, and 1 Kings 22:25, Jer. 44:27, 29, 30. So that the sense of the passage is: The House of David cannot be rooted out, because after some centuries a certain virgin, of the House of David, shall bear a son, whom she shall call Immanuel, or God-man, which for the House of David is an infallible sign of a future redemption.
(c) That the prophet by almah means his own wife, as appears from ch. 8:2, 3, 4. Answer: (†) That passage some would have understood, from the circumstances, not historically, but prophetically, as Hos. 1:2, 3, and elsewhere. Furthermore, (††) that that wife of the prophet was not the almah whom Isa. 7:14 promises, because in the conception and bearing of that woman there was not that sign which could have comforted the whole House of David against the threatening kings; also her born son was not the Immanuel, or the Lord of that whole land, Isa. 8:8. (d) That (according to R. Kimchi) by almah must be understood the wife of Ahaz, to whom God would promise a son, namely Hezekiah, who would be king of Judah. Answer: (†) That birth would not have been a sign whereby the whole House of David, in the present distress, could have been raised up and strengthened. (††) That interpretation conflicts [with the facts]; since Hezekiah, at that time, had already been born seven years before, as appears from a comparison of the passages, 2 Kings 16:2 and 18:2 — for in the first passage it is said that Ahaz reigned only sixteen years, and that Hezekiah began to reign in the twenty-fifth year of his age; so if you subtract from this the sixteen years of his father's reign, it will remain that Hezekiah was nine years old when his father took up the kingdom.
Nor is there lacking (e) one who presses the demonstrative preposed letter (ה) in ha-almah, and that thereby is signified such a woman as was then known in Judah, and present with it. Answer: (†) Although the name of Mary was unknown to the Jews, and no prophet had said in express words that the Messiah's mother would be a virgin, it could nevertheless have become known from this, that the Messiah is called the seed of the woman, Gen. 3:15, and Shiloh, that is, a son of the afterbirth, Gen. 49:9 — just as it could also have become known from the living, wonderful exposition of the prophet, as if he had said: that Woman, that Mother, whose Son the Messiah shall be, shall conceive and bear Immanuel. Also it is (††) absolutely false, that the demonstrative or emphatic letter (ה) always signifies a present matter. See Mal. 3:1 and 4:5. Some add (f), that Mary called her Son not Immanuel, but Jesus. Answer: He has borne both those names, the latter as His own proper name, and the former as His surname, Matt. 1:23, 25 compared with Isa. 9:6.
Also (g) there is someone who has placed the force of the sign in this, that the almah should conceive — which does not happen to every faithful woman; and not only conceive, but also that she should bear — which does not happen to all who have indeed conceived, since many miscarry; and also not only bear, but precisely bear a son, and such a son as should eat butter and honey; and finally, such a one as should be called Immanuel. Answer: Namely, this would be so great and such a sign as should be able to sustain and comfort the whole House of David in so great a distress — which God, by the sign offered, would have set up in place of that which King Ahaz was to ask, in heaven or on earth, v. 11: "Ask thee a sign of the LORD thy God; ask it either in the depth, or in the height above." In particular they also press (h), that the sign which would be given had to be fulfilled, and that son had to be born, before the departure of those two hostile kings, v. 16. Answer: This is denied, because in the eighth verse sixty-five years are fixed, when Ephraim, that is, the ten tribes of Israel, would be carried away into Assyria, and that thereby that land, over which Ahaz was troubled, namely the land of Israel, would be forsaken. From which it would follow, that that boy, about to be born immediately after the given promise, before sixty-five years, eating butter and milk, would not yet have come so far as to be able to discern between good and evil. The purpose therefore of the words of the sixteenth verse is: that the birth of the Messiah was still far off, that, before He should be born, and, by eating butter and milk, an ordinary food among the Jews, should have come to years of discernment, the land of Syria, over which Rezin, and the land of Israel, over which Pekah, the son of Remaliah, held sway, and for which Ahaz was so greatly afraid, would be forsaken — from which the House of David, for its comfort, could easily conclude, that it would not be rooted out by those two kings who then attacked it, but would remain and endure, so that from it the promised Son Immanuel might be able to be born.
This is nearly all that the Jews bring forward as evasions on this notable passage, which we have wished to set forth somewhat more fully than usual, because they occur more rarely with the writers of the common commonplaces, and meanwhile touch the foundation of the Christian cause. On the passage from Jer. 31:22, they make these evasions: (A) That the text does not speak of a literal bearing of a woman, or a virgin; but that by the woman he understands the Jewish people;
the first kind of repentance, in seeking and steadfastly embracing a new bridegroom, namely: that ordinarily it is a man who seeks a wife; that here, unusually, the wife should seek the man; and that this is that very "new thing" which God promises, vs. 18, to bring about so gloriously: Convert me, and I shall be converted; for you are the LORD my God: when I have been converted, I will do penance. He shall bring it about so gloriously. Answer. (1) It was nothing new in Israel for God to seek true conversion, as appears from the Books of Joshua, of the Judges, of Samuel, of the Kings, of the Chronicles, etc. Also (2) it is not true that the people sought God through repentance and conversion before God sought the people with His grace, vs. 18, Convert me, and I shall be converted; for you are the LORD my God: when I have been converted, I will do penance. Likewise (3) it is nothing new for a woman to seek a man, as appears in Rebekah, Gen. xxiv, in Hagar, Gen. xvi. 9, in the spiritual Bride, Song of Songs iii. 1, 2, 3. Nor (4) can the words "the woman shall encompass the man" be understood as referring to the Jews' repentance and conversion itself, since these are adduced as a cause of that conversion: How long will you withdraw yourself, O backsliding daughter? How long will you turn about, you rebellious daughter? For the LORD will create a new thing on the earth: the woman shall encompass the man — would not the sense then be: turn back, because you shall turn back? Finally, (5) it is not said that the woman shall turn back and follow the man, but that she shall encompass the man, which is never the way Scripture is accustomed to signify repentance and conversion; and even if it were meant thereby, this would still not be so great a novelty that God should have had to promise, in so grand a manner, that He would create this new thing on the earth, namely that a converting soul should, through faith, encompass and embrace her Redeemer. They resort (B) to this evasion, that by the word neqevah a married woman is always meant, not a virgin. Answer. It is a name of the female sex, not of the married estate, just as the word zakhar is a name of the male sex, not of the married estate; therefore it is false that neqevah always means a married woman: compare Lev. iii. 1 and xii. 7, Gen. i. 27 and vi. 19, with Spanheim's Dubia Evangelica, dubium xxiv.
XXII. Fifth, Whether Mary Was a Virgin by Virtue of a Vow of Chastity and Celibacy?
The Papists, in order to argue more easily for monastic vows and especially the vow of celibacy, maintain this, along with a few ancient Church Fathers — though not without great disagreement of opinions. For some think that the Virgin, even before she was born, or at least before she reached childbearing years, was by her parents' vow dedicated and consecrated to God, in which dedication the vow of virginity is then supposed to have been included; others prefer to say that this vow was made before her betrothal or engagement; others, after it (see Maldonatus on Luke i. 34). The Orthodox, while they do not deny that it could have been the case that she had a voluntary purpose, with the consent of her Bridegroom, to abstain from the use of marriage, nevertheless maintain that it cannot in any way be proven that she bound herself by a vow to perpetual virginity. The only proof-text the parties seek for this vow is her words in Luke, chapter 1:34, How shall this be, seeing I know not a man? Here, they say, the word "know" signifies not mere acquaintance but intercourse and union with a man — and that not only with regard to the past or present, but also the future, as if she said, "I have not known, and I cannot know" — as though she were objecting not to a natural incapacity, but a moral one; yet one which could come from nowhere else than the force of a vow. I answer with the words of Cardinal Cajetan on this passage: "She asks about the manner in which she should become a mother, seeing she had been without intercourse and union with a man. She did not say, I will not know, but I do not know, because she had understood that the words of the Angel would then be fulfilled, since the Angel had said: Behold, you shall conceive: how then and in what manner shall I conceive, seeing that for the present I have known no man?" Or rather, in the words of Alfonso Salmerón: "One could say, in another and perhaps no less probable way, that the Virgin Mary, being well versed in and acquainted with the Holy Scriptures, understood and grasped that the Mother of the Messiah should be a virgin, and that she therefore asked the Angel about the manner in which she, without injury to her virginity, could become a mother; having understood this, she immediately acquiesced, and with a ready mind consented to the Angel." And this view stands directly in accord with the authority of Scripture, teaching that the Messiah's Mother should be a virgin. Salmerón, Tom. III, Tractatu 7. And on these suppositions no vow is necessary.
XXIII. Sixth, Whether the Blessed Virgin Mary Originally Was of the Tribe of Judah?
The Jews, in order the more forcefully to deny that our Jesus is the Messiah, slander that Christians cannot show that Mary, His Mother, was of the tribe of Judah. Faustus the Manichaean formerly held that Mary sprang from a Father who was a priest (Augustine, Contra Faustum Manichaeum, Lib. 23, Cap. 9). Baronius, following Augustine and other Church Fathers, holds that Anna, the mother of Mary, was a priest's daughter, married to a certain Joachim of the tribe of Judah, because the royal and priestly tribes could have become intermingled (Baron. Apparatus, Sect. 30, 31, 32) — namely so that God, by a certain marvelous concurrence, might, in one and the same Person of Christ who was to assume the kingship and the priesthood and institute a royal priesthood, join together the mystery of both anointings, that is, of the kingdom and of the priesthood. The weakness of this reasoning, and the absurdities flowing from it, Casaubon notes on Baronius's Annales, Exercitatio I, num. xxx. All the Orthodox maintain that she was originally of the tribe of Judah alone: (I) because of the prophecies, Gen. xlix. 10, Micah v. 1; (II) because of the promises, 1 Chron. xvii. 14, 2 Sam. vii. 12, 13, 16, compared with Luke i. 32, 33, Isa. xi. 1, etc.; (III) because Christ is constantly called the son of David, Matt. 1. 27 and xv. 22, Luke xx. 41, Rom. i. 3; (IV) because nowhere is His origin derived from any other tribe than that of Judah, and because He seemed so averse to the tribe of Levi that He did not take even a single one of His Apostles from it, according to Casaubon's remark on the cited passage; (V) because the Apostle expressly and literally makes this statement, Heb. vii. 13, 14: For He of whom these things are spoken belongeth to another tribe, of which no man gave attendance at the altar. For it is evident that our Lord sprang out of Judah. (VI) because His priesthood is clearly shown to be, not according to the order of Aaron, but of Melchizedek, Ps. cx. 4, Heb. vii. 11, whence He is also said, with respect to the priesthood, to be ἀγενεαλόγητος, without genealogy, there at vs. 3. (VII) because both Evangelists, Matthew in chapter 1 and Luke in chapter 3, trace Christ's descent to David and Judah.
Against this it does not stand in the way: (1) That it is the genealogy of Joseph, and not of Mary, that seems to be recounted by the Evangelists — since (a) the Evangelists in general seem to have comprehended together the lineage of Joseph and at the same time of Mary, because, as all commentators recognize, it was unusual among the Jews to make up genealogical registers through women; (b) since Eli, who is called the father of Joseph in Luke iii. 23, could have been his father-in-law, who were often called fathers, being in fact the father of Mary; or (c) that expression, "who was the son of Eli," could be applied to Jesus Himself, so that there is a certain parenthetical contrast in the words, in this sense: "And Jesus Himself began to be about thirty years of age, being (as was supposed the son of Joseph), that is, Eli's son, that is, grandson" — because the Evangelist had no father he could put before Him, and he was not, by custom, to mention the mother in the genealogical register. I will not add (d) that Mary could have been an heiress, to whom, according to the law, Num. xxxvi. 6, 8, it was not lawful to marry outside her own tribe — which nevertheless pleases Casaubon and other learned men but little, because not only was that institution not observed among the Jews except at the time when the land was first divided among the Israelites, but also because it can scarcely be proven that a poor virgin should have been an heiress.
Also (2) not in the way stands the difference of names which is noted in the genealogical registers of the two Evangelists, since from that the different tribes cannot be conclusively made out — since among the Jews the most frequent adoption of the name "son" occurred from various causes: namely, either by nature, or by force of the law of Moses to raise up seed for a deceased brother; likewise by adoption of children, or by assumption; as also on account of affinity, for a son-in-law was called by the father-in-law a son. Add to this the succession in the kingdom, or in someone's particular inheritance; for these too were reckoned to be sons of those in whose place they had come. These are the words of the most learned Casaubon. I have wished to set this forth somewhat more broadly and fully, in case it might perhaps bring some light to the most obscure genealogical disputes. Against the opposing view, namely, that the blessed Virgin was originally either of the tribe of Levi alone, or of both tribes, Judah and Levi, the following may be brought forward: (a) that Mary is called the cousin of Elizabeth, Luke i. 36, who is said in verse 5 to have been of the daughters of Aaron. But this does not compel the conclusion: for if Elizabeth's father had married a woman from the tribe of Judah and from Mary's kinship, then Elizabeth might rightly be called Mary's cousin; but Mary would not for that reason rightly be said to be originally of the tribe of Levi. (b) that among the ancestors of Joseph, one named by Luke is Levi. Answer. That the names of the Patriarchs were common to all the tribes is known to those who attentively read Ezra and Nehemiah. (c) that Christ was the highest Priest, and that for this reason Luke, in the genealogical register, in place of Solomon wished to mention Nathan, because through Solomon the royal dignity had to be propagated to David's descendants, but through Nathan the priesthood. Answer. Yet, as we embrace with both arms that He was and is the highest Priest, so we deny with Scripture that this was because He derived His lineage from the tribe of Levi, since He was a Priest after the order of Melchizedek, not after that of Aaron, Heb. vii. 11, 12, 13. Nor can it be comprehended in what manner David could have transmitted to his son Nathan the Aaronic priesthood, which he himself never had.
XXIV. Seventh, Whether the Blessed Virgin Was Sinless, or Without Any Sin, Both Original and Actual?
The Papists are here divided among themselves: the Franciscans, Jesuits, and others hold that she was wholly and entirely sinless, without any sin at all; the Dominicans indeed agree with the others that she was free of all actual sin, yet they defend just as vigorously that she was nevertheless subject to original sin. This point of controversy has caused very grave disturbances in the Roman camp, at the Council of Trent, and elsewhere, according to the account of Paolo Sarpi (in his History of the Council of Trent), and especially according to the account of Lucas Waddingius, a Franciscan Minorite, in a special book (De Legatione Philippi III. et Philippi IV. ad Paulum V. et Gregorium XV. pro definienda controversia de conceptione Virginis), the contents of which book our Rivet mainly sets forth in his Apologia pro Virgine Maria, Lib. I, Capp. 5–8. The Protestants agree, unanimously, that she was subject not only to original sin but also to actual weaknesses. The arguments for and against we have already presented in Book IV, Chapter 11, § XXVII. And if anyone desires still more on this, let him consult Chamier (Panstratiae, Tom. 3, Lib. 5, throughout), John Gerhard (Loci Communes, Tom. 2, from § 112 to 122), Rivet (Apologia pro Virgine Maria, Lib. I, Cap. 4 and following).
XXV. Eighth, How the Savior, Born of a Mother Who Was Subject to the Original Stain and Also to Actual Weaknesses, Came to Be Born Without Sin?
The Socinians cut the knot altogether by wholly denying original sin and all propagation of sin, except that which happens by imitation. The old Anabaptists, in order to remove the Savior entirely from the original stain, hold that He received His flesh not by conception and birth from His Mother's substance, but that He brought it down from heaven. Among the old writers there are some who think that the original stain is propagated solely by the heat of lust in the parents — a heat which the Holy Spirit was accustomed to quench and cool in the blessed Virgin, by overshadowing her, since the shadow quenched it. Others, who hold that the soul is propagated through a certain soul-seed, think that the soul, and with it the original stain, is propagated by the male seed alone, or at least by the concurrence of the seed of both parents; and therefore, since the Savior sprang only from the female seed, that original stain could not be propagated to Him. Others think that the propagation of that stain depends on ordinary generation, and that Christ therefore, who came forth in an extraordinary way, was free of it. Others think this happened because the Holy Spirit purified the mother's seed from all corruption. To test and examine all these and still other particular opinions, each in turn, would be an endless task; wherefore it will suffice to set forth briefly the true cause of His sinlessness and freedom from stain.
The best view, therefore, is that He was free of the original stain because (I) He was not in Adam in a covenantal way, when God entered the covenant of works with him; He was indeed in him naturally, as in the head and the root of human nature (which is why Luke, chapter 3, in tracing His genealogy, goes up as far as Adam), but not in a covenantal way, in so far as God did not reckon Him in Adam (as He reckoned all his other descendants in him) when He forbade him the eating of the fruit of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, and thereby set up the covenant of nature. From this it follows that He also (II) did not sin in Adam, and that the sin of the first humans could not be imputed to Him. Therefore (III) He could not, on account of that sin, be deprived of the original righteousness of the divine image, in the absence of which lies, in the understanding, that blindness whereby man does not comprehend true spiritual things in a spiritual manner, and, in the will, that perverse inclination and bent whereby he has an aversion to all spiritual good and inclines and leans toward every evil. And in this consists the original stain. When, therefore, it shall be shown that Christ was not in Adam in a covenantal way, the reason will be apparent why He is born free of the original stain.
That He did not, in that manner, exist in Adam is shown by these reasons: (1) because God did not establish the covenant of works in Adam with the God-man, but with the mere man. (2) because He established that covenant not with human nature as such, but with a human person, such as the Savior never was. (3) because He established it with the first Adam, but not with the second, who is set in opposition to the first in this matter. (4) because He established it with those who could sin (for to impute sin to one whose nature it contradicts to sin, is contrary to justice), but not with Him who is in no way capable of sinning, such as Christ is; for it involves a contradiction that the God-man should be a sinner. Let me add (5) because He established the covenant with those who, when the covenant was established, according to the order of nature, would at some time actually exist; but not with the Mediator, who, sin not yet being present, was not, from the nature of the case, yet future. I will not say (6) that He established that covenant with those who, by the ordinary power of nature, would be propagated from him — a power and manner by which our Savior did not proceed from Adam: compare what we have said in Book III, Chapter IV, § IX, X.
XXVI. Ninth, Whether the Blessed Virgin, Because She Is the God-Bearer, Ought to Be Honored with Religious Worship?
The Papists, followers of the Collyridians, though they refuse to grant that a religious service — douleia — such as they are accustomed to render the Holy Angels, be attributed to her, ascribe to her besides a religious service of hyperdouleia; and although they in words refuse and deny her the honor of latreia, due to God alone, yet they grant it to her amply enough in substance and in deed: when they (1) overload her with titles of honor which require the honor of latreia, greeting her as our Mistress and Lady, Queen of Heaven, to whom a spiritual Kingdom belongs, over all, both Angels and men, and over their whole generality, in those things which pertain to grace and to the goods of grace; that she has, not only over men, Angels, and devils, a right — that is, a right of governance — but also a right of dominion, with respect to which they, being placed under her power and command, must truly and properly be called her own bondslaves. For since it must be confessed of her Son, this cannot truly be denied of the Mother. That also all other irrational creatures are under the dominion of so great a Queen, and that nothing is so much anyone's own that the Virgin does not have, as it were, an anticipated dominion over it, since no other judgment must be passed on the Mother than on her Son, Jesus Christ the Lord. These are the words of Ferdinand Quirinus de Salazar, a Spanish Jesuit, Comment. in Prov. xxxi, num. 202 and 140.
(II) When they bring this religious honor and service of hers into ten duties, which breathe of nothing other than the service of latreia, and thus wish that she be honored: (1) With an inward and an outward honor. (2) With the Angel's greeting, often repeated through the Rosary. (3) With adoration. (4) With appointed holy days. (5) With churches, chapels, and altars erected, in honor and remembrance of the Mother, to God. (6) With offerings for her glory, brought to God for her honor. (7) With vows made to her and ending in her. (8) With all kinds of images, carved, engraved, or painted, whether set at crossroads or elsewhere. (9) With pilgrimages to places consecrated and dedicated to her, and made famous by miracles, to which one must then go with a sincere faith, with a great hope, with a burning love, with the purest of aims and intentions, expecting rather the flight of the soul than of the body. (10) With guilds and confraternities established under her holy name. All these articles of the Marian cult are recorded in the Manuale Sodalitatis B. Mariae collectum a Sodal. Leodiensi, Musipponti, Ao. 1608.
You could add further (III) the Litanies, and especially the Psalter of the Blessed Virgin, in which everything that is said of God in the Psalms is transferred to Mary — a Psalm-book attributed to Bonaventure.
The Protestants, as they gladly grant her as much civic honor and service as is permitted to any creature, (a) by acknowledging and praising her excellent virtues, in which she has been most renowned; (b) by also imitating them, according to their ability, through God's grace; and especially (c) by acknowledging that grace whereby she surpasses all creatures, namely, that she was chosen to be the Mother of the Messiah, the God-man and God Himself, on account of which she was, according to the Angel's declaration, one blessed and favored among women, Luke i. 28 — so they nevertheless dare not render her the duties of a religious service and honor: (a) because God has reserved that for Himself alone, Matt. iv. 10, etc.; (b) because these duties surpass the nature and condition of all creatures, and thus (c) amount to open idolatry; (d) because the blessed Virgin herself, according to her singular modesty and humility, Luke i. 48, allows herself no more honor proper to God than the Angels do, Rev. xix. 10 and xxii. 8. Nor can the parties bring forth from Scripture, for their latreia of Mary (the religious honor of Mary), any command, example, or anything proportionate to it, on which they might build the legitimacy of this service and honor; and what they attempt, by way of inferences, as it were, from the nature of the case, concerning this matter, is of no such great importance as to deserve mention. I will not add that the excess, extravagance, and wantonness of that service has grievously displeased many Papists in the Spanish Netherlands, for which reason they have also had grievous disputes and difficulties brought upon them by the Jesuits and others. Perhaps still more things touching this point will come up in their proper place, where we shall speak of religious worship and honor deliberately and at length.
XXVII. Tenth, Whether, on Account of the Workings of the Holy Spirit Concerning the Conception and Birth of Christ, the Holy Spirit Is Rightly Called the Father of Christ, and Christ the Son of God?
The Socinians, in order to deny the eternal Godhead of Christ more easily, and to evade the proofs the Orthodox bring for that eternal Godhead — proofs taken from those Scripture passages which call Him not only the Son of God, but even God's own, indeed God's only-begotten Son — hold that the Holy Spirit, in His conception, took the place of a properly so-called father, not only by making Mary pregnant, but also by creating a certain substance and placing it into Mary's womb, out of which, joined together with the Virgin's seed, the Savior was rightly said to be conceived and to have been born, who is therefore, on account of this working of the Holy Spirit, called the Son of God. There are also, among the Orthodox today, some who, though they acknowledge and accept the eternal Godhead of Christ, nevertheless maintain that He can also, on account of this working of the Holy Spirit, be called God's Son according to the human nature. Their reasons are: (I) that an overshadowing of the Holy Spirit is promised, whereby, in a modest way, nothing else is meant than the generation of a father bringing forth a son. Answer. It must not be assumed, but proven, that there was, besides those workings of the Holy Spirit which we have shown in the Doctrinal Part, some unique working of the Holy Spirit of the kind the parties allege. (II) that He is said to have been conceived of the Holy Spirit, Matt. i. 16, 20, Luke i. 35. Answer. That "of" is to be understood, with respect to Mary, more materially, but with respect to the Holy Spirit only in an efficient sense, with regard to the power of the Holy Spirit — "the power of the Most High," etc. And thus that "of" occurs elsewhere, Rom. xi. 36, John iii. 6. And (III) it is said, if He, on account of that generation of the Holy Spirit, were not already the Son of God, then He would have become so afterward, which contradicts both the text and the matter itself. Answer. That would be true if He had not been begotten from eternity of the Father, Ps. ii. 7, Prov. viii. 22–31, Micah v. 1, and He would not for that reason be the Son of God. But yes, (iv) it is expressly said, Luke i. 35, "therefore also" (διὸ καὶ) "that holy thing which shall be born of you shall be called the Son of God." Answer. On account of that personal union of the divine Person with the human nature, brought about by the Holy Spirit, the whole composite thing, consisting of the divine and human natures, would be called the Son of God — but not on account of that working of the Holy Spirit alone. (v) That we are called children of God because we are reborn of the Holy Spirit, therefore Christ is much more to be called the Son of God, since He was conceived of the Holy Spirit. Answer. There is a very great inequality of reasoning, since Scripture generally says of us that we are children of God through the grace of regeneration; but of Christ it says this nowhere.
The Orthodox, therefore, much better deny that the Holy Spirit, on account of this working of His concerning the conception and birth of Christ, is His Father, and that He, on account of this working of the Holy Spirit, whether wholly, as the Socinians would have it, or in part, with respect to the human nature, as others would have it, is the Son of God. The reasons for this view we have already provided at length in the Doctrinal Part, § V, to which we now add: (1) that, according to the suppositions of this view, Christ would in no way be ἀπάτωρ, without a father, contrary to Paul's statement, Heb. vii. 3. (2) That Scripture ascribes to Him only one Father, namely the first Person of the Trinity, John i. 18 and v. 17, from whom, by way of manner of subsisting, the Holy Spirit is distinguished. (3) That, through the conception and birth, the Savior is said in Scripture to have been sent, John iii. 16, 17, Gal. iv. 4, Rom. viii. 3, etc.; but now the Son is indeed said to send the Holy Spirit, John xv. 26 and xvi. 7, yet nowhere is He said to be sent by the Holy Spirit. (4) Because a properly so-called father generates a son who is equal to him, by communication of his own being; but the Holy Spirit has not, through His workings, brought forth one equal to Himself, since He brought forth one who has flesh and bones, which do not belong to a spirit, Luke xxiv. 39; also, through those very workings, He has not communicated His own being to the one generated, as the parties themselves confess. Also (5) if the Savior, according to the human nature, were, on account of the conception by the Holy Spirit, the Son of God, then in one and the same person not only the Son of God would be distinguished from the Son of man with respect to the natures, but also the Son of God would be distinguished from the Son of God, just as the natures are distinguished in the Person. Let me add (6) that, in that way, three sonships would have to be counted in one Person, namely, two divine ones — the one with respect to the Father, the other with respect to the Holy Spirit according to the human nature — and then still one human sonship, with respect to His Mother. I will go on to say (7) that, in this way, there would be two Fathers in the Trinity: the first, the first Person, with respect to Christ's divine nature; the second, the third Person, with respect to His human nature. I will not say (8) that Christ, according to this view, would have become, would have been made, the Son of God, for He is said to be made of a woman, Gal. iv. 4, when He is, according to Scripture, Ps. ii, said, according to the Nicene Synod, to have been born from eternity of the Father.
XXVIII. Eleventh, Whether the Formation of Christ's Body in His Mother's Womb, Wrought by the Holy Spirit, Happened in a Single Moment, or by Course of Time?
The Scholastics here make a distinction between the setting apart and preparation of the matter which the seed would constitute, the formation of the body from that matter with respect to its members, and the perfecting of the body and the growth and increase of the members. The setting apart and preparation, they grant, did not occur in a single moment, because that requires a movement which is not accomplished in a single moment; likewise they grant that the growth and increase occurred over time, since the Mother carried her fruit nine months long; but the formation of the members they hold to have been completed, not first in forty-two days according to the usual manner, but without delay or lapse of time, in a single moment. These are followed by the mass of the Papists, in order to procure and win, from the extraordinary and miraculous manner of the conception, a still greater majesty for the Mother-Virgin — whereas Scripture generally pursues and seeks out those things which pertain to a greater humiliation of Christ. The Protestants, with some of the Scholastics, think it more consonant with Scripture that this formation happened by course of time: (1) because, in the history of the conception, carrying, and birth of John the Baptist, the ordinary time is noted, Luke i. 38, 56, 57, and nothing unusual is noted concerning the conception and birth of Christ, Luke ii. 6; while, therefore, some of the Papists grant that the preparation and growth of the body happened over time, there is no reason why one should invent something extraordinary regarding the formation of the members. (II) because Christ, in the assumption of the human nature which happened by conception and birth, is said to have been made in all things like unto us, sin excepted, Phil. ii. 6, 7, Heb. ii. 14, 15, 17, and iv. 15. (III) because Christ's body, once born, outside the womb of the blessed Virgin, grew and increased, in the same manner as others, Luke ii. 40, 52. (IV) because one ought not lightly and without necessity to invent miracles, outside of and against Scripture.
On the contrary, the majority of Papists urge for their view: (1) that the Word assumed the human nature, not a disordered lump. Answer. We hold that the union with the divine Person did not occur before a distinction had been made of the organic parts and their union with the rational soul. (2) that the Holy Spirit could have formed it in a single moment. Answer. Then that carries no valid consequence: He could also have accomplished the setting apart and preparation of the matter, and the growth and increase after birth, in a single moment. (3) that the first Adam was formed quickly, and therefore so was the second. Answer. (a) The body of the first Adam was also not formed in a single moment. (b) In that short time in which the body of the first Adam was formed, it received its complete form; whereas the body of the second Adam received the fullness and completeness of its form over time, as the parties themselves confess. (4) that if Christ's body were not formed at once and all together, the Word would then have been either with a body not yet formed, or not yet a human body — which, as everyone admits at once, is unformed; or, if the Word had not been united with it, then that unformed body would have existed without the Word. Answer. It was present, not yet being formed, just as it was present when it was being prepared, and even before it was being prepared in the conception — namely, in its causes; but it did not subsist on its own, nor was it present, before the formation of its parts, or before it was a human body, personally sustained by the Word, as it began to be present and to exist when it was united with the Word — which then first occurred, when the body was formed and constituted a human body.
XXIX. Twelfth, Whether Christ Was Born with His Mother's Womb Remaining Closed, and Consequently Without Birth Pangs in the One Giving Birth?
The Papists, not only to secure miracles in favor of their Marian devotion, but also the more easily to show how Christ's body can be at once in heaven and in the Sacrament, without being in the intervening space, teach that Christ was born, not by passing through, but by springing forth from the intervening space, without any opening — in order the more forcefully to show that Christ's body passed, in the Resurrection, through the sealing of the tomb, and afterward through closed doors. The Lutherans, besides this same view, along with the Papists, maintain that Christ was born with the womb closed. The foundation of this view rests solely on this, that by the opening of the womb, and then the maidenly seal, virginity is taken away — whereas in fact this is nowhere taken away except by male intercourse.
The Reformed, on the contrary, teach, according to the simple narrative of Scripture, that He was born in the ordinary way: (I) because, just as the children of flesh and blood partake of it, Christ likewise became a partaker of the same, Heb. ii. 14. (II) because He is openly and clearly counted among those who have opened their mother's womb, Luke ii. 22, 23. (III) because otherwise He would not have been truly born, since to be born means nothing other than to come forth from the womb. (IV) because "penetration of dimensions" (penetratio dimensionum) presupposes a contradiction; since (1) it belongs to a body to have one part outside another part, which parts are distinguished by a particular space, and therefore a body within a body, by a penetration of dimensions, is not one body; since also (2) through that penetration of dimensions, or presence of two bodies in one and the same space, two bodies would be one body.
XXX. Thirteenth, Whether Christ's Body Was Formed Out of the Very Substance, or Seed, of the Blessed Virgin?
The various and differing opinions of the ancient heretics we have already spoken of above, Chapter IV, § xviii. The present-day Anabaptists think that Christ's body received absolutely nothing from the substance of Mary, so that they would not be forced to admit that the Savior was, along with us, subject to the original stain. The Socinians, in order not to be forced to acknowledge that Christ is the Son of God on account of His generation, and that He is therefore God from eternity, grant indeed that the man Christ was not born from the very substance of God; even that He received no less of His own from the substance of His mother than others receive from their mothers: yet they nevertheless also invent that the power of God, that is, the Holy Spirit, placed in the Virgin's womb a certain immediately created substance, out of which, joined together with the substance of the Virgin, a true man was born, who is therefore called the Son of God.
The Orthodox, on the contrary, hold that He received His body solely from the substance of the Virgin: because (I) He is expressly called the seed of the Woman, Gal. iii. 15, compared with Heb. ii. 14, the seed of Abraham, Gen. xxii. 18, with Sal. iii. 16, of the seed of David, Rom. i. 3, Acts xiii. 33. (II) because He is called the fruit of Mary's womb, Luke i. 42, the fruit of the loins of David, Acts ii. 30, according to the promise, 2 Sam. vii. 12, 1 Chron. xvii. 11. (III) because the expressions of conception, being made pregnant, giving birth are used by Scripture of this generation, Matt. i. 16, 18, 20, 23, and elsewhere. (IV) because He is by preeminence commonly called the Son of man, Matt. viii. 20 and ix. 6, 13, indeed the Son of Mary, Mark vi. 3, just as Mary likewise is the Mother of Jesus, Matt. i. 18, Luke i. 43, John xix. 25. (V) because His genealogical register is traced from Adam down to the blessed Virgin, and to the Man betrothed to her.
Nor does this stand in the way: (1) that He is said to have been conceived of the Spirit, Matt. i. 18, 20. Answer. (a) The preposition "of" does not always signify a material, but sometimes an efficient cause, Rom. xi. 36. (b) The Socinians themselves do not grant that He was conceived of the substance of God, or of the Holy Spirit. (2) that He is called the bread of God that came down from heaven, John vi. 33. Answer. Thus He is called with regard to the divine Person, which descended by the incarnation, when it was manifested in the flesh, 1 Tim. iii. 16, just as God is said to descend when He makes known His extraordinary presence by a certain extraordinary sign, Gen. xviii. 20, 21, compared with vs. 2. (3) that He is called the Lord from heaven, 1 Cor. xv. 47. Answer. Likewise, with regard to the divine Person, which, in the manner we have said, descended from heaven by the incarnation. (4) that, if He had received His body from Mary, He would be subject to the original stain, John iii. 6. Answer. How and in what way He was nevertheless free of that stain, we have already explained purposely and at length above, § XXV.
XXXI. Fourteenth, Whether Christ, from the First Moment of His Conception, Was at Once a Wayfarer and One in Possession of the Vision (viator simul et comprehensor), without any ignorance or imperfection according to the human nature?
This the Papists hold, with whom here the Lutherans conspire, in favor of their perverse communication of attributes. The Reformed maintain that He had, from the first moment of conception onward, a fullness of grace, with respect to the first act, as one speaks, John i. 14, Luke ii. 40 — yet in such a way that this could be increased, with respect to the second acts, and by the new application of objects to the widening of experience — (I) because He is said to have increased in wisdom and stature, Luke ii. 52. (II) because He was afflicted with a certain "nescience" rather than "ignorance," Mark xiii. 32 and xi. 13. (III) because He is found in Scripture to have been subject to various weaknesses, although without any least sin. (IV) because He is said in Scripture to have been subject to sorrow, fear, dread, and other passions which savor of imperfection. (V) because to be a wayfarer, and at the same time one in possession of the vision, is as much as to walk by faith and to behold at the same time, which things Scripture nevertheless sets in opposition to each other, 2 Cor. v. 7, 1 Cor. xiii. 12, 2 Cor. iii. 18. Nor do the parties have anything to object except these passages, John i. 14, Luke ii. 40, etc., to which enough has already been answered above. The controversial and disputed points concerning the personal union of the two natures in Christ we have treated in their own place, Chapter IV, on the Person of the Mediator.
The Practical Part
XXXII. On the Contemplation of the Incarnation of Christ
Of the Conception and Birth we have already treated at length above, Chapter IV, and there is nothing left here but to add a certain review. First of all, the conception and birth of Jesus especially confirm our faith that the Messiah, of old promised, has undoubtedly come, and that our Jesus, and He alone, is that Messiah. For witness is given to Him (I) by the foretelling and forerunning Angel Gabriel, sent from God to Nazareth, to His own Mother, to make known to her the conception and birth of the Messiah, Luke i. 26, 31, 35. (II) The announcing Angel, that He was already born, chapter ii. 11. (III) The whole host of Angels, glorifying God on account of the birth of the Messiah, with Songs of Praise, there vs. 13, 14. Besides this (IV) the experience of the Shepherds, who, at the exhortation of the Angel, sought and found Him diligently, vs. 15, 16. (V) The experience of the Eastern Wise Men, who, with such great eagerness, earnestness, and preparation, exhorted by an extraordinary Star, sought and found Him, Matt. ii. 1–13. (VI) The experience of Simeon, who, exhorted by a divine address of the Holy Spirit, after having received Him in His arms and embraced him, most gladly praises and exalts God on this account, Luke ii. 25–35. (VII) The experience of Hannah the Prophetess, there vs. 36. Let us add (VIII) the experience of John the Baptist, pointing Him out with His very finger, John i. 15, 19, 29. Thus we have here every kind of witnesses: of Angels and of men; of men and women; of the learned and unlearned. To all this (IX) is added the testimony of the matter itself, when we observe, in the history of his conception and birth, all those circumstances which were foretold concerning the Messiah. For if you consider (1) the time, He was born when the Jewish people had been brought under the yoke of the Romans, when Augustus, as a proof thereof, decreed that the people be taxed, Luke ii. 1 — that is, when the Scepter and Lawgiver had been taken away, which was foretold, Gen. xlix. 10 — the seventy weeks of years now being fulfilled, Dan. ix. 24 — the second Temple still standing, Hag. ii. 8, Mal. iii. 1. (2) If you consider the place, He was born at Bethlehem, according to the prophecy of Micah v. 1. (3) If you look at the family, He sprang from the tribe of Judah, being a son and offshoot of David, Luke iii. 23–Matt. i. 1–16, according to the prophecies, Gen. xlix. 10, Isa. xi. 1, etc. (4) If you think of His Mother, He was born of a Virgin, Luke i. 27, 34, that He might be that seed of the Woman foretold, Gen. iii. 15, Isa. vii. 14. (5) If you consider the forerunner, He was born after John the Baptist, Luke i. 13, 17, which was foretold, Mal. iii. 1, iv. 5, Isa. xl. 3, 4, 5. Nor can there be shown from Scripture a single circumstance, foretold concerning the conception and birth of the Messiah, which is not apparent and visible in the conception and birth of our Jesus. So that there is now no reason to allow even the least doubt regarding two foundational truths of the Christian faith: (a) that the Messiah has long since been born, and (b) that our Jesus is that Messiah. Our faith, therefore, concerning both these matters being well confirmed, we shall also be the more ready and eager, both (a) to expect the benefits which are so abundantly promised us in the Messiah, and (b) to render again, from our side, to the Messiah those duties which we owe Him — of which a little more will be said in what follows.
XXXIII. Second, It Urges and Stirs Us Up to Trace Out This Mystery of the Incarnation
Second, being convinced and assured, by so many testimonies of Angels, of men, and of the matter itself, of the truth of our Messiah who became man, it urges and stirs us up, that we — being convinced and assured of so great and so momentous a mystery of the incarnation — should stir up ourselves and others, to discern and trace out, as far as can be done, this hidden mystery. We have the example (I) of the announcing Angels — the Shepherds, Luke ii. 15, who, as soon as the Angels had gone away from them into heaven, stirred one another up, saying: Let us now go even unto Bethlehem, and see this thing which is come to pass, which the Lord hath made known unto us. (II) Then Moses, when Jehovah appeared to him in the midst of a burning bush that was not consumed, stirred himself up: I will now turn aside, and see this great sight, Exod. iii. 2, 3. (III) Then so many Prophets and Kings of the Old Testament, Luke x. 24, who desired to see what the Apostles saw, namely the incarnate Messiah — namely, Abraham, John viii. 56, and the whole ancient Church, Isa. lxiv. 1. Even (IV) the Angels themselves, 1 Pet. i. 12, into which things the Angels desire to look — compared with Exod. xxv. 20. (V) The majesty of the matter itself invites us thereto, being a mystery, a great mystery, without doubt great, a mystery εὐσεβείας of godliness, or of the Christian faith, 1 Tim. iii. 16, a mystery which was kept secret from the times of the ages, Rom. xvi. 25, whence the first name of Him who became man is "Wonderful," Isa. ix. 5. And also (VI) its sweetness, fit and suited to stir up the sweetest gladness and joy, Luke ii. 10, Fear not, for behold, I bring you good tidings of great joy.
Let us, therefore, seek to see, and not be content merely to hear, so that we (1) may know this mystery more and more, by searching and tracing it out, as the Prophets did, 1 Pet. i. 10, Of which salvation the Prophets have inquired and searched diligently — compare Luke ii. 19. (2) that we may wonder at it, with the blessed Virgin, Luke i. 34, with the Shepherds and their hearers, chapter ii. 15, 18 — compare above, Chapter IV, § xxxv. (3) that we may proclaim it to others, with the Angel, Luke ii. 10, I bring you good tidings, etc., and with the Shepherds, there vs. 17, when they had seen it, they made known abroad the saying, etc. (4) that we handle it moderately and circumspectly, and not too inquisitively search into the inner workings of this mystery — for example, the giving birth of a Virgin, the union of the two natures — such that we should say, "How can this be?" Luke i. 34, which was held back and forbidden by God Himself, Exod. iii. 5, compared with Chapter IV. 9, 39.
XXXIV. Third, It Spurs Us on to the Glorification of God
Third, it spurs us on to the glorification of God, by the example of the singing host of Angels: Glory to God in the highest, Luke ii. 13, 14; of the Shepherds, vs. 20; of Simeon, vs. 28; and of the blessed Virgin herself, chapter i. 46 — since this is the chief aim, as of the whole redemption, so especially also of this incarnation, Eph. 1. 6 — just as, indeed, in this incarnation the most glorious perfections of God appear, for example: (1) The glory of God's faithfulness and steadfastness, in keeping and fulfilling His promises, since He has set forth and represented the Messiah, so often, so holily, and also so long promised, so precisely, at the appointed time, Gal. iv. 4, at the foretold place, Micah v. 1, 2, and with other circumstances agreeing with the prophecies. (II) The glory of divine providence, whereby He so wisely and powerfully knit together both Augustus and his worldwide census, and the Savior's Parents, that precisely through this the Messiah was shown to the world at the right time and place; and also so powerfully preserved Him against the snares and assaults of Herod, that these could bring Him not the slightest harm. (III) The glory of God's wisdom. (IV) The glory of God's avenging justice. (V) The glory of God's goodness, grace, and mercy. (VI) The glory of His almightiness. All of which we have already remarked upon, item by item, Chapter IV, § xxxv.
XXXV. Fourth, It Stirs Up Thankfulness Toward God
Fourth, it stirs up thankfulness toward God, who, moved and stirred by pure and sheer grace and love of man, through the incarnation of His Son, has given us a gift beyond which no greater can be conceived or exist, Isa. ix. 5, John iii. 16 and iv. 10 — which we shall recognize all the more, if we consider it more distinctly, in the following respects: (1) The Giver, namely, the all-sufficient God, El Shaddai, Gen. xvii. 1, who could absolutely gain no advantage for Himself from so great a gift — compare Ps. xvi. 2 and l. 8–13. (2) The recipients, namely, men, who are nothing but dust and ashes, Gen. xviii. 27, and, Job xl. 15, 17, dreadful sinners, guilty of every death and of eternal damnation, Rom. v. 6, 8. (3) The gift itself, which is (1) a gift of grace and favor, not of the common kind, such as all kinds of earthly gifts are, but a work of God's special and saving grace, John iii. 16, For God so loved the world, etc. — which is incompatible with hatred, as is every other excellent gift of God. (2) An eternal gift, sprung not only from an eternal love, but also lasting into eternity, namely of that kind of grace-gifts which Paul calls unrepentable, Rom. xi. 22, of which not even death can rob us, chapter viii. 38. (3) Reaching to the very soul, and able to satisfy it, Ps. lxxiii. 25 and xvi. 5, compared with Isa. lv. 2 and Gen. xxxiii. 11, with vs. 9. (4) Containing within itself all sorts of other gifts, whence it is called a little bundle, Song of Songs i. 13, 14, and the Apostle says that God has blessed us with all spiritual blessings in the heavenly places in Christ, Eph. i. 3, so that we may draw of His fullness, even grace for grace, John i. 16, compared with 1 Cor. i. 30 and iii. 22. (5) Sanctifying all other gifts of God, and filling up the defects of all others, without which all the others are δῶρα ἄδωρα, καὶ μὴ ὀνήσιμα, gift-less and worthless gifts — compare Gen. xv. 2 with chapter xii. 3, for Christ is All in all, Col. iii. 11, in whom, being beloved, we and all that is ours are beloved, Eph. i. 6. (6) It is an absolutely wondrous gift, Isa. ix. 5, fit for all things, which may be said of Christ with even more right than the Apostle says it of godliness, 1 Tim. iv. 8; for He is (a) in all hazardous and doubtful matters a Counselor; (b) in every desperate matter the mighty God; (c) in all inconstancy, changeableness, and revolution of things, the Everlasting Father; (d) in all enmity — with God, with men, with one's own conscience — indeed in all unrest, the Prince of Peace, Isa. ix. 5.
Is there not, then, in all these, and many more points besides, abundant matter and reason which must spur and prick us on to thankfulness? Namely, that we (a) love God with all our heart, Ps. xviii. 2, who has so loved us that He gave us His only-begotten Son, John iii. 16; (b) that we, being constrained by that love, 2 Cor. v. 14, offer up and surrender to Him, willingly and readily, everything that is dearest and most precious to us, even to ourselves and our own life, Matt. x. 37, 2 Cor. viii. 5, Matt. xvi. 24, 25 — just as He, out of pure grace, gave up Him who was most beloved to Him, Matt. xvii. 5, and in Him gave up Himself; (c) that we also gladly spend and lay out ourselves, and all that is ours, for His service and for all His uses, Phil. i. 20, 21, Acts xx. 24; (d) that we, though even deprived of all other gifts, treasures, honors, pleasures, health, etc., rest gently and sweetly satisfied in this one gift, Ps. lxxiii. 25 and xvi. 5, 6, Phil. iii. 7, 8, 9.
XXXVI. Fifth, Let Us Examine Whether This Child Also Was Born for Us
Fifth, let us examine whether this Child also was born for us, and this Son also given to us, Isa. ix. 5, and whether to us also that message of the Angel was made: Unto you is born this day the Savior, Luke ii. 11. For (1) what good does it do that He was born before, and given to, all others, if He is not given to us, and not born for us? And (2) if He was indeed born for us and given to us, what gladness and comfort will that bring us, if we are not, by certain and firm marks, made conscious and assured of it? And (3) how shall we become conscious and persuaded of it with certainty, without a careful examination? Nay, but (4) will it not endlessly increase our anxiety, if to and for the world so great and so glorious a Savior has been born, in whom we have not the least share, not the least fellowship — who, on the contrary, is set for our fall, Luke x. 34, for a stone of stumbling and a rock of offense, Rom. ix. 33 — concerning whom we should then have to cry out, with terror and dread, with Satan: What have I to do with you, Jesus, Son of the Most High? I beseech you by God, that you torment me not, Mark v. 7; or, from Luke iv. 34, Are you come to destroy us?
By what marks, then, shall we come to know this with certainty? Answer. (1) If we believe in Him: for so God loved the world that He gave His only-begotten Son, that whoever believes in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life, John iii. 16. (2) If, by believing, we receive Him: for He is come to His own, and His own received Him not — but as many as received Him, etc., John i. 11, 12. (3) If we receive Him with a faith which works through love, Gal. v. 6. (4) If not only He is given to us, but we also feel that we, likewise, are given by the Father to Him, John xvii. 9 — compare what we have said, Chapter IV, § xxxii.
XXXVII. Sixth, If We Do Not Yet Find That He Was Born for Us and Given to Us, Let Us Seek Him
Sixth, if we do not yet find that He was born for us and given to us, let us seek Him, that He may become ours, after the example of the Bethlehem Shepherds, Luke ii. 15, and of the Wise Men from the East, Matt. ii. 1ff. (I) Roused and stirred up by the Angels, Luke ii. 12. (II) The Star inviting and lighting the way to it, Matt. ii. 2, 10, Num. xxiv. 17. (III) His own kin themselves informing him, Matt. ii. 4, 5, 6. (IV) God commanding it, Isa. lv. 6, 2 Chron. xv. 2. (V) The example of His Parents, Luke ii. 44, 45, 48. (VI) The excellence of the thing to be sought itself urging us to it, 1 Pet. ii. 4, 6, 7; likewise its usefulness, since He is our All in all, Col. iii. 11, in whom alone we are made perfect, chapter ii. 10; as also its necessity, since without and apart from Him there is absolutely no salvation, Acts iv. 12, without whom no man comes to the Father, John xiv. 6, without whom we can do nothing, chapter xv. 5, etc.
Let us seek Him (1) not with hatred, like Herod, Matt. ii. 13, nor with the lips only, or with certain outward observances, Isa. xxix. 13, Matt. xv. 7, 8, like Judas, chapter xxvi. 47, 48, 49, or for bread, and for gain and advantage, John vi. 26, but out of love and with the heart, Song of Songs iii. 2, for His own sake, Ps. lxxiii. 25. (2) Let us seek Him with a burning desire and longing, Isa. lxiv. 1, as with hunger and thirst, Ps. xl. 2, Isa. lv. 1, Matt. v. 6. Let us seek Him (3) with unwearied labor, earnestness, and effort, like the Wise Men from the East, Matt. ii. 1, with a laborious, hard, and long journey, and with diligent inquiry; and, like the Shepherds, Luke ii. 15, 16, quickly and with haste, as soon as the announcing Angels had departed, by night, leaving their flocks, stirring one another up to it. (4) Let us seek Him at Bethlehem, Luke ii. 11, 15, in the Temple, vs. 27, where He is, according to His promise, Matt. xviii. 20, Exod. xx. 24. Let us seek Him (5) in the stable, in the manger, in the swaddling clothes, Luke ii. 7, not in some splendid and stately palace — that is, let us seek the humble one humbly, without ambition and pride, Matt. xviii. 19, 20, with xx. 20–24.
XXXVIII. Seventh, Let Us Be Roused to Receive and Accept the Coming Fugitive Gladly and Readily
Seventh, let us, coming to us also through His incarnation, receive and accept Him readily and gladly, after the example of Simeon, Luke ii. 28, so that there may be no reason to complain of us, as of the Jews, John i. 11, He came unto His own, and His own received Him not — and so that we too may not fall into the ingratitude of Bethlehem, which had no room for Him, but drove Him into a stable, near to the beasts, Luke ii. 7, compared with chapter ix. 52–54.
Let us, therefore, receive and accept Him into our cities, into our Churches and congregations, into Bethlehem; into our houses, not into stables; into our families, Col. iii. 16; into our arms, that is, into our hearts, Luke ii. 28, that He may dwell in our hearts, Eph. iii. 17. To this we are (1) so powerfully and so gloriously invited, Ps. xxiv. 7–10, Lift up your heads, O ye gates, and be ye lifted up, ye everlasting doors, that the King of glory may come in, etc. To this (II) His Forerunner, the Baptist, was sent, to prepare the way, that the LORD might come to His Temple, Luke i. 76, Matt. iii. 3, Isa. xl. 3, Mal. iii. 1. Furthermore, to this we are invited (III) by Him Himself, who must be received and accepted — not some common person, nor even an Angel, but the King of glory, the Lord of glory, Ps. xxiv. 9, 1 Cor. ii. 8, the King of kings and the Lord of lords, Rev. xix. 16. And (IV) because, by receiving Him, we become His own, born for us, given to us, Isa. ix. 5, so that we may say, with the blessed Virgin, "God my Savior," Luke i. 47, and apply to ourselves that message of the Angel: "Unto you is born this day the Savior," chapter ii. 15. Then still (V) because, by receiving Him, He is united with us, and dwells in our hearts, Eph. iii. 17, and becomes our brother, Heb. ii. 11, 12, 13, and we, with the one received and united to us, become children of God, Gal. iv. 4, John i. 12 and xx. 17. (VI) Because we also, by receiving and accepting Him, receive everything that is His, Rom. viii. 32, 1 Cor. iii. 21, 22. (VII) Furthermore, if His ambassadors are received for His name's sake, Matt. x. 41, Gal. iv. 14, 15, Matt. xviii. 5, 6, should we then not much more receive and accept Him, for His own sake? Let me add (VIII) that, by receiving and accepting Him, we shall obtain salvation, Luke xix. 6, compared with chapter x. 36, 42. Not to mention (IX) that, if we here shall have accepted Him in and with His grace, it will come to pass that He will, in turn, receive us into His glory, Matt. xxv. 34, Acts vii. 59.
Now, He must be received by us (1) with and in the arms, Luke ii. 28, of a true and living faith, John i. 12, so as to bring Him thereby into our house, just as John did his Mother, chapter xix. 27, Song of Songs iii. 4, that He may dwell in us, Eph. iii. 17. He must be (2) accepted and laid down in the manger of our heart, Luke ii. 7 — that is, (a) with the tenderest love, or greatest gladness, chapter xix. 6; (b) with the highest esteem, Song of Songs v. 10, Phil. iii. 7, 8, compared with chapter ii. 29; (c) with an unconquered and unconquerable eagerness, force, and vehemence, with the whole heart, Acts viii. 37, Jer. xxix. 13. He must be (3) accepted and received as the Savior, Luke ii. 11 and i. 69, and indeed as the only Savior, 1 Tim. ii. 5, on whom we place all our trust, Acts iv. 12, who is to us All in all, Col. iii. 11, who is to us a Sun, to enlighten and refresh us, and a Shield, to cover and defend us, Ps. lxxxiv. 12, who is to us for food, John vi. 48, 55, 56, and for a covering, Gen. iii. 21, Rom. xiii. 14, Isa. lxi. 10. He must be (4) accepted as our King, Luke i. 31, 32, to whom we must submit ourselves in the most humble manner, Ps. ii. 11, 12, Luke xix. 11–27. He must be received and accepted (5) not only as a king on His throne, in His glory, Matt. xx. 20, 21, but also as a child, in a stable, in a manger, in His misery — that is, not only to reign with Him, but also to suffer with Him, 2 Tim. ii. 12, Rom. viii. 17; not only to obtain His goods, but also to be despoiled and stripped of our own goods, Matt. xix. 27, Phil. iii. 7, 8, 1 Cor. iv. 13. Thus we shall only rightly receive and accept Him, on those terms and conditions on which He offers Himself to us, and wills to be received and accepted by us, Matt. xvi. 24, Luke xiv. 26. (6) He must be received and accepted in the right and proper manner, so that we accept not only His goods, but also His Person — and indeed first the Person, and then His goods; first Him, and then, from Him, the adoption as children, John i. 12 — namely, in that manner in which the Father gives Him to us must we receive Him, Rom. viii. 32; He first gives the Son, and with Him all things.
XXXIX. Eighth, Let Us Rejoice and Delight in the Received and Accepted Mediator
Eighth, let us rejoice and delight in the received and accepted Mediator. For to this the Angel proclaimed great joy, Luke ii. 10, because we (1) through His birth possess Him for whom the ancients sighed and longed with such outstretched necks, Isa. lxiv. 1, Oh that you would rend the heavens, that you would come down, that the mountains might flow down at your presence! — whose day, that is, birthday, Abraham so eagerly longed to see, and, when he had seen it afar off in spirit, was so greatly glad, John viii. 56, compared with Gen. xvii. 17; and after him, the Patriarch Jacob, even in his death-struggle, through meditation on and longing for Him, refreshed and rejoiced himself so greatly, that he, as if with a broken sentence, burst out: "For your salvation I wait, O LORD!" Gen. xlix. 18. Indeed, even, though with a false hope, Eve, when she had brought forth the wickedest Cain, cries out: "I have gotten a man, the LORD," Gen. iv. 1. Thus it is not without reason that the Savior calls His Disciples blessed on this account, Luke x. 24, compare Heb. xi. 13. For which reason also the blessed Virgin, on account of the promise that the Messiah should be born of her, so greatly leapt for joy in God her Savior, Luke i. 47. (II) Because through this birth of the Savior, so friendly an approach of God to us has been made, Luke i. 41–43, compared with Isa. lix. 2, Eph. iv. 18, with John xiv. 6 and i. 9, Isa. ix. 1 and lx. 2. (III) Because through this birth also so close a kinship between us and between God and the Son of God has been brought about, Eph. v. 30, Heb. ii. 11, 2 Pet. i. 4, John i. 12 — indeed even (IV) a certain spiritual betrothal and engagement, Isa. lxii. 5, Ezek. xvi. 8, Hos. ii. 19, Eph. v. 29.
Since now all gladness and joy is chiefly born to us of three things — of the excellence of a good which we possess, of the certainty of that possession, and of the use and enjoyment of a possessed good — it will, in order to be more sweetly and pleasantly overwhelmed by that joy and gladness, be serviceable and of great help (1) often and godlily to consider the surpassing excellence of the Savior, who was born for us and given to us, after the example of Mary and Joseph, Luke ii. 19, 33. (2) to take care diligently that we may be infallibly sure and assured of that possession, or that we may be convinced and persuaded that He was born for us and given to us, Isa. ix. 5, Luke ii. 11 — which will come about through a careful self-examination, which we have recommended, § xxxvi. (3) to make use, on every occasion that presents itself, of the Savior born for us and given to us — for example, in doubtful matters to use Him as Counselor; in hard, weighty, and difficult matters, as a Hero, or as the mighty God; in confused and troubled matters, arising from enmities and disputes with men, with conscience, with God, as the Prince of Peace; in the vanity, nothingness, and instability of things, or even in the fear of death, as the Everlasting Father, etc.
XL. Ninth, Since We Enjoy the Benefits of the Savior Born and Given to Us, Let Us Faithfully Perform Our Duty Toward Him
Ninth, since we enjoy the benefits of the Savior born for us and given to us, let us also, in turn, from our side, faithfully perform our duties toward Him, after the example of the blessed Virgin, Luke ii. 7, of Joseph, Matt. ii. 13, 14, of the Wise Men from the East, there vs. 11. For how shall the born Savior impart to us His benefits, if we withhold from Him our duties? And with what confidence shall we be persuaded and convinced that He was born for us and given to us, if we withhold from Him His due duties? But what, in the end, are these duties? Answer. (1) The duty of reverence and worship, which the Eastern Wise Men rendered Him, Matt. ii. 11, and falling down they worshipped Him, namely as God, Ps. xcv. 6, Matt. iv. 10. (II) The duty of submission and homage, as to our King, Ps. ii. 12, whereby we kiss the Son with a kiss (1) of the mouth, or of love, of which Song of Songs i. 2, compared with viii. 1, 2 Sam. xix. 39, Gen. xlviii. 10; (2) of the hands, or of a general dependence, of which Sirach xxix. 5, because He upholds and carries all things with His hands, Heb. i. 3, Ps. viii. 4 and cii. 26; (3) of the feet, or of submission, Luke vii. 38, 46, as to Him to whom God has subjected all things, Ps. viii. 7, 1 Cor. xv. 27, Heb. ii. 8, Eph. iv. 10. (III) The duty of gift-giving, whereby we, with the Eastern Wise Men, Matt. ii. 11, open our treasures, bring forth from them, and offer Him (1) gold, that is, that we spend on His uses, and for the preservation and maintenance of His own, whatever is most precious among our goods, Prov. iii. 9, John xii. 3, 5, Acts ii. 45; (2) frankincense, that is, offerings of prayers, of praise and thanksgiving, Ps. cxli. 2, Rev. v. 8, Ps. l. 14, 15, Mal. i. 11; (3) myrrh, that is, an earnest repentance and conversion, indeed bitter, Matt. xxvi. 75, yet very sweet-smelling, Luke xv. 10. Finally, (IV) the duty of praise, honor, glory, and exaltation, after the example of the heavenly host, which, Luke ii. 14, sang: Glory to God in the highest, etc.; of the blessed Virgin, Luke i. 46–56; of the Shepherds, Luke ii. 20; of Simeon, chapter ii. 28–33; compared with Rev. v. 9, 10, Eph. v. 19.
XLI. Tenth, Let Us with All Endeavor Seek to Conceive the Spiritual Christ Within Us
Tenth, let us, with all endeavor, try to receive the spiritual Christ, in a spiritual manner, by conversion, within us, to carry Him in our hearts, to form Him, and finally, through our conduct and way of life, to give Him birth and bring Him forth into the light. The Apostle lays the foundation for this contemplation, Gal. iv. 19, My little children, of whom I travail in birth again until Christ be formed in you; and Rev. xii. 2, 5; perhaps also the Savior Himself, Matt. xii. 49, 50, Behold my mother.... For whosoever shall do the will of my Father which is in heaven, the same is my ... mother. For those things which happen in the natural conception and birth of the natural Christ, with respect to the blessed Virgin, happen also, in their own way, in the spiritual conception and birth of the spiritual Christ, which happens through regeneration and conversion. Here now we understand by the spiritual Christ nothing other than a conformity to Christ, arising from His union with our soul, and, by means of that union, the life and powers of Christ communicated to it — according to which the Apostle teaches that we live by Christ, and that Christ lives in us, Gal. ii. 20 — which conformity is caused and brought about by our regeneration, conversion, and sanctification.
In order, therefore, that we may grasp the correspondence between these two kinds of birth of Christ — the natural, and the spiritual; that which happened outside us, in the blessed Virgin, and that which happens within us, in our hearts — it will be useful to compare them. There is a threefold beginning of natural birth, namely: (1) a passive one, to wit, the blessed Virgin, and her womb, whose fruit Christ is called, Luke i. 42. (2) a material one, namely, the seed of the blessed Virgin, out of which His flesh was conceived and formed. (3) an active beginning, namely, the Holy Spirit, who came upon her, and the power of the Most High, which overshadowed her, Luke i. 35. A corresponding threefold beginning we also observe in His spiritual generation:
(A) The passive beginning is, in place of the blessed Virgin, the heart of each elect person; whence He is said to be in us (ἐν ὑμῖν, in you, Gal. iv. 19) and to dwell in our hearts, Eph. iii. 17. And just as (a) in the natural birth His Mother was a virgin, Isa. vii. 14, so also in His spiritual birth a virginal heart is required, untouched and unblemished by the world and worldly lusts, 2 Cor. xi. 2, Rev. xiv. 4, Jude vs. 8; for just as the High Priest, in order to beget a future High Priest, must not marry a harlot, nor a widow, but a virgin, Lev. xxi. 13, so also the High Priest Jesus wills to be conceived and born in nothing other than a virginal heart. Likewise (b) just as in His natural birth His Mother was a Virgin betrothed or engaged to God, Luke i. 27, so also for the spiritual birth a heart is required which is betrothed to God, Hos. ii. 19, Ezek. xvi. 8, compare Ruth iii. 9. Likewise further (c) just as in the natural birth His Mother remained a virgin, for which the ancient Church Fathers use the passage of Ezek. xliv. 2, so also for His spiritual birth a heart is required which is constant and steadfast in spiritual virginity, Song of Songs iv. 12.
(B) The material beginning is, in place of the seed of the blessed Virgin, in His spiritual birth, the Word of God, 1 Pet. i. 23, 1 John iii. 9, James i. 18, out of which the spiritual Christ, or conformity with Christ, is born. (C) The active beginning is, just as in His natural birth, Luke i. 35, so also in His spiritual birth, the Holy Spirit, John iii. 5, 6, without whose spiritual coming, and spiritual overshadowing, neither the Mother nor the seed could accomplish anything toward this spiritual birth.
Besides this threefold beginning in the spiritual, as well as in the natural, birth of Christ, there also comes to us (2) a threefold period, of conception, formation, and giving birth. For just as (1) in His natural birth there was a conception, which included the presence of the seed and its being made alive, Matt. i. 20, Luke i. 31, so also the spiritual birth requires a conception, whereby the spiritual seed (a) is received and accepted, through hearing the Word, Matt. xiii. 23, Rom. x. 17, just as also, in His natural conception, the Word of the promise was received, Luke i. 30, 39; (b) is made alive, John vi. 63, where otherwise it is dead, 2 Cor. iii. 6 — whose spiritual conception is brought about by regeneration, more precisely so called, when the announcing Angel is received by the blessed Virgin — whereby the Word is spiritually accepted and received, the heart is spiritually made alive, and, the first act of spiritual life being infused into it, the seeds of all saving virtues are brought to the soul, John iii. 3, 5, 7. Likewise (2) just as in the natural birth of Christ there was a carrying or forming of the members, during the proper months, so also in the spiritual, according to the Apostle's indication, Gal. iv. 19, "until Christ be formed in you." This is accomplished by conversion, more precisely so called, whereby those saving virtues, by whose conformity the spiritual Christ is understood, are seedwise brought to us in regeneration, and are formed by various habits and thus, by various degrees and detours, as we shall at their proper place set forth at length and on purpose.
(3) Just as in His natural birth, after the conception and formation, there occurred a giving-birth, Luke ii. 6, so also in the spiritual, the spiritual Christ, or that conformity whereby He lives in us, is brought forth: when the virtues, which have been brought seedwise in regeneration, and habitually in conversion, are openly displayed through sanctification, in our conduct and manner of life, Matt. v. 16 and vii. 17, 18, 19, Gal. v. 22. And just as this natural giving-birth does not pass off (a) without pains, which are natural to giving birth, nor without many miseries in the circumstances — namely, that the blessed Virgin gave birth after a laborious journey to Bethlehem, in wintertime (as is supposed), in a stable, near the stalls of the beasts, in the utmost poverty — so also the spiritual does not pass off without birth-pangs, Gal. iv. 19, ὃς πάλιν ὠδίνω, "of whom I travail in birth again, in labor pains, in travail." Namely, because for this is required (a) a breaking, a deep sense of sin and of spiritual misery, Rom. vii. 24, and a spirit of bondage to fear, Rom. viii. 15; (b) humiliation, Luke xv. 21, 22, Jer. xxxi. 19, 2 Sam. xxiv. 10; (c) a holy and godly despair of oneself and of all other Redeemers, besides God and the Mediator, Acts ii. 37, and xvi. 30, 31, Rom. vii. 24; and because (d) with the foregoing there generally arise contempt and scorn from close friends, and persecutions of relatives, Matt. ii. 13, so that they, on account of all these birth-pains, not infrequently, with Rebekah, cry out, Gen. xxv. 22, If it be so, why am I thus?
Just as (b) the natural giving-birth does not pass off without gladness and joy, John xvi. 21, compared with Luke i. 47, so also its spiritual giving-birth will not pass off without an unspeakable joy, 1 Pet. i. 3, with vs. 6, Acts xiii. 52 and xvi. 34, Phil. iv. 4, compared Luke xv. 9 and xix. 5, 6. In this manner, therefore, is the spiritual Christ spiritually conceived, formed, and born of us, through regeneration, conversion, and sanctification; when Christ's virtues are brought to us seedwise, formed habitually, and brought to light actively. We must, therefore, strive and endeavor after this, that we may thus conceive, form, and give birth to Christ: for thus (a) shall each of us become the Mother of the Lord, of and to whom the Angel says: "You blessed among women," Luke i. 28 — that is, the most blessed — and Elizabeth: "Whence is this to me, that the mother of my Lord should come to me?" Luke i. 43, compare Luke ii. 27. For if there is so great a happiness, and so great a glory, in the natural motherhood, then there is certainly also an even greater happiness and glory in the spiritual, as the Savior Himself acknowledges and declares, Matt. xii. 48. Whence Augustine (De Sancta Virginitate, Cap. 3) says: "Mary is more blessed (percipiendo) by conceiving and grasping the faith of Christ, than (concipiendo) by conceiving the flesh of Christ." And afterward: "The maternal relation would have profited Mary nothing, had she not borne Christ more happily in her heart than in her flesh."
(B) If we shall have spiritually conceived, formed, and given birth to Christ, then He shall, as it were, be our Son; and therefore He shall also (†) take care of us, in all circumstances, just as He took care of His natural Mother, when, about to die, He commended her to John, John xix. 26, 27. (‡‡) He will always hear our prayers, so that we shall never be put to shame, just as Solomon heard the petition of His mother Bathsheba, 1 Kings ii. 20. Indeed also (‡‡‡) he will, once, in the last judgment, set us, as it were, a seat at His right hand, just as Solomon did for His mother, 1 Kings ii. 19, compare Rev. iii. 21.
On the other hand, let us (γ) consider and weigh the misery and shame of spiritual barrenness, which the spiritually barren feel and lament, Isa. lvi. 3, Neither let the eunuch say, Behold, I am a dry tree. And if Rachel felt her natural barrenness with such great difficulty and pain, that she preferred and chose death for it, Gen. xxx. 1, and Hannah, on account of her barrenness, regarded herself as dead and cast down to hell, 1 Sam. i. 10 and ii. 6, what shall we then judge of spiritual barrenness, whereby we are deprived of this blessed fruit, not of the womb, but of the heart, Luke i. 42? Finally, (8) what benefit will all manner of fruitfulness bring us, whether in our offspring or in our goods, if we are deprived of this blessed and, at the same time, blessing seed? Shall we then not, with greater right, be able to lament and complain than Abraham: "Ah, Lord GOD, what will you give me, seeing I go childless?" Gen. xv. 2 — since, in this one blessed seed, we and all that is ours are blessed, Eph. i. 3, and, apart from it, every blessing is nothing other than a curse, Mal. ii. 2.
XLII. Finally, Eleventh, Since Christ Was Willing to Be Born for Us as a Child, and Given to Us as a Son, Let Us Likewise Make It Our Business to Bear Others, Spiritually, for Christ
Finally, eleventh, since Christ was willing to be born for us as a child, and given to us as a Son, Isa. ix. 5, let us also, from our side, make it our business and do our utmost to spiritually win and bear others for Christ. This practice the Apostle intends, Gal. iv. 19, My little children, of whom I travail in birth again — and of this he calls himself a Father, and claims for himself a begetting, 1 Cor. iv. 15, Philem. vs. 10, and also birth-pangs, Gal. iv. 19, and calls those converted by him his children, there and 1 Cor. iv. 17, 1 Tim. i. 2, 18, Titus i. 4, 1 Pet. v. 13. And those thus spiritually begotten are begotten for Christ, and called his children, Heb. ii. 13, Ps. cx. 3, Isa. liii. 6. This spiritual giving-birth now happens through the proclamation of the Gospel, and through the conversion of souls, 1 Cor. iv. 15, Philem. vs. 10. For here too, as we noted in the preceding, there is (1) a threefold beginning: (1) a passive one, the Mother, and, as it were, the receiving womb — namely, the Church, Gal. iv. 26; (2) a material one, the incorruptible seed of the Word of God, 1 Pet. i. 23, a heavenly dew, Ps. cx. 3; (3) an active one, namely, the Holy Spirit, using the Word as a fructifying and life-giving power, John vi. 63, 2 Cor. iii. 6, and, as it were, applying a forming power, John iii. 3. (4) Here also are fellow-workers of the Holy Spirit, namely, the Ministers of the Word, 1 Cor. iii. 9, 2 Cor. i. 24, sowing the seed, as it were, Mark 17:14; and also those who are born, as it were, nourishing it. Here also are (II) the same periods: (1) of conception, whereby the Word is first admitted and accepted by the hearers, Mark iv. 20, 1 Thess. ii. 13; (2) then the carrying, whereby the accepted Word is preserved, kept, formed, and takes shape, Gal. iv. 19, Luke ii. 19; (3) then the giving-birth and bringing-forth, whereby they produce fruits, Mark iv. 20.
In order now that the Ministers may thus win and bear children for Christ, there is required of them: (a) labor, sweat, and effort to give birth, 2 Cor. xi. 27, 2 Thess. iii. 8; (b) birth-pangs and pains, Gal. iv. 19, ὠδίνω, "over whom I am in travail," fear of loss and harm, Gal. iv. 11, 2 Cor. xi. 3; (c) gladness and joy, 1 Thess. ii. 19, 20, and iii. 8, 2 Tim. i. 4. Also there is required (d) in the bearing Ministers a desire to give birth for Christ, by an unwearied proclamation of the Word, 2 Tim. iv. 2, 1 Thess. iii. 10, Acts xx. 18–21. And in order that they may give birth more readily and eagerly in this, it will be useful and helpful earnestly to consider: (a) that it is most fitting and proper, since Christ was willing to be born for us, that we should become children of God, Gal. iv. 4, that we then also earnestly seek and strive to win children for Him — compare Heb. ii. 10 with 2 Cor. xi. 2; (b) that those children whom they shall have won for Christ, through the proclamation of the Word and through conversion, shall be their children, Gal. iv. 19; and therefore (c) that these too shall be, on that day, their gladness, crown, and glory, in the presence of Christ, Phil. iv. 1, 2 Cor. i. 14, Phil. ii. 16.
Chapter XI: On the Mediator's Life
On 2 Cor. iv. 10:
That the life also of Jesus might be made manifest in our body.
The first stage of Christ's humiliation, in His incarnation, we have already examined; now follows the second stage, in His life, conduct, and conversation, unto His death — for the brief consideration of which the Apostle will furnish us occasion, 2 Cor. iv. 10.
The Explanatory Part
Here the Apostle shows his aim, and the use and benefit, of the misery and every kind of affliction of Christians: namely, that in these the afflicted and suffering life of Christ might be displayed and made manifest. In this display and manifestation there occurs:
1. The Exemplar, the model, which must and shall be displayed and made manifest: ἵνα καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, "that the life also of Jesus." Here we have:
1. The term "life," which in general is nothing other than the activity of an animated subject; and this is threefold: for there is either a growing life, which works without any least knowledge of the object whereby — for example, plants, trees, and other things live, draw nourishment to themselves, grow, and bring forth fruits; or a sentient life, which is indeed endowed with some knowledge, but only a sensory one, possessed by subjects that have senses and feeling — whereby the irrational beasts live and are active; and then a rational life, which is joined with a rational knowledge, whereby men live and are active — and this is, properly speaking, the life that is meant in this passage. The life, now, is considered either with respect to its first act, as one speaks, which is nothing other than a capacity, power, and ability to work from oneself, in order to the second causes, whereby alone it can work; or with respect to its second act, whereby it is actually, or in deed, at work. Of this, in men, is the conduct and conversation, which is commonly called "life." Now, this activity of living subjects arises from a certain union of parts, which must be joined together — for example, in the natural life, of the union of the body with the soul, which, being taken away, the living subject is said to be dead; in the spiritual life, of the union of the divine image, or of the original righteousness, whereby man is able to work spiritual things. This is the nature of life in general. But here it is spoken specifically:
2. Of the life of Jesus, which is considered to be threefold:
a. A divine life, or the life of the divine Person, of which we have already philosophized above, Book II, Chapter XII; but that life does not properly belong here.
b. A human life; and that both a natural one, which He lived by virtue of the union of the body with His soul, and a spiritual one, which He lived by virtue of the most perfect union of righteousness with His soul.
c. A Mediatorial life, which He properly lived for us, by virtue of the union of the two natures, the divine and the human.
Now the question is, what life of Christ the Apostle understands in this place? He understands:
a. His inward life, or the power, the capacity, or the effectual working, to live, whereby He also lives in us, Gal. ii. 20, whereby, by virtue of our mysterious union with Him, He brings us powers to work in a spiritual way, whence He is called our life, Col. iii. 4, likewise the way, the truth, and the life, John xiv. 6, as one without whom we can do nothing, chapter xv. 5, and through whom we are able to do all things, Phil. iv. 13. Then:
b. His outward life, or His whole conduct, dealings, and conversation, insofar as that life can be displayed in and through us — with respect to which He commands us to follow Him, Luke ix. 23, to learn of Him, Matt. xi. 29, indeed with respect to which we are His followers, 1 Cor. xi. 1, Phil. ii. 5. And this life belongs, most of all and most properly, to this place. With emphasis now the Apostle says:
3. "That life of Jesus," ἡ ζωή. For since Jesus led (a) a miserable life, up to His resurrection, and (b) a glorious life, after His resurrection — so, although one might understand both, since both have been united in Him, Luke xxiv. 26, Phil. ii. 7–9, and shall also be joined together in us, Rom. viii. 17, 18, 2 Cor. iv. 17 — yet here (I say) the first is mostly meant, namely His wretched and afflicted life, as appears from the connection with the preceding, in the 8th, 9th, and 10th verses, where he speaks of the miseries and afflictions of the Apostles, that the life of Jesus might be made manifest in them.
II. The image, the thing displayed, or that which shall be displayed. Here is noted:
1. The receiving subject of the display, "in our body." In the body indeed, and in the soul, and chiefly therein, do we bear the image of God, 1 Thess. v. 23, with respect to the understanding, in knowledge, Col. iii. 10, and with respect to the will, in righteousness and holiness, Eph. iv. 24, and thus with respect to the whole man, which, by a figure of speech using the part for the whole, is here called only "the body," because in the preceding half-verse mention had been made of a mortification, which had happened through various afflictions, both in Christ, as in the exemplar, 1 Pet. ii. 24, 25, and in us, as in the image, Gal. vi. 17, and because the afflictions of believers, of which had been spoken in the preceding, chiefly affect the body. He adds, "in our body," as of all Christians, who are sometimes called one body, Rom. xii. 1, Heb. x. 5, all being obliged to bear an image of Christ's life, Luke ix. 23, Matt. xi. 29 — yet specifically of the Apostles, of whom Paul had spoken in the preceding, as in whom, by way of excellence, the life of Christ had been made manifest.
2. The act of the display, or of the manifestation, φανερωθῇ, "may be made manifest," or should be made manifest. The Greek word φανερόω is from φανερός, and this from φαίνω, which one derives from φῶς: it means to cause something to be seen, or to come into view — just as in an image, the absent thing depicted is seen. The life now of Christ is made manifest in Christians, and that chiefly a threefold life:
a. His inward life, or His living and life-giving might, power, and capacity, insofar as He makes us alive spiritually, that we may do spiritual things; for without Him we can and are able to do nothing in this kind of doing, John xv. 5, and through Him we are able for everything that is needful and necessary, Phil. iv. 13, whence He is said to live in us, Gal. ii. 20; indeed is called our life, Col. iii. 4, as we have already said. Then:
b. His outward life, or His conduct, dealings, deeds, and conversation, through an imitation of those virtues which He has set forth to us for display and manifestation, for example, of courage, patience, gentleness, humility, Matt. xi. 29, Phil. ii. 4, 5, 6. Finally:
c. His glorious life, since His resurrection, which, on account of our mysterious union with Him, has an inseparable connection with His mortification, Rom. vi. 4, 5, whence Paul says: συνεσταύρωμαι τῷ Χριστῷ, καὶ ζῶ, "I am crucified with Christ, and I live," Gal. ii. 20.
The Doctrinal Part
III. The Mediator, therefore, just as He was born not so much for Himself as for us, Isa. ix. 5, so also He has lived on earth not so much for Himself as for us. For He lived, that He (I) might impart His life to His own, whereby His life should be their life, Col. iii. 4, whereby they themselves also live spiritually, Gal. ii. 20; (II) that through His life He might give them an example of imitation, throughout their whole life, Matt. xi. 29, John xiii. 14, 15, 1 Cor. xi. 1. And (III) that He did not live for Himself, but for us, He testifies throughout the Scriptures, and with these reasons:
(1) For if He had wished to live for Himself, He would not have needed to come down to us, etc.; for He was rich, before He came down; and He became poor for us, when He came down, 2 Cor. viii. 9. (2) If He had also wished to come down for Himself, not for us, then He would have come down in glory, not in misery — whereas, on the contrary, being in the form of God, and thinking it not robbery to be equal with God, He made Himself of no reputation, taking upon Him the form of a servant, and was made in the likeness of men — common, lowly, wretched men — Phil. ii. 6, 7, 8. And so, (4) to this end, that He might obtain for us the life (a) of Justification, that is, that He might restore, from the debt of the punishment of death, unto the state of life, John ii. 16, 17; (b) of Sanctification, whereby He should make alive spiritually dead souls, Eph. ii. 5, 6, whence He is called our life, Col. iii. 4, without whom we can do nothing, John xv. 5, and through whom we are able, in a spiritual way, to do all things, Phil. iv. 13; (c) of Glorification, or eternal life, John iii. 16, 36, Eph. ii. 6, John v. 24, as we have said.
IV. That life which He laid out, not for Himself, but for us, is twofold: the one He has had from eternity in Himself, as the second Person of the Trinity, communicated to Him by an ineffable generation from His Father, John v. 26; the other He received in time as man, through the conception of the Holy Spirit, and His birth from the Virgin Mary, of which Luke i and ii. Which, together with the common life of ours, is nothing other than a power to work from and out of oneself, in order and with respect to the second causes, that is, out of the parts which must be united — as we have already noted above. And thus He has had (1) on account of the union of the divine image, and of original righteousness, with His soul, a spiritual life, and a capacity to perform every good, even spiritual good (which capacity we have lost through sin, so that we are dead in sin, Eph. ii. 1, and unfit for all spiritual good, 2 Cor. iii. 5) — being derived from Him to us, Col. iii. 4, from and through whom we can do whatever we can, John xv. 5, Phil. iv. 13. Thus He has also (II), on account of His perfect union with God, had an eternal life, whereby He can see God face to face, 2 Cor. iii. 12, enjoy Him, and rejoice in Him, John xvii. 13, iii. 29, and xv. 11. Then also (III) He has had, on account of the union of the soul with His body, a natural life, of which He was deprived by temporal death. And this belongs, for the present, most of all to our contemplation and consideration: compare what we have already had on this in the Explanatory Part.
V. This natural life was, after his birth, spent under three periods: the entrance, the progress, and the exit
The first of these periods has constituted His childhood, in which He (1) through His Circumcision, performed on the eighth day of His life (of which Luke ii. 21), entered upon and sealed the covenant with God, with respect to its institution, namely, a threefold covenant: (1) A national one, which He had in common with the whole Jewish nation: He acknowledged and showed that He was from the midst of, and from among the brethren, the Jews, from among whom God had promised that He would raise up the Messiah as a Prophet, Deut. xviii. 15, 18, and that so oft-promised, and so gloriously promised, blessed seed of Abraham, Isaac, Jacob. (2) A personal Covenant, which He has in common with all the elect, whereby and wherein God has sealed to Him that He is His God, Gen. xvii. 8, 10, compared with Ps. xxii. 1. (3) A Mediatorial covenant, which, in the eternal Counsel of peace, Zech. vi. 13, Isa. liii. 10, was entered into between the Father and Him, in which He has presented Himself for us as a Surety and Mediator, of which Matt. xxvi. 28, Luke xxii. 20. Most especially now, the sealing of this Covenant was accomplished in His Circumcision: (a) by the cutting off of the fleshly foreskin, whereby He signified and sealed that that spiritual foreskin, with which we by nature, through sin, are afflicted, Deut. x. 16, Rom. ii. 25, 26, 27, would through His life be taken away, Deut. xxx. 6, Ezek. xvi. 30, compared with Col. ii. 10, 11; (b) by a deadly and painful shedding of blood, in order, right at the beginning of His life, to forewarn and seal that that Mediatorial covenant would through His blood be established and confirmed — which is for this very reason called the blood of the Covenant, Exod. xxiv. 8, compared with Matt. xxvi. 28, Mark xiv. 24. And on account of this renewal of the Mediatorial covenant, and on account of the initial confirmation thereof, brought about by the shedding of His blood, He received, in His Circumcision, by divine authority, the sweetest of all names, Jesus — of which we have deliberately and at length spoken, Chapter III.
VI. On the Circumcision in His Childhood Followed His Presentation
On the Circumcision in His childhood there followed (II) His Presentation, on the fortieth day of His life, Luke ii. 22 — namely, that He, who had already before dedicated Himself to God through the renewal of the Covenant in the Circumcision, might also, according to the divine prescript, be presented, offered up, and dedicated to God by His Mother. To this Presentation, as also before the Circumcision, there preceded (1) the purification of His Mother, according to the Law, Lev. xii. 2–4, 6–8 — because God did not wish that a gift be brought to Him with unclean hands, and because she first had to be purged from the original uncleanness, which was pictured by the ceremonial uncleanness of a woman in childbed, before either she, or the newborn, might come into the presence and under the sight of God, or touch anything holy — to which end she had to bring, either a yearling lamb, with a young pigeon, or turtledove, if she could afford so much, or, if not, then either two turtledoves, or two young pigeons, to the door of the Tabernacle, to the Priest, who then offered it, and by that offering, in a legal way, atoned for that ceremonial uncleanness — as a type of the true purification, to be brought about in due time through the offering of the Messiah, of which purposely and at length in its own place.
Upon this there followed (2) the Presentation itself, Luke ii. 22, 23, whereby He, as a firstborn, opening the womb, was in a special manner claimed as God's own, according to the Law, Exod. xiii. 2, Num. iii. 13, and viii. 16, 17, and to this end was brought, up to Jerusalem, the city of God, and in the Temple at Jerusalem, into His house and under the sight of God — not without small gifts, according to the state and condition of His Parents. Namely, that thus it might be pictured that He was the firstborn of God, Heb. i. 6, Ps. ii. 7, the firstborn of every creature, Col. i. 15, the firstborn among many brethren, Rom. viii. 29, the firstborn from the dead, Col. i. 18, Rev. i. 5 — more excellent than all others, and, as it were, one in place of all, and thus in a special manner claimed and consecrated as belonging to God, so that in this one all the elect might be sanctified and dedicated to God: compare Rom. xii. 16. Upon the Presentation there followed, or was accompanied by, (3) the blessing of Simeon the righteous, whereby he (a) received, first of all, with joy, the Jehovah, the Messiah, coming to His Temple, Mal. iii. 1, in the arms of his body, and at the same time of his soul, Luke ii. 25–28; then (b) blessed himself, both concerning Him who had come, and concerning himself, with a Song of Praise, there vs. 29–33; likewise (c) blessed His Parents, vs. 32, and finally (d) foretold the hard fates that hung over their heads on account of this their son, vs. 34–35. And lastly (4) the confession of Hannah the Prophetess, making known and revealing to others the Messiah, who was known to her by the Spirit, vs. 36, 37, 38.
VII. Upon the Presentation There Followed a Certain Religious and Godly Visit of the Eastern Wise Men
Upon the Presentation — if it did not, as some think, follow their second departure to Bethlehem — there immediately preceded, at least, a certain religious and godly visit, Matt. ii. 1–13, whereby certain Persian Wise Men and Philosophers, having been, by divine revelation and by means of a certain extraordinary Star, warned and instructed concerning the birth of a certain extraordinary and spiritual King of the Jews, journeyed, with a long and laborious journey, to Jerusalem, where the Temple, the Priesthood, and all the most holy sanctities of the Jews were, there diligently inquiring after the born King; being informed by men, and the heavenly Star lighting their way, they find Him by seeking Him; having found Him, worship Him religiously as God, and honor Him as man with their gifts; and being warned by a divine address, they return, with contempt of the pretended persecutor Herod, back to their own — being the first who were converted to Christ out of heathendom, and thus the firstfruits of the Gentiles, being a foreshadowing of the coming calling of the Gentiles: of which we have already, in the preceding Chapter, § xv, brought forward some points beforehand, in passing.
VIII. Upon This Religious and Godly Homage There Immediately Followed a Most Cruel Persecution by Herod
Upon this religious and godly homage there (IV) immediately followed a most cruel persecution of Herod the Great, Matt. ii. 13, lasting up to his own death — in which the Tyrant, deceived by the loss and cunning of the Eastern Wise Men in his own eyes, sought the newborn one to put Him to death, whereby the newborn one, as it were, gave to understand that honor and persecution walk together with equal steps. Wherefore, that, according to the condition of His state, in which He had humbled Himself for us, His life might, through a human love, be cared for, He was led, by His Parents, being warned by a divine dream, away to Egypt, that house of bondage, and from there, the Persecutor having died, brought back into His Fatherland — that He might, from the very beginning, at once be judged to be that one who, having taken the form of a servant, Phil. ii. 7, in a house of bondage, was cast down out of His Throne, and would also, out of the spiritual Egypt, bring His own back to the liberty and rest of the children of God, Gal. v. 1, Heb. iv. 8.
IX. Finally, Having Returned from Egypt, He Took Nazareth as His Place of Upbringing
Finally, having returned from Egypt, He (V) took Nazareth as the place of His upbringing, Matt. ii. 23, Luke ii. 39, Matt. xxvi. 71, Mark xiv. 67, Acts ii. 6 — where He had been conceived of the Holy Spirit; whence, though by the scorn of the common people (compare John i. 46), He was surnamed "the Nazarene," chapter xix. 19, yet not without the guidance of God — namely, that even by the sound and ring of it, the ears and hearts of believers might be reminded that He was that Netzer, Sprout, Shoot, by which name the Messiah is often signified in the Scriptures, Zech. vi. 12, Isa. xi. 1, akin to the name Tzemach, Sprout, Jer. xxiii. 5. From this name afterward His Disciples, in scorn, were called Nazarenes, and "the sect of the Nazarenes," Acts xxiv. 5. And this is now, in whole, what the Holy Spirit has willed that we should know concerning the Mediator's childhood — so that not without cause, both the ancients and later writers, even the Papists themselves, otherwise all too much given over to this kind of foolery, have condemned the apocryphal Book of the Childhood of Jesus as a fabricated and spurious Book.
X. Upon the Entrance Follows, Secondly, the Progress of Christ's Life
Upon the entrance follows, secondly, the progress of Christ's life, which has two periods, namely, His youth, little differing from ordinary, so far as it embraces His wholly hidden and quiet life, and closes it; and His manly age, wherein He brought His public life to bear, and displayed Himself in few words.
(1) His youth is treated of, Luke ii. 40, to the end of that chapter. (1) With respect to His growing and increasing (a) in stature and form; (b) in wisdom, with respect to the understanding — habitual, actual, experiential, of the human nature, insofar as it was from day to day more and more expanded and extended toward the greater; (c) in grace, or gifts and virtues of grace, with respect to the will; (d) in favor and acceptance with God and with men, Luke i. 80 and ii. 40, 52. (2) With respect to His conduct and manner of life, both (a) religiously, whereby He not only attended the public worship of that holy assembly, being now twelve years old, going up with His Parents on pilgrimage to Jerusalem, to celebrate the Passover feast, Luke ii. 41, 42, but was also busy, active, and occupied with holy things, by searching for the truth, teaching others, seeking mutual discussion with the Teachers in the Temple — in which He gave a certain foretaste, and a preceding proof, of that His public calling, whereby He was appointed and sent to be a Teacher and Master of Israel; and also showed and proved that His judgment, knowledge, and wisdom did not spring only from human instruction, over the course and progress of time, but by virtue of the divine union, in an extraordinary manner. Through all this He also displayed His godliness, whereby, above His natural Parents, He loved His heavenly Father, and counted and held it His greatest delight to be about His Father's business, Luke ii. 49. As (b) civilly, whereby He (α) showed Himself submissive and obedient to His Parents, and thereby gave a most clear proof that He had not come to dissolve the Law, but to fulfil it, Matt. v. 17 — since there is no part of moral obedience which could seem more foreign to, and contrary to, the Lord of heaven and earth, than submission to men. (β) He practiced the trade of a Carpenter, Mark vi. 3, in order to manifest His humility and poverty, which He had undergone for us, 2 Cor. viii. 9, and to draw off from us onto Himself the burden, arising from the violation of the divine Law, Gen. iii. 19 — although also the most famous Teachers among the Jews counted it an honor to combine with the contemplative life a certain craft or handiwork, after whose example Paul also was a tentmaker, Acts xviii. 3.
From this period of His youth, up to the thirtieth year of His life, in which the Savior began His public life, He has remained hidden in the wilderness, Luke i. 80. And yet in so great a seclusion He did not live for Himself alone, but sanctified and devoted Himself and His whole life for us and to our use, and, being made subject under the law, Gal. iv. 4, spent Himself for us — through poverty, Luke ix. 58, 2 Cor. viii. 9, through prayers, and through a continual preparation for His death, and for His public ministry.
XI. Finally There Followed His Manly Age, in Which He Spent His Public Life
Finally there followed (II) His manly age, in which He spent His public life, Luke i. 80, in the thirtieth year of His life, chapter ii. 23 — namely, according to the law of the Levites, Num. iv. 3, 47. Now, with respect to His Mediatorial office, which He undertook with this period of His life, there come to our consideration two matters: (1) the inauguration, and (2) the execution. And indeed (1) the inauguration, comprising in itself three things: (A) a preparation, accomplished through the ministry of John the Baptist, from aged Parents, namely Zacharias the Priest, and Elizabeth, born not without a miracle, Luke i. 5–26, foretold repeatedly, as the Messiah's Forerunner, to the Israelites, Mal. iv. 5, Isa. xl. 3 — which prophecies the Testament applies to the Baptist, Matt. xi. 14, Luke i. 17, Matt. iii. 3. His duty, therefore, was to go before the face of the Messiah, in the spirit and power of Elijah, to prepare His way, Matt. iii. 3. And this he now did prepare: (a) by calling and preaching conversion, there vs. 1, 2, that the Jews might not only (α) amend their evil ways, but also lay aside their perverse errors concerning righteousness and justification, in order thus to receive the Messiah, as Redeemer, the more eagerly and desirously. (b) By baptizing, that is, by cleansing with water, according to the Jewish custom, his Proselytes, as future disciples of the so-soon-approaching Messiah, Matt. iii. 11, Acts xix. 4, and thereby taking and admitting them into the covenant of Grace, and into its now-arriving new dispensation. (c) By giving so illustrious a testimony to the Messiah, coming after him, indeed already now present, pointing Him out, as it were, with the finger, and infinitely exalting Him above himself, John i. 27, Matt. iii. 11, and this through an extraordinary revelation of God, John i. 33. With all of which he concluded the old dispensation of the Covenant of Grace, and at the same time opened the new, and thus deserved to be called greater and more excellent than all who went before, and less than those who follow, Matt. xi. 11.
XII. The Inauguration to the Mediatorial Office Comprises the Installation, Which Happened Through Baptism
The inauguration to the Mediatorial office comprises (B) the installation, which happened through Baptism, John iii. 13 — which was nothing other than a public and solemn induction, whereby the three offices of the Mediatorial office (a) were ascribed to Him by the testimony of His Father, openly declaring that Jesus was His Son, and thus King, set by Him over Zion, the mountain of His holiness, Ps. ii. 6; that He was likewise Priest, in whose atoning sacrifice He took delight, Isa. xlii. 1; and then finally, that He was the Prophet, to whom it was demanded, that in all things He should be heard with the utmost exactness, Matt. iii. 17, and xvii. 5, compared with Deut. xviii. 15, 18. (b) confirmed by Him through outward signs, namely, through the opening of the heaven; through the descending of the Holy Spirit in a visible shape of a dove, and resting upon Him; and through a heard voice from heaven, whereby the Father's testimony was made known. To which is added also another purpose and use of this Baptism, namely, to seal to the whole Christ, mystically understood (that is, to Him and to all His own) the Covenant of Grace, of which He was the foundation; and also, thereby to confirm and sanctify our Baptism, and to show in and with whom its power and effect are to be sought and found.
XIII. The Inauguration Comprises a Testing, Accomplished Through the Temptation of Satan
The inauguration comprises (C) a testing, accomplished through the temptation of Satan, Matt. iv. 1 — whereby He, having valiantly repelled four of the heaviest assaults, and triumphing over Satan, made it undoubtable for us: (a) that He was stronger than the first Adam, who succumbed under temptations; indeed also (b) stronger than the Devil himself; and thus (c) that true Seed of the Woman, which had come to bruise the Serpent's head, Gen. iii. 15, compared with Rom. xvi. 20; (d) that He, having been tempted, like us, in all points, might be able to sympathize with us who are tempted, Heb. iv. 15 — to this end, that we, with all the more confidence, might come and take refuge in Him for help, in all manner of temptations, there vs. 16.
XIV. Upon the Inauguration and Installation of His Public Life Followed Its Execution
Upon the inauguration and installation of His public life there (2) followed its execution, or the discharge and performance of His office — and this, chiefly, of the Prophetic office — which happened: (α) by preaching and teaching, not any new commandments, nor any Evangelical counsels, nor any teachings mixed of commands and counsels; but (a) by explaining and defending the Law of Moses, and announcing the Gospel, chiefly that of its fulfillment. (b) by foretelling future things. In all of which there was always joined and combined: (†) with respect to Himself, both (*) grace, honor, and reputation, John vii. 46, Matt. vii. 28, 29, as also (**) labor and effort, since He was occupied and busy, day and night, journeying from place to place, Mark vi. 6, Matt. ix. 35, Luke xiii. 22, and then also (***) faithfulness, whereby He accomplished that work not only by Himself, but also through His Emissaries, Matt. x. 1, Mark vi. 7, Luke vi. 13. (‡‡) With respect to others, either the opening of the heart, John ii. 23, that is, conversion; or hardening, Mark iv. 11, 12. All of which we have, in the Chapter on the Mediator as Prophet, purposely and at length treated.
XV. Why He Was So Frequently Abundant in Parables
It must be especially noted here, that He was, in preaching, so frequently and abundantly given to Parables, drawn from all sorts of earthly things, Matt. xiii, etc. — for which practice He had several reasons. (A) With respect to Himself, He wished (a) to reveal His own disposition and mind, being Himself even in bodily things spiritual, in earthly things heavenly, whereby He came to discern something spiritual and heavenly in all sorts of fleshly and earthly things, and, at the same time, that He might advise and point us to that same disposition and frame of mind: compare John iii. 12. (b) to satisfy the prophecies of Scripture, Ps. xlix. 5, Matt. xiii. 35. (B) With respect to others of all kinds, (1) the more sharply and powerfully to rebuke and correct them: compare Judges 9:7 with Matt. xxi. 43, 46. (2) the more easily and suitably to teach: because (α) parables illuminate, Jer. xiii. 1, xix. 1, Ezek. iv. 5, and viii. 1; (β) they touch, move, delight, stir the mind, 2 Sam. xii. 1; (γ) they help the memory, Isa. lvii. 8. (C) With respect to the various character and disposition of the hearers, (†) to bring the godly and teachable to clarity and plainness, Mark iv. 33; (‡‡) through the reprobate, to concealment, and to fall and destruction.
XVI. The Savior Spent His Public Life Also with the Doing of Miracles
The Savior spent His public life (2) also with (b) the doing of miracles. This is beyond doubt to all who accept the Gospel. What now a miracle is, in idea, we have already before explained, Book III, Chapter X, § xxvi, to which we now add nothing for the present, except only, that there is required for it: (a) that it be a work astonishing and surpassing the reach of nature, that it be fit to bear witness to divine power, Mark 1:27 and v. 42, Luke v. 26, ix. 43; (b) that it not happen in a corner, but openly and in the sight of the public, Mark i. 23, Matt. xiv. 14–19; nor (c) with many detours and a long undertaking, but swiftly and quickly, upon a mere, plain command, Matt. viii. 26 and xvii. 18, Mark viii. 25; nor (d) by degrees or little by little, but in a moment, at once and all together, Matt. viii. 3 and xx. 34.
XVII. On What Kinds of Creatures the Savior Performed Miracles
The Savior now performed miracles among and upon every sort of creature: (I) In and upon unclean spirits, by casting them out, Matt. viii. 16, ix. 33, xii. 22, xv. 22, 28, and xvii. 18, Mark i. 26, 39, Luke iv. 35, etc. (II) In and upon men, by healing: (1) the sick, Matt. iv. 23, ix. 35, xii. 15, xv. 30, and xix. 2, Mark i. 34, Luke iv. 40, and vi. 18; (2) lepers, Matt. viii. 3, Mark i. 42, Luke v. 13, and xvii. 14; (3) the palsied, Matt. viii. 6, 13, and ix. 7, Mark ii. 3, 11, Luke v. 24, John v. 8; (4) the dropsical, Luke xiv. 2, 4; (5) the fever-stricken, Matt. viii. 15, Mark i. 30, 31, Luke iv. 39, John iv. 45, with vs. 52; (6) the blind, Matt. ix. 30, xii. 22, 23, xx. 34, and xxi. 14, Mark viii. 25, John ix. 7; (7) the deaf, Mark vii. 35; (8) the bowed and bent double, Luke xiii. 11, 12; (9) the withered, Matt. xii. 10, 13, Mark iii. 1, 5, Luke vi. 8, 10; (10) those with the issue of blood, Matt. ix. 20, 22, Mark v. 29, Luke viii. 44; (11) the deaf, Mark vii. 32, and the maimed in their ear, Luke xxii. 51; (12) the dead, by raising them up, Matt. xi. 5 and ix. 25, Mark v. 41, Luke viii. 54 and vii. 14, John xi. 44, Matt. xxvii. 52. (III) In and upon irrational creatures: (1) upon the heaven, Matt. xxvii. 45, Mark xv. 33, Luke xxiii. 44; (2) upon the earth, Matt. xxi. 19, Mark vi. 41, 42, and viii. 1, 8, 9, Luke ix. 17, John vi. 12, Matt. xv. 37, John xxi. 9, etc.; (3) in the waters, John ii. 9, Luke v. 6, John xxi. 11, Matt. xvii. 27; (4) in the air, Matt. viii. 26, by the commanding of the winds.
XVIII. To Six Ends the Savior Performed So Many and So Great Miracles
So many and so great miracles now has the Savior performed, to this end: (I) that He might show Himself to be neither man alone, nor God alone, but as the God-man: for the service of the bodily members, the touching of hands, the commands of the mouth, and other things, truly proved that He was a man; and the works, unheard-of in all the ages, John ix. 32, in so great a multitude, in all the parts of nature, and also performed by His own powers, Matt. viii. 27 and ix. 8, and wrought solely to God's glory, abundantly proved and demonstrated that He was more than a creature, John v. 17–24. (II) that He might show Himself to be the Messiah, so long before, and also with so great preparation, promised, John v. 36 and vii. 31: (1) because He performed all those works which, according to the prophecy of the Old Scripture, the Messiah had to perform: compare Isa. xxxv. 5 and xxix. 18, with Matt. xi. 5. And (2) with those circumstances, which, according to the observation of the learned, especially confirm this: for example, (a) that for many centuries before Him absolutely no miracles had been performed; (b) that none of His ancestors had been famous for miracles; (c) that even in His own time no one, before Him, performed so many and so great, or even the very same, miracles — not even John His Forerunner, John x. 41; (d) that, besides Him, Matt. xxi. 14, no one has ever been observed to have performed miracles in the temple; (e) that nowhere does one read that anyone's birth and death were ever honored with miracles, except His alone; (f) that, at His nod and command, the whole of nature — Angels, heaven, earth, etc. — stood ready and prepared for obedience, whenever He wished to perform miracles. (III) that He might, with these miracles, confirm the truth of the Gospel-doctrine, John x. 38 and xiv. 11, since God (whose alone works the miracles are, Mark ii. 20, Matt. xii. 28, as being the first truth, who cannot lie, Titus i. 2, Num. xxiii. 19, 2 Tim. ii. 13, Heb. vi. 18, being unable either to be deceived or to deceive) can in no way bear witness to falsehood. (IV) that He might make manifest His general power over all creatures, of which Matt. xxviii. 18, Eph. i. 20–22, Ps. viii. 6, through His miracles performed in and upon every kind of creature. Especially also (V) that He might show His unspeakable goodness and mercy toward men, for the saving and preserving of whom He had come: therefore, that He applied all His miracles to the healing or preservation of wretched men — except that He alone performed two miracles, for particular reasons, in severity, and these too not upon men, but upon the swine of the Gadarenes, Matt. viii. 31, 32, and upon the barren fig tree, Matt. xxi. 19. From this one reads also nowhere that He performed miracles upon Himself: even being hungry or thirsty, He wished to be fed or given drink by no other means than through the hands of nature, Matt. iv. 2, 4, John iv. 6, 7, and xix. 28, 29. (VI) that He might apply and claim to Himself the power of spiritual miracles, corresponding with the bodily ones — whereby He, for example, raises the spiritually dead, Eph. ii. 5, 6, restores sight to the blind in understanding, through His enlightening, Eph. i. 18, cleanses the spiritually leprous, Ps. li. 12, heals a spiritual palsy, dropsy, fever, deafness, derangement, or afflicted with any other sickness — because for such spiritual miracles no greater power is required than for all sorts of bodily ones, since in both an infinite power is required, just as also in creation, Ps. li. 12.
XIX. Five Reasons Why He So Often Forbade the Publishing of His Wrought Miracles
One asks, for what reason He has, many times, forbidden the publishing of His performed miracles? Matt. viii. 4 and ix. 30, Mark viii. 26, Matt. xvii. 9. I shall answer: (1) because He wished to become known and famous not by a leap, but gradually — just as the sun proceeds from the dawn to the midday hour, Ps. xix. 5–7. (2) Perhaps also, in order not to overwhelm the multitude of the Jews, as it were, all at once, and to give them time to examine each miracle in particular and separately, and thereby to become more surely and easily known to them as the Messiah, John vii. 26. (3) because He judged that the others, which had been made known, were sufficient for the present time, Matt. xvi. 1, 2. (4) because He seemed to have chosen the time after His Resurrection, to spread abroad, over the whole earth, all sorts, indeed all, of His miracles — that from the greatest miracle of all, and from the most illustrious testimony of divine favor, the rest of the miracles, indeed His whole doctrine, might receive weight and authority: for which reason He also, up to that time, forbade not only the too readily broadcasting and spreading abroad of His miracles, but also that He was the Messiah, Matt. xvi. 20, Luke ix. 21 — to which it also seems to point, that He was unwilling to promise the Jews, who asked of Him a sign, any other than His Resurrection, on the third day after His death, Matt. xii. 38–40. Yet never (5) did He allow that His miracles be made known through Satan, Mark i. 34, 35, and iii. 11, 12, because this could serve to nothing but the dishonoring of His doctrine.
XX. He Performed Miracles Also Through His Own
Finally, since the Savior performed miracles not only through Himself, but also through His own, having imparted to them the power to work miracles in a certain manner, Mark xvi. 17, not only the same ones, but, in their own way, Matt. x. 1, indeed greater ones, John xiv. 12, it will be worth the trouble to note the distinction between the miracles of Christ and those of the Apostles: namely, (1) that Christ performed His miracles by His own power, and to His own glory, John v. 17 and ii. 11; but the Apostles, through the power of Christ, and to His glory and praise, performed miracles, Acts iii. 6, 12, 13. (II) That Christ has been able to communicate to others the power to perform miracles, Luke ix. 1, Matt. x. 1, 8 — the Apostles by no means. (III) That Christ, as it were, through a certain habit, has had that power at hand, as often and wherever He wished, whereas the Apostles, through an act of supplication, upon this or that divine promise, have had to obtain that power by prayers from God. And thus (IV) that Christ, in a natural manner, by immediately applying His power, performed a miracle; whereas the Apostles, through another's power, only upon their prayers, obtained miracles from elsewhere — so that it was not so much they, as rather Christ, who was the cause of their miracles.
XXI. Thus the Savior Spent His Public Life Also with Suffering All Manner of Adversities
Thus has the Savior spent His public life not only with preaching, and with the doing of miracles, but He has also (3) spent it with suffering all manner of adversities and hardships — from the womb even unto the grave, so that His life was nothing other than one continuous chain of suffering. For He suffered (a) from Friends: (†) from His God and Father, all His adversities and miseries — not only being determined for Him from eternity, Zech. xiii. 7, Acts ii. 23, iv. 28, but also being sent and inflicted, Isa. liii. 4–6, Matt. xxvi. 31, forsaking Him, Ps. xxii. 1, Matt. xxvii. 46; (‡‡) from the Apostles, tempting Him, Matt. xvi. 22, 23; betraying Him, Ps. lv. 13, 14, 15, Matt. xxvi. 21, 25, 47, 48; forsaking Him, Matt. xxvi. 31, 56; denying Him, there vs. 69.
Then He suffered (b) from all sorts of Enemies: (†) from the Devil, Matt. iv. 1–10; (‡‡) from men, (*) civil ones, such as kings, Ps. ii. 1, Herod, Luke xxiii. 7, 8, 11, Pontius Pilate, Matt. xxvii. 2, etc., as also subjects, the soldiers, Luke xxiii. 36, John xix. 2, 23, etc.; (**) ecclesiastical ones, Scribes, Pharisees, Priests, High Priests, Elders, and the whole Sanhedrin, or Jewish Council, Matt. xxvi. 3, 62, 63.
He also suffered (γ) in His soul, Isa. liii. 11, which was many times tempted, Matt. iv. 1, Rom. ii. 18; troubled, John iii. 27; grieved, Matt. xxvi. 36; afflicted with all manner of reproaches, Matt. xi. 19 and xii. 24, John viii. 48; indeed was wrung and tortured with hellish pains and anxieties, Matt. xxvi. 37, 38, and xxvii. 46, Mark xiv. 33, 34, Luke xxii. 44, Heb. v. 7. Then also (δ) in His body, by undergoing exile, Matt. ii. 14, 15; hunger, Matt. iv. 2 and xxi. 18; thirst, John iv. 6, 7; various dangers of life, Matt. ii. 16, Mark iii. 6, John vii. 1, viii. 59, and xi. 53; imprisonment and bonds, Matt. xxvi. 50, John xviii. 24; being spat upon and slobbered upon by the meanest and most despicable of men, Matt. xxvi. 67 and xxvii. 30, Mark xiv. 65 and xv. 19; scourgings, Matt. xxvii. 26, John xix. 1; a crown of thorns, Matt. xxvii. 29, Mark xv. 17, John xix. 2; the cross, Luke xxiii. 26, John xix. 17, and the pains and torments thereof throughout all His members, Ps. xxii. 17, Matt. xxvii. 35, Mark xv. 24, 25. Furthermore (ε) in His state and condition, through various slanders, Matt. xi. 19, xii. 24, John viii. 48; accusations and charges, Matt. xxvi. 59–67 and xxvii. 12; mockeries and mocking gestures, there vs. 27–32, 37–41, etc. Finally (ζ) He suffered, in His goods, the utmost poverty, Matt. viii. 20, Luke ix. 58, 2 Cor. viii. 9, being robbed of His garments, Matt. xxvii. 35, and also of necessary food, there vs. 34.
And such things He suffered indeed throughout the whole time of His life; but most of all during the last four years of His life, and its last four days, together with the three hours of darkness — of which more, and at length, in the following Chapter. From all of which we shall have gathered that the Savior has not only suffered every sort of affliction which we, on account of sin, had to suffer, but also even more than all others, and, in worth and weight, absolutely infinite: compare Lam. i. 12.
XXII. Finally, the Savior Also Spent His Public Life with Leading the Way for All, Through His Manner of Life and His Deeds, as Their Example
Finally, the Savior has also spent His public life (4) with leading the way — through His manner of life and through His deeds — for all and each alike, to their example, Matt. xi. 29, 1 Cor. xi. 1, compared with 1 Thess. i. 6, Eph. v. 2, 3, 25, etc., 1 John ii. 6, 1 Pet. ii. 21–23, John xiii. 14, 15 — which nevertheless has not been without a certain distinction. (I) Deeds of divine might and power, such as are manifest in the miracles. There are also (II) deeds of divine authority and prerogative, such as in the loosing of the ass's colt, without and without the owner's knowledge or consent having to be obtained — for there are among His deeds things prescribed and commanded without the knowledge and consent of the owner, Matt. xxi. 2, 3. There are (III) Mediatorial deeds, Prophetic, Priestly, Kingly, of which in their own places. There are (IV) contingent, occasional, incidental, and circumstantial deeds; as, for example, that He celebrated the Holy Supper by night, after the ending of the ordinary meal, and this only with men, and with the paschal lamb, and with unleavened bread. There are, finally,
(V) moral deeds, as Matt. xi. 29, Eph. v. 2, 3, 25 — grounded on moral reasons and foundations, John xiii. 14, 15. Now, to follow Christ in the deeds of the first kind is altogether impossible; in those of the second kind, unjust; in those of the third kind, unfitting and prejudicial to Christ's honor as Mediator; in those of the fourth kind, superstitious — so that He has led the way for us as an example of imitation only in the deeds and doings of the fifth kind; yet in such a way that all His other deeds and doings also afford us various uses and benefits. The moral virtues, therefore, and their deeds and doings, He has set before us for imitation.
Thus He has led the way (1) in Godliness toward God, and this both (A) in the duties of the service natural to God: (a) in the knowledge of God, John vii. 29 and i. 18; (b) in the glorifying and reverencing of God, John viii. 49 and xvii. 4; (c) in obedience, Phil. ii. 7, John v. 30 and vi. 38; (d) in patience, Isa. liii. 7, 1 Pet. ii. 23; (e) in humility, Phil. ii. 7, Matt. xi. 29; (f) in trust in God, Matt. xxvi. 53 and xxvii. 46; (g) in abhorrence of idolatry, even of the most subtle kind, Matt. iv. 8, 9, 10, etc.
(B) In the duties of the instituted worship of God: (a) in Circumcision, Luke ii. 21, whereby He sealed a most scrupulous observance of the whole ceremonial Law, Gal. v. 3; (b) in His presentation, in the display, in the Temple, Luke ii. 22; (c) in the celebrating of the Passover, Matt. xxvi. 17; (d) in the keeping of the Levitical Feasts, Luke ii. 41, 42; (e) in the receiving of Baptism, Matt. iii. 13, and in its institution, Matt. xxviii. 19; (f) in the gathering of Congregations, Matt. xvi. 18; (g) in the sending of Church Ministers, Matt. x. 1; (h) in the establishing of Church discipline, Matt. xviii. 15–19; (i) in the appointing of public prayers, there vs. 19; (k) in the cleansing of the Temple, Matt. xxi. 12; (l) in the proclamation of the Word, Matt. iv. 17; (m) in the attending of divine worship, Luke ii. 49; (n) in an aversion to all self-willed worship, Matt. xv. 9. (C) In reverence, diligent application, and singular zeal in worship, Matt. xxi. 12, 13, and in the fleeing of all profanation of the divine name, John viii. 49. (D) In the sanctifying of the Sabbath, Mark i. 21, Luke iv. 31 and xiii. 10, and its purification from the superstitious statutes of the Pharisees and Scribes, which are contrary to mercy and human kindness, Matt. xii. 1–12, Mark ii. 23.
(2) In Righteousness toward one's neighbor, which He has displayed (a) by honoring one's neighbor — through reverencing His Parents, Luke ii. 51, and the Authorities, Matt. xxii. 21 and xvii. 27, through the practicing of humility, Matt. xi. 29, and the fleeing of all haughtiness and pride, Phil. ii. 6, 7; (b) through kindness and friendliness toward one's neighbor, shown and proved, through love, Eph. v. 2, John xv. 13, through compassion and pity, Matt. ix. 32, and xx. 34, through beneficence, Matt. iv. 23, and ix. 35, coming to the aid of all sorts of wretched folk with so many miracles, as we have shown in its place, with an aversion to all cruelty, Matt. xii. 11, 12; (c) through chastity, and an abhorrence even of the slightest and lightest unchastity, Matt. v. 27–29; (d) through a distributive righteousness, giving to each his own, Matt. xxii. 21 and xvii. 27; (e) through truthfulness, John xix. 37 and viii. 44, and a rejection of every lie, there vs. 44; (f) through contentment and satisfaction, whereby He was content with His lot, even the meanest and most despised, Phil. ii. 6, 7, never sought after high things, and was free of every evil desire, John vi. 15.
(3) In moderation toward Himself, whereby He, His heart being set and intent upon heavenly things, John vi. 27, and upon the will of His Father, John iv. 34, denied His own will, John v. 30 and vi. 38, Matt. xxvi. 39, 42, took up willingly the cross, Phil. ii. 6–8, and had an aversion and loathing for all worldly pride and pomp, John xviii. 36 and vi. 15. And in all these He was exact and precise, so that He fulfilled all righteousness, Matt. iii. 15 and v. 17, 19, that He knew not even a single sin, 2 Cor. v. 21, and could dare and challenge even His most rigorous watchers and observers: "Who among you convicts me of sin?" John viii. 46. For indeed, such a High Priest was fitting for us — holy, harmless, undefiled, separate from sinners, Heb. vii. 26.
XXIII. And Thus We Come Finally to the Third Period of Christ's Life
And thus we come finally to the third period of Christ's life, namely, the exit from this life, which was preceded by the preparation for His death — which John shows sufficiently in detail in his Gospel, chapters xiii, xiv, xv, xvi, xvii. Here belong (I) so many and so clear predictions and prophecies of His coming death, Matt. xvi. 21, xvii. 22, 23, and xx. 18, Mark viii. 31, ix. 31, and x. 33, Luke ix. 22, 44, and xviii. 31 — to this end, that His Disciples might not suppose that He was surprised and overtaken by death unwittingly and unwillingly. (II) His Transfiguration on the Mountain, Matt. xvii. 1–9 — that the spirits of His Disciples might be strengthened against the offense of His coming death, and at the same time might have a foreshadowing image of the glorification that would follow that death, Luke xxiv. 26. (III) The use of the Sacraments, which had a special relation to His death, namely, of the Passover, Luke xxii. 15, and its abrogation, Matt. xxvi. 17–21 — to give the sign, that He was that Passover, that was to be slain for men, 1 Cor. v. 7 — and the institution of the Sacrament of the Supper, Matt. xxvi. 26–29, as being a foreshadowing of His so-soon-approaching death, and as being afterward a renewed remembrance of that past death, there vs. 28, 1 Cor. xi. 24–26. (IV) The picture of the practicing of humility and brotherly love, in the washing of the Disciples' feet, John xiii. 4–12. (V) The farewell, and, as it were, valedictory Sermon, whereby He sought to strengthen and confirm the minds of His Disciples, both against the grief over His coming death, as against the persecutions that would follow it, John xiv, xv, xvi. Finally, (VI) the death-prayer, whereby He, now about to depart, commended His Disciples into the hands of His Father, chapter xvii.
The Polemical Part
XXIV. The First Question Concerns Christ's Childhood
One asks, first, concerning the childhood of Christ: whether the Circumcision, the Presentation, the celebration of the Passover, and other ceremonial matters, befitted the Person of the Mediator? The reason for doubting is that all those ceremonial matters would presuppose that of which the Mediator is free. Yet, notwithstanding this, one must say that these matters did indeed befit the Mediator: (I) because He was a Hebrew child, born under the covenant of the nation of God, of which sort, according to God's law, had to comply with those ceremonial matters, being under it, as with the Jews, Gal. iv. 4, compared with Gal. v. 3. (II) because He was sent to seek and to save the lost sheep of the house of Israel, Matt. xv. 24 — which could not have happened without Circumcision and the other ceremonial solemnities: compare Acts xvi. 3. (III) because He had to fulfil all righteousness for us, Matt. iii. 15 and v. 17, Rom. viii. 3, 4. (IV) because all the ceremonial matters were shadows, to be taken away by His observance of them — namely, by Him who was the body of all those shadows, Col. ii. 17, Heb. x. 1. In particular, and point by point, (V) Circumcision befitted Him, because it was a seal of the Covenant of grace, Gen. xvii. 10, 11, Acts vii. 8, Rom. iv. 11, of which He Himself was the Mediator and the foundation, Heb. viii. 6, 15, and xiii. 24. Also His presentation, offering, and dedication to God befitted Him (VI), because He was the firstborn of God, Rom. viii. 29, Heb. i. 6, who, we being estranged and separated from God by sin, Isa. lix. 2, had to bring us back to God — to which end He had to offer up Himself to His Father, Eph. v. 2. Finally, also (VII), the Passover befitted Him, because He had to show Himself to be its antitype, 1 Cor. v. 7. And this does not stand in the way, that all those ceremonial
...things presuppose sin: for although He was personally free from sin, yet by virtue of the covenant He was made to be sin for us, that we might become the righteousness of God in Him, 2 Cor. 5:21.
XXV. Whether Baptism Also Fit Him
One asks, in the second place: did baptism also fit Him? The reason for doubting this would be twofold. First, because circumcision and baptism are, in the matter itself, one and the same thing, Col. 2:11, since both are a sacrament of initiation and admission into the covenant of grace. Second, because baptism seals the forgiveness of sins, Acts 2:38 and 22:16, as well as regeneration by the Holy Spirit, Titus 3:5 — things the Mediator did not need. Nevertheless, baptism did fit Him. For, (I) insofar as baptism is an ordinary sacrament of admission into the covenant of grace, Acts 2:38-39 compared with Gen. 17:10, to whom could it fit better than to Him who is the Mediator and the foundation of the covenant of grace? Heb. 3:2. Insofar also (II) as baptism was an extraordinary sacrament of the induction or inauguration into the mediatorial office, Matt. 3:16-17, to whom did it fit but to Him alone, who is the one and only Mediator, 1 Tim. 2:5. And insofar (III) as it was a sealing of the forgiveness of sins and of regeneration by the Spirit, He did not receive it in His own name, but in the name of a surety — since He alone is the meritorious cause of all forgiveness and of the regenerating Holy Spirit. I need hardly add (IV) that He Himself wished to be baptized, in order to signal beforehand that baptism would one day be instituted by Him, and also in order to accommodate it to us and sanctify it on our behalf.
It is therefore no objection to say: (1) that baptism sealed the forgiveness of sins and regeneration by the Spirit — for indeed it sealed these not to Him personally, but to us. (2) That baptism was one and the same as circumcision — for granted that this was so with respect to its essence, it was nevertheless not so with respect to its circumstances, since through both the covenant of grace was indeed sealed as regards the degree of initiation and incorporation, yet with reference to the different administration of the Old and New Testaments.
XXVI. Whether He Was Caught Up into Heaven During His Forty-Day Fast
One asks, in the third place: was He caught up into heaven during His forty-day fast, which followed His baptism, in order there to be more fully instructed concerning the mystery of the gospel which He was to preach to men? Answer: with what design and intent, and for what reasons, the Socinians assert this, and the orthodox deny it, we have already stated above, chapter VI, §14.
XXVII. Whether That Forty-Day Fast Is an Example for Us to Imitate
One asks, in the fourth place: does that forty-day fast of Christ serve us as an example to be imitated? The Papists, out of fondness for the superstition of their particular sect, maintain that it does: "By His fast," says Granatensis (on the Sunday Invocavit), "He sanctified the forty-day fast and conferred upon it a heavenly power and dignity." The orthodox indeed acknowledge that all of Christ's actions and undertakings are recorded for our instruction and teaching, but not all for imitation; and that even this fast was undertaken for imitation only as to its kind (quoad genus, as they say) — so that we too, when occasion demands, might fast along with Christ — but not as to its particular form (quoad speciem), as though we were bound, every year, for a period of forty days, to fast by abstaining from meat alone. This for the following reasons: (I) The Savior indeed not infrequently commends and urges fasting upon His own, Matt. 6:16-17; 9:15; 17:21; Mark 2:20, yet never by holding up the example of His own fast. (II) That fast belongs among His miraculous works, which we have treated in the Doctrinal Part, and which are recorded not for imitation but for instruction. (III) Even His opponents cannot, or will not, imitate that fast of Christ's: (1) because Christ did not fast in this way every year, but only once; (2) because He neither accustomed nor invited His own to such a forty-day fast; (3) because He fasted not merely by eating fish alone, but by a complete abstinence from all food and drink; (4) because, consequently, the Papists' forty-day fast is nothing but a purely self-devised religion, condemned by Christ Himself, Matt. 15:9, and rejected by the Apostle, Col. 2:20. I need hardly add (5) that the Papists' fast is not even a true fast at all, since a true fast requires an absolute and total abstinence from all food, as appears from the list of all the fasts recorded in Scripture. Nor do the Papists have anything to offer in support of their opposing and contrary view except the general precept and command to imitate Christ, 1 Pet. 2:21; Phil. 2:5; 1 Cor. 11:1 — though under what laws and conditions this is to be qualified, we have already noted above in the Doctrinal Part, §22. (Cf. Chamier, Panstratia, Book XIX, ch. 7.)
XXVIII. Whether the Devil's Temptation Occurred in Historical Fashion
One asks, in the fifth place: did the temptation of the devil, which the Savior underwent after His fast, take place in a historical manner — through a visible appearance of the evil spirit, his address, his displaying of a stone, his carrying Christ up to a high mountain and to the pinnacle of the Temple? Among Protestants, all Lutherans and most of the Reformed, together with the Papists, maintain that this account proceeded in an entirely historical and literal fashion. Some of the Reformed, among them Oecolampadius, Bucer, and others, do acknowledge that Satan truly tempted Christ, but hold that he did this not upon His body, but rather upon His soul, or upon His imagination and power of fancy. Bekker, because he holds that evil spirits do not act outside of themselves, either by their own powers or by a bond which God would have willed to exist between their thoughts and such effects outside them, denies that Satan truly tempted Christ at all. Instead he says that God willed that this His well-beloved Son, having withdrawn into a wilderness, should once picture and represent to Himself the Devil, as the one who had brought upon men so many evils and miseries, whose work He was now to oppose, and who would set himself against Christ with all his powers, if he could. "He, who was tempted in all things as we are (yet without sin, Heb. 4:15), having long exercised Himself by fasting and prayer, saw, as it seemed to Him, the Tempter approaching, who in this way or that would try to bring Him to a fall," and so on. These are his words in Book II, chapter 20, of The World Bewitched. Yet, apparently little satisfied with this fancy of his own, he concludes at the end with these words: "Should anyone wish that I say in what way I understand this account? That would not be fitting here, unless I explained my opinion on this chapter more fully, lest perhaps I be misunderstood or wrongly understood." And so he leaves absolutely no explanation of this account to follow.
Nor, finally, are there wanting among the Reformed those who take a middle course, among whom is the very famous Lightfoot (on Matt. 4), who holds that it was a deception of the Devil, a deceit of the eyes — that Christ formed the Devil in and before His own understanding; not that he really showed Him these things, but in order to set a snare for Him — though Christ was by no means deceived, and did not take these things as real, as the Devil wished, but understood them as feigned displays. The Devil, accordingly, projected before Christ's eyes the horizon of the air, in which he, as the prince of the power of the air, produces imagined appearances — sometimes by real effects, as in stirring up storms, sometimes by imaginary (phantastic) shapes, as here, and as he does in Egypt through the magicians — for which purpose he first thickens the air, and sets into it the figure and the color; a thing easy for him, since he is ready and skilled at forging deceptions. These are Dr. Lightfoot's words. Of these opinions the first pleases me most, since it presents no real difficulty, as will appear from what follows.
For, according to Bekker's view: (I) Christ would have tempted Himself, instead of the history relating that Satan tempted Him. (II) Christ would thus have assailed Himself with those blasphemies which the text ascribes to Satan: He would have said to Himself, "If you are the Son of God, command that these stones become bread"; "cast yourself down"; "all these things I will give you, if you will fall down and worship me." (III) Likewise Christ, by His own imaginings, would have carried Himself onto the pinnacle of the Temple and onto a high mountain; would have displayed to Himself all the kingdoms of the world; and would have said to Himself, "All these things I will give you, if you will fall down and worship me" — and would then have refuted Himself by quoting Scripture: "Man does not live by bread alone"; "you shall worship the Lord your God"; "get behind me, Satan." (IV) This would have been a curious skirmish indeed, in which Christ fought against Himself, attacked Himself, and overpowered and defeated Himself. (V) From this disguised and imagined combat, as Bekker would have it, Christ contracted so great a sorrow, anguish, and fear. And this notwithstanding (VI) that Christ was more certainly persuaded and assured than anything can be certain, that the Devil, ever since the first seduction of man, has been so condemned to a perpetual imprisonment that he is no longer permitted to do anything with or concerning men. That is to say, Christ pictured to Himself Satan as approaching and tempting Him, when Satan could neither approach nor tempt at all.
Let it be added (VII) that Dr. Bekker will not be able to produce any sense of this account that will even satisfy himself. Meanwhile he strains with great effort after difficulties by which he might establish that Satan did not properly tempt the Savior at all, and that the text is not to be understood historically.
He pretends: (1) that Satan would have been so foolish and mad as to wish to lead the God-man into sin. Answer: (a) Let him have been foolish and mad indeed, and made a fool by Him who "catches the wise in their own craftiness," Job 5:13 — especially since the whole point of this temptation was aimed at nothing else than that Satan should be made a fool. (b) What if he had even held, along with the Pelagians and the Jesuits, that the Son of God, having a free will, could have sinned? (2) That it would have contributed little to the glory and majesty of God's Son, that He was exposed to the temptations of so lowly and contemptible a spirit. Answer: (a) Did it then contribute more to Christ's glory, that He was exposed to the temptations and mockeries of the most contemptible and lowly Pharisees and scribes? (b) Granted that it did not contribute to Christ's glory, so long as it contributed to His humiliation, whereby He, though being in the form of God and equal with God, took upon Himself the form of a servant, Phil. 2:7-8. Indeed (c) it truly did contribute to His renown and glory, because through this struggle and contest He plainly showed and proved to His own that He could overcome and trample down the strongest and mightiest of spirits. (3) That so lowly and contemptible a spirit would have challenged and dared the Son of God to a miracle, namely, to make bread out of stones. Answer: (a) Did he not then have sufficient impudence for that? (b) Satan does not appear to have had it in mind to dare the Savior to a miracle, but rather to reproach Him with His utter poverty — that He, after a fast of so many days, and the hunger thereby caused, did not even have bread which the Son of God might throw to His fasting stomach — and thereby to bring Him to faintheartedness, so that He might have little confidence that He was the Son of God; as if he said: "Are you the Son of God? Is God your Father? You who have fasted so many days, are tormented by hunger, and do not even have bread to refresh yourself with — go gnaw on stones; or, if you are the Son of God, make bread out of stones." Is this now so foolish and mad? (4) That it cannot be explained or accounted for in what way He could have been carried from the wilderness up onto a high mountain, and how, moreover, He could see by day, unseen by men, the kingdoms of the world. How and in what way could the Devil, from a mountain however high, have shown Him all the kingdoms of the world, even those which lie among the Antipodes? How and in what way did he lift Him up onto the pinnacle of the Temple, that He might cast Himself down from there? Answer: (a) Suppose that neither you, nor we, nor anyone else, could resolve these difficulties — is it therefore godly and Christian to call into doubt the credibility of an entire history, which is related with sufficient unanimous agreement by all the Evangelists, Matt. 4:1-12; Mark 1:12-13; Luke 4:1-14? (b) You yourself have likewise not been able to resolve many difficulties concerning the first temptation of Satan, nor to explain in what way — whether by counsel or by example — he seduced the first-created men; and yet you have not so far dared to deny that that temptation truly took place. Indeed, more than that, (c) what you yourself say in §12 applies to you here: "I would rather say that I do not understand Scripture in such matters." (d) What if we too said that these transportings took place in and by His power of imagination — in a vision, as Ezekiel seems to have been transported to the river Chebar? Yet we do not go so far as that extremity. What, moreover, (e) if Satan carried Him on foot, by the ordinary roads, up onto the pinnacle of the Temple and onto a high mountain? — which seems to be indicated by the word ἐπιλαμβάνει, "he took Him with him," Matt. 4:5, 8; Acts 9:27; 17; 23:19; Heb. 8:9 — a thing which, given the lapse of time, could easily have taken place; though in fact he did not snatch Him away and carry Him off through the air.
But, it is said, how then could he have shown Him all the kingdoms of the world, even those among the Antipodes? He showed them to Him in words, by an address, representing to Him in historical fashion all the kingdoms of the world — in which sense the word δείκνυμι, "to show," occurs, 1 Cor. 3:21; Acts 10:28 — especially since the glory of the world can scarcely be displayed in any other way. This being granted, what difficulty then remains in the history? Finally it is said, (5) that created spirits, being mere thinking beings, do not act outside of themselves, nor by their own powers — which would also hold of the good angels — nor by a bond, through which God would have willed that such effects should follow upon such thoughts of evil spirits. Answer: This is the primary falsehood (πρῶτον ψεῦδος) which we have above at length rejected and refuted, Book III, chapter VIII, §21. (Cf. our Epanorthosis, addressed to Bekker, §23.)
XXIX. Whether Christ, by His Preaching, Improved the Law of Moses
One asks, in the sixth place: did the Savior, by His preaching, improve, augment, and confirm and strengthen the Law of Moses with spiritual promises, and thus make the gospel out of the law? With what design and intent, and for what reasons the Socinians assert this and the orthodox deny it, we have shown above, chapter VI, §17.
XXX. Whether All That Christ Taught Is Infallibly True
One asks, in the seventh place: are all the things which Christ taught by His preaching infallibly and truly true? The Jews, out of hatred against Christ and against the Christian religion, deny this; the Christians, on the contrary, maintain it — the manner of demonstrating which we have set forth in Book I, chapter II, §30. So that nothing remains to be done here but to refute the Jews' most recent slanders in a few words.
They object, therefore: (1) That it is contrary to Moses, what He taught, Matt. 5:43, "you shall hate your enemy" (so R. Isaac ben Abraham, Against the New Testament). Answer: Christ did not teach this; He only related and reported the opinion of the ancients, that is, of the Pharisees and scribes, and rebuked and censured it under the name of "Pharisaic righteousness," as He says at v. 20. (2) That it is contrary to the Messiah, what He says, Matt. 10:34, "Do not think that I have come to bring peace on earth; I have not come to bring peace, but a sword," etc., whereas it is foretold of the Messiah that He would teach the nations peace, Zech. 9:10; Isa. 2:4. Answer: Christ, in order all the more forcefully to uproot and tear out the error accepted among the Jews concerning the Messiah — as though He were to be a temporal king who, having subjected all the heathen under His yoke, would procure for His own a deep earthly peace (an error which had taken root all too much even among His own disciples) — declares that He had not come to bring such a peace to the world; no, but rather that, on the occasion of His teaching, the fiercest and cruelest discords and wars would arise in the world, vv. 20-21. Meanwhile He does not deny that He had come to restore to the world the spiritual peace which the prophets foretold of the Messiah; no, He expressly claims this for Himself at length, John 14:27; 20:19, etc., compared with Rom. 5:1; Eph. 2:14 — just as He also generally impressed peace upon His own, Matt. 5:13; Luke 24:36; John 20:19, 21; 14:27, compared with Rom. 3:18. (3) That Christ contradicts Himself, when He says, Matt. 11:13, that all the prophets and the law prophesied until John, and yet, ch. 5:17, denies that He had come to abolish the law and the prophets, but rather to fulfill them. Answer: In the first text He means nothing other than that all the prophets, up to John, foretold the Messiah as yet to come, Isa. 2:2; Jer. 33:15; Joel 3:1; Num. 24:17, compared with Heb. 11:13 — whereas John pointed Him out as already present, John 1:29, 36. And in the other text He signifies that He had not come to take away the authority and binding force of the Law and the Prophets, nor to abolish the moral law, but to fulfill it most exactly on our behalf. What contradiction is there in this? (4) Nor is there any more contradiction in what they carp at, that John is said by Christ to be Elijah, Matt. 11:13, and that this is denied by John himself, John 1:21 — if only you distinguish between the spiritual Elijah, who was promised as the forerunner of the Messiah, Mal. 4:5, of whom it is spoken, Luke 1:17 and Matt. 17:10-12, and the bodily Elijah, or Elijah the Tishbite: the spiritual one Christ affirms, and John does not deny it; that he was the Tishbite, John denies, and Christ does not affirm it. (5) They object, further, that what stands written, Matt. 15:17-18, is false: "Not what goes into the mouth defiles" — since what went into the mouth did defile the first-created men, Gen. 3; since unclean animals defiled the mouth that ate them, Lev. 11:43; since also what was strangled and blood defile, Acts 15:20. Answer: If you distinguish (1) between a bodily or ceremonial uncleanness, of which Lev. 11:43 speaks, and a spiritual or moral uncleanness, of which Christ speaks, you will recognize that there is no contradiction here at all. Again, with respect to a moral uncleanness, if you (2) distinguish the very food which enters, of which Christ speaks — for example the fruit of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, or Noah's wine — from the abuse of that food, you will find it to be entirely true that it is not the food that enters which defiles, but the abuse of the food, proceeding from the heart, that defiled and polluted the first men and Noah.
(6) They carp, further, that Christ, in His own conduct, was inconsistent with His own teaching, when He commands, Matt. 5:39, "whoever strikes you on the right cheek, turn to him the other also" — which He Himself did not do, when He stood before the High Priest, John 18:22. Answer: Matt. 5:39 forbids to men their private vengeance, compared with Moses, Lev. 19:18, and Solomon, Prov. 24:29 — for which the Pharisees, as though it were lawful, twisted the passages Exod. 21:24 and Deut. 19:19, which speak of a public, magisterial vengeance; and in order that His own might be all the further removed from such private vengeance, He prescribes to them that, if it should come to pass that one of two things must be chosen — either private vengeance or receiving an evil blow on the other cheek — they should rather choose the latter than the former. Against this He Himself did not offend, standing before the High Priest, since He used no vengeance at all, but only a mild rebuke; indeed, moreover, that He thus sufficiently turned, not only His other cheek, but His whole body, appears from Matt. 26:68, compared with Isa. 50:6. (7) They slander, further, that Christ, by His teaching, abolishes all judicial trials and sentences, John 8, because He said at v. 7, "let him who is without sin among you cast the first stone at her" (the adulteress), and at v. 11, "neither do I condemn you." Answer: Christ's design was not to abolish judicial trials and sentences — which elsewhere He expressly confirms, Matt. 26:52, compared with Rom. 13:1-4 — but prudently to evade the snares of the Pharisees lying in wait for Him, who are described in v. 6; to which end He artfully brings home to them, and impresses upon them, their own guilt of sin and punishment, by consciousness of which they might avoid and shun bringing accusations against their neighbors; and further, there being no public court and judicial sentence at hand, He denied that it was, by virtue of His office, His duty and place to condemn the accused woman. (8) They further object, that what belongs to Christ is called a "new commandment," John 13:34, which was in fact a most ancient commandment, Lev. 19:18. Answer: But they fail to note that what is called "new" is something excellent, outstanding, glorious, Isa. 62:2; 65:15; Mark 16:17; Ps. 33:3. (9) They also object that Christ forbade matters of marriage and bills of divorce, which Moses (they say) commanded, Deut. 24:1-2, Matt. 19:8-9. Answer: Moses did not command these, but permitted them, on account of the hardness of the Jewish heart, of which Exod. 32:9 and 33:3, Isa. 48:4 speak — on account of which the Jews divorced κατὰ πᾶσαν αἰτίαν, "for every cause," Matt. 19:3; and God did indeed permit these, not morally, as though they were no sin at all (as one notes them to be expressly forbidden, Mal. 2:14-16), but only judicially, so that they would not be civilly punished; but Christ does not forbid them judicially, but rather, in accordance with the very first institution of marriage, morally. (10) They object, further, that Christ, Matt. 19:22, wished that everything be sold and given to the poor — which God nowhere commanded in the Law. Answer: He did not command this universally, but particularly, on account of a particular cause and reason for that young man, in order to wean and detach His heart, which clung all too fast to earthly goods, from them. (11) They object, further, that Christ permitted the use of unclean foods, which Moses had forbidden, and that He abolished other ceremonial matters which God had commanded. Answer: Christ abolished nothing except those things which God had commanded only for a certain fixed period, Dan. 9:27, and what was beyond that period He did not abolish. (12) Finally, they object that Christ violated the Sabbath in many ways, by healing the sick on it, and by permitting His disciples to pluck ears of grain, etc. Answer: This is the old slander of the Pharisees, which He Himself expressly and at length refuted, Matt. 12:10 — by showing that works of love, on the day of the Sabbath, are by no means forbidden; no, rather, they are commanded, etc. These are the chief things which Isaac ben Abraham, against the New Testament, slanders.
XXXI. Whether Christ's Miracles Were True Miracles
One asks, in the eighth place: were the miracles which Jesus of Nazareth performed true miracles — that is, divine ones, and such as are able to point to and prove the Messiah? The Christians maintain that they were, because (1) the New Testament, since the parties themselves agree and concur that such miracles are ascribed to Him, possesses a general truthfulness and divine authority and credibility, no less than the Old Testament — as we have proved and demonstrated elsewhere, Book I, chapter II, §30-31. (2) Because Jesus of Nazareth is that true Messiah to whom, as we have likewise shown above, chapter II, §19, are attributed those very same miracles which the New Testament — the Jews themselves confessing this — ascribes to the Old Testament's greatest, indeed to the very Christ Himself. (3) Because Flavius Josephus, a Jew and a contemporary writer, in his eighteenth book, chapter IV, expressly ascribes to Him many miracles.
The Jews, out of hatred against Jesus of Nazareth, slander in various ways, alleging things about Christ's miracles which are not fitting, which we shall carefully examine. For, first, they slander (1) that Christ's miracles were nothing other than fables and fabrications of the Apostles, of the kind that the Turks attribute to Muhammad, Lucian to Apollonius, and the Papists to their own saints. Answer: (a) Let them prove this — for otherwise the same could be said of the miracles of Moses, Elijah, Elisha, and others. (b) By the same proofs with which the Jews will prove to us the truth of the miracles of Moses, Elijah, etc. — if only they are true proofs — they will also prove to us the truth of the miracles of Christ. (c) The truth of Christ's miracles has testimony not only from the Apostles and Evangelists, men of proven credibility, who even sealed it with their own blood, but also from the heathen — for example, from Julian the Apostate, who, though belittling Christ's miracles, nevertheless acknowledges them (Book 6, Against the Christians) — indeed even from the Jews themselves, from Flavius Josephus, from the Talmud, which (in Avodah Zarah) acknowledges that the son of the sister of R. Joshua wished to be healed of poison and saved in the name of Jesus, chapter 1: "in the name of his teacher Jesus" — indeed, as many among the Jews as maintain that He performed His works by Shem ha-Mephorash, the ineffable Name, presuppose thereby that He did perform miracles. But (d) the manner and reason of Muhammad's miracles, and Apollonius's, and the Papists', is as different as heaven from earth from Christ's, since their miracles — or rather, their wonders — were not performed openly, in the presence even of a hostile crowd, but here or there in some hidden corner, as those of Jesus of Nazareth generally were; nor do they rest upon the presence of so many and so great witnesses, but only of this one or that one.
Again they slander (2) that He performed His miracles by sorcery, like Pharaoh's magicians and like Simon the Sorcerer. Answer: (a) This must be proved. Otherwise (b) the very same could, by the same reasoning, be said of the miracles of Moses, Elijah, Elisha. (c) Christ's enemies, the Pharisees, would certainly have accused Him of this before the Sanhedrin, whose business it was to judge such matters (as stands in Sanhedrin, ch. "Arba Mitot"). And (d) as for the Egyptian sorcerers, they were in the end convinced, refuted, and put to shame, by the finger of God, Exod. 8:19 — but Christ, never.
They object (3) that Moses performed far greater and clearer miracles. Answer: (a) Even if that were true, it would still not prove that Christ's miracles were not true miracles. (b) It is also false that Moses performed more miracles than Christ; for if you go by number, R. Manasseh ben Israel (Conciliator, on Deut., Question 11) says that Moses performed, or that there were performed on his account, seventy-six miracles; whereas of Jesus it is said that He performed so many, that the world could not contain the books that might be written recounting them all, John 20:30 and 21:25. Nor (4) are there wanting those who say that Christ performed His miracles by Shem ha-Mephorash, that is, by the interpreted Name, Jehovah — by which they mean nothing other than the four-lettered name יהוה, Jehovah, which Solomon is said to have ordered engraved on a certain stone in his Temple, and forbidden to be committed to memory; and that, so that this might not happen, he set two bronze dogs before the door of the sanctuary, which would so terrify, by their fearful and frightful barking, anyone who tried to learn that name on his way out, that he would forget the name; but that Jesus, having written that name on parchment, and having cut open His thigh, inserted it there, and thereby renewed and revived the memory of that name, and by its power performed His miracles. Answer: That old wives' fable Luther has refuted at length and expressly in a special treatise, to which he gave the title Shem Hamephorash (Works, Jena edition, vol. VIII); and it is truly not of such weight and importance that it deserves to be examined at length. Nor (5) are there wanting those who pretend that many things which we count as miracles happened by chance, and that this took place by God's providence, in order that the Jews might be tested. Answer: (a) It is unheard of that, by mere chance, life should be restored to the dead, sight to the blind, hearing to the deaf, health to the sick — and that in so great a multitude. (b) Could you not, with even greater impudence, make the same excuse regarding the miracles of Moses, Elijah, Elisha? These are, sufficiently, the chief objections brought against the genuineness of Christ's miracles by R. Isaac ben Abraham (Against the New Testament) and by A. Lusitanus (in the Colloquy of Middelburg); compare also Hoornbeek, Against the Jews, Book 3, ch. 1.
XXXII. Whether Christ's Life Was Free from All Sin
One asks, in the ninth place: was the life and conduct of Christ free from all sin? The Christians answer plainly, yes — resting not only (1) on the testimonies of the New Testament, whose general truthfulness and divine authority we have proved and demonstrated, Book I, chapter II, §30-31, but also (2) on the nature and condition of His office, by which He is the Messiah, as we have likewise demonstrated, Book V, chapter II, §19 — upon whom, as the innocent or righteous one, our sins were to be laid, Isa. 53:4-6, who made His soul, as an אשם, a guilt-offering, for the sins of others, and who must therefore Himself have been free from all sin. From which we thus reason: if the Messiah must have been free from all sin, and our Jesus is the Messiah, then He was free from all sin.
The Jews, on the contrary, both ancient and modern, out of sheer hatred, ascribe to Him not only sins, but even a wholly wicked and criminal life — namely, that He was a Samaritan, a blasphemer, a deceiver and seducer, one possessed by the Devil, a rebel, one rightly crucified as a thief; that He did not honor His mother, but rebuked her and treated her disdainfully and disgracefully, Luke 2:49; John 2:4; Mark 3:33 — and all these things they attempt to prove by nothing else than the testimonies (or rather accusations) of the Pharisees, scribes, elders, priests, and chief priests, generally cited in the New Testament — with which they seem, at least indirectly, to presuppose the truth of the New Testament. Answer: (1) Those brought forward as witnesses were His sworn enemies. (2) That, through the slanders and calumnies of these enemies, these crimes were laid to His charge — indeed, that He was even accused of some of them before the judge — we gladly acknowledge, according to the gospel narrative; but that He was ever convicted of any crime by a lawful (competent) judge, it lies upon them to prove. Indeed, to go further, (3) that He was even declared innocent by the sentence of the judge, we prove from the very credibility of that same gospel by which and from which they bring these charges against Him, namely Matt. 27:23-24. To this is added the testimony given by God concerning Him — from the wife of Pilate, v. 19; from the traitor, v. 4; from the centurion who guarded Him, Luke 23:47, etc. In particular, (4) He did His mother no dishonor, but only rightly rebuked her — and rebuked her not as her son, but as her God, whence He does not say, "Mother, what have I to do with you," but "Woman," etc., John 2:4.
XXXIII. Whether Christ Also Suffered in His Soul
One asks, in the tenth place: did Christ also suffer in His soul, or at least in the highest part of the soul? The Papists deny this, for a twofold reason: (1) because they hold that Christ's soul, from the first moment of its conception, was perfectly blessed — against which stands its growth in stature, Luke 2:40, 52, and its ignorance, Mark 13:32. And (2) so that they may the more conveniently and easily defend a local descent of Christ's soul into hell, or into the limbo of the fathers — which descent most of the Reformed place in the sufferings of His soul. Meanwhile (1) history teaches that His body, whether hanging on the cross or laid in the tomb, remained and stayed in the grave; and that His soul was received into the hands of His Father, Luke 23:46; and (2) the matter itself argues against such a local descent, since it would be useless for the souls of the Old Testament believers, who had long before Christ already been brought over into heavenly glory, as appears in the case of Enoch, Heb. 11:5, Elijah, 2 Kings 2:1, and others.
The Reformed, on the contrary, maintain that He also suffered in His soul: (a) because Scripture clearly and expressly teaches this, Matt. 26:38; John 12:27; Isa. 53:10. And (b) the matter itself demands and requires it; for if He had not borne and endured, in His soul, the pains and sorrows which lay upon us because of sin, He would not have taken them away. More on this in its proper place.
XXXIV. Whether What Christ Suffered During His Last Three Hours Alone Regarded Satisfaction for Our Guilt
One asks, in the eleventh place: did what Christ suffered before the last three hours of His life — that is, before the darkening of the sun — pertain, no less than what He suffered during those three hours, to the satisfaction for our guilt? The Socinians hold that none of Christ's sufferings were satisfactory at all, but only served for our benefit and profit — namely, that He might thereby confirm His teaching; give us an example of patience; show us the way by which we, through the narrow path, might strive to reach the spacious dwellings of heaven; and also, that, having become through His sufferings a merciful high priest, He might bring us ready help when we are tempted; and that He might satisfy the truth of the prophecies and the meaning of the types — but that He suffered nothing to satisfy for our sins.
There is, however, among the Reformed a certain man — a learned man, and also famous and celebrated for his writings against Socinus — who acknowledges that some of Christ's sufferings were satisfactory, namely, only those which He underwent and suffered during the last three hours of His life; but that all the others served only, in a general way, for our good; indeed even, that Christ's temporal death itself was not satisfactory. On this basis he distinguishes Christ's sufferings into convincing sufferings, by which man is convinced of his sin, yet in such a way that, through the suffering of these, satisfaction is not made to divine justice, nor is our guilt taken away; and into compensating and satisfying sufferings, by which satisfaction is made to divine justice — of which Rom. 2:5-9 treats, and which Matt. 3:17 and 1 Thess. 1:10 call "the wrath to come." Likewise he distinguishes between Christ's sufferings on the cross, to which He was merely exposed — struggling with Satan, fleeing from Herod, enduring the persecutions and slanders of His enemies, according to the word of God, Gen. 3:15 — and judicial sufferings, which were sent upon Him by God as a strict Judge, in satisfaction of His justice: the former he extends to Christ's whole life, the latter he confines only to the last three hours of Christ's life.
His suppositions are chiefly these: (1) that the death which was threatened and proclaimed to man, if he should sin, was only that death which he experienced on the very same day on which he sinned — which was not bodily death, but the divine wrath, which he underwent on that very same day on which he sinned, when he hid himself from the face of God among the thick trees of the garden — a wrath no different from that which those who shall be condemned on that day shall wish for, Rev. 6:15. Then (2) that by this death of the first man, God was satisfied as to the truth of the threat, but not as to divine justice, which demands a complete compensation and satisfaction — for which, by virtue of the covenant of the Mediator between the Father and the Son, God's longsuffering intervened, until the time of the restoration and the last judgment. (3) That this death of man — as still, on account of the union of body and soul, complete — Christ underwent and endured in the fullness of time, when, hanging on the cross, He was forsaken by God, and at the same time experienced the most bitter wrath of God, who, since He demanded satisfaction from Him, took a certain delight and pleasure in His being crushed. (4) That men could not perceive this being crushed, because of the thickest darkness spread all around, so that He underwent that death while yet alive, until full satisfaction had been made to divine justice. (5) That this was finally accomplished only on the cross, when He cried out, "Why have you forsaken me" — that during this suffering, as He was now truly approaching it, what He had undergone in the garden — which is for that very reason called by him a προπάθεια, a "pre-suffering" — was that from which He was delivered when He said, "It is finished." (6) That it is only this death which He took upon Himself as surety, for us, in the eternal covenant of grace, and which He paid on the cross — but not the bodily death, which accordingly serves not to merit satisfaction, but only to represent and display it.
Against this stands the common opinion of the Reformed: that God announced to the first-created man, should he sin, every kind of death — bodily, spiritual, and eternal — and every kind of misery connected therewith, whether as an ingredient or as a preparation for it; that Christ, in the covenant of the Mediator, took this death upon Himself on behalf of the elect, by a suretyship-substitution, and paid it on the cross; and that, accordingly, all His sufferings, throughout His whole life, down to His last breath, constitute that ransom-price which corresponds to our sins. (1) Because all His sicknesses and pains, which He, without doubt, bore and endured throughout the whole time of His life, were ours, Isa. 53:4 — "He was wounded for our transgressions," v. 5, "on Him the LORD has laid" all our iniquity, v. 6 — all of which without doubt took place before His last three hours. From this it follows (2) that He is said to have been made perfect, or sanctified, διὰ παθημάτων, "through sufferings," Heb. 2:10, that He might indeed, throughout His whole life, "learn obedience," ch. 5:8, and "being made perfect," He "became the source of eternal salvation to all who obey Him," v. 9. To this end He is said (3) to have suffered for us, 1 Pet. 2:21 — certainly all those things by and through which He left us an example of patience: which things, since they are said to have been suffered ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, "for us," are thereby declared to be satisfactory. In particular, (4) His bodily death is declared to be satisfactory, Isa. 53:10, in that His soul made itself an אשם, a guilt-offering, for atonement for sin — and that bodily death is meant there, Christ teaches, Matt. 20:28; John 10:15, 17. The same is taught also (5) by Paul, Col. 1:22; Rom. 5:10; Heb. 9:15, and by Peter, 1 Pet. 3:18. And which death is that? Certainly the temporal one, which confirmed the testament, Heb. 9:16-17. To this same purpose look (6) His scourgings and stripes, "by which we are healed," Isa. 53:5; 1 Pet. 2:24. And in particular also (7) His sorrow, agitation, anxiety, fear, dread, a sorrow surrounding Him on every side even unto death — of all of which the Evangelists speak, and which pressed Him down and cast Him to the ground on His face, and forced from Him drops of blood, together with prayers and supplications, with strong crying and tears — all of which things certainly preceded His last three hours of suffering. Yet to reduce all these things to a mere προπάθεια, a "pre-suffering," is far too cold and feeble, and moreover altogether devoid of reason.
As for the counter-suppositions: (a) it is said in vain that only that belongs to the punishment of the first sin which was sent on the very same day of the sin — which the text, Gen. 3, contradicts; and thus we do not deny that the punishments which are related at length, Lev. 26:14-40 and Deut. 28:15ff, ought to be understood of the punishment of sins in general. Yet we do not deny either that the first men, on the very day of their transgression, brought upon themselves the guilt of every kind of death, and even the punishment itself of spiritual death, of which the Apostle speaks, Eph. 2:1-3. (b) As for the distinctions between convincing and satisfying, and likewise between "warfare" and judicial sufferings, we hold that these are without distinction — that is, they are no distinctions at all — since the very wrath of God which He felt during His last three hours' suffering also convinced us of the weight of sin; nor is it taught anywhere that there is any convincing and "warlike" punishment which is not at the same time a satisfying and judicial punishment. As for the objections, he pretends (c) that "the iniquity of the whole land was removed in one day," Zech. 9:9, and that Paul testifies that by the one offering of Christ, made once on the cross, His atoning sacrifice was finished and made perfect, Heb. 9:28 and 10:12, 14. We acknowledge that the offering of Christ on the cross was finished and made perfect; but we do not acknowledge that it did not begin with His preceding sufferings — for out of all His sufferings there grows and merges into one that single offering which was finished and completed on the cross. Again, (d) he says that before the cross He was not yet a priest, whereas He nevertheless was, even from His birth, the Messiah, the Anointed One, the Christ — although the exercise of that priestly office, as to its principal part, was finished and made perfect on the cross; compare John 19:37; Luke 2:49 — even though He had already, beforehand, interceded for the church, and prayed for her, John 17; Zech. 1:12-13. But, it is said, (e) before the suffering of those last three hours, He stood in the favor of God, Luke 2:52; Matt. 3:17 and 17:2; Luke 10:21. Answer: Grant that this was so at intervals and intermittently, so that He might also carry out His other priestly functions — it does not follow from this that it is contradictory to be God's beloved Son, and yet to be under His wrath — as appears in Absalom's relation to his father David, 2 Sam. 13:38-39, compared with ch. 14:21, 24; for as a Son, as a beloved Son, as a Son obedient to His Father unto death, Christ, even in that three-hour suffering on the cross, being under wrath, was nonetheless well-pleasing to His Father — although, as a surety, on account of the sins of others which He had taken upon Himself, He was under wrath. This man's remaining objections are of no weight or importance whatsoever. Let this, then, suffice as our statement on the matter — especially since not only did the author himself later express regret over this matter, as appears from his letters published after his death, but also, so far as I know, he has at present no followers. This matter has been treated most precisely and cogently by the very famous and, to me, very dear colleague, Dr. Witsius (Oeconomia Foederum, Book VI, ch. 6, 3rd edition), with whom we have taken counsel in this our own treatment.
XXXV. Whether the Washing of Feet Was Made into a Sacrament
Finally, one asks, in the twelfth place: has the washing of feet (which took place in Christ's preparation for His death, between the abolishing of the Passover and the institution of the Lord's Supper) become an ordinary sacrament of the Christian Church? The Roman party, out of a mistaken and perverse imitation of Christ, are accustomed, on the day before the Passover feast, to wash the feet of a few poor men. And that this was also customary in the Milanese church, and in some other congregations, Cornelius à Lapide testifies (on John 13:7) — namely, that the feet of those about to be baptized were washed by the bishop, and afterward by the priests and other clergy, at a fountain set up for this purpose before the church door; after which, he says, the bishop kissed the washed feet, and the hind part of the foot was placed upon the bishop's head. Among the Anabaptists there is a sect which calls itself the ποδονιπτῶν, the "Foot-Washers," who hold the washing of feet to be a sign — that is, a sacrament of the church.
The Reformed acknowledge that Christ by this act prescribed to all His own an example of humility and of civil courtesy (just as He also prescribed an example of patience and humility, Matt. 11:29) — but that it was an entirely extraordinary ceremony, one which, in the Eastern regions, and also among the patriarchs under the Old Testament, was not a sacred but a civil ceremony. This can be shown: (1) from the fact that, after this first instance, no command nor any imitation of this ceremony is read of anywhere else in the whole New Testament. (2) From the fact that it cannot, in accordance with the custom of the sacraments, be decently and properly practiced, in a church assembly, upon both sexes — from which the Anabaptists themselves (in their Confession against Faukelius, p. 261) conclude that the washing of feet is not consecrated for all persons, and for each one in particular, and therefore also ought not to be practiced in the public places of assembly. (3) From the fact that this ceremony of Christ's, as it is set forth at length through seven or nine circumstances, John 13:14-15 — namely, that Christ (1) rose from the Supper, (2) laid aside His garments, (3) took a linen towel, (4) girded Himself, (5) poured water into a basin, (6) washed the feet, (7) dried the washed feet with the linen towel with which He was girded — in all of which circumstances two more are still included, namely (8) that the Master Himself (9) washed the feet of His disciples — this ceremony, I say, according to the custom of the sacraments, can scarcely be observed in all its particulars in public assemblies. Nor do the opposing party have anything for their opinion except that single passage of John 13, and therein the illuminating example of Christ, together with a command to imitate — yet this can, without any difficulty, be satisfied both as to the example and as to the command, by imitation and observance not of that outward ceremony as the sign, but of humility and civil courtesy as the thing signified. Compare 1 Tim. 5:10, with the marginal note of the Dutch translators.
The Practical Part
XXXVI. The Infancy of the Mediator as an Example to Parents
As for the practical application: first, the infancy of the Mediator, or His entrance into life, furnishes to all Christian parents an example in the upbringing of their children. For just as, in the upbringing of Christ, His parents showed Him a twofold care — a bodily one and a spiritual one — so also ought a like twofold care to lie upon Christian parents with regard to their offspring.
As to bodily care, we observe (1) that His parents provided Him with nourishment, since His mother fed Him, without doubt, with her own breasts, according to the example of Sarah, Gen. 21:7; compare Ps. 22:10 — so likewise let all parents provide their children with suitable nourishment and sustenance, Luke 11:11-13. Then (2) with covering, since they wrapped the newborn child in swaddling clothes, ch. 2:7 — so also let all parents provide their children with the necessary clothing, after the example of Jacob, Gen. 37:3, compared with ch. 27:15. Further (3) with the comforts of life, since they laid the child, wrapped in swaddling clothes, in a manger to sleep, Luke 2:7 — so also let all parents provide their children, so far as is sufficient, not only with the things belonging to the necessities of life, but also with a lawful measure of comfort — for example, in an honorable marriage, Jer. 29:6; 1 Cor. 7:26, 38, etc. Finally, (4) with bodily security and safety, since, to escape the snares of Herod, they fled with the child into Egypt, Matt. 2:14, and afterward, in order to spare their Son poverty, taught Him the trade of a carpenter, Mark 6:3; Matt. 13:55 — so likewise let all parents provide their children with every kind of bodily safety and security which they may enjoy, not only while they are alive together, but also after their own death; and let them take care to this end that their children be formed, in good time, to a fitting and honest calling, Prov. 22:6.
As for spiritual care — which must be all the more scrupulous — we note that Christ's parents took care: (1) that the little Son was reckoned with them under the covenant of grace, and that He received the sign thereof, the sacrament of initiation and incorporation, namely circumcision, according to God's command, Luke 2:21 — so also let all parents take diligent care that their children may be members of God's covenant, and that they receive, in due time, the sacrament of initiation and incorporation into the covenant, namely holy baptism, Gen. 17:10, compared with Acts 2:38-39 and 17:33; Ps. 22:11. Then (2) that they offered up and dedicated their little Son — whom God had now received and taken up into His covenant, and to whom the child had given Himself — likewise back to Him, by reciprocal exchange as it were, through His solemn presentation in the Temple, Luke 2:22 — so also let all parents, indeed far more so, take care that their children, who by their own fault are separated and estranged from God, be as it were restored to God, and anew dedicated to Him, both by their wishes, Gen. 17:18, and at the same time by their endeavors, Eph. 6:4, compared with 1 Sam. 1:11. To this end they brought the little Son (3) from Bethlehem to Jerusalem, to the Temple, Luke 2:22 — that is, to the house of God, where God dwelt, so that He might in due time become a member of God's household, Eph. 2:19, and might be about His Father's business, Luke 2:49. Let all parents do the same; let them bring their children, while still young, into the Temple, v. 42; 1 Sam. 1:22, 24; Joel 2:16, so that they may gradually accustom themselves to God and to communion with God, Job 22:21. And also (4) they offered to God — on account of the uncleanness both of the mother and, at the same time, of the Son (though the Son had taken our guilt upon Himself) — a pair of turtledoves and two young pigeons, Luke 2:24. Let all parents do the same; let them offer, for their own and at the same time for the inborn uncleanness of their children, with the cooing and sighing of turtledoves and young pigeons, that is, with a true and deep repentance, that one offering which was prefigured by the turtledoves and young pigeons, Job 1:4-5. Furthermore, (5) they gave their little Son into the arms of Simeon, to be received and blessed by him in God's place, Luke 2:28, 34. Let all parents do the same; let them give over their children into the arms of the priests, that these may receive and bless them, after the exhortation and example of the Savior, Matt. 19:13-14; Mark 10:13-14; Luke 18:15-16, and of Hannah, 1 Sam. 1:25; let them give over their children to the priests, to be taught and catechized by them, Prov. 22:6; Deut. 6:7-8; Eph. 6:4; Ps. 34:12-13. Finally, (6) they went before their Son and led the way for Him in holiness and in the public worship of God — they went up every year to Jerusalem to celebrate the feast of the Passover, Luke 2:41-42. Let all parents do the same, Ps. 101:2; Isa. 24:15.
If now all Christian parents shall have faithfully observed all these duties toward their children, after the example of Christ's parents, they too, with Christ's parents, shall (a) see with pleasure and delight their children grow up and be strengthened in spirit, filled with wisdom, and that the grace of God is upon them, Luke 2:40. (b) They shall have obedient and submissive children, v. 51, by and through whom (c) they shall be able to be blessed, and to be called blessed, ch. 11:27; in whom, or in whose good reputation, (d) they shall be able to rejoice and delight even to admiration, ch. 2:33; Prov. 10:1 and 23:25. And these children, in turn, (e) will faithfully care for their parents even to their own death; compare John 19:26-27.
XXXVII. The Youth of Christ as an Example to All Young Men
Second, the youth and young manhood of Christ (which the Spirit displays briefly, yet powerfully, Luke 2:40) furnishes to all young men and youths an example for imitation. For in Christ's youth and young manhood there shine forth three gifts which are most necessary to young men, and which must therefore be sought and desired by them with all effort and earnestness.
(1) Strength and firmness of spirit, going together with the growth and strengthening of the body, Luke 2:40: "And the child grew, and waxed strong in spirit." In the Greek: ἐκραταιοῦτο τῷ πνεύματι — whether one renders these words "He was strengthened in spirit," namely in His own spirit, that is, as regards His soul and spiritual matters, or "He was strengthened by the Spirit," namely by the Spirit of God, matters little, since the two can easily be joined together, so that the meaning is: the child, just as it grew in body, so also, the Holy Spirit strengthening its soul and mind, advanced, increased, and became fit for spiritual things; compare Luke 1:80 and 2:52. Such a strengthening of the spirit is, accordingly, most necessary for all young men, and to be sought by them most eagerly, because this period of life is exposed most dangerously to the temptations of Satan, to overcome which a very great spiritual power and strength is required, 1 John 2:13-14; Eph. 6:10-12.
(2) Fullness of spiritual wisdom, Luke 2:40, "full of," or "filled with, wisdom" — under which, as the chief kind, are comprehended all other intellectual faculties: understanding, knowledge, learning, prudence, and skill — a wisdom civil, indeed, but also, and chiefly, spiritual, which not only regards spiritual matters, but is itself spiritual, and is occupied in a spiritual manner with spiritual things, of which the Apostle speaks, 1 Cor. 1:21 and 2:6-7, 13, 15. Such wisdom is all the more necessary for young men, and to be wished and sought by them, because folly is innate in young men and youths, Prov. 22:15 and 7:7, which must be driven out and expelled, not only so that they may acquire the ability and knowledge of the arts and sciences for themselves, but also so that they may the better know, and the more safely escape, the wiles and snares of Satan and of the seducing world; compare Gen. 41:12. To obtain this, the wise Solomon shows the young man the means, Prov. 1:4, namely, (a) the Word of God, Ps. 119:9 and 19:8-9; he adds to it (b) the fear of God, Prov. 1:7 and 9:10; Ps. 111:10 and 25:12; to which (c) must be joined prayer, James 1:5.
(3) Communion in divine grace, Luke 2:40, "and the grace of God was in Him," or "upon Him" — whether one understands by the grace of God, God's favor and goodwill itself, or the imparted, favor-giving grace, that is, the wrought and produced grace-gifts arising from this divine favor and goodwill, of which 1 Cor. 12:4 speaks — for Christ enjoyed both: God's favor and goodwill, Matt. 3:17; Isa. 42:1; Matt. 12:18; Luke 9:35; 2 Pet. 1:17, as well as the divine grace-gifts, Isa. 11:1-2. Both these graces are most necessary for young men, and to be sought by them most earnestly, so that, just as by the loveliness of their years and age they make themselves pleasing to men, they may also, by the loveliness and grace of virtue, become pleasing to God, and that thus, as in Christ, so also in them, grace with God and with men may be joined and grow together, Luke 2:52.
From these three kinds of gifts there arose in the young man Jesus (II) His religion, or the service of God, through various acts: (1) of natural worship, that is, love toward His heavenly Father and toward the things of His Father, Luke 2:49 — in which, according to His own opinion and declaration, Matt. 22:37, 40, are comprehended all other duties: knowledge, reverence, obedience, trust, submission, etc. Let young men and youths also make this their business, Ps. 71:6; Eccl. 12:1; Lam. 3:27, according to the precept of the first commandment. (2) By acts of instituted worship, whereby He was present at the public exercise of religion, in the church assembly at Jerusalem, according to God's prescription, at the appointed times, without any self-devised religion, Luke 2:41-42. Let young men and youths do the same, after the example of Samuel, 1 Sam. 2:18, in accordance with the precept of the second commandment. And this Christ did (3) not merely perfunctorily and as it were in passing, but with great zeal, earnestness, and intentness, in His tender age of twelve years, making so great a journey from Nazareth to Jerusalem, and that on foot, Luke 2:41-42. Let all our growing young men imitate this zeal, earnestness, and intentness in the service of God, like Josiah, 2 Kings 22, and that according to the precept of the third commandment. Jesus also (4) godly sanctified the fixed times set apart and devoted to worship — every year traveling with His parents to Jerusalem for the feast of the Passover, Luke 2:41-42, remaining there the appointed time, indeed, out of love for religion, even adding further days, vv. 43, 46, and spending that time not merely on ceremonial and customary matters, but on moral and extraordinary inquiries and investigations, v. 46. Let our young men and youths also do such things, according to the precept of the fourth commandment. Besides these matters there is also (5) evident in our Jesus a remarkable renunciation of the world, whereby, out of love for His heavenly Father and for the things of His Father — out of love, that is, for religion — He left His earthly parents, together with His fleshly kindred, who are otherwise to us in this world the dearest and most precious of all, in order to be able to be present at the worship of God, v. 43 with v. 46. Let our young men and youths also imitate this, according to the word of Jesus Himself, Matt. 10:37, compared with ch. 19:27, 29. And (6) a zeal, diligence, and eagerness to know God and divine things, on account of which He, having left His parents and kindred, devoted Himself for three days to inquiries, investigations, and disputations with the teachers, Luke 2:46. Let our young men also imitate this — especially those who prepare themselves for the holy ministry — after the example of Timothy, 2 Tim. 3:15.
Finally, there arose in Jesus also, out of these same three kinds of gifts, (III) His righteousness, or decency and civil courtesy — chiefly occupied and exercised with regard to His parents — whereby He (1) followed His parents' godliness, going up with His parents to the feast, Luke 2:41-42; so also let our young men and youths in every respect walk in the footsteps of their parents and forefathers — that is, of the godly ones among them — ready and willing, as is said of Josiah, 2 Kings 22:2. (2) He bore patiently the rebuke of His mother, though it was unjust, and gently and mildly answered it, and corrected it with reason, Luke 2:49 — so also our young men and youths must patiently bear the weaknesses of their parents, teachers, and others, and never chafe against them, 1 Pet. 2:18; 1 Sam. 20:34; compare 2 Sam. 16:23-24 with ch. 19:24, 26-28. (3) He showed them a rightful obedience, Luke 2:51. Let our young men also show the same to their parents, Prov. 1:8; Eph. 6:1, 5; Col. 3:20. (4) He submitted Himself to His parents' instruction, learning from them the trade of a carpenter, and afterward also practicing it, Matt. 13:55; Mark 6:3. Let our young men also submit themselves in like manner, that they may, according to their parents' good judgment, be trained and formed to a trade, or to the liberal arts, Prov. 22:6 and 20:11.
In all these respects, if our young men and youths shall have faithfully followed in the footsteps of the young man Jesus, and shall have walked in them, they shall (a) prepare for themselves a name, renown, and praise, whereby they shall be, to all, a matter of wonder, like the young Jesus, Luke 2:47. (b) They shall even surpass and outstrip their own guardians, parents, and teachers in knowledge, Ps. 119:99, just like the young Jesus, Luke 2:46-47, 50. (c) They shall increase in grace and favor with God, so as to be able, with Solomon, to be called Jedidiah, that is, "beloved of the LORD," 2 Sam. 12:25 — just as the young Jesus for this reason increased in grace with God, Luke 2:52. (d) They shall likewise increase in grace and favor with men, like Daniel, Dan. 9:23 and 10:11, "a man of desires," a most desirable man, Rom. 14:17-18 — just as the young Jesus, Luke 2:52.
XXXVIII. The Manly Age of Christ as an Example to Those Who Undertake a Public or Ecclesiastical Life
Third, the manly age of Christ, in which He carried out and exercised His public life and prophetic ministry, furnishes, to those who undertake a public — and especially an ecclesiastical — life, an example in many respects.
(I) That they not press forward into a public office — especially not into the exercise of the ministry of the church — with unwashed hands, that is, without proper preparation; but that they prepare themselves for it over a sufficient time, so that, when they are to be admitted, they may give sufficient proof and stand a proper test, 1 Tim. 3:10, and thus not be put to shame, 2 Tim. 2:15 — just as Jesus, although in His twelfth year He had already given incomparable proofs of His ability, Luke 2:46-47, nevertheless, from that time until His thirtieth year, chose to remain hidden and to prepare Himself for public ministry, Luke 3:23.
(II) That they not thrust themselves into the holy ministry of themselves, without a lawful calling, Jer. 14:14-15 and 23:21, 32, still less by force, or by the arts and tricks of Simon Magus, obtruding themselves upon the congregations; but that they await a lawful sending from God — just as Christ did not begin His public ministry in the church before He had been solemnly inaugurated into it through baptism, Matt. 3:16-17.
(III) That those who are to be admitted to the holy ministry not promise themselves all manner of advantages and comforts, and whatever else of that kind; no, rather, that they contend with the most cruel temptations of every sort — persecutions, thorns and pricks of the flesh, blows of Satan, 2 Cor. 12:7 and 11:23; 2 Tim. 4:7-8 — and that they, by fasting and prayer, in good time strengthen themselves against such things, Acts 13:2-3, after the example of Christ, who, already inaugurated by baptism into His prophetic ministry, was led by the Spirit into the wilderness, and there assailed and tempted beforehand by Satan, with three most powerful attacks — after He had, by a forty-day fast, well and strongly fortified and armed Himself against him, Matt. 4:1-12.
(IV) That they, now sufficiently prepared, lawfully called, and armed against every kind of assault, gird themselves boldly and courageously to the preaching of the Word, 2 Tim. 4:2 — just as Christ, sufficiently prepared through the eighteen years of His private life and its disciplines, and afterward solemnly inaugurated by baptism, and armed against the temptations, immediately girded Himself to His ministry, Mark 1:14-15. And that ministers do this faithfully and laboriously, 2 Cor. 11:27, ἐν κόπῳ καὶ μόχθῳ, "in labor and toil, in watchings often, in hunger and thirst, in fastings often, in cold and nakedness" — and not only publicly, but also privately, κατ' οἴκους, "from house to house," indeed day and night, Acts 20:31 — just as Christ, traveling from place to place, taught, as we have shown in the Doctrinal Part.
(V) That they not merely teach by saying, but also by doing, what they teach, Acts 20:35; Titus 2:7; compare Matt. 7:22 — and that they everywhere seek the welfare of their own, not only spiritually, but also, so far as lies in them, temporally, Heb. 13:17; 1 Thess. 2:7 — just as Christ cared for the souls of His own not only by preaching, but also for their bodies, by healing, by casting out devils, etc., as we have shown in the Doctrinal Part.
(VI) That they not only teach and do faithfully, but also bravely suffer every kind of adversity, 2 Cor. 11:27; Acts 20:22-24 — just as Christ suffered every kind of adversity, in name and reputation, in His estate and condition, in His body, indeed also in His soul, as we have shown in the Doctrinal Part.
Finally, (VII) that they enlighten their own with the example of their life, Titus 2:7; 1 Cor. 11:1, and that they not, like the Pharisees, lay burdens on others which they themselves do not touch with a finger, Matt. 23:3-4; Rom. 2:21-23 — just as Christ Himself, in all that He taught men to do, had already gone before them with His own example, as we have shown in the Doctrinal Part.
XXXIX. Christ's Advancing Age, or His Preparation for Death, as an Example to All
Fourth, the advancing age of Christ, or His preparation for His own death, furnishes an example for imitation to all, and especially to those who see their own death drawing near.
For just as Christ, in preparation for His death, (I) often and earnestly thought upon it beforehand — since He so often foretold it to His disciples as approaching, as we have shown in the Doctrinal Part — and thereby gradually accustomed Himself to death, so that He might not be overtaken by it unawares, as by a thief: so also let us, by a frequent and earnest meditation on death, become accustomed to our own death, Ps. 39:5-6; 90:12; James 4:13-14, compared with Eccl. 7:2; 1 Cor. 15:31 — so that we too may not be surprised and overtaken by it unawares, 1 Thess. 5:6; 1 Pet. 4:7; Rom. 13:13.
(II) Just as Christ did not take amiss the words and admonitions of others concerning His approaching death, but willingly permitted them — in particular those of Moses and Elijah, when they spoke of His departure, Luke 9:31 — so also we ought to have no aversion to conversations and admonitions concerning our approaching death, Isa. 38:1 — especially not from Moses, that he may bring to our mind and remembrance the wages of our sins, Gen. 2:17, so that we may be deeply humbled on account of them before God, and may in good time, before our death, turn from them to God, lest we die in our sins, Luke 21:34, 36; and also not from Elijah, the forerunner of Christ, that he may prepare our heart to receive and welcome Christ with a living faith before we depart, Isa. 40:3; Mark 1:3, compared with Luke 1:28-29.
(III) Just as Christ, in His preparation, willed to be μεταμορφωθῆναι, "transfigured," Matt. 17:2, in order thereby to foretaste and become aware of the firstfruits of that glorification which was to follow His death, and thereby to be fortified against the terror and bitterness of His approaching death: so also let us, before our death, with all our strength strive μεταμορφοῦσθαι, "to be transformed," Rom. 12:2, not only to a true readiness and conversion of heart, but also to the firstfruits and foretaste of the heavenly and eternal glory which is to follow death, Acts 7:55-56; 2 Cor. 5:1-2 — so that the sting of death may be blunted, 1 Cor. 15:54-57, and a desire and longing for death may take its place, Rom. 8:23; Phil. 1:21, 23.
(IV) Just as Christ, in His preparation, before His death, willed solemnly to renew the covenant with His God, and, through the sacramental signs of the Passover and of the Supper, willed to be assured of that renewed covenant, with an exceedingly great desire and longing to reach out for and to enjoy it: so also let us reach out and long, before we go hence, to renew our covenant with God, and, so far as it can fittingly be done, to enjoy its sacramental seals, Matt. 26:29; Ps. 39:13-14.
(V) Just as Christ, in His preparation, before His disciples, and both by word and example, was a counselor of love, humility, and civil courtesy, by washing their feet, John 13:15: so also we, especially when we are about to die, ought to be counselors and encouragers to our own toward godliness before God, and toward righteousness, decency, and courtesy toward our neighbor, 1 Kings 2:2; Isa. 38:1.
(VI) Just as Christ, in His preparation, by a most tender and most excellent discourse, sought to soothe the sorrows and fears of His own, which would arise in them on account of His departure, and, in His farewell address, with many reasons, to strengthen them against the persecutions and snares of this world, John 14-16: so also we ought to try to relieve the sorrows and griefs of our own, Luke 23:27-28, and to strengthen them against every kind of impending and overhanging evil, Gen. 49; Acts 20:29-31.
Finally, (VII) just as Christ, in His preparation, with the most fervent supplications, commended Himself — about now to die — and His disciples, to His Father, John 17: so also we, when we die, ought likewise to commend those who are ours to our Father.
...or hung upon the cross, or, being laid in the grave, was and remained there; and that His soul was received into the hands of His Father, Luke 23:46. And (2) the matter itself argues against such a descent, because it would have been useless for the souls of the believers of the Old Testament, who had long before Christ already been carried up into heavenly glory, as appears in Enoch, Heb. 11:5, Elijah, 2 Kings 2:1, and others.
The Reformed, on the contrary, hold that He also suffered in His soul, and rightly so: (a) because Scripture teaches this clearly and expressly, Matt. 26:38, John 12:27, Isa. 53:10; and (b) because the matter itself urges and requires it — for if He had not borne and endured in His soul the pains and sorrows which, on account of sin, lay upon us, He would not have taken them away.
Here one asks, eleventhly: whether that which Christ suffered before the last three hours of His life, or before the darkening of the sun, bore upon the satisfaction for our guilt just as much as that which He suffered during those three hours? The Socinians hold that none of Christ's sufferings were properly satisfactory, but that they served only for our good and benefit — namely, that He might thereby confirm His teaching; give us an example of patience; show us the way by which we, through the narrow path, might be able and permitted to press on to the spacious places of heaven; also, that He, having endured His sufferings and become a merciful High Priest, might bring us ready help when we are tempted; and that He might satisfy the truth of the prophecies and the meaning of the types — but that He suffered nothing in order to satisfy for our sins.
There is among the Reformed a certain individual, a learned man, and also renowned and famous for his writings, who, against Socinus, acknowledges that some of Christ's sufferings were satisfactory — namely, those alone which He endured during the last three hours of His life — but that all the others served only in general for our good; indeed, even that Christ's temporal death itself was not satisfactory. He therefore distinguishes Christ's sufferings into convincing sufferings, by which man is convinced of his sin, yet in such a way that through the enduring of these no satisfaction is made to Divine justice, nor is our guilt taken away; and into compensating, requiting, and satisfying sufferings, by which satisfaction is made to Divine justice, of which Rom. 2:5,6,8,9 treats, and which Matt. 3:17 and 1 Thess. 1:10 call "the wrath to come." Likewise he distinguishes between Christ's cross-sufferings, to which He was exposed — contending with Satan, fleeing from Herod, enduring the persecutions and slanders of His enemies, according to God's word, Gen. 3:15 — and judicial sufferings, sent to Him by God as a strict Judge to satisfy His Justice: the former he extends over Christ's whole life; the latter he confines only to the last three hours of Christ's life.
His suppositions are chiefly these: (1) That the death which was threatened and announced to man, should he sin, was only that which he experienced on the very day on which he sinned; which was not bodily death, but the divine wrath which he underwent on that same day, when he hid himself from the face of God amid the thickness of the trees of the garden — no otherwise than those who on that day shall be condemned will wish for, Rev. 6:15. (II) That by this death of the first man satisfaction was made to God as regards the truth of the threat, but not to Divine justice, which demands a complete compensation and satisfaction — for which, by virtue of the Mediator's covenant between the Father and the Son, God's longsuffering intervened, up to the day of the future last judgment. (III) That this death of man — since it consists in the union of body and soul only when that union is complete — Christ underwent and endured in the fullness of time, when, hanging on the cross, He was forsaken by God, and at the same time experienced the most bitter wrath of God, who, having demanded satisfaction from Him, took pleasure and delight in His being crushed. (IV) That men could not perceive that consternation, because of the thickest darkness spread all around, so that He seemed still to be alive while undergoing that death, until complete satisfaction had been made to Divine justice. (V) That this finally took place at the cross, when He cried out, "Why have you forsaken me"; and that during this suffering, now close at hand, He was, while still in the garden, undergoing what is for that very reason called by him προπάθεια, a "pre-suffering," from which He was released when He said, "It is finished." (VI) That it is only this death which He, in the eternal Covenant of grace, took upon Himself beforehand as Surety, and which He paid upon the cross — but not bodily death, which therefore serves not to merit a satisfaction, but only to picture and display it.
The common view of the Reformed, on the contrary, is that God announced to the first-created man, should he sin, every kind of death — bodily, spiritual, and eternal — and every kind of misery connected therewith, whether as an admixture of it or as a preparation for it; that Christ, in the Mediator's covenant, took this death of the elect upon Himself by a suretyship, and paid it upon the cross; and that therefore all His miseries, throughout His whole life, down to His last breath, make up the ransom-price answering to our sins. (1) Because all His sicknesses and pains, which without doubt He bore and suffered throughout the whole time of His life, were ours, Isa. 53:4: "He was wounded for our transgressions," v.5; "the LORD has laid on Him [the iniquity of us all]," v.6 — all of which without doubt took place before His last three hours. From this (2) He is said to have been made holy, or perfected, through sufferings (διὰ παθημάτων), Heb. 2:10 — "that He might bring [many sons to glory]" — indeed through the whole of His life, from which He "learned obedience," ch.5:8, and, "being made perfect," became "unto all who obey Him the cause of eternal salvation," v.9. For this reason (3) He is said to have suffered for us, 1 Pet. 2:21 — surely all those things in and through which He left us an example of patience; and since these things are said to have been suffered ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, "for us," they are thereby certainly declared to be satisfactory.
In particular (4) His bodily death is declared satisfactory, Isa. 53:10, where His soul makes itself an אָשָׁם, a guilt-offering, for atonement for sin; and that bodily death is meant there, Christ Himself teaches, Matt. 20:28, John 10:15,17. The same is also taught (5) by Paul, Col. 1:22, Rom. 5:10, Heb. 9:15, and by Peter, 1 Pet. 3:18. And what death is that? Surely the temporal one, which ratified the testament, Heb. 9:16,17. To this same purpose looked (6) His scourgings and stripes, "by which we are healed," Isa. 53:5, 1 Pet. 2:24. And especially also (7) His sorrow, distress, anguish, fear, and terror — a sorrow surrounding Him unto death, of all of which the Evangelists speak, and which pressed Him down and cast Him to the ground upon His face, wrung drops of blood from Him along with prayers and supplications, with strong crying and tears — all of which surely preceded His last three-hour suffering. But to reduce all these things to a mere προπάθεια, a "pre-suffering," is far too flat and feeble, and moreover devoid of all reason.
As for the contrary suppositions: (a) it is said in vain that this threat pertains only to the punishment of the first sin, inflicted on the very day of that sin; the text of Gen. 3:16 contradicts this, and thus provides for the punishments of sin, which are set out at length in Lev. 26:14-40 and Deut. 28:15, and which are not confined to that day alone. And yet we do not deny that the first man, on the very day of his transgression, brought upon himself the guilt of every kind of death, and also the punishment itself of spiritual death, of which the Apostle speaks, Eph. 2:1,3. As for (b) the distinctions between convincing and satisfying sufferings, and likewise between cross- and judicial sufferings, we hold that these are without foundation, that is, none at all — since even that wrath of God which He felt during His last three-hour suffering has convinced us of the weight of sin, and no convincing, combative suffering can be shown which was not at the same time a satisfying, judicial punishment. As for the objections, he alleges (c) that the iniquity of the whole land was removed in one day, Zech. 9:9, and that Paul testifies that by the one offering of Christ, made once for all upon the cross, His atoning sacrifice was completed and perfected, Heb. 9:28, and 10:12,14. We acknowledge that Christ's offering was completed and perfected upon the cross; but we do not acknowledge that it had not already begun through His preceding sufferings — for out of all His sufferings that one sacrifice grows and is fused together, which was completed and accomplished upon the cross.
Again, (d) he objects that before the cross Christ was in no way a Priest; whereas He was nonetheless, even from His birth, the Messiah, the Anointed, the Christ — although the exercise of that Priestly Office, as regards its principal part, was completed and perfected on the cross: compare John 19:37, Luke 2:49 — just as He had already, even beforehand, interceded for the church and prayed for her, John 17, Zech. 1:12,13. But, it is said, (e) before the suffering of those last three hours, He was in God's favor, Luke 2:52, Matt. 3:17 and 17:2, Luke 10:21. Answer: granted that He was so at intervals and intermissions, so that He might also attend to His other priestly duties — it does not follow from this that it is contradictory to be God's beloved Son and yet to be under His wrath, as appears in Absalom in relation to his father David, 2 Sam. 13:38,39 compared with ch.14:21,24. For as Son, as a beloved Son, as a Son obedient to His Father unto death, Christ, even in that three-hour suffering on the cross, being under wrath, was nevertheless pleasing to His Father — although as Surety, on account of the sins of others which He had taken upon Himself, He was under wrath.
The man's remaining objections are of no weight or importance whatsoever. Let what we have said, then, suffice — especially since not only did the author himself come to regret this matter, as appears from his own writings, published after his death, but also because, as far as I know, he has at present no followers. This matter has been treated very precisely and very concisely by my very renowned and, to me, very dear colleague Dr. Witsius (Oeconomia, Book VI, Chapter VI, 3rd edition), with whom I have taken counsel in this treatment of ours.
Finally, one asks, twelfthly: whether the washing of feet — which took place in Christ's preparation for His death, midway between the abolishing of the Passover and the institution of the Holy Supper — has become a customary Sacrament of the Christian Church? The Roman Popes, out of a mistaken and perverse imitation of Christ, are accustomed, on the appointed day before the feast of Easter, to wash the feet of certain poor men. And that this was also customary in the Milanese church, and in some other congregations, is attested by Cornelius à Lapide (on John 13:7): that those who were about to be baptized had their feet washed by the bishop, and afterward by the priests and other clergy, at a fountain set up for this purpose before the church door; after which, he says, the bishop kissed the feet he had washed, and the heel of the foot was placed upon the bishop's head. Among the Anabaptists there is a sect which they call that of the ποδονιπτῶν, "the Footwashers," who hold the washing of feet to be a sign, that is, a Sacrament, of the Church.
The Reformed acknowledge that Christ hereby prescribed to all His own an example of humility and of civil courtesy (just as He also prescribes an example of longsuffering and humility, Matt. 11:29), but by means of an altogether extraordinary ceremony — one that, in the Eastern regions, and also among the Patriarchs under the Old Testament, was not a holy but a civil ceremony. This can be shown: (1) from the fact that, after this one instance, no command nor any imitation of this ceremony is anywhere read of in the whole New Testament. (II) From the fact that it cannot, after the manner customary for the Sacraments, be practiced decently and fittingly by both sexes together in a church assembly — from which the Anabaptists themselves (in their Confession against Faukelius, p.261) conclude that the washing of feet is not devoted to all persons and to each individually, and therefore ought not to be practiced in the public places of assembly either. (III) From the fact that this ceremony of Christ's, as it is set out at length in seven or nine particulars, John 13:14,15 — namely, that Christ (1) rose from supper, (2) laid aside His garments, (3) took a linen towel, (4) girded Himself, (5) poured water into a basin, (6) washed the feet, (7) dried the washed feet with the linen towel with which He was girded, to which two more circumstances must be added, namely (8) that the Master Himself (9) washed the feet of His disciples — that this ceremony, I say, can scarcely be observed in all these respects in public assemblies in the manner customary for the Sacraments.
Nor do the opposing parties have anything for their view except that one passage of John 13, and in it Christ's illuminating example, together with a command to imitate it: yet without any difficulty the example and the command can be fully satisfied by imitation and observance — not of that outward ceremony as the sign, but of humility and civil courtesy as the thing signified. So too 1 Tim. 5:10, with the note of the Dutch translators.
The Practical Part
XXXVI.
As for the Practical application: first, the childhood of the Mediator, or His entrance into life, furnishes to all Christian parents an example in the upbringing of their children. For just as, in the upbringing of Christ, His parents showed Him a twofold care, a bodily one and a spiritual one, so likewise a like twofold care concerning their offspring rests upon Christian parents.
As regards (1) bodily care: we note that Christ's parents provided for Him, (1) with nourishment, since His Mother doubtless fed Him with her own breasts, compare Luke 11:27, after the example of Sarah, Gen. 21:7; see also Ps. 22:10. Let all parents likewise provide their children with sustenance and suitable food, Luke 11:11,13. Then (2) with covering, since they wrapped the newborn child in swaddling clothes, ch.2:7 — so let all parents likewise take care to provide their children with the clothing they need, after the example of Jacob, Gen. 38:3 compared with ch.27:15. Further (3) with the comforts of life, since they laid the child, wrapped in swaddling clothes, in the manger to sleep, Luke 2:7 — so let all parents likewise provide their children, so far as is sufficient, not only with what belongs to life's necessities, but also with lawful comfort — for example, in an honorable marriage, Jer. 29:6, 1 Cor. 7:26,38, etc. Finally (4) with bodily security and peace, since, to escape the snares of Herod, they fled with the child into Egypt, Matt. 2:14, and afterward too, to keep their Son from poverty, taught Him the trade of a carpenter, Mark 6:3, Matt. 13:55 — let all parents likewise provide their children with every kind of bodily security and peace which they may enjoy, not only while the parents are alive, but also after their death: let them, to this end, take care that their children are in good time formed for some honest calling, Prov. 22:6.
As for (II) spiritual care, which must be even more diligent: we note that Christ's parents took care, (1) that the little Son should be with them under the Covenant of grace, and that He received its sign — the Sacrament of dedication and incorporation, namely circumcision — according to God's prescription, Luke 2:21. Let all parents likewise carefully see to it that their children may be covenant-children of God, and that they receive in good time the Sacrament of dedication and incorporation into the Covenant, namely Holy Baptism, Gen. 17:10, compared with Acts 2:38,39 and 17:33, Ps. 22:11. Then (2) that they, in turn as it were, also offered and dedicated their little Son — whom God had now received into His Covenant, and to whom the child had given Himself — back to Him, by His solemn presentation in the Temple, Luke 2:22. So likewise, indeed even much more, let all parents take care that their children, who through the parents' own fault are separated and estranged from God, be, as it were, restored to God and anew dedicated to Him, both by their wishes, Gen. 17:18, and at the same time by their efforts, Eph. 6:4, compared with 1 Sam. 1:11. To this end they brought (3) the little Son from Bethlehem to Jerusalem, to the Temple, Luke 2:22 — namely, to the house of God, where God dwelt, so that He might in good time become a member of God's household, Eph. 2:19, and be about His Father's business, Luke 2:49. Let all parents do the same; let them bring their children into the Temple from early on, v.42, 1 Sam. 1:22,24, Joel 2:16, that they may gradually accustom themselves, together with their children, to God and to communion with God, Job 22:21.
And also (4) they offered to God, for the Mother's and likewise for the Son's uncleanness (of which the Son had taken our guilt of punishment upon Himself), a pair of turtledoves and two young pigeons, Luke 2:24. Let all parents do the same; let them offer, for their own and likewise for the innate uncleanness of their children, with the prayer and sighing signified by the turtledoves and young pigeons — that is, with a true and deep repentance — the one sacrifice prefigured by the turtledoves and young pigeons, Job 1:4,5. Moreover, (5) they placed their little Son in Simeon's arms, to be received and blessed by him in God's stead, Luke 2:28,34. Let all parents do the same; let them give their children into the arms of the ministers, that these may receive and bless them, after the admonition and example of the Savior, Matt. 19:13,14, Mark 10:13,14, Luke 18:15,16, and of Hannah, 1 Sam. 1:25: let them hand their children over to the ministers, to be taught and catechized by them, Prov. 22:6, Deut. 6:7,8, Eph. 6:4, Ps. 34:12,13. Finally, (6) they went before their Son in holiness and in public worship, going up every year to Jerusalem to keep the feast of Passover, Luke 2:41,42: let all parents do the same, Ps. 101:2, Isa. 24:15.
If now all Christian parents shall faithfully have observed all these duties toward their children, after the example of Christ's parents, then they too, like Christ's parents, will (a) see with pleasure and delight their children grow up and be strengthened in spirit, be filled with wisdom, and have the grace of God upon them, Luke 2:40. (b) They will have obedient and submissive children, v.51, by and through whom they (c) will be able to be blessed and to be called blessed, ch.11:27; in whom, or in whose good repute, they (d) will be able to rejoice and delight even to the point of wonder, ch.2:33, Prov. 10:1 and 23:25. And these children, (e) in turn, for their part, will faithfully care for their parents even unto their death; compare John 19:26,27.
XXXVII.
Secondly, Christ's adolescence and young manhood (which the Spirit portrays briefly, yet powerfully, Luke 2:40) furnishes to all youths and young men an example to be imitated. For in Christ's adolescence and young manhood there shine forth (I) three gifts which are of the highest necessity for youths and young men, and must therefore be desired and sought by them with all effort and earnestness.
(1) Growth and strengthening of spirit, going along with the growth and strengthening of the body, Luke 2:40 — "And the child grew, and waxed strong in spirit." In Greek, ἐκραταιοῦτο τῷ πνεύματι: whether one translates this "He was strengthened in spirit," namely in His own spirit, that is, with respect to His soul and to spiritual things; or "He was strengthened by the Spirit," namely by the Spirit of God, matters little, since both readings can easily be combined so that the sense is: the child, just as He grew in body, so also — the Holy Spirit strengthening His soul and mind — advanced, increased, and became apt in spiritual things: compare Luke 1:80 and 2:52. Such a strengthening of spirit is, then, of the highest necessity to all youths and young men, and is to be desired and sought by them most eagerly, because this stage of life is exposed most dangerously to the temptations of Satan, to overcome which a very great spiritual strength and power is required, 1 John 2:13,14, Eph. 6:10-12.
(2) Fullness of spiritual wisdom, Luke 2:40, "full of," or "filled with wisdom" — under which, as the chief kind, all other intellectual endowments are comprehended: understanding, knowledge, learning, prudence, and skill; including a civil wisdom too, but above all a spiritual one, which not only concerns itself with spiritual things but is itself spiritual, and is occupied with spiritual things in a spiritual manner, of which the Apostle speaks, 1 Cor. 1:21 and 2:6,7,13,15. Such wisdom is all the more necessary for youths, and to be desired and sought by them, because foolishness is innate to youths and young men, Prov. 22:15 and 7:7, which must be driven off and expelled — not only so that they may acquire for themselves the ability and knowledge of arts and sciences, but also that they may the better recognize, and the more securely escape, the wiles and snares of Satan and of the seducing world: compare Gen. 41:12. To obtain this, then, the wise Solomon shows the youth the means, Prov. 1:4: namely, (a) the Word of God, Ps. 119:9 and 19:8,9; he adds to it (b) the fear of God, Prov. 1:7 and 9:10, Ps. 111:10 and 25:12; to which (c) must be joined prayer, Jas. 1:5.
(3) The communion of Divine grace, Luke 2:40 — "and the grace of God was in Him," or "upon Him" — whether by the grace of God one understands God's favor and affection itself, that is, freely-bestowing grace, or the wrought and produced graces flowing from this Divine affection and favor, that is, freely-given grace, of which 1 Cor. 12:4 speaks: for Christ enjoyed both — namely, the Divine favor and affection, Matt. 3:17, Isa. 42:5, Matt. 12:18, Luke 9:35, 2 Pet. 1:17, as well as the Divine graces, Isa. 11:1,2. Both these graces are of the highest necessity for youths, and are to be most earnestly desired and sought by them, so that, just as they make themselves agreeable to men by the charm of their years, they may likewise, by the charm and grace of virtue, make themselves agreeable to God, and so that, as in Christ, so also in them, grace with God and with men may be joined together, Luke 2:52.
From these three kinds of gifts there sprang up in the youth and young man Jesus (II) His Religion, or the service of God, in and through various acts: (1) that of the bare natural service, namely, love for His heavenly Father, and for the things of His Father, Luke 2:49, in which, according to His own judgment and declaration, Matt. 22:37,40, all other duties — knowledge, reverence, obedience, trust, submission, and the rest — are comprised. Let youths and young men likewise make this their business, Ps. 71:6, Eccl. 12:1, Lam. 3:27, in accordance with the prescription of the first commandment.
(2) Through acts of instituted worship, whereby He was present at the public exercise of worship in the church assembly at Jerusalem, according to God's prescription, at the appointed times, without any self-devised worship, Luke 2:41,42. Let youths and young men do the same, after the example of Samuel, 1 Sam. 2:18, in accordance with the prescription of the second commandment. And this Christ did (3), not merely fully and, as it were, in passing, but with great zeal, earnestness, and intensity — at the still-tender age of twelve years making so great a journey from Nazareth to Jerusalem, and that on foot, Luke 2:41,42. Let all our growing youths imitate this zeal, earnestness, and intensity in the service of God, like Josiah, 2 Kings 22, and that in accordance with the prescription of the third commandment.
Jesus also (4) religiously sanctified the appointed times devoted to worship, traveling every year with His parents to Jerusalem for the feast of Passover, Luke 2:41,42, remaining there the appointed time — indeed, out of love for religion, even adding further days, v.43,46 — and spending that time not only on ceremonial and customary matters, but on moral and extraordinary discussions and inquiries, v.46. Let our youths and young men do similar things, in accordance with the prescription of the fourth commandment.
Besides these points, there was also apparent (5) in our Jesus an outstanding renunciation of the world and of worldly things, whereby, out of love for His heavenly Father and for the things of His Father — likewise out of love for religion — He left His earthly parents and His blood relatives, who are otherwise to us the dearest and most precious things in this world, in order to be present at worship, v.43 with v.46. Let our youths and young men imitate this too, in accordance with Jesus' own saying, Matt. 10:37, compared with ch.19:27,29. And (6) a zeal, diligence, and eagerness to know God and Divine things, whereby, having left His parents and relatives, He devoted Himself for three days to inquiries, discussions, and disputations with the teachers, Luke 2:46. Let our youths imitate this too, especially those who are preparing themselves for the holy ministry, after the example of Timothy, 2 Tim. 3:15.
Finally there also arose, out of those three kinds of gifts, in Jesus (III) His Righteousness — that is, His discretion and civil courtesy — occupied and active chiefly with regard to His parents; whereby He (1) followed His parents' piety, going up with them to the feast, Luke 2:41,42: so let our youths and young men too, in every way, readily and promptly walk in the footsteps of their parents and forebears — namely, the godly ones — as is said of Josiah, 2 Kings 22:2. (2) He patiently bore the rebuke of His Mother, though it was unjust, and gently and mildly answered and, with reason, corrected it, Luke 2:49: so too our youths and young men must patiently bear the weaknesses of their parents, teachers, and others, and never snarl against them, 1 Pet. 2:18, 1 Sam. 20:34, compare 2 Sam. 16:23,24 with ch.19:24,26,27,28. (3) He showed them a rightful obedience, Luke 2:51: let our youths likewise show the same to their parents, Prov. 1:8, Eph. 6:1,5, Col. 3:20. (4) He submitted Himself to His parents' instruction, learning the carpenter's craft from them, and afterward practicing it too, Matt. 13:55, Mark 6:3: let our youths likewise submit themselves, so that, according to their parents' judgment, they may be fitted and formed for a trade, or for the liberal arts, Prov. 22:6 and 20:11.
In all these points, if our youths and young men shall have faithfully trodden and followed in the footsteps of the youth and young man Jesus, they will (2) prepare for themselves a fame, renown, and praise, whereby they will be an object of wonder to all, like the youth Jesus, Luke 2:47. (b) They will even surpass and outstrip their patrons, parents, and teachers in knowledge, Ps. 119:99, just as the youth Jesus did, Luke 2:46,47,50. (c) They will grow in grace and favor with God, so as to be called, with Solomon, Jedidiah, that is, "Beloved of the LORD," 2 Sam. 12:25, just as the youth Jesus grew thereby in grace with God, Luke 2:52. (d) They will likewise grow in grace and favor with men, like Daniel, Dan. 9:23 and 10:11 — "a man greatly beloved" (אִישׁ־חֲמֻדוֹת), a man of desires, a most desired man — compare Rom. 14:17,18, just as the youth Jesus grew in favor with men, Luke 2:52.
XXXVIII.
Thirdly, Christ's manhood, in which He spent and carried out His public life and prophetic ministry, furnishes, in many respects, an example to those who undertake a public — and especially an ecclesiastical — life.
(1) That they not press their way, with unwashed hands as it were, into a public office — especially not into the exercise of the ministry of the church — but that they prepare themselves for it for a sufficient time, so that, when admitted, they may give sufficient proof and be able to stand examination, 1 Tim. 3:10, and thus not be put to shame, 2 Tim. 2:15. Just as Jesus, although He had already at the twelfth year of His life given incomparable proofs of His fitness, Luke 2:46,47, nevertheless from that time until His thirtieth year wished to remain hidden and to prepare Himself for public ministry, Luke 3:23.
(II) That they, without a lawful calling, not of themselves press into the Holy Ministry, Jer. 14:14,15 and 23:21,32, much less by force, or by the artifices and stratagems of simony, thrust themselves upon congregations, but that they await a lawful sending from God — just as Christ did not begin His public ministry in the church before He had been solemnly inaugurated into it by Baptism, Matt. 3:16,17.
(III) That those who are to be admitted to the Holy Ministry not promise themselves every kind of advantage and comfort and the like — no, but rather the harshest temptations of every sort: strife, persecutions, thorns and stings of the flesh, buffetings of Satan, 2 Cor. 12:7 and 11:23, 2 Tim. 4:7,8 — and that they fortify themselves in good time against such things by fasting and prayer, Acts 13:2,3, after the example of Christ, who, already inaugurated by Baptism into the Prophetic ministry, was led away by the Spirit into the wilderness, and was assailed and tempted beforehand by Satan with those most violent attacks, after He had, by a forty-day fast, well fortified and armed Himself against them, Matt. 4:1-12.
(IV) That they, now sufficiently prepared, lawfully called, and armed against every kind of attack, gird themselves promptly and readily for the preaching of the Word, 2 Tim. 4:2 — just as Christ, sufficiently prepared through the eighteen years of His private life and through studies and exercises, then solemnly inaugurated by Baptism, and armed against temptations, immediately girded Himself for His ministry, Mark 1:14,15. And that ministers do this faithfully and laboriously, 2 Cor. 11:27, ἐν κόπῳ καὶ μόχθῳ, "in labor and travail, in watchings often, in hunger and thirst, in fastings often, in cold and nakedness" — and not only publicly, but also privately, κατ᾿ οἴκους, from house to house, indeed day and night, Acts 20:31, just as Christ, journeying on from village to village, taught, as we have shown in the Doctrinal Part.
(V) That they teach not only by word, but also by doing what they teach, Acts 20:35, Titus 2:7, compare Matt. 7:22, and that they everywhere seek the welfare of their people, not only spiritually, but also, as far as lies in them, temporally, Heb. 13:17, 1 Thess. 2:7 — just as Christ cared for the souls of His own not only by preaching, but also for their bodies, by healing them, by casting out devils, and so forth, as we have shown in the Doctrinal Part.
(VI) That they not only teach, and do so faithfully, but also bravely endure every kind of adversity, 2 Cor. 11:27, Acts 20:22,23,24 — just as Christ suffered every kind of adversity, in name and reputation, in His condition and estate, in body, and even in soul, as we have shown in the Doctrinal Part.
Finally, (VII) that they light the way for their own by an example of life, Titus 2:7, 1 Cor. 11:1, and that they not, like the Pharisees, lay upon others burdens which they themselves do not touch with a finger, Matt. 23:3,4,5, Rom. 2:21-23 — just as Christ Himself, in everything He prescribed to others to do, went before them with His own example, as we have shown in the Doctrinal Part.
XXXIX.
Fourthly, Christ's old age, or His preparation for His death, furnishes an example to be imitated by all, and especially by those who have already come well along in years and are thus nearer to their death.
For just as Christ, in this preparation, (1) often and earnestly thought about His death, foretelling it to His disciples so often, as imminent, as we have shown in the Doctrinal Part, and thereby gradually accustomed Himself to death, so that He would not be taken by surprise by it as by a snare — so let us too, by frequent and earnest meditation on our death, accustom ourselves to it, Ps. 39:5,6 and 90:12, Jas. 4:13,14, compared with Eccl. 7:2, 1 Cor. 15:31, so that we may not be suddenly overtaken and surprised by it, 1 Thess. 5:6, 1 Pet. 4:7, Rom. 13:13.
(II) Just as Christ did not take amiss, but rather willingly admitted, the speeches of others and their exhortations concerning His coming death — namely those of Moses and Elijah, when they spoke of His departure, Luke 9:31 — so we too must not be averse to conversations and exhortations concerning our approaching death, Isa. 38:1: especially from Moses, that he may bring to our mind and remembrance the wages of our sin, Gen. 2:17, so that we may be deeply humbled before God on account of it, and turn to God from it in good time before our death, so that we do not die in our sins, Luke 21:34,36; and also from Elijah, the forerunner of Christ, that he may prepare our heart to receive and embrace Christ with a living faith before we depart, Isa. 40:3, Mark 1:3, compared with Luke 1:28,29.
(III) Just as Christ, in His preparation, willed to be μεταμορφωθῆναι, transfigured, Matt. 17:2, so as thereby to taste and experience a foretaste and the firstfruits of the glorification that was to follow His death, and thereby be strengthened against the terror and bitterness of His coming death — so let us too, before our death, strive with all our strength, μεταμορφοῦσθαι, to be transformed, Rom. 12:2, not only unto true repentance and conversion, as is meant there, but also unto the firstfruits and foretaste of the heavenly and eternal glory that shall follow death, Acts 7:55,56, 2 Cor. 5:1,2, so that the sting of death may be blunted, 1 Cor. 15:54-57, and a desire and longing for death may take its place, Rom. 8:23, Phil. 1:21,23.
(IV) Just as Christ, in His preparation before His death, willed solemnly to renew the covenant with His God, and willed to be assured of that renewed covenant by the sacramental signs of the Passover and of the Supper, with an exceedingly great desire and longing, Luke 22:15 — so let us too, before we depart from here, be eager and longing to renew our Covenant with God, and, if it can conveniently be done, to enjoy its sacramental Seals, Matt. 22:32, Ps. 39:13,14.
(V) Just as Christ, in His preparation, was for His disciples, both in word and by example, an advisor toward love, humility, and civil courtesy, by washing their feet, John 13:15 — so we too, especially when we are about to die, ought to be advisors and encouragers to our own toward godliness toward God, and toward righteousness, discretion, and courtesy toward one's neighbor, 1 Kings 2:2, Isa. 38:1.
(VI) Just as Christ, in His preparation, through a very extensive and excellent discourse, sought to moderate the sorrows and fears which would arise among His own on account of His departure, and, in His farewell discourse, sought with many arguments to strengthen them against the persecutions and snares of this world, John 14, 15, 16 — so we too must try to lighten the sorrows and griefs of our own, Luke 23:27,28, and to strengthen them against every kind of impending and overhanging evil, Gen. 49, Acts 20:29,30,31.
Finally, (VII) just as Christ, in His preparation, with the most fervent supplications, commended Himself — now about to die — and His disciples to His Father, John 17 — so we too, when we are about to die, must with the most fervent and burning prayers beg pardon for our sins, Ps. 143:1,2 and 130:1,3, lay down and commit our souls into the hands of God, Acts 7:59, Ps. 31:6, and commend our own who remain after us to the Divine care, protection, and keeping, Acts 20:32.
XL.
Fifthly, let us take in particular for our own example the sufferings of Christ, which He endured at His circumcision, in His Egyptian exile, and throughout His whole life — from God and from men, from friends and enemies, ecclesiastical, civil, and military; in soul, in body, in His good name, and in His goods:
(1) To learn patience and longsuffering, 1 Pet. 2:23, Isa. 53:7, Rev. 1:9, so as to imitate them in every kind of adversity and trouble, Heb. 10:36, Jas. 5:10,11. (II) To learn trust and consolation, 1 Pet. 2:23, Matt. 27:46 — a consolation we can draw all the more powerfully for our own troubles from Christ's sufferings themselves, because He suffered everything He suffered for us, in order entirely to remove from our sufferings everything harmful in them, Isa. 53:4,5, 1 Cor. 15:55-57. (III) To learn prudence, so as to distinguish wisely between those sufferings which we must necessarily bear and endure — whether because of God's known will, Matt. 26:53,54, or for the sake of office and duty, Heb. 2:17,18 — so that we accept these undauntedly, Matt. 26:45,46, and even take them upon ourselves willingly and of our own accord, Luke 9:23; and those sufferings which can and may be avoided, so that we prudently escape them by flight and by other means which God and nature provide, after the example of Christ, Matt. 2:13,14, Mark 3:6,7, and also according to Christ's own prescription, Matt. 10:23.
XLI.
Sixthly, in Christ's temptations, Matt. 4:1-12 and 16:22,23, an example is furnished us: (I) as to which, and how strong and powerful, temptations all Christians, and especially the Ministers of the Divine Word, are subject to, Job 7:1, Eph. 6:12 — namely, (1) to unbelief, Matt. 4:3, "If you are the Son of God": as if he said, "You suppose indeed that it was just now said to you, 'This is my Son, my beloved,' Matt. 3:17 — do not believe it, for how could the Son of God hunger?" So all true Christians, and especially the Ministers of the Word, are tempted, by their poverty and want, by persecutions and the worst evils to which they are exposed, to believe that they are not sons and children of God, Judg. 6:13, or that they are forsaken by God, Isa. 49:14, Ps. 13:2.
(2) To distrust, Matt. 4:3, "Command that these stones become bread": as if he said, "You lack the necessary means of life, bread and other things — eat stones." So all true Christians, when placed in want and adversity, are tempted with and to distrust, 1 Sam. 27:1, Matt. 6:25 and 8:25,26. On the contrary, (3) to presumption and rashness, Matt. 4:6, "If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down, for it is written, etc.": so all true Christians are tempted to recklessness and rashness, as often as they willfully and of their own accord expose themselves to danger, whether in spiritual or in bodily things, Matt. 26:58, 2 Sam. 11:2. (4) To pride and covetousness, Matt. 4:8,9, "He showed Him all the kingdoms of the world and their glory, and said to Him, All these things I will give you, if, etc.": so all Christians are tempted, 2 Tim. 4:10, 1 John 2:15, Jas. 1:13,14. (5) To idolatry, Matt. 4:9, "If you will fall down and worship me": so all Christians are also tempted, 1 John 5:21 — whether to that gross idolatry into which Solomon fell, 1 Kings 11:4, or to a subtler kind, by which one serves one's belly as one's god, Phil. 3:19.
(II) In what manner we must withstand all these temptations: namely, (1) that, as often as we are led by Divine Providence into these temptations, we not resist God nor murmur against Him, Matt. 6:13, Rev. 3:10 — just as Christ, being led by the Spirit into the wilderness to be tempted by the devil, did not resist, but went obediently. (2) That we withstand them by fasting and prayer, 1 Pet. 5:8, Matt. 17:21, Eph. 6:18 — just as Christ, after He had fasted forty days and nights and had thus prepared Himself to endure and withstand Satan's temptation, went on into the wilderness to be tempted. (3) That we firmly cling and hold fast to God's sayings and promises, Heb. 3:4,5 and 13:5 — just as Christ, when tempted whether He were God's Son, held fast, steadfastly and immovably, to the Divine declaration made to Him at His Baptism, Matt. 3:17.
(4) That we use the sword of God's word, Eph. 6:17, and set fitting words of Scripture against every temptation of Satan: for example, if tempted to covetousness, we set against it Heb. 13:5, 1 Tim. 6:9,10; if to anger, the passage from Eccl. 7:9; if to arrogance and pride, the text from Prov. 16:18, Jas. 4:6; if to drunkenness and gluttony, Prov. 20:1; if to wantonness, luxury, and excess, the passages 1 Thess. 4:3,4,5, Heb. 13:4; if to idle talkativeness, Ps. 39:2, Jas. 3:2, and so on — just as Christ set against every assault of Satan this saying of His: "It is written," Matt. 4:4,7,10. (5) That we, especially in the case of the more terrifying temptations, not dwell on our thoughts, nor linger, nor dispute with them, but that, as soon as they arise, we at once thrust them back with abhorrence, and thus immediately extinguish those fiery darts of Satan, Eph. 6:16 — just as Christ, when tempted to idolatry, said, "Get thee gone, Satan," Matt. 4:10.
(III) By and with what helps the mind must be strengthened, fortified, and lifted up against the terrors of Satan's temptations, of which Paul speaks, 2 Cor. 12:7 — see also Isa. 63:17 — namely, we must consider: (1) that we are led by Divine Providence into temptation, Matt. 6:13, and that the Holy Spirit is present with us in it with His power and strengthening, Isa. 43:2, Ps. 23:4 — just as Christ was led away by the Spirit of God into the wilderness to be tempted by the devil, Matt. 4:1, the Spirit having been steadfastly and constantly with Him. (2) That Christ too was tempted, and indeed in all things, as we are, and was tempted for this purpose, that He might come to sympathize with us, Heb. 4:15; and that we disciples ought not to be in a better condition than our Master, Matt. 10:24,25 — indeed, that in this way we are made conformable to the image of the Son of God, Rom. 8:29, in which consists the highest perfection of a Christian, Matt. 10:25. (3) That we are exposed to Satan's temptations, not in order to be brought under his power, but in order to be made fit for the tasks of our Christian calling, Acts 9:16, Jas. 1:2,3 — just as Christ was exposed to Satan's temptations for this purpose, that He might be qualified and made fit for His Mediatorial office, Heb. 4:15 and 2:10,18.
(4) That these temptations will not last forever, but that we shall be delivered from temptations more surely than anything else is sure, 2 Pet. 2:9, 1 Cor. 10:13 — just as Christ, after bravely repelling and beating off three assaults of Satan, was delivered from him, Matt. 4:11. (5) That we, having happily overcome our temptations, shall enjoy this honor and glory, that we have conquered Satan and triumphed over him, 1 John 2:13, 1 Cor. 15:55-57 — just as Christ obtained this praise and glory, John 14:30. Finally, (6) that once the temptations have been overcome and surmounted, there will one day be a most joyful and happy reversal of things, Rev. 7:13,14 and 2:7,11,17,26,27, and 3:5,12,21 — just as, with Christ, after He had defeated and overcome the temptations and assaults of Satan, angels came and ministered to Him, Matt. 4:11.
XLII.
Seventhly, Christ's whole life admonishes all Christians to strive and press, with the exertion of all their strength, toward this: that the life of Jesus may also be made manifest in them, 2 Cor. 4:10. That is: (1) that they set before themselves, in everything, the life, conduct, and walk of Christ, as an example to be imitated — which the Savior Himself urges, Matt. 11:29, John 13:14,15, as do the Apostles as well, Eph. 5:2, 1 Cor. 11:1, 1 Thess. 1:6, 1 Pet. 1:21.
The features of Christ's life and walk which we must display by imitation are, with respect (1) to His Virtues — piety and godliness toward God, righteousness toward one's neighbor, courage and temperance toward oneself; with respect (2) to His childhood, adolescence and young manhood, manhood and old age, which we have already discussed; (3) with respect to the exercise and discharge of His Office, carried out by teaching, doing good, suffering, and setting an example; (4) with respect to His sufferings and every kind of adversity; (5) with respect to the temptations of the spiritual enemies; and thus finally (6) in His life together with His death — all these features, I say, of the Savior's life and walk we have already displayed at length above, so that we might set before ourselves in them an example to be imitated.
But, (2) that they also draw from Christ's life the very power and strength to imitate Him, so that Christ's life not only furnishes them an example, but also a principle — as the Apostle indicates, Phil. 2:5, Gal. 2:20, whence Christ is called our life, Col. 3:4, John 14:6, 1:4, and 11:25: for without the life of Christ imparted to us, we cannot do anything at all that serves for His imitation, John 15:4,5; and even if we should manage to do something, it would not be pleasing to God unless done and performed in the Beloved, Eph. 1:6 — for whatever is born of flesh is nothing but flesh, John 3:6. In these two ways, therefore, we must strive with all our efforts that the life of Jesus be revealed in us.
For this reason: (a) the Savior came into the flesh, and spent His whole life among us, that He might not only justify us but also sanctify us, 1 Cor. 1:30, Titus 2:11,12,14, and give us, by His life and walk, an example of His holiness to be imitated, Rom. 8:29. (b) Because this is an irrefutable proof of our union and communion with Christ, if His life is manifest in us — for whoever says he abides in Him ought (ὀφείλει) also himself to walk in the same way He walked, 1 John 2:6; every one who has this hope in Him purifies himself, just as He (that is, Christ, who is to be revealed) is pure, so that Christ may thus live in him, Gal. 2:20 and 4:9; since the same life is in the members joined to the head as is in the head itself, 1 Cor. 12:27, Heb. 2:11. (c) Because for this reason we are called Christians, Acts 11:26, and disciples of Christ, it befits us to follow the manner of life Christ prescribed, and the example given us by His life, Luke 9:23, Matt. 10:38 and 16:24, Mark 8:34, Luke 14:27; and thus we would in effect deny our whole Christianity if we did not follow Him, 2 Tim. 2:19, and would then likewise be denied by Him, Matt. 10:33, and be put to death, Luke 19:27. (d) Because all Christians are not only servants of Christ, Rom. 1:1, but also His children, Heb. 2:10, whom it befits to resemble their parent and to tread in His footsteps, Eph. 5:1. (e) Because the entire perfection of every Christian consists in the conformity of our life and conduct to the life and conduct of Christ, Luke 6:40, John 13:15,16 and 15:20, with Matt. 5:48.
And so that we, finally, (III) being lifted up and spurred on by these considerations, may the more easily and surely attain that the life of Jesus be revealed in us, it is necessary: (a) that we, laying hold of Christ with a living faith, John 1:12, be united with Him, that He Himself dwell in us, Eph. 3:17, live in us, Gal. 2:20, that His life become ours, Col. 3:4, and that He impart to us, as the soul does to the body, His Spirit and life, John 1:16, so that from this we may live spiritually, Gal. 2:20. (b) That we strive more and more to acquire for ourselves a distinct knowledge of that life of Jesus which is to be revealed in us, 2 Pet. 1:2,8 and 3:18; for indeed no one can successfully imitate an example of which he has no sufficient knowledge, John 4:10. (c) That in every single step of our life and walk we fix and keep the eyes of our soul strained upon the life and walk of Christ, as upon the πρωτότυπον, the ὑπογράμμος, the ὑπόδειγμα — the pattern, image, example, 1 Pet. 2:21, John 13:15 — and this with a turning away of our eyes from all other things, according to the counsel and admonition of Paul, Heb. 12:2: "looking" (that is, with a looking-away and turning from whatever is outside Jesus) "unto the author and finisher of faith, Jesus."
Meanwhile, (d) since we do not always have ready at hand, for every particular deed, an example of it in Christ, let us then also turn our eyes to those who have shown themselves to be followers of Christ, 1 Cor. 11:1, 1 Thess. 1:6, 1 Cor. 4:16, Phil. 3:17 — whether those who had Christ present with them, or those who, being immediately present with those who were, have understood His manner of life at second hand by hearing it, Acts 1:3, Luke 1:2. Although this too must not be done in every case, nor in every respect, without distinction, or without a prudent circumspection, since all, even the very holiest, are found subject and liable to their own weaknesses and blemishes — whence comes that common and well-known saying, that one ought to live not according to examples but according to the laws; just as the Apostle himself limits and restricts the imitation of himself among the Corinthians, 1 Cor. 11:1: "Be imitators of me, even as I also am of Christ." Of which we have said more in the Doctrinal Part.
Chapter XII: Of the Mediator's Death
On Matthew 27:26-50. "Then he released to them Barabbas; but when he had scourged Jesus, he delivered Him to be crucified. ... v.35: And when they had crucified Him, they parted His garments. ... v.50: And Jesus, crying again with a loud voice, yielded up the ghost."
The Explanatory Part
I.
There follows the third degree of humiliation, which lies in the death of the Mediator — which we do not here take so broadly as to signify all the sufferings of His whole life together (in which sense we treated Christ's sufferings in the preceding Chapter), nor yet so narrowly and strictly as to denote only the separation of soul and body; but rather as denoting that separation together with all its preparations, and with everything that was joined and connected with it, which He underwent and suffered in the last week of His life (which some call the Passion Week), indeed in the two days before that separation and dissolution. As a foundation for our reflection we set, in the first edition, the exposition of the words of Phil. 2:8; but since those words have already been expounded at length, we shall now in their place expound the text of Matt. 27:26 through 50 inclusive.
II.
In which is comprehended the history of Christ's condemnation, crucifixion, and death. And concerning this the text opens with —
1. The condemnation of Christ, v.26. Whether these words comprehend the condemnation of Christ, Tertullian doubts (in Grotius, on this passage); Lactantius (Institutes, Bk. IV, ch.18) and Chrysostom (Oration on Almsgiving) deny it: but with more cogent proofs Grotius, together with Ignatius and Cyprian and others, maintains it firmly. For they argue: (1) from the place of the judgment-seat, on which Pilate went and sat. (2) Because the punishment was carried out by the Roman soldiers alone. (3) Because the punishment of the cross properly belonged to Roman law, for the cross was unknown in the Jewish laws. (4) From the inscription of the sentence set up by Pilate; the body of the crucified being requested of Pilate; along with other circumstances. Let there be added (5) that, when Pilate had said, "Judge Him according to your law," the Jews answered him that the power of putting to death had been taken from them. (6) Also the crying out and shouting of the Jews to Pilate: "Let Him be crucified" — that is, by a sentence and verdict of Pilate. Add to this (7) the constant appeal of the Christians and of the fourteen men to the Acts and proceedings of Pilate, which at that time doubtless still existed, in order to establish that the matter was carried out under the appearance of a judicial sentence. And also (8) not without reason is the judicial release of Barabbas linked immediately with the condemnation of Christ, v.26: "Then he released to them Barabbas." From these proofs, then, it is clear that this verse comprehends the condemnation of Christ.
Here now we are presented with:
1. The release of Barabbas: "Then he released to them Barabbas." That is, Pilate releases, against right and against conscience, the notorious rioter and murderer Barabbas — just as he also condemned Jesus. This was done by a lawful judge, and not through the tumult and uproar of the Jews, so that it might come to pass in the name of God, Rom. 13:1,2, Prov. 8:15,16, Dan. 4:32, John 19:11.
2. The scourging of Christ: "but when he had scourged Jesus." This he did, either (a) because it was a Roman law that whoever was to be crucified should first be scourged beforehand, as learned men — Jerome, Lucas Brugensis, Lipsius, Lightfoot, and others — record; or rather (b) to satisfy the cruelty of the Jews, as appears from comparing Luke 23:22 with John 19:1. Now He was scourged not with rods, which is lighter, 2 Cor. 11:24,25, but with whips — and that not by the Jews, according to Deut. 25:3, but by the heathen soldiers, by whose inhumanly savage scourging Ulpian (Bk. VIII, Digest, de poenis) teaches that many died, since they were also accustomed to sharpen the whips with little bones and hooks. It is certain that Christ was cruelly scourged, Ps. 35:15, Isa. 50:6.
3. The delivering up of Christ for crucifixion: "he delivered Him," namely, now already condemned, "to be crucified" — that is, he delivered Him either to the Jews, or rather to the soldiers, as appears from what follows: "to be crucified." For the Roman laws applied that punishment to that crime, according to the note of Paulus (Bk. V, Sententiae, Tit. 22, on Phil. II) — unto death, namely the death of the cross, for which one reads in the Pandects furca, that is, "the fork" — the use of which cross Constantine abolished.
III.
The carrying out of the condemning sentence. Here it is related what was done concerning Christ —
1. In the Praetorium: namely, the abuses and mockeries inflicted upon Him by the soldiers. Where are noted:
a. The abusers: namely, the soldiers, four in number, John 19:23, who among the Romans were the executioners and carried out judicial punishments. These took Him with them into the Praetorium. For He seems to have received the condemning sentence outside the Praetorium. Now the Praetorium (in Greek πραιτώριον, praitorion, a word of Latin origin) was a place with a judgment-seat, perhaps so that He might be placed, as a king, upon the judgment-seat or throne. By others it is [identified as] the residence of Pilate, elsewhere called a hall or the forecourt. Although by others the judgment-seat is said to have been, not in the Praetorium, but in the great open square, as Josephus speaks of it, not far off — an open plaza, part of which was paved with stones, and therefore called by John (ch.19:13) λιθόστρωτος, Lithostrotos, that is, "a stone-paved place." And not only these four soldiers, as the executioners, but the whole company were here the abusers: "Then" (says Matthew, v.27) "the soldiers of the governor took Jesus into the hall, and gathered unto Him the whole band." Then, namely, while the execution of the punishment was being prepared, they gathered against Him — that is, against Him — the whole band, which would be either spectators or partakers of the coming spectacle. The whole band: namely, none other than those to whom the guarding of the Temple and of the priests had been entrusted, as Grotius notes, who were called the Guard. Σπεῖρα, speira, translated "band," properly means a twisted cord, but by transference, according to the testimony of Ennius and Appian, a company of soldiers — just as חבל among the Hebrews properly means a rope, but figuratively, an assembly, a band, 1 Sam. 10:5. A "band" was the tenth part of a legion, consisting of fifty squads, and a squad comprised 25 soldiers, or, as Vegetius holds, ten. So great a multitude of soldiers gathered together, that they might assail Christ the more forcefully, and that each of them might contribute his own share to Jesus' mockery.
b. The abuses inflicted upon Him, by way of mockery, of the chief royal insignia: namely, (a) a royal robe, v.28: "And when they had stripped Him, they put on Him a scarlet robe" — or a red garment, a purple robe, as Mark has it, ch.15:17,20 — that is, of that color which resembles purple. The Hebrews call it תוֹלַע שָׁנִי, which we commonly call crimson. There are those by whom crimson and purple are considered one and the same; in Salmasius they differ in color, material, and use — according to which usage the purple was worn only by the generals, but crimson also by those without office; nonetheless Brodeus (Miscellanea, Bk. I, ch.8) holds that they are used as synonymous terms. Whatever the case, it is at least a garment of a bright and celebrated color, which some have called crimson, others purple — two colors which are exceedingly splendid and excellent in garments. (b) A royal crown, v.29: "And when they had platted a crown of thorns, they put it on His head" — that is, twisting certain thorny twigs into a circle, they made a crown, of wood instead of gold, and of thorns instead of precious stones. (c) A royal scepter: "and a reed in His right hand" — one may supply "they gave." (d) A royal homage, a royal salute: "and bowed the knee before Him, and mocked Him, saying, Hail, King of the Jews." (e) In place of royal service and honor, and, as it were, for a royal tribute, "they spit upon Him" — the Syriac has "in His face" — "and took the reed, and smote Him on the head."
2. On the way: where is related —
a. His being led forth to the place of punishment, v.31: namely, (a) when they had mocked Him, to satiety, indeed to satiation, in the Praetorium; (b) after they had taken off the purple robe and put His own garments on Him, namely, so that He might be recognized and mocked by everyone at once and more readily along the way; (c) so they led Him away to be crucified — namely, outside the Praetorium, through the city, outside three encampments, that is, of God, of the Levites, and of the people, Num. 15:35, 1 Kings 21:13, Acts 7:58, Heb. 13:12 — to the place of punishment.
b. A relief provided for Christ by them, in Simon of Cyrene — perhaps so called because he originally came from Cyrene, a city either of Decapolis in Syria, of which Pliny, Strabo, and Mela speak, or of Pentapolis in Libya, which was full of Jews, Acts 2:10 and 6:9. At any rate he was a Jew (though Hilary and Ambrose prefer that he was a Gentile, so that it might thereby be signified that, the Jews not believing, the Gentiles would bear Christ's cross and yoke), and one favorably and kindly disposed toward Christ. This man they compelled, whether by force or by persuasion, to take up and bear the burden of the cross, either together with Christ or alone — lest perhaps Christ, worn out in the Praetorium, should collapse under the load and thus deprive them of the spectacle of crucifixion so pleasing to them, or also so that they might more easily hasten along the way and speed on the crucifixion of Christ.
3. On Golgotha, v.33: "And when they were come unto a place called Golgotha." Γολγοθά, Golgotha, from the Hebrew גֻּלְגֹּלֶת, Golgoltha, that is, "a skull," "a cranium," by dropping of the letter l. Among the Syriac and Arabic versions, as well as in the Zohar, it is read in full. Matthew explains the word by κρανίου τόπος, "place of a skull," because the skulls or heads of evildoers were seen there — such places among the Romans being Sestertium and Gemoniae. It was at any rate a dishonorable, shameful, and disgraceful place. At this place, the following things are related to have taken place.
A. The drink offered to the one who was to be crucified, to be distinguished from the drink offered to one already crucified, of which v.48 speaks. Of this v.34 notes:
a. The offering of the drink: "They gave Him to drink" ὄξος μετὰ χολῆς μεμιγμένον, "vinegar mingled with gall": Mark has "wine," Mark 15:23, as does also the Ethiopic version and a certain very old copy of Beza's. Both readings are acceptable: for if you translate it "vinegar," what is vinegar but sour wine? And if you translate it "wine," it was sour, vinegary, sharp, unpleasant wine, especially through the admixture of gall, μετὰ χολῆς, "mingled with gall." Mark has "wine mingled with myrrh." The word χολή, chole, does not here mean gall specifically, but bitterness in general, whether of gall, of wormwood, or of myrrh; from which also the LXX translate the Hebrew word לַעֲנָה, "wormwood," by χολήν, "gall," Prov. 5:4, Lam. 3:15; and the passage of Ps. 69:22, from which this passage is taken, has in its place רֹאשׁ, since רֹאשׁ among them, Deut. 29:18, is equivalent to "bitterness," just as they also render מֵי־רֹאשׁ, "water of gall," Jer. 23:15, by ὕδωρ πικρόν, "bitter water." Such a drink was given to the condemned, when they were about to die, according to Prov. 31:6, to numb their senses, so that, being thereby stupefied, they might feel death the less, and endure it the more easily.
b. The refusal of it: "and when He had tasted thereof, He would not drink." Mark has: "and He took it not." γευσάμενος says that He tasted or tried it lightly — only in order to fulfill the prophecy of Ps. 69:21; not in order to drink it, which in Mark is λαμβάνειν, "to take." Matthew accordingly acknowledges that He took that drink, that is, tasted, tried it; Mark denies that He took it, that is, drank it. He wished, then, to try and taste it, in order to fulfill the prophecy, so that He would not seem to despise it, and to show that He truly thirsted — but He would not drink it, because that drink was given to dull the mind, thereby showing that He died calmly and quietly, and was not, out of impatience, over-hasty, nor brought evils upon Himself of His own accord; likewise, that He had no need of such aids and remedies — although afterward, hanging on the cross, because He thirsted violently, He took the vinegar, that is, drank it.
B. The crucifixion (σταυρώσαντες, "when they had crucified Him," v.35), which crucifixion is commonly described thus: both hands, the arms being stretched out, were fastened with nails to the crossbeam of the cross, according to Luke 24:39, John 20:25,27 and 21:18; both feet, now, upon a certain piece of wood which projected from the upright post of the cross, as resting on a support, and placed one beside the other, were likewise fastened with nails. It was a painful, shameful, and accursed kind of punishment.
C. The dividing of the garments: namely, according to the custom of the Romans, that the executors of capital punishments appropriated the spoils of the condemned to themselves. To this end they strip off His garments and set Him up, naked, as the meanest and most despised of men, to be gazed at. Yet not without the Divine ordering, but "that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophet," namely Ps. 69:21(or 22). That this verse is added here from John 19:24, Beza and Grotius do not doubt, because the best Greek manuscripts do not have it, nor do some old books, nor many Latin manuscripts, nor the Syriac, nor Origen, nor Jerome — meanwhile, the common Latin, the Arabic, and the Hebrew translations of Matthew do have it.
D. The guarding of the crucified one: "and sitting down they watched Him there," v.36, according to the Roman custom, namely, so that He might not escape in one way or another. Through this we too have great benefit from the watchfulness of the soldiers and of the priests, since we are thereby the more certain of the truth of Christ's death, and at the same time of the power of His resurrection.
E. The inscription, declaring the reason and cause of the death sentence, and this in Latin, on account of the majesty of the empire; in Hebrew, on account of the place of punishment; and in Greek, on account of the very great multitude of Greek-speaking Jews present at the feast. In this inscription Pilate calls Him "the King of the Jews," partly to mock Christ, but also partly to sting the Jews, John 19:21,22.
F. The joint crucifixion of two robbers, one at His right hand, the other at His left, so that He hung in the middle, as if He were the chief and ringleader of highwaymen and murderers. This came to pass by the guidance and providence of God, so that the prophecies of Isa. 53:12 might be fulfilled, Mark 15:28, and by the design of Pilate, both to quiet the outcry of his own conscience and, at the same time, to look after his own reputation, so that he might not seem, in putting to death an innocent man, to be sparing the guilty; and also so that Christ might, by this company of evildoers, be reckoned an evildoer, and made like them, both in punishment and in crime.
G. The mockeries, or the derisive and scoffing assaults and attacks of His enemies; and specifically:
a. From the common people, or from those who were passing by, who reviled and railed at Him: partly with gestures, v.39, "wagging their heads" — which was a sign of contempt and mockery, as in 2 Kings 19:21, Ps. 22:7 and 109:25, Isa. 37:22, Lam. 2:15; partly with tongue and words, v.40: "Thou that destroyest the temple, and buildest it in three days, save thyself." But this Christ had said, not of the Temple properly so called, but of the temple of His body, John 2:19, which was now being destroyed on the cross. "Save thyself" — yet He had not come to save and deliver Himself.
b. From the Rulers or leaders of the people, vv.41,42,43. "Likewise also," that is, almost, and pretty much the very same thing, said the chief priests, with the scribes, elders, and Pharisees, whose office and duty it was to restrain the tumult and mocking assaults of the common people — but nonetheless, they said... misusing, moreover, the Scripture of Ps. 22:9. And not without the ordering and providence of God, since they thus seem to acknowledge that the Psalm speaks of Him.
c. From the robbers, v.44: "And the thieves also, which were crucified with Him, cast the same in His teeth." "The thieves," in the plural: whether it was that both, in the beginning, reviled Christ; and that one of them, having noted the miracles which then took place, and Christ's supreme patience, believed on Him, and rebuked his companion who persisted in reviling — see Heb. 11:33 for such a manner of speaking, which is not unusual in the Scriptures; or rather, that one of these two, by a false substitution, [is credited with what only one said] — just as the Apostle brings to "many" what is said of Daniel alone, and, v.37, what pertains to Jeremiah alone. So Matt. 21:2, John 1:5.
H. The darkness, v.45, of which is noted:
a. Its beginning: "And from the sixth hour." The Jews' sixth hour corresponds to our twelfth. For the Jews began their working day (diem artificialem) from our sixth hour in the morning; then they divided the day into four three-hour periods, and what happened between two such periods they reckoned, now to the first part of it, now to the last. From this the apparent contradiction can easily be removed, where John says that Christ was condemned by Pilate at the sixth hour, John 19:14, while Mark relates that He was crucified at the third hour, Mark 15:25: thus the crucifixion, which took place between the third and sixth hour, is by John referred to the sixth, by Mark to the third — compare Grotius, Maldonatus, and others.
b. Its nature: "there was darkness over all the earth" — whether (†) over all the land, namely the land of Judea, which is here being treated of; or (‡) over the whole globe of the earth, which Mornay approves (On the Truth of the Christian Religion, last chapter). Certainly not over the whole earth: for in many parts of it, it was then not day but night, when darkness is not made but is there of itself — therefore it was over that whole hemisphere where it was then day. This darkness, moreover, besides the Evangelists moved by God's Spirit, has its witnesses also among the heathen astronomers and historians: for example, Phlegon (Olympiads, Bk. XIII), Thallus (Histories, Bk. III), in Africanus; indeed the public Roman state records themselves, to which Tertullian appeals (in his Apologeticus) — compare Grotius. This darkness was altogether miraculous: (*) in that it occurred not at a new moon, at which time solar eclipses alone naturally occur, but at full moon — for it happened on the day of the Passover, which fell on the fourteenth day of the month Nisan; for the lunar months were reckoned by their conjunction (synodici), whose first day always fell at the new moon, just as the fourteenth or fifteenth day fell at the full moon. (**) Because it was universal. (***) Because it lasted three hours. When Dionysius, together with the philosopher Apollophanes, understood all these things, being himself still a heathen, he was compelled to cry out (as Suidas records): "Either the Deity suffers, or He suffers with, and has sympathy with, Him who suffers." By this darkness now God willed to make known and testify: (†) the blindness of the Jews. (‡) how greatly the crime of the Jews and the Romans is to be abhorred, since even the sun could not bear it. (‡‡) His wrath, which He had often signified by a solar eclipse, Jer. 15:9, Ezek. 32:7,8, Joel 2:10,30,31 and 3:14,15,16. (‡‡‡) that His Son bore and endured His wrath for the sake of men's sins.
I. The first cry of Christ, vv.46-50, where is:
a. The time of the cry: "about the ninth hour," which corresponds to our third hour in the afternoon.
b. The content of His cry: "Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani" — that is, "My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me?" — from Ps. 22:1, so that He applied that Psalm to Himself. Mark has, instead of Eli, "Eloi," ch.15:34, which is Syriac, of the same meaning, except that the former is more Hebrew. "Sabachthani" for "Sabakthani," that is, שְׁבַקְתַּנִי, in place of which Ps. 22:1 has in Hebrew עֲזַבְתָּנִי, gnazabhtani. From which it may be gathered that Christ used neither the old Hebrew nor the pure Syriac tongue, but the dialect then customary, in which שְׁבַק, Sabak, was the same among the Syrians as עָזַב, gnazabh, among the Hebrews. Now God had forsaken His Son: (*) not with respect to His grace and favor itself, but with respect to His felt sense of it, as in Isa. 49:14; or (**) with respect to the human nature, which was exposed to the fiercest and cruelest torments — in which He was deprived, not only of outward deliverance, but also of all comfort, outward and inward, of body and of soul, divine and human; or (***) because He wrestled with the most grievous temptation concerning His being cast off and rejected (though without any sin), for He strove and struggled with the pangs of death. He felt that God was in some manner estranged from Him and appeared toward Him as a Judge, and sent and inflicted upon Him pains and sorrows which were truly hellish pains and sorrows, owed on account of our sins. This was His very chief struggle and wrestling, harder than all the rest.
c. The reproaches.
The first, v.47: "And some," etc. — not so much the Romans, who knew nothing of Elijah, as the Greek-speaking Jews, ignorant of Hebrew, who supposed that Elijah was still to come, Matt. 17:10; unless perhaps they deliberately misconstrued and twisted these words, in order intentionally to mock Christ. There followed upon this a second drink, of vinegar, prepared, according to Roman custom, to be given to the crucified — either to break the bitterness of thirst, or rather, to avert or drive off a swooning or fainting of the mind. In place of καλάμῳ, "on a reed," John has ὑσσώπῳ περιθέντες, "putting it about with hyssop," or fixing it upon hyssop; whether the stick was made of hyssop, or whether the hyssop, being pounded, had been mixed into the sponge with the vinegar, to increase its bitterness, so that thereby the prophecy of Ps. 69:21 might be fulfilled.
The second, v.49: "The rest said, Let be, let us see whether Elias will come to save Him." Thus ἄφες, "let be," would be a word of forbidding — "do not bring it, do not offer it, do not come near" — because they supposed that Elijah would thus more readily come to Him alone; otherwise it would be a superfluous word, subordinate to the following auxiliary verb, so that it means: "well then, let us see."
K. The death of Christ, v.50, following upon the repeated cry; or rather, that He cried out anew, "It is finished" (τετέλεσται); and likewise, "Father, into thy hands I commend my spirit," as it stands, John 19:28(30), whereupon He gave up the ghost — which the centurion took to be a wonder, from which he concluded that His soul was received and taken up by God: for His death was hastened before His natural strength had failed Him. Ἀφῆκε τὸ πνεῦμα, "He gave up the ghost," is the same as the Hebrew נָוַע, for which Mark, ch.15:37, and Luke, ch.23:46, have ἐξέπνευσε, "He breathed out His spirit." It is a figurative description of death, in which the soul departs from the body.
The Doctrinal Part
III.
The Mediator, then, according to the will of His Father, underwent for His own the accursed death of the cross. This the Holy Scriptures, besides in the text, (I) expressly and clearly declare, Phil. 2:8, Heb. 2:9,10,14,15, Eph. 2:15,16 and 5:2,25, Col. 1:21,22, Gal. 3:13, and with equivalent expressions make known, 2 Cor. 5:21, etc.; (II) foretell, in the divine oracles of Ps. 22:14,17,18, Isa. 53:4-12, Dan. 9:26,27, Zech. 13:7; (III) prefigure and foreshadow, not only in the bare fact — in the ram, Gen. 22:10 compared with Heb. 11:17; in the serpent, Num. 21:9, 2 Kings 18:4 — but also in every kind of sin-offering, Heb. 9:12-15,22,23, and through the meaning of the Passover, 1 Cor. 5:7 compared with Exod. 12; and finally (IV) impress and inculcate in all those passages which trace our redemption to the blood of Christ (under which His death, and His whole suffering, are also signified), 1 John 1:7, Heb. 9:13,14, 1 Pet. 1:19, Rom. 3:25 and 5:9, Eph. 1:7, etc.
IV.
This death was also demanded, in many ways, by hard necessity, arising (1) from the guilt of punishment and the desert of our sins, Gen. 2:17, Rom. 6:23 and 5:12, 1 Cor. 15:22; (II) from the righteousness, or the natural hatred, of God against the sinner, Ps. 5:5-7, Hab. 1:13, Rom. 1:32, 2 Thess. 1:6; (III) from the truthfulness of the threatening God, Gen. 2:17, Ezek. 18:13 compared with Num. 23:19, Ps. 89:15; (IV) from the mercy and love toward man of the Father, and at the same time of the Son Himself, toward the lost sinner, John 3:16, Rom. 5:8, Eph. 5:2; (V) from Christ's own act of suretyship, whereby He, in the eternal Counsel of Peace, took upon Himself the whole cause of the death-guilty sinner, Ps. 40:7,8,9, Heb. 7:22 — whence He is called גֹּאֵל, Goel, Redeemer, Job 19:25 compared with Isa. 59:20 and Lev. 25:25, and Μεσίτης, a Mediator, 1 Tim. 2:5, Heb. 8:6, 18(?), 15 and 9:24 compared with ch.10:5, Isa. 53:10,11; (VI) from God's purpose to make manifest the glory of His mercy in the gracious redemption of sinners, Rom. 9:23, Eph. 1:5,6,7.
V.
This death, then, which the Surety Himself took upon Himself and underwent for His own, is that act of humiliation whereby He took upon Himself and underwent all the misery which, by force of sin, was due to His own people. It is, therefore, (1) no bare suffering, as our death is, but a doing — inasmuch as He is said to have humbled Himself, Phil. 2:8, to have shown Himself obedient to His Father unto death, ibid., to have laid down His life of Himself, John 10:11,18, to have given Himself for a ransom, Matt. 20:28, 1 Tim. 2:6, Isa. 53:10. He also (II) underwent, not merely the bare separation of soul and body, in which alone our death consists, but that whole misery which was due to His own by force of sin — that is, the very same evil that lay upon His people because of sin, though not identical in kind, or rather not identical in number, at least identical in weight, gravity, and worth. For He did not take upon and allow Himself, nor indeed could He, every evil, and each in particular, which could have been laid upon us because of sin — for example, plague, blindness, and everything mentioned in Deut. 28:15ff — nor, for example, the loss of the image of God and of original righteousness, the eternity of death, and other such things: nevertheless, as regards their kinds, He underwent those very same things which we had to undergo and suffer; at least as regards weight and worth, counterbalancing and equivalent to our miseries. So that in this death there has not been so much a true and properly-so-called payment, whereby, according to the jurists, the very same thing is done and rendered which is due in the obligation, and which cannot be refused or rejected by the creditor — but rather a satisfaction, whereby just as much is done, and which can be refused and rejected by the debt. Which point being carefully and prudently observed, most of the difficulties in the matter of Satisfaction will vanish.
VI.
Since, then, we have by our sins brought upon ourselves a guilt of a threefold death — bodily, spiritual, and eternal, as we have taught above, Book IV, ch.4 — so also the Surety Himself, Christ, had to undergo a threefold death: first, the natural death, the history of which all the Evangelists depict, as it were with one pen, through its three periods, of which the first shows the preparations for Christ's death, ten in number: (1) the foretelling of the now-approaching death, Matt. 16:21, Mark 14:1(?), Luke 22:1, John 13:1; (II) the Jews' deliberation to put Christ to death, Matt. 26:3,4,5; (III) His anointing, which took place at Bethany, by a woman, in the house of Simon the leper, Matt. 26:6-13, Mark 14:3, Luke 7:37,38, John 11:2 and 12:3; (IV) the betrayal by Judas, Matt. 26:14-16, Mark 14:10,11, Luke 22:3-6; (V) the eating and abolishing of the Passover, Matt. 26:17-21, Mark 14:12-18, Luke 22:7-17; (VI) the institution of the Holy Supper, Matt. 26:26-31(?), Mark 14:22-27(?), Luke 22:19,20; (VII) the washing of His disciples' feet, John 13:3-17; (VIII) the exposing of His betrayer, Matt. 26:21-26, Mark 14:17,22(?), Luke 22:21-23, John 13:21-31; (IX) the foretelling of the offense, flight, and denial of the disciples, Matt. 26:31-35, Mark 14:27-32, Luke 22:31-39; (X) the settling of the dispute among the disciples about precedence, Luke 22:24-31.
The second period shows Christ's suffering and death itself, through four acts: of which (1) the first has those things which befell Him in the garden of Olivet, namely, on the one hand His soul's anguish and struggle, Matt. 26:36-46, Mark 14:32-42, Luke 22:39-46, John 18:1; on the other, His surrender into the hands of His enemies, Matt. 26:47-56, Mark 14:43-53, Luke 22:47-54,63-65, John 18:3-13. (2) The second act embraces what took place with Him in the hall of the High Priest: namely, (a) His examination, Matt. 26:57,59-63, Mark 14:53,55-61, Luke 22:54, John 18:19-24; (b) the fall and repentance of Peter, Matt. 26:58-69, Mark 14:54,66-72, Luke 22:55-62, John 18:15-18,25,26,27; (c) His condemnation, Matt. 26:65-69, Mark 14:61-66, Luke 22:66-71. (3) The third act relates what was done with and concerning Him before Pilate: namely, (a) His being led away to Pilate, Matt. 27:1,2, Mark 15:1, Luke 23:1, John 18:28, with which is joined the despair and hanging of Judas, Matt. 27:3-10; (b) the accusation of the Jews and the examination by Pilate, Matt. 27:11-14, Mark 15:2-6, Luke 23:2-12, John 18:28-39; (c) His vindication by Pilate, Matt. 27:15-24, Mark 15:7-14, Luke 23:4,13-23, John 18:38 and 19:4-15; (d) His scourging, Matt. 27:26, Mark 15:15, John 19:1; (e) His condemnation, Matt. 27:26, Mark 15:15, Luke 23:24,25, John 19:16. (4) The fourth act relates the things done concerning His crucifixion, in which occur (a) His being led out to Golgotha, and His discourse on the way to the weeping women, Luke 23:26-31, Matt. 27:27-33, Mark 15:16-22, John 19:16,17; (b) His drink of vinegar mingled with gall, and His intercession for His crucifiers, Matt. 27:33,34, Mark 15:23, Luke 23:32(?); (c) the inscription on the cross, John 19:19-25, Matt. 27:37, Mark 15:26, Luke 23:38; (d) the care for His Mother commended to John, John 19:25-27, Matt. 27:55,56, Mark 15:40, Luke 23:49, together with the reproaches and mockeries brought against Him, hanging on the cross, by every sort of person, Matt. 27:38-45, Mark 15:27,33, Luke 23:35,36,37; (e) the repentance of the one thief, the darkening of the sun, and the lament over the Divine forsaking, Matt. 27:44-46, Mark 15:33,34, Luke 23:39-44; (f) His complaint of thirst, His testimony that all was finished, the commending of His soul into His Father's hands, and His death, John 19:28-30, Matt. 27:47-50, Mark 15:35,36,37, Luke 23:45. The third period has the consequences of Christ's death and crucifixion: namely, (1) the wonders which followed upon His death, Matt. 27:51-55, Mark 15:38,39, Luke 23:44-49; (2) His burial, of which in its own place.
VII.
From these periods of Christ's natural death it is clear that He not only truly and properly died, but also that He thereby underwent very much the same death which, by force of sin, lay upon us. And accordingly, just as our death has its parts, with respect to loss and with respect to sense, and its degrees, with respect to its beginning, with respect to its completion, and also a certain mingled mitigation therewith — according to what we have taught above, Book IV, ch.4, §§ 4 and 14 — so also Christ's death has had (A) its beginning, in which, besides the mortality inborn in Him, there was (1) a weakening, through various torments, removals from one place to another, the imposing of the cross, and other such things done to Him from outside, Ps. 22:1; (2) that He, among His own disciples, was betrayed by Judas, Matt. 26:47-50, denied by Peter, ibid., vv.69-74, forsaken by all, v.56; (3) that He was, by every sort of man, and especially by the foremost and most eminent, denounced as a madman, one possessed of a devil, a Samaritan, a glutton, a winebibber, a godless man, a deceiver, a seducer, a blasphemer, a sorcerer, a rioter, and an intruder into another's kingdom, John 19:7,12, Matt. 26:65, Luke 23:2; that He was rejected by the people, set behind the very worst robber and murderer, Matt. 26:20-25(?), and crucified in the midst between two robbers, John 19:18; (4) that His garments were stripped off, and thus He was made naked; (5) that He was further seized, and dragged shamefully to and fro from one guard-post to another, as if He were a robber and a murderer, Matt. 26:50,55,56 and 27:2, Mark 14:46,48,49, Luke 22:52-54, John 18:12; (6) that He had to endure the most unjust sentences, both ecclesiastical, from the High Priests Annas and Caiaphas, John 18:13,14,19-24, Matt. 26:57,59-66 and 27:1, Mark 14:53,55-64(?), Luke 22:66,71 and 23:1,2, and civil, from Pilate and from Herod the Tetrarch, Matt. 27:11,26, Mark 15:2-15, Luke 23:1-25, John 18:28-40 and 19:1-16; (7) that He was mocked, spat upon, struck, and buffeted with a crown of thorns — first before Caiaphas, Matt. 26:67,68, Mark 14:65, Luke 22:63-65, then before Herod, Luke 23:11, finally before Pilate and his servants and soldiers, Matt. 27:26-31, Mark 15:16-20; and also (8) that He, as one accursed, suffered, with body bared, in a place of infamy, between two robbers, a savage, shameful, and accursed kind of death-penalty — even with countless preceding indignities: a drink mingled with gall and myrrh, and a stinging and mocking inscription on the cross, Matt. 27:31,33-49, Mark 15:20,22-36, Luke 23:25,32,33,35-39, John 19:16-20, Gal. 3:13. Finally, (9) He suffered in every part and member of His body: His ears were filled with revilings and mockeries, Matt. 27:39,40; His head was struck with a reed, ibid., v.30, and torn and wounded with thorns, ibid., v.29; His body was scourged, ibid., v.26; His mouth was given vinegar and gall to drink, ibid., v.34, Mark 15:23; His face was defiled with spittle, Matt. 27:30; His shoulders were laden and burdened with the wood of the cross, Luke 23:26; His side was pierced, John 19:34; His arms were stretched out along the cross; His hands and feet were fastened with nails to the cross, Ps. 22:16,17, Matt. 27:35; His blood was poured out from all His veins, John 19:34; His heart melted with anguish, Ps. 22:14, etc.
In all these particulars, meanwhile, just as with our own death, there was accompanying a certain mitigation: (a) in the display and manifestation of His Divine power and majesty, whereby He made those seizing Him fall to the ground with a single word, John 18:6, and healed the ear of Malchus, Luke 22:50,51; (b) that He was strengthened by an angel, Luke 22:43; (c) the abundant testimony of His innocence, from the judge himself and his wife, Matt. 27:18,19,24, Mark 15:10,14, Luke 23:4,14,20,22, John 19:4,6 — indeed, even from His own betrayer, Matt. 27:3,4,5, and from other onlookers, Luke 23:47; (d) the help of Simon of Cyrene, and the compassion of the crowd, Luke 23:26-31, Matt. 27:32, Mark 15:21. This, now, was the beginning of His natural death; but besides this, it also (B) had its completion and perfecting, whereby the soul was separated from the body, Luke 23:46, Matt. 27:50, John 19:30, the personal union nevertheless remaining unimpaired — whence the Lord of glory is said to have been crucified, 1 Cor. 2:8, and the Lord to have lain in the grave, Matt. 28:6. Furthermore, because of this completion and perfecting, this death was: (1) true, not falsely feigned or fabricated, being brought about by a true separation of the essential parts, body and soul, Luke 23:46, Matt. 27:50; (2) indeed violent, insofar as it was inflicted by outward causes; but nevertheless (3) natural, since it was brought about by causes which were naturally efficacious — except that it may also (4) be called supernatural, as well as voluntary, since He laid down His life at His own good pleasure, John 10:18, gave Himself up, Eph. 5:2, and His death was honored and glorified, in a supernatural manner, through various wonders — through an extraordinary darkening of the sun, Matt. 27:45, Luke 23:44,45; through the tearing of the veil of the temple, Matt. 27:51, Luke 23:45; through an earthquake, through the splitting of the rocks, through the opening of the graves, and through a resurrection of the dead, Matt. 27:51-53. So far, Christ's natural death.
VIII.
Yet He also had to undergo and endure, secondly, the spiritual death — not indeed one and the same in kind or in number with that which, by force of sin, lay upon us, but nevertheless like it, indeed one and the same in worth and in weight. For whereas there lies upon us a spiritual death, which includes a deprivation of the image of God and of original righteousness, joined with a bondage to sin, to the world, to Satan, and to the flesh — as has been shown, Book IV, ch.4, §§8-11 — such spiritual death, properly speaking, could not fall upon Christ: for thus He would not only have been unfit for the Mediatorial office, but the God-man would have been a sinner. It was, therefore, a certain grievous spiritual evil, corresponding to our spiritual death — indeed, one and the same with our spiritual death in worth and weight. Christ, then, by His spiritual death, was (1) deprived of the joy and delight which His soul would otherwise have been able to draw from the enjoyment of God and from the fullness of grace — because He, having been made for us, had for that very reason and by that very means to become an object of Divine wrath, 2 Cor. 5:21, compared with Ps. 22:1,2, Isa. 53:10. (II) He fully tasted the Divine wrath, on account of the sins He had taken upon Himself, and was exposed to the power of darkness, to be tormented and afflicted, John 3:27(?) — and here, properly, consisted that cup which was poured out for Christ by His Father to be drunk, Matt. 26:39, Luke 22:34(?)(42). Now He was an object of God's wrath, not absolutely and unqualifiedly, with respect to the Divine favor and affection — for He was that so greatly beloved Son, Matt. 3:17 and 17 — but with respect to the effect, or the punishments which, on account of our punishment-guilt taken up by Him, lay upon Him. Nor was the subjection under the power of darkness a properly-so-called bondage and slavery, but only a subjection to affliction and torment; and that not forever, but only for a time, until He should have crushed the serpent's head, Gen. 3:15, compare John 14:30. From this arose (III) so great a sorrow, fear, and terror in His soul — not only in the garden, but even before, Luke 12:50, John 12:27, Matt. 26:37,38. From this also arose (IV) a strong and vehement entreaty and supplication, which showed a mind astonished, terrified, and afraid, and at the same time such a nature as shrank and recoiled from the bitterness of death — without which He would not have endured the punishment — all of which, nevertheless, was joined with a most profound submission to and under the will of God, John 12:27, Matt. 26:39, Mark 14:35, Luke 22:42, compare Heb. 5:7. And also (V) a bloody sweat, truly real, and wrung from Him by the violence of His soul's anguish, Luke 22:44, compared with Gen. 49:11, Isa. 63:2, Rev. 19:13. Alongside this spiritual death there is —
IX.
Thirdly, joined to it, the eternal death, owed to our sins, as shown above, Book IV, ch.4, §§15,16 — although the eternity of death did not fall upon Him. For (1) this belongs not to the essence of the punishment, but arises from the condition and state of the one punished, when that state is such that he cannot exhaust the punishment by bearing it, Matt. 25:41(?). Because (II) sin, offending the infinite Majesty of God, deserves punishment infinite in only one respect — either intensively, that is, infinite in weight and severity, which a mere creature cannot endure, or extensively, that is, infinite in duration: since, therefore, the Savior, being the God-man, underwent and suffered a punishment infinite in weight and worth, it was not necessary that He should undergo a punishment infinite in duration, that is, eternal. In particular, (III) because this eternity of death would have rendered Him unfit for those Mediatorial duties which He was obliged to perform after His death. He has, then, taken upon and undergone eternal death, of which He is said to have become κατάρα, a curse, Gal. 3:13 — as also, in token thereof, He willed to be hanged upon a tree. Yet He underwent that eternal death only with respect to its essential elements, but by no means with respect to those circumstances which, in the damned, accompany it.
And what, finally, are those essentials of eternal death? Answer: (1) with respect to the punishment of loss, it is a separation from the gracious presence, beholding, and enjoyment of God, as the highest good. (2) With respect to the punishment of sense, it is an unbearable torment of soul and of body, Matt. 25:41, 2 Thess. 1:9. If now the Savior has suffered and endured both these things, then He surely has undergone and suffered the essentials of eternal death — but not the eternal death itself: (a) with respect indeed to the punishment of loss, when, being forsaken by His Father, and missing all sense of comfort and spiritual joy, for a time, He was compelled to cry out and complain: "My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me?" Matt. 27:46, Mark 15:34, from Ps. 22:1; and (b) with respect to the punishment of sense — the most extreme part thereof — when He underwent, in the curse, Gal. 3:13, the fierceness of God's wrath and judgment, Rev. 19:15, was surrounded with the pangs of death, and struck with the terrors of hell, Ps. 18:5,6,7, and complained that by all this His soul was exceeding sorrowful, even unto death, Matt. 26:38, and that His heart had become like wax, melted in the midst of His bowels, Ps. 22:14, and acknowledged that His soul had been thrust down even into hell — wherein eternal death is wont to be suffered — Ps. 16:10, compared with Ps. 30:3, and 86:13.
X.
From this chapter it is clear, brighter than the sun, that the Mediator suffered not only in His body, but also, and indeed principally, in His soul. Because (1) not only does Scripture expressly attribute His sufferings to His soul, Ps. 22:14, Isa. 53:10, Matt. 26:38, John 12:27 — but also because (II) the very nature of our sin, being chiefly of the soul in its origin, Mark 7:19-23, demands a punishment which had to be inflicted upon the soul of the Surety Himself, if He wished happily to deliver His fellows from the pains and torments of the soul. Indeed also, for that same reason, the punishment was inflicted not only on the lower part of the soul, as one says, or the sensitive part, but also on the upper or rational part: since not only is the heart (in which the Savior groans and complains that He suffers, Ps. 22:14) throughout the Scriptures generally understood to be a faculty of the rational soul, but also, as coming forth out of the heart, as from a fountain, sins are said to proceed, Matt. 15:18-20. Nor did Christ's soul suffer only through the mediation of bodily pain, by way of sympathy, but also immediately — which appears from those pangs and constrictions which He suffered in Gethsemane, when His body was not yet suffering in the least, and He nevertheless cried out, "My soul is exceeding sorrowful, even unto death," Matt. 26:38; when He began to be sorrowful, amazed, and greatly distressed, Matt. 26:37,42, Mark 14:33,36.
XI.
All these things, whether according to the body or according to the soul, the Mediator has suffered, neither as man alone, nor as God alone, but as God-man — as God and man at once, so that, according to the nature of the Theanthropic, God-man Mediatorial acts, each nature contributed what was its own to the sufferings of Christ: the human nature alone underwent and endured the suffering itself (since in the Divine nature no capacity for suffering falls, Mal. 3:6, Jas. 1:17, and much less death, since it is imperishable and immortal, Rom. 1:23, 1 Tim. 1:17 and 6:16), while the Divine nature imparted to those sufferings an infinite weight, worth, and value, so that they might be the sufferings of God, Acts 20:28, and the blood of the Son of God, 1 John 1:7, sufficient to cleanse us from all sin.
XII.
To the first and chief cause of all the death mentioned, Christ had God, His own Father, the supreme Judge, Isa. 53:6,10, Zech. 13:7, 2 Cor. 5:21, Acts 2:23 and 4:28 — for which reason He groans and complains: "My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me?" Ps. 22:1. And in more than one way has God been active and engaged concerning the sufferings and death of His Son: namely, (1) by determining these sufferings beforehand, Acts 2:23 and 4:28, Rom. 8:29, Luke 24:26,46, Acts 17:3; (II) by foretelling them, Ps. 22, Isa. 53, Zech. 13:7, Dan. 9:26; (III) by supporting Him under His burden, Ps. 22:12(?) compared with v.25; (IV) by permitting them to His enemies, John 19:10,11; (V) by determining the time of the suffering, Acts 4:28, John 19:31-33; (VI) by directing it to the end appointed for it, 2 Cor. 5:21, Isa. 53:5. Now God had, for a moving cause, as it were: (1) His Grace and Mercy toward the sinner, Rom. 9:23 compared with 2 Cor. 5:21, Isa. 53:6, Rom. 8:32; (2) His avenging Justice against His own Son as Surety, Rom. 3:22(?) and 8:3; (3) the glory of both — of grace and of righteousness — Rom. 3:25.
XIII.
Furthermore, He had, as secondary causes, men of every sort and kind: (1) friends — and at the same time false ones, like the betrayer Judas, Matt. 26:14-16,47-50, and, by name, Peter the denier, vv.69-75 — and sincere ones. (II) Enemies: (1) ecclesiastical — high priests, priests, Pharisees, scribes, elders, the Sanhedrin, vv.57-68 and ch.27:1, etc.; (2) civil — both rulers, Ps. 2:2, Herod the Tetrarch and Pilate, the emperor's governor, Acts 4:27, Matt. 27:2, Luke 23:7,8, as well as their servants, v.11; (3) soldiers, Matt. 27:27, Luke 23:36, John 19:2,23,24,32,34, Mark 15:16 — (a) Jews, and likewise Gentiles, Acts 4:27; (b) learned and unlearned; (c) men and women, Matt. 26:69-71 and 27:19,55; (d) the whole crowd, vv.39,40 — namely, so that, just as He had a share brought against Him by all, so also He might taste death for all, Heb. 2:9.
XIV.
The fruit and effect of that whole death is, in general, (1) the satisfaction for our sins, insofar as He underwent the death which, by force of God's righteousness, truth, and law, was owed for our sins, Isa. 53:4-10, Gal. 3:13, 2 Cor. 5:21, Rom. 8:3, etc. — which, in its own place, God willing, we shall treat with express and full purpose. From which in particular (II) there flowed the general ransom and deliverance of the elect, Matt. 20:28, 1 Tim. 2:6, Matt. 1:21; hence, further, (III) our reconciliation with God, Rom. 5:1,2, 2 Cor. 5:19,21; besides which (IV) the deliverance from the wrath of God, Rom. 5:1,6,7,8, 1 Thess. 5:9; also (V) from the curse of the Law, Gal. 3:13, Rom. 8:3; (VI) from the power of Satan, Heb. 2:14,15; (VII) from death and from hell, 1 Cor. 15:54-57, Rom. 7:24. On the other hand, (VIII) the blessing of Abraham, Gal. 3:14, John 3:14,15; and (IX) eternal life, v.16.
XV.
The foundation of all this lies chiefly in these two points: (1) that He, being wholly and utterly innocent, without any guilt of His own, suffered all these things, Isa. 53:9, 2 Cor. 5:21, 1 Pet. 2:22 — and that therefore He, by force of God's righteousness, could not have undergone for Himself that death to which sinners alone are bound, Gen. 2:17, Rom. 5:12 and 6:23 — and that He, since He underwent it, therefore underwent it for none other than for, and in the place of, others. (II) Because He set Himself forth as a Surety and Mediator, in the eternal counsel of Peace, for us, Heb. 7:22, Ps. 40:7,8, Isa. 53:4.
XVI.
Meanwhile, however, that which He suffered, He did not suffer for all sinners and for each one individually, head for head — namely, not for those who are condemned in their own persons, Rom. 8:33,34, since for these He was not even willing to pray, now that He was so soon to die, John 17:9 — although, meanwhile, His death, in order to redeem all and each together (being, on account of the infinite worth of His Person, 1 John 1:7, Acts 20:28, of infinite value), could by itself have sufficed, had He, according to the will of the Father, been willing to appoint and ordain it for all. Meanwhile, He has appointed and ordained it, without distinction, for every sort of person, 1 Tim. 2:6, and by name for all believers, John 3:14-16, for His people, Matt. 1:21, for His sheep, John 10:15, for His children, Heb. 2:10, for His brethren, v.17, and for all, however many, who through Him with a living faith come to the Father, ch.7:25, and who earnestly desire to be saved and made blessed through Him, Rev. 22:17, Isa. 55:1, Matt. 5:6.
The Polemical Part
XVII.
Concerning the sufferings and death of Christ the question is asked: first, whether Christ truly suffered, and truly died? The Manichaeans, Docetae, Theopaschites, and Aphthartodocetae, ancient heretics, trifled that the Son of God suffered and died only κατὰ δόκησιν καὶ φαντασίαν, "in appearance and imagination," as one who in fact had an ἄφθαρτον, indestructible body, which could not admit of natural, that is, of τῶν φυσικῶν καὶ ἀδιαβλήτων παθῶν, blameless natural sufferings. Likewise the Muhammadans hold that Christ, before His crucifixion, was caught up to the stars, so that He was crucified only in the opinion and supposition of the Jews. For the rest, there are, among those who profess Christ in our time, some who at least do not confess with the mouth — indeed, positively hold and maintain — that Christ did not truly and properly die. And the Socinians do the very same thing, although this can scarcely, indeed can less and less, be reconciled with their own suppositions: for since they hold that, through the personal union, Divine properties — among them, by name, omnipresence — have been communicated to the human nature, it truly cannot be understood how the omnipresent flesh could truly have been torn and separated from His soul, and how Christ could thus truly have died.
The Reformed confess that Christ, by a true separation of His essential parts, died: (1) because Scripture, in innumerably many places, teaches this death — indeed the very separation and rending of soul and body — Luke 23:46, Matt. 27:50, Mark 15:37, John 19:30. (II) Because the Scripture of the Old Testament foretold this death many times over, Isa. 53:10, Dan. 9:26. (III) Because that death was prefigured by so many truly dying sacrificial animals. (IV) Because He truly rose from the dead, Matt. 28:6, Mark 16:6, Luke 24:6, John 20:9. (V) Because otherwise He would not truly have taken away the death which was threatened against, and belongs to, our sins, Isa. 53:4, and, consequently, would not have made satisfaction either, and we would still be in our sins, 1 Cor. 15:3,4,13,14,16,17,18.
Nor is there anything, even with any semblance of plausibility, that can be objected against this fundamental truth, except this alone: if He had truly died, He would not have remained a true man, since a dead man is no man; and consequently He would not have been a true God-man either. This knot, which chokes many exceedingly, we think can be untied thus: by denying that He, during His death, was a true man — although (mortuus homo) a mere man, once dead, is no longer (verus homo) a true man, because, the separation of the parts having once taken place, there remains in him absolutely no union of the essential parts by which he could be called and be a true man: but it stands quite otherwise with the God-man, whose essential parts, body and soul, though — the immediate union being removed — they were torn apart from one another, nevertheless remained united, by a mediate union, in the Divine Person: whence God, or the Divine nature, is said not to have forsaken Him in the grave, Acts 2:27, from Ps. 16:10.
XVIII.
One asks, secondly: whether Christ, by His death, was brought into a state of non-existence? The Socinians, because they hold that to die is nothing other than to be no longer present (insofar as, by death, the body returns and falls back into an everlasting matter and ash; and the soul, which is to them nothing other than a certain power and beneficence of God, returns to God, that is, falls back into God — see the Compendiolum, Socinus refuted by Cloppenburg, ch.8, Smalcius, De Divinitate Christi, ch.13) — and that Christ, when He had died, was in that very same state and condition in which all other dead are (as Smalcius speaks in the passage cited) — hold, for this very reason, that Christ too, from His death until His Resurrection (which, to them, is nothing other than being present again), was not present: whence also they suppose God would have wished to persuade us, by His burial and descent into hell, which likewise, to them, is nothing other than a state of non-existence in which all dying subjects enter, whether irrational creatures or men, the godly as well as the ungodly — except that the godly (under the Old Testament) will, through the Resurrection, be brought back to a state of presence.
On the contrary, all Christians hold that, just as death in general, so also Christ's death, was nothing other than a true separation of soul and body. Because Scripture plainly and expressly testifies: (1) that Christ's soul, during the three days of His death, was present [somewhere], having been committed into the hands of His Father, Luke 23:46, Ps. 31:5. (II) That His body was present, either on the cross or in the grave, Matt. 27:59,60. (III) That the whole compound saw no corruption, and thus much less a non-existence, Ps. 16:10, Acts 2:31 and 13:35. Also (IV) that He, on that very day of His death, was present in Paradise with the repentant thief, Luke 23:43. Let me add (V) that He had life in Himself, John 5:26, that He Himself is the life, John 14:6, and has the power of an indissoluble life, Heb. 7:16, 1 Cor. 15:45. I will not say (VI) that Christ, in this way, would have twice arisen and been drawn forth ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων, out of things that are not — once in the incarnation, and again in the resurrection. More on this kind of matter will occur, God willing, in its proper place, concerning the Resurrection of the Flesh.
The proofs which Smalcius offers for the Socinians, in the passage cited, are: (1) that He is said to have emptied Himself, Phil. 2:7. Answer: but ἑαυτὸν ἐκένωσε, "He emptied Himself," however this is twisted and construed, can in no way be explained by an annihilation, unless one must acknowledge in the Person of Christ a twofold nature, one of which, by a greater power, would have reduced the other to nothing — which greater power then can be none other than that of the Divine nature, that is, of God Himself, whose work it is to create out of nothing. "He emptied Himself" signifies, in the Apostle, not the state of Christ once dead, but the grace of the living Christ, whereby He, living in the flesh, set Himself forth, unto a humble obedience of life and of death, as a Servant of the Father.
(2) That, for this reason, the Resurrection is compared to a generation, Acts 13:32,33, and that Christ, through the resurrection, is said to have been "this day begotten," from Ps. 2:7. Answer: it is not true that Christ's Resurrection, Acts 13:32,33, is compared to a generation, nor does this follow from the fact that the Apostle, upon his statement concerning Jesus raised up from the dead, immediately lets these words follow: "As it is also written in the second Psalm, Thou art my Son, this day have I begotten thee" — but the Apostle does this in order to show that, on the day of Christ's resurrection, He was, by His Father, powerfully assigned and imputed to Himself that name of Son — a name more excellent than the name of angels, of whom there is no such declaration outside the eternal generation, before all creatures: for one must here compare the passages, Heb. 1:4,5 and Rom. 1:4.
(3) That the dead are said many times in Scripture "not to be," Matt. 2:18, ὅτι οὐκ εἰσί, "because they are not," from Jer. 31:15, with which similar expressions occur, Ps. 104:35, Lam. 5:7. Answer: with respect to the present preceding life, 1 Cor. 7:29,30, these passages mean nothing other than that the dead are no longer among the living, in their cities and families.
XIX.
One asks, thirdly: whether the Messiah, according to the tenor of the Old Testament, had to suffer and to die? The Jews invent for themselves a twofold Messiah: the one, a Son of Joseph or Ephraim, whose name would be Nehemiah, son of Hushiel — that this one is subject to various calamities and miseries, indeed even to death itself, they generally say and teach in the Talmud, tractate Sukkah, and in the Chaldee paraphrase on Song of Songs 4:4 — from which is well known and common among them חבלי המשיח, "the birth-pangs of the Messiah." As for the other, a Son of David — that this one, as being their chief Messiah, should be subject to sufferings and death — this they all deny. The Muhammadans hold with the Jews, except that, with us, they acknowledge only one Messiah, Jesus, whom, according to the ninth point above, they deny to have been crucified.
The Christians acknowledge, with the Scriptures, only one Messiah, and believe that He was to be subject to sufferings and to a shameful death: not only because (1) Peter, 1 Pet. 1:11, and Paul, Acts 26:23(?), testify that the Prophets thus foretold it; but also because (II) the Prophets record those sufferings of the Messiah in their particulars: for example, (1) that His heel would be crushed by the serpent, Gen. 3:15; (2) that His hands and feet — namely, on the cross — would be pierced, Ps. 22:16; (3) that He would be given vinegar and gall to drink, Ps. 69:21; (4) that His face would be spat upon and His back struck, Isa. 50:6; (5) that He would be for a scorn, mockery, and contempt, Ps. 22:6,7,8; (6) that He would be sold for thirty pieces of silver, Zech. 11:12,13; (7) that He would be pierced through, Zech. 12:10; (8) that He would be smitten with the sword, or generally wounded, Zech. 13:7; (9) that He would be put to death, Dan. 9:26; (10) that He would be wounded, smitten, cut off from the land of the living, and buried, Isa. 53, etc. To this we add, (1) directly: if there is, among the Jews themselves, no absurdity in this, that the Messiah, the son of Joseph, should be subject to various calamities and miseries, indeed even to death itself — what absurdity, then, will there be, that the true Messiah should be said to be subject to those same things?
Nor do they have anything, of substance, to object to this — except (a) in general, that from one who is accursed, such as one crucified is, Deut. 21:23, no blessing can be expected. Answer: (a) the text speaks of one who has been hanged for his own crimes, which cannot be said of the Messiah, the righteous, Isa. 53:11. (b) The text speaks of one hanged who is a mere man, which the Messiah is not, but rather יְהוָה צִדְקֵנוּ, "the LORD our righteousness," Jer. 23:6. And (c) such a one hanged, and on account of the crimes of others, accursed, can indeed bring to the truly accursed nothing but a blessing, Gal. 3:9-15. Then (b), they invent, particularly on those passages by which the sufferings and death of the Messiah are proven, this evasion: that these do not speak of the Messiah at all — to defend which passages the opponents of the Jews must of necessity be specifically fitted out. See Hoornbeek, Against the Jews, Bk. VI, ch.1, and others, especially the anti-Jewish commentators.
XX.
One asks, fourthly: whether Christ also underwent the spiritual death — that is, whether He also suffered in His soul, and indeed in the upper or rational part of it, and this immediately, not merely through a bare sympathy with the body? The Papists (in order the more easily to maintain these two points: (1) that Christ's soul, from the very first moment of His conception, was blessed with the beatific vision of God, and thus with a wholly complete blessedness; (II) that His descent into hell did not consist in the suffering of His soul) deny it. The Reformed maintain it, for reasons brought forward in §VIII above, where for the present we add nothing further than: (1) that the distinction of these parties, between a lower and an upper part of the soul, seems to us too little precise, and not agreeable to the simplicity of a spiritual soul; (2) that we can scarcely, on the ground of the opposite supposition, be persuaded firmly enough that Christ, by His suffering, has delivered us from the sufferings of the soul which hang over our heads because of our sins, if He did not suffer in His soul with respect to that very thing, or that same measure — since, whatever the Mediator has not taken upon Himself, of that He has not delivered us, according to the tenor of the passages Isa. 53:4, Gal. 3:13,14, 2 Cor. 5:21, etc.; compare §§VIII and X, and likewise what we have said on this sixth head in the preceding Chapter, §XXXIII. The suppositions of the parties we have touched upon there, and have also, at length, refuted and overthrown the first of them, ch.10, §30(?); the second we shall likewise, God willing, examine in the following chapter.
XXI.
One asks, fifthly: whether He also suffered the eternal death, or the pains of hell? The Socinians deny it, so that it may not follow that Christ took upon Himself all the punishments due to our sins, and, by taking them upon Himself, truly suffered in our place and thereby satisfied God, according to the strictness of His Justice — with whom the Arminians conspire, and among them by name Vorstius, holding that He suffered only temporal death, and that this was accepted and held by God, by a gracious estimation, in place of a complete satisfaction. The Reformed maintain the contrary, in the manner and for the reasons explained in §IX above; by which also — the matter being well and properly weighed — whatever can be said by the parties to the contrary (namely, concerning the eternity of the punishments, despair, blasphemies, and other disordered circumstances of hell's punishments, none of which are required to their essence) can, without difficulty, be sufficiently answered. The Arminians' "gracious estimation and acceptance" we shall expressly and at length oppose in its own place, in the chapter on Redemption.
XXII.
One asks, sixthly: whether Christ, by undergoing and suffering these punishments, according to the view of Calvin, truly despaired? That vile slander the Papists, the Lutherans, and others strive, by an outstanding piece of devilry, to fasten upon Calvin and other Reformed. This no mouth can more happily be made to stop than Calvin's own — Institutes, Bk. II, ch.16, §12, and in his Harmony. For nowhere does he say that Christ despaired; but only, as putting forward an objection according to the parties' own view, attributes the word "despair" to Christ — that is, such a word as men are commonly accustomed to utter on account of despair. And indeed the matter itself declares that He could not have despaired: because it is not only contrary to reason that so great a crime should fall upon the God-man, but also because He never could nor would have shrunk back or turned aside from all that which He (according to God's decree, Acts 4:28, and likewise according to His own suretyship, of which He was well aware) had taken upon Himself for us to suffer, Matt. 16:21-23 and 26:51-54 — just as He also could draw hope from no single promise of God that He would escape that suffering of His, from which, through despair, He might have strayed.
XXIII.
One asks, seventhly: whether He suffered death as God-man? The Nestorians, because they separated the natures in Christ, held that He suffered only as man — whence they had continually in their mouths this saying, "Rejoice, Jew — you have not killed God, but man." On the contrary, the Eutychians, who taught a confusion and mingling of the natures, supposed that He suffered both in the Divine and in the human nature, because they said that, through the mingling of the two natures, one nature had come forth. The Papists, because they teach, with Franciscus Stancarus, that He is Mediator according to the human nature alone, hold that He suffered only as man — with whom the Socinians agree, because they do not accept the Divine nature of the Mediator. The Lutherans, because they hold that, through the personal union, the Divine nature was communicated to the human, say that God, properly and without any figurative manner of speaking, and therefore that the Divine nature itself, suffered for us — with whom, at least with respect to the assertion, the Anabaptists of Flanders are of the same opinion, because they suppose that Christ's human nature, brought down from heaven, or born and proceeding from the Divine substance itself, is Divine.
The Reformed, because they hold that Christ is Mediator according to both natures — as we have taught, Book V, ch.2, §16 and ch.4, §15, and have defended, §§20,22 — maintain that He died as God-man, according to both natures, in the sense and for the reasons brought forward above in §XI. As for the suppositions of the parties: those of the Nestorians and Eutychians, with which the suppositions of the Lutherans agree, we have examined and tested, Book V, ch.4, §7 and §23; those of the Papists and of Stancarus, Book V, ch.2, §30; those of the Socinians, Book II, ch.26, §§5-11; those of the Anabaptists and Quakers, ch.10, §6 and §19.
XXIV.
One asks, eighthly: whether that which the Mediator suffered, He suffered all of it in the place or stead of others? The Socinians, in order the more easily to remove the foundations of satisfaction, do indeed allow that He died for us in general, that is, to our benefit and advantage — namely, to seal with His death the truth of His teaching, and to confirm by His example the promise of the resurrection from the dead and the eternal life that follows upon it — but they deny that He died in our place and stead. Christians hold, and prove, that He did: (1) by all those passages in which He is expressly said to have died for us, Rom. 5:6,8, 2 Cor. 5:14,15, 1 Thess. 5:10 — namely, in the manner in which Paul was not crucified for us, 1 Cor. 1:13 — and by that powerful effect, that thereby condemnation is taken away, Rom. 8:34. Then (II) by those passages in which it is expressly said that He took upon Himself the punishment of our sins, Isa. 53:4, that He "made His soul" an אָשָׁם, "a guilt-offering," an offering for sins, v.10, that He was made "sin for us, that we might be made the righteousness of God in Him," 2 Cor. 5:21. Further, (III) by those passages in which He is said to have paid for us the ransom, the price of redemption, Matt. 20:28, 1 Tim. 2:6, Eph. 1:7,14, Col. 1:14, Heb. 9:15. Also (IV) by those passages in which He is said to have given Himself up for us, "for an offering and a sacrifice to God, for a sweet-smelling savour," Eph. 5:2, Heb. 7:27, 8:3, 9:22,23 and 10:5-13.
Nor is there almost anything they can object, except: (1) that it is unfair and unjust to put to death a righteous man for an unrighteous one, Gen. 18:23. Answer: it is indeed unjust [to put to death] one unwilling, or one who has no power over his own life; but it is not unjust to put to death one willing, Ps. 40:7, Heb. 9:5,6,7(?), and one who has power over His own life, John 10:18. (2) That it is not necessary to put a righteous man to death for an unrighteous one, since God forgives sins freely, Matt. 18:32. Answer: He forgives them freely to us, and for Christ's sake, Eph. 1:7, Col. 1:14, Heb. 9:22 — but nowhere is He said to have forgiven them freely to Christ. They object (3) that it is impossible for one man to undergo, satisfyingly, the death of so many countless millions of men. Answer: it is impossible that one mere man should do that; but it is not impossible that the Son of God, 1 John 1:7, God Himself, Acts 20:28, the Immanuel, the God-man, Matt. 1:21, should do it.
XXV.
One asks, ninthly: whether Christ, on our behalf, had to undergo death exactly and specifically? The Papists, in order to belittle the value of Christ's death, which they diminish in various ways, say that a single drop of His blood would have sufficed to redeem all — to the end that the surplus, as superfluous, may be kept in the Treasury of the church, to be dispensed from it, through indulgences, by the Pope to those who shall have lent a helping hand — that is, who shall have given money.
The Reformed maintain that death was specifically and necessarily required: (1) because our sin, on account of God's Righteousness, Rom. 1:32, on account of the threatening of the Law, Gen. 2:17, Rom. 6:23, and by force of its own nature, offending God's infinite Majesty, demands death as its punishment. (II) Because, according to the opposite supposition, Christ's death would be superfluous, a single drop of blood being sufficient. And thus (III) God would have been cruel (be it said without blasphemy) to have inflicted so cruel a death upon His only-begotten Son, without necessity. Nor is it of any weight or importance whatsoever, what they might object to us — namely, the infinity of value which is upon each smallest part of Christ's sufferings; since (1) this, according to the opponents' own supposition, is false, because they say that He suffered only according to His human nature; and since (2) on account of God's righteousness and truth, and on account of the nature of sin, death is specifically required, as we have said.
XXVI.
One asks, tenthly: whether the death which the Mediator suffered, according to the strictness of the Divine Justice, was equivalent to, and thus fully counterbalanced, all the punishments which the elect were bound to suffer on account of sin? Vorstius and the Arminians, so as to give a covert nod, and quietly favor the thumb, to the Socinians, who deny that Christ made a proper satisfaction, deny it — holding that Christ suffered whatever, in one way or another, He suffered, which God, by a gracious acceptance and estimation, was pleased to accept as an equivalent payment and compensation.
The Orthodox, although they do allow a certain grace, whereby God, for and in the place of us, accepted and allowed what His Son did — nevertheless hold that, by force of the strictness of Divine Justice, God could demand of His Son, on account of our guilt, no more than He received from Him — because He, on account of the worth of the Person who is the Son of God, 1 John 1:7, and God Himself, Acts 20:28, received an infinite ransom-price, than which nothing greater can either be demanded, or obtained and received: since above that which is infinite, nothing greater can be conceived. The foundation of the contrary opinion lies in the denial of the eternal Godhead of the Mediator, which, Book II, ch.26, §§6-11, has been proven and pressed home; the equivalence of the satisfaction remains unshaken.
XXVII.
One asks, eleventhly: whether Christ suffered death for all and for each individually? The Pelagians, and those inclined to Pelagianism, however many there are outside the True Church, say that Christ died equally (ex aequo) and alike for all — so that the application of, or participation in, the benefits of this death depends upon each person's free will. Those of the Reformed who maintain a universal grace hold that Christ died in such a way for all and each individually, under the condition that they can, if only they will, believe — yet in such a way, nevertheless, that He died for the elect alone absolutely and unconditionally, that is, not merely that they can, if they will, believe, but also that they in fact do will it.
All the Reformed agree in this: that in Christ's death, because of the infinite worth of His Person, there is so great a value and price that it could suffice to save and make blessed all men, and each one individually; but, since neither the Father nor the Son willed to appoint and ordain this death to redeem all men, and each one in particular, it therefore cannot fittingly be said that Christ died for all men and for each one individually — because (1) Christ's death and merit is generally limited to "many," Matt. 20:28, Rom. 5:19, Isa. 53:11,12, Heb. 9:28, by name to the called, Heb. 9:15, to believers, Rom. 3:22,25,26, to the sanctified, Heb. 10:14, to the church, Acts 20:28, to His sheep, John 10:14-16,26-28 — even with the exclusion of "the world," for which He was not even willing to pray, and consequently much less to die, John 17:9. (II) Because Christ's death has an inseparable bond with the eternal salvation of those for whom He died, Rom. 8:34 and 5:10. More on this matter will occur, God willing, in the chapter on Redemption.
Nor does it lack for pretexts, which the parties bring forward: (1) that Christ, by His death, so loved the sins of the world that He gave His only-begotten Son — since by "the world," in these passages, nothing other is meant than the Gentile world, as opposed to the Jewish world, Rom. 11:12(?), so that the sense is, that He bore and took away the sins, not of the Jews only, but also of every kind of Gentile. (2) That He gave Himself a ransom for all, 1 Tim. 2:6, Heb. 2:9, Rom. 5:18. Answer: that is, for men of every sort, out of every rank of men, compare Matt. 4:23 and 12:32(?), Rom. 14:2, Rev. 5:9. By name, (3) that He died for those who deny Him, 2 Pet. 2:1. Answer: it is not here said that Christ died for, or with the price of His blood bought back, the apostates; but δεσπότης, the Lord (by which Greek name Christ is nowhere understood) — God is said to have bought (with the price paid, compare Isa. 55:1) — that is, to have obtained for Himself, through the preaching of the Word, those apostate false prophets, to such a degree that they, by an outward profession, acknowledged Him as their Lord, and thereby also professed faith in Christ, which they afterward denied.
Also, (4) they object that there are those who crucify the Son of God afresh for themselves, Heb. 6:6, and that He therefore was, at least once, crucified for them. Answer: the text means nothing other than that such apostates have committed such a sin (the sin which is called blasphemy against the Holy Spirit, Matt. 12:31), for which Christ was never crucified — so that, if they were to be delivered from that sin, Christ would have to be crucified afresh for their sake. Yes, but it is also said (5) that Christ died for him who "tramples underfoot the Son of God," and counts "the blood of the covenant, wherewith He was sanctified, an unholy thing," and does despite to "the Spirit of grace," Heb. 10:29. Answer: the text does not say that those sinners were sanctified by the blood of the covenant, but that Christ Himself was sanctified in His own blood, as the Apostle himself explains, ch.13:12.
XXVIII.
There are yet other matters which could be asked and disputed concerning the death of Christ, which we shall indeed mention here, but which, for brevity's sake, we shall defer for the present to those places where they more properly belong. For example: twelfthly, whether Christ's death has brought about a true and properly-so-called satisfaction? — which we shall defer to the chapter on Redemption. Thirteenthly, whether the reconciliation which Christ brought about by His death is one-sided only, whereby He alone reconciled man to God, and not conversely? — which we shall reserve for that same chapter. Fourteenthly, whether Christ, during the three days of His death and burial, was a true man, and consequently a true God-man? — which we shall leave to the chapter on Christ's descent into hell. Fifteenthly, whether, by Christ's death, the Divine Person was separated either from the body or from the soul, and whether thereby the personal union was suspended? — which, agreeing in many respects with the preceding question and point of dispute, shall likewise be set aside for the next following chapter.
The Practical Part
XXIX.
The contemplation of Christ's suffering and death requires, first, that we frequently — indeed, wholly and altogether — occupy ourselves in meditating upon this suffering and that death of Christ. For (I) it was so great and so weighty a matter to Paul that, in comparison with the knowledge of it, he counted all wisdom — though he himself had been raised up above even the great Gamaliel, Acts 22:3, and had even been caught up into the third heaven, where he heard unspeakable words which it is not lawful for a man to utter, 2 Cor. 12:4 — to be neither common nor small, and chose to renounce it, 1 Cor. 2:1, that he might glory only in the cross of Christ, Gal. 6:14. (II) A matter into which even the blessed angels desire to look, 1 Pet. 1:12, and concerning which they sought to speak with Christ, Luke 9:31-35. (III) Whose content embraces such a wisdom as has its place among and belongs to the perfect, a wisdom which none of the rulers of this world has known — a wisdom of God, and indeed a wisdom of God hidden in mystery, which was concealed, which God ordained before the world was; which (namely, in this world) eye has not seen, nor ear heard, nor has it arisen in the heart of man, yet which God has revealed to us through His Spirit, just as the Apostle speaks of it with the greatest fervor and feeling, 1 Cor. 2:2-10. (IV) Which uncovers and opens to us all the treasures of God's eternal wisdom, avenging justice, grace and mercy, power, truthfulness, etc., of which we shall presently give a somewhat more distinct reminder. (V) Because there is nothing sweeter, and nothing more powerful, to raise up and lift the conscience when it has been shaken and tossed by a sense of manifold evils, than that it represents to us — indeed pours into our hearts — God's unspeakable love, by the sense of which we are able, even amid every kind of affliction, to glory sweetly, Rom. 5:3-12. (VI) Because there is also nothing more useful (1) for justification, Isa. 53:3-11, (2) for the pursuit of sanctification, 1 Pet. 2:21, (3) for glory, Gal. 6:14, 1 Cor. 2:2,6-8. (VII) Because there is nothing more necessary in order to win Christ, to be united with Him, and to become a partaker of His righteousness, Phil. 3:7-10, compared with 1 Cor. 2:2.
In this contemplation, then, we must devoutly consider: (a) Who suffered — namely, not some common son of man, a son of earth, such as the fabricated Messiah of the Jews, the son of Joseph; nor some outstanding prince and monarch, worth but ten thousand others, 2 Sam. 18:3; nor even a created angel, one of those whom the Psalmist extols and praises, Ps. 103:20; but the Messiah, that Angel of the Covenant, the King of kings and Lord of lords, the Son of God, Immanuel, the God-man — indeed God Himself, Matt. 27:54. (b) What He suffered — not merely some slight and trifling affliction, but the greatest of all evils, death; and not one kind of death only. Not merely natural death alone, which some men are read to have desired and longed for in order to obtain deliverance from pressing and crushing evils and an entrance into a better life, 2 Cor. 5:1-2, Phil. 1:23; but, beyond that, spiritual death, whereby, forsaken by God and sorrowful unto death, He walked in darkness and saw no light, Isa. 50:10; indeed, also eternal, or infernal, death, which the damned undergo in hell — whereby He became a curse (κατάρα), Gal. 3:13, as we have shown in the Doctrinal Part. (c) In what parts He suffered — namely, not only in the body and in all its members, according to what we have set forth in the Doctrinal Part, but also in His soul; and that not merely through a kind of sympathy with the pains of the body, but also through an immediate sense of spiritual terrors, according to what we have brought forward in the Doctrinal Part. To which I would presently add this also: that one must, on the supposition of Scripture — whereby His soul is said to have travailed, Isa. 53:10 — hold fast in every respect that all those things which He suffered outwardly, in His name and reputation, in His goods, in His body, He also, proportionately, suffered inwardly in a spiritual manner. For example: when He was outwardly forsaken by His own, one must think that He was also inwardly and spiritually forsaken by God, by His own, heavenly Father; when He was bodily delivered into the hands of the Gentiles, that He was thereby, in a spiritual manner, delivered by God into the power of the tormentors of hell; when He was condemned to death bodily, both by the ecclesiastical and by the civil tribunal, that He was likewise condemned spiritually before the fiery presence of God; when His head was crowned with thorns, His face befouled with spittle, His body torn by scourgings, and that by the meanest and most despised of men, that He suffered the like, proportionately, spiritually in His soul; when His body was crucified in a natural manner, that His soul too was crucified in a spiritual manner. And thus one must proceed through every particular part of His suffering, in order to see, more distinctly, the weight and heaviness of that suffering, and to bring it home to ourselves. (d) Then, by what agents and instruments He suffered all these things, both inwardly and outwardly: namely, He suffered all this (a) from friends and enemies, (b) from ecclesiastical, civil, and military estates, (c) from lords and from servants, (d) from the learned and the unlearned — so that every sort of man, indeed, as it were, the whole world, with one purpose and the straining of every power, conspired and banded together for His torment, execution, and torture; compare Ps. 3:2 and 22:13-15. And, what is by far the heaviest of all, He suffered those same things (e) from God, from His own God, from His own Father, from His heavenly Father — who not only permitted that all these things should be done to Him, Acts 4:28, but who Himself also inflicted and sent them upon Him, Isa. 53:6,10, Zech. 13:7 — from which the weight of an equal suffering has grown, increased, and been made heavier beyond measure.
(e) In what manner He suffered these things: namely, (a) as one innocent and guiltless as regards His own Person, 2 Cor. 5:21, of which the history of Christ's passion furnishes witnesses of every sort — Judas, Matt. 27:4; Herod the tetrarch, Luke 23:14-15; Pilate's wife, Matt. 27:19; Pilate the judge himself, who, immediately after his first examination, declared Him innocent, John 18:38, and confirmed this by Herod's agreement, Luke 23:14-15; who also strove with all his might to release Him, Matt. 27:23, John 19:6,12; and who at last, having gained nothing by all his efforts toward His release, washed his hands before the people and openly protested that he was innocent of the blood of this righteous man, Matt. 27:24. (b) Having taken upon Himself the crime and guilt of others, Isa. 53:4,10, 2 Cor. 5:21. Moreover (c) knowingly and willingly, Ps. 40:7-8, John 13:1,3, He repeatedly foretold His suffering and death in all their circumstances, Luke 18:31-32; from this He would not be dissuaded, Matt. 16:22-23 and 26:51-54; He went to meet death, ibid. v. 46, and offered Himself to His enemies to be taken, John 18:4,7,8 — doubtless to this end, that His suffering and His death, He being innocent, willingly taken upon Himself and undergone on behalf of others, might serve for the deliverance of others.
All these, and yet other particulars, must be devoutly weighed by us, to the end that we (*) may more and more come to grasp the weight, bitterness, and grief of this suffering and this death, Ps. 40:12, compared with Lam. 1:12; and not grasp it only with the understanding, but also (**) feel it with the heart, through a most tender compassion, Zech. 12:10; and that we may (***) happily take up and apply this suffering and dying of Christ to our own use, according to what we shall urge hereafter.
XXX.
Secondly, it shows and represents to us, as in the clearest and brightest of mirrors: (I) the depths of the divine wisdom, whereby, in the suffering and death of Christ, He was able to devise a means through which both His justice and His mercy might be fully satisfied, Rom. 3:25, compared with ch. 11:33 — for which reason Christ is called the wisdom of God, 1 Cor. 1:24: not only formally, insofar as He Himself is the very substantial Wisdom of God, Prov. 8:1-22, but also objectively, insofar as God, in Him and in His cross, has made His wisdom manifest, 1 Cor. 2:2,7. (II) The hidden and secret counsels of the divine providence, whereby He so precisely foreordained all those things which should be done to His Son, the Mediator, by the most wicked of men, Acts 2:23 and 4:28, John 19:21. (III) God's most perfect holiness, whereby, in foreordaining, permitting, and directing all those worst of things which the most wicked and godless creatures perpetrated against the death of His own only-begotten and most innocent Son, He nevertheless remained entirely free of all injustice and wickedness, Ps. 22:2-4, Isa. 53:5-7. (IV) The strictness of the divine justice, whereby, that He might not let sin pass unpunished, He chose rather to inflict upon His own only-begotten, most beloved, and most innocent Son so many torments and so many kinds of death, in body and in soul, Isa. 53:4,6, 2 Cor. 5:21, Rom. 8:3. (V) The treasures of His unexhausted and inexhaustible love and mercy toward desperate sinners, for whom He chose rather to give up to destruction His own Son, His only-begotten, best-beloved Son, the brightness of His glory and the express image of His Person, Heb. 1:3, than the sinner who was to perish, Rom. 5:5-10, and 8:32, John 3:16. (VI) His infinite power, whereby, out of such and so great evils, sent upon and inflicted on His only-begotten Son, He was able to procure so great a good for the world — out of the death of the Creator, life for and to the creature, 1 Pet. 1:18-19, 1 Cor. 6:20, compared with Rom. 11:33-34 [actually 11:35-36]. (VII) His immovable truthfulness, whereby He was willing to make good, even by the death of His own only-begotten Son, the threats He had made against the sinner, Matt. 26:53-54.
These perfections of His, then, God displays, in the suffering and death of His Son, to us, to this end: (1) that we should acknowledge and glory in how God confirms His love toward us in this, that Christ died for us while we were yet sinners, Rom. 5:8, John 3:16. (2) That in our own sufferings, by which He seeks to make us conformed to the image of His Son, Rom. 8:29, we might, in a manner proportionate and corresponding, take note of that very same wisdom of God, 2 Pet. 2:9, providence, Matt. 10:29-30, holiness, Ps. 22:4, righteousness, Rev. 16:5,7 and 19:11, goodness, Rev. 3:19, Heb. 12:6, power, 1 Pet. 5:6, truthfulness, Rev. 16:7, and rest in the same quietly and sweetly, Ps. 29:10, Mic. 7:9.
XXXI.
Thirdly, in the sufferings and death of Christ shines forth the unspeakable blessedness of those to whom fellowship in His sufferings belongs. For the sake of which the Apostle counted all things — not only all the excellencies of this world, but even the privileges of his own legal righteousness — as loss, indeed as refuse, Phil. 3:7,8,10. But who then are they to whom fellowship and partnership in the sufferings of Christ belongs? Answer: (I) Those whom God from eternity has chosen and foreordained to be conformed to the image of His Son, Rom. 8:29. (II) Those whom He gave to His Son, in order to redeem them through His suffering and death, John 17:9,12. (III) Those for whom He gave Himself up unto death, Eph. 5:2; for whom He gave His soul a ransom, Matt. 20:28; for whom He died, Rom. 5:6,8. (IV) Those who give themselves over to Christ to be redeemed, 2 Cor. 8:5, Song 2:16, who hunger and thirst after Him, Matt. 5:6, who come to Him, Rev. 22:17.
But which, and how great, is the blessedness of these? Answer: (1) They are delivered from all that which they see that Christ suffered — from every kind of death, natural, spiritual, eternal; from all that Christ suffered, outwardly and inwardly, in name and reputation, in goods, in His body according to all its parts, and in His soul; from all that He suffered from God, from every sort of man, indeed from the whole power of darkness itself. For all these things we, in our own persons, would have had to undergo and suffer — if not in the same quality, then at least in the same quantity of weight and magnitude, and that to all eternity. Now, O good God, how great a blessedness it is to be delivered from so vast a multitude of evils, which would have had to be suffered to all eternity, Ps. 32:2! (2) They have, moreover, an infallible proof of that deliverance in the sufferings and death of their surety who took their place. For since God, by reason of His unchangeable and inflexible justice, can neither punish an innocent one for another's own sins and guilt, Gen. 18:23,25, nor exact those same sins again, a second time, from the debtor himself, once He has punished them in the surety, it therefore stands fast that it is impossible for Him, according to the strictness of His justice, to demand anew from those who have part and fellowship in His sufferings, those very punishments which He has already exacted from the innocent surety. For this reason God is said to have made Him, who knew no sin, to be sin for us, to this end, that we might become the righteousness of God in Him, 2 Cor. 5:21. And for this reason it is also said of Him that He took our infirmities upon Himself and bore our sorrows, that He was smitten, stricken, and afflicted of God, wounded for our transgressions, and bruised for our iniquities, to this end, that we might have peace, and by His stripes be healed, etc., Isa. 53:4-8,10 — so that they now come to boast: Who is He that condemns? It is Christ that died, Rom. 8:34. On the contrary, they have (3) a right to all good things, corresponding, over against all the evils and miseries which their surety suffered on their behalf: namely, in place of a wholly bodily, spiritual, and eternal death, an entirely full and every kind of life, John 3:16, "that whosoever believes in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life"; in place of His being delivered into the hands of His enemies and tormentors, they, delivered from the tormentors, are received by God in grace, Matt. 25:34, Heb. 2:14-15; in place of His condemnation, they are justified, Rom. 8:33-34; in place of His scourgings, they receive joy; in place of His shame and disgrace, they obtain honor and glory; in place of His being made a curse, they become partakers of the blessing — and thus, through every part of His suffering, in due proportion, 2 Cor. 8:9. Finally, (4) they obtain a share and fellowship in all the fruits of Christ's suffering and death, which we named in §14. And, O good God, how great a blessedness is there not in all this? — so that the Apostle, not without reason, has chosen to glory in nothing but the cross of Christ, Gal. 6:14.
But by what means shall we become partakers of that fellowship in the sufferings of Christ? Answer: We must strive, with all earnestness and with every effort: (a) that we may be united with Christ, that we may be found in Christ, Phil. 3:9,10; that we may become "planted together" (σύμφυτοι) with Him, in the likeness of His death, Rom. 6:5, so that with Paul we may say: I am crucified with Christ, Gal. 2:20. For upon union (unio) fellowship (communio) cannot but follow. To this end we must, (b) lay hold of Christ by a living faith, John 3:15-16, Rom. 4:24-25 — for our union with Christ, upon which fellowship follows, comes about through faith, Eph. 3:17, Gal. 3:26-27. Let us therefore, (c) enter with Christ into the garden of suffering, and, according to His will, suffer together with Him — for then we shall also one day reign together with Him, Rom. 8:17, 2 Tim. 2:11. Further, (d) let us earnestly examine whether we, being united by faith with the crucified one, have, by virtue of that union, truly become partakers of the fellowship of His sufferings, 2 Cor. 4:5 [or 13:5], so that, if we find that we have not yet attained such a union and fellowship, we may henceforth strive after it the more earnestly. Finally, (e) once we have, after such examination, been assured that we have obtained fellowship in the suffering and death of Christ, let us be thankful to God for it, Rom. 7:24-25, 1 Cor. 15:55-57 — and this, together with all those duties which will follow from it without the least difficulty of their own accord.
XXXII.
Fourthly, there is seen, as in a mirror, in the suffering and death of Christ, the deep misery of those who are enemies of the cross of Christ, whose fate the Apostle bewails, Phil. 3:18 — who crucify Christ afresh to themselves, Heb. 6:6, and who count the blood of the covenant, by which the Mediator was sanctified, an unholy thing, and tread the Son of God underfoot, Heb. 10:29. And who indeed are these? Answer: They are, though in various degrees, such as these: (I) Those who are wholly and entirely ignorant of the crucified one, 1 Cor. 2:18 [likely 8], 2 Thess. 1:8 — such were the chief priests, priests, elders, Pharisees, scribes, Pilate, Herod, and as many as labored with them for His death and did their utmost thereto, Acts 3:17; among whom we number and reckon all unbelievers — Jews, heathen, Muhammadans. (II) Those who indeed are not ignorant of Him, but with a feigned profession, with a greeting of the mouth, with kisses and all sorts of outward observances, betray Him, with Judas, Matt. 26:47-50 — which is done by all hypocrites, Matt. 7:21-22. (III) Those who, with the disciples, forsake Christ, whom they had received by profession, when He must be crucified — out of fear of persecution (not out of weakness alone, as with the disciples), but indeed out of hatred, wickedness, and malice, which Christ attributes to the seasonal believer, Matt. 13:21, and Paul to Demas, 2 Tim. 4:10. (IV) Those who, moreover, deny Him, and that not out of weakness alone (as Peter, Matt. 26:69-75), but out of wickedness and malice — of whom the Apostle, Heb. 6:6, properly says that they crucify the Son of God afresh to themselves, and, ch. 10, that they trample the Son of God underfoot and count the blood of the covenant an unholy thing — as did the false prophets, 2 Pet. 2:1. (V) Those who, with the Jews, persecute Christ in His members, Acts 9:5, seek their death, take them prisoner, drag them before tribunals and courts, whether ecclesiastical or civil, falsely accuse, condemn, mock, spit upon, scourge, kill, and crucify them. (VI) Those who deprive Him, in His members, of food, clothing, and other necessities, as did the Jews and the soldiers; indeed, who, in order to add affliction to the afflicted, in their anguish and distress, think to offer vinegar and gall, Matt. 27:33-35. (VII) Those who keep and guard the now afflicted, oppressed, and buried one in His members, and do not allow others to deliver them even from the grave — who seal the grave, reinforce it with soldiers, that not even a crack might be open for escape, as did the Jews, Matt. 27:60-66 — after the example of Pharaoh, tormenting and oppressing God's people, and unwilling to let them go, Exod. 5:1-2.
Now, which and how great is the misery of such people? Answer: So long as they have not attained to fellowship with Christ, they have (1) all that which Christ suffered — if not in kind, then at least in the same magnitude, weight, and heaviness — if not here, then hereafter, still to be suffered. When, therefore, they see: (1) that all sorts of men take counsel and, with united strength, conspire together for the ruin of Christ; (2) that Christ is forsaken and denied by the whole world, by friends and by enemies alike, indeed even by God Himself; (3) that He is sought unto death by His own friends, delivered up, taken, bound; (4) that He is dragged before all sorts of tribunals, accused and condemned with contrived and gathered slanders and false witnesses; (5) that He is mishandled and tortured, in the worst manner, with the most shameful mockeries, scourgings, and spittings, by the meanest and vilest sort of men; (6) that He is condemned to death by both ecclesiastical and civil authority; (7) that He is laid upon the accursed wood of the cross, all His members stretched out, and His hands, feet, and side pierced and gashed through; (8) when they hear Him utter the pitiful lament: My soul is exceeding sorrowful, even unto death; and again, My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me? (9) that He, because of the sense of the divine wrath and indignation, and out of dread of that cup which was now so soon to be drunk by Him, sweats drops of blood down to the ground, and more than once, in vain, begs that that cup might pass; (10) that God stops His ears against all His supplications, and turns His face from Him; (11) that He is deprived, in His utmost thirst, of even a drink of water; (12) that He is remembered with vinegar and gall; (13) that He is utterly worn out by every kind of death — natural, spiritual, and eternal — etc.: they have reason to persuade themselves with all certainty that they too, in their own persons, must bear and suffer all these things, whether bodily or spiritually, whether now or hereafter; and that not for some limited time, as with Christ — whose dignity of Person compensated for and outweighed the eternity of the punishment — but to all eternity, until they shall have paid the last farthing, Matt. 18:34. For whatever of the punishments due to their sins Christ, as surety, has not taken upon Himself, remains to be paid by the debtors themselves. And that (2) as surely and as unshakably as God is just, Rom. 2:12 [or 3:6], 2 Thess. 1:8; as He is true in His threatenings, Gen. 2:17; as He is holy, and of purer eyes than to behold sin unpunished, Hab. 1:13; as He bears hatred against sin, Ps. 5:5-6. For if He could have spared sins, He would have spared His own only-begotten Son — else He would scarcely have escaped the brand of unrighteousness. If, therefore, these things have been done in the green tree, what shall be done in the dry? Luke 23:31 — so that, without any hope of relief or escape, there remains for them no more sacrifice for their sin, nothing else but a fearful expectation of judgment, and fiery indignation which shall devour the adversaries, Heb. 10:26-27. And that (3) even the more so and the more certainly, because the Son of God has undergone such and so heavy sufferings for the sins of men, and has offered all of it to them freely, to be received and laid hold of only by faith — all of which they, together with the suffering Person Himself, after the example of the Jews, have stubbornly rejected, Matt. 27:17,20-21 — so that it cannot but be that that dreadful judgment which the Jews pronounced against themselves must press upon them: His blood be on us and on our children, Matt. 27:25. And how unbearable all these things are, they may hear not only from the sentence of the Judge Himself, pronounced against His betrayer: Woe unto that man by whom the Son of man is betrayed; it had been good for that man if he had not been born, Matt. 26:24; but also see it in the traitor himself, when he, terrified merely by the thought of his crime and of the evil hanging over his head because of it, hanged himself, Matt. 27:5.
What counsel, then, is there here? Shall they despair with Judas? By no means. What then? They must strive: (a) that they rightly know their own misery, and then cry out, O wretched man that I am, who shall deliver me from the body of this death? Rom. 7:24. (b) That they see whom they have pierced by their sins, and that they mourn, etc., Zech. 12:10; indeed, (c) that they, after the pattern (though not after the true feeling) of repentance, take up μεταμεληθείς, "being remorseful," Matt. 27:3. (d) That they confess their sins: I have sinned, in that I have betrayed innocent blood, ibid. v. 4. (e) That they cast away their sins, ibid. v. 3. Meanwhile, (f) that they follow Christ into the hall, with Peter, though in a different manner, Matt. 26:58. (g) That they call to mind the word of Christ, promising grace and forgiveness, Matt. 26:75, with ch. 11:28. (h) That they be awakened out of their deathly sleep by the crowing of the cock — the Word, both threatening and promising — Matt. 26:75. (i) That they go out from the fellowship of the world and of sinners, ibid.; and (k) that they weep bitterly over their abominations and the misery that springs from them, ibid.
XXXIII.
Fifthly, it counsels us to examine earnestly whether He died for us. For since (I) He died not for all and for every one, but for by far the smallest part of mankind, according to §16; since likewise (II) the blessedness of those for whom He died is so great, according to §30; and since, on the contrary, (III) the misery of those who have no fellowship in this suffering and death is so great, according to §31; since also (IV) the determination of this matter depends on a certain, careful self-examination, and on that alone, 2 Cor. 13:5; and since also (V) the whole quiet, peace, comfort, and joy of an equal suffering depends on the sure knowledge of this determination, Gal. 6:14 — who does not see that this labor of self-examination must be undertaken readily and diligently? But by what marks and tokens shall we be able to know this with certainty? Answer: By and through these, namely: (1) if we are His people, Matt. 1:21, that is, if we, by a covenant-making through faith, have received Him as our God and Mediator, compared with Deut. 26:16-17. (2) If we are His sheep, John 10:11,15, that is, if we know Him as our shepherd, v.14, hear His voice, and follow Him, v.27, Luke 9:23. (3) If we are of His congregation, Eph. 5:25, that is, His disciples, who depend on His mouth alone, Matt. 28:19-20. (4) If He has redeemed us from all iniquity, and purified us to Himself as a peculiar people, zealous of good works, Tit. 2:14-15. (5) If we no longer live for ourselves, but for Him who died for us, 2 Cor. 5:15.
XXXIV.
Sixthly, it furnishes us an excellent comfort in every kind of adversity, whether bodily or spiritual. For if (I) plots are contrived to destroy us, whether ecclesiastical or civil, Gen. 37:18-20; (II) if we are betrayed by false friends, Ps. 55:13-15; (III) if we are forsaken even by true friends, indeed by all, even the best of them, Ps. 27:10 and 38:12; (IV) if we are given over to the swift onslaughts of enemies, Matt. 21:23 [uncertain]; (V) if we are appointed to suffer the most cruel of all things, Dan. 3:19-22; (VI) if all manner of shame, disgrace, and wrong is done to us, Ps. 69:8-10,20-21 and 74:4, Rom. 15:3, Heb. 10:30, 1 Cor. 4:9; (VII) if we are deprived of our goods and the necessary means of life, 2 Cor. 11:27, or if all other sorts of bodily adversities and afflictions befall us; (VIII) if we are hedged in and made anxious as to spiritual things, by dread of the divine countenance, Ps. 6:1 and 88:8,17; (IX) if God Himself seems to forsake and cast us off, ibid. v.15 and 13:2-3 and 42:8 — what can, in all these and in every other such case, more powerfully lift up the heart of a believing man than to consider: (1) that all this, whatever it be, his Jesus, his Master, has also suffered — and that it is not fitting that a disciple should be in a better condition than his Master, Matt. 10:24-25. (2) That his Jesus suffered, being in and of Himself innocent, whereas each one of us suffers on account of his own sins, Luke 23:41, Mic. 7:9. (3) That our sufferings too, however great and of whatever kind they be, can in no way be compared, in weight, to those which Christ underwent and suffered, Heb. 2:3-4 [likely 12:3-4]. Indeed also (4) that He suffered all that for us, that He might deliver us, Isa. 53:4-5, 2 Cor. 5:20-21. And that, thus, (5) by His sufferings, He has taken from all our sufferings their venom and their sting, so that we may now defy and assail them: O death, where is thy sting? etc., 1 Cor. 15:55-57 — indeed, that we may even glory in and over our afflictions, Rom. 5:3, after the example of Paul, 2 Cor. 11:23, Gal. 6:17. Then also (6) that all these adversities work together for our good, Rom. 8:28. Let me add (7) that they serve for our glory and honor, Rom. 5:2 [likely 8:17], inasmuch as by them we are made more and more conformed to the image of the Son of God, ch. 8:29. From which, moreover, (8) we may draw and conclude, as from a sure and certain token, that we are chosen of God, ibid.
XXXV.
Seventhly, Christ's suffering and death set and spur us on most powerfully to suffer with Him, and for Him, even as He suffered for us: that, just as He suffered for our sins, so we too may suffer bravely and courageously, for His name, for His kingdom, and for His glory, whatever be evil — yea, the very worst of things. That we, as His disciples, go with Him to the Mount of Olives, Matt. 26:30, and enter cheerfully and readily into the garden of Gethsemane, v.36; that we follow Him, when He is to be crucified, to Golgotha, bearing His cross with Simon of Cyrene, v.32; stand beneath His cross, John 19:25-26; suffer with Him, Rom. 8:17; take up His cross of our own accord and willingly, and that daily, Luke 9:23 — indeed, that we be crucified with Him, Gal. 2:20. This comes to pass: (I) if, for Christ's sake, we are compelled to endure snares and plots against our life, even as Christ was, Ps. 62:3-4. (II) If, for Christ's sake, we suffer even from our own household, as Christ did from Judas and from His disciples, Matt. 10:35, Mic. 7:5-6. (III) If, for Christ's sake, we suffer from venerable chief priests, priests, scribes, elders, Acts 24:1 — from Antichrist, 2 Thess. 2:4, compared with Rev. 12 and following — even as He suffered from them for us. (IV) If we are burdened in judgment, for Christ's sake, with false witnesses, Ps. 27:12, compared with Ps. 26:1. (V) If we are overwhelmed and overborne, for Christ's sake, with slanders and mockeries of every kind, 1 Cor. 4:9,13. (VI) If we are stripped and despoiled, for Christ's sake, of our goods and riches, and of all that is necessary for the maintenance of this life, Matt. 19:27 — compare the preceding section. If, through all these and other cases, too countless to relate, we are pressed, oppressed, and straitened for and because of Christ, let us suffer bravely. For: (1) if the Lord and Master goes before, shall His servants and disciples not follow? (2) If He has drunk the cup, mixed with the weighty and heavy wrath of God, down to the dregs, shall we not taste even a few drops — and that not so much of God's wrath as of His fatherly love, with the tip of the lip? compare Ps. 75:9, Rev. 14:10 and 16:19, and not [contrast with] 2 Cor. 4:17. (3) If He, innocent, suffered for us guilty ones, to redeem us, shall we, guilty, not suffer for Him, that we might in some way show ourselves thankful to Him alone? Especially since we (4) not only suffer, but suffer with Him, Matt. 26:40, Rom. 8:18 [uncertain], and since we (5) have Him present with us in the garden of suffering, with His love and care, always, Ps. 23:4 and 91:15. (6) Since, by our sufferings, however great and of whatever kind they be, we are made conformed to nothing other than the image of the Son of God, who is our most absolute Lord and Master, Rom. 8:29 — and are thereby exalted and glorified, Phil. 1:29. (7) Since, by suffering, we prove that we are true disciples of His, Luke 9:23. And (8) are united with Him, as those who are crucified together with Him, Gal. 2:20, and become one plant with Him in the likeness of His death, Rom. 6:5. But (9) that we are chosen from eternity, ch. 8:29, in the infallible persuasion and assurance of which lies all our comfort, quietness, joy, and gladness. Let it be added (10) that, as we suffer with Him, we shall also be crowned with Him, Luke 24:26, Rom. 8:18, 2 Cor. 4:16-17. I will not say (11) that we, by suffering, in some way fill up what remains of the afflictions of Christ, for His body's sake, which is the church, in which the Apostle so greatly rejoiced to be bound, Col. 1:24.
And yet it is not enough to suffer with Christ, unless we also suffer like Christ — that is, unless we take pains (a) to suffer with Him (at least in the sight of men) innocently and blamelessly, and not as evildoers, 2 Tim. 2:9; (b) to take up and bear our cross of our own accord and willingly, Luke 9:23, as Peter did (rashness now removed), Matt. 26:35, Rev. 2:24 [uncertain]; (c) being well beforehand warned and admonished, Matt. 26:31, from the Word of God, Acts 14:22, 2 Tim. 3:12, Matt. 10:38, Luke 24:26, with John 16:2; (d) being armed against the offense of the cross, Matt. 26:31, John 16:1, Gal. 5:11, 1 Cor. 1:23; (e) strengthened, confirmed, fortified, and hardened by the renewing and remembering of our covenant with God — to which end the Savior also caused the use of both sacraments, the Passover and the Supper, to precede His suffering, Matt. 26:17-30 — so that we, in the midst of all our straits and distresses, may lift ourselves up with that confident word of Christ: My God, my God, Matt. 27:46; (f) that we do not, unless led by Christ (that is, unless by divine providence), enter into a garden of suffering, ch. 26:36-37, and that we do not rashly throw ourselves into dangers, as Peter did, v.58; (g) that we carefully guard ourselves against presumption, rashness, and confidence in our own strength, that we may not fall with Peter, v.33-35; that we therefore (h) enter the garden of suffering only with Christ, v.37 — that is, not in our own, but in the might and strength of Christ, Phil. 4:13, without whom we can do nothing, John 15:5; that we (i), being now set in the garden of suffering, watch with Christ, that we may not enter into temptation, Matt. 26:40-41, and, watching, keep our eyes always fixed on Christ, Heb. 12:2-4; (k) and not only that we watch, but also that we pray, Matt. 26:41, after the example of Christ, v.39-42. Meanwhile, (l) we must carefully guard against seeking, driven by a desire for revenge, to repel violence done to us with violence, or, for our deliverance, to depend too much on outward means, as the disciples did, v.51-52. That we also (m) do not, because of the great show and cruelty of persecutions, forsake Christ, or seek our own safety by an untimely flight, as the disciples did, v.56, and Demas, 2 Tim. 4:10. Further, (n) that we do not, by any craft or crooked devices, seek to evade the coming evils, as Peter did, Matt. 26:58. That we also (o) do not seek to avoid the confession of Christian truth, even in and under the utmost straits and distresses, following Christ's example, v.63-64 — much less deny it with Peter, v.69; nay, but that we rather (p) commit ourselves and our cause quietly to God, Luke 23:46, 1 Pet. 2:23; and, moreover, (q) that we pray for our enemies and persecutors, Luke 23:34; and (r) that we, even in our utmost straits and distress, seek to further the eternal welfare and salvation of others, as Christ did, v.43. Meanwhile, (s) that we acknowledge, confess, and abhor our sins, by which we have brought such judgments of God upon both the Savior and ourselves, with the converted thief, v.40-41, Zech. 12:10.
XXXVI.
Eighthly, this contemplation also stirs us up to strive to become conformed to those virtues of Christ which are so visible in and around His suffering, 1 Pet. 2:21, Rom. 8:29, John 13:15-16, Matt. 11:29-30. And what, then, are these virtues? (I) Obedience, Phil. 2:8, Ps. 40:8, Heb. 10:7 — the same mind and the same disposition must also be in us, Phil. 2:5. (II) Submission and the denial of one's own will, Matt. 26:39,42, John 5:30 — that this too may be in us, Luke 9:23, 1 Pet. 4:19; whereby we, even in the heaviest of afflictions, may be mindful: (1) that we are not masters, but servants; not lords, but slaves, to whom it belongs and is fitting, not to prescribe our own will, 1 Cor. 6:19, Acts 21:14, Rom. 9:20 [likely]; (2) that it is for us, as children, to receive the will of our Father, rather than to prescribe our own, Matt. 26:39,42, Heb. 12:7,9, since the will of God is good, Rom. 12:2, Isa. 58:5,13; and (3) that our will, however holy, wise, or good it may seem to us, must never be preferred to that of God. (III) Patience and long-suffering, Isa. 53:7, compared with Heb. 12:1-4, whereby neither the multitude of those who rise up against us, Ps. 3:1, nor their fierceness, Ps. 22:13-14,21-22 and 118:10, nor the long duration of persecutions, Ps. 129:1, may move us to impatience, Mic. 7:7. (IV) Love, Song 8:7, toward every single one, John 15:13; toward His disciples, even those who forsook and fled from Him, Matt. 26:31-32; even toward Peter, who denied Him, Luke 22:61; toward the women who bewailed and lamented Him, ch. 23:28; toward His own mother, John 19:26; indeed toward His enemies, the traitor Judas, Matt. 26:50, and those who crucified Him, Luke 23:34 — such a love ought also to be in us, Eph. 5:1-2, Matt. 5:44, 1 Cor. 4:12. (V) Humility, whereby He emptied and abased Himself, not only before His Father, unto death, even the death of the cross, Phil. 2:8, but also before men — before the Jews, Pilate, Herod, and the meanest of soldiers, and that unto all sorts of the worst indignities — the same mind ought to be in us also, ibid. v.5, when we are ill-treated and oppressed by men. (VI) Gentleness and kindness toward His most cruel enemies, Matt. 26:50, Luke 22:48, of which He made His whole life's work, Matt. 12:18-20, out of Isa. 42:2 — let this too be in us, 1 Pet. 2:21-23, Matt. 11:29. (VII) Prayers, which He made in His suffering: (1) so fervent and earnest, ch. 26:39 — let us also be fervent and forceful in prayer, James 5:16; (2) repeated many times, Matt. 26:39,42,44 — let us also repeat our prayers many times, 2 Cor. 12:8, Luke 18:1 and 21:36; and (3) with a deep submission and humility, falling on His knees, indeed on His face, Matt. 26:39 — so also let us, Ps. 95:6; (4) with a childlike confidence of being heard, Matt. 26:53, Ps. 22:3 compared with v.24-25 — let us also pray with such a childlike confidence, James 1:6, Mark 11:23-24. (VIII) His manner and way of fighting and conquering, in every kind of injury done to Him, by silence, Matt. 26:63, John 19:9-10, Isa. 53:7, and by patient endurance, ibid. v.6 — let us also fight and strive with these same weapons, 1 Pet. 2:20,24, Ps. 129:3. (IX) The art of dying — whereby, having accomplished and finished all His work, when He had cried out, "It is finished," He gave up His spirit into the hands of His Father, John 19:30, Luke 23:46 — so also let us, Ps. 31:6, Acts 7:59. More things concerning His preparation for His death we have had in the preceding chapter, §§23 and 39.
XXXVII.
Ninthly, the suffering and death of Christ also commend to us — and chiefly display — the unspeakable love, both of the Father, John 3:16, Rom. 8:32, and of the Son, Eph. 5:2,25. And (I) the Father's love commends itself to us in many respects: because (1) He had already, before all this, created this whole vast world for man's use, and given all His earthly goods to him, Gen. 1:26, Ps. 8:5-10, 1 Cor. 3:21-22, 1 Tim. 6:17. Not merely (2) some king, or some outstanding prince or ruler, such as Moses, Joshua, David, Solomon, Hezekiah, Josiah, etc. were. Nor even (3) some angel, Exod. 33:2, Ps. 91:11. Nor (4) some most tenderly beloved friend, such as Abraham was, James 2:23, and the Apostles, John 14:14-15; but His own Son, Gal. 4:4. And that (5) not some adopted son, or firstborn son, such as Israel was, Exod. 4:22, Heb. 3:23 [likely 1:6], but His own Son, Rom. 8:32. And (6) not one of many, but His only-begotten Son, John 3:16. Not (7) a rebellious or hated son, like Absalom, but a most obedient one, Phil. 2:8, and therefore also a most beloved Son, Matt. 3:17, Isa. 42:1, 2 Pet. 1:17. And Him He gave up (8) not so much that He might rule and reign over us, and that we should serve Him, but that He should serve, and give His soul as a ransom for many, Matt. 20:28. And (9) one who would not only serve, but who would also suffer such and so great things, in goods, in name and reputation, in body and in soul, which we have recounted and enumerated in the Doctrinal Part. Indeed also (10) one who would suffer death — and that every kind of death, natural, spiritual, infernal — who would become sin, and a curse. Does not the unspeakable love of God the Father shine forth in all this? Especially also, if you consider (11) the Person who does all this, namely God, the all-sufficient one, Gen. 17:1, who, just as He was without us from eternity, so also could have remained to eternity, without any such surrender, the most blessed one, Rom. 11:35-36, Ps. 16:2 and 50:9-14. And if you go on (III) to those for and to whom He gave His Son in this way — who and what are they, mere little men, who carry their breath in their nostrils, Isa. 2:22, dust and ashes, Gen. 18:27, sinners, rebels, His enemies, who had deserved all that is evil, indeed the very worst — does not God's love thereby grow the more exceedingly? Rom. 5:8. And if, over and above all these things, you add (IV) the uses and benefits for which He gave up His Son for men, and the blessings which He brought to them through that surrender — which we have pointed out with the finger in §14 — what will you say? Will you comprehend the breadth, length, depth, and height of this love? Eph. 3:18, compared with Ps. 103:13, Isa. 49:15. Now, if Abraham's love, giving up his son Isaac to God, has been so highly esteemed by God Himself, Gen. 22:2,16; if that of David toward the thirsting, dying Ishmael, Gen. 21:16; that of Jacob toward Joseph, Gen. 41:33-35; indeed also that of David toward Absalom, though a disobedient and rebellious son, 2 Sam. 18:32-33 — what then shall we think and suppose concerning the love of God toward His Son, and that His own, only-begotten, and most obedient Son? And what shall we think and suppose of His love toward us, whom He, in a certain respect and in His own way, has loved above that so greatly beloved Son of His — since He gave Him up, not only for us, but also to such and so great things?
Now, as you pass (B) from the Father to the Son, how unspeakable is His love toward us! For (1) greater love has no man than this, that a man lay down his life for his friends, John 15:13, and He gave Himself up for His enemies, Rom. 5:10. Especially (II) if you think and consider: (1) that He gave up, not someone else, however dear and beloved to Him, but Himself, Eph. 5:2,25. And (2) not merely all that was His — name, reputation, goods, etc. — but His very soul, Matt. 20:28. And also (3) not only to every kind of suffering, to reproaches, injuries, scourgings, etc. alone, but to death itself, Rom. 5:10. And (4) not merely to some one particular death, the bodily one, but to every sort of death — natural, spiritual, and eternal — as we have shown in the Doctrinal Part. Likewise (5) not unwillingly, but with the highest and greatest readiness and willingness of His own will, Ps. 40:7-8. And that (6) not for angels, Heb. 2:16, but for men, 1 Tim. 2:5-6. Not (7) for the pure, but for sinners and enemies, Rom. 5:10, for those who crucified Him, Luke 23:33-34. Yet (8) not for any advantage of His own, in any way, Matt. 20:28, but for ours: delivered up for us into the hands of our enemies, Mark 14:41, that we might not be delivered up into the hands of the tormentors, Matt. 18:34-35, Heb. 2:14-15; nay, but on the contrary, that we might be received by God in grace and glory, Matt. 25:34. He was accused and condemned as innocent for us, that we might not come into judgment, but pass from death unto life, John 5:24, Rom. 8:33-34. For us He became a curse, that He might redeem us from the curse; indeed, on the contrary, that He might obtain for us the blessing of Abraham, Gal. 3:13-14. He died for us, that we should not die, but might obtain eternal life, John 3:16. And thus we would, through every part of His suffering, in the same proportion, proceed further, if the brevity we must observe did not restrain us.
But to what end and purpose does Christ's suffering and death so greatly commend to us the love of both the Father and the Son? Doubtless (A) that we, on our part, might love it in return, 2 Cor. 5:14-15 — for indeed nothing kindles love more powerfully than love, compared with 2 Cor. 12:15. (B) That we, giving ourselves to God, who gave up His Son for us out of pure love, and to the Mediator, who gave up Himself for us out of a pure love, might, with a sincere thankfulness, in turn give ourselves back, on our part, 2 Cor. 7:5, Song 2:16 and 6:3; ready and prepared (C) to spend ourselves and all the best we have — body, soul, goods, name and reputation, in a word, all — on our part, in the service of His kingdom and to His glory, 1 Cor. 6:19-20, Phil. 1:20-21. Also, moreover, (D) willingly to undergo, for Him and for His sake, whatever is worst — in persecutions, reproaches, torments, unto death, indeed unto the most shameful death of the cross itself — ibid. and Acts 20:24. In particular, and point by point: (E) that we, even with Judas himself, Matt. 26:49 (though with an utterly different heart), (a) seek Christ with a burning desire, Isa. 55:6, even in an unseasonable night, until we find Him, Song 5:6-7; (b) embrace Him with a living faith, John 1:12; (c) kiss Him with an unfeigned love, Ps. 2:12; (d) greet Him most courteously and kindly, by a brave and sincere confession of His name, Matt. 10:32, John 1:20,26-27; (e) acknowledge His mastery and lordship, Matt. 23:8,10, and that not with the mouth alone, like Judas, but also in deed, Matt. 7:21-22. But also (F) that we, with the most wicked soldiers, Matt. 27:29, though with a most sincere heart, (a) set upon Him a crown of honor and glory, as much as is in us, Song 3:11 — at least, that we cast our crowns down before His feet, Rev. 4:10; that we (b) honor His purple, Song 8:5 and 3:9-10; that we, (c) with respect to His scepter, tremble before His iron scepter, or the scepter of His wrath, Ps. 2:9, but touch His golden scepter of grace, held out to us, Ps. 45:6, compared with Esther 5:2; (d) that we fall down on our knees before Him, Ps. 95:6, Phil. 2:9-10; (e) that we greet Him with heart and mouth: Hail, King of the Jews! Or rather, (G) that we, with Peter (yet without his rashness and recklessness), and with the other true disciples of Christ, unmovably resolve, through the grace of God, to die even with Christ Himself, Matt. 26:35, John 11:16 [likely], Phil. 1:20-21; and not only resolve and purpose it, but also actually follow Christ, into the very palace of His suffering — yet again excluding Peter's rashness, Matt. 26:58 — and that we, instead of his repeated denial, boldly and courageously confess His name to the death, through every kind of danger, Acts 4:28-29,31-32. Moreover, (H) that we, with Mary, kindled by a pure love, spend our most precious ointment to anoint His head and feet, Matt. 26:7, John 12:3 — that is, that we employ and apply whatever is most precious among our goods to refresh His members, Matt. 25:35-36,40. Further, (I) that we, with Simon of Cyrene, while He bears the cross, seek to relieve Him according to our ability, Matt. 27:32, Luke 23:26 — that is, that we, with the godly and devout who are oppressed and persecuted for Christ's sake, have compassion, and, as far as we are able, strive to come to their aid, Heb. 13:3. Moreover, (K) that we, with the godly women, with Mary His mother, with Cleophas's wife and Mary Magdalene, and with His other close relations, be drawn by love toward His cross, that we, standing under His cross, may behold His anguish with the eyes of a living faith, in order to serve Him, Matt. 27:55, Luke 23:49, John 19:25, Heb. 2:23 [likely]. Indeed also, (L) that we strive and endeavor, after His death, to show Him all manner of duties of love, with Joseph of Arimathea and with the women, burying and anointing Him, Matt. 27:57-60, Luke 23:55-56. By these and other like duties, we shall, in some measure, seek to repay the unspeakable love of both the Father and the Mediator with a mutual and reciprocal love.
XXXVIII.
Tenthly, the suffering and death of Christ pricks our hearts to a deep repentance for our sins — by which we have, as it were, compelled the Father to inflict upon His Son so many and so heavy sufferings, to make Him sin for us, 2 Cor. 5:21, and to cause our punishments to fall upon Him, Isa. 53:5-6, and to lay our guilt upon the Son, as it were, Isa. 53:6; so that we have, as it were, pierced Him through with them. Such a deep repentance (I) is, Zech. 12:12 [likely 12:10], foretold, that it should one day, through the Spirit of grace and of supplications, be poured out upon the tribes of the New Testament. (II) The Savior Himself, hanging on the cross, commends it to the sorrowing and mourning women, Luke 23:27-28. (III) We are urged to it also by the examples of Peter, Matt. 26:75; of the Jews convicted on the day of Pentecost, Acts 2:22-23, compared with v.37; of the centurion, Matt. 27:54; and of the traitor himself, ibid. v.3-4; indeed even of inanimate things — for example, of the torn veil of the temple, ibid. v.51, compare Joel 2:13; of the dead who could not rest in their graves, ibid. v.52; of the darkened sun, Luke 23:44-45; of the shaken earth and the split rocks, Matt. 27:51 — so that the whole of nature seemed to be, as it were, in the throes of death, when the Son of God was in the pangs of death; and shall we alone remain unmoved? Indeed (IV) the matter itself urges us, if we consider (1) on the one hand, how great and what manner of things He suffered from Judas, from the disciples, from Peter, from the Jews, from Pilate, from Herod, from the soldiers, from the crowd, indeed from God, His own Father — in body, in soul, in name and reputation, in goods, etc.; on the other hand, (2) that not only Judas, not only the Jews, Pilate, etc. inflicted upon Him so many wounds, in His body and in His soul, but also every one of us, through our sins, Zech. 12:10 — for without my sins and yours, neither would the Father have inflicted them, nor would He have suffered that all these things should be done to His innocent Son, Isa. 53:3, 2 Cor. 5:21; nor would Pilate and the others have had so much power over Him, John 19:10-11. Especially also, if we add to this (3) who and what a one He is on whom we have, by our sins, inflicted all these sufferings? Not a man, not an angel, but the Son of God Himself, Matt. 27:54. If now we put all these things devoutly together and consider them, shall they not wring tears from us? Shall they not rend our hearts? Yet, since it is not enough to merely and simply do this — merely rebuking and reproving the crucified one Himself, Luke 23:28 — we must hold that this repentance also requires: (a) not only a deep contrition of heart, such as is even found in Judas, Matt. 27:3, whereby we should beat our breasts, with the crowd, Luke 23:48; nor only (b) a humble confession of sins, such as is even seen in Judas, Matt. 27:4; nor, further and beyond that, (c) a certain measure of penance or amends, such as Judas also performed there. Yet let us, in these things which are good in themselves, not be outdone and surpassed even by Judas — but (d) let us, by faith, though small and weak, follow Christ, with Peter, even into the hall of affliction, Matt. 26:58 — whereas Judas, once the betrayal and delivering-up had taken place, abandoned himself in despair. That we, moreover, (e) after committing sin, with that same Peter, after his threefold denial, nevertheless keep the eyes of our soul and of our trust fixed on Christ, who looks upon us with eyes of grace, Luke 22:61, Zech. 12:10. Further, that we (f) call to remembrance the word of God, both of threatening and of promise, with Peter, Matt. 26:75. That we, moreover, (g) with hot tears bitterly bewail our sins, with that same Peter, ibid., and Zech. 12:10. Then also, (h) that we leave the hall, and carefully guard ourselves against dangerous company and every occasion and inducement to sin, ibid. Finally, (i) that we, driven and impelled by contrition and repentance, seek remedies against our sins, Acts 2:37-38.
XXXIX.
Eleventhly, it deters us from crucifying the Son of God afresh through our sins, Heb. 6:6, and from repeating, with Peter, the wicked act of denial a second and a third time, Matt. 26:72,74. For is it not enough to have pierced the Son of God once — our most faithful Lord, Master, and Brother — with and through so many griefs, to have worn Him out and tormented Him — unless we go on to repeat that very same thing again and again? 1 Pet. 4:3. But by and through what sins is Christ crucified afresh? Certainly, in its fullest and most emphatic sense, He is crucified afresh only by sheer wickedness and malice (not out of weakness, as happened in Peter's denial, Matt. 26:33,35, compared with v.70) — through an apostasy from Him and from the gospel truth, or through a devilish blasphemy against the Holy Spirit, according to the testimony of the Apostle, Heb. 6:6. But, in a wider and diminished sense, we crucify Christ afresh in some measure through and with every one of our sins, by and through which we once crucified Him, or were causes of His crucifixion, Isa. 43:24, 1 John 1:7 [likely other]. But in the strictest sense, through those sins which are pleasing to us — by and through which we, not out of weakness, but out of lust and wantonness, as with the soldiers, Matt. 27:27-32, tear His head with a crown of thorns, and His body with scourgings and blows, etc.; and, with the crowd and the Pharisees, heap upon Him, hanging on the cross, revilings and abuse and every sort of insult, which is to us but sport and amusement. Hence the Apostle joins together crucifying the Son of God afresh and putting Him openly to shame, Heb. 6:6, and explains this as sinning willfully, Heb. 10:26.
But most particularly and most especially is Christ crucified afresh by all those sins by which He was once crucified. Namely: (I) if we, with the rulers of the Jews, with the chief priests, priests, scribes, and elders of the people, forge plots to kill Christ in His members, Matt. 26:3-4, Acts 4:5,15-16,18. (II) If we, with Judas and the other disciples, fall upon those who seek to anoint Christ — that is, to do good to Him in His members, Matt. 26:7-8, with 25:42-46. (III) If we, out of covetousness, avarice, and love for earthly things, with Judas, betray Christ, Matt. 26:14-16, or at least forsake Him, 2 Tim. 4:10. Or (IV) if we are offended and take umbrage at His sufferings, death, reproaches, and cross, Matt. 26:31,33, 1 Cor. 1:23, Gal. 5:11. (V) If, in His anguish, agony, and soul's conflict, we, with His disciples, as it were, sleep, Matt. 26:40,43,45 — that is, if we, when He suffers in His members, have no compassion, nor suffer with Him, Heb. 13:3, or do not strive, according to our ability, to come to His aid, Prov. 24:11 [likely 22:22 area], John 3:16. (VI) If we, in His members, secretly or openly seek Christ's death by every cruelty, as Judas did with his band, Matt. 26:47,55, Acts 9:24, 2 Cor. 11:32. (VII) If we, in His members, deliver Christ over to the courts and tribunals of men, as Judas did with his crew, Matt. 26:57 and 27:1-2, and 10:17,21 [likely different]. (VIII) If we, in His members, condemn Christ to everything, and, in keeping with that condemnation, drag and haul Him off to reproaches and to death, as the Jews and Pilate did, Matt. 26:66 and 27:26, Acts 12:1-2. (IX) If we rage against Christ, in His members, even after the crucifixion, as the Jews did, Matt. 27:34-35,40-45, Ps. 79:2. Finally, (X) if we, with an outward profession, without the heart, or with no more than a feigned heart, embrace, kiss, and greet Him, like Judas, Matt. 26:48-49, ch. 7:21-22, or honor Him by mockery, setting a crown upon Him, giving Him a scepter, clothing Him in purple, and falling on our knees before Him, like the soldiers, Matt. 27:27-32.
In these and other such ways Christ is crucified afresh; and in order that we may guard ourselves against everything so disgraceful, we must consider: (1) how great a crime and enormity it is to have betrayed the Son of God, having crucified Him even once, Luke 22:48; (2) how great a danger there is in this matter, when we, by these steps, are gradually prepared and hasten, with an ever-quickening pace, toward that dreadful and terrible ἀνασταύρωσις — that crucifying afresh — which the Apostle declares to be utterly unpardonable, Heb. 6:4-6; and (3) what fearful and terrible judgments God executes over this sin, Luke 18:29-30 [likely different], Heb. 5:7-8 and 10:26-29, which He has, as it were before our eyes, laid open in Judas the traitor, Matt. 27:5, Acts 1:18,25, and in the crucifying Jews, Matt. 27:25. And that we may be the more at rest and secure against this repeated crucifying of Christ, let us carefully guard ourselves: (a) against covetousness, and against the love of the world and worldly things, by which Judas, driven, betrayed his Lord, Matt. 26:8-9, John 12:4-6, 2 Tim. 4:10; (b) against presumption and rashness, whereby we would ascribe too much to our own poor strength, and by which Peter was carried away into such a fearful denial of his Savior, Matt. 26:33,35,70,72-74, Rom. 11:20, 1 Cor. 10:12; (c) against neglect and disregard of the Word of God and of the divine forewarnings, by which Peter fell into that fearful denial, Matt. 26:31,34, John 16:1-4, Gen. 2:17; (d) against boldness in seeking out or exposing oneself to danger, by which it came to pass that Peter, out of a foolish curiosity to see what would become of Christ, having followed into the high priest's hall, threw and cast himself into danger and denial, Matt. 26:57-58, Gen. 3:2,6; (e) against evil company and association with the ungodly, by which Peter was led and drawn into offense and denial, Matt. 26:58,69, Deut. 13:2 [uncertain]; (f) against slothfulness, sleepiness, carelessness, and sluggishness, by which we, according to Christ's own word, are brought and carried away into temptation, Matt. 26:41 and 25:3,6,11,13; (g) against too great a fear of persecutions, by which the disciples were driven to flight, Matt. 26:55-56 and 13:21. On the contrary, (h) it will be useful and profitable here — all presumption and self-confidence removed — to have an unshaken resolve, in the strength of God, to remain steadfast with Christ and to persevere: for by His help Peter would doubtless have been free of offense and denial, Acts 14:22, 2 Tim. 3:12. And let there also be added to all this (i) humble and devout prayers, which the Savior enjoins to this very end, Matt. 26:41, and the Apostle, Eph. 6:18 — namely, that He lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from the evil one, Matt. 6:13. And finally, one must furnish oneself (k) with the whole armor of God, which the Apostle bids the Ephesians put on, Eph. 6:12.
XL.
Twelfthly, the crucifixion and death of Christ set and spur on every true friend of His to crucify that sin which crucified Christ (as the chief priests and elders stirred up the people to put Jesus to death, Matt. 27:20), to crucify the flesh with its passions and lusts, Gal. 5:24, to put to death the members which are on the earth — fornication, etc., Col. 3:5 — so that, through the power of Christ's cross, the world may be crucified to us, and we to the world, Gal. 6:14. That is, that we, with a devout indignation and abhorrence, deal, in exactly the same manner but in a spiritual way, with sin, as God's righteous vengeance, for our sins' sake, and Judas, and the Jews, and Pilate, and Herod, and the soldiers, and the Jewish crowd, dealt bodily with Christ. In particular, and point by point, let us crucify sin: with an implacable and universal hatred, Ps. 97:10, Rom. 3:9 [likely different] and 7:15, Jude v.23 — a hatred out of which the Jews crucified Christ, Matt. 27:18. (I) Let us deny our sins, Luke 9:23, as Peter denied Christ, Matt. 26:72 — with this difference, that whereas Christ knew no sin, 2 Cor. 5:21, we deny our sins by not approving of them, Matt. 7:23: "I never knew you; depart from me" — indeed, let us, after Peter's example, deny them not once only, but many times, and with an oath, deny them repeatedly. (II) Let us forsake sins, flee from and away from them, as the disciples, driven by fear, all forsook Christ, Matt. 26:55-56, Isa. 1:16, Prov. 28:13. (III) Let us hand sin over to be taken and bound, as Judas handed Christ over to the Jews, Matt. 26:48, and the Jews to Pilate, ibid. ch. 27:2, and Paul the incestuous man, 1 Cor. 5:4-5 — just as sin takes us captive, Rom. 7:23. That is, let us allow sin no capacity, no dominion, over us, Rom. 6:12 and 7:5-6. (IV) Let us condemn our sins to death, to the cross, as the Jews condemned Christ, Matt. 26:66, and as the crowd demanded that He be judged and crucified, Matt. 27:22-23; indeed, as God in Christ condemned sin in the flesh, Rom. 8:3 — that is, let us judge and declare sin worthy of death and of denunciation, Rom. 6:23. (V) Let us give sin, as a blasphemer, as it were, blows and buffets in the face, as the Jews wrongly condemned Jesus as a blasphemer, and buffeted Him, Matt. 26:65,67 [uncertain], and, just as Paul once persecuted and buffeted the souls of the godly, 2 Cor. 11:23 [uncertain]; indeed, as, after He was condemned by Pilate, the cruel soldiers heaped every sort of shame upon Him, Matt. 27:27-32 — that is, that we subdue and bring sin under, in every way, 1 Cor. 9:27. (VI) Let us cast sin out from our hearts, as the Jews cast the condemned and tortured Jesus out of Jerusalem, Matt. 27:32 [likely different, cf. Heb.13:12], and as Paul wills that the one who was wicked should be cast out of the congregation, 1 Cor. 5:7,13 — that is, that we put sin far from us and drive it away, Eph. 4:31. (VII) Let us, as it were, lift sin up in the midst of malefactors, and hang it upon a gallows, as unworthy of heaven and earth — let us crucify it (as the Jews crucified Christ in the midst of two thieves, as though He were the first of them, and crucified Him, Mark 15:27-28, and as God nailed the handwriting of our sins to the cross, Col. 2:14) — that is, let us, after the example of the crucified Christ, and through the power of His cross, put our sins to death, Gal. 5:24, Col. 3:5, and utterly waste, cruelly crucify, and finally cause them to die — so long as we, with that godly zeal, deal with sin — and this its own desert itself demands: for sin is a blasphemy against God, inasmuch as it robs God of His highest dominion over His creatures, together with His law-giving power, and robs the creature of the honor of obedience; compare Luke 19:27. But now, according to the divine law, Lev. 24:16, and also according to the pronouncement of the Jews' ecclesiastical council, John 19:7, blasphemy deserves the death of stoning — which was to be inflicted by the whole assembly — and this was also inflicted, though on a falsely alleged charge, upon Christ, with the utmost indignation. Yea, moreover, sin is in itself a murder of God, and seeks only that God be removed out of the midst (according to the nature of hatred) and be no more, Ps. 10:4 and 14:1 — sin which has also, most cruelly, put to death the Son of God Himself, who is God, blessed above all forever, Rom. 9:5, the true God and eternal life, 1 John 5:20. For what was it that moved the enemies to put Him to death, other than the sin of hatred and cruelty? And what moved God Himself to rage with such cruelty against the very inward parts of His only-begotten Son, but human sin? 2 Cor. 5:21, Isa. 53:6. (2) A righteous desire for vengeance also pricks and stirs us to this: which, by the law of retribution, threatens and adjudges death as the penalty even for a murder committed against the meanest of men, Gen. 9:6 — as even the thief who was crucified with Christ acknowledged, Luke 23:41 — and how much more when it is committed against a king, John 19:15: "Shall I crucify your king?" — and most of all against the Son of God, Matt. 27:5 — indeed against God Himself, Acts 20:28 — against our king, who comes to us, Zech. 9:9; against our near kinsman, Heb. 2:17, Eph. 5:30; against our Redeemer (Goel), Job 19:25 — indeed our brother, Heb. 2:11. If it was lawful for a "goel" — let the word be rendered as a near kinsman-avenger, or a blood-avenger of the blood shed of his near kinsman — embittered by the heat of blood, to pursue and put to death the murderer of his near blood-relative, Deut. 19:6, should we then not pursue and put to death the sin which has killed and murdered our brother — especially since we are, by nature, so greatly inclined to a desire for vengeance? (3) Moreover, the divine wrath, putting to death the sinner unless the sinner puts sin to death, presses us on, Ps. 7:12-14 — of which He has given us a striking example in His own only-begotten Son; that we might think: if this be done in the green tree, what shall be done in the dry? Luke 23:31. If He was so greatly incensed against His own, so greatly beloved Son, our sin still living in Him, how would He not then be enraged against us, if we spare sin? And if it were possible to spare sins, He would surely have spared His Son, who so often, so anxiously and so humbly, begged Him that the cup of wrath might pass from Him, Matt. 26:38-39,42,44; and if He did not spare His own Son, Rom. 8:32, how then shall He spare the sinner who has spared and indulged sin? There is, therefore, here matter and occasion to consider not only God's kindness toward those who crucify sin, but also His severity toward the others, Rom. 11:22. Further, (4) this is also urged upon us because we have absolutely no fellowship, no partnership at all, in the suffering and death of Christ, of whatever kind and however great it be, so long as we do not crucify sin; for they that are Christ's have crucified the flesh with its passions and lusts, Gal. 5:24. And therefore (5) all that which we see Christ suffered, both inwardly and outwardly, we ourselves, in soul and in body, in our own persons, and that to all eternity, must suffer, if we shall not have crucified our sins — so that we shall be denied by God to eternity, Matt. 10:33; be rejected, Matt. 7:23; be delivered up, not to cruel soldiers, but to the tormentors of hell, Matt. 18:34-35 and 25:41; be set before the judgment-seat of God, Ps. 1:5, condemned, and, by the most exquisite of torments, of soul and body, without remedy or escape, be tormented, Isa. 66:24. For one of two things must inevitably happen: either that we crucify sin in time, or that we, to eternity, are crucified by sin, Rom. 8:6,13.
XLI.
Finally, thirteenthly, in the death of Christ there is set before us a most exact pattern of how we ought to die. For, just as we had, in the preceding chapter, §39, a picture and image of a preparation for death, so now follows the manner of dying itself. Having, then, accomplished with Christ, through the particulars there indicated, the preparation — whether while still in perfect health, or already pressed by sickness, and death now near and approaching — there falls upon the man who is to die happily: (I) the ordering of his household affairs, Isa. 38:1, after the example of Christ, commending His mother to His disciple, John 19:27. (II) The comforting of those who are troubled, anxious, and grieved over his death, 1 Thess. 4:13-14, after the example of Christ, John 16:7, refreshing and comforting the women who, because of His cross, wept and mourned, Luke 23:27-28. (III) A forewarning and admonition of one's own concerning their future state after one's death, Gen. 49:1, after the example of the dying Christ, Luke 23:28-31. (IV) The conversion of others, Acts 7:51-53, after the example of the dying Christ, converting the one thief, Luke 23:42-43. (V) The forgiving of wrongs done to him by his own, and reconciliation with them, Gen. 50:14-22, after the example of the dying Christ, Luke 23:34. (VI) A settling of affairs and business which ought to be brought to a close before death, Acts 20:24, 2 Tim. 4:7, after the example of Christ, John 19:28,30. These things having been thus attended to beforehand, there must finally follow (VII) the chief care for the soul, that it may be reconciled with God, Luke 23:42, Rev. 14:13, and, with devout sighing, be commended into the hands of God, Acts 7:59, Ps. 31:6, after the example of the dying Christ, Luke 23:46. More such matters will, God willing, come up in the Practical Theology of Duty.
Chapter XIII: Of the Mediator's Descent
On Psalm XVI, verses 9, 10.
"Also my flesh shall rest in hope; for thou wilt not leave my soul in hell, neither wilt thou suffer thine Holy One to see corruption."
Let us now proceed to the fourth degree of Christ's humiliation — to His descent, taken in a wider and final sense. For in the Scriptures there is set forth (besides His glorious descent, to judge the living and the dead, 2 Thess. 1:7,10) a threefold descending of Christ: (I) from heaven to the earth, which came to pass in His incarnation, John 3:13, 6:50,58,62, 1 Cor. 15:47 — and this is a descending of the divine Person into human flesh. (II) From the earth into the grave, which came to pass through His burial, Eph. 4:9-10, Acts 2:29,31, Isa. 38:18 — and this is a descending of the body. (III) As it were from heaven into hell, or out of a heavenly and blessed state into a hellish and miserable state, Matt. 26:38, compared with Ps. 88:5-8 — and this is a descending (chiefly at least) of the soul. Having explained the first descent in Chapter IV, on the incarnation, we shall now treat the two remaining ones in this chapter. We shall lay the foundation of our reflection and consideration in the words of Ps. 16:9,10.
The Explanatory Part
I. The expected Messiah — who indeed is not named in the text, but is nonetheless meant by the pronominal suffix yod, in "my flesh," "my soul," and also in the periphrasis, "thine Holy One" — must nevertheless be named and demonstrated by us, in order that the words may have a firm foundation for Christ's descent into hell. There are those who hold that David, throughout the whole Psalm, speaks of the Jewish people, and not at all of the Messiah — so the Jews. There are others who prefer to hold that David speaks both of himself and of the Messiah, though not in the same manner: some hold chiefly of himself, and of the Messiah only by way of application (per accommodationem); others chiefly of the Messiah, of David only by application — of himself as the type, of the Messiah as the truth; others still, in the first part, of David, in the latter part, of the Messiah alone. Nor are there lacking those who refer the whole Psalm to Christ alone — so Piscator, and that with this proof: he who speaks in the last verse, speaks throughout the whole Psalm — which he proves from the coherence of the argument, and from the connection and continuity of every expression, which shows that one and the same Person speaks throughout the whole Psalm; but he who speaks in v.10 is the Messiah, according to the testimony of Peter, Acts 2:25, and of Paul, Acts 13:35; and by that "Holy One of the LORD" Christ is certainly to be understood, Isa. 54:5, Dan. 9:24. Furthermore, no one but Christ alone has not seen corruption. To this view I myself am most inclined. Whatever the case may be, at least the words of the text speak of the Messiah.
II. The expected blessings. These look:
1. To the Messiah's body: "Also my flesh shall rest securely, in hope." Here we have before us a. the resting subject, "my flesh." The word basar, translated "flesh," has more than one meaning: it is taken (a) for every kind of animal, when the word "all" is added — thus Gen. 6:16 and 8:17; (b) for the whole man, Deut. 5:26, Ps. 56:5; (c) for the human body, which consists of flesh, Gen. 2:24, Ps. 38:4,8 — and thus in this passage. b. The security of the body, "shall rest." The LXX have κατασκηνώσει, "shall dwell in a tabernacle" — that is, shall abide in the grave as in a tent: it shall lie down, it shall rest — thus Deut. 33:20, Ps. 7:6, 94:17, Isa. 26:19. Labetach, "securely" — a secure safety, in hope or in trust, (a) of a preservation from its own corruption, and (b) of a resurrection to glory, as the following words explain. Hope is figuratively ascribed to the flesh, just as ἀποκαραδοκία, an eager expectation with head outstretched, is ascribed to the creature, Rom. 8:19, and hope, v.20. The hope of the body is also taken for the thing hoped for.
2. To the Messiah's soul: "Thou wilt not leave my soul in hell." Here is a. the subject, for which a certain good is expected: the soul. In Hebrew, nephesh; in Greek, ψυχή — by which may be understood: (a) the formal part, by which the composite being lives, Matt. 10:28; (b) its material part, or the body — whether animated, or living, Ps. 35:13 and 107:18, or unanimated, or dead, Num. 5:2 and 9:10, Lev. 19:28 and 21:1; (c) the whole human composite, or the person, Gen. 14:21, Ps. 107:9, Prov. 25:25, 1 Pet. 3:20 — and thus not seldom the reflexive pronouns are rendered: naphshah, "herself," Isa. 5:14; naphsham, "they, themselves," Isa. 46:2; (d) the life of the person, Job 2:6, Ps. 54:3 [likely], Matt. 2:20; (e) the will and the affections, Exod. 15:9, Ps. 25:1 and 41:3. Here I think that by "soul" is to be understood the formal part of man, Matt. 26:36, insofar as it was in a hellish state, as one deprived of the beatific vision of God, or of the sense of the divine grace and favor, Matt. 27:46, and moreover, tormented by and with infernal torments, Matt. 26:38: "My soul is exceeding sorrowful, even unto death" — namely, unto infernal death.
b. The place or state of the subject, in which it expects the good: "unto Sheol," to hell, or in hell. The Hebrew word Sheol, in Greek ᾅδης, "Hades," commonly signifies: (a) the place of the damned, Deut. 32:22, Ps. 49:15, Isa. 14:15, Matt. 11:23, Luke 16:23, Rev. 1:18 and 20:13-14; (b) the grave, Gen. 42:38, Ps. 6:6, Isa. 38:18, Acts 2:27,31; (c) the more general receiving-place and abode, and the state, of all the dead, good and evil alike, Eccl. 9:10, Ezek. 32:21,27, Job 14:13 with ch. 17:13; (d) a most oppressed, most anguished, worst of states, Ps. 18:6, 30:4, 88:1, and 116:3. In this passage the last meaning fits best and most properly, since the soul of Christ was never in the place of the damned — whatever the Papists and Lutherans may judge — as it was given over and committed, at death, into the hands of the Father.
c. The good expected by the subject, in the hellish state: "thou shalt not leave" — that is, thou shalt in every respect be present; both (a) with a presence of nature, whereby He, after death, was present with the body through the personal union, and caused that it should, as it were, dwell securely, without fear of corruption, in the grave for three days; and with the soul, that it, being in the Father's hands, might remain united with the divine Person; and with the whole Person of the Mediator, that He might, through the natural presence of the divine Person, continue to be the Holy One of God, or the Mediator, the God-man, even in death; as also (b) with a presence of grace, whereby He restored the flesh, after a brief sojourn in the grave, to natural life, and sustained the soul in its hellish anguish and distress, that it should not succumb, and restored His whole Holy One, from the power and dominion of death, under which He had been for the three days of His burial, to a complete freedom.
3. To the whole man, composed of soul and body: "Neither wilt thou suffer thine Holy One to see the pit." That is: thou wilt not allow that I, thy Holy One (that Holy One of Israel, Isa. 10:20, whom thou hast sanctified, to be sent as the Messiah into the world, John 10:36) should remain in the pit, under the power and dominion of death, Acts 2:24, compared with Lam. 3:43 — but thou shalt raise Him up. Since it is, therefore, unquestionable, from Acts 2:24-33 and 13:35-36, that the Messiah in our text prophesies of His resurrection, which presupposes His death, burial, and the state and dominion of death up to the resurrection; and since He likewise, by the resurrection, distinctly expects a certain good: (a) for His body, namely, that it should rest in the grave securely and safely, without fear of corruption; (b) for the soul, that it should not be left in hell; (c) for the whole Person (the "Holy One"), that He should not see the pit, or should not remain in the pit, or under the state and dominion of death — it appears that the whole text gives an account of the burial of the body, the descending of the soul, and the dominion of death over the whole man.
The Doctrinal Part
III. The Mediator has, therefore, humbled Himself for us down to the grave, to hell, and to the power and dominion of death — which particulars we comprehend under His one descent, whereby He lowered Himself both into the grave, and into hell, and into and under the dominion of death. Now, of this descent explicit mention is made but rarely in Holy Scripture — whence not only Bellarmine, with the Papists, traces it to tradition, but also the Rule of Faith which is called the Apostles' Creed, and with it the Nicene Creed, make no mention of it at all; and the older Church Fathers — Irenaeus, Tertullian, Origen, Augustine, Rufinus — have, in their expositions of this Creed, not even one jot or tittle of it; and Rufinus expressly adds, moreover, that this descending of Christ into hell is not found in the Roman confession of faith, nor in that of the Eastern Churches. In Cyprian, p.570, sect.20, ed. A. 1593, in the "Preux" edition, and so on down to Charlemagne. The first mention of it is found in the confession of faith which (wrongly) is ascribed to Athanasius; while there, where the Creed, omitting the descending, reads "was buried," it reads "descended into hell." But, in later ages, the words "descended into hell" were added, by way of explanation, in the margin, to the words of the Nicene Creed, which afterward crept into the text itself, and were thus read and openly recited in the same manner as all the other articles — as is evident from various manuscripts. Since that time they are found to have been generally accepted, and are explained, by all expositors of the Creed, both Protestant and Papist, as a certain distinct article of it.
IV. Meanwhile, however, there is also no explicit mention of it in the Scriptures: for example, Eph. 4:9-10: "Now this, He ascended, what is it but that He also first descended into the lower parts of the earth? He that descended is the same also that ascended," Rom. 10:7: "Who shall descend into the deep? — that is, to bring up Christ again from the dead." We add to these the words of the text, Ps. 16:10, compared with Acts 2:27. One also brings in for this purpose Ps. 88:5-7, which Psalm some hold to be prophetic, and, in its emphasis, veiled in Christ — as also Ps. 18:5-6 and 116:3. A type of this descending could also be found in Joseph, Gen. 37:20,22,24,28-29, likewise also in ch. 39:20, and in Jonah, ch. 2:2, compared with Matt. 12:40, Judg. 16:3. These arguments would come in here with some reason: (1) because we have, by our sins, lifted ourselves up to the very highest — compare Isa. 14:13-14 — indeed, above God Himself, compare 2 Thess. 2:4 — and the Savior has therefore had to and been willing to cast Himself down to the lowest, even to hell: compare Isa. 14:11-12, Matt. 11:23 — that He might, with the damned inhabitants of hell, become a curse (κατάρα), Gal. 3:13. (II) That He might redeem us from the punishment of hell, and deliver us, who were prisoners, out of the pit wherein is no water (of comfort), through the blood of the covenant, Zech. 9:11 — which, though spoken of the bodily deliverance of the Jews, is customarily also applied to Christ, by way of a corresponding proportion — at least, that He might deliver His own from the curse of hell, Gal. 3:13. (III) To raise the elect, out of their utterly deep guilt and out of the abyss of hell, through His own descending, to the highest glory of heaven, Eph. 2:6 and 1:3.
V. But what, finally, is this descending? Setting aside, for the moment, the opinions of the heterodox, there are among the orthodox: (I) those who confine it to the burial, so that in the Creed it is an explanation of the article concerning the burial — thus our Beza on Acts 2:26-27 — which does not satisfy others, because (1) this would not only bring a superfluous and useless repetition into the extremely careful conciseness of expression in the Creed, but also (2) because it would attempt to explain what is clear enough by something more obscure. Others (II) confine this descending to the sufferings of Christ's soul, as Calvin does, with most of the Reformed — which does not please others, for these two reasons: (1) because those sufferings of the soul are related to His death, of which the Creed had already spoken in what precedes, and so this would burden the Creed with a vain repetition; (2) because that interpretation places the soul's sufferings after the burial, and thereby disturbs the order of the Creed. For this reason, (III) others hold that by this descending neither the burial nor the soul's sufferings are meant, but the state and dominion of death, under which He was during the three days of His burial: thus Sohnius (ad Conf. August.), Perkins (ad Symbolum), Ames, both the catechisms, the larger and the smaller, of the Westminster Assembly, and others. But what if we, in order to reconcile the differing opinions of the orthodox, were to combine these coordinate or subordinate matters together, and reckon a threefold descending of Christ: of the body, into the grave; of the soul, into a hellish state; of the whole Christ, into the power and dominion of death? (1) Because Scripture, by the word "descending," is accustomed to signify not only these three things, but also distinctly ascribes them to Christ, as will appear more clearly from what follows. (2) Because thus the descending, and the depth of the humiliation, will thereby the more be magnified and acknowledged; and (3) the Creed itself will be kept free from all vain repetition and disorder.
VI.
Let, then, the first descending be that of the body, which the text intends in the first place, and which the Creed teaches in the first place: namely, the descending into the grave. For it is more certain than anything certain that, by the Hebrew word Sheol, and by "descending into Sheol," the Scriptures many times signify burial, Gen. 42:38, Ps. 6:6, Isa. 38:18, Acts 2:27,31; also, that the Savior, as regards His body, was indeed buried, Matt. 27:59-60, Mark 15:46, Luke 23:53, John 19:41; indeed also, that in this burial there was a descending of Christ, by comparison of our text with Acts 2:27,31 and 13:34-36 — with which all the ancient confessions of faith, down to Athanasius and Charlemagne, as we have said, openly agree. This burial was, according to the testimony of Paul, 1 Cor. 15:4, foretold of old, most especially in Isa. 53:9, where the Messiah is said (I) to be put to death with the wicked, or with the death of the wicked and evildoers; and (II) that He should be buried in the grave of a rich man, namely of Joseph, who was a rich man, Matt. 27:59-60 — thus honorably enough, indeed splendidly, v.57.
VII. As to the circumstances of Christ's burial, it took place: (I) On the same evening of His dying day, when now the Jewish Sabbath, and its preparation, drew near, Matt. 27:57 — which Sabbath (the Jewish one at least), or the seventh day since the Creation, had been a foreshadowing of this rest of Christ in the grave; for which reason, too, that same Sabbath, once its rest had been fulfilled — the body being now present as its shadow — served out its use and was abolished, Col. 2:16-17. To this the law of Deut. 21:23 also gave occasion and impulse, which forbade that the dead body of one hanged should remain overnight on the tree, because one hanged was a curse to God — for which reason, since in Christ's death the curse was to be annihilated, it was fitting that His body, once death had taken place and the curse been removed, should not be left on the wood of cursing. (II) By the one who undertook and arranged for it: Joseph of Arimathea, a rich man, an honorable counselor, secretly a disciple of Christ for fear of the Jews, John 19:38, Matt. 27:57 — otherwise a godly man, though still of a somewhat weak faith, as may be gathered from Mark 15:43. To him was joined Nicodemus, John 19:39, one of the chief of the Pharisees, likewise of a weak, yet sincere faith — whence he came to Christ by night, to be instructed by Him, and, having been instructed by Him, was converted, ch. 3:2 — and afterward, growing stronger in faith, acted more boldly and with more courage on Christ's behalf, ch. 7:51. To these there may, perhaps, have joined themselves certain devout women, Mary Magdalene, Mary the mother of Joses, and others, who had followed Christ from Galilee to minister to Him, Matt. 27:55. (III) In a very honorable, indeed splendid, manner: when (1) Joseph wound His body in pure fine linen, v.59, while (2) Nicodemus brought a mixture of myrrh and aloes, about a hundred pounds' weight, John 19:39, according to the custom of the Jews, usual in the burials of more distinguished persons, Gen. 50:2. (IV) In an honorable place — not under the cross, but in Joseph's garden, not far from the place of crucifixion — perhaps, that He might rise in a garden, just as our first parents fell in a garden, Gen. 3. (V) And indeed in a grave which (1) was new, Matt. 27:60, so that the Jews could not suspect or slander that someone else had risen; indeed also (2) hewn out of rock, ibid., and moreover (3) closed with a very great stone, not only according to the custom of the more distinguished Jews, Gen. 35:20, John 11:38, but also by a divine providence, that the Jews might not come to suspect or pretend any fraud; let me add (4) sealed with Pilate's official signet, and, moreover, guards set thereby — by the counsel and management of the Pharisees, Matt. 27:60, compared with Ps. 41:9, but yet not without God's providence, that we might be made the more certain and secure concerning the Savior's true resurrection, Matt. 28:11. (VI) With a duration of three days, or three twenty-four-hour periods, according to His own predictions, Matt. 12:40 and 27:40,63, Jonah 1:17 — and yet not a full three days, but in all a space of nearly forty hours: whence, among the ancients, seems to have arisen the forty-hour fast, because the Bridegroom had been taken away for so many hours, Matt. 9:15.
VIII. The purposes of this burial were: (I) that satisfaction might be given to the predictions, Ps. 16:10 and 22:16 [likely other], Isa. 53:9. (II) That we might, by unshakable proofs, be persuaded and assured of the truth of His death, on which our whole redemption depends, Heb. 2:14 — for which reason Pilate would not give Him up to be buried until he was fully assured that He had indeed died, Mark 15:42-43. (III) That He might, by His burial, seal the removal, through His death, of the curse, Deut. 21:23, Gal. 3:13. (IV) To humble Himself from the highest heaven down to the lowest and deepest parts of the earth, Eph. 4:9-10. (V) To bury our sins with Himself, the truth of which is sealed to us in baptism, Rom. 6:4, Col. 2:12. Let me add (VI) — not indeed the Sabbath of the fourth commandment, which prescribes, without further specification, the sanctifying of that seventh day which God should appoint for men (for this Sabbath was, along with all the other commandments of the Ten Words, of a moral and unabolishable right, Matt. 5:17-19, and moreover bore no image at all of Christ's rest in the grave) — but specifically the Jewish Sabbath, that is, that seventh day which the Lawgiver reckoned, and prescribed to the Jews to reckon, from the seventh day of the Creation — to abolish it, because on it the Savior had rested and thus fulfilled the type; which Sabbath, together with all the other feasts of the Jews, the Apostle refers to in Col. 2:16-17 — and, precisely through this same act, to set in its place the Christian Sabbath, after the labor of humiliation, Isa. 53:11 — and to fix the seventh day of the fourth commandment to be counted and reckoned by Christians from and according to this resurrection; for which reason that Christian Sabbath is called the Lord's Day, Rev. 1:10, which He blessed on the very day of His resurrection, John 20:19 — whence one also reads that that day has been steadily kept by Christians as their Sabbath day, Acts 20:7, 1 Cor. 16:2 — which, if it is not to be reduced to an enforced, arbitrary worship, you will be obliged to trace to a divine institution; according to which it is therefore called the Lord's Day, even as the designation "the Lord's Supper," 1 Cor. 11:20, compared with v.23. Let it be added that, since the sanctifying of a certain seventh day, by virtue of the fourth commandment, is of a moral right, and therefore, the Jewish Sabbath day having been abolished, the church could not be without a Sabbath even for a single hour — its replacement had to occur immediately after the resurrection: of which, in its proper place, God willing, more fully hereafter.
IX.
Let the second descending be that of Christ's soul — not in place, but in a hellish state, in and by which He underwent the pains of hell in His soul. For since the word Sheol in the Scriptures not seldom signifies such a hellish state, consisting in torments and anguishes of soul, 1 Sam. 2:6, Ps. 18:6, 116:3 — whence those who undergo such infernal anguishes are said to be cast down into hell, Ps. 88:5,7, or also to be delivered from hell, Ps. 30:2-4,10 — and since that hellish state is also plainly ascribed to Christ's soul, when He is said both to have been forsaken by God, Matt. 27:46, and to have sweated under the sense of the divine wrath and indignation, Rev. 19:15 [likely different], compared with Matt. 26:30 [likely 38],42; and when, on account of all this, His soul was sorrowful even unto death — namely, unto eternal or infernal death, Matt. 26:38 — there can, in this way, be noted neither any vain repetition of words in the Creed, since it had said nothing at all — certainly nothing explicit — about the descending of the soul, nor any perverse disorder, since it had to speak of the descending of the body before, rather than after, the descending of the soul, according to the laws of a proper theological order. What this descending of the soul is, or what He suffered thereby, both as to loss and as to sensation, we have explained in the preceding chapter, §§8-11 and 20.
X.
The third descending, therefore, is that of the whole man Christ, into the power and dominion of death and darkness — insofar as, during the three days of the burial, His body was dead, and His soul was deprived of its natural union with the body, and insofar as, and up to that point, the whole composite was under death: whence Peter, Acts 2:24, says that He, only through the resurrection, was loosed (and therefore, up to that point, as it were bound) from the pains of death, since it was not possible that He should be held by it — from which it appears most clearly of all that, during the three days of death, or up to the resurrection, He was under the power of death, and, as it were, in its bonds and imprisonment — compare Ps. 18:5-6, 116:3, 88:7. And this too has been the hour and the power of darkness, which He refers to, Luke 22:53 — the hour being taken for the whole time of His suffering and humiliation, which lasted until His resurrection, Acts 2:24 — which the darkness also that accompanied and followed His death seems in some measure to signify, Luke 23:44-45. But the aim of this descending has been to deliver us from the power and dominion of death, and from the power of darkness, Hos. 13:14, 1 Cor. 15:54-57, Col. 1:13. And yet this descending of the whole man Christ must not be so understood as if His soul, after death, had suffered anything further besides the deprivation of its natural union with the body — since He, in dying, committed His soul into the hands of His Father, Luke 23:46, which was received that very day into Paradise, ibid.; nor as if His body had still felt any pain — but rather that He was, during this time, as it were under the triumph of the whole power of darkness.
The Polemical Part
XI. Concerning Christ's descending, the question is raised: first, whether Christ's descent into hell tends toward nothing else than to prove and demonstrate that Christ truly and certainly died, even as all other men die — that is, that He passed into a state of non-existence? The Socinians hold this (see Smalcius, De Divinit. Chr., ch. 13) — namely, because they hold that to die is nothing else than to be no more existent, and that Christ, from His death to His resurrection, was not existent — the falsity of which we have thoroughly and expressly demonstrated in the preceding chapter, §18. And in order that believers might, for their comfort, be assured of this non-existence of Christ, they hold that the articles of the burial and of the descending into hell were added to the Creed for this purpose. And for this "descending into hell" of theirs, its adherents bring forward not the least particle of proof, beyond their own suppositions, which have been noted and refuted by us in the passage cited: so that it is not necessary to dwell any longer on this question and point of controversy — save only that one must in every respect and absolutely observe this: that from this opinion, whereby hell is a non-existence, it follows: (I) that all distinction is removed between dying believers and the ungodly, up until the last judgment. (II) That believers, as well as the ungodly, are shut up after death in hell. (III) That, by this non-existence, the immortality of souls is lost. (IV) That the present state of a dying man and of a dying beast would be one and the same. (V) That there would be no resurrection of the flesh to be expected, no more for a man than for a beast. (VI) That all hell is in effect taken away and denied. And (VII) that in the place of Christianity, Sadduceeism is introduced.
XII. The question is asked, secondly, whether Christ, as to His soul, descended locally into hell? The Papists, in favor of Christ's supposed local descent into the "limbo of the fathers" — that Christ might from thence deliver the believers of the Old Testament locally, after His actual satisfaction had been offered, and might carry them over into the heavenly blessedness — do indeed hold this, yet not without difference of opinion. For while (1) some among them think that He descended there, not as regards the essence of the soul, but as regards its efficacy and certain determinate effects — so Durandus (in Lib. 3 Sent. dist. 22, quaest. 3), whom Bellarmine, in turn, refutes (Lib. 4, De anima Christi, ch. 15) — in general (II) they hold that He descended locally as regards the essence of the soul: so Bellarmine, in the passage cited, chs. 10-16. The Lutherans, I know not by what motive, contrary to their own suppositions, likewise hold that He descended locally, in order to triumph there over the devils. Meanwhile, however, they also acknowledge a descending of the soul into a hellish state, and thus contrive a twofold descending of Him. Hence they torment themselves with various questions and points of controversy: whether this descending is to be assigned to the state of humiliation, or to that of exaltation? whether it took place immediately after the burial, or long after? whether in the divine, or in the human nature? whether in the soul alone, or in the whole Person? The Reformed deny every local descending: (I) because He descended neither as regards His divine nature — which, by its omnipresence, precludes all local movement — nor as regards His human nature, which, again, descended neither as to the body — which, during those three days, lay partly hanging on the cross, partly lying in the grave — nor as to the soul, which, dying, He committed into the hands of His Father, and which, even on that very day, ascended into Paradise, Luke 23:43, just as Adam, on the very day of his sin, is said to have been cast out of Paradise, Gen. 3:23-24. (2) Because that local descending is utterly useless, fruitless, and vain; for He did not descend into hell in order to suffer there for us — for that was already accomplished on the cross, John 19:30; nor in order, by that descending, to satisfy for our sins — for that had been accomplished by His death, Heb. 2:14 and 9:12, 1 Thess. 1:10; nor to lead the fathers of the Old Testament out of hell — since they were never in hell, as is evident in Enoch, Heb. 11:5, and in Elijah, 2 Kings 2:11; nor to triumph over the devils — for that had already come to pass on the cross, Heb. 2:14-15, Col. 2:14-15, and afterward also in His ascension, Eph. 4:8-12. Let me add (3) that the Papists' "limbo" is nothing else than an empty and vacuous fiction, devoid of all Scripture and reason. There is, however, that which they bring forward to maintain their view, namely — (A) They allege the passage of Jesus Sirach, ch. 24:45: "I will penetrate all the lower parts of the earth, and I will behold all who sleep, and I will enlighten all who hope in the Lord." Answer: (a) it is an apocryphal book. (b) These words are not found in the Greek text. Moreover, it treats (c) not of Christ's soul, nor (d) of a local descending, nor (e) of a certain hellish limbo, nor (f) of the leading-out of the believers of the Old Testament from it. (B) Matt. 12:40: "So shall the Son of man be three days and three nights in the heart of the earth"; compare Eph. 4:9. Answer: this is understood of the burial, but not of the place of the damned, much less of a limbo of hell — and by "heart" is meant the more interior parts of the earth, and not specifically the center, or that which is nearest to the center — compare the passages Exod. 15:8, Deut. 4:11, 2 Sam. 18:14, Prov. 23:34 and 30:19, Ezek. 27:4,25-27 — and here, moreover, no mention at all is made of the separated soul. (C) Acts 2:27: "Thou shalt not leave my soul in Sheol, in hell." Answer: that the word Sheol in Holy Scripture often signifies a hellish state, hellish pains and distresses, we have already shown above, §§2,7. (D) Rom. 10:7: "Who shall descend into the deep? — that is, to bring up Christ again from the dead." Answer: at most, nothing more can be gathered from this than that Christ's soul, in dying, descended into a hellish state. (E) Eph. 4:9: "That He also first descended into the lower parts of the earth." Answer: this is to be understood either of His descending from the high heaven into the lowest and lower parts of the world, namely, the earth, which took place through His incarnation, John 6:38, 1 Cor. 15:47; or of the descending of His body into the grave, as we have said. (F) 1 Pet. 3:18-19 says that He "went and preached, in the spirit, to the spirits which are in prison." Answer: by the Spirit which was in the prophets, 1 Pet. 1:11, He also of old preached, in and through Noah, to the disobedient, then still living on earth, who are now in prison; the Apostle, therefore, speaks not of the souls of the believers of the Old Testament, but of the souls of the disobedient, in the time of Noah. Finally, they allege (G) that those ancient believers, before the payment made through Christ's death, were under the guilt of punishment, and that they, consequently, could not be admitted from the infernal prison into heavenly freedom. Answer: (a) the clear examples of Enoch and Elijah refute this, Heb. 11:5, 2 Kings 2:11. (b) They were redeemed and admitted on the ground of the satisfaction, taken upon Himself on their behalf by Christ, through His eternal suretyship, Isa. 53:4-5, Acts 15:11, compared with Heb. 13:8.
XIII. The question is asked, thirdly, whether Christ, during the three days of His death and burial, was a true and properly so-called man? Aquinas (part. 3, quaest. 50, art. 4) denies this, and judges the contrary opinion to be heretical, because Christ's death (de fide) is an article of faith; yet he grants that He was a dead man. With him agrees the recently deceased former colleague, Dr. Burmannus (Synops., lib. V, ch. 18, §3): "There arises," he says, "a question and controversy, whether Christ, during the three days of His death and burial, was a true man? — a thing which is rightly denied by Thomas, though he holds that He could still be called a man in a double sense — that is, a dead man, but not in a single sense. In this way, just as He ceased to be man, so in that same way He also ceased to be the God-man; although otherwise, the bond between soul and body having been loosed, the union of both with the Word remained unbroken, and, the natural union having been dissolved and undone, the personal union nevertheless remained." Hugo of St. Victor, De Sacram. Lib. 2, Part 1, ch. 11, maintains this indeed, but on a foundation more ingenious than sound — namely, that the soul alone is a man; in which way Christ, in order to become man, would not have needed to become flesh, or to become a partaker of flesh and blood — which the Apostle contradicts, Heb. 2:14-15, John 1:1 [or 14]. Lombard (lib. III Sent. dist. 22, q.7) says the same thing, but likewise with a feeble argument — that for the constituting of a man there is not required the union of the essential parts, body and soul — which the whole of sound philosophy contradicts. The Reformed acknowledge that Christ truly died, and that therefore the natural union between soul and body was, during these three days, taken away, and hence indeed a dead man — but nevertheless also a true and properly so-called man: (I) because otherwise, during those three days, He would either not have been that Holy One of the Lord, who, sanctified by the Father, came into the world, John 10:36; or He would have been broken and destroyed — which the text of Ps. 16:10 contradicts. (II) Because otherwise He would not have been that eternal priest, Ps. 110:4, Heb. 5:6, 6:20, and 7:17 — which the Apostle, Heb. 2:17, contradicts. (III) Because otherwise, during those three days, He would not have been Jesus Christ. This consequence Francis Sylvius acknowledges, Comment. ad Thom. part. 3, quaest. 50, art. 4: "There is," he says, "a difficulty, whether in those three days He was the Christ? The reason for doubting is, that 'Christ' denotes a subject consisting of the divine and the human nature; but then the human nature was not present, for the humanity had ceased, in that the union of soul and body — which belongs to the essence of humanity — had ceased; wherefore it seems more true that He was not, properly speaking, the Christ, except by way of representation, in which way, as is now said of the holy Peter, it is likewise true that He was then the Christ." Moreover, the Apostle confirms the consequence, 1 Tim. 2:5: "The man Christ Jesus." Otherwise He would also (IV) have been, during those three days, no Mediator — since, for the constitution of a Mediator, both humanity and deity are required, wherefore the Apostle, 1 Tim. 2:5, says: "One Mediator... the man Christ Jesus." Nor also (V) properly the so-called God-man; and thus, in place of the two modes of subsistence which have hitherto been acknowledged and accepted, before and after the incarnation, three would now have to be reckoned. Moreover, also (VI) that last degree of Christ's humiliation, which consisted in His burial and in His being under the power and dominion of death, would not have been a Mediatorial degree, and would not have been undergone for men. Indeed (VII), whether they wish to acknowledge it or not, according to this supposition the personal union of the two natures would have been dissolved; for, one of the united parts being loosed, the union itself is also thereby removed. Let, therefore, (VIII) Jesus Christ, from the first moment of His incarnation onward, to all eternity, remain a true man, the God-man, the Mediator, the same yesterday, today, and forever, Heb. 13:8. Though it be objected, on the contrary, that, the union of the essential parts, soul and body, being removed, there is no longer a true and properly so-called man remaining — I will grant that, all union of those parts being removed, no true and properly so-called man remains; but since, according to the agreement of all Christians, in the incarnation a twofold union was brought about by the Holy Spirit — the one natural, whereby He was a true man; the other personal, whereby that same Person was not only God, but also man — it follows that, when the first ceases, the second nevertheless remains. Since, therefore, the essential parts of a man, in death, are not deprived of all union (as commonly happens in the dead, who, for this very reason, are also called men only in a double sense), but only of that union which made a living man, we conclude that He, notwithstanding, remained a true and properly so-called man during the three days of His death and burial.
The Practical Part
XIV. The descending of Christ, or His very deepest humiliation, furnishes in general, first, matter for the utmost thankfulness, 1 Cor. 15:54-58, Rom. 7:24-25. For He not only (I) by His incarnation descended from the highest heaven into the lower parts of the world, namely, the earth, Eph. 4:8-9; nor only (II) from the form of God into the form of a servant, Phil. 2:6-7; nor only (III) from life, as the Prince of life, Acts 3:15, into the accursed death of the cross, ibid.; but also (IV) that He, as to His body, descended from the earth into the grave, into the heart of the earth, Matt. 12:40, into the stall of the dead; and (V) as to His soul, into a state and condition of hell, Ps. 88:5-7, wherein He was forsaken by God his Father, Matt. 27:46, and tormented with the pains of death, namely infernal death, ch. 26:37-38, Acts 2:24, and himself became a curse, Gal. 3:13. Finally, (VI) as regards the whole of mankind, into the power and dominion of death, and of the whole power of darkness — so that He was, as it were, a triumph and a mockery for death and for hell, 1 Cor. 15:55-56. Beyond this descending there neither is, nor can be conceived, any deeper. And this came to pass: (1) because we, with our sins, had lifted ourselves up, as it were, to heaven, to be like God, the King of heaven, Gen. 3:5, compare Isa. 14:13 — indeed above the heavens, that is, above God Himself: compare 2 Thess. 2:4, Exod. 5:2. And (2) because we would thus, necessarily and unavoidably, have had to descend into that same pit of a dreadful grave, into the same hellish state, into the same dominion and mockery of the whole power of darkness, had He not, by descending, redeemed us, Zech. 9:11, Heb. 2:14, Hos. 13:14, compare Jer. 38:6,10,12, Dan. 6:17-18,24. Moreover, (3) to raise and lift us up out of the abyss of hellish misery to heavenly glory, Eph. 2:6, and to seat us with Him on thrones, Rev. 3:21 and 20:6 [likely 20:4]. Is not, in and through all these things, matter for thankfulness furnished to us? By which duties we (a) out of a sense of our sins, humble ourselves, as it were down to hell, before Him, Luke 15:21, Mic. 7:9 — since we have, by our sins, cast the Son of God down into hell, Isa. 43:24. On the contrary, (b) that we exalt to heaven, indeed above the heavens, with our thanksgivings and our praise, the very one whom we, by our sins, have thrust down into hell, 1 Chron. 29:11, 1 Kings 8:23,27, Phil. 1:21. Indeed (c) that we, on account of His reconciling work, humble ourselves to the lowest, indeed to the very worst, John 1:27, and, if it can be brought about, let ourselves be humbled down even to hell, 1 Cor. 4:9-10,13. And also (d) that we cast down our own glory and our crowns, ready and prepared, before His feet, who cast Himself down so deep for us, Rev. 4:10-11; compare the Practical Part of Chapter IX, concerning the Mediator's humiliation.
XV. Secondly, the descending of the Mediator gives ground for a Christian trust, comfort, and joy — that we, with our Mediator, as with our Head, may come to sing Psalms: "Therefore my heart is glad, and my glory rejoices; my flesh also shall rest securely," etc., Ps. 16:9-10; likewise 1 Cor. 15:55-56. This, I say, gives us ground and support for trust: (1) as often as we think of, and are terrified before, the bottomless abyss of those who descend into hell — with the devil, Rev. 20:3, trembling at and pleading against His own descending, Luke 8:31; with the rich glutton, ch.16:23,25; with Korah, Dathan, and Abiram, Num. 16; with the dragon, Rev. 12:9 and 20:2; and with the false prophet, ibid. v.10. As often as it seems to us that we hear that dreadful word of the Judge: "Depart from me, ye cursed, into everlasting fire, prepared for the devil and His angels," Matt. 25:41; likewise the wailing and gnashing of teeth of those who are cast into outer darkness, Matt. 22:13; and when we think of that worm which shall never die, and of that fire which shall never be quenched, Isa. 66:24 — what could more powerfully comfort us in such a case than this, that the Mediator, not for Himself, but for His own, has descended into so deep an abyss of misery, Rom. 10:7, and has obtained its keys, Rev. 1:18 and 3:7, and, going out from it as one unlocked, has delivered His prisoners out of the pit, Zech. 9:11? (II) As often as the terror of the grave affrights us — where our bodies rot, stinking worse than the dead carcasses of any beast, becoming a horror to men and food for worms, Job 17:14 and 30:26 [likely], Isa. 51:8, compared with Acts 12:23 — what then could more powerfully lift us up than to think that our Jesus, too, descended into the grave, not for Himself, but for His own, and thereby made of the grave a bedchamber, or rather a dwelling-place, in which our bodies, until the resurrection, may rest securely, Ps. 16:9? (III) As often as our souls descend into the anguish and terrors of hell, with David, Ps. 18:4-6, with Heman, Ps. 88:5-7,15-17, with Asaph, Ps. 73:8-10 — what is then more powerful than to think that Christ too has descended, and not for Himself, but for His own; and that, just as God did not forsake Him in hell, so He too, for His sake, will not forsake them? (IV) As often as the dominion of death, the tyranny of Satan, Heb. 2:14, and the power of darkness, Col. 1:13, press upon and wear us out — what shall we more powerfully consider than that the LORD's Holy One has also descended into that, and not for Himself, but for His own, and that we, therefore, with Him, shall never see the eternal pit of destruction (shachath)? Only, that (1) we be united with the descending Christ, by a true faith, in order to die with Him therein, Rom. 6:8, to be buried, ibid. v.4, to descend, with Him, into the valley of the shadow of death, Ps. 23:4. Then also, (2) that in our descending — that is, in all such cases — with the descending Christ, God be our portion, who sustains our lot, Ps. 16:5; who, when our heart fails, is the rock of our heart and our portion for ever, Ps. 73:26. And (3) that we, in our descending, keep both God and the descending Christ constantly before our eyes, that He may sustain and support us, that we may not waver, that He may accompany us with his grace as we walk through a valley of the shadow of death, and support and comfort us, Ps. 23:4. And (4) that even in our descending, our heart, on account of these supports, may strive to be glad, and our glory, together with the descending Christ, may leap up, Ps. 16:9, Job 19:25-27.
XVI. Thirdly, the descending of Christ into the abyss of the utmost misery warns and admonishes us most powerfully to guard ourselves earnestly against exalting ourselves to the topmost heavens — that we should not, with the Babylonian, say in our heart: "I will ascend into heaven, I will exalt my throne above the stars of God," Isa. 14:13; and lift up our nest, with pride, to the heavens, Matt. 11:23, and, like the eagle, set our nest on high, Job 39:27,30 [likely 39:27]. For: (1) is it not the most shameful thing of all, that the Son of God should descend from heaven down even to hell, and that a little man, as if out of hell, should exalt himself to heaven, and set himself upon the throne of God, indeed exalt and raise Himself above God? 2 Thess. 2:4. Is it not (II) most unjust and unfair of all that, whereas we have, by the depth of our misery, dragged the Son of God down, as it were, into hell, we should, as it were, occupy His throne in heaven? Is it not (III) most just of all that, if we should exalt ourselves to heaven — where the Son of God humbled Himself down to hell — and set our throne beside God, or above Him, that we should be cast down from him, with Babylon, Isa. 14:11, with the Capernaites, Matt. 11:23, with Nebuchadnezzar, Dan. 4:25,29-34, even to hell, and be eaten by worms, as in a grave, with Herod, Acts 12:21-23? For every one who exalts Himself shall be abased, Luke 18:14, Matt. 23:12, Prov. 29:23. Whereas, on the contrary, (IV) if we humble and cast ourselves down before God, even to hell, He will exalt us to heaven, Ps. 103:4,9 [likely other]. This has been a more general reflection on this descending; there follows a more particular one — and first, concerning the burial.
XVII. Fourthly, the descending of Christ's body into the grave, in particular, (A) confirms our faith most excellently, 1 Cor. 15:2 with v.4, (1) that He truly and infallibly died — to which end, by divine providence, the judge Pilate was so exceedingly careful and concerned to inquire whether He had died, Mark 15:44, and the soldiers so entirely satisfied as to His death that, having broken the legs of the thieves, they did not touch His legs — to which end also served His three-day sojourn in the grave, that we, in case we might otherwise have suspected that He had not truly died on the cross, should at least not fail to believe that He died during those three days of the burial. (2) That He had, therefore, also truly made satisfaction for our sins, and had carried off, with Himself, into the grave and into the prison, our debt of punishment — for which reason He perhaps chose to descend into a foreign grave, Matt. 27:60, and, bound as it were, with the winding-sheets of our sins, John 19:40, and, on rising, to leave them behind in the grave, John 20:5-7 — that it might thereby be signified that the Judge, by raising Him from the dead, had, all the bonds with which He was for a little time held bound for our sins' sake, Ps. 18:5-6, loosed Him and released Him entirely from that prison — since, a most complete payment and satisfaction now having been rendered, it was impossible that He should any longer be held by death, in the bonds of death and of the prison, Acts 2:24. So that we now, with the disciples, may look into His grave, and there behold and contemplate (θεωρεῖν) well the winding-sheets lying there, John 20:6-7 — namely, for the confirming and strengthening of our faith, that, the satisfaction having been accomplished, the bonds of our sins, with which He lay bound in the prison of the grave, are now loosed, and left behind in the prison.
XVIII. Fifthly, and not only does Christ's burial strengthen and confirm our faith, but also (B) our courage, as often as we think of our own grave — which, for sinners, is indeed nothing else than a porch and vestibule, sheol, ᾅδης, of hell — whence it also bears the common name: a prison of the most righteous Judge, God, in which He keeps confined, with chains of darkness, until the last judgment, those who are guilty of eternal death; and meanwhile gives them over to the worms and serpents (whose seed they were) and to the toads to be eaten and devoured; where they shall dwell together even with the devils themselves, who shall to all eternity be their tormentors, Mark 5:3. As often, I say, as we think of our grave in this manner, what shall we more powerfully set before ourselves and represent to ourselves for our comfort than (1) that our Mediator, too, has descended into the grave, and that we, therefore, shall herein also be made conformed to Him — wherein consists the chief perfection of a Christian, that we are buried with Him, Rom. 6:3 — especially since it is not fitting that a disciple be in a better state than His Master, Matt. 10:24-25. Indeed, (2) that He was buried not for Himself, but for us, and thereby has taken away from the grave all harmfulness, loathsomeness, terror, and venom, 1 Cor. 15:55-57. And (3) that we are not buried with Him alive, but, having died, lacking all sense and feeling. And (4) not that we should perish, but that we might rest with Him from our labor, Rev. 14:13. Nor (5) that we should rot forever, but that we might rise again with Christ, John 11:25 — just as the seed is sown in the earth, not to rot, but, by rotting, to bloom again with a greater increase, as the Apostle teaches most emphatically, 1 Cor. 15:35-50. On account of all which things, the grave (6) is, for us, just as for our Mediator, not so much a grave as a bedchamber, a bed, a resting-place, Isa. 26:20 — there, like our Mediator, to rest and take breath a while from the labor and toils of death and of sickness, and from the vexations and torments of the world, as the deer of the morning, John 7:1-3. Indeed also, a safe refuge, in which we, from every sort of enemy and persecutor, bodily and spiritual, are quiet and secure — as it were with a great stone which none can roll away, Mark 16:3, and, as it were, sealed with the seal of the almighty Judge, Matt. 27:64-66, secured, together with our flesh and with our Head, our Mediator, until the resurrection, we shall rest, yishkon labetach, securely, and in hope and trust. And on account of all this, our heart shall also, with Christ, be glad, and our glory shall leap for joy, because our flesh too shall rest securely. Indeed also, (7) if it should happen that, whether through the cruelty of enemies or through some other providence of God, no honorable burial should be granted to us — what shall more powerfully comfort and strengthen us against the fear of this evil than that Christ, our Head, was buried for us, 1 Cor. 15:3-4; indeed, that we, through baptism, have long ago been buried with Him, Rom. 6:4, Col. 2:12? Only, as we began to admonish above, §14, that we (a) are dead in the Lord, Rev. 14:13; (b) are buried with Him, Col. 2:12, as members of that same mystical body with Him, 1 Cor. 12:12; and that we thus have Christ, even in the grave, present with us, Ps. 23:4; (c) that we set constantly before ourselves that our Head, having been buried for us, is at our right hand, that we may not waver, Ps. 16:8; (d) that we, in trust, labetach, with Mary Magdalene, in the early morning, while it is still dark, John 20:1, and with the disciples, run to Christ's grave — that we strive by faith to look into it trustingly, indeed also to enter with Peter into Christ's grave: truly, we shall find that every stone has been rolled away for us; we shall now find angels sitting in the grave, and, lifting us up as we are struck with terror at the grave, they will show us the place where Jesus lay; indeed, we shall even find the cloths, with the napkin in which His head was wrapped, in which, by faith, we shall be able wholly to wrap ourselves, Mark 16:1-8. And finally, (e) that we take care, with Joseph, that we be buried with Christ in a new spiritual grave, and that it be made ready for this in good time.
XIX. Sixthly, the burial of Christ spurs us most powerfully to bury, by His power, all and every kind of our sins, Rom. 6:4, Col. 2:12 — that is, that we earnestly strive to become more and more conformed to Christ as regards His burial, which comes to pass through various acts, namely: (1) through contempt and disdain of sin — for just as Christ, now buried, was to His enemies a matter of scorn, mockery, and contempt, as though He were a deceiver, Matt. 27:63-64 (whence graves are called open throats, Ps. 5:9, Rom. 3:13, because the wicked fall into them as into rotten and stinking graves) — let us thus not love any and every kind of sin at all, 1 John 2:15, but pursue it with hatred, as the most shameful of deceivers and seducers, Jude v.23, compared with Heb. 3:13; let us mock it; let us abhor it as dead and as a dead work, Heb. 6:1, 9:14, with Rom. 7:24. (2) Through denying it: for just as the rulers of the Jews are said to have denied Christ, who was to be buried, Acts 3:14 — let us also, as disciples of Christ, deny every kind of sin, Luke 9:23. (3) Through putting it to death — and that in various degrees: for just as (a) Pontius Pilate, before he delivered Christ to be crucified and buried, first delivered Him to be wounded and scourged, John 19:1, and his soldiers wounded His head with a crown of thorns — let us also so wound, injure, and scourge our sins, which are to be buried; indeed, let us cut off, wound, and scourge even the head of them — our most beloved sins in particular, Matt. 5:29 and 18:8, tormenting and subduing it, 1 Cor. 9:27 — a wounding which properly comes about through the stings and gnawings of conscience, arising, once sins have been committed, from a sense of their shamefulness and from the threatenings of the law, Acts 2:37, Luke 15:21. (b) Just as the Jews, before they demanded Christ for crucifixion and burial, accused, examined, and condemned Him as a deceiver and a blasphemer, Matt. 26:59-67 — let us also, after a preceding careful examination, Zeph. 2:1, Gal. 6:4, bring against sin a strict accusation, Rom. 2:15, and finally condemn it, as deceivers and blasphemers, without mercy, after the example of God, Rom. 8:3, as deserving death. (c) Just as the Jews and Pilate crucified the condemned Christ, Matt. 27:26 — let us also so crucify condemned sin, Gal. 5:24 and 2:20 — that is, that we, with the nails of the divine threats, as it were fasten it to Christ's cross: compare Col. 2:14. (d) Just as the Jews wholly put to death the crucified Christ, even piercing Him, already dead, in His side, John 19:32-34 — let us also so put our sins to death, that is, that we not stop tormenting them before we have entirely brought them under, Col. 3:5. Finally, (e) just as the Jews, having the crucified and dead Jesus, as an abominable and accursed spectacle, buried before evening, and shut Him away from the sight of men, under the earth — even with the arrangement of guards, that He might not escape, and the seal of the judge, Matt. 27:61 — let us also so remove sin, once crucified and put to death, entirely from the sight of God and of men, and cast it into the grave, Rom. 6:4, and, for this purpose, that it may not at some time break out and escape, set guards over it, Prov. 4:23, Job 31:1. And let us not only strive, in all these and other particulars, to follow after Christ's burial: but also, (II) let us undertake all this by the power of Christ's burial, that is, by the merit of Christ's burial, insofar as He descended into the grave not for Himself, but for us, and burdened with our sins, in order to hide them there and reduce them to nothing — for which reason He chose to lie not in His own, but in a foreign grave, Matt. 27:60. (2) By the promise, Mic. 7:19, whereby He, being one day to be buried, and, like Jonah, cast into the abyss, Matt. 12:40, promised that He would cast our sins away, and, as it were, bury them in the depths of the sea: certainly not only through justification, but also through sanctification, in and by which the powers are brought to us by which we are able to put sin to death and bury it. In particular, (3) through union with Christ, by which we become one plant with Him, just as in the likeness of His death and resurrection, so also of His burial, Rom. 6:5, and thus we are buried together with Him, v.4. From this it follows also, (4) through faith, by which we are united with Christ, and put Him on as a garment, Gal. 3:27, and He dwells in our hearts, Eph. 3:17, and thus plants His power, by which we bury sin, in us as it were abundantly. Finally, (5) through our baptism, by whose powerful remembering and use we are, together with Christ, buried as regards our sins, and rise again through faith, in the power of God, who raised up Christ, having left our sins behind in the grave, unto a better life, Col. 2:12, Rom. 6:4,6.
XX. Seventhly, the burial of Christ admonishes us that, for those of the mystical Christ (1 Cor. 12:12) who have died as His members and ours — especially if they have, by the cruelty of their enemies, Ps. 89:2 (particularly of Antichrist, by whom it is customary to name those called heretics, Rev. 12:9) — for Christ's sake been unworthily deprived not only of life, but even of an honorable burial, we should show, in an honorable burial, the last duty of love, and, as it were, wrap them in fine linen and spices: (I) after the example of Joseph and Nicodemus, John 19:38-39, of Mary Magdalene, John 12:3,7. That we should show this (II) to Christ Himself, Matt. 25:40, since it flows from our union with Christ, and gives evidence of it. (III) Because of the communion of saints, through love and compassion, 1 Cor. 12:12-28. By virtue of which, (IV) what we show to other members of Christ, we show to ourselves. Especially also (V) since they, together with us, shall one day be raised up by God with honor, 1 Cor. 15:42. And we too, (VI) by these duties, especially in dangerous and difficult times, shall demonstrate the power of faith and love, with Joseph of Arimathea, Mark 15:43.
XXI. Eighthly, the descending of Christ's soul into a hellish state provides a most powerful comfort for those believers whom God sometimes causes to descend into hell, 1 Sam. 2:6 — whom He brings and leads into a valley of the shadow of death, Ps. 23:4, so that they walk in darkness and see no light, Isa. 50:10, whom He so utterly forsakes of all sense of His grace, that they are compelled to complain with Christ: "My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me?" Ps. 22:1, Matt. 27:46, Mark 15:34 — whose souls He fills with such and so great anguish that they burst out, with Christ: "My soul is exceeding sorrowful, even unto death," Matt. 26:37-38 — to whom He pours out and extends so overflowing a cup of wrath and indignation, that they cry and lament night and day: "Father, if it be possible, let this cup pass from me," Matt. 26:39,42,44 — against whose sighs and complaints, though repeated many times, He, as it were before Christ, stops His ears — from whom He often, for a long time, turns away wholly the face of His sweetest grace, Isa. 54:7-8, Ps. 30:7, and whom He seems to have wholly cast out of His memory, Ps. 13:2-3 — whom He gives over to the buffetings of Satan, 2 Cor. 12:7. Striking, yet terrible, examples of this there are in Heman, Ps. 88; in Asaph, Ps. 73:2-11 [likely 77]; in David, Ps. 30:9-11 [likely different]; in Job, ch. 6:2-4. And what else is it to descend into a hellish state, if not this? For all these there is a most powerful comfort in this descending of Christ into hell, if they consider, devoutly: (1) that Christ too descended into hell, and that no more prosperous a state befits them than their Master, Matt. 10:24 — that it is enough for them, as disciples, to become like their Master, v.25 — indeed, that herein consists the very summit of their perfection, Luke 6:40 — that this is the highest and supreme end of election, that we be made conformed to the image of the Son of God, Rom. 8:29. Let them also (II) consider that Christ descended into hell for them, and not for Himself, in order to deliver them forever from the terrors of hell, Gal. 3:13, that they might one day come to triumph over hell, 1 Cor. 15:55, Hos. 13:14, Rom. 7:24-25. (III) Let them consider that they do not enter into this Gethsemane alone, but that they are brought and led into it by Christ, together with the disciples, Matt. 26:37, and that they therefore have Christ present with them in this state, v.36, and that He bears the most tender care for them: ibid. and v.41, Ps. 23:4 and 91:15, compare Rom. 8:31. Let them (IV) consider that they, in this state, are forsaken by God together with Christ — not, as with the reprobate, as regards grace itself, as for example Saul, 1 Sam. 16:14, but only as regards the sense of it, Ps. 22:1, Isa. 49:14-16. Let them (V) consider that they, with Christ, shall not be in such a miserable state forever, but scarcely for three days, as Christ was, Matt. 12:40 — indeed, for two days, Hos. 6:1-2 — indeed, but for one hour, Luke 22:53, Rev. 3:10 — indeed, even but for a small moment, Isa. 54:7, until the appointed hour of grace, Isa. 49:8, compared with John 2:4. Let them (VI) consider that meanwhile their soul, like that of Christ, shall not be forsaken by God, Ps. 16:10, Heb. 13:5, Deut. 31:6,8, Isa. 54:6-12, Jer. 31:16-21 — but that they shall be sustained by the hidden rod and staff of the divine, gracious providence, Ps. 23:4. Let them (VII) consider that, the more bitter their misery has been, the sweeter shall their deliverance be, Ps. 30:5,9-13 and 116:3,7 — when God shall wipe away all their tears, Rev. 7:17, when He shall receive them, in place of a moment of forsaking, with everlasting kindness and mercy, Isa. 54:7-8 — indeed, that the deeper their descending has been, the higher shall be their ascending, when God shall raise them up, together with Christ, and set them in the heavenly places, Eph. 2:6. Only, that they (1) keep the eyes of their soul continually fixed upon Jesus, descending into hell, Heb. 12:2-3, just as the descending Christ set the LORD constantly before His own eyes, as being at His right hand, Ps. 16:8. (2) That they, in their state of hell, place and keep their trust wholly in God, Isa. 50:10, just as Christ, not only when about to descend into hell, Ps. 16:10 — "Thou shalt not leave my soul in hell" — but even now already in His hell, Ps. 22:1, cried out: "My Father," Matt. 26:39,42, "My God, my God," ch. 27:46 — and even if they do not have a faith of such clear assurance as Job had, ch. 19:25, let them at least nourish and stir up the faith of clinging dependence, Ps. 63:8 [likely], as Job did, ch. 13:15, and Asaph, Ps. 73:25. (3) That they, with whatever measure of trust they have, unceasingly, with sighs, importune God for deliverance, as Christ did, Matt. 26:39,42, Ps. 22:2, Asaph, Ps. 77:2-3, and Paul, 2 Cor. 12:8. Meanwhile, (4) that they submit their whole state and lot quietly to the divine will, as Christ did, Matt. 26:39,42, and Asaph, Ps. 77:11. (5) That they carefully and diligently use the means of comfort which are brought to them by the providence of God: as Christ used the angel, Luke 22:43, and the disciples, Matt. 26:37,40. (6) That, amid all these means, they patiently await the hour of deliverance, Ps. 27:13-14 and 130:5-7.
XXII. Ninthly, and finally, that Christ, during the three days of His burial, underwent the power and dominion of death — not in order to succumb under it, unto destruction (shachath), but that He, by His death, might bring to nothing him who has the power of death, that is, the devil, and might deliver them who, through fear of death, were all their lifetime subject to bondage, as the Apostle speaks, Heb. 2:14 — this furnishes us with a fourfold duty. First, it gives (1) an infallible proof and token that He is, as He is called, that Holy One of the LORD, Ps. 16:10, whom the Father sanctified for the Messiah and sent into the world, John 10:36 — that true Seed of the Woman, who, through the bruising of His own heel, caused by the serpent, should bruise the serpent's head, according to the promise, Gen. 3:15 — on whom, therefore, we must lean and trust in faith, Isa. 10:20. (II) This urges us most powerfully to thankfulness — that He was willing to undergo the power and dominion of death for three days, in order to deliver us both from the fear of death and from every kind of spiritual bondage, Col. 1:12-13, and to restore us to the freedom of the children of God, Rom. 8:21, compare Jer. 38:11. (III) This invites us, being delivered — by His descending into the power of death — out of the hand and power of our spiritual enemies, to serve Him without fear, in holiness and righteousness before Him, all the days of our life, Luke 1:74-75. And (IV) this obligates us, for the sake of the spiritual freedom obtained and preserved by so great a descending of the Mediator, to fight bravely, against both His and our spiritual enemies, the world, and sin, Eph. 6:12.
End of the Second Volume.
Index
A
Accepting Christ (Aannemen)
- How and in what way we must accept Christ.
Amen (Amen)
- What this word means.
Angel (Engel)
- The meaning of this word.
Angels, evil, or evil spirits (Engelen [Quade] of Quade Geesten)
- That they exist is demonstrated; their various names.
- Their fall: God is not the cause of it; the circumstances of place and time; the manner of the fall; a twofold consequence of it.
- Questions: whether there are evil angels; whether evil angels are spirits; whether God is the creator of the evil angels; whether evil angels act outside themselves by their own power — the views of the Cartesians and of the Reformed; whether there is such fellowship between evil angels and men that they can perform wondrous things; whether it is within Satan's power to call forth the deceased bodies of believers — denied; whether external remedies must be employed to drive them away.
- The power of devils, especially over men's bodies and souls — in bodily possession, in sorcery, in various things; remedies against Satan to be employed.
- What this doctrine reveals and teaches: God's glory; the misery of those under Satan's power, and the means to escape it; a warning to guard against sin, against adopting Satan's image, and against Satan's arts and practices; comfort against all diabolical attacks.
Angels, good (Engelen [Goede])
- Were created; shown by probable reasons and scriptural proofs; their various names, most commonly spirits and angels; are spiritual substances; their speech; are perfect and simple spirits.
- Their qualities: goodness, might, place, movement, duration, number, and order; their ministry; their appearances.
- Questions: whether there are angels; whether they were created at the very beginning of creation; whether they are immaterial substances; whether the essence of an angel consists in a single act of thought; whether angels act outside themselves by their own power; whether they occupy a place; whether motion belongs to them; whether the orders of angels can be determined with certainty; whether there are guardian angels assigned to particular tasks and persons; whether angels are mediators for men; whether religious honor is due to them; whether the Church of the Old Testament was under their power and dominion.
- Practical use: reveals God's honor and glory; sets before us an example to imitate; shows the blessedness of believers; kindles zeal to obtain the protection of angels and to guard against their abuse; shows the misery of unbelievers.
Anointed One, The (Gezalfde)
- Christ is so called par excellence.
Anointing under the old dispensation (Zalvinge, onder de oude Huishoudinge)
- What it was, where it took place, and what it signified.
- What the anointing of the Mediator signifies; the gifts of the anointing he received not for himself alone, but also for others.
Apostle (Apostel)
- The derivation and meaning of this word.
Attending, taking heed (Aanmerken)
- The meaning of this term.
B
Baptism (Doop)
- Why undergone by Christ; whether it was fitting for him.
Birth, spiritual, or new birth (Geboorte [Geestelyke])
- Its threefold beginning, and threefold period.
Birth of Christ (Geboorte Christi)
- See "Incarnation of the Mediator."
Bless, to (Zegenen)
- The meaning of this word; the benefits of blessing.
Body of death (Lighaam des doodts)
- What it is.
Breach of covenant, the Fall (Verbondts-schendinge)
- Man made the decision for himself and for his descendants; the covenant of nature was broken; various names for this breach, and its degrees.
- Whether the first movement toward this sin was in the understanding or the will; God is not the cause of this fall; how man, endowed with original righteousness, could nevertheless sin.
- Contributing causes: the woman and Satan; the fall did not occur entirely apart from God; how God bound this covenant to the one positive commandment.
- The time of the Fall — objections resolved; its gravity, and which spouse sinned more gravely.
- Questions: whether the first-created humans sinned only for themselves or also for their descendants; whether it follows from the Reformed view that God is the cause of the Fall; whether man can be said to have sinned voluntarily; whether the account of the temptation and deception of the first humans is historical or merely allegorical — the difficulties raised by B. Bekker, resolved.
- Practical use: to acknowledge ever more the truth and shamefulness of this sin, the justice of the divine punishment, and the gravity of our resulting misery; to guard against Satan's wiles, the world's enticements, and every degree of sin, especially breach of covenant; to observe and keep our covenant with God more diligently.
- (See also "Fall of Adam and Eve" and "Sin of Adam and Eve.")
Burial of Christ (Begraaffenisse Christi)
- Considered with respect to his person, his being, his attributes, and his condition; the grounds that make it fitting.
- Comforting use: confirms our faith and strengthens us against the terror of the grave; spurs us to a spiritual burial of sin, by what acts, steps, and means; exhorts us to bury believers who have died in and for Christ, with reasons.
C
Calling, the inward (Roeping [de Inwendige])
- Is called heavenly, and why.
Ceremonial things befitting the Mediator (Ceremoniele dingen passende den Middelaar)
Christ (Christus)
- The origin and meaning of this name.
- Is the promised Messiah — evident from his conception and birth.
- Is the true, fitting, and sufficient Mediator — see "Mediator."
- Whether he truly suffered and died — this is demonstrated, and an objection answered.
Christians (Christenen)
- Who are so called, and why; a consideration of this name.
Circumcision of Christ (Besnydenisse Christi)
- Why it took place; was very fitting for him.
Command (Gebiede)
- What it means.
Concupiscence (Begeerlykheit)
- Is manifold; how it draws the soul away.
Confession (Belydenis)
- The use and meaning of this word.
Covenant of Grace (Verbondt der Genade)
- Its foundation, names, and description; the covenanting parties are God and elect mankind.
- The temporal Covenant of Grace, its content, and the reciprocal demand made of the elect — God's requirements and promises; the mutual agreement of the parties.
- God has not merely offered restoration to sinners after the breach of covenant, but has brought it about through a Covenant of Grace, applied variously, not equally to all.
- Its properties: gracious, holy, well-ordered, firm and immovable, eternal. In the promise of Genesis 3:15 are contained all the essential elements of this covenant; its establishment confirmed with Scripture and reasons.
- Comparison with the Covenant of Works: their agreement, in six particulars; their difference, in eight particulars.
- It is a dispensational covenant; that there is an eternal Covenant of Grace is proven and defended; the covenanting parties are the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit; six inferences concerning it.
- Sins by which this covenant can be broken; duties of the covenant partners.
- Questions: whether there is a general Covenant of Grace; whether it is conditional; whether it demands of man any good works of his own; whether it demands faith exercised by man's own powers; whether it is proclaimed in the Ten Commandments; whether it differs from the Covenant of Nature only in degree.
- Practical use: carries us away in wonder; shows us God's attributes, to his glorification; commends the blessedness of the covenant partners; urges us to acknowledge and praise God's wisdom and goodness, to renew the covenant, and to take it up for our own use.
- Affliction and death of believers are not properly so-called punishments.
Covenant of Nature, or of Works (Verbondt der Nature, of der Werken)
- It is God's usual way to govern man through covenant-dealings, and for what reasons.
- He made the first covenant with the first-created humans and the whole human race; various names for a covenant in Scripture; what a covenant is in general.
- The Covenant of Nature, in what sense so called; established with the first Adam; whether also with the second Adam; entered into with all Adam's descendants, Christ alone excepted; its sole author is God.
- Its form lies in mutual agreement, consisting of the promise of life and the threat of punishment, and the stipulation of obedience.
- Questions: whether there is a certain Covenant of Works; whether it was entered into by Adam with the whole human race; whether God promised the obedient man any spiritual goods; whether the promised life would have passed to his descendants, and how; why no mention is made of moral obedience in this covenant-making; whether the command not to eat the Forbidden Fruit was a moral command; whether there were more than two sacraments of this covenant.
- From the Covenant of Nature appears God's dominion and condescension to us, our ascent to God, the shamefulness of our fall, and the necessity of seeking, through Christ, the restoration of the broken Law and of that duty broken in our first parents.
Creation of man (Scheppinge des menschen)
- See "Man."
Crucifixion (Kruisiging)
- How it was carried out. See further "Death of the Mediator."
Crucifying the Son of God (Kruisigen van den Zone Godts)
- Occurs through our sins, and how.
Crucifying, or mortifying, sin (Kruisigen van de zonde)
- By which acts this is done, and for what reasons.
D
Darkness over the whole earth (Duisternisse over de gehele aarde)
- How this is to be understood.
Death (Doodt)
- How many kinds there are.
- What kind of death was threatened against the disobedient, and in what way it was to be inflicted on the day the sin was committed.
Death, spiritual (Doodt [de geestelyke])
- The first punishment of sin — what this death is; God has tempered it.
Death, bodily (Doodt [de lighamelyke])
- The second punishment of sin; God has also tempered this death.
Death, eternal (Doodt [de Eeuwige])
- The third and highest punishment of sin; comprises several elements.
- Whether, in eternal punishment, a part of the sense of loss can be separated from a part of the sense of pain — the false suppositions of this error examined. (See also "Punishment and state of sin.")
Death of the cross (Kruisdoodt)
- What it is, and what it signifies.
Death of the Mediator (Doodt des Middelaars)
- That the Mediator underwent death is proven from Holy Scripture and from arguments taken from its necessity.
- Whether he had to undergo death in that particular form — denied by the Reformed, and the objections of the Socinians answered.
- Whether the Messiah had to suffer and die — demonstrated and defended against the Jews and against the Papists.
- Whether Christ's death was commensurate with all the punishments of the elect; whether he died for all, and whether each person individually suffered.
- Was sufficiently the same as our death in its beginning and its completion; his spiritual death was proportionate to ours, though not identical; whether, and to what degree, he underwent eternal death.
- His natural (bodily) death shown in three periods: its preparations; the Suffering and Death itself, through four acts; its consequences. See further "Suffering of the Mediator."
- The supreme cause of his death was God; the secondary causes were men of every sort; the fruits of his death, and who partakes of them.
- Practical use: commends deep consideration of Christ's suffering and death; displays God's attributes and perfections; shows the blessedness of those who have fellowship in Christ's sufferings, and the misery of Christ's enemies; counsels us to examine whether he died for us; affords comfort in adversity; stirs us to suffer with and for Christ, and to be conformed to the virtues shown in his suffering; commends the Father's and the Son's ineffable love; pricks our hearts to repentance; warns us not to crucify the Son of God afresh through our sins.
Descent of the Mediator (Nederdalinge des Middelaars)
- A threefold descent must be acknowledged in Christ: of the body into the grave; of the soul into a state of hell; of the whole man under the power and dominion of death.
- Occurs variously in Scripture; whether it is nothing other than a proof of his non-presence; whether Christ descended locally into hell — difference of opinion; objections answered.
- Whether Christ, during the three days of his death and burial, remained a true man.
- Practical use: affords matter for thankfulness; gives ground for comfort, in what circumstances and conditions; warns us not to exalt ourselves to heaven; affords comfort in spiritual desertions; calls us to a fourfold duty; stirs up right concern, and dissuades certain abuses.
Despair (Wanhoop)
- Whether this had a place in Christ.
Despair of oneself (Wanhope aan zich zelven)
- What it is, and of what kind; motives and means concerning it.
Devils (Duivelen)
- See "Angels, evil."
Dominion of man (Heerschappy des menschen)
- See "Image of God in Man."
Dominion of the Mediator (Heerschappye des Middelaars)
- Is one innate, and one acquired.
E
Enmity between the serpent's seed and the woman's seed (Zaad der Slange, en der Vrouwe)
- What is to be understood by it.
Examples of Christ's priesthood (Voorbeelden van Christus Priesterschap)
F
Fall of Adam and Eve (Val van Adam en Eva)
- See "Breach of Covenant."
- Was twofold: the natural and the positive (as to fact and as to legal standing); the sacraments were also twofold.
- In how far the covenant of nature has grown obsolete, and in how far it still holds.
Fasting (Vasten)
- Whether we must follow Christ's forty-day fast.
Flesh (Vleesch)
- The various meanings of this word.
Foot-washing (Voeten-wasfching)
- Is not a sacrament.
Form of God (Gestaltenisse Godts)
- What it signifies.
Form of a servant (Gestaltenisse eens dienstknechts)
- What it signifies.
Form, appearance (Gedaante)
- The meaning of this word.
Forsaken (Verlaten)
- In what sense Christ was forsaken by God.
Free will (Vrye wille)
- The nature of its being; what its powers are for good.
- Whether it excludes not only all necessity but all certainty of outcome; whether its freedom consists in a bare, independent indifference — views of the parties and of the Reformed; objections resolved.
- Whether powers belong to it, before regeneration, by which it could perform any saving good — the Reformed deny this from Scripture; whether the free will of an unregenerate person can, in a positive way, resist the Holy Spirit.
- Whether the will always follows the last judgment of the deliberating understanding — the negative view explained and proven; objections examined.
- Whether all and each man, through the grace restored to them, can do spiritual good if they wish — comparison of views; whether, in the free will, judgment is an act of the understanding or of the will.
G
Gall (Gal)
- What it is.
God (Godt)
- Whether the Greek name Theos ("God") belongs to Christ in the emphatic sense denoting the highest God — demonstrated, and defended against objections and against the Jews.
Golgotha
- What place this is.
Good (Goedt)
- There is a fourfold good.
Gospel (Euangelium)
- Is contrasted with the Law; is pleasant and necessary, following upon the work of the Law — the Reformed view demonstrated; objections answered.
- Is twofold: of promise, and of fulfillment; whether it had a place under the Old Testament.
H
Hell (Helle)
- The meaning of this word.
High Priest (Hogepriester)
- Who was so called among the Romans and the Hebrews.
Holy (Heilige)
- The composition, derivation, and meaning of this word; why the second Person is so called.
Humiliation of the Mediator (Vernederinge des Middelaars)
- The Mediator humbled himself to the accursed cross — proven from Scripture and by reasons; the state of humiliation with respect to both natures.
- This humiliation is evident in his Conception, Birth, Life, Death, Burial, and descent into Hell.
- Practical use: commends the Mediator's grace; affords comfort, in what circumstances and on what grounds; reproves certain sinners; exhorts to humility, with duties and means; urges us to exalt the humbled Christ.
I
Image of God in Man (Beeldt Godts)
- What is meant by the likeness of God; that man in particular was created according to it; its ends and purposes; the names explained, and the general nature of an image.
- The first likeness consists in the essence of man; the second, in the faculties of the soul; the third, in the gifts of the understanding, will, and affections — from which original righteousness arises; the fourth, in a state of immortality.
- Consists in a threefold kind; in what degree the image still remains, and in what degree it is lost.
- Whether original righteousness was man's very substance — arguments against; the objection of Illyricus answered; whether man was created with original righteousness — the Reformed view; whether man was created immortal.
- Practical use: teaches duties; leads to repentance and grief over the lost image of God; urges us to seek its restoration with the utmost care — the manner and reasons of this restoration.
Incarnation of the Mediator (Menschwordinge des Middelaars)
- Took place in an absolutely extraordinary and wondrous manner — proven from Scripture and by arguments.
- Consists of the Conception — its passive principle (a virgin of the tribe of Judah, betrothed, pious but not without sin, named Mary), its active principle (the Trinity, and in particular the Holy Spirit), its material principle, and its time.
- And the Birth, foretold and prefigured — its procuring causes (God and Mary), that which was caused (a Son, a Child, a Firstborn, God and man at once), the birth itself, and its circumstances.
- The effect of the conception and birth is the incarnation, and the union of the two natures.
- Questions: whether the incarnation is common to the whole Trinity; whether God or the Holy Spirit may rightly be called the Father of Christ; whether a virgin can conceive without any extraordinary working of God; whether the Messiah had to be born of a virgin — the evasions concerning Isaiah 7:14 and Jeremiah 31:22 refuted; whether Mary was a virgin by vow; whether she was of the tribe of Judah; whether she was without any sin, original or actual; how the Savior could be born pure from a sinful mother; whether Mary, as Mother of God, ought to be worshipped; whether the Holy Spirit may rightly be called the Father of Christ; whether the formation of Christ's body took place in a single moment; whether Christ was born with Mary's womb remaining closed and without birth-pangs; whether Christ's body was formed from the very substance of the virgin; whether Christ, from the first moment of his conception, was at once a wayfarer and a possessor of the beatific vision.
- Practical use: urges us to trace out the mystery of the incarnation; spurs us to glorify God and give thanks, with the manner of doing so; exhorts us to examine whether he was born for us; urges us to seek, accept, and receive him; invites us to joy; binds us to a fourfold duty toward the one born; urges us to receive Christ into our hearts, to bear and form him there, and to bear spiritual children for him through our conduct.
Inscription above Christ's cross (Opschrift boven Christi kruis)
- Why in three languages.
Intercession (Voorbidding)
- How this is performed by Christ; two periods of it, its beginning and its completion; the intercession of the Son and of the Holy Spirit.
- Whether intercession for us belongs to Christ alone — affirmed and defended by the Protestants; its distinction, properties, and prerogatives.
- Whether Christ, while on earth, prayed for us.
J
Jesus
- Reasons for which the Mediator is called Jesus.
- Questions: whether one must bow the knee at the utterance of the name of Jesus; whether a special power belongs to this name, for instance to drive out Satan; whether one may name oneself after it; concerning those who profess Jesus sincerely yet do not seek their salvation in him alone; whether the Messiah was promised to be a spiritual Savior, and whether our Jesus is such a Savior.
- This name affords us matter and impetus to glorify Christ, matter of comfort, matter of reproof, matter of self-examination, and matter of exhortation.
- Practical use: notes a sixfold abuse of the name; commends those who bear it; affords comfort against certain evils; rouses us to various duties toward the One so named.
- Herodes persecutes Jesus.
Jesus is the true Messiah (Jezus is de ware Messias)
- This is demonstrated.
John the Baptist (Johannes de Doper)
- His origin and ministry.
Judgment hall of Pilate (Richthuis van Pilatus)
- What it was.
Judgment of the great day (Oordeel des groten daghs)
- What this is.
K
King (Koning)
- What it is, and why the Messiah is so called.
- Concerning his Kingly office is taught: its truth; its nature and kind; its properties (anointing, consecration, coronation, throne, scepter, laws, prerogatives); its exercise and governance over the essential and the personal Kingdom.
- The character and qualities of this Kingdom.
- Questions: whether the Messiah had to be a temporal king — denied, and the objections of the Jews refuted; whether the Mediator is merely a subordinate, dependent king; whether he was, while on earth, a temporal king by right or in fact; whether any temporal royal power belongs to the Pope; whether the Mediator alone is King of the Church; whether he became King only at and after his ascension; whether Christ's Kingdom will last forever; whether, as King alone, he abolished the Ceremonial and Civil Law; whether the governance of his Kingdom will be uniform until the end of the world — the objections of the Chiliasts resolved.
- In the Kingly office is evident the glory of the King; the blessedness of this Kingdom and its subjects; the misery of those who do not stand under King Christ; this stirs us to seek his Kingdom, obligates us to the duties we owe him, stirs kings and princes to follow his example, rouses every person to follow him, and affords comfort.
L
Law, The (Wet [de])
- Is set opposite the Gospel; is subservient, useful, and subordinate to it; is not abolished, improved, or added to by Christ.
Life (Leven)
- How many kinds of life there were in man as originally created; what kind, and how many, were promised to obedient man.
Life of the Mediator (Leven des Middelaars)
- Is of a threefold sort; he lived not so much for himself as for us — proven from Scripture and by arguments; his life is from eternity and in time.
- His natural life is comprised in three periods: its beginning (infancy), its progress (youth and adult age), and its end.
- Practical use: affords all parents an example in the upbringing of children; Christ's youth is an example to all young people, especially in his gifts, piety, and civic conduct; his adult years afford church officers an example; his advancing age affords an example of preparation for death, in seven respects; his whole life stirs up all Christians to follow his example.
Lord, or Ruler (Here of Heerscher)
- Christ is so called, and why; why "our Lord."
M
Maidenhood and the Virgin Mary (Maagdom en Maagt Maria)
- See "Incarnation of the Mediator."
Make, to (Maken)
- The meaning of this word.
Man (Mensch)
- What this word means; that man was created by God in a special and singular manner; the ends of created man.
- The formation of man's body and of the soul — objections answered; man's excellence.
- Practical use: exhorts us, by considering our former blessed estate, to lament our present misery; urges us to strive after our lost excellence and labor to regain it; warns us to guard against profaning the most excellent of creatures through sin.
Mary (Maria)
- Performed her purification according to the Law; dedicated her Son to the Lord.
Mediator, the office of (Middelaar-amt [het])
- Is voluntarily undertaken by the Son — demonstrated and defended against opposing parties; comprises three offices. See further "Offices of the Mediator."
Mediator of the Covenant of Grace (Middelaar des Genaden-verbondts)
- What the word "Mediator" means; what a Mediator is in general; is between the offended and offending party; three things required for it.
- The Mediator administers his office by promising as surety (not a suretyship-promise but a suretyship-takeover), by announcing and proclaiming, by reconciling, by confirming the covenant of grace, and by interceding.
- Our Jesus alone is the Mediator, as God and man.
- Questions: whether Christ is a Mediator without mediation of person or partaking of both natures; whether his suretyship was a promise or a takeover; whether our Jesus is the Mediator disputed by the Jews; whether there are other mediators of intercession besides Christ; whether he is Mediator with respect to one nature or both; whether he is Mediator according to the divine nature alone; whether he is Mediator of all men and of each in particular; whether he is Mediator of the angels; whether he was Mediator of Old Testament believers; whether, as Mediator, he ought to be worshipped.
- A Mediator was necessary for the Covenant of Grace, and specifically a true, fitting, and sufficient one.
- Practical use: shows us God's attributes, to his glory; discloses the deepest mysteries of the Gospel; spurs us to thankfulness; affords the sweetest comfort; explains the misery of those deprived of this Mediator.
Melchizedek
- Who he was; what kind of ordination he had; whether he offered bread and wine — denied by the orthodox, and an objection resolved.
Ministers, servants (Dienaren)
- Who are so called.
Miracles (Mirakelen)
- See "Wonders."
Miserable (Elendig)
- The meaning of this word.
Misery (Elende)
- How great the misery of sin is; the awareness of it is necessary — what that awareness consists in, and its causes.
Mocking of Christ on the cross (Bespottinge Christi aan het kruis)
- By whom it was done.
Muhammed
- Cannot be a true prophet — proofs.
N
Names of the Mediator
- Reasons why so great a variety of names is given to him; the various meanings of each name; a general division, and a more particular division into nine classes.
- Various further names are given to the Mediator (Namen, Verscheidene).
- Practical use: invites us to know him, to distinguish him from every other kind, to glorify him, to know his all-sufficiency, to remember him rightly, to examine whether he is ours, to receive him in faith, to make diligent use of him, and to imitate and follow him.
Natures of the Mediator (Naturen des Middelaars)
- In the one Person of the Mediator there are two natures — demonstrated from Scripture and confirmed with reasons.
- Whether the Mediator, in his divine nature, existed from eternity; whether the divine Nature or Person assumed the human nature; whether the Father and Spirit also became man when the Son did.
- Whether, apart from man's sin, the Son of God would have become flesh; whether the assumed human nature was true and of the same essence as ours — the Docetists, Eutychians, and Aphthartodocetists refuted.
- Whether the Son assumed not only a human nature but also a human person; whether the divine Nature was communicated to the human Person; whether the assumed nature is personal or impersonal — the Lutheran and Reformed views. See further "Union of the two natures."
- Practical use, arising from the human nature: the deep humiliation of the Mediator; our excellent exaltation; his more than brotherly care for us, affording comfort in various circumstances.
Nazareth
- Why Jesus grew up there.
O
Offices of the Mediator (Ampten des Middelaars)
- The Mediator exercises his office as Prophet, Priest, and King — confirmed by six reasons.
- Whether the promised Messiah was to have only the kingly office — denied, and the objections of the Jews answered; whether a twofold office should be allowed instead of a threefold one.
- Practical use: confirms the truth and sufficiency of Christ's mediatorial office; comforts us in adversity; exhorts us to seek, hold fast to, love, and use Christ's threefold office.
- See further, on the three offices individually under their own names; also on Christ's dominion over all earthly creatures.
Ordinances, institutions (Inzettingen)
- What is to be understood by this.
Original righteousness (Oorspronkelyke gerechtigheit)
- Whether it was man's very substance — arguments against; the objection of Illyricus answered.
- Whether man was created with it — the Reformed view; objections answered.
- Whether man was created immortal — objection considered.
Overshadow (Overschaduwen)
- What this signifies with respect to the Holy Spirit.
P
Parables (Parabolen)
- See "Similitudes."
Paradise (Paradys)
- See "Image of God in Man."
- In Paradise man lived religiously and civilly; whether Paradise still exists.
Peace, the covenant of (Raadt des Vredes)
- See "Covenant of Grace."
Perfect (Volmaakt)
- Such was man in the state of uprightness, in Paradise.
Plunder, robbery (Roof)
- What this is.
Pope (Paus)
- No temporal royal power belongs to him.
Power of the Most High (Kracht des Allerhoogsten)
- What is, and is not, to be understood by it.
Preaching of Christ, explained (Prediken Christi verklaart)
- Whether everything Christ taught by preaching is infallibly true — demonstrated, and the objections of the Jews answered.
Priest (Priester)
- The meaning of this word; the Messiah is a true and properly so-called Priest — proven and confirmed with reasons.
Priesthood of the Mediator
- Its necessity shown by four reasons; its acts: the offering up, the intercession, the blessing.
- Questions: whether Christ was a true and properly so-called Priest; whether he was a Priest while on earth; whether only the High Priest, or also the ordinary priests, typified Christ; whether Christ offered for himself; whether he offered only himself, and only once, or had other properly so-called priests besides himself; whether he, as Priest, truly and properly made satisfaction; whether he offered himself to God in the Lord's Supper.
- Practical use: shows how terrible and detestable sin is; shows the struggle between divine Justice and Mercy, resolved by our Priest; moves us to thankfulness; exhorts us to consider him; counsels us in the use of his offering.
Prophet (Profeet)
- The origin and meaning of this word; that the Messiah is a Prophet is proven from Scripture and confirmed with reasons.
- What a Prophet is in general; what the Mediator's prophetic office is; his inauguration into it.
- He exercised this office by revealing his doctrine, immediately and mediately, under both Testaments; by preaching and instructing; by his intercession's benefits; by illuminating minds.
- Questions: whether the Messiah is a Prophet; whether he alone is that great Prophet, or whether Muhammed must also be reckoned above him; whether the Pope is also an infallible interpreter of Scripture; whether Christ exercised this office also under the Old Testament; whether he was caught up into heaven before his ministry to be instructed there; whether the Messiah had to change anything regarding the Ceremonial Law; whether he abolished the Law absolutely; whether he improved or added to the Moral Law — denied by the Reformed; whether he was the very first to preach the Gospel — denied by the orthodox.
- Practical use: acknowledges the ineffable grace of the Giver; acknowledges and accepts Christ as Prophet; hears him, attends to his sayings, and receives his reproofs; exhorts church members to their duties; commands all to prophesy; affords comfort.
Providence, God's general (Voorzienigheit [Godts algemene])
- That there is a Providence is proven from Scripture and confirmed with reasons and the testimony of pagans; the word explained, and a description of it as an outward act.
- The act of Providence is foreseeing, providing, and caring for — comprising preservation, influence, and governance, exercised over every creature, all inanimate and animate creatures, elect man and the Church, necessary and contingent things, voluntary actions, and moral actions.
- God's Providence is efficacious with regard to sin, and yet God is not its cause — how this is reconciled; how Providence is occupied in blinding and hardening, and when God punishes sins with sins.
- The pattern of actual Providence is the counsel of God's will; Providence is either immediate or mediate, ordinary or extraordinary, natural or moral.
- Questions: whether a predetermining influence of Providence removes all contingency; whether it takes away or diminishes the freedom of our will; whether it makes God a cause of sin; whether there is a general, indifferent influence upon all creatures; whether Providence is occupied with sin by nothing more than an empty permission; whether it fixes immovably the boundary and measure of human life; whether there is such a Providence whereby God freely foresees and governs all things; whether there is such an influence whereby God determines, in a purely natural way, all causes to act.
- Practical use: discloses and declares God's glory; deters us from a sevenfold abuse; urges us to observe the workings of Providence; shows our duty in prosperity and adversity; counsels us to depend on God, to walk with him, and affords comfort in all afflictions, especially in the public persecutions of the Church.
Providence, particular (Voorzienigheit [Godts byzondere])
- There is a certain particular Providence of God with regard to rational creatures — occupied with the truth to be revealed, the good to be done and evil to be left undone, indifferent things, and the release of certain particular matters.
- Moral Providence, in what sense so called; its rule and guide is Holy Scripture and the Law therein; by it God rules angels and men through one and the same moral Law, though differently, and not only by himself but also through others.
- Questions: whether God, with regard to the free will, is occupied only by his moral Providence; whether he guides man through evangelical counsels distinct from the Commandments; whether there is place, in moral Providence, for an ineffectual wish; whether there is any rule besides Holy Scripture.
- Practical use: commends God as the Supreme Ruler; counsels submission to him; kindles obedience; strengthens our trust in him; instills fear and reverence; exhorts subordinate rulers concerning their duties.
Punishment, a consequence of the Fall (Straffe, zynde een gevolg van den Val)
- Considered with respect to the woman, to Adam, and to both.
Punishment and state of sin (Straffe en Staat der Zonde)
- From sin follows punishment; what a punishment is; the punishment of sin is, in general, death.
- The state of sin consists of an absence of original righteousness and corruption of all human faculties, a spiritual bondage, an all-encompassing guilt of punishment, and a complete incapacity for good.
- Questions: whether guilt of sin differs from guilt of punishment; whether temporal punishment can be separated from eternal in the desert of sin; whether, in eternal punishment, the sense of loss can be separated from the sense of pain; whether spiritual death and natural death are among the punishments of sin; whether eternal death is a complete annihilation of the one dying; whether natural death and the temporal afflictions of true believers are properly so-called punishments.
- Practical use: touches on the dullness and carnal ease found under the state of sin, and its causes; on knowledge of the state of sin; on the misery under it; on despair of oneself; on the longing for deliverance; on thankfulness for deliverance; on certain duties of the redeemed.
Purification of Mary (Reiniging van Maria)
- See "Mary."
Purple (Purper)
- Whether this is the same as crimson.
R
Redeem, to (Verloffen)
- What it means.
Repentance (Boetvaardigheit)
- The manner and requirements of it.
S
Sacraments (Sakramenten)
- See "Tree of Life" and "Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil," under the covenant of nature.
Satan
- Who he is; the nature of his being; his deceits and wiles; how we must guard against him.
Satan's temptation (Satan's Verzoekinge)
- See "Serpent that deceived Eve."
Scourging of Christ (Geeseling van Christus)
- Why it took place.
Self-knowledge (Kennisse van zich zelven)
- What kind of knowledge this must be.
Serpent that deceived Eve (Slange die Eva verleide)
- What it was, and what kind of being; why it attacked the woman.
- Its temptation was twofold; what that temptation was, and of what kind.
Similitudes, parables (Gelykenissen)
- Used abundantly by Christ, and why.
Simeon's song of praise and blessing (Simeon's Lofzang en Zegening)
Simon of Cyrene (Simon van Cyrenen)
- Why so called.
Sin, actual (Zonde [Dadelyke])
- Proceeds from concupiscence; is engendered by original sin; does not apply to irrational creatures or small children, but to youths and adults, Christ alone excepted.
- Various divisions of sins: by themselves or by accident; of omission or commission; against God, neighbor, or self; inward or outward; from ignorance, weakness, or malice; greater or lesser; conscience-destroying or crying for vengeance, pardonable or unpardonable; and according to the particular Commandments.
- Its properties: general, easily spreading, contagious, fruitful in more sin; the generation of sin is accomplished through three acts.
- Questions: whether a man in this life can avoid all sin; whether the first movements of concupiscence are sins; whether there is a sin that does not deserve eternal death, or is venial; whether the distinction of sin into philosophical and theological must be allowed; whether small children, before any use of reason, are subject to actual sin; whether God is an author of sins.
- Practical use: knowledge of sin, a sense of grief over it, confession, hatred and abhorrence of it, being deeply humbled, striving after deliverance, resisting natural corruption, wondering at divine grace, watchfulness and fear, reformation of children, fleeing sin, forgiveness of it, mortification of it, thankfulness on occasion of sin, and particular care regarding particular sins.
Sin, original (Zonde [Oorspronkelyke])
- Its various names; how it is to be understood, and how it came into the world; is the first fruit of the breach of covenant; its nature and cause.
- A threefold consequence of sin: the shame or stain, the guilt and its effects, and the punishment.
- The fruit of Adam's breach of covenant is especially original sin, comprising imputed sin (the foundation of the imputation, and its truth demonstrated) and inherent sin (what it is, and in what sense it is a deviation of the whole nature).
- The propagation of original sin, in what way it does and does not occur; whether the blessed Virgin was also subject to this sin.
- Questions: whether sin consists only in unlawfulness; whether a prior consent of the will is required for sin; whether there is such a thing as original sin; whether there is an original imputed sin, and an original inherent sin; whether original sin consists only in a deprivation of original righteousness; whether original corruption resides only in the lower part of the soul; whether concupiscence in the baptized is sin; whether original sin is a light and venial sin — denied; whether it deserves only a punishment of loss — also denied; whether all the baptized are, through Baptism, delivered from it; whether original inherent sin is man's very substance; whether original corruption is propagated by imitation, or by natural transmission.
Sin against the Holy Spirit (Zonde tegen den H. Geest)
- Whence so named; its like-sounding names and kinds.
- Blasphemy against the Holy Spirit is that unpardonable sin — wherein it consists, and what enters into it; is a kind of apostasy.
- Its subject, properties, and terminus; the cause or root of its unpardonableness — one must not lightly judge whether this sin has been committed.
Sin of Adam and Eve
- See "Breach of Covenant."
Soul (Ziele)
- The various meanings of this word.
Soul of man (Ziele des menschen)
- Is formed by God; is an immaterial, incomplete substance by which the living being lives; there is a vegetative soul, a sensitive soul, and a rational soul, in which are understanding, will, and affections.
- Its qualities; its immateriality; is united with the body; its origin is from God.
- Questions: whether the essence of the rational soul consists in a single act of thought — denied, against the Cartesians; whether man lives by the union of soul and body; whether there is only one soul in each man; whether the rational soul is, by its nature, immortal, evident from both Scripture and natural reason; whether souls, after death, sleep and perceive nothing; whether the soul, separated from the body, passes into another body; whether the soul comes to each person solely by God's immediate creation.
- The practical use of this topic is placed under the word "Man."
Soul-suffering of Christ (Zielen-lyden Christi)
- See "Suffering of the Mediator."
Speak, to (Spreken)
- Is a capacity proper to man; whence this arises.
Spirits (Geesten)
- What it means.
State of Christ's humiliation (Staat van Christi vernedering)
- See "Descent of the Mediator" and "Humiliation of the Mediator."
Suffering of the Mediator (Lyden des Middelaars)
- From whom he suffered; what, and wherein, he suffered.
- Whether what he suffered during the last three hours of his life was also expiatory; his capacity to speak, whence derived.
- Whether all men, by their origin, are guilty in the one Adam — the Reformed view, with objections.
- His suffering affords us an example of patience, trust, and prudence; he suffered not as man alone, nor God alone, but as God and man together.
- Whether he suffered in our place; whether Christ suffered the punishment of hell.
- Practical use invites us to the knowledge of ourselves, and to thankfulness.
Suretyship (Borgtogt)
- Whether the Son's suretyship in the eternal covenant of grace was in the nature of a suretyship-promise or a suretyship-takeover — comparison of views; objections raised and answered.
Swear, to (Zweren)
- The origin and meaning of this word.
T
Temptation of Christ in the wilderness (Verzoekinge Christi in de woestyne)
- Whether it took place in a historical manner — affirmed against B. Bekker, and his objections resolved.
- Christ's temptations show us to what temptations we are exposed; how one must resist Satan's temptations, and by what remedies the mind is fortified.
Tempted, being (Verzocht worden)
- What this signifies.
Testament (Testament)
- The covenant of grace is so called, and why.
Tree of Life (Boom des Levens)
- Why so named; was the first sacrament of the covenant of nature.
Tree of the knowledge of good and evil (Boom der kennisse des goeds en des kwaads)
- Why so named; its kind; was the second sacrament of the covenant of nature, added to the first.
Troop, band (Bende)
- What this word means.
U
Union of the two natures in the Mediator (Vereniging der twe naturen in den Middelaar)
- Is proven from Scripture and confirmed with reasons; was necessary. In the united extremes appear something divine and something human.
- Explained with respect to its names and its four parts. From this act of union it does not follow that the whole Trinity became man, that any change occurred in the one who assumed the nature, or that a new subsistence arose; but that the union remains absolutely inseparable, and the whole Godhead is not outside the humanity.
- Consequences: the communion of the natures; the grace of union in the human nature; the communication of properties; the communion of the Mediator's actions.
- Whether there is a true personal union of the two natures; whether its formal element is that the subsistence of the second Person is communicated to the human nature — the Lutheran and Reformed views.
- Whether a communication of properties between the natures follows from the union — denied by the Reformed; whether the Mediator received infinite gifts by virtue of the union; whether, wherever the divine Person is, there also the flesh is — denied by the Reformed, against the Lutherans; whether the union brings with it a composition in the Mediator.
- Questions: whether the Mediator was humbled according to his human nature alone; whether the "form of God" signifies the divine nature, the majesty of God, or both; whether the humiliation consists in laying aside the divine majesty communicated to the human nature.
- Practical use: matter of wonder, on account of the mysteries of the union and the divine virtues found therein; matter of modesty.
V
Virtues of Christ (Deugden Christi)
- Consist in godliness toward God, righteousness toward one's neighbor, and moderation toward oneself; held up for all youth to follow.
W
Walk with God (Wandelen met Godt)
- How this occurs.
Wisdom of Christ (Wyskeit Christi)
- His growth therein.
Wise Men from the East (Wyzen uit het Oosten)
- From Persia, traveling to Bethlehem.
Become, to (Worden)
- This word implies no change or mixture, but signifies Christ's assumption of human nature.
Wonders, miracles (Wonderwerken)
- Their nature and being; what is required for them.
- Christ performed wonders, and why; the benefits of these wonders; why he forbade making them widely known.
- The difference between the wonders of Christ and those of the Apostles; that Christ performed true and properly so-called wonders is demonstrated, and the objections of the Jews answered.
Word, The (Woordt [het])
- What is to be understood by it among the Greeks, Hebrews, Chaldeans, Syrians, and pagans.
- Why the Son of God is called the Word.
Works, Covenant of (Werk-verbondt)
- See "Covenant of Nature."
Z
Zion (Sion)
- What it formerly was, and what the mystical Zion is; is the mountain of God's holiness.
Contemplative and Practical Theology
Wherein, through all the theological topics, the Explanatory, Doctrinal, Polemical, and Practical parts are set forth, joined together distinctly by an unbroken chain.
Hereunto is added a complete short summary of Church History, a treatise on Moral Theology, and a sketch of Ascetical Theology, etc.
Originally written in Latin by Petrus van Mastricht, Doctor and Professor of Sacred Theology at the University of Utrecht. Translated into Dutch from the latest edition, together with the funeral oration of the celebrated professor Henricus Pontanus on the death of the esteemed author. With a preface by Mr. Cornelius vander Kemp, Doctor of Sacred Theology, Professor of Practical Theology at the Illustrious School, and Minister of the Holy Gospel in the congregation at Rotterdam.
Third Part.
Rotterdam: Hendrik van Pelt, the Widow P. van Gilst, Jacobus Bosch, and Adrianus Douci, 1750. And at Utrecht, by Jan Jacob van Poolsum.
Index of the Chapters Contained in this Third Part
Continuation of the Fifth Book, of Christ's Redemption.
XIV. Of the Mediator's Exaltation. Text, Phil. 2:9, 10, 11. p. 1.
XV. Of the Mediator's Resurrection. Mark 16:9. p. 19.
XVI. Of the Mediator's Ascension. Acts 1:11. p. 54.
XVII. Of the Mediator's Sitting at God's Right Hand. Eph. 1:20-22. p. 81.
XVIII. Of the Mediator's Ransom-Redemption itself. Matt. 20:28. p. 101.
Sixth Book, of the Application of the Ransom-Redemption.
I. Of the Nature of the Application. Text, 1 Pet. 1:2. p. 167.
II. Of the Calling of Those to Be Redeemed. 1 Pet. 2:9. p. 192.
III. Of the Regeneration of Those to Be Redeemed. John 3:5. p. 215.
IV. Of the Conversion of Those to Be Redeemed. Jer. 31:18, 19. p. 257.
V. Of the Union of Those to Be Redeemed with Christ. 1 Cor. 1:30. p. 293.
VI. Of the Justification of Those to Be Redeemed. Rom. 3:22-27. p. 317.
VII. Of the Adoption of Those to Be Redeemed. 1 John 3:1. p. 375.
VIII. Of the Sanctification of Those to Be Redeemed. 1 Thess. 5:28. p. 397.
IX. Of the Glorification of Those to Be Redeemed. Rom. 8:30. p. 451.
Seventh Book, of the Church and Church Affairs.
I. Of the Nature of the Church. Text, Eph. 5:25. p. 475.
II. Of the Ministers of the Church. Eph. 4:11, 12, 13. p. 520.
III. Of the Sacraments of the Church. Gen. 17:11. p. 573.
IV. Of the Sacraments of Regeneration. Col. 2:11, 12. p. 594.
V. Of the Sacraments of Nourishment. Mark 14:22-24. p. 625.
VI. Of Church Discipline. Matt. 16:19. p. 666.
VII. Of the Government of the Church. 1 Tim. 5:17. p. 690.
Eighth Book, concerning the Administration of the Covenant of Grace.
I. Of the Administration under the Patriarchs. Text, Eph. 1:9, 10. p. 702.
Book V: Of Contemplative-Practical Theology, of Christ's Redemption
Chapter XIV: Of the Mediator's Exaltation
On Philippians 2:9, 10, 11.
Therefore God has also highly exalted Him, and given Him a name which is above every name: that at the name of Jesus every knee should bow, of those in heaven, and those on earth, and those under the earth; and that every tongue should confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father.
I.
Thus far we have considered the Mediator's Humiliation; we now proceed to His Exaltation. And just as, with regard to the Humiliation, we occupied ourselves in our reflection first in general, and afterward more particularly, through all its degrees, so shall we, with regard to the state of the Exaltation, be occupied first in general, and afterward more particularly, both in its component parts and through all its degrees. And the subject matter and content of this chapter shall be, following the Apostle's argument, Philippians 2:9, 10, 11.
The Explanatory Part
II.
In these words is shown and represented the Mediator's Exaltation, which followed upon His Humiliation. Here we have:
1. The foundation upon which the Exaltation is built: therefore, διό. By this is understood the preceding deep Humiliation of the Mediator, and His submissive and lowly obedience — this being the meritorious cause of the Exaltation, as it pleases the Papists, and also many of the Orthodox in a sound sense; or as a necessary and natural antecedent condition, without which the Exaltation must not, nor can, follow. I judge that both can be sufficiently and readily joined together: that the humiliation was in time prior to the exaltation, Luke 24:26, and was also a cause, and indeed a strictly meritorious cause — not only by virtue of the eternal covenant between the Father and the Son, in which the Father promised and pledged Him the glorification as a reward for His humiliation and obedience, Isa. 53:8, 10, 11, 12, indeed also from the nature of the Law, which promises glorification as a reward to the obedient; but also from the nature of the humiliation and obedience itself, which was of infinite worth, whereby He was able to merit the glorification both for Himself and for us, as we shall show in the Doctrinal Part. Compare Chapter XVIII, §. XX.
II. The Exaltation, which is built upon the foundation of the Humiliation, is marked by the following:
1. The Exalting Cause: God. And this must be understood theologically as the whole Holy Trinity, since the exaltation is a work directed outward; but economically, and by way of a particular appropriation, as the Father, John 17:1, as the one to whom He had submitted Himself, Phil. 2:8, whom He had glorified, John 17:4, and who moreover, throughout the whole work of Redemption, must be regarded economically both as Judge, who assigns to each his due, and as Lord, who dispenses what is His.
2. The Exalted One: Him — namely, the whole Mediator, according to both His natures, though in an unequal manner, as we shall show in the Doctrinal Part.
3. The Exaltation itself, with regard to two acts:
a. A general one: ὑπερύψωσε, He has highly exalted Him, raised Him to the highest height and eminence — exalting and raising Him: (a) above the grave, through the resurrection; (b) above the earth, through the ascension; (c) above heaven itself, or the heavenly hosts — the Angels, and at the same time the souls of believers who have died — through the sitting at God's right hand.
b. A particular one: and has given Him a name which is above every name. Here two things are noted:
a. The dignity bestowed: a name above every name. Here by "name" is understood not so much (†) the name Jesus itself, which He had already possessed from the time of His conception, long before His exaltation, Matt. I; but rather (††) renown, fame, celebrity — which throughout both Testaments is commonly conveyed by the phrase "a name," Gen. 6:4, Mark 6:14; but also (†††) honor and glory, whether inward — consisting in those perfections by which someone deserves honor and glory, such as wisdom, majesty, illustrious deeds — or outward, consisting in the acknowledgment and public testifying of that inward glory. But chiefly (††††) authority, power, might, and dominion over other persons and things. In all these respects Christ is said to have been given a name which is above all names, above every name in heaven and on earth.
b. The conferring of that dignity: He has given, bestowed (ἐχαρίσατο), that is, brought about by grace — signifying that this name was given Him, with respect to His human nature, not so much strictly by merit (since, being thus a creature, He cannot merit anything from His Creator, Rom. 11:36) as tempered with grace — just as the first-created man, through his obedience, would, by virtue of the grace of the promise, have merited eternal life. Although, meanwhile, He, according to both natures, being the God-man Mediator, has, according to the strictest right, by reason of the infinite worth of His obedience, and thus out of equivalence, in every respect merited His own glorification for Himself.
4. The twofold end of the Exaltation, namely:
a. With respect to the Mediator, that is, the nearer end:
†. The subjection of the heart: that at the name of Jesus, etc. Here is noted the dignity and authority to which subjection must be shown, at or in the name of Jesus. By this is understood not the bare utterance and pronouncing of the name Jesus, before which one should bow the knee or bare the head, but Jesus Himself, endowed with power, authority, and dominion — the name being put for the one named, by a transfer of the sign for the thing or person signified.
††. The subjection to be shown to this dignity: that every knee should bow, that is, honor Him, obey Him, submit to Him — whether this be done willingly and sincerely, or by compulsion, against their will, forced and feigned; for indeed no other bowing of the knee before Christ can be shown by spirits.
†††. The persons who must show this dignity and reverence: those who are in heaven, that is, the Angels and the souls of the blessed in heaven; those on earth, that is, men living on earth, whether good or godless; and those under the earth, that is, the Devils and the godless.
b. The confession of the mouth: and that every tongue should confess that Jesus Christ is Lord — namely, He to whom all power in heaven and on earth has been given, Matt. 28:18, Eph. 1:21, 22, Heb. 2:7, 8, 9. By this is understood not only His Mediatorial dominion, according to the cited passages, but also His Divine dominion, which belongs to Him as Jehovah, God, Creator, Heb. 1:5, 8, 10.
b. With respect to God: to the glory of God the Father. This is the ultimate end in which all the glorification of the Son finally discharges itself, John 5:22, 23; 1 Cor. 15:23-29.
The Doctrinal Part
III.
From what has been said it is therefore plain and clear that the Son of God, just as He had let Himself down to the very depths of misery, so also was afterward raised and exalted by God to the highest glory. This exaltation of the Mediator was (I) Foretold, Ps. 8:6 with Heb. 2:7, Isa. 53:13, Zech. 6:12, Ps. 110:7 and LXXXIX. 20; (II) Prefigured and foreshadowed — in Joseph, Gen. 41:14 with 37 and XLII. 6; in David, who, having valiantly waged the Lord's wars, 1 Sam. 25:28, having subdued and triumphed over all his enemies, 2 Sam. 22:1, Ps. 18:38, 39, grew greatly in glory, 2 Sam. 5:10 and VII. 9, and obtained a name alongside the name of the great ones of the earth — in a wholly parallel manner the Savior, having valiantly waged the wars of God against the whole power of darkness, Luke 22:53, and having gloriously conquered and subdued all His enemies, triumphed, Col. 2:13-15, Eph. 4:8, John 16:11, 33, and received a name above every name, Phil. 2:9. Moreover, this exaltation of the Mediator was prefigured in Solomon: for just as Solomon obtained rest from all his surrounding enemies, 1 Chron. 22:9, and had a kingdom very rich, 2 Chron. 2:15 and IX. 22, very splendid and glorious above all kings who were before or after him, 2 Chron. IX, Eccl. II, and very widely extended, Ps. 72:8, 9, 10, 11, 2 Chron. IX. 24, 26 — so also Christ, having subdued His enemies, has a kingdom which is, at least spiritually, very peaceful, Isa. 2:6, very rich in spiritual things, Eph. 1:8, John 16:15, Col. 1:17, very splendid and glorious, Heb. 1:3, Rev. 19:11-17, very widely extended, even to the utmost ends of the earth, Ps. 2:8 and LXXII. 8; (III) Fulfilled, Phil. 2:9, 10, Heb. 2:7, 8, 9, 1 Pet. I. 11, Eph. 1:19-21 and IV. 9, 10.
IV.
And it also had to be fulfilled, Luke 24:26, so that not only (I) satisfaction might be given to the Divine truthfulness in the promises and the types, but also (II) because it was fitting that so great a humiliation should be recompensed with so great an exaltation. And (III) thus it served to the glorification of God, Phil. 2:11, so that the Father might be glorified in the Son, John 5:22. And (IV) that this might be the general and ultimate end of the whole work of Redemption, namely, the glorification of God, Eph. 1:6, Rom. 9:22, 23. (V) Because our Redemption required that the Mediator should not only obtain the redemption through His humiliation, but should also apply the redemption obtained through His exaltation — by appearing for us in heaven, at God's right hand, before the Father, Rom. 8:34, John 17:20, Heb. 9:11, 12; by sending down to us His Spirit, John 16:7, to make us alive, John 3:5, Titus 3:5, and to awaken faith in us, 2 Cor. 4:13. Finally, (VI) because, in the eternal Covenant of Grace, God the Father had promised His Son, as a reward, if He should accomplish the work of Redemption, the Exaltation — as we have shown and proved in the first chapter of this Book.
V.
This Exaltation, then, is with us nothing other than that glorious and most blessed state into which He entered after He had accomplished, during His Humiliation, the work of Redemption. The word "Exaltation" is indeed sometimes taken for that virtual glorification which He sustained even in His very deepest humiliation, or crucifixion, John 3:15 and XII. 32; but the exaltation that belongs to this place is that which followed His annihilation. Of this the following are, so to speak, the ingredients: First, that He laid aside not the form of a servant, or the human nature, but the servile form of the human nature, Ps. 8:6, Heb. 2:9. Second, that He triumphed gloriously over His and our enemies, Ps. 110:1, Col. 2:15 — over death, by valiantly undergoing and enduring it, Heb. 12:2, 1 Cor. XV. 55; over sin, by fully satisfying for it, when He was made sin for us, that we might become the righteousness of God in Him, 2 Cor. 5:21, Rom. 7:24, 25; over Satan, by crushing his head, Gen. 3:15, and stripping him of his power, Heb. 2:14, Col. 2:15, Eph. 4:8 — of which victory the perfection and manifestation belongs to the state of the Exaltation. For although the virtual and ministerial triumph took place and occurred at the cross and in death, wherefore He is said to have been exalted, John 3:15 and XII. 32, not only with respect to occasion and place, but also with respect to power and merit, yet the actual triumph, with respect to state, was not in the humiliation but in the exaltation. On the cross He indeed triumphed, as on the battlefield of victory; but in the exaltation, as on the throne, in a royal and triumphal chariot. Third, the manifestation of the form of God, whereby He was equal with God — which, through the assumed form of a servant and the appearance of a common, lowly man, and moreover through the contempt of malicious enemies, had been kept remarkably hidden, Phil. 2:7, 8, and had shone through only, as it were, in occasional rays from the miracles He performed during His earthly life, sometimes more, sometimes less clearly, John 2:11 and I. 14 — but was now uncovered by a most illustrious manifestation, John 17:1, 2, Matt. 26:64; and likewise of His Divine Power and Authority, which, during the time of the Humiliation, had held itself as it were restrained and withheld, John 19:11, Matt. 26:53, 54, but was now, as it were, unbound and let loose for its fullest use, Ps. 2:9, 12, Eph. 1:22, Heb. 2:8, 9. Fourth, the bestowal of all that perfection upon the human nature which could fall to a creature, Ps. 68:19 with Eph. 4:7, 8, 9, 13, where He is said to have received gifts in order to pour them out abundantly upon men, whereby He would fill all things in the Church, unto the measure of the stature of the fullness of Christ. For in His Soul grew and flourished an altogether complete fullness of wisdom and grace, not only with respect to its beginning and its habitual possession — for in that respect He had already obtained it long before through the personal union, John 1:14 and III. 34, Isa. 11:1, 2 — but also with respect to act and exercise, Col. 2:2, 3, 9, 10; the Body likewise was adorned with the highest purity, splendor, and luster, Phil. 3:21. Fifth, an overflow of glory, arising from the acknowledgment and celebration of that whole perfection which, in this state, was either bestowed upon Him or manifested and set forth in splendor in Him, Luke 24:26, Ps. 8:6, Heb. 2:9. And in this consists that name which is above every name, Phil. 2:9, by reason of which every tongue must confess and acknowledge that Jesus Christ is Lord, Phil. 2:11. Finally, sixth, an altogether unrestricted power and dominion — both over the Church, as over His kingdom and Body, Eph. 1:20-23, Ps. 2:6, Acts 2:36, and also, with respect to the Church, over all things, Matt. 28:18 — heavenly, earthly, and under the earth — according to which power every knee is said to bow, of those in heaven, on earth, and under the earth, Phil. 2:10; on which see also Ps. 8:7, 8, 9, Heb. 2:7, 8.
VI.
From what has been said one may readily gather that the whole Christ is exalted — not only as He is God-man, which manner of expression, joining together with concrete words, generally means and denotes His whole Person, as, for example, "therefore God has exalted Him," Phil. 2:9, Eph. 1:20, Acts 2:36, "all power is given to me," Matt. 28:18 — but also insofar as He is such, with respect to both His natures, though in a different manner. With respect to the Divine nature, not indeed through the bestowal of new perfections, which an infinite perfection rejects, but with respect to the manifestation of that perfection which had been kept hidden — in which sense God also is very often said to be exalted by us, Ps. 46:11 and CXLVI, Isa. 5:16, Luke 1:46 — and with respect to the renewed exercise and use of that power which, during the humiliation, had as it were lain dormant. And with respect to the human nature, not through any full appropriation of the Divine attributes, which would have been communicated to it by virtue of the personal Union with the Divine Person — since those attributes have never been, nor ever can be, communicated to a finite nature, as we have taught elsewhere and shall teach again — but that there was communicated to it all that created perfection which can fall to a creature, as we have already shown above. He is therefore exalted with respect to His whole Person: (I) with respect to the laying aside of the servile form; (II) with respect to His triumph over all His enemies; (III) with respect to His Mediatorial glory; and (IV) with respect to His Mediatorial power and dominion.
VII.
As for the causes of this Exaltation — the meritorious cause could fittingly and readily be said to be the Mediator Christ Himself, insofar as He, by virtue of a double promise: (I) of the Covenant of Works — "do this, and you shall live," Lev. 18:5, Ezek. 20:11, Gal. 3:12, Rom. 10:5. For although He, when the Covenant of Works was first established, was not reckoned in Adam, He nevertheless afterward underwent the conditions of the Law, Gal. 4:4, Rom. 8:3, and also received the promises and rewards of the Law. (II) Of the Covenant of Grace, insofar as He, in the eternal Counsel of Peace between the Father and the Son, took upon Himself the humiliation and obedience for His own, while the Father, in turn, promised Him a reward, Isa. 53:10, 11 — insofar, I say, as He, by virtue of this double promise, has merited His Exaltation. Add to this (III) that by virtue of the equivalence, and of the infinite worth of His humiliation and obedience, He has merited, both for Himself and for us, an infinite glory. Whence it is fittingly said, after His humiliation and obedience: διὸ καὶ, therefore God has also highly exalted Him, Phil. 2:9, and Heb. 2:9: we see Jesus (διὰ τὸ πάθημα τοῦ θανάτου), on account of the suffering of death, crowned with honor and glory, and chapter XII. 2: He endured the cross for the joy set before Him (ἀντὶ τῆς προκειμένης αὐτῷ χαρᾶς). And it is no objection to this that He merited the glory for us as well; for He was able to merit both for Himself and for us — for Himself as man, for us as the God-man Mediator, who, by the Divine Law, was not obligated to obedience.
The conferring cause is said to be God, Phil. 2:9 — theologically understood, with respect to the particular Persons of the Trinity. Whence it is distinctly attributed to the Father, as glorifying Him, John 17:1; to the Son, as rising, ascending, sitting at God's right hand — in which acts, as we shall say in their proper place, the glorification consists; to the Holy Spirit, as the announcer, John 16:13, 14; yet economically, and by a particular appropriation (as we have noted in the Explanatory Part), the Father is held to be the source of the Exaltation. Men also are, as acknowledging and celebrating the causes of His Exaltation, and the dignity conferred on Him, and submitting to His power — whether willingly, freely, and sincerely, Phil. 1:23, or unwillingly, Ps. 110:1. Indeed, also the Angels — both the good, Heb. 1:6, Matt. 4:11, and the evil, Mark 3:11, 12 — whence it is said in the Text that every knee should bow at the name of Jesus, of those in heaven, on earth, and under the earth, and that every tongue should confess that Jesus Christ is Lord.
VIII.
The degrees by which He ascended to the highest height and glory are counted differently by different writers. There are those who count four, and this in different ways: some place the first degree in His descent into hell, then add the resurrection, ascension, and sitting at God's right hand; others place the first degree in the resurrection, and the last in the second coming to judge the living and the dead; others allow only three degrees, just as of the Humiliation, so also of the Exaltation: the Resurrection, set opposite His suffering and death; the Ascension, set opposite His descent into the grave; and the sitting at God's right hand, set opposite His descent into hell. We, just as we have named four degrees of the Humiliation — His incarnation, His life, His death, and His descent — likewise set opposite them four degrees of Exaltation: the Resurrection from the dead, whereby He is exalted above the grave; the Ascension, whereby He is exalted above the earth; His sitting at God's right hand, whereby He is exalted above all creatures; and His second coming to judge the living and the dead, whereby He, as Judge, shall be exalted above all who shall be judged. The first three of these degrees we shall consider one after another in the chapters that follow; but the last we shall postpone to a place more suited to it.
The Polemical Part
IX.
As regards the Polemical Part of this chapter, it is asked, first: whether the flesh of Christ, in the state of glory, is, with respect to its substance, of the same essence and of the same power as the Godhead? Eutyches of old taught that such a commingling and confusion had occurred at and around the incarnation of Christ. The present-day beast-worshippers, Schwenckfeld, Weigel, and others, hold that this commingling and confusion first occurred at the Exaltation. The Lutherans come, willingly or unwillingly, nearer to Eutyches, in that they hold that, in the incarnation, the Divine subsistence, essence, and attributes were communicated to the human nature — although they suppose that the full manifestation and use of these attributes was, as it were, deferred and postponed until the Exaltation. Christians hold that, through the Exaltation, the human nature has nonetheless remained distinct in its essence and attributes, just as the Divine also remained distinct: (I) because Scripture makes absolutely no mention of such confusion and commingling; but on the contrary (II) speaks throughout very plainly of the truth of the [human] nature, and of its distinct properties, Luke 24:15, 30, 39, 43, John 20:20, 29, Rev. 1:7. I will not say (III) that, through this commingling and confusion, a double Godhead would be introduced, one eternal, the other temporal; and that (IV) the distinction between the Godhead and the manhood would be virtually removed; and finally (V) that it would involve a plain contradiction, that the flesh of Christ should have become of the same essence as the Father, and yet not be annihilated. Nor do I see what could be objected, even with the slightest plausibility, except (I) that the Word is said to have become flesh, John 1:14. For (a) this would assert no more strongly that the Divine nature was changed into the human, than that the human was confused and commingled with the Divine. Rather (b), that manner of speaking asserts nothing other than that the Divine Person assumed the human nature, Phil. 2:7, 8, Heb. 2:16, or that God was manifested in the flesh, 1 Tim. 3:16. (2) That Divine attributes seem to be ascribed to the human nature, for example, Divine power, Divine omnipresence, Matt. 28:18, 20, and XVIII. 20. But these and similar passages speak not of the flesh, or of the human nature in the abstract, but of the whole Person of Christ in the concrete.
X.
One asks, second: whether the Exaltation consists in this, that the human nature thereby received the manifestation and full use of those Divine attributes whose fellowship it would have received through the personal union — because the Lutherans, for the sake of the Real Presence of Christ's flesh, taught that there were communicated to it, through the personal union, the attributes of the Divine Person — omniscience, omnipotence, omnipresence, and others — so that they might, at least with some semblance, be able to rescue themselves from the many great difficulties that press upon this opinion, distinguishing these attributes with respect to possession and with respect to use: that, although He had these Divine attributes communicated to Himself through the personal Union, with respect to possession and essence, He nevertheless did not have them, until His Exaltation, with respect to use and power. The Reformed, although they acknowledge that the form of God, or the Divine nature in the Mediator, was, through the assumed form of a servant, or through the human nature and its human appearance, remarkably obscured, and held itself as it were restrained and withheld until the Exaltation, and was then first fully manifested to the world, and, by its attributes — at least those by which the Godhead is wont to work outwardly — as it were declared and unfolded — nevertheless deny that this manifestation and the use of the Divine attributes occurred in the human nature, which never had these attributes communicated to itself, as we have shown and demonstrated at length and expressly in Chapter IV of this Book. So that there is nothing more here for the Lutherans to prove and demonstrate than that Christ's human nature, through the personal union, had, in the state of humiliation, Divine power, glory, and attributes, at least with respect to possession — which the Scripture passages they adduce, Matt. 11:27, John 3:34, Acts 10:38, Matt. 9:6, John 2:24, 25, do not teach, since none of these passages speaks of the human nature in the abstract, but of the whole Person, though sometimes named after the human nature — and still much less does it teach that the human nature possessed Divine attributes.
XI.
Hence one asks, third: whether Christ was exalted also according to His Divine nature? The Lutherans, in order the more easily to obtain that the Divine attribute became present in the human nature of Christ, through the manifestation and full use thereof, deny that He was exalted with respect to the Divine nature. The Reformed, although they grant that the Divine nature received, through this exaltation, nothing of an inward perfection, nevertheless teach that it was indeed exalted, in the manner in which — the Lutherans themselves acknowledging this — the Godhead is throughout both Testaments taught to be exalted by us: namely, with respect to manifestation and operation, as we have shown in the Doctrinal Part. These things being carefully and diligently observed, one can easily answer everything that might be objected: for the testimonies of Scripture which are, or could be, objected — for example, Acts 2:32 — speak either not of the human nature in the abstract, but of the whole Person of the God-man, though named more after the human nature than the Divine; or, if they do speak of the human nature, they nevertheless do not speak exclusively of it alone as exalted, which alone is in dispute. And as for the arguments — for example, (I) that the Exaltation implies a change; that it (II) presupposes lack and need; that it (III) points to an advancement, an improvement — these press only against the Exaltation of Christ insofar as it regards the human nature; otherwise, all those poorly-adduced arguments will strike the Parties themselves, from their own suppositions, most forcefully: for they teach (1) that the Divine attributes, in the personal union, were communicated to the human nature; they teach (2) that these attributes were, through the servile form, kept hidden in Christ, and deprived of their full exercise; (3) that these, through the Exaltation, having laid aside the lowly servile form, gave themselves fully loose in their exercise and operation. Now, if the exaltation implies a change; if it presupposes lack and need; if it points to an elevation and improvement — will not all these things then fall upon the Divine attributes, as communicated to the human nature through the personal union?
XII.
One asks, fourth: whether, through the Exaltation of the human nature, only finite gifts were communicated to it? The Reformed maintain the affirmative: because (I) the finite is not capable of the infinite; because (II) infinite gifts would involve a plain contradiction; because (III) the things which we named in §. V as ingredients of the Exaltation — namely, the laying aside of the servile form, the triumph over enemies, etc. — indicate nothing but something finite; (IV) because the Parties themselves place the Exaltation partly in the laying aside of the servile form, partly in the full taking into use of the Divine attributes communicated to the human nature through the union — in which points there is truly no new communication of an infinite good. Meanwhile the Lutherans find fault with the Reformed on this point, that they hold that, through the Exaltation, only finite gifts were bestowed upon the human nature — without any reason.
XIII.
One asks, fifth: whether the first degree of the Exaltation consists in the descent into hell? The Papists, because they hold that Christ descended into hell locally, in order to carry off the Fathers of the Old Testament, who had died in the faith, with Himself into heaven, answer yes on this point; the Lutherans, although they acknowledge a local descent along with the Papists, with this difference, that it was not to carry off the believers of the Old Testament, but to triumph over hell, are nevertheless divided among themselves regarding this question: some place Christ's descent into hell within the state of Humiliation, others within the state of Exaltation, some in a certain middle state, so that it belongs, in its beginning, to the Humiliation, but in its ending, to the state of Exaltation; nor are there lacking those among them who withhold their judgment altogether, and allow each to hold his own opinion — thus the Book of Concord (Liber Concordiae). The Reformed hold, according to the preceding chapter, with the Scriptures, that Christ's descent was the last degree of His Humiliation.
The Practical Part
XIV.
In the Mediator's Exaltation is manifest, first, for our comfort, the inseparable bond, established by God, between the Humiliation and the Exaltation — since God the Father, after Christ had emptied Himself, after He had taken the form of a servant, after He had been obedient to His Father unto death, even the death of the cross, has highly exalted Him, has given Him a name above every name, and has made subject to Him all things in heaven, on earth, and under the earth — and this precisely on account of that very humiliation of His: (διό) therefore, etc. This bond is also made known elsewhere, and indeed very generally, in the Scriptures — not only in the Mediator, Luke 24:26, Heb. 2:6, 7, Ps. 8:5, 6, 7, Isa. 53:10, Heb. 12:2, 1 Pet. I. 11, but also in His members, or true believers, Luke 18:14, 1 Pet. V. 6, Rom. 8:17, 18, 2 Cor. IV. 16, 17, who are for this reason said to be crucified with Christ, and to live with Christ, Gal. 2:20, to become one plant with Him in the likeness of His death, that they might also be so in the likeness of His resurrection, Rom. 6:5, and, being dead to sin, having been made alive with Him, to be raised also to sit in heavenly places in Christ Jesus, Eph. 2:5, 6, compared with 1 Cor. 15:42-44. Of which bond the foundation lies also (I) in the eternal decree of God, Rom. 8:29; (II) in our union with Christ, as of members with the Head, 1 Cor. 3:13, whence we are called His σύμφυτοι, fellow-plants — both in death and in resurrection, Rom. 6:5 — and are said to be crucified together with Him, and likewise raised together with Him, Col. 3:1; (III) in the unchangeable promise of Christ, Matt. 16:25, John 14:19, 28-30; (IV) in the fittingness of that bond itself: for although we, by our own humiliation (unlike Christ), can merit nothing from God, Rom. 8:18 and XI. 36, and our goodness does not touch Him, Ps. 16:2, it is nevertheless fitting, and agreeable with equity, that those who are humbled for His sake should also be exalted with Him, Rom. 8:17, 18, Heb. 6:10. If, then, (1) the world, for God's and Christ's sake, annihilates us, counts us as nothing, 1 Cor. 1:28, and if we, for Christ's sake, have denied and renounced ourselves, Luke 18:23; if we (2) bear and carry about the form of a servant, or even something less than that of an ordinary servant, and, like servants, conduct ourselves in the world, 1 Cor. 4:13, John 13:13, 14, but not as lords, 1 Pet. 5:3, Matt. 20:21; if we (3), through the assaults and persecutions of our enemies, are compelled to be obedient to our heavenly Father even unto death, indeed unto the most shameful death of all, the death of the cross, Acts 20:24, Heb. 11:35-37 and X. 32, 33, Phil. 1:20, 21 — what shall in these and similar cases be more useful and more powerfully helpful than to think earnestly (a) on this indissoluble bond between our present humiliation and our future exaltation, and consequently (b) that, if we shall here have been annihilated with Christ, and shall have annihilated ourselves, we shall also, with Him, more surely than anything is sure, be exalted, Luke 18:14, 1 Pet. V. 3? That (c), if we, for Christ, and with Christ, shall have borne the form of a servant, the very lowest and most despised of forms, we shall, with Christ, here obtain a name that is truly new and glorious, Rev. 3:12, Luke 10:20, and that we shall hereafter reign with Him, Rom. 8:18, Rev. 3:21; (d) that, if we, with Christ, shall have been obedient to the Father unto death, indeed unto the most shameful death of the cross, we shall, with Christ, be so exalted by God that every servile form shall be taken away from us, as from Christ, and we shall be made conformable to the glorious body of Christ, Phil. 3:21; so (e) that we, with Him, shall triumph over all our enemies, 1 Cor. 15:55, 56, Rom. 8:37; and moreover (f) that that excellent nature of God in us, 2 Pet. 1:4, which was here as concealed as was so much misery in Christ, Isa. 53:3, shall be revealed before the eyes of all, Matt. 13:43; that we shall furthermore (g) be adorned with Him with every kind of glorious and beautiful gift, Eph. 5:27; that we shall also (h) be crowned with Him with honor and everlasting glory, Ps. 8:6, 2 Tim. IV. 7; finally, (i) that in some manner all things shall be made subject to us, Ps. 8:7, and we, with Christ, shall judge the whole world, 1 Cor. 6:2.
XV.
Second, Christ's Exaltation marks with the blackest coal all those who, seeing Him exalted by God, seek to press Him down — who trample the Son of God, and count the blood of the Covenant unclean, Heb. 10:29, who crucify the Son of God afresh, and openly put Him to shame, chapter VI. 6. And who indeed are these? Answer: (I) In various ways, and to various degrees, do they do this who, in place of magnifying Him whom God has highly exalted, most greatly seek to belittle Him: (1) openly and with their own profession, the unbelieving — Turks, Jews, 1 Cor. 1:3 — who, along with their ancestors, the chief priests, Pharisees, scribes, most fiercely persecute Him, throw Him into bonds and fetters, condemn Him, crucify Him, mock Him; (2) those who, more covertly, indeed with an outward profession, seek to overthrow His kingdom, to belittle, indeed to root out, His subjects through the most cruel persecutions, Ps. 2:1, 2, Acts 2:23 and IV. 26, 27 — which is customarily true, above all, of the Antichrist and his adherents, the Apocalyptic beast being that purple- and scarlet-clad harlot, drunk with the blood of the Martyrs, Rev. 17:6; (3) those who exalt themselves above Christ, like the Antichrist, 2 Thess. 2:4, the Socinians, and all sorts of other falsely-named Christians, and every high thing that exalts itself against the knowledge of God, 2 Cor. 10:5. (II) Those who blaspheme, misuse, and profane His name, which, according to the Divine appointment, is above every name — whether (1) by transferring, through superstition, to a name the honor that belongs to Him who is named by this name, which is customary among the Papists and Lutherans, whom we have already noted above, Chapter III, §. XX; or (2) by naming Christ poorly and wrongly, doing Him dishonor and shame through an un-Christian manner of life, 2 Tim. 2:19, Rom. 2:23, 24; or (3) by resting solely in the profession of Christ's name, Matt. 7:21, 22, compared with Rom. 2:27, 28, 29. (III) Those who indeed grant Him the name that is above every name, and even add to it very broad and lengthy titles, but who do not bend their knee before Him, except perhaps (1) out of and by mockery, like the soldiers who crucified Him, Matt. 27:29; or (2) out of and through superstition, like the Papists and Lutherans, bowing only the knee of the body, not of the heart; at any rate (3) who neither acknowledge nor accept His power, authority, and dominion over them, Job 21:14, Jer. 44:16, indeed set themselves against Him with all their strength, Luke 19:14, 27, Ps. 2:1, 2, 3. (IV) Those who (1) do not confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, as do the unbelievers whom we have already named; or (2) do not confess Him as their own Lord, as Thomas did, John 20:28, or only with tongue and mouth, Matt. 7:21, 22, as Judas did, Matt. 26:49. But now what could be conceived (a) more shameful, or more unworthy of God, than to belittle Him, and to set oneself against Him, whom God has exalted, and so highly exalted (ὑπερύψωσε), highly exalted Him; at whose feet He has made subject all that is in heaven, on earth, and under the earth; whom He wills all to acknowledge and celebrate as Lord, and that to His own glory? Truly, (b) will God ever exalt such people; will He not rather, perhaps like Pharaoh's baker was exalted, Gen. 40:19, cast them down from all their loftiness into hell itself? Matt. 11:23. Will He not (c) blot their name, however famed and renowned it may have been among men, entirely out of the book of life? Ps. 69:29. Will He not (d) make them a footstool for His feet? Ps. 110:1, and dash them in pieces with His iron scepter, like a potter's vessel, Ps. 2:9, cause them to perish in His wrath, v. 12, and have them slain before His face? Luke 19:27. Will He not (e) one day disown before His heavenly Father those who would not confess Him with their tongue to be Lord? Matt. 10:33.
XVI.
Third, the Exaltation of Christ furnishes a support and ground (I) of Trust, that they have a Savior who was not merely lowly and humbled, who bore the form of a servant, who was found in appearance as any common man, who was merely crucified (in which the offense of the Jews, and of all unbelievers, consists, 1 Cor. 1:18, 23) — but who, moreover, is in the form of God, equal with God, who has been exalted by God, and highly exalted, to whom God has given a name which is above every name; before whom every knee must bow, heavenly, earthly, and even under the earth; and whom every tongue must confess to be Lord. Shall we not, then, rest and lean securely by faith upon so great, so worthy a Mediator? Heb. 1:4-14, compared with Isa. 1:20. Shall we not, through so great and such a Mediator, draw near with boldness and hasten to the throne of grace, in every circumstance? Heb. 4:14 with v. 15. Shall not such and so great a Mediator suffice us for everything, in whom all fullness dwells, Col. 1:19 and II. 9, from whom we can therefore draw and receive grace upon grace, John 1:14, 16, in whom alone we can be made complete, Col. 2:10 — see the Practical reflection on chapter II, concerning the Mediator? Then (II) it furnishes a foundation of Christian glorying, Phil. 1:26 and III. 3. Where Christians have absolutely nothing in themselves in which they may or can glory, there they have everything in their Mediator: as one who has been exalted by God; who has received from Him a name which is above every name; before whom everything that is in heaven, on earth, and under the earth must bow the knee; whom every tongue must confess to be Lord — who is the Lord of glory, 1 Cor. 2:8, the King of kings and Lord of lords, Rev. 19:16. Finally, (III) it furnishes the foundation of all religious worship and honor. For we do not worship idols, which have eyes but do not see, Ps. 115:5-8, like the Heathen; nor Angels, who are our fellow servants, Rev. 19:10 and XXII. 8; nor Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, the blessed Virgin, and other holy ones in heaven, Isa. 63:16, like the Papists; nor a mere man, like the Socinians; but Him whom God has highly exalted, to whom He has given a name above every name, to whom He has made all things subject; before whom everything in heaven, on earth, and under the earth must bow the knee; whom every tongue must confess to be Lord, to the glory of the Father.
XVII.
Fourth, Christ's Exaltation furnishes us matter and reason for the deepest humiliation: that the more God has exalted Him, the more we should humble ourselves before Him, and the more readily and willingly bow our knee before Him. For (I) if, when He was still in the state of humiliation, in the form of a servant, in an appearance like a common, lowly man, certain lesser proofs and samples of His Divine excellence caused Peter, having made a comparison between Jesus' excellence and his own lowliness and nothingness, to fall down at Jesus' feet, saying, "Depart from me, Lord, for I am a sinful man," Luke 5:8 — likewise Mary, John 11:32, and Jairus, Mark 5:22, and the woman with the flow of blood, Luke 8:47, and the Syrophoenician woman, Mark 7:35 — (II) if, at His transfiguration on the mountain, the Disciples present fell down before Him in humility upon their faces, and were greatly afraid, Matt. 17:6; indeed (III) if the very devils in the possessed, before Him, not yet glorified, as soon as they saw Him, fell down, crying out, "You are the Son of God," Mark 3:11 — what, then, should we not now do before Him, seeing that He is now so solemnly glorified? Especially (IV) if we consider the propriety and equity of the matter: for if God has exalted Him above us all, is it not then most fitting that we should cast ourselves down beneath Him? (V) If God has given Him a name which is above every name, that is, a glory which is above all glory, should we not then cry out with the Psalmist, Ps. 115:1: "Not unto us, O LORD, not unto us, but unto your name give glory"? Should we not, with the Elders in the Revelation, cast down our crowns before His feet? Rev. 4:10. If God (VI) has given Him all power in heaven and on earth, Matt. 28:18; if He has made all things subject under His feet, Ps. 8:6, 7; if He wills that every knee, heavenly, earthly, and under the earth, should bow before Him — is there not, then, in all this, every reason to humble ourselves most deeply before Him? If (VII), according to the command and precept of God, every tongue must confess that He is Lord, is it not then our duty, as servants, to submit ourselves to Him? Compare Mal. 1:6. Being moved, then, by these and similar considerations, let us humble ourselves before Christ, both inwardly and outwardly — first inwardly, with respect (1) to our understanding, through a humble and lowly opinion, so that we compare our own lowliness with Christ's exaltedness in a godly manner, and, acknowledging the infinite difference between us and Him, think of ourselves as lowly as possible; just as Agur, to Ithiel and Ucal (God is with me and I shall prevail; whereby Christ is signified, Isa. 7:14), says: "Surely I am more brutish than any man, and have not the understanding of a man," Prov. 30:1, 2, 3, compare Job 42:5, 6, Gen. 18:27, 31; (2) with respect to our will, that we be lowly of heart, Matt. 11:29, that we submit our will readily and willingly to His will, 2 Cor. 10:5, that we will what He wills, Rev. 2:6, as the Savior Himself did, Matt. 26:39, Phil. 2:7, 8, and that we set before ourselves His glorification as our highest end and aim, Phil. 1:20, Ps. 115:1, ready and prepared for this, that we be the least in the world, John 1:27, and readily undergo, for the sake of His glory, the harshest and hardest of things, Acts 20:24. But not only inwardly — let us also, second, humble ourselves outwardly before Christ, showing Him, most readily, every kind of outward token of inward humiliation and reverence — for example, by bending the knee, etc.
XVIII.
Fifth, the Exaltation, Phil. 2:10, etc., invites us to render faithfully to the Exalted One all the duties that accord with His Exaltation. And what, then, are these? Answer: (I) An exaltation of the heart, that we, with our esteem and love, also exalt Him whom God has exalted, Phil. 1:20; and just as God has exalted Him above all things (ὑπερύψωσε), so also should we exalt Him above father and mother, that is, above all that is dearest to us, Matt. 10:37, above ourselves, even above our own life, v. 39, Mark 8:35, Acts 20:24, indeed above the whole world, Mark 8:36, 1 John 5:4 — indeed even above the heavens themselves, Ps. 73:25 — to such a degree that we, for His sake, count all other things as nothing, as loss and refuse, Phil. 3:7, 8, 9, resting in Him alone, with a passing-by of all others, Ps. 16:5, 6, that He alone be to us in the place of all, in whom alone we can be made complete, Col. 2:10. (II) A glorification of the mouth, that we, to whom God has given a name above every name, also sincerely render the same to Him, by celebrating, praising, and glorifying Him, Rev. 4:8-11 — (1) on account of the excellence of His Divine Nature, Rom. 9:5, according to which all those things belong to Him which we have said, in Book II, chapter XXII, of the Majesty and Glory of God; (2) on account of the worthiness of His Person, as the God-man, whereby He is the Immanuel, Isa. 7:8, and the Ithiel, Prov. 30:1, a Child and a Son, Isa. 9:5, possessing, and as it were absorbing into Himself, the perfections of both natures; (3) on account of the excellence of His Mediatorial office, 1 Tim. 2:5, Heb. 8:6, IX. 15, and XII. 24, and its Prophetic dignity, Deut. 18:15, 18, 19, 20, its Priestly dignity, Ps. 110:4, Heb. 7:26, 27 and VIII. 1, 3, its Royal dignity, Ps. 2:6; (4) on account of His Incarnation, 1 Tim. 3:16, which the Angels themselves celebrate and glorify, Luke 2:13, 14; (5) on account of His virtues, which He manifested throughout His whole life, for our example, Isa. 11:1, 2; (6) on account of the miraculous works which He performed throughout His whole life, and in and upon every kind of creature, Luke 24:19, Acts 2:22; and thus further (7) on account of His benefits, also on account of His Resurrection, Ascension, sitting at God's right hand, second coming to judge the living and the dead, etc. (III) A subjection of our whole human frame, that we bow our knee reverently and godly before Him, and kiss Him, Ps. 2:12, submitting readily and taking captive the innermost of our thoughts and reasonings to Him, 2 Cor. 10:5 — which comes about: (1) by showing His commands, ordinances, and laws the most exact obedience, Heb. 5:9, 2 Thess. I. 8; (2) by receiving and enduring calmly and patiently His rebukes and chastisements, Rev. 3:19, and II. 3, 10, etc., and this not falsely and feignedly, Eph. 6:5, Col. 3:22, 23, nor by compulsion, 1 Pet. 5:2 — in which manner hypocrites, and even the unclean spirits themselves, willingly or unwillingly, bow the knee before Him, Mark 3:11. (IV) A confession of the tongue, that we confess unashamedly and undauntedly in His name, that is, the Evangelical truth, which Jesus Christ confirms, that He is Lord, Rev. 3:8, Matt. 10:33, Mark 8:35, 38, 1 Pet. III. 15. With and through these duties, then, Christ must be exalted by us — because (1) God exalts Him, and has prescribed to us His exaltation of Him, Phil. 2:9, 10; (2) because He deserves to be exalted: διὸ καὶ, therefore God has also highly exalted Him. Rev. 4:11: "You, Lord, are worthy to receive glory, and honor, and power." (3) Because in His Exaltation our exaltation is wrought and accomplished, insofar as He is our Head, and we are His members, Eph. 1:22, 23. (4) Because, if we shall have exalted Him, He will, in turn, exalt us, according to the law of recompense, 1 Sam. 2:30, and v. 18, Phil. 3:21, John 12:32 and XVII. 24. (5) Because, on the contrary, if we shall not have exalted Him through our dutiful service, God will exalt Him through our downfall and destruction, Ps. 110:1 and II. 2, 3 with v. 5, 9. See also Book II, chapter XXII, of the Majesty and Glory of God; likewise Book V, chapter III, concerning the name, our Lord; likewise chapter VII, of the Mediator as King; and below, the chapter of Sitting at God's Right Hand; finally, the Practical reflection on the particular degrees of the Exaltation, namely, of the Resurrection, Ascension, Sitting at God's Right Hand, etc.
Chapter XV: Of the Mediator's Resurrection
On Mark 16:9.
And when Jesus was risen early the first day of the week, He appeared first to Mary Magdalene, etc.
I.
We now proceed to speak of the particular degrees of the Exaltation, each in its own place, beginning with the first, by which the Savior is exalted above death and above the grave — namely, the Resurrection from the dead.
The Explanatory Part
II.
The history of this, in a certain brief, recapitulating summary, Mark concludes in chapter XVI. 9. In which these matters come before us:
1. The Resurrection itself: when Jesus was risen. Note here: (1) The Person who rose: Jesus, the God-man — the very same who had fallen by death, the very same who rose again, according to what precedes. He had therefore not, through death, passed over into a state of non-existence; for what is not present, what does not exist, cannot rise. Jesus, according to both natures at once, the Divine and the human — of which more in its place in the Doctrinal Part. (2) The act of rising: when He was risen. Anastas, "having risen," denotes the Person who has risen, not the time — as if He had appeared to Mary Magdalene immediately after His resurrection. Those who have not observed this have struck out this verse with the same rashness and recklessness with which others have blotted out this whole chapter, and yet others the whole first part of this chapter — because they supposed that there was here an irreconcilable and incompatible contradiction with Matthew's account, chapter XXVIII, from verse 1 to 9. He is risen, namely, through the reuniting of the essential parts, soul and body, and through His going forth out of the grave — of which likewise more, and better, in the Doctrinal Part.
2. The Time of the Resurrection, in two respects:
More precisely: early in the morning. Matthew, chapter XXVIII. 1: "late on the Sabbath, as it began to dawn toward the first day of the week." Luke, chapter XXIV. 1: "but on the first day of the week, at deep dawn," they came. John, chapter XX. 1: Mary Magdalene came in the morning, while it was still dark. From these words Maldonatus concludes, regarding the corresponding passage of Matt. 28:1, that this passage is, in the judgment of all, the most difficult, because it seems not only to contradict itself, insofar as it joins "in the evening" with "dawning" — namely, as the sun began to shine — but also seems to contradict the other Evangelists; and others, for this reason, have struck out the whole chapter of our Mark, or at least up to our verse. Grotius says better, on that same passage, that if there is anything obscure or seemingly contradictory here, this arises not through the fault of the writers, but through the fault of the readers; indeed, that he does not see so great a difficulty in these accounts. Various writers attempt, in various ways, to harmonize the texts. There are those who hold that "late" must be taken more broadly, for the whole night that followed the Sabbath, which was then already passing away, so that it might make room here for the dawning daybreak; and to this end they bring forward the passage of Gellius (book VII, chapter 21): Tempora duo, etc. — that is, when two times are set opposite one another, and so cohere that the end of the one is intermingled with the beginning of the other, then it makes no difference whether the neighboring point in time itself is indicated by the close of the first, or by the beginning of the following. That Matthew therefore calls the evening "the dawning day." To this others add that among the Hellenists the word for "evening" sometimes means "night," just as among the Hebrews the corresponding word, Gen. 1:5, 8, etc., Exod. 16:6; and thus "in the evening" here would mean "at night." Others distinguish between a sacred "evening" and a civil one, so that what, with respect to the sacred usage, was the evening, was, with respect to the civil one, the night until dawn. Others distinguish the women who went to the grave, so that some went out about evening, others about dawn, or the same ones twice, both about evening and about the morning hour. Grotius satisfies me most: namely, he says, at the first light of dawn they had risen, and while the one waited for the other, while they prepared the spices, while they went through the city and outside the city to the grave, so much time easily passed that, by the time they arrived at the grave, something of the sun had already appeared. To this D. Ludovicus de Dieu also seems to incline: We hold, he says, that the women, on the very evening of the Sabbath, when, according to the custom of the Jews, the first day of the week began, girded themselves for the journey to the grave, that on that journey they bought spices, that they went out of the city, that they remained in the suburb the whole night, that very early in the morning, before the gates of the city were opened, and before they could be seen by anyone, they went forward toward the grave, that then Mary ran ahead, while it was still dark, John 20:1, that the others came afterward to the grave, very early in the morning, Luke 24:1. And so there will be no contradiction among the Evangelists. He therefore seems to have risen about the end of the evening of the Jewish Sabbath, that is, on the first day of the week, now beginning to dawn — that is, when the first day of the week was beginning, between the evening of the Sabbath and the dawn of the first day; but that the women came to the grave when He had already long since risen.
More broadly: on the first day of the week — "on the first of the Sabbath." Luke XXIV: "on the one of the Sabbaths." So John 20:1: "on the first of the Sabbath," that is, on the first day after the Sabbath, namely, on the first day of the week. For "Sabbath" is used, by a transfer of a part (synecdoche of the member), for "week," because it is the last day of the week, by which the week is made complete. Thus also the days were generally named by the Jewish teachers: the first, second, third of the Sabbath. Whence that of Lev. 23:15: "there shall be seven complete Sabbaths." The translators, likewise the Chaldean paraphrase, R. Saadias, and the Spanish Jews, render it "complete weeks," as also in Lev. 25:8. And according to this manner of speaking, the Heathen also called a corresponding day in another week a "Sabbath day," that is, a weekly day, as Selden observes. Christ, therefore, rose about the end of the evening of the Sabbath, that is, on the first day of the week, now inclining toward dawn — namely, after He had remained three days in the grave, and under the dominion of death, according to the Scriptures, so that from this day He might afterward set forth this day to Christians as their Sabbath day. He now appeared to the women at the first light of dawn.
3. The First Appearance: He appeared first to Mary Magdalene. This first appearance will be seen more broadly and fully at John 20:14, 15, 16, 17.
The Doctrinal Part
III.
It is, therefore, more certain than anything that is certain, that Christ rose on the third day after His death. This is (I) foretold in many places, 1 Cor. 15:4, not only in the Old Testament, Ps. 16:10 with Acts 2:27, 31, Isa. 55:3 with Acts 13:34, Ps. 68:1 with Eph. 4:8, Ps. 110:7, Isa. 53:8, 9, 10, Dan. 9:26, Hos. 6:2 and XI. 11, 13, 14, compare Mic. 2:13; but also in the New Testament, by Himself, John 2:19, Matt. 12:38-40, XVI. 1, 4, and XVII. 12, 23, Luke 18:33. (II) Prefigured and shadowed forth — in the awakened Adam, Gen. 2:21; in Isaac, Gen. 22:11, Heb. 11:18, 19; in Joseph, held three years in prison, but afterward made lord over the whole of Egypt, Gen. 37:28 with chapter XLI. 44; in Jonah, chapter I. 27 with Matt. 12:40. Compare the burning yet unconsumed bush, Exod. 3:2; Aaron's dry but reblossoming rod, Num. 17:8 with Isa. 11:1; Samson, breaking through the gates by night, Judg. 16:3; Daniel delivered out of the lions' den, Dan. 6:17, 18, 24. Add to this the flesh of the thank offering, which had to be eaten before the third day, Lev. 7:16, 17, 18. (III) Fulfilled, according to the history of the New Testament, and the whole chain thereof, according to which the body went forth and appeared from a new, rock-hewn tomb, Luke 23:53, John 19:41 — and that it was not stolen is readily established from the fearfulness of the Disciples, and from the watch that had been set at the grave. (IV) Confirmed and testified by the declarations (1) of the Angels, who proclaimed it at the very grave, indeed with rebuke shown and given to the women, Luke 24:5, Matt. 28:7; (2) of the grave itself, Mark 16:6: "see the place where the Lord lay." Add to this (3) the testimony of Jesus Himself, Mark 16:9, 1 Cor. XV. 6; (4) of the women, John 20:18, Matt. 28:9; (5) of the Apostles, John 20:20, 25, Acts 10:41; (6) of the soldiers, Matt. 28:11, 12, 13. (V) Proven and demonstrated by very many appearances, of which at least ten are reckoned by the learned. Indeed, (VI) approved also by the testimony of the senses themselves, insofar as He presented Himself, very often, to be seen, heard, and touched.
IV.
And not only is it more certain than anything certain that He rose, but He also necessarily had to rise, Acts 2:24. The foundation of this necessity lies (I) in the eternal Decree of God, whereby both those things which pertained to His resurrection, and those which concerned His death, were determined, Acts 2:23, 24; (II) in the Predictions of Scripture, 1 Cor. 15:4, which we have already mentioned above; (III) in the Person of the rising Christ Himself, who was not only the Holy One of the Lord, Ps. 16:10, but who also had a human nature which was united with the Divine Person, and which therefore could not decay, could not rot; (IV) in His Glorification, into which He necessarily had to enter, Luke 24:26; (V) in His Mediatorial office, whereby He had to overcome death and deliver us from death, Hos. 13:14, 1 Cor. XV. 54-57; (VI) in the eternity of His Mediatorial kingdom, Luke 1:33; (VII) in the necessity of His entrance into the heavenly sanctuary, Heb. 9:24, in order to send the Holy Spirit from there, John 16:7, and to abolish sins, Heb. 9:26; (VIII) in the prerogatives whereby He had to become a life-giving Spirit, 1 Cor. 15:21; (IX) in the exercise of judgment allotted to Him over the living and the dead, John 5:27. From all of which points it is most clearly evident that He had to rise from the dead.
V.
This Resurrection of the Savior, whereby He is exalted from and out of the state and place of the dead to a glorious life, contains essentially these three ingredients. (I) A Revivification, whereby the essential parts of the human nature, body and soul, though united in the Divine Person in their own manner, yet, having been separated from one another by death, are restored anew and reunited to Him. (II) A glorious Change, whereby the soul, though it did not receive new perfections, as some suppose, was at least recalled and brought back from a state that was unnatural to it, namely, that of separation from the body, to a state natural to it; and the body received the incorruptibility and glory of spiritual and heavenly bodies, of which 1 Cor. 15:42, 43, 53 speaks, Phil. 3:21, Acts 13:34, Rom. 6:9, 10, Heb. 2:9, 14, Matt. 26:29 — yet so that it in no way laid aside the nature of a human body, its finitude, its locality, its tangibility, nor could lay these aside without the destruction of the human nature. (III) The Going Forth out of the Grave, whereby He, having left behind His wrappings and the cloth about His head, with which He had been, as it were, bound under the dominion of death, came forth alive among the living, Matt. 28:6.
VI.
We must, however, say a little more distinctly with what kind of body He rose — namely, (I) with a true body, Luke 24:39, 1 John 1:4; (II) with His own body, Luke 24:39, John 20:20; (III) with an immortal body, Rom. 6:9, Rev. 1:18; (IV) with a glorified body, no longer subject to any weaknesses, weariness, hunger, thirst, pains, or other imperfections — although that glory of His body first became most fully visible and manifest after His ascension, 2 Cor. 3:4, Rev. 1:14, Phil. 3:21.
VII.
He has causes of His Resurrection of two kinds. (I) The principal Cause: the whole Holy Trinity — the Father, Acts 2:32, Eph. 1:20; Himself, John 2:19, 21 and X. 17, so that He is therefore said to have been powerfully declared to be the Son of God, according to the Spirit of holiness, by the resurrection from the dead, Rom. 1:4, namely, by the power of His Divine nature — but not by some particular Divine power communicated to His human nature through the personal union; and the Holy Spirit, Rom. 8:11, 1 Pet. III. 18 — of which joint working the foundation indeed lies in the unity of power common to the three Persons, whereby all works directed outward are ordained and brought about, yet with due regard, nonetheless, to the different manner in which the particular Persons assist, and also to the different order of the works, so that the Father, through the Son, and through the Spirit of holiness, raised up the human nature of the Son, Rom. 1:4. (II) The ministering Cause of Christ's going forth out of the grave was, in its own manner, an Angel, rolling away the stone from the door of the grave, Matt. 28:2 — used for this not, truly, out of any need of the Divine nature, just as neither was the Angel used to strengthen Him in His agony of soul, Luke 22:43, out of need; but according to God's free will, in order to magnify the majesty of this Resurrection.
VIII.
The Time of this Resurrection was: (I) the third day, after His death, or after His descent into hell, 1 Cor. 15:4. Because (1) it so seemed good to God in the eternal counsel of His Decree, in which all that pertained both to His death and to His Resurrection was predetermined, Acts 2:23; (2) because the oracles of the Old Testament had so foretold it, Ps. 16:10, namely, that He would see no corruption — as the body of Lazarus did see, after it had been shut up three days in the grave, John 11:39; (3) because it had thus been prefigured and foreshadowed in Jonah, Matt. 12:40; (4) because He Himself had foretold that He would so rise, Matt. 16:21 and XVII. 23, Mark 8:31. The reckoning of these three days must be made in this way: that He was laid in the grave on the Day of Preparation, which corresponds to our Friday, John 19:42; that He rested the whole Jewish Sabbath in the grave, Matt. 27:62; and that He rose on the day immediately following, which is the first day of the week, at the first light of dawn, Mark 16:9. And thus one must observe that whole and full days and nights are not seldom set down and taken in Scripture for parts of days, for example, 1 Sam. 30:12 with v. 13, Esth. 4:16 with v. 1. This being presupposed, some begin these three days immediately with His crucifixion, whereby He, although not yet dead or buried, was nevertheless already under the state and power of death and of darkness. Others begin these three days a little more precisely, namely, from the death, which took place about midday, Matt. 27:45 with Luke 23:44, John 19:30. Others, most narrowly and precisely, from the moment of burial, Matt. 27:60. Others take these three days most broadly, and understand by them that whole period of humiliation which elapsed from the last Supper to the first evening on which He showed Himself alive to His Disciples, which makes up a full three days. Nor are there lacking those who suppose that this reckoning can be made according to the manner of the Romans, who begin the day at midnight. Whatever the case may be, one may rightly speak of three days, if one, by a transfer (synecdoche), includes among these days, and their parts, the nights as well — which we have already noted above to be very customary among the Jews, and in Scripture. Compare Gen. 1:5, etc. As to why He chose to remain exactly three days in the grave, we need not anxiously and carefully inquire; nevertheless, these causes may be observed: that He did not wish to tarry longer in the grave, partly so that His body should undergo no corruption, Ps. 16:10; partly so that He should not leave the hope of Believers too long in doubt, Luke 24:21; that He did not wish to come forth sooner, was, partly, in order to make His death the more certain, partly also, in order to give Christians occasion and opportunity to observe the Lord's Day as their Sabbath day — of which more presently.
IX.
The time of the Resurrection was (II) the first day of the week — because, the Jewish Sabbath, being a picture and type of His rest in the grave, ceasing, He wished, as we have shown, Book III, chapter XIII, §. IX, to set the Christian Sabbath in its place — whence that day is called the day of the Lord, Rev. 1:10, namely, appointed by the Lord to be a Sabbath day, Matt. 12:8, just as the Supper, for that same reason, is called the Lord's Supper, 1 Cor. 11:20, 23. To this end He also placed Himself among the Disciples, who, on that very same day, were gathered together in His name, in their midst, and imparted to them the Sabbath blessing, John 20:19. And who shall be able to establish that Christ, not immediately after His Resurrection, or at the first meeting with the Disciples, or at least during the forty-day period of intercourse with the Disciples, when He spoke of the things pertaining to the Kingdom of God, Acts 1:3, appointed this day to be the Sabbath of the New Testament? Whatever the case may be, this day has at any rate been in use in the Apostolic Church, 1 Cor. 16:1, 2, Acts 20:7, as one of certain Church institutions distinguished from the Apostolic ones taken up into the Church. So that some, poorly serving their own suppositions, wrongly bring the appointment of this day into the ordinances of the first Church that followed the Apostolic — of which, in its own place, God willing, more shall need to be said.
X.
Finally, the most precisely determined time of this Resurrection was (III) very early in the morning. After He had, namely, done enough both to the oracles, and to the types, and to His work, He did not wish to remain idle in the grave any longer, but immediately, in the very earliest hour of the morning, girded Himself anew to His work; and by this He also wished, with His example, to determine that the beginning of the Christian Sabbath must be made from and with the dawn. Christ's Resurrection, therefore, by no means took place about the evening of the Sabbath, namely, the Sabbath still continuing — as it has pleased some among the Ancients, notably the Syriac Translator, because it is said, Matt. 28:1, "late after the Sabbath" (or, "late of the Sabbath"); nor did it take place precisely about midnight, as Cyril, Ambrose, and Jerome would have it; but it began within the evening of the Sabbath, and dawned toward the first day of the week — this is what Matthew wishes to convey by "late [after] the Sabbath, as it began to dawn toward the first day of the week," Matt. 28:1, as we have noted in the Explanatory Part.
XI.
The manner of this Resurrection, whereby it differs from every other resurrection, appears in its circumstances and characteristics: that it was, (I) most powerful of all, since it was brought about not by another's power, but by His own — in which respect He is not only said elsewhere to have been raised, but also that He rose, namely, by His own power, Matt. 28:6, John 2:19 and X. 18 — to such a degree that, by His Resurrection, He powerfully declared Himself to be the Son of God, Rom. 1:4. Consequently (II), altogether miraculous, accompanied by an earthquake, and by the ministry of Angels, who not only rolled away the stone, so that an easier way out of the grave might be provided for Him, but who also announced the event of the Resurrection to men, Matt. 28:2. Whence (III) also most glorious, insofar as He came forth not only accompanied by the Angels, but also struck the guards, His enemies, with terror, and by that terror made them as it were dead, Matt. 28:4 — and showed Himself, as a heroic and conquering Triumpher over the devil, death, hell, and the whole power of darkness, 1 Cor. 15:55, 56, to be the one who carries about with Him the keys of the pit of hell, and all its inhabitants, in His power, Rev. 1:18. Finally (IV), overflowing with the most excellent comfort, on account of which the Angels bade the fearful women, "fear not"; and He Himself, by appearing repeatedly to His own, awakened and confirmed their faith and trust, and, having gathered them together in one place out of fear of their enemies, announced peace to them, and did many other things tending to their comfort and quiet — according to the testimonies of the Evangelists, Matt. XXVIII, Luke XXIV, John XX.
XII.
The end and usefulness of the Resurrection looks, first, to the risen Christ Himself, insofar as thereby (1) His Holiness was manifested and demonstrated — indeed, that He was that Holy One of Israel, Isa. 10:20, whom the Father, as the promised Messiah, sanctified and sent into the world, John 10:36, which is evident from the Resurrection, Ps. 16:10, compared with Acts 2:31. It looks, moreover (2), to His eternal Godhead, Rom. 1:4, insofar as He rose by His own power, John 10:18. It looks, furthermore (3), to His infinite power, whereby He crushed the head of the ancient serpent, Gen. 3:15, and, like a mighty Samson, also broke open and burst apart the gates of hell, Judg. 16:3, took from death its sting, from hell its poison, 1 Cor. 15:55, 56, and could deprive the devil of His power, Heb. 2:14 — and thus showed Himself to be Lord both of the living and of the dead, Rom. 14:9. Finally (4), it looks to His heavenly glory, into which He, through His Resurrection, necessarily had to enter, Luke 24:26, and obtained that name which is above every name, Phil. 2:9, 10, and was thus crowned with honor and glory, Heb. 2:7. But the end and usefulness of the Resurrection also looks, second, to Christians, for whom this Resurrection (1) seals the most complete victory over death and over the whole power of darkness, 1 Cor. 15:57, Col. 2:15; (2) makes indubitable the most exact satisfaction rendered on behalf of their sins, Rom. 4:25, 1 Cor. XV. 17 — because a surety and sponsor is not released from prison until He has fully paid the debt: compare Matt. 5:26 and XVIII. 34; (3) opens and paves the way to those benefits which are wont to be distributed through the remaining degrees of Exaltation — the Ascension and the sitting at God's right hand — for example, to an unceasing intercession for us, Rom. 8:34, Heb. 7:16, 17 with v. 24, 25; to the sending out of the Holy Spirit, John 16:7; to the awakening of faith, through the Spirit of faith given to us, 2 Cor. 4:13; and other benefits, of which separately, under the following degrees of the Exaltation; (4) furnishes them, from His Resurrection, a firmness, foundation, example, and pledge, both of their spiritual, and of their blessed bodily, resurrection — insofar as He (a) makes alive with Himself those who were by nature dead in sins, Eph. 2:5, 6; (b) gives them an example, after which they must model their spiritual Resurrection, Rom. 6:5; and (c) also an undoubted pledge of their own blessed natural Resurrection which shall one day follow — because they, as members with their Head, have grown together and been united together.
XIII.
There remains for us also to touch briefly upon the life and acts of Christ, from His Resurrection until His Ascension, throughout the whole space of forty days, Acts 1:3. First He shows Himself to Mary Magdalene, and, after a little while, also makes Himself known to her, Mark 16:9 — after which the certainty of the Resurrection began to be spread among the Disciples, John 20:14-18. Second, He appeared again to the women, returning from the grave, Matt. 28:9, 10. Third, He presented Himself to two Disciples, going to Emmaus, as a companion and fellow-traveler, taught them from Holy Scripture the necessity of the Mediator's humiliation and exaltation, and finally made Himself known to them in the breaking and distributing of bread, Luke 24:13-31, Mark 16:12 — then He also appeared to Peter, Luke 24:34, and to the rest of the Apostles, Thomas being absent, presented Himself to be touched by them, and ate with them — certainly not out of necessity, but moved by the usefulness of this mutual intercourse, in order to remove from them all cause and suspicion of doubting His Resurrection, John 20:24, 25 and XXI. 4, 5, 6. Again, fourth, after eight days, He is with His own, Thomas being present, and gives Thomas His hands and His side to touch and examine, chapter XX. 26. Further He appeared in Galilee to the Disciples, fishing in the sea of Tiberias; tests and proves Peter concerning the sincerity of His love toward Him, at the same time and repeatedly commends to Him the pastoral office, and admonishes Him of various other things, John XXI. Again He appeared to the Apostles on the mountain of Galilee, Matt. 28:16 — at one time also to more than five hundred brothers at once, 1 Cor. 15:6, 7. Finally, to all the Apostles, having led them out toward Bethany, near the Mount of Olives, now about to ascend into heaven, He speaks with them of the things pertaining to the Kingdom of God, Acts 1:4-9, 11 — that is, of the preaching of the Gospel, of the formation and ordering of Congregations, of the administration of the Sacraments, of Church Discipline, of the sanctification of the Lord's Day as the Christian Sabbath, and of other matters — which, though not so distinctly expressed in the sacred Text, He undoubtedly discussed with them; and He promises them the presence of His grace until the end of the ages, Matt. 28:16, Mark 16:14-19, John 21:14, 1 Cor. XV. 23. So that it is altogether consonant with reason that the Apostles, from these last conversations and discourses with Christ, derived and drew most of what they instituted and established concerning the governance and well-ordered arrangement of the churches, concerning the observance of the Lord's Day, and other Church solemnities.
The Polemical Part
XIV.
Concerning Christ's Resurrection, these are the questions and points of controversy. First: whether Jesus truly rose from the dead? Among Christians there are none who deny this, unless perhaps those who blaspheme that He never truly died at all. The Jews of old denied it stubbornly, and deny it still — although Peter, in a very great assembly, with a single sermon, convinced them so powerfully that in one day about three thousand of them came over to him, Acts 2:40, 41. And in order that we too, if not with equal, at least with some measure of power, may convince our Jews, it will be useful that we observe, in conversing and disputing with them, this method and order: that we (I), following the examples of Peter, Acts 2:24-33, and of Paul, Acts 13:32-38, first of all demonstrate that the long-promised Messiah had to die and rise again, Luke 24:25 — to which the predictions and types belong which we have adduced in §. III. Then (II), that we compare the fulfillment from the history of the Evangelists, and other testimonies of the New Testament. And in order that these matters may press home the more forcefully, it will be (III) useful to have at hand, ready, all the proofs by which we demonstrate that our Jesus is that promised Messiah — for if the Messiah, according to the Scriptures, had to rise from the dead, and if our Jesus is the Messiah, who then can doubt that He has risen? This having been happily accomplished, I do not see what the Jews, even with the slightest plausibility, could undertake against the Resurrection of Christ.
XV.
One asks, second: whether Christ's Resurrection is nothing other than becoming present again out of a former non-presence? The Socinians say, in so many words (thus Smalcius, de divinit. Christ., chapter XIII), that this is nothing other, and so also that dying is, with them, nothing other than to be no longer present; thus, likewise, to rise again is, with them, nothing other than to become present again; likewise also Christ's descent into hell is, with them, nothing other than a certain determined state of non-presence, into which the Savior descended, for the truth of His death. Christians, on the contrary, hold, with the Scriptures, that the Resurrection is nothing other than a reuniting of the essential parts, soul and body — separated indeed by death, yet still existing. The grounds of the Socinian opinion have already been refuted and overthrown at length and expressly at chapter XII, §. XVII, and chapter XIII, §. III; and we add here nothing further than that the Socinian opinion is false, and in fact does away with: (I) the Resurrection of Christ itself, to which they wish to ascribe as much, indeed more, than to His death — since such a "resurrection" is nothing other than a new creation of a new body; (II) it does away entirely with the resurrection of the flesh altogether — for the very definition of the name requires that a man's dead body (cadaver, a word derived among the Hebrews, Greeks, and Latins, a cadendo, that is, from falling) be raised up and awakened from and out of its own fall, so that it be a true ἀνάστασις, a rising again, as Damascene sensibly, aptly, and elegantly explains the word: δευτέρα τοῦ πεπτωκότος στάσις — "a second standing of that which had fallen." Meanwhile the Socinians urge, for their opinion, besides what we have adduced in the aforementioned passage, chapter XII: (I) that He, on account of this repeated presence at the Resurrection, is called the firstborn from the dead, Col. 1:18, Rev. 1:5. Answer: (a) This is false, for on that reckoning Christ would have been born two or three times: first, of eternity, Ps. 2:7; then of the blessed Virgin; and finally through the Resurrection. But (b) He is so called by reason of the right, the power, and the authority of the firstborn, whereby He rules over the living and the dead, Rom. 14:9, just as He is called the firstborn of all creation, Col. 1:15. (2) That He is said to have become the firstfruits of those who are asleep: ἀπαρχὴ τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἐγένετο, 1 Cor. 15:20. Answer: truly not on account of some new presence received through the resurrection, but (a) on account of that blessing, that through Christ's Resurrection the whole mass (multitude) of believers who rise is sanctified, according to that of Rom. 11:16: "if the firstfruits be holy, so is the lump also." (3) That He is hence called Father of eternity, אֲבִי־עַד, Isa. IX, because since such a resurrection men have begun to live an eternal life, just as, since Adam, men have begun to live a frail and perishable life — thus Smalcius (de divin. Chr., chapter XIII) speaks. Answer: (a) Such a "resurrection" is nothing but a bare figment and fabrication. Nor (b) could He, through His Resurrection, have become for His own a Father and a cause of eternity, since He had eternal life in Himself, John 5:27, as the true God Himself, 1 John 5:20.
XVI.
One asks, third: whether He rose by the power of His Divine Nature alone? The Socinians, because they deny the Divine Nature of Christ, are likewise compelled to deny this question. The Lutherans, serving their own suppositions, according to which, through the personal union, Divine attributes — and among these a Divine power — were communicated to the human nature, do indeed acknowledge that He was raised by the power of the Divine nature, but add that He was also raised by the human nature, by the power of the Divine power communicated to it. Whence they hold that Christ raised Himself in three ways: (I) essentially, by the very power of the Divine Nature; (II) personally (hypostatically), by the power communicated to Him from His Father through the eternal generation; (III) by a certain communion (synkoinonesia), according to the human nature, through the personal union. The Reformed hold, first, against the Socinians, that Christ rose by His own power: (I) because this is expressly stated, John 2:19 and X. 18, 1 Cor. 15:45, Zech. 6:12, John 5:26, Acts 1:3; (2) because it has already been demonstrated above, Book II, chapter XXVI, that He is the true, eternal God, of one essence with the Father, who assumed the human nature into the unity of the Person. Against which it is poorly and wrongly objected: (a) that He is commonly said to have been raised by His Father, Acts 2:24, Eph. 1:19, 20. Answer: subordinate matters do not conflict here — just as the Father is said to have delivered up the Son, Rom. 8:32, and the Son Himself, Gal. 2:20, Eph. 5:2, 25; the Father has placed the Son at His right hand, Eph. 1:20, and the Son Himself sits, Mark 16:19; the Father has made His enemies subject to Him, Ps. 110:2, and He does so Himself, 1 Cor. 15:25 — so also the Father raised Him up, and He Himself, because the essential power of both Persons is one and the same. (b) They hold it to be ridiculous that anyone should call himself back to life. Answer: this is not ridiculous to one who, with Scripture, acknowledges two natures in Christ — that the Divine nature was able to raise up the human. (c) That He prayed and entreated His Father for His resurrection, Ps. 16:8, 9, 10, Acts 2:26, 27. Answer: it is not said in these passages that He begged His resurrection from the Father; rather, He only declares the certainty of His future resurrection: nor, even if this were indeed said, would it follow that He had not risen by His own power — for Christ was also able to raise Lazarus by His own power, John 11:21, and yet He brought this, in prayer, thankfully to His Father, John 11:42. Then, second, the Reformed maintain, against the Lutherans, that Christ by no means rose by the power of a Divine Might communicated to the human nature through the personal Union — because not only is the supposition of a Divine power communicated to the human nature through the personal Union a fabrication and fiction, as we have demonstrated at length and expressly, chapter IV — but also because, in this way, the human nature would have raised itself, which is absurd.
XVII.
One asks, fourth: whether the body of the risen Christ passed through the stone that had been rolled before the mouth of the grave, and through the closed door of the grave? The Lutherans, in order the more easily to defend the presence of Christ's flesh in the bread of the Supper, notwithstanding a penetration of dimensions, hold both: the Reformed deny it — because (I) Scripture has not so much as a hint of this; indeed (II) all the Evangelists plainly testify the contrary, when they relate that an earthquake occurred, and that an Angel came down from heaven and rolled away the stone, Matt. 28:2, Mark 16:4, Luke 24:2, John 20:1. (III) Because a penetration of dimensions involves the plainest contradiction, and does away with the very nature of a body — according to which Christ would no longer be the God-man, and like us in all things, sin excepted. Let me add (IV) that this is contrary to the Parties' own suppositions: for if the flesh of Christ has had omnipresence — from the personal union onward, with respect to possession, and from the glorification onward, with respect to use — in what way could it then, without passing through, have changed place at all? Nor do they have anything to object, except (I) that the Angel rolled away the stone after the Resurrection had already taken place. Answer: this is denied; let them prove it. They maintain and say: the Angel rolled away the stone in order to show the accomplished Resurrection to the approaching women — whence the Angel, having stretched out his hand, as it were, toward the grave, uses this cry: "He is not here, for He is risen — come, see the place where the Lord lay," Matt. 28:6. Answer: subordinate matters do not conflict — the Angel rolled away the stone when Christ was about to go forth; finally the Angel shows the approaching women the place where the Savior had lain. They object (2): if He was able to raise Himself, He was also able, the grave being closed by the stone, to rise. Answer: (a) the inference from "being able" to "being" does not hold here. (b) It is an unfortunate argument, because a penetration of dimensions involves a contradiction, and does away with the truth of a human body. But, they say, (3), He powerfully demonstrated by His Resurrection that He was the Son of God, Rom. 1:4. But now, what kind of proof would this have been, if He had needed another's help to open the grave? Answer: (a) He did not use the Angel's service out of need, but out of an abundance of power, since it extends over the Angels, Heb. 1:14 — just as He used the Angels' service to make His Resurrection known and manifest, not out of need, but out of an abundance of power. Then also (b), notwithstanding this service of the Angels in rolling away the stone, He has nevertheless, through His Resurrection, most powerfully demonstrated Himself to be the Son of God, insofar as He made Himself alive by His own power. They object (4) the passage from John 20:19: "And when it was evening, on that first day of the week, and the doors were shut where the Disciples were gathered together, for fear of the Jews, Jesus came and stood in the midst," etc. Therefore, they say, He passed through the closed doors. Answer: it is not said "through the closed doors," which alone is in dispute; rather, only the time at which He came to them is indicated, namely, that it was evening, when the doors were shut.
XVIII.
One asks, fifth: whether He rose with a glorified body? The Socinians deny that the body which He had at the Resurrection was already a glorified body, holding that it first received its glorification after the Ascension. The Reformed, though they acknowledge that the splendor of the glorified body was seen and known more fully after the Ascension, hold nonetheless that He had the glorification itself immediately after the Resurrection, for reasons noted in the Doctrinal Part, §. V — according to which one cannot suppose that Believers, in their resurrection, receive immortality and incorruptibility, indeed also glory, according to the testimony of Paul, 1 Cor. 15:52-54, and that Christ should not have received this. Meanwhile the Parties press: (1) that He ate and drank, Luke 24:42, 43. Answer: not driven by necessity, but by His own will; not out of hunger, but in order thereby to prove that He was not a spirit or a phantom. (2) That He showed the marks in His hands and feet, John 20:25. Answer: certainly He did not show them out of weakness, but so that He might make it all the more certain to Thomas — who pressed Him to do so — that He was that very same one who had died, John 20:27. (3) That the place of glorification is in heaven. Answer: the usual place, indeed, but this does not conflict with there also having been, outside of heaven, an occasion of glorification upon earth, as is evident from Moses and Elijah with the glorified Christ, Matt. XVII. (4) That He prays to be glorified — undoubtedly, through the ascension and the sitting at God's right hand — John 17:5. Answer: this is true, yet it does not prevent that He was also already, beforehand, glorified in His Resurrection, John 19:28 and I. 14.
XIX.
One asks, sixth: whether there is more weight and importance for the cause of Christians in the Resurrection than in the Death of Christ? The Socinians, in order the more forcefully to fend off the satisfaction and merit of Christ's death, hold that Christ promised to those who believe in Him and are obedient to His Gospel (which is, with them, nothing other than the Law of Moses, as improved and enlarged by Christ) the forgiveness of sins, and, through the Resurrection, moreover, eternal life; and that He, in order that they might do this the more securely, and obey the more readily, chose to die, so that He might be able to rise, ascend, and sit in glory — thereby confirming in His own example the resurrection and eternal life. That therefore the resurrection is the end and aim of His death; and that consequently there is more weight and importance in and about His resurrection than in and about His death. Indeed, they even slander the Reformed, that they diminish and shortchange the Resurrection and Exaltation, when they bring the forgiveness of sins, the power of a new obedience, and all blessings, and eternal salvation, to Christ's death and humiliation. The Reformed, just as they bring the acquisition of all salvation and of all good, with the Scriptures, to Christ's death and humiliation, so likewise bring the application thereof to His resurrection and exaltation — and, they say, just as the application is impossible without the acquisition, so the acquisition would be idle, useless, and in vain, without the application. Whence they regard the humiliation and exaltation, the death and resurrection, as coordinate and subordinate matters, which are therefore alike to one another in their kind, and this in accordance with Scripture, Rom. 4:25. To test and examine the suppositions of the Socinian opinion belongs partly to chapter II, of the Mediator, and partly to the chapter of the Purchase and Redemption.
XX.
One asks, seventh: whether, in memory of Christ's Resurrection, a certain special Feast ought to be prescribed to the Church? The Papists, in order the more forcefully to uphold the legislative power of tradition, and (following the example of the Roman Bishop Victor, who, already toward the end of the second Century, excluded from the fellowship of the Church the churches of all Asia, together with all the neighboring churches that differed from him on the matter of the celebration of Easter — according to the testimony of Eusebius, Historia Ecclesiastica, book V, Latin edition, chapters 22, 23, 24) hold that such a Feast is of ancient standing. The Lutherans, I know not for what reason, contrary to their own suppositions, and contrary to the perfection of Scripture, hold with the Papists on this point, and even ascribe to that Feast greater reverence than to the Lord's Day itself. The Reformed, although they grant that all times can be devoted to the memory of God's excellent benefits (such as that shown to us in Christ's Resurrection), nevertheless deny that any certain special Feast ought to be prescribed to the whole Church: (I) because Scripture knows nothing whatever of such a feast; (II) because one does not read that Christ gave the Church the power to institute new Feasts; (III) because He has abolished all the feasts of the Jews, Col. 2:16, 17, Gal. 4:10, 11; (IV) because the Lord's Day, appointed in fact for the memory of the Savior's resurrection, is sufficient. Let this suffice — at least to have touched upon it here with a finger; elsewhere it shall be taught more broadly, and expressly.
The Practical Part
XXI.
Christ's Resurrection furnishes, first, an excellent support for our faith, 1 Cor. 15:14: "if Christ is not raised... your faith is vain." Whence (I) God, in and with His Providence, has been so very careful that the Resurrection should, at the very first, be made manifest to men, and that too by unshakable proofs, on that very same day, in its earliest dawn, demonstrated to men, Matt. 28:1, Mark 16:2, 9. That He (II) used, as the first proclaimers of it, not people of every sort, but Angels — and this shining with so great a majesty, Matt. 28:3 — and not merely one, but two: so that in the mouth of two, and of such great witnesses, all truth might stand fast, Deut. 17:6 — who are said to have testified to that resurrection not merely once, but four times: (1) Matt. 28:2; (2) Luke 24:4; (3) John 20:12. And not only have they testified to it, but also in many ways have most exactly proven and demonstrated it: (a) by refuting the vain and futile efforts of the women, whereby they sought the living among the dead, Luke 24:5; (b) by denying that He was in the grave, there, v. 6; (c) by clearly assuring the Resurrection — "for He is risen," there; (d) by calling to remembrance the prediction of Christ Himself — "remember how He spoke to you while He was still in Galilee," v. 6, 7; (e) by pointing out the place where He had lain, Matt. 28:6, Mark 16:6; (f) by commanding that the women should also convey to the Disciples the Resurrection revealed to them, Mark 16:7, and that they should do this in haste, Matt. 28:8. Whence (III) the Savior Himself, immediately after His Resurrection, appeared so often to His own, conversed with them most familiarly, ate, drank, and spoke — for a full forty days, as we have shown in the Doctrinal Part. For this reason (IV) Paul so extensively and carefully impresses the Resurrection of Christ upon the Corinthians, 1 Cor. 15:3-21, as being the principal part of his whole Gospel, relating various appearances of Him, and setting forth its excellent weight for faith, for hope, for eternal salvation. For indeed upon this Resurrection depends: (a) the belief in Christ's eternal Godhead, Rom. 1:4; (b) the truth of the Mediatorial office, that He is the Messiah who had to rise according to the Scriptures, Acts 13:32-37; (c) the certainty of a most exact Satisfaction, and of our justification, Rom. 4:25; (d) the compelling consequence of our own blessed Resurrection, 1 Cor. 15:18, 19, 20. Let me say it in one word: (e) the whole foundation of the Christian religion — for if Christ has not risen, then we have either no Messiah, or a dead man who is truly none. There is, therefore, great reason that we should apply all our effort to this end: (1) that we be immovably convinced of the infallibility of Christ's Resurrection — for to this end the Apostle is so thorough, 1 Cor. 15:3-21; (2) that we grasp and see through its nature more and more, Phil. 3:10; (3) that we carry the memory of it about with us everywhere, 2 Tim. 2:8, Luke 24:6, 7, 8; (4) that we confess it undauntedly, Rom. 10:9.
XXII.
Second, Christ's Resurrection furnishes us matter and ground for and unto the glorification of God. For the glory of God is, just as of the whole work of Redemption, so also of this Resurrection, the ultimate end, Rom. 6:4: "that, just as Christ was raised from the dead to the glory of the Father," etc., Phil. 2:11. For in it indeed appears (I) the glory of God's truthfulness and faithfulness, in the keeping of His promises made to the Mediator, His Son, of old, Isa. 53:10. There appears (II) the glory of God's distributive righteousness, whereby God gave to Christ, on account of His willingly undertaken and endured humiliation and obedience, the glory befitting and belonging to Him, Phil. 2:7, 8, 9. There appears (III) the glory of God's power and might, which He exercised and demonstrated in the raising up of His Son, Eph. 1:19, 20. (IV) The glory of God's wisdom, whereby He knew how to bring about, out of so deep a humiliation and annihilation, so exalted an exaltation — whereby the Mediator was able to triumph over all things: death, hell, and the whole power of darkness, Phil. 2:7-9, Col. 2:15. There appears also (V) the glory of God's grace and mercy, that He has brought back into life, out of death, not only our Mediator, King, Lord, Head, Brother, Bridegroom — and that for our sake — but has also made us alive and raised us up, in and with Him, Eph. 2:4, 5, 7. Let us glorify all these and other such glorious perfections of God, appearing in the Resurrection of Christ, by (1) acknowledging them with our heart, (2) celebrating them with our mouth, (3) repaying them with our works, so that, just as Christ was raised from the dead to the glory of the Father, so we too may walk in newness of life, Rom. 6:4.
XXIII.
Third, Christ's Resurrection stirs us up to wish, from the heart, joy and good fortune to the Christ who has risen from the dead, and gloriously triumphs over death, hell, and all our and His enemies, to acclaim Him, and to sing to Him this song of thanksgiving, with the Apostle, 1 Cor. 15:54-57: "Death is swallowed up in victory. O death, where is your sting? O hell, where is your victory? Thanks be to God, who gives us the victory through our Lord Jesus Christ" — from Isa. 25:8, Hos. 13:14. For if Moses, with his own, sang to God a song of thanksgiving, when God had destroyed their enemies, the Egyptians, in the Red Sea, Exod. 15:1-22; if the Israelites wished David joy and acclaimed him, when he had slain their enemy Goliath, 1 Sam. 18:6, 7; if the four Apocalyptic creatures, if the twenty-four Elders, if the ten thousand times ten thousand of the Angels, if all creatures that are in heaven, and on the earth, and under the earth, and in the sea, have acclaimed Him who lives forever and ever, with honor, and glory, and strength, unto the ages of ages, Rev. 4:9, 10, 11 and V. 11 — shall we not also wish Him joy and acclaim Him, since He has risen so greatly both for Himself and indeed for us? Shall we not wish Him joy and acclaim Him (1) over the deliverance from so deep an abyss of humiliation and misery, Phil. 2:7, 8, 9, Acts 2:24; (2) over the recovered and glorious life, after so many, and so shameful, deaths, Ps. 16:9, 10, Acts 2:27, 28, Ps. 110:7; (3) over His triumph over all, both His and our enemies, 1 Cor. 15:55-57, Col. 2:15; (4) over the ineffable glory acquired and obtained by Him for Himself, Heb. 2:6-10, from Ps. 8:4, 5, 6, 10; (5) over the righteousness restored for us and to us, Rom. 4:25. Let us, then, wish Him joy and acclaim Him: (1) by being glad, with the disciples, John 20:20 — "they were glad when they saw the Lord"; (2) by wishing Him blessing and prosperity, Ps. 118:22, 25, 26; (3) by celebrating, praising, and glorifying the risen Christ, there, v. 22-26; (4) by bringing Him thanksgiving, 1 Cor. 15:57, Rom. 7:24, for all those benefits which He, through His Resurrection, has obtained and acquired for us, according to §. XII.
XXIV.
Fourth, Christ's Resurrection furnishes us a most powerful comfort: (I) by driving away all fear, Matt. 28:5; (II) by raising up a living hope, 1 Pet. 1:3 and III. 21; (III) by awakening gladness and joy, John 20:20; (IV) by bringing peace, John 20:19; (V) by wiping away our tears, John 20:13. In this way it furnishes us a most powerful consolation: (1) against sin, as it presses and oppresses us — for He has risen for our justification, Rom. 4:25, 1 Cor. XV. 17; (2) against the Divine wrath, kindled against us on account of our sins — for His Resurrection assures us that He has reconciled and appeased the Father on our behalf; (3) against the tempting Satan, because through His Resurrection He has subdued Satan and triumphed over him, Col. 2:15, Ps. 110:1; (4) against our earthly enemies, inasmuch as, in rising, He so terrified the guards, His enemies, that they became as dead men, and put them to flight and drove them away, Matt. 28:4; (5) against every kind of disturbance and agitation of mind — since He, standing among His disciples, who feared the persecutions of their enemies, stood in their midst and announced peace to them, John 20:19, 20, and, on account of the death of their Master, being exceedingly troubled and sorrowful (σκυθρωποί), was, though unknown to them, present with them as a comforter, Luke 24:17; (6) against dreadful hell — since He, in rising, has neither Himself been left in hell, nor will leave His own, Ps. 16:10, and has taken from hell its victory, 1 Cor. 15:55-57; (7) against death — since He, by rising, has overcome Death, and taken from it its sting, 1 Cor. 15:55, and is Himself the resurrection and the life, John 11:25. All of which points shall raise us up and comfort us the more powerfully, the more we consider the greater part of the circumstances of this Resurrection: namely, (a) the Person who rose, since He is the very same who died, in order to deliver us from the fear of death, Heb. 2:14, and to save us by His life, Rom. 5:10; (b) the power of the Resurrection, since it furnishes a proof that He has, in the most complete manner, done enough for us; that He is mightier and stronger than death, the Devil, and hell; that He lives forever, and can therefore save us to the uttermost, Heb. 7:24 — indeed, that He has and carries the keys of death and of hell, Rev. 1:18; (c) that heaven was opened at His Resurrection, so that His soul might be reunited with His body; that the Angels came down, to take away all fear from the fearful Women, Matt. 28:5, and that there was, as it were, a certain ladder erected, reaching from earth to heaven, in that very place where this heavenly Jacob had lain and slept, Gen. 28:12, along which we may afterward, with Him, ascend to His God, and to our God, John 20:17; (d) that the white and shining garments, in which the Angels announced the Resurrection, were given as a pledge of those white and shining garments with which Christ's Bride, Rev. 19:8, and each of His own, chapter VI. 11, according to Christ's promise, shall, on rising, be clothed, chapter III. 5, so as to shine in them like the Sun, Matt. 13:43, and be like the Angels, Matt. 22:30; (e) that the Angels, as the messengers of Christ's Resurrection, show that they have become our friends, because Christ has risen, and have on that account become for us ministering spirits, Heb. 1:14, our fellow servants, Rev. 19:10, ready to converse and deal familiarly with us, as with the women, Mark 16:6, with whom we shall one day be gathered together into one most blessed universal assembly, Heb. 12:22; (f) that the terrifying enemies, made as it were lifeless and as dead men by the accomplished Resurrection, testified by their flight that we too, delivered out of the hand of every kind of enemy, shall serve God without fear, in holiness and righteousness before Him, all the days of our life, Luke 1:74, 75; (g) that the risen Christ Himself, scarcely raised and risen, as though anxious for the comfort of His sorrowing disciples, took care that His Resurrection should be announced to them, Matt. 28:16, 17; that He came to them, gathered together for the most part, greeted them most kindly, and wished and imparted peace to them, John 20:19, and charged them to spread the Gospel of this resurrection over the whole earth, Matt. 28:19, Mark 16:15; finally (h) that He declared that He had by no means risen in order to forsake His own, but that He, with His grace, and with His Spirit, would be with and among them to the end of the world, Matt. 28:20; that He would protect them, and save them eternally, as that for which He now lives forever, Heb. 7:25. How great, and how ineffable, a comfort is there, good God, in...
XXV.
Fifth, the Resurrection of Christ strikes terror and trembling into His enemies, Matt. 28:4. And who, then, are these enemies? (I) Those who, Christ being dead, seek to put Him out of the way — if not in His own Person, at least in His members, as the Jews, the Priests, and the Pharisees, Matt. 17:22, who, after His death, persecute His disciples, John 20:19. (II) Those who are afraid on account of His Resurrection, like the Chief Priests and Pharisees, Matt. 27:62, 63, who do not love His appearing, 1 Tim. 4:8. (III) Those who, calling in the worldly arm to help, seek to prevent it, as those same men, Matt. 27:64. (IV) Those who, with an armed force of soldiers, and by other means — for example, by the sealing of the grave — set themselves against it, as, along with them, Pilate, Matt. 27:65, 66. (V) Those who lend their service, in every kind of way, to this end, that Christ should not rise, or live, as the soldiers, acting as guards, Matt. 28:4. (VI) Those who, being convinced in their conscience of the truth of Jesus' resurrection, hold it down in unrighteousness, Rom. 1:18, as the Chief Priests and Pharisees, making, to this end, an agreement with the guards, Matt. 28:11-14. (VII) Those who, with united counsels and forces, through lying, through deceit, through money, through promises of safety, persuade others, and are the cause that others suppress and fight against the truth, like the Jewish Council, Matt. 28:12-14. (VIII) Those who, out of love of money, let their mouths be stopped, so as not to confess the truth — indeed, who even suppress it with lies, like the guards, Matt. 28:15. (IX) Those who lend open ears to the lies by which the truth of Christ is suppressed, and, knowing the truth, nevertheless will not acknowledge and confess it — as the Jews eagerly took up the lies spread abroad by the guards, Matt. 28:15. (X) Those who, on account of the confession of the truth, persecute the disciples of Christ most cruelly, John 20:19, Acts 4:16-18, and V. 17, 18, 28, 40. Through all these, Christ's Resurrection shall be a terror, to such a degree that they, struck with fear, shall become as dead men, Matt. 28:4. For this reason (1) they shall one day experience the Angels, sent to the disciples to deliver them, as avengers of the hatred, the slaying, and the enmity practiced against Christ and His own — armed with majesty, power, and flaming swords, Gen. 3:24 — whom the Son of man, after His resurrection, shall send out to gather out of His Kingdom, and to remove, all offenses, and those who commit iniquity, Matt. 13:41, in order, with Him, in flaming fire, to take vengeance upon them, 2 Thess. 1:7, 8, 9. (2) Because they shall see that very same Jesus, whom they crucified, whose resurrection they sought with all their might to prevent, and whose glory they sought to smother, living, and returning with so great a majesty, to take vengeance, there, v. 7, 8, 9. How great a fear and trembling shall those things stir up! so that they shall cry out: "Mountains and rocks, fall on us, and hide us from the face of Him who sits on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb," Rev. 6:16. (3) Because they shall experience the wrath of God revealed from heaven over their godlessness and unrighteousness, whereby they have held down the truth in unrighteousness, Rom. 1:18, their conscience accusing and condemning them, Rom. 2:15. (4) Because they have crucified the Lord of glory, 1 Cor. 2:8, Acts 2:36, and have sought to take from Him the glory of His Resurrection, etc.
XXVI.
Sixth, the Resurrection of Christ ought to move each of us to examine and search ourselves carefully, whether Christ has also risen for us. For since He (I) has not risen for all, and for every one alike — not for the Chief Priests, Pharisees, Jews, Pilate, Herod, the crucifying Soldiers; not for the guards, who sought to prevent and smother His Resurrection; since (II) there are so great benefits, so great comforts, in this Resurrection, as we have said; since (III) so great a terror, so great a misery, hangs over the heads of all those for whose sake He has not risen — is it not, then, worth the trouble and the pains, to inquire diligently and carefully, whether He has also risen for us? But by what marks shall we surely find this out? Answer: He has risen (1) for all those, and those alone, for whom He died, Rom. 4:25, VI. 10. We may therefore be assured, by all the same marks, that He rose for us, by which we are assured that He died for us — which we shall set forth in the chapter on Redemption. He has risen (2) for His disciples, to whom He wills that His resurrection be announced, Matt. 28:10. Who now are His true and genuine disciples He Himself shows, Luke 14:33, and elsewhere. He has risen (3) for those who have died and been crucified with Him, Gal. 2:20, Rom. 6:5. He has risen (4) for those who, though He is dead, sincerely love and cherish Him; who take care that He be buried, anoint Him, and seek Him in the early morning; who are sorrowful that He has been taken from them; who are glad that He has, through His Resurrection, been given back to them — as Joseph of Arimathea, Nicodemus, the Women, Mary Magdalene, Peter, John, and all His Disciples, as is evident from the history of the Resurrection. He has risen (5) for those who believe; who give credence to the Angels announcing the Resurrection; who, with Thomas, are now no longer unbelieving, but believing, John 20:27; who believe with the heart that God raised Him from the dead, Rom. 10:9, that is, who embrace and receive, with and in faith, the Jesus who died and rose again, John 1:12. He has risen (6) for those who are united with Him by a living faith, so that they rise with Him, Col. 3:1, Eph. 2:5, 6. He has risen (7) for those who, with Him who has risen, walk in newness of life, Rom. 6:4. He has risen (8) for those who no longer live to themselves, but to Him, Rom. 14:7, 8, 9, 2 Cor. V. 15. He has risen (9) for those who love His appearing, and long for it, 2 Tim. 4:8 — unlike the Chief Priests and soldiers.
XXVII.
Seventh, the Resurrection of Christ kindles a desire and longing, and an earnestness, to experience the power of His Resurrection, Phil. 3:10, 11, whereby we are, first, raised up with Christ out of spiritual death, of which Eph. 2:5, 6, and afterward, being raised, obtain a share in the fruits of Christ's Resurrection. Of the first, the Savior Himself gives a striking example, immediately after His Resurrection, in the conversion of two Disciples going to Emmaus, Luke 24:13-36, in order to show therein, as in a mirror, 1 Tim. 1:16, in what manner, and by what roundabout ways, God is accustomed to bring a man over from the state of sin into the state of grace, and thereby to apply to him the power of Christ's death and resurrection. This manner and way consists in a preparation for conversion, in the conversion itself, and in its consequences. Each of these points was visible in these travelers. These were indeed Disciples, that is, Christians by profession; but they were foolish and slow of heart to believe, v. 25, and they thus display the natural condition of us all, so long as we are in the state of sin — for we are, with them, (I) in the understanding, foolish and unwise, ἀνόητοι, 1 Cor. 2:14, Eph. 4:18, Gal. 3:1; (II) in the heart, or in the will, slow, βραδεῖς, devoid of all inclination to any spiritual good, Eph. 4:18, 19, 22; (III) inclined and prone to unbelief, unwilling to believe God and the Scriptures, John 20:25 — and, on account of all this, we are dead in sins, Eph. 2:1, 5. These men, then, being about to be converted for our example, and the power of the resurrection being about to be manifested in them, He immediately prepares them, through four degrees, which are displayed in the Disciples' going out from the city of Jerusalem toward the village of Emmaus. The first of these degrees is God's immediate quickening and awakening, Eph. 2:5. For these Disciples, walking along by chance, and thinking least of all of their conversion — who could not be delivered from their foolishness, unwisdom, slowness of heart, and unbelief, that spiritual death, by so many sermons of Christ Himself, by so many miracles of His, by so familiar an intercourse with Him, and thus by so many, and so powerful, means of grace — with these, I say, God is present, in their walking, with His life-giving grace, of which Eph. 1:19, 20, and begins the work of conversion. Thus He lets Himself be found by those who did not seek Him, Isa. 65:1, 2, Rom. 10:20. Thus He suddenly lays hold of Peter and Andrew, busy with their fishing, Matt. 4:18, 19; of Matthew, sitting at the tax office, Matt. 9:9; of Paul, traveling, and even raging against the Christians, Acts 9:1; of the Jailer, Acts 16:23-35; and others, and makes them alive, where before they were dead in sins. The second degree is a breaking, a humbling, and a wholesome despair. For what drove these disciples to this walk, other than a deep grief and sorrow, v. 17, on account of their Master, now crucified at Jerusalem, on whom all their hope had rested, v. 21 — a grief and despair which they somewhat sought to heal by this brief walk? Thus, then, God, when He has made alive those who are to be converted, brings them, out of a sense of sin and of a pressing guilt and misery, to a deep pain and sorrow; He takes from them all hope of any help — whether in themselves, or in anyone else apart from Christ — and thereby brings them to a spirit of bondage unto fear, Rom. 8:15, likewise to a spirit of fearfulness, 2 Tim. 1:7, after the example of the Israelites at Pentecost, Acts 2:37, of the Jailer, Acts 16:27, of Paul, Acts 9:3-6, and of others. The third degree is a disgust with the world and with worldly things, by which, as it were, Christ is crucified. For what drove the Disciples out of Jerusalem, a city that was the eye of the whole world, other than the disgust that their Master had been crucified there? Thus God is accustomed, in those who are to be converted, to raise up a contempt and a disgust for all worldly pride and pomp, 1 John 2:15, 16, 17, so that they should go forth out of it, Heb. 13:13, compare Gen. 12:7, Ps. 45:11, 12. The fourth degree of preparation is the desire and longing for fellowship with the godly, and for such conversations as can further spiritual things — for the Disciples, already made alive, and filled with grief and sorrow, after they had left Jerusalem, what company and fellowship did they seek, other than one another; and what conversation, other than of their crucified Master? Luke 24:14. Thus He awakens, in those who are to be converted, and who are already converted, a love and longing for godly fellowship, converse, and company, Ps. 16:3 and XLII. These degrees of preparation having thus been sent ahead, the Savior begins, immediately after His Resurrection, the work of conversion in these Disciples, through various roundabout ways and acts: (1) He is present with them in their anxieties and distresses, though unknown — thus He is present with His grace among the sorrowful and broken in spirit, who are now to be converted, Ps. 34:19, LI. 19, and XCI. 15, although their eyes are held, so that they do not know Him to be present with them. (2) He examines and questions them, in order to bring them to knowledge of themselves, Luke 24:17, just as those who are to be converted are accustomed to do to themselves, Lam. 3:40, 2 Cor. XIII. 5, Zeph. 2:1, Gal. 6:4. (3) He wrings from them a disclosure of their spiritual state, through an open-hearted confession, Luke 24:17, 25. Thus God dealt with the first man, who was to be converted, Gen. 3:8-14, and Nathan with David, 2 Sam. 12:1-8. (4) By, after the Disciples' contradiction, v. 18, wringing from them the confession of their faith: (a) concerning the Person of Jesus — "the things concerning Jesus of Nazareth," v. 19; (b) concerning His Office, and indeed the Prophetic office alone, there — "who was a prophet mighty in deed and word"; (c) concerning the state of His humiliation and death, v. 20; (d) concerning the state of His exaltation, in the Resurrection, v. 22, 23, 24; (e) concerning their faith in, and hope upon, Him, v. 21: "and we hoped," etc. By which Confession they display the common natural condition of all who must and shall yet be converted: with respect (a) to the blindness of the understanding, whereby their eyes are held, so that they know neither God, nor Christ, nor themselves, v. 16, Satan beclouding and darkening their understanding with the smoke of worldly passions, honor, and pleasures, 2 Cor. 4:4; (b) with respect to the stubbornness and obstinacy of the will, whereby they contradict those who seek to work their conversion, v. 18: "are you alone," etc. — pushing against and resisting the movements of the Holy Spirit, and of His ministers, Acts 7:51, Isa. 63:10, Ps. 95:7, LXXXI. 12, 13, 14, and LXXVIII. 8; (c) with respect to a certain limited speculative knowledge of Divine things, whereby they are able to make a sufficiently fair-seeming profession, yet one which is, nevertheless, weak in the chief and principal matters, v. 19-23, compare Matt. 7:21, 22, Rom. 2:18-21, 1 Cor. XIII. 2; (d) a certain limited love, faith, and hope toward God and toward Christ, yet
...a thorough and firm foundation was lacking, v. 21: "And we had hoped that it was He who would redeem Israel" — namely, from the tyranny of the Romans. Such ignorance is also found among others not unlike them, cf. Heb. 6:4-5; Matt. 13:20. After the disciples, by this confession, had exposed the evil condition of their spiritual state, the Savior (5) sharply pierces them and rebukes their folly with respect to the understanding — "and unwise" — their hardheartedness with respect to the will — "slow of heart" — and their unbelief with respect to both faculties of the soul, v. 25. For just as the Savior is accustomed to bring those who are to be converted not only to a knowledge of their evil spiritual condition but also to a sense of their spiritual misery, whereby they cry out, "Wretched man that I am, who shall deliver me?" Rom. 7:24 and 15:27, 30, so also the Redeemer (6) instructs and informs those who have been convicted, humbled, and brought to knowledge and sense of their spiritually blind condition and misery, with precise particulars concerning Himself: (a) as the Christ, whom they had not until then known, but only as a certain illustrious prophet, and as Jesus of Nazareth, v. 26, "Ought not Christ," etc. (b) Concerning His suffering, death, and humiliation: "Ought not Christ to have suffered these things?" ibid. (c) Concerning His exaltation, ibid.: "And to enter into His glory." Thereby giving to understand that a man is then first in a condition to hear that Christ is proclaimed to him, when he, through the knowledge, acknowledgment, and sense of his sins and misery, has been sufficiently humbled, brought low, and brought to a saving despair concerning himself and everything that is outside of Christ, Matt. 11:28 and 5:6; Isa. 55:1; Rev. 22:17.
All this having thus gone before, the Savior (7) kindles the glow and fervor of saving faith (of which the disciples say, Luke 24:32, "Was not our heart burning within us?") and its consequent acts, by which they love Christ and long for communion with Him, v. 29: "They constrained Him, saying, Abide with us," etc. And this last act is the act of conversion, whereby the sinner is actually placed in the state of grace, and truly and actually becomes a partaker of that resurrection of Christ. This having thus been accomplished, Christ seeks to go on His way and leave them. Now there remain the consequences of this conversion, by which the conversion is brought to its completeness. Among these the first consequence is union with Christ: for, being pressed and entreated, He goes in with them and will be with and in them — which union is the nearest end of saving faith, Rev. 3:20; Eph. 3:17; 1 John 3:9. The second consequence, flowing from that union, is communion with Christ: for He not only goes in with them but also sits at table with them, takes bread, blesses it, breaks it, gives it, v. 30 — by which communion He imparts to His own all His treasures: justification, adoption, sanctification, preservation, and glorification, 1 Cor. 1:30; Phil. 3:9; Rom. 8:32. Upon this union and communion follows the third consequence, a more distinct and more spiritual knowledge of God, of Christ, and of spiritual things, v. 31: "And their eyes were opened, and they knew Him" — so that they, who before had known Jesus only as a certain stranger, their traveling companion, or as a gardener, now, out of the union and communion, out of the breaking of the bread, know Him as their Master, as their Lord. From this also arises a fourth consequence of the conversion, namely a more intense and more fervent love toward God and toward Christ, whereby their heart burns toward and after God and Christ, v. 32: "Was not our heart burning within us?" 2 Cor. 5:14. And from this springs forth, further, a fifth consequence of conversion and quickening: a zeal, a fervent drive toward and earnest pursuit of good works, whereby now the love of and faith in Christ is not idle, 2 Pet. 1:8, but works through love, Gal. 5:6 — which the disciples, having been quickened and converted, discover and make known when they rise up at once, at that very hour, v. 33, notwithstanding the weariness from their still-fresh journey, notwithstanding the evening meal and supper, notwithstanding the dismal night.
There also comes hereby a sixth consequence — love, namely, toward one's neighbor, and a drive and eagerness to share their joy and spiritual goods with their brothers: for the disciples return to Jerusalem, find the eleven apostles gathered together, and tell what had happened on the road, v. 33, 35; compare Luke 22:32. From which also springs a seventh consequence, the mutual and reciprocal confirmation of faith and the increase of spiritual joy: for while they relate their new birth to one another, and by relating it strengthen one another's faith, so the others in turn relate it to them, and by relating strengthen their faith and increase their joy, v. 34: "These said to them, The Lord is truly risen, and has appeared to Simon" — and thus, as it were, striking upon one another from both sides, joy and gladness grow ever more and become stronger, until at last it becomes complete, John 15:11. And so at last follows the eighth consequence, namely the pinnacle and perfection of faith and of joy, when Christ Himself is present with them all, and by His presence removes all doubting, and wishes and imparts to them His peace, v. 36: "And as they spoke of these things, Jesus Himself stood in the midst of them, and said to them, Peace be unto you." By these various ways, then, He works out the first efficacy of His resurrection in the disciples, by quickening them, awakening them spiritually, and converting them. The second efficacy of the same is, furthermore, in the communication of the fruits of His resurrection, which we have already listed and enumerated above in §12, and which, for brevity's sake, we shall not here repeat anew.
Now, what is our duty here to do but this: that we, with all our strength, endeavor, strive, and labor to experience this twofold efficacy of Christ's resurrection at work within us as well? If not, shall we not then — so far as lies in us, at least with respect to ourselves — render the resurrection of Christ powerless, vain, idle, and fruitless, through a most detestable and abominable deed? Shall we not, on our part, rob ourselves of the fruits of this resurrection, which are so many and so excellent? Shall we not rob ourselves of all the comfort, gladness, and joy which we have said, §24, flow from the resurrection of Christ to those who experience its efficacy? Shall not, on the contrary, Christ's resurrection turn to our eternal and grievous undoing, as we have warned in §25? In what manner, then, ought we to act here? (a) By endeavoring in every way to grasp and see through, more and more, from what has been said, the manner and the means by which Christ is accustomed to bring the power of His resurrection to bear toward a spiritual awakening; to this end, that we (b) might not resist Him when He seeks to expend that power upon us and thereby to quicken and awaken us, but much rather (c) turn ourselves readily toward Him and conform ourselves to Him, so that it may go the more easily and readily. In particular we ought (d) in every way to do our utmost, by a living faith, to embrace the Mediator who is risen from the dead, and, by embracing Him, to be buried with Him, Col. 2:6-7, to the end that we may be raised up in and with Him, Eph. 2:5-6, and rise with Him, Col. 3:1, etc.
VIII. Eighthly
Christ's resurrection admonishes us that, through the power of Christ's resurrection, we, being now quickened and awakened, should rise with Him — that is, become more and more conformed to His resurrection, Rom. 6:5; Col. 3:1; Eph. 2:6. And this occurs in the following particulars. (I) Just as Christ's natural resurrection followed upon His dying, so let us also, having first died more and more to our sins, Rom. 6:5, devoutly keep ourselves from them, Ps. 34:14; Isa. 1:16-17; 1 Pet. 3:21. (II) Just as Christ's resurrection (and one day, in the case of our natural resurrection) was nothing other than a movement from death to life, so also let our spiritual resurrection be a movement or passage from and out of spiritual death into spiritual life, John 5:25 — that we, who by nature are dead in our sins, Eph. 2:1, 5, 6, and buried in sin, may be raised up, Eph. 2:5, and walk in newness of life, Rom. 6:4, and in the spirit, Gal. 5:16-17. (III) Just as the whole Christ arose, and brought forth all His members out of the grave, leaving only the grave-clothes behind, let us also thus rise, in our whole spiritual manner, 1 Thess. 5:23 — that in our understanding there be a new and spiritual light, Eph. 4:23; in our will, new movements toward and concerning spiritual things, Col. 3:1; that the members of our body be weapons of righteousness, Rom. 6:13; and that the whole man be a new creature, 2 Cor. 5:17. (IV) Just as the resurrection of Christ was a work of the greatest difficulty and hardship, being accomplished and brought about by the surpassing greatness of God's power, so let ours also, being in itself of the greatest difficulty and hardship, proceed and go forward from an equal power of God, Eph. 1:19-20. (V) Just as in the dead body of Christ, as in our dead bodies, there was no predisposition, no preparation for the resurrection, let us also not imagine that there is, for our spiritual resurrection, any predisposition, power, or preparation whatsoever toward spiritual resurrection, Rom. 6:6 and 8:34; 2 Cor. 3:5 — no, but rather an entire aversion to it, Acts 7:51. (VI) Just as Christ, in His resurrection (and we, one day, in our natural resurrection), had causes — first indeed a principal cause, the awakening God, Eph. 1:19-20, but then also a ministering one, namely an angel rolling away the stone from the door of the grave, Matt. 28:2, and a preceding earthquake, ibid. — so let us also thus endeavor to rise by the power of the awakening God, Rom. 4:17, and that through the ministry of the angels of the Church, Rev. 2:1, etc., and through the sounding of the trumpet of the Gospel; compare 1 Thess. 4:16 — whereby they may awaken a certain movement (σεισμόν), a shaking, a trembling, in our hearts, Acts 2:37; 2 Cor. 7:8. (VII) Just as Christ arose to a wholly different life altogether — unlike what occurred in all those who ever rose to natural life, 1 Kings 17:22; 2 Kings 4:34-35 and 13:21; John 11:43; Acts 9:40, namely to that same life which they had led before — let us also rise with Christ to another life, of which more at length in its place, Rom. 6:4, namely to the spiritual life. (VIII) Finally, just as Christ arose to the glory of the Father, Rom. 6:4, let us also thus arise and live to the honor and glory of God, 1 Cor. 1:31. Of which, deliberately and at length, a little further on.
And that we may aspire and strive after this spiritual resurrection, let us consider: (1) the command of the Holy Spirit, Eph. 5:14: "Awake, thou that sleepest, and arise from the dead, and Christ shall give thee light" — ἐκνήψατε, "awake," namely from sin, as from sleep, and from being buried in death. Compare Gen. 9:24; Joel 1:5. Let us (2) consider that Christ addresses each one of us alike: "Lazarus, come forth," John 11:43. Let us (3) consider, since we shall all one day have to rise naturally, 2 Cor. 5:10, that if we shall not have risen here in a spiritual manner, it would be more useful and better for us not to have risen at all — compare Matt. 18:6 and Mark 14:21 — because we would then have to rise to reproach and everlasting abhorrence, Dan. 12:2. Let us (4) consider, if we shall have been partakers of this first, that is, of the spiritual resurrection, that we shall then be blessed and holy, and that the second death shall have no power over us; but that we shall be priests of God and of Christ, reigning with Him a thousand years, that is, forever, Rev. 20:6. Let us finally (5) consider that, if we shall here have risen spiritually with Christ, we shall also be seated with Him in heaven, Eph. 2:4-5.
Yet what falls to us to do here, that we may spiritually rise with Christ? The immediate quickening and awakening of God, Rom. 4:17, of which we have spoken in the preceding section, being presupposed, we must (a) admit and receive the voice and the call of the awakening Son of God, John 5:28-29: for just as Lazarus, by admitting and receiving the almighty voice of Christ, rose from natural death, John 11:43, so also whoever shall have heard the voice of the Son of God shall live, John 5:25. And just as one is awakened out of natural sleep by admitting and receiving the calling and crying out, so also out of spiritual sleep, Eph. 5:14. Let us therefore admit and receive (A) the voice of the Law, whereby a certain shaking and trembling (σεισμός) is stirred up in our hearts, as occurred not only with respect to Christ's resurrection, Matt. 28:2, but also as, by the voice of the Mediator proclaiming the Law on Sinai, the earth was shaken and trembled, Heb. 12:26; the mountains, Exod. 19:18; Moses himself, Heb. 12:21; and those who, about the time of Christ's death, rose out of their graves, experienced a preceding earthquake, Matt. 27:51-52. So must there be produced, by the voice of the Law in the hearts of those who rise spiritually, a movement of dismay and compunction, Acts 2:37; of contrition, Ps. 51:19; of a spirit of bondage unto fear, Rom. 8:15; of a saving despair, such that we cry out, "Who shall deliver me?" Rom. 7:24; "What must I do to be saved?" Acts 16:30. (B) The voice of the Gospel, Matt. 11:28; compare John 19:11-12. (b) We must admit and receive the quickening Spirit of God. For just as the natural resurrection was brought about for Christ by the working of the Spirit, 1 Pet. 3:18, so also must the spiritual resurrection be procured and brought about for us, Rom. 8:11. And just as the natural resurrection does not occur except by a return of the spirit into its body, Luke 8:55; Ezek. 37:13-14, so also not the spiritual — whence He is called a Spirit of life, Rom. 8:2, likewise a quickening Spirit, 1 Cor. 15:45 — as one who must quicken our understanding, by enlightening it and kindling therein a new light, Heb. 6:4; 1 Cor. 2:11-15; and, moreover, our will, by stirring up in it a new, inclining disposition toward spiritual good, and new movements, Rom. 8:13-14. (c) The very life of Christ must be admitted and received by us, that we may rise spiritually — whence He is called the Resurrection and the Life, John 11:25; the way, the truth, and the life, John 14:6; our life, Col. 3:3-4. Wherefore Paul says: "I am crucified with Christ; nevertheless I live, yet not I, but Christ liveth in me," etc., Gal. 2:20. There is required (d) a living faith, whereby we are united with Christ, as there: that we be crucified together with Him, and live, and rise with Him, Col. 3:1; that we be made one plant with Him in the likeness of His death, and likewise also of His resurrection, Rom. 6:5. There is required (e) that we carefully attend to those means by which God is accustomed to awaken us — after the example of that bedridden man, John 5:4-5; for instance, upon hearing the Word, Ezek. 37:4; Acts 10:15 — which is, as it were, the trumpet by which He is wont to awaken the dead, 1 Cor. 15:52. Finally, (f) we must guard ourselves against three things: (α) that we, whether He calls us outwardly or inwardly, do not resist Christ, Heb. 3:7 from Ps. 95:7-8; Acts 7:51, and do not quench the awakening movements of the Spirit, 1 Thess. 5:19.
Let us guard (β) against postponing our spiritual resurrection, as was observed among the Jews who were to build the Temple, Hag. 1:2, and among sluggards, Prov. 6:9 — that we should not put off the work of spiritual resurrection or conversion, which is by far the weightiest of all, until the time of old age, which is the most inconvenient and unfit time for it; compare John 11:39; Gen. 18:12 — our strength being weakened by age, since it is uncertain whether God will grant to us, or to old age, or, in old age, to the will or to the strength, that we should come to, and be willing to, rise: compare Matt. 26:45; Prov. 1:21. Let us guard (γ) against despair, whereby we might suppose that it is now too late — that we have lain too long in sin, have grown old and inveterate in it, and that the matter is now hopeless — such a despair as Martha betrayed in the matter of the raising of her dead brother, John 11:39, and which Christ rebuked, v. 40. Let us think, on the contrary, that it is never too late, so long as it is true; and that, although in old age, our strength being spent, it is harder for us to rise, it is nevertheless no harder for God to raise up a sinner, even a hundred years old, Isa. 65:20 — just as He raised the thief at the very end of his life, Luke 23:42-43.
IX. Ninthly
The resurrection of Christ admonishes us to pass over with Him into and unto a new life, Rom. 6:4 — that, just as Christ was raised to the glory of the Father, we too might walk in newness of life. But what sort of life was it into which Christ, at His resurrection, passed over and in which He walked? Answer: it was, (1) altogether and in its whole kind, a different life — utterly unlike what occurs in those twice-dead, who out of the natural life had their natural life restored; whereas Christ, by His resurrection, passed over from a natural into a spiritual life. Let us therefore rather walk with Christ in newness of life, Rom. 6:4. With respect (1) to new principles of living, Rom. 8:1, not after the flesh but after the spirit, Eph. 2:3; after the spirit of sanctification, Rom. 1:4, with ch. 8:11; 2 Tim. 1:14; Gal. 5:25. (2) With respect to a new rule of living: not after the customs of this world, Rom. 12:2; not after the course of this world, Eph. 2:2; not disorderly, 2 Thess. 3:11; but after the rule of regeneration, Gal. 6:16; after the will of God, Ps. 119:133. (3) With respect to a new object and goal, whereby we live not for ourselves, Rom. 15:7-8; not for the world, not for riches, honor, fame, and pleasures, 1 John 2:15-17; but for God, Rom. 6:11, and for God's glory, 1 Cor. 10:31. (4) With respect to a new manner of life, not after a vain manner of life, 1 Pet. 1:18, which proceeds from vanity of mind, Eph. 4:17, and tends to vanity, Hab. 2:13; Rom. 6:21; Eph. 2:3; but after such a manner of life as is worthy of the Gospel and agrees with it, Phil. 1:27; which is good, Jas. 3:13; which is honest, 1 Pet. 2:12; useful and profitable, Philem. 11-12; holy, 1 Pet. 1:15; heavenly, Phil. 3:20; upright, Ps. 37:14.
Christ's life was (II) an immortal life — that is, one which (1) was not sustained by natural means, as was the life of others who have risen again, Luke 8:55. It is true one reads that, after His resurrection, He ate fish and honeycomb with the disciples, Luke 24:42; yet He did this not out of necessity, but to confirm the disciples' faith. Let us likewise, so long as we are in this natural life, not so much enjoy the things of this life as use them, 1 Cor. 7:30-31 — content, for the rest, with God alone, Ps. 73:25(?) — and let us eat and drink the body and blood of Christ, John 6:35. A life (2) which was unceasing, Rom. 6:9-10 — let us likewise live unceasingly to God, John 11:25-26; of such a life the Savior Himself speaks there; compare 2 Cor. 4:16; Rev. 20:6.
Christ's life, after the resurrection, was (III) unto the glory of the Father, Rom. 6:4 — as much (1) actively, in that He glorified the Father, John 17:4; Phil. 2:11, as (2) passively, in that He was glorified by the Father, ibid. Let us likewise, with our life, also glorify God, 1 Cor. 10:31 and 6:20; Matt. 5:16, and look to be glorified by Him, 2 Pet. 1:3 — for which reason sanctification is included among our glorification, Rom. 8:30. Christ's life, which He received at the resurrection, was (IV) an eternal life, Rom. 6:9 — and let us, with our life, endeavor and strive after a blessed eternity, Matt. 25:46; Luke 20:35-36; 1 Cor. 15:53; compare Isa. 66:24. And that we, being raised, may walk in this newness of life, it is also (V) necessary that Christ Himself live in us, Gal. 2:20 — that (1) His sinlessness, 1 Pet. 2:22; Heb. 7:26, live in us, Matt. 10:16; Acts 20:26. That (2) His longsuffering and gentleness, Zech. 9:9; Matt. 21:5; 2 Cor. 10:1, live in us, Matt. 11:29; Jas. 3:13; 1 Pet. 2:1. That (3) His patience, 1 Pet. 2:23; Isa. 53:7, live in us, Rev. 1:9; 3:10; and 14:12. That (4) His humility, Matt. 11:29; Phil. 2:6-7, live in us, Phil. 2:5 with 7-8; Isa. 57:15; Jas. 4:10. That (5) His obedience, Phil. 2:7; John 5:30, live in us, Isa. 1:19. That (6) His love toward His own, Eph. 5:2, 25; John 15:13; Rom. 5:8, live in us — toward God, Matt. 22:37, 39; toward Christ, Eph. 6:24; toward the saints, Eph. 1:15; toward enemies, Matt. 5:45. That (7) His contempt of the world, John 18:36 and 6:15; Matt. 4:8, live in us, 1 John 2:15-17; Rom. 12:2. And finally (8), that His heavenly conversation and walk, John 3:13, live in us, Phil. 3:20; Col. 3:1; compare the Practical section of Chapter XI of the Mediator's Life.
X. Tenthly
Christ's resurrection bids us look for our own blessed natural resurrection. For if we have become united with Him in the likeness of His death, we shall likewise be in the likeness of His resurrection, Rom. 6:5 — because our blessed resurrection is a copy (πρωτότυπον, "an exemplar," says the Greek) of Christ's resurrection: just as (1) Christ's resurrection was a true and proper resurrection, John 2:19; Luke 24:39-40; John 20:27, so too ours shall be a true resurrection, whereby that same body which has fallen shall rise again, Job 19:25-27; 1 Cor. 15:53; 2 Cor. 5:10. Just as (2) Christ's resurrection was unto life, Rom. 6:9, so believers, being herein distinguished from unbelievers, shall rise unto life, John 5:29 — who are for this reason called children of the resurrection, Luke 20:36, because they obtain a better resurrection, Heb. 11:35, and their resurrection is not only an ἀνάστασις, a standing-again, but also an ἀναβίωσις, a coming-back-to-life, or ἀνάστασις ζωῆς, a resurrection of life, John 5:29 — being, as it were, a resurrection of the righteous, Luke 14:14 — whereas the resurrection of others shall be an ἀνάστασις κρίσεως, a resurrection of judgment, or of condemnation and damnation, John 5:29; Matt. 25:46. Just as (3) Christ rose to a spiritual life, which, as we have said, was not sustained or supported by natural things, so we too shall rise to a spiritual life, our very bodies, to this end, being made and become, in their own manner, spiritual bodies, 1 Cor. 15:44; Matt. 22:30. Just as (4) Christ rose to a glorious and radiant life, of which He had a foretaste in His transfiguration on the mountain, Matt. 17:2, and which He actually experienced, Luke 24:26, so too ours shall be glorious and radiant, 1 Cor. 15:43; Phil. 3:20; Col. 3:4. Just as (5) Christ rose to an eternal life, Rom. 6:9, so too we shall rise to an eternal and immortal life, 1 Cor. 15:53; Matt. 25:46; Luke 20:35-36.
(II) Because Christ's resurrection is the wellspring of this our blessed resurrection, insofar as ours, through union with Him (whereby we are His σύμφυτοι, fellow-plantings, made one plant with Him, Rom. 6:5), flows forth from His resurrection as from a cause — both meritorious (just as in Adam, as the meriting cause, we all die, so all believers shall rise in Christ, as the meriting cause, 1 Cor. 15:21) and efficient, John 5:28-29, κατὰ τὴν ἐνέργειαν, "according to the effectual working," Phil. 3:21; δύναμις ἐξελθοῦσα, "a power going forth from Him," Mark 5:30. (III) Because Christ's resurrection is, moreover, a firm ground, pledge, and indwelling-cause of our blessed resurrection, 1 Cor. 15:20-21, 23, insofar as we are wrought together with Him into one mystical body, 1 Cor. 12:12, of which He is the head and we the members — whence it comes that we are said to be made alive in Christ (ἐν Χριστῷ), 1 Cor. 15:22, and to be already raised up with Him, Eph. 2:6, and that He is called the firstfruits of them that slept, 1 Cor. 15:20, rising first in the order of nature, ibid. v. 23, and thus is called the firstborn from the dead, Col. 1:18 — of which more fully and at length in its place, in the chapter on the Resurrection of the Dead.
On these grounds, then, it is our duty, from Christ's glorious resurrection, (1) to look for our own with patience and confidence, until the hour of our blessed resurrection shall have come, 2 Cor. 5:1, 4; 1 John 3:2; Rom. 8:23; 1 Cor. 1:7; Job 14:14; Rom. 13:25; 1 Pet. 1:13 — just as Christ also, after His resurrection, was willing to remain on earth forty days, and to await His glorious Ascension. Meanwhile we must (2) rise more and more, in a spiritual manner, out of and from our sins, going from strength to strength, until we appear before God in Zion, Ps. 84:8 — that, while our outward man perishes and decays, the inward man may be renewed day by day, 2 Cor. 4:16. Namely, just as we must die daily with Paul, 1 Cor. 15:31, so must we also rise daily — just as a righteous man himself falls seven times a day, Prov. 24:16, so must he also rise seven times a day. Furthermore we must (3) give thanks to God, that He has long made us partakers of the first resurrection, through the exceeding riches of His grace, Eph. 2:7, and through the exceeding greatness of His power, Eph. 1:19, and has given us, through that first resurrection, a pledge of the second and glorious resurrection, Rev. 20:6. Moreover we must (4) most carefully guard, as against a thing than which nothing worse can be, against ever returning to the grave of sin, as Lazarus and others naturally did, who died twice; but, like Christ, who, having once risen, dies no more, Rom. 6:9, so also we, John 11:26. Finally (5), we must gradually prepare ourselves for our own blessed resurrection, by timely finishing the work that lies before us to do, 2 Tim. 4:8 — just as the Savior, for forty days, until His ascension, devoted Himself wholly to discussing with His disciples the things pertaining to His Kingdom, Acts 1:3; Matt. 28:18-19.
Chapter XVI: On the Mediator's Ascension
Acts 1:11 — "This same Jesus, which is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen Him go into heaven."
There follows the second step of the exaltation of the Mediator, His ascension into heaven; to which testimony is borne by two angels, in the appearance of two men clothed in white and shining garments, standing by the apostles when they followed Jesus, as He departed toward heaven, with their eyes and with their affections, Acts 1:11.
The Explanatory Part
II. By which testimony the angels, to the Galilean men who followed Christ, as He was departing toward heaven, with their eyes and their affections, explain and set forth the reason for that departure, for its comfort, and portray and describe it; and therein they mark: 1. The one departing and journeying away: ὅτος Ἰησοῦς, "This Jesus." They had rebuked the disciples, not so much because they followed the ascending Jesus with strained eyes, as because they did so with such a frame of mind — namely, with an excessive grief and sorrow, mingled with a measure of unbelief; that is, because they were mourning their Jesus, whom they had lost through death, and over whom, being restored and given back to them by the resurrection, they had rejoiced; through whose sweetest company and converse, during that so small a space of time, namely forty days, they had been uplifted and cheered — now they saw Him withdrawn from them forever. So, in order the more powerfully to comfort them against that unbelieving grief and sorrow, they say, ὅτος Ἰησοῦς, "This Jesus," as if to say: This very same Redeemer whom you lost through death, whom you received back through the resurrection, whom you have had with you for forty days, who has now gone up from you into heaven — this very same one shall, more surely than anything is sure, one day be restored again to you.
II. The journey itself, in which is comprised: 1. The departure, or ascension into heaven — "who is taken up into heaven" — concerning which is said and marked: a. The motion of departing, or of ascending: "who is taken up," ὁ ἀναληφθείς, who in v. 10 is called πορευόμενος, "going," "departing." The root word ἀναλαμβάνομαι, "to take up," is a compound word from ἀνά, "again," and λαμβάνομαι, "to take, to receive." By some it is taken in a civil sense, drawn from fathers, who, when their sons have long been away from home, receive them back again into the household: so that the heavenly Father received back His Son — whom He had, as it were, sent away and disowned, on account of our sins taken upon Himself, as though He were a degenerate son — but whom, satisfaction now being made, He received again in grace, and, once sent away, called and received back home again. By others it is taken as, to receive back, to recover, as something that one has lost or cast away, as the father received back, recovered, the prodigal son, Luke 15. By others it is taken as, to be taken up on high, as though the word were compounded of ἄνω, "upward," and λαμβάνεσθαι, "to be taken," because the Father took up His Son — whom He had sent down into the lower parts of the earth, Eph. 4:9 — up into the height and uppermost parts of the world, namely into heaven. Ἀναληφθείς, "taken up," in a passive sense, signifies that He was taken up and received by the power of another Person, namely by the power of His Father; just as, by the power of His own essence — being the same essence as His Father — He ascended and went up of Himself; wherefore He is called πορευόμενος, "one going," v. 10. Hence too the Scriptures, Mark 16:19; 1 Tim. 3:16, and the early Greek Church, were accustomed to call Christ's ascension an ἀνάληψις, "Analepsis," that is, a taking-up.
2. Its boundaries, of which are two: a. Whence — ἀφ' ὑμῶν, "from you." Namely, from the earth, from the Mount of Olives, where He had begun His final humiliation — so as to teach that His suffering and His ascending looked to one and the same end, and were bound together, Luke 24:26; Rom. 1:17(?). "From you": not from all and each alike; not from the unbelieving, the ungodly, the hypocrites, to whom He had never been given, who had never had Him, Eph. 2:12; but from His apostles and disciples. From which it is plain that the ascending Christ, as touching His body, truly left His own and the earth. b. Whither — εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, "into heaven," with the article τόν, to signify a definite place, set over against the earth, John 16:28. "Into heaven" — not merely into the airy heaven, nor into the starry heaven alone, as the later Lutherans would have it, in order to maintain that He was carried up by a local motion only as far as the clouds — that He possessed the omnipresence of His body indeed as to possession, but did not choose to make use of it until His ascension, after which His flesh would have become present everywhere; of which more in its place, in the Polemical Part — but into the third, the uppermost heaven, which, by way of eminence, is in the Scriptures called "heaven"; otherwise, "the house of God," in which are many mansions, from which He promises His disciples He will come again, John 14:2.
2. The return, concerning which are noted: a. The motion: ἐλεύσεται, "He shall come." The word ἔρχομαι, "to come," is used in the New Testament with a particular emphasis: sometimes (a) of the coming of His incarnation, John 3:2 and 16:28, and generally in John; sometimes (b) of the coming unto humiliation, Matt. 20:28; sometimes (c) of the coming of His grace, or of His glorification, which occurs through the Word and through the Sacraments, Matt. 9:13; John 1:5, 7, 9; 3:19; 12:46-47; and 18:37. Here, in this place, (d) of the coming unto glory; as also Matt. 25:31; 1 Cor. 11:26. Thus the angels speak, in order to lift up and raise more powerfully the disciples' minds, which had grown despondent on account of their Master's departure: He is indeed gone away, but He shall come again — just as the Savior Himself says, John 14:3, "I will come again, and receive you unto myself."
b. The manner of the motion. Here is: a. The pattern and rule of the seeing, ὅν τρόπον, ἐθεάσασθε, "in like manner as ye have seen." "In like manner" looks accordingly to what immediately follows, ἐθεάσασθε, "ye have seen," not to the thing seen; for Christ shall return a little differently than He went away, Matt. 25:31-32; 2 Thess. 1:7-8. There is thereby signified the undoubted certainty of Christ's return: since they would one day see Him with their own eyes coming again, just as they now saw Him going away; and that, just as they did not doubt His going away, so they ought not to doubt His coming again. The word θεᾶσθαι, "theasthai," says more than the word ὁρᾶν, "horan" — both indeed mean "to see," but the latter means simply to see, even but in passing; whereas the former denotes beholding a thing at length, attentively and precisely, outwardly and inwardly, from without and from within, as a new and wondrous spectacle: it is applied to the eyes, both of the body and of the soul, 1 John 1:1; John 1:14. Whence it is said in the preceding verse, ὡς ἀτενίζοντες ἦσαν, "as they looked steadfastly" (gazing) toward heaven, while He went. For the Greek word ἀτενίζειν means to behold with fixed, unmoving, and strained eyes.
b. The thing seen, αὐτὸν πορευόμενον εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, "Him going into heaven." The root word πορεύομαι means "I go away, I journey, I depart." It is used of Christ's journeying toward His death, Luke 13:33. This word comprehends in itself His resurrection, ascension, and sitting at the right hand of His Father, John 14:2-3, 12, 28, and ch. 16:7, 28. Here, from this, only the ascension into heaven is to be understood, as is plain from the context, of which we have spoken above. In the whole verse is signified His return to judge the living and the dead, which is the fourth and final step of His exaltation and glorification, which shall be visible, just as His departure took place visibly. But of this return we shall, in its place, God willing, speak deliberately and at length.
The Doctrinal Part
III. Two angels bearing witness, then, this same Jesus, who is risen from the dead, has ascended locally and visibly into heaven. (I) According to the predictions, both of the Old Testament, Ps. 68:18-19; 110:1, compared with Acts 2:34; Ps. 47:6; Mic. 2:13, and of the New, Matt. 26:64; John 16:28 and 20:17. (II) According to the types and figures: for example, the High Priest, who once a year, and that after the beginning of the new year, went into the Holy of Holies, Lev. 16, with Heb. 9:23-24; Enoch, Gen. 5:24; Elijah, 2 Kings 2:11, compared with Gen. 28:12 and John 1:52. (III) According to the history, Mark 16:19; Luke 24:51; Acts 1:9-10, 11. (IV) According to the testimony of the angels, Acts 1:11, and of the eleven apostles, as eyewitnesses and earwitnesses, Acts 1:9. (V) According to the testimonies, Eph. 1:20-21; 2:6; and 4:8, 10; Rom. 10:6; Heb. 1:3, compared with Luke 19:12.
IV. And not only has He ascended, but He had also of necessity to ascend. And that not only (I) on account of the Scriptures, that the predictions and types just indicated might be fulfilled, but also (II) on account of the justice due His merits, which, as a reward, demanded heavenly glorification, Luke 24:26; Heb. 3:2; Phil. 2:8-9. Moreover (III) on account of the mediatorial office which He had taken upon Himself, by which He had to enter into the heavenly sanctuary, there to appear before the face of His Father on our behalf, Heb. 9:24 — the necessity of which was so great that, had He still been on earth, He would not even be a priest, Heb. 8:4. (IV) On account of the advantages and benefits of His own, John 16:7, "It is expedient for you that I go away" — of which advantages and benefits we shall speak more fully hereafter.
V. That ascension, as to its designation, is expressed in Scripture in various ways: "He is taken up," Acts 1:9; "when He ascended," Eph. 4:8; "become higher than the heavens," Heb. 7:26; "He is entered into the sanctuary," Heb. 9:12; "I go unto the Father," John 14:2; "in my Father's house," John 16:7; "I go away, I go hence," v. 28; "I leave the world, and go to the Father." As to the matter itself, it is nothing other than the second step of Christ's exaltation, by which He, having left the earth as far as His body is concerned, has passed over locally into heaven.
VI. First, the one ascending, or moved: "This Jesus" — that is, His whole Person, according to the nature of the mediatorial workings, and also with respect to both natures of the Person, though in an unequal manner: with respect to the divine nature, in no other way than actually, only by exalting the human nature on high, since the divine nature itself is already everywhere present; with respect to the human nature, by properly climbing up, ascending — and that according to both its essential parts, so that the same soul, together with the same body, ascended; and that the angels rightly said: "This Jesus... shall so come, in like manner as ye have seen Him go into heaven."
VII. Second, the ascension itself, which comprises (1) its boundaries: (1) whence — from the earth, from the Mount of Olives, situated eight furlongs from Jerusalem, Acts 1:12, which lay in the district of Bethany, stretching some fifteen furlongs from Jerusalem, John 11:18 — on which mountain the ancients also say (though improbably) that the ascending Savior left the print of His footsteps. This mountain was the place where He had begun His final and utmost humiliation, Luke 22:39; and since He willed to enter into His glory from this same place, He thereby seems to teach that humiliation and exaltation look to one and the same end, Luke 24:26; Rom. 8:17. (2) The boundary whither — to and into heaven, a higher place, Ps. 68:19 — not merely into the airy heaven, so that He would have vanished into the clouds, but into the third heaven, whereby He has become higher than the lower heavens, Heb. 4:14; 7:26; above all heavens, Eph. 4:10; where we too shall one day be, after our blessed departure, John 14:2; Phil. 3:20-21; 1 Thess. 4:16; Heb. 12:23.
(II) The motion, whereby He truly left the starting boundary — at least as to His body, John 16:28 — and took possession of the boundary whither, Acts 3:21. (III) The mover: indeed the Father, by whom He is said to have been taken up, Acts 1:11; 1 Tim. 3:16 — but also by His own power, by which He raised Himself up, John 10:18, whence He is said to have ascended, Luke 24:51; John 20:17 and 3:13; likewise, to have gone away, Acts 1:11; John 14:2 — to which, moreover, the condition of a glorified body was conducive, which, after the manner of a spirit, is carried upward and downward with equal ease.
VIII. Third, the conditions and qualities according to which He (1) truly ascended — not by a mere show or apparition, nor with any uncertainty, as was the rapturous ascent of Paul, 2 Cor. 12:2, nor with the soul and mind alone, as it is our daily duty to ascend spiritually into heaven, Phil. 3:20; Col. 3:1 — but by a whole and total taking-up of Himself, so that the Lord was received up into heaven, Mark 16:19. (II) Visibly, Acts 1:9, 11. (III) Locally, since He is said to have been taken up, Acts 1:9, to have been taken away by a cloud, to have been parted from the disciples, Luke 24:51, to have gone away and to be coming again, John 14:28; Acts 1:11, to have left the world, John 16:28, to have passed through the heavens, Heb. 4:14. (IV) Suddenly and unexpectedly, while He was speaking with the disciples, Acts 1:9. (V) Swiftly — not long hanging between heaven and earth, He at once departed out of the disciples' sight, Acts 1:9-10. (VI) Gloriously — namely, as a triumphant conqueror, Col. 2:15; Ps. 68:19, carried upon a certain bright and shining cloud, as upon a triumphal chariot, Acts 1:9, leaving behind Him two preaching angels, Acts 1:10. (VII) In the sight and view of the eleven apostles, Acts 1:8, among whom were those who had also beheld Him before — as much in His soul's anguish, Matt. 26:37, as in His transfiguration, or foregoing glorification, on the mountain, Mark 9:2 — that He might have the same witnesses, both of His self-emptying and of His glorification, namely, throughout the days of His flesh, John 19:35.
IX. Fourth, the time of the ascension: namely, the fortieth day after His resurrection, Acts 1:3 — which number is found to have been common enough, both in Moses, Elijah, and others, and, in particular, also in Christ, according to various degrees of excellence and distinction, Luke 2:22; Matt. 4:2; Acts 1:3. As for what reasons He was unwilling to ascend either sooner or later, we need not too anxiously inquire, since in the place of reasons there could be simply the sole will of the one ascending, Acts 1:7. There is, nevertheless, something here which we may probably think and suppose: on the one hand, not sooner, that He might not only demonstrate to His disciples the truth of His resurrection, but also sufficiently instruct and teach them concerning the things of His kingdom, which after His departure would need to be held fast and observed, Acts 1:3; and on the other hand, not later either, so as not only to bring about the promised outpouring of the Holy Spirit precisely on the feast of Pentecost, but also to take from the disciples the supposition and notion of an earthly kingdom, Acts 1:6.
X. Fifth, the ends and fruits: namely, (1) to set the human nature — already glorified in part by the resurrection — upon the throne of glory, Eph. 1:20-21, and to show Himself to be the Lord from heaven, 1 Cor. 15:47-49; John 6:58, 61-62, and gloriously to triumph over His enemies, Eph. 4:8; Ps. 68:19; Col. 2:14-15, and thereby to seal His complete victory over them, 1 Cor. 15:57. (II) To carry out gloriously, there, through His intercession and through His power, those things which He had to accomplish in heaven for the salvation and welfare of His own: (1) to open heaven for them, Heb. 10:19-20; (2) to prepare mansions for them in heaven, John 14:2-3; Rom. 8:34; (3) to appear in heaven, before the face of His Father, on behalf of His own, as their Advocate, Heb. 9:24; and also (4) to send to His own another Advocate and Comforter, John 16:7; (5) to distribute from there all manner of saving gifts among His own, Ps. 68:19; Eph. 4:8-11. (III) To take possession, in the name of His own, of the heavenly kingdom, and to take a place for them in the heavens, John 14:2-3, and to set our flesh, as a pledge of our future ascension, in heaven — indeed, also to give thereby an undoubted proof and assurance of that future ascension, Eph. 2:6; 1 Cor. 15:49; John 12:26 and 17:24; Rev. 3:21. (IV) To draw our soul and our heart — that is, our thoughts, desires, affections, longings, and pursuits — upward, Col. 3:1; Phil. 3:20, etc.
The Polemical Part
XI. It is asked here, first: Did Christ truly ascend into heaven? The Docetists and Fantasists (who arose immediately after the departure of the apostles, to whom the Manichaeans, Marcionites, and Cerdonians afterward joined themselves) — just as they denied the truth of His human nature, so they also denied the truth of His death and resurrection, and consequently also of His ascension, according to the testimony of Augustine, De haeresibus, ch. 30 — whose foundational lie we refuted in Chapter V, §18. The Carpocratians, in the first century, held that He ascended as to His soul alone. Apelles, or the Apellites, held that the ascension was a διάλυσις, a dissolution and dispersal of the body into the four elements. The Seleucians and Hermians said that Christ's body was bound fast to the stars, but chiefly to the orb of the sun. The Mohammedans maintain only this, that Christ fled the hands of the Jews, His enemies, and came to the elemental heaven, there, in the presence of His Creator, shining and glittering among the stars. To scrape up anew these long-antiquated errors is of no use. The Jews, just as they deny that our Jesus truly rose again, likewise shamelessly deny that He ascended into heaven.
Christians hold this fast, with one voice, on these grounds and reasons: (I) because the Messiah, of old promised, according to the predictions and types, of necessity had to ascend into heaven, as has been shown in §3. (II) Because our Jesus is that true, formerly promised Messiah, according to Chapter II, §19. (III) Because it is fully established, by the testimony of two angels, and likewise by the mouth of at least eleven unimpeachable witnesses, who even underwent death for the sake of their testimony, that He has ascended into heaven. And therefore, if we rightly accept the testimony of a single Elisha for the ascension of Elijah, shall we then refuse the testimony of two angels, and of at least eleven witnesses? And (IV) because the New Testament, on whose faith and trustworthiness we learn this, is of as general a truth and as divine an authority as the Old Testament, which we have shown at length in Book I, Chapter II. Nor do our opponents have anything to object but their crude and meager suppositions: (1) that our Jesus is not the Messiah — against which we have set ourselves, Chapter II, §20; (2) that He did not rise again — a thing which we proved and demonstrated in the preceding chapter; (3) that the New Testament is not of a general truth — against which we have set ourselves in the passage cited. These things, then, being cleared away, there remains nothing on which they can make any evasion.
XII. It is asked, second: Did Christ ascend into heaven with the same body in which He lived, with which He died, and with which He rose again? The Socinians, because they hold that a man is brought by death into a state of non-existence, and that therefore the one who rises again receives a new existence and a new being, namely a certain spiritual body — since flesh and blood cannot enter the kingdom of God — hold that Christ likewise carried His body into heaven, but that He received another, spiritual body. Christians, on the contrary, hold that Christ passed over into heaven with the same body in which He had lived and with which He had risen: (I) because the angels expressly say that this same Jesus, whom the disciples had seen ascend, shall also come again in the same manner in which He went away, Acts 1:11. (II) Because a body of flesh and bones is ascribed to Him after the resurrection, Luke 24:39, with which He also ascended, Acts 1:11. (III) Because He is said to be going to appear in that same manner on that day, Zech. 12:10; Rev. 1:7. (IV) Because His flesh experienced no corruption, Ps. 16:10. (V) Because Christ, according to the opposing supposition, would in heaven consist of two or three spirits: namely, of the eternal Spirit of His Godhead, Heb. 9:14, of His human soul, Luke 23:46, and then of that spirit which He would have assumed at the ascension. (VI) Because, if He had no human body in heaven, He would not there be a true man either; and since, according to the opinion of the Socinians, He is neither truly God nor an angel, what then would He be? Nothing. (VII) At the very least, if He had not the same body in heaven, He would not be the same man that He was on earth. And if (VIII) He did not have in heaven that same body which He had on earth when John the Baptist said, "Behold the Lamb of God," John 1:36, then He could not now, after His ascension, be so called; which is nevertheless said of Him, being in heaven, Rev. 5:9. (IX) Because in His one and only ascension (according to the opponents' own supposition), He ascended into heaven with that body which He had received from the blessed Virgin, at the time of His forty days' fasting.
The opponents' supposition (1) concerning the non-existence of the dead we have overturned elsewhere, and shall, in its place, God willing, further demolish it in the chapter on the Resurrection of our flesh. (2) The supposition concerning "flesh and blood" not entering the kingdom of God, drawn from 1 Cor. 15:50, is vain, since that passage must be understood not of the very substance of our flesh, but of its moral corruption, as in Gal. 1:16; John 3:6 — or at the very least of its weakness and perishableness. (3) "The Lord is from heaven, heavenly," 1 Cor. 15:47. Answer: so He is, insofar as He, according to His divine nature, has come down from heaven, John 6:33, 38 — that is, has been manifested in the flesh, 1 Tim. 3:16 — just as one reads that God came down, Gen. 18:21. (4) "Meats for the belly, and the belly for meats, but God shall destroy both it and them," 1 Cor. 6:13. Answer: He shall destroy them with respect to the use which they have here — not simply, nor with respect to every use, including that use which they shall have hereafter.
XIII. It is asked, third: Is that heaven, into which Christ's body, having been locally lifted up as far as the clouds, ascended, a certain fixed, determinate, and circumscribed place? The Lutherans, who press for omnipresence — in order to give Christ's body a real presence in the signs of the Holy Supper — hold that that body, by virtue of its personal union with the person of the Word, indeed received the property of omnipresence as to its possession, but that He was unwilling to make use of it until He had been carried above the clouds, when He would have come into heaven, where God is, who is everywhere. Hence, in order to give the history of the ascension its due, they do indeed deny that Christ's ascension was a mere becoming invisible and vanishing, and they confess that it was a local transition; yet they add (I) that this visible and local ascending did not occur out of any necessity in the condition of Christ's body, but out of a most entirely voluntary dispensation. And (II) they distinguish between the beginning stage of the ascension — from the earth to the clouds, as far as He ascended visibly and locally — and its completion and consummation, after He had been received up and caught away by a cloud; for they then deny that Christ locally, and in the course of time, passed through the clouds, through the circles of the planets, and through the primum mobile, into the third heaven — because that [third heaven], they say, is wherever God is, that is, everywhere.
The Reformed know nothing, by Scripture, of any of these evasions and pretexts of the Lutherans: because (I) Scripture always speaks of heaven as of a certain determinate place, Deut. 26:15; Ps. 2:4 and 123:1; Isa. 66:1, etc., which is plainly distinguished from the earth and from other places. (2) Because the heaven into which Christ ascended is signified as a determinate place, which Christ had to take possession of, Acts 3:21 — which heaven He must receive; whence He is said to have ascended far above all heavens, Eph. 4:10, likewise to have become higher than the heavens, namely the lower heavens, Heb. 7:26, as well as to have passed through the heavens, Heb. 4:14. (3) Because that same heaven of Christ is signified by such synonymous designations as cannot but signify a certain particular and determinate place, distinguished from others; for example, that it is called the Father's house, John 14:2; the highest heaven, Heb. 1:3; the heaven of heavens, 1 Kings 8:27; the third heaven, 2 Cor. 12:2; the heavenly Jerusalem, Gal. 4:26; Paradise, Luke 23:43; the place of the angels, Matt. 6:9-10; from whence we look for Christ, Phil. 3:20.
(4) Because the suppositions on which the opponents' error is built, or with which it seeks to be confirmed — namely, the real presence of Christ's flesh in the signs of the Holy Supper, the omnipresence [of the flesh] through the communication of properties conveyed to the human nature, etc. — have been refuted elsewhere, or shall yet be refuted. In particular (5), because the distinction between the possession and the use of omnipresence, by which He would have been able, at His pleasure, to be present and not to be present, is absurd; since in this way even God, at His good pleasure, could be present or not present — seeing that the omnipresence of God and of Christ is one and the same.
Let me add (6) that Scripture nowhere teaches that Christ ascended visibly and locally only as far as the clouds; no, but expressly testifies the contrary, in all those passages which we have already adduced above for our second and third reasons. Nor do the Lutherans have anything to allege for their opinion except: (1) that in some passages of Scripture, by the expressions "above the heavens," "in heaven," or "in the heavens," etc., is signified God's incomprehensible power and glory, Ps. 8:2 and 148:5(?); Job 11:8 and 22:12. Answer: (a) Is it said, in these passages, that heaven is not a determinate place, because God displays therein His incomprehensible power and glory? Then, by the same reasoning, would not the earth also fail to be a determinate place? (b) Is there any single passage of Scripture according to which to ascend into heaven means simply to go away to some indeterminate place? They allege (2) that Christ's ascension would not, on this view, have been completed except over a long interval of time, some setting it at more than six hundred years — whereas nevertheless (a) the Savior expressly says that the thief would that very day be with Him in Paradise, Luke 23:43; and (b) they take into account neither God's infinite power nor, in nature itself, the exceedingly swift motion of the stars. They allege (3) that on the last day the heavens shall pass away, whereas Christ shall remain in heaven forever. Answer: (a) not all shall pass away — not the third heaven; for where then would the blessed inhabitants of heaven remain? 2 Cor. 5:1-2. And also (b) not with respect to their substance, but with respect to their vanity, Rom. 8:21, that there may be a new heaven and a new earth, Rev. 21:1.
They allege (4) that Stephen saw, or beheld, Christ standing at the right hand of God, Acts 7:56, and Paul likewise, Acts 9:27(?). Answer: (a) Is the heaven, then, in which they saw Christ, for that reason not a determinate place? (b) What if God had raised their faculty of sight so that they could see even into the third heaven? But (c), they saw Christ in an ecstasy of mind, in a vision — not in His essence, according to Paul's own explanation, 2 Cor. 12:2-4. They allege (5), further, and say, that He did not properly and locally descend to the earth in His incarnation; therefore He has not so ascended into heaven either. Answer: (a) He descended into a determinate place, namely the earth, Eph. 4:9, "into the lower parts of the earth." (b) He descended with respect to His divine nature — "God was manifest in the flesh," 1 Tim. 3:16 — but He ascended according to His human nature.
XIV. It is asked, fourth: Is Christ, after His ascension, as to His human nature, still on earth? The Lutherans and the Papists hold this fast, for the sake of an oral eating in the Holy Supper — yet so that the Lutherans maintain an omnipresence, by which He is always on earth as well, and everywhere, whereas the Papists hold that He is present only in the Mass. The Reformed teach, with Scripture, that Christ, after His ascension, until His final return, is with His human nature only in heaven: (I) because He is expressly said to have left the earth through His ascension, John 14:3; 16:5, 7, 28; and 17:11-13; Matt. 16:11(?); Luke 24:51; Acts 1:9, 11. (II) Because, by His ascending, He has taken possession of the uppermost heaven, which is set over against the earth, Mark 16:19; Acts 3:21; John 16:28. (III) Because, on the supposition of His bodily absence, He warns against seductions, Matt. 24:26, exhorts to duties, Col. 3:1-2; 2 Cor. 5:6, 8; Phil. 1:23; Heb. 8:4. (IV) Because He is said to be coming again from heaven to earth, Acts 1:11; Matt. 24:27, 36, 44; 25:31-32; and 26:64; 1 Cor. 11:26; 2 Thess. 1:7. (V) Because the opponents' notion of ubiquity and multi-locality is contrary to the nature of a true body, and carries with it an open contradiction. (VI) That it conflicts with the Holy Supper itself, which was instituted for a remembrance of Him until He comes, 1 Cor. 11:25-26. Likewise what we have said above, in Chapter IV, against the divine properties supposedly communicated to the human nature, and, in particular, against omnipresence.
Nor do our opponents have anything to bring against this, except (1) that we read that, after His ascension, He was seen more than once: by Stephen, Acts 7:55-56; by Paul, Acts 9:4, 17; 22:6; and 26:19; by John, Rev. 1:10, 12-13. Answer: (a) He is not said to have been seen while on earth, but seen, from the earth, in heaven, Acts 7:55-56. (b) Those visions were ecstatic visions, in an inward sight, Acts 18:9; 1 Cor. 9:1; 2 Cor. 12:2, or symbolic ones, such as befell John in the Revelation — visions of this kind by no means indicate a true presence of the things seen. They object (2) that He is said to be present with His own until the consummation of the world, Matt. 28:20. Answer: with a presence of grace, of which 2 Cor. 13:5(?). Likewise (3) that He fills all things, Eph. 4:10. Answer: with His gifts, Ps. 68:19. Further (4), that He is eaten in the Holy Supper, Matt. 26:26, 28. Answer: sacramentally, not orally, since it is done in remembrance of Him who is to come. (5) That otherwise His two natures would be separated from one another. Answer: by no means, since the human nature is nowhere present without the divine Person being united to it. (6) That, through the personal union, divine properties have been communicated to the human nature, and among these also omnipresence. Answer: that has been deliberately and at length refuted in Chapter IV.
XV. It is asked, fifth: Did Christ ascend into heaven alone? There are those who think that He brought with Him into heaven those who rose at His death, Matt. 27:52. But they rest on absolutely no scriptural grounds whatsoever. The Papists, in order the more easily to defend the Limbo of the Fathers, hold that, before the actual satisfaction made by Christ's death, no believers had been admitted into heaven; and so they would have it that He therefore descended into hell, in order to lead out from there those believers who were there, and that He ascended in order to carry them up with Him into heaven. The Reformed believe that He ascended into heaven alone: (I) because Scripture makes no mention of any company, Acts 1:9, 11. (II) Because those who died in the faith under the Old Testament had already been received into heaven through the power of His satisfaction, of which Enoch and Elijah are witnesses, along with Himself, Heb. 11:5; 2 Kings 2:11; compare Heb. 11:16; and Abraham, Luke 16:22. (III) Because His death extends to the believers of the Old Testament, Rom. 3:25; Heb. 9:15, and they, through its power, had already passed over into heaven. (IV) Because the believers of the Old Testament were likewise members of His body, flesh of His flesh, Eph. 5:30, and therefore, being on earth, had a pledge of their own ascension into heaven just as truly in Christ's future ascension as we have had in His past one. Likewise Rom. 9:5; Gal. 3:16; and Ps. 68:19.
Nor is there anything more plausible that they can object, than that, before the establishment of the Messiah, the way to the heavenly sanctuary had not yet been made manifest, so long as the first tabernacle was still standing, Heb. 9:8. Answer: by "the way" is meant none other than Christ, John 14:6, the Son of God, manifested in the flesh before His incarnation, 1 Tim. 3:16 — who, moreover, by the power of His satisfaction, undertaken by Him in the eternal Counsel of Peace, admitted to heaven the believers both of the Old and of the New Testament alike, as we have said.
XVI. It is asked, sixth: Did Christ ascend into heaven in order to become a priest there? The Socinians, in order the more easily to maintain that He had not accomplished enough by His death on earth, hold that He was not a priest on earth, but that He first became a priest by ascending into heaven and presenting Himself before the Father in heaven on our behalf. The Reformed note two principal acts of the priesthood: the offering of a sacrifice, and intercession. Both of these the Savior performed by His priesthood while still on earth: the offering, Eph. 5:2, with Deut. 17(?); the intercession, John 17; Luke 22:31-32. He was therefore a perfect priest even while still on earth — although, the offering now having ceased, He continues the intercession in heaven, Rom. 8:34; Heb. 7:25. This point of difference we have examined, for and against, in Chapter VII.
XVII. It is asked, seventh: Was this Christ's first and only ascension? The Lutherans and the Papists, in order to confirm His bodily presence in the signs of the Holy Supper, distinguish between a visible and an invisible ascension of Christ: the former they acknowledge to have occurred only once; the latter they hold to occur continually. The Socinians likewise hold (out of a hatred for His eternal Godhead) that He ascended into heaven once, after His baptism, at the time of His forty days' fasting, there to be more fully instructed in the mysteries of the Gospel; and then, a second time, after His resurrection, that He ascended into heaven. The Reformed acknowledge, with the Scriptures, no more than one single ascension of Christ, Heb. 9:12; Acts 1:9, 11; John 20:17. The opinion of the Socinians we have examined at length in Chapter VI.
The Practical Part
XVIII. The practice of Christ's ascension requires of us, first, that we, together with Christ's disciples, being taken along by Christ, Luke 24:50, go out from Jerusalem to the Mount of Olives, to behold His glorious ascension; and that, our understanding and meditations being brought there, we keep our eyes fixed toward heaven, Acts 1:9-10, ἀτενίζοντες, gazing steadfastly — which is done by repeatedly and devoutly thinking upon, and carrying in our memory, this glorious ascension, until we see Him come again, just as we have seen Him ascend, v. 11. For to this end He (I) took His disciples, and no others, with Him — that is, commanded them to go out with Him. Thus too (II) our faith shall be more and more confirmed concerning the truth, both of the resurrection and of the ascension, Acts 1:3. Thus too He shall (III) speak to us inwardly, and question us concerning the things of His kingdom, as there. Thus we too shall (IV) receive the promise of the Father, and be baptized with the Holy Spirit, vv. 4-5. Thus we too shall (V) be able to converse with Him concerning the things pertaining to the restoration and re-establishment of the kingdom of Israel, that is, of the Church, v. 6. Thus we too shall (VI) be able to be witnesses of His resurrection and ascension, to every one alike, v. 8. Thus He shall (VII) lift up His hands over us, and bless us, Luke 24:50, with all spiritual blessings, Eph. 1:3. Thus He shall (VIII) also have been taken up for us, and for our sakes, Acts 1:9. Thus He shall (IX) also leave His angels behind with us, to instruct us in the truth, vv. 10-11. Thus we too shall (X), with so much the greater confidence, worship Him, Luke 24:52. Thus we too shall (XI), with great joy, return to Jerusalem, that is, to the Church, ibid. Thus we too shall (XII), in heaven, with a greater spirit, praise and thank God, ibid. v. 53. Indeed, moreover, He has (XIII) at once impressed His footsteps on the Mount of Olives, Zech. 14:4 — not, precisely, natural footprints (as some of the ancients wrongly concluded from two passages), but spiritual footsteps: (1) of love toward His disciples, whom He, to this end, led out from Jerusalem to the Mount of Olives, that He might ascend before them there, teach them there, bless them, and make them partakers of spiritual joy. Footsteps (2) of patience, joined with glorification, when He chose to ascend into His glory from that very place, the Mount of Olives, where He had begun His sufferings. Footsteps (3) of His grace, care, and providence toward His disciples, when He there lifted up His hands over them, and perhaps also laid them upon them. Footsteps (4) of pouring out blessings from heaven upon His own, Ps. 68:19; Eph. 1:3. Footsteps (5) of saving promises: namely, of the Holy Spirit, and of strengthening through the Spirit, Acts 1:4-5, 8. Footsteps (6) of a spiritual forsaking, when He, in the very midst of the sweetness of His company and converse, is withdrawn from His disciples, and, as it were, vanishes from their eyes, v. 9; compare Ps. 30:7-8. Footsteps (7) of a new Comforter and new comfort set in the place of these forsakings — in the angels, sustaining the disciples in the hope and promise of Christ's return, Acts 1:11. Footsteps (8) of the disdain and forsaking of this world, inasmuch as He, having finished His business with His disciples over a short space of forty days, immediately left the world, v. 9; John 16:28. Footsteps (9) of desire and longing after a heavenly companionship and converse, since He, having left the earth, hastened and sped straightway to heaven, to His Father; compare Col. 3:1; Phil. 3:20; Prov. 15:24.
XIX. Second, Christ's ascension requires of us that we, from our hearts, wish Him joy and acclaim Him upon His triumph, as He ascends: (I) after the example of the disciples, who, rejoicing on account of the ascension, praised and thanked God, Luke 24:52-53 — in which particulars are contained most of the elements of a hymn of thanksgiving. For to this too (II) we are called and stirred up, Ps. 47:6 — (III) to wish Him joy and congratulate Him on the very glory of the triumph itself. For just as (1) among the Romans (to whose triumphs plain allusion is made, at least in the latter part of the text), the generals triumphed only after a victory — and not merely an ordinary one, but an outstanding victory — so also with our Jesus, after His victory, Rev. 6:2, and that over the mightiest enemies of this world — death, hell, 1 Cor. 15:55-56; the hellish dragon, Rev. 12:11; principalities, powers, and thus over the whole power of darkness — a victory obtained, Col. 2:15 and 1:13; Heb. 2:14. Just as (2) the Roman conquerors were carried upon a magnificent and splendid triumphal chariot, so also our Jesus was carried upon a bright and splendid cloud, Acts 1:9; compare 2 Kings 2:11. Just as (3) the conquerors openly displayed their trophies of victory, namely the spoil and the bound enemies, so also our Jesus, Col. 2:14-15; Ps. 68:19; Eph. 4:8. Just as (4) the triumphant conqueror scattered money and coins among the people, so also our triumphant Jesus has received gifts, which He would distribute among men, Ps. 68:19; Eph. 4:8. Just as (5) the Roman conquerors, with their chariot of war, proceeded to the Capitol, so also our Jesus proceeded to heaven itself, 1 Pet. 3:22. If, then, the Romans, carried away with friendship and joy, acclaimed their triumphant generals with the most glorious titles of honor, gave them thanks, and wished them every welfare, blessing, and prosperity — should not we then, with the apostles who, after the ascension of our so great and such a conqueror, returned to Jerusalem with unspeakable gladness and joy, acclaim Him, and wish Him every welfare? Compare, with the necessary changes, what we have said in the preceding chapter, §13.
XX. Third, Christ's ascension provides true believers with a most powerful comfort in all manner of adversities and afflictions; whence the Savior, about to depart from His sorrowing disciples on account of His going away, said, "It is expedient for you that I go away," John 16:6-7 — of which comfort these are the chief grounds: (I) That they, since His ascension, now have in heaven an Advocate, an Intercessor, who is perfect in every way, with their heavenly Father, 1 John 2:1. For everything that one could wish for and require in an advocate, you shall find most precisely present in Christ. For example, in an advocate is required: (1) that He be righteous — such a one is our Jesus, 1 John 2:1; Isa. 42:1. (2) That He be endowed with eloquence — such is ours, Isa. 50:4; Ps. 45:3; Luke 4:21. (3) One who habitually triumphs in judgment — ours always triumphs, Rev. 6:2, and obtains from the Father all that He desires and wishes, John 16:23. (4) That He be courteous, kind, and approachable toward His clients — such a one is ours, Matt. 11:28. (5) That He be well-regarded by the Judge — such a one is ours, Prov. 8:6, 12, 30; Isa. 42:1. (6) That He be just and equitable — such is ours, Matt. 17:5. (7) That He be skilled in what is right and equitable — such is ours, Isa. 42:1; Matt. 12:18 — that He does not lean or rely upon unseemly clamor and shouting, but acts gently and reasonably and pleads His case before the judgment-seat — so ours, Isa. 42:2; Matt. 12:19. (8) That He act as one taught by experience — so ours, Heb. 4:15 and 5:8. (9) That He be inclined to come to the aid of the oppressed — so also ours, Heb. 2:17; Isa. 61:2. (10) That He refuse His services to no one who is oppressed — such a one is ours, Isa. 61:2; Matt. 11:28; John 6:37. Just as, then, in such an advocate, for the oppressed and afflicted in this world, there is a most powerful comfort — is there not, then, also for believers, in this their Advocate, whom they have had in heaven since His ascension, a most powerful support of comfort? This is the first.
But (II) a second ground of comfort is that they have received, from the Mediator's ascension, the Holy Spirit as a Comforter, John 16:7-8, who helps our weaknesses (συναντιλαμβάνεται), so that, when we know not what we should pray for as we ought, the Spirit Himself intercedes for us (ὑπερεντυγχάνει) with unutterable (ἀλαλήτοις) groanings, Rom. 8:26. Is there not here an unutterable foundation of comfort? Further (III), because He promises that He, even after His departure, will not forsake His own, but will continually be with them by His grace, unto the end of the world, Matt. 28:20. Moreover (IV), because after His ascension He received gifts, to distribute to and among His own, Ps. 68:19; Eph. 4:8. Finally (V), because He has promised that He, more surely than anything that is sure, shall come again in His time, John 14:3, 18, and take His own with Him, John 14:3 and 17:24. Let me add still further (VI) that He ascended into heaven to this end, to prepare a place there for His own, John 14:2.
Now, if (1) Satan (the accuser of the brethren, Rev. 12:10) should accuse and charge the true believers, what shall come to their aid more powerfully than that they have an Advocate, an Intercessor in heaven — and one so great? Compare Rom. 8:33-34. If (2) those things which are most needful, whether for body or for soul, and which can only be obtained from heaven, are lacking, what can comfort more, than to have such an Intercessor in heaven, who ever prevails with the Father? John 16:23. If (3) some unbearable calamity presses, oppresses, and afflicts them on earth — through sickness, poverty, and other sorrowful mishaps — and there is no one and nothing to comfort them, what shall lift them up more powerfully than that there is promised to them, by virtue of Christ's ascension, the Holy Spirit Himself as a Comforter? If they (4) are forsaken in the world by everyone, by their best friends, even by father and mother, Ps. 27:10, what shall comfort them more powerfully than that Jesus, now thus ascending, has promised them that He will be with His own, with His grace, unto the end of the ages? If they (5) feel themselves deprived of those gifts which are necessary unto salvation, what shall lift them up, than that the ascending Christ has received gifts, to be poured out among His own? If they (6) suspect that they are forsaken by God and by Christ, Hos. 9:12, what shall lift them up more powerfully than that the departing Savior has promised that He will come again, Isa. 54:7-8, and take His own with Him into heaven? If they (7) must remove themselves, whether from their fatherland or from the world, what shall lift them up more powerfully than to consider that there are many mansions in heaven, and that their brother, who has risen before them, has also ascended into heaven, to prepare a place there for them? And so, in all manner of other adverse circumstances, whatever comfort you seek, you shall find it in the ascension of Christ. Compare, with the necessary changes, the preceding chapter, §24.
XXI. Fourth, Christ's ascension also admonishes us to examine carefully whether He has also ascended into heaven for us. For since (I) the comfort of the preceding section does not apply to every single person; since He (II) did not lead all men out from Jerusalem to the Mount of Olives, to make them partakers of His ascension; and since He is also not (III) an Intercessor, an Advocate with the Father, for all; nor (IV) prepares mansions in heaven for all — it is truly necessary that we be concerned as to whether He has also ascended into heaven for us. This is so, indeed, because He (V) sits in heaven, for by far the greater part of mankind, as an enemy, whom He makes a footstool for His feet, Ps. 110:1, over whom He triumphs in heaven, Col. 2:15; and because (VI) on a careful examination depends the whole certainty of that distinction on which our whole true and genuine peace, rest, joy, and comfort leans and rests.
Yet by what marks, and through what marks, shall we be assured of this partnership? Answer: (1) by and through those same marks by which we have shown, in the preceding chapters, that we can be certain that He died and was raised for us; since with these the ascension has an inseparable bond, Rom. 6:3-5, 8; Eph. 2:5-6; Gal. 2:20. (2) If we are united with Christ by a living faith, as members with the head: for thus we shall be reckoned to be seated with Him in heaven, Eph. 2:6, and He shall be reckoned, by His ascension, to have ascended to His God and to our God, to His Father and to our Father, John 20:17. (3) If we are of His disciples, whom He regards, Luke 12:32(?), of whom He expressly says, "It is expedient for you that I go away," John 16:7, and 14:2-3, etc. (4) If He, together with His disciples, has also led us out from Jerusalem, Luke 24:50, that is, out of the world, Heb. 13:13; 1 John 2:15-16. If we (5), being led out, have gone up with Him and with His disciples onto the Mount of Olives, and toward Bethany, Acts 1:12; Luke 24:50 — that is, toward the house of afflictions, and toward the place of sufferings — in order there not only to gaze after the one ascending, but also, out of the sufferings, as it were, to pass over with Him into the fellowship of His glory, Luke 24:26; Rom. 8:17. (6) If He, just as He associated bodily with the disciples for forty days, Acts 1:3, has likewise associated with us spiritually, and we have thereby made friendship and fellowship with Him — just as Enoch was taken up by Him only after a continual walk and converse with God, Heb. 11:5, with Gen. 5:24. (7) If Christ, through and during this converse and companionship, has revealed Himself to us, with many sure marks, so that we have not only heard Him, but also seen Him, Acts 1:3. If we (8) have been sufficiently instructed by Him concerning the things pertaining to the kingdom of God, ibid. If we (9) believe His promises, and have given and shown obedience to His commands, ibid. v. 4. (10) If we ask Him (all curiosity nevertheless being set aside) concerning the things that pertain to the establishment or restoration of His kingdom in us, ibid. v. 7. If we (11) have experienced the power of the sanctifying and converting Spirit, ibid. v. 8. If we (12), by that same power of the Holy Spirit, have shown ourselves to be faithful witnesses of Christ, ibid. If we (13) have fixed and kept the eyes of our soul strained toward heaven and toward Christ, so that we await Him, with a burning eagerness and affection, who shall one day come again — just as we have, through faith, seen Him ascend to heaven, ibid. Finally (14), if we, according to Christ's command, have returned to Jerusalem, awaiting that the Holy Spirit, as to His saving gifts, shall be poured out upon us more and more, according to the promise of the ascending Savior, ibid. v. 10, with v. 4.
XXII. Fifth, Christ's ascension spurs us on to strive, by all manner of means, to experience and become aware of the power of the ascension more and more. For the ascension has its power, just as His death and resurrection do — differing herein from the ascension of Enoch and Elijah, who ascended only for themselves alone. This power now lies (I) in the confirming of our faith, Acts 1:3. (II) In the intercession made for us, Rom. 8:34; Heb. 9:24. (III) In the sending down of the Holy Spirit, John 16:7. (IV) In the imparting of those gifts which are necessary for the application of the redemption He has procured, Eph. 4:8, 10. (V) In the subduing of our spiritual captivity, v. 8. (VI) In a spiritual drawing to Himself, John 12:32, whereby we keep the eyes of our understanding continually fixed (ἀτενίζοντες) toward heaven, and lift up our hearts and affections upward, so that we seek those things that are above, where Christ is, seated at the right hand of God, Col. 3:1-2. (VII) In the preparing and taking possession of the place where we, after this life, shall dwell forever, John 14:2-3. Thus we must, with the exertion of all our strength, strive to experience and become aware of this so manifold power of Christ's ascension. If not, then we shall (1), so far as lies in us, or at least with respect to ourselves, wholly enervate Christ's most glorious ascension, and by the very deed deny it, through a dreadful outrage. (2) We shall then punish ourselves and our wretched souls most grievously, by robbing ourselves of all those benefits which flow from Christ's ascension, and from that same power, to true believers. On the contrary, we shall then (3) arm Christ against ourselves — Christ, who, since His ascension, now sits most gloriously at the Father's right hand — so that He, even because of this neglect, and this disregard for His most glorious ascension, will make us, as His enemies, a footstool for His feet, Ps. 110:1, and, having stripped us along with the hellish powers and principalities, will publicly parade us in triumph and hold us up to open shame, Col. 2:15.
The manner, now, of endeavoring and striving after this, consists chiefly in these two things: (a) in those means by which we strive after union with, and communion in, Christ and all His benefits — namely, faith and the Spirit, which two are, as it were, the bonds of our union with Christ: for when we are united with Christ, then all His benefits — as much of His death and resurrection, as also of His ascension and intercession — are ours. (b) In the use of the means by which those benefits of union are actually conveyed to us: among which the chief is (a) the confident access to, and approach unto, the Father through prayer, Rom. 5:2; Eph. 2:18 and 3:12. In which, however, it is (b) necessary that we deliver our prayers, as it were, into the hands of Christ, who, by His ascension, has become our sole Intercessor and Advocate in heaven, 1 John 2:1-2; that we, together with the disciples, Luke 24:50, being taken along and led by Him, go to the Father, 1 Pet. 3:18, and that we ask and desire nothing except in His name, John 16:26; and also (c) that we approach with a heart that is cleansed from an evil conscience, Heb. 10:22, since our sins separate us from God, Isa. 59:1-2, and God does not hear sinners, Prov. 15:29.
XXIII. Sixth, the Savior's ascension urges us to leave the world together with the ascending Christ, John 16:28. Yet by "the world" we do not here understand the earth itself — in which sense Christ, by ascending, left the world, and we too, by dying, shall in our time leave it — but rather (I) worldly and earthly things: goods, riches, honors, 1 John 2:15; Jas. 4:4; John 8:23; and (II) worldly pleasures, and a manner of company, converse, and life.
Whatever this may be, to leave the world does not here mean simply to leave the world and worldly things as such: for we see also that those who have most zealously sought heaven and heavenly things have themselves possessed earthly things, and that in abundance, indeed in overflowing abundance — for example, Abraham, Isaac, Jacob — of whom nevertheless the Apostle testifies that they sought a city which has foundations, whose builder and maker is God, Heb. 11:8-10; likewise Paul, Phil. 4:12. But to leave the world is, for us at present, nothing other than (1) not to love the world immoderately, 1 John 2:15 — that is, (a) not to esteem it too highly, Phil. 3:7-8; (b) not to desire or seek it too much, not to reach after it, Col. 3:1-2; Matt. 6:33; (c) not to rejoice and be too glad over the possession and enjoyment of worldly things, Ps. 4:8 and 62:11(?); (d) not to be too sorrowful and distressed over the loss of worldly things, Heb. 10:34; (e) not to love the world and worldly things above God, 2 Tim. 3:4, above Christ, Matt. 10:37, above heaven and heavenly and spiritual things, Col. 3:1-2; Matt. 6:33.
Then (2) to leave the world is nothing other than not to misuse it, 1 Cor. 7:29-31, which occurs (a) by possessing the world as though without God, Ps. 10:3-4(?); (b) by exalting it above God, 2 Tim. 3:4, so that it becomes to us as a god, Phil. 3:19; (c) by setting it up in our heart alongside God, as another, a strange god, Exod. 20:3; (d) by setting it up against God, warring and fighting against God with our riches and honors, Acts 23:9(?). Furthermore (3), to leave the world is nothing other than not conforming ourselves to it and to its ways and manner of life, Rom. 12:2. Finally (4), it is nothing other than readily and promptly bidding farewell to the world and to all manner of worldly things — whether for God's and for Christ's sake, Mark 10:28; Matt. 19:27, 29, and 16:25-26; whether through natural death, and through a desire and longing for a heavenly life, Phil. 1:20-21, 23; 2 Cor. 5:1-2.
Now, that we may thus leave the world, this is urged upon us: (A) because we otherwise cannot ascend spiritually into heaven: for just as Christ could not ascend into heaven naturally except by leaving the earth, so too can we not ascend spiritually without leaving the world, Col. 3:1-2. Then (B), because the world absolutely deserves to be left by us: for it is (a) vain, Eccl. 2:8; 1 Cor. 7:31; Ps. 39:6-7(?); Prov. 23:5 — whereas heaven, whither we, by leaving the world, strive together with Christ, is a city which has foundations, Heb. 11:10. It is (b) fleeting, vanishing, and passing away, 1 John 2:17 — so honor, Jer. 22:22, treasures and riches, Prov. 23:5, the most magnificent buildings of men, Matt. 24:2, pleasures and delights, Heb. 11:25 — whereas heaven, whither we, by leaving the world, journey together with Christ, is an unshakable kingdom, Heb. 12:28. It is (c) mean, base, despised, and cast off, dung, Phil. 3:8 — whereas heaven (the holy Jerusalem, Rev. 21:10), which we, by leaving the world, seek together with Christ, has goods which eye has not seen, nor ear heard, and which have not entered into the heart of man, 1 Cor. 2:9. It is (d) deceitful, with its fair-seeming promises, Job 15:31, like its god, Matt. 4:8-9 — whereas Jesus, with whom we leave the world, is faithful in fulfilling His promises made to those who leave the world, Matt. 19:27-28; John 14:2. It is (e) useless for true blessedness, Prov. 11:4; Ps. 49:8-9 — whereas heaven, which we, by leaving the world with Christ, seek, is supremely and utterly necessary, Matt. 16:26. It is (f) even, at times, harmful, by hindering and impeding true blessedness, Matt. 13:22 and 19:23, and by closing and stopping up the way to heaven, 1 Tim. 6:9; Jas. 4:4 — whereas Jesus, with whom we leave the world, prepares a new, fresh, and living way, Heb. 10:19-20 — indeed, is Himself the way, John 14:6 — and, as we leave the world, sets us in heaven, Eph. 2:6.
(C) This is also urged upon us because nothing more absurd and unfitting could be conceived of, than that a Christian should shamefully lose His soul over the world, which Christ has left. Indeed (D), nothing more foolish, than to be unwilling to leave that which one will shortly be compelled to leave, Luke 12:19-20 — likewise, to prefer to leave heaven rather than the earth.
XXIV. Seventh, Christ's ascension awakens us to strive and aspire, spiritually, together with the ascending Christ, toward heaven — just as the Savior, when about to ascend, having taken the disciples with Him, kept their eyes and their thoughts, and doubtless also their hearts, fixed toward heaven, Acts 1:10, "and while they looked steadfastly toward heaven as He went up." That is: (I) let us ascend spiritually with Him, with the Bride, Song 3:6, which is done by endeavoring and striving that our heart, our affections, and our desires and longings, be in heaven, where Christ is, seated at the right hand of God, Col. 3:1; Eph. 2:6; John 17:24; Heb. 11:10, 14-15; Phil. 1:23 — that we be with God and Christ not only with our bodies and outwardly, but also with our soul and inwardly, Matt. 15:8, from Isa. 29:13.
(II) Let us dwell continually with Christ in heaven, as in our home, John 14:2, as in our fatherland, Heb. 11:14, as in our city, of which we are citizens, Eph. 2:19; Heb. 11:10; Phil. 3:20 — just as the apostles wished and longed, when they were with Christ, glorified on the mountain, Matt. 17:4; and David, Ps. 27:4 and 84:2-3, 5, and 15:1 — as those who are strangers on the earth, Ps. 39:12(?); 119:19; Heb. 11:13; 1 Pet. 2:11.
(III) Let us live as in heaven, in a heavenly manner, so that we have our citizenship and our conduct in heaven, Phil. 3:20 — that is: (1) that we have a heavenly soul, which minds heavenly and spiritual things, Rom. 8:6-7, and is endowed with a heavenly and divine nature and disposition, 2 Pet. 1:4. (2) That we have a heavenly aim and goal, which the heavenly calling points out to us, Phil. 3:14 — which those who are in heaven, together with Christ, aim at and seek, Rom. 14:17, whereby we live not for ourselves, but for God and Christ, ibid. vv. 7-8; 2 Cor. 5:15. (3) That we occupy and busy ourselves with heavenly employments: as much by considering and pondering with our understanding, Rom. 8:6, as by desiring and seeking with our will those things with which the inhabitants of heaven are occupied — for example, seeing God, Matt. 18:10; 1 Cor. 13:12(?); glorifying Him, Isa. 6:3; Rev. 4:8, etc. (4) That we set before ourselves a heavenly rule and standard for our doing and forbearing, Matt. 6:10 — that we walk, not after the flesh, nor after the customs of the world, but after the spirit, Rom. 8:1 and 12:2. (5) That we seek heavenly company, Ps. 16:3, with whom we shall hereafter take our delight in heaven, Heb. 12:22-24; Matt. 8:11. (6) That we devote ourselves to heavenly exercises and pursuits, Matt. 6:10, so as to live on earth in time in a manner whose knowledge continues on into the heavens, John 17:3, so that we are not only spiritual and heavenly in our spiritual works and occupations, Rev. 1:10, but also in our temporal and bodily matters — for instance, in eating and drinking, Luke 14:15; John 6:26-27; in the gathering of treasures, Matt. 6:19-20, etc.
(IV) Let us trade and do business with heaven, as spiritual merchants, Matt. 13:45. (1) Let us seek the merchandise of the heavenly kingdom, Matt. 6:33, the prize of the calling that is from above, Phil. 3:14, the costly pearl of heaven, Matt. 13:45-46. (2) Let us sell and disdain all other things for the sake of heavenly things, ibid. and Phil. 3:7-8; Matt. 19:27-28. (3) Let us diligently and devoutly observe the heavenly market-days and trading-days — that is, all manner of well-suited times for gaining heavenly treasures, 2 Cor. 6:2; Gal. 6:10; Rev. 3:3(?). (4) Let us strive to acquire for ourselves knowledge and experience of the heavenly trade, of the heavenly merchandise, and of the well-suited times, Matt. 13:32, 45, and 16:3.
That we may therefore, in this manner, strive and aspire toward heaven, this is urged upon us in every way (a) by the example of our Forerunner (Heb. 6:20, "whither the forerunner is for us entered, [namely] Jesus"), our Head, King, Brother, Bridegroom, who has ascended into heaven, and there sits at the right hand of God, Col. 3:1. (b) Because, besides and outside of heaven, nothing is worthy of the pursuit and striving of a Christian, insofar as He is a Christian: let Him, insofar as He is a man, and earthly and carnal, stand and strive after other things, Ps. 17:14; but insofar as He is a Christian, there is nothing that He may rightly stand and strive after, but heaven, wherein is everything of his — whence Chrysostom (on Phil. 1:4, Hom. 13) says: πάντα ἡμῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς, etc., "All that is ours is in the heavens, and our Savior, and our City, and everything that anyone could conceive or name." There is our Father, Matt. 6:9; our Mother, Gal. 4:26; Heb. 12:22; our Brother, Heb. 2:10-11; our Head, Eph. 1:22; our fatherland, Heb. 11:15(?); our inheritance, 1 Pet. 1:4; our dwelling, John 14:2; 2 Cor. 5:1; our better and abiding possession, Heb. 10:34; our hope, Col. 1:5. Should we not, then, strive and aspire upward? Lift up, for ourselves, the gates of our heart? Ps. 24:7, 9. (c) Because this our spiritual ascension, whereby we seek the things that are above, furnishes us an infallible proof of our union and communion with Christ, whereby we have died and risen with Him, Col. 3:1-2 — on which all peace of mind depends: for if we do not ascend with Christ, then we have not risen with Him either, and consequently have not died with Him either, and therefore have not been united with Him either, Rom. 6:5; Gal. 2:20. (d) Finally, this our spiritual ascension with Christ furnishes us a sure and firm proof and ground of our future natural ascension, Phil. 3:20; Eph. 2:5-6. More things of this kind we have said above, Book III, Chapter VI, §§41-42.
Now, that we may be the more inclined and fit to strive and aspire, in this manner, spiritually toward heaven, it shall be useful and greatly helpful: (a) that we more and more unlearn and wean our heart from earthly things — whence the Apostle wished to be dissolved, that he might be with Christ, Phil. 1:23, and we come with longing toward the heavenly dwelling, before the earthly house of this tabernacle (at least, with and according to our affections) be dissolved, 2 Cor. 5:1-2, 4 — to signify which, Christ, about to ascend, led the disciples out from Jerusalem to the Mount of Olives, Luke 24:50; compare Ps. 131:2; 2 Tim. 2:4. It shall be (b) useful and profitable that we gather treasures in heaven in good time; for where our treasure is, there shall our heart be also, Matt. 6:20-21 — just as, on the contrary, whoever's treasure is on the earth, that person's heart also clings fast to the earth. It shall be (c) useful and greatly helpful that we have a heavenly, spiritual, nimble, and clear mind, which strives upward — just as thick, gross, and earthly bodies sink downward: let us then have a fervent heart, which climbs upward, like the flame, or the pillars of smoke, Song 3:6. It shall also (d) greatly help to accustom ourselves more and more to heaven and to heavenly things — compare Dan. 6:11 — that we make use of every and all opportunities by which our hearts may be lifted up on high; such as there are in the exercises of religion, in heavenly conversations, meditations, converse, and company, Luke 24:32, etc.
XXV. Eighth, Christ's ascension condemns those who, professing themselves to be Christians — that is, such as follow Christ, Luke 9:23 — and acknowledging that Christ has ascended into heaven, nevertheless refuse to follow Him there, to dwell with Him in heaven. And who, then, are these? They are those (I) whose conduct and company is so far removed from heaven that it is in hell itself; so far removed from Christ, that it is with Satan Himself — namely, those who habituate themselves to hellish and devilish sins and abominations, to hatred, cursing, slander, lies, blasphemies, vanities — or all those who are open reprobates, John 8:44, under which title Judas is said to have gone to his own place, Acts 1:25. They are (II) those whose company and conduct is, at the very least, upon and in the earth, and in earthly things, John 3:31 — who occupy themselves only with earthly and worldly things, riches, honors, and pleasures, minding earthly things, Phil. 3:19; 1 John 2:15-16. They are (III) those whose company and conduct is neither in heaven, nor yet wholly in hell either, but, as it were, in the middle — that is, who are neither truly godly nor openly ungodly; who partake of something of both; who, as to the outward duties of godliness, seem devout, but as to the inward and spiritual, are altogether ungodly — such as the hypocrites are, 2 Tim. 3:5; Matt. 7:22 and 23:23-27. They are (IV) those whose company and conduct is, at the very least, not with God, with Christ, with the inhabitants of heaven, and with heavenly things — that is, who take no delight in the exercises of the heaven-dwellers, in knowing, praising, and enjoying God; who do not strive to do the will of God on earth, as it is done in heaven, Matt. 6:10; Job 25:14-15.
How great is the misery of such people: all of these, (1) just as they are strangers, and far removed from the heaven of the heaven-dwellers, Eph. 2:12, so they thereby disclose and betray an earthly, hellish, and devilish nature and disposition, John 8:44 — in whom the god of this age works powerfully, Eph. 2:2. They are (2) excluded from communion with Christ, seeing that the Spirit of Christ is not in them, Rom. 8:9, 14, and Christ does not live in them, Gal. 2:20. And who, therefore, also (3) have no communion with Christ and His benefits — neither with His death, of which they are enemies, Phil. 3:18, nor with His resurrection, Col. 3:1, nor with His ascension, Eph. 2:5-6. And because (4), just as they take no delight in heaven and in heavenly things — no, but occupy themselves with hell and hellish things — so they shall, by God's righteous judgment, be excluded forever from heaven and from what is heavenly, and shall be cast down, with Judas, into that place which corresponds with their own nature and disposition, with their lusts and desires, that is, into hell, Acts 1:25; Matt. 11:23.
In order powerfully to counteract these evils, the causes must be examined and removed. Such causes are: (a) the blindness of the understanding, which does not know, does not comprehend, the heavenly divine things as they are in themselves, but accounts them foolishness, 1 Cor. 2:14 and 1:23. (b) The aversion of the heart from heavenly and spiritual things, and an opposite inclination and bent toward things that are earthly and carnal, Rom. 8:5-7; Phil. 3:19. (c) An excessive care and concern for earthly things, whereby the mind is burdened and pressed down, Luke 21:34, and all that is heavenly and spiritual is smothered and stifled, Matt. 13:22. (d) Unbelief, whereby they do not sufficiently believe what is said in the Scriptures concerning God, concerning Christ, concerning heavenly things, and concerning the weight of heavenly glory, Heb. 3:12. (e) Evil and perverse examples of this world, drawing most powerfully away from what is heavenly toward what is earthly, 1 John 5:19; Rom. 12:2.
XXVI. Ninth, the ascension of Christ furnishes us an infallible pledge of our own future natural ascension. Since (I) it is His unshakable and unchangeable will that, where He is, there we too may be, to behold His glory, John 17:24. (II) Since He has, by His intercession, which is always effectual, John 11:22, entreated His Father for this on our behalf, John 17:24. (III) Since He has ascended into heaven for this very purpose, to prepare there a place and a dwelling for us, John 14:2. (IV) Since He has, moreover, added an infallible promise, that He will come again and take us to Himself, there — and that, all of us, John 12:32. (V) Since He has entered into heaven for us, or in our place, Heb. 6:20. (VI) Since He has ascended in order to open the way for us, Heb. 9:8 and 10:19-20 — indeed, to be Himself the way, along which we may come to the Father, John 14:6. (VII) Since we, through Christ's ascension, already have our very Head Himself, Eph. 1:22-23, and our flesh, Eph. 5:30, long since in heaven.
And yet Christ's ascension does not furnish such a pledge to every single person alike, but (1) first to those who are His disciples, that is, true Christians: for to them alone He promises it, John 14:2, and for them alone has He entreated it, John 17:24. (2) To those who have died and been made alive with Him in a spiritual manner, and have risen with Him, Eph. 2:5-6. (3) To those who have long since left the world with Him; for indeed, He does not pray for the world and for worldlings, John 17:9, and He does not request their presence, v. 24. (4) To those who have long since ascended with Him in a spiritual manner, Col. 3:1, and have long had their citizenship and conduct in heaven, Phil. 3:20. (5) To those who tread the way of life, which leads the wise and understanding upward, Prov. 15:24, that fresh and living way, Heb. 10:20. (6) To those who await His return, or appearing, with longing, and who, meanwhile, fight the good and excellent fight, and keep and preserve their faith and a good conscience unhurt and unimpaired, 2 Tim. 4:7-8.
Chapter XVII: On the Mediator's Sitting at the Right Hand of God
Eph. 1:20-22 — "And [He] hath set [Him] at His own right hand in the heavenly places, far above all principality, and power, and might, and dominion, and every name that is named, not only in this world, but also in that which is to come: and hath put all things under His feet, and gave Him to be the head over all things to the church."
The Explanatory Part
I. And thus we climb up to the third step of Christ's exaltation, which is His sitting at the right hand of God, which the Apostle sets before us and represents to us, Eph. 1:20-22.
II. In which words the exaltation of Christ to the right hand of His Father is: 1. Set forth, v. 20, where is noted: 1. The one who exalts, wrapped up in the connecting word "and" — whereby is signified the God of our Lord Jesus Christ, the Father of glory, to whom it belonged and was fitting to bring the glory of sitting at His right hand to His Son, the Lord of glory, 1 Cor. 2:8, through the Spirit of glory, 1 Pet. 4:14. Wherefore, although this exaltation, considered theologically as an outward operation, indeed belongs properly to the whole undivided Godhead — yet it belongs, in the manner of speech proper to the household of God, first of all to the Father, who has set the Son in this glory, just as the Son has been seated, or has taken His seat, in it.
2. The exaltation, ἐκάθισεν, "hath set." The root word καθίζω, "kathizo," though it not seldom signifies, in an intransitive sense, "to sit" (like the Hebrew יָשַׁב, "yashabh," to tarry, to abide, to dwell, to sit at rest — as Heb. 1:4(?), "ἐκάθισεν ἐν δεξιᾷ," "is seated at the right hand"), nevertheless signifies here, in a transitive sense, "I make to sit, I set, I place," as also in Matt. 21:7; 1 Cor. 6:4 — namely, as judges and kings are wont to do, as there; and God, 2 Thess. 2:14(?). Although Stephen also saw Jesus seated — standing at God's right hand, Acts 7:55 — so that "sitting" seems to signify the very sovereignty itself, and "standing," the exercise of that sovereignty. When He is said, then, to be set at God's right hand, it is thereby signified that He has been exalted and lifted up by the power of another, and consequently that He does not sit at God's right hand merely as the Son of God, or with respect to His divine nature alone — which cannot be lifted up — but also with respect to His human nature; or rather, as the God-man Mediator, with respect to both natures at once, as "God manifest in the flesh... received up into glory," 1 Tim. 3:16.
3. The one exalted, namely Christ, whom God, according to the preceding half-verse, raised from the dead — "Him," the same one, αὐτόν, as the manuscript of Camerarius has it: καὶ καθίσας αὐτόν, "and having set Him." He has therefore been lifted up and exalted with respect to the Person, not with respect to the human nature alone, as though a divine glory, omnipresence, omnipotence, had been communicated to it — as the Ubiquitarians (drivers of Christ's bodily omnipresence) would have it. How He is now exalted, according to both His natures, to the right hand of God, we shall explain in its place.
4. The goal of the exaltation, ἐν δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, "to," or "in," "His right hand." Elsewhere also ἐκ δεξιῶν, "at the right hands," in a plural form, Heb. 1:13 — perhaps in order thereby to signify that God, properly speaking, has no right hand, in the sense of the anthropomorphists; nor also that God's right hand signifies a place, so as to conclude with the Ubiquitarians that Christ's human nature, because it sits at God's right hand, is for that very reason omnipresent — but that this, in an improper sense, signifies God's glory, since a man has no more than one right hand; since also to sit at someone's right hand means nothing other than to enjoy a glory which is nearest to it — whence to sit at Christ's left hand also signifies a glory, just as at His right hand, Matt. 20:21; compare Ps. 45:9.
5. The place of the exaltation, ἐν ἐπουρανίοις, "in the heavenly," understand thereby, "places" — in the uppermost and glorious heaven, the seat of God and of the blessed, John 3:12(?); 1 Cor. 15:40, 48-49; Phil. 2:10; 2 Tim. 4:18 — to signify thereby the place where He enjoys glory at God's right hand. For although God's right hand is not a place, yet "the heavenly" signifies the place of glory; whence Christ, after His resurrection, ascended into heaven, there to obtain glory.
II. It is explained and expanded, v. 21, with respect to the sitting: 1. Its glory, whereby it surpasses everything. Ὑπεράνω, "hyperano" (not merely "above," but) "far above, very far above" — understand thereby, He is exalted, He sits at God's right hand, not only by the placement of His body in the heavenly realm, as we have said, but also, and much more, with a surpassing excellence of glory. "Ἀρχῆς, ἐξουσίας, καὶ δυνάμεως, καὶ κυριότητος" — "principality, and power, and might, and dominion." The origin and the distinction of these words some (a) refer to earthly and worldly dominions, that ἀρχαί, "principalities," are kings; ἐξουσίαι, "powers," all manner of subordinate magistrates; δυνάμεις, "mights," powers, potentates, even tyrants; κυριότητες, "dominions," all manner of lords, even those without office, in a republic, in the church, and elsewhere — namely, taken from the pattern of the Persian empire, under which the Jews formerly were, where ἀρχαί, "principalities," were the "great men," Dan. 5:1; δυνάμεις, "mights," the "princes," Esth. 1:18; ἐξουσίαι, "powers," those having authority, from a word which among the Chaldeans is ἐξουσιάζω, "to have power and authority." Thus also ἀρχαὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες, "principalities," "the heads of the people," Job 12:24; Eccl. 10:20(?), and in Ezekiel and Ezra; κυριότητες or κυριεῖαι, "dominions," "rulers," Dan. 2:15(?). Now it is a common feature among all Oriental peoples to use abstract names and words for concrete ones. So Grotius understands it, on Rom. 8:38. Others (b) refer these words and designations to the angels, and their classes, orders, ranks — of which these very names are indeed very commonly used among the Hebrews; as appears both from the expression "in the heavenly places," and from comparing Rom. 8:38; 1 Cor. 15:24; Eph. 3:10; Col. 1:16 — as if one were to say, if one derives the names from the Roman government, "chiefs, sheriffs, governors, presidents, counts." There are added, Col. 1:16, "thrones," that is, kings, such as there were some under the Monarch of the Persians, who was for that reason called a King of kings. A similar distinction of orders is also observed in the kingdom of Satan, Eph. 6:12. Christ is therefore said to be greater and mightier than all those most excellent spirits, as a King of kings and a Lord of lords, Rev. 17:14. Others (c) think that these designations are used of both — both earthly and heavenly, as much evil as good — as appears from the Apostle's purpose, since he is striving to show that Christ has been exalted and lifted up above all creatures; likewise from Matt. 28:18; compare Col. 1:15-17; 1 Pet. 3:22.
The Apostle adds: καὶ παντὸς ὀνόματος, ὀνομαζομένου οὐ μόνον ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι, "and every name that is named, not only in this world, but also in that which is to come." Here he takes ὄνομα, "a name," either (a) for the thing named, or for a present, existing thing, so that the sense would be: everything that exists in the whole created order — for everything that exists has a name; or (b) for every excellent and outstanding person, whether man or angel, who, with respect to this or that excellence, deserves to be named with praise and renown: for שֵׁם, "shem," a name, often signifies among the Hebrews a distinction and dignity — whence renowned and famous men are called "men of name"; thus the Greeks call such men ὀνομαστούς, "named," famous men. A name for a famous and renowned thing, and to be named, for being renowned, famous. Ὀνομαζόμενα, "being named," a present participle, signifies, by a substitution, also the future. This clause can be referred either (*) to the whole preceding sentence, or to the words "hath set Him at His right hand" — to teach that Christ not only now sits, that is, reigns over all things in this age, in this world, but that He shall also govern and reign in the world to come; and that His kingdom is thus eternal, and includes the age or world to come, without any exception — which age or world the Apostle calls "the one to come," not because it does not now exist, but because it is future for us. Or (**) to the immediately preceding word "named," so that the sense would be: Christ is not only above the aforementioned orders and ranks of angels, but also, if there be yet any other, more exalted beings, or yet more excellent things, which indeed cannot be named in this world and age, but shall be known in the other world and age — indeed, if there be yet more excellent and more glorious names of angels than those mentioned, as some think that in Ezekiel, under the name חַיּוֹת, "living creatures," the angels are obscurely signified by the Jews, Ezek. 1:14-15, 19 — which the ancient Christian heretics, as also Tatian, called αἰῶνας, "aeons," of whose names, offices, and ministries the age to come shall have knowledge: that over these too Christ shall have dominion, no nature, no creature excepted, save the Father, 1 Cor. 15:27; compare what we have said above concerning the orders and ranks of angels, Book III, Chapter VII.
2. With respect to a twofold power to rule: a. A general power over all things: καὶ πάντα ὑπέταξεν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, "and hath put all things under His feet." "All things" — namely both angels and men, both good and bad, as appears from comparing the preceding words with Phil. 2:10; Matt. 28:18 — also His own enemies and those of the Church, Ps. 110:1. All these things He has put under His feet, that is, with a complete subjection, such as belongs to us over those things and those persons whom we have under our feet, whom we tread down and trample, compare Josh. 10:24. To the first Adam He had subjected the small and great cattle, and all earthly things, Gen. 1:26; to the second He has also subjected the heavenly hosts, and hell itself, and death, 1 Cor. 15:27; Phil. 3:21.
b. A particular power, proper to Him, over His Church: καὶ αὐτὸν ἔδωκε κεφαλὴν ὑπὲρ πάντα τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, "and gave Him to be the head over all things to the church" (over the whole Church, that is, of Gentiles and Jews, of angels and men, of the militant and triumphant) — or, "and Him, who is above all things, He has given to be a head to the assembly"; or, "Him, above all things (understanding this as already established), He has given to the assembly to be her head" — namely, as a great blessing and comfort to the Church; and so there would be, in the words, a certain transposition. Others think that it must here be completed thus: ὥστε εἶναι αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ πάντα κεφαλὴν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, that is, so that He should be the highest and almighty head of the Church, or also, the one and only head of the Church. Ἔδωκε, "hath given," by a Hebrew idiom, stands for κατέστησε, "hath appointed," as in Gen. 41:43 — except that the former also signifies, at the same time, a particular grace of the one appointing. He has given Him, not only to be a βασιλεύς, a king, whose work it is only to govern His subjects, yet not immediately to infuse His power into them; but also κεφαλήν, a head, as He explains it in the next, the 23rd, verse. That is, not only with respect to order and rank, as being the chief member, as the head is in our body — but also, by union with His members, He imparts to each of them alike His power, gives and communicates grace, and sustains, governs, directs, and guides them in all spiritual matters, 1 Cor. 12:12. This assembly the Apostle depicts more particularly in the 23rd verse, which we reserve for the chapter on the Church.
The Doctrinal Part
III. Christ, then, has not only ascended into heaven, as others also have; but He has also there been exalted by His Father to, and at, His right hand. For this was (I) predicted in the Old Testament, and promised to Him, Ps. 110:1, and in the New Testament foretold by Christ Himself, Matt. 26:64. It was (II) foreshadowed and prefigured in the Ark of the Covenant, since it, together with the Tabernacle, after various movements and journeys, was at last brought up, most gloriously and magnificently, into the glorious and magnificent Temple of Solomon, there to rest, in a glorious manner, upon the seat and throne of glory; compare Ps. 24:7-8. Whence one also (III) reads that this has been most precisely fulfilled, Acts 2:34-35; Rom. 8:34; Col. 3:1; Heb. 1:3 and 8:1; Mark 14:62; Heb. 12:2; also according to the testimony of Stephen, Acts 7:56. Indeed, moreover, it also had of necessity to be fulfilled: (1) not only on account of the truthfulness and faithfulness of Him who predicted and promised it, but also (2) on account of God's justice, since He, through His utmost humiliation and obedience, had deserved that pinnacle of exaltation, Phil. 2:7-9; 1 Pet. 1:11. Because also (3) the condition of the Church, which had to be governed, guided, extended, and protected, required that pinnacle of power and dominion, Eph. 1:21-22; Matt. 28:18-20. And finally (4), because the more glorious and effectual exercise of His prophetic, priestly, and kingly office required it, Heb. 8:1-4.
IV. That we may now the better grasp and comprehend the nature of this sitting, it must be presupposed that, on account of His infinite simplicity, no right hand or left hand properly belongs to God at all; but that God's "right hand," in a manner of human speech (borrowed from the likeness of kings, who place at their right hand those to whom some special honor shall and must be shown — as appears in Nero, setting Tiridates(?), the king of Armenia, at his right hand, according to the account of Suetonius; and in Bathsheba, placed by Solomon at his right hand, 1 Kings 2:19; compare Ps. 45:9), signifies God's power, authority, and glory; compare Isa. 48:13; Ps. 118:14-16; Hab. 2:16 — whence Christ, Heb. 1:3, is said to be seated at the right hand of Majesty on high; Luke 22:69, "Hereafter shall the Son of man sit on the right hand of the power of God." And He is said to sit after the manner of judges, who are accustomed not to stand before the judgment seat, but to sit upon it — unless perhaps He is said to sit also in distinction from the High Priest of the Old Testament, who indeed went into the sanctuary, but there stood, and did not sit. Although He is also, for the reason indicated in the Explanatory Part, said to stand, Acts 7:56.
Yet the chief difficulty here is that Christ, by this sitting at the right hand, seems to be exalted above His Father, as though the Father sat at His left hand — a difficulty which some try to remove by holding that the left hand is more worthy than the right, adducing for this certain passages from pagan writers; to whom some of the Papists attach themselves, who, having noticed on certain episcopal seals that Paul held the right hand of Peter, in order that nothing of Peter's mastery and primacy might thereby be diminished, commonly hold that the left hand is more distinguished than the right — against which countless testimonies of tested writers cry out, just as Scripture everywhere does, for example Gen. 48:17-19; Matt. 25:33-34. Others prefer that Christ sits at the Father's right hand comparatively, with reference to others, who sit at His left hand — so Maldonatus, on Matt. 16:18-19. Others, again, hold that it is so said with reference to the sitting at the left hand, above which the sitting at the right hand is more worthy and distinguished. Yet the Apostle removes this difficulty, 1 Cor. 15:27, when he says that God has indeed put all things under His Son Christ, but he adds nevertheless that He must be excepted who has put all things under Him — with which agrees and accords the usage of Scripture, in Bathsheba, sitting at the right hand of the monarch Solomon, 1 Kings 2:19, and in the Church, standing at Christ's right hand, Ps. 45:9, etc. — which appears chiefly in this, that the Father is said to have set the Son at His right hand, Ps. 110:5(?), and also Ps. 16:8. There seems, therefore, to be an allusion here to the session of the highest court of the Jews, in which the אַב-דִּין, "Father of the Court," or אָב בֵּית-דִּין, "Father of the House of Judgment," sat at the right hand of the נָשִׂיא, "Nasi," or Prince of the Sanhedrin, who carried the judgment and sentence into execution (cf. Targum on Song 7:4); compare also John 5:22.
V. To sit, therefore, at God's right hand, signifies in Christ the highest authority, the highest power and glory, Eph. 1:20-21; Heb. 1:3; Phil. 2:9; Heb. 2:9 — not exactly the essential power and glory which belongs to Him by virtue of His divine nature, absolutely equal with that which belongs to the Father and to the Holy Spirit, but a mediatorial power and glory, communicated to Him by the Father, Matt. 28:18. This mediatorial sitting at the right hand, therefore, consists:
VI. First, in His majesty and glory — not indeed an infinite one, but nevertheless as great a one as can fall to the Mediator, the God-Man. Whereby He shows Himself as the sole King and Monarch, Ps. 2:6, and the supreme Head of His Church, Eph. 1:20-22, to whom belongs all power in heaven and on earth, Matt. 28:18; Ps. 8:6-7; Heb. 2:6-10 — indeed, also in His power and authority, since everything that is in heaven, on earth, and under the earth, whether willingly or unwillingly, must stand under Him and be subject to Him, Phil. 2:9-10. Let me say it in one word: whereby He is second to God the Father.
VII. Second, it presupposes a precise carrying-out, accomplishment, perfecting, and completion of the mediatorial work, which He had to perform and to accomplish on earth — whence the Apostle says, Heb. 1:3, "When He had by Himself purged our sins, [He] sat down on the right hand of the Majesty on high"; and ch. 10:12. Hence, too, the Savior Himself requests and asks for nothing other, having accomplished the glorifying of God by the perfecting of the mediatorial work, than His own glorification with the Father, John 17:4-5; and the Apostle therefore also testifies that He, after He had emptied Himself, and had been obedient to the Father unto death, was then first exalted, Phil. 2:8-9. And thus it also had of necessity to happen, as the Savior Himself acknowledges, Luke 24:26, 46, since the rest of sitting befits none but one whose work is accomplished, Heb. 4:10, nor does reigning befit any but one who has suffered, Rom. 8:17, nor triumphing any but one who has overcome, 2 Tim. 2:5.
VIII. Third, it includes the actual exercise of His kingly power. For this reason the Apostle explains the sitting at God's right hand, which is promised in Ps. 110:1, thus, in 1 Cor. 15:25: "He must reign as king"; compare Rom. 14:9. Which includes in itself: (I) a legislating, or rather, the proclamation of the Gospel — whence the scepter of the Messiah's strength, which was to be sent forth out of Zion, Ps. 110:2, is explained by the prophets as the Law and the Word going forth out of Jerusalem, Isa. 2:3; Mic. 4:2 — whereby He thrusts forth His laborers into His harvest, to proclaim the Gospel to men, and to move them to faith and conversion; whose labor He animates with His effectual working and blessing, that His Church may be gathered, preserved, and increased. It includes (II) a subjugation of His enemies to Himself, which occurs through the effectual conversion of sinners, Acts 16:14, brought about as much by the preaching of the Word, Rom. 10:14-15, as by the illumination and renewal of the Holy Spirit, Rom. 15:18-19, so that they thereby pass over from Satan to the party and the camp of Christ. It includes (III) a governing and ruling, whereby He powerfully directs, guides, stirs up, and provides everything necessary for the spiritual life and for godliness to those who, by conversion, have been brought over into His kingdom, through His Word and Spirit, Isa. 2:2-3; 1 Cor. 1:4, 8; Isa. 30:21; 1 Pet. 1:1. It includes (IV) a strengthening and confirming against the assaults of Satan, of the world, of the flesh, etc., that they may not grow faint, wither, or fall down, Acts 23:11; John 16:33; 1 Cor. 10:13; 2 Cor. 1:5; Phil. 4:7, 19. It includes (V) a putting to shame and confounding of enemies, with respect to their undertakings, snares, persecutions, and persons, Ps. 2:3-5, 9 and 110:1 — whence Stephen saw Him standing, in heaven, at the right hand of God, Acts 7:56.
IX. Fourth, it has brought about and established the extraordinary outpouring of the Holy Spirit, which was so excellently and gloriously promised, not only under the Old Testament, Joel 2:27-28, with John 14:26; Zech. 12:10; Isa. 44:3, but also under the New Testament, by Christ Himself, John 16:7; Acts 1:4-5. II. The time — on the fiftieth day after the resurrection, and the tenth after the ascension — on that very same day on which formerly the Mediator, Acts 7:35, 38, with Gal. 3:19, had given, from heaven, the complete Jewish religion — through the Moral Law, and through the Gospel (which was present in the Ceremonial Law) — to be proclaimed only to the Israelites, namely on the day of the feast of Pentecost, Acts 2:1 — so that, on the same day, the same Mediator delivered the Christian religion, through the Holy Spirit, in its most complete form, to the apostles, to be proclaimed and made known to all the neighboring peoples of the whole world, just as it was, on this day, proclaimed and made known to very many, Acts 2:9-11, with such great emphasis and power, that on that very same day, as it were the firstfruits of the future harvest that was to be sanctified out of all peoples, about three thousand souls passed over to the party and army of Christ, v. 41.
Then (II) as to the manner in which it happened: this outpouring occurred with and under various excellent and glorious signs, which displayed the effectual power of the Spirit being poured out. For example, (1) with a sound... which they would receive, in order to make it heard again in the proclamation of the Gospel, Ps. 19:4-5(?); Matt. 28:19; Rom. 10:18; compare Isa. 58:1. (2) With a heavenly sound, or a sound out of heaven, Acts 2:2 — namely, to depict the heavenly gifts of the Holy Spirit, Eph. 1:3, that is, illumination and sanctification, and to stir up heavenly movements, both in the apostles and in their hearers. (3) With the sound of a certain wind, Acts 2:2, to signify the piercing, Heb. 4:12-13, purifying and uniting, Ps. 66:10; Zech. 13:9, quickening, John 16:7, stirring and driv—
...the workings of the Holy Spirit, Rom. VIII:14. (4) Then of a mighty wind, or a wind that beats down, Job 1:19. Matth. VII:27. with Acts II:37. and also one that scatters, Ps. 1:4. and XXXV:5. (5) With tongues, Acts II:3. as that by which the Apostles were to be furnished and endowed by the Spirit, in order to proclaim the Gospel, Jez. L:4. Ps. XLV:2. 1 Cor. XIII:1. (6) With distributed, or various kinds of tongues, so that the Apostles might be made the more capable of preaching the Gospel to all peoples, tongues, and nations, Acts II:3,6. with Matth. XXVIII:19. (7) With fiery tongues, Acts II:3. to make the Apostles fervent, ardent, burning, and powerful, so as to be able to speak with great boldness, vs. 14. and IV:8. Efez. VI:19. and also to kindle a fire, earnestness, and zeal in their hearers, Rom. XII:11. (In the faith, Matth. XV:28. Rom. IV:20. In the confession of the truth, Ps. CXVI:10, and CXIX:46. In godliness, ibid. vs. 138,139. In prayers, Rom. VIII:27.)
Further, also (III) with respect to the efficacy and the effects and outworkings of this outpouring: (1) That the sound of the wind filled the whole house, Acts II:2, as a sign that the whole Church should thereby be filled and possessed, 1 Cor. III:16. with Efez. IV:9,10. (2) That fire sat upon each and every one who was in the house, Acts II:3. So that (3) all were filled with the Holy Spirit, vs. 4. Acts VII:55. and VI:8. and this with respect also to all their faculties, 1 Thess. V:23. That they (4) began to speak with other tongues, Acts II:4. That is, to become other men, Efez. IV:22,23,24. new creatures, 2 Cor. V:17. who, in a manner other than before, should speak, think, and act, Rom. XII:2. compare 1 Cor. III:12. That they (5) spoke the great works, the mighty acts of God, Acts II:11. And that (6) this happened to the amazement and wonder of the hearers, vs. 7,12. And (7) unto the conversion of very many, vs. 41.
X. Fifthly, this sitting of Christ at the right hand of God also still provides the ordinary outpouring of the Holy Spirit, which consists in the communication of spiritual gifts, by and with which Christ, sitting at God's right hand, fills all things, Efez. IV:10. from Ps. LXVIII:19. Efez. I:3. in a far ampler measure than had of old occurred under the Old Testament: which is most evident and apparent in these three particulars. (1) In the manner and way of communicating His gifts: whereas of old, under the Old Testament, He conveyed a sufficient knowledge of divine things by dreams and visions, by shadows and types; now, under the New Testament, He brings that knowledge by the manifest and evident showing of Spirit and of power, 1 Cor. II:4,5. With respect to which He is called a Spirit of wisdom and of revelation, Efez. I:17. by whom, according to the gift of God's grace, the unsearchable riches of Christ are revealed to us through the Gospel, and the mystery which has been hid from all ages in God, in which is the manifold wisdom of God, Efez. III:7,8,9,10. This also seems to be signified when the Holy Spirit, under the tokens and symbols of a mighty rushing wind, of divided tongues, and of an earthquake, is communicated under the New Testament, Acts II:2,3. and IV:31. Whereas of old, under the Old Testament, the LORD was in the whispering of a gentle stillness, 1 Kings XIX:11,12.
(II) With respect to its object and the ample extent thereof: whereas of old the Spirit was poured out only upon the Jews; now upon all flesh, Joel II:28. Joh. IV:21,23. Acts X:34,35. (III) With respect to the abundance, multitude, and very measure of spiritual gifts: so that, whereas of old it was communicated only drop by drop, in the manner of a dew, Deut. XXXIII:28. He now overflows it wholly, in the manner of a flowing river, Jez. XLIV:3. from which the whole earth is said to be filled with the knowledge of the Lord, as the waters cover the bottom of the sea, Jez. XI:9. Jer. XXXI:34. Joh. XVI:12,13.
XI. Sixthly, His sitting causes His intercession, Rom. VIII:34. by which He upholds and attends to the cause of His own — not with a humble petition, as He made prayers while on earth, Luk. XXIII:32. but in an altogether glorious and majestic manner; by showing to His Father His satisfaction made for His own, His merits, and, by virtue thereof, by merely willing, etc., Joh. XVII:24. Concerning which intercession, since it belongs to His Priestly office, we have treated expressly and at length in its proper place, in Chapter VII.
XII. Seventhly, this sitting of His has brought about, and still daily brings about, the institution and establishment of the Church's Ministry, both extraordinary and ordinary, Efez. IV:4-13. and the making fruitful and the protection thereof, through the presence of His grace, until the consummation of the ages, Matth. XXVIII:18,19,20. of which more elsewhere.
XIII. Finally, eighthly, the power to judge the living and the dead, Joh. V:22. When hereafter, in the last time, He shall set all before His judgment seat, 2 Cor. V:10. and shall raise up His own to the highest glory, Matth. XXV:34. and shall press down His enemies, and make them a footstool for His feet, Ps. CX:1. and Matth. XXV:41. of which more shall be said, at greater length, in its proper place.
XIV. The Savior, then, sits at God's right hand as God-man, according to both His natures, the Divine together with the human — though in a wholly different manner. As regards the Divine nature, certainly not by acquiring some new Majesty, glory, or perfection, whether in right or in fact; but (1) by a glorious manifestation of the Divine glory which He possessed with the Father from all eternity, Joh. XVII:5. but which, during His humiliation, He had, as it were, held back and hidden. (II) In an unrestrained use and exercise of a Divine authority and power, in gathering, preserving, governing, and protecting the Church. But as regards the human nature, in the receiving of a new Majesty, authority, and power given to it (with respect to which He is more properly said to have been set by God at His right hand, Efez. I:20.) and in the using and exercising of that received power and authority.
XV. As for the circumstances, both (I) of place: He sits at God's right hand in heaven, Efez. I:20. in the highest heaven, Hebr. I:3. the throne of the Divine Majesty, Hebr. VIII:1. whither He is recorded to have been lifted up and taken up by His ascension, Mark XVI:19. Efez. IV:8. And (II) of time: and indeed (1) as God, if you understand the essential glory, He has sat from all eternity, Joh. XVII:5. (2) As the promised Mediator, but not yet appeared in the flesh, He was designated and ordained to sit, in His own time, at God's right hand, Ps. CX:1. and thereby, in His own way, had already sat, as it were, in power, and as by right, Ps. II:6. Jez. IX:6. (3) As man, He first began to sit at God's right hand after His humiliation, Hebr. I:3. Fil. II:8,9. and after His ascension into heaven, Mark XVI:19. And finally (4) as God-man He has also been exalted and lifted up since His ascension, insofar as the Divine glory of the Person has become more resplendent, and has shown itself more powerfully: since the human nature, having received a new glory, authority, and power, has begun to show and conduct itself, with full emphasis, as the head of the Congregation, Efez. I:20,21. And just as He Himself has sat there since His ascension, so shall He sit at the right hand of God unto all eternity.
The Polemical Part
XVI. Most of the controverted and disputed points that belong to this place we have already treated in Chapter VIII, on the Mediator as King, and Chapter XIV, on the Mediator's Exaltation; so that nothing remains to be done here but a certain review. We ask, then, first: Whether the Mediator, on account of this sitting of His at God's right hand, is called God's Son, if not wholly, then at least in part? The Socinians, out of hatred of Christ's co-eternal and consubstantial Godhead with the Father, hold that He is called God's Son either (I) because of His conception by the Holy Spirit; or (II) because of His performed divine wonders; or (III) because of His resurrection from the dead; or (IV) because of His sitting at the right hand of God — whereby the Father would so have transferred to Him the whole Kingdom and the entire government of the Church, that He Himself would no longer govern; but would have handed over and entrusted to this His Vicegerent all the power and all the authority to rule — who thereupon, in a certain respect and in His own way, would be greater than the Father. The Remonstrants agree with the Socinians, at least so far, that they hold that there are more causes and reasons for that Sonship than one; and this solely and only out of a bare affection for the Socinians. The Reformed, though they acknowledge that there is more than one cause and reason by which He is known and acknowledged by us as the Son of God — such as His conception by the Spirit, Luk. I:35. His wonders, Joh. X:19. and vs. 36. His resurrection, Rom. I:4. Acts XIII:32-37. to which might further be added (though Scripture, to this end, nowhere, so far as I know, adduces it) His sitting at God's right hand — yet acknowledge no other essential and constitutive cause of this Sonship than His eternal generation from the Father, Ps. II:7. according to which He is called God's own Son, Rom. VIII:32. and His only-begotten Son, Joh. III:16. whose goings forth are from of old, from the days of eternity, Mich. V:1. Although they also grant that the Mediatorial authority and power which He enjoys by sitting at God's right hand was given over and entrusted to Him by the Father, Ps. II:6. Matth. XXVIII:18. Efez. I:20. Fil. II:9,10. Ps. CX:1. yet they do not grant: (1) that the Father, in handing it over, thereby divested Himself of the Kingdom. (2) That this given-over authority and power excludes the essential authority and essential power of the Divine Person; no, rather it presupposes it: because He, sitting at God's right hand, would not come powerfully to gather, spread, govern, and protect the Church, except through the power of His Divine Person. Wherefore He, sending forth His Apostles to gather a church for Himself, after He had impressed upon them that all power in heaven and on earth had been given to Him, promised them that He would be with them all the days, even to the consummation of the world, Matth. XXVIII:18,19,20. The foundation of the orthodox view lies in His eternal Godhead, co-existing with the Father, as also in His eternal generation, which we have expressly and at length demonstrated in Book II, Chapter XXVI. The foundation of the opposing view lies in this, that the Mediator's Sonship is in Scripture referred to other causes. We, as we have already long since acknowledged, hold that it is referred to these as to causes of its manifestation; but we deny that it is referred to them as to essential and constitutive causes of the Sonship — for which the opposing party have not been able to adduce, nor can they adduce, so much as a single ground, besides their own presupposition, namely, the denial of the eternal Godhead of Christ.
XVII. We ask, secondly: Whether Christ's sitting at God's right hand consists in this, that His human nature has, through the personal union, the full and perfect use of the communicated divine attributes, of omnipresence, omnipotence, and omniscience? The Lutherans, in order to have the flesh of Christ present in the Holy Supper, and eaten with the mouth, hold that divine attributes have been communicated to it through the personal union — yet only as to possession and essence; but that as to enjoyment and power, that is, as to their full use, it first received these at His exaltation, and especially in His sitting at God's right hand. The Reformed, just as they deny that any divine attributes have been communicated to the human nature through the personal union, likewise deny that the human nature has had the use of those divine attributes — although they grant that the Person of the Mediator, sitting at God's right hand, makes full use of the properties of both natures. The grounds of both views we have examined and weighed in Chapter XIV, §.I.
XVIII. Thirdly: Whether He also, with respect to His Divine nature, sits at God's right hand? The Socinians, because they do not acknowledge the Divine nature in the Mediator, are compelled to deny this point. The Lutherans, because they (according to the preceding discussion) place the nature of the sitting at God's right hand in the full use, by the human nature, of the divine attributes conferred upon it, deny it likewise. The Reformed, since they hold that the whole Person of the Mediator, according to both His natures, sits at God's right hand, in that manner which we have explained in the Doctrinal Part, affirm this. The grounds of both parties we have examined and weighed, Chapter XIV, §.XI.
XIX. We ask, fourthly: Whether the Mediator, by His sitting at God's right hand, is only the sole Monarch and Head of the Church. Just as the Socinians, from the sitting at God's right hand, make Christ into a mere Vicegerent of God; so the Papists hold that, after Christ's ascension and His sitting at God's right hand, Peter first became His Vicar on earth, and afterward also Peter's successors, the Roman Popes. But that opinion, together with its supports, we have examined and refuted, Chapter VIII, on the Mediator as King, §.XV.
XX. We ask, fifthly: Whether Christ, since He sits at God's right hand, must be worshipped as man, or also as Mediator? The Socinians, since they do not acknowledge Him as God from eternity, maintain this. The Lutherans, because they teach that the human nature, in and through the sitting at God's right hand, has obtained the full use of the divine attributes communicated to it, think that this point must absolutely be affirmed. The Papists, in order the more conveniently to render to the holy heavenly beings the honor of worship, likewise affirm it. Some among the Reformed, because they do not carefully enough distinguish the notion of the pure Godhead from the notion of the Mediator, likewise affirm it. The common opinion of the Reformed denies it. We have marked this controverted point, Book V, Chapter II, §.XXVI.
XXI. We ask, sixthly: Whether Christ, sitting at God's right hand, is, as to His body, in heaven alone? The Papists, in favor of their transubstantiation and Mass; and the Lutherans, in favor of their consubstantiation, whereby Christ's body is orally eaten by the communicants in the Supper — hold that His body, even now that He sits at God's right hand, is present both at the signs and with the communicants; while the Ubiquitarians further add that it is everywhere, and among other arguments try to prove this from the fact that, since God's right hand is everywhere, it follows that Christ's human nature, sitting at God's right hand, is everywhere. Concerning this controverted point we have already long since occupied ourselves, more than once — for example, Book II, Chapter X, and Book V, Chapter IV — and we shall further occupy ourselves with it in Book VII, Chapter III.
The Practical Part
XXII. As for the Practical use: since the Majesty which belongs to the Mediator through His sitting at God's right hand is properly and formally the royal Majesty; almost the entire application which we made to the Mediator as King, Chapter VIII, may, with the necessary changes, and arranged with a little more distinction to suit the present matter, be brought over here without difficulty: so that nothing more remains for us here than a certain review. First, then, the sitting of our Mediator at God's right hand furnishes us with a most powerful matter and ground for His Glorification: after the example of the four living creatures and the twenty-four elders in the Revelation, who ascribed glory, and honor, and thanksgiving to Him who sits upon the throne, Rev. IV:9,10,11.
For in whose glorification (I) the Father has made His own glory, the glory of His strength and power, so resplendent and astounding, Efez. I:19,20. Whom He (II) has also so greatly glorified, that He has placed Him at His right hand; that is, has made Him nearest to Himself in Majesty, Authority, and Power, and, as it were, His Companion, vs. 20. Zach. XIII:7. Whom He (III) has exalted far above all Principality, and Power, and Might, and Dominion, Efez. I:21. To whom He (IV) has given a name above every name, which is named, not only in this world, but also in that which is to come, vs. 21. and Fil. II:10(?)... Under whose feet He (V) has put all things, vs. 22. Hebr. II:7,8. Before whom He (VI) has willed that every knee should bow, of those in heaven, on earth, and under the earth, Fil. II:10. Whom He (VII) has willed to be worshipped by all the Angels, Hebr. I:6. Whom He (VIII) has appointed to be head, or king, over the Church, whereof we, through His grace, are members, Efez. I:22. That He (IX) might be above all things, ibid. Who (X) fills all in all, with His grace and with His gifts, ibid. vs. 23. and IV:8,10. Joh. I:16. Who moreover (XI) is worthy of all glory, Rev. IV:11. and who has earned the same by His humiliation and obedience, Fil. II:7-10. And who accordingly, (XII) by His own right, seeks and demands the glorification of His Father Himself, Joh. XVII:1,5. To whom we, (XIII) by so many benefits, are bound and obliged to gratitude and glorification, Rev. V:8,9. In whose glory and glorification (XIV) our own glory itself consists, Fil. I:26. Should we not then, this One whom the Father has so greatly glorified — who by Himself deserves all glory, and from whom alone we may expect all glory — should we not, I say, glorify this One with all zeal and might? But in what manner shall we glorify Him? Answer: That we (1) exalt and lift up Him, whom God has raised and exalted far above all the most excellent things of the whole world, Efez. I:21. with our hearts and affections, above the whole world, and above all that can be precious and dear to us therein, Fil. III:7,8. Matth. X:37. That we (2) with our mouths, with the Living Creatures in the Revelation, give Majesty, glory, and thanksgiving to Him who sits upon the throne, at God's right hand, Rev. IV:9. That we (3) cast ourselves down, with the twenty-four Apocalyptic Elders, before Him who sits upon the throne, at God's right hand, ibid. vs. 10; and that upon our knees we bow humbly and lowly before Him, Fil. II:9,10. That we (4) with the same, worship Him who lives upon the throne, at God's right hand, forever and ever, Rev. IV:10. Hebr. I:6. Ps. XCV:6. That we (5) with the same Elders, cast our crowns before His throne, Rev. IV:9. that is, that we, for His glory, renounce all our own honor and glory, Ps. CXV:1. yes, that we readily and cheerfully spend all our glory, authority, power, and all that we are or can do, for His glorification, Fil. I:20,21. that we finally (6) glory in Him alone, Fil. I:26. and III:3. Jer. IX:24. because we have a Head who sits at God's right hand. Similar to what we have said above, Chapter VIII, §.XX.
XXIII. Secondly, Christ's sitting at God's right hand gives us a most sweet consolation: for which use and benefit the Apostle commends the contemplation of it, Hebr. XII:2. Looking unto the Author and Finisher of our faith, Jesus, who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross, despising the shame, and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God. This gives us comfort: (1) In every kind of affliction, however great it may be, whether spiritual or bodily: because we have a Lord, indeed a Head, nearest to God; who sits at the right hand of the power of God, Luk. XXIV:49. from where He looks down upon our lot and our condition, Jez. LXVI:1. and can change it with a single nod, Ps. LXXVII:11(?). Namely, (2) in the case of persecutions, when enemies, in multitudes, with force and with fraud, press upon us, Ps. III:1. that we have a Head, sitting at God's right hand, far above all Principality, and Power, and Might, and Dominion, Efez. I:20,21. who shall make all His and our enemies a footstool for His feet, Ps. CX:1. and CXVIII:15(?). (III) In the case of every kind of reproach and contempt, that our Head, when He had despised the reproach and the shame, sat down at the right hand of the throne of God, Hebr. XII:2. and that we, on the same terms, shall be placed there too, Rev. III:21. (IV) In the case of weakness, whereby we are not able to bear so many and so great assaults and onslaughts of afflictions; that the exceeding greatness of God's power, whereby He set Christ at His right hand, also works in us who believe, Efez. I:19,20. and that we can do all things through Christ who strengthens us, Fil. IV:13. (V) In the case of death, and the anguish of death, and anxiety of soul: if only, with Stephen, we keep the eyes of our understanding and of our faith fixed and set upon heaven, to see Jesus standing at the right hand of God, ready and prepared to receive our spirit, Acts VII:55,60.
XXIV. Thirdly, Christ's sitting at God's right hand furnishes terror, fear, and trembling for all His enemies: so that they, together with the kings of the earth, the great men and the rich, hide themselves in the caves and in the rocks of the mountains, and cry out, Fall on us, and hide us from the face of Him who sits upon the throne, Rev. VI:15,16. But who are these enemies of Christ? They are (1) all open ungodly men, who openly resist and oppose His Majesty and Dominion, which He possesses at God's right hand, Joh. XV:14(?). Luk. XIX:14,27. Ps. II:1,2,3. They are (2) secret hypocrites, who in outward matters, which are of lesser weight and moment, confess Him, Matth. VII:21,22. but who, with respect to what is inward, which is of the greatest weight and moment, show themselves to be enemies of the cross of Christ, Fil. III:19. 2 Tim. III:5. They are (3) those who openly assault and attack His communion or Church, together with the kings and peoples of the earth, Ps. II:1,2,3. Acts VI:26,27. with Saul, Acts IX:1,2. and especially the Antichrist, that false Prophet, that purple- and scarlet-clad harlot, whose custom it is, together with the red dragon, to wage open war against our Michael and His own, Rev. XIII:7,8. and XIX:19. etc.
Let this strike fear and terror: (1) the Majesty of Him who sits upon the throne of Majesty in the highest heavens; by which Majesty, shown to him in a certain vision, even John, His friend, was greatly terrified, Rev. I:13-18. Let it strike fear and terror: (2) His iron scepter, with which He shall shatter and dash His enemies to pieces, like a potter's vessels, Ps. II:9. Let it strike terror and fear: (3) the promise of the Father, that He shall surely make those enemies of His Son, sitting at His right hand — as surely as anything can be certain — a footstool for His feet, Ps. CX:1. Let it finally strike terror and trembling: (4) His fearful judgments themselves, executed upon His enemies, Rev. XIX:19. and XVI:10(?).
XXV. Fourthly, this sitting of Christ gives a most powerful spur to fight bravely against the spiritual enemies of Christ and of ourselves: (1) Against Satan, that red Dragon, who seeks to strangle and stifle the Woman (the Church) with her offspring, with all his might, Rev. XII:4,12,17. 1 Pet. V:8. Efez. VI:11. (II) Against the flesh and its motions and lusts, 1 Pet. II:11. Gal. V:16,17. (III) Against the world and what is in the world, Jak. IV:4. 1 Joh. II:15,16. Rom. XII:2. Against these enemies we must fight and contend bravely: because we (1) have a Captain, who sits at God's right hand, far above all Principality, Power, and mighty dominion, Luk. XXIV:49. Efez. I:21. who has already vanquished those same enemies, Joh. XIV:30. and XVI:11. who has spoiled Principalities and Powers by His might and power, Kol. II:14. and will crush the same under our feet, Rom. XVI:20. Who likewise, in all things as we are, has been tempted, yet without sin, so that He may be merciful, and may be able and willing to have compassion with us who are assaulted and tempted, Hebr. II:17. and IV:15. (2) Because we, together with Christ, sitting at God's right hand, shall not be raised up upon His throne, unless we shall have fought lawfully and faithfully, 2 Tim. II:5(?). Rev. III:21. 2 Tim. IV:7,8. just as Christ Himself was not exalted and raised up on the throne, at God's right hand, in the heavens, until after He had fought and overcome, Rev. III:21. (3) Because we, by bravely fighting with Christ in the power of God, shall, together with Him, in our own way, set His and our enemies as a footstool for our feet, Ps. CX:1. 1 Joh. II:13. and V:4.
XXVI. Fifthly, it admonishes us that we, as members, unto our Head, sitting at God's right hand, should show and render our rightful and owed duties. And what are these? (1) That we acknowledge Him — whom God, by setting Him at His right hand, has appointed to be the Head of His Congregation, Efez. I:22,23. — and Him alone, Hebr. I:13. just as the Israelites acknowledged David, 2 Sam. XIX:42,43. (II) That we be joined with Him, as members with the Head, in the closest union; that we may become one spirit with Him, 1 Cor. VI:17. That we, being rooted and built up in Him, Kol. II:7. hold fast the head (κρατῶμεν), from which the whole body, joined together and knit together by joints and ligaments, grows with the increase of God, Kol. II:19. Also (III) that we practice fellowship with Him, as members with the Head, and as subjects with their Prince, 1 Joh. I:3. 1 Cor. I:9. Furthermore (IV), that we show love, as members to the head, and as subjects to their Prince: this He required of His own before His death, Joh. XIV:21. This Peter, after the Resurrection, repeatedly professed, Joh. XXI:17. this Paul requires, under the penalty of a curse, 1 Cor. XVI:22. and Peter commends the same in believers, 1 Pet. I:8. Further (V), that we lift up and exalt Him, as our Head, with every kind of honor, with every kind of glory: as He who is for this said to be crowned with honor and glory, Hebr. II:7. whom the Father has exceedingly exalted, and has given Him a name which is above every name, Fil. II:9,10. Efez. I:21. whom, in accordance with this, every creature that is in heaven gives honor, Rev. V:13. Moreover (VI), that we, under Him, as under our Head, and as under the Captain of our salvation, Hebr. II:10. fight bravely against His and our enemies, as soldiers of Christ, 2 Tim. II:3. while He, with His Angels, fights against the dragon, Rev. XII:7. of which more, and at greater length, in the preceding Discourse. Also (VII), that we bow our knees, as unto our Head, willingly and sincerely, Fil. II:9,10. show and conduct ourselves obedient to Him in all things, Hebr. V:9. 1 Joh. II:4. our eyes being fixed upon Him as upon our Head, that we walk in all things just as He walked, 1 Joh. II:6. and III:3. just as Saul, when He spoke to him from heaven, showed himself obedient: Lord, what wilt thou have me to do? Acts IX:6. Finally (VIII), that we place our trust in Him, as in our Head, who sits at God's right hand, in believing and confident reliance in every kind of case, Acts XVIII:10. Hebr. XIII:6. Rev. II:10. And in order that we may the more readily show and render these and other duties to our Head, we must ponder and consider: (1) That He Himself requires these of us, Joh. XV:14(?actually XIV). (2) That they are owed to Him by the very nature of the case: for He is exalted and raised by God to His right hand, far above all Principality, etc., Efez. I:21. He has a name which is above every name, Fil. II:9,10. He is the Lord from heaven, 1 Cor. XV:47. (3) That He is a holy Head, Jez. LX:20(?). a righteous Head, Acts III:14. and VII:52. whose commands are holy and righteous, Rom. XII:2. who, being righteous, came, Zach. IX:9. who, being righteous, suffered, 1 Pet. III:18. who, being righteous, ascended into heaven, 1 Joh. II:1. and who reigns in righteousness, Hebr. I:8. Ps. XLV:9(?). (4) That He is a meek Head, Matth. XI:28,29. inclined and disposed to compassion, Hebr. IV:15. kind and easy of access, in admitting to the throne of grace, Hebr. IV:16. (5) That He is the head who is present everywhere with all His members, being in the midst of them, Matth. XVIII:20. and XXVIII:20. (6) That He is a head who from heaven looks down upon all things with His eyes as a flame of fire, Rev. I:14. and II:18. and that John has seen Him thus in heaven, Rev. I:14. who tries and searches hearts and minds, Rev. II:23. who knows all our affairs most exactly, ibid. vs. 2. Finally (7) that He is a mighty, yea an almighty Head, Rev. I:8. armed with a scepter of strength, Ps. CX:2. with an iron scepter to dash His enemies to pieces, Ps. II:9. but also at the same time with a golden scepter, like Ahasuerus, Esth. V:2. for the profit, grace, and favor of His own: yes, that He has all power in heaven and on earth, Matth. XXVIII:18.
Chapter XVIII: Of the Mediator's Ransom-Redemption Itself
On Matthew XX:28.
The Son of man came not to be ministered unto, but to minister, and to give His life a ransom for many.
I. We have, in this Book, considered, with respect to the state of grace, the foundation and the rule thereof, according to which all grace and salvation are dispensed to the sinner, namely, the Covenant of Grace: we have taken thought of the Dispenser of all grace and salvation, the Mediator Jesus Christ: it now remains that we pass on to the procuring or the application of grace, concerning which four matters remain for us to examine and consider; namely, the Redemption, or Ransoming, by which the Mediator has procured grace for the sinner; then the application of the grace procured; further, the Object of these two, namely the Church; and finally, the several ways and manners of the administration of the Covenant of Grace. The first we shall treat in this chapter; the second, throughout the whole Sixth Book; the third, in the entire Seventh Book; and the last, in the whole Eighth Book. The nature of the Ransoming or Redemption will fittingly enough set the Dispenser of Grace Himself before us, Matth. XX:28.
The Explanatory Part
II. In and with which words the Savior, having rebuked and rejected the vain and proud request of the mother of the sons of Zebedee, and having called His Disciples together, urges upon them, among other reasons, lowliness and humility of mind, with the example of His own coming, to bring about Ransoming or Redemption for sinners. Concerning which it is to be noted: 1. He who comes to redeem is the Son of man, the Redeemer Himself who is speaking, who, according to His two natures, is called now the Son of God, Ps. II:7. Matth. XVI:16. and elsewhere: now again the Son of man, ibid. vs. 13. Ps. VIII:4. compared with Hebr. II:6,7,8. 1 Cor. XV:27. Ps. LXXX:16(?). Dan. VII:13. and throughout the Gospels, for example Matth. IX:6. Mark II:10. Luk. V:24. Joh. I:51. Acts VII:56. Rev. I:13. The name אדם, Adam, a Man; and בן אדם, a son of Adam, or a son of man, signifies among the Hebrews a man of a despised state and condition, Ps. LXXXIX:47. Thus the old Jews explain the term בנות אדם, Daughters of Adam, or Daughters of men, Gen. VI:2. and set over against it בני האלהים, Sons of God: likewise בני האיתנים, Sons, or children of the mighty, of the heroes, Ps. XLIX:2. likewise בני איש, Sons of a Man, that is, men of note; but בני ארם, Sons or children of Adam, sons or children of man, are as γηγενεῖς, sons, or children of the earth, that is, men of no account, mean, despised. Thus Ezekiel, Daniel, and Zachariah, while they were conversing and dealing with Angels, are reminded, by the address and title "son of man," of their frailty and mortality. Thus Christ also, commonly if not always, calls Himself; while scarcely, indeed scarcely ever, is He so called by anyone else — for this reason: (1) To point exactly to the truth of His human nature. (2) To distinguish Himself from the other Divine Persons, as being the only one of them who is a man. (3) To choose, out of the very many titles of honor given to the Messiah in the Scriptures, the most modest and lowly, and thereby to signify His κένωσις, self-emptying, spoken of Fil. II:7: to which it also points that He is called בר אנש, a son of man, or a man's son, Dan. VII:13. in the same sense in which it is said, Jez. LIII:3. that He was נבזה וחדל אישים, despised and the most unworthy among men; who had no house of His own where He might lay His head — a thing which fits this passage very well, where He seeks to shape and form His Disciples to modesty, lowliness, and contempt of all worldly pride and haughtiness. As if He said: I, your Lord and Master, above whom you surely are not greater, not more exalted — I who am the Son of God, call myself a Son of man; I have given you an example: for I too have done nothing out of regard for my own profit and advantage, nor have I set myself up as a king in pomp, splendor, and pleasures; but I have undergone and endured all manner of hardships for the sake of my own; and I shall yet undergo and suffer greater and heavier things still, even a most shameful and most reproachful death: namely, wholly otherwise, and wholly the opposite, of what happens in worldly kingdoms, where the subjects die for the honor, glory, and greatness of their kings: so also you, etc.
II. The coming to redeem, ἦλθε, "He is not come," namely, in the flesh, so that this coming may be distinguished from His coming in and unto glory, to judge the living and the dead, which shall be with the highest and greatest glory, Matth. XXV:31. 2 Thess. I:7. This also at the same time indicates His existence prior to that coming; for indeed no one comes who does not already exist. Meanwhile this coming of His, of the incarnation, is nothing other than a preparation for His humiliation, death, and redemption.
III. The purpose of His coming, which is twofold, namely: 1. A rejected and refused purpose — not to be ministered unto, as is wont to happen with worldly Kings. Διακονηθῆναι, "to be ministered unto," that is, ἵνα διακονηθῇ, "that He might be served," that He might let himself be served, or, as ours have it, "to be ministered unto." It is a Greek manner of speech, such as also occurs, Matth. II:18(?). 1 Tim. I:11. Hebr. VII:11(?). The root word διακονέω means: I serve, I minister, I hold another as my Lord, I subject myself to him, I seek His glory and advantage. This He denies, then, was the first and immediate purpose of His first coming, namely, to be exalted; but rather to be humbled, to empty Himself, and to take upon Himself the form of a servant, Fil. II:6,7. Although meanwhile the mediate purpose of His first, as also of His second coming, has always been His own glorification, Luk. XXIV:26. Fil. II:8,9,10. 2. A granted, permitted, and acknowledged purpose, and this likewise twofold: a. More general, ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι, "but to minister"; namely, not only to God, whose servant He had become through His eternal Suretyship, Jez. LIII:11. compare Jez. XLII:1. and LII:13. Zach. III:8. to whom God the Father subjected Him and His Law, Gal. IV:4. as one who was obedient to Him unto death, yea, unto the death of the cross, Fil. II:7. but also to men, Joh. XIII:5,12,13,14. By this ministering is signified the whole state of His humiliation. b. More particular, namely the Redemption or Ransoming: To give His soul as a ransom-price for many. In and with which words are expressed: a. The price of the Ransoming and Redemption, τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, His soul. Not some other lesser and meaner thing; but the most excellent of all, the soul itself: in Greek ψυχήν, Psychên, in Hebrew נפש, Nephesch, whose meanings we have already indicated above, in Chapter XIII, in the Explanatory Part. Here, if it signifies the nobler part of man, it will indicate that Christ paid the cost, for us, not only of bodily death, but also, besides, of spiritual death: if it signifies a soulless body, it will indicate that He, on the contrary, underwent, as a price of redemption, not only spiritual, but also bodily death: if it signifies the whole man, it will indicate that Christ gave Himself as a ransom-price, not only as man, but also as God, Acts XX:28. 1 Joh. I:7. and thus an absolutely infinite price, and consequently so great a price that none greater can either be, or be conceived; and one that is, in every way, fit and sufficient for the redemption of those to be redeemed: if the word finally signifies life, it will indicate that He gave all the lives that He had — the natural, the spiritual, and the eternal — as a ransom-price for redemption. b. The payment of this price, δοῦναι λύτρον ἀντὶ, "to give as a ransom for," etc. Where the Greek word λύτρον, lytron, signifies a ransom, a redemption-price, or the price which must be paid to free captive soldiers. This word comes from λύω, lyo, that is, I loose, I set free, also, I pay; whether because by the ransom-price the bound or captive are loosed and set free, or because such a price is paid for the redemption of captives. So that it is thereby signified that our redemption from spiritual captivity is accomplished not by a bare forgiveness, but by the payment of a price, and indeed of a redemption-price, 1 Cor. VI:20. 1 Pet. I:18,19. from which it is commonly called an ἀπολύτρωσις, ransoming, ransom-redemption, Rom. III:24. Efez. I:7,14. Kol. I:14. Hebr. IX:15. The little particle ἀντί, anti, that is, "for," when used of persons, as often as it does not signify opposition, indicates substitution, Matth. XXVII:27(?). according to the testimony of Grotius, de Satisfactione Christi. In the verb δοῦναι, dounai, that is, "to give," is signified the very act of payment, which is performed, both willingly and out of grace, by Him who, by virtue of His Divine nature, has power over Life and over death, Joh. X:18. c. The guilty persons for whom He paid the price: ἀντὶ πολλῶν, "for many." Not for few — although, comparatively, in respect to others not redeemed, this too is said, vs. 16. and Chap. VII:14. nor yet for all, ibid. vs. 21,22. Joh. XVII:9. but for certain determined men, who elsewhere are called His people, Matth. I:21. elsewhere His sheep, Joh. X:11,15. elsewhere His congregation, Acts XX:28. etc. and of that order and rank above every one and each, who, considered indefinitely, are not few, but many, like the sand of the sea, Gen. XIII:16. and XXII:17. like the stars of heaven, Gen. XV:5. and XXII:17. though comparatively they are also few, Matth. XX:16. and VII:14.
The Doctrinal Part
III. The Mediator, then, whom we have hitherto set forth and represented, has, being put in the place of His own, by giving His soul, and laying down His life, as a ransom-price, redeemed them from the state of spiritual bondage into a state of freedom. For this was (1) foretold of old, under the Old Testament; for example, Hos. XIII:14(?). Ps. CXXX:8. Hos. XIII:14. with 1 Cor. XV:55. Jez. XXV:8. Ps. XLIX:16(?). This was (2) prefigured and foreshadowed in Moses, leading the Israelites out of Egyptian bondage: in Joshua, leading them into Canaan: in the Judges, restoring the Israelites, from bondage to their enemies, into liberty — who are for this reason often called Deliverers, Judg. III:9. 2 Kings XIII:5. in the High Priest, and in the Levitical Priests, when they, in order to redeem sinners from the guilt of punishment, put in their place, and had die for them, the lives, or the death, of the sacrificial animals, Lev. I:5. and III:2. with Joh. X:17,18. and XVIII:4,5,6. Hebr. IX:22,23,26. This is (3) fulfilled under the New Testament, according to all those passages in which He is said λυτροῦσθαι, "to ransom," Matth. XX:28. Mark X:45. ἀντιλυτροῦσθαι, "to have given Himself" a ransom for all, 1 Tim. II:5,6. ἀπολυτροῦσθαι, "to redeem," namely by a price, Efez. I:7. Kol. I:14. Rom. III:24. with Hebr. II:12(?). Tit. II:14. 1 Pet. I:18. ἀγοράζειν, "to buy," 1 Cor. VI:20. Rev. V:9. ἐξαγοράζειν, "to redeem by buying," Gal. III:13. "to have given Himself for us as an offering and a sacrifice to God," Efez. V:2. Hebr. IX:24. "to save His people," Matth. I:21. "to save that which was lost," Luk. XIX:10. And from this He is (4) commonly called גואל, Goel, that is, Redeemer, Deliverer, Jez. LIX:20. ῥυόμενος, the Deliverer, Rom. XI:26. Jesus, Matth. I:21. σωτήρ, Savior, [1] Tim. IV:10(?). σωτήριον, the Salvation, Luk. II:30. and III:6. and in Hebrew ישועה, Jeschuah, likewise the Salvation, Gen. XLIX:18. Jez. XLIX:6. etc.
IV. The Foundation of this Redemption lies (1) in God's love toward mankind, and His most tender mercy toward the lost sinner, Ezech. XVI:3-7. Joh. III:16. Rom. V:8. and VIII:24(?). Then (II) in His unalterable righteousness, Gen. XVIII:25. with Rom. I:32. 2 Thess. I:6. which would not leave sin unpunished, Ps. V:6. Zach. VIII:17. Jez. I:13,14. Further (III) in His unchangeable truthfulness, Matth. V:18. inasmuch as He had threatened and also declared death to the sinner, Gen. II:17. Exod. XXXII:33(?). And especially (IV) in the Mediator's own undertaking, Hebr. VII:22. Jer. XXXI:21(?). whereby He, in the eternal Counsel of Peace, Zach. VI:13. took upon Himself the whole cause of the elect sinner, Ps. XL:7,8,9. with Hebr. X:5. Jez. LIII:10. Similar to what we said in Chapter VII, §.V, and to what we shall say, a little further on, concerning the necessity of Christ's satisfaction.
V. The Redemption, so far as concerns the name, (λύτρωσις, Lytrosis, Luk. I:68. and II:38. ἀπολύτρωσις, Apolytrosis, Rom. III:24. and VIII:23. Efez. I:7,14. Kol. I:14. Hebr. IX:15.) properly signifies a redemption which is accomplished by the payment of a fixed price — such a payment as that by which captive soldiers are redeemed: and although that word perhaps, once or twice, signifies in the Scriptures a redemption which occurs without the payment of a price, Acts VII:35. yet this happens improperly, and it cannot be extended to that redemption of which the price itself is expressly signified. This must not be passed over regarding the word: that it sometimes signifies the future redemption, which shall be more actual, complete, and perfect, Luk. XXI:28. Rom. VIII:23. Efez. IV:30(?). Hebr. IX:15(?). and sometimes the present redemption, which is more virtual, incomplete, and imperfect, for example, 1 Cor. I:30. Efez. I:7. Hebr. IX. etc. As for the matter itself, Redemption is nothing other than a freeing of the sinner from spiritual bondage, unto the liberty of grace. Of which (1) the terminus a quo is spiritual bondage, Hebr. II:14. Luk. I:71,74. together with the whole host of miseries comprehended in this bondage: for example, the enmity and wrath of God, eternal damnation — of which more hereafter: the terminus ad quem is spiritual liberty, Gal. V:1. together with all that belongs thereto: God's grace, and all the blessings bound up with it, Efez. I:3. of which more in its own place. The act is a virtual freeing or redemption, to be brought to effect by an application. (III) The means is not prayers, nor power and might either, though these too have their use in the application; but the actual furnishing and payment of the rightful price.
VI. The cause of this Redemption is not, either with each one at once, one's own suffering and doing, Matth. XVI:26. nor another man's suffering and doing put in one's place, Ps. XLIX:8. nor an angel's, nor that of any other mere creature; since by these an infinite guilt of punishment cannot be taken away, nor an infinite good be regained: but the cause thereof, and indeed the first and principal cause, is God Himself, Ps. XXXIV:23(?). and XXXV:3. Jez. XLI:10(?). Rom. VIII:3. 2 Cor. V:18,19. the less principal, or moving and impelling, cause has been, from without, our misery, Ezech. XVI:3,4,5,6. but from within, in part (1) His Compassion and Mercy, Rom. XI:32. whereby He, since we, through the breaking of the legal Covenant, were subjected to condemnation, Rom. III:19,20. willed to put a Covenant of Grace in its place, Hebr. X:14-17. to give us His Surety and Mediator, His own Son, Joh. III:16. Rom. VIII:3,32. and to permit and accept His Ransom-price, 1 Tim. II:3-6. and in part (II) His Righteousness, Rom. III:25,26. whereby He delivered up the Surety unto death for our sins, Rom. III:25. with VIII:32. Now God must, in this matter of Ransom-Redemption, be regarded — insofar as He is the party offended, and requiring a satisfying compensation from the sinner to be redeemed — (1) not as a judicial sovereign power merely is required for this; nor (2) as an absolutely unrestricted Lord; for so He could have redeemed the offender without any compensation whatsoever, since an absolutely unrestricted Lord may determine what is His own according to His own free pleasure and good will, Matth. XX:15. and it would have been a proof of generosity and kindness to accept no compensation at all, Matth. XVIII:27. had He here had to deal according to an unrestricted lordship: but (3) He must here be regarded as a Ruler, to whom it belongs to inflict punishments, and to release from punishments, whom He would otherwise, according to strict severity, have come to punish; to preserve and uphold right and justice, and that for the benefit and advantage of the common good.
VII. Consequently, the act of God whereby He, on account of and by reason of the punished Surety, redeemed the guilty, was not an act of an absolute and unrestricted lordship; rather it is a judicial act, an act of the administration of justice: to whom it belongs to prescribe the rule and standard of right, to establish Laws, to take cognizance of matters, to judge concerning them, and to bring the thing judged and adjudged to execution. Nor has He, by punishing one in the place of another, (1) abolished His Law, and thereby taken from it its binding force; since unbelievers still remain subject to its threatening obligation, Joh. III:36. 1 Thess. II:16. Indeed, it is not even abolished by faith; but rather confirmed, Rom. III:31. not to mention that the Law, and especially the moral Law, being for the greatest part of natural right, whether with respect to God or to man, cannot be abolished at all, Matth. V:18. Nor has God thereby (II) dispensed with the obligation of the Law, so as to exempt this or that Person or matter from its binding force; since, with respect to natural right, there is no dispensation to be had, and that right being violated, the natural obligation to punishment cannot be taken away — just as it has not been taken from us in our Ransom-Redemption, but only transferred from us to our Surety. But He has (III) only declared, that the intent of the Law is not that precisely the sinning person himself be punished; but that it is enough if, according to the punishment threatened and appointed against sin, it be suffered and borne — whether by the sinner himself, or by his Surety: and that thus the choice thereof is left to the Lawgiver.
VIII. Besides God, a second Cause of the Ransom-Redemption is the Mediator, insofar as He is such a one who, by furnishing the ransom-price for us, has become the meritorious cause of the redemption itself, Jez. LIII:7,10,12. Ps. XL:7,8,9. with Hebr. X:5-10. The moving and impelling Cause of the Redemption is the Mediator Himself, since it was necessary, at the last and unavoidable extremity, to furnish a ransom-price. This cause has been, in part (1) our own utter and total misery, Efez. II:1,3,5. Ezech. XVI. in part (II) His own moving compassion and pity, ibid. and Jer. XXXI:20. and in part (III) the fitness of Himself alone, to carry out the work of redemption — whereby He alone, without any ruin to Himself, has been able to ransom and redeem wretched men, because He alone has all the prerequisites of a Redeemer: namely, because He is God, is man, is a righteous man, is God and man in one Person: without which prerequisites we have, in their proper place, expressly and at length shown that no one can be sufficient for the work of Redemption. From which He is called the one Mediator, 1 Tim. II:5. the one name in which is salvation, Acts IV:12. the way, the truth, and the life, without whom no one comes to the Father, Joh. XIV:6. who has become for us, from God, wisdom, righteousness, sanctification, and redemption, 1 Cor. I:30.
IX. The Mediator, then, has ransomed and redeemed by a twofold act and means: (A) By redeeming us from the guilt of punishment for sins, from which all our spiritual bondage, all our misery, all our evil, arises and springs, so that, this being taken away, all our evil ceases: (B) By procuring the right to all good. As for the first: the guilt of punishment can be taken away either (1) by a bare and simple remission, when absolutely nothing at all is exacted or rendered as compensation for the guilt of punishment, whether by the guilty one himself or by his Surety — which kind of remission is contrary to the wisdom, righteousness, and truthfulness of the Ruler and Judge, Gen. XVIII:25. Rom. I:32. with 1 Thess. I:6. and contrary to the common good, 1 Cor. V:6,7. Ps. CI:8. wherefore it can have no place in the matter of our Redemption. (II) By a gracious acceptance, which comes nearest to remission, whereby something is required and rendered for the debt, which yet falls far short of the equivalent value of the debt: as, for example, if a creditor, for a debt of a thousand guilders, accepts a single penny — which gracious acceptance scarcely differs from a remission, and therefore, for the same reasons, cannot be admitted in this matter either. (III) By a properly so-called payment, Matth. XVIII:26. whereby precisely that very thing is rendered which is owed, in which the creditor is bound to acquiesce, and the debtor is thereby, without any grace being shown, released from his debt. Nor can this payment have a place in the present matter of our Redemption: (1) because that payment removes only a civil debt, whereas our debt is a debt of punishment; (2) because in such a payment exactly the same thing is rendered as is contained in the obligation, whereas the Mediator has not taken upon Himself all punishments, whether spiritual or bodily — for example, not deafness, not plague, nor the other punishments recorded, Deut. XXVIII:15. nor our spiritual death, nor the eternity of hellish punishment, and its other disordered and irregular consequences; (3) because God, in that which the Mediator has rendered for us, was not, by reason of His righteousness, bound to acquiesce, and could, by His absolute and unrestricted power, have rejected it, according to what stands written, Exod. XXXIII:19. Ezech. XVIII:4,20; and consequently (4) because that which the Mediator has done for us does not exclude all grace — grace both of permission and acceptance, with respect to the Mediator Himself who performs it, and of remission and forgiveness, with respect to us. Finally, (IV) the debt is taken away by Satisfaction, whereby not precisely that same thing which is contained in the obligation is rendered to the creditor, but as much, or something equivalent — which, nevertheless, He is by right of His righteousness under no obligation to accept, and in satisfaction, therefore, a certain equity, indulgence, or grace is required, by which the strict and rigorous right is not pressed to the utmost. Such satisfaction is rendered either for one's own debt, or for another's, and thus for a debt not one's own. And it is this latter satisfaction, finally, by which our guilt of punishment is taken away, that belongs to our present consideration.
X. Satisfaction, then, so far as concerns the word, does not occur verbatim in the Scriptures — perhaps because it is a term proper to the law courts, which was not, in the times of Scripture, so common a word among the people that it could conveniently be carried over into ecclesiastical usage; although equivalent words, from the phrase ἱκανὸν ποιεῖν, "to do enough," Mark XV:15. occur, especially concerning this subject, abundantly enough in the Scriptures — for example, the expression of redemption, buying, and the like. As for the thing itself, Satisfaction, in this present matter, signifies with us nothing other than that act of Christ the Mediator whereby He, being put in the place of the elect sinners, by furnishing to God a ransom-price equivalent to their guilt of punishment, has reconciled and appeased them with God. So that, entering into and constituting its being and nature, there are:
XI. First, the innocence and guiltlessness of Him who makes satisfaction, whereby He was free from all guilt of His own. From which He, who knew no sin, is said to have been made sin for us, 2 Cor. V:21. holy, harmless, undefiled, Hebr. VII:26. — according to the judgment and verdict of all: of the traitor, of the judge, of the crucified one, indeed of a righteous man, as we have taught above at His death. For a man who is under the guilt of some sin of his own can no more take away the guilt of punishment of others, and still less can he offer up an unblemished sacrifice, such an one as our own has offered up, and had to offer up, Hebr. IX:14. with Levit. X:17. By this we understand not a righteousness or justice of merit, which enters into the ransom or redemption-price as a part thereof, but the righteousness of the Person, which, according to the reasons already indicated, is in Him who is to make satisfaction presupposed beforehand, so that He may be fit to render that satisfaction.
XII. Secondly, the Substitution, whereby He took upon Himself, not His own, but the punishments of others: whether taken up of Himself, of His own accord, Matth. XX:28. Efez. V:2. 1 Tim. II:6. Joh. I:29. or laid upon Him and imputed to Him by God, by reason of His eternal suretyship, Jez. LIII:6. 2 Cor. V:21. Which substitution (foreshadowed of old by all manner of sacrifices, especially in the scapegoat, Levit. XVI:20.) is wont to be expressed and signified in the Scriptures in various ways: as when He is, for example, (1) expressly called a Surety, Hebr. VII:22. who is, with the principal debtor's full consent, put in his place with the creditor, Philem. vs. 18,19. so also has Christ, in the eternal Counsel of Peace, put Himself in our place, to become for us אשם, a guilt- or trespass-offering, Jez. LIII:10. compare Ps. XL:7,8,9. (II) When God, doubtless by virtue of the suretyship, is said to have made Him sin, that is, a sin-offering, 2 Cor. V:21. to have made our iniquity to light upon Him, Jez. LIII:6. to have made Him a curse for us, Gal. III:13. with Deut. XXI:23. (III) When He is said to have given Himself as a λύτρον, a ransom for many, Matth. XX:28. as an ἀντίλυτρον, a ransom for all, 1 Tim. II:6. that He has taken up our infirmities and borne our sorrows, Jez. LIII:4. Joh. I:29. that He has laid down His life for His sheep, Joh. X:11,15,17,18. (IV) When He is said to have suffered and died for us, 1 Pet. III:18. — of which manners of speech the New Testament is full: for example, Mark X:45. Joh. XI:50. Hebr. II:9. 2 Cor. IV:14. and V:21. 1 Cor. XV:3. 2 Cor. V:15. according to which He died, not only ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, "for us," Rom. V:8. and this in a wholly different manner from Paul, Kol. I:24. with 1 Cor. I:13. but also ἀντὶ πολλῶν, "for," or in the place of, many, Matth. XX:28. which little particle ἀντί (anti), "for, in the place of," as often as it does not signify opposition, we have already noted above, in the Explanatory Part, to signify a substitution: compare 1 Pet. III:18(?). Mark X:38(?). (V) When He is said to have borne our sins in His own body, upon the tree, 1 Pet. II:24. to have been delivered up for our offenses, Rom. IV:25. Gal. I:4. (VI) When He is said to have offered up Himself once for our sins, to have brought a sacrificial offering, Hebr. X:12. Efez. V:2. compare Levit. V:17. and XVII:11.
XIII. Thirdly, the price of Redemption, or λύτρον, the ransom, the ransom-money — which likewise, in more than one way, is ascribed to Christ in the Scriptures: when it (1) in the expressions λύτρον, lytron, and ἀντίλυτρον, antilytron, that is, a ransom-price, is applied to Him, and the redemption thereby brought about is called an ἀπολύτρωσις, Apolytrosis, that is, a ransom-redemption, Efez. I:7,14. 1 Cor. I:30. Kol. I:14. Hebr. IX:15. and λύτρωσις, lytrosis, likewise a ransom-redemption, Luk. I:68. and II:38. Hebr. IX:12. (II) When He is said to have bought with a price, 1 Cor. VI:20. Rev. V:9. to have fully bought or redeemed (ἐξηγόρασε), Gal. III:13. and IV:5. (III) When this Redemption-price is expressly named His precious blood, 1 Pet. I:18,19. Rom. III:25. the death of Christ, Hebr. IX:15.
XIV. Now that ransom or redemption-price was not, (I) the essential righteousness and holiness of His Divine nature: since this (1) could neither have been offered up to God, and rendered, for our guilt of punishment, nor could it have been received by Him, seeing that He has had it from eternity — whereas the ransom-money is, throughout the Scriptures, consistently said to have been paid, and taken up in time, in all those passages which speak of this in such terms, as we have already at length adduced above: just as, likewise, (2) it can in no way become ours, unless we ourselves become God, and are united and made one with God — whether naturally, as the Persons of the Divine Trinity are one among themselves; or personally, as, in the Person of the Mediator, the Divine and the human nature are united: and also, (3) if it — though impossible — should in some way become ours, then all necessity for, and the use of, Christ's righteousness, brought about through His death and obedience, would be altogether taken away; since, because it is infinite, it would also by itself alone be absolutely sufficient for us: let me add (4), that this Divine Righteousness cannot look to the compensating of the Divine Majesty and Law wounded by our sins. Nor is it, either, (II) that ransom or redemption-money made up of the original righteousness of the Mediator's human nature, since that was of necessity required beforehand for the qualifying of the Mediator who was to make satisfaction, inasmuch as that Priest who was to offer for us had of necessity to be holy, harmless, undefiled, and separate from sinners, Hebr. VII:26. one who would know no sin, 2 Cor. V:21. This righteousness is therefore better called the righteousness of the Person, than a righteousness of merit. But (III) it is the acquired righteousness of the Mediator, God-man, which is made up of (1) His sufferings, death, blood, Rev. V:9. 1 Pet. I:18,19. by which He has ἐξηγόρασε, bought and redeemed us, from the curse of the Law, having become a curse for us, Gal. III:13. for this, by its very nature, tends to the compensating of that death whose guilt of punishment we brought upon ourselves by our sins. (2) The obedience of His life and walk, whereby He fulfilled the Divine Law violated by us, to whose exact and perfect keeping God had attached the reward of eternal life, Levit. XVIII:5. Ezech. XX:11,13. Rom. X:5. Gal. III:12. by reason of which active righteousness, therefore, it is said that by the obedience of one righteous man many are made righteous, Rom. V:19. and that by the righteousness of one, justification of life comes upon all men, vs. 18. Gal. IV:4,5. Rom. V:19. and X:4. Matth. III:15. and V:17. from which the Mediator is said to have become for us, from God, righteousness, 1 Cor. I:30. and He is for this called יהוה צדקנו, the LORD our righteousness, Jer. XXIII:6. Which twofold righteousness — the active and the passive — must, in the satisfaction, in no wise be separated one from the other, since both are necessary to us for participation in the redemption, and both are also required for the compensation of the wrong done to God, which is nowhere sufficiently taken away except by punishing, by suffering, and by fulfilling obedience to the Law — indeed, if you separate them, you will wrong them both, robbing each of the worth either of satisfying or of meriting. Yet, moreover, this twofold righteousness must not, in this matter, be distinguished too curiously and too rashly, as though the Mediator, by the first alone, had redeemed us from the guilt of punishment and made satisfaction for it, and by the last alone had acquired and merited the right to eternal life: for thus one would strip the passive righteousness of the worth of meriting, and the active righteousness of the worth of satisfying — whereas, above all in this our matter, Satisfaction and Merit do not differ in the thing itself, since to him who by satisfaction is redeemed from the guilt of eternal damnation there is, at the very same time, likewise restored the right to eternal life: but they differ only in reason (ratione); for insofar as this twofold righteousness looks toward God, it is called satisfaction, but insofar as it looks toward man, it is called merit — of which perhaps more, and at greater length, in its proper place. Wherefore one must conclude, that this twofold righteousness of Christ, the passive and the active, enter as so many parts into the making up and constituting of the one ransom-price, by means of which satisfaction was rendered for our guilt of punishment, and, at the same time, the right to eternal life was procured for us. From this He is (3) said, indefinitely, to have given Himself (ἑαυτόν) for us as an ἀντίλυτρον, a ransom, 1 Tim. II:6. Gal. I:4. and II:20. Efez. V:2,5. Tit. II:14. Hebr. IX:14,15. inasmuch as He has spent Himself wholly — as great and such as He is — in service for us, though in various respects: namely, with respect to the original Righteousness, in order to qualify for us the Person of the Mediator; with respect to the twofold acquired righteousness, both the passive and the active, in order to qualify the ransom or the redemption; with respect to the examples and wonders of His life, for the profit and advantage of men, for the strengthening and confirming of our faith, and for the imitation of His life; with respect to His Priestly intercession, and likewise of His whole Exaltation, Resurrection, Ascension, and Sitting at God's right hand, in order to apply to us the redemption procured.
XV. That Ransom-money and Redemption-price has been exactly equivalent and equal in weight to the guilt of punishment of all who were to be redeemed, so that God, according to the strictness of His righteousness, could neither require, nor exact, nor receive from the Mediator anything more; for since the guilt of punishment of all those who were to be redeemed is none other than infinite (because above the infinite there can be, nor be conceived, no greater infinite — to suppose that something could be added to the infinite is as much as to suppose something infinite that is not infinite), and since He, by His merits and weighty worthiness, has furnished an infinite Ransom-price, He has thereby indeed, for the infinite guilt of punishment, furnished an equivalent and correspondingly weighty infinite Redemption-price. Now, that He has furnished an infinite Ransom-price is plain: for He there offered up His precious blood, which is more precious than all gold and silver, 1 Pet. I:18,19. 1 Cor. VI:20. being the blood of the Son of God Himself, 1 Joh. I:7. yea, the blood of God Himself, Acts XX:28. Himself, as God-man, 1 Tim. II:6. and this in the most perfect manner of rendering it, in which the very least more could not be required — indeed even so far Divine, because this Ransom was, by reason of the Person who brought it, who was Himself both God and man, Acts XX:28. Wherefore, although in this matter God's manifold grace is evident and apparent — for example, that He gave us His own Son as a Surety; that He permitted and accepted the offered Suretyship, and the correspondingly furnished Ransom-money; that He determined the offered Ransom- and Redemption-money to apply to this or that person to be redeemed, to the exclusion of others — yet one nowhere reads, that any grace was shown to the Ransom-money itself, or to the Mediator who brought it, whereby God could be said to have accepted it and Him graciously and, as it were, by connivance (acceptilatione). Just as, then, the Mediator, by reason of that equivalence, paid no less than our debt required, so also He paid no more, because the guilt of punishment of those to be redeemed is, in weight, infinite. And just as, further, although the guilt of punishment of those to be redeemed is, each considered individually, infinite, yet the guilt of punishment of all considered together does not thereby become greater — because the infinite consists in the indivisible, and admits neither of increase nor decrease — so also, although the Mediator has expended for each one, individually, of those to be redeemed, an infinite ransom, He has, nevertheless, for that same reason, not had to expend or pay a greater ransom-price for all those to be redeemed together than for one alone.
XVI. To whom has the Mediator had to pay, or could have paid, this Ransom-price? Not to the Devil, though he had the power of death over those to be redeemed, Hebr. II:14. since, in a civil court, no satisfaction is rendered to the jailer, or to the executioner; but to God as Judge — from which He is commonly said to have offered Himself up to God, Hebr. IX:14. Rev. V:9. And yet one must not suppose that He thereby gave over and paid the Ransom-price to God, as if God should thereby have received something from Him whereby He should become more perfect: since not only can nothing be added to that one infinite perfection of God; but also, since punishment, according to the jurists, has no creditor, and therefore does not require any such handing-over: rather He is said to have given over and paid Himself and the Ransom-price, insofar as He has applied and expended the Redemption-price of His twofold Righteousness — the active and the passive — for the appeasing of the offended Judge, and for the restoring and compensating of the wrong done to God, according to its demand. And thus there comes, in the satisfaction, the furnishing and payment of an equivalent Ransom- and Redemption-price. Finally, there is comprised in it:
XVII. Fourthly, the moving and reconciliation of those to be redeemed with God, whereby, by reason of the furnished equivalent Redemption-price, the enmity between God and those to be redeemed, which sprang from sin, Jez. LIX:2. Efez. II:3. (faith and conversion being presupposed, at least with respect to the purpose to forsake sin,) wholly ceases, Rom. V:10. and in its place there comes and follows a perfect peace and friendship, vs. 1,2. This reconciliation Scripture everywhere ascribes to the Reconciliation-price of Christ's death, 2 Cor. V:18-21. Efez. II:16. Kol. I:20-22. The passage now of 2 Cor. V:18 shows a twofold reconciliation: the one meritorious and virtual, whereby God, being, on account of sin, averse from those to be redeemed, Jez. L:15. and LIX:2. is reconciled with man; from which Christ is called a propitiation (ἱλασμός) for our sins, 1 Joh. II:2. and IV:10. and a mercy-seat (ἱλαστήριον), through faith in His blood, Rom. III:25. The other, ministerial and actual, whereby man's mind, being averse from God, is, through conversion, through help, and by means of the Spirit and of the ministry of the Gospel, reconciled with Him, 2 Cor. V:19. And He has put the word of reconciliation in us — Be ye reconciled to God. This latter reconciliation is a fruit and consequence of the first, which (the first) here belongs most of all to our consideration and contemplation, as that to whose obtaining the payment of the ransom-price was most of all necessary.
XVIII. And these four ingredients, since they constitute the nature of a true and complete satisfaction rendered for another, give us, unanswerably, an unbreakable proof of the truth of Christ's satisfaction: for to whomever, according to the testimony of Scripture, all the ingredients of a true and complete satisfaction belong, to him must also of necessity belong, and be proper, the nature and essence of a true and complete Satisfaction — and to whomever these four belong, to him belong all the ingredients. Other proofs of this matter, more particular ones, will perhaps follow in the Polemical Part.
XIX. And not only is this satisfaction of the Mediator true, but it is also absolutely necessary. And this we prove with a single chief argument alone: namely, (1) from the unchangeableness of God's purpose and resolve, not to forgive sin without a rightful and exact punishment, whereby He will not hold the guilty innocent, Exod. XXXIV:7. Ps. L:20,21. (II) From the unshakeable truthfulness of the Divine threatening, Gen. II:17. which declared to the sinner the punishment of death and of the curse, Deut. XXVII:26. Gal. III:10. (III) From the holiness and righteousness natural to God, whereby He cannot but hate sin, Ps. V:5,6,7. Hab. I:13. Jez. I:15. which hatred in God signifies not a passion of mind, but its effect and outworking, or, His will to punish. (IV) From the inherent desert of sin, by virtue of which its perpetrators are worthy of death, Rom. I:32. to which, therefore, God, as a righteous Judge of the earth, cannot but render what is justly due it, Gen. XVIII:25. from which it is said that it is a righteous thing with God to render tribulation to them that trouble, 2 Thess. I:6. (V) From the nature of the Law, which — since it is nothing else than a prescription of duty, under threat of punishment, whether expressed or understood (insofar as by this a Law differs from counsel, or from a simple and bare direction, such as, for example, occurs in the prescriptions of physicians, or in the opinions of counselors — and God cannot but prescribe a Law to rational creatures) — cannot but require and exact the execution of the punishment threatened and declared against its violators and transgressors. (VI) From the wisdom and providence of God as a Ruler and Governor, who does not suffer that the Laws, rightfully given for the good and benefit of the community, be violated with impunity to the harm of that community: compare Ps. C:2. with vs. 8. Finally, (VII) from the consideration of the punished Son of God Himself: for if God, without prejudice to His own glory, could have dispensed with the punishment of sins and of sinners, He would have spared His own Son, His only-begotten, and most beloved Son, Rom. VIII:32. and, had there been for Him no necessity to punish, it would truly (be it said without blasphemy) have been an act of no praiseworthy cruelty, not merely to punish Him — though guiltless — for the sake of others, but also, for the sake of others, to punish Him so much, and so severely. All these points, in my judgment, in order to prove and demonstrate the necessity of the Satisfaction, are more fittingly and more easily brought together into one single chief argument, and press more strongly against the denying party — because a united force is thereby the stronger, than if we reason and dispute from and with this or that single argument alone: for example, from the righteousness natural to God alone, whereby He, apart from His will, purpose, and threatening, even by His own absolute and unrestricted power, could not fail to punish the sinner.
XX. This has been the first means of Ransom-Redemption, namely, the redemption from the guilt of sins through Satisfaction: there now follows the second, namely, the acquiring of the right to the good, through Merit — insofar as the Ransom-price rendered is fitted, not only to take away from us the guilt of punishment for every evil, but also to acquire and obtain for us the right to every good. So, namely, that, just as sin has reigned unto death, so also grace should reign through righteousness unto eternal life, through Jesus Christ our Lord, Rom. V:21. To the Ransom-price, then, belongs the worthiness of meriting: (1) By virtue of the nature of the satisfaction, since this, by redeeming us from the guilt of eternal death, and from every kind of curse, thereby at the same time restores us to the right of a life and blessing of every kind, Gal. III:13,14. Then (II) by virtue of the promise of the Law, since He, by fulfilling the right of the Law, Rom. VIII:3,4. has acquired the right, not only by suffering the punishments threatened against disobedience, but also by performing, most exactly and most perfectly, the duties prescribed by it, to that reward which the Law has promised to the obedient, Levit. XVIII:5. Ezech. XX:11,13. Rom. X:5. Matth. XIX:17. Rom. II:6-10. Further, (III) from the equivalence of the furnished Ransom-price, insofar as this, by reason of the worthiness of the Person who rendered it, is of infinite value, as we have shown already above; and He thereby merits that we not only, through its very efficacy, be redeemed from evil, but also that we acquire the good. From which we see, at the same time, that the merit of Christ does not proceed either (1) from a pure and bare compact, as would have been the merit of the first-created men, had they exactly kept the Law; nor (2) from a certain fittingness, by virtue of which, apart from any obligation or promise, God confers some or other outward reward upon the good works of the unregenerate, Exod. XX:19,20(?). But (3) from the equivalence of His obedience: insofar as not only a Divine Person, in the form of God, and equal with God, has obeyed, Fil. II:8. but this very obedience, as being that of the God-man, has also been supererogatory and unowed — because the Law obliges to obedience not the God-man, but men only: let me add that He has also Himself done even more than the Law requires of men, namely, so many wonders, so many extraordinary benefits shown to men — from all of which His obedience has become of infinite worth and dignity.
XXI. We have had the nature, causes, and means of the Redemption; there now follows its Object. The Objects thereof are not the Angels — whether the good, who have no need of it; or the evil, who, being bound with everlasting chains of darkness, are set beyond all hope of redemption, 2 Pet. II:4. Jude vs. 6. Rev. XX:2(?). but men, and of these, not all, nor an absolutely indefinite few, nor yet all and every one alike; but many, Matth. XX:28. For although the furnished Redemption-money, being of infinite worth, is such that by it all and every one could easily have been redeemed — wherefore some say that Christ died for all and for every one in a sufficient manner, though not in an efficacious and powerful manner — since nevertheless its efficacy depends not on its weight and worth alone, but also on the ordination and appointment of the Father, and on the intention of Him who redeems, Joh. XVII:9. so we accordingly say, with the Scriptures, that He has not ransomed and redeemed all and every one: namely, that He has not offered His Ransom-price for those who, before His death, were already condemned, 1 Pet. III:19,20. nor for those who, after His death, would be condemned, Rom. VIII:34. but (1) for His Congregation, Efez. V:23,25,26,27. Acts XX:28. Rev. V:9. and I:5. Tit. II:13,14. (II) For His Sheep, Joh. X:11,15. Hebr. XIII:20. with the exclusion of the goats, Matth. XXV:32. (III) For His People, Matth. I:21. Tit. II:14. (IV) For His Brethren, Hebr. II:11. (V) For His Children and seed, Hebr. II:13-15. Jez. LIII:10. Ps. XXII:30. (VI) For the Children or the People of God, Joh. XI:52. Finally, (VII) for those whom the Father gave Him to redeem, Joh. XVII:2,9. compare Joh. VI:37,39,44. with XVII:24.
XXII. There now remain the Fruits of this Ransom-Redemption of the Mediator: namely, (I) The strengthening, confirmation, and ratification of the Testament of the New Covenant, according to which it is ratified by the death of the Testator, Hebr. IX:16,17. and no benefit of the Covenant of Grace — at least none that is savingly effectual — can pass over to us, unless sins, through a Ransom-price, be taken away, Jez. LIX:2. from which, in Christ, all the promises of this Covenant are first said to be Yea and Amen, 2 Cor. I:20. (II) Our Reconciliation with God, faith being presupposed: whereby, on the one hand, all enmity between us and God is taken away, Kol. I:20. Efez. II:16. Rom. V:10. 2 Cor. V:18-21. for, the cause of all hatred and enmity being taken away through the furnished Ransom-price, all the effects and outworkings of that hatred necessarily cease as well; and on the other hand, there is thereby restored to us peace with God, from which Christ is called our peace, Efez. II:14. our reconciliation, 1 Joh. II:1,2. and a mercy-seat, Rom. III:25. for the cause of enmity being removed by the Ransom-price, it cannot be otherwise but that peace with, and the good pleasure of, God must follow, Luk. II:14. (III) The Redemption from everything that is truly evil, Rev. XIV:4. Matth. VI:13. Tit. II:14. namely, (1) from original and actual sin, Hebr. I:3. 1 Joh. III:8. 1 Pet. I:18. (2) From the wrath to come, 1 Thess. I:10. (3) From the curse of the Law, Gal. III:13,14. (4) From the wages of sin, namely death, Hebr. II:14,15. (5) From the dominion and tyranny of Satan, and of all our spiritual enemies, ibid. and Luk. I:74. (6) From the present evil world, Gal. I:4. Rev. XIV:3,5. (IV) The bringing of the blessing of Abraham, and among these, of the Holy Spirit, Gal. III:13,14. (V) Adoption as children, and reception into the household of God, Gal. IV:4,5,6. (VI) Justification and forgiveness of sins, Efez. I:7. Kol. I:14. Rom. V:19. 2 Cor. V:20,21. Rev. I:5. Rom. V:9. Hebr. X:16,17,18. (VII) Sanctification, 1 Cor. VI:11. and I:30. Tit. II:14. (VIII) Spiritual Liberty, Gal. V:1. (IX) Boldness, and access to the throne of grace, in every kind of case, Hebr. X:19,20. All of which benefits, however, with respect to their possession, presuppose the prerequisite conditions, Faith and Conversion.
The Polemical Part
XXIII. There is, in this chapter, as it were, a nursery-ground of Questions and controverted points. One might first come to ask, whether there is a true Ransom-Redemption through Christ? All open unbelievers — heathens, Muhammadans, Jews — deny this: all, however many there be, who burden Christ, if only with the mouth, and accept the New Testament as truth, maintain it. In order to convince unbelievers effectually, if this be possible, it will be useful and serviceable to follow the footsteps of Paul, dealing with this matter with the Heathen: for example, with the Athenians, Acts XVII:22. with Felix and Drusilla, Chap. XXIV:25. with the Romans, in his Epistle to them. That we, namely, from the principles of right reason, insofar as we are dealing with Heathen, or besides this, from the accepted and acknowledged Scriptures, insofar as we are dealing with Jews and Muhammadans, seek to convince them of the unavoidable necessity, either of the eternal ruin of the whole human race, or of a certain Redemption. This could be accomplished by these following presuppositions, first being duly proved and demonstrated: (1) That there is a God, on whom, according to the character of His nature, all things depend: who therefore (II) cannot but prescribe laws to rational creatures, by and according to which they, in keeping with their nature, are to be governed and ruled in a moral manner: that (III) these Divine Laws, by and from their very nature, involve and include threats of punishment, corresponding and proportioned to the violation of the Law: that therefore (IV), since, by a single violation of the Law, the infinite Majesty of the Lawgiver is offended, an infinite guilt of punishment is caused by a single sin: which guilt of punishment (V), by reason of the Lawgiver's natural holiness, righteousness, and hatred against sin and the sinner, the Lawgiving Judge could not let pass without an equivalent punishment: that therefore (VI) it is necessary, either that the sinner himself perish forever, or that another come between, who should take that punishment upon Himself in his stead, and, by taking it upon Himself, ransom and redeem the sinner: And since (VII) the sinner himself, being finite, cannot bear or sustain an infinite punishment, except in eternity, it is therefore necessary that a certain person, who is infinite in worthiness, come in his place, to bear a punishment infinite in weight and worth: and since (VIII) God, by reason of His righteousness, will not punish the sin of a man except in a man, it is likewise necessary that He who is to suffer and take away that punishment be, for that very reason, a true man, and thus God and man at once: and since (IX) there is no God-Man but our Jesus, who, though in Himself impeccable and guiltless, has suffered all manner of the most cruel and most grievous things: there remains (X) nothing else, but that He alone is Man's Redeemer, who, by fulfilling the right of the Law, has redeemed sinful man from the guilt of eternal death, and has, in its place, again procured the right to eternal life: Or, if (XI) our Jesus is not that Redeemer, then it is necessary that our opposing party point out someone else — whom we shall easily and without the least difficulty refute, by showing that the necessary prerequisites in the Redeemer — the Divine and human nature, guiltless and innocent in Himself — are lacking in such a one: And since (XII) this matter is such that human reason cannot fathom it, it is therefore necessary that it be revealed by God: and therefore (XIII) that the Scripture, by means of which this is revealed to us, be of Divine origin, authority, and dignity. Finally (XIV) one must answer everything that our opposing party could bring forward to the contrary and in opposition.
XXIV. We ask, secondly: Whether the Ransom-Redemption of Christ consists only in this, that He, being sent by God, announced to sinners the promises of God concerning the forgiveness of sins and eternal life, under the condition of obedience to the Law of Moses, as amended and renewed by Him; that He further, in that obedience, went before with His example; that He confirmed and ratified the promises given, by His death and resurrection; and that, after His ascension, He upholds the cause of sinners in heaven with His Father, and, in the last Judgment, after the Resurrection, shall bring the promised life to them? The Socinians, out of a hatred so opposed to the eternal Godhead, and consequently to the equivalent Satisfaction of Christ, confine the matter of Redemption within, and to, those aforementioned ingredients alone. The Christians, on the contrary, just as they grant that Christ, sent by God, announced the way of salvation, went before with His example, and confirmed the truth of His teaching with His death; that He, after His resurrection and ascension, attends to our cause in heaven, and shall also bring and bestow the crown of righteousness at the last day; likewise deny: (1) that the promises of the forgiveness of sins and of eternal life were first announced through Him; (II) that He amended and augmented the Mosaic Law; (III) that He made the forgiveness of sins and eternal life depend upon obedience to any Law whatsoever, fulfilled by us; but they say, on the contrary, (IV) that those benefits, of a satisfaction equivalent in every respect, though indeed procured by Him, depend, as to us, upon our accepting and laying hold of them by a true faith.
The perverse and contrary opinions of the Socinians: (1) that Christ was the first proclaimer of the spiritual promises concerning the forgiveness of sins and eternal life, are refuted by an almost infinite number of testimonies of the Old Scripture: concerning the forgiveness of sins, by these following passages, Lev. IV:20,31,35. 2 Chron. VII:14. Jer. XXXI:34. and XXXIII:8. Zeph. III:17. Ps. XXXII:1. LXV:4. and CIII:3. etc.; and concerning eternal life, by Levit. XVIII:5. Ezech. XX:11. with Rom. X:5. Matth. XIX:16,17. Gal. III:12. etc. (2) That He amended and augmented the Law of Moses, we have refuted, Book V, Chapter VI, §.XVII. and shall refute it expressly and at length in its proper place. (3) That He made the forgiveness of sins and eternal life depend upon obedience to any Law to be fulfilled, or upon good works, we shall refute in its proper place, in the Chapter on Justification. That now (4) Christ has ransomed and redeemed us through an equivalent satisfaction, we have already demonstrated above, in the Doctrinal Part, and shall press and defend this further in what follows.
XXV. We ask, thirdly: Whether, if in the matter of Redemption some Satisfaction must be admitted, this is something other than what rests upon God's mere gracious acceptance (acceptilatio)? The Socinians, in order — if not entirely to remove, then at least to lessen as far as possible the odium of denying Christ's satisfaction, and at the same time in order the more easily to be able to hide themselves among Christians — hold that Christ can be said to have made satisfaction insofar as He most exactly performed and did all that was laid upon Him by God, without any substitution or ransom-price. Close to Socinus, though in a more refined manner, come the Socinian-minded Remonstrants, Curcellaeus (Dissert. de vocib. Trinit. &c. §.XXX.), Episcopius (in Apolog. cap. VIII. fol. 94.), and others: and among these, Conradus Vorstius, in order that the denial (in expression) of Christ's satisfaction might not stand in the way of his call to the Leiden Professorship, granted a certain kind of substitution of Christ, and even a price — yet one which, in itself, would not be equivalent to our debt, but would be sufficient only through a gracious acceptance by God, in the manner in which someone makes satisfaction when he gives his creditor, for example, in place of a thousand rix-dollars, but a single one, and the creditor accepts that for it. The Christians grant indeed that He most exactly fulfilled what the Father willed that He should do: but they add that the Father willed that He put Himself in the place of the elect sinners, and offer an equivalent redemption-price, Ps. XL:7,8,9. with Hebr. X:5-11. Jez. LIII:10. The two points that are here in dispute we shall treat more distinctly in the controverted questions which follow.
XXVI. We ask, fourthly: Whether Christ, by making satisfaction, was so put in the place of His own, that their sins, and their whole guilt of punishment, was imputed to Him? The Socinians, out of hatred of an equivalent satisfaction, grant indeed that Christ died for us — that is, for our good and profit, just as Paul also died for us, Kol. I:24. — namely (1), that He, by His death, might confirm our new Covenant, and its new and spiritual promises, concerning the forgiveness of sins and eternal life, for those who should be obedient to Him: (II) In order the more powerfully to entice men to accept and embrace the condition of that new Covenant, namely, obedience to His Commandments: (III) In order that He, having been taught by His own sufferings and by suffering itself, and having obtained the highest power, might the more fittingly intervene for us. The Papists, although they admit Christ's satisfaction for us to some extent, nevertheless deny that Christ's obedience and righteousness are imputed to us — this in order that they may the more conveniently put, in the place of the righteousness of Christ imputed to us, a righteousness of our own, by means and help of which to merit eternal life.
The Reformed teach that Christ, in His satisfaction, was so put in our place, that our sins, and our whole guilt of punishment, were imputed to Him, and that He thus suffered and died in our place. The grounds of the orthodox opinion we have indicated in §.XII: and we add nothing to them, except (1) that the Socinian opinion ascribes to Christ's suffering and death nothing more than to the sufferings of all the Martyrs, Kol. I:24. with 2 Tim. II:10. which the Apostle himself contradicts, 1 Cor. I:13. (2) That, according to the Socinian opinion, the fruit of Christ's death could not extend to the believers of the Old Testament, which Paul expressly contradicts, Hebr. IX:15. (3) That Scripture nowhere teaches that Christ suffered and died as a Prophet or a Martyr; but, in the most express words, as a Testament-maker, Hebr. IX:15,16,17. Gal. III:17. (4) That, according to Socinus's presupposition, Christ's suffering and death would not tend to the demonstration of God's Righteousness, whereas the Apostle openly cries out the contrary, Rom. III:25. (5) That, according to that same opinion, Christ could not be said to have become a curse for us, Gal. III:13. with Deut. XXI:23.
Nor do our opposing parties have anything to allege to the contrary, except (A) some or other testimony of Scripture which seems to reject that substitution, Exod. XXXII:33. Ezech. XVIII:17,18,26. Answer: These passages reject, not all substitution, but only that in which Moses would have been substituted for the Israelites; or a father, in general, for his son, and conversely, a son for his father; or a bare man for a man: but not that extraordinary substitution whereby, by virtue of the compact of the Father and the Son, this One was put in the place of His elect. (B) That in capital matters no substitution has a place, Deut. XXIV:16. 2 Cor. IV:6. Answer: That is true — yet, although (a) God has forbidden this to others, He has nevertheless not thereby taken from Himself the power to substitute; (b) because no creature has power over the life of an innocent man, and consequently no judge either can accept and receive the life of one man for the life of another, nor can one offer and present his life to the judge in place of another, rightfully: but since the supreme Judge has an absolutely unrestricted right over life and death, and Christ, as God, claims that right for Himself, Joh. X:18. it is clear that here the reason is of a wholly different and dissimilar kind. (C) That it is unjust to punish an innocent man for a guilty one, and moreover cruel, to punish an innocent and guiltless Son in the place of the guilty. Answer: (a) It is unjust to punish an innocent man, unwilling to it, against his will and consent, in place of the guilty; but not one who is willing to it, if he has power and right over himself, to be punished — for to him who wills it, no wrong is done. Nor is it (b) either unjust or cruel, if a Father chastises his Son, who is willing to it, when this can be done to the greatest benefit and profit, together with, and without, the ruin of the Son. (c) It would equally, and just as much, be unjust and cruel, to chastise and punish an innocent and guiltless Son for the benefit and profit of the guilty (which the Socinians acknowledge to have happened in Christ's case), as to punish an innocent man in the place of a guilty one.
XXVII. We ask, fifthly: Whether, by this substitution, the sins of His elect were laid upon Christ, and taken up by Him, not only with respect to the guilt of punishment, but also with respect to the stain and defilement? That the sins of the elect, by that substitution, in the eternal Counsel of Peace, were laid by the Father upon Christ, and taken up by Christ upon Himself, all the Reformed acknowledge with one voice: (1) That, if the sins had not been taken up by Him, neither could the punishment for them have been justly exacted from Him — for that person on whom no manner of sin has been laid can also not justly be punished for it. Hence (II) Scripture says everywhere, that Jehovah has made all our iniquity to light upon Him, Jez. LIII:6. and vs. 11. And He Himself shall bear their iniquities: and vs. 12. He has borne the sin of many. So too 1 Pet. II:24. Who His own self bore our sins (ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν) in His own body. For this reason God is said to have made Him, who knew no sin, to be sin for us, 2 Cor. V:21. And thence foolishness is ascribed to Him, Ps. LXIX:4,5. and XL:12. Innumerable evils have compassed me about, mine iniquities have taken hold upon me. This we read (III) to have been prefigured and foreshadowed in the laying on of hands and of sins upon the beast appointed for sacrifice, from which the offering was called sin and guilt, or a sin- and guilt-offering, Levit. XVI:26,28. Num. XIX:7,8. But there still remains this controverted point: whether the sin of the elect was laid upon Him with respect to the guilt of punishment alone, or also, besides this, with respect to the stain? That it was laid upon Him with respect to guilt, all the Reformed confess with one voice: but as to the stain, the Antinomians say this too — in order thus to maintain that the elect, by virtue of this substitution and taking-up, are as pure, as righteous, as holy as Christ Himself; indeed even in some sense purer and cleaner than Christ, as one who has diverted from them onto Himself the stain of their sins: and moreover, in order to maintain that conversion and holiness — by which one, this being presupposed beforehand, becomes a partaker of Christ's redemption — are not necessary in the elect, because Christ has carried over onto Himself all their sins, not only with respect to the guilt, but also with respect to the stain.
The Reformed deny that the sins of the elect were laid on Christ with respect to the stain; but say that they were imputed to Him only with respect to the guilt, insofar as He was so dealt with by God as if He had the stain of sins — for otherwise He would (1) have been a sinner in an inherent and clinging manner, if not by deed, then at least by imputation; for on whomsoever the stain of sins is laid, in him it inheres and clings. Otherwise He would (2), by reason of the taken-up stain of Lot's drunkenness and incest, of Abraham's and Isaac's lie, of the murderer's highway robbery and murders, have been, in an inherent and clinging manner, drunken, incestuous, a liar, a highwayman, and a murderer — which savors of open blasphemy. Of this more fully hereafter. Otherwise there would (3) be, in the understanding of God, an error, whereby He should suppose that the sins committed by the elect were committed by Christ, or that the corruption of sin was propagated onto Christ, or at least laid upon Him — either of which is impossible. Further, (4) the laying-on of the stain of sins would have been pointless and useless — since the taking-up of our sins by Christ aimed at nothing else than that satisfaction might be made for them, and that, by making satisfaction, they might be taken away and redeemed from the guilt; to which the taking-up of the stain and disgracefulness of the sins contributed not in the least. Moreover, (5) He who took such careful care that His body should see no corruption has without doubt taken far more care that His soul should not see the defilement of sin. Then again, (6) He could not be said to be holy, harmless, undefiled, separate from sinners, if He had had laid upon Him the stains of so many elect. Indeed, (7) He would in that way have been unfit to make satisfaction for the sins of the elect: for that person who bears the stain and disgracefulness of so many sins cannot even make satisfaction for himself, still less for others. For this reason the Apostle says, Hebr. VII:26. Such a High Priest became us, holy, etc. and in making satisfaction, a righteous man must be put in the place of the unrighteous, 1 Pet. III:18. He, the righteous, for us the unrighteous, that He might bring us, etc. For this reason the offerings of the Old Testament had to be pure and unblemished; wherefore also Christ is said, through the eternal Spirit, to have offered up Himself, ἄμωμον, without blemish, unstained, Hebr. IX:14. And it does not help to make this evasion, that He had to be free only from any sin of His own, or committed by Himself: for that stain and defilement of our sins which is laid upon Him is, in that very same passage, said to have originated with us, not with Him. Finally, (8) if He had so carried over to Himself the stain of our sins from us, that He should thereby have wholly and entirely delivered us from it, so that the sins should no longer be ours, but Christ's — then He would have made satisfaction, not for us, but for His own sins. Nor do I see what could be said and alleged for the opposite opinion, except that our sins were imputed to Him, as we have already long since said above: but from this it does not follow, that the stain of our sins was laid upon Him; but only, that He, by virtue of imputation, was held, treated, and punished by God, as if He Himself had committed them.
Wherefore our opposing parties seem to err and to sin in this, that they (a) regard sins as something positive, which is laid upon someone by a kind of natural transference — whereas sins, in fact, are not laid upon anyone except with respect to the guilt of punishment, by imputation. (b) That, since by virtue of a civil bond and obligation, he who is to pay is regarded as the debtor, someone is likewise, by virtue of a criminal bond and obligation, made an idolater, a blasphemer, and thus has not only a guilt of punishment, but also the sin itself — whereas Christ, in paying our debts, was a criminal satisfier or payer, who took upon Himself nothing but the punishment of the guilt, but not the stain: while it is clear and manifest that if someone takes upon himself a monetary fine, for example, for a theft, he is not thereby made a thief.
XXVIII. We ask, sixthly: Whether Christ, by reason of taking our sins upon Himself through this substitution, became a sinner, a drunkard, a liar, and a blasphemer, and what not; and whether He must not even be called a greater sinner than we — indeed the very greatest of sinners — because He carried our sins over onto Himself, and delivered us from them? The Antinomians, since they, according to the foregoing controverted point, hold that our sins were carried over onto Him, not only with respect to guilt, but also with respect to stain and disgracefulness, are compelled to acknowledge this. Among the ancient Fathers there have been some — though with a different meaning — who have spoken thus; for example, Chrysostom, Hom. XI. ad Corinth. Oecumenius, in cap. VIII. ad Hebr.; nor, likewise, among the Reformed, has this been lacking; for example, Calvin on Gal. III:13. Jacobus Alting, Dissert. Theol. Hept. II. Diss. I. §.4-8. But the Fathers, and the Reformed, indeed all Christians in general, neither speak thus, nor think thus: (1) Because, according to the foregoing controverted point, Christ took the sins of the elect upon Himself, not with respect to the stain, but with respect to the guilt and punishment alone. (II) Because Scripture nowhere teaches that Christ was made a sinner, a liar, a blasphemer, etc. (III) Because it savors of blasphemy, and exposes the Christian truth to the mockery and slander of its enemies, to say that our Savior is a sinner, a blasphemer, etc.
And it is (1) not true, what they lay as a foundation for their dreadful and monstrous opinion, that Christ took our sins upon Himself, not only with respect to the guilt, but also with respect to the stain — as we have taught in the foregoing controverted point. Nor (2) does it belong here either, that He is said to have been made sin for us, 2 Cor. V:21. and that "sin" even signifies more than "a sinner" — since, nevertheless, the word "sin," in that place, means exactly what, among the Hebrews, the word אשם, a guilt-offering, or an offering for sin, means, Jez. LIII:10. which, without any blemish, and without any fault, was put in the place of the sinners, in order to take away, in a typical manner, their guilt of punishment arising from sins, and thereby to reconcile the sinner with God; but not, to make the sacrificial beast into the sinner, and the sinner into a non-sinner. Nor does it hold good either (3), that He is said to have been numbered with the sinners, with the transgressors, Jez. LIII:12. since this, according to the constant and continual style of that Chapter, is said only of the punishments laid upon Him on account of and by reason of our sins, whereby He was so dealt with by God as if He were a sinner. Or rather, if you would sooner say so, that He was numbered with the sinners and transgressors by His enemies, when they hung Him up on the cross between the worst robbers and murderers, as a robber, murderer, seducer, blasphemer, and rebel — thereby giving this prophecy its very fulfillment.
Just as little does it serve the purpose (4), that in this substitution of Christ, in the place of sinners, there occurred a certain exchange of persons, whereby Christ became a sinner, and the sinners were made righteous. The Reformed gladly acknowledge that a certain exchange of persons, between Christ and the elect sinners, did take place — but not one in every respect; not such a one, whereby the Savior should have become a sinner, and the sinners, on the contrary, saviors; nor, either, that in that exchange the stain of sin itself should have passed over onto Christ the Surety (expromissorem), but the guilt of punishment alone. Yet (5), that He, being so put in our place, had no form, no comeliness, but was despised and rejected, Jez. LIII:2,3. — this only had place with men, who took Him for a certain outstanding sinner, by reason of so many and so great punishments which the Father laid upon Him for our sins, as the context of that Chapter teaches; but not, that He bore the stain of sins. Finally, (6) it does not help that our opposing parties allege, that He was also Himself abominable before His Father, and rejected and forsaken by Him — which, they say, would truly have had no place, if He had not been a sinner: for that He was abominable before God we nowhere read; nor either, that He was rejected by Him, as a degenerate Son; although He was indeed forsaken by Him — not because He was a sinner, but because this was the punishment for our sins, which He owed, on account of His having taken upon Himself the guilt of punishment for our sins.
XXIX. We ask, seventhly: When, and how long, has Christ borne the sins of the elect? Whether that carrying-over of sins upon Christ, and the bearing of them by Christ, must be reckoned to have begun at His crucifixion, and to have ended at His Resurrection? As far as the obligation is concerned, to bear our sins at the appointed time, all the Reformed hold, without doubt, that Christ began to take these sins upon Himself from eternity, namely, in the Counsel of Peace between the Father and the Son, wherein the Father demanded, and the Son took upon Himself, to make satisfaction for our sins — although, as to the manner of that taking-up, it has long been debated: namely, whether He took our sins upon Himself as a bare Surety (Fidejussor), so that the elect sinners nevertheless remained under the guilt of punishment until the actual payment; or whether He took them upon Himself absolutely and unconditionally, as an outright Substitute-Surety (Expromissor), so that He carried over from them, all at once and in a lawful manner, the whole guilt of punishment of the elect sinners, and, insofar, redeemed all the elect sinners — even those of the Old Testament — from the guilt of punishment? This controverted point we have examined and weighed above, in Book V, Chapter II. But as for the actual execution, there is one view which holds that He began and ended the bearing and suffering of our punishments in the three hours' suffering of His crucifixion — and this controverted point too we have determined and treated, in Book V, Chapter XI, §.XXXIV. The Antinomians in England will have it that Christ began to bear our sins when He was crucified, and that He finished this with His Resurrection. The Reformed hold that Christ bore the punishments of our sins from His incarnation onward, although preeminently, and that He finished it when, dying on the Cross, He cried out, "It is finished," Joh. XIX:30. together with His death — unless you would rather still further add, to those days, His burial — insofar as thereby He indeed suffered nothing further for sins, but was nevertheless in and under the state and dominion of death, Acts II:24.
They hold this for these reasons: (1) Because the very taking of the human nature was already an acknowledgment of the guilt of our sins taken upon Himself, Ps. XL:8. with Hebr. X:5,7,9. and, through the blood of circumcision, the handwriting of our sins was, as it were, subscribed and sealed. (II) Because the form of a servant, and the likeness of sinful flesh, lasting from the beginning of His life to His death, is proof of the sin carried over onto Him, Fil. II:7,8. (III) Because the death which God threatened and announced to the first men, should they sin, included within its scope all the miseries to which a sinner, during his whole life, is subject: it was therefore fitting that Christ too, in payment of the guilt taken upon Himself, should lead a life subject to very many alternations of every kind of misery. (IV) Because all those sorrows which Christ bore throughout His whole life aimed and looked toward the satisfaction for our sins, Jez. LIII:3,4,5. (V) Because there will scarcely be found among Christians one who would dare to say, that Christ's most lowly birth, whereby He was made lower than the Angels; His poverty, temptation, fasting, scourging, soul-anguish in Gethsemane, bloody sweat, condemnation in both courts, ecclesiastical and civil; the crown of thorns; so many mockeries, and a thousand other things besides — did not have this in view, that He should bear our punishments. Especially (VI) because the Apostle expressly says that He became poor, to make us rich, 2 Cor. VIII:9.
Nor do the opposing parties have anything to allege that is worth anything to the contrary: for (1) it is not true, what they suggest, that nothing of the reconciliation of our sins is ever brought to the cross of Christ alone; for we ourselves do not deny that the principal part of the payment was accomplished at the cross — yes, that, without the death of the Cross, all His other sufferings would not have availed, since God threatened death as the punishment for sin, Gen. II:17. Rom. VI:23. and since, without the shedding of blood, there is no remission, Hebr. IX:22. we only deny, that this took place through the sufferings of the Cross alone. (2) That He, during the time preceding His cross, more than once experienced the favor of His Father toward Him. Answer: Just as God uses many delays of His wrath toward sinners, and tempers the bitterness of this life with some sweetness of patience and long-suffering, until the day of wrath and righteous recompense shall have come, when He shall heap up upon the sinner the whole weight of the curse, Rom. II:4,5,6. so also Christ, in His servant-condition, throughout the whole of His life, was not always so crushed and pressed under the weight of the sins lying upon Him, but was sometimes refreshed by some remarkable gift of Divine grace and favor, until the hour and the power of darkness had come, when He, being called before and into judgment, underwent and suffered all manner of the harshest and most fearful things.
XXX. We ask, eighthly: Whether, in this substitution, the mere laying-on of our guilt of punishment, which Christ bore at the Cross, immediately freed the elect sinner from all guilt and punishment of his sins? The Antinomians in England say: Yes. The Reformed acknowledge (1) that Christ rendered a complete satisfaction at the Cross for our guilt of punishment. (II) That the same shall, in its own time, certainly be applied to the elect, as its own particular fruit, unto an actual forgiveness of sins. (III) That we, by that satisfaction — insofar as it was accomplished at the cross — are so far redeemed from all our sins, that God can now require no further payment for them, either from us, or from anyone else — provided only that that satisfaction has been applied to us by faith. (IV) That, the punishment having been borne at the Cross of Christ, satisfaction was thereby made to the Divine Law and to God's wounded Majesty, to such an extent, that sins no longer stand in the way of God offering and promising the forgiveness of sins and eternal salvation. (V) That sins, when they are now forgiven, acknowledge no other meritorious cause of forgiveness than the satisfaction of Christ alone; and that those things which are beforehand required of sinners, namely faith and conversion, are nothing other than conditions, without which God is unwilling to apply Christ's satisfaction to us. (VI) That Christ's satisfaction is the only way to the forgiveness of sins, which we lay hold of by faith: but they deny, that the very laying of our sins upon Christ, at the cross, was in itself an acquittal and a release of an elect person from all his sins.
Reasons for this denying opinion, on the part of the Antinomians: (1) Because it was never the will or the purpose either of God, or of Christ, that, by that laying-on, an elect person should immediately and unconditionally be released, Joh. VI:40. III:16. and elsewhere. 1 Pet. I:2. Acts X:43. To which those passages point, which, for obtaining the forgiveness of sins, require beforehand faith and conversion, and which declare to the unbelieving and impenitent, that their sins are retained; for example, Prov. XXVIII:13. Jez. I:16,17,18. Mark I:4,5. Matth. VI. etc. Wherefore (2), by the contrary manner and reasoning, that most wise counsel of God is overthrown, whereby He has determined to bestow the fruits of Christ's death only under the condition of faith and conversion, to be brought about through the exaltation of Christ, Acts V:31. and through the influence of the Holy Spirit, in the application of Christ's death unto the forgiveness of sins, 1 Cor. VI:11. Acts XXVI:18. (3) Because, if, according to the opposing error, the elect had already been redeemed and acquitted — since the laying of our guilt of punishment upon Christ alone was, indeed, already accomplished before His Resurrection — it would then have made no difference at all, even if Christ had never risen from the dead: for if the laying-on of our guilt of punishment upon Christ alone were the redemption, then, had Christ never risen again, we should nevertheless have been redeemed from the guilt of our sins, insofar as this would have ceased to be ours by that laying-on alone, which occurred before the Resurrection; and thus the Resurrection would not have been a most certain proof of the completed satisfaction contained in Christ's death, of our redemption — the very opposite of which everywhere occurs in the Scriptures, 1 Pet. I:3. and III:21. Yes (4), if the mere laying-on of our sins had been our redemption alone, our redemption would already have been in place before Christ's death — since our sins were laid upon Christ before His death, and thus taken away from the elect: from which it would then follow, that the elect would have been discharged before Christ's death, and thus thereby redeemed, even had Christ never taken them away in His death. (5) Because the opposing view presupposes that the Covenant of Grace, according to the tenor of which all benefits are dispensed, is, in every respect and in every way, absolutely unconditional — the contrary of which we have elsewhere expressly and at length demonstrated, Book V, Chapter I, §.XX, XXI, XXII, XXXVII. For although that Covenant, on the side of God and of Christ, has not depended upon any conditions which should have moved God to establish that Covenant; yet some benefits of that Covenant — Justification, Adoption as children, Glorification — have been made, on His part, to depend upon certain determined conditions, which must be performed by men. Finally (6), according to the opposing supposition, the elect would already, before their birth, before their faith, before their conversion, have had a complete forgiveness of sins — because, already before those things, their sins would have been laid upon Christ, borne by Him, and thus thereby taken away from them: which is contrary to the whole of Scripture.
Nor does it help them either, what they allege in objection: (a) that God laid upon His Son, absolutely and unconditionally, the sins of all the elect, and that Christ took them upon Himself absolutely and unconditionally. Answer: It is true that God laid the sins upon Christ absolutely and unconditionally, and that Christ took them upon Himself absolutely and unconditionally, without depending upon any conditions to be fulfilled by the creatures: but this does not prevent that He might not have made the application, and the actual possession, of all the fruits of that laying-on, depend upon certain determined conditions to be fulfilled by the elect creatures — just as He, in the eternal predestination itself, indeed absolutely and independently elected; yet nevertheless made salvation depend upon means and conditions, namely faith and conversion, to be brought about by the elect. (b) That the Covenant of Grace is absolutely unconditional as to all the conditions which the elect would have to fulfill. Answer: How far the Covenant of Grace is unconditional, and also conditional, we have explained elsewhere: namely, that, with respect to those benefits of the Covenant of Grace which have the character of means — for example, regeneration, conversion, etc. — the Covenant of Grace is absolute and unconditional; but that the same, with respect to those benefits which have the character of the end — namely justification (under which is comprehended the actual forgiveness of sins), adoption as children, and glorification — is conditional, insofar as God has not willed that these be obtained and enjoyed without faith and conversion. (c) That the Apostle teaches, that God has reconciled the world to Himself through Christ, who knew no sin, in order to make Him sin for us, that we might become the righteousness of God in Him, 2 Cor. V:19,20,21. Answer: But He adds: He has committed to us the word of reconciliation... be reconciled to God — namely, by believing, and by converting. Therefore, though the reconciliation has indeed been procured and brought about by Christ absolutely and unconditionally, it must nevertheless still be applied, through the fulfilling of the conditions of faith and conversion; for to what purpose else should He demand: be reconciled to God? To what purpose should he who is unconditionally reconciled still have to be reconciled? (d) That Christ has, for Himself, procured the right over and upon all the elect, which also His Father willingly and rightly grants Him, Ps. II:8. Ask of me, and I shall give thee the heathen for thine inheritance. This is His wages with His Father, not only to bring back the preserved of Israel, but also, to be God's salvation unto the end of the earth, Jez. XLIX:4,6. and that by virtue of the compact, Jez. LIII:10. When His soul shall have made itself a guilt-offering, then He shall see His seed. Answer: (a) He has indeed, for Himself, procured the right over and upon all the elect; but also, by that very same means, the right to
...to bestow His benefits upon His own according to His own will and good pleasure, and in that order, and according to those laws, to which He agreed in the Counsel of Peace — namely, that which God has given Him, that whoever believes in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life, Joh. III:16. Then (b), He enjoys also His acquired right over all the elect, so absolutely and unconditionally, that not one of those given Him out of the elect shall be lost, Joh. XVII:12 — yet through the intervention of the conditions of faith and conversion. (c) That Christ has procured for the elect not merely a possibility of the forgiveness of sins, but forgiveness itself, Matth. XXVI:28. Efez. I:7. and the grace to believe. Answer: So it is indeed — namely, to obtain that very thing more certainly than something already certain: yet through the intervention of faith and conversion, as antecedent conditions, by which He will, just as certainly — more certainly than something certain — bring it to them through His Spirit.
XXXI. From the foregoing it is asked, ninthly: Whether the elect, both by virtue of the eternal decree, and by virtue of that substitution whereby the Father laid their sins upon His Son, and the Son, according to the Father's will, took the same upon Himself, and paid for them in the appointed time, have always been justified, and adopted as children; never children of wrath, nor liable to condemnation — even then, when they were still under the dominion of sin, when they wallow themselves in all manner of abominations and sins, and lack the saving faith and the sincere conversion — so long as they are, even now, still without true faith and conversion? This the Antinomians affirm, according to their suppositions, already marked in the foregoing controverted points. The Reformed maintain, on the contrary, that even the elect themselves, for whom Christ has made satisfaction, before they are effectually called, or before they are regenerated, changed, and brought to faith and conversion — so long as they live in their sins — are under God's wrath, under the curse; and that they, if they should die in that state (which, however, is impossible), would be eternally damned.
Meanwhile, in order that we may rightly grasp the true state of this controversy, we must hold that the question in dispute is not: (I) Whether God has decreed from eternity, that certain determinate persons, elected by Him, shall — more certainly than anything that is certain — at their appointed time, once for all, be justified, adopted as children, and thus obtain the forgiveness of sins, and be saved eternally. Nor (II), whether the elect are the object of God's love and favor, even while they are still sinners. Nor (III), whether God pursues His gracious purpose, to do good to them, in a manner determined by Himself, notwithstanding their sins. Nor (IV), whether Christ has rendered for them a perfect satisfaction, and merited for them the eternal life which they shall obtain, at the time and in the manner appointed by Him; and that, accordingly, there remains nothing for them to do, whereby they should satisfy for their sins, or merit eternal life. Nor even (V), whether there is a very great difference between elect sinners and others, with respect to that which they shall one day become and be forever. All these points stand, on both sides, outside the controversy: but the question and matter in dispute remains, whether elect sinners, prior to their regeneration, faith, and conversion, are actually justified and children of God; or, on the contrary, whether the elect, being as yet dead in their sins, as yet unbelieving, are, so long as this continues, children of wrath, and not yet justified, by a promise of God.
The former the Antinomians maintain; the Reformed deny it, and maintain the latter: (1) Because Scripture constantly says that the elect, before their conversion and before their faith, are children of wrath, Eph. II:1,2,3. enemies, Kol. I:21. not the people of God, and not beloved, Rom. IX:25. (2) Because the Gospel repels and excludes every unbeliever and impenitent person from the saving forgiveness of sins, and pronounces to them the sentence of condemnation, and restricts its benefits to the believer alone, Joh. III:18. He that believeth not is condemned already. vs.36. The wrath of God abideth on him. 1 Kor. XVI:22. If any man love not the Lord Jesus Christ, let him be accursed, Maranatha: with the addition, such were some of you, but ye are washed, etc. 1 Kor. VI:11. (3) Because, according to the suppositions of our opposing parties, neither the Spirit, nor the word of God, would have any efficacy or usefulness at all, to save a sinner — which, nevertheless, Scripture so often testifies that both the Spirit and the word of God do have: for it is indeed certain, that all efficacy of the Spirit and of the word of God, to convert a sinner, presupposes that he is as yet in the state of sin, outside the state of salvation, Tit. III:5. Joh. V:34. 1 Thess. II:10(?). Jak. I:21. But now the lack of the Spirit and the Word would bring the elect no harm or loss at all, if they were, before faith and before conversion, already long since children of God and heirs of eternal life, and delivered from the wrath of God. (4) Because the evangelical benefits presuppose and imply, that there is a time in which we are actually guilty and wretched: but now that person cannot be delivered from the guilt of his sins, who was not beforehand under that guilt, Rom. IV:7. (5) Because you might, on the same grounds, bring in and say, that a man is sanctified and glorified in his mother's womb, because God has elected him thereto from eternity, has laid his sins, in the Counsel of Peace, upon His Son, and Christ has made satisfaction for his sins — even as you now bring in and say that he is justified and adopted as a child of God.
(6) Because Scripture says that an elect man is actually justified after he has been effectually called, Rom. VIII:30. that there is so great joy in heaven over the conversion of a sinner, Luk. XV:7,10. But how shall this have place, if the sinner, before his conversion, has long been beforehand in a state of grace and salvation? I need not add (7), that Scripture speaks of sinners, before their conversion, as of the wounded, the wretched, the lost, Ezech. XXXIII:11. Hand. XXVI:18. 2 Tim. II:25,26. — all of which things would be said very harshly and roughly, if the same persons had already long before been perfect and complete in that condition.
Nor is it, either, of any weight, what they object: (a) That God is said to have loved Jacob from his mother's womb, before he had done anything good, before he was converted, etc. Rom. IX:10,11. Answer: Certainly God loved him with a love of benevolence, whereby He willed, in His own time, to grant him regeneration, faith, and conversion — but not with a love of complacency, whereby He should be pleased with him, so as actually to have the forgiveness of sins, before he was regenerated, converted, and a true believer. (b) That a son, even while yet in his mother's womb, is an heir. Answer: He is that in potentiality (potentia), not in actuality; he shall be, but he is not yet: for there is first required the death of his parents, and that he possess the prerequisites of a lawful heir: and Scripture expressly requires, for obtaining the power to become children of God, that we receive Christ by faith, Joh. I:12. Gal. III:26. (c) That God, in and by His eternal and unchangeable decree, has promised to the elect the forgiveness of sins, and the inheritance of Heaven. Answer: He has promised it — that is, appointed and destined it, to bring it to them and bestow it upon them, in His own time, under certain laws and conditions, Gal. III:8. Scripture foreseeing that God would justify the Heathen by faith: but He has not by that decree actually brought it about: for the decree of God is an inward and immanent act, which produces nothing outside of God; but which only predetermines the certain and infallible future coming-to-pass, or outcome, of the promise itself. (d) That God has taken away all the sins of the elect from the sinners, and transferred them, all at once and at one time, upon His Son. Answer: Certainly the Father laid the sins of the elect upon His Son, and the Son bore them, in order to fulfill the complete and sole demand of the Law, and thereby to bring it about that the elect sinner should be justified, and should obtain the forgiveness of his sins — only, that this be applied to him through faith, etc., just as we have said and set forth more fully and at large in the foregoing controverted points.
XXXII. Whether, therefore, tenthly, it follows from the foregoing — from the substitution of Christ effected in the Counsel of Peace, and from the satisfaction rendered even unto the Cross — that the sins in question are no longer the sins of the elect, but the sins of Christ; so that Christ is an adulterer, a murderer, a drunkard, a liar, etc., and not the elect themselves? The Antinomians, according to the suppositions already laid down by them in the foregoing, maintain this: the Reformed, on the contrary, according to the suppositions already vindicated by them, deny it.
One must observe: (I) that, as regards the stain or unlawfulness of sins, with respect to which sinners are, according to the degrees of their unrighteousness and unholiness, more or less sinners; (II) that, as regards the guilt of punishment for sins, which looks to the threatening sanction of the Law, sinners are more or less sinners, according as their sins are, or are not, forgiven them; (III) that, as regards the obligation arising from a sinful act, and its relation thereto — which obligation is taken away neither before nor after the sin, by forgiveness or by sanctification — the transgressor of the Law is, though delivered, nevertheless such, that, after the transgression, the commission of the sin does not cease to be his own act. Wherefore man is, properly, called a sinner with respect to the act or commission of sin; just as, with respect to forgiveness and sanctification, he is called a sinner who shall not be punished. The Antinomians, according to their suppositions, hold that an elect person, as elect, ceases to be a sinner: and therefore, when they speak of a believer, they will not have it that he was a sinner before his faith; but that, from that time when Christ took his sins upon Himself and bore them, he was not himself a sinner, but Christ in his stead. The Reformed, on the contrary, maintain, that an elect person, after the laying of his sins upon Christ, and the bearing of them by Christ, still is and remains a sinner, with respect to the stain, until his sanctification — although he be already delivered from the curse, with respect to the guilt, after the forgiveness thereof; and that he shall be cleansed from the disgracefulness or stain, after his complete and perfect sanctification: and that, although Christ has borne the punishments of sins, nevertheless these are not thereby Christ's stains; but the stains of the elect.
Wherefore the question here is not: (1) Whether the sinner, after forgiveness, is delivered from condemnation? Nor (2), whether God, the sinner being justified, no longer deals with him as with a sinner? Nor (3), whether forgiveness takes away all his obligation to punishment? Nor (4), whether Christ's satisfaction, being applied to him, removes from him all guilt of punishment, and moreover cleanses and purifies him from all stain? But: whether, since and by reason of that laying-on of sins upon Christ, the transgressor is no longer a sinner, but Christ in his place? Likewise, whether the sins of the elect were actually forgiven, at the time when Christ bore them on and at the Cross? Finally, whether, when the elect sin, they are nevertheless not transgressors, and the sins which they commit are nevertheless not their own sins? The Reformed maintain the latter firmly: (a) Because no one can deny, either that he who transgresses the Law of God is a sinner; nor, that he who commits a sinful act is the committer of it; nor, likewise, that it is the sin of him who commits it. (b) Because Christ Himself charges the believer to pray for the forgiveness of sins, as being their own sins, Luk. XI:4. (c) Because the Holy Spirit, in Scripture, has held and reckoned the sins committed by them as their own sins, Jer. XIV:7. Jez. LIX:12. Job VII:21. Ps. XXV:11. Were they not Peter's sins, over which he wept bitterly, Matth. XXVI:75.? (d) Because God accounts the sins, even of believers, as their own sins, and forgives them as sins belonging to them, 1 Joh. II:12. Jer. XXXIII:8. Openb. II:20. and III:19. 2 Tim. IV:16. (e) Because, in this way, the sins of the elect would be subject to no rightful censures of the Church at all: no true Christian, for and by reason of his perverse deeds, should have to be punished, because those wrongly and evilly committed deeds would not be his own; but Christ's sin — and other absurdities of that kind could be, without end, rightly drawn from this yet more. I forbear to add, that the contrary opinion would conspire together with the errors of the Papists, who maintain that justification takes away not only the guilt, but also the very stain of sin. (f) Because God takes notice of the sins, even of His believers, and visits them with His most severe judgments; and imposes upon them, besides, the necessity of preparing themselves, and obtaining, by faith and conversion, the forgiveness of their sins.
The grounds of the opposite opinion have already, in the foregoing, been fully refuted and taken away: namely, that Christ has taken upon Himself, not only the guilt of punishment, but also the stain of all the sins which are in the elect. This error we have set ourselves to refute, expressly and at large, §.XXVI. (b) That Christ, because He took upon Himself and bore the sins of the elect at and on the Cross, has become, for the elect, a sinner: which we have refuted, §.XXVII. Hereupon (c), that God removes and takes away the sins from the elect, through forgiveness, delivering them thereby from the deserved punishments; and that, therefore, the sins of the elect cease to be their own sins: which, according to the foregoing, is altogether and in every respect false. Further, (d), that a justified sinner, being delivered from condemnation and from the guilt of punishment, ought not therefore to bear the name of a sinner, on account of his transgression of the Divine Law: which is likewise shown, from what has already been said, to be utterly false. Finally, (e), that because Christ has made satisfaction for the sins of the elect, no stain of sin can therefore cleave to or infect the transgressors who are elect, and that they cannot even be called sinners and transgressors — which inferences, drawn from the foregoing, collapse and fall through their own absurdity. It has seemed good to us to set forth and represent this controverted point, together with the five preceding ones which concern the Antinomians, somewhat more fully and at greater length; because not only, as the Antinomians formerly disturbed Germany, under their leader Johannes Agricola of Eisleben; afterward New England, through John Cotton; and later England, through Doctor Crisp — so also the same, under the name of the Hebraists, has crept in, through certain obscure and unrighteous men, into our Netherlands: but also, because it is well suited and fit to undermine all practice and exercise of godliness and of Christianity.
XXXIII. We ask, eleventhly: Whether Christ has ransomed and redeemed His own with an equivalent price? The Socinians, out of hatred against an equivalent satisfaction, deny that any, even the least, price at all has been paid for our sins: Vorstius acknowledges some price offered; but such a one as is equivalent to our debt he denies, and says, that the same is sufficient only by a favorable acceptance of God: with whom the Socinianizing Arminians agree, by maintaining, that Christ, for this price, spent only His temporal death, without any hellish punishments; and that that temporal death alone was accepted by God in place of an equivalent satisfaction: the Papists, on the contrary, in order to make room for their indulgences, maintain, that He rendered a more than abundant, and thus a superfluous, price; and that a single little drop of blood would have sufficed to take away all our sins — which we shall, in its own place, if God will, refute separately. The Reformed teach that Christ rendered exactly and precisely an equivalent price, with this fundamental proof: that the guilt of punishment of all who are to be redeemed can be no greater than an infinite guilt, since nothing greater than what is infinite can be conceived, and Christ has rendered an infinite price. This is a matter which we have expressly and at large demonstrated at §.XV: in particular we have also taught, in Chapter XII of the Mediator's Death, §.VIII,XX,XXXI, that He suffered more than temporal death. Against this contrary opinion the Socinians bring forward: (1) That a price is something external, which comes from without, as gold and silver. Answer: By a price is understood all that which is required and rendered, in order to take away the debt; and therefore, according to the diversity of the debt — whether it be a civil or monetary debt, or a debt of punishment, that is, a capital debt — the price differs: and indeed it is a civil debt, when some deed or act must be performed; but a capital or punitive debt, when a punishment must be borne and suffered — as that by which either the civil, or the punitive debt, is taken away. Our opposing parties say: (II) That a price must be paid to someone, whereas in the death of Christ nothing has been paid to anyone. Answer: A price and a ransom, λύτρον καὶ ἀντίλυτρον, is called, in Scripture, all that which is rendered in order to take away our guilt of punishment, and to restore our freedom: and since Christ is said to have offered Himself up for this purpose to His Father, Hebr. IX:14. Efez. V:2. it is thereby sufficiently made known both who paid it, and to whom He paid it. Finally, our opposing parties object (III), that God remits and forgives our sins out of and through grace, and that He therefore receives no price in payment. Answer: He remits and forgives us our sins out of and through grace, and therefore receives from us, too, no price whatever: but He did not remit it to our Surety gratis — that is, for nothing. Nor does their pressing and insisting avail, that a price, even though offered by another, takes away the grace of forgiveness: for it truly does take it away, when a debtor has himself appointed the Surety, or has placed and commissioned a payer in his stead: but a price of payment does not take away the grace, when a Surety offers himself immediately to the creditor, and pays the price, without having been asked or requested by the debtor.
XXXIV. We ask, twelfthly: Whether the Reconciliation, brought about through Christ's redemption, is one-sided — such that He thereby reconciled to Himself only the sinner's mind, which had turned and become averse from God; or whether it is, rather, two-sided — such that He, besides this, also reconciled to the sinner God's own mind, which had turned and become averse from the sinner? The Socinians, in order the more easily to maintain that Christ, without any payment of a price, and thus without any properly so-called satisfaction, has redeemed us, hold that God, when He gave His Son to the world, had already, long before, been reconciled and appeased with it: and that He therefore did not send His Son in order to reconcile Himself with the world; but in order to reconcile the world to Himself, by proposing to it conditions, by the fulfilling of which it might be able to obtain forgiveness and eternal life. The Reformed, on the contrary, teach, that Christ, by ransoming and redeeming us, has reconciled and appeased us with His Father, who was angered against us on account of our sins: according to the arguments which we have adduced in the Doctrinal Part, §.XVII. To which we now further add: (1) That we, before the Surety was given to us, and an equivalent satisfaction was made for us, were under God's wrath, Efez. II:3. Rom. I:18. under His hatred, Ps. V:5,6,7. Jez. LIX:2. under His enmity, Rom. V:8,9,10. (II) That He, the ransom-price having been rendered, has reconciled us, Rom. III:25. and has cleansed us from our sins, 1 Joh. I:7. (III) That God, for reconciliation's sake, made His Son to be sin for us, 2 Kor. V:21. indeed, to be a curse, Gal. III:13.
Against this it does not militate, that He loved His own from eternity, and, moved by love, gave His Son to be a Redeemer, Joh. III:16. since that love of benevolence served to prepare and bring about the reconciliation, 2 Kor. V:19,21. Nor does that love necessarily signify a reconciliation already accomplished — as appears in Absalom, whom David loved most tenderly, and yet, for all that, was not thereby yet reconciled with him, 2 Sam. XIII:30. with Kap. XIV:1-24,32,33.
XXXV. We ask, thirteenthly: Whether the Satisfaction, brought about through a substitution and an equivalent ransom-price, was necessary for redemption? The Socinians, since they deny the very truth of this satisfaction, thereby deny at the same time also its necessity. Durandus and other Scholastic teachers under the Papacy, although they grant the truth of the satisfaction, nevertheless deny its necessity. The Reformed, as many as there are, acknowledge that the Satisfaction was necessary; but not all in one and the same way: for there are those who hold it necessary only by virtue of God's will, and of the threat once made, whereby God simply is unwilling to forgive sins without punishment, or without an equivalent satisfaction for them — although He, had it so seemed good to Him, could, by His absolute and unlimited power, have done otherwise: others, again, hold that God, by reason of His natural holiness and avenging righteousness, and by reason of the outcome thereof, even had His will and the threat been withdrawn from consideration, could not have failed to punish sin, once it was present; or have set the sinner free and received him into grace, without an equivalent recompense for His wounded Majesty.
We have already, above, at §.XIX, taught that, and how, this necessity, when reduced from many arguments to one chief proof, is the more fittingly and the more forcefully demonstrated and shown. To the reasons there adduced we add nothing further, except: (1) that God is said certainly to punish, or to be about to punish, indeed not to hold the guilty innocent, Exod. XXXIV:7. namely, that He should not appear to be like the sinner, Ps. L:20,21. but now it is not to be believed, that He would simply do this of Himself, moved only by His own free will and pleasure, Ezech. XXXIII:4. Ps. LXXXI:14,15. since in the act of punishing, considered in itself, there is nothing good or desirable; and consequently, that it proceeds from a necessity. (II) Because not only the right to punish, arising from sin; but also the very exercise itself of punishing, is referred to God's Righteousness, 2 Thess. I:6. so that not to punish would belong to a kind of unrighteousness. Indeed (III), because God is said to be of purer eyes than to behold evil — namely, without exercising punishment upon it, Hab. I:13.
Nor does it help the Socinians: (1) That God is said graciously to forgive, Exod. XXXIV:6,7. without recompense, Matth. XVIII:26,27. Answer: For He forgives graciously, with respect to the Surety Christ; but as regards us, in so far as He receives from us not the least thing toward recompense; nor from Christ either, as one sent apart from us and commissioned for it — but it is given to us graciously by God. (2) That, just as any private person, so also, and much more, the supreme Lord, can waive His right. Answer: Although God is an absolute supreme Lord, He must nevertheless, in this matter, not be regarded as Lord; but as Judge and Ruler, Gen. XVIII:25. who punishes not so much for Himself, as for the benefit of the community. (3) That a Supreme Judge, too, can concede and relinquish His right. Answer: He can indeed, (a) as one who has been wronged, but not as Judge: (b) even granting that He could as Judge, yet not with respect to the right itself; but only with respect to the act: and if He (c) relinquishes the act, He does not do so without a violation of His Law — which it is blasphemous to think of God.
But they say, (4) that anyone at all can forgive without recompense; and therefore much more so the almighty God. Answer: (a) It is not contrary to man's natural purity and righteousness, by permission and according to the prescription of the supreme Lawgiver, to forgive without recompense — as it is contrary to the purity, holiness, and righteousness which are natural to God. And (b) it does not follow, that whatever a man can do, God can do; since a man can divest himself of his authority; can even deny himself — which, nevertheless, God cannot do, 2 Tim. II:13.
XXXVI. We ask, fourteenthly: Whether the Savior, being God-man, redeems us through a righteousness essential to the Divine nature? Andreas Osiander, in order the more strongly to establish that Christ, according to the Divine nature alone, is our Mediator, maintained that we are justified through the essential Righteousness of the Divine Person of Christ, with whom we should be united through faith, whether more naturally or more personally. Which opinion we have examined and tested above, Chapter II. §.XXII.
XXXVII. We ask, fifteenthly: Whether Christ has redeemed us by His passive Righteousness alone; or whether, besides this, also by His active Righteousness? Johannes Piscator, an otherwise most excellent theologian, together with certain others, because they supposed that the necessity of Christ's passive righteousness and death would be taken away and annulled, were it maintained that He, in our place, had kept the Law most exactly and perfectly — since He who obediently and perfectly keeps the Law cannot be punished with death — chose the former opinion. The Protestants in general prefer the latter, and rightly so: yet not all in one and the same manner. Some separate Christ's passive and active righteousness from one another in this way: that He, by the passive righteousness alone, made satisfaction, in our place, for the unkept Law, and thereby alone delivered us from the guilt of punishment; and that He, by the active righteousness alone, in our place, having perfectly kept the Law, thereby obtained for us the right to life. Others, again, having more subtly set aside such a separation, prefer rather to maintain, that Christ has expended that twofold Righteousness on our behalf for this purpose: to make satisfaction for the Law not kept by us, and, by making satisfaction, to merit for us the right to life — so that He, by both together, has been able to redeem us, and to procure for us the right to eternal life; against Piscator's opinion.
The arguments for this last opinion we have already adduced above, at §.XX. The difficulties which have been brought forward against it, on Piscator's side, we wish here to set forth somewhat more fully. For (1), he objects, that the Law demands but one of the two — either obedience, or punishment: we shall answer, that the Law indeed, from man as not yet a sinner, demanded only perfect obedience, under the threat of punishment: but that it, once sin is present, demands from the sinner the punishment for the sin already past, and obedience for that yet to come — since the punishment cannot free man from the obedience which he owes to God: wherefore the Redeemer has had to accomplish both the one and the other. If he (II) alleges, that the necessity, use, and usefulness of Christ's death and passive righteousness is taken away, seeing that He kept the Law most perfectly: we shall answer, that this necessity is by no means taken away — because that twofold obedience was necessary, in order to make satisfaction for our disobedience toward the Divine Majesty and toward God's Law, and to obtain the right to eternal life. If he (III) alleges, that the completion of our Salvation is attributed to His sacrifice accomplished on the Cross, so as to merit for us, by making satisfaction, the right to eternal life — as if, therefore, the active obedience were superfluous: we shall answer, that by that Offering is understood, by way of synecdoche, His entire satisfaction, of which an eminent part was His death on the Cross — just as, by that same figure of substitution (Synecdoche), the blood of Christ signifies that same satisfaction, 1 Joh. I:7. Hand. XX:28.
If he goes on, (IV), that that obedience was necessary for Himself, considered as man, and could not therefore have been expended for us: we shall answer, (1) that the obedience, insofar as it proceeded from a God-man, was not necessary for Him — because the Law does not bind a God-man to obedience; but a bare man only. (2) That that obedience of the God-man is of infinite worth and dignity, whereby it has been able to suffice, both for Him, and for us: since, for Him and for us at once, no greater obedience than an infinite one could either be required, or be performed.
XXXVIII. We ask, sixteenthly: Whether Christ has done more than was necessary for our Redemption? The Papists, in and concerning this matter, are much mistaken, and nourish suppositions that contend against one another: for at one time they maintain, in favor of their indulgences, that even a single little drop of blood would suffice for all who are to be redeemed, and that therefore what He accomplished beyond this was superfluous, and thus was laid up and deposited in the treasury of the Church, together with the superfluous good works of the Saints, in order to help therewith those who fall short in the works necessary for suffering; at another time, again, they maintain, that He has made satisfaction only for the sins committed before Baptism; only for mortal sins; for the guilt of sin, not for the guilt of punishment; for the eternal punishment of sins, but not for the temporal — all this, in order to make room for human satisfactions.
The Reformed hold, that the whole satisfaction of Christ was of an infinite worth and dignity (by virtue of the infinite dignity of Him who made satisfaction, and of the price offered for the satisfaction, together with the manner of offering it), above which none greater either can be conceived, or can exist; and that it was also necessary, in order to take away the infinite guilt of each and every elect person, and to obtain for him the right to an infinite good: and that therefore, had He accomplished less (at least with respect to the essence of the matter) than He did accomplish, the satisfaction would not have been sufficient — and that it is, in this regard, superstitious, indeed ungodly, to teach that a single little drop of Christ's blood would have sufficed: (1) Because, for the sufficiency of the satisfaction, it was necessary that that punishment be suffered which the guilt of the infinitely wounded Majesty of God, the demerit of sin, and the threat of the Law had prescribed — which was not a little drop of blood, but death, Gen. II:17. Rom. VI:23. (II) In the shedding of a single drop of blood, God would not have sufficiently made manifest His natural hatred against sin, Ps. V:5,6,7. (III) In a single drop of blood, God would not, for His violated Law, and for His wounded Majesty, have been sanctified according to fitness and proportion. Let me add, further (IV), that it would seem to charge the Father with the reproach of cruelty, that He should have inflicted an accursed death upon His own and only-begotten Son, in place of a single little drop of blood.
Nor is it of any force, what they object, that a single drop of Christ's blood is of infinite worth and dignity: for (1) if it were of infinite worth and dignity, then truly nothing at all could have been added to it, and one would accordingly have to say, that He, by the shedding of so great a quantity of blood, offered a greater than an infinite price — which involves an open contradiction. (2) If all that He suffered beyond a single drop of blood is superfluous, and had to be brought into the treasury of the Church, then there would be more in the treasury of the Church, than was ever offered to the Father, and thus in the treasury of God. Wherefore one says (3), more soundly and more thoroughly, that all that which He expended upon His satisfaction contributes and serves toward one single infinite worth and dignity, to which nothing can be added, nor from which anything can be subtracted.
XXXIX. We ask, seventeenthly: Whether Christ's satisfaction is so great, that it alone takes away all the guilt of all the elect? The Papists, in order to make room for human satisfactions, for purgatory, and for indulgences — as being profitable for the Pope's kitchen — draw a distinction between sins committed before Baptism, and after it; between mortal sins and venial sins; between the guilt of sin and that of punishment; between temporal and eternal punishment: and then they restrict Christ's satisfaction to the sins before Baptism; to mortal sins; to the guilt of sin, and to the eternal punishment — so that it still remains laid upon men themselves, to make satisfaction for the sins committed after Baptism; for venial sins; for the guilt of punishment; and for the temporal punishments: whether this happen in this life, through penitential works, fastings, hair-shirts, self-mortifications, scourgings, pilgrimages, processions, etc.; or after this life, in and through purgatory — to the punishments of which indulgences and masses would then come to their aid.
The Reformed maintain, that the Satisfaction of Christ takes away all our guilt: because it, (1) is not only of an infinite worth and dignity, to which absolutely nothing can be added by anyone, without contradiction: but also (II) is such, that it cleanses us from all sin, 1 Joh. I:7. (III) Because He is said to have been made sin for us, that we might become the righteousness of God in Him, 2 Kor. V:21. So that (IV), by reason of His satisfaction, there is now no condemnation remaining in and for us, Rom. VIII:1. That (V) any other satisfaction would derogate from the fullness and completeness of Christ's Satisfaction: and thus (VI) would exclude us from partaking of the Satisfaction of Christ, Rom. X:5. Gal. V:3,4. Especially (VII), because every sin, by reason of God's infinitely wounded Majesty, is a mortal sin, Gal. III:10. from Deut. XXVII:26. Jak. II:10. Compare Book IV, Chapter III. §.XX. because also the distinction between the guilt of sin and that of punishment is empty, and without real difference, as we have taught elsewhere, Book IV, Chapter IV. §.XXIII. and the temporal punishments are nowhere in the Scriptures separated from the eternal punishments: see Book IV, Chapter IV. §.XXIV. And purgatory, indulgences, and masses, are nothing else than mere fictions and embellishments, as we shall demonstrate in its proper place.
Nor is there anything which can be alleged with even the slightest appearance for the contrary, except only: (1) that sometimes, indeed many times, temporal punishments are recorded in Scripture as sent and inflicted, in this life, upon true believers: but these do not prove or establish, that punishments properly so called are sent to them by God as Judge, by virtue of His righteousness, as a kind of recompense; but only that they are fatherly chastisements, inflicted upon them, on occasion of some sin committed, out of love, for their amendment, Hebr. XII:6,7. Openb. III:19. compare Aquinas (2. 2dae. quæst. XVII. art. VII.). And, (2) that the word Satisfaction occurs frequently in the ancient Fathers: but they mean thereby no satisfactions which would be rendered to God; but only ecclesiastical ones, for the removal of an offense given to the Church, or given to others.
XL. We ask, eighteenthly: Whether Christ has made satisfaction, or acquired any right, for any others than the elect? There is, in this controverted point, a veritable nursery of differences and disputes. (I) The Remonstrants suppose, that Christ, by His Satisfaction, procured and brought about for God Himself a right, henceforth, saving His righteousness, to deal with sinners, and to prescribe to them, according to His own pleasure, new laws and conditions for obtaining salvation. The same add to this (II), that Christ, by His Satisfaction, obtained for Himself the right, not only to save the believing; but also, to condemn the unbelieving. (III) Origen, of old, together with his followers, supposed that Christ made satisfaction even for the Devils, and that these, after a sufficient time of punishment, shall at last be saved. (IV) The Socinians hold, that Christ, without any substitution, and without payment of a price, died for the good of all men, and of each one in particular. (V) The Arminians, while acknowledging some sort of substitution of Christ, and payment of a price, hold, that He made satisfaction, or died, for each and every man in particular: to whom, although He procured redemption for them, He nevertheless does not apply it, unless they are true believers — so that the procurement, according to the intention of the Father and of Christ, took place for all alike; and that the application depends on each one's free will: and this they maintain through various suppositions: (1) That God appointed His Son to death and to satisfaction, before He had yet appointed anyone to salvation. (2) That the Redemption, in itself, is unlimited; and that consequently Christ's death pertains to all. (3) That God did not intend to apply the satisfaction of the death to anyone unto salvation: but that He attained His purpose in the death and satisfaction itself of His Son, so that, by His satisfaction, eternal life was not assigned (bequeathed) to anyone in particular; but only a way opened unto a new Covenant, along which, according to Christ's prescription, each one can obtain eternal life. And thus (4) the obtaining of salvation, brought about by Christ's satisfaction and death, consists, according to them, in this: that God, saving His righteousness, can save the sinner, whether by faith, or by works — from which they then also forge a certain further conclusion. Hence they suppose, (5), that Christ died in so undetermined and uncertain a manner, that He died neither for believers, nor for unbelievers (both considered as such); but for all — of whom afterward some become believers, some unbelievers, according to each one's inclination and free will. And that (6) all that which afterward takes place in the application, after man has performed the prerequisite condition, is not conferred and bestowed as the end intended by the satisfaction; but as a price and a reward — and that it therefore belongs far more to justice, than to grace. Nor are there lacking among them (7) some who say, that by the satisfaction and death of Christ is intended not only a general procurement; but also a general application: since to all and each alike grace and sufficient powers are also imparted, by which they can, if they will, perform the required conditions. With these, as to universality, though in differing degrees, agree together the Anabaptists, the Papists, and also the Lutherans.
(VI) Among the Reformed, those who grant a general objective grace suppose, that Christ has made satisfaction for each and every man, under the condition, if they will receive Him by a living faith; but for the elect alone, absolutely and unconditionally, that they should will it: and thus indeed for the good of all; but in the place of the elect alone. The common opinion of the Reformed is, that Christ, by His Satisfaction, has neither procured and obtained for Himself, before God, any right — because He has always had every right, for all, by reason of the excellent preeminence of His Godhead; nor that He has procured and obtained for Himself anything, except only the discharge and the release from His suretyship-debt, and the glory of His Exaltation, Fil. II:7,8,9. nor for the Angels either, as we have taught, Chapter II. §.XXIV: nor for all men and each one in particular; but for the elect alone, who were given Him by the Father to redeem, Joh. XVII:6,7. as we have said, §.XXI.
To which we add, (a) That He is nowhere in Holy Scripture said to have made satisfaction, or to have died, for each and every one alike — which is the very controverted point of this Chapter. (b) That He did not make satisfaction for those who, before His death, were in prison, 1 Petr. III:19,20. Nor (c) for those who sin against the Holy Spirit, Matth. XII:31,32. compared with 1 Joh. V:16. nor for Judas, Joh. XVII:12. Joh. VI:70. and XIII:11. (d) That He has not willed to pray for each and every one alike; much less to make satisfaction for them, by dying, Joh. XVII:9. (e) That the inseparable consequences of His death and satisfaction — (a) deliverance from condemnation, Rom. VIII:34. (b) actual reconciliation with God, Rom. V:10. (c) the calling to a share in the redemption procured, Efez. I:13. (d) the forgiveness of sins, Matth. XXVI:28. (e) sanctification, Joh. XVII:19. (f) the love of God, Joh. XV:13. with 1 Joh. III:16. (g) the participation in eternal life, Hebr. IX:15 — that these, I say, these inseparable consequences, or appendages of the satisfaction, are, as our opposing parties themselves, together with experience, bear witness, not found to fall upon each and every one.
(f) That He, at least according to the suppositions of some of these parties, did not make satisfaction for those who die in their early infancy, since these, according to their view, have no original sin: nor either for those adults who keep themselves from all actual sin — which they suppose to lie within the power of the free will. Against this, they urge to the contrary: (1) That Christ is repeatedly said to have died for all, 2 Kor. V:15. Hebr. II:9. 1 Tim. II:6. Rom. V:18. Answer: (*) He is nowhere said to have died for each and every one, which alone is in dispute. (**) The sign of universality, "all," commonly, in Holy Scripture, excludes some distinction, but not an exception, Rom. X:11,12. For Scripture says, Whosoever believeth on Him shall not be ashamed. For there is no difference, neither of Jew, nor of Greek. — Gal. III:26-28. Kol. III:11. Rom. XI:32. For God hath concluded them all (that is, both Jews and Gentiles) in unbelief, that He might have mercy upon all. So that the word "all" here means nothing else than to remove the distinction between Jews and Gentiles, Efez. II:14-16. Rom. III:29. and that thereby is alluded to the promise made of old to Abraham: In thee shall all the families of the earth be blessed, Gen. XXII:18. XII:3. and XXVIII:14. from which he is called an heir of the world, Rom. IV:13. Gal. III:8. which, nevertheless, is clearly and expressly limited, Gen. XXI:12. Rom. IX:6. (***) The word "all" does not always signify the particular members of the classes; but frequently the classes of the particular members, as one says in the Schools, Matth. IV:23. and XII:31. Rom. XIV:2. Openb. V:9. etc.
Our opposing parties allege, (2), that Christ is often said to have died for the world, Joh. I:29. 2 Kor. V:19. Joh. III:16. indeed, even for the whole world, 1 Joh. II:2. Answer: With the necessary changes, the second answer to the preceding objection can easily be applied to this one also; namely, that by "the world" is not seldom understood everything which stands opposed to, and is distinguished from, the Jewish Church — that is, the Gentile world, Rom. XI:12. and IV:13. so that the sense is, that Christ died not only for the Jews, but also for the Gentiles.
Our opposing parties say, (3), that Christ is said to have died for those who perish and are lost, Rom. XIV:15,20. 1 Kor. VIII:11. Answer: That is, those who, by the misuse of things indifferent — for example, of food and drink — are caused to stumble; or to whom occasion and opportunity is given to sin, and thereby, if it were possible, to perish, Matth. XXIV:24. as is evident from the whole content and context of the passages alleged.
(4) That He is said to have died for the false Prophets who deny Him, 2 Petr. II:1. Answer: That is untrue and false, for the text does not speak of Christ at all, who is never called by the Greek name δεσπότης, Despotes, "a Lord and Master"; but of God, Luk. II:29. Jud. vs.4. Also the word ἀγοράζειν, "to buy," does not signify something obtained by a price of blood, as happens, 1 Kor. VI:20. 1 Petr. I:19. but simply to acquire something for oneself, Jez. LV:1. so that the sense of the passage is: that God had brought those false Prophets, by the proclamation of the truth, to the outward fellowship of the Church, in which they acknowledged and professed Him to be their δεσπότην, Despotes, their Lord and Master.
(5) That He is said to have died for him who has trodden underfoot the Son of God, and has counted the blood of the covenant, wherewith he was sanctified, an unholy thing, and has done despite unto the Spirit of grace, Hebr. X:29. Answer: The matter speaks for itself, that he who tramples the Son of God underfoot, counts the blood of the Covenant unholy, and commits that fearful and dreadful blasphemy against the Holy Spirit, is not thereby sanctified, Joh. XVII:19. but the Apostle says that the Son of God Himself is sanctified by the blood of the Covenant, as he explains of Himself, Hebr. II:10.
(6) That all are bound and obliged to believe, that Christ died for them; and that He consequently in fact also died for all, unless they should be bound to believe something that is false. Answer: All to whom the Gospel is proclaimed (something which does not happen to each and every one, Ps. CXLVII:19,20. Hand. XVI:6.) are bound and obliged to believe in Christ — that is, to receive Him with and through a living faith, Joh. I:12. and this having then taken place, and not before, they are bound and obliged to conclude therefrom, that Christ died for them.
XLI. We ask, nineteenthly: Whether Christ has truly and properly merited anything good? Since the merit of the satisfaction differs from it only in the manner of reasoning about it, and consequently includes in itself a substitution and a payment of price, the Socinians, because they deny the satisfaction, the substitution, and the ransom-price, are for that very reason compelled also to deny the merit. The Protestants, on the contrary, accept, together with the satisfaction, also the merit of Christ, and hold this to be sufficiently established, for these reasons: (1) Because He was, for us, made subject to the Law, Gal. IV:4. Matth. V:17. and fulfilled the right of the Law, by obeying and by suffering, most exactly, Rom. VIII:2,3,4. wherefore He has also become a partaker of the promised reward of the Law, Lev. XVIII:5. Matth. XIX:17. Rom. X:5. (II) Because He is the second Adam: and therefore, just as the first Adam, by his disobedience, merited for himself and for his own the guilt of punishment of death; so has the second Adam, by His obedience, merited the right to life — as Paul clearly and strikingly declares that corresponding proportion, Rom. V:14,18,19,21. 1 Kor. XV:21,22,45. (III) Because, since He, for us, by His twofold obedience, the passive and the active, in rendering an infinite ransom-price, according to the strictness of God's righteousness, made satisfaction, and thereby delivered us from the guilt of punishment of death, He also, by that very same means, has procured and obtained for us the right to life, by virtue of the worth of the ransom- and redemption-price — as we have shown in the Doctrinal Part.
Socinus (de Servat. Lib. III. Cap.5.) objects: (1) He could not have merited, either as God, or as man, since a man cannot even merit for himself, and God cannot merit either. Answer: There is a certain third possibility, namely, as God-man. (2) Christ, as a rational creature, owed all obedience to God for Himself; therefore He could not, by that same obedience, merit anything for others. Answer: Christ, as man, owed all obedience to God, for Himself; but, as God-man, He did not owe it — since the Law binds and obligates not the God-man, but a bare man only. (3) He merited for Himself alone the glory of Mediatorship, according to the supposition of some of you; therefore not for others. Answer: Out of and by reason of the fullness of the infinite Ransom-price rendered, He merited both for Himself and for us; since, in order to obtain glory for both, no greater price than an infinite one could ever be required, or ever be rendered.
XLII. We ask, twentiethly: Whether He has merited for His own, not only eternal life, but also the necessary means for obtaining that life — regeneration, faith, and conversion, etc.? The Remonstrants, in order the more fittingly to make faith and conversion depend on each one's free will, deny this: the Reformed maintain it: (1) Because He is expressly said to have given and sanctified Himself, that He might sanctify us in the truth, Joh. XVII:19. Efez. V:25,26. Hebr. II:10,11. (II) Because God is said, in Christ, and for Christ's sake, to give and grant us, not only life; but also all things which are needful for life, and for godliness, 2 Petr. I:1,3. Efez. I:3,4. namely, conversion, Hand. V:31. and XI:18. 2 Tim. II:25. and faith, Fil. I:29. (III) Because regeneration and faith are given and brought to us by virtue of the promise of the Covenant of Grace, Jer. XXXI:33,34. Ezech. XXXVI:25-27. with Hebr. VIII:8-12. and X:16. of which Covenant the foundation, confirmation, and ratification rests solely in the blood of Christ, Matth. XXVI:28. Hebr. IX:15-18. as that which cleanses us from all sin, 1 Joh. I:7. (IV) Because also the Seals of the Covenant of Grace, the Sacraments, seal to us the grace of regeneration, Tit. III:5. Rom. VI:3. 1 Kor. III:13. yet they seal it only in Christ, in whom all the promises of God are yea and amen, 2 Kor. I:20. in whom God brings to us all spiritual blessings, Efez. I:3. (Compare the Disputation of the illustrious Voetius on this very Question.)
But our opposing parties press the contrary: (1) That faith and conversion are the condition of the Covenant of grace, which is required beforehand, for the bringing of the benefits of that same Covenant. Answer: How, and in what way, faith and conversion are a condition, and yet also a benefit, of the Covenant of Grace, we have, above, in Chapter I. §.XIV,XV,XVI, expressly and at large taught, and also defended, §.XXVII and XXXI. (2) That thus the Father, by virtue of that merit, would have been obligated to grant us faith, and to work in us all that which He prescribes to us under threat of death. Answer: Yes indeed — by virtue of that Covenant of Grace which was entered into between Father and Son, the Father has been obligated to bring it about, that the Son, after He had made His soul a guilt-offering, should see a spiritual seed, Jez. LIII:10. which could not come to pass without a bringing and bestowing of faith and conversion.
XLIII. We ask, twenty-firstly: Whether Christ alone has procured for His own the right to eternal life? The Papists, just as they have ascribed to human sufferings the dignity of making satisfaction, likewise ascribe to their good deeds a twofold dignity of meriting: the one (ex congruo), out of fitness and suitability, whereby God recompenses the good works of the unregenerate — not out of an obligation of debt, but out of a more than abundant generosity — with certain benefits, because this is so fitting and suitable; the other (ex condigno), out of equivalence, whereby they recompense the good works of the regenerate with eternal life, by virtue of justice, by reason of an equivalence — because these are their works, produced by the Holy Spirit, and because Christ is supposed to have merited, that our good works should be able to merit.
The Reformed leave all dignity of meriting to Christ alone: (1) Because for an infinite reward, such as there is in eternal life, 2 Kor. IV:17. Rom. VIII:18. there is required beforehand, by virtue of equivalence, that only Christ, who is God over all, blessed forever, Rom. IX:5. was able to render, and has also rendered, such a price. (II) Because for a properly so-called dignity, an infinite price such as Christ alone possesses, merit requires an unobligated and undue work, Luk. XVII:10. such as the God-Man alone, being by Himself subject to no Law, was able to perform. (III) Because he who is to merit must render that which is his own, and not that which belongs to him from whom he intends to merit something: but Christ alone has been able to render to His Father that which was His own; whereas we all render nothing but what are gifts of God, Jak. I:17. 1 Kor. IV:7. (IV) Because a good work, if it is to merit eternal life by equivalence, must in every respect be complete and perfect, for which no remission or forgiveness of imperfection is necessary: but such a work Christ alone has been able to render, and has also rendered.
Nor is it of any weight or force, what our opposing parties allege: (1) That the good works of the regenerate are works of the Holy Spirit, at least effectively; and consequently of an infinite worth and dignity, and thus, by virtue of equivalence, meritorious. Answer: Indeed, precisely for this reason they are not meritorious, because God, or the Holy Spirit, cannot merit. (2) That Christ, by His merit, has merited for the good works of the regenerate the dignity of meriting. Answer: (a) Then He would have merited, for the works of the Holy Spirit, which are in and of themselves of an infinite worth and dignity, the dignity of meriting. (b) Scripture nowhere teaches, that Christ, by His merit, has merited for our good works the dignity of meriting. The remainder, concerning the merits of good works, we shall defer to the chapter on Justification.
The Practical Part
XLIV. The Practical consideration of Christ's Ransom-Redemption commends to us, first of all, the truth, Divinity, and excellence of the Reformed Religion above all others. For whereas others (I) are wholly and entirely ignorant of any Ransom-Redemption of the sinner, as the Heathen; others (II) despise and reject the Ransom-Redemption which has been brought about through Jesus Christ, as the Muhammadans and the Jews; others (III) invent and dress up a Redemption which should take place without any substitution of the Mediator Christ, or without the payment of an equivalent Ransom-price, through a bare remission and forgiveness, or through a favorable acceptance, as the Socinians, and the Socinian-minded Remonstrants and Anabaptists; others (IV) do indeed derive the Redemption from Christ, and from His satisfaction and merit — yet only for one part, while for the other part, from human satisfactions, merits, purgatory, indulgences, masses, and the merits of good works, as the Papists; or at least (V) from the keeping of the Law of Moses, as though this had been improved and augmented by Christ, as the Socinians; others (VI) seek the Redemption in a certain conditional satisfaction, whose whole efficacy depends on each one's free will, as, together with the Pelagians, do the Remonstrants and the Jesuits; and (VII), whereas others do indeed acknowledge the Redemption brought about by Christ's satisfaction and merit, yet such a one, by which you might nevertheless be lost forever, by which also by far the most are eternally damned, indeed, which serves for most to aggravate their eternal damnation, as the Lutherans — the Reformed, on the contrary, alone teach such a Ransom-Redemption, whereby the Mediator, having been set in the place of His own, has, for them, offered and paid an equivalent Ransom-price, whereby all who have been given to Him, more certainly than anything that is certain, are preserved and saved.
And therefore they teach a Ransom-Redemption (1) which God Himself has revealed in His Word; which (2) is most fitting to God; and makes the honor and glory of His (a) avenging Righteousness, (b) of His love for mankind and mercy, (c) of His Wisdom, and (d) of His absolute Independence, etc. most gloriously, splendidly, and visibly manifest — as we shall show more distinctly in the following Reasons; (3) which most powerfully leads man to eternal blessedness, bows him down to a deep humility and dependence upon God, and upon His pure and unmixed grace; indeed, which (4) makes the blessedness of one redeemed immovable, and forms and fashions him to thankfulness and a holy walk — as shall most clearly appear from what follows.
XLV. Secondly, the incomparable and unspeakable masterwork of the Ransom-Redemption commends to us God's immeasurable and infinite glory. This is the ultimate and highest end of this whole so illustrious work; from the beginning of the eternal election, Efez. I:5,6. Rom. IX:22,23. through the means of the redemption, in time, Tit. II:14. to the end of an eternal blessing, ibid. vs.15. For indeed in the Ransom-Redemption there shines forth, (1) the glory of God's holiness and hatred against sin; of His avenging righteousness, whereby He — that sin might not pass unpunished — set His Son, His own and only-begotten Son, in the sinner's place, laid on Him the whole guilt of the elect sinner, and made Him to be sin, indeed a curse, for him, Jez. LIII:4,5,6,10. 2 Kor. V:21. Gal. III:13. Yes, indeed, even in this very act of vengeance, taken upon His own Son, there appears a greater strictness of Divine Righteousness, than if He had condemned the whole world.
(II) The glory of God's love for mankind, grace, and mercy, which the Apostle so greatly extols, Rom. V:7,8. and at which the Savior Himself marvels, Joh. III:16. and which the Apostles celebrate and praise: Paul, Efez. II:4,5. Tit. III:4,5. John, 1 Joh. III:1. which is truly, in this, most glorious and splendid, that He did not merely forgive and remit to the wretched sinner, guilty of an offense against His infinitely wounded Majesty, his offense; but even set His own and only-begotten Son in his place, that He should become sin and a curse for him. (III) The Glory of God's infinite wisdom, of the manifold wisdom of God, which deserves and is worthy to be made known even to the Principalities and Powers which are in the heavenly places, Efez. III:10. at which the Apostle rightly exclaims: O the depth of the riches, both of the wisdom and knowledge of God! How unsearchable are His judgments, and His ways past finding out! etc. Rom. XI:33,34. and indeed what more wondrous thing could be conceived, than that an infinite avenging righteousness, and an infinite mercy, should at once exercise and occupy themselves in one and the same matter?
Which wisdom we shall be able to recognize and acknowledge yet more clearly, if we (having made a comparison between man's salvation according to the tenor of the Covenant of Works, through a preservation from sin; and the sinner's salvation according to the tenor of the Covenant of Grace, through a Ransom-Redemption) consider and weigh the reasons by which the Divine wisdom, being moved and impelled, has preferred a Ransom-Redemption before and above a preservation. For one might, not without reason, marvel, since God, without doubt, could have preserved man, without difficulty, from and before the fall, just as He has preserved and does preserve the blessed Angels therefrom and thereagainst — what reason and cause God had, to permit sin, so shameful a thing, and one so hateful to Him, and which, without the substitution of His own and only-begotten Son, and without a death so severely inflicted upon Him, could not have been taken away: yet, if you weigh the matter with godly reflection, you shall find, that the way of a Ransom-Redemption has pleased God, above the way of Preservation, because there arises for Him, in many ways, a greater and fuller glory, from this way of saving, than from that one.
For if He (1) had saved man through a preservation from and before sin, as the good Angels; or, if He had condemned them all, through His strict rejection, as the evil Angels; He would not have given so glorious a proof and evidence of wisdom, power, and mercy, as in this, that He was able to save even a sinner. He had indeed given a proof of grace, in the preservation of the good Angels, from and before sin, and in confirming them therein, in an unmovable state of perfection; likewise He had shown a proof of His righteousness and strictness, in the eternal rejection of the evil Angels, 2 Petr. II:4. Jud. vs.6. there was therefore needed, besides, also a proof of His wisdom, power, and mercy, whereby He should be able to preserve and save a sinner — whence Christ is called the wisdom and the power of God, 1 Kor. I:24. Efez. I:19. (2) If God had saved man through a preservation from and before sin, He would have needed no Mediator; then He would have been deprived of that whole glory, in and by which He now shines forth, in so glorious, and in every way so perfect, a Mediator, His own Son, Joh. XIII:31,32. by reason of which splendor and glory one reads of the Gospel of the glory of Christ, who is the image of God; and of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ, 2 Kor. IV:4,6. and from which the Savior Himself is called the brightness of God's glory, and the express image of His person, who, after He had by Himself accomplished the purging of our sins, sat down at the right hand of the Majesty on high, Hebr. I:3. And this glorification of the Father, in His Son as the Mediator, is throughout marked as the ultimate and highest end and object of the whole Redemption, Fil. II:9,10,11. Rom. VI:4. from which the Son is said to have glorified the Father, and to glorify Him, Joh. XVII:4. (3) If God had saved man through a preservation, the Son of God would have missed, if I may so speak, His whole Mediatorial glory, which has accrued to Him from the glorious work of the Redemption, of which we read, Efez. I:20,21,22. which God, next to His own glorification, has above all and chiefly intended in the whole work of the Redemption, Joh. V:22,23. So far indeed, that although Christ, in many ways, being such and so great as He is, exists for us, Efez. V:2. yet, on the other hand, in yet more ways, we exist for Him: namely, just as Christ has procured for God a means unto our blessing, so do we also procure — indeed still more so — for God a means for the glorification of His Son, Fil. II:10,11. (4) If God had made man blessed through a preservation, He would certainly have had no occasion or opportunity to make manifest, in and to the sinner, the glory of so great a goodness, love, and mercy, wherein He now shines forth through the Ransom-Redemption, Joh. III:16. 1 Joh. III:1. Tit. II:14. Efez. III:18,19. (5) If He had made man blessed through a preservation, God would not have been manifested in the flesh, nor seen of Angels, 1 Tim. III:16. and thus the invisible and, to us, inaccessible, infinite and immeasurable Godhead would have remained, as it were, forever hidden and concealed within itself, 1 Tim. I:17. and VI:16. Exod. XXXIII:20. whereas now that same Godhead is seen in the Son, the Mediator, the God-Man, Joh. XIV:9,10. Job XIX:27. (6) If God had made man blessed through a preservation, He would not have come so near to man, Deut. IV:7. as He now is, in the Son who has become man, Spr. VIII:30,31. and it would not have been permitted to man, to approach to God with so great a boldness, so great as is now indeed granted him in the Son who has become man, Hebr. IV:16. Joh. III:12.
(7) If God had made man blessed through a preservation, then man's dependence upon God would not have been so great, nor his access to God, through faith and prayers, so frequent, as now, when sin is present, and the need and necessity is greater, 1 Petr. III:18. Rom. V:2. Efez. III:12. (8) If God had made man blessed through a preservation, the shamefulness and detestableness of sin would not, in the absence of it, have been so manifest; nor would the beauty and grace of holiness, by contrast, have been so splendid and glorious, as it now is, now that sin exists, Jez. I:15,16. Ps. V:5,6,7. Also (9), man's obligation, to render to God all and every manner of dutiful service, by virtue of creation, and by virtue of the promise of the Covenant of Works alone, would not have been so great, as it now is, by virtue of redemption, and of new creation — these newly mentioned grounds of obligation being added over and above the first, 1 Kor. VI:20. Tit. II:12,13,14. Nor also (10) would so great a humbling and self-denial have been necessary for man as he now is, so great as it now is, by and by reason of sin, Luk. XIV:11. Rom. VII:24. Luk. V:8. Also (11), the state of blessed immortality, had neither sin nor redemption been present, would not have been so clearly and so plainly declared and displayed to man in Scripture, as the same is now indeed declared and displayed, 2 Tim. I:10. and 1 Tim. III:16. Likewise (12), eternal salvation would not have stood so firm and immovable, resting on the powers alone of the slippery free will, as it now indeed stands, upheld and sustained by the merits and intercession of the Mediator, the God-man, 1 Tim. I:12. Joh. XVII:2. VI:39. and X:26-29.
From these considerations (which it has seemed good to us to set forth somewhat more distinctly, because they are more rarely noted and impressed upon the mind), from these, I say, and from other considerations, the manifold wisdom of God, shining forth in the work of redemption, to the glory of God, is now manifest. It is now our duty: (a) by reflecting upon and considering this unspeakably great work of redemption, diligently and eagerly to search out the grounds and reasons of this glorification, together with the Prophets, indeed together with the blessed Angels themselves, 1 Pet. I:10,11,12. (b) to celebrate the same according to its worth, and to extol it before others with praises, together with the heavenly host of Angels, Luk. II:9,10,13,14. Efez. III:9,10,11. 1 Pet. II:9. Finally (c), in and with our whole conduct and walk, willingly and readily to render back to God the so great glory of this Ransom-Redemption: especially by glorifying Him in His Son, so glorious and excellent a Mediator, Luk. I:68,69,71,72. of which more, and more fully, hereafter.
XLVI. Thirdly, the Redemption also commends to us the Redeemer Himself, and His own renown and glory, as that which God intends first and chiefly, in and through this whole work of Redemption, Joh. V:23. and XVII:23. which the Redeemer Himself also, as a reward of the redemption, requests and demands of His Father, Joh. XVII:1,4. which the Father repays Him, as a reward equal to the redemption, obtained through His most profound humiliation, with so great an equipping and adorning, Fil. II:8,9,10. Efez. I:19-22. Hebr. I:3. with which the Heavenly hosts, so splendidly overwhelm Him — those living creatures in the Revelation, the Elders, and the ten thousand times ten thousand — by reason of this very matter of the Ransom-Redemption, Openb. V:8-12. which also the Apostle, with so great an eagerness, whether in or through his life, or in or through his death, seeks and pursues, Fil. I:20. It commends to us, I say, the glory (1) not merely of His Mediatorial dignity, of which we have spoken above, in Chapter II. Nor merely (II) the glory of His most glorious names and titles, which we have named, Chapter III. Nor merely also (III) the glory of the Person, God-Man, which we have noted, Chapter IV. Nor merely (IV) the glory of His threefold offices, the Prophetic, Priestly, and Kingly, which we have marked, Chapters V, VI, VII, VIII. Nor merely (V) the glory of His fourfold and deepest humiliation, which we have explained, Chapters IX-XIII. Nor merely (VI) the glory of His twofold Exaltation, which we have set forth, Chapters XIV-XVII — all of which so manifold and so great glory of the Redeemer discharges itself wholly into this one Chapter of the Ransom-Redemption. But especially (VII) the glory itself of the Redemption; whereby He, out of a wholly astonishing love for mankind, Tit. III:4. Efez. V:2. gave and expended not only what was His; but Himself, with all that He is (there); not for the righteous; but for sinners, rebels, guilty of the offense of an infinitely wounded Majesty, of His Father and His own, Rom. V:6,7,8. and not merely gave and expended Himself, but so gave and expended Himself, that He set Himself in their place, and took upon Himself all the punishments which lay upon them: and this, not only in order to redeem them from all evil, Gal. III:13. 2 Kor. V:21. but also, to procure for them the right to all good, 2 Kor. I:20. Efez. I:3. 1 Kor. III:22,23. to such an extent, that whereas God's infinite goodness itself, however communicable it is by nature, could not extend itself to and over them; since the violation of the Covenant of Works, the demerit of sin, the threats of the Law, and the outcry of God's avenging Righteousness stood here in the way, and against it: all these obstacles having been removed by this Ransom-Redemption, the Divine goodness now discharges itself upon them, and overwhelms them with all manner of blessings, Efez. I:3. of justification, adoption as children, sanctification, glorification; so that they, the Ransom-Redemption having been brought about, now have access and approach with confidence, Efez. III:12. and II:18. can draw out of His fullness even grace for grace, Joh. I:16. are complete in Him, Kol. II:10. and that He is for them all in all, Kol. III:11.
The Ransom-Redemption commends to us that glory of the Redeemer so, and to this end: that we (1) should often, indeed continually, be occupied in a godly contemplation of this so glorious redemption, Efez. III:17,18,19. That we (2) should glorify the Redeemer for this, with our body and with our spirit, 1 Kor. VI:20. That we (3) should exalt the Redeemer above all things, so as, for His sake, to count all things as but little, indeed as loss and dung, that we might gain Him alone, Fil. III:7,8,9. Hebr. XI:24,25,26.
XLVII. Fourthly, the Ransom-Redemption commends to us the most blessed lot, and the most glorious condition, of the Redeemed — over and concerning which the most blessed Angels themselves congratulate them, Luk. II:10,11. and XV:7. indeed, God Himself, Luk. II:14. seeing that in this Ransom-Redemption there shine forth five chief grounds — inasmuch as they consider, (1) the lot and condition from which they, by this Ransom-Redemption, have been delivered — evils, so many and so great: (a) the wrath, hatred, and enmity with God, which David so anxiously and so carefully prays to be spared, Ps. VI:1. and XXXVIII:2. (b) the spiritual, and more than Egyptian, bondage, Exod. I:11-14. II:23. and V:13,14. with Luk. I:68,69,71. (c) death, hell, and the eternal curse, 1 Kor. XV:55,56. Gal. III:13. (d) that whole body of death, over which the Apostle so greatly groans and laments, Rom. VII:24. O wretched man that I am! who shall deliver me from this body of death? (e) the hellish pains, torments, and agonies, Ps. XVIII:5,6,7. and CXVI:3. that cup, which was so bitter even for the Redeemer Himself, Matth. XXVI:37,38,39. Yea (f), that eternal deprivation of the highest good, indeed of all good; together with the unbearable pains and torments which follow thereupon, Matth. XXV:41,46. Jez. LXVI:24. Mark IX:44.
If they, on the other hand, consider, (II) how many and how great are the goods to which, by this Ransom-Redemption, the right has been procured for them — for example: (1) reconciliation and peace with God, 2 Kor. V:19,21. Rom. V:1. His love, grace, and gracious favor, ibid. vs.5. Luk. II:14. friendship and intimacy with Him, Joh. XV:15. (2) the freedom, to approach unto God with confidence, in every kind of need, Rom. V:2. Efez. II:18. and III:12. Hebr. X:22. (3) the impartation of every kind of blessing, Gal. III:13,14. Efez. I:3. 2 Pet. I:3. Kol. II:9,10. Joh. I:16. (4) peace and quietness of mind, comfort in every manner of adversity, and an unspeakable joy, Matth. II:28,29(?). Rom. V:1,3. 1 Pet. I:8. (5) eternal life itself, Joh. III:16. Hand. IV:12. Joh. XIV:6. (6) and its immovable certainty, Joh. X:27,28. Rom. VIII:32,38,39. 1 Pet. I:2,5. etc.
If they (III) consider the manner of obtaining it, whereby they were delivered not by a bare and simple power alone, nor by prayers alone, or by way of petition; but through the substitution of God's own and only-begotten Son, Rom. VIII:32. Efez. V:2,25. because He has, unto the point of the curse, suffered and endured all that which, by virtue of the sins taken upon Him, lay upon Him at His own charge, Gal. III:13. 2 Kor. V:21. Jez. LIII:4,10. so that this redemption now comes to them, not only out of the Father's pure and unmixed grace; but also by virtue of righteousness, on account of the satisfaction and merit of the Son of God, Rom. VIII:33,34. If they (IV) consider the source and fountain of this redemption, namely, the all-surpassing and absolutely astonishing love of the Father, Joh. III:16. Rom. V:8. 1 Joh. III:1. and of the Son, Efez. V:2,25. and that with respect to them in particular. If they (V) consider that this Ransom-Redemption has been brought about, not for the Angels, Hebr. II:15,16. 2 Petr. II:4. Jud. vs.6. Openb. XX:2. nor for each and every man, Joh. XVII:9. but separately for them, whom the Father has given to the Son to redeem, Joh. XVII:6,9. — the like of which, with the necessary changes, we have said concerning this matter, Chapter XII. §.XXX.
XLVIII. Fifthly, it displays to us the unspeakable misery of those not-redeemed, Efez. II:1,2,3,11,12. Hebr. III:3. with vs.10,11,17,18. whereby they (I) are not only subject to all those evils, of which we have said, in the foregoing consideration, that the ransomed are delivered from them: but also (II) deprived of all those, so many and so great, benefits, which the redeemed receive and enjoy, according to the foregoing consideration. Yes, but besides this, (III) how terribly and how fearfully great does their misery grow, from the Mediator's Ransom-Redemption itself! For, inasmuch as (1) God, moved by a pure and unmixed love, gave to the world a Redeemer, Joh. III:16. and, to be a Redeemer, His own Son, His own Son, Rom. VIII:32. His only-begotten Son, Joh. III:16. His most beloved Son, Efez. I:6. Matth. III:17. since He (2) has set Him in the place of sinners, and cast their whole guilt upon Him, Jez. LIII:6. made Him to be sin for us, that we might become the righteousness of God in Him, 2 Kor. V:21. yea, a curse, Gal. III:13. since He (3) offers Him, in general and without distinction, to be embraced and received by faith, Joh. III:16. yes, invites with the most exquisite motives and promises, to receive Him, Jez. LV:1,2. since (4) the Redeemer Himself is so inclined and disposed, to impart His ransom-redemption, offers it so generously and so freely, and with such earnestness and effort insists that we should indeed receive Him, Matth. XI:28,29,30. Joh. VII:37,38. Openb. III:20. and XXII:17. Hoogl. V:2. since it (5) depends nowhere else, than upon their own sheer stubbornness and unwillingness, that they do not become partakers of so great a redemption, Matth. XXII:3,4,5. and XXIII:37. Joh. V:40. does not, then, by all these reasons, and on account of all these considerations, the misery of the not-redeemed grow and increase without measure? Hebr. III:3. with vs.10,11,17,18.
But who then are these not-redeemed? (a) Those who profess absolutely no Redeemer, nor any redemption at all, such as are the Heathen, the Muhammadans, and the Jews — unless perhaps only a temporal deliverance, as the Jews. (b) Those who indeed confess the Redeemer with the mouth, but in deed deny and disown Him; and who maintain such a Redeemer, as has not redeemed; but has only announced the redemption: as the Socinians, altogether denying the substitution, or the vicariously-suffered punishments of the Redeemer, and the equivalence of Christ's death with our guilt of punishment. (c) Those who indeed confess the Redeemer, but only for one part, as one who should have redeemed only from the eternal punishments, etc., but not from the temporal; and who would much rather and much sooner have procured for us the right to merit, than that He should actually have merited for us the right to eternal life: as the Papists. (d) Those who regard themselves, if not wholly, at least in part, as their own redeemers: when they, in the powers of the free will, in their own satisfactions, in the merits of their good works; or in other things and persons besides Christ, in the intercessions and superfluous merits of the Angels, of the blessed Virgin, and of other departed saints; or at least in the obedience to Christ's commandments, seek their salvation: as, though in various and differing degrees, the Socinians, Mennonites, Arminians, and others. (e) Those who indeed acknowledge and confess Christ alone as a sufficient Redeemer; but nevertheless do not seek the redemption in Him: as those who indeed confess the Reformed faith, but do not live it.
And what, then, are the causes of this evil? (a) It is a thick and gross ignorance, in those who openly seek the redemption, either wholly, or in part, outside the one Redeemer Jesus, Hand. IV:12. Joh. XIV:6. 1 Tim. II:5. with Gal. V:4. Rom. X:3. (b) Heresy, in the Socinians, Papists, Arminians, and others, who are unbelieving, Rom. X:3. Ps. LXXIX:6. (c) Carelessness, negligence, and sloth, whereby even those, who confess Christ as the only Redeemer, do not know themselves, 2 Kor. XIII:5. and do not feel their own misery, Openb. III:17. Matth. XXV:20(?). (d) Despair, whereby they feel more of sin within themselves, than of either mercy in God, or sufficiency in the Redeemer, Gen. IV:13. Matth. XXVII:3,4,5. (e) Faintheartedness, whereby one, out of a conscience or awareness of his own shamefulness, though acknowledging the sufficiency of the Redeemer, nevertheless does not dare to turn and betake himself to Him with confidence, Luk. XVIII:13. and V:8. Jez. LIII:14(?). Ezech. XXXIII:11. Which causes must, in the matter of healing, be carefully and diligently removed, by suitable and corresponding remedies and medicines. Compare, with the necessary changes, Chapter XII. §.XXX.
XLIX. Sixthly, Christ's Ransom-Redemption bids us earnestly examine ourselves, whether Christ has also ransomed and redeemed us? For since He (1) has not redeemed each and every man alike, according to §.XXI and XXIV. since (II) the blessedness of the Redeemed is so great, according to §.XLVII. since (III) the misery of the not-redeemed is so great, according to §.XLVIII. since (IV) an earnest and godly self-examination is required — not indeed for the redemption itself, but at least for the assurance thereof, 2 Kor. XIII:5. Gal. VI:4. together with all the sweetest and most pleasant consequences of that assurance — peace and quietness of conscience, comfort, joy, and the inexpressible awareness and assurance of eternal life itself — there is every reason to examine ourselves earnestly, whether He has also ransomed and redeemed us. But by, and through, what marks shall we surely and certainly discover and know this? Answer: The first mark is furnished from the objects, to which we have shown that the Ransom-Redemption is limited and bound, §.XXI. namely, if we are living members of the Redeemer's Congregation; of His sheep, not of the goats; of His people, etc. The second mark lies in that means, by whose help the Redeemer, together with His redemption, becomes ours; namely, a living faith, Joh. III:16. and I:12. by which we are united with the Redeemer, Gal. II:20. Efez. III:17. and obtain part and fellowship in His righteousness, Fil. III:9. A third mark we have from the chief consequence of the Redemption, namely, the Reconciliation; whereby the Redeemer has not only reconciled God with us; but also us, likewise, again with God: from which it follows, that if we feel within ourselves a mind which is reconciled with God, which casts away all deeds and weapons of enmity, namely sins, and conducts itself as an enemy to sin, Tit. III:3,4. Hand. V:39. and XXIII:9. we are indeed ransomed and redeemed. A fourth mark we obtain from the chief fruit of the Ransom-Redemption: namely, from the fleeing and forsaking of all ungodliness, of worldly and fleshly lusts, and of a vain and sinful life and walk, and from an opposite pursuit of godliness, righteousness, and temperance, Tit. II:12-14. 1 Petr. I:18. The like, with the necessary changes, Chapter XII. §.XXXII.
L. Seventhly, it requires that we, with all earnestness and diligent endeavor, strive after and seek fellowship in this Redemption: which the Apostle counsels, 2 Kor. V:19,20. and leads the way in by his own example, Rom. VII:24. O wretched man that I am, who shall deliver me? — likewise, that we should strive after it, as did the hearers of Peter on the day of Pentecost, Hand. II:37, and the Philippian jailer, Hand. XVI:30, and the Publican, Luk. XVIII:13. To this the very nature of the matter itself counsels us (1): for if God, moved by no necessity at all, nor by any hope of gain or profit; but by a pure love for mankind alone, Joh. III:16. sought out and prepared the manner of redemption, and set His own Son, His own, only-begotten, and most beloved Son, in the place of the ransomed sinners, and laid upon Him their whole guilt; and if the Son of God gave Himself up, that they might be redeemed: well then, what manner of folly would it be, to neglect so great a Ransom-Redemption, brought about by so great a price, 1 Kor. VI:20. 1 Petr. I:19. and to esteem it as a light and worthless thing, Matth. XXII:2,3,4,5.
This counsels us also (II), the so great abundance and multitude of so great evils, from which the Ransom-Redemption delivers us, according to §.XLVII. This counsels us also (III), the so great weight and the so great multitude of unspeakable benefits, 2 Kor. IV:17,18. which we have named §.XLVII. (IV) This counsels us, His so generous offer, so powerful an invitation, through the enticements of so many and so great promises, Jez. LV:1,2. Matth. XI:28,29. and XXII:2,3. (V) This counsels us, the ease and facility of the condition required for obtaining fellowship in this Ransom-Redemption, Matth. XI:30. 1 Joh. V:3. compare Mich. VI:6,7. since God, in order for us to accept the Ransom-Redemption and become partakers of it, requires nothing else, than that we receive and lay hold of the Redeemer, and the redemption brought about through Him, with a true faith, Joh. I:12. and III:16. Finally, this counsels us (VI) also the hard and unavoidable necessity; since we must either be ransomed and redeemed, or perish eternally, Joh. III:16,36.
But what shall we, and what must we, do, in order to become partakers of this Ransom-Redemption? (1) We must guard (a) against and from all false means, whereby we — either (a) from within ourselves — should promise ourselves the redemption; whether from the powers of a free will; or from our own satisfactions through sufferings, or from our virtues and merits of our good works: or (b) from outside ourselves, from the blessed departed, or from the intercessions of the living: or (c) elsewhere, apart from the Redeemer Christ alone, Fil. III:7,8,9. Gal. VI:14. 1 Kor. II:2. Rom. X:3,4. Gal. V:2,4. We must also guard (b) against the prejudices of the common people, whereby we should promise ourselves the redemption from God's pure and unmixed mercy, without any satisfaction of Christ, through a bare remission of our sins; or through a certain general redemption. Yet again we must guard (c) against and from various imaginations, whereby we might promise ourselves the redemption — whether from the intercessions of the pious, Exod. VIII:8,28. 1 Sam. II:25. or from our own sighs, in the hour of death: O God, be merciful to me, etc. But, (2) we must strive to obtain, in good time, a sufficient knowledge concerning the nature of our Ransom-Redemption, through the satisfaction and merit of the Redeemer, Hand. IV:12. Joh. XIV:6. 1 Tim. II:5. and that, lest we be led astray into and upon byways. For this reason we must (3) take this to heart, that we may have (a) a practical and experiential knowledge of sin, Luk. XV:21. Father, I have sinned. Ps. LI:5. (b) a sense of that misery, which by reason of sin is unavoidable, Rom. VII:24. so that from both there may grow within us the acknowledgment of a Ransom-Redemption necessary for us: (ibid.): Who shall deliver me? (c) a wholesome despair, concerning any sufficiency of our own, or of anyone else's, for our redemption, ibid. and Ps. XLIX:8,9. CXXX:3. and CXLIII:2. (d) an acknowledgment of that sufficiency and fullness, which is, for redemption, in Christ Jesus, Fil. III:8,9. Joh. I:14,16. Efez. III:8. Ps. LXXIII:25. (e) a going out toward and unto Christ alone, Fil. III:8,9. Joh. VI:67,68. Matth. XI:28. (f) a consent to all the conditions, which, for obtaining fellowship in the redemption, are required of us by Him, Luk. IX:23. Gal. V:24. (g) a trustful laying hold of and receiving of Him, Joh. I:12. and a resting in Him alone, Jez. X:20(?). Ps. LXXIII:25. Of which more distinctly in its proper place.
LI. Eighthly, it furnishes to the Redeemed a most powerful Comfort, and, as it were, a general remedy (panacea) against every kind of evil, in life and in death: because they (1) have a Redeemer, Job XIX:25. and indeed (II), such a one, as is the most high God, Ps. LXXVIII:35. Jez. XLIV:6,24. with Rom. IX:5. and can therefore, and will, redeem; who is at the same time also a man, tempted in all things like as they are, yet without sin, so that He can and does have sympathy with them, Hebr. IV:14,15. and II:17. thus the God-man. (III) Because they have such a Redeemer, who, though He Himself had known no sin, set Himself in their place for their whole guilt, and was made sin for them, 2 Kor. V:21. indeed, a curse, Gal. III:13. in order to take away from them the curse and eternal condemnation, Rom. VIII:1. (IV) Because they have such a Redeemer, who has paid the Ransom-price according to the strictness of Divine Righteousness, perfectly and exactly equivalent, indeed absolutely infinite; to which, therefore, by virtue of God's own immovable righteousness, the redemption is owed. (V) Because they therefore have a sure and wholly certain redemption, 1 Kor. I:30. a manifold, indeed an all-comprehending redemption, Ps. CXXX:7,8. so that outside of Him there is no redemption nor salvation, Hand. IV:12. (VI) Because they have such a Redeemer, who, by His precious blood, 1 Petr. I:18. Hand. XX:28. has obtained them for Himself as His own possession, Tit. II:14. 1 Kor. VI:19,20. (VII) Because they have such a one, who cares for them, as exactly as for Himself, Ps. CV:15. Hand. IX:4. Matth. X:40. and who preserves them even to the hairs of their head, Matth. X:29,30,31. and turns all evils, of whatever kind they may be, to their good and to their profit, Rom. VIII:28.
If therefore (1) sickness and infirmity press and afflict them; their Redeemer has taken upon Himself and borne their infirmities, Jez. LIII:4. and He it is who heals all their diseases, Ps. CIII:3. Matth. VIII:17. If (2) want and lack of every kind of necessity presses and afflicts them; He Himself, though rich, became poor for their sakes, that they, through His poverty, might become rich, 2 Kor. VIII:9. Matth. VIII:20. If (3) contempt and scorn afflict them; He willingly endured all manner of contempt for His own, Ps. LXIX:8,9,10. Jez. L:6. If (4) the most cruel persecutions afflict them; He too has suffered these for His own, Ps. LXIX:7(?) and CXX:7(?). If (5) sin afflicts them; He was made sin for His own, that they might become the righteousness of God in Him, 2 Kor. V:21. If (6) death afflicts them; He died for His own, Rom. XIV:8,9. If (7) eternal condemnation afflicts them; He became a curse for His own, Gal. III:13. If (8) anguish of soul and spiritual desertion afflicts them; His soul was, for His own, exceedingly sorrowful, even unto death, Matth. XXVI:37,38. He Himself, forsaken of His Father for His own, has cried out: My God, my God! why hast thou forsaken me? Matth. XXVII:46. from Ps. XXII:2. And all these things the Redeemer has, for His own, to this end, undergone and suffered, that He might deliver His own from all these things, Jez. LIII:5. How great a redemption is there, O good God, in all this! How great a comfort is there in this redemption! Only, that they be assured, by sure and certain marks, that they are His — so that they may come to say with Job: I know that my Redeemer liveth, Job XIX:25. and with Paul: Who loved me, and gave Himself for me, Gal. II:20.
LII. Ninthly, it impresses upon us, that we, now having become partakers of the Ransom-Redemption, should also conduct ourselves as redeemed, Luk. I:74. that is, that we should express the ends and purposes of the Ransom-Redemption throughout our whole life; which shall come to pass, if we (1), even after our own redemption, cultivate and foster the knowledge and the sense of that which is most shameful and most detestable in sin, Rom. VII:24. Ps. LI:5. and account it as nothing else, than that which has made it necessary for God's own Son to be set in our place, bearing our guilt, and bearing and suffering all that which we should have had to bear and suffer, in order that He might be able to redeem us. (II) If we, on account of our redemption, and of God, out of an unspeakable love and grace, providing us the Redeemer and the redemption, Joh. III:16. also follow after the redeeming Mediator, with an exceeding great esteem, love, and affection, Luk. VII:47. Fil. III:7,8,9. 1 Petr. II:4,6,7. (III) If the redemption, brought about with so great an undertaking, and with so great and so precious a price, through the satisfaction and merit of the Son of God, forms and fashions us to a deep humility, Gen. XXXII:10. (IV) If it makes us in all things dependent upon God, upon the Savior and upon His grace, 1 Kor. XV:10. 2 Kor. III:5,6. upon which we rest and lean with confidence, Hoogl. VIII:5. Jez. X:20(?). (V) If it stirs up in us a godly astonishment, at God's utterly pure holiness, Hab. I:13. at His detestation of sin, Ps. V:5,6,7. at His most strict righteousness against the sinner, which He has, in the work of Redemption, made most gloriously manifest, Rom. VIII:32. (VI) If it daily sets before our eyes, and makes us think upon, and marvel at, God's love toward mankind, Tit. III:4. His incomprehensible love, Joh. III:16. His most tender mercy toward wretched man, Ps. III:5(?). Hebr. II:6,7. which, if anywhere, at least most certainly shines forth in the work of the redemption, Rom. V:8. 1 Joh. III:1. (VII) If it powerfully rouses and stirs us to a love in return, and to the exercise of thankfulness, for the redemption obtained for us at so great a price, Rom. VII:24. and XII:1,2. 1 Kor. XV:54-58. Luk. I:68,69. (VIII) If it, in token of thankfulness, urges and spurs us on to an earnest pursuit of holiness and righteousness, Luk. I:74. Tit. II:11-14. 1 Kor. VI:19,20.
LIII. Tenthly, the example of the Redeemer Christ, and of His redemption, ought to awaken and stir up every one, and especially the Preachers, to strive, according to the requirement of their office, or of their gifts, with all diligence and earnestness, to make others partakers of this redemption. The foundation of this practical consideration is laid, 2 Kor. V:18-21. And that they may do this the more readily and the more zealously, let them (1) consider with how great earnestness and burning zeal the most gracious God has, from eternity, in the Counsel of Peace, wrought this work of redemption, does still work it, and shall work it, even to the end of the ages, Joh. III:16. Rom. V:8. Let them consider, (II) at how great a price God's only-begotten Son has procured and brought about this Ransom-Redemption for poor sinners, 1 Kor. VI:19,20. 1 Petr. I:18,19. Hand. XX:28. Let them consider, (III), that this matter of the redemption, the ministry, and the word of Reconciliation, has been laid upon them by God, 2 Kor. V:18(?). 1 Kor. IX:16. Let them think, (IV), that they, in this way, become fellow-workers with God, 1 Kor. III:9. Yes, (V), in their own way, together with Christ, saviors and redeemers of men, 1 Tim. IV:16. Hand. XXVI:18. 2 Tim. II:25,26. Let them consider, (VI), the excellent promises and the most glorious rewards of this labor, Dan. XII:3. 1 Thess. II:19. 1 Kor. IX:17,24,25,26. But in what manner, and by what means, shall they propagate Christ's Ransom-Redemption, and save and redeem others? (1) By proclaiming the Word of Reconciliation, which God has placed in them; and this with all affection, heartiness, earnestness, and diligence, 2 Kor. V:19,20. 2 Tim. IV:2. (2) By going before others everywhere with their examples, 1 Tim. IV:15,16. 1 Kor. IX:20-22. (3) By patiently enduring, for the sake of this redemption of others, every manner of adversity: that they, after the example of the suffering, redeeming Christ, may themselves also, in their own way, suffer for those to be redeemed, and, by suffering, may, as it were, fill up in their flesh what is behind of the afflictions of Christ, for His body's sake, which is the Church, Kol. I:24.
Book VI: Of Contemplative-Practical Theology, of the Application of the Ransom-Redemption
Chapter I: Of the Nature of the Application
On 1 Peter I:2.
Elect according to the foreknowledge of God the Father, in the sanctification of the Spirit, unto obedience and the sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ.
The first part of our presentation — the Ransom-Redemption of the Sinner, brought about through the Mediator Jesus — we have hitherto considered; there now follows the second part, consisting in the Application of that Redemption. Concerning which we shall be occupied, by first showing, somewhat more generally, its nature: and then, more distinctly, explaining its constituent parts. The first of these we shall treat in this chapter, under the guidance of Peter, First Epistle, Chapter I:2.
The Explanatory Part
II. In which words the Apostle, among other things, considers the scattered strangers, for whom he composed this Letter, with respect to the application of the blood, or of the Ransom-Redemption, of Christ, which takes place through sprinkling — whereby are marked:
1. Those described, to whom the application of the redemption belongs, ἐκλεκτοῖς, the elect. Christ's Redemption, and the application thereof, was not appointed and ordained for each and every one of the strangers alike; and, in particular, not for the reprobate, who are most strictly excluded from it: but for the elect alone, and for all those, for whom election was at once the foundation and the pattern both of the redemption and of the whole application, Rom. VIII:29,30. Now Election (in Greek ἐκλογή, ekloge) is (1) to a certain office, Joh. VI:70. then (2) to a people, Deut. IV:37. further (3) to salvation, Efez. I:4,5. finally (4) to the sanctification which is brought about through the calling, Joh. XV:19. from which Election sometimes signifies the Calling, 1 Kor. I:26,27. The Apostle seems, in this place, to intend by the word "Election" these two latter meanings.
2. The description, in which the following are marked concerning this Application: 1. The causes, namely: a. The Exemplary cause (causa exemplaris), κατὰ πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ πατρός, according to the foreknowledge of God the Father. This seems to be added, in order to distinguish this election and calling from a common one, as happens, Rom. VIII:28. Here now is marked: α. The Foreknowledge, κατὰ πρόγνωσιν, according to the foreknowledge. Not, so as to signify something foreseen in the one to be redeemed (whether faith, or good works) which should have moved God to appoint and ordain that application rather for this one than for that: but because either the knowledge of His decree, which determines the presence of the thing itself from eternity with God, has preceded their timely election, which takes place in the calling; or rather, because the loving (delectiva) foreknowledge, or the love of benevolence, whereby He has willed that the Ransom-Redemption should be applied to the elect, before and above others, signifies the sole cause that has existed for this election, redemption, and application.
Now the Foreknowledge signifies, either in a broader sense, the whole Foreordination — thus vs.20, where they are said to have been ordained. In this sense, the Foreknowledge, the Providence, and the Foreordination differ from one another: so that the Foreknowledge extends to all things which shall come to pass, whether through God, or through something else — indeed, even to sins, Hand. II:23. and IV:28. the Providence, to all things which He wills, either to bring about, or to permit: but the Foreordination, only to the eternal state of the rational creature; whether in a narrower sense — either absolutely and without limitation, whereby God knows all things from eternity indeterminately and simply; thus it is taken, 2 Pet. III:17. — or determinately and restricted to the elect alone, who are His own, 2 Tim. II:19. with approval, Rom. VIII:28,29. and XI:2. Ps. I:6. Matth. VII:23. It is this latter which properly belongs to this passage.
β. The One who Foreknows: God the Father. God, as the one who is the fountain and wellspring of our whole salvation, Rom. XI:36. through election, Efez. I:4. through the gift whereby He has given us to His Son, to be redeemed, Joh. III:16. and XVII:6,7,9,11. God, as the one who is unchangeable in His election and electing love, Rom. XI:29. Joh. XIII:1. as one who is at the same time also almighty, out of whose hands no one and nothing can pluck the elect, Joh. X:28,29. wherein lies the most powerful confidence, joy, and comfort of the elect and foreknown. God the Father — not to the exclusion of the Son and the Holy Spirit, but by a particular appropriation, and a certain preeminence, whereby all outward acts of God are commonly referred to Him, as the first Person in order of subsistence, from whom the other Persons have their manner of subsistence. Meanwhile, the word "Father" may here be understood either essentially — as it signifies all the Persons of the Trinity together, to signify that the Triune God, out of and with a wholly Fatherly love, has foreknown and elected His own; in which sense it occurs, 1 Joh. III:1. — or personally, as the first Person of the Godhead, Joh. X:15,17. because the Father, in the economy of the Trinity, represents the person of a Ruler, Lord, and Judge, whose work it is to determine, appoint, and allot all the affairs of the household — from whom all the family (the whole household) is named, Efez. III:15.
b. The Efficient, and, as it were, the instrumental Cause of the application, ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος, in (or by — ἐν, "in," being used, by a Hebraic manner of speech, in place of διά, "by") the sanctification of the Spirit. Here is marked: α. The Sanctifying Person, namely, the Spirit, whose economic work and office it is to sanctify, Rom. I:4. 1 Kor. VI:11. from which He also bears the honorific name "Holy," because He, according to His economic office and duty, works and performs the Sanctification. The ambiguous meaning of the word "Spirit" we have shown elsewhere, in the Chapter on the Holy Spirit. Here, in this place, in no sense can an Angel-spirit be understood, since Sanctification is nowhere ascribed to the Angels; the meaning of "the human spirit" could, in a certain sense, be admitted, apart from the context and connection, to signify that not so much our body is sanctified, as rather our soul — with respect to the understanding, through illumination; with respect to the passions, through governance: but since the context makes mention of the Father, with respect to election; of the Son, with respect to the redemption through His blood; so the Spirit, accordingly, most fittingly signifies the third Person of the Godhead, to whom, throughout the Holy Scriptures, Sanctification is commonly ascribed: so that it is said, that the Holy Spirit, with a particular appropriation to His Person, sanctifies the elect, through Regeneration, Conversion, and Sanctification in the narrower sense — so called.
β. The Sanctification. The word "to sanctify" or "to make holy" is taken, in Scripture, either in a broader sense, insofar as it signifies the whole working of the Holy Spirit, applying to the elect the Redemption procured for them through Christ — namely, the Calling, Regeneration, Conversion, and Sanctification in the narrower sense so called: thus it reads, as often as Sanctification is named before Justification, 1 Kor. VI:11. and thus in this passage — as we shall learn more fully in its proper place: or in a narrower sense: now the Spirit sanctifies, either (1) in a negative manner, as He seems to have sanctified Christ in His conception, by preserving Him from all uncleanness, that there should be born of Mary that holy thing, Luk. I:35. or (2), in a privative manner, by making, out of one who was not holy, one who is holy, through regeneration, conversion, and sanctification, as we have said: or (3), in a cumulative manner, by making, out of one less holy, one more holy — which He daily visits and brings about with respect to things which have already long been sanctified.
c. The Formal Cause, in which the Application itself, properly, consists — concerning which is marked: α. The obedience, εἰς ὑπακοήν, unto obedience. By "the obedience" one could, at least apart from the context and connection, understand the obedience of Christ, of which Fil. II:8 — so as to signify, that there is applied to the elect by the Holy Spirit, not only the blood of Christ, or His passive righteousness; but also His obedience, or active righteousness: but then it seems that it ought rather to have been said, εἰς ὑπακοῆς κ.τ.λ., "unto the sprinkling of the obedience and of the blood of Christ" — whereas it is now said, εἰς ὑπακοήν, "unto obedience," so as to signify the obedience of the elect, to which they are brought by the sanctification of the Spirit. There is therefore, without doubt, to be understood ὑπακοή πίστεως, the obedience of faith, of which Rom. I:5. and XVI:26. — whether by "faith" is understood the profession of the Christian faith, brought about through the proclamation of the Gospel, Rom. XV:18. or rather the inward submission of the heart, whereby they are inclined and disposed to do the will of God, with a deep submission and humbling of themselves, which springs forth from saving faith, insofar as this is working through love, Gal. V:6.
β. The Sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ, concerning which are marked: α. The act of sprinkling: ῥαντισμόν, the sprinkling. The word signifies a purifying and cleansing, which takes place through the sprinkling of a purifying and cleansing thing. It alludes, without doubt, to the ceremonial sprinklings under the Old Testament, of which there are counted, as it were, four kinds. The first of these was performed by sprinkling with the blood of a red heifer, and with water from the ashes of that heifer, Num. XIX:2-11. where it is commanded, that the blood of a red heifer, being without blemish, and upon which never a yoke had been laid, being slain by the Priest outside the camp, should be sprinkled with his finger seven times before the tabernacle of meeting; and that the ashes of that same burnt heifer, being gathered together and laid up outside the camp in a clean place, should be for a water of separation, for an offering for sin — there a twofold sprinkling seems to be signified: the one with the blood of the slain heifer, the other with the ashes of the same.
The second sprinkling took place with the blood of the Passover lamb, Exod. XII. where the Israelites are commanded, with the blood of a yearling and unblemished lamb, to sprinkle both the side-posts and the lintel of their houses, vs.7. and it is added, vs.13: And the blood shall be to you for a token upon the houses where ye are: and when I see the blood, I will pass over you: and there shall no plague be upon you to destroy you, etc. The third sprinkling was performed at the purifying of the Tabernacle, of the Priests, and of the people, Lev. XVI. on the great Day of Atonement, when the Priest sprinkled the blood of a slain bull and of a slain goat upon the Mercy-seat, and upon the horns of the altar. Finally, the fourth sprinkling was with the blood of the burnt-offering upon the altar, for the confirming and ratifying of the Covenant, Exod. XXIV:6.
In all these sprinklings there was presupposed a slaying and shedding of blood, and then the sprinkling followed. This Levitical blood without doubt prefigured the blood of Christ, Hebr. IX:13,14,15. 1 Joh. I:7. which had first to be poured out and shed upon the cross, and afterward sprinkled, or applied, to those who shall be cleansed from their sins and reconciled with God — so that it might thereby be signified, that without the shedding of blood no remission of sins takes place, Hebr. IX:22. that also the shedding of blood is not enough without the sprinkling or application — just as a plaster, however powerful otherwise, does no good toward healing, unless it be applied to the wound: and that all these things discharge themselves in the reconciliation with God, Lev. XVI:16-18,24,27,30,33,34. compared with 2 Kor. V:18-20. Hebr. IX:13-15. This sprinkling, then, or application, is brought about through the sanctification of the Spirit, as the principal cause, and through faith, as the instrumental cause, Hand. XV:9.
β. The Thing to be sprinkled, namely: 1. The Blood. The Greek root-word Αἷμα, Haima, signifies (*) commonly, blood, Luk. XIII:1. Joh. XIX:34. sometimes (**) death, murder, manslaughter, Matth. XXIII:30,35. and XXVII:24. sometimes (***) a guilt of blood, Matth. XXVII:25. Hand. V:28. very frequently and quite commonly (****) the death and the whole suffering of Christ, by a figure of substitution (Synecdoche), Rom. III:25. and V:9. and thus, commonly, throughout the Epistle to the Hebrews. All these meanings can, in this passage, fittingly and readily be arranged together and subordinated to one another, so as to signify a most full and most complete redemption, brought about through His blood, through His death, and through the blood-guilt taken upon Himself.
2. Of Jesus Christ specifically, and of no one else — the blood of the Son of God, 1 Joh. I:7. indeed, of God Himself, Hand. XX:28. the precious blood of Christ, as of an unblemished and spotless Lamb, whom God has set forth to be a propitiation through His blood, Rom. III:25. The blood of Jesus, who bears this name for this reason, that He saves His people from all their sins, Matth. I:21. The blood of Christ, of the Anointed One, who shall seal up sins, atone for iniquity, and bring in an everlasting Righteousness, Dan. IX:24,25. Which blood, therefore, is most completely sufficient for those to be redeemed — provided only that it be, by the Spirit of Sanctification, through faith, fittingly and properly sprinkled, and applied to the elect.
The Doctrinal Part
III. It is therefore necessary, that the Ransom-Redemption, having been brought about through Christ's blood, be applied to men, or that the blood of Christ be sprinkled upon them. This was signified of old: (1) by the types, which we have already adduced in the Explanatory Part, from Num. XIX:18,19,20 — the very thing which also the most fervent wish of David expressed, Ps. LI:9. This was also signified of old (II) by the Promises and Predictions, which were one day to be fulfilled under the New Testament, Ezech. XXXVI:25. Jez. LII:15. This is clearly taught (III) by the explanation and application of those types in the New Testament, 1 Petr. I:2. Hebr. X:22. and XII:24. since the sprinkling is nothing other than an application of the blood, unto cleansing and the taking away of sin. For this reason (IV) Christ and His blood are commonly compared to such things as do no good unless they are used and applied; for example, to a garment, Rom. XIII:14. to a medicine, Jez. LIII:5. to food and drink, Joh. VI:53. To this looked (V) the formula of the Covenant of Grace: I will be a God to you, Gen. XVII:7. that is, I will apply myself to you. For this purpose (VI) God provides the Ministers of the Word with words of application, 2 Kor. V:18,19,20. Jez. XL:1,2. Luk. II:11. To this end (VII) serve the Sacraments — Holy Baptism, Gal. III:27. the Supper, 1 Kor. X:16. Hence (VIII), many are said, on account of the lack and absence of this Application, to have no part in Christ, Joh. XIII:8. Hand. VIII:21.
This follows, finally (IX), from the matter itself: for since Christ, and the Ransom-Redemption, is of an infinite worth and dignity, then, were it not, as it were, determined by an application, all men, and each and every one in particular, would necessarily have to be saved, and not one of them condemned — which is contrary to the fundamental principles of Scripture, and of all Religion.
IV. What, therefore, is the Application of the Ransom-Redemption? I shall say it in a word: It is an appropriation of Christ, and of His benefits, whereby all that which Christ, as Mediator, has suffered and done, is actually made effectual and efficacious, in and upon certain determined men. This Appropriation is provided, in part, by God; in part, by those to be redeemed themselves — insofar as they (1) fulfill the condition, which is required beforehand by God for the appropriation; and they then (II), having fulfilled these conditions, firmly assure themselves, that the Redeemer and the Redemption have been appropriated to them by God. The particular points of this we shall examine a little more distinctly.
V. The first and chief part, in the matter of this Application, belongs to God, as the chief leader and finisher of faith, and therefore also of salvation, Hebr. XII:2. And indeed to all the particular Persons of the Godhead, according to the text of 1 Petr. I:2. with a diverse and distinct manner and mode of working of each Person: to the Father, through the foreknowledge, or foreordination, of those to be redeemed; to the Son, through the appointing and ordaining of His blood, or of His Ransom-Redemption, for those alone whom the Father has marked out to be redeemed; to the Holy Spirit, through the sanctifying of those who are to be redeemed. These, therefore, being the Causers and Effecters, the Application of the Redemption comprises in itself three acts.
VI. First, a Foreknowledge or Foreordination of the particular subjects, to and for whom the redemption shall be provided and appropriated: According to the foreknowledge of God the Father, 1 Petr. I:2. Who, hence, are said to be written in the book of life, Exod. XXXII:32,33. Openb. XIII:8. XVII:8. and XX:12. Because He has of them so firm and certain a knowledge — not only with respect to the counted number, or how many shall be redeemed; but also with respect to the numbered ones, or who they are, that shall be redeemed, 2 Tim. II:19. as if they were inscribed and written down in a record-book. From this He has, accordingly, given those who are determined according to this foreknowledge, to His Son, to redeem them, Joh. XVII:6,9. who also, on His part, has accepted them, in order to provide and expend for them His Ransom-Redemption, Jez. LIII:10. Joh. XVII:19. and VI:39. In this Foreordination, which belongs to the eternal election, is the first root and the deepest foundation of this application: from which the same is called the firm foundation of God, bearing this seal: the Lord knoweth them that are His, 2 Tim. II:19. Indeed, there has even been a certain (virtual) potential application from eternity, which has its relation to that actual application which takes place in time, by way of a certain effectual pattern (exemplar).
VII. Secondly, a prescribing of the Conditions: upon which, being rendered by those to be redeemed, the actual application follows — namely, Faith and Conversion, Joh. III:16. Mark I:15. And this description belongs, economically, to the Son, the Mediator, as the sole Lord, Hand. II:36. 1 Kor. VIII:6. Rom. XIV:9. For it is the work of a Lord, to prescribe Laws to His subjects, just as He has also done, Joh. I:12. Mark XVI:15,16. from which they are said, in His name, or upon His authority and promises, to obtain the forgiveness of sins, as many as shall have believed in Him, Hand. X:43. This act looks to the Covenant of grace, whose conditions we have shown in Book V, Chapter I.
VIII. Thirdly, the Sanctification of those to be redeemed, whereby, according to the broader sense of the word, it is brought about, that the laws and conditions, which are prescribed for the Application, are actually fulfilled by those to be redeemed, to this end, that the actual appropriation may follow. This Sanctification is, economically, expressly ascribed to the Holy Spirit, 1 Petr. I:2. from which we are said, all, by one Spirit, to be baptized into one body, 1 Kor. XII:13. Concerning which sanctification of the Holy Spirit, various points come up for consideration and reflection; namely:
IX. (1) The acts of Sanctification, by which He brings about the Application, are chiefly three: of which the first offers and proposes to those to be redeemed the conditions, which must be accepted, in order that the appropriation of the redemption may follow, and entices them to accept it; and this act is called the Calling, Rom. VIII:30. The second restores to those to be redeemed — who are by nature dead in sin, Efez. II:1,5. and thus entirely unable to be capable of accepting the conditions proposed to them — the powers, by which they can accept the conditions proposed to them, or perform spiritual things, 2 Kor. III:5. 1 Kor. XV:10. Hand. XVI:14. and this, through a spiritual quickening, Joh. VI:63. Efez. II:5. through a regeneration, Joh. III:5. which is also called a renewing of the Holy Spirit, Tit. III:5. compare Ezech. XXXVII:5,8,9. The third brings the quickened and the regenerate to this: that they should also will that which they can now, through regeneration, do; and that they should actually accept the conditions required for the appropriation of the redemption, and thus believe and convert themselves, Fil. I:29. from which He is called the Spirit of faith, 2 Kor. IV:13. These three acts, because they fall within the one general sanctification of the Spirit, and inseparably serve one and the same purpose, are commonly used, both in Scripture, and by theologians, interchangeably and without distinction; although they are nevertheless, by their nature, distinguished in the manner we have stated. Of which we shall, in its proper place, if God will, treat more distinctly.
X. (II) The foundation, which is laid in these accepted conditions: namely, on the one side, union with Christ; and, on the other side, the fellowship in His benefits, springing forth from that union, Fil. III:8,9. For just as the guilt of the first Adam, with all the punishments following thereupon, is not appropriated to us, except through a certain covenantal union, whereby we, having sinned, have been in Adam, having sinned in him, die in him; so likewise the redemption of the second Adam, from guilt, with its consequences, grace and life, is not appropriated and applied, except through a certain covenant-making and mysterious union, whereby we are in Christ, die with Him, rise, live eternally — as the Apostle throughout declares this corresponding proportion, Rom. V:12-VI:3-6. From this, therefore, no salvation at all is left outside of Christ, Hand. IV:12. and we are said to be able to do nothing outside of, and without, Christ, Joh. XV:4,5. just as, on the contrary, life is placed in Christ, Joh. I:4. and He Himself is called our life, Kol. III:4. wherefore also the Apostle says, that he can do all things in and through Christ, Fil. IV:13.
XI. (III) The Benefits of the Redemption, appropriated to us in the Application. Which Peter, in the text, and Paul, throughout, brings under grace and peace: so that under grace is comprehended every kind of honorable good; and under peace, every kind of pleasant and agreeable good. A little more expressly and distinctly, four benefits are counted, which must be applied to us: (1) Justification, whereby, on account of and by reason of Christ's Ransom-Redemption, those who are united with Him are acquitted of all guilt of evil, and to whom is assigned the right to all good, Rom. V:1. (2) Adoption as children, whereby they, now being justified, are received into the household of God, indeed as children, and to whom an eternal inheritance is destined and promised, Joh. I:12. 1 Joh. III:1. (3) Sanctification, whereby, in the justified and the adopted, the uncleanness of sin is gradually destroyed, and the splendor of the Divine Image, in holiness and righteousness, is restored again, Efez. IV:22-24. (4) Glorification, whereby they are delivered from all misery, and brought over into a blessed state, Rom. VIII:30. with respect to its beginning degree, in this life, Rom. VIII:24. but with respect to its degree of perfection, after this life, Matth. XXV:34,46. Through these four benefits is applied all the good, which can be required for a complete blessedness — which, considered separately and distributively, comprises all believers and each one of them, Joh. I:12. 1 Petr. I:9. but, considered collectively, is the Church, the body of Christ, and the fullness of Him who fills all in all, Efez. I:22,23.
XII. (IV) The Object of the Application: every and each believer: the Church. For which the Redeemer has given Himself up, that He might sanctify it — Efez. V:2,25,26. Which is nothing other than the assembly of true believers: whether one understands by it that general gathering of all who ever have been, or are, or shall be, Hebr. XII:23. or a particular gathering of those believers who, through a particular ecclesiastical covenant, have obligated themselves to practice the communion of saints steadfastly among one another, 1 Kor. I:2. For it is for these that the benefits of the redemption are ordained, Matth. I:21. Joh. XVII:9,19.
XIII. (V) The Means, by the help of which the Application is brought about. Among which the first is the ministry of the Word, which, on account of this Application, is called the word of reconciliation, 2 Kor. V:18,19,20. with which God furnishes and equips men; who are ministers of the New Testament, not of the letter but of the spirit; who are hence called God's fellow-workers, 1 Kor. III:9. and helpers of the believers' joy, 2 Kor. I:24. and VIII:23. Whether one understands the extraordinary ministry, driven by God's Spirit, and of an infallible guidance, Gal. I:1. or the ordinary, which has its whole establishment from that ordinary rule which God, through the extraordinary Ministers, has prescribed to the church, Efez. IV:11,12. For by means of this the Holy Spirit provides and works in those to be redeemed the condition, which, being rendered and fulfilled, the benefits of the redemption are applied and appropriated, Rom. X:14,15,17. Hand. XXVI:17,18. The second means is the administration of the Sacraments, whereby the condition of the application, now being provided and set forth, is sealed, so that the redeemed can appropriate to themselves the benefits of the redemption, Rom. IV:11. and whereby also the condition of the redemption, namely faith, is preserved, strengthened, and increased, 1 Kor. XI:24. whether this takes place, according to the degree of initiation and incorporation — of old, in Circumcision, Gen. XVII:10,12. with Rom. IV:11. now in Baptism, Hand. II:38,39. Kol. II:11,12. or according to the degree of church-fellowship, which of old took place through the Sacrament of the Passover, 1 Kor. V:7,8. now through the Holy Supper, 1 Kor. XI:23-30. The third means is Church Discipline, Matth. XVIII:14-16. whereby the conditions, for the...
...prepared beforehand by this very appropriation, hedged about, as it were, with a certain fence, and strengthened, that they not be choked and smothered by scandals, 1 Cor. 5:6, 7, 9, 13. For just as, through the ministry of the Word, the will of God is set forth in order to work and increase faith and conversion (which are the conditions that are required beforehand for the appropriation of redemption); and just as, likewise, through the ministry of the Sacraments, the will of God is personally applied in order to strengthen faith and conversion: so too, through the exercise of Church discipline, the will of God is personally applied through disciplinary exercises (censures), in order to prevent, or to remove, the faults or scandals by which faith and conversion might be hindered, or, were it possible, smothered and stifled. From these aforementioned means a fourth is likewise born, namely, the governance or government of the Church, Acts 20:28, whence mention is also made of governments, as in 1 Cor. 12:28, and among believers those are commended who rule well, 1 Tim. 5:17; by means of which governance and government it is brought about that, through the foregoing means, the application of Redemption is carried out more easily, more surely, and more effectually.
XIV. (VI) The Manner and Mode of Application, through Different Periods of Time
For although, as regards the essence of the matter, the application is of one form and one kind throughout all ages, yet it differs very greatly, with respect to its circumstances, between the Old and the New Testament — inasmuch as, under the Old Testament, Redemption was applied while it was still to be obtained and brought about by the Messiah who was to become man; whereas under the New Testament it is now applied as having already been obtained and brought about by the Messiah who has become man. This distinction, then, and this diversity of Application under both Testaments, is observed in and through four notable and illustrious periods: of which the first runs from Paradise to Moses, when the application was carried out by the Patriarchs without any Scripture, by the living voice alone; the second, from Moses to the Messiah, when, through various types and shadows, the application was made known more obscurely and with greater difficulty; the third, from the Messiah to the Last Judgment, or to the consummation of the ages, when, the coverings and shadows having been taken away, the application is carried out with uncovered face, through the ministry of the Word, the Sacraments, Discipline, and human government; the fourth, from the Last Judgment, or rather from the consummation of the ages, unto all eternity, when the application which was provided for and carried out in time, without any intervening means, shall be pursued, accomplished, and perfected immediately by God and by the Mediator, unto all eternity. To have thus sketched and outlined these matters shall, at least in this place, be sufficient, since they will be set forth and represented more distinctly in a separate part of our Theology.
XV. The Application as It Flows from the One to Be Redeemed
This has been the Application of the ransom-redemption, so far as it is carried out on the part of God: there follows, within that same Application, the part which flows from the one to be redeemed himself. Namely, that act and doing of theirs whereby they appropriate to themselves the Redeemer, the redemption, and all its benefits. This act and doing is observed to be of two kinds: the one, whereby that is done on account of which the redemption becomes their own; the other, whereby it is known to have become so. As regards the first part of the Application, by which the appropriation is made and established, it is faith alone whereby they receive and lay hold of the Redeemer and the redemption, and, by receiving and laying hold, make them their own by virtue of God's promise, John 3:16 and 1:12, Acts 10:43. As regards the second part, whereby the appropriation now made is followed up (and which leads on, from the right to the benefits of redemption obtained by faith alone, to the possession of them), it is, besides faith, also obedience, or the practice of good works — in which sense James, with a view to that actual justification whereby, on the last day, by the living voice of the Judge, the very possession of eternal life shall be awarded to the believer, requires not faith alone but also good works, James 2:14, 24; for which reason also the Savior Himself is said to have become, to those who obey Him, the cause of eternal salvation, Heb. 5:9 — to which also points the expression "the obedience of faith," Rom. 1:5 and 16:26; compare Book V, Chapter II, §16. And yet these conditions are not to be understood as being fulfilled by the ones to be redeemed in such a way that they should flow from the powers of the free will; since the ones to be redeemed, together with the reprobate, are, before their regeneration, dead in sins, Eph. 2:1, 5, Tit. 3:3, and thus wholly unable to fulfill those conditions, 2 Cor. 3:5; but rather flow from the grace itself of the Redeemer and of redemption, Phil. 1:29, 1 Cor. 15:10, from the Spirit of faith, 2 Cor. 4:13; yet in such a way that they are formally brought forth and performed by the ones to be redeemed themselves.
XVI. When the Application Is Known to Have Taken Place
Thus the Application takes place, on the part of those to be redeemed, by fulfilling the conditions which are required beforehand by God for the application of redemption; but it is then known to have taken place when a redeemed person, from those fulfilled conditions, infallibly persuades and assures himself that both the Redeemer and the redemption are his own: Gal. 2:20, "Nevertheless I live; yet not I, but Christ liveth in me: and the life which I now live in the flesh I live by the faith of the Son of God, who loved me, and gave Himself for me." Rom. 8:38, 39, 2 Tim. 1:12; we have treated the nature of this particularly in Book II, Chapter I, §55, and in our Treatise on Saving Faith, Chapter XXI. And I add nothing further, except that one must carefully guard against admitting this appropriation to oneself before that first appropriation has certainly gone before it — since otherwise it will degenerate and issue in a deceitful and deceiving presumption and rashness.
The Polemical Part
XVII. (I) Whether the Application of the Ransom-Redemption Is Universal
The questions and controversies belonging to this preceding and introductory Chapter belong properly to the particular subdivisions of the Application itself, and must and will be treated and resolved there. In this place there would first be asked: whether, just as redemption itself, so also its Application, is universal? Origen, who of old maintained a universal salvation of all rational creatures, even unto devils, established this question and controversy as well: in his footsteps there walked, in the preceding century, Franciscus Puccius, an Italian, and with him Samuel Huberus, a Swiss, who, having been a Reformed man, became a Lutheran — yet was cast out even by the Lutherans themselves on account of this monstrous position of his. Christians in general, and the Reformed in particular, deny it: (1) Because even Redemption itself is not universal, as we have shown in the preceding Chapter; much less, then, its application. (2) Because against a universal salvation of each and every one, not only does Scripture cry out forever, Matt. 7:22, 23, with ch. 25:41, Isa. 66:24, Mark 9:44, 48, but so do all those — and they are many — who confess Christ only with the mouth. Let me add (3) that, on this view, all the means to eternal salvation — the Word, the Sacraments, Discipline — would be empty and in vain, and that all Religion would thus cease. Nor do I see what the opposing party can allege for their view, unless perhaps (1) that God is infinitely merciful. Answer: He is also infinitely just; and therefore, just as a universal damnation of all does not follow from God's infinite justice, so neither does the salvation of all follow from His infinite mercy. (2) That He has no pleasure in the death of the sinner, but that he should turn and live, Ezek. 18:23. Answer: It is nonetheless added there that he shall die in his sins, vs. 24, 26; it is therefore not absolutely and simply true that He has no pleasure in the death of the sinner, but only in the death of him who turns. (3) That He has given His Son to be a ransom for all, 1 Tim. 2:6. Answer: He gave Him for all sorts of men, but for those who come to the knowledge of the truth, or to true faith, vs. 4. (4) That Christ's ransom-redemption is of infinite worth and worthiness. Answer: For this reason it could indeed have been sufficient to redeem each and every one, had the Redeemer, according to the intention of His Father, been willing to appoint and apply it for all — of which He Himself professes the contrary, John 17:9.
XVIII. (II) Whether the Application of Redemption Can Be Separated from Redemption Itself
Secondly it is asked: whether the Application of the Redemption can be separated from it in such a way that there might be redeemed persons to whom the redemption is not applied? The Pelagians and those inclined toward Pelagianism — Socinians, Arminians, Mennonites, Papists, and so many as are outside the Reformed Church, even down to the Lutherans (though with different degrees and suppositions) — in order the more easily to make the Application depend on each man's free will, maintain that the redemption extends to all men, and to each one in particular, while the application would belong to believers alone. Nor are there wanting among them those who think that, through the freedom of the will, it could come to pass, through sin, that the redemption should absolutely be applied to no one at all. Indeed, even among the Reformed themselves, those who defend a universal grace agree with the others, as regards the thesis, in an inexplicable latitude; but as regards the underlying supposition, they differ from the others chiefly in this: that they make the application depend not on man's free will, but on God's more than abundant (superabundant) grace. The common opinion of the Reformed denies that these two things can be so separated from one another that there should be a ransomed or redeemed person to whom the redemption is not applied: (1) Because the application is the end and aim of the redemption, in God's intention, Eph. 1:9, 12, 1 Tim. 1:15, of which God, on account of His infinite power and blessedness, cannot be deprived; whence it follows that the redemption is applied to all for whom it was obtained. (2) Because Scripture inseparably joins redemption together with salvation; and consequently also with application, Rom. 8:34: "Who is he that condemneth? It is Christ that died." (3) Because, if the application be taken away, the redemption will be no redemption at all — much less, according to the suppositions of the opposing parties, a universal redemption, since by it no one at all would be redeemed: will a remedy, if never applied, be a healing, when by means of it no one is healed? (4) Because it would be foolish counsel and policy on the part of the all-wise God to appoint and ordain His only-begotten Son to an unavoidable and most cruel death by which no one at all would be redeemed. Indeed (5), what glory of mercy — so greatly celebrated — would flow from such a redemption? And (6) what comfort and thankfulness would be born from such a redemption, from and out of which there is no salvation at all? Let me add (7) that a most wicked injustice is done to redemption itself when its whole effectiveness is made to depend on man's free will. Nor do I see, moreover, what can be brought forward for the opposite view, except that redemption is commonly celebrated as universal, whereas salvation itself is nevertheless altogether particular — a point which we have expressly and at length refuted in the preceding Chapter.
XIX. (III) Whether the Application of Redemption Depends on Man's Free Will
Thirdly it is asked: whether the application of the Redemption depends on man's free will? The Pelagian-minded parties — Socinians, Arminians, Jesuits — maintain that it does, and herein lies the first fundamental error and fundamental lie of the whole policy of these parties. All the Reformed deny it: (1) Because Scripture proclaims Christ as the chief Leader and Finisher of the Faith, and thus also of our salvation, Heb. 12:2. (2) Because that same Scripture makes our whole salvation depend on God's merciful will, even with an express exclusion of man's will, Rom. 9:15, 18. (3) Because it traces the willing itself to the working and producing of God, Phil. 2:13. (4) Because thus all redemption would be empty, fruitless, and in vain, since we are all dead in sin, Eph. 2:1, 5, unable even to conceive a single good thought, 2 Cor. 3:5. (5) Because thus each man would distinguish himself from another, contrary to the declaration of Paul, 1 Cor. 4:7, and would have grounds to boast in himself, contrary to that same Paul, Rom. 3:27, Eph. 2:8, 9. Thus also (6) each man would rather be his own redeemer than Christ the Redeemer of all — as we teach elsewhere expressly and at length. Against this the opposing parties object in vain: (1) that redemption and salvation are commonly ascribed to man's free will, Matt. 23:37 and 22:5, Ps. 81:14. Answer: In these and similar places it is not the application of the redemption that is ascribed to the free will, but only the eternal damnation of those who are unwilling, John 5:40. (2) That God invites men to accept the conditions on which the application depends, Deut. 30:15, Rev. 22:17, Isa. 55:1. Answer: (a) He invites His people to accept the conditions of the redemption, not by the powers of their free will, but by the powers of grace, working through conversion, and both the willing and the working, Phil. 2:13. He invites (b) those who thirst after grace, Rev. 22:17, Isa. 55:1 — such as we are not by nature, but by the quickening and regenerating grace, Eph. 2:5, 8. (3) That man's free will, being by its own nature indifferent to opposite things, cannot be compelled to accept and fulfill the conditions of the application. Answer: (a) The free will does not consist in indifference, but in a power to act with deliberation and forethought, through a spontaneity, not through an indifference, as we have shown elsewhere. Also, (b) the will is not compelled by grace, but is only gently and sweetly bent and inclined, Prov. 21:1.
XX. (IV) Whether the Application Depends on a Mere Moral Persuasion, or on a Fitting and Suitable Calling
Fourthly it is asked: whether the application of the Redemption, or the fulfilling of the conditions of the application, depends only on a bare moral grace, or on a fitting and suitable calling? The advocates of the free will whom we have named — lest they should appear to be open enemies of all grace — do allow some grace, but only in a moral way persuading, so as to encourage the free acceptance of the conditions of the application, which men, nevertheless, according to their own will, could still reject; grace, on this view, would still further contribute this much, that it should see to it that we are called in a manner corresponding and suited to the disposition and condition of our free will, in order to accept the conditions of the application. The Reformed, while they gladly allow a moral persuading grace, deny that there is in man any natural disposition to fulfill the conditions of the application, corresponding to which disposition he might be so called; and they therefore maintain that a moral persuading grace is by no means sufficient, but that, besides it, there is required a grace which, in a natural, physical manner, quickens, regenerates, and creates a new heart — for reasons which we have pointed to, in dealing with the preceding question and controversy, and which shall, in the following Chapters, on Calling, Regeneration, and Conversion, be given and pressed home expressly and at length.
XXI. (V) Whether the Benefits of the Application Depend on Man's Own Works, or on Something Else besides Faith
Fifthly it is asked: whether the benefits of the application, namely, the forgiveness of sins and the right to eternal life, depend on man's own works, or on something other than the receiving and laying hold of the Redeemer, which takes place through faith? The Socinians make these benefits depend on obedience shown to the commandments of Christ. The Papists make them depend, in part, on Christ's satisfaction and merits, received through faith, but in part also on human satisfactions and the merits of one's own works. The Reformed make the right to these benefits depend on faith alone, whereby we receive the Redeemer; but the enjoyment and possession of them they make depend, in addition, on the practice of good works, as we have said in §15. The opinion of the Socinians falls by the twenty-fourth argument of the preceding Chapter; likewise that of the Papists by §33 and §38, and still further, God willing, by the Chapter on Justification.
XXII. (VI) Whether a True Believer Can, by the Ordinary Means, Apply or Appropriate the Redemption to Himself with Certainty and Infallibly
Sixthly it is asked: whether a true believer can, by the ordinary means, apply or appropriate the redemption to himself with certainty and infallibility? The Pelagians and the Pelagian-minded Socinians, Arminians, Jesuits, and others, on account of the constant instability and changeableness of the free will, deny this. The Papists grant that an infallible appropriation can indeed be obtained, but only by extraordinary means — a special divine revelation; and that by the ordinary means nothing can be obtained but an uncertain and fallible hope of redemption. The Reformed maintain that a certain appropriation of the redemption — though imperfect, according to the nature of all good things in this state of imperfection — can nevertheless be obtained by true believers, certainly and infallibly; and this for reasons such as these: (1) Because Scripture plainly and expressly testifies to it, Gal. 2:20, Rom. 8:16, 2 Cor. 5:1, 1 Tim. 1:15, 1 John 3:14, Song 2:16, Isa. 63:16, Job 19:25, Ps. 22:2, 3, 1 John 5:19, and in almost countless other places besides. (2) Because a believer can be infallibly assured of both premises (in a practical syllogism) in a habitual reasoning, by means of which that appropriation is carried out: Whoever truly believes, to him the Redeemer, together with the redemption, belongs; But I believe: Therefore, etc. The first premise can be certain to him from the express and infallible testimony of God Himself, John 1:12 and 3:16, Acts 10:43, etc.; likewise the second premise, from a spiritual sense, 2 Cor. 13:5, from the examination of conscience there spoken of, from the gift of discernment, Phil. 1:10, 1 Thess. 5:21, from the joint witness of the Holy Spirit, Rom. 8:15, 1 Cor. 2:12. (3) Because God charges him to make his calling and election sure (βεβαιοῦσθαι), 2 Pet. 1:10. (4) Because God very often commands that we examine ourselves, whether we are in the faith, 2 Cor. 13:5, 1 Cor. 11:28, Gal. 6:4, Zeph. 2:1, Lam. 3:40. (5) Because, without such a sure and settled appropriation, we cannot with confidence call God our Father, Luke 11:2, nor come with boldness to the throne of grace, Heb. 4:16 and 10:19, nor rejoice in the Lord, 1 Thess. 5:16, nor long for the coming of the Redeemer, Rev. 22:17, 20, 2 Thess. 1:10, nor glory in God, Heb. 3:6, 2 Cor. 1:12. Nor is what the opposing parties urge for their view of any weight or importance, namely: (1) They urge Eccl. 9:1: "No man knoweth either love or hatred." Answer: No one can be assured of God's love or hatred from those things which are before his face, that is, from outward events, whether prosperous or adverse, vs. 2. (2) They urge Prov. 20:9: "Who can say, I have made my heart clean, I am pure from my sin?" Answer: That passage does not take away the certainty of the application, but only sinlessness, 1 John 1:8, Ps. 19:13. (3) They urge that Scripture nowhere says: Christ has bought and redeemed you, Peter, or you, Paul, in particular. Answer: Scripture says that Christ has bought and redeemed all believers, John 3:16 and 1:12; likewise it sets forth infallible marks by which a believer, examining his conscience with the co-working of the Holy Spirit, can conclude with certainty that he is a true believer, 2 Cor. 13:5. (4) They urge that such assurance breeds pride and haughtiness. Answer: A fleshly presumption does indeed breed this, Luke 18:11, 12, Rev. 3:17; but not a true appropriation — no, rather, on the contrary, that breeds humility, 2 Cor. 12:9, 10, unless perhaps you mean a holy pride, or glorying in the hope of God, 2 Cor. 12:9, 10, Rom. 5:2. (5) They urge that this breeds carelessness and negligence, because through it we neglect the pursuit of salvation and the means to it. Answer: A fleshly carelessness does indeed arise from this, but not a true appropriation; rather, that stifles carelessness all the more, and kindles a greater care and diligence, 2 Pet. 1:10, διὸ μᾶλλον σπουδάσατε — "Wherefore the rather, brethren, give diligence to make your calling and election sure."
The Practical Part
XXIII. This Doctrine Commends God to Us as the Beginner and Finisher of Our Whole Salvation
The practical use of this Appropriation looks to its particular applications; yet this place may nonetheless set forth the following. First, it commends God to us as the Beginner and Finisher of man's whole salvation, Heb. 12:2, Phil. 2:13, 2 Cor. 3:5. As He who (1) has given the Redeemer by pure and unmixed grace, John 3:16. Who (2) has provided and brought about the redemption, Luke 1:69. Who (3) has determined and marked out those to be redeemed, Rom. 9:13, Eph. 1:4, 5, 2 Tim. 2:19. Who (4) has given them to His Son to be redeemed, John 17:6, 9. Who (5) has determined and prescribed the laws and conditions of the appropriation of the redemption, John 3:16. Who (6) provides and works, through His Spirit, the prescribed conditions in those to be redeemed, 1 Pet. 1:2, Phil. 2:13. Who (7) offers the Redeemer and the redemption to those to be redeemed, to be received in faith, and promises the Redemption to those who receive it, John 3:16 and 1:12, Acts 2:42, 43 and 16:30, 31, 2 Cor. 5:18, 19, and this through the grace of Calling. Who (8) makes alive those who, being dead in sins and thus wholly unable to receive and fulfill the Redeemer and the conditions of the redemption, are quickened, Eph. 2:5, 6, regenerated, John 3:5, Tit. 3:5, and thus, in order to receive them of His own will, restores their powers, Phil. 2:13, 2 Cor. 3:5, 1 Cor. 15:10. Who (9) brings about not only the powers by which they can receive, but the receiving itself, by effectually drawing them to Christ, John 6:44, 65, Song 1:4, Jer. 31:3, John 12:32, and this through conversion. Who (10) powerfully keeps those who are drawn, that they do not fall away, John 10:28, 29, 1 Pet. 1:5, Rom. 8:38, 39. Who (11) for this end not only gives the ministry of redemption, or of reconciliation, 2 Cor. 5:18, 19, but also makes it fruitful, 1 Cor. 3:6, 7, 9, Rom. 15:16, 18, 19, 2 Cor. 3:5, 6. Who (12) assures the redeemed of the applied redemption, through the Spirit, 1 Cor. 2:12, sealing them by the same Spirit as with an earnest, 2 Cor. 1:21, 22, Eph. 4:30, and also, to this end, by the addition of visible signs and seals, Rom. 4:11, Gen. 17:7, 10. Who (13) strengthens the appropriation made through all these things, and, as it were, fences it about against every danger of scandal, through Church Discipline, 1 Cor. 5:4-7. In this way this doctrine commends God to us as the Beginner and Finisher of our whole salvation; and this to the end (1) that we, robbed of the glory and honor thereof both in ourselves and in everything outside of Him, should ascribe it to Him alone, Ps. 115:1, Eph. 1:4, 5, 6; (2) that, in return for the salvation received, we should render humble thanks, Rom. 11:36, Eph. 1:3; (3) that in all matters concerning our salvation we should depend on God alone — that He should show us what we must do, Ps. 86:11, lead us by His Spirit, Ps. 143:10, John 16:13, and, our doing so, strengthen us with His might, Eph. 6:10, and that He should perfect that good work which He has begun in us, unto the day of Jesus Christ, Phil. 1:6; meanwhile (4) that, with deep humility, and out of a consciousness of our own inability, we should work out, yea, work through, our own salvation with fear and trembling — because it is God who works in us both to will and to do of His good pleasure, Phil. 2:12, 13, Rom. 11:20, 21, 22, Ps. 2:11, Prov. 28:14.
XXIV. It Commends to Us the Blessedness of Those Made Partakers of This Appropriation
Secondly, this doctrine commends to us the very blessedness of those whom God has made partakers of this appropriation, Ps. 65:5. Because (1) not the one almighty God alone, but the three divine Persons, each of whom is equally Almighty, have willed to occupy themselves in and with the accomplishing of the application of redemption, and this each in His own particular and distinct manner of working: the Father, by electing, and, out of His prevenient love, determining the persons to whom the application of the redemption shall be brought; the Son, by intending the appropriation according to the election and foreknowledge of the Father, and by sprinkling, as it were, His blood upon these above others; the Holy Spirit, by sanctifying — forming them, through calling, regeneration, and conversion, to the receiving and the fellowship of the redemption, 1 Pet. 1:2, 2 Cor. 4. Because (2) the Father, moved and driven by a distinguishing and surpassing love, has given them, above all others (who were equally capable of this love and appropriation), to His Son to redeem, 1 John 3:1, John 17:6-9. Because (3) the Son likewise, by a special distinguishing grace, passing over the world, has destined and expended Himself, with all that is His, great as it is, for them alone, 2 Cor. 8:9, Eph. 5:2. Because (4) the Holy Spirit has willed to occupy Himself, as it were with three endeavors, in perfecting this application: namely, to bring about the receiving and embracing of the redemption by calling and inviting; and, that they might receive it, by communicating powers; and by awakening, through conversion, the use of those received powers toward receiving. Because (5) God the Eternal has not willed to work and accomplish that application except through union and fellowship with the only-begotten Son of God, that in Him, as in the head, He might gather together all things unto Himself, Eph. 1:10, and thus make those to be redeemed members of His Son, one with His Son, yea, with the Father, John 17:21. Because (6) the benefits which are appropriated to them by this application are so many, so great, and of such a kind, that by them they can become perfectly and forever blessed: namely, Justification, Adoption, Sanctification, Glorification, 1 Cor. 1:30, so that they can be made perfect in this one Redeemer alone, and in His redemption, Col. 2:10. Because (7) God excludes from these so great and such benefits by far the greater part of mankind, John 17:9, Matt. 22:14. Because (8) God, in order to bring about that application, uses so great an apparatus of means: the ministry of the Word, 2 Cor. 5:18, 19; the ministry of the Sacraments, 1 Cor. 4:1 with 11:23, Matt. 28:19; Church Discipline, Matt. 18:17, 18, 20 and 16:19. Because He (9) brings to the redeemed, through His Spirit, the knowledge and an infallible sense of that appropriation made, Rom. 8:15, 16, 1 Cor. 2:12. From all these and other considerations, how great a blessedness, O good God! arises for those who have been made partakers of this application! How great a peace of mind! Ps. 116:7. How great a peace! Rom. 5:1. How great a comfort! 2 Cor. 1:5. Joy and gladness! 1 Pet. 1:8, Rom. 14:17. There lies, therefore, in this application of redemption, matter and ground why the partakers thereof (1) may congratulate themselves, 2 Pet. 1:3 and 1 Pet. 5:10; (2) must be thankful to God, Eph. 1:3, 1 Cor. 15:57; (3) should use and enjoy the redemption applied to them, 1 Pet. 1:8, Rom. 14:17; (4) and meanwhile should bear for it a careful concern, with fear and trembling, Phil. 2:12, 1 Cor. 10:12.
XXV. It Invites Us to Stand and Strive after the Fellowship of the Passive Application
Thirdly, this doctrine invites us, with every wish and endeavor, to stand and strive after the fellowship of the passive application — that is, that God should sprinkle us with the blood, or with the redemption, of His Son, Ps. 2:9, with Lev. 14:4-7, Num. 19:6, 9. This because (1) the blessedness of those to whom this application has, by God's grace, fallen to their lot, is so great, according to the preceding paragraphs; compare Book V, Chapter XII, §30, and Chapter XVIII, §41. Because (2), on the contrary, the misery of those to whom Christ's redemption is not applied is unspeakably great, as we have shown, Book V, Chapter XVIII, §42, compared with Chapter XII, §31. Because (3) we, by neglecting and disregarding this earnestness and pursuit of the application, so far as lies in us, render the most precious redemption vain and fruitless — compare Gal. 4:11 and 3:4. Because (4) we, by neglecting the zeal and earnestness of the application, despise both God, and the Redeemer, and the Holy Spirit, and the whole apparatus of the Redemption, Matt. 22:2-15; indeed, in a certain way, count the blood of the Covenant an unholy thing, Heb. 10:29. Because (5) the Redemption, not being applied unto salvation, is nevertheless applied, in its own way, unto an increase of guilt and of eternal damnation, Luke 2:34, Rom. 9:32, 33, 2 Cor. 2:15, 16, Heb. 10:29. But how, and in what way, must we stand and strive after fellowship in this application? Answer: (1) We must, above all things, stand and strive to have a right insight into the nature of this application, and into the way and manner by and in which the Holy Spirit is accustomed to bring it about, so that we may, as it were, conform ourselves to Him, and go, as it were, to meet Him, Ps. 25:4, 5, with John 16:8-11. Then (2) we must carefully guard against a misguided zeal and mistaken means of application: whereby we might (a) seek wrong conditions of application, and seek the benefits of the application — the forgiveness of sins and the right to eternal life — in our own or another's works, satisfactions, or merits: for so Christ becomes of no use to us, Rom. 9:31, 32 and 10:3, Gal. 5:2, 4; whereby we might (b) indeed seek the true conditions, namely, faith and conversion, but stand and strive after them in and by our own powers, 2 Cor. 3:5, 6, 1 Cor. 15:10. For this reason we must (c), in the power of God, Eph. 6:10, and of the Spirit of faith, 2 Cor. 4:13, as Him who quickens, regenerates, and converts, Rom. 8:2, John 3:5, Tit. 3:5, receive Christ by a living faith, John 1:12 and 3:16 — which being done, then, according to the divine promise, the application, as regards its essence, has taken place. And (d), the essence of the application thus being established, we must also apply ourselves to those duties by which it is followed up, and carried forward and advanced to the possession of the benefits of this application — such as are self-denial, the taking up of one's cross, and the following of Christ, Luke 9:23.
XXVI. It Rouses Us to Strive after the Actual Appropriation
The same doctrine rouses us, fourthly, having now obtained the passive appropriation, likewise to stand and strive after the actual appropriation, whereby we appropriate to ourselves the redemption of Christ with a particular conviction and assurance, saying with the Apostle, Gal. 2:20: "I live; yet not I, but Christ liveth in me: and the life which I now live in the flesh I live by the faith of the Son of God, who loved me, and gave Himself for me." And let us therefore not be content, (1) with an assurance of the divine love springing from common or temporal benefits, such as were bestowed on Cain, Gen. 4:17, on the rich glutton, Luke 16:19, and on others; but let us stand and strive after that particular appropriation whereby we are assured of the love of redemption, 1 John 4:9, 10. Nor (2) with the assurance whereby we are convinced and assured that God has in general so loved the world that He gave His only-begotten Son, John 3:16; but we must stand after that application whereby we can say, with Paul, "Who loved me, and gave Himself for me." Nor yet (3) with that assurance whereby, without a firm and well-grounded foundation, you merely hope for the best concerning your redemption; but you must stand and strive after that appropriation whereby you make your calling and election sure, 2 Pet. 1:10. And that we may the more readily and eagerly stand and labor after this, let us consider: (1) that such an assurance, though not without the greatest effort, can nevertheless be obtained, by virtue of the divine promise, Isa. 60:16, Job 19:25, Ps. 63:2, 1 Tim. 1:15, 1 John 3:14, Isa. 45:24, 25, Song 3:16. Let us (2) consider how great and how unspeakable is the use and benefit of this appropriation: (a) to strengthen the mind against the many disturbances, shocks, upheavals, fears, and distresses to which our life is subject, Job 7:1, Ps. 90:10, Gen. 47:9 — all of which the appropriation of the Redeemer and of the redemption can stifle and smother, Ps. 23:3, 4, 5 and 46:2, 3 and 27:1, as also the presence of Christ in our heart, compare Mark 6:51. (b) For a most powerful comfort in every state of adversity: in want and poverty, what is more powerful than to think that He who did not spare His own Son, but delivered Him up for us, shall with Him also freely give us all things needful? Rom. 8:32; likewise in sicknesses and illnesses, Job 19:25; in persecutions, Rom. 8:39 and 5:2, 3; in the storms and tempests of war, Ps. 46:2-7, Hab. 3:17, 18, 19. (c) For delight and contentment in prosperity, Neh. 9:25, Ps. 4:8; for what is sweeter, in every kind of sweetness, than to be convinced and assured that it comes to us from God, now reconciled and at peace with us, and from His fatherly love toward us? Ps. 23:1 and 34:9; and that all manner of prosperous things are so many pledges of the divine affection toward us? Ps. 138:2. (d) To keep up our courage, even in the anguish of conscience arising from sin, when we hear Christ, as it were, calling to us: "Son, be of good cheer; thy sins are forgiven thee," Matt. 9:2, Ps. 32:1, 5. (e) To furnish us, in every kind of need, with boldness and access to the throne of grace. For, just as it was lawful neither for Aaron nor for his sons, the priests, to draw near to God unless sprinkled with the blood of the sacrifices, Exod. 29:21, so likewise it is not lawful for us, who are spiritual priests, to draw near to God with our prayers and supplications, unless our hearts are sprinkled with the blood of Christ and cleansed from an evil conscience, Heb. 10:22; compare Book II, Chapter I, §56.
The manner and mode of this application, then, consists in the following points: (a) that we carefully guard against setting up, in the place of a most saving application, a deceitful and most ruinous presumption and rashness — of which Solomon speaks, Prov. 14:16, and Job, ch. 21:23; with which have been miserably deceived: Balaam, Num. 22:18; Israel, Hos. 8:1, 2, 3; the Pharisee, Luke 18:11; Laodicea, Rev. 3:17; and countless others besides. It will therefore be worth the trouble to distinguish the one carefully from the other: for, just as in a true appropriation there is (*) a conviction of an accomplished redemption, resting on firm supports, 1 John 3:14, 19, so in presumption there is an imagination without any firm foundation, Rev. 3:17; and just as (**) in the one there is an expectation of a future good, or a future redemption, by virtue of a preceding promise of God, Rom. 8:32, so in the other there is a hope and expectation of good and of redemption without any promise of God, after the pattern of the Jews, Jer. 7:4, 10, Mic. 3:11; and just as (***) in the one there is a peace, calm, and quiet of mind arising from a sense of reconciliation and of the divine love, Phil. 4:4, Rom. 5:1, 2 and 14:17, so in the other there is a peace, or rather a carelessness, of mind, whereby they bid all fear of hell to keep far away from them, Isa. 28:15, Amos 6:3-6, and rejoice and are glad, yet from nothing but a sense of temporal prosperity, Luke 12:19. So that the distinction between true appropriation and a presumptuous imagination is chiefly to be observed in two points: (A) In the foundation of each — the true resting upon a firm foundation, appropriating nothing but what God has already appropriated to him who believes in Christ, John 1:12; whereas the false appropriates itself without any foundation, or upon no foundation but a loose and slippery one, which God has not applied to him. Those who rest on such loose and slippery foundations we have discussed elsewhere expressly and at length, in our Treatise on Saving Faith, p. 615. (B) In the effects and fruits of each: while the true (†) cleanses from defilements, 2 Cor. 7:1, 1 John 3:1, 2, 3, the false defiles its possessors all the more; it adds drunkenness to thirst, Deut. 29:19, as appears in the Jews, Jer. 7:8, 9, Mic. 3:12, and in Babel, Isa. 14:8, 9. While (††) the true lifts up its possessors to a sincere love of God, Ps. 16:5, 18:2, and 73:25, 26, to desire and longing after God, Ps. 84:2, to joy and gladness in God, Ps. 4:1 and 16:9, to care and diligence to please God, 2 Cor. 5:1 with vs. 5, 9 — the false instead sets its possessors to hatred, weeping, and grief against God, Job 21:12, 14, 15, Ps. 10:8 and 50:16, 21 with vs. 17-20. While (†††) the true awakens a wholesome fear and suspicion of the deceitfulness of one's own heart, Rom. 11:20, Phil. 2:12, Heb. 12:28, the false awakens carelessness and negligence, Jer. 7:10, Isa. 47:8; compare our Treatise on Saving Faith, p. 623 and following, where more matters of this kind occur.
The manner and mode of appropriating requires (b) that we examine ourselves carefully and diligently, whether the redemption has truly been applied and appropriated to us by the Holy Spirit — which may be discerned from the following marks: (*) from this, that the Holy Spirit applies the redemption only to those who have first been humbled and cast down by a sense of their sins and misery, Rom. 8:15, 2 Sam. 12:13. (**) That He applies it only to true believers, John 1:12 and 3:16, 36, Acts 16:31, and to those who turn from their sins, Luke 15:21, 22, Prov. 28:13 — for these, as we have noted in the Doctrinal Part, are the conditions required beforehand for the Application. (***) That He applies it only to those who are Christ's own, John 17:9. And who are the property of Christ? Answer: those who are His disciples, and, as His disciples, deny themselves, take up their cross daily, and follow their Master, Luke 9:23; who crucify their flesh with its lusts; who purify themselves, even as Christ is pure, 1 John 3:3; who walk as He walked, 1 John 2:6; who keep His commandments, ibid. vs. 2, 3, 4, 5, etc. The manner and mode of appropriating requires (c) that we remove and put away the obstacles by which the knowledge and sense of the application, truly wrought by the Holy Spirit, is stopped up — which we find most commonly in those who are, in a spiritual sense, forsaken. But what, then, are these obstacles and hindrances? They are (*) ignorance and lack of knowledge, Gen. 28:16, John 4:10, whereby they have no senses exercised to discern both good and evil, Heb. 5:14, whereby they know neither the nature of faith, nor its marks, nor the manner of discerning it, and whereby they do not know themselves, and, from what has gone before in them, do not know how to draw a conclusion. (**) An excessive smallness and slightness of saving grace, on which the passive application rests, whereby they can scarcely, indeed scarcely at all, recognize and discern its presence, Mark 9:24 with Luke 8:25. (***) Obstructions and hindrances such as are caused by sins, especially the grosser ones — Ps. 51:11, 13, 14, Matt. 26:70, 72, 74 with vs. 75; also more pleasant and delightful sins, often repeated; likewise a suspicion that one has committed the sin against the Holy Spirit; sometimes Satan's temptations and blasphemous suggestions; sometimes outward afflictions and oppressions; sometimes a turning away of God's face, and a withdrawal of light, and other things, of which we have treated in our Treatise on Saving Faith, p. 635 and following. The manner and mode of appropriating requires (d) a continual diligence and earnestness, 2 Pet. 1:10, occupied, in part, in obtaining, preserving, and increasing saving faith, which forms the foundation of all appropriation; and in part also in making up the appropriation, or assurance, of the redemption — in seeking again and recovering it when it is lost, in preserving it once recovered, in confirming and increasing it once preserved, and finally in the possessing and use of it once confirmed and increased. But all these matters are treated expressly and at length in our Treatise on Saving Faith, Chapter XXI.
Chapter II: Of the Calling of Those to Be Redeemed
On 1 Peter 2:9
"Of Him who hath called you out of darkness into His marvellous light."
I. The First of the Applying Acts
We have now considered the Application of the Redemption more generally, and by way of an Introduction: the order now calls us to its particulars. Among these there first present themselves the applying acts of the Holy Spirit, namely: (1) the Offering of the Redemption that is to be received; (2) the Bringing-in of the powers whereby we receive the offered redemption; and (3) the effecting and bringing about of the receiving itself. The first of these is accomplished by the Calling, which Peter sets forth and represents, 1 Pet. 2:9.
The Explanatory Part
II. Exposition of the Text
In and with these words the Apostle furnishes his own with an urgent motive to the glorifying of God, in his description of the Divine Calling. In it are noted:
1. The One Who Calls: in the relative little word "who," or "of Him"; for the whole verse is a laudatory description, taken from the benefit of the Calling, whereby God most powerfully seeks to draw and lift up His own, to the end that they should proclaim the Virtues of Him who had called them. There is here, without doubt, meant God, or Christ, to whom the Calling is generally ascribed, Rom. 8:30 and 11:29 — for to whom it belongs, and whose work it is to bring the redemption and its benefits, it is likewise His work to offer it, to disclose and make known, in the calling, the redemption, and the laws and conditions for obtaining it, and to invite men to accept and embrace those laws and conditions. Although this sometimes happens immediately, Gal. 1:1, it is nonetheless commonly done through the means of His Servants, 2 Cor. 5:18, 19, 20.
2. Those Who Are Called: "you," "ye." The Apostle indicates that not every single man is called, but a certain determinate class of men, generally signified in Scripture as the believers, 1 Pet. 1:2, 3, 1 Cor. 1:2, Rom. 1:7 — whom he also particularly describes in v. 10: "Which in time past were not a people, but are now the people of God: which had not obtained mercy, but now have obtained mercy." These, then, are they to whom the Redemption, in the Calling, was not only offered, but also brought.
3. The Calling itself: "He hath called," καλέσαντος. The word καλέω, kaleo, generally signifies a calling or inviting to a wedding, Matt. 22:3. Among the Hebrews, also, someone is said καλεῖσθαι, kaleisthai, "to be called" — to be named with a name by which he had never before been named, but which finely expresses his new condition, 1 John 3:1, James 2:23 — that the excellence of this calling might thereby be the more forcefully expressed. It is thus given to be understood that God has not only revealed the redemption through Christ, and made known the conditions for obtaining a share in it, but also that He has invited him, with the most choicest of urging and moving reasons, to accept those laws and conditions, and indeed, by His own effectual working, has Himself brought about and wrought that very reception — as we shall represent more distinctly in its proper place.
III. The Two Termini of the Calling
1. From where: "out of darkness" — in Greek ἐκ σκότους, from ἴσχω, "I hold still, I bring to a standstill," namely, the light; just as the Latin word tenebrae (darkness) comes from teneo ("I hold, I make to stand still"), because, being overtaken and oppressed by night, we are compelled to break off our journey and stand still. Now darkness is not of one kind only. There is (a) a darkness which arises from the absence of the light of the sun, Gen. 1:4, 5, 15, Exod. 10:22. There is (b) a darkness of our outward condition, a darkness of afflictions — which afflictions are called darkness for more than one reason: namely, (a) because they arise from a lack of the light of the divine countenance, or from His wrath; (b) because they darken the glory of our outward condition, Isa. 5:30 and 8:22 — thus God is said to create darkness, Isa. 45:7 — and because they stir up darkness in the mind of the afflicted, so that he cannot find the way of escape and deliverance; (c) because they fall upon the afflicted, indeed fall upon them secretly, as it were in the dark, unexpectedly, so that he does not know from where they come upon him, Job 20:26. There is (c) a darkness of blindness, whence death and the grave are called darkness, Job 17:13 and 10:21, 22, Ps. 88:13. There is (d) a spiritual darkness, a lack and want of the knowledge of God and of Christ, Eph. 4:18. Finally (e) there is a darkness of every kind and of every sort of misery, both of body and of soul, in hell, Matt. 8:12 and 22:13. So that by darkness here nothing else is meant than the state of sin, of death, and of damnation, wretched in every way and in every respect, both here and hereafter in hell.
2. Whereunto: "unto His marvellous light." Here are noted: a. The State to which they are called: "unto the light," εἰς φῶς. By this is understood the whole state of grace, which, through the Redemption and through the Application of the redemption, is complete, Job 33:28, 30, Isa. 42:16. As for the rest, light is of various kinds. There is (a) an uncreated light, the very Being of God as luminous, a light unapproachable, 1 Tim. 6:16, 1 John 1:5. There is (b) a created light, brought forth and, as it were, begotten of the Father of lights, James 1:17. And this again is either natural, the sun in the firmament of heaven, or spiritual — gathered up, after the fall, in Christ alone, who is on this account called the Sun of Righteousness, Mal. 4:2, the light itself, John 8:12, lighting every man that cometh into the world, John 1:9, whose rays, being spread abroad upon and over men, furnish them light, whether temporal — consisting either in an outward prosperity of a glorious and shining condition, Job 29:3, Esth. 8:16, or in an inward light of the soul, consisting in knowledge, Acts 26:18, in faith, Acts 8:12 — and is spread abroad through the Word, which for this reason is called in Scripture a light, 2 Pet. 1:19; through the Word of the Law, which is on this account called a light, Ps. 19:9 and 119:105, Prov. 6:23; through the Word of the Gospel, which is likewise called a light, 2 Tim. 1:10, 2 Cor. 4:6; or eternal, which in heaven shall shine, gleam, and glisten unceasingly, Col. 1:12, Rev. 21:23. On account of most of these considerations, the state of grace is a state of light, whence we are called children of light, John 12:36, 1 Thess. 5:5, and a light in the Lord, Eph. 5:8.
b. The Excellence and Glory of This State is conveyed under two expressions, namely, that it is:
(a) A Divine Light: "unto His light," αὐτοῦ, unto the light of Him Himself, that is, of the calling God, or of Christ — certainly not that light which God is, for that is to us an unapproachable light, 1 Tim. 6:16; but nevertheless that light which is, in a particular way and by grace, from Him, as from the Father of lights, James 1:17, and is therefore worthy of God, and, so far, a divine or most glorious light.
(b) A Marvellous Light, θαυμαστός, from the Hebrew תמה, "he wondered, he was amazed and astonished, he stood in awe," Ps. 48:6, 8, Eccl. 5:7; or from θεάομαι, "I behold, I look upon" — so that θαύματα, "wonderful things," are as much as θεάματα, "things worth beholding," which draw and invite to themselves the eyes of onlookers; or notable, contemplation-worthy things, which we behold with the utmost straining of our mind, in delight and astonishment; likewise things which are regarded as wonders, unusual things, and which surpass the ordinary course of nature and are therefore very notable, glorious, and splendid. And thus the state of light, or the state of grace, to which these scattered strangers were called, was, in many ways and in all manner of respects, notable and marvellous, inasmuch as the spiritual light, shining and gleaming in the hearts of those who possess it, is marvellous: (1) because it snatches them away into the utmost wonder at themselves, as those who had escaped and averted a certain surpassing danger which hung over their heads, or who had obtained for themselves the treasures of Christ; (2) because that light is in itself so wondrous and so marvellous, in that fellowship with it (3) is not obtained without the Mediator, whereas otherwise all other light, whosesoever it be, is darkness, yea, hurtful, Isa. 42:1 with vs. 6, 7, and ch. 49:6; (4) it is given only after long darknesses of ignorance and sin, Isa. 9:1, 2, Matt. 4:16; (5) because it is brought forth and called out of darkness itself by God, 2 Cor. 4:6; (6) which light, compared with the darkness and shadow of the ceremonial Law, is a single and unmixed light; (7) which proceeds from no creature, but from God alone, Isa. 60:19, Acts 22:6; (8) because it shines, not at midday, as the sun does, but toward evening, indeed in the very night, Zech. 14:6, 7; (9) because this is such a light as surpasses all reason, being a light of faith, inasmuch as it shines and beams only upon the Israelites, as in a Goshen, while darkness covers the whole of Egypt; and finally (10) because it is an everlasting Light, which never sets, Isa. 60:19. On account of all these considerations, the state of light is, with every right and reason, called wondrous and marvellous.
The Doctrinal Part
III. That the Calling Is the First Act of the Application
Those, therefore, to whom God wills to apply the Redemption, He calls, above all things, to fulfill the conditions which are required beforehand for it — so that the Calling is the first act of the Application. This is proved (1) from the testimonies of Holy Scripture: Acts 2:38, 39, "for the promise is unto you, and to your children, and to all that are afar off, even as many as the Lord our God shall call"; Heb. 9:15, that they which are called might receive the promise of the eternal inheritance. (2) From the sending out of the Apostles, to call those to be redeemed out of the world, Matt. 28:18, 19, 20, Mark 16:15, 16, Acts 26:17, 18; and from the Apostles' carrying this out, Luke 24:46, 47, Acts 2:14-41, and 10:34, and 13:46, etc. (3) In particular, from the union and fellowship of those to be redeemed with Christ, which is brought about and effected by the Calling, 1 Cor. 1:9, 1 Pet. 2:9.
IV. The Reasons for This Design
The reasons for this arrangement, too, are ready at hand: because God, in applying the redemption He has obtained, (1) has willed to deal with men in a manner corresponding to their own nature — with rational creatures, in a rational way; with creatures who determine themselves by a willing counsel, through a working which determines the will in a moral manner. (2) Because God wills to apply the redemption only through a covenant-transaction, which requires consent to the conditions that are required beforehand for redemption — conditions not to be obtained except through the offer, invitation, and promise of the Calling, Deut. 30:15, Josh. 24:15. (3) Because faith itself, which alone is prepared beforehand for the application of the redemption, consists in a consent and choosing, whereby we allow and receive Christ, offering Himself to us in the Gospel and demanding to be received, Rev. 3:20, Song 5:2, Matt. 11:28, 29, John 7:37, 38, Rev. 22:17 — which consent is procured and brought about by the Calling. (4) Because God expects of rational creatures a voluntary obedience in the receiving of the conditions of Redemption, Ps. 110:3, Acts 2:41, Ps. 119:108, Rom. 12:1; for this reason He offers and invites through the Calling. (5) Because He wills that even the reprobate should know the cause for which they are excluded from fellowship in the redemption, Matt. 23:37, John 5:40; for this reason He offers, without distinction, through the calling, the Redemption, and invites to the accepting of the conditions of Redemption, Matt. 22:2-7.
V. What Must Be Noted concerning the Word "Calling"
That we may the better understand and trace out the nature of this Calling, it must, before all things, be noted concerning the word: (1) that we here by no means understand a calling to a certain Office, whether in the church or in the commonwealth, to be conferred — in which sense it occurs, Heb. 5:4, Exod. 31:2, and elsewhere. (2) That the word Calling is sometimes taken in a wider sense, insofar as it signifies that whole working of the Holy Spirit whereby He perfects the application of redemption, and thus comprises in itself the offering of Christ to be received, the bringing-in of powers by which the offered Christ can be received, and the awakening of the powers brought in, so as actually to receive the offered Christ — in this sense it occurs many times, both in Scripture and among theologians; sometimes in a narrower and more restricted sense, insofar as it signifies only the offering of the Redeemer and of the redemption, as distinguished from all bringing-in and receiving, Matt. 20:16, Prov. 1:24, Matt. 23:37. It is in this latter sense that it shall be explained for the present. And thus (3) the Calling is commonly designated in Scripture in various ways: sometimes an alluring, Gen. 30:27, Hos. 11:1, Isa. 5:26; sometimes a drawing, John 6:44, Song 1:4, Jer. 31:3; a knocking, Rev. 3:20, Song 5:2.
VI. What the Calling Is, as to the Matter Itself
As to the matter itself, the Calling is nothing other than an invitation to receive the Redeemer and the redemption, on those laws and conditions on which He is offered, Matt. 11:28, 29, 30, Isa. 55:1. Namely, just as a bridegroom offers himself and all that is his to his bride, to be received by her as her bridegroom and future husband, so, in precisely the same way, the Redeemer, in the Gospel, offers Himself, His redemption, and all that is His, to the sinner; and He demands nothing but that He be received in the manner in which He offers Himself, Song 5:2, Hos. 2:19, 20, Rev. 3:20. The general act of the Calling is, therefore, an offering, an invitation, which includes several things: partly touching the Understanding; partly the Will; and partly the receiving itself — which must now be set forth and represented a little more distinctly.
VII. The First Act of the Offering: Concerning the Understanding
The first act of the offering is occupied and busy with regard to the Understanding, by offering to it, to be received: (1) God, John 1:18, as the highest end of the redemption to be appropriated — an end intended not only by God, Rom. 11:36, Prov. 16:4, Eph. 1:6, Phil. 2:11, but also by the sinner to be redeemed himself, who, through Christ, seeks nothing other than to come to the Father, John 14:6, and to be eternally blessed in God, Ps. 73:25. This one, therefore, the Calling represents to the person to be redeemed as, on account of so many of His most glorious attributes and perfections, the All-sufficient One, Gen. 17:1, who alone is enough for him unto an eternal and infinite blessedness, Ps. 4:7, 8, 16:5, 6, 23:1, 36:9, 10, 65:5, and 73:25. (2) The Redeemer, 1 Cor. 1:23, 24, as the only Mediator, through whom we come to the Father, John 14:6, in whom alone, consequently, is our salvation, Acts 4:12, Heb. 7:25, who by His knowledge justifies His own, Isa. 53:11, John 17:3. (3) The Redemption, Eph. 1:7, 8, 9 and 3:8, 9, Col. 1:26, 27, 28, and the way and manner of its acquisition, through the satisfaction and merit of the Son of God, Heb. 2:14, 15. (4) The Conditions of the redemption to be applied — both those which apply the right to the redemption, namely, faith and conversion, John 1:12 and 3:16, Acts 16:31 and 26:17, 18, and those which promote the possession of it, such as self-denial, the taking up of one's cross, the following of the Redeemer, and the practice of good works, Luke 9:23, etc.
VIII. The Second Act of the Offering: Concerning the Will
The second act is occupied and busy with regard to the Will, by advising it to receive that which has been set before and offered to the understanding. On this account the Calling is properly called an inviting, Matt. 22:3, an alluring, Hos. 11:1, insofar as it sets before and presents to the will those things which must be received, as good, and therefore deserving and requiring reception — bringing also every kind of proof and moving reason, drawn from the worth and excellence of the things offered, as well as from the honesty, necessity, ease, etc., of the reception itself, which is to speak to the heart, Hos. 2:14. It adds thereto (lest, through the difficulty of receiving, compared with the weakness of him who is to receive, one should be frightened away from the work) various helps, by which that difficulty may be assisted, so that the work of receiving may be happily accomplished, Matt. 11:28, 29, 2 Pet. 1:5-8.
IX. The Third Act: Concerning the Receiving Itself
The third act is occupied and busy with regard to the receiving itself, in order, by means of the precious and greatest promises given, 2 Pet. 1:4, not only to further the very receiving of the things offered, but also to confirm and assure the one receiving of an unquestionable and happy outcome of the appropriation, Matt. 11:28, 29, John 6:37, Rev. 22:17, Isa. 55:1, 2.
X. The Two Manners of This Offering: Outward and Inward
This offering of the calling takes place in two ways: first, Outwardly, when, by means of the outward senses — chiefly of hearing — it sets before the mind those things which must be received, Rom. 10:14, 15, through the outward preaching of the Word, Acts 2:38, 39, and this by a twofold word: (1) of the Law, that the sinner may be prepared to receive the Redeemer — which word is on this account called a schoolmaster unto Christ, Gal. 3:24, whose end is Christ, Rom. 10:4, as that by means of which the sinner who is to receive the Redeemer and the conditions of the Redemption is brought to the knowledge of sin, Rom. 3:20 and 7:7, to a sense of guilt and misery arising from sin, and likewise to being rendered without excuse, Rom. 3:19, Gal. 3:22, compare John 16:8, so that from this may at last be understood the necessity of receiving the redemption and the Redeemer, Rom. 7:24, Acts 2:37 and 16:30. And from this use of the Law the Spirit is called a Spirit of bondage unto fear, Rom. 8:15, likewise a Spirit of fearfulness, 2 Tim. 1:7. (2) Of the Gospel, 2 Thess. 2:13, 14, Acts 9:15 and 13:38, 39; to this end, that the sinner, now knowing his sins, Ps. 51:5, feeling his misery, Rom. 7:24, having a foresight of the unavoidable necessity of redemption, and thus being broken and bruised in heart, Ps. 34:19 and 51:19, weary and heavy-laden, Matt. 11:28, may acknowledge that there is also a remedy for his misery, Matt. 9:12, Jer. 8:22, that there is a redemption, of what kind it is, by whom and on what conditions it is to be obtained, and likewise with and for what reasons he must seek it. The effectiveness, however, of this word — both of the Law and of the Gospel — in the Calling is not physical, such that it should, by its own power, produce of itself the sought and required obedience, but only moral, since the mind only sets forth and offers the duty there to be done, to which the will must determine itself — yet this by means of a predetermining physical working of the Holy Spirit.
XI. The Inward Manner of the Offering
Secondly, Inwardly, when the word of the offering is brought not only through the outward senses, to the hearing, but also to the heart, Rom. 10:8, so that they not only hear, but also understand, Matt. 13:23, and not only understand, but also receive it with a kind of faith, indeed receive it with affection and joy, Matt. 13:5, 6, 20, 21, Luke 8:6, 13. This inward offering belongs to the Holy Spirit, who, by a certain common grace, powerfully enlightens the understanding, Heb. 6:4, so that they apprehend, in a contemplative way, the truth which is in itself saving — indeed, even acknowledge its goodness, practically, but only in the thesis, not in the hypothesis. This is commonly called a common illumination with respect to the understanding, and a restraining and curbing grace with respect to the will; but it must be carefully and cautiously distinguished from a saving illumination, and from the renewal of regeneration, and likewise from conversion, of which we shall speak in the following Chapters. Meanwhile, he who wickedly resists this inward common offering of the Holy Spirit, Heb. 6:4, 5, 6, commits that sin which Scripture calls a blasphemy against the Holy Spirit, Matt. 12:31 — of which elsewhere expressly and at length.
XII. The Causes of This Offering
The cause, and indeed the principal cause, of this offering is God, Rom. 8:30 — for to whom it belongs, and whose work it is, to give the Redeemer, to appoint the redemption, and to set the laws and conditions of the redemption, it is without doubt also His work to offer the redemption, 2 Tim. 1:8, 9, 1 Cor. 1:9, and this through the Son, 1 Pet. 5:10, and through the Holy Spirit, Rev. 22:17. The moving and impelling cause has been none other than His mere grace, 2 Tim. 1:9, whereby He has determined who, when, by whom, and in what manner they should be called, Rom. 1:14, 15, 16, 18, 1 Cor. 1:26-28. Yet He uses, as instrumental causes, His servants, whom He sends out into the whole world to call to fellowship in the redemption, Matt. 10 and 28:19, 20, Mark 16:15, 16, Acts 9:15 and 26:17, 18, 2 Cor. 5:18, 19, 20 — who are therefore called Planters and Waterers, 1 Cor. 3:6, 7, 8 and 9:7, Fellow-workers of God, 1 Cor. 3:5, 9, Builders, who lay a firm foundation, ibid. vs. 10.
XIII. The End and Aim of the Offering
The end and aim of the offering may be considered either (1) with regard to the Work, or the Calling itself, which, of and by itself, is no other than the application of the Redemption, or the very salvation of the one called, Phil. 3:14, Rom. 8:30 — although it may also, incidentally, sometimes be the rendering-without-excuse of the one called, and an all the heavier damnation, Matt. 22:3, 4, 5 and 23:37-39, Prov. 1:20-30, Luke 12:48; or (2) with regard to the Worker, or the One who calls, which is observed to be manifold and more than one: namely, (1) the general end, to bind the called to obedience, or reception — which is the end and aim of all the divine commandments, 1 Thess. 4:3, 4; (2) the particular end is the rendering-without-excuse of the disobedient called, Rom. 1:32 with ch. 2:1, 2, 4; sometimes (3), to bring the called, by a certain common grace, to the knowledge of the truth, and an outward profession of it, Matt. 13:5, 20, 21 and 7:21, 22, 1 Pet. 2:1; sometimes (4), to bring the called to a genuine and true obedience, and an actual laying hold of the Redeemer and of the Redemption, 1 Pet. 2:9, Rom. 8:30. From which it may appear that the Calling, if one looks to the intention of the One who calls, is always effectual, and always obtains and achieves what it intends, Isa. 55:11, 2 Cor. 2:15, 16 — inasmuch as the almighty and perfectly blessed God always attains His end, Isa. 45:23, Ps. 115:3; for although the Calling itself does not always obtain its natural end, namely, the obedience of the one called, yet the One who calls never fails of His intention. From this it also appears in what sense theologians often teach an ineffectual Calling.
XIV. The Two Termini of This Calling
The termini of this Calling are two: (1) From where — from or out of darkness, 1 Pet. 2:9, namely, (1) from ignorance, Eph. 4:17, whereby we do not know God; do not know ourselves, our sin, and our misery; and whereby we also do not know the Redeemer, the redemption, and the laws and conditions of the redemption, 1 Cor. 2:14; and (2) from estrangement from God — "which in time past were not the people of God," 1 Pet. 2:10, Eph. 4:18. By these two things is signified the whole state of sin, of death, and of damnation, Acts 26:17, 18, Eph. 2:11-13. (2) Whereunto: unto His marvellous light, by which is understood the knowledge of God and of spiritual things, John 17:3, reconciliation with God, Acts 26:18, and the whole state of grace, life, and eternal salvation — as we have said in the Explanatory Part. Compare Gal. 1:6, 1 Cor. 1:9, 1 Pet. 1:21, Col. 1:12, 13.
XV. A Threefold Calling
As regards its division, the Calling may be reckoned to be absolutely of three kinds: first, a general calling, whereby, through the proclamation of nature, all men who are masters of their senses are invited to God as their Creator, whom they must acknowledge, fear, and honor, and whose sayings they must obey, Rom. 1:19-21, Acts 14:16, 17 and 17:27, Ps. 19:1. This Calling, however, although by its nature it binds the called to obedience, yet, since it is directed also to those who are dead in sins, often fails to obtain their obedience; and it can serve no other purpose than to render the called without excuse, that their mouth may be stopped, Rom. 3:19, and that they may, at some time, before the judgment-seat of God, acknowledge for what causes they are condemned and damned; or, if it moreover intends and obtains anything else, it is nothing other than that the utmost barbarity, excluding all humanity, might be kept away from the Heathen. One must nevertheless note that this proclamation of nature is called a Calling only very improperly and equivocally, since it prescribes, in express terms, no duty, but only presupposes that such a duty will be inferred and concluded by the rational creature from the works of God. This Calling, therefore, must in no way be confused or mingled with that Calling whereby the Redeemer, to be received, together with fellowship in the redemption, is set forth and offered — which alone belongs to our present consideration.
XVI. A Common Calling
Secondly, a common calling, which comes about through the proclamation of the revealed Word, and is extended to all who are to be redeemed, yet not to them alone, but which also, beyond that, extends to the reprobate — though not to all of them, Ps. 147:19, 20, Acts 14:16 — whereby the Redeemer is offered to be received, and the Redemption is promised to those who receive the Redeemer. The end and aim of this Calling is (1) generally, in the case of all and each of the called, to bind them to receive the Redeemer and the redemption, Matt. 11:28, Isa. 55:1, Matt. 22:3-5 and 23:37, 38. (2) The principal end and aim is to form the elect unto faith and conversion, and thus unto fellowship in the redemption, John 10:27, 28, 1 Pet. 2:9. (3) The incidental end is to stop the mouths of the reprobate called, to take away every excuse from them, Heb. 2:1-4, and to aggravate their damnation, John 15:22 and 9:41. (4) The end common to the whole world is that, out of and through the Evangelical Calling, all, without distinction, hear the word of salvation; that all are invited to the care of their salvation; that they form and obtain a true and right apprehension of God, of Creation, Providence, sin, and virtue; and thus that the world is, by means of this calling, formed and shaped from barbarity to honesty, and to domestic and civic virtues — as formerly appeared in Israel, Deut. 4:6, 7, 8, and as still today appears from comparing those nations to which the Evangelical Calling has come with those which are deprived of it. (5) A certain particular end and aim, in some hypocrites and reprobate, is that they, in outward, indeed even in inward, non-saving duties, strive toward a certain excellent height, so that they come very near to the Kingdom of God and to Heaven, Mark 12:34, Acts 26:28, Matt. 11:23; that they hear the word of the Calling, give credence to it, receive it, and bring forth excellent fruits, by means of the common calling and grace, Matt. 13:20, Heb. 6:4, Isa. 58:2 and 24:2, 3, Luke 18:11, 12, Phil. 3:5, 6. Now let me say in a word, that they do everything except those things which are joined with salvation, Heb. 6:9 — for example, coming to Him to whom these are offered, John 1:11, 12.
XVII. A Particular Calling, Proper to the Elect Alone
Thirdly, a particular calling, proper to the elect alone, whereby they are so called, with that aim and design of God, that they should come, John 6:44, 45, whereby grace is offered to them in such a way that they also receive it — a calling which is bound up with regeneration, by which they break out and through into conversion. On account of this Calling they are said to be called according to God's purpose, Rom. 8:28, 30, whose effectiveness does not depend on any fitness corresponding to the Calling, or on the powers of the free will — since this Calling is occupied with and about men who, before regeneration, are dead in sins, Eph. 2:1, 5 — but only on the grace of the calling God, Rom. 9:11, 16, 18, 1 Pet. 2:9. Meanwhile, however, one must here carefully and cautiously note that this Calling has a twofold relation and respect to regeneration: either (1) as preceding it, insofar as God, to the man who, according to His purpose, shall infallibly be regenerated, but is as yet dead in sins, declares the manner of redemption, and invites him to receive its laws and conditions — up to this point the Calling allows no preceding good dispositions at all; or (2) as following upon it, 1 Cor. 1:24, insofar as God calls the man, now already regenerated, to actual faith and to actual conversion — this presupposes powers and good dispositions which have been communicated through regeneration. One might, for the sake of distinction, call the one the first, and the other the second, Calling.
The Polemical Part
XVIII. Whether the Calling to the Redeemer and to the Redemption Is Universal
First it is asked: whether the Calling to the Redeemer and to the Redemption is universal? The Pelagians and those inclined toward Pelagianism, the Socinians, Arminians, Papists, Lutherans, in order the more easily to defend a universal grace and redemption — which can have no place without a universal Calling — and also in order to make the effectiveness of the Calling depend on the free will, maintain this question and controversy. Those among the Reformed who advocate a general objective grace (though with a different aim and different suppositions) likewise maintain it. The common opinion of the Reformed, though it allows a certain general Calling unto God as Creator, and likewise allows a general Calling unto the Redeemer, steadily and constantly denies a universal Calling: because it (1) expressly conflicts with the Scriptures, Ps. 147:19, 20, Acts 14:16, Rom. 16:25, 26, Eph. 3:8, 9, according to which passages, under the Old Testament, all nations distinct from the Jews were excluded from the Calling, even from an outward one. (2) Because, under the New Testament, the Savior forbade, before His Resurrection, that the Gospel be carried outside the land of the Jews, Matt. 10:5. (3) Because, even after Christ's Ascension, the Holy Spirit forbade and hindered this to Paul, Acts 16:6. (4) Because it is most plainly and clearly evident from experience itself that there are found very many nations which have not heard the least word of the Redeemer and of the redemption. (5) Because the suppositions of a universal grace and of the free will, to which a universal Calling must be subservient, and upon which it is built, are empty and false. Nor has the opposing opinion anything which can lend it even the appearance of truth, except that (1) the Calling sometimes seems to be extended to all men, Tit. 2:11, 1 Tim. 2:4, Col. 1:6, Mark 16:15. Answer: That is, to every sort of men, Rev. 5:9, nowhere to each and every one. (2) That the preaching of nature extends to all men, Ps. 19:3, 4, 5, Rom. 1:19, 20, 21 and 2:14, 15, Acts 14:17 and 17:27. Answer: We have acknowledged a general Calling, through the preaching of nature, unto God as Creator, Acts 17:27, though improperly so called; but the question is whether the Calling through the preaching of the revealed Word, or of the Gospel, unto the Redeemer, and unto fellowship in the Redemption, is universal? But this the passages cited do not say. (3) That even among the Heathen, and among others who perish, many excellent gifts are seen. Answer: These concern indeed a common grace, but by no means either a universal grace or a universal Calling, since those gifts do not fall to each and every one, nor do they prove a universal calling.
XIX. Whether the Effectiveness of the Calling, in Producing Obedience, Depends on Anything besides Regenerating and Converting Grace
Secondly it is asked: whether the effectiveness of the Calling, in producing obedience, depends on anything besides regenerating and converting grace alone? The Pelagians, with their followers, the Arminians, Jesuits, and others, in order more conveniently to uphold the powers of the free will in spiritual and saving matters, make the effectiveness of the Calling depend on two things. For they maintain (1) that there is, in one man by his nature, a different and greater fitness for obedience than in another; therefore, if God sees to it that man is called in a manner corresponding to that fitness of his, the Calling could then obtain its effectiveness unto obedience: the Papists here also invent a merit of congruity, whereby God would bring the supernatural gifts to those who make good use of their natural gifts — which Arminius, seeking to soften and advance, teaches, namely, that upon the right use of the first grace, when man does thereby what is in him, a greater and further grace then regenerates him; meanwhile, however, and even more, (2) from the freedom of the human will, whereby he wills to allow and accept the calling, whether it be fitting or unfitting, since otherwise man would lose his freedom. The Socinians likewise trace the effectiveness of the Calling to two causes: to the Word itself, and to each man's free will. The Lutherans, too, trace it partly to the Word and its physical effectiveness in conversion, partly to God's converting grace. The Reformed acknowledge (at least as regards the first calling, with which we are here concerned) no better prior dispositions to obedience in the one than in the other, nor any natural powers of the free will to be obedient to the calling; the working of the Word they do indeed admit, but only a moral one; and thus they make the whole effectiveness of the Calling — that is, so far as the producing of obedience is concerned — depend solely on God's grace, and this in a physical manner, regenerating and converting. Because (1) Scripture traces it solely to the grace of election, 2 Tim. 1:7, 8, 9, Rom. 8:28, 30. Because (2) Scripture generally traces the Calling to grace, Rom. 11:15, 16, 18, 24, Tit. 3:4, 5, 1 Cor. 1:24, 29. Because (3) the first Calling is occupied about men who are dead in sins, Eph. 2:1, 5, 11, 17, unable to think a single good thought, 2 Cor. 3:5, 6, in whom, therefore, there are no prior dispositions corresponding to the calling, which could bring about obedience to the calling in the one more than in the other. (4) Because every privilege of a better fitness in the one than in the other depends, according to Scripture, on nothing other than the grace of regeneration and conversion, which follows upon the calling, 1 Cor. 4:7. (5) Because Scripture plainly traces the effectiveness of the Apostolic Calling to the working of God, Acts 2:47 and 13:48. (6) Because the Calling has not seldom obtained obedience in those in whom there were not only no good or fitting prior dispositions at all, but even the very worst, most contrary, and most hostile dispositions — for example, in Saul, Acts 9:1, 2, 1 Tim. 1:13; whereas, on the contrary, those who seemed to be of a more suitable nature have refused their obedience to the Calling — for example, the young Pharisee, Matt. 19:16-24, Mark 10:17-23. Nor have the Pelagians and their followers anything to object except (A) the Parable found in Matt. 25:29: "For unto every one that hath shall be given, and he shall have abundance: but from him that hath not shall be taken away even that which he hath," or seemed to have. Answer: The text does not speak of those who were, by nature, better fitted to obey the Calling than others, nor of such as had, by a better and more upright use of natural gifts, either merited, from fittingness and propriety, as the Papists speak, or had somehow obtained that supernatural gifts should be brought to them on account of a more upright and better use of natural gifts, as Arminius holds; but of good and faithful servants, vs. 21 — certainly such as were made so by the grace of conversion, who, by the good use of both the natural and the supernatural gifts entrusted to them by grace, gave God reason to grant them yet greater and further gifts. They object (B) that the unregenerate Scribe is said by Christ not to be far from the Kingdom of God, Mark 12:34, from which they conclude that, among the unregenerate, one is nearer to the kingdom of God than another. Answer: The Savior, looking not so much at the person of this Lawyer as at his sensible answer — "Jesus, seeing that he had answered discreetly" — meant to indicate that his answer was not far from the Kingdom of God, or from Evangelical truth. They allege (C) that Cornelius the Centurion, not yet being regenerate, sought and desired the calling of Peter, and was obedient to it, Acts 10. Answer: That he was not unregenerate is evident from vs. 2, where it is said of him that he was devout, and one that feared God, ... and gave much alms to the people, and prayed to God always — whereas, apart from and without Christ, we can do nothing, John 15:5. He was also endowed with faith, though, according to the manner of that time, indeterminately in the Messiah — although he did not yet know that Jesus was that Messiah, of which determinate knowledge he still had to be converted through Peter. Parties say (D) that there are preparations for conversion, and thus that conversion is preceded by them. Answer: There are preparations for bringing about the exercise of faith and repentance, through the turning and conversion which follows upon the calling and regeneration; therefore no preparations for the calling and regeneration itself are to be found, as we shall show in the Chapters on Regeneration and Conversion. Yes, but, it is said, (E) that, according to experience itself, one unregenerate person is of an easier and more suitable nature than another. Answer: This is indeed true; but that this easier nature should constitute a good disposition on which the obedience of the Calling should depend — that is precisely what we deny, and what it is for the opposing parties to prove. Nor do (F) the Socinians and Lutherans have anything with which to prove the physical effectiveness of the word of God to produce the obedience of the Calling, except the passage Rom. 1:16, with similar ones, for example, 1 Cor. 1:18 and 15:2, in which the Gospel is called the power of God unto salvation to every one that believeth. Answer: By this it is signified that the word of God is a powerful instrument unto salvation, but only a moral instrument, which works only in and through the power of its principal cause, namely, of God, working in a physical manner, regenerating and converting.
XX. Whether the Calling Now Takes Place without the Outward Word, by an Inward Word Alone
Thirdly it is asked: whether the Calling now takes place without the outward Word, by an inward word alone? The Enthusiasts, out of contempt for Scripture — as though it were fitted only for the children of that age — seeking after and boasting of divine inbreathings, whereby God would, they suppose, suggest and breathe into them what must be done, just as formerly to the Prophets and Apostles, maintain this question and controversy. Christians, although they acknowledge (1) that God, by an inward word, without an outward one, formerly made known to the Patriarchs, Prophets, and Apostles alone those things which were to be observed; (2) that He can still do the same, if He wills; (3) that the outward word, without the illumination of the Holy Spirit customary to the elect, can do nothing toward regeneration and salvation — nevertheless deny that God, at this present time, reveals anything necessary to salvation which is not written in the Word of Scripture, in which the rule of faith and life now stands so precisely described; and they therefore also deny that the Calling ought to be sought, or gloried in, by an inward word alone: (1) Because God generally and commonly points and sends us to the Scripture, Isa. 8:20, John 5:39, Luke 16:29. (2) Because He continually and constantly forbids adding anything to Scripture, Deut. 4:2 and 12:32, and this on pain of the curse, Gal. 1:6-9, Rev. 22:18, 19. (3) Because, by that outward word of Scripture alone, the man of God is perfect, and throughly furnished, ἐξηρτισμένος, unto all good works, 2 Tim. 3:16, Ps. 19:8, 9, 2 Sam. 22:31, 2 Pet. 1:19. (4) Because that inward and enthusiastic word is subject to various errors and deceptions, both as regards those who glory in it and those who hear it, 1 John 4:1, and we are for this reason charged to try what is set before us, both there and 1 Thess. 5:21, and this according to the rule of the written word, Acts 17:11. Let me add (5) that Paul traces faith to hearing, and thus to the outward word, Rom. 10:14, 15. Nor have the Enthusiasts anything to allege for themselves except (a) the dead letter, 2 Cor. 3:6; or (b) the revelations or illuminations customary to believers — to which objections we have given sufficient answer, Book I, Chapter II, §32. The remaining questions and controversies commonly raised and treated concerning the Calling belong to the following Chapters.
The Practical Part
XXI. It Commends to Us the Virtues of the One Who Calls
The practical use of this Chapter commends us, first, to the One who Calls: that we should show forth the praises of Him who hath called us, ... 1 Pet. 2:9. And what are these praises? If we (1) consider the general Calling — although neither that calling, nor the Caller, intends the very salvation of the called — yet it discloses and reveals both the Providence of the Caller, and His care for men, whereby He will not leave Himself without witness, Acts 14:17 and 17:26, 27, Rom. 1:19; and also His general goodness, whereby He, through nature itself, while inviting them to know and serve God, allures them to that one thing in which the highest and greatest perfection of man consists, John 17:3; indeed, whereby He brings it about that the utmost barbarity, the very plague of human society and fellowship, is kept away. If we (2) proceed to the common Calling, whereby He invites all sorts of sinners to the Redeemer, and to fellowship in the redemption, on condition of fulfilling the conditions: then the Calling will disclose the virtue (1) of God's grace, whereby, being offended, He allows the offender to be reconciled, offers it, sets forth the means, and allures with the choicest urging and moving reasons, 2 Cor. 5:18, 19; (2) that His avenging justice will, if the offender is unwilling to hear, if he willfully rejects the offered reconciliation, punish him all the more severely, Matt. 22:2-9 and 23:37, 38, Isa. 5:2-8, Prov. 1:20; (3) then His common love of mankind, that He delivers the human race, by this Calling, from an inhuman barbarity, and brings it over to honesty, refinement, and civility. If we (3) come to the Calling which is proper to the elect, whereby God intends not only to offer grace, but also to bring it and bestow it — oh, what this Calling discloses! (1) An exceedingly great Mercy, and salvation, Tit. 3:5, an overflowing riches of grace, Eph. 1:7, 8 and 2:4, 7. (2) His independent Might and Authority, whereby, according to His good pleasure, He calls this one and lets that one go and lie, Matt. 24:40, 41, Rom. 9:15, 16, 24, John 3:8, Gal. 1:15. (3) His unsearchable and unfathomable Wisdom, Eph. 1:8, 9 and 3:10, in expounding the divine wisdom of the Gospel, 1 Cor. 2:6, 7, 13, in appointing and prescribing the Laws and conditions of the Redemption, Eph. 1:9-11 — so that here too one must cry out: "O the depth of the riches, both of the wisdom and of the knowledge of God!" Rom. 11:33, 34. These and other virtues of the One who calls, the Calling commends to us, to this end, that we should show them forth, 1 Pet. 2:9 — that is, (a) that we should know and acknowledge them with our understanding, 1 Cor. 2:8, 10; (b) glory and praise them with our mouth, Rom. 11:33; (c) exhibit and express them with our works and deeds, so far as lies in us, by following them, 1 Pet. 1:15, 16.
XXII. It Commends to Us the Most Blessed Lot of the Called
Secondly, it commends to us the most blessed lot of those who have become partakers of the Calling — not only of the common calling, but also of this holy, 2 Tim. 1:9, and heavenly calling, which is from above, Phil. 3:14, Heb. 3:1, and saving, Tit. 2:11. For if you consider a little more distinctly: (1) the One who calls, who is occupied and busy about it, namely, God, 1 Thess. 4:7, 1 Cor. 1:9, and indeed all the particular Persons of the Trinity — the Father, Matt. 16:17, John 6:45; the Son, Prov. 1:20, Matt. 11:28; the Holy Spirit, John 3:8. If we (2) consider the moving cause of the Calling, namely, mere grace — not a common, but a distinguishing grace, Gal. 1:15, of the eternal Election, Rom. 8:30, 2 Tim. 1:9, an excellent riches of grace, Eph. 2:4, 7. If (3) we consider the Called — not the fallen Angels, Heb. 2:16, whom He has bound with chains of everlasting darkness, 2 Pet. 2:4, Jude v. 6, Rev. 20:2, but men, John 3:16 — no wise, mighty, noble ones, but that which is foolish in the world, that which is weak, base, indeed that which is nothing, 1 Cor. 1:26, 27, 28, and indeed sinners, Matt. 9:13, enemies and rebels, Rom. 5:6, 8, 10, children of wrath, dead in sins, Eph. 2:1, 5. If (4) we consider the effectiveness of the Calling, whereby God is occupied about them, namely, the exceeding greatness of His power, according to the working of the strength of His might, Eph. 1:19. If (5) we consider the termini of the Calling: (1) whence — namely, the darkness, by which, in the Scriptures, every kind and sort of misery is commonly signified, Isa. 1:10, Ps. 23:4, Matt. 22:13 and 25:30; (2) whereunto — the light, His marvellous light, 1 Pet. 2:9, by which every kind and sort of blessedness is commonly expressed in the Scriptures, Ps. 36:10, John 8:12, on account of which the called are named children of light, John 12:36, Luke 16:8. If (6) we consider those who have been passed over in the calling, left in and to their own ways, Acts 14:16, on the ways of damnation, Eph. 2:12, 13, and this so very great a multitude passed over, Matt. 22:14. If, finally, (7) we consider the end and aim of the Calling — unto His glory, 1 Thess. 2:12, 1 Pet. 5:10, unto the obtaining of the glory of our Lord Jesus Christ, 1 Thess. 2:12, unto blessing, 1 Pet. 3:9, and unto the fellowship of all the divine promises, Acts 2:39, whereby all things work together for good to the called, Rom. 8:28. These and other things, if you piously gather and weigh them together — O good God! how great a blessedness of the called they will not disclose! Now, to what end does the Calling commend to the called this so happy and blessed a lot? Answer: (1) That they may rightly know and acknowledge it, Eph. 1:18: "That ye may know what is the hope of His calling"; Rom. 8:28: "We know ... who are the called according to His purpose." (2) That they may feel it, and rejoice with unspeakable joy, 1 Pet. 1:3, 8. (3) That, on this account, they may be thankful to God, Col. 1:12, 13. (4) That they may more and more strive and press toward the mark, for the prize of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus, Phil. 3:14, 1 Tim. 6:12. And (5) that they may walk worthy, in a manner corresponding, of the calling wherewith they are called, Eph. 4:1, 1 Thess. 2:12, and 1:11.
XXIII. It Shows, on the Contrary, the Most Wretched State of Those Who Are Not Called
Thirdly, it shows and represents, on the contrary, the most wretched state of those who either (1) are not called to grace at all, Acts 14:16, Ps. 147:19, 20 — from whom, by His Providence, it has even been hindered and prevented, Acts 16:6 — or (2) are not called in a saving manner, Matt. 22:14. And who are these? They are (1) those who do not hear the One who calls, Prov. 1:24, who, like an adder, stop their ears against Him, Ps. 58:5, 6. (2) Those who do hear, but harden their heart against the calling, Ps. 95:7, 8, and pay no heed to it, but neglect it, Heb. 2:3. (3) Those who, being called, refuse to come, Matt. 22:3 and 23:37, John 5:40. (4) Those who despise the calling, Matt. 22:5, and put it behind all earthly and worldly things, Luke 14:17-21. (5) Those who, moreover, persecute those who call, Matt. 22:6 and 23:37, and 10:17, 18. (6) Those who do not receive the Redeemer offered to them in and through the calling, John 1:11, Luke 9:53. (7) Those who refuse to fulfill and perform the reception, or rather the laws and conditions of the reception — for example, faith, John 3:16, 36, the denial of themselves, the taking up of the cross, the following of Christ, Luke 9:23, the crucifying of the flesh, and of their own lusts, Gal. 5:24. The misery of such men you may see and grasp even from the tears which the calling Redeemer Himself, out of reflection thereon, shed, Luke 19:41, and likewise from the lament that followed: "O that thou hadst known, even thou, at least in this thy day, the things which belong unto thy peace! ... because thou knewest not the time of thy visitation," vs. 42, 44; compare Matt. 23:37. This misery you shall see yet more clearly if you consider more distinctly: (A) on the one hand, the shamefulness of the neglected and despised Calling, whereby they (a) despise the calling God, the king who prepares a wedding for His Son, and has, again and again, sent out His servants to call the invited, Matt. 22:2, 3, 4; then (b) so far as lies in them, they seek to deprive God of His counsel, and to rob Him of His purpose, Luke 7:30, Acts 7:51. Moreover (c), they show themselves to be most shamefully ungrateful, not only against the most friendly invitation of the One who calls, Matt. 23:37 and 22:3, Rev. 3:20, Song 5:2, but also against the benefits offered in the calling, Isa. 5:1, 2, 4. Further (d), they sin in many ways against themselves, against their own soul and salvation, by neglecting the Redeemer offered to them, the acceptable time of eternal salvation, John 1:11, Matt. 23:37, 2 Cor. 6:1, 2, Luke 19:42, 43, the day of their visitation, that day of theirs appointed for the securing and working out of their peace. They also sin (e) against God's Servants and Ambassadors, Matt. 22:3, 4, 6, to whom God has committed and entrusted the ministry of reconciliation, 2 Cor. 5:18, 19. (B) On the other hand, if you consider and weigh the corresponding and proportionate punishments of this most shameful neglect: namely, (a) they make themselves unworthy of a blessed calling, Matt. 22:8, and unworthy also of eternal life, Acts 13:46; (b) they stir up against themselves the wrath and indignation of the calling God, ibid. vs. 7; (c) they shut themselves out from all further calling, and likewise from the benefits offered in the calling, Luke 14:24; (d) they provoke against themselves the fearful and dreadful vengeance of the despised Caller, Matt. 21:43, 2 Thess. 1:8. To all of which (e) is added, that they must forever lack all those benefits which we have, in the preceding paragraph, assigned to those who are savingly called; and that they, on the contrary, (f) expose themselves to and for that unspeakable misery which the Apostle sets forth, Eph. 2:12 with vs. 17.
XXIV. It Bids Us Earnestly Examine Ourselves
Fourthly, it bids us earnestly examine ourselves, whether God has also called us, Rom. 9:24, and with what sort of Calling — whether only with a common one, or also with a saving one. For if (1) the Calling is the first undertaking and endeavor of the Holy Spirit to apply the redemption of Christ, Rom. 8:30, "whom He called, them He also justified," and is therefore the first step to all grace. If (2) the benefits of the saving Calling are so great, as we have said in §21. If, on the contrary, (3) the misery is so great of those who are either not called at all, or called only with a common calling, as we have shown in §22. If (4) the Holy Spirit prescribes it as a certain foremost duty of Christian diligence to make our Calling sure (βεβαίαν), 2 Pet. 1:10 — certainly, to examine and prove it beforehand, 2 Cor. 13:5. If (5) the Apostle is so fervent, in his wishes to God, in praying for his Ephesians this benefit, that God would give them the Spirit of Wisdom ... namely, the eyes of their understanding being enlightened, that they might know, by means thereof, what is the hope of His calling, Eph. 1:17, 18. If (6) on the examined and proven certainty of our saving Calling depends the assurance of the divine grace and love from which the Calling flows, Eph. 2:4, 7; likewise the assurance of our election, 2 Pet. 1:10, "calling and election"; Rom. 8:30, "whom He did predestinate, them He also called" — the assurance also of our justification and glorification: "whom He called, them He also justified," ibid.; the certainty, further, of our whole fellowship with Christ, 1 Cor. 1:9; and if thus all peace of mind, comfort in adversity, joy in prosperity, flows from this assurance. If (7) the knowledge and conviction of our lack and want — that we are not yet partakers of this saving Calling — is the first step toward longing after it, and toward the fellowship that follows thereon, Luke 15:17, 18, Acts 2:37. Is it not, then, for all these reasons, well worth the trouble and the pains, that we should bring all diligence to a careful proving of it? But by what marks shall we determine this? Answer: (1) then are we savingly called to receive the Redeemer and the redemption, if we have received the Redeemer by a living faith, John 1:11, 12, if we have come to Him, John 6:45. Then also (2), if we have allowed and received the conditions of the Redemption which are set before us for observance in the Calling — faith, John 3:16, the denial of ourselves, the taking up of the cross, the following of Christ, Luke 9:23, the crucifying of the flesh and of the fleshly lusts, Gal. 5:24. Then, moreover, (3), if we have passed out of darkness into the light, 1 Pet. 2:9, Eph. 5:8 — that is, if we have been drawn out of our old and former ignorance of Christ into His saving knowledge, Gal. 1:16, 2 Cor. 4:6. Then, further, (4), if we feel, from the Calling, a sincere love for the Word of God, John 8:47, and for its Preachers, by whose ministry God has called us, 1 John 4:5, 6. Then, moreover, (5), if we have, by the Calling, been delivered out of the power of darkness, Col. 1:13 — that is, from the works of darkness, Rom. 13:12 — if we no longer walk in darkness, 1 John 1:6, but rather have an aversion to all uncleanness of sin, 1 Thess. 4:7. Then, finally, (6), if we diligently apply ourselves to holiness, unto which we are called of God, 1 Thess. 4:7 — whence Christians are called called saints, Rom. 1:6, 1 Cor. 1:2, and the Calling itself a holy calling, 2 Tim. 1:9, namely, that we should be holy, as He who has called us is holy, 1 Pet. 1:15 — whence the called are said to be sanctified of God the Father, Jude v. 1.
XXV. It Stirs Up a Love, Desire, and Longing after Fellowship with It
Fifthly, it stirs up a love, desire, and longing after fellowship with it. For it is (1) a calling of a sinner, Matt. 9:13, Acts 26:18. It is (2) a calling to the Redeemer, and to the redemption, Matt. 11:28, John 6:37. It is (3) a calling to a Kingdom, to glory, 1 Thess. 2:12, to the glory of our Lord Jesus Christ, 2 Thess. 2:14, 1 Pet. 5:10. It is (4) a holy calling, 2 Tim. 1:9, which is from above, Phil. 3:14, a heavenly calling, Heb. 3:1, a saving (σωτήριος) calling, Tit. 2:11. It is (5) a most profitable calling, John 6:44; compare §21. It is (6) absolutely necessary, as Heb. 5:9 shows. Nor does it stir up a wholly negligent love and desire, but a wholly diligent one, 2 Pet. 1:10: "Wherefore the rather, brethren, give diligence" — (1) to have a desire and longing, compare Prov. 2:4 and 8:17, since love and desire cannot be a true love and desire if it is not active; (2) to be most attentive and watchful upon and where the word is, by which means God is accustomed to call us, 1 Pet. 2:2, Acts 16:14, Matt. 13:20, 23; (3) and this not sometimes, now and then, but constantly and steadfastly, daily, Prov. 8:34, day and night, Ps. 1:2, Deut. 6:6, 7 and 17:19; not (4) hastily, and as it were in passing, but by searching (ἐρευνᾶτε), John 5:39, Josh. 1:8, Ps. 1:2.
XXVI. It Admonishes Us to Duties Corresponding to the Calling
Sixthly, it admonishes us to answer the infinite and immeasurable benefit of the Calling with our corresponding and fitting duties, Gal. 1:15, 16. But what are these duties that correspond to the Calling? Answer: (1) To hear and give heed — for it befits one who calls that there be one who hears, Prov. 25:12, 1 Sam. 3:9, especially since He cries aloud in calling, that is, calls with great earnestness, force, and power, as the Essential Wisdom does, Prov. 1:20: "Wisdom crieth without" — and most of all, since He who calls and speaks is God, Amos 3:6, 8. Whence that continual Prophetic exhortation: "Hear the word of the LORD," Isa. 1:2, 10, Jer. 2:4, Lam. 1:8, etc.; likewise: "He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit ... saith," Rev. 2:7, 17, 29 and 3:6, 13, 22 — just as, on this account, all the called are said to hear the voice of Christ, John 10:27. (2) To come to the One who calls, Matt. 11:28, John 7:37, Isa. 55:1, Rev. 22:17, and to follow the One who calls, Matt. 4:19, Rev. 14:4. (3) To obey Him, Acts 9:4, 6, Ps. 45:11. (4) To receive the Redeemer who is offered in the Calling, John 1:11, 12 — for these are mutually correlative things, offering and receiving; and this is the sole work of the Calling, to offer the Redeemer, that we may lay hold of and receive Him, Phil. 3:12: "I press ... if that I may apprehend that for which also I am apprehended." (5) To fulfill the conditions which are required beforehand, by the Calling, for fellowship in the redemption: faith, John 3:16, conversion, Matt. 9:13, the denial of ourselves, the taking up of the cross, the following of Christ, Matt. 16:24, 25, the crucifying of the flesh with its lusts, Gal. 5:24. (6) To press and strive toward the prize of the heavenly Calling, Phil. 3:14, 1 Cor. 9:24, Eph. 1:18. (7) To walk worthy of the Calling, Eph. 4:1, 1 Thess. 2:12, 2 Thess. 1:11. (8) To renounce ungodliness and worldly lusts, and to live soberly, righteously, and godly, Tit. 2:11, 12. (9) To lay hold on eternal life, whereunto we are called, 1 Tim. 6:12. And that we may, by these duties, the more readily and promptly answer the benefit of the Calling, we must earnestly consider and reflect: (1) Who calls — namely, God, 1 Thess. 4:7, John 15:16, 1 John 4:10, and indeed the particular Persons of the Trinity, Eph. 1:17, 1 John 5:7 — the Father, John 6:45, Eph. 1:17, 18; the Son, Prov. 1:20, Matt. 11:28; the Holy Spirit, Rev. 2:11, 17 and 22:17. (2) By what cause, being moved, He calls — namely, by and out of pure and unmixed mercy, love for mankind, and riches of grace, Eph. 1:7, 8, 1 Pet. 5:10. (3) Whom He calls — namely, sinners, Matt. 9:13. (4) Whence and whereunto — He calls from or out of darkness unto His marvellous light, 1 Pet. 2:9, unto the fellowship of His Son, 1 Cor. 1:9, unto fellowship in the redemption, 1 Thess. 2:12, 1 Pet. 5:10. (5) By whom He calls — not by Himself immediately, nor by Angels, since these would be terrifying to us, but by men of like passions, James 5:17, to whom He has committed and entrusted the ministry of reconciliation, to discharge the embassy in the place and stead of Christ, 2 Cor. 5:18, 19. (6) In what manner, and with how great affections and inclinations, He calls — namely, crying aloud, Prov. 1:20, John 7:37, coaxing and playing, Song 5:2, knocking, ibid., Rev. 3:20, protesting, Deut. 5:29 and 32:29, Ps. 81:13, Isa. 48:18, yea, weeping, Luke 19:41, 42, demanding and protesting, Ezek. 18:31 and 33:11, Jer. 2:5 and 8:5, Mic. 6:3, Matt. 23:37, moving by all means, Isa. 5:4, both by benefits and by judgments, Rom. 11:22, Isa. 44:22 with Hos. 5:15, persisting many times and in many ways, not once, but many times, indeed continually, now by this means, now by that, Jer. 3:1, 22, Hos. 14:2, Matt. 23:37, promising infallible grace to those who obey, Jer. 3:22, John 6:37, Luke 15:22, 23. But in whatever manner, how shall we, with our duties, answer the Calling? Answer: (a) At once, today, Ps. 95:7, 8, Song 5:2-7, Matt. 6:19-22 and 8:21, 22. (b) Readily and promptly, with a willing and sincere heart, with all affection, Acts 17:11, Ps. 110:3. (c) Even with the forsaking, disdaining, and loss of our earthly and temporal advantages and goods, Matt. 4:23 and 19:27. (d) Absolutely and unreservedly, Acts 9:6. To this end (e) carefully observing the opportunities and the movements of the Spirit, Song 2:8, Rom. 8:14.
Chapter III: Of the Regeneration of Those to Be Redeemed
On John 3:5
"Verily, verily, I say unto thee, Except a man be born of water and of the Spirit, he cannot enter into the kingdom of God."
I. The Second Applying Act Consists in Regeneration
The first act of the Application, whereby the Holy Spirit offers the Redeemer and the redemption to those to be redeemed, to be received by them, we have now explained: there follows now the second, whereby He brings to those who shall receive it the powers by which they are able to receive it — which comes about through Regeneration, the necessity of which the Redeemer Himself points out, John 3:5.
The Explanatory Part
II. Exposition of the Text
In these words is contained an earnest and strong assuring testimony of the Redeemer, concerning the necessity of Regeneration. Concerning which is noted:
1. The One Who Testifies: "I say unto thee" — where the pronoun "I" is included in the Greek word λέγω, "I say." I, whom thou hast already greeted and called Rabbi, a Teacher come from God, of which thou art convinced by and through so many wonders, vs. 2. I, who am the Amen, or that true God, the Amen, Isa. 65:16, vs. 3 (of which presently), the truth itself, John 14:6, who cannot be deceived, nor deceive and lie, Tit. 1:2, Heb. 6:18, whom thou therefore mayest and must confidently believe. I say, λέγω — to say is the work of an Orator; to speak, that of the common people. I say, as the Father's Orator, ὁ λόγος, the Word of the Father. I say — I assure, I testify, I attest, John 7:14 — thee, and not thee alone, but also the whole nation, indeed, moreover, all coming ages, John 3:7.
III. The Assuring Testimony: "Verily, Verily"
The Greek word Ἀμήν, Amen, is exactly the same as the Hebrew word אמן, Amen, from אמן, Aman, which is retained in the Greek, likewise by the Syrian and the Arabian, and by all Latin translators — indeed, even in all common languages. It is an adverb used by one who affirms something, that is, truly, certainly, that it is so as the matter stands, or that it is what is true. Aquila renders it πεπιστωμένως, "faithfully." The LXX have γένοιτο, "let it be so"; sometimes they translate it "it is Amen." It is a word either (1) of one who confirms something already said before, as in Num. 5:22, Deut. 27:26, 1 Cor. 14:16; or (2) of one who assures and confirms something that is about to be said. The first use is the most common in the Old Testament, the latter in the New. It is a participle, of confirming, which is translated either "verily," or "so be it, let it be so"; in the first way it is used to confirm things which are said and asserted; in the second way, to confirm things which are wished for. If it is an asserting expression, it is worth as much as "truly, verily"; if it is a wishing or praying expression, it says, "I pray, so be it, let it be so." Both these meanings are contained in the Greek word ναί (nai), which now asserts, now expresses the vehemence of desire — whence Luke has rendered the word ἀμήν, Amen, by ναί, nai. Paul has set them together, ναὶ καὶ ἀμήν, "yea, and amen," 2 Cor. 1:20, so that the one might, in an emphatic manner, explain the other. The Savior doubles the word ἀμήν, amen, saying, "amen, amen" — "verily, verily" — perhaps in a distinct and different sense, namely, that the first should signify Himself: I am the Amen, that God, the Amen, Isa. 65:16, as it happens, Rev. 3:14, "these things saith the Amen, the faithful and true witness"; and that the second should express the matter that is true — so that the sense that arises is this: I, the true and truthful God, say in truth, the true thing, that which is true. It would also serve to give a more forceful confirmation and urgency than His wonder-sayings elsewhere, concerning the absolute necessity of regeneration, and to awaken faith in it the more powerfully in Nicodemus: I, the Teacher sent from God, say unto thee verily, and say it to thee again. Nor are there wanting those who hold that this doubling is not a simple one, but rather confirms and asserts with an oath, and that it is the same as הי אני, hhai ani, under the Old Testament — "I live," or "as I live, saith the LORD" — for which the Chaldee paraphrase has קים אנא, "steadfast, constant, sure," or "Amen I" — whence he holds קים to be the same as the Hebrew נשבע, "to swear" — קים אלהא, "God hath sworn." Yet it does not seem to me consistent that such a careful and zealous rebuker and censurer of a rash oath, Matt. 5:33, 34, should Himself have sworn so frequently — for it is said that He used this word fifty times. Let it therefore be, at the least, a weighty asseveration and assurance, or, as the Hebrews speak, a strengthening and confirming of the statement, very fitting to His wonder-sayings concerning the unavoidable necessity of regeneration.
IV. The Thing Asserted and Testified
Here is noted:
1. The Regeneration: γεννηθῇ, "be born," or "shall have been born" — the same which He had said in vs. 2, γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν, "be born," or "shall have been born," "again," or "from above." There the adverb ἄνωθεν, anothen, means, according to some, "again," "anew," δεύτερον, "a second time" — as Nicodemus himself seems to have taken the word in vs. 4, in which sense it likewise occurs, Gal. 4:9. The Syriac and Persian versions also translate it thus in this place, as it is likewise in Peter, ἀναγεγεννῆσθαι, "to be born again," 1 Pet. 1:3, 23. According to others, ἄνωθεν means "from above," or "from the highest," as in vs. 31 and John 19:11, James 1:17 and 3:17 — which also the Savior seems to intend, when He explains this ἄνωθεν, anothen, of vs. 3, in vs. 5, by "born of water and spirit," or, "spiritually," and "from above," and "out of Heaven." What if we joined two subordinate things together, so that to be born ἄνωθεν, anothen, should mean both to be born from above, out of heaven, and spiritually, and also to be born anew, or again? Since that birth from above, or spiritual birth, is also a repeated birth, as following upon the first and natural birth, which is according to the flesh. Γεννηθῇ, "be born," or "shall have been born" — He calls it a birth, to signify a general amendment or renewal of man — not merely of this or that part or faculty, but that a total amendment of the whole man is necessary, which is a new and repeated birth, whereby one becomes a new man, a new creature, and walks in newness of life, 2 Cor. 5:17, Gal. 6:15, Rev. 21:5. Concerning which more shall occur in the Doctrinal Part.
2. The Origin of the Regeneration: "of water and of the Spirit." That the little word "of" signifies here, not a material, but an efficient cause, just as happens, Rom. 11:36, Luke 1:35, is beyond doubt from the matter under consideration; since spiritual regeneration comes about neither out of water nor out of spirit as matter. Ὕδατος καὶ πνεύματος, "water and spirit," some regard as two distinct things, so that by water they understand the instrumental cause and by spirit the principal and chief cause, because the Spirit brings about the regeneration through water. And this again not in one way: namely, by water they understand either the Jewish βαπτισμούς, "washings," "ablutions," with which the Jews, and among them especially the Pharisees, were accustomed to wash and cleanse their proselytes — incoming Gentile strangers, or converts to Judaism — who were now to be received and admitted into the Jewish Church, and likewise their hands, garments, food, and members of the body; of which washings mention seems to be made, Mark 7:8, Heb. 9:10, Mark 7:4 — to which our Nicodemus also, being a Pharisee, seems to have been attached; or by "water" they understand the Sacramental water of Baptism, because the Spirit would regenerate through it. And here again some hold that in this place the water of Baptism is meant directly — so most of the ancients; others only by a certain allusion or play on words; others, better, understand by it, through a figure of speech called hendiadys (whereby only one thing is expressed by two words), but a single subject — either the water of the Spirit, a spiritual water, or the watery Spirit, who, like water, cleanses and purifies through regeneration. For indeed the Savior does not intend to bring Nicodemus to the receiving of the Sacrament of Baptism (which, at that time, at least as an ordinary and general Sacrament, had not yet been instituted), but to the seeking and desiring of the regeneration of the Holy Spirit, Tit. 3:5 — for which reason also, in continuing His discourse, He makes mention only of the Spirit, but of no water, vs. 6, 7, 8. But that by "the Spirit" is meant the third Person of the Trinity, with reference to the working of a spiritual cleansing and purifying which comes about through regeneration and renewal, Tit. 3:5, we need not remind the reader.
3. The Necessity of This Regeneration, in which is noted: a. The Formula for indicating both its necessity and its universality. Ἐὰν μή τις γεννηθῇ, "except one be born," or "unless one be born" — where the little word "one" extends the necessity to each and every one, so that not a single person is exempt from this necessity. Meanwhile, however, less is said by this formula and expression than might appear — namely, not only that no one shall be saved without this regeneration, but also that all who are regenerate shall be saved; not that nothing else is required for salvation besides regeneration (at least in its narrower and more restricted sense), since besides this, conversion and sanctification, and other things, are also required beforehand, by which the capacity of regeneration is carried forward to the actuality of faith and conversion — but because all the regenerate, and each of them in particular, are also said to be destined for conversion, sanctification, faith, and repentance, and thus for salvation.
b. The Use and Benefit, or the matter to which regeneration serves and is directed: to enter into the Kingdom of God. Here "the Kingdom of God" signifies both the Kingdom of grace on earth, or the Church, of which Matt. 4:17, Col. 1:13 — that he might become of it a true and living member — and the kingdom of glory in Heaven, Luke 14:15 and 23:42, together with all that belongs to both these kingdoms, Luke 8:10 — that is, all spiritual benefits.
c. The Possession and Enjoyment of this kingdom: "he cannot enter," vs. 3; "he cannot see it." Here regeneration is extended to the power, δύναται, "he cannot" — the reason for which is given in the sixth verse: that which is born of flesh, that is, by a natural generation, is flesh, or fleshly and sinful; and that which is born of the Spirit is spirit, or spiritual and saving. Because regeneration, in this narrower sense so called, finds and grips man as spiritually dead, Eph. 2:1, 5, to whom it brings the first act of spiritual life, whereby he can and is able to do spiritual things. Apart from it, he cannot see the Kingdom of God — namely, being blind in his understanding, he neither comprehends the things of the Spirit of God, for they are foolishness unto him, nor can he understand them, because they are spiritually discerned, 1 Cor. 2:14; nor, even if he could see it, could he enter into the Kingdom of God, since he does not submit himself to the Law of God, nor indeed can he, Rom. 8:7, and is of himself unable to think anything that is spiritually good, 2 Cor. 3:5 — so that he necessarily needs to be enlightened, through regeneration, so as to see, and to be renewed, with respect to the will, so as to will to enter into the Kingdom of Heaven — which power and ability is afterward raised up to the act of faith and of repentance, through conversion and sanctification, so that he may thus at once both see and enter into the Kingdom of God.
The Doctrinal Part
III. Regeneration Is, besides the Calling, Also Necessary for the Application of Redemption
It is therefore not enough, for the application and fellowship of the Redemption, that the Redeemer and the redemption be offered, by the Calling, to those to be redeemed, to be received by them, unless powers also be brought to them by Regeneration, by which they are able to receive what is offered to them. For the Savior Himself expressly denies that anyone can, without regeneration, either see spiritual things, John 3:3, or, by faith, lay hold of them or desire to enter in, John 1:12, 13. Hence fellowship in the redemption, which is applied to us only through Christ, is brought only to those who are born of God. And a little more clearly the Apostle, Tit. 3:4, 5, having taught that the kindness of God our Savior had appeared to men — namely, through the offering of the Calling — goes on to say that He saved them; that is, that He applied to them the kindness or redemption of the Savior, through the regeneration and renewing of the Holy Spirit. To this all those passages of Scripture point which bring fellowship in the Redemption, or salvation: (1) in expressions relating to the regeneration and renewal of the Holy Spirit, such as, besides those already cited, are James 1:18, 1 Pet. 1:3, 23; (2) to the circumcision of the heart, Deut. 30:6, Rom. 2:29, Col. 2:11, 13; (3) to the taking away of the heart of stone, and the giving in its place of a heart of flesh, the bestowal of a new heart and of a new spirit, Ezek. 36:26 and Jer. 32:39; (4) to the creating of a clean heart, Ps. 51:10, Eph. 2:10 and 4:24, 2 Cor. 5:17; (5) to a spiritual drawing, Song 1:4, John 6:44, 65 — unless you would rather refer this to the grace of conversion; (6) to the enlightening of the understanding, Eph. 1:18, and the amending of the will, Phil. 2:13; (7) to spiritual awakening and quickening, Eph. 2:5, 6, John 5:25. All of which expressions are equivalent to those of Regeneration, signifying one and the same thing in a variety of ways.
IV. The Ground of This Necessity Lies in the Universal Spiritual Death of All Who Are to Be Redeemed
The ground of this necessity lies in the universal spiritual death of all who are to be redeemed, whereby they, no less than the reprobate, are by nature dead in sins, Eph. 2:1, 5, and Col. 2:14, Matt. 8:22, have a heart of stone, Ezek. 36:26, an uncircumcised heart, Acts 7:51, are blind in their understanding, 1 Cor. 2:14, Eph. 4:17, 18, and, in and with their will, turned away and averse from God, from the life of God, and from all spiritual and saving good, Eph. 4:18, 19; and are therefore altogether unable, even for the least good thought, 2 Cor. 3:5, and consequently also unable to receive, with a living faith, the Redeemer offered them in the Calling, and the Laws required beforehand for redemption — unless powers, in a new spiritual life, be brought to them by the Holy Spirit through Regeneration. Although, meanwhile, a man who is spiritually dead can hear spiritual things; can likewise understand what is heard, at least in a literal way; can even approve, with his judgment — at least with a merely contemplative judgment — what is understood and grasped; and finally, with his will, love and like, in a general way, what has been approved: for indeed the Holy Spirit, in regenerating and quickening, does not deal with those to be redeemed as with sticks, blocks, or unreasoning animals, but as with rational creatures, to whom He has, by the Calling, already beforehand set forth and offered the Redeemer and the conditions of the Redemption, to be received by them — to accept which He has invited them with the choicest of urging and moving reasons. Indeed, a man who is as yet spiritually dead can, if not by the powers of nature, then at least by the powers of a common grace, reach and attain to all things which are not joined with salvation, or which have no connection with salvation, Heb. 6:4, 5, 6, 9 — lest we should think that we have absolutely nothing to do or to accomplish with and among the unregenerate. Meanwhile, however, while they do all these things, they nevertheless do absolutely nothing that is spiritual, or at least not πνευματικῶς, in a spiritual manner, 1 Cor. 2:13, 14.
V. What Regeneration Is, as Regards the Name
That we may the better grasp and understand the nature of this, so necessary, Regeneration, we must, before all things, hold fast concerning the word, that Regeneration, both in Holy Scripture and among theologians, is sometimes used in a wider sense, insofar as it signifies the whole working of the Holy Spirit whereby He is occupied with the inward part of those to be redeemed, so as to bring them over into the state of grace — so that it signifies, besides the Calling, also Conversion and the initial Sanctification; in which sense the practical theologians (Practici) explain the marks of Regeneration, its motives and means; sometimes in a narrower sense, as it is distinguished from Calling, Conversion, and Sanctification — so that the calling signifies only the offering of the redemption to be received; regeneration brings the powers by which one to be redeemed is able to receive; conversion carries forward those powers into the very act; and sanctification, through the intervention (at least in the order of nature, if not also of time) of union with Christ and of Justification, brings forth the fruits of faith and conversion, in the practice of good works. And it is in this narrower sense that we now examine the matter of Regeneration. And thus it agrees, in sense, with the circumcision of the heart; with the taking away of the heart of stone and the giving in its place of a heart of flesh; with a new creation; with a drawing; with the enlightening; with a bending of the will; and especially with the spiritual awakening and quickening — of which matters we have already spoken in §3. Among the Greeks it is called a renewal, Tit. 3:5, a sanctification of the Spirit, 2 Thess. 2:13, a new creature, 2 Cor. 5:17, παλιγγενεσία καὶ ἀνανέωσις, "a regeneration," Matt. 19:28, 1 Pet. 1:3, 23. Thus regeneration, as far as the word is concerned, is nothing other than a repeated and spiritual birth, whereby spiritual life is brought to the soul in the same way that, by the first birth, natural life is brought to the body. So that here God is the Father, on account of whom we are said to be born of God, John 1:13, and the regenerate are called children of God, 1 John 5:1, 2; the Church is the Mother, in whose womb, as it were, we are conceived and nourished, Gal. 4:26; the Seed is the living and abiding Word of God, 1 Pet. 1:23, received through the calling. But all these things (while the divine nature is communicated to one who is regenerate, 2 Pet. 1:4, yet, as regards holiness, only in its own analogous way) make it fitting and proper enough to call it a birth, since it is nothing other than a communication of life, with a likeness thereto.
VI. What Regeneration Is, as to the Matter Itself
As to the matter itself, Regeneration is, for us, nothing other than that physical working of the Holy Spirit, whereby, to men — and indeed to elect, redeemed, and called men — the first act of spiritual life is brought, by which they are able to receive and fulfill the Redeemer and the conditions of the redemption set before and offered to them. So that, in this description, the following come into consideration:
VII. First, the Author Who Regenerates
First, the One who regenerates, theologically speaking, is God, John 1:13, Eph. 2:5, that Father of lights, from whom every good gift and every perfect gift comes down, James 1:17, 18 — since Regeneration is a work directed outward, common to the whole Trinity: whence it is, in an economical way, ascribed now (1) to the Father, as agreeing most with His Fatherhood, 1 Pet. 1:3, James 1:17, 18, from whom all fatherhood in heaven and on earth is named, Eph. 3:15, who, just as He has begotten a Son of His own, so also begets us, so that He is both His Father and our Father, John 20:17; now (2) to the Son, as to the meriting cause, 1 Pet. 1:2, 3, who is on this account also called a quickening Spirit, 1 Cor. 15:45, and that we live, we are said to live by the faith of the Son of God, Gal. 2:20; compare Phil. 1:21, Col. 3:4, John 14:6; now (3) to the Holy Spirit, John 3:3, 5, Tit. 3:5, whence He is called a Spirit of life, Rom. 8:2, 10 — because the Holy Spirit, by His working, touches Regeneration immediately, and because also spiritual life agrees most of all with the Spirit of life. The moving cause, as it were, is none other than God's exceeding great love, Eph. 2:5, 6, His exceeding great mercy, 1 Pet. 1:2, 3, Tit. 3:5, His gracious will and good pleasure, James 1:17. For indeed there is in us, especially before Regeneration (so long as we are children of wrath, dead in sins, Eph. 2:1, 5), nothing which could merit such a thing. The instrument (yet only a moral instrument) is the Word of God, 1 Pet. 1:23, already offered and received beforehand in the calling, as we have said.
VIII. Secondly, Those Who Are to Be Regenerated
Secondly, those who are to be regenerated are (1) Men, endowed with understanding and will, to whom He has, in a manner corresponding to their rational nature, already set before and offered the redemption, to be received by them — with whom He therefore wills to deal, not as with sticks and blocks and unreasoning animals, as we have said. (2) Elect men, 1 Pet. 1:2, 3 and 2:9 — for regeneration is not a common gift, but flows from a most distinguishing grace, as from an exceeding great love, Eph. 2:5, and from an exceeding great mercy, 1 Pet. 1:2, 3. (3) Redeemed men — for which reason Peter ascribes regeneration to those sprinkled with the blood of Jesus Christ, 1 Pet. 1:2, 3. Finally (4), those who are nevertheless as yet dead in sin, Eph. 2:1, 5, 6 — for no one can be made alive by regeneration except one who is spiritually dead. Let me add (5) — wholly and entirely, 1 Thess. 5:23, with respect to understanding, will, passions, sensitive faculties, etc., so that everything becomes alive and new, 2 Cor. 5:17 — just as, by natural birth, all the parts of man are made alive; just as also, through sin, the whole man is sick and dead, Isa. 1:5, 6.
IX. Thirdly,
Surely not a moral one, by offering and inviting, being busy about the Calling; but a physical act, powerfully bringing in the spiritual life: for this is proven not only (1) by Scripture with its constant expressions and manners of speech, when it mentions an exceeding greatness of His power toward us who believe, according to the working of the strength of His might; yea, that very same power which He wrought in Christ, when He raised Him from the dead, Eph. 1:19,20 — expressions which certainly savor nothing of a bare moral power; indeed, a spiritual circumcision; a taking away of the heart of stone, and a putting in its place of a heart of flesh; a creation of a new heart; a drawing; a working of the willing and the accomplishing; a raising from the dead, which manners of speech we brought forward above §3 — do these breathe of a bare and mere moral working? But also (11) the very nature of the matter, since Regeneration is occupied with those who are spiritually dead, in order to bring life to them, Eph. 2:1,5,6; yet what sort of moral working, by teaching, offering, or advising, can with reason be occupied about one who is dead?
X.
The goal of this physical working, or the first immediate effect of Regeneration, is expressed in Holy Scripture in more than one way. Sometimes (1) it is called grace, Zech. 12:10: I will pour out the Spirit of grace — that is, I will pour out, through my Spirit, grace. 2 Tim. 2:1: Be strengthened in grace. Heb. 13:9; 1 Pet. 2:19. By which grace we do not here understand (1) God's gracious favor, which men call a freely-given grace, and an external grace — of which not only man, but also every creature, possesses whatever it has; from which also a man, now being regenerated and having obtained spiritual powers through the gracious inflowing of Providence, is roused to apply the powers received to spiritual workings — in which sense we shall, in the following chapter, treat of the cooperation and influence of grace, God willing. But (2) by grace we here understand the effect of that favor, the freely-given grace, or the inward grace, which in Scripture is called χάρισμα, a gift, Rom. 11:6 and 1:11; 1 Cor. 1:7. Nor do we understand (3) every effect of this favor, since all the good that every creature possesses, and the very nature of all things, is of the grace of God, and in this sense a general grace must be allowed; but we understand a grace which is distinguished from, and set over against, nature, and, in man, against the natural powers of the free will. Nor do we understand (4) every effect of grace whereby, in its measure, one man excels another — for example, the gifts of architectural skill, or indeed of civil wisdom, Exod. 31:2,3 — which may be called a common grace, by means and help of which, even in moral matters, a man can do all sorts of things which are not joined with salvation, or which have no inseparable connection with eternal salvation. But (5) by grace we understand here, at any rate, that effect, or that gift of divine favor, whereby a man is able to pursue those above-mentioned spiritual things, and indeed such as Paul calls things that accompany salvation, Heb. 6:9. And in this sense, finally, grace signifies with us that which is brought about by Regeneration — those supernatural powers whereby men are enabled thereby to accept the conditions of the Covenant of Grace with a living faith in the Redeemer, to fulfill the conditions of Redemption, to turn from sin, to love God and the Mediator above all things, etc.
XI.
More often (11) is the goal of Regeneration called Spirit, John 3:6: That which is born of the Spirit is spirit. Gal. 5:16,17,18,22 — whence the regenerate are called spiritual, Gal. 6:1; 1 Cor. 3:1, who have a mind of the Spirit, Rom. 8:7, who understand the things that are of the Spirit, 1 Cor. 2:14, and discern them spiritually, ibid. We do not here understand the giving Spirit, but the given Spirit — unless you would rather call it the given Spirit with reference to the giving Spirit, that is, that spirit which the Holy Spirit, through Regeneration, brings, whose presence likewise makes the soul alive in a spiritual manner, just as the presence of the animal spirit makes the body alive in a natural manner, Ezek. 37:5; Acts 20:10. Hence the Spirit is said to make alive, John 6:63, and hence He is called the Spirit of life, Rom. 8:2, because the presence of this Spirit, given in the soul, constitutes the spiritual life, and makes man inclined and fit for spiritual things, just as the spirit of nature does for natural things. And this spirit, brought about by the Holy Spirit in Regeneration, is called, according to its various determinations, now a Spirit of grace, now a Spirit of supplications, Zech. 12:10, also a Spirit of faith, 2 Cor. 4:13 — named according to that power and working which He exercises in the regenerate: likewise Isa. 11:1,2. Wherefore by this spirit we understand nothing else here than the spiritual powers by which we are able to attend to spiritual things in a spiritual manner. And then also spiritual things are to us nothing else than, according to the Apostle's explanation, the things that are of the Spirit, 1 Cor. 2:14, or, as the Savior Himself speaks, the things of my Father, Luke 2:49.
XII.
Also more clearly (III) is it called the spiritual life, with respect to its first act — whence God is said to have made us alive together with Christ in our sins, Eph. 2:5, so that we also, with him, rise spiritually, ibid., and Col. 3:1 — on account of whose absence the unregenerate are said to be dead in sins, and estranged from the life of God, Eph. 4:18; and on account of whose presence, on the contrary, we are said to live unto God, Gal. 2:20, according to the will of God, and unto God, 1 Pet. 4:2,6. This spiritual life now consists in the reunion of the divine Image and of original righteousness with our soul, whereby, once in the state of uprightness, the first-created men could live unto God, and were fit for all sorts of spiritual activities, Eph. 4:24; Col. 3:10. For just as natural life consists in the union of the soul with the body, so spiritual life consists in the union of original righteousness with the soul; and just as, from natural life, man has powers for all sorts of natural workings, so a regenerate person has, from spiritual life, powers for spiritual workings; and just as, finally, in natural life, all the natural powers and faculties of man lie hidden potentially (virtualiter), which afterward, the senses being suitably enough disposed, come forth into actuality — so also, in this spiritual life, there lie hidden potentially all spiritual powers and virtues, which, by the working converting grace, gradually, each in its time, break forth into actuality.
XIII.
Hence also (IV) it is called the seed of God, 1 John 3:9, because in grace, in the spirit, and in the spiritual life — which parts are brought to the elect in regeneration — the seeds are contained of all those virtues which are necessary to salvation; which seeds, once that which must be set down is set down, do, by the watering converting grace, gradually, but nevertheless more certainly than anything that is certain, sprout up in their time and are brought into actuality. And (v) it is called the new creature, 2 Cor. 5:17; Gal. 6:15, whence the regenerate are called God's workmanship, created in Christ Jesus unto good works, that they should walk in them, Eph. 2:10. Likewise (VI), the new heart and the new spirit, Ezek. 36:26, because thereby the whole regenerate person, and all that he is and has — his spirit or understanding, and his heart, or will — become new, 2 Cor. 5:17; 1 Thess. 5:23; whence the new man is born, Eph. 4:23,24; Col. 3:10. Thus far the general goal, or the general effect, of Regeneration, namely, the spiritual life, with respect to its first act; which life, under other names, is called now grace, now spirit, now the seed of God, now a new creature, etc.
XIV.
That spiritual life, forming and quickening the whole regenerate person, and all his parts and faculties, and each of them individually, takes on, according to those various faculties, various names as well. So far as it is in the understanding, it is called a new spirit, Eph. 4:23; Col. 3:10 (per corrected reference), an enlightenment, or illumination, Eph. 1:18; 2 Cor. 4:6; and the enlightened are called children of light, Eph. 5:8, and its bringing, through the regenerate, is called a bringing of light, Luke 16:8; Eph. 5:8; 1 Thess. 5:5; and they are said to walk in the light of the Lord, Isa. 2:5 — which light brings a knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ, 2 Cor. 4:6; Col. 3:10; likewise the saving knowledge of God, John 17:3, and of the Mediator, Isa. 53:11. This spiritual light now produces (1) in those to be redeemed a simple apprehension or grasp, 1 Cor. 2:14, whereby they know and comprehend spiritual things, not only speculatively, under the relation of true and truthful, but also practically, under the relation of good. (11) Their judgment, 1 Cor. 2:14, whereby the regenerate pronounce concerning the goodness of spiritual things, not only in the abstract, as to what is spiritually good in the concept, but also in the concrete application, as to what is good and beneficial for them here and now, all circumstances duly considered, Ps. 73:28. Meanwhile this saving instruction must be carefully and cautiously distinguished from the illumination of the general calling, Heb. 6:4, in and by which the spiritual light is offered rather than conveyed, John 1:5; or if indeed some light is conveyed by an inward calling, Num. 24:3,4, that light is nevertheless merely speculative, only extracting an acknowledgment and confession of the truth, Matt. 7:21,22; Rom. 2:17-23; or, if also somewhat practical, it is only in the abstract, or in general showing to the understanding the goodness of the known truth, Matt. 13:20,21; Heb. 6:4, but not in the concrete application, awakening love for it, 2 Thess. 2:19, or persuading to obedience toward it, so as to walk in that truth, Gal. 2:14 and 3:1 — no, but rather holding the truth in unrighteousness, Rom. 1:18.
XV.
Insofar now as that spiritual light, brought about by regeneration, is in the will, it is called a new heart, Ps. 51:12, a fleshly, or pliable, heart, Ezek. 36:26, in which God has given and inscribed His fear, Jer. 32:39,40; Heb. 8:10, whereby they walk in His statutes, Ezek. 11:19,20. The Holy Spirit now brings to the heart or to the will, through regeneration, a certain new inclination, or bent, toward spiritual good: for just as the will, by its own nature, has an inclination and bent toward all sorts of moral good, Rom. 2:14,15, and civic good, Luke 19:10-12; Phil. 3:5,6 — by means of which an unregenerate person can, in non-saving duties, sometimes do astonishing things, Mark 1:19,20,21; Heb. 6:4,5 — so the will has utterly and completely lost its inclination and bent toward spiritual and saving good, through sin; whence the unregenerate are said to be dead in sin, Eph. 2:1,5, and unable of themselves to form even a single spiritually good thought, 2 Cor. 3:5. Wherefore it is necessary that a new inclination and bent toward that which is spiritually good be restored to the will, Rom. 7:22; 2 Thess. 3:5. For although the will, by its own nature, follows the last judgment of the deliberating understanding, so that, the understanding being sufficiently enlightened, no immediate improvement of the will would seem necessary — yet this must not be allowed further than that the understanding, with its last judgment, judges in accordance with the bent of the will. For that is good to and for the will which agrees with its inclination; so that, if by an impossible separation the understanding itself were enlightened most powerfully, while the will were not improved, the will would nevertheless not follow that practical judgment, because that judgment would not be pronounced according to its inclination and bent. For example, if the understanding of David judged that honor ought here and now, all things considered, to be preferred above adultery, yet his will was inclined toward adultery, because the understanding does not judge according to the present bent and inclination of the will — so the will by no means obeys. In this spiritual inclination and bent of the will, therefore, are contained the seeds of all the virtues which are definitely necessary to salvation — whence the seed is said to remain in the regenerate, by which they cannot give themselves over to sins, 1 John 3:9.
XVI.
And not only is spiritual life in regeneration brought to these upper faculties, understanding and will, but also to the lower and sensitive faculties, the passions, the senses, and even to the very members of the body: whence the Apostle expressly extends sanctification not only to πνεῦμα, the spirit, by which he seems to mean the spiritual faculties belonging to spirits alone — namely understanding and will — but also to ψυχήν, to the soul (whence we are called ψυχικοί, natural, animal, or soul-ish), by which he signifies the lower faculties which we have in common with the irrational animals; indeed even to the body, and to the bodily members, 1 Thess. 5:23. For just as spiritual death has likewise been brought upon these faculties too, through sin and through the disorder whereby they set themselves against and wage war against the spirit, Gal. 5:17 — which disorder is distinctly rebuked by the Holy Spirit (1) in the passions or affections and sufferings of the soul, Rom. 7:5; Gal. 5:24; Col. 3:5; 1 Thess. 4:5; Rom. 1:26; (11) in the sensitive and sensory faculties, for example in the sight, 2 Pet. 2:14, in the hearing, Ps. 58:5; (111) in the members of the body, Rom. 6:19 and 3:13-16, etc. — so also to these must, through regeneration, spiritual life be restored, whereby they can and may attend to their duties in a dutiful and proper manner, Rom. 6:19. That life, in the lower faculties, is an obedient faculty and virtue, whereby they are made fit not to rise up against the understanding and the will, but to submit to them, to be subject to them, or to be led by the Spirit, Gal. 5:17,18; Rom. 6:12,13,14,17; James 1:20 — just as formerly, in the state of uprightness, through the original righteousness of the image of God, those lower faculties stood in the most exact subjection under the command and dominion of the soul.
XVII.
Regeneration now brings that spiritual life only with respect to the first act, but not with respect to the second acts, whether these be conceived as habitual or as actual. For just as by natural birth there is not brought to man either the habit or the act of reasoning, speaking, or writing, but only the faculty (potentia) which, once that which must be set down is set down, breaks forth into acts as into sparks — so also, by regeneration, there is indeed not brought to those to be redeemed any faith, hope, love, repentance, etc., neither with respect to habit nor with respect to act, but with respect to the power and faculty alone, whereby a regenerate person, up to that point, neither actually believes nor is converted, but is merely able to do so: whence an unregenerate person is emphatically said, John 3, to be unable, or not to see, with respect to the understanding, v. 3, or to enter, with respect to the will, into the kingdom of God, v. 5 — which power and faculty, once set down, breaks forth in due time into the very act by a subsequent conversion. So that one truly regenerate, so far as habit and act are concerned, may for a time be an unbeliever, unconverted, and walking in sins — as is more clearly seen in those who are regenerated in the mother's womb, or in their infancy, like Jeremiah, Jer. 1:5, John the Baptist, Luke 1:15, Timothy, 2 Tim. 3:15 — who nevertheless, before the years of discretion, have produced no acts either of faith or of conversion.
Thus regeneration, whereby spiritual life is brought only with respect to the first act, differs from conversion, whereby one is advanced to the second acts, not only in the order of nature, but sometimes also, moreover, in the order of time. Although by this we do not wish to deny that it does happen, and indeed very often does happen, that the general sanctification of the Spirit — insofar as it includes the Calling, Regeneration, Conversion, and the more particular Sanctification — is accomplished at one and the same time; which seems to have occurred in the thief who was converted by Christ at the end of his life, Luke 23:40-44; but we mean only to indicate that they can be separated for a time, and are indeed often actually separated from one another.
XVIII.
Since therefore regeneration brings spiritual life with respect to the first act, it must be acknowledged: (1) that man, in this regard, can be understood to be positioned no otherwise than merely passively — just as, for the first receiving of natural life, one who is to be raised up cannot be understood otherwise than passively, John 11:43 with Eph. 2:5,6. For if he should do anything toward his own quickening, he would do it as a living being, since a dead person can do nothing; and if he were living, he would surely not need to be made alive.
XIX.
(11) What one ought to hold concerning the preparation for regeneration. For one might conceive of a twofold preparation in this matter: one, which would proceed from the person himself who is to be regenerated, whereby he would prepare himself to receive regeneration; or whereby he, by the powers of his own free will, would be more fit and better prepared for regeneration than another. This can, without open self-contradiction, be allowed in no way whatever: since regeneration is occupied with man as a spiritually dead person, in whom the first act of spiritual life must be brought in; but now, if he should prepare himself, he would without doubt do that by a preceding life, and thus he would be presupposed to be alive before he was made alive. The other preparation would proceed from God, who regenerates. And this preparation of God can again be viewed either with respect to regeneration, or, taken in a broader sense, as it also includes the change and turning, and its goal — namely, faith and actual conversion, to which the change tends — that God, in this sense, uses many preparatory detours by means of which man attains faith and conversion, as we shall show, God willing, in the following chapter; or in a narrower sense, as it means only the bringing in of the first act of spiritual life — but even so no true and properly so-called preparation can be allowed, any more than in the natural quickening of Lazarus was any preparation visible, John 11:43. If, however, you should wish to allow here some preparation in the subject which is to receive spiritual life — such as there is, for example, in the drying and desiccating of wood, into which the flame is to be brought; such as God has also used in the work of Creation, when He created a rough mass on the first day, into which, on the following days, He brought the essential and proper forms, Gen. 1; and such as He in particular used in the creation of man, first forming the body out of the earth, or out of a rib, into which He afterward breathed נשמת חיים, the breath of life, Gen. 2:7 — if, I say, you should wish, in this sense, along with many orthodox theologians, to allow a certain preparation of God, I shall not oppose that very strongly; and then the preparation could consist in the preceding Calling, insofar as, by the offering of grace, it has instructed the understanding of the one who is to be regenerated concerning the nature and conditions of redemption, and has invited the one to be regenerated to embrace the conditions thereof.
XX.
(111) That, and in what sense, regeneration is irresistible. For if you consider the one who is to be regenerated as a child of wrath, dead in sins, he indeed has wickedness enough to resist it with, Acts 7:51; but if you consider the regenerating and life-giving God, then one who is to be regenerated can no more resist God than Lazarus formerly could resist Christ when He naturally made him alive, John 11:43,44; nor does he even wish to resist, because, through the spiritual life brought in in a moment, the inclination and desire to resist is suppressed or taken away, Ezek. 36:25,26,27; Jer. 32:39,40; compare Gal. 1:13; Acts 9:2-6 and 22:5 with 10, and 26:9,10,14 with v. 19.
XXI.
(IV) That, however far it extends, this same regeneration is unlosable, 1 John 3:9; Ezek. 36:27 and 11:19,20; Jer. 32:39,40 — herein indeed differing from the first spiritual quickening which occurred in creation, by the bringing of original righteousness, by the loss of which, through sin, the first-created men died spiritually, Eph. 2:1,5; whereas the spiritual life, once brought about by regeneration, is never entirely extinguished. Which unceasing constancy and steadfastness of this life must by no means be derived from the strength of the regenerate themselves, or from the power and perfection of the spiritual life itself: for there is, and always remains, in the regenerate themselves, so much perverseness and wickedness, that they could just as well be causes of the extinguishing of this life as the first-created men were — and indeed all the more so, because these latter, before that extinguishing, were perfectly righteous and holy, Eccl. 7:29 — but the unlosableness of regeneration depends both (1) on the grace of election, and on God's unchangeable purpose and decree, according to which the gifts of grace and the calling of God are without repentance, Rom. 11:29; Matt. 24:22; and (11) on the grace of preservation, 1 Pet. 1:5; John 10:28,29.
XXII.
(v) That this spiritual life, at least insofar as it is brought about by regeneration, is very imperfect and unfinished — because it presents only the first act, and only the seeds of the spiritual virtues, which gradually grow into herb, and flowers, and fruits. Hence the regenerate, as such, are called newborn βρέφη, little children, 1 Pet. 2:1, and babes in Christ, 1 Cor. 3:1, who still must be brought up, and indeed with children's food, ibid., and Heb. 5:12,13,14, that they may grow up and be strengthened in the Spirit, as is said of John the Baptist, Luke 1:80 — that is, that that first act of life, brought about by regeneration, may further, through change and renewal, be sown unto faith and actual conversion, as second acts, and as branches; and hence finally, through sanctification, unto all sorts of good works, as fruits of the Spirit, Gal. 5:22. Indeed, this life is so weak and tender that it can only be truly known and discerned in its growth, and in the second acts — just as all sorts of habits are not known otherwise than in and from their operations.
The Polemical Part
XXIII.
Most of the questions and points of dispute in this chapter could, without much trouble, be settled from the doctrinal presuppositions. It is asked, first: whether Regeneration consists in an amendment of morals? The gross Pelagians, because they do not acknowledge original sin, the lost original righteousness, and spiritual death, allow nothing but an external grace, which prescribes to man his duty and rouses him thereto with motives — and thus they adopted no other regeneration than one that consisted in an amendment of morals, brought about by that external grace of God. In these footsteps tread the Socinians, being the grossest of Pelagians, and this opinion is firmly held by them as well. The Reformed do not refer the amendment of morals to regeneration, properly and in a narrower sense so called, but to conversion and sanctification; while they place regeneration only in the improvement of the inward parts — understanding, will, and other faculties — as we have said in the Doctrinal Part, for these reasons: (1) Because, by the violation of the Covenant of Works, man was deprived of the original righteousness in which the spiritual life of the soul consisted, and by the help and means of which alone the first-created men could do spiritual good — as was said in Book III, ch. 9, §30,31,32,40 — and thus they brought upon themselves, through sin, spiritual death. Likewise Book IV, ch. 2, §15,16,17,22, and ch. 4, §8,9. (11) Because Scripture expressly extends regeneration to the renewal of the inward parts of the soul, to a new heart, a new spirit, to the inscribing of the Law in the understanding and in the heart, as we have shown in the Doctrinal Part. (111) Because the amendment of morals cannot proceed except from a prior quickening and improvement of the understanding and of the heart, 2 Cor. 3:5,6; 1 Cor. 2:14; Rom. 8:7. Nor do the grounds of the opposing party amount to anything, other than that they have taken these positions from their own mistaken presuppositions: (1) That the image of God did not include original righteousness, by which alone man could do spiritual things — which presupposition we have refuted in the cited passage, Book III, ch. 4, §30,31,32,40. (2) That man, by the transgression of the Paradisal Law, was not deprived of the image of God with respect to original righteousness — which we have refuted, Book IV, ch. 2, §13-18. (3) That he, by that deprivation, did not bring upon himself spiritual death and a general inability toward spiritual and saving good — which we have refuted, Book IV, ch. 4, §8,9,19,20,26. That therefore (4) there remains nothing in man to be amended except his morals — whose falsehood is evident from what has already been said.
XXIV.
It is asked, secondly: whether Regeneration proceeds from a simultaneously free will, or from God alone? The gross Pelagians, with whom the Socinians entirely agree, because they think that, by the first sin, the nature and power of the will of men were not even injured, refer the amendment of their regeneration to the free will alone, except that they allow an externally directing and morally arousing grace — which, however, may be rejected by the free will. The semi-Pelagians, with whom the Jesuits and Arminians conspire, indeed grant that human nature has been injured and marred by sin, and indeed that to the understanding a certain blindness, and to the will a certain lukewarmness and sluggishness, has come by sin; and thus they allow a certain inward grace, which is aroused, even with respect to the will, by an external, morally advising grace — which, notwithstanding, may come to be rejected by the free will. The Synergists (Co-workers) among the Lutherans, among whom Macrelius, Hist. Eccles. part 3, p. 520, reckons and counts Victorinus Strigelius, hold that the powers of nature can also contribute something to their regeneration. The Lutherans in general think that man, by the powers of his own will, can at least, when the Holy Spirit undertakes regeneration, positively not resist it — that is, can, as it were, open the doors to Him who is about to bring in the spiritual life, through the use of the outward means. The Reformed, just as they grant that, the spiritual quickening now having taken place through regeneration, man can cooperate with God in the turning and change unto faith and conversion, Song 1:4; Jer. 31:18 — so they deny that he can contribute anything in regeneration, definitely so called; but that he is purely and merely passive therein: because (1) before regeneration takes place, man is spiritually dead, and therefore can, neither wholly nor in part, contribute anything to his own quickening — for by contributing something he would already live. (11) Because in regeneration there is brought a new heart, a new spirit, in which the Law of God is inscribed — which is indeed the work of God alone. (111) Because in regeneration there is a certain creation, Ps. 51:12, and a new creature, 2 Cor. 5:17 — which working belongs to no one but God alone, Isa. 45:7. (IV) Because we cannot of ourselves even form the least saving thought, 2 Cor. 3:5. (v) Because God is said to work our very willing, according to His good pleasure, Phil. 2:13. (VI) Because Scripture expressly denies that it is of him that willeth, or of him that runneth, but says that it is of God alone that showeth mercy, Rom. 9:16. (VII) Because, if man, either wholly or in part, provided regeneration for himself, he would distinguish himself, against the Apostle's saying, 1 Cor. 4:7.
Nor does it help the opposing party: (1) That we are sometimes commanded to circumcise the foreskin of our hearts, Deut. 10:16; Jer. 4:4, to make ourselves a new heart and a new spirit, Ezek. 18:31, to be renewed in the spirit of our mind, Rom. 12:2, to convert ourselves, Joel 2:13; Matt. 4:17. Answer: (a) It is no contradiction that one and the same thing be both commanded and given by God, according to that well-known saying of Augustine: Give what you command, and command what you will, and you will not have commanded in vain. Thus God commands love, Matt. 22:37, and yet He pours it in, Rom. 5:5. (b) Those passages do not speak of a definitely so-called regeneration, whereby God first pours in life, but of conversion, whereby He carries forward, in act, the life already brought in, Song 1:4; Jer. 31:18; John 6:44,65. They object (2): if man contributed nothing to his own regeneration, and held himself merely passive, then he would be regenerated as a stick and a block. Answer: By no means, since he is regenerated by the offering of the Calling, and by a moral invitation, having first been taught and instructed. Yea but, they say, (3) in this way the freedom of the will would suffer, if it did not determine itself to regeneration. Answer: By no means, since (a) man no more brings about his own spiritual birth than he brings about his own natural birth; (b) since regeneration is not a human doing, which man himself would produce, but a suffering, whereby man, through the power that follows, gives obedient consent to the doing.
XXV.
One asks, thirdly: whether God's regenerating working is moral, or physical (physica)? The gross Pelagians, with whom the Socinians hold the same view, because they place the nature of the free will in an indifference, and because they likewise hold that it remained unharmed and uninjured by sin, and that man, therefore, by his own powers, could do all that God requires of him, allow in regeneration nothing but a moral working of God, whereby He teaches and instructs what one must do, and advises with reasons and motives why one must do it. The semi-Pelagians, with whom the Jesuits and Arminians agree, as they acknowledge that a certain inward corruption has come by sin, likewise admit a certain physical working of God in regeneration, which improves that corruption; but just as they limit the corruption arising from sin to the lower faculties of the soul, or, at most, to the understanding, so they also allow, only with respect to those faculties, a certain physical working of God; but with respect to the will and free choice, only a moral one; indeed they hold that that physical working of God can be rejected by the freedom of the will. The Reformed, just as they, in the offering and inviting of the Calling, which precedes regeneration, acknowledge a moral working of God; and likewise in conversion, which follows regeneration, allow a moral and physical manner of working together; so, in regeneration definitely so called, they allow nothing but a pure and unmixed physical working: (1) Because the first regeneration is a bringing in and introducing of spiritual life, while the one to be regenerated is before that still spiritually dead, Eph. 2:5 — for which, therefore, a moral persuasion is no more sufficient or effective than it would be for a natural quickening. (11) Because that spiritual circumcision, Deut. 30:6, that new creation, Ps. 51:12; Eph. 2:10, the taking away of the heart of stone, the putting in place of a heart of flesh, and the inscribing of the Law, Ezek. 36:25,26,27; Jer. 31:33, the drawing, John 6:44,65 — in which points regeneration consists — are not a moral, but only a physical working. (111) Because that exceeding greatness of God's power, which He wrought in the raising of Christ from the dead, was not a moral, but very much a physical working; and that that very same power is occupied and active in our regeneration, the Apostle testifies, Eph. 1:19,20.
The chief thing which the opposing party can allege for the contrary consists in this: (1) that they hold that God, by commanding (which is without doubt a manner of moral working), provides for regeneration, Deut. 10:16; Jer. 4:4: Circumcise the foreskin of your heart. Ezek. 18:31: Make yourselves a new heart. Phil. 2:13: Work out your own salvation. Answer: God is not, by commanding, occupied and active on the Church, on His people, already long loved and cherished by Him, v. 15, and thus also already regenerate, since no one without regeneration can see, nor enter into, the kingdom of God, John 3:3,5. Therefore He means, by commanding, not to provide for regeneration, insofar as that means the first pouring in of spiritual life, but the extending of that life, poured in through regeneration, unto the second acts, which He expressly mentions, Deut. 10:12,13; and which extending is accomplished through conversion, which follows regeneration, in which man, being drawn, runs after God, Song 1:4, and, being converted, is converted, and converts himself in the power of God, Jer. 31:18. But, they say, (2) if regeneration were accomplished by a physical working of God alone, without any cooperation of man, then man would be regenerated as a stick and a block. Answer: (a) Regeneration touches man, according to the Scriptures, as being spiritually dead, Eph. 2:5, as afflicted with a heart of stone, Ezek. 36:25,26,27, as unable for the least spiritual working, 2 Cor. 3:5; now, that which touches and works upon man as one dead, as one turned to stone, as one unable for living activities — does it not touch and work upon him (in a sound sense) truly as a stick and a block? But (b) regeneration touches man and works upon him as one called, to whom grace is morally offered, and who is invited to accept it: thus he is, in that respect at least, regenerated not as a stick and a block, but as a man. They say, (3) that by a physical (physica) regeneration the freedom of the will would be injured and taken away. Answer: When to the dead free will, through regeneration, spiritual life is brought, that freedom is not truly injured or taken away, but perfected and made alive.
XXVI.
One asks, fourthly: whether the physical (physica) working of Regeneration also touches and works upon the will immediately? The gross Pelagians, with the Socinians, allow no physical working of God whatsoever in Regeneration. The semi-Pelagians, with the Jesuits and Arminians, indeed allow some physical working of regeneration, but such as does not reach to the will, or to the free will, but only to the other faculties. Some among the Reformed — for example, Johannes Camero, and very many others besides — indeed grant that there is a physical working of God active with respect to the will; but only through the mediation of the understanding, which God, in regeneration, so powerfully enlightens, irradiates, and convinces, that the will could not fail to follow its last practical judgment. The Synod of Dordt, with most of the Reformed, extends the physical working of regeneration to the will, and indeed immediately, as bringing to it a new inclining bent toward spiritual good — which position, at least in my judgment, is most in accord with the truth: (1) Because Scripture, in its expressions, carries the physical working over to the will, Phil. 2:13: For it is God who works in you both the willing and the — (11) Because it extends it, with equivalent expressions, to the heart, whereby in Holy Scripture the will is always accustomed to be understood, Ps. 51:12; Ezek. 36:25,26,27 — that God creates a new heart, taking away the heart of stone, sets a heart of flesh in its place, and inscribes therein His Law — without doubt by a physical working. (111) That the will has just as much drawn its corruption from sin as the understanding and the lower faculties, Gen. 6:5 and 8:21 — whence there is frequent mention of a hardened heart, by which man does not, and indeed cannot, submit himself to the Law of God, Rom. 8:7. (IV) Because that inward corruption of the will is not taken away by the enlightenment of the understanding: and the will does not even follow the last judgment of the deliberating understanding, unless that judgment be pronounced in accordance with the inclining bent of the will: for example, if the will is inclined toward carnal things, and the understanding, however clearly and most certainly it judged that spiritual things, here and now, all things duly weighed, ought to be preferred, would nevertheless not follow — because the will holds for good only that which agrees with its inclining bent. Nor is there anything which the opposing party could object here, except only, (1) that by this presupposition the freedom of the will seems to be prejudiced — a difficulty we have removed at the preceding question and point of dispute. (2) That the will always follows the last judgment of the deliberating understanding, and that therefore, the understanding being powerfully enlightened, so that it judges spiritual things to be better and more excellent for itself than bodily things, the will cannot fail to follow — and that thus God's immediate working upon the will would seem superfluous, once the understanding has been sufficiently enlightened. Answer: (a) That actual last judgment of the deliberating understanding does not take away the habitual corruption which is in the will. (b) That is first and foremost good to and for the will which agrees with its inclining bent; wherefore, if the deliberating understanding judges in accordance with that bent of the will, the will always follows; but if the deliberating understanding in any way pronounces against that inclining bent, the will will nevertheless not obey nor follow. Wherefore it is necessary that, through Regeneration, a new inclining bent toward spiritual good be poured in, according to which the deliberating understanding then pronounces judgment.
XXVII.
One asks, fifthly: whether Regeneration is irresistible, or not? The gross Pelagians, with the Socinians, because they acknowledge no other working of God in Regeneration than a moral one, and hold the free will to be utterly indifferent as to accepting or rejecting the divine persuasion, maintain the latter. The semi-Pelagians, with the Jesuits and Arminians, because they acknowledge the regenerating working as physical only in part — with respect to the understanding and the lower faculties — and only moral insofar as it regards the will, place it in the power of the free will to so resist the divine working that regeneration should utterly fail to follow. Some among the Reformed do not find satisfaction in the word irresistible, although they accept the word invincible. We have, in the Doctrinal Part, acknowledged the moral Calling, and thus also the changing turning, insofar as it works morally, to be resistible; but Regeneration we hold to be utterly irresistible: (1) Because Regeneration is accomplished by that will of God which Paul expressly says to be irresistible, Rom. 9:19. (11) Because God works the very willing and the accomplishing, and thereby takes away resistance to the willing. (111) Because through Regeneration the Father, who is greater and more powerful than all, John 10:29, draws those to be regenerated, John 6:44,65. And (IV) does so with that same exceeding greatness of His might and power with which He raised Jesus from the dead, Eph. 1:19,20. (v) Because He, by regenerating, so draws that those drawn come infallibly, John 6:37 with v. 44. (VI) Because He takes away the heart of stone, with which one might resist, through Regeneration, Ezek. 11:19 and 36:25,26,27. (VII) Because He brings forth by Regeneration, John 1:13, against which man, therefore, can no more resist than against his natural generation and birth. (VIII) Because He makes alive by that same regeneration, Eph. 2:5, whom therefore one to be regenerated can no more resist than a dead person can resist someone who makes him naturally alive — for example, Lazarus resisting Christ, John 11:43,44. (IX) Because, if he could resist, he would, on account of the entire corruption of his nature, Rom. 7:19 and 8:7; Isa. 1:5,6, do nothing else but resist, Acts 7:51. (x) Because, if he could resist, and did not actually resist, he would have from and in himself the glory and honor of his non-resistance and of his regeneration, as one who would distinguish himself, against Paul's saying, 1 Cor. 4:7. (XI) Because, if everyone, according to his own good pleasure, could resist the divine regeneration, then all would in fact have come to resist; and thus it would have come to pass that no one at all would be regenerated, and that thus that whole illustrious and excellent counsel and purpose of redemption would be utterly nullified — against Paul's saying, 2 Tim. 2:19; just as also thus the golden chain of predestination would be broken, Rom. 8:30.
What the opposing party objects is of no weight or importance whatsoever: for example, (1) They allege the saying of Stephen, Acts 7:51: You always resist the Holy Spirit. Answer: They resisted, indeed, but not the regenerating Holy Spirit immediately; but resisted Him calling, not immediately, but through men, in a moral manner, as appears from the following verse: Which of the prophets have your fathers not persecuted? They allege (2) the passage of Matt. 23:37: I would have gathered — but you would not. Answer: I would have gathered, certainly not by regenerating, but by moral calling — just as also the prophets, in this and to this end, were sent to them, whom they had persecuted. They allege (3) the passage of Ps. 81:14 (per corrected reference). Answer: The text speaks expressly of a resisting, not of Regeneration, but of the resisting done against the calling, as appears from vv. 9 and 12. They allege (4) the passage of Isa. 5:4. Answer: The Prophet speaks (a) of the benefits shown by Christ to the Church in general, but not of that benefit which is shown to each individual elect: (b) he speaks of outward benefits, but not of the benefit of Regeneration, given inwardly to each. They allege (5) that, according to our supposition, no one can be regenerated except one who is regenerated in the act. Answer: With respect to men, no one can be regenerated except one who is regenerated in the act, because they are all dead in sins; but with respect to God all things are possible, Matt. 19:26. They allege (6) that those who resist, in this way, do the will of God. Answer: They set themselves against and strive against the will of the command, which alone prescribes to the rational creature his duty; but they do not strive against nor set themselves against the will of the decree, which directs and governs the outcome.
XXVIII.
One asks, sixthly: whether Regeneration allows a preparation? The Pelagians and semi-Pelagians, with all their adherents — Socinians, Jesuits, Remonstrants — (because they make the efficacy of converting grace depend on the free will, and think that one person is by nature more prepared for converting grace than another, or that he can prepare himself by his own powers) — maintain that point of dispute. The Reformed do indeed allow, in Regeneration, a preparation, insofar as it is one and the same with conversion: thus Perkins, Cas. Conscient. Sect. 1, ch. 5,6,11; Ames, Cas. Consc. Lib. 2, ch. 4. We — how far the same may be allowed, and how far not — have explained in the Doctrinal Part, §19: namely, insofar as Regeneration means the first bringing-in of spiritual life, that it then allows no preparation, unless perhaps that which belongs to the moral offering and invitation of the calling: because that first bringing-in and introduction of spiritual life takes place in a moment, just like the natural quickening; and because between one spiritually living and one spiritually dead there is no middle ground.
XXIX.
One asks, seventhly: whether Regeneration, once brought about, is losable? All the Pelagians and those inclined to Pelagianism (because they uphold the free will, which would thus be able to cast out the grace granted, as freely as it accepted it according to its pleasure) — with whom, at least in this point, the Lutherans agree, by holding that a truly regenerate person can fall away entirely — maintain that point of dispute. The Reformed hold that Regeneration, indeed not because of and through the powers of the regenerate, but by virtue of God's unchangeable election, and by virtue of His almighty preservation, is unlosable: (1) Because the seed of Regeneration is said to remain in them, 1 John 3:9. (11) Because, through the bringing of a fleshly heart, the regenerate are said to walk in the divine statutes, and not to forsake God's judgments, Ezek. 36:26,27. (111) Because, by virtue of predestination, the regenerate are said to be infallibly glorified, Rom. 8:30. (IV) Because God, from the firm foundation which stands and has a seal, knows those who are His, 2 Tim. 2:19. (v) Because the regenerate are said to be kept through and in the power of God, 1 Pet. 1:3,4,5; John 10:28,29.
Nor does it help the opposing party: (1) that a righteous person can fall from his righteousness, Ezek. 3:20 and 18:24. Answer: The Prophet speaks (a) of an ability, from the cause, whereby even true righteous persons, considered in and of themselves, would come to fall; but not of an ability of the effect, whereby they, even supported by God Himself, could come to a total fall. (b) The Prophet speaks conditionally — so, if a righteous person falls away, that he shall die — but not absolutely and unconditionally, that a true righteous person can actually fall away. Nor does he speak (c) of those truly, or through regeneration, conversion, and sanctification, inwardly righteous, who never fall away, Ps. 37:17,18,23,24 and 125:1,2,3; but only of those righteous in appearance, or also of those who are righteous in their own eyes, Matt. 9:13 with Luke 18:9,10. — (2) That there are examples of such as have fallen away: as Judas, John 17:12; Demas, 2 Tim. 4:10; Hymenaeus and Alexander, 1 Tim. 1:19,20, etc. Answer: One must prove that these were truly regenerate — against which the passage of 1 John 3:9 expressly militates. Yea but, (3) there are even examples of truly regenerate persons — in Noah's drunkenness, in David's adultery and murder, in Peter's denial. Answer: They lost, or rather, they neglected certain second acts of the spiritual life; but they did not entirely shake off its first act, which is brought about through Regeneration, Ps. 51:13. (4) That, if a regenerate person could not lose his regeneration, he would be deprived of his free will. Answer: By no means, since the steadfast and constant presence of spiritual life in the will confirms freedom all the more, rather than taking it away.
XXX.
One asks, eighthly: whether Regeneration is general? All Papists, both Dominicans and Jesuits (insofar as they posit a sufficient grace by which each and every one at once could — although they differ notably in the explanation of that sufficient grace) — call this general, whereas nevertheless the Scriptures nowhere say, according to the proper meaning of Regeneration, that anything is brought about except a power toward spiritual good, as we have said in the Doctrinal Part. When the Dominicans indeed ascribe a sufficient grace to all, but such as cannot extend itself into actuality without a preceding efficacious grace; the Jesuits, however, teach a sufficient grace whose efficacy depends on a simultaneously free will. The gross Pelagians, with the Socinians, because they place Regeneration in an amendment of morals, according to §23, indeed ascribe to all sinners natural powers by which they could regenerate themselves, or amend their morals; but they do not ascribe the actual amendment of morals to all and each alike, but only to those who are willing: in particular they exclude from regeneration little children, both because (according to their supposition) no sin falls into them, and because they, for lack of reason, cannot amend their morals. Among those who among the Reformed favor a general grace, there are not lacking some who hold that to all and every man the powers are restored, whereby they can, if they will — although to the elect alone the powers are given whereby they actually will. The very famous Cocceius, although he does not deny that there was also a Regeneration under the Old Testament, nevertheless confines it in its emphasis to the times of the New Testament. The common opinion of the Reformed holds that the grace of Regeneration belongs to all the elect in particular and alone, and also that it extends sometimes to little children: (1) Because Holy Scripture, as often as it makes mention of Regeneration, does not extend it to all without distinction, but only to the elect, 1 Pet. 1:3; Eph. 2:3,4,5; James 1:18; John 3:3-8. And that (11) with the exclusion of others, John 6:43,44,64,65. (111) Because Holy Scripture expressly says that there are those who cannot, Rom. 8:3; Jer. 13:23. Indeed also (IV) it extends it in particular to little children, Jer. 1:5; Luke 1:15; 2 Tim. 3:15. Nor can any Scripture passage be brought forward by the opposing party for the contrary, testifying that either Regeneration, or spiritual quickening, or the powers to do something spiritually good, or a sufficient grace, falls to all and every one in particular.
XXXI.
One asks, ninthly: whether Regeneration is bound and fastened to Baptism? The Socinians deny this rightly indeed, but with a mistaken supposition, that Water Baptism is nothing but an indifferent ceremony, without command of Christ, used by the Apostles, having no use, no benefit, no efficacy. Likewise the Mennonites, who acknowledge no other use and efficacy of it than to consecrate the ecclesiastical covenant, and to distinguish those who are in that covenant from others who are outside it. The Papists, on the contrary, in order to maintain that the Sacraments of the New Testament work grace by virtue of the work performed (ex opere operato), hold that Water Baptism works Regeneration — whence they often use Regeneration and Baptism as one and the same thing. The Lutherans indeed do not ascribe any efficacy to the water of Baptism as such; but nevertheless they bind the efficacy of the Holy Spirit unto regeneration so closely to Baptism, that, ordinarily, no one can be regenerated without Baptism. The Reformed, although with one mouth and mind they confess that to Baptism belongs no physical (physica) efficacy toward regeneration, but only a moral one, which lies in signification and sealing — that also the grace of regeneration is bound to no Sacrament; and that meanwhile Baptism is not a bare, empty, and idle sign, but a most efficacious sealing of the Covenant of Grace and of Regeneration, for those who receive it in accordance with the institution — yea even for the elect little children of believers — nevertheless differ a little among themselves concerning the manner of working and the time of the working. And as regards the Baptism of adults, which, if it is otherwise lawful, more certainly than anything certain, according to the agreement of all the orthodox, presupposes regeneration as already having taken place, because it plainly requires of the one to be baptized faith, and indeed such a faith as proceeds from the whole heart, Acts 8:36,37 — which faith can have no place without preceding regeneration: for all that is born of flesh is flesh; and all that is born of the Spirit is spirit, John 3:6.
But as regards the Baptism of little children, the orthodox differ among themselves here: there are those who deny that regeneration can precede Baptism, which therefore seals nothing but a future regeneration, when the elect child shall have come to years of discretion, when it can first believe and be converted — thus the very famous Amyraldus; but less accurately he confuses regeneration (which brings spiritual life, with respect to its first act, whereby the child, the senses being sufficiently disposed, can believe and be converted) with the turning and change whereby it actually believes and is converted, which cannot occur before the years of discretion. Others, observing due modesty, think that it lies within the free disposal of God whether He wills to bring regeneration before, or in Baptism, or indeed after Baptism: thus Zanchius, Comment. in Eph. 5, digression on Baptism, and Ames, in Bellarm. Enervat. Tom. 3, ch. 14, quaest. 3; Spanheim, the Father, Dub. Evang. part 3, dub. 26. Others prefer that Regeneration occur in Baptism itself, at least ordinarily; thus, with the Papists and Lutherans, Ludovicus Le Blanc, who holds that this always happens: thus the very famous Peter Jurieu, Beza, and others. That the common opinion of the Reformed is that (at least for elect children) Baptism presupposes regeneration as already having taken place — because through Baptism cannot be sealed something that is not there. And this opinion seems to me, at least, most in accord with the truth. At least, neither does Baptism itself work regeneration, as the Papists would have it, nor is the regeneration of the Holy Spirit bound to the outward Baptism, as the Lutherans would have it: (1) Because the power of Baptism consists only in the sealing, as is the nature of all Sacraments, insofar as it is a Seal, Rom. 4:11, which presupposes regeneration, from which faith springs. (11) Because by Water Baptism the impurities of the soul are not cleansed, 1 Pet. 3:21; regeneration is therefore not fastened to it. And if (111) it were fastened to it, then all baptized persons must and would be regenerated, and indeed at the moment when they are baptized — which Scripture contradicts, Acts 8:13,20,21,23, and likewise experience, according to which very many baptized persons lead a godless life; also one reads of such as were regenerate before their Baptism, as the eunuch, Acts 8:36,37, the centurion with his household, ch. 10:2,22; indeed also entirely without Baptism, like the thief, Luke 23 — according to that well-known saying: Not the lack of Baptism, but the despising and disdaining of it, condemns. (IV) Because regeneration is bound and fastened to no one Sacrament: not to Circumcision, Rom. 2:25,27,28; not to the Passover, 1 Cor. 10:3,4; not to the Lord's Supper, ibid. ch. 10:27, nor to any of the legal washings, Heb. 9:10 and 10:4; consequently not to Baptism either — especially since even a baptized person, if he shall not have believed, is said to be condemned, Mark 16:16. I shall not press (v) that the Holy Spirit is said to regenerate according to His own bare good pleasure: The wind blows where it wills — so is everyone who is born of the Spirit, John 3:8.
Meanwhile, for the opposite opinion it is urged: (1) that Christ has fastened regeneration to water and Spirit, John 3:3,5. Answer: One understands not the outward water of Baptism, which at that time was not yet instituted as a customary and general Sacrament of the New Testament; but, by a manner of speech which the Schools call hendiadys (whereby one thing is expressed by two expressions), the water of the Spirit; or the Spirit, as water, cleansing through regeneration, as Matt. 3:11: He shall baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire — that is, as it were with a fiery Spirit; which the Savior Himself clearly enough says, when He refers regeneration to the Spirit alone, John 3:6,8 — similar to what we have said concerning this matter in the Explanatory Part. (2) That the washing away of sins, Acts 22:16, regeneration, Titus 3:5, salvation, 1 Pet. 3:21, are ascribed to Baptism: therefore it either works regeneration itself by its own power, or, at least, the Holy Spirit has bound and fastened His regeneration to it. Answer: Neither of the two; but because the Holy Spirit, through Baptism, seals regeneration to the elect, as we have said. (3) As many as are baptized into Christ are baptized into His death, Rom. 6:3. Answer: This is said only because to all elect true believers, lawfully and properly baptized, communion and fellowship with Christ belongs, sealed by Baptism; but it is not said that in Baptism precisely and definitely that communion takes place, and still less, that that communion is bound and fastened to Baptism. (4) That those who are baptized into Christ have put on Christ as a garment, and are thus regenerated, Gal. 3:27. Answer: The text does not say that they, by Baptism, put on Christ; but that the baptized have already put Him on, ἐνεδύσασθε. Consequently, that the communion with Christ, which is signified under the manner of speech of putting on, has already taken place in the baptized, but is not brought about thereby, but is made and sealed by the Sacrament of Baptism. (5) That this is the received opinion of the ancient Church Fathers, and moreover also the opinion of great men among the Reformed themselves, for example of Augustine, Prosper, Pareus, Davenant, Ward, Forbes. Answer: The ancient Fathers are sometimes lavish and extravagant in their speech concerning Baptism; meanwhile they not seldom presuppose Regeneration and Faith before Baptism: thus Justin Martyr says, representing the practice of the early Church: Whoever have been persuaded and believe, and have undertaken to be able so to live... are then brought by us to where there is water, and in that manner of regeneration in which we ourselves were regenerated, they are regenerated. Which sayings therefore can hardly be reconciled with themselves, without distinguishing Regeneration into a real regeneration, which precedes Baptism, and a sacramental regeneration, which consists in a solemn confession, declaration, and sealing of that real regeneration — in which sense also the Reformed theologians maintain that Regeneration takes place through Baptism. Compare what shall come up in its place, in the chapter on the Sacraments of Regeneration.
The Practical Part
XXXII.
From this illustrious subject you, Reader, will doubtless promise yourself a very ample Practice; since the writers on Practice commonly are wont to expatiate broadly therein. If, however, this should answer that expectation less, then consider these points: (1) That those writers on Practice take the matter of Regeneration in a broader sense, insofar as it embraces the whole inward working of the Holy Spirit concerning those to be redeemed, to which belong together the Calling, Quickening, Conversion, Sanctification; whereas we take it in a narrower sense, so that it signifies only the bringing of the first act of spiritual life — hence they bring what properly belongs to Conversion and to Sanctification under Regeneration. If it should please the Reader to handle this subject with them in the same breadth, he shall, from the chapters on Conversion and on Sanctification, without much trouble, be able to transfer the practical material hither. But one must also here (11) consider that the first act of life is not brought about except for and on account of the second acts, just as habits do not exist except for and on account of the second acts: and that it is not known and discerned except in the second acts; indeed, that an unregenerate person cannot before his quickening strive and work, nor fit himself for it: since he has, toward the receiving of spiritual life, no other disposition than a passive one — wherefore you shall not wonder if we do not here dwell on that. Meanwhile Regeneration shows:
XXXIII.
First, how great a work it is to bring the sinner over to life: so that reason not without reason asks with Nicodemus: How can a man be born, being old? John 3:4; and that the Apostles, not without reason, stood amazed at a similar matter, Matt. 19:25: Who then can be saved? For, (1) if you think of him who is to be brought over to life, spiritually dead in sin, Eph. 2:1,5, who seeing sees not, and hearing hears not, nor understands, Matt. 13:13,14,15. If you (11) think of the manner of working of the bringing-over; that occurs by nothing less than a certain second birth, John 3:3,5, a creation, Ps. 51:12; Eph. 2:10, a quickening, ibid. vv. 5,6, by a taking away of the heart of stone, and the putting in place of a heart of flesh, by an inscribing of the Law in the heart, Ezek. 36:25,26, and by an entire renewal of him, 2 Cor. 5:17. If you (111) think of the manner of the working, which requires in Him who is to bring about that transition (1) an infinite power, an exceeding greatness of power, Eph. 1:19,20 — how great a power there is (and, were it possible, even a greater) than in Creation: because not only is there not required for creation the death of the Son of God Himself, as is required for the bringing over of the sinner to life; but also, because there does not occur in creation a contrary disposition of the subject, namely a heart of stone, which does not know how to believe, and which is overcome by nothing but an infinite power: how great a power there likewise is in the raising of the dead, Eph. 1:20. It requires (2) an infinite or unspeakable goodness and mercy, Eph. 2:4,5 and 3:8,9, whereby, that we might not all, through the first birth, be lost forever, He was willing to add a second life; and, that our soul might not be dead in a living body, He was willing to restore to it the spiritual life lost through sin. It requires (3) an infinite, or utterly perfect, independence, Rom. 9:14,15,16,18, whereby He distributes and gives that spiritual life, according to His will and good pleasure, to whom He will, passing by all whom He will; whereby He, commonly passing by the more worthy, and those apparently more deserving, distributes and gives that life to the lowlier and less fit, 1 Cor. 1:25-29, and wills to erect out of such unfit materials so glorious a building — as is evident in Zacchaeus, Luke 19:2,5,8; in Paul, 1 Tim. 1:13,14; in the harlots above the honorable Pharisees, Matt. 21:31. And that it is so great a work to bring the sinner over to life, Regeneration teaches and impresses that upon us for this purpose: (a) that we might the more distinctly know and acknowledge how much and how greatly we are obligated to God, on account of the regeneration and quickening brought to us above so many thousands, and that we might show ourselves the more ready and prompt to thankfulness, 1 Tim. 1:13. (b) That we, on account of God's infinite power, goodness, and good pleasure, might be the more exact and eager in the glorifying of it, 1 Pet. 1:3. (c) That we, in the matter of our salvation, might more humbly and lowly depend upon His grace, and work out our own salvation with fear and trembling; because it is God alone who works in us both the willing and the working, according to His good pleasure, Phil. 2:13. (d) That we, out of our lot, being better than others, should not exalt ourselves above others, Luke 18:11, nor boast, Eph. 2:5, because it is God alone who, through Regeneration, distinguishes us from the very worst, and that all the good we have above others we have from Him alone, 1 Cor. 4:7. (e) That we should not wonder, if the most powerful exhortations of men to conversion do not always answer with a happy outcome, because it is not the work of Paul who plants, nor of Apollos who waters, but of God who gives the increase, 1 Cor. 3:6,7; because the Spirit, with His regenerating, blows where He wills, John 3:8; because the natural man is by nature dead in sin, Eph. 2:1,5, and because the Father does not draw all, John 6:44,64,65. (f) That we should not lightly despair of anyone's conversion, however unruly, 2 Tim. 2:25,26, because the Holy Spirit is mighty to regenerate and make alive, when it shall please and be His good pleasure, Rom. 11:23.
XXXIV.
It shows us, secondly, the most blessed lot of those who, with so much labor and undertaking, through Regeneration and the spiritual life, are transferred to salvation, 1 Pet. 1:3: Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who has begotten us again to a living hope. For they are (1) not of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but born of God, John 1:13. They are (11) become alive out of the dead, Luke 15:32. They are (111) especially a work and workmanship of God, Eph. 2:10; Ps. 100:3, compared with Deut. 32:6; Isa. 43:21, in a particular manner born and obtained for Him, Titus 2:14. They are (IV) a new creature, 2 Cor. 5:17, in many ways and in many respects more excellent than any other creature: for whereas (1) every other creature has sprung forth from a certain common goodness of the Creator, Ps. 104:31 and 145:9, this new creature springs forth from God's grace and particular promise, Eph. 2:4,5. Whereas (2) every other creature is a work of God's common Providence, Acts 17:25,28, this new creature is a work of God's gracious Predestination, Rom. 8:29,30; James 1:18. Whereas (3) every other creature enjoys nothing but natural benefits of God, this new creature is heaped up with spiritual ones, Ps. 4:7,8 and 17:14,15; Eph. 2:4,5,6 and 1:3. They have (v) in place of a heart of stone and immovable, a fleshly and pliable heart, which bears written in itself the Law of God, Ezek. 36:25,26. They are (VI) spiritually alive from being dead, Eph. 2:5,6. They bear (VII) restored in themselves the divine Image, as their chief privilege, that is, original righteousness, Eph. 4:23,24; Col. 3:10. And what is more, (VIII), they have become partakers of the divine nature, 2 Pet. 1:4. Indeed, through Regeneration, because they are born of God, John 1:13 and 1 John 5:14 (per corrected citation), they are children of God — not only by adoption or declaration, as the patriarch Jacob adopted Ephraim and Manasseh as his children, Gen. 48:5, but also by a spiritual birth; and how great a nobility of the regenerate lies herein! 1 John 3:1. How great an inheritance! Rom. 8:15. Freedom of the children of God! Rom. 8:21. How great a leading and access in all sorts of circumstances! Rom. 8:15; Gal. 4:6. How great a peace of mind under the fatherly and homely care of their heavenly Father! Eph. 2:18,19. They are (IX), through this spiritual birth, endowed with eyes, whereby they can see the kingdom of God, John 3:3, and can discern its spiritual things spiritually, 1 Cor. 2:14,15, and moreover with a heart, whereby they can and will enter into the kingdom of God, John 3:5. Now, if you tally up the account from all these points — well, good God! how great a blessedness of the truly regenerate shall arise from this! Which we therefore, and to this end, represent to them the more exactly, that they (1) may wish themselves joy, with and over so unspeakable a benefit of God, compare Ps. 116:16; (2) may be the more fervently and earnestly thankful to God for it, 1 Pet. 1:3; (3) may also show it to others, in order to make them eager, and to awaken their desire and longing, Luke 8:39; Matt. 5:16 with 1 Pet. 1:2.
XXXV.
Thirdly it presents, on the contrary, the unspeakable misery of those who are estranged from the grace of Regeneration: (1) Because they can neither see the kingdom of God, and still less enter into it; and thus are barred from the very first threshold of eternal salvation, John 3:3,5. (11) Because they, while they are not born of God, John 1:13, are born of their father the Devil, and are thus children of the Devil, John 8:42-44, held captive under his snares and unable to escape, 2 Tim. 2:26. (111) Because they are spiritually dead in sins, Eph. 2:1,5; Ezek. 37:1,2, who cannot see, cannot comprehend, the things that are of the Spirit of God, 1 Cor. 2:14, turned to stone in heart, hardened in evil, Acts 7:51, and immovable toward good, Ezek. 36:25,26. They are thereby foolish and dull and unfeeling (ἀναίσθητοι), Eph. 4:18,19, impenetrable to all sorts of moral workings of the Holy Spirit, Jer. 6:10, indeed also resisting and opposing (ἀντιπίπτοντες), Acts 7:51, who do not submit themselves to the Law of God, and indeed cannot, Rom. 8:7; compare 2 Cor. 3:3 — so that one could sooner press water out of a flint stone than conversion out of them. They are, as stones, cold, without any spiritual warmth, and without any spiritual love toward God, toward grace, and toward their own soul's salvation. Likewise, Ps. 32:9, ἄστοργοι, without natural affection, Rom. 1:31; and, on account of all this, outside the Covenant of Grace; since God is not a God of the dead, Matt. 22:32. (IV) Because, since they are not regenerate, it would be better for them never to have been born, as the Savior says of Judas, Mark 14:21; compare Job 3:3-9; Jer. 20:15; and the unregenerate themselves shall hereafter, in hell, curse the day of their birth. (v) Because, since they are not a work and workmanship of God, through the grace of Regeneration, Eph. 2:10, it would be better for them never to have been created by God at all, or at least never to have been created as men; but rather as worms, snakes, or toads — since, on account of the immortality of the soul, their misery shall be immortal and utterly eternal! eternal! Matt. 25:41; Isa. 66:24 — whereas all other creatures are forever without feeling. (VI) Because, since they are not, by regeneration, brought back to God, they are estranged from the life of God, Eph. 4:17,18, far from God, Eph. 2:13,17, as it were by an intervening immeasurable gulf, Luke 16:26, cast out, with Cain, from the face of God, Gen. 4:14, ἄθεοι, godless, without God, Eph. 2:12, deprived (1) of the knowledge of God, and of divine things, Eph. 4:18; 1 Cor. 2:14, as it were groping, seeking God, Acts 17:27. (2) Estranged from the love and saving grace of God, Isa. 59:2. (3) Estranged from Christ, from the commonwealth of Israel, from the covenants of promise, from all hope of salvation, Eph. 2:12. It is useful and beneficial to bring so great a misery of the unregenerate often vividly before the mind: (a) to ourselves, that we may thereby conceive the greater dread of this state, and may pray and sigh with David: Create in me a clean heart, and renew a steadfast spirit within me, Ps. 51:12, and that we may work out and accomplish our own salvation with fear and trembling, because it is God who works in us both the willing and the working, or the performing, according to His good pleasure, Phil. 2:13 — so that we may rejoice with trembling in the received grace of regeneration, Ps. 2:11. (b) To others, who are not yet regenerate, that they, through the cooperation of God, (ἀνανήψωσι) may awake out of the snares of the devil, in which they were held captive to his will, 2 Tim. 2:26.
XXXVI.
Fourthly, it warns us that we should beware, as of a thing beyond which nothing else can anywhere be conceived, of resting, in the matter of our salvation, in anything, however fair-seeming it may otherwise be, without Regeneration. Because (1), according to the Savior's twofold most earnest and most weighty assurance, without Regeneration it is impossible either to see, or to enter into, the kingdom of God, John 3:3,5. And because (11) all that is born of flesh, that is, that proceeds from a fleshly, natural, or unregenerate man, is nothing else than flesh and fleshly, John 3:6. (111) Because thousands, by taking natural things for spiritual, nature for grace, a good natural disposition and temperament for Regeneration, have deceived only themselves, and, by deceiving themselves, have perished eternally, Luke 18:11,12; and the Savior declares that tax collectors and harlots shall enter the kingdom of God before the Pharisees, Matt. 21:31. In particular and especially we must beware that we do not, for salvation, rest: (1) In any more honorable and modest natural disposition and temperament: whereby, by virtue of a certain inborn good-naturedness, as being formed and fashioned out of a certain better material, even among the Heathen themselves, some are more inclined and disposed to gentleness, courtesy, civility, kindness, fairness, and the like, than others — on account of which a more decent Pharisee thanked God that he was not like other men, and especially not like the tax collector standing near him, Luke 18:11,12. Nor (2) in additional and adventitious gifts of nature, whereby, both among the Heathen and among Christians, one excels another: for example, in learning, wisdom, prudence, architectural and also philosophical skill; for example, Ahithophel, 2 Sam. 16:23; Bezalel and Aholiab, Exod. 31:2. Nor (3) in moral virtues, according to which the Heathen are said to have carried the Law of God written in their hearts, Rom. 2:15, indeed, to have done by nature the things contained in the Law, v. 14 — whereby, for example, Plato, Cato, Scipio, Aristides, Seneca, the Antonines, have infinitely excelled Catiline, Caligula, Nero, Heliogabalus, and others: indeed the Heathen have even far excelled that people whom God professed as His own; for example, Tyre and Sidon, the inhabitants of Chorazin and Bethsaida, Matt. 11:21; those of Sodom, the Capernaites, v. 23; the queen of the South, the Jews, Matt. 12:42. Nor (4) in any kind of ecclesiastical duties; for example, in the knowledge of the truth, Rom. 2:18,22; 1 Cor. 13:2; the confession of it, Rom. 2:17; Matt. 7:21,22, and the defense of it, 1 Cor. 1:19,20; in attending public worship, Luke 18:11; Isa. 1:15; the use of the Sacraments, 1 Cor. 10:2,3,4; Acts 8:13; Gal. 5:6; 1 Cor. 11:27; the distributing of alms, Luke 18:12; 1 Cor. 13:3; in fasting, Luke 18:12; in martyrdom for the truth, 1 Cor. 13:3; in the preaching of the word, Matt. 7:21,22; 1 Cor. 13:1; in a certain zeal of confession, Phil. 3:6. Nor (5) in any kind of outward righteousness, Matt. 5:20, an honorable manner of life, Luke 18:11,12, legal blamelessness, Phil. 3:6. Nor (6) in gifts of a common grace, Heb. 6:4; for example, (a) in a common illumination of the Holy Spirit, Num. 24:3,4, whereby one knows the saving truth, receives it with joy, boldly confesses it, preaches it with zeal and earnestness. (b) In a restraining and curbing power, Gen. 20:6. (c) In an abhorrence and some avoidance of gross abominations, 1 Cor. 5:1. (d) In some remorse over ill-done things, whereby one acknowledges, laments, confesses, and somewhat amends one's sins, as with Judas, Matt. 27:3,4,5; 1 Kings 21:27. (e) In an outward observance and keeping of the Law and of the divine commandments, Matt. 19:18,19,20. In all these, and other, things, therefore, a man must by no means rest, in the matter of salvation, if he does not wish to be deceived: because all those things (the Spirit, and its true regenerating, being excluded) can be shown and practiced by the flesh, and are therefore nothing else than flesh, John 3:6, even though those same things, in the truly regenerate, take their origin from the Spirit, and from the poured-in spiritual life. Wherefore it is utterly necessary that we, in all these things, precisely distinguish nature from the grace of Regeneration; and that we note the defects by which one may discern that they do not flow from the Spirit, or from the spiritual life of Regeneration, but from the flesh, that is, from the unregenerate nature.
These moral things therefore differ from the spiritual: (a) with respect to their origin: for whereas the spiritual proceed from the Spirit, John 3:5, and are fruits of the Spirit, Gal. 5:22, and of the Law of God, inscribed by the Spirit in the heart, Jer. 31:33; Ezek. 36:26 — the moral things are obtained only by diligence, zeal, industriousness, and exercise, and are practiced by the powers of the free will, and are therefore nothing else than works of nature, not of the Spirit. (b) With respect to the rule: whereas spiritual things conform themselves to the rule of the new creature, Gal. 6:16, and spiritual men walk according to the Spirit, Rom. 8:1, and according to the will of God, Matt. 6:10 — those moral things conform themselves to a certain moderation and mean, which reason and the ordinances of the wise determine; and therefore those moral things intend to show obedience, not to God, but to reason and to the ordinances of the wise. (c) With respect to the end: whereas spiritual things extend and strive toward the glorifying of God, 1 Cor. 10:31; Phil. 1:20, toward union and communion with Him, in whom, for them, lies the summit of blessedness, Ps. 16:5 and 73:25 — those moral things generally seek and pursue their own honor and advantage, as appears in the Pharisees, Matt. 6:2,5; or, if anything further tends toward the exercise of virtue, it is at most nothing but a fair-seeming semblance of virtue, insofar as it agrees with reason. (d) With respect to the proximate cause: whereas spiritual things proceed from and out of faith, Rom. 1:17; Gal. 2:20, which holds for sin all that does not proceed from itself, however fair-seeming it may otherwise appear in itself, Rom. 14:23 — those moral things know nothing at all of faith; they grow out of the seeds of nature, and are watered only by exercises, without any entreaty for divine help. (e) With respect to the foundation: whereas all spiritual things are and occur in Christ, without whom we can do nothing, John 15:5, and in and through whom we are able to do all things, Phil. 4:13, just as they also are pleasing to God only in Christ, the Beloved, Eph. 1:6, who covers, fulfills, and so presents all their defects, with His righteousness, to His Father — the moral things of the unregenerate have nothing of Christ about them, and are therefore nothing but a weed of nature, a righteousness of their own, and, as it were, a filthy garment, unclean in the eyes of God, Isa. 64:6. (f) With respect to the posture of humility: whereas spiritual things are accompanied by a constant acknowledgment and sense of one's own inborn unfitness and corruption, and thus with a deep self-abasement, Luke 17:10 and 18:13; 2 Cor. 3:5 — those moral things puff up, and reek of pride and haughtiness, Matt. 6:2,5,8; Luke 18:11,12; Isa. 58:2,3; Matt. 7:26.
XXXVII.
Fifthly, it commends and advises to us an honest examination and testing, whereby it may be proven and made certain to us whether we are truly regenerate. For although the first act of spiritual life, which is brought about by Regeneration, is in itself neither visible nor perceptible — just as neither is the first act of natural life, nor habits, nor any sort of virtues — yet it is nevertheless truly visible and perceptible in its workings, which it brings forth and displays through conversion; and although also someone, at least one who is honest and modest in conduct and life, cannot readily be assured that he is not regenerate, because the life of Regeneration (like the seeds in the earth) lies hidden, as it were, for a certain time — nevertheless one who is truly regenerate and converted can, from the fruits of the Spirit, Gal. 5:22; Matt. 7:16-21, be infallibly assured that he is regenerate and converted, 1 John 3:14 and 5:1. At the least, one who does not bring forth fruits worthy of repentance may and can, with reason, doubt his regeneration — for the necessity of that, in order to understand the future. From what signs, therefore, shall I be able to know with certainty that I am regenerate? By these: (1) Whoever finds within himself a certain general renewal, whereby he, from a natural, fleshly, and worldly man, has become spiritual and heavenly, is without doubt regenerate: because Regeneration is a renewal of the Holy Spirit, Titus 3:5, and one regenerate is a new creature, 2 Cor. 5:17, who has received a new heart and a new spirit, Ezek. 36:26, who is changed in form into the image of God, 2 Cor. 3:18, so that it is no longer he himself who lives, but Christ in him, Gal. 2:20. (11) Whoever, in place of his old blindness, now experiences a new light, whereby he can know and discern spiritual things in a spiritual manner, is without doubt regenerate, Eph. 1:18 and 5:8; 1 Cor. 2:14,15; 2 Cor. 4:3,4; Acts 26:18. (111) Whoever perceives in his heart and will a new inclining bent toward spiritual things is without doubt regenerate, Phil. 3:7,8; Ps. 4:7,8 and 16:5 and 73:25; Phil. 1:20. (IV) Whoever perceives in his passions, or emotions and affections — love and hatred, desire and aversion, joy and sorrow; likewise, in his anger, fear, and boldness — a more spiritual disposition than formerly, is without doubt regenerate, Gal. 5:16,17,24; Rom. 8:1,2; Phil. 1:20,21. (v) Whoever earnestly strives, in spiritual things, after increase and growth, in order to be more and more strengthened, and changed for the better, in those things which concern the kingdom of God, is without doubt regenerate, 1 Pet. 2:2; Matt. 18:3. (VI) Whoever is inclined and disposed to all and every kind of good work is without doubt regenerate: for we are, in Christ Jesus, through Regeneration, created unto good works, Eph. 2:10; Col. 1:10; Acts 9:6; Rom. 1:9 and 7:22; 2 Pet. 1:4-8.
On the other hand, there are legitimate reasons for one to doubt his regeneration: (1) As many as live not according to the spirit, but according to the flesh; for all that is born of flesh is flesh, John 3:6; who are under the dominion of sin, and are led about, ensnared, by the snares of Satan, 2 Tim. 2:25,26; Eph. 2:1-5; Rom. 6:13 and 6:12 and 7:4,5,6. (2) As many as despise and hold cheap the means of grace and salvation, John 8:45; 2 Tim. 2:25,26. (3) As many as rest in an outwardly honorable and Pharisaical life, Matt. 5:20; Luke 18:11,12; Phil. 3:4,5,6; Rom. 2:17. (4) As many as remain fixed in and by an outward profession of godliness, and do not penetrate to the inward part of godliness, 2 Tim. 3:5; Matt. 7:21,22,23; Isa. 58:2; Ezek. 33:31,32; 1 Cor. 13:3. (5) As many as have never been seriously concerned about their salvation, or about the state of grace, Jer. 31:19; Acts 2:37.
XXXVIII.
Sixthly, it impresses upon us and urges us to strive and labor for and toward the Regeneration of others — which is especially the duty of the Ministers of the Divine word. For since those who are truly unregenerate can themselves contribute absolutely nothing to their own Regeneration, it is fitting that everyone, and especially those to whom God has officially entrusted this matter, should do this. And, that they may do this the more readily and promptly, it will be beneficial devoutly to consider and weigh: (1) That they are called by God to this, Acts 26:17,18; 2 Cor. 5:18,19; 2 Tim. 2:25,26,27. (11) That they are thus fellow-workers of God, 1 Cor. 3:9; 2 Cor. 6:1. (111) That they, for this reason, are called Fathers, because they beget in a spiritual manner, 1 Cor. 4:14,15. (IV) That a man's soul is a very great matter, Matt. 16:26; Luke 9:25. And (v) how glorious and excellent it is to win souls, Prov. 11:30; Matt. 4:19, so that Augustine not unfittingly says that the converting of a soul surpasses all miracles. (VI) How glorious and splendid it will be for them one day, in the last judgment, to have begotten many spiritually, Heb. 2:10,13; 1 Thess. 2:19; 2 Cor. 1:14; Dan. 12:3. On the contrary (VII), how shameful and how dreadful it will be for them to be convicted of being guilty of the neglect of souls, Ezek. 3:18,20; Jer. 48:10; 1 Cor. 9:16,17.
But in what manner shall they strive and labor for the Regeneration of others? (1) By teaching and instructing concerning the nature of Regeneration, as Christ did with Nicodemus, John 3:4,5. (2) By impressing the unbending necessity of Regeneration, without which they can neither see nor enter into the kingdom of God, John 3:3,5. (3) By declaring the unspeakable misery of those who die without Regeneration, Rom. 7:24; 2 Tim. 2:26; Luke 13:3, according to §34. (4) By extolling the most blessed lot of those who are truly regenerate, according to §33. (5) By showing by what means one is made a partaker of Regeneration; such as, for example: (a) To shun, with Nicodemus, John 3:2, the company of the unregenerate, Acts 2:38,40, and to desire and seek, with that same Nicodemus, the presence and instruction of those who can show us the way of Regeneration, 1 Cor. 4:15; Prov. 13:20; Eph. 4:19. (b) To receive the seed of Regeneration, the word of God, 1 Pet. 1:23; 1 Cor. 4:15. (c) To press upon oneself the promise of the Covenant of Grace, Ezek. 36:25-27 and 11:19; Jer. 32:39. (d) To sigh and pray with David: Create in me a clean heart, O God, and renew a steadfast spirit within me, Ps. 51:12, etc. (6) By removing all prejudices, bitterness, and hindrances, whereby the unregenerate are wont to stop up for themselves the way to Regeneration; such as, for example, are: (A) That they, in this way, are held and obliged to condemn themselves, and to set out their whole preceding life openly on display, to their greatest shame and dishonor. Answer: (a) That small measure of shame and disgrace we must swallow, in order to escape the everlasting reproach and disdain, Dan. 12:2. (b) The condemning of a wicked and perverse life, and a confession of sins, even the best have never been ashamed of, Ps. 51, and, according to the agreement of all Christians, it is utterly necessary to salvation, 1 Cor. 11:31; Prov. 28:13. (c) Indeed it is a matter of glory to handle nobly what has been ill done, 2 Cor. 3:11 (per corrected reference), and it redounds to the glory and praise of divine grace to relate one's former disgraceful deeds, 1 Tim. 1:13; Titus 3:3,4; 1 Cor. 6:10,11. (B) That they, in this way, will have to begin all their affairs anew, and cast down whatever they have built up to this point. Answer: What is ill built must necessarily be cast down again, lest it cast down and destroy itself, as is evident in ruinous foundations, Matt. 7:26. (C) That they, by calling into question their whole former manner of conduct and life, seem to be brought to despair. Answer: (a) It is better here to despair with hope, than hereafter to despair forever without hope. (b) This wholesome despair concerning one's former evil ways is nothing else than a solid and well-founded hope, indeed an infallible means of being brought aright onto the way of eternal salvation. (D) That such a new examination of Regeneration and of the new creature does not suit them. Answer: (a) One must strive along narrow and strait ways toward glorious dwelling-places, Matt. 7:13,14. (b) For those truly regenerate that way is not narrow and difficult, but gentle and sweet, Matt. 11:28,29; Rom. 7:22. (E) That they, in this way, will be exposed to the reproaches, rebukes, disdain, and persecutions of everyone. Answer: (a) This is the very lot of the Christian religion: blessed is he who is not offended thereby, according to Christ's saying, Matt. 11:6; 1 Pet. 4:12; 1 Thess. 3:3. There is (b) in these very adversities a certain blessedness of Christians, Matt. 5:10,11; 1 Pet. 4:14. (7) By praying for those who must still be regenerated, that it may please God to give the increase to their plantings, 1 Cor. 3:5,6,7; that He may quicken, enlighten, renew the one to be regenerated, deliver him from the heart of stone, etc., Eph. 1:16,17,18; Rom. 1:13. And there is no reason why one should suspect, in all these endeavors, that they knock in vain at a deaf man's door, and labor to no purpose: since they (†), by doing what is theirs, being at rest as to the outcome, discharge their bounden duty, and gladden their own soul, Ezek. 3:17-21. (††) Though they may perhaps be dealing and having to do with those spiritually dead, they nevertheless are dealing and have to do with those naturally living, endowed with understanding and will, who can grasp the literal and historical sense. (†††) Because God, by means and through the intervention of such addresses, is accustomed to regenerate, Isa. 59:21; Rom. 15:18,19; 1 Cor. 3:5,6,7.
XXXIX.
Seventhly, it exhorts the regenerate, and rouses them, to apply themselves to those duties which are in accord with their Regeneration. Namely: (1) That they acknowledge the unspeakable grace, which has been brought to them, above so many thousands, out of God's pure and unmixed good pleasure, in Regeneration, and that they leap therein for joy and gladness, James 1:17,18; Eph. 2:5,6; compare Luke 15:32. (11) That they, out of a sense of this unspeakable benefit, give God sincere and heartfelt thanks, 1 Pet. 1:3,4. (111) That they wholly and entirely depend on God, as the first fountain of their spiritual life, 2 Cor. 4:4,5,6, who works in them both the willing and the working, in accordance with His good pleasure, Phil. 2:13, and strive and labor to work out their salvation by the use of the appointed means; (IV) That they strive and press on toward a continual growth and increase of the spiritual life, which is communicated to them through Regeneration, 1 Pet. 2:2. (v) That they, to this end, importune God with fervent prayers, and weary Him as it were, Ps. 51:12. Especially also, (VI), that they take diligent pains and make it their business to carry forward, with all earnestness and zeal, the first act of that spiritual life, which they have received through Regeneration, into the second acts: so that they, who live by the Spirit, may also walk in and by the Spirit, Gal. 5:25; Rom. 8:1. And that they (VII), being drawn thereto, run after Him, Song 1:4; that they, being delivered from the heart of stone, make themselves a new heart and a new spirit, Ezek. 18:31; that they, being circumcised, circumcise themselves unto the Lord, and more and more put away the foreskin of the heart, Jer. 4:4; that is, that they, being now made alive through Regeneration, put off, through conversion and repentance, their former manner of life, being renewed in the spirit of their mind, and put on the new man, who after God is created in true righteousness and holiness, Eph. 4:22-24; and that they be mindful that they are, through Regeneration, God's workmanship, created in Christ Jesus unto good works, which God has prepared beforehand, that they should walk in them, Eph. 2:10. These duties, however, belong to conversion and sanctification, which are the ends of Regeneration, just as the second acts are the ends of the first act.
Chapter IV: Of the Conversion of Those to Be Redeemed
Upon Jeremiah 31:18,19.
Turn me, and I shall be turned; for you are Jehovah my God; for after I was turned, I repented, and after I was made known to myself, I struck upon my thigh; I was ashamed, yea, even confounded, because I bore the reproach of my youth.
I.
There remains still the third act of the Application, whereby the Holy Spirit carries forward the first act of spiritual life, brought about through Regeneration, unto the second acts, in order that the regenerate may, through the offer of the Calling, embrace and pursue the Redeemer and the conditions of Redemption, by those powers which they have received in regeneration. And this happens, and is accomplished and completed, through conversion, whose nature is fittingly and suitably enough presented, Jer. 31:18,19.
The Explanatory Part
II.
In which words is contained a wish of the Church, or rather a petition and prayer, for her conversion. In respect of which a twofold conversion is to be recognized:
1. The requested, or prayed-for matter: turn me, השיבני. Here again, 1. the requested or prayed-for conversion. שוב means to turn back, in that conjugation, Hiphil, to cause to turn back: whether to a place from which one has departed; and thus the sense would be: cause me to return to my Fatherland — but this is incorrectly taken in a different sense than in what follows, since it is evident that a conversion to God is prayed for: whether to a goal (terminum) from which one has departed; and thus in this passage: so that the Church prays for the conversion of her heart and mind to the Lord, from whom she had departed through her sins. Now this is not understood as the Regeneration, so called in the narrower sense, whereby the first act of spiritual life is brought about, by which we can only — which can be shown (a) from this, that the words presuppose a desire and longing for conversion, which presupposes a faculty; (b) because she strives and reaches after it with a wish, and indeed (c) with a wish pleasing and acceptable to God, as appears from the context of what precedes and what follows. All of which things would involve a contradiction, if they could fall to a man still unregenerate and dead in sins. Here, therefore, is understood the conversion which follows regeneration, whereby the already-brought first act of spiritual life is carried forward into and unto the second acts; namely, that working of God whereby we, from sin, turn back to God, Lam. 5:21.
2. Of her who is to be converted, who prays: me. She is concerned rather with her own conversion, than with that of others as such: namely, according to the state of the Church of the Old Testament, which was fixed and confined within the borders of the one Jewish land, to be afterward, under the New Testament, extended over the whole earth: to teach thereby, that one must begin with one's own conversion, according to the saying of the Savior, Matt. 7:5.
II. The promised conversion: and I shall be converted, etc. Here we find:
1. The promised matter, ואשובה, and I shall be turned, in a passive sense; or rather, and I shall turn back, in a more active sense; that it may have the appearance of a promise, namely: if you shall have brought to me, through Regeneration, the first act of spiritual life, whereby I shall be able to turn back; if you shall have powerfully aroused that first act, so that I shall not only be able, but also shall be willing — then I shall turn back to you, through faith and conversion, from whom I had departed through sin, Phil. 2:13. If you shall have drawn me, then I shall run after you, Song 1:4; John 6:44,45; compare Isa. 40:31; Jer. 31:3. And thus that "and" shall signify "then," not "sooner." Also that "and" could signify as much as "that"; turn me, that I may turn back — to signify that, without a preceding conversion, I shall not turn back, and I shall also not be able to; because without an arousing grace, that first act of life does not pass over into the second acts, namely faith and conversion; but that arousing grace being given, then I shall be willing and shall do it, and shall thus actually be converted.
2. The reason for promising, כי אתה יהוה אלהי, for you are Jehovah my God. The word כי (ki) signifies the moving reason, whereby she, being roused and moved, is willing, through faith and conversion, to turn back — because, namely, Jehovah was her God, not only by virtue of the national Covenant of Grace, which God had established with her at Sinai, Exod. 19:5, but also by virtue of a personal Covenant, which He enters into with true believers each in particular, wherein the Lord promises that He will be a God to them, Gen. 17:7 — and which the believers, in faith, accept, and give themselves back again to God: whence there flows further a two-sided Covenant, which is confirmed and ratified by both covenant-making Parties. A matter which furnishes a most powerful motive to turn back through conversion to God, from whom one had departed through sin. It would also signify the goal (terminum) to which she promises she will turn back, namely, to God, and to her God: for just as we depart from God through sin, so we turn back to God through faith and conversion, which the divine turning and change works. Moreover יהוה אלהים, Jehovah Elohim, LORD God, denotes the Triune God, Father, Son, and Holy Spirit, with whom we, in the Covenant of Grace, make an agreement, and who brings about the work of conversion in us.
3. The acts of conversion, and, as it were, the principal ingredients thereof, being two in number, namely:
a. Repentance. When I was turned, I repented. כי אחרי שובי נחמתי. Here is signified
a. A necessary prerequisite: for after I was turned. The particle כי, although it has various meanings in Scripture — signifying sometimes the reason of inference, to derive the one from the other, as Luke 7:47, the Greek word ὅτι, hoti, means — signifies here nevertheless a cause, and thus the inseparable connection between the divine conversion, and human repentance and remorse, whereby, that conversion being set down, there cannot but follow a salutary and saving repentance: and the first not being set down, the second cannot follow either. The word שובי means here rather, in an intransitive sense, to turn back: after I was turned back by God, I turned back — that is, from sin to God, and to better thoughts, I repented.
b. The act of repentance and remorse that follows, over past sins: נחמתי (Nichamti), I shall repent, or, I have repented, from נחם, Nicham, which word the Seventy translators render without distinction, sometimes by μεταμέλεσθαι (metamelesthai), to repent, sometimes by μετανοεῖν (metanoein), to become wise again. It signifies an inward act of pain and sorrow over all sorts of things, or in particular over one's own — whether words or deeds — which is metamelesthai; and then also a change of mind and disposition, which is metanoein. Here in this passage it would signify both at once: to have pain or remorse over ill-done things, and to change one's mind and disposition for the better, or become wise again. Moreover, the word נחם, Nicham, also signifies to comfort and to be comforted, or to receive comfort; and this too could apply here, because from a true repentance, remorse, and conversion is born a firm and solid comfort, 2 Cor. 7:10.
b. Sorrow. And after I was made known to myself, I struck upon my thigh. In and with these words is signified
a. The cause of the sorrow: ואחרי הודעי, and after I was made known to myself. The word הודעי is rendered by interpreters in various ways: and after it was made known to me; others: after it has been shown to me; others: when you have shown me; others: and now, when it has been made known to me; others: and after the matter was made known to me; others: and after I acknowledged, or knew, or recalled; others: after I became known to myself. Most of the meanings can be brought together and made subordinate, because most of them flow into conversion. After God, in conversion, has made known to me — myself, my sins and my misery — outwardly through the Word, inwardly through the enlightening of the Spirit; after I, out of and through that making-known, whereas until then I had not known myself, my sins, and my misery, being ignorant and stupid, have become known to myself; after I have recalled and considered my former manner of life. The word ידע, yada, signifies a knowledge, and indeed a certain, thorough, and clear knowledge, and one joined with an affection of the mind corresponding and fitting to it. She confesses, therefore, that she was, before her conversion, stupid, foolish, and blind, as we all are before conversion; but that she, through conversion, had turned back to herself, Luke 15:17; that she, through the word of God, and through the enlightening, conviction, and rebuke of the Holy Spirit, John 16:8, had come to a knowledge of herself, of her sins, and of her misery, and thence and thereby had conceived a concern and care for her salvation.
b. The effect, or the demeanor and gesture, of sorrow: ספקתי על ירך, I struck upon my thigh. I made known the bitterness of my sorrow and pain not only with words, but also with gestures. The word ספק, Saphak, is used of a striking and beating of the hand upon the thigh; and טפח, taphach, of a clapping together of the hands: both of these gestures express the bitterness of pain and sorrow. It is a sign (†) of a deep grief and sorrow, Ezek. 21:12; also (††) of amazement and astonishment, out of a sense of God's wrath and of His judgments, which the sinner had formerly despised. (†††) Of an abhorrence of oneself and of one's sins. (††††) Of confusion and despair — all of which points, in various manners, enter into conversion, and are one and the same with the spirit of bondage unto fear, Rom. 8:15, with the spirit of fearfulness, 2 Tim. 1:7, with the pricking, striking, and consternation of heart, Acts 2:37, which are wont commonly to precede the Spirit of adoption as children.
c. Shame: whereby is signified
a. The affection of shame, which (†) is set forth: בשתי, I have been overwhelmed with shame. (††) is amplified and heightened: נכלמתי, and also affected with disgrace, with dishonor. The first word בוש signifies therefore less than the second word כלם: for בוש, bosh, signifies a redness, a blush of shame, which arises from modesty, and is a sign of modesty; among the Greeks αἰδώς, shame, modesty, reverence, 1 Tim. 2:9; Heb. 12:28, where it signifies a shame and modesty which keeps men to their duty, from the privative letter α, and the verb εἴδω, I see, because those overwhelmed with shame see nothing good in themselves — whence the proverb, pudor in oculis, that is, shame is in the eyes. The word כלם is among the Greeks αἰσχύνη, disgrace, dishonor, from αἰσχρός, shameful, because we are made ashamed and put to the blush on account of shameful things. Here they are joined together by a certain climax, to increase the greatness of the shame. Shame now is a pain or sorrow arising from a consciousness of shamefulness, such as is discerned in conversion, out of an acknowledgment and sense of one's sins, Luke 15:18,21 and 18:13.
b. The shame-causing reason, כי נשאתי חרפת נעורי, because I bore the reproach of my youth. חרפת נעורי, the reproach of my youth, some restrict to the sins committed formerly by Israel in the wilderness; better it can be extended to original sin, of which Gen. 8:21, and also to the sins of youth or adolescence, Ps. 25:7, in which season men are especially, even to shame and disgrace, wont to be wanton and self-indulgent, whereas in the elderly one finds sobriety and moderation. The word חרפה, reproach, could also signify the punishment of the reproach, Isa. 25:8, which would not ill agree with the word נשאתי, I have borne, namely, the punishment of my shameful and disgraceful misdeeds. Although also the word נשא, to bear (being a word of many meanings) sometimes signifies to bring forth, to utter, to speak out, with great emotion and force; thus Cain, Gen. 4:13: My iniquity is greater, מנשא, than I can bear, than I can utter. At the least, it is thereby signified that those truly converted not only have pain, and are ashamed; but that they also feel, through and through, the source and cause of their pains, namely, the sins whereby they had provoked God to wrath; and not only the sins of their mature years, but also of their youth and adolescence; and not only that they feel these through and through inwardly, but also that they bring them forth, utter and confess them outwardly and openly — namely, according to the nature and manner of true conversion.
The Doctrinal Part
III.
It is therefore not enough, for the application of Redemption, to have obtained and received the spiritual life, whereby we are able, through Regeneration; unless also that life be, through conversion, carried forward into acts, so that we may, upon the conditions which are prerequisite for the application of Redemption, actually perform and fulfill faith and conversion, and that by the efficacious working of the Holy Spirit. For to this end the Church, in the text, being already regenerate, is so carefully and diligently concerned about her conversion in her prayer, that she asks God that she may be converted — not that she may be regenerated — in order that she may be brought over to God, both by faith, and by acts of repentance and conversion. That same "convert me," Lam. 5:21, and with another manner of speech, Song 1:4: Draw me, we will run after you — whence the Savior says, that no one can come to Him, unless the Father draws him, John 6:44,65. For indeed (1), just as in the natural, so also in the spiritual, the first act of spiritual life, and any habit whatsoever, is not brought about except for and on account of its workings: and consequently, the spiritual life being deprived of this, would be fruitless, in vain, and superfluous. Also (11) Scripture requires, for participation in redemption and salvation, not only the ability and faculty of believing and of converting, but it constantly demands the believing and the converting itself. And also (111) the power and faculty to believe and to convert oneself, which is brought about by regeneration, cannot extend itself into act or actuality, unless it be aroused by the grace of conversion, and applied to its object; man cannot run, unless drawn, nor convert himself, unless converted by God.
IV.
In order to grasp the nature of this conversion the better, it will be worthwhile, so far as the word is concerned, to hold fast: (1) That we use it in a narrower meaning, insofar as conversion is distinguished, both from regeneration, and from sanctification: so that regeneration brings nothing else than the first act of spiritual life, whereby we, that which must be set down being set down, are able; but conversion carries that first act over to those second acts, whereby we actually perform and fulfill the conditions of the application of redemption, namely, faith and actual conversion: while sanctification carries forward and advances that same act, unto the fruits, or unto the exercise of good works, whereby faith shows itself working and active through love, Gal. 5:6, and brings forth the obedience of faith, Rom. 1:5 and 16:25; while conversion brings forth fruits worthy of conversion, Matt. 3:8 and 7:17,18. (11) That the word is sometimes taken for a passing over from errors and heresies to the confession of the truth, John 5:19 (per corrected reference). (111) That conversion, from the one state to the other state, or from sin to virtue, which belongs to our present consideration, has a twofold relation: the one to God, converting, as being the efficient cause alone; the other to man, who is converted, and, being converted, converts himself, as being the formal cause. So that hence there does not spring a twofold conversion, of God and of man; but only one conversion, which acknowledges two causes, subordinate to one another, an efficient and a formal.
V.
As to the matter itself: conversion signifies with us that working of God, whereby He raises up and lifts up the regenerate to the exercise of faith and repentance, so that they, by fulfilling the conditions which are prerequisite for the application of redemption, may obtain the fellowship of redemption itself. From which it is easy to gather that by Conversion no new qualities are poured into those to be converted, as happens in Regeneration and Sanctification; but that only the spiritual life, which they have already previously obtained through Regeneration, is lifted up and carried forward into act or actuality. Concerning this conversion there present themselves to our consideration: I. The One converting. II. The one to be converted. III. Conversion itself. IV. The ends of Conversion, or the effects thereof. V. Its end; and VI. its kinds.
VI.
First, I say, the converting cause is without doubt God, Jer. 31:18: Turn me; and also, no one runs, unless drawn, Song 1:4. For it is His work to arouse the life, whose work it is to bring it in the first place. Whence the Psalmist says: Create in me a clean heart, Ps. 51:12; likewise, draw me, Song 1:4; and this He does, being roused and moved by pure and unmixed grace — whence He is said to have given to the Gentiles repentance unto life, Acts 11:18; 2 Tim. 2:25. Which nevertheless must not be understood as though one who is to be converted contributes absolutely nothing to his own conversion; for, being made alive through regeneration, he has powers by which he can cooperate with God toward his own conversion — whence in the Scriptures so many exhortations to conversion occur; and, being drawn, they are said to come and to run: but because one who is to be converted experiences absolutely nothing in himself, which could carry forward into actuality the life brought to him by regeneration, unless he were visited by the first cause.
VII.
Secondly, the object of conversion, or those who are to be converted, are sinful men, Matt. 9:12; indeed, often, the very worst and most notorious of sinners, Luke 15:21; Gal. 1:13,14; 1 Tim. 1:13; Matt. 21:31,32; Rom. 5:20; indeed, sinners of every kind, that is, of every rank and station, Acts 11:17,18; John 3:8. Yet not all and everyone alike; but only the elect, Rom. 8:30; Acts 13:48; indeed, elect who are already regenerate, Jer. 31:19: After I was turned, I repented — for indeed conversion does not bring a new life, but directs and arouses the life already brought.
VIII.
Thirdly, the act of converting, or conversion itself, is twofold: the one moral, the other physical. The moral conversion is accomplished by means of the Word, Isa. 59:21; Rom. 1:16 and 10:17; Ps. 19:8 — being read, heard, pondered, and considered — which, in the Calling, appears indeed as a scattered seed; in Regeneration, as a seed made alive; in Conversion, as an instrument, through which God holds before those who are to be converted their duty, and lures them to the practice thereof: and therefore not as a physical instrument, which by its own power would immediately bring forth conversion; or which, having the grace of conversion enclosed within itself, would carry it over to the soul of the one who is to be converted; for the spiritual effect of conversion cannot be produced by a bodily cause, and still less by such a one as works in no other way than by signifying and representing — but only by an ethical and moral instrument, whereby God holds forth and administers the reasons for converting, upon which the convert freely determines himself to conversion. When, nevertheless, the Word is called an instrument, one thereby readily understands that it does not work unto conversion in and by its own power, but in the power of the principal cause, Isa. 59:21. God now uses a twofold word: first, the word of the Law, which is therefore called a schoolmaster unto Christ, Gal. 3:24, as one whose end is Christ, unto righteousness to everyone who believes, Rom. 10:4. By means of this God casts down the one to be converted, and brings him to knowledge, acknowledgment, and sense of his sin and misery, to an inexcusableness, and to a wholesome despair; that he may see and perceive the unavoidable necessity of Redemption and of the Redeemer, Rom. 3:19 — to which end God not seldom adds to the Law all sorts of outward calamities and miseries, in order, as with rods, in a moral manner, as it were to compel entrance, Job 36:10; 2 Chron. 33:11,13; 1 Cor. 11:32; Jer. 2:19; Luke 14:17,18. Secondly, the word of the Gospel, Rom. 1:16, that by means thereof the convert may know and acknowledge the nature and purpose of Redemption, may conceive hope thereof, and be roused to the seeking and pursuing thereof, Matt. 11:28; Isa. 55:1; 2 Cor. 5:19,20.
IX.
The other act of conversion is physical, whereby God efficaciously draws the one to be converted, Song 1:4; John 6:44,65, opens his heart, Acts 16:14, creates in him a new heart, Ps. 51:12, works in him the willing and the working, Phil. 2:13, and so converts him, that he is converted, Lam. 5:21; Jer. 31:18,19. For indeed (1) a merely moral working cannot bring forth a physical effect, such as conversion is: and if (11) man himself brought this forth, and, by that moral persuasion, determined himself to conversion, not being physically determined by God, he would be the first determining cause of himself, in the category of being (in genere entis) not physically determined; and thus the first mover, not being moved; the first agent, not being visited by another; consequently, by that determination, the first cause, the first self-causing principle — and thus there would be more than one first cause, and God would not be the absolute first cause. Not to mention (111) that spiritual life, lying inert, cannot raise itself up into an act and actuality, unless it be aroused by the first cause. This physical working of God flows not only (1) into the one to be converted, so that his existence, his faculty of understanding and willing, or even his spiritual life, brought about through regeneration, may be powerfully sustained and preserved — which things occur through the general Providence, Acts 17:28. It also flows (2) not only into the effect, which would be produced both by man, after he has determined himself, and at the same time by God: since that first determination, being a thing (ens), cannot be withdrawn from the predetermination of the first cause, Rom. 11:36. Nor even (3) into the act itself of determination, through a general cooperation alone, which would be determined and particularized by the convert himself: since that very particularizing (specificatio) is a physical thing (ens physicum), and therefore depends on a first cause. Therefore (4) the physical working of conversion is occupied and active in arousing the spiritual life, and predetermining the one to be converted, so that he may actually accomplish the conditions which are prerequisite for the application of redemption, Phil. 2:13; Prov. 21:1.
X.
With both these acts of converting, the moral and the physical, God is occupied and active concerning the spiritual life which has been brought about by regeneration, both with respect to the understanding, and with respect to the will, and likewise with respect to the feeling and the passions. The life, or the spiritual light, which (1) is brought to the Understanding, God arouses: first, by teaching and instructing by means of it, John 6:45; Jer. 31:33; Heb. 8:10, concerning all the fundamental truths which are necessary to be known for participation in redemption; for example, concerning the Covenant of nature, its violation, and the consequences thereof — sin, punishment, misery; concerning the Covenant of grace, its Mediator, Redemption, and the Application of redemption, etc. Secondly, by convincing by means of it, John 16:8, of the general and infallible truth, and of the divine authority, of Holy Scripture, 2 Pet. 1:19,20; in particular and especially of those things which Scripture everywhere teaches concerning the shamefulness, punishment, and misery of sin; likewise concerning the nature and necessity of Redemption, of the sufficiency of the Redeemer, of the manner and the means of obtaining a share in redemption, etc. For indeed, it is not enough, for participation in redemption, to have been instructed concerning these and other truths, so that one merely knows them; unless one also be convinced of their infallible truth, so that they rouse and lift up the mind to act, John 13:17. (11) The spiritual life, in the sensitive faculty, lifts up and raises him to a sense of those truths, concerning which the understanding has been instructed and convinced, Jer. 31:19: When I am made known to myself, I will strike upon my thigh — so that they cry out, wretched man that I am! Rom. 7:24, and, being pricked and struck down in heart, cry out lamenting and groaning: Men and brethren, what shall we do? Acts 2:37. For it is indeed not enough to have the brain filled with excellent and outstanding truths, drawn and gathered from outward instruction, from the examples of others, or from a more honorable and modest upbringing, unless these penetrate to the inward part, so that they set in motion and arouse the passions, the affections, and the feeling — of love, hatred, fear, aversion, sorrow — according to the nature of a truth simultaneously known, 1 Cor. 13:2; compare Matt. 13:12-24 (per corrected reference).
XI.
This twofold working of God, in instructing the understanding, and in sharpening the convert's spiritual feeling, is most especially and most particularly occupied and active concerning these four points: first, concerning sin, which the convert, up to this working of God, has held as his delight, Prov. 9:17, and as his chief business, and as some support of his temporal happiness — that he now knows and feels it, in its unpardonable shamefulness, Jer. 31:19; Ps. 51:5,6; Luke 15:21; Matt. 27:3; 2 Sam. 24:10. Secondly, concerning the misery springing from sin, which the convert, up to this working, has not felt, Rev. 3:17 — that he now feels it as the plague of his heart, 2 Chron. 6:29, now has it continually before his eyes, Ps. 51:3, and cries out: Wretched man that I am! Who shall deliver me from this body of death? Rom. 7:24. Thirdly, concerning the vanity and insufficiency of all creatures, Eccl. 1:2, not only to bring about for themselves deliverance from sin, and from the misery of sin, Acts 4:12; John 14:6 — so that they are compelled to cry out: Who shall deliver me? Rom. 7:24; Ps. 49:7,8,9 — but also to bring about for themselves any true blessedness, Matt. 16:26, as the convert had until then imagined; when he held his riches, honors, and pleasures as it were for his God, Phil. 3:19, and for his Trinity [or, to speak more accurately, for his three-headed Idol], 1 John 2:16, from which he promised himself an all-sufficient blessedness, Ps. 4:7 and 17:14; when he promised himself deliverance from sin, and from the misery of sin, from himself, from the powers of his own free will, and from his own righteousness, Rom. 10:3. Fourthly, concerning the most absolute necessity of the Redeemer, Acts 4:12; John 14:6, in His most complete and perfect sufficiency, Col. 1:19; John 1:16, unspeakable excellence, ὑπερέχον, surpassing worth, Phil. 3:8 — so that He can, both deliver anyone from every evil, Rom. 7:1 (per corrected reference), and heap upon them every good, Eph. 1:3.
XII.
From these mentioned workings of conversion, insofar as the same are preparatory to the ends of faith and repentance, there flow into those to be converted three things: (1) A breaking, which the Apostle also calls a spirit of bondage unto fear, Rom. 8:15, likewise a spirit of fearfulness, 2 Tim. 1:7, and a pricking, a striking, and a consternation of heart, Acts 2:37, a broken heart, Ps. 34:19 and 51:19 (per corrected); Isa. 57:15 — whereby those to be converted are burdened and heavy-laden, Matt. 11:28, such a breaking as the hearers of the Apostles display, Acts 2:37, the jailer, Acts 16:29,30, and the very one to be converted, Saul, Acts 9:6. This breaking now consists (1) in a deep apprehension and grasp of the shamefulness and detestableness of the shameful deeds committed by them: hence the apprehension of the divine wrath, and of the eternal damnation hanging over their heads, Luke 15:21; Matt. 27:3; 2 Cor. 2:7. (11) In a dreadful fear of death, Heb. 2:15. (111) In some apprehension of the folly and foolishness involved in the shameful deeds committed, joined with a certain remorse, shame, and gnawings of conscience, such as are found in Judas, Matt. 27:3, in Saul, 1 Sam. 15:24, and likewise in the regenerate, 2 Sam. 24:10; Dan. 9:5,7; Jer. 31:19. (IV) In a certain very sharp and very bitter pain and sorrow, joined with sighing and tears, such as are found in Esau, Gen. 27:38; Heb. 12:17, and in the regenerate, for example in Mary Magdalene, Luke 7:37,38. (v) In a humble and lowly confession of sins, not only before God, but also before men; as in Pharaoh, Exod. 10:16, in Saul, 1 Sam. 15:24, and in the regenerate, Ps. 51; Dan. 9; Luke 15:21. (VI) In an indignation against and watchfulness over oneself; as in Judas, Matt. 27:3,4, and in the regenerate, 2 Cor. 7:11. (11) A humbling, whereby one who is broken, from consideration of his misdeeds, and from a sense of the misery hanging over his head, is small and cast away in his own eyes, Job 42:6 — just as God, concerning Ahab, through Elijah, as it were boasts, 1 Kings 21:27,28,29, and concerning Josiah, 2 Kings 22:18,19: Because your heart was tender, and you humbled yourself before the face of the LORD — condemns himself, acknowledges and confesses the righteousness of the divine judgments, and his own liability to eternal damnation, Dan. 9:5,6,7,11,14; Ps. 51:6; 2 Sam. 24:17; considers himself altogether unworthy of all grace, Luke 15:21: I am not worthy; Matt. 8:8; Luke 5:8; and is also covered with shame, Luke 18:13; Ezek. 16:61; Jer. 3:25; Ps. 22:19 (per corrected). (111) A wholesome and saving despair, whereby we, out of a sense of our own neediness, (1) have nothing to pay for our redemption, Matt. 18:25 — wherein our spiritual poverty consists, Matt. 5:3; Luke 4:18, from Isa. 61:1 and 66:1; Rev. 3:17. (11) And also can do nothing toward our own deliverance, Rom. 8:3, and are compelled to cry out: Wretched man that I am, who shall deliver me? Rom. 7:24. Men and brethren, what shall we do? Acts 2:37 and 16:30. Thereby, however, we do not mean a despair of God's sufficiency, power, and faithfulness in the keeping of His promises; nor of the Mediator's fitness; or of the infallibility of the promises — with which sort of despair Cain, to his own ruin, was afflicted, Gen. 4:13, and Judas, Matt. 27:3,4,5, which is godless and destructive — but a despair of oneself, Matt. 16:26, and of all creatures, Acts 4:12, which is the step toward deliverance, Luke 15:17; John 6:68.
XIII.
In these three points now is effected, and at the same time also made very necessary, the preparation — not indeed for regeneration, as we exhorted in the preceding chapter, nor for the whole of the converting humbling; since those things occur within the converting change, as acts thereof — but only for the ends (terminos) of the converting change, namely, faith and conversion. To that end, and for that purpose, they pave the way: (1) By bringing under subjection in them the fleshly self-sufficiency, whereby the sinner either does not acknowledge the necessity of the Redeemer and of redemption, Rev. 3:17; Luke 18:11; Matt. 9:12, or promises himself redemption from himself, from his own powers and works, Matt. 19:16,20. (11) By rousing them to a desire and longing for the Redeemer and for redemption, Rom. 7:24: Who shall deliver me? Phil. 3:7,8,9; Matt. 5:6; Isa. 55:1; Rev. 22:17. (111) By leading them to accept the more readily and promptly all sorts of laws and conditions, which are prerequisite for the application of redemption, Acts 9:6 and 2:37 and 16:30, namely, the denial of oneself, the taking up of one's cross, the following of Christ, Luke 9:23, the crucifying of the flesh and of the fleshly lusts, Gal. 5:24, the mortifying of oneself, Col. 3:5 — such things as no one would ever accept without those preparations, Rom. 10:5. (IV) By stirring up in them a zeal and diligence to guard more carefully the redemption, now already obtained, and to keep themselves from all sorts of obstructions of the same, which spring from sins — since it is through such laborious preparations that we have obtained it, Gal. 3:4; Job 42:6. And, in order to attain that end the more easily and more surely, that twofold preparation lets the one to be converted rise up and dispose himself, to receive the Redeemer with a living faith: the converting God does this, and takes care that the preparatory breaking, humbling, and despair be not, on the one hand, too slack and dull and unfit to fit the convert for a wholehearted and unconditional acceptance of the Redeemer, upon whatever laws and conditions He is offered, Matt. 8:19, but only for a certain velleity (velleitatem), such as is found in the rich young man of the Pharisees, Matt. 19:21,22, in Agrippa, Acts 26:28, in whom the same was the reason for so great a delay, Luke 15:14,15,16 — nor, on the other hand, too intense, so that they tend toward a deadly and destructive despair, as happened in Cain, Saul, Judas, and others, or at least renders body and soul unfit for any rational activities whatsoever, whether civil or holy, Ps. 77:3,4,5,9,10, and 88:4-9; indeed excludes all conversion, Jer. 18:12.
XIV.
Also, concerning that threefold preparation, one must be warned and cautioned: (1) That the same, in its material aspect, is sometimes found in the reprobate as well, as in Cain, Ahab, Judas, and others; in whom, however, they have absolutely no fellowship with the divine conversion, nor even sprout up from the life of regeneration, nor strive toward the acceptance of the Redeemer; but sink down into themselves, and therefore tend to nothing else than dreadful forebodings, indeed to the first beginnings of eternal terror and horror. (11) That, with respect to those to be converted, according to the divine intention, those things are sent to them in order to prepare them for the acceptance of Christ: thus in the hearers of Peter, Acts 2:37, in Paul, Acts 9, in the jailer, Acts 16:27,30 — indeed (although by various degrees, more perceptibly in one than in another) in all those to be converted, according to Paul's indication, Rom. 8:15: For you have not received the spirit of bondage again unto fear. And thus, although these are preparatory things unto the act of faith, they are nevertheless no preparatory things either for regeneration, as we have exhorted in the preceding chapter, nor for the whole of conversion: meanwhile they spring forth from the spiritual life, which is brought about in regeneration, and aroused by the converting change, and hence from a saving faith, and are for this reason also salvific. (111) That those preparatory things are also followed by the very acceptance of the Redeemer, which occurs through faith, and indeed with a very great increase, as ingredients of conversion and sanctification, as we shall show in its place.
XV.
Thus we have viewed the working of conversion as occupied concerning the understanding and the sensitive faculty, in order to arouse its life, which is poured in through regeneration, unto breaking, humbling, and despair, as necessary preparations for the acceptance of Christ: hence the working of conversion proceeds, that same working, further to the will, whereby it, unto a saving...
...brought to the brink of despair, so as to cry out with the prodigal son, "I perish here with hunger," Luke 15:17 — this awakens (i) a wish and longing for deliverance: "Oh, that I might..." etc., Matt. 11:21. (ii) From consideration of the divine mercy, and of the all-sufficiency that is in the Mediator, to some measure of hope, Joel 2:13: "For He is gracious and merciful, slow to anger, and of great kindness, and repenteth Him of the evil. Who knoweth if He will return and repent, and leave a blessing behind Him?" (iii) To some measure of an attempt to escape: "What shall we do, men and brethren?" Acts 2:37, and 16:30, "What must I do?" — whereby the convert is brought to the nearest power and possibility of accepting the Mediator.
XVI. Fourthly, the boundaries of conversion, or the weighty end-points thereof. For the spiritual life, having been imparted to the understanding and to the sensitive faculty — awakened by conversion unto brokenness, humiliation, and despair — and to the will, unto a wish, a hope, and an attempt to obtain deliverance — drives a man, through the cooperating converting grace, on: (i) to accept the Redeemer, offered to him, upon whatever laws and conditions He may be offered; which is the work of faith; (ii) to resolve within himself to forsake sin, however dear it may hitherto have been to him, by God's grace; which is the work of conversion. These two things, in the matter of man's change, are very badly separated from one another by some — when some bind the change to faith alone, others to conversion alone; whereas the Savior joins them together, Mark 1:15; Acts 2:38 with ch. 16:31.
XVII. The first end-point of the change is, accordingly, to accept the Mediator who offers Himself, John 1:11,12; Col. 2:5,6,7; Phil. 3:8,9 with v. 12; Matt. 26:26. For to partake of redemption there is required, before all things, a sincere acceptance of the Redeemer, which comes about through faith, John 3:16; Acts 16:31. A sincere acceptance, I say — that is, one by which (i) we are willing to receive Him purely and unconditionally, without any stipulation or qualification, Josh. 24:15; Job 13:15; Ps. 73:25; (ii) upon those conditions on which He offers Himself: namely, (1) that we accept not only His benefits but Himself — and indeed Himself first, and then His benefits, John 1:12; Rom. 8:32; (2) that we accept Him wholly — not only as Priest, to deliver us from the guilt of sin, but also as King, to subject us to Himself in all things; not only as Redeemer, but also as Sanctifier, since He is given to us for both offices, 1 Cor. 1:30; Titus 2:11,13,14; (3) that we accept him alone, to the exclusion and setting aside of all other rivals, Ps. 73:25,26 and 16:4; Phil. 3:7,8,9 — with denial of ourselves, Luke 18:23, and with crucifixion of the flesh and its lusts, Gal. 5:24. These matters we have treated more broadly and fully elsewhere, Book II, Chapter I; and likewise concerning saving faith, Chapter IV, §§ IX, X.
XVIII. The second is earnestly to will to forsake one's sins, through conversion. As for the word itself: conversion is called among the Hebrews teshuvah, as though it were a returning to one's own heart, Luke 15:17; among the Greeks μεταμέλεια (metameleia), a word that properly denotes an after-repenting, upon having done something amiss; and μετάνοια (metanoia), a word that denotes becoming wise after a deed committed. In Scripture these are used interchangeably, because in true conversion there always go together an after-repenting, Matt. 21:29,32, and a becoming-wise-again, Matt. 9:13 — inasmuch as a true convert, with respect to the end-point from which, has sorrow for his former misdeeds, and with respect to the end-point to which, has conversion to the exercise of virtue; although, if these two elements are separated from one another, mere repenting (μεταμέλεια) falls to hypocrites alone, Matt. 27:3.
XIX. As for the substance of the matter, conversion signifies, in general, a deep sorrow over past sins and an earnest resolve to amend one's life; more particularly, conversion (i) begins in the understanding; (ii) is rooted in the will; (iii) is active in the passions and affections; (iv) shows itself, as circumstances require, in outward gestures; and (v) issues in a hatred of sin and in a resolve to forsake it. First, I say, it begins in the understanding, awakening there a wholly humble and self-abasing estimate and regard of oneself, whereby a convert brings himself low, brings himself to nothing (compare Phil. 2:8), condemns himself, Luke 15:18,19,21 and 18:13; Ps. 2:6 — and this out of a certain deep and thorough apprehension: (1) of sin, however shameful it may be, and how detestable before God, 2 Sam. 24:10; Ps. 5:5,6,7; Isa. 1:15; (2) of the guilt of punishment which sin brings, namely of eternal damnation, Ps. 130:3 and 143:2; Job 9:3; (3) of the misery arising from sin and the guilt of punishment, Rom. 7:24; Job 42:6. Concerning this apprehension it must be carefully noted: (a) that it springs from a humble and godly contemplation of God's most high Majesty, which has been offended by our sin, Ps. 2:6; 1 Sam. 2:25; Dan. 9:4,5; likewise (b) from reflecting on so glorious and so blessed a state as that from which we have fallen through sin, Rom. 3:23 and vv. 12-19; from which it follows (c) that we reckon our misery, arising originally from sin and the guilt of punishment, to be far heavier than any that could arise from any other loss or harm, Rom. 7:24; Jer. 31:19.
XX. Second, it is rooted in the will, which is the proper seat of conversion, Joel 2:12; Luke 1:17 — for in Holy Scripture the heart denotes the will. Here, conversion consists of: (1) a certain settled displeasure and disgust with oneself and one's sins, Job 42:6; Ezek. 36:31 and 6:9, whereby a convert is, as it were, angry and indignant with himself; (2) a deep contrition, Job 42:6; Jer. 31:19, whereby one strikes the breast on account of misdeeds committed, Luke 18:13 — namely, as a sign of a pounding heart, out of fear and anguish over one's committed misdeeds, 2 Sam. 24:10; (3) an inclined and willing disposition toward the tenderest grief, sorrow, and repentance for sins, whereby one grieves that one cannot grieve enough, Ezek. 7:16; Jer. 31:19; Judg. 2:4,5; Luke 7:38,44 — whence Chrysostom (Homily 12 on Colossians 4) says: "To weep is a certain delight: nothing here is more pleasant than tears." By this a convert is (4) ready and prepared to subdue his sinful flesh, with its lusts and desires, Gal. 5:24; 1 Cor. 9:27, and to take vengeance on himself for his committed sins, 2 Cor. 7:11. He is (5) disposed and inclined to think very lowly and meanly of himself, and to let himself be corrected by others, Luke 15:18,19,21; 1 Tim. 1:13. And all these things spring in him originally: (1) from a sincere love toward God, who has been offended by His sin, Ps. 2:6; 2 Cor. 5:14; (2) from a hatred of sin, 2 Sam. 24:10; (3) from a consideration of the love and sufferings of Jesus Christ, which He so readily and willingly, knowingly and willfully, allowed and took upon Himself, in order to condemn sin in his flesh, Rom. 8:2,3; Eph. 5:2, and to deliver us from sin, 2 Cor. 5:21.
XXI. Third, it works in the passions and affections of the mind — in hatred, sorrow, fear, grief, joy, etc., 2 Cor. 7:11. Yet in these affections one must carefully and godly take heed not to judge the genuineness and sincerity of conversion so much by the greatness of the movements of the passions as by their sincerity; for one may observe in hypocrites — especially those of a more tender and gentle temperament — that the affections and passions run very high, Isa. 33:14, as appears in Judas, Matt. 27:3, and in Esau, Gen. 27:38; Heb. 12:17. Indeed, the genuineness of conversion is not to be sought so much in the passions as in the will: the more sincerely you are willing, the stronger are the true affections of conversion — since the will is the proper subject of all saving grace, but not the passions.
XXII. Fourth, it shows itself, as circumstances require, in outward acts, Jer. 31:19. For an inward conversion is scarcely genuine if it does not plainly appear and become manifest in and through outward acts, 1 Sam. 15:30. Although, on the other hand, that same genuineness and sincerity cannot safely be judged from all sorts of outward performances, as appears in Ahab, 1 Kings 21:27,30. Meanwhile, if it is unwilling to become manifest in outward acts where it can and should, this is a sure mark of a spurious conversion. True and genuine conversion, therefore, shows itself: (1) in a humble and lowly confession of sins, 1 John 1:9; Mark 3:6[?]; Prov. 28:13, before God, Ps. 51; Dan. 9; Luke 15:18,19,21 — and likewise before men, as often, and to whatever degree, this may serve to God's glory, ibid., and Jas. 5:16 — then especially when one has given offense to, or wronged, one's neighbor, Luke 17:4. And this he does willingly, sincerely, and openly — not merely in general, or out of habit, or only regarding lighter sins, or only when no contempt or scorn can arise for him from his confession; and not only those sins which are too public to remain hidden, or when a gnawing conscience forces out the confession, as happened in Judas, Matt. 27:3. (2) In outward gestures — for example, in tears, Matt. 26:75; Judg. 2:4,5; Luke 7:38,44; in fasting, Joel 2:15; in a humble, lowly, and modest bearing, clothing, and other things which might serve to display genuine repentance, penitence, and conversion, 1 Kings 21:27,29.
XXIII. Finally, fifth, it ends in an abhorrence of sin, and in a sincere resolve to avoid and flee it. In this lies the principal weight of the whole of conversion. As to the hatred of sin: for it to be genuine and consonant with true conversion, it must (1) proceed from a sincere and unfeigned love toward God, because His glory and majesty are violated by sin, Ps. 51:6; (2) from a love of virtue, Amos 5:15; (3) from a love for one's own soul and its eternal blessedness, Prov. 8:36. It must (4) be universal, extending to all sins, because they are sins, Col. 3:8; 1 Thess. 5:22. Also (5) an irreconcilable and everlasting hatred, Ps. 69:19; Hos. 14:4; Heb. 10:38,39. From this hatred flows, of itself, (ii) a firm and unshakable resolve to forsake sin and to cleave and adhere to God, Dan. 1:6; Acts 2:23; a full readiness of will, 2 Cor. 8:11 — and these things, in the change and conversion, go no further than the settled and sincere purpose of the mind: the actual execution is provided and brought about, through the intervening union and communion with Christ, and likewise justification and readoption (if not always in the order of time, then at least in the order of nature), finally, by sanctification — which comes wholly and entirely to this end, that the regenerate and converted may bring forth the obedience of faith, Rom. 1:4,5 and 16:26, and work fruits worthy of conversion, Luke 3:8; Acts 26:20; Eph. 4:1.
XXIV. The change and conversion deserve to be noted as distinguished into three kinds: (1) an initial or first conversion, whereby God brings the regenerate out of the state of sin into the state of grace — such as appears in the Prodigal Son, Luke 15:12; in the hearers on the day of Pentecost, Acts 2:38-43; in Paul, Acts 9; in the jailer, Acts 16:30,31. (2) A continuing conversion, whereby the converted daily convert themselves from their daily falls and stumblings, Prov. 24:16; Ps. 19:13; Matt. 6:11,12; compare Luke 17:3,4. (3) A renewed or particular conversion, after some heavier fall into sin, Ps. 51; Matt. 26:75; Isa. 1:16; Ezra 10:11; Rev. 2:5. Finally, the whole matter of this change, so far as it discharges itself in faith and conversion, serves to this end: that a convert, by fulfilling the conditions on which God has made the communication or application of redemption to depend, may be made a partaker of the benefits of redemption.
The Polemical Part
XXV. It is asked, first: Whether the divine change and conversion is occupied and active with respect to spiritual life — that is, whether it is newly imparted to the sinner through regeneration? The Pelagians and Socinians, since they deny that man, by the violation of the Covenant of Works, brought spiritual death upon himself and his posterity, likewise deny that this spiritual life is restored to him in regeneration; and accordingly they hold that the whole operation of converting change consists in raising up and lifting the powers of the free will, so that these, lying prostrate and being sluggish and idle, are awakened and set upright unto conversion. The Papists, since they hold that original righteousness, which was lost through sin, was supernatural to man, and an added supplement to nature which curbed the flesh, or the lower faculty, like a bridle, so that it might not rebel against the spirit, or the higher faculties — hold that no spiritual life was lost to the understanding and the will through sin, or the violation of the first covenant, and consequently that none is restored to them through regeneration; and they thus hold that the grace of conversion is occupied only with the powers of the free will, so that these may be advanced from mere capacity to actual exercise — whether by a moral operation, as the Jesuits hold, or by a physical operation, as the Dominicans and Jansenists prefer. The Reformed, since they hold that the spiritual life, having been lost through sin, is restored again through regeneration with respect to the first act, hold that converting change is occupied only with that first act of spiritual life, in order that it may be carried forward and advanced to the second act, according to Paul, Phil. 2:13: "For it is God who works in you both to will and to do, of His good pleasure." However, since we have set forth this view at length in the preceding chapter, we shall not detain ourselves with it further here.
XXVI. It is asked, second: Whether God, in conversion, predetermines the will of the one to be converted to spiritual activity by a physical influence? The Pelagians — with whom the Socinians hold entirely the same view, the better to uphold all the more forcefully the indifference of the free will and its independence — hold that God, by a general providence, sustains the one to be converted, together with his free will and powers, and thereafter, in a moral way, urges him to determine himself toward amendment. Durandus and his followers do indeed allow a physical influence and predetermination as necessary, so that the power may pass from capacity to act; but only a general one (such as, for example, that of the sun, moon, and stars), which is determined and particularized by each thing according to its own kind and nature — just as, in an organ, the bellows fills all the pipes equally and uniformly with wind, without which no sound could be produced, but the determination and particularization is caused by the construction and disposition of the pipes and by the organist. The Jesuits, together with the semi-Pelagians, since they see that this general influence by no means suffices, require, besides a moral persuasion, a physical cooperating influence, which they call a "concurrence": whereby God, the will now being ready and determined to will, as it were accompanies it in the producing of the act, and thus, together and at the same time with the will, as a partial cause, flows into the effect, so that the first determination appears to arise independently of the will of the one to be converted. The Reformed, together with the Dominicans, require in conversion, besides moral persuasions, a physical operation of God, whereby the power — that of the will as well — is awakened and predetermined to act. We have adduced the reasons in §IX; compare the preceding chapter, §§XXIV, XXV, XXVI, and Book III, Chapter X, §XXXV.
XXVII. It is asked, third: Whether the act of faith by which converting change seeks to be accomplished consists in the acceptance of Christ? The Socinians, in order to banish the satisfaction of Christ, place faith in an assent to, and obedience toward, the commandments of Christ. The Papists, in order the more readily to exclude the certainty and assurance of salvation and the particular application of Christ, and to make the partaking of salvation depend, at least in part, all the more forcefully upon man's own satisfactions and merits, resolve saving faith into a mere general assent to what God has revealed. The Lutherans, along with many of the Reformed, place faith, so far as it is at least saving, in a particular assent whereby one is assured that Christ is one's own Savior. The remaining Reformed altogether exclude obedience to the commandments of Christ from the very essence of faith; they require simply a general assent for the essence of faith, but its properly and formally saving act they place in the acceptance of Christ Himself; yet they too require indeed a particular assent to faith, but only as a consequence following upon the first act, which is properly the saving one. This view we have set forth and demonstrated at length and expressly above, in Book II, Chapter I, §§XI-XVI.
XXVIII. It is asked, fourth: Whether the penance of conversion is a solemn sacrament of the New Testament? The Papists, in the service of the papal churches — which grow not a little from these acts of penance, according to the tariff of penances set by the papal chancellery — behave very perversely in this matter: for at one time they hold it to be a punishment imposed by the confessor upon the penitent on account of his offense; at another, a virtue prescribed by God to sinners; at another, a sacrament of the New Testament, whose matter consists of contrition of heart, oral confession, and satisfaction, but whose form is priestly absolution. The Reformed hold it to be a consequence of the divine change, and a part of the conversion which the Gospel requires for partaking of Christ's ransom-redemption; and thereby they deny that it is a sacrament: (1) because, even on the Papists' own suppositions, it agrees poorly that one and the same thing should be a punishment for sin — and thus, at least with respect to the one who undergoes it, something evil — and at the same time a virtue whereby the punishment is averted, and finally also a sacrament whereby God seals grace to us; (2) because only two sacraments of the New Testament are mentioned, as we shall demonstrate at length and expressly in its proper place; (3) because the essentials of a sacrament are lacking in confession, even on the Papists' own suppositions — for there is no outward element there, nor the Word, which, according to Christ's institution, must be added to the element as the form, in order for it to become a sacrament; (4) because the parties themselves disagree and dispute among themselves as to what is to be taken for the matter and form of this imagined sacrament: while most hold contrition of heart, confession of the mouth, and satisfaction of works to be its matter, whereas Scripture reduces all these things to prior dispositions, and places the whole sacrament in priestly absolution alone. As for contrition, most hold it to be necessary, since mere attrition (a lesser bruising) would otherwise suffice, and all acknowledge that it does not constitute the outward element. As for satisfaction, they place it after absolution — which for them constitutes the form of this sacrament — often to be performed years afterward, and thus they fancy that the form exists prior to its own matter. As for priestly absolution, all the Papists judge it not necessary in order to obtain forgiveness, since they acknowledge that through contrition alone all sin, even mortal sin, can be forgiven apart from the sacrament, according to Ezek. 18:21. (5) Because penance, or confession, together with absolution, also had a place under the Old Testament, 2 Sam. 12:13 — at which time, even on the parties' own suppositions, it was not a sacrament. (6) Because, though it has been one and the same penance before and after Christ's resurrection, it nevertheless was not, according to the parties' own view, a sacrament before the resurrection. (7) Because the ministers of the Word, though called ministers and dispensers of the sacraments, are nowhere said to administer or to have administered confession. Nor do the parties have anything to allege for themselves and their view except the passage of John 20:23: "Whosesoever sins ye remit, they are remitted unto them; and whosesoever sins ye retain, they are retained." From these words, says Bellarmine, it is concluded that confession was instituted by God, and that the promise of a justifying grace is attached to it. Answer: (1) here nothing more is said about confession and penance than is said about faith. (2) Nothing about any outward sign can legitimately be inferred and concluded from these words. (3) Nothing about the fixed words of absolution, which must be added to the element in order to become a sacrament. (4) No promise of grace bound to the use of the elements.
XXIX. It is asked, fifth: Whether penitence and conversion consist in, and are accomplished through, contrition of heart, confession of mouth, and satisfaction of works? The Papists say yes. The Reformed, although they grant that, for the constituting of true conversion, a deep sorrow, grief, and repentance over sin is required; and although they likewise grant that a humble confession of sins must be made before God, and, as circumstances require, before the congregation, in the case of public scandal — yes, even before one's neighbor, in the case of offenses given — and before the shepherds of souls, in a case of conscience too difficult to resolve; and although, finally, they do not reject an orderly (canonical) satisfaction within the congregation — yet they do not admit either a Popish contrition, precisely proportioned to the offenses committed, or an auricular confession, by which, in order to obtain forgiveness, one would be bound to pour out into the ear of the priest all mortal sins, with all their circumstances, so far as the memory can reach them through the most exact examination of conscience; nor a satisfaction to be rendered in the divine court for offenses committed — but they judge that such a thing derogates from Christ's satisfaction. Indeed, they also deny that these three things are sufficient for true conversion: (1) because the New Testament does not in general demand all these things of us, and therefore, instead of true penitence and conversion, they constitute nothing but a mere and bare superstition, of which the Savior speaks, Matt. 15:9, and Paul, Col. 2:20 — Isa. 1:12. (2) Because all these things are plainly and visibly displayed in the repentance of Judas, Matt. 27:3: for he is broken over having betrayed his Master; he confesses this before the priests; he makes satisfaction by throwing down before their feet the unjustly acquired silver pieces. Therefore, if, according to the parties' own view, that repentance satisfies God and merits forgiveness, then either injustice was done to Judas, or he has been saved. (3) Because the universal hatred and irreconcilable abhorrence of sin, which is nearly the chief thing in true conversion and repentance, Ps. 97:10, is wholly excluded from this repentance of the Papists. And indeed I do not know what the parties can allege for the genuineness and sincerity of this their repentance and penitence.
XXX. It is asked, sixth, more spiritually: Whether it is necessary for true repentance and conversion that every adult and baptized person, at least once a year, confess to the priest all his venial and mortal sins, so far as he can, after a careful examination of his conscience, call them to memory, together with all their circumstances, that he may thereby obtain forgiveness of them? The Papists (in order to procure the greater authority for their priests, and thereby pave the way and the road to the sole rule of the Pope, and also, in order thereby to gain for themselves knowledge of the affairs that go on) say yes. The Reformed deny it: (1) because such a confession is not of divine right, nor prescribed in Holy Scripture — which even some of the Papists themselves acknowledge (see Becanus, ch. 36, de Sacr. quaest. 1), as also our countryman, Pope Adrian, traces it to the Lateran Council, under Innocent III. (2) Because it is impossible, Ps. 19:13. (3) Because it is a torment of the conscience. (4) A school of misdeeds, villainies, and impurities. (5) An edifice of the Pope's tyranny and rapacity. (6) Because the canonists themselves, though the theologians cry out against it, acknowledge that it is of papal, not of divine, right. (Compare Maresius, loc. XIII, §XVII with the notes.) The parties allege for their view: (1) certain Scripture passages that speak of a confession of sins, 2 Sam. 12:13; Matt. 3:6; Acts 19:17,18; and some others besides. Answer: those passages assert nothing but the confession which we have long since granted. (2) That the power to bind and loose is ascribed to churchmen, Matt. 16:19 and 18:18; John 20:23; and that it is therefore necessary that they gain knowledge of sins through confession and auricular disclosure. Answer: let them forgive, in God's name, in general, and, as circumstances require, also in particular to the one confessing; it is enough that God has knowledge of the particular offenses committed. (3) The Savior commanded that the one who had been cleansed of his leprosy should show himself to the priest: therefore spiritual leprosy also must be shown to the priest through confession. Answer: He sent him, according to the prescription of the ceremonial law, Lev. 14 — which was not yet abolished at that time — having already been healed, not in order to be healed: the very opposite of what the parties are forced to argue. (4) We are commanded to confess our sins to one another, Jas. 5:16. Answer: Cardinal Cajetan answers that this does not speak of sacramental confession, as appears from the fact that he says "confess to one another."
XXXI. It is asked, seventh: Whether true penance and penitence require that the one who is to be pronounced free and absolved from his sin give to God something of equal value (an equivalent) for the debt of a temporal punishment — whether voluntarily undertaken, or imposed on him by the priest? The Papists understand here (1) by "satisfaction," the giving of something of equal value, voluntary, but otherwise not owed. Then (2) they hold that, the offense having been forgiven, there nevertheless remains the debt of a temporal punishment, to be paid either in the life to come or in the present life. (3) That the debt of temporal punishment can be redeemed, or — which for them is the same thing — that satisfaction can be made for the debt of that punishment. (4) That these works of satisfaction may be chosen willingly and of oneself, or, when imposed by the priests at their discretion, must be accepted. (5) That the good works by which satisfaction can be made are prayer, fasting, and almsgiving, and whatever else may be brought under these three heads. That therefore (6) these good works of ours truly and properly satisfy God for the debt of temporal punishment which remains over and above the forgiven offense, in order to be atoned for. In these main points Bellarmine (De Poenitentia, Book IV) determines the matter of satisfaction. The Reformed, besides a true faith and conversion, admit nothing as required by God alone for partaking of redemption, except the satisfaction of Christ: (1) because it is sufficient in every respect, Heb. 7:25 and 10:10,26. (2) Because it is clearly and expressly said that He has taken away all condemnation from His own, Rom. 8:1. (3) Because to substitute a foreign satisfaction in its place derogates from the perfection and fullness of His satisfaction, Acts 4:12; Ps. 130:8. (4) Because, as a consequence, the intention of one's own satisfaction excludes man from the communion of Christ's satisfaction, and from the forgiveness of sins, Rom. 10:3; Gal. 5:4; Phil. 3:8. (5) Because the good work which, even by the Papists' own confession, must be done for satisfaction, must be something not otherwise owed (Scotus on Bk. IV of the Sentences, dist. XV) — such a thing as does not exist anywhere in the whole world, Luke 17:10. (6) Because the foundations on which the Papists' satisfactions rest are empty and groundless, as appears from their establishing of a distinction between sin and punishment: (A) because, once the offense is taken away, to hold that the debt of punishment nevertheless remains is a distinction without any real difference, since all guilt is an obligation to punishment. (B) Because it is false that satisfaction can be made for temporal punishment, Matt. 18:25 — for whatever man could possibly do, he already owes to God beforehand. (C) Because, in particular, prayer, fasting, and almsgiving are duties prescribed to each and every one, Ps. 91:15; Joel 2:15,16; Heb. 13:16. (Compare Ames's Bellarminus Enervatus, Book V, Chapter IV.)
The Practical Part
XXXII. The practical use of this passage first forms the regenerate themselves to an utterly absolute dependence upon divine grace: because (1) not even the spiritual life imparted to them in regeneration can bring them to fulfill the conditions required for the application of redemption, unless a certain second grace of converting change is added thereto, by awakening and applying, working the very willing itself, Phil. 2:13; (2) because for and unto that second grace even a moral sufficiency is not enough, but there is required, besides, a physical necessity, which converts, that we ourselves may be converted; which draws, that we may run after and come, John 6:44. There is, therefore, the greatest reason why the regenerate themselves, in everything required for their salvation, should, as it were, hang upon the breasts of God: (1) by stretching forth with the most fervent entreaties, along with the Church: "Turn me, and I shall be turned," Jer. 31:18; and with David: "Create in me a clean heart, O God, and renew a right, a steadfast spirit within me," Ps. 51:12; again with the Church: "Draw me, we will run after thee," Song 1:4; (2) that they humble themselves before God in all things, feeling themselves the most utterly worthless, 2 Cor. 3:5,6; 1 Cor. 15:10, and not despise all others above themselves, 1 Cor. 4:7; Rom. 11:18; (3) that they thank God all the more zealously — even as did the Pharisee, Luke 18:11; Eph. 1:3; 1 Pet. 1:3; (4) that they work out and accomplish their salvation with fear and trembling, because it is God who works in them both to will and to accomplish, according to His good pleasure, Phil. 2:13; Rom. 11:20; Ps. 2:11; (5) that, having obtained the grace not only of regeneration but also of conversion, they congratulate themselves thereupon all the more earnestly and fervently, and rejoice therein with unspeakable joy, even in the midst of the heat of their afflictions, 1 Pet. 1:3,6; Ps. 33:1.
XXXIII. Second, this doctrine admonishes us that, in this matter of converting change, we should never separate faith — whereby we accept God as our highest end and Jesus as our only Mediator — from penitence and conversion: "Turn me, thou art my God! after that I was turned, I repented," Jer. 31:18,19. Because faith and conversion make up the two end-points of the one converting change, and, as essential parts, are required together for partaking of redemption, Mark 1:15; Acts 2:38 with v. 44. Not that true Faith and true Penitence and conversion can be separated from one another in the matter of the change — but because teachers sometimes confine the grace of the change so exclusively either to faith alone, so that they seem to neglect conversion, or to conversion alone, so that they make no mention whatsoever of faith; and because common people, by their practice, are accustomed to imagine either that faith alone is so exclusively required to obtain forgiveness and salvation that true conversion from sin is not necessary, or, conversely, so restrict the change to conversion from sin that they seem to feel no necessity of faith. This defect, among others, is what was lacking in the repentance of Judas: although he felt very keenly, and had sorrow over his misdeed, and though he openly and candidly confessed it, and moreover returned the ill-gotten gain, and with indignation cast it down at the feet of its former owners, he was nonetheless excluded from the forgiveness of sins and from salvation, Matt. 27:3,4.
XXXIV. Third, this doctrine admonishes and warns the regenerate not to rest until, through their converting change, they have actually accepted God as their highest end, and Christ as their only Mediator, by a true and living faith: (1) because the first and chief end-point of the whole converting change is this acceptance by faith, compare §§XVI, XVII; (2) because, consequently, converting change without faith is deprived of its principal object, and is thus defective — indeed nonexistent — in its chief essential part, and unfit for redemption, Acts 4:12; (3) because repentance and conversion themselves do not flourish except as they spring from the acceptance of Christ, which comes about through faith, Luke 15:18, "Father, I have sinned," etc. However, since we have already treated this acceptance by faith at length and expressly in Book II, Chapter I, we shall not detain ourselves with it further here for the present, but shall pass directly to repentance and conversion.
XXXV. Fourth, it marks the obstinacy and hardness of those who, though repeatedly and most earnestly invited to conversion, obstinately refuse, Matt. 23:37: "O Jerusalem, Jerusalem — how often would I have gathered thy children together, even as a hen gathereth her chickens under her wings, and ye would not!" The Apostle displays the wretchedness of such people, as it were in summary, Acts 26:18: (1) reproaching them that they are blind, with eyes shut — that their eyes might be opened. That is, unwise, foolish (as the ungodly are generally described in Holy Scripture, Ps. 14:1 with 10:4), as those who set and prefer sin above righteousness, and fleeting, soon-regretted pleasure above eternal blessedness, Matt. 16:26; (2) that they are under darkness, whereby Scripture signifies every sort of misery, Isa. 50:10; Ps. 23:4; Matt. 22:13; (3) that they are under the power of Satan, and his wretched slaves, 2 Tim. 2:26; 1 John 3:8,10; (4) that they are excluded from all saving grace and favor of God — "without God in the world," Eph. 2:12 — for he that commits sin is not of God, 1 John 3:9, but a child of the devil, John 8:44; 1 John 3:10; (5) that they are under the guilt of punishment for their sins, since forgiveness is not obtained without conversion, Ezek. 18:27; Mark 4:12; (6) that they have no inheritance among the sanctified, John 3:3,4 — no, but on the contrary belong to the seed of the Serpent, Gen. 3:15 — because, according to the sense of that saying, the opening of the eyes, the turning from darkness to light, from the power of Satan to God, the forgiveness of sins, an inheritance among the sanctified, is not obtained except through conversion. Let me add (7) that they are the grossest and most senseless self-murderers, Ezek. 18:31,32 and 33:11. And that (8) their eternal damnation (1) is of their own guilt, in that God has so often, and with so great earnestness, invited them to conversion, Hos. 13:9; that, consequently, (2) their damnation is in every way just, arising not from any severity or cruelty of God, but springing from their own cruelty against themselves, Acts 13:46; and also (3) altogether inexcusable and self-condemned, because they were unwilling to accept the remedy against damnation, though it was repeatedly offered them, Matt. 22:3,5 and 23:37; moreover (4) utterly unavoidable, because they have hardened themselves against the remedy for damnation, Prov. 29:1; Ps. 95:8,11; furthermore (5) unworthy of all pity, because it is willful and deliberate, Prov. 1:23-33; and finally (6) altogether unbearable, on account of a conscience of obstinacy, continually gnawing, whereby they have brought upon themselves so great a misery, Isa. 66:24; Mark 9:44.
Now, for the healing of impenitence and unconvertibility, its chief causes must in every way be investigated. Among these is (a) hardness of heart, Rom. 2:5; Neh. 9:16,17; Jer. 6:10. (b) A gross ignorance and dullness, Isa. 6:10; Eph. 4:18; Luke 19:42 — for which reason the Savior counsels the Laodiceans, who are to be converted, to buy eyesalve, that they may see, Rev. 3:18. (c) A resisting and withstanding of the movements of the Holy Spirit, Acts 7:51; Isa. 63:10; 1 Thess. 5:19; compare Rom. 8:14. (d) A continual and persistent neglect and scorn of the means offered, Matt. 22:3 — Heb. 6:7; Luke 13:6,7. (e) A Pharisaic conceit of one's own righteousness, whereby one imagines conversion is not needed, Luke 15:7 and 18:11-14; Rev. 3:17; Matt. 21:31,32; Luke 5:32. (f) A habit of sinning contracted through long persistence, Jer. 13:23; Hos. 9:6, whereby we, like Lazarus, lie as if rotting in the grave of sin, John 11:39 (having become past feeling, Eph. 4:19), and acquire a conscience as it were seared with a hot iron, 1 Tim. 4:2. (g) An immoderate love of the world and of worldly things, John 3:19, whereby the means of conversion are choked, Matt. 13:22. (h) Evil company and association with the ungodly, 1 Cor. 15:32; Ps. 50:17,18. (i) God's just blinding and hardening, Isa. 6:9,10; Matt. 13:14,15; Ps. 95:11. To these are added (k) various pretexts by which we ourselves harden our hearts against conversion, and especially seek to evade the stigma of neglecting it — pretexts which must be carefully removed in the healing. Namely: (a) They allege their own inability, since change and conversion are a gift of God, 2 Tim. 2:25. Answer: either it is false that you cannot — namely, if only you earnestly will (because He who has given the willing also gives the ability and the accomplishing, Phil. 2:13, and He who, by giving the willing, has begun a good work, promises that He will also complete and perfect it, by supplying the ability, Phil. 1:6; Heb. 12:2) — or, if you truly cannot, then it is false that you will; and therefore God will punish you, not so much because you cannot, but because you will not, Matt. 23:37,38; indeed, because, by not willing, you are yourself the cause of that your inability. Let me add that you do not even do what you could do, by common grace, in the use of the outward means. Otherwise (b) they allege that they have long done, and still do, what they can: pondering their sins, weighing and lamenting them, hearing and receiving the word, praying, giving alms, doing what befits a Christian, Matt. 19:20; Luke 18:10,11,12; Phil. 3:5,6 — and therefore that they are converted, and need no new conversion, Luke 15:7. Answer: by such works, even granting they are true, you are by no means converted, nor shall you thereby be justified, Luke 18:14; Matt. 19:16 with v. 22. You truly do not know, like Laodicea, Rev. 3:17, that you are wretched, etc. — for you would say: I am an unprofitable servant, Luke 17:10. "Who can understand his errors? Cleanse thou me from secret faults," Ps. 19:12. Therefore you are by no means converted; for you would cry out with the converted Church: "Turn me, that I may be turned," Jer. 31:19. Indeed, without change and conversion, all these things, however fair they may appear, are an abomination to God, as with the puffed-up Pharisee, Luke 18:14, and with the Jews, Isa. 1:11-17 and 66:2,3. They allege (c) that, whatever their outward acts may be, their inward self, their bosom, their heart, is nevertheless just as good, and just as converted, as that of the very best — wherefore they need no further conversion. Answer: it is utterly false that, the outward acts being wholly and altogether corrupt, the inward part could be sound and the heart converted, according to the pronouncement of Christ, Matt. 7:16-21 and 15:18,19. Nor are there lacking (d) some who allege their natural inclination toward this sin above that one, and therefore that God will be gracious to them in this, even though they do not convert from it. Answer: (1) so much the more hateful is that sin of yours in God's eyes and presence, the stronger and more powerful your inclination toward it is, and thus conversion from it is all the more necessary — whence David, because of his own besetting inclination to sin, was all the more forcefully driven and urged to penitence and conversion, Ps. 51:7,8. (2) That natural inclination toward this sin above that one must be corrected and removed precisely through the very effort of conversion: "Create in me a clean heart, O God, and renew a right, a steadfast spirit within me," Ps. 51:12. "Turn me, and I shall be turned," Jer. 31:18. "O wretched man that I am! who shall deliver me from this body of death?" Rom. 7:24. There are also (e) some who allege their age and station in life as ill-suited to conversion, but as better suited and fitting to enjoying the world and sin — as Solomon depicts, Eccl. 11:9,10. Answer: I will answer with that same Solomon: know that for all these things God will bring thee into judgment; therefore remove sorrow from thine heart, and put away evil from thy flesh — because the command and the necessity of conversion, without exception, is universal, John 3:3,5; Luke 13:3. (Compare Hoornbeek, Theol. Pract., Book VI, Chapter IV, p. 618.)
XXXVI. Fifth, it marks the postponement of conversion — when one does not wholly despise conversion, or think that it must be altogether abandoned, but only that it should be put off to some other time which, in one's own judgment, is more fitting, convenient, and suitable. The reasons which might yet shake off this deadly sleep I can set forth no more forcefully or emphatically than in the words of Ames (Cas. Consc., Book II, Chapter III): "It is unlawful, and a wicked deed," he says, "to postpone the exercise of conversion even for the very least interval." The reasons are: (1) Because God requires it for the present time, Ps. 95:7; Heb. 4:7 — since sin is a debt, and a wrong done to God, it is plain that its correction ought not, even for a single moment, to be postponed apart from the consent and will of God. As soon, therefore, as the amendment and conversion of life is required by God, so soon must it be presented and displayed. Moreover, no subject may or can harbor a thief, robber, or open highwayman, against and contrary to the will of a supreme judge, without becoming guilty of a great and grievous crime himself. (2) Because every delay of conversion increases hardness of heart; there [Scripture says] it prolongs the habit of sinning and makes conversion more difficult, Jer. 13:23. The reason is that evil and wicked habits become more hardened, the understanding becomes more darkened, Eph. 4:18, the will becomes more hardened and given over to sin, Heb. 4:7, all the faculties become more bound with chains and entangled together, as it were, with cords, Acts 8:23, and a new-planted shoot is more easily and readily uprooted than one that has struck deeper roots. (3) Because persisting and continuing in sin increases the number of sins, our guilt of punishment, and God's wrath, Ps. 95:10,11. For sin, when it is not removed through conversion, has, by its natural inclination and by force of the divine curse, something resembling what proceeds from the blessing of God in the godly: it grows and multiplies; for by its weight and gravity it draws on to further sins, just as the deep is said to call unto the deep, Ps. 42:8[?]. (4) Because the duration of our life is wholly and utterly uncertain, Jas. 4:13,14 — so there is danger in delay, Luke 12:20: "Thou fool, this night thy soul shall be required of thee" — but however far I have put off my conversion, where shall it then be? Therefore, while we have the fitting time, let us do this. (5) Because conversion is a gift of God, which He bestows at the time appointed by Himself, not according to our own will, 2 Tim. 2:26; 2 Cor. 6:2; Luke 13:9 — therefore no occasion of it ought to be neglected, omitted, or disregarded, but one must make haste; for it is just with God that, if we neglect and disregard such duties, and, while we could obtain them, are unwilling — then, according to His judgment and abandonment, it should come to pass that, when we would be willing, we shall not be able. (6) Because the intention to postpone conversion cannot coexist with a sincere resolve to convert, 1 Pet. 4:3. It is a self-deception, and the mark of a desperate debtor, if he is unwilling to repay the money entrusted to him, if he defers and drags out the payment from day to day. (7) Because a late conversion is very rarely a true conversion, and is nearly always suspect. There is but a single example of the converted thief in Holy Scripture; and yet one reads of neither him nor of any other who was afterward converted, that he had postponed his conversion — indeed, the opposite is proclaimed to such a person, Matt. 24:48, etc. (8) Because, even if we could be assured of a future true conversion, it would nevertheless be unworthy and unfitting so to deal with God as one may not deal with men, Lev. 19:13; Prov. 3:28, and as we would not wish God to deal with us, Ps. 13:2,3 and 102:3[?]. (9) Because those who thus delay are, by common judgment, convicted of folly and senselessness: for anyone would be counted a fool who postpones, even for a single hour, the extinguishing of a fire raging in his house; or who would not at once try to expel poison from his body; or who would not immediately hasten the healing of a grave wound, etc. Now, since there is greater danger in neglecting the fire, the poison, and the wound of sin, the folly is all the more ruinous. These and other matters Hoornbeek has also adorned with the sayings of the ancient fathers, Theol. Pract., Book VI. The causes of this postponement, which must be removed by remedies, are chiefly these: (1) The natural sluggishness and laziness native to us, whereby, while proposing to ourselves and hoping in God's grace, we remain standing still, Prov. 6:9,10 and 24:33; compare Hag. 1:2, and Isa. 28:10 — against which one must set that the precious kingdom of God is not won and obtained without effort and force applied by the hand, Matt. 11:12. (2) Love for sins and pleasures, in which one lives, joined with a conscience convinced of the necessity of conversion, as is observed in Agrippa, Acts 26:28, who was lost through delay. (3) Confidence in the powers of the free will, whereby we suppose we shall convert whenever it pleases us — against which one must set that it is God who works in us both to will and to work, according to His good pleasure, Phil. 2:13; who also has His own time, 2 Cor. 6:2; John 10:4[?], and His own fitting and well-appointed time of grace, which, if neglected and disregarded, forever deprives a man of grace, Luke 19:44; Rev. 2:21; Matt. 3:10; Ps. 45:7,8; Isa. 55:6; Heb. 3:13; Col. 4:5. (4) A vain imagining of a longer life, Amos 6:3 — against which one must set the brevity and vanity of our life, whereby we cannot be certain of it even for a single hour, Jas. 4:13,14; Ps. 39:5,6,7 and 90:3-7. (5) The example of the thief, who was converted in the very moment of his death, Luke 23:40-44 — against which one must set that there is but this one example in the New Testament; and that one nevertheless reads of neither him nor of any converted person, that they had postponed their conversion. (8) Because, even if we could be assured of a future true conversion, it would nevertheless be unworthy and unfitting so to deal with God as one may not deal with men, Lev. 19:13; Prov. 3:28, and as we would not wish God to deal with us, Ps. 13:2,3 and 102:3. (9) Because those who thus delay are, by common judgment, convicted of folly and senselessness: for anyone would be counted a fool who postpones, even for a single hour, the extinguishing of a fire raging in his house; or who would not at once try to expel poison from his body; or who would not immediately hasten the healing of a grave wound, etc. — now, since there is greater danger in neglecting the fire, the poison, and the wound of sin, the folly is all the more ruinous. These and other matters Hoornbeek has also adorned with the sayings of the ancient fathers, Theol. Pract., Book VI. The causes of this postponement, which must be removed by remedies, are chiefly these: (1) The natural sluggishness and laziness native to us, whereby, while proposing to ourselves and hoping in God's grace, we remain standing still, Prov. 6:9,10 and 24:33; compare Hag. 1:2, and Isa. 28:10 — against which one must set that the precious kingdom of God is not won and obtained without effort and force applied by the hand, Matt. 11:12. (2) Love for sins and pleasures, in which one lives, joined with a conscience convinced of the necessity of conversion, as is observed in Agrippa, Acts 26:28, who was lost through delay. (3) Confidence in the powers of the free will, whereby we suppose we shall convert whenever it pleases us — against which one must set that it is God who works in us both to will and to work, according to His good pleasure, Phil. 2:13, who also has His own time, 2 Cor. 6:2, and His own fitting and well-appointed time of grace, which, if neglected and disregarded, forever deprives a man of grace, Luke 19:44; Rev. 2:21; Matt. 3:10; Ps. 45:7,8; Isa. 55:6; Heb. 3:13; Col. 4:5. (4) A vain imagining of a longer life, Amos 6:3 — against which one must set the brevity and vanity of our life, whereby we cannot be certain of it even for a single hour, Jas. 4:13,14; Ps. 39:5,6,7 and 90:3-7. (5) The example of the thief, who was converted in the very moment of his death, Luke 23:40-44 — against which one must set that there is but this one example in the New Testament, and that one nevertheless reads of neither him nor of any converted person that they had postponed their conversion.
XXXVII. Sixth, it marks a hypocritical and feigned repentance and conversion — not arising from a true change of heart, but from a merely natural conscience: such as was seen in Cain, Gen. 4:13,14; in Pharaoh, Exod. 9:27; in Saul, 1 Sam. 15:13; in Ahab, 1 Kings 21:27,29; in Judas, Matt. 27:3,4,5 — which is useful for nothing but the beginning of eternal misery. This, therefore, calls us to an earnest examination of our conversion, whose genuineness and goodness we shall nowhere else discover, except by comparing this bastard conversion with the true and genuine one in such a way that, on the one side, we grasp the resemblance between the two, and on the other, the difference and distinction. As for (1) the resemblance: you will observe that a feigned repentance can attain to astonishing degrees with respect to most of the ingredients of conversion. You will note in it: (1) a contrition, in which there is a knowledge and acknowledgment of sin, a sense of the misery arising from sin, a deep sorrow and terror of conscience — for example, in Cain, Gen. 4:13-15, "My punishment is greater than I can bear; behold, thou hast driven me out this day from the face of the earth, and from thy face shall I be hid" — and in Judas, Matt. 27:3,4. (2) Such a humiliation as God Himself, as it were, boasts of before His own, for example, in Ahab, 1 Kings 21:29, "Seest thou how Ahab humbleth himself before me?" (3) A despair of oneself, and of everything outside oneself, as able to deliver: "My punishment is greater than can be forgiven," says Cain, namely, by anyone — the same appears in Judas. (4) A confession of sins, for example, in Pharaoh, Exod. 9:27, "I have sinned this time: the LORD is righteous, and I and my people are wicked"; in Saul, 1 Sam. 26:21. (5) Gestures befitting penitence, for example, in Ahab, 1 Kings 21:27. In particular (6) tears, for example, in Esau, Heb. 12:16,17. (7) Fasting, for example, and Ahab. (8) Prayers, with some measure of feeling, for example, in the Jews, Isa. 1:15. (9) Some measure of amendment, such as appears in the returning of the traitor's money by Judas, Matt. 27:4. And why should there not also be added (10) some measure of hatred, whereby they abhor their committed misdeed, wish they had never committed it, and that they might never commit it again — does not this too appear plainly enough in Judas, who, with loathing, cast down the silver pieces at the feet of the chief priests? Matt. 27:4. Observe, then, how far even a hypocrite, in the matter of conversion, driven by a merely natural conscience, can sometimes go. Thus far the resemblance between a feigned and a genuine conversion. Now as to (2) the distinction and difference in which they diverge from one another, this can be noted in the following and other particulars: (1) Whereas the feigned conversion arises from natural conscience, from the greatness and grossness of the misdeed committed, and from a fear thence arising of an unavoidable misery, as appears in the examples cited — the true conversion arises from and out of the divine converting change, Jer. 31:18,19: "Turn thou me, and I shall be turned; surely after that I was turned, I repented, and after that I was instructed, I smote upon my thigh." (2) Whereas the feigned is wrung out almost solely by the severity of the Law and its harsh threats, Gal. 4:24 with ch. 3:10 — the true flourishes forth from the evangelical promises of grace, Jer. 3:13-16; Joel 2:13. (3) Whereas the feigned is excluded from saving faith, as appears in Judas — the true springs forth from faith, Acts 15:9. (4) Whereas the contrition of the feigned arises from a mere dread and terror of death and damnation, Exod. 10:16,17 — the true arises from love toward God and toward righteousness, Ps. 2:6. (5) Whereas the confession of the feigned conversion looks almost solely to generally known sins, and is directed only toward men, as appears in Saul — the true confession, moreover, and indeed first of all, is made before God, Ps. 2:6, and discloses to Him even hidden sins, Ps. 19:12. (6) Whereas the feigned humiliation, without the heart, ends almost entirely in outward display, as appears in Ahab — the genuine and true humiliation proceeds from the innermost part of the heart outward, Ps. 51:8,12,15,21; Joel 2:13,15,16. (7) Whereas the despair of the feigned conversion is universal, and without any hope of grace, as appears in Cain and Judas — that of the true conversion extends only to created things, and is joined with some hope of, and desire and longing for, grace, Ps. 88:2,3,16. (8) Whereas, in the feigned conversion, the acknowledgment and sense of sin, and of the misery arising from it, is very burdensome to its possessor, who would rather be rid of it — as appears in Saul, when he employed every art to ward it off from himself, 1 Sam. 16:16,23 — in true conversion this is present with its possessor along with some measure of consolation, which he also, according to his ability, seeks to foster, 2 Cor. 7:10,11; compare the example of Job, ch. 13:15[?]. (9) Whereas the feigned refrains from sin, not driven by hatred, but either from vexation, or from fear of punishment, or from love of some opposing and conflicting sin, or from lack of means to satisfy the lust, 2 Pet. 2:20,21,22 — the true conversion avoids sin out of love for God and for virtue, Gen. 39:9. (10) Whereas the feigned, even when it does hate sin, does not hate it insofar as it is sin, nor all sin, nor as much in itself as in others, 1 Cor. 5:1 — the true conversion hates sin out of love for God and for righteousness, Ps. 97:10; 51:6; 139:21,22; Gen. 39:9. (11) Whereas the repentance of a feigned conversion is soon passing and lasts but a moment, as appears in Pharaoh, Exod. 9:29,30, and in Felix, Acts 24:25,27 — the genuine is enduring, Ps. 51:5, and turns away even from the sins of one's youth, Ps. 25:7; Job 13:26; Jer. 3:25 and 31:19. More marks of true conversion are given by Ames, Cas., Book II, Chapter VIII, quaest. 3.
XXXVIII. Seventh, it urges a true and sincere penitence and conversion, whereby we grieve over our past sins, deeply humble ourselves before God on account of them, despair utterly, apart from the Redeemer alone, of deliverance, confess them most humbly before God, testify to them, as circumstances require, by every sort of sign and gesture, embrace a universal and irreconcilable hatred against all sin, together with an earnest resolve to amend it, etc. Such a repentance and conversion Holy Scripture urges, Deut. 10:16; Jer. 3:7,14 and 4:4 and 18:11; Joel 2:13; Jonah 3:8; Matt. 3:2, and in countless other passages besides. To this we are also called by the examples of the Israelites at Bochim, Judg. 2:1-4[?]; 1 Sam. 12:1-14; 2 Sam. 24:10; Ps. 51; of Manasseh, 2 Chron. 33:12,13; of the Ninevites, Jonah 3 and 4; of the Sinful Woman, Luke 7:38; of Peter, Matt. 26:75; of the Jews, Acts 2:37. Various reasons also commend it: (1) Because sin is in every way and absolutely an evil, and a fountainhead of every evil; therefore one must convert from it, 1 Cor. 5:2; Ezra 8:2,3. (2) Because it is just that we, through repentance and penitence, should at least in some measure experience and feel how evil and bitter a thing it is to sin against God, Jer. 2:19 — what sins deserve, and what it means to fall into the hands of the living God, Heb. 10:31. (3) Because we, according to God's own ordinance, escape eternal torments through a temporal repentance and conversion — for we must have sorrow and grief either here or hereafter; it is therefore better, through repentance and penitence, to judge ourselves here, than, for sin's sake, to be condemned forever, 1 Cor. 11:32; Hos. 14:2; Luke 13:3; Matt. 3:7,8. (4) Because to those who convert every kind of promise has been made, Luke 4:18,19; Ps. 34:19. (5) Because God embraces most tenderly, refreshes, cherishes, and gives rest to those who truly convert, Matt. 11:28; Ps. 116:7; comforts them in adversities, Isa. 40:1,2; gives them light, Job 10:20,21; delivers them from their evils, 2 Pet. 2:9; indeed, desires to dwell with them, Isa. 57:15 and 66:2. (6) Because those who seek and pursue true conversion shall receive its fruits, of which the Apostle draws up something of a register, 2 Cor. 7:11. (7) Because over the conversion of a sinner the heavens rejoice, Luke 15:10 — indeed, even, in His own way, God Himself, vv. 22,23,24 — and men also ought to rejoice and be glad over it, v. 32. (Compare what Ames has, Cas., Book II, Chapter VIII, quaest. 2.) And that we may be the more inclined, ready, and prepared in the exercise of conversion, it will be useful to consider godly the end-points of conversion: (1) sin, how detestable a thing it is, Isa. 1:4; Rev. 3:17 — for just as a distorted reflection and view of sin, under a varnished appearance of something pleasant and useful, carries one away into sin, so a true reflection and view of it, in its real and proper shape, brings and draws the mind back from sin, through a genuine conversion. (2) It will be useful and profitable to compare with sin God's infinite Majesty, which is offended by it, Ps. 2:6. And also (3) that infinite obligation by which we are bound, to please God, by virtue of creation, preservation, governance, provision, various deliverances, calling, and invitation to partake of grace, Deut. 32:4-16; Judg. 2:1,2,4. Moreover (4) God's dreadful indignation against sin, Ps. 5:5,6,7. Further (5) the many and great goods of which sin deprives us, Hos. 1:7,8. (6) Also the unspeakable evil which it brings and does to God and His glory and honor, to one's neighbor, and to ourselves, with respect to body, soul, name and reputation, goods, etc., Luke 23:28,29,30. It will especially be useful (7) to think godly on the sufferings of Christ, which He endured in soul and body, for those sins over which we would otherwise have had to grieve and lament for all eternity, Isa. 53:4; Matt. 26:38,39 and 27:46. Finally, (8) the highest fairness, usefulness, and necessity of the obedience which we must show to God, to whom, through conversion, we turn ourselves, Isa. 1:2,3,4. Moved, therefore, by these reasons, and helped by such aids, let us not merely stand for and strive after conversion, but do so in a right and fitting manner: that is, (a) with the whole heart, Joel 2:12. But what is it to convert oneself with one's whole heart? It is (a) to convert oneself sincerely — that is, not only with respect to the outward, and to outward gestures, as Ahab did, but also, and indeed chiefly, with respect to the inward part of the heart, Ps. 2:8,12[?]; Joel 2:12,13. It is (b) to withhold no single part of our heart from God, and reserve it for sin — as Herod, who did many things, and yet, not all, lent a part of his heart to incest, Mark 6:20 with v. 17, and Ananias to covetousness, Acts 5:1,2. (c) To exert and expend all one's powers upon conversion, and through it to strive and press toward its utmost perfection, Luke 10:27 with Gal. 2:10[?]; Song 3:4. It is (d) to have united and to keep the strivings of the heart, without distraction and division, fixed upon the one matter of conversion, Ps. 86:11: "Unite my heart to fear thy name"; Ezek. 20:19; Luke 1:40,41,43[?]. It is (e) so to convert oneself to God, and to cleave and to live unto Him, that for our heart there be nothing above God, nothing against God, nothing beside God — but that the whole heart be under God, and before God, Ps. 73:25; Matt. 10:37 and 16:25,26. (b) A steadfast, persistent, and enduring effort, unto the end of life, Ezek. 18:23,24; Heb. 10:38, as appears in David, Ps. 51:5 and 25:7. (c) It must also be joined with faith, indeed proceeding from it, Acts 15:9 with Heb. 9:14 — and since this was lacking in Judas's repentance, it proved ruinous to him. And finally, since conversion has its own periods, as shown above, §XXIV, it is necessary (a) that those who are not yet converted strive and press toward it, without any delay, with all their powers, Ps. 95:7 — Heb. 3:7, according to what we have already exhorted above; (b) that those who are truly converted renew their conversion daily, as required by sins committed anew each day, Jer. 4:14 and v. 4, and that, to this end, they daily importune and weary God, with the Church: "Turn me, that I may be turned," etc.; indeed also (c) that, having committed extraordinary sins, they likewise, in an extraordinary manner, through an extraordinary penitence and conversion, make amends for and correct what has been ill done, Ps. 51:1 — 1 Cor. 5:2; 2 Cor. 7:9 and 12:21.
Chapter V: Of the Union of the Redeemed with Christ
On 1 Corinthians 1:30: But of Him are ye in Christ Jesus, who of God is made unto us wisdom, and righteousness, and sanctification, and redemption.
I. We have spoken of the nature of the Application, and of the acts of the Holy Spirit by which it is brought about; there now follows the foundation of the Application, namely, union with the Redeemer, which is the nearest end-point toward which faith reaches and strives; and then, from union with Christ, communion in His benefits flows forth of itself. The consideration of both we shall ground upon the words we are treating, 1 Cor. 1:30.
The Explanatory Part
II. In and with which words the Apostle, intending to wean and draw off his Corinthians from the schismatic confidence they placed in their teachers, brings to their minds that they had not come, through the eloquence of those teachers, nor even through his own, to union with and communion in the benefits of Christ, but through God alone, as the principal cause; and accordingly he sets forth and presents to them:
1. The chief cause of the union and communion with Christ: But of Him. Here the little participle "of" does not denote a material cause, as it commonly does, but the efficient cause, as in Rom. 11:36; Luke 1:35, and elsewhere — to signify that they had not come to union with Christ and to communion in His benefits through his own wisdom, or through that of others, but through God's election, calling, regeneration, conversion, sanctification. "Of Him," namely, God, whom he had already signified, vv. 27,28,29, whose work it is to graft and engraft us into Christ, Rom. 11:23,24. De — "but" — denotes a contrast against every kind of human and fleshly power, virtue, and wisdom, vv. 17,19,20,21, in order to cut off from all men every ground of boasting and confidence in anyone or anything else.
2. The object and subject of this divine, Christ-uniting power: ὑμεῖς, ye. Namely, you Corinthians, whom he had already earlier signified and described, v. 2: "unto the church of God which is at Corinth, to them that are sanctified in Christ Jesus, called to be saints, with all that in every place call upon the name of Jesus Christ our Lord, both theirs and ours." This is not only to distinguish them from all others — who, whether at Corinth or elsewhere, did not belong to the Church, were not sanctified in Christ Jesus, not called saints — but moreover, to furnish these his Corinthians with infallible marks and tokens by which they might safely distinguish themselves from all others, even those who were in the outward fellowship of the Church itself; indeed also to signify that all — and only — the elect, the sanctified, the called by the power of God, are united with Christ and have obtained communion in His benefits.
3. The union itself with Christ: ye are in Christ Jesus. By this manner of speech, as often as it is used of Christ, union with Him is signified, Eph. 1:3,4,7,10,11,12,13,15; Phil. 3:9; John 15:4,5,6, and elsewhere. It is set in contrast to being outside of Christ, χωρὶς Χριστοῦ, "without Christ," Eph. 2:12,13. Namely: just as, being united in Adam, ἐν τῷ Ἀδάμ, or with Adam, we receive communion in death, so, ἐν τῷ Χριστῷ, in Christ, we obtain communion in life, 1 Cor. 15:22.
4. The communion with Christ: who of God is made unto us wisdom, and righteousness, and sanctification, and redemption. Of this is noted:
1. The institution, appointment, and establishment. Ὃς ἐγενήθη, "who is made." Ὅς, "who," namely, Christ. Ἐγενήθη, "was made" — namely, from eternity He was made, and that of God: namely, (a) in the eternal Council of Peace between Father and Son, Ps. 2:7, wherein the Father appointed Him, and the Son took upon Himself the office of Sponsor. (b) In time, the Father gave the Son, John 3:16. (c) Sent Him into the world, Gal. 4:4. (d) Sanctified Him, John 10:36. (e) Promised the communion of His Son, and of all His benefits, to every believer, 2 Cor. 1:20. In this divine appointment and establishment lies the ground of all communion with Christ.
2. The persons for whom He was appointed: unto us, ὑμῖν. In the preceding half-verse he had said ὑμεῖς, "ye"; now, with this "us," he includes himself, and thereby indicates the universality of the divine establishment, whereby Christ has been appointed as Mediator for each and every elect and true believer, none excepted.
3. The benefits of this communion: Wisdom, Righteousness, Sanctification, and Redemption. Here there is a continual transferring of the effect for the cause. For Christ, by the divine appointment, has become for us a cause through which we are made wise, are justified, etc. A fourfold benefit is here counted, to which all others — which are nearly infinite — may be reduced.
a. Wisdom, σοφία. Namely, the personal Wisdom of God Himself, Prov. 8:1, who has moreover become for us wisdom — whether (a) as the object of our wisdom, in the knowledge of whom our spiritual wisdom consists, 1 Cor. 1:23, that wisdom of God consisting in mystery, ch. 2:7; or (b) as the cause of all our saving wisdom, through whose merit and efficacy God grants us wisdom, He being the illuminating Light of the world, John 1:9 — and this as Prophet, teaching and preaching the Gospel, Mark 1:14, the mystery that had been hidden from the ages, Rom. 16:25, both outwardly through His messengers, ibid. vv. 14,16, and inwardly through the Holy Spirit.
b. Righteousness, as the Jehovah our righteousness, Jer. 23:6, who has brought in an everlasting righteousness, Dan. 9:24; who, as Priest, was made sin for us, that we might be made the righteousness of God in Him, 2 Cor. 5:21, for the sake of whose righteousness we should be justified before God through faith, Rom. 3:26; Phil. 3:9.
c. Sanctification, as the Holy One of Israel, Isa. 43:14; 10:20, whom the Father has sanctified, John 10:36, who has sanctified Himself for us, John 17:19, that He might sanctify us, Eph. 5:26, and this through the Spirit of sanctification, Rom. 1:4 and 15:16 — and this as King, directing us unto holiness, outwardly through the word, inwardly through the Spirit, 1 Pet. 1:2.
d. Redemption, ἀπολύτρωσις, apolytrosis, which denotes such a deliverance from every evil, and especially from and out of a captivity, as comes about not by force, prayers, or intercession alone, or by anything else, but by the payment of a just, sufficient, and satisfying ransom-price, such as takes place for captive soldiers. So that in this Redemption there concur both a deliverance from evil — namely, from and out of captivity — and a restoration to a state of freedom and of every good, and this through the payment of the price. It sometimes denotes the actual, entire, and in every respect perfect redemption, Rom. 8:23; Luke 21:28, such as shall be granted to believers after the last judgment; sometimes a potential and incomplete redemption, which took place when Christ made satisfaction for them, Eph. 1:14, and which takes place daily, so long as we are here, ibid. v. 7; Col. 1:14. Both may fittingly be understood in this passage. The latter we have discussed at length and expressly in Book V, Chapter XVIII; of the former we shall speak below, in Chapter IX of this Book.
The Doctrinal Part
III. The Redeemer, therefore, and redemption, are not applied to believers except through union and communion with Christ. This truth the Apostle teaches expressly and at length in Ephesians 1, when he testifies that God has chosen us in Christ, v. 4; that He has made us accepted in the Beloved, v. 6; that He has gathered together all things in one, ἀνακεφαλαιώσασθαι, in Christ, v. 10; that He has promised us an inheritance in Him — that we, in Him, after we believed, are sealed with the Holy Spirit, v. 13; that the Church is the body of Christ, united with Him as with the head, v. 23. The Apostle does the same in Romans 6, when he says that we are baptized into Christ, into His death, v. 3; that we are buried together with Him, and through baptism (συνετάφημεν αὐτῷ), v. 4; that we become planted together with Christ (σύμφυτοι), v. 5, receiving thereby communion both in His death and in His resurrection; there too, that we are crucified together with Him, v. 6; die with Christ, and live with Him, v. 8. Whence he says, Gal. 2:20, that he was crucified together with Christ (συνεσταύρωμαι τῷ Χριστῷ), and that he lived — namely, in Christ — and that Christ lived in him; compare Col. 3:1. Hence he yearns, at so great a loss and forfeiture of all things, to be found in Christ, that he might obtain, not his own, but Christ's righteousness, Phil. 3:9. And the Savior Himself says that apart from and without Him we can do absolutely nothing, John 15:4. And Peter says: "Neither is there salvation in any other: neither is there any other name — whereby we must be saved," Acts 4:12.
IV. And with good reason. For thus (1) it has pleased God, in the eternal decree of Predestination, to deal specially with mankind — not regarding them each in and by himself, as He was pleased to deal with the Angels — but as united in one certain principle and head. Thus He apportions punishments, in Adam, to and upon the reprobate; rewards, in Christ, to and upon the elect — whence He is said to have chosen us in Christ, Eph. 1:4. For this reason He is (2) never found, in any of His covenant-makings, to have dealt with particular persons regarded separately, but always as united with a certain head: thus He dealt with Adam's descendants in that father, as in their head, Rom. 5:12; 1 Cor. 15:22; with the household of Noah, in him, as the father of the household, Gen. 6:18; with the seed of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, in their forefathers, ch. 17:2 with vv. 7,8; with the sons and successors of David, in their father, 2 Sam. 7:11-17; Ps. 89; with the Israelites, in Israel, Isa. 59:20,21 with Acts 2:39. In precisely the same way He deals, in the Covenant of Grace, with the elect, only in their head, Christ. Therefore (3), just as we, according to the tenor of the Covenant of Works, are made partakers of death and damnation only through a certain union with Adam, so we are made partakers of life and salvation only through union with Christ, Rom. 5:12,17,18,19. Moreover (4) it has been the Father's good pleasure that in Christ all fullness should dwell, Col. 1:19 and 2:9; that we, in Him — that is, through union with Him — should be made complete, ch. 2:9,10. And this good pleasure (5) has as its supreme aim the glorification of His Son — namely, that, since there is salvation in none other besides Him, there should likewise be no other name under heaven whereby we might be saved, except the name of Jesus, Acts 4:12; and that, accordingly, at this name every knee should humbly bow, Phil. 2:9,10; and that we should all thus, in everything, depend wholly upon Him, ch. 4:13. Let me add (6) that God so wills it, in order that the very salvation of the elect might be more certain and more secure in Christ as their head than in themselves, Matt. 16:18; John 10:28.
V. But because of the supreme perfection of this union — whereby it cannot be represented by any single word or comparison — Scripture employs a variety of both words and comparisons: not only testifying that we are united with Christ, Rom. 6:4,5; Gal. 2:20; Eph. 2:5,6; Col. 3:1, but also that we are in Christ (the passages we have already noted, §III); that we are united with Christ, Col. 2:19; indeed also, that He is in us, 2 Cor. 13:5; that He dwells in us, Eph. 3:17; that He is put on by us as a garment, Gal. 3:27; Rom. 13:14; that He lives in us, Gal. 2:20; indeed also from both sides, that He is in us and we again in Him, John 15:4,5; that He is with us one flesh, Eph. 5:30, one spirit, 1 Cor. 6:17; Rom. 8:9,11. Let me add that, as many kinds of comparisons as there are in the nature of things, Scripture, according to its usage, employs them all to depict, each in its measure, the perfection of this one union: for in natural, or plant- and tree-like unions, this union is compared to that of a tree and its branches, of the vine-shoots and the vine, of the grafts and the olive tree, John 15:4,5; Rom. 6:5 and 11:17; in human matters, to that of the members and the head, ch. 12:5; 1 Cor. 6:15 and 12:12; in building, to that of the stones with the foundation, 1 Pet. 2:4,5; Eph. 2:21; in natural science, to that of food and the body, John 6:33,35; in domestic matters, to that of a wife and husband, Ezek. 16:8; Isa. 62:4,5; Hos. 2:18; Ps. 45; Song of Songs; Eph. 5:33; 1 Cor. 6:16,17; in civil affairs, to that of subjects and their king, Ps. 2:6; Zech. 8:9. In which comparisons, moreover, not only the union and communion that exists between Christ and His own is signified, but also the manner of order and rank whereby Christ is, for His own, the principle of all worth, life, virtue, and perfection — as shall be seen more distinctly in its proper place.
VI. Since this union is for us wholly ineffable, and, in its perfection, incomprehensible, it can scarcely be represented by us through any precise description; nevertheless one may in some measure say that it is that mysterious relation whereby they, being united with Christ, obtain the right to all those blessings which are prepared in Him, 1 John 5:12; Rom. 8:1; 1 Cor. 1:30; Phil. 3:8,9. Yet when we call it a "relation," we do not mean to say that it is not a real union, or that it consists only in such a bare relation as reason alone conceives; but that it is — according to the nature of a union whereby diverse things come together into one — such a relation whose foundation is indeed real, and whose consequence, or the communion of benefits, is indeed true and proper.
VII. In this way, therefore, we obtain the same real relation, with its consequences, with Christ, which (1) a shoot has with the branch, which the vine-shoots have with the vine, which a stem has with the root, John 15:4,5 — whence we are called fellow-plantings, Rom. 6:5. "And thou, being graffed in, partakest of the root and fatness of the olive tree," Rom. 11:17. Therefore, "rooted in Him," Col. 2:6 — that is, not only equally united, but also equally made partakers of the life, grace, and Spirit of Christ, as branches, shoots, grafts, and sprouts are of the root's life, richness, and nourishment. (2) Which the members have with the head, Eph. 5:30 and 1:22,23; 1 Cor. 12:12, so that we equally have life, sensation, movement, and spiritual strength from Christ, as the members, in bodily fashion, have from the head. (3) Which a wife has with and upon her husband (the passages we have noted in the preceding section), so that we likewise are one Spirit with Christ, 1 Cor. 6:17, and, as married persons, are one flesh, Eph. 5:30, so that we equally have a right to Christ and to His spiritual treasures, as a bride has to her bridegroom and to his temporal goods — to such a degree that they enjoy the very same name of Christ, 1 Cor. 12:12, and the same fullness, Eph. 1:23; that we receive from Him a spiritual seed, whereby we are made fruitful to bear fruit unto God, Rom. 7:4. (4) Which a building, or the stones of a house, have with the foundation, 1 Pet. 2:4,5, so that we are built upon Him, 1 Cor. 3:11, and are built up in Him (οἰκοδομούμενοι), Col. 2:7, into a building, into a temple, in which God dwells, and the Holy Spirit, 1 Cor. 3:16 and 6:19. (5) Which food has with the body, so that we likewise are nourished, sustained, strengthened, and refreshed by His flesh and blood, in a spiritual manner, as the body is by its food in a bodily manner, John 6:56.
VIII. Now this our union with Christ is brought about and effected: not (1) by a commingling or mixture of essence, as water is mixed with wine by blending, and as, according to Eutyches, Christ's two natures in the Mediator grow together into one nature — since, at the very terms of this union, the believer and Christ remain, notwithstanding this union, distinct in essence and person from one another. Nor (2) by transformation, as the water at the wedding at Cana was changed into wine, John 2:9 — since neither is Christ transubstantiated into the Christian, nor a Christian into Christ. And although our union with Christ is a real union, as we shall show in its place, yet the essences of both remain distinct and unimpaired. And therefore a believer is not, by this union, "christified" or "deified," not changed into Christ or into God — as Nazianzen of old, incautiously and without due discretion, used the words χριστοποιεῖν, "to make into a Christ," and θεοποιεῖν, "to make into a God" — and as, wholly blasphemously, some present-day Enthusiasts, Weigelians, and other Quakers dream, out of the German Theology. Nor (3) by an immediate union, such as the two natures in Christ, without any intervening bond, are united into one Person — since of this union a twofold bond is noted, faith and the Holy Spirit, as we shall show in its place. But (4) by a certain divine drawing, whereby both the Father draws the elect and redeemed man, by calling, regenerating, and converting him through the Holy Spirit, John 6:44; Jer. 31:3, and the Son, Song 1:4. (2) It also comes about through a marital consent, because Christ, on His part, as the Bridegroom, offers Himself to us for union in a spiritual marriage, Song 5:2; Hos. 2:18[?]; Rev. 3:20, and we, by consenting, accept Christ, John 1:11,12, from which a spiritual marriage is born, Ezek. 16:8; Eph. 5:32, and hence a marital union, 1 Cor. 6:16,17, whereby we become Christ's own, and Christ becomes ours, Song 2:16 and 6:3. (3) Through a certain spiritual contact, or contiguity, whereby one substance, being joined with another substance (as, for example, in the piling and joining together of stones into a building), grows together into one, 1 Pet. 2:4,5 — thus Christ touches our soul through His Spirit, 1 John 3:24, and our soul in turn touches Christ, through its faith, Song 3:4; Col. 2:19, growing together into one. (4) Through bonds, by which, as interposed between them, Christ and believers are bound together, and, as it were, knit together, 1 Cor. 6:17: "He that is joined unto the Lord is one Spirit with Him." Whence certain "joints" are mentioned, Col. 2:19, which bind us with and to Christ, and through which the heavenly goods are imparted to us — for through them Christ touches us, and we Christ.
IX. The bonds by means of which we are united with Christ are counted as two in the New Testament: the one a principal, causal bond, namely, the Spirit of Christ, Rom. 8:9, whereby Christ, according to His human nature, though He is in heaven, as it were touches our soul — namely, just as the animal spirits, as it were, bind our body and soul together, and preserve them in union, so, as it were, God's Spirit, who is both in Christ and in us, binds Christ together with our soul, Rom. 8:11, that they become one Spirit, 1 Cor. 6:17. Hence it is said that we are all baptized by one Spirit into one mystical body — so that we, by virtue of this union, bear one and the same name of Christ with Him, 1 Cor. 12:12. "And hereby we know," says John, "that He" — namely, Christ — "abideth in us, by the Spirit which He hath given us," 1 John 4:13. The other is an instrumental bond, namely, our faith, whereby we lay hold of Christ, though He is in heaven, John 1:12, draw Him toward us, hold Him fast, Song 3:4, cleave and adhere to Him, Ps. 63:8, become one spirit with Him, 1 Cor. 6:17. And thus, while Christ lays hold of us through His Spirit, and we in turn lay hold of Christ through our Faith, we are united together with Him, and grow together into one.
X. From what has been said, without much difficulty, may also be gathered the qualities and conditions of this union: namely, first, that it is a real union, not merely in imagination or in intention, such as is conceived between the understanding and the thing understood, and not merely an accidental one, which would be determined only by an agreement of accidents — that is, by a unity of opinions and affections, by an accord of heart and mind, by a likeness of disposition, temperament, and manner of life, such a unity as the Socinians dream of between the Father and the Son, in the Godhead — but, in its own manner, moreover substantial, insofar as thereby substances and persons are united together; since the person of a believer is united with the person of Christ. For four reasons. (1) Because this union is displayed in Holy Scripture by such comparisons as express a real and substantial union — for example, of the root and the branches, by which one tree is made up; of the head and the members; of the body and the soul, etc. — in all of which a union is observed not merely of accidents, but also of substances. (2) Because this union is effected through faith, which, by receiving the one received, draws Him to itself, and is united with Him: but now faith takes and lays hold, not only of Christ's benefits, grace, comfort, and other accidental things, but of Christ Himself, and His person, John 1:12; Col. 2:6; Song 3:4, and unites Him to itself by laying hold of Him. (3) Because a Christian lays hold of Christ for himself, to be united with Him, in the same manner in which he gives himself over to Christ — for there is, as in a covenant, so also a constant proportion between giving and receiving, as appears in the mutual union of marriage, Song 2:16; but now a Christian gives to Christ not only what is his — his gifts, goods, talents, and time, to spend them to Christ's honor and glory — but himself, wholly and entirely: his body, Rom. 6:13,19 with 12:1, and not only the thoughts and affections of the soul, but the soul itself, Prov. 23:26, consequently himself wholly and entirely, 2 Cor. 8:5 — therefore, in exactly the same manner, a Christian accepts Christ, not only with respect to His benefits, but also with respect to His person, in order to be united with Him, and that He might dwell in him through His Spirit, Rom. 8:9,10. (4) Because Christ and a Christian are so united together that they are in one another — Christ in the Christian, and the Christian in Christ, John 15:5 — but now Christ and a Christian are mutually in one another really; for indeed a Christian is not in the benefits of Christ, but in Christ Himself, in His person, insofar as he is in Him, as a member in the body, as a branch in the vine, John 15:2,4,5,6,7; Eph. 4:15 — just as Christ Himself also is in the Christian, and not only His benefits, 2 Cor. 13:5; Col. 1:27; His Spirit dwells in him, Rom. 8:9,11 — therefore Christ is also said to live in him who is united with Him, Gal. 2:20, namely in that manner, as the root in the branches, the head in the members — and thus also to abide in Him, John 15:4, through His Spirit, 1 John 3:24.
XI. Second, that it is an entire union, since the whole Christian is united with the whole Christ: in body and in soul, with the divine and with the human nature of Christ — just as the whole Adam was bound in marriage with the whole Eve. Indeed even our body is united with Christ, 1 Cor. 6:15, and thus we are flesh of His flesh, and bone of His bones, Eph. 5:30 — whence also our bodies are said to be raised on a certain day, by and by virtue of this union, Rom. 8:11, because the Spirit of Christ unites the body of a Christian with Christ, and likewise his soul. Hence too the bodies of Christians are called temples of the Holy Spirit, 1 Cor. 6:19, who dwells in them, and who shall make their bodies alive — just as also their soul, through regeneration.
XII. Third, that it is indissoluble and everlasting, according to the nature of a marital union, which lasts as long as both married parties endure, Rom. 7:2,3. Hence it is said, "I will betroth thee unto me for ever," Hos. 2:19; and Rom. 8:38,39: "Neither death, nor life... shall be able to separate us from the love of God, which is in Christ our Lord." For although, with respect to the outward fellowship which is carried on by man's outward profession, a separation can occur between us and Christ through spiritual adulteries, Hos. 2:1 — although also, in the true and inward union, various obstacles and hindrances can intervene, which impede the intimacy between us and Christ, as not seldom happens in a carnal marriage, that a separation occurs from bed and board, Hos. 2:2-12 — nevertheless, a true separation, properly so called, with respect to the bond of union, does not exist. Indeed, not even in death does there occur, between Christ and a Christian, any marital separation, as happens in a carnal marriage, Rom. 7:2 — but our spirit remains, through Christ's Spirit, steadfastly and constantly united with Christ; and even the flesh, though it has returned to dust, remains the flesh of the Christ united with it — almost in the manner in which, in Christ's death, the personal union between His divine and His human nature was not taken away; and as, in the Covenant of Grace, even in death, God remained the God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, Matt. 22:31,32.
XIII. Fourth, that it is spiritual, since it comes about through a Spirit who is in Christ and in Christians, Rom. 8:11 — in Christ indeed as in the Head, but in Christians as in the members — and also mystical, 1 Cor. 12:13, because it exists and holds, even though the bodies of both the united parties are very far removed from one another, the body of Christ being in heaven, and our bodies on earth, John 12:32 — almost in the manner that obtains in a marital union, where one of the married couple is, for example, in Holland, the other in the farthest Indies, and yet, notwithstanding, the marital union remains. This Perkins explains with another supposition and comparison (Commentary on Gal. 3:28). Suppose, he says, that someone's head lay, for example, in Italy, his arms in Germany or Spain, his feet in England; suppose, moreover, that one and the same soul formed and gave life to these so widely separated parts — would not these so widely scattered parts be united by the soul, which coexists with them all and governs them all? So, in like manner, do all the blessed who are in heaven, and all the believers who live on earth, since they are governed, driven, and made alive by one and the same Spirit, become all one, both in Christ and among themselves?
XIV. And yet, lest what we have given with the right hand you should take back with the left, take heed that you do not hold: (1) that Christ, through this union with us, would become one and the same substance with us, as, in the Holy Trinity, the three Persons have one and the same substance. It is indeed substantial, with respect to the substances that are united; but not of one and the same substance — since the united substances, notwithstanding the union, remain distinct from one another, without any confusion or mixture: no otherwise than as stones, joined together into a building, are indeed united together, yet in such a way that they remain distinct with respect to their essence, and do not make up but one stone; and as married people, being united with one another through the marital union, do not become together but one being in number — each of the married retains his own particular being. (2) One must beware of holding that Christ, by virtue of this union, would be united with us into one Person, in the way the two natures in Christ are united into but one Person — since the two essential parts in the one human nature of Christ's body did not make up a person, whereas two Persons would be fused together into but one Person — while Christ and Christians, though united, nonetheless remain two distinct Persons: for otherwise every Christian, because he is united with Christ, would likewise be a God-man, as Christ is. (3) One must also beware of holding that Christ, through this union, would grow together with the Christian into but one natural body — though they are united into one mystical body, as we have said. For although here a union of bodies takes place, it is nevertheless not into one body — since Christ's body is in heaven, and shall be, until the restitution and restoration of all things, Acts 3:21, whereas our bodies are only on earth, until the last Judgment. Hence our body is said to be made, on that day, conformable to the glorious and manifested body of Christ, Phil. 3:21 — which would not happen, if it were already but one body with Him. The foundation of all this consists in this one thing: that our union with Christ is not an immediate union, such as is the union of the Persons in the one divine Essence, but only a mediate one, through the intervention of two uniting bonds, the Spirit of Christ and our faith — whereby it then comes about that they are apart from and distinct from one another, both in essence and in person, as also in bodies.
XV. From this our union with Christ arises, sufficiently, a fourfold consequence. First, the possession of Christ, whereby Christ Himself, such and so great as He is, with respect to His divine and to His human nature, with respect to His body and to His soul, with respect also to all His goods and treasures, is ours. Wherefore we may, with the blessed Virgin, cry out in confidence: "My Lord; my Savior," Luke 1:47; and with Thomas: "My Lord; my God," John 20:28; and with the mystical Bride: "My beloved is mine, and I am His," Song 2:16. Namely, just as in a marital union the married obtain a mutual possession of and upon one another, over one another's body and goods, 1 Cor. 7:4; Rom. 7:2,3; Eph. 5:31.
XVI. Second, a communication (1) of spiritual life, whence He is called our life, Col. 3:4, and is said to live in us, Gal. 2:20 — namely, as a shoot receives life from the stock, the stock from the root, and a vine-shoot from the vine. Hence He is called the bread that came down from heaven, and that gives life unto the world, John 6:33,48,51 — whose flesh if we do not eat, and whose blood if we do not drink, we have no life in us, vv. 53,54. (2) A communication of every kind of grace. For in Christ is grace and truth, John 1:17; He is full of grace, v. 14; in Him is all fullness of grace, Col. 1:19, so that we draw from Him, and, as it were, suck grace for grace, John 1:16, and that we, in Him who is the head, are made complete, Col. 2:10. For He, being united with us, imparts to us through His Spirit; and we, being united with Him, draw through faith from Him unto ourselves all the sap of grace, Rom. 11:17. (3) A communication of spiritual power and strength. For He Himself is the Mighty God, Isa. 9:6; the power of God, 1 Cor. 1:24; without whom we can do nothing, John 15:5; 2 Cor. 3:5; and in and through whom we are able to do all things, Phil. 4:13; 1 Cor. 15:10. (4) The communication of the Holy Spirit, that He may dwell in us, 1 Cor. 3:16; lead us, Rom. 8:26, into all truth, John 16:13; who brings to our remembrance what we need to know, John 14:26; who intercedes for us, indeed prays within us, with groanings that cannot be uttered, Rom. 8:26; who comforts us most powerfully in every adversity, John 14:16. But all these things will perhaps come up more fully in the Practical Part.
XVII. Third, the communion of the Saints with one another, of which it is written, 1 John 1:7; Eph. 4:16. For while they are united with Christ, as members with the head; while they are united with Christ by one and the same Spirit, by one and the same faith — so are they also united with one another into one mystical body, and are thus mutually one another's members, 1 Cor. 12:12-23 and Eph. 1:22,23; 5:25[?]. And since they, through union with Christ, are to one another not only members but also brothers, originating from one and the same heavenly Father, Eph. 4:6 — so are they also, just as much thereby, obligated and bound to come to one another's aid, as members and as brothers, through and with every kind of spiritual and bodily service, for the good and benefit of the whole body, Eph. 4:16; 1 Pet. 4:10, and equally to rejoice in one another's welfare as in their own, Phil. 2:17[?]. But this Communion of the Saints we shall treat expressly and at length in its own place.
XVIII. Fourth, the participation in all those blessings which believers need in order to live well and blessedly, flowing from union with Christ. Hence God is said to have blessed us with every spiritual blessing in Christ Jesus, Eph. 1:3, and to have given us all things freely with His own Son, Rom. 8:32. These spiritual blessings, as they flow from union with Christ, may not unfittingly be reduced to four principal heads: (1) Justification; for to those who are in Christ Jesus, Christ is said to have been made of God unto righteousness, 1 Cor. 1:30. Wherefore Paul, even at the cost and loss of all things, had a desire to be found in Christ, not having his own righteousness, which is of the Law, but that which is through the faith of Christ, Phil. 3:8,9 — because there is no condemnation to them that are in Christ Jesus, Rom. 8:1. (2) Adoption as children, John 1:12; for, being united with Christ, we become as His brothers, Heb. 2:11, and obtain with Him one and the same Father, John 20:17 — and in that same moment in which we accept the Son of God, and, by accepting Him, are united with Him, the Father also adopts us as His children — just as, on that same day on which Zacchaeus accepted Christ by faith, he was made a son of Abraham, Luke 19:6,9. (3) Sanctification, 1 Cor. 1:30 and 6:11: "Ye are washed... ye are sanctified... in the name of the Lord Jesus, and by the Spirit of our God." Finally, (4) Glorification, whereby we, being to be translated into a state in every way most blessed, shall be delivered from all misery. Wherefore Christ, for those who are in Him, is said to have become unto redemption, 1 Cor. 1:30, which is equivalent to the liberty of the glory of the children of God, Rom. 8:21,23. Concerning each of these blessings and benefits, we shall look expressly and at length in the following chapters.
The Polemical Part
XIX. It is asked, first: Whether such a union must be admitted whereby God is, as it were, incarnated in man, and, conversely, man is deified or "christened"? This ill-considered and improper manner of speech is found to have been first used by Gregory Nazianzen, in the words θεοποιεῖν, "to make into a God," and χριστοποιεῖν, "to make into a Christ." This was afterward followed by Johannes Tauler, amid the thick darkness of the Papacy — one-eyed among the blind — in the little book entitled Theologia Germanica, that is, German Theology, ascribed by most to Tauler, which Luther published at Wittenberg in the eighteenth year of the preceding century, with a commendatory preface, and which is very full of such obscure manners of speech. Following him came a host of Quakers in Germany, among whom are Theophrastus Paracelsus, Kaspar Schwenckfeld, Sebastian Franck, Franciscus Davids, Henricus Nicolai, and especially Valentin Weigel, with his Weigelians — likewise also in New England. All Protestants abhor with their whole heart this ill-considered and improper manner of speech, because it breathes open blasphemy, and has not the least ground in the true union of us with Christ which we have depicted up to this point: which, though it exists between the Essence of Christ and ours, nevertheless does not amount to a unity of Essence or of Person — because it comes about only through the intervention of the Spirit and of Faith, whereby the Essences and the Persons remain distinct, so that neither is God incarnated in man, nor, on the other side, is man deified or christened. This being well noted, the whole foundation of this Quaker dream collapses of itself. However, since that blasphemy is, in our time, sufficiently extinguished, it will not be worth the trouble for us to weary and detain ourselves with its refutation. (Compare Hoornbeek, Summa Controversiarum, Book VI, which is de Enthusiastis et Libertinis.)
XX. It is asked, second: Whether our union with Christ, through a fusing together of our nature with His divine nature, comes about into one and the same nature or person? Andreas Osiander the Elder — first a teacher at Nuremberg, afterward professor at Regensburg — in order the more forcefully to prevail against his colleague Franciscus Stancarus, an Italian (who held, with the Papists, that Christ is Mediator only according to His human nature), that Christ is Mediator according to His divine nature, was led, through an intemperance of contradiction, first to hold that Christ is Mediator according to His divine nature alone; and, that he might also obtain this — that we are justified by the essential righteousness of His divine nature — in favor of this position he was at last led to maintain that, through our union with Christ, which comes about through faith, the essential righteousness of the divine nature is so united with us that it fuses with us either into one essence, or into one person. (See Osiander, Disput. 24 Oct. 1549; Schwenckfeld, Tract. de Verbo; Weigel, part 3, Postil., p. 16.) We have examined and refuted that view, Book V, Chapter II, §XX; and if you add to it what we have noted in §§XIV and XIX of this chapter, I do not see what further need be added — except that he himself alleges for his position the passage of 2 Pet. 1:4: "that by these," namely, the promises, "ye might be partakers of the divine nature." Answer: (1) here nothing is said about our union with Christ. (2) We do not deny that the whole Christ, and consequently also His divine nature, through the intervention of the Spirit and of faith, is united with us; but this alone is what we deny — that He is so united with us that He would make up with us but one, whether essence or person, which the text does not say. Let me add (3) that the Apostle does not derive the partaking of the divine nature from our union with Christ, but from and out of the fact that we have escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust.
XXI. It is asked, third: Whether it is required for our salvation that the flesh and blood of Christ become, in a natural manner, one together with our flesh and blood? The Papists and Lutherans, for the sake of the oral eating which, they say, takes place in the Lord's Supper, say yes. The Reformed deny it: (1) because Christ Himself denies it, John 6:63: "It is the Spirit that quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing" — that is, the fleshly eating, and the consequence thereof, a fleshly union, is of no profit unto salvation. (2) Because that fleshly union is impossible, the flesh and blood of Christ being in heaven alone, Acts 3:21, while our flesh and blood are on earth alone — there being, therefore, so great an interval and gap between us, as of a foreign body, Luke 16:26 — how then could a fleshly union take place between end-points so far removed from one another? Nor does it help their case that they object: (1) that our members are called members of Christ, 1 Cor. 6:15. Answer: for the members of Christ are said to be united with Him, not in a natural, but in a mystical manner, wherefore, v. 17, they are called not one flesh, but one Spirit with Him. (2) That we are called members of His body, flesh of His flesh, and bone of His bones, Eph. 5:30. Answer: for we are members of one and the same body — not a natural, but a mystical one, Eph. 4:15,16 — just as we too, mutually, by virtue of this mystical union, are one another's members, 1 Cor. 12:12 — likewise not a natural, but a mystical union. (3) That Christ's flesh and blood are called our food, and that we, by eating it, are said to abide in him, and He in us, John 6:53-57 — because food is naturally united with the one nourished. Answer: just as natural food is united with the one nourished into one natural thing, so the spiritual and mystical food — namely, the body and blood of Christ (by which the whole Christ is understood) — is united with us into one mystical body. More on this matter will come up, God willing, in the chapter on the Sacrament of Nourishment.
The Practical Part
XXII. The practical use of the union with Christ first commends to us the worth and excellence of true believers, who, by virtue of this union, are not only (1) servants of God and of Christ, Rom. 1:1, nor only (2) friends of Christ, John 15:14, nor only (3) brothers of Christ, Heb. 2:11, nor only (4) children of Christ, ibid. v. 13, but also (5) members of Christ, 1 Cor. 12:12; Eph. 5:30; (6) the Bride of Christ, Hos. 2:19; Eph. 5:32; 2 Cor. 11:2; (7) mystically one with Christ, one spirit, 1 Cor. 6:17, one flesh, or flesh of His flesh, and bone of His bones, Eph. 5:30. Who (8) bear with Him one and the same name (of Christ), 1 Cor. 12:12, by which He therefore (9) takes care of them as of Himself, Acts 9:4; Zech. 2:8; Matt. 10:40. Indeed, (10) whoever is united with Christ is also united with God, 1 Thess. 1:1; 2 Thess. 1:1. He is also (11) united with the Holy Spirit, 1 Cor. 6:17, and is His Temple, in which He dwells, 1 Cor. 3:16. They are also, by virtue of this union, (12) made partakers of the same anointing with Christ, 1 John 2:27. And hence they are (13) with Him priests and kings, Rev. 1:6, yes, a royal priesthood, 1 Pet. 2:9. Who, for that very reason, (14) have come to the general assembly and church of the firstborn, which are written in heaven, and to God the Judge of all, and to the spirits of just men made perfect, and to the Mediator of the New Testament, Heb. 12:23,24. This doctrine commends to them their so great and such worth and excellence, in order that (1) their boasting in Christ Jesus may abound, Phil. 1:26 and 3:3; (2) that they may carefully take heed, since they are such, that they do not, through their manners, conduct, and way of life, cast themselves down to become slaves of Satan and of worldly lusts, 2 Pet. 2:19,20; John 8:34; Rom. 6:16,17,20; and especially (3) that they also take heed not to dishonor the members of Christ with sins, 1 Cor. 6:15. And yet (4) that they, by this their worth, be not puffed up unto pride or arrogance, Rom. 11:18,20 — no, but rather all the more be brought thereby to humility, 1 Sam. 18:18,23.
XXIII. Second, it furnishes to a believer, united with Christ, the most powerful comfort even in every kind of adversity and hardship: for example, (1) in the case of human contempt, scorn, and disdain, 1 Cor. 4:9,10 — how much it helps, then, to think of the excellence of this his union with Christ! For the sake of which the Apostle counted all that was gain to him as loss, indeed as dung, only that he might be found in Christ, Phil. 3:8,9. How much it helps to think that he is, notwithstanding, a brother of Christ, a member of Christ, the bride of Christ, indeed mystically one and the same with Christ! (2) In the case of poverty and misery, when you are wretched, poor, blind, naked, Rev. 3:17 — how much it helps to think that you are united with Him who for this cause became poor, that He might make His own rich! 2 Cor. 8:9 — that all things are yours, because you are Christ's! 1 Cor. 3:21,22,23. (3) In the case of every sort of sickness and infirmity, Ps. 6:3,4,7,8 — how much it helps, too, that you are united with Him who is the Physician! Exod. 15:26; Matt. 9:12 — who has borne and takes away the sicknesses of His own, Isa. 53:4; Matt. 8:17 — who was tempted in all things like as we are, that He might be merciful, Heb. 4:15 — who therefore both can and will heal all your infirmities, Ps. 103:3. (4) In the case of persecutions, 2 Cor. 4:8,9,10 — how useful is it not, then, to be united with Christ, and to hear His voice, Acts 9:4: "Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me?" (5) In the case of death, which separates the body from the soul — how comforting is it not to be united with Him who is the Resurrection and the Life! John 11:25. That neither death, nor life... shall be able to separate us from the love of God, which is in Christ Jesus our Lord, Rom. 8:38,39. (6) In the case of sin and of a burdened conscience, Ps. 38:4[?] — how greatly it helps to be united with Him who was made sin for His own! 2 Cor. 5:21 — to be in Him who has become unto them righteousness, 1 Cor. 1:30 — who forgives all sins, Ps. 103:3. (7) In expectation of the last judgment, and of eternal damnation, Acts 24:25; Rev. 6:15,16,17 — how comforting is it to be in Him who has become unto us redemption, who Himself shall be the Judge! Rom. 2:16; 2 Cor. 5:10 — who has given His own the assurance that they shall never come into the judgment of condemnation! John 5:24. (8) Let me say it in a word: in every kind of spiritual want, how greatly it helps to be united with Him, in whom God blesses us with every spiritual blessing! Eph. 1:3 — out of whose fullness we may draw and receive grace for grace, John 1:16 — in whom we are made complete, Col. 2:9,10. And finally, that we possess all these things far more securely in our Head than in ourselves, Matt. 16:18; John 10:28.
XXIV. Third, this doctrine admonishes each one to examine and prove himself carefully, whether he too has become a partaker of this most blessed union with Christ. But by what marks shall we be able to ascertain this with certainty? Answer: they are united with Christ, insofar as (1) they experience and become aware within themselves of the Spirit of Christ flowing from Him, as the head, into all His members, 1 John 3:24 and 4:13, active in drawing back all evil, and in stirring up and inciting to every good, Rom. 8:9,10,14. (2) Insofar as they feel Christ living within them, Gal. 2:20: "I am crucified with Christ, and I live, yet not I, but Christ liveth in me" — for He is our life, Col. 3:4 — and therefore, where He does not live, there He is not. Now He lives wherever His meekness, humility, love, obedience, spiritual reflection, live and flourish. Hereby, then, that life of Jesus is made manifest in us, 2 Cor. 4:11. (3) Insofar as they grow in Christ and bear much fruit, John 15:4,5 — which entirely correspond to the fruits of the Spirit mentioned in Gal. 5:22. (4) Insofar as they are endowed with a living faith, Gal. 2:20: "I am crucified with Christ — Christ liveth in me — that which I now live, I live by faith" — for while we accept Christ through faith, and, as it were, draw Him toward us, we are, by that very act, at the same time united with Him, John 1:12, and Christ dwells in us, Eph. 3:17. (5) Insofar as they are made conformable to Christ, in a likeness of spiritual death, which comes about through a hatred of and an aversion to sin, Rom. 6:5; Phil. 3:9,10: "and be found in Him... that I may know Him, and the power of His resurrection, and the fellowship of His sufferings, being made conformable unto His death." (6) Insofar as they have come, and take delight, in His presence, Phil. 3:9,10 compared with ch. 1:23: "having a desire to depart, and to be with Christ." (7) Insofar as they have a serious dread of everything that might separate them from Him, Isa. 59:2; 1 John 1:6,7. (8) Insofar as they take delight in the mutual communion of the saints, John 13:35 and 15:12[?]. And that we, by these and other marks, may the more happily attain to an infallible certainty of our union with Christ, we must (1) frequently and familiarly deal with our own conscience, that we may see through and know whether, in what manner, and on what grounds we have accepted Christ by faith, 2 Cor. 13:5. (2) God must be, as it were, importuned and wearied by hot and fervent prayers, that He would enlighten our understanding, so that He, just as He is, through His Spirit, the author of our union with Christ, so also, through that same Spirit, might at the same time bear witness with our spirit that we are truly united with His Son, and that, with confidence, we may cry, Abba, Father, Rom. 8:15.
XXV. Fourth, it stirs and awakens us to stand and strive with all our efforts after this most blessed union, following the example of Paul, Phil. 3:7,8,9: "What things were gain to me, those I counted loss for Christ... that I may win Christ, and be found in Him." And what could more powerfully awaken and incite us to such an effort? First (1) the unspeakable worth and excellence of those who are truly united with Christ, which we have shown in §XXII. Then (2) the most desirable benefits of this union, of which we have spoken in §§XVI, XVIII, XXIII. Then (3) the unavoidable necessity of this union, John 15:4-7. For apart from Christ, whatever we shall have professed, whatever we shall have done, whatever we shall have desired and prayed for, all shall be despised and rejected by God: though we shall have cried, Lord, Lord, have we not prophesied in thy name? and in thy name have cast out devils? and in thy name done many wonderful works? He shall answer us: I never knew you, depart from me, Matt. 7:22,23. Though we shall say with the foolish virgins: Lord, Lord, open to us! He shall answer: Verily I say unto you, I know you not, Matt. 25:11 — for all who shall not have accepted nor received Him, Him also will He never accept, never receive. (4) Then to consider that, apart from union with Christ, Christ Himself — so great and such a Redeemer, who is able perfectly to save all who come unto God by Him, Heb. 7:25 — His whole mediatorial office, His prophetic, priestly, and kingly ministry; His incarnation, His life, death, descent; His Resurrection, Ascension, Glory at God's right hand, His so precious and dear Ransom-redemption, and all — would be in vain and useless for us: because apart from Christ there is no salvation, Acts 4:12, and because no man cometh unto the Father but by Him, John 14:6. (5) That, apart from union with Christ, there is no communication of life, grace, power, spirit, John 6:53 — no beginning of wisdom, righteousness, holiness, redemption, 1 Cor. 1:30 — no blessing that is ours; for God blesses only in Christ Jesus, Eph. 1:3. Now, that we may happily attain to this, we must strive and press: (1) that we may become partakers of the Spirit, who is the first bond of this union, by whose means and help Christ draws us to Himself: we shall obtain and become partakers of Him through hot and fervent supplications to God, Luke 11:13, which rest both upon the divine promises, Ezek. 36:26,27, and upon the merits of Christ, in whom all the promises of God are yea and amen, 2 Cor. 1:20 — whose Spirit it is whom the Father sends, Gal. 4:6 — indeed, who Himself sends His Spirit, John 16:7. (2) That we accept Christ through a living faith, John 1:12, draw Him toward us, and bring Him into the inner chambers of our heart, Song 3:4, that He may, through this same faith, dwell in our hearts, Eph. 3:17. (3) That we never refuse or reject Christ, when He offers Himself to us as a Bridegroom, to be united with us in a spiritual marriage, Song 5:2,3; Rev. 3:20 — but let in all readiness and desire, Song 5:5,6 — indeed, that we seek Him, carefully and diligently, in and through the use of every kind of means, in order to be united with Him, Song 3:1,2 and 5:6,7,8. (4) That we be ready and prepared to be separated and torn away from all other things, that we may be the more closely united and bound with Him alone, Eph. 5:31 with Ps. 45:10,11; Phil. 3:7,8; Ps. 73:25 — for the more you are drawn away and separated from all other things, the more intimately and closely you are united and bound with Christ: namely, according to the nature of a marital union, which requires such a union with this one person that it excludes precedence being given to any other, Gen. 2:24; Matt. 19:5; Eph. 5:31. (5) That we, having chosen and accepted Christ through faith, embrace Him with a most ardent and burning love, Eph. 5:25 with Song 1:2 and 8:1, and give ourselves back wholly and entirely, in every respect, whatever we are and have, to Him, Song 2:16 and 6:3, and cast ourselves into His embraces, Song 7:9[?] — for the hotter and more fervent the love, the closer the union.
XXVI. Fifth, this doctrine admonishes us to keep and preserve this our union with Christ unimpaired, secure, and safe: to strive, in every way, most carefully, and to take care that nothing intervene which, in any manner, might be able to loosen it, or even to tear and break it apart: no sin, Isa. 59:2; no filthiness or defilement, which would profane and violate the members of Christ, 1 Cor. 6:15, whereby the Holy Spirit, who is the bond of our union with Christ, would be grieved and driven away, Eph. 4:30 — would be quenched, 1 Thess. 5:19. But especially and by name we must guard ourselves most carefully against the following obstructions and hindrances, by which the union is impeded, our intercourse with Christ shut off, and the communication and influence of life, grace, power, and spirit prevented: namely, (1) by ignorance of Christ, whereby we would have no sufficient insight into His excellence and all-sufficiency, and into the necessity of accepting Him and of union with Him, 1 Tim. 1:15. Hence the world does not accept Him, and is not united with Him, because it does not know Him, John 1:10,11 — and even His own disciples were terrified of Him, when He came to them, because they did not recognize Him, John 6:19,20,21. Hence, indeed, on account of the excellence of the knowledge of Christ, Paul counted and esteemed all things as loss and dung, that he might win Christ, and be found in Him, Phil. 3:7,8. For they who know Him seek Him, accept Him, and are united with Him, Ps. 9:10; Hos. 6:3. (2) By insensibility, whereby we do not feel our poverty and misery, nor the necessity of Christ, and of union with Him, Rev. 3:17; Luke 18:11,12 — hence we hunger and thirst not after Christ, and therefore we do not come to Christ, do not accept Him, and are thus not united with Him, Matt. 5:6; Isa. 55:1; Matt. 11:28; Rev. 22:17 — just as one who is full despises and rejects food, even the most delicious and pleasant, Prov. 25:16; Deut. 32:15. (3) By love, passion, and burning desire toward and after sin, whereby you are unwilling to give a bill of divorce to your pleasures, your more tenderly beloved sins, so that the marital union between you and Christ cannot take their place, Hos. 2:1,4[?]; Jer. 3:8,9 — for a beloved sin sets itself, like a chasm, or like a thick cloud, between Christ and us, so that we cannot come together, Isa. 59:2 — it darkens and blinds, as it were, the eyes, so that we do not recognize the Christ who is to be accepted, 2 Cor. 4:4 — it weakens, as it were, the hands, so that they do not accept Christ — it shuts up the heart, so that it does not let Christ in, Ps. 17:11,12 — for he who wants to keep sin does not want, and cannot have, Christ, 2 Cor. 6:14-17. (4) By fear of the cross, of persecutions, of loss, of harm, of reproach for Christ's sake — whereby the Gergesenes drove Christ out of their borders, Matt. 8:34 and 26:56 — for which reason Christ requires of a disciple who would have Him as his Master a resolve to take up his cross daily, Luke 9:23. (5) By self-regard or self-love, being an immoderate love of ourselves, and a resting in what is our own — because we are thus sufficient for ourselves, in our own righteousness, so that we do not judge Jesus necessary for us in order to be accepted, Rev. 3:17; Luke 18:11 — because we are so full of ourselves that we neither desire nor lay hold of Jesus: compare 1 Cor. 4:8. So that the Savior, not without reason, requires of a disciple who would have Him as his Master, in the first place, that he deny himself, after the example of Paul, Phil. 3:7,8. (6) By faintheartedness, whereby we, out of an inordinate sense of our own lowliness and unworthiness, compared with Christ's excellence, dare not draw near to Christ, Matt. 9:20,21; Luke 18:13. Against these, therefore, and other obstructions and hindrances, by which the acceptance of Christ, and union with Him, is prevented — whereby the communication of life, spirit, grace, and, in general, our intercourse and communion with Christ is hampered and hindered — we must guard ourselves most carefully, as against something than which nothing worse can be.
XXVII. Finally, sixth, this union counsels us that, being united with Christ, we should, as it were, suck from the Christ united with us, and draw and derive toward ourselves all that is necessary for us, Phil. 4:19 — as the branches from the tree, the vine-shoots from the vine, the stock from the roots. For since, according to the counsel and good pleasure of God, all fullness is in Christ, Col. 1:19; since Christ fills all in all, Eph. 1:23; indeed, since He Himself is all in all, Col. 3:11, and is therefore more than sufficient for all our needs and wants — it will surely be useful, indeed necessary, that we fetch from Him and by Him everything we need. Namely, (1) the Spirit, by whom we live in a spiritual manner: for (1) this Spirit is the Spirit of Christ, which He imparts to His own, Rom. 8:9; Gal. 4:6 — to whom, for this end, the Father has given the Spirit without measure, John 3:34 — namely, that He might fill all things, Eph. 4:7,8,10 and 1:23, that is, according to each one's measure and capacity. This Spirit He has (2) asked of His Father for us, John 14:16. This Spirit (3) the Father has promised to us, Ezek. 36:27, to be poured out in like great abundance, Joel 2:28; Isa. 44:3. And also (4) the Son Himself, John 16:7 and 7:38,39. Let us, therefore, eagerly and longingly draw the Spirit from Christ unto ourselves, that we may be filled with the Spirit, Acts 7:55 and 2:4, as Paul urges, Eph. 5:18 — for, being filled with the Spirit, we shall be full of spiritual strength, power, and courage, like Stephen, Acts 6:8, full of faith and goodness, like Barnabas, Acts 11:24. (2) Saving Grace — of faith, hope, love, wisdom, humility, etc. For Christ is the fountain and wellspring of all grace, Song 4:15; Zech. 13:1; John 7:38; Ps. 36:9[?]. Therefore we must continually and abundantly draw from Him grace for grace, John 1:16. (3) Spiritual power and strength: (1) to subdue sins and the rebellious fleshly lusts, Rom. 6:5,6; (2) to withstand Satan and his temptations, Jas. 4:1,7 — by and with which power and strength Christ, being tempted in all things as we are, Heb. 4:15, overcame Satan with his temptations, Matt. 4:2-11; John 14:30; (3) to render to God the duties which we owe Him every day, Phil. 4:13; Zech. 10:12; Col. 1:29; (4) to endure and bear, for God and Christ, every kind of adversity, Col. 1:11; Rom. 8:35,37; Phil. 4:11,12,13; (5) to persevere in faith and in obedience, to the last breath of our life, Job 27:3-7; Acts 20:24; 2 Tim. 4:7,8. And that we may seek and desire all this — Spirit, grace, and strength — the better and the more eagerly, and draw it the more readily from Christ unto ourselves, we must consider: (a) the goodness which is natural to Christ, Matt. 19:16,17, by which He is disposed to impart of Himself and of all His goods, Ps. 65:9[?] — whence He is compared to such things as are, above all, the most self-imparting, for example, to the sun, Mal. 4:2, etc. (b) His faithfulness, whereby He readily and faithfully distributes to His own those goods which He has received for them from the Father, Ps. 68:18, and through them fills all in all, Eph. 1:3. Indeed (c) His righteousness, whereby He distributes those goods which He has, through His own merits, obtained and acquired for them, Eph. 5:25,26,27, which He has bequeathed to His own by testament, Luke 22:20; John 14:27; Heb. 9:15. (d) His truth and truthfulness, whereby, in imparting those goods to us, He does nothing but fulfill His promises, 2 Cor. 1:20. (e) His obligation and bond, by virtue of so many relations arising from our union: for we are His bride, members, body, family, Eph. 5:25-27 and 1:22,23; compare 1 Tim. 5:8; Ezek. 16:11,12. (f) His invitations, John 7:37; Rev. 22:17; Matt. 11:28; Isa. 55:1. (g) His wrath and indignation against those who will not come, will not draw, John 5:40; Matt. 23:37. Meanwhile, that we may the more easily draw and draw forth all these goods out of Christ, since the fountain and wellspring of life is deep, we shall have need of instruments: namely, (1) a hand of faith, with which to draw and pull toward us, John 7:38,39; Matt. 15:28 and 8:13. (2) A mouth of prayer, Ps. 81:10, with which as it were to suck, Matt. 7:7 — with which to desire and seek the Spirit, Luke 11:13, grace, John 4:10, spiritual strength, Isa. 40:29, Eph. 3...
(3) An empty and hungry heart, Luke 1:52, Matt. 5:6, Isa. 55:1, Rev. 22:17. (4) The vessels and channels and pipes of the ecclesiastical institutions, that is, the use of the word of God, 1 Pet. 2:2, and of the sacraments, Matt. 26:26–28, etc. And let (5) all these things together run and work together in a deep humility of heart, Jas. 4:6, after the example of the Canaanite woman, Matt. 15:18, of Jairus, Mark 5:22, of the sinful woman, Luke 7:38, of the centurion, verses 6–8.
Chapter VI: Of the Justification of Those to Be Redeemed
On Romans 3:22–27: Namely, the righteousness of God through the faith of Jesus Christ, unto all and upon all who believe; for there is no difference — and they are justified freely by His grace, through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus, whom God set forth as a propitiation through faith in His blood, to a demonstration of His righteousness through the forgiveness of the sins that were previously committed, under the forbearance of God, etc.
I.
We have considered the application of redemption with respect to its nature, and to the applying acts of God from which that application flows and by which the fellowship with the benefits proceeds, together with the foundation thereof; it now follows that we take up what flows from union with Christ in that order which we set forth in the preceding chapter, §18 — namely, that in which justification holds the first place, and which is treated at large in the second part of the third chapter to the Romans, from which we shall take the extracted words as the ground of our meditation and consideration.
The Explanatory Part
II.
In and by these words the Apostle sets forth the doctrine of the justification of the sinner, wherein is to be noted:
1. The justification: the righteousness of God through the faith of Jesus Christ. Here we have, first, the righteousness, or justice, by which we are justified before God — namely, the righteousness of God. This is certainly not that of God Himself, or His essential righteousness, as Osiander dreamed, which cannot become ours unless we ourselves become God; for the righteousness of God is God Himself. Rather, it is the righteousness or justice of Christ, who is also God, as being Jehovah our Righteousness, Jer. 23:6, who has become for us righteousness from God, 1 Cor. 1:30. This righteousness, then, which God has specifically appointed to this end in the eternal counsel of peace, is that which, before the judgment-seat of God, alone avails for the sinner's justification; which alone is admitted and accepted by Him for the exhausted sinner; which alone He has revealed to us in the gospel; which stands opposed to that righteousness which is of the Law, or of the legal covenant, which is not of faith, Gal. 3:12; which is properly our righteousness, as it should have been provided by our own strength according to the content and terms of the legal covenant.
2. The appropriation of that righteousness, by which the righteousness of God becomes ours, through the faith of Jesus Christ. By this is understood not the essential righteousness of Christ, whether of His divine or of His human nature, but His mediatorial, or acquired righteousness, which He obtained and acquired for sinners through His satisfaction and merit. This becomes ours through faith, by which we lay hold of Christ and that righteousness of His, and, by virtue of God's promise, it becomes ours — that is, it is granted to us and reckoned to us. It is called the faith of Christ, not in an active sense, as though Christ believed, but in a passive sense, as that by which He is believed in — in the same sense in which one speaks of the faith of God, Mark 11:22, the faith of the name of Jesus, Acts 3:16, the faith of the Son of God, Gal. 2:20 — so that the possessive here denotes the object, or the matter about which faith is occupied and active, and the faith of Jesus Christ means the same as through faith in Christ Jesus. One should likewise note the omission of the article: ἡ διὰ πίστεως, which is through faith, whereby the righteousness of God, which is through the faith of Jesus Christ, is distinguished from the righteousness which is of the Law, of which mention was made in verse 21.
III. Those who shall be justified: unto all, and upon all who believe. By this is marked the precise object of justification: all believers, John 1:11–12 and 3:16, 36. εἰς πάντας, unto all, καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας, and upon all. This last phrase, ἐπὶ πάντας, "upon all," the Arabic version lacks, as do also some manuscripts; nevertheless the common Latin and Syriac translations have it, and it is by no means superfluous, but rather most emphatic. Now this universality of the object —
1. The Apostle proves it, for there is no difference or distinction — namely, between men, or between Jews and Gentiles — by which the latter would be justified from works sooner than the former, and not by the faith of Jesus Christ; compare verse 9.
2. He confirms it with a twofold proof, of which:
a. The first comes to hand from the universality of sin. For they have all sinned; therefore there is no difference, no exception. All — Gentiles together with Jews, as he had proven and demonstrated in the first and second chapters. This he states even more forcefully in verse 9, for we have already charged both Jews and Greeks, from the causes proven and demonstrated, that they are all under sin, that is, ὑπόδικοι, guilty, verse 19, condemnable, or under the power of sin — so that, even if they now kept the Law with the utmost exactness, they would nevertheless be condemnable on account of sin already committed. By sin here he understands both original and actual sin, for both kinds of sin make the sinner liable to punishment.
b. The second comes to hand from the penalty, or the consequence of sin: Καὶ ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ. And, or therefore, they lack the glory of God. Καὶ, "and," here has the force of a causal conjunction: therefore they lack — ὑστεροῦνται. The common Latin translator renders it "they have need," as though it read χρείαν ἔχωσι, "they have need and want" — less accurately. Erasmus has "they are deprived, or are destitute" — better, though still not sufficiently precise. The root word ὑστερεῖσθαι, properly rendered "to lack," is used properly of those who, in a foot-race, having exerted their strength, were left behind, so that they did not reach the finish line. From this we likewise understand what the Apostle means by the glory of God — namely, eternal life; compare 1 Cor. 9:24, Phil. 3:12–14. Unless you should wish here to understand by the glory of God the ground and cause of glorying before God, that you would come to be justified by your own works — which agrees very well with the aim of the Apostle, who is intent on showing that no one can be justified from works.
III.
The causes of justification:
1. The moving causes, which are two:
a. Προηγουμένη, the inwardly moving cause. Δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι: they are justified freely by His grace. Δικαιούμενοι, "being justified," or, "they are being justified" — understand here the little word "but," as though in place of δικαιοῦνται, "they are justified," or, "that they should be justified"; and so it will depend on the word ὑστεροῦνται, "they lack." Δωρεάν, "freely," from δωρεά, a gift, or such a gift as has no antecedent ground of right — without price, without merit; among the Hebrews, "without money," Isa. 55:1.
2. Τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, "by His grace," is added by way of explanation, that what he had just said might become still clearer. By His — namely, God's — grace, or by free and undeserved love, Rom. 4:2–5. It is set in opposition to debt, and to every kind of work, however it may be regarded, Rom. 11:6; elsewhere it is called God's kindness and love toward man, Titus 3:5.
b. Προκαταρκτική, the outwardly moving cause: διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, through the redemption which is in Christ Jesus. Here is marked the meritorious cause of justification, and in regard to it:
a. The redemption, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως, through the redemption. The root word ἀπολύτρωσις, apolytrōsis, signifies, in its emphasis, such a redemption whereby a captive soldier is set free, not by force, nor by intercession and mediation alone, but by the payment of the price. If you object and say, How then are we justified freely, of God's pure and unmixed grace, if it is by the payment of a price? — I answer: freely, not with respect to the Redeemer, for it was His office to pay the price of redemption, Matt. 20:28; but with respect to those to be redeemed, whom He loved freely from eternity, for and to whom He freely gave the Redeemer, and permitted and accepted the redemption, John 3:16, Rom. 5:8.
b. The Redeemer, τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, through that redemption which is in Christ Jesus. Not through that which formerly was in Moses, Joshua, and others; nor through that which is in ourselves, through our own satisfactions; but precisely and definitely through that redemption which is in Christ Jesus, which Christ Jesus alone, through His own satisfaction and merit, has brought about. This, therefore, is the sole δικαίωμα, dikaioma, the ground of right, of our justification before the judgment-seat of God.
2. The principal efficient cause, or the appointment of a propitiation, or atonement, in which is noted:
a. The appointed reconciler, namely, Christ Jesus, outside of whom there is no salvation, Acts 4:12, who alone is the way, the truth, and the life, without whom no one comes to the Father, John 14:6, in whom the Father has a good pleasure, Matt. 3:17.
b. The appointer, ὁ Θεός, God — whether the Father, in an economic sense, or the whole Trinity, in a theological sense, on whose good pleasure and will alone this depends, Matt. 11:26–27, from whom Christ has received all power, ch. 28:18.
c. The appointment, προέθετο, "He has set forth Him," namely: (a) in the eternal counsel of peace, Ps. 2:6–7, 1 Pet. 1:20, Isa. 42:1 — He has set Him forth, or, from beforehand determined. (b) In the first proclamation of the gospel, Gen. 3:15: And I will put enmity — etc. (c) He has set Him forth beforehand in the shadows of the ceremonial Law, for example, in the mercy-seat of the ark, which He set forth, ἱλαστήριον, as a propitiation — of which shadows Christ is the body, Col. 2:17. Which He has (d) set forth openly in the proclamation of the gospel of fulfillment, by offering Him to be received, and by promising, once the acceptance is accomplished through faith, the forgiveness of sins, John 3:16, Acts 10:43. In this fore-ordination of God lies all the force and power of Christ's death and obedience, Acts 2:36, Ps. 118:22, Isa. 28:16.
d. The end for which, or the use of this appointment: ἱλαστήριον, unto a propitiation, or unto a mercy-seat; among the Hebrews, kapporeth, which was of old the covering of the ark, where God was present, whence He gave answers, showed Himself reconciled, above which a certain admitted cloud sitting assured the people of His favor toward them; of this one may see Lev. 16:2, Num. 7:8–9. That this was a type of Christ, the text teaches, and the Apostle confirms it, Heb. 4:16.
3. The instrumental cause: διὰ τῆς πίστεως ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι, through faith in His blood. Here is:
a. The act of faith, διὰ τῆς πίστεως, through faith. These words are lacking in a manuscript of Grotius, and also, according to Beza, in Chrysostom; nevertheless they are found in Ambrose and in most copies. Through faith, διά, through, not on account of the faith, as though faith itself were our δικαίωμα, dikaioma (the ground of justification) on account of which we are justified, as some among the Remonstrants would have it; but through faith as an instrument — certainly not of the actual justification, for God justifies us not through our faith; but nevertheless of the passive justification, inasmuch as we are not justified, nor have any sense of our justification as having occurred from God, except through faith — unless you would rather call faith the condition without which God will not grant us the righteousness of His Son, on account of which we are justified.
b. The object of faith, in His blood. These words some join together with the word ἱλαστηρίῳ, a propitiation, to signify that that reconciliation did not take place except in blood, and indeed in the very blood of Christ Himself — yet not in the typical blood, which the high priest carried into the Holy of Holies, Heb. 9:4 (in which the blood of Christ Himself was shadowed forth by that typical blood), but in His own blood. Nevertheless there is nothing to prevent us from referring it to faith, as its object, or rather to Christ Himself, insofar as He gave His blood as a ransom-price; and then by His blood are understood all His sufferings, from the beginning of His life to its end.
4. The final cause: to a demonstration of His righteousness, through the forgiveness of the sins that were previously committed. Here is noted:
a. The end, εἰς ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ, to a demonstration of His righteousness. Δικαιοσύνη αὐτοῦ, "His righteousness," could here signify: (a) that righteousness, or justice, by which we are justified before God, namely, in order to show to men that it is not our own righteousness, which is of the Law, or of our own works, Phil. 3:9, but His — namely, Christ's righteousness, which is of faith, of which it is spoken, Rom. 1:17 and Phil. 3:9 — which He Himself has established and set forth (προέθετο), which alone is to be looked to by him, which alone the sinner who is to be justified has to seek. (b) God's essential righteousness — both the avenging righteousness, which is most powerfully demonstrated in the blood of Christ, as an atonement for our sins, since He spared not His own Son, Rom. 8:32; and the rewarding righteousness, inasmuch as, the payment and blood of Jesus Christ having been made for the believing sinner, God, by virtue of His righteousness, cannot but forgive the sinner his sins, 2 Cor. 5:21.
b. The means by which that end is attained; in respect of which is noted:
a. The forgiveness, διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν, through the "paresis," forgiveness. That word occurs nowhere else in all of Holy Scripture. It is commonly translated by the translators as "forgiveness," so that it is the same as ἄφεσις, aphesis — except that the very famous Cocceius has preferred to translate it "transmission," that is, a sending-over, a carrying-over, whereby God transferred the sins of the believers of the Old Testament, not yet forgiven to them up to that point, over onto Christ, to be punished in Him in their stead; and so they would not yet have had the ἄφεσιν, aphesis, or the full and complete forgiveness of their sins. The more common view pleases me better, since, among other things, the latter view seems to restrict the Apostle's aim too narrowly. But of this we shall see more in what follows.
b. That which is forgiven, ἁμαρτημάτων, of sins, namely, of all sins, both original and actual, and that of all the elect, inasmuch as in them He does not regard sin, namely, so as to punish it, Num. 23:21. Προγεγονότων, "committed beforehand," not only because sins not yet committed cannot, in the act, be forgiven in themselves either — although God has decreed from eternity that He will forgive them in their time, when they shall have been committed, Gal. 2:16 (from which it by no means follows that the sins of the elect were forgiven from eternity, any more than it follows, from the eternal decree to create the world, that the world was created from eternity) — not for this reason, I say, is a "paresis," a forgiveness of sins previously committed, mentioned; but also because the sins which were committed under the Old Testament were forgiven only for the sake of Christ's blood, Heb. 9:15 — yet not so that the sins of the believers of the Old Testament were merely passed over and dissembled, and not fully forgiven. Here is added, ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ, in, or under, the forbearance of God — which seems to be joined together not with the word πάρεσις, paresis, as though the paresis consisted in this very forbearance, and were an explanation thereof, but with the participle προγεγονότων, "committed beforehand" — so that the sense would be: He has, through the eternal suretyship-assumption (expromissionem), transferred onto Christ the sins of the believers of the Old Testament, and thus, these sins being as it were still present in Him (not in the believer himself), borne with, in order finally to punish them all together in Christ, and by punishing them to demonstrate His avenging righteousness.
The Doctrinal Part
IV.
Those, therefore, who by faith are united with Christ, are, in His blood, or atoning righteousness, by God accounted and reckoned righteous and just, before Christ, unto the forgiveness of sins, and consequently unto the possession of eternal life. Hence Christ is said, for those who are in Him, to have become of God unto them δικαιοσύνη, righteousness, 1 Cor. 1:30; and the Apostle therefore says, that renouncing all his own righteousness, that he might be found in Christ, and might obtain, not having his own righteousness which is of the Law, but that which is through the faith of Christ, Phil. 3:8–9 — because Christ, according to God's appointment and establishment, is Jehovah our Righteousness, Jer. 23:6, as He on whom God has laid all our iniquity, and has made it to fall upon Him, Isa. 53:4–5, and who has made His soul an אָשָׁם, a guilt-offering for reconciliation, verse 10, and who thus for us has been made sin, that we might become the righteousness of God in Him, 2 Cor. 5:21. Hence we are said to be buried with Him in His death, Rom. 6:4. To this likewise looked all the sacrifices of the old economy, all the sprinklings of blood, namely, as prefiguring the sprinkling, or the application and union, of the blood of Christ, 1 Pet. 1:2, Heb. 9:13 and 10:22, which cleanses us from all our sins, 1 John 1:7. And who can doubt that those united with Christ, His members, bearing His very body, even His name, 1 Cor. 12:12; who are crucified together with Him (συνεσταύρωμαι τῷ Χριστῷ, "I am crucified together with Christ"), Gal. 2:20; who are buried with Him in His death, Rom. 6:4; who have become one plant with Him in the likeness of His death, verse 5 — that such, I say, are in Christ accounted righteous? Unless you would want to call Christ Himself, and, after He has made satisfaction, in His members and in His body, unjustified, and say that He is placed under the guilt of death; compare 2 Cor. 6:14–15. Especially since Christ, according to the appointment and establishment of God, is the second Adam, in whom we are justified in the same manner as we were condemned in the first, Rom. 5:12, 1 Cor. 15:22.
V.
That we may therefore better attain and understand the nature and character of this justification, or justifying, upon which the pivot of our whole religion turns, and at the same time frame a brief conception of it, we must proceed from the beginning, and so begin with the word itself. "To justify," so far as its meaning goes, is compounded of the noun "just" and the verb "to make." Now that man is just who is without liability to punishment (whereby someone, contrary to right, has done harm to another, and thereby deserves punishment), and is therefore not to be punished; and "to justify" is either to bring about and instill righteousness, as happened in creation, through original righteousness in the first man, Eccl. 7:29; or, by declaring, by proving, by pronouncing sentence, to make and count someone righteous, or free from punishment. As to the use of the word: "to justify," among the Latins Justificare, and among those who have received and adopted that word from the Latins, is scarcely taken in any but this latter sense, and thus continually agrees with the words of Holy Scripture, הִצְדִּיק, hitsdik, and δικαιῶν, dikaioun. And therefore, if one considers and regards the matter in general, "to justify," or "to make just," is nothing other than to acquit and to free someone, who is placed in a doubtful case, from the desert of condemnation or of damnation; just as "to condemn" means to declare punishable someone who, for whatever reason, is guilty of some crime — so that justification is set in opposition to the condemnation of the innocent, Prov. 17:15, Rom. 8:33–34. Whether this justification and acquittal takes place on the part of the accused himself, charged or suspected of unrighteousness; or on the part of his advocate; or on the part of the witnesses; or — which is chiefly the case — on the part of the judge. Now this justification takes place either on account of a proper righteousness inherent in the accused, when it cannot be proven that he has committed any crime — such a justification, before the fall, could have been admitted in the first-created man, though it can scarcely be called a justification, since there was no accusation, or any suspicion of guilt, whence it would better be called a (laudatio) a praising, a commending; or on account of an imputed righteousness, whereby someone, who in himself is unrighteous, is accounted righteous on account of something which is admitted and accepted in the place of that righteousness which ought to have been in and inherent in him. And thus our justification takes place either in a human or civil court, or in the court of God — whether this be understood as internal, as the court of conscience, or as that external court, which either occurs immediately after a man's death, or which shall be only at the last judgment.
VI.
Our concern here is properly to treat of justification in the divine court. In which respect justification, with us, is nothing other than the gracious declaration of God, whereby He, on account of the righteousness of Christ, imputed to the sinner and laid hold of by him through a living faith, acquits him from the guilt of all his sins, and declares him righteous, or justified, unto eternal life. In and through this description is set forth, first,
The efficient cause of justification, or the Justifier: God alone, Rom. 3:26, 30, and 8:30, 33, Gal. 3:8, Luke 18:14 — as the supreme Lord, Gen. 19:30, Lawgiver, James 4:12, Isa. 33:22, and Judge, Heb. 12:23; and also, as it were, the Creditor, Ps. 51:6, Matt. 6:12, whom we have offended and dishonored through sin, and to whom, through sin, we have become debtors — who therefore alone can forgive us our sins, who alone has also provided for us the Surety, as the sole cause of our justification, John 3:16, 1 Cor. 1:30, Rom. 3:24–25 and 4:24–25 and 5:16–19; and who accepts and admits for us His promises and sanctification, Eph. 5:2; indeed, also unites those who shall be justified with His Son, the Mediator, in order that in Him they may obtain the fellowship of His righteousness, Rom. 3:29–30, 32, 2 Cor. 5:21. Now God is not only, theologically speaking, with respect to His essence considered, the cause of justification, insofar as justification is a work of God upon the creature, reaching outward; but also, economically speaking, the several Persons of the Godhead work together, in a certain distinct manner, unto the same, distinctly: and indeed, (I) the Father, Rom. 8:34, by appointing, accepting, and imputing the righteousness of His Son for and unto our justification, Rom. 8:30, 2 Cor. 5:21; (II) the Son, Isa. 53:11, Matt. 9:2, 6, by making satisfaction, Matt. 20:28, Eph. 5:2, and by interceding, as Advocate, 1 John 2:2; (III) the Holy Spirit, 1 Cor. 6:11, by bearing witness, Rom. 8:15, and by sealing, 1 Cor. 1:22, Eph. 4:30.
VII.
Secondly, the act itself, or the very deed, of justification, which consists in a judicial declaration, or pronouncement of sentence, Rom. 6:11, 33 — which (1) has been, as it were, comprehended in the understanding of God from eternity, through the decree to justify, Gal. 3:8; (2) has been, as it were, pronounced in Christ, as in the head, when He was raised from the dead, 2 Cor. 5:17, 19, Rom. 4:25; (3) takes place virtually in our conscience, through that first bond which arises and flows from faith in us, insofar as we thereby, through the divine promise, understand that we are justified, Rom. 8:1; (4) takes place effectually through the Holy Spirit, bearing witness together with our spirit that we, on account of the satisfaction of Christ, are justified and reconciled, Rom. 8:15 compared with ch. 5; (5) takes place instrumentally, finally, through the gospel, Rom. 1:16, inasmuch as God, through its voice, as through a sentence and pronouncement of right, declares believers free from the accusation of the Law, Gal. 3:12–13, and from the guilt of sins, and awards them the right to eternal life, John 3:16, Acts 10:43. Indeed, if one must admit, in God's act of justifying, any properly so-called instrument by which He justifies in this life, none more fitting and proper can be admitted than the gospel.
VIII.
Thirdly, the object of the justifying act: (1) not the angels, Heb. 2:16 — for the good are not justified at all, since they are liable to no accusation, nor suspicion of any unrighteousness, and are therefore rather praised and commended than justified or acquitted; nor the evil, who, being bound with the chains of everlasting darkness, are assigned and given over to the judgment of condemnation without any remedy, 2 Pet. 2:4, Jude 6. But (2) men, 1 Tim. 2:5 — not all and every one, but (1) elect men, who alone, and all of them, Rom. 8:30. Meanwhile, (2) sinners, Rom. 4:5 and 3:23–24; yet nevertheless (3) redeemed through the blood of Christ, Rom. 3:24; (4) called to accept the Redeemer and the terms of redemption, Rom. 3:30, 1 Pet. 2:9–10; (5) regenerated and made alive, Eph. 2:5, enlightened in the understanding, Eph. 1:17–19, renewed in heart or will, Ezek. 36:26, so as to be able to obey the calling and to accept the Redeemer offered to them and the terms of redemption; (6) converted, Jer. 31:18–19, so as, by the powers received in regeneration, to accept God and the Mediator by faith in deed, Phil. 3:12, and to turn from sin to righteousness, Jer. 31:19; (7) united with Christ, so that they obtain, not their own righteousness, but Christ's, which is through faith, Phil. 3:9, 1 Cor. 1:30, Acts 4:12 — from which may also be seen and understood the order and progress by which God is wont to procure the justification of the wretched sinner.
IX.
Fourthly, the, as it were, inwardly moving cause, namely, God's pure and unmixed grace, Rom. 3:24, "freely, by His grace," and 4:24, Eph. 2:8, Titus 3:5–7. Since we are justified not on account of any proper righteousness inherent and cleaving to us, or good works, or anything in us, whereby we should deserve to be justified — for we have all sinned, and lack the glory of God, Rom. 3:23. Hence our justification is nothing other than a blotting-out of our sins, Isa. 43:25, a full forgiveness, a covering, Ps. 32:1 — whence Holy Scripture everywhere says that we are justified without the works of the Law, Rom. 3:28, Gal. 2:8–9, so that all occasion for boasting is excluded from us, Rom. 3:27 and 4:2, Eph. 2:9. Indeed, it is also from that same grace by which He gave the Redeemer to the world, John 3:16 and 4:10, whereby He calls the elect to accept the Redeemer given to them, 2 Tim. 1:9, whereby He grants them faith, by means of which they accept Him, Phil. 1:29, and are united with Him, Phil. 3:9 — from and through that same grace, I say, He reckons and declares them, in Christ, righteous.
X.
Fifthly, the outwardly moving cause of justifying is a certain righteousness, on account of which He declares them, whom He justifies, righteous. For since He is a righteous Judge, Gen. 18:25, and also true, Rev. 15:3, whose judgments are therefore righteous and true, Rev. 16:7, He cannot declare anyone righteous who has no righteousness. And since he who shall be justified is a sinner, and in himself ungodly, Rom. 3:23–24 and 5:17, and therefore has no inward righteousness of his own, Rom. 3:10–21, on account of which he could be justified, or declared righteous, Ps. 143:2 and 130:3, it is necessary that another's righteousness intervene, on account of which he is declared righteous. Nor can the righteousness of any other single individual intervene here, because every rational creature owes its own righteousness to God for itself, Luke 17:10. Therefore Christ's righteousness alone remains, on account of which we can be justified, Phil. 3:9: "not having my own righteousness — but that which is through the faith of Christ" — which is therefore said to have become for us righteousness, 1 Cor. 1:30, and is named Jehovah our Righteousness, Jer. 23:6; as also the Apostle for that reason says that through one righteousness (δι' ἑνὸς δικαιώματος) justification comes upon all men (namely, all who shall be justified) unto life, Rom. 5:18. And this, according to the divine appointment, whereby He has made Christ sin for us, that we might become the righteousness of God in Him, 2 Cor. 5:21, whereby He has set Him forth as a propitiation, Rom. 3:25 — whence also Christ Himself, that righteous one, is said, by His knowledge, to justify many, Isa. 53:11. Just as, therefore, Adam's disobedience and unrighteousness is the guilt on account of which all are condemned, so Christ's righteousness is that ground of right (δικαίωμα) on account of which all who shall be justified are acquitted. This righteousness of Christ is also the meritorious cause of our justification, inasmuch as it is such, and so great, that it is absolutely sufficient to make good the wrong and offense which, through our sins, has been done to the divine Majesty — so that, on account of it, God can, with right, and must, according to the covenant, declare us free from all guilt of punishment.
XI.
Since, then, in Christ a twofold righteousness is to be noted — one essential, both of His divine and of His human nature, with which He was born, Luke 1:35, and one acquired, or obtained, through His whole life on earth — that we may the more readily determine by which righteousness of Christ we are justified, we must hold fast: (1) that indeed the whole Christ, and all His righteousness, serves for our justification; because He is given wholly by God to the world, that whoever believes in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life, John 3:16, and because He was not born for Himself and did not come into the world to be served, but for us, to give Himself a ransom, Matt. 20:28, Eph. 5:2, 25–26 — although He does not serve and profit thereto in one and the same manner. Namely, (II) that His essential righteousness, both divine and human, does not at all serve for justification, as though it were the δικαίωμα, the ground of right, on account of which we should be justified — because He requires that not only for Himself, but also because it would render superfluous, and in vain, justification through the acquired righteousness: for if we were justified on account of the righteousness of the divine Person, which is of infinite worth, or also on account of the righteousness of His human nature, as our δικαίωμα, ground of right, to what purpose then would there be need of the righteousness of His death, or of His life? Nevertheless this essential righteousness of His is also useful, as a prerequisite in the person of the Mediator, without which He could not have obtained any ground of justification for us, 2 Cor. 5:21, Isa. 53:11. Therefore, (III) Christ's acquired righteousness alone is the dikaioma, the ground of right, on account of which we are justified by God. But since, again, a twofold acquired righteousness of Christ is to be noted — the one active, whereby He kept the Law exactly and perfectly, Matt. 3:15 and 5:17, Gal. 4:4; the other passive, whereby He suffered for the Law violated by us, Rom. 4:25, Phil. 2:8 — one must (IV) hold fast that the active righteousness alone is not sufficient to secure justification, because a dikaioma, a ground of right, was required for sinners who had deserved death, Gen. 2:17, Rom. 5:17 and 6:13, which, by virtue of God's decree, of the threatening of the Law, and of God's natural hatred against sin, had necessarily to be undergone and suffered, Rom. 1:32, 2 Thess. 1:6. And also (V) that He has not laid out for us His passive righteousness alone — although His active righteousness is generally reckoned as conducing to our salvation, Jer. 23:6, 1 Cor. 1:30, Rom. 5:19, Phil. 3:9 — but because it belongs to the greatness and largeness of grace, that He, wholly and entirely, such and so great as He is, should be laid out for our benefit, Rom. 8:32. Wherefore, (VI) His twofold righteousness together comes to be for us one dikaioma, ground of right, which He offered up and rendered complete for the sins of those who shall be justified, Rom. 3:3–4. Therefore, (VII), this twofold righteousness is not to be separated from one another; indeed, it is not even to be so distinguished that to the passive alone is ascribed the efficacy of satisfying for our guilt of punishment, and thereby of delivering us from evil, and to the active alone the power of meriting for us the right unto eternal life — since not only do satisfying and meriting differ formally, but also because the passive must not be stripped of the worth of meriting, nor the active of the worth of satisfying, as we have shown and demonstrated elsewhere.
XII.
Sixthly, the appropriation, or application, of this righteousness: for indeed this righteousness, however great and however excellent it may be, is not sufficient if it remains wholly and entirely foreign to us. Hence those who are without Christ are said to be strangers, alienated from the commonwealth of Israel, and strangers to the covenants of promise, having no hope, and without God in the world, Eph. 2:12. And if no appropriation at all were required, then (since Christ's righteousness, as we have shown elsewhere, is of infinite worth and dignity) absolutely all and every one would be justified and saved. This appropriation, or application, then, depends partly (A) on what is outside us: (1) on the divine bestowal, Rom. 5:15–16: "much more the grace of God, and the gift by grace" (ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι), "which is by one man, Jesus Christ, has abounded" unto many — but that which He, namely God, bestows (χάρισμα) is given from many offenses unto justification, εἰς δικαίωμα. By this bestowal, God has given us to His Son, John 6:39 and 17:9, 11, 12, 19; and, again, His Son to us, together with His whole cause and righteousness, John 3:16, 1 Cor. 1:30 — namely, according to the eternal covenant between Father and Son, in the counsel of peace, Isa. 53:10, Zech. 6:12–13; through which bestowal Christ likewise gives Himself, with all His righteousness, to us, Eph. 5:25–27. And indeed this bestowal of God is to be understood as having taken place absolutely and independently, inasmuch as the decree itself of bestowing, in God, and also the bestowal itself of Christ, has in no way been dependent on any condition to be fulfilled by men — though, in bestowing, He has made the participation therein dependent on the condition of faith to be fulfilled by men, to this end, that the gift and bestowal might be applied to them, and be useful and profitable to them; which, however, shall certainly and infallibly, by virtue of the decree, be accomplished.
(2) On the imputation (ἐλλογισμῷ), such as is mentioned, Philem. 18: "If he has wronged you, or owes you anything, put that to my account," τοῦτο ἐμοὶ ἐλλόγει — just as also, concerning someone's unrighteousness, it is said, Rom. 5:13, "sin is not imputed" — for which reason it is used of the matter itself of justification, Rom. 4:3, 4, 7: "it was reckoned to him for righteousness"; "to whom the Lord will not impute sin"; "blessed is the man to whom the Lord imputes not iniquity"; "not imputed, but of grace." For indeed anyone who has no inherent or indwelling righteousness, on account of which he might be justified, can in no way be justified except by imputation. Now that imputation, with us, does not consist in a bare and mere reckoning and esteeming of God, whereby God should reckon and esteem, or hold for righteous, those who are in fact unrighteous, on account of Christ — for such an imputation would smack of nothing but error, or at least of a kind of false speaking; wherefore here the Greek word ἐλλογισμός is more suitable and fitting, which does not signify a bare opinion or estimation, but, taken over from a comparison with merchants' dealings, signifies the transferring of the debt of one man onto the account of another, so that the first is freed from crime and guilt — which indeed, as merchants well know, does not take place through a bare opinion or estimation, Philem. 18. Nor does imputation, with us, consist in this, that God should think and reckon Christ's very righteousness itself, whether habitual or actual, to be our inherent righteousness — for that, as we have said, would be an error and a false speaking. What then, with us, is imputation? Answer: it is when God, insofar as those sufferings and doings which are righteous are transferred onto our account, thereby delivers us from the guilt of condemnation, and we obtain the right unto eternal life. And therefore it is the justification of a guilty one, who is not righteous in an inherent manner, when the crime itself, of which someone is accused, is acknowledged to have been committed, but the righteousness of Christ's sufferings and doings is shown on his behalf, that he may be delivered from the desert of condemnation. Thus far the imputation of Christ's righteousness depends, outside us, on God alone.
XIII.
Partly (B) it depends on what is within us. For although the dikaioma, the ground of right, on account of which we are justified, lies wholly outside us, in Christ; and although likewise the imputation thereof depends solely and only on the good pleasure and grace of Him who bestows and imputes it — for He could not have imputed it, had He not so seen fit, Eph. 1:5, Matt. 11:26 — there is nevertheless something which He requires beforehand in us, that He may impute and bestow. And what, then, is that? It is faith, whereby we earnestly desire and hold God for our highest end, and Christ for our sole Mediator, John 1:11–12 and 3:16, Acts 4:12, Rom. 1:17 and 3:22, 25, 28, and 4:3, 5, 11, 12, 14, and 5:1–2, and 10:9–11, Gal. 2:16 and 3:6–8, 26, and 5:6, Eph. 2:8, Phil. 3:9, etc. And indeed faith alone, because good works are everywhere excluded from the sole business of justification, Rom. 3:23–24, 28, and 4:2–9, Gal. 2:16, Eph. 2:8–9, etc. — although not "alone" (solitaria) in the sense of being wholly separated from good works, Gal. 5:6, for such a faith is said by James to be dead, and thus no faith at all, James 2:17. And that we may grasp this the more easily and thoroughly, we must hold fast: (1) that good works simply and absolutely contribute nothing toward obtaining for us the right unto eternal life, since that is a pure and unmixed gift of grace from God, Rom. 6:23, obtained through Christ's righteousness alone; that meanwhile (2) their presence is required for many reasons, if not before all justification, at least always along with justification and after it. We must therefore here carefully and precisely observe three periods of justification: namely, (a) that of inception and establishment, whereby a man is first justified — here not only is the efficacy itself excluded, since God justifies a sinner, Rom. 3:23, and an ungodly person, Rom. 4:5; (b) that of continuance — here, although no efficacy of good works is admitted unto justification, their presence is nevertheless required, Gal. 5:6; and it is substantially in this sense that James denies that we are justified by faith alone, but additionally requires works, James 2:14, 17, 18, 20–22, 24–26; finally, (c) that of consummation, in which the right unto eternal life, conferred in the first period and followed up in the second, is now also carried forward and advanced unto possession — here is required not only the presence of good works, but also some measure of their efficacy, at least insofar as God does not will to bring us to the possession of eternal life, of which we have long since obtained the right solely through the merits of Christ, except, besides faith, through antecedent good works, Heb. 12:14, Matt. 7:21 and 25:34–36, Rom. 2:7, 10.
XIV.
It is furthermore worth the trouble to inquire in what way faith flows into justification, or in what manner it is related and set to justification. (1) It does not flow in as a meritorious cause, whether of the whole or of a part; certainly not in this sense — for Scripture everywhere, and constantly, testifies that we are justified freely, of God's grace, Rom. 3:24, Eph. 2:8–9, but also on account of Christ, as that alone dikaioma, ground of right, which brings us to the righteousness of Christ, Rom. 3:25, Phil. 3:9. Nor (2) does it flow in as our righteousness, which would be admitted and accepted by God, through a gracious acceptance, in the gospel, as a complete obedience of the Law — because Holy Scripture nowhere says that we are justified on account of faith, but only through faith; and moreover, that on account of which we are justified is, in its entirety, referred to the righteousness of Christ, Rom. 5:18 and 3:25. Nor also (3) through faith, insofar as it states and involves the obedience of Christ's commandments, on account of which we should, by God's pure grace, be justified — because Scripture everywhere sets faith over against obedience, or against good works, Rom. 3:27–28, Eph. 2:8–9, Gal. 2:16. Perhaps (4) it justifies as an instrument, whereby we lay hold of Christ. Thus, commonly, the Protestants think, and rightly indeed, provided one applies this with the necessary and proper distinction. And to do this, one must distinguish between a passive justification, whereby we are made ready and assured, or from which we conclude that we are justified by God (thus one can in every respect and absolutely say that we are justified through faith, as an instrument, insofar as, in the practical syllogism, by means of which we infer and conclude that we are infallibly justified, faith functions as the middle term, in this manner: "whoever believes is justified"), and an actual justification, whereby God justifies us — and this again is either an immediate one, which shall take place through the living voice of God Himself as Judge, at the last judgment (this admits of no instrument whatsoever); or a mediate one, whereby God, in this life, justifies a man in his conscience, or acquits him from the guilt of his sins — this does indeed admit of an instrument, but none other than the gospel, through whose voice God acquits all who believe: that whoever believes should not perish, but have everlasting life, John 3:16. Is not faith, then, an instrument whereby we lay hold of Christ and His righteousness? And does it not, in that way, justify? Answer: (a) let it be an instrument whereby we lay hold of Christ; nevertheless it is not thereby an instrument by which God justifies us. (b) It is the laying hold of Christ Himself, or the act of laying hold of Christ, John 1:12, Col. 2:5–6, and in that way it gives, beyond all doubt, occasion to God to justify us, Rom. 3:24–25. But (c) it is an instrument whereby we lay hold of Christ only in a very qualified sense — just as the act of seeing itself is, less precisely, called an instrument by which we see. In what way, then, (2) does faith flow together into God's actual justifying? Answer: as a condition, required beforehand by God unto justification; or as a cause without which God does not will that His Son should be our Mediator, and, on account of His righteousness alone, that He should justify us. So that faith, in the matter of justification, has its whole efficacy from God's most free establishment, whereby God has chosen faith, above all else, to be the condition of our justification. For if you were to derive the efficacy of faith, in the end, from some sort of inward fitness to lay hold of Christ, or from its instrumentality, whereby God should be moved to justify, justification would become less gracious. If you now ask further, for what reason God, being so minded, has chosen faith to be the condition for bringing about justification, I could answer: (1) God's will stands in place of a reason. But I will (2) say, because (a) faith is a laying hold of Christ; and thus (b) this manner of justifying serves above all for the glorification of God, Rom. 4:20, since therein above all shines forth the glory of His grace and mercy toward the wretched sinner, whom He has been pleased to justify, on account of the righteousness of His Son, by accepting faith alone, Rom. 3:26 with 2 Cor. 5:21, John 3:16, Rom. 5:5, 1 John 4:9. The same thing also serves (c) for the glorification of the Son, the Mediator Himself, whom He, in this whole matter of redemption and justification, next to His own glory, has most of all in view, John 5:23, Isa. 49:6, compare Isa. 44:24–25. Finally, (d) this manner of justifying, through faith alone, is the most powerful of all for casting man's pride to the ground, since he contributes absolutely nothing to his own justification but faith alone, Eph. 1:9, Rom. 3:27 — the whole efficacy of which also depends solely on God's establishment and on His promise given. What, now, that faith is, whereby we are justified, and wherein it consists, namely, that we earnestly desire and hold God for our highest end, and Christ for our sole Mediator, we have said deliberately and at large, Book 2, Chapter 1.
XV.
Seventhly, the parts of justification, which are two: namely, (A) an acquittal, insofar as it takes away the guilt of punishment, or the liability to punishment, Heb. 2:15: "that He might deliver all those who, through fear of death, were all their lifetime (ἔνοχοι ἦσαν δουλείας) subject to bondage" — so that, through it, no room is left for any punishment, accusation, or condemnation, Rom. 8:1, 33–34. Not that it takes away the stain itself of sin — that happens afterward, through the grace of sanctification; nor also that it takes away, all at once and at one stroke, every effect of guilt — for various visitations, afflictions, and bodily death itself still occur among the justified themselves, 1 Cor. 15:19. Rather, it takes away all evil insofar as (1) it has the character of a punishment, that is, insofar as it looks to a repayment of the wrong done to God by sin; (2) insofar as it is sent by God's avenging justice; (3) insofar as it serves to the disadvantage of the one visited and afflicted, Ps. 6:2 and 38:2. But it does not take away the evil insofar as it flows from the love of the one who visits, as a fatherly chastisement, occasioned by sin, Rev. 3:19, Heb. 12:6, 8; nor also insofar as it serves for the use and benefit of the one visited, Rom. 8:28 and 5:3–5. Now since there is a twofold guilt of punishment — the one, a potential and more remote one, whereby sin deserves punishment, Rom. 1:32; the other, an actual and nearer one, on account of which the sinner is in fact punished, or the condemnation, the damnation itself (κατάκριμα), Rom. 8:1 — the first is not, and cannot be, taken away by justification, because it is a contradiction that there should be sin, and that it should not deserve punishment; but only the latter, insofar as that liability to the sinner's punishment, having been transferred onto his Surety, the sinner himself is delivered from it.
XVI.
Since, then, the guilt of sin brings with it (1) a bondage, Heb. 2:15, and a certain imprisonment, Matt. 18:34; (2) a certain debt and obligation to punishment, Matt. 6:12 with Luke 11:4; (3) an enmity, Rom. 5:10, hatred, ch. 5:10, wrath, Eph. 2:3, 6–7 — the acquittal of justification likewise takes on principally a threefold name. For it is called: (1) with respect to the bondage and imprisonment, ἀπολύτρωσις, a redemption, Eph. 1:7, Heb. 9:15, which is nothing other than the redemption of a captive, and one led into bondage, servant of war, through the payment of the ransom-price appointed for that purpose. (2) With respect to the guilt and punishment, a forgiveness — among the Hebrews, נשא, "to bear, to take away," and סליחה, from סלח, "to remit, to forgive," Ps. 130:4, Dan. 9:9, Ex. 34:9, Num. 15:28; among the Greeks, ἄφεσις, aphesis, a release, or forgiveness, Rom. 3:25, Heb. 10:18 — whether that ἄφεσις, or release, setting free, forgiveness, rests upon a satisfaction still to be rendered, Matt. 9:2, such as has become the portion of the believers of the Old Testament, Heb. 9:22, Rom. 4:7, Acts 10:43; or upon a satisfaction already rendered, Matt. 26:28, Eph. 1:7; likewise, πάρεσις, paresis, a sending-over, a transmission, a passing-by, Rom. 3:25, but scarcely found elsewhere. Therefore all these words, whether Hebrew or Greek, including both aphesis and paresis, are always, in Holy Scripture, entirely equivalent in meaning: yet I do not wish to dispute with anyone who prefers to call that forgiveness which took place with respect to a satisfaction still future "paresis," and that which took place with respect to satisfaction already rendered "aphesis," provided he only understand, with respect to both, a true and complete forgiveness — over the word itself I shall not contend with him. Nor, likewise, if someone says that God, toward Christ, as the Surety who took the debt upon Himself, employed a "paresis," until His actual satisfaction, whereby He was fully delivered from all the obligation to punishment which He had taken upon Himself from us, and thereby obtained the aphesis. (3) With respect to the enmity, hatred, and wrath, taken away by justification, it is called a reconciliation, insofar as it signifies the application of that reconciliation which, through Christ's redemption, has long since been obtained for us — whereby we, the guilt of sins, as the sole cause of all enmity, being taken away, have peace with God, Rom. 5:1, 9, 11, Isa. 27:5; indeed, even friendship with Him, James 2:23. Thus far the first part of justification.
XVII.
(B) An assignment of eternal life, with respect to the right thereto, Rom. 6:22, John 3:16. For the guilt of eternal death being taken away through acquittal, it cannot be otherwise but that in its place must come the right unto eternal life. So that here, without any difficulty, it is seen that there is no essential difference between the acquittal from eternal death and the assignment of eternal life — just as there is none between satisfaction and merit — such that the acquittal should have to be sought in the satisfaction alone, and the right unto eternal life in the merit alone; and that the former, namely the satisfaction, in the passive righteousness alone, the latter in the active alone. For just as the dikaioma, the ground of right, on account of which we are justified, includes, undivided, the twofold righteousness of Christ, so it also sets forth, undivided, the ground and cause on account of which we are both delivered from the guilt of punishment and receive the right unto all and every good — as we have elsewhere treated at large and with deliberate purpose.
XVIII.
Now the justification which has thus far been taught is but a single one: so (1) with respect to the unchangeable divine decree, Gal. 3:8, Rom. 8:30, whereby, as all things are known to Him, Acts 15:18, so also the number of those who shall be justified, both those counting and those counted, is known to Him from eternity, 2 Tim. 2:19 — although one must not say, by virtue of this one eternal decree, that God has actually justified from eternity, Gal. 3:8. (II) With respect to Christ, upon whom, as the common beginning and head of those who shall be justified, God has laid all the sins, and each of them in particular, of all and each of the elect together, at once and at one time, 2 Cor. 5:19, 21. Finally, (III) also with respect to justification itself, insofar as it, once begun after faith, shall, without any breaking-off or intermission, be followed up and endure unto eternity; and also insofar as the sins of those once truly justified shall never again actually revive — though they, through subsequent sins, deserve to revive again, Ezek. 18:24 — nevertheless with such a unity as consists in a kind of continuous flow, insofar as, upon particular sins, as soon as they are committed, after a particular faith and repentance, the satisfaction and merits of Christ must be applied in particular and separately. And in this way, as we have already before admonished, it has its periods: (1) that of inception, which takes place immediately after the first act of faith, John 3:16 and 1:12; (2) that of continuance and perseverance, which is carried out through continually following acts of faith and repentance, according to the measure of the repetition and renewal of sins, 2 Sam. 12:13; (3) that of consummation and perfection, which shall take place at the last judgment, before the judgment-seat, as it were, through the living voice of the Judge, Matt. 25:34. And thus also anyone who has once been justified can, from his faith and repentance, be infallibly certain and assured of his justification, John 3:16, Acts 10:43, because God is a God who cannot lie, Titus 1:2, Heb. 6:17–18.
The Polemical Part
XIX.
The question is asked, first: does the word "to justify," in Scripture, ever signify an inward change of him who shall be justified, or does it only have a moral and judicial signification? The Papists, in order the more easily to make room for justification from the merits of good works, speak variously. Alexander Hales says that justification is nothing other than a rectitude of the will; Aquinas posits a composite movement, partly a physical one, consisting in an infusion of righteousness, partly a moral one, in the forgiveness of sins; most of the moderns confuse and mix justification with sanctification, whence Becanus (Manual, Bk. 1, Ch. 15, §1) says: "Justification is nothing other than a change, whereby someone, from being ungodly, or a sinner, becomes righteous, just as a healing," etc. — which is followed to that same extent by the Mennonites. Meanwhile the Papists acknowledge that there is no lack of passages of Scripture in which it has a purely judicial signification. The Protestants think that it never signifies an inward change of man, but always an outward one, brought about by a declaration — for example, Ex. 23:7, Prov. 17:15, Isa. 5:23, Matt. 12:37, Acts 13:39, Rom. 8:33–34 — to which they add, that no contrary example is to be found, which it is therefore incumbent on the Papists to produce. For if they allege (1) that the teachers "justify many," Dan. 12:3 — we answer, that they are not said to infuse righteousness, or to change inwardly; but they can (1) by urging faith upon them, care for it, whereby they are declared righteous by God; or (2) by use of the keys, declare righteous by loosing; compare 1 Tim. 4:16, Matt. 18:18, John 20:23. They object (II) the passage from Rev. 22:11: "he that is righteous, let him be righteous still." Answer: that is, he that is justified, let him proceed to show and conduct himself as one justified; or, he that is justified, with respect to the first establishment of justification, let him, by repeating faith, cause that his justification be followed up and endure. But (III) was not Abraham justified by works? Answer: (a) at the very most nothing more follows from this than that he, on account of his good works, was declared righteous by God in a judicial sense. But (b) not even this is said; rather, that he by his works declared that he, endowed with a living faith, was justified before God, or also before men. They press hard (IV) on the word "justificare," or in Dutch "rechtvaardigmaken," which would signify a physical change no less than "sanctify," "build," etc. Answer: (a) suppose it does convey this by its formation (notatione); nevertheless it does not signify this from and according to the usage in which and according to which the words are current. (b) Neither does Holy Scripture use the Latin word, but the Hebrew הצדק, hitsdik, and the Greek δικαιῶν, dikaioun, which could more fittingly be rendered by "justare," were that word in use — which would signify equally well "to declare righteous" as "to make righteous." They add (v) their common Latin translation, which very often, though barbarously, translates the Hebrew חקים, chukkim, that is, statutes, ordinances, by iustificationes, that is, justifications, Ps. 119:8, etc. Answer: (a) from a bad and faulty translation a poor and trifling argument arises. Also (b) that common translation does not have "chukkim" mean "justify the observers," but rather that the observed statutes declare righteous those who observe them, whether with a righteousness of the person, or a righteousness of the matter.
XX.
The question is asked, second: does the grace of justification, whereby we are freely justified, remove all merit? Here the Papists deny this absolutely, on the one side, in favor of human merits, on the ground that good works would merit through grace; and although the first justification, whereby righteous habits are infused, is so much of God's pure grace that it excludes all merit, at least merit of condignity — yet the second justification, whereby the righteous habits proceed to acts, merits eternal life of condignity. On the other side, the Socinians, out of hatred toward Christ's satisfaction, deny it absolutely. The Reformed hold firm, against the Papists, that the grace of justification excludes all human merits; but against the Socinians they deny that grace excludes the merits of Christ. And indeed against the Papists they maintain this, because (1) Scripture sets God's grace and man's merits over against each other, Rom. 3:24 — "they are justified freely by His grace" — and ch. 4:4–5 and 11:6, Gal. 5:4, Eph. 2:8–9. Because (2) Scripture nowhere teaches that good works merit anything from grace; much less (3) that any works merit anything from condignity. Nor am I unaware of what they allege to the contrary, concerning merits, which we shall treat in its own place. On the other hand, against the Socinians, they deny that God's grace toward men removes the merits of Christ: because (1) Scripture joins together, in the most agreeable and friendly manner, God's grace and Christ's merits: "they are justified freely by His grace, through the redemption which is in Christ Jesus," Rom. 3:24, John 1:17, Gal. 5:4, Eph. 2:7. (2) Because, notwithstanding our gracious justification, the satisfaction and merit of Christ is nonetheless taught with infinite testimonies of Scripture, as we have shown at large and with deliberate purpose in its own place, Book 5, Ch. 18. (3) Because the grace of justification cannot extend to the sinner, God's avenging righteousness standing in the way (as we have taught in the place mentioned), except through an intervening satisfaction. Nor does it help them (a) that grace and merit are set over against one another in Scripture, as we have said — for they are set over against each other (according to the laws of opposition, with respect to the same thing, in the same relation) as God's grace and man's merit, but not as God's grace toward man and merit in Christ. Nor (b) that God is everywhere said to forgive our sins — for He forgives us out of pure, unmixed grace, since He receives from us not the least thing for our sins; but He does not forgive our surety who took our place, but requires from Him, according to His righteousness, a most exact and strict satisfaction, Rom. 3:24–25. Nor is it of any consequence that they press this and say: whether the payment be made by the debtor himself, or by his surety, the grace of forgiveness must then cease all the same. Answer: (a) in Christ there is not, strictly speaking, a payment, which would exclude all grace, but a satisfaction, which is admitted and accepted by the creditor not without any grace. But (b) the satisfaction procured through a delegate of the debtor can exclude grace; but not that which is procured through the creditor himself.
XXI.
The question is asked, third: is that on account of which we are justified before God the righteousness of Christ, and that alone? The heathen, so far as they had any care for their souls and salvation, sought it in their own good works — partly in repentance for wrongly-done deeds, partly in their offerings and purifications, partly in fastings and voluntary afflictions of their bodies; but by no means outside themselves, or in Christ. The Jews do not indeed deny that they are sinners, and liable to condemnation, nor that they need a certain dikaioma, a ground of right, whereby they must be delivered; but this they seek, partly in God's forgiving grace, partly in their own righteousness, which arises with them from the keeping of the Law, both moral and ceremonial, Rom. 9:31–32 and 10:3. They therefore absolutely deny that in the Messiah, or in Jesus, there is any dikaioma, ground of right, on account of which we are justified. The Judaizing Christians, with whom Paul has to deal, in Acts 15, and in the epistles to the Romans, Galatians, Colossians, and Hebrews, thought that man is justified partly indeed by the righteousness of Christ, but also partly by the observance of the ceremonial Law. The Socinians, out of hatred toward the satisfaction of Christ, conspire, as to the main point, with the Jews, by holding that we are released from our guilt of punishment only by the grace of forgiveness; but that participation in that forgiveness is obtained through the observance not of the law of nature alone, as would have happened through Moses; nor of the Mosaic Law, as under and after Moses; but of the evangelical Law, which Christ proclaimed — they therefore deny that we are justified on account of the righteousness of Christ. The Papists, since they admit Christ's satisfaction, say that they obtain the forgiveness of sins and eternal life partly on account of it, and partly on account of good works. The Protestants teach that we are justified solely on account of the righteousness of Christ, and this they seek to obtain and to maintain firmly: (I) against the Jews, on the one side, with those testimonies of the Old Scripture in which (1) the Messiah is called יהוה צדקנו, Jehovah our Righteousness, Jer. 23:6, or גֹּאֵל, Goel, Redeemer, Job 19:25, Isa. 43:14 — an Angel, an Advocate, saying: "Deliver him from going down to the pit; I have found a ransom," Job 33:23–24; (2) in which it is foretold of the Messiah that He shall finish transgression, and seal up sin, and reconcile iniquity — that He shall for this be cut off, but not for Himself — that He shall confirm the covenant with many, Dan. 9:24, 26–27; (3) in which it is said that God has laid on Him the punishments of our sins, has made them fall on Him; that He would make His soul an אָשָׁם, a guilt-offering, Isa. 53:4–12; (4) likewise, that any righteousness of one's own, whatever it may be, is not sufficient for our justification, Ps. 49:8–9 and 130:3 and 143:2, Isa. 64:6; (5) that the ceremonial righteousness, and the blood of beasts, by and of themselves, cannot provide the dikaioma, the ground of right, for our sins, Ps. 51:18, 21, Mic. 6:6–7, and that the slaying of beasts could not, by and of itself, have been pleasing to God, and therefore, for the sake of the Messiah — who was to be cut off not for Himself, Dan. 9:26, but for our sakes — would be slain, Isa. 53:7–8; and (6) that God therefore promises that He will redeem His people through Jehovah their God, Hos. 1:7, and through the blood of the covenant, Zech. 9:11. On the other side, with all those proofs with which we are wont to demonstrate that our Jesus is the Messiah; compare Book 5, Ch. 2, §19. (II) Against the Socinians, moreover, with all those proofs with which we, in Book 5, Ch. 18, proved and demonstrated the satisfaction of Christ. (III) Against the Papists: (1) because we are everywhere said to be justified through the righteousness of Christ, without any proper righteousness of good works, Rom. 3:24–25, Phil. 3:9. (2) because the one righteousness of Christ is abundantly sufficient for us, Heb. 7:25, Col. 1:14, 19 and 2:9–10. (3) because God, also with respect to the matter of justification, rejects all proper righteousness, Rom. 9:30–32 and 10:3–4, Gal. 5:4. More on these matters will occur at the following point of controversy.
XXII.
The question is asked, fourth: are good works required beforehand for justification? (I) The Papists maintain that they are required, as meritorious causes of eternal life; yet so that they distinguish between works which precede conversion, and these, they say, do indeed merit, but only ex congruo, from fittingness and propriety; and those which follow upon conversion, and these they hold to merit ex condigno, from condignity. (II) The Socinians say indeed that they precede, but not as meritorious causes, since justification, according to their assumptions, is so much of grace that it excludes all merit, whether of Christ, or of any individual who shall be justified; but as a certain worthiness, which is in some measure required beforehand. (III) The Remonstrants require faith beforehand, not insofar as it is an acceptance of Christ, but insofar as it is a good work, which God, by a gracious reckoning, would accept and admit in place of a perfect keeping of the Law; and insofar also as that faith is effectual and active through other good works, indeed perseveres to the end of life — so that they dare not confidently promise heaven to one who has faith and repentance only at the very last of his life. With whom in this the Socinians also agree in so far as they place faith not only in an assent, but also in the works brought forth by that assent. Yet in this the Mennonites go further still than these, by requiring the practice of good works beforehand for justification. (IV) There is also this or that Reformed confessor who holds that, together with faith, the practice of good works is required beforehand for justification — not indeed as a dikaioma, a ground of right, on account of which we are justified, but as a condition, without which God does not will to grant us the righteousness of Christ, on account of which alone we are justified. (V) Nor are there lacking, among the Novelists, those who teach a justification of one already justified, which takes place through preceding works, whereby a justified person would justify himself from hypocrisy — which they would ground upon an inherent, though imperfect, yet sincere holiness, requiring works, not beforehand along with faith itself unto justification, but only to this end, that it give testimony to the conscience of a justification already accomplished. (VI) In general the Protestants think, with Augustine, that good works do not precede him who shall be justified, but that they follow one who is justified — observing, however, the distinctions of the periods, so that for the first establishment of justification, besides faith, not even the presence of good works is necessary — just as, for the first establishment of a carnal marriage, nothing more is required than a mutual consent — because God justifies the ungodly, Rom. 4:5; that for continuing endurance is required a co-existing presence of the same, just as for the continuance of a marriage is required a co-existing presence of the marital duties; that thus here is required a faith which works through love, Gal. 5:6; and that finally, for the consummation (insofar as thereby the possession of eternal life is included), an antecedent presence of good works, unto the possession of eternal life, is required, Matt. 25:35. The reasons for the Reformed opinion are: (1) because the constant and steady tenor of Scripture requires, for the inception and establishment of justification, faith alone, John 1:12 and 3:16, Acts 10:43, even with an express exclusion of good works, Rom. 3:24–25, 28 and 4:3–5, Gal. 2:16. (2) because Holy Scripture teaches a justification which is of grace alone, Rom. 3:22, 24, which excludes works, Rom. 11:6, Eph. 2:8–9. (3) because it teaches a justification that excludes all boasting, which the preceding good works do not exclude, Rom. 3:27–28, Eph. 2:8–9. (4) because the works of one not yet justified, and thus still ungodly, however fair-seeming they may be, are an abomination and detestation to God, Isa. 1:11–16, Prov. 15:8–9; they can therefore in no way contribute anything toward justification. (5) that works, as meritorious, injure the merits of Christ, and thus also exclude from the participation in the merits and justification of Christ, Rom. 11:6, Gal. 5:4. (6) because a work which, at least ex condigno, shall be meritorious, must in every respect be perfect, Matt. 22:37, since otherwise it deserves, as its wages, eternal damnation, Gal. 3:10, James 2:11 — whereas our works, even the very best of them, are as a menstrual cloth, a garment to be cast away, Isa. 64:6. (7) because a work which, ex condigno, shall be meritorious, must have a proportion to its reward — whereas our works differ from their reward as heaven from earth, Rom. 8:18, 2 Cor. 4:17. (8) because a work meritorious ex condigno must be undeserved and freely one's own — whereas our works are not only brought about in us by God, but are also, with all right, owed by us to Him, Luke 17:10. (9) because a work before conversion and before faith is, before God, nothing other than sin, Rom. 14:23, Heb. 11:6, and thus not only does not merit (ex congruo, from fittingness) the good, but rather even eternal ruin, Matt. 7:19. (10) because even the faith of the Socinians itself, which with them consists in an assent, and in an evangelical obedience, or in the observance of the Mosaic Law as improved and increased by Christ, is not only (a) in this respect contrary to Holy Scripture, which constantly sets faith over against all works, and distinguishes it from them, Rom. 3:24–28 and 4:5, and moreover includes a proper righteousness, which is excluded by faith, Rom. 10:3; but also (b), insofar as it seeks to exclude the righteousness of Christ, or His satisfaction, is godless — since Holy Scripture constantly includes and involves that righteousness in it, Rom. 3:24–25, Phil. 3:9 — indeed is absolutely destructive and deadly to justification, Gal. 5:4, Rom. 9:31–32. (11) because that good works, together with faith, be in any way required beforehand for justification is contrary to Holy Scripture, which (a) requires faith alone, with the exclusion of works, as we have taught; and also (b) because works give occasion for boasting, which Holy Scripture carefully removes. (12) because, finally, a justification of the justified, which should take place from works, is wholly unknown in and to Holy Scripture, and is besides especially dangerous, and inclines very much toward the assumptions of the parties concerning justification from works. Nor does it help (A) the Papists, to establish their merits, that they cite those sayings of Scripture which, at first sight, seem to breathe of merits of good works, such as: (a) those which ascribe a certain worthiness to believers and their works, which is the foundation of merit, 2 Thess. 1:5. Answer: worthiness here signifies a correspondence of quality, with an equality of quantity or worth, which is required for a properly so-called merit; compare Eph. 4:1, Phil. 1:27, Col. 1:10, 1 Thess. 2:12, Matt. 3:8. (b) those which call it a reward, Gen. 15:1, 2 Chron. 15:7, Prov. 11:18, Isa. 40:10, Matt. 5:12, 1 Cor. 3:14, Rev. 22:12. Answer: a reward indeed, but not from debt, Rom. 4:4, but from grace, ch. 4:4 (whence reward and grace are used interchangeably, Matt. 5:46 compared with Luke 6:32), nor also in strict proportion, 2 Cor. 4:17, Gen. 15:1, but from a certain kind of correspondence, whereby good answers to good, and is repaid of grace; compare Ezek. 29:18–20. (c) those which seem to breathe some proportion between the work and the reward, such as there is between punishments and sins, Ps. 62:13, Matt. 16:27, Luke 6:38, Rom. 2:5–7, 1 Cor. 3:8, Gal. 6:7–8, Rev. 22:12. Answer: the expression "according to," or "after," often signifies only a correspondence of the recompense — of good and of evil with evil — without any obligation of debt, or proportion, which is necessarily required in a merit; which Bellarmine himself acknowledges (de Justif., Lib. 1, Cap. 21); which must at any rate be granted in those recompenses whereby God, according to good works, apportions good to the good — since He owes a reward to no one, Rom. 11:35, Luke 17:10, and there is likewise no proportion between our works and the infinite reward of eternal life, 2 Cor. 4:17 — although, in the recompense of punishments, the matter stands otherwise, since, on account of the guilt of punishment which is natural, and as it were innate, to sin, and on account of God's natural holiness and righteousness, and hatred of sin, God cannot but punish sin; compare Rom. 6:23. (d) those which seem to derive eternal life from good works, as from its causes, Matt. 25:34–35, Rev. 7:14–15. Answer: those participles, in the places cited, are not causal, to express a meritorious cause, but merely explanatory, expressing the reason of the consequence, not the cause of what follows; as when I say, the sun has risen, for it shines. (e) those which seem to say that good works work out salvation, 2 Cor. 4:17, Gal. 6:8, Phil. 2:12. Answer: those passages do not say that works merit the right unto eternal life, but only that a certain activity is required beforehand, in order to obtain the possession of eternal life, unto which we have the right freely, from the merits of Christ, through faith. (f) those which assign to good works a reward from righteousness, 2 Thess. 1:4–7, 2 Tim. 4:7–8, Heb. 6:10, James 1:12, Rev. 2:10, 1 Cor. 9. Answer: certainly from a righteousness, but not one of merit, but of the divine promises, by which God has promised rewards to godliness, for Christ's sake, 1 Tim. 4:8. (g) those which teach that eternal life is promised to good works, Matt. 19:17, 29, James 1:12, 1 Tim. 4:8. Answer: those places convey nothing more than that the possession of eternal life is not obtained without an antecedent practice of good works. (h) those which teach that God distributes eternal life, as a righteous Judge, without any respect of persons, Rom. 2:11, Gal. 2:6, 1 Pet. 1:17. Answer: certainly, as a righteous Judge, He awards to believers what is due them, by virtue of Christ's merits, and of His own promise, without any partiality. (i) that James expressly teaches that man is justified from works, and not from faith alone, James 2:14, 17, 18, 20–26. Answer: (a) the passage has nothing of merits in it. (b) it deals expressly with a dry, unfruitful, and dead faith, or one which is constantly bereft of works; and that such a faith does not justify, we gladly acknowledge, with Paul, Gal. 5:6. (c) that passage could also be understood of the justification which shall take place at the last judgment, since that will require beforehand the presence of good works. Not to mention (d) that that passage can be understood of the justification, or declaration, of faith, before God and before men, verse 18. Nor does it help (B) those who, having set aside every notion of merit, in some manner require good works beforehand for justification, that now and then an obedience of faith is urged, Rom. 1:5 and 16:26. Answer: (1) Holy Scripture does not make justification depend on that. (2) ὑπακοὴ πίστεως, the obedience of faith, is the same as ὑπακοὴ τῆς ἀληθείας, the obedience of the truth, 1 Pet. 1:22. Finally, (3) there is understood an obedience, not one which enters into the very making up of faith, but one which follows upon faith already made, and is brought forth by it: faith working through love, Gal. 5:6. Nor does it help (C) the Remonstrants, who hold that faith justifies through a gracious acceptance, that faith is said to be imputed to Abraham for righteousness, Rom. 4:3 — since, by a metonymy of the container for the thing contained, by the imputation of faith is understood the righteousness of Christ, accepted through faith; since our faith, by virtue of God's righteousness, cannot be admitted for the infinite guilt of our sins, as we have shown elsewhere, deliberately and at large, Book 6, Ch. 18, §25.
XXIII.
The question is asked, fifth: is the dikaioma, the ground of right, on account of which we are justified, the essential righteousness of Christ's divine nature? Andreas Osiander, as we have said several times, maintains this, because he rejected the acquired righteousness of Christ — which, however, his own son, Lucas Osiander, professor at Tübingen, does not acknowledge; at least, that it must, according to his own assumptions, be rejected, is clear: because (1) that essential righteousness of Christ's divine nature, by its infinite worth and dignity, would by itself be sufficient, so as, without doubt, to render every other superfluous and useless. I do not doubt (II) that the essential union of believers with Christ, which he presupposes, is blasphemous, for more than one reason, as we have taught elsewhere. And (III) because it is false that He is Mediator only according to His divine nature. And because (IV) we have already shown before that it is absurd that 2 Pet. 1:4 should be understood of a participation in His essential righteousness — compare Book 6, Ch. 2, §22 and Ch. 18, §14, 30, and Ch. 5 of this Book, §20, likewise this chapter, §11. There is also nothing left over for him to say, for himself and his opinion, except that the righteousness on account of which we are justified is called the righteousness, or justice, of God, Rom. 1:17 and 3:21–22 and 10:3, 2 Cor. 5:21, 2 Pet. 1:1. To this we answer: (1) that δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ, the righteousness, or justice, of God, sometimes signifies acquired righteousness, James 1:20. (2) that Christ's acquired righteousness is a righteousness of God, inasmuch as He who brought it about is the θεάνθρωπος, God-Man, and is thus God, Acts 20:28. (3) that Christ's acquired righteousness is called God's righteousness because it is established by God, and is by us admitted and accepted from God, Rom. 3:25, 2 Cor. 5:21.
XXIV.
The question is asked, sixth: does that acquired righteousness, on account of which we are justified, consist only in Christ's sufferings? This is maintained by Olevianus, Piscator, Cargius, Lubbertus, and others; the Protestants deny it, though in a somewhat different manner. The arguments of both parties we have already examined and tested before, Book 6, Ch. 17, §25–31.
XXV.
The question is asked, seventh: does the righteousness on account of which we are justified become ours, on God's part, by imputation? The Socinians, because they deny all satisfaction of Christ, all merit of His, and all suretyship-assumption on His part, and thus loudly proclaim that our sins are forgiven us, without any the least righteousness at all, through a pure and unmixed remission — reject also all imputation of Christ's righteousness. The Arminians, with their followers, though they acknowledge a certain imputation of our faith, in the place of a complete obedience, through a gracious acceptance, from Rom. 4:3, 5, 9–11, 22, 24, nevertheless deny the imputation of Christ's righteousness. The Papists, in order the more easily to maintain that we stand before the divine judgment-seat, and merit eternal life, through our own righteousness, likewise mock at the imputation of Christ's righteousness, revile it as a mere fiction, and have moreover struck it with an anathema, a curse, in their Council of Trent. The Protestants, though they leave the essential righteousness to Christ alone, as a prerequisite for His mediatorial office, nevertheless maintain that the righteousness acquired through His satisfaction and merit (insofar as they teach that we are, on account of it, delivered from our guilt of punishment, and obtain the right unto eternal life) is in every respect imputed to us, or brought over onto our account. And indeed the assumptions of the Socinians we have already refuted at large in Book 6, Ch. 18, in the chapters on redemption, when we contended for the satisfaction and merit of Christ; likewise we have refuted the opinion of the Arminians in §22 of this chapter; finally we have set forth the proper nature of the imputation which the Protestants teach, §12. We furthermore uphold and defend this matter of imputation chiefly with these following main grounds: (1) because we have already before proven and asserted that we are justified by a righteousness, not our own, but Christ's alone, §10 and 21 — which can in no way become ours except by imputation, whereby it is placed upon our account. (2) because we have shown and demonstrated, Book 6, Ch. 2, §9 and 18, that Christ has been our surety who took our place; but now the paying or satisfying righteousness of the surety who took the debt upon Himself is, beyond doubt, brought onto the account of the original debtor through imputation. (3) because, consequently, if you deny imputation, you are by that very fact compelled to deny the satisfaction and merit of Christ. (4) from the assumptions of the Papists themselves, according to which not only (1) a single drop of Christ's blood is enough for redemption, but His remaining merits are brought into the treasury of the Church, to be distributed from there, according to the need of the case, to believers — which indeed cannot be understood to happen otherwise than by imputation; but on which (2) also the satisfactions and superabundant merits of the saints are distributed by the Pope, as indulgences, to others — but in what way can this happen except by imputation, whereby they come onto their account? The contrary, however, they try to prove, sufficiently, by these little arguments: (a) that we can no more be righteous through another's righteousness, than learned and wise through another's learning and wisdom. Answer: (a) the argument asserts this of an essential or inherent righteousness, which cannot, through imputation, become another's, so that he should thereby, in an inherent manner, be reckoned righteous; nor do we teach this either. But (b) there is also here an unequal case, since the one is not united to the other, as all believers, as members, are united with the head. (b) that there is in believers an inherent righteousness and holiness, and that they should therefore, on account of this inward righteousness, rather than of an outward and imputed one, be called righteous. Answer: we have no righteousness and holiness on account of which we can stand before God's judgment-seat, be acquitted from the guilt of sins, and obtain the right unto eternal life — since every proper righteousness is imperfect, and beset with infinite defects, Isa. 64:6, Ps. 143:2. (c) that this imputed righteousness was not even in Adam, nor lost by him, and is therefore also not restored and given back through Christ. Answer: this too was not necessary, because he had neither sin nor guilt, to remove which the righteousness of a Mediator would have had to be imputed to him — but with us the matter stands otherwise. Finally (d), that an unrighteous man, through the righteousness of Christ imputed to him, can be called righteous no more than a moor, through a white garment thrown over him, white. Answer: without doubt this is not far from blasphemy, whereby the satisfaction and merit of Christ are mocked and derided — which arises from nowhere else than that they know no righteousness of Christ but an inherent one, which, as it were, would be put upon and thrown over us as unrighteous, so that God, on account of it, should, in an inherent manner, reckon those who are in fact not inherently righteous to be righteous — whereas we, with Holy Scripture, understand by the righteousness of Christ nothing other than His satisfaction and merit, insofar as these are brought onto our account, to this end, that we, on account of them, might be acquitted from the guilt of condemnation, and might obtain the right unto eternal life.
XXVI.
The question is asked, eighth: is anything else, on our part, required for the imputation of that righteousness, besides a living faith? Or, what with us is the same thing, are we justified by faith alone? The Socinians indeed grant this, but on the condition that the nature of faith includes an evangelical obedience, though imperfect, which God would require beforehand, in order, through a bare remission, without any righteousness, to justify us freely. The Papists, because (1) they mix and confuse justification with sanctification well-nigh entirely, (2) because they hold that man is justified by his own righteousness, (3) because by faith they understand nothing other than a bare assent to the word of God — require for their justification faith, but not alone, rather together with good works — except that they wish the ceremonial works of the Old Testament, and the works done before conversion, to be excluded from participation in justification. The Protestants, because they believe that we are justified solely on account of the imputed righteousness of Christ, though they do not exclude the presence of the works of one justified — no, but include it — nevertheless deny their efficacy for justification entirely: namely, so that, according to what we have said before in the Doctrinal Part, §13, for the first establishment of justification not even the presence of good works is required; for continuance, only an accompanying presence is required; for consummation, whereby the possession of eternal life is signified, an antecedent presence is also necessary. By this their view the Protestants urge, sufficiently, these reasons: (1) because Holy Scripture attributes justification to faith alone — as often as it says that those who believe in Christ are justified, Acts 13:39, Rom. 3:28, Gal. 2:16, Phil. 3:8–9, Rom. 4:5 and 3:26 — but also with exclusive expressions: "only," "alone," Mark 5:36, Luke 8:50; "not except by faith," Gal. 2:16; ἐὰν μὴ ὁ πιστεύων, "except him that believes," 1 John 5:5 — whence Luther, in his High German translation of Rom. 3:28, has added the exclusive word "alone." (2) because not works, but faith, and consequently faith alone, has, in the gospel, the promise of the forgiveness of sins and of eternal life, Rom. 1:16 and 4:14, Gal. 3:22 and 5:4, while all the efficacy of everything, unto salvation and justification, depends on the promise of God; compare 2 Cor. 1:20. (3) because, in the matter of justification, according to the Scriptures, faith and works are set over against each other; whence one may thus reason: either faith alone justifies, or works alone, or faith and works together; but not works alone, the parties themselves confessing as much; nor faith and works together, because in this matter they have an opposed relation and aspect, so that they exclude one another, Rom. 4:5 and 11:6, Gal. 2:16, Eph. 2:8–9, Titus 3:5; there remains, therefore, nothing else but that man is justified by faith alone — chiefly because faith excludes one's own righteousness, and works exclude that of another. (4) because the Apostle excludes from justification, not only in general, every kind of work which could give us occasion to boast, Rom. 3:27, Eph. 2:9 — of that Law from which the knowledge of sin is obtained, Rom. 3:20, which works wrath, ch. 4:15, which convicts all of sin, Rom. 3:19, which is written in the hearts, Rom. 2:15 — but also, in particular, the works effected by the giving of the ceremonial Law, and indeed after conversion, as appears in Abraham, who lived before the ceremonial Law, Rom. 4:9–11, and in David, who, already regenerate, confesses that neither he himself, nor anyone else, can stand before God on account of his own righteousness, Ps. 143:2 and 130:3. To all of which may yet be added (5) what we have already said before, §21 and 22, against proper righteousness and good works. The Papists, however, set themselves against this: (a) with all those passages which seem to breathe of a justification from works, to which we have, in §21 and 22, given sufficient answer. (b) With all those passages which say that faith, unto hope, love, and obedience, is set only dispositively, and that these therefore seem to run together unto justification. Answer: faith does indeed relate to hope, love, and obedience as a working cause, Gal. 5:6, Rom. 1:5, 17 and 16:26, Gal. 2:20 — but it is not thereby immediately, nor merely dispositively, related to justification, nor as a co-cause of it. (c) That faith, separated from hope, conversion, and good works, does not justify, James 2:14. Answer: it is so, because it is then not a true, but a dead faith, and consequently no faith at all. And although faith and works are joined together, nevertheless, by virtue of institution and promise, the works do not run together with faith to work out justification. (d) That faith is a good work, and that therefore, if we were justified without works, we would then also be justified without faith. Answer: faith, although it is a good work, John 6:29, is nevertheless not regarded, in the matter of justification, as a work — because it is thus everywhere set over against works, and distinguished from them, Rom. 3:28 and 4:5 and 11:6 — but as a laying hold of, and acceptance of, Christ, John 1:12, Col. 2:5–6. (e) That repentance, penitence, conversion, and good works are gifts of God, and consequently by no means to be excluded from justification. Answer: they are indeed gifts of God, but they are an acceptance of Christ; and to that acceptance, by God's promise, justification is not attached. (f) That the Scriptures clearly make justification depend on repentance and conversion, Ezek. 18:21–22, Luke 13:3, John 3:3, 5. Answer: they do not make justification depend on repentance, but the possession of eternal life, the right to which we have long since obtained through faith alone, as appears from the texts. (g) That the sacraments too are required for justification. Answer: not to obtain them, but to seal and confirm them, Rom. 4:11.
XXVII.
The question is asked, ninth: does justifying faith consist in a persuasion and assurance that you are justified, or that you have the forgiveness of sins, and that Christ is your Redeemer — or, at the least, does that persuasion and assurance enter and come into the very essence of justifying faith? The Papists, because they place man's free will in a bare, independent indifference, which can be changed at any hour, hold that such a firm assurance cannot, in this life, be obtained through the ordinary means: hence they think not only that assurance does not enter into the essence of justifying faith, but that it neither ought nor need be sought. Most Lutherans think that Christ died for all and every one in particular, and has obtained for all and every one in particular the forgiveness of sins — so that, if anyone but believes that Christ died for him, and has obtained for him the forgiveness of sins, he is by that very fact justified, and has the forgiveness of his sins — an easy way to justification indeed: namely, if a man only believes that Christ died for all and every one, and that he himself is a man, that he is thereby justified, and has forgiveness of sins. Most of the Reformed, at least of the Germans, with whom some of the English, the French, and others agree, do not indeed hold that Christ died for all and every one, but nevertheless think that He died for all those who have that persuasion and assurance that Christ died for them — and thus place, in that assurance, the very nature of saving faith. Most of the English, especially the later practical writers, deny this, and indeed deny also that that assurance enters into the essence of saving faith. The Antinomians, because they hold that Christ, on the cross, bore the sins of all believers, and that they are by that very fact justified, and have the forgiveness of their sins, think that saving faith consists in that assurance. Almost all the Reformed, at least the later ones, gladly grant that that firm assurance can indeed be obtained, through the ordinary means, and indeed also that every true believer ought to seek and strive after it, 2 Pet. 1:10, Gal. 2:20 — indeed also, that it is no truly justifying faith out of which that assurance cannot be raised — but nevertheless they deny that the very essence of saving faith consists in, or belongs to, that assurance, so that anyone bereft of that assurance would have no saving faith. To the reasons which we have already long since before, Book 2, Ch. 1, §25–26, adduced, we now add for the present also these: (1) because there are found those who have had that persuasion, and yet have been bereft of saving faith, Luke 13:26, Matt. 7:22. On the contrary, (2) because there are many true believers, especially those spiritually forsaken, who lack that assurance, Ps. 77:3, 8–10 and 88:2, 8, 15–17 and 30:10 — which daily experience confirms, in complaining believers. (3) because that assurance must presuppose saving faith, that from it, as from a firm ground, that assurance may be raised and concluded — for whoever is not, through faith, in Christ, falsely assures himself that he is in Christ; and it is therefore certain that we must examine ourselves, whether we are in the faith, before we can be assured that we are in Christ, 2 Cor. 13:5. (4) because Scripture nowhere makes this proposition, "Christ is my Savior, and so I am assured of it," unless you should suppose that Christ is a universal Redeemer for all and every one. (5) because we have already before, Book 2, Ch. 1, superabundantly proven and demonstrated that faith, insofar as it is saving, or justifying, is nothing other than an acceptance of God, as our highest end, and of Christ, as our sole Mediator, to this end, that we may be united with Christ, and, united with Him, obtain fellowship in all His benefits, among which the first is justification, or the forgiveness of sins. Nor does it avail for the contrary opinion (1) that the justification of the elect, or the forgiveness of sins, took place both in the eternal laying-on and taking-up of our guilt of punishment, accomplished in the eternal covenant of grace, and in the bearing and laying-down of that same guilt of punishment on the cross — since we have already before, Book 5, Ch. 18, §32, demonstrated that Christ's substitution in our guilt of punishment is not itself our justification, or the forgiveness of our sins, though it is the sole foundation of it, or its meritorious cause according to right, for the possession and enjoyment of which the application thereof is required beforehand, which takes place through faith. (2) that faith is called an evidence of things not seen, Heb. 11:1, that is, an assurance and persuasion of those things which are not seen. Answer: (a) the Apostle, in that passage, does not define the essence of faith, but describes it only from its effect and work, that it lays hold of future and invisible things, by virtue of God's promise, as though they were already present and visible. But (b) faith is the firm ground of that assurance or persuasion, that we are justified — for indeed, without antecedent faith, we cannot attain to that, Gal. 2:20. (3) that the word of grace promises justification to all true believers, and therefore that the assurance of our justification is true faith. Answer: certainly the word of grace promises justification, but only upon an antecedent acceptance of Christ, John 3:16.
XXVIII.
The question is asked, tenth: does faith flow into justification as a condition, or as a cause without which God does not will to grant us the righteousness of His Son, on account of which alone we are justified? We have already touched on this in the Doctrinal Part, §14; but it seems worth the trouble to set it forth here a little more distinctly. (I) The Papists want faith and love, being infused freely in the first justification, to merit ex congruo, from fittingness, the increase and growth of sanctification, whose good works would merit the right unto eternal life ex condigno, from condignity: they therefore deny that faith flows into justification as a bare condition — this error we have rejected and refuted, §20. (II) The Socinians want faith to flow into justification insofar as it includes the obedience of Christ's commandments — namely, so as to exclude the righteousness of Christ, as imputed to us, on account of which we should be justified: against §10. (III) The Remonstrants want it to flow in insofar as it produces good works, but not insofar as it accepts Christ and His righteousness, in order thereby to be justified — which is contrary to §21. (IV) Others hold the same, that faith flows into justification insofar as it is accepted by God, through His gracious acceptance, in the place of a complete keeping of the Law — and thus it would itself be our dikaioma, ground of right, or the righteousness on account of which we are justified before God, and not the righteousness of Christ alone — which we have refuted, §10. (V) Most of the Reformed hold that it flows into justification insofar as it is an instrument, whereby we lay hold of the righteousness of Christ, by which we are justified, or under the relation and aspect of instrumentality — this is true, insofar as justification denotes our passive justification, in the sense that a believer, from his faith alone, infers and concludes that he is justified; and if you also understand thereby God's actual justification, insofar as faith is then a moral instrument, because God has prepared it beforehand, in order to grant and impute to us the righteousness of His Son, so that through it alone we might be justified by Him — and thus that moral instrument will be nothing other than a condition, without which God does not will to apply to us the righteousness of His Son. Again (VI), the Remonstrants indeed acknowledge that faith flows into justification, as a condition, yet one which must be fulfilled by us, through our own powers, according to our free will, but not by virtue of Christ's merit. (VII) The Antinomians, because they hold that justification, or the forgiveness of sins, took place in fact in the eternal decree, wherein God laid on His Son the guilt of our sins, and Christ bore it on the cross, deny that faith is a condition required beforehand for actual justification — but that it is only required as a token, from which someone who is already justified is assured that he is already justified — which assumption we have rejected and refuted before, Book 5, Ch. 18, §26. Finally, (VIII) others among the Reformed hold that faith is indeed a condition which, having been fulfilled, and not before, God wills to grant us the righteousness of His Son, on account of which alone we are justified — but nevertheless in such a way that our faith is by no means our dikaioma, ground of right, or any part thereof, nor that it depends on the powers of our free will, but on Christ's merit itself, which shall also be brought to the elect, according to God's unchangeable decree, more certainly than anything that is certain — that it, I say, in that respect, comes into our justification. And this opinion, finally, seems to us to be the most precise of all, for the reasons which we have given, §14. Nor do I see what can be brought forward for the instrumentality of faith, in the matter of justification, except that we are commonly said, in Holy Scripture, to be justified διὰ τῆς πίστεως, through faith, Rom. 3:22, 25, 30–31, Gal. 2:16 and 3:8, Phil. 3:9, Col. 2:12, 2 Tim. 3:15, Eph. 2:8, 1 Pet. 1:5 — when "through," by custom, denotes an instrument. Answer: in what sense faith is an instrument in justification, according to the opinion of the Reformed, we have already before shown and explained.
XXIX.
The question is asked, eleventh: is justification of one and the same kind under the Old and under the New Testament? The Pelagians, because they denied that the grace of Christ belonged to the Old Testament, held that, under the Patriarchs, men were justified through the law of nature; under Moses, through the written Law; under Christ, through the gospel. Also the Socinians — with whom, by various degrees, the Remonstrants and Mennonites agree — because they deny the necessity and truth of Christ's satisfaction, expressly deny also that the fathers of the Old Testament were justified through faith in Christ. Whence Smalcius (against Franzius, Disput. 4) says: "Justification through faith was never set before men before Christ, nor included in the covenant, and it was never promised that man would be justified through faith," etc. The Antinomians in England, because they think that the actual forgiveness of our sins took place partly in the eternal laying-on of our guilt of punishment upon Christ, and partly in the bearing of it on the cross, hold that, for lack of the latter, justification under the Old Testament was not so complete as it is under the New Testament. The Papists hold that the fathers of the Old Testament, up to Christ's actual satisfaction, remained under the guilt of their sins, and were therefore not received into heaven, but were kept and preserved in their own special place, until Christ, after His death, brought them from there with Himself into heaven (Aquinas, Part 3, Quaest. 52, Art. 5, Becanus, Theol. Schol.). The very famous Cocceius, because he had in mind to construct a new arrangement of the divine covenants, whereby the Old Testament, according to him beginning from Moses, would have proper to it a harder, and more punitive and wrathful, economy than the ages that either preceded it or followed it, held that actual justification — insofar as it signifies the love of the one justifying toward the one justified, considered as such — was one and the same under both covenants; but that passive justification — insofar as it signifies the sentence of God, pronounced concerning righteousness, upon and in the mind of the sinful man, whereby God, as it were, says to him, and breathes into him, "I am your God" — was more imperfect under the Old Testament, because under that dispensation there were then mingled with that comfort a still-remaining fear and wrath, and it was for that reason called a "paresis," a passing-by, and a dissembling of sin, as of one not yet reconciled: thus Cocceius, on the Covenant, §353. But afterward, his thoughts and opinion having changed to something a little more strict and severe, he also found, in actual justification itself, a distinction between the Old and New Testament, by holding: (1) that the believers of all ages, up to Christ's satisfaction, were under the guilt of their sins, and under a certain measure of the dominion of the same. (2) that God was also able to impute their sins to them, and did impute them, especially under Moses, through the accusation of the ceremonial Law demanding the debt, through a spirit of bondage unto fear, through the handwriting of the ceremonial Law, as a yoke, threatening and working condemnation. (3) that they were under the curse and malediction of the Law, and were not delivered from it except through the accomplished death of Christ. (4) that they were, besides, in their own manner, under the wrath of God, because they were not yet in fact reconciled with God. (5) that they, as not-yet-redeemed, as unclean, and having a conscience of sin, stood before God. (6) that they always carried about an accusing, but never a quiet, conscience, and a terror and dread of heart, from sin not yet reconciled. (7) that they did not have entrance and access to God with boldness and confidence. Therefore (8) that they did not draw near to God immediately, but through the mediation and intervention of a priest, taken from among men. And also (9) that faith, in that period, was a hope, whereby those bound in the pit, in which there is no water, awaited their deliverance. That they also (10) were under a slavish fear of death, and besides (11) under the bondage and dominion of angels, and also, in some manner, under the power of Satan, likewise under the dominion of rulers and priests, as so-called gods; indeed also (12) under the yoke of the Law — not only the ceremonial, as reproaching sin, accusing it, and disturbing and troubling the conscience, but also the moral, which, at least since the making of the golden calf, would have taken on the character of a covenant of works. And also (13) that they did not have, in an emphatic sense, the Spirit of adoption as children. And thus (14) they did not have the aphesis, that is, a full and complete forgiveness of sins, but only a paresis, that is, a passing-by, an overlooking, a dissembling, a closing of the eyes. All of which things, with him, arise from this one thing, that they did not have such a justification as had taken away all guilt of punishment.
The Reformed in general grant that the guilt of punishment of the surety who took our place, Christ, was not taken away before His actual satisfaction, and that, with regard to Him, a certain "paresis" (for some distinction must be allowed between paresis and aphesis) may be granted; they grant, moreover, that the believers of the old economy were justified, not on account of a satisfaction already rendered, on account of which we, in due time, are justified, but on account of a satisfaction still to be rendered, by virtue of the suretyship-assumption whereby the Mediator became surety for all the elect, and God accepted and admitted the Mediator's suretyship-assumption and suretyship-promise, for all the elect, of both Testaments, together and at once. And in this sense they say, finally, that the justification of all the elect is of one and the same kind, and that justification has not left the believers of the Old Testament under any guilt of punishment, imputation of sin, curse, wrath, etc. Proofs for this positive view: (1) because it is called of one kind, Acts 15:11: "in like manner as also they" — 1 Cor. 10:3–4: "and did all eat the same spiritual meat, and did all drink the same spiritual drink" — which was Christ. Whence it is said, Acts 10:43: "to Him give all the prophets witness, that through His name whosoever believes in Him shall receive forgiveness of sins." From which it is most plainly and clearly evident, that since they had with us the same Redeemer, the same faith, the same fellowship in eating and drinking, since they are also said, in the same manner, to have been saved as we are, that they also, according to the testimony of the prophets, had the same aphesis, and consequently that the justification of all ages is of one and the same kind. (2) because the believers of the Old Testament were truly justified, and consequently had a true forgiveness — which is nothing other than to be delivered from the guilt of punishment, so that whoever remains as yet under the guilt of punishment does not have forgiveness, and consequently is not truly justified. (3) because they had, with us, the same surety who took our place (Expromissor), the same suretyship-assumption made from eternity — that is, such a surety who has taken upon Himself all the guilt of punishment of all the elect, as we have taught, Book 5, Ch. 2, §9 and 18. But now a surety who takes upon Himself the debt (Expromissor) frees, according to the opinion of all jurists, the principal debtor from all debt. (4) because the Old Scripture teaches, concerning the justification of the fathers of the Old Testament, such things as convey nothing but a justification as full and as complete as that which is now present under the New Testament — when it everywhere says that God does not remember, that He covers, takes away, forgives, transfers the sins, that He is not mindful of them, etc., Ps. 103:3, 130:4, 65:4, 85:3, 32:1–2, Mic. 7:18–19, Isa. 38:16, Num. 23:21, Ps. 25:7 and 51:3–4, 9, 11, Jer. 50:20. (5) because to the believers of the Old Testament the righteousness of Christ was imputed just as truly as it is to us under the New Testament — from which imputation all our justification depends — wherefore they, by virtue of that imputation, have had the very same justification which we have. (6) because the fathers of the Old Testament, just as much as we under the New Testament, were endowed with faith, Rom. 4:3, 5, Heb. 11, whereby they embraced and accepted Christ and His righteousness, just as we do — they therefore also obtained, from that embracing and accepting, the same justification which we obtain. (7) because the believers of the Old Testament were just as much delivered from all punishment, and admitted into heavenly blessedness, as we are delivered and admitted — they have therefore had the same justification which we have. (8) if the guilt of sins had not been taken away from them before the actual satisfaction of Christ, then the believers of the Old Testament would have been received into heaven with the guilt of their sins upon them — a thing which surpasses all absurdity, and which nevertheless must be granted, and is granted, by those who think that the guilt of punishment cannot be taken away except through actual satisfaction. But if one understands by such a guilt of punishment something which can coexist with the blessedness of heaven itself, then there is no reason why we should withhold the same from the believers of the New Testament — for the state of the believers of the New Testament on earth cannot be more blessed than was the state of the fathers of the Old Testament in heaven. (9) because the fathers of the Old Testament, through the future satisfaction of Christ, were delivered not only from all punishment, but also from all dominion of sin, and from all stain thereof after death, and therefore also from the guilt of punishment — for it is scarcely conceivable that anyone who, through the future satisfaction of Christ, is delivered from the punishment, dominion, and stain of sin, should not be delivered from its guilt of punishment. (10) because, if the believers of the Old Testament had been under the guilt of punishment, they would likewise have been under God's wrath and under the curse — which, even according to the assumptions of the denying party, are consequences of the guilt of punishment; or, if they are said to have been delivered, through the future satisfaction of Christ, from God's wrath and from the curse, why then shall they not also be said to have been delivered from the guilt of punishment? (11) that wherever the guilt of sin remains, there the right to the heavenly life cannot have place; and consequently they would, according to this assumption, have to be judged, by the reckoning of the Papists themselves, to have been excluded from heavenly blessedness rather than admitted to it.
It will be useful also to weigh the arguments of those who deny that the fathers of the Old Testament had, with us, one and the same kind of justification, but that they remained under the guilt of punishment until Christ's actual satisfaction: (1) They allege the passages in which Christ is said to have been delivered up for our offenses, Rom. 4:25, to have given Himself for our sins, Gal. 1:4, 1 Cor. 15:3, 1 Pet. 2:24 — from which it would then plainly appear that Christ made satisfaction for the guilt of sins, and that their guilt of punishment was still present at the time of His suffering. Answer: even if we granted both of these, the denying opinion would still have nothing for itself: for let the guilt of punishment of all the elect have been present up until the time of Christ's suffering — it was nevertheless, by that very fact, no longer present in the elect themselves; it is enough that it was present in the one who made satisfaction, who, by His eternal suretyship-assumption, had taken it upon Himself from the elect. (2) That He is said to have been once offered, to bear the sins of many, Heb. 9:28. Answer: He bore the sins of all the elect on the cross, and these were, at that time, no longer present in the elect themselves, but in Him, as through the eternal suretyship-assumption taken over from them upon Himself. (3) That the believers of the Old Testament had a conscience of sin, and indeed in contrast to the conscience which believers have under the New Testament, Heb. 10:2. Answer: (a) simply to have a conscience of sin does not entail being under the guilt of punishment — otherwise we too, under the New Testament, would be under the guilt of punishment, because we have a conscience of our sins. Nor does this entail (b) having a conscience of sin in contrast to the conscience under the New Testament — for it does not follow logically: they had, in contrast, a conscience... etc., therefore they had it because they were more than these under the guilt of punishment. But (c) the Apostle intends, Heb. 10:2, only to signify this: that the believers of the Old Testament, through the ceremonial sacrifices, as only shadows of Christ's future satisfaction, could not be delivered from the conscience of their sins, and that the sacrifices therefore had often to be repeated — but he does not say that they, through Christ, as the body prefigured by all those shadows, by virtue of His suretyship-assumption, could not have been delivered, and were not in fact delivered, from the conscience of sin. (4) That in the yearly sacrifice, insofar as there took place in it a remembrance of sins, Heb. 10:3, justification is also distinguished from that under the New Testament. Answer: (a) is this then straightway so, because there was still guilt of punishment in the believers? For what if (b) that remembrance is said to have taken place, to signify that the guilt of punishment still stood open in the Messiah, who was to be revealed, because He had, through His suretyship-assumption, drawn it away from all the elect upon Himself — to this end, that they, through faith, should desire and seek salvation only from His satisfaction, and not from the slaying of the sacrificial animals themselves? Which he expressly notes as a reason in the very next words: "for it is not possible that the blood of bulls and of goats should take away sins," v. 4. (5) That the sins of the fathers were not truly reconciled before Christ's offering. Answer: they truly were not, and their guilt of punishment likewise was still present — yet not in the believers themselves, but in their surety who took their place, who had, by His suretyship-assumption, drawn that guilt of punishment away from the believers upon Himself. (6) That the sinner, according to the Law, was under the guilt of punishment, with respect to the carnal state, up to the actual, typical reconciliation. Answer: not otherwise than as we too, under the New Testament, are under the guilt of punishment, until we, through a living faith (which the fathers of the old economy testified by their sacrifices), have accepted the reconciliation of Christ — as by means of that faith Christ's reconciliation must be applied to particular sins. Especially also (7) that the fathers of the Old Testament were bound to write a handwriting, Col. 2:14, which was in some way against us. Answer: by that handwriting they confessed nothing other than (a) that they were sinners, (b) that their sins had in every way deserved death, (c) that they must therefore also, as surely as the sacrifices were slain by that death, be slain, (d) — were it not that the Messiah, by His suretyship-assumption, had drawn that death away from them upon Himself — that they, therefore, (e) by a living faith, placed all their trust in that future sacrifice of the Messiah, which was prefigured by this, their sacrifice. With this handwriting, therefore, they did not testify that, after they had accepted the sacrifice of Christ through faith, some guilt of punishment still lay upon them; but that they, before that faith (which they testified by their offering), were under that guilt of punishment which their surety who took their place had taken over upon Himself, and would, in His own time, through death, remove from Himself. (8) That the foods which were, in themselves, clean for those fathers, were nevertheless unclean, since, so long as the handwriting stood, they could be judged from it, Col. 2:14, 17. Answer: it does not follow from this that they were absolutely and unconditionally unclean, but only that they, outside of Christ, apart from being accepted through faith by Him who, through His suretyship-assumption, had taken all their uncleanness upon Himself, would be unclean. (9) That all things, under the old economy, had to be cleansed, and that those ceremonial washings are called by the Apostle "justifications of the flesh." Answer: (a) by those cleansings, therefore, the guilt of punishment cannot be signified, since under them lay, very ambiguously, the tabernacle, the altar, etc.; but (b) thereby it was signified only that, by virtue of man's sin, all things would be unclean for all, unless they were cleansed by the blood of Christ, laid hold of by faith, Titus 1:15: to the defiled and unbelieving nothing is clean. (10) That Christ, by His cross, reconciled both Jews and Gentiles to God, Eph. 2:16, Col. 1:20, and that they had, up until then, been under the guilt of punishment. Answer: it is wholly true that all the elect, of all ages, are reconciled and made at peace with God through the death of Christ — but some through a death still to be undergone, others through a death already undergone and suffered. (11) That the forgiveness of sins is a fruit and an effect of the shedding of Christ's blood, Matt. 26:28, Heb. 9:14. Answer: it is truly a fruit of Christ's blood — but that blood, whether still to be shed (which, by virtue of God's infallible decree, of Christ's own suretyship-assumption, and of both His several promises, was, though physically not yet present, morally present with and before God, whence Christ is called a Lamb slain from the foundation of the world, Rev. 13:8, and "Jesus Christ is the same yesterday, and today, and forever," Heb. 13:8, John 8:56) or already shed — in whichever way, both the sanctification and the faith of the fathers were a fruit of the future blood of Christ, as those very persons who hold the denying opinion themselves acknowledge. (12) That Christ is said to take away the iniquity of that land in one day, Zech. 3:9, Heb. 9:28 — therefore that land was, up to that one day of reconciliation, under the guilt of punishment. Answer: it does not say that He would take away the iniquity from the land, but that He would remove from Himself, through an actual satisfaction, the iniquity of the land, namely, which He had taken upon Himself through His suretyship-assumption. In this same sense He is said, through His death, to have once taken away many sins, Heb. 9:28. (13) That the obligation to the fixed and certain punishment, arising from sin, is inseparable, and remains so, until the punishment has been completely borne. Answer: be it so — but this obligation the surety who took our place assumed, from the believers of the old economy, upon Himself, and remained under it, until the punishment was completely borne, and, as it were, exhausted, on the cross. (14) That God could, with no foundation, have exacted the continual offering of His people, if it had not been under the guilt of punishment. Answer: with that same foundation with which He required a handwriting, with that same He also laid the continual offering upon them — but of that handwriting we have shown, in the answer to the seventh objection, another foundation than that of a guilt of punishment pressing and constraining the believers. (15) That, Jer. 31:33–34 and Heb. 8:13, a complete forgiveness is taught to be a peculiar benefit for the New Testament: "I will forgive their iniquity, and remember their sin no more." Answer: no new benefits are there promised to the Church of the New Testament (since those benefits which are there mentioned in v. 33 — "I will put my Law in their inward parts, and write it in their hearts, and will be to them a God" — have, as even those who here are our opponents themselves acknowledge, had place under the New Testament) — but only a new manner of bringing it about: namely, not in the manner as at Sinai, through ceremonial ordinances, which the people had violated through a spiritual adultery, but that He, doing away with that old manner of proceeding, without all those ceremonial ordinances, under the New Testament, would give His Law in the inward parts — and thus also, without all sacrifices, would forgive them their sins, and remember them no more. So that there is not promised a certain new forgiveness of sins, which had before that had no place, or which should be more full and perfect — but one which should no longer be brought about through ceremonial sacrifices. This meaning is made plain and clear from the context, and from the aim, of the eighth chapter to the Hebrews, indeed of that whole epistle: namely, that the forgiveness of sins is now no longer to be sought in ceremonial types and shadows, but, these being set aside, immediately in their body, Christ. Especially since it is also said of the old Church, Num. 23:21: "He beholds not iniquity in Jacob, neither does He see perverseness in Israel" — truly, one who does not behold, who does not see, iniquity, also does not impute it, and does not hold such a one as placed under the guilt of punishment. (16) That it is said, with emphatic words, Matt. 26:27–28: "this is my blood, which is shed for many, for the forgiveness of sins" — therefore, before the shedding of that blood, there was no forgiveness. Answer: whether one translates it "the blood of the New Covenant," namely, of the Covenant of Grace, or "of the New Testament," namely, of the new administration of the Covenant of Grace — it is not said that, before the shedding of this blood, there was no forgiveness of sins under the Old Testament — but that, without its shedding, there is absolutely no forgiveness, just as the Apostle speaks, Heb. 9:22. (17) That, Acts 13:38, it is said: "be it known unto you" (namely, you who live under the New Testament) "that through this man is preached unto you the forgiveness of sins" — therefore it was not preached under the Old Testament. Answer: one ought to have added the words of v. 39: "and by Him all that believe are justified from all things, from which you could not be justified by the Law of Moses" — that it might shine forth all the more clearly, that Paul meant nothing other than that there is absolutely no forgiveness, whether under the Old or under the New Testament, through the Law of Moses, but through Christ alone. I shall not say that the Apostle does not speak of a complete forgiveness, but simply of forgiveness — which they themselves will not say was not present under the Old Testament. (18) That the Apostle, Rom. 3:25, says: "whom Christ Jesus God has set forth to be a propitiation through faith in His blood, to show His righteousness, through the paresis of sins that are past, under the forbearance of God, to declare, I say, His righteousness at this time," etc. — where the word paresis, in its natural force, signifies a sending-over, a passing-by, so that the words would best be translated: on account of the passing-by, or sending-over, of sins previously committed. Here a paresis is ascribed to the fathers, that is, a passing-by, a sending-over, which is never ascribed to the believers of the New Testament — wherefore that word signifies less than aphesis. Answer: (a) that the meaning of the word aphesis, among good writers, is varied, our opponents in this matter themselves acknowledge; that it agrees in meaning, even in the Scriptures, with aphesis, we have taught, §16; meanwhile they wish, from a word which occurs only once in the sacred volume, to draw for it a meaning different from aphesis. (b) Let us grant that paresis here definitely signifies a passing-by, and that this is urged by the Apostle as a moving and impelling cause — will not then the sense of the words come to this, that the passing-by, or sending-over, of the guilt inherent in the fathers, is the impelling or moving cause on account of which God has set forth Christ to be a propitiation, through faith in His blood? (c) If paresis is a passing-by, or sending-over, of the guilt of punishment, it will then signify either the act of God, whereby He passed by, or sent over, the guilt of punishment of the fathers; or the act of the fathers, who sent over their guilt of punishment: whichever you choose, you will perceive and note that the fathers, by that paresis, that is, passing-by or sending-over, were discharged of the guilt of punishment — whether it was God who passed by, or sent over, that guilt of punishment, or they themselves who passed it by, or sent it over. What, then, if you should further say that the expanded meaning of this passage is this: that God set forth Jesus Christ to be a propitiation, to be received through faith in His blood, because He, in the eternal counsel of peace, sent over and transferred the sin and the guilt of punishment of all the elect onto His Son, as the surety who took their place, in order, in His blood, or the sacrifice of His cross, to demonstrate His avenging righteousness, also with respect to the sins that were previously committed, which He bore and endured in His Son, as the surety who took their place, until His actual satisfaction — what shall stand in the way of this expanded meaning? And thus the guilt of punishment will have been sent over and transferred, through the paresis, not onto the fathers, but onto their surety who took their place, and consequently the fathers will have been delivered from the guilt of punishment, and will have had a most complete forgiveness. (19) That the Apostle, Heb. 10:18, testifies that no aphesis has place, so long as the ceremonial offering still takes place — and that, consequently, since the ceremonial offering was in place with the fathers up to Christ, it plainly appears that with them no aphesis had place. Answer: if you look devoutly at the principal aim of the whole epistle to the Hebrews, and in particular also of this chapter, you will, without the least difficulty, understand that the Apostle does this in order to persuade the Hebrews that the forgiveness of sins is by no means to be sought in the legal sacrifices, but in Christ, prefigured by them as by shadows. This being presupposed, the aim of the eighteenth verse will be to signify that, from and through the legal sacrifices, absolutely no forgiveness of sins — whether it be called aphesis, or paresis, whether it be understood as complete or incomplete — can be, or has been, obtained; for otherwise it would not have been necessary that they be so often repeated.
From all that has been said, it appears that the nest of this error, in almost all the tested arguments, lies in this: that our opponents lay upon the fathers of the Old Testament that guilt of punishment which, through the suretyship-assumption, lay upon Christ, up to His actual satisfaction — and hence deny that they had the same full forgiveness, and the same justification, that we have. It has seemed good to us to examine and test this point of controversy a little more precisely and fully, because it is the spring and the source of most of the errors and mistakes, and of the whole altered theological system.
The Practical Part
XXX.
The doctrine of justification teaches us, first, to glory in and to prize the honor and glory of God and of the Mediator, which, as it is the supreme aim of all the divine works, Rom. 11:35–36, so also, and even more, of the whole work of redemption and justification, Eph. 1:6. In particular, justification gives honor and glory (1) to the divine wisdom, which has found out a way and means whereby He, who Himself abhors that crime, might, without any violation, righteously, and even gloriously, justify an unrighteous man, yes, an ungodly one, Prov. 17:15, Rom. 3:25–26; (2) to the righteousness and truth of God, Rom. 3:25–26, 1 Pet. 1:17, 2 Thess. 1:5, whereby He, because He judges righteously, was not willing, without any righteousness at all, to declare the unrighteous righteous — and therefore, that sinners might not, on account of their own unrighteousness, be righteously condemned…
...are divided and condemned; He willed to impute the righteousness of His own and only-begotten Son to the unrighteous, that they, on account of and by means of that righteousness, might rightly be justified, Rom. 3:25 — and not content with this essential righteousness of His, whether of His divine or of His human nature, He imputed to them also the righteousness of Christ's death, and that of the accursed death of the cross, 2 Cor. 5:21, Gal. 3:13.
(III) From His grace and mercy, Rom. 3:24, Eph. 2:8 and 1:6. Because He (1), not being moved by any righteousness of man — since He found no cause of justification in the one to be justified — but driven by pure and unmixed mercy, justifies, Hos. 11:8, Jer. 31:20. (2) Because He justifies not angels, 2 Pet. 2:4, Heb. 2:16, but men — and those (3) not righteous, but ungodly, Rom. 4:5 and v. 7, Ezek. 16:3-6, children of wrath, dead in sins, Eph. 2:1-5, compare Matt. 18:24-27. And that (4) not on account of some partial righteousness admitted by a favorable acceptance, but on account of the righteousness of His own Son, 1 John 1:7, on account of the righteousness of God, Rom. 3:22, Acts 20:28. And that He (5) also bestows this righteousness not for anything we contribute, but grants it freely, Rom. 5:15-16, John 3:16, and carries it over to our account by imputation, Rom. 4:3-4. Further (6) He requires nothing else of the one to be justified than that he lay hold of that righteousness with a living faith, Rom. 3:28 and 4:5, Gal. 2:16. Because He (7) freely bestows that righteousness of His Son, received by faith alone, He absolves from all guilt of punishment and releases from all evil, Rom. 8:1, and indeed from so great and such guilt and evil, Matt. 18:24. And besides (8) assigns to them the right to all good, Eph. 1:3, even to eternal life itself, Rom. 5:21, John 3:16.
Besides the glory and honor of God, justification also gives (IV) honor and glory to the Mediator, in whom God's chief end was, in the happy work of redemption as well as of justification, Isa. 49:6, John 5:23 — namely, that He alone establishes the righteousness of all the elect, so that not one of them can stand before God except through this one righteousness of His, Acts 4:12, John 14:6, Isa. 53:10. Now the honor and glory of these virtues justification displays for this purpose: (1) that we should know, acknowledge, glory in, and praise them, 1 Pet. 2:9, Eph. 1:6. (2) That we should take heed not to glory in our own righteousness, Rom. 3:27, Eph. 2:9. (3) That we, on the contrary, should seek our righteousness in Jehovah alone, who is our righteousness, Jer. 23:6, saying: Surely in the Lord have I righteousness and strength: even to Him shall men come, and all that are incensed against Him shall be ashamed. In the Lord shall all the seed of Israel be justified, and shall glory, Isa. 45:24-25, Rom. 5:1-2.
§ XXXI. Second, it declares the blessedness of the justified.
Second, it declares the blessedness of the justified, which David sets forth, Ps. 32:1-2: Blessed — by the Hebrew ashrei, the blessednesses of him — is he whose transgression is forgiven, whose sin is covered. Blessed is the man unto whom the Lord imputeth not iniquity — which the Apostle expounds, Rom. 4:6-9, and moreover extends and magnifies, Rom. 5:1-12. For the justified have (I) peace with God, Rom. 5:1, that peace which passeth all understanding, Phil. 4:7, which peace begets peace of man's own conscience, Ps. 116:7, and also even with enemies, Prov. 16:7 — in which peace the Kingdom of God itself consists, Rom. 14:17. This peace the Savior, therefore, after His glorious resurrection, wished first and foremost as a blessing upon His disciples, John 20:19, and the Apostles to their congregations, Rom. 1:7-8, 1 Cor. 1:3, and so in most of their letters, 1 Pet. 1:2, 2 Pet. 1:2, 2 John v. 3, Jude v. 2, Rev. 1:4 — because in peace, according to the understanding of the Hebrews, everything desirable is comprehended. (II) Access to God, and to all grace, Rom. 5:2 — yes, boldness and access with confidence, Eph. 3:12. But how great a thing is it, O good God, in all necessities, to have free access to Him who alone can and will help, Heb. 4:16. (III) Perseverance and continuance in this blessed state, Rom. 5:2, in which we stand, so that not even the gates of hell can prevail against us, Matt. 16:18 — so that neither death nor life... can separate us from the love of God which is in Christ Jesus our Lord, Rom. 8:38-39. (IV) Glorying in the hope of the glory of God, Rom. 5:2, whereby they may not only hope for the glory of God which shall one day be revealed to them, Rom. 8:18, as to which they have already had the title and right assigned to them in justification, but may also glory in that hope, and that steadfastly, unto the end, Heb. 3:6. (V) A glorying also even in tribulations, however great and of whatever kind they may be, Rom. 5:3 — whereby they can not only bear all manner of adversities bravely, but also rejoice in them, James 1:2-3, because these are sent them by God, who has been reconciled with them through justification, and who, through His love, must work together for their good, Rom. 8:28. (VI) The sense of divine love, poured out in their hearts by the Holy Spirit, who is given unto them, Rom. 5:5, 8, and 8:16 — for since God's anger and hatred have been taken away by justification, Rom. 5:10, nothing else can follow but the love of God, and the sense thereof in the hearts of the justified. (VII) An infallible certainty and assurance of their reconciliation with God, notwithstanding their many and grievous sins, Rom. 5:6-8, because through justification the righteousness of Christ is imputed to us, Phil. 3:9, which, to take away all sins, is superabundantly sufficient, Rom. 5:15, 1 John 1:7. (VIII) A settled deliverance from the wrath of God, Rom. 5:8-9, that wrath to come, 1 Thess. 1:16 and 5:9 — that is, from eternal damnation. (IX) The unforfeitable communication of eternal life, Rom. 5:10, Tit. 3:7, which He has already assigned to them through justification. (X) A glorying in God Himself, Rom. 5:11, because through justification He has become the God of the justified, in which the whole sum of all blessedness is comprised, according to Ps. 33:12.
With these chapters, therefore, the Apostle extends the blessedness of the justified, Rom. 5, without doubt to this end: (1) that we might, from this and by it, be the more fervent in thankfulness, Rom. 7:24-25, 1 Cor. 15:57, Ps. 116:12-14, 17-19. (2) That we might congratulate ourselves and glory in the blessedness of justification, Isa. 45:25: In the Lord shall all the seed of Israel be justified, and shall glory — Rom. 5:1-2: Being justified... we glory. (3) That we, according to our ability, should also seek to justify others, Dan. 12:3, compare Luke 22:32.
§ XXXII. Third, it shows, by contrast, the misery of those not justified.
Third, it shows, by contrast, the misery of those who, without justification, still remain in their sins, 1 Cor. 15:17, under condemnation, Rom. 8:1, under the curse, Gal. 3:10, 13, Deut. 27:26. But who are they that are without justification? Answer: (1) Those who openly reject Christ: heathens, Jews, Muslims, and others who by profession are unbelievers, who will not receive Christ, John 1:11 and 5:40, Acts 13:46 — by the knowledge of whom we are justified, Isa. 53:11. (2) Those who indeed receive Him with the mouth in profession, but reject His righteousness in justification, and refuse to be justified by the imputation of it — like the Socinians and their followers, the Arminians, who, wishing to set up their own righteousness, become of no benefit to themselves, and do not become partakers of Christ, Rom. 10:3. (3) Those who indeed confess the righteousness of Christ — that is, His satisfaction and merit — but reject the imputation of His righteousness, seeking their righteousness and salvation in their own satisfactions and merits, and thereby fall from grace, making Christ of no profit to themselves, Gal. 5:2-4. (4) Those who indeed acknowledge and confess the imputation of Christ's righteousness, but nevertheless do not receive it with a living faith, John 1:11-12 and 3:36. (5) Those who indeed presume upon their faith, but whose faith is destitute of conversion and good works, and is therefore dead, and consequently is no faith at all, James 2:14, 17-18, 20-21, 24, 26 — namely, that faith which is not working through love, Gal. 5:6. All these, because they are cut off from justification, are wretched. For if you consider (1) their life, as long as they remain unjustified with respect to their persons, so also their understanding and conscience are unclean and defiled, Tit. 1:15. They are wretched: (a) in prosperity, with respect to their wealth and happiness — they are, before God, nothing more than usurpers thereof, since all right and title thereto depends on Christ, through justification, 1 Cor. 3:22-23. (b) With respect to their pleasures, their table becomes a snare to them, Rom. 11:9, and all their prosperity shall end in everlasting misfortune and misery, Ps. 73:3-10, 12, 17-20. (b) In adversity, which afflicts them no less than the justified, Ps. 32:10 — which for them is nothing else than the firstfruits and foretokens of an unspeakable and eternal misery, when from God, who is a consuming fire to them, no hope of escape remains, Eph. 2:12, and God, not being reconciled with them, far from any compassion, will also laugh at their calamity, Prov. 1:24-29, Isa. 10:3, Jer. 13:21. If you (2) consider their death, their condition shall be still far more wretched, when they shall die in their sins, John 8:21, 24, without any comfort, coming suddenly to a terrifying end, Ps. 73:19. If you (3) consider the last judgment, when the unjustified shall have no one to take up and plead their cause before the assembled host of the dreadful Judge, nor any ground on which they shall be able to stand in the judgment, Ps. 1:5, and consequently have nothing to expect but that terrible sentence: Depart from me, ye cursed, into everlasting fire, prepared for the devil and his angels, Matt. 25:41. If you finally (4) consider the state of eternity, they shall, without any hope of deliverance, go into everlasting torment, Matt. 25:41, where their worm shall not die, and their fire shall not be quenched, and where they shall be an abhorring unto all flesh, Isa. 66:24. This misery justification therefore makes known, in order that those who are not yet justified, while it is still time, (a) may earnestly consider it, Luke 19:41-43, (b) may be concerned about their reconciliation, 2 Cor. 6:20, (c) may exert all their strength to pursue, by faith and repentance, the requirements of justification, so as to become partakers of it, Matt. 3:7-9.
§ XXXIII. Fourth, this doctrine admonishes us to examine earnestly whether we are truly justified.
Fourth, this doctrine admonishes us to examine ourselves earnestly, whether we are truly justified. For since (1) the blessedness of those truly justified is so great, according to § XXXI; (II) likewise so great the misery of the unjustified, according to § XXXII; since (III) there are likewise so many who deceive themselves in so great a matter, Prov. 16:2 and 21:2, Luke 18:9; (IV) since certainty and assurance, peace and joy of mind, comfort in adversities, all glorying, all confidence and access to God in every circumstance, depend on it, Rom. 5:1-10; since (V) all assurance depends on a careful examination and testing of ourselves, 2 Cor. 13:5, Gal. 6:3-4 — there will be no one worthy of the name who would not exert all his strength in earnest examination of his conscience. But by what marks shall we know this with certainty? Answer: the first and chief mark is a living and active faith, Rom. 5:1, Acts 10:43 — for that alone God requires for the establishing of justification, Rom. 3:22, 25, 28. This, then, being well settled and examined, justification stands upon a firm foundation. Yet there are, besides faith, other marks by which we may certainly know justification, such as (2) the calling — namely, that which is joined with regeneration, conversion, and sanctification, from which they are called those who are called according to God's purpose, Rom. 8:28, which has an inseparable bond with justification by virtue of God's eternal predestination, Rom. 8:30, Matt. 9:13. Further (3) a knowledge, acknowledgment, and sense of sin, with a deep humiliation over it, whereby one, standing afar off, not daring to lift up his eyes, smiting upon his breast, breaks out into that word: God be merciful to me a sinner! for above this the publican went down to his house justified, Luke 18:13-14, 1 Pet. 5:5. Moreover (4) a saving knowledge of Christ, whereby that Righteous One justifies many, Isa. 53:11, from which Paul so highly esteemed the excellency of the knowledge of Christ — namely, that he might be found in Him, not having his own righteousness which is of the law, but that which is through the faith of Christ, Phil. 3:8-9. Also (5) a penitent confession, joined with a living faith and springing from a living faith, Rom. 10:10 with Rom. 4:24-25. Finally (6) sanctification, for sanctification has an immediate and inseparable bond with justification, according to the sense and pronouncement of Paul, 1 Cor. 6:11, James 2:18. By all of which you would be able to apply those marks whereby we have, in the preceding, examined the genuineness of the application of redemption — the efficacy of calling, regeneration, conversion, and union with Christ.
§ XXXIV. Fifth, it urges us to strive earnestly for participation in justification.
Fifth, it urges us to strive, with the combined exertion of all our strength, after participation in justification, in which the Apostle goes before us as an example, Gal. 2:16: We have believed, that we might be justified — and even more, Phil. 3:7-9: counting all things, even his own righteousness, as loss and dung, to this end, that being united with Christ, not with his own righteousness but through faith with the righteousness of Christ, he might be justified. To that same end urge us: (I) the inestimable blessedness of the justified, of which we have spoken in § XXXI; (II) the unspeakable misery of the unjustified, of which we have spoken in § XXXII; (III) the most absolute necessity of having it, John 3:36, unless we would, by a most foolish resolve, choose and prefer eternal ruin above and before eternal blessedness, Deut. 30:19, Ezek. 33:11; (IV) the utmost ease of obtaining it, since nothing else is required for it than a true and living faith, Eph. 2:8-9, Rom. 3:28, whence the yoke of Christ is called so easy, and His burden so light, Matt. 11:30 — especially when it is compared with that manner of obtaining it which had place under the old dispensation, Acts 15:10; (V) the adornment and luster of justification, whereby, all our iniquities and transgressions being covered, Ps. 32:1, we shine forth with the imputed righteousness of Christ, Zech. 3:3-5, Luke 15:22. But by what means shall we obtain that share in justification? Answer: (1) By the knowledge of Christ, and of the whole doctrine of justification — for by the knowledge of that Righteous One shall many be justified, Isa. 53:11, which the Apostle esteemed so necessary to the fellowship of justification, that he counted all things as loss, yea, as dung, for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ, that he might be found in Him, not having his own righteousness, but that which is through the faith of Christ, Phil. 3:9 — for if we have no right insight into the nature of justification, we shall never strive after it in the right way. (2) By the renouncing of all one's own righteousness, so that we may come to be made partakers of the righteousness of Christ, by which alone we are justified, Phil. 3:4-7, 9 — for he who is proud and puffed up with his own righteousness seeks not, and receives not, the righteousness of another, Luke 18:11-12, 14. (3) By a deep humbling and abasement over the vileness and greatness of our sins, Luke 18:13-14, Acts 2:37, so that the necessity of a borrowed righteousness may be understood, and we, in order to seek it by faith, may be the more powerfully urged to do so, Acts 16:30 — yet not so that we, (4) through a consciousness of our unworthiness and a sense of our shame, ever allow ourselves to be frightened away from Christ, or permit ourselves to be brought to despair; but that we, under the deepest humiliation, being seated with the publican, upheld by some hope, cry out with him: God be merciful to me a sinner, Luke 18:13 — because He is a God who justifies the ungodly, Rom. 4:5, and receives into grace even the greatest and chief of sinners, 1 Tim. 1:15. Finally (5) by embracing Christ with a living faith, John 1:12, and resting in Him alone, Isa. 10:20 — because this faith alone has been appointed by God as the means by which the righteousness of Christ is obtained, Phil. 3:9, and by which one is justified thereby, Rom. 5:1.
§ XXXV. Sixth, it admonishes us to guard carefully against the abuses of this excellent doctrine of justification.
Sixth, it admonishes us to guard carefully against the abuses of this excellent doctrine of justification, for the abuse of the best thing is the worst of all. Now there are chiefly four abuses against which we must guard: (1) That we neither condemn nor damn ourselves when God justifies, Rom. 8:33-34, and, since God, by justifying, has laid the sin upon His Son as the sponsor who took it upon Himself, that we do not lay it again upon ourselves — a thing very much to be expected in those who have spiritual desertions to wrestle with, Ps. 38:5, compare 2 Sam. 12:13. For this is (1) to contradict God, the supreme Judge, to His face, Rom. 9:20, compare Gen. 18:27, Acts 10:15; (2) to do wrong to the sponsor and Redeemer Christ, who has taken the sins upon Himself, John 1:29, compare Rom. 10:5-7; (3) to oppose one's own peace, Ps. 42:6, 12 and 43:5; (4) to be an unjust accuser against one's own soul, 1 John 3:20, and, as it were, to be a Satan or accuser against oneself, Rev. 12:10. Let us therefore observe what the high priest formerly did with the living goat, Lev. 16:21: And Aaron shall lay both his hands upon the head of the live goat, and confess over him all the iniquities of the children of Israel, and all their transgressions in all their sins — at which ceremony the Jews observed these three things: (a) that he laid both his hands, with the exertion moreover of all his strength, upon it; (b) that absolutely nothing came between the hands of the high priest and the head of the sacrificial animal; (c) that he made confession over it of his own sins and of the sins of all Israel, saying: Lord, I have sinned, and committed this or that iniquity; but I return unto thee, and bring the offering of reconciliation, and I beseech thee, good God, that thou wouldst accept it. So let us also, with both our hands, lean, rest, and rely upon Christ, and cast all our sins upon Him — at least so far and so long that we, after believing, have no actual condemnation to fear for ourselves. But let us beware (II) that we likewise do not so lay our sins upon the Savior Jesus that we would shake off entirely all sense, remembrance, and consciousness of them — for against this the practice of the truly justified cries out, Rom. 7:24, Ps. 25:7 and 31:19, Ezek. 16:36. It is in every respect and altogether profitable that we, even after our justification, (1) diligently and earnestly examine our conscience, and strive for the knowledge and sense of our sins, Lam. 3:40; (2) that we acknowledge the guilt of eternal damnation, which we have by our sins brought upon ourselves, Rom. 1:32 and 3:19-20, 23, Job 13:24, 26; (3) that we, from the conscience of our sins, feed and cultivate the sense of the continual necessity of Christ, in order to take away our sins, Ps. 130:3-4 and 143:2, with Acts 4:12, John 14:6; (4) that we bear about so great a consciousness of sins, and so great a sense — as great as is necessary — in order to conceive a deep hatred against sin, 2 Cor. 7:10. Only, that those who are truly justified do not, through all this, take upon their own account the sins that have been laid upon the Redeemer. Especially (III) that we do not, when God does not justify us, but rather condemns us, justify ourselves, Luke 18:9 — for such persons are (1) an abomination to God, Prov. 17:15; (2) they deceive themselves, Gal. 6:3, Prov. 30:12; (3) they stop up for themselves the way to true justification, Matt. 9:13, Luke 18:11-12, 14, Matt. 21:31. This we do when, without any living faith or true conversion, we imagine for ourselves the forgiveness of sins and eternal life — that is, either (a) without any foundation at all, 1 Thess. 5:3, or (b) at least with an insufficient foundation: for example, resting upon outward church rites, Jer. 7:4, Matt. 3:9, Rom. 2:17-21; or (c) leaning upon some inherent righteousness of one's own, Luke 18:2, 11-12, Rom. 10:3, Rev. 3:17; or (d) resting only upon God's general mercy, or upon the general merit of Christ, Rom. 6:1. Through all things (IV) let us not abuse the sweetest doctrine of justification to carelessness, negligence, and fleshly indulgence, and neglect of good works — an abuse which had already come into use even in the time of the Apostles, Rom. 6:1, Jude v. 4, when we, out of confidence in the grace of justification, put the pursuit of good works to one side, and give ourselves over the more securely to sins, Rom. 6:1, because we are taught out of the Holy Scriptures that we are justified, freely, by the righteousness, satisfaction, and merits of Christ alone, without good works. Thus (1) do people abuse the most wholesome and sweetest doctrine of the gracious justification of the sinner; thus (2) do they give occasion and opportunity to adversaries to blaspheme, Rom. 2:24, as though the doctrine of justification were hostile to good works, and opened the door and windows wide to ungodliness. And we betray (3) ourselves, in that we are moved and touched no more by the care of sanctification than by that of justification, and thereby we rob (4) ourselves of the assurance of justification, James 2:17-18, 21-22 — because the grace of justification and of sanctification are joined together, with an inseparable bond, in the Scriptures, 1 Cor. 1:30, Tit. 2:14.
§ XXXVI. Seventh, this doctrine stirs up in the truly justified an overflowing comfort.
Seventh, this doctrine stirs up in the truly justified an overflowing comfort, Matt. 9:2: (I) in the anxieties and distresses of conscience over the multitude and greatness of our sins, Rom. 2:15, 2 Sam. 24:10, 14, Luke 18:13, Rom. 7:24; (II) in misfortunes and all kinds of miseries, however great they may be, if they press upon us out of a suspicion of God's hatred and wrath, Ps. 6:1 and 38:1-2; (III) in the fear of death, Heb. 2:15, Rom. 6:23, Gen. 2:17; (IV) in the fear of the last judgment, 2 Cor. 5:10, Matt. 25, Ps. 1:5; (V) in the thought of, and terror before, eternal damnation, Isa. 66:24, Matt. 25:41, 46, 2 Thess. 1:7-8 — of all of which the sting and the goad is in the conscience of sins, 1 Cor. 15:55-56; (VI) in unjust accusations and condemnations by men, 1 Cor. 4:3-5. What can more powerfully come to help and lift up in all these circumstances than thinking as follows: (1) that it is God who justifies, against whom neither the accusations and condemnations of any man, nor of Satan, nor of the world, avail in the least, Rom. 8:33-34 — no, not even those of our own conscience, because God is greater than our heart and conscience, 1 John 3:19-21; (2) that God justifies not righteous persons, Matt. 18:13, but sinners, and not only those who have a lesser guilt of punishment, but also the very greatest of the ungodly, Rom. 4:5; (3) and that He does this, being moved and driven, not by our own righteousness, whereby we could in no wise stand before His tribunal, but by pure and unmixed grace, Rom. 3:24, whereby He does not see the iniquity in those who shall be justified, Num. 23:21; yea (4) for the sake of the very righteousness of His own Son, His own and only-begotten Son, Rom. 3:25 and 5:15, 1 John 1:7, obtained through His death and obedience, 2 Cor. 5:21, Gal. 3:13. And that He (5) requires nothing else of us for the communication thereof than a true and living faith, Gal. 5:6, Rom. 3:28. Further (6) that He, through this justification, delivers believers from the guilt of punishment of all their sins, of whatever kind and however great they may have been, Isa. 1:18, Rom. 8:1, Ps. 103:3. And that He moreover (7) confers the right to eternal life and glory, John 3:16 and 1:11 — in which points lie the foundations of all Christian comfort and steadfastness.
§ XXXVII. Eighth, justification sets and spurs a justified person on to the exercise of gratitude toward his Justifier.
Eighth, justification sets and spurs a justified person on to the exercise of gratitude toward his Justifier, Rom. 7:24, Ps. 116:11, 13, 16, 103:1-3. To this move: (I) the blessedness of justification, of which we have spoken in § XXXI — for so great a benefit demands, in return, gratitude in equal measure: how much more, then, so great and such a benefit? To this moves (II) the honor and glory of the Justifier, Eph. 1:6, Matt. 5:16, John 15:8. (III) To this moves and urges the state and condition of those who shall be justified: since He justifies, not those who are worthy of it, but sinners, Matt. 20:13, the ungodly, Rom. 4:5, enemies, rebels, Rom. 5:8, 10 — for example, the publican, Luke 18:13-14, the thief, Luke 23:42, etc. To this moves (IV) the manner of justifying: (1) by pure and unmixed grace; (2) by the imputed and freely given righteousness of His Son; (3) by requiring nothing else of us than a living faith; (4) by not only taking away the guilt of punishment, but also, besides that, (5) by granting the right to eternal life and glory, of which we have spoken in the preceding article. (V) To this moves the certainty, peace, joy, comfort, etc., of the justified themselves, which he infers from their thankfulness — but from their works, the genuineness and uprightness of the faith which is required for justification, in order to produce those sweetest fruits, James 2:18, 1 John 1:6-7, with Rom. 5:1-12 and 14:17. To this moves (VI) the justification of others, Dan. 12:3, which is not a little furthered by the example of thankfulness and of good works, Matt. 5:16, 1 Pet. 2:12. But in what manner shall we exercise that thankfulness? Answer: (A) By, with the heart, (a) acknowledging the immeasurable benefit of justification, Rom. 5:1; (b) esteeming and highly valuing it, Phil. 3:8-9: I have counted all things but loss... not having my own righteousness... but that which is through the faith of Christ. Ps. 116:12: What shall I render unto the Lord for all His benefits toward me? I will take the cup of salvation (kos yeshu'ot). (c) By ascribing it to God alone, and to His pure and unmixed grace, Ps. 118:23, 27, Eph. 2:7-8. (d) By constantly carrying about the memory and sense thereof, Ps. 103:1. Then (B) by, with the mouth, the Justifier and the virtues of justification — wisdom, righteousness, mercy, mentioned above in § XXX — being acknowledged with the heart, glorying and extolling them before others, Mark 5:19, Ps. 103:1, 3, Luke 1:68. Finally (C) by deed and works: (a) carefully guarding ourselves against every kind of sin, whose guilt of punishment God, through gracious justification, has taken away from us, Rom. 6:1-2, Jude v. 4, 2 Pet. 2:19; (b) by applying ourselves to the practice of every kind of virtue and good work, Luke 1:75, Tit. 1:14, so that, as we, for the glory of divine grace, do not wish to be justified by and on account of our good works, we thereby openly demonstrate that we do not wish to be justified while destitute of good works, nor by an empty and dead faith, but by that which is working through love, Gal. 5:6, and that, since God has justified us freely (gratis), without good works, we show ourselves grateful to Him (grates) by all the more ardent application and pursuit of good works. (c) By imitating, as far as possible, the virtues of God which are made manifest in justification, namely: (†) as God, in justification, deals with us not according to strict right, but according to His grace and mercy, Matt. 18:27, that we also should apply ourselves to kindness and mercy, Phil. 4:5; (††) as God, in and through justification, deals with us out of and through an amazing love of mankind, John 3:16, Rom. 5:8, that we too, with unfeigned love, should deal with our neighbors, Eph. 5:2, Rom. 12:10; (†††) as God, in justification, shows His longsuffering, patience, and forbearance toward us, Rom. 3:25, Matt. 18:26-27, Rom. 2:4, that we also should so behave toward our neighbor, Eph. 4:2, Col. 1:11; (††††) as God, in justification, shows toward us a reconciled disposition, 2 Cor. 5:19, Rom. 5:10, and freely forgives us our sins, that we too, toward our neighbors, should show a reconciled disposition, ready and easy to forgive our neighbor his offenses and injuries, Matt. 6:12, 14 and 18:26-27, Eph. 4:32, Matt. 18:32.
Chapter VII: Of the Adoption of Those to Be Redeemed
On 1 John 3:1: Behold, what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God.
I.
The second benefit of our union and fellowship with Christ is adoption to sonship, the consideration of which we now undertake, having laid the foundation in the exposition of the words which we have cited, 1 John 3:1.
The Explanatory Part
II. In which words is contained an introductory formula, or a form of exceptional commendation, whereby our attention to the adoption to sonship is invited.
1. The formula of commendation: behold — idete, from eido, "I see" — a little particle commonly used to arouse attention and observation at the announcement of some certain new, wonder-worthy, and unusual thing, Isa. 7:14, Zech. 9:9, Matt. 21:5, etc. It comes from eido, "I see," to open and sharpen the eyes of the understanding, so as to grasp a matter precisely — just as the eyes of the body are wont to be sharpened when something wondrous occurs, John 1:29 — likewise signifying a certain assurance of the matter which shall be shown, so that they may not be less certain of its excellence than if they saw and beheld it with their own eyes before them.
II. The commended benefit, namely, the grace of adoption to sonship. Of this is explained:
1. The love of adoption to sonship, as the moving cause: what manner, or how great a love? Here the love that adopts children is, in the Greek text, agape — deriving either from agan poiein, to do continually and to be active, because love is ever active; or from agein kata pan, to move itself in every way toward the beloved and desired object; or from agan and poieisthai, because a loving person rests in the beloved object. It signifies not a common but a mighty desire toward the beloved object, or an inclined and well-disposed affection, whereby we not only wish good to the beloved object, but also do good to it — for he who truly loves, and loves in truth, helps with the very deed the one whom he loves, Luke 10:27. And such an affection is the moving cause of the adoption to sonship. Moreover, here is a degree of love: potapos, what manner and how great a love! The word is commonly used of a certain quality, Matt. 7:27, and also of a certain magnitude, Luke 1:29. It also carries the emphasis, as it were, of wonder, Mark 13:1, to signify that the moving love toward this divine adoption to sonship is altogether wondrous and marvelous — namely, that the all-sufficient God, who needs no creature, has been willing to receive man, and a sinner, though He has a Son of His own, for that Son's sake, not merely as a servant, nor merely as a friend, but even as a son — which expresses the nearest possible relationship, as to a father. The Apostle also puts this by way of question: you yourselves say, judge, if you can, how great and what manner of love of God it is, whereby He adopts men to be His children! He adds thereto, edoke, "hath given," to indicate that it is an altogether unmerited and undeserved love — that no worthiness, no merit in men, could have brought this about with God, but solely and only God's gracious inclination.
2. The adopted children: hemon, "us" — not to all men, and to each and every one in particular, nor to all sorts of men, but to us — exceptionally, namely, to us who believe, who have fellowship with the Father, and with His Son Jesus Christ, 1 John 1:3, John 1:12 — in which lies the foundation of the adoption to sonship.
3. The Father who adopts to sonship: ho Pater, "the Father," with the emphasis on the article. By this is understood that heavenly Father, so named, not only on account of the generation of His natural, own, and only-begotten Son, Ps. 2:7, but also on account of the adoption of others, John 1:12, because from Him is pasa patria, "the whole family," Eph. 3:15 — for just as we are made children, so He by whom we are made such is presupposed to be a Father, and that He, through the adoption to sonship, obtains a Father's title.
4. The adoption to sonship itself: hina tekna Theou klethomen, "that we should be called the sons of God." The word tekna Theodore renders "children," and thinks that this name extends no less than that of "sons." Beza renders it by prolem, that is, offspring, progeny. The Syriac, the Arabic, Erasmus, and others render it "sons," as at Matt. 9:2 and 21:28 and 21:24, and generally among the Greeks. Meanwhile it belongs also to daughters, and likewise to descendants, so that it is a general word, comprehending all kinds of children, of every sex, age, and degree, Matt. 3:9. Tekna Theou, "children of God" — not of some man, however excellent and outstanding he may be, not of a king or a lord, but of God. Klethomen, "we should be called" — by which is understood not a bare and empty title, but the very reality of sonship, joined with a glorious and eminent appellation, by a transference of the name of the consequence for that of the antecedent, as happens, Gen. 21:12 with Rom. 9:7-8, Matt. 21:13 with Luke 19:46; thus Isa. 54:5 and 61:6, Matt. 5:9. And yet the Apostle does not without emphasis say klethomen, "we are called" — not only to signify that this adoption to sonship consists in a naming, or in a judicial declaration, whereby it is distinguished from a natural sonship which comes about by generation, but also to signify at the same time the excellent honor, glory, and majesty which is in this adoption to sonship.
The Doctrinal Part
III. Those who are united with Christ by faith become children of God, adopted.
Those, therefore, who are united by faith with Christ, or have fellowship with the Father, and with His Son Jesus Christ, 1 John 1:3, God declares to be not only righteous, as we have learned up to now, but also His children, John 1:12. And this by the grace: (I) of predestination, whereby He chose them from eternity to this sonship, Eph. 1:5, Rom. 8:29. (II) By the redemption and merit of His Son, Gal. 4:4-5. (III) By a spiritual birth, John 1:13, through His Spirit, John 3:3, 5. (IV) By union with His own Son, whereby they have become brothers of His own and only-begotten Son, Heb. 2:11, and with Him have obtained the same heavenly Father, John 20:17. (V) By promise, whereby He has promised and pledged to all believers the exousia, the power of this sonship, John 1:12. (VI) By the resurrection from the dead, whereby they shall, altogether anew, be born of God, Luke 20:36 — from which Paul so greatly longs for the blessed resurrection, Phil. 3:11.
IV. Consideration of the word.
We are, in general, someone's sons and children: either (1) by generation in birth, as Isaac, Gen. 22:2; or (2) by adoption, as Moses, Exod. 2:10, Heb. 11:24, Ephraim and Manasseh, Gen. 48:5, Esther, Esth. 2:7; or (3) by a fatherly affection, such as the healed man, Matt. 9:2; or (4) by conversion, as Timothy, 2 Tim. 1:2. In particular, there are children and sons of God: either (1) by generation — whether the eternal kind, in which way Jesus alone is the Son of God, His own Son, Rom. 8:32, and only-begotten Son, John 3:16; or a temporal kind, in which way believers are children of God by virtue of a spiritual birth, John 1:13. Or (2) by creation, in which way also Adam, Luke 3:38, and the blessed spirits, Job 1:6 and 38:7, are called children of God. Or (3) by virtue of God's common, fruit-giving, and nourishing providence — thus those who are born in the ordinary way, Isa. 64:8, Mal. 2:10, Isa. 1:2. Or (4) by the communication of civil authority, Ps. 82:6. Or (5) by a common calling, insofar as they are called to the profession of God's name, and are also brought into the outward fellowship of the church, Gen. 6:2. Or (6) by virtue of a common love and election, in which way all Israel is called the son of God, Exod. 4:22, and Paul ascribes to that nation the adoption to sonship, Rom. 9:4. Or (7) by a special adoption, which Paul, Gal. 4:5, calls the adoption to sonship — and this, finally, is the subject of this present consideration.
V. Consideration of the matter.
The adoption to sonship, then, is, for us, nothing else than God's gracious declaration, whereby He admits the justified, as children, into His household, and imparts to them the privileges of children of God. Concerning which come into consideration and consideration: first, the declaration, whereby He calls them His children, 1 John 3:1: that we should be called the sons of God. Now He declares this: (1) in His understanding and thought, or in the eternal purpose of election, Eph. 1:5, from which also the elect, not yet being called, are, by anticipation, called children of God, John 11:52. (II) In Christ, as their Head, with whom they are united, Gal. 3:26, from which they are called joint-heirs of Christ, Rom. 8:17. (III) In the Gospel and its promises, when God promises and pledges to believers the dignity of children, John 1:12. (IV) In our conscience, or in our spirit, insofar as God there, through His Spirit, testifies that we are children of God, Rom. 8:15-16, Gal. 4:6 — partly, by bringing to us certain and infallible marks of the adoption to sonship, for example, faith and conversion; partly, by enlightening and sharpening our understanding, so that we may know, discern, and, from those same marks, form and conclude our own adoption to sonship.
VI. The causes thereof.
Second, the cause of this declaration, or the one who adopts children — theologically speaking, God in general, whom we for this reason call upon as our Father, Matt. 6:9; but, in a more household-like sense, or by a special appropriation, God the Father, 1 John 3:1, Eph. 1:5, because it is proper to a father to have children; for which reason all the family, the whole household, is named from Him, Eph. 3:15. Meanwhile, it is also ascribed to the Son, that own and only-begotten Son, to have children, Heb. 2:10-13 — yea, also to the Holy Spirit, who from this is called the Spirit of adoption to sonship, Rom. 8:15, insofar as He testifies with our spirit that we are children of God, v. 16. The inwardly moving cause is God's overflowing love, 1 John 3:1: what manner, how great a love, Eph. 1:5. The outward cause is the merit of His only-begotten Son, whom He sent, and made subject to the law, that we might obtain the adoption to sonship, Gal. 4:4-5.
VII. The object.
Third, the object, or those who are to be adopted as children — indeed men, by nature children of wrath, Eph. 2:3, Ezek. 16:3, but nevertheless elect and loved from eternity, Eph. 1:5, 1 John 3:1, regenerate, John 1:13 with 1 Pet. 1:2, united with Christ, 1 John 1:3 with ch. 3:1, justified, in whom there is no condemnation, Rom. 8:1, with v. 15-16, Gal. 4:5 — for indeed justification is neither a part nor an effect of the adoption to sonship, since it is nowhere said that men become righteous, or are justified, by the adoption to sonship; nor would it be fitting that one who has not yet been reconciled with God, but is still His enemy, should be adopted by Him as a child. And although the power of the adoption to sonship is joined by the Savior together with faith, John 1:12: as many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God — that is, to them that believe on His name — nevertheless this union is not understood so narrowly that justification does not, at least in the order of nature if not of time, intervene between the two, so that adoption to sonship adds to justification a certain illustrious and excellent degree of dignity, 1 John 2:1.
VIII. The twofold foundation of adoption to sonship.
Fourth, the twofold foundation of adoption to sonship: (1) the spiritual generation and birth, whereby God has begotten, 1 John 5:1, and we are born of God, John 1:13, 1 John 2:29 with 3:1, of the Spirit and of water, John 3:3, 5, through the incorruptible seed of His Word, 1 Pet. 1:23 — so that we, through this spiritual birth, are made partakers of spiritual life, and even of the divine nature (that is, insofar as it can be communicated to creatures), 2 Pet. 1:4, and, according to His image, receive wisdom, Col. 3:10, and holiness and righteousness, Eph. 4:24, being made conformable to the image of His Son, Rom. 8:29 — just as, through natural birth, children receive life, nature, and likeness from their parents. (II) The union with God's own and only-begotten Son, Heb. 2:11, whom He sent into the world for this purpose, that we might obtain the adoption to sonship, Gal. 4:4-5. For while we are united with the Son of God, we become His brothers, and obtain with Him one and the same Father, John 20:17. Yea, on account of this union with Christ — because it is so close — it comes about that, though Christ is the only natural Son of God, and thus more properly the firstborn Son of God, we nevertheless, by the grace of this adoption to sonship, are called not only children of God, but also His firstborn, Heb. 12:23.
IX. The end or purpose of adoption to sonship.
Fifth, the end and purpose of the adoption to sonship consists in this: that we, by means of it, are brought over into the household of God, and become members of His household, Eph. 2:19, Gal. 6:10 — not as servants, which is indeed much, compared with 2 Chron. 10:7, Ps. 84:11; nor even as common friends, which is still greater, Gen. 15:6, James 2:23, John 15:14-15; but as children, Rom. 8:15, between whom and their parents there is a most intimate and closest union, Heb. 12:5-6. From this it comes about that God bears Himself toward us as toward children, Heb. 12:7, and that we, being placed under God's fatherly protection and shelter, may rest securely upon Him for continual sustenance, upbringing, and preservation. Just as formerly among the Hebrews, the adoption to sonship was very often attested and made known in no other way than by the sustaining and rearing of the nearest blood relations, Esth. 2:7.
X. The difference and distinction between this divine adoption to sonship and every common human adoption is chiefly visible and apparent in these four points.
(I) That human adoption receives an altogether stranger, one destitute of all right thereto, as a member, in order to increase his family, as may be seen in the adoption by Jacob, Gen. 48:5, whereas the divine adoption indeed receives those who are by nature estranged and strangers, Eph. 2:12, but who are nevertheless, by grace — through calling, 1 Pet. 2:9-10, regeneration, John 3:3, 5, and justification, Rom. 5:1-2 — near relations, and blessed with the right of inheritance, into His family. (II) That the human adoption is only an outward naming, and a communication of those things which are outward, Esth. 2:7, whereas the divine adoption is so real a relationship that it is grounded in an inward operation of God, whereby spiritual life, 2 Pet. 1:3, and the divine nature, v. 4, are communicated to the one adopted. (III) That the human adoption commonly has its origin from a lack of natural offspring, Exod. 2:10, whereas the divine adoption arises from an overflow of goodness, although He has a natural, own, and only-begotten Son, in whom God has a good pleasure, Matt. 3:17 — yet He nevertheless admits and adopts others, to whom He communicates the likeness of His natural Son, Rom. 8:29. (IV) That the human adoption transfers the inheritance to the one adopted only after the father has died, Gen. 47:6, whereas the divine adoption confers the inheritance while the Father, and at the same time His natural Son, remain forever alive, Rom. 8:17.
XI. The fruits and consequences of this adoption to sonship.
Sixth, the fruits and consequences of this adoption to sonship, namely: (I) The glorious appellation, 1 John 3:1, John 1:12 — for just as those who are civilly adopted as children are wont to bear the name of the father who adopts them, Gen. 48:5, so also those who are spiritually adopted as children receive the name of their heavenly Father, 2 Chron. 8:14, 1 John 3:1, compare Jer. 7:10-11, 14, 30 and 25:29; likewise also the name of their Brother, 2 Tim. 2:19, Acts 11:26 — since they are named by God not only servants of God, or friends of God, as we have said, but also children and sons of God, 2 Cor. 6:18. By which appellation there is communicated to them not merely the bare name, Rev. 3:1, but also, in their measure, the reality thereby denoted, namely, the image of God, compare Matt. 22:20, and the nature of God, 2 Pet. 1:4.
XII. Then, (II) the Spirit of adoption to sonship, to which is opposed the spirit of bondage unto fear, Rom. 8:15, likewise the spirit of fearfulness, 2 Tim. 1:7. He is called the Spirit of adoption to sonship, and by another name the Spirit of the Son, Gal. 4:6, not only because He is of the same substance with the Son, 1 John 5:7, nor only because He is sent and communicated to us by the Son, John 16:7, but also because, for the Son's sake and for the sake of His merits, He is brought to us, Gal. 4:5, and, besides that, because that same "Abba" (dear Father) works in Him as in us, Mark 14:36. Now the operation of this Spirit is observed and noted to be twofold: (1) to testify together with our spirit — that is, to make us infallibly certain and assured that we are children of God, Rom. 8:16 — certainly not by an enthusiastic impulse, an inner voice, or by some sort of immediate oracle, but because He does this in our conscience, so that we know beyond doubt that we are children of God, by communicating to us the marks of the adoption to sonship, and moreover by raising the sharpness of our understanding to such a degree that we perceive those marks in ourselves, distinguish them from all other false semblances, and finally, from them, draw a sure and firm conclusion that we are children of God — on account of which operations the Holy Spirit is called the earnest of our inheritance, Eph. 1:13-14, compare ch. 4:30, and likewise the firstfruits, Rom. 8:23. Then (2), to work in us that we, with a childlike confidence, cry: Abba, Father, Rom. 8:15, or, what is the same, cry Abba, Father, Gal. 4:6 — because it was permitted the Israelites, not to those who were servants or slaves, but only to the freeborn, to cry, in Hebrew, "Abba" or "Amma" — that is, with a childlike confidence, in every kind of need, to draw near to their parents, and to address and call upon them, "Abba"; compare Rom. 8:26 with Heb. 4:16.
XIII. Further, (III) the inheritance, Rom. 8:17, namely, the heavenly and eternal blessedness, from which the Savior, Matt. 25:34, says: klēronomēsate, "inherit" — receive as an inheritance — the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world. For this reason also is understood, by the adoption to sonship, in Holy Scripture, sometimes that whole glory which is prepared for believers, and which is awaited by them in heaven — which shall for this reason be all the more illustrious, because it shall be possessed by us forever by right and under the title, not merely of a single and bare gift and present, but also of an inheritance, according to God's infallible and unshakable promise, Gal. 3:29: And if ye be Christ's, then are ye Abraham's seed, and heirs according to the promise.
XIV. Besides that, (IV) a certain likeness with the natural and own Son of God, John 1:12 with 1 John 3:1-3: that we should be called the sons of God... Now are we the sons of God, and it doth not yet appear what we shall be: but we know, that, when He shall appear, we shall be like Him, Rom. 8:29. To this likeness belongs, not only that so excellent a degree of sonship whereby we are called God's firstborn, Heb. 12:23, but also fellowship in His prophetic dignity, Acts 2:17-18, out of Joel 2:28-29, in His priestly dignity, Rev. 1:6, 1 Pet. 2:5, 9, as well as in His kingly dignity, Rev. 1:6, 1 Pet. 2:9 — which was, above all, plainly and visibly manifest in God's natural and own Son, insofar as He was the Mediator.
XV. Then also (V) dominion over, and possession of, all creatures, 1 Cor. 3:21-22, Gal. 4:1 — since God has not only created all things for their sake, Gen. 1:26, but also ordained and arranged all things for them, though in various ways: namely, that (1) the greater part of things beneath the moon are in their sheer power, dominion, and use, Ps. 8:6-8; others (2) serve them, as is said of the angels, Ps. 34:7 and 91:11, Heb. 1:14; yea, (3) that even evil and harmful things themselves, by the gracious governance of their Father, work together for their good, contrary to their own nature, Rom. 8:28, 37. And that they therefore lack nothing of anything that is truly good, Ps. 34:9-10, and may enjoy all earthly things (only that these be possessed, with regard to the human court, under a rightful title) with a free conscience, from which it is said that all things are pure to the pure, Tit. 1:15.
XVI. Finally, (VI) a Christian liberty, which a son possesses in an earthly household above a servant, Heb. 3:5-6, compare Gal. 4:22-23, and which, in the spiritual household, the natural Son has obtained for the adopted children with His own blood, Gal. 5:1, John 8:32, 36. For that liberty includes in itself a freedom and release which (1) is common to the economy of both covenants, namely: (a) from the guilt of punishment of sins — indeed already obtained by justification, but strengthened and increased by the liberty of sonship, Rom. 8:1; (b) from the dominion of those sins, as far as concerns the right, though not yet fully accomplished in deed through sanctification, Rom. 6:12, 14; (c) from the condemnation and damnation of the law, Gal. 3:13, and also from that strictness of it whereby it exacts, precisely and unbendingly, the penalty of disobedience from the transgressor himself, because God has made His own Son to be sin, that the adopted children might become the righteousness of God in Him, 2 Cor. 5:21 — yet they are, in no way, freed and released by this liberty either from obedience itself, or from the strictness of obedience to the moral law, Matt. 5:17, 19, Rom. 3:31; (d) from the obligation and binding to any and every kind of human traditions in matters that touch faith and the service of God, Matt. 15:9, Col. 2:20; (e) from all servitude, in matters which concern religion and conscience, to any creatures whatsoever — whether it be angels, Col. 2:18, Rev. 22:9, or to show it to men, 1 Cor. 7:23 — although we, in worldly and civil matters, are not, by this liberty, freed from the obedience which must be shown to the authorities, Matt. 22:21, Rom. 13:1-2, 4-5, Tit. 3:1, 1 Pet. 2:13. Then (2) that which is particularly proper to the new dispensation, under which we are free from the observance of the ceremonial law, insofar as it was a yoke, Acts 15:10, Gal. 5:1, Col. 2:14, and shadowed forth the grace, still to be exhibited in the coming Mediator, Col. 2:17, Heb. 10:1 — concerning which, in its proper place, God willing, deliberately and at length.
The Polemical Part
XVII. It is asked, first: whether the liberty of the believers of the Old Testament was less than that of the believers of the New Testament, so that one may speak of them as though they had not at all the Spirit of adoption to sonship?
The very celebrated Cocceius, in order to make a greater gulf between the state of the Old and of the New Testament, says that in the state of the Old Testament things were done in a harsher and more servile manner. He indeed acknowledges that the believers of the Old Testament were children of God, and that they also had the same Holy Spirit which we have under the New Testament — yet that this Spirit was for them a spirit of bondage, whereas he speaks of them commonly as though they had not at all the Spirit of adoption to sonship: for example, in his Summa Theologiae, ch. 68, § 6: "Those who believed under the Old Testament received a spirit of bondage; those who believe under the New Testament have a Spirit of adoption to sonship." So too, ch. 13, § 53: "Under the Old Testament there was also the Spirit, but a Spirit of bondage, given unto fear, Rom. 8:15 — but under the New Testament He is a Spirit of adoption to sonship." Compare the same author's Disputatio de Foedere, part II, § 15, and especially in his exposition of Rom. 8:15, and elsewhere frequently. The common view of the Reformed, although it acknowledges that there is a great and outstanding difference in the degrees of liberty between the believers of the Old and of the New Testament, nevertheless denies that it is precisely enough said, that there would have been, under the Old Testament, only a spirit of bondage, and not of adoption to sonship. Because Holy Scripture not only nowhere confines the spirit of bondage to the Old, and the Spirit of adoption to sonship to the New Testament, but also seems to breathe and say altogether different things concerning the church of the Old Testament — for example, Exod. 4:22: My son, my firstborn, is Israel; Jer. 31:9: I am a Father to Israel, and Ephraim is my firstborn, and v. 20: Is Ephraim my dear son? is he a pleasant child? — especially Isa. 63:9 and 64:8, where they cry: Doubtless thou art our Father; and Ps. 51:12, where David prays that the joy of God's salvation might be restored to him, and that the Spirit of willingness, or of nobility (ruach nedivah) — or the Spirit of the freeborn, which is contrasted with servants — might uphold him. Is not that Spirit of willingness and nobility the very same as the Spirit of adoption to sonship? etc. However, since this point of difference rests upon other assumptions which belong to the distinction between the Old and New Testament, we shall, for brevity's sake, defer it to Book VIII, ch. 2, § 48.
XVIII. It is asked, second: whether we, through Christian liberty, are freed and released from civil obligation and binding, from burdens and services, and from the jurisdiction of the authorities?
Thomas Müntzer, the instigator and leader of the Anabaptists, having ill read and understood Luther's book concerning Christian Liberty, set this forth about the year 1524 of the preceding century, and, to further his cause, stirred up a Peasants' War; the same was also done by nearly the Münsterite Anabaptists, Knipperdolling, Bockelson, etc., about the year 1534. Contemporary Anabaptists hold that a good conscience cannot occupy the magistrate's office and remain a Christian, and that therefore the magistrate has, by divine right, no power and authority over others; they hold likewise that we, through Christian liberty, are free from all civil obligation, even though they meanwhile in deed remain under the magistrate, and are compelled to remain under him. The Papists teach that at least the clergy are not subject to a civil authority, because they stand only under the Pope of Rome. The Reformed, on the contrary, hold that, notwithstanding Christian liberty, all are subject to their civil authority, Rom. 13:1, Matt. 22:21, Tit. 3:1, 1 Pet. 2:13. But since this point of difference also has its place in the moral doctrine, at the fifth commandment, we shall defer it, for brevity's sake, to that place.
XIX. It is asked, third: whether, through Christian liberty, man's conscience is free from all dependence on any created power?
The Papists, because they hold that every conscience is subject to the Roman Pope, deny this altogether. The Socinians, Vorstius, and the Remonstrants maintain this so strictly that they allow and grant, not only the liberty to feel something individually, by oneself, in matters of religion, according to the dictate of conscience, but also an open liberty to prophesy — that is, to teach and propagate everything publicly — to each and every one alike. The very celebrated Cocceius, in order to ascribe to his followers a still greater degree of servitude to the Old Church, and to remove it further from Christian liberty, holds that the believers of the old dispensation were, with respect to conscience, under the power of angels and of authorities, as of so-called gods. The Reformed remind us that here one must carefully distinguish: (I) between true liberty, which is exercised in good or indifferent things, and an unbridled liberty, which is exercised in evil things. (II) Between feeling something individually, by oneself, and everything one wishes to teach, spread, and propagate openly. (III) Between theological points, and those which are called matters of faith. (IV) Between those which are necessary, and those which are indifferent and of a middle nature. These things being presupposed, they determine, on the one hand, against the tyranny of the Pope over consciences, and at the same time against the position of the very celebrated Cocceius, that the conscience of believers depends absolutely on no created power — not only not on any human power, 1 Cor. 7:23, but also not on that of angels, Col. 2:18, Heb. 2:15, but only on God, Prov. 16:2, 21:2, and 30:12. On the other hand, they hold, against the Socinians, Vorstius, and the Arminians, that an unbridled liberty and power to spread, propagate, and live out everything that is false does not at all belong to the liberty of conscience, but that this must be curbed and restrained by the authority, as God's vicegerent on earth, Rom. 13:1-2, 4, and as the protectress of the weak, Isa. 49:23, so that God's glory and His kingdom suffer no harm or damage. But of this too, elsewhere, deliberately and at length.
XX. It is asked, fourth: whether it is lawful, through Christian liberty, to bind the consciences of believers to ecclesiastical institutions and ceremonies?
The Papists, in order to inflate the papal power, ascribe to the Pope, as Christ's vicar on earth, the power to make laws which bind the conscience under mortal sin; they also subject the consciences of believers, in this manner, to the papal decrees and to the conciliar rules, once approved by the Pope, just as to the divine — and have thereby, with a mass of superstitious institutions and ceremonies, robbed the church of all Christian liberty, and overwhelmed her, laying upon her an unbearable yoke, heavier and more burdensome than the Jewish. The Lutherans, too, in order that there might be an all the greater gulf between their congregations and ours, and that the schism made by them might appear the more excusable, have retained many of those superstitious rites and customs of the Papists, and contend for them as for their own hearth and home — for example, private confession, the baptism of midwives, the not breaking of the bread in the Lord's Supper, round wafers, altars, white vestments for the ministers, auricular confession and absolution, images, etc. There are also, on the contrary, not lacking, even among the Reformed themselves, those who ascribe nothing, or less than is right, to lawful ecclesiastical institutions and church ceremonies. In general, the Reformed take the middle way, and distinguish between those institutions and ceremonies which undertake and forge a new service to God, and those which seek to order and arrange the service instituted by God, with respect to the circumstances of place and time, unto good order and decency: that to the former-named institutions and ceremonies the conscience is not only not subject, but that it must also stand against them, according to the precept of Christ, Matt. 15:9, of the Apostle, Col. 2:18, and of Christian liberty, Gal. 5:1, Acts 15:10, 1 Cor. 6:12; but in the latter-named they acknowledge something divine and something human: divine they are, with respect to their foundation, insofar as God in general commands that all things in the church be done decently and in order, 1 Cor. 14:40; human they are, with respect to the particular determination, whereby it is said that this or that belongs to decency, order, and propriety. Therefore, if in that determination no mistake or error is committed, and the instituted church ceremony truly belongs to the order, decency, and propriety of the service instituted by God, then, according to God's precept, the conscience is bound to submit itself thereto, and thereby the liberty of the Christian conscience is in no way injured, as we shall, God willing, more particularly admonish elsewhere.
The Practical Part
XXI. The practice declares, first, the unspeakable glory and blessedness of true believers, as those who are called and adopted to be children of God, out of five chief grounds.
The practice declares, first, the unspeakable glory and blessedness of true believers, as those who are not only called out of darkness into God's marvelous light, 1 Pet. 2:9, and not only born of God, John 1:13, and not only turned from the power of Satan unto God, Acts 26:18, nor only united with Christ, 1 Cor. 12:12, 26, nor only justified, Rom. 5:1, but also raised up to the power and privilege of being children of God, John 1:12 — which is rightly so highly esteemed by the Apostle, that he heralds it with an exclamation: Behold, what manner, what great love the Father hath given unto us, that we should be called the sons of God!... Now are we the sons of God, and it doth not yet appear what we shall be: but we know... that we shall be like Him, 1 John 3:1, 3 — which we shall also come to know and acknowledge the more clearly the more distinctly we weigh: (I) the one who adopts children as to how great He is — the Most High, Luke 6:35, namely, the King of kings and Lord of lords, 1 Tim. 6:15, compare 1 Sam. 18:23, Heb. 11:24. (II) The moving cause of the adoption to sonship — not our merit, but His unmixed love, and not a common love, but one so great that it cannot be comprehended: behold, what manner of love! (III) The ones adopted — not many noble, 1 Cor. 1:26-30, but by nature children of wrath, dead in sins, Eph. 2:3, Isa. 1:4, Ezek. 16:3. (IV) The price by means of which the adoption to sonship was obtained for us — not a certain great sum, as was the Roman citizenship, Acts 22:28, nor a hundred foreskins of the Philistines, 1 Sam. 18:27, but the humbling of the Son of God Himself, Gal. 4:4-5, of Him who was in the form of God, and equal with God, Phil. 2:6-7, and even such a humbling, whereby He was cast down below a worm, a reproach of men, Ps. 22:6 — yea, sin, 2 Cor. 5:21, and a curse, Gal. 3:13. (V) The privileges — how many and how great, O good God! If you consider (1) the so glorious names, and so glorious titles of honor, by which they are called children of God, etc., John 1:12, 2 Cor. 6:18. If you consider (2) their descent and lineage: they are born of God, John 1:13, and thus children of God and brothers of Christ, Heb. 2:11, John 20:17. If you consider (3) their state and condition: they are nearest to Him who is the Son of God by generation, because they, alongside Him — although in a different manner — are born of God, John 1:13, and are made partakers of the divine nature, 2 Pet. 1:4. If you consider (4) their offices: they are, with Christ, in their own way, prophets, kings, and a royal priesthood, Rev. 1:6, 1 Pet. 2:9. If you consider (5) their treasures and riches: they possess everything that belongs to their heavenly Father, 2 Cor. 6:1 (compare Rom. 8:32). If (6) their freedoms: they are set free, and are free, Gal. 5:1 and 4:26, for the use of which all creatures exist, to be used with a pure and free conscience, Tit. 1:15, 1 Tim. 4:4 — withdrawn and delivered from the curse of the law, Rom. 6:14, and from the schoolmastership of the ceremonial law, Gal. 3:24 — for whom a free access to God stands open, Eph. 3:12. If (7) their servants: all things must work together for their good, Rom. 8:28-29, even the angels themselves, Heb. 1:14. If (8) the fatherly care and provision, which the Father, in everything, has and bears for them: with respect to the spiritual blessings which belong to the soul, Eph. 1:3; with respect to their sins, that they may not be brought under their yoke, Rom. 6:12, nor succumb under them, Ps. 37:24; with respect to their failings, He excuses them, just as a father excuses his son, Mal. 3:17; with respect to their anxieties and distresses, He comforts them, 2 Cor. 1:3; with respect to their doubts, He instructs and directs them, Ps. 25:12; with respect to their waverings, He confirms and strengthens them, that they do not fall away, 2 Thess. 2:17. If you further (9) consider that same care and provision with respect to temporal things: He provides for them everything which is necessary for the body's sustenance, Ps. 23:1 and 34:10-11; He never wholly forsakes or abandons them, Ps. 37:25, 28, Heb. 13:5, Deut. 31:6, 8, Isa. 49:15; and He gives them the earth to possess as an inheritance, Ps. 25:13 and 37:11, 22, 29 — therefore not sparingly, but abundantly, Ps. 23:5, and not only for necessity, but also for pleasure and delight, insofar as such is profitable to them, Ps. 36:9 and 65:4. If you (10) consider their adversities: He chastens them as a father, Heb. 12:6, 2 Sam. 12:14-15, to the end that they, with the world, may not perish, 1 Cor. 11:32; therefore He does not afflict and grieve them from the heart, Lam. 3:33, but He has compassion on them, as a father has compassion upon his son, Ps. 103:13; He hears and answers their groanings, Ps. 38:10; He is present and stands by the bed of the sick, Ps. 41:3; He brings them, through death, over into life, John 5:24 and 14:2, Luke 16:23 — so precious is even the death itself of God's own before God, Ps. 116:15! If you (11) consider the Spirit of adoption to sonship, which He certainly brings, in their own manner and time, to those adopted as children, Gal. 4:6, by means of which He makes them, for the present, certain of all those privileges which we have hitherto named, 1 Cor. 2:12, and, for the future, of the eternal inheritance, Rom. 8:17. If you, finally, (12), to sum up all in one, consider that those who are adopted as children are said to become like the natural Son of God, yea, like God Himself, 1 John 3:1-2: Now are we the sons of God, and it doth not yet appear what we shall be: but we know that, when He shall appear, we shall be like Him, Phil. 3:21: that it may be fashioned like unto His glorious body — Rom. 8:16 with v. 29: to be conformed to the image of His Son. Let one add to this what we have said in the Doctrinal Part, from § XI to § XV. That glory and that blessedness the adoption to sonship therefore represents to us to this end: (a) that we should consider and marvel at the greatness of the divine love: Behold, what manner, what a love! — the extent and greatness of His grace, whereby He has given, granted (dedoken) — to such as are unworthy of it, who have not deserved it, yea, have deserved the opposite, being by nature children of wrath — the dignity of the adoption to sonship, 1 John 3:1, compare Rom. 5:8, John 3:16. (b) That we should proclaim this and other virtues of our Father, Matt. 5:16 with 1 Pet. 2:9, Mal. 1:6. (c) That we should congratulate ourselves therewith: we are children of God, 1 John 3:2 — and also others, Eph. 2:19 — that we might rejoice therein, and be glad, Luke 10:20, with an unspeakable and glorious joy, 1 Pet. 1:8. (d) That we should conduct ourselves not as children of the devil, and as slaves of this world, but as children of the Most High God, Luke 6:35, Col. 3:12. That we should meanwhile (e) carefully take heed, that we, being puffed up with so great a glory, do not exalt ourselves — compare Matt. 3:9: think not to say within yourselves, We have Abraham to our father, with 2 Cor. 3:7 — and that, if we would glory absolutely at all, we should glory in the Lord alone, Jer. 9:24, and, in our own case, in lowliness, James 1:9-10.
XXII. Second, it shows and represents to us, in the very sense, the misery of those who are children of God's kingdom by no adoption.
Second, it shows and represents to us, in the very sense, the misery of those who are without Christ, estranged from the commonwealth of Israel, Eph. 2:12, from the household of God — sojourners and strangers, v. 19 there. And who indeed are these? John 1:11-12: He came unto His own, and His own received Him not. But as many as received Him... to them gave He power to become the sons of God. Answer: (I) Those who do not receive Christ with a living faith are, however, seriously to be reckoned as children not adopted. Those who therefore (II) have no fellowship with God the Father, and His Son Jesus Christ, 1 John 1:3. Those who (III) are moved by no love, nor long after this dignity and blessedness, but who would rather, like the profane Esau, sell the right of the firstborn of this adoption to sonship for a mess of pottage, Heb. 12:16 — who, in place of the glory of the divine adoption to sonship, would rather adopt the glory of a human nobility and birth, Matt. 3:9, John 12:43; in place of the spiritual joy and blessedness, Rom. 14:17, which is born of the adoption to sonship, the pleasures of the flesh, Luke 16:19, Amos 6:6, Ps. 73:19; in place of the inward and spiritual adornment of the children of God, 1 Pet. 3:3-4, Ps. 45:14, 1 Pet. 5:5, compare Ezek. 16:10-13, Isa. 61:10, Luke 15:22, the pride and haughtiness of outward apparel, garb, and clothing, Isa. 3:19, Luke 16:19. The deep misery, then, of this blindness consists chiefly in this: (1) that they, from all the privileges of the children of God which were mentioned in the preceding consideration, if they do not repent, are forever excluded. (2) That they, in place of God's surpassing love, whereby He is moved toward those adopted as children (behold, what manner of love!), experience, and shall experience, His surpassing wrath and hatred, Eph. 2:3, Ps. 5:5-7, Matt. 25:41. (3) That they, in place of the grace whereby He has given and granted (dedoke) to the adopted the right of sonship, and the inheritance of the heavenly glory, Matt. 25:34: Come, ye blessed of my Father, inherit (kleronomesate, possess by right of inheritance) the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world, shall experience the vengeance of eternal rejection, 2 Thess. 1:8-9, Matt. 25:41. (4) That, in place of believers being children of God, John 1:12, 1 John 3:1, 3, they are a generation of vipers, Matt. 3:7, children of the devil, 1 John 3:10, John 8:44, as those in whom he now works mightily, as in children of disobedience, Eph. 2:2.
XXIII. Third, it commands us to examine and test ourselves earnestly, whether we are children of God.
Third, it commands us to examine and test ourselves earnestly, whether we are children of God. For not all men are children of God, John 1:11-12, but we should earnestly seek whether we are children of God — since there are also those who are children of the devil, 1 John 3:10, and who nevertheless boast that God is their father, but without the truth of the matter, Mal. 2:10. Since (II) the glory and blessedness of the children of God is so great, as we have said in § XXI; and, on the contrary, (III) the misery so great of those who are destitute of this grace, as we have admonished in § XXII. Since (IV) we can also obtain a certain knowledge of this, John 3:3: But we know — because this is made evident from firm and certain marks, 1 John 3:10, Rom. 8:16. And since we, (V) without assurance of this matter, can never with confidence call God our Father, Luke 11:1. Since also (VI) the full and certain knowledge of this matter cannot be obtained without an earnest examination of ourselves, 2 Cor. 13:5, Gal. 6:3-4 — is it not then, in every way, necessary that we search and examine ourselves precisely, Zeph. 2:1, that we cast away every stone, so as happily to arrive at an infallible assurance of this adoption to sonship? For this are required: (1) the unfailing marks from which this can, with certainty, be gathered, of which sort are: (a) a living faith, whereby we embrace God as our Father, and His own Son, John 1:12, Gal. 3:26, 1 John 5:1. (b) A childlike love, 1 John 5:1-2. (c) A childlike obedience, 1 John 3:10, 1 Pet. 1:14, compare Jer. 35:6. (d) A longing after God's fatherly fellowship and presence, 1 John 1:3 with Luke 2:49, Ps. 16:8 and 42:2-3 and 43:3-4 and 84:2-3. (e) The seal and earnest of the Holy Spirit, 2 Cor. 1:22 and 5:5, Eph. 1:13 and 4:30, which is communicated to all children of God (though in a different degree, and at a different time), Rom. 8:15, Gal. 4:6, Rom. 8:9, whose fruits and marks are pointed out, Gal. 5:22, Rom. 8:14. (f) Love toward believers, as toward brothers, 1 John 5:1-2 and 3:14. (g) A childlike reverence toward God as Father, Mal. 1:6, 1 Pet. 1:16. (h) A childlike confidence in, and access to, God as Father, Matt. 6:9, Isa. 63:16, crying: Abba, Father, Rom. 8:15, Gal. 4:6 — although this mark is not always present, and thus does not always yield the conclusion with certainty in itself. For this is required (2) the testimony of the Holy Spirit (of whose nature we have touched upon in § XII), joined with the testimony of our own spirit, Rom. 8:16. For those marks of the adoption to sonship cannot be understood by us apart from the testimony of the Holy Spirit, 1 Cor. 2:11-12, 16, and it is no genuine testimony of the Holy Spirit if our own spirit does not at the same time testify the same, 1 John 3:19-21 — for if our heart does not present to us the genuine marks of adoption to sonship, then it is a lying and deceiving spirit which testifies that we are children of God. One must therefore carefully distinguish the testimony of the Holy Spirit from the testimony of a deceitful and lying spirit, which testifies to thousands that they are children of God, while in fact they are not. Now the testimony of the Holy Spirit is recognized from these and similar marks: if it proceeds from such a Spirit as (a) makes us willing and ready to live to God — for this alone does, and alone can do, the Holy Spirit, Ezek. 36:27; who (b) so works in us, Rom. 8:14, that He, on the one hand, convicts us of sin, and draws us away from it, John 16:8, so that we, by His help, mortify the works of the flesh, Rom. 8:13, and, on the other hand, convicts us of righteousness, John 16:8, so that it moves us to an earnest practice of godliness, Ps. 143:10, that we may walk after the Spirit, Gal. 5:16, 25-26; who (c) produces in us those fruits which are mentioned, Gal. 5:22. But that spirit which testifies that we are children of God, when it is destitute of these and other marks, is vain and deceitful. Finally, we must (3) guard ourselves from and against those hindrances, obstructions, and stoppages, by which the assurance of the adoption to sonship is wont to be hindered and stifled — among which are: (a) sins, especially the heavier and grosser ones, whereby we grieve our Father, and whereby He is compelled to chasten His children, 2 Sam. 7:14, so that He, withdrawing the Spirit of adoption to sonship, which David calls ruach nedivah, a willing, a noble spirit, or a Spirit of the noble, willing, and freeborn (which is set against servants), puts in its place a spirit of bondage unto fear, Rom. 8:15, a spirit of fearfulness, 2 Tim. 1:7 — whereby we must, with David, sigh and groan: Cast me not away from thy presence, and take not thy Holy Spirit from me, Ps. 51:11. (b) Spiritual desertions, which commonly arise from graver sins, when He, because of them, hides His fatherly face from His children, Isa. 1:15, so that they suppose that they have never been true children of God, because God never forsakes His children, Heb. 13:5, Ps. 9:10 and 37:28. Here one must consider that there is a twofold kind of desertion with God: the one, whereby He forsakes His enemies, with respect to grace itself, 1 Sam. 16:14, Jer. 7:15-16, compare Ezek. 12:3-12 — with this kind of desertion He has promised never to forsake His children; the other, whereby He not seldom forsakes His children — not with respect to grace itself, but with respect only to the sense of grace, Jer. 49:14-15, Ps. 22:1-2. Thus the heavenly Father many a time forsakes His children, notwithstanding the faithfulness and steadfastness of the adoption to sonship. This twofold kind of desertion can be distinguished by the sense, the pain, the sorrow, and the desire and longing for grace, which the first kind of desertion lacks, as is apparent in the forsaken Saul; the other is accompanied by these, Ps. 42:3 and 43:3-4. (c) Fear of what is to come, or of falling away, springing from the sense of their sins and weakness, and likewise from the multitude and force of the opposing enemies, Ps. 51:12-13, compare Ps. 116:9 and 1 Sam. 27:1. Against this the mind must be strengthened and fortified: (a) with and by the divine promises, Heb. 13:5, Ps. 37:28, Matt. 5:18; (b) with and by the preserving power of God, 1 Pet. 1:5, John 10:29; (c) with and by prayers, Ps. 88:13 and 71:9.
XXIV. Fourth, it stirs up in us a desire, longing, and striving to obtain for ourselves the grace of adoption to sonship.
Fourth, it stirs up in us a desire, longing, and striving to obtain for ourselves the grace of adoption to sonship. For since (1) so great a benefit can certainly be obtained, according to the infallible promise of the heavenly Father, 2 Cor. 6:17-18, and at the same time according to the experience of all and every one of the elect who have obtained it for themselves, Gal. 4:26; since (II) God Himself, who will adopt as children, points out the means whereby one can infallibly obtain the dignity of the adoption to sonship, John 1:12; since (III) the means which He points out is so easy and simple: as many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God; since (IV) the glory and blessedness of those who have received the adoption to sonship is so great, as we have said in § XXI; since (V) the misery of those who are destitute thereof is so great, and thus the necessity thereof so unavoidable, as we have admonished in § XXII — is it not, then, worth the trouble and effort, that we should strive and press, with all zeal and earnestness, after fellowship therein? If Paul was willing to obtain the Roman citizenship for himself at a great price, Acts 22:28, shall we not then, without so great a price, strive to obtain for ourselves the right to the heavenly city, and to the divine household? Eph. 2:19. If David esteemed the legal sonship with Saul so highly, 1 Sam. 18:23, that he was willing, at the utmost peril of his life, to obtain it for himself for two hundred foreskins of the Philistines, there, v. 25, 27 — shall then the sonship of the divine adoption to sonship not be so great and so highly esteemed by us, that we should, without any peril, strive to obtain it for ourselves? But in what manner shall we at last attain to the glory of this adoption to sonship? Answer: presupposing (1) the predestination, whereby God has elected them to the adoption to sonship, whom He would make conformable to the image of His Son, Rom. 8:29; presupposing (2) the redemption, whereby the natural Son of God, through the price of His blood, has obtained and acquired for us the power and right of the adoption to sonship, Gal. 4:5; presupposing (3) the spiritual birth of God, John 1:13, and of the Holy Spirit, through regeneration, John 3:3, 5, which is the foundation of this adoption to sonship — to which points we can contribute nothing — we must strive and press (4) after faith, to which the Savior has promised the infallible participation in the adoption to sonship, John 1:12, so that we, by means of it, may readily receive the natural Son of God, who offers Himself to us in the Gospel, in order that we, by means of that reception, being united with the natural Son of God, and, by means of that union, might become His brothers, and thus obtain with Him the same Father, Gal. 3:26-27, 29, John 20:17. Therefore, to obtain the adoption to sonship, we must press and strive after all those things by which faith is obtained, awakened, confirmed, and increased — such as, for example, the preaching of the Word, Rom. 10:14, the use of the sacraments — of baptism, in and by which we put on Christ, Gal. 3:27, and of the Holy Supper, in which we receive and embrace Christ, Matt. 26:26 — and prayer, whereby we obtain for ourselves the Spirit of faith, Luke 11:13 with 2 Cor. 4:17. Besides that, we must (5) strive and press after true conversion, to which God expressly promises and pledges the grace of the adoption to sonship, 2 Cor. 6:17-18.
XXV. Fifth, it counsels us, having now obtained the adoption to sonship, to apply it wisely to our profit and use.
Fifth, it counsels us, having now obtained the adoption to sonship, to apply it wisely to our profit and use. And this (I) in prosperity, that we should leap for joy in this surpassing love of our Father: behold, what manner of love — the love of God is shed abroad in our hearts, Rom. 5:5, 1 John 3:1: God so loved the world, John 3:16 — and that we, out of gladness and joy, should the more often address and call upon Him, "Abba, Father," Rom. 8:15, Gal. 4:6, Isa. 56:5. Then (II) that we, in every necessity, as children, should go to their Father with confidence, Heb. 4:16, praying: Our Father, which art in heaven, Luke 11:2 — as those who know that they have need of this or that thing, Matt. 6:32. Further (III) in adversities, whether those which already press upon us, however great they may be, that we take our refuge in His fatherly mercy, Ps. 103:13, Isa. 49:15-16 and 63:16 — whether it be (1) poverty, that we flee and take refuge in the riches of our Father, Rom. 10:12, Eph. 2:4, who richly gives to His own all things to enjoy, 1 Tim. 6:17, whose is the earth, and its fullness, Ps. 24:1, and which He also grants His own to possess, Ps. 25:13 and 37:22, 29, so that they lack nothing that is good, Ps. 23:1 and 34:10-11; or (2) it be sickness and wasting, that we flee and take refuge in our Father, who is the Physician, Ps. 103:3, Exod. 15:26, who, when our flesh and heart faint and waste away, is the rock of our heart, Ps. 73:26, so that we may safely commit ourselves to Him, Ps. 23:1-6; or (3) it be anguish and distress of mind, and spiritual desertions, that we then represent the heart of God to ourselves as a fatherly heart, Isa. 49:14-16 and 54:7-8, Ps. 22:1; or (4) it be any kind of persecution or misery, that we flee to Him, to take shelter under the shadow of the Almighty, Ps. 91:1 and 23:1. Finally (IV) with respect to the future, that we sweetly rest and repose ourselves in His fatherly providence, which He has hitherto borne for us, Ps. 37:5 and 55:22, being concerned about that one thing alone: that we, as children of so gracious and good a Father, maintain a holy walk and conversation with our so gracious Father, Gen. 5:22, striving in this to please Him in all things, Heb. 11:5, 2 Cor. 5:9, and to shun and flee everything which might displease Him, Gen. 39:9, 2 Cor. 4:2 — in which childlike walk and converse with God, in truth, all the sweetness and pleasantness of this life consists, Ps. 16:1, 9 and 42:5 and 84:2-3, 11.
XXVI. Sixth, it further admonishes us to apply ourselves diligently to the childlike duties toward our heavenly Father.
Sixth, it further admonishes us to apply ourselves diligently to the childlike duties toward our heavenly Father, namely: (I) to a childlike honor and reverence, Exod. 20:12 with Mal. 1:6 — not only that this should proceed from us, Ps. 103:1, but also from all others, v. 20-22, Matt. 6:9 — and that with a most ardent zeal, Ps. 69:9, Num. 12:3, Exod. 32:6. (II) To a childlike fear, Mal. 1:6, 1 Pet. 1:17. (III) To a submission, even when He is dealing with us in fatherly chastenings, Heb. 12:5, 9, John 18:11. (IV) To obedience, 1 Pet. 1:14, Phil. 2:15, Jer. 3:19, Matt. 26:39. (V) To the calling upon His name, Matt. 6:9, Rom. 8:15. (VI) To a confidence in His fatherly care, Matt. 6:32, Isa. 63:16. (VII) To the imitation of Him, Eph. 5:1, Luke 6:35, Matt. 5:44-45, 48. (VIII) That we also pursue the other children of God, as our brothers, with a brotherly love and care, because we have with them one and the same Father, Matt. 23:9, 1 John 5:1. In particular (IX) that we pursue the natural Son of God, who is not ashamed to call us His brothers, Heb. 2:11, in whose sonship the foundation of our adoption to sonship consists, Gal. 4:4-5, and who is our fellow-heir, Rom. 8:17, with the highest love, honor, and obedience, John 1:17, 1 Cor. 16:22, John 15:10. Especially also (X) that we take heed, as though there were nothing above which nothing could be, that we not abuse the Christian liberty, which is a certain eminent privilege of our adoption to sonship, unto licentiousness, Gal. 5:13, 1 Pet. 2:16, 2 Pet. 2:19, Jude v. 4. For if we, (1) according to God's precept, owe these duties to our earthly fathers, why then not much more to our heavenly Father? Mal. 1:6. If (2) to fathers who, moved solely by nature, have raised us up to be children, without any love of their own for us — how much more, then, to our heavenly Father, who, out of an unspeakable love, has adopted us to be children of Himself? 1 John 3:1. If (3) to fathers of the flesh, even when they chasten us — how much more the Father of spirits, when He blesses us? Heb. 12:9. And (4) if we shall not have observed this, shall we not give Him occasion to complain? I have nourished and brought up children, and they have rebelled against me, Isa. 1:2. Yea, also (5) occasion to bear Himself as an enemy against us, Isa. 63:8-10.
Chapter VIII: Of the Sanctification of Those to Be Redeemed
On 1 Thessalonians 5:23: And the very God of peace sanctify you wholly; and I pray God your whole spirit and soul and body be preserved blameless unto the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ.
I.
The third benefit of our union and fellowship with Christ is sanctification, whose nature and character the Apostle depicts forcefully and pointedly enough, 1 Thess. 5:23.
The Explanatory Part
II. In which words is contained a wish, on behalf of the Thessalonians, for sanctification. Wherein are noted:
I. The Sanctifier, namely:
1. God, trisagios, the thrice-holy, Isa. 6:3, holiness itself, Exod. 28:36, Mal. 2:11 — Father, Son, and Holy Spirit, although in a differing manner, according to the differing manner of subsistence, as we shall show in its place in the Doctrinal Part. He alone is the cause of our sanctification — for although there is a sanctification whereby men sanctify: for example, the people, Exod. 19:10, 14, the Sabbath, ch. 20:8-11, their house, Lev. 27:14, their head, Num. 6:11, themselves, ch. 11:18, Josh. 7:13, God, ch. 20:12, Judg. 17:3, Isa. 58:13, the name of God, Matt. 6:9, etc. — nevertheless that is heaven-high different from the sanctification whereby God sanctifies us, and which, moreover, derives its origin from God as its first cause.
2. Of peace. The Apostle had, in v. 13, admonished to peace; and peace is not the least part of sanctification, Rom. 15:13 and 16:20, 1 Cor. 14:33, 2 Cor. 13:11. For this reason he speaks of the God of peace. Peace commonly signifies, in Holy Scripture, every kind of pleasant and agreeable good, wherefore Christ and the Apostles most often wish to their own the peace. Now a threefold peace is here reckoned: with God, which Christ has obtained for us by His blood, by reconciling us to God, Eph. 2:14-15, Rom. 5:1; with one's neighbor, Rom. 12:18, Heb. 12:14; with man's own conscience, Phil. 4:7. Of all peace, God is the cause and bestower, who is therefore called the God of peace Himself.
II. Sanctification, hagiasai, "sanctify" — namely, not only by admonishing and advising, that you should apply yourselves to the practice of holiness, but also, as it were, by instilling holiness itself, or such an inclination and disposition, whereby we may be averse from all uncleanness, and inclined toward every kind of moral good. Of which we shall speak in the Doctrinal Part.
III. Those who are to be sanctified, whom he holds forth and presents for sanctification: with regard to
1. The persons, hymas, "you," namely the Thessalonians, who have already been in God the Father, and the Lord Jesus Christ, 1 Thess. 1:1. So that we understand from this, that in those who shall and must be sanctified, at least in a narrower sense, union with God in Christ is presupposed, Eph. 1:4 — from which Christ is said to have become unto us sanctification, 1 Cor. 1:30, because this comes to pass and is brought about by faith, which is effected through calling, regeneration, and conversion.
2. With regard to the degree or completeness, holoteleis, "wholly," entirely whole, full in all respects — indeed with respect to the degree, so that nothing should be lacking to an entire completeness and perfection in every respect — such a highest degree as is not found in this imperfection, 1 Cor. 13:9-10, Phil. 3:12. But with regard to the parts, whereby all the parts are sanctified, and man, in all the parts of holiness, presses forward, Phil. 3:14-15 — a thing which the Apostle seems to wish to have signified, when in the following words he prays: kai holokleron hymon to pneuma, kai he psyche, kai to soma — "and your whole spirit and soul and body" — excepting that we shall obtain the perfection of the degrees only hereafter, in the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, Eph. 5:27, 1 Cor. 13:10.
3. With regard to the parts: spirit, soul, body. Therefore, with regard to
a. The spirit: holokleron hymon pneuma, "your whole spirit." The word holokleron (whole, entire) could here be confined to the word pneuma, "spirit"; or, rather, it might be extended to all the particular parts by a prozeugma, a forward conjunction, so that spirit, and soul, and body are said to be holoklera, wholly entire, and that the singular number implies that this title should be attached to all the particular parts. The word holokleros signifies an heir of everything, a full heir, or rather one who possesses everything that has fallen to him by lot, and, by a figure of substitution, something which is complete, entire — from holos, "whole," and kleros, "a lot," and thus solidum, "whole," entire — in the Glossary, or small dictionary: that is, that which in all its parts truly consists, though not in degrees, as we have admonished. The word pneuma, "spirit," also, when it is used of creatures, is of manifold significance. For it sometimes (a) signifies the whole soul of man, with respect to all its faculties, understanding and will — thus John 19:30, Luke 23:46, Acts 7:59. Sometimes (b) the understanding of man, in contrast to the will, Eph. 1:17, Heb. 4:12, Luke 1:46-47 — so that spirit and soul signify understanding and will: thus it happens in all those places where spirit and soul are joined together, with the name also in this place, to signify that in sanctification the understanding of man is illuminated with a spiritual wisdom, Eph. 1:17, so that it might discern spiritual things spiritually, 1 Cor. 2:14-15.
b. Then the soul: kai he psyche, "and soul." The Greek psyche, among the Hebrews nephesh, from "to blow," or "to breathe," signifies sometimes life, as the soul, with a Hebrew manner of speaking, Matt. 2:20 and 6:25, Luke 12:23, John 10:15; sometimes the [rational] soul, the chief essential part of man, Matt. 10:28; sometimes the will and the passions and affections, or the passive and sensitive faculty, whereby we exercise our passions and senses — from which unregenerate men are called psychikoi, "soulish," animal, natural men, 1 Cor. 2:14, Jude v. 19. Thus it seems here to signify the will and the affections, Eph. 6:6, Phil. 1:27: ex psyches, "from the soul," or "from the heart," Col. 3:23 — so that we may understand that, by sanctification, not only the understanding is filled with spiritual light, but also the will and the passions and affections, with a new inclination and disposition toward every kind of good, even that which is spiritual and saving.
c. Then the body: soma, "soma," in Greek, which word sometimes signifies the whole man, Rom. 6:12 and 12:1 — for the Greeks use the word somata, "bodies," for persons; sometimes also a company and fellowship of those who are united to one another as members of one body: most commonly it signifies the less honorable part of man, in distinction from the soul, but nevertheless so that it signifies at the same time all the members, senses, and sensitive faculties — to indicate that not only the soul is sanctified by God, but that also the body, its members, senses, and sensitive faculties, are, through this sanctification, made weapons of righteousness, Rom. 6:19, Col. 3:5.
IV. The holiness, or rather the degree of sanctification: blameless, amemptos, and that (en parousia) in the judicial presence of our Lord Jesus Christ. Wherein the word amemptos signifies such a one as cannot rightly be censured or blamed, and that in the judicial presence itself, or in the sight, and before the judgment-seat, of the most righteous Judge Christ. For the root word parousia signifies, manifoldly, in Holy Scripture, the presence of Christ at the judgment, or in the judgment, in the sight — thus 1 Thess. 4:15, Matt. 24:3. So that to be blameless, even in the appearing and coming of the Judge Christ, can be nothing else, but must signify such a holiness as is, in every respect, complete and perfect. The Apostle therefore wishes for the Thessalonians here such a sanctification, whereby they may be not only holoteleis kai holokleroi, whole and entirely upright, but also, in all parts and faculties, amemptoi, blameless, and that in the judicial presence of Christ — or such a sanctification whereby and wherewith they might be able to bear the presence and the judgment of the Judge Christ, to which end the grace of sanctification, during their whole life long, might gradually and by degrees strive and press forward, unto the moment of death, wherein it should obtain its completeness. And when he wishes for the Thessalonians that they might be so preserved (tereithei), he intends nothing else than that they, by the grace of sanctification, should watch over, preserve, and make it their work to become such, to remain constantly such, and to be found such, in the future appearing of Christ. So that from this an absolute perfection of this life, with regard to holiness, cannot with the least propriety be inferred and concluded — since (1) from a wish for perfection, which is common to the saints, the presence thereof is not rightly inferred, Phil. 3:11-16; and since he (2) wishes them the perfection, not to have or possess it in the height of perfection so long as they are in this life, but in the future appearing of Christ.
The Doctrinal Part
III. Those who are united with Christ, the God of peace not only justifies, and takes them for children into his household, but also sanctifies them.
Those, therefore, who are united with Christ, the God of peace not only justifies, and takes them as children into His household, but also sanctifies them. For this reason the Apostle wishes to the Thessalonians, who were in God the Father, and the Lord Jesus Christ, to whom he had likewise wished grace and peace, ch. 1:1, here also the sanctification of the God of peace. From this the gifts of union, of justification, and of sanctification are also very often joined together in the Holy Scriptures, 1 Cor. 1:30: Ye are in Christ, who of God is made unto us... righteousness and sanctification; ch. 6:11: Ye are washed (by the blood of Christ's ransoming redemption, 1 John 1:7), ye are sanctified (namely, by that common operation of the Holy Spirit which comprises calling, regeneration, conversion, and sanctification, in a narrower sense), ye are justified — through faith, and that in the name of the Lord Jesus, or that which is in the Lord Jesus. Thus justification and sanctification are also joined together, Tit. 2:14. For although justification and sanctification are distinguished from one another, they are nevertheless never torn or separated from one another.
IV. And for these reasons.
For sanctification is (I) the chief aim of our eternal election, Eph. 1:4, 1 Pet. 1:1-2, 2 Thess. 2:13. It is (II) a chief ingredient and benefit of the Covenant of Grace, Jer. 31:33, Heb. 8:10, compare Ezek. 36:26-27. It is (III) a chief fruit of Christ's ransoming redemption, Eph. 5:25-27, John 17:19, Tit. 2:14, Heb. 9:14 and 10:10 and 13:12, 2 Cor. 5:15. It is (IV) a chief ergon, work and effect, of calling, 1 Thess. 4:7, 1 Pet. 1:15-16. It is (V) the chief efficacy of regeneration, 1 Pet. 1:2, ch. 2:2-3, 22-23. It is (VI) an excellent pursuit and undertaking of change and conversion, Acts 26:18, Luke 1:8. It is (VII) the chief intention of justification, Ps. 130:4, Rom. 5:21 with ch. 6:1. It is (VIII) the aim of the adoption to sonship, 1 Pet. 1:14-17. It is, finally, (IX) a necessary prerequisite of glorification: He that is of clean eyes, Hab. 1:13, cannot, Ps. 5:5-7, nor will, dwell together with the ungodly, Rev. 21:27 and 22:14-15. So that in the one sanctification of the sinner there converge the ends of all the divine operations, which tend toward the whole, most glorious work of redemption.
V. Consideration of the word.
In order, therefore, the better to grasp the nature and character of this sanctification, one must, before all things, observe concerning the word: (1) that it here, with us, does not occur in its widest sense, insofar as it signifies the whole operation of the Holy Spirit concerning the inward part of the elect — for example, calling, regeneration, conversion — in which sense it occurs in all those places of Scripture where sanctification precedes justification, for example, 1 Cor. 6:11, 1 Pet. 1:1-2; but in a narrower and more definite sense, insofar as it signifies that operation of the Holy Spirit whereby He, the spiritual life having arisen through regeneration, and, through the change unto faith and conversion, which consists in a purpose to amend one's life, being carried forward, causes it to blossom, in and unto fruits of virtue and good works — in which sense it follows upon justification. (II) That "to sanctify" here, with us, does not signify (1) to undertake something, as Jer. 6:4, Mic. 3:5; nor (2) to set something apart for a certain excellent, though unconsecrated, use, Isa. 13:3, Jer. 12:3; nor (3) to make someone or something fit for a certain lawful use, 1 Cor. 7:14, 1 Tim. 4:5; nor (4) to prepare and make ready someone or something for the divine service — whether an outward service only, Exod. 13:2 and 19:10, Acts 21:24, or an outward and inward one together, Exod. 20:8 — but (5) such a doing as has regard and relation to a moral and inward holiness: and thus either (a) men sanctify God, by acknowledging and praising His holiness, 1 Pet. 3:15, Matt. 6:9; or (b) God sanctifies Himself, Lev. 10:3, Num. 20:13, Ezek. 28:22 and 36:23; or (c) the Son of God sanctifies Himself, by suffering for us, John 17:19, by revealing and making known His holiness; or (d) men sanctify themselves, Rom. 6:16, 22, 1 Thess. 4:3, 2 Cor. 7:1, by showing and proving that they are sanctified and holy; or (e) God sanctifies men, 1 Thess. 5:23, by working holiness in them. And it is in this last sense that sanctification finally belongs to the present matter.
VI. Distinction between calling, regeneration, conversion, justification, and sanctification.
And thus sanctification must be carefully distinguished: (I) from calling, whereby, together with faith, the exercise of holiness is required and advised. (II) From regeneration, whereby spiritual life and the powers thereof are brought about, without which we cannot apply ourselves to holiness. (III) From conversion, whereby life and powers, toward the aim of applying oneself to holiness, are only started and set in motion; whereas sanctification brings about holiness itself, and causes the exercise and practice thereof. Especially (IV) from justification, Rev. 22:11. For whereas (1) justification works concerning man, sanctification works in man; whereas (2) justification takes away the guilt of sins, sanctification takes away the stain; whereas (3) the one imputes a foreign righteousness, this one instills one's own and inherent righteousness; whereas (4) the one is, at every moment, complete and perfect, this one grows by degrees; whereas (5) the one precedes, at least in the order of nature, this one follows.
VII. What sanctification is.
This having been briefly said, and, as it were, established beforehand — we understand by sanctification that natural (physicam) working of God, whereby He instills holiness in His own, and awakens and provides for the exercise thereof. So that two points are to be more particularly considered and weighed by us here: (1) what holiness is. Among the Hebrews it is called kodesh, holiness, tsedaka, righteousness or justice; among the Greeks, hagiosyne, that is, holiness, and dikaiosyne, that is, righteousness or justice — which words, being made relative at least to God, agree in the thing signified, and are one and the same, insofar as they signify a right fitness and disposition of the mind, in order and respect toward God — although they are distinguished in the manner of signifying, in that righteousness or justice signifies at the same time the conformity of that well-orderedness with its rule. From which righteousness or justice, without degrees, is always reckoned complete and perfect (for that which does not conform precisely with its rule and standard is not righteous), whereas holiness can be incomplete and imperfect. Nevertheless I do not deny that, in a narrower sense, hagiosyne, holiness, can be referred to God, and dikaiosyne, righteousness, to one's neighbor, Eph. 4:24. To these can be added the Greek hieron and the Latin sacrum, which words have no abstract sense, and are attributed more to things than to persons, and sufficiently signify their relative holiness, whereby they are consecrated to God, or have some relation to the divine service. To which could be referred the Covenant-holiness, whereby of old the whole Israelite people, Deut. 26:12 and 28:9, and now those who are members of the Christian Church, and even the little children of covenant members, are called holy, Rom. 1:7, 1 Cor. 1:2 and 7:14. With us, holiness here signifies not a fitness of the heart, whereby it is inclined to have an aversion to what is against God, and to desire those things which are pleasing and acceptable to Him — but, to name it in one word, to walk in the statutes of God, Ezek. 36:27. And insofar it is an inherent quality and gift, which makes itself manifest through exercise and practice. Then we must (II) know what the sanctifying working is: namely, not only a moral one, which would come about (1) through a declaration, such as there is in justification; or (2) through institution, such as there is in the sanctifying of the Sabbath, Exod. 20:8; or (3) through signification, such as there is in the sanctifying of the sacramental signs — water, bread, and wine — but it is also a (physica) natural, or inward, change of the one who shall be sanctified, whereby God (a) instills a God-befitting fitness in the heart, Jer. 31:33, Ezek. 36:26; then (b) carries forward that instilled disposition to the exercise thereof in deeds, whereby we walk in God's statutes, and keep and do His judgments, v. 27, whereby we bring forth fruits meet for repentance, Matt. 3:8, Luke 3:8.
VIII. The causes of this sanctification.
This holiness is brought forth in men by the Triune God, 1 Thess. 5:23, Ezek. 36:25-27 — in particular the Father, John 17:17, the Son, Eph. 5:25-26, but by way of a special appropriation the Holy Spirit, 2 Thess. 2:13, Rom. 15:16, who from this bears the name of Holy Spirit, ch. 1:4, pneuma hagiosynes, a Spirit of sanctification — because He Himself touches holiness immediately, by His own personal working, in those who shall be sanctified; He indwells them, ch. 8:9, 11; He makes them alive, 1 Cor. 15:45; He leads and directs them, Rom. 8:14, Gal. 5:18; He guides them in the way (hodegei), John 16:13. From this it is also said of the sanctified, that they are in the Spirit, that they live in the Spirit, Gal. 5:25, that they walk in the Spirit, v. 16, that they go, v. 25, that they mortify the flesh through the Spirit, Rom. 8:13. Meanwhile the Holy Spirit brings in this holiness to those who are to be sanctified, as one who has received it from the Son, John 16:14, as being the common Head of those who shall be sanctified, in whom, according to God's good pleasure, all their fullness dwells, Col. 1:19 — out of whose fullness and abundance they, through His operation, receive grace for grace, John 1:16. The moving cause, and that the inward one, is God's overflowing love and grace, Eph. 2:4-5, likewise the love of Christ, ch. 5:2, 25-26; the outward cause is Christ's merit, 1 Pet. 1:2, according to the promise and the tenor of the Covenant of Grace, Ezek. 36:25-26, Heb. 13:10. The instruments are the Word of God, John 17:16, 1 Pet. 1:2, and the sacraments, Rom. 6:4. The serving and cooperating cause is that person himself who shall be sanctified, through that life and through those powers which he has already received in regeneration, and which are awakened through conversion, whereby he, being drawn by God, runs after God, Song of Sol. 1:4, and applies all diligence to add to his faith virtue, 2 Pet. 1:5-6, Rom. 3:2.
IX. The subject of sanctification is the whole man.
The subjects of sanctification are only the elect, Eph. 1:4, Rom. 8:29-30; the redeemed, Tit. 2:14; those called with a holy calling, 2 Tim. 1:9 with Eph. 4:1, 1 Thess. 1:11, 2 Pet. 1:10; the regenerate, 1 Pet. 2:2, Eph. 2:10; the converted, Jer. 31:19; those united with Christ, 1 Cor. 1:30: Ye are in Christ, who of God is made unto us... sanctification, John 15:5; the justified, Gal. 2:17, Rom. 5:21 with ch. 6:1, Rom. 8:12; those adopted as children, Eph. 5:1, 1 John 3:10. And these now God sanctifies wholly, with respect to all that they are and have, and thus wholly and entirely, 1 Thess. 5:23, with respect to all the parts: (I) with respect to the spirit or the understanding, so as to understand and grasp what is that good, acceptable, and perfect will of God, to which and toward which they must, in sanctification, conform themselves, Rom. 12:2, Ezek. 36:26 — whose sanctification is from this called God's teaching and instruction, Isa. 54:13, Jer. 31:34, John 6:45, and also an illumination, Heb. 10:32, Rom. 8:6, Eph. 1:17-18, whereby a sanctified person (a) knows and assents to the fundamental truths historically, James 2:19, Acts 24:14; (b) discerns and judges spiritual things spiritually, 1 Cor. 2:15, Phil. 1:10; (c) practically comprehends his own shamefulness and misery, Ps. 51:5, Rom. 7:24; (d) thinks upon and weighs heavenly things rather than earthly, 1 Cor. 15:48, 1 John 2:15 — rather spiritual things, which concern the soul, than carnal things, which concern the body, Rom. 8:7, John 6:27, Matt. 16:25-26 — rather the things which are future and eternal, than those which are present and soon passing away, 2 Cor. 4:18, etc. (II) With respect to the heart and the will, Phil. 2:13, Deut. 30:6, so as to be a willing people, nedivot, Ps. 110:3, with spiritual habits or virtues being added thereto, whereby the will is inclined to the pursuit of good works — which is, to give a new heart and a new spirit, Ezek. 36:25-26, to write the law in the heart, Jer. 31:33, Heb. 8:10, to be inclined to walk in God's statutes, and to do His judgments, Ezek. 36:27, and, besides that, to take away from the heart and the will the old hardness, obduracy, and insensibility, and to put in their place a sensitiveness, softness, and pliability — that is, in place of a stony heart, to bestow a heart of flesh, v. 26. (III) With respect to the conscience, by purging it from dead works, to serve the living God, Heb. 9:14 — by enlightening the ignorant conscience, Luke 23:34, 1 Tim. 1:13, Prov. 19:2, and the erring one, John 16:2, Eph. 1:17, Phil. 1:9-10; by governing and leading it into the truth, Ps. 25:4-5 and 86:11, John 16:13; the flattering and partisan conscience, Deut. 29:19, being brought to a just fairness and equanimity, so as, according to the nature of the matter, rightly to accuse and to excuse, Rom. 2:15; the insensible, seared, and dead conscience, 1 Tim. 4:2, being made alive and awakened, Eph. 5:14, 2 Tim. 2:25-26, so that it may feel, 2 Sam. 24:10, and perform its office and duty, Acts 24:16. (IV) With respect to the disorderly, rebellious, resisting, and raging passions and affections of the mind, Gal. 5:17, Rom. 7:5, 14-15, so that one who is now sanctified crucifies the flesh, with its lusts and desires, Gal. 5:24, and so that every passion and every impulse of the mind be better ordered and regulated — as is manifest in the one David's love, Ps. 18:1; hatred, Ps. 139:21-22; desire and longing, Ps. 84:2; fear, Ps. 119:120; gladness and joy, Ps. 25:9; sorrow, Ps. 119:136. (V) With respect to the memory, John 14:26, by strengthening the weak and easily-losing memory, so as eagerly to gather up good and useful things, to keep them faithfully, and readily to relate them again to another, Luke 2:51, Lam. 3:20. (VI) With respect to the body and its members, Rom. 6:12, Col. 2:11, 1 Cor. 6:20, by withdrawing them from every fleshly use, and from under the dominion of Satan, and of worldly lusts, 1 Cor. 6:15, Ps. 141:3, Job 31:1, and, on the contrary, by consecrating them to Himself and to a holy use, 1 Cor. 6:19-20, Rom. 6:1. Although now sanctification is indeed active and engaged concerning the whole man, and all his faculties and parts, it is nevertheless not active therein without order: first, and chiefly, it touches the soul, then the body; insofar also as, through an obedient faculty, together with the soul, it is made subject to the divine will, 1 Thess. 5:23, Matt. 15:10-11; and, in the soul too, it takes hold of the understanding (radicaliter) at the root, insofar as all practice of holiness begins from the understanding, John 13:17; of the will (formaliter) formally, insofar as the will is the receiving and most proper subject of all holiness, Rom. 7:19, Matt. 15:19, Tit. 2:13; and of the remaining faculties, and in the whole life, (operative) operatively, insofar as true holiness discloses and manifests itself in all human operations, Gal. 5:22.
X. The two termini of sanctification.
The holiness which is caused by sanctification looks toward two termini: (I) whence — namely, the shamefulness and corruption of sin, from which a sanctified person departs, Eph. 4:22, 2 Cor. 7:1. (II) Whereto — namely, the purity of the image of God, which in the Scriptures is called holiness and righteousness, Eph. 4:24, conformity with and to the divine law, James 1:25, a newness of life, Rom. 6:4, a new creature, 2 Cor. 5:17, Eph. 2:10, the divine nature, 2 Pet. 1:4. Through and in place of these two termini, sanctification reckons, as it were, two essential parts: the mortification or dying of the old man, and the vivification or resurrection of the new man — concerning which Eph. 4:22-24, Col. 3:9-10, Isa. 1:16-17 and 34:15, Rom. 6:4-6. Both of these are twofold: the one from God, whereby He, through His Spirit, mortifies and makes alive — with respect to the beginning, in regeneration; with respect to the progress, in conversion; with respect to the completion, in sanctification — so that, as it were, the root is in regeneration, the branches in conversion, the fruits in sanctification. The other from us, that we, being mortified and made alive through divine sanctification, from day to day mortify and make alive the old and the new man, in order to subdue sin and to raise up virtue and to lift it up; that we, being drawn, run, Song of Sol. 1:4; being converted, convert ourselves, Jer. 31:18-19; being apprehended, apprehend, Phil. 3:11. But of these particular parts, each in its turn.
XI. The first part of sanctification is the mortification of the old man.
The first part of sanctification is the mortification of the old man, whereby those who are Christ's crucify the flesh, with its affections and lusts, Gal. 5:24. Here is understood, on the one hand, (1) by the old man (which is otherwise called the body of sin, Rom. 6:6, the flesh, ch. 8:6-7, our members which are upon the earth, Col. 3:6), the corruption, 2 Pet. 2:19, the sin, Rom. 7:13-14 — as well the original, indwelling sin, v. 20 there, as the actual sin, or sinning sin, Rom. 7:13. This is called (1) a man, because it takes possession of the whole man, and, being spread through all his parts, faculties, and members, makes and forms, as it were, a certain whole man, Rom. 7:18 — which is also called a body of sin, Rom. 6:6, likewise a body of death, ch. 7:24 — to which also its members are ascribed, Col. 3:5. (2) It is also called the old man, because it has already begun with Adam, Rom. 5:12, and is born with each one of us, Ps. 51:5, and therefore precedes renewal, 1 Cor. 15:49. On the other hand, (II) by mortifying, Col. 3:5 (otherwise called a crucifying, Gal. 5:24), is understood nothing else than to subdue, to constrain, and to bring into servitude that corruption in every possible way, 1 Cor. 9:27, until such time as it, together with our natural life, finally dies entirely and is, as it were, buried, Rom. 6:4.
XII. The causes of this mortification.
The cause of this mortification: and indeed (1) the principal cause is God in general, who has already, through regeneration, supplied the powers whereby we are able, and who, through conversion, has raised these up to the purpose of mortifying, and now, through sanctification, carries this forward to execution, so that we gird ourselves briskly and readily for this mortification; in particular, and by way of appropriation, the Holy Spirit, Rom. 8:13: if ye through the Spirit do mortify the deeds of the body — for the Spirit is wont to fight against the flesh, Gal. 5:17, and to subdue the works of the flesh — adultery, fornication, etc., v. 19-21 — so that those who walk in the Spirit (that is, in the power of the Spirit) do not fulfill the lusts of the flesh, v. 16. (II) The meritorious cause is Christ, as one who came for this purpose in the flesh, to destroy the works of the devil, that is, sins, 1 John 3:8, who, through His death and crucifixion, obtained for us the power whereby we can mortify and crucify sin — from which Paul says: by the cross of Christ the world is crucified unto me, and I unto the world, Gal. 6:14 — who also imparts that power to us, in His grace, John 1:16, without which we can do nothing, John 15:5 — from which we, being dead with Christ, mortify our members, Col. 3:3, 5. Finally, He has also obtained the Holy Spirit, and sends Him, through whom we mortify the deeds of the flesh, Rom. 8:13. (III) The exemplary cause is the death and the crucifixion itself of Christ. From this we are called planted together with Christ, in the likeness of His death, because our old man is crucified with Him, that the body of sin might be destroyed, and that we should no longer serve sin, Rom. 6:5-6 — for which reason the Apostle also confesses that he is crucified with Christ, Gal. 2:20, because he, not only through the power of Christ's cross, but also after His example, crucified the flesh. (IV) The serving, or instrumental, cause is faith, insofar as we, by means of it: (1) take and conclude our mortification from Christ's death and crucifixion, Rom. 6:11; (2) undertake the duties of mortification, Col. 3:5; (3) admit and accept the arousing proof- and motive-reasons to mortification, Rom. 6:8-10, Col. 3:2-3; especially (4) insofar as we, by means of it, receive Christ, John 1:12, are united with Him, so that He dwells in us, Eph. 3:17, become one plant with Him, in, or according to, the likeness of His death, Rom. 6:5, and He communicates His power and His life to us, whereby we are able to mortify our members which are upon the earth, Col. 3:3, 5.
XIII. With mortification is joined self-denial.
With the mortification of the old man — not that it is altogether the same thing, but is at least inseparably joined with it — is the self-denial. For the mortification of the old man can scarcely be understood without self-denial; nor, by conversion, self-denial without mortification: unless perhaps you would wish to confine mortification to things which are absolutely evil, and self-denial to things which are in themselves indifferent — although self-denial too is applied to things absolutely evil, Tit. 2:12. Self-denial is prescribed as the first principle, and, as it were, the very first letter, of Christianity, Matt. 16:24, Mark 8:34, Luke 9:23. Concerning which we ought to know and understand: (I) on the one hand, what the autotes, self-hood, is which must be denied. It signifies (1) our own person, unqualifiedly, and this can be called a natural self-hood. (2) The same, with relation to temporal things and their use, which can be called an earthly self-hood. (3) The same, as corrupted by disordered desires, which can be called a fleshly self-hood. (4) The same, as sanctified, which one could call a spiritual self-hood. (II) On the other hand, what the aparneisthai, denying, is. It does not signify to deny (negare) oneself, as the common Latin translation, and Erasmus, translate it — since he is said to deny himself who denies and disowns what he has said or done, 2 Tim. 2:13 — but rather, as Beza translates it, abdicare, to renounce oneself: to deny oneself is to pay no heed to oneself, in that which, even in the least degree, would draw or lead one away from that which one owes to God. The compounding of the word increases its meaning, so that it signifies to deny in every respect, wholly and entirely — a figurative manner of speech, taken from those who abandon someone's party, and openly profess to do so: thus the word arneisthai, to deny, to renounce, is used of such a kind of forsaking, circumlocutory expression, which happens not so much with words as with the very deed, 1 Tim. 5:8, 2 Tim. 2:12, Tit. 1:16, Heb. 11:24, 2 Pet. 2:1. So that to deny oneself is nothing else than to depart from oneself and to bid oneself farewell, and at the same time all other things, in order and relation to oneself, insofar as those things seek either to set themselves against God, or to put themselves in His place, or to join themselves together with Him. This denial is accomplished by two means: partly, by forsaking and abandoning the aforementioned things, Matt. 16:24-25 and 19:27; partly, by setting oneself against them, and opposing them, 1 Cor. 9:27.
In order, therefore, that we may distinctly trace and grasp the nature of this self-denial, we must, before all things, know wherein the sickness or the defect of this sinful self-hood consists, which must be healed and amended by self-denial. Namely: (1) on the one hand, it does not consist in this — (a) that we are persons, naturally distinct from God as Creator: so that it would be permitted, under the pretext of self-denial, to destroy and ruin oneself, Rom. 14:20. Nor (b) in this, that we carry about a life and a body which is capable of pleasure or aversion from the use of creatures: nor that, for the sake of that pleasure, aversion, or love arising from the use of the creatures, it would be lawful, under the pretext of self-denial, to hate and neglect one's own life; or to quench and smother the sense and desire of the creatures; or to condemn and reject absolutely all pleasure and displeasure arising from the creatures, Eph. 5:29, Col. 2:23 — since all creatures are works of the Creator, for the use of man, arranged according to His will, 1 Tim. 4:4, Ps. 8:6-8 and 36:9. Nor (c) in the nature itself, corrupted by sin: that it would be lawful, under pretext of destroying the corruption, to lay violent hands upon oneself — since this is against the will of God, Eph. 5:29, 1 Kings 18:28. Much less (d) is here understood a spiritual and sanctified self-hood, such that we, under pretext of self-denial, should deny that we are what we truly are — for example, regenerate, converted, believing; or that we have what we truly have — for example, faith, hope, love: the opposite is plain from 1 Cor. 15:10, Ps. 103:2. Nor (e) does it consist in this, that we should reject every kind of outward blessing offered us by God, though these be only common gifts — riches, honors, health, and the like.
But (2) on the other hand, the sickness and the defect of this self-hood which is to be denied consists altogether in the following points:
(a) Because our soul (in place of that first inclination and disposition which it had, through creation, in original righteousness, toward God as its highest end, in whose fellowship its whole blessedness consisted) has now, through the fall, conceived an aversion from God, and an inclination toward the creatures, so that it seeks its highest end and blessedness in them, Phil. 3:19 — that, I say, through self-denial, that inclination, twisted from God toward ourselves and toward the creatures, must again be turned and directed back to God, 2 Thess. 3:5, so that we no longer seek our highest blessedness in ourselves, or in earthly things, but in God and in heavenly things, Phil. 3:19-20, Col. 3:1-2, Ps. 73:25 and 16:5.
(b) Because, in place of man, since creation, directing the use of all creatures according to the good pleasure, and to the glory, of the Creator, for which end they were created, Prov. 16:4, Num. 11:36 — he now directs them to himself, to his own honor and pleasure, Phil. 2:21, John 7:18, James 4:3 — that, through self-denial, man, having withdrawn the creatures from himself, should bring them back to God, and direct them to His glory and honor, 1 Cor. 10:31, Col. 3:17, 1 Tim. 4:4.
(c) Because, in place of man, on account of creation, subordinating all his bodily prosperity to the spiritual, and to the will of his Creator — he now rests in the bodily alone, and sets it above eternal life itself, Phil. 3:19, Ps. 17:14 — that he must thus, through self-denial, be so restored, that he subordinate bodily things to spiritual things, and set them behind them, Matt. 6:33, John 6:27, 2 Cor. 4:18.
(d) Because, in place of man, formerly, on account of creation, sincerely receiving God as his one and only Lord, and wholly subjecting himself to Him, and claiming for himself absolutely no ownership and dominion over himself, and therefore also not living for himself — he now, having become rebellious against God, and having shaken off and cast away His dominion, claims that ownership and that dominion for himself, and, consequently, lives for himself, Ps. 2:2-3, Exod. 5:2, Luke 19:14, 27, Job 21:14-15, Jer. 44:15-16 — that man, through self-denial, must be brought back, openly to acknowledge the first and old dominion of God over him, and readily and willingly to submit himself thereto, 1 Cor. 6:19-20, Rom. 14:9.
(e) Because man, in place of, formerly in the state of rectitude, claiming absolutely nothing for himself, as an unlimited Lord and proprietor, but possessing all things as a tenant and steward of God, to manage everything for His use, and to render Him account — now, since he has been dismissed by God, so that he is not even so much as a servant of His any longer, robs for himself the goods of God, and enjoys them as though they had come to him by right of his own, Ps. 12:5, compare Hos. 2:8-9 — that he, before self-denial, must be brought and led back to this, that he strip and divest himself of everything, and lay all things, as it were, before the feet of God, Acts 4:34 — ready and prepared, according to God's will and beck, both to possess and to forsake all things, Job 1:21, 1 Sam. 3:18, Matt. 20:15, Phil. 4:12.
(f) Because man, whereas formerly, in the state of rectitude, he depended in all things upon God, and placed all his trust in and upon the fatherly care and providence — far from all mistrust, vain fear, or also a trust in his own virtue, strength, freedom, might, and courage, whereby he would come to provide and care for himself — now, since he has departed from God, being empty of all trust in God, Jer. 17:5, and filled with cares, anxieties, and fears of this life, Matt. 6:25, 28, takes the care of and for himself upon himself, v. 32, seeks in himself, his own powers, wisdom, studies, help and protection, Hos. 14:3, and would rather place his trust in and upon whatever it might be, than in and upon God, Ps. 20:8 — that he, through self-denial, must thereby be brought to this, that he, with an acknowledgment of his own insufficiency and powerlessness, and that of all creatures, Eccl. 9:11, distrusting himself and all things, rests wholly and entirely in God, Jer. 17:5, Ps. 62:12, free from all care and anxiety, Phil. 4:6-7.
(g) Because man, in place of, formerly in the state of rectitude, resting and being content with his lot, which his Sovereign Lord had allotted to him — now, after the fall, devises for himself a lot of his own, and strives to attain it, as his own lord — yea, of all others too — so that he would indeed wish that everything might depend upon him, and be governed by his will and beck: compare Matt. 20:21, Isa. 14:13-14 — wherefore he, through this denial, must be brought to this, that he rest sweetly content with the lot which is allotted to him by God, Phil. 4:12, and that he, acknowledging his own folly, would rather that God's will be done, than his own, Matt. 6:10, Acts 21:14, Matt. 26:39, 42.
(h) Because man, in place of, formerly in the state of rectitude, submitting himself most readily to the laws and precept of God, as to his Sovereign Lord and Lawgiver — now, having become rebellious, sets himself against the laws of God, Rom. 8:7, and would rather that God should stand under his will and commands, Rom. 9:20-21, and reshapes and refashions His laws, as though they were foolish, according to his own measure and standard — so that he, through self-denial, must be formed and shaped, so as to acknowledge the fairness and righteousness of the divine laws, Rom. 7:12, 14, and to bring down his own reasonings...
...to cast down every high thing that exalts itself against the knowledge of God, and to bring every thought into captivity to the obedience of Christ, 2 Cor. 10:5.
XIV. The Vivification of the New Man
This has been the first part of sanctification, namely, the mortification of the old man. There now follows the second part, namely, the vivification of the new man. By this we do not understand that first vivification which is accomplished through regeneration, when the first act of spiritual life is instilled into those who are dead in sin — which might rather be called the vivification of the old man — but a certain second vivification, by which those already made alive, through sanctifying grace, show themselves alive by the exercise of living acts; which one might not unfittingly call the vivification of the new man. We must therefore consider: (1) what the new man is, namely, the purity of the image of God, insofar as it follows upon the disgracefulness of sin — that spiritual life, insofar as it follows upon the mortification of sin. This new man is set forth under various names: for example, newness of life, Rom. 6:4; a new creature, 2 Cor. 5:17; the divine nature, 2 Pet. 1:4; the inward man, Rom. 7:22; the hidden man of the heart, 1 Pet. 3:4; knowledge, holiness, righteousness, Col. 3:10, Eph. 4:24. And this purity is called a man because it takes in the whole man, and shows itself visibly in all his parts and faculties, 1 Thess. 5:23; and also a new man, because it (1) does not derive its origin from the principles of our first and old birth, but from the principles of a certain second and new birth, of which John 1:13 and 3:3,5 speak; (2) because it produces a certain new inward disposition and constitution, and a new outward form, differing as heaven from earth from that old form which we bore before sanctification, 2 Cor. 5:17, 1 Cor. 6:10,11, Tit. 3:3,4.
Then (II), what the vivification of this new man is: namely, to make more alive the man who has already been made alive and renewed through regeneration and conversion — partly, by the instilling of new dispositions, when virtue is added to faith, 2 Pet. 1:5,6,7, compare Isa. 11:1,2; partly, by the arousing of the instilled dispositions to the exercise and practice of good works — from which comes the distinction between a living and a dead faith, Jas. 2:17,20, as well as a faith that works, Gal. 5:6.
XV. The Causes of This Vivification
This vivification recognizes for the most part the same causes which the mortification of the old man recognized before it. (I) The principal cause is God in general, who is for this reason commonly called the living God, and the one who gives life, Ps. 42:3, because He instills not only natural life, Gen. 2:7, Acts 17:25,28, but also spiritual life, Eph. 2:5 — in particular the Father, 1 Pet. 1:3; the Son, who gives life to the world, John 6:35, in whom we live, and who lives in us, Gal. 2:20, from which our life is called by His name, Col. 3:3,4, John 14:6 and 11:25. But, by a special appropriation, the Holy Spirit, who is said to give life, John 6:63, and is called the Spirit of life, Rom. 8:2, the life-giving Spirit, 1 Cor. 15:45, by whom also we are said to live, Rom. 8:13, and likewise to be led, Ps. 143:10, John 16:13, Rom. 8:14.
Then (II) the exemplary cause, according to which our vivification is patterned and formed, is the resurrection of Christ, Rom. 6:4,5,11, from which we are said to have been raised up with Christ, Col. 3:1, and Christ is said to live in us, Gal. 2:20 — indeed to be called our very life, Col. 3:3. Finally (III) the instrumental cause is faith, from which we are said to live by faith, Rom. 1:17, Hab. 2:4, Gal. 2:20 — insofar as faith (1) draws, derives, and concludes the life of grace from the vivification or resurrection of Christ; (2) insofar as it takes hold of and admits the motives and inducements that commend a holy life, Rom. 8:17; (3) sets before us the life of Christ as an example to be imitated, that we might be conformed to it, Rom. 6:5, Matt. 11:28, John 13:15, so that we might keep our eyes constantly fixed upon Him, as upon the chief Leader and Finisher of our faith, Heb. 12:2; (4) insofar as, by laying hold of Christ, it unites the soul that lays hold of Him with Him, so that He might live in us, and we in turn in Him, Gal. 2:20, that we might abide in Him, and He in us, and thus that we might, in that way, bear much fruit, John 15:5.
XVI. Virtues and Good Works
Upon the vivification of the new man there follow two things: (1) virtues, 2 Pet. 1:5, or the spirit of wisdom, of understanding, of strength — Isa. 11:2 — or the fruits of the Spirit, Gal. 5:22, which are instilled into the regenerate and converted through the vivification of sanctification, Eph. 1:17, and are nothing other than dispositions by which the will is inclined to work well. Then (2) good works, or the exercise of the virtues, by which the light, or grace and vivification, shines forth and shows itself outwardly, Matt. 5:16 — by which we here understand nothing other than works that are pleasing to God unto salvation, Col. 1:10, Heb. 11:5 — for the constitution and character of which three things are jointly required.
(1) That they flow from a regenerate or renewed heart, 1 Tim. 1:5, Matt. 12:35, since a bad tree cannot bring forth good fruit, Matt. 7:18, and since that which is born of flesh is nothing but flesh, John 3:6 — just as out of an evil and wicked heart nothing but evil and wicked devisings come forth, Matt. 15:19. And not only from a regenerate but also from a believing heart, that is, from a faith unfeigned, 1 Tim. 1:5, because without faith it is impossible to please God, Heb. 11:6; indeed, because whatever does not spring from faith, however fair it may seem to shine, is nevertheless, before God, sin, Rom. 14:23. And our best works, apart from Christ, accepted by faith, are in the eyes of God nothing but a filthy, menstruous garment, Isa. 64:6; for unless that imperfection which clings to our best works is borne with through the perfection of Christ, and that impurity which clings to them because of our natural uncleanness is covered by the purity of Christ's righteousness, they are to God an abomination and a loathing — in which sense we are said to be able to do nothing without and apart from Christ, namely, that which is pleasing to God, John 15:5; but in Christ we are, and are united with Him through faith, Eph. 3:17.
(2) That they be directed and governed by us toward the glory and honor of God, as toward the supreme and final end, 1 Cor. 10:31, Matt. 5:16, John 15:8, Phil. 1:11 — for lack of which the works of the Pharisees and of other hypocrites, however fair they otherwise appeared, are rejected by Christ, Matt. 6:2,5 and 23:5. It is not exactly required that this honor and glory be intended in every single act (although this too, as far as possible, ought to be diligently attended to by those who act); but rather that the virtual, or potential, and general ultimate end of all our works be the glorification of God, 1 Cor. 6:20.
(3) That they be done according to the prescription of God's law, Gal. 6:16, Isa. 8:20, Deut. 4:2, Isa. 49:13, Matt. 15:9, Col. 2:22 — for if they are not prescribed by Him, they show no obedience that is pleasing to God, from which God says: Who has required this at your hand? Isa. 1:12.
XVII. The Rule of the Virtues and Good Works: The Law of God
The rule, therefore, and also the short summary, both of the virtues and of good works, is the Law of God, according to what we have already cited in the preceding discourse. Not, however, (1) that ceremonial law which governed the worship of the Jews insofar as it was distinctively Jewish; for this law, together with the Jewish worship, and because it depicted the Mediator as still to come — as a shadow depicts the body — has now, the Mediator having appeared, been abolished with respect to its use, as we have shown, Book II, chs. 16, 17. Nor (2) the civil law, which governed the Jewish commonwealth; for this law, the commonwealth itself having ceased to exist, at least insofar as it specifically upheld that commonwealth, is now abolished. Consequently (3) it is the moral law, of which not even one jot shall pass away, Matt. 5:17,18. This is nothing other than a general law which binds all men, in all times and places, to its observance.
Let us then set forth, in brief summary, the virtues and vices that are opposed to one another. (1) The general virtue of the whole Law is love, Matt. 22:37: "You shall love..." — hence the Apostle says, Gal. 5:14, the whole Law is fulfilled in one word, namely in this: "You shall love your neighbor as yourself" — though he there, driven by his particular reasons and occasion, restricts this to the second table. The general vice opposed to the whole Law is accordingly hatred. (2) That love, according to its object, is twofold: toward God, and toward one's neighbor, Matt. 22:37 — so that under the latter is included love toward oneself (as in "as yourself"), Eph. 5:29, Matt. 7:12. (3) Love toward God comprehends all the duties which we owe immediately to God. All these are signified by the one word Religion, or Godliness, insofar as it governs the service of God, just as righteousness governs our care for our neighbor.
The general virtue, then, of the first table is Holiness, Eph. 4:24 — namely, in a broader sense — just as, on the other hand, the general vice of the whole first table is Ungodliness, 1 Tim. 1:9, Heb. 3:16. (4) The service of God, which Religion directs and governs, is twofold: the one natural, which the very nature of God requires — for example, the knowledge and acknowledgment of God, faith, hope, love, obedience, reverence, etc., duties which God, by virtue of His very nature, cannot but require of the rational creature. The general virtue by which this natural service is governed is Godliness, in Greek εὐσέβεια (eusebeia), 1 Tim. 2:2 and 4:7, 1 Pet. 1:7, and θεοσέβεια (theosebeia), 1 Tim. 2:10, John 9:31. The vice, on the contrary, is twofold: irreligion, whereby we serve or honor no God at all, Eph. 2:12; and idolatry, whereby we honor someone else as God, whether in the place of the true God, or together with and alongside the true God, 1 Cor. 10:14, Gal. 5:20 — whether these sins are committed more grossly and by open profession and practice, Exod. 32:4, Ps. 106:19, or only by a covert and dissembled vice, 1 Cor. 10:7,14, Col. 3:5. To govern this natural service, since it can also be known to us by nature, God has appointed but one — yet the first and chief — Commandment.
(5) The other service of God is an instituted service, which the will of God, as distinct from His nature, requires: which God, without any natural necessity, according to His mere good pleasure, prescribes to men — for example, to serve God with sacrifices. This service, because it is not known to us by nature at all, God governs in the three remaining commandments of the first table, in this order: that He (6) should first indicate the duties which must be observed in that service — among which is the whole outward worship of God: for example, church assemblies, the public preaching of God's word, public prayers, the singing of psalms, the administration and use of the sacraments, the exercise of church discipline, the calling of ministers, etc. All these duties the second commandment governs, by forbidding that anything be here received and admitted as a duty of the instituted worship out of one's own imagination, but only according to the prescription of God, Deut. 4:2 and 12:32. The general virtue, then, of the second Commandment is obedience, insofar as, in a narrower sense, it means the willingness to do what seems right — not in our own eyes, or in the eyes of other men, Deut. 12:8, but what is right in the eyes of the Lord, v. 32. The general opposite vice of the second Commandment is ἐθελοθρησκεία (ethelothreskeia), a self-willed religion, Col. 2:23, δεισιδαιμονία (deisidaimonia), superstition, Acts 25:19, which is nothing other than an improper worship, Isa. 1:12, forbidden, Matt. 15:9, Col. 2:22 — you might also call it an imagination, whereby we make for ourselves an image and representation: "You shall not make yourself any graven image, nor any likeness..."
(7) Secondly, that He should set forth the manner in which we must occupy ourselves with the duties of the instituted worship: namely, that we handle all those duties belonging to that service in a manner corresponding to the divine majesty, since it is in that worship that He has impressed His name, and which He has consecrated to Himself — which is done (a) by a fitting preceding preparation, Eccl. 5:1,2; (b) by an accompanying reverence, Ps. 95:6,7, Gen. 18:2 with v. 27, as well as devotion, Ps. 5:8 and 108:2,3; (c) by a subsequent use and benefit, whereby we seek to experience within ourselves the power of the duties performed, unto the honor and glory of God, Jas. 1:21,22,23. So that the general virtue of the third Commandment is the reverencing of God's name, whereby we occupy ourselves with the duties of religion, with a rightful esteem for them, with a fitting fear of overfamiliarity, and with readiness of mind and a sweet and pleasant delight of heart. The general vice is the profaning of God's name, which is committed by an itching ear, 2 Tim. 4:3, by laziness, Rom. 12:11, negligence, contempt, disdain, and misuse, Luke 19:46, or by sluggishness, dullness, and wandering of the understanding, Heb. 5:11, Ezek. 33:31, forgetfulness, Jas. 1:24,25, confusion and disorder, 1 Cor. 14:33, in the practice of religion; likewise by a thoughtless use of the names and titles of God, Lev. 24:11,16.
(8) Thirdly, that He should indicate the appointed time which must be devoted to the exercise of the instituted worship, namely, that seventh day, which He Himself was to designate — whether it be reckoned from the Creation, as was done under the old economy, or from the Resurrection of Christ, as is done under the new economy — provided only that this seventh day be one that God Himself has designated. To this the fourth Commandment looks, whose general virtue is the sanctifying of the Sabbath, which is performed, partly, by abstaining from our own occupations — that is, from such as we pursue for the purpose of gaining earthly things, Exod. 20:9, "Six days shall you labor, and do all your work" — partly, by devoting ourselves to the work of God, that is, to His service, or to the duties of the instituted worship. The opposite vice is the profaning of the Sabbath, which occurs, partly, by the performing of one's own work, Isa. 58:13, partly, by the neglecting of God's work, ibid.
We have thus set forth the contents of the first table of the ten words. (9) Love toward one's neighbor embraces all those duties which, according to God's prescription, we owe to our neighbor, all of which are signified by the one word righteousness — which is accordingly the chief virtue and the short summary of the whole second table, whereby we render to our neighbor what is just: just as the chief vice is the wronging of one's neighbor. This righteousness, and correspondingly this wronging, are exercised separately and in particular respects as follows:
(10) First, with regard to the honor of one's neighbor, insofar as this embraces all those reciprocal duties which, on the one side, all inferiors owe to their superiors — for example, reverence, love, service, submission, obedience, faithfulness, etc. — and, on the other side, which all superiors, such as magistrates, pastors, heads of households, teachers, are bound to render to those under them, namely, a righteousness of governance and love, whereby they concern themselves with those beneath them, both by protecting them from evil, Job 29:14,15, 1 Tim. 5:8, and by ruling and directing them toward good, through laws, rewards, and punishments, Rom. 13:4, 1 Tim. 2:2. The general virtue, then, whereby all these reciprocal duties are governed, is humility toward one's neighbor, whereby we are inclined to acknowledge, declare, and confess that excellence which God has allotted to each, 1 Pet. 5:6, Phil. 2:3. Just so, the opposite general vice of the fifth Commandment is pride, whereby we, out of contempt for our neighbor, neglect those duties which, according to God's prescription, we owe Him, 2 Tim. 3:2.
(11) Secondly, with regard to preserving, refreshing, and promoting our neighbor's life: both (a) his spiritual life, which is done by interceding for him before God, 1 Tim. 2:1, by giving a good example for him to follow, Tit. 2:7, or by admonition, Col. 3:16; and (b) his bodily life, which is done (a) through those virtues by which we are far and estranged from doing any injury to our neighbor, namely, through meekness, patience, longsuffering, and a readiness to be reconciled; (b) through those virtues by which we are inclined and disposed to nourish and cultivate fellowship with others, such as concord and goodwill, which are accompanied by affability and equity. The general virtue governing all these is friendliness and courtesy, Acts 27:3; and the general opposite vice is manslaughter, under which is comprehended not only the unjust killing of one's neighbor but also every kind of harshness, cruelty, and the like.
(12) Thirdly, with regard to the purity and cleanness pertaining to matters of marriage that belong to procreation, through decency, Phil. 4:8. The virtue governing all this in general is chastity, or the purity of a person with respect to marital matters, 1 Thess. 4:3,4,5; just as, on the contrary, the general vice of the seventh Commandment is licentiousness, luxury, and lust, insofar as this, in a more restricted sense, signifies an unlawful use of those things which pertain to procreation — which, in the same sense, is called uncleanness, shameful and evil desire, Col. 3:5, wantonness, Rom. 13:13, the disease of concupiscence, 1 Thess. 4:3, etc.; under this licentiousness are also reckoned all its causes, effects, signs, and other related things, as well as all its species: fornication, adultery, incest, polygamy, rape, unnatural intercourse, and unlawful divorce.
(13) Fourthly, with regard to the fortune and outward goods of one's neighbor, which he possesses under a lawful title within civil society, whether by occupancy, by wages, or by some other agreement: namely, that he should preserve and increase them as much as he is able. To the governing of this pertains the general virtue of commutative justice, so called because it is concerned with mutual exchanges, Lev. 19:36, Ps. 15:2, Prov. 16:11 — to which contribute thrift and frugality, Prov. 21:15, as well as generosity, 1 Cor. 7:15, Rom. 12:13, Lev. 25:35, Ps. 37:21. The general opposite vice of the eighth Commandment is theft, or an unjust taking away of a thing against the will and consent of its lord and owner — whether this is done openly, by robbery, Exod. 20:15, Hos. 6:8,9, 1 Cor. 6:8,9, or secretly, by every kind of fraud, Luke 19:8.
(14) Fifthly, with regard to every kind of security of our neighbor, insofar as it might be preserved and maintained by the pursuit of truth, or wounded and injured by every kind of false witness — whether this occurs outside of judicial proceedings, through all manner of false speaking, or faithless promising, Eph. 4:25 and 5:9, Jas. 3:14; or in judicial proceedings, through every kind of falsehood — in the accuser, in the accused, in the judge, in the witnesses, in the advocate, in the attorney, Prov. 16:10. The general virtue of the ninth Commandment, whereby all these things are governed and regulated, is truthfulness, whereby we are disposed to speak according to our conscience, Eph. 4:15; just as the general vice here is every kind of lying, whereby we speak against our conscience, and with our own authority knowingly and willingly affirm what is false, Eph. 4:25.
(15) Sixthly, with regard to every kind of good fortune of our neighbor, insofar as it may be either promoted, or injured and violated, by our inward covetousness — whether toward his honor, life, marriage, or goods. The general virtue whereby all these things are kept secure is contentment and satisfaction, whereby we so rest in the lot which God has allotted us, that we do not covet in any unlawful manner anything that belongs to another, 1 Tim. 6:6, Heb. 13:5, Phil. 4:11 — indeed, on the contrary, whereby we rejoice and are glad over every prosperity of our neighbor, Rom. 12:15. But the vice contrary to this is evil concupiscence, Heb. 13:5, Rom. 7:7, springing from a perverse self-love, 2 Tim. 3:4, out of which envy also arises, Matt. 20:15, and a taking pleasure in evil, so that one rejoices even over the misfortunes of one's neighbor, Ps. 70:3, Obad. vv. 11,12.
And thus we have carefully set forth and presented the rule and short summary of all the virtues and vices, according to which every exercise of holiness and righteousness must be governed. The particular virtues and vices of the particular commandments, together with their bearing- and distinguishing-points, and with the resulting cases of conscience, we defer to our treatises on moral theology.
XVIII. The Necessity of Sanctification and of Good Works
Now sanctification and holiness, which we have so far described in terms of virtue and good works, must be considered above all in three states and qualities: namely, first, their necessity, Heb. 10:36, whose grounds and reasons we have already shown at length above, §IV. This necessity is twofold: (1) of precept, and of God's unchangeable will, 1 Thess. 4:3, Lev. 11:44, 20:26, 20:7, 1 Pet. 1:14,15,16, Matt. 5:16,48. Then (2) of a means — not, to be sure, that holiness and the exercise of good works procure and win for us the right to eternal life; for we are justified freely, apart from works, Rom. 3:24,28; nor that they of themselves, by their own efficacy, bring about eternal life itself, for this is ascribed to Christ alone, 2 Tim. 4:7 — but because, according to the will of God, they are required for the possession of eternal life, Heb. 3:14, and are the way which most certainly leads there, Isa. 30:21, Matt. 7:12-14. From this, God's commandments are commonly called His ways, Ps. 25:10, and to live according to those commandments is called walking in the ways of the LORD, Deut. 8:6, 10:12, 2 Kings 22:2, etc. — namely, because such a walk leads to life, Prov. 11:19 and 3:28. Hence —
XIX. Their Efficacy, Usefulness, and Use
Secondly, their efficacy, usefulness, and use, from which they are commonly called useful, 1 Tim. 4:8. With respect to (1) justification, they are certainly useful, not to obtain it — as though the right to eternal life were acquired through them: for so understood, they would not only fail to be useful but would even be harmful, because such a use would detract from the grace of God and the merit of Christ, Rom. 11:6, and would at the same time exclude man from participation in the justification that is through Christ, ch. 10:3,4, Gal. 5:4 — but they are useful for the continuing and carrying forward of the justification already obtained, Rev. 22:11, as we have taught in its place. With respect to (2) faith, the exercise of holiness is efficacious and useful for manifesting its sincerity, Gal. 5:6, Jas. 2:18, Matt. 7:16,17,18 — because faith, when destitute of holiness or good works, is a formless and dead faith, Jas. 2:17,20,22, and therefore no better than no faith at all.
With respect to (3) eternal salvation: for although it does not procure for us a due reward according to commutative justice, from any inherent worthiness of the work, nor, as we have said, contributes anything toward the right to salvation; nevertheless, since it is the way, and leads to salvation, and in that way, by virtue of the divine covenant, brings about the possession of eternal salvation, it is called the reward, Matt. 5:12, the crown, 2 Tim. 4:7,8, the inheritance, Matt. 25:34,35 — so that it is said to work for us a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory, 2 Cor. 4:17. And this not only after this life, but even here already it gives an unwavering assurance of future salvation, 2 Cor. 5:1, John 2:5,6 and 3:2,3. Let me add (4) that with respect to one's neighbor it is powerful for his edification and building up, Matt. 5:16, and for his conversion, 1 Pet. 2:12.
XX. Their Perfection and Imperfection
Thirdly, their perfection and imperfection. Apart from every stain, holiness will attain, after this life, a wholly complete perfection in every respect, Eph. 5:26,27 and 4:13; but in this life a certain twofold perfection belongs to it: (1) of sincerity, Gen. 17:1, Isa. 38:3, whereby it is not feigned, nor merely varnished with words alone and outward gestures, Ps. 12:3, Ezek. 33:31, but proceeds from the innermost part of the heart, Deut. 6:5, Ps. 139:23,24. (2) Of the parts, Luke 1:6, inasmuch as the endeavor of one who is truly sanctified extends not only to this or that duty of the law which chiefly agrees with him, Mark 6:20, but to all and each in particular, 2 Kings 23:25, Luke 1:6 — with such a perfection as, for example, a small child, having all the members of a human body, is called perfect. But (3) a perfection of degrees — whereby all the duties of holiness to which one truly sanctified sincerely devotes himself would attain the utmost and highest degree — no one has had in this life, save Christ, and no one ever shall have, 1 Cor. 13:9,10,11, Phil. 3:11,12,13, Prov. 20:9, Eccl. 7:20, 1 Kings 8:46, Isa. 64:6, Jas. 3:2, 1 John 1:8,9,10.
The reasons for this divine dispensation Maresius (Loc. XII, §11) forcefully and cogently sets forth thus: For, he says, thereby appears (1) the distinction between justification and sanctification; (2) between the church militant and the church triumphant; (3) between the way and the homeland; (4) thus the godly, from a sense and awareness of their weaknesses, are shaped and formed to humility; (5) from God's grace alone do they look for salvation; (6) all the more eagerly and keenly do they long after the blessedness of heaven; (7) death is received by them the more readily; and (8) just as for Israel the hostility of the Canaanites, so for us the remnants of sin serve for a certain spiritual exercise.
From what has been said it appears that sanctification has its periods and its degrees: not only with respect to (a) this life and the life to come; nor only with respect to (b) the former and the present economy, insofar as the holiness of the former economy, belonging as it did to a childhood age, Gal. 4:1, was generally less than that of this present economy, which now has a manly and full-grown age, Eph. 4:13 — inasmuch as there is now, without doubt, a more abundant impartation of the Holy Spirit than formerly, Joel 2:28,29, Acts 2:17,18; but also with respect to (c) the present economy itself, under which, with regard to degrees, some are little and young children, 1 Cor. 3:1,2 and 13:11,12, Eph. 4:14; others young men, 1 John 2:13; others full-grown, indeed fathers, ibid., Eph. 4:13 — and these last, in comparison to the little children, are finally called τέλειοι (teleioi), perfect, or rather full-grown, Phil. 3:15, with Eph. 4:13,14, Heb. 5:14, Jas. 3:2.
XXI. The Twofold Principle in the Sanctified: Flesh and Spirit
Because of this imperfection of sanctification, all the truly sanctified — and all their parts and faculties, both the higher, or rational, that is, understanding and will, and the lower, or sensitive — indeed even their best works — operate from a twofold principle, namely, flesh and spirit, Gal. 5:17, which are in them after the manner of a double man, an old and a new, Eph. 4:21ff., of which the first, namely the flesh, touches the man insofar as he is corrupt; the second, namely the spirit, touches the same man insofar as he is converted and sanctified. And these attach not only to the sanctified man himself (for in the unsanctified there is nothing but mere flesh, John 3:6), but also to all his good works, even to the best of them, which are so affected and infected by the flesh, or by corruption, that although they are not sin, they are nevertheless, through a sinful imperfection, so defective that of and by themselves they cannot but displease God — indeed, on account of that pollution which continually clings to them, they even deserve to be punished, Isa. 64:6, Rom. 7:21,22,23, Mark 9:24. For this reason it is absolutely necessary that this imperfection be borne with, and that this defilement be covered, by the perfection and purity of the holiness of Christ, received by faith, Ps. 32:1 — and that we, in order to make up for and cover our good works, hand them over to Christ through faith, so that He may offer them to His Father on our behalf, Rev. 8:3,4, John 16:23,24, Dan. 9:17.
XXII. Three Consequences of This Twofold Principle
Furthermore, from that twofold principle three consequences are observed in the sanctified.
(I) A continual struggle and wrestling within them, between the corrupt flesh, which desires, and the sanctified spirit, which sets itself against it, Gal. 5:17 — the spirit restrains and puts to death the desires of the flesh, Rom. 8:13, and so shakes off its yoke and dominion, Rom. 6:12, that although the sanctified man may to some extent bring it into subjection, he can nevertheless never entirely and wholly overcome it, nor ever of himself and willingly submit to it, ibid. — though he is often, as though compelled and forced, made to yield before it as before a tyrant, Rom. 7:14. Of this struggle and wrestling the Apostle offers in himself an illustrious example, Rom. 7:14, when he (1) does not compare the state of a man placed under the Mosaic economy with the state of a man living under the Evangelical economy — since Paul himself had never lived under the Mosaic economy. Nor does he (2) compare his own former, unregenerate state, from v. 14 to v. 25, with his present, regenerate state, v. 25 — but rather examines and tests his present state, under a twofold principle, flesh and spirit, continually opposing one another, so that he did not always do what he wished, but sometimes what he hated; indeed, even when he willed and did something good, evil clung to and lay beside him, v. 21, so that he was constantly driven to cry out: "O wretched man that I am! Who shall deliver me?" v. 24. Since those who are not yet sanctified are mere flesh, and are destitute of any spirit, there does not occur in them a true and properly so-called struggle between flesh and spirit, but only between the flesh that desires and the flesh that fears. To distinguish these two kinds of struggle, we defer to the Practical Part.
(II) Very grave sins — indeed, as it were, the gravest of sins — into which even the truly sanctified not infrequently fall: which is to be seen, for example, in Noah's drunkenness, Gen. 9:21; in Abraham's and Isaac's lies, Gen. 12:13,19, 20:2, 26:7; in Lot's drunkenness and incest, Gen. 19:33,34; in Aaron's idolatry, Exod. 32:4; in his and Moses' unbelief, Num. 20:11,12; in David's adultery and murder, 2 Sam. 11:4,15, and in Solomon's idolatry and polygamy, 1 Kings 11:1; in Hezekiah's pride and haughtiness, Isa. 39:2; in Peter's denial, Matt. 26:70; etc. — so far indeed that it is said of the righteous man that he falls seven times a day, Prov. 24:16. All these sins, however, must be distinguished from the remnants of the flesh which dwell in the sanctified, Rom. 7:18,19. However great and however grave the sins of the sanctified may be, they nevertheless differ as heaven from earth from the abominations and villainies of the ungodly: for (1) whereas the sins of the former arise from weakness, from being overpowered by a stronger temptation, Matt. 26:41, 2 Sam. 12:4, those of the latter arise from stubbornness and hardness of heart, Num. 15:30, Ps. 19:13,14. (2) Whereas the sins of the former are committed with a certain resistance of the Spirit, Rom. 7:16,19, Gal. 5:17, the villainies of the latter are put forth by a sheer, unresisting obedience of the flesh, Eph. 4:19. (3) Whereas in the former the sins are held in subjection, 1 Cor. 9:27, in the latter the villainies reign completely, Rom. 6:12, 1 Kings 3:20. (4) Whereas the former, after their sins committed, return to repentance and conversion, 2 Sam. 24:10, Matt. 26:75, the latter die in their sins, John 8:21.
(III) Daily repentance and conversion. For since we fall daily, through this flesh that surrounds us with its light, and not merely once but seven times and more, Prov. 24:16 — is it not then necessary that we, day by day, through a renewed repentance and conversion, rise up again? Luke 17:4 — that we daily unburden our stumblings and fallings humbly before God? ibid. — that we again be reconciled with God? 2 Cor. 5:20 — that we watch more carefully over ourselves, lest we be deceived by the sin that so easily besets us? Heb. 12:1 and 3:13 — and that we labor and strive with all our effort to make progress in holiness and to grow daily? 2 Cor. 7:1, Phil. 3:12-14, 2 Pet. 3:18, Col. 1:10.
The Polemical Part
XXV. Whether God Instills New Good Dispositions in the Will
The question is asked, first: Whether God, through sanctification, brings new good dispositions to our will, by which we are made willing and inclined to work well? The Pelagians — with whom the Socinians entirely agree — deny this, because they deny that the descendants of the first man have contracted anything, whether of guilt or of sin, from the first sin, and hold that our free will still has its powers wholly unimpaired, sufficient to will and to do all that is good. They deny that the bringing of new dispositions is necessary at all, and place the whole work of sanctification in the mere arousing of the will, so that it may, by its own powers, gird itself for the practice of good works — and they hold that sanctification does this only by moral persuasion.
The Papists — because they hold that the struggle between flesh and spirit, that is, between body and soul, has been natural to man from the very creation, in order to order and restrain the body, and that original righteousness was added to nature merely as an external bridle, over and above what was already given to the spirit unimpaired — accordingly think that it is not necessary that new dispositions be brought to the unimpaired spirit or will; only that this is required, that the grace which is natural to the spirit be aroused — whether this comes about, as the Jesuits hold, by a bare moral persuasion, or, as the Dominicans hold, moreover by a physical operation of God — but at all events, that new dispositions should be instilled into the will through sanctification, this they do not grant.
The Reformed, because they hold, with Holy Scripture, that original righteousness was natural to man from the beginning, and that it was utterly lost through the sin of the first man, so that the will is now dead in sins and unfit for any spiritual good, hold that the spiritual life is first restored to the elect through regeneration; that this life is then aroused and carried forward into act, in such a way that the regenerate man lays hold of God and the Mediator with a living faith, and takes up a serious resolve to forsake sin and to devote himself to good works — and that this comes about through conversion; and finally, that in the converted man, and in his will, good dispositions, or virtues, are instilled, and that these are further advanced and carried forward to every kind of good work through sanctification.
This is so because (1) the Apostle clearly and expressly teaches that God so sanctifies our spirit, our soul, and our body, that we become wholly sound and complete, 1 Thess. 5:23 — which, without doubt, is accomplished by the bringing of new dispositions. (2) Because God brings to His own a new spirit, Ps. 51:12, Ezek. 36:27 — indeed, the Spirit of wisdom and of understanding, of might, and of the fear of the LORD, Isa. 11:2, by which, without doubt, good dispositions are meant, as appears from 1 Cor. 12:8,9,10,11 — by whose help they walk in His statutes, devoting themselves to good works. (3) Because those fruits which the Holy Spirit, without doubt, produces in believers through sanctification — gentleness, kindness, goodness, faith, longsuffering, self-control, Gal. 5:22 — are, without any doubt, good dispositions, or virtues. (4) Because God is said to work in us both the willing of the good and the working and accomplishing of it, Phil. 2:13. (5) Because it is said that every good gift and every perfect gift (under which, without doubt, must also be reckoned every kind of good disposition, or virtue) comes down from above, from the Father of lights, Jas. 1:17. (6) Because the Apostle traces all his ἱκανότης (hikanotes), sufficiency (which is one and the same as the virtue by which we are made able and willing to work good) back to God, 2 Cor. 3:5,6, 1 Cor. 15:10.
Nor do our opponents have anything to allege for themselves, other than their mistaken presuppositions — for example, that man was not created with original righteousness, which we have refuted, Book III, ch. 9, §§31,32,40,41; that he therefore did not lose that original righteousness through sin either, which we have refuted, Book IV, ch. 2, §§13-23; that hence the powers of free will remained wholly intact and unimpaired through sin, which we have refuted, Book IV, ch. 4, §30; that consequently it is not necessary on this account that a new spiritual life be brought about through regeneration, which we have refuted, Book VI, ch. 3, §§15,23. Finally, that it does not follow from any of this that new dispositions must be brought to our will.
XXVI. Concerning the Mortifications of the Papists
The question is asked, secondly: What must be thought of the mortifications of the Papists — their sackcloth, hard beds, meager and coarse food, harsh and rough clothing, scourgings, and other such things — by which the flesh is pained and afflicted, and its comforts withdrawn from it? The Papists, according to their customary superstition, place the exercise of the mortification of the flesh chiefly in these and similar things, and commend them in their preaching of penance, and pride themselves upon them as upon their chief religion.
The Reformed, although they hold that the flesh, or corruption, is also in the body, indeed that the body frequently gives the flesh and the soul occasion and inducement to sin, and that for this reason the body too must be brought into subjection by prescribed means, 1 Cor. 9:27, and that its desires must not be indulged, Jude v. 10, 2 Pet. 2:10 — nevertheless do not approve this specious mortification of the Papists, for these reasons:
(1) Because it presupposes that by "flesh" in Holy Scripture, when set over against "spirit," nothing else is meant than the body and its sensitive or bodily desires; and that by "spirit," when set over against the body, nothing else is meant than the rational soul, or the higher faculties of the soul, which — original righteousness having been taken away, this being, for both essential parts of man, something external, as it were a supernatural gift added on — would not have been wounded or spiritually put to death; and thus it applies all these outward things merely to bringing the body and its sensitive desires into subjection — whereas Holy Scripture commands us to cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh and of the spirit, 2 Cor. 7:1, and Paul prays that spirit, soul, and body may be sanctified, 1 Thess. 5:23.
(2) Because these outward mortifications of the Papists are nowhere commended or enjoined upon us by God in His Word, and thus savor of a mere superstition, Matt. 15:9, and of plants which the heavenly Father has not planted, and which must therefore be rooted up, v. 13, Isa. 1:12.
(3) Because they are for that very reason sufficiently condemned in the New Testament writings, in that they are practiced against one's own body, Col. 2:23, Eph. 5:29, and because elsewhere sham and feigned mortifications are branded, 1 Kings 21:27.
(4) Because these unfitting and disorderly wearyings and weakenings of the body hinder the working of the soul, which is to put the flesh to death. Hence the Apostle, when commending mortification to Timothy, 1 Tim. 5:22 ("keep yourself pure"), adds and enjoins upon him, in the very next words, care and diligence to preserve his health, and to remedy the weaknesses of his body, v. 23.
(5) Because they depend so heavily upon these outward emaciations and afflictions of the body in the matter of mortification, that one scarcely hears among them anything of the cooperation of the Holy Spirit — upon which, if not exclusively, at least chiefly, Holy Scripture insists and presses, Rom. 8:13, Gal. 5:16,18,19.
(6) Because all these things, as practiced by the Papists, are accompanied by an ungodly confidence in satisfaction, merit, and works of supererogation, which nourishes corruption far more than it puts it to death.
Nor do I see what our opponents could allege for themselves with any semblance of plausibility, other than those passages of Scripture which command us to deny ourselves, Luke 9:23, to crucify the flesh, Gal. 5:24, to put to death the members which are upon the earth, Col. 3:5 — in which passages, by "ourselves" and by "the members," they understand nothing other than the nature of man itself, that is, by "the flesh," the body, and by "the members," the very parts of our body — whereas Holy Scripture means by these nothing other than the old man, the body of sin and of death, that is, that corruption which is in the whole man, as Paul himself explains it, Col. 3:9. See also Matt. 5:29,30 and 18:8,9.
XXVII. Whether the Exercise of Good Works Is Necessary to Salvation
The question is asked, thirdly: Whether the exercise of good works is necessary to salvation? The Papists hold them necessary in order to obtain justification and to merit eternal life; and, because we deny that, they slander us as though we despised and scorned good works — indeed, denied the necessity of good works altogether. (See Bellarmine, De Justif., Book IV, ch. 1.) After the Valentinians, of whom Epiphanius speaks (Book I, Tome 2, Haer. 31), and after the Eunomians and the Simonians and Carpocratians, of whom Augustine speaks (Haer. 54), and of whom Irenaeus speaks (Book I, chs. 12,14), the Antinomians, in the time of Luther, denied that good works are necessary; against whom, that Nicolaus Amsdorf, in the colloquy of Aldenburg, might contend the more forcefully, asserted, with an intemperate boldness, that good works are harmful and destructive to salvation. The Lutherans, in general, though in various ways they acknowledge that good works are necessary — indeed, that in a sound sense they may be said to be necessary to salvation — are nevertheless, without legitimate cause, timid about speaking so.
The Reformed, with George Major, Conrad Hornejus, and other Lutherans, deny the necessity of good works for obtaining the right to eternal life for us — indeed, when done with that intention, they say that they are even harmful and destructive, as we have admonished in the Doctrinal Part. But they firmly hold that they are necessary, by virtue of God's command, in order to receive the possession and enjoyment of life, as conditions without which God will not bestow salvation upon us; or, as Bernard says: They are not the cause of reigning, but the way to the Kingdom. And thus they hold — since Holy Scripture insists upon the exercise of good works — not merely and barely, but also (1) as a required condition of salvation, Heb. 12:14, Phil. 2:12, Rom. 8:13, 1 Tim. 2:15, Heb. 10:36, Jas. 1:21,22; (2) as the end and aim of election, as an outstanding ingredient of the covenant of grace, a fruit of redemption, a work and product of calling, regeneration, and conversion, as the aim and object of justification and of adoption as children, and as a preparation for glorification — all of which we have shown above, §IV, individually and by particulars; (3) because the Judge, in awarding and bestowing eternal life, will award it as nothing other than a reward, Matt. 25:34.
Nor do our opponents have anything which they could more speciously allege for the contrary, than the passage of Eph. 2:8,9, which says that we are saved by grace, without works. Answer: The Apostle speaks of the salvation which we have here already obtained: "by grace you have been saved" — that is, of that salvation which concerns the right which we obtain through justification, by faith alone, without any cooperation of works, Rom. 3:24,28, Gal. 2:16 — but he does not speak of the salvation which we shall afterward obtain, or of the very possession of salvation, which Holy Scripture nowhere teaches to be obtained without works.
XXVIII. Whether Good Works Merit Justification
The question is asked, fourthly: Whether the usefulness and efficacy of good works consists in this, that they procure justification for us? The Papists ascribe to good works an efficacy to merit justification and salvation — whether from fittingness, or from God's mere generosity, or from worthiness, or strict justice, on account of an inherent equivalence, or from covenant or promise, as some would have it. The Socinians, Arminians, Mennonites, and others do indeed ascribe to good works a use in preparing for justification, but they deny an efficacy to merit it. The Reformed deny that they serve to prepare for justification, although they do acknowledge that they serve to make that justification continue and endure, and to give assurance of it, as well as to bring about the possession of eternal life, which is assigned to us through justification. This bearing- and distinguishing-point we have already tested and examined at length and expressly, ch. 6, §30 — compare also §3 of that same chapter.
XXIX. Whether Sanctification Can Be Perfect in This Life
The question is asked, fifthly: Whether sanctification, while and so long as we are here, is ever so perfect that we can be free from all sin? The Pelagians, out of hatred for original sin, and out of love for free will, by which man would be able to do all that God prescribes to him, say yes. The Novatians press so hard, moreover, upon perfection, that they call those who still mourn over their sins Christians of the lowest rank. So too the Antinomians. The Anabaptists ascribe perfection not only to each individual Christian in particular, but even to whole Christian congregations. The Remonstrants deny, at the very least, that the good works of believers are impure, and ascribe to those more advanced in Christianity a certain perfection ex aequo et bono, that is, from what is fair and good, which they call an evangelical perfection. The Papists maintain that the regenerate can be free from mortal sin and from every evil disposition, and that they, being righteous in every good work, sin not even venially, much less mortally.
The Reformed, although they acknowledge a perfection of sincerity and of parts, nevertheless deny that a perfection of degrees has any place here in this life — and indeed hold that even the best works of the regenerate are subject to a certain moral defilement and imperfection, as we have taught, §19. This appears: (1) from express and clear testimonies of Holy Scripture, 1 Cor. 13:9,10,11, Rom. 8:23, 1 Kings 8:46, Eccl. 7:20, Prov. 20:9, Job 14:4 and 15:15,16, Jas. 3:2, 1 John 1:8,9,10. (2) From the continual complaints of the saints, Ps. 130:3, 143:2, 19:13, Job 9:2,3 and 5:15(?), Dan. 9:18. (3) From the general necessity of the forgiveness of sins, Matt. 6:12, Ps. 19:13 and 32:1,2,6. (4) From the examples of sins, even in the very holiest of this life: Adam, Noah, Lot, Abraham, Moses, David, Hezekiah, Josiah, Peter, Paul, and the blessed Virgin, whom we have set forth individually, each in his own place. (5) From the continual struggle and wrestling between flesh and spirit, Gal. 5:17, Rom. 7:14. (6) From the persistent and unceasing zeal and earnestness to advance and increase, 2 Cor. 4:16, Phil. 3:12,14.
Meanwhile, our opponents allege for the contrary: (1) The testimonies of Holy Scripture in which God requires perfection of His own, Matt. 5:48; in which Christ praises His Bride as wholly fair and without blemish, Song of Sol. 4:7; in which believers are called righteous, Gen. 6:9, Luke 1:6, "who have walked in all the commandments of God," Luke 1:6; in which an overseer is charged to be blameless, 1 Tim. 3:2; in which a regenerate person is said not to sin, 1 John 3:9; in which the works of the righteous are said to please God, Acts 10:35, and to stand in God's judgment, Ps. 7:9(?).
Answer: In these passages is meant either a perfection of sincerity, which is set over against dissimulation — as in Song of Sol. 4:7, Gen. 6:9, Luke 1:6 — or a perfection of parts, as in 1 Kings 15:5(?), Luke 1:6 — or a perfection of outward conduct, as in 1 Tim. 3:2 — or merely a habitual freedom from the practice of sin, whereby one does not commit sin as one's trade or occupation, as in 1 John 3:9 — or it is on account of the imputed righteousness of Christ that we are pleasing to God, Eph. 1:5,6 — thus Acts 10:35 — and, through faith in Him, we stand in judgment, or are not brought into condemnation, John 3:17,18 and 5:24. Thus Ps. 7:9.
(2) The passages in which He says that His yoke is easy and His burden light, Matt. 11:30, and in which it is said that His commandments are not grievous, 1 John 5:3. Answer: (a) Christ does not mean by His yoke and burden a perfect observance of the Mosaic Law, which was not so easy and light — as our opponents themselves will readily grant. Likewise (b) the Law of God is not said to be heavy for the regenerate, not because its exact and perfect observance is so easy and effortless, but because it is, for the regenerate, agreeable and delightful to keep the Law of God according to the inward man, Rom. 7:22,23.
(3) That Paul says he could do all things through Christ, who strengthened him, Phil. 4:13. Answer: He speaks not of the observance of the Law, but of endurance and victory in all manner of adverse circumstances, Rom. 8:35,37.
XXX. Concerning the Struggle Between Flesh and Spirit
The question is asked, sixthly: Whether, in the struggle and wrestling of believers, by "flesh" is meant the body and its sensitive desire, and by "spirit" the rational soul and its rational desire — such that the struggle would consist in this, that the body desires bodily things, and the spirit spiritual things? And likewise, whether in this struggle there is a true and properly so-called sin?
The Papists hold, in general, that man, by virtue of the divine creation, naturally consists of flesh and spirit, of body and soul, whose differing, or conflicting, inclinations — namely, toward a bodily good and toward a spiritual good — give rise, in one and the same man, to a certain struggle, and to an exceedingly great difficulty and hardship in doing and acting well: which struggle they call a certain sickness, and sluggishness and feebleness of nature; and that God, lest it should break out into open conflict, added to nature original righteousness, whereby, as by a golden bridle, the lower part, or the inclination of the body toward bodily things, might easily be kept subject to the higher part, or the inclination of the spirit toward spiritual things, and the higher part easily subject to God. They hold, accordingly, that this original righteousness was a certain gift — added to nature from without, and thus a supernatural gift; that this gift, then, having been taken away through the sin of the first man, body and soul, through their natural inclinations, are hostilely opposed to one another and fight against one another; and that in this consists the wrestling and struggle between flesh and spirit.
The Reformed do indeed grant that both these parts had, each, its own particular inclination; but they hold that these were so subordinated to one another, by their own doing, that man was created with soul and body such that, by that very nature, the body did not set itself against spiritual things, nor the soul against bodily things — and thus, that here, by nature, there was absolutely no strife, no sickness, no sluggishness or feebleness of nature; and that in this natural subordination, or rightness, consisted original righteousness. But they hold that, this having been shaken off through sin, there came in its place a contrariety and corruption, which is called in Holy Scripture "flesh," taking possession of and occupying the body and the soul together; but that, through regeneration and sanctification, while original righteousness is gradually restored, "spirit" is added alongside the flesh. And thus, that by "flesh," in Holy Scripture, in this matter, is meant not the body and its inclination toward bodily things, but that general corruption which occupies and possesses the whole man, and all his faculties, both the higher, as they are called, and the lower; just as, on the contrary, by "spirit" is meant that rightness which is restored, through regeneration and sanctification, to the whole man and to all his parts and faculties: and that thus, in the opposition and contrariety of this corruption and this rightness, consists the wrestling and struggle between flesh and spirit.
And this they hold for the following reasons: (1) Because the Greek words σάρξ (sarx), flesh, and πνεῦμα (pneuma), spirit, are of manifold meaning; though in their natural sense they signify the body and the soul in the New Testament writings, nevertheless, in a moral sense, the word "flesh" never signifies simply the body itself, or the inclination of the body toward bodily things, but always that corruption which is not only in the body and its inclination, but also in the soul and its faculties and inclination, John 3:6, Rom. 8:1,3, 2 Cor. 1:17 — just as, on the contrary, the word "spirit," in a moral sense, constantly signifies the rightness of the sanctified, Gal. 5:17,24, Rom. 8:1,13, etc. So that "flesh" in Holy Scripture is the same as what is called the old man, Rom. 6:6, Eph. 4:22, Col. 3:9 — or, the moral corruption which pervades the whole man, and which is otherwise called, not merely a body, but a body of sin, and a body of death, Rom. 6:6 and 7:24.
(2) Because corruption is ascribed not only to the body, but also to the soul, or spirit, 2 Cor. 7:1. And therefore (3) sanctification is necessary not only for the body, but also for the spirit, 1 Thess. 5:23. Indeed (4) the workings of the soul are ascribed to the flesh, Gal. 5:19,20 — the works of the flesh are... idolatry... heresy — and thus, in the workings of the soul itself, "flesh" is recognized.
Nor do the Papists have anything which they could allege for themselves with any semblance of plausibility, other than that the body and the rational soul, being a material and an immaterial substance, are contrary to one another, and are also endowed with contrary inclinations, dispositions, and operations, which therefore also, by and from their very nature, are in conflict. To this we answer, that these human parts, and the inclinations of these parts, or of this nature, are not in conflict with one another, but were, by creation, subordinated to one another; and that the strife which is now observed between them originates, not from nature, but from the flesh, or original corruption. Compare what we have said above, Book III, ch. 9, §43.
The Practical Part
XXXI. The Duty to Exercise Holiness
The Practice of Sanctification commends and enjoins upon us, first of all, zeal and diligence to exercise holiness, Rom. 6:19, 2 Cor. 7:1, 1 Thess. 4:3,4, 2 Pet. 3:11. Because (1) holiness is the end and aim of election, redemption, calling, regeneration, conversion, etc., as we have admonished, §4. (2) Because in it consists the chief ornament and beauty of man, 1 Pet. 5:5(?), Ps. 45:12,14 — just as in sin consists man's greatest, indeed his only, deformity, ugliness, and shame, 2 Pet. 3:14, 2 Cor. 7:1, Eph. 5:27. For there is in holiness, of beauty: (1) a perfection of the parts, 1 Thess. 5:23, 2 Tim. 3:17; (2) a harmony, or due proportion, of the parts, between understanding, will, the passions, and the sensitive faculties, insofar as, through holiness, these latter faculties are made obedient to the rational government, John 11:33(?); (3) a certain radiant and gloriously shining splendor, Matt. 5:16. (3) Because it is the image of, and a certain conformity to, God, 2 Cor. 3:18, Eph. 4:24, Matt. 5:48, 1 Pet. 1:15. (4) Because it is the chief excellence and glory of God Himself, on account of which He is extolled by the angels themselves, Isa. 6:3, and by the blessed in glory, Rev. 4:8. (5) Because to be holy and to be a Christian are expressions of equivalent meaning, Ps. 16:2,3, 34:10, 89:6, Acts 9:13, Rom. 1:7, 1 Cor. 1:1, etc. — so that he who is not holy is also no Christian. (6) Because holiness is useful for all things, 1 Tim. 4:8, and sanctifies everything that is ours, Tit. 1:15. (7) Because it gives us an infallible mark of our election, redemption, calling, regeneration, conversion, union with Christ, justification, and adoption as children, according to what we have said, §4 — and thus affords a wellspring of all true peace, joy, comfort, and gladness — from which the Apostle counsels those who would make their calling and election sure, to add to their faith virtue, and to virtue knowledge, etc., 2 Pet. 1:5-11. (8) Because those who are without holiness are ungodly, Ps. 5:5,6, Hab. 1:13, and all their works, even the best of them, are to God an abomination and a loathing, Isa. 1:10-18. (9) Because the practice of holiness is absolutely necessary to salvation, Heb. 12:14, Rev. 21:27 — for just as the lack of it cast the angels out and shut them out of heaven, 2 Pet. 2:4, Jude v. 6, and the first man out of Paradise, and from the enjoyment of the tree of life, Gen. 3:22,23,24, so also it will exclude the ungodly forever from heaven.
By what helps, then, shall we be assisted in the exercise of sanctification? Answer: (1) Let us make it our business to be united with Christ; apart from Christ we can do nothing, John 15:4,5 — for through union with Christ, Christ lives in us, and we in Christ, Gal. 2:20 — that is, we are thereby made partakers of the Spirit of grace, of the virtue and of the power of Christ, by which we can do all things, Phil. 4:13, so as to draw and receive from His fullness, grace upon grace, John 1:16. Let us, then, (2) apply ourselves to a living faith that works by love, Gal. 5:6, whereby Christ lives in us, and we live in Christ, Gal. 2:20, Rom. 1:17 from Hab. 2:4, and which purifies our hearts, Acts 15:9. Moreover, (3) let us beg of God, with the most earnest prayers, the impartation of the Holy Spirit, by whose help alone we can put to death the workings of the flesh, that we may live, Rom. 8:13, whose fruits are: love, joy, Gal. 5:22. Further, (4) let us faithfully exert and apply those powers which we have received from God in regeneration and sanctification, 1 Pet. 1:13, Heb. 12:14, 2 Pet. 1:10 — "be the more diligent" — let us be strong in that power of God, Eph. 6:10 — let us go on from strength to strength, Ps. 84:8. Let us also, in that same power, (5) valiantly withstand the temptations of our spiritual enemies, Satan, the flesh, and the world, which wage war against the soul and against its sanctification, Eph. 6:10, 1 Pet. 2:11. In particular, (6) let us be strong, courageous, and faithful in the struggle of the spirit against the flesh, Gal. 5:16,17. Let us also, (7) as an example, continually hold before our eyes the holiness of God, insofar as it is displayed and represented in His Law, Matt. 5:48, 1 Pet. 1:14, and the holiness of Christ, Eph. 5:1,2, John 13:15, and of all the saints, Heb. 13:7, 1 Cor. 11:1. Finally, (8) let us be faithfully diligent in, and make use of, those outward means which are fitted to advance the holiness of God — for example, the use of the Word of God and of the Sacraments, fellowship and converse with the holy, etc., John 17:17, Rom. 6:3,4, Heb. 10:24.
XXXII. The Duty to Examine and Test Our Sanctification
It enjoins upon us, secondly, the exercise of examining, testing, and proving our sanctification, Gal. 6:4. For there is a holiness which is: (1) Superstitious, occupied with ceremonies which are by no means prescribed by God — in which consists the whole holiness of the Papacy, insofar as it is such as, for example, in holy altars, holy crosses, holy water, rosaries, feasts, litanies, etc. — a holiness condemned by the Prophets, Isa. 29:13, by Christ, Matt. 15:9, by the Apostle, Col. 2:22. (2) Feigned, or theatrical, busying itself with outward gestures of countenance and of dress, in a slovenly deportment, and in the falsely-so-called mortifications of monks, of which the Apostle speaks, Col. 2:18,21 — such as has shown itself in Ahab, 1 Kings 21:27,29, and in the Pharisees, Matt. 23:25-29, which you might, by way of excellence, call hypocritical and feigned — rejected and condemned by the Savior, Matt. 23. (3) Truncated and lame, which is indeed occupied with the duties prescribed by God — for example, with public worship, the hearing of the Word, the administration and use of the sacraments — but not with all of them; or with those alone; or without a holy mind: a holiness which shows only a form and appearance of godliness, while denying the thing itself, 2 Tim. 3:5 — such as was visible in the Pharisees, Matt. 6:3,5 and 23:23; in Herod, Mark 6:20; in the rich young ruler, Matt. 19:20; and which is branded by the Apostle, 1 Tim. 4:8, and condemned by Christ, Matt. 15:8, 16:2,5, and 23:23,24 — with this, most of those in the outward fellowship of the Church deceive themselves and perish, Luke 18:11,14, Rev. 3:17. (4) Covenantal, whereby formerly the whole people of Israel was holy, Deut. 7:6 and 14:2,21, and under the New Testament whole congregations are commonly called holy, Rom. 1:7, 1 Cor. 1:2, 2 Cor. 1:1, etc., insofar as they, by their profession of Christianity, are within the ecclesiastical covenant, and within the fellowship of the outward church privileges. In this sense the little children of Christians are also called holy, 1 Cor. 7:14.
Since, then, there is so manifold and common a holiness, corrupted, disguised, and false, and since we ourselves, out of our corrupt nature, are so inclined to flatter and deceive ourselves, Gal. 6:3, and since even most of those in the church deceive themselves and remain unfit for the blessed vision of God, Heb. 12:14 — is it not, then, absolutely necessary that we examine ourselves in a godly manner, lest we deceive ourselves? Matt. 7:21,22. By what marks, then, shall we safely distinguish true holiness from every kind of corrupted and false holiness? Answer: (1) Whereas every kind of corrupted holiness comes from a certain baser nature, and from a certain baser drive of that nature, and is therefore born of nothing but flesh, John 3:6 — true and genuine holiness comes from a new spirit and from a new heart, by whose help and means we walk in the statutes and ways of the LORD, Ezek. 36:26,27, Eph. 2:10. (2) Whereas corrupted and false holiness begins from the body, and ends in bodily exercises, John 3:6 with 1 Tim. 4:8 — true and genuine holiness begins from the spirit, passes from the soul to the body and to bodily things, and ends in spiritual things, 1 Thess. 5:23, and walks with the whole heart before God, Deut. 4:29, 10:12, 1 Kings 2:4. (3) Whereas in the corrupted and false holy person there is and works the spirit of this world, 1 Cor. 2:12, through whose agency they, in their whole holiness, seek nothing but the world and worldly things, as appears in the Pharisees, Matt. 6:2,5 — the truly sanctified have the Spirit of sanctification dwelling and working in them, 1 Cor. 2:12, by whom they are led, Rom. 8:14, putting to death the works of the flesh, that they may live to God, v. 23(?), so as to bear fruit to God, ch. 7:4, which fruits are called fruits of the Holy Spirit, Gal. 5:22, Eph. 5:9. (4) Whereas corrupted and false holiness does not aim to show obedience to God, but rather its own advantage and its own honor, as we see in Saul, 1 Sam. 15:9,21,23, and in the Pharisees, Matt. 6:2,5 — true and genuine holiness aims at nothing else than to show the honor of obedience to God, from which mention is made of a sanctification of the Spirit unto obedience, 1 Pet. 1:2 — as appears in David, Ps. 40:8(?), and in Paul, Acts 9:6. (5) Whereas the corrupted and false holy person performs his religious duties without heart, and without any spiritual delight, Matt. 15:8 from Isa. 29:13, Ezek. 33:31 — the true and genuine holy person applies himself to the outward exercises and duties with a deep delight, that through them he might increase in and be confirmed in inward holiness, Ps. 27:4 and 84:2,3,5. (6) Whereas the corrupted and false holy person observes his duties without any preceding preparation, devotion, or attentiveness of heart — even as from a mere performed work (ex opere operato), Jas. 1:21-24, Prov. 16:14(?) — the true and genuine holy person is occupied in his religious duties with the highest and utmost devotion and reverence, and not without a preceding preparation, Eccl. 4:17 and 5:1, Mark 4:24 and 13:33 — as David bears witness, Ps. 5:4,8 and 57:8, and the publican, Luke 18:13. (7) Whereas the corrupted and false holy person, after a partial repentance and a hasty resolve, returns to his vomit, 2 Pet. 2:20,21,22 — the true and genuine holy person, after sin, feels a greater dread of sin, and strives to purify himself the more from it, 2 Tim. 2:21, 2 Cor. 7:1. (8) Whereas the corrupted and false holy person remains entirely useless and unfit for every kind of spiritual duty, 1 Cor. 2:14, Rom. 8:7 — true and genuine holiness makes the sanctified, through sanctification, into a vessel sanctified for honor, and greatly useful (εὔχρηστον) to the Lord, prepared for every good work, 2 Tim. 2:21 and 3:17.
XXXIII. The Duty to Mortify the Old Man
It commends and enjoins upon us, thirdly, the exercise and diligence of putting to death the old man, Col. 3:5, Rom. 8:13, Eph. 4:22. For (I) this mortification is a general duty of all Christians, even the best of them, 1 Cor. 9:27 — because (1) the old man, or the indwelling sin which must be put to death, constantly clings to and lies beside all of us, Rom. 7:21,24, Heb. 12:1, 2 Cor. 7:1. And it does not merely cling and lie beside us; but (2) it also works in all of us, and sets itself against the spirit, Gal. 5:17, Rom. 7:23, Jas. 1:14 and 4:5. And this (3) to the utmost of its power, until it casts a man down, if he is not put to death, into the most shameful abominations, Gal. 5:19,20,21, Heb. 3:13 — as may be seen, for example, in David's idleness, adultery, and murder, 2 Sam. 11:2,3,4,15.
(II) Every sin produced by the old man is such that it must absolutely be put to death: because (1) it fights against God's infinite majesty, Ps. 51:4, and raises up against itself Him who alone can save and destroy, Jas. 4:12. Because (2) it brought the Son of God to the cross, Heb. 6:6, Zech. 3:10(?). Because (3) it defiles and pollutes our flesh and our spirit, 2 Cor. 7:1, Isa. 64:6. Because (4) it makes us, and moreover our whole worship of God, detestable and loathsome in the eyes of God, Isa. 1:10-16, Ps. 5:5,6,7, Rev. 3:16. Because (5) it brings us into the most shameful bondage, Rom. 6:12,20, John 8:34; and (6) deceives us in the most shameful way, Heb. 3:13, Eph. 4:22, by promising the very best and giving the very worst, indeed the very vilest. (7) Because it blinds the understanding, hardens the heart, and casts men down into every kind of villainy and abomination, Eph. 4:17,18,19; also (8) because it disturbs our spiritual peace, Isa. 48:22 and 57:18(?), Ps. 32:3,4, 38:3,4; indeed (9) because it carries us away to a most certain and everlasting destruction, Rom. 8:13 and 6:23. Let me add one more word: because sin, if not put to death, robs us of the love of God, of fellowship with Christ, of His grace and everlasting glory — indeed even of our own precious and immortal soul — and brings upon us instead God's wrath, hatred, and every kind of judgment: temporal, spiritual, eternal; everlasting weeping and gnashing of teeth, with the Devil and his angels, in the lake that burns with brimstone and pitch forever, Ps. 5:5,6,7, Matt. 22:13 and 25:41,46, Isa. 66:24.
Being, then, aroused and stirred up by these and other reasons, let us take up the work of mortification in this manner: that we might (A) not stumble at the very threshold, let us try to have a clear insight into its nature, and hold fast that it does not consist: (a) in death itself, or in the entire annihilation of sin, which, given the imperfection of this present state of affairs, we shall never attain, though we must sincerely labor and strive after it, Phil. 3:12-15; nor (b) in a kind of dissembling, whereby, for certain reasons, sin, though slumbering, is here and now restrained from breaking out into acts which, those reasons removed, one would rather wish to commit: for this dissembling is a mere hypocrisy, utterly contrary to that grace which the Apostle describes, Rom. 7:19; nor (c) in a more sedate nature, which somewhat restrains the violence and assaults of the more turbulent passions and affections, or which, by employing a natural prudence, strength, and courage, moderates itself so as to bring no harm or damage to our own comforts and advantages: for this may be seen commonly to occur, as circumstances require, even in the very worst and wickedest of men — for example, in Absalom, who for a time restrained his hatred and his design of revenge against his brother Amnon, 2 Sam. 13:20,22,23; nor (d) in merely diverting the assault and violence of the desire of one sin into another — for example, from open ungodliness to hypocrisy — as may be seen in Simon the sorcerer, who, having abandoned his sorcery, or rather set it aside a little, and having professed Christianity, turned the powers of his lust to covetousness and ambition, Acts 8:9,11,13,18,23, compare 2 Pet. 2:20,21,22. Nor (e) is it an abstaining from this or that sin on some particular occasion — for example, because it has brought us some notable harm and damage, or because the occasion and other circumstances call us to something else, Ps. 78:32,38.
We must also (B) diligently take heed: (a) that we undertake nothing, in the mortifying of sin, by the powers of nature, nor even by the powers of grace received in regeneration, except with a continual dependence on the arousing and cooperating work of the Holy Spirit, Rom. 8:13, Ezek. 11:19 and 36:26, Gal. 5:25 — so that here, above all things, we must pray for the impartation and effectual working of the Spirit, Ps. 143:10, Luke 6:3(?).
Then (b) we must take heed that we here attempt or undertake nothing without a true and living faith: by which (i) our hearts are cleansed, Acts 15:9; by which (ii), being united with Christ, we draw spirit, strength, and grace from Him to ourselves, Rom. 6:3,4, John 1:16; by which (iii) we lay hold of the promises of mortifying grace, Mic. 7:16(?), Rom. 6:14, Isa. 57:17,18,19, Ezek. 36:26, Zech. 13:1.
Further, we must (C) form a general resolve to attack and fight against all sins, without any exception, 2 Cor. 7:1, 1 John 3:3 — from which it was but a bastard endeavor on Herod's part, which is described, Mark 6:17,20.
Moreover, (D) the mind must in particular be strengthened and hardened against that sin to which we are by nature most inclined, Heb. 12:1, so that we might daily arm and fortify ourselves against its power and violence with this or that outstanding passage of Scripture, with a promise, a threat, or an example: for instance, if we are inclined and disposed to anger, let us strengthen and arm ourselves against it by pondering the passages Eph. 4:26,27, Eccl. 7:9, Jas. 1:20; if to covetousness, by a godly consideration of the passages Heb. 13:5, 1 Tim. 6:9,10; if to pride, with the thought of the passages Prov. 16:18 and 29:23, Jas. 4:6, 1 Pet. 5:5,6; if to uncleanness and licentiousness, with the consideration of the passages 1 Thess. 4:3,4,5, Heb. 13:4, 1 Cor. 6:9,10 — and thus, against every sin, the mind must be hardened and fortified with the Scriptures.
And not only this, but one must also (E) fight bravely, in the power of God, against sin, Gal. 5:17, Rom. 7:23, 1 Cor. 9:27, having put on the whole armor of God, which the Apostle recommends for this very purpose, Eph. 6:10-21.
Moreover, (F) one must call to one's aid a constant and devout use: (a) of the Word of God, as a spiritual sword, Eph. 6:17, by means of which the Savior most happily struck down and overcame Satan, Matt. 4:7,10; (b) of the Sacraments, by which we are baptized into Christ's death, and buried with Him from our sins, Rom. 6:3,4, receiving Christ and being united with Him, Matt. 26:26, so as to draw and receive from Him grace upon grace, John 1:16; (c) of Prayer, 2 Cor. 12:8.
Finally, (G) to all this must be added watchfulness, 1 Pet. 5:8, Mark 13:33, by which we give heed to our own spirit, Mal. 2:15,16, lest evil thoughts and motions creep in and cross over it unnoticed, Ps. 39:1, Job 31:1 — and, whenever they may have crept and stolen in, that they be immediately smothered, Gal. 5:24 — and that the occasions which give rise to sinning be carefully avoided, and turned away from, Luke 11:34(?), Ps. 18:24 and 1:1.
And lest we should suppose ourselves to have accomplished what still remains to be done, it is also necessary that we carefully and precisely distinguish the counterfeit and false mortification from the true and genuine one. To this end it must be diligently and carefully noted and examined: (i) How? For sin is put to death when it is unnecessary to you, or is out of its natural place, like a fish out of water, and a bird out of its nest — like the fleeing Cain, Gen. 4:14,16, and Noah's dove, ch. 8:8,9 — when it weighs upon you as the elements do when out of their proper places; or as a stranger is out of his own country, 2 Sam. 15:4(?).
(ii) How, and in what manner, you are disposed and affected toward sin? For it is put to death when it displeases you, is condemned by you, and consigned to hell; when it is present without love, desire, or delight — indeed, with hatred, loathing, and resistance, Rom. 6:15,16,19,20,23,24. It is put to death in particular when that hatred is (*) general, against all sin, Ps. 39:10(?) and 109:14; (**) constant and irreconcilable, Ps. 80:19(?), 2 Pet. 2:20,21,22.
(iii) How, and in what manner, you commit sin? For it is put to death when you commit it with resistance and reluctance of the will, Rom. 7:15,16,20, 1 John 3:9.
(iv) How, and in what manner, you resist sin? For it is put to death when we (*) are occupied not only with cutting off, as it were, the branches of sin, in its acts, but also apply our labor to bruising the very dispositions themselves, and to rooting out, as it were, the very root, Jer. 4:4,14; when we (**) resist not only sin itself, but also set ourselves against every motion toward it, and against every occasion for it, indeed even in its first stirring, 2 Sam. 16:10(?), Gen. 39:11,12,13, 1 Pet. 4:4; and when we (***) not only do something against sin, but exert all our strength to root it out, Heb. 12:4, Isa. 50:16(?).
(v) What follows upon sin? For upon sin once put to death there constantly follows its opposite virtue, Isa. 1:16 — for example, upon unchastity, the practice of chastity, Ps. 2:2(?) with v. 12; upon pride, humility, 1 Pet. 5:5,6, etc.
XXXIV. The Duty to Deny Ourselves
It commends and enjoins upon us, fourthly, the exercise and diligence of denying ourselves. This is the first and most general duty of all Christians, Luke 9:23 — "He (Jesus) said to all... If any man will..." Matt. 16:24, εἴ τις θέλει (ei tis thelei)... Tit. 2:12 — for whoever (I) does not deny himself, denies God, because he holds himself to be his own God, Phil. 3:19 — from which covetousness is called idolatry, Col. 3:5. Consequently (II) he robs himself of the love of God, 1 John 2:15,16, Jas. 4:4, as one who loves himself, and other things, more than God. And also (III) he robs himself of fellowship with Christ, and of Christ's unspeakable benefits, Gal. 5:24, Luke 9:23. Moreover, (IV) he makes himself unworthy of the name of a disciple or a Christian, ibid. Him, therefore, (V) as one who denies God and Christ in deed, Christ will one day in turn deny, Matt. 10:33. He who, (VI) by setting himself and other things above Christ, has made himself unworthy of Him, ibid. vv. 37,38. Indeed, also (VII), such persons have withdrawn themselves from Christ's lordship, and, as far as in them lies, have robbed Him of His own possession, 1 Cor. 6:20. Because (VIII) they have lived not for Christ, but for themselves, 2 Cor. 5:15 — for which reason (IX) they will also die, not unto the Lord Christ, but for themselves, Rom. 14:8. Moreover, (X) self-interest, or self-love, is the fountain and wellspring of absolutely all sins and defects — namely, whenever we love ourselves above God, 2 Tim. 3:4, Phil. 3:19. It is also (XI) the origin of all inward turmoils, quarrels, and wars, Jas. 4:1,2. Let me add to this (XII), that it is in the highest degree fitting that we should deny ourselves, since God, for our sake, has, as it were, denied His own and only-begotten Son, Rom. 8:32, and the Son of God has, for our sake, as it were, denied Himself and His whole blessedness, Phil. 2:6-8, with Eph. 5:2, Matt. 26:39,42, 2 Cor. 8:9. In particular also, (XIII), since He, if for His sake we shall have denied ourselves and all that is ours, promises that He Himself will be to us, in the place of all things, אֵל שַׁדַּי (El Shaddai), the All-sufficient God, Gen. 17:1, Ps. 16:5 — even in our very deepest and utmost distresses, needs, and hardships, Ps. 73:25 — indeed, that He will repay and reward a hundredfold all that has been denied and forsaken for His sake, Matt. 19:28,29, and will abundantly fulfill and satisfy all our desires, Ps. 4:7,8, 20:5, and 37:4. I will not even mention (XIV) that everything which we are commanded to deny is nothing but harmful to us, 1 Tim. 6:9, Ps. 73:7,13 with vv. 17,18,19, Jas. 4:9 — and strips and divests us of everything that is not truly good — indeed, renders us unfit for the possession of eternal blessedness, Matt. 19:24, John 3:4(?), and 5:44, Luke 16:25.
And that we may be all the more inclined and ready for this by far most difficult and most burdensome task, let us make use of these helps: (1) Let us lift up our faith to the consideration of the immeasurable blessedness and glory which, according to God's promise, will most certainly follow upon that self-denial, 2 Cor. 4:17,18 and 5:1,2, Rom. 8:18, Heb. 12:2. (2) Let us consider the vanity and insufficiency of ourselves, and of all things, which must be denied for God's sake, 1 Pet. 1:24, Ps. 39:5,6,7, 90:2-12, 62:10, Eccl. 1:2. (3) Let us reflect in a godly manner on who God is, for whose sake we must deny all things — He for whom He has ransomed and redeemed us by the blood of His own and only-begotten Son, John 3:16, Rom. 8:32 — is He not worthy that we should, for His sake, cast away all things, and lay them down before His feet? Rev. 4:10,11 — has He not bought and redeemed us for this purpose, that we should now no longer live and die for ourselves, but for Him? Rom. 14:7,8,9, 2 Cor. 5:15, 1 Cor. 6:19,20. (4) Let us consider what we shall lose by not denying ourselves, but by immoderately seeking and pursuing ourselves and our own, Matt. 16:25,26. And (5) what we shall, on the contrary, gain by denying ourselves, Phil. 3:7,8, Matt. 13:46, Heb. 11:26,27 and 10:34. (6) Let us further consider what unspeakable evil this self-interest, which must be denied, has from ancient times brought upon human affairs: beginning from the first man himself, and going on to such great confusions, so many bloody wars, such horrible villainies, as occur in all histories, and which we still see daily with our own eyes — do not all these things arise from self-love? Jas. 4:1,2, 2 Tim. 3:2,3,4. (7) Let us consider that, through the denial of ourselves, we attain to true freedom, 2 Tim. 2:26, Acts 26:18, John 8:34(?), Rom. 6:20 and 7:14,23 — to peace of mind, Jas. 4:1,2, Rom. 7:5(?) — to true dominion and mastery, 1 Cor. 6:12, Prov. 16:32. (8) Let us steadfastly exercise ourselves in the love of God — for the more the love of God grows and becomes powerful in us, so much the more will our disordered love toward ourselves, and toward all created things, decrease, Ps. 73:25, 1 John 2:15,16. (9) Let us continually hold before our eyes the examples of the saints: the example of David, Ps. 131:1,2; of Moses, Heb. 11:24,25,26; of the Martyrs, ch. 10:34; of the Apostles, Matt. 19:27; particularly of Paul, Phil. 3:7,8; and especially of the Savior Himself, whose example the Apostle commends, Phil. 2:5-8 — for although He had no corrupt self-interest to deny, He nevertheless showed us, as an example, a certain self-denial, Rom. 15:3, Heb. 12:2,3,4, Phil. 2:6,7,8, 2 Cor. 8:9.
With regard also to this self-denial, its manner and mode must be carefully observed, that it be: (i) Universal, extending to everything insofar as it is contrary to God, Matt. 19:27 — "Behold, we have forsaken all, and followed you." (ii) Proceeding in a right and proper way, so that, in denying ourselves, we attack (a) self-interest, the perverse love of ourselves, Luke 9:23, "let him deny himself," 2 Tim. 3:2; (b) our life, Matt. 16:25, Acts 20:24; (c) our understanding, 2 Cor. 10:5, Gal. 1:16; (d) our will, Matt. 26:39, 1 Pet. 4:3, compare Gen. 3:16; (e) our passions, affections, and inward emotions, Gal. 5:24, 1 Pet. 4:2, Rom. 1:24, Tit. 2:12; (f) the senses and sensory perception, the mind of the flesh, Rom. 8:7 with v. 13, Phil. 3:19; (g) the body, or our members, Col. 3:5, Rom. 6:19 and 12:1; (h) also all kinds of outward things — for example, honor and offices of honor, John 5:41,44, 7:18, and 8:50,54, 2 Cor. 6:8, 1 Thess. 2:6, Phil. 2:3; treasures and riches, Heb. 11:26 and 10:34, Matt. 19:27; pleasures and enjoyments, 1 Pet. 4:2,3; the world and all that is worldly, 1 John 2:15-17, Jas. 4:4; friends and relatives, Matt. 10:37 and 19:29, Deut. 33:9; indeed, even our own righteousness, Phil. 3:5-9.
(iii) Voluntary and spontaneous, indeed even with gladness and joy, Heb. 10:34 and 11:24,25, Rom. 5:3(?); ready and prompt, Matt. 4:20,22, Acts 20:24, 1 Cor. 9:19. (iv) Constant, steadfast, and enduring, so that we never return to our own vomit, 2 Pet. 2:22 — just as Peter denied Christ three times, Matt. 26:72.
Finally, lest we be deceived by a feigned, or at least an insufficient, self-denial, and thereby drawn away from the work — it is also necessary that we earnestly examine and test our self-denial, whether it be of the kind which the Savior requires unto salvation, whose general marks consist in this: if we, in disposition, set and prefer God and divine, that is, spiritual and heavenly things, above ourselves, above the world, and above all that is worldly, then our self-denial is genuine and sincere, Matt. 10:37 and 6:33, 1 John 5:4; but on the contrary, if self-love, if the world and worldly things, if every kind of sin and fleshly lust, is set and preferred above God and divine things, then, however fair it may appear, it is nothing but a feigned and bastard self-denial, Luke 14:26, John 5:44, 2 Tim. 3:4. An example of this is found in Jehu, 2 Kings 10:16, and in Ananias, Acts 5:2,3.
And that you may ascertain this with the more certainty, examine and test within yourself: (*) What is the chief end and aim of your life, and of all your endeavors and undertakings? Is it to glorify God, to please God, and to enjoy Him forever; or is it to pursue and obtain earthly things, or whatever is beneath God — treasures, honor and offices of honor, pleasures, etc.? If the former, then your self-denial is entirely sufficient, Rom. 14:7,8, 2 Cor. 5:15, Phil. 1:20,21; if the latter, then it is certainly feigned and insufficient, Matt. 6:21,22, Ps. 17:14, Phil. 3:19. (**) With what exercises and occupations do you most love to be engaged? Is it with spiritual ones, which concern God and eternal salvation; or with temporal ones, which regard the comforts and advantages of this life? If with the spiritual, the matter is good; if with the temporal, it is by no means so, Matt. 6:33, John 6:27, Col. 3:1,2. (***) By what rule of life are you accustomed to be governed in your life and in your actions? Is it by the rule of the leading Spirit, of the Word of God, of the new creature; or is it by the imaginations and fancies of your own heart? If the former, then your self-denial will be genuine and good; if the latter, it is nothing but a disguise and a pretense, Rom. 8:1,13, Gal. 6:16, Eph. 4:17. Further, (****) wherever self-denial is genuine and sincere, there is a continual effort to fight against the flesh with its lusts, to bring it into subjection, and to put it to death, 1 Cor. 9:27, Gal. 5:17, Rom. 7:5,6. (*****) When self-denial is genuine and sincere, then nothing is so dear and precious to us that we would not, for God's sake, be ready and willing to forsake it, Luke 14:33(?), Matt. 16:25 and 19:21,22 with v. 20. (******) True and genuine self-denial always springs and flowers forth from and out of a saving knowledge of God and of the Savior, Phil. 3:7,8, and out of and from an inward love of the heart toward Him, Ps. 73:25, 2 Cor. 5:13,14.
XXXV. The Duty to Vivify the New Man
It commends and enjoins upon us, fifthly, the exercise and diligence to make the new man alive: by which vivification we do not here understand, as we have already noted above, either that first vivification of regeneration, whereby God makes alive those who were dead — which we here presuppose — or that second vivification of sanctification, which is accomplished by God alone, through the instilling of new dispositions, whereby we are made alive rather than making ourselves alive; but rather that vivification whereby we, now made alive by God, make and keep ourselves alive by exercising, putting into practice, and manifesting that spiritual life, and those spiritual dispositions, which we have received — which Holy Scripture calls walking in newness of life, Rom. 6:4. This is why we are God's ποίημα (poiema), workmanship, created in Christ Jesus unto good works, which God has before prepared, that we should walk in them, Eph. 2:10. And this is that new creature, Gal. 6:15, whereby the old has passed away, and all things become new, 2 Cor. 5:17 — whereby we put on the new man, which is created after God in true righteousness and holiness, Eph. 4:24 — whereby the new man is renewed day by day, 2 Cor. 4:16.
The vivification, then, of the new man is accomplished by a renewal (I) of the whole inward man, from which all our acts proceed: (1) of the new life ("in newness of life"), Rom. 6:4 — not of that natural life, whereby flesh is born of flesh, John 3:6, since the natural man does not comprehend the things of the Spirit of God, 1 Cor. 2:14; (2) of new principles or dispositions of life, of a new heart and of a new spirit, through whose agency and help we walk in God's statutes, Ezek. 36:26,27 — not in the old leaven of malice and wickedness, but in the unleavened bread of sincerity and truth, 1 Cor. 5:8; (3) unto new ends, that we should now no longer live for ourselves, by seeking ourselves and our own things, but for our Lord, Rom. 14:7,8, 2 Cor. 5:15 — that we should not seek our own honor and advantage, but His, Ps. 115:1, 1 Cor. 10:31, Phil. 1:20,21 and 2:21; (4) according to a new rule, namely, of the new creature, Gal. 6:16, not after the flesh, but after the spirit, Rom. 8:1,13, not after the customs of this world, Rom. 12:2; (5) through new occupations, new pursuits, not earthly, but heavenly, Col. 3:1,2 — not concerning the workings of the body, Rom. 8:13, but concerning the fruits of the spirit, Gal. 5:18,22.
Then (II) a renewal of the outward man, whereby all our works become new, 2 Cor. 5:17, so that we break up for ourselves a fallow ground, Jer. 4:3 — turning away from evil, and doing good, Isa. 1:16 — devoting ourselves to every kind of good work, both inward, Gal. 5:22, and outward, Matt. 5:16, 2 Pet. 1:5 — occupied both with God, Isa. 38:3, Tit. 2:12, according to the first table of the Law, Matt. 22:37, and with our neighbor, 1 Pet. 2:12, according to the second table of the Law, ibid. — indeed, even with regard to ourselves, Tit. 2:12.
To this vivification, or renewal of life, and practice of good works, we are called: (1) by nothing less than the command and will of God, Deut. 10:12,13, Isa. 1:17, 1 Thess. 4:3; (2) by the aim and end of our regeneration and sanctification, Eph. 2:10; (3) because it is an infallible mark of our union and fellowship with Christ, 1 John 1:6,7, 2 Cor. 5:17, Gal. 5:6 and 6:15, and also of our sincere faith, Jas. 2:18,26, from which all certainty and assurance of salvation, all rest and joy of mind, and all spiritual gladness, wells up and springs forth; (4) because it serves eminently for the advancement of God's honor and glory, Matt. 5:16, John 15:8, 2 Cor. 10:31(?); and also (5) for the edification and building up of one's neighbor, Rom. 14:19, Matt. 5:16, 1 Pet. 3:1 and 2:12; (6) because it is, in many and various ways, useful for this life and for the life to come, 1 Tim. 4:8, Deut. 10:13, Tit. 3:8, Rom. 2:6; (7) because this practice is, in more than one way, unavoidably necessary — not only because God requires it of us, 1 Thess. 4:3, nor only because He requires it as a preceding condition of our salvation, Heb. 12:14, but also because He has joined together justification, sanctification, and glorification with an inseparable bond, Tit. 2:14 and 3:5,8, 1 Cor. 1:30.
Finally, these things help and are useful toward this vivification and renewal of life: (a) Daily prayers: "Hallowed be your name by us; your will be done by us," Matt. 6:9,10, John 17:19, 1 Thess. 5:23. (b) The use of the outward duties of religion — for example, the reading and hearing of God's Word, John 17:7, and of the Sacraments, Rom. 6:4, Eph. 5:26, etc. (c) An earnest zeal and diligence — "giving all diligence, add..." — 2 Pet. 1:5, and a constant exercise, 1 Tim. 4:7, Acts 24:16, whereby we put to work the powers which have been brought to us in regeneration, and arouse the dispositions instilled through sanctification — and all this, in the power of God, Eph. 6:10 — so that, being drawn, we may run, Song of Sol. 1:4, and that we, leaning by faith upon our beloved, may ascend, Song of Sol. 8:5, etc.
XXXVI. The Duty to Consecrate Ourselves to God
It commends and enjoins upon us, sixthly, the exercise and diligence of dedicating and resigning ourselves, and especially our heart, to God, 2 Cor. 8:5, Prov. 23:26, Rom. 12:1.
For just as, by the mortification of the old man, and by self-denial, we, as it were, take ourselves away from ourselves — so, by the vivification of the new man, we must dedicate and consecrate ourselves wholly, and especially our heart, to God.
By this dedication, then, we readily and promptly sanctify ourselves, and all that is ours, having withdrawn it from ourselves, to the honor and glory of God, to His prescriptions, commands, and uses — so that (I) there must be dedicated to God: not (1) a certain outward display and semblance, a certain form of godliness, 2 Tim. 3:5 — Christ kissed and greeted by Judas, Matt. 26:49 — nor (2) merely this or that outward duty, the profession of His name, the use of the Word and of the Sacraments, Matt. 15:8 from Isa. 29:13, Ezek. 33:31, Matt. 7:21,22 — but (3) our body, Rom. 12:1, 1 Cor. 6:20, and its members, Rom. 6:19 — the ears, to hear, Isa. 1:10 — the mouth, to boast and to praise, Ps. 51:16,17 — the feet, to walk in God's paths, Ps. 119:32 — the hands, to do what is good, Isa. 1:15,16,17. In particular, (4) our understanding, Phil. 3:10, that we might know and understand Him and His will, Rom. 12:2, Phil. 1:9,10; and above all things, (5) the will and the heart, Prov. 23:26, and all its affections and inclinations: as love, Ps. 18:2; desires and longings, Ps. 42:2,3; joy and gladness, Ps. 84:2; rest, Ps. 73:25 and 16:5; hatred, Ps. 139:21,22, etc. And not only the heart, but the whole heart, Matt. 22:37, Deut. 6:5, and all its powers, so that they be aroused and applied to this end, Ps. 86:11 — יַחֵד לְבָבִי (yached levavi), "unite my heart" — that is, the faculties, the endeavors, and the undertakings of my heart, etc.
All these things are (II) then dedicated to God: when they are (1) applied and employed to advance God's honor and glory, Phil. 1:20,21, 1 Cor. 10:31, Ps. 115:1. (2) When they are ordered and directed according to the prescription of His will, 1 Pet. 4:2,3, Luke 11:2 — whether by doing, Ps. 40:9(?), or by suffering, Matt. 26:22,39, Acts 20:24 and 21:13,14. (3) When we apply and employ ourselves and all that is ours for God, and for His service and use, 1 Tim. 1:21(?), Rom. 14:7,8, 2 Cor. 5:15, Prov. 3:9, Matt. 21:2,3, Acts 4:37, Exod. 36:5. (4) When we withdraw ourselves, and all that is ours — especially our heart and our affections — from the world and from all that is worldly, 1 John 2:15,16, Rom. 12:1,2, and from Satan, 2 Tim. 2:26, 1 Pet. 5:8, and from sin, Rom. 7:5,6, Gal. 5:24 — so that all this be kept pure and clean, especially our heart, 2 Cor. 11:2, and sanctified unto the LORD, 2 Tim. 2:21, 1 Pet. 3:15, Lev. 20:6.
And thus (III) we ought to dedicate and consecrate ourselves, and all that is ours, and especially our heart, to God: (1) Because, for many reasons and under many titles, we are God's, Rom. 14:8, the Lord's, 1 Cor. 3:23 — under the title (a) of Creation, 1 Pet. 4:19; (b) of Redemption by purchase, 1 Cor. 6:19,20, Rom. 14:9, 1 Pet. 1:18,19, Rev. 5:9; (c) of Deliverance from the power of Satan, as by right of war, Heb. 2:14,15, Tit. 3:14(?); (d) of Birth, and thus of Fatherhood, John 1:13, 1 Pet. 1:23; (e) of Sanctification, whereby He has set us apart for Himself, 1 Pet. 2:9, and has impressed His image upon us, Gen. 1:26, with Col. 3:10 and Eph. 4:24 — compare Matt. 22:21; (f) of Sealing, whereby He has set His seal upon us — compare Song of Sol. 8:6. But now, what is God's must in every way be given and offered up to God, Matt. 22:21.
(2) Because God takes the greatest pleasure and delight in this dedication of us, and especially of our heart, to Himself. For our heart, or our soul, is a gift: (a) which most agrees with, and is most like to, God — for as He Himself is a Spirit, so He takes the greatest pleasure and delight in the spirit, John 4:23,24, 5:6,1,2, Ps. 34:19 and 51:19. It is (b) a gift which includes and produces all the others — for wherever the heart has been dedicated to God, there all the rest will be, or will become, dedicated as well: as God has the heart, so He likewise has the tongue, to praise Him, Ps. 57:9 — so God has the ears, to hearken to Him, Ps. 85:9 — so He has the hands, to do and to work what is good, 1 Thess. 4:11 — so He has the feet, to walk, indeed to run, in His ways, Ps. 119:32,59,101,105, etc. (c) Because it is a gift which lends favor, grace, agreeableness, and worth to every other gift, Ps. 51:8 — for without the heart nothing pleases God, however fair it may otherwise seem to shine, Matt. 15:8, 2 Kings 10:30,31 — and whatever proceeds from and out of the heart pleases God, however slight and small it may be, 2 Cor. 8:11,12 — compare Mark 12:42,43. Indeed, when the heart is sincerely dedicated and consecrated to God, it makes up for all the defects and excesses of the saints — for example, David's adultery, murder, and census; likewise Abraham's lies, etc. (d) Because it is a gift owed to God, since you, having entered into the Covenant of grace with God, and having renewed it many times, in Baptism, in the Holy Supper, on days of fasting, etc., have solemnly promised yourself to God, Ps. 116:14,15,16, Song of Sol. 6:3, 2 Chron. 15:12,13,14, etc.
We must also (IV) by no means overlook or neglect the manner and mode of our dedication: namely, that we give our heart to God: (1) Readily and willingly, 2 Cor. 8:7, Ps. 110:3, compare Philem. v. 14. (2) Promptly, and without delay — for he gives twice who gives quickly — from earliest youth onward, Eccl. 12:1, Lam. 3:27, 1 Kings 18:12(?) — "today, while you hear His voice..." Ps. 95:7,8 — and let us never say, "It is not yet time," Hag. 1:2, Acts 24:25. (3) Freely, giving: תְּנָה לִּי (tenah li), "give me" — Prov. 23:26 — not selling, not for the sake of bread, John 6:26 — even should He slay us — Job 13:15, Ps. 73:25. (4) Constantly and steadfastly, not lending it, as it were, for a season, so as to reclaim it again in its time, according to the occasion, and spend it upon ourselves, upon sin, or upon our lusts: they believe for a while, Matt. 13:21 — like Joash, only so long as Jehoiada lived, 2 Kings 12:2 — but rather, for all the days of our life, Rev. 2:10,26. (5) Fully and completely, that you surrender the whole heart, and all its inclinations, to Him — that you keep back no part for yourself, and for your own uses, for the world, and for your lusts — but that with your whole heart, with your whole soul, with all your thoughts, with all your powers, you spend and expend yourself for His love, for His uses, for His service, Matt. 22:37, Ps. 119:2.
XXXVII. The Duty to Wage the Spiritual Struggle Between Flesh and Spirit
It commends and enjoins upon us, seventhly, that we bravely and faithfully maintain and defend the cause of the spirit against the flesh — that spiritual wrestling and struggle between flesh and spirit which all who are truly sanctified, so long as they are here, and they alone, experience, Gal. 5:17, Rom. 7:19,22,23.
To this end, that this may go on happily, we must (I) carefully distinguish between the struggle of flesh with flesh — which is not unusual even among the unregenerate themselves — and the struggle of spirit with flesh.
The distinction between this twofold struggle and wrestling Ames (Cas. Lib. 2, ch. 11) sets forth briefly and precisely: (1) In their causes: for, he says, (a) the struggle and wrestling of the ungodly arises either from terror and a slavish fear of punishment, Gen. 20:3,4, or from a more merely civil disposition, which is easily overcome, Rom. 2:15 — but the spiritual struggle and wrestling arises from a certain new nature, which of itself is driven and impelled toward those things which please God, and has a fixed and constant aversion from the contrary — that is, from the spirit, Gal. 5:16,17,18, Rom. 8:13, from the inward man, Rom. 7:22. (b) That struggle and counter-wrestling which is found in the ungodly does not usually occur except in those grosser villainies which are either condemned by the light of nature, 1 Cor. 5:1, Exod. 1:17, Acts 25:16, or which, even by all who are but slightly enlightened, are commonly held in the utmost detestation, Luke 18:11 — but the spiritual wrestling and struggle of the regenerate themselves is against every sin and ungodliness, though it is never carried through into any actual crime, Ps. 119:1,104,128, 1 Thess. 5:22, Jude v. 23.
(2) They differ in their objects, because that struggle which is found in the ungodly is either between the misgivings of conscience and the inclination of the will, Gen. 20:2,4,6, or else between a slighter inclination of the will toward certain morally good things, and the ungodly passions and affections, which hold the mastery, Acts 25:25(?), Matt. 27:22,23,24 — but that wrestling and struggle which belongs to the regenerate consists in an opposition, contrariety, and resistance of a certain new and supernatural quality, or of the spiritual life, having its seat chiefly in the will, against the corrupt inclinations, which indeed dwell alongside it, but do not hold the mastery, Rom. 7:15-24 and ch. 8:13, Gal. 5:16,17,18.
(3) They differ in their effects and outcomes: namely, (a) that struggle of natural men can, and commonly does, coexist with the daily practice of sins, Rom. 2:15 with ch. 1:21 — but the struggle of the spirit always brings this about, that the course of life is directed according to the will of God, 1 John 3:9,10. (b) That struggle of natural men, though it sometimes is the cause of something good being done, nevertheless does not proceed from a good principle, John 3:6, nor a good end, Matt. 6:2,5, nor a good manner of doing, Luke 8:12-15 with v. 18 — but the spirit, struggling against the flesh, brings all these along with it, Matt. 12:37 and 6:1. (c) The struggle of natural men commonly permits acts which, with respect to their very essence, are evil, Matt. 13:23,24 — but the Spirit has such mastery, for the most part, that it permits no sin to be committed by him in whom it dwells — although he falls short and fails in the fight, and by degrees, Ps. 18:22,23,24 with 143:2, Mark 9:24. (d) In the evil that is committed, the struggle of the unregenerate does not prevent the sin from being, in every part, complete and fully carried out, with respect to the preceding deliberation and purpose, the accompanying pleasure, and the resulting stubbornness and impenitence, 2 Pet. 3:5(?) — "willingly they are ignorant of this," Eph. 4:19 — but the spirit, through its struggle and wrestling, diminishes the power of sin: partly by restraining it, partly even while it is being committed, and afterward breaks it entirely, Ps. 51:2,11,12,13, Matt. 26:75. (e) That struggle of natural men seeks nothing more or other than the restraining of sin, Gen. 20:2,6 — but the spirit, in its wrestling and struggle, always strives after the very putting to death of sin, and after the highest perfection of grace, although it cannot obtain this before death, Col. 3:5, Gal. 5:24, Phil. 3:12,13,14.
Thus far Ames, somewhat reinforced and pressed home with Holy Scripture.
Now, that we may the more successfully defend and maintain the cause of the spirit against the flesh, it is (II) necessary that we have ready at hand the considerations which can lift up our minds to courage and boldness. These, then, are at hand for us: (1) from Jehovah of hosts, the supreme Commander of this warfare, who, by His own will, has laid upon us the necessity of fighting, Rom. 6:12, Gal. 5:16, Tit. 2:11,12, Eph. 4:22(?), Col. 3:5, Gal. 5:24, Rom. 8:13.
(2) Then from the enemy, namely, the flesh, as being an enemy that is (a) the most dangerous and most malicious of all, as in whom there is absolutely no good, Rom. 7:18 — whose mind is enmity against God, Rom. 8:7 — whose understanding is nothing but darkness, blindness, and ignorance, Rom. 1:18, Eph. 4:18 — all of whose thoughts are only evil, Gen. 6:5, Jer. 17:23(?) — whose will is averse from all good, and inclined to all evil, Eph. 4:19, 2 Tim. 2:26 — which is an ocean of every abomination, Gal. 5:19,20,21, Rom. 1:18,19 and ch. 1:24-32, Rom. 7:8 — to such a degree that there is not one villainy or abomination that is not brought forth and produced by the corrupt flesh, as by a mother, just as by the devil, as by a father, Jas. 1:14,15, 1 John 3:8,10. Indeed, the flesh is worse than the devil himself, 1 Cor. 5:5(?) — it corrupts and disfigures us in such a way that we are detestable before God, Ps. 5:5,6,7, Isa. 1:15, Rom. 8:8 — it stirs up in us enmity with God, Rom. 8:7, Jas. 4:4, 1 John 2:15,16, Eph. 2:3, 1 Cor. 10:22 — it brings upon us every punishment, both temporal and eternal, Rom. 6:5(?) and 8:6,13, Gal. 6:8, 2 Pet. 1:10, Gal. 5:21, Heb. 12:24 — all of which things are the more dangerous for this reason, that they are held out to us under the guise of friendship, more than as the flesh, Jas. 4:4 — compare John 13:18, Ps. 55:13,14 — compare Mic. 7:5. As being an enemy that is (b) the most powerful and strongest of all, to which even the regenerate themselves are subject, as to a tyrant — as is quite evident in Paul, Rom. 7:8-14,24, Gal. 5:17 — since our spirit is weak, from which we are said to have only the firstfruits of the spirit, Rom. 8:23 — hence to be children in Christ, 1 Cor. 3:1,2 — carnal, sold under sin, Rom. 7:14 — to which is added, that the flesh is armed with thousands, indeed tens of thousands, of lusts, Gal. 5:19,20,21, Col. 3:5, Matt. 15:19, 1 Pet. 2:11. (c) As being the most deceitful of all, Jer. 17:10(?), Rom. 7:11 — see Daniel Dyke, on the deceitfulness of man's heart.
(3) Then from the fight, the wrestling, and the struggle itself, and its (a) unavoidable necessity — for we must either fight and struggle, or die eternally, Rom. 8:13 — either fight, or undergo a slavery which is worse than death, Rom. 7:12(?), Heb. 2:14,15, Acts 26:18, 2 Tim. 2:26 — and (b) its excellence, on account of which Paul calls this struggle ἀγῶνα τὸν καλόν (agona ton kalon), that good, that excellent, that glorious struggle, 2 Tim. 4:7 — whereby we keep the faith and a good conscience, and win the crown of righteousness.
Finally (4), from the Victory, 2 Tim. 4:7,8 — in part, indeed, already here, under this imperfection, Gal. 5:16,17, Rom. 7:17,20, Job 7:1(?) — but the complete victory after this life, Ps. 110:1 — meanwhile, a victory (a) most glorious and full of honor, Rev. 3:21, 2 Tim. 4:8; (b) certain and infallible, by virtue of God's promise, Heb. 13:5, Ps. 37:24; (c) easy also, in its own way, in the power of God, Eph. 6:10, under the guidance and protection of the wisest and mightiest of all Captains, Heb. 12:2, Gen. 15:1.
Finally (III), we must also know and understand the lawful and proper manner of fighting, 2 Tim. 2:5, namely: (1) that we have a knowledge and insight into the artifices and stratagems of the enemy, 2 Cor. 2:10,11, by which he tries to persuade us — (a) that what is truly sin is not sin, John 16:2(?) — that covetousness is nothing but thrift; that extravagance is generosity, etc.; (b) or at least, that it is only a slight sin, which is even found to have been committed by the very holiest — for example, drunkenness, in Noah; the lie, in Abraham; adultery, in David, etc. — indeed even, that sometimes a very great good has been brought about through sin, and that not infrequently a certain greater sin has been avoided by committing a lesser one — and that we can, in the end, repent of it anew: to have a right insight into these artifices and stratagems is of very great use to those who will fight and struggle successfully. (2) That we undertake nothing here in our own strength, Matt. 26:33,35 with v. 69, but only in the strength of God, Eph. 6:10, in the strength of Christ, John 15:5, Phil. 4:13. (3) That we put on the whole armor of God, Eph. 6:11, 2 Cor. 10:3,4. (4) That, while fighting, we carefully take heed and observe: (a) that we do not feed the powers of the enemy we are fighting, Rom. 13:14, 1 Pet. 2:11, Jas. 5:5 — as David fed it, 2 Sam. 11:2 — no, but that we break them, 1 Cor. 9:26; in particular, (b) that we carefully guard ourselves against those sins which, above others, tend to strengthen the flesh — for example, an immoderate love of earthly things, 1 John 2:15, Jas. 4:4, 1 Tim. 6:9,10 — an excessive care for them, 2 Tim. 2:4, Luke 21:34, etc.; (c) that we devote ourselves to moderation, even in matters that are indifferent and neutral, Tit. 2:12, 1 Cor. 6:12; (d) that we bravely withstand the assaults of the flesh, 1 Pet. 5:8,9; (e) that we watch, Matt. 26:41, over the heart, Prov. 4:23, Jer. 17:9, Matt. 15:18,19, over our passions and senses, Job 31:1, Ps. 119:37, Prov. 23:2 — also over the tongue, Ps. 39:1 and 34:13, Prov. 18:21, 13:3, and 21:23, Jas. 3:5-8, Eph. 4:29 — indeed, even over our own religion, Luke 8:18, Matt. 6:4; (f) that we resist the first motions of the flesh, Eph. 5:4, 1 Thess. 5:22, and every occasion and inducement to sin, Job 31:1, Ps. 119:115 — indeed even those sins which seem the least, Jude v. 23; (g) that we never neglect or omit prayer, Eph. 6:18, Matt. 26:41, etc.
XXXVIII. The Duty to Advance More and More in Holiness
It commends and enjoins upon us, eighthly, the exercise and diligence to advance more and more in holiness, Col. 1:9(?), Phil. 1:9, 1 Tim. 4:15, 2 Pet. 1:5, 1 Thess. 4:1, 1 Cor. 15:58.
This is so because (1) even in the very holiest, so long as they are here, so much imperfection and sin remains, Rom. 7:14-25, Isa. 64:6, Ps. 143:2, that we must all, with the Apostle, always be striving and reaching forward, however far we have advanced, according as God still calls us onward, Phil. 3:12,13,14. (2) Because it is the very nature of all who are truly sanctified, according to these promises, that they go forward and continually advance, 2 Cor. 7:1, Ps. 92:13-15 and 84:8, Jer. 17:8. (3) Because, consequently, in this advancing there is a sure and firm mark of the present spiritual life, 1 Pet. 2:2,3, John 15:4,5. (4) Because that which does not increase, by that very fact decreases, Matt. 12:13(?) — for just as our bodily warmth never remains in the same state, but either grows or diminishes, so also in the life of grace: if we do not apply ourselves to growth and increase, there will necessarily follow a certain wasting and diminishing, through that constant assault which this life suffers from the flesh — just as one who rows against the current, if he does not strive with all his effort to advance, is always driven backward. (5) Because for this reason the sincerity of the sanctified is commonly called a perfection, Gen. 6:9 and 18:1(?), Isa. 38:3 — because it, by its very nature, presses on toward perfection, Phil. 3:12-15.
And that we may the more happily increase and advance in holiness, it will be useful and profitable: (1) Daily to put to death the flesh — for the more sin decreases, so much the more does holiness increase, 2 Cor. 7:1: "Let us cleanse ourselves... perfecting holiness," Eph. 4:22-24. (2) Daily to increase more and more, and to grow strong, in the fear of God, 2 Cor. 7:1, "perfecting holiness in the fear of God." For indeed, there is nothing which more powerfully draws us back from evil, and urges us on to good, than to know the terror and the fear of the Lord, 2 Cor. 5:11, and thereby continually to walk before the face of God, and thus to be sincere, indeed perfect, Gen. 17:1 and 6:9. (3) To deny ourselves, which is the first rule of Christianity, Luke 9:23 — from which flows a renouncing of all ungodliness and worldly lusts, living soberly, righteously, and godly, and becoming zealous and diligent in good works, Tit. 2:12-14 — for indeed, there is nothing which more powerfully wrestles and struggles against the growth of holiness, than self-interest, Phil. 2:21. (4) A persistent and continual exercise in and toward godliness, 1 Tim. 4:7, that we may thereby obtain a settled disposition, Heb. 5:14, by daily adding virtue to virtue, 2 Pet. 1:5-9. (5) A daily examination of our conscience, and of our advances and progress, joined with a serious resolve to amend whatever is found to be ill or wrongly disposed in us, Lam. 3:40, Gal. 1:4(?). (6) A devout and godly use of those means which can advance us toward holiness — for example, of God's Word, of the Sacraments... 1 Pet. 2:2. (7) To call all these aforementioned helps to our aid with constant supplications, Eph. 3:16, Mark 11:24, Eph. 6:18, with John 16:23.
Chapter IX: On the Glorification of the Redeemed
On Romans 8:30 — "Moreover whom He justified, them He also glorified."
Thus we come at last to the final benefit of our union with Christ, namely, to Glorification. Of this we reckon three degrees: (1) that of its beginning, which is accomplished while a believer lives; (2) that of its progress, when he dies; and (3) that of its completion and consummation, when he rises from the dead. This last degree we defer to the end of this Work; here we shall occupy ourselves with briefly setting forth the two remaining degrees, laying as our foundation the exposition of the words which we find in Rom. 8:30.
The Explanatory Part
I. Those Who Shall Be Glorified
Wherein, and by what, the Apostle represents this last benefit of Election, namely, Glorification, may be resolved as follows.
First: those who shall be glorified — ὃς δὲ ἐδικαίωσε, "but whom He justified." The force of this word we have explained elsewhere, in the chapter on Justification: namely, that by it is not to be understood Sanctification, as the Papists, in service to their own presuppositions, would have it — but a judicial acquittal from the guilt of sin, and an assignment of the right to eternal life, on account of the righteousness of Christ imputed to them. It is these, and these alone, whom He wills to be glorified — and consequently also those whom He has called, and those whom He has elected, and whom He has foreknown with a distinguishing love.
So that here there must by no means be admitted that peculiar exposition of this passage devised by the monk Ambrosius Catharinus, condemned not only by our Reformed writers, but even by his own fellow Papists, such as Estius, Pererius, and others. This man supposes that God has appointed all men to salvation, though not in one and the same manner: namely, (1) that God loves some above others, and has in particular elected them, and has by an unchangeable decree absolutely willed that they should be saved, whom He so strengthens and secures with so many defenses and safeguards of His grace and providence, that they, even while retaining the freedom of the will, can in no way fall away — to this class He assigns the Blessed Virgin, the Apostles, the Prophets, and other more eminent saints. (2) But that He has not absolutely, or by an unmovable and fixed decree, elected others; but wills conditionally that they should be saved, namely, if they cooperate with His grace — and to these, he says, God gives His sufficient help, from which they nevertheless come to fall away; and that therefore, of these, some are glorified, others not — just as if the election of all did not exclude any contrariety — just as if those whom God has foreknown and foreordained were not also certainly justified and glorified, according to the tenor of the Text. To examine and refute this opinion at greater length is superfluous, since even the Jesuit Pererius himself calls it a novel, absurd, and heretical fiction.
II. The Glorification
Secondly, the Glorification: καὶ ἐδόξασε, "them He also glorified." That is: these He has, in part, already for a long time glorified, 2 Cor. 3:18, or made worthy of glory, by bringing to them such an excellence as deserves to be acknowledged and glorified; in part He will glorify them more and more, while they are here; and He will glorify them fully, hereafter, in the life to come, Eph. 5:27, Phil. 3:21. The Apostle uses the past tense: both to signify certainty, according to the custom of the Prophets, and also to convey the continually ongoing act, which is commonly signified among the Hebrews by such interchanges of tense. For He has long since glorified His own, through election, redemption, calling, justification, adoption as children — He glorifies them from day to day, more and more, through sanctification — and He will hereafter glorify them at the last judgment, by admitting them into the glory of their Lord, Matt. 25:21,23,34.
What it is to glorify, to praise, and to honor, and how these differ from one another, we have already said above, Book II, ch. 22. Here one might now ask: since sanctification, without doubt, prepares the way for glorification, Heb. 12:14, why does the Apostle, in this chain of salvation, make no mention of it? The Papists, attending to their own presuppositions, would have it either named, or at least included, in Justification — which we have elsewhere rejected and refuted. There are those who hold that sanctification is omitted because the subject here under discussion is by, and on what right, not in what order, we obtain salvation; but now, the right to salvation lies not in Sanctification, but in Justification, or in the righteousness of Christ, bestowed by God, and received by man through faith. Best of all, I think, one will say that Sanctification is comprehended under Glorification, as appears from Eph. 5:26,27, Ps. 45:14, and 93:5 — because the foundation of all glory is the inward excellence of holiness, of which those who are destitute are said to fall short of the glory of God, Rom. 3:23. Nor can anyone truly be glorious who is not truly holy. This is why even the glorification of God Himself is expressed under the name of Sanctification: "Hallowed be your name," Matt. 6:9.
The Doctrinal Part
III. Glorification, the Last Benefit of Our Union with Christ
The last benefit, then, of our union with Christ is Glorification — after Christ's own glorification the first in God's intention, and the last in the execution of the whole counsel of God. From this Paul assigns to it the last place in the chain of salvation. This is so because (1) there is discharged in it: (1) God's eternal Election — "whom He foreknew, them He also glorified," Rom. 8:29,30 with ch. 9:23, Matt. 25:30(?); (2) the Ransom-redemption, Heb. 2:10; (3) the Calling, 2 Pet. 1:3; (4) the Regeneration, 1 Pet. 1:3,4; (5) the Faith, v. 9; (6) the Conversion, Acts 26:18; (7) the Union with Christ, Eph. 2:6 — "He has raised us up together, and made us sit together in heavenly places, in Christ Jesus" — and ch. 1:3, "with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places, in Christ"; (8) the Justification, Rom. 5:1, "being justified by faith," with v. 3, "we rejoice in hope of the glory of God"; (9) the Adoption as children, ch. 8:17, 1 Pet. 1:4; (10) the Sanctification, Eph. 5:26,27, Rom. 2:6,7,10.
(2) Because through it God, as through its proximate cause, arrives at the manifestation of His glorious and gracious mercy and compassion, Rom. 9:21,23 — "vessels unto honor... that He might make known the riches of His glory on the vessels of mercy, which He had before prepared unto glory."
IV. What Glorification Is
Glorification is nothing other than an acknowledgment and proclamation of a certain outstanding excellence which is in the one who shall and must be glorified: and glorification consists, with respect to the word itself, either (I) merely in an acknowledgment and publishing abroad of that excellence — in which way we glorify God, Matt. 5:16, and the Son asks and requires to be glorified by the Father, John 17:1,5, and Ahasuerus glorified Mordecai, Esth. 6:6 — or (II) in the very bestowal of the excellence for which someone is to be glorified, Rom. 9:23, "which He had before prepared unto glory," 2 Cor. 3:18, "we, beholding the glory of God as in a mirror, are changed into the same image, from glory to glory." And it is in this latter sense, first of all, that Glorification now comes before us for consideration: that it means nothing other than the taking away of all that meanness and misery which might bring upon us contempt and disdain, and, on the contrary, the bestowing of that by which we may become glorious and resplendent — or, of such excellence as deserves to be acknowledged and praised.
V. What Glorification Is, with Respect to the Thing Itself
And thus, if you consider the matter itself, Glorification is nothing other than that real act of God whereby He brings those united with Christ, out of their miserable and lowly state and condition, into a happy and glorious state. It is called a real act, that it might be distinguished, not only from that moral act of which we spoke in the preceding discourse, but also from that virtual act which is present in Election, Redemption, Calling, etc., as we have shown, §3.
Now this act has, further, two termini, from and to which it also receives various names. Here is (I) a terminus from which, namely, every kind of miserable state and condition, whereby man is base and contemptible — both (1) sin itself, whereby we fall short of the glory of God, Rom. 3:23, are a stench to God, Ps. 14:3(?), and unclean, Isa. 64:6, Jer. 3:24,25 — so that, on account of it, God has a horror and a loathing of and toward us, Ps. 5:5,6,7, and of and toward our very worship, Isa. 1:11-16. And this is entirely taken away by Glorification, so named in a broader sense: it is taken away, in this life indeed, through a virtual Glorification, in its root — which occurs in Calling, Regeneration, and Conversion — and also through an actual one, in its fruits, namely, in the defects and evil doings, through Sanctification: for which reason we have noted, §2, that Sanctification is comprehended under Glorification, Rom. 8:30 — it shall be entirely and wholly taken away in death, ch. 6:10, 1 Cor. 15:55,56.
Then also, and in particular, (2) the punishment of sin, which alone is taken away by Glorification, so named in a narrower sense, Rev. 21:4. With respect to this terminus, Glorification is called in Scripture a redemption, Eph. 1:14, 1 Cor. 1:30, insofar as this signifies the actual deliverance from the evils of punishment, as distinguished from that virtual deliverance which is in the satisfaction of Christ, and which is assigned to us in justification, Eph. 1:7, Col. 1:14 — as by which we are actually delivered from those punishments, the guilt of which justification had already taken away, on account of the ransom-satisfaction of Christ, Rom. 8:23, Luke 21:28.
Here is (II) a terminus to which: the happy state, abounding and glorious with a multitude of blessings of every kind, but especially of spiritual and heavenly blessings, Eph. 1:3, Ps. 36:8,9,10, 65:5, and 16:11. With respect to this terminus, Glorification is called in the Scriptures a salvation, John 12:47, Matt. 18:11, Rom. 10:14 — and the glorified are called blessed, or happy, Ps. 1:1, Matt. 5:11 and 13:16, Mark 8:13(?).
VI. Three Periods of This Glorification
In this Glorification three periods are to be observed, as we have already pointed out above in passing. The first is that of its inception and beginning, which falls within this life, when God brings to those who shall be glorified the firstfruits of the coming harvest, Rom. 8:23 with ch. 1:16, and a foretaste, Ps. 34:9, 35:1,8-11, 65:5, and 16:11 — whereby the imperfection which commonly attaches to glorification in this present period is, in some measure, made up for. This begun Glorification has, in turn, its own degrees, among which:
(1) The first place is occupied by the very transferring of the sinner out of the state of sin, of death, and of condemnation, into the state of grace, of life, and of blessedness: which entire transferring is accomplished by that application of which we have thus far spoken, namely, by Calling, Regeneration, Conversion, Union with Christ, Justification, Adoption as children, and Sanctification — in which benefits lies the foundation of all Glorification, as that by which we are set free from the bonds of God and made His friends, John 15:15, Jas. 2:23 — and God pours out His love in our hearts, through the Holy Spirit, Rom. 5:5. And in this consists, most especially, the Glorification of this present life, Ps. 73:1,2, Matt. 5:3-11 and 17:3(?), Rom. 5:10, John 3:36.
(2) The second place, among the degrees of this begun glorification, is occupied by the preservation in the state of grace, Rom. 5:10, 1 Pet. 1:5, 1 Thess. 5:23,24, 2 Thess. 3:3 — whereby those who shall be glorified are, by God's almighty power, John 10:28,29, 1 Pet. 1:5, so upheld and strengthened, that they never fall away, either wholly or finally, 1 John 3:9, 1 Pet. 1:23.
therefore, on account of this preservation, follows the perseverance of those who are to be glorified, unshakeable in the state of blessedness, resting upon many foundations, namely:
(1) Upon the unchangeable decree of election, Rom. 8:29,30; Matt. 24:24. (2) Upon the unchangeableness of the covenant of grace, Isa. 54:10; 55:3; 61:8; Jer. 50:5; Ezek. 16:60 — of which God bears an everlasting remembrance and memorial, Ps. 105:8 and 106:45. (3) Upon the worth and price of the ransom-redemption through Christ, John 10:11 with v. 28, and ch. 13:1. (4) Upon Christ's intercession and pleading, ch. 17:11,15; Luke 22:32. (5) Upon the almighty shielding and preserving of God — of the Father, 1 Pet. 1:5, John 10:28; and of the Son, ch. 17:12; and of the Holy Spirit, whose anointing abides in us, 1 John 2:27, by whom we are sealed unto the day of redemption, Eph. 4:30. (6) Upon the steadfastness of the divine promises, Heb. 13:5, Matt. 16:18 with Heb. 6:17. (7) Upon the immortality of the spiritual life itself, as springing originally from an imperishable seed, John 4:14 with 1 Pet. 1:23, 1 John 3:9. (8) Upon the care and watchfulness of those who are to be glorified themselves, whereby, under God's governance, they work out and perfect their salvation with fear and trembling, Phil. 2:12 — standing watchful and taking heed that they do not fall, Rom. 11:20, 1 Cor. 10:12; inclining their hearts to keep God's statutes forever, to the end, Ps. 119:112, 2 Tim. 4:7,8, with continual and persistent prayers to God that they may not be led into temptation, but delivered from the evil one, Matt. 6:13.
And yet, while we thus establish and maintain such a preservation on God's part, and such a perseverance of those who are to be glorified, we nevertheless do not deny that it can happen, by God's righteous judgment, on account of their sins, (a) that the genuineness and sincerity of all saving grace in them may be so darkened that they themselves can scarcely, or hardly at all, mark and feel it — as happens not only in spiritual desertions, when they see no light, Isa. 50:10, but also, at other times, on account of certain grosser excesses, as appears in David, Ps. 51:13. Then (b) that habitual grace, through a long-continued and persistent course of sinning, or at least through its not being stirred up, may in the meantime be weakened; compare 2 Tim. 1:6. Furthermore, (c) that its acts may for a time wholly cease, as happens in a swoon or in a deep sleep, Rom. 13:11; Eph. 5:14; 1 Thess. 5:6; Matt. 25:5. Moreover, (d) that all its pleasant fruits — the peace and joy given through the Holy Spirit, Rom. 14:17 — the assurance of salvation and comfort, may finally be taken away, even for a long time, Ps. 31:14. Notwithstanding all this, however, there remains, through the grace of preservation, the seed of grace upon which the state of grace rests and depends, constant and steadfast, 1 John 3:9 — which also, in its own time, sprouts forth again, comes to bud, and blossoms anew, Ps. 37:24; Matt. 26:75; compare Isa. 6:13.
VIII.
(III) The third topic, among the stages of incipient glorification, comprises the strengthening by which God, those who are to be glorified being still weak, Matt. 26:41, Rom. 8:26, 2 Cor. 3:9, strengthens and empowers them, ch. 1:21, 2 Thess. 1:3, so that in His strength they are able (1) to crucify the flesh, restrain and subdue it, with its lusts and desires, Gal. 5:24, Rom. 6:5,6; (2) to withstand temptations, Eph. 6:10,13, James 4:2; (3) to overcome the world and the things of the world, 1 John 5:4; (4) to go forward and advance in every duty of godliness, Col. 1:10, 2 Cor. 3:5, Ps. 84:8, Eph. 4:15,16; (5) valiantly to undergo and endure all manner of persecutions and every kind of adversity, Phil. 4:13, Col. 1:13, Rom. 8:35,37; (6) to persevere to the end, Job 27:3-7, Acts 26:22 with Rom. 14:4, Jude v. 24, 1 Cor. 1:8,9, 1 Pet. 1:5. And yet this strengthening does not prevent those who are to be glorified from, through the weaknesses of their flesh and the cruelty of persecutions, under God's permission and governance, not seldom giving way to sin, as regards this or that act, as appears in all the saints — for it is enough that they, by divine strengthening, habitually never wholly and finally give way and succumb to sin, Rom. 6:12, Ps. 37:24.
IX.
(IV) The fourth topic, among the stages of the incipient glorification, comprises the sealing, 2 Cor. 1:22, Eph. 1:13 and 4:30, Rev. 7:3, by which God makes those who are to be glorified certain and assured, as it were with signs and seals, that they have been brought over into the state of grace, that they will be preserved therein, more and more strengthened and confirmed by His power, until at last they attain the full degree of perfect glory. To this assurance of the sealing two things belong together: (1) On God's side, certain sure and firm means, by which He offers that certainty and assurance to those who are to be glorified — namely, (a) through the promises of the word, Heb. 13:5, Luke 21:18, Isa. 54:8 and 49:14,15,16, John 10:27,28,29, etc. — all of which promises are Yes and Amen in Christ, 2 Cor. 1:20. Then He adds (b) to the promises His oath, Heb. 6:17. He also adds (c) signs and seals, namely the sacraments, Gen. 17:11, Rom. 4:11 — with reference to which the assurance is properly called a sealing, and God is said, by assuring, to seal us, 2 Cor. 1:22. Indeed He also adds (d) as a pledge His very Spirit, Eph. 1:13,14: "You were sealed with that Holy Spirit of promise, which is the pledge of our inheritance," 2 Cor. 1:22 and 5:5 — where by the Spirit must be understood those gifts of the Holy Spirit which have an inseparable bond with salvation, and are joined together with salvation, Heb. 6:9, namely faith, hope, love, repentance, and other such things, by which, as by a certain pledge, we can be sure and assured that we are in the state of grace. Indeed, (e) that nothing may be lacking, He adds the firstfruits of the coming perfect harvest, Rom. 8:23, or a certain foretaste of the future heavenly joy, Rom. 14:17, Isa. 64:4, 1 Cor. 2:9, 2 Cor. 3:4. Then (2) certain things concur on our side, by which we accept those things offered by God: namely (a) a certain spiritual sense, by means of which we mark and feel the true presence of the Spirit, or of the saving gifts of the Spirit, Phil. 1:9. (b) The gift of discernment, by which we distinguish true grace from false, and common grace from saving, Heb. 5:14, Phil. 1:10, 2 Cor. 3:5. (c) The reasoning and inference of conscience, by which we, from the presence of saving gifts, draw the conclusion that we are in the state of grace, 1 John 3:14,16. (d) The testimony of the Holy Spirit, Rom. 8:15 (?), 1 Cor. 2:12, by which and with which He so confirms and seals all the foregoing that it brings to those who are to be glorified no lesser assurance than that which belongs to a divine faith, 1 John 4:16 — for which reason it is also commonly called by theologians the assurance of faith; not that this testimony is properly an act of that divine faith itself (for God nowhere says, "You, Peter," "You, Paul, shall be saved"), but because it not only rests upon, and is inferred and drawn from, the gift of saving faith, John 3:16, but also because it gives the very same assurance which faith gives.
X.
(V) The fifth topic, among the stages of the incipient glorification, is the bestowal of goods and gifts — chiefly spiritual ones — with an overflowing abundance, Col. 2:2,7,10, 2 Pet. 1:2,3, Eph. 1:3, so that thereby those who are to be glorified may not only be made a little more glorious in themselves, Isa. 61:10, Ps. 45:14, 1 Pet. 3:3,4, but also be prepared for the full glory; indeed, that they may even obtain a wider entrance into the kingdom of glory, 2 Pet. 1:8,11.
XI.
From all that has been said above there flow, as consequences of the incipient glorification: (1) A firm and sure comfort in every adversity and hardship, however great or of whatever kind they may be — whether touching life or touching death, Col. 1:2 [?]. For against the imperfection of the incipient glorification — which springs from the sin that still arises (since, while we are here, it never ceases) — nothing can be sought more earnestly and eagerly, or obtained more happily, than comfort, or something which powerfully raises up and strengthens the mind against every evil, 2 Cor. 1:3,4, and which flows and springs of itself from what has been said thus far. For whoever has been brought over into the state of grace, who is powerfully preserved therein, who, against every assault and onslaught of every enemy, is strengthened by God, to whom these things are sealed by the Holy Spirit, and who besides is enriched with spiritual gifts — what evil could such a one not bravely and stout-heartedly undergo and bear, Phil. 4:13? In what could such a one not, besides, leap for joy, Rom. 5:3,4 and 8:35? Then (2) an apprehension, understanding, and sense of the divine love, Rom. 5:5, arising from a sense of the transfer from the state of death into the state of life, 1 Pet. 2:9, powerful in this state of living, 1 Pet. 1:3 with v. 5, Rom. 8:35 — and of the strengthening and empowering that is to follow, Rom. 5:10,11; likewise of the sealing and assurance, Rom. 8:38 [?]; and of the bestowal of spiritual goods, Eph. 1:2,3. From this arises (3) friendship with God, which consists in a mutual love, John 15:14,15, James 2:23, Eph. 2:19. Besides this, (4) peace or quietness of mind, arising from a present sense of the begun glorification, and from an undoubting hope that it will one day be completed and made perfect, Rom. 5:1 — or a mutual goodwill and understanding between God and us, Phil. 4:7, Eph. 2:14; between us and our own conscience, 1 Tim. 1:19, Heb. 13:18, 1 Pet. 3:16; between us and all creatures, Hos. 2:18-20 [?], Isa. 11:6-9. Further, (5) an unspeakable joy, an inward and deep delight and contentment of mind arising from the thought of the present, and from an unmoved trust in the future glorification, 1 John 1:3,4, Phil. 4:4, 1 Pet. 1:7,8, Luke 10:20, John 16:11 [?]. Finally, (6) the experience of the divine favor and goodness, Ps. 20:1,20 [?], 36:8-11, and 65:5.
And yet one must not think that these six consequences accompany all who are to be glorified always, or in the same degree — for dark clouds and mists often come between, whether through spiritual desertions, Ps. 30:8, 77:3,4,5,8,9,10, and 88; or through all manner of misfortunes and miseries, Ps. 43:2, so that they, lacking all sense of the divine love, all comfort, joy and gladness, groan and complain: "How long, LORD, will you forget me forever?" Ps. 13:2,3, Isa. 49:14. Which notwithstanding, they are nevertheless under the state of incipient glorification, with regard to their transfer into the state of grace, and with regard to conversion, strengthening, and the bestowal of various spiritual gifts; and as concerns the sealing, and the remaining ingredients of this incipient glorification, they are in such a state that they can attain to it through the ordinary means, and generally do attain to it — as may be seen in David, Ps. 6:3,4,6,7 with v. 9,10,11, and 30:8,9 with v. 12,13, and 116:3,4 with v. 7,8,12; in Job, and in others, according to Isa. 42:14 with v. 16, and 54:8.
XII.
From these ingredients of the incipient glorification it is, by the law of contraries, easy to grasp what the incipient damnation is, and wherein it consists, of which John 3:18,36 speaks. It is, namely, a truly wretched state, Eph. 2:1,3,12, Rom. 2:8,9 — shameful and disgraceful, Ps. 14:3, Isa. 64:6 — deprived of all true comfort, Luke 6:24, compare Lam. 1:2,9,17 — under wrath, Ps. 6:1, Eph. 2:3 — under the hatred and abhorrence of God, Ps. 5:5-7, Isa. 1:14,15 — under an enmity with God, Rom. 5:10 (θεοστυγεῖς, haters of God, Rom. 1:30) — without any joy, under agitations, fears and terrors, Isa. 48:22 and 57:20,21, Prov. 28:18,19 — under the fear of death, Heb. 2:15 — without any hope of salvation, Eph. 2:12, Job 8:14 — in whose misery God, as it were, laughs and mocks, Prov. 1:26,27,31,32, etc. Compare Book IV, ch. IV.
XIII.
The second period of glorification, namely its progress, is in the death of those who are to be glorified, Rev. 14:13, Ps. 116:15 and 72:14. For although death, by and from its own nature, is nothing but a wage of sin, Rom. 5:12 and 6:23, and a dreadful and terrifying compendium of all misery, Gen. 2:17, Rom. 8:7 — and although it likewise, for the reprobate, opens the entrance to the misery of eternal damnation, Luke 16:23, Heb. 9:27 — nevertheless, for those who are to be glorified, it is, through grace, a step of glorification, precious as it is in the sight of God, Ps. 116:15, and an introduction of the soul into eternal glory, John 5:25.
For if you consider (1) the body, it is at the very least, by death, delivered from the sense of all preceding misery, and by it all their tears are wiped away, Rev. 7:17 and 21:5; they rest from all their labor, Rev. 14:13, Job 3:17,18; thus they are hidden from the approaching storms and tempests of every misery, Isa. 26:20; they go in peace, they sleep and rest upon their beds, Isa. 57:2 — whence the death of those who are to be glorified is commonly called a sleep, John 11:11,14; for which reason also, in testimony of the hope of a blessed awakening, the bodies of believers used to be committed to the earth honorably, without pomp and without superstitious popish ceremonies — wax candles, chants, and the whole funereal apparatus of "hallowing" — after the example of the body of Christ, Matt. 27:57-62, and of the patriarch Jacob, Gen. 50:2-12.
If you consider (2) the soul, it will experience: (1) a perfect deliverance from sin, Rom. 6:7; (2) a more perfect communion with God and with Christ, 2 Cor. 5:6,8, Phil. 1:23; (3) a more perfect holiness, Heb. 12:23; (4) a more perfect dwelling place, Luke 23:43 and ch. 16:22, 2 Cor. 5:1; (5) a more perfect glory, a certain crown of righteousness, 2 Tim. 4:8.
XIV.
This second period of glorification therefore presupposes two things: (1) The presence of the soul, after the body, and its immortality — whereby, though it can, by God's absolute power, be annihilated, it nevertheless cannot, by its created simplicity, die; nor, likewise, according to God's decree and governing righteousness, can it be annihilated by any determined power, Eccl. 12:7, 2 Cor. 5:10. For if the soul, after the death of the body, were not present, then the dead could in no way be blessed. (2) It presupposes a sense of either pain or joy in that presence, 2 Cor. 5:8, Rev. 6:9,10,11 — that it is indeed more pleasant for us to dwell away from the body; for if the souls of the departed were not capable of gladness and joy, then those who die in the Lord could not be called blessed either, Rev. 14:13, and believers could with no sound reason wish and long for their death, 2 Cor. 5:2, Phil. 1:23.
XV.
From this you may, likewise, by the force of contraries, readily gather and grasp what the progress of damnation is in the death of unbelievers. Since they (1) will be stripped and shaken loose from all goods and treasures, honors, offices and pleasures, Luke 16:25, "You have received your good things in this life"; Ps. 49:13 and 73:18,19. Since (2) their most wicked and godless works will follow them into judgment — not otherwise than the righteous works of the righteous follow the righteous, Rev. 14:13, 2 Cor. 5:10, Matt. 12:36. Since (3), by death, they will go into prison, 1 Pet. 3:19,20, into the place of torment, Luke 16:28, and will be cast into hell, there to be kept, bound with chains of darkness, unto the judgment of damnation, 2 Pet. 2:4. Since (4), by death, they receive into and upon themselves punishments and torments, Jude v. 7, Luke 16:23,24,25, an unquenchable fire, Isa. 66:24, Mark 9:44. Since (5) death itself, by its very nature and character, will be to them absolutely dreadful and terrifying, Ps. 73:19, etc.
XVI.
The third period of glorification, or its completion and perfection, is in the resurrection of those who are to be glorified — which will be extended into all eternity, 2 Cor. 5:1, Matt. 25:34,36. When those who are to be glorified (1) will be perfectly united with God, as their highest good. When (2) God will bestow and lavish His infinite perfection, in and with all its attributes, upon them. When (3) the glorified themselves will forever enjoy the union and communion with the highest Good, in an unspeakable satisfaction, delight and joy. And (4) will spend the whole of eternity in the enjoyment of the divine glorification, with the highest delight and contentment. When, besides, (5) their bodies and souls alike will be raised to the highest perfection; and the glorified, through all this, (6) will exist and abide together, in the sweetest possible fellowship, with God, with Christ, with the angels, and with all the elect, throughout all eternity. However, since all these things belong to the state of eternity, we shall defer them to the end of this Work, in order there, God willing, to speak of them at large and expressly.
XVII.
Over against this stands eternal damnation, which elsewhere is called shame and abhorrence, Dan. 12:2. This, we hold, will consist both in a complete and eternal separation from communion with the highest Good, Matt. 25:41, 2 Thess. 1:9, and from everything that is truly good, Luke 16:25; and in unbearable pains of the soul, together with those of the body, Matt. 25:46, 2 Thess. 1:9. Whereby they will be separated, wholly and entirely, from union, communion and enjoyment of God; and, in place of God being glorified in and through the blessed, they will, on account of the unbearableness of their pains, blaspheme God; and will be left in the corruption and depravity of their nature, in both soul and body; and, together with the fellowship of devils, will exist alongside all the damned, and that unto all eternity, Matt. 25:41.
The Polemical Part
XVIII.
It is asked, first: whether those who are to be glorified, having truly been brought over into the state of grace, can wholly, or at last finally, fall away from it? The Pelagians and those of a Pelagian bent, the Socinians, the Arminians, the Papists — out of sheer prejudice regarding a free, indifferent and self-determining will, which they hold can change at any hour — maintain this. The Lutherans — I know not with what design, purpose or consistency, although they acknowledge that a man can be infallibly assured of his salvation, though they likewise place the saving act of faith in this very trust — nevertheless say that a true believer can wholly fall away, though not finally; although among them too there are some who maintain that they can fall away both wholly and finally. The Reformed, although they acknowledge that a true believer can, in many things, fail — as we explained at §VII — and although they likewise acknowledge that a true believer, considered in and of himself and his own strength, could come to fall away wholly and finally, nevertheless steadfastly deny that such a one, on account of the grace of divine preservation and on account of the imperishable seed of grace received in regeneration, can come to fall away wholly and finally.
The grounds of this view we have named at §VII, to which we add here but few: that those who are truly brought over into the state of grace (1) are elect, Eph. 1:4, Rom. 8:29,30, and such cannot wholly and finally fall away, Matt. 24:24, Rom. 11:7, 2 Tim. 2:18,19, Ps. 37:23,24. Because (2) they are reborn of an imperishable and incorruptible seed, 1 Pet. 1:23,25. Because (3) they are called without repentance, Rom. 11:29. Because (4) they are so perfectly justified, Rom. 8:1, that God will remember their sins no more, Jer. 31:34, Mic. 7:18,19. Because (5) God, for the sake of the intercession and pleading of Christ, so carefully preserves them all, that none of them is lost, John 17:2,12,19,20, ch. 10:28,29, 1 Pet. 1:5, Luke 22:32. Because they, moreover, (6) persevere in the fellowship of the Church, 1 John 2:19. Because thence (7), being born of God, they are said not to be able to sin, 1 John 3:9 and ch. 5:18 — namely, unto death, 1 John 5:16 — since they, by God's grace, before their death, are surely restored, Ps. 37:24, Prov. 24:16.
Nevertheless, opponents press their contrary view thus: (1) That they can be blotted out of the book of life, Exod. 32:32, Ps. 69:29, Rev. 22:19. Answer. "Out of the book of this life," or out of the register of those who live here — or else, they can be blotted out of the book of the Church (and this Moses would rather have than that the whole Church be blotted out, Exod. 32:32), which is otherwise called being cut off from one's people, Exod. 30:33,38, Lev. 7:25,27 — but not out of the book of the life to come, of which Phil. 4:3, Luke [10]:20, Isa. 4:3, Dan. 12:1. (2) That the righteous can fall away and perish, Ezek. 18:24,25,26. Answer. (a) It is a conditional statement, expressing only the connection of something that follows upon something that goes before, but not declaring the actual outcome. (b) They can fall away from legal righteousness, visible only in outward things, of which sort the Apostle ascribes to himself while yet a Pharisee, Phil. 3:4,5,6 — upon which the hearers of Ezekiel relied, ch. 33:13. (3) That many believe for a time and afterward fall away, Matt. 13:21. Answer. These are time-believers, who in the text are distinguished from true believers, v. 21,23. (4) That true believers not only fall into terrible sins but also perish therein, Heb. 6:4-8 and 10:26-29. Answer. These texts speak of those who fall into the sin against the Holy Spirit, Heb. 10:29, which cannot befall the elect and true believers, 1 John 3:9 and 5:18. (5) That they can deny the Lord who bought them, 2 Pet. 2:1. Answer. There are not meant such as Christ purchased with His blood, but such as God, as a δεσπότης — Master in His household — through the preaching of the gospel, obtained for Himself, without any blood of His Son, so far that they, by an outward profession, accepted Him; who are also, in this measure, said to have escaped the pollutions of the world through the knowledge of Jesus Christ, v. 20,21. (6) That there are examples of such a falling away on hand — in David, 2 Sam. 11,12; in Solomon, 1 Kings 11:1,2; in Hymenaeus, Philetus, Alexander, 1 Tim. 1:18-20, 2 Tim. 2:17,18; in Demas, 2 Tim. 4:10. Answer. They either were never true believers, as Hymenaeus, Philetus, Alexander, and perhaps also Demas, since they went out wholly and entirely, 1 John 2:19; or else, they did not fall away wholly and entirely, as David, Solomon, Ps. 51:13. (7) That an unfailing perseverance strives against, and takes away and renders powerless, admonitions, promises, threats, and the whole force of the ministry of the Church — indeed, even the care, zeal and diligence to persevere. Answer. It takes none of this away; for true believers know that God, through admonitions, promises and threats, through the ministry of the Church, and through godly cares and concerns, preserves them, Phil. 2:12,13.
It is asked, second: whether one who is to be glorified can be infallibly assured, of his transfer into the state of grace and of his eternal glorification? This question we have already examined and weighed thoroughly, for and against, with express purpose, in Chapter I of this Book VI, §XVII-XXII.
XIX.
It is asked, third: whether, for those who are to be glorified, natural death is properly speaking a punishment for sin? The Socinians — so that we should not be able soundly to conclude, from the death of little children, the truth of original sin, and so that we should not soundly say that Christ, by His natural death, has fully satisfied for the temporal punishment of our sins — absolutely deny that natural death is a punishment of sin. These we have refuted in Book III, ch. IX, §XXXIII and XLII. The Papists, in service to their kitchen of purgatory, so as the more conveniently to maintain that everyone must satisfy for the temporal punishments of his own sins, hold firmly that temporal death itself, even for those who are to be glorified, is a true and properly-so-called punishment. Among the Reformed there is, so far as I know, only one — and being a Remonstrant — who, although he observed that the natural death of believers, like their other afflictions, are by nature punishments for sins, and that these nevertheless press upon them in this life, thinks that they are true and properly-so-called punishments, for which the Savior would not have made full satisfaction; and in this, though with a different aim, he joins hands with the Papists, and therefore falls together with them, by those proofs which we have adduced elsewhere. For the rest, the Reformed maintain, against the Socinians, that natural death indeed, by its own nature, is a punishment for sin; but that it, through grace, for those who are to be glorified, is not a punishment for sin, but rather a benefit — for which view we have shown the grounds at §XIII, to which we here add only this one thing: that Christ has delivered us from every properly-named punishment, by His satisfaction, Rom. 8:1, 1 John 1:7, Ps. 103:3; whereas He has not delivered us absolutely from natural death, insofar as that is something evil, or a punishment, Heb. 9:27. Nor do I see what those can bring forward for themselves, other than those passages which say that death is a punishment for sin, Gen. 2:17, Rom. 5:12 and 6:23 — which, however, do not assert that it is a punishment for believers, but only in itself and by its own nature, which we have long since granted.
XX.
It is asked, fourth: whether, after the death of every man, his soul remains, and is likewise endowed with feeling? This the philosophers, the Atheists, Epicureans, Somatists, Hobbesians — with whom, among physicians, Galen held — among the Jews, the Sadducees — among the falsely-so-called Christians, the Arabian Thnetopsychites (soul-mortalists), whom Origen once brought to better thoughts — deny. In our time the Socinians, because they hold that to die is nothing other than to pass into a non-existence, think that indeed the body returns into everlasting matter, and that the soul — because for them it is nothing other than a certain power and force of God — returns back into God (see the Compendiolum Socinianismi refuted by D. Cloppenburgius, ch. VIII, and Smalcius, De Divinitate Christi, ch. XIII); and that they therefore neither exist nor have feeling until the last judgment, when the souls — at least of believers — shall be raised up again. The Mennonites indeed acknowledge that souls, after the death of the body, remain; but, together with the Psychopannychites, hold that they sleep until the last judgment, without any sense of good or evil. The Reformed teach that rational souls, after the death of the body, not only remain, but also experience joy or sorrow, delight or pain. We have handled this matter, from both sides, for and against, examined and treated it in Book III, ch. IX, §XV and XVI; and likewise what we have noted above against the Socinians in Book V, ch. XII, §XVIII, and ch. XIII.
XXI.
It is asked, fifth: whether, after the death of the body, more than two dwelling-places belong to human souls? The ancients ascribed to the souls of all deceased men (except perhaps, some think, those of the martyrs) subterranean caverns and dens, in which, as in prisons, they would be kept until the day of the resurrection — to which view are said to belong the Greeks, and also, in their own way, out of the Socinians and Mennonites, those who philosophize more mildly concerning the separated soul. The Papists devise, besides the two accepted dwelling-places — heaven and hell — three more besides: (1) a Limbo of the Fathers, in which the souls of the believers of the Old Dispensation would have been enclosed, until Christ's actual satisfaction, now empty; (2) a Limbo of infants, in which the souls of little children who die without baptism would be kept, without any pains indeed, but also without the beatific vision of God; and (3) Purgatory, in which they hold are enclosed the souls of those who died with venial sin, until such time as satisfaction has been made for the temporal punishment. Among the Reformed there is one, and perhaps another, who ascribes to the twice-dead a certain extraordinary place, which they call a place (dispensationis) of assignment. The constant and ordinary view of the Reformed is that there are only two receiving- and dwelling-places of souls — heaven and hell — in which, after the death of the body, the whole of eternity must be spent; because Scripture knows of no other places, and we can have no knowledge of such things from anywhere but Scripture. However, since we have here only touched this question and controversy with a finger, this shall be enough, it being intended to treat it at large and expressly, God willing, at the end of this compilation.
The Practical Part
XXII.
As concerns the practical use: first of all, the glorification of this life, or the incipient glorification, commends to us the excellence of the blessedness of those who are united with Christ. For it is not (1) merely because they, by God's unchangeable decree, have been foreordained to the future glorification, 1 Pet. 1:2,3,4, Rom. 8:27 (?), 1 Cor. 2:7, Matt. 25:34, when they shall be made conformable to the glorious image of the Son of God Himself, Rom. 8:29 with 2 Cor. 4:4. Nor only (2) because they have been redeemed and purchased, unto the future glory, by the blood of the Son of God Himself, 1 Pet. 1:18,19. Nor only (3) called unto the fellowship of that glory, 1 Pet. 2:9, 2 Thess. 2:14. Nor only (4) reborn unto that same glory, 1 Pet. 1:3,4. Nor only (5) converted unto it, Acts 26:18. Nor only (6) have had it assigned to them from God's own judgment seat, through justification, Rom. 5:2, being justified, we boast in the hope of the glory of God. For not only, I say, are they, on account of all these things, certain to be glorified at the last judgment, but they (7) already, long since, have been glorified — not only in their glorious Head Christ, through a most intimate union with Him, John 17:10,22, but moreover (8) in themselves, insofar as they have long since been brought over, out of the most wretched state of sin, death and damnation, into the state of grace, of life, and of blessedness, 1 Pet. 2:9, 1 John 3:14. Insofar as they likewise (9), once brought over into this glorious state, persevere and continue steadfastly therein, unto all eternity, by God's almighty preservation, 1 Pet. 1:4,5, John 10:28,29, 1 John 3:24. Insofar as they, besides, (10), against all their enemies — however powerful and mighty these may be — who seek to rob them of this glorious prize, or endeavor to overpower them, Rev. 2:18 [?] — are so powerfully strengthened and fortified that neither death nor life can separate them from the love of God which is in Christ Jesus their Lord, Rom. 8:35-39 — indeed, not even the gates of hell, Matt. 16:18. And also (11) are sealed — or rather, to them is sealed, as with signs and seals, that glorious state in which they are, as regards the beginning, and into which they shall be brought, as regards its completion and perfection — as we have taught in ch. X, §II — from which we are said to be saved in hope, Rom. 8:24, so that we boast in the hope of the glory of God, ch. 5:2. Finally (12), that nothing may be lacking to their glory, He bestows on those who are to be glorified, as a pledge, His own Spirit, 2 Cor. 1:22, and its most pleasant and sweetest fruits, Gal. 5:22 — indeed, even the firstfruits of that love of God, of that peace, and of that joy, over all those good things which no eye has seen, no ear has heard, and which have not arisen in the heart of man — "which God has prepared for those who love Him," 1 Cor. 2:9.
If you now bind all these things together, as it were in one bundle, will not the glory even of this present life become so great that we must consider ourselves (1) on that account infinitely obligated to the glorification of God? 1 Pet. 2:9 — that we may be the image and glory of God, 1 Cor. 11:7, and that Christ may be glorified in us as in our glory, John 17:10, and that it may be our most strenuous effort that Christ, with all boldness, be magnified in our body, whether by life or by death, Phil. 1:20. (2) That we should count ourselves blessed with so great a glory? — not only by rejoicing with unspeakable joy, 1 Pet. 1:7,8, but also by humbly boasting in the hope of the glory of God, because the love of God is poured out in our hearts through the Holy Spirit, Rom. 5:2,3 [?]. (3) That we should take up this glorification for our own use, as often as we are covered and overwhelmed with the reproaches and disgraces of our enemies? 1 Pet. 4:12,13.
XXIII.
Second: the begun and incipient glorification offers a way whereby every defect and misery of this life — whereby it is distinguished from the accomplished glorification — can be powerfully and easily supplied and averted. For whether it be (1) sin, as the wellspring of every defect and misery — indeed, the sole misery and disgrace itself, James 1:21 — or (2) the punishments and afflictions, very many and very heavy, which not only befall the godless, Ps. 32:10, but also commonly happen to the godly here, Ps. 34:20 — or (3) the enemies, both bodily and spiritual, who continually lay siege to believers and press upon them — the devil, the world, and the corrupted flesh, 1 Pet. 5:8, 1 John 5:19 and ch. 2:15,16 — or (4) death, John 18:14 — or the last judgment, 2 Cor. 5:11 — or eternal damnation, Isa. 66:24 — what shall come to your aid more powerfully in all these and other circumstances, and comfort us, than to consider that you, through this begun glorification, (1) are set in the state of grace, of life, and of eternal glory, and that thereby you can boast, in all manner of trials and adversities, in the hope of the glory of God, Rom. 5:2? Then as (2) that you, in so blessed a state, are so powerfully preserved, even by the power of God, that the gates of hell shall not be able to overpower you, Matt. 16:18, John 10:28,29, and shall not be able to separate you from the love of God which is in Christ Jesus your Lord, Rom. 8:35. Then as (3) that you, under this divine preservation, are so strengthened and empowered that you are able to be a match for all your enemies, however powerfully and cunningly they may assail you — indeed, more than a match, Rom. 8:37, Phil. 4:13. Then, besides, (4), that you are infallibly assured of this your so blessed state by God's own Spirit, as by a pledge, 2 Cor. 1:22. Then as (5) that of this our blessedness there are so many divine tokens and proofs, promises, oaths — indeed, even the firstfruits — and a sense of the divine love poured out in our hearts, and a peace and quietness of mind which passes all understanding, Rom. 5:1, Phil. 4:7, in unspeakable joy, 1 Pet. 1:8, in the bestowal of all manner of spiritual goods, Col. 2:2,7,10 — all so many pledges of God's unshakeable grace, Eph. 1:3,4. Then as (6) of His fatherly care, whereby He watches over us for good in every circumstance, however adverse it may be, Rom. 8:28, Matt. 10:29,30,31, Neh. 1:8 (?). Then as (7), that from all the foregoing, even the complete glorification dares to promise itself, on unshakeable grounds and proofs, 2 Cor. 5:1,2, 1 Pet. 1:4,5, Rom. 5:2. Let me add (8): what, even in the prosperity of this present life, could sweeten and delight us more than a godly meditation upon all the foregoing? Luke 14:15 (?), Ps. 23:1.
XXIV.
Third: it declares, on the contrary, and displays the unspeakable misery of those who have no part in this incipient glorification. Since these (1) are not only, according to what has been said before, deprived of every joy, comfort, and firstfruits of gladness and rejoicing, Isa. 57:21; nor only (2) shall be damned, according to God's unchangeable decree, Rom. 9:22, Jude v. 4; but (3) already stand long since condemned and damned, John 3:18,36. Because they (1) are already in the state of death, Eph. 2:1,3. Because they (2) are kept unto the day of judgment, to be eternally punished, 2 Pet. 2:9, over whom the judgment from of old is not idle, and whose destruction does not slumber, 2 Pet. 2:3. Because they (3), wholly and entirely deprived of God's empowering and strengthening grace, lie exposed to the ragings not only of their own lusts, Rom. 1:24, but also of Satan himself, Acts 26:18, in whose snares, being taken captive, they are led about and carried away and swept off, to and according to his every will, 2 Tim. 2:27. Because (4) in the place of the believers' assurance of salvation, nothing else remains for them, with the least right, than a fearful expectation of judgment, and the heat of fire, which shall consume the adversaries, Heb. 10:27. Because therefore (5), in the place of the believers' friendship with God, and a mutual sweetest love; in the place of comforts; in the place of joy and gladness — there is nothing else for them than that from which they draw God's wrath, hatred and abhorrence, Ps. 5:5,6,7, Eph. 2:1,3; from which they draw continual anxieties and terrors of conscience, Isa. 33:14; from which they may conceive a continual fear of death, Heb. 2:14; whereby they, as by the firstfruits of hellish damnation, are tormented as by furies, Isa. 66:24. Because (6), in place of the godly's experience of the divine goodness, nothing else awaits them than God's fearful and terrifying judgments, Ps. 69:23-26, and 11:6,7. Until at last (7) all the foregoing shall discharge itself into the complete and absolute damnation, Ps. 73:17,19, Phil. 3:19, Rev. 21:8. All of which things are set forth and represented to this end: (a) that the godless may thereby conceive a sense of their pressing damnation, Isa. 33:14; and (b) that, while it is yet time, they might, with all their endeavor, seek to escape, Acts 2:37 and 16:30, Ps. 95:7,8, etc.
XXV.
Fourth, it also commands that we earnestly examine ourselves, whether we are among the glorified or among the damned. For since (1) the blessedness of the glorified is so great, as we have said at §II, XXII and XXIII; since also (2) the misery of the damned is so great, as we have said at §XXIV; since likewise (3) the condemned themselves, through a fleshly slothfulness and complacency, continually imagine to themselves God's grace and friendship, joy, gladness, and other firstfruits of glorification — even then, when they are in the suburbs and outer gates of hell, Isa. 14:13,14,15, 1 Thess. 5:3; since, besides (4), on the assurance of this state, obtained through self-examination, depends all the quietness of this our life, Gal. 6:3,4; since also (5), so long as we still stand in the state of damnation, the first step toward escaping it is put into our hand through a careful self-examination, Luke 15:17,18 — who then will not acknowledge that it is worth the trouble and the pain that we examine ourselves closely, before the decree be made public, in which we would be like chaff which passes away — before there come upon us the heat of the LORD's wrath, before there come upon us the day of the wrath of the LORD, Zeph. 2:1,2? The marks of this examination we can find in all those points by which, in their proper places, we have shown that the sincerity of our calling and of our faith, likewise of our union with Christ, and of our justification, adoption, and sanctification, becomes known to us — since all these things, as so many links in the golden chain of our salvation, are joined together in an inseparable bond: for those He foreordained beforehand, these He also called; and those He called, these He also justified; and those He justified, these He also glorified, Rom. 8:30. We have handled this matter of examination at large and expressly, so far as the thing itself is concerned, in the first chapter of this Book, §XXVI, to which we shall add nothing more.
XXVI.
Fifth, it stirs and spurs us on, that we, with the straining of all our powers, stand and strive after the fellowship of the incipient glorification — or, what is the same thing, after the firstfruits of the glory that is to be perfected and completed, Heb. 4:11. Because it (1) brings so great a blessedness to its possessors, according to §XXII. (2) Because it brings us so great a comfort in every adverse circumstance, and so great a sweetness even in our prosperous affairs, according to §XXIII. Because it (3), accordingly, is our heaven on earth, and our blessedness even in the midst of our misery, Acts 7:55,56, 2 Cor. 12:2,4, Matt. 17:2,4, Ps. 4:7,8,9 and 16:8,11. Because it (4) is a step toward the complete and perfect glorification, as we go continually from strength to strength, from virtue to virtue, until at last we appear before God, and arrive with Him in Zion, Ps. 84. Indeed (5), because it is one and the same with the complete and accomplished glorification, and differs from it in nothing but degree — whence we are said not only to be saved in hope, Rom. 8:24, but also to have eternal life abiding in us, 1 John 3:15, John 3:36. Whoever therefore has no part in any degree of the incipient glorification shall also never have any part in the complete and accomplished glorification — just as one who does not even begin will never bring anything to completion and perfection.
By what means, however, shall we obtain these firstfruits? Answer. To this end serve and are useful (1) all those things by which we are brought over out of the state of sin into the state of grace — among which the chief are faith and conversion, John 5:25, Mark 1:15, Matt. 4:17. To this end are also (2) useful and serviceable all those things which tend to bring about in us an unfailing certainty and assurance of the future glory — such as, for example, to fight the good and godly fight, to keep the faith and a good conscience, 2 Tim. 4:7,8; to examine and test ourselves often and earnestly, being sure and certain concerning our spiritual state, Gal. 6:4, 2 Cor. 13:5, etc. Also (3) useful and serviceable to this end are all those things which make us sure and assured of the perseverance of the saints — which is accomplished chiefly by these and other testimonies of Scripture, Matt. 24:24, Rom. 8:38,39 and 11:29, John 13:1 and 10:28,29, 1 Pet. 1:5. Useful here also (4) is a continual and godly meditation upon the heavenly glory, Col. 3:1, so that we, just as our citizenship, may also have our walk in heaven, Phil. 3:20, and thereby become betimes accustomed to the perfect glorification, and may seek it with the highest earnestness and zeal, Matt. 6:33, Phil. 3:14. Useful here also (5) is a general uprightness of life, whereby a righteous man lives by faith, Hab. 2:4, Gal. 2:20 — whereby we, in particular, so order our whole life that, once assured of the love of God toward us, we, like righteous children with their parents, may live and walk familiarly with God, Gen. 6:9 and ch. 5:24 with Heb. 11:5 — also that we carefully do this, and are intent that in all things we may please Him, 2 Cor. 5:9, 2 Thess. 1:11; that we take heed, above all else, than which nothing worse can be, of the Holy Spirit of God, by whom God seals us, 2 Cor. 1:22 — of grieving Him through any manner of sins, especially those which lay waste the conscience, Eph. 4:30; that we, whenever, through our weaknesses, we have strayed, do not rest until we have made it good again with God through faith, repentance, and entreaty, Ps. 51:3 (?), Matt. 26:75. And, while we do this, and are freed from sins of stubbornness, Ps. 19:14, take heed that we then do absolutely nothing which would be able, in any way, to hinder or disturb the intimacy of our sweetest walk with God, Heb. 3:6 with Matt. 16:23 and 4:10. If we walk faithfully in these footsteps, then, by continually enjoying the love of God, we shall live, as it were, in heaven, and shall bear about with us, in some measure, the firstfruits of glory, until the full harvest.
XXVII.
Sixth, it displays the blessedness of those who die in the Lord, Rev. 14:13, Isa. 57:2 — indeed, the blessedness of their death, above the blessedness of their life, Eccl. 7:1. Because (1) the death of the righteous is the second period of glorification, a thousand times better and more excellent than the first, which is in this life, as we have already observed at §XIII. In particular, (2) because death delivers the whole man, in respect of both his essential parts, body and soul, from all that sense of evil under which he labored during the first period. And also (3), it brings the soul, almost immediately, into the full union and communion with Christ, Phil. 1:23, in the heavenly Paradise, Luke 23:43; also into a most blessed fellowship, Heb. 12:22,23, unto the most perfect beholding and enjoyment of God and of the Savior, Job 19:25, 1 Cor. 13:12 — of which, in its proper place, more shall be said, and at greater length. It displays, I say, this blessedness of death: not (1) precisely to this end, that we should wholly despise and disdain it, as some, out of a certain recklessness, and a certain sought-after praise of wisdom, or of valor and stout-heartedness, have done, after the example of the heathen, 1 Sam. 15:32 (?) — for it is: (a) by its nature, a very heavy judgment of God against the sins of men, Gen. 2:17, Rom. 6:23, and betokens our guilt and the wrath of God — compare Prov. 16:14. It is (b) by its nature indeed an entrance into an eternal separation from God, Acts 1:18 [?] with v. 21. It is (c) by its natural character a most cruel severing of the two most beloved things bound together, namely, soul and body, Luke 12:20, and to the one part also a complete dissolution, Gen. 3:19. It is (d) attended by almost intolerable torments of preceding sicknesses, Ps. 116:3, 2 Sam. 22:5,6,7. It is (e) a most fearsome officer of judgment, who drags us before the judgment-seat of God, that dreadful Judge, Heb. 9:27, 2 Cor. 5:10 — for which reasons it has been, even for believers, though delivered from the sting of death, 1 Cor. 15:55, an occasion of terror, Isa. 38:14 [?], Job 18:14 (?), Matt. 26:38,39, 2 Cor. 5:4 — so that it is not, as commonly happens, those who are to be condemned who are terrified before death; nay, rather, it is far more those who, for some other reason than to come to and be with Christ, despise and disdain it. But (2) that in the believer the bitterness of these terrors might, above all else, be blunted and rendered powerless through the consideration that death, through God's infinite goodness, is for them the second period of glorification, and an entrance to the completed and perfected glorification, or to eternal life, John 5:24, Phil. 1:23, Rev. 22:17,20.
XXVIII.
Seventh, it impresses upon us the zeal and diligence of dying well. Since death is not, for all, a step to glorification (no — rather, for by far the greater number, it is a step to damnation, Luke 16:23, and an entrance into hell, Ps. 73:18,19), but only for the righteous — those who die rightly, or in the Lord, Rev. 14:13, Ps. 116:15. This dying-well takes hold of, and possesses, a believer while he (1) is still in health, and, whether according to his own or according to others' judgment, still far removed from death — so that he (1) might powerfully suppress and moderate the excessive fear of death, which would stand in the way of, and cause the neglect of, his other duties, by thinking: (a) that the Savior Jesus, by His death, has taken away the curse of death from His own, Heb. 2:14,15, 1 Cor. 15:54-57. (b) That, even in death itself, God is present with His own, and bears for them a most tender care, so that they might receive no harm or hurt thereby, Ps. 23:4, Rom. 8:38,39, Matt. 10:28-31. (c) That death delivers us from all the miseries of this life, and brings us to rest, as into and unto a resting-place, 2 Cor. 5:1 with Heb. 11:10,16. (2) So that we, through a continual and godly meditation upon death, may learn to number our days, Ps. 90:12 and 39:5, James 4:14, and become gradually accustomed to death through frequent thought both of others' death and of our own, Eccl. 7:2, 1 Cor. 15:31 — indeed, so that we, by accustoming ourselves to death, might gradually die to the vanities of this world, and become weaned from them, Eccl. 1:2, Matt. 16:26, carrying about with us a continual remembrance that on one little hour of death the whole weight of eternity depends, Eccl. 11:3 (?). Finally, (3) so that we might, with all our strength, apply ourselves (a) to obtain faith in Christ, that "he who believes in Him passes over out of death into life," John 5:24, "and I have kept the faith," 2 Tim. 4:7; (b) to purify and cleanse our conscience more and more, Heb. 10:22 with 2 Tim. 4:7, so that we, in our last struggle and agony of soul, might one day, together with Hezekiah, be able humbly and lowly to boast before God: "Remember, that I..." etc., Isa. 38:3; (c) to accustom ourselves betimes to the heavenly life, Phil. 3:20, Col. 3:1, and to conduct ourselves here as citizens of heaven, so that we might one day the more readily await the death that shall usher us into heaven, Ps. 73:25, 42:2,3, and 84:2,3, Rev. 22:17,20.
(II) When sickness and death draw near — and that with a twofold care: whereof (1) the first may occupy itself with earthly things — regarding one's heirs, Isa. 38:3, so that no disputes may arise, after death, among the survivors, Gen. 49; regarding one's household, so that it may be bidden farewell with wholesome admonitions, 1 Kings 2:2,3; regarding one's enemies, that one may be reconciled with them, Matt. 6:15 and 18:35. (2) The other care concerns spiritual things, especially our own soul, so that we may die in the Lord, Rev. 14:13 — to which end the soul must be shaped and formed (a) unto repentance and conversion, in an acknowledgment and sense of sins, Ps. 51:19 (?) and 38:5, to be obtained through a strict and careful examination of the soul, so that you may feel the number and weight of your sins, Zeph. 2:1 with Ps. 38:5 and 130:3, and through the thought and consideration of approaching death, when you shall have to give account of everything to God, 2 Cor. 5:10 with Heb. 4:13. (b) Unto a living faith in Christ, by thinking and considering how great a Savior He is — an all-sufficient one, who is able, Heb. 7:24,25 — a most compassionate one, who is also willing, to forgive and to save, Matt. 11:28, Rom. 5:20 — requiring only this, that we, casting away all trust in our own righteousness, Phil. 3:9, Isa. 64:6, take refuge in Him alone, Isa. 55:1, Rev. 22:17, and hunger and thirst after His righteousness, Matt. 5:6. (c) Unto patience and forbearance, James 1:4, Luke 21:19, to bear the bitterness of sicknesses and the terrors of the death-agony of the soul, by thinking: (a) that it is God who lays this upon us, 1 Pet. 4:19, Ps. 39:10, who governs and moderates it, Isa. 43:1,2, so that it may do us no harm in any way, Matt. 10:29,30, Rom. 8:28. (b) That we have deserved even greater and more evils, Mic. 7:9, Ps. 143:2. (c) How much, and how grievously, the Savior suffered for us, Matt. 26:37-39; how much also, and how grievously, the martyrs, Heb. 11:37. (d) That this is the last thing which is laid upon us to suffer and endure, and that upon it there shall follow at once an eternal joy, Rev. 21:4, 1 Cor. 15:26. And (d) unto a living hope of an eternal life so soon approaching — through the working of faith, Heb. 11; through a consciousness and conscience of our own uprightness, Isa. 38:3, Ps. 32:2 with 15:2; through the contemplation of the resurrection of Christ, as of our Head, 1 Pet. 1:3, 1 Cor. 15:20; through the meditation on the covenant of grace, according to which God is not a God of the dead, but of the living, Matt. 22:32. Such a dying-well shall bring us over to the borders of Canaan — compare Deut. 34:1 — indeed, shall bring us into life, John 5:24, and shall bring us to the end of our faith, the salvation of the soul, 1 Pet. 1:9 — until at last there shall come the third period of glorification, in an all-encompassing, most complete and most perfect blessing of the whole man, 2 Tim. 4:8, Matt. 25:34,46.
Book VII: Of the Contemplative-Practical Theology, Concerning the Church and Church Affairs
Chapter I: Of the Nature of the Church
On Ephesians 5:25.
"Christ loved the Church, and gave Himself for her."
I.
Having spoken, in the foregoing Book, of the application of the ransom-redemption together with what belongs to it — of its nature, of God's applying acts, of the foundation of the application, and of the bond of the applied benefits — we have there treated, as it were, the inward and internal part of the matter. In this Book we pass on and hasten to its Object and to the means. The Object with which the ransom-redemption and its application are occupied and at work is the Church: for the consideration of which we shall lay as our foundation the passage of Eph. 5:25.
The Explanatory Part
Wherein the Apostle sets before the Ephesians, as an example, the love of Christ toward His Church — both as to its origin and as to its efficacy — which is resolved and explained under the following heads.
I.
The One who loves: Christ, the Bridegroom of the Church, v. 32, Hos. 2:18(?); her Head, Eph. 1:22 and 4:16; and her foundation, Eph. 2:20,21, Matt. 16:18 — with whom is all supreme authority over the Church, there, ch. 28:18, Phil. 2:9,10,11 — without whose authority and majesty the congregations cannot be gathered, nor can anything be done in the church; although He has passed down a ministerial power to His servants, Eph. 4:11,12.
II.
The Beloved: the Church, His Bride, united with Him through the Spirit and through faith — that is, the whole company of those who, by means of an effectual calling, through faith, are united with Him. She alone is the object of Christ's love — so far indeed that she is also its wrought subject: for when she, according to the eternal election, is once established and set up through the ransom-redemption and effectual calling, she becomes the object, and the receiving subject, of every saving blessing. The word "Church" or "congregation" now denotes a called assembly, from καλέω, to call — gathered and assembled together, like a synagogue; and a called-out [assembly] from among others who have been passed by, not gathered out of such as, by some right, belong to that assembly — whence (according to the observation of Cameron, Praelud. in Ps. 88) the Church or congregation denotes a calling-out (ex populo & plebe) from a people and from a common multitude, 1 Cor. 1:26 — a joining-together out of the noble and out of the most worthy. The rest concerning this shall come up in the Doctrinal Part.
III.
The Love: He has loved — ἠγάπησε, He has loved — in a more general sense, meaning the same as "he has loved," 1 John 2:10; in a more particular and proper sense, to love means to cleave and cling to someone with heart and mind, to rest in someone, so that one desires and craves nothing else, Matt. 6:21 and 22:37. Ἀγαπάω, agapao, means more than φιλέω, phileo, being compounded of ἄγαν, agan, "very greatly," and πάω, pao, "I possess" — or παύομαι, pauomai, "I rest" — for the things which we love, those we possess in and with the heart, and in them we rest. He has loved, He has borne love, with an inclining affection toward the Church — not merely with the common affection with which God inclines toward all His creatures without distinction, and is well-disposed, 1 Tim. 4:10, Ps. 36:7 — but with a distinguishing, surpassing, and saving affection and love, Ps. 36:8-11 and 65:5, 1 Tim. 1:10.
IV.
The effect of the love: He has given Himself for her — whereby is signified the gift of redemption, both as acquired and as at the same time applied. Wherein is noted:
1. The Gift: Himself — not some other, of whatever sort or however great, or whoever He might be; nor merely all that is His; but Himself, wholly, such and so great as He is, as regards His Person, and as regards also His treasures and riches, etc., 1 Cor. 1:30, compare Rom. 8:32.
2. The Giving: He has given over. Παρέδωκεν, paredoken, from παρά, para, "over," and δίδωμι, didomi, "I give, I bestow." Thus παραδίδωμι, paradidomi, is "to give over": as regards the first component it expresses a voluntary, self-originating giving-over; as regards the latter, it denotes a giving-over unto death, for satisfaction — unto a sacrifice and offering to God, unto a sweet-smelling savor, Eph. 5:2.
3. The Recipients, or rather, the endowed Church: for her — that is, not merely in some fashion, for her use and benefit, but also in her place: namely, that He might sanctify her, having cleansed her with the washing of water by the word, that... etc., Eph. 5:25-27. And not for all manner of others, but for the Church alone.
The Doctrinal Part
III.
From which it follows, that the ransom-redemption and its application are occupied and at work concerning the Church alone — both in order to establish her, and as she is already established. For although God bears love toward all His works, Ps. 104:31, and, by force of that love, bestows upon all manner of creatures excellent common gifts, Ps. 36:7,8, Matt. 5:45, Job 39:3(?), Ps. 147:9 — nevertheless that love with which He gave Himself, or that saving love with which He bestows the things that are joined with salvation, Heb. 6:9, is not occupied, nor at work, except concerning and toward the Church alone. Whence the Apostle not only, in general, continually wishes grace and peace, from God the Father and our Lord Jesus Christ, to his congregations, Rom. 1:7, 1 Cor. 1:3, 2 Cor. 1:1,2, but also all manner of particular benefits — and indeed such benefits — are in the Scriptures ascribed to the Church alone: for example: (1) Election, John 15:19, Tit. 1:1, 1 Pet. 1:2 and 2:9, Rev. 17:14. (2) Redemption and ransoming, Acts 20:28, Eph. 1:1 with v. 7. (3) The Calling, 1 Pet. 2:9, 1 Cor. 1:1,2, Rom. 1:7. (4) Regeneration, 1 Pet. 1:3, and quickening, Eph. 2:5,6 with ch. 1:1. (5) Conversion, Jer. 31:18, Ezek. 36:24-30. (6) Union with Christ, whence the Church is called Christ's Bride, Rev. 21:17(?), and is called Christ's body, Col. 1:24, Eph. 1:22,23. (7) Justification, 1 Cor. 1:2 with ch. 6:11. (8) Adoption as children, Rom. 9:4, 1 John 3:1,2. (9) Sanctification, Eph. 5:26, Rom. 8:30, 1 Cor. 6:11. (10) Glorification, Eph. 5:27. Nor does one read of any single saving gift which God withholds from the Church — whereas, on the contrary, one nowhere reads that God has ever bestowed any of such benefits upon those who are outside the Church, Eph. 2:12, Rev. 21:27. And this is no wonder: for the Church is (1) the Kingdom of Christ, Col. 1:13; (2) the Bride of Christ, Rev. 21:17(?) and 21:9, Ps. 45:10; (3) the Body of Christ, 1 Cor. 12:12, Eph. 1:22,23 and 4:15,16, etc. — whereas those who are outside the Church are (a) outside Christ, John 15:4-8, and therefore outside salvation, Acts 4:12; (b) enemies of Christ, Phil. 3:18, Luke 19:27; (c) dogs, who must be kept away from all saving benefits, Matt. 7:6 and 15:26.
IV.
The Church is called, in Greek, from ἐκκαλέω, "to call out" — to denote a called-out and called-together company or assembly. Among the Hebrews, קָהָל (Kahal), an assembly, and עֵדָה (gneda), a called-together company. Among the Greeks, in Scripture at least, ἐπισυναγωγή, an assembling, James 2:2 [?], and, expressly, συναγωγή, a synagogue, or a mutual gathering-together, Heb. 10:25 — although these two words, through a later usage, and in a worse sense, came to be restricted to the Jewish assemblies, as set over against those of the Christians. Sometimes the word denotes any manner of gathering of men, Acts 19:31, even of the very worst, Ps. 26:5. In a narrower and more definite sense it denotes a religious assembly. And thus it sometimes signifies the whole company of all believers who have ever been, who now are, and who shall yet be, Eph. 1:22,23, Heb. 12:23(?). Sometimes a particular, visible congregation of certain believers, 1 Cor. 1:2, Rev. 1:11. Sometimes a most particular and domestic one, Rom. 16:15, Philem. v. 2. Sometimes the leading officers, who represent the congregation, Matt. 18:17. Never — at least not in the Holy Scriptures — does it mean the place of assembly, although it is not seldom found in that sense among the church fathers. It is otherwise called: the congregation of God, 1 Cor. 15:9, 2 Cor. 1:1; the congregation of Christ, Matt. 16:18; the Bride of Christ, Ps. 45:10, Rev. 22:17; the Bride of the Lamb, Rev. 21:9; the great mountain of Israel, Ezek. 17:23; the mountain of Zion, the mountain of holiness, Ps. 2:6; the City of the living God, Heb. 12:22; the heavenly Jerusalem, Rev. 11:2 and 21:2,10; the vineyard of Christ, Isa. 5:1; a vine, Ps. 80:9; the house of God, Heb. 3:16, 1 Pet. 4:17; the inheritance of the Lord, 1 Pet. 5:3; the body of Christ, Eph. 1:22,23, 4:16 and 5:23, Col. 1:18,24 — indeed, Christ Himself, mystically speaking, 1 Cor. 12:12; the flock of God, 1 Pet. 5:2, Ps. 80:1; a chosen generation, 1 Pet. 2:9; holy ones, Rom. 1:7 and 8:27; Christians, Acts 11:26, etc.
V.
With us, the Church is here nothing other than an assembly of men who have been effectually called out unto Christ. We call it (1) an assembly, so that it not be placed in one alone, not even in Christ considered personally — whence it is called a body, which is fitly joined together and knit together out of various members, Eph. 4:16, likewise a household, a City, a Kingdom, a Flock, etc. We call it (2) an assembly of men, so as to exclude from it not only the irrational animals, but also the angels — who, although they are united with Christ, as with their head, Col. 2:10, and are in that regard, in some manner, members of the Church, Heb. 12:22(?), are nevertheless not members of the same kind, who have been effectually called unto Christ. And (3) we call it an assembly of the called — indeed, of the effectually called — so as not only not to extend it to the elect who are not yet reborn (though these, in potentiality, which shall certainly one day be brought into actuality, could be brought to it), but also so as to exclude from it the hypocrites, who indeed are called, but not effectually. Since now the endpoint of the calling is faith, and the work of faith is engrafting into Christ; and since union with Christ draws communion with itself: hence it is, in the same sense, described as being an assembly of believers; an assembly of those who are in Christ; an assembly of those who have communion with Christ.
VI.
This Church, since it is the congregation of God, 1 Cor. 15:9, 2 Cor. 1:1, acknowledges God alone as its chief cause, Heb. 3:4 — and indeed the particular Persons of the Godhead: namely (1) the Father, as in a household manner the δεσπότης, the Master, Acts 4:24 — insofar as He, by way of a particular appropriation, (1) has from eternity chosen the members who would one day make up the Church, Eph. 1:4, Rom. 8:29, Acts 13:48; (2) has in due time sent out His servants, who would gather the elect into the fellowship of the Church, Matt. 9:37,38 with Heb. 1:1; (3) has instituted and established that order which exists between the head and the members, Eph. 1:22, and between the members among one another — of those who govern and those who are governed, 1 Cor. 12:27,28; and also provides (4) for the ministry its effectual power of gathering, and the happy outcome thereof, Eph. 1:19. (2) The Son, the οἰκονόμος, house-steward, who has been faithful in His own house, Heb. 3:5,6, as being the Head of the Church, Eph. 1:22,23, who has bought and obtained the congregation for Himself with His own blood, Acts 20:28, Eph. 5:2,25,26, has gathered her members, John 10:16, has built and preserves her, Matt. 16:18, governs and rules her — outwardly, through the ministry, Eph. 4:11-15, inwardly, through His power and through His Spirit, Rom. 15:18,19, Matt. 28:20 — and at last glorifies her, Eph. 5:25,26, John 17:24. (3) The Holy Spirit, who inspired the Word, by whose preaching the church is gathered, 2 Pet. 1:21, sends out the proclaimers of the Word, Acts 13:2 and 20:28, adorns them with the necessary gifts, 1 Cor. 12:4,11, prepares and converts the hearts of the hearers, Tit. 3:5, John 3:5, and sustains and refreshes them with comforts, John 14:16, Acts 9:31.
Nevertheless, the church also acknowledges, as ministerial causes, men — who, together with the church, are of like passions, Acts 14:15 — who are hence called God's fellow-workers, 1 Cor. 3:9; who gather the Church not by their own authority, and through their own power, but by an authority given to them, and by a power communicated to them from God, 1 Cor. 3:5 — whom He also equips and endows with the necessary gifts, that they may be fit ministers, 2 Cor. 3:6, and favors and attends their labor with His effectual power and blessing, 1 Cor. 3:6-8, Rom. 15:18,19.
VII.
Those whom God, through His servants, gathers for the constituting and establishing of a Church, are, as we have said, men alone — yet out of the whole human race, Matt. 28:19, of every nation, sex, and rank, Rev. 5:9, Gal. 3:28, Col. 3:11, and called from the beginning of the world to its end, Gen. 3:17(?) with Matt. 28:20 — lost ones indeed, even the very worst of men, before they were gathered; but sanctified, after they are gathered, Eph. 2:1,2,3, Tit. 3:3,4, 1 Cor. 6:10,11. Thus, then, in the establishing and constituting of the church, not all and everyone alike come in as her genuine and true members — not the godless or the hypocritical, Rev. 21:27 — but all the believing, holy, called, Rom. 1:7, 1 Cor. 1:2, 2 Cor. 1:1, Eph. 1:1, Phil. 1:1, 1 Pet. 2:9.
These men, now, are gathered to this end: that they might be united with Christ, and, together with Him, grow into but one mystical or hidden body, 1 Cor. 12:12 — of which Christ is the head, and the rest the members, Eph. 1:22,23 and ch. 4:15,16. By force of which union, the disposition between the united parties is such that not only is the church called the House, and Christ the Father of the household, Heb. 3:6; the Church the Bride, and Christ the Bridegroom, Rev. 22:17, Matt. 9:15 — but also Christ is said to be the possession of the Church, and the Church the possession of Christ, Song 2:16, 6:2, and 7:10; Christ in the church, and the Church in Christ, John 15:4, 1 John 3:24 (?); indeed, that even the Church itself is called Christ, 1 Cor. 12:12, and "the fullness of Him who fills all in all," Eph. 1:23. By all of which things, however, is signified not only a certain relation of union, but also rank and order, whereby Christ is, for the Church, the source and wellspring of all her worthiness, life, power, virtue, and perfection.
Further, upon this union is built the mystical communion of the Saints: both that which exists between the believers as members, and Christ as the head — of which we have treated expressly and at large in the foregoing Book, ch. V — and that which exists among the believers themselves toward one another: whether it be understood more broadly, as that which every believer has with the whole Church, Heb. 3:22-25(?), Eph. 4:16; or more narrowly and specifically, as that which he has with the whole militant Church here on earth, 2 Cor. 8:4, Heb. 10:34; or most narrowly and specifically of all, as that which exists between believers of one and the same congregation, Eph. 1:1, Rom. 1:1, etc. — of which more distinctly in its proper place.
VIII.
Men are bound together into this ecclesiastical union and fellowship by a true and living faith, whereby they receive Christ, John 1:12, Col. 2:6; whereby Christ dwells in them, Eph. 3:17, lives in them, and they in turn in Christ, Gal. 2:20, John 15:4,5. Hence that which properly constitutes the church, as its form, is most precisely said to be faith. For just as, on Christ's side, there is nothing by which He Himself, as it were, touches us, for our union with Him, other than Rom. 8:9,10, 1 Cor. 6:15,17 [the Spirit], so also, on our side, there is nothing by which we, as it were, spiritually touch Christ, for our union with Him; nor is there anything among the members of the Church so universally common to all, and by which they, as it were, more closely touch one another for union, than faith — whereby, since they are all united with Christ as with their Head, they are also united with one another as members: one body, one Spirit... one Lord, one faith, Eph. 4:4,5. Whence, since He alone is for us all the one Master, they are also all called brothers, Matt. 23:1(?).
Faith, however, may be considered either as it is in particular believers separately — and thus it is that which constitutes the individual called — or as it is in all believers taken collectively, and thus it is, finally, the form of the church itself. For those same believing men, each considered individually, are called "the called"; but, considered as joined together, they are called the Church — from which it further follows, that all the promises which are made to the church in the Scriptures are extended also to particular believers.
IX.
The Church, thus constituted and bound together by faith, is (1) Holy, 1 Pet. 2:9, Rom. 1:7, 1 Pet. 1:1 and 2:5, James 1:1, Tit. 2:14 — not only (1) because all her members, each in particular, profess holiness, which is called a submission of our confession, 2 Cor. 9:13, compare Rom. 10:10; nor only (2) because they are holy through an ecclesiastical covenant-fellowship with the holy people, just as formerly, under the Old Testament, the whole people was holy through a national covenant, Deut. 7:6 and 14:2,21, which is called by theologians a covenantal holiness; but also (3) because they are sanctified by the Holy Spirit, 1 Cor. 6:11, Eph. 5:26, and make holiness their business, Eph. 2:21, and must make it their business, Luke 1:74, 1 Pet. 1:15,16.
Then (2) she is One — as to which the congregation, Eph. 4:23(?), and the body of Christ, Eph. 1:23, is designated in the singular number: of which unity the Apostle lays the foundation in various particulars, Eph. 4:4,5: one body, one Spirit, one hope of your calling, one Lord, one faith, one baptism. This unity, however, does not shut out the diversity of members, 1 Cor. 12:12,13, nor the plurality of particular congregations, Gal. 1:2 — of which in its proper place.
Finally (3) she is Catholic, that is, universal — although this title is scarcely found in the Scriptures, unless perhaps in the word πανήγυρις, a general Assembly, Heb. 12:23. It belongs to her truly, however, not precisely to signify something general, or a general Church which has under it many other Churches, as species, or as individuals subordinate to it; but something which is (integrally) whole, as we call the world the Universe — nor yet, insofar as that title would signify the whole militant church, which on earth is under one certain visible head, in which sense those of the Roman persuasion boast themselves to be Catholics.
And therefore the Church is called Catholic or universal: (1) with respect to the faith, because she has and holds one faith, which is common to all times — for which reason any particular church whatever, provided only it be the true one, could be called Catholic or universal, insofar as it has and possesses the faith which is common to all the elect. (2) With respect to places, because she spreads herself over the whole world, and over all its parts, Matt. 28:19, Ps. 2:8. Also (3) with respect to the times, because she has existed from the beginning of the world, and shall exist until its end, Matt. 28:20, Eph. 4:13, Ps. 110:1(?). Further (4) with respect to all manner of nations, persons, and sexes, Rev. 5:9, 1 Pet. 1:2, Gal. 3:28.
X.
Hence she is divided and distinguished: (1) into a triumphant Church, of which is spoken Heb. 12:23, Rev. 7:14,15,16, Eph. 5:27. By this we understand nothing other than that portion of the general Church which is in Heaven, and has become partaker of the complete and perfect communion with Christ, 1 Cor. 13:11,12 — to which belong all those believers from the beginning of the world, and whose number is daily increased, through the gathering-in of believers, until the completion of the ages, Eph. 4:13. For, the immortality of souls being presupposed — which, after the death of the bodies of believers, pass over into Paradise, Luke 23:43, 2 Cor. 5:1, Phil. 1:23 — and it being presupposed, besides, that they enjoy their communion with God, and, by enjoying it, have unspeakable joy, and thus have sense and feeling, Rev. 6:9,10,11, Luke 16:25 — it cannot be otherwise but that one must acknowledge the truth of such a triumphant Church.
XI.
(2) Into a militant Church, which is partaker only of the incipient communion with Christ, 1 Cor. 13:9,12, 1 John 3:2,3, Col. 3:4, and which must continually fight and wrestle, Job 7:1, 2 Cor. 7:5, 2 Tim. 2:3. Then (1) with all manner of miseries of this life, being strangers, until they come into their Fatherland, Ps. 39:13(?), Gen. 47:9, Heb. 11:9(?), 2 Cor. 5:4, Acts 14:22. Then (2) with the Devil, Eph. 6:12, 1 Pet. 5:8, Rev. 12:7. Then (3) with the world, and with persecutors of every kind, 2 Tim. 3:12, John 15:12(?) and 16:2,33. Then (4) with their own flesh, and its corruptions and desires, 1 Pet. 2 [?], Gal. 5:17.
This Church, then, is considered and marked under a twofold aspect: an essential one, which the saving faith constitutes — namely, that same aspect and that same faith which we said, at §VIII, constitutes and forms the general Church; and an accidental one, Rom. 10:10, Heb. 4:14 and 10:23, 1 Tim. 6:12,13. From which also arises a twofold state of the Church: the one inward, on account of her essential form and aspect, or on account of the faith; and the other outward, according to her accidental form and aspect, or according to the profession of faith — which two states so greatly differ from one another that someone can be a member of the Church, as regards the outward state, who is not so as regards the inward state, 1 John 2:15(?), Rev. 2:9, Matt. 7:21,22.
And yet, for this, not every kind of profession is enough; but there is required absolutely such a one as, at least in a moral manner, can show and demonstrate that the mind of the professor is endowed with a true and living faith — for which reason the Apostle also joins together the faith of the heart and the confession of the mouth, Rom. 10:10. Specifically, a profession of mere assent, which one gives to the chief articles of the true Religion, James 2:19, Mark 1:24, is not enough here; but there is required, besides, a profession of agreement — that you believe with the heart in the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit, Matt. 28:19 with Mark 16:16 — that is, that you hold God as your highest end, and Christ as your only Mediator, John 14:1 — and also such a profession as is not refuted and undone by the life and conduct of the professor, Matt. 7:21,22, Tit. 1:16, Rev. 2:2 and 3:9.
XII.
From this profession of the common and equally precious faith, 2 Pet. 1:1, there arises and is born that communion of the saints, 1 John 1:6,7, Matt. 4:8(?), whereby the living members of the whole militant Church have fellowship: (1) with God, the Father and the Son, 1 John 1:3, and the Holy Spirit, 1 Cor. 6:19, 2 Cor. 13:13(?). (2) With the triumphant Church, Heb. 12:22,23, Col. 1:20. (3) With, and in, the saving benefits of God: (1) in Election, Eph. 1:4, 1 Pet. 2:9; (2) in Redemption and ransoming, Rev. 5:9, Acts 20:28; (3) in the Calling, 1 Cor. 1:2, Rom. 1:7, 2 Tim. 1:9; (4) in Regeneration, 1 Pet. 1:3; (5) in Conversion, Acts 26:18; (6) in Union with Christ, Eph. 5:31 (?); (7) in Justification, Rom. 5:1; (8) in Adoption as children, Rom. 9:4, John 1:12; (9) in Sanctification, 1 Cor. 6:11; (10) in Glorification, Luke 22:29, Matt. 25:32.
The acts of the visible communion of the Saints are observed to be of two kinds: (a) those by which they present themselves before God in Christ, in order to acknowledge and render the honor and glory of God, and to bring back His blessing upon His Assembly — such are those in which that will of God is proclaimed; the seals of the Covenant of Grace are administered; God's name is called upon; and the spiritual blessings are awaited, Heb. 10:25, Matt. 18:19,20, Exod. 20:24. Then (b) those by which the one seeks to do good to the other, 1 Pet. 4:10 — especially indeed with regard to spiritual things, 1 Thess. 5:14, Heb. 3:13, but also with regard to bodily things, 2 Cor. 8:1,2,7,19 and 9:12,13, 1 John 3:17, Rom. 12:13, James 2:15,16.
XIII.
Now we mark, as chief among the disposition and properties of the militant Church, the following:
(1) That she is visible and at the same time invisible — insofar as by "visible" is understood, not only what is grasped with and by the bodily eyes, but also that which is marked and perceived by some other sense. Thus we call the Church visible and invisible: not that we make one Church invisible, and another visible — for with us there is but one militant Church, Eph. 4:4, 1 Cor. 12:12,13,14,20,21 — nor that, of the militant Church, one part is visible and the other invisible, for the militant Church is but one body; but because one and the same Church, in respect of her inward constitution and state (namely, the union with Christ, which is accomplished through faith), is invisible, while, in respect of her outward constitution and state — namely, her profession — she is visible, Isa. 2:2,3,14 with Matt. 5:14. Nor is it that she, in her entirety, is visible all at once; but that she is visible in her parts — not only in her particular members, professing the common faith of the Church, Acts 19:1 (although that particular profession makes visible not so much the Church in her integral and organic state, as rather some visible members), but also in the several distinct assemblies of her members, through which the militant Church not only becomes visible, but also passes over into several and various Congregations, which are, as it were, like species belonging to the general Church, sharing at once in her name and in her nature.
(2) That, although, considered absolutely and without qualification, she is visible in her profession and assemblies, she is nevertheless, comparatively, in respect of different places or times, either manifest and apparent, when the number of members is greater, and the profession broader and more open, Isa. 2:2,3,14, Rom. 1:8, Acts 7:17 and 12:21 and 19:20, Rom. 11:18; or hidden, when the number of members is smaller, and the profession less open — which commonly comes about through heresies, persecutions, and godless morals reigning everywhere, Rom. 9:27 from Isa. 10:22, and Rom. 9:29 from Isa. 1:9, Rom. 11:3, Rev. 12:6.
(3) That she is, for the same reason, purer and less pure, according as the profession is more perfect or less perfect, Rom. 1:8, 1 Thess. 5:8,9 and 4:9,10, with Gal. 3:1,2.
(4) That she is steadfast, constant, enduring, and unceasing, Matt. 28:20, Eph. 4:12,13, Ps. 110:1(?), Matt. 16:18. For though she is subject to such vicissitudes that she can forsake any given part of the world, Rev. 2:5, Matt. 21:41, yet never does she wholly cease, from the beginning of her gathering until the end of the world, when the Savior shall deliver up the kingdom to His Father, 1 Cor. 15:24.
XIV.
The militant Church can be divided and distinguished into that of the Old and that of the New Testament. First, by the church of the Old Testament we understand the assembly of believers from Adam down to the Messiah — which was first gathered in the households of the patriarchs, since already in the time of Enos and of Seth there were, not only in the households of God, but also outside them, public Assemblies, at which time the children of God are said to have called upon the name of the LORD, Gen. 4:26; and of Noah, after the Flood, it is said that He built an Altar to God, Gen. 8:20. Further, the Church, in the time of Abraham, was bound to his family alone, so as to be propagated in Isaac, Rom. 9:7, Gen. 21:12. After Moses she received a more open and organized constitution, Deut. 17:11(?), and was, as regards her outward gathering, but a single one — since that whole solemn fellowship, which was at that time prescribed, depended on the one Temple, there to be exercised, by an open profession and with certain church ceremony, according to the divine ordinance, Exod. 20:24, Ps. 133:13(?). In this respect she was, in her own way, Catholic and universal, insofar as the believing proselytes, out of every nation under Heaven, had to attach themselves to that one Church, Acts 2:5,6,8,9,10,11 and 8:17(?). But we shall treat this church, in its proper place, God willing, somewhat more fully.
XV.
Second, that of the New Testament, which began to be gathered, from every nation of the whole earth, after the Ascension of our Savior, according to his ordinance and command, Matt. 28:20 — of which likewise, expressly and at large, in its proper place. This can again be considered under a twofold state: (1) under a general state, insofar as it signifies a totality of all believers who are over the whole earth — in which sense we too have thus far had it in view. (2) Under a particular state, insofar as those believers come together in certain particular church-fellowships, which constitute so many Congregations, Rev. 1:3(?), 2 Cor. 8:1,19, Rom. 1:7, 1 Cor. 1:2, 2 Cor. 1:1, etc. Those churches and Congregations are Catholic, or mystical, as being like-natured parts, sharing at once in her name and in her nature; and therefore they are, in respect of the common nature which is found in all particular churches, like particular species of the mystical and general Church, which has the character of an integral whole, growing together out of various particular Congregations. Commonly, indeed, these particular churches and Congregations are distinguished from and according to the particular places in which they exist and subsist.
XVI.
In fact, this particular Church is nothing other than a company of believers, united and bound to one another by a particular bond, so as to exercise, steadfastly, the communion of the Saints among one another. So Ames describes her, Medulla, Lib. I, cap. XXVII, §6. Now the cause of this particular church is that same God who has already, beforehand, been the cause of the general Church, both triumphant and militant — except that here He makes use of the ministry of men, Heb. 3:3,4,5, and that, in the gathering-together of the particular Churches, there concur, along with God's command and effectual working, Heb. 10:25, also the duty and cooperation of men — whereas God gathers the general Church sufficiently immediately. The authority, therefore, to gather a church, even a particular one, belongs to God alone; the ministry, by force of God's command, belongs to men — for indeed no one has of Himself power and authority to establish and form a Church for Christ; nor has anyone whatever, by force of God's revealed will, been entrusted, for himself, with that power and that authority; it is the greatest honor of men, to be a servant in God's house, Heb. 3:5.
From which it also follows: that (1) no man has power and right, either to take away anything from those things which Christ has granted to his church, 1 Cor. 11:23, or to add any other things of that sort to it, Matt. 15:13 — although men must, in every lawful way, see to it that those things which Christ has instituted are carried forward and promoted, 1 Cor. 14:40, Phil. 1:7,8,9. (2) That any given particular church depends on Christ, as on her head, Eph. 4:15,16 — so that, if she is considered apart from Christ, she is not a complete nor a whole body, Eph. 1:22,23. For this reason also (3) the Church herself can, for herself, make no new laws, so as to institute new things, since He alone is the Master, Matt. 23:8,10, and the only Lawgiver, James 4:12; but she may only do this: that she diligently and carefully search out the will of Christ, and observe and keep His ordinances in due order and befitting manner, and maintain them, to the greatest fruit of edification and building up, 2 Cor. 10:8 and 13:10, with 1 Cor. 9:12 and 14:40.
XVII.
The members, out of whom Christ, through His Servants, constitutes the particular Church, are the same as those of the general church, namely the believing, Eph. 1:1, Col. 1:2, 2 Pet. 1:1. For this reason we called them, in the preceding discussion, a company of believers — for that very same thing, in profession, constitutes the visible and particular church, which, by its inward and real nature, constitutes the general church, Eph. 4:12,13, Rom. 3:4,5(?), 1 Cor. 12:13. Since now faith has, joined together with it, the holiness which is powerfully sought through it, Acts 15:9, Gal. 5:6, and thus the profession of the true faith cannot be separated from the profession of holiness — so she is, with distinction, and in the same sense, called a company of believers, and a company of holy ones, Rom. 1:7, 1 Cor. 1:2, 2 Cor. 1:1, Eph. 1:1. In the same way, and for the same reason, the members of the particular Church, in respect of the faith which they profess, are rightly said to be "in God the Father, and in our Lord Jesus Christ," 1 Thess. 1:1 — whence it is not improbable that there is scarcely a particular Congregation of any number in which the profession of the true faith flourishes which does not also have some genuine believers.
Those, however, who are believers only by profession — when they, after a fitting and lawful profession, have been received as members of that Church, Acts 2:37,38,41, ch. 8:12,13,14 with v. 26, and ch. 16:30,31 with v. 33, and 8:36,37,38 — so long as they remain in that fellowship, and, by a godless walk, do not undermine their profession such that they are excluded again from the Church by the power of the keys (as seems to have happened to Simon Magus, Acts 8:13 with v. 20,21) — are members of that Church, as also of the general church, in respect only of the outward state, but not in respect of her inward or essential state, 1 John 2:19, as appears in Simon Magus (the Sorcerer) before His expulsion, Acts 8:12.
Among and alongside the believers must also be counted and reckoned, as members of the Church, their little Children, 1 Cor. 7:14 — for they are partakers of the same Covenant, and also of the same profession, with their Parents, Gen. 17:17(?) with Acts 2:39, Matt. 19:13,14 — and then even more so, when they, in their Parents, at the time they were baptized, professed their faith in the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit, Gal. 3:27, Rom. 6:3. And yet they are not such complete members of the Church that they can exercise the acts of the communion of the Saints, or be admitted to all the privileges of the Church, before they have given proof of the growth of their faith; but from those things which belong to the beginning of faith, and to entrance into the Church, they must not be excluded, as we shall show at large and expressly in its proper place. The same thing seems to hold for baptized adults who, while still young, are unable, through incapacity of understanding or through other circumstances, to make a profession of faith — since they, through a natural incapacity, without any fault of their own, are not to be deprived of those privileges which they have by birth, and which have been sealed to them by Baptism.
XVIII.
Believers do not constitute the particular church merely by a bare cohabitation in one and the same place; but by a certain particular bond, whereby they are joined to and with one another for this fellowship. For just as they, through inward faith, become members of the mystical or general church; and, through the same, coupled with an outward faith, or with the profession of faith, are made members of the militant Church — so, through a particular bond, this particular church-fellowship is formally constituted. That bond, now, is an ecclesiastical covenant-making — whether express or implicit — whereby believers, each in particular, bind themselves to one another to the performance of all those duties, both toward God and mutually toward one another, which serve for the profit, the edification, and the building up of the Church. Hence we read, in the ancient church, so often, of what is virtually a renewal of the Covenant, as often as some solemn reformation of the church is related, Deut. 26:16 — Josh. 24:14-23, 2 Chron. 15:12,13,14, Neh. 9:38.
This covenant-making occurs, and is continually followed, in the receiving and admitting of particular members into and unto the ecclesiastical fellowship: just as, in the old Church, through circumcision (which is called God's Covenant, Gen. 17:10 — not only for this reason, that through it an inward covenant-making took place between God and the circumcised one, but also, at the same time, thereby between the people of God and the circumcised one — whence an uncircumcised one is said to be cut off from the Israelite people, there v. 14) — so also, in the new Church, through the corresponding and analogous Sacrament of Baptism, insofar as the one baptized is thereby brought in and joined, not only into the inward Covenant with God, but also into the outward one with the Church — whence we are said to be baptized into and unto one body, 1 Cor. 12:13. To this pertains the baptismal covenant-demand (ἐπερώτημα, the Baptismal Question) of a good conscience, 1 Pet. 3:21, which the Church, about to receive a candidate for baptism into her bosom, demands of him, and which the candidate promises and pledges — in which particulars there is, beyond doubt, an ecclesiastical covenant-making.
The same covenant-making, and indeed even more expressly, takes place when a baptized person is admitted to the Holy Supper — in that the one who is to be admitted and received, after having made a profession of his faith, being solemnly asked, in the name of the Church, by the one who is to receive him, promises: that he will steadfastly persevere in and by that profession; that he will live and walk in accordance with his given Christian profession; and that he will, as circumstances require, submit himself to the ecclesiastical discipline — according to the wholly praiseworthy custom which is in use in the Netherlands Churches. And also, no one is admitted into the fellowship of a particular church except by such a covenant-making.
XIX.
This covenantal union constitutes the particular church only insofar as it serves to exercise the communion of the saints, 2 Chron. 15:12: "And they entered into that Covenant, that they would seek Jehovah, the God of their Fathers, with their whole heart and with their whole soul." Josh. 24:16,17, Heb. 10:24,25. For the same believing men can unite themselves in a covenant so as to constitute a certain civil society, whereby they look immediately to the common civil good; but this does not constitute the Church, except insofar as they intend, by their covenant-making, the holy fellowship with God and with one another. Hence the same men can constitute a civil state, or civil society, while not constituting a Church; or the Church, while not constituting a civil state; or the Church and the civil state together — as appears in the Jewish Church. And here, too, it is not enough to have some sudden union of holy fellowship, unless there also be added steadfastness and constancy — at least, according to the intention which brings the state of the body and of the members into a certain spiritual commonwealth, says Ames, Medulla, Lib. I, cap. XXXII, §XXI.
XX.
From what has been said it can be seen and gathered, without much difficulty, by what marks a true particular Church can be known and distinguished from all other societies, and especially from any assembly or congregation of evildoers, Ps. 26:5. For this, without any doubt, is the true church, which professes the true communion of the Saints, 1 John 1:3, 1 Cor. 1:2 — yet that one professes the true communion which professes what has been set forth beforehand by God in His Word. For this reason there are some among the Orthodox who admit only one mark of the true Church, namely, the profession of the true faith, in which everything is comprehended. But since the true communion of the Saints is exercised through a common use of the word of God, of the ecclesiastical seals, and of ecclesiastical discipline, some count, a little more distinctly, three marks of the true Church: the profession of the true faith, the lawful administration of the Sacraments, and the careful exercise of ecclesiastical discipline. The substance of both views comes to the same thing: for is not the profession of the true faith the most essential and mutual mark of a true particular Church, whereby she, with the Apostles, holds and maintains that very same precious faith, 2 Pet. 1:1 — which is the good confession, 1 Tim. 6:12,13, which Paul charges to be held fast, Heb. 4:14, just as John also distinguishes Christians from Antichrists thereby, 1 John 4:2,3,15, compare Matt. 10:32, Rom. 10:9,10, Heb. 4:15(?). This being present, without doubt the true particular Church is established; and being taken away, she too is taken away — hence the Ephesian Church is said to be built upon the foundation of the Prophets and Apostles, Eph. 2:20; and for this reason the Shepherd Jesus says that His sheep hear His voice, know it, and discern it, John 10:27. From this chief mark a second flows, namely, the lawful administration of the Sacraments, Mark 16:16, Eph. 5:26, and Discipline, whereby these are ordered, according to God's will, honorably and with order, 1 Cor. 14:33,40, Col. 2:5. The more purely these marks shine forth in any society, the more purely also they show it to be the church; and the name of Church must absolutely be refused to any assembly which does not retain the head and the foundation, Col. 2:18,19, 1 Cor. 3:12-16.
The Polemical Part
XXI.
It is asked, first: whether the Roman Pope can constitute the Church — indeed, the general Church? The Papists, because they hold that the Pope is the head of the general church, and also the root of infallibility in the church, so that the papal ordinances would have to be called ordinances of the Church, maintain that the Pope is the Church, without doubt, in a representative sense (sensu repraesentativo). The Protestants, although they admit a certain representative Church, in the Elders and Overseers of a given particular congregation, or also in a Classis of subordinate churches, or in a Provincial, or even National, Synod, nevertheless deny that one certain single Person alone can constitute the Church, even the representative one — because (1) neither the word which signifies a calling-together; nor (2) the Holy Scripture; nor (3) common usage, allows that one single, indivisible subject be called the Church or Congregation. The grounds for and in favor of the contrary view are sandy foundations, since (1) it can in no way be proven that the Pope is the Head of the Church, and the root of infallibility; but also (2) because, even if that were proven, it would still not follow that he is the church; chiefly (3) since, according to the very suppositions of the parties themselves, the Pope could be no true member of the Church — if he were either not lawfully baptized, or were a Simonist, or a secret Heretic, or, in some other manner, actually excommunicated.
XXII.
It is asked, second: whether one who is not a true believer, or who is a hypocrite, can be a member of the Church? The Cathari of old, the Donatists, and others, denied this absolutely — which in our time is held by the Anabaptists, and, among our own, recently by Labadie and his followers. The Papists, on the contrary, so as the more conveniently to maintain that the Pope, even when he is a godless man, and that the Bishops, even when they are unholy, are nevertheless heads of their Congregations, hold that even the hypocritical are true members of the Church, provided only they profess the faith, under the Roman Pope. The Reformed take the middle way, and distinguish in the Church her essential form and state, which arises from saving faith; and in this respect they deny, against the Papists, that someone who is not endowed with a true and living faith can be a true member of the church; and the accidental form and state, which arises from the profession of faith; and in this respect they grant that the hypocrites can be true members of the Church. The nature and truth of this middle view we have already explained and proven above, §VIII and XI — which, being well noted, the grounds and needs of both extreme errors can, without any difficulty, be resolved.
XXIII.
It is asked, third: whether the general Church may accurately enough be divided and distinguished into a triumphant and a militant one? The Socinians, because they deny that man, after his death, is present either as to soul or as to body, deny — by sinning through defect — the triumphant Church. The Anabaptists, though they grant that the soul, after the death of the body, remains in existence, hold nevertheless that it sleeps, without any sense of joy; and therefore they deny, together with the Socinians, that it triumphs in heaven. The Papists, on the contrary, because, besides the triumphant church in heaven and the militant on earth, they also devise, besides, such as suffer in purgatory, divide — by sinning through excess — the Church into three proportionate parts. The Reformed, because they hold that, after the death of the godly, their souls not only remain, but also enjoy joy in heaven, teach a triumphant Church. And since they hold purgatory to be a pit and an empty invention of the Romanists, they rest, excluding a church suffering in purgatory, in a twofold remaining member. The grounds of the orthodox view we have stated and defended, against the Socinians and Mennonites, in Book VI, ch. IX, §XIII, XX; and against purgatory we have set them forth there at §XXI.
XXIV.
It is asked, fourth: whether the unity and universality of the militant Church requires that she be under one single, certain, visible head on earth — namely, under the Pope of Rome? The Papists, in favor of the Pope's sole rule and supreme dominion, hold this firmly. The Protestants, because they hold that the unity and universality of the Church depends upon the mystical union and fellowship with Christ, as being the only head of His Church, deny this: because (1) the unity and universality of the Church, according to the Holy Scripture, depends on nothing else than the mystical union with Christ, as her only head, through a true and living faith, and profession of the same, as we have shown at large and expressly in Book VI, ch. V; likewise in this chapter, §§VIII, XI, XII, XVII. Because (2) a certain visible Head of the militant Church has not been appointed by Christ; and because therefore (3) it cannot be proven that the Pope of Rome is that visible Head; indeed (4) because the contrary of this shall, in its proper place, be proven and demonstrated by us.
XXV.
It is asked, fifth: whether the present-day Roman Church is the true Church of Christ? The Papists not only maintain this, but even go further, striving to show that their Church alone is the true Church. Among the Protestants there are some, but few, who acknowledge her; the common view calls her an impure Church — indeed a corrupted one, and in many respects an unclean Church. These proofs offer no support whatsoever for her being the true Church of Christ.
(I) Because she strikes against, and runs up against, the very foundation of the Christian faith: when she (1) actually strips Christ of the dignity of being the only and all-sufficient Savior, while she seeks salvation in human satisfactions, in the merits of good works, in the intercessions of the holy departed, in their superfluous works, in the powers of her own free will, etc. When she (2) transfers everything that is ascribed to Christ in the Holy Scripture to the bewitched wafer, as though it were transubstantiated into Christ. When she (3) points out such a way of salvation through one's own good works, which, according to Paul's judgment, Gal. 5:4 with Rom. 10:3,4, makes Christ useless and void.
(II) Because she is, in many respects, idolatrous, inasmuch as she (1) commands the wafer, in the Mass, to be worshiped in place of Christ; (2) assigns religious honor to the holy departed; likewise (3) to images; and (4) to the so-called relics; as well as (5) to consecrated things; and finally (6) to the Pope of Rome.
(III) Because she swarms with countless superstitions, in her five fabricated sacraments, in monkery, in pilgrimages, etc. — to such a degree that, apart from those things which she has in common with the Protestants, all the rest — by which she is properly and formally called the Popish Church — is nothing other than superstition, or idolatry, or heresy, or error.
Because especially (IV), in the Mass, upon which, as upon a pivot, the whole of the Popish religion turns, the wafer is worshiped and religiously honored in the place of Christ; in the elevation of this wafer, the offering-up of Christ is set forth, upon which elevation the whole salvation of a Christian man is supposed to depend — to such a degree that the sacrifice, once for all accomplished by Christ on the cross, would be of not the least profit to a Christian, unless He be daily offered up to God anew through this priestly elevation; and, the elevation having taken place, be swallowed and eaten with the mouth.
(V) Because she holds the Antichrist as her head. (VI) Because she exercises a most cruel tyranny, not only against the bodies, goods, and lives of those who do not consent to her ordinances, but also against their consciences — to which daily experience bears witness. To point out all these particulars, and very many others besides, each in detail, would be endless; nevertheless it has been done, or shall yet be done, in its proper places — compare Joseph Hall's The Old Religion(?), and Conrad Vorstius, Causae descendi Papatus, that is, Reasons for Leaving the Papacy, etc.
On the contrary side, the Papists indeed have nothing which they could plead, other than that they (1) apply to their church, without any lawful reason, those things which are said in the Holy Scriptures concerning the true Church; (2) their vain and trifling marks of the Church, which we shall expose in their proper place. And the milder ones among the Protestants, whom we have mentioned, have nothing either, other than that the Papists:
(A) have the Word of God, and its proclamation. Answer. (a) The Socinians, Anabaptists, and others have that too. (b) They have it, but corrupted in many ways, as we have shown in Book I, ch. II. (c) They have it in order to corrupt it. (d) Among them, the laity do not have it.
(B) That they have the Sacraments. Answer. (a) That is not enough, for the Socinians and others have them too. (b) They have a corrupted Baptism; and the Holy Supper they have taken away through the Mass. (c) Alongside the corrupted Baptism they have six bastard sacraments.
(C) That true doctrines are preserved and defended among them, concerning God, the Person of Christ, Creation, Providence, and others. Answer. (a) That is not enough, since they neither have nor hold all the essential fundamental doctrines. (b) Because those they do have and hold, for the most part, are befouled with their errors.
(D) That there are, in the Church, elect ones, who shall in due time be called. Answer. (a) Not election, but calling, actually constitutes the Church; and (b) this also does not constitute the Roman Church.
(E) That there are those who are saved in their Church. Answer. (a) No one is saved by her fellowship, or by her religion, for no one is saved by idolatry and error. (b) Those who are saved are saved through the fundamental doctrines of the Reformed, which they, through an error, imagine to have a place among the Papists.
XXVI.
It is asked, sixth: whether the Reformed Church is a schism-making Church? The Papists maintain this firmly, out of love for themselves, and out of hatred toward us. The Reformed deny it: (1) because a schism or separation is not blameworthy, except from the true church — which we have shown and demonstrated, in the preceding §, the Roman church not to be. (2) Because they went out at God's command, both in general, 2 Cor. 6:17, 1 John 5:20(?), 2 John v. 10, and in particular, Rev. 18:4. (3) Because they went out, moved by like reason, following the examples of Christ and the Apostles, who separated themselves from the Synagogue of the Jews. (4) Because they did not so much go out of their own accord, as rather were driven out, by the lightning-bolts of excommunications — indeed sufficiently, by fire — by the Pope. (5) Because she, too, in her fundamental errors, idolatries, and abuses, not only stubbornly holds fast to and maintains them, but also has persisted in inflicting the most savage persecutions upon those who convicted, admonished, and warned her. Nor do they have anything, other than slanders which they hurl against the Reformed Church as being schismatic and schism-making, which they can plead — apart from those bastard marks with which they attempt to defend the truth of their church, which we shall examine in their proper place.
XXVII.
It is asked, seventh: whether the Reformed Church draws her origin from Zwingli, Luther, Calvin, etc.? The Papists, because they cannot rightly assail and overcome, with any conclusive proofs, the truth of the Reformed Doctrine upon which the truth of the Church rests, accustom themselves and their following to a thousand tricks, artifices and deceptions, and constantly ask: Where has your church lain hidden, for sixteen Christian centuries, until Zwingli, Luther, and Calvin? To which the Protestants are accustomed to answer:
(1) That this is no article of faith, nor is it necessary that this be explained — although it is also possible to give a solid and conclusive account of it; for merely to expound the first twelve centuries, our hundred Magdeburg Centuriators devoted three thick volumes; to examine which Cardinal Caesar Baronius had to set against them twelve volumes; to which, moreover, in order to carry the account down to the year [16]65 of the preceding century, Abraham Bzovius had to add eight more books — so that it is therefore quite unfair and unreasonable to put such a question to any and every common Christian, and to wish it explained through a conversation of a very short time.
(2) They themselves are first obliged to display and point out their possessor throughout those fifteen centuries, so that it may appear and become manifest that ours, by departing from the Roman Church, departed wrongly and mistakenly from the true and ancient church: this being done, and not before, it shall be our task and duty to declare where our church has been and subsisted during those centuries.
(3) Let them themselves declare to us where the doctrine of the Roman Church, upon which her truth must be built — for example, concerning the Supreme Headship and infallibility of the Pope; concerning justification through human satisfactions and merits; concerning transubstantiation; concerning the worship of saints, images, etc. — indeed, where the doctrine of that so-called holy and general Council of Trent, which is confirmed and ratified with so many thunderbolts and anathemas — where, I say, that doctrine has been, at the time of Christ and of the Apostles, and in the following first centuries of the first Church? What region, what City, or Village, or House, or any particular Person whatsoever, professed it in all its parts?
These matters being disentangled and resolved by the parties, we shall then (4) say that our Church was present at the time of Christ and of the Apostles, because she professes that very same faith, and is prepared to abjure everything that is contrary to the doctrine of Christ and of the Apostles — so that it now lies upon the Papists to prove and demonstrate that the Reformed church teaches things which are contrary to Christ and the Apostles; and so long as they shall not have done this, the Reformed Church shall remain the same as the Church of Christ and of the Apostles. And since the church of Christ and of the Apostles, as the parties themselves acknowledge, shall endure, without interruption or break, until the end of the ages, it shall also remain certain that the Reformed Church, more certainly than anything that is certain, was present before Zwingli, Luther, Calvin — even though we could not show in what particular place she was definitely present.
But (5), we can also point out where she was: namely, in the first six purer centuries, wherever the Christian Church was, there also was the Reformed Church, insofar as she professed that same faith which the Reformed Church now professes — as the century-tracing hundred Magdeburg Centuriators teach, likewise Jac. Ussher, De Successu Ecclesiae in Occidente, ch. I, William Perkins, in his Problema Catholicum, John Jewell, and others: just as the Ambroses, Jeromes, Augustines, Chrysostoms, and whatever Church Fathers these centuries had besides, lived in the Reformed church.
In the four following centuries, when in the West the Antichrist gradually gained the upper hand, the Church was indeed exceedingly darkened and corrupted; but nevertheless, being steadfast and constant in her fundamental doctrines, she remained the true and Reformed Church — there being, throughout, still those in her who set themselves against and opposed the Antichrist, who offered to the Church, and as it were toasted her with, besides his supreme and sole dominion, the invention of transubstantiation, and also, on the article of Justification, things less in agreement with the ancients — though these were not accepted by the whole Church — the remaining articles of the Faith not yet being so openly and deliberately assailed. See Jac. Ussher, at the passage cited, ch. II.
Since the tenth century — of which Bellarmine says (De Pontif., Lib. IV, ch. X) that there has never been a more unlearned and more unfortunate century; and Baronius (Tom. X, Annal., An. 900, §1) that it was an iron and leaden century, in which the abomination of desolation had its place in the Temple, etc. — since this time Satan, who until then had been bound, has been loosed, as the Popish writers themselves acknowledge; since which time also the Antichrist has come to his height: although we acknowledge that the church has hidden and groaned even under the Antichristians themselves (just as also in the Arian times, of which Jerome, Against the Luciferians, says: "The whole world groaned, and marveled to find itself Arian"; and also in the times of Elijah, of which Paul speaks, Rom. 11:2,3) — nevertheless the true Church has existed, sufficiently, in almost all lands and over the whole earth, in the numerous Assemblies of the Waldensians: of whom Reinerius, an Italian Inquisitor (in Rerum Bohemicarum Scriptores, edited by Marquard Freher(?), p. 222,223) says: "That, above all the three remaining sects (as he calls them) of heretics, that of the Waldensians has been the more harmful and pernicious, for these reasons: the first, that it has been of longer duration — some say that it has lasted from the times of Sylvester, others from the time of the Apostles onward. The second is, that it is more widespread, for there is scarcely any land in which this Sect does not creep. The third is, that, through the excessive greatness of its blasphemies," etc.
To whom came, and joined themselves, the Albigensians, the Hussites, the Taborites, etc. — to whom, finally, at the time of the Reformation, in the chief articles, the first Reformers, Zwingli, Luther, etc., joined themselves.
To have sketched this here a little roughly shall be enough for this place — it being perhaps to be stated somewhat more distinctly, in its own place.
XXVIII.
It is asked, eighth: whether the true church is always visible? The Papists, so as the more easily to obtain that the Reformed church was not present before the first Reformers — because the assemblies professing this same faith were not visible — and also, so as thereby the more to demonstrate their own Church to be the true one, maintain that the true church is always visible. The Reformed, although they profess that the true church, as regards her outward form, which consists in the profession of faith — at least in the fundamental articles — is always visible, nevertheless hold that she can, on account of continually raging and ravaging heresies, or on account of godless morals, or on account of the cruelest persecutions of enemies, come to such a pass that scarcely any Assembly can be pointed out with which you might join and unite yourself in the matter of religion; and therefore they deny that she is always visible. This they prove: (1) by the times of Elijah, of which Rom. 11:2,3, etc. (2) By the times of the Antichrist, when the Church-woman is foretold to flee into the Wilderness, and there to lie hidden for a certain time, Rev. 12:1-7. Further (3) in the times of the Maccabees, compare Heb. 11:36-38; and (4) in the times of the Marian persecutions, of which in the preceding discussion.
Nor do the parties have anything which they could plead for themselves, other than merely some passages in which the Church of the New Testament is compared to a high and exalted mountain, which cannot be hidden, but must be visible, Isa. 2:2,3,4,5, Mic. 4:1. Answer. These texts intend to say nothing other than that the church of the New Testament, at a certain time — especially in the times of the Apostles — over the whole earth, in order to gather the Gentiles into and unto the fellowship of the Church, would be so visible that the Gentiles would come flowing to her; but they by no means say that she would always be of that same character — compare Matt. 5:12,13,14.
XXIX.
It is asked, ninth: whether the militant Church can wholly fall away and perish? The Socinians, with whom the Arminians conspire, because they teach that all believers, through the freedom of the will, can fall away, also maintain this question and controversy. The Papists, on the contrary, deny that not only the whole militant church, but also that their Roman Church in particular, can fall away. The Reformed deny, on the one hand, against the Socinians and Arminians, that the whole militant church can fall away; on the other hand, they maintain, against the Papists, that all the parts and members, and thus all particular Churches — not, indeed, precisely through an apostasy of the Saints, but either through death, or through persecutions of believers, or in some other manner — can, in the course of time, wholly and entirely perish and cease to be; and that the Roman Church too has in fact fallen away. And their view, against the Socinians and Arminians, they prove with these following reasons:
(1) Because Christ has promised His Servants, who were to gather a Church for Him out of the whole world, to be with them until the completion of the world, Matt. 28:20. (2) Because an everlasting ministry of the Word and of the Sacraments is foretold and promised by Christ, Eph. 4:11 with 1 Cor. 11:26. (3) Because Christ shall have a kingdom, and, as king, shall reign in the midst of His enemies, until He has put all His enemies as a footstool for His feet, Ps. 110:1, which shall doubtless take place at the last Judgment. (4) Because Christ promises that the gates of hell shall not overpower His Church, which is built upon Him as upon a Rock, Matt. 16:18. (5) Because the history of the Church, in the Revelation, is carried through and completed even to the end of the ages, Rev. 22:17,20. (6) Because Christ's Kingdom is said to be eternal, without end, Luke 1:33. (7) Because He is said, at the end of the ages, to deliver up the kingdom to His Father, 1 Cor. 15:24: "Then shall the end be, when He shall have delivered up the Kingdom to God, even the Father."
Nor does it help the contrary view: (1) that particular churches can, individually, fall away — for it does not thereby follow that they could all fall away collectively. (2) That all the Subjects of Christ's Kingdom are willingly obedient to Him as king, Ps. 110:3, and might therefore also all fall away. Answer. God works in them both the willing and the doing, Phil. 2:13. Therefore, though they, considered in themselves, could fall away, nevertheless, since they are preserved in and by the power of God, they cannot.
On the contrary, they teach, against the Papists, that particular churches — even the Roman one — can fall away: (a) because one does not read that a promise of continual duration has been made to any particular Church. (b) Because all the particular Churches and every Congregation of which mention is made in the New Testament — of Corinth, of Galatia, of Ephesus, etc. — the seven Asian Congregations, of which it stands written in the Revelation — have, without any counter-example, fallen away. (c) Because the Roman church herself has fallen away, as is clear as the sun from a comparison of that faith which formerly had place among the Romans, with that which now, in this present day, has place among those of Rome.
Nor do the Romanists have anything which they could plead for themselves and for their view, other than that by that Church which, according to the Savior's promise, the gates of hell shall not overpower, is to be understood the Roman Church. But this is said in vain, since there is not one jot nor tittle in the Holy Scripture by which they could come to prove this.
XXX.
It is asked, tenth: whether the church of the Old and of the New Testament, as regards essence, is one and the same Church? The Socinians, because they hold that the doctrine of the Old Testament differs, as heaven from earth, from the doctrine of the New Testament — since, under the Old Testament, there was, they say, no Mediator, no faith in the Mediator, no spiritual promises concerning the forgiveness of sin and eternal life; and that the Covenant of the Old Testament differs in its essence from that of the New Testament — hold likewise that the Church has differed in her very essence. The Anabaptists, because they suppose that the old church existed under the Law, while the new is under grace, whereby the Old Testament also is abolished, conclude the very same thing as the Socinians. The Reformed, although they acknowledge a great and ample distinction, in the accidental features both of the doctrine and of the church, between the Old and New Testament, nevertheless hold, as to essentials, one and the same Doctrine, Covenant of Grace, and Church. We have treated this matter, for and against, in Book V, ch. I, §XXX. And I shall add nothing here, except that (1) not only are the militant and triumphant Church (between which there is a greater interval than between those of the Old and New Testament) said to be one, Matt. 8:11, Heb. 11:22,23(?), but also (2) the Jewish and the Gentile, Eph. 2:15,16, and the assembling-together of these two is said to take place in Zion, Ps. 2:6 and 87:5, Isa. 2:1,3, etc. — whereby without any doubt the Jewish Church, indeed that of the Old Testament, is meant.
XXXI.
It is asked, eleventh: whether every Christian, provided only he is able, is obligated to join himself to a certain, determinate particular Church? The Zwenckfeldians, Libertines, Quakers, and other Enthusiasts, with whom the Socinians also agree, deny this — namely, that one may content oneself with a merely hidden [i.e., invisible] church, without joining a determinate one. The Reformed, as we have taught at §XXVIII, acknowledge that there can be a hidden church; but hold that, when one is able to join a certain determinate church, this is absolutely necessary.
The reasons are drawn (1) from the divine command, Heb. 10:25, Joel 2:15,16. (2) From the divine promises, Exod. 20:24, Isa. 59:27(?), Matt. 18:20 and 28:20. (3) From the purpose and the fruits of the Word of God proclaimed in the assembly, and of the administration of the Sacraments — namely, that the saving faith may be awakened, strengthened, and confirmed, Rom. 1:16 and 10:17, Gal. 3:2,27, 1 Cor. 10:16 and 11:26. (4) From the purpose and use of the ministry, which presupposes church assemblies, Eph. 4:11. (5) From the examples of the gathered Saints, both under the Old Testament, Gen. 4:26, in the households of the patriarchs, in the Tabernacle, Temple and Synagogues, and under the New Testament, John 15:19(?), Acts 1:11, 2, 12, 20, 1 Cor. 11:24,26, etc. (6) From the desires and longings of the Saints, who yearned after the assemblies, Ps. 26:8, 27:4, 42-43:3, and 47:10, etc. (7) Because the mystical, hidden Church is gathered, formed, and increased by means of the outward assemblies of the instituted and established Congregations. Compare Alting, Probl. nov. loc. XII, probl. X.
XXXII.
It is asked, twelfth: whether it is necessary, by certain determinate marks, to know the Church and to distinguish her from the false one? The Fanatics, whom we have named in the preceding discussion, because they deny that it is necessary to join oneself to a certain determinate church, also deny that there are certain determinate marks of the true Church — and especially the Socinians, so as the more easily to hide themselves among and through all Congregations, and the false Church, by certain
...to come and deceive Christians — this they deny. All Christians hold it as certain that there are (I) assemblies of evildoers, Ps. 26:5, synagogues of Satan, Rev. 2:9, which cannot be distinguished from the true Church of Christ except by certain fixed marks. (II) Because we are obligated to join and unite ourselves with the true Church, the congregation of Christ, Matt. 16:18, the congregation of the saints, Rom. 1:7, 1 Cor. 1:2, in which Christ has placed His ministers for edification and instruction, Eph. 4:11 — yet this church we cannot recognize or distinguish without fixed and certain marks. (III) Because we, that we may guard ourselves against false prophets and ravening wolves, are charged to distinguish them by certain and fixed marks, Matt. 7:15-16. (IV) Because we are commanded to partake only of those sacraments which Christ instituted, and in that manner which He commanded, 1 Cor. 11:23, Luke 22:19-20 — which does not happen except in the true Church. Nor does it avail anything, what the Socinians allege, that it is enough for each individually to believe rightly for himself and to live rightly, Rom. 1:17, since this in no way conflicts with congregating together; the one, therefore, must be done, and the other not left undone, Heb. 10:25, Acts 2:42.
§ XXXIII. Thirteenth question: whether the profession of the true faith, especially when joined with a lawful administration of the sacraments and the exercise of church discipline, is an infallible mark of the true Church.
The Papists, because by these marks they would be made to fear for their own church, and would be held bound to acknowledge and recognize the truth of our church, deny that this is a genuine mark of the true Church — although they do grant that faith can be an impure and imperfect mark of the true Church, the Church itself being (on their view) imperfect and impure. Likewise the administration of the sacraments, and the Church itself, they hold to be imperfect and impure; yet they allow that, in the essential chief articles, faith is always whole and complete, as we have shown in § XX, and that it therefore constitutes the holiest mark of the Church of all.
The Papists urge for themselves: (1) That the church, being a visible fellowship and society, is better known than her faith and doctrine, and that therefore the church must first be known, before her faith and doctrine can be known. Answer: (1) Granted that the church, as a visible society, is better known than her faith; yet insofar as she is the true and Christian society, she is known from nowhere else than from her faith, 2 John v. 10. (2) Moreover, faith and doctrine can be known and distinguished from Holy Scripture where the church herself is not present; but the church — or whether a given assembly is the true one — cannot be known or acknowledged except from her faith, by means of Holy Scripture, 1 John 4:1-3. (2) That the church is prior to her doctrine, insofar as the Church exists before she professes her faith. Answer: This is in every respect utterly false: for the church is constituted by calling, by faith, and by holiness; hence she is named the congregation of believers in Christ Jesus, Eph. 1:1, Col. 1:2; but being already constituted, she then propagates her faith further, in the manner Paul describes, 1 Cor. 11:23. (3) That faith can be false within the true church, and, conversely, a true doctrine within a false church. Answer: Faith cannot, in its essential and fundamental articles, be false in the true church; nor, conversely, can a true faith exist in a false church. Compare 1 Cor. 3:11-13 with 1 John 4:2. (4) That all heretical and schismatic churches lay claim to this very mark. Answer: They do indeed lay claim to it, but they do not truly possess it; for there can be no more than one true faith. Compare 2 Cor. 1:19, Eph. 4:4-6.
§ XXXIV. Fourteenth question: whether, besides the profession of the true faith joined with a lawful administration of the sacraments and of church discipline, still further infallible marks of the Church must be admitted — with an examination of Bellarmine's fifteen marks.
The Papists, just as they have conceived in their own minds an image of the Church resembling a civil monarchy, have accordingly devised marks to match, and applied these to their own church — though as to the number and order of these marks they themselves are by no means agreed among each other. Durand, against Calvin, acknowledges but a single mark, namely the continual succession of priests, and especially the successive line of the popes. The Catechism of Trent sets down two: the Catholic and the Apostolic. Canisius, in his Catechism, has adopted the same number, though somewhat differently distinguished — namely, the Roman Pope, and the Roman See. Stapleton (de Principiis Fidei) counts three: multitude, visibility, and durability. Costerus (in his Enchiridion) counts four, drawn from the four ancient titles of the Church — that she is Holy, Catholic, One, and Apostolic — to which Bellarmine confesses that all the others may be reduced. The later Jesuits count seven; Medina, eleven; and out of these Bellarmine has patched together fifteen (de Ecclesia, Bk. IV, ch. 4 and following), namely: (I) The name of Catholic and Christian Church. (II) Antiquity. (III) A constant and never-interrupted duration. (IV) Extensiveness, or multitude and diversity of believers. (V) Succession of bishops. (VI) Agreement of doctrine with the ancient Church and the Fathers. (VII) The union of the members with one another and with their head. (VIII) The holiness of the doctrine. (IX) The efficacy of the doctrine. (X) The holiness of life of the first authors. (XI) The renown of miracles. (XII) Prophetic light. (XIII) The confession of adversaries. (XIV) The unhappy end of those who oppose the Church. (XV) Temporal good fortune and prosperity.
The Reformed, content with the single profession of the true faith as a general and unanswerable mark, leave it to the Papists first to establish these fifteen marks as genuine, and then to demonstrate them of their own church; and until they shall have done so, the Reformed are not bound to acknowledge that assembly as the true Church of Christ.
We remark further, over and above this, (2) that these fifteen marks, when most of them are compared with the Roman assembly, will themselves prove the very opposite of what is intended — namely, that it is not the true Church. For, for as much as it is the Roman, or a particular, church, it is not catholic. For as much as, before the tenth century — before the full-grown Antichrist, indeed before the Council of Trent, at least with respect to her completed stage — she had no place, she has no antiquity. Because the succession of the popes has suffered so many and so great interregnums, she has not had an unbroken succession. Because she professes a doctrine which differs, heaven-high and by a wide space, from the doctrine of Christ, of the Apostles, and of the whole orthodox antiquity, she does not have agreement in doctrine with the ancient Church. Because within her there are so many divergences and disagreements, even with respect to the foundation of the faith — for example, between the national churches of France and of Italy, concerning the seat of infallibility, whether it lies in a general Council or in and with the Pope; between the orders of the Dominicans, Franciscans, and Jesuits, on the articles concerning predestination and grace; likewise concerning the immaculate conception of the blessed Virgin — she does not have union of the members with the Head. Since she nourishes and cherishes a doctrine which is contrary to Christ and the Apostles even at the foundation, she is altogether destitute of holiness and of saving efficacy. Since she has the most impure of men for her heads and authors — Platina, Bellarmine, and others of her own confessing this — she has no heads and authors renowned and celebrated for holiness of life. Since she cannot prove that true miracles and prophetic light have had any place among her, she cannot with the least right boast of the renown of miracles and of prophetic light, unless perhaps of the wonders of the Antichrist, 2 Thess. 2:9. Since not even a single one of the parties of the Roman church acknowledges that she is a pure and upright Church, she cannot pretend to the confession and acknowledgment of adversaries. Since the first opponents of the Roman church — for example, Luther, Calvin, Oecolampadius, and countless others besides — died no other than an ordinary death, she cannot pretend to the unhappy end of her adversaries. Since the cause of the Papists, in the principal parts of Germany, in England, Scotland, Ireland, Sweden, Denmark, the Netherlands, etc., has utterly gone down to defeat, they can boast of temporal good fortune and prosperity with not the least force or foundation. And so, even by her own marks, the truth of the Roman Church collapses altogether.
Finally we observe (3) that if these are indeed the true marks, then the Reformed Church shall be the one to triumph. For she is Christian and Catholic, since she professes the faith of the Christian and universal, catholic, and orthodox Church; she is the very oldest, because she has the first faith, and the very antiquity, of Christ and of the Apostles; and consequently also the most enduring, and without any intervening break, since Christ has always had a Church, one in faith with the Reformed Church; for the same reason she is also the most widely extended, for whatever churches Christ, over the whole earth, by means of His Apostles, gathered, were in faith the same as the Reformed Church. There is also in the Reformed Church a continual succession of ministers; for as many true ministers of the Church as there have ever been, through all ages, in the profession of the faith, have been Reformed. Her doctrine agrees most exactly with the doctrine of Christ and of the Apostles and of the whole orthodox antiquity. All her true members are united with Christ, the head, and with one another, by the bond of one and the same faith, and of one and the same Spirit. For the same reason the holiness of the doctrine, and its efficacy, are evident, since through it as many as have ever been converted have been converted to the holy faith. And, since the honor and renown of miracles, and the prophetic light, flourished in the prophetic and apostolic Church, for that very reason it has flourished likewise in the Reformed Church. And if ever the enemies of the true Church have had an unhappy end, so too have the enemies of the Reformed Church had one. Finally, though the Reformed Church does not wish to boast of her temporal good fortune and prosperity, yet she has had, time and again, her seasons both of decline and of prosperity, in England, the Netherlands, France, Germany, etc. Therefore, by the very marks of the Papists themselves, it is the Reformed Church that shall be found the true Church.
§ XXXV. Fifteenth question: whether it is useful and profitable for churches that profess Christ to maintain fellowship with one another.
The Socinians, by removing, to this end, the principal foundations of the Christian faith — concerning the Trinity, the eternal Godhead of the Son, the personality of the Holy Spirit, original sin, the satisfaction of Christ, justification by faith in the merits of Christ, regeneration, and other fundamental truths — and by contracting the fundamental articles of faith to a very small number, strive by excess toward Samaritanism, that is, toward a mingling or hodgepodge of religions. The Lutherans, on the contrary, by defect, refuse to exercise brotherly fellowship with the Reformed, who in no way differ from them in the foundation.
The Reformed take the middle way: (I) They reject the Socinians' Samaritanism — that is, brotherly fellowship with those who err in the foundation and thereby make it useless to us — 1 Cor. 3:12 with Rom. 10:3-4, Gal. 5:4. To this they are moved and driven: (1) by the sayings at Matt. 7:15, Tit. 3:10, 1 John 2:19; (2) by the examples of the false apostles, Gal. 1:8-9, of the Cretans, Tit. 1:12, of Hymenaeus, Alexander, and Philetus, 1 Tim. 1:20, 2 Tim. 2:17; (3) by the reasoning that the fellowship of the mystical body rests upon the unity and oneness of the fundamental faith, Eph. 4:4-5. (II) With churches that err concerning the foundation — that is, which teach such things as by necessary consequence weaken the foundation — they hold that ecclesiastical fellowship ought not to be broken off lightly, unless perhaps they themselves exclude us, 1 Cor. 3:12, Eph. 4:4-5, Col. 2:19 — after the example of Paul, who, on account of such errors, in no way separated himself from the congregations of Corinth, Galatia, and Colossae. (III) With those who err beyond or outside the foundation, in curious questions and points of controversy, 1 Cor. 3:13-14 — such as are commonly found in the epistles to Timothy and Titus — or concerning church ceremonies which are not altogether idolatrous, or concerning a somewhat worn but not yet wholly abolished church discipline, they hold that fellowship should not be broken off, because in such matters the ground of unity, or the kingdom of God, does not consist, Rom. 14:17, Eph. 4:3-5, 7, Col. 2:16.
§ XXXVI. Sixteenth question: whether, on account of the communion of saints, the temporal goods of Christians ought, as to possession, to be held in common.
There have been among the Pythagoreans and Platonists those who wished mine and thine to be abolished from the commonwealth; among the heretics likewise the Adamites and other such enthusiasts, whom certain fanatical Anabaptists in the past century attempted to revive, even exposing their wives and children to open licentiousness; and even now the Moravian Anabaptists maintain community of goods.
The Reformed apply the communion of saints first and principally to spiritual things, 1 Cor. 10:16-17 and 12:21, Eph. 4:4-6; but also, in the second and lesser place, to bodily things and to the things of this life — yet not with respect to possession, which is and must remain distinct, but only with respect to use and distribution, and that through a pure and simple generosity of the saints, to be applied to the need and necessity of others, held in common: namely, when we (1) give of our own to the poor, Luke 6:38; (2) lend, at the same place vv. 34-35; (3) in every other way come to the help of needy brethren, Matt. 25:35-36. So that the only remaining dispute is over possession and ownership itself — whether this must be abolished through the communion of saints.
This the Reformed deny: because (1) temporal goods, godliness being preserved, are bought, sold, and possessed, 1 Cor. 7:30-31, Luke 12:33, Acts 5:4 and 20:33-35. Because (2) in the fellowship of the Christian Church there have been various rich people — for example, Joseph of Arimathea, Matt. 27:57, godly women, Luke 8:3, Tabitha, Acts 9:36, Cornelius, Acts 10:2, Lydia, Acts 16:14-15, Philemon, Philem. v. 2. Because (3) in the New Testament theft is forbidden, Matt. 19:18, Luke 18:20, Rom. 13:9, Eph. 4:28, 1 Thess. 4:11-12. Because (4) the gathering of alms (collections) is commended, Rom. 15:8, 13, 1 Cor. 16:2, 2 Cor. 8:10-11, Gal. 2:10 and 6:9. The opposing party urge, on the contrary: (A) the example of the apostolic Church, Acts 2:44 and 4:32. Answer: (a) it being presupposed that almsgiving and the gathering of collections for the benefit of the poor were customary in the Christian Church (which presuppose a possession and ownership of goods, 1 Cor. 16:2, as we have just shown), this can be nothing other than an extraordinary example, concerning the church gathered out of strangers, out of every region of the earth, and separated from their own goods, in order to be instructed and confirmed in the faith at Jerusalem by the Apostles — which could happen in no other way than by such a fellowship of goods. This extraordinary example, therefore, does not bind Christians to imitation, except in one and the same such case. (b) Nor must it be understood that all the Christians brought all that was theirs, beyond their own need and necessity, into that fellowship; since not only could Ananias have kept his sold field for himself, Acts 5:4, but we also read that the deacon Philip, who was present among them, had a house of his own, Acts 21:8; yet over those goods which each one had brought into the fellowship, no one presumed any further right of ownership.
It is said (B) that it is incompatible to be a Christian and to be rich, Matt. 10:9: Provide neither gold, etc., and ch. 19:21, 24: If thou wilt be perfect, go and sell that thou hast, and give to the poor. Answer: (a) by this reasoning, community of goods would be weakened no less than riches themselves. (b) The passages adduced do not prove what needed to be proved; rather they concern a particular and extraordinary obligation, which binds only in the very same cases. In the first place, at Matt. 10:9, none but the disciples are forbidden — now being sent out to preach the gospel through all Judea — from occupying themselves with gathering treasures and being hindered thereby; in the other place, at Matt. 19:21, 24, Christ prescribes for the young man, who placed his trust in his possessions, a particular remedy, and gives him a pointed command and precept. (C) It is said that Christian love promotes community of goods. Answer: it promotes a sharing according to the need of the case, Heb. 13:16, but not a general community, which would exclude such sharing.
The Practical Part
§ XXXVII. First, practical use requires a careful search for the true Church, distinguishing her from every false assembly.
The practical use requires, first, that a careful search be made for the true Church, and that she be distinguished from every kind of false assembly. Because (I) there is a church of Satan, and also a synagogue, Ps. 26:5, Rev. 2:9, and there are false prophets, ravening wolves, even such as come in sheep's clothing, Matt. 7:15, against whom we are charged to be on our guard, to examine them, 2 John v. 10, Rom. 16:17, and consequently to test them, 1 John 4:1, Rev. 2:2. (II) Because we are charged not to neglect, not to forsake, our assemblies, Heb. 10:25 — which are built upon the foundation of the prophets and apostles, Eph. 2:20, which are a pillar and ground of the truth, 1 Tim. 3:15 — our own, that is, the Christian meetings and assemblies, which we shall never know without a careful examination. (III) Because Christ has promised and bound His gracious presence to the true assembly which gathers in His name, Matt. 18:20, and God besides has promised every manner of blessing, Exod. 20:24, in which the Holy Spirit pours out Himself, Acts 10:44, to which finally are added, as many as shall be saved, Acts 2:47 — which assembly must therefore be diligently discerned and distinguished. Especially (IV) because it is so easy and so ready a thing here to go astray, and that with the loss of eternal salvation; and because also the greater part of mankind does in fact go astray, there being everywhere false, heretical, and schismatic — indeed even very numerous — congregations, 1 Tim. 4:2, 2 John v. 7. The marks concerning this matter we have already shown above in § XX, to which we add here nothing further, than that in the church to be discerned we must look not only for the bare profession of the truth, but also for the profession of the practice of godliness, so that she may be at once a congregation of saints and of believers, Eph. 1:1, Col. 1:2.
§ XXXVIII. Second, it commands us readily and willingly to join the true Church, once recognized, and to persevere in her fellowship to the end.
Second, it also admonishes that we readily and willingly join ourselves to the true Church once recognized, and unite ourselves with her — not in some indefinite manner, whatever that might be, but as true and living members of her — and that we persevere in her fellowship even to the end, Acts 2:42. For she is the congregation of God, and the kingdom of Christ, Ps. 2:6, Luke 22:16,18, His City, Ps. 45:1, His household, 1 Tim. 3:15, His bride, Rev. 21:2,9 and 22:17, Ps. 45:10, His body, 1 Cor. 12:13, Eph. 1:23; and consequently those who join themselves to her are subjects of God and of Christ, 1 Cor. 15:27, Eph. 5:24; they are members of God's household, Eph. 2:19; they are members of Christ, Rom. 12:4-5. What and how great a dignity is this! (II) God and Christ are within the Church, not with a merely general presence, but with that of grace, Ps. 46:6, Matt. 18:20 and 28:20, with 2 Cor. 13:13. What and how great a blessing! Therefore He will (III), as His kingdom, His City, His household, His bride, His own possession, so protect her against her enemies, whoever, whatever, and however great they may be, Ps. 46, Isa. 31:4, Ps. 23:4, that the gates of hell shall never overpower her, Matt. 16:18. What and how great a certainty and security! And He will not only protect her, but also (IV) bless her, Exod. 20:24, Ps. 115:12-14, with every kind of blessing, Eph. 1:2-3. What and how great a wealth! From this it is (V) that God, in both Testaments, so often and so earnestly urges the gathering and assembling of believers, Deut. 31:11-12, Joel 2:16, when it had also become a custom among the Jews, Ezek. 33:21, Acts 15:21; and He forbids the forsaking of our mutual assembling, Heb. 10:25. I shall not (VI) add here the necessity of joining oneself to the Church in order to be saved, Acts 2:47, of which we have spoken in § XXXI.
And yet we must not rest here in a bare joining and association, 1 Cor. 11:20, which might come about: (1) merely by an outward profession of the Church's truth, Matt. 7:21-22, Rev. 2:9 with v. 2, Tit. 1:16; (2) merely by an observance of church duties, Isa. 1:12-16, Luke 18:10-11, by attendance upon worship, Ezek. 33:31, Isa. 58:2, by the use of the seals of the covenant, 1 Cor. 10:2-4 and 15:29, and of public prayers, Isa. 1:15; (3) merely by an outward naming of, and boasting in, the Christian name, 2 Tim. 2:19, Rom. 2:17-18, Rev. 3:1; and (4) by a mere participation in church privileges, Phil. 3:4-6, Jer. 7:4 — although these same things must by no means be neglected either, Luke 11:42 — but (5) we must strive and endeavor, in that fellowship, to become living members of the Church, 2 Cor. 6:16, 1 Tim. 3:15, Heb. 12:22 with 1 Pet. 2:4-5.
§ XXXIX. Third, it stirs us up, now already united with the Church, to examine ourselves carefully whether we are her true and living members.
Third, it stirs us up, now that we are already united with the Church, to examine ourselves carefully, whether we are true and living members of her. Because (I) not all who join themselves to her by profession are true and living members of the Church, 1 John 2:19 — and not all who are of Israel are Israel, but there are also children of the flesh, Rom. 9:6,8. There are those who say that they are Jews, but are of the synagogue of Satan, Rev. 2:9. And those who say they are apostles, but are found liars, v. 2. Those who have a name that they live, but are dead, Rev. 3:1-2. Just as not everyone is a Jew who is one outwardly, Rom. 2:28; there are branches which bear no fruit, John 15:2. Because (II) the love of Christ, redemption and the application of redemption, and all those benefits and promises which in Christ are yea and amen, 2 Cor. 1:20, belong only to the true and living members of the Church, as Christ's bride, Eph. 5:25-27, and as His sheep, John 10:25,28. Whereas (III) those who merely say so are not acknowledged by Christ, but are rejected, Matt. 7:23; and those branches which bear no fruit are taken away, John 15:2; and such children of the kingdom shall be cast out, Matt. 8:12, Matt. 13:30. (IV) Because the means of salvation — the preaching of the Word, the administration of the seals of the covenant — exercise their efficacy with respect to the true and living members of the Church, as those who hear the voice of Christ and follow Him, John 10:16,27, whom Christ purges, that they may bring forth more fruit, John 15:2. I shall not (V) add here that on a well-examined and well-tested conscience concerning this matter depends the unquestionable certainty of all the privileges and blessings which Christ has promised and pledged to the true Church — for example, of the love of Christ, Eph. 5:25, of His shelter and protection, Matt. 16:18, of every kind of blessing, Ps. 28:2,13.
This, then, can become known to us and appear with certainty: (1) In general, from all those marks by which and with which we have, each in their place, examined and tested our fellowship in election, redemption, calling, regeneration, conversion, union with Christ, justification, adoption, sanctification, and glorification — since the true Church consists only of such. In particular (2), if we not only say that we are Jews, but also are so, Rev. 2:9, and are not only such outwardly, by an outward profession and manner of life, but also inwardly, Rom. 2:29. (3) If we are true believers; for the true Church is an assembly of believers, Eph. 1:1. (4) If we are united by faith with Christ; for the Church is an assembly of those who are in Christ Jesus, 1 Thess. 1:1, 1 John 1:3. (5) If we are sanctified; for she is an assembly of saints, Rom. 1:7, 1 Cor. 1:2, 2 Cor. 1:1, Phil. 1:1, 1 Pet. 2:9, for whom Christ gave Himself, that He might sanctify her, Eph. 5:26, etc.
§ XL. Fourth, it exhorts us to embrace the Church, Christ's body, with the tenderest love.
Fourth, it sets us on — we who have become true and living members of the Church — and stirs us up, to embrace our body, that is, the Church, with the tenderest love, Ps. 26:8, 27:4, 43:3-4, and 84:2-5: so great a kingdom, namely, of Christ, the City of God, God's household, Christ's bride, His body, as we have said in the preceding section. By and with which love we must (I) set and prefer the common good of the Church above all our own particular and private advantages and interests, after the example of Moses, Exod. 32:32, of the Church in Babylon, Ps. 137:5-6, of Nehemiah, Neh. 2:10, of Paul, Rom. 9:2-3. (II) Faithfully bear care for the Church, after the example of Paul, 2 Cor. 11:28, and of Timothy, Phil. 2:20-21. (III) Pour out unceasingly the most fervent prayers for the Church, 1 Sam. 12:22-23, in particular: (1) for the extension of Christ's kingdom, and the propagation of the gospel, to the ends of the earth, Ps. 2:8 with Matt. 6:10; (2) for the peace and prosperity of the Church, Ps. 122:6-7; (3) for the deliverance of the Church from her sins, Ps. 130:8, from her enemies and persecutors, Ps. 28:6, for the confusion and shame of her haters, Ps. 5:11 and 3:8; (4) for the blessing and exaltation of the Church, Ps. 28:9; (5) for faithful ministers of the Church, for her edification and building up, Eph. 6:19, Col. 4:3, 1 Thess. 5:23, 2 Thess. 3:1; yea (6) even for the enemies of the Church, that they may be converted, Matt. 5:44, Acts 7:60, Luke 23:34. (IV) That we be moved and touched most tenderly, and have compassion and pity with and over the evils and miseries of the Church, Ezek. 9:4, Ps. 119:136 — whether (A) these be offenses, whereby she is offended, wounded, and weakened, inwardly as well as outwardly: after the example of Lot, 2 Pet. 2:7-8, of David, Ps. 119:136, of Jeremiah, Jer. 9:1, of Paul, 2 Cor. 11:29.
Or whether (B) these be judgments, which we shall have observed to be the approaching threat, Jer. 9:1-2 — of which there are sure and certain forewarnings: (a) a general flood of every kind of shameful deed and abomination, Gen. 6:11-12, Ezek. 8:6; (b) the removal and departure of the glory of God from the church, when it is observed that God, with His grace, withdraws from the Church, that the workings of the Holy Spirit cease, Gen. 6:3, that the efficacy of the means of salvation, of Word and sacraments, vanishes, Heb. 4:2, Isa. 53:1, that holiness, which is the ornament of the house of God, Ps. 93:5, lies altogether prostrate, and that, on the contrary, every kind of shameful and abominable deed gains the upper hand. With such steps, as it were, the glory of God withdrew from the Israelites: first from the cherub, above which it had rested, to the threshold of the house, Ezek. 9:3; then from the lower threshold to the upper (according to the observation of Junius on Ezek. 10:4); afterward from the threshold of the house to above the cherubim, vv. 18-19; from there to the middle of the City, Ezek. 11:22-23; and finally the glory of God withdrew from the City altogether, and stood above upon the mountain which is to the east of the City, v. 23 — and so it flew away into heaven, with the entire ruin and downfall of the church and of the commonwealth, Ps. 92:5. (c) An ever-increasing contempt of God, of His ordinances, service, Word, sacraments, sabbaths, 2 Chron. 36:15-17, 2 Kings 22:13, Jer. 25:1-12, Hos. 8:1,3,12, Isa. 30:8-10, Ezek. 22:8,31. (d) Apostasy from God, corruption and debasement of divine truth and worship, cooling of zeal and earnestness for godliness, Isa. 1:4-7, Zeph. 1:6, Rev. 3:16. (e) Through omens and forerunners of spiritual judgments — through ever-increasing errors, novelty, quarrels, and inward hatred — especially when there comes upon a people a spirit of deep sleep, Isa. 29:10, that is, of carnal ease, Amos 6:1,3-8, Zeph. 1:12, Isa. 6:10-11. (f) Stubbornness and obstinacy under chastisements and judgments, whereby we will not hear the chastening rod, Mic. 6:9, Isa. 26:9 and 48:17-18. (g) The departure and death of the righteous, of famous and excellent men, both in the church and in the commonwealth, Isa. 57:1, whereby God, ruin now approaching, calls out and hides away a Noah in the ark, Gen. 7:1-16, a Lot to Zoar, Gen. 19:22, the Jews to Pella. These are the chief forewarnings and forerunners of approaching divine judgments, indeed of the utter downfall of churches.
Or whether (C) it be all manner of misery, long pressing upon the Church, in the persecutions of her enemies, or other evils, Amos 6:6, 1 Sam. 4:19-21, Neh. 1:5 and 2:23, Isa. 22:4-5, Jer. 4:19-20 and 9:1, Luke 19:41-42. (V) That we strive with the very deed, with the straining of all our strength, to promote the good and the benefit of the Church, Gal. 6:10, namely, by contributing: (1) of our goods, Prov. 3:9-10, Rom. 12:13, Matt. 25:34-41; (2) of our gifts, of soul as well as of body, 1 Pet. 4:10, Heb. 10:24; (3) of our authority and power, which falls chiefly upon those in authority, Jer. 5:1, 21:12, Mic. 3:1-5; (4) of our counsel, comfort, and admonition, 1 Thess. 5:14, whereby and with which we must fit ourselves to a common lot and condition, 1 Cor. 9:20-22. (VI) That we endure whatever, even the very worst, may befall us: (1) for Christ, for His name and gospel, Phil. 1:29, Acts 20:23-24, 2 Tim. 2:9; (2) for the Church of Christ, Phil. 2:17, Col. 1:24, 2 Cor. 1:5, 1 John 3:16.
And that we may be the more inclined and the more ready for this and other duties of love toward the church, let us consider how many and how close are the ties by which, on the one side, we are bound and obligated to Christ, as (a) the Head of the church, as our King, Bridegroom, and Benefactor — we being His members, subjects, bride, household, etc.; (b) on the other side, to the Church, Ps. 122:8, as members of the same body, subjects of the same kingdom, members of the same household, etc., Rom. 12:5 with 1 Cor. 12:25. And consequently (c) that those things which, whether prosperous or adverse, befall the Church, befall us ourselves — since we all sail in one and the same ship, Matt. 8:23-24 with Ps. 122:6.
§ XLI. Fifth, it commends and enjoins upon every member, according to each one's calling, station, and strength, the edification and building up of the Church.
Fifth, it commends and enjoins especially upon all the members of the Church, and upon each of them individually, according to each one's condition, station, strength, and ability, the building up and edification of the Church. For the Church is (I) the house of God, 1 Tim. 3:15, 2 Tim. 2:20, which must therefore be built up, Heb. 3:2-5. She is (II) the house in which God Himself dwells, Isa. 31:9, Ps. 46:6 — which He has built for Himself from the beginning of the world, and will go on building until the world's end, Eph. 4:12-14, Matt. 28:20 — having laid her foundation in and upon the precious cornerstone, Christ, Ps. 118:22, Isa. 28:16, 1 Cor. 3:9. Upon which He (III) has built every member of the Church, Eph. 2:20,22. And to this end (IV), that they, as living stones, should build up themselves within the Church, 1 Pet. 2:4-5, Jude v. 20. For which building up He has also (V) fitted and appointed the whole ministry, Eph. 4:11-12.
She commends and enjoins this care of building up especially and in particular: (1) upon the authorities in the Church, as her nursing fathers, Isa. 49:23, after the example of David, Solomon, Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, Josiah, and others; (2) upon each and every one in the Church, that they, according to their strength and ability, endeavor to build up themselves and others, 1 Pet. 2:4-5, Jude v. 20, Col. 2:7; but (3) especially and above all upon the leaders in the church, whose office and duty it is to build, whence they are called builders, 1 Cor. 3:10, God's fellow-workers in the house and building of the Church, v. 9, to whom God has given all power for edification and building up, 2 Cor. 10:8 and 13:10.
The Church, now, is built through all the helps by which faith and obedience — or, what is the same, true holiness — are cared for and promoted, since holiness is not only the chief ornament of the house, or Church, of God, Ps. 93:5, but also, together with faith, its very essence and form, so that the names of Church, or congregation, and of Saints are, in Paul's letters, generally interchanged with one another, Rom. 1:7, 1 Cor. 1:2, etc. In particular, then, and in specific matters, the holiness of the Church is promoted and advanced: (1) By the holiness of the doctrine, John 17:17, Ps. 93:5, John 8:32, and by its holy and powerful proclamation, Acts 20:20-21, 2 Tim. 4:2 — especially when there is added a holy walk in those who proclaim it, 1 Tim. 4:12, Tit. 2:7-8, 1 Thess. 2:10-12. (2) By a religious and godly administration of the seals of the covenant of grace, whereby sanctification is not only promised by God to the covenant partners, Jer. 31:33, Heb. 8:10, but is also in turn pledged by them to God, Deut. 26:16-18, Josh. 24:14-15,17,22, 2 Chron. 15:12 — which promises, on both sides, are sealed with seals, Gen. 17:7,11 with Rom. 4:11. (3) By a careful administration of church discipline, whereby the offenses which stifle and smother holiness are effectively kept away from and removed from the Church, 1 Cor. 5:3-5, 2 Thess. 3:6-7, Rom. 16:17, 1 Tim. 5:20. (4) By household visitation, Acts 20:20, 1 Thess. 3, by which, through the heads of households, the houses of Christians may be formed to holiness, every disorder banished from them, and the duties of godliness introduced into them, so that they become house-churches and household congregations, Rom. 16:5, Col. 4:15, Philem. v. 2. (5) By a godly upbringing of the young, Eph. 6:4, Deut. 6:6-8 and 11:18-19, in schools and academies; and especially through catechism, carefully directed and shaped to this end, that not only the knowledge of the truth that accords with godliness be impressed upon those tender souls, but also its practice, Eph. 6:4, John 17:17 — whereby every kind of fault which must be banished from the Church must, with its own living colors, be so blackened, even in the presence of adults, that they conceive a horror of it; while, on the contrary, the duties of godliness which are to be introduced into the church must be commended by every kind of reasoning, along with a demonstration of the means to it, so that they may come to conceive a love for them. (6) By a godly care concerning the appointment of the Church's leaders, especially of those who shall be pastors in the Church, so that none be admitted but those who are faithful and able to teach, both in doctrine, in holiness of life, and in zeal, 2 Tim. 2:2,15, 1 Tim. 3:2, Acts 18:24,26, Tit. 3:8. (7) By a careful sanctifying of the Sabbath day, which is a sign between God and the church, that she may know that it is Jehovah who sanctifies her, Ezek. 20:12,20 — for it has been observed that, the more devoutly the sanctifying of the Sabbath day has been kept anywhere, the holier the Church has there been. (8) By a holy fellowship and manner of life among the members, Phil. 2:15, 1 Pet. 3:5, 2 Pet. 1:24, whereby they build up one another as living stones, 1 Pet. 2:4-5. Finally (9) by the outward care and provision of the Christian magistracy concerning the outward affairs of the Church, which is entrusted to her, Isa. 60:10,16, so that she employ and apply her power and authority: (a) to defend and protect the Church, as God's servant for the good of Christians, Rom. 13:4, so that they may lead a quiet and peaceable life in all godliness and honesty, 1 Tim. 2:2; (b) to provide her with outward means of subsistence, 2 Chron. 31:2-4 and 34:5; (c) to take care that the ministers of the Church discharge their offices and duties in a proper and dutiful manner, 2 Chron. 29:5,24, and also that the people, ch. 30:1, and all, walk in the commandments and ordinances of the Lord, 2 Chron. 34:33, 2 Kings 18:6, Deut. 17:18-20 — and so, by these and other duties, show themselves to be keepers of both tables of the Law.
§ XLII. Sixth, it further commands a reformation of the Church whenever she has fallen away.
Sixth, it further commands and enjoins upon us a reformation of the Church, whenever she has departed: whether (I) from purity of faith, Tit. 1:13-14, 2 Pet. 2:3, or (II) from godliness of morals, Rev. 2:5, Isa. 1:21, or (III) from purity and uprightness in the service of God, Hos. 9:1, Isa. 3:8, or (IV) from a well-ordered church order, 1 Cor. 5:2 and 11:20-22. Then she must be reformed — because she is the Bride of Christ, over whom the Apostle was jealous with a godly jealousy, and prepared her, that he might present her as a chaste virgin to one husband, namely Christ, 2 Cor. 11:2, after the example of God Himself, Hos. 14:5, Isa. 4:4.
This care for the reformation of the Church is the duty (1) of the ministers of the Church, 1 Cor. 11:17-20 with vv. 33-34, Isa. 1:17 and 58:2, Jer. 6:10 — that they reform: (a) by their earnest preaching, Ezek. 6:11, Mal. 3:7-8, urging especially the covenant entered into with God, Josh. 24:22,26-27, Deut. 26:17-19; (b) by the restoration of church discipline, 1 Tim. 5:20, 2 Thess. 3:14, Song 2:15; (c) by the most fervent prayers, Joel 2:17, Jer. 14:17 and 33:3; (d) by an example of a holy life, 1 Tim. 4:12, Tit. 2:7-8.
This care for the reformation of the Church is also (2) the duty of Christian magistrates, after the example of David, Ps. 101:7-8, of Moses, Exod. 32:19-21, of Joshua, Josh. 5:2-11 and 24:1-26, of Asa, 2 Chron. 15, of Jehoshaphat, 2 Chron. 17:6-7, of Hezekiah, 2 Kings 18:4, of Josiah, 2 Kings 23, 2 Chron. 34. It is, I say, the duty of the magistracy to reform: (a) by removing every outward obstacle to the true religion and to the pure service of God — heresy, idolatry, superstition, godlessness, offenses — so that truth and godliness may the better flourish, after the examples of the Jewish kings just now mentioned. Hence they are, on account of high places and other monuments of idolatry not removed and not rooted out, more than once rebuked, 1 Kings 15:14 with 2 Chron. 15:17, 1 Kings 22:44, and 2 Kings 19:3; and, for performing this and similar duties, they are praised, 2 Chron. 15:8,16, 17:3-4,6-10, 31:1 and 33:15, 2 Kings 23:8,13,19-20,24-25; (b) by convening synods, to take counsel with them concerning the reformation of the Church, after the examples of David, 1 Chron. 13:1-2, of Solomon, 1 Kings 8:1, of Hezekiah, 2 Chron. 29:4, of Josiah, 2 Kings 23:1-2, and of the Roman emperors — Constantine the Great convening the Council of Constantinople, Theodosius the Younger convening that of Ephesus, and Marcian convening the Synod of Chalcedon; (c) by lending their authority to lawful synodal decisions and enactments, and giving them weight, that they be observed by everyone alike, 2 Chron. 34:33, Mic. 4.
Finally, this care for the reformation of the Church is also (3) the duty of the heads of households, each individually, that each reform his own household, Gen. 35:2, Josh. 24:15.
§ XLIII. Seventh, it commends to us a twofold zeal and earnestness for propagating and extending the Church.
Seventh, it commends and enjoins upon us a twofold, or double, zeal and earnestness to propagate and extend the Church: (I) with respect to those who are within the church only by profession — namely, the ungodly, hypocrites, those living offensively, in fact strangers and betrayers of the Church, 1 John 2:19 — that they, through conversion, may be brought to the fellowship of the hidden and mystical Church, Acts 26:18. Then (II) with respect to those who, by profession, are outside the church — such as the heathen, Muslims, Jews, heretics, schismatics — namely, that through a true conversion of all these the Church may be extended and propagated.
And that we may apply our zeal, earnestness, and endeavor to this propagation and extension the more readily and the more eagerly, let us consider: (1) that this extension of Christ's kingdom to the ends of the earth was so excellently promised to Christ the king, Ps. 2:8, 22:28 and 72:8-9, Jer. 23:5-6 and 49:6,12,18,20,22; (2) that it was so often and so long foretold, Gen. 49:10, Isa. 49:20, 52:10,15 and 56:6, Jer. 16:19; (3) that it is celebrated and extolled, as an incomprehensible and unfathomable mystery and privilege of the New Testament, Rom. 16:25, Eph. 1:9-10 and 3:8-9, Col. 1:26, 2 Tim. 1:10-11; (4) that in the multitude of subjects consists the glory of our King, just as in their scarcity is His diminishing, Prov. 14:28; (5) that Christ, to further this propagation and extension, sent out His apostles into the whole world, Matt. 28:19, Mark 16:15; (6) that Christ Himself has willed to occupy Himself with this extension, John 10:16; (7) that the Apostle places his own glory and boast in this very thing, Rom. 15:16-22.
This zeal, then, this diligence and endeavor to propagate, is active and at work: (a) through an earnest and powerful preaching of the Word of God, Rom. 15:16,19, whereby nothing must be sought more earnestly than that, within the Church, hypocrites may, through a true conversion, be brought to the hidden Church, and that strangers may be drawn in, 1 Thess. 5:14; (b) through a Christian manner of life and conduct, whereby we, with a careful avoidance of every kind of offense, 1 Cor. 10:32, may, both by the very act and by the luster of example, Matt. 5:16, 1 Pet. 2:12 and 3:16, and by a friendly manner of address, draw in those who are without as well as those who are within, Isa. 2:3, Ps. 95:6-7, etc.; (c) through the most fervent prayers, Matt. 6:10, that God (a) send out fit ministers, in fitting number, into His harvest, to gather and propagate the Church, Matt. 9:37-38, Luke 10:2; (b) that He favor and follow their labor with His grace, Eph. 6:19, 2 Thess. 3:1, Rom. 15:18-19; that He (c) powerfully restrain the efforts and undertakings of the enemies against the contrary, Acts 4:29, Ps. 7:7, 68, and 80:2-3; that He (d) give magistrates who shall be nursing fathers, Isa. 49:23; that He himself (e) daily add to the congregation such as shall be saved, Acts 2:47, 5:14, and 11:21. One may compare, with the necessary changes, what we have said in the two preceding sections.
§ XLIV. Eighth, it commends to us zeal and earnestness to cultivate and preserve ecclesiastical unity and concord.
Eighth, it commends to us zeal and earnestness to care for and cultivate ecclesiastical unity and concord, which the Apostle everywhere impresses with great feeling and earnestness, Eph. 4:3-5, Rom. 12:4-5, 1 Cor. 12:12-15, Phil. 2:2, etc. The foundations of this unity, oneness, and concord, which Christians must stir up and pursue in the exercise and cultivation of this ecclesiastical unity and concord, are: (I) the general adoption of all Christians, whereby they have one and the same Father, Matt. 6:9, Eph. 3:14-15; (II) the same union with the same Head, Christ, as members of the same mystical body, 1 Cor. 12:12-13; (III) the unity of the Spirit, who dwells and works in all Christians, Rom. 8:9,11, Eph. 4:3; (IV) the unity of faith, Eph. 4:5; (V) the unity of the seals of the covenant of grace, in the same place, whereby one and the same covenant of grace is sealed to all, and all are joined and bound together into one body, 1 Cor. 10:17; (VI) the oneness of the gospel, which is one and the same among all with respect to its essentials, Gal. 1:6-8; (VII) the same hope of their calling, Eph. 4:4; (VIII) the same end of faith, eternal life, 1 Pet. 1:9; (IX) the same eternal dwelling together, Heb. 12:22-23. Let us add (X) the good and the benefits of unity and concord, which are displayed in Ps. 133; and, on the contrary, (XI) the evils and calamities of ecclesiastical schisms and disagreements — by which we (1) stir up God's wrath against us, Isa. 9:19; (2) aid the efforts and undertakings of our enemies against us, and make ourselves a pleasant amusement and mockery for them, Hos. 7:16; (3) bring ruin upon ourselves, Gal. 5:15, Matt. 12:25-27.
That, therefore, ecclesiastical concord may be the more happily cherished and displayed, the following will help and be of service: (a) carefully to avoid disputes over matters of lesser weight and importance, 1 Tim. 6:3-5 and ch. 1:4; (b) cautiously to distinguish between ceremonial and doctrinal matters — and, among the latter again, which are fundamental — concerning which even the orthodox themselves sometimes differ among themselves: that in ceremonial matters, and such as do not wound the foundation, we bear with diversity in others, Phil. 3:15, as we have said in § XXXV. It will also (c) help greatly if there be brotherly love among the leaders of the congregations, whereby one patiently bears the weaknesses of another which he cannot amend, 2 Pet. 1:7, Rom. 12:3-4 with v. 20. Here (d) church assemblies and synods help, Acts 15; as also (e) a prudent intervention and guidance of the civil magistrate, that she not stiffen, by her authority and weight, those parties who quarrel without necessity, but earnestly endeavor to form and bring them to concord, 1 Tim. 2:2.
§ XLV. Ninth, it commends to us the duties of the communion of saints.
Ninth, it commends and enjoins upon us the duties of the communion of saints, Heb. 13:16, 1 John 1:7, so that (I) on the one side we (1) carefully avoid all envy over another's gifts, which have been granted him above us — because we are members of one and the same mystical body, whereby the gifts of all serve for the benefit and advantage of the common body, 1 Cor. 12:12, Rom. 12:4-6, Eph. 4:12-17; (2) that we do not despise one another on account of lesser gifts, James 2:2,10, Rom. 14:6, 1 Cor. 16:11; (3) that we in no way offend one another or give occasion for stumbling, 2 Cor. 6:3, 1 Cor. 10:32 — whether this happen (a) through a bad example, Rom. 14:13, or (b) through an abuse of Christian liberty in matters indifferent and of a middling nature, Rom. 14:21, 1 Cor. 8:12-13, or (c) through a disorderly manner of life, 1 Sam. 2:17, Mal. 2:8, Matt. 18:6, or (d) through offensive and scandalous words, Tit. 3:2, 2 Cor. 7:2; (4) that we not take up and seize upon offenses given to us, Ps. 119:165. Yet (5), because we are brothers, that we not employ lies against one another, Eph. 4:25 — whether (a) by deceiving with words, Lev. 19:11, Acts 5:3(?), or (b) by misleading with conjectures and opinions, 1 Kings 22:22, Ezek. 13:10, Rev. 2:20, or (c) by denying with deeds, Isa. 58:7, Matt. 26:70-71,74, 2 Tim. 4:16, Ps. 38:11, or (d) by a feigned manner of life and conduct, Isa. 29:13(?), 2 Tim. 3:5, Matt. 23:25,27.
(II) On the other side, that we, as members of one and the same church body, show one another mutually the fitting and rightful duties: both (1) inward, or a mutual goodwill, whereby we stand in one spirit, with one soul, Phil. 1:27, of the same mind, ch. 2:2, according to the well-known saying dyo philoi, psyche mia — "two friends, one soul": compare Jer. 32:39, Ezek. 11:19, after the example of the apostolic Church, Acts 4:32. By this goodwill and kindly disposition we must be (a) of one and the same understanding, mind, and judgment, 1 Cor. 1:10, Rom. 15:5-6; (b) of one and the same heart and affection: through (a) mutual love, Phil. 2:2, which is the bond of perfection, Col. 3:14, John 17:23, Heb. 13:1, Rom. 12:9-10, 1 Thess. 3:12; (b) through mutual sympathy, 1 Cor. 12:26, 1 Pet. 3:8, compare Heb. 4:15, in another's spiritual distress, 2 Cor. 11:29, in His bodily straits and troubles, Heb. 13:3. As (2) outward duties, Gal. 5:13, 1 Pet. 4:11: by teaching and instructing one another, Col. 3:16, admonishing and rebuking, in the same place and Lev. 19:17, stirring up, Heb. 3:13 and 10:24-25, comforting, 1 Thess. 5:11, in public calamities and miseries, Mal. 3:16, in private ones, 1 Thess. 5:14 (both with words, 1 Thess. 4:18, Ps. 49:10, 2 Cor. 1:4, and with helping deeds, Job 30:13); by bearing one another's weaknesses, Col. 3:13, Eph. 4:2; by forgiving one another's offenses, Eph. 4:32; by defending and protecting one another in every kind of circumstance, after the example of Abraham, Gen. 14:14; by sharing with one another our counsel, Ps. 55:13, Prov. 27:9, our goods, Acts 2:44-45, 1 Cor. 16:1, Eccl. 11:1, our table, Acts 2:46, Luke 14:12-14, etc.
Especially it commends and enjoins upon us (3) fellowship in the duties of worship — in the hearing of the Word, Acts 2:46, in the use of the sacraments, 1 Cor. 10:16-17, in the joining together of prayers, Lam. 3, in the singing of psalms, Eph. 5:19, Col. 3:16, etc.
Chapter II: Of the Ministers of the Church
On Eph. 4:11-13: And He gave some, apostles; and some, prophets; and some, evangelists; and some, pastors and teachers; for the perfecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry, for the edifying of the body of Christ: till, etc.
I. We have treated the object of application, namely, the Church; there now follow the means by which she is (I) gathered and assembled unto the faith, through the ministry of the Word; (II) being gathered, is confirmed, through the use of the seals of the Church; (III) is strengthened and secured against offenses, through church discipline; (IV) is guided and governed, through church polity. We now take up the particulars of these, each in turn. The consideration of the first, or of the ministry of the Church, we shall ground upon the words of the Apostle, Eph. 4:11-13.
The Explanatory Part
II. In which are contained the institution, made by Christ, of the church ministry, in and by which are signified:
1. The one who institutes and appoints: namely, Christ Himself, v. 7, as being the Head of the Church, Eph. 1:22, and her king, Ps. 2:6, to whom belongs all power, Matt. 28:18, and from whom it descends to the Church and her ministers, 2 Cor. 10:8 and 13:10 — so that whatever they do, they do in the name of Christ, Col. 3:17.
3. The ministers instituted and appointed, of two kinds:
1. Extraordinary, namely:
a. Apostles, who, among the extraordinary ministers of the New Testament, are the foremost — Christ's envoys, as it were, at His own side (à latere), who plant congregations anew, and are bound to none of them in particular. Apostolos, from apostello, a word that means "to send out with commission, or with authority." Sometimes the word Apostle signifies any messenger whatever, even in secular usage, John 13:16, Heb. 3:1, Phil. 2:25. Hence there were, among the Athenians, Apostoleis — also called Apostoloi, and thus "apostles" — the overseers of the trireme-rowers, according to the testimony of Demosthenes, Harpocration, and others, as Heinsius observes. This name is also given to the disciples of the Apostles, 1 Cor. 15:7, and even to Christ himself, Heb. 3:1. But most properly and chiefly it signifies those extraordinary ministers of the New Testament who were sent immediately by Christ, Rom. 1:1, Gal. 1:1, who held the highest place among the ministers.
b. Prophets: that is, an office peculiar in particular to the New Testament, whose occupation appears to have been the exposition and application of the prophetic Scriptures, whether in an extraordinary and infallible manner, or in an ordinary and fallible one, 1 Cor. 14:1,3,4,5. They must be carefully and precisely distinguished from the prophets of the Old Testament, who were appointed to foretell and expound those things which concern Christ, and to predict other matters as well, Luke 16:29, Acts 3:24 and 10:43. This name is also used of Christ, who is called ho Prophetes, "the Prophet," Matt. 21:11, and "a great prophet," Luke 7:16. It is also used of those who, at the beginning of the gospel, were endowed with a particular gift of foretelling future things, Acts 11:27 and 21:10, 1 Cor. 13:28(?); likewise of those who, without the gift of foretelling future things, occupied themselves with expounding the prophets, 1 Cor. 14:29,32. The Apostle also calls the heathen poets "prophets," Tit. 1:12. The word derives either from prophemi, that is, "to say beforehand"; or from apo to prophanai, that is, "to proclaim beforehand," whence the presiding officers and overseers of the (phana) consecrated shrines or temples were called "prophets"; or from apo tou phonein, that is, "to call, to speak, to say," because they interpreted and explained the darker oracles — according to the observation of Aretius in His Problemata.
c. Evangelists, the second rank next after the Apostles, being their assistants and delegates, occupied with watering what the Apostles had planted; and therefore bound to no one particular congregation. But afterward, once the congregations had been sufficiently planted and spread abroad, this name, after the departure of the Apostles and Evangelists driven by God's Spirit, began to be appropriated almost exclusively to the four renowned biographers of Christ — Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John. They are so named from euangello, that is, "I announce, I proclaim," good, holy, and happy things, namely, concerning the Redeemer and the redemption of the sinner; the word appears to have been taken over from the LXX translators, from Isa. 61:1.
2. Ordinary, namely:
a. Pastors. The Greek word Poimen means "a shepherd of sheep," given to and for the sheep. It is transferred to believers, since they appear to their ministers as sheep, as opposed to goats, or unbelievers. It is used of Christ, who is called ho Poimen, "the Shepherd" — that is, pre-eminently, the first, the chief, the supreme and independent one, dependent on no one but God, who has given Him all power over the Church, Matt. 28:18, Phil. 2:9-11. Hence He is also called the Chief Shepherd of the sheep, 1 Pet. 5:4, that great Shepherd of the sheep, Heb. 13:20, Matt. 26:31, John 21:16, Acts 20:28, 1 Cor. 9:7, 1 Pet. 5:2 — and, under Christ, it is used of the ministers, Matt. 18:36. Their forethought and care for the sheep is set forth at large, Ps. 23, and signifies both the feeding and the governing of the Church. Perhaps by "Pastors" and "Teachers" one and the same office is meant, to signify that pastors must also be teachers, teaching pastors; perhaps by "Pastors," distinctively, are meant those who are more devoted and given to practical application than the "Teachers," who occupy themselves more expressly and at large with the exposition of Holy Scripture; perhaps by "Pastors," in a broader sense, are signified all who, in whatever manner, occupy themselves with feeding and tending the congregation — including also those whom the Apostle elsewhere calls kyberneseis, "governments," or ruling elders, 1 Cor. 12:28.
b. Teachers. The Greek root word Didaskalos means simply "one who teaches" — whether letters, or morals, or some art — whence learners are called disciples. By way of appropriation it is used of those who teach the doctrine of Christ, Eph. 4:11; it is ascribed to Christ, Matt. 17:5, John 13:14; to any teacher whatever, Matt. 10:24, Luke 6:40, Heb. 5:12, James 3:1; to the ministers of the Church, including also the teachers of the Israelite church, Luke 2:46, John 3:10, Rom. 2:20; to the Apostles of Christ, 1 Tim. 2:7, 2 Tim. 1:11; to all sorts of teachers of the Church, Acts 13:1, 1 Cor. 12:28. It also means a preceptor, a schoolmaster — for praecipere is much rather to teach than to command — likewise the magistracy, the magistrate, since it signifies a chief direction (praefecturam). It is used of those who labor in the word, 1 Tim. 5:17, whether in expounding it alone, or also in applying it, and that with diligence.
III. The institution and appointment: edoke, "He gave." That is, being moved and impelled by pure and unmixed grace, He appointed them for the good and benefit of the Church. It signifies the sending to the ministry.
IV. The ends of this institution and appointment, which are three:
a. The joining together, or perfecting, of the body: pros ton katartismon ton hagion eis ergon, etc., "for the perfecting of the saints, for the work," etc. There is here a transposition of the words, since the proper and correct order is: "for the work of the ministry unto the perfecting (katartismon) of the saints." The word katartismon Tremellius, from the Syriac version, has translated by concinnationem integram, that is, a whole, complete, and orderly arrangement and fitting-together — and so too the common Latin: that is, to fill up and complete the number of Christians, to perfect their holiness; that they may be joined together — with the saints, and with Christ through faith, and with one another through love; that they may mend those members which have grown slack and been loosened by sin, and, as with the hand of a surgeon, restore them to their proper place, and there confirm them, into a joining-together of the saints. The word katartismos, therefore, signifies an orderly joining together of things, according to a fixed proportion and corresponding symmetry — just as, in great buildings, in the human body, indeed also in a congregation, all things must be well arranged and established with a complete and corresponding proportion. Thereby is signified an orderly and well-arranged gathering of the Church. The saints are the members of the Church, or Christians — at least, by covenant, such as these, just as the little children of Christians are, 1 Cor. 7:14.
b. The work of the ministry: eis ergon diakonias, "for the work of the ministry." Eis ergon, "for the work," for en ergo, "in the work," or di' ergon, "for and on account of the work" — namely, by a Hebrew manner of speech. Diakonias, "of the ministry," or of the service — that is, to teach the gospel, and bravely to undertake and discharge their whole office. Here the word ergon, "work," excludes all idleness, and diakonia, "ministry," excludes all lordship; and thereby it is signified, on the one hand, that every ecclesiastical function is nothing other than a ministry, mastery remaining with Christ alone; on the other hand, that the ministers of the Church are called, not to idleness, but to labor and occupation.
c. The building up of the body of Christ. Here by the body of Christ is, without doubt, understood the Church, Eph. 1:23, and by the building up, all that whereby the church is gathered, preserved, propagated, advanced, and promoted in faith and sanctification.
V. The duration of this institution and appointment: till we all come unto the unity of the faith, etc. Since this shall not come to pass before the last judgment, when Christ shall deliver up His perfected and completed kingdom to His Father, it is thereby signified that the ministry of the Word shall last and be continued to the end of the ages, Matt. 28:20. There is in these words a figurative comparison, taken from those who, having set out from various places, come together in one and the same place. We all, namely, the elect and holy, both Jews and Gentiles, both weak and strong: unto the unity, or in the unity, of the faith — that is, with that highest joining-together and union, whose bond is faith. And of the knowledge, epignoseos, not gnoseos, "of knowledge" — for epignosis signifies not a bare knowledge, but such a knowledge as is joined with trust and love. Of the Son of God, namely, not an adopted son, but the natural one, that is, Jesus Christ. That is: until we become one body with Christ, united by one and the same faith and knowledge of Christ. Unto a perfect man — it is andra teleion, "unto a full-grown man" — that we may not always be children or infants, but grown, complete, manly, steadfast. Figuratively, this signifies the continual progress in the Christian faith and in sanctification; for Christ, dwelling in us in a spiritual manner, has His various years and ages. Unto the measure of the stature, or of the size, eis metron helikias tou pleromatos tou Christou, "unto the measure (of the stature) of the fullness of the greatness of Christ." Helikia is a stature, a size, or an age. "The stature, the greatness of the fullness" is, by a Hebrew manner of speech, a full, complete, full-grown stature, or age and maturity — so that it means: this faith and this knowledge are the full stature, the full size, or the maturity of a Christian person. For Christ is here considered and regarded not in Himself, but insofar as He grows and increases in us, Gal. 4:19. Therefore, as this is a figurative comparison, taken from the natural body of Christ, which had various stages of years, age, and stature, Luke 2:52 — so he says that the particular members of Christ, and the whole mystical body of Christ, have their infancy, their youth, and shall have their manly age and years, 1 John 2:12-14.
The Doctrinal Part
III. It is Christ's good pleasure, as the Head, to gather, preserve, and propagate a Church for himself not immediately, but through the ministry of men appointed and designated by him for this purpose.
Indeed, He could have gathered a Church immediately, by that independent power which He has in heaven and on earth, Matt. 28:19. He could have done it by the working of His Spirit alone, on whom, in His own manner, all the power and effect of the whole ministry immediately depend — since the power and ability to convert, and every essential work, belong to incommunicable powers, granted to no creature, 1 Cor. 3:7, 2 Cor. 3:5. He could have done it by the help and service of angels, who are ministering spirits, Heb. 1:14, and by their nature in many ways more capable for this. But it is His good pleasure to use the ministry of men, of like passions with others, Acts 14:15, and not of every sort, but of such as He Himself would send for this work, who would cooperate with Him in a moral manner, 1 Cor. 3:9, in preparing those who were to be gathered into the Church — yet in such a way that the whole happy outcome depends on the essential working of His Spirit, 1 Cor. 3:7.
This plan is pleasing to Him, not from any lack of power, but out of an abundance of kindness and goodness: that He (I) might deal with men through men of like passions — since men, because of the weakness of their nature, cannot bear the immediate address of the divine Majesty, Exod. 20:19, Jer. 23:29, Luke 5:8, nor even the presence of angels, Luke 2:9-10; that He (II) might impart to wretched little men the dignity of cooperating with Him in so excellent a matter, and one of such great weight and importance, 1 Cor. 3:5-11, Eph. 3:7-9 and 1:8-10, Rom. 16:25-26; that He (III), by this manner of proceeding, might the more commend and exalt His infinite power, in that, through the foolishness of the preaching of wretched little men, He has been able, without any outward force, to subject to His Son an almost infinite multitude of men, 1 Cor. 1:21,25, 2 Cor. 4:7, according to His own declaration, 2 Cor. 12:9; that He (IV) might add pleasantness and favor to His own ordinances and institutions: for this reason He willed to gather the eunuch through the ministry of Philip, Acts 8:29, Saul through the ministry of Ananias, Acts 9:11-17, Cornelius through Peter, Acts 10:5-6, the Corinthians through Paul, 1 Cor. 4:15, David through Nathan, 2 Sam. 12:1, Manasseh through the seers, 2 Chron. 33:18 — and so all others, through the preachers sent by Him, Rom. 10:14, Acts 26:18, compared with Isa. 57:19.
IV. That work, and that undertaking, whereby men spend and expend themselves for Christ in the gathering of the Church, is a bare and simple ministry, not a mastery.
That work now, and that undertaking, by which men spend and expend themselves for Christ in the gathering of the Church, is a bare and simple ministry, 2 Cor. 4:1 and 5:18, called the work of the ministry, Eph. 4:12, 1 Cor. 3:5. Hence they wish and desire to be greeted and regarded only as ministers of Christ, and as stewards, 1 Cor. 4:1. For the power which belongs to churchmen is only a delegated, entrusted, and committed power, and is effectual only by virtue of Christ's command, and out of a simple and unmixed obedience toward Him, 2 Cor. 10:8 and 13:10; whereas mastery — supreme dominion and rule, or the royal and self-authorizing power to command, whereby someone acts and does according to his own free will and pleasure — belongs to no one but Christ alone, Matt. 23:8,10 with 28:18, Phil. 2:9-11.
From which it also follows, that a minister of the Church is obliged to discharge his office by himself, since to appoint another in his place (as a vicar) would not be an act of ministry, but of mastery and supreme authority; likewise, that in the Church — at least in that of the New Testament — no (hierarchia) sacred supremacy is to be admitted, but rather a (hierodulia) sacred servitude; and that the office of the ministers, in their ministry and stewardship, is not subjected to the power of any other — because all such things belong not to a (ministerium) ministry, but to a (magisterium) mastery.
V. What this ministry is: an ecclesiastical function whereby a chosen man, by virtue of a special right, administers the holy things.
This ministry is nothing other than an ecclesiastical function, whereby a chosen man, by virtue of a special right, administers the holy things. It is called (I) an ecclesiastical function, because it differs from every kind of civil, scholastic, and domestic function; to which (II) belongs a power to administer the holy things — an exousia, power, 2 Cor. 10:8 and 13:10 — presupposing (ordinarily and generally) an ability or fitness; for those who are altogether unfit to minister, if they are appointed by men, would be ministers not of God, but of men only, Hos. 4:6. And (III) it is not merely a power or right to administer the holy things, but also a special power — inasmuch as it regards not only certain particular duties which are unlawful to others, for example the public proclamation of the gospel, the administration of the sacraments, etc., but also those things which are common even to others, for example a particular instruction, admonition, and rebuke of men — in a particular manner, with right and emphasis, by virtue of office.
So that from this ministry is born even a third estate of the Church: for just as she has her essential state through faith, and her integral state through the gathering, so she receives, through the Ministry, her organic, or instrumental, state, insofar as she is fit to exercise and perform all those workings which serve the good and benefit of the whole — of which workings the manner and the governance is church polity, of which we shall, God willing, speak deliberately and at large in its proper place.
VI. The primary source of this ecclesiastical power is God; the second, the Son as Mediator; the third, the sending Holy Spirit — and this power is conveyed by the act of calling.
The primary wellspring of this ecclesiastical power is God, the sovereign Lord, the supreme King of the Church, governing all things, Ps. 103:19, 59:13, 22:28, and 135:1 — from whom also the highest dispensing supremacy of the Mediator Himself descends, Matt. 28:18, John 3:35, Eph. 1:20-23. Hence the ministers of the church are called servants of God, Josh. 1:1-2,13, Tit. 1:1, James 1:1. The second is the Son, as Mediator, 2 Cor. 10:8 and 13:10, from whom all power descends to the ministers, Matt. 28:18-19, who sends out the Apostles, Matt. 10 — hence they are called servants of Jesus Christ, Rom. 1:1, Gal. 1:10, Phil. 1:1, 2 Pet. 1:1; and whatever they do, they do in the name, and by the authority, of Christ, 1 Cor. 5:4. The third is the sending Holy Spirit, Acts 20:28. The act whereby this power is conveyed is the Call, Heb. 5:4, Rom. 10:15 — by which the right to minister and administer the goods of salvation is fixed and bound to this or that person. It comprises two elements: the offer on the part of him who calls, and the acceptance on the part of him who is called, Exod. 3:10-11 with 4:17-18, Jer. 1:5-11, Isa. 6:8-9 — although the ordinary Call has, besides this, certain things peculiar to itself, which have been treated in their proper place.
VII. The church ministry is twofold, extraordinary and ordinary, differing chiefly in five respects.
The church ministry, now, is of two kinds: an extraordinary one, which administers the holy things infallibly; and an ordinary one, which can itself err and mislead others, can itself be deceived, and can deceive others. The distinction between the two appears chiefly in these three points: (I) in the Call, which in the extraordinary ministry comes either absolutely immediately from God, Gal. 1:1, or at least by means of men driven by God's Spirit, 1 Kings 19:19, Acts 1:23 — whereas in the ordinary ministry it is none other than a mediate call through the Church, 2 Cor. 8:19, Acts 14:23. (II) In the divine inspiration, which the extraordinary ministry enjoyed, 2 Pet. 1:20-21, Num. 12:6, but which the ordinary ministry lacks. Hence (III) in the gifts, and in the manner of acting, insofar as the extraordinary ministers also had extraordinary gifts of miracle-working, Heb. 2:4, Rom. 15:18-19, and generally enjoyed the infallible and immediate guidance of the Holy Spirit, Gal. 1:15-17 with v. 8 — which the ordinary ministry lacks. Further (IV), also in the weight and authority, whereby, just as the extraordinary ministers depended immediately on God, so the ordinary ministers depend, in their own way, on the extraordinary ones (just as particular congregations also, in their own way, depended on the ordinary ministers) — for example, the priests and Levites on Moses and on the prophets, Lev. 1:5,7,9,11,12,13,15,17, etc., Joel 2:17, Titus on Paul, Tit. 1:5, Heb. 13:17. Finally (V), in this, that whereas the ordinary ministers were bound to their own congregations, the extraordinary ministers generally busied themselves with planting and watering all sorts of congregations and churches, Matt. 28:19, Rom. 15:19, 1 Cor. 3:6.
VIII. The use of the extraordinary ministry: to found new churches, to preserve the churches already gathered, to reform the Church when fallen, and to teach and instruct her by an abiding Scripture.
The use of the extraordinary ministry was: (I) to found new congregations, or at least to bring a new order and a new form to the congregations — as appears in Moses, Ezra, Haggai, Zechariah, and Malachi under the Old Testament, and in the Apostles, prophets, and evangelists under the New. And this use, or this benefit, was generally accompanied by the testimony of miracles, Heb. 2:3-4, Rom. 15:18-19 — except that John the Baptist, so that the distinction between the forerunner and his Lord might be the greater, and might also appear the more clearly, was denied miracles, John 10:41. Then (II), to maintain and preserve, in an extraordinary manner, the congregations already founded and formed — which, after Moses, most of the prophets of the Old Testament did: for example, Samuel, Nathan, Gad, etc. (III) To reform the Church, by an extraordinary effort and undertaking, whenever she had notably fallen away, whether in doctrine or in morals — and this the prophets did most of all, after the split between Judah and Israel: Elijah, Elisha, Azariah, etc., and, after the captivity, Ezra, Nehemiah, Haggai, Zechariah, Malachi. Especially (IV), to teach and instruct the Church — not only with the living voice, but also with divine Scriptures, so that from this ministry there might be a perpetual use and fruit in the Church, even after the death of the ministers themselves, 2 Pet. 1:21, 2 Tim. 3:16, and so that the church might have, in these Scriptures, a perpetual rule of her faith and life, Gal. 6:16.
To this end God made known His will to these ministers: partly (1) through an outward revelation: (a) through a living voice, Rev. 1:10, to which sometimes was joined an appearance and address of an angel, or of Christ Himself as the Angel of the Covenant, Exod. 3:2, Acts 7:30 and 23:9 and 27:23; (b) through a vision, in which, together with the word, the forms of the things which had to be made known were shown and represented to the eyes of those awake — for example, Jer. 24:2,8,11-12, Zech. 1:8,18, etc., and 2:1, Acts 21:11, Rev. 1:10; (c) through dreams, in and by which like things were presented to the minds of those sleeping, Num. 12:6, Gen. 37:5; (d) through a familiar association and converse, Num. 12:6-8. Partly (2) through a divine inspiration, inward: when He breathed and instilled the truths into their understanding, and so governed them, whether they were to describe these in writing or make them known with a living voice, that they neither erred, nor could err. By this divine inspiration the written Scriptures exist, 2 Tim. 3:16, 2 Pet. 1:21.
IX. Why the ordinary ministry is so named, and how its dependence on the ordinary calling and on Scripture is to be understood.
The ordinary ministry is so named: (I) from the ordinary duties and exercises of religion, and from the ordinary administration of these, from which it is not lawful to depart a hairsbreadth, Deut. 4:2 and 12:32. Then (II) because it depends, most strictly and precisely, upon the ordinary rule and standard revealed in Holy Scripture by the extraordinary ministers, and upon those means which God has instituted and established in the church for her perpetual edification, Isa. 8:20, 2 Tim. 3:15-17. Further (III), from an ordinary calling, by means of which it is conveyed. Now an ordinary calling is one which not only tends to an ordinary ministry and administration of the holy things, but is also conveyed through the Church, consisting of persons ordinarily fitted thereto. This must be understood in such a way that the right itself to minister and administer is immediately from God — whence the called are indeed lawfully ministers of God — but that the designation and determination of the particular person upon whom it is conferred takes place by means of the Church, Acts 13:2, 1 Tim. 4:14.
X. The ordinary Call consists of two essential parts: the offer, and the acceptance — comprising election, examination, confirmation by ordination, and approbation.
The ordinary Call, by which the power to minister and administer the ordinary holy things is conveyed, consists of two essential parts: (I) the offer on the part of him who calls, and (II) the acceptance on the part of him who is called. When either of these is lacking, the call is not complete — for although the power to serve is lawfully offered and conferred, yet if the one called cannot, for lawful reasons, accept it, it is not a divine calling which the one called would be bound to follow.
The offer, then, comprises: (1) An election by the vote of the congregation, or by lot, as proportionally corresponds to it, Acts 1:15-26 and 14:23. (2) An examination, whether the one to be called is furnished with the necessary gifts, 1 Tim. 3:10. For since the Church, by her election and designation, cannot bestow the necessary gifts, as God does in the extraordinary calling, nor can she prescribe to God that they be conferred by Him, she can therefore rightly elect and call only those whom she has beforehand found fit — and this she cannot find except by a prior examination. This examination must test whether the one to be called is, with respect to doctrine, didaktikos, apt to teach, 1 Tim. 3:2,6, and with respect to his life and conduct, anenkletos, unaccused, 1 Tim. 3:10, Tit. 1:6-7, and anepilemptos, blameless, 1 Tim. 3:2 and 6:14 — from these two, complete, and thoroughly furnished unto every good work, 2 Tim. 3:17. Hence there takes place in the Dutch churches, wisely and prudently, a double examination: a preparatory one (praeparatoir), whereby a candidate is admitted to the public preparatory exercises; and a final one (peremptoir), whereby he is admitted to the solemn ministry. (3) A confirmation, or solemn induction of the one elected and examined into the holy Ministry — which from of old took place through an ordination, or laying on of hands, 1 Tim. 4:14, whereby the one called is consecrated by prayers and blessings. So Lev. 1:4, Gen. 48:17-18, Acts 6:6 and 13:3, 1 Tim. 5:22. This solemnity, among the Dutch churches, is performed in the Classical Assembly, in the case of those who are sent to heathen or to very distant churches; otherwise it is performed in the congregations themselves to which they are sent — but only at their first call. (4) An approbation, or approval, of those to whom it belongs and who have an interest in it, Acts 1:25 and 6:6 — namely, both of the receiving congregation, and of a believing magistracy, which supports the one called; and finally, among the Dutch churches, of the Classis, which receives the one called.
XI. The one and the other kind of ministry, extraordinary and ordinary, belongs either to the Old or to the New Testament — beginning with the extraordinary ministers of the Old Testament: the patriarchs and the prophets.
The one and the other kind of ministry — both the extraordinary and the ordinary — belongs either to the Old or to the New Testament. The Old Testament had, as extraordinary ministers: (I) The Patriarchs — the fathers of the households of believers, driven by God's Spirit — who lived before Holy Scripture had been written down, and before the institution of the Levitical priesthood, both before and after the Flood. Of these, as far as the Word is concerned, one reads Acts 7:8; and, as far as the matter itself is concerned, it seems certain from the content of Genesis that, among other things, after the announcement of the first gospel, Gen. 3, it fell to them, and was their duty, to expound and apply it by the inspiration of God's Spirit, and likewise to point out to men the use, benefit, and power of sacrifices. (II) The Prophets, by whom we understand those extraordinary ministers of the Church who, without regard to any particular tribe or family, after Holy Scripture had begun to be written under Moses, and the ceremonial service had been instituted and established, revealed the divine mysteries, and foretold future contingent things — especially concerning the Messiah who was to come, and His life, offices, sufferings, glory, and benefits, Acts 3:21-24 and 10:43, Heb. 1:1, 1 Pet. 1:10-12 — whether they did this by writing the Holy Scriptures, as Moses, David, Solomon, Isaiah, etc., or only by the living voice; some, too, were renowned for miracles, as Moses, Elijah, Elisha, and others; others not. Among the prophets we also count the prophetesses, Deborah, Judg. 4:4, Huldah, 2 Kings 22:14, etc.
XII. The ordinary ministers of the Old Testament: the firstborn, and the high priest — his calling, ordination, anointing, sacrifice, and succession.
As ordinary ministers the Old Testament had: first, (I) the firstborn, to whom, before and in the time of the Law, the Fathers, and many Christian writers, ascribe the right of priesthood and liturgy — among whom they also reckon the fathers as governors of the early households of believers, although I have not thus far seen this demonstrated with clear proof. (II) The high priest, Lev. 21:10 — being the head of the whole ordinary ministry, indeed as it were the king of the whole religion, the one nearest to the civil king, originally taken from the tribe of Levi, and from a certain particular family within it.
His (1) calling — the first, that of Aaron and Eleazar — took place at the command and appointment of God Himself, through Moses, Exod. 28:1, Num. 20:26; afterward it lay, according to Jewish tradition, with the Sanhedrin and with the king. (II) His ordination, or consecration, took place through the high-priestly vestments: of gold, in breeches, robe, girdle, cap, mantle, ephod, breastplate, headplate, concerning which Exod. 28 — in which garments the high priest served daily; while in the white garments — a robe, breeches, girdle, and headdress — which he used when he was to go into the innermost Sanctuary, Lev. 16:4,32. (III) His anointing was customarily performed on seven successive days, for as long as the holy oil, once made by Moses, lasted, Exod. 30:23 — which is said to have lasted nine hundred years; but this being exhausted, it is said that consecration took place by the vestments alone. It appears to have been the same anointing oil with which the kings were sometimes consecrated and installed — although others think it was different from that; to anoint with it otherwise was unlawful, Exod. 30:32-33. All the high priests were anointed; but of the kings, only those who were chosen in a time of civil disturbance, as appears in Solomon, 1 Kings 1:39, and in Joash, 2 Kings 11:12. (IV) His ordination sacrifice, which he had in common with the ordinary priests, Lev. 6:20. (V) His succession, confined to the family of Aaron, and indeed to his firstborn son Eleazar — just as the succession of the ordinary priests was through the sons of Ithamar, Num. 20:28 — except that the succession appears to some to have been disrupted in Eli, who is believed to have been of the family of Ithamar, whose descendants fell out of the succession, in the time of Solomon, in the deposed Abiathar, and Zadok, of the house of Eleazar, being put in his place, 1 Kings 2.
(VI) His requirements were: (1) dignity, standing, and completeness of body and mind, Lev. 21:17 — the bodily defects which disqualified them the Jewish teachers count up to a hundred and forty-two. (2) The sanctity of marriage, whose laws are found, Lev. 21:14. (3) Abstention from touching a dead body, Lev. 21:1,3,10,11,12, and from mourning over the death of relatives. (VII) His service was partly shared with the service of the ordinary priests: namely, (1) to offer sacrifice, 1 Chron. 6:49 with Luke 1:9 — except that the ordinary priests, having cast lots among themselves for their turn of service, offered sacrifice, but the high priest as often and whenever it pleased him. (2) To pray for the people, and to bless them, Num. 6:23-26. (3) To judge concerning leprosy, Lev. 13:2 — and partly peculiar to himself in particular: namely, once a year to offer a sin offering, and to enter the Holy of Holies of the Temple, Lev. 16:2, Heb. 9:7, on which day he performed all the religious services, even those which did not belong to his office. When he was, by necessity, hindered from this solemn holy service, a substitute was chosen for him each year on the fast day, who, under the first Temple, was called the second priest, 2 Kings 25:18, Jer. 52:24, and under the second Temple, the Sagan. To all this was added the highest and supreme oversight of, and governance over, the whole religion.
XIII. The ordinary priests of the Old Testament: their functions, consecration, and division into twenty-four courses.
As ordinary ministers the Old Testament had (III) the ordinary priests, taken by continual succession from the family of Aaron, who performed the service, first in the Tabernacle, then in the Temple: by teaching, Mal. 2:7, Deut. 17:9, Ezek. 7:26; by offering sacrifice, Lev. 1:13; by interceding, Joel 2:17; by blessing, Num. 6:22.
In particular, besides this, by offering incense twice daily upon the golden altar, Exod. 30:7-8; by arranging and lighting the lamps in the court of the Temple; by tending the holy fire, that it might not be quenched, Lev. 6:12-13; by cleansing the altar, and carrying out the ashes, Lev. 1:16; by exchanging the holy bread for fresh on every Sabbath, Exod. 25:30, Lev. 24:6; by keeping the unclean and unholy from the threshold, Num. 5:2, Deut. 23:10. They had to be free from every bodily defect, and fit for their functions, Lev. 21:17-24. They were consecrated to their service before the whole congregation, Lev. 8:3, with a washing, Exod. 29:4, with holy garments — breeches, robe, girdle, headband, Exod. 28:4-40,42-43 and 29:8-9 — with particular sacrifices, in which the blood of a ram was struck upon the right earlobe, and upon the thumb of the right hand, Exod. 29:15,20,24-25, to which was added a sprinkling with holy oil, and with blood from the holy altar, upon them and upon their garments, v. 21, Lev. 8:2-3,10, and a prescribed particular abstinence, purity, and decorum, Lev. 21:1-9. They were divided into various classes, partly by Moses, partly by David, who brought them to twenty-four courses, of which sixteen were of the sons of Eleazar, eight of the sons of Ithamar, 1 Chron. 24 — compare Neh. 7:39, 11:1, and 12:1. These courses came to Jerusalem in turn, and each of them served a week at a time in the Temple; and each course was again divided into seven daily rotations, according to the seven days of the week, on each of which a particular rotation had to perform and attend to the service.
XIV. The Levites: their origin, subdivisions, duties, and the ages prescribed for their service.
The Old Testament had (IV) the Levites, in the place of the firstborn of all Israel, devoted to the service of God, to lend a hand, as it were, to the priests in the lesser services of the Temple, Num. 3:9,12-13. By whom are sometimes understood, in a broader sense, all who were of the tribe of Levi; sometimes, in a narrower sense, those who did not trace their descent from Aaron, and were set over against the Aaronic priests. Thus they were distinguished into the families of the Kohathites, Gershonites, and Merarites, each of which had its own chiefs in particular. But the one who was first in rank and dignity was the head and prince of the whole Levitical tribe. In the wilderness they were, besides this, occupied with carrying and transporting the Tabernacle, according to their households, Num. 4:4,25-26,31-32. In Canaan, once the Temple was built, they served, according to their classes and orders, either by assisting the priests in slaughtering the sacrificial animals and in other matters, or by attending to the offices of singers, teachers, scribes, and judges, Deut. 33:10, 1 Chron. 24, 25, and 26:29, 2 Chron. 19:8 — indeed many of them were received, together with the chief heads of the Israelites, into the great council. Being a month old, they were presented and dedicated to God, Num. 3:15 compared with v. 40; in their twenty-fifth year they were consecrated by the laying on of hands, Num. 8:24, and then it was lawful for them to be present and to serve in the Temple; their thirtieth year completed, they were transferred from the service of ministry to the service of burden-bearing, Num. 4:47,49; in their fiftieth year they ceased from the heavier and more burdensome services of the Tabernacles, but not from the watch, and its remaining service, Num. 8:25-26. Once the Temple was built, and the burdensome transporting of the Tabernacle ceasing, they began their service, according to the institution of David, in their twentieth year, 1 Chron. 23:27 compared with 2 Chron. 31:17 and Ezra 3:8; but the same age was not prescribed for the priests and the high priest. To the Levites were afterward given as assistants the Nethinim, as though one said "the given ones," Ezra 2:58 and 8:20, who in the time of Joshua were the Gibeonites, Josh. 9:21, and under Solomon, besides these, others from the conquered Canaanites, Ezra 2:43 with v. 58.
XV. The extraordinary ministers of the New Testament, first: John the Baptist, who closed the old dispensation and opened the new.
The New Testament had, as extraordinary ministers: first, John the Baptist, of priestly lineage, born of a father Zacharias and a mother Elizabeth, both advanced in years, Luke 1:5-6, who joined together both ministries — of the old and of the new dispensation — closing the old and opening the new. He had been promised as the mystical Elijah, and as the forerunner of the Messiah, Isa. 40:3, Mal. 4:5, set forth, Matt. 11:14, Luke 1:17, Matt. 3:3. He went before the Messiah, and prepared the way for Him: (I) by the preaching of repentance, Matt. 3:1-2; (II) by baptism, whereby, just as the Jews admitted their proselytes into their fellowship by washing, he admitted his own into the first fellowship of the Christian Church. And although this baptism, as far as it was administered by John, does not appear to have had the standing of an ordinary, or at least not of a universal, sacrament (which standing baptism appears first to have obtained after the resurrection of Christ, Matt. 28:19), it was nevertheless of the same essence as this one, and of the same authority and weight — though somewhat different, chiefly in this, that he required of those to be baptized faith in the Messiah who was now about to be inaugurated, and who in His place would redeem them, Matt. 3:11, Acts 19:4, of which more in its proper place; (III) by a most illustrious testimony, which he gave to and concerning the Messiah now present, John 1:17,33, Matt. 3:11.
XVI. Second: the Apostles — their calling, unique privileges, and the order in which they carried out their office.
Second, the Apostles, Eph. 4:11-12, 1 Cor. 12:28-29, Rom. 12:5. These were ministers of the first rank, driven by God's Spirit, called by Christ to found, propagate, and reform congregations in an extraordinary manner, being furnished with extraordinary gifts. At the beginning there were only twelve, Matt. 10:1; afterward, Judas having gone to his own place, Matthias was appointed in his stead, Acts 1:21-26; and, according to some, Barnabas was also chosen among them, from Acts 13:2-3 and 14:26 — they being appointed chiefly for this, to be Christ's witnesses over the whole earth, concerning His resurrection from the dead, Acts 1:8 with vv. 21-22 and 10:41 and 22:15, 1 Cor. 9:1.
Their privileges, above all the ministers of both Testaments, were: (I) that they saw Christ in the flesh, and enjoyed His company, converse, and instruction, and were thus living eyewitnesses, 1 Cor. 9:1. (II) That they were called immediately by Jesus Himself, John 20:21, compare 17:18, Gal. 1:1 — for which reason Matthias himself had to be called by lot, Acts 1:25-26. (III) That they were ambassadors of Christ, 2 Cor. 5:20, so that whoever heard them was reckoned to hear Christ, Luke 10:16 — to whom Christ gave the marks of an apostle, 2 Cor. 12:12, which appear in ordinary ministers only in a very faint and slight degree. (IV) That they received the knowledge of the divine mysteries through immediate instruction from Christ and the Holy Spirit, Luke 24:45, John 20:22, Gal. 1:12. (V) That they were infallible and unquestionable in the administration of the affairs of religion, John 16:13 — although the gospel mysteries seem to have been made known to them by degrees, Acts 10 and 15. (VI) That they were the first to receive the keys of the kingdom of heaven from Christ, Matt. 16:19, John 20:23. (VII) That, by the laying on of hands and the pouring out of prayers, they were able to convey the gifts of the Holy Spirit to and upon others, Acts 8:6-7,15-19 and 19:6. (VIII) That they had gifts of miracles, Mark 16:18,20, Heb. 2:3-4, Rom. 15:18-19, John 14:12, Matt. 10:1. (IX) That their preaching was joined with a certain excellent power and ability to convince and to convert, Acts 2:41, Rom. 15:19. (X) That the apostleship was fixed to no particular place, Matt. 28:19 with Mark 16:15, 2 Cor. 10:13, Rom. 15:19. (XI) That they admitted no successor in the privilege of the apostleship — because the one gospel, once established by them, sought and admitted no other to establish it, Gal. 1:6-7. (XII) That they had a privilege and precedence above all other church ministries, being placed before them, Eph. 4:11, 1 Cor. 12:28 — to which also belongs the particular promise, Matt. 28:18, Luke 22:29-30.
Further, the Apostles began to discharge their office and to exercise their ministry of preaching even before the death of Christ, within Judea and Galilee alone, Matt. 10:7; but after Christ's resurrection and ascension, also among the Gentiles, over the whole earth, John 20:21, Matt. 28:19-20 — so that they first preached the gospel at Jerusalem, Isa. 2:2, Ps. 110:2, Acts 2; then in Samaria, Acts 8:5; afterward in the remaining parts and regions of the earth, in Asia, Europe, Greece, Illyricum, Italy, Spain; presently also in Africa, and, in the latest times, even in both the Indies. And this the Apostles did, not in an uncertain and unfixed order, but each one according to the rule and standard of his apostleship, measured out to him individually by God, 2 Cor. 10:13,16 — although what is related of the casting of lots among the Apostles, by which Parthia fell to Thomas, Scythia to Andrew, Egypt to Mark, and the remaining regions of the world to the remaining Apostles, is not very firmly established.
XVII. Third: Prophets — those endowed with a special gift to expound the prophetic Scriptures and the mysteries of the gospel.
Third, Prophets, Eph. 4:11, 1 Cor. 12:28, Acts 13:1 and 15:32 — among whom are also reckoned the prophetesses, Acts 21:8-9 and 2:17. By these are understood, under the New Testament, those who, by a particular gift, expounded the prophetic Scriptures, explained the mysteries of the gospel, and sometimes also foretold future contingent things, Acts 21:10-11. The prophets and teachers were accustomed to bring their gifts to the edification and building up of the congregation, Acts 13:1-2, 1 Cor. 14:32 — from which arose prophetic exercises, at which, those furnished with the prophetic gift being present, others attached themselves, waiting to see whether it might perhaps please God to grant that gift to them as well, or at least to advance and increase in the knowledge of Holy Scripture — which the Apostle especially commends and recommends, 1 Cor. 14:1,3,4,24,25,26,29,30,32-35, 1 Thess. 5:19-21. But this gift, having decayed under the papacy, has been restored by the reformers of the church.
XVIII. Fourth: Evangelists — companions and fellow-laborers of the Apostles, together with the seventy disciples.
Fourth, Evangelists, Eph. 4:11. These were companions, fellow-travelers, and fellow-laborers of the Apostles, who, according to the Apostles' will and command, were sent to water the congregations planted by them, 1 Cor. 3:6, or, upon their departure, were left behind to build further upon the foundation laid by them, by preaching to the unconverted, baptizing the converted, and attending to what belonged to good order and propriety, Tit. 1:5. Such were Philip the Evangelist, Acts 21:8, Timothy, 2 Tim. 4:5, Titus, Mark, Silas, and, in a narrower sense, the four historians of the life and death of Christ. To these we shall add the seventy disciples, whom Christ, not long before His death, sent out after the Apostles already appointed, to travel in a brief journey through the land of Judea, to fill it with the report of the Messiah now present, and to announce that His kingdom had drawn near, Luke 9:2 and 10:1.
To these named extraordinary ministries the Holy Spirit imparted extraordinary gifts, Rom. 12:3,6 — gifts of healing, of powers, of discerning of spirits, of tongues, of interpretation of tongues, 1 Cor. 12:4-11, Mark 16:17-18, according to His grace and good pleasure, 1 Cor. 12:11, Acts 2:4 — according to which gifts they also seem to have had particular designations and names, 1 Cor. 12:29-30.
XIX. The ordinary ministers of the New Testament, first: Pastors — their office, duties, and the necessity of their ministry.
The New Testament had, as ordinary ministers: first, Pastors (among whom, by way of pre-eminence, is Christ Himself, John 10:11,14,16, 1 Pet. 2:25, Heb. 13:20, 1 Pet. 5:4), Eph. 4:11 — who are also called elders, Acts 20:17, leaders, Heb. 13:7,24, rulers or presiders (proestotes), 1 Tim. 5:17, indeed even bishops or overseers without distinction, Acts 20:28, 1 Tim. 3:1-2, Phil. 1:1, Tit. 1:7. They are also called ministers of Christ, 1 Cor. 4:1, stewards of the mysteries of God, in the same place, laborers in the Lord's vineyard, Matt. 9:38, those who are over you in the Lord, 1 Thess. 5:12. Although most of these names are also applied to the extraordinary ministers — because, once what is extraordinary in the things we have named is set aside, one and the same essence of ministry belongs also to the ordinary ministers.
The ordinary ministers of the New Testament are those who labor in the Word, to expound and apply it, 1 Tim. 5:17, 2 Tim. 4:2, Tit. 1:9. Concerning these, we have (I) treated their calling in § X. (II) Their requirements and qualities the Apostle sets forth, 1 Tim. 3:2-8, Tit. 1:5-10. (III) Their office and duty requires: (1) a public proclamation of the Word, 2 Tim. 4:1-2, which they have in common with the extraordinary ministers, Mark 16:15, Matt. 28:19-20, 1 Cor. 3:16-17 — compare these passages with Acts 20:28 and 1 Pet. 5:1-4. (2) The administration of the sacraments, Matt. 28:18-20, John 1:33, 1 Cor. 11:20,23, Luke 22:19-20. (3) The exercise of church discipline, 1 Tim. 5:20, Tit. 1:13, 2 Cor. 2:6 with Matt. 18:15-17, John 20:23. (4) Household visitation, Acts 20:20. (5) The catechizing of the ignorant, Heb. 5:12 and 6:1-2, 1 Cor. 3:1-2, Gal. 6:4. (6) Public prayers, Acts 2:42 and 6:4. (IV) Their unavoidable necessity in the Church depends: (1) on the teaching and instruction which shall continue to the end of the ages, Eph. 4:11-13, Matt. 28:19-20; (2) on the practice of appointing bishops (overseers) and elders, deriving originally from the Holy Spirit Himself and from the Apostles, Acts 20:17,28 and 14:23, Tit. 1:5, Phil. 1:1; (3) on the use, benefit, and efficacy of the ministry, in expounding and applying Holy Scripture, in the conversion of souls, and in the continual edification and building up of the Church, Eph. 4:11-13, 1 Tim. 4:16, Rom. 10:13-15; (4) on the wretched and pitiable lot of that church which is deprived of this ministry, Ps. 74:9, Amos 8:11-12, Matt. 18:36-38. (V) Their equality with one another, with respect to church power, excludes all ecclesiastical lordship and domination, Matt. 20:25-26 and 23:8-11, 1 Pet. 5:3. (VI) Their maintenance must be provided by a sufficient wage, Matt. 10:10, 1 Cor. 9:4-14, Gal. 6:6, 1 Tim. 5:17-18.
XX. Second: Teachers — distinguished, on due consideration, from Pastors, though sharing much of the same office.
It had, second, Teachers, Eph. 4:11 — whom others nevertheless confuse with Pastors, because in the passage cited they do not appear to be distinguished, and elsewhere, 1 Cor. 12:28-29, they alone are named, with Pastors omitted; and because they would accordingly, from the two parts of their ministry — namely governance and rule — be called Pastors and Overseers, but from their instruction, by admonition and comfort, would be called Teachers. Others reckon them among the extraordinary ministers. At any rate, the ranks of Teachers and Professors (Doctors and Professors) in the schools, which are found among us, are of a later date than that they should occur in the writings of the Apostles. Nevertheless they appear — if the matter itself is considered — to have been distinct, both from the extraordinary ministers and from the Pastors, since the Church has never lacked such Teachers, or catechetical instructors, who taught doctrine, not to the people of believers indiscriminately in general, but chiefly to others, who were themselves also to become Pastors of the Church, or teachers. Thus we find in the Old Testament prophets and sons of the prophets, 2 Kings 2:3,5,15 and 4:1,38, 1 Sam. 10:5,10-11 and 19:20 — who in a later and subsequent church are called scribes, Matt. 22:35, Luke 11:45-46. The very name of Teacher corresponds to the title of the Jewish masters, Rabbi, Matt. 23:7-8 — given in particular to those who, being versed in the Law of God, had the power and the right to teach it to others; such were Gamaliel, Acts 5:34 with 22:3, Nicodemus, John 3:10 — from which this title is repeatedly given to Christ Himself; for example, John 11:8 and 13:13. And also to Paul, because he was a public teacher of the Gentiles, 1 Tim. 2:7, Eph. 3:8, 1 Tim. 1:11. With respect to the early Church, the church of Alexandria is chiefly celebrated for this reason, where there were numerous places of instruction and schools, over which were appointed catechists, teachers, doctors — Pantaenus, Clement of Alexandria, Origen, and others: even then, at least, the office of Teacher was distinguished from that which the elders and bishops (overseers) held; and there is nothing to prevent it from having been distinguished likewise in the time of the Apostles. The Savior's word, Matt. 23:10, does not speak against this; for He condemns not the office and the title, as appears in Paul, but the masterful and domineering pride and arrogance, Rom. 2:19-20.
XXI. Third: Ruling Elders — distinct from teaching elders in that they lack the power to teach publicly, yet share equally in governance.
It had, third, ruling elders, whom the Apostle calls "governments," 1 Cor. 12:28, and "those who are over you," Rom. 12:8, 1 Thess. 5:12 — who are also expressly distinguished from the teaching elders, 1 Tim. 5:17, and appear in the register of church offices and ministries, Rom. 12:8, 1 Cor. 12:28. The distinction between these and the teachers consists in this, that the power to teach publicly does not belong to them, 1 Tim. 5:17, as one nowhere reads to have been given to them; and when it is sometimes ascribed to elders, 2 Tim. 2:2 and 4:2, Tit. 1:9, then not ruling but teaching elders must be understood. The power, therefore, of this eldership is just as divine as that of the teachers. It is conferred: through the election and calling of the eldership, or of the assembly of elders, of which 1 Tim. 4:14 [speaks] — and it is exercised together and in conjunction with the Pastors, in the governance and rule of the Church (whence they bear the name of "governments"), and in the exercise of church discipline, 1 Cor. 5:4-5.
XXII. Fourth and finally: Deacons — their origin in Acts 6, their office, and the variety of their care in the early Church.
It had, finally, fourth, Deacons, who in the register of church offices are called "helps," 1 Cor. 12:28, and such as "show mercy," ch. 12:8 — otherwise well enough known in the Church, Phil. 1:1. These occupied themselves, by virtue of their office, with the temporal affairs of the Church which concern this life and its sustenance, in gathering and distributing alms. This power itself was, at the very first, with the Apostles themselves, Acts 6:1-2 and 4:34-35. Afterward, when, through the increase of believers, the Apostles were no longer sufficient for this care, seven men were chosen, of good report, and full of the Holy Spirit, to take this care upon themselves, Acts 6:1-7 — to whom were also added deaconesses, 1 Tim. 5:9, Rom. 16:1. Their (1) qualifications and calling are set forth there. (2) Their general work was to serve tables (diakonein), Acts 6:3, whence, without doubt, the name of deacons came into use. This care was, in ancient times, in the early Church, various: some cared and watched for the sick; others for the aged; others for strangers; others for orphans; others for the poor — all of which things, in the straits and distresses of the earliest original church, were most generously provided for; but now, the affairs of the churches having increased, their duties are sufficiently discharged simply by the gathering and distributing of alms.
XXIII. The ministers, considered not only individually but also gathered in assemblies — the threefold pattern found already under the Old Testament: Sanhedrin, eldership, and synagogue.
Further, the ministers — extraordinary as well as ordinary, of the Old Testament as well as of the New — can be considered in a twofold manner: first, separately, and each in particular, as we have done up to this point; second, gathered together in meetings and assemblies. And indeed, in the Old Testament we discover a twofold, if not even a threefold, kind of church assembly: namely, the Sanhedrin, the eldership, and the synagogue — not unlike the threefold kind of assembly under the New Testament, in synods, classes, and consistories.
The ancients had, therefore, (I) a Sanhedrin, being an assembly, both ecclesiastical and civil, occupied with the weightier, more important, and more difficult affairs of the Church, instituted, Exod. 18:13, Num. 11:16-17; and when that assembly had gradually fallen into decay, it was restored again by Jehoshaphat, 2 Chron. 19:8. Nor are there lacking those who hold that the solemn reformation of the Jewish Church, after the return from the Babylonian captivity, was carried out under the direction and oversight of this assembly, Neh. 8:14 and ch. 11:1. Whatever the case, all agree that the weightier and more important matters of the Church — for example, of apostasy from God, of idolatry, of corrupted worship — were attended to by the assembly of the Sanhedrin.
They appear (II) to have had an eldership, of which Luke 22:66, Acts 22:5 [speak] — which appears to have consisted of ecclesiastical persons alone, and which was established and appointed to determine church matters, for example, ceremonial impurities and iniquities, offenses, and other matters.
They had (III) synagogues, or assemblable meetings and sessions (consessus congregationales), which were occupied not only with the reading and exposition of the Word, with prayers and other religious duties, but also with ecclesiastical censures and exercises of discipline, and with the governance of that, as it were, particular church — according to the testimony not only of the Savior, John 16:2, but also according to the very practice of Saul, Acts 26:11, punishing the Christians through all the synagogues, and this by the order and command of the high priest, Acts 9:1-2 — whence mention is also not seldom made in the New Testament of a ruler of the synagogue, Mark 5:35-36,38, Luke 8:41 and 13:14, Acts 18:8,17 — by which it is signified that those synagogues had their presidents and heads, whose meeting and session is also shown more clearly, Acts 13:15, where it is clearly enough indicated that over a single synagogue there was more than one ruler; and that accordingly, over each synagogue in like proportion, its own rulers were set.
XXIV. Under the New Testament a threefold assembly of church officers is established: consistorial, classical, and synodal — the divine right of the consistory.
Under the New Testament a threefold assembly of church ministers is established: consistorial, classical, and synodal. First, I say, the consistorial (of the church council), in which elders, both teaching and ruling, of this or that particular Church, come together, to attend to those matters which belong particularly to their own Church.
The divine right of this assembly of elders rests: (I) on the Savior, Matt. 18:15-21, where He shows, in a certain order, to whom the offended or aggrieved party may — if a single congregation cannot resolve it — bring his case, to be there known, examined, and determined: that is, the representing congregation, consisting of the leaders — for such a taking of cognizance of matters cannot, without disorder, be brought before the whole congregation; but He also (2) arms that designated congregation with the power of the keys, whereby it can bind and loose, that is, according to the requirement of the matter, in a ministerial way, condemn and absolve. Then (II) the Apostle, 1 Tim. 4:14, where he not only makes mention of an eldership, which without doubt signifies an assembly of elders, which he distinguishes in the following chapter into ruling and teaching, 1 Tim. 5:17, but moreover ascribes to this eldership a power over the Church: namely, to call and confirm ministers by the laying on of hands. To this is added (III) the matter itself: for since, by everyone's admission, there are instituted, or particular, churches, of which we have seen in the preceding chapter; since each of these has its own teachers and rulers, 1 Cor. 12:28 — will there not then be a meeting and assembly, in which each may contribute what is his to the good and benefit of the whole common Church?
XXV. Second: the Classical Assembly, whose divine right rests on the fact that Scripture applies the name "church" both to a whole city's believers and to their several particular congregations.
Second, an assembly which we call a Classical Assembly. In this the leaders, not of a single particular church only, but of several and various churches of a certain fixed district, who have entered into a particular covenant concerning their common edification, come together, to attend to those matters which belong to that district.
The divine right of this Classical meeting or assembly appears to rest on these two suppositions: (1) Because in Scripture more than one church assembly, or more than one particular church, are together called "the congregation" or "the Church": something which appears in the congregations of Jerusalem, Antioch, Ephesus, and Corinth — each of which is called "the congregation": thus (a) all the believers at Jerusalem together are called the congregation, Acts 8:1,11,22 and 15:4. Again (b) all the believers at Antioch together bear the name of congregation, Acts 13:1 and 11:26. The same is said (c) of the believers at Ephesus, Acts 20:17,28, Rev. 2:1. And also (d) of the believing Corinthians, 1 Cor. 1:2, 2 Cor. 1:1.
Then, (2) because in each of these congregations there were more assemblies than one, or more particular congregations, which is evident from the multitude of believers, who could not have come together in a single assembly; for there are said to have been, in the congregation at Jerusalem, many thousands, Acts 21:20: Thou seest, brother, how many thousands of Jews there are which believe — to whom, besides, many ministers are ascribed, Acts 4:34-35,37, 15:2,4,6,22-23, and 11:30, who could not have exercised their office, by public preaching, in a single assembly — especially since they did not have large and spacious churches, but came together for the exercise of religion in the houses of particular persons, for example, of Mary, Acts 12:12, in the school of a certain Tyrannus, Acts 19:9, in a certain upper room, ch. 20:8, in the house of Aquila and Priscilla, Rom. 16:5.
Similar things can be shown of the congregation at Antioch, where a great multitude of believers is said to have been, Acts 11:21, to which, through the preaching of Barnabas, a great company was added, vv. 24-26, which also had many ministers, Acts 11:20,27-28, 13:1-3, and 15:35. And also of the congregation at Ephesus, whose multitude and number one may know from Acts 20:9,18 — to such an extent that the books of those who had practiced curious arts, being burned after their conversion, came, in value, to fifty thousand pieces of silver; the multitude, likewise, of ministers you may gather from v. 6.
Finally, you may also, in the Corinthian congregation, gather an abundance of believers from Acts 18:1,7-10, and of ministers from 1 Cor. 3:10, where Paul calls himself a master builder, who had laid the foundation, upon which others had built; and he rebukes their divisions, arising from the variety of ministers, 1 Cor. 1:12; indeed, he refers, though by way of exaggeration, to that multitude of ministers, 1 Cor. 4:15, by the expression "ten thousand instructors"; and he especially teaches that multitude, 1 Cor. 14:30,32: Let two or three prophets speak, and let the other judge... And the spirits of the prophets are subject to the prophets.
Since, then, in the one congregation of Jerusalem, in the one of Antioch, Ephesus, and Corinth, there were more particular assemblies than one, to which more than one minister belonged, who were also set over more than one congregation within one and the same district (which the Apostle expressly indicates of the Corinthian congregation, 1 Cor. 14:34: that your women keep silence in the churches) — what prevents us from concluding that the ministers of this district, or of that subordinate church, had their own meetings and assemblies, in which they attended to those matters which served the common edification and building up of their particular assemblies? Especially since we in no way, and for no reason, believe that those assemblies, which had so many thousands, indeed tens of thousands, of believers, Acts 21:20, were confined within the walls of those cities, and were not also present in their surrounding territory and districts — since the Apostle expressly testifies that, from Jerusalem round about, he had filled everything with the gospel of Christ, Rom. 15:19.
Then (II) also on the reasons, which are one and the same with the divine right: because (1) cases arise, and can arise, which concern more than one, or indeed all, of the congregations of a single district — for example, the examination, calling, confirmation, and deposition of ministers; the settling of points of controversy; the settling also of cases of conscience — all of which matters concern all, and must therefore be handled by all. (2) Because everyone is obligated to come to the mutual aid of the Church in her weakness, or under outward attacks. (3) Because cases occur which cannot be settled within a particular Church — for example, if a member of the congregation considers himself aggrieved by the ruling of the consistory; or if dispute and strife arise among the members of the consistory itself. I shall not (4) add that the unity of the churches, and the exclusion of schisms and quarrels — in which lies the ruin of congregations — is provided for by no easier remedy than by a meeting and assembly of neighboring and surrounding ministers.
XXVI. Third: the Synodal Assembly — provincial, national, or general — and its divine right, grounded in the unity of the militant Church and in the apostolic practice of the Council of Jerusalem.
Third, a synodal meeting and assembly: whether provincial, national, or general, according to the requirement of the matter which is to be settled. For if the matter concerns a certain province, for example Holland, then a provincial synod is required; if it concerns a whole certain nation, for example the Netherlands, then a national synod is called for; if finally the matter concerns the whole militant Church, then a general synod is required — although such a one has never existed, and can scarcely exist.
A provincial synod, therefore, is nothing other than a meeting and assembly of ministers, sent from the classes of the same province, to treat and settle those matters which concern the benefit of the whole churches of that province; a national synod, a meeting and assembly of ministers sent from provincial synods, of a certain whole nation, in matters which concern the churches of that nation; and a general synod (were there such a one) is a meeting and assembly of delegates from the national synods over the whole earth, to direct those matters which concern the whole militant Church.
Concerning these synods we must hold, in general: (I) that synodal assemblies are distinct and differ from consistorial and from classical assemblies: (1) in scope — for in consistories there come together only the ministers of a single particular Church, and in classes, the ministers of the churches of a single certain district, whereas to synodal assemblies come together the ministers of whole provinces or nations, or of all the churches of the whole earth; and consequently their power and authority is, proportionately, either greater or lesser, either more extensive or more limited. (2) With respect to the exercise of governance and rule, a consistorial assembly is more frequent and more usual than either a classical or a synodal one.
Meanwhile (II) the nature, the kind, and the power of all are one and the same: so that the divine right of assembly in general and unrestrictedly being proved, thereby at once the right of consistory, classis, and synod — both provincial and national — is likewise shown. Hence Scripture, in determining these matters, does not descend so much to particulars, which are innumerable — especially since not all churches at all times permit synodal meetings, whether of provinces or of nations.
The divine right of a synodal assembly rests: (1) On the unity of the militant Church: for if there is but one certain Church on earth, Matt. 16:18; if in that Church there is a certain government and rule, 1 Cor. 12:28; if that government serves for the edification and building up, first and chiefly of the whole visible Church, Eph. 4:12-13, and then, secondly, also of particular churches, 2 Cor. 10:8 and 13:10 — does it not then follow that, the more general and the more extensive the exercise of that government and rule in larger and more extensive assemblies, the more fully and completely the end and aim of the whole government — namely, the edification and building up of the Church, the whole body of Christ — is attained and achieved? Just as, on the contrary, the more limited and confined that governance and rule is, as in consistorial and classical assemblies, the more incompletely the end and aim of the government and rule, that is, the edification and building up, is attained and achieved. Consequently, if by divine right there is a government and rule through a consistorial and through a classical assembly, shall there not, then, much more by divine right be a government and rule through a synodal assembly, according to the requirement of the matter, whether more extensive or more limited?
(2) On apostolic practice, in the first and purest Church, after the departure of Christ, of which a pattern, sketch, and image is to be found, Acts 15. For you see here (A) the occasion and cause of the meeting — namely, the corruption of doctrine, and the disputes thereby arisen in the church, vv. 1-2, compared with v. 5 and also with vv. 23-24. You see (B) the members of the assembly — namely, the delegates of the congregation at Antioch, Paul and Barnabas with certain others, and the Apostles with the elders of the church at Jerusalem, vv. 1-2 and 23 — among whom there also appear to have been delegates of other congregations, signified by the name of "brethren," which is added, together with the whole multitude, vv. 12 and 22, and likewise with the elders of the Jerusalem church, v. 23. Here, by "the whole multitude," and "the whole congregation," cannot be understood a gathering together of all the members of the Jerusalem church — for these were too numerous to have been able to come together in one house, for a synod; consequently, the whole synodal assembly, consisting of apostles, elders, and brethren, must be understood — which brethren appear to have been delegates (deputies) of other churches, such as Judas and Silas, v. 24, etc. — chiefly, since the cause of the meeting was common to the congregations of Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia, vv. 22,24. These, then, without doubt, will have had their delegates present there. But wherever there is an assembly of delegates from various subordinate churches, there is a synod.
You see (C) a synodal power, equal among all who hold it — since even the Apostles themselves here conducted themselves, not as apostles, but as delegates of the churches, as appears in Paul and Barnabas, together with certain others sent from the church of Antioch, vv. 1-2.
You see (D) the synodal proceeding and conduct of the apostles, elders, and brethren, when they were together with one accord, v. 25: (a) in deliberating, discussing, disputing, examining, v. 7; (b) in determining and deciding, v. 22; (c) in drawing up canons, rules, and laws, v. 23; (d) in carrying out into execution what had been decided, v. 30.
You see (E) synodal authority and weight, to act in a ministerial manner, in the matter (a) of heresy, by determining concerning it in a ministerial way, vv. 2 and 7-23; then (b) of schisms, by exercising church discipline, vv. 1-2 with v. 24; finally (c) of offenses, vv. 1,2,19,24, by setting in order and regulating what was disorderly, vv. 28-29. So that in this one synod, as in a summary, all the essentials of a synodal assembly are set forth for our imitation.
XXVII. Concerning the calling together of church assemblies, their moderation, and the spiritual — not civil — nature of their authority.
As for (I) the calling together of church assemblies: this appears, in ancient times under the Old Testament, to have begun from the assemblies' own established arrangements — as also, under the New Testament, at least among us, it depends upon an ecclesiastical settlement and mutual agreement. An extraordinary calling together formerly also depended on the will of the kings, 1 Chron. 13:1-2, 1 Kings 8:1, 2 Chron. 29:4, 2 Kings 23:1-2 — just as, under the New Testament, the general councils were called together by the emperors: for example, the first Council of Nicaea, by Constantine; the first Council of Constantinople, by Theodosius the Elder; the first Council of Ephesus, by Theodosius the Younger; that of Chalcedon, by Marcian. Under the New Testament, when there was as yet no believing magistracy, one does not read that the right of calling together was used by any other than the churches themselves, sending by mutual agreement; but nevertheless, to a believing magistracy, now existing, as to a nursing father of the Church, Isa. 49:23, the right of calling together and of ordering, with respect to what is outward, ought not to be denied.
(II) The arrangement depends on the moderators and their assessors, as appears in the Synod of Jerusalem, Acts 15:7,9, of whom the first direct the proceedings of the assembly, by proposing the matters to be handled, gathering the votes, and drawing up the decisions; the assessors draw up the decision together with the moderators, and sign the acts.
(III) The authority of these assemblies is (1) in no way civil, such that it would extend to civil matters, or deal in civil penalties and fines, whether of money or of body — but purely spiritual, occupied with spiritual matters, in a spiritual manner, with spiritual exercises of discipline, and directed to spiritual ends, Acts 15. Nor does (2) the authority of a larger assembly take away, or diminish, the liberty and authority of the smaller assemblies: for example, the authority of a synod does not take away, or diminish, the liberty and authority of a classis, nor does that of a classis take away that of the consistories — but only directs and perfects it: for example, if a Church chooses an unfit minister, if a classis rejects the call, if it requires that a fitter one be chosen — even so, the liberty, and the right to choose a minister, is not thereby taken from the consistory, but only directed and perfected.
Also, (3) the authority of any assembly whatsoever, even of the highest, is not unlimited, independent, and infallible: therefore all and every decision of all and every assembly must be compared with Holy Scripture.
Meanwhile it is also (4) not merely charitative, effectual and powerful only in giving and offering counsel, or at most not availing beyond a declaration of non-fellowship, as the Independents would have it — but truly and properly possessing (potestative) power and authority, as appears in the Synod of Jerusalem, Acts 15:28-29.
Indeed, we observe a threefold ecclesiastical power in synods: (a) Dogmatica, a doctrinal power, insofar as it is occupied with doctrine — not by forging new articles, but by expounding, urging, and defending the true doctrine, Acts 15:2 and vv. 7,23 — with respect to which points the Church is commonly called a pillar and ground of the truth, from 1 Tim. 3:15. (b) Didactica, a teaching and instructing power, insofar as it is occupied with good order and with what is fitting and decent, concerning religion, in its circumstances, according to the general precept and command of Holy Scripture, 1 Cor. 14:26 with v. 40. (c) Critica, a judging power, insofar as, with spiritual penalties, admonitions, excommunications, depositions, etc., it proceeds to —
...deals with heretics, and with the offensive and obstinate, according to the word of God, Matth. XVIII: 15-20; 1 Cor. 15:4, 5. Finally, (IV) a Subordination, whereby one who is aggrieved may appeal from the verdict of a lower assembly — a consistory, for example — to a higher one, a classical assembly, for example, and from there to a synodical one. This subordination — the divine right of a threefold ecclesiastical assembly, of consistories, classes, and synods, having already been demonstrated — the nature of the matter itself teaches; and the Savior confirms it by way of proportion, Matth. XVIII. 15, 16, 17, just as the practice of the subordinate church of Antioch, in submitting its case to the judgment of the synod of Jerusalem, Acts 15:1, 2, likewise demonstrates that subordination.
The Polemical Part
XXVIII
The question is asked, first: Whether the ministers of the Church are rightly distinguished from the People by the designation of Clerici (Clergy) and Laici (Laity)? This designation, having begun with Tertullian, is eagerly adopted by the Papists, so as to lend their little mass-priests and priestlings some standing, dignity, and authority — for it signifies κλῆρος, kleros, that is, a lot, or also an inheritance, namely of the Lord — by which means they have at last arrived at the papacy. The Reformed hold this designation to be improper: (I) because it was wholly unknown, not only in the Holy Scriptures but also in the first two centuries of Christianity. (II) Because the Apostle assigns the original name of it to the whole Church, 1 Pet. 5:3, compare Jer. 12:10, 14. And (III) because it tends to the disparagement of the Church's people, and finally also (IV) to the pride and haughtiness of the ministers. Nor does Bellarmine urge anything else on behalf of the Papists than: (1) Jer. XII — "their cleri shall not profit them" — alluding to verse 13. Answer: nothing of the kind stands in the original text, nor even in the common Latin editions. (2) Num. 16:13, Dathan and Abiram cried out against the priests of the Old Testament. Answer: that concerned not the name but the priestly office. (3) A few of the church fathers — yet he produces no one who lived before Tertullian, and before the third century.
XXIX
The question is asked, second: Whether the right of the ministers to administer public worship implies a power to make the body of Christ, and to offer it up to God as a sacrifice for the living and the dead? The Papists — because in the reverencing of Christ, made out of bread and offered as a sacrifice in the Mass, they set the pivot on which their whole ministry turns — shape and determine their entire ecclesiastical order by reference to this Mass-sacrifice, from which they also call their sacrificers "priests"; and moreover they place the chief dignity of their priesthood in this, that they make the body of Christ, and are, as it were, creators of their own Creator; and that they offer up the Christ they themselves have made, and by offering Him reconcile men to God, so that the whole salvation of the people depends upon them — without which dignity and veneration the papal monarchy could not stand. The Protestants recognize no such power in the ministers of the Church; nor do the Papists have anything else to urge in their own favor than their transubstantiation and Mass, which we shall refute expressly and at length in their proper place.
XXX
The question is asked, third: Whether a lawful calling is necessary for the ordinary administration of public worship? The Socinians, in order to allow any suitably qualified Christian the power to minister, deny this altogether. The Anabaptists distinguish between a bishop and a mere exhorter: for the former they acknowledge a calling to be necessary, but not for the latter. The Arminians likewise teach that a mediate calling is not always, nor absolutely, necessary. The Reformed, although they acknowledge that it could happen, in some extraordinary case, that worship be administered by one not immediately called of God, nevertheless teach that ordinarily a calling is necessary: (I) Because Scripture plainly teaches this, Rom. 10:14, 15; Heb. 5:4, 5; Acts 13:2; 1 Tim. 5:17 with v. 22. (II) Because those are rebuked who run without being called, Jer. 23:21. (III) Because the examples of calling under both Testaments confirm this, Exod. 3:10; Isa. 6:8; Matth. X. 1-5; John 1:6, 33; Luke 10:1; Acts 1:21-26, and XIV. 23; Tit. I. 5. (IV) Because they are ambassadors of God and of Christ, 2 Cor. 5:19, 20 — such as, beyond all doubt, need a sending and a commission. (V) Because neither Christ, nor the Apostles, nor the Evangelists, nor the pastors and teachers, nor the ruling elders, nor the deacons, in the apostolic and early Church, entered upon ecclesiastical ministry without a lawful calling. Nevertheless certain parties raise objections: (1) That it is a noble aspiration for anyone who is qualified to desire the office of overseer, 1 Tim. 3:1. Answer: yet it is not lawful to administer the office of overseer without a lawful calling. (2) That in the apostolic Church some taught without a calling, Acts 8:4; XI. 19. Answer: (a) it is not said that they preached without a calling. (b) And if they did teach without a calling, they must be understood to have taught only privately and in secret. (c) In particular, Philip was an Evangelist, Acts 21:8, and thus, like the Apostles, called extraordinarily, or even immediately. (3) That preaching is a duty of love, 1 Thess. 5:11. Answer: to teach and admonish privately and in secret is a duty of common love, of which the Apostle speaks in the cited passage; but to teach publicly is indeed a duty of love, but — if I may so put it — ex officio, that is, by virtue of office, which is not conferred except by a calling. (4) That prophesying was free to each and every one, 1 Cor. 14:3. Answer: prophesying was indeed, through the Apostle, a noble aspiration open to each and every one; but only to such as were already prophets, vs. 29, 32, and thereafter called, Jer. 23:21; Eph. 4:11.
XXXI
The question is asked, fourth: Whether the calling of ministers, at least the calling that admits to office, belongs to anyone besides the Church? Thomas Erastus, a physician, and after him the Remonstrants, Grotius and Uytenbogaert, ascribe the right of calling to the Magistrate, and hold that the Church does not call except by a power granted and entrusted to it by the Magistrate. The Independents in England ascribe the right of calling to the whole congregation, and to its individual members. Certain Politiques ascribe to Patrons the right of nominating, or of electing, or of both nominating and electing — whether those patrons be ecclesiastical persons (clerici), as happens among the Papists, or secular persons, as happens among the Protestants. The Papists, with whom, in their own manner, all hierarchicalists agree, ascribe the whole right of calling to the bishops, except that they leave the election, by permission and connivance of the Pope, to others as well. The Reformed ascribe the divine right of calling to the Church alone: by which they do not mean all the members, and each of them individually, of a particular church, but the representative Church, that is, the consistory — except that they leave to the believing Magistrate, insofar as the persons to be called are its citizens and are maintained out of the common purse, the right of approving and confirming. But in an extraordinary case, when there is as yet no consistory, or when the one to be called is destined for a hidden congregation which cannot itself call, they bring the calling to the classis or to the synod. As grounds for their view the Reformed have: (I) that they find it was so done in the apostolic Church: (1) in the calling of Matthias in the place of Judas, Acts 1:14, 15, 23, 26, which was brought not to some one particular bishop, but to a multitude; (2) in the calling of the deacons, Acts 6:2, 3, 5, 6; likewise (3) in the calling of Barnabas and Paul, ch. XIII. 1, 2, 3; and (4) in the calling of the elders by the votes of the congregation, ch. XIV. 23; (5) in the calling of Timothy, which fell to him through the laying on of the hands of the eldership, 1 Tim. 4:14; again (6) in the elders confirmed by Paul and Barnabas through the votes of particular congregations in Lystra, Iconium, and Antioch, Acts 14:23. (II) Because the power of governing belongs to the Church, Matth. XVIII. 18; 1 Tim. 3:15, of which the appointment or calling of its ministers is a part, Acts 14:23. (III) Because even the Apostles did not call ministers alone, but along with others, as appears from what has been said, Acts 1:23 and VI. 3, 5, 6, etc.; much less, then, may the bishops, who are lesser and lower than the Apostles, 1 Cor. 3:28, 29; Eph. 4:11. (IV) Because the episcopate, as being greater than the eldership, and even the papacy itself, are, by divine right, non-entities (non entia), as we shall show in its place. Nevertheless the Papists urge, on behalf of the calling of bishops: (1) That Christ gave Peter the right to send men to feed His sheep, John 21:15-17. Answer: (a) Christ indeed gave Peter the right to feed, but not the right to send others to feed. (b) Nor was Peter a bishop, but an Apostle. (2) That the Church, or the members of the Church, are sheep, John 10:15, 16, and sheep do not choose a shepherd. Answer: (a) And if the bishops are not the sheep of Christ, they are goats, Matth. XXV. 32, 33, or ravening wolves, John 10:12, to whom the right of calling in no way belongs. (b) The representative Church, or the eldership, to which the calling of ministers belongs, is not merely sheep, but also the shepherds, overseers, and leaders of the sheep, Eph. 4:11; 1 Tim. 5:17; 1 Thess. 5:12. Moreover (c) what is truly said of irrational sheep may be false of rational ones. (3) That Scripture assigns the right of calling to the bishops alone, Tit. I. 5; 2 Tim. 1:6. Answer: (a) It must first be proved that Timothy and Titus were hierarchical bishops. Rather (b) they were Evangelists, or extraordinary ministers, 2 Tim. 4:5, whose privileges must not be transferred to all other ordinary ministers generally. (c) What if it were said that Timothy and Titus acted, not as bishops, but as presidents together with their eldership — just as the appointment and confirmation of ministers is ascribed both to Timothy and to the eldership, likewise 1 Tim. 4:14 compared with ch. V. 22. Hence (d) when the Apostle ascribes to Timothy an act of governance, and to Titus an act of ordaining and appointing, he does not thereby at once exclude the eldership from these acts, since he plainly assigns ordaining or confirming to the eldership, 1 Tim. 4:14, and since to receive an accusation is not an act of governance, which without doubt belongs to those who rule, 1 Cor. 12:28.
XXXII
The question is asked, fifth: Whether there is in the Reformed Church a lawful calling of ministers? The Papists, since they cannot attack the weight of the matter — that is, the truth of the Reformed doctrine — by the direct royal road, seek instead to preoccupy the minds of the ignorant with prejudice and to carry them away by slandering that our Reformers had no lawful calling, and that they therefore could not propagate their doctrine to succeeding ages, so as finally to conclude that our Church is not the true Church, but a schismatic one, which we ought — laying aside the consideration of the doctrine — to abandon. The Reformed, although they acknowledge that the calling, insofar as it descends from the Popish clergy down to the Reformed, has not been without defect, nevertheless maintain that there was a true calling as to its essence — just as the Papists, though they administered baptism to us defectively (that is, falsely, in their view), nevertheless acknowledge it to be a true baptism. Thus now the Reformed hold that, since the Reformers were called, within the Roman Church, to administer public worship, they were assuredly called to the true worship of God as to the general intent — for indeed to no other worship could they have been, or rightly could they have been, called. If, therefore, they administered the true worship of God by reforming it, as they did, then they also had a true calling — unless the Papists wish to deprive themselves of the power to call. As for the ministers who followed in the Reformed Church, they had, and have, their calling through their ecclesiastical predecessors, with the consent of the people, according to the prescription of the word of God, and consequently a lawful calling, in agreement with what we have set forth in §. X. Nor does what they object avail anything: (1) That they were excommunicated and banned from the Roman Church — for the Roman Church has no power to ban, since it is not the true Church; and even if it were, it has banned unjustly. (2) If the Reformers had a true calling from the Roman Church, then the Roman Church must have the power to call lawfully, and consequently must be the true Church. Answer: the Church was corrupted in the most dangerous manner, and therefore had to be reformed of necessity. (3) That the right of calling is derived from the Roman Pope down to the bishops. Answer: that is wholly false, as will appear in its place.
XXXIII
The question is asked, sixth: Whether ecclesiastical ministry under the New Testament is rightly distinguished and divided into Orders and Dignities — the orders again into lesser ones, such as doorkeepers, acolytes, readers, and exorcists, and into greater ones, such as subdeacons, deacons, and priests, both secular and regular; and the dignities into bishops, metropolitans, patriarchs, cardinals, and the Pope? The Papists, in favor of the papal monarchy, which cannot stand except by such contrivances, affirm this; the Protestants deny it: (I) Because of these seven orders there are at least five which (as the Papists themselves acknowledge) have no mention at all in Holy Scripture (Filliucius, de Cas. Consc., Tract. IX, Cap. 1), nor did they have any place in the early Church, according to the testimony of Durandus (Rational., Lib. 2, Cap. 1); likewise not the dignities of metropolitans, patriarchs, cardinals, popes — whereas nevertheless (1) all ministers in the Church must be appointed by Christ, 1 Cor. 3:28; Eph. 4:11, likewise by the Holy Spirit, Acts 13:2 and XX. 28; (2) likewise be provided and equipped with the necessary gifts by the Holy Spirit, 1 Cor. 12:4; (3) must undertake ministries which depend directly upon the Lord Christ, v. 5. Because, therefore, they (II) sin against God, against Christ, and against the Holy Spirit, whose place and throne they do not scruple to occupy and ascend; and moreover do injustice and wrong to human creatures themselves, when they thrust forward, to weighty and important tasks, such persons as are deprived of all suitable capacities and of the hope of the divine blessing — as it were with feet cut off; just as they likewise do injustice and wrong to the Church, while they institute such offices as are of no use to the Church and, moreover, unpleasing to its Lord, as Ames says (Bellarm. Enervat., Tom. 2, Lib. 3, Cap. 3). (III) Because this whole multitude of orders looks to nothing else than the idolatrous service of the Mass. (IV) Because this division presupposes that a bishop, by divine right, is distinct and different from an elder — indeed, superior to him — which we shall refute expressly and at length a little further on. Nor, for these fabricated five orders, any more than for the dignities of chief bishops, patriarchs, and cardinals, do they undertake to produce anything from the Scriptures; and what they bring forward from antiquity for some of these is so feeble that it does not deserve to be refuted.
XXXIV
The question is asked, seventh: Whether among the ministers of the Church of the New Testament the monks are also, in some manner, to be counted and reckoned? Among the Papists there is a twofold order, of which the one contributes service to the sacrifice of the Mass, of which we have spoken in the preceding discourse; the other does not — to which they assign the monks, distinguished in various ways as regular and secular, whom they place, as it were, in a middle position between the clergy and the laity. Properly, however, they call "monks" those who lead a contemplative life, such as the Cistercians and Carthusians; others, who assist the bishops in preaching and other exercises of worship — such as the Franciscans and Dominicans — these they call Regulars, or Religious. And then "religion," with them, is a state of men who strive after Christian perfection through vows of poverty, continence, and obedience. The Protestants ascribe this to all Christians, and to each of them individually — that they should strive after perfection, Phil. 3:12, 13, 14, through poverty of spirit, Matth. V. 3; through continence from fleshly desires, Tit. II. 12; and through obedience, especially to God and Christ, 2 Cor. 10:5, and then also to be shown to those whom God has set over them, Heb. 13:17, and that according to the vow made in Baptism and in the Holy Supper, Ps. 116:13, 14. As for the rest they reject the monastic life: (I) because it is superfluous, (II) superstitious — which God nowhere prescribes in the Holy Scriptures, but rather forbids, Matth. XV. 6; Col. 2:22, 23. (III) Because it is, by reason of the intent to merit thereby, prejudicial to the merits of Christ; (IV) contrary to Christian perfection, especially in that through the vow of celibacy it raises a very great prejudice; (V) as to a religious obedience shown to men, it is idolatrous. And for all these reasons it is a plant which the heavenly Father has not planted, and must therefore be rooted up, Matth. XV. 13. What the Papists bring forward from the Holy Scriptures for their monkery is so feeble that it scarcely deserves to be mentioned: namely, (1) that under Enosh a certain particular, more elevated form of worship was instituted, Gen. 4:25; (2) that Enoch walked with God; (3) that the Nazirites made vows; (4) that Elijah and Elisha, with the sons of the prophets, lived a strict life without wives and riches; (5) that the Rechabites, Jer. XXXV, were a figure of the monks; (6) that John the Baptist was the head and leader of the monks and hermits; (7) that the Apostles were the first Christian monks, instituting the cloistered life, Acts 4:33. For in all these things there appears not the least trace of monkery, nor of a vow of poverty, celibacy, and obedience, which points, nevertheless, are essential to monkery.
XXXV
The question is asked, eighth: Whether a bishop, by virtue of divine right, is greater and higher than an elder in rank and in authority and jurisdiction? The Anabaptists distinguish their exhorters and bishops thus: that to the former belongs only the power to preach the Word, but to the latter, in addition, the administration of the Sacraments and the governance of the congregation. The Papists, in order gradually to strive toward and reach the summit, first of all made a bishop, by divine right, higher and greater than an elder in order and rank, whereby he alone could confer ecclesiastical orders, or the governance and rule of the churches — so that, by the same reasoning, they might distinguish between a bishop and an archbishop, likewise between an archbishop and a patriarch, and thus at last arrive at a universal bishop. The Reformed acknowledge that in later times of the Church the custom prevailed of granting to a certain one among the elders — whether by seniority in years or in service — the first place in the assembly, and of calling him, as among the synagogues of the Jews, προεστώς [proestōs], the presiding one, the president of the assembly, and a bishop; that afterward this bishop was appointed no longer by order and rank, but by election; and that finally, so that he might not be higher and greater in title alone, there was added the privilege of order or ordination, and of jurisdiction or governance — so that now, in order, in election, in the power of ordaining and of governing, a bishop might be greater and larger than an elder: to which end subdeacons, acolytes, exorcists, readers, and doorkeepers were introduced into the Church. Yet, they hold, by virtue of divine right, up to the time of Augustine, as far as order, rank, and jurisdiction were concerned, a bishop was the very same as an elder. Thus now they hold, according to the content of Holy Scripture, by which: (I) the alms were sent to the elders in Judea, without any mention being made of bishops, Acts 11:29, 30. (II) Elders were chosen in every congregation, while no bishop is spoken of, Acts 14:23. (III) Paul and Barnabas were sent to Jerusalem to the elders, Acts 15:2, compare v. 6, yet nothing at all is said there of a bishop, compare vs. 22, 23. (IV) The Ephesian elders were summoned, Acts 20:17, who in v. 28 are called bishops, that is, overseers, and indeed more than one over a single church. (V) The bishops are not counted in the register of ecclesiastical offices, Eph. 4:11, besides the extraordinary ministers, apostles and teachers. (VI) Phil. 1:1 names bishops (overseers) and deacons of a single city, passing over the elders; in the same sense (VII) 1 Tim. 3:2, 8 passes from the bishops to the deacons; and (VIII) the eldership is said to have laid hands upon Timothy, 1 Tim. 4:14, though he was, in the Papists' view, a bishop, to whom, according to the Popish laws, it is not lawful for a bishop to be elected. (IX) 1 Tim. 5:17 judges the elders who labor in the Word worthy of double honor, while a profound silence is kept about bishops who would be more excellent than they. (X) Tit. I. 5 speaks of elders appointed from city to city, who in v. 7 are called bishops, overseers — compare v. 9. (XI) 1 Pet. 5:1, 2, Peter, as a fellow elder, addresses the elders, whom in the second verse he exhorts ἐπισκοπεῖν, episkopein, that is, to conduct themselves as bishops, or to exercise oversight, not by constraint but willingly — wherefore these two were the same in office and in ministry. (XII) 2 John v. 1 and 3 John v. 1 the writer calls himself an elder, who there also, v. 9, rebukes Diotrephes, who sought to be first. Nevertheless the opposite is urged: (1) That to the bishop Timothy is ascribed jurisdiction over the elders, 1 Tim. 5:19: "Against an elder receive not an accusation," etc.; and (2) to the Cretan bishop Titus is granted the appointment of elders, Tit. I. 5. Answer: (a) it must be proved that Timothy and Titus were ruling bishops. Rather, much more (b) they were Evangelists, or extraordinary ministers, 2 Tim. 4:5, whose privileges must not be transferred to other ordinary ministers of every kind generally. (c) What if it were said that Timothy and Titus acted, not as bishops, but as presidents, together with their elderships — just as the appointment and confirmation of ministers is ascribed both to Timothy and to the eldership, likewise 1 Tim. 4:14 with ch. V. 22. Hence (d) when the Apostle ascribes to Timothy an act of jurisdiction, and to Titus an act of ordaining and appointing, he does not thereby immediately exclude the elderships from these, since he plainly assigns the ordaining or confirming to the eldership, 1 Tim. 4:14, and since to receive an accusation is not an act of governance, which without doubt belongs to the rulers, 1 Cor. 12:28.
XXXVI
The question is asked, ninth: Whether among the ministers of the Church, by virtue of a divine right, there is a certain universal bishop, who is an infallible vicar of Christ, to whom all power belongs, not only spiritual but also temporal? The Papists hold that Peter, by virtue of a certain appointment of Christ, was first of all a universal bishop, and thereafter, by right of succession, the Roman bishops — though the Gallican Church, against the others, denies his infallibility and temporal power, while others ascribe to him at least an indirect temporal power in respect of spiritual matters, and yet others a direct one. The Protestants absolutely deny that any such universal bishop exists on earth, by virtue of divine right, on the ground that: (I) Peter was, along with and equal to the other Apostles, 1 Cor. 3:21, 22, 23 and 2 Cor. 3:5. (II) Because Paul testifies that to himself the gospel of the uncircumcision was entrusted, and to Peter that of the circumcision, Gal. 1:7, 8, 9, and also that he withstood Peter to his face, because he was to be blamed, ch. II. 11. (III) Because the Savior denied and took away all primacy and mastery from all the Apostles, when they disputed about who should be first and greatest, Matth. XX. 26; Luke 22:26, compare Matth. XXIII. 6-12. (IV) Because Peter himself denied that primacy and mastery to himself, by calling himself a fellow elder, 1 Pet. 5:1-3. The Papists nevertheless object to us: (1) the passage in Matth. XVI. 18, 19: "Thou art Peter, and upon this rock... I will give unto thee the keys of the kingdom of heaven." Answer: (a) the rock upon which the congregation is said to be built was not Peter, but Christ, 1 Cor. 3:11 and X. 4, or the confession of Peter concerning Christ. (b) The power of the keys is also given, not to Peter alone, but also to the rest of the Apostles, Matth. XVIII. 18; John 20:21, 22, 23. Hence (c) the power of the keys signifies not a universal episcopate, but a spiritual power which is common to all lawful ministers. (2) That Peter is named first among the Apostles, Matth. X. 2. Answer: he is named first in the order in which he was called to the apostleship, Matth. IV. 18, 19, from which it in no way follows that he was greater and higher in power. (3) That he often speaks in the name of all, for example Matth. XVI. 15, 16. Answer: from this too neither the primacy nor the supremacy of power is conclusively proved. (4) That the order of the unity and oneness of the Church requires a universal bishop. Answer: if it required this, then Christ would have instituted and appointed such a one; but He has instituted and appointed no such one; that order, unity, and oneness can therefore be preserved by other means, Eph. 4:2-7. Likewise what we have said concerning this matter, Book V, Chapter VII, §. XV.
XXXVII
The question is asked, tenth: Whether it belongs to the Roman Pope to convoke general councils, to preside in them, and to lend an unfailing, well-nigh exclusive authority to their decisions? The Papists — the French excepted — hold: (I) that it is proper to the Pope to convoke and call together general councils, which consist of bishops, cardinals, abbots, and generals of the Orders; (II) to preside in them, by legates, and to govern the assembly; (III) to lend to them such authority and standing that their decisions are not merely of infallible truth, but also of such power that one may rest in them without further inquiry. The Reformed assign the convoking of a synod either to the Church, or to the Magistrate — provided it is believing — as we have said in §. XXVII. They acknowledge a twofold presidency: a political one, as to external order; and an ecclesiastical one, as to the examination and determination of matters spiritual; finally, that the authority of synodical canons is divine and infallible so far as their subject-matter agrees with the word of God, but human and fallible so far as that determination is made by men, who are fallible. Wherefore they deny that the right of convoking, of presiding, and of lending an infallible authority belongs to the Roman Pope: (1) because the Pope can produce no proof, no evidence, of this power; (2) because we have, in the preceding discourse, taken from the Pope, for legitimate reasons, the right of a universal bishop, on which all these things are built; (3) because the right of convoking ecclesiastical assemblies, at least extraordinary ones, lay, under the Old Dispensation, with the highest Jewish magistracy, according to §. XXVII. Nevertheless the Papists urge the contrary: (a) that Peter received this right from Christ, John 21:15, Luke 22:32, and exercised it, Acts 15:7 — and by succession, the Pope. Answer: that both are false, we have shown in the preceding discourse and Book V, Chapter VIII, §. IV. Nor do the cited texts say anything about a convoking of, or presiding in, synods, nor anything that does not belong to all ministers, 1 Pet. 5:2. (b) That the high priest of the Old Testament had this right, Deut. 18:9, 10, 11, and that therefore the high priest of the New Testament has it as well. Answer: this is doubly false; for the high priest of the Old Testament did not have it — indeed, in the cited passage nothing at all is said either of the high priest, or of a convoking of a synod; and even if he had had it, it would not have been derived to the Pope, who is, by divine right, a non-entity, but to the High Priest Christ, his true antitype, Heb. VII, VIII, IX. (c) That they must be called together and held in the name of Christ, Matth. XVIII. 18. Answer: (a) is it therefore in the name of the Pope? (b) To do something in the name of Christ is to do it in obedience to His command, and in trust upon Christ's grace, Matth. XXVIII. 19; Acts 3:6. Since therefore a believing Magistrate thus convokes, it convokes in the name of Christ. Also (c) there is nothing said there of synods, or of a convoking of synods.
XXXVIII
The question is asked, eleventh: Whether that universal bishop, who arrogates to himself all that belongs to Christ, or the Roman Pope, is that great Antichrist? By Antichrist is not to be understood here just any common adversary of Christ and of His doctrine, in which sense the word occurs, 1 John 2:18; 2 John v. 7, compare Phil. 3:18 — for every heretic is an antichrist: from the force of the Greek prefix ἀντί, anti, such a one signifies one who is for Christ, or in His place, or who is against Christ — in either sense, since Antichrist bears Himself for and in the place of Christ, and against him. Hence he is also, by another name, called ὁ ἀντικείμενος, Antikeimenos, that is, an adversary, or one who sets himself in opposition, 1 Tim. 5:14; 2 Thess. 2:4; "the beast," Rev. 13:11; and "the false prophet," Rev. 16:13; XIX. 20; and XX. 10 — whose seat and dwelling-place is Sodom and Egypt, Rev. XI. and XII, as likewise, mystically, he is called Babylon, ch. XVII. and XVIII. Whose spirit was already in the world in the time of the Apostles, 1 John 4:3, when the mystery of iniquity already then wrought, 2 Thess. 2:7, and it was already the last hour, in which many antichrists had arisen, 1 John 2:18, and that in the false brethren, Gal. 2:4, and in the false apostles, 2 Cor. 11:13 — who at last consolidated themselves into a single foremost president of the bishops, namely the Roman bishop. Having said this briefly beforehand: the Papists deny absolutely that the Pope is the Antichrist, since their whole cause turns on this point. The Protestants maintain, so firmly establishing the opposing party's [error], that by Antichrist is meant the whole line of Roman bishops that has flowed forth for some centuries past — on the ground that everything with which Holy Scripture designates and depicts the Antichrist fits the Roman Pope most precisely. For if you compare with him those things by which (I) Paul describes and portrays the Antichrist, 2 Thess. 2:3, 4: (1) that He should be the author and head of the apostasy from Christ and from his doctrine — this will appear from a comparison of Christ's doctrine, regarding the Law and the Gospel, with the doctrine of the Pope, as repeated, established, and confirmed in the Council of Trent. (2) That he is that man of sin, compounded out of enormities and abominations — this will appear from the lives of the Popes, the Papal historians Platina, Mantuanus, and Lyranus bearing witness. (3) That he is the son of perdition, that is, himself corrupt and corrupting others — this will appear even from the canon law itself (Dist. XL, Cap. "Si Papa"). (4) That he sets himself against Christ, not openly, as the Jews and Muhammadans do, but with a covert opposition masked with the profession of Christianity — this will appear in the life of the Pope, utterly contrary to the manners of the humble and meek Christ; in the worldly and earthly government of the Pope, utterly contrary to the spiritual and heavenly government of Christ; in his worship, utterly contrary to the worship of Christ. (5) That he exalts himself above all that is called God, or that is worshipped [as God] — that is, above magistrates and monarchs: it appears in the Pope, when with a devilish pride and haughtiness he drives his own to kiss his feet; when he boasts himself a judge of the angels; when he changes, mutilates, or wholly replaces with new ones the Sacraments instituted by Christ. (6) That he sits in the temple of God as God, showing himself that he is God — it appears in the Pope, when he shows himself in the Church as a certain deity; when he arrogates to himself an unlimited right over it; when he claims and seizes divine honors; when he does not scruple to take to himself the very name of God, or, it being conferred on him by others, to allow it. (7) That he is ἄνομος, the lawless one, so far as he does what pleases him — it appears in the Pope, when, in divine matters, his will stands in the place of reason; when he wishes to be subject to no one's laws, and to be judged by no one. (8) That his coming is according to the working of Satan, with all power, and signs, and lying wonders, and with all deceivableness of unrighteousness — it will appear in the Pope, when he boasts of lying and deceitful miracles: sweat, tears, the laughing and moving of images; healings of the sick at the relics and burial-places of saints; when he teaches that he creates the body and blood of Christ out of bread and wine. If you (II) compare those things with which John, 1 John 4:3, and Paul, 1 Tim. 4:1-4, depict the Antichrist — namely (1) that he should deny that Christ has come in the flesh, certainly indirectly, in a roundabout and explanatory way: which the Pope does, through his equivocations upon the several ways in which Christ's prophetic, priestly, and kingly office is denied in fact — by setting it down that he, as if he were a prophet, speaking from the [papal] chair and pronouncing judgment, is just as infallible as Christ; likewise, that he is the Prince of the priests, the Supreme High Priest, who offers up Christ in the Mass; that he is a king of kings, and Lord of lords, the Head and Bridegroom of the whole universal Church; likewise by destroying and casting aside the properties of Christ's human nature, in and through the transubstantiation; by retaining endless legal ceremonies and shadows, by which it is denied that Christ has come in the flesh. (2) That he should forbid marriage — this the Pope does among his clergy. (3) That he should introduce a distinction of foods — this the Pope does, by forbidding the eating of meat on certain days. (4) That he should do the one and the other with an outstanding hypocrisy and dissimulation — this the Pope does, when in these matters he sets up a peculiar holiness, while otherwise he treats fornication and adultery more lightly and leniently than marriage, or the eating of meat on the days forbidden by him. If you (III) compare those things with which John shows the Antichrist, Rev. 13:11 — that under a semblance of humility he should arrogate to himself the highest power and authority over all, both ecclesiastical and civil; that he should work miracles, and by them deceive men; that he should set up a new religion; that he should compel men to the profession of it by banishment and persecution; that he should have in and with his name the number of the beast — these things fit the Pope most precisely: (1) he calls himself a servant of servants; (2) he arrogates to himself a double power, both spiritual and temporal; (3) he boasts and vaunts himself on miracles, and makes these the marks of his church; (4) he devises a new religion, both as to doctrine and as to an idolatrous worship; (5) he compels men to the profession of it, willing or unwilling, by the lightning-bolts of banishments and persecutions; (6) he bears the number of the name of the beast, which is six hundred sixty-six, in the name λατεῖνος, Lateinos, that is, "Latin" — noted already of old by Irenaeus. If finally you (IV) compare those things with which the same John marks the Antichrist, Rev. 17:5, 9, 18 — when he (1) describes his seat and dwelling-place to be great Babylon, v. 5 — not that Chaldean one, which had already of old, with its monarchical dignity, gone down, according to the prophecy of Isaiah, but the Italian, or Roman one — a thing which the Jesuits, though meaning otherwise, and overcome by the plainness of the matter itself, can no longer deny — a city which has seven hills, which all acknowledge to be true of Rome; (2) when he ascribes to him authority and rule over the kings of the earth, v. 18. Are not all these things most plainly visible and manifest in the Pope, whose seat is the Roman Babylon, a city with seven hills, where he has dominion over the kings of the earth? All these, and many other marks of the Antichrist, have been shown and applied by our writers, in thick volumes, to the Roman Pope. The Papists, in order more easily to evade the force of these and other proofs, invent for themselves an Antichrist who shall be only a single individual man, a Jew by religion, of the tribe of Dan, who shall restore the Jewish civil and ecclesiastical state, even the Temple of Jerusalem, reigning only three years and a half; in whose time Enoch and Elijah shall return from Paradise, to strive with him, and be killed by him — yet who shall rise again from the dead on the third day; whereupon this Antichrist shall subject the whole earth to himself, until he be overcome and slain by Christ on the Mount of Olives. But since the Jews of the tribe of Dan do not expect the Messiah, nor will the Jewish worship ever be restored, nor can such great things — and all that has been foretold of the Antichrist — happen in so short a time; and since all the other things the Papists advance in this regard are so weak and trifling that they do not deserve to be refuted at length: so we shall spend a little more of our labor and pains in examining the Papists' objections. They urge: (A) that the Antichrist should be an enemy of Christ and His imitator, which the Pope is not. Answer: (a) he shall be, not an open, but a hidden and secret enemy and imitator, like the Lamb, Rev. 13:11, to be discovered and revealed by Christ, 2 Thess. 2:8. But (b) such an enemy and imitator of Christ is the Pope, who bears himself for Christ, and who sets himself, also in his doctrine, worship, and rule, against Christ. (B) The Antichrist shall be only a single particular person, John 5:43 — ἄλλος, "another," who is the Antichrist, 2 Thess. 2:3, 4, ὁ ἀντικείμενος, "he that opposeth," ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας, "the son of perdition," with the article, 1 John 2:22 and IV. 3, ὁ ἀντίχριστος, "the antichrist," Rev. XIII. and XVII, ψευδοπροφήτης, "the false prophet." Answer: he is but one person, yet in a succession; hence Paul dates the Antichrist already from his own time, 2 Thess. 2:7, and John says that he was already then in the world, and that nevertheless he was still to come, 1 John 2:18, and in the Revelation, ch. XIII and following, he distinguishes his history by long intervals of time. Hence ἄλλος, "another," John 5:43, signifies each and every deceiver and false-named Christ, as Matth. XXIV. 24, and the article ὁ (ho) often signifies an indefinite person, as Matth. III. 35; Mark 2:27; and τὸ κατέχον, "that which withholdeth," signifies in general the Roman emperors; and τὸ δεύτερον θηρίον, "the second beast," is brought forward with no more of an article than τὸ πρῶτον, "the first." (C) The Antichrist has not yet come, because: (a) the Gospel is not yet preached in the whole world, which must happen before the coming of the Antichrist, Matth. XXIV. 14; (b) because the Roman Empire is not yet wholly destroyed, according to 2 Thess. 2:7; (c) because Enoch and Elijah have not yet come, Rev. 11:3; (d) because the ceremonies and exercises of public worship have not yet ceased, as shall happen at the time of the Antichrist, Dan. 11:31; (e) because it is not yet apparent concerning the name and the mark of the Beast; (f) because among the Protestants there is as yet no agreement as to the time of the Antichrist's coming — some bringing it to the age of the Apostles, others to Constantine the Great, others to Phocas, others to Charlemagne, others to Henry IV. Answer: the Antichrist has quite certainly come, and against this the trifling little reasons of the opposing parties avail nothing. Matth. XXIV. 14 says nothing else than that before the end of the world the Gospel shall be preached everywhere — not that this must occur before the coming of the Antichrist. 2 Thess. 2:7 does not say that the Roman Empire, before the coming of the Antichrist, shall be wholly annihilated, but only that it shall be [taken away] out of the midst — namely, out of Rome and Italy, until he be [taken away] from Rome. Rev. XI says nothing of Enoch and Elijah coming before the Antichrist, but only of two witnesses, or merely a few champions of the truth. Nor does the passage of Dan. 11:31 speak of the Antichrist, but of Antiochus Epiphanes; and although among the Protestants the name of the Antichrist was not known, since it is a hidden and mysterious name, it may nevertheless be present elsewhere: yet among the Protestants the number-name of the Beast is not unknown — in Greek λατεῖνος, Lateinos, and in Hebrew, as some will have it, Romiith. Nor is there disagreement among the Protestants as to the time of the Antichrist's coming: namely, that he came, in the time of the Apostles, in the heretics; in the time of Constantine the Great, in the domineering bishops, as a forerunner; in the time of Phocas, with respect to spiritual power; in the time of Charlemagne, with respect to the transferring of the Empire; in the time of Henry IV and thereafter, also with respect to temporal power. By these stages he has come by degrees, and been raised, to the highest pitch of tyranny. (D) The Antichrist shall be a Jew, the Jews' Messiah, to be born of a whore, of the tribe of Dan. Answer: Bellarmine himself gives little credence to these trifles. (E) The Antichrist shall have the seat of his dominion at Jerusalem, in the Temple of the Lord, which shall be restored, as appears partly from Rev. 11:8, partly from 2 Thess. 2:4. Answer: the Revelation ascribes to him a dwelling-place in a seven-headed, that is, seven-hilled, seven-mountained city, having then dominion over the kings of the earth, Rev. 17:9 — namely, Rome, in which, mystically, it is said that our Lord was crucified, namely in His members, Rev. 11:8. And the Temple, of which 2 Thess. 2:4 speaks, signifies nothing else than the Church, as 1 Cor. 3:16 and VI. 19; 2 Cor. 6:15, 16. (F) The Pope does not deny the Father and the Son, nor that Christ has come in the flesh, as the Antichrist does, 1 John 2:22, 23 and IV. 3. Answer: the Pope does not deny it openly; nor is it foretold that the Antichrist should deny it so openly — but the Pope denies it secretly and covertly, in the very deed, as we have partly shown before. (G) The Pope does not do the wonders of the Antichrist; he does not bring fire down from heaven; he does not give speech to the image of the beast, etc., Rev. XIII. Answer: those wonders are ascribed to the Antichrist, not properly, but figuratively, on account of the correspondence of the members [of the analogy]; and so they belong to the Pope as well, who brandishes the fire or lightning-bolts of anathemas, of curses, against emperors; he gives speech to the beast, by setting up an imperial edict of the Pope, as belonging to the first [beast], all of whose institutions and commands have chiefly derived their force from the Pope. (H) The Pope has not acquired many kingdoms through the deceit of the Jews, as is said of the Antichrist, Dan. VII and XI. Answer: those chapters of Daniel speak properly of Antiochus Epiphanes, and his victories over and against the kings of Syria and Egypt. And if in these there was a type of the Antichrist, then such things also are seen and observed to be fulfilled in the Pope, since he has acquired his whole power by nothing else than deceptions and tyranny. Here the counter-arguments of the Papists' opponents can be compared, who deal with this expressly and at length.
XXXIX
The question is asked, twelfth: Whether marriage is forbidden to any ministers of the Church? Lest the ecclesiastical treasures, which most support the papal monarchy, should flow away, through marriage, to children, the Papists have thought it good to establish that it is not lawful for the clergy (that is, for those ecclesiastical persons who are occupied, immediately or mediately, with the sacrifice of the Mass — whether they hold some dignity, as bishops, metropolitans, cardinals, popes, or whether they be of the higher orders, as subdeacons, deacons, and priests) to enter into marriage. And this, either by virtue of a divine right, as it pleases some, or by virtue of an ecclesiastical right, as seems good to others. The Protestants hold that it is lawful for each and every one, and thus also for all churchmen, to enter into marriage. Because (I) Holy Scripture permits this to each and every one, Heb. 13:4; specifically (II) to churchmen, 1 Tim. 3:2, 3; Tit. I. 6; 1 Cor. 9:5; and this (III) is confirmed by the examples of married Apostles, such as Peter and John, Matth. VIII. 14 and XIX. 27, 29; 1 Cor. 9:5 — to which is added the example of Philip the Evangelist, Acts 21:8, 9. (IV) Because the command of celibacy is numbered among the doctrines of the Antichrist and of devils, 1 Tim. 4:3. (V) Because not all ministers of the Church are endowed with the gift of continence, and are thus, by virtue of God's command, bound to enter into marriage — compare Matth. XIX. 10, 11 with 1 Cor. 7:9. Let it be added (VI) that this unmarried state derives its origin from the Essenes, Marcionites, Encratites, Montanists, Origenists, and other heretics. Yet the Papists contend against this and say: (1) that celibacy is among the requirements of a bishop or overseer, Tit. I. 8, σώφρονα καὶ ἐγκρατῆ, sober and chaste. Answer: (a) in that case, the unmarried state would be of divine right, which most Papists deny. (b) The episcopate differs, according to their own view, by a divine right, from the eldership, the deaconship, the sub-deaconship; hence only a bishop would be bound and obliged to this unmarried state. (c) σωφροσύνη, sobriety, is prescribed not only to churchmen, but to each and every one, 1 Tim. 2:9, 15; 2 Tim. 1:7 — likewise ἐγκράτεια, chastity — which words therefore signify a continence, not from marriage (for how else would the Apostle command a bishop, being the husband of one wife, having children, Tit. I. 6, to be ἐγκρατῆ, chaste?), but from all manner of unclean desires. The parties say, (2) that Paul forbids the spiritual soldiers, such as churchmen (clerici) are, everything that can hinder them — consequently also marriage, 2 Tim. 2:4. Answer: (a) there are those who have wives as though they had them not, 1 Cor. 7:29. (b) A wife is given as a help, not as a hindrance, Gen. 2:18, 20. (c) Thus the Apostle would also forbid a bishop the care of his own household, which he nevertheless expressly commands him in his first epistle. But it is said, (3) the married are enjoined to abstain from the use of marriage for a time, so as to give themselves freedom for prayer, 1 Cor. 7:5 — but the clergy must give themselves continually to prayer. Answer: (a) he commands that they abstain to give themselves to prayer, not the ordinary kind, but an extraordinary kind, joined with fasting: to fasting and prayer. (b) He also commands the married to pray without ceasing, 1 Thess. 5:17; Luke 18:1 — and thus he would command all to abstain from the use of marriage. A fourth objection is that in the Old Testament, at the appointed times and turns when one had to approach unto God, it was the duty of the priests to abstain from the use of marriage, Exod. 19:15 and XXVIII. 43; 1 Sam. 21:6; 1 Chron. 24:5 — consequently, it is said, this is also the duty of the priests of the New Testament, and indeed continually and forever, because they offer daily and, as it were, continually. Answer: (a) there are, under the New Testament, besides Christ, no properly so-called priests. (b) And the continence from the acts of marriage is prescribed there not only to priests, but also to the common people, on certain occasions. (c) This belonged to the ceremonial [law] of the Old Testament, which is now abolished. Meanwhile (d) even the priests were married.
XL
The question is asked, thirteenth: Whether it is lawful for the ministers of the divine Word to receive a stipend from the Church? The Anabaptists deny this. The Reformed maintain firmly that it is lawful to receive a stipend — not, indeed, as a wage for their labor, for this is the practice of hirelings; nor as a price for the Word, for that is simony; but so that they may the more freely give themselves wholly to the ministry, and devote themselves to it — not that they preach the Word in order to receive a stipend, but that, since they preach the Word, they may live from the stipend they receive. So they hold this because: (I) The Savior says that a minister of the Gospel, like a laborer, is worthy of his wages, Matth. X. 10. (II) Because Paul teaches this expressly and at length, 1 Cor. 9:4-14, and for this reason (III) lays this same duty upon the congregation, Gal. 6:6; 1 Tim. 5:17, 18. (IV) Because God provided the ministers of the Old Testament with an honest subsistence and maintenance, Lev. 27:30; Num. 18:20, 21; Deut. 26:2, etc.; therefore, by common equity, the same is due to the ministers of the New Testament. Nor does what they object avail for the opposite: (1) from Ezek. 34:2, 3, concerning shepherds who feed themselves. Answer: for there are rebuked those fleshly shepherds who are set only upon their own fleshly comforts and advantages, and neglect the flock. (2) From Matth. X. 7, 8, "Freely ye have received, freely give." Answer: for the ministers do not sell, for the stipend, either the word of God, or their labor in the Word; but this alone is what the Savior forbids there. (3) From Acts 20:34, 35; 1 Thess. 2:9. Answer: for even Paul, for that reason, did not accept a stipend from some congregations, not as though it were altogether unlawful, 1 Cor. 9:4, 5, 6, 12, but because, for particular reasons, on account of slanderers, he judged that this was, for him, then, and thus, not fitting and advisable, vs. 12, 15; 2 Cor. 11:7, 8, 9, 12. (4) From the fact that it would be a kind of simony. Answer: it would be so, if they sold the word of God, or their labor in the Word, for a stipend, as for a price — but it is not so, when they receive a stipend in order that they may labor the more zealously in the Word.
The Practical Part
XLI
The practical application of this passage is occupied, first, with the glorification of God, who has instituted the ministry in the Church, wherein shines forth His glory: (I) the glory of God's wisdom — in that He did not choose to deal immediately with the Church (as He could have done, and indeed has sometimes done, Gen. 2:29; Exod. III. and XX; Isa. 33:17, etc.), since it is unbearable for sinners to be dealt with directly; nor by angels, as He has also sometimes done, Judg. 2:14; Matth. II. 3; Luke 2:9 — since even the presence and company of God is heavy and troublesome for men, v. 10; Mark 16:5, 6 — but through men of like affections, Acts 14:15, dealing with men in a human manner. Wherein also (II) shines forth the glory of God's kindness, love toward men, grace, and beneficence, whereby at all times, even to this day, and so bountifully, He has cared for and provided His Church with shepherds or ministers of every kind: extraordinary ones, who should lay the foundation, by word and writing, by drawing up an infallible rule of faith and life; ordinary ones, who should build upon the foundation laid by the extraordinary. Whereby, under the New Testament especially, He has given some to provide for her spiritual needs — teachers, pastors, elders — and also for her bodily needs, deacons, Jer. 3:15 and XXIII. 4; Eph. 4:11, 12. Finally, (III) also the glory of God's omnipotence, whereby, through wretched little men, whose breath is in their nostrils, Isa. 2:22, who are nothing but earthen vessels, 2 Cor. 4:7, He has willed to make alive the spiritually dead, Eph. 2:5, to convert from sin and death, to enlighten, and to give an inheritance and portion among them that are sanctified, Acts 26:18. The practical application of such a ministry, I say, is occupied with the glorification of God, that we might know and acknowledge all these things with the heart, praise them with the mouth, repay them with a thankful spirit, and, against the counsel of God, never — while seeking and undertaking our conversion through the ministry of men — [go astray], Luke 7:30.
XLII
The practical application is occupied, second, with the worth and excellence of the ecclesiastical ministry — which (I) God Himself, 2 Cor. 5:18, and Christ Himself, Eph. 4:11, has given out of pure and unmixed grace; which (II) Christ Himself, in the days of His flesh, exercised, Matth. IV. 17; Rom. 15:8; which He (III) entrusted and committed to His most dear and beloved friends, patriarchs, prophets, apostles, and evangelists, Eph. 4:11; which (IV) He has given to be occupied with men's souls, which are more precious than the whole world, Matth. XVI. 26; Mark 8:37; Ps. 49:9, and to convert them from death to life, Jas. 5:20; Acts 26:18. (V) That in this the ministers are fellow-workers with God, 1 Cor. 3:9; that consequently (VI) the Lord esteems them, as His ambassadors, in their own way and measure, as highly as Himself, Matth. X. 40, 41, 42; Luke 10:16 — whom He also (VII) honors and adorns with the most glorious names and titles: of fathers, 1 Cor. 4:15; of ambassadors, 2 Cor. 5:20; Eph. 6:20; of bishops or overseers, Acts 20:28; of angels, Rev. I. and II. That (VIII) Paul, one of the foremost ministers, upon reflecting on this dignity, exclaims, "Who is sufficient for these things!" 2 Cor. 2:16. To which also (IX) Christ promises a most glorious reward for their ministry, Dan. 12:3; 2 Tim. 4:7, 8. Which office the Apostle, on account of all this, (X) declares to be worthy of double honor, 1 Tim. 5:17. Concerning this worth and excellence of the ministry, the practical application is occupied to this end: that (1) on the one hand, the ministers take careful heed lest they, (a) puffed up over the worth of their ministry, become proud and haughty, 1 Tim. 3:6; 2 Cor. 2:7; Gal. 6:13, and exalt themselves over the Lord's inheritance, 1 Pet. 5:3 — but rather think that they are appointed not as lords but as servants, 1 Cor. 3:5; (b) that they not, by a shameful manner of life, cast a stain upon the worth and excellence of their office, Jude v. 12; Mal. 2:9; compare Acts 23:2, 3 — no, but rather (c) that, by faithfulness and virtue, they seek to make their glorious ministry more and more glorious, Rom. 11:13, and to conduct themselves worthy of honor among their own, 1 Tim. 4:11, 12; Mark 6:20. That (2) on the other hand, the Church's people should hold the ministry and the ministers in high esteem, 1 Cor. 4:1; 1 Thess. 5:12, 13; Rom. 10:9; Phil. 2:29, 30, and should reverence God and pray that He would also grant them a powerful and effectually working ministry of the Word, Matth. IX. 37, 38; Luke 10:2, and, having once granted it, would cause it to remain durable and constant, Rev. 2:5.
XLIII
It is, third, occupied with the requirements and qualities of a minister, which the Apostle declares, 1 Tim. 3:2-11; Tit. I. 6-9: namely, as to (I) doctrine, that he be apt to teach and teachable, 1 Tim. 3:2, holding fast the faithful word which is according to the doctrine, so that he may be able both to exhort by sound doctrine and to convince the gainsayers, Tit. I. 9, mighty likewise in the Scriptures, Acts 18:24, 25. That is, that he be furnished and endowed: (1) on the one hand, with sufficient learning or experience in the languages, arts, histories, in doctrinal, polemical, exegetical, and practical theology; (2) on the other hand, with the gift of ἑρμηνεία, interpretation, 1 Cor. 12:14, 26, whereby he may impart to others what he knows. (II) As to conduct and manner of life, that he be blameless and irreprehensible, 1 Tim. 3:2; Tit. I. 6, 7 — not exactly that he be without any sin at all, Ps. 143:2 with Heb. 9:7, nor that he be free of the slanders of enemies — for even the Savior Himself was not free of accusations and slanderous charges, Matth. XI. 19; John 8:48 — but that he give no one a rightful reason to reproach him, Rom. 2:19-25, after the example of Zacharias, Luke 1:6, and of Paul, Phil. 3:6; Acts 24:13. (III) As to his household, that he: (1) be the husband of one wife, 1 Tim. 3:2; Tit. I. 6, who (2) has believing children, not accused of riot or unruly, ibid., who rules his own house well, 1 Tim. 3:4, 5 — so that he makes his house a little church, an example to others, Philem. vs. 1, 2. (IV) As to the virtues, whereby he is (1) sober, 1 Tim. 3:2; Tit. I. 8, not given to wine, ibid. v. 7; Isa. 28:7 and LVI. 1; compare Lev. 10:9. (2) Grave, well-composed, courteous, kindly — as to the outward part of the body, deportment, gestures, clothing, and other such things, so also as to the inward part of the spirit — to which of old the sober and moderately ornamented garment of the priests looked, Exod. 28:2, so as to be to them an admonition of the inward ornament, Ps. 132:9 with XCIII. 5 and XCV. 14. (3) Given to hospitality, 1 Tim. 3:2; Tit. I. 8 — a virtue which God everywhere enjoins upon all others too, Rom. 12:13; Heb. 13:2; 1 Pet. 4:9; Matth. XXV. 42. (4) A lover of good men, Tit. I. 8, not given to anger, no striker, v. 7; 1 Tim. 3:3, not a brawler, ibid.; 2 Tim. 2:24, not a bawler nor a shouter, Isa. 42:2, 3; Matth. XII. 19, 20, but gentle and meek, Gal. 6:1, able to bear with the evil in patience, 2 Tim. 2:24. (5) Liberal, not covetous, not greedy of filthy lucre, but of good behavior, 1 Tim. 3:2; Mic. 3:5, 11, 12; 2 Pet. 2:13, 14. (6) Humble, not self-willed, Tit. I. 7, not puffed up, 1 Tim. 3:6, who should not lord it over the inheritance, 1 Pet. 5:3. (V) As to maturity, that he not be a novice, 1 Tim. 3:6, whether in respect of his years, being too young, or especially in respect of his studies, unlearned — such a one Chrysostom calls νεοκατηχητήν, a newly-catechized novice. (VI) As to those who are without, that he in his whole conduct show himself such as to have a good report of them that are without, 1 Tim. 3:7. Now the practical application is occupied with these requirements of ministers to the following ends: (1) for the use and benefit of the candidates who desire the office of overseer, 1 Tim. 3:1, that they might strain every effort toward all these things, and not believe that they are fitted for the ministry until they have to some degree profitably obtained all these things. (2) For the use and benefit of the consistories, whenever they must be occupied with a call to ministers or with an examination of candidates, Tit. I. 5, 6, that they be well attentive in the careful examination of all this, and admit none but such as they have found to be of this character, 1 Tim. 3:9. (3) For the use and benefit of the ministers themselves, that they continually exercise themselves in these requirements, and strive to increase more and more in them, and set themselves as an example to others, 1 Tim. 4:7, 8; Tit. II. 7, 8.
XLIV
It is, fourth, occupied with the acts of the ministry: whether (I) such as are more public and general, such as: (1) the preaching of the Word, 2 Tim. 4:2, of which we have distinguished somewhat more particularly in the preceding discourse; (2) the administration of the Sacraments — of Baptism, Matth. XXVIII. 19, of the Holy Supper, 1 Cor. 11:23; Luke 22:19, "This do"; (3) prayers, thanksgivings, and praises, 1 Tim. 2:1; (4) the exercise of ecclesiastical discipline, Matth. XVIII. 19; John 20:22, 23; 1 Cor. 5:3, 4, 5 — (a) by rebuking without respect of persons, 1 Tim. 4:2 and V. 25; Isa. 58:1; Ezek. 13:18 and III. 19; Isa. 56:10; (b) by stirring up to repentance, Acts 26:18; 2 Tim. 2:25, 26; (c) by praying for the obstinate, Luke 23:34; (d) by receiving back again those who repent, 2 Cor. 2:6, 7; (e) by excluding the obstinate and stubborn from ecclesiastical fellowship, Matth. XVIII. 17; 1 Cor. 5:11; 2 Thess. 3:14; 2 John v. 10. Or (II) such as are more particular and hidden, both those of the household, Acts 20:20, and those of the person, 1 Thess. 2:11 — in particular (1) toward the unconverted, by bringing them to repentance and conversion, Acts 26:18; 2 Tim. 2:25, 26; Matth. IV. 17; (2) toward the ignorant, by instructing them, Rom. 2:19, 20 and XII. 7; (3) toward the weak, by strengthening them, Rev. 3:2; Acts 14:22; (4) toward the sorrowful and cast down in spirit, by comforting and lifting them up, 1 Thess. 5:14 and I. 11; Isa. 40:1; (5) toward the sick, by visiting them, Matth. XXV. 36, and preparing them for death, Isa. XXXVIII. 1; (6) by treating all, of every age, condition, and estate, appropriately, 1 Cor. 9:19-22; Matth. VII. 9. Now, in what manner ought a minister to be occupied with respect to all these things: (a) faithfully, as a servant who serves his Lord, by seeking not his own but that which is his Lord's, 1 Cor. 1:12; Phil. 2:21; Isa. 56:11, compare Col. 3:22, 23, 24. (b) Laborious and diligently, 1 Thess. 2:9 and III. 5; 2 Thess. 3:8; 1 Tim. 5:17, not lazy, slow, and negligent, Isa. 56:10; Jer. 48:10. (c) Prudently, and with order, Col. 1:28; 2 Pet. 3:15, by giving each his portion, 2 Tim. 2:15; 1 Cor. 3:1, 2; Heb. 5:15; Matth. VIII. 9 — without passing over side-issues, 2 Tim. 2:11, 14, in order to insist and press more often and earnestly upon the necessary things, Acts 15:28; Luke 10:41, 42. (d) Dependently in all things upon God and upon Christ, Rom. 15:18; 1 Cor. 15:10; 2 Cor. 3:4, 5, 6, presuming nothing on his own powers, nor ascribing anything to his own labor, 1 Cor. 3:5, 6, 7. (e) Patiently and long-sufferingly — not only by bearing with the evil, 2 Tim. 2:24; Gal. 6:1, but also evil itself, 1 Cor. 9:12; 2 Cor. 11:23-29; 2 Tim. 1:8. (f) Fervently and with zeal, 2 Cor. 11:2; Acts 22:3. (g) With gravity and dignity, yet blending and tempering, according to the requirement of matters, meekness with sternness, 2 Cor. 13:1-5; Gal. 3:1 with IV. 19, 20; 2 Tim. 1:12; Tit. I. 12, 13.
XLV
It is occupied, fifth — and indeed above all — with the public preaching of the word of God, 2 Tim. 4:2; Acts 5:42; 2 Cor. 5:18, 19; and it admonishes the ministers that they preach the word of God: (I) methodically, 2 Tim. 2:15, not only maintaining a certain fixed order, but also making it known to the hearers, so that they may follow the thread of the sermon, commend it to their memory, and repeat it among themselves — without which all usefulness and effectuality of a sermon is lost. The best, or the most fitting and suitable method for such a purpose, we have described in a special treatise. (II) Clearly and plainly, according to the capacity even of the most unlearned and simple, 1 Cor. 14:18, 19, without obscure, theatrical, and overly high-flown manners of speech, which belong to the pride and haughtiness of the speaker, but not to the edification of the hearers, 1 Cor. 2:4, 5. Thus Moses dealt with his Israelites, laying a veil over his face when he wished to speak to the people, Exod. 34:33. To this end the Savior was so abundant in parables, Matth. XIII. Thus the Apostles and Evangelists used a clear, easy, and commonly familiar style. (III) Faithfully, Matth. XXV. 21, 23 — for the ministers are stewards, in whom nothing is required but faithfulness in dispensing, 1 Cor. 4:1, 2 — whereby they make known the whole counsel of God to their hearers, Acts 20:27, and indeed suitably to each one's years, condition, and estate, which is also rightly dividing, 2 Tim. 2:15. Also (IV) humbly, so that they preach not themselves, but Christ Jesus the Lord, and themselves only as servants, 2 Cor. 4:5; Gal. 1:10 — that they also not seek and pursue their own glory, but the glory of Christ, after the example of the Baptist, John 3:30, 31. Moreover, (V) prudently, Prov. 11:30; Col. 1:9, 28 — not, indeed, with a fleshly craftiness and cunning, 2 Cor. 1:12, but with a spiritual one, whereby they, in order to catch and win souls for Christ, apply themselves to a certain — if I may so speak — godly deceit and cunning; compare 2 Cor. 12:16, 17 — by making themselves all things to all men, that they might by all means gain some, 1 Cor. 9:19-22. Then also (VI) yet bold and courageous, and with a godly zeal, Acts 4:20; Jer. 20:9; Isa. 58:1, their tongue set aglow with a burning coal, taken from the holy altar, Isa. 6:7 — yes, rather, made fiery through the Holy Spirit, as it were of fire, Acts 2:3, 4. Also (VII) laborious and continually persevering, 2 Tim. 4:2, "Preach the word, be instant," in season, out of season — that they thus always abound in the work of the Lord, 1 Cor. 15:58, and be no dumb dogs, not sleepy, not lying down, nor loving to slumber, Isa. 56:10; Ezek. 34:2, 4; Zech. 11:17. Moreover, (VIII) exemplarily, Tit. II. 7; 1 Pet. 5:3; Matth. V. 16; compare Judg. 7:17, and not like the Pharisees, who bound great and heavy burdens, yet did not touch them themselves with a finger, Matth. XXIII. 4. And likewise (IX) steadfastly, Acts 6:4; 1 Tim. 4:15, 16, and 2 Tim. 3:14; Acts 26:22.
XLVI
It is, sixth, occupied with the duties of the congregations toward the ministers of the Word — namely, (I) that they receive and welcome, with all readiness and eagerness, the ministers whom God has sent to them, Phil. 2:29; Gal. 4:14; Matth. X. 40, 41. (II) That they acknowledge, with a thankful spirit, the labor that these bestow upon them, 1 Thess. 5:12. (III) That they, on their own part, embrace with love their shepherds who love their souls, 2 Cor. 2:14 with 1 Thess. 5:12. (IV) That with love they also join honor and reverence, 1 Tim. 5:17, so that they show all reverence to them as to God's stewards, 1 Cor. 4:1, ambassadors, 2 Cor. 5:20, fellow-workers, 1 Cor. 3:6, 9, angels, Gal. 4:14 — as Cornelius did to Peter, Acts 10:33; compare Judg. 13:17. And also, (V) that they, as their leaders and guides, obey them, Heb. 13:17, bear with the word of their admonition, v. 22; Deut. 17:10, and, in the duties they must observe, ask them, with a mind to obey, [what they should do], Acts 2:37. That they also (VI) defend and protect them against all manner of wrongs or violence done to them, Rom. 16:4. That they moreover (VII) provide for them liberally with outward means of life, Gal. 6:6; 1 Cor. 9:7-12. And finally (VIII) that they pray for them, Eph. 6:18, 19; 2 Thess. 3:1; Acts 4:24 with v. 29, and XII. 5.
XLVII
It is, seventh, occupied with the effectuality and fruits of the ministry, that each one strive to become a partaker of them. For it is a ministry of reconciliation, 2 Cor. 5:18, 19; of conversion, Acts 26:18; of edification and building up, Eph. 4:12. In these and similar fruits lies the effectuality of the ministry: if, therefore, we have not become partakers of these, then the ministry will have been to us fruitless and spent in vain, Gal. 4:11; Phil. 2:16; 1 Thess. 3:5 — the grace [received] in vain, 2 Cor. 6:1. And what a fearful judgment is this, Heb. 6:7, 8; Isa. 5:2; Luke 13:6; Matth. XXI. 33, 34; Isa. 55:11 with 2 Cor. 2:16. That we might, therefore, obtain the effectuality of the ministry the more happily, it will be useful, on the one hand, to know and discern the chief causes of unfruitfulness: of which the first is a hard heart, Matth. XIII. 15; Ezek. 36:26, 27, burdened with sins, driven by various lusts, 2 Tim. 3:6; Heb. 3:12, 13 and IV. 2. The second is Satan, Matth. XIII. 19; Zech. 3:1, 2. The third is God Himself, indeed by a fearful yet just judgment, Isa. 6:9; Matth. XIII. 14; Mark 4:12; Luke 8:10; John 12:37-40; Rom. 11:8. The fourth is the ministers themselves, through their dry and lukewarm manner of ministering and dealing, John 16:2; Isa. 56:10; Rev. 3:1, 2; through the neglect and disregard of ecclesiastical discipline, 1 Cor. 5:5, 6; through the example of an evil life, Matth. XXIII. 3, 4. The fifth is each one's own negligence and carelessness in using the ministry, Jas. 1:23, 24; Matth. XIII. 2, 3, 4, 19. If we, therefore, would happily gather the fruits of the ministry, we must, in the strength of God, strive in every way to remove these causes. But on the other hand it will be useful and profitable to use the means by which we, being placed under an effective ministry, may obtain the fruits and effectuality of the ministry. This shall happen: (I) if we, after a fitting preparation beforehand, go to attend the acts of the ministry — the preaching of the Word, the administration of the Sacraments, and other exercises — namely (1) with a penitent and believing heart, Heb. 4:2; 1 Pet. 2:1, 2, which (2) is emptied of all temporal and worldly cares, Matth. XIII. 7, 22, that it may wholly give and devote itself to this, 1 Tim. 4:15; (3) with an eager heart, as it were panting, 1 Pet. 2:2 with Luke 1:53; Ps. 119:131; (4) with a humble heart, Ps. 25:9; 1 Pet. 5:5; (5) with an open heart, and one which is ready to receive and accept, without exception, all that is held before it, Acts 10:33; Rev. 3:20; Ps. 81:11, 12; Jer. 42:3, 5; (6) with an obedient and observant heart, Ps. 119:33, 34; John 7:17; Luke 8:15; Ezek. 33:31; 2 Chron. 34:31; Heb. 3:7, 8; (7) with a believing heart, which, having laid hold of the divine promise, awaits confidently the blessing from heaven, Heb. 4:2 with Isa. 45:17; and also (8) through humble prayers, desires, and supplications, Prov. 2:3, 5; Jas. 1:5. It shall happen (II) if, as often as the acts of the ministry are exercised in respect of us, we conduct and bear ourselves (1) as before and in the presence of God, Acts 10:33; Ps. 16:8, with a deep submission and reverence, Heb. 12:28, 29; Gen. 28:16. This will gather in the wandering thoughts, Ps. 119:113; it will make one zealous and diligent to bear the fruits of the ministry and to conform ourselves to them, Deut. 5:29; it will do away with all rashness and presumption, Prov. 13:1, 2. (2) If we, with humility and godliness of mind, and with an intense diligence and eagerness, Isa. 32:3; Acts 16:14, [attend]. (3) If we, with judgment and discernment, Matth. XV. 10; Job 21:2; 1 Cor. 2:13, 14, [attend]. (4) If we, with a surrendered affection, are occupied and busy with the ministry — then we shall experience and find what is written, Ps. 119:16, and 162, etc.; Acts 2:41. It shall finally happen (III) if we, having attended and also received the acts of the ministry, (1) constantly keep the mark of them, Heb. 2:1, 2; Luke 2:51 and VIII. 15; (2) earnestly ponder what has been kept, Phil. 4:8; Deut. 4:39; Ps. 119:15, and continually carry into practice what has been pondered and considered, Deut. 5:1; Ps. 119:6, compare Jas. 1:25.
Chapter III: On the Sacraments of the Church
Over Gen. 17:11.
"And [that] shall be a token of the covenant betwixt me and you."
We have spoken of the first means whereby God awakens faith and gathers the Church; there now follows the second means, whereby He confirms and seals the faith He has awakened, and the Church He has gathered — which lies in the seals, which are commonly called Sacraments. Now these must be treated, first more generally, and then more particularly, each Sacrament in turn. The general nature of the Sacraments is shown in Gen. 17:11.
The Explanatory Part
II
In and with these words Jehovah, in instituting Circumcision as a Sacrament of the Church, shows the general nature of a Sacrament, and this according to its essential parts, namely: 1. From the sign, וְהָיָה לְאוֹת, "And [this] shall be for a token," וְהָיָה, "and this shall be" — namely, not for you alone, but also for your seed, or for your descendants, and thus the institution of the Sacrament is made known; לְאוֹת, "for a token" — for in instituting it as a token, He thereby shows that the nature of a Sacrament in general consists in this, that it is a token of the Covenant of Grace — for which reason the Sacraments are commonly called tokens in Holy Scripture, Gen. 9:12, 13, 17; Rom. 4:11; Exod. 12:13. Now a token is of two kinds: either representing or portraying a thing — and if a past thing, then it is a memorial token, a remembrance; if (2) a present thing, such are the distinguishing or differentiating tokens; if (3) a future thing, such are the foreshadowing and predictive tokens — or, moreover, a confirming one, and this is what a Sacrament properly is, from which it is called a seal, Rom. 4:11. For this reason the Sacraments are tokens, not merely bare, representing and portraying, but also sealing. It must also not be overlooked here that Moses called Circumcision "His Covenant," v. 9, 10, while in the text he names it a token of the Covenant, by a transfer of name from the thing signified to the token, to signify that the Sacraments are, properly, tokens of the sealed thing, though they are also, by a sacramental manner of speech, called the sealed thing itself, on account of that sacramental union whereby he who lawfully uses the tokens becomes thereby at the same time a partaker of the thing signified — whence the bread in the Holy Supper is called the body of Christ, Luke 22:19; the cup, the New Covenant in Christ's blood, Luke 22:20; Baptism, the washing of regeneration, Tit. III. 5; the Passover, Christ, Exod. 12:9 with 1 Cor. 5:7. So that here at once is made known the matter and the form of a Sacrament, namely the union between the sign and the thing signified.
II. From the thing signified, the Covenant — in Hebrew בְּרִית, Berith, the force of which word we have explained elsewhere, Book III, Chapter XII, §. VI. Here now is not to be understood the covenant of nature, or the legal covenant, as being abolished by reason of its breach, at least with respect to those who are under the Covenant of Grace; wherefore nothing else is meant here than the Covenant of Grace, whereby God has willed to be the God of Abraham and of His elect seed. Meanwhile, two contracting parties of this Covenant are marked here: betwixt me and betwixt you — to signify that the Covenant, which the Sacraments show and seal, is not a one-sided covenant, offered either from God's side alone or from man's side alone, but a two-sided one, from both sides, from both parties. For although the parties here are not equal on both sides, and man does not have so much of his own right that he could or might either consent to or refuse the Covenant — for which reason God does not expressly demand Abraham's consent — nevertheless, by virtue of the nature of a covenant, He requires consent, though implied, so that Abraham might voluntarily perform the required duties, as a willing people, whence Abraham, by his silence, by not gainsaying, admits and accepts the Covenant offered and enjoined upon him by God. For this reason the contracting parties are expressed, namely 1. God: betwixt me — that we might understand that God is not merely one bare party, but the first — indeed, not only the one, and indeed the first, or independent, party, but also the Author and Cause of the Covenant, whence it is commonly called the Covenant of God. Now God promised, in this covenant-making with Abraham, particularly (a) that He would be a God to him, v. 1, 7, 8 — that is, that He would apply and expend Himself, and all that is His, to make him blessed, Gen. 15:1. Then (b) that He would multiply him exceedingly, and make him the father of very many nations, v. 4, 5, out of whom very many kings should be born, v. 6, indeed the father of all believers, Rom. 4:11. Further (c) that He would give him the land of Canaan, and thus an everlasting hereditary possession, v. 8, namely, as a pledge of the heavenly Fatherland. Moreover (d) that He would make his wife fruitful, and that of her, though ninety years old, a son should be born, who should so extend himself as to become kings of peoples, v. 15, 16. Indeed also (e) that He would bless Ishmael, though an ungodly man, that is, as to temporal things, so that twelve princes should be born of him, v. 20. Now He required: (a) that he should acknowledge and hold Him for God Almighty, v. 1; (b) that he should walk before His face, through faith and repentance; (c) that he should keep His Covenant, v. 9, by diligently and godlily fulfilling the promises made by Him of the Covenant; (d) that he should perpetually keep and observe the token and seal, v. 11-15 — as we shall see concerning this matter, Book VIII, Chapter I, §. XXII. 2. The Church: and betwixt you, namely Abraham, with whom, however, must also be joined his seed, v. 7 — as much the merely natural seed, Ishmael alone excepted, v. 21, and afterward Esau, with his Edomites, as the merely spiritual seed, namely all those who walk in the footsteps of father Abraham, Rom. 4:12, 16, 17; Gal. 3:29 — finally also the natural and spiritual seed together — as also Book VIII, Chapter I, §. XX. Now Abraham indeed promises God nothing, nor obliges himself to anything expressly, because he acknowledged himself bound by nature to all His demands; meanwhile, by his silence, he accepts all His demands; nor does he expressly demand anything of God, because he acknowledged Him who promised to be faithful — except that he demanded, or rather begged for, the life of Ishmael, v. 18. There is, therefore, a mutual consent of the parties, which belongs to the essence of a Covenant, added — though on God's side an express one, but on Abraham's side an implied one.
The Doctrinal Part
III
It is, accordingly, the custom of God to confirm and strengthen His Covenant with the Church by certain and fixed tokens and seals. Thus He is found to have done: at the Covenant of Nature, confirmed by a double token, of the Tree of Life and of the Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil, Gen. 2:9, 17. At the Covenant of Grace's (I) first renewal with Noah and his sons, He appointed the Ark, Gen. 6:18 with 1 Pet. 3:20 and 2 Pet. 2:5, and the Rainbow, Gen. 9:12-16, as tokens of the Covenant. (II) At the second renewal of that same Covenant with Abraham, He instituted Circumcision, Gen. 17:9, 10, 11. (III) At the third renewal with Israel under Moses, He added to Circumcision the Passover, Exod. XII, the sacrifices, and the whole ceremonial Law. (IV) At the solemn accomplishment and fulfillment of the Covenant of Grace under the Messiah, He instituted a twofold token: Baptism, Matth. XXVIII. 19 with 1 Pet. 3:21, and the Holy Supper, with the abrogation of Circumcision and the Passover, Matth. XXVI. 26, 27, 28. Indeed, He has also (V) willed that a token be made of the everlasting bringing-in and perfect possession, in the Sabbath-rest of the seventh day, Heb. 4:8, 9, 10.
IV
The reasons for this procedure may be: (I) that God might thus condescend and accommodate Himself to our weakness — for although the word of God alone could, and indeed ought to, suffice, yet He has nevertheless been pleased to add tokens and seals, so that we might not only hear, but also see, the promises of the Covenant, and grasp and feel them with our outward [senses], Jer. 7:9, 10, 11 and XXXVIII. 7. Then (II) that He might lead us, by sensible things, to intelligible, that is, spiritual, heavenly, and eternal things, John 3:11, 12. Further (III) that, just as death and sin have taken hold of us through the outward senses — hearing together with sight, Gen. 3:6 and Jer. 9:21 — so He might, through those same windows of the senses, bring the help and remedy against death and against sin. Finally (IV), since all our knowledge generally begins from the senses — since, according to the philosophers, nothing is in the understanding which was not first in the senses — and since all our instruction, so long as we are in this imperfection, occurs through tokens — not only those presented to the hearing, but also those open to the sight — so it has pleased God, also in spiritual matters pertaining to the Covenant of Grace, to deal with the Church in the accustomed manner.
V
That we might, therefore, exhibit the nature of these tokens the more fittingly, we shall have to begin with the Word. A Sacrament commonly signifies a holy thing, or one which is ordained and fitted for a holy use. Among the Roman lawyers it signified: (I) some money or pledge, deposited by contending parties with the priests in a holy place, from the fine of which he who lost the case was penalized. (II) An oath, made and sworn with a holy solemnity, in which sense it is often used in military matters. Among the church writers it signifies every manner of mystery, every sort of holy solemnity, under which hidden spiritual things are covered, and thereby shadowed forth: the word is read as first used by Tertullian. And so far as it in particular signifies the seals of the Covenant, it does not occur always in one and the same sense — for (1) sometimes it signifies only the sacramental element, Gen. 17:11; Rom. 4:11; sometimes (2) the whole sacramental composite, as it comprises both a token and a thing signified, 1 Pet. 3:21. Among the Greeks the word μυστήριον, a mystery, is very often used — whereby they meant partly the hidden doctrines of the Christian religion, likewise the sealed Covenant of Grace, 1 Tim. 3:16; Eph. 5:32 — as it were of similar sorts of tokens and namings, on account of, partly, this: that the exercises of worship of the Greeks anciently consisted of manifold solemnities; and partly this: that these outward solemn ceremonies had a hidden meaning. Scripture names them better and more rightly tokens of the Covenant, Gen. 9:12, 13 and XVII. 11; seals of the righteousness of faith, Rom. 4:11; and, in short, tokens, Exod. 12:13; ὑποδείγματα, patterns, images, Heb. 8:5 and IX. 23; ἀντίτυπα, antitypes, 1 Pet. 3:21 — appellations far more forceful and emphatic, although we do not wish to quarrel against the now customary and common usage of the word "Sacrament."
VI
As to the matter itself: a Sacrament is, in the very briefest terms, described as a token and seal of the Covenant of Grace. In this description a Sacrament is (I) called a token, that is, such a thing as, by its immediate apprehended reception, awakens the idea of another thing — whether the same has a natural connection with that thing, as in natural tokens, for example, when smoke signifies that fire is present, or only a moral connection, originally by virtue of institution — and such tokens, finally, are the Sacraments. Since now the tokens either (1) represent a past thing, such are the memorial or remembrance tokens, serving to refresh the memory, Josh. 4:6; or (2) a present thing, such are the distinguishing or differentiating tokens, Ezek. 20:20; Deut. 6:8; or (3) a future thing, such are the foreshadowing or predictive tokens — one must hold that all these things come together in the Sacraments. And a Sacrament is called, not only a token, but also (II) a seal, Rom. 4:11 — since it does not merely bare-facedly show and represent, but also, by representing, confirms, strengthens, and seals the promises, and gives the relation and standing of a second divine testimony, whereby that first and chief testimony, which is comprised in the promise, is confirmed, particularly in respect of us. Finally (III) a Sacrament is a token and a seal of the Covenant of Grace, Gen. 17:11; Matth. XXVI. 28 with Exod. 24:8 — and this from both sides, Gen. 17:11, "betwixt me and betwixt you" — so far as by it God seals to us His promises, and we, on our side, our obedience to God. A Sacrament also seals not only the inward Covenant, which is between God and each particular true believer, but also the outward Covenant, which is between God and a certain whole society — whether a national one, as it was under the Old Testament, namely between God and the whole Jewish nation, or in some measure ecclesiastical, as, under the New Testament, they seal the fellowship of the members of a particular Church, 1 Cor. 10:17.
VII
Accordingly, in the matter of a Sacrament there enter two things, namely a token and a thing signified: (I) The token is again twofold, namely (1) representing and portraying — which is (a) visible and tangible, as appears from an inductive enumeration of all the ordinary Sacraments of both Dispensations; (b) instituted by God, as are all Sacraments — for otherwise everything, whatever it might be, is unfit and unable to signify and seal to us the Covenant of Grace. (2) Applying, or the use of the elements, and those solemnities with which they are either dispensed by the minister, or received and accepted by the people. This double token runs together at once to make up a Sacrament: so that, apart from the use, the elements are Sacraments neither before nor after. (II) The thing signified is spiritual and invisible, namely the Covenant of Grace, and its Mediator, together with His benefits, of which Book V, Chapter IV, has treated.
VIII
Now the form is the union of the token with the thing signified: not (I) a bodily one, brought about by touching and material contact, such as there is between two boards glued to one another; nor (II) an imaginary one, such as there is between the seeing eye and the thing seen; nor (III) a properly spiritual one, such as there is between Christ and a believer; but (IV) a sacramental one, whereby, though the thing signified is not contained in the token, and much less is the token naturally like it, there is nevertheless, by virtue of the divine institution and promise, between the token and the thing signified, such a moral connection, that whoever, in accordance with the divine institution, receives the tokens, receives at the same time also the thing signified — as appears in Circumcision, Gen. 17:7, 11; in the Passover, Exod. 12:13; in Baptism, Mark 16:16; Gal. 3:27; Rom. 6:4; in the Holy Supper, 1 Cor. 10:16. This union presupposes the manners of speech which are common to all the Sacraments of both Dispensations, whereby the thing signified is said of the token — for example, when Circumcision is called the Covenant, Gen. 17:9, 10; the solemnity of the Passover, the passing-over sacrifice, Exod. 12:27; Baptism, the washing of regeneration, Tit. III. 5; the cup, the New Testament, Luke 22:20; the Rock, Christ, 1 Cor. 10:4. Now for this union three foundations are noted: (1) the likeness and correspondence between the token and the thing signified, which is necessarily presupposed in all Sacraments, as appears by the enumeration; (2) the divine institution, which comprises a command, whereby the duty is laid upon men to use the elements to that holy end, and a promise, which gives assurance to the [rightful] users that they shall not use them in vain. Such an institution is confirmed by an inductive enumeration of all the Sacraments of both Testaments: its word is called a sanctifying, blessing, dedicating, setting apart. (3) The use, prescribed by divine authority, whose force is so great that, for want of it, the very same [elements], though bodily present to this or that person, and received by him, are not a Sacrament, which for others is most efficacious. Upon this sacramental union is founded the sacramental manner of speech, whereby (a) the token is said of the thing signified, as when the sanctifying of the heart is called Circumcision, Rom. 2:29; (b) the thing signified [is said] of the token, as when, for example, Circumcision is called the Covenant, Gen. 17:11; the bread, the body of Christ, Matth. XXVI. 26; (c) the effect of the thing signified is said of the token, for example, when regeneration is ascribed to Baptism, Tit. III. 5; (d) the property of the token is ascribed to the thing signified, as when the breaking, which belongs to the bread, is ascribed to the body of Christ, 1 Cor. 11:24; (e) the property of the thing signified is ascribed to the token, as when to outward Baptism is ascribed the forgiveness of sins, Acts 22:16 — which manner of speech is also, in other matters, not seldom used, for example, Gen. 41:26, 27; Dan. 4:20, 21, 22 and VII. 17, 23, 26; Matth. XIII. 37, 38, 39; Rev. 17:9, 12. On account of this sacramental union, through divine institution and promise, there also occurs no change of the elements (not a natural one, but rather a moral or relational one, as to the holy use) and a certain, in some sort, mysterious turning-about in the things signified — which the Greeks called tropé, metabolé, metastoicheiosis, metapoiesis, and the Latins of old, in a sound sense, called a transubstantiation, so far as one substance is set for and in the place of another — a substance which, in a natural μετάστασιν, a co-substantiation, or altered substantiality, they have later, as it were, "transubstantiated."
IX
The Author and Instituter of the Sacraments is God alone, as appears (I) from a continual inductive enumeration: of Circumcision, Gen. 17:7, 9; of the Passover, Exod. XII; of Baptism, Matth. XXVIII. 18, 19; of the Holy Supper, 1 Cor. 11:23. (II) From the nature of the thing itself, since God alone can establish the benefits which are promised by the Sacraments; and also (III) because the Sacraments are the most solemn acts of worship, which, without doubt, God alone can institute, Exod. 20:18, 19; Isa. 19:13; Matth. XV. 9; Jas. 4:12. Now the ministers are those alone to whom Christ has given the power to preach the word publicly, Matth. XXVIII. 19, 20 — who for this reason are called stewards of the mysteries of God, 1 Cor. 4:1, 2. Of these, though it is in every respect their duty to administer the Sacraments faithfully, in accordance with the prescription of the Instituter, yet neither the worth nor the effectuality of the Sacrament must be ascribed to them, since this, presupposing the lawful use, depends on the divine promises alone, Matth. III. 11.
X
The common end and purpose of the Sacraments is fivefold: (I) to show and offer to man, in a human manner, through sensible tokens (see Matth. XXVI. 26), the Covenant of Grace, its Mediator, and all its benefits; to invite him to fulfill the conditions of the Covenant, that is, to receive Christ by a living faith, Matth. XXVI. 26, "Take, this is my body," with John 1:12; finally, the condition having been fulfilled, to seal the righteousness of faith, Rom. 4:11 with Gen. 17:11. Now that Covenant seals, not only on God's side, "I will be a God unto you," but also on our side, "we will be a people unto you," Jer. 31:1, 2; 2 Cor. 6:18 — namely according to the nature and character of the Covenant, which consists in a ὁμολογία, a confession, or mutual consent. (II) To attest the communion of saints, that is, not only the union which we have with Christ as the Head, but moreover also the fellowship which we exercise with all those who are partakers of that same union, as members, 1 Cor. 10:16-22 and XII. 12, 13. (III) To refresh, indeed to keep in continual remembrance, the Covenant of Grace, and all its benefits, together also with the communion of saints, Exod. 12:14, 17; Luke 22:19; 1 Cor. 11:26. Moreover (IV) to be marks and watchwords of the true religion and of the true Church, whereby one professes the Christian truth, is acknowledged as a member of the true Church, and is distinguished and set apart from unbelieving and heretical men, Acts 2:41 — to which of old Circumcision also looked, with the whole ceremonial apparatus, as being a middle wall of partition, Eph. 2:14, when it signified the unbelieving, those who have the foreskin, 1 Sam. 17:26, 36; Isa. 52:1; and in the early Church, those who confessed Christ and were received into the Church were immediately baptized, Acts 2:38, 41; IX. 18; X. 48 and XVI. 33, and professed and attested constancy in the doctrine and in the fellowship through the breaking of bread, Acts 2:41; compare 1 Cor. 10:20, 21. Finally (V) through all these things to confirm and strengthen faith, and at the same time effectually to promote eternal salvation, Mark 16:16; Acts 2:38 with v. 40; 1 Pet. 3:20, 21.
XI
From what has been said, the agreement and the difference between the Word and the Sacraments can easily be gathered. For in and through both, one and the same Covenant of Grace is shown, the same Mediator of it, and the same benefits — but the Word promises; the Sacraments confirm and seal, Gen. 17:11 with Rom. 4:11. The Word awakens faith; the Sacraments nourish, strengthen, and confirm it. The Word works more generally, in respect of each and every one, toward the production of faith; the Sacraments, more particularly, in respect of believers, toward the strengthening of the faith already worked. The Word can save without the use of the Sacraments; but not the use of the Sacraments without the Word. Through the Word we hear the promises and the spiritual benefits of the Covenant; through the Sacraments we also see them, in their own way. So that a Sacrament is nothing other than a visible word, whereby — hearing, and seeing, and touching it — we might be the more confirmed in our faith, 1 John 1:1; Ps. 34:8.
XII
Now the Sacraments are either of the Covenant of Works — the tree of life, and the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, which we have expressly and at length treated, Book III, Chapter XII, §. XX, XXI — or of the Covenant of Grace. These Sacraments belong either to the Old Testament, or to the New. The Old Testament has Sacraments: (I) extraordinary, namely: (1) the Ark, Gen. 6:18, "With thee will I establish my Covenant, and thou shalt come into the Ark"; (2) the Rainbow, Gen. 9:12-18; compare Isa. 54:9, 10; Rev. 4:3, X. 1, and Ezek. 1:28; (3) the Pillar of Fire and of Cloud, Exod. 13:20, 21, 22; Num. 9:15 with 1 Cor. 10:1, 2 and Ps. 105:39; further, with 1 Cor. 10:1, 2, (4) the Red Sea, Exod. 14:15; moreover (5) the Manna, Exod. 16:3, with John 6:31-36 and 1 Cor. 10:3; and then (6) the water out of the Rock, Exod. 17:2-8 with 1 Cor. 10:4. These four last-named Sacraments of the Old Testament were, as it were, itinerant and passing. (II) Two ordinary ones: the one signifying and sealing spiritual birth, namely Circumcision, Gen. XVII; the other being a Sacrament of nourishment, namely the Passover, Exod. XII — of which we shall treat, God willing, somewhat more distinctly in the two following chapters. The New Testament has no extraordinary Sacraments, but only two ordinary ones, which correspond and agree with the ordinary ones of the Old Testament: Baptism, Matth. XXVIII. 18, 19, and the Holy Supper, Matth. XXVI. 26, 27 — of which, God willing, expressly and at length, in the two following chapters. To this place belongs only the comparison of the Sacraments of the Old and New Testaments: (I) as to their agreement: (a) in the common nature of the tokens, and in their relation to the thing signified; (b) in the nature and institution, namely God; (c) in the thing signified, namely Christ with His benefits; (d) in the instrument of application, since both seal one and the same Covenant, which must be received by our faith — whence they are called ἀντίτυπα, antitypes, that is, images, derived from one and the same exemplar, and stamped with one and the same form, and looking to one and the same Christ, 1 Pet. 3:21 — which Paul more broadly extends, 1 Cor. 10:1-4. (2) As to the difference and dissimilarity, evident in the accidents and circumstances: (a) in the outward tokens and solemnities, which under the New Testament are more natural and simple, and therefore less changeable; (b) in the number; (c) in a greater ease of use under the New than under the Old Testament; (d) in the extent of the subjects, since the Sacraments of the Old Testament were confined to the descendants of Abraham alone, whereas those of the New Testament extend to all peoples; (e) in the clarity and effectuality of signifying; (f) in duration; (g) in evangelical gentleness, whereas those of the Old Testament brought with them something of legal severity. So that Augustine rightly calls the Sacraments of the New Testament few in number in place of many, very easy to perform, most glorious in their meaning and understanding, most pure and chaste in their observance.
The Polemical Part
XIII
The question is asked, first: Whether the word "Sacrament" ought to be tolerated in the Church? The Socinians, not so much out of hatred against the word as against the thing, reject it, so that they might the more easily also banish other names which are deadly to them, for example, the names of Trinity, Person, Satisfaction, etc. The Anabaptists omit it because it does not stand in Holy Scripture. The Papists slander us as unable to bear the word. The Reformed indeed prefer a Scriptural designation, and set it above this Latin one, which is less known to the common people; nevertheless they do not reject or disregard it — witness the experience of all our theologians, and of the symbolic writers of our Church. Indeed, they even hold that this word must not be banished: (I) because it has, through long possession, the ecclesiastical right of citizenship; and (II) there is no lawful reason to expel it; and (III) because they hold that, the thing itself remaining sound and safe, it is forbidden to quarrel and wrangle over an already accepted and customary word, 2 Tim. 2:16. Nor do the Socinians and Anabaptists have anything to urge for the contrary, except that it is an unscriptural word — but since the thing which is signified by it is assuredly Scriptural, and since Holy Scripture does not speak in Latin, but in Hebrew and Greek, the whole controversy will come down to this: whether the words אוֹת, oth, σημεῖον, sēmeion, σφραγίς, sphragis, ought to be translated by "a token" or "a seal," or by "a Sacrament" — and thus it will become a purely philological quibble.
XIV
The question is asked, second: Whether a Sacrament is more precisely described by an action, than by a token? The Papists and Lutherans, so as more fittingly and easily to defend their transubstantiation and consubstantiation, hold that it is more precisely described by an action, than by a token. The Reformed prefer the opposite: (I) because Holy Scripture describes it so, Gen. 17:11; Rom. 4:11; 1 Pet. 3:21. (II) Because an action and a token are unequal things, wholly distinct from one another; hence, since a Sacrament, as the parties themselves grant, can be described by a token, it follows that it cannot be described by an action. (III) Because the actions which belong to the completeness or the essence of a Sacrament do not enter into it as actions simply, but as significant actions, or as tokens. And against this it is urged: (1) that the Sacraments signify by means of actions, since this is common to all sorts of tokens, which do not for this reason cease to be tokens. (2) That the Sacraments, apart from the use, or apart from the action, are not Sacraments — for from this it would be very ill concluded and made out that use is the genus in the description of a Sacrament. (3) That a token is only a part of a Sacrament, and that therefore it also cannot be described by a token. Answer: the token, considered materially, or in distinction and opposition to the thing signified, does not, with us, constitute the genus of a Sacrament — but formally, so far as it signifies at the same time the thing signified as well, and thus it is no part of a Sacrament.
XV
The question is asked, third: Whether the Sacraments are bare tokens, or watchwords of the Christian profession — or whether they are also seals, sealing the divine promises? The Socinians and Anabaptists, since, in favor of the free will, they do not acknowledge and accept the infallible certainty and assurance of grace and salvation, hold that they are bare tokens. The Papists and Lutherans (since we deny that in the Holy Supper we receive the body and blood of Christ within ourselves) ascribe that same thing to us — but by a shameless slander. The Papists, though they hold that they are not bare tokens, grant nevertheless that they are also seals of the Christian profession; while they deny the infallible certainty and assurance of salvation. The Reformed, although they do not believe that the thing signified is contained in the tokens, or is, in a physical manner, one and the same with the tokens, do indeed grant that they are tokens and watchwords of the profession (as we have said, §. X), but they deny that they are bare tokens, and maintain, moreover, that they are seals, showing, portraying, and offering the thing signified as a present doing, according to the agreement of the divine promise. Their proofs: (I) because this is ascribed to all the ordinary Sacraments, and each of them in particular, of both Testaments: to Circumcision, Gen. 17:11 with Rom. 4:11; to the Passover, Exod. 12:12, 13; 1 Cor. 5:7; to Baptism, 1 Pet. 3:21; to the Holy Supper, Luke 22:19; 1 Cor. 11:24, 25. Therefore they are no bare watchwords of the profession, but sealings of a certain promise. (II) Because to the Sacraments are ascribed the names of the thing signified, Exod. 12:11; 1 Cor. 10:4 and XI. 24, the effects, Acts 22:16; Eph. 5:26; Tit. III. 5, and the qualities, 1 Cor. 10:16 and XI. 24. (III) Because other tokens, added to a promise, have sealed, Judg. 6:36, 37; Isa. 7:5, 6, 7; Zech. 3:3, 4; therefore the tokens too, added to promises, seal in the Sacraments. Nor is anything urged against this: (1) that they are tokens and watchwords of the Christian profession — since the one does not remove the other, as we have taught, §. X. (2) That seals give testimony to a certain promise — a thing which the Sacraments do not do, since these consist only of outward solemnities. Answer: the Sacraments, too, by virtue of God's arrangement and promise, give testimony, as we have taught, §. X. (3) That the Word alone properly confirms the divine promises. Answer: and the Word, in the Sacraments, confirms and strengthens, as we have said, §. X. (4) The Word is sufficient for confirmation; consequently the Sacraments are not. Answer: the Word is sufficient with respect to God, but not with respect to us — otherwise Circumcision would not be a seal, against the saying of the Apostle, Rom. 4:11. (5) Otherwise they would sometimes seal something false, at least with respect to the hypocrites. Answer: (a) meanwhile Circumcision nevertheless sealed, Rom. 4:11. (b) They seal under the condition of a genuine faith. (6) Thus they would be better known than the sealed promises. Answer: they are so, being joined together with the promises, and that with respect to our weakness. (7) Little children have no faith; therefore nothing can be sealed to them. Answer: elect children have the Spirit of faith, 2 Cor. 4:13 with 1 Cor. 7:14. (8) Faith is required beforehand in a Sacrament; therefore it is not thereby sealed. Answer: it is not faith that is sealed, but the promises which are made to faith. Nor is the inference sound, just as, in the use of spectacles, the power of seeing is required beforehand, while meanwhile the sight is by uncommon means strengthened by the spectacles.
XVI
The question is asked, fourth: Whether the Sacraments in the New Testament work grace by virtue of the deed done (ex opere operato)? The Papists, so as to make a still greater gap between the Sacraments of the Old and New Testaments, and to ascribe a much greater dignity to the Sacraments of the New Testament, and thereby the more easily to work out the dignity of their priests, and then further to attain the papacy, hold — though with great diversity of opinion — that the Sacraments of the Old Testament wrought grace by virtue of the work of the one working alone (ex opere operantis), that is, by virtue of the good disposition and intent of those who used them; whereas the Sacraments of the New Testament would work grace by virtue of the deed done (ex opere operato), that is, by virtue and effectuality of the holy act itself. The Lutherans, though they deny this in words — by virtue of the deed done — yet, so as the more easily to obtain that the believer and the unbeliever alike, in the Holy Supper, receive the true body and blood of Christ, seem, in the very deed, to ascribe that same effectuality to it. Herein the Socinians and Anabaptists err by defect, when they hold that the Sacraments are nothing but bare tokens and watchwords of the profession, which we have set down and refuted, §. XV. The Reformed bring the effectuality of a Sacrament to various things: in the sacramental tokens they acknowledge, according to the nature of tokens, indeed nothing but a moral power, which consists in offering by signifying, and, that which must be accomplished having been accomplished, in sealing the signified grace; they hold faith to be a condition, without which God will not impart the thing signified; the divine promise, they hold, is the foundation of the sacramental union, so far as God has promised that He will infallibly bring the signified grace to those who use the tokens according to His prescription; that the Holy Spirit alone is the physical cause which brings about the signified grace: consequently they deny that it can work and produce grace by virtue of the deed done. (I) Because Holy Scripture ascribes the physical effectuality of the Sacraments, or the bringing about of the thing signified, to God alone, Matth. III. 11, "He shall baptize you with the Holy Ghost and with fire"; Tit. III. 5, "the washing of regeneration, and renewing of the Holy Ghost"; 1 Cor. 12:13, "by one Spirit are we all baptized," etc.; likewise Eph. 4:30, "whereby ye are sealed," and 2 Cor. 1:21, 22. (II) Because this deprives the Sacraments of that power, 1 Pet. 3:21; Rom. 4:10, 11; 1 Cor. 10:1-6; Acts 1:5. (III) Because it applies the effectuality of the Sacraments to such things as admit of nothing but a moral working — for example, to the Word, Eph. 5:26, to faith, Mark 16:16. (IV) Because the sacramental tokens, being coarse and material things, neither contain a spiritual power in themselves, nor take note of the spiritual substance of our soul so as to work upon it a spiritual power, nor are able to create and produce in the soul such a spiritual power. (V) Because, according to the teaching of the Papists (by which the Sacraments produce the grace in the very same instant), that effectuality by virtue of the deed done belongs neither to the first syllable of the Consecration, nor to the following ones, nor to the last — for then all the other syllables of the Consecration would be superfluous; indeed, thus the grace would be brought about, not by the whole consecration, but by only one syllable of it. (VI) Because the Papists make that effectuality depend on the intention of the one working, or of the one offering — therefore it does not depend on the deed done. (VII) The Sacraments are tokens and seals, Rom. 4:11; therefore they do not work, and do not contain within themselves the things they signify. (VIII) They presuppose grace; therefore they do not bring it about physically. (IX) The manner of working is one and the same as to the Word and as to the Sacraments; but the Word does not work grace physically, but only the Holy Spirit; therefore neither do the Sacraments. (X) God's grace is not bound to the Sacraments, since God is a most free agent: to bring grace by a physical power belongs to God alone — for which reason many have been saved without the Sacraments, as the thief and others, whereas on the contrary one reads that others have been damned even with the Sacraments, as Simon the sorcerer. Nevertheless they urge to the contrary: (1) that Baptism saves and blesses us, Mark 16:16; 1 Pet. 3:21; regenerates, John 3:5, 6; Tit. III. 5; compare Eph. 5:26. Answer: this is doubly false. Mark 16:16 does not say that Baptism saves, but that he who has believed and shall be baptized shall be saved, or made blessed — namely, by God. John 3:5, 6 does not deal with Baptism, as it was, at that time, not yet instituted by Christ as an ordinary Sacrament of the New Testament. And Tit. III. 5 does not say that Baptism regenerates, but only calls it a washing of regeneration, because it signifies and seals it, while meanwhile the regeneration itself is clearly enough ascribed to the Holy Spirit — of which more at length in the following chapter. (2) That we are baptized for the forgiveness of sins, Acts 2:38. Answer: (a) yet Baptism does not forgive; and (b) forgiveness does not consist in the washing, or in the moral act. (3) Indeed, that it washes away, Acts 22:16, "Be baptized, and wash away thy sins." Answer: that is, receive the washing, for a seal of the forgiveness of sins. (4) That through the laying on of hands the gifts of the Holy Spirit were conferred, Acts 8:17, 18; 1 Tim. 4:14. Answer: (a) the laying on of hands is not a Sacrament. (b) Through the laying on of hands the gifts were conferred, just as wonderworks occurred through the hands of the Apostles, Acts 14:3, that is, only in a moral manner. (5) The Sacraments bring about what they promise. Answer: they offer, in a moral manner, to believers; but God, who promises, brings it about physically. (6) The Sacraments are administered to little children, to whom they do not come to seal anything; therefore they bring about the grace. Answer: they seal to the elect little children, as it were objectively, though they do not understand it — just as a kingdom can be ascribed to a little child, as heir.
XVII
The question is asked, fifth: Whether the effectuality of a Sacrament depends on the intention of the minister? The Papists, although they ascribe the effectuality to the Sacraments of the New Testament by virtue of the deed done, nevertheless, so as the more to exalt the standing and dignity of their priestlings (as on whose intention all the good of a Sacrament would depend), and thereby the more readily arrive at the papacy, hold firmly that, without the priest's intention to do what the Church does, a Sacrament has no effectuality — although with a very great diversity of opinions, some requiring an actual, others a habitual, others a virtual intention. The Reformed, although they acknowledge that a godly attentiveness and intention of mind is necessary in a minister — so that he who is deprived of it sins gravely for himself — nevertheless hold that for the people, who receive the Sacrament, no other intention is necessary than that of the work itself, whereby those things are openly done which Christ has commanded to be done for a Sacrament: (I) because Scripture nowhere teaches that the minister's intention is necessary for the people receiving the Sacrament. (II) Because the effectuality of a Sacrament depends on the faithfulness of the promising God, which cannot in any way be hindered or obstructed by the faithlessness of a minister, Rom. 3:3. (III) Because, on account of this uncertain intention of a minister, no one could be certain of the effectuality of the Sacrament, and thus all the comfort of the Sacrament would cease. Let me add (IV) that, according to the parties' own supposition, the Popish people cannot be certain that their Pope was lawfully baptized, or lawfully ordained, and thus is a true head of the Church; nor even whether the priest in the Mass has truly transubstantiated it, and therefore does not know whether he worships the Creator, or the creature. Moreover (V) a personal sin of the minister cannot harm the communicants. Further (VI) the effectuality of the Word does not depend on the intention of those who preach it; but one and the same reason applies to the Word and to a Sacrament, since on both sides there is nothing but a moral instrument of God. Nevertheless they object: (1) the words can be ambiguous and uncertain; therefore the intention is necessary, which alone can determine the sense. Answer: the words hold good by usage, and from this the sense of the words is determined. (2) It is said, otherwise it would follow that someone who washed another, for health's sake, calling upon God with the words of Baptism, would thereby baptize him; likewise that, upon reading over a table those words, "this is my body," the whole bread of the table would be consecrated. Answer: that would not follow, since here would be lacking not only the intention of the one working, but also of the work, which latter is absolutely required for a Sacrament, as being necessary to the essence of a Sacrament.
XVIII
The question is asked, sixth: Whether some Sacraments of the New Testament impress on the soul an indelible mark (character)? The Papists — I know not by what reasoning — ascribe this only to those Sacraments of the New Testament, namely Baptism, Confirmation, and Holy Orders, which for that reason need not be repeated: which mark, they hold, is not a relation, but an absolute quality, fitting one for the divine service, making one conformed with and to Christ, and distinguishing one from others. The Reformed deny this: (I) because Holy Scripture says nothing of this. (II) Because the Papists themselves do not know what this mark should be — whether a quality, or a real relation, or a relation of reason. (III) Because it exceeds all absurdity that, on account of the indelibility of this mark, one who has wholly and altogether taken upon himself and bears the mark of the beast — indeed who is already in hell — should bear such a mark as would make him conformed with and to Christ, and distinguish him from others. (IV) Because it is also empty and idle — for indeed it does not distinguish us before God, who, as a searcher of hearts, needs no mark, nor before men, since it is said to be spiritual and hidden, etc. (1) The Scripture passage which Bellarmine marks for this mark, 2 Cor. 1:22; Eph. 1:13 and IV. 30, and others which some add from the Old Testament, Ezek. 9:4; Isa. 66:18, 19, likewise Gal. 6:17; 1 Tim. 4:14, breathe nothing less than such a mark — as will appear to anyone who examines those texts themselves even cursorily. If they (2) say that Circumcision impressed a mark, and consequently Baptism as well, as being the circumcision of the New Testament, Col. 2:11 — we answer that it did not impress a spiritual mark, such as the Papists intend, but a fleshly one, such as the Papists do not acknowledge, Gen. 17:11, 13, nor even an indelible one, since one could have the foreskin grow back, 1 Cor. 7:18. Nor does Baptism agree with Circumcision in all respects. They object (3) that the servants of God are said to be marked and sealed on their foreheads, Rev. 7:3. Answer: not with a sacramental token, but partly with the token of the Holy Spirit, partly of the professions of faith — inwardly, not outwardly on the foreheads. (4) It is said that Baptism is unrepeatable for no other reason. Answer: this is false — [it is unrepeatable] by virtue of the regeneration, which happens only once, and by virtue of the forgiveness of sins, which happens at once and once for all.
XIX
The question is asked, seventh: Whether the Sacraments of the Old Testament had the same effectuality in kind that the Sacraments of the New Testament have? The Papists, so as the more to exalt the estate of the Church of the New Testament and to depress the estate of the Old Testament, distinguish thus. They say (I) that the Sacraments of the Old Testament conferred grace by virtue of the work of the one working, whereas those of the New Testament would confer it by virtue of the deed done. (II) That the former were only figures of grace, but that the latter are the causes of it. Finally (III) that those of the Old Testament served only for cleansings of the flesh, but that ours have spiritual promises, as ours have. This the Lutherans allow too, so as the more easily to maintain the oral eating of Christ's flesh in the Supper — against Paul's assertion, 1 Cor. 10:3, 4 — some essential difference between the Sacraments of the Old and of the New Testament. The Reformed, just as, in the sacramental tokens, in the manner of signifying, in the degree of clarity and effectuality, they acknowledge some difference of circumstances (according to what we have noted, §. XII), so, in the essential matter, they allow no difference: (1) because Circumcision is called a token and a seal of the Covenant of Grace, and of that righteousness which is by faith, Gen. 17:7-10 with Rom. 4:11. (2) Because Paul, Col. 2:11, 12, ascribes one and the same thing to Circumcision and to Baptism, while he, by both the name of Circumcision and of Baptism, signifies and makes known the same grace; compare Phil. 3:3 — and he does the same as regards the Passover, 1 Cor. 5:7, 8. (3) Because, 1 Cor. 10:1-4, a spiritual food and drink is ascribed [to the fathers]; and even the very same [food and drink] as belongs to us, namely, Christ. (4) Because the names of the old Sacraments are transferred to the new ones, Phil. 3:3; Col. 2:11; 1 Cor. 5:7. The chief thing which the Papists urge for themselves is: (a) that the old Sacraments are throughout said to be unprofitable, weak, poor, shadows, signifying only the flesh. Answer: they are so named for those who used them without faith and repentance, but not in themselves. (b) They are such under the New Testament, now that they are abolished together with the whole ceremonial service — not that of old they were of such a kind. (b) That the old Sacraments were patterns and figures of the new ones, 1 Pet. 3:21. Answer: since even the Sacraments of the New Testament are patterns and figures of the thing signified, it would be absurd to make [the old ones] patterns of patterns, and figures of figures. Nor does the Apostle do this, 1 Pet. 3:21; rather he compares with one another two patterns of one and the same thing signified, namely of eternal salvation — the Ark and Baptism — of which this latter, because it is later, and also clearer and more glorious, is called by him the antitype of the former. (c) That our Sacraments are said to regenerate and to preserve or save; but not the old ones. Answer: the sacramental tokens of the New Testament are nowhere said to regenerate, to preserve, or to save, as we have taught, §. XVI.
XX
The question is asked, eighth: Whether there are more than two Sacraments of the New Testament? Some Anabaptists count three: Baptism, the Holy Supper, and the washing of feet, which we have refuted, Book V, Chapter XI, §. XXXV. The Papists posit seven: Baptism, Confirmation, the Supper, Confession, Extreme Unction, Priestly Orders, and Marriage — and these they compare with one another in various ways, as to necessity, dignity, effectuality, etc. The Reformed acknowledge only two, namely, Holy Baptism and the Holy Supper: (I) because we read that Christ instituted only those two; compare 1 Cor. 1:2, 3, 4 and XII. 13. (II) Because the parties cannot prove their bastard sacraments. (III) Because antiquity has acknowledged no more. (IV) Because the Papists' bastard sacraments are defective in essentials — since to them is lacking either the lawful token, namely a visible one instituted by Christ, for example Penance (of which Book VI, Chapter IV, §. XXVIII has treated), Marriage, etc., or the thing signified, namely the grace of justification, for example, Priestly Orders, Extreme Unction, and Marriage. The Papists defend the case of their bastard sacraments in this way: that they try, in part, to prove each of them individually by reasons, and in part, to make the whole number seem plausible by contrived correspondences — but so feebly, that we are confident they will cause no difficulty at all for whoever shall refute them.
The Practical Part
XXI
The practical application of this Chapter unfolds itself in a particular contemplation of the particular Sacraments. In general, they declare to us God's astonishing love toward men and condescension to us — whereby He (I) has willed to enter into a Covenant of Grace, not only with wretched little men, but even with the most disgraceful of sinners, and to make Himself a debtor to them, Gen. 17:7, 11 with Hos. 2:18. Who (II) has willed to give, as their surety and mediator alone, His own and only-begotten Son, Heb. 7:22. Who (III) by virtue of this Covenant alone makes to them promises so great and so precious, 2 Cor. 1:20 with 2 Pet. 1:4. Who (IV) promises all these things by His infallible Word alone, Tit. I. 2; Heb. 6:17, 18, and, that they might be believed, offers them, Heb. 11:1. But also (V) causes almost all our outward senses to experience them: hearing, sight, taste, touch, Ps. 48:9 and XXXIV. 8. Indeed, what is more, (VI) as though His Word were not enough for us, He also adds tokens to it, John 4:48; Matth. XII. 38 with Isa. 7:11, and moreover seals, Rom. 4:11. Indeed also (VII) not merely one alone, but more than one, whereby both our spiritual birth and nourishment and continual preservation might be sealed, 1 Cor. 12:13 and X. 2, 3. And which, moreover (VIII), are so easy to use, so light, indeed so pleasant (especially when compared with the Sacraments of the old Dispensation), namely water, bread, and wine, 1 Cor. 11:13; Isa. 55:1, 2, 3; Song of Songs V. 1. How great a friendliness and condescension of God appears here, O good God, in all this! And to what end does it appear? That we might: (1) perceive it with a thankful spirit, Ps. 34:8; praise and extol it, Ps. 103:1-6 with Matth. XXVI. 30; render for it, Ps. 116:12, 13, 14. (2) That we, with and in faith, especially in the use of the Sacraments, should strain and lift up all our senses, not only to know, but also to grasp and to feel the benefits of the Covenant of Grace — as being, in these, offered and set before both our faith and our senses, Ps. 34:8.
XXII
Second, they also commend to us their worth and excellence: (I) on account of the Instituter, namely God, Gen. 17:11; Exod. II; and Christ, the God-man, 1 Cor. 11:24, the King of kings and Lord of lords, Rev. 17:14, the Lord of glory, 1 Cor. 2:8. Then (II) on account of the end of the institution — to bring to our remembrance the unspeakable love of the Instituter, which He showed in and through His death, Luke 22:19; 1 Cor. 11:24, 25. Moreover (III) on account of their use and effectuality — namely, by signifying, by offering, by sealing, to exercise and engage our faith and our senses. Also (IV) on account of the fewness, ease, and lightness of the tokens, compared with the difficulty, troublesomeness, and costliness of the tokens of the Old Testament — compare Acts 15:10 with Matth. XI. 29. Finally (V) on account of the unspeakable excellence and worth of the things signified, namely of the Covenant of Grace and its benefits, which we have already shown and represented in the foregoing paragraphs. On account of all these and other points, the Sacraments commend themselves to us to this end: (1) that we should not despise or disdain them, whenever we look upon and consider the common, and therefore less costly, matter of the elements — for it is not the matter, but the use and the effectuality, which must here be regarded and considered; compare Rom. 2:4. (2) Nor neglect and disregard them, with the old Archontic heretics, the Schwenckfeldians, the Enthusiasts, and today's Perfectionists, 1 Cor. 11:25 with Heb. 2:3. But also (3) not treat, rashly, lightly, and as it were in passing, the most precious and dearest seals of God's Covenant and love, according to the admonition of the Apostle, 1 Cor. 11:27.
XXIII
Third, they commend, on the contrary, the use — and indeed a lawful use — of the Sacraments. (I) The use, because (1) the Sacraments, apart from the use, are no Sacraments. (2) Because their use is expressly prescribed, Acts 2:38; Luke 22:19. (3) Because they are means, together with the Word
...joined together; and hence also that it must be used together with the Word, Acts 2:42. (4) Because they serve to confirm faith, and are therefore to be received and taken up; compare Rev. 3:2. (5) Because they are seals of the Covenant, which all covenant-partners must use constantly and reverently, Gen. 17:23-26. (6) Because they are ordinances of God, which must be reverently and carefully kept and observed, Deut. 1:13. (7) A lawful use: for on the lawful use — that is, such a use as the Institutor has prescribed — the efficacy of the Promise depends, as we have urged in the Doctrinal Part. Now for a lawful use the following are required:
(1) That the user be a true covenant-partner, to whom the promise has been made, Acts 2:38-39 — for the sacraments are signs and seals of the Covenant, and it is therefore required that he also be endowed with a true and living faith, Heb. 4:2, since the sacraments serve to confirm and strengthen faith, and so presuppose faith. (2) That they be used to a lawful end — for example, to the remembrance of Christ, 1 Cor. 11:23, to the proclaiming of His death, ibid. v. 26, to the renewing of the Covenant, to the confirming and strengthening of faith, etc. (3) That they be used in a lawful manner: that is, (a) with a preceding preparation, 1 Cor. 10:2-5; (b) with a right disposition of soul in the very use itself — that is, with reverence, humility, and presence of mind, without trusting in the work done, 1 Cor. 10:2-5. Finally, (c) that we endeavor and strive faithfully, throughout our whole life, to fulfill the promises of the solemn covenant-making which is accomplished through the use of the sacraments, Ps. 116:14,18. But of this we shall speak more, and at greater length, in the following Chapters.
Chapter IV: Of the Sacraments of Regeneration
On Colossians 2:11-12.
"In whom also you are circumcised with a circumcision made without hands, in putting off the body of the sins of the flesh, through the circumcision of Christ; buried with Him in baptism, etc."
I.
To both Testaments we have assigned two ordinary sacraments: for the Old Testament had them as well, and the New Testament likewise has a sacrament of spiritual birth, and one of spiritual nourishment. Each of these we shall treat separately, in an equal number of Chapters. The sacrament of spiritual birth, or of regeneration, was under the Old Testament circumcision, and under the New Testament it is baptism — of which we shall treat together at once, since they readily illustrate one another, following the Apostle's lead, Col. 2:11-12.
The Explanatory Part
II.
Here the Apostle sets forth and represents circumcision and baptism — the former as a baptism of the Old Testament, the latter as a circumcision of the New Testament — because on both sides it is a sacrament of regeneration, or of introduction into the Covenant of Grace, and both are one and the same thing as regards the signified reality, or the spiritual substance. So that here we have:
1. Circumcision, in respect of which are noted:
(1) The Spiritual Circumciser: ἐν ᾧ, en ho, "in whom." These little words, however they are rendered, whether by in whom — signifying our union with Christ, accomplished through faith and the Spirit, by means of which we are circumcised with and in Christ, even as to an outward circumcision, inasmuch as Christ was circumcised not so much for His own sake as for ours (since He never personally had a spiritual foreskin that needed to be cut away, that is, the corruption that needed to be taken away, and therefore, in order to circumcise ours, was willing to be circumcised) — or whether one translates them through whom, which, on account of the proportion of the whole context, I judge should be preferred: so that we shall have here, that Christ is the cause of our spiritual Circumcision, and hence the Circumciser — as the one by whose merit and efficacy the circumcision of the heart, in regeneration, is wrought in us, since from Him the saving and salvific fruits of all the sacraments of both Testaments are derived to us, Matt. 3:11, 1 Cor. 10:1-5. Just as under the Old Testament spiritual circumcision was attributed and ascribed to God, Deut. 10:16 and 30:6.
(2) The Circumcised: "you are circumcised" — not all men, Jer. 9:26, nor even all who are fleshly or outwardly circumcised there; nor those who merely profess faith in Christ, Rom. 2:25 — but you, the Colossian Christians, whom he had described in the first chapter as holy, believing, being in Christ, or united with Christ, although by descent Gentiles.
(3) The Circumcision: περιτομή ἀχειροποιήτῳ, "a circumcision made without hands." Here he seems to be opposing those Judaizing Christians who wished that outward circumcision should also be necessary for Christians, and who therefore attacked the believing Colossians, saying that they were not perfect in Christ, as the Apostle had said in verse 10, because they had not been circumcised. These, I say, he seems to oppose, by establishing and asserting that they were indeed circumcised, although not with a circumcision performed by hands. He thus distinguishes between a circumcision formerly performed by human hands, and one performed without hands, which is wrought only by the power of Christ and of God — just as he likewise distinguishes circumcision, Rom. 2:28, into an outward or fleshly circumcision, and an inward or spiritual one, of which the former was a type. With the same intent and design he distinguishes, Phil. 3:2-3, κατατομήν, the concision, from περιτομή, circumcision: "Beware of the concision. For we are the circumcision, we who serve God in the spirit (λατρεύοντες), and glory in Christ Jesus."
(4) The Thing Circumcised, or that which is cut off by the Circumcision: ἐν ἀπεκδύσει τοῦ σώματος τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν τῆς σαρκός, "in the putting off of the body of the sins of the flesh." With these words the Apostle seems to point out the proportional correspondence of the signified thing with the sign in circumcision. For just as there is in it a twofold sign — a representing sign, namely the foreskin of the flesh, and an applying sign, namely the cutting off of it — so also there is a twofold signified thing: (a) of the foreskin, the body of the sins of the flesh; (b) of the cutting off, the putting off of that body. Two things, therefore, are here signified:
a. The putting off, as being the signified thing of the cutting off or lopping off: ἐν ἀπεκδύσει, "in the putting off." You are circumcised in the putting off of sin: for just as in outward circumcision, by the cutting away, the skin or little piece of flesh surrounding the male member was cut off, so in the inward or spiritual circumcision, the body of the flesh is, as it were, stripped off and put away. Now sin is put off: in part as regards the pollution, through regeneration, conversion, and sanctification — as, in the correlative rite, is done through Baptism, insofar as it is a regeneration and renewal of the Holy Spirit; and in part, as regards the guilt, through the forgiveness of sins, as in Baptism through the blood of Christ. Nor does it stand against this that sin still remains in those who are themselves spiritually circumcised and baptized: for the putting off takes place (a) as regards the guilt, through a complete and perfect forgiveness; (b) as regards the pollution, through a sanctification here only begun, though it shall be completed and made perfect hereafter; (c) it is incomplete in the members, though complete in the Head, Christ.
b. That which must be put off: τοῦ σώματος τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν τῆς σαρκός, "of the body of the sins of the flesh." Here is understood and made known the signified thing of the foreskin, with this difference: that whereas there a putting-off took place of a certain small part of the body, in Baptism there is put off the whole body, namely of sins. The word "body" some take here properly, so that thereby is signified and made known the sacrament of this regeneration, namely Baptism, with an allusion to the immersion, in which a putting-off of all one's clothing was required — whence seems to have arisen the expression, "to put off the old man." Others take it improperly, for the old man, or the corrupt nature, which, on account of the pollution, is called a body of sin, just as, on account of guilt and penalty, a body of death. Nor is it out of the way that it is called the body "of the sins of the flesh," since the flesh signifies that same innate corruption, inasmuch as from this flesh, or from this original corruption, all actual sins flow; unless you would rather have it that it is called a body "of the flesh" by way of explanation, since the body is flesh — while there is also a body of many other things, none of which is flesh.
2. Baptism, as proportionate and corresponding to circumcision, in respect of which are given:
(1) Two names:
a. A proportional or corresponding name (analogica), "through the circumcision of Christ." Thus Baptism is named, because, as regards the signified thing, it is the same as circumcision — for which reason we have not without cause called the Baptism of the Old Testament "circumcision," just as we have called the Baptism of the New Testament "circumcision," §1 — although they differ and are distinguished from one another, as regards the dispensation, inasmuch as circumcision belonged to the Old Dispensation but Baptism to the Dispensation of the New Testament; and as regards the signs, which differ between the two dispensations. He says ἐν ᾧ, en ho, whether the preposition ἐν be translated "in," to signify our union with Christ and to make known the fellowship of the passive circumcision of Christ, inasmuch as He was circumcised for us, and we in Him; or whether it be translated διά, "through," to make known that we, through the merit and efficacy of the circumcision of Christ, as regards the signified thing, are actually circumcised by Christ — which I prefer; though the matter will come to much the same thing either way.
b. A proper name, whereby Baptism itself is designated, whose nature we shall set forth and represent in the Doctrinal Part. This alone must here be observed: that by "Baptism" is not to be understood merely its outward sign, but also, besides that, its signified thing — and thus the whole composite of the sacrament.
(2) The parts, at least as regards the signified thing, namely:
a. Death and Burial: συνταφέντες αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ βαπτίσματι, "being buried with Him in Baptism" — namely, with Christ. He says this because the death and burial of Christ were not only an example and a pattern, but also the cause, of the spiritual death and burial of the flesh, or of our old man, which burial is signified and sealed by Baptism, Rom. 6:4. He alludes to the Baptism as it was accustomed to be administered in the time of Christ and of the Apostles, not by sprinkling but by immersion, whereby the one baptized was, as it were, buried in the water — which burial presupposed a certain kind of death. Thus the body of the sins of the flesh is, as it were, killed and buried, when its power and dominion are unnerved, and it is, like a dead body, buried under the earth, so that it can no longer move itself, nor will, to stir up and drive on the man. This now comes to pass in Baptism: both in the person of Christ, into whom we are grafted through Baptism, and by whom the benefits of Christ's death are thus given to us; and in ourselves, not only sacramentally, but through the Spirit of grace received in Baptism.
b. The spiritual Resurrection, or spiritual quickening: ἐν ᾧ καὶ συνηγέρθητε, "in whom also you are raised together." In whom — that is, in Baptism, or in Christ — you also are raised together, namely spiritually, from sins and offenses, which are called a death, Eph. 2:1,3, Matt. 8:22, unto a new life. With a continual allusion to the ancient Baptism of immersion, whereby the baptized person, as one who had been as it were buried, rising up out of the water, as it were rose again, and passed over to another life.
Through these two parts, then, the regeneration is accomplished which both circumcision formerly, and Baptism now, represent and seal, and indeed, in their own manner, also bring about.
c. The Condition, which is required beforehand for this: διὰ τῆς πίστεως, "through faith." For both our union with Christ, whereby we are in Him, and our fellowship in all His benefits, whereby we are buried together with Him and rise together with Him, depend on believing, Mark 16:16.
d. The principally-working Cause: through the faith of the working of God — that is, through the faith which God works in you, Eph. 1:19-20; or, through which faith God works in you, at Baptism, that spiritual burial and resurrection. Here is given a description of that divine ἐνέργεια, mighty working, namely the working which raised Him — that is, Jesus — up from the dead, so that we might understand and grasp that those spiritual things are brought about not by the powers, or by means of the outward Baptism, nor by our own powers, but by that infinite power of God whereby He raised up Jesus from the dead, Eph. 1:19-20.
The Doctrinal Part
III.
As therefore God has willed to represent and seal to His own, by a twofold Sacrament, the entrance into the Covenant of Grace, or into the Kingdom of God, which comes to pass through regeneration, John 3:5 — namely (1) under the old Dispensation, by Circumcision, whence it was prescribed to Abraham, and received by him, not only immediately upon the establishing of the Covenant of Grace, Gen. 17:9-11,13, but was also administered to his descendants, immediately after birth, as soon as they entered into the kingdom of God, Gen. 17:12, because it was a sign and a seal of regeneration, Deut. 10:16, Jer. 4:4, Rom. 2:29, Col. 2:11; and (2) under the new Dispensation, by Baptism — for which reason Baptism was administered immediately after one had received Christ by confession, and the baptized were thereby led and brought into the kingdom of Christ, Acts 2:38,41 and 8:18 and 20:26, because it is the washing of regeneration, Tit. 3:5, by means of which we enter into the kingdom of God, John 3:5.
The reasons for this arrangement are, that God thereby intended to make known: (1) that we are all by nature outside the Covenant, outside the Kingdom of God, Eph. 2:12; (2) that we are all born with the foreskin of original corruption, Ps. 51:7, John 3:6; and (3) that we cannot come to be delivered from it without the shedding of blood — as appears in Circumcision, in and by which the blood of the circumcised was shed, and in Baptism, in which the blood of the undertaking Surety (Expromissoris) is set in its place, 1 John 1:7; and also (4) that we cannot be delivered without regeneration, John 3:3,5.
IV.
Circumcision, therefore, is a Sacrament of introduction into the Covenant of Grace, under the Old Testament. When we here call Circumcision a Sacrament, we thereby ascribe to it all those things which have been said in the preceding Chapter concerning the Sacraments; when we call it a Sacrament of introduction, we thereby distinguish it from the Passover, which was a Sacrament of nourishment; and when we add, "of the Old Testament," we thereby distinguish it from Baptism.
V.
Its essential parts are: (I) a twofold sign: (1) a representing sign, namely the foreskin, Rom. 2:26 — being the little skin, or membrane, about the member, bearing a particular respect and relation to generation, which is present at the first generation, or birth, and must be taken away, so that the second generation and birth, or regeneration, may take its place; (2) an applying sign, the cutting off of the foreskin — in males and boys only, women and girls being reckoned in the males, 1 Cor. 7:10 with Gen. 34:14,24 and 17:14,15 — which the Minister performs in the name of God, and which the one circumcised allows and receives.
(II) The signified thing: namely, (1) of the foreskin, the corruption of sin, with all its consequence, the guilt of punishment and the pollution, Lev. 26:41, Rom. 2:25,26; (2) and of the cutting-off, the taking away of original corruption, at least so far that it should not reign, Rom. 2:29, Acts 7:1, Col. 2:12. The general signified thing of both together is, in part, the inward Covenant of Grace and its benefits, Gen. 17:1,2,10,11, Matt. 22:32; and in part, the outward or national Covenant, Gen. 17:9,10.
VI.
The Causes: (I) The Instituting Cause was God alone, since He alone has the power to take away the foreskin of the heart, Deut. 30:6, to establish the Covenant of grace, Gen. 17:1,2, and to bring about the benefits of that Covenant, Gen. 15:1, Ps. 84:12, Ezek. 33:12. Meanwhile a twofold period of its institution is to be noted: the first from Abraham onward, as in the first beginnings of the Church, when Abraham was ninety-nine years old, Gen. 17:1,9,24,25, falling in, and agreeing, with the year of the world 2107 — up to this point it had not yet been a universal Sacrament, commended to the whole world, but only to the descendants of Abraham, Gen. 17:25-27; the second period from the time of Moses, when it attained its full height, and became universal for the whole Church, John 7:22, Eph. 2:11.
(II) The administering causes were, in the period before Moses, the Patriarchs, Gen. 17:23 and 21:4, and those who perhaps discharged the office of ordinary ministers, such as the firstborn, and the fathers of households; but under the Mosaic period, the Priests, 1 Macc. 2:46. Nor is the example of Zipporah, Exod. 4:24,25, anywhere commended. (III) The instrument was a knife, and indeed a sharp knife, at the least, Exod. 4:25, if not indeed also of stone, and thus a stone knife, Josh. 5:2, with Ps. 89:44.
(IV) The Form consisted in the sacramental union between the element and the solemn rite on the one hand, and the signified thing on the other — namely the taking away of the spiritual foreskin, and the introduction into the Covenant of grace — by which union circumcision signified those spiritual benefits, Gen. 17:11, sealed them, Rom. 4:11, and, in its own way, that is, sacramentally, brought them about — for which reason it is called the Covenant itself, Gen. 17:10,13,14, Acts 7:8.
(V) The ends and purposes are observed to be several: (1) that it might nourish, for Abraham and his seed, a continual remembrance of the spiritual foreskin — that is, of original corruption, and of all its consequences, Deut. 10:6, Jer. 4:4 and 9:26, Acts 7:51; then (2) to seal the deliverance from this spiritual foreskin, Col. 2:11, Rom. 4:11; further (3) to be a sign of citizenship, in the Jewish Church and Republic — whence strangers are called "the uncircumcised," or "those who have the foreskin," Gen. 34:15; and besides, (4) to bind the circumcised to the keeping of the whole Law, Gal. 5:2,3,4.
VII.
To the circumstances of Circumcision belong: (I) its fixed subject — all the Israelite boys, Gen. 17:10 with Josh. 5:4,7, and those who belonged to a Jewish household, down to the slaves and the children of slaves, excepting hired servants, Gen. 17:26,27; also the proselytes of righteousness, Matt. 23:15, Acts 2:10.
(II) The appointed time of Circumcision, namely the eighth day, Gen. 17:12 and 21:4 — because before that day both the woman in childbed and the child had otherwise to be held unclean, Lev. 12:2,3, compare Exod. 22:30 with Lev. 22:27; perhaps also because before that time the little child was not able to bear the pains of circumcision. This time might not be anticipated or advanced for any cause, however weighty otherwise, because it was unlawful to offer up to God anything unclean, and this without any harm or damage to the uncircumcised child, should it perhaps die before that day; delaying it, however, for some weighty reason, seems to have been lawful, by proportion with the passage in Mark 2:27.
(III) The obligation of the penalty of being cut off, against despisers and neglecters, Gen. 17:14 — namely, adults who had either neglected and disregarded their own Circumcision, or that of their children. By which penalty is meant death: whether (1) natural death, to be inflicted not so much by the civil magistrate, since there is neither command nor precedent for that, as by God Himself — compare Lev. 17:10 and 20:4,5,6; or (2) a civil and ecclesiastical death, whereby an uncircumcised person was held as unholy and a non-Jew, and fell away from the worship and the privileges of the people of God; or (3) even eternal death, whereby he would be excluded from the seed of Abraham and its blessings, if he did not repent, Gal. 3:13,14 — because he had despised, and scorned, and rejected the Covenant of God, Gen. 17:14.
VIII.
Now follows Baptism, which, if one considers the original meaning of the word, signifies a washing, a cleansing, accomplished and brought about either by sprinkling, or rather by immersion, Matt. 3:16, compare Mark 7:4, Luke 11:38, Acts 8:36,37.
Baptism has been in use: (1) among the Heathen, who washed away their sins with water, and consecrated and hallowed their chief mysteries by washings. (2) Among the Jews, who did not admit the defiled and stained to worship unless they had first been washed; just as also proselytes were not admitted into their church and commonwealth unless they were at the same time circumcised and washed — namely after they had, through a solemn examination, made confession regarding the articles of the Jewish religion read before them. (3) Among the Christians, for whom this rite, which beforehand among the Jews had been merely a courteous and ecclesiastical ceremony, was consecrated and hallowed by Christ, and raised up onto the standing of the Sacraments, in place of the abolished Circumcision — and they receive and admit into the Church those who have been washed with it.
Among these, then, Baptism signifies: (1) the bestowal and communication of the gifts of the Holy Spirit, which among the Ancients was called Baptismus Flaminis, a Baptism of the Spirit, Matt. 3:11, Acts 1:5; (2) all sorts of calamities and afflictions, death and martyrdom, which is otherwise called Baptismus Sanguinis, a Baptism of blood, Matt. 20:22,23; (3) the doctrine of faith or of Baptism, which by some is called Baptismus Luminis, a Baptism of light, Acts 18:25; (4) the Sacrament of washing, performed with water, which is called Baptismus fluminis, Water-baptism.
IX.
This last Baptism is a Sacrament of Regeneration, or of introduction into the Covenant of grace, under the New Testament — so that Baptism is fitly and suitably called the Circumcision of the New Testament, just as Circumcision is called the Baptism of the Old Testament.
The Sign: and indeed (I) the representing sign, or the element in Baptism, is water, John 1:31,33, Acts 8:36,37 — not fire, as certain Heretics of old would have it — and indeed pure water, Heb. 10:22, without any admixture of spittle, milk, or other liquids, because plain and pure water is the most fitting, and at the same time the most powerfully significant, Heb. 10:22,23. (II) The applying sign, now, is the washing, Matt. 28:19, John 1:31,33, Acts 8:36 — whether this took place by immersion, Matt. 3:6,16, John 3:23, Acts 8:38, which was in use only among the Apostles and in the early Church, since it was not only more fitting and suitable for the hotter regions of the East, but also of more powerful significance, Rom. 6:3,4,5; or by sprinkling, which likewise is not estranged from its foundation and its proportion, 1 Pet. 1:2, Heb. 10:22, compare Isa. 52:15 and Ezek. 36:25, and is more suitable and fitting for our regions — whether that sprinkling was done three times, once more on account of the Trinity of Persons (a threefold sprinkling which is found to have been in use in the earliest original Church), or whether it was done only once, as was customary among the Spanish.
To this washing there come (III) the blessing words, by which the water becomes a sacramental water: "in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit," Matt. 28:19. And there is no reason to advise doubting whether these words, according to Christ's prescription, make up the Formula which must be constantly used at Baptism — especially since they seem to allude to the three heavenly witnesses named in 1 John 5:7. Nor does it at all conflict with this that we read Baptism was sometimes administered in the name of Jesus Christ, Acts 2:38, 8:16, and 19:4 — for in those passages the Formula of words used in the washing is not being set forth; rather, what is there being contended is only that they had been baptized not merely in the name of the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit, but also expressly in the name of Jesus Christ, the Mediator, whose faith the baptized had now embraced — because at that time it was above all else in the greatest dispute and controversy whether Jesus Christ was the Son of God and the true Messiah: a thing which appears clearly enough from Paul's question, Acts 19:3, with which he pressed those who confessed that they had heard the very least thing about the Holy Spirit: "Unto what, then, or in whom, were you baptized?" — presupposing that Baptism involves and includes the naming of, and faith in, the Holy Spirit.
X.
The signified thing was, in general, the Covenant of Grace, Acts 2:39: "For the promise is unto you" — namely, that which stands written, Gen. 17:7: "I will establish my Covenant between me and thee, and thy seed after thee, in their generations, for an everlasting Covenant, to be a God unto thee, and to thy seed after thee." In particular, however, it regards the degree of the first introduction, just as with Circumcision. For this reason the Savior commands first μαθητεύειν, to teach — that is, properly, to make disciples or Christians — and then to baptize; which introduction into the Covenant of Grace often takes place in no other way than through regeneration, John 3:5. So Baptism is a bath, or Sacrament, of regeneration and of the renewing of the Holy Spirit, Tit. 3:5, Eph. 5:26.
In particular, here is (I) the representing sign, the water, portraying the Holy Spirit, Acts 2:38, "Be baptized, and you shall receive the gift of the Holy Spirit," and 19:2,3; and the blood of Christ, Rom. 6:3, Eph. 5:26 with 1 John 1:7, Heb. 9:12,14. Then (II) the applying sign, namely the washing, portraying on the one side regeneration, Tit. 3:5, Eph. 5:26, and on the other side the forgiveness of sins, Acts 2:38 and 22:16 — by which two benefits the introduction into the Covenant of Grace is accomplished, Jer. 31:33,34, Ezek. 36:25,26,27.
And (III) the correspondence which is presupposed by the sacramental union is here observed to be of various and manifold kinds, both with respect to Christ and with respect to us: (1) with respect to Christ, who is the foundation of the Covenant of Grace, and the meriting cause of regeneration and the forgiveness of sin — for just as we, by the washing, especially by immersion, are plunged into the water, and there tarry a little while, and finally escape out of it; so Christ, for us, having been plunged into death, remained three days under its dominion, and finally escaped by the resurrection, Rom. 4:25.
Then (2) with respect to us: (a) just as we, by the washing, especially by immersion, are as it were engrafted into the water; so also are we engrafted into the blood and body of Christ, inasmuch as we are baptized into His mystical body, 1 Cor. 12:13. And (b) just as we put on and clothe ourselves with the water; so also with Christ, Gal. 3:26. Again, (c) just as Christ, through the Baptism of His blood, Matt. 20:22, died, and likewise was buried and rose again; so we too, being engrafted into Him, die with Him spiritually unto sin, are buried, and rise again, Rom. 6:3-6, Col. 2:11-13. Further, (d) just as the body is cleansed and purified by water, 1 Pet. 3:21, so the soul is cleansed by the blood and the Spirit of Christ, 1 John 1:7. Finally, (e) just as we, in Baptism, come up out of the grave of the water, and pass over, as it were, into a new life; so too, delivered from every sort of death, we shall be kept and preserved unto eternal life, Mark 16:16. And not only are all these things signified by Baptism, but they are also sealed — indeed, even, in their own manner, brought about.
XI.
The Cause of Baptism: (I) The Instituting Cause: and indeed (1) the principal is God, John 1:33, Matt. 21:25, Luke 3:2,3 and 7:30 — as the one in whose power alone it is to offer, bring about, and seal the Covenant of Grace, and likewise to regenerate and to forgive sins, which are the signified things of Baptism; (2) the ministering and helping cause (administra) is Jesus Christ, as the Mediator of the Covenant of Grace, Heb. 7:22, in whom we are regenerated or made alive, Eph. 2:5, who forgives us our sins, Matt. 9:2, and thereby brings us into the fellowship of the Covenant of Grace.
(II) The Cause of the administration is: (1) the first was John, as the Forerunner of Christ, baptizing by his authority, John 1:33 — hence called the Baptist. Although his Baptism does not appear to have had the standing of an ordinary Sacrament of the New Testament, which seems rather to have received that standing at and after the sending forth of the Apostles, Matt. 28:19 — at least, it did not have the standing of a universal Sacrament, whose obligation would extend to all Christians; no, but only to the Jews. Meanwhile, that Baptism was, as regards its essence, the same as the general Baptism which Christ instituted — insofar as in both there was the same rite, Mark 1:4; in both, the same doctrine and promise, John 1:29,30, compare vv. 34,36, with Matt. 3:11; and the same signified thing in both — namely, repentance, which is one and the same as regeneration, Luke 3:3,7,8, and consequently one and the same forgiveness of sins, Mark 1:4; further, the same dignity in both, John 1:33 — one and the same Sacrament, especially since Christ Himself willed to be consecrated and inaugurated by it, Matt. 3:13.
Although we do not deny, meanwhile, that there is some distinction and difference in the circumstances and degrees of efficacy — namely, insofar as John's Baptism preached the Messiah as one who was to be revealed, and who was to satisfy, and thus presupposed the Baptism of Christ; and besides, John's Baptism does not appear to have sealed so great an abundance of gifts as Christ's Baptism, Acts 19:3,4.
(2) The second administering cause are, along with Christ, the Apostles, Acts 19:4, who — since He was now already revealed, and had already satisfied — and all the lawful Ministers of the Church, unto the consummation of the world, Matt. 28:19,20 (although Jesus Himself did not baptize, John 4:2, because His work was to bring about the signified thing, Matt. 3:11) — and these alone: since Christ has joined together not only the preaching of the Word, but also the administration of Baptism, Matt. 28:19; and since these also, without doubt for this reason, are called Stewards of the mysteries of God (by which the Sacraments too are understood), 1 Cor. 4:1; and since besides, the matter itself teaches that the public seals of state must not, nor may, be handled except by those who have power and right thereto.
And although in these persons, as regards themselves, there are in every way required a lawful calling, a sound doctrine, and a pure and holy life; yet these things, as regards the one baptized, are not so strictly required that, because of some defect in the one or the other, Baptism should cease, or be less effectual — since its efficacy depends on the promise and on faith, and not on the condition of the Minister, Matt. 3:1.
XII.
What must be settled concerning the end, the use, and the efficacy of Baptism: namely, (I) that it (1) does not entirely take away all preceding sin, at least as regards the pollution, Acts 8:13,23; nor (2) does it bring grace by virtue of the work done — there, and Matt. 3:11, 1 Cor. 10:2,5; nor (3) does it impress a certain indelible mark, of which see the preceding chapter, §18; nor (4) does it have such a bond or union — whether of the sign with the signified thing, or of the person with the Sacrament — that no benefit of the Covenant of Grace could be obtained and enjoyed without its use, since God has not bound Himself to any Sacraments, even as He has, by His own supreme authority, bound and obliged us to them.
But (II), that it does signify, seal, and also, in its own way — that is, morally and sacramentally — set forth: (1) our being planted together, engrafted, incorporated, united, and made partakers with Christ, Gal. 3:27, Rom. 6:3,4; (2) regeneration, Tit. 3:5, 1 Pet. 3:21; (3) justification and the forgiveness of sins, Acts 2:38 and 22:16, Mark 1:4, Rev. 1:5; (4) adoption as children, or reception and adoption, into the household of Christ, Gal. 3:26,27; (5) sanctification, Rom. 6:3,4, Col. 2:11,12,13; (6) the resurrection, Rom. 6:5, 1 Cor. 15:29; (7) glorification, or eternal life, Mark 16:15,16, 1 Pet. 3:21, John 3:3,5; (8) the open profession of the Christian faith and of our entire self-surrender (resignatio) made to Christ, Rom. 6:4, John 4:1,2; (9) incorporation into the Church, as the mystical body of Christ, 1 Cor. 12:13, Acts 2:41; (10) our symbolic distinguishing and separation from all unbelievers and unbaptized persons, Acts 2:41.
XIII.
Those who must be baptized: (I) only human beings, Matt. 28:19, who are capable of the Covenant of Grace, of regeneration, of the forgiveness of sins, etc.: not bells, nor other things, whether lifeless or irrational; nor all men, and each one indiscriminately; but (II) only the Covenant-partners, Acts 2:38,39, for Baptism is a circumcision of the New Testament, Col. 2:11,12, which, without doubt, was a sign of the Covenant of Grace, Gen. 17:10,11. As many, therefore, as the Church, by a judgment of charity (provided only that it rests on some lawful ground), can hold to be Covenant-partners, those must be baptized, Acts 8:36,37. And (III) not only adults (who, without a prior confession of their faith in the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit, must in no wise be admitted, Mark 16:16, Acts 8:37), but also little children — not of each and every one, but of Covenant-partners only, since they alone are holy, 1 Cor. 7:14.
All these must be baptized, for reasons which we shall set forth in the Polemical Part — excluding little children who are not yet, or not yet fully, born, since these do not yet constitute members of the Church distinct from their Parents; and likewise not those of Heretics and persons excommunicated from the Congregation, unless one of the two Parents be a Covenant-partner, 1 Cor. 7:14. With regard to monstrous births, illegitimate children, and foundlings, one must not proceed too scrupulously, either administering or delaying Baptism on the one side or the other; let us rather act uprightly and godly, according to our conscience, as in the presence of God — so shall we not easily sin, either against God, or against the reverence due to Baptism, or against the benefit and advantage of one unbaptized.
XIV.
Among the settled qualities and circumstances of Baptism come forward: (I) Its necessity — not only (1) from bare observation and experience, flowing from its outstanding use, usefulness, and moral efficacy, but also (2) from the divine command, Acts 2:38 and 22:16, when it can be obtained in a lawful manner, and in a lawful order befitting Baptism, 1 Cor. 14:30; nevertheless (3) not absolutely necessary, or of such a kind that no one could be saved without it — though it be not his fault that he lacks Baptism — since a lawful administration of Baptism presupposes fellowship in the Covenant, and in all its essential benefits, of which more, and at greater length, in the Polemical Part.
(II) Its unity and singleness, by which it is not to be repeated, Eph. 4:5, since the Savior nowhere says, "as often as you shall be baptized." And this not because it would impress an indelible mark upon the soul, but because it is a Sacrament of Regeneration, Tit. 3:5, which takes place only once, and is never broken off in the middle, 1 John 2:19.
Further (III) its place — the customary one, at least — is the Church or Congregation; not only for this reason, (1) that Baptism is joined together with the proclamation of the Word, Matt. 28:19; nor only (2) that it is performed more reverently, and less in passing, in the Church assembly than elsewhere, 1 Cor. 14:4; but especially (3) because Baptism is a Sacrament of introduction and incorporation into the Congregation, 1 Cor. 12:13, and therefore is nowhere more fittingly performed than in the Congregation.
(IV) The time, for those who are to receive this Sacrament — whether adults or little children — is not so precisely fixed in Holy Scripture that everyone need not take the most careful pains that it be obtained as soon as it can fittingly, and without hindrance, be done, Acts 22:16 and 16:33.
Finally (V), the working and effect of Baptism is by no means a certain indelible mark, as we have shown in the preceding Chapter, §18.
The Polemical Part
XV.
The question is asked, first: whether Circumcision signified and sealed spiritual benefits to the Jews? The Papists, in order that Baptism might all the more excel and shine forth, maintain that Circumcision was not a Mosaic Sacrament, but a Sacrament of the Law of Nature; and that it was a seal of the righteousness of faith, not for the later Jews, but only for Abraham; and that for the other Jews it was nothing else than a sign that they were children of Abraham, and thus sealed nothing but a shadow and sketch of Baptism.
The Socinians, because they acknowledge no spiritual promises before the time of Christ, also deny that any sealing of them took place in Circumcision. With these the Anabaptists altogether agree.
The Reformed, on the contrary, maintain that it did signify and seal spiritual benefits: (I) Because it sealed a spiritual Covenant with God, in which God sealed to Abraham, and to his seed, that He would be their God, Gen. 17:7. (II) Because it was a seal of the righteousness of faith, Rom. 4:11 — not for Abraham alone, but for all his believing descendants, as plainly appears from the whole context of that chapter. (III) Because it signified and sealed the same Promises which Baptism signifies and seals, Acts 2:38,39. (IV) Because it signified and sealed regeneration and conversion, Deut. 30:6 and 10:16, Rom. 2:29, compare Jer. 4:4, and the forgiveness of sins. (V) Because Circumcision was the Baptism of the Old Testament, Col. 2:11,12, Phil. 3:3. The suppositions of the Papists we have examined, sufficiently, in the preceding chapter, §19; likewise the suppositions of the Socinians and the Anabaptists, Book V, Chapter VI, §18.
XVI.
The question is asked, second: whether Circumcision is of perpetual use? The Jews of today maintain this; and so also, of old, did those in Paul's time who had been converted from the Jews to Christianity, with whom the Apostles had to contend, Acts 15, and in the Epistles to the Galatians, Philippians, and Colossians, and especially in the Epistle to the Hebrews. The Mohammedans, too, turn circumcision — which among Easterners is almost a civil custom — into a religious rite. The Ethiopians join it together with Baptism, in order, by its means, to be distinguished from the other nations, as children of Abraham the believer.
Christians reckon three periods of Circumcision: of necessity, from Abraham until the death of Christ; of lawfulness, from the death of Christ until the time of reformation, Heb. 9:10 — that is, until the honorable burial of the Jewish Synagogue; and of prohibition — that is, after it had been abolished and forbidden by the Apostles, at least among the Gentiles, Acts 15, Gal. 5:2, Phil. 3:2,3, Col. 2:11,12. This because (I) it portrayed and foreshadowed the Messiah and His grace as still to come, Heb. 9:11 and 10:1, Col. 2:17, and would thus deny the Messiah now present. (II) Because it was a short summary of the whole Ceremonial Law, and, as it were, an obligating bond to the entire keeping of it, Gal. 5:3. And thus (III) it would wholly take away Christian liberty, Gal. 5:12. Add to this (IV) that it would be an outstanding obstacle and hindrance to embracing the Christian religion, at least among the Gentiles.
Nor is there anything which they can more forcefully urge to the contrary, than that it is said it shall be for an everlasting Covenant, Gen. 17:13. But it is called an everlasting Covenant with respect to the signified thing — "I will be a God unto thee," v. 7 — but with respect to the sign it is called no more everlasting and unceasing than the possession of the land of Canaan, in the eighth verse.
XVII.
The question is asked, third: whether the Baptism of John is, as regards its essence, the same as the Baptism of Christ? The Papists, in order to belittle and undermine John's Baptism, and to hold it not to be a Sacrament of the New Testament, but a mere rite and ceremony, and a certain outward washing of the body, and an empty and vain sign, deny this — although those among them who are of a sounder judgment do ascribe to it the forgiveness of sins, yet only by virtue of the work of the one performing it, not, as with Christ's Baptism, by virtue of the work done. Nor are there lacking among them those who teach that this Baptism was not of a command, but only of counsel, and who acknowledge no necessity for it at all: they all agree in this, that John's Baptism differs from Christ's Baptism not only in circumstances and degree, but also in essence itself. With these cruder Papists the Anabaptists here entirely agree.
The Reformed, while acknowledging a certain distinction in the circumstances and in the degree of efficacy, nevertheless confess a complete equality between the two, as regards their very essence, as we have shown more fully at §11.
Against which parties raise, wrongly and mistakenly, these objections: (I) That John's Baptism had, as its author and institutor, not God, but John himself. Answer: Holy Scripture plainly speaks against this, Luke 3:2, John 1:33, Matt. 21:25. (II) That it is here called a Baptism of repentance and conversion, Acts 13:24 and 19:4. Answer: Christ's Baptism, too, is called an initiation of repentance and conversion, Rom. 6:4. (III) That John distinguishes his own Baptism from Christ's Baptism, Mark 1:8, Matt. 3:11. Answer: He distinguishes (1) the working of the servant from the grace of the Master; he distinguishes (2) with respect to the degree of efficacy, not with respect to the efficacy itself. (IV) That we do not read that John baptized in the name of the Trinity. Answer: (1) A difference of words does not remove an equality of essence. (2) Nowhere is it said that he did not administer his Baptism in the name of the Trinity; rather (3), that he did baptize in the name of the Trinity seems to be sufficiently indicated, Acts 19:2,3,5. (V) That those who had been baptized by John are said to have been baptized anew, Acts 19:3,4,5. Answer: It is not said that those baptized by John were baptized again by Paul; but that John's hearers were baptized by John, and were confirmed by Paul through the laying on of hands, and thereby received the extraordinary gifts of the Holy Spirit, which until then had been unknown.
XVIII.
The question is asked, fourth: whether, for the administration of Baptism, it is sufficient that there be a washing with water alone, performed in the name of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit? The early Christian Church, after the second century, gradually departing and degenerating from Apostolic simplicity, took up, in connection with Baptism, various rites and customs, as it were an adornment of the Sacrament, of which some were more, some less, harmful than others. Among other things they used a holy Anointing, and the sign of the Cross, by which the one baptized was to be confirmed; likewise also milk and honey, by the tasting of which he would, as it were, be made a child of the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit; and further white garments. Not content with these things, the Popish Church adds salt and spittle and other filth besides — putting some of it into the mouth, and smearing the ears and nostrils with the rest, together with the added word Ephphatha, that is, "Be opened." She also marks the forehead and breast of little children with a Cross; by an exorcism she drives away Satan; she adds to this wax candles, a covering of the head of the one baptized, a washing of the feet, a laying on of hands, with a kiss of peace, and other things besides. Some of these things the Lutherans also approve.
The Reformed, on the contrary, content with Apostolic simplicity, reject all such additions, because (I) Holy Scripture knows nothing of them, and they can never be added by men without a condemned superstition, Matt. 15:9, Col. 2:22. Especially (II), since they lay new yokes upon the Church of the New Testament, which has been relieved by Christ, Matt. 11:28,29,30, Acts 15:20, and bring her back — who has been brought into liberty, Gal. 5:1 — into a new bondage; the number of Ceremonies concerning Baptism among the Papists having grown to twenty-two. I shall not add (III) that they ascribe to these rites not only mysterious significations, but even a special spiritual efficacy, which savors of a kind of sorcery; nor (IV), that these ornamented smearings little befit Christian and Apostolic simplicity, and serve not to adorn, but to defile and besmirch, the most holy Sacrament. Nor do the parties have anything else which they can urge to the contrary, except a few Scripture passages which seem to allude to these customs and rites, both old and new, Gal. 3:27, 1 Pet. 2:2, Heb. 10:32 and 6:4, 2 Cor. 1:21,22, 1 John 2:20. These passages do not allude to those customs and rites; rather, those customs and rites were, on occasion of these passages, invented and devised.
XIX.
The question is asked specifically, fifth: whether exorcism is to be reckoned among the rites of Baptism? In Baptism, the exorcist who is to baptize commands Satan that he go out from the child that is to be baptized, and make room for the Holy Spirit. He further says to the child that it should receive the sign of the Holy Cross, upon the forehead and upon the breast; with two little prayers he prays that God would receive this little child; finally he adjures Satan, in the name of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit, that he go out and depart from this servant or handmaid of Jesus Christ.
This exorcism the Papists hold to be necessary; the Lutherans, as a matter of indifference, some of whom therefore retain it, others omit it.
The Reformed hold that it must in no way be tolerated: (I) because it is an unscriptural rite and custom, and therefore condemned, Matt. 15:9, Col. 2:22. (II) It is superstitious, insofar as it is contrived to apply grace to the baptized, and is believed by many to be no less necessary and effectual than Baptism itself. (III) It savors of sorcery, insofar as it ascribes to words and characters a power to drive away Satan. (IV) It is besides ungodly in many ways, insofar as it is (1) an abuse of God's name; (2) a lie, falsely slandering the little Children of the Church as possessed and seized by the Devil; (3) because it transfers to men the casting out of Satan, which belongs to God alone; (4) it does injury to the merit of Christ, to whom alone it belongs to drive out Satan; and also (5) it does injury to the efficacy of Baptism itself, as though that were not sufficient to seal that deliverance from the power of Satan.
Let us add (V) this further proof: the little Children of believers who are to be baptized either have an evil Spirit, which must be driven out — and thus they would be possessed and seized by Satan, which is contrary to Holy Scripture, Gen. 17:7,10, Mark 10:14, Acts 2:39, 1 Cor. 7:14 — or they do not have one, and then it is a game and a mockery, which, in a holy and serious matter, is in the highest degree ungodly.
They object nevertheless: (1) That little children are under the power of Satan. Answer: (a) They are so by nature; but not by the grace of the Covenant, whose seal they desire and receive in Baptism. (b) If they were so, then it would not be an exorcism, but Christ alone, who would deliver them, 1 John 3:8, Heb. 2:14. (2) That it adorns and embellishes Baptism. Answer: (a) Baptism is embellished and adorned enough by those rites which Christ has prescribed; hence (b) it is, by those fancies, far rather obscured, besmirched, and dishonored. (3) That it has been customary among the church fathers. Answer: (a) We live not by examples, but by laws. (b) The ancient Church Fathers did not exorcise the little children about to be baptized, but adults who were possessed and seized, and who were brought to Baptism, while at that time the gift of Miracles still continued in the church.
XX.
The question is asked, sixth: whether Baptism is a rite for a time only, used by the Apostles without any command of Christ? The Socinians, because they deny that the Sacraments are seals of the Covenant of Grace, hold: (I) that Water-baptism is merely an outward ceremony, given to distinguish believers from unbelievers; (II) that it was not commanded by any command of Christ, but (III) was used by the Apostles of their own accord, and therefore (IV) is temporary, having lasted, or having had to last, only for a time.
The Anabaptists acknowledge Baptism indeed to be a perpetual rite, and that it was instituted by Christ for this purpose; yet nevertheless, that it is ordained and appointed for nothing more than to distinguish believers from unbelievers.
The Reformed hold that this Sacrament — this testimony and seal of the inward washing away of sins — having been instituted by Christ, was used by the Apostles by virtue of a divine command, as a Sacrament which shall endure forever in the church. Proofs: (I) Because it signifies and seals to believers regeneration and the forgiveness of sins, Acts 2:38, Tit. 3:5, Col. 2:11,12, Rom. 6:4. (2) Because it was instituted by Christ, and that unto the consummation of the world, Matt. 28:19,20. (3) Because the Apostles baptized in the name — that is, by the command — of Christ, Acts 2:38, 8:16, and 10:48, and indeed also prescribed it to others, in the same places. (4) Because it was instituted for the use of the Church of every age: (a) as an ordinary means for gathering, maintaining, and preserving the Church; (b) prescribed to the Church, which was to be gathered not out of one people only, but out of all nations, Matt. 28:19,20; (c) because the unity and oneness of the Church depends no less on the oneness of Baptism than on the fellowship of faith, Eph. 4:5; (d) because Baptism has come into the place of Circumcision, Col. 2:11, which was a seal of the righteousness of faith, Rom. 4:11; (e) and this until the return of Christ, Matt. 28:20; because also (f) the end and use of Baptism belong not only to those already converted, or to believers, but also to unbelievers being sought, Rom. 4:3,4, Gal. 3:27, Tit. 3:5.
Nor does the following avail for the contrary: (A) That regeneration and the forgiveness of sins cannot take place through Baptism, since it does not reach the soul, but leaves those benefits to the Word alone, John 17:17, 1 Pet. 1:23. Answer: Regeneration and the forgiveness of sins are not brought about by Baptism through a natural (physicam) cause; but they can nonetheless be signified and sealed by it, and also, in its own manner, brought about, as by a moral cause. (B) That Christ instituted not the Baptism of water, but of doctrine, Matt. 28:19. Answer: (1) It has never yet been proven that there is a "baptism of doctrine." (2) In Matt. 28:19 Baptism is expressly distinguished from doctrine. (C) That it was freely used and freely omitted, since the Apostles themselves did not baptize the seventy Disciples, Acts 1:15, nor the five hundred brethren, 1 Cor. 15:6. Answer: From the fact that the Baptism of the Apostles and of others is not expressly recounted in the brief compass of the Scriptures, it is not soundly concluded that they were not baptized — especially since they are said to have all been baptized into one body, 1 Cor. 12:13. (D) That Baptism was prescribed to the Apostles alone, Mark 16:17,20. Answer: The Text says only that it was prescribed to the Apostles, and was also used by them; but not that it was prescribed to them alone, or used by them alone — since later experience proves the contrary, 1 Cor. 1:14,15,16, Acts 8:12 and 9:18; indeed it is said to be prescribed and commanded unto the consummation of the world, Matt. 28:19,20. (E) That it was an ἀντίτυπος, an antitype, 1 Pet. 3:21, and therefore abolished along with the rest of the types of the Old Testament. Answer: It is not called an example or shadow of a certain grace still to come in Christ, of which sort we acknowledge to be abolished; but an antitype, or the body of the shadow, which nowhere do we read to have been abolished. (F) That Paul was not sent to baptize, 1 Cor. 1:17, but to teach. Answer: Not chiefly to baptize; yet not absolutely not, as appears from vv. 14 and 16. (G) That Baptism was to be administered only to those who needed to be taught and instructed — that is, to unbelievers, Matt. 28:19. Answer: All adults had first to be instructed, and then baptized.
XXI.
The question is asked, seventh: whether, on the contrary, Baptism contains and comprises regeneration and justification within itself, or brings them about as a natural instrument, by virtue of the work done? The Papists maintain this; and the Lutherans agree with them to this extent, that they hold Baptism to be a beginning cause of regeneration.
The Reformed deny both: (I) Because it, according to the nature of the Sacraments, is a sign and a seal, whose property it is not to work — as an instrument — in a physical manner. (II) Because it is material, and of finite power, whose work it therefore cannot be to bring forth a spiritual effect, which requires an infinite power. (III) Because it presupposes regeneration, by means of faith, whereby we enter into the Kingdom of God, or into the Covenant of Grace, John 3:5, as that which is to be sealed, Rom. 4:11, Mark 16:16 — not by a natural mode, but by signifying and sealing. (IV) Because regeneration and justification do not always seal Baptism, nor do they always follow upon it, Acts 8:13,21.
Nor does it help the parties: (1) That we are said to be born again of water and the Spirit, John 3:3,5 — since by "water" there is not to be understood the Baptism of Christ, which, as the parties themselves acknowledge, was not yet instituted at that time, but a manner of speech, which they call a Hendiadys — "one thing by means of two" — meaning a spiritual water, or the Holy Spirit. (2) That Baptism is called the washing of regeneration, Tit. 3:5 — for it is so called because it signifies, offers, and seals regeneration, and by all this, in its own manner, morally brings it about; but not that it works and effects it in a natural manner. (3) That it is said to wash away sins, Acts 22:16 — for if by that washing is understood forgiveness or acquittal, that admits of no natural cause, but only a moral and judicial one; but if by it is understood the change and regeneration, then that is ascribed to Baptism in the same sense in which we have said it is called a washing of regeneration.
XXII.
The question is asked, eighth: whether Baptism removes all preceding sins, so that they no longer exist — or only, that they are no longer imputed, nor reign? The Papists, in order to exalt Baptism so much the higher above Circumcision, and thus to gain the point that Circumcision alone justified by virtue of the work of the one performing it, while Baptism should justify by virtue of the work done, hold that Baptism so entirely removes all preceding sin, together with all its consequence, that it no longer exists — yet only that the sin already committed no longer exists, leaving the sins that follow to be blotted out by sacramental confession and penance.
The Reformed hold that Baptism, in the elect who are baptized, morally removes all sin as regards the guilt; and as regards the pollution, only so far as that it should no longer reign in the baptized, but not so that it should absolutely no longer be in them. Because (I) Baptism removes sin in no other way than as justifying and sanctifying grace does, of which it is a sign and a seal — but justifying grace removes nothing but the guilt, and sanctifying grace nothing but the dominion, Rom. 6:12. (II) Otherwise all the baptized would be freed from all sin, both as regards the guilt and as regards the pollution — against which both Holy Scripture and experience plainly testify. Especially (III) because evil desire always remains in the baptized, even after Baptism, Rom. 7:7.
Nor does the following avail against this: (1) That we are said to be cleansed by the washing of water, Eph. 5:26. Answer: Not in a natural (physical) manner, but only in a moral and sacramental manner, by taking away from the elect who are baptized all the guilt of punishment for sin, and sin itself, so far that it no longer reigns — but not that it no longer exists. (2) That Baptism stands in the same relation to sin as Circumcision did to the foreskin, Col. 2:11,12, which it removed entirely and completely. Answer: In the same manner, with respect to the foreskin of the heart, not of the flesh, as the cited passage has it. (3) That the grace of sanctification, which Baptism seals to the elect, is incompatible and cannot coexist with sin. Answer: It is incompatible with a reigning sin, but not with a present sin, in some degree.
XXIII.
The question is asked, ninth: whether Baptism is absolutely necessary to salvation? The Socinians hold that it is in no way necessary, but rather ought to be dispensed with.
The Papists, following certain of the Church Fathers — Ambrose, Augustine, and other Latin writers — maintain this, except that they exempt the Martyrs, and those who die with a desire for Baptism; and to unbaptized little children they assign a certain more tolerable place of Hell, or a Limbo, in which they are freed from the pain of sense, yet meanwhile are deprived and cut off from the blessed vision of God, and from all joy and gladness. Some add, that Baptism obtained this absolute necessity only after the death of Christ, or after Pentecost.
The Lutherans likewise acknowledge, in their own way, an absolute necessity of Baptism, when they hold that it effects the beginning of regeneration.
The Reformed acknowledge, against the Socinians, a necessity both of divine command and of outstanding usefulness; but an absolute necessity they deny, against the Papists and Lutherans: (I) Because we read that God has often bestowed saving grace on such as were still deprived of any sacrament of initiation — for example, on Jacob, Rom. 9:11-13; on David, Ps. 71:6; on Jeremiah, Jer. 1:5; on the Baptist, Luke 1:15; on Paul, Gal. 1:15; and on others; indeed even on the Thief, who died on the cross without Baptism, Luke 23:43; and on Cornelius, Acts 10:12,15,44,47 — while, on the contrary, Baptism was not in the least profitable to Simon the Sorcerer, Acts 8:13,20-23.
(II) Because Baptism, according to the nature of all Sacraments, sealing the Covenant of grace, Regeneration, and the forgiveness of sins, presupposes the saving grace which is to be sealed — of which the children of believers, by a birthright, are, in a covenantal way, called holy, 1 Cor. 7:14. (III) Because little children at least, through no fault of their own, die without Baptism. (IV) Because it is unjust to bind God's grace to an outward sign, and as it were to constrain it thereto. (V) Because those who, of old, died before the eighth day appointed for circumcision nonetheless obtained salvation, 2 Sam. 12:23. (VI) Because the salvation of the child would then depend on the discretion of the baptizer, priest, or midwife, etc. (VII) Because then God would have loved no one apart from Baptism, which the Apostle contradicts, Rom. 9:13.
Nevertheless they object: (1) The passage from John 3:5. Answer: That this passage does not treat of the Baptism of Christ, we have noted in the preceding section. (2) The passage from Mark 16:16, "He that believeth and is baptized shall be saved." Answer: (a) The Savior speaks of the Baptism of adults, which, at that time, concerned only adults, and therefore does not regard little children — for otherwise all little children would have to be excluded from salvation, because they do not believe. And (b) the joining together of these two things, namely of faith and of Baptism, does not thereby entail one and the same necessity for obtaining salvation — compare Rom. 10:10. For which reason also (c) in the following clause no mention is made of the unbaptized. (3) The passage from Gen. 17:14, "an uncircumcised person shall be cut off from his people." Answer: (a) The LORD speaks only of adult despisers: "he hath broken my Covenant." And (b) it is as yet uncertain whether the penalty of being cut off refers to temporal, or to eternal, death.
XXIV.
The question is asked, tenth: whether it is lawful for anyone other than the Preachers of the Word to baptize? The Papists — and, in their own way, the Lutherans too — since they fasten regeneration and the forgiveness of sins to Baptism, and thus press its absolute necessity, do indeed, when acting officially and publicly, and when a Priest is present, leave the power to baptize to the Ministers of the Word alone; but when these are absent, they grant, in case of necessity, to each and every one — even to unbelievers and to women — the power to baptize, provided only they keep to the formula.
The Socinians, too, since they acknowledge no mystery at all in Baptism, permit each and every one to baptize.
The Reformed leave this to the Ministers of the Word alone: (I) Because Christ has joined together the power to baptize with the proclamation of the Word, Matt. 28:19: "What God hath joined together, let not man put asunder," ch. 19:6. (II) Because, for this reason too, the Ministers of the Word are called Stewards of the mysteries of God, 1 Cor. 4:1. (III) Because Baptism is a public seal of the Covenant of grace; and it is lawful for such seals to be handled not by each and every one, but only by those who have obtained authority thereto from the Magistracy. (IV) Because no example of the contrary occurs in Holy Scripture.
Nor does the example avail for the contrary (1) of Zipporah, circumcising her Son in the presence of her Husband, Exod. 4:25. Answer: (a) The act of an agitated and distressed Woman is neither praised nor approved — especially with her Husband, who was an ordinary Minister, being present. Also (b) an unequal case between Circumcision and Baptism must here be observed. Just as little do the examples avail here (2) of Philip, Acts 8:12, of Ananias, Acts 9:18, and of the Brethren, ch. 10:48. Answer: For (a) these were not laymen, but Evangelists or Deacons — compare Acts 6:5 with 8:5,12,21 and 21:8. And (b) they did it by a special divine prompting and command, which appears, of Philip, Acts 8:26,27; of Ananias, ch. 9:10,11,15,17; of the brethren, at the command of Peter, Acts 10:48 — although it is still to this day uncertain whether Peter charged those brothers to baptize Cornelius, or whether he commanded Cornelius and his household to receive Baptism from himself.
XXV.
The question is asked, eleventh: whether the little children of believers, too, must be baptized? The Anabaptists deny it, and forbid it. The Socinians, when they deal somewhat more gently, do indeed permit it, as an indifferent rite; yet they do not require it as commanded by Christ, but only by believers themselves, without any absolute necessity.
The Reformed maintain that they must, by virtue of Christ's institution and command, in every respect be baptized: (I) Because they are under the promise of the Covenant of Grace, to which Baptism is annexed, Acts 2:38,39. (II) Because they are partakers of the benefits of the Covenant of Grace, of Regeneration and the forgiveness of sins, Jer. 31:33,34. (III) Because they are members of the mystical body of Christ, and would otherwise be without Christ, without God, without hope of salvation, Eph. 2:11,12,13, and must therefore receive the sign of incorporation, 1 Cor. 12:13, Rom. 6:3,4. (IV) Because the seal of the Covenant of Grace, under the Old Testament, belonged to little children, Gen. 17:10,12, in whose place, under the New Testament, Baptism has come, Col. 2:11,12. (V) Because Baptism is the Circumcision of the New Testament, Col. 2:11,12, just as Circumcision was the Baptism of the Old Testament. (VI) Because they are partakers of the Holy Spirit, 1 Cor. 7:14, as appears in Jeremiah, Jer. 1:5, and in the Baptist, Luke 1:15 — but that such must now be baptized, Peter plainly teaches, Acts 10:47. (VII) Because the children of believers are begotten unto God, Ezek. 16:20, and are therefore, in a covenantal way, holy unto God, 1 Cor. 7:14, compare Isa. 49.
The parties object: (1) That neither command nor example of infant baptism occurs in Holy Scripture. Answer: There is a command — since we are commanded in Holy Scripture to baptize as many as have received the Holy Spirit, Acts 10:47, and since, according to those same Scriptures, little children do receive the Holy Spirit, Luke 1:15, Jer. 1:5. And that no express examples of it perhaps occur, arises from this, that at that time no Christians were as yet born, but had still to be made so through the preaching of the Gospel, Matt. 28:19, μαθητεύσατε, "teach," or "make disciples" — and therefore it more rarely happened that they were born of Christian Parents.
(2) An objection is, that Baptism requires instruction beforehand, Matt. 28:19, which does not apply to little children. Answer: (a) The Baptism of adults, of which Matt. 28 speaks, requires instruction beforehand; but not that of little children. Let me add (b), that the Greek root word μαθητεύειν, matheteuein, means to make, or to initiate, a Disciple or Christian — whether by instructing, or by baptizing.
(3) It is objected that Baptism, in order that it may seal the Covenant of Grace, requires faith beforehand. Answer: In adults it does indeed require actual faith; but being content, in little children, with a covenantal faith, it requires no more actual faith than Circumcision formerly did.
(4) Since Circumcision (according to us) is the same as Baptism, then at least the circumcised ought not to be baptized. Answer: Circumcision is the same as Baptism as regards the Covenant itself, which is sealed in both; but it is not the same as regards the dispensation of the Covenant — since Circumcision sealed the Covenant according to the dispensation of the Old Testament, while Baptism seals that same Covenant according to the dispensation of the New Testament: a thing which is plainly evident in the Baptism of Christ.
(5) It is further urged that, since there is only one Covenant of Grace, which is sealed by the Lord's Supper as well as by Baptism, one must therefore say either that, the Lord's Supper being admitted, Baptism is superfluous; or that, Baptism being admitted, the Lord's Supper is superfluous; or that the Lord's Supper must be administered to children just as Baptism is administered to them. Answer: None of this follows — because Baptism seals the Covenant of Grace only according to the degree of initiation, which applies also to little children; whereas the Lord's Supper seals that Covenant according to the degree of nourishment, which presupposes a self-examination and a discerning of the body of Christ, and therefore does not apply to little children.
Finally it is said (6) that little children do not understand the use and the power of Baptism. Answer: (a) Neither did they formerly understand the use and power of Circumcision. (b) In their own time they shall come to grasp and understand that, through Baptism, they have entered into, and made, the Covenant with God.
XXVI.
The question is asked, twelfth: whether Baptism, once lawfully administered in the name of the Holy Trinity, must ever be repeated? Of old, Cyprian, Bishop of Carthage, following Agrippinus, since he held the Baptism of all sorts of heretics to be no Baptism, maintained that those baptized by them had to be baptized anew. Against him Stephen, Bishop of Rome, set himself, holding that those baptized by heretics, whatever sort they might be, must be received without any repetition.
With Stephen agree, because they urge an absolute necessity of Baptism, the Papists and Lutherans; with Cyprian, the Anabaptists — who not only rebaptize all who were baptized in their infancy, but even those passing from one sect among themselves to another.
The Reformed hold, with Cyprian, against Stephen and the Papists, that those baptized by unbelievers, or by such as deny all, or most, of the essential foundations, namely the Holy Trinity, must be baptized as never having been lawfully baptized; but they deny, with Stephen, against Cyprian and against the Anabaptists, that those baptized by schismatics, or by such as are tainted with this or that heresy alone, yet are sound in most points, need be baptized anew.
(I) Because Holy Scripture nowhere says, as it does of the Lord's Supper, "as often as you shall be baptized." (II) Because for this reason only one Baptism is reckoned, Eph. 4:5. (III) Because the initiation or introduction into the Covenant of Grace, and the Regeneration, which Baptism seals, take place only once. (IV) Because Circumcision, which was nothing other than a Baptism of the Old Testament, took place only once. (V) Because saving grace — regeneration, for example — cannot be lost, 1 John 2:19, 1 Pet. 1:3,4,5, Rom. 8:1,33,34 and 11:29. (VI) Because a godly remembrance of a Baptism once received is enough to recall and bring back the fallen to repentance, and to strengthen them against falling, 1 Cor. 11:11, Gal. 3:27.
Against this our opponents chiefly urge these two things: (1) That those who had once been baptized by John were rebaptized by Paul, Acts 19:3,4,5. Answer: It is not said that they were baptized again by Paul, but that those who had heard John were baptized by John, and were confirmed by Paul through the laying on of hands, and received the Holy Spirit. (2) That among those three thousand who, Acts 2:41, are recorded to have been baptized, many had long before already been baptized by John. Answer: This is a mere conjecture, which the Anabaptists must still prove and establish by reasons.
The Practical Part
XXVII.
As for the Practical Part: first, Circumcision, which, as regards the signified thing, entirely agrees with Baptism, commends to the baptized the spiritual circumcision of which the Apostle speaks, Rom. 2:28,29, which God promises, Deut. 30:6. This is, in fact, nothing other than the regeneration, renewal, and sanctification wrought by Baptism, Tit. 3:5, Eph. 5:26, 1 Cor. 6:11 — or, as the Apostle views it, a putting off of the body of the sins of the flesh: because it strips away, little by little, not a certain small membrane, but the whole body of sins which flow from original corruption. Which regeneration and sanctification agree, in many points, with the Circumcision of the Old Testament and with the Baptism of the New. Namely:
(I) Just as in bodily Circumcision, and in outward Baptism, the child is merely passive; so also is man, in spiritual Circumcision, and in inward Baptism, merely passive, since God alone does the work here, Deut. 30:6, "The LORD will circumcise" — Matt. 3:11, Tit. 3:5, "the renewing of the Spirit" — for which reason this is called a circumcision made without hands, Col. 2:11.
(II) Just as in bodily Circumcision the foreskin of the flesh is cut off, Gen. 17:13, so in spiritual Circumcision the whole body of corruption, originating from the flesh, is gradually cut off and cast away, Col. 2:11 — for example, the corruption of the lips, Exod. 6:12, of the ears, Acts 7:51, and of the whole heart, Deut. 10:16.
(III) Bodily Circumcision was very difficult and painful for the circumcised, Gen. 34:25, and spiritual Circumcision stirs up in the regenerate and sanctified no less pain, sorrow, contrition, and repentance, Acts 2:37, Jer. 31:19, 2 Cor. 7:10, Zech. 12:10-14.
(IV) In bodily Circumcision there was an everlasting casting-away of the foreskin, which died and rotted, never to be taken up again; in the spiritual, likewise, all ungodliness is forever renounced, Tit. 2:11,12, the old man is put off, Eph. 4:22, with all his members, Col. 3:5-9, and that forever, 1 Pet. 4:1,2, Rom. 6:2, 2 Pet. 2:20.
(V) Bodily Circumcision set apart and separated the circumcised Jews from the company and intercourse of every other people, as a certain middle wall of partition, Deut. 33:28, with Gen. 17:14; so also spiritual Circumcision separates and sets apart the circumcised from all evil company and intercourse with the ungodly, 2 Cor. 6:14-17.
(VI) Bodily Circumcision incorporated and brought the circumcised into the Israelite Church; and spiritual Circumcision, or Regeneration, incorporates and brings us into the Kingdom of God, John 3:3,5, into the mystical body of Christ, 1 Cor. 12:12,13.
The Practical Use, then, commends to us this spiritual Circumcision, that we may strive not only to be circumcised by God, but also that we ourselves circumcise: (1) our heart, our inmost being, the innermost part of us, Deut. 10:16, Jer. 4:4 — so as to cleanse and purify it, James 4:8; (2) our ears, to hear and attend to the word of God, Acts 7:51; (3) our eyes, that they not gaze upon vanity, Ps. 119:37, compare Matt. 5:28; (4) our mouth, that it speak no falsehoods, but the truth, Eph. 4:25, Ps. 34:14; (5) our hands, James 4:8, Eph. 4:28, Ps. 26:6; (6) our feet, Prov. 1:15, Ps. 119:5; (7) our thoughts, Jer. 4:14; (8) our passions, affections, and desires, Gal. 5:24; (9) our body, and its members, Tit. 2:11,12, Rom. 6:19.
This is, finally, first (a) the Circumcision of the heart, which takes place in the Spirit, whose praise is not of men, but of God, Rom. 2:29. (b) Without this, our Baptism is nothing but an empty and vain show, Rom. 2:25, 1 Cor. 10:2,4, etc. — indeed, a mere concision (κατατομή), Phil. 3:2,3, which subjects us to the divine wrath, Jer. 4:4.
XXVIII.
Second, Baptism commends and enjoins itself upon adults who are not yet baptized, that they, as soon as it can fittingly be done, allow themselves to be baptized: (I) Because the Holy Spirit commands this, Acts 2:38 and 22:16. (II) Because Baptism is an institution of Christ, Matt. 28:19, so that whoever despises or neglects Baptism despises not a mere man, but God and Christ Himself, Matt. 21:25. Especially (III) because the Institutor is: (1) the Almighty, Matt. 28:18, Ps. 2:8, compare Heb. 12:25,26; (2) the All-wise, 1 Cor. 1:24, Col. 2:3; (3) the Most Kind and Most Loving, who, out of pure love for us, and for our benefit and advantage, has instituted Baptism, Eph. 5:2 with vv. 25,26.
(IV) Because Christ Himself earnestly desired Baptism, Matt. 3:13 — to whom it is our duty to be conformed in all things, John 13:14,15. (V) Because He has prescribed Baptism with a most solemn and weighty promise and threat attached, Mark 16:16, compare Heb. 12:25. (VI) Because the life of those who still need to be baptized is vanishing away so quickly, which most powerfully counsels against any delay, James 4:14, Ps. 39:6. (VII) Because that earnest desire is a mark of regeneration and of the spiritual life, 1 Pet. 2:2. (VIII) Because those who despise and neglect Baptism despise and reject the counsel of God concerning their own salvation, Luke 7:30.
(IX) Because Baptism is so useful and effectual: (1) for the strengthening and confirming of our faith, Rom. 4:11; (2) for the assurance of our incorporation and engrafting into Christ, Gal. 3:27, 1 Cor. 12:13, compare John 15:2 and Rom. 11:17; (3) for the sealing of our Covenant-making with God, Gen. 17:9,10 with Acts 2:38,39, as also (4) of the forgiveness of our sins, Acts 2:38 and 22:16, Eph. 5:26, Rom. 4:11; finally (5) for the stirring up of our Sanctification, as regards the putting to death of the old man, and the making alive of the new, Rom. 6:3,4, Col. 2:11,12.
(X) Because through Baptism we are distinguished and separated from unbelievers, and joined to, and united with, the Congregation of Christ, Acts 2:41, 1 Cor. 12:13.
(XI) Because here shine forth as examples the converted — Acts 2:41, the Ethiopian eunuch, ch. 8:36, and Paul, ch. 22:16 compared with ch. 26:19.
Yet since it is not enough to be baptized, they must endeavor and strive to receive Baptism in a lawful manner; to which end they must observe certain duties:
(A) Those which must be sought and practiced before Baptism, of which sort are: (1) That they be instructed in the foundations of the Christian faith, Matt. 28:19 — for which reason we do not read that adults were baptized without prior instruction, Acts 2:41, 8:34,37, and 9:6 with vv. 17,18, and 10:34 with v. 48, and 16:31,32,33. (2) That they earnestly examine themselves, whether they are endowed with a true and saving faith, Acts 8:37, Mark 16:16, 2 Cor. 13:5 — without which Baptism will not be of the least profit to them, compare Heb. 4:2. (3) That they confess their sins, and earnestly turn from them, Matt. 3:6,8, Mark 1:4, Acts 19:4. (4) That they bind themselves, in holiness, to faith and faithfulness toward God and the Savior, unto a life which is worthy and fitting for a Christian who bears Baptism, 1 Pet. 3:21, Rom. 6:2,3,4, Matt. 3:8 — for which reason, in the early Church, those who were to be baptized were charged to renounce and abjure the devil and all his works. (5) That they also prepare and gird themselves for the Holy Supper, Acts 2:41 with v. 46.
(B) During Baptism, or when they receive it, that they receive it with due and fitting attention and godliness, with an awakened and earnest faith, hope, repentance, and conversion, and with deep sighings, Acts 22:16 and 2:41, so that they may become partakers of the Holy Spirit, Luke 3:21.
(C) After Baptism, that they (a) devote themselves to prayer, after the example of Christ, Luke 3:21, not only asking and praying for the efficacy of Baptism, but also giving thanks to God for the grace of the Covenant-making, of the forgiveness of sins, and of their reception and adoption into His household. (b) That they strive to obtain and stir up a holy and godly joy from the sealing of the Covenant-making with the Holy Trinity, of the forgiveness of sins, etc. — after the example of the Ethiopian eunuch, Acts 8:39, and of the Jailer, Acts 16:34, compared with Luke 16:6,7 and vv. 22,23,24. (c) That the baptized person, throughout his whole life, be mindful of his Baptism, and of that Covenant-making which he made in his Baptism, and that, by the remembrance and recollection of it, he more and more strengthen himself against every kind of temptation of Satan, and against the enticements of the flesh and of the world, Rom. 6:3,4: "Or do you not know, that as many of us as were baptized into Christ Jesus were baptized into His death? We are buried with Him therefore, etc." Let me add also (d), that as often as he sees Baptism administered to others, he godly call to mind and remember his own Baptism, and the vows made at that time to God, by him, or on his behalf — on which almost all the fruit and efficacy, especially of infant baptism, depends.
XXIX.
Third, Baptism commends and enjoins upon Parents those duties which, on the occasion of their children's Baptism, must be shown and exercised toward the children. Namely, that they (I) dedicate and consecrate them to God at once from the womb, 1 Sam. 1:28, compare Ps. 22:11 and Gen. 17:18. (II) That they see to it, as soon as it can fittingly be done, that the Covenant of Grace be sealed to their little children through Baptism. Hence God formerly appointed the eighth day, as being, in His judgment, the most fitting for that Sacrament, to Circumcision, Gen. 17:20 — to which Abraham, Zacharias, and Mary showed themselves exactly obedient, Luke 1 and 2 — because (1) in this way little children pass over, as it were, into the Covenant, Deut. 29:10,11, and because (2) the Sacrament of introduction belongs to them, by the right of the promise, Acts 2:38,39.
(III) That they, at Baptism, give their children honorable and Christian names, by and through which they can be reminded of their duty, Luke 1:59-64 and 2:21.
(IV) That they be present, both in body and in soul, at the Baptism of their children, bringing them, as it were, into the Covenant with wishes and prayers, dedicating them to God, and praying and beseeching for the efficacy of Baptism from heaven upon them, 1 Sam. 1:28, with Deut. 29:10,11.
(V) That they, since these children are now dedicated to God, endeavor to bring them up in the nurture and admonition of the Lord, Eph. 6:4, after the example of Abraham, Gen. 18:19, of Bathsheba, Prov. 31:1, of Lois and Eunice, 2 Tim. 1:5 with 3:15.
(VI) That they continually bring to mind and remembrance: (1) that their children, through Baptism, have been solemnly consecrated and dedicated to the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit, Matt. 28:19; (2) that they, through Baptism, have passed over into the fellowship of the people of God, and, together with Abraham's descendants, have become the blessed seed, Gen. 17:7, and spiritual children of Abraham, Rom. 4:11 with Gal. 3:7,8,14; that they are therefore (3), as newly-set plants, planted from childhood in the vineyard of God, called by God to His service, Ps. 92:13; (4) that they have been received and adopted into the Covenant of Grace, and that all its benefits and promises have been sealed to them through Baptism, Acts 2:38,39, compare Matt. 19:14; (5) that, whereas by nature they were children of wrath, dead in sins, Eph. 2:3, unclean, 1 Cor. 7:14, they have been washed, sanctified, and cleansed in Christ, 1 Cor. 6:11, Eph. 5:26; (6) that they, by the giving of a solemn pledge, have renounced Satan, the world, and sin, and themselves, and have promised and given themselves over to the Holy Trinity — so that, if they do not live in accordance with this, they become faithless against God, Isa. 1:2.
XXX.
Fourth, Baptism commends and enjoins upon all the baptized these following common duties: namely, (I) to acknowledge the corruption of nature and of sin, which must be cut off by Circumcision and washed away by Baptism — for which reason it is called the Bath of Regeneration and of the Renewing of the Holy Spirit, Tit. 3:5, without which no one can see or enter into the Kingdom of God, John 3:3,5, from which we are washed by the washing of water in the Word, Eph. 5:26.
(II) To give thanks to God, that He has, through the bath of Regeneration, in the blood of Christ, and by the Holy Spirit, cleansed us, and has sealed that cleansing in Baptism, 1 Cor. 6:11, Heb. 1:3, Rev. 1:5.
(III) To put off more and more the body of the sins of the flesh, Col. 2:11,12 — the old man, to which we have died through Baptism, Rom. 6:2,3,5,6.
(IV) To walk in newness of life, Rom. 6:4, and in the renewing of the Holy Spirit, Tit. 3:5.
(V) To exercise the closest fellowship with the Church, into which we have been engrafted through Baptism, 1 Cor. 12:13, Acts 2:41 with v. 44.
(VI) Especially to strive after, and seek, a closer spiritual union with Christ, whom we have long since put on in Baptism, Gal. 3:27, whose fellow-plantings we have become, Rom. 6:5, so that we are called by the name of Christ (namely, in His mystical sense), 1 Cor. 12:12.
(VII) To persevere in the true Doctrine, into which we were once baptized, Acts 2:41,42.
(VIII) To keep and maintain the promises of the Covenant-making, which were made in Baptism, Gen. 17:10, Ps. 25:10 and 119:106 — by which we have renounced Satan, sin, the world, and ourselves, and have wholly given and dedicated ourselves to God — just as God faithfully keeps and maintains, toward us, the promises of the Covenant, 2 Cor. 1:20.
(IX) To endeavor, strive, and labor after the assurance of the forgiveness of our sins, of which Baptism is a sign and seal, so that we may be able to say: "Mercy has been shown to me," 1 Tim. 1:15; "He has saved us by the washing of regeneration," Tit. 3:5.
(X) To long after the Holy Supper, in order, by its means, to be nourished and strengthened in the grace of the Covenant-making, Acts 2:41,42 — to which end Paul joins these two Sacraments together, 1 Cor. 12:13.
(XI) Faithfully to keep everything which Christ has commanded, Matt. 28:19 — just as Circumcision obliged one steadfastly to keep all God's commandments, Gal. 5:3.
Whereas a persistent and continually ongoing neglect and disregard of these duties will discover and make manifest that one has never become a partaker of the grace of Baptism, Acts 8:13 with v. 21, and that Baptism, for us, is nothing — just as fleshly Circumcision was nothing for the Jews — 1 Cor. 7:19, Rom. 2:25,27,29.
Chapter V: Of the Sacraments of Nourishment
On Mark 14:22-24.
"And as they did eat, Jesus took bread, and blessed, and brake it, and gave to them, and said, Take, eat: this is my body, etc."
I.
Of the Sacraments of spiritual birth, namely Circumcision and Baptism, we have spoken; now follow the Sacraments of spiritual nourishment: the Passover under the Old, and the Holy Supper under the New Testament. The use of both is recounted by Mark, ch. 14:23,24 — to make known the abolishing of the Passover, and the putting of the Holy Supper in its place.
The Explanatory Part
II.
In these words of the Text is at large represented the Institution of the Holy Supper, as having been put in place of the Passover; and in it are noted:
1. The time of the Institution: "And as they" (namely, the Disciples of Christ, vv. 12,13,14) "did eat." Here it should be observed that a twofold, indeed even a threefold, supper ran together at this time: first, the customary one, namely of the Passover, v. 14, at which Judas too was present, v. 20, Matt. 26:23,25, Luke 22:15, John 13:26,27 — but who, having taken the morsel, went out, John 13:30. And after He had eaten the Passover, He abolished it, and appointed in its place the Holy Supper. This, then, is what the eating of the Passover is here presupposed to mean.
2. The Institutor of the Holy Supper: Jesus. Whence the Apostle says, "I have received of the Lord that which also I delivered unto you," 1 Cor. 11:23. For it could have been instituted by none other than Him who came to seal and give the signified thing — the Covenant of Grace, and His flesh and blood.
III.
The Institution of the Holy Supper, which is set forth distinctly, as regards the institution, or the setting apart and blessing:
1. Of the Bread, v. 22. In which occur:
a. The consecrated or hallowed Element, namely the Bread — taken from the Unleavened Bread of the Passover, than which no more fitting or powerfully significant Bread could have been used, since the use of blood, along with the other ceremonial things of the Old Testament, had now ceased to be in service. Unleavened bread indeed, according to the nature and preparation of that feast; yet true bread nonetheless, and fitting and suitable for signifying spiritual nourishment.
b. The setting-apart and hallowing Acts, namely those by which He, regarding the bread:
α. Took it from the Table, and, by that taking, set it apart from the rest of the bread — and thereby portrayed the setting-apart of Christ from all other men unto the Mediatorial office, in the eternal Counsel of peace made by the Father, John 10:36 with 1 Pet. 1:20. Just as, in like manner, at the Passover, this little lamb had of old to be set apart from the others, Exod. 12:6. He took into His hand that bread of which He said that it was His body — and therefore not a bread which, in a natural manner, was His body: for then He would have taken His own body into his hand, which is absurd.
β. Blessed it: εὐλογήσας, "when He had blessed," v. 22; εὐχαριστήσας, "having given thanks," of the Cup, v. 23, and also of the bread, Luke 22:17 — so that εὐλογεῖν, "to bless," and εὐχαριστεῖν, "to give thanks," in this matter, are meant to say one and the same thing, and make known the prayer with which the Savior implored and prayed for the sacramental use and sacramental efficacy of the bread from Heaven — just as we, when we are about to eat, bless our food, and give thanks for it, 1 Tim. 4:4. Here it further signifies the whole Word of setting-apart and hallowing, consisting in a command, a promise, and a prayer, by which the elements in the Sacraments pass from a common to a holy use, although they are not naturally changed.
c. Broke it: separated the one part from the other, to portray His Death, whereby His body and soul would be separated from one another — for which reason the whole administration of the Holy Supper is called a breaking of bread, Acts 20:7,11 — and by His example He has shown, and prescribed to us, that we must administer the element of bread to the communicants only after it has been broken.
d. Gave it to them: namely, to all the Disciples who reclined with Him, Judas alone excepted, who, having taken the sop, had already gone out, John 13:30. To the rest He gave it — that is, to be received and taken freely — offering them the bread, as the sign, to be eaten with the mouth, and His body, as the signified thing, Luke 22:19, to be eaten with the heart, or by and through faith, John 6:47,48.
e. Said, whereby the word of blessing, which had been made known more generally by the expression "He had blessed," is more distinctly declared, and the element of the bread becomes a sign and seal of the Covenant of Grace; whereby Christ, therefore, according to the nature of a Covenant, demands certain duties to be done, and promises benefits. To this end:
He demands a twofold duty: "Take," namely, with the hands and mouth, the sign of the bread; and with the heart and in faith, my body, as the signified thing, John 1:12. "Eat," namely, with the mouth of the body, the natural bread, 1 Cor. 11:26,28, and with the mouth of the heart, the spiritual bread, John 6:53,54 with v. 63. To this end, that they be united — this indeed with your body, but that with your soul — and that, through that union, your body be nourished, strengthened, and refreshed, and your soul unto spiritual and eternal life.
He promises a benefit: "this is my body." That is: if you shall thus have received the element of the bread, then you shall receive and eat my body, or myself, such and so great as I am, and all that I have, and all that I am able. Hence "body" here signifies, by way of substitution, the whole Christ. This we take, not in a natural, but in a sacramental sense — just as Circumcision was the Covenant, Gen. 17:10 with Rom. 4:11, and the consecrated Cup, the New Testament, Luke 22:20. The copula "is" is not expressed in the Text, but is understood therein, according to the custom of the Hebrews.
2. Of the Wine, vv. 23,24. In which again occur:
a. The consecrated Element, ποτήριον, "the Cup," by a transfer of name from the containing vessel to that which it contains, namely, the wine, which is called γέννημα τῆς ἀμπέλου, "the fruit of the vine." Pure wine, namely, not mixed with water, so that, joined together with the bread, it might seal a whole and perfect spiritual nourishment. Wine, the best of liquids, and most fitting both for the digestion and for the cheering of the stomach, Ps. 104:14,15, so as to signify His blood, as the best means for the refreshment of a thirsting soul.
b. The Acts of consecration, by which He, regarding the Cup:
α. Took it, as with the bread above, and thereby set it apart and hallowed it, that it might be a Sacramental Wine, signifying and sealing the blood of Christ, useful and necessary for the taking away of spiritual thirst; compare Ps. 42:2,3.
β. Blessed it: namely, just as He hallowed and consecrated the bread, and declared it fit to quench the spiritual thirst of a languishing soul, and, in a sacramental manner, to bring the soul, being as it were in the anguish of death because of sin, back to itself — as happened to Samson in a natural manner, Judg. 15:18,19, and to that young man, 1 Sam. 30:11,12.
γ. Distributed it. In which distribution is noted:
i. The offering: "He gave it to them" — an offering which involves and includes a command to take and to drink. He gave, out of pure and free grace: to them, namely, to the Disciples, all who reclined with Him, and to those alone, not to any others without distinction — since to these all, and to these alone, belonged the fellowship of His blood, the forgiveness of sins, 1 John 1:7.
ii. The use of it, in accordance with the offering: "And they all drank of it" — that is, they received the wine offered, and, in accordance with the command, took it into their own use. All of them who were then present drank — and thus not the Priests alone, as the Papists would have it; just as, in the Holy Supper, not the Ministers alone need eat the bread, but also all the communicants, 1 Cor. 11:27,28.
iii. The promise, or rather the affirmation, by which Christ, after the use of the sign, assures them of the signified thing. Here occur:
The Act of affirming: "And He said unto them" — or, then He said, after they, that is all of them, according to His command, had taken and received the sign of the wine, He said, asserted, confirmed, made certain — namely, according to His frequent expression (amen, amen), "verily, verily, I say unto you," which makes known that all who, according to His prescription, use the signs, also become partakers of the signified things.
The thing affirmed and assured, or promised: "This is my blood," etc. Here is a complete proposition, and in it:
The Subject, τοῦτο, namely, ποτήριον, "this cup." By a transfer of name from the containing vessel to that which it contains, is signified the wine that is in the cup — that one may thereby know that the Sacraments are not strangers to figurative manners of speech.
What is said concerning that subject — whereby, of the Cup, or of the Wine of the Cup, three things are said, namely, that it is:
1. His Blood, αἷμά μου, "my blood," by which, by way of substitution, is made known His whole death, and all His sufferings, and the satisfaction thereby accomplished, and the forgiveness of sins, 1 John 1:7.
2. Of the New Testament, τὸ τῆς καινῆς διαθήκης. These words are eminently distinguishing, by reason of a twofold distinguishing article, τό ("that"), τῆς ("of the"). For if the word διαθήκη, diathêkê, be rendered "Covenant," as the Hebrew word בְּרִית, berith, is customarily rendered by the LXX, then these little words will make a distinction between the Old Covenant, or the Covenant of the Law, and this one — and they will signify that the Covenant of the Law had no blood, nor had need of any, because God entered into that Covenant with man while he was still whole and sinless; whereas He enters the new, or Evangelical, Covenant with sinful man, who cannot be reconciled to God without blood, since without the shedding of blood there is no forgiveness, Heb. 9:22.
But if by the word διαθήκη, diathêkê, one translates "Testament," whose efficacy consists in the true reconciliation of us with God — for which reason the Apostle says of that typical blood of bulls, goats, and the red heifer, that it could not cleanse our conscience from sin, Heb. 10:4 — then the Savior, by αἷμα, "blood," understands all His sufferings, and thus death itself, which was brought about by the shedding of blood, and at the same time also His satisfaction — for which reason the blood of the Son of God is said to cleanse us from all our sins, 1 John 1:7.
But if it stands for the dispensation of the new Covenant, or of grace, then these little words will distinguish the blood of the Covenant which took place under the Old Testament from the blood which is under the New Testament — since the blood of the Old Testament was nothing but typical, whose power consisted in nothing else than in prefiguring and signifying the blood of the New Testament, which is the blood of Christ.
3. That is poured out for many. This makes known that the blood of Christ would be of the very least profit to us, had it not been shed, Heb. 9:22 — that is, had it not been set forth as a satisfaction for our sins. It further declares that the blood of Christ is poured out ἀντί (anti), "in the place of," and not only ὑπέρ (hyper), "for" — that is, not merely for some benefit of ours, as the sufferings of Paul are said to have taken place "for" the Colossians, Col. 1:22 — but in the place of many; since the preposition ἀντί, anti, whenever it does not signify an opposition, denotes a substitution of one in the place of another. The Savior adds ἀντὶ πολλῶν, "for many," to make known that this shedding of Christ's blood was not for all men, and for each of them individually, nor yet for a few only, but for many.
The Doctrinal Part
III.
Just as, therefore, God has sealed, by a twofold Sacrament, the spiritual birth whereby we are brought into the Covenant of Grace, or into the kingdom of Christ — namely, by Circumcision, and by Baptism — so also does He seal the nourishment of those spiritually born, likewise by a twofold Sacrament: namely, by the Passover under the Old, and by the Holy Supper under the New Dispensation. Each of these we shall consider and examine separately, though briefly.
IV.
The word Passover, פֶּסַח, means (I) properly a passing over, Exod. 12:13; sometimes (II) the Paschal Lamb, as the sign of that passing over, Exod. 12:11,21, Luke 22:7; elsewhere (III) the Feast of the Passover, 2 Kings 23:21,22, Luke 22:1; sometimes (IV) the Offerings which were customarily offered up at that feast, Deut. 16:2, John 18:28; also (V) Christ, as the antitype of the shadowy Passover, 1 Cor. 5:7.
As to the matter itself: it will be most fitting to say that it is an ordinary Sacrament of spiritual nourishment, under the Old Testament. And while we call it a Sacrament, we do not thereby wish to deny that it was also (with respect to the slaughtering of the Lamb, the shedding of blood, and the offering at the altar) a sacrifice — for which reason it is called זֶבַח and θυσία, a sacrifice, and indeed properly a slaughter-sacrifice, Deut. 16:4,5,6, Luke 22:7 — just as, with respect to its holy feast, it was a Sacrament.
When we call it a Sacrament of Nourishment, we thereby distinguish it from Circumcision, which was a Sacrament of Birth; when we call it an ordinary Sacrament of Nourishment, we distinguish it from the Manna, which was an extraordinary Sacrament; and when we finally confine it to the Old Testament, we distinguish it from the Holy Supper, which nourishes under the New Testament.
V.
The Sign of this Sacrament: and indeed (I) the representing sign was a Lamb, or a male Ram, not older than one year, Exod. 12:5. (II) The applying sign, however, consisted in various rites which had to be observed with respect to that little Lamb, which were as follows: (1) That on the tenth day of the month Nisan, which begins with the new moon of our March, it had to be set apart from the flock, kept at home, and slaughtered on the fourteenth day, Exod. 12:3,6. (2) That the slaughtering had to take place between the two evenings — that is, between the beginning of the Evening offering and the setting of the Sun. (3) That the doorposts and lintels of the houses of the Israelites had to be sprinkled and smeared with its blood, by means of a bunch of hyssop, vv. 7,22, so that the smiting Angel might know, by that sign, the houses which he was to pass over, vv. 13,24. (4) That on that night it was not lawful for the Israelites who were in Egypt to go out of their houses until the morning, v. 22. (5) That the Lamb, on the fifteenth day, immediately after sunset, was to be eaten only by the circumcised, vv. 8,44, and by a number of guests which (according to the Jews) was not fewer than ten, nor more than twenty; not raw, nor boiled in water, but roasted, together with the head, legs, and entrails. (6) That it had to be eaten with unleavened bread, and with bitter sauces and herbs, v. 8, as a continual fresh remembrance of the most bitter Egyptian oppression, for which reason it is also called the bread of affliction, or the bread of misery, Deut. 16:3. (7) That, on the night preceding the feast, the leaven had to be searched out with the utmost care and diligence, and, being found, had to be burned, not without a curse, v. 15. (8) That it had to be eaten clothed for haste, with loins girded, feet shod, and staves in hand, v. 11. (9) That no bone of the Lamb was to be broken, v. 46. (10) That what remained of the feast had to be burned in the morning, v. 10. (11) That the mysteries and secrets of this Sacrament had, on that same night, to be explained and set forth to the children, Exod. 13:8 — a thing which is called Haggadah, or a proclamation, or announcement, of the Passover.
Nevertheless there was some difference in these rites: not only between the first Passover, which was celebrated in Egypt, and those that followed, but also between the first, principal Passover, which was customarily eaten on the fourteenth of the month Nisan, and the second, lesser Passover, which was celebrated in the second month, on the fourteenth day, for the benefit of those who, in the preceding month, had been either unclean or absent — since here those who observed it were not bound to so exact a purging out of all leaven, and they also kept that Feast for one day only.
VI.
The signified thing appears in the proportional correspondence with the signs, most of all with respect to these fifteen main points: (I) The Lamb signified Christ, 1 Cor. 5:7. (II) The Lamb, which had to be taken from the sheepfold, made known that Christ, the Lamb of God, being a true man, would be taken and set apart from the flock of God which was in Israel, John 1:14,29, Isa. 53:3,7, Heb. 2:14,16. (III) The perfect and unblemished Lamb signified Him who is free from all sin, and separated from sinners, 1 Pet. 1:19, Heb. 4:15 and 7:26, Isa. 53:9. (IV) The slaughtered and bound Lamb portrayed Christ, as about to be slaughtered, and about to bear and endure the heat of the divine wrath, Isa. 53:4-7, Luke 22:44. (V) The Lamb, slaughtered between the two evenings, on the fourteenth of the month Abib — that is, between our third and sixth hour of the afternoon — signified that Christ, on that very day of the month, would be betrayed, and on the following day, about our third hour, and in the evening of the world, would be buried, Mark 14:17 and 15:34,37, Heb. 9:28. (VI) That no bone of the Lamb might be broken signified that no bone of Christ, when crucified, would be broken, John 19:33,36. (VII) The blood of the Lamb, sprinkled and smeared on the posts and lintels of the houses of the Israelites, taught that the blood of Christ would be sprinkled upon our consciences, 1 Pet. 1:2, Heb. 12:24. (VIII) The blood of the Lamb, being sprinkled to this end, that the destroying Angel might pass over, signified that the blood of Christ, applied to us, delivers us from the power of the devil, of death, and of sin, Heb. 2:14,15, Rev. 1:5. (IX) The Lamb, which had to be eaten by one household together, expressed that Christ must be applied to each believer, and eaten by him through a living faith, John 6:35,51,53-59. (X) That the whole Lamb had to be eaten admonished that the whole Christ, as Prophet, Priest, and King, must be received by us through faith, 1 Cor. 1:30. (XI) The Lamb, which had to be eaten with unleavened bread, signified that Christ must be eaten with the unleavened bread of sincerity and truth, 1 Cor. 5:7,8. (XII) That the Lamb had to be eaten with bitter herbs showed that Christ must be received and spiritually eaten with a bitter repentance, contrition, and conversion, Matt. 26:75. (XIII) That the Lamb had to be eaten in haste, as by travelers, with loins girded, etc., signified that Christ must be received by us as by travelers, and by those hastening out of spiritual Egypt toward the Heavenly Fatherland, Heb. 11:13,16, 1 Pet. 2:11 and 2 Pet. 3:11,12. (XIV) The Lamb, which had to be eaten with godly conversations touching the meaning of this Sacrament, concerning the deliverance from Egyptian bondage, etc., Exod. 12:26,27, signified that Christ must be eaten with the mentioning and proclaiming of His death, 1 Cor. 11:26, Luke 22:19,20. (XV) That the Lamb had to be eaten by the circumcised, but not by strangers, Exod. 12:43,48, portrayed that no one receives a part in Christ, except those who are spiritually circumcised — that is, who are regenerate and converted, Rom. 2:29, Col. 2:11 with 2 Cor. 5:17.
VII.
The Institutor of the Passover was, without doubt, God, Exod. 12:1, commanding its use, v. 3, and promising the efficacy, or the passing over, of the natural destroyer and ravager, as a sign and seal of the spiritual Deliverance through Christ, Heb. 11:28, with v. 14.
The administrators of the Passover were the Heads of households, or the Firstborn, in Egypt, Exod. 12:3; but in Canaan the Heads of households seem to have slaughtered the Lamb, though it was brought to the Altar by the Priests and Levites, and the blood poured out there, 2 Chron. 30:15,16,17 and 35:5,6,10,11, Ezra 6:20, Matt. 26:28 — just as also the place of slaughtering, in Egypt, was the houses of individual Israelites, Exod. 12:7, and in the wilderness and in Canaan, the Tabernacle or the Temple, and its Court, Deut. 16:5,6 with Josh. 5:10, 2 Chron. 35:3,6, Luke 2:41,42; but the place of eating was consistently the houses of individual persons, Matt. 26:17,18.
The end and purpose of the Passover was: (I) to be a sign, and a means of preserving the Israelite families from the divine wrath and destruction which raged against the firstborn of the Egyptians, Exod. 12:12,13. (2) To nourish, for the succeeding generations, a continual remembrance of the deliverance of Israel from Egyptian bondage, Exod. 12:14,40,41,42. (III) To give and display a sign and mark which would distinguish the Israelites from the Egyptians, Exod. 12:12,13,23. (IV) To be a bond of public assemblies and gatherings, Exod. 12:15,16. (V) To be an ordinary Sacrament of spiritual nourishment — for which reason it was used by eating, Exod. 12:18. (VI) To give a living picture of the true and spiritual Passover, Christ, 1 Cor. 5:7,8.
VIII.
The second Sacrament of Nourishment, which has its place under the New Testament, is the Holy Supper, which received its origin from the holy rites of the Passover, now abolished by its being replaced. Wherefore, the rites of the Passover being well observed (concerning which one may compare Buxtorf, Synagoga Judaica, ch. 13), the circumstances of the Holy Supper receive a great deal of light: for example, that they reclined, one in the bosom of another (which was a sign of rest and security), and did not stand, as of old at the first Passover; that Christ blessed and gave thanks, distinctly, over the bread and over the cup, Mark 14:22,23; that He is said to have taken the cup after supper, Luke 22:20; that He sang the hymn of praise, Matt. 26:30; and that the Apostle, 1 Cor. 11:26, prescribes the proclaiming of the Lord's death (which the Jews called, of their Passover, Haggadah — that is, a declaration, disclosure, and proclamation); especially also, that He took bread, which among the Jews had of old been a memorial token of their deliverance out of Egypt — which bread the Son of God hallowed as a memorial of His death, and of our deliverance out of spiritual bondage.
IX.
It is called by various names: both (I) in Holy Scripture, where it is called: (1) the Lord's Supper, 1 Cor. 11:20, instituted and used by the Lord in the evening; (2) εὐλογία, "a Blessing," on account of Christ who blesses, and the blessing Ministers, Matt. 26:26, 1 Cor. 10:16; (3) εὐχαριστία, "a Thanksgiving," on account of the thanksgivings of Christ and of believers, Matt. 26:27, Luke 22:19, 1 Cor. 11:24; (4) the Table of the Lord, 1 Cor. 10:21, because we eat and feast together at the same time with the Lord, Song 5:1; (5) a breaking of Bread, 1 Cor. 10:16, Acts 2:42,46 and 20:7,11; (6) the fellowship of the body and blood of Christ, 1 Cor. 10:16; as also (II) among Church writers, by whom it is called a feast, a spiritual food, a fellowship, a mystery, a holy service, a sacrifice, and even a Mass — that is, a sending, on account of the preceding sending-away of the Catechumens (those under instruction) — and other names besides.
As to the matter itself: the Holy Supper is nothing other than a Sacrament of spiritual nourishment, under the New Testament. In the first respect, it agrees with the Passover; but in the latter respect, it is distinguished from it.
X.
In the Supper there is a twofold sign: (I) a representing sign, and that again of two kinds, according to the nature of a feeding (whereas in Baptism, which signifies a cleansing, one sign — namely water — suffices): (1) The Bread (according to the nature of the feast), used unleavened by Christ, indeed, because none other was at hand — although the Greeks, since they hold that the Supper was instituted a day before the Passover, insist on leavened bread — yet nonetheless true and nourishing bread, taken over from the Passover, at which the Jews used four bread-cakes. (2) The Cup, filled with wine, not mixed with water — although the Papists, along with many of the ancient Fathers, hold, though without any cogent reason, that Christ used wine mixed with water.
Both these elements the Savior joined together in the Holy Supper, by a divine Wisdom and Providence — because they are not only (a) required for a complete nourishment, and are sufficient for it, but also (b) are, among all peoples over the whole face of the earth, constantly in use, and moreover always ready and at hand; besides (c), because, after the abolishing of the use of flesh and blood in worship, as being peculiar to the old Dispensation, hardly any more fitting and suitable elements could have been used; and finally (d), because scarcely anything could more powerfully display and portray the general purpose, use, and efficacy of the Sacrament — namely, spiritual nourishment, and mystical union with Christ.
(II) An applying sign, which consists in the use, and in the rites which are customarily observed in connection with those elements, and without which those signs would make no Sacrament: among which occur: (1) The Minister, representing the person of God, or His Steward, 1 Cor. 4:1 — at the first Supper, the Savior Jesus Himself, and after Him, and by His authority, all the Ministers of the Church. (2) The taking, whereby, just as among the Jews the Head of the household did, so Christ, as the Father of the spiritual Household, took the whole bread into His hands during the meal, Matt. 26:26,27, Mark 14:22, and set it apart from the rest of the bread. (3) The blessing, or consecration, there — not merely a custom of blessing food, customary before the midday or evening meal among all, but besides that, a sacramental one, changing the common use of the elements into a sacramental and holy use, just as was customary and usual among the Jews concerning the Passover. This consecration comprised a prayer, a thanksgiving, and an expressed word, by which parts He testified to the sacramental change of the elements, and laid upon us the duty of following His example. (4) The Breaking, there — taken over from the Passover, where the Head of the household, having performed the blessing, broke the bread, and reached it to the guests — for which reason the whole Sacrament is often called a breaking of bread, Acts 2:42, 1 Cor. 10:16 — which took place not only for the sake of an easier distribution, but also that the mystical breaking of Christ might be signified, 1 Cor. 11:24.
Further (5), the distribution, likewise taken over from the Jewish Passover, where the Head of the household, after having himself first tasted it, handed the bread to the reclining guests. Christ's distribution, now, comprised two parts: (a) a Command, to take it, and to use it in a certain fixed manner: "Take, eat, do this in remembrance of me." (b) A Promise: "this is my body." As if He said: if you shall have done thus, then you shall receive my body — as we have pointed out with the finger, so to speak, in the explanation of the Text.
To these acts of the Savior there is added, on the side of the Communicants, (6) the receiving — likewise customary at the Jewish Passover, where each of the reclining guests took with his hand the bread handed to him by the Head of the household. (7) The eating, according to Christ's prescription, on which the efficacy of the natural nourishment depended. Together with this, for a particular reason, there followed in particular (8) the pouring out of the wine (which, though no express mention of it occurs in Holy Scripture, is nevertheless clearly enough inferred from the explicit shedding of Christ's blood, Matt. 26:28), and (9) the drinking of it, Matt. 26:27, Mark 14:23, likewise taken over from the Passover, on which the use and efficacy of the wine depends. (10) The hymn of thanksgiving, Matt. 26:30, likewise borrowed from the Passover.
XI.
In order that we may now more distinctly trace and grasp the signified thing of all the foregoing, we must in general hold fast to this: that everything concerning this Sacrament is, in the highest degree, mystical — that is, a portrayal of one and the same spiritual and invisible reality: (I) The Elements, bread and wine, represent the body and the blood of Christ, Matt. 26:26,28 — that is, the whole Christ, Song 2:16, with respect to His body, and at the same time His soul; with respect to His divine, and at the same time His human, nature; indeed also with respect to all His treasures and benefits, 1 Cor. 1:30 — since He is not only a spiritual food and drink, John 6:41,50,53, but also a sacrifice for our sins, 1 Cor. 5:7,8.
(II) The distributing Minister represents God and the Mediator, invisibly present, as the Host, Song 5:2, Matt. 22:11. (III) The taking of the bread, and its setting apart from the rest of the bread, signifies the Father, taking from eternity His Son, setting Him apart from all other men, sanctifying Him, and sending Him into the world in the fullness of time, to appoint Him, for it, a Mediator, 1 Pet. 1:20, John 10:36 — a thing to which the setting apart of the paschal lamb also looked, Exod. 12:3,6 and v. 21.
(IV) The blessing taught, besides what has already been said, that He is that blessed Seed, in whom all the peoples of the earth would be blessed, Gen. 18:18 with Gal. 3:8, Eph. 1:3. (V) The breaking of the bread, and the pouring out of the wine, portrayed His approaching death, whereby His body would be torn from His soul, 1 Cor. 11:26. (VI) The distributing and dispensing makes known the offering of Christ in the Calling, whereby the Father offers the Son, and the Son offers Himself, and all that is His, to be received by a living faith, Rev. 22:17, Isa. 55:1.
Hence (VII), the receiving signifies faith, whereby the Christ offered to us must be readily and willingly received by us, John 1:11,12, Col. 2:6. (VIII) The using of the elements, in eating the bread and drinking the wine, portrays union with Christ, whereby Christ, as it were, is changed into our sap and blood, 1 Cor. 12:13 — so that He abides in us, John 14:23, united with us, and, as it were, glued together, 1 Cor. 6:17, in us, and we again engrafted in Him, Eph. 3:6, and He sustains our soul in the spiritual life, strengthens it, and refreshes it unto eternal life, John 6:32-35.
Finally (IX), the general signification, arising out of all the foregoing, is the Covenant of Grace, with respect to the degree of nourishment — for which reason the Cup, the blood of Christ, is called the blood of the New Covenant, Matt. 26:28, or the New Covenant in Christ's blood, Luke 22:20 — when, on His part, the Father, in the Son, offers Himself to us ("gave it to them," Matt. 26:26), demands that we receive Him by a living faith ("take," there), and promises, "this is my body" — while the Disciples, on their part, by receiving and doing what is demanded, give their consent, and claim in return what has been promised them: by which parts the Covenant of Grace is accomplished.
XII.
Between the sign and the signified thing of this Sacrament there is a certain union, by means of which whoever lawfully receives the sign at the same time also receives the signified thing. This union is taught by the sacramental manner of speech, whereby the bread is called the body of Christ, and the wine His blood — so that those who lawfully commune do not receive bread and wine only (according to the view of the Reformed, as the Papists and Lutherans slander), but also Christ Himself, such and so great as He is, with all His goods and treasures.
That union, now, is not: (I) natural, whereby either the sign should be the signified thing itself, through a transubstantiation, of which more in the Polemical Part; or the signified thing should be contained in it, through a consubstantiation, of which likewise in the Polemical Part; nor is it (II) a spiritual union, such as there is between Christ and a communicant lawfully using the signs; but (III) a sacramental union, of the sort by which Circumcision is the Covenant, Gen. 17:10, the Paschal lamb is the passing-over, Exod. 12:21 ("slaughter the passing-over," פֶּסַח, the Passover), Baptism is the washing of regeneration, Tit. 3:5, the Cup is the New Testament, Luke 22:20; and (IV) a relational union, whereby the sign displays and represents the signified thing; offers it, under certain laws and conditions, to be received; brings it about, according to the covenant, once those conditions are fulfilled; and, having brought it about, finally seals it.
The foundation, now, of this relational union arises from these points: (1) from the correspondence and likeness which there is between the sign and the signified thing, which we have portrayed in the preceding sections; (2) from the promise of Christ, whereby He has pledged Himself to those who lawfully receive the signs: "Take, eat, this is my body," Matt. 26:26 — as though He had said:
...had said: "if you shall have received and eaten it, in the manner which I have prescribed, so shall you receive my body and my blood." Now upon this promise depends the chief force of the whole sacrament, inasmuch as by it He, according to both body and soul (though these are in heaven), as well as according to His divine and human nature, together with all His goods and treasures, is by covenant made ours, and works and avails to our good and benefit. From the lawful use, further, which the promise requires in order to bestow the promised thing. For this reason the Savior prescribed not merely that the bread and the wine be received, nor merely that they be eaten and drunk, but in a certain definite manner: Do this in remembrance of me; you shall show forth and proclaim His death; and Paul: let a man examine himself, and so let him eat, etc., 1 Cor. 11:28,29. This lawful use ceasing, therefore, the connection, or the union of the sign with the thing signified, ceases as well, 1 Cor. 10:3,4,5.
§XIII. The Persons Occupied and Engaged in the Holy Supper
The persons occupied and engaged about the Holy Supper are: (I) The Savior Jesus Himself, as its Author and Institutor — whence it is constantly called the Lord's Supper, 1 Cor. 10:20,23,26,27,29. (II) The Apostles, and all ordinary ministers, as administrators, who have received from Christ the power to administer, 1 Cor. 11:23, and have accordingly administered it, 1 Cor. 11:16 — but not any and every unqualified and private person, such as the Socinians hold, to the belittling and contempt of the sacrament (as though no mystery lay hidden in it); much less women, as Episcopius, along with the Socinians, thinks. For it is a sacrament, a sign, and a seal of the Covenant of Grace, which may be administered by none but those who have been appointed thereto as stewards of the mysteries of God, 1 Cor. 4:1. (III) The communicants were, at the first Supper, all the Apostles, Judas alone excepted — who, having received before the instituted Supper the morsel given him (which without doubt refers to the holy rites of the Passover, but not to the Lawful Supper), and being discovered by Christ to himself, immediately went out, John 13:26 with v. 30, Mark 14:20; it being beyond all dispute among everyone that the use of the Holy Supper followed upon the Passover rites, Matt. 26:17,18 with v. 26, Mark 14:14,20 with vv. 22,23. Nor does it tell against this that Luke 22:22, after the administered Supper, says: "But behold, the hand of him that betrayeth me is with me on the table" — since a transposition of the events that occurred at the Holy Supper is not unusual among the Evangelists: compare Matt. 26 and Mark 14:22,23, where the blessing of the bread is related before the blessing of the cup, with Luke 22:17,18,19, where the blessing of the wine is related before the blessing of the bread. And that such a transposition of the narrative — whereby what happened before the Supper is related after it, Luke 22:21 — must necessarily be allowed, appears even from this, that Matthew explains and interprets those words, "the hand is with me on the table," Matt. 26:23, as meaning "he that dippeth his hand with me in the dish" — which, without any doubt, refers not to the Supper but to the Passover. I will not even say that, had Christ given the seal of the Covenant of Grace to Judas, whom He knew to be outside the Covenant, He would have sealed the Covenant of Grace to one whom He knew to be outside the Covenant. (IV) The Apostles aside, all other believers — yet such as examine themselves and are able to discern the Lord's body, 1 Cor. 11:28,29. Accordingly, (1) not all small children, as was done among the ancients for many centuries; nor (2) the insane; let me add (3) nor anyone in whom, even by a judgment of charity, no marks of true grace can be discerned, who is called by the Apostle an unworthy person, 1 Cor. 11:29; indeed (4) not even true believers, unless what ought to be done has been done — that is, unless they have first prepared and examined themselves, v. 28.
§XIV. The Circumstances of the Holy Supper
As for the circumstances: (I) the Time, or the day on which the first Supper was celebrated — concerning which the learned dispute among themselves, namely, whether Christ instituted the Holy Supper on the very day of the Jewish Passover, or on the preceding day. Baronius, Kloppenburg, Toletus, and others hold that the institution of the Holy Supper took place on the same day as the customary Jewish Passover, while most others prefer the preceding day: (1) because Christ is said to have kept the Passover and instituted the Supper on the day of preparation, John 19:14 with v. 31; (2) because it is said, ch. 18:28, that the Jews would not go into the judgment hall, lest they should be defiled, but that they might eat the Passover; (3) because it is not very probable that the Jews would have been willing to busy themselves about putting Christ to death on the feast of the Passover itself; and (4) because it is no less improbable that Joseph of Arimathea would have chosen to spend the very day of the Passover on the burial of Christ. Meanwhile all acknowledge that the Supper occurred and was instituted after the eating of the Passover — whether after some interval, as Calvin, Grotius, Salmasius, and others suppose, the dinner-tables namely having been removed, and a discourse or a prayer of Christ intervening; or, on the contrary, as others hold, the Passover table still being set, since, the Passover meal having ended, it was not lawful to eat further. The hour cannot be so certainly fixed, since the Passover meal, as circumstances required, could be drawn out longer or shortened. But for us, who are not bound to the Passover rites, no fixed and unalterable day or hour is appointed; rather it is only prescribed that we frequently make use of this blessed feast, 1 Cor. 11:21 — the morning hours, while one is still fasting, seem to be the most fitting. (II) The place, until the founding of the Christians' houses of worship, was in private houses, Matt. 26:18, Mark 14:13,14,15, Luke 22:10,11, Acts 2:46. And yet nowhere does one read, on that account, of a separate (private) supper, at which, that is, no others were present, such as the private "masses" of the Papists, 1 Cor. 11:20. (III) The instrument of the celebration of the Supper is now not an altar, or a table for offering, as is done among the Papists and Lutherans, since under the New Testament we acknowledge only one altar, Heb. 13:10, one Priest, Heb. 3:1, but a common table, Matt. 26:20, 1 Cor. 10:21. Finally, (IV) it was formerly the custom, in the apostolic age and in the early Church, for the Holy Supper to be accompanied by the Agape, or love- and brotherly meals, designed to nourish and maintain the communion of saints; and these, in the time of the Apostles, preceded the Holy Supper, 1 Cor. 11:20, whose abuse among the Corinthians Paul there rebukes and commands to be corrected; but in later and subsequent times they came to follow the Holy Supper, and from this the Holy Supper itself came to be called Agape, that is, a love- or brother-feast — a custom said still to obtain among the Greeks, when, on the Sunday of the Resurrection, after the Holy Supper, food and drink having been brought into the congregation, they hold a feast and sing a solemn verse or hymn; which custom, in our time, since no necessity for it appears, but rather a manifold abuse of it, has fallen into disuse and been discontinued.
The Refutation
§XV. Whether the Holy Supper Is Nothing but a Bare Ceremony
The question is asked, first: whether the Holy Supper is nothing but a bare ceremony, by which nothing of a spiritual benefit is represented, offered, conveyed, and sealed to believers, but only the duty of remembering and proclaiming the death of Christ is enjoined and commended? The Socinians say so, because they acknowledge no satisfaction for sins in the death of Christ, and in the Holy Supper no spiritual eating and drinking of Christ's flesh and blood which would be offered to us for acceptance and embrace; likewise no assurance to believers of their eternal salvation, to be strengthened and confirmed by seals — they say that the Holy Supper is nothing but a certain ceremony which relates and proclaims the death of Christ, and professes the faith of the Christian religion together with love toward the brethren — which is also the error of the Anabaptists, and, in part, of most Remonstrants. The Reformed, on the contrary, hold that it is a most solemn sacrament, by which the Covenant of Grace, and Jesus too, who is the sole foundation of this Covenant, together with all His spiritual treasures and benefits, is represented, offered, conveyed, and sealed to believers — which sacrament, accordingly, must not be administered except in the assembly of believers, and by the ministers of the divine Word, in remembrance of the death of Christ. Because: (I) in the Holy Supper not only is something commanded to be done, namely, that the death of Christ be proclaimed, but something is also offered to be received; and something of such a kind, indeed, as is sacramentally the body and blood of Christ: "this is my body"; "this is the blood of the new covenant," Luke 22:20. (II) Because in the Holy Supper we exercise and obtain communion with the body and blood of Christ, 1 Cor. 10:16,17,21 and 12:13, in which all our life, spiritual as well as eternal, is set by the Savior, John 6:49. (III) Because the sacraments, in general, are not bare signs and badges of Christian profession, as we proved and demonstrated, ch. 3 of this book, §15.
§XVI. Whether Unleavened Bread Must Necessarily Be Used in the Holy Supper
The question is asked, second: whether in the Holy Supper unleavened bread must specifically be used, indeed those little wafer cakes which they call hosts. The Papists, for the sake of their transubstantiation, and the Lutherans, for the sake of their consubstantiation, in order to be able the more conveniently to bless it and to mark the blessed thing with the image of a crucifix, and to thrust it into the mouths of the communicants — hold not only that unleavened bread must be used, but also that those wafer-cakes (hosts) are necessary. The Greeks, on the contrary, hold that leavened bread must necessarily be used, rejecting the host. The Reformed hold, with the rejection of the host, that ordinary bread, such as is fit for nourishment, must be used — but not specifically unleavened, nor specifically leavened either, so long as it is true bread and all superstition on either side is absent; that, they think, is enough: (1) because Christ used the bread that was at hand, without any prior command concerning specifically unleavened bread, Matt. 26:26; (2) because nowhere else is unleavened bread either prescribed or read of as having been used; (3) because Holy Scripture everywhere speaks of bread in general, 1 Cor. 10:16,17 and 11:26,27,28, Acts 2:42 and 20:7, and there is no other example; (4) because the unleavened bread of the opposing parties, the little hosts (wafers), is not true bread, fit for nourishment; (5) because these little hosts (wafers) also cannot conveniently be broken. Nor does anything hold for the contrary: (1) that Christ used unleavened bread — for He used no little hosts (wafers), nor was any other bread at hand than that Passover and ceremonial bread, which was about to be abolished forthwith. (2) That leaven was expressly forbidden, 1 Cor. 5:7,8 — since (a) that passage does not treat of a sacrament, and (b) does not forbid leaven properly so called, but the leaven of malice and wickedness, just as it also (c) approves and commends the unleavened bread of sincerity and truth. Just as little does it hold (3) that unleavened bread (a) more fittingly and aptly pictures the purity of Christ and of believers; (b) is less subject to corruption; (c) is nobler; (d) prefigured under the Old Testament the humanity of Christ; (e) and also the sorrow and misery of repentance; finally (f) is more suited for making little hosts (wafers) of — since all these things are, partly false, partly so unfit to be proved, and so trifling, that to have set them forth is to have refuted them.
§XVII. Whether the Bread in the Holy Supper Must Necessarily Be Broken
The question is asked, third: whether the bread in the Holy Supper must necessarily be broken? The Papists, for the sake of their transubstantiation, deny it — not so much because bare accidents cannot be broken, but rather because, by the breaking, a crumb of Christ's body might fall to the ground and thus be lost — they deny that the element must ordinarily be broken, except that the mass-priest breaks the great host into three parts. The Lutherans, because they say that Christ's body is in the bread, hold that such breaking is at least not necessary, lest it perhaps be broken along with it. The Reformed teach that the breaking of the bread, if not to the essence, is at least absolutely necessary to the completeness of the sacrament: because (1) Christ not only set it forth by His own example, Matt. 26:26, but also expressly prescribed it to His followers: "Do this"; (2) because the Apostles constantly followed this, 1 Cor. 10:16, Acts 20:7; (3) because the whole sacrament takes its name from it, Acts 2:42; (4) because it bears a particular proportionate correspondence with the thing signified by the sacrament, namely, the proclaiming of the death of Christ, 1 Cor. 11:24. Nor does it help the opposing parties (1) that no mention is made in Holy Scripture of a proportionate correspondence, namely, of the pouring out and shedding of the wine — because this is clear enough in the thing signified, Luke 22:20, "which is shed for you," is meant and given to be understood. I will not say that a single element has its own particular signification. Nor does it help (2) that the bread must be broken before it is given, whereas nonetheless Christ was given to us before He was broken — since the order in the things signified is not necessarily the same as it is in the signs; and also Christ, in the thing signified, is presupposed as crucified before He is offered to us. Just as little does it help (3) that under the breaking a crumb might fall to the ground, and Christ's body thereby be lost — since (a) the very same thing could happen through the priest's carelessness when he breaks the greater host. Nor is there (b) any danger in it, since the elements, apart from use, are not a sacrament. In particular, (c) because the element of the bread (at least always in a natural manner) is not the body of Christ.
§XVIII. Whether the Sacramental Wine Must Be Mixed with Water
The question is asked, fourth: whether the sacramental wine must be mixed with water? The Papists, I know not with what intent and purpose, contrary to their own supposition of transubstantiation, maintain this. The Reformed, though they do not acknowledge that the sacrament is taken away should the wine, according to the custom of the country, be mixed with water, nevertheless deny that it must necessarily, or by common usage, be mixed: (1) because one constantly reads that wine was used, Matt. 26:29, 1 Cor. 11:28, and nowhere in Holy Scripture that water was mixed with it; (2) because there is much less any express command concerning this, without which one may do nothing in the sacraments, 1 Cor. 11:23; (3) because this mixing is repugnant to and inconsistent with the very supposition of transubstantiation, since they believe that not water but wine is transubstantiated. Nor do the opposing parties have anything which they can allege for the contrary; namely, that it was customary (1) among the Easterners to mix water with the wine — since Christ, apart from the custom, could have used wine alone, and moreover it cannot be proved that wine was never drunk without water. (2) That there flowed from Christ's side blood and water, John 19:34, and that He came by and through water and blood, 1 John 5:6 — since here (a) there is no mention of a sacrament, and (b) it is not wine and water, but blood and water, that are mentioned in these places. (3) That by that mixing the union and communion between Christ and believers seems to be made known and signified, as though Christ were the wine and believers the water — since baptism too pictures that same union, though only water is administered there; and the union of the bread and of our body, for the picturing of that same union of ours with Christ, is enough.
§XIX. Whether Both the Wine and the Bread Must Be Given to All Communicants Individually
The question is asked, fifth: whether to all communicants, and to each one of them individually, both the element of the wine and that of the bread must be administered? The Papists, in order to increase and enlarge papal power, determined in the Council of Constance, in the year of Christ 1414, that although Christ administered it under both kinds, and although it was received under both kinds in the early Church, nevertheless this notwithstanding, it must be received, by those who confect the sacrament, under both, but by the laity only under the kind of bread — in the thirteenth and thirtieth sessions; against which the Bohemian Calixtines (users of the cup) took up arms by various means, and, at the Council of Trent, the Emperors Ferdinand and Bavaria — but in vain. The Reformed hold it simply and absolutely fixed: (1) because Christ so administered it, Matt. 26:26, Luke 22:19,20; (2) because the Apostles followed and prescribed it, 1 Cor. 11:26, "let a man examine himself, and so let him eat, and drink," likewise, "so often," etc., and there is neither command nor example of the contrary. (3) Because the passage of John 6:53, which, according to the opinion of the Papists, speaks of the Holy Supper, requires unto salvation not only an eating but also a drinking. (4) Because a full and complete nourishment, which the Holy Supper seals, requires not only an eating but also a drinking. Nor does it help the opposing parties for the contrary (1) that sometimes mention is made in Holy Scripture of bread and its breaking alone, Luke 24:30, Acts 2:46, etc. Answer: the drink is not excluded, but by a usage customary in Holy Scripture, an overnaming (synecdoche), the use of the drink is included, Luke 14:1, Matt. 1:11. (2) That various inconveniences seem to arise concerning the cup — such as the danger of spilling, and the aversion of those who never drink wine. Answer: (a) this notwithstanding, Christ, the Apostles, and the Christian Church, down to the Council of Constance, distributed both elements to all; while (b) as for the danger of spilling, there is, apart from the false supposition of transubstantiation, absolutely none; and as for (c) those who never drink wine, the very same difficulty could be raised concerning those who never taste bread, which can be met in various ways. (3) That, because of the concomitance, in Christ's body the blood also is received. Answer: (a) thus the distribution of the cup would be wholly superfluous even for the priests. But (b) Christ's blood is administered in the Holy Supper not as enclosed in the blood vessels, but as shed for many, Luke 22:20. Also (c) Christ's blood must be received by drinking, not by eating, Matt. 26:27. Also (d) according to the supposition of the opposing parties, one who eats would at the same time also drink in the Holy Supper, and, conversely, one who drinks would at the same time also eat. Let me add (e) that this objection presupposes transubstantiation, which we shall shortly, deliberately and at length, refute.
§XX. Whether the Consecration of the Elements Occurs Through the Speaking of the Words
The question is asked, sixth: whether the consecration of the elements occurs through the uttering of the words, "for this is my body," and that so softly that they cannot be heard by the common people? The Papists, for the sake of their transubstantiation, differ variously as to the form of the consecration, but as to the general opinion they hold this firmly. The Reformed place the consecration in the whole action of the instituting Christ, but particularly in the blessing, by which the elements are raised up from their common and natural use to a holy use; and this blessing was pronounced with plain and clear words. (1) Because Christ, by His blessing (εὐλογίαν), consecrated the elements, Mark 14:22,23. (2) Because He is related to have given thanks before He spoke those words, "this is my body," there. (3) Because through the mere form of the consecration, "this is my body," the substantial change could not have occurred, since Christ assured them that the bread was then already His body. (4) Because the presupposed transubstantiation is nothing else but a Popish fiction, which we shall deliberately and at length refute hereafter. Also, (5) Christ did not mumble the words of consecration within His mouth, in a manner inaudible and unintelligible to those present, but with a clear and distinct voice. And the opposing parties have nothing to allege but (1) their invention of transubstantiation, which will be refuted hereafter; and (2) that an inaudible mumbling serves the reverence of the sacrament — which is utterly false, as appears from the public proclamation of the Evangelical mysteries by the pronouncing of the formula of Baptism.
§XXI. Whether the Substance of Christ's Body and Blood Is Locally Present at the Elements in the Holy Supper
The question is asked, seventh: whether the substance of Christ's body and blood is locally present at the elements in the Holy Supper? The Papists, on account of their transubstantiation, and the Lutherans, on account of their consubstantiation, hold this. The Reformed acknowledge Christ's presence according to His divine nature, but deny the local presence of His human nature at the sacramental elements: (1) because Holy Scripture nowhere teaches such a local presence at the sacramental elements. (2) Because the sacraments are signs and seals, but not vessels of grace. (3) Because Christ carried the bread and wine with His hands, but not His own body and blood. (4) Because Christ prescribed that the elements be taken and received in remembrance of Himself as absent, Luke 22:19, 1 Cor. 11:24,25. (5) Because He willed His body and blood to be received as delivered up and crucified, Luke 22:19,20 — not as glorified and impassible, as the opposing parties would have it. (6) Because to be invisible, intangible, not circumscribed — of whatever quality the opposing parties press upon such a body — is contrary to the nature of a body. (7) Because it is contradictory that Christ's glorified body should be eaten with the mouth, chewed by the teeth, taken into the stomach, etc. (8) Because Christ's body, since it was once carried up to heaven, is said to be and remain there until the last judgment, Ps. 110:1, Acts 3:21. (9) Because Holy Scripture constantly denies that presence of Christ, John 16:28, Acts 12:8, Heb. 8:5. (10) Because Baptism neither requires nor allows the local presence of Christ. (11) Because our hidden and mysterious union with Christ does not require the presence of Christ's body, either in the signs or in the body of the communicants. Nevertheless they press for the contrary: (1) the words of institution, "this is my body," etc. Answer: that these words must be understood not naturally, but sacramentally, as we shall demonstrate in its proper place. (2) The Lutherans press the communication of the divine attributes, arising from the personal union, whereby Christ's human nature is everywhere present. Answer: we have, in its proper place, refuted at length and deliberately the communication of attributes between Christ's natures, Book V, ch. 4, §24, and we shall perhaps refute it further still. (3) They press the exaltation of the human nature of Christ, Phil. 2:9,10, since which the omnipresence of Christ's body would have begun to show itself. Answer: we have deliberately and at length refuted this, Book V, ch. 14, §10. (4) God's omnipotence, whereby He can cause and bring to pass that Christ's body and blood are present at the sacramental signs. Answer: (a) if He could do it all, one must show that He willed to do it; but (b) He cannot do it, because both the omnipresence and the multi-locality of a body involve a most manifest contradiction, as will appear in its proper place.
§XXII. Whether the Substance of Christ's Body and Blood Is Locally Present at the Communicants, and Received by the Mouth
The question is asked, eighth: whether the substance of Christ's body and blood is locally present at the communicants? Or, what amounts to much the same thing: whether the body and blood themselves of Christ are received by the communicants with the mouth? The Papists and Lutherans, since they hold that the substance of Christ's body and blood is present at the elements, believe also that it becomes present at the communicants, and is received with the mouth. The Reformed hold that Christ is present with the communicants: (1) through His divine nature, with all and each communicant, even with unbelievers. (2) Through the grace of the divine nature, with believers alone, 2 Cor. 13:13, Matt. 18:20. (3) As regards the human nature: partly, through the idea of Him present to the mind of believers — just as, for instance, a well-conceived and understood matter is present to the understanding, and the sun to and before the eye of the beholder; partly, through its power and working, as the sun is present with things beneath the moon — but that He, as regards the human nature itself, should be present with any communicant, they do not believe. Meanwhile, however, they do believe that Christ's body and blood themselves are received by true believers in the Holy Supper, by force of the covenant and the promise, whereby God offers His Son, and the Son offers Himself, to those who commune according to His prescription — and consequently offers Himself wholly and entirely, as great as He is, according to both the divine and the human nature, and hence also as regards His body and blood, conveys Himself: so that, although He, as to His body and blood, is in heaven, He is nevertheless wholly and entirely ours, and is there for our use — just as a bride has her bridegroom by consent, though he be a thousand miles and further from her. Whence they also believe that His body and blood are eaten and drunk by believers, not orally, but spiritually and sacramentally, that is, through faith and by the Holy Spirit are they united with Him. Now this they believe: (1) because the substance of Christ's body and blood is not present at the signs, according to what we said in the preceding article, and hence cannot be received bodily. (2) Because it would be a godless and horrible cannibalism — whence Augustine (Doctr. Christ., Bk. III, ch. 16), on the manner of speech of Christ, "except you shall have eaten the flesh of the Son of man, and drunk His blood," etc., says: "since He seems to command a crime and an atrocity, it is therefore a figure, commanding that we should have part and communion in the Lord's suffering, and that we should sweetly and profitably store up in memory that His flesh was crucified and wounded for us." (3) Because it is an impossible thing that the substance of Christ's body and blood, being finite, could, either whole or in parts, be distributed and dispensed among so many thousands communicating at once. (4) Because the oral eating of Christ's flesh, according to Christ's own statement, John 6:63, profits nothing, that is, is unprofitable. (5) Because grinding the body with the teeth, taking it into the stomach, etc., without which an oral eating cannot be, is more than monstrous, and crueler than Christ's own crucifixion. (6) Because thus Christ Himself, at the first Supper, would have eaten His own flesh and drunk His own blood. (7) Because, if they had, at the first Supper, orally eaten and drunk the substance of Christ's body and blood, Christ would have died twice, once at the Supper and once on the Cross. (8) Because thus our union with Christ would be an essential union, which is subject to infinite absurdities, as we have shown elsewhere. (9) Because Christ's glorified body, and His glorified blood, would, with a signal indignity to Christ, be eaten and drunk daily. (10) Because He would then be eaten daily even by unbelievers, and unbelievers would thus be united with Him. (11) Because thus, through the omnipresence of Christ's flesh (according to the opinion of the Lutherans), that flesh would be eaten not only in everyone's ordinary supper, but even by irrational animals — to what purpose then the Holy Supper? Nor do the opposing parties have anything which they can allege for the contrary, except (a) the natural presence of the body and blood at the elements, from the words of institution, "this is my body" — which we have refuted in the preceding article. And (b) that Christ calls His flesh truly food, and His blood truly drink, John 6:55. Answer: that is, my body and blood truly are and give that, for and to the soul, which food and drink are and give to the body — as also John 15:1.
§XXIII. Whether the Elements Are Transubstantiated into the Body and Blood of Christ by the Speaking of the Words
The question is asked, ninth: whether, by the speaking of the words, "this is my body," etc., the elements are transubstantiated into the body and blood of Christ? All the Papists, since the definition of the Council of Trent, take up unanimously the doctrine of transubstantiation as the foundation of their whole religion — although as to the manner of the transubstantiating, and other circumstances, they differ endlessly among themselves. Some, like Bellarmine, hold it to be by a kind of annihilation, through a non-retention or non-preservation (per non-conservationem), which is in fact and truly an annihilation, and that thereby the body and blood of Christ take the place of the elements, so that they are not produced out of the elements, but are brought in from heaven, under the appearance of bread and wine. Others hold that the elements are changed into the body and blood of Christ. The Reformed, just as they acknowledge a relative change of the elements, so they deny every kind of substantial change, and thus every kind of transubstantiation: (1) because it is repugnant, in its whole essence, to the institution of the Holy Supper, which (1) does not say, "this shall become," or "shall be"; but "is my body" — namely, in a sacramental manner. Which institution (2) took the thing taken from the table, so near, both before and after the consecration, as "bread" and "the fruit of the vine," Matt. 26:26,27,29, Mark 14:22,23,25, 1 Cor. 10:16,17 and 11:23-28. Which institution (3) says that Christ, unwounded as to His body, and His blood still in His veins, took the bread, broke it, and gave it. Which institution (4) relates that Christ broke that which He gave to His disciples — a thing which then did not happen to His own body, and now, in His glorified body, cannot happen. Which institution (5) relates that He gave it in remembrance, mention, and proclamation of Himself — "until He come." (II) Because it takes away the nature of a sacrament in more than one way, in that (1) it requires a sign that remains, in order to make up a sacrament together with the thing signified — whereas transubstantiation takes away the sign. (2) Because it requires no more a transubstantiation in the Holy Supper than in the Passover, Exod. 12:11,12,13; and also (3) no more in the Holy Supper than in Baptism, Tit. 3:5, Acts 2:38 and 22:16; or also (4) in the extraordinary sacraments, which are proportionate and correspondent with the Holy Supper, of which 1 Cor. 10:3,4. (III) Because it overturns nearly all the articles of our faith concerning Christ's body and state: which articles (1) ascribe to Christ a true body, and one proportionate with ours, Heb. 2:14,16,17 — that is, an extended, visible, tangible body, circumscribed in one place, Mark 16:6, Luke 24:5,6,38,39,40; which articles (2) ascribe to Him a body, not made out of bread and wine, and through the power of certain little words uttered by a priest, but born of the fathers, of Judah, from the loins and from the seed of David, of the Virgin Mary, through a supernatural working of the Holy Spirit, Rom. 9:5, Heb. 7:14, Acts 2:30, Luke 1:34,35; which articles (3) ascribe to Christ a body, not one that must be eaten with the mouth, but a glorified and transfigured body, Phil. 3:20, which has ascended into heaven, and sits at the right hand, and that until such time as He comes again to judge the living and the dead, Acts 1:11 and 3:21, Heb. 9:24; which articles (4) teach that our union and communion with Christ is spiritual and mysterious, 1 Cor. 12:13, not bodily or natural — and accordingly call Christ a spiritual food and drink, 1 Cor. 10:3,4; compare Rev. 2:17, John 6:35. (IV) Because it involves intolerable and insufferable absurdities: for example, (1) that an accident can exist without a subject; (2) that a change of one's own human body can already exist beforehand, without any change occurring in it; (3) that something is present without its properties; (4) that the glorified body of Christ can be eaten, not only by sinners, the godless, hypocrites, but even by irrational beasts, mice, rats, and others. (V) Because it clashes and conflicts, in consequence, against divine faith, against right reason, indeed against the very senses, and thus casts man down even below the irrational beasts. I will not say (VI) that it torments its own defenders with endlessly unsolvable and untangleable questions and disputes — for example: does the bread cease to be bread by a negative annihilation, or by a positive working of God? In what manner does the change of the wine occur, especially when it has been mixed with water? By what power? Does the change occur at the beginning, or in the middle, or at the end of the speaking of the words? By what means does Christ's body come to the Holy Supper — by creation, by birth, by transference, or by change of place? And how has it come about, through a diversity of worms arising out of a broken piece of the host, etc.?
Nevertheless they seek for their transubstantiation support and protection: (1) in the words of institution, "this is my body." Answer: (A) The Savior does not say, "this shall become," or "shall be my body"; nor even, "this is," or "this becomes transubstantiated," or "shall be transubstantiated into my body"; but He says, "this is my body" — namely, in a sacramental manner. He says (B) that the bread is His body, not naturally, but sacramentally, that is, in that manner which is customary in the sacraments — the manner in which, for example, circumcision is the covenant, Gen. 17:10,11; the manner in which the paschal lamb is the Passover (the passing-over) of the LORD, Exod. 12:11; the manner in which the cup is the New Testament, Luke 22:20, 1 Cor. 11:26; the manner in which the rock was Christ, 1 Cor. 10:4. Yet (C) He does not say, "this is my body," properly, but in a figurative manner — since an unlike thing cannot be predicated of an unlike thing (disparatum de disparato), the thing signified cannot be said of the sign in the proper sense (as happens in the sacraments), except improperly — the meaning being: this bread, which I have taken and broken, is a sacrament, or a sign and a seal, of my body, whereby my true body is represented, offered, and conveyed and sealed to its rightful users. Whether now the figure of speech (tropus) be placed (a) in the whole content of that verse — that an unlike thing (disparatum) is predicated of an unlike thing (de disparato); or whether (b) in the subject of this saying, namely, "this" — so that thereby is understood the bread together with the body, on account of their union, not a local one, but a sacramental one, so that the sense of the words is: "this, which I give to you through and with this sign, is my body"; or whether (c) in the substantive verb "is," taken for "signifies" — in which sense it not infrequently occurs, Matt. 1:23, Gen. 40:13,19 and 41:26, Matt. 13:37,38, Rev. 1:20 and ch. 17:14,15 — or taken for "is like," as when Christ says of Himself several times, "I am that bread," "I am the true vine," "I am the door"; likewise, "John is Elijah," "Herod is a fox"; or whether (d) in the predicate, namely "my body," so that the sense is: this bread is a sacrament, a sign and a seal, whereby my body is signified, offered, and conveyed and sealed to its worthy users — for on this part of the proposition falls the resolution of the figurative manner of speech into a proper one most fittingly and most easily: just as, "circumcision is the covenant" is most fittingly resolved in this expression, "circumcision is a sign and seal of the covenant," Gen. 17:10,11. And thus the body will be put for the sign of Christ's body — not that the true and proper body is thereby excluded from that expression, but rather that it is included in it, through the relation which the sign has to the thing signified. In particular, since in this predicate more than one figurative manner of speech is to be observed — namely (*) a metaphor, whereby one like thing is put for another to which it is attached and with which it is mingled, through a metonymy of the adjunct, insofar as the bread is not only like Christ's body but also, through the institution, an adjunct of it; (**) a synecdoche of a part for the whole, whereby Christ's body is put for the whole Christ; (***) a metonymy of the subject for its adjuncts, whereby Christ is also put for all those benefits which are derived from Christ to us — yet it matters little in which part of the expression one places the figure (tropus).
Now the Savior deliberately and of set purpose chose to use this figurative manner of speech: not only because it was customary and known among the Jews, as we have already shown before; nor only because it was customary at the celebration of the Passover, when the father of the household would say, "this is the body of the Passover"; but much rather and much more willingly, because it was a sacramental manner of speech, in use with all the sacraments of both dispensations, and also in order to display, in the most forceful way possible, the sacramental union of the sign with the thing signified — through which, by force of the divine promise, the thing signified is conveyed to those who lawfully use the signs.
Thus far we have removed the foundation both of transubstantiation and of consubstantiation. But (2) the Papists seek support and protection for their transubstantiation, as do the Lutherans for their consubstantiation, in God's omnipotence, whereby God would be able to trans- or consubstantiate. Answer: (a) from His ability nothing follows as to His willing it. (b) God does not will it; and He cannot even do such things as involve a contradiction, of the sort we have long since shown in transubstantiation.
They seek (3) support and protection in the passage of 1 Cor. 11:29, according to which one who eats unworthily is guilty of the body of the Lord. Answer: they are guilty of the body of Christ, not in that they violate the body itself in itself, it being already glorified, but because they violate it in its signs and seals.
They seek (4) support and protection in the passage of John 6:50-56, in which the Savior says that His flesh is truly food, and the true bread. Answer: (a) from this it would rather be concluded that Christ's body is transubstantiated into the bread, than that the bread is changed into the body of Christ. (b) He is not speaking of the Holy Supper, which at that time was not yet instituted; but (c) of a spiritual eating, which occurs through faith, vv. 33,35, 1 Cor. 10:3,4, Heb. 13:9,10.
They seek (5) support and protection in the words of institution, "this is my body," which, they say, must be understood properly, because they are words of a testament and of a sacrament, which must be clear and plain. Answer: (a) if they were understood properly, they would nonetheless assert neither a transubstantiation — because they do not say, "this shall become my body," or "shall be transubstantiated into my body" — nor a consubstantiation — because they do not say, "in, with, and under this bread, is my body" — but this is, without doubt, according to the nature of a sacrament, said sacramentally. Nor is it said, "this is," naturally, or bodily, but sacramentally, as happens in all sacraments. But (b) they cannot, without very many absurdities and contradictions, be understood properly or naturally, as we have taught in §22. Also there arises (c), from the figurative and metaphorical manners of speech — which are called the lights of a discourse — for the testaments and sacraments no obscurity; especially because that figurative or sacramental manner of speaking has been, from all the preceding sacraments and from other things, very clear and very plain.
§XXIV. Whether the Holy Supper Is One and the Same Sacrament as the Mass
The question is asked, tenth: whether the Holy Supper is one and the same sacrament as the Mass? The Papists say yes, lest their Mass be left destitute of all Scripture. The Protestants teach that they differ from one another as widely as heaven and earth: (I) as regards the name — since the Holy Supper is nowhere in Holy Scripture called a Mass; indeed, since the very origin and meaning of this word is unknown even to the Papists themselves. There are those who hold that it is a Hebrew word, Deut. 16:10; others prefer that it be a Latin word, meaning "a sending" — whether because, before the holding of the Holy Supper, the catechumens (those under instruction) were sent away with this cry, Ite, missa est, that is, "go, it is the dismissal" (missa, a sending); or because the collection, for the love-feasts and for the celebration of the Holy Supper, of the necessary things was called for. (II) As regards the description — for whereas the Holy Supper is a sacrament of spiritual nourishment under the New Testament, the Mass is described among the Papists as being an outward and properly-so-called propitiatory sacrifice, whereby the Son of God Himself, for the atonement of the sins of the living and the dead, as well as to obtain or avert other things, is daily offered up to God the Father by the priest, under the accidents of bread and wine. (III) As regards number, since Holy Scripture teaches but one Supper, whereas the Papists teach countless kinds of Masses — for example, ordinary and extraordinary; great and small; low and high; public and private; white, red, black, etc. (according to the color of the vestments, as they call them); papal, episcopal, etc. (IV) As regards the outward form of the Mass, which Sleidan (Comment. de statu relig., Bk. 21) briefly and concisely sets forth as being as different from, indeed as contrary to, the Holy Supper as heaven is from earth. For the Supper knows nothing of priests, altars, hosts, offerings; of grimaces and gesticulations; of processions; of magical mutterings and breathings; of conjurings of the elements; of ashes and bones hidden beneath the altars, etc. (V) As regards use and benefit — for nowhere does one read that the Holy Supper was instituted for the recovery of health, for the obtaining of a fortunate outcome in war, in the hunt, in trade, etc., for and unto which purposes the Mass is directed. (VI) As regards its admixtures, namely: (1) transubstantiation, which is its cornerstone and foundation — for this ceasing (as it does cease, according to the preceding article), there is in the Mass nothing but bread and wine, which are accordingly, among the Papists, in the place of Christ, to whom they ascribe everything that is said of Christ in Holy Scripture, by a detestable and accursed blasphemy against God. (2) The adoration, whereby they pursue the bread and the wine with the same religious honor with which they pursue God and the Redeemer, by an idolatry to be cursed. (3) The offering-up, whereby they seek the whole matter of their salvation in the elevation of the bread and wine, as by which their sins would be atoned for, and they reconciled with God — through a most shameful denial of the one sacrifice of Christ, accomplished on the cross, and to the ruin and destruction of the whole Christian religion. (4) The oral eating, whereby they, with their mouths, gulp down and devour their bread-God and bread-Christ, whom they have already received, worshiped, and offered up to God for their sins, as their Redeemer — by a more than monstrous barbarity: all of which particulars, concerning the Holy Supper, even merely to think of, breathes forth a more than utterly accursed blasphemy — and which things are of such a kind that they arouse offense, and even strike terror, in the most barbarous heathen themselves. Nor do they have anything which they can allege for that most accursed rite of theirs, except (A) transubstantiation, which we have refuted in the preceding article. (B) The offering of Melchizedek, Gen. 14:18, which we have contested and refuted, Book V, ch. 7, §23. (C) The passage of Isa. 25:6, "And in this mountain shall the LORD of hosts make unto all people a feast of fat things, a feast of wines on the lees, of fat things full of marrow, of wines on the lees well refined." Answer: that passage excludes the Mass in many ways: for it speaks (a) of a feast which Jehovah would make for the peoples, but not of an offering which men would offer up to God. (b) It speaks of a pure, refined wine, which would be given at this feast, whereas the Mass acknowledges only the appearance of wine. It speaks (c) of pure wines, which he would bring to all peoples, whereas the Mass gives the appearance of wine only to a few little priests. Moreover the passage has (d) nothing of bread to be transubstantiated into the body of Christ. What then? The sense and meaning of the passage is no other than, under a figure of speech drawn from an overflowing feast, to display the fullness of grace which all peoples would find in Christ: compare Prov. 9:1,2, Matt. 22, Luke 14. (D) The passage of Mal. 1:11, "In every place incense shall be offered unto my name, and a pure offering." Answer: (a) the Mass is not offered in every place, but by a few little priests, in a few appointed places. (b) Nor is incense seen in the Mass. (c) The passage speaks of the spiritual service of the New Testament, which is brought by all believers in all places: compare Rom. 12:1, Heb. 13:15, 1 Pet. 2:5,7, Rev. 1:6, John 4:21,23, etc. (E) The passage from Acts 13:2, λειτουργούντων δὲ αὐτῶν — "and as they ministered" — a Greek root word which, translated "ministered," they say must be understood of an offering, Luke 1:23. Answer: (a) thus the magistrate too would be a mass-priest, since He is called λειτουργός, a minister, Rom. 13:6; so too the angels, Heb. 1:7. Thus (b) to give alms would be as much as to say Mass, 2 Cor. 9:12, Phil. 2:30. Accordingly (c) the word λειτουργεῖν, in the text, means nothing else than to perform divine service, under which, in the Old Testament, was included the offering of sacrifices. They add (F) the passage from John 4:23, "the true worshipers shall worship in spirit and in truth." Answer: (a) there is not even a jot of a sacrifice here. (b) The worship refers to the whole public service of the New Testament, which is bound to no place — just as the same was bound, under the Old Testament, to Jerusalem. Finally they press (G) 1 Cor. 10:20,21, that the Lord's table is called, in an opposed sense, an altar, just as the table of devils was an altar; and hence, just as the table of devils had its offerings, through partaking of which the heathen received fellowship with devils, that so also the table, or altar, of the Christians, has its own offering, through partaking of which Christians receive communion with Christ. Answer: by the Lord's table is not meant an altar properly so called, but the whole Supper of the Lord, through the use of which Christians have no less a communion in and with the body and blood of Christ than the heathen, through their offerings, have communion with devils.
§XXV. Whether in the Holy Supper the Substance of Christ's Body and Blood Is Present In, With, and Under the Bread and the Wine
The question is asked, eleventh: whether in the Holy Supper the substance of Christ's body and blood is present in, with, and under the bread and the wine? As the Papists hold that the substance of the body and blood is present, through a transubstantiation, under the appearances of bread and wine, and is offered and adored under the same; so the Lutherans hold that, through consubstantiation, the substance of Christ's body and blood is present under true bread and wine, and yet that it must not there be offered up or adored. Yet they differ among themselves in this, that most of them hold that the substance of Christ's body and blood is omnipresent, which they call the drivers of "Ubiquity" (Ubiquitisten); while others allow Him to be present only in the Holy Supper — whom they call, after Georgius Calixtus, professor at Helmstedt, Calixtines. The Reformed do not grant that Christ is present either under the appearances of bread and wine, or under true bread and wine; but, abiding by the very words of Christ, they hold that the bread and the wine are Christ's body and blood themselves — yet sacramentally, not naturally — and that these are received by all who truly commune. And although, as regards the presence of Christ itself, the Lutherans agree with the Papists, yet in the remaining points — for example, in the adoration and the offering-up — they differ from them as widely as heaven and earth; so the Reformed acknowledge that the Lutherans' error, though gross enough, is nevertheless not fundamental (as is that of the Papists in their Mass), nor of such a kind that it must prevent church fellowship between themselves and them — since it is acknowledged on both sides that all who commune according to the prescription of Christ receive a spiritual communion with and in the whole Christ. But since the hinge of this whole point of controversy turns upon the presence itself of the substance of the body and blood of Christ, both at the signs and at the communicants — which point of controversy we have considered and weighed, for and against, in §§20 and 21 — there is no reason why we should occupy ourselves further and at greater length with this point of controversy.
The Practical Part
§XXVI. The Worth and Excellence of the Holy Supper
The reflection on this passage points us out, first of all, to the worth and excellence of the Holy Supper: (I) on account of its Author and Institutor, 1 Cor. 11:23 with Matt. 26:2 and Rev. 17:14. (II) On account of the nature of the thing itself, since it is not only a solemn sign and seal of the Covenant of Grace, or the new covenant in God, or in Christ's blood, Luke 22:20, 1 Cor. 11:25, but also sets before us and gives to us the very flesh and blood of the Son of God, as spiritual food unto eternal life, Matt. 26:26 with John 6:53. (III) On account of its use and benefit, since it not only represents Jesus Christ, in whom alone is all our salvation, Acts 4:12, John 14:6, personally to each believer, but also offers, indeed conveys Him, to those who lawfully commune: "take, this is my body," compare John 1:12 — indeed even unites Him with us, as food is united with what it nourishes; whence it is called the communion of the body and blood of Christ, 1 Cor. 10:16,17. (IV) On account of the way and manner of setting forth all these things: because Jesus Christ, in the Holy Supper, does and works these things (1) moved and driven by pure and unmixed love, Song 5:1 with John 3:16; (2) not toward the famous, the renowned, the holy, and those who are worthy of it, but toward the wretched, the miserable, the poor, the blind, the naked, Rev. 3:17 with Luke 14:21; nor (3) toward such witnesses only, but toward any and every one who is only willing, believingly and trustingly, Matt. 26:27 with Isa. 55:1,2, Matt. 11:28,29, Rev. 22:17, without any distinction, Gal. 3:28; (4) that the Savior offers and conveys such great and such things to them under signs which are everywhere at hand, and which are so easy to obtain and to prepare, namely bread and wine: compare Isa. 55:1,2; (5) that to so great a supper the King, having sent out His servants, invites with so great a friendliness, Luke 14:17, Song 5:1, Rev. 22:17.
§XXVII. It Condemns the Neglect and Contempt of the Holy Supper
Second, it condemns and dooms the contempt and neglect of the Holy Supper in all those who, by reason of their years, are able to discern the Lord's body. Because they thereby reject the counsel of God against themselves, Luke 7:30, despise the covenant of God, which God commands to be punished with cutting off, Gen. 17:14, exclude themselves from the communion of Christ, 1 Cor. 10:16,17, and at the same time also from the spiritual life and from eternal salvation, John 6:53-59. But who are these? They are (1) those who make light of the Holy Supper, as of a childish ceremony, or an idle and useless rite: compare 2 Chron. 30:6-10; who despise or do dishonor to the inviting ministers, Matt. 22:6. They are (2) those who will not come, whatever God invites, whatever He commands, whatever he promises, Matt. 22:3,5, Ps. 81:11,12, John 7:37. They are (3) those who, through contrived excuses, seek to evade and wave away the use of the Holy Supper. Such are (1) those who suppose that the Holy Supper is a matter of indifference, on which salvation does not depend. These must be pressed with the divine command, which lays a necessity upon them, Luke 22:19, 1 Cor. 11:26 — that thereby they do not acknowledge Christ as their Lord, John 15:14; and though salvation does not depend on these outward things considered in themselves, yet the punishment of cutting off does depend on the rejection and contempt of them, Gen. 17:14, Num. 9:13, Luke 14:24. There are (2) those who shrink and are timid before the prior profession of faith which must be made openly, and before the other things required of those who are to commune. These must be reminded of the necessity of confession, Matt. 10:32,33, 1 Pet. 3:15, Rom. 10:10, Mark 8:38 — and it must further be impressed upon them that nothing more is required of them for admission to the communion of the Holy Supper than what they have long since, by the laws of the common Christian faith and by the baptism they have received, been obliged and bound to, namely, to repent and believe the gospel, Mark 1:15. There are (3) those who refuse to submit themselves to church discipline. To these it must be shown that this discipline is of divine institution, Matt. 18:15,16,17, and that whoever does not submit to it is no son, but a bastard, Heb. 12:7,8 — indeed, if they are utterly afraid of the exercise of discipline, they have more to fear from the cause than from the thing itself, Rom. 13:3. There are (4) those so entangled and embroiled in strifes, disputes, and disagreements, that they would rather give up and abandon the Holy Supper than give up those disputes. To these must be presented the counsel of the Savior, Matt. 5:23,24 — that it is better to abandon strifes and disputes than the communion with Christ, 1 Cor. 6, and to forgive one's brother the wrong he has done rather than be deprived of the seals of divine love and of the Covenant of Grace. There are (5) those who plead the strifes and differences among Christians on matters of religion — so many, indeed, that they scarcely know to which party they should attach themselves. These must be told that such strifes and differences in the church are nothing new, 1 Cor. 11:19 with v. 28, that the spirits must be tested, 1 John 4:1,2,3, indeed that one must examine all things, in order to hold fast what is good, 1 Thess. 5:21 — at any rate, that on account of these disagreements and differences one must in no wise give up communion with Christ. There are (6) those who are kept away by the wicked and offensive life of other communicants. These must be met by showing that Holy Scripture prescribes to every one who is to commune, to examine and search himself, and not others, 1 Cor. 11:28, and that each one perishes by his own transgressions, not by those of another, Gal. 6:3,4,5, and that God nowhere commands that one keep away from the Holy Supper on account of another's transgressions. There are (7) those who hold back on account of wrongs done to them by others. To these it must be shown how unfair and improper it is, on account of wrongs done by others, to wish to do wrong and take vengeance against God, and at the same time against one's own soul — at any rate, that Paul, on account of so many and so great wrongs done to him, 1 Cor. 4:12, 2 Cor. 4:8, 11:23, etc., in no wise withheld Himself from the Holy Supper. There are also (8) those who plead their own unworthiness, so that they fear lest, by eating, they make themselves guilty of the body and blood of Christ, and so eat and drink damnation to themselves. These must be convinced that those are, in the evangelical sense, worthy who acknowledge, feel, mourn their own unworthiness, and earnestly seek to be delivered from it, Matt. 11:28,29, Ps. 34:19 and 51:9, Luke 18:13,14.
§XXVIII. It Urges a Devout and Godly Use of the Holy Supper
Third, it urges, on the contrary, that we may and should use and enjoy the Holy Supper devoutly and godly. For (1) God commands this so often and so earnestly in Holy Scripture, Luke 22:19, 1 Cor. 11:26,28, Matt. 26:26,27. (2) God formerly impressed this so diligently in the proportionate and corresponding sacrament of the Passover, Exod. 12:24 with 1 Cor. 5:7. (3) The examples of the saints concerning the Passover have shown the way here, Josh. 5:10, 2 Kings 23:21,22, Matt. 26:18,19, Luke 22:15 — and also concerning the Supper itself, Acts 2:42. (4) Our own baptism obliges us to this, Acts 2:41,42, 1 Cor. 12:13. (5) The excellence and benefit of the Holy Supper, which we have shown in §26, invites us to this. And yet it is not enough merely to partake of the Holy Supper; we must in particular see to it that we use it in a devout and godly manner — for otherwise, needlessly partaken of, it will profane and desecrate the Lord's body, and we shall eat and drink judgment to ourselves: not only eternal judgment, but also all manner of temporal judgments, according to the Apostle's statement, 1 Cor. 11:27-33. Now we shall use and enjoy it devoutly and godly: if we (1) do it often and continually, as often as opportunity offers. For this (a) the instituting Savior requires, 1 Cor. 11:26, "as often," etc. (b) This the early Church did, Acts 2:42,46. (c) This the spiritual sustenance and nourishment of our soul requires, John 6:53. (d) This is demanded of us by the worth, the seriousness, and the benefit of the thing itself, Song 5:1. (2) If we use it in accordance with its own nature, which occurs: (a) by discerning the Lord's body, 1 Cor. 11:29, that is, by carefully and diligently distinguishing the signs from the things signified — Christ's body from the bread, His blood from the wine — lest, deceived by the erroneous trans- or consubstantiation, we vainly expect from the signs that which must be conveyed by and through the thing signified. (b) By nevertheless sacramentally uniting the sign with the thing signified — the bread with Christ's body, and the wine with his blood, 1 Cor. 10:17 — so that we do not merely seek bread and wine in the Holy Supper, but rather long after the body and blood themselves, and so may obtain the whole Christ, John 1:12, Col. 2:6 with Ps. 42:2,3, Matt. 5:6, Rev. 22:17. (3) Reverently and humbly, according to the majesty of the sacrament, so that we distinguish the bread and wine, which are the body and blood of Christ, from all other and common bread and wine, 1 Cor. 11:29. This will occur if we seek to occupy ourselves (a) with a fitting and rightful preparation, 1 Cor. 11:28; (b) with a suitable disposition and frame of mind — as it is put there, "so let Him eat"; (c) with a corresponding zeal and attention to duty, regarding the Holy Supper. But of this a little more distinctly hereafter.
§XXIX. It Warns That We Not Rush to the Holy Supper Without Due and Lawful Preparation
Fourth, it admonishes and warns that we not rush to the Holy Supper without a fitting and lawful preparation. For (1) God requires preparation in all the public duties of religious service, Eccl. 5:1, 1 Chron. 15:13, Ps. 50:23, 1 Sam. 16:5 — hence all the more, then, at the Holy Supper. (2) On this he insisted with such earnestness of old, at the typical supper, namely the Passover, which had to be set apart four whole days before it was slaughtered, in order to give occasion for continual meditation preceding its use, Exod. 12:3,6, 2 Chron. 35:6. To this the Jews' preparation for the Passover looked, John 19:14,31, when they avoided everything, that they might eat the Passover, John 18:28. (3) Paul requires this, 1 Cor. 11:28: "let a man" (that is, every one) "examine Himself." (4) The very majesty of this sacrament requires it: since by its use, in a most solemn manner, we hasten and draw near to God, to renew the Covenant with Him and to sit at table with him — and such a drawing near requires, without any doubt, a special preparation, Amos 4:12, James 4:8, 2 Chron. 29:31. (5) The efficacy of the sacrament itself requires and demands this, so that the communication of its benefits corresponds to the measure of preparation: compare 2 Cor. 2:6 with 2 Chron. 30:3. (6) Finally, hard necessity demands it. For without this going before, we shall (1) become guilty of the body and blood of the very Son of God, 1 Cor. 11:27 — how great a crime and an atrocity! compare 2 Sam. 3:28,29, Ps. 51:16, as well as the betrayer Judas, Matt. 27:4, and the Jews, v. 25 there. (2) The use of the Holy Supper will be empty and unprofitable to us, indeed displeasing to God, 1 Cor. 10:21 and 11:17; compare Hos. 4:19, Isa. 1:13. (3) Indeed it will even be harmful, after the example of Judas, who unworthily ate of the paschal lamb, John 13:26,27; compare 1 Cor. 10:21 — since that profanation brings upon the communicant not only the judgment of future eternal damnation, 1 Cor. 11:29, but also all manner of present temporal evils, v. 30 there, indeed even a bodily casting-out, Matt. 22:11,12,13.
For this preparation, then, these four points above all are required. First, that you have at hand the requisites of one who is to commune worthily; which are: (1) That he truly be under the Covenant of Grace — for the Holy Supper is a sign and a seal of the Covenant of Grace (Luke 22:20, "the new covenant in my blood") — which therefore belongs to none but those who are already partakers of that Covenant, in proportion to the place and the promise, Acts 2:38,39. For this reason no stranger was admitted to the typical supper, that is, to the Passover, Exod. 12:43, nor the uncircumcised, v. 40 — just as under the New Testament one who is unbaptized is not admitted, Acts 2:41,42. (2) A sufficient knowledge of God, of the Mediator, of the way of salvation, and in particular also of those things which especially concern this sacrament — since he can be no covenant-partner who is destitute of all knowledge of the fundamental doctrines, Jer. 31:33,34, "this is my covenant... they shall all know me, from the least of them to the greatest"; but also because he cannot discern the body of Christ, nor examine and search himself, 1 Cor. 11:28,29. (3) A true and sincere repentance and conversion, so that he who is to commune rightly knows, deeply feels, humbly confesses before God His sins and the misery arising from them, and has an earnest aversion and abhorrence of sin — since not only the typical supper, or the Passover, had to be eaten with bitter herbs, Exod. 12:8, but also the Passover of the New Testament, namely the Holy Supper, cannot rightly and properly take place without mention and proclamation of Christ's death, 1 Cor. 11:26, which cannot rightly occur without an acknowledgment, a feeling, a confession, and an abhorrence of sin: compare Zech. 12:10, Isa. 53:3-9, Matt. 26:75. (4) A living and effectual faith, in God as our highest end, and in Christ as the sole Mediator — since without such a faith we cannot receive Christ, who is offered to us in the Holy Supper (Matt. 26:26, "take, this is my body"), John 1:12, or eat Him spiritually, John 6:27 with v. 29, likewise v. 32 with vv. 35,47, or be united with Him, Eph. 3:17. (5) An earnest and unfeigned resolve, whereby one promises God and, as it were, seals to him, that he will carefully and godly avoid all sin, which is so utterly contrary to God, and, on the contrary, apply himself to all and every virtue. To this end, in the preparation for the typical supper, or for the Passover, one had to seek out and put away, so carefully and diligently, all old leaven, Exod. 12:15 — that we, in the Passover of the New Testament, having purged out the old leaven and become a new lump, may keep the feast in the unleavened bread of sincerity and truth, 1 Cor. 5:7,8 — especially since we cannot at once partake both of the Lord's table and of the table of devils, 1 Cor. 10:20,21, and the communion of Christ with Belial is utterly incompatible, there, and 2 Cor. 6:15. (6) A brotherly love toward one's neighbor, since in the Holy Supper we become partakers of one bread with Him, and are incorporated into the same mysterious body, 1 Cor. 10:17 and 12:13. To this the love-feasts of the ancients looked, of which Paul makes mention, 1 Cor. 11:21,22; and the forgiveness of sins, which we seek and obtain in the use of the Holy Supper, Matt. 26:28, is bound by an inseparable bond to mutual reconciliation, forgiveness, and love toward one's neighbor, Matt. 6:12,14 and 18:35; compare ch. 5:23,24. (7) A burning desire, hunger, and thirst, to renew the Covenant with God, to eat and drink the body and blood of Christ, or to obtain communion with Christ — such a desire as is observed in Christ Himself, Luke 22:15, and which is absolutely necessary in order to become a partaker of Christ, Matt. 5:6, Isa. 55:1, Rev. 22:17; compare Ps. 42:2.
Thus far the requisites of those who are to commune worthily. Now, second, for preparation it is required that you earnestly examine and test yourself, whether you are endowed with these things — if not as fully as befits the majesty of the sacrament, then at least to some degree, 1 Cor. 11:28, "let a man examine himself," 2 Cor. 13:5. To this end we must have unmistakable marks at hand, by which we faithfully and impartially test each of the aforementioned requisites — which we shall give, each in its own place. Then, third, once we have discovered our defects by this examination, we must labor, both by prayer and by effort in the strength of God, to be rid of them, so that, adorned with these virtues as with a wedding garment, we may appear acceptable at the Lord's table, Jer. 31:18,19, Song 1:4 with John 6:35, with v. 44, Rev. 19:7. Finally, fourth, if we find that these requisites are present in us to a certain degree, they must then be stirred up, so that we may draw near to the Holy Supper with the most intense desire, and as it were with a great hunger and thirst, just as Christ Himself girded Himself for it, Luke 22:15 — since God promises satisfaction only to such, Ps. 22:17 (?) and 107:9, Isa. 44:3, Ps. 63:1 with v. 5, and 81:10.
§XXX. It Admonishes That We Approach the Lord's Table in a Fitting and Proper Manner
Fifth, it admonishes that we, after the aforesaid preparation, also draw near to the Lord's table in a fitting and proper manner. For this reason the Apostle says, 1 Cor. 11:28, "let a man examine himself" (καὶ οὕτως) "and so let him eat." For the Holy Supper is, among the institutions of public worship, the most solemn, in which God looks not only to the deed itself, but especially also to the fitting manner of it — so that not only that which is good be done, but also that it be done well: for example, in the hearing of the Word, in prayer, John 4:24, etc. — especially since God is present in the Holy Supper, and beholds and observes those sitting at table, Matt. 22:11.
This manner now requires: (1) That we sit at table with the highest reverence: compare Prov. 23:1 — whereby we seek to glorify God with body and with spirit, 1 Cor. 6:20; by considering, on the one hand, the infinite majesty of God who is present, compare Gen. 18:27,31, and on the other hand, the excellence of the work itself, in drawing near to God in a most solemn manner, in renewing the Covenant with God, in sitting at table with God and with the Mediator Christ, etc. — all of which things, without any doubt, require the greatest reverence. (2) That we sit at table with a deep humility, comparing our unworthiness arising from sin, Ezek. 16:3, Job 17:14 with Luke 15:27, and 2 Sam. 9:7,8, Job 7:17, with the infinite majesty of God, Job 11:7,8,9, and with the weightiness of the present covenant-making, and of the heavenly feast, Rev. 3:20, Luke 14:15. (3) That we sit at table with a humble and reverent attentiveness, 1 Cor. 10:15,17; compare John 3:7,12 — so that we lift up the eyes of the body to the outward signs, and the eyes of the soul to the things signified, according to what we have said in §11. (4) That we sit at table with a mind actively engaged in the actual renewal of the Covenant with God — whereby we, on the one hand, actually receive the Covenant of Grace (this is the new covenant, Luke 22:20), the Mediator of the Covenant (this is my body, Matt. 26:26), the blood of the Covenant (the New Testament in my blood, 1 Cor. 11:25), with all its consequent benefits, which are offered us by God and the Mediator in the Holy Supper — "take," Matt. 26:26; and, on the other hand, give ourselves back, in all that we are and have, to the God who requires it; renounce Satan, sin, and the world; and dedicate and devote ourselves wholly and solely to God — that it may become a two-sided covenant, Jer. 31:33, Zech. 8:8, Heb. 8:10, Song 2:16. And just as God there seals His promises to us by the sacramental seal, so that we, for our part, there seal our promises to God. (5) That we sit at table with a certain godly cheerfulness of mind, Song 5:1, whereby we, having now laid aside all sorrow, and having left it to the preparation, give ourselves over entirely, after the manner of feasts, to spiritual joy and gladness, Neh. 8:10, 2 Chron. 30:21,22,23, Ps. 22:27 and 63:5. Finally, (6) that we sit at table renewing the remembrance of Christ, Matt. 26:26, and proclaiming the Lord's death, till He come, 1 Cor. 11:26.
§XXXI. It Admonishes That We Not Rest on the Deed Done, but Godly Proceed to the Following Duties
Sixth, it also admonishes that we not rest, as one says, on the work done, but that we godly proceed onward to the duties that follow. For we observe (1) that Christ, having completed the Holy Supper with His Apostles, girded Himself to His duties, sang the hymn, and rose up to perform His priestly office, which was to be accomplished by His deed — that He made Himself ready and went to meet the betrayer and those who feared Him, Matt. 26:30. We observe (2) that the Hebrews, having eaten the Passover, had, according to the divine prescription, their duties, and had to hand down to their late posterity the divine benefits whose remembrance they renewed in the sacrament, Exod. 12:24-27. We observe (3) that those same Hebrews had to eat the Passover with their loins girded, provided with staves, and ready to depart, Exod. 12:11 — whereby the readiness and preparedness for action was pictured. We observe (4) that Elijah, having been fed and refreshed by an angel out of heaven, went, according to the word of the Lord, for forty days, 1 Kings 19:5-8. We observe (5) that, upon the Israelites, after the taking of their ordinary food, duties were prescribed by God, Deut. 8:10 — hence much more do the same, and yet other, duties lie upon us, after the taking of this extraordinary, so great, and such food.
But what, then, are these duties? Reason itself counsels that we (1) diligently observe and take note of how, and in what manner, we have fared at the Lord's table — whether the Holy Supper has succeeded as we wished, whether we have obtained any new spiritual strength, joy, and comfort, or not. Then (2), if we perceive the latter, the following duties are ours to attend to. (a) We must inquire into the cause of this defect — whether we were not sufficiently prepared, and so came, as it were, with a closed soul? Compare Ps. 81:11,12,14,17. Or whether, sitting at table, we were perhaps not adorned with the wedding garment, that is, with that disposition, affection, inclination, and zeal which might have pleased the Host? Compare Matt. 22:11. Then (b) we must with all earnestness seek to humble ourselves deeply before God over the discovered defect, to beg forgiveness of our guilt, and to seek grace. Compare Matt. 18:26. Furthermore we must (c), by prayers, renewed conversion, faith, and with all effort, so act that we, as it were, draw back to ourselves the efficacy of the Holy Supper, so that what we did not obtain at the table we may yet obtain afterward — just as the Israelites, whenever they had been made unable, on account of some ceremonial uncleanness or some other cause, to partake of the Passover on the usual day, added an extraordinary one, as we have admonished in §5. Nor must one think that the Holy Supper always exercises its power and working in the very moment of its use, but that it, just like Baptism, sometimes exercises its power and working after many years, Rom. 6:3,4; compare John 13:4 with v. 7. These things being observed and considered, we must (d) also hold fast, for some comfort of mind, that though we have not obtained at the Lord's table those benefits which we desired, or not so great a measure of them as we longed for, we have nevertheless obtained such and so great benefits that it is by no means to be regretted that we were present there — insofar as none of those duties can be observed and performed apart from that spiritual life which the Holy Supper offers and conveys. On the other hand, (3) if we have had no occasion to observe that the Holy Supper has succeeded for us as we wished, then our mind, refreshed and stirred up by the spiritual food, must (a) be exercised unto humble thankfulness, Ps. 22:27, after the example of Christ and of the Apostles, singing the hymn of thanksgiving, Matt. 26:30 — with and through which thankfulness we, as it were, sing the great Hallelujah with the Passover guests, out of Ps. 113 through 119 or thereabouts — David too setting an example in this, Ps. 116:12,13 — and moreover furnishing us with a form of thanksgiving, Ps. 103:1-6. After this we must (b) seek that our mind be kept, long and, if possible, continually, in that blessed frame, in that spiritual joy and strength, which it obtained at the Lord's table — after the example of the Jews, 2 Chron. 30:21,22,23; compare Matt. 17:4. Further (c), that we have and keep the remembrance of our covenant-making with God, which took place in the Holy Supper, present with us everywhere — to this end, that we may, on the one hand, in all manner of adversities, lift up and cheer our mind with that divine promise which was sealed to us in the Holy Supper: compare Gen. 15:1 and 17:1,2; and, on the other hand, seek to pay God godly the promises and vows made to Him at the covenant-making of the Holy Supper, Ps. 116:14,18. Finally (d), that we, our whole life long, through the renewal of the Covenant that took place in the Holy Supper, strengthen ourselves against all manner of temptations and enticements to sin: compare Gen. 39:9, Josh. 24:22 — considering that we, through the renewed covenant-making with God, have sworn off all those things which are contrary to God, and that we would therefore be faithless, indeed perjured, against our own God, if we consented to sin and broke the covenant of God: compare Deut. 31:16,17,18,20, Hos. 6:7 — of which faithlessness we may observe the punishment in Zedekiah, Ezek. 17:12-21, with Jer. 3:9,10,11.
§XXXII. It Awakens a Horror of the Mass
Seventh, it awakens a horror of and against the Mass, which has been introduced and set up by the Papists in the place of the Holy Supper: (1) because by that substitution a horrible robbing of the Church is committed, whereby the Church is robbed of the jewel of the most excellent sacrament, Rom. 2:22. (2) Because by that substitution an unheard-of heresy is nourished and fostered. (3) Because by the adoration of the host a horrible idolatry is committed. (4) Because in its offering-up is contained a most shameful denial of the one sacrifice of Christ, accomplished on the Cross. (5) Because in the pretended oral eating and drinking of Christ's body and blood a more than monstrous barbarity is displayed. (6) Because through all these things it causes, among unbelievers, an indelible stain to attach to the Christian religion, and likewise sets a stumbling block and an unremovable offense. And since in this Mass lies the foundation, and on it turns the hinge, of the whole Popish religion and devotion, we may therefore recognize from this that the Popish religion (whose Mass reduces all that is said of Christ Jesus in Holy Scripture to a mere frothy little cake) is not a bare heresy, but a total falling-away from the Christian faith. Wherefore not only the Mass itself, but also the whole religion of the Papists, which turns on the Mass as on its hinge, must be to us a matter of horror — indeed also all those things which have any connection with the Mass, such as are the church-fairs (kermissen) and other things, as being such as display a deceitful idol-worship, though in a different degree.
Chapter VI: On Church Discipline
Matthew 16:19
"And I will give unto thee the keys of the kingdom of heaven; and whatsoever thou shalt bind on earth shall be bound in heaven; and whatsoever thou shalt loose on earth shall be loosed in heaven."
We proceed further to the third means of application, whereby God, the Church having been gathered through the ministry of the Word, strengthens it against offenses — namely, Church Discipline, which the Savior expresses under the name of the Keys of the Kingdom of Heaven, Matt. 16:19.
The Explanatory Part
§I. The Giver
In and with these words is promised the giving of an ecclesiastical power, by which Church Discipline is exercised. Where, (1) the Giver: "I," a word which is included in the verb δώσω, "I will give," expressly named in v. 18, κἀγώ, "and I," namely He who οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, "will build my church" — whose own possession the Church was, who would build her for Himself, and to that building promised the Keys. He therefore who has the right — 2 Cor. 10:8 and 13:10 — who has the key of David, Rev. 3:7, to whom all power belongs, most of all and most especially over the Church, which is the fountain and wellspring of all power. He promises this, that we might understand and grasp, that the ecclesiastical power and discipline in the ministers is not one having its own authority, which they might use at their own pleasure; and that it does not avail either, except insofar as it has been given and appointed by the Lord, 1 Cor. 4:1. Meanwhile, that it is divine, originating from the Lord Jesus, under which as many are bound to stand as have professed themselves to be, and to stand, under Christ — and that whoever will not stand under it, does not acknowledge the lordship of Christ either.
§II. The Future Giving
The future giving, δώσω, "I will give," in the future tense, as also in the preceding verse, οἰκοδομήσω, "I will build." He promises, therefore, but does not yet give — whether because the Church, over which they were to exercise the discipline, was not yet built; or because all power, as a reward for His humiliation and obedience, had not yet, before His resurrection, been conferred on Him, Matt. 28:18, Phil. 2:8,9,10; or because He wished until then to keep it for Himself alone, so long, that is, as He as Master should be present with His disciples. Meanwhile He promises certainly to give it: to give, I say, namely out of grace, to make known that Church Discipline is a certain excellent benefit for the Church, and thus, that it belongs to the Gospel.
§III. The One to Be Endowed
The one who would be endowed: "thee" — thou, who hast given and made to me such a glorious confession, thou who wast the first among those whom I have called to the proclamation of that truth — to thee, Peter, will I give — although not to thee alone, since I did not require the confession of that truth from thee alone; but, "who say ye that I am?" v. 15, thou who, above all thy fellow-servants, wast so ready and prompt to confess, thou who didst answer in the name of all thy fellow-servants — to thee will I give, that thou mightest, in the name of all, receive the gift; but which I will, in due time, give to all, as appears from Matt. 18:18, John 20:23 — indeed to the whole Church, Matt. 28:18. That those of the Roman persuasion might not suppose that this was promised and given to thee alone.
§IV. The Gift: The Keys of the Kingdom of Heaven
He may be alluding to the custom of the Jews, among whom the induction of teachers used to be performed by the handing over of keys, as seems to have occurred, Luke 11:52. Keys signify, symbolically, a power and authority, Isa. 22:22, Rev. 3:7 — certainly not a royal power, as the Papists would have it, in the service of papal absolute sovereignty; for although kings have power over the keys, they nevertheless have no keys given to them, but a ministerial power, such as is given to the stewards of provisions in a household, when oversight and management are entrusted and committed to them. He promises keys in the plural number — whether because He does not promise them to Peter alone, but also to all the Apostles, as appears from comparing John 20:23; or because in the house of God, which is the Church militant on earth, 1 Tim. 3:15, there are also many mansions, or particular congregations; or because the use of the keys is twofold, to open and to shut — which two functions, though in the natural realm performed with but one key, yet in the spiritual realm seem to require two keys; or rather, because for the Church two keys are necessarily required, namely a key of order (ordinis), as it is called, which belongs only to the ordained or confirmed ministers of the divine Word, whereby they have power and right to preach the Word of God openly, and to administer the sacraments — which key the scribes seem to have abused, Luke 11:52; and a key of governance, which belongs not only to the ministers of the Word, but besides also to the ruling elders, 1 Tim. 5:17, who are hence called governments, 1 Cor. 12:28. And this is the key of church discipline. This the Savior meant to signify, when He restricted the promised keys to the Kingdom of Heaven, in order to exclude all temporal power from His ministers, Matt. 20:25, Luke 22:25, 2 Cor. 10:4. He says "a kingdom," in the singular number, because the Church, which is signified by that kingdom — at least always the universal Church — is but one only, Matt. 16:18, Heb. 12:22,23. He calls this a kingdom, because in it, at least always with respect to Christ, all the essential elements of a monarchical government are found; there is but one King, Ps. 2:6, Zech. 9:9 with John 18:33,34. Meanwhile He speaks of a kingdom of the heavens, in the plural — whether because, according to a Hebrew manner of speaking, that kingdom is not an earthly one, John 18:36, but a heavenly and spiritual kingdom; or because that kingdom of Christ, or the universal Church, is distinguished into two parts, a triumphant and a militant, of which both parts are heavenly — nor does it tell against this that the militant part is on earth, for it is nevertheless of a heavenly and spiritual nature, whence, throughout Holy Scripture, the militant Church is called a kingdom of heaven, Matt. 13:24,31,33,44,45,52. Accordingly, by this nothing else is understood by the keys of the kingdom of heaven than the ecclesiastical power and discipline, which He further explains more fully and at greater length in the following words.
§V. The Use of the Gift
"Whatsoever thou shalt bind... whatsoever thou shalt loose..." It might at first glance seem that He would have spoken more agreeably to the metaphor of keys, had He said, "whatsoever thou shalt have shut, and whatsoever thou shalt have opened"; yet He seems to have deliberately and of set purpose used this manner of speech, in order, on the one hand, to magnify the wretched lot of those who, by a lawful excommunication, should be excluded from the congregation — since for them not only the kingdom of heaven is shut, but they are moreover bound with chains of darkness, 2 Pet. 2:4, Matt. 22:13; and, on the other hand, to magnify the blessedness of those who are lawfully loosed, since for them a fuller and richer entrance is given into the eternal kingdom of the Lord, 2 Pet. 1:11. Meanwhile the twofold use of the keys is distinctly pointed out, namely:
1. Of binding, and thereunder:
a. The active use — ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς, "whatsoever thou shalt have bound." The Savior might seem (a) to be giving him ordination, or inducting him into ecclesiastical office, since it was customary among the Jews, with this or a similar formula, to confer ordination or confirmation upon their own: "receive thou the power to bind and to loose," or, "to teach, to bind, and to loose," according to the observation of the most learned Lightfoot — but it does not appear that it is used in this sense in Holy Scripture. But (b) it would more fitly be brought to bear on the matter, that they have power to teach and to deliver in the Church whatever they should judge would serve to the benefit and use of the Church — since this manner of speech, with respect to this matter also, was customary in the schools of the Jews, according to the observation of that same Lightfoot, who promises that he could adduce more than a thousand examples of this: for instance, from the Jerusalem Talmud, Yom Tov, fol. 6: "whatsoever I loose, he binds; whatsoever I bind, he looses" — he has more such examples there, to which also the expression ὃ ἐὰν, "whatsoever," might be applied, and, besides, the passages of Matt. 5:17-19 compared with Rom. 3:31. Meanwhile (c) the aim seems chiefly to regard persons, so that the same thing is said here as at John 20:23: "whosesoever sins ye remit, they are remitted unto them; and whosesoever sins ye retain, they are retained." And thus the words will then signify the lawful censures and excommunications of church discipline, whereby sins are retained. Ὃ ἐὰν, "whatsoever," as it stands at Matt. 18:18, may be applied either to things, to sins, or to persons indefinitely, so that it says: whomsoever you shall have found — but those on earth, not those who are in heaven, nor in hell, since they have already long since obtained their final end.
b. The efficacy, or ratification and confirmation, of that use — ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, "shall be bound in heaven." That is: that which, or whomever, you shall, by a lawful ecclesiastical censure or excommunication, have declared condemned to the eternal prisons — that shall so be held, ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, bashamayim, "in the heavens," or, with God — for "heavens" not infrequently signifies God Himself, Luke 15:18, Dan. 4:26, Matt. 23:25 — so that thereby is signified the power and efficacy of a lawful ecclesiastical discipline and censures.
2. Of loosing, which use is placed after binding, because he cannot be loosed who has not previously been bound. That we might understand that by this is meant that loosing which is exercised, through church discipline, upon those who until then have been bound. Concerning this, again, it is noted:
a. The use of loosing — "whatsoever thou shalt have loosed" — namely by forgiving the sins of those who were previously under the guilt of eternal punishment: on earth, among men, since in heaven no one is found who is bound, and in hell no one who shall be loosed from that binding.
b. The efficacy and ratification — "that shall be loosed in heaven," that is, that shall in heaven, with God, be forgiven, and the guilty one released from his bonds.
The Doctrinal Part
§III. There Is, Therefore, in the Church a Discipline
There is, therefore, according to the institution of Christ, in the Church a discipline, by means of which evildoers are kept away, and the penitent received back again. For to this end (1) the keys are given — this is what the binding and loosing in the text look to, Matt. 16:18,19 and John 20:23. To this looks (2) the forgiving and retaining of sins, in Matt. 18. To this looks (3) the means of casting out and receiving back again, 1 Cor. 5:2,3,11 and 2 Cor. 2:6,7,8. To this looks (4) the command to withdraw oneself, Rom. 16:17, 2 Thess. 3:6, Tit. 3:10. This was (5) formerly pictured by the casting-out from Paradise, and the withholding from eating of the tree of life, Gen. 3:22,23,24; likewise by Cain's casting-out and banishment from the face of the Lord, Gen. 4:11,14. To this looked (6) the exclusion of the unclean from association and fellowship with others, Num. 19:20; and (7) the whole ceremonial uncleanness, excluding from the fellowship and association of the clean, Exod. 12:48, Ezek. 44:7,9, Lev. 13:2,3. That this discipline was customary among the Jews will be shown; and it is beyond doubt that it was carried over from the Jews into the Christian Church by Christ, John 9:22 and 16:2.
§IV. It Not Only Is So, But Must Also Be So
It is not only so, but it must also be so, for these reasons: (1) because to every well-ordered society belongs the power to separate from itself those who are unfit for it, and are blemishes and scandals to the assembly. (2) Because the church is the kingdom of God, Matt. 6:10,13, the house and household of God, Eph. 2:19, 1 Tim. 3:15, the city of God, Rev. 3:12 and 21:2, which cannot exist without discipline. (3) Because there are always found in the Church offenses, Matt. 18:7, and tares, Matt. 13:27; there is found that which is unclean, which must be set apart and separated from what is pure and clean, Ezek. 44:5,23.
§V. The Various Names by Which This Discipline Is Denoted in Scripture
This discipline is expressed and signified in Holy Scripture in various ways. For, to set aside for a moment the Hebrew names, it is signified and denoted by "Keys," of which already before in the Explanatory Part; also by a "rebuke," which is administered by many, 2 Cor. 2:6, to be distinguished, namely, from every ordinary and private rebuke (which occurs in secret); by a "rod," 1 Cor. 4:21; by an "anathema," a banishment, a curse, Gal. 1:8, Rom. 9:3 — with which corresponds, among the Hebrews, cherem, according to the LXX translators, Deut. 7:26, and, in Paul, Maranatha, 1 Cor. 16:22 — although I think that these words do not signify a bare discipline, but at the same time also the various degrees of it, concerning which one may consult the commentators on those passages. In the matter itself, this discipline is, with us, a personal application of the divine will, through censures, either to prevent offenses, or to remove them out of the Church of God. We call this discipline (1) an application of the divine will, because it does not punish by making one pay with body or purse, but is that spiritual means of reformation which Christ has given to the Church. It is called (2) a personal application, because commonly it is understood, by the ecclesiastical censures, that the will of God is applied to this or that person, otherwise than occurs through the general proclamation of the Word — which (3) serves to prevent offenses, or to remove them from and out of the congregation of God, Rom. 16:17 and 14:13, 1 Cor. 5:6,7, and unto the correction, preservation, and salvation of the offender.
§VI. Its Author and Institutor
The Author and Institutor of it is (1) God, not only by His own example, Gen. 3:22,23,24 and 4:11,14, but also by His command, whereby He willed not only that those who were ceremonially unclean should be excluded from the temple and its religious exercises, Exod. 12:48, Lev. 5:2,3, Num. 9:6,10, 2 Chron. 26:20,21, but also, in a moral sense, such as is inferred from Ezra 10:7,8, and from the subsequent and later practice of the Jewish Church, John 9:32,33,34, 12:42, and 16:2. (2) The Mediator, Matt. 16:19 and 18:15,16,17, John 20:23, by carrying over into the Christian Church the discipline already introduced by divine authority, and used and exercised among the Jews. (3) The Holy Spirit, by prescribing the same through the Apostles, 1 Cor. 5:2,3,11, Rom. 16:17. So that, for all these reasons, church discipline is not of a human and ecclesiastical, but of a divine, unalterable, and unchangeable right; wherefore it must also be exercised in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, 1 Cor. 5:4.
§VII. To Whom the Power of This Discipline Is Given
The power of and over this discipline Christ promised, first indeed, in order of time, to Peter, Matt. 16:19, yet not to him alone, but afterward to all the Apostles, ch. 18:18, John 20:23 — who were also able to exercise it in an eminent manner, that is, infallibly, 1 Cor. 5:3,4. Finally, also to all the ministers of the Church, Tit. 3:10; indeed to the whole congregation, Matt. 18:17. Not only because it was given for the use and benefit of the Church, 1 Cor. 5:6,7, but also because it is, and must be, exercised only within the church. Meanwhile it must nevertheless not be exercised by any private person, but by the ecclesiastical assembly or eldership; whence the Savior wills that the matters be brought to the congregation, Matt. 18:18 — certainly not to a whole assembly of everyone, as the Independents would have it, since it cannot be exercised with much order that way; but to the representative congregation, which the Apostle, 1 Tim. 4:14, calls the eldership. For this reason the Apostle himself would not, by his own authority alone, but by the authority of the Corinthian assembly, have the incestuous Corinthian excommunicated, 1 Cor. 5:3,4 — whereby he means not the whole assembly, and all its particular members (which, as we have shown elsewhere, were too numerous to be gathered together for the exercise of discipline — see ch. 2 of this book, §26) — but the Corinthian eldership, just as it was formerly the office and duty of the Levitical priests to distinguish the clean from the unclean, Lev. 10:9,10, Hag. 2:11,12, Ezek. 44:23 — a thing which, under the New Testament, is ascribed to the eldership, and to men chosen out for this purpose, Luke 22:66, Acts 22:7 [?]. Nor does the eldership do this by a power given to it by the magistracy, or by the whole church body, but immediately given and commended by Christ — since of both of the first-named commendations not the least is found in Holy Scripture, whereas clear testimonies of this occur in all those places in which discipline is treated of.
§VIII. The Object of Church Discipline
The object of church discipline: and indeed (1) the material object is a sinning brother, that is, one who professes himself to be a member of the congregation, Matt. 18:15, 1 Cor. 5:11 — and indeed every one of such, of whatever rank or dignity he may be, without distinction, namely, insofar as he is a brother, Matt. 23:8, Col. 3:11 — so that from this the Pope, "that lawless one," 2 Thess. 2:8, is very wrongly exempted. Accordingly, irrational animals, the dead, the absent, the unheard, or whole nations and congregations, without distinction, are not its object. (2) The formal object is a sinner giving offense, whether in doctrine, or in the fundamental articles of the faith, Rom. 16:17, Tit. 3:10,11, 2 John v. 10, 1 Tim. 1:19,20; or in and with his morals, 1 Cor. 5:11, Matt. 18:15, Gal. 1:8. Nevertheless, in order that the degrees of discipline, which will be mentioned a little further on, may be applied more fittingly and more effectively, one must carefully and prudently distinguish among those who sin. There are in the church (1) those whose life and conduct is otherwise well-ordered and modest enough, who nevertheless live in this or that kind of sin which they do not acknowledge to be sin, and of which, though admonished and warned repeatedly, they remain to this day unconvinced — such as, for example, are those who believe that by sinning they do God a service, John 16:2, as Paul, persecuting the Church, 1 Tim. 1:13 — of whom one can hardly say emphatically enough that they have rejected the covenant with God, Ps. 50:16,17. There are (2) those who, being otherwise blameless, have nonetheless given the Church such offense by some gross sin, that there arises from it a rightful reason to doubt whether they are indeed under the Covenant of Grace — yet so that it cannot as yet be positively determined that they are placed outside the Covenant of Grace: such, for example, was David, having committed adultery and murder. There are (3) those who so conduct their life and walk that one may and must not only doubt whether they are under the Covenant of Grace, whose signs and seals are received in the Holy Supper, but also that most give more reason and cause to fear that they are not under the Covenant of Grace than to hope the contrary — and yet so that there are not as yet sufficient grounds to pronounce judicially that they are outside the Covenant of Grace. There are finally (4) those who so live that the Church can conclusively and thoroughly determine of them: "thou hast neither part nor lot in this matter," Acts 8:21; compare Job 21:14,15. In what manner now the degrees of discipline must be applied to each of these in particular, we shall show a little further on.
§IX. The Parts of Church Discipline
The Savior mentions the Keys of this discipline in the plural number, Matt. 16:19 and 18:18; and since it is proper to the one key and the other, both to shut and to open, and to bind and to loose, Rev. 3:7, we must therefore see what the parts of church discipline are. There are (1) those who likewise count a key of order and a key of jurisdiction, so that the first belongs to the priests, or to the elders, the other to the bishops alone — thus the Papists wrongly and mistakenly hold, since Holy Scripture knows no distinction between an elder and a bishop, as we have shown elsewhere. Others better leave the key of order to the ordained ministers of the divine Word alone, and place it in the public proclamation of the Word, and in the administration of the sacraments; but the key of jurisdiction, or of church government, they hold in common with the ruling elders. (2) The Heidelberg Catechism calls one key that of preaching, whereby the wrath of God and eternal damnation is proclaimed to unbelievers and the ungodly; but to those who repent, the forgiveness of sins and eternal life, according to John 3:16,36; and a key of discipline, more specifically so called, which is exercised through personal censures. This latter is properly called, among theologians, "the discipline," and comprises within itself: (1) brotherly reproofs and rebukes, to be applied indeed to every and any sin, yet in a different manner, according to the difference between a secret and a known sin — namely, that in secret sins those steps must be observed which the Savior has prescribed, Matt. 18:15,16,17, whereas in known or public sins that graduated ascent is not so strictly necessary, 1 Tim. 5:20; likewise, such reproofs may, as the case requires, be given either by each and every individual in particular, 1 Thess. 5:14, or by a public minister of the Church, whether by one, or by several, 2 Cor. 2:7; compare ch. 12:20, Tit. 3:10,11. (2) Two excommunications, of which (a) the one excludes from the chief privileges of Christians, among which the chief is the sacrament of the communion of the body and blood of Christ, 1 Cor. 10:16 — that excellent holy thing, which must not be given to dogs, and that precious pearl, which must not be cast before swine, Matt. 7:6. In this God Himself has led the way, when He banished the first-created men, having fallen away and become unworthy, from partaking of the Tree of Life, Gen. 3:22,23; when He also prescribed to the overseers of religion that those who were ceremonially unclean should, so long as they remained such, be banished and kept from the partaking of holy things, especially from the eating of the Passover, as we have already taught before. And who would believe, on any reasonable ground, that that ceremonial uncleanness and excommunication did not look to a corresponding moral one? Especially if one considers, not only the content of the whole Epistle to the Hebrews, but especially also what the Apostle impresses, 1 Cor. 5:7,8. Let one consider besides, that that same Apostle does not wish that anyone approach unworthily, because such a one makes himself guilty of the body and blood of Christ, 1 Cor. 11:29 — and who would believe that the care to prevent this crime does not belong to the Church? Let me add, that the Holy Supper is a special sealing of the Covenant of Grace, which cannot, without a most shameful crime of falsehood (crimen falsi), be given to the unworthy. The other excommunication excludes (b) from the fellowship and society of the Church itself, whereby one excommunicated is held to be as a heathen man and a publican, Matt. 18:17. This the Apostle prescribes with great emotion and earnestness to the Corinthians, 1 Cor. 5, especially vv. 2,9,10,11,12, and to the Thessalonians, 2 Thess. 3:14,15. Since, therefore, one excommunicated is excluded from the fellowship of the congregation, so by that very fact association with the excommunicated is also excluded, Rom. 16:17, 2 Thess. 3:14,15 — not indeed that association which the common love of mankind requires, lest we become cruel; but that which Christian brotherhood especially commands to be shown to spiritual brothers — yet so that we do not, even so, hold them as enemies, but that we, at least by admonishing, deal with them as with brothers, 2 Thess. 3:15 — to this end, that they, if possible, may be won back to the Church. The refused, and to-be-refused, duties the canonists comprise in this little verse: Os, orare, vale, communio, mensa, negatur — that is: the mouth (namely, the brotherly kiss), the praying, the bidding farewell, the fellowship, the table, are refused. And this is wont to be called the greater excommunication. Thus far the first power of the Keys, namely to bind, to shut, and to retain sins; there follows now the other, namely to loose, and to forgive sins — whereby none but those who show and prove to the Church, by sufficient marks, a sincere repentance and conversion, are released from their sins, and admitted to the ecclesiastical privileges, especially to the Holy Supper, and received back again into the fellowship of the Church, Matt. 16:19 and 18:18, John 20:23, 2 Cor. 2:7,8.
§X. Four Degrees in the Exercise of This Discipline
As for the use of it, in order that these keys might be handled the more circumspectly and prudently, the Dutch churches observe, as it were, these degrees. They have (1) an admonition and warning — not only a public and general one, which occurs in a sermon, and which, in the Palatinate Catechism, makes up the first key; nor yet only that private one, which one brother privately administers and applies to another; but rather a public one, because it is done by a public person, or minister of the divine Word, whether by him alone, or together with the ruling eldership — yet which is also at the same time a particular and secret one, because it occurs privately and in secret: whereby a minister, observing the conduct and walk of this or that person, finding not only no signs and marks which might persuade that such a one is under the Covenant of Grace, but on the contrary such as arouse in him a rightful fear that such a one is still outside the Covenant of Grace, and therefore unworthy to come to the Holy Supper — yet so that he cannot firmly and conclusively determine that such a one is certainly placed outside the Covenant — earnestly admonishes him to search and examine himself, and either to repent, or of his own accord willingly to keep away, lest he make himself guilty of the body of Christ, and bring judgment upon himself. This degree of discipline they use against the first kind of offenders, which we noted in §8. They have (2) a degree whereby they do indeed admit, yet under a self-examination of one's own; so that they do not absolutely and unconditionally seal the fellowship of the Covenant of Grace, as commonly happens with others, but under a condition doubtful as to them, provided such a one, after a serious self-examination, shall have found himself worthy. This is, in fact, with them an ecclesiastical censure, which they exercise against the second kind of persons which we noted in §8; and perhaps also against those whom they cannot exclude without a very grave disturbance of the congregation — because they judge that the whole power which is given by the Lord to the Church is given to her for edification and building up, but not for casting down and destruction, from 2 Cor. 10:8 and 13:10. They have (3) a withholding from the Holy Supper, whereby they command those who give offense, and who have committed such deeds as can raise more than a bare suspicion that they are not within the fellowship of the Covenant of Grace, and whose deed and state has not yet been examined, on account of the offense still remaining in the church — by force of ecclesiastical authority, to keep themselves from the use of the Holy Supper, until their case shall have been examined and determined; so that meanwhile they are still held to be members of the congregation. They have finally (4) a full and complete excommunication, whereby they exclude those whom they find, by the surest and most indubitable marks and proofs, to have been placed outside the fellowship of the Covenant of Grace, not only from participation in the ecclesiastical privileges, especially the Holy Supper, but also from the whole society and fellowship of the Church, and declare them to be delivered over to Satan, until they repent. These points, being well and prudently observed, can serve, not only for the edification and building up of the congregation, but for the satisfaction of the conscience of those who wield the keys, and also for the honor and dignity of the holy seals, and for the good and salvation of those against whom the discipline is exercised, and can be useful and beneficial.
§XI. The Ratification and Confirmation of the Exercised Discipline and Ban
We shall add yet a word concerning the ratification and confirmation of this exercised discipline and ban. One must, accordingly, hold fast: (1) that the lightning-bolt of censure and ban, shot unlawfully, is void and powerless, Ezek. 13:22 and 16:2 [?]. On the contrary, (2) that the same, lawfully pronounced, falls in heaven, according to the declaration of Christ, Matt. 16:19 and 18:18, John 20:23. So that (3) one who is lawfully excommunicated is estranged and deprived of the communion of the body and blood of Christ, 1 Cor. 10:16,21; compare John 13:8. And also (4) placed outside of Christ, excluded from spiritual and eternal life, John 6:53,54, Acts 4:12, John 14:6. Yet (5) only for so long, until he repents, Prov. 28:13, Acts 26:18 — when he must also again be received into the bosom of the Church, and admitted to all the ecclesiastical privileges, there, and 2 Cor. 2:6,7,8; compare Luke 4:21,22,23.
§XII. Three Periods May Be Noted Concerning This Discipline
Concerning this discipline three periods may sufficiently be noted, of which the first was under the old Church, where one observes a twofold discipline to have been in use: (1) the one ceremonial, whereby those who were ceremonially unclean were kept away, both from the temple and its religious exercises, and also from the camp. And this in and through various degrees; for there were those which kept them away (1) from all the camps, of God, of the priests, and of Israel — thus, for example, Miriam on account of her leprosy, Num. 12:11,14,15, Uzziah, 2 Chron. 26:20,21; (2) from the camp of God and of the priests alone — thus those who had an issue of blood, likewise women in childbirth; (3) from the camp of God alone — thus a priest, on account of touching one who was dead. By all of which God made known that He wished to have a holy people, and that He loved church discipline, by means of which it might be a holy people. (2) The other discipline was moral, and this was again twofold: (1) Niddui, which signified a separation from the congregation, and this was the lowest degree of discipline, with which sufficiently corresponds the particular and secret withdrawal of which the Apostle speaks, 2 Thess. 3:16. (2) Cherem, which comprised a separation and severance from the holy assembly, and a casting-out from the synagogue, with added curses, drawn from Deut. 28 and from elsewhere — of which mention is made, John 9:22 and 16:2 — with which perhaps corresponds the punishment of cutting off, Gen. 17:14, "that soul shall be cut off from his people" — which punishment the Jews explain in various ways, but which is most fittingly explained by Franciscus Junius on the cited passage: he shall, here and in the age to come, be excluded from the fellowship of the saints; and by Diodati: just as I will not hold him for a member of my people, so let him also thus be banished from the congregation. This banishment the Jews try to prove from Josh. 6:26, Ezra 10:8, and Neh. 13:25. (3) Schammatha, which some derive from schamath, that is, to exclude, to banish, and thus corresponds with Niddui; to others it seems to be compounded of shem (the Name) and atha (come), so that it reads: the Name, or Jehovah, comes — and thus it corresponds with the Syriac of the Apostle, Maranatha, 1 Cor. 16:22, since Maran, among the Syrians, signifies "Lord" — and thus it signified the most extreme and heaviest kind of banishment, whereby a man is declared, before God and before men, worthy of a curse, even at the coming of the Lord, until the last judgment — to which Mal. 4:6 and Jude vv. 14,15 seem to allude. See on this Drusius, Quaestiones Hebraicae, Bk. I, quaest. 9 — although Cornelius Bertram (de politia Judaica) holds cherem and schammatha to be one and the same degree.
§XIII. The Discipline of the New Church
The discipline of the new Church was either that of the apostolic age, which we have already set forth above, or that of the following early Church (which Tertullian, de poenit., ch. 9, calls exomologesis) — which had various degrees, at least in graver sins, which theologians, from the canonical letter of Gregory of Neocaesarea, canon 11, enumerate as five: namely, (1) Proklausis, or weeping-before, whereby the sinner, standing outside the gate of the place of hearing, had to beg the believers who went in, that they would pray for him. (2) Akroasis, that is, hearing, whereby he, within the gate, in the porch (which they called narthex), had to hear the Holy Scriptures, up to the prayer, when he had to go out with the catechumens, as being unworthy of the prayer. (3) Hypoptosis, that is, prostration, whereby the sinner, within the first part of the place of hearing, among the catechumens, might not stand or sit, but had to lie upon the ground, and go out with the catechumens. (4) Systasis, that is, standing, or co-assembling, whereby it was permitted him to stand with the believers, and he was not required to go out with the catechumens. These stages having been passed through, there followed (5) the Methexis, that is, the communion, whereby he at last obtained ecclesiastical release and acquittal, and was admitted to participation in the sacraments. Hence they also assigned to penitents, according to the variety of their offenses, either longer or shorter periods: for example, the penalty for fornication was — in the first year, to be excluded from the prayer; in the second, to be admitted to the hearing; in the third, to be admitted to the penance; in the fourth, to the assembly, and thus finally to the Holy Supper; to a willful (spontaneo) murderer they assigned twenty years, to be proportionately divided (see Basil the Great, Epist. canon. ad Amphilochium). Now since, through this severity, some died under the censures, some were driven to despair, and others to apostasy, indulgences were invented as a remedy, whereby a bishop, according to a certain episcopal discretion, relaxed and overlooked some of these degrees. And from this — from the offenses confessed to the Church by the penitents, and from the satisfaction given, and at the same time from the public absolution and the granted indulgences — arose among the Papists the very greatest errors, concerning auricular confession; concerning satisfactions to be made to God for the temporal punishments of sin; concerning the priestly power to forgive; concerning indulgences; and concerning penance as a solemn sacrament of the church — of which matters we shall treat in their proper places.
The Refutation
§XIV. Whether a Particular Exercise of Discipline Belongs to the Church, Even by the Administration of the Holy Supper
The question is asked, first: whether a particular exercise of discipline belongs to the Church, to be exercised also through the administration of the Holy Supper? Brunerus, minister at Heidelberg, did indeed not deny to Thomas Erastus, professor of medicine among those of Heidelberg, that an exercise of discipline belongs to the Church — but only (1) that this discipline must be exercised through the suspension and exclusion from the Holy Supper; and (2) that it should be handled by a particular ecclesiastical eldership, because this, he held, would belong to the magistracy, if it be believing. With Erastus, in this respect, held the Zurich theologians — Bullinger, Gwalther, and others — that they, a believing magistracy being present, acknowledged neither an ecclesiastical eldership nor an excommunication from the Holy Supper to be necessary; although they, a believing magistracy being absent, acknowledged the discipline of the Church to be of a divine right, which Erastus denied. With Erastus also held, among the English, Coleman, with his followers. Against Erastus stood forth, in writing, among those of Geneva, Theodore Beza; among those of Heidelberg, in word and deed, the theologians of that time. The Reformed hold, in general: (1) that the eldership, by force of a divine right, is distinct from the magistracy, which we have proved, ch. 2 of this book, §25. (2) That to the eldership belongs a spiritual power, distinct from the civil power of the magistracy, as we have admonished there, §28, and shall, God willing, demonstrate further still in the following chapter — so that nothing remains here for us to prove and demonstrate other than that discipline can be exercised through a suspension and exclusion from participation in the Holy Supper — a thing which we have already done above, §9. Nor does Erastus, with his followers, in his Theses and their defenses against Beza, object anything, except (a) that no testimony of this is found in Holy Scripture — to which we have answered, §9. (b) That one does not read that, under the Old Testament, anyone was excluded from the offerings, ceremonies, and sacraments on account of any moral vices and defects. Answer: (1) the contrary appears from Ezra 10:7,8, Josh. 6:26, Neh. 13:25; likewise from John 9:22,33,34, 11:22, and 16:2; as well as from the whole Jewish discipline, which was more moral than ceremonial, and which we have described in §12. Then (2) even the ceremonial discipline of the Jews pictured and depicted the moral, as we have shown above. (c) That the Baptist admitted, without distinction, everyone and anyone — Pharisees, Sadducees, whom he calls a generation of vipers — to his baptism, Matt. 3, Luke 3. Answer: he is not said to have admitted them except after a repentance and faith required of them: compare Acts 2:41 and 8:37. (d) That the sacraments, especially the Holy Supper, are incentives to godliness, and that therefore no one should be kept from them, but rather should the more be invited to them. Answer: the Lord's Supper is indeed an incentive to godliness, to which therefore every one must be invited — yet so that they receive it worthily; but those also who would misuse it had to be kept away, lest they make themselves guilty of the body and blood of Christ, and eat and drink judgment to themselves, according to the testimony of Paul, 1 Cor. 11:28.
§XV.
The question is asked, second: whether the power of the keys belongs to the...
...belong to the churchmen as to lords and judges, or only as to servants? Just as the Papists direct all the chapters of their theology toward establishing the primacy, supreme authority, and monarchy of their Pope, so too they do with the article of the keys, and accordingly teach that the keys — which were given to Peter alone, yet so as to be carried over from him to the popes (as we shall see, God willing, in the following chapter) — belong to the churchmen as to lords and judges over a congregation, and not merely as servants. Ludovicus Molinaeus, son of Petrus, leaned the same way in the work he wrote against the founders of a kingdom within a kingdom, so entitling it. The Reformed, however, reserving the magisterial and ruling power for God alone and for the Mediator, grant to the churchmen only a ministerial power, exercised by way of proclamation:
(1) Because God alone, as He alone is the Lord and Lawgiver (James 4:12), against whom alone one properly sins (Ps. 51:6), the one supreme Judge of the earth (Gen. 18:25), so also He alone can properly retain and forgive sins, as the Pharisees themselves acknowledged (Luke 5:21). (2) Because the Savior keeps for Himself alone the key of David, to open and to shut thereby (Rev. 3:7). (3) Because the apostles themselves claimed nothing else for themselves than the proclaiming of the forgiveness of sins (Acts 13:38; compare Luke 24:47). Nor do they have anything with which they might argue more forcefully for the opposite view than that to have keys is more than merely to have a ministerial power of proclaiming (Rev. 3:7). Answer: (1) It is one thing to have a key of one's own — as the Savior has it — and another thing to receive a key given by someone else, as is the case with the churchmen. Then (2), to receive keys from another in order to use them in His name — as the apostles received them (1 Cor. 5:4) — is in fact nothing other than to proclaim, in His name, the remission of sins.
Question III: Whether the Roman Pope Has the Power, through Indulgences and Jubilees, to Dispense Concerning the Temporal and Purgatorial Punishments of Sins
XVI. The third question is: whether the Roman Pope has the power, through indulgences and jubilees, to dispense concerning the temporal and purgatorial punishments of sins? The Papists, in order to increase the papal power and enrich the pope's treasury, invent a certain treasury of superfluous satisfactions of Christ, the distribution of which is said to belong to the pope, who can allot it to those who lend a helping hand (that is, who give money) — thereby taking away the temporal punishments which, though the guilt has been taken away, would still remain, whether in this life or, after this life, in purgatory. The full and complete administration of this — according to the institution of Boniface VIII, the most impious of men, devised partly out of a certain Jewish, malicious rivalry, partly out of a pagan model, from his "Secular Games" — takes place at the jubilee feasts. But of these indulgences and remissions Ames (Bellarminus Enervatus, Lib. VI, Cap. 1) says gravely and weightily: "From that Bellarmine account of indulgences it is plain that it is the concise sum, or rather the very cesspool, of almost the whole mystery of iniquity; and that therefore that fitting providence must be commended, by which it came about that the cleansing of the papal stable began with the assailing of those indulgences." For it presupposes: (1) A remission of the guilt, the punishment remaining. (2) A remission of guilt and of punishment brought about by a man, according to his own arbitrary will. (3) A new sacrament instituted by a man. (4) Chief priests possessing sole ruling authority even in the forgiving of spiritual things. (5) That the chief priests can forgive and dispense with God's own right. (6) That the gentleness and compassion of these chief priests is greater than what is shown in the sacraments. (7) That all these things happen for a "rational" cause — that is, so far as they are profitable to the pope and his followers. Indeed, if everything is well weighed, there is no article in the whole of theology that is not wounded and violated by the doctrine of indulgences. In this matter of indulgences, therefore, the Reformed lay nothing else to the Papists' charge than this: that they prove those suppositions on which this trafficking and merchandise of indulgences rests, namely: (1) That, the guilt being forgiven, the punishment remains. (2) That, the eternal punishment being forgiven, the temporal punishment remains. (3) That there is a certain treasury of superfluous satisfactions of Christ and of the saints. (4) That the right to distribute it belongs to the pope, etc. This proof being wanting, the whole structure of those indulgences will of itself collapse and fall.
Question IV: Whether Excommunication Excludes the Excommunicated from Duties Other Than Those of Church and Brotherly Fellowship
XVII. The fourth question is: whether excommunication excludes the excommunicated from other duties besides those belonging to church and brotherly fellowship? The Anabaptists — though not without disagreement among themselves — hold that those who are excommunicated and put out of the church must be shunned not only with respect to the duties that pertain to churchly and brotherly communion and fellowship, but also with respect to the common duties of eating and drinking together, and even the mutual household duties between spouses, parents, and children. With these — and even more shamefully — agree the godless maxims of the Papists, who, in order to establish the pope's omnipotence, strip kings of their kingdoms, release peoples from their oath of allegiance, and forbid all human and civil intercourse with the excommunicated. The Reformed hold that all those duties toward the excommunicated which savor of more than a common, civil familiarity are forbidden, but that all others remain permitted and lawful: (1) Because the excommunicated are in no worse a position and state with the church than the heathen (Matt. 18:17), with whom nevertheless it is read that the Jews associated and dealt (Neh. 13:19). (2) Because they are not in a worse position and state than the tax collectors (Matt. 18:17), with whom nevertheless it is read that the Savior civilly associated and dealt (Matt. 9:10). (3) Because the Savior, in the Pharisees, reproves and rebukes the forbidding of household duties between parents and children (Matt. 15:4-5), and the apostle presses these same duties between the married, even where one party is an unbeliever (1 Cor. 7:12-13, 16), and likewise between subjects and the magistrate, even an unbelieving one (Rom. 13:1; 1 Tim. 2:1-2). (4) Because to refuse anyone the duties of common civil courtesy is an open cruelty and barbarity, against which, if against anything, the Christian religion is strict and burns with zeal. Nevertheless they raise these objections: (a) Matt. 18:17, "Let him be to you as a heathen and a tax collector." Answer: We have already shown above, with the examples of the Jews and of Christ Himself, that Christ does not here forbid ordinary intercourse and civil courtesy. (b) Rom. 16:17, "avoid them." Answer: Namely, with respect to those duties which savor of a brotherly familiarity. (c) 1 Cor. 5:11, "that you not keep company... that you not even eat with such a one." Answer: That is, hold with such a one no love-feasts or banquets, as with a friend and brother, as before — otherwise Christ ate with such, Matt. 9:10. (d) 2 John 10, "Do not say to him, Be greeted." Answer: This forbids the duty of greeting insofar as it expresses a brotherly affection, and more than a civil familiarity.
Question V: To Whom Belongs the Power of Excommunication — the Whole Congregation, or Only the Eldership
XVIII. The fifth question is: whether the power of excommunication belongs to a particular congregation as a whole, and to all its members individually, or only to the eldership? The Anabaptists, because they recognize no eldership, ascribe the power of excommunication to the whole congregation. The Independents in England, though they recognize an eldership, nevertheless hold that it cannot excommunicate by any power of its own given to it directly by Christ, but only as granted and entrusted to it by the whole congregation — wherefore they here ascribe to all the particular members of the church their own vote. The Reformed, though they acknowledge that the keys are given for the use and benefit of the whole congregation, nevertheless assign the use of them, according to Christ's command, solely to the ruling officers (Matt. 18:17), whom Paul (1 Tim. 4:14) calls the eldership. But since we have already proven the divine right of the eldership in Chapter II of this Book, §25, and shall, God willing, argue and press the power of church rule and government against the Anabaptists in the following chapter, we shall put off the remainder of this question and controversy until then.
Question VI: Whether Heretics Must Be Punished with Death
XIX. The sixth question is: whether heretics must be punished with death? The Papists, in the service of papal power, lay it down absolutely and without qualification that whenever their clergy have declared someone a heretic, such a one must in every way be punished with death by the civil magistrate — to which end their Inquisition and their daily practice are directed, as they have shown most plainly by their recent, more than barbarous persecution in France. The Anabaptists and others, on the contrary, in order the more forcefully to stand for their heresy, deny this absolutely. The Remonstrants, when they had the upper hand with the civil authorities, held that heretics should at the very least be restrained and curbed by the authorities; but when their affairs declined, they cried out for a freedom to prophesy, by which it should be lawful for them not only to hold in secret and within themselves whatever they wished, but also to propagate and spread it openly. The Reformed (1) counsel that one must proceed very cautiously and warily in this matter, and gladly acknowledge that the conscience must be made subject to no human power. But (2) they distinguish between holding a view inwardly and propagating and spreading it outwardly: the former, they hold, must not be punished by any outward penalty, and far less by death; but the latter they concede must be restrained and curbed with as gentle a punishment as possible. Further (3) they distinguish between the misled and the misleaders, or ringleaders: the former, they hold, must be punished more leniently, the latter more severely. Moreover (4) they distinguish between a bare, simple heresy and a qualified one, joined with open blasphemy, or one in which the heretics maintain the cause of their heresy with an open disturbance of peace and quiet: the former they teach may be borne and tolerated, while the latter, as the case requires, may and should be punished with criminal penalties, and even, if the case so requires, with death. Finally (5) they distinguish between those heretics to whom, for weighty reasons, the profession of their heresy has been permitted and granted, and those who, without any such agreement, willfully and deliberately spread their heresies: with the former one must deal according to the agreement made; with the latter, as the case requires. I shall not press further (6) that a distinction must also be made between a heresy which, by the general consent of Christians, has always been held to be such — as is Atheism, Socinianism — and one which is held to be such only by this or that party, from one side or the other: the former they teach must be punished, the latter defended. These things being laid down, they teach, on the one hand, against the Anabaptists, Remonstrants, and others, that stubborn and blasphemous heretics, who cannot otherwise be cured, must, as the case requires, be punished — even, if the case so requires, with death: (1) because the Mosaic laws so require (Deut. 13:4-5 [note: v.4 and Lev. 24:16 given]; Lev. 24:16). (2) The examples of Moses and of the godly kings under the Old Testament. (3) The care of souls which a believing magistrate, as a nursing-father of the church and a guardian and upholder of both tables of the Law, owes to his subjects by virtue of his office and duty. And it does not tell against this that the magistrate has no power over a man's soul and conscience, wherein the heresy lies hidden; for he nevertheless has power over the tongue and over the hands, so that a magistrate can punish a heresy — by which the soul of his subjects is murdered — just as much as a robbery, by which the body is killed. On the other hand they deny that those who are merely led astray by the cunning and craftiness of heretics must be punished, because this is contrary to the spirit of Christian gentleness and meekness, according to the judgment of Christ (Luke 9:55) — to which also the passage of Matthew 13 applies — and also because in the opposite course the mark of the Antichrist is set forth (Rev. 11:7; 13:14; 17:6). Nor does the example of Elijah avail for the contrary (1 Kings 18:40; 19:1), nor that of Peter (Acts 5:5, 9), since those movements of a heroic spirit, by which God willed to establish and awaken authority and dignity in the prophet and in the apostle, must not be drawn into an example of ordinary practice, according to the rebuke and pronouncement of the Savior (Luke 9:54).
Question VII: Whether the Civil Magistrate Must Compel Men to the Faith
XX. The seventh question is: whether the civil magistrate must compel men to the faith? The Papists, in order to increase the kingdom and power of the pope, affirm this both in their doctrine and in their practice, and have recently confirmed it by a more than Diocletian cruelty and tyranny in France. The Protestants deny it: (1) Because Holy Scripture wills that men be led and brought to the faith and to godliness by no other way than that before God, before the divine judgments, and before eternal damnation (1 Cor. 5:10 [approx.]). (2) Because Christ and the apostles have shown us the way to no such compulsion, neither by precept nor by example. (3) But the apostle expressly prescribes to us the contrary (2 Cor. 10:4-5). (4) Because lordship over the human conscience belongs to no creature (2 Cor. 1:24; 1 Pet. 5:2). (5) Because the faith may indeed be counseled, but by no means commanded. And (6), if it comes about by compulsion and lordship, it is not a true faith, but hypocrisy. Moreover (7), if the power to prescribe what one must believe belonged to the magistrate, there would then rest upon the subjects a necessity of obeying the magistrate, which the apostle contradicts (Acts 4:19-20 [approx.]). For which reason also (8) the church has, at all times, suffered so many great and grievous things rather than obey the magistrate in an unlawful faith, prescribed in an unlawful manner. Also (9) one never reads that it was ever the practice for the authority of Constantines and Theodosiuses to have compelled the heathen to accept the Christian faith, in the way the heathen used the swords of the Neros, Maximins, Decii, and Diocletians to compel the Christians to their faithlessness. Nor does it avail against this that the magistrate, as a nursing-father of the church, must provide for the welfare and salvation of the subjects, since that must be done by means which are lawful and prescribed by God.
The Practical Part
XXI. The practical use of this chapter is concerned, first, with the establishing and confirming of church discipline. For this discipline is (1) that key of David, with which Christ, the King of the church, in His kingdom, shuts and opens (Rev. 3:7). It is (2) the scepter of righteousness (Heb. 1:8, from Ps. 45:7), the scepter of strength, sent out into the midst of His enemies (Ps. 110:2) — that golden scepter with which He receives in grace the penitent and those who turn to Him (compare Esther 5:2 and 8:4), and that iron scepter with which He dashes His enemies in pieces (Ps. 2:9). It is (3) that fatherly and preceptorial chastisement (Ps. 2:3; compare Heb. 12:5-6). Indeed (4), therein are the bonds of God and of Christ (Ps. 2:3), through and by which the parts of Christ's kingdom are, as it were, bound and drawn together. It is (5) that gentle yoke of the Gospel, whereby Christ receives again and refreshes the penitent and those who turn to Him (Matt. 11:29-30), as opposed to the unbearable yoke of the Law (Acts 15:10). It is (6) the luster and adornment of the house and kingdom of God, by whose means all things are done decently and in order in the church (1 Cor. 14:40), which is especially pleasing in the eyes of God (v. 33). It is (7) that power of the church whereby she wards off the grievous wolves who do not spare the flock (Acts 20:29, with 1 Cor. 5:13), and catches the little foxes that spoil the vineyards (Song 2:15), whereby, here already, the weeds or the offenses are removed from the church, just as afterward He will remove them by the angels (Matt. 13:38-39). To establish and set this up concerns (1) the Christian magistrates, that they too are, in this regard, vice-regents of God (Rom. 13:4; 1 Pet. 2:13-14) and nursing-fathers of the church (Isa. 49:23). These must, by their worldly authority, (a) urge the churchmen to establish and set up discipline, after the example of Hezekiah (2 Chron. 29:3, 5); and (b) urge the other subjects to accept and receive discipline, after the example of the same Hezekiah (ch. 31:4). They must (c) keep a constant outward oversight and watch, both over churchmen and over their other subjects, so that discipline is not in any way violated or hindered, after the example of the same Hezekiah and his princes, although in another matter (2 Chron. 31:8-10). Indeed, but also (d), they must, as an example to their people, willingly submit themselves to church discipline (Ps. 2:10-11), after the example of David (2 Sam. 12:7, with v. 13) and of Uzziah (2 Chron. 26:20-21) — compare the contrary example of Eglon (Judg. 3:20). This concerns especially also (2) the churchmen and the eldershipsto whom the government and administration in and over the church belongs (1 Cor. 12:28; 1 Tim. 5:17, with 4:14) — namely, that by their means all things may be done decently and in order (1 Cor. 14:40), and that they, with the twenty-four apocalyptic elders, may cast down their crowns — that is, the power of the keys, given to them by Christ — before His throne (Rev. 4:10).
XXII. The practical use is, secondly, concerned with the exercising of discipline. For to what purpose does the power of discipline lie, if it lies idle in the earth? And to what purpose the keys, if they are eaten away by rust? The apostle presses the use of the keys with very weighty reasons (1 Cor. 5; Rom. 16:17; 2 Thess. 3:6; Titus 3:10; 2 John 10). And the matter itself also cries out here with forceful arguments, as we have said in the preceding paragraph. And yet it is not enough merely to exercise discipline; one must also, in a godly and careful manner, take heed that it be exercised: (1) With love, not out of malice, pride, arrogance, and lust for dominion (2 Thess. 3:15; 2 Cor. 2:7-8; 1 Pet. 5:3), after the example of Christ Himself (Rev. 3:19). (2) Without respect of persons and without prejudice (2 Tim. 5:20-21; James 2:9) — namely, as God, whose place the church fills, judges without respect of persons (1 Pet. 1:17) — proceeding with censures, as the case requires, even against kings, after the example of Nathan (2 Sam. 12:7) and of the Baptist (Matt. 14:3-4). Meanwhile (3) prudently and warily (Jude 22-23), carefully and diligently distinguishing between the holy and the unholy, the clean and the unclean (Ezek. 44:23) — by taking heed, namely, (1) to the sinners: for example, whether they are within or without the church (1 Cor. 5:10-11); (2) to the sins: for example, whether they are errors or heresies (Phil. 3:15-16), or sins of weakness (Gal. 6:1; Num. 15:27-30), or sins done with an uplifted hand, out of wickedness and malice (ibid., and Ps. 19:13-14, with Titus 1:9-10) — or whether they are of a kind that clearly shows the sinner to be placed outside the fellowship of the covenant of grace (Ps. 50:16), on account of which one can and may excommunicate the sinner; or whether they are rather a common weakness, which may befall even the covenant people themselves (Ps. 19:13); (3) to the acts of discipline themselves, that we, according to the variety of the sinners and the sins, use and apply the same — carefully distinguishing whether a brotherly admonition and warning is called for, whether in private alone, or both in private and in public; or whether a toleration, though under one's own self-examination, is fitting; or whether one must proceed to the suspension from the Holy Supper; and finally, whether one must proceed to excommunication from the church, according to what we have admonished in §1. And if the necessity of the last of these matters altogether and absolutely constrains us to it, that we (a) come to it, if ever, at least very seldom, without following those steps which the Savior has prescribed (Matt. 18:15-17); (b) that we never excommunicate any but those who have joined stubbornness and obstinacy to their scandalous deeds, and are thereby convicted of despising and rejecting the covenant of grace (Ps. 50:16), and who are therefore no better than the heathen and the tax collectors, to whom accordingly the seals of the covenant of grace no more belong or are fitting than to swine and dogs (Matt. 7:6); finally (c) that we readmit none but true penitents, who have given sufficient proof of their conversion (2 Cor. 2:7), and these then, too, readily and promptly, and with a great and ample affection — as Nathan did with David (2 Sam. 12:13), and the heavenly Father with the returning, prodigal, and lost son (Luke 15:18ff.).
XXIII. It is, thirdly, concerned with the receiving of discipline: that we (1) hold in absolutely no esteem the censures and excommunications of the raging, pronounced against the rules of Christ (John 16:1-3; Matt. 10:17, 21-22, with v. 28; John 9:34) — that we be not in the least moved by them from truth and virtue, but rather all the more roused to defend the same, and ourselves, after the example of that excommunicated blind man of whom John 9:22 speaks — indeed, that we appeal to the tribunal of God, after the example of David (Ps. 26:1; 43:1) and of Job (26:19). But also (2) that we by no means hold lightly the lawfully exercised censures, since Christ has promised that He will approve and confirm them in heaven (Matt. 16:19; 18:18; John 20:22-23) — whenever they amount and extend to a cursing (Gal. 1:8-9), to an anathema maranatha (1 Cor. 16:22), indeed to a delivering over to Satan (1 Cor. 5:4-5). (2) That we patiently accept and receive them, indeed eagerly desire them as a spiritual remedy, after the example of David (2 Sam. 12:7, with v. 13; Ps. 141:5; Prov. 9:8) — namely, as being a fatherly chastisement of God (Heb. 12:5-11). (3) That we turn them to our own profit and advantage, so as to be brought thereby: (a) to acknowledgment, sorrow, and shame for our committed sins (2 Cor. 2:7; 2 Thess. 3:14; compare Ps. 51:5; Luke 18:13); (b) to confession, made not only to and before God (Luke 15:18-19; Ps. 51:6) but also, on account of the offense given, to and before the congregation or the people (2 Sam. 12:13; James 5:16); (c) to amendment (2 Cor. 2:9-10; Matt. 18:16; compare 1 Tim. 1:20).
XXIV. It is, fourthly, concerned with avoiding discipline: (1) certainly not by setting oneself against it and suppressing it (Ps. 50:17; Luke 19:27), as is the practice and custom among those of greater power and authority, who, in order to escape the sting of discipline, seek entirely to suppress, smother, and quench it (Ps. 2:3; compare Exod. 5:2; Job 21:15). These truly provoke against themselves the wrath and indignation of God (Ps. 2:10-12), and draw the tighter upon themselves the bonds of God (Isa. 28:22). But (2) by avoiding the causes by which church-disciplinary proceedings tend to be provoked, which the apostle lists in 1 Cor. 5:11: for if we, in order to escape the sword of the civil magistrate, keep ourselves from what is evil and avoid it (Rom. 13:3), should we not do the same in order to avoid the censures of the church? Or also (3) by forestalling the censures in good time, through a timely repentance and conversion (Matt. 18:16-17; 1 Cor. 4:21; 2 Cor. 3:2, 10).
Chapter VII: On the Government of the Church
1 Timothy 5:17
"The elders who rule well are worthy of double honor, especially those who labor in the word and doctrine."
I. Thus we come at last to that means of application whereby the church, having been established and set up through the ministry, confirmed by the church's seals, and, by the discipline of the church, strengthened and, as it were, hedged about, is governed and directed toward her ends — namely, the government of the church, which the apostle points to in 1 Tim. 5:17.
The Explanatory Part
II. In these words a good government of the church, together with its reward, is set forth and displayed. Here are noted:
1. The rulers, πρεσβύτεροι, elders. The Greek word corresponds to the Hebrew zaqen; both signify an old man, or an elder — not only one who is such by his years, but also one who stands above another in dignity, standing, and authority, and is greater than he. And thus it is a title of honor, by which the more honored, more distinguished, and magisterial persons in the Old Testament were designated, doubtless because they were commonly sought and taken from among the more mature and advanced in years. From there this name appears to have been carried over to the rulers of the congregations of the New Testament (Acts 11:30; 15:2, 6, 22). Thus it is a title of office, which the Papists, for the sake of their mass-priesthood, translate as "Priest"; better, "Elder," in a comparative sense: with respect to the duty and the office, this name is used of those set over the church, because they are for the most part taken from among those who are older in years than others (Titus 1:5; 1 Pet. 5:1). Now the Holy Spirit uses the word πρεσβύτερος, elder, together with ἐπίσκοπος, bishop or overseer — although otherwise these words are of the same meaning in Holy Scripture — in order to take from the Romanists every occasion and pretext for confining the government of the church solely to authoritative bishops, against which the apostle sets himself yet more plainly (Acts 20:28). Now there are two kinds of elders, namely, those who labor in the word, and those who only rule — whether they be considered separately and individually, or by way of their being joined together in an assembly, whence comes the word "eldership."
2. The ruling, προεστῶτες, those set over — namely, by Christ — very nearly the same as προϊστάμενοι, presiders; except that the first word seems more to denote a duty or office, and the other the administration and discharge of that office — although here, where it stands absolutely, without reference to any particular matter (as happens in Titus 3:8, "good works," προΐστασθαι, to maintain), it seems to convey the sense of the act of ruling and directing, so that it means (praeesse) to be set over something, or also to go before, by a comparison taken from those who, in a battle, go before the soldiers with an example of courage, and at the same time with authority and power to command — which here seems to be concluded and drawn from the addition "well" (καλῶς), which, were it referred to the office, would mean "being well set over," though not fitting enough for the present matter, especially since the apostle speaks mostly of those set-over-ones and presiders who labor in the Word, not of those who are merely well or lawfully set over and called, since that is presupposed in any presider whatever. But what is it, καλῶς προϊστάναι, to be well set over something? The apostle seems to explain this in Titus 3:8: διὰ καλῶν ἔργων προΐστασθαι, to maintain good works, to be set over good works — so that it signifies not only a spiritual government, aimed at the care of good works and distinct from a civil government, which looks only to civil society, but also serves to indicate the manner of ruling, which we have shown expressly and at length in the preceding chapter.
III. The recompense of a good government comprises: 1. Its reward, διπλῆς τιμῆς ἀξιοῦσθαι, that they be counted worthy of double honor. One owes such presiders no riches, no pleasures, but a double honor: the one, which they have insofar as they are presiders, God having honored them with that dignity; the other, insofar as they are such presiders as rule well, who by their good rule have made themselves worthy of every sort of honor — and it is for this double honor that he wills that they be esteemed and valued worthy by believers. He therefore says two things: that, on the one hand, those presiders must make themselves worthy of honor — for indeed no one can or should be shown honor who is not worthy of it. Now these presiders make themselves worthy of honor: (a) by love toward those who must be ruled and governed (2 Cor. 12:15); (b) by care for their souls (Heb. 13:17; Isa. 62:6); (c) by going before and leading the way (John 10:11-13); (d) by ruling and governing with just and bearable laws (Matt. 23:4; Isa. 10:1; Matt. 11:30); (e) by generously imparting of their own to their people (1 Thess. 2:8). On the other hand, that those who stand under their presiders show them all due honor — and not only honor, but also all sorts of duties which God, in the fifth commandment, prescribes to the lesser toward their greater: namely, (a) reverence (1 Thess. 5:13); (b) love (ibid.); (c) submission and obedience (Heb. 13:17); (d) care for their temporal needs and necessities (Matt. 10:10; 1 Cor. 9:11; Phil. 4:14-16); (e) thankfulness (1 Thess. 5:12), etc.
2. The merit, or that which is, as it were, such — the meriting cause of this honor: μάλιστα οἱ κοπιῶντες ἐν λόγῳ καὶ διδασκαλίᾳ, especially those who labor in the word and in doctrine. Here the interpreters do not all feel one and the same thing. There are (a) those who explain it ἐξηγητικῶς, in an explanatory way, so that the participle means nothing other than the reason and cause of the matter, and the passage is thus resolved: that the elders are counted worthy of double honor, and that especially because they labor in the word — or, that κοπιῶντες, laboring, or those who labor, signifies an extraordinary labor, on account of which they are to be honored above others. There are (b) those who explain it διακριτικῶς, in a distinguishing way, so as to distinguish elders from elders. But even these do not do so in one and the same way. Some (a) hold that the civil (political) elders are to be distinguished from the church elders, because among the Jews the magistrates were not seldom called elders, or elders of Judah or of Israel, over against whom, and distinguished from whom, are set the elders of the congregation (James 5:14), of whom the apostle here says that they labor in the Word — so that the words would come out thus: just as all elders, even those of the republic, who rule well, must be counted worthy of double honor, so especially the church elders, who labor in the Word. Others (b) understand by the "first elders" those who, being less fit for the preaching of the Word, devoted themselves to the administering of the sacraments and to the offering of public prayers, and who admonished believers in private, and were thereby partakers of the church's power and jurisdiction over the people, in proportion to their place (Acts 10:48; 19:5-6; 1 Cor. 1:17). Nearer the truth come (c) those who understand by the "first elders" the deacons — who would have been called elders and presbyters, and were learned men in the synagogue — and by the "latter elders," the bishops and teaching elders, both being comprehended under the name of elders because the eldership, or the consistory, was composed of both these orders together — so that the sense would be: that the elders who rule well, whether priests or deacons, are counted worthy of honor — but most of all, however, the priests, who, besides ruling, also labor in the Word, because at the Synod of Jerusalem the deacons, who without doubt formed a part of it, are there also included under the name of elders (Acts 15:23). Others, coming, in part, nearer to the truth and to the apostle's meaning more precisely, (d) understand by the "first" only those who cooperate with the ministers of the Word in the government of the church — for, it being presupposed that there are such in the church who are "governments" (1 Cor. 12:28), of the sort that of old, under the Law, were the doctors of the law and the scribes, likewise presiders and leaders, who seem to be distinguished by the apostle from those who labor in the word — nothing seems more fitting than that by the "first" are understood those who are set only over the government, and by the "latter" those who, besides that, also labor in the Word — since the apostle nowhere judges worthy of any honor those teachers who do not rule well and who do not labor diligently, much less a double honor. And yet I would not wish to have excluded the emphasis of the word κοπιῶντες, laboring, or those who labor, by which the praise and reward of a double honor is applied to and laid upon those who, with much labor, discharge their government and rule. For the root word κοπιᾶν, kopian, signifies not merely to labor and to perform and discharge one's office, but to administer it with toil and weariness, whereby someone, having performed his labor, lies down weary and exhausted. Thus the LXX translators use the word (Deut. 25:18; 2 Kings 17:2; 23:10; Josh. 24:13; Ps. 6:7; Prov. 4:12, and elsewhere), in which passages it answers to two Hebrew words, of which the first signifies to be so exhausted, on account of labor, journeying, heat, weight, or the pain of the mind, that, if no refreshment comes from elsewhere, there is a shadow of death — which is also signified by this same word (Job 10:22); the other denotes a toil, hardship, or misery and misfortune arising from some deed (Eccl. 10:15; Matt. 11:28), with a figure taken from the rowers of the galley-ships. Now the apostle joins this "to labor" both to the word — namely, the proclaiming of it — and to the doctrine, teaching — perhaps in order to say one and the same thing by way of explanation, in two words; perhaps also because he distinguishes the word from the doctrine, and applies the word to the shepherds who proclaim it, chiefly with respect to its application in practice, and the doctrine to explanation — which properly concerns the teachers, according to the distinction he makes (Eph. 4:11) — and to both of these ways he ascribes a double honor.
The Doctrinal Part
III. From all this it follows that, by a divine institution, there is in the church a certain particular government, distinct from the civil. For since, by the consent of all, every society and fellowship requires a government and rule, by means of which it may exist and continue to stand; and since the church is a society or fellowship, she doubtless has, for herself, her own particular government. This is made known in Scripture: (1) by κυβερνήσεις, governments (1 Cor. 12:28), in a figurative manner of speaking, taken from ships, which are governed and directed in the harbor by κυβερνῆται, helmsmen, by means of κυβέρνησις, the helm (compare Acts 27:11; Rev. 18:17). (2) By keys (Matt. 16:19; Hebrew mafteach), which denote a power to admit or exclude someone from a house, as the case requires (compare Isa. 22:22, with 9:6), of which we spoke in the preceding chapter. It is also (3) called by theologians, in some measure, a church polity. As to the matter itself, this government is nothing other than an exercise of the spiritual power, derived from Christ the head onto the presiders of the church, appointed by Him thereby to direct the doctrine, the worship, and the discipline of the church, unto God's honor and glory, and unto the edification and building up of the church. In this government there presents itself:
IV. First, the power to govern, among the Greeks ἐξουσία, exousia (Matt. 21:23-24, 27; 2 Cor. 10:8; 13:10), as distinguished from δύναμις, dynamis, which signifies power or strength. This Greek word exousia signifies, in general, a certain right, whereby someone can claim and appropriate something to himself, without wronging another. That power is occupied and active either (1) about matters, whereby the church, by virtue of the divine ordinance, can by right claim and appropriate to herself what is her own — for example, all her presiders and ministers (1 Cor. 3:22, with Eph. 4:7-8, 10-11), the promises (2 Pet. 1:3-4, with 1 Cor. 3:22), the keys (Matt. 16:19); or (2) about actions, whereby she does, by right and lawfully, what she does — whereby, for example, she cannot bear evildoers (Rev. 2:2), cannot bear that women speak in the congregation (1 Cor. 14:34), that heresies be spread in the church (Rev. 2:20); also, that she admonish the disorderly (1 Thess. 5:14), indeed exclude the stubborn (Matt. 18:17-18; 1 Cor. 5:4-5, 13), and readmit the penitent (2 Cor. 2:7-8); or (3) about persons — for example, that she rebuke a man in the presence of all (1 Tim. 5:20), that she test the deacons (1 Tim. 3:10), appoint elders (Titus 1:5; Acts 14:23), and use the keys with respect to all and each alike (Matt. 18:18-20).
V. Second, the nature and character of the ecclesiastical power, whereby it is a spiritual and ecclesiastical power. This is either (1) a power only improperly, outwardly, and objectively ecclesiastical, belonging to a believing magistrate as to a nursing-father of the church (Isa. 49:23), who bears an outward care for the church, for churchmen and church matters — from which Constantine the Great boasted himself to be a bishop or overseer of "the things that are outside the church" (Eusebius, Lib. IV) — of which sort, under the old dispensation, Hezekiah, Josiah, Asa, Jehoshaphat, David, and others showed themselves to be, of which more, and at greater length, in its proper place; or (2) properly, inwardly, and formally spiritual-ecclesiastical, which belongs to the presiders of the church, whereby they are bishops or overseers "of the things within the church" (1 Cor. 4:20-21; 2 Cor. 10 and 13:10) — and it is this which belongs to this place.
VI. Third, the fountain and origin of this properly spiritual power is Jesus Christ, as Mediator or Head of the church (Eph. 1:22-23), to whom all power is given (Matt. 28:18-19; Phil. 2:9-10; Isa. 9:6-7; Luke 1:32-33; John 5:22, 27; Rev. 3:7) — from which He is called ἡγούμενος, a Leader (Matt. 2:6), the great Shepherd of the sheep (Heb. 13:20), the Shepherd and Overseer of souls (1 Pet. 2:25), the Son over His own house (Heb. 3:6), the only Teacher (Matt. 23:8, 10), the Head of the body, which is the congregation (Eph. 1:22), the Head over all things to the church (ibid.), our only Lord (1 Cor. 8:6), the King of kings and Lord of lords (Rev. 19:16), a Lord over all (Acts 10:36), the King anointed and set by God upon and over Zion, the mountain of His holiness (Ps. 2:6), David, the King (Jer. 30:9; Ezek. 34:23-24; Hos. 3:5). This power He has also exercised: (1) by giving laws to the church (Acts 1:2), whence comes the Law of Christ (Gal. 6:2); (2) by prescribing ordinances by which the church is strengthened and built up — for example, the preaching of the Word (Matt. 10:7; 28:18-20), the administration of the sacraments, of baptism (ibid.), of the Holy Supper (1 Cor. 11:20-23), the administration of discipline (Matt. 16:19, with 18:16-18); (3) by appointing for Himself servants in the church, by whose ministry His ordinances are administered and directed (Eph. 4:7-8, 11, with 1 Cor. 12:28); (4) by willing that the ordinances of the church be administered, not in the name of the magistrate, or of the ministers, or of the church, etc., but in His own name (Acts 4:17-18; 19:5; 1 Cor. 5:4; Matt. 18:20).
VII. Fourth, the exercise of this power, in which the government and direction consists, has a certain fixed rule prescribed to it, which is Holy Scripture alone (2 Tim. 3:16-17): "that the man of God" (or a presider and ruler of the church) "may be perfect, thoroughly furnished unto every good work." From which the apostle, after having laid before Timothy, in the first epistle, most of the things necessary to be attended to and observed concerning the worship of God, discipline, and government, with certain and fixed rules and canons, as it were (from which that epistle may not unfittingly, nor wrongly, be called a certain directory — a manual of direction and instruction concerning church government), adds and lets follow (1 Tim. 3:14-15): "These things I write to you... that you may know how one ought to behave in the house of God"; and with great earnestness he charges and commands the things that must be kept (1 Tim. 5:21): "I charge you before God, and the Lord Jesus Christ, and the elect angels, that you observe these things," etc. Meanwhile, the rules of church government do not all stand in Holy Scripture in one and the same manner: the essential matters are indeed expressly set forth therein (following the excerpts of the Magdeburg Centuries, Cent. I, Lib. 2, Cap. VII, pp. 407-418, Basel edition, 1624), but the circumstances are wrapped up in that general rule, that all things in the church must be done decently and in order (1 Cor. 14:40). If, therefore, the matters that concern the circumstances, and that are determined by the church, truly accord with order and propriety, then they too are of divine right, just as much as those things which are expressed in so many words in Holy Scripture.
VIII. Fifth, the acts of this exercise are concerned, in general, with all the institutions of Christ, and with each of them in particular — which can scarcely be listed individually — namely, (1) with the public prayers, thanksgivings, and praises, which the apostle prescribes (1 Tim. 2:1-3, and ch. 3:14-15) and directs (1 Cor. 14:14-17). (2) With the singing of Psalms, which he prescribes (Eph. 5:18-19; Col. 3:16) and directs (ibid., and 1 Cor. 14:15-16). (3) With the public ministry of the Word (Acts 6:4), which is discharged: (1) by the public reading of the Word, which is prescribed by God (Deut. 31:11-12, 14; Jer. 36:6; Col. 3:16), and which is found to have been customary in the church, both before Christ (Exod. 24:7; Neh. 8:18; 9:3; 13:1) and after Him (Acts 13:15, 27; 15:21; 2 Cor. 3:14); (2) by preaching it, or publicly expounding and explaining it — which is commanded (Mark 16:15; Matt. 28:19-20; 2 Tim. 4:1-2; 1 Cor. 9:16-17), and is directed, with respect to the preachers, whose calling is required (Rom. 10:15), whose qualifications are set out (1 Tim. 3:2-8; Titus 1:5-9), and whose steadfastness, perseverance, and prudence in preaching are urged (2 Tim. 4:2; Titus 1:9; Jer. 23:28); (3) by catechizing, or dealing familiarly according to the capacity of the untaught — which is taught and at the same time directed (Heb. 5:12; 6:1-2; 1 Cor. 3:1-2; Gal. 6:6). (4) With discipline and the whole jurisdiction of the keys, which must be exercised: (1) with respect to the calling and confirming of ministers, which is prescribed and regulated (1 Tim. 4:14; Titus 1:5; 1 Tim. 5:22; Acts 14:21, 23); (2) with respect to the judicial guarding and defense of doctrine in the consistories, classes, and synods (Acts 15), whence one reads of ordinances approved by the apostles and elders at Jerusalem (Acts 16:4); (3) with respect to the public rebuking of sins and sinners, which is prescribed and directed (Matt. 18:15-17; 1 Thess. 5:14; Titus 3:1, 13; 1 Tim. 5:20); (4) with respect to excommunications, both from the Holy Supper and from the congregation, which are prescribed and regulated (Matt. 18:17-18, with 16:19; John 9:21-23; 1 Cor. 5:2-5, 7, 9, 11, 13); (5) with respect to the readmission of the penitent, which is prescribed and directed (John 20:23; 2 Cor. 2:6-9).
IX. Sixth, the end and purpose of the ecclesiastical government — the general and supreme end being God's honor and glory (1 Cor. 10:31), but the particular and subordinate end being the edification and building up of the congregation. To this end the Lord binds not only, in general, the whole power of governing (2 Cor. 10:8; 13:10), but also the particular acts of government — for example, (1) the public admonitions and rebukes of the disorderly (Matt. 18:15-16), that a brother may be won, that they may be sound in the faith (Titus 1:13; 1 Tim. 5:20), that others may fear. (2) The excommunications (1 Cor. 5:4-5), for the destruction of the flesh, that the spirit may be saved (1 Tim. 1:20), that they may learn not to blaspheme any more. (3) The acquittals and forgivenesses (2 Cor. 2:7), lest such a one be swallowed up by too much sorrow. (4) All the offices and duties of the church are ordered toward the building up of the body (Eph. 4:7-8, 11-12, 16; 1 Cor. 12:7; 14:3-5, 9, 12) — and so, by all the acts of government, nothing, however fair it might seem, is left to anyone in the church that would tend to the harm and detriment of the church (2 Cor. 10:8; 13:10). Now what the edification of the church is can, without great difficulty, be seen and grasped by the idea of the material building of some house, or rather of the Temple, which bore an image of the church. For just as, in that material building, (1) builders or master-builders are required, so also, in this spiritual building, the apostles, and all their ordinary successors in the ministry, are the master-builders (1 Cor. 3:10). (2) Just as in the former there is a foundation on which the whole building rests and to which it owes all its firmness, so also in this one Christ is the foundation (1 Cor. 3:11; 1 Pet. 2:4, 6). (3) Just as in the former there are stones or materials, so in this one the elect and true believers are living stones (1 Pet. 2:5, with 2 Cor. 1:1). (4) Just as in the former there is a fitting joining together of the materials or stones, so also in this one, through the calling and through the whole government, there is a fitting joining together of the saints, unto the building up of the body of Christ (Eph. 4:12). Just as (5) from and out of the joining and heaping together of building materials a house or a temple arises, so also from and out of the spiritual joining together arises the house of God (1 Tim. 3:15), the temple of the living God (Eph. 2:21, with 1 Cor. 3:9, 16-17). Just as (6) a material building proceeds gradually and by degrees, from the cornerstone to the top, so also in this spiritual building there is a continual progress, until the coming of Christ (Eph. 4:13) — laying the foundation of Christianity in a continual bringing-in of people, building further upon it by continual advances from virtue to virtue and from strength to strength (Ps. 84:8; 2 Pet. 1:5-8), until at last the church, perfected, shall be presented to Christ (1 Cor. 15:24) and brought into a house not made with hands, which is eternal in the heavens (2 Cor. 5:1).
X. Seventh, the proper and determinate subjects of this government — however many they are, though in a diverse manner — are: (A) the civil magistrate, and (B) the church magistrate. To the civil magistrate, so far as he is a believer, belongs an outward direction and government of the outward affairs of the church, which, although with respect to its object it might improperly be called an ecclesiastical government, is in itself nevertheless nothing other than a civil one. This belongs to a believing magistrate by a divine right, insofar as he is called a nursing-father of the church (Isa. 49:23 and 60:16), and is also a servant of the church (ibid., v. 10), and a servant of God for the good of all who do good (Rom. 13:4). Specifically, there belongs to him the power (1) to defend and protect the church and her members, so that they, under his protection, may lead a quiet and peaceable life, in all godliness and honesty (1 Tim. 2:2). By this power to shelter and protect, the magistrate can and must, in particular, (a) ward off and remove all outward hindrances which, in any manner, stand in the way of, and are harmful to, the true religion, the worship of God, the administration of the sacraments, and church discipline and government — for example, heresy, idolatry, superstition, open godlessness, persecutions — after the examples of Jehoshaphat, Asa, Hezekiah, Josiah, and others. Hence it is so highly praised in the kings of Judah that they removed the high places and other monuments of idolatry — for example, in Asa (2 Chron. 15:8, 16), in Jehoshaphat (ch. 17:3-4, 6-10), in Hezekiah (ch. 31:1; 2 Kings 18:4), in Manasseh (2 Chron. 33:15), in Josiah (2 Kings 23:8, 13, 19-20, 24) — and, on the contrary, their toleration and permission of the same is rebuked (1 Kings 15:14, with 2 Chron. 15:17; 1 Kings 22:44; and 2 Kings 12:3). (b) To promote, further, propagate, and stir up, both by authority and by example, the public exercise of the true religion. So Asa (2 Chron. 15:9-18); so Jehoshaphat (ch. 20:7-9); so Hezekiah (ch. 29-31); so Josiah (ch. 34-35). For this reason the law of God had to be copied out for the king and continually read (Deut. 17:18-20). (c) To provide the church with everything outwardly necessary to her for the service of God — for example, ministers and their maintenance, schools, and other things — after the example of David, preparing the building materials for the Temple, and of Solomon, building the Temple from them (1 Chron. 22); and of Hezekiah, providing for and supplying the ministers of the Temple with food and maintenance (2 Chron. 31:4). Furthermore, there belongs to the magistrate (2) the power to ordain — that is, (a) to reform the church, if she has been corrupted, in worship, discipline, and government. So Moses (Exod. 32); Joshua (ch. 24); Asa (2 Chron. 15); Jehoshaphat (ch. 17); Hezekiah (2 Kings 18); Josiah (2 Kings 23; 2 Chron. 34). (b) To convoke church assemblies and synods, just as under the old dispensation the magistrates did as the case required — for example, David (1 Chron. 13:1-2); Solomon (1 Kings 8:1); Hezekiah (2 Chron. 30:4); Josiah (2 Kings 23:1-2). (c) To publicly confirm by his authority the ordinances lawfully made by the church, according to the prescription of the Word of God — so Josiah (2 Chron. 34:33); Nehemiah (Neh. 12:13); even also Nebuchadnezzar, though a heathen (Dan. 3:28-29). (d) To bear a civil concern that ecclesiastical matters be duly handled by churchmen — so Hezekiah commands the Levites their duty (2 Chron. 29:5, 24), and the people (ch. 30:1). Furthermore (3), there belongs to the magistrate the power to urge and press each and every one to attend to his office and duty, even in outward matters that concern religion — indeed also to punish, with death, stubborn blasphemers and those who lead others into blasphemy (Deut. 13:1-6; Lev. 24:15-16; compare Dan. 3:29, with Ezra 7:26-27) — which power over religion nevertheless belongs to the magistrate under this condition, that it not tend to the harm, but to the advantage, of that power which Christ has granted and allowed to His church, so that magistrates may be no stepfathers, but nursing-fathers of the church (Isa. 49:23).
XI. But (B) the subject of the ecclesiastical power, properly and formally so called, which we have set forth and displayed, is not the magistrate, but the church — nor yet merely some one particular churchman in the church, Peter or the pope, since the Savior says: "Whatsoever you shall bind... whosesoever sins you remit..." (Matt. 18:18; John 20:23) — nor yet the whole congregation and its particular members head for head, since a distinction must exist between those who rule and those who are ruled; but it belongs to the eldership of the church, of which 1 Tim. 4:14 speaks, which the Savior means when He wills church matters to be brought to the congregation (Matt. 18:17), and which the apostle also means (1 Cor. 5:4), since the Corinthian congregation was far too numerous to have been able to assemble together in one place, as we have already taught above, Chapter II, §26. But of this, God willing, more shall come up in the Polemical Part.
XII. Eighth, you will easily grasp what the form or shape of church government is: namely, (1) not a monarchical one, which would rest with a certain single man alone — at least so far as a ministerial government and direction is meant; nor (2) a democratic government, which would belong equally to all and each individual member of a particular assembly, whether without any eldership at all, or with its eldership standing in some unequal relation to it; but (3) something like an aristocratic government, which belongs to the presiders of the church, assembled together in a single eldership — of which we have said more in Chapter II, and shall perhaps say still more in the Polemical Part.
XIII. There are, therefore, ninth, remaining various divisions and distinctions of the ecclesiastical power, whereby that power is either (1) the highest, self-authoritative, and independent, which belongs solely to the Triune God, Father, Son, and Holy Spirit — since He alone, in His kingdom, is the Supreme King (Ps. 10:16; 45:5; 47:3, 8-9; 145:18), the only Lawgiver, who is able to save and to destroy (James 4:12). There is (2) indeed a supreme and highest power, yet a delegated one, which belongs to Christ as Mediator and Head of the church, and which God derives upon Him (Ps. 2:6; Matt. 28:18; Eph. 1:22-23; Phil. 2:9-11). There is (3) a ministerial power — and this again is either (1), as it were from the side, an improper and only objectively ecclesiastical power, which belongs to a believing magistrate, as to a nursing-father of the church; or (2) a directly, properly, and formally ecclesiastical, or spiritual, power, which looks to the inward part of the Temple, just as the former looks only to the outward — this belongs to the presiders and ministers of the church, appointed thereto by Christ (1 Cor. 4:20; 2 Cor. 10:8 and 13:10). And this, again, is either (a) peculiar to certain presiders in particular — for example, the power to preach the Word in public, to administer the sacraments, etc.: this, in a sound sense, might be called a power of order, belonging only to those elders who labor in the Word (1 Tim. 5:17); or (b) common to all the presiders of the church — for example, to exercise church censures, and to govern the church as the case requires: this, in a sound sense, might be called a power of jurisdiction, which belongs also to the ruling elders, or to those who are called governments (1 Cor. 12:28, compared with Matt. 18:17-18; 1 Cor. 5:4-5, 7, 11-13; and 1 Tim. 4:14).
The Polemical Part
Question I: Whether the Magistrate, Even Being a Believer, Has Absolutely No Power to Govern the Church
XIV. The first question is: whether the magistrate, even though he be a believer, has absolutely no power at all to govern and direct the church? The Anabaptists, because they hold the exaltedness of magistracy to be incompatible with the profession of Christianity, deny it. The Papists, because they refer all ecclesiastical power to the pope, likewise deny it. The Reformed customarily distinguish the power into one that is properly and formally ecclesiastical, and one that is improperly and only objectively such, according to §5. The former they hold to belong to the presiders of the church; the latter to belong to the magistrate, according to what we have said in §10. Nor do the Anabaptists have anything to object except that the condition of a magistracy is incompatible with the profession of Christianity — which we shall, in its proper place, expressly and at length contradict from Holy Scripture, from Isa. 49:13 and 60:10, 16, etc. — nor do the Papists have anything to object except that the care of the church is derived solely from the pope, and from him upon the bishops — against which we shall shortly afterward set ourselves expressly and at length.
Question II: Whether the Whole Government of the Church Belongs to the Civil Magistrate
XV. The second question is: whether the whole government of the church belongs to the civil magistrate? This was maintained, in the preceding century, by Thomas Erastus, a Heidelberg physician, who denied that any power to govern had, in and through Holy Scripture, been given to the church. With him, to this extent, agreed the theologians of Zurich, who held that, a believing magistrate being present, a distinct government of the church is not necessary. In England, because its king styled himself the head of the church, this question and controversy has been disputed, in various ways, for and against. In the Netherlands the Remonstrants maintained this while their party had the upper hand with the magistracy; but when they went down and were defeated, they denied it. Also certain falsely-named political theorists (pseudo politici), among whom may also be counted L. Molinaeus, in his treatise against the founders of a kingdom within a kingdom, deny to the church all power to govern herself, and refer it to the civil magistrate. The Reformed deny, in general, that all, or the whole, government belongs to the magistrate; but teach that the inward, and properly so-called ecclesiastical, government belongs to the church alone: (1) Because one reads that the power of the keys, which without any doubt belongs to the government of the church, is given not to the magistrate, but only to the presiders of the church (Matt. 16:18-19 and 18:18; John 20:22-23). (2) Because the full power to govern was exercised in the church at a time when there was as yet no magistrate who was, or could be, a nursing-father of the church — namely, in the time of Christ and of the apostles, as well as in the first centuries afterward. (3) Because the properly so-called ecclesiastical and spiritual power, in its whole nature and kind, differs from the civil power of the magistrate. For: (1) They differ from one another in the very societies or fellowships, which are so very distinct and different — namely, the republic and the church. For (a) the church is the kingdom, the House, the Body, the Bride of Christ; the republic is not likewise. (b) The ministers of the church are not servants and officers of the magistrate, but of God and of Christ (1 Cor. 4:1; Eph. 4:8, 10-11; 1 Cor. 12:28), and are (c) appointed, by a divine right, by the presiders of the church (Acts 6:3-4 and 14:23; 1 Tim. 4:14, with Acts 13:1-4), not by the magistracy. (d) The presiders of the church have assemblies different from political assemblies: they have their eldershipsor consistories (1 Tim. 4:14), ordered and directed toward the direction of spiritual things, namely the preaching of the Word, the administration of the sacraments and of discipline; whereas the magistrates have their town halls, courts of law, and civic assemblies. Moreover (e), if the church and the republic were not distinct societies, then either there could be no republic, or the church would be it; and conversely, all the members of a republic would, by that very fact, be members of the church; the republic would be the hidden body of Christ; the ministers of the church would be officers of the republic. The church, therefore, and the republic are societies and fellowships differing from one another in nature and kind. (2) They differ in their mutual coordination: for just as the civil magistracy, as such, is by no means made subordinate to the ecclesiastical power, so also the eldership, as such, is by no means made subordinate to the magistracy. For the eldership can (a) exercise the acts of its direction and government — for example, discipline — without the magistrate (1 Cor. 5:5; Matt. 18:17; Titus 3:10), indeed even against the magistrate (Acts 4:19-20). (b) It can and may do what the magistrate can neither do nor may do — for example, publicly administer holy things, preach the Word, administer the sacraments, etc. But also, just as the eldership, in outward matters, stands under the worldly power, so also the worldly power, in spiritual matters, with respect to church censures, stands under the eldership (2 Sam. 12:7). Moreover it is not the magistrate, but the church, that sends ministers (Acts 20:28). (3) They differ in their causes: (a) in the efficient cause; for whereas the civil power is of God as Creator or Lord (Rom. 13:1-2, 4), the ecclesiastical power is of Christ as Mediator (Matt. 16:19; 2 Cor. 10:8 and 13:10). (b) In the matter, both as to that from which and as to that about which: while the power of the magistrate consists in the sword, the power of the church by no means does; while the civil magistrate can lawfully be a woman, or an infant, the ecclesiastical power by no means can be; while the civil power is occupied about the republic, the ecclesiastical power is occupied about the church. (c) In the form: for the magistrate judges according to human laws, the church according to divine; the magistrate inflicts temporal punishments, the church spiritual punishments; the magistrate acts in his own authoritative right, the church in the name of Christ (1 Cor. 5:4). (d) In the end and purpose: for whereas the magistrate aims at the outward good and benefit of the republic, the eldership aims at the inward edification and building up of the church (2 Cor. 10:8 and 13:10). (4) Because it is subject to very many absurdities to bring the ecclesiastical power under the civil magistrate — for example, (1) it confounds the duty and office of the magistrate with that of the eldership; (2) it confuses and mingles the republic with the church; (3) it would grant to heathens, women, and children the power to govern the church, since heathens, women, and children can hold and occupy the person of a magistrate. Nor do they have anything with which they could more forcefully urge the contrary, than (a) that Moses, David, and Solomon exercised ecclesiastical power — yet they fail to consider that these men were not only magistrates, but also prophets, and thus eminently churchmen. (b) That Asa, Jehoshaphat, Josiah, Hezekiah, and others held the helm of the church in their hands — whereas these only exercised a civil power in the outward affairs of the church, which, as we have already shown long since, is not to be denied to the magistrate. Compare Voetius, Politica Ecclesiastica, Lib. I, Tract. III, Cap. 2-3.
Question III: Whether the Highest and Supreme Power to Govern in the Church Rests with One Certain Person
XVI. The third question is: whether the highest and supreme power of governing in the church — at least the ministerial power — rests with one certain single person? Or, whether the visible government of the whole militant church is monarchical? The Papists lay it down absolutely that this power has been derived from Christ onto Peter, and from him onto the Roman bishops, his successors. The Protestants ascribe the masterly, or supreme, power solely to Christ, the King and Head of His church, and in that sense confess it to be monarchical; but they deny that the ministerial power belongs to one certain single person: (1) Because Christ alone, in Holy Scripture, is called the King (Ps. 2:6) and the Head of His church (Eph. 1:21-22 and 4:15; Col. 1:18). (2) Because He denies that power to His apostles (Matt. 20:25-26). (3) Because in the register of the ministers of the church there is never any mention of such a monarch (Eph. 4:11; Rom. 12:7-8; 1 Cor. 12:28). (4) That a certain single person, whoever he might be, is not sufficient, nor able, to govern all the congregations. (5) Because, if God had instituted such a visible monarchy in the church, He would doubtless have caused to be described, in the New Testament, those things which are required for such a government and estate — just as He had other things, of far less importance, concerning the government of the high priest under the Old Testament, so precisely described. Compare what we have said expressly and at length against the monarchy of Peter and of the pope, Book V, Chapter VIII, §15. Nevertheless they say, for the contrary: (1) That to a most perfect society and fellowship, such as that of the church is, befits a most perfect form of government — which, without doubt, is the monarchical. Answer: (a) On account of the variety and difference of those who must be governed, no single government is simply and absolutely the best. Also (b) it does not belong to the church to have everything that is best — for example, infallibility, and an infallible government. Likewise (c) it does not belong to the ministers of the church to have lordship and power, and therefore neither a monarchy, nor a democracy, etc. (d) That form of governing the church is best which Christ has instituted. (e) The Gallican church prefers an aristocratic government of the church rather than a monarchical one. (f) It is enough that it is monarchical with respect to Christ. But, they say (2), the congregation of angels, which is a pattern and image of the congregation of men (Heb. 8:5), has one angel set over all, who was once Lucifer, now St. Michael. Answer: (a) The congregation of angels is nowhere called an image of the congregation of men. Also (b) it cannot be proven that the government of the angels is monarchical. (c) By Michael (Rev. 12:7) is meant Christ, as v. 11 shows. A third objection (3) is that the Old Testament, which is a figure and image of the New, had, in the high priest, a monarchical form of government. Answer: (a) The Old Testament was not a figure and image of the New Testament; rather, its ceremonial matters were shadows of Christ (Col. 2:17). (b) By this reasoning there would also have to be but one place, one Temple, under the New Testament. (c) Also, the high priest of old was not a monarch of the church, because he had no power to make new laws, just as neither did he bring the given laws alone to execution. (d) The form of government, then as now, is θεοκρατική, a theocracy. They object (4) that an army, a sheepfold, a house, a bride — to which the church is compared — are governed by one alone. Answer: (a) The church is not the army, the sheepfold, the house, the bride of the pope; but (b) she is the army, the sheepfold, the house, the bride of Christ, who alone has authority over her by His own power. They say (5) that, in the time of Christ, the whole church was visibly governed by one alone, namely by Christ, and that therefore she must now also be governed by one alone. Answer: (a) Christ did not conduct Himself on earth as a monarch, but as a servant (Matt. 20:28; Luke 22:27; John 13:14). Also (b) He was, properly speaking, a minister only of the Jews, or of the Circumcision (Rom. 15:8). And (c) there is nothing absurd in the same church having, in the course of time, a different form of government. (6) The church, they say, cannot be propagated without a monarch who sends ministers to preach the word. Answer: She can, because God sends (Rom. 10:15; Matt. 9:38; Luke 9:49-50). (7) By the same reasons by which it is proved that a bishop has authority over the parishioners, an archbishop over the bishops, a patriarch over the archbishops — by those same reasons it is also proved that the pope must have authority over the patriarchs. Answer: This cannot be proven by any reasons; therefore, etc. (8) It is necessary that, in matters of faith, all believers hold the same view; but this cannot be, unless they have one supreme judge. Answer: (a) They hold the same view in the fundamental doctrines, without any pope. (b) Nor do all the Papists hold the same view, not even concerning their own pope. And (c) the unity of the faith is brought about not by the authority and lordship of one man, but by obedience to the Word, through the Holy Spirit (Eph. 4:3-8). These are the proofs of Bellarmine.
Question IV: Whether the Power to Govern Belongs to All and Each Particular Member of a Particular Church
XVII. The fourth question is: whether, on the contrary, the power to govern belongs to all and to each particular member of a particular church? The Brownists in England, rejecting all eldership, ascribe to all the particular members of a particular church an equal power in the government of the church. The Independents hold that the power to govern resides, radically, in the whole congregation, and in its particular members, in a like and equal manner; and that, if the church lives and conducts herself in truth and in peace, then the whole congregation is the determinate subject of ecclesiastical liberty, but the eldership the subject of authority and government — and that these two together form the first subject of the ecclesiastical power. The Presbyterian Reformed hold that the power to govern, though appointed by Christ for the service and benefit of the church, is nevertheless conferred and given solely to the eldership: (1) Because, since all power to govern must be derived from Christ, as from the head, no evidence or proof of such a derivation to the whole congregation, on the part of the opposing party, can be produced. (2) Because one nowhere reads in Holy Scripture that the leading and directing Spirit, or those gifts which are necessary for government, have been promised to the whole congregation (1 Cor. 12:4-9; 1 Tim. 3:5). (3) Because the members of the congregation are nowhere called κυβερνήσεις, governments, as the church overseers indeed are (1 Cor. 12:28), προεστῶτες, those who rule (1 Tim. 5:17), προϊστάμενοι, presiders (Rom. 12:8) — no, but rather are set over against these, and distinguished from them, as those who are subordinate, and, as it were, subjects (Acts 20:28; Heb. 13:17, 22; 1 Thess. 5:12). (4) Because from the opposite view flow frightful absurdities — for example, (1) that it lays the foundation for an Anabaptist democracy, indeed for a non-government. (2) That the right and the power to preach the Word, to administer the sacraments, to confirm and to excommunicate ministers, etc. (since all these things are comprehended under the power of the keys, Matt. 16:19 and 18:19-20) would belong to women, children, and fools, so long as they are but members of the church. (3) That all distinction between ruling and being ruled — and thereby all government whatsoever — would altogether cease. I do not see what could be brought forward for the contrary, even with any appearance of reason, except that the Savior seems to bring the power to govern to (a) the congregation (Matt. 18:17-18); but they fail to acknowledge that by "the congregation" Christ means nothing other than what Paul calls the eldership (1 Tim. 4:14), or the presiders of the church — since otherwise the parties, in their own cause, would be appointed by Christ to be judges. (b) That, by that power of the presiders, the liberty of the church would be lost, or diminished, contrary to Paul (Gal. 5:1). But they fail to consider that, by that power of the presiders, the liberty of the church is not taken away or diminished, but rather directed, maintained, preserved, and indeed the more confirmed.
The Practical Part
XVIII. The practical use of this chapter looks, first, to the church, and to her presiders themselves, that they acknowledge the rights of the civil magistrate, as of a nursing-father of the church, with respect to her outward affairs (which we have set forth in §10), and strive, with all zeal, earnestness, and effort, to defend the same and to impress it upon everyone. For (1) this the Savior, the Head and King of the church, prescribes (Matt. 22:21), and shows by His own example (ch. 17:27). (2) This Paul urges in more than one place (Rom. 13:1-2; 1 Tim. 2:2), and Peter (1 Pet. 3:14 [approx.]). (3) This tends to the good of the church, that she may lead a quiet and peaceable life, in all godliness and honesty (Rom. 13:3-4; 1 Pet. 2:14). This is also (4) necessary, so that the magistrate, on her part, as a faithful nursing-mother (Isa. 49:23), may the more generously stretch out her breasts to the church (Isa. 60:10). That they, therefore, (1) most carefully avoid all estrangements and disputes with the civil magistrate (Num. 16:4), since these always tend to the harm and ruin of the church. Yet meanwhile (2), that they carry this only up to the altars — that is, up to the service of God — provided, namely, that the magistrate does not show himself to be an enemy, but a nursing-father (Isa. 49:23) and a servant of the church (Isa. 60:10); that is, so far as the magistrate does not command what is contrary to God (Acts 4:19).
XIX. The practical use looks, secondly, to the civil magistrate, that he, on his part, show himself to be a nursing-father and servant of the church, by using his power, with respect to the church and her outward affairs, through those duties which we have set forth in §10 — by considering: (1) that he is a servant of God (Rom. 13:4), who, just as he holds all his power as derived upon him from God (Ps. 82:6; Rom. 13:1, 4), so also must readily and willingly spend and lay it out for God and for His kingdom; that, just as God takes care that what is theirs be given to them, they, in turn, on their part, by their authority, take care that what is God's be given to God (Matt. 22:21). By considering (2) that he is a member of the church, who enjoys the same mysterious Head, and the same spiritual privileges, and is fed and shepherded in the same way, by Word, sacraments, etc., as any one of his subjects. Compare what we have said on this matter, Chapter I, §41-42, of this Book.
XX. The practical use looks, thirdly, to the presiders of the church, that they rule well — that they are, among the κυβερνήσεις, governments (1 Cor. 12:28), among the προεστῶτες, those who rule, with σπουδή, diligence (Rom. 12:8), presiders who rule well over their people (1 Thess. 5:12) — concerning which we have admonished expressly and at length in Chapter II of this Book, §45.
XXI. It looks, fourthly, to the church, or to those who are subordinate to, and governed in, the church, that they hold those who rule well worthy of double honor. Under this head are comprised all those duties which those who are governed owe to the rulers and presiders of the church — duties which we have likewise admonished, in the already-cited Book and Chapter, §47.
Book VIII: Of Contemplative-Practical Theology, Concerning the Administration of the Covenant of Grace
Chapter I: On the Administration under the Patriarchs
Ephesians 1:9-10
"Having made known to us the mystery of His will, according to His good pleasure which He had purposed in Himself, that in the dispensation of the fullness of times He might gather together in one all things in Christ, both which are in heaven and which are on earth."
I. Concerning the application of the acquired redemption we have spoken, with respect to its nature, acts, benefits, object, and means; it remains now that we say something briefly concerning its various administration, which is called, in distinction from other things, the dispensation of the Covenant of Grace — a matter over which, for some years past, especially in our Netherlands, much has been disputed. Once we have first briefly said something concerning the nature of this administration in general, we shall bring it down to four periods: namely, that which existed under the Patriarchs, that under Moses, that under Christ, and that which shall be in and under eternity; then we shall assign to each of these its own particular epochs, and to the epochs the courses (curricula) in which the covenant of grace is observed to have been renewed and extended in a more solemn manner. The nature of this administration, and its first period — namely, the administration under the Patriarchs — we shall set forth and present in this chapter, having laid the foundation of the discussion in the exposition of the textual portion from Eph. 1:9-10.
The Explanatory Part
II. In this passage — setting aside, on the one hand, a lengthy exposition of the words as they lie — we shall consider these four matters, very pertinent to our subject:
1. The good pleasure of God, κατὰ τὴν εὐδοκίαν αὐτοῦ, ἣν προέθετο ἐν αὑτῷ, according to His good pleasure, which He had purposed in Himself. The root word εὐδοκία, eudokia, translated "good pleasure," comes from the verb εὐδοκέω, eudokeo; the true meaning of this word — however variously it has been twisted and strained — can be understood from the expositions of Budaeus and from the notes of Erasmus. The word δοκεῖν, dokein, means to think, to feel, to esteem, to reckon, and hence εὐδοκεῖν, eudokein, that is, to approve, to rest and be satisfied in a certain matter — a willingness or inclination. The word is never used in Scripture of men toward God, but rather of the favorable disposition and beneficence of men toward men (Rom. 10:1); the noun εὐδοκία signifies a good pleasure, and also a benefaction of men toward men — more often the affection and inclination of God toward men, mostly the decree of God, both every decree in general and His gracious and favorable decree toward His own; among the Hebrews the word ratson signifies very nearly the same thing. When εὐδοκία, a good pleasure, and εὐδοκεῖν, to have a good pleasure, are put absolutely — that is, without the addition of the person whom the word governs, or of any other similar matter — then it denotes the decree, according to the observation of Beza. And so in this passage, yet such a decree as is bound up with a favorable disposition toward men — the decree of election, so gracious and free that the one party is not bound to give the other any reason (Luke 12:32; Rom. 15:26-27, and elsewhere). Its origin is added: ἣν προέθετο, which He purposed, determined beforehand, or had conceived beforehand within Himself — namely, from eternity, as a rule, both of the covenant of grace, and, absolutely, of everything that concerns our salvation — which the apostle wished to be understood by the prefixing of the little word κατά, according to.
2. The mystery, or the hidden secret, of His will, τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ. The word μυστήριον, mystery, the common Latin translation renders by "sacrament," and thus also Grotius, from Tertullian. Properly it signifies a secret and a hidden counsel. By it may be understood the calling of the Gentiles (Rom. 16:25; Eph. 3:9; Col. 1:26; 2 Tim. 1:10, etc.). In this passage, the mystery of the Gospel (Eph. 6:19), or of the covenant of grace, so far as it has been made known in the Gospel — the rule of which, without doubt, is the decree of election, κατὰ τὴν εὐδοκίαν αὐτοῦ, according to His good pleasure. That covenant of grace is the eternal secret, and the eternal hidden counsel, of God's will, or of God's pure grace.
3. The proclamation and spreading abroad of this secret, or of the covenant of grace: γνωρίσας ἡμῖν, having made known to us. Γνωρίσας, having made known — namely, the hidden counsel of the covenant of grace, concerning the redeeming of the sinner through the death of His Son, which had been hidden before the times of the ages, that is, from eternity — as one whom He had kept hidden, or had beforehand purposed and determined within and by Himself, against the fall of the sinner; which counsel He had, in a deep silence, wrapped up from the creation of the world onward, with respect to all the Gentiles, until the revelation of His Son in the flesh; which counsel, too, with respect to the Jews, He had veiled and wrapped about with so many shadows of ceremonies. This counsel He has at last made known — both by the voice of His own Son, to Judea alone, and by the voice of His apostles, to the whole world (Matt. 28:19). Thus He has made known this mystery ἡμῖν, to us — that is, to me, Paul, first of all, and then also to you Ephesians, through me.
4. The administration of the covenant of grace: unto the dispensation of the fullness of times, that in this same dispensation all things should again be gathered together into one, etc. In these words there is:
1. The time of the administration, or that which should be devoted to the administration, namely, πλήρωμα τῶν καιρῶν, the fullness of times. The root word καιρός, kairos, signifies among the Greeks not every kind of time, but a fit, suitable, and opportune time, arranged and fitted for some work and business (Mark 1:15; Matt. 13:30; Acts 14:17) — namely, according to the nature and requirement of the time, place, and other circumstances, fitting to the present matter and business. For this reason the common Latin translation and Beza, at Eph. 6:16, render it "while it is a fit, or opportune, time for us"; likewise Col. 4:5, τὸν καιρὸν ἐξαγοραζόμενοι, redeeming the fit, or well-timed, occasion. This is to signify that this administration was carried out and arranged according to the nature and condition of the times, or according to the age and capacity of the church in each particular period. Elsewhere mention is made of "a fullness of time" (πλήρωμα τοῦ χρόνου), Gal. 4:4, in the same sense, except that there the time of Christ's birth is specifically marked. πλήρωμα τῶν καιρῶν, the fullness of the times, is a full or complete time, which has been brought to its own conclusion (Acts 2:1; Ezek. 5:2; Dan. 10:3); likewise it denotes a ripeness of time, or a ripened time. Grotius holds that here reference is made to the weeks of Daniel, or rather to the times of the four kingdoms. By "the fullness of the times," therefore, two things, or two times, might be understood: (a) The time of the coming of Christ (Gal. 4:4), so that thereby it may be signified that the earlier, or preceding, times were incomplete and, as it were, unripe — under which the church was, as it were, under an unripe age, under a childhood and youth, being a child (Gal. 4:1), until the coming of Christ, as unto her mature age. In this way the apostle would distinguish and divide the whole time of grace into a time not full, or unripe, under which the church existed before Christ, and into a full time, which came after the coming of Christ — which agrees with, and is one and the same as, the division of the times into the Old and New Testament. (b) The whole series of times, from the beginning of this world onward, until its end and destruction, when we shall all have come to a perfect, or full-grown, man, unto the measure of the stature of the fullness of Christ (Eph. 4:13) — by which fullness of the times all things are again brought together into one sum, through, or in, Christ.
2. The administration, or the direction and government, of the fullness of the times. Εἰς οἰκονομίαν, unto the dispensation. The root word οἰκονομία, oikonomia, is derived from οἶκος (oikos), a house, and νέμω (nemo), I dispense, I distribute. And the word οἶκος, house, here signifies, in a figurative manner, the church, the congregation, which is expressly called the house or household of God (1 Tim. 3:15). Now, as this house's necessities are provided for it, they are dispensed to it according to its condition and age, and from this arises and is born the dispensation, or the direction and government of the church, whereby the benefits of the covenant of grace are extended to the church according to the capacity of her age (1 Cor. 9:17; Eph. 3:2; Col. 1:25; 1 Tim. 1:4). For οἰκονομεῖν (oikonomein), to dispense, means to divide and distribute among the household members the goods kept in trust (Luke 16:2). And thus it remains firm that οἰκονομία, oikonomia, is nothing other than the dispensation of the promises of the covenant of grace, which by another name is called a testament, so far as it is brought about through the death of the testator, Christ — whether it be future or present.
3. The work of this administration, ἀνακεφαλαιώσασθαι τὰ πάντα ἐν τῷ Χριστῷ, τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς — to gather together again all things into one in Christ, both what is in heaven, and what is on earth.
a. The act of administering is ἀνακεφαλαιώσασθαι, to restore, to gather back together into one, to bring under one head, to sum up together into one sum, κεφάλαιον, or headship. This is a figurative manner of speaking, taken either from orators, who at last briefly sum up together what they have said at length, or rather from soldiers, who, having been scattered and dispersed, are gathered together again under one head; just as ἀποκεφαλαιοῦν, apokephalaioun, means to sever the head from the body, so ἀνακεφαλαιοῦν, anakephalaioun, signifies to reunite it again with that same body. So that in the first sense it would mean: to gather up briefly together, in Christ, all the things that had been said, in a scattered manner, under various shadows and figures, in the Old Testament; or rather, in the latter sense: to gather together again, anew, under one head, all the things that had been scattered and dispersed (compare Isa. 53:6) — so that it signifies both the union with Christ and the fellowship in all His goods, treasures, and benefits (1 Cor. 1:30).
b. The object of the administration, or of the gathering together again into one, which is set forth partly collectively, by the word "all things," τὰ πάντα, or "all those things." By this may be understood either all creatures, which through sin are subjected to vanity (Rom. 8:20), and which are also said to be renewed (ibid., and 2 Pet. 3:13) — though these things are comprised and included in this passage only by way of consequence and incidentally, not of and by themselves; or all rational creatures, τὰ πάντα, all things, in place of τοὺς πάντας, all persons — who, having been separated and torn apart, Christ Himself was sent by the Father to gather together into one body; or rather, all the elect, or believers, both from the Jews and from the Gentiles, who, having formerly been scattered and dispersed, as in and through a wilderness of vanity, error, godlessness, and idolatry, the apostle points out have been gathered again by God, under one head, into one. Partly it is set forth distributively, namely, "those which are in heaven." By which many, with much diversity of opinion, understand the angels, of whom Christ would be the head, whom He would have reconciled — not indeed to God, but to men, from whom they would have become estranged through sin. Better, you will understand by it the blessed souls of departed believers. And although these had already been gathered together in heaven, nevertheless they, having formerly been scattered by sin, had not been gathered together again and restored, except through Christ, who was to come.
c. The foundation of the administration, ἐν τῷ Χριστῷ, in Christ, ἐν αὑτῷ, in Himself. That is, through Christ, as the cause; under Christ, as guide; in Christ, as the head — that thereby might be signified the union of all with Christ, as of members with the head (1 Cor. 12:12-13), from which all fellowship in benefits flows and descends to the sinner (1 Cor. 1:30; 2 Cor. 1:20).
The Doctrinal Part
III. From this it appears that God, according to the diversity of the times, made known the secret of the covenant of grace in the church, up to the fullness of time, in various measures, and dispensed the benefits of that covenant in various ways. Hence He is said πολυμερῶς, in many parts (or portions), καὶ πολυτρόπως, and in various manners, to have spoken πάλαι τοῖς πατράσιν, formerly (of old, from the beginning, as the Syriac renders it) to the fathers (namely, under the Old Testament), whereas ἐπ' ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν, in these last days (that is, under the New Testament), He has spoken to us in (or through) the Son (Heb. 1:1) — namely, as a father of a household, according to the varying condition and age of his household members, brings forth and dispenses what is necessary for them. In order, therefore, that we may distinctly trace and comprehend the character and nature of this most wise administration, and the more happily avoid all the confusion so common in our age, we shall have to set forth and present, somewhat more distinctly, four matters, following the order which the apostle observes in the text.
IV. First, therefore, we must here consider the good pleasure of the divine will, which He had purposed within Himself. This is the decree of the eternal election, in which God purposed within Himself to make the glory of His mercy glorious and illustrious, through an eternal and gracious blessing of certain sinners unto salvation (Rom. 9:23). This decree is indeed expressed in Holy Scripture under various names: for example, the unchangeableness of God's counsel (Heb. 6:17), a foreordination (Rom. 8:29-30; Eph. 1:5), a purpose (Rom. 8:28), an election (Rom. 11:3, 5), a counsel of the will (Eph. 1:11). But nowhere, that I know of, is this election called, in Holy Scripture, a testament — because the Holy Spirit has ordered and appointed that word, in Holy Scripture, to signify the administration of the covenant of grace. This good pleasure of the divine will, therefore — this election — is the foundation and the rule of the whole subsequent matter concerning the salvation of the sinner; whence the apostle says that the mystery of the will, namely concerning the salvation of the sinner, comes to pass according to that good pleasure which He had purposed within Himself.
V. Secondly, we must here consider the mystery of the will, concerning the salvation of the sinner, or the covenant of grace. For since it was not, on account of sin, now fitting for God to save the sinner directly, there was, from eternity, a counsel of peace entered into between Jehovah the Father and His Son (Zech. 6:13), in order to take away sin — wherein the Son, through the eternal Spirit, offered and sacrificed Himself for the sinner (Heb. 9:14), being about to do God's will (Ps. 40:8-9, with Heb. 10:5), His soul being set forth as an asham, a guilt-offering, or offering for sin (Isa. 53:10) — and thereby took upon Himself the whole cause of all the elect sinners, at once and altogether, and thus became a surety who took the debt entirely upon Himself (expromisit). The Father accepted this taking-upon-Himself of the surety by His Son, and promised Him, in turn, on His side, a reward (Isa. 53:11) — that He should see His seed, prolong His days, and that the good pleasure of the Lord should prosper in His hand. And from this arose the covenant of grace between God and the mystical Christ (that is, between Him and His seed, or His members), concerning the restoration of the elect sinner — in which God promises to Christ that, if He should be willing to take upon Himself the cause of sinners, and set forth His soul as an asham, a guilt-offering or price of satisfaction, He would receive that which was set forth on their behalf, and that the work of the Lord should prosper in His hand; and to the elect sinners, that He would forgive them their sins, if they would receive Him, by a living faith, as their highest end, and His Son as their sole Mediator. The Son, on His side, promises God that He will make satisfaction for sinners, etc., and in turn demands what has been promised Him by His Father. The elect sinners, then, promise, in Christ their Head, what is required of them, and in turn demand for themselves the promised forgiveness and eternal blessedness — for which promise, as being certainly future, Christ makes Himself a pledge and surety. By virtue of this ὁμολογία, this mutual agreement and consent, the guilt of punishment of all the elect, on account of the satisfaction which, by virtue of the promise, shall infallibly be made, is taken away from them at once and altogether, and transferred onto Christ — though that guilt of punishment remains upon Christ only until He has actually rendered the promised satisfaction. Thus far the covenant of grace is eternal. This covenant also has the character and the essential parts of a testament: (1) The Testator, Christ (Heb. 9:14, 18). (2) An unchangeable disposition and arrangement concerning the future eternal inheritance (Heb. 9:15; Matt. 25:34). (3) An offspring, for whom the inheritance is destined and appointed, who are called heirs of God and joint-heirs with Christ (Rom. 8:17; Gal. 4:7). (4) Written tables, and their publication in the Word, which is given and written for this purpose (Rom. 15:4), that it might be, as it were, a book of the Testament (Exod. 24:7). (5) A confirmation and ratification, in part fundamental, in the death of the Testator (Heb. 9:15-18), in part instrumental, in the seals of both Testaments — so that it might not unfittingly be called a testamentary covenant, and conversely a covenantal testament. And it is indeed a testament, with respect only to the promise which God makes, in the covenant, to the elect; but a covenant, insofar as it in turn demands of them a condition, and receives from them a mutual promise to fulfill it.
VI. Thirdly, one must here consider the making known of this covenant: He has made known to us the mystery of His will (Eph. 1:9). For since God, as we have said, requires of the elect sinners faith in Himself and in Christ as their surety, it was necessary that this covenant should be made known — that its condition, and the goods it holds forth, should be sufficiently prescribed and made known to the elect. And this God does in the Gospel, which accordingly comprises two matters: namely, (1) the covenant of grace itself, made from eternity, in the name of the elect, in their head, Christ; and (2) the proclamation and publication of it. And in this consists the temporal covenant, insofar as it is entered into with the elect themselves.
VII. Finally, there comes here, fourthly, into consideration the distinct and varied administration of this covenant through the fullness of the times, whereby God, according to the nature of the different ages of the church — in her infancy, youth, and mature years — brings forth and dispenses, according to His wisdom, what has been covenanted. Now this administration, because it sets forth the goods of the covenant by no other means than through the intervention of blood — whether typical or real — is called a testament, and the promised goods an inheritance. A testament, therefore, is nothing other than the administration of the covenant of grace, so far as it rests upon the death of the testator, and it comprises these two matters: the covenant of grace itself, and the various ways and manners of directing and carrying it out — since both the condition which is required of us by the covenant, namely faith, and the goods which are promised upon that faith being exercised, rest upon the Mediator of the covenant — either as one already given, and having accomplished the payment, or as one who was still to be given, and would make satisfaction. From this arise two testaments of the covenant of grace, the Old and the New, in and through which the whole fullness of the times is exhausted; for Holy Scripture nowhere makes mention of more testaments.
VIII. The Old Testament, then, whereby the covenant of grace is administered through the Mediator who was still to be revealed in the flesh, took its beginning from the first paradisal Gospel, immediately after the violation of the covenant of nature (Gen. 3:15), and continues until the Mediator, already given, and the satisfaction accomplished by him. Under this Testament the church must be considered and viewed in two ways: as an heir, and as a child (Gal. 4:1) — as an heir she has been free; as a child, in a certain manner, under bondage, as the same passage says.
IX. Now, within this administration, two illustrious periods are observed (the apostle pointing to them, Rom. 5:13-14) — namely, that of the administration under the Patriarchs, and that under Moses, since under the latter there occurred a remarkable change of administration, of which more in its own place. Nevertheless, for both periods, there was the same covenant of grace, the same religion and faith, the same worship, both moral and ceremonial: that is, with respect to the essential matters, insofar as not only the same moral virtues, and the same moral faults and vices, are found generally to have been prescribed and rebuked, and to have had a place, being directed and regulated in the Law of the Ten Words — although impressed by nature, and only by the living voice, of the Patriarchs, moved by God's Spirit — but also the same ceremonial worship, as to its very essence. That sacrifices and offerings had a place also under this period is established beyond doubt from the examples of Cain and Abel, of Noah, of Abraham, of Jacob, and others. And this one and the same religion seems to me to have been the reason that Moses is found to have been sparer in the distinct representation of the matters of this period, because he presupposed that those matters which existed were the same as those already delivered by Him in writing to the Israelites. Meanwhile, during this period, the governmental order (the polity) of the church appears to have been more rough and loose, as in a state of childhood: there were as many visible congregations as there were families of the pious and godly; the ministry was, well-nigh, almost extraordinary, residing in the patriarchs — except that, under their oversight and direction, the fathers of households, and perhaps also the firstborn, appear to have had the right to administer certain religious exercises, as ordinary ministers, according to the direction and instruction which they received from the patriarchs.
X. Each of these periods has, in turn, had its own particular courses (curricula), in which the covenant of grace is observed to have been renewed and extended in an especial manner. Thus we count, within the period of the Patriarchs, three distinct courses: (1) From the first gospel promise to Noah; (2) From Noah to Abraham; (3) From Abraham to Moses — and within each of these particular periods a certain particular character, or renewal and extension, of the covenant of grace, insofar as it has pleased God, as it were, according to the succession of the years, to advance and press gradually from the less perfect toward the more perfect — at first more generally, more roughly, and more obscurely, afterward more distinctly, clearly, and plainly opening and disclosing the mysteries of this covenant. For the most obscure and imperfect of all was His proclamation of the covenant of grace in the first promise of the seed of the woman (Gen. 3:15-16). Afterward He made it known a little more clearly to Noah, adding an explicit naming, and a sacrament of the covenant — see, if you please, Gen. 9:9-12. And still more clearly he dealt concerning the covenant of grace with Abraham, adding to Him, as a seal, circumcision (Gen. 17:2, 7, 10) — as will appear more distinctly in the course of this discussion.
XI. The first course of the Patriarchal period, therefore, extends from the creation of the world to its destruction under Noah, in which there presents itself to us: (1) The founding of the church, provided for partly through the creation of the first humans, Adam and Eve, and, in them, of the whole future church (Acts 17:26), partly through a covenant-transaction and covenant-making, whereby he, with them as with the common beginning, root, and head, entered into a covenant with the whole human race, still future, and promised every sort of blessedness, on condition of a perfect obedience to be rendered and performed by their own powers (Gen. 2:16-17, with Rom. 5:12) — matters which we have treated expressly and at length in their own places. (2) The corruption of the church, through the violation of the newly-made and entered covenant, of which Gen. 3, with Rom. 5:12 — of this too we have spoken in its own place. (3) The first restoration of the corrupted church, through the establishment and proclamation of the covenant of grace (Gen. 3:15), whose nature we have treated in general, and have likewise shown in particular that all the essential parts of the covenant lie hidden in these words (Book V, Chapter I, §2-3). In which, therefore, is contained not merely a bare promise, but a proclamation of the covenant of grace — whereby God not only promises the goods of the covenant of grace, but also demands the condition which must be performed. Wherefore, although this course, indeed even the whole Patriarchal period, is not unfittingly called the period of the promise — because the seed of the woman, or the Mediator of the covenant of grace, is here only promised, but not yet given — nevertheless, as opposed to the Mosaic period, which for itself in particular is supposed to have had the Law, it cannot rightly be called the period of the promise: because, just as the Mosaic period had the promise in common with the Patriarchal period, so also the Patriarchal period had the law, or the condition of faith — likewise the moral, indeed even the ceremonial law — in common with the Mosaic period, although the administration of the Law, both moral and ceremonial, has been very different. For no covenant can exist where there is not a mutual promise and demand.
XII. Before we now proceed to the administration of the covenant of grace, it will be worth the effort, in order to keep in view the general proportion and the general church of all ages, to represent briefly the state of theology under the covenant of works — and this the more so, because Socinus and his followers, in order to maintain that man was created with no original righteousness, and with no knowledge of theological matters, and that he therefore also lost none of these through sin, and that his free will remained wholly unimpaired, so that, without regeneration and conversion, he might perform whatever spiritual duties God prescribed to him, hold that he was like a small child, who had known and understood neither God, nor himself, neither good nor evil, indeed not even that he was naked, and that he therefore wandered about like a will-o'-the-wisp, indeed like an atheist. (See Socinus, De Statu Primi Hominis, cap. 4, pp. 119 and 147, and Smalcius, De Vera Deitate Filii, cap. 7, p. 2.) It will, I say, be worth the effort to set forth carefully the theological matters of this period. Man, therefore, under this period possessed the whole of natural theology, which we still have today, and all those matters to which right reason, all revelation being set aside, can reach — because he is said to have been created unto knowledge, according to the image of Him who created him (Col. 3:10) — unto knowledge, not of every kind, but according to the image of his Creator, that is, unto the knowledge of God and of divine things, in which, among us, theology consists — only with the exception of all those things which have a bearing and relation to present sin, and to the Mediator, the averter and destroyer of that sin and of all its consequences. And how great is that portion of theology which is grasped and understood by us through the help and means of nature alone — especially if one considers that the reason of the first man was far more clear-sighted than ours, which has been darkened by sin.
Man, therefore, had under this period the whole of that theology — both with respect to the things that must be believed, and with respect to the things that must be done — and this, so that by the help and means of it alone he would have been able to obtain eternal life. In particular he had: (1) the doctrine and knowledge how to live unto God, that is, unto His glory, and according to His will, according to that well-known saying, "Do this, and you shall live" (Lev. 18:5; Ezek. 20:11; Rom. 10:5) — though without Christ, whom he did not yet need at that time. In this, then, consists the nature of our natural theology. He had (2) the word of God, according to which he had to direct and order his life: for God spoke to him, and prescribed to him the manner of life (Gen. 2:16-17), though not in writing. He had, therefore, not only natural theology, but also, in addition, a revealed theology — not only in the positive command not to eat of the fruit of the forbidden tree, but also in the sanctifying of the Sabbath (Gen. 2:2, with Exod. 20:8-11), likewise concerning marriage (Gen. 2:18, 21-24), concerning also the tilling of the garden (ibid., v. 15), and concerning other things besides. He had (3) faith, whereby he not only believed God, speaking to him, to be truthful, but also had his trust in and upon God, that it would come to pass that he would receive the promise concerning the obtaining of life, if he obeyed (Gen. 2:17) — though not in Christ as Mediator, who was not yet, at that time, necessary for him. He had (4) knowledge of God, as of his Creator and Lord, infinitely powerful, wise, good, perfect. That is, the knowable things of God were no less manifest in him, and God had revealed no less to him, than to the blind heathen philosophers; indeed, with his sharp-sighted, eagle eyes, he came to perceive God's invisible things — from the creation of the world onward, understood from the things that are made, as to His eternal power and Godhead — better than those cross-eyed and short-sighted philosophers (Rom. 1:19-20). He had (5) knowledge of the holy, adorable Trinity, according to Gen. 1:1, and especially according to verse 26: "Let us make man in our image" — and had he had no knowledge of this, he would truly, instead of being a man, have been an atheist, since he would have neither known nor served those persons who were, and are, the true God. He had (6) knowledge of the divine works, particularly of the creation, then so freshly accomplished (Gen. 1). He had (7) knowledge of himself, as bearing the image of God, which the apostle defines as knowledge of Him who created him, and indeed such a knowledge as He wills that we should be renewed unto (Col. 3:10). He had (8) knowledge of the divine providence, both (physically) of the natural or general providence — whereby he perceived that God had, up to that time, sustained everything created, and ordered and directed it to its own ends (Gen. 1:14: "Let there be lights in the firmament of heaven, to divide the day from the night, and let them be for signs and for seasons") — and also of the moral, or particular, providence, namely that which is occupied about rational creatures as such, whereby He prescribed duties to the first-created humans, and that indeed under threat of punishment, if they committed those sins, and under promise of life, if they should fully keep them (Gen. 2:16-17). He had (9) knowledge of the covenant of works, from which he could confidently promise himself eternal life, from which he acknowledged God as his supreme Lord and Lawgiver, and himself as His subject, bound to obedience, to render this to the whole natural law (Gen. 2:16-17), according to what we have said expressly and at length in Book III, Chapter XII. He had (10), from this, knowledge of sin, with respect to its nature and all its consequences, the guilt and the punishment; as well as of the reward of a life in every respect, if he should be obedient to the Law (Gen. 2:17). He had (11) knowledge of the sacraments, according to the nature of the covenant of works, and of the punishment of death, in the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, should he violate it, and of the reward of life, in the tree of life, should he keep the Law (Gen. 2:9). He had (12) knowledge of the glorification which was to be expected by him from the obedience shown to the divine Law, in a life in every respect natural, spiritual, and eternal, which he then possessed, and which was to be continued to him, by virtue of the divine promise, if he should be obedient. And these are the principal theological topics which concern those things that ought to be known regarding sin and the Mediator who would destroy sin and its consequences.
As for those theological topics which regard the things that must be done or obeyed — leaving aside only those belonging to our own theology concerning sin and the Mediator — he had (13) knowledge of all those duties in general which lay upon him by virtue of the divine precept already given to him, and to be given further still, insofar as he, according to the tenor of the covenant of works, acknowledged God as his supreme Lord and Lawgiver, and himself as bound to Him in a general obedience — which involved a profession of a general obedience. He had (14) knowledge of all those duties belonging to religion, or to the service of God — and specifically of those flowing from the nature of God, through the duties prescribed to us in the first commandment of the Ten Commandments — namely, to know and acknowledge God, to love Him, to set upon Him one's hope and trust, to reverence Him, to submit oneself to Him, to obey Him, and other such duties, which have their foundation in the being and nature of God, and which were known to the blind heathen philosophers from the dictates of reason alone (Rom. 1:21 and 2:14-15). He had (15) knowledge of a certain instituted divine worship, which depends upon the mere precept and good pleasure of God — such as consists not only in the keeping of the positive law concerning not tasting of the fruit of the forbidden tree, but also in the sanctifying of the Sabbath (Gen. 2:2), to which he doubtless had to devote a worship paired with it. He had (16) a particular knowledge of all those duties belonging to that instituted worship — namely, that he was not to imagine or invent for himself some worship by a self-willed religion, which is forbidden in the second commandment. He had (17) knowledge of the manner in which he had to be occupied with respect to the duties of that instituted worship, namely, with awe and reverence, as the nature of those duties required, because they bore, as it were, God's name inscribed upon them, and displayed a certain holiness attached to them. He had (18) knowledge of a certain determinate time, on which he was particularly to exercise the duties of that instituted worship, in the sanctifying of the Sabbath day, which God had hallowed for this purpose (Gen. 2:2). And thus he had knowledge of those duties which regarded the service of God, according to the first table of the Ten Commandments. As for the second table: he had (19) knowledge of those duties which belong to righteousness, or bear a relation to one's neighbor, and which are owed to him according to the divine precept — because this teaches not only that he was created with holiness and righteousness, but also because these duties themselves flow from the nature of man, insofar as he bears the image of God and original righteousness. This righteousness, then, would under this state (20) have extended, first, to and concerning the honor of one's neighbor, whereby man would have acknowledged, and correspondingly testified to, the worth and excellence of his neighbor which God would have conferred upon him, according to the fifth commandment of the Law — namely, through reverence, love, obedience, and faithfulness. For that there would have been, under this period, a certain subordination of persons and estates — at least with respect to the domestic estate (for whether there would have been any subordination with respect to the civil and ecclesiastical estate, we cannot say with certainty, since Scripture is silent on this) — appears sufficiently from the subordination of the married to one another, and of children to their parents; from which flow the duties both of the presiders toward those subject to them, in love, provision, protection, and direction — by virtue of which the presiders conduct themselves as fathers, and are worthy of honor — and of those subject to them, as children. (21) Secondly, to and concerning the life of one's neighbor, by preserving and refreshing it according to one's ability, according to the sixth commandment. (22) Thirdly, to and concerning the marriage of one's neighbor, by keeping it inviolate — outwardly, without any adultery, fornication, and similar sins, and inwardly, without impure thoughts and desires — which is shown even by the fact that God united one man with only one woman (Gen. 2:18, 21, 23-24, with Matt. 19:5-7; Eph. 5:31), from which it appears that it was not lawful for man to desire more than one wife. (23) Fourthly, to and concerning man's goods, if perhaps there was, under this period, any particular ownership of goods — concerning which, since Scripture is silent, we can determine nothing. (24) Fifthly, to and concerning truthfulness, whereby man would have conducted himself sincerely toward his neighbor, without any deceit or falsehood — which is shown, proportionately, in Satan's assault upon and with the woman (Gen. 3:1-3). Finally (25), to and concerning self-sufficiency, whereby man would have been so content with the lot allotted to him by God that he would not, through a perverse desire, have coveted the very least thing belonging to his neighbor — indeed would have enjoyed his neighbor's goods no less than his own. Thus we have briefly sketched the state of theology under the period of uprightness, concerning which Scripture is very sparing — not only because this period was very short, lasting, according to most, only a few hours; according to others, at least only a few days — but also because man had the knowledge of most of these things through nature, whereby he bore the work of the Law written in his heart (Rom. 2:14-15); and moreover, because these same duties were common to man also under the following covenant of grace, and were therefore afterward more distinctly expounded and explained by the prophets and apostles. Thus far the state of theology.
XIII. As for the state of the church during this period: if by "church," according to the origin of the word, one understands an assembly of people called out from the world, then here you will seek a church in vain, since the church was, at that time, wholly one and the same with the world, and would have continued to be so, had man persevered in his uprightness. But if by "church" you understand a joined society of people united for the public worship of God, then this seems to appear in the sanctifying of the Sabbath, which seems to imply a united and corporate worship. At any rate, such a church would have been free from all heresy, schism, discord, persecution, and whatever else of that sort there is — continuing in a perfect unity of faith, holiness of life, and harmony of hearts; had you seen it, you would have been able to picture to yourself the heavenly Jerusalem, coming down from heaven, or the triumphant church, which has neither spot nor wrinkle, nor any such thing, but is holy and without blemish (Eph. 5:27).
XIV. From this digression, then, we shall return to our path — to the administration of the covenant of grace under the first Patriarchal course. This consists in the rise and birth of the church, not only through creation, but also through the establishment of the covenant of grace, whereby the seed of the woman was set apart and distinguished; and the making known, together with the administration, of that covenant took place in a manner suited to the age of the church, that is, more coarsely and roughly — yet, for the first-created humans, whether from the remnants of their violated and lost original wisdom, or from a subsequent renewal of it through regeneration and new illumination, or through a living instruction from the Creator, or through a divine inspiration — without doubt clear and plain enough, and capable of being propagated to their descendants, and indeed propagated, through the birth of Cain and Abel, as appears from their offerings, depicting that the seed of the woman would be bruised; and it also seems to be gathered from the clothing of man (according to most interpreters, both ancient and more recent) with the skins of sacrificial animals — so that we are not obliged, by far-fetched detours, to derive the origin of sacrifices, and their proper use, from anywhere other than the divine institutions. After the birth of Cain and Abel, the human race was at once divided and distinguished into two lines, namely, that of the woman's seed and that of the serpent's seed; and between these two there also appeared at once an irreconcilable enmity, according to God's pronouncement (Gen. 3:15), and an attempt by the serpent's seed to take away the seed of the woman from the midst, when Cain slew his brother Abel on account of his better offering. In his place, nevertheless, God, in order to preserve the church, or the seed of the woman, immediately appointed Seth, in whose family the church and the covenant of grace would be preserved and propagated.
XV. Under this first administration of the covenant of grace — expounded and explained, without any doubt, more clearly and plainly by the living voice of the Patriarchs — the church continued for about 1556 years, until the Flood, according to the chronology of the Hebrew text, above which the Greek edition of the LXX translators still has 600 years more, just as, on the other hand, in the Samaritan text 349 years are altogether lacking. The church was, during this time, enlightened (counting Abel from the beginning, and Noah, before the Flood, at the end) by eleven Patriarchs — unless perhaps there were more, over the whole earth, not named by Holy Scripture. Among those named, at any rate, Adam was the first — the first of all mortals, whatever the pre-Adamite Peyrère might object against this. Born, indeed, of God as a Father, yet born from red earth, being, as it were, a virgin, whence he received the name "Adam" — though in this name both the Kabbalists and also some of the ancient church fathers vainly seek hidden mysteries. The former, indeed, according to their so-called notarikon, have made of the three letters "Adam, David, Messiah" — because the spirit of Adam was supposed to have passed first into David, and afterward into the Messiah; but the latter have made, of the four Greek letters of this name, the four quarters of the world: Ἀνατολή, the East; Δύσις, the West; Ἄρκτος, the North; and Μεσημβρία, the South — from which four quarters of the world the red earth is supposed to have been gathered together, from which his body was formed, and into which it would, through propagation, be spread and scattered. He is thought to have been brought forth on the last day of our October, in the year 730 of the Julian reckoning — at least, on the sixth day of the creation of the world, after all the other things had been created, so that he might have beforehand a dwelling and suitable food from what had already been created — and indeed in Paradise, situated in the region of Hebron, a very pleasant and very fruitful region; with a very fair body indeed, but not a giant's body, as the Talmudists dream, still less a two-bodied one, so that he would have been a hermaphrodite, that is, a man-woman, as some hold without any reason or authority. Into the body God breathed, unto a soul, nishmat chaiim, the breath of life — a breathing of every kind of life, including the rational, so that he might have that whereby he could come to know the works of creation, and celebrate the Creator's infinite power, wisdom, goodness, and other perfections, and render to the Creator the honor and glory of creation. To this end He also formed him in His own image, shining with knowledge, righteousness, and holiness; indeed, by an excellent wisdom, he gave to the animals, one by one, their fitting names, thereby testifying to his lordship over them; and afterward He also entered into the covenant of nature with him, which, shortly after he had received it, was violated by him. He joined and united a woman with him, formed, as to her body, from one of his ribs while he slept, so that she might thereby infer and conclude her dependence upon, and subjection to, him. Of the forming of her soul Holy Scripture is silent — doubtless because it presupposes that it was bestowed upon her in the same manner as that of the man; whether this took place within or outside of Paradise, Holy Scripture does not say, at least not plainly. She was named, first, ishah, that is, "woman," with the reason added, that she was taken out of man; afterward also chavah, Eve, because she would be a mother of all living — which some restrict, less correctly, to spiritual living, whereby they are forced to say that she was also a spiritual mother of the man, though not only bodily present for him, but also living, spiritually, by faith and through regeneration. That he, having put her away, afterward married a Lilith, from whom the devils are supposed to have sprung, is a fable the Jews invent without Scripture and without reason. God then gave her to Adam, that she might be a helper to him, ezer kenegdo, a help corresponding to him — namely, chiefly for the propagation of offspring. For this he begot by her two sons, Cain, the firstborn, who afterward became a farmer, and Abel, who afterward became a shepherd. These two, having offered to God, though in a different manner — the former from the fruits of the ground, as it were for a thank-offering, as though he did not acknowledge the sin and misery from which one is delivered by the shedding of blood; the latter from his flock, in order to confess himself worthy of every sort of chastisement or death on account of sin, and that the seed of the woman would, in this figure, once be slain for all — indeed, at the same time also his faith in that seed — whence he is said to have offered to God a more excellent sacrifice than, or above, Cain (Heb. 11:4), which Cain took so ill that he killed him. Adam lived 930 years (Gen. 5:5). He is thought — though without divine authority — to have been buried in the region of Hebron, having doubtless obtained eternal salvation, since, having received the promise of the woman's seed that would bruise the serpent's head, he believed in the Messiah.
The second, therefore, in the number of the patriarchs, was Abel, whom we have already mentioned, so named from the vanity which his parents recognized in him — for this reason it is "Habel," not "Abel" (from mourning), that he was named. His occupations, offering, and death we have already noted above. Cain's character and manner of life we shall treat in its own place; his age Holy Scripture does not mention, since through him the church was not to be propagated. The third among the patriarchs was Seth — "Seth," from "shith," that is, "to appoint" — of whose birth and naming Holy Scripture speaks (Gen. 4:25). Concerning his character and disposition, manners, occupations, and other matters, Holy Scripture has nothing; he was set in the place of Abel, through whom the church would be propagated, in the 130th year of Adam (Gen. 5:3-4, 6). Concerning his death, and his charges to his children, Patricides and Elmacin have something — namely, that he charged his children, on account of the blood of Abel, that none of them should go down from the holy mountain to the Cainites, nor mingle with them in any way; they add that his sons buried him in a secret cave.
The fourth Patriarch was Enosh, born in the 105th year of Seth (Gen. 5:6). The name Enosh signifies a man — but a wretched and forgetful man, as distinguished from the name Adam, which signifies a man in the sense of an eminent, distinguished man. In his time it is said that men began to call upon the name of the LORD (Gen. 4:26). This appears to signify the beginning of public worship. But the Hebrews wrongly translate — and among them Maimonides — the word huchal as "began to be profaned," so that they bring the beginning of the profaning of God's name, or of the worship of God, and in particular of idolatry, to the times of Enosh, and specifically to this patriarch, as its inventor and author — to which Selden inclines so far as to hold that, in these times, the calling upon the divine name, or public worship, began to be neglected and forsaken.
The fifth Patriarch was Kenan. The sixth, Mahalalel; the seventh, Jared — of whom both, apart from their family, age, and lifespan, Holy Scripture scarcely mentions anything (Gen. 5:9-21), intending only to lay open the genealogical propagation of the church in the family of Seth — though Elmacin ascribes to Kenan that he governed his people with a fine government, and that Mahalalel set Jared over his sons.
The eighth Patriarch was Enoch, whom the epistle of Jude, v. 14, calls the seventh from Adam, counting Abel out. The name Enoch signifies one consecrated or dedicated, namely to God. Jarchi vainly slanders him as having been a hypocrite, and as having therefore been taken away by an untimely death; although others among the Jews acknowledge him to have been a prophet, indeed of such an eminent rank as existed between Moses and Elijah. At the least, this much is certain, on the authority of the apostle Jude (vv. 14-15), that he prophesied — though it is not stated whether he prophesied in writing, or only by his voice. It is indeed beyond doubt, on the authority of the Jewish Kabbalists, of the Talmud, of the church fathers Tertullian, Clement of Alexandria, Origen, and Augustine, and also of more recent writers, especially Joseph Scaliger, that there existed a certain writing under the name of Enoch, of which Scaliger himself displays a surviving fragment in his notes on the Greek of Eusebius, and he holds that Jude took his citation from that writing. Yet it likewise seems beyond doubt that that writing is a spurious, falsely-named work — since it could hardly occur to anyone that a writing of so great a prophet, and of so great an antiquity, would not have been received into the canon; or, having been received, would through negligence have fallen out of use in the church. Be that as it may, he was, at the least, a prophet, endowed with a true and living faith, so that by and through it he walked before and with God, pleasing to Him, and was, as a reward, taken away — though not into the earthly Paradise, from which he would one day return, to be killed by the Antichrist, as the Romanists dream, in order, namely, that the pope should not be the Antichrist.
The ninth among the patriarchs was Methuselah (Gen. 5:21, 25). This word signifies either "a man sent," or "a mortal sent," or "a dart," or "spear," of death — perhaps because, having been born in very corrupt times, he was regarded by his parents as one sent by God to announce to the world the death that was approaching it through the Flood. He was the longest-lived of all men, having completed 969 years, so that, having lived together with Adam for 349 years, he outlived the whole span of the first world. He appears to have died in that very year of the Flood.
The tenth among the patriarchs before the Flood was Lamech (Gen. 5:25, 28). He must be carefully distinguished from the ungodly Cainite Lamech, his contemporary, the author of polygamy (Gen. 4:19). Of him, Holy Scripture records nothing but his descent and birth from his father Methuselah, in the 187th year of the latter's life (Gen. 5:25). To him Noah was born in the 182nd year. Then his notable congratulation, with which he greeted this son's birth (Gen. 5:29): "This one shall comfort us concerning our work and the toil of our hands, because of the ground which the LORD has cursed" — the meaning of which we shall set forth in the following section — and from this he derived the naming of his son, calling him Noah. He died, having lived 777 years, and having begotten sons and daughters.
Finally, in this period, the eleventh Patriarch was the pre-diluvian Noah — for of the post-diluvian Noah we shall speak in the following period. He was born in the 182nd year of his father Lamech. He had his name from "comfort," according to his father's wish, because his father seemed, in him, to see a representation of the Messiah, who would deliver them from the curse of the earth. He begot sons in the 500th year of his life: Shem, Ham, and Japheth (Gen. 5:32). The world, which was corrupted beyond measure, he earnestly called to repentance and conversion; for their failure to heed this, he announced ruin and destruction, through the approaching Flood, against which, in order to provide for the safety and preservation of his own, he prepared, according to God's command and pattern, an ark, tebah, κιβωτός, a chest, made of gopher wood, or cypress wood. This ark had several decks, for the use of various animals, to which end there belonged various compartments, which he then coated with resin, or pitch, or camphor, to the thickness of a human body. Its length was three hundred cubits, its breadth fifty, and its height thirty (Gen. 6:15). In its side he made a door, and windows suited and fitted to the decks. Whoever desires more particulars concerning the construction of the ark may consult Temporarius, Torniellus, and Buteo, who have treated of this expressly and at length. Into the completed ark Noah first brought his household — being an abridgment, and at the same time an image, of the church; then the animals, clean and unclean, so that, from the clean animals, which were greater in number, he might, without loss of the species, have material for sacrifices; and finally provisions, for the sustenance of each. These things are recorded in Gen. 6. And upon this preparation the Flood itself followed, in chapter 7.
XVI. As for the state of theology during this course: it possessed, in general, the whole of natural theology, both that inborn in the remnants of the original...
the same wisdom and righteousness, which passed over even to the Heathen, as the Apostle testifies, Rom. 1:19-20, being the first source of it, from the contemplation of created things, Ps. 19:1 — both with respect to those things which must be known, and with respect to those things which must be done; although differing greatly from that theology which held place in the Patriarchal state of rectitude, being very distinct: (1) with respect to perfection, insofar as original righteousness now being taken away, the human understanding has become duller and more foolish. (2) With respect to the right acquired unto eternal life, it would now no longer be sufficient, on account of sin, which requires a knowledge of the Reconciler, Acts 4:12, John 14:6 — yet sufficient to render man without excuse.
Therefore there has been added a supernatural theology, in the revelation of the Covenant of grace, whose theological chapters we set forth in Book V, Chapter I, which comprised and unfolded all those things which are necessary to be known unto salvation, Gen. 3:15. It had in particular (1) the art of living unto God, in which theology, according to us, consists, as appears in Enoch, walking with God, Gen. 5:24, with Heb. 11:5. It had (2) the Word of God, as appears both from the conversations of God with the Patriarchs, namely with Adam, Gen. 3, and with Noah, there ch. 6. Not to add anything of the divine inspiration of the Patriarchs, since they were prophets, as appears in Enoch, Jude v. 14, and those holy men of God who spoke were therefore moved by the Holy Spirit, 2 Pet. 1:21. Upon this word their divine faith was built — although it did not yet have the written word of God. Nor does the contrary appear from the fabled two pillars of the Sethites, which Josephus teaches without Scripture warrant, or from the prophecy of Enoch, which consisted only in his living speech.
It had (3) the true faith, which is expressly ascribed to Abel, Heb. 11:4, and to Enoch, v. 5. It had (4) knowledge of God, with whom Adam, Cain, and Noah spoke, in particular of those attributes of His which shine forth from the work of Creation, Rom. 1:19-20, and likewise from the work of grace, which Noah is said to have experienced, Gen. 6:8, and from avenging justice, in the punishing of the first men, of Cain, and of the first world. It also had (5) knowledge of the Holy Trinity, not only from Gen. 1:1, 26, but also from the sequence of the wording, or the interchanging use of the names of unity, Jehovah, and of plurality, Elohim, Gen. 6:3, 5-8, with vv. 11-13 — not to add anything of the tradition of Adam.
It had (6) knowledge of the divine works, namely of Creation, Gen. 1. Likewise (7) of the image of God in man, there v. 26, which consists in an uprightness, Eccl. 7:29, or in original righteousness, Eph. 4:24. It had (8) knowledge of Divine Providence, both the general, by which God, without exception, provides for and cares for all, even the beasts, Gen. 6:19 — and the particular, whereby He bears care for rational creatures, by teaching, commanding, forbidding, promising, and threatening them, Gen. 4:9-15, and 6:3.
It had (9) knowledge of the Covenant of nature, Gen. 2:16-17, which is treated of set purpose and at length in Book III, Chapter XII. It had (10) knowledge of the violation of this covenant, Gen. 3:1, which is treated in Book IV, Chapter I. Likewise (11) of both kinds of sin, the original, Gen. 5:3 and 6:5, and the actual, Gen. 4:10-11 and 6:11-12. It had (12) knowledge of the punishment and misery arising from sin, Gen. 3:13 and 5:29. It had (13) knowledge of the Covenant of grace, as we have said. Likewise (14) of the Mediator of this covenant, with respect to (a) His Person, whereby He should be a man, the seed of the woman, and God, who should be able to crush the head of the serpent, Satan, Gen. 3:15 — to which may also relate that word of Eve, Gen. 4:1: "I have gotten a man, the Jehovah," or that man, the Messiah, who is the Jehovah, so that it agrees with Ithiel, Prov. 30:1, and with Immanuel, Isa. 7:14. Although I do not deny that the words of the Text, and other senses, may also be admitted, which are likewise fitting and easy — namely, that the little word Eth should read "with the LORD," or that it be taken for Me-eth, that is, "from, with, the LORD": at least, sin being presupposed, it can also bear the meaning of a mark of the accusative, "the LORD," that is, "I have gotten that man who is the Jehovah."
(b) With respect to His death, from the verse which says that He should be bruised by the serpent, or the serpent's seed. (c) With respect to the efficacy of His death, from the crushing of the serpent's head that was to follow from that death: compare Heb. 2:14, Rom. 16:20. Likewise from that comfort which Lamech promised himself, from Noah, as a type of the Messiah, Gen. 5:29: "This one shall comfort us concerning our work and the toil of our hands, because of the ground which the LORD has cursed." And most powerfully of all, from the sacrifice of Abel, from his slaughtered beasts, by which he set the death and blood of the sacrifices in the place of his guilt, for his reconciliation — certainly a typical offering, which represented to him the true one, in the sacrifice of the seed of the woman, who should one day crush the serpent's head, Gen. 3:15.
It had (15) knowledge of Justification by faith, as appears in Abel, who is said to have been pleasing to God through faith, so that testimony was given that he was righteous, Heb. 11:4, and in Enoch, there vv. 5-6. It had (16) knowledge of adoption as children, from the fact that the children of the Church, or the Sethites, are called children, or Sons of God, Gen. 6:2. It had (17) knowledge of Glorification, in Enoch, who, without dying, was taken up into heaven, Gen. 5:24, with Heb. 11:5. It had (18) knowledge of Christ's coming again to judge the living and the dead, Jude vv. 14-15. It had (19) knowledge of eternal damnation for sins, in the same place, and consequently also of the opposite blessedness. From this it (20) had knowledge of the resurrection from the dead. It had (21) knowledge of the Church, from the seed of the woman, Gen. 3:15, likewise from the Sethites as children of God, in distinction from the Cainites as children of men, Gen. 6:2.
It had (22) knowledge of the ecclesiastical ministry, from Enoch, who was a prophet for the first world, Jude v. 14, and likewise from Noah, who, according to God's command and precept, called the corrupted world to repentance and conversion, Gen. 6, and who is also called a preacher of righteousness, 2 Pet. 2:5. It had (23) some sort of knowledge of the sacraments, from the Ark, Gen. 6:14, with 1 Pet. 3:20. It had (24) knowledge of ecclesiastical discipline, in the casting out of man from Paradise, and his exclusion from partaking of the tree of life, Gen. 3:22-24, and likewise in the banishment and expulsion of Cain from the presence, and from the family, of his father Adam, in whom the Church was then contained, Gen. 4:14.
It had (25) knowledge of obedience, that is, of all those duties which man had to render, both to God and to his neighbor, which God prescribed to him — whether in natural theology or in revealed theology, whether immediately to Adam, or through the mediation of the prophets Enoch and Noah. In particular it had (26) knowledge of Religion, or the worship of God, in those duties which regard God immediately, according to the first table of the Law of the ten words; hence Enoch is said to have walked with God, Gen. 5:24, with Heb. 11:5. In particular it had (27) knowledge of the natural worship of God, comprised in the first commandment, that is, of all those duties which flow from the knowledge of God — such as, that man had to acknowledge and love God as the highest good; that he had to revere Him as his supreme Lord; be obedient to Him as his independent Lawgiver; submit himself to Him as a creature to its Creator; place his trust in Him as the most faithful in all His promises; and rest in His will, in every lot, as the Supreme Lord. For without these duties Enoch could not have held God to be God, nor could he have walked with God.
It also had (28) knowledge of a certain instituted worship, whence it is said that in the days of Enosh men began to call upon the name of the LORD, Gen. 4:26. Also the Sabbath could not otherwise have been sanctified, from Gen. 2:2; and nothing can affirm this more forcefully than the offering of Abel and Cain, Gen. 4:3-4. Nor can it be doubted that it (29) acknowledged that this instituted worship had to be performed in accordance with the holiness of the divine name, with humility and reverence, without which the name of the LORD is used in vain, according to the third commandment of the Law. It also had (30) knowledge of the appointed and solemn time on which one had to devote oneself solemnly to the instituted worship, through the sanctification of the Sabbath day, Gen. 2:2.
It had (31) knowledge of justice, or righteousness, that is, of those duties which man, according to God's precept, owed to his neighbor. In particular (a) the honor, respect, and reverence which he owed to his neighbor as to his superior, Gen. 3:16: "and he shall rule over you" — by which God confirmed the rank and order of superiors and inferiors, and assigned to each in particular his duties accordingly. (b) Then human courtesy and kindness, whereby he ought to endeavor to preserve and refresh the life of his neighbor, on account of which He so severely called to account Cain's murder of his brother, Gen. 4:11-13, as likewise the cruelty of Lamech, the ungodly Cainite, there ch. 4:23. (c) Then chastity, which is shown even by the institution of marriage, and its governance, through its appointed duties, Gen. 1:27-28 and 2:18, 22-24, with Matt. 19:5 — whereas, on the contrary, the polygamy of Lamech is marked with a black coal, Gen. 4:19. (d) Then distributive justice, the foundation of which lies in the distinction and separate ownership of goods, which appears in the differing occupations and offerings of the brothers Cain and Abel, Gen. 4:2-4, from which it follows that one must give and leave to each his own. (e) Then truthfulness, which is commended by the detestation of the lies of the serpent, that is, of Satan, Gen. 3:1, 3-4, with John 8:44. Finally (f) contentment and well-being of mind, whose opposite, namely evil desire, is reckoned as a wellspring of all sin, in the woman, Gen. 3:6.
Thus we have set forth and displayed the fragments, rough sketches, and first rudiments of the theology of the first world, from the testimonies of Holy Scripture itself, though these are but sparingly recorded there — not only because this corresponded to the age of that childlike Church, but also because those things have, without doubt, been more distinctly expounded and declared by the living voice of the Patriarchs; and chiefly for this reason, that the theology of the following church has been one and the same, though explained and expounded piece by piece by Moses and the Prophets.
XVII.
From this we must now hasten also to the state of the Church, whose theology we hope already to have gathered and composed from its remains and ruins. It has indeed — especially if one considers its morals — been altogether very corrupt, and utterly leagued with the degenerate ones of the world, Gen. 6:2. Also under this period a twofold schism arose: the one general, irreconcilable, and as it were perpetual, namely between the seed of the woman and the seed of the serpent, from which all apostasy, heresy, schism, hatred, and persecution of all following ages have drawn their origin — whence Augustine, not inaptly nor unreasonably, divided the whole family of mankind into two families, that of God and that of Satan. The second schism was more particular, between the Sethites and the Cainites. Scripture seems to call the Sethites the Sons of God, Gen. 6:2, as it calls the Cainites, sons of men, there.
For by these also cannot be understood the Angels, since, being spirits, they neither are begotten nor beget, according to the judgment of the Savior, Luke 20:35-36, Matt. 22:30 — although in ancient times others have thought otherwise, together with Josephus and Philo, the LXX translators, the Jews, most of the fathers, both Greek and Latin, and, I know not for what reason, recently the learned Drusius. Nor can they beget in an assumed body, as F. Valesius held, and also Thomas Aquinas (Part 1, Q. 18, Art. 3), and with him most of the Scholastics (as Pererius acknowledges, though disapproving of it at the same time), and among ours, Zanchius — because Holy Scripture says that of one blood the whole race of mankind is made, Acts 17:26, and because it also seems unworthy and unbecoming that men should be born of devils. The first fundamental error seems to have lain not only in the ill-understood passage of Gen. 6:2, but also in the spurious and falsely-named Book of Enoch.
Just as little can the sons of God be understood as the sons of the gods, of the judges, who are supposed to have taken the daughters of men, that is, common and lowly women, in marriage, as most of the Jews, on the testimony of Aben Ezra and with them Selden, Mercerus, and Wilh. Hen. Vorstius, suppose — as though they had violently seized them; for in this there would be lacking that outrage and villainy which the Text marks and brands, nor are they said to have seized these women, but to have taken them as wives. Who then are these sons of God? They are the descendants of the patriarch Seth, whom God had set in Abel's place as a foundation for the Church that was to be propagated, as appears not obscurely from the content of the sacred Text: for when it, Gen. 4:26, had related that to Seth was born Enosh, in whose time men began to call upon the name of the LORD, or to practice the public worship of God — does this not seem to signify that this kind of men was distinct and different from other ungodly ones, and that they were therefore, as followers and adherents of God, called Sons of God? This is likewise the view of Maimonides, of the Book Cosri, of Suidas, Augustine, Theodoret, Patricides (Eutychius), the Alexandrian Patriarch, and of others. The succession of these Sethites and their theological positions we have already set forth above.
As for the Cainites, they seem to be called men, children, or sons of men, in distinction from the children or sons of God, in nearly the same manner in which the world is distinguished from the church, Rom. 11:15, John 3:16. The origin of this schism and division seems to have been this. Cain, on account of his fratricide, banished from his father's family, and thereby also from the Church, to the land of Nod, likewise deprived of the presence of God, that is, of his saving grace, and wandering over the earth, Gen. 4:14, cut off from all guidance, both divine and paternal, and moreover cut off from every word of God, being wholly left to himself — nothing could be easier or more natural for him than to fall into every sort of error, and into every sort of outrage and abomination. And although he perhaps still had with him for a time the paternal traditions concerning the seed of the woman, who should crush the serpent's head, and likewise concerning the divine worship in sacrifices — yet these seem, in the course of time, gradually to have died out, or at least to have been neglected, not propagated to his sons and descendants; hence those regrettable losses.
The patriarch, therefore, or first head of the schism, was Cain, the son of Adam, who, after his offering had been rejected by God, out of envy killed his brother, and for this was cursed and banished by God, a fugitive to the land of Nod, where he set himself to found a city, as it were for a seat and capital of the schismatic church, and named it, after his firstborn son, Enoch. The second propagator of the schism was Hanoch, that is, "one initiated," perhaps because he was appointed by Cain as second to himself, and as a priest and successor in the schism. The third was Irad, which name, according to Jerome, signifies a discord or dissension of a city. The fourth, Mehujael. The fifth, Methushael. The sixth, Lamech. The seventh, Jabal. The eighth, Jubal. The ninth, Tubal-cain, Gen. 4:17-25. Concerning Irad, Mehujael, and Methushael, Holy Scripture has nothing but the names — perhaps so that we might have the succession in the schismatic church just as in the true one.
Concerning Lamech, Holy Scripture relates his polygamy, and then the strife and discord which arose among his wives, which he tried to quell, either by a wise word, or by a proud and blustering address, Gen. 4:23: "Hear my voice, ye wives of Lamech, hearken unto my speech: for I have slain a man for wounding me, and a young man for hurting me. If Cain shall be avenged sevenfold, truly Lamech seventy and sevenfold." This the bulk of the Jews, together with the Easterners, Patricides, Elmacinus, and likewise Lyra and the Papists, refer to the Cain slain by him, being "a man," and to Tubal-cain, being "a young man." Suidas, under the word Lamech, applies it to two holy brothers of Enoch, and adds that it was the custom of the Cainites to persecute and kill the holiest of the Sethites. Concerning Jabal, the son of Lamech by Adah, Holy Scripture adds that he was the father of those who dwelt in tents and had cattle, Gen. 4:20. Concerning Jubal, that he was the father of all who handle the harp and the organ, there v. 21. Concerning Tubal-cain, that he was a teacher of every worker in bronze and iron, there v. 22, and that his sister was Naamah, who is particularly mentioned by Moses — the Jews (in Bereshith Rabbah) and R. Solomon Jarchi hold that she was the wife of Noah. But of all these makers of the schism among the Cainites, nothing spiritual is recorded (only what is temporal and fleshly), so that we might, from their occupations and pursuits, come to know their earthly and carnal disposition.
From a schism, as commonly happens, a heresy also seems to have been born, which the Apostle Jude seems to indicate by "the way of Cain," Jude v. 11; for that "way" frequently signifies in Holy Scripture Religion or Theology is known from Ps. 25:4, Gen. 18:19, Deut. 32:4, Matt. 22:16, Acts 24:14. Yet to determine the particulars of the Cainite heresy is not so easy, because Holy Scripture is very sparing concerning it, and nothing can be determined with certainty here except from Gen. 4, Heb. 11, the second Epistle of Peter ch. 2, and the Epistle of Jude. Yet it seems certain that at least the later Cainites, after Cain, (I) did not have any divine word, since divine inspiration during this period existed only among the Sethites. Hence they also (II) did not have a divine faith, which rests on nothing but a divine revelation. Also (III) they did not have true obedience, which presupposes duties prescribed by God. Hence they seem (IV) not to have had knowledge of the Trinity, which one can have only from a divine revelation. And because they (V), being left to themselves, and having nothing but a corrupted reason, like the heathens who followed, being struck with wonder at the Sun, Moon, and the other stars, it seems that they inclined to render these a religious worship, and so fell into idolatry — yet since Holy Scripture determines nothing here, I too would not dare to impute this to them. At least it is certain that idolatry cannot be inferred or established from this, as very many, both Jews and Christians, would have it, from Gen. 4:26.
Also the Cainites (VI) did not have faith in the seed of the woman, and the doctrines attached to it, since this seems clearly enough to have been denied by the patriarch, or head, of this heresy, Heb. 11:4, and since Cain himself brought an offering to God from the fruits of the ground, which was more a thank-offering than an atoning sacrifice. For want of true faith, (VII) all their offerings, so far as they had any place among them, and their whole religion, could not please God unto justification, as the offering of Abel pleased Him, Heb. 11:4; and thus they seem to have had absolutely no knowledge of a gracious justification, which comes only from faith in the seed of the woman, who should crush the serpent's head. At the least (VIII), polygamy was prevalent among them, as appears in Lamech the Cainite, Gen. 4:19; and moreover (IX) very corrupt morals, Gen. 6:5. In particular (X) carnality, which appears from their fleshly pursuits — the building of cities, the invention of worldly arts, of cattle-herding, of musical instruments, of works in bronze, and so on, of which we have already spoken above — spiritual exercises meanwhile being lacking. This, then, is the substance of the Cainite heresy. Nor were persecutions lacking here, as appears in Cain's murder of his brother, and also, if we may believe Suidas, in killings by Lamech against the Sethites, Gen. 4:23. This schism was removed, and its heresy extinguished, by the Flood. Meanwhile the Church, during this period, existed for 1046 years.
XVIII.
There follows, then, the second course of the Patriarchal period, running from the Flood onward to Abraham, for about the space of 352 years, according to the Hebrew reckoning. In this connection there come before us for consideration, first, a double renewal of the Covenant of grace — the first of which took place before the Flood, and would thus have to be assigned to the preceding period; but so that we may have the whole history of Noah in readiness together, we shall not tear it apart. Concerning it there comes before us: (1) its foundation, the Divine Grace, Gen. 6:8, His distinguishing love above the world, God's absolute, gracious, and undeserved love, whereby He chose him, without any merit, or foreseen worthiness or works, chastity or the like, as the Romanists would have it, before the Flood, on whom He would bestow the benefits of the covenant of grace above others, with whom, passing over others, He would establish a covenant of grace, v. 18. (2) The covenant-making parties, God and Noah, there. God, I say, not only as a party, but also as the Author of the covenant, wherefore it is there itself called "my covenant"; and also Noah, with his family, both present and to come, with respect first to the family of Shem, and afterward also to Japheth, whom He would entice to the tents of Shem.
(3) The content and substance of the negotiation, which lay both in the divine promise to preserve him, with his whole household (for his sake, as a type of Christ), from the destruction of the Flood, both a temporal and a spiritual destruction; and also in the requirement that he, in and through faith, should build the Ark, and himself enter into it with his whole household, of which the Church then consisted, which bore an image of Christ, by whose means and help alone the Church would be preserved and saved, 1 Pet. 3:20. Further (4) the occasion of the covenant-making was the utmost corruption of the world, and hence the misery and ruin hanging over its head, both natural and spiritual, Gen. 6:3 — and inwardly, therefore, grace and mercy. Further (5) the negotiating parties: God, requiring the building of the Ark, entry into it, and the preparation of sufficient provision for its inhabitants, and promising preservation from the destruction of the Flood, Gen. 6:14 — man, Noah with his own, that is, the Church, promising and fulfilling what was required, Gen. 7:5, and claiming the promised preservation, which is included in the promise.
The end, and indeed the nearest end, of this covenant-making, was the preservation from the destruction of the Flood (both of Noah and of his family, that is, of the Church, both present and future), bodily as well as spiritual, and the corresponding preservation in life, not only in the bodily sense, but also in the spiritual and eternal; but the further, more remote end, was the demonstration of grace toward Noah and his own, that is, toward the Church. The second covenant-making with Noah and his own followed upon the Flood, Gen. 9:9, suited to sin now removed: concerning which there come before us for consideration: (1) the occasion and moving cause, namely, the preservation of the world and of the already-preserved Church from another Flood, together with its restoration, the moving cause of which was no other than that of the first covenant-making, namely, the grace with which He blessed Noah and his own, Gen. 9:1. (2) The covenant-making parties were likewise both God and Noah, with his family, both present and to come, that is, with the Church, and, for its sake, also with the world.
Now God required the propagation of the human race, Gen. 9:1, 7, the shunning of manslaughter, vv. 5-6, abstinence from living flesh, v. 4, faith and fidelity toward His promises — to confirm which He gave the same to man as an extraordinary sacrament, there vv. 12-19. He promised a preservation from the destruction of the Flood, v. 11. Man, on the other hand, tacitly promised what was required of him, and claimed that what was promised should be given him: which things, at least on man's side, are indeed not expressed in the Text; yet, meanwhile, as we have noted at every preceding covenant-making, they are presupposed in the Covenant of nature and in the first Evangelical Covenant, so that from a mutual agreement and accord a covenant might grow together, confirmed by the sacrament of the Rainbow.
XIX.
The chief difficulty in this matter is: whether in this double covenant-making there was a renewal of the Covenant of Grace, grounded in and upon Christ? There are those who count it a merely temporal covenant, and thus deny the question; there are those who maintain it — thus Rivet (on Gen. 6, Exercit. LIII), Pareus (on Gen. 6:18 and on ch. 9:11), Perkins (on Heb. 11:7), Henry Ainsworth (on Gen. 6:18, etc.) — with whom I judge that it must be held and maintained, for the following reasons: (I) Because all the promises of God are in Christ, yea and amen, 2 Cor. 1:19-20, with 1 Tim. 4:8, Gal. 3:17, and Heb. 13:8. (II) Because faith is ascribed to Noah by the Apostle, whereby he became an heir of righteousness, Heb. 11:7. (III) Because the matter of the preservation from the Flood by the Ark is transferred typologically by Peter to Christ and to spiritual things, 1 Pet. 3:18-22. (IV) Because the very nature of the matter seems to counsel this: since (1) Noah, according to the Holy Scriptures, was a type of Christ, Matt. 24:37-39, Luke 17:26-27, 1 Pet. 3:20-22 — the correspondence of which type our limited space does not allow us to set forth more distinctly. (2) Since the Ark was a type of the Church, as Peter indicates, 1 Pet. 3:20-21. (3) Because the preservation from the bodily Flood was a type of the preservation from the spiritual Flood, 1 Pet. 3:20-21. (4) Because Noah's sacrifice was a type of the sacrifice of Christ, Gen. 8:20-21, with Eph. 5:2.
Nor is it any obstacle here (a) that this covenant was also entered into with Ham, who was to be cursed — indeed even with the whole world: since divine promises, for the benefit of the Church, are sometimes read as having been made to the ungodly; since also the believers (with whom the covenant is commonly established) are of this or that sort — either in deed, as actual believers; or potentially, as elect ones not yet converted; or by profession or covenant-relation, as Simon Magus, Acts 8:13 — and in this measure Ham too, at that time still professing the faith, could have entered into the covenant. I will not add that a distinction must be made between the external administration of the covenant, insofar as it regards temporal benefits, and the internal administration, insofar as it regards spiritual benefits: in the first sense Ham could have been under the covenant, just as Ishmael was afterward, Gen. 17:20.
Nor is it an obstacle here (b) that this covenant seems also to have been entered into with the unreasoning animals: since it does not seem to have been entered into with them properly or directly, because God cannot properly enter into a covenant with them, but only obliquely, and in relation to men — for just as all things were at first created for the service of man, Gen. 1:26-28, and afterward, on account of man's sins, were destroyed and laid waste by the Flood, Gen. 6 — so also, for the sake of Noah and his descendants, God now promises, as it were by a covenant, an ongoing preservation and constant continuance, Jer. 33:20. Nor is it an obstacle here (c) that this covenant seems to promise only an external and bodily preservation, since, as we have said, this bodily and temporal preservation bore a type of the spiritual.
XX.
In the second place, there comes here into consideration the succession of the Patriarchs, under whom the Church existed during this period. The first of these was Noah, who, as it were, had two faces, before the Flood and after the Flood, born of his father Lamech, who was a Sethite, about the year of the world 1056. He bore his name from "rest" (from noaḥ, which is wont to bring comfort to the afflicted), Gen. 5:29. He was a righteous and upright man before God, in his generations, Gen. 6:9 and 7:1 — not only comparatively, according to the nature and condition of those most corrupt generations, as it were standing out among the blind, as the Jews slander from Philo; but absolutely and without qualification before God, notwithstanding the so greatly corrupt generations and morals. Indeed he was also, for others, an exhorter or preacher of righteousness, 2 Pet. 2:5.
According to divine command and precept he prepared the Ark, entered into it with his whole household, and afterward experienced the general Flood, which was destructive for the whole world, and that for a whole year; then, being delivered from it, he offered up to God a sacrifice, a thank-offering and at the same time an atoning offering; then, being blessed by God, he received certain laws of life, planted vineyards, and, having become drunk from their fruit, exposed himself shamefully before his own; he was, out of shame and reverence, covered by his sons Shem and Japheth, after he had been mocked by Ham. After he awoke, he pronounced the blessing on the one, but the curse on the other; afterward, as a general lord of the earth, he is said by Epiphanius (against the Manichaeans) to have divided the earth among his sons, and this by lot, in the city of Rhinocorura — but these things are assumed to no purpose, without any authority or reason. He lived before the Flood 600 years, and after the Flood 350 years, so that the years of his life in all were 950 years, Gen. 9:28-29. He is thought to have been, among the Heathen, Xisuthrus, Prometheus, Deucalion, Ogyges, Bacchus, Janus — of which Scripture has nothing; let the credibility of this rest, then, with those who write it; at least, this does not concern us.
The second was Shem, shem, "a Name," as if one should say a man of great name, renowned and well noted for his origin — apparently the second of Noah's sons, but in dignity the first, not only because of the paternal blessing, but rather because the Church was propagated in his family. Meanwhile Ham is called the youngest son of Noah, Gen. 9:24, so that Japheth, by nature, seems to have been Noah's firstborn son, Shem the second, and Ham the third and youngest — although both the Jews and the Fathers, and also Joseph Scaliger, are of a different opinion; but there is no reason why we should not follow the authority of Holy Scripture here.
With respect to him, most remarkable of all is the blessing of his father Noah, Gen. 9:26-27, whereby, intending to bless Shem, he blessed God, that He should be the God of Shem, and should also be so through his generations, in the Covenant of grace: compare Gen. 17:7-8. On the contrary, intending to curse Ham, he assigns his son Canaan to Shem for servile bondage; and, moreover, he wishes and promises to Japheth the extension of his tents, in which God might dwell, Ps. 132:14, or rather that God would entice Japheth to dwell in Shem's tents, that is, that the Japhethites, in their time, through the preaching of the Gospel, would be drawn into the fellowship of the Church. So that in this one prophecy are pictured the fortunes: the Church of the Old Testament in the Semites; the afflictions of the Church among the Hamites; and the Church of the New Testament among the Japhethites. He lived 600 years, Gen. 11:10.
The third was Arphaxad, born to Shem in the second year after the Flood, there. He lived 438 years, Gen. 11:13. To him the LXX translators add a son, Cainan, born to him in the 135th year of his life — which Isaac Vossius also maintains, although unknown to the Hebrews, the Samaritans, Berosus, Onkelos, Josephus, Philo, Origen, Africanus, and Eusebius; meanwhile he is also inserted, I know not by what fate or accident, into the genealogy of Luke, Luke 3:36. The fourth was Selah [Shelah], born to Arphaxad in the 35th year of his life, there. He lived 433 years: with him, it seems, the origin of the Assyrian Monarchy must be fixed.
The fifth was Eber, born to Selah in the year of the world 1723, in Selah's 30th year, Gen. 11:14. He lived 467 years, v. 17. From him, it seems, both the nation and the language of the Hebrews took their origin — at least so the Hebrews would have it, in the book Cosri, Aben-Ezra, R. Gedaliah, Kimchi, Abarbanel, and others, likewise Eusebius (Praep. Evang., Bk. 7, ch. 21). To others, however — namely the LXX translators, Gen. 14:13, Jerome, Augustine, Origen, Theodoret, Chrysostom, and, among the more recent, Erpenius, Selden, Arias Montanus — it seems rather that both the nation and the language were so named from Abraham's passage and crossing from Ur of the Chaldeans, through Mesopotamia, and over the river Euphrates, into the land of Canaan, and that he was thence called a Hebrew, that is, one who crosses over and passes through, Gen. 14:13, which they think is evident to their view. Yet the first opinion seems preferable, from Gen. 10:21, likewise from Num. 24:24. And what if those two reasons were joined together, so that the Hebrew nation and language seemed to be named both from Eber and from Abraham's crossing? With him is joined, as a contemporary, Semiramis, the wife of Ninus.
The sixth was Peleg, born to Eber in the 34th year of his life, Gen. 11:16. He lived 239 years, v. 19. Under him seems to have occurred the confusion and dispersion of the peoples — if not the first such event, of which Gen. 10-11 speaks, then at least a later, and more particular and solemn one, as, among others, the very learned Samuel Bochart teaches in his Phaleg. Also under him seems to have occurred the building of the tower of Babel, of which Gen. 11 speaks; namely, after Nimrod had laid the foundations of the Assyrian Monarchy, Gen. 10:8-10.
After him followed the seventh, namely Reu, born to Peleg in the 30th year of his life, Gen. 11:18. He lived 239 years, there vv. 20-21. The origin of the kingdom of the Scythians is likewise connected to him by Africanus, Eusebius, and Joseph Scaliger, and Aventinus holds him to be Tuisco, the progenitor of the Germans, who, being sent by his father in the year 131, came into Europe attended by twenty dukes. After this the eighth was Serug, born to Reu in the 32nd year of his life, Gen. 11:20. He lived 230 years, there vv. 22-23. And the ninth was Nahor, born to Serug in the 30th year of his life, Gen. 11:22. He lived 148 years, there vv. 24-25. And finally the tenth was Terah, born to Nahor in the 30th year of his life, there v. 24. He lived 205 years, there v. 32. Concerning the deeds and doings of this last one, Holy Scripture is very sparing, as it aims chiefly at the succession and propagation of the Church.
XXI.
As for the theology of this period, it was without doubt the same as that of the preceding period: for there is no doubt that Noah, being steadfast in the faith, carried it over from the first world into the second. For this reason we presuppose it here in this place. Yet it had its additions with respect to revelation: for, in the first place, here for the first time was heard the voice and word of grace, distinguishing Noah with his own from the world, Gen. 6:8, whereby the elect are distinguished from the reprobate: compare 1 Cor. 4:7. In the second place, there was here moreover heard a voice of the Covenant, Gen. 6:18 and ch. 9:9, without doubt of the Covenant of grace, which is administered alongside and according to the eternal election, as we have noted in the Explanatory Part. In the third place, there are furthermore heard here the negotiating parties of this covenant: namely God, Gen. 9:8, and Noah with his own and with his descendants, there v. 9. In the fourth place, there is heard here the chief content of the pact, in the formula of the Covenant of grace: "Jehovah, the God of Shem," v. 26, and the preservation from the destruction of the Flood, both temporal and spiritual, v. 11, with 1 Pet. 3:20, Heb. 11:7.
In the fifth place, there are added here the sacraments of the covenant: the Ark, in and through which Noah with his own were preserved, 1 Pet. 3:20; the Flood, from which he himself and his seed were preserved, both the natural and the spiritual, there; the Rainbow, Gen. 9:12-16. In the sixth place, there is added here the confirmation of the covenant by an oath, Isa. 54:9-10, with Gen. 8:21. And also in the seventh place, the eternity of this covenant, Gen. 9:9, 12, 16, lest we should think that this covenant was to be only temporary, or for a time, and passing away. In the eighth place, there are added here temporal promises, Gen. 8:22 and 9:1-4, 7, since godliness has the promise of this life and of that which is to come, 1 Tim. 4:8. None of which particulars are noted with respect to the first covenant-making.
Likewise there recur here the theological topics of the preceding period: (I) concerning theology, which for us is nothing else than a doctrine and art of living unto God, which Noah displayed by walking with God, Gen. 6:9. Then (II) concerning the Word, or the divine revelation, which Noah enjoyed — this appears from the divine addresses to him, and from the conversion which he proclaimed to men, 2 Pet. 2:5, in whom also the Spirit of Christ formerly spoke, 1 Pet. 3:18-19. Further (III) concerning God and His attributes, namely, the grace toward Noah and his own, Gen. 6:8, and the avenging righteousness against the world, destroyed for its ungodliness by the Flood. (IV) Concerning the Trinity, Gen. 11:7. Moreover (V) concerning Creation and the image of God, there ch. 9:6. Further (VI) concerning Divine Providence, both the general, in His provision for the preservation of the world, ch. 9:10-11, and the particular, toward men, which He displayed in various commands given to Noah, and through him to men, ch. 9:1-4.
Then also (VII) concerning sin, both original hereditary sin, Gen. 8:21, and actual sin, in the corrupted and reproved morals of the world; indeed also concerning the punishments due to sins, in the destruction of the Flood, and in the punishing of the recklessness and pride of the builders of the tower of Babel, Gen. 11:7-8. Likewise (VIII) concerning the Covenant of grace, established Gen. 6:18, and renewed ch. 9:9. And further (IX) concerning the Mediator or Redeemer, whose image this period had in Noah, building the Ark, and thereby preserving the Church, Heb. 11:7; in the sacrifice, Gen. 8:20; in the blessing, ch. 9:1, namely that which is in Christ Jesus, Eph. 1:3. Also (X) concerning the external call, in Noah the preacher of righteousness, calling the world to repentance, 2 Pet. 2:5, and likewise also the internal, in the enticing of Japheth into the tents of Shem, Gen. 9:27.
(XI) Concerning justification by faith, from which Noah is called a righteous man, Gen. 6:9, namely by faith, Heb. 11:7. And also (XII) concerning faith, whereby he believed God, when He commanded him the building of the Ark, whereby the Church would be preserved, Gen. 6:22. And (XIII) concerning sanctification, according to which Noah is called tamim, perfect, complete, or rather, upright in his generations, Gen. 6:9. Likewise (XIV) concerning Glorification, in the deliverance of Noah with his own from the misery of the Flood, and their introduction into the new world: compare 2 Pet. 2:9, and in the corresponding condemnation of the ungodly world, there and 1 Pet. 3:19-20. Likewise (XV) concerning the Church, which existed not only in the family of Noah, but was also pictured by the tents of Shem, Gen. 9:27. Also (XVI) concerning the ecclesiastical ministry, in Noah, who, by a divine calling, was a preacher of righteousness, 2 Pet. 2:5. Likewise (XVII) concerning the sacraments, in the Flood, the Ark, and the Rainbow, which were extraordinary, and as it were itinerant, sacraments of that time, 1 Pet. 3:20-21, Gen. 9:12. Likewise (XVIII) concerning ecclesiastical discipline, of which Noah showed a sample, in the cursing of Ham and the blessing of Shem, there vv. 25-26.
As for obedience, moreover, here again come the following topics: (XIX) then, Religion, or the worship of God — both the natural, in Noah's walking with God, Gen. 6:9, and likewise also the instituted, in the practice of it, Gen. 8:20. And also concerning justice, or righteousness, that is, the duties toward one's neighbor: for example (XX) concerning honor toward one's superior, and, of its opposite, contempt and scorn, examples are at hand in the sons of Noah, Shem, Japheth, and Ham, Gen. 9:22-23. Also (XXI) concerning humanity and courtesy in preserving and refreshing the life of one's fellow man, as appears not only from the divine provision for the sustenance of the Noachides' lives, from the animals, both land and water creatures, Gen. 9:2-3, but also from the laws which He gave against manslaughter, there vv. 5-6. Further (XXII) concerning marriage, as appears from the prescribed fruitfulness and propagation of the human race through the use of marriage, there vv. 1, 7 — carried over here from the preceding periods, Gen. 1:28 and 2:18, 23. To have brought forward these things as a sample must suffice, so that it may appear that the theology of the first period was carried over by Noah, out of the first world, into the second world.
With the seven commandments of Noah we shall detain ourselves but little here, except insofar as they run together with, and agree with, the commandments of Moses, Gen. 9 — because they do not belong to the theology of this period, being devised by the Jews in later times, namely by the Talmudists, in the Babylonian Gemara (tract Sanhedrin, ch. 7, fol. 56), and repeated both by Maimonides and by Moses Kotsensis, which moreover seem to have been borrowed from Grotius's On the Law of War and Peace, Book 1, ch. 1, §§10-11, from Bolducius (on Job 31:12), from Schindler, Schickard, and other Christians — concerning which the learned John Selden has written and made expositions in a rather large book. Meanwhile their titles are these: 1. Concerning the administration of justice. 2. Concerning the cursing of the name of God. 3. Concerning foreign worship. 4. Concerning manslaughter. 5. Concerning shameful acts and unlawful intercourse. 6. Concerning theft and robbery. 7. Concerning not eating a limb from a living animal.
XXII.
As for the state of the Church under this period: the particular division and schism between the Sethites and the Cainites was indeed removed by the destruction of the Cainites in the Flood; but nevertheless the general one, between the seed of the woman and that of the serpent, was by no means extinguished — no, but even passed over into the Ark itself, and into the following world, as appears in the ungodly and accursed Ham, Gen. 9:22, 25-26. Therefore, under this period, the foundations were laid for a twofold division and schism, and the heresies arising from them, which nevertheless had not fully broken out at this time.
Namely, (I) that of the Hamites, in those lands which Ham took possession of after the dispersion of the peoples, whose idolatry, manner of worship, and barbarous customs we shall perhaps touch upon in their place, alongside the kings, both Jewish and Israelite. Their propagation is set forth by Moses, Gen. 10:6-21. Namely, through Ham four sons are counted; two, namely Mizraim, the founder of Egypt, and Put, to whom all Africa fell; to the remaining two, namely Cush and Canaan, fell a lesser portion of Africa. In the Mizraimite Africa there falls Upper and Lower Egypt — namely both the Nome-lands and the Delta, as well as Thebais, Libyan-Egypt, Marmarica, and Western Ethiopia, and also the interior, which lies beneath Egypt: the whole remaining part of Africa, outer and inner Libya, Lesser Africa, Numidia and Mauretania Tingitana, Gaetulia, etc., was taken possession of by Put and his descendants.
In Asia there fell to Ham a great part of Arabia, which lies between the Persian Gulf and the Red Sea, and, beyond the Persian Gulf, Carmania, as well as the greater part of Persia, inhabited by the descendants of Sabtha migrating out of Sabtha, north of Arabia toward Babylonia and a part of Chaldea (unless Nimrod, encroaching upon foreign borders, has taken possession of it), Palestine, all Phoenicia, a part of Cappadocia near Trebizond, and finally farthest Colchis, which lies beyond the Pontus Euxinus. All of which the very learned Bochart (in his Phaleg) discusses at great length, and Heidegger more briefly and concisely (in Historia Patriarcharum, Exercit. XXIII, §39).
The religion, therefore, and the idolatry of those peoples has its foundation in Ham. At least his heresy, so far as concerns the land of Canaan, was pre-eminently crushed by Joshua, according to the prophecy of Gen. 9:25, 27, but was finally utterly extinguished by David, who subdued the Philistines and drove out the Jebusites. (II) That of the Japhethites, whose family is described, Gen. 10:2-5. To them there seems to be assigned the whole of Europe and America, and no small part of Asia. And indeed only two sons of Japheth took possession of Europe, Tiras and Javan, and the latter's sons, Elishah, Tarshish, Kittim, and Dodanim. By them was taken possession of all that stretches from the Mediterranean Sea toward the North, as far as Scandia or Scandinavia, which the ancient writer on the Goths, Jordanes, rightly calls the workshop of the nations, and as it were the sheath of the peoples, because in those places there is a wonderful fruitfulness of men.
The remaining sons of Japheth spread themselves through Asia, from the Mediterranean Sea eastward, and took possession there of a very widely extended region — almost the whole of Asia Minor, a part of Armenia, Media, Iberia, Albania, and those very extensive lands lying to the north, which formerly the Scythians, but now the Tartars, possess. Finally America itself also, since it fell to none other than to the Scythians, as lying on their way, has been heaped up as part of Japheth's inheritance. Thus was fulfilled the blessing and prophecy of Noah, in which he promised to Japheth that it should come to pass that God would enlarge and extend his dwelling, Gen. 9:27. So Heidegger, Histor. Patriarch., Exercit. XXIII, §18. This separation and schism has been eminently diminished under the New Testament by the preaching of the Gospel, whereby God has enticed Japheth into the tents of Shem, Gen. 9:27.
As for the state of the Church, it too seems to have begun, under this period, to grow worse. For here we read that for the first time the word "idolatry" was heard, even among the Semites, Josh. 24:2. I well know that there are great men, both Jews and Christians, ancient as well as more recent, who trace the origin of idolatry to the period before the Flood; but I also well know that there are likewise very many great men who trace its origin to this period — at least, as we have said, under this period it is for the first time expressly related. Whether it began with the stars, because God assigns to them the rule of day and night, Gen. 1:15-18; or with excellent men, such as the Nephilim (giants), men of renown, Gen. 6:4; whether idolatrous worship began with an act of adoration or kissing, of which Job speaks, ch. 31:26 (compare Ps. 2:12); or with images and statues; or also with temples and sacred groves — this Holy Scripture does not determine, nor do I see by what arguments or authority it could be conclusively determined.
That some now suppose that, under this period, the builders of the tower of Babel had in mind to set up a certain famous council in Babel, which should preserve the deposited pledge, and likewise the tradition of the words which men at that time, having been taught and instructed by Noah, all alike spoke — supposing perhaps thereby that the human race would remain of one accord in religion, if it were permitted to no one to say anything except in the name of the Babylonian council, and that they thus wished to lay the foundations of a certain papacy — this seems to me altogether far-fetched, and to serve prejudiced suppositions; at any rate I have not yet seen this demonstrated by any conclusive proofs. No, but rather a praiseworthy policy and intention, to preserve the orthodoxy and unity of the Church, which ought not to have been so severely pursued and censured. Whatever the case, at least the foolish God-defiance of men, whereby they wished to set themselves against the divine judgments, and the vain pride and self-inflation whereby they wished to make themselves a name, is described Gen. 11:2-4 — from which also, if there were Semites among these builders, a failing of the Church, with regard to morals, might be noted.
Persecutions are not so much heard of here, unless one wished to reckon here the mockery by the ungodly Ham of his most excellent father, the Patriarch Noah, Gen. 9:22 — but that did not occur for religion's sake; or also the Nephilim (the giants), who would be mentioned for this reason, Gen. 6:4, as having been tyrants and oppressors, both of conscience and of body; or also Nimrod, who would for this reason be called "a mighty one on the earth, and a mighty hunter before the face of the LORD," Gen. 10:8-9; or finally the builders of the tower of Babel, whom God would have opposed precisely for this reason, Gen. 11:6-8. But of these things Holy Scripture makes no pronouncement.
XXIII.
The third period of the whole Patriarchal era flows onward from Abraham to the birth of Moses, so that we reserve the whole history of Moses for the following period. For God, after He had called Abraham, the son of Terah, out of Ur of the Chaldeans into Canaan, about the 75th year of his life (from which the 430 years of sojourning and bondage, Gal. 3:17, Exod. 12:41, must be reckoned), confirmed with him the Covenant of grace, grounded upon Christ, Neh. 9:7-8. And indeed we read that God made solemn promises to Abraham seven times: (I) In Ur of the Chaldeans, or Mesopotamia, before he dwelt in Haran, Gen. 12:1-3. Then (II) at Shechem, there vv. 6-7. Then (III) in Canaan, when Lot had departed from him, Gen. 13:14-18. Further (IV) after the defeat of the kings, and the deliverance of Lot, through Melchizedek, Gen. 15. Moreover (V) when he was ninety-nine years old, Gen. 17. Further still (VI) in the plains of Mamre, ch. 18:10, 18, with ch. 17:16, 19. Finally (VII) when He had tried him, by the command to offer his son Isaac, Gen. 22:15-20.
In these seven promises there occur three solemn covenant-makings: (1) Immediately after his calling out of Ur, Gen. 12:1-3, compare Gal. 3:17 and Acts 3:25. (2) After the deliverance of Lot, and the blessing received from Melchizedek, Gen. 15:18. (3) When he was 99 years old, Gen. 17:1-2. We read that these same covenant-makings were entered into with Isaac and Jacob, Gen. 17:7, 9-10, 19, 21; whence we also read that these, as to their substance, were renewed with them repeatedly.
XXIV.
Concerning those covenant-makings it must be noted: (1) that they were solemn renewals of the Covenant of Grace, which is in Christ. This appears from the fact that (1) the first revelation of the covenant is called a proclamation of the Gospel, Gal. 3:8, with Gen. 12:3. (2) Because the first of the covenant of divine promises is called the covenant that was confirmed by God upon Christ, Gal. 3:16. (3) Because the benefits of these covenant-makings are benefits of the Covenant of grace, which led Abraham to Christ, and to salvation in Him through faith: thus the seed of the covenant led him to Christ, Gal. 3:16, 28-29; thus the blessing which was to be propagated to all, Gal. 3:13-14, Acts 3:25-26, Gal. 3:8-9; thus the inheritance of the land of Canaan, which is therefore called the land of Immanuel, Isa. 8:8, compare Heb. 4:1, 9, with ch. 3:18-19 and 4:6; thus, "I will be a God to you, and to your seed after you," Gen. 17:7-8, led him to Christ, without whom God cannot be the God of the sinner, 2 Cor. 5:19, Eph. 2:12. (4) Because their condition was faith, Gen. 15:5-6, Gal. 3:9, Rom. 4:11; and (5) the fruit of that appointed condition, the justification of faith, Gen. 15:5-6, with Rom. 4.
XXV.
One must note (I) that those covenant-makings occurred not only with Abraham, but also with his seed, Gen. 13:16 and 22:15-18, Gal. 3:16, Luke 1:54-55. By which is understood (1) a merely natural seed, such as Ishmael with his descendants, Gen. 21:13, all the fleshly Israelites, John 8:37, Rom. 9:7-8 and 2:28-29; (2) a merely spiritual seed, namely all believers who walk in the footsteps of father Abraham, among the Gentiles, Rom. 4:11-12, 16-17, Gal. 3:29; (3) a seed which is both natural and at the same time spiritual, such as were, ordinarily, the believing Jews, Rom. 4:12, 16, but extraordinarily Christ Himself, Matt. 1:1, Heb. 2:16, Gal. 3:16.
But now, the merely natural seed of Abraham being excluded from participation in this covenant, Gen. 17:19-21, Rom. 9:7-8, compare Gen. 21:10, 12, Gal. 4:30, God has admitted into the covenant (a) Isaac, with his whole posterity, unto a national covenant, Gen. 17:19 — partly with respect only to its external administration, John 8:37, Acts 3:29, partly with respect additionally to the internal: thus He has admitted only the believing Jews, Rom. 9:7-8 and 2:28-29. (b) His extraordinary Seed, Christ, Gal. 3:16, 19. (c) His merely spiritual seed, the believing Gentiles, Gal. 3:8-9 and v. 29, Rom. 4:13, 16.
XXVI.
One must note (II) that the substance of this covenant-making comprised: (1) On the one side, excellent promises of God: (a) that He would bless him and his seed, Gen. 14:1-3. (b) That He would multiply his seed for him, Gen. 13:14-17, and give him a very renowned name, whereby he should be called a father of many nations; and hence, instead of Abram, that is, "a great father," he should be called Abraham, that is, "a great father of a multitude"; and that his wife, instead of Sarai, that is, "my princess," should be called Sarah, that is, "a princess of a multitude," by the addition of the letter h, from the word hamôn, which signifies a multitude, an abundance, Gen. 17:1-9, 15-16, 19-21. (c) That He would make his posterity victorious, Gen. 22:17, and subject to them nine peoples, Gen. 12:6-7 and 15:19-21. (d) That He would extend his lifetime and bring it to the highest longevity, Gen. 15:15, 18. (e) That He would be to him and to his seed a God, forever, Gen. 17:7-8. (f) That He would be to him a shield, ch. 15:1. (g) That He would be to him an exceeding great reward, there.
(2) On the other side, duties were required of Abraham and of his seed: that they should walk before God and before His face, Gen. 17:1, 7-9, both in the faith, which Abraham had and exercised, together with his spiritual posterity, Heb. 11:8-9, Gen. 15:5-6, and in obedience and the exercise of good works, in which faith is working and effectual, Gal. 5:6, Rom. 13:8; and that they should be perfect in both these duties, Gen. 17:1-2, that is, without deceitful hypocrisy, sincere, Josh. 24:14, 1 Kings 9:4, 2 Chron. 1:12, 1 Cor. 5:8.
XXVII.
One must note (III) the manifold confirmation of this covenant-making, Gen. 17:19, 21, effected (1) by promises, Heb. 8:6, (2) by the typical blessing of Melchizedek, Gen. 14:18-20, (3) by a strong and solemn oath, Gen. 22:15-19, Ps. 105:8-10, with Heb. 6:13-14, 16-18, (4) by a solemn and symbolic form and ceremony of covenant-making, related in Gen. 15:9, through a cutting apart of beasts, whereby was pictured the threatened state of Abraham's descendants, and of Christ Himself; (5) by a new sacrament of circumcision, Gen. 17:10, which Paul calls a sign and a seal of the righteousness of faith, Rom. 4:11.
XXVIII.
Under this illustrious renewal and administration of the Covenant of grace, the Church existed, up to that point, for 430 years, Exod. 12:41, Gal. 3:17 — namely, if these be reckoned from Abraham's departure out of Ur, of which Gen. 12:1; or the period of 400 years, Gen. 15:13, Acts 7:6, if these be reckoned from the birth of Isaac; which years are called the years of sojourning and bondage, and end in the exodus of Israel out of Egypt, under Moses. In these ages there flourished either six or seven Patriarchs, if you count together with them those first beginnings under Moses.
Among these the first was Abraham, the descendant of Shem, the son of Terah, brother of Nahor and Haran, from whom Lot sprang. Now he indeed bore the name Abram, that is, "a great father"; to which was afterward added the letter h, so that from it should arise Abraham — whether from the four-lettered name Jehovah, as if God, through this change of name, had wished to communicate something of Himself, as Jerome supposes; or rather from the word hamon, that is, "a multitude," so that it should signify a great father of multitudes, or of many peoples — with which intent he also renamed his wife, from Sarai, Sarah. He was born in Ur Chasdim, Gen. 11:28, of the Chaldeans, or of the Magi, the wise men — perhaps for the sake of distinction, so that it might be distinguished from the Ur of the Babylonians.
From there he sojourned with his father and with his household in Haran, there v. 31, and "made souls," Gen. 12:5, that is, he acquired either animal souls, in beasts and herds, or human — that he there begot offspring for himself; or that he made proselytes there; at least, that he there founded a certain monastic society, as Boulducus would have it, is far too weak and dry a notion. From this it may be inferred that he remained here for a certain time. From there he departs, at God's command, and supported by God's most far-reaching promises, for Canaan, there vv. 1-4; and, giving credence to these promises, he readily obeys, v. 5.
His first encampment seems to have been at Shechem and Elon Moreh (the oak grove of Moreh), there v. 6, where a second appearance of God to him took place, v. 7, in which he saw God, Acts 7:2. And there the promise was made to him concerning the land of Canaan, and he built there an altar, to show his thankfulness to God. Upon this followed his second encampment, on the mountain west of Bethel, toward Ai, v. 8, where he dwelt in tents, because he sought a city, or a fixed dwelling place, in heaven, Heb. 11:9-10; and he called upon the name of the LORD, as had begun to happen, Gen. 4:26, or with an instituted worship.
From here he departed, going and journeying toward the South, Gen. 12:9, and, famine pressing him there, he withdrew into Egypt, to sojourn there as a stranger, v. 10; and there his wife Sarah was taken from him by Pharaoh, v. 15, but was, through God's gracious watchfulness over him, kept unharmed — though neither without blame on Pharaoh's part, nor without an intervening weakness on Abraham's, vv. 11, 17. From here he returns again to Canaan, and settles the disputes that had arisen between his herdsmen and those of Lot, giving Lot the choice to withdraw, whether he would go to the right hand or to the left, showing a most extraordinary courtesy, modesty, and goodwill toward one who, in years, dignity, and standing, was a thousand times his inferior, Gen. 13:8-9 — whereupon Lot chose for himself the plain of the Jordan, while Abraham dwelt in the plains of the Canaanites.
Then came the third appearance of God to Abraham, in which God showed him the whole land of Canaan, to be given to him as an inheritance forever, or for an age, there vv. 14-18, that is, for the duration of the future Israelite commonwealth. Abraham, thus strengthened and confirmed, pitched his tents, and came and dwelt at the oak groves of Mamre, there v. 18; there he built an altar, and made a covenant with the princes of Hebron, certainly a civil, not a religious covenant, Gen. 14:13, who went out with him to war, v. 24, and defeated the army of the four kings who had plundered Sodom.
After the defeat of these kings, the fourth appearance of God to him took place, in which God strengthened and confirmed him against the fear of the foreign peoples among whom he dwelt, Gen. 15:1, in that He would be for him a shield, and an exceeding great reward. This reward Abraham nevertheless rather declines, because he was without an heir, vv. 2-3 — not so much out of distrust toward the divine promise to give him seed, as by a certain sidelong insistence that this seed be hastened for him; to which God gives assent, even with an added sign: "Look now toward heaven, and count the stars, if you are able to count them: and He said to him, So shall your seed be," Gen. 15:4-5, with the addition, moreover, of a commendation of Abraham's faith, which was reckoned to him for righteousness, v. 6; confirmed moreover and strengthened by a new sign, v. 8, whereby God made known to him: (1) that it should come to pass that his descendants, in a foreign land, would be enslaved and oppressed four hundred years. Meanwhile (2) that that people, to whom it would be enslaved, would be judged by Him, so that his seed might come out from it. Further, (3) that Abraham himself would die in peace and at a good old age. Finally, (4) that his posterity should be brought into his possession in the fourth generation.
After this appearance he begot Ishmael by the handmaid Hagar, whom he at last, at Sarah's complaint, by divine command, excluded from his house, Gen. 16 and 21:9-10. Upon this followed the fifth appearance of God in Elon Mamre, in which a new renewal of the covenant took place, confirmed with the usual sacrament of circumcision, Gen. 17:1-14. While Abraham dwelt here, there appeared to him those Angels, one of whom is called Jehovah, most courteously received by Abraham; they made him the promise that a son would soon be born to him of Sarah, and disclosed to him the coming destruction of Sodom and Gomorrah, against which Abraham indeed sought to intercede, but in vain, Gen. 18; there followed immediately the destruction of the Sodomites, only Lot with his own being preserved from it, Gen. 19:1-26.
In dread of that ruin and destruction, Abraham removed from Elon Mamre to the land of the South, sojourning as a stranger at Gerar, Gen. 20:1, and there again his wife was taken from him by king Abimelech, who nevertheless, being admonished and warned by God, restored her to her husband unharmed, there. After this, at last, was born to Abraham the so often and so excellently promised Isaac, of his wife Sarah, in the hundredth year of Abraham's life, and he was immediately circumcised, and weaned in due time, Gen. 21:1-8. Meanwhile Abraham makes at Gerar a covenant with Abimelech, in the presence of Phicol the captain of his army, Gen. 21:32, and plants a grove at Beersheba, perhaps for the worship of God, which at that time still had no fixed and settled place, and he dwelt there very many years, Gen. 21:33.
This having taken place, God appears to Abraham, who sojourned among the Gerarites, for the sixth time, and once again renews the promise already often made, with the interposing of an oath; yet He tests Abraham's faith and obedience by commanding that he offer his only son in the region of Moriah — who, having made manifest his obedience, is delivered by an interceding Angel, Gen. 22:1-19. A little after this Sarah, being 127 years old, died at Kirjath Arba, which most of the Jews suppose to have happened out of grief and sorrow, because she had heard that her son was to be sacrificed, Gen. 23:1-2, whom Abraham mourned and wept for, there; and he spoke with the sons of Heth for the right of a burying place, and asked them that they would intercede for him with Ephron in this matter, so that he might sell him the cave of Machpelah, there v. 9, which he also obtained, vv. 14-16.
Having an aversion to the accursed Canaanites, he sends his household steward Eliezer to his relatives in Mesopotamia, to seek a wife for his son, who brings back Rebekah, the daughter of Bethuel, Gen. 24. After this Abraham himself proceeds to a new marriage, with Keturah, ch. 25:1, by whom he also begot children, v. 2, among whom, a little before his death, he distributed his goods in such a way that he assigned the inheritance to Isaac, but gifts or legacies to the others, vv. 5-6; and the sons of his concubines he sent away to the East, as it were excommunicating and banishing them. After this Abraham finally dies, v. 8, and is buried by his sons Isaac and Ishmael, in the cave of Machpelah, v. 9.
To have thus touched, as it were with the finger, on these things concerning Abraham from Holy Scripture will suffice: for we do not concern ourselves with the fables of the Jews and the Muhammedans, nor with his falsely-invented writings, such as the Book Jezirah, or "of Creation," of which the book Cosri and the Gemara, tractate Sanhedrin, and others make mention; nor with the Apocalypse of Abraham of the Sethians, in Epiphanius and Origen; nor the Assumption of Abraham, in Athanasius's Synopsis. But he is also sometimes mentioned among the Heathen, and it seems to Porphyry, in his book Peri Ioudaiōn ("On the Jews"), that an allusion is made to him in their Saturn and his wife Anobret.
XXIX.
The second in the third Patriarchal period was Isaac, so named from a laughing, Gen. 17:17, 19, born of aged parents, Abraham and Sarah, indeed in the hundredth year of Abraham, and the ninetieth of Sarah, there; he was circumcised by Abraham, there, ch. 21:4, nursed by his mother, v. 7, weaned with a feast, v. 8, and suffered persecution from Ishmael, v. 9. He took to wife Rebekah, the daughter of Bethuel, near the city of Nahor, or Haran, Eliezer being his intermediary, in the fortieth year of his life, Gen. 25:20. Mourning his father's death, he receives, for comfort, the divine blessing, at the well Lahai Roi, that is, the well of Him who sees me, v. 11.
Meanwhile Rebekah is barren for a time, for a full twenty years, which barrenness Isaac prays away, v. 21; and afterward she conceives twins, who struggled together within their mother's womb, v. 22. Over which the mother complains, and asks counsel of God, who gives answer: "Two nations are in your womb, and two peoples shall be separated from your bowels; and the one people shall be stronger than the other people, and the elder shall serve the younger," v. 23 — which appears to have been fulfilled in David, a Jacobite, subduing the Jebusites and the Edomites, 2 Sam. 8:14, 1 Chron. 18:13.
Notwithstanding the famine, he is nonetheless charged to remain in Canaan, and receives the promise of God, to bless him and his seed, Gen. 26:2-6. Afterward, famine again oppressing Canaan, being warned by a divine address not to go down into Egypt, he turns aside to Gerar, to Abimelech, a petty king of Palestine, and dwells there, Gen. 26:1-6, whom Josephus would have it was the very same Abimelech with whom Abraham had formerly dealt — which he infers, however, less than conclusively, merely from the shared name; since not only does the name Abimelech seem, at this time, to have been a common name for the princes of that region, but also because the two do not agree in the interval of years, seeing that between the former and this Abimelech about seventy-five years elapsed — to which it might further be added that here no mention at all is made of Abraham or of any prior transaction.
Here his wife is brought into danger of her chastity, from which he, fearing danger to his own life, therefore lyingly says that his wife is his sister; whereupon she is taken away by Abimelech, who, when he perceived, from seeing Isaac sporting with Rebekah, that she was his wife, restored her to him, after having reproved him for this, with an added threat of death to his own people, should anyone violate her, v. 11. There, that he might be the more secure and confident against a pressing famine, God blessed him a hundredfold in his labor, v. 12.
Afterward, when, to the point of provoking envy, Isaac's wealth and possessions increased, on account of which the Philistines, to vex him, stopped up his wells, without Abimelech preventing it, he withdrew to the valley of Gerar, vv. 15-17. Yet even here the envy of the Philistines did not cease, but, setting themselves beyond their own borders, they wrested from him both his father Abraham's wells and the well of living water dug by his own people — even stirring up new disputes against him; wherefore Isaac, having moved his dwelling a little farther on, had a new well dug, which he named Rehoboth, v. 22; after which Abimelech, Ahuzzath, and his captain Phicol sought to enter into a new covenant with him, and also obtained it, Gen. 26:28-29.
Upon all this follows finally Isaac's old age, and the dimness of his eyes, ch. 27:1, from which, surmising and inferring his approaching death, being about to impart to his sons his paternal and patriarchal blessing, as by a testament, he charges Esau, his firstborn, whom he loved more than Jacob, to prepare him food from the hunt, such as he loved, so that, being thereby satisfied, he might the more readily bestow the blessing, Gen. 27:3 — which blessing, nevertheless, Jacob, through the deceit of his mother Rebekah, and without doubt by Divine Providence, successfully diverted to himself, v. 13, which afterward broke out into a deadly hatred and persecution, which we shall touch upon, God willing, in its proper place, in the history of Jacob.
Afterward, he, having yet forty years of life remaining together with his sons, after he had moved his dwelling place from Beersheba to Kirjath Arba, or Hebron, and, Jacob having returned from Mesopotamia, had lived together with him there, gave up the ghost, in the hundred and eightieth year of his life, and was buried there by his sons Esau and Jacob, Gen. 35:27-29.
XXX.
From here, then, we descend to the third Patriarch of this period, Jacob. Who, of father Isaac and mother Rebekah, when Esau was born, breaking through his afterbirth, held his brother's heel, as if he would take from him the birthright, Gen. 25:26 — in which the Jews note a not inconsiderable wonder. From this grasping of his brother's heel he obtained the name Jacob, that is, "supplanter," there — not, however, because he was a deceiver and a cheat, as Esau maliciously alleges, Gen. 27:36, since that deceitful falsehood could not have occurred in Jacob while he was still in his mother's body.
He is called an upright man, and practiced the herding of cattle, and therefore dwelt in tents, Gen. 25:27, which Onkelos translates not quite adequately as "a servant of the house of learning"; hence Jarchi relates, in the same sense, that he dwelt in the tents of Shem and of Eber, to prepare learning for himself there; he was a delight to his mother above Esau, as Esau was to his father, there v. 28. The birthright he bought from Esau for a certain mess of pottage, indeed through God's righteous Providence, though not without some measure of deceit, v. 29 — whatever the work-righteous Romanists, along with some Jews, may plead to the contrary. For this reason he also obtained the blessing of the firstborn, though against the will and thanks of his father, on account of which Esau threatened him with death, to escape which his parents sent him to Mesopotamia.
Who, on this journey, sleeping, saw a ladder, stretched from the Earth up to Heaven, and, above it, the LORD, and the Angels ascending and descending — which ladder pictured Christ, Gen. 28:11, together also with an added excellent promise, vv. 13-15, to which Jacob answers gratefully with a vow, v. 16. Near Haran he greets Rachel, who came to meet him, with a kiss, and makes himself known to her, Gen. 29:1-12; he is received into Laban's house, and serves him seven years for Rachel, in whose place, however, her sister Leah is deceitfully substituted; wherefore he is compelled to serve another seven new years for Rachel, vv. 15-32.
Here Leah bears him four sons, Reuben, Simeon, Levi, Judah, v. 33; Rachel's handmaid Bilhah, two sons, Dan and Naphtali; Leah's handmaid Zilpah, Gad and Asher; Leah herself, Issachar, Zebulun, and Dinah; Rachel finally, Joseph and Benjamin — so that Jacob, within seven years, begot ten children, Gen. 30:1-24. Afterward he negotiates with Laban about his return to his fatherland, vv. 25-26, who declines this, under and by a new agreement, by promising Jacob all the speckled offspring that should come from single-colored sheep, vv. 27-34, whereby, Jacob's craft coming into play, his wealth increased exceedingly, v. 35, to the point of provoking the envy of his brothers, and the ill-will of Laban, ch. 31:1-2; wherefore he, through the intervention of God's command, considers his departure, and, having taken counsel with his wives, departs without Laban's knowledge, vv. 3-22, who therefore pursues him for seven days, v. 23, but is forbidden by God to speak evil to Jacob, v. 24.
Meanwhile he overtakes Jacob, and accuses him of various things, vv. 25-30, to which Jacob replies with sufficient modesty, and earnestly protests to his father-in-law, vv. 31-42; and, after a solemn covenant was made, and an oath interposed between them, he is at last sent away in peace and quiet, v. 43; and he departs from Gilead to Mahanaim, and there had Angels meeting him, Gen. 32:1-2. After this he sends messengers to his brother Esau, vv. 3-5, who comes to meet him, attended by four hundred armed men, v. 6; against whose coming he also prepares himself, on his part, by consultation with his wives, by prayers, and by the preparation of gifts, whereby he might reconcile his brother to himself.
Then he wrestles with the Angel, the Jehovah, and prevails, and is named Israel instead of Jacob, though he was wounded in his hip, and he named that place Peniel, v. 7. Thus having returned from Mesopotamia, he halted and settled near the city of Shechem in Canaan, Gen. 33:18, and restored the altar which had formerly been built by Abraham, vv. 19-20. There in the same place he bought a field from Hamor, which had perhaps formerly been bought by Abraham for his descendants. Meanwhile Hamor desired and sought the marriage of Dinah for his son, to which end he, with the whole city, is circumcised; but while they were in pain, the whole city was treacherously struck down and plundered by two sons of Jacob, Simeon and Levi, vv. 25-26.
These being sharply rebuked by their father, he, being admonished by a divine address, moves his encampment onward to Bethel, and there examines his household, and commands them to put away the strange gods, and to purify their garments, Gen. 35:1-4, and builds there an altar at Bethel, and loses Deborah, Rachel's nurse, by death, vv. 5-8; and experiences a new divine oracle, and thereby the blessing is confirmed to him, and the name Israel is repeated, vv. 9-12. Then God went up from him, and Jacob set up a stone pillar, and poured drink offerings upon it, and poured oil upon it, vv. 13-18.
After a short stay, he moves to the land of Ephrath. On the way, Rachel dies, on account of the very difficult delivery of her son, and is buried — she herself having named her son Benoni, but the father having named him Benjamin, vv. 19-20. Departing from here, he pitches his tents beyond Migdal Eder, v. 21, where the Angels, after the birth of Christ, are believed to have appeared to the shepherds. Here Reuben, his firstborn, commits incest with Bilhah, v. 22.
From here he comes at last to Hebron, where his father sojourned. Here his son Joseph is treacherously sold by his own brothers, but is exalted in Egypt to the highest pinnacle of honor, which his father, understanding, removes to Egypt, and, having made his testament, awaiting the salvation of the LORD, dies calmly and peacefully; of which things we shall shortly have to treat more fully in the history of Joseph.
XXXI.
From here we shall continue the history of the Patriarchs, in the family of Levi, in order the more easily to arrive at Moses — yet in such a way that we shall join with it the history of Joseph, concerning whom Holy Scripture is very abundant. Let there follow, then, among the Patriarchs of this period, the fourth, namely Levi, the third son of Leah. The derivation of that name is recorded, Gen. 29:34. He strikes down, with his brother Simeon, the Shechemites, ch. 34:25-26; as a punishment for this outrage, in Jacob's testament, his descendants are said to be scattered and dispersed throughout all Israel, Gen. 49:5-7. His sons were Gershon, Kohath, and Merari, Gen. 46:11, among whom afterward the duties of service, to be exercised concerning the Tabernacle and Temple, were divided; so that to the family of Kohath was bound and attached the priestly line, Num. 1:50, 2:5, and 4, and 18:3. This tribe God took for Himself in the place of the firstborn of all Israel, Num. 3:12, 41, 45, Deut. 10:8. He lived a hundred and thirty-seven years, Exod. 6:16.
He had brothers — the first, named Reuben, from raah, that is, "He has seen," and ben, that is, "a son," being Jacob's firstborn by Leah, whom his father, in his testament, deprived of the birthright, Gen. 49:4; whence also his descendants have always been fewer in number and power than the other tribes. His second brother was Simeon, likewise by Leah, named from shama, that is, "He has heard," Gen. 29:33, being his companion in the slaying of the Shechemites, there, ch. 34:25-26; his descendants are recorded, Exod. 6:14. The third was Judah, by Leah; the origin of the name is noted, Gen. 29:35: "Now this time will I praise the LORD," agreeing with ch. 49:8: "Judah, you are he whom your brothers shall praise." That naming was without doubt directed by the Holy Spirit, because not only was the Messiah to be born of him, but also because in him lay the foundation of the royal dignity, there v. 10. His marriage, sons, the incest with Tamar, and also those things which followed from and upon that incest, are related Gen. 38.
His fourth brother was Dan, born of Bilhah, Rachel's handmaid, who received his name from "to judge," Gen. 30:5-6. After him also followed a fifth by the same mother, Naphtali, named from "to wrestle," v. 8. And also the sixth, Gad, by Zilpah, Leah's handmaid, named from good fortune, vv. 9-11. And also the seventh, by the same mother, Asher, named from blessedness, vv. 12-13. Moreover the eighth, by mother Leah, Issachar, named from "reward," vv. 14-18. After him followed the ninth, by the same Leah, Zebulun, which name Onkelos, and the Syriac translator, render as "the best portion," vv. 19-20. And also the tenth, by Rachel, Joseph, Gen. 30:22-24, of whom presently a little more distinctly; and finally, by the same mother, the eleventh, Benjamin, Gen. 35:16-18, indeed named by his mother Benoni, that is, "a son of sorrow," but by his father Benjamin, that is, "a son of the right hand"; others hold, "a son of days."
He was born on the way to Ephrath, that is, Bethlehem; notwithstanding which, they are all said to have been born to Jacob in Paddan-Aram, v. 26, that is, in Mesopotamia, without regard to the single exception among so great a number.
To Levi we shall join, as a mighty preserver of the Israelite race, and, as it were, a second father of it, Joseph — though later in origin, being Rachel's firstborn, Gen. 30:23 — so named because his mother foresaw and foretold that another son would be added to her, there and v. 24. This one, the more he was beloved by his father, the more he was hated by his brothers, Gen. 37:1, and, being further persecuted by his brothers because of his mysterious dreams, is at first indeed appointed by them to death, v. 12, but, delivered through the goodwill of Reuben, is sold to Egyptian merchants, and made a slave in Egypt under Potiphar; afterward set over his house; and, on account of the rejected unchastity of his master's wife, cast into prison; meanwhile set by the keeper over the prison house, and there interprets the dreams of the Butler and Baker, who were with him in prison, in accordance with the outcome; and, for that very reason, is called forth to interpret Pharaoh's dreams, and, having interpreted these according to the outcome, is set, on account of his added counsel for the preservation of Egypt, over all Egypt, next to the king, Gen. 39:1 and 41:14.
Further he marries a wife, ch. 41:45, by whom he begot two sons, vv. 50-52; then he travels through the whole land of Egypt, to gather grain for the coming years of famine, vv. 46-48. On that occasion, famine pressing Mesopotamia, his brothers come to him, at first received rather more sternly and harshly by him, but afterward more kindly and favorably, after he had made himself known to them, ch. 42:1 and ch. 43, likewise 44. There he calls his father, with his own, into Egypt, ch. 46, and assigns to them, for a dwelling and abiding place, the land of Goshen, v. 31, and provides for them there with food, ch. 47:1-12.
His father being sick and ailing, he visits him, and presents his sons Ephraim and Manasseh to him, to be blessed by him, ch. 48:1-17, who foretells to him that his descendants would be spread and extended far and wide with a very abundant blessing of God, ch. 49:22-27; and dies, ch. 50:1-3, and Joseph buries him in the land of Canaan, v. 4, and holds mourning for him on the way, vv. 10-11; he then returns again to Egypt, and forgives his brothers their treachery, formerly committed against him, vv. 14-15. He dies in the hundred and tenth year of his age, v. 22, and makes his brothers swear that they would bury him with his fathers, in Canaan, in the cave of Machpelah, vv. 24-26, Exod. 13:19.
From here, therefore, we return again to the family of Levi, that we may fittingly come to Moses. Among the several sons of Levi, then, the second was Kohath, whose brothers were Gershon and Merari, Gen. 46:11, Exod. 6:16, Num. 3:17. He lived a hundred and thirty-three years, there. From him the Kohathites derive their origin, who are divided into their particular families, and to them is entrusted the care of the Sanctuary, Num. 3:27-31. Their cities are named in the division of the land of Canaan, Josh. 21:20.
From him at length sprang the last Patriarch of this period, Amram, the firstborn of Kohath, Exod. 6:18, Num. 3:19. As his wife he married Jochebed, his father's sister, v. 20, which, since the Law concerning the forbidden degrees of kinship and relation had not yet been given, Lev. 18 and 20, was less objectionable, or indeed more tolerable. He lived a hundred and thirty-seven years, Exod. 6:19. From him descend the Amramites, Num. 3:27-28. From him sprang the brothers Moses and Aaron, of whom, of set purpose and at length, in what follows.
XXXII.
As for the state of Religion under this period, one must hold fast that the whole Theology of the preceding periods passed over to Abraham — if not indeed through Nahor and Terah, since Abraham himself, up to that time, was, along with them, an idolater, Josh. 24:2 — then at least through Shem and Eber, of whom the former reached about the twentieth year of Jacob's life, the latter also about thirty years beyond that. Whence the Jews hold, and some Christians also do not gainsay it, that Shem and Eber had schools, near Hebron, and to this they also point that Jacob was an upright man, dwelling in tents, Gen. 25:27; and they understand by "tents" the house of learning, or a school — so the Targum, Onkelos, and Jarchi, because Jacob is supposed to have dwelt in the tents of Shem and Eber, which, however, I leave undecided in its place, as not resting on divine authority.
Whatever the case may be here, at least, just as Adam received his theology immediately from God; and Methuselah, with the rest, from Adam; and Shem, with the rest, from Methuselah; so also Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob could have had it by tradition from Shem and Eber. It is more certain than anything that is certain, that Abraham, having received his theology, whether by tradition or by an immediate revelation of God, propagated it to his own, Gen. 18:19. For this reason God says of Abraham, that he was obedient to His voice, and kept His charge — His commandments, His statutes, and His laws, Gen. 26:2-6 — from which the Jews conclude that Abraham kept and observed all the parts of the Law, including those which pertain to the ceremonies. But beyond the theology received by tradition, it increased pre-eminently, and was in an exceptional degree confirmed and strengthened, under this period.
For, if you first consider the covenantal theology, how many and how great additions it received under this period! For, having made a comparison between the covenant-makings of the preceding periods and those of the third period: if you consider (I) the proclamation of the covenant — this, though it has everywhere been evangelical, was nevertheless set forth under Adam in the manner of a still dim dawn; under Noah, of a somewhat more experienced dawn; but under Abraham, of a shining sun. If you (II) consider the Author of the covenant-makings, who was everywhere the same, namely God — yet who, under Adam, conducted Himself as the destroyer of the Serpent, Gen. 3:15; under Noah, as the preserver of the mighty, while the world perished, there 6:18-20; here He acts and conducts Himself with Abraham as God All-Sufficient, ch. 17:1-2.
If you (III) consider the parties standing with God in the Covenant. In all covenants, indeed, Christ and the elect seed enter into the Covenant with God; under Adam, God entered the Covenant, as it were, with the seed of the woman, the guardian of the first world; under Noah, with the household of Noah, as the father of all believers, both Jews and Gentiles, unto the end of the world, Gen. 17:7, Gal. 3:16, Rom. 4:11-12, 16. If you (IV) proceed to the material contents of the Covenant of Grace: whereas under Adam it is not said to have had any place, save in the offerings of Cain and Abel, when perhaps the skins of the sacrificed animals served for the use of the offerers, as priests of that period, Gen. 3:15; whereas under Noah it consisted only in the Flood, the Ark, and the Rainbow, with respect to the preservation of the Church from the temporal and spiritual Flood, Gen. 6:18, 8:21-22, and 9:8-18 — here, under Abraham, God expressly required faith and obedience, Gen. 17:1, with the addition of very many promises, both temporal and spiritual, as we have already noted above, §XXVII.
If you (V) go on to the manner of revealing justification through faith: whereas, regarding the preceding covenant-makings, under Adam and Noah, this was not revealed except merely implicitly and by way of consequence, here under Abraham it is expressly named, Gen. 15:6. If you also (VI) consider the manner of confirming the covenant: whereas in Adam nothing is noted but sacrifices, and a garment made of the skins of the sacrificed beasts, which, however, is only probable, Gen. 3:20 and 4:4; whereas under Noah there was added the Rainbow, Gen. 9:8-18 — here, under Abraham, there were added: (1) an oath, Isa. 54:9, with Gen. 9:8-18; (2) solemnities of the covenant-making, through the cutting apart of beasts, and God's passage through the midst of the pieces, Gen. 15:8-10; (3) circumcision, Gen. 17; (4) itinerant sacraments — the pillar of cloud and of fire, the Manna, the water out of the Rock, the bronze Serpent, and other things besides, which we shall reserve for the following Mosaic period.
If you finally (VII) compare the ends of the covenant-makings: whereas under Adam the end and aim was to make His glory illustrious in the restoration of fallen man, through the seed of the woman, Gen. 3:15; whereas under Noah, the preservation of the church through the Ark, and the waters of the Flood, Gen. 6:18-20 — here it is, under Abraham, through the blessed seed, Gen. 12:1-3 and 22:17-18.
Thus far has been the covenantal theology. There follows the Systematic, which need not here be sparingly extracted from its surviving fragments, nor must it be so extracted, but flows in, generally, far more abundantly: so that we need only touch upon its theological doctrines, in order that it may appear that we believe nothing other than what has been from the beginning.
This period, then, had: (1) Theology, as an art of living unto God, which God required from Abraham onward, Gen. 17:1: "Walk before my face"; and Jacob promises to God, ch. 28:21: "You shall be my God." (2) The Word of God, or the Revelation, occurring generally and everywhere in the addresses to the Patriarchs, and having to be conveyed by the Patriarchs to their household congregations. It (3) had knowledge of God, not only in the name Jehovah, but also in the name El Shaddai, that is, God Almighty, or God All-Sufficient, Gen. 17:1, in which are wrapped up and comprised all the divine perfections. Also (4) knowledge of the Holy Trinity, in the name Elohim, joined together with the singular name Jehovah, and in the image (according to very many, both ancient and more recent, theologians) of the three men appearing to Abraham, one of whom was the Jehovah, Gen. 18.
It (5) had knowledge of the divine decrees, of election and reprobation, in the sons of Abraham, Ishmael and Isaac, mutually distinguished from one another, the one rejected, the other elected, Gen. 17:18-20, with Rom. 9:7-8; and in the sons of Isaac, Jacob and Esau, Gen. 27, with Mal. 1:2 and Rom. 9:10-11, 13-14. It (6) had knowledge of Creation, Gen. 14:19 and 24:3, 7. (7) Knowledge of Divine Providence, Gen. 22:8, likewise in all those necessary things with which God generally provided for the Patriarchs and their seed; as also in the image of a ladder, stretching from Earth to Heaven, whereby was also shown God's care for the traveling stranger Jacob, Gen. 28:12-13, 15, 20; especially also in the preservation of Joseph, Gen. 50:20; likewise knowledge of moral Providence, in the commands and promises generally given to the Patriarchs. (8) Knowledge of sin and of its proportionate punishments, in the destruction of the Sodomites, Gen. 19:2-26. (9) Knowledge of the Covenant of Grace, so often repeated to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, and expanded with increase, as we have said.
This period also (10) had knowledge of Christ, the Mediator and Redeemer, in the blessed Seed, so often promised to the Patriarchs, Gen. 17:7, with Gal. 3:16, Rom. 4:11-12, 16. In particular (11) knowledge of the Person of Christ, both with respect to His human nature, whereby and according to which He should be the Seed of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob; and with respect to His divine nature, in the Angel Jehovah, appearing to Abraham, Gen. 18, and wrestling with Jacob, whence he named that place Peniel, adding this reason: "For I have seen God," Gen. 32:30; and of both natures as united together, in the ladder, which reached from Earth to Heaven, upon whose top was the Jehovah, Gen. 28:12, 17. It (12) had knowledge of the offices of Christ, Priestly and Kingly, in the image of Melchizedek, Gen. 14:18, with Heb. 7:1-3.
(13) Knowledge of Christ's death, in the slaughter of the offerings, in God's passage through the pieces, ch. 15:9-10; in the intended slaughter of Isaac, ch. 22:2; in the binding of Joseph, appointed for death, ch. 37:18-19, 21; also of His burial, in the same Joseph, vv. 20, 22. (14) Knowledge of His Glorification in His Resurrection, of which a picture was given in Isaac, being withdrawn from death, Gen. 22:12, with Heb. 11:17-18; and in Joseph, being brought out of prison, Gen. 41:14, after so many disasters and afflictions raised to the highest pinnacle of glory, so that he was next to the king, Gen. 41:40-44. Further (15) knowledge of the Redemption through Christ, which was pictured in the atoning sacrifices of the Patriarchs, and in the blessing which was to pass from Abraham's seed to all peoples, Gal. 3:13-14, Eph. 1:3.
Knowledge (16) of the Calling, in Abraham, being called out of Ur of the Chaldeans into Canaan, Gen. 12:1. Likewise (17) of Regeneration and Conversion, in the sacrament of circumcision, ch. 17, with Col. 2:11-12, Titus 3:5. Further (18) of Justification through faith in Christ, Gen. 15:6, with Rom. 4:3, 11. And also (19) of adoption as children, in the calling of God's name over Abraham, and all the children of the promises, and through the application of the inheritance of the land of Canaan, as being born of a free mother by grace, Gal. 4:26, 28, 31. Further (20) also of Sanctification, in circumcision, Gen. 17, which signified and sealed to all the seed of Abraham, at least to the elect seed, the putting off of the body of the flesh of sins, Col. 2:11, Deut. 30:6, Rom. 2:28-29. Likewise (21) of Glorification, which was pictured by the land of Canaan, as a pledge of the Heavenly Fatherland; and also by the dew of Heaven, which was wished for Jacob to this end, Gen. 27:28.
Further, as concerns (22) the Church — if one looks to the general, that was pictured, as under the first covenant-making, by the seed of the woman, and under the second, by the household of Noah, preserved and present in the Ark, and in the whole elect posterity; if one looks to the particular church, that was found in the households of the Patriarchs, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. As for (23) the ecclesiastical ministry, this was found in the Patriarchs, who were prophets, after the pattern of Abraham, Gen. 20:7, who among his own administered and exercised the prophetic office of life, Gen. 18:19 — indeed also the fathers of households, and the firstborn. Indeed, that even among foreigners the prophetic ministry was known appears from Gen. 20:7. As for (24) the sacraments, this period had the usual sacrament of circumcision, ch. 17, with Rom. 4:11. As for (25) ecclesiastical discipline, a trace of this also appears in the banishment of Ishmael and Hagar, on account of their persecution against Isaac, Gen. 21:10-12. (26) Concerning the governance of the Church, this appears in the households of the Patriarchs, which they governed, by prescribing to them the use of the sacraments, Gen. 17:23; also in the reforming of religion among their own, ch. 35:2-4. Thus we have gone through the chapters of the faith, or those things which must be believed, under this period.
As for obedience now, or those things which must be done: here too (27) there took place a general obedience, Gen. 17:1: "Be upright," tamim, that is, perfect, complete, settled, and devoting oneself to all duties, both toward me and toward one's neighbor. Here too (28) there took place Religion, with respect to the natural worship of God, according to the first commandment of the ten Commandments: "Walk before my face," there; "You shall be my God," ch. 28:21; also with the exclusion of idolatry, ch. 35:2-4. There took place also (29) the instituted, or public, worship, according to the second Commandment, since houses of God were in use, in which sacrifice was made, Gen. 28:22 and ch. 35:2-8. There took place (30), with respect to that worship, a special reverence for the name of God, as appears in Abraham, Gen. 18:31, and ch. 18:17.
Yet (31), of the Sabbath day, no express mention is indeed made under this period, except that it is mentioned, Exod. 16:22-30, as having long since been prescribed — without doubt Gen. 2:2 — and as having also been in use. In particular, since it cannot be doubted that, there having been among them holy houses of God, and, alongside them, a public worship in the offerings, a fixed and appointed time must have been set apart for it, and what time more probable than that which God Himself had long ago prescribed? From religion we go on to righteousness, or to those duties which one owes to one's neighbor; and among these, (32) first, to honor, which appears to have been practiced, in Abraham, Gen. 22:7; in Isaac, ch. 22:7; Jacob, ch. 30:18-20, and ch. 33:3-6. Likewise Ishmael's mockery of Isaac is condemned, ch. 21:9.
Secondly, as to life, (33) in the condemned murder of the Shechemites, Gen. 35; in the preservation of Joseph's life, ch. 37:19-22. Thirdly, as to marriage, (34) in the Patriarchs, and its violation, attempted in Abimelech's near-adultery, Gen. 20:3, 5, 9, and ch. 26:7, 9-11; likewise in the condemned incest of Reuben, ch. 35:21, and of Judah, ch. 38. Fourthly, as to goods and possessions, (35) commutative justice appears in Abraham's dealing with the Hittites, over the cave of Machpelah, Gen. 23:4-16; likewise in the accusation and condemnation of theft, ch. 31:26-27, 30, 32. Also (36) the lies of Abraham, ch. 20:2, and of Isaac, ch. 26:7, are noted. Finally (37) contentment and satisfaction, which stands opposed to covetousness, appears in Jacob, Gen. 33:11. You have, Reader, in these particulars, something of a sample of the Systematic Theology.
Now, as we pass from here to the Symbolic, or Typological, Theology, we shall observe that not a few chapters of the preceding Systematic Theology were, moreover, either foreshadowed or illuminated, under this period, by various figures. Thus, for example: (1) it seems to very many, both ancient and more recent, that the Holy Trinity is pictured by the three men, among whom one was the Jehovah, Gen. 18:2. Whence that well-known saying: Tres vidit, unum adoravit, that is, "He saw three, he worshipped one." Thus (2) Melchizedek shall picture the Person, the offices — Priestly and Kingly — as well as the blessing of Christ, Gen. 14:18, with Heb. 7:1-3: "made like unto the Son of God," Ps. 110:4.
Likewise (3) that the sacrifice of Himself was pictured in Isaac, his father's only-begotten son by his wife, greatly beloved by him, innocent, and obedient to his father even unto death, that he might be an offering, Gen. 22:1-14, with Phil. 2:7-8. Thus also (4) in Joseph, most tenderly beloved by his father, therefore hated by his brothers, appointed to death, cast into the pit, drawn out from there, and raised to the highest glory — all of which particulars have also been visibly and manifestly present in Christ. Further (5) in the Covenant of Grace, grounded in and upon the slaughtering of the beasts, between whose pieces both God and Abraham should pass, Gen. 15, to picture the agreement of God and Abraham in that Covenant, grounded in and upon the death of Christ.
Further (6) in circumcision, whereby not only the righteousness of faith, but also sanctification, for Christ's sake, through the Holy Spirit, was pictured, Rom. 4:11. Moreover (7) in Isaac and Ishmael, likewise in Jacob and Esau, was shown predestination, in election and reprobation, Rom. 9:7-13. Then also (8) in Jacob's ladder, whereby the union of the two natures in Christ, and likewise the union of Christ and the elect sinners, and their reconciliation, was made known. Likewise (9) in the land of Canaan, whereby the Heavenly Fatherland, and its eternal glory, was foreshadowed. Finally (10) in the blessing of the seed of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, whereby every kind of blessing, both spiritual and temporal, was promised and pledged to the Church. And if there occur, under this period, yet other things besides, of which, from the necessity of being brief, we cannot make the application, these must be sought and fetched from the commentators.
XXXIII.
Finally, the state of the Church under this period must be briefly examined. The Church of this period must not, as is commonly done, be so anxiously and so precisely restricted to the households of those Patriarchs who are named in Genesis: for it is, moreover, constituted and found outside those households as well — for example, in Melchizedek, priest and king, Gen. 14; in the godly Abimelech, there ch. 20:2 and ch. 26:8; likewise in Job and his friends, during this period, in Arabia, living among the Edomites, Gen. 36:33; and perhaps spread over the whole face of the earth, although Holy Scripture makes no mention of this, in so brief a summary as the history of Genesis, its task being rather to display and represent the succession and propagation of the Church.
Certainly orthodoxy is found more steadfast under this period, among the Patriarchs, Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, Joseph — yet nevertheless not without its blemishes. For into it crept — though the Cainites themselves had been destroyed by the Flood — polygamy, most visible in Abraham and in Jacob, likewise in Esau; as also idolatry, occurring also in the household of Jacob, Gen. 35:1-6, as likewise in that of Laban, ch. 31:30, 33 — not to speak of Esau. What the Teraphim were, Selden explains (De Diis Syris, Syntag. 1, ch. 2), and Athanasius Kircher (Oedipus Aegyptiacus, Tom. 1, p. 258). Into their morals also sins and stumblings crept — this is seen in the lies of Abraham and Isaac, and in other things besides.
As for the schisms of this period: there remained that great, general, and eternal schism and division between the seed of the woman and that of the serpent; likewise there remained the Hamitic schism, spread through its regions, as we have said. Here was laid the foundation, though it had not yet at this time openly broken out, of the Ishmaelite schism, when the Ishmaelites, being scattered and dispersed through the land of Yathrib and Yemen, according to the authority of Patricides, that is, through Arabia, where the city of Medina is, gave rise to Muhammadanism under the New Testament. For Ishmael, being cast out of his father's house, and driven away from his father's religion, and likewise from the divine Revelation, together with his mother Hagar, it could not have been otherwise but that he must gradually have fallen into a perverted worship of God. Also they were afterward called Hagarenes, Scythians, Turks.
Moreover, in this period was laid the foundation, and for the same reason, of the Edomite, or Idumean, schism: for of Esau, or Edom, were born and sprang the Edomites, on Mount Seir. These were indeed more than once provoked by war and brought under the yoke by the Israelites — for example by David, 2 Sam. 8:14, 1 Chron. 18:13, compare Josephus, Jewish Antiquities, Book 7, ch. 6; by King Amaziah, 2 Kings 14:7; by the Maccabees, 1 Macc. 5:65 — yet they were not entirely subdued, nor driven to circumcision and the other religious duties of the Jews, until by Hyrcanus, the son of Simon the Maccabee: see Josephus, Antiquities, Book 13, ch. 17, whereby was fulfilled the prophecy of Balaam, Num. 24:18, as likewise that of Amos, ch. 9:12.
From this, this period has also yielded samples of persecutions: both in Ishmael, the persecutor of Isaac, Gen. 21:9, with Gal. 4:29; and in Esau, persecuting his brother Jacob, on account of the transfer of the blessing of the birthright from himself to him — first seeking his death, Gen. 27:41, and afterward persecuting him very bitterly and sharply, ch. 32:6-7. Further, in the Sodomites, distressing Lot, ch. 19:4-9, with 2 Pet. 2:6-7. Finally, in the brothers of Joseph, on account of his God-given dreams, persecuting their brother with hatred, appointing him to death, casting him into a pit, and selling him to the Ishmaelites, ch. 37. Among these persecutions, however, we do not count the attacks of the Philistines upon Isaac, ch. 26:14, 16, nor of Laban upon Jacob, ch. 31:22, because these did not occur for religion's sake.
The Polemical Part
XXXIV.
It is asked, first: whether, under the Patriarchal period, men were saved by the keeping only of the Law of nature, and of a few positive commandments, without any spiritual promises? The Pelagians of old, and the Socinians now, as likewise the Papists, out of love for an independent free will, whereby man should be able to do all that God requires of him, without any satisfaction of a Mediator, and without any faith in a Mediator, affirm what is asked. The Reformed hold that they, according to the covenant of grace and its spiritual promises, through the Mediator, and through faith in Him, were saved, and thus deny this question. Because (I) apart from Christ there is no salvation, Acts 4:12, John 14:6, 1 Tim. 2:5. Because (II) it is said in the same way that those who lived before Christ were saved as those who live after Him, Acts 15:11. Because they (III) pleased God, which without faith is impossible, Heb. 11:5-6. Because we (IV) have shown in the Doctrinal Part that they had the Covenant of grace, in its first proclamation, Gen. 3:15, in its double renewal under Noah, and also in its excellent increase and extension under Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. Compare what we have said concerning this matter, Book V, Chapter I, §XXXIV.
XXXV.
It is asked, secondly: whether a Testament, in Holy Scripture, is God's unchangeable will to give the believers an inheritance? The very famous Cocceius, in order to establish a still greater distinction between the Testament and the Covenant of grace, and thereby more easily to deny that a Testament is the covenant of grace administered in various ways; likewise in order more forcefully to establish that the Old Testament is nothing else than the will of God to give the Israelite seed the inheritance of the land of Canaan, whereas the New would be nothing else than the will of God to give the goods of the New Testament — and so at last to exalt the more highly the blessedness of the New Testament above the blessedness of the Old Testament — has, in the first place, admitted three Testaments: namely, (I) a general Testament, common to all ages; (II) the old Israelite Testament, of giving the land of Canaan; and (III) the New Testament, of giving, also to the Gentiles, the spiritual inheritance, or the benefits of the New Testament. Then he has described the general Testament as being God's eternal will to give the believers the inheritance of eternal life; and finally he has subordinated to this Testament the decree of Predestination, the Covenant of grace, and both Testaments, the Old and the New.
The Reformed, up until the very famous Cocceius, have held that the decree of Election is the foundation of the whole redemption of mankind, and have subordinated to it the Covenant of grace, as a rule for the carrying out of the decree of Election; and indeed they have called the proclamation of this Covenant the Gospel, but its administration through the shedding of blood — then to be shed, now already shed — they have called a Testament, as we have said in the Doctrinal Part; they therefore deny that a Testament is the purpose of God to give the heavenly inheritance.
Proofs for the negative view: (I) Because the purpose of giving the heavenly inheritance is nowhere in Holy Scripture called a Testament. (2) Because the purpose of giving the believers the heavenly inheritance coincides with, and is one and the same as, the decree of Election, which Scripture constantly distinguishes from Berith, "Covenant," and from diathēkē, "a Testament" — insofar as the first is said to have existed from eternity, while the latter (insofar as it is entered into with the elect) is always said to occur in time, Gen. 6:18 and 17:19, 21, Jer. 31:31-33, Rom. 11:27, Heb. 8:10 — and there is no unfitting example of this. (3) Because the opposite supposition, or this new system of Testaments, introduces the very greatest obscurity and confusion: since (a) instead of the two Testaments which Holy Scripture constantly counts, namely the Old and the New, Gal. 4:24, 2 Cor. 3:6, 14, Heb. 8:9, this system counts three; and among these (b) a Testament older than the Old, of which Holy Scripture has nothing; and (c) the oldest Testament, in turn, makes itself the same, as to substance, with the New Testament, since the heavenly inheritance, or the spiritual goods which God dispenses through the New Testament, in fact coincide with and are the same as the eternal Testament.
For the contrary, however, they allege: (a) that mention is made of an eternal Testament, Heb. 13:20. Answer: (*) It must still be proved that by "the eternal covenant" is meant the purpose of giving the heavenly inheritance. For what if by that is understood the eternal Covenant, which was made between the Father and the Son from eternity? What if it is even understood as the covenant which is established with believers in time, and which shall endure into eternity? From that there would not arise a Testament that is from eternity.
(b) That mention is made, Gal. 3:15-17, of a covenant that was previously confirmed by God upon Christ. Answer: Here there is nothing of God's eternal purpose; but rather there is spoken of the Covenant of grace, which God entered into with Abraham in time, four hundred years before the solemn giving of the Law, vv. 17-18. (c) That mention is made, Heb. 9:15-17, of an eternal inheritance, which presupposes an eternal Testament. Answer: (*) The Text treats of the promise of the eternal inheritance, which without any doubt took place in time — which promise even those Brethren who follow Cocceius themselves distinguish from the eternal will. But (**), it is an eternal inheritance because it is imperishable and unfading, 1 Pet. 1:4. Also (***) by the eternal inheritance is understood eternal life, insofar as that was prepared from eternity in the Son, through that Covenant of grace which was established between the Father and the Son from eternity; but not specifically by virtue of any eternal Testament, insofar as likewise it shall one day become ours by the right of adoption as children, Rom. 8:15.
(d) That there is an eternal will, decreeing and appointing the heirs: this, therefore, is understood by the Testament. Answer: There is an eternal Election, whereby eternal life is designed and allotted to the elect, to be conveyed to them by the right of adoption as children: from this, however, it does not follow that this is an eternal Testament; since the Brethren themselves, who follow the famous Cocceius, not only distinguish Election from the Testament, but also subordinate it to the Testament; nor does it follow from this that this Election is called a Testament in Holy Scripture, since Holy Scripture has applied the term "Testament" to signify something else. (e) That the Testament is not the Covenant of grace itself, and that it therefore can be nothing else than the will to give an inheritance. Answer: There is a certain third thing, namely, the administration of the Covenant of grace, which comprises a covenant administered, as its subject matter.
(f) That the Savior, Luke 22:29, says: "I appoint unto you a kingdom by testament, as my Father has appointed unto me by testament." Answer: (*) Here the eternal diathēkē is ascribed to Christ alone, on account of the Covenant of grace entered into with Him from eternity; but for us it is not ascribed as temporal, or as occurring in time; but (**) the verb diatithesthai also means to promise, or pledge something to someone by way of a covenant, just as the noun diathēkē signifies not only a Testament, but also a Covenant.
XXXVI.
It is asked, thirdly: whether the Old Testament is nothing else than the will of God to give Israel the land of Canaan, as a pledge of the heavenly Fatherland? The Papists, in order the more easily to deny that they allow the Old Testament any spiritual promises — save with this qualification — conspire together in this: that they add, that the land of Canaan was promised to Israel as a figure, an image of the heavenly promise. The same, as to the main point, Arminius held, Disp. 51, De Ecclesia V.T. The very famous Cocceius, with his followers, in service of his new System concerning the Covenants and Testaments, also indeed maintains this, but with the qualification, insofar as Canaan is a pledge of the heavenly Fatherland.
The Reformed, up to his time, have indeed allowed a purpose and promise to give Israel the land of Canaan, and that this too belonged to the Covenant of grace, insofar as God renewed that with Abraham and Israel, as namely a certain branch of it (just as godliness has the promise of this life and of that which is to come, 1 Tim. 4:8, and as the temporal blessings are brought under the Covenant of grace, Hos. 2:18) — that God, in this manner, after the spiritual promise, "I will be your God, and the God of your seed," added the promise concerning the land of Canaan, in the renewal of the Covenant of grace with Abraham, Gen. 17:7-8 — but they deny that the purpose and promise of the land constitutes some particular Covenant or Testament: because (I) Holy Scripture nowhere teaches that the promise of the land of Canaan is a particular Covenant or Testament. Because (II) the requirements of a Testament do not fit the promise concerning the land of Canaan — namely, that it be made firm and effectual by the death of the testator, Heb. 9:16 — for the death of Christ has never confirmed or made firm the promise concerning the land of Canaan.
Because (III) the Apostle, Gal. 3:17, says that the Old Testament is confirmed upon Christ, whose promise is quickening and justification, v. 21; but by this he does not mean either an eternal Testament, because he speaks expressly of a Testament with Abraham, nor the New Testament under Christ, for the same reason: therefore he means the Old Testament — unless they wish to posit a certain fourth Testament. Because (IV) if the Old Testament had been solely concerned with the land of Canaan, it would have been either concerning that land simply, which is Socinian; or, insofar as it was a pledge of the heavenly Fatherland, it would then be one and the same with the general Testament, indeed even with the New Testament, which likewise promise the heavenly Fatherland — except that the Old Testament would have had, over and above, this addition, as a noble pledge, of which the two remaining Testaments would be bereft — so that this would become more perfect and nobler than the other two.
Let me (V) add, that if the possession of the land of Canaan had exhausted the Old Testament, then it would neither have been steadfast and continuing, as being broken off in the meantime by the Babylonian Captivity, nor general or common to all the covenant partners, since the proselytes, dwelling outside Canaan, would have had no share in it. I will not even say that the ungodly and the hypocrites would have had a pledge of the heavenly Fatherland.
Yet the Brethren array themselves against this with this argument: (I) The inheritance of the land of Canaan being taken away, there will remain no particular inheritance for the Old Testament, and thus the Old Testament will cease to be. Answer: (a) We do not exclude the land of Canaan from the Old Testament, but include it as a noble part thereof, Gen. 17:7-8; we only deny that the whole Testament consisted solely in the possession thereof. (b) Thus, according to the supposition of the Brethren, there would be no difference between the general Testament and the New Testament, since in both there is one and the same inheritance of the heavenly Fatherland. (c) It suffices that, of one and the same inheritance, a particular administration belongs and is proper to the Old Testament.
(2) The inheritance of a typical Testament (such as the Old Testament is) is also typical; therefore Canaan is an inheritance, Heb. 9:15. Answer: (a) Let the land of Canaan be an inheritance — only, that it not be an inheritance ex asse, that is, either the entire inheritance, or the sole inheritance. (b) It suffices for a typical Testament, that the administration of its inheritance be typical. (3) The land of Canaan was Israel's hereditary possession, Deut. 3:11-12, Ps. 68:10. Answer: It was so, but not that alone — which is the very question at issue.
(4) The Old Testament looked only to the Jews, therefore it also had an inheritance proper to the Jews, such as Canaan was. Answer: The Old Testament looked to all the elect who lived from the first Gospel promise down to Christ, also to the proselytes of the Jews, living outside Canaan, as we shall show a little further on. (5) The Old Testament, being a vanishing one, also had a vanishing inheritance, which was solely the land of Canaan. Answer: It had a vanishing inheritance, with respect to the possession of the land of Canaan; but not only a vanishing one, but also eternal life, Matt. 25:36, 46.
(6) Christ is not the Mediator of the Old Testament; therefore it did not have, as an inheritance, eternal life, of which He Himself is the testator, and consequently it had only the land of Canaan. Answer: (a) Christ is not the Mediator of the Old Covenant, or of the Covenant of works; but that He would not have been the Mediator of the Old Testament is absolutely false, Heb. 13:8. But (b) the heavenly inheritance was rolled up and wound into the pledge of the land of Canaan.
XXXVII.
It is asked, fourthly: whether the Old Testament began from Sinai? The very famous Cocceius, because he has called the Old Testament an arrangement, or settlement, concerning the land of Canaan, made at Sinai, is compelled to grant this question. We, because we have denied, in the preceding paragraph, that the Old Testament is an arrangement or settlement concerning the land of Canaan, also deny that the Old Testament began from Sinai. This question and point of controversy is therefore settled without any difficulty from what precedes.
For (I) if the Old Testament is not an arrangement concerning the land of Canaan, what else is it, then, than an administration of the Covenant of grace, through the Mediator who was to come; and since this administration, by the consent of all, had place before the entrance into Canaan, so the Old Testament without any doubt had place before that entrance. I will (II) add, that if a Testament, distinct from the general Testament and from the New Testament, had place four hundred years before the Law, then the Old Testament existed before the entrance into Canaan; but such a Testament did have place, according to the statement of Paul, Gal. 3:17. For this Testament was not the general Testament (according to the view of the Brethren), because that was confirmed not four hundred years before, but from eternity beforehand; moreover it did not have the promise of Canaan, which that of Paul had, Gen. 17:7-8; and much less was it the New Testament, the Brethren themselves granting as much: if, therefore, they do not wish to forge a fourth Testament, they will have to acknowledge that Paul means the Old Testament, which had place before the entrance into Canaan.
From which also another proof arises. (I) If, before the entrance into Canaan, a certain Testament of grace had place, distinct from the general Testament of the Brethren, then the Old Testament had place before that entrance; and it did have place: (1) because such a Testament of grace existed under Noah, Gen. 6:8, with v. 18. That there was here a Testament, or administration, of the Covenant of grace, we have taught in §XIV; that this was not the Brethren's general Testament of grace, appears, because it had the promise concerning Noah's preservation from the destruction of the Flood, likewise concerning the not-any-more destroying of the world by a Flood — promises which the Brethren's general Testament of Grace does not have. I will not add that that Testament of the Brethren was supposedly from eternity, and not first established with Noah.
(2) Because under Abraham there was such a Testament of grace, which promised that God would be the God of Abraham and of his seed, Gen. 17:7 — that this was distinct from the Brethren's general Testament of Grace we have just now demonstrated. Yet the Brethren array themselves against this, plausibly enough. (a) From Jer. 31:31-32 and Heb. 8:9, where mention is made of a certain Testament, established by God at Sinai, which was without doubt the Old Testament. Answer: (a) Let us grant that the Old Testament is spoken of there; let us likewise grant that it is said there to have been established: yet we deny that it is said there that this Old Testament began at Sinai; for indeed these are not equivalent expressions — "to have been established" and "to have begun."
But (b), even if we also granted that it began there, we nevertheless deny that it is said to have begun there with respect to the whole of its period. Namely, we have observed two distinct epochs of the Old Testament, in which an outstanding change occurred in the administration of the Covenant of grace: the first of these flowed from the first Gospel promise down to Moses — that under this epoch there was a wholly very different administration of the Testament of grace, the Brethren themselves acknowledge; the other epoch is from Moses to Christ, under which God administered the Covenant of Grace in a wholly different manner, namely, through so great a multitude of types and ceremonies: and with respect to this epoch, or with respect to this particular manner of administration, we acknowledge that the Old Testament began from Sinai.
That this particular epoch, or manner of administration, through the Levitical Priesthood and through the ceremonies, is also understood by the Prophet under the Testament at Sinai, appears from the eighth chapter to the Hebrews; indeed also from the aim of that whole Epistle, which is none other than to teach the abolition of the ceremonial Law: to which end he presses, that God now, under the New Testament, no longer wills, as formerly under the Old Testament, to dispense the goods of the Covenant of grace — regeneration, etc. — through the Levitical priesthood and typical ceremonies, but that He now wills, without these, to write His Law immediately into their understandings and hearts, according to the prophecy of Jeremiah.
(b) From Gal. 4:24, where express mention is made of a Testament from Mount Sinai, which bore unto bondage. Answer: (α) "The Testament, or Covenant, from Mount Sinai," can be understood as the Covenant of works, the remembrance of which was renewed by the Law of the ten Commandments at Sinai, both with respect to the reprobate Jews, excluded from the fellowship of the Testament of grace (as the Brethren speak), and with respect to the elect, who, by means of it, would be brought to the fellowship of the Testament of Grace, Gal. 3:24, as we shall teach in the following Chapter.
But if you (b), by "the Testament from Sinai," wish absolutely to understand a Testament, and indeed the Old one, I will say, as to the preceding objection, that there is understood by it that period of the Old Testament which, through various burdensome ceremonies, held the people, according to the nature of its childish age, the more in bondage, Gal. 4:1 — but by no means the whole period of the Old Testament.
XXXVIII.
It is asked, fifthly: whether, then, the whole period of the Covenant of Grace, from the first Gospel down to the consummation of the ages, is rightly divided into the Old and New Testament? The very famous Cocceius, because he says that the whole arrangement of the Old Testament is nothing other than a settlement concerning the land of Canaan, as a pledge of the heavenly Fatherland, and that it therefore had no place before the introduction of Israel into Canaan, is also compelled to hold that, before the Old Testament, a certain period had place, which he calls the period of the promise, distinct and different from the Old and New Testament.
We, on the contrary, since we have taught that the Old Testament is not an arrangement solely concerning the land of Canaan, and therefore, that the Old Testament also had place before the introduction of Israel into Canaan — indeed, that the Old Testament is nothing else than an arrangement, or settlement, of the Covenant of grace, through the Mediator who was one day to be set forth there — maintain that the division rightly takes place into two Testaments: because, as the Brethren themselves acknowledge, the administration of the Covenant of Grace, insofar as it rests upon the Mediator who was to be revealed, had place from the first Gospel promise itself onward. There is, therefore, no reason why we should occupy ourselves any longer with this question.
XXXIX.
It is asked, sixthly: whether God, under the Patriarchal period, gave the world nothing besides the promise of the general Testament — no moral, no ceremonial Law, or the Law of faith itself; likewise no Gospel — to the end that He might not impute sin, or detract anything from the freedom of this period, but treat men as though sin were no longer in the world? The very famous Cocceius, because he (I) divided the whole time of grace, from the first Gospel down to the last judgment, into three periods — of the Promise, of the Law, and of the Gospel — ascribes to the first period nothing except only the promise, or the common Testament of grace; to the second period, besides the common Testament, also the Law; to the third period, besides the common Testament, moreover also the Gospel.
Again (II), because he traced the origin of the Law to the making of the golden calf, he could not, for that time, acknowledge any Law. Finally, (III), because he taught that, up to the actual payment made by the Surety, men were under the guilt of punishment, under an imputation, or reckoning, of sin, as not yet having been taken away, and hence under a bondage; so that it might not be objected to him that this contradicts the Patriarchal period, under which they enjoyed the same freedom which we enjoy under the New Testament — he forestalls this by teaching that, through a certain singular goodness of God, sin, although it was still in the world, and could have been imputed, was nevertheless not imputed; and that God therefore did not wish to give a Law to this period, namely, so that sin should not, by means of it, be imputed or charged as not yet having been taken away, or so that anything should be withdrawn from the freedom of that time — and on these grounds he maintains this position. (See the learned Cocceius's Disputation on the Economy of the Times, with Wilhelm Momma as respondent, §§6-7; compare Wilh. Momma, De Statu Ecclesiae, Bk. 1, ch. 3.)
We, on the contrary, deny this position, and teach that, under the Patriarchal period, both the Law and the Gospel were given by God just as under the Mosaic period, though in a different manner and degree: (I) because we read expressly that the general moral commandments were prescribed to men throughout this period, Gen. 9:5-6, 17:1, and 19:7, 17, etc. (2) Because we have already, above, shown by an ascending enumeration, that moreover very many particular commandments — for example, concerning the building of the Ark, with its accompaniments, Gen. 6; concerning the leaving of fatherland and family by Abraham, ch. 12; concerning the sacrificing of his son, ch. 22 — indeed even all the particular commandments of the Law of the ten words, also had place during this period.
(3) Because sins are imputed or reproved, Gen. 4:9-10, 6:2-3, 11:6. (4) Because they are punished, Gen. 4:11-12, and even in a wholly terrifying manner, as appears in the Flood, and in the overthrow of Sodom. (5) Because ceremonial commandments too are clearly prescribed to men, Gen. 9:4, 15:9-10, and 22:2, and among these, especially circumcision, Gen. 17:10, etc. I will not speak of the offerings of Abel, Noah, and others, which, though they are not expressly read to have been prescribed, are nevertheless acknowledged, even by the Brethren themselves, not to have been self-willed acts of worship, and are therefore presupposed to have been charged and commanded by God. (6) Because the Gospel, at least of the promise, is found there, Gen. 3:15, and the Covenant of grace, with its required condition, Gen. 17:1-2. I will not add (7) faith in the Messiah, as one to come, Gen. 49:18, etc.
If the Brethren allege, on the contrary: (A) that no Laws are expressly prescribed: I will answer them (a) that they were indeed prescribed; and (b) that they were expressly prescribed we have already proved and demonstrated. (B) At least, that we do not read that they were expressly prescribed: I will say that many things were prescribed to the world by God, through the Patriarchs, who were moved by the Holy Spirit, which are not recorded in so great a brevity of speech in Genesis: compare Gen. 6:3 with 1 Pet. 3:19-20. Indeed, that they were even expressly prescribed we have already demonstrated above.
(C) That they were not prescribed, so that they should impute sin, or bring it to remembrance and reproach: I will answer, that every Law imputes or reproaches sin, Rom. 7:7, 13, even the Law of nature itself, Rom. 2:15. Not to say that the ceremonial Law, which the Brethren acknowledge had place in this period, and which we have shown to have been prescribed by God, is expressly called by the Apostle a handwriting against sins, Col. 2:14. The remaining suppositions on which the Brethren build their view — for example, concerning the threefold division of the times; concerning the Law, originally dated from the making of the golden calf; concerning the bondage which that Law brought upon the church — we have in part already, above, tested and examined, and shall, God willing, in part test and examine them further in the following Chapter.
The Practical Part
XL.
The practical use of this dispensation regards either the administered Covenant of grace, of which we have spoken of set purpose and at length in Book V, Chapter I, which, with the necessary changes, must here be applied; or the particular periods of this era, which the brevity of this summary excludes; or this whole entire era, which we shall represent in a word. That, therefore, God has not wished to proclaim, or to administer in one and the same manner, the Covenant of grace in Christ, all at once and at one time — as He could have done, had it seemed good to Him — but by degrees, through various times, intervals, and distances, according to which the mystery of this Covenant should become more fully and clearly known to the world, namely, through so many periods, epochs, and eras, spread out and extended, as we have said: this teaches us, first, how orderly the order of things is in itself, and how highly it is esteemed by God; and, on the contrary, how shameful and hateful to God all disorder is, 1 Cor. 14:33, 40.
For just as He has disclosed and made this manifest in the first Creation of all things, in the space of six days — proceeding continually, in simple things, from more perfect to less perfect, and in composite things, from less perfect to more perfect, Gen. 1 — so also does He show, in the second Creation of things through His Son, according to the Covenant of grace provided, that very same thing, in so beautiful an administration of that same Covenant; whereby, by degrees, always from the less perfect to the more perfect, according to the state of the Church's infancy, youth, and mature age, progress is observed: whence it might also be called "a covenant, ordered in all things," 2 Sam. 23:5. Which order, being in itself so beautiful, so pleasing to God, and so carefully preserved in His own house through the administration of the Covenant, indeed everywhere, ought so greatly to commend itself to us, that we, in the public house of God, or in the Church, 1 Tim. 3:15, with 1 Cor. 14:40, and in each one's own particular household, and in all our dealings, should follow it with the utmost care.
XLI.
Secondly, it points us to the unsearchable riches of Christ, Eph. 3:8, who is the soul and quintessence of the Covenant of grace, which, through so many periods within periods, and eras within periods, through so many ages of the world, and through so many degrees, and, as it were, by pieces, has had to be declared to mortals. In the Creation of the world, God indeed poured out and displayed the treasures of His wisdom, common goodness, and power, in the space of six days, Gen. 1 — but in its re-creation through the Mediator, according to the Covenant of grace, God declares and displays the unsearchable treasure and riches of Christ, and the manifold wisdom of the Covenant of grace, by degrees and by parts, over the course of six thousand years. And to what end is this, but that, just as God has spent six days on the unfolding and declaring of the works of the world, so that we should spend six days of the week in the distinct contemplation of them, so also has God declared and displayed the administrations of the Covenant of grace, and the treasures and riches of Christ, through so many ages, so that we should spend the whole time of our life in the distinct contemplation of them.
XLII.
Thirdly, it points us to God's most tender, and more than fatherly, care and condescension toward His Church, still set in its infancy. Inasmuch as He did not wish to pour out upon her, all at once and at one time, the mysteries of the Covenant of grace, and overwhelm and stupefy her with so great a splendor, but rather, by degrees, according to her various ages, impressed upon her the first rudiments of it, without any mention of a Covenant, from Paradise down to Noah; then explained those first rudiments a little more distinctly, by the addition not only of the mention and form of a covenant-making, but also by a solemn sealing thereof, through the sacrament of the Rainbow, from Noah to Abraham; and finally, the covenant-making, having been for a while wrapped up and involved in temporal promises, He caused to be drawn out more distinctly into spiritual promises: "I will be to you a God, and to your seed after you," Gen. 17:7-8; likewise, "I will be your shield, and your exceeding great reward," Gen. 15:1 — from Abraham to Moses: and moreover, throughout this whole period, He so mightily protected and preserved His church and her truth against those Cainites and Hamites, indeed against the whole world, which was separated and cut off from her. This more-than-fatherly care and providence is applied to this end, that we too should now the more confidently commend and entrust ourselves to Him.
XLIII.
Fourthly, the infancy of this period, and its shining darkness, whereby God wished to feed and stir up the thirst and longing according to the desire of the nations, Hag. 2:7, Isa. 64:1, compared with our mature age and noonday light, commends and exalts our present blessedness, Luke 10:23-24, and kindles most powerfully our love and thankfulness toward God, and raises us up to walk more carefully in this light before the face of God: compare Rom. 13:11 — and admonishes us that we, being indeed grown to maturity, should not conduct ourselves as little children, 1 Cor. 13:11: "When I was a child, I spoke as a child, I understood as a child, I thought as a child; but when I became a man, I put away childish things"; and so conduct ourselves that we, who ought by reason of time to be teachers, should not again have need that someone teach us what are the first principles of the oracles of God, and that we are not such as have need of milk, and not of solid food. For everyone who partakes of milk is unskilled in the word of righteousness, for he is a child. But solid food belongs to those who are of full age, who by reason of use have their senses exercised to discern both good and evil, Heb. 5:12-14, compare Eph. 4:14. And let us also, in the noonday light which God has kept in store for us, not ourselves be blind, nor grope for the wall like blind men, Deut. 28:29, Job 5:14, Isa. 29:10, 2 Pet. 1:9.
XLIV.
Fifthly, the practical use of this Chapter also applies pre-eminently to the antiquity of our faith, if we only diligently and precisely compare the theology of those first periods of the Church with our own. For from this it will (I) become known and clear to us that we believe nothing other than what has been from the beginning, 1 John 1:1. And that we (II) are saved in no other way than that in which men have been saved, from the first beginnings of the world and of the Church onward, Acts 15:11: "In such manner as also they." From which we (III) are eminently strengthened in our confidence, and in the holy confession of that faith.
Moreover we (IV) come to glory in that deep and exceedingly great antiquity: for if the Romanists are so proud of their fabricated and false antiquity, that they set it up as a mark of their Church, whereby it might be recognized as ancient — what then? Should we not glory in our true antiquity, which we derive from the very beginning of the world itself? Finally, (V) we are strengthened and hardened against the offense of so many heresies, schisms, persecutions, and abominations, which day by day beset the Church, when we consider that this has been the faith of the Church of all ages, from the beginning of the world onward, and no less subject to heresies, schisms, persecutions, and abominations than our own is, 1 Cor. 11:19, compare 2 Pet. 2:1, 5-7, Jude vv. 7, 11. In particular, because all these things do much and are useful, both to prove the faith and steadfastness of believers, 1 Cor. 11:19, and unto prudence, whereby they must be the more carefully on their guard, lest they be entangled in the same, since throughout all ages they have so burdened the Church, disturbed her, and assailed her.
Index
A
Accepting the Mediator (Aannemen)
- Is the first cornerstone of conversion; is an act of faith.
Adam and Eve (Adam en Eva)
- Their history and creation.
Adoption as Children (Kinder-aanneminge)
- Flows from union with Christ; the manner by which one becomes a child of God; treated in seven points: the explanation of the matter, its causes, its subject, the difference between divine and human adoption, its foundations, its goal, and its consequences (a lessening of self, the spirit of adoption, the inheritance, a certain conformity to the Son of God, dominion over creatures, and Christian liberty).
- Practical uses: the blessedness of the adopted, from five main grounds; the misery of those not adopted; a call to self-examination, with marks and hindrances; a stirring of desire to share in this adoption, with motives and means; counsel to make use of its benefits; various childlike duties owed to God as Father.
Advocate (Advokaat)
- All the qualities of an advocate are found in Christ.
Amen (Amen)
- The origin and meaning of this word.
Antichrist (Antichrist)
- Who is meant by this, as claimed of the papists; see further "Pope of Rome."
Apostasy of the Saints (Afval der Heiligen)
- Has no place; though some faltering does occur.
Apostles (Apostelen)
- The origin and meaning of this word, and what their work was.
Application of Redemption, The Nature of the (Toepassinge)
- Redemption must be applied to men, proven from Scripture and by argument; what this application is; its cause is the whole Holy Trinity, acting through three acts; its foundation is union and communion with Christ; the applying benefits; its subject is the whole church and every believer; four means of application; the manner of applying differs between Old and New Testament; is carried out by the redeemed themselves, through fulfilling the required conditions and through a particular inward persuasion and assurance.
- Questions treated: whether the application of redemption is universal — denied; whether it can be separated from redemption itself — denied; whether it depends on man's free will — denied; whether it depends on a merely moral grace — denied; whether believers, by ordinary means, can apply redemption to themselves with certainty — affirmed, against objections.
- Practical uses: praises God as beginner and finisher of our whole salvation; praises the blessedness of those who share in this application; invites us to strive after the passive application, and stirs us to strive after the active application.
Arphaxad, History of (Arphaksad)
- His genealogy, as part of the patriarchal chronology.
Ascension of the Mediator (Hemelvaart des Middelaars)
- The ascending person; the ascension itself and what it entails; its qualities; the time of the ascension; its causes and effects.
- Questions treated: whether Christ truly ascended into heaven; whether with the same body in which he lived and died, against the Socinians; whether the heaven into which he ascended is a fixed, defined, circumscribed place, against the Lutherans; whether he ascended in order to become High Priest there; whether he ascended more than once.
- Practical uses, in nine points: to consider his ascension, with its motives; to rejoice with the ascending Savior; to find comfort in various cases; to examine diligently whether he also ascended for us, with its marks; to desire to experience the power of Christ's ascension, and where that power is to be sought; to forsake the world; to strive with Christ toward heaven; to condemn those unwilling to follow Christ there; and to receive a pledge of our own future ascension.
Assurance of Faith (Verzekertheit des Geloofs)
- What concurs in it, on God's side and on ours.
B
Baptism (Doop)
- Is the circumcision of Christ, and of the New Testament; what it is as to the word and as to the thing; the sign and the words of blessing; the signified thing and its correspondence, both with Christ and with us; its instituting and administering causes; its ends and uses; its subjects; its necessity, unity, place, time, and effect.
- That baptism is not absolutely necessary to salvation — proven, with objections answered; whether any but ministers of the word may baptize — denied; whether the infants of believers must be baptized — affirmed, objections answered; that a valid baptism should not be repeated, against Stephanus and the papists; whether baptism was, for a time, used by the apostles without any command of Christ; that baptism does not of itself contain and produce grace, as a natural instrument; whether baptism takes away sins so that they no longer exist, or only so that they are not imputed.
- Whether the baptism of John was, in essence, the same as the baptism of Christ; whether a simple washing with water in the name of the Trinity suffices; whether exorcism has any place in baptism — denied, against the papists' objections.
- Practical uses: duties before, during, and after baptism; exhortation to adults to remember their baptism; to elders, concerning their duties toward children with respect to baptism; and to the baptized, concerning general duties.
Behold, Meaning of the Word (Ziet)
- The origin and meaning of this word.
Bishop, A (Bisschop)
- Is no greater or higher than an elder, but is the same office; whether the practice of the episcopate is necessary, and whether it is useful for obtaining justification — denied against the papists.
Bishop, A General (Bisschop, een Algemene)
- There is no such office among the ministers of the New Testament; proven, and defended against the papists' grounds.
Blameless, Meaning of the Word (Onberispelyk)
- What this signifies.
Blessing of the Bread of the Supper (Zegenen van het broodt)
- What this signifies.
Blood (Bloedt)
- What is meant by it in Holy Scripture.
Burying in Baptism (Begraven worden in den Doop)
- What this signifies; is threefold; see further "Repentance."
C
Cain, History of (Kain)
- His genealogy and history.
Calling of the Redeemed (Roepinge der te Verlossenen)
- Its proper subjects; the application of redemption is accomplished first of all through calling, proven from Scripture and reason; what is to be noted concerning the word; what calling is; it concerns the understanding, the will, and the act of accepting itself; occurs outwardly through the word and inwardly through the Holy Spirit; its causes, ends, subjects, and bounds; is divided into a general calling, a common calling, and one proper to the elect.
- Questions treated: whether the calling to the Redeemer and to redemption is universal — denied; whether the effectiveness of calling depends on anything besides God's grace alone — denied, against the Pelagians; that it belongs to none but the church alone; whether calling now occurs without the outward word, by an inward word alone — denied, against the enthusiasts.
- Practical uses, in six points: the virtues of the one who calls; the state of the called, its purposes and ends; the misery of those not savingly called; a call to self-examination, with motives and marks; a stirring of love and longing for fellowship in it; and an exhortation to duties consistent with the calling.
Calling to the Holy Ministry (Roeping tot de heilige Bediening)
- What it consists of; is necessary.
Christ's Body (Christus lighaam)
- See "Supper, The Holy."
Church Assemblies (Kerkelyke Vergaderingen)
- Were of a threefold kind under both the Old and the New Testament; their general qualities and conditions.
Church Discipline (Kerkelyke Tucht)
- Serves to apply the will of God; its description, author, and founder; the assemblies of ministers under the Old and New Testament; its general qualities; its parts, consisting of brotherly rebukes and excommunications; has four degrees, as commonly practiced in the Dutch church; its material and formal subject; a fourfold kind of wrongdoing; the distinction between divine and human discipline; its foundations, its goal, and its consequences.
- That a special discipline belongs to the church, including exclusion from the Holy Supper — proven against opponents; that it had a place also among believers of the Old Testament, against Cocceius.
- Practical uses: concerning the establishing and confirming of church discipline by magistrates and church officers; concerning its exercise; concerning submitting to it; and concerning avoiding it.
Church Ministers (Kerke-Dienaren)
- Are used by Christ to gather his church; why their work is called a "ministry"; what the ministry is; the requirements and qualities of ministers; the dignity and excellence of the ministry; the acts of the ministry, and how to conduct them; the preaching of the Word; the duties of congregations toward their ministers; the effectiveness and fruits of the ministry, and the causes of an ineffective or an effective one; the origin of the office; and the distinction between extraordinary and ordinary ministers of the Old and New Testament.
Church of Christ, The Nature of the (Kerke Christi)
- How its members are united; what the marks of the true church are.
- Questions treated: whether the Pope constitutes the church — denied; whether one can be a member of the church without being a true believer; whether the universal church is rightly divided into triumphant and militant; whether unity and universality of the militant church requires being under the Roman pope; whether the Roman church is the true church of Christ — denied against the papists; whether the Reformed church, having separated from Rome, is schismatic — denied, with an account of where the true church existed beforehand; whether it derives its origin from Zwingli, Luther, Calvin, and the like — denied; whether the church has always been visible — denied; whether the militant church can wholly fail and fall away; whether the church of the Old and of the New Testament is, in essence, one and the same church; whether every Christian must join a particular, definite church — affirmed; whether the true church must be distinguished from the false by certain fixed marks; whether the confession of the true faith is a genuine mark of the true church — affirmed against the papists; whether there are further marks besides the confession of faith — Bellarmine's marks are shown not to be genuine, and for the most part to fit the Reformed church rather than the Roman.
- Practical uses, in nine points: a command to inquire after the true church; an exhortation to join it, with motives and manner; a call to self-examination whether we are true members; a stirring of love for the church and its unity; a commendation of the building up of the church, by whom and by what means; an exhortation to reformation of the church; an urging of ecclesiastical harmony, with motives and means; and a commendation of the duties of the communion of saints.
Church, The State of the (Kerke, Staat der)
- Under the first, second, and third periods of the patriarchs, and the manner of its propagation and government in each.
Circumcision (Besnydenisse)
- What it is; has two limits; begins in the understanding and is rooted in the will; its essential parts; its author, minister, instrument, form, and ends; its defined subject, appointed time, and the obligation of penalty attached to it; works upon the affections.
- Sealed spiritual benefits to the Jews, against opponents; is not of perpetual use, against opponents; whether it required some human satisfaction — denied, with the papists' grounds refuted at length.
Classical Assembly (Klassikale Vergadering)
- What it is; its divine right, taught and established with the example of four classical churches, and confirmed with reasons.
Come, Meaning of the Word (Komen)
- What this word means.
Communion of Saints (Gemeinschap der heiligen)
- Flows from union with Christ; is useful and beneficial to the church of Christ; does not consist in a community of goods.
Condemning Oneself (Veroordelen van zich zelven)
- One may not do this when God has justified.
Conditions of the Redeemed (Voorwaarden der te verlossenen)
- Are faith and conversion; Christ prescribes these to his own.
Condition, Meaning of the Word (Voorwaarde)
- What this word means.
Confession, Auricular (Oorbiecht)
- Is not required for repentance and conversion, against the papists.
Conscience (Konscientie)
- Is sanctified in the elect; whether it is bound to church institutions and ceremonies — answered with qualification.
Conscience of Sins (Konscientie van zonden)
- Must not be shunned.
Consistorial Assembly (Konsistoriale Vergadering)
- What it is.
Conversation in Heaven, Having Our (Wandel in den Hemel te hebben)
- What this implies.
Conversion (Bekering)
- Described according to the example of the travelers to Emmaus: the preparation, in four steps; the work of conversion itself; and its consequences.
- Its causes, its subjects, its acts — both moral and natural — its stages, and its effects (contrition, humbling, and holy despair).
- Practical uses: a warning not to rest in conversion before laying hold of Christ; a rebuke of unconvertedness; a rebuke of delay in conversion; an exposure of feigned repentance; an urging of true repentance and conversion, with motives and helps.
Conversion, Delay of (Uitstel der Bekering)
- Is discouraged; its causes must be removed.
Conversion, Preparation for (Voorbereiding tot de Bekering)
- What it consists of.
Conversion, Pretexts against (Voorwendzels tegen de Bekering)
- Which pretexts are commonly raised.
Covenant of Grace (Verbondt der Genade)
- Is not one-sided; has two parties, God and the church; is eternal, by virtue of the Counsel of Peace; has the essential parts of a testament; is made known in the gospel; is variously dispensed.
- Practical uses: teaches us the unsearchable riches of Christ; commends God's more-than-fatherly care for his church; exalts our lot above that of the first church; confirms our faith from its antiquity.
Covenants of God with Abraham (Verbonden Godts met Abraham)
- Are three in number; were renewals of the covenant of grace; were made with him and his seed; included excellent promises and duties, and strong confirmations.
Covenants of God with Noah (Verbonden Godts met Noach)
- Are twofold: before the Flood, and after it; whether both were a spiritual covenant-making — affirmed and defended.
D
Damnation (Verdoemenisse)
- By its beginning, what it consists of; by its progress, what it is; the eternal damnation, what it will consist of.
Darkness (Duisternisse)
- The origin and meaning of this word.
Deacons (Diakenen)
- Their names, qualities, and work.
Death, Natural or Temporal (Doodt)
- Is, for believers, properly speaking, no punishment for sin; is not to be greatly dreaded by those already begun to be glorified; must not be despised or scorned, with the reasons why.
Dedicating Ourselves to God (Toewyen van ons zelven aan Godt)
- What must be dedicated; what dedication is; for what reasons, and in what manner.
Disciples of Christ (Discipelen van Christus)
- How many they were, and for what purpose they were used.
Dominions (Heerschappyen)
- What is meant by them.
Dying Well (Welsterven)
- Must be practiced both in health and in sickness.
E
Election (Verkiezing)
- Occurs for various ends; its meritorious, procuring, and acknowledging cause.
Enemies of Christ (Vyanden van Christus)
- Who they are; and who the spiritual enemies of believers are.
Enoch, History and Meaning of the Name (Hanoch)
- What this name signifies; his genealogy.
Esau, History of (Ezau)
- His genealogy and history.
Eternal Life (Leven, het eeuwige)
- Was not first announced by Christ.
Evangelists (Euangelisten)
- Who they were, why so called, and what their work was.
Exaltation of the Mediator (Verhoginge des Middelaars)
- Its cause, acts, and end, proven from Scripture and reason; what this exaltation is; how it pertains to his whole person, as to both natures.
- Questions treated: whether through the exaltation the flesh of Christ became of the same essence and power as the deity; whether the exaltation consisted in the human nature's receiving the full use of the divine attributes, and in what manner; whether Christ was exalted also according to his divine nature; whether only finite gifts were imparted to the human nature by the exaltation; whether the first degree of exaltation was the descent into hell.
- Practical uses: a rebuke of those who trample down the afflicted; a ground for trust, boasting, and prayer; matter for humbling ourselves; and an invitation to an exaltation of the heart, a glorifying of the mouth, a submission of the whole man, and a confession of the tongue.
Excommunication of the Church (Uitbanning der Kerke)
- Excludes no one from the general civil duties of courtesy; must be exercised through the eldership.
Exorcism (Duivel-banning)
- What it is, and whether it has a place in baptism — denied, against the papists' objections.
F
Flesh and Spirit (Vleesch en Geest)
- Are two principles in a sanctified person; three consequences of this twofold principle: strife and struggle, very grave sins, and daily repentance and conversion; what is meant by "flesh" — the body and its sensible desire — and by "spirit" — the soul and its rational desire.
Foreguarding (Voorbewaringe)
- By this, God did not will to save man without means, but by a ransom-redemption, with various reasons.
Foreknowledge (Voorkennisse)
- What it does not, and what it does, mean in God.
Forgiveness of Sins (Vergeving der zonden)
- How the word is translated by Cocceius, and what the thing itself signifies.
Forsaking the World (Verlaten van de wereldt)
- What this is, and why it must be practiced.
Free Will (Vryen wille)
- Regeneration does not depend on it.
Fullness of Time (Volheit der tyden)
- What this signifies.
G
Gathering Together (Vergaderen by een)
- What it is.
Glorification of the Redeemed (Heerlykmakinge der te Verloffenen)
- Presupposes justification; flows from union with Christ; what it is as to the word and as to the thing; has two limits and three periods — of beginning, in this life, with five degrees; of progress, in death; and of perfection, in the resurrection.
- Practical uses: extols the blessedness of those united to Christ; provides comfort; warns of the misery of the unglorified; urges self-examination; presses the pursuit of initial glorification, with motives and helps; shows the blessedness of those about to enter heaven; and urges diligence in dying well.
God's Decree (Besluit Godts)
- Is not at once unchangeable and changeable.
God's Goodness (Goedheit Godts)
- Is required for the possession of good things.
God's Independence (Onafhankelykheit Godts)
- Is required for regeneration.
God's Judgments over the Church (Oordelen Godts over de Kerke)
- What fixed and sure predictions there are.
God's Power (Macht Godts)
- Is required for regeneration.
God's Will, Revelation of (Openbaring van Godts wille)
- How this happened in ancient times.
Good Works (Werken, goede)
- Are not required beforehand for justification; see further "Law of God, The Moral."
Governing, Meaning of the Word (Regeren)
- What this word means.
Government of the Church (Regeringe der Kerke)
- That there is such a government, proven from Scripture and further described; its rule; the matters it concerns; its causes and various ends.
- Its subjects are the magistrates and the eldership; its form; does not properly belong to civil magistrates; is not monarchical, resting in one person; does not depend on all the individual members but on the eldership alone, proven and defended; its bounds; the calling it exercises is divided into a general, a common, and one proper to the elect.
H
Heaven, The Third (Hemel, den derden)
- Is a fixed, defined place; is spatial and visible, proven from Scripture and reason.
High Priest (Hogepriester)
- His calling, ordination, anointing, installation, succession, requirements, and service.
Hip, Striking the (Heupe)
- What this gesture signifies.
Hypocrites (Huichelaren)
- How far they can go in the matter of remorse and conversion; how they differ from the truly converted.
I
Intercession of Christ (Voorbiddinge van Christus)
- What it consists of.
Isaac, History of (Izaäk)
- His genealogy and history.
Ishmael, History of (Ismaël)
- His genealogy and history.
J
Jabal, History of (Jabal)
- His genealogy and history.
Jacob, History of (Jakob)
- His genealogy and history.
Japheth, History of (Jafet)
- His genealogy and history.
John the Baptist (Johannes den Doper)
- Who he was, and what his work was.
Joseph, History of (Jozef)
- His genealogy and history.
Judas
- Did not receive the Holy Supper.
Judgment of the Living and the Dead (Oordelen, het, van de levenden en doden)
- Belongs to Christ.
Justification of the Redeemed (Rechtvaardiginge der te Verlossenen)
- Flows from union with Christ, proven from Scripture and confirmed with reasons; the meaning and use of the word; who its effecting cause is; what the act itself is; its subjects; its moving and meritorious cause; the application of this righteousness; its two parts — an acquittal from guilt, and an assignment of the right to eternal life — and its periods.
- Questions treated: whether "to justify" means an inward change in the one justified — denied; whether the grace of justification excludes all merit — affirmed against the papists, denied against the Socinians; whether we are justified by the righteousness of Christ alone — affirmed; whether good works are required beforehand for justification — denied, against the antinomians; whether it occurs by an act, by virtue of Christ's satisfaction, prior to regeneration and faith — denied; whether justification is of one kind under both testaments — affirmed with qualification, argued at length against Cocceius and his followers.
- Practical uses, in eight points: causes us to praise the glory of God and the Mediator; declares the blessedness of the justified, and the misery of those not justified; urges self-examination, with motives and marks; stirs pursuit of fellowship in justification; warns against four abuses of justification; provides comfort in various cases; exhorts to thanksgiving; and shows that justification takes place lawfully in the Reformed church, proven and defended.
K
Keys, The (Sleutelen)
- What they signify; their power belongs to church officers as ministers, not as lords.
Kingdom of God (Koningryke Godts)
- What it means; why it cannot be seen without regeneration.
Kingdom of Heaven (Koningryk der Hemelen)
- The church is so called, and why.
Kohath, History of (Kabath)
- His genealogy and history.
L
Lamech, History of (L'Amech)
- His genealogy and history.
Law of God, The Moral (Wet Godts, de Zedelyke)
- Is the rule of the virtues and good works; its principal content, according to the order of the Ten Commandments.
- Practical use: teaches how great a work it is to bring a sinner to life; and praises the blessedness of the regenerate.
Levi, History of
- His genealogy and history.
Levites (Leviten)
- Their classes, orders, installation, and service.
Liberty, Christian (Vryheit, Christelyke)
- Flows from adoption as children.
Life and Deeds of Christ (Leven en Daden van Christus)
- From his resurrection to his ascension.
Life, Spiritual (Leven, het geestelyke)
- Is brought about in regeneration.
Light (Licht)
- Is of various kinds; is sometimes miraculous.
Love (Liefde)
- The origin and meaning of this word.
Love-Feasts (Liefde-maaltyden)
- Their use.
M
Magistrates, Civil (Overheden, Burgerlyke)
- What they are called among the Persians, Chaldeans, and Greeks; are nursing fathers of the church; must not compel anyone to the faith; must uphold church discipline; have a threefold power regarding the church; are not a monarchical head of the church; must receive from the church what belongs to it.
Marriage (Huwelyk)
- Is not forbidden to church ministers, against the papists.
Mass, The (Misse)
- Is not a sacrament; one should be horrified at it.
Mercy Seat (Verzoendeksel)
- Its use.
Merit of Christ (Verdienste van Christus)
- That Christ merited something good for his own, established against the Socinians; whether he merited for his own regeneration and faith — examined and defended against the Remonstrants; that Christ alone acquired for his own the right to eternal life, argued against the pretenses of the papists.
Methuselah, History of (Methusalah)
- His genealogy and history.
Monks (Monniken)
- May not be counted among the ministers of the church; their orders and way of life rejected, with objections answered.
Moral Things (Zedelyke dingen)
- Differ from spiritual things.
Mystery (Verborgentheit)
- What this word means.
N
Nahor, History of
- His genealogy and history.
Name, Meaning of the Word (Naam)
- What it means.
New Man, The (Nieuwen mensch)
- What it is, and what its quickening consists of; its cause; its end and usefulness.
- Practical use: commends the exercise and zeal to keep the new man alive.
Noah, History of (Noach)
- His genealogy and history; his seven commandments; his time.
O
Obedience of Faith (Gehoorzaamheit des geloofs)
- What it is.
Old Man, The (Ouden mensch)
- What is meant, and what its mortification is; the causes of this mortification; what must be judged of the papists' mortification.
- Practical use: commends the exercise and zeal to mortify the old man, with its motives, manner, and things to be guarded against.
Order (Orde)
- The distinction between false and true mortification.
Orders and Dignities of the Papists (Ordens en Waardigheden der Papisten)
- Are groundless.
Outpouring, Extraordinary, of the Holy Spirit (Uitstortinge, Buitengewone)
- Its time, manner, and effectiveness.
Outpouring, Ordinary, of the Holy Spirit (Uitstortinge, Gewonelyke)
- Its time and manner.
P
Passover, The (Paschal, het)
- What it means; its sign, both signifying and applying, consisting of various ceremonies; the signified thing appears in fifteen main points; its institutor, ministers, and ends.
Patriarchs (Patriarchen)
- Were extraordinary ministers of the Old Testament; were saved according to the covenant of grace and its spiritual promises.
Peace, Council of (Radt des Vredes)
- What it is.
Peace, How Many Kinds (Vrede)
- The several kinds of peace.
Perfecting of the Saints (Volmaking der heiligen)
- What this signifies.
Perseverance of the Saints (Volharding der heiligen)
- Is unshakably firm.
Pledge (Onderpant)
- Christ's ascension is such a pledge for believers.
Pope of Rome, The (Paus van Romen)
- Does not constitute the church; has no right to summon general councils, preside over them, or bring an infallible authority to them, with objections; has no power to release men from temporal penalties by indulgences.
- Is the Antichrist — argued at length, with the papists' objections answered.
Powers, Meaning of the Word (Machten)
- What is meant by them.
Powers or Faculties (Krachten)
- What is meant by them; are either improper and objective, or proper and formal.
Power of the Church (Macht der Kerke)
- What it is; is either improper and objective, or proper and formal; who is the cause of this power; is distinct in nature and kind from civil power, against opponents; is not monarchical, resting in one person; is not a monarchical head of the church.
Preaching of God's Word (Prediken van Godts woordt)
- How it must be conducted.
Preparation for the Holy Supper (Voorbereiding tot het H. Avondmaal)
- Is necessary; four things are required for it.
Presumption and Arrogance (Vermetelheit en verwaantheit)
- How they are to be avoided.
Priests (Priesters)
- Their service, clothing, ordination, and classes.
Privileges of the Children of God (Voorrechten der kinderen Godts)
- Are great and various.
Prophets and Prophetesses (Profeten en Profetessen)
- Who were so called, what these words mean, and what their work was.
R
Ransom, or Price of Redemption (Rantsoen, Rantsoen-gelt)
- What it means; was not the righteousness and holiness of the Mediator's divine nature, nor the original righteousness of his human nature, but consists in his acquired righteousness, both passive and active.
Ransom-Redemption of the Mediator (Rantsoen-verlossinge des Middelaars)
- Was brought about by him, proven from Scripture; the grounds of this redemption; what it is as to the name and as to the thing; God is its first cause, the Mediator its second cause; comprises the redemption from the guilt of sin and the acquisition of the right to what is good; its subjects — not all, but his own; its two acts and its fruits.
- That there is a true ransom-redemption brought about by Christ — proven against unbelievers with various arguments; that this redemption does not consist merely in a promise of forgiveness to keepers of the Mosaic law; that Christ redeemed us not only through his passive righteousness but also his active righteousness, against Piscator; that Christ did nothing more than was necessary for our redemption, against the papists.
- Practical uses, in ten points: the excellence of the Reformed religion; God's glory shining forth in this; the glory of the Redeemer; the effecting, moving, and meritorious causes; the appropriation of this righteousness; the most blessed lot of the redeemed; the misery of the unredeemed; a call to self-examination; the comfort it provides; the duties owed after redemption; and a stirring of all, and especially of preachers, to make others partakers of it.
Reconciliation (Verzoening)
- Which Christ acquired; whether it is one-sided — that is, whether he reconciled only God to man, or also man to God; that Christ made satisfaction not through a mere favorable acceptance but through an equivalent ransom-price, and was thereby put in our place; whether Christ made satisfaction only for the elect, or also for others — the differing views examined.
Redemption, Meaning of the Word (Verloffinge)
- See further "Ransom" and "Ransom-Redemption of the Mediator."
Reformation of the Church (Reformatie der Kerke)
- Is the duty of church ministers, magistrates, and heads of households.
Regeneration of the Redeemed (Wedergeboorte der te Verloffenen)
- The meaning of the word; its origin is water and the Spirit; its necessity, proven from Scripture and reason; what it is as to the name and as to the thing; its cause; who will be regenerated — not all; its first effect; extends to the understanding, the will, and the lower faculties; man is purely passive with regard to it.
- How far it is irresistible — examined, with objections resolved; that it is an unloseable, unbreakable state, proven; how far it is imperfect and incomplete; does not consist in an improvement of morals; does not depend on free will, argued and defended; whether God's regenerating act is moral or natural in kind — examined; whether regeneration is bound to baptism — denied, against opponents' grounds.
- Practical uses, in seven points: teaches how great a work it is to bring a sinner to life; praises the blessedness of the regenerate; shows the misery of the unregenerate; exhorts against resting in anything unconnected with regeneration; commends self-examination, with marks; stirs zeal to labor for others' regeneration; and exhorts devotion to duties consistent with regeneration.
Resurrection of the Mediator (Opstandinge des Middelaars)
- Proven from Scripture and reason; its nature and constituent elements; its causes — the third day, the first day of the week, in the morning; its circumstances, purpose, and usefulness.
- Questions treated: whether Jesus truly rose; whether the resurrection was merely a return from a prior non-presence; whether he rose by the power of his own divine nature alone, against the Socinians and Lutherans; whether his risen body passed through the closed door; whether he rose with a glorified body, against the Socinians; whether there is more weight in his resurrection than in our own blessed resurrection; whether a special feast should be prescribed in remembrance of it.
- Practical uses, in ten points: provides material for faith and for glorifying God; stirs us to wish the risen Christ joy; provides powerful comfort; commands us to expect our own blessed resurrection; forbids more terror at Christ's resurrection than at his death; kindles desire to experience its power; exhorts conformity to it; examines whether Christ rose for us; and commends passing over to a new life.
Reuel, History of (Regu's)
- His genealogy and history.
Right Hand of God, Meaning of the Phrase (Rechterhandt Godts)
- What it means.
Righteousness of Christ (Gerechtigheit van Christus)
- Becomes ours by gift, by imputation, and by faith.
Ruling Elders (Ouderlingen, Regérende)
- Why so called, and what their work is.
S
Sacraments of the Church (Sakramenten der Kerke)
- Serve to seal redemption; are signs of the covenant, commonly used by God to seal it, proven from Scripture and reason; consideration of the word and its synonyms; description of the thing; are extraordinary and ordinary; comparison of the sacraments of the Old and New Testament.
- Questions treated: whether the word "sacrament" should be tolerated in the church — affirmed; whether a sacrament is more fittingly described as an action than as a sign — denied, against the papists and Lutherans; whether the sacraments are bare signs and badges of the Christian confession — denied, against the Socinians and Anabaptists; whether the sacraments of the New Testament work grace by virtue of the act performed — denied, refuting the papists; whether the power of a sacrament depends on the minister's intention — denied; whether the sacraments of the New Testament imprint an indelible mark on the soul — denied; whether the sacraments of the Old Testament had the same power as those of the New — affirmed; whether there are more than two sacraments of the New Testament — denied, rejecting the spurious sacraments of the papists.
- Practical uses: declares God's astonishing love and condescension in the sacraments; commends their dignity and excellence; advises their lawful use.
Salvation, Our (Zaligheit, onze)
- God is its beginner and finisher.
Sanctification of the Redeemed (Heiligmakinge der te Verloffenen)
- Flows from union with Christ, proven from Scripture and reason; the meaning and use of the word; is distinguished from calling, regeneration, conversion, and justification; what it is; its causes; its subject is the whole man with all his faculties; has two essential parts and three distinct acts; is necessary, effective, and useful; imparts new habits to the will, against opponents.
- Whether sanctification can be perfect in this life — answered with distinctions, objections resolved.
Sanhedrin
- What kind of assembly this was.
Satisfaction (Voldoeninge)
- Is necessary; what things must be avoided; what it is as to the word and as to the thing; its constituent part is the innocence of the surety.
Seals: The Sacraments (Zegelen)
- Are the seals of the covenant.
Seed of God (Zaadt Godts)
- Is imparted in regeneration.
Selah, History of
- His genealogy and history.
Self-Denial (Verlochening van zich zelven)
- What this expression means; what the thing itself is, negatively and positively.
- Practical use: commends the exercise and zeal to deny ourselves, with motives and helps.
Serug, History of
- His genealogy and history.
Setting Forth of Christ (Voorstellen van Christus)
- By whom, and how this was and is done.
Shame, Blushing (Schaamte, Schaamroodheit)
- What this signifies among the Hebrews and the Greeks.
Shem, History of (Sem)
- His genealogy and history.
Shepherds (Harders)
- Meaning of the word; are variously named; their calling, requirements, office, necessity, standing, and support.
Sinner, A, Drunkard, Liar (Zondaar, Dronkaart, Leugenaar)
- Christ has not become such, though the sins of the elect were borne by him from his incarnation to his death, not merely from his crucifixion to his resurrection.
Sins (Zonden)
- The justified may not indulge in them.
Sins of the Elect (Zonden der Uitverkoornen)
- Christ took these upon himself with respect to guilt, but not with respect to defilement; whether the mere imputation of our guilt upon Christ, and his bearing it on the cross, immediately frees the sinner of all guilt and punishment — denied, against the antinomians.
- The sins of the sanctified and of the ungodly are very different.
Sitting at the Right Hand of God (Zitten ter rechterhandt Godts)
- Holds true of Christ, proven from Scripture and reason; what this manner of speaking signifies, and what the thing itself means.
- Questions treated: whether by this session Christ is called God's Son, at least in part; whether it consists in fully using, in his human nature, the divine attributes imparted to it; whether he sits at God's right hand also with respect to his divine nature; whether Christ, since his session, must be worshiped as man or as Mediator; whether he is with his body alone in heaven; whether by this session he is head of the church alone.
- Practical uses: material for glorifying Christ, in his majesty, the completion of his work, and the exercise of a royal power; sweetest comfort in various cases; terror to Christ's enemies; the ordinary outpouring of the Holy Spirit in greater measure than under the Old Testament; his intercession; the establishment of the ecclesiastical ministries; the power to judge the living and the dead; and an exhortation to render our due duties to Christ as our head.
Soul (Ziele)
- The meaning of this word.
Soul of Christ (Ziele van Christus)
- What it implies, that he gave his soul.
Soul of Man (Ziele des menschen)
- Will exist after death and have sensation; there are no more than two dwelling places after death.
Souls of Believers (Ziele der gelovige)
- What they will enjoy after death; will be perfectly glorified at the resurrection.
Son of Man (Zoon des menschen)
- Why Christ is so called.
Spirit, or Spiritual Faculties (Geest, of Geestelyke vermogens)
- Are worked in regeneration.
Spirit, Meaning of the Word (Geeft)
- The meaning of this word.
Spiritual Things (Geestelyke dingen)
- Differ from moral things.
Strengthening of Believers (Versterking der gelovigen)
- Wherein it consists.
Subjects, Meaning of the Word (Onderwerpen)
- What this word means.
Supper, The Holy (Avondmaal, het Heilig)
- Its various names; has a double sign — the signifying and the applying; the signified thing, in nine particulars; the words of institution "this is my body," and how these are understood against the papists.
- Whether the substance of Christ's body and blood is locally present in the elements — denied, against papists and Lutherans; the union of the sign with the thing signified; whether Christ's body and blood are received bodily by the mouth of the communicants — denied, against the same parties; the time it was instituted; its place, instrument, and communicants — the apostles and all other believers.
- Whether the Supper is nothing more than a bare church custom, sealing no spiritual benefit — denied, against the Socinians; whether it is the same sacrament as the Mass — the distinction shown in six particulars; whether unleavened bread must be used, otherwise called "hosts" — denied, against the papists; whether the bread must necessarily be broken; whether the sacramental wine must be mixed with water — denied.
- Whether the elements are transubstantiated into Christ's body and blood — denied, against the papists, with their objections answered; whether the consecration of the elements occurs through the recitation of the words "this is my body" — denied; whether Christ's body and blood are present with, in, and under the signs — denied; whether both wine and bread must be given to every communicant — affirmed, against the papists.
- Practical uses: extols the dignity and worth of the Holy Supper; condemns the scorning and neglect of it, with eight excuses answered; urges its devout and godly use, and how.
T
Take Up, Meaning of the Word (Opnemen)
- The meaning of this word.
Terah, History of
- His genealogy and history.
Theology (Godgeleerdheit)
- Under the legal covenant, consisted of natural, testamentary, and systematic theology, across the three patriarchal periods.
Transubstantiation (Transsubstantiatie)
- See "Supper, The Holy."
Triumphant Generals (Zegepralers)
- How they were paraded among the Romans.
Tubal-cain, History of
- His genealogy and history.
U
Understanding, The (Verstandt, het)
- Is renewed through regeneration; is worked upon through conversion; is purified through sanctification.
Union with Christ (Vereniginge met Christus)
- Is necessary to apply redemption, proven from Scripture and reason; its various names and comparisons; how it is not, and how it truly is, brought about; is a complete union, occurring through a twofold bond — the Holy Spirit and faith; is real, spiritual, and mysterious.
- Does not consist in a unity of essence, of persons, or of body; its consequences are a possession of Christ, a communication of life, grace, strength, and spirit, and the communion of saints.
- Questions treated: whether by this union either God is incarnated in man or man is deified in God — denied; whether the divine nature of Christ merges with ours into one essence or person — denied; whether the flesh and blood of Christ become naturally one with ours — denied, against the papists and Lutherans.
- Practical uses, in six points: praises the dignity of those united with Christ; provides comfort in various cases; exhorts self-examination, with marks and helps; stirs us to labor toward this union; rebukes those who trample the downtrodden; and advises drawing from Christ spirit, grace, power, and strength.
W
Will, The (Wille, de)
- Is renewed through regeneration; is worked upon through conversion; is sanctified in the elect; receives new habits through sanctification, against opponents.
Wisdom (Wysheit)
- Such Christ has become for us.
Contemplative and Practical Theology
In which, proceeding through all the theological topics, the expository, doctrinal, polemical, and practical parts are set forth, distinctly joined together by one unbroken chain.
To which is added a complete compendium of Church History, a treatise on Moral Theology, and an outline of Duty-Exhorting Theology, etc.
Originally written in Latin by Petrus van Mastricht, Doctor and Professor of Sacred Theology at the University of Utrecht.
Translated into Dutch from the latest edition, together with the Funeral Oration of the renowned Professor Henricus Pontanus on the decease of the esteemed Author.
With a Preface by the Reverend Cornelius vander Kemp, Doctor of Sacred Theology, Professor of Practical Theology at the Illustrious School, and Minister of the Holy Gospel in the congregation at Rotterdam.
Fourth and Final Volume.
Rotterdam: Hendrik Pelt, the Widow of P. van Gilst, Jacobus Bosch, and Adrianus Douci. And at Utrecht by Jan Jacob van Poolsum. 1753.
Index of the Chapters contained in this Fourth Volume
Continuation of the Eighth Book, concerning the Dispensation of the Covenant of Grace.
II. Of the Dispensation under Moses. Text: Deut. 5:2.
III. Of the Dispensation under Christ. Jer. 31:31–35.
— The First Age of the New Testament. Rev. 6:1–2.
— The Second Age of the New Testament. Rev. 6:3–4.
— The Third Age of the New Testament. Rev. 6:5–6.
— The Fourth Age of the New Testament. Rev. 6:7–8.
— The Fifth Age of the New Testament. Rev. 6:9–11.
— The Sixth Age of the New Testament. Rev. 6:12, etc.
IV. Of the Dispensation under Eternity. Rev. 7:1 through Chapter 11.
Moral Theology
First Book, Of the Obedience of Faith in general.
I. Of the Obedience and Disobedience of Faith.
II. Of the Observance and Neglect of the Law.
III. Of the Care, and the Neglect, of Conscience.
IV. Of Knowledge and Ignorance.
V. Of Humility and Pride toward God.
VI. Of the Fear of, and Contempt for, God.
VII. Of Zeal and Lukewarmness.
VIII. Of Sincerity and Hypocrisy.
IX. Of Virtue and Vice.
X. Of Prudence and Imprudence.
XI. Of Watchfulness and Sloth.
XII. Of Strength and Weakness.
XIII. Of Trust and Fearfulness.
XIV. Of Steadfastness and Fickleness.
XV. Of Patience and Impatience.
XVI. Of Moderation and Immoderation.
XVII. Of a Good and an Evil Deed.
Second Book, Of Religion.
I. Of Godliness and Ungodliness.
II. Of Faith and Unbelief.
III. Of the Confession and Denial of the Faith.
IV. Of Hope and Despair.
V. Of Love toward, and Hatred against, God.
VI. Of the Hearing and Neglect of the Word of God.
VII. Of the Exercise and Neglect of Prayer.
VIII. Of the Confession and Concealment of Sins.
IX. Of the Use and Abuse of Vows.
X. Of the Swearing of Oaths and Perjury.
XI. Of the Use and Abuse of the Lot.
XII. Of Communion with God, and Estrangement from Him.
XIII. Of Instituted Worship, and Superstition.
XIV. Of the Use and Abuse of Instituted Worship.
XV. Of the Sanctifying and Profaning of the Sabbath Day.
Third Book, Of Justice and Injustice, or Wrong done toward one's Neighbor.
I. Of Justice toward one's Neighbor in general, and of Wrong done to Him.
II. Of Love and Ill Will toward one's Neighbor.
III. Of Honor toward, and Contempt of, one's Neighbor.
IV. Of Human Decency and Manslaughter.
V. Of Chastity and Fleshly Excess, or Unchastity.
VI. Of Commutative Justice, and Theft.
VII. Of Truthfulness and Lying.
VIII. Of Contentment and Evil Desire.
Duty-Exhorting Theology
First Book, Of the Exercise of Godliness in general.
I. Concerning the Nature of the Exercise of Godliness, and Spiritual Idleness.
II. Of Progress and Advancement in the Exercise of Godliness, and Fleshly Satiety.
III. Of the Exercise of Ungodliness, and Its Forsaking.
Second Book, Of the Exercise of Godliness toward God.
I. Concerning the Acknowledgment and Rejection of God.
II. Concerning the Seeking and Fleeing of God.
III. Of Delight and Displeasure in God.
IV. Of Conversing, or Walking, with God, and Straying from Him.
V. Of Good Will toward, and Ill Will against, God.
VI. Of the Particular Exercises of Religion and the Glorifying of God, and of Blasphemy.
VII. Of Public and Ecclesiastical Worship.
VIII. Of Domestic Worship, and Its Neglect.
IX. Of Daily Worship, and Its Neglect.
X. Of Religious Fasting.
XI. Of Religious Thankfulness.
XII. Of Self-Examination, and Its Neglect.
Third Book, Of the Exercise of Godliness toward one's Neighbor.
I. Of the Use and Abuse of Solitude.
II. Of Society, or Fellowship, with one's Neighbor, in Godliness or Ungodliness, in general.
III. Of the Use and Abuse of Feasts and Banquets.
IV. Of Just and Unjust Dealing with one's Neighbor.
V. Of Fellowship with the Afflicted, through Comfort.
VI. Of the Reproof of One Fallen into Sin, and Fellowship with His Sins.
VII. Of Fellowship with the Good, through Love and Friendship.
VIII. Of Fellowship with the Wicked, and with Enemies.
IX. Of Mutual Fellowship among Superiors, Inferiors, and Equals.
Fourth Book, Of the Exercise of Godliness toward Oneself.
I. Of a Settled Occupation in Life, and Idleness.
II. Of the Use and Abuse of the Things Suited to the Support of Life.
III. Of the Use and Abuse of Clothing.
IV. Of the Use and Abuse of Recreations.
V. Of the Use and Abuse of Prosperity.
VI. Of the Use and Abuse of the World, and Worldly Things.
VII. Of the Vanity of Human Things.
VIII. Of the Bearing of the Cross, and Its Abuse.
IX. Of the Use and Abuse of Temptations.
X. Of the Bodily Cross, and Its Consolation.
XI. Of Confused and Melancholic Terrors.
XII. Of Blasphemous Objections.
XIII. Of Spiritual Desertions.
XIV. Of the Varieties of Doubting.
XV. Of the Duties of Godliness concerning Death.
Afterthoughts concerning the best Manner of Preaching, for the Use of Contemplative-Practical Theology.
Book VIII: Of Contemplative-Practical Theology, Concerning the Dispensation of the Covenant of Grace
Chapter II: Of the Dispensation under Moses. On Deuteronomy 5:2
The Lord our God made a covenant with us at Horeb.
I.
In the first period of the Old Testament, under the patriarchs, we have spoken by way of its three eras. There now follows the second period, which flourishes from Moses to the Messiah. This period too we number, in the main, by three eras: the first runs on from Moses to David; the second, from thence to the Babylonian captivity; the third, from thence to the coming of the Messiah. Among these eras, although the Covenant of Grace has been one and the same, and therefore also one and the same testament, there has nevertheless been a threefold, more solemn renewal, clarification, and enlargement of it. From this it follows that we shall examine these three eras briefly, each under a single text, from Deuteronomy 5:2.
The Explanatory Part
II.
This text makes known the covenant-making of God and of Israel at Horeb. In it are to be noted:
1. The covenanting parties, namely:
1. God, who is described as: a. The LORD, Jehova. The force of this name we have set out expressly and at length, Book II, Chapter IV, §§ VIII, XII, XIII. Elsewhere He is called El, that is, the mighty God, and also Shaddai, that is, the All-sufficient, Gen. 17:1 — to show that the Author of this covenant-making is in every respect sufficient to fulfill, by this covenant, the promises to which we may holily commend and entrust ourselves, since He is not only the mighty God and the All-sufficient God, but also Jehova — independent, unchangeable, and eternal, not only in Himself but also in His promises.
b. Our God, Elohenu; God, Elohim, in the plural number, to indicate that the three Persons, of whom each together is God, joined together for this covenant-making — from which its sufficiency is very greatly increased, namely, that those who make the covenant, of whom each is God, are almighty, all-sufficient, unchangeable, and thus faithful in their promises. For the rest, we have, Book II, Chapter IV, §§ IX, XIV, XV, shown the force and emphasis of this name. To this is added:
c. Our — namely, not only by creation, providence, and manifold temporal benefits, but also by covenant-making, and certainly not one bygone, but this present one.
2. Israel, with us. Not we with God, but God with us — to signify that it was not we, of our own free will, as though we were our own lords and masters, but that God is the Author of this covenant-making, and at the same time a covenanted party. Us, whom He in the following verse abundantly distinguishes from the preceding fathers: "The LORD made not this covenant with our fathers" — namely, neither with them alone, nor so solemnly, in the manner as with us. Yet most of those whom Moses addresses were not present at the Sinaitic covenant-making of which mention is here made. Answer: Nevertheless very many were present at it who were then still living; but moreover, by "with us" is understood the Israelite people, both those gone before and those present and to come; for the people abides and endures, though the citizens die.
2.
The covenant-making: He made a covenant, or properly, cut one. Here we note:
The made or produced covenant, berith. Whether one takes berith to be a testament, made by one party alone, or a covenant, made by several — little turns on this, since a testament, as being the dispensation of the covenant of grace, involves and includes the covenant, as we have elsewhere noted. Meanwhile, I would myself rather say a covenant, since the parties are here called negotiating parties. Now a threefold covenant is understood to have been made here: first, a national covenant, which God entered into here with the whole people; second, a legal covenant, which was renewed in the law of the ten commandments; and finally, the covenant of grace, which was confirmed, in the ceremonial matters, with the elect alone — Ps. 50:5 — of all of which more in its place, in the Doctrinal Part.
The making, or bringing forth, of the covenant, carath, that is, He cut — which, joined together with the word berith, that is, a covenant, always signifies a solemnity that was customarily used at covenant-makings, when the contracting parties, by mutual consent, slaughtered animals and passed between the pieces, Ps. 50:5, Exod. 24:8, taken over from Gen. 15:9–10. By this they testified to their share in the penalty for breach of the covenant, whereby the breaking party would be slaughtered as the animals were slaughtered; yet in the divine covenant it was thereby in particular signified that the Covenant of Grace between God and believers is not established without the offering up of Christ, who would be the foundation of this covenant, as we have noted in the preceding chapter. (Cf. Groot in Dan. 9, Exercit. IV.)
3.
The place of the covenant-making, on Horeb, from harab, that is, it was dried up, it was parched — because Horeb, on which this covenant was made, was a barren place in the wilderness, deprived of water, Deut. 8:15 — to signify that the world, in which the Covenant of Grace is established with believers, is in a spiritual sense a barren place, deprived of the water of every sort of consolation, refreshment, or cooling. Elsewhere this mountain is called Sinai, Exod. 19:17 with Deut. 3:10–11 — which is added by way of distinction, in order to distinguish this covenant-making from all other covenant-makings which were made under the patriarchal age with the fathers, but by no means on Horeb.
The Doctrinal Part
III.
God, therefore, when He had brought Israel out of Egypt, through the Red Sea, into the wilderness of Horeb, at Mount Sinai, by solemnly proclaiming the law, renewed the covenant with it. For since Israel, now delivered from Egyptian bondage and become its own master, constituted a national church and, at the same time, a commonwealth, it had need of laws by whose help and means both the church and the commonwealth might subsist and stand firm. Hence it pleased God to prescribe to it certain fixed laws, and, in dealing thus with His people, thereby also to renew the covenant with it. Now, in order that we may grasp the nature of this covenant-making the more distinctly, it will help and serve us to weigh the following propositions.
IV.
First, that God, at Sinai, in the presence of Israel, in a wholly solemn manner, proclaimed moral laws, which would bind the Israelites as men; ceremonial laws, which would bind them as members of the church; and civil laws, which would bind them as citizens of the commonwealth. And the moral, or general laws, binding all men, in all places, and at all times, He gathered and drew together into two tables, into ten commandments, and into two chief duties, according to love of God and of one's neighbor — of which we have given the compendium, by and according to the particular commandments, Book VI, Chapter VIII, § XVI.
V.
To the moral laws God added the ceremonial laws, chukkim, that is, statutes, Deut. 4:1, 13, 14 (which words the LXX translators render by dikaiомata, "ordinances," Deut. 4:1; prostagmata, "statutes, commands," Lev. 26:46; nomimon, "something that is lawful," Exod. 28:34. And the New Testament calls these laws "the service," Rom. 9:4; "a shadow of things to come," Col. 2:17, Heb. 10:1; "weak and beggarly elements," Gal. 4:9) — so that by them He might (I) distinguish the Jews from the Gentiles and from their idolatrous worship, Deut. 14:1–3 with Eph. 2:14; (II) govern the Jewish worship of this period, insofar as it was Jewish, chiefly with respect to its outward duties, and hold back this sort of self-willed worship, Deut. 3:1–2; (III) so that the church, during her childhood, might the more easily, under these as it were guardians, be brought up, and be gradually advanced and furthered toward her, as it were, coming of age and ripeness in Christ, Gal. 4:1–4; (IV) so that under these prefiguring exercises, more familiarly (though under a veil) He might represent to a ruder people the person, offices, and benefits of the coming Messiah, Heb. 10:1, Col. 2:17, and thereby stir them up to receive and embrace the Messiah by faith, Gal. 3:24; (V) so that He might show, both to the Jews and to us, that He requires not merely an inward, but also an outward, service, 1 Cor. 6:20.
VI.
These ceremonial laws may fittingly, according to their use, be distinguished (1) into the more public laws, which concern the holy places: such were (A) the Tabernacle, Exod. 25–27, whose parts were (a) the Holy of Holies, separated from the Holy Place by a veil; (b) the Holy Place, appointed for the priests; and (c) the Court. (B) The Temple of Solomon, built after the pattern shown to David by God, 1 Chron. 28:11–13 with 2 Chron. 3:1. (C) The Temple of Zerubbabel, built after the ending of the Babylonian captivity, Ezra 3:8 and 6:14–15. (D) Of which the counterfeit imitations were the Temple of Heliopolis in Egypt, and the Temple of Samaria on Mount Gerizim. (E) The Synagogue, "gathering-places of God," Ps. 74:8, which in most respects imitated the Temple. (F) Proseuchai, or places of prayer, Acts 16:13, appointed only for prayer.
VII.
(2) The holy vessels. (A) In the Holy of Holies: (a) the Ark, Exod. 40:3, 21; (b) the tables of the Covenant, laid up there; (c) the mercy-seat, there also; (d) the cherubim, Heb. 9:3–5; (e) the golden pot filled with manna, beside the Ark, Heb. 9:4, Exod. 16:33–34; (f) Aaron's rod, beside the Ark, Heb. 9:4, Num. 17:10; (g) the golden censer, Lev. 16:12–13, Heb. 9:4. (B) In the Holy Place: (a) the golden altar of incense, Exod. 30:1–11 and 40:26, Heb. 9:8; (b) the table of showbread, Exod. 40:22–23; (c) the golden candlestick, there, vv. 24–25. (C) In the Court: (a) the altar of burnt offering, there, v. 29; and (b) the bronze laver.
VIII.
(3) The holy times. (a) Daily, or hourly — the hours of prayer, or of the continual offering, morning and evening, Acts 3:1 with Exod. 29:38–39. (b) Weekly — the Sabbath, namely the Jewish Sabbath, that is, that seventh day, which was reckoned from the cessation of creation and bore an image of the Messiah, who would once rest in the grave; which Sabbath was accordingly ceremonial, Col. 2:16–17, while meanwhile the Sabbath of the fourth commandment is moral. (c) Monthly — the new moons, or the first day of the month, Num. 28:11. (d) Yearly, or feasts: partly, those recurring every year, such as the feasts (a) of Unleavened Bread, or of the Passover, which was to be kept for seven days, from the fifteenth day of the month Abib, Exod. 12:14–21, 23:15, and 34:18; (b) of Weeks, or of Pentecost, which followed the Passover after seven weeks, or the fiftieth day, on which the Sinaitic law-giving fell, Exod. 23:16, Lev. 23:15–22, Deut. 16:9–11, Acts 2:1; (c) of Booths, which had to be kept for seven days, from the fifteenth day of the seventh month, Lev. 23:34 — at these three feasts every male had to present himself yearly before the face of the LORD at Jerusalem, Exod. 23:14, 17; (d) of the sounding of trumpets, to be kept on the first day of the seventh month, Lev. 23:24; (e) the Day of Atonement, or the day of fasting, the tenth of the seventh month, Lev. 23:27. Partly, those recurring every seven years, when the land rested from tillage and from other labors, Exod. 23:10–11, Lev. 25:2–8; and partly, every forty-nine years (seven times seven), which was the Jubilee year, Lev. 25:8–18.
IX.
(4) The holy persons, such as were: (A) the High Priest, concerning whom are to be considered: (a) his garments, Exod. 28:1–40; (b) his consecration, Exod. 29:1; (c) his ministry, Exod. 21:7, Heb. 9:7. (B) The priests, concerning whom likewise are to be noted (a) their garments, Exod. 28:40; (b) their consecration, Exod. 29:1; (c) their ministry, Lev. 1:11, etc. (C) The Levites: out of Gershom, Kohath, and Merari, by their orders or classes, Num. 8:6–23 and 4. Among these are also reckoned the Nethinim, from the Gibeonites, as assistants of the Levites, Josh. 9:23; the Nazirites, Lam. 4:7, such as Samson, Judg. 13:5, John the Baptist, and others; also the Rechabites, Jer. 35:5–7; and the firstborn, Exod. 13:2.
X.
(5) The holy things, such as were both the sacraments, of which we have treated in Chapters III, IV, and V, and the sacrifices, or religious offerings, by which, through the ministry of the priest, a certain thing was consecrated to God and, in a solemn manner, shown to be a sign of a future reality. These, now, were: (a) burnt offerings, of beasts and fowls, to be burned, Lev. 1 — among which is also reckoned the continual offering, morning and evening, Exod. 30:38–42; (b) meat offerings, minchah, of lifeless things, and consisting mostly of edible goods — offered and consecrated either (A) by the whole congregation, in the waving of the firstfruits, Lev. 23:10, and in the arrangement of its baked cakes, v. 17, likewise of the twelve loaves of showbread, ch. 24:5; or (B) by particular persons, for example on behalf of the poor, of the High Priest, of the priests, etc.; (c) peace offerings, eucharistika, shelamim, Lev. 3; (d) sin offerings, namely of ignorance or weakness, chatta'ah, on behalf of the High Priest, the congregation, the rulers, the people, etc., Lev. 4, 5, 16; (e) guilt offerings, occasioned by certain wickedly committed sins, asham, plēmmeleia, Lev. 7:1–2; (f) offerings of consecration for the priests, Lev. 6:19; (g) purification offerings, for women after childbirth, lepers, those with issues of blood, and any who were in any way unclean; (h) offerings of the firstborn, of men, beasts, and field-fruits, Exod. 22:29–30; (i) tithes, of field-fruits, tree-fruits, and beasts, Lev. 27:30–34. To all these is added both the holy anointing oil, Exod. 30:22–34, and the holy incense, there, v. 35. So much for the more public ceremonial laws.
XI.
(II) The more particular ceremonial laws governed private persons without office: (a) food, with respect to clean and unclean meats, blood, that which was torn, tree-fruits, etc.; (b) their clothing, concerning the memorial tassels, the not exchanging of the clothing of the sexes, and the not wearing of garments woven of linen and wool together; (c) defilements, arising from various things and mischances; (d) tillage, in ploughing, sowing, reaping, etc. But to treat of each of all these things in particular would be too long and too laborious.
XII.
In the exposition and application of the ceremonial laws, and of each of them in particular, these two general points must be noted and observed: (I) that all the ceremonial laws, and each of them in particular, are shadows of things and blessings to come, Col. 2:17, Heb. 10:1; that therefore (II) (once it is certain and established that this or that is of a ceremonial nature) whatever resemblance and correspondence is noted between the type and the antitype must be reckoned to be so used and intended according to the mind of the Holy Spirit. For on this foundation rest most of the applications and expositions of the types that occur throughout the New Testament, especially in the Epistle to the Hebrews — since without this rule and this guiding-line, the application of all the ceremonial laws, and of each of them in particular, can scarcely, indeed can hardly at all, be carried out.
XIII.
It must also be carefully and cautiously noted and observed that these ceremonial laws have a twofold relation: (I) one legal, insofar as they (1), by so many and so burdensome ordinances, wearied and wore down Israel, so that they made up an unbearable yoke, Acts 15:10; insofar as they (2), by the cruelest slaughterings of beasts and their dreadful burnings, represented to and reproached the Israelites with the deserts or guilt of sins that ought rather to be sought and made sure of at home, in themselves or in their own surety; insofar as they (3), finally, by those offerings compelled them to acknowledge and confess all those things, and thus wrote a handwriting against themselves, Col. 2:14. (II) The other relation is evangelical, insofar as they (1), by the slaughtering and burning of the sacrificial animals, showed and represented the future slaughter of the Mediator, 1 Cor. 5:7, and His hellish flame, Ps. 16:10 with Acts 2:24, 27 and Matt. 26:37–38; (2) insofar as God, by the substitution of the sacrifices, taught the substitution of His Son as Mediator, Isa. 53:4–7, 10; (3) insofar as He offered to the Israelites the Mediator who was substituted in the sacrifices, to be received by a living faith, Exod. 24:5–7 with Hos. 1:4, 7; (4) insofar as He, by the very legal character of the ceremonial law, by the representation of the guilt of punishment, urged and drove them to seek redemption in the coming Mediator, Gal. 3:22–24. And in these things has lain the chief use of the ceremonial law, according to which it may not unfittingly be called a Gospel of the Old Testament. So much for the ceremonial law.
XIV.
Furthermore, God proclaimed at Sinai the judicial law, by which Israel's commonwealth, being as it were a theocracy, was to be governed in civil and judicial matters — as a certain appendix, chiefly and principally, to the second table of the moral law. These are commonly called mishpatim, "judgments," Deut. 4:14, 45, 6:1, 7:21, and also eduth, "testimonies," 2 Chron. 34:31; likewise hē nomothesia, "the law-giving," Rom. 9:4. In various ways these are divided and distinguished by theologians: (I) into laws concerning persons, things, and deeds; (II) into laws concerning superiors together with their subjects — subjects toward subjects in the commonwealth; superiors and subjects in households; subjects toward foreigners and strangers. Thus Zanchius (De Lege Dei, Book I, ch. 10, § 6); Calvin, in his Preface to the last four Books of the five Books of Moses, distinguishes the ceremonial laws, together with the judicial, in correspondence and proportion to the Ten Commandments; with whom, in his own way, agrees Johann Gerhard (Loci Communes, "De Lege forensi," Tract. III, ch. 2). These laws, as such, God prescribed to Israel alone, to this end: (1) that He might attest and show Himself to be the King, Judge, and Lawgiver in Israel; (2) that He might represent to them a well-ordered commonwealth, and that too as a theocracy; (3) that Israel might learn from it how highly a well-ordered polity is esteemed by God, not only in the church but also in the commonwealth and in households, 1 Cor. 14:33, 40; (4) that He might show Himself to be a rewarder of virtue and a censor and avenger of vices; (5) that also the church, under the shelter of civil laws, might lead a quiet and peaceable life in all godliness and honesty, 1 Tim. 2:2; (6) that He might counsel and urge Christian magistrates to govern and rule their subjects, as far as may be, according to these judicial laws, in equity and righteousness. So much for the law-giving.
XV.
Secondly, it must be noted and considered that God, by the proclaiming of this law, renewed the covenant with Israel. Hence this law-giving is generally called a covenant — (I) by God, Exod. 19:5; (II) by Moses, Deut. 4:13, 24, 5:2–6, 22, 29:1, and 17:2; (III) by the prophets, Ps. 50:5 with Exod. 24, 1 Kgs. 8:9 with 2 Chron. 6:11, 2 Kgs. 18:22, Jer. 20:3–5, 31:31–32; (IV) by Paul, Rom. 9:4–5, Heb. 8:9, Eph. 2:11–12. And besides, it distinctly bears all the requisites of a covenant: for here are (1) the contracting parties, God and Israel; here are (2) mutual promises and demands; here is (3) an assent to the promises and to the demands — in which points a covenant consists, as we shall say a little further on, more distinctly.
XVI.
Thirdly, it must be considered of what sort the covenant was which God renewed with Israel at Sinai. Here one must hold fast that, just as God at Sinai proclaimed a threefold law — a judicial, a moral, and a ceremonial — and, just as He proclaimed it upon Israel as it was a nation, a people, and a commonwealth, in which there were reprobate as well as elect, so also He thus renewed a threefold covenant: a national covenant, a covenant of nature, or of works, and a gracious or evangelical covenant — of which the first was governed chiefly by the judicial laws, the second by the moral, and the last by the ceremonial.
XVII.
The first covenant, therefore, that was renewed at Sinai, was the national covenant, which God entered into with the Israelite commonwealth and with all her citizens without distinction of reprobate and elect; and of this, mention is generally made throughout Moses' set of books, for example, Exod. 30:5, Deut. 5:2–3, 29:1, and 17:2–13. For just as God, immediately after the breaking of the Covenant of Nature, with the rejection of Cain and of his offspring, took up and received Seth, in whose family He would preserve the church; just as afterward, with the rejection of Ham and Japheth, He chose Shem with his descendants to this end; just as further, after the building of the Tower of Babel, with the rejection of the world, He set apart Heber with his descendants to this; just as, moreover, after some time, with the exclusion of all the others of this line, He bound Himself to Abraham alone and his offspring; just as afterward, setting aside all Abraham's other children, He retained Isaac alone with his descendants; just as, moreover, casting away Esau with his Edomites, He chose Jacob with his offspring — so has He, with these alone, after various intervals and interims, at Mount Sinai, in a very solemn manner, renewed this national covenant, namely, with the rejection of all other nations of the whole world, which He for this reason calls His own possession, His jewel, Exod. 19:4–6, Deut. 7:6, 10:14–15, and 14:2, Ps. 135:4, Isa. 41:8. Of this covenant, then, are: (I) the contracting parties, God and the whole Israelite nation, without any distinction of reprobate and elect. (II) The matter or the content of the covenant-making had, on the one side, the promises of God: to give to them the land of Canaan, which flowed with milk and honey, Exod. 3:8, Lev. 20:24, etc.; to bring upon them all manner of temporal blessings in that land, Deut. 7:7–9, 28:1–15, and to ward off from them all manner of plagues, there from v. 15 on; and on the other side, a demand, that they should hold Him for their God, and walk in His commandments, statutes, and judgments, chiefly according to the content of the civil law, Exod. 19:5, and in particular that they should keep themselves from idolatry, Deut. 8:11, 19–20, and from self-willed worship, Deut. 4:1–2. Finally, (III) the consent of the people to, and in, the duties demanded of them, Exod. 19:8. From this covenant the Israelites fell away, Jer. 31:32, so often as they turned themselves aside to idols and to abominations, Deut. 4:23; and hence they were also visited by God with various dreadful judgments, excluded for a time from the land of Canaan by the Babylonian captivity, and at last rejected forever from possession of it.
XVIII.
The second covenant, renewed at Sinai with the Israelites, was the Covenant of Nature or of Works, which came about through the proclaiming of the law of the ten commandments, Deut. 4:13, 23. For since (I), by the consent of all, the law of the ten commandments has the content of the Covenant of Works, which God established with Adam in Paradise, and also has attached to it a promise of life, Lev. 18:5, Ezek. 20:11, 13, Rom. 10:5, Gal. 3:12 — indeed also a threat, Deut. 27:26, Gal. 3:10 — who then would doubt that there was here a repetition of the Covenant of Works? Since likewise (II) among Israel there were very many ungodly, hypocrites, and reprobate, who had wholly no communion with or in the Covenant of Grace, therefore, so that these might know for what cause they perished, the Covenant of Works had to be repeated to them — from which those who are under the law are said to be under the curse, Gal. 3:10–11. Since in particular (III) all men are either under the Covenant of Works or under the Covenant of Grace, and those who are under the Covenant of Works must also have knowledge of it. Since also (IV) the elect themselves, among Israel, from the demand of the Covenant of Works, had to know and acknowledge their sins, their liability to the curse, and their misery, that they might thereby be driven to seek a remedy in the coming Messiah, Gal. 3:24, Rom. 4:4–5 — who then would here deny a Covenant of Works? Let me add (V) that if there is not, in the law of the ten commandments, a repetition and renewal of the Covenant of Works, where then is it? And if it is nowhere, by what means shall we then attain to a sound and thorough knowledge of the Covenant of Works, under which by far the greatest part of mankind is and remains? Meanwhile we must beware of holding that God renewed the Covenant of Works with the intent and design that, by the keeping of it, every one of the elect should obtain eternal life; for by the first breach of the Covenant of Works, the guilt of eternal death, together with an entire inability to obey, had already been incurred, so that this would have been absolutely impossible. Rather, it was renewed so that He might lead and bring them all to the acknowledgment of the curse now impending, on account of that broken covenant, and that thus, further, the reprobate might be rendered inexcusable, and the elect might be urged and driven to seek a remedy for their own liability to the curse in the curse borne by the Mediator, Christ.
XIX.
The third covenant, which was renewed at Sinai, was the Covenant of Grace, renewed by the proclaiming of the ceremonial law — from which it is called a covenant in, with, or upon sacrifice, Ps. 50:5. That the Covenant of Grace was proclaimed at Sinai is beyond doubt: (I) from this, that this same covenant is said to be renewed which God had of old established with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, Deut. 7:11–12 and 29:10–13 — and that this was the Covenant of Grace, no one can doubt. (II) Because all the ceremonial matters are expressly called shadows of the grace to come in Christ, Heb. 10:1, Col. 2:16–17 — so that the Covenant of Grace is, as it were, drawn out in them. (III) Because the sacraments of this covenant represent and seal the Covenant of Grace: circumcision, Gen. 17:9–15 with Rom. 4:11; the Passover, Exod. 12 with 1 Cor. 5:7. (IV) Because the very marrow of the Covenant of Grace — "I will be their God, and they shall be my people," Jer. 31:33, with Heb. 8:10, Ezek. 36:28 — was present in the Sinaitic covenant, Deut. 29:10–13.
XX.
There has, therefore, at Sinai been renewed a threefold covenant, as we have shown. Concerning this mingled Sinaitic covenant I wish to add but little more, save this: that one must carefully and attentively distinguish its several elements from one another. There will then come up, for the consideration of this covenant:
1. The contracting parties, God and Israel, Deut. 5:1, 19:1, 2, 10, 11, 12, 13, and all the offspring of Israel, Deut. 4:12, 13, 23, Ps. 50:6, Ezek. 16:8, Jer. 31:31, 32, Heb. 3:8, 9. (A) God indeed as (a) the LORD, Deut. 5:2; (b) as Israel's Covenant-God, there, "the LORD our God," and 29:12–13, 4:23; (c) as Israel's Redeemer, Exod. 19:3–6, Jer. 11:3–5, 31:31–32; (d) as Israel's Bridegroom, there, bagnalth, a word that means "to betroth to oneself, to espouse to oneself," Ezek. 16:8. But (B) Israel, as (a) Abraham's seed, standing with God already long since in covenant, Exod. 3:6; (b) as a people redeemed by the LORD, Exod. 19:3–6; (c) as one betrothed and espoused to Him, Jer. 31:31–32, Ezek. 16:8; (d) as an heir of the promise (although still a minor), now ready to receive a certain portion of his inheritance, Gal. 4:1–5, 22, and 3:23–25 with Exod. 29, 20:11.
2. The matter or content of the covenant-making: both (A) on the side of God, who promised to Israel (a) that He would be their God, and the God of their offspring, Deut. 4:13, 5:2, 5, 6, Lev. 26:3–12, Jer. 10:4–5, Deut. 29:10–13; (b) that He would give to them the Messiah, the Prophet and Mediator, Deut. 18:18 with Acts 7:37–38; (c) that He would, by His Spirit, circumcise their hearts, Deut. 30:6–8 with Rom. 2:29, Ezek. 11:19–20, 36:26–27; (d) that He would heap upon them all manner of outward and temporal blessings, for example: (a) concerning the giving of the land of Canaan, Exod. 20:12, Deut. 11:8–13; (b) concerning the subjugation of the Canaanite enemies, and the bringing over of their possessions, Deut. 2:22–26, 7:16; (c) concerning long life in Canaan, Exod. 20:20, Deut. 5:16, 11:9, 21; (d) concerning the multiplying of their offspring in Canaan, Lev. 26:9, Deut. 6:3; (e) concerning the exalting and lifting up of them above all other nations of the earth, Lev. 26:3–11, Deut. 28:1–15, 11:13–15; (f) concerning the turning and diverting of every curse onto their enemies, Deut. 30:7, 7:15; (g) concerning the regathering of those who should turn to Him out of every corner of the earth, Deut. 30:1–6; (h) concerning never rejecting or casting them off once for all, Lev. 26:42–46. And that He would heap upon them various spiritual blessings, for example: (*) adoption as children, Exod. 4:22, Jer. 30:9 with Rom. 8:15; (**) being made His own peculiar possession, Exod. 19:5; (***) a priestly kingdom, there v. 6, of a holy nation, there; (****) sanctification, Deut. 30:6; (*****) justification, which He pictured through all the sacrifices, especially the goat of atonement, Lev. 16:21–22, and through the sprinkling of blood, Exod. 24:4–9 with Heb. 9:18–21, Ps. 51:7; furthermore (******) concerning the setting up for Himself of a dwelling among them, Deut. 12:9–12, Ps. 132:13–14, and of His gracious presence therein, Exod. 25:8, 29:45, Ps. 76:2, Exod. 25:21–22, Num. 7:8–9; (*******) concerning the establishing of His service there, Deut. 12:5–15, etc. And (B) on the side of Israel, from whom God required: (a) that it should be to Him a people, Exod. 19:5–6; (b) that it should keep and observe His covenant, there vv. 5–6, Deut. 4:13, 23; (c) that it should, with a sincere and general obedience, walk in His ways, Exod. 19:5, Deut. 5:24; (d) that, whenever it had strayed from God through sin, it should, by a true and sincere repentance and conversion, return to Him, Deut. 30:1–3, Lev. 26:40–42, etc.
3. The form of this covenant-making: both the inward, which is made up by mutual assent to and in the promise and demands; and the outward, which consists in the manner and mode of the proclamation and dispensation of this covenant-making — insofar as it took place (1) with the highest majesty, Exod. 19:16–18, 20:18, 34:2–3, Deut. 5:4–5, Heb. 12:18–21, 2 Cor. 3:7; (2) not only with a living voice, but moreover in writing, Exod. 24:3–4, indeed even brought about immediately by the very finger of God, Deut. 4:13; (3) and now also no longer merely with household congregations, as had happened under the patriarchs, but with a national church; and thus (4) with a dispensation that would abidingly last until the Messiah, Exod. 31:16, Lev. 24:8, Num. 18:19, Heb. 8:1, 2, 11.
XXI.
Under this dispensation the Israelite church stood and endured, without any essential change, until the coming of the Messiah, for about fifteen centuries — namely, from the year of the world 2453, in which the exodus of Israel out of Egypt took place, to the year 3948, in which He sealed the covenant by His death, Dan. 9:24 — although I do not wish to involve myself in the disputes and disagreements of the chronologers (since among them almost as many opinions are found as there are heads), having followed the chronology of Calvisius and Helvicus. Since, however, meanwhile illustrious renewals and enlargements of the Covenant of Grace have been made, and remarkable vicissitudes and changes have occurred both in the church and in the commonwealth, we shall, accordingly, extend the first era of the Mosaic period to David. Under this era the church endured 426 years, the kingdom of Saul being reckoned in between — which, if the years of his reign are subtracted (a reign he held in common, partly with Samuel, partly with David), scarcely amounted to more than two years properly his own, since he, in the second year of his kingship, was rejected by God, 1 Sam. 13:1 with 16:15.
XXII.
During these years the church was governed by sixteen Judges of Israel — that is, persons called by God, each out of a particular tribe, for this purpose: that they should deliver Israel from her enemies and restore her to liberty, and, once liberty was restored, should govern and rule, together with the great Sanhedrin, under sixteen Judges.
I. Under Moses. The first of these was Moses, who, in or about the eightieth year of his life, was called by God to deliver Israel from the harshest bondage of Pharaoh — who, after he had made the credibility of his embassy to Pharaoh known, by more than ten plagues, at last led Israel with a strong and mighty hand out of Egypt, through the Red Sea, into the wilderness, and there at Sinai proclaimed the law by divine command, and thereby brought the multitude of the redeemed Israel, hitherto wandering as it were in the wild, into the form of a commonwealth, and its congregations, hitherto merely domestic, into one national church. Afterward, having been brought, through various events, to the borders of the promised land of Canaan, he died on this side of the Jordan, in the hundred and twentieth year of his life, Deut. 34:7. Moses was born, then, in the most grievous and hardest times of Israel, his father being Amram, his grandfather Kohath, his great-grandfather Levi, his great-great-grandfather Jacob; and his mother Jochebed, Num. 26:58–59, in Egypt, under Pharaoh Mephres, as they call him. Having been wonderfully preserved from the waves by Pharaoh's daughter, nursed at the breasts of his own mother, and instructed in all the wisdom of the Egyptians, Acts 7:22, he spent an unofficial life of forty years at the king's court; and, that he might save an Israelite, he slew an Egyptian, Exod. 2:12, on account of which he fled to the land of the Midianites and, being set over the flocks of the priest or landholder Jethro (called by others Reuel, by others Hobab, from Num. 10:29), received his daughter Zipporah in marriage, vv. 15–17, 21, and by her begot Gershom, v. 22. Here he was called by the Angel who spoke to him out of a burning bush, to lead the oppressed Israel out of Egypt, ch. 3. He obeys the divine command and returns to Egypt; on the way, being sought by God to death on account of his uncircumcised son, he is delivered by Zipporah's circumcising of him, and is met by Aaron coming to greet him, ch. 4. Having then declared God's counsel and command to the elders of the Israelite people, he approaches Pharaoh to let the people go, to hold a sacrifice to God, ch. 5:1–3; and when Pharaoh for this reason even increased the people's burdens, and defiantly resisted him, he presses and compels him through ten plagues, of which the first was of bloody water, the second of frogs, the third of lice, the fourth of a swarm of vermin, the fifth of a pestilence among the cattle, the sixth of breaking boils and sores, the seventh of hail, the eighth of locusts, the ninth of a darkening of the sun, and finally the tenth of the slaying of the firstborn throughout the whole land of Egypt — so severely, that he let the people go, especially since his own firstborn, who would have been his successor to the throne, was taken away by death, from ch. 6 to ch. 12. But shortly after, repenting of his deed, he pursues Israel, being very strongly armed, as far as the Red Sea, trusting that he would easily subdue, or at least drive back, the unarmed and defenseless people, hemmed between the mountains on either side and having the Red Sea before them; but he finds, at the prayer of Moses and of the people, the sea cleft, and the people given a dry passage through it, and so, pursuing them through the sea, he is drowned, together with all his host, by the sea, and, having cast away the weapons of his men with which he meant to attack Israel, suffers the punishment of his own stubbornness. Meanwhile the people continues its journey, through forty-two encampments, to the Jordan, by various advances and returns: of these the first took place at Rameses, in the year of the world 2453, as is thought, on the 15th of April, at which time the first celebration of the Passover took place, and the law was given concerning the consecration, or redemption, of the firstborn to God. The second at Succoth, or "tents"; the inhabitants of which city were afterward slain by Gideon, for refusing provisions to his soldiers, Judg. 8:16. The third at Etham: here Jerome holds that the cloud first appeared to Israel; others count two, of which the one showed by night the appearance and semblance of fire to Israel, and by day led and covered the people. The fourth at Pi-hahiroth, where Pharaoh overtook the fleeing people. Here occurred the first murmuring of the people, on account of the Red Sea and the straits of the mountains and of the Egyptian armies drawing near; to meet which came a wondrous drying-up of the sea, and a dry passage for the people, Exod. 14:11. The fifth at Marah, that part of the wilderness of Marah, where the people, after a three-days' journey through barren places, indeed found water, but it being bitter — whereby the second murmuring occurred — it was made sweet by a piece of wood cast into it by Moses, Exod. 15:22. The sixth at Elim, being a part of the wilderness of Shur, or Etham, tolerably pleasant and agreeable, having twelve springs of water and seventy palm trees. The seventh at a certain inlet of the Red Sea, where the passed dangers of that sea were renewed to the people's memory. The eighth at the wilderness of Sin, between Elim and Sinai, where they arrived on the thirtieth day after the exodus; here, because their bread failed, occurred the third murmuring of the people, which God relieved by sending quails in the evening, and manna, let down with the dew, in the morning — with which He fed them for forty years; it had the appearance of coriander seed, and surpassed the most savory foods for the people, except that it did not fall on the sabbath days, Exod. 16. The ninth at Dophkah. The tenth at Alush. The eleventh at Rephidim, where, for want of water, the fourth murmuring occurred, which was met by water flowing from the rock struck by Moses. Moreover, the Amalekites, of the descendants of Esau, the first enemies of the Jews, were crushed by the valor of Joshua and the prayers of Moses, and, in following times, utterly rooted out. And moreover, Moses, on the advice of his father-in-law Jethro, set over the people, from among them, captains of thousands, captains of hundreds, captains of fifties, captains of tens, who should decide lighter matters, reserving the weightier meanwhile for God and for himself, Exod. 17 and 18 — from which was born a certain form of a commonwealth, whereby its supreme power lay with the Sanhedrin. The twelfth at the wilderness of Sinai, or at Mount Horeb, where the people tarried nearly a whole year. Here it received the law, proclaimed by God Himself in a most terrible manner, in the third month after the exodus, in the year of the world 2453, according to Calvisius on the 6th day of our June; and when the people could not bear the voice of God, the further declaration of it was made to Moses alone, Exod. 19–20. Afterward the seventy elders, having gone up the mountain, saw God, ch. 24; but Moses, having tarried there forty days and nights without any food or drink, received the pattern of the tabernacle to be built, and the two tables of the law, written by the finger of God Himself, Exod. 25–31. Meanwhile the people, by an abominable and damnable idolatry, Aaron himself giving way, made a calf, after the likeness of the Egyptian Apis, and worshiped it with dances. But Moses, indignant at this deed and wrathful over it, broke the stone tables of God, gave the people the ashes of the calf to drink, and had three thousand of the people slain by the Levites. At last, however, God being reconciled, he asked for other tables of the law, and, conversing with God on the mountain another forty days, brought them down, Exod. 33–34. He also erected and dedicated the tabernacle, in the second year after the exodus, on the first day of the month corresponding to the 23rd of our March, in the year 2454 — which the Jews afterward saw adorned and glorified, by day with a pillar of cloud, by night with a pillar of fire, as a token of the divine presence, Num. 9:15. And when Aaron and his sons offered, the first burnt offerings, in the sight of the whole people, were consumed by fire from heaven, Lev. 9:24. At last Nadab and Abihu, sons of Aaron, because they had offered with strange fire, were consumed by fire that went out from the LORD, Lev. 10. The thirteenth at the wilderness of Paran, which they at first called Taberah, or "a burning," and Kibroth-hattaavah, or "graves of desire," from the outcome. Here occurred the fifth and sixth murmurings; the one from the difficulty of the journey, the other arising from disgust with the heavenly food and from desire for meat: the one the fire of the LORD, the other, with a great abundance of quails, met and stilled the plague sent upon them. Here, moreover, the Holy Spirit descended with an extraordinary sign upon the seventy elders, and consecrated the supreme council of the commonwealth, Num. 11 (cf. Sigonius, De Republica Hebraeorum, ch. 7, and Galatinus, De Arcanis Catholicae Veritatis, Book IV, ch. 4). The fourteenth at Hazeroth, where Aaron and Miriam stirred up strife against Moses on account of the Ethiopian Zipporah, and Miriam was struck with a seven-day leprosy, while Aaron, imploring it, had his offense and guilt forgiven. The fifteenth at Rithmah, in the wilderness of Paran, otherwise Kadesh-barnea, Deut. 1:19. From here twelve spies were sent to Canaan, who, reporting the invincible might and strength of the Palestinians, stirred up the seventh murmuring; which, scarcely stilled by Joshua and Caleb, resulted in the entrance into the land of Canaan being denied and refused to the fathers, and left to their children, while the spies, except Joshua and Caleb, perished by a fearful death. The Israelites meanwhile, after a show of repentance, leading out the camp against the enemy against the will and counsel of Moses, are struck by the Amalekites, Amorites, and Canaanites, Num. 14. The sixteenth at Rimmon-perez, at which place, when they were already on the very borders of the land of Canaan, Num. 14:25, they were compelled to turn into the hill country of Seir, and to wander for thirty-eight years in the innermost wilderness of Arabia — yet so that, during that time, neither their clothes were torn nor their shoes worn out, Deut. 29:5. Upon this there followed sixteen more encampments: namely, the seventeenth at Libnah, the eighteenth at Rissah, the nineteenth at Kehelathah, the twentieth at Mount Shepher, the twenty-first at Haradah, the twenty-second at Makheloth, the twenty-third at Tahath, the twenty-fourth at Terah, the twenty-fifth at Mithkah, the twenty-sixth at Hashmonah, the twenty-seventh at Moseroth, the twenty-eighth at Bene-jaakan, the twenty-ninth at Mount Gidgad, the thirtieth at Jotbathah, the thirty-first at Hebron, the thirty-second at Ezion-geber, on the shore of the Red Sea near Eloth, 1 Kgs. 9:26. In these sixteen encampments occurred what is related in Num. 15–19: namely, (1) a violator of the sabbath was stoned; (2) the rebellion of Korah the Levite, and of Dathan, Abiram, and On, a Reubenite, together with 250 prominent leaders, who rose up against Moses, as though he had unjustly seized the civil and priestly dignity — which men were, some by the earth's opening, some by the violence of the fire that went out from God, destroyed and perished, and their censers, as a memorial of their punished conspiracy, were fastened to the altar; (3) then occurred the eighth murmuring, on account of the slaughter sent upon the rebels, which they laid to the charge of Moses and Aaron, and which the plague, suddenly sent from God, killing 4,700, would have swept away, destroying the whole people, had not Aaron, by the burning of incense, turned aside God's wrath; (4) the dignity of the priesthood and high priesthood was confirmed to Aaron by his rod, which in a single night was dry, yet budded, blossomed, and brought forth almonds, and was confirmed with new laws. The thirty-third at the wilderness of Zin, in the neighborhood of Kadesh, Num. 33:36 and 20:1, where they arrived in the fortieth year, in the first month, after the exodus from Egypt. Here (1) Miriam, the sister of Moses, died, in the hundred and twenty-sixth year of her life; (2) a new murmuring of the people arose, for want of water, which Moses drew forth by striking the rock, and for which, on account of the unbelief mixed with the miracle, he heard the sentence that he, with his brother Aaron, would not enter into the promised land, and they both died in that same year in which Miriam died. Yet Moses (3), before this, in order to obtain a dry passage, sent messengers to the king of the Edomites, who, with a proud answer and at the same time with a strong hand, compelled the Israelites to go around the borders of the Edomite kingdom by long detours, Deut. 2:8, 29 — as the Moabites also did, Judg. 11:17. The thirty-fourth at Mount Hor, which they also called Moserah, Deut. 10:6. (a) Here Aaron, being commanded to go up the mountain, handed over the high priesthood to his son Eleazar, and, without any prior illness, died in the hundred and twenty-third year of his life, mourned by the people for a month, Num. 20:24. (b) Here Arad, a Canaanite king, put Israel to flight; whereupon, a vow having been made to destroy the cities with their inhabitants, they destroyed both the king and the land, and, in perpetual memory, called the place Hormah, Num. 21:1. The thirty-fifth at Zalmonah, along the way of the Sea of Suph, Num. 33:41, or Gudgodah, Deut. 10:7. The thirty-sixth at Jotbathah. Here occurred the tenth murmuring of the people, arising from the hardship of the journey, punished by the sending of serpents, called fiery serpents, whose bite is said to bring poison, thirst, and death — but those who were about to die were, in a manner beyond all nature, healed by looking at a bronze serpent hung upon an erected pole, Num. 21:4. The thirty-seventh at Oboth. The thirty-eighth at Iye-abarim, on the borders of Moab, Num. 33:44. The thirty-ninth at Dibon-gad. The fortieth at Almon-diblathaim, near the river Arnon, which, rising in Arabia, is led through the wildernesses and empties into the Dead Sea. The forty-first on the mountains of Abarim, of which various places bear various names, Num. 21:11. Here (a) they, for the water which wonderfully sprang forth from a well, gave thanks to God with a song and hymn of praise, Num. 21:18. Here they (b) sought passage from Sihon, king of Heshbon, who, being proud on account of a victory just before obtained over the Moabites, met with war those who offered him peace, and was therefore, together with all his sons, of every sex and age, slain, and his land, by divine appointment, made the first possession of the Israelites, Num. 21:21, Deut. 3:1. And shortly after, war was made upon Og, king of Bashan, who yet remained of the giants, and had a bed nine cubits long — who was slain, together with his sons and all his subjects, from whom the Israelites obtained sixty of his cities, with a rich and fat spoil. Finally, the forty-second encampment of the Israelites was in the plains of Moab, Num. 22:1 and 33:50. Here (*) Balak, king of the Moabites, having joined himself with the Midianites, sought curses upon the people from the false prophet Balaam, who dwelt among the Ammonites; but he, at first forbidden by God to go, and then given leave, and having on the way become aware of an Angel standing against him with a drawn sword, as well as of his ass rebuking him, poured forth, instead of curses, nothing but blessings, and moreover foretold many things concerning the coming of Christ and concerning the ages to come. Meanwhile he gave the king the counsel that the women should entice and lead the Israelites into whoredom and idolatry — which, when it succeeded, was followed by a great slaughter among the common people, and the hanging of the chief rulers, after twenty-four thousand of them had perished; and, by the zeal of Phinehas, by which he pierced through Zimri, together with Cozbi the Midianitess, in the very act of whoredom, it was at last taken away. (**) The second numbering of the people having taken place, there were found, besides 23,000 Levites, 601,730 armed soldiers, Num. 26 — a number nearly agreeing with the first count. Here (***) also, on the occasion of the five daughters of Zelophehad, the succession of inheritance was left even to women, yet under the condition that they should marry within their own tribe, Num. 27 with 36. Here (****) Moses, having climbed Mount Pisgah, saw the land of Canaan from afar, but, being forbidden to enter it, receives Joshua as his successor. But first (*****) he roots out the Midianites by Phinehas, through a force of 12,000 men gathered by him out of all the tribes, together with five kings, and all the women who had known men — sparing only 32,000 virgins — and he divides the spoil, a great part of it meanwhile having been dedicated and consecrated to God, Num. 31. Here he gives (******) to the Reubenites, the Gadites, and to the half tribe of Manasseh, the whole region of the Amorites and Midianites, on this side of the Jordan, to inhabit under certain laws and conditions, Num. 34. And (*******) the boundaries of Canaan are beforehand determined, and those who should allot it to the Israelites are appointed and named, there. Further he assigns (********) to the Levites forty-eight cities, scattered throughout all Judea, and among these he sets apart six cities of refuge, Num. 35. Also (*********) he adds to the book Deuteronomy, renews the covenant between God and Israel, and bids Israel farewell with a song, in which he is thought by some to have foretold the fortunes of the church. And thus at last (**********) he dies, in the 120th year of his life, and is buried by God — being the founder and originator of the prophets, and at the same time a most excellent hero, who, according to the reckoning of some, had 173 conversations with God, and had done fifty miracles, having laid up the book of the law beside the Ark; renowned and celebrated even among the heathen, under various names, for example in Book VI of Strabo's Geography, in Book II, ch. 5, of Diodorus Siculus, and yet not without slanders from Justin (Book 36), from Tacitus (Book 5, ch. 2), and from others. He has been treated more amply and at greater length concerning the first Judge of Israel.
II. Under Joshua. On him is followed Joshua, otherwise called Hoshea, Num. 13:9(?), Deut. 32:44; under the New Testament, Jesus, Acts 7:45, Heb. 4:8; the son of Nun, of the tribe of Ephraim, Moses' servant, formerly sent out as a spy, Num. 13:9. A man full of the divine Spirit, or of the Spirit of Wisdom, Num. 27:18, Deut. 34:9, with whom God was, as He had been with Moses, Josh. 3:7, confirmed and strengthened by an address of God, ch. 1. He sends two spies to Jericho, who are safely preserved through the faithfulness of the harlot Rahab, ch. 2, who, having returned, he — at the time of harvest, on the tenth day, as is thought — miraculously dried up the Jordan and led the people over into the land of Canaan, ch. 3; and, in memory of this deliverance, set up a memorial of twelve stones, which the particular heads had taken from the bed of the Jordan, at Gilgal, ch. 4. There he circumcises the sons in the wilderness, ch. 5:2. He sees the Angel, the captain of the LORD's host, with a drawn sword; celebrates the third Passover, ch. 5:10–11, while at that time the manna ceased, there. After he had led the ark several times, with the sound of trumpets, around the walls of Jericho, the city is thrown down to its very foundations, and all its inhabitants, save Rahab and hers, are slain, ch. 6. But, for the sacrilege or church-robbery of Achan, Israel is smitten by the men of Ai; yet Achan is punished, and God being reconciled again, he also roots out the men of Ai, ch. 7:6 and 8:1. To the Gibeonites, deceived by their fraud, he does indeed grant peace; but meanwhile avenges their deceit by imposing on them a perpetual servitude of the temple, whence they were afterward called Nethinim, or "given ones," ch. 9. And when Adoni-zedek, king at Jerusalem, joined with four kings, attacked them for this with a siege, Joshua, helped by hail, and, the course of the sun and moon having been prayed to a halt, slew them with their sons; and, adding new victories, subdued thirty-one kings, and distributed their lands to the tribes by lot, and set up the tabernacle at Shiloh, ch. 10 through 19. After this he sends home, across the Jordan, the Reubenites, Gadites, and the half tribe of Manasseh, who erect an altar at the bank of the Jordan, and are, on account of it, about to be pursued by war, until it is found that they were free of any evil intent, ch. 22. At last, a council having been held, and the covenant with God renewed, he dies, being 110 years old, after he had administered the office of Judge for seventeen years.
III. Under Othniel. On him followed the third of the Judges, Othniel, of the tribe of Judah, Caleb's son-in-law, on account of his conquest of the city of Debir, Judg. 1:11–13, who delivered the Israelites when, having fallen away from God, they had been given into bondage to the king of Mesopotamia, Cushan-rishathaim. He held the supreme authority forty years, ch. 3:9–11.
IV. Under Ehud. On him followed the fourth Judge, Ehud, of the tribe of Benjamin, a man who was left-handed. He, when Eglon, king of the Moabites, helped by the forces of the Ammonites and Amalekites, had again — the Israelites having once more turned from God, into a second bondage of eighteen years — subjected them, slew Eglon by an ambush, defeated his troops, and happily shook off their tyranny, Judg. 3:15. To the times of this man is generally referred the famine, by which Elimelech, being pressed and constrained, together with his wife Naomi, withdrew to the coasts of Moab, and there died, together with his two sons, who had married Orpah and Ruth, Moabite women; but Ruth, returning with her mother-in-law Naomi to Judea, when, being in a poor state, she gleaned the ears of grain in the field of the rich Boaz, a kinsman of Elimelech, obtained a second, happier marriage according to the Mosaic law, and, of the aged Boaz, bore Obed, the grandfather of David, Ruth 1 and following chapters. To his period of judgeship are commonly assigned eighty years, from Judg. 3:30, and although this is greatly doubted, since at that time the lifespan of men had already been reduced to seventy or eighty years, according to Ps. 90:10, yet it could well have come to pass that he, having come to power in his twentieth or twenty-fifth year, lived a period of eighty years, since this is noted of the patriarch Joseph, who governed Egypt just as many years; and since experience also teaches that men have, for so long a time, lived a little above that measure which God has commonly set for the lifespan of men. Yet I would myself think it better and more fitting to say that within those eighty years are included the forty years of Shamgar, so that, from the death of Othniel to the death of Shamgar, Israel had eighty years of rest, and nothing more is said in the text of Judg. 3:30 than this. Insert, then, between these forty, the years of Shamgar, who slew six hundred men of the Philistines with an ox goad, Judg. 3:31.
V. Under Barak and Deborah. There follows the fifth Judge, Barak, with Deborah the prophetess; for when the Israelites had now, for the third time, on account of their falling away from God, fallen under a foreign yoke of the Canaanite king Jabin, and had repented and turned to Him, God, to deliver them, raised up Deborah, the wife of Lapidoth, who advised and urged Barak to defeat Jabin, or rather his captain Sisera, and to restore Israel to her liberty, ch. 4; and, this having been won, she sang a song of thanksgiving to God, ch. 5, and reigned together with Barak forty years, Judg. 5:31.
VI. Under Gideon. There follows the sixth Judge, Gideon, being the father of seventy sons, under whom the Midianites, with the Amalekites, carried Israel away — on account of its wickedness and abominations — into a fourth bondage; and so God, when they repented and were thus ready to be delivered, gave them this sixth Judge, Gideon, whom they, on account of his overthrowing Baal's altar at the command of the Angel, called Jerubbaal — who, strengthened by a miraculous sign of the dew and of a fleece, having tested the matter, with three hundred men, by breaking pitchers, by the sound of trumpets, by the noise and clamor and the shaking of the earth, by the flashing and gleam of the lamps, and by the shouting and outcry of the soldiers, so terrified the enemy that, by a slaughter, 135,000 fell, and their four kings were entirely subdued. Afterward he nevertheless fell into a strange worship of God, to the ruin of his own offspring and of the whole people, chs. 6, 7, 8. From the death of Deborah to his own death are reckoned forty years, Judg. 8:28.
VII. Under Abimelech. On him followed his son, by a concubine, Abimelech, the seventh Judge, who, having slain seventy brothers — except Jotham, who was preserved by a wondrous flight — exercised a tyranny, and rooted out the very Shechemites by whose help he had obtained the office of Judge; and at last, in the siege of Thebez, being struck by a great millstone thrown down by a woman, perished, after he had reigned three years, ch. 9. In his place was appointed the eighth Judge, Tola, of the tribe of Issachar; he judged Israel twenty-three years, ch. 10:1–2.
VIII. Under Tola. IX. Under Jair. On him followed the ninth Judge, Jair, of the tribe of Manasseh, being the father of thirty sons, and lord of just as many cities, in whose twenty-second year of rule (he had reigned twenty-two years, Judg. 10:3) Israel, on account of its sins, fell into bondage to the Ammonites for eighteen years. From this God delivered them, after preceding repentance, by the tenth Judge, Jephthah, born of a harlot, and for that reason cast out by his brothers from his father's house.
X. Under Jephthah. This man, having made a rash vow that he would offer up whatever should first meet him, happily returning home, subdued and defeated the Moabites, whom he could not persuade to peace, by a glorious victory; and his daughter, who was the first to come out to meet him, congratulating him as victor, he either offered up, or condemned to perpetual virginity — concerning which (though it will not here be determined) the commentators dispute among themselves. And a little after, he crushed the Ephraimites, who gave him trouble after he had taken and occupied the fords of the Jordan and detected them by their pronunciation of the word "Shibboleth," having slain forty-two thousand of them. He reigned six years, Judg. 11 and 12:1–7.
XI. Under Ibzan. On him followed the eleventh Judge, Ibzan, a Bethlehemite, the father of thirty sons and just as many daughters, and a father-in-law of just as many sons-in-law, vv. 8–9, for the space of seven years, Judg. 12:9.
XII. Under Elon. On him followed the twelfth Judge, Elon, a Zebulunite, for the space of ten years, vv. 10–12. And after him, the thirteenth, Abdon, a father of forty sons and a grandfather of thirty grandsons; he was the son of a certain Hillel, being a Pirathonite.
XIII. Under Abdon. He reigned eight years, v. 31. After him the fourteenth Judge was Samson, solemnly promised to a barren mother, consecrated to God from the womb, and a Nazirite.
XIV. Under Samson. This man, though he did not entirely crush the Philistines, under whom the Israelites groaned in a sixth bondage for forty years, at least battered them by inflicting notable defeats: and by means of three hundred foxes, armed at their tails with burning torches, he burned up their standing grain. Shut in within the walls of Gaza, he by night carries off her gate, with its bars, upon a mountain; and, with the jawbone of an ass, kills a thousand Philistines. At last, overcome by the wiles of the harlot Delilah, he is blinded, until, his strength renewed with his hair, when he was brought forth as a public spectacle in the temple of the Philistines' god, he kills three thousand of the enemy together with himself, Judg. 13 through 16.
XV. Under Eli. On him followed the fifteenth Judge, Eli, who, being far too indulgent toward his impious, greedy, and lustful sons, falls into the divine judgments — so that, when the people had been struck by the Philistines, and he had, against God's command, sent out the ark of the covenant, he not only lost, in one day, both his sons Hophni and Phinehas, together with thirty thousand Israelites, who perished, but also, when he heard that the ark had fallen into the enemy's power, fell from his seat and gave up the ghost, being an old man of ninety-eight years. Yet this ark, when the enemy had placed it at Ashdod, as a token of triumph, in their temple and beside Dagon, God so avenged and delivered, that on the first night He struck Dagon down, and on the second, his head and hands being cut off, cast him at the threshold of the temple; and struck the Philistines, not only in their hinder parts with a secret and hidden disease, but also, by sending mice, so laid waste their standing grain, that they were compelled, willingly or unwillingly, to restore the ark of the covenant, and that not without gifts, to its former possessors at last, 1 Sam. 3–7.
XXIII.
Now, if you add together the years of all the Judges, each in particular, up to the death of Samson, which closes the book of Judges, there will result 299 years; and if you add to these the forty years of Eli up to Samuel, you will have 339 years. Against this reckoning the Apostle seems to lean, Acts 13:19–20, where he sets, between the division of the land of Canaan and the beginning of Samuel, about 450 years. Yet this only appears so, insofar as the Apostle has added together the years of the six bondages, under which one reads in the book of Judges that Israel groaned — which make up 111 years — with the aforesaid 339 years, from which arise 450 years; whereas the book of Judges includes and encloses the years of the bondages within the years of the Judges. Nor does it stand in the way here that the Apostle should, in this manner, count the 111 years twice, since he does not count them twice under one and the same regard and relation, but first as included and enclosed, and afterward as unfolded and considered by themselves. Thus Beroaldus and others untie this chronological knot.
XVI. Under Samuel. The array of Judges is closed by the sixteenth Judge, Samuel, a Levite, both a priest and a judge, who held and administered the helm of the Israelite commonwealth godly, righteously, prudently, and prosperously, and, by his prayers, obtained a miraculous victory over the Philistines; whose sons, set over the people without God's command, by their dishonesty urged the people to seek and demand that a king be set over them, and obtained Saul, a Benjamite, who was to reign under the oversight and command of God, and did so happily, until, against the divine command to root out the Amalekites, he spared some of them — for which reason, and hereafter, he was deprived of the right to reign, and in his place, by God's command, David was appointed by Samuel — which is reckoned to have happened in Saul's second year. Meanwhile he had, for ten years, held the kingship of Israel in fact, according to Cedrenus. For this reason we shall join his reign together with the judgeship of Samuel, that the transition to David, and in him to the second era of the Mosaic period, under which a solemn renewal and enlargement of the Covenant of Grace took place, may be the readier and easier for us.
We shall, therefore, first present and set forth the history of Samuel, and thereafter let follow the history of Saul. As for Samuel, then, he was a Levite, born of Elkanah his father and Hannah his mother, by whom, being thus named, he was dedicated and consecrated to God, 1 Sam. 1. He grows up and increases in grace and favor with God and men; and there occurred, by night, an examination made of him by God, and Eli in the morning discloses it, ch. 2:11 and ch. 3:1. He is acknowledged and received by the people as a prophet, v. 19. He institutes a reformation in worship, and prays for the people at Mizpah, 1 Sam. 7:3. He is besieged by the Philistines, whom God terrified with a fearful storm, so that they were beaten by the Israelites — so much so, that in Samuel's time they attempted nothing against Israel. He dwells at Ramah, and sets up a memorial between Mizpah and Shen, and called its name Ebenezer, saying, "Thus far the LORD has helped us," ch. 7. He appoints his ungodly sons as judges at Beersheba. After this the people seeks and demands a king for itself, against the will and counsel of the LORD, and receives one, having first set forth to them the manners and ways of kings, ch. 8. He nevertheless blesses the people, goes to meet Saul, and anoints him for a king, chs. 9 and 10. With Saul he goes out to battle against the Ammonites at Jabesh-gilead; after the victory he confirms the kingdom to Saul, ch. 11, and gives an account of his own judgeship, ch. 12. While Saul waits, about to fight against the Philistines, the people wasting and melting away, he offers sacrifice, for which reason he is rebuked, and it is foretold to him that he would be deprived of the kingdom, ch. 13. Meanwhile he nevertheless sends Saul against the Amalekites, with command to root them out, ch. 15 — which Saul indeed carries out, but yet spares their king and their goods, under a specious enough pretext, and is for this stripped of his kingdom, v. 10. Meanwhile Samuel kills Agag, and mourns Saul's fate, v. 11. After this he anoints David, ch. 16 through 24. He dies and is mourned by Israel at Ramah, 1 Sam. 25:1. To him are ascribed forty years of judgeship, Acts 13:21.
Let us now join to these Saul, passing over those things which we have already mentioned concerning him. He was a Benjamite, outstanding both in bodily stature and in heroic gifts of mind; seeking his father's she-asses, he is, God pointing him out, anointed king by Samuel. He is also renowned and celebrated for the victories obtained over the Moabites, Ammonites, Edomites, and Amalekites; yet at last, on account of his stubborn hardness of heart, rejected — when, harassed and tormented by an evil spirit, he sends for David, to be refreshed by his harp-playing, whom, though at first well-disposed to him, he afterward, out of necessity, pursued with a mortal hatred all the rest of his life. He had for a son Jonathan, who clung to David with the tenderest love. About to fight against the Philistines, at his wit's end, and forsaken by divine answers, he consults a witch at Endor, and learns from her his own coming and impending fate hanging over his head; and, struck by the enemy, he perishes by his own weapons; and, being also hanged by his own weapons on the walls, and stealthily delivered from that hanging by the Jebusites, is buried by David in the royal grave.
XXIV.
As for the theology of this first Mosaic period, we take it for granted that the whole theology of the preceding eras passed over into this period, and that it had not so much been already anticipated in the time of Abraham, as the Jews suppose from Gen. 26:2-6, but rather been much more taken in hand and possessed by Moses; for to what end should it have been so carefully set forth in Genesis, unless it were meant to serve the following ages as well, especially since all those things are also generally impressed upon by Moses? Let me add, moreover, that the Mosaic theology continued, being explained and enlarged by the prophets, up to the coming and death of the Messiah, whence the Apostle, having declared that he had proclaimed the whole counsel of God, Acts 20:20, adds that he had said nothing beyond what the prophets and Moses had said would come to pass, ch. 26:22. As for what in particular and by name concerns the theology proper to this testament: there has certainly been one and the same Covenant of Grace, which this our period has in common, as to its substance, with the three preceding, yet its dispensation differs not a little from all the preceding ones. For whereas (I) in the first dispensation the Author of the covenant showed Himself as an enemy of the serpent and of the serpent's seed, about to crush its head through the Seed of the Woman; whereas in the second dispensation He showed Himself as the preserver and keeper of the church by the Ark; in the third, as El Shaddai, as God the All-sufficient; here in this fourth He shows Himself as the Jehovah, who not only can fulfill His promises but does in fact fulfill them, by the leading of Israel out of Egypt and its introduction into Canaan, as a pledge of the heavenly inheritance, Exod. 6:1-3. (II) Whereas the covenanted parties, in the first covenant-making, are set forth as the Seed of the Woman, that is, Christ with His own, or Christ in His own, more generally; in the second, as the elect in the household of Noah; in the third, as the elect in the blessed and to-be-blessed seed of Abraham, and thus almost solely as the elect within households; here in this fourth they are set forth as within a whole and numerous nation, and that as solemnly betrothed and joined to and with Jehovah. (III) Whereas the benefits of the Covenant of Grace, in all the preceding dispensations, were promised more generally, more obscurely, and more intricately, in the enmity and crushing of the serpent's head; in the preservation of the church, and of the world for the church's sake, from the ruin of a flood; in the blessing and multiplying in the land of Canaan; here, in this fourth, all these are explained far more distinctly, abundantly, and clearly, in so many ceremonial, sacramental, and other shadows and types. (IV) Whereas the duties required of the covenanted, namely faith and repentance, in the preceding dispensations are either not named at all, or at least very rarely, and only once in Abraham, that his faith was reckoned to him for righteousness, and that he had to walk before God's face and be upright; here, in this fourth, these same duties are required more abundantly and distinctly, in a whole, most fittingly arranged system of ceremonial, civil, and moral laws. (V) Whereas the preceding covenant-makings took place in a more hidden manner, with less solemnity, this fourth one took place more openly, with great majesty on God's side, and with great awe and fear on Israel's side, Exod. 19. Let me add (VI) that, whereas the preceding ones had scarcely any expressed consent of the covenanted men, this fourth one had an explicit and expressed consent, there vv. 4, 5, 8.
As for representing, piece by piece through its chapters, the systematic theology of this first Mosaic period, as we have done for the preceding eras of the patriarchal age, that would be nothing other than transcribing a great part of the last books of Moses, as well as of Joshua, Judges, and Ruth, and would not be equally useful either. We shall, therefore, only briefly set forth those foundations of the theology of this period whereby and wherewith it grew and increased beyond the preceding eras. The first of these has been the Word, as being not only the sole principle of this theology but also a compendium of it. For although the preceding eras had it, so far as sufficed, given to Adam, Noah, Abraham, and others by the living voice of God, yet they did not have it, nor was it given to them so familiarly, as to Moses, who dealt and spoke with God as it were face to face, as a friend with his friend, Deut. 5:4, at least, none of the preceding eras had a written Word, nor so full and complete a rule, so well arranged in order, to which it was not permitted to add or from which to take away the least thing, Deut. 4:11-12 and 3:32, whose transgression God also so severely avenged and punished in Nadab and Abihu, sons of Aaron themselves, when they offered with strange fire, Lev. 10:1-3. The second foundation of the theology of this period has been that man is not justified before God except from and through His pure and free grace, for the sake of the righteousness which was to be brought and set forth by the promised seed, and which was to be received by faith alone. This foundation explained and unfolded itself more distinctly, chiefly in these six particulars: namely, (1) that the men who need this grace are sinners, wretched, and liable to the deadly wrath and curse, Deut. 26:5, to which also the slaughtering of the beasts in the sacrifices looked, Col. 2:14; (2) that all benefits, spiritual as well as temporal, are bestowed on man out of God's pure and free grace, without any regard to man's merits and duties, Deut. 9:4-6, 7:6-9; (3) that although God, in His Word, had set forth and proposed the duties to be practiced most fully and clearly, yet men are, by sin, so utterly deprived of spiritual powers that, without God's heart-bending and heart-changing grace, they can do absolutely nothing that would tend and be useful to salvation, Deut. 29:4-6, 30:6, Josh. 24:19; (4) that reconciliation with God, and the forgiveness of sins, could be brought about and obtained only through the shedding of blood in the sacrifices, which all the ceremonial offerings taught, but especially the solemn offerings of the Day of Atonement, Lev. 16, whence the Apostle teaches that almost all things are purified by blood according to the law, and that without shedding of blood there is no remission, Heb. 9:22; and yet, (5) that no sacrifices of beasts were, of and by themselves, able to take away sins, and that they served for nothing else than to show and prefigure another sacrifice, which alone would be sufficient for this, compare Mic. 6:6-8, Ps. 40:7-9; further, (6) that the High Priest, who bore an image of the Messiah, would bear and take away the sins of the whole people, Exod. 28:38. The third foundation of the theology of this period was that all the ceremonial matters, however splendid and glorious, would not hold good beyond a certain fixed period, after which they would be abolished by a certain new Prophet, who would be raised up, furnished with a legislative authority, whom they, on pain of destruction, would have to obey in all things, Deut. 18:16-19, compare Dan. 9:27. Besides these, as it were, foundations of faith, this period has had, for the service of God, besides a most orderly system of all sorts of laws, and besides the appointed times, also a sufficiently splendid and glorious place, in which they were to practice the more solemn duties of public worship, namely the Tabernacle, of which Exod. 26, and moreover persons who would have oversight and authority over those duties: the High Priest, the priests, and the Levites, ch. 28. To have set forth these matters concerning the systematic theology of this period shall suffice.
The Symbolic Theology of This Period
As for the symbolic theology of this period, which showed and represented the mysteries both of the Jewish and, at the same time, of the Christian religion, under various ceremonial images and types, corresponding to the childlike and adolescent state of the Jewish church, of this we have already spoken long since, as it were in summary, and here it needs only to be applied a little more distinctly. One must hold fast, then, that all those figures and types had reference to Christ, and that those things which concern and pertain to Him were, as it were, under a covering and under a shadow, 2 Cor. 3:13-16, Col. 2:9-17, Heb. 10:1-5, of all of which the end has been Christ, Rom. 10:4. Every proportion and correspondence, therefore, which is observed between those types and Christ as the antitype, will be useful and helpful to us for a subsequent application. This symbolic theology has, (a) more generally, images both extraordinary and ordinary. Among the first, for example, was pictured the obtaining and application of salvation, by Israel's deliverance from Egyptian bondage, brought about by the ministry of Moses, who was chiefly at the same time a type of Christ, Acts 7:35-36, Heb. 3:2, 11:24-26; likewise, for the entrance into the land of Canaan, under the prince and captain Joshua, Heb. 4:8. The passage through the Red Sea signified the red blood of Christ, by which believers pass safely out of spiritual Egyptian bondage into the heavenly Canaan, while their enemies perish, 1 Cor. 10:1. The pillar of cloud and of fire, which covered, lit, and led Israel, by day and by night, signified the continual thought and protection, enlightenment and guidance, for Christ's sake, through the Holy Spirit, Exod. 13:21, Ps. 105:39, 1 Cor. 10:1. The heavenly manna, and the water from the smitten rock, picture the flesh and blood of Christ, as a spiritual food and drink, John 6:32-33, 1 Cor. 10:3-4. The bronze serpent, by whose sight the Israelites, deadly wounded by the fiery serpents, were healed, signified the spiritual healing through Christ, John 3:14, 12:28 with 19, to be obtained by the sight of faith. Among the latter, or more ordinary images, were the priests, and among these especially the High Priest, the sin offerings, the altars, and other things pertaining thereto; and what did these shadow forth but the High Priest Christ, and His sacrifice, which would be laid out at the cost of our reconciliation with God, Heb. 5:1, 10:1, 8:8-10? In particular, too, what did the sin offerings and other offerings, as well as the Passover, intend, but to show Christ, and the cleansings to be brought about by His blood and Spirit? Heb. 9:13-14, 22-23, 1 Cor. 5:7. The firstborn, who were consecrated to God, Exod. 13:11-16, what did they signify but the adoption of believers, for Christ's sake, as the firstborn and only-begotten son of God? Rom. 8:15. So many Levitical purifications, and fleshly washings, what did they intend but to depict the sanctification of believers through the pure water of Christ's blood and Spirit? Heb. 9:13-14, John 3:3, 5, 1 John 1:7. What did the inheritance of the land of Canaan look to, but to picture the glorification of believers in the heavenly fatherland, brought about and secured by Christ? Heb. 4:8-9 with John 14:2-3.
If we now descend, from these more general things, (b) to the more particular parts of the ceremonial law, by its classes, and first of all to the holy persons: did not the prophet Moses show forth Christ as Prophet? Deut. 18:15-19, Acts 3:22-24. Did not the ordinary priests, and with them, in their own way, the rest of the Levites, being set over religion by teaching the people, by offering, interceding, and blessing, show forth Christ as the most complete and most perfect Priest, with respect to His own offering up for us, His intercession, and His blessing? Ps. 110:4, Heb. 7:11-23, 3:1, Eph. 5:2, 1:3. Such great holiness and perfection of the priests, Lev. 21:17-24, their consecration and dedication before the whole congregation, Lev. 8:3, by a washing, Exod. 29:4, by a holy vestment, namely a plain robe with a girdle, also by a turban and breeches, Exod. 28:4, 40, 42-43; by particular sacrifices, with a smearing of goats' blood on the lowest part of the ear and on the right thumbs, there vv. 15, 20, 24-25; the sprinkling with holy oil and with the blood of the altar, v. 21, Lev. 8:30; and the singular abstinence, purity, and dignity commanded them, Lev. 21:1-9, did not all of this serve to show forth the perfection in every sense and the holiness of Christ? Heb. 7:26-27. Especially the High Priest, with respect to his glorious and magnificent ornament, in his mantle, in his breastplate bearing the names of the twelve tribes, in the Urim and Thummim, by and through which divine answers were given; his cap or turban with a golden plate, and its inscription, "Holiness to the LORD"; his special anointing, his yearly entrance into the Holy of Holies with foreign blood, Exod. 28:2, Lev. 8:10-12, did not all these things foretell the excellent splendor, ornament, and majesty of Christ? Ps. 45:3. Also His holiness, whereby He is the Holy One of Israel, Isa. 10:20, who is sanctified by the Father, John 10:36, who carries the church, as it were upon His breast, with the tenderest care, Eph. 5:2, 25, who enlightens every one of the elect alike, coming into this world, by the proclamation of the gospel, John 1:9, who is anointed with the Holy Spirit, Ps. 45:8, who has entered into the heavenly sanctuary with His own blood? Heb. 9:24, 10:19. The firstborn, with all their privileges, did they not signify Christ? Ps. 89:28, Rom. 8:29, Col. 1:15, 18, Rev. 1:5, who was to lead and bring His own to the general assembly of the firstborn? Heb. 12:22-23. Did the Nazirites likewise, among whom was Samson, not prefigure that Nazarene, Matt. 2:23, Acts 3:6, John 19:19, foreknown from eternity, and by that very fact set apart from all other men to be a Mediator, 1 Pet. 1:20, that Elect One? Isa. 42:1.
Now, passing from the holy persons to the holy places: what did the Tabernacle picture but Christ, who eskenosen en hemin, "dwelt" (or properly, "tabernacled") among us? John 1:14, and what else than His church, as being movable and transportable, from the Jews to the Gentiles? Acts 13:4-6. What did Solomon's Temple picture but the fixed, stable, and immovable church, not even to be overcome by the gates of hell? Matt. 16:18. The synagogues of the particular cities, what do they picture but particular congregations, for example the seven congregations of Asia Minor? Rev. 1:20. If you now proceed from this to the ceremonial holy times: did not the Jewish sabbath, the seventh day counted after creation, picture the rest of Christ in the grave, during that sabbath? And did not the remaining feasts of the Jews, up to the Jubilee feast, picture the state of grace, or the evangelical era? Isa. 61:2, Col. 2:16-17. If you finally carry your thoughts onward to the ceremonial matters, and to what had to be done and performed: as to the ceremonial sacraments, as to circumcision, what did it mean but the circumcision of Christ, which took place without hands? Col. 2:11-12; as to the Passover, what else but Christ slain for us? 1 Cor. 5:7. If you proceed to the sin offerings, in and through so many kinds, what did they mean but the offering of Christ? Isa. 53:12, Eph. 5:2, Heb. 8:14, 10:5, 10, 14; and as to the peace offerings, what did these look to but to testify our thankfulness in Christ? Rom. 12:1-2, Heb. 13:15, Hos. 14:3. The altar, Exod. 29:37, Matt. 23:19, what did it signify but the divine nature of Christ, by which the sacrifice of His body is sanctified? Heb. 13:10. What did the fire, whereby the offering was consumed, Mark 9:49, Lev. 6:13, signify but the Holy Spirit, through whom Christ offered Himself up to God? Heb. 9:14. What did the salt signify but the Covenant of Grace in Christ, which is incorruptible and everlasting? Compare Lev. 2:13, Num. 18:19, 2 Chron. 13:5 with Gen. 17:13, Hos. 1:18. What did the holy incense, Exod. 30:34-35, picture but the intercessions of Christ? Ps. 141:2, Rev. 5:8. The holy oil, with which the Tabernacle, and its vessels and ministers, were anointed and consecrated, Exod. 30:25-31, what did it signify but the gifts of the Holy Spirit, with which Christ and Christians are anointed and consecrated? Heb. 1:9, 1 John 2:20, 27. What did the water of purification, Num. 19:8, signify but the blood of Christ? 1 John 1:7, Zech. 13:1. The seven lamps, on the golden candlestick, Exod. 25:31, 37, 27:20-21, what did they mean but to picture the enlightenment by the Spirit and the Word? 2 Pet. 1:19, 21, Eph. 5:8. What did the silver trumpets, Num. 10:3, mean but the sound of the gospel, blown by the Spirit? Isa. 58:1, Eph. 6:11-18, Ps. 89:16. The holy foods, Lev. 7:6-10, 6:16, 18, 25-26, and the showbread, Lev. 24:5-9, what did they signify but Christ's flesh and blood, as a spiritual food? Ps. 23:1, 5, John 6:33, 35, 48, 50-51. The fallow lands, Lev. 19:23-25, what did these picture but that foods are, by sin, unclean to us, until they are sanctified by faith in Christ and by prayer? Titus 1:15, 1 Tim. 4:4-5, Rom. 14:6. The firstfruits of persons and things, being holy to God, Exod. 13:2, 22:29-30, Num. 15:20-21, what did these signify but Christ, the Firstborn, Heb. 1:6, in whom we must consecrate our first and chief things to God? Isa. 66:20-21, Matt. 6:33, 1 Cor. 6:20. What did the tithes, Lev. 27:30, Deut. 26:12, signify but that we must, out of our goods, give and distribute to the service of God and to the poor as much as suffices? Gal. 6:6-9, Heb. 13:16. We could set forth and represent similar things concerning the goats on the Day of Atonement, Lev. 16; concerning the cities of refuge, Num. 35:9; concerning Balaam's prophecy, Num. 23:16-24; concerning Gideon's fleece and dew, Judg. 6:37; concerning the burning bush that was not consumed, Exod. 3:2; concerning Moses, slaying an Egyptian and delivering an Israelite, ch. 2:11-12; and whatever other similar things there may be, so far, indeed, that I should think it would be neither difficult nor burdensome to draw out the whole Christian doctrine of the Christians from such types and images, were we not held back by the fear of prolixity.
Under this period, all the theology of the preceding era, hitherto scattered and unwritten, handed down among the patriarchs, was brought into one system and committed to writing, through the labor of Moses, whom we have described. He is thought to have written, first of all, the book of Job, though others would rather have this be by Job himself, others by Solomon, so that the dating of the writing of this book would differ accordingly. Yet it seems to come nearest the truth that this was done by Moses, as being the first writer of all, whether in the land of Midian, as some prefer, or at Sinai; whether before or after Genesis, about the year of the world 2452. Some hold that Job was a later descendant of Esau, who in Gen. 36 is called Jobab, and that he lived about the year of the world 2330. Others hold that he was the third generation after Nahor, Abraham's brother. Whatever the case, at least the book chiefly relates Job's prosperity, adversity, and restoration to prosperity, and likewise, in what manner he conducted himself under all these states. (Cf. the celebrated Spanheim's History of Job.) Moses wrote, secondly, the book of the Torah, "Law," which was afterward divided by his successors into five books, and hence called in Greek Pentateuchos, as one would say a "five-book set," of which the first, namely Genesis, appears to have been written in the second year after the exodus, in the year of the world 2452. It contains the origins of things, of the world, of sin, and also the patriarchs of the church, under Adam, Noah, Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, Joseph, down to and including the entry of Israel into Egypt. The second, namely Exodus, has the going out of that same Israel from Egypt, the law-giving, and the building of the Tabernacle, and comprises a history of about 134 years after Joseph's death, in the year of the world 2453. The third, called Leviticus, has chiefly the moral, or ceremonial, laws, of one month, at the beginning of the second year after the exodus. The fourth, Numbers, in which is contained a history of about 38 years, up to the beginning of the eleventh month of the fortieth year after the exodus, from the year of the world 2454 to the year 2492, in which year that book also appears to have been written. The fifth, Deuteronomy, contains a history of a month and a half, from the beginning of the twelfth month of the fortieth year, written by Moses, except that one must exclude the last part of chapter 34, concerning Moses' death and burial, which appears to have been added by Joshua, or Eleazar, or by some other man moved by God's Spirit. These books, laid up by the priests beside the Ark, Deut. 31:24-25, having come down to this period, there follow the book of Joshua, containing the history of Israel, now planted in the land of Canaan, of seventeen years, namely from Moses' death to the death of Joshua, especially the taking and dividing of that land. It appears to have been written a little before Joshua's death, in the year of the world 2510, so that the things related at the end of the book seem to have been added by Samuel. Also seeming to have been written in this period is the book of Judges, up to the High Priest Eli, of 299 years, which shows Israel's deeds and doings under the form of a government of nobles and notables, and appears to have had Samuel for its writer. There follows the book of Ruth, a history of about 41 years, of which the first and the last are represented, passing over what happened between. This is brought by some to the times of Elimelech, by others to the times of Deborah. It is thought to have been written by Samuel, in the year of the world 2880. The last book here is the first book of Samuel, written, as to its first part, by Samuel, 1 Chron. 29:29, and, as to the last of its final part, by various others, there. It contains the history of Eli, Samuel, Saul, and David. (Cf. Dr. Lightfoot in his Harmony of the Old Testament.)
XXV.
Thus we have considered the state of theology and religion under this first Mosaic period; it remains now that we pass on to the state of the church under this same period. As, then, the Israelite people had hitherto existed, partly under the power and authority of its patriarchs, partly under the tyranny of the Egyptian kings, except that it had its elders, who were, however, deprived of all governing and legislative power, as appears to be gathered from Exod. 4:29 and Gen. 40, so it finally received, under Moses, the form of a commonwealth, and indeed of an aristocratic-popular government, over which Moses alone was at first set for a time, until, on the advice of his father-in-law Jethro, he received and admitted elders, chosen out of all Israel, into a certain partnership in the government, Exod. 18:4, afterward confirmed by God, Num. 11:16. With these, it seems, lay the supreme authority in matters, under the Judges, especially in weightier matters, except that every city, at least a larger one, seems, in matters particularly concerning itself, to have had its own rulers, yet under the Sanhedrin. When afterward matters stood in distress, and Israel was under various bondages, God appointed Judges, raised up extraordinarily, each from a particular tribe, who would deliver the people and have authority over it. Under this republican form the people continued until the kings, God meanwhile being the Monarch, whereby the form of government was a theocracy, 1 Sam. 8:7, wherein God had, as it were, His royal palace in the Holy of Holies; likewise His seat of government on the Ark of the Covenant, from where He gave answers to the inquiring High Priest; then also, as it were, His hearth and fireplace by the altars, Isa. 31:9, Ezek. 43:15; His food in the showbread; His service in the holy places, the Temple, the synagogues, etc. Just as, I say, Israel received, under Moses, the form of a commonwealth, so also, under the same Moses, it received the form and shape of a church, or its organized state, with respect to public worship, to which God chiefly prescribed ceremonial laws; He appointed an ecclesiastical ministry; He added the Tabernacle as the place of service, and fixed times in the sabbath and every sort of feasts. The form of the church was national, so that those who were subjects of the commonwealth, whatever they might be, whether good or wicked, were by that very fact also members of the church, at least with respect to its outward state, insofar as they professed the same faith and the same worship, although, with respect to its inward state, some were other than true believers. It was also catholic, that is, universal, insofar as as many as among foreign nations sought and desired fellowship with it, such as the proselytes, were bound and obliged to submit themselves to it. Its government and rule were indeed monarchical, since it, under the great Sanhedrin, was governed by the High Priest, who had to act according to the laws prescribed to him by God. In Egypt indeed, the Israelite people, under the oversight and leadership of Joseph, together with the patriarch Jacob, being separated and set apart from the Egyptians in Goshen, following its instituted customs and usages according to its own laws, cultivated and cherished the saving faith, Heb. 11:23-24, 27-29, which it also made known by sprinkling their doorposts with the blood of the Passover lamb, Exod. 12; he himself also, having died, kept up circumcision, as seems to be gathered from Exod. 4:25. It was also given and set to prayer, ch. 2:23; it did indeed long for sacrifices, but did not offer them, being deterred by the hatred of the Egyptians, ch. 8:26; meanwhile, about to flee, it slaughtered the Passover in Egypt, Exod. 12. Besides these things, scarcely anything is recorded concerning its divine worship. Meanwhile they do not appear to have been entirely free of the religion of the Egyptians, Ezek. 20:8. Also, once brought through the Red Sea into the wilderness, it did not apply itself diligently and carefully enough to all the duties of religion, for example, to circumcision and to the Passover, perhaps hindered by the difficulties and obstacles of their continual journeying, Josh. 5:1-12.
As for the schisms of this period, the general Serpent-schism was indeed followed, both within and outside the church; and also, outside it, the Hamite, Ishmaelite, and likewise the Edomite schisms, in their own lands and regions, whence one generally hears of the idols of the heathen, of the Ammonites, Moabites, Midianites, Philistines, to which, under the Judges, the Israelite church also seems to have strayed, being for this reason generally rebuked and punished with various bondages, and, upon repenting, also delivered by the Judges given to them. Within the church, however, while Moses and Joshua were still alive among them, the church seems to have been sufficiently steadfast in the old orthodoxy, to such a degree, that when the tribes of the Reubenites, Gadites, and Manassites appeared to be undertaking and forging a certain new worship, concerning an altar and sacrifices, they were for that reason set upon by the army of the other tribes, Judg. 21:20, unless you should wish to count as a schism the rebellion of Korah, Dathan, and Abiram, which, however, arose not so much from a difference of religion as on account of the priesthood, which Moses and Aaron, of their own accord, seemed to fix to the tribe of Levi, which rebellion, its authors having been destroyed from the midst, was taken away, Num. 16:1, 26:9-11, 27:3. Meanwhile the Israelite people showed itself inclined and leaning enough toward Egyptian idolatry, which they seem to have displayed in the matter of the golden calf, of which presently, and which they did not unlearn until after the Babylonian captivity. The first idolatry, then, that the people committed was in the making of the golden calf. For when the people, being impatient over the delay which Moses made on Mount Sinai with God, sought and demanded gods for themselves from Aaron, they obtained from him that he made a calf for them, which they honored and served with dances and other revelries, after the manner of the Egyptians, to whose idolatry they seem to have grown accustomed in Egypt. They do not appear to have sinned in this, that they sought other gods for themselves, or that they supposed these to be gods formed by a man's hand, for they proclaimed a feast to Jehovah, Exod. 32:5, but rather that they wished, by that calf, to honor Jehovah; which calf, nonetheless, God accounted, and not without reason, an idol, Acts 7:40-41. At this God was so greatly kindled to wrath against the people, that He threatened it with destruction and utter extermination, and, scarcely appeased a little by Moses, refused to be present any longer with the people in their wanderings, appointing in His place a certain created Angel, which Moses, by his intercession and entreaty, could scarcely turn aside. They seem, in this design and undertaking, to have had their eye on the Apis of the Egyptians, whom they honored at the city of Memphis, which, before Alexandria, was the most famous of all. Whether this Apis was the same as Serapis and Osiris is disputed. Besides Apis they also honored the Heliopolitan Mnevis, who was held to be the father of Apis. Hence it is said that to sacrifice oxen and calves, and other animals, was an abomination among the Egyptians, Exod. 8:26. The history of this idolatry is to be read in Exod. 32:1-2.
The second idolatry of the Israelites took place concerning Baal-peor, Num. 25:2-3, Deut. 4:3, Ps. 106:28, Hos. 9:10. This was the god of the Moabites, also served and honored by the Midianites, by whose women the Israelites were enticed into that idolatry, on Balaam's counsel, Num. 31:15-16. The scholars do not agree on the reason for the name. There are some who hold that the idol was so named from God, because it was to be abhorred; for the word pa'ar means "to open, to lay open, to uncover," also, among the Chaldeans, "to bare." From this Bucer, on Ps. 105, derives the origin of the word, also from the Hebrew, because its worshipers bared themselves before it. To others it seems that he was Priapus (see Vossius, De Origine Idololatriae, Book II, ch. 1). To its worship is attached the eating of offerings to the dead, from Ps. 106:28. It seems more fitting that this idol was so named from Mount Peor, Num. 23:28, Deut. 34:7, on which its idol-house seems to have stood, Num. 23:41. So Suidas judges concerning the word Belphegor, and Theodoret on Psalm 105. Concerning the Baals we shall see more distinctly, in their place, at the following period.
The third idolatry seems to have been committed by Gideon, otherwise a valiant and excellent hero, who, out of the trophies of the Midianite victory, made and set up an ephod, as a snare for himself and for his household, Judg. 8:27; although this seems to have been not so much idolatry as a self-willed worship, or a wrongful manner of serving the true God, compare Lev. 17:7 and 20:5, in which manner the Israelites sinned in and with the bronze serpent, 2 Kgs. 18:4. Of the same kind seems to have been the fourth idolatry of this period, committed by Micah the Ephraimite (or by his mother), who built for himself, out of a theft, an idol-house, an ephod, also teraphim and carved images, and hired a Levite for the service of it, Judg. 17 and 18.
Just as, then, the Israelite church, under this period, went beyond bounds in so many respects in the matter of faith, so also in morals and abominations, on account of which it was given over at least six times into bondage to its enemies: (1) under Cushan-rishathaim, eight years, Judg. 3:8; (2) under the Moabites, eighteen years, there v. 14; (3) under Jabin, twenty years, ch. 4:3; (4) under the Midianites, seven years, ch. 6:7; (5) under the Ammonites, eighteen years, ch. 10:8; (6) under the Philistines, forty years, Judg. 13:1. These years of bondage, added together, make up 111 years. But a sample of a very notable abomination is found among the Benjamites, who abused a certain Levite's concubine to death, for which the other tribes attacked them with war, and, though victorious once or twice, were themselves at last almost entirely destroyed, Judg. 19-21. As for persecutions of believers, one does not read of these so much under this period, unless one wished to count among them not only the various assaults against Moses, by which they sought to stone him, but also the oppressions of the enemies, which we have just now related.
XXVI.
The second era, then, of the Mosaic period runs on from David to the Babylonian captivity, under which era took place the fifth renewal of the Covenant of Grace, with David and his seed. In order that we may the better grasp the nature and character of this, we must first consider that with David there took place a certain covenant-making. This is beyond doubt: (1) from the vision given to the prophet Nathan, 2 Sam. 7:18, 1 Chron. 17:16; then from David's own testimony, Ps. 89:3-4, 28-29, 34-36, and 132:11-12 with 2 Sam. 7:11, 16, likewise ch. 23:5. Secondly, that this covenant-making expressly renewed the Covenant of Grace appears from this: (1) because this covenant-making breathes and savors of nothing that belongs to the Covenant of Works; (2) because, when this covenant-making took place, David was not under the covenant of works, but under the Covenant of sacrifice, Ps. 50:5, which was without doubt the Covenant of Grace, for the reasons which we have given at the preceding era; (3) because, through this covenant-making, there was promised to David, in his descendants, Jesus Christ, who is the foundation and the sum of the whole Covenant of Grace, 2 Sam. 7:12-13, Ps. 89:3-4 with Luke 1:31-33 and Acts 2:30; (4) because David, being set under this covenant, obtained the righteousness of faith, Ps. 32:1-2 with Rom. 4:1-9, which looks to the Covenant of Grace. Finally, (5) because all the constituent elements of this covenant-making breathe such things as belong to the Covenant of Grace, yet, that this may appear more distinctly, it must be weighed and considered that:
XXVII.
Thirdly, all the constituent elements of it, each in particular. Namely: 1. The contracting parties, who have here been: (1) God, as the LORD of hosts, 2 Sam. 7:8, 1 Chron. 17:7; as the God and the rock of Israel, 2 Sam. 23:3-5; as the Father of David and of his seed, Ps. 89:20, 26 and 2 Sam. 7:12-14; as the God of David, Ps. 89:20, 26, as the rock of his salvation, there; and (2) David with his seed. And, indeed, (a) David, as the holy one of God, Ps. 89:19, of which sort Christ also was, Ps. 16:10, and a valiant and warlike hero, 2 Sam. 7:4-18, of which sort also was Christ, Isa. 9:6, as an elect one of God, Ps. 89:3-19, as also was Christ, 1 Pet. 1:20, as a king, having a kingdom, and fit to govern and rule it, just as also Christ, Luke 1:69, Ps. 2:6, as a servant of God, Ps. 89:3, 20, 1 Sam. 16:12, just as also Christ, Isa. 53:11, 42:1, as the anointed of the LORD, Ps. 89:20-21, 1 Sam. 16:12, just as also Christ, Ps. 45:8, 2:6, as God's firstborn, more excellent than all, just as also Christ, 1 Cor. 15:20, Col. 1:18, Rev. 17:12, 19:16, 1 Tim. 6:15. God, therefore, made a covenant with David, as with a type of Christ. Then (b) God also entered into the covenant with David's seed, 1 Chron. 17:11 (as with sons of God, there v. 13), under which seed was immediately, indeed, Solomon and other Jewish kings, but mediately the Messiah, David's son, Matt. 9:27, 21:9, 22:41-42, as an everlasting seed, 2 Sam. 7:12-13, 1 Chron. 17:11-12, 14, Ps. 89:3-4, 34-36, and 132:11-12, which, indeed, in a more natural manner, and in a certain respect and with qualification, his descendants abidingly verified, down to the end of this era; but mysteriously, absolutely, and simply, the Messiah alone, Luke 1:31-33, Acts 2:30-32.
XXVIII.
(II) The cause, moving God, as it were, to the undertaking of this covenant-making, has been (1) the moving cause proper, His grace, or His unowed and unmerited inclination and affection toward David and toward his seed, witnessed both by God Himself, Ps. 89:1-2, 24, 28, who brought the grace to bear; and by David, who received it, 2 Sam. 7:21, 1 Chron. 17:17, 19, which grace is also the well and fountain-spring of the whole Covenant of Grace, John 3:16. (2) The meritorious cause, the Messiah Jesus Christ alone, through His satisfaction and merit, by which He, just as us all, so also David with his seed, made and rendered acceptable and gracious for himself, in that Beloved One, Eph. 1:6, for which reason David, having put away from himself all causality, 2 Sam. 7:18, 1 Chron. 17:16, brings it to the Messiah alone, as to the substantial and personal Word of God: in order to
...through which word he means is explained elsewhere, 1 Chron. 17:19, "LORD, for your servant's sake" — compare Isa. 42:1. (3) The occasional cause appears to have been David's intention to build God a house at Jerusalem, 1 Sam. 7:1–3 with 2 Sam. 7:2–18 and 1 Chron. 17:1–16 — an intention so pleasing to God that He, of His own accord, promised him an everlasting building up of his house there; which promise received its chief fulfillment in the Messiah, whose intention to build God a spiritual house or temple is recounted in Heb. 3:3–6, Matt. 16:18.
XXIX.
(1) The content of this covenant-making comprises, on the one side, God's promises made to David and his descendants; on the other side, the duties required of David and his descendants — both taken from the vision of the prophet Nathan, 2 Sam. 7:4–18, 1 Chron. 17:3–16, and from the narratives and expositions of this covenant-making, Ps. 89 and 132, as well as from David's last words, which are recorded 2 Sam. 23:1–8. Meanwhile each of these must be gone through somewhat more distinctly.
(1) The promises, then, of this divine covenant-making concern (a) David himself, among which is: (a) the subjection of all his enemies, 1 Chron. 17:10, Ps. 89:20, 22, 23 and 132:18, 2 Sam. 23:6 — which promise received its fulfillment, literally indeed in David, 1 Sam. 25:28, 2 Sam. 7:10 and 8:9, 1 Chron. 17:8, 2 Sam. 3:1 — but mystically in Christ, the true mystical David, when He overcame and subdued the spiritual enemies — sin, Satan, hell, the world, and Antichrist — through His own death, Rom. 8:3, Heb. 2:14, 15, Col. 2:13–15, Eph. 4:8, 2 Thess. 2:8, John 16:11, 33, and over whom He will one day triumph completely, Ps. 110:1, 1 Cor. 15:24–26, Dan. 2:32–46. (b) The confirmation of the kingdom, Ps. 89:19–23, fulfilled literally in David, 2 Sam. 5:7, 9–12, and mystically in Christ, Ps. 2, 45, and 110:1, 2, Isa. 49:7–13. (c) The increase and enlargement of glory, prosperity, power, and dominion, Ps. 89:24, 25, 27 — which promise obtained its fulfillment, (*) for a great part indeed in David, 2 Sam. 8:2, 3, 5, 13, 14; (**) for a greater part in Solomon, 2 Chron. 1:1 and 6:23, 24, 1 Kings 4:21; (***) but most of all in Christ, Luke 1:32, 33, Ps. 2:8, 9, Matt. 28:18, 19. (d) That God would be to him for a Father, for a God, for a rock of his salvation; and that he in turn would be to Him as a firstborn set above the kings of the earth, Ps. 89:26, 27 — which one sees fulfilled, literally indeed in David, in that he found in Jehovah a Father for himself, Ps. 27:10, and a covenant-God, Ps. 22:2, 25:2, and 16:2, and held Him as a rock of salvation, Ps. 18:3, 4; but mystically in Christ, whose Father He was by generation, Heb. 1:5, whose God He was through the everlasting covenant-making, Matt. 27:46, and whose rock of salvation He Himself was, Ps. 22:5, 20, 21. (e) The lengthening of the days of his life, 2 Sam. 7:12, fulfilled literally in David, 1 Chron. 29:27, 28, mystically in Christ, Isa. 53:10 with Rom. 6:9. (f) The building of his house, 2 Sam. 7:11, 1 Chron. 17:10, fulfilled literally in David's natural seed, dwelling in his house and sitting on his throne, down to the Babylonian captivity, a period of about 430 years; but mystically in Christ, Luke 1:31–33, Acts 2:30, 37, Dan. 2:34, 35, 44. So much for the promises of God which concern David himself: there follow now (b) the promises which look to his seed, namely: (a) that He would be to it a Father, 2 Sam. 7:12, 14, 1 Chron. 17:11, 13 — which was fulfilled immediately, though not chiefly, in Solomon and his other ordinary descendants, but mediately and chiefly in Christ, Heb. 1:5, Luke 1:30–34. (b) That David's seed should build Him a house, 2 Sam. 7:13 with 1 Chron. 28:2, 3, 6 and 17:12 — which came to pass literally indeed through Solomon, 1 Kings 5, 6, 7, 8, mystically through Christ, Heb. 3:2–6. (c) That He would confirm the kingdom to David's seed forever, 1 Chron. 17:11–14, 2 Sam. 7:12–17, 1 Chron. 28:7, Ps. 89:3, 4, 29, 36, 37 and 132:12 — which promise was fulfilled immediately and literally in David's descendants down to the Babylonian captivity, through twenty-two successive kings of Judah, and after the captivity in the rulers and governors, such as Zerubbabel was, in whose place — mediately and mystically in Christ, Rom. 1:3, Luke 1:31–33. (d) That He would never wholly withdraw His covenant affection, though provoked by their sins, 2 Sam. 7:14, 15, Ps. 89:30–38, compare Jer. 30:10, 11, Isa. 27:7–9 — which was fulfilled literally in David's descendants, who indeed were fatherly chastised on account of their sins, but never wholly cast off; one sees examples of this in Solomon's idolatry, 1 Kings 11, in Rehoboam's cruelty, 2 Chron. 10, etc.; but mystically in David's extraordinary seed, Christ, in whom God indeed chastised and punished the sins of David's seed very severely and very bitterly, Isa. 53:4, 5, 6, 1 Pet. 2:24, yet whom nevertheless He never wholly forsook, Ps. 16:10, 11 with Acts 2:25–37. And these are the covenant promises made to David's seed: there follow now (c) the promises which look to Israel, his subjects, where God promises: (a) that He would have His dwelling in Zion forever, Ps. 132:11–14 — that is, for a long time (compare the like use of "forever" in 1 Sam. 1:22, Exod. 21:6, Lev. 25:13, 28, 40, 41) — until the end of this era, or even of the whole circuit of the Old Testament period, namely provided they should have persevered in His statutes, otherwise not, 2 Chron. 3:16, 19–22 — yet also absolutely and unconditionally in the mystical Zion, Ps. 132 with Luke 1:69. (b) That He would give them a quiet and safe dwelling in the land of Canaan, 2 Sam. 7:10, 11, 1 Chron. 17:9, 10, namely under that same law and condition just now mentioned. (c) That He would heap upon them and over them all manner of blessings: (*) bodily, Ps. 132:11–15; (**) spiritual, there v. 16, 2 Chron. 6:41. So much for the promises of God made to David and to his own: there follow now (2) the duties required and demanded of them, Ps. 132:11, 12 and 89:30–34, namely: (a) to keep and observe His covenant — "if your sons will keep my covenant," that is, if they shall have fulfilled the conditions of the covenant of grace, if they shall have held me for their God, Ps. 89:26, 27, 2 Sam. 7:24, 1 Chron. 17:13 and 28:6–9, if they shall have laid hold, by a living faith, of the rock of salvation, 2 Sam. 22:2 with Deut. 32:15, 31 and Matt. 16:18, if they shall have steadfastly and sincerely obeyed my law, 1 Chron. 28:7, 8, 9, Ps. 132:11, 12 and 89:30, 31, if from their sins, through earnest repentance and conversion, they shall have returned to me, 1 Kings 8:33–54 and 9:2, 2 Chron. 6:26–40 and 7:12–14; (b) to show right and justice to their subjects, in governing them, 2 Sam. 23:3.
XXX.
(IV) The form of this covenant-making has been, in part, inward and essential — which, according to the nature and character of covenants, consists in a mutual assent to the promises and the demands, of which we have already spoken above; and in part outward, and peculiar to this administration in particular. This latter has consisted (1) in a making-known and publication — not immediate, but mediate, through the prophet Nathan, who received it in a certain vision, on the occasion of David's intention to build God a certain house, 2 Sam. 7:1–18, 1 Chron. 17:1–16, Ps. 89:19ff. Then (2) in the confirming and strengthening of it: (a) through God's strengthening and confirming promises, Ps. 89:28, 29, 33, 34, 35; (b) through a solemn oath-swearing, there v. 3, 35 and 132:11, compare Heb. 6:16, 17, 18; (c) through various explanatory repetitions, made repeatedly in the Scriptures under both Testaments, 1 Kings 5:5 and 8:15–27, 1 Chron. 28:2–11, Jer. 33:19ff., Ezek. 36:23, 24 and 37:24, 25, Luke 1:30–33, Acts 2:29–31; (d) through the fulfillment, brought about by various stages — partly in the days of David himself, partly in the days of his son Solomon and of his other descendants, partly finally in the Messiah Himself, the mystical and most excellent Son and Seed of David.
XXXI.
From what has been said one may also recognize a certain growth and advance of this administration. For although the covenant of grace, and its essential Mosaic or typical administration, remained uniform down to the end of its era, it has nevertheless had a certain advantage and pre-eminence with respect to the manner of its administration — so far, for instance, as (1) the solemn place of administration, which had formerly been movable and changeable, namely the tabernacle, was now made fixed, established, and immovable in the magnificent temple. So far also as (2) the priests, Levites, singers, and the whole Levitical ministry were brought by David and Solomon into settled, stately, and fixed orders. Also as (3) the promises of this covenant-making, being made to a king and to a royal seed, are more royal, and look more expressly to the Son of David, the Messiah, as a king. And (4) as, the form of the political government having been changed from an aristocracy into a monarchy, it possessed and displayed more majesty, splendor, and glory than under the judges.
XXXII.
Under this administration the church continued until the Babylonian captivity — reckoning in, together with it, the two years of Saul (so that one begins David's years from Saul's third year, in which the latter was rejected, and the former anointed for the first time, 1 Sam. 13:1 and 16:12) — about 482 years, under twenty-two kings of Judah, down to the Babylonian captivity (Saul being excluded). Under this administration the first was David, from dôd, a beloved one, a darling; the son of Jesse or Isai, of the tribe of Judah, 1 Chron. 2:13ff., the fourteenth from Abraham, Matt. 1:1–18, born at Bethlehem, which city is named after him "the city of David," Luke 2:4, John 7:42; ruddy of countenance, comely and pleasing in form, 1 Sam. 16:12, skilled in music, a valiant hero, prudent and wise, and the LORD was with him, ibid. As to what concerned his spiritual state, he was so excellent in faith, hope, and love toward God and the church, in zeal, prayers, thanksgivings, praises, etc., that he is called a man after God's own heart, 1 Sam. 13:14, Acts 13:22. As to his office, he was a prophet and at the same time a king — anointed the first time by Samuel, near the entrance of the third year of Saul, 1 Sam. 13:1 and 16:12; afterward, after various events, a second time at Hebron, over the tribe of Judah alone, in the thirtieth year of his life, 2 Sam. 5:4, and, after seven years, over all Israel — so that he reigned over Judah seven years and six months, over all Israel thirty-three years and six months, and thus in all forty years, 2 Sam. 5:4, 5 — during which he waged the wars of the LORD valiantly and subdued all his enemies. Then he formed the intention of building a temple for the LORD, on which occasion God, through the prophet Nathan, renewed with him the covenant of grace which we have already explained: in most of these things he bore a type of the Messiah. Meanwhile he also had his blemishes, which he most of all revealed in the matter of Uriah and in the numbering of the people, 2 Sam. 24 — for which he was also singularly chastised by God, especially in his children: in the rape of Tamar by her brother Amnon, in the killing of Amnon by his brother Absalom, in Absalom rebelling against himself, in the rebel Sheba, and in a three-day pestilence. Under him flourished the psalmists — the two Hemans, Asaph, Ethan, Jeduthun, 1 Chron. 15.
The second was Solomon, appointed by David himself in his own place in the fortieth year of his kingdom; his rival Adonijah having been removed, and, by his father's command, the wicked evildoers punished, he obtains from God wisdom and riches above all — both those before him, 1 Kings 2, and those who succeeded him. In the fourth year of his kingdom, 1 Kings 6:1, with the help of Hiram king of Tyre, 1 Kings 5:3, he undertakes and begins the building of the temple, and completes it in the eleventh year of his reign. He composed a thousand and five songs and hymns, and treated and discoursed of other innumerable matters concerning natural things; but he wrote in particular, by the inspiration of God's Spirit, the Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, and the Song of Songs. He reigned forty years, 1 Kings 11:42. But when his foreign wives had led him astray into idolatry, he is believed to have repented and been converted — both because he was an author of canonical books, such as are called holy men of God, 2 Pet. 1:21, and also because he wrote Ecclesiastes, as a monument of his conversion, in his most advanced age.
The third was Rehoboam, Solomon's son by an Ammonite wife; through his pride and rashness he gave occasion for an incurable schism, whereby only two whole tribes, Judah and Benjamin, together with the Levites of those tribes, persevering in fidelity and obedience, the remaining ten tribes fell away to Jeroboam, God so ordering it — so that from one, two kingdoms arose, that of Judah and that of Israel. Yet, in order to draw the rebellious Israelites back to obedience, and preparing to do so, he refrains, being admonished and warned by God, 1 Kings 12:21. Abandoning the ancestral worship, he gives himself over to idolatry and unchastity, and on this account, being warred against by the Egyptian king Shishak (others call him Sesostris), he is despoiled and stripped of the golden shields of the temple and of his royal palace as well, 1 Kings 14:25, 26. Of these two kingdoms, that of Judah afterward flourished to some degree, under twenty kings — some godly, but most ungodly — descended originally from David, for a period of about 370 years; but that of Israel stood under nineteen schismatic and idolatrous kings, all ungodly, for about 257 years. The kings of Judah we shall, for memory's sake, include in these Latin verses (which for good reason are left untranslated), whatever their character may be:
Roboam & Abiam, tumque Assa, Josaphat, Joram,
Achasias, Athaliah, Joas, Amazia, Azariah,
Jotham, Achas, Ezechias, Manasse & filius Ammon
Josias, Joachas, Jojakim, Jojachin, Zedekias.
The kings of Israel are these:
Jerobeam, Nadab, Baesa, Ella, Zamri,
Omri, Achabus, Achasias, Joramus, Jehu,
Jochas, Joas, tum Jeroboam, Zacharias,
Sallum, Menahem, Pekajah, Pekaus, Hoseas.
To arrange these fittingly and properly with one another is a matter of considerable labor and effort: the most careful treatment of this subject has been given by Just. Henr. Jungmann (in his Propheta Daniele referato, Lib. I, Sect. 2, Cap. 1, pp. 98–144) — compare the very famous Lightfoot (in his Harmonia Veteris Testamenti). We shall follow the series of the kings of Judah, with the interposition (so far as it can be done and is needful) of the kings of Israel.
Rehoboam, then, reigned 17 years, 1 Kings 14:21, and Jeroboam 22 years. The fourth was Abijam, the son of Rehoboam, an ungodly king, who reigned three incomplete years, 1 Kings 15:1, 3. Having led 400,000 men to battle against Jeroboam, he defeats Jeroboam's army, which was twice as great, and kills 500,000 men in one day, 2 Chron. 13:13–21. The fifth was Asa, the son of Abijam, renowned and famous for his godliness and righteousness, a valiant and zealous church-reformer, through the breaking down of the idols and the renewing of the true worship of God. He struck down a thousand thousand Ethiopians, 2 Chron. 14:9. Meanwhile, trusting too much in physicians, and in the auxiliary forces of Ben-hadad the Syrian against the Israelites, he falls under divine wrath and displeasure, 2 Chron. 16. He reigned 41 years, 1 Kings 15:9.
In his second year Nadab, the son of Jeroboam, reigned over Israel — whether in his father Jeroboam's place, or together with him — two years, 1 Kings 15:25, an ungodly man, and with his whole family destroyed and slain by Baasha, who succeeded him for 24 years. Baasha was followed in Israel by Elah, for two years; Elah by Zimri, for seven days; in whose place the people set up Omri, who, the years of Elah and the days of Zimri being reckoned in, reigned twelve incomplete years. The sixth was Jehoshaphat, the son of Asa, a very devout and excellent king; he sends prophets and Levites to teach and instruct the people, 2 Chron. 17. His son is the son-in-law of Ahab; he reigns 25 years, 1 Kings 22:16(?). Attacked by very great armies of the Ammonites, Moabites, and Edomites, he conquers by prayer alone, the armies destroying and slaughtering one another most senselessly, 2 Chron. 20:1. With him reigned over Israel Ahab, his son's father-in-law, together with his wife Jezebel, daughter of the king of Sidon, 1 Kings 16 — a very ungodly king and a most superstitious idolater, who added the worship of Baal to Jeroboam's calf-worship, having erected a temple in honor of Baal, and consecrated to it priests and prophets. The seventh was Joram, an ungodly king; he kills his brothers, and besides them certain great men, 2 Chron. 21; he reigns 8 years, 2 Kings 8:17, and brings the worship of Baal over into the kingdom of Judah, 2 Chron. 21:6, 12, 13. Then the Edomites and the Libnahites fall away from him, and moreover the Arabians, having joined and allied themselves with the Philistines, plunder his kingdom and royal palace, and kill his wives and all his children, one alone scarcely escaping: and the king himself, warned by a letter from the prophet Elijah, dies miserably, his bowels gushing out through his belly after a two-year illness. With him Joram, the son of Ahab, reigned over Israel (there having come in between, for a period of two years, his brother Ahaziah, from whom the Moabites fell away, 2 Kings 1:1 — who, having fallen through a lattice in his upper chamber, consulted, for the restoring of his health, not God but the idols, and also wished to bind Elijah, who armed himself with heavenly fire against his soldiers, and who therefore died on account of his fall; the aforementioned Joram, together with Jehoshaphat and with the king of the Edomites, defeated the Moabite king Mesha; he escaped the ambushes of the Syrians more than once, on the warning of Elisha; he was wonderfully delivered from Ben-hadad's siege of Samaria; but was driven off in flight and wounded by Hazael, Ben-hadad's successor, and was killed by his successor Jehu, together with 42 brothers or kinsmen: he held the administration of affairs for 12 years.
The eighth was Ahaziah, 2 Chron. 22:1 (who must carefully be distinguished from Ahaziah, king of Israel, of whom one reads 1 Kings 22:52), the son of Joram, whose mother Athaliah sought to root out and destroy the royal line of David, 2 Kings 11:1; he reigns 6 years, there v. 3. About his third year Jehu begins to reign in Israel, having utterly rooted out the family of ungodly Ahab and Jezebel together with their Baal-idolatry — a valiant and gallant man, but with a heart that was not very sincere before God; appointed king by God Himself, he held the helm of government for 28 years, 2 Kings 10:36. The tenth was Joash, the son of Ahaziah, the youngest in years, snatched from under the mad fury of Athaliah through the zeal and management of Jehoiada the high priest, 2 Kings 11:4; he is commonly counted the first to be of the line of Nathan, because Athaliah would have extinguished the line of Solomon; but wrongly and mistakenly, since he is expressly called the son of Ahaziah and the nephew of Joram, 2 Chron. 22:11, 12 and 1 Chron. 3:11. He conducted himself in every way devoutly and religiously so long as the high priest Jehoiada lived; but afterward he fell away from the true religion, 2 Chron. 24:17. He reigned 40 years, 2 Kings 12:1(?); he had the prophet Zechariah stoned, and, having taken from the temple the tribute of Hazael the Syrian for a very great sum of money, he bought him off; being slain through conspiracies, he missed the royal tomb. His contemporary was Jehu, of whom we have spoken, and his son Jehoahaz, for 17 years, being most unfortunate and very miserably oppressed and afflicted by the Syrians.
The eleventh was Amaziah, being somewhat godly, avenging his father's murder, he kills ten thousand Edomites; having adopted their gods, he is defeated and subdued by Joash, king of Israel, who reigned one year with his father, and alone 15 years; he defeated Ben-hadad, Hazael's son, and took Amaziah, king of Judah, captive; he cast down the walls of Jerusalem, and destroyed and plundered the royal palace and the holy treasure; he happily turned aside the attack of the Moabites against him, and a dead body, cast into Elisha's grave, is said to have been raised alive by contact with it. He reigns 29 years, 2 Kings 14. His contemporary, for a long time, for 13 years, was Jonah, king of Israel — read Jeroboam the second — during his first 16 years. The twelfth was Uzziah, or Azariah, godly, valiant, and diligent in overcoming the Philistines, Arabians, the Gur-Baalites, the Meunites; he wins great renown among the neighboring nations: but intruding into the priestly office, he is struck with leprosy and removed from the temple. He reigned 52 years, 2 Kings 15:2; he had for a contemporary, during his last 26 years, Jeroboam the second, king of Israel, Zechariah his son, and Shallum for one month, Menahem — for a long time — and Pekahiah, for two years, 1 Kings 15:22 [ref. uncertain].
The thirteenth was Jotham, godly, fortunate, and successful, who made the Ammonites tributary to himself. Under him Pekah the captain reigned in Israel, who, having killed Pekahiah his lord, held the kingdom of Israel for 20 years, 2 Kings 15:25. The fourteenth was Ahaz, being an ungodly king; and notwithstanding this, he was comforted by God through the prophecy concerning Immanuel, the son of a virgin, Isa. 7:14, in the year before Christ 742. In his time Pekah reigned over Israel, under whom Tiglath-Pileser, king of the Assyrians, having subdued the land of Gilead, and all that is inhabited and cultivated beyond the Jordan, and the neighboring Galilee, and having tamed the tribe of Naphtali, carried off the deported settlements to his own kingdom. For Pekah, relying on his alliance with Rezin, king of the Syrians, had dared to make incursions into Judea, and even to besiege Jerusalem — indeed, having given battle, had killed 120,000 Jews, and, had not the prophet Oded forbidden and prevented it, would have carried off 200,000 with him into captivity; and for this reason Ahaz, king of the Jews, called the king of the Assyrians to his aid against the Syrians and Israelites, who, having taken Damascus, killed Rezin; and at that time also Hoshea reigned over Israel, for the space of 20 years, in the twentieth year of Jotham, son of Uzziah, 2 Kings 15:30. In his ninth year Samaria, being surrounded by a siege, is in the twelfth year taken and captured by Shalmaneser, king of the Assyrians, and the ten tribes are carried off into an everlasting captivity, and dispersed and scattered into Halah — that is, Calachene of Assyria — and to Habor, a mountain not far distant, and by the river Gozan, which is in Media, and likewise in the cities of the Medes, or Hara (for the land of Media is otherwise called Hara), 2 Kings 17:6 and 18:11. Here they have remained until the ending of the Babylonian captivity, when many of them returned together with the Jews, while the rest, remaining in the dispersion, partly practiced fellowship of religion with the Jews, as is plain from Acts 2:5, James 1:1, 1 Pet. 1:1, and partly went over to heathenism and were mingled among the heathen, the memory of whom has been entirely rooted out and extinguished by force of that fearful threatening which we find in Deut. 29:20. Concerning these ten tribes one may compare Manasseh Ben Israel, in his book called The Hope of Israel, likewise Benjamin of Tudela in his book of travels, and especially my very famous colleague Witsius, and others.
The fifteenth was Hezekiah, with whom Ahaz his son reigned — whether truly, or his stepson, or brother, or adopted son — together with him for two years, and alone he reigned 27 years. He needed give place in godliness to none of the kings of Judah, 2 Kings 18:5; he restored the temple and its holy exercises of religion; the bronze serpent, set up by Moses himself, he removed from the midst on account of its idolatrous abuse. Then, when Jerusalem's siege by Sennacherib, having 185,000 struck by the angel, was lifted, he fell into a deadly sickness, from which, being wonderfully delivered, he fell, upon the congratulatory embassy of the Babylonians, into vain self-conceit and pride, and for that reason was very sharply rebuked by Isaiah. He reigned 29 years, 2 Kings 18:2; he conquered the Philistines and drove them in flight and pursued them as far as Gaza. The sixteenth was Manasseh, an ungodly man, an idolater, a patron of sorcerers and diviners, a terrible murderer of the prophets: finally, taken captive by the Assyrians and carried off to Babylon, he repented and did penance, and was restored to his kingdom, 2 Chron. 33:11, and vigorously restored the true worship of God, with the removal of the idols and the idolatrous altars, there v. 15. He reigned 55 years, 2 Kings 21:1. The seventeenth was Amon, being ungodly, who reigned only two years, being oppressed and killed by his own servants, 2 Kings 21:19.
The eighteenth was Josiah, being very devout and very religious; he purifies the temple, he circulates the book of the law that was found, and makes it known everywhere, and he celebrates the Passover most magnificently. Against Pharaoh Necho he wages war rashly and unfortunately, 2 Kings 23:29. He reigned 31 years, 2 Kings 22. The nineteenth was Jehoahaz, in whose place Jeremiah names Shallum, Jer. 22:11, whom Pharaoh Necho, king of Egypt, carried off captive, and laid tribute upon the Jews, 2 Kings 23:31[?], 2 Chron. 36:1 — under whom the prophet Uriah was killed, Jer. 26:23; he reigned only three months, which are counted together with the last year of Josiah. The twentieth was Jehoiakim, an ungodly and treacherous man, rebelling against the Babylonian king Nabopolassar, who in the seventeenth year sends his son Nebuchadnezzar to bring the rebellious Tyrians and Palestinians under the yoke; who, having taken the rebellious Jehoiachin captive, sends him together with the chief nobles of the Jews to Chaldea, Ezek. 1:2. From this deportation must be counted the thirty years of the Babylonian captivity, Jer. 29:20; Just. Henr. Jungmann (in his Daniele referato, Lib. II, Sect. 1, Cap. 6) counts these years definitely from the third year of Jehoiakim. Meanwhile Jehoiakim reigned 11 years, 2 Kings 24:1 [24:6?].
The twenty-first was Jehoiachin, otherwise Coniah or Jeconiah: for as soon as the Babylonian king had granted him the kingdom by concession, repenting of it, because he feared that he, mindful of the wrongs done to his father, would entice and lead the people into rebellion, he came back, took the newly-appointed king captive together with his mother, and with him all the vessels and treasures of the temple, and besides these 1,800 of the nobles he carried off captive. Meanwhile Jeconiah himself, after 37 years of captivity, was released from captivity by the Babylonian monarch Evil-merodach, and counted among the king's chief friends, and advanced above all others, 2 Kings 25:27, Jer. 52:31. He accordingly closes the army, which is carried off to Babylon in the third month. The twenty-second was Zedekiah, uncle of Jeconiah, of Solomon's line, with ruling power, the last, being an ungodly man and a perjurer against Nebuchadnezzar; he is besieged at Jerusalem in the eleventh year of his reign, and, the city being taken and destroyed, he is taken captive, blinded, and bound with chains, and carried off to Chaldea together with the nobles and the chief common people, in the nineteenth year of Nebuchadnezzar, 2 Kings 24:11, Jer. 52:4, 12. Gedaliah being left behind, who was to have authority over the remaining lowliest common people — whom, however, Ishmael, an agent sent by the king of the Ammonites, together with certain of his own, murders by ambush in a most wicked manner: and hence the remaining Jews who were of any name and standing went away into Egypt, and when the prophet Jeremiah advised against it, they dragged him there with them by force. One must accordingly hold that one reads of at least a twofold, if not a fourfold, Babylonian captivity: the first in the third year of Jehoiakim, 2 Kings 24:1, 2, 3, Dan. 1:2, 3, in the first year of Nebuchadnezzar; the second in his own seventh year, Jer. 52:28, and at the beginning of the eighth, 2 Kings 24:12, when he carried off ten thousand Jews captive, there vv. 12–14; the third appears to have taken place in his eighteenth year, when he seems to have carried off 832 Jews to Babylon, Ezek. 33:21; finally the fourth in his twenty-third year, through Nebuzaradan, Jer. 52:30.
XXXIII.
There follows now the state of theology during that era. As for testamentary theology, we have already touched briefly above, §XXX, upon its certain increases. As for systematic theology, it is absolutely the same as the Mosaic, which we have depicted under the preceding era. For what Moses had impressed under the first era, Deut. 4:2, "You shall not add to the word that I command you, nor take from it" — and ch. 12:32 — which God renewed through Joshua, Josh. 1:7, 8, and which Joshua himself, with such great earnestness, commended to Israel under the first era, Josh. 23:6 — the same is followed under this era by David, Ps. 1:2, 19:8–13, 103:7, 119, and 147:19, 20, and elsewhere throughout; likewise Solomon, Prov. 3:1, 4:2, 7:2, 28:7, 9, and 29:18; and Isaiah, ch. 8:16, 20; and Jeremiah, ch. 26:4; and Ezekiel, ch. 43:11; Daniel, ch. 4:6 and 9:13; Amos, ch. 2; Zephaniah, ch. 3:4; Haggai, ch. 2:12; Zechariah, ch. 7:12; and especially Malachi, sealing the sacred canon, ch. 4:4. Meanwhile this theology of Moses is observed to have been explained, opened up, expanded, and increased, both by the divinely inspired writings of this era, and by the living voice of the prophets, to such an extent that to represent and set forth its chapters one by one would be nothing else than to transcribe here the greater part of all the prophets. I say, by the writings of the prophets — all of which, following the order of the books of Moses, Joshua, Judges, Ruth, and the first part of the first book of Samuel, were written under this era; so that (1) the second part of the first book of Samuel appears to have been written after Samuel's death, within the year of the world 2889 to the year 2929, by someone, driven by God's Spirit, from among the high priests — whether by one, or by several in succession: they describe the affairs of David. In the same way it seems one must judge concerning the two Books of Kings, which set forth the affairs of Judah and Israel, whether the kingdom of Israel united or divided — in particular and by name the affairs of Solomon and four following kings, and of eight kings of Israel, as regards the first book, over a period of about 125 years; while the second book contains the affairs of the sixteen kings of Judah and the twelve kings of Israel, over a period of 306 years — as also the two Books of Chronicles, which describe Israel's affairs from the beginning of the world down to the Babylonian captivity, and which are said to have been written by Ezra, or by a certain high priest. Meanwhile the first of these contains a chronicle-description of the five books of Moses, Joshua, Judges, and both the books of Samuel; the second contains a history of about 492 years, from Solomon down to the return from the Babylonian captivity, that is, from the year of the world 2929 to 3421. (2) As for the origin and content of the book of Job, we have spoken of it under the preceding era. (3) The book of Psalms appears to have been written by various authors, and also at various times; it appears to have been collected together by Ezra, one excepts however its last book-division, which appears to have been drawn up as late as the time of the Maccabees. It contains chiefly doctrinal, prophetic, and moral matters of the church. (4) The Proverbs of Solomon appear to have been written, partly by Solomon himself, down to the tenth chapter; partly by godly men, driven by God's Spirit, unknown to us, down to chapter 25; partly by the men of Hezekiah, from ch. 25 to 31; partly by Agur, in respect of chapters 30 and 31. Ecclesiastes and the Song of Songs — Ecclesiastes, portraying and representing Solomon's repentance and conversion from idolatry, together with the vanity of all earthly things; and his Song of Songs, under the figure of Solomon's marriage with the daughter of the Egyptian king Pharaoh, setting forth the spiritual marriage of the church, and of every believer, with Christ — were written about the year 2968. (5) The book of Ezra, written by himself, continues the history of the Chronicles, from the decree of Cyrus concerning the dissolution of the Babylonian captivity down to the seventh year of Artaxerxes Mnemon, and contains the events of 144 years. To this is joined (6) the book of Nehemiah, as a second part, as it were, of the foregoing, written by himself, so it seems, and containing a history of about 56 years, from the twentieth year of Artaxerxes Mnemon, in which Nehemiah came to Jerusalem, down to the sixth year of Darius Codomannus. (7) The book of Esther, written either by Ezra, or by Nehemiah, or by Mordecai, or, as Maimonides holds, by the Great Synagogue, contains in itself the hardest condition and the utmost peril of the Jewish church, together with its most fortunate deliverance from the same, at the time of the Babylonian captivity, brought about through Queen Esther. It is generally thought to have been written about the year of the world 3572.
Among the prophets, Jonah appears to have been, in order of time, the first, having prophesied under Jehoash, in the time of Sardanapalus, in about the year of the world 3124 — recounting his own affairs, his obstinacy against the divine mission to the Ninevites, God's dealings concerning it, and finally his repentance and deliverance. Then Hosea and Joel, in the years of the world 3130 and 3140, occupied with rebuking the idolatry and wickedness of the people, together with a foretelling of God's righteous judgment. After these appears to have followed Amos, in the year of the world 3150, likewise occupied with rebuking the idolatry and wickedness of the Israelite people. After him followed Isaiah, in the year of the world 3185; Micah, in the year of the world 3188; Habakkuk, in the year of the world 3220; Nahum, in the year of the world 3238; Zephaniah, in the year of the world 3316 — all occupied both with representing the evangelical mysteries and with rebuking the perverse ways of Judah, and of Israel as well. After this, Jeremiah — partly in his prophecy, in which, besides the mysteries of the covenant of grace, he sets down the most corrupt manners of the church, and God's righteous judgment upon them in the Babylonian captivity, in the year of the world about 3320; partly in the Lamentations, in the year of the world about 3340, in and with which he laments and bewails the wretched state of the Jews, since the death of Josiah, king of Judah. (12) Ezekiel rebukes, at the time of the Babylonian captivity, most sharply, the abominations of the Jews, with the interspersing and adding of the promises of the covenant of grace; he is generally thought to have written about the year of the world 3354. (13) Daniel, likewise in that same captivity, occupied above all with the interpreting of royal dreams, and with predictions concerning the future fortunes of the church; he is generally thought to have written in the year of the world 3356. (14) Obadiah — some suppose him to have been a contemporary of the prophet Amos, and to have lived under Uzziah and Jeroboam the second; others more probably join him together with Jeremiah, because they both prophesy against the Edomites, and even in the same words — so Junius and Calvin. (15) Haggai lived and wrote after the ending of the Babylonian captivity, in the second year, in the sixth month, of Darius Hystaspis — according to others, better, of Nothus: he was to the Jews an urger of the work of building the temple, in about the year of the world 3528. (16) Zechariah, being nearly of the same content as Haggai, is likewise generally thought to have written in the same period. (17) Malachi, closing the biblical canon, appears to have written after the temple now already restored, since there is no least mention in him of any restoration. He rebukes the sacrilege and church-robbery of the people concerning the worship of God. He appears to have written about the year of the world nearly 3537. Whoever meanwhile wishes a more distinct arrangement of the biblical books, let him consult the very famous Lightfoot, Harmonia Veteris Testamenti.
In these writings the Mosaic theology of the preceding era comes forth again, explained and expanded. Among these we by no means count those books which are called Apocryphal, because they were not written by any divine impulse and moving, as we have taught expressly and at length in Book I, ch. II; and because they also contain many fabulous, false, and superstitious things, as the very learned John Rainolds has shown at length in a book called Censura Librorum Apocryphorum; and, by way of a summary, the Dutch translators in their preface, which is set before those books. Meanwhile it will be serviceable and useful to have touched briefly on their history as well. Among these the first is the book of Tobit, whom one supposes to have been carried away captive by Shalmaneser, on account of which he is joined together with Nahum and Habakkuk, and brought to the year of the world 3228; the author is not known. The book describes the life of two Tobits, the elder and the younger, together with the fortunes and marriage of the latter, and the appendices thereto. The second is the book of Judith, whose event is brought to the time of Merodach-baladan, so that he is the Nebuchadnezzar of whom mention is made in this book: others bring it to the times of Cambyses, or of Darius Hystaspis; others join it together with the times of Josiah, king of Judah — so that concerning the time, as also concerning the author and compiler (though some hold that this was Eliakim the high priest), nothing certain can be said. It contains the heroic deed of Judith, beheading Holofernes, with the appendices thereto. The third is the Prayer of Manasseh, prayed by him in his captivity, 2 Chron. 33:12; it is assigned to the year of the world 3260. The fourth is the Letter of Jeremiah to those who were to be carried off to Babylon. This letter Baruch, Jeremiah's scribe, placed at the end of his book; it is brought to the year of the world 3370. The fifth is the book of Baruch, written by him at the end of the captivity, by way of a letter sent from Babylon to the Jews remaining in the homeland, in which he on the one hand confesses and begs forgiveness for their sins, and on the other impresses upon the Jews their duty. This book is placed near the year of the world 3340. The sixth contains certain additions to Daniel, namely (1) the Prayer of Azariah, and the Prayer of the Three Men in the burning fiery furnace; (2) the History of Susanna; (3) the History of the idol Bel and of the Dragon. This is brought to the year of the world 3590. The seventh is the third book of Ezra, which recounts the proclamation and the restoration of the temple of Jerusalem. The eighth is the fourth book of Ezra, which contains various matters, both concerning the rejection of the Jews and the calling of the Gentiles, and a vision and a dream, likewise concerning Ezra and the various judgments of God which were to be exercised over the world and over its particular parts. These two books are thought to have been written by the Jews at the end of the Persian monarchy, about the year of the world 3590. The ninth is the book of Jesus Sirach, written by himself, as it seems, which contains various moral lessons. He lived, as he himself testifies in the preface, in the time of Ptolemy Euergetes, about the year of the world 3720. The tenth is the third book of the Maccabees, in order of time the first, containing the events under the fourth year of Antiochus the Great, which is the year of the world 3729. It is generally thought to have been written by Simon the high priest; others, however, think that this book, as well as the two following, were written by a certain Josephus, a priest of Jerusalem, who, having been taken captive by Vespasian, was left at Jerusalem with Titus his son, and afterward came to be honored. The eleventh is the second book of the Maccabees, recounting the events from the end of Seleucus Philopator down to the times of Antiochus Eupator, so that it is a history of nearly ten years, from the year of the world 3770 to 3780. Its author is thought to be Jason of Cyrene. The twelfth was the first book of the Maccabees, containing the events under Antiochus Epiphanes, Eupator, Demetrius Soter, Alexander Balas, Demetrius Nicanor, Antiochus Theos and Sidetes, over a period of 39 years, from the year of the world 3775 to 3814. It is believable that its author was Hyrcanus, Simon's son, who was present at all these events, being high priest after his father's death. Finally the thirteenth is the book of the Wisdom of Solomon, which is thought to have been written by Philo the Jew, who flourished and was renowned in the fortieth year of Christ, under Caligula, in the year of the world 3989. This contains various moral matters.
These books, therefore, being excluded from the canon, there taught and applied by their living voice the prophets, namely: (1) Gad and Nathan, in the time of David, about the year of the world nearly 2900. To these, however, are also ascribed certain biblical portions — for example the last part of the first book of Samuel, the whole second book of Samuel, etc. (2) Ahijah the Shilonite, Iddo, Shemaiah, who flourished under Rehoboam and Jeroboam the first, 2 Chron. 9:29, 1 Kings 1:22(?), in the year of the world about 2970. (3) A certain unnamed prophet, who cried out against the altar at Bethel, and expressed by name its destroyer, namely Josiah, 350 years before the destruction came to pass, 1 Kings 13:2. (4) Azariah, Jehu, and Hanani, who flourished at the time of Asa, king of Judah, and at the time of Baasha, king of Israel, 2 Chron. 15:1, 16:7, and 19:2, about the year of the world nearly 2990. (5) Elijah, at the time of Ahab, 1 Kings 17:1, about the year of the world nearly 3030, and taken up into heaven in the year of the world 3050. To him is ascribed a letter to Joram, the son of Jehoshaphat, Ahab's son-in-law, whose content is read at 2 Chron. 21:12–16, though one doubts whether it is a letter of this Elijah, or of a certain other man. (6) Elisha, a contemporary of Elijah, reaches to the times of Amaziah, king of Judah, 2 Kings 2:1. (7) Micah, distinct and different from him whose prophecy is extant — for the latter lived a hundred years afterward, Mic. 1:1 — this one under Ahab, 1 Kings 20:8, in the year of the world about 3040. (8) Jahaziel, who foretold to king Jehoshaphat the victory over the Ammonites, 2 Chron. 20:14, in the year of the world 3041. (9) Eliezer, prophesying against king Jehoshaphat, 2 Chron. 20:37, about the year of the world 3050. (10) Zechariah, being a different man than the one whose prophecy is extant — for this one lived under Uzziah, 2 Chron. 26:5, the other under the Persian monarchy, Zech. 1:1: this one, then, lived about the year of the world nearly 3170. (11) Oded, prophesying in the kingdom of Israel, 2 Chron. 28:9, about the year of the world 3209. (12) Huldah, the prophetess, 2 Chron. 34:22, about the year of the world 3319. (13) Uriah, who was killed by Jehoiakim, king of Judah, Jer. 26:20, in the year of the world about 3340.
XXXIV.
Under this era the Israelite people passed from an aristocratic government to a monarchy, whereby men came, as it were, into the place of God, and succeeded Him — from which He complains, "They have not rejected you, but they have rejected me, that I should not be king over them," 1 Sam. 8:7, 8. The reasons for this revolution of affairs were, partly, that Samuel's degenerate and most corrupt sons had been joined to their father, and were about to be set in his place once for all, vv. 1, 2, 3; partly, that the people inclined toward the manner of government of the nations that dwelt around them, v. 5. They request, then, that a king be given them by Samuel: God does indeed grant what is requested, yet with a preceding admonition and warning concerning their future fates and miseries under this form of government, which He wished to give them under the heading of mishpat ha-melekh, "the manner," or "the right, of the king," vv. 9–19. Afterward He pointed out and appointed to them the first king, Saul (of whom we have spoken under the preceding era), who in his time was soon to be rejected. Hence there have also been born in the church its various vicissitudes, both of corruptions and of reformations — partly on account of reasons of state, as one speaks, which caused a fearful and, as it were, everlasting schism between the kingdom of Judah and that of Israel; partly on account of the marriages of the kings with heathen idolatresses, as may be seen in Solomon, Ahab, and others. Theology, indeed, has remained uniform, especially in the kingdom of Judah; but nevertheless it has suffered very great declines and waverings among its theologians: there has indeed been no deliberate and extensive dispute concerning changing the articles of the faith; but nevertheless the foundations of the church have been so shaken, through schisms, idolatry, and hence besides through most corrupt morals, that in the end it collapsed entirely. But of these matters we shall have to speak a little more fully in this discourse.
The first idolatrous schism took place in the year of the world about 2969, in the calf-worship of Jeroboam, after the death of Solomon, under Rehoboam his son, who, when, in a council, having rejected the counsel of the elders and made use of young men as counselors, he had answered the people — who were forging rebellion and novelties — too harshly, was rejected by the ten tribes, and in his place Jeroboam, an Ephraimite, was appointed king. He, fearing therefore that the people, who for the sake of religion had often to go up to Jerusalem, might thereby become estranged and drawn away from him, erected two images in the form of calves — the one at Bethel, and the other at Dan — out of gold, and appointed priests at his own arbitrary choice, and postponed the Feast of Tabernacles to the following month. And although he understood from a prophet that it would come to pass that a certain godly king, Josiah by name, would abolish and do away with this idolatrous worship (as indeed came to pass after 356 years), he was nevertheless, neither by those threatenings, nor by the miracle of his withered and afterward restored outstretched hand, drawn away or called back from his ungodliness. The history of the calves that were set up you have 1 Kings 12:27–32, and the reasons for that policy and counsel, 1 Kings 12:12, 13, 14.
That Jeroboam chose calves specifically for this worship, some hold this happened in order to arouse reverence for his own family — for they suppose that formerly, in Egypt, a calf was dedicated to Joseph as a memorial, and that these calves were therefore intended, by him, an Ephraimite, to be for Joseph's honor; others derive the calves from Aaron, namely that they might have some antiquity and, at the same time, standing, from Aaron; nor are there lacking those who conjecture that the calves were transferred to this worship from the cherubim above the mercy-seat of the ark, which they hold to have had the form of calves. This is "the way," or the theology, of Jeroboam, 1 Kings 15:34 and 16:26; likewise "the sin of Jeroboam," ch. 15:30 and 16:31. Nevertheless one must hold that the design and intention of this schism was by no means to set these two calves in the place of Jehovah — just as such was not, of old, the design and intention of Aaron either — but to serve and honor the true Jehovah through the calves: of this calf-worship one does not read that any reformation of it ever took place, at least not among the Israelites, although one does read of such a reformation having taken place with respect to the worship of Baal, under Jehu, of whom one reads that he did away with and abolished the worship of Baal and the priests of Baal: the political reasons for this calf-worship appear from the foregoing, 2 Kings 10:18, 32.
To the calf-worship, accordingly, there was added the worship of Baal — being much worse than the former, because the former sinned only in the manner of serving the true God, whereas this one sinned concerning the very object of worship, when Baal, if not set in the place of the true God of Israel, was at least joined together with Him, and indeed was even preferred above Him. The foundations of this worship of Baal had long before been laid, under the first era, when the Israelites are said to have served Baal-Peor, being the idol of the Moabites and Ammonites, Num. 25:3, Ps. 106:28, Hos. 9:10, Josh. 22:17. It was strengthened and confirmed under Ahab, the seventh king of Israel, who had married Jezebel, the daughter of the king of the Sidonians, 1 Kings 16:29–33.
The nature and worship of this idolatry we must here set forth and represent a little more closely. One must note and observe, then, that the Israelites adopted for themselves the gods of all the heathen, again and again, and from time to time, whereas they were unacquainted with Hellenistic, or European, idolatry. For from the Chaldeans they received the sun as a god, from the Mesopotamians the Teraphim, from the Egyptians the calves, from the Moabites and Ammonites Baal-Peor, from the Philistines Beelzebub, from the Syrians Astarte, from the Persians Tammuz, and from the Damascenes a nameless god, king Ahaz. Hence God complains repeatedly through Jeremiah, Hosea, Amos, and Ezekiel, that they had defiled and polluted themselves with all peoples and places through a spiritual adultery. And not only did they permit and adopt all these gods of the heathen, but also the worship of all those gods, however ridiculous, base, shameful, and abominable it might be. To the sun they offered horses, with the Chaldeans and Persians; to the wilderness calf, dances and revelries, exactly as the Egyptians did to Apis; their sons and daughters they offered up to their idols, with the Ammonites and Tyrians; wine and cakes they offered, as the Syrians did to their Astarte, or queen of heaven. Let me say it in one word: nothing so foolish or ridiculous, nothing so abominable or shameful, nothing so base or absurd, has ever been devised by the very worst of idolaters, but they have preferred it, and set it above the most holy, purest, and most decorous worship of the true God. For this reason God names this worship generally with so many, and with such contemptible, titles — as when He calls those idols, as many as twenty times, elilim, "nothings" — vanities, Lev. 26:1 — that is, "not-gods," in no way gods; as it is said, Jer. 2:11, elohim lo elohim, "gods that are no gods"; legomenoi theoi, "so-called gods," gods that are only called gods, 1 Cor. 8:5; with physei theoi, "gods by nature," Gal. 4:8 — though it were better derived from a root meaning a thing of nothing, a not-thing, or wholly nothing, as one finds it, 1 Cor. 8:4. For which reason the LXX translators render it by so many and so contemptuous Greek words: bdelygmata, "abominations"; eidōla kōpha, "dumb idols"; daimonia, "demons," that is, evil spirits, devils; mataia, "follies, vanities, emptinesses." In the Old Testament they are named — through Isaiah, ch. 44:20 — atsabim, "sorrows, troubles, griefs"; idim, "pains, torments," Isa. 45:16; hevalim, "vanities," Jer. 14:22; shiqqutsim, "abominations"; gillulim, "dung-heaps," and thus "dung-gods," Ezek. 22:3, Lev. 26:30, Deut. 29:17 — just as they are also named by many other similar words, of contempt and disdain.
Meanwhile we must come somewhat closer to the worship of Baal, since so frequent mention of it occurs in the prophetic writings, that we may see who and of what sort the Baalim were, and what their worship was like. The word baal means a lord, a master, because the idolaters serve it as their lords. Sometimes it occurs in the singular, Judg. 2:11; sometimes in the plural, ch. 10:6 — from which some conclude that it is a common noun, common to many gods; though it seems better to say that it denotes many images, likenesses, representations of but one god, to whom, from and according to the various nations, places, images, and rites, various names were given: thus Baal-Ekron, 2 Kings 1:2; Baal-zebub, "lord of the fly"; Baal-zebul, "lord of dung"; Beelsamen, as though one said Baal Shamaim, "lord of heaven"; also Baal-berith, that is, "lord of the covenant." That one god, then, whom both the eastern peoples and the Israelites understood under so many names, was none other than the sun, together with the stars subordinate to her, as it were — from which they are said to have sacrificed, etc., "to Baal, the sun, and the moon, and the other planets, and all the host of heaven," 2 Kings 23:5, where "to Baal" is explanatorily rendered "to the sun," as appears from the pause-mark, which one calls a comma, left standing between those two words. And yet I would not dare assert that the idolaters always had it in mind to honor and serve the sun; but rather, the idols of the heathen, by which the sun is signified and made known, are called Baal. This Baal, then, or the sun, is generally signified in the Scriptures by Molech, "the abomination of the children of Ammon," 1 Kings 11:7, whom the Tyrians called Baal, that is, a lord, because he who is a king is also a lord. Elsewhere he is named Moloch, Amos 5:26, and Milcom, the ending and the sense being slightly changed, 1 Kings 11:33, and also Malcam, Zeph. 1:5, which word the LXX translators render by archōn, which signifies both a king and any lord whatsoever. Now to this very well-known idol, on account of its most abominable worship, belongs the very first mention, Lev. 18:21, Deut. 18:10, 2 Kings 21:3 and ch. 23:10 — the same one, without doubt, as Baal, namely the sun, Saturn, whom they also called Adrammelech and Anammelech. Concerning these one may consult at greater length John Gerard Vossius, De Idololatria; Huet, in his Demonstratio Evangelica; and others.
To him there was rendered both a natural worship, in that they placed in and upon him their faith, hope, and love, 1 Kings 12:31, 32, 33, 1 Chron. 3:9; likewise adoration and invocation, 1 Kings 18:26, as of their god, v. 21; they also swore by his name, as though he were a heart-searcher, Jer. 12:16; they also bowed their necks before him, 1 Kings 19:18 — "and they bowed themselves down before him"; compare 1 Kings 19:18 — as an instituted worship, since they honored his images, and built temples for him, 1 Kings 16:33, 34. All of which superstitious things, together with their whole apparatus and vessels, were destroyed by Jehu, and turned into privies, 2 Kings 10:27. These temples are observed to have been first established for them in Israel by Ahab, whereas the earlier idolaters had contented themselves with sacred groves and altars, as appears from the history of Gideon's reformation, Judg. 6:28. In that temple there were altars, on which to offer sacrifices to him, 1 Kings 16:31, and even more than one altar in one and the same temple, 2 Chron. 23:17. Belonging also to the apparatus of this idolatry were the sacred groves — natural ones, such as one is noted, Judg. 6:28, as well as artificial ones, made by craft, 2 Kings 21:3. Moreover they had for this worship a great multitude of priests, 1 Kings 18:19, who were generally called ovdei ha-baal, "servants of Baal," or "Baal-worshipers," 2 Kings 10:19, divided into three classes: of which the first had the "servants," "attendants," so called in a stricter sense, being appointed to menial tasks; the second had the "priests," to whom it belonged to offer sacrifices; the third had the "prophets," to whom it belonged to teach others, and also to prophesy, 2 Kings 10:19. They are otherwise also called chemarim, that is, "blackened ones," Zeph. 1:4, 2 Kings 23:5, Hos. 10:5 — whether from their black garments, or from a root meaning "to burn, to scorch," on account of the burning of the little children, of which more presently. Over these was set a chief priest or high priest, who at the reformation of king Jehoiada was a certain Mattan, 2 Kings 11:18.
To this idol they offered all sorts of sacrifices: oil, new wine, grain, Hos. 2:8; also incense, Jer. 7:9 and 17:13; as well as animals, 1 Kings 18:26, which they for this purpose fattened and prepared, so that the sacrifices from them might be the finer and the more splendid, as the Hebrews teach on Judg. 6:25, 26; and — of which the very foremost sacrifice was a human sacrifice, performed in the worship of Molech, concerning which Lev. 18:21, Deut. 18:10, 2 Kings 21:3 and 17:10 — partly by a live burning of the little children, and partly also by a purification through fire. John Gerard Vossius, in his De Idololatria, and with him Maimonides (De Idolatria, ch. 6, 8), acknowledge only the first kind: "Of your seed," he says, "give none, to make it pass through to Molech. In what manner did this happen? A great fire having been kindled, they took a part of their seed (that is, a son or a daughter), which they gave over to the priests who tended the fire. But the priests, when they had received the son, gave him back again to the father (that you may know it to be a willful, self-devised worship), to the end that he himself, according to his own judgment, should make him pass through the fire. The father accordingly led his son through the fire, with the priests' leave. He made him walk through it on his own feet, until the flame had consumed whatever there was: for they did not burn him for Molech; rather that worship consisted only in the passing-through." Against which it seems to militate, that Ahaz burned his sons with fire, 2 Chron. 28:3; that others also did the same is testified by Jeremiah, ch. 7:31, 32; which burning is also described in Ps. 106:37. To this opinion, among the Jews, R. Moses Gerundensis and R. Isaac Abravanel also come over. That this idolatry was in use among the Phoenicians, no one doubts, according to Ennius: Poeni sunt soliti suos sacrificare puellos — that is, "The Phoenicians are accustomed to sacrifice their own children."
The ceremony now of this abominable sacrifice the Jewish teachers relate thus: Moloch, they say, was a hollow image, having seven inner chambers: the first they opened for the offering of grain; the second for turtledoves; the third for a sheep; the fourth for a ram; the fifth for a calf; the sixth for an ox. But for one who wished to offer his son, for him they opened the seventh chamber. And the face of this idol was the face of a calf, and the hands were positioned so as to take and receive the child from the bystander; and meanwhile they danced, while the child was being burned within the heated idol, beating upon drums, so that the wailing and howling of the child should not be heard. Others tell it a little differently: the chemarim (that is, the priests), they say, kindled a great fire, and one of them received the portion of the seed from the father, and handed it over to other chemarim, and these gave the son back again to his father, after he had been handed over to them, so that he himself might lead him through the fire, by and through their power and authority. And it was the father of the son himself who led his son, or his daughter, through the fire, which had been kindled by the power and authority of the chemarim, and he made the child pass, from the one side to the other, through the midst of the flame, until the child was burned. But of a bronze statue, dedicated at Carthage to Saturn, under which there was fire for the burning of living men, Diodorus Siculus relates. Meanwhile there was perhaps also room for a purification and cleansing by fire, short of the actual burning: for perhaps the idolaters, in the course of time, growing weary of such terrible murders, descended to a milder sort of torment. Perhaps they also let such purifications and cleansings by fire precede the idolatrous initiation: for no one could properly and lawfully be inducted and dedicated to the religious exercises of any idols, unless he passed through various degrees of torment, one of which was the passing or drawing through the fire, whereby those who were to be initiated were not seriously burned or wounded. Of which custom one may see Gregory Nazianzen, Orat. 1, Against Julian, and Virgil, in the eleventh book of the Aeneid; likewise Pliny, Lib. VII, ch. 2. The impelling and moving cause the prophet Micah notes, ch. 6:6, 7: "Shall I give my firstborn for my transgression, the fruit of my body for the sin of my soul?"
The most sacred place of these idolatrous religious exercises was the valley of the children of Hinnom — a place, says Adrichomius (in his Descriptio Terrae Sanctae), below the city, to the east of Jerusalem, very pleasant and delightful by nature, watered and moistened by the fountain of Siloam, and by the brook of Kidron; see concerning this valley Josh. 15:8. Afterward this valley — on account of these idolatrous religious exercises, likewise on account of the entire destruction of the Assyrian army under Sennacherib, which is said to have happened near this place, and on account of its defilement, brought about by king Josiah, 2 Kings 23:10, Jer. 7:31 — became accursed, indeed a figure of hell, Matt. 5:22 and 10:28. In this valley there was a particular place, called Topheth — perhaps the whole precinct that lay within the enclosure of these religious rites, 2 Kings 23:10, Jer. 7:31 — so named from a root meaning a drum, upon which one struck when the fiery inner chamber of the idol was burning, so that its weeping and howling should not be heard; unless you would rather hold that Topheth denotes a portent, as Job 17:6 — at least it means "hell," Isa. 30:33.
By and together with Molech, "the king," they worshiped together the "queen of heaven," Jer. 7:18 and 44:17, 18, 19, 25, which one holds to have been Ashtoreth, the goddess of the Sidonians, 1 Kings 11:5, 33 — first mentioned Judg. 2:13 and 10:6, 1 Sam. 7:7. She was also adopted by the Philistines, and by all who dwelt on the shore of the sea, 1 Sam. 31:10 — hence a city named for her, Deut. 1:4, Josh. 9:10, perhaps because it was the seat and dwelling-place of this idol and its worship. By the profane writers she is called Astarte, a very notorious and very famous Syrian goddess; likewise Atargatis and Derceto. Among the Jews she had the form of a dove or a female sheep; among others she had, from the loins to the feet, the form of a fish, but the remaining part the form of a woman — for which reason she is by some identified with Dagon of the Philistines, whom one holds to be the same as Atargatis, corruptly written for words meaning "a splendid fish"; although the very famous Bochart prefers to hold that Dagon, Atargatis, and Astarte were distinct deities, according to the theology of the Phoenicians as given by Philo of Byblos, in whom Dagon is the brother, and Astarte the wife, of Saturn: among the Greeks, Astarte is the same as Venus, Diana, Juno, Lucina. By her, then, is understood the moon, who is the queen of heaven, Ourania, that is, "the heavenly one" — just as the sun is the king: compare Gen. 1:16. Among her sacred rites was abstinence from fish. To her they added, as a kind of bodyguard, the whole host of heaven, 1 Kings 22:19, namely the planets and the other stars, which they called mazzalot, 2 Kings 23:4.
Not to add here anything about the Teraphim, of which one reads 2 Kings 23:24, Ezek. 21:21, Hos. 3:4, Zech. 10:2. Now concerning these R. Eliezer, a very ancient writer, says: "What are the Teraphim? They slaughtered a firstborn man, and cut off his head, and salted it with salt and oil, and wrote upon a golden plate the name of a certain unclean spirit, and placed that plate under its tongue; then they set that head up against the wall, and lit lamps before it, and thus that head spoke with them." But from what is it proved that the Teraphim spoke? From this, that it is said, "the teraphim speak vanity," Zech. 10:2. Others, however, tell it a little differently. Likewise I will add nothing here about the obot, "familiar spirits" or Pythonic spirits (that is, of the ventriloquists, otherwise called soothsayers); nor anything of the divinations, castings of lots, magical incantations, and other customs usual and habitual among them. They also had their flattering false prophets, for example under Ahab and Zedekiah, Jer. 29:21–30. From this their most abominable and godless theology there likewise arose (as happens among those who neglect the true God, and the knowledge and worship of Him) most abominable and most godless morals — murders, adulteries, thefts and robberies, lies and deceits — with the rebuking of which the prophets were constantly occupied, especially Jeremiah, Ezekiel, Hosea, and nearly all the others. Such was the state of things in the kingdom of Israel.
Nor were persecutions lacking in that time — of which Jeroboam at once gave a sample, in and against the prophet who faithfully warned and admonished him against idolatry, 1 Kings 13:1 — but especially Ahab: not only in Naboth, whom he — his wife Jezebel, a Sidonian, having, because Naboth for conscience' sake would not give up to him his ancestral vineyard, falsely accused of blasphemy — had stoned to death, 1 Kings 21:2; nor also only in the prophet Micaiah, whom, because he would not speak as he wished, he had shut up in prison, to be killed after his return, ch. 22:5; nor also only in the prophet Elijah, whom out of sheer and pure hatred he sought to kill, ch. 18:10; but also in and against all the prophets, whom he persecuted with such great cruelty that Elijah complained that he alone was left of all the prophets, ch. 19:10. Indeed, even in the kingdom of Judah, Joash had Zechariah stoned to death, 2 Chron. 24:21, 22, and Jehoiakim most severely persecuted Uriah and Jeremiah, who admonished and warned him in godly fashion, Jer. 26:8. Such was the state of the church in the kingdom of Israel.
Those of Judah, indeed, showed themselves more constant in the ancestral religion, since they had among them the temple, the priesthood, and certain pious kings; but nevertheless they too not infrequently strayed and fell into idolatry, calf- and Baal-worship, and every kind of ungodliness — first indeed under Solomon himself, 1 Kings 11:1–14; then under Rehoboam, ch. 14:22; under Joram, Ahab's son-in-law, who first introduced the worship of Baal, from his father-in-law and from his wife Athaliah, among those of Judah, 2 Kings 8:18; under Ahaziah his son, there vv. 26, 27; under Athaliah, 2 Chron. 22–24; under Joash, there vv. 17, 18; under Amaziah, who forced the gods of the Edomites he had defeated upon those of Judah, v. 14; under Ahaz, who moreover sacrificed to the gods of the Damascenes, with the most extreme cruelty against the house of God, 2 Chron. 28:22–25; under Manasseh, who paired with the worship of Baal even the barbarity of heathenism itself: "He did that which was evil in the eyes of the LORD, according to the abominations of the heathen, whom the LORD had driven out from before the children of Israel: for he built the high places, and reared up altars for Baal, and made a grove, as did Ahab king of Israel, and worshiped all the host of heaven, and served them. And he built altars in the house of the LORD," 2 Kings 21:2–9; under Jehoahaz, ch. 23:32; under Jeconiah, ch. 24:9; under Zedekiah, there v. 19.
In and amid these very worst circumstances, however, the church was nevertheless never wholly without reformations. Under the kingdom of Israel, indeed, no other reformation is observed than one only, and that concerning only the worship of Baal, the calf-worship remaining wholly intact — brought about and carried out by king Jehu, 2 Kings 10:18. But under the kingdom of Judah more of them occur: (1) under Asa, who, being admonished by the prophet Azariah, restored the worship of God, renewed the covenant with God, and deposed his own mother on account of her horrid idol, and yet did not remove the high places, 2 Chron. 15:8–10. (2) Under Jehoshaphat, 1 Kings 22:43, 44, also finally with the removal of the high places, 2 Chron. 17:3, 4, 6. (3) Under Joash, who, at the advice and admonition of Jehoiada the high priest, carried out a reformation both of the temple and of religion, 2 Kings 12:2. (4) Under Amaziah, ch. 14:3, 4. (5) Under Uzziah, the high places, on which the people sacrificed, meanwhile remaining, ch. 15:3, 4; the same thing happened under Jotham, there vv. 34, 35 — unless you would rather reckon these things among preservations than among reformations. At any rate (6), a distinguished reformation there was under Hezekiah, being the best king of all the foregoing, who not only fully and most clearly restored the worship of the true God, but moreover did away with the remnants of the Israelite, or calf-worship; and then also removed the bronze serpent, which had been set up by Moses himself, when he saw its abuse, 2 Chron. 29:3, 2 Kings 18:3. (7) A like one there was under his son Manasseh, who, after he had been converted from his horrible and more-than-heathen idolatry, in his bonds and fetters, brought about an excellent reformation in the church and in the worship of God, yet meanwhile leaving the high places be, 2 Chron. 33:13–17. The last was (8) under Josiah, who broke all the idols, rooted out all the sacred idolatrous groves, threw down all the perverse altars, did away with everything of the Israelite calf-worship that remained, and sacrificed the idolatrous priests on those altars; and had the found book of the law of Moses read before the people, drew the people into the covenant with God, and celebrated the Passover with true solemnity, most splendidly, 2 Kings 22:2–15, 21, 23:1–24.
On account of, and by reason of, that most excessive corruption in divine worship and in morals, in both churches — the Israelite, and likewise the Jewish — of which we have just now spoken, the divine judgments under this era were also great and remarkable: when they not only suffered dreadful defeats from their foreign enemies, as had formerly happened under the judges, but also mutual slaughters among and against one another; through and on account of which finally the Israelite church, being unreformable, was entirely and wholly cast off by God, and dispersed and scattered into the Assyrian provinces, according to the divine threatenings, Deut. 28:50–64, Hos. 1:4, 5, 6 — just as the Jewish church also, some years afterward, was carried off to Babylon in a seventy-year captivity, of which more in its proper place. From this Israelite dispersion there was also born a third schism, namely Samaritanism. For when, from among the Babylonians, Medes, and other peoples that served the king of Assyria, settlements were transported into the places of the expelled Israelites, who were not at all instructed in the worship of the true God, God accordingly sent devastating lions among them. And therefore the Assyrian king, having learned of this, sent some of the captive priests, who were to teach the inhabitants the Jewish religion; through these, Judaism grew together with heathenism, from which in later times Samaritanism was born, 2 Kings 17:23–35 — between whom and the Jews there arose an irreconcilable schism and hatred, down to the days of Christ, who, among other things against the Jews, also stirred up and raised a point of dispute concerning the true and proper place of worship, John 4:20. But the further and fuller history of this belongs to the following era of the Mosaic period.
XXXV.
Finally, the third era of the Mosaic period, and the last of the whole circuit of the Old Testament period, has been about the time of the Babylonian captivity, when a solemn renewal of the covenant of grace is observed to have taken place with the Jews — whether still to be carried off into captivity, or already carried off into it. It is foretold by Isaiah, ch. 42:6, 55:3, 4, and 56, 49:8, 54:9, 10, 59:21 with 61:3–9, in which passages both the captivity and this renewal of the covenant are recounted for the comfort of the afflicted; it is explained and expounded, Ezek. 33:21 with 34:22 and 37:21, and also Jer. 31:1–12, 3 with v. 36. The moving cause of this, as it were, appears to have been the afflicted and distressed condition of the Israelite people in Babylon. This Babylon is observed in the Scriptures to be of three kinds: (1) one literal, otherwise "Babel," or confusion, Gen. 11:9, founded in Chaldea, v. 28, and the land of Nimrod, Mic. 5:6, called "a dwelling of iniquity," Zech. 5:11, renewed by Nebuchadnezzar, Dan. 4:28–31 — the capital city of the Babylonian monarchy. (2) A mystical one, or Rome, the seat of the Antichrist, Rev. 14:8, 16:19, and 18:2, 10, 21 — so named on account of its proportionate correspondence with that literal, Chaldean Babylon. (3) An Egyptian one, built, as some hold, by certain Chaldean exiles or settlements, now Cairo, which, according to some interpreters, appears to be meant, 1 Pet. 5:12, 13. The first Babylon belongs to this passage. This captivity lasted, definitively, 70 years, Jer. 25:11, 12 and 29:10, compare Dan. 9:2 — to be reckoned from the first captivity under Jehoiakim, of which we have spoken; the meriting causes of which were, among others, very grave outrages and abominations of the people, especially their falling away from God through various idolatries, Jer. 25:6–13 and 31:28, 29, 34, 35, Ezek. 36:17–19 — to such a degree that this could not be reformed except by a total destruction of Jerusalem, of the temple, and of the priesthood. From this most afflicted and wretched state of the captivity, then, God appears to have taken occasion and opportunity to renew the covenant of grace with the afflicted and oppressed — yet inwardly moved by His free and pure grace, Ezek. 36:21–32; whereupon come in the merits of the Mediator of the covenant of grace, Jer. 33:15, 16, 23:5–8, and 30:9, Ezek. 34:23, 24 and 37:24, 25, grounded upon the blood of the covenant, whereby He has set free Israel's bound ones "out of the pit wherein is no water," Zech. 9:11.
XXXVI.
The covenanting parties here are: (1) God — who, as He is the sole author of the covenant, is likewise its principal party, Jer. 32:36–40, Ezek. 34:25 and 37:20, 24, 25, 26–28 — considered (a) as the God of Israel, Jer. 32:36–40; (b) as Jehovah, the LORD, Ezek. 36:9–16 and 37; (c) as Redeemer, Jer. 32:37, 40. (2) The captives of Judah under the king of Babylon, who were to be redeemed, Ezek. 37:21, Jer. 32:36, 37, 40.
XXXVII.
The content of this covenant-making comprises (1), on the one side, God's excellent promises, namely: (1) that He would give the Messiah to those to be redeemed — (a) as Redeemer, Isa. 49:8–18; (b) as "the sure mercies of David," Isa. 55:3, "I will make an everlasting covenant with you, even the sure mercies of David" (compared with Acts 13:34); (c) as a famous and abiding branch, Ezek. 34:25, 29, "I will make with them a covenant of peace... and I will raise up for them a renowned plant" — and what this branch or plant is, Jeremiah says, ch. 33:15, 16, 17: "I will cause the Branch of righteousness to grow up unto David... and this is the name whereby He shall be called, Yehovah tsidqenu, the LORD our righteousness"; (d) as David, Israel's shepherd, prince, and everlasting king, Ezek. 34:23–25 and 37:24–26, Jer. 33:17, 20–22, 25, 26. (2) That He would deliver Judah from the Babylonian captivity, and restore to it its homeland — a deliverance foretold repeatedly, Isa. 49:8–24, Ezek. 37:21, 25, 26, 36:24, and 34:11–19, 22, 24, 25, Jer. 32:36, 37, 40, 43, 44, 33:5–15, and 24:5, 6, 7, etc. That thereby, however, is understood not only deliverance from bodily captivity, but moreover from the spiritual, appears from this very fact: that to the promise of a bodily deliverance there are repeatedly, indeed generally, attached and bound together with it promises concerning the Messiah, who was to bring that deliverance to perfection — for example Jer. 23:1, 6 and 33:15, 16, 17, compare Isa. 61:1, 2, 3, Luke 4:18, Heb. 9:12, 14. Add to this, that it is promised to the scattered Jews that after their being gathered again they should be united into one nation, and into one kingdom, under one king David (by whom without doubt the Messiah is meant), their king forever, Ezek. 37:21. But in particular this is confirmed by the most exact correspondence between that bodily deliverance and this spiritual one: (a) with respect to the starting-point from which — for what was Babylon but a place of iniquity, misery, and captivity, indeed of a grave? Zech. 5:8, 11 with Gen. 11:2, 5, Ps. 137:3, Ezek. 37:1; compare Eph. 2:1–3, Acts 26:18, Titus 3:3. (b) With respect to the deliverance itself, in that it took place through a certain making-alive again, Ezek. 37:1, compare Eph. 2:1–4, Col. 3:1. (c) With respect to the time of the deliverance, in that it was firmly appointed and fixed at 70 years: compare the appointed time of the Christ set forth there, Gal. 4:4–6, Dan. 9:24. (d) With respect to the cleansing and purifying of the Jews from the idols, Ezek. 37:21–23, compare 1 Cor. 6:11, Acts 26:18. (3) That He would deliver the Jews, now delivered from their captivity, from all spiritual defilement, idolatry, and every sort of transgression, Ezek. 37:22, 23, 26, and 11:17, 18. (4) That He would give His Spirit into their midst and inward parts, and through its working and operation renew their heart, etc., Ezek. 36:25–27 and 11:17–21, Jer. 24:7 and 32:37–41, Isa. 59:20, 21 — with which in particular is promised: (a) a new heart, and a new spirit, Ezek. 36:25, 26 and 11:19; (b) a heart and mind knowing the LORD, Jer. 24:5, 6, 7; (c) a heart of flesh, with the removal of the heart of stone, Ezek. 36:26 with vv. 24, 25, and 11:19, 20; (d) a penitent and contrite heart, Ezek. 36:31 and 37:23, Jer. 24:6, 7; (e) one heart, Ezek. 11:17–21, Jer. 32:38–40; (f) the fear of God, Jer. 32:39, 40, 41. (5) That He would be present with them with His grace, Ezek. 37:26–29. (6) That He would be to them a God, Jer. 32:37–41 and 24:5, 6, 7, Ezek. 37:26, 27, and 34:25, 30, 31, and 36:28. (7) That He would be such for them forever, Jer. 32:40, Isa. 54:10, 11. And these are the divine promises of this covenant-making, on the one side; but this covenant-making has also (2), on the other side, the duties required of Judah, namely: (1) faith in the Messiah as Redeemer, as "the sure mercies of David," as the mystical David, by which faith they must lay hold on all the spiritual promises — which is made known through a spiritual thirst, Isa. 55:1. Then (2) conversion from sins, Jer. 24:5, 6, 7, Ezek. 36:23–25. Furthermore (3) obedience to be shown to God, Ezek. 37:24–26, 36:27, and 11:19, 20. And besides (4) that they should be to God a people, Ezek. 37:26, 27 and 36:27, 28.
XXXVIII.
There follows now the manner and mode of this covenant-making — not only the inward, which consists in a mutual assent and binding obligation, but also the outward, with respect (1) to its publication and making-known, wherein God did not immediately — as formerly with Adam, Noah, Abraham, and Israel at Sinai — offer and impart the covenant, but through the medium and intervention of the prophets, Isaiah, Ezekiel, Jeremiah. (2) With respect to the binding obligation, which took place: (i) through such a frequent repetition of the covenant-making, by Isaiah, Jeremiah, and Ezekiel, as we have said; (ii) through so many illuminating signs, emblems, and similitudes — for example, of two baskets filled with figs, the one exceedingly good, the other exceedingly bad, Jer. 24:1; likewise of two written sticks, the one for Judah, the other for Ephraim, united together and to one another, to show and signify the reunion of the regathered Jews and Israelites, Ezek. 37:15ff.; also of dry, dead bones, which were to be, and were, made alive again, to show the resuscitation of the captive and, as it were, dead Israel, there vv. 1–15; (iii) with respect to the various promises, which were to strengthen and confirm the unshakable certainty concerning the benefits of this covenant-making — for example, Ezek. 37:25, 26, Isa. 55:3 and 54:10; (iv) with respect to the holy and inseparable oath, with which God strengthened and confirmed His covenant and His promises, Isa. 54:5–11; (v) with respect to the ministry or administration, whereby, after the restoration of the outward sanctuary, priesthood, and Levitical service, this economy of the covenant of grace continued in force down to the Messiah — to which also relates the mystical temple of Ezekiel, of which Ezek. 40 to the end of the book.
XXXIX.
From what has been said, these two points arise: (1) That here there has been a renewal, not of some bodily covenant, but of a spiritual covenant, concerning the deliverance from spiritual captivity through the Messiah, seeing that both its promised benefits and its required duties have been thoroughly evangelical. (2) That this covenant-making also had its increases and advances, indeed its advantages and pre-eminences above all that went before, with respect to its administration: in that under it (1) the priests, the people, and the worship of God have been more purified from idolatry than under the preceding administrations, Ezek. 37:23; in that (2) the temple of this administration, or the temple of Zerubbabel, was more glorious than the temple of Solomon, on account of the presence of the Messiah Himself, Hag. 2:7, 8, 9; in that (3) the promises of this covenant-making, being nearest to the New Testament, are made known and administered much more spiritually, as appears from Ezek. 36 and 37, Jer. 32, Isa. 49; furthermore (4) in that the time of the Messiah's coming, and His suffering, is here appointed and pointed out, Dan. 9:24–27; in that (5) at the close of this administration the chief Passover — namely Christ Himself — was slain and offered up, 1 Cor. 5:7, and the mystical David, Jesus Christ, was given and set before the church as King of kings and Lord of lords, in whose spiritual, heavenly, and eternal kingdom the outward kingdom of Judah and Israel has come to be understood, Dan. 2:34, 35, 44, 45.
XL.
Under this era, from the beginning of the captivity down to the birth of Christ, the church passed through about five hundred and eighty-five years, through four monarchies — foretold in Nebuchadnezzar's dream, Dan. 2 — namely 70 years of captivity, indeed at its end; the remaining years under the Persian and Greek, and the early beginnings of the Roman monarchy, down to the forty-first year of Augustus, in which the Messiah was born. During the captivity, although it was indeed lawful for the Jews to live according to their own customs, and to that end to enjoy a certain government of their own, under the heads of the tribes, Ezra 1:5, 8:16, and 9:1, who also appear to be called the elders of the people, Ezek. 8:1 and 20:1–3, that they nevertheless stood under the rule and authority of the Babylonian monarchs, no one doubts. Of these monarchs, accordingly, the first was Nebuchadnezzar, the son of Nabopolassar, who carried Jehoiachin off to Babylon in his father's kingdom; in the second year of his own kingdom he had a dream concerning the four monarchies, Dan. 2, and in a later year he carried off Zedekiah; his contemporary prophets were Ezekiel in Babylonia, and in Judea Jeremiah. He reigned 30 years. The second was his son Evil-merodach, under whom Jeconiah, in the thirty-seventh year of his captivity, was released, and treated by him in a wholly gracious and excellent manner, 2 Kings 25:30, Jer. 52:31. He reigned four years; others allow him only two, or, joining with him his son-in-law Neriglissar, six years; some likewise add, next after him, Labashi-Marduk, for a term of nine months, and next Nabonidus, for a term of 17 years — and this last is held by some to have been the one whom Cyrus cast down from the throne and stripped of the kingdom, and thus Belshazzar himself (compare Jungmann, Danielis Restaurati, Lib. I, Sect. 3, Cap. 1). Let us then, with others, with the interposition of the nine months of Labashi-Marduk, count as the third Belshazzar, who, during his feasting and revelry, saw a hand writing his downfall upon the wall, and was killed by Darius the Mede, Dan. 5. Thereafter the fourth was Darius the Mede, who reigned 17 years, having been set over the realm by Cyrus, when he had conquered it. To this period one brings Joshua the high priest, who is said to have held authority for some years, as also Zerubbabel. Thereafter the fifth was Cyrus the Persian, in the Scriptures called Koresh, 2 Chron. 36:22, 23, Isa. 44:28 and 45:1, who, having subdued all Asia, in the first year of his monarchy dissolved the captivity of the Jews, under Zerubbabel, 2 Chron. 36:22, 23, Ezra 1.
XLI.
From this point, then, under him, the Jewish church passed over from the Babylonian to the Persian monarchy, and continued to exist together with it — beginning from this point, for a period of about two hundred years, down to Alexander the Great, the first monarch of the Greeks — under ten Persian monarchs, whose succession it is useful and helpful to know, on account of the books of Ezra, Nehemiah, Esther, and Daniel, which were written under these, and represent the history of these times. Among these, accordingly, the first was Cyrus, who, having conquered Darius the Mede and brought all Asia under the yoke, held the monarchy only two years — yet under him the restoration of the city and temple was again hindered, until the time of Darius Hystaspis, Ezra 4:5. He was followed by the second, namely Cambyses his son, who, according to Alsted (in his Chronologia), is included under the name of Cyrus, Ezra 4:5, and who, in Daniel, because he had charge of affairs in place of his absent father, is called "the prince of the kingdom of Persia," Dan. 10:13. During his whole reign, of about seven years, the restoration of the temple was hindered. He was followed by the third, namely Darius Hystaspis, who reigned about 36 years (the five months of the two magi, who succeeded Cambyses, he having died without a son, being counted in): under him the restoration of the temple was again begun anew. He was followed by the fourth, Xerxes his son, begotten of Atossa, Cyrus's daughter, otherwise called Artaxerxes the Great, who in the Scriptures is Ahasuerus, the husband of Esther, Esth. 1:1 and 2:17, whom Herodotus calls Amestris. Under him certain persons again hindered anew the building of the temple, Ezra 4:6. He reigned about 21 years, of which two he shared jointly with his father. To this period, accordingly, must be brought the history of Esther, and of that final blow which seemed to hang over the Jewish nation from Haman. After him followed the fifth, namely Artaxerxes Longimanus ("Longhand") — so, if you count with him the seven months in which Artabanus reigned — he reigned 40 years. From this man's year Funccius, Bucholcerus, and others begin Daniel's seventy weeks, Dan. 9:24, because from this point down to the death of Christ there run 490 years — although Scaliger begins them from the first year of his successor, Darius Nothus. Under him too the restoration of the temple and of the city, being hindered and obstructed, lay dormant. He was followed by the sixth, namely Darius Nothus (so, if to his years you add the two years of Xerxes the Second, a son of Longimanus, who was killed by Sogdianus, and also the years of this man) — a bastard son of Artaxerxes Longhand: that in a later year of this king the restoration of the city and of the temple was completed, Scaliger concludes from the sequence of the books of Ezra and Nehemiah, Ezra 6:13, 14, 15. Darius Nothus reigned 19 years, and under him lived the high priest Joiakim, the son of Joshua. After him followed the seventh, namely Artaxerxes Mnemon, or Artaxerxes the Great, in whose seventh year Nehemiah went up to Jerusalem, Ezra 7:1, 7, 8, 11. He was Nehemiah's lord, and sent Nehemiah his cupbearer, in the twentieth year of his kingdom, to Jerusalem, to restore the city, Neh. 2:2 — who from there returned to Persia. He reigned 43 years. After him followed the eighth, namely Artaxerxes Ochus, a tyrant, who was killed by Bagoas his chamberlain, in the twenty-third year of his kingdom. After him followed the ninth, namely Arses, about 4 years; under him lived Jaddus the high priest — Arses too being murdered by Bagoas, after he had reigned. The tenth and last was Darius Codomannus, Arses's son, of whom Nehemiah, ch. 12:22, makes mention. He reigned about 6 years, when, having been taken captive by Alexander the Macedonian, and being killed by Bessus, governor of the Bactrians, he left the monarchy to Alexander.
During this monarchy the Jewish church had, from Zerubbabel onward, sixteen princes or governors, descended originally from David's line: namely (1) Zerubbabel, 32 years; (2) Rhesa Meshullam, 46 years; (3) Johannes, Rhesa's son, 40 years; (4) Judas Hyrcanus, 14 years; (5) Joseph, 7 years; (6) Semei, 11 years; (7) Mattathias, surnamed Eli, 12 years; (8) Maath, or Azarmath, 9 years; (9) Naggai, or Nagges, 10 years; (10) Esli, or Eli, 8 years; (11) Nahum, 7 years; (12) Amos, surnamed Sirach, 14 years; (13) Mattathias, surnamed Siloah, 10 years; (14) Joseph the younger, 60 years; (15) John Hyrcanus, the great-grandfather (third grandfather) of Christ, the last, for a period of 17 years — after whom there was an interregnum of 62 years, which years are held and counted for the sixteenth prince, according to the reckoning of Alsted in his Thesaurus Chronologicus.
XLII.
The remaining time, then, of this era the church passed under the Greek monarchy, which Alexander the Great held for only twelve years — to whom, when he came with an army to Jerusalem, the high priest Jaddus, with the whole priesthood, went out to meet him, and led him into the city. After Alexander's death the monarchy was torn apart and divided into four kingdoms, according to the prophecy of the angel, Dan. 11:5, namely: (1) the kingdom of Syria, under the Seleucids; (2) that of Asia, under Antigonus and Demetrius, brought under the yoke by Seleucus Nicator, his son-in-law; (3) that of Macedonia, under Perdiccas, Cassander, Antipater, Demetrius, etc.; (4) that of Egypt, under the Ptolemies. Under this era, down to the death of Christ, the church passed about 360 years through these intervening periods of worldly government: the first of these had, after certain high priests, five Hasmonean princes — Mattathias the Maccabee, Judas, Jonathan, Simon, and Hyrcanus; the second had seven kings, down to Herod the Ascalonite, namely Aristobulus, Alexander Jannaeus, Alexandra, a queen, otherwise Salome, Hyrcanus, Aristobulus the Second, again Hyrcanus, and Antigonus; the third had five Herods, namely Herod the Great, or the Ascalonite; Archelaus, Herod the Great's son; Herod Antipas; Herod Agrippa; Herod Agrippa the Younger, or the Second. Of most of these we shall speak more distinctly presently — yet not too inquisitively, since not all the authors speak the same, nor in one and the same way, concerning them.
XLIII.
The first two intervening periods, under the Greek monarchy, run from Mattathias the Maccabee down to Herod the Great, the Ascalonite and Idumean, for a period of about 128 years, under a twofold form of government, namely — after Judas the Maccabee, who was only high priest: (1) under those who were princes and high priests together, from Jonathan, the brother of Judas, down to Aristobulus; (2) under those who were kings and high priests together, down to Herod. This interval, then, takes its name from the Maccabees, who are so named, according to Franciscus Junius, from the initial letters of the four words of Exod. 15:11, "LORD, who is like you among the gods," which were emblazoned on their war-standards in this manner: M. Ch. B. I. Otherwise they are called Hasmoneans, with an Arabic derivation, as though one said "chiefs," or "venerable patrons," or "leaders": of whom the first was Mattathias, for the space of three years. The second, Judas the Maccabee, under whom Antiochus Epiphanes, monarch of Syria (of whom Daniel prophesies, ch. 8:9, 23 and 11:21), having taken Jerusalem, set up in the temple the image of Jupiter Olympius, burned the books of Moses and of the prophets, took away the continual sacrifice for three years and a half, and crushed and oppressed the Jews with the most cruel persecutions, 1 Macc. 1:13 and 2 Macc. 5, 6, 7. Against him Judas set himself valiantly, killed Apollonius, Antiochus's chief general, retook and purified the temple, and in this way — whether during the lifetime, or after the death, of Alcimus, and of his father Mattathias — restored the people to their own rights and freedom, and thereby obtained for himself the high priesthood, and, after a six-year rule, fell in a battle. After him followed the third, namely Jonathan his brother, for a period of about 18 years; and after him the fourth, namely Simon, for a period of 8 years; then the fifth, namely John Hyrcanus, for a period of 31 years. Further, the sixth, Aristobulus, the son of Hyrcanus, who, having let go the title of prince or governor, conducted himself as king — after his father Hyrcanus had subdued the Idumeans, and had compelled them to accept circumcision and the Jewish temple ceremonies. From that time on the Idumeans (otherwise called Edomites) grew together, as it were, into one with the Jews, and were reckoned as Jews: compare Num. 24:18, 19 and Amos 9:12. This Aristobulus handled affairs for only one year, when he was followed by the seventh, namely Alexander Jannaeus, son of Hyrcanus, brother of Aristobulus, for a period of 27 years, which were passed by him fortunately enough. In his place there came, as the eighth, Alexandra Salome, his widow, for a period of 9 years, being favorably inclined and devoted to the Pharisees, for whose sake, and in whose service, she made her son Hyrcanus high priest — who afterward, as the ninth, succeeded his mother in the kingdom, of which, and likewise of the high priesthood, he was deprived after three months by the tenth, namely Aristobulus — but only for three years, when Gnaeus Pompey, proconsul of the Romans, having taken Jerusalem, carried him off to Rome, and restored to Hyrcanus the title of high priest and of prince or governor, though without kingship. If one adds to Aristobulus the years of the restored Hyrcanus, he will have reigned 23 years; when the eleventh, namely Antigonus, the son of Aristobulus — Hyrcanus being again removed — takes and holds the kingdom for a period of 4 years, but is afterward killed by Antony with an axe. Meanwhile, in the fifteenth year of Aristobulus, Antipater, an Ascalonite Idumean, was given to Judea as governor and administrator, by Julius Caesar, dictator of the Romans.
XLIV.
The third intervening period of the church, from Herod the Great down to the death of Christ, counts about 73 years. (1) Under Herod the Great, son of Antipater the Ascalonite, who, in Antigonus's second year, having been declared king over Judea by Augustus, emperor of the Romans, took Jerusalem in about the fourth year of his kingdom; he put to death the Hasmonean family; had Aristobulus the high priest drowned while swimming; and did away with old Hyrcanus himself. He reigned for [several] years. Their succession and history has been traced diligently and accurately enough by Christian Nolde, in his Idumean History. In the last of these years the Messiah Jesus was born, in the forty-first year of Augustus, in which year, over the kingdom of Herod the Great, his sons were appointed tetrarchs: Archelaus over Judea; Antipas over Galilee; and Philip over Iturea. (2) Under Archelaus, the tetrarch over Judea, who reigned only nine years, and was afterward banished, Judea received as successors Roman governors — Coponius, for a period of two years; Marcus Ambivius, likewise for two years; then Annius Rufus, for three years; then Valerius Gratus, for a period of eleven years; further, Pontius Pilate, for a period of ten years — in about whose seventh year Jesus Christ died, and sealed the whole circuit of the Old Testament, namely in the nineteenth year of the Roman emperor Tiberius.
XLV.
We must now proceed to the state of theology under this third Mosaic era. As for testamentary theology, together with its increases and advances, we have already dealt with that briefly above. As for systematic theology, this era professed one and the same theology as the first era professed, and as Moses had handed down — as appears from all the sacred writings which are contemporaneous with one another: for example, from Jeremiah, who repeatedly rebukes the neglect of the Mosaic law, Jer. 44:10, 23; from Ezekiel, who does the same, ch. 5:5, 6, 22:26, and 44:5; from Daniel, who, this having been left off and neglected by the people, thus confesses it before God, ch. 9:10, 11, 13; from Esther, with respect to which Haman likewise says almost the same, ch. 3:8; from Ezra, through whom Moses's law is repeatedly commended and enjoined, for example ch. 3:2 and 7:6, 10, 12, 14, 23, 25, 26; from Nehemiah, in whom the same thing occurs very frequently, for example ch. 8:2, 7, 9, 13, 14; from Haggai, who charges that it be sought from and by the priest, ch. 2:11, 12; from Zechariah, who, at God's command, rebukes the neglect and disregard of it, ch. 7:12; finally from Malachi, who, sealing the canon of the Old Testament, says: "Remember the law of Moses, my servant, which I commanded him on Horeb for all Israel, with the statutes and judgments," Mal. 4:4. And not only from these particular testimonies does the identity of this theology with the Mosaic appear, but also from those whole books which came forth under this era, namely: (1) from the book of Jeremiah, who, like a certain second Moses, expended his oracles over forty years on the reformation of Judah — namely eighteen years in the time of Josiah, eleven years in the time of Jehoiakim, and just as many years in the time of Zedekiah — so that the last chapters of his book, from ch. 21 to the end, appear to have been devoted to the service of this era, when he sends letters to the children of the Babylonian captivity, which had already taken place — from which in part the theology of this era can be known. (2) From the book of Ezekiel, Jeremiah's contemporary, who did the same thing in Babylon, in the thirtieth year — likewise of a priest, who, in nearly the thirtieth year of his life, began to prophesy, according to the bound copy of Moses, which year corresponds to the eighteenth year of Josiah, so that we might know that he taught one and the same theology, together with Jeremiah. (3) From the book of Daniel, born of royal lineage, who opened his prophecies in Babylon before the captive Jews, nowhere differing from Moses. (4) From the book of Ezra, who, in that very same year in which Cyrus the Persian gave his decree and command concerning the return of the Jews to their homeland, is said to have poured out his supplications, in and with which he confesses, on behalf of the Jews, the neglect of the law of Moses, Dan. 9 — and restored the law of Moses deliberately and at length, and renewed its practice. (5) From the book of Nehemiah, who, likewise descended from the royal line of David, in the time of Artaxerxes Mnemon, being his cupbearer, having learned of the very sorrowful and most wretched condition of his countrymen, with his lord's leave, having gone to the homeland, continued the reformation begun by Ezra, according to the same law of Moses. (6) From the book of Esther, which obtains for the Jews in Babylon (who, because they lived according to a law that was different from the laws of all other peoples — without doubt the Mosaic — had been brought into the utmost peril) a deliverance from the final blow. (7) From the book of Zechariah, who, occupied with various predictions concerning the restoration of Israel — most of all of the spiritual Israel under Christ — laments over the neglect of the law of Moses, ch. 8:2, 7, 9, 13, 14.
And not only through these writers and books has the Mosaic theology been propagated under this era, but moreover the whole biblical canon of the Old Testament is said to have been restored to its own proper order, and to have been safeguarded, under this era, from a continual danger of corruption and ruin. Not that the whole ancient canon, having been entirely destroyed by the destruction of Jerusalem, was, as some idly claim, called back again as if anew by Ezra through divine inspiration — but that it was restored from the books that remained. The matter is related, as in a summary, in this way: that Ezra the priest, after the Babylonian captivity, gathered together a Great Synagogue, or a great ecclesiastical council, whose members are called "men of the great assembly," among whom are said to have been present men driven by God's Spirit — the prophets Zechariah, Haggai, Malachi, Nehemiah — to the number of 120; among whom there is said to have been a threefold crown, of the law, of the priesthood, and of the kingdom, and who deliberated devoutly and earnestly concerning the chief matter of the canon; and, that they might provide for the salvation and welfare of their posterity forever, they cast out all sorts of foreign writings which had crept into the canon, established the number of the books, and called some the Law, others the Prophets, and again others the sacred Writings (hagiographa); that they divided the text into its verses; weighed the words according to their various letters, and counted the words themselves, and the letters of the words, so that one might know which verse, which word, which letter, occupied the middle place in each particular book; which word occurs not more than once; which words occur repeatedly, and how often, under this or that form; that they also set down the various readings, under the titles of Qere and Kethib, in the margin — and this to the end that not even the very least alteration might creep in without being noticed at once. Such things are taught and related, besides the Jews, by very learned men, well-versed in Hebrew, among the Christians: Martin Raimundus (Pugio Fidei, Part 2, ch. 4), Peter Galatinus (De Arcanis Catholicae Veritatis, Lib. 4, ch. 6), Bodin (De Republica, Lib. 6, ch. 8), Isaac Casaubon (Exercitationes XIII, 5), Cappel (Vindiciae pro Casaubono, Lib. 3, ch. 2), Cunaeus (De Republica Hebraeorum), Constantijn l'Empereur (on the title Middoth, ch. 5, sect. 3), and especially also John Buxtorf (in his Tiberias, seu Commentarius Masoreticus). One thing only I would wish, that this Great Synagogue had been demonstrated and proved solidly and thoroughly from the holy Scriptures. I acknowledge that there did take place, after the Babylonian captivity, a certain reformation — for example, concerning the Feast of Tabernacles, Neh. 8:15–18, that the mixed marriages of the Jews with the heathen were rooted out, and that polygamy was rejected, Mal. 2:14–16 — but that they carried out such a comprehensive reformation of the canon does not appear sufficiently from the sacred text. Others add that the vowel- and accent-points on the words were added by this Synagogue — whether one says that those points are just as old as the letters, or that they were devised by this Synagogue — while meanwhile others bring this whole matter of the vowel- and accent-pointing down to the Tiberian Masoretes: concerning which one may consult the polemical writings of Louis Cappel, of John Buxtorf, and of others of the like. Joseph Scaliger also holds that the original letters of the sacred text, for the service of the people, who were now accustomed to the Chaldean characters, were here exchanged for the Chaldean; which, however, others, not without lawful reasons, contradict — among whom is Nicholas Fuller (Miscellanea Sacra, Lib. 4, ch. 4). And not only has the Mosaic theology, in these its originals, been especially clarified under this era, but also by translations, and by paraphrases, more than one.
For as regards the Aramaic, one brings to this era the Targums of Jonathan ben Uzziel on the five books of Moses and on the Prophets, which some of the Jews wish to have been received and accepted, immediately after the Babylonian captivity, from the prophets themselves — Zechariah, Haggai, and Malachi — although without sufficiently satisfying reasons; other scholars, from among the Christians themselves, however, place this Jonathan together with Shammai and Hillel, who lived at least a hundred years before the destruction of the city, and thus, at any rate, under this era. Yet they think that Jonathan, the paraphrast of the Prophets, was distinct and different from the son of Uzziel, while others prefer to hold that it is one and the same person. At least, at any rate, he generally hits the sense of the sacred text not unfaithfully; but the Targum of Onkelos, which represents the sense of the sacred text much more accurately than that of Jonathan, R. Azariah holds to have been drawn up in the time of Hillel and Shammai, likewise at least a hundred years before the destruction of the city — after which time the Jews indulged and gave themselves over more freely and more broadly to trifles and follies. According to this supposition, this Targum will belong to this our era, though to the end of it. But the author of the book Juchasin prefers to hold that he was a proselyte, indeed even a foster-brother of the emperor Titus, and thus that it arose in the very time of the destruction of Jerusalem — which, however, R. Azariah, in his book called Imrei Binah, expressly rejects. With other Aramaic paraphrases, which without doubt were produced after this era, we shall not concern ourselves here.
Now as for the Greek translations, one brings more than one of these to this era. First of all, one holds that one was made in the year of the world about 3560, because Plato and other philosophers read the Scripture in Greek; then also a certain other one, undertaken by some on their own private authority, in the time of Ptolemy Lagus, about the year of the world 3630; after this one counts a third, undertaken by public authority of Ptolemy Philadelphus, about the year of the world 3699. These, however — the chronology having been recalculated — are held, more accurately, by both the Jews and the Arabs and the Christians, to be the same as the foregoing; and that translation which Irenaeus (Adversus Haereses, Lib. III, ch. 25) and with him Eusebius (Historia Ecclesiastica, Lib. V, ch. 8) and Clement of Alexandria (Stromata, Lib. I) ascribe to Ptolemy Lagides, nearly all ascribe to Philadelphus — either because the son of Philadelphus, with his father Lagides, was the author and instigator of having it made; or because he reigned for a time together with his father; or because the translation, which the father Lagides may have begun, was completed by his son Philadelphus. The history of what happened is thus related: Ptolemy Philadelphus ("brother-loving"), or rather Philobiblius ("book-loving"), in the year 267 before the birth of Christ, released twenty thousand Jews, adorned the temple with many royal gifts — thus with a golden table, cups, and drinking-vessels — and had the holy book of the Bible, with the permission of the high priest Eleazar, translated into the Greek tongue at Alexandria by seventy-two translators, which Josephus has described at length, Book XII, ch. 2. But what the falsely-named Aristeas relates concerning 72 little cells, in which they were enclosed, and concerning the comparison of the translations, each made individually and then sent to one another, are wholly fanciful embellishments. Yet one holds, not improbably, that this translation was made by the Egyptian Jews, and that the rest of the Jews took this so ill that, having instituted a solemn fast, they begged of God that, on account of this profanation of Scripture, He would not destroy the whole people. The Jews who used this Greek translation are called Hellenists, or Greek Jews. Indeed, the use of the Greek Bible afterward became very common, to such a degree that even at Jerusalem — indeed by Christ Himself and by His apostles — the use of that Greek Bible was permitted and accepted. The points now which are disputed concerning this translation — touching the number of the translators, whether they were 72, or 70, or only a certain one, in the place of all; likewise whether they translated the whole book of the Old Testament, or only the five books of Moses; further, whether they proceeded by the impulse and inspiration of the Holy Spirit, and whether accordingly that translation is canonical, that is, authoritative, and various other points — it is not the task of this compendium to determine; whoever meanwhile is eager to know these things may consult the very famous Hottinger (in his Thesaurus Philologicus, Lib. I, ch. III, sect. 3). The very famous Isaac Vossius, and John Morinus, a monk, together with most of the Papists — serving and favoring their own presuppositions — hold that this translation must be preferred above the Hebrew original; against whom our own writers firmly set themselves, among others Hottinger against Morinus, as well as Anton Hulsius. Isaac Vorstius promised a genuine edition of it, but did not fulfill his promise; perhaps it, together with the rest of his library, passed over to the University of Leiden, and lies hidden there. Therefore, under this era, through these increases and advances, the Mosaic theology was clarified and illuminated, and even came to be made known to the heathen as well.
As for symbolic theology, finally, this era certainly had no new ecclesiastical rites, no new ceremonial types, no new sacrifices, no new feasts — unless you perhaps except the feast of Purim, Esth. 3:7 and 9:26 — which was, however, not so much an ecclesiastical, as rather a civil, feast; at any rate not a ceremonial feast, given to depict some evangelical mystery, but rather a thanksgiving feast, to commemorate solemnly the church's deliverance from a most shameful destruction, also among posterity, instituted on and by the authority of Mordecai, without doubt endowed with a prophetic spirit. Unless you likewise except four extraordinary fasts, which arose in Babylon: (1) in the fourth month, in memory of the breaching of the city, Jer. 52:7; (2) in the fifth month, in memory of the burning of the temple, 2 Kings 25:8, 9; (3) in the seventh month, in memory of the killing of Gedaliah, and of the scattering of the Jews who were with him, Jer. 41:1; (4) in the tenth month, Zech. 8:19, in memory of the beginning of the siege of Jerusalem, 2 Kings 25:1. Nevertheless, this era had, besides a new — or at least a restored — temple, whereby the unshakable permanence and reformation of the New Testament appears to have been signified and pointed to, this era, I say, also had various prophetic visions, by which various evangelical mysteries were foreshadowed. For just as, at the end of the first era, the mystery of the rejection of the Jewish church, and of the calling of the heathen, had been signified by the vision of a marriage to a wife of harlotry, Hos. 1:2 — as the apostle explains, Rom. 9:25, 26 — just so likewise the bringing of the Jewish church under the yoke was depicted by a yoke, both a wooden one and an iron one, Jer. 27:1, and 28:13, with Deut. 28:48, Isa. 9:3, 4, 10:27, and 14:25, Jer. 2:20 and 30:8, Lam. 1:14, Ezek. 34:27, Nah. 1:13. So too the church, under this era, had various prophetic visions, by which various chapters of theology, and various mysteries of the gospel, were depicted — for example, under Ezekiel: (a) the vision of the four living creatures and the four wheels, Ezek. 1:1 and 3:1, by which the fortunes of the church, and the divine providence in and concerning them, were foreshadowed; (b) the vision of the divine glory, departing from the city of Jerusalem toward the Mount of Olives, ch. 11:22, which vision signified the rejection of the Jews; (c) the vision of the dry bones made alive, ch. 37:1, whereby was signified not only the deliverance of the Jews from the Babylonian captivity, but also the resurrection of the dead; (d) the vision of the two sticks united together with one another, there v. 15, whereby was foreshadowed not only the reuniting of Israel and Judah after the Babylonian captivity, but also the union of Jews and Gentiles under the New Testament; (e) the vision of a new temple, and of the divine glory walking within it, ch. 40 to the end of the book, whereby was depicted the glorious state of the church — not so much of the Israelite church, after the dissolution of the Babylonian captivity, as of the Christian church under the New Testament.
And especially also under Zechariah, in whose chapters 9 to 14 inclusive very many things are foretold and prefigured concerning Christ and the evangelical mysteries — for example, concerning the time of His coming: "Behold, your King comes to you... lowly," ch. 9:9; concerning the beginning of the gospel in Hadrach and Damascus; concerning Hamath receiving the gospel; concerning Christ's entry into Jerusalem on a donkey's colt; concerning the three shepherds — the Pharisees, Sadducees, and Essenes — brought to shame, confusion, and disorder because of Him; concerning the forgiveness of sins that was to come about through Christ's death; concerning the selling of Christ for thirty pieces of silver; concerning the scattering of the disciples; concerning certain Jerusalemites mourning over Him whom they had pierced; concerning the destruction and casting-out of the rest, together with their city and temple, on account of their unbelief; and other such predictions besides — all of which to set forth, explain, and apply individually would be too lengthy, and does not suit our present scope.
XLVI.
The state of the church under this era can be considered in three ways, namely as to its beginning, its progress, or its end. Under its beginning, in Babylon, its state was very wretched and distressed, when it was entirely deprived of city, temple, and the worship of God, until, upon the dissolution of the captivity, a new church arose, as it were out of the ruins of the old church. Meanwhile it had present with it, as admonishers and warners, the prophets: in Judea Jeremiah; in Babylon Ezekiel, Daniel, Haggai, Zechariah, Malachi, Ezra, Nehemiah, Mordecai. Meanwhile they appear, in Babylon itself, just as formerly under the Egyptian bondage, to have had their elders, in the heads of the tribes, as we have mentioned above; indeed also their own legislation with respect to religion, though under the tyranny of the Babylonian monarchs. Nor could it have been otherwise but that the people in Babylon — being deprived of all that ceremonial worship which was attached to the temple, likewise deprived of an abundance of sacred books, and finally deprived of the multiplicity of admonishers and admonitions constantly recurring — fell into a shameful and damnable negligence in, and disregard of, religion, and hence further into a most abandoned, godless life; for which reason Ezekiel repeatedly rebukes them very sharply, Ezek. 5:9, 9:1, and 11. Of which examples are at hand in the subsequent reformation of Ezra and Nehemiah: concerning the keeping holy of the Sabbath, Neh. 13:15; concerning mixed marriages with the heathen, there v. 23, Ezra 10:16; concerning polygamy and marital violations, Mal. 2, etc.
Under the progress of this era more favorable fortunes seemed to smile upon the church, namely under the seventy weeks of years, or 490 years, of which it is prophesied, Dan. 9:25, 26, 27, which appear to be reckoned from the second year of Darius Nothus down to the destruction of the second temple, according to the passages Hag. 1:1, Zech. 1:1, Ezra 4:24 and 5:12, Matt. 24:15, Mark 13:14, Luke 21:20, compared and taken together with one another. For in these passages the terminus from which is expressed, namely the effective decree of the king concerning the restoration of the temple and of the Jewish civil state; and the terminus to which, namely the destruction of the city and of the people. That destruction accordingly took place in the year of the world 4018; for 490 being added to 3528, which is the second year of Darius, that is the sum. The preceding decrees had at times been hindered. Now from the first decree of Cyrus there would be seven weeks, or 49 years, to the completion of the temple and of the city. But from that point there would be sixty-two weeks, down to Christ the Prince — which princely office consists in His birth, suffering, ascension, and the proclamation of the gospel. Finally the last week is divided into two halves, so that in one of them falls the destruction of the Jewish civil state by the Romans. The first decree of Cyrus, concerning the restoration of the temple and city, was indeed joyful and welcome; yet it was nevertheless repeatedly obstructed and hindered — both by the schemes of the surrounding enemies, and by the negligence of the Jewish people itself. The people did indeed, during the Babylonian captivity, unlearn Jeroboam's calf-worship, and Ahab's Baal-worship, and all idolatry, to such an extent that, when Herod the Great, in order to flatter the Romans, set up before the gates of the temple a splendid statue of an eagle which he had had made — though only for a political purpose — the Jews were so embittered and enraged in their attacks upon it, that he, willing or not, was compelled to remove it.
Meanwhile, contemporaneous with them, was that which was troublesome and vexatious to them — Samaritanism — not only, by the help of its adherents, hindering the restoration of the temple, Neh. 2:10, 19, 4:1, 2, 7, 8, and 6:1; but also, out of sheer factiousness, building a separate temple on Mount Gerizim, which came to pass in the time of Alexander the Great, when Manasseh, brother of the high priest Jaddus, being compelled to put away his foreign-born wife according to the law, fled thereupon to Samaria, to his father-in-law Sanballat, and there, having built this temple, like the one at Jerusalem, set himself up, with the permission of Alexander the Great, as its high priest, and imposed on the Samaritans the necessity of disputing over the true and proper place of worship of the Jews, John 4:20 — whereby a deep-seated hatred arose between them and the Jews; and they, acknowledging nothing but the writings of Moses, said that David and his son Solomon had done wrong, in that, forsaking the mountain of old, they had transferred the church to Zion. Josephus, Jewish Antiquities, Book XII, ch. 1. This dispute Antiochus Epiphanes afterward settled and decided in favor of the Jews, Josephus, Book XIII, ch. 6. But they, who up to that time, proud of their temple, had boasted themselves to be Ephraimites and servants of the God of Israel, at the time of Antiochus Epiphanes, when he had laid waste the Jews' sanctuary and religion, called themselves not Israelites, but Sidonians, and did not oppose their temple's being dedicated to Jupiter Xenios, "the hospitable Jupiter." Finally the Samaritans were subdued by king John Hyrcanus, who, after their Gerizim temple had for 200 years been a den of Samaritan ungodliness, utterly overthrew it and rooted it out to its foundations. At last, both the one and the other people — both the Samaritans and the Jews — having been shaken and disturbed by various uprisings, submitted to the power of the Romans.
Meanwhile it must here also be noted, that in that same time in which the temple of Gerizim was dedicated to Jupiter Xenius, Onias, the son of Onias the Fourth, the high priest, together with rebellious, banished, and exiled Jews, in Egypt, with the permission of Antiochus Epiphanes, founded, in the district of Heliopolis, a city similar to Jerusalem, and built therein a temple like that of Solomon's, Josephus, Book XII, ch. 15, and Book XX, ch. 8. This temple, after 330 years — the temple of Jerusalem having been burned by Titus — Paulinus, prefect of Egypt, had closed, so that no vestige of the divine service remained in it, Josephus, Jewish War, Book VII; compare 2 Macc. 1. So that, under this one era, three temples existed: besides the one legitimate one, two schismatic ones.
To Samaritanism there was added, under this era, first of all Pharisaism — whose origin Scaliger (in Elenchus Trihaeresii, ch. 22) rightly derives from the Chasideans, under which name, during the persecution of Antiochus, those had come forward who, beyond the rest of the Jews, had been more steadfast in the faith, and who, down to the days of Christ, became so corrupted and degenerate that Christ found no more bitter enemies than them; Josephus at any rate first mentions them about the time of Jonathan the Hasmonean, Book XIII, ch. 9 of the Jewish Antiquities, whom Bishop Burgensis follows, as also Spanheim (Dubia Evangelica, Part 3, p. 105, against Drusius, De Tribus Sectis, p. 74). At least, at any rate, Hyrcanus first adhered to them, although he afterward went over to the Sadducees; he having died, they grew so much in power and strength that, with the help of the king of Syria, against their own king Alexander, for six years, with hired soldiers, they resisted so forcefully that, when he asked them what they wished him to do, they answered with one voice that he should kill himself — although not without punishment, since many thousands of them were killed by Alexander, and 800 also hanged on crosses, Josephus, Book XIII, ch. 21, 22. But when the widow Alexandra had made herself obedient to them, they recovered their laws, and became much more powerful. They have their name not from expounding and interpreting the law, as though one said "expositors," but from separating themselves — Perushim, "separated ones," such as of old the Nazirites had been. The chief points of their heresy appear to have been chiefly these: that they ascribed to the free will a certain independent indifference, Josephus, Jewish War, Book II, ch. 12, and Antiquities, Book XVII, ch. 2; that they established the traditions and an oral law, which the Savior generally lays to their charge; that they admitted the transmigration of souls, whereby the souls of the good would pass into other bodies, but those of the wicked undergo eternal punishment; that they took away, through their vows, all natural and, as it were, innate love of children toward their parents, Matt. 15:5, Mark 7:11; that by their long garments they wished to be distinguished from the common people; and other such things besides. Among the Talmudists they have seven appellations, and as it were so many kinds: the first is a Shechemite Pharisee, who, imitating the Shechemites, Gen. 34, accepts and undergoes circumcision, and devotes himself to good works, not for God's sake, but for his own honor and advantage; the second is a stumbling Pharisee, who, under a show of humility, does not lift up his feet, but, as though he were crawling, stumbles against the stones; the third is of those who scraped themselves against the walls, while, with blinking eyes, in order not to look upon any woman or maiden coming to meet them, they struck and wounded their own heads against the walls; the fourth is a Pharisee bowed down like a pestle, namely walking with a bent and lowly body; the fifth is a Pharisee who says, "What I must do, I will do," and more, that is, over and above, and out of superfluity; the sixth is a Pharisee out of fear of the punishments which the law inflicts on its transgressors; the seventh is a Pharisee out of love of the reward which the law promises. (See Hottinger, Thesaurus Philologicus, Lib. 1, ch. 1, sect. 5.)
To this there came, secondly, Sadduceeism: not so much named from the word for righteousness — since the Sadducees have been of the most unjust morals, and for that very reason hated by the common people (Drusius, De Tribus Sectis, p. 140) — as rather from Zadok, a certain disciple of Antigonus, who, when he had learned from his teacher that one must not serve God for reward, concluded from this that the obedient had no reward to expect, and that consequently there is no resurrection of the dead, and no eternal life. These the Jews hold to have been their first heretics — perhaps because they wrongly confuse them with the Samaritans. They hold that he was born in the time of Alexander the Great, near the temple of Gerizim — namely out of a mistaken supposition that they are the same as the Samaritans. As for the chief points of their heresy: they differed from the rest of the Jews in outward ceremonies and temple customs — for example, they assigned two days to the Feast of Atonement; they interpreted differently the command to marry a brother's widow; they clung more closely to the ecclesiastical rites and customs than the Pharisees. Certainly they denied the resurrection of the dead, eternal life, the existence of angels and of the Holy Spirit, Matt. 22:23, Mark 12:18, Luke 20:27, Acts 4:1, 2, and ch. 23:6, 7. Meanwhile they rejected the "repetitions" of the Pharisees, and accepted the whole written word, and not only the five books of Moses, as those hold who confuse them with the Samaritans. (See Scaliger, Elenchus Trihaeresii, ch. 16; Spanheim, Dubia Evangelica, Part 3, p. 3; Drusius, De Tribus Sectis, Lib. III, ch. 9.) There are those who confuse and confound the Boethusians with the Sadducees, which, however, neither the Jews nor the Christians grant. (See Drusius, De Tribus Sectis, Lib. II, ch. 3.)
Thirdly there was added Essenism, which some wrongly confuse with Sadduceeism, and others with Boethusianism, which is said to have been a fellow-disciple with Zadok; thus, along with some Jews, Nicholas Fuller thinks (Miscellanea Sacra, Lib. 2, ch. 3, p. 157), and Manasseh Ben Israel (De Resurrectione, Lib. I, ch. 6). In this way this sect would have had the same origin as Sadduceeism: namely, holding that, in the corrupt and troubled times of the Maccabees, many hid themselves in caves, but that afterward, matters turning for the better, some returned to their dwelling-places, while others remained in their caves and mountains, and that these were called Essenes. Whatever the case may be, at any rate they belong to this era. The origin of the word is unknown to the Jews, and doubtful among the Christians. For some derive it from a root meaning "to heal"; others from a word meaning, in Greek, hosios, "holy"; others from a root meaning "he has been silent, he has been still," so that an Essene is one who, set apart from tumult and noise, lives in silence. (See Fuller, Miscellanea, Lib. IV, ch. 3.) Their doctrines, church customs, and ceremonies are gathered from Josephus, Jewish War, Book II, ch. 7, and Jewish Antiquities, Book XVIII, ch. 2; also from Philo, in his book called Quod Omnis Probus Liber Sit ("Every Virtuous Man Is Free"); and, from others, gathered together and presented, as in a brief outline, by Hospinianus (De Monachis, ch. 5), Drusius (De Tribus Sectis, Lib. IV, ch. 22), Scaliger (Contra Serrarium, ch. 29), and others. The disputed chief points concern mostly: (1) abstinence, on which they insisted so strongly that they altogether neglected and disregarded the care of the body; that they often, for several days together, abstained from all food, took no meat or wine; that they had a loathing for the use of marriage, lived apart from the common society of men, and also commended the community of goods. (2) Oath-swearing, of which they had a horror. (3) The receiving- and dwelling-places of souls, after their separation from the bodies: they did indeed grant their immortality, but did not bind it to heaven or hell, but to earthly places. Meanwhile they also had their praiseworthy things, on account of which they are held by Eusebius, Epiphanius, and others to have been Christians, and those inclined to Rome make them, as it were, patriarchs of their monasticism — although the apostle Paul, without naming them, sometimes seems to allude to their teaching and institutions, and to censure them, especially Col. 2:20 and elsewhere, as Chemnitz shows (Examen Concilii Tridentini, Part IV, De Abstinentia, p. 777, in folio).
To these there is added, fourthly, the Karaites, whom the Jews commonly confuse and confound with the Sadducees, and thus their origin and rise would have to be joined together with Sadduceeism. Others, however, distinguish them better and more rightly from the Sadducees, because the Karaites, against the Sadducees, acknowledge the resurrection of the dead, and also rewards and punishments — though agreeing with them in this, that they rejected the traditions of the Pharisees and all oral law; meanwhile they do not deny that they are originally derived from the Sadducees, but that they departed from them in the points just now noted. (See Buxtorf, Lexicon Talmudicum, p. 2114.) They are otherwise also named "Karaites," from a root meaning "to read," as though one said "Scripturalists," "Textualists," "Biblicals." They are oppressed with such great and such bitter hatred by the Pharisees, and by all the traditional Jews, that these curse them daily. They are therefore not accurately enough counted among the heretics by the Jews and the Papists — better and more rightly among the sects of the Jews which arose under this era.
A fifth is also counted: the long-continuing dispute and disagreement between the Hillelites and the Shammaites, arising some years before the birth of Christ, between Hillel and Shammai, in Babylonia — both being Pharisees. Both were, both in name and in the disciples they had, renowned and famous, as Buxtorf notes (Lexicon Talmudicum, p. 617 and 2440). The chief point of their disputes consisted in a different interpretation of the law, and of the Talmudic institutions. The dispute and disagreement between them, however much the Jews try to minimize it, Salmaticensis limits to 18 points; it grew and multiplied to such a degree that they persecuted each other to the death. Finally there is added, sixthly, the Herodians, of whom one reads Matt. 22:16. Drusius (Praeterita, p. 48) holds that these are named in the Talmudic writings as those who, having been brought by Herod the Great, Antipater's son, from the wilderness into inhabited places, made a feast for their benefactor, and in it set lighted candles, with garlanded violet-crowns, in the windows, and moreover are said to have held him for the Messiah. But that this was a mistake on the part of the very famous Drusius, Buxtorf shows (Lexicon Talmudicum, p. 631). Therefore it seems more probable that by the Herodians, Matt. 22, none other are meant than Herod's servants and courtiers, differing in this alone from the Pharisees and other Jews, that they held that tribute must be given to Caesar — who were therefore mingled among the Pharisees, in order the more dangerously to entrap Christ, and to plunge Him into Herod's hatred.
Through these schisms, accordingly, the Jewish church, under this era, was buffeted and tormented. Yet it was not without its persecutions either. The first of these was brought about by the cunning and deceits of Haman, the son of Hammedatha the Agagite, being one of the descendants of him whom Samuel had formerly killed, in Babylonia, under Xerxes, otherwise Ahasuerus. This man — his glory scorned by Mordecai, because Mordecai would not bow himself down before him — being about to avenge this, not only to the ruin of the one who scorned him, but moreover to the destruction of the whole Jewish nation, obtained, by offering a great sum of money, from Xerxes, under the pretense that this nation, being devoted and firmly attached to its own laws, was dangerous to him, letters, by force of which that nation was to be entirely rooted out. And since thereby the last blow was drawing near for the Jews, behold, divine providence, through the service of Mordecai and of queen Esther, caused that destruction and that ruin to fall back upon the very head of the schemer himself, and the delivered Jews, in everlasting remembrance of this, instituted and proclaimed the feast of Purim: concerning which Esth. 7 and 8. The second persecution is
...had sent an army under Apollonius. This man, having gone up on a Sabbath day itself, under a show of friendship, and having entered Jerusalem, began to practice a tyranny greater than anyone ever had before. He tore down the walls; on Mount Zion he built a citadel and furnished it with a strong garrison; the inhabitants he murdered, and those who escaped the slaughter he sold as slaves; he erected new altars, dedicated the Temple to Jupiter Olympius, and the temple on Gerizim to Jupiter Xenios; he burned the Bible; he issued a decree that only one religion should be practiced in and among all the nations; and the Hasideans, defenders of the true religion, and among them the aged Eleazar, and a certain godly matron with her seven sons, because of their abhorrence and loathing of swine's flesh, he put to death by various torments: of which matters one may read, 2 Macc. VI, VII, and 1 Macc. I. Likewise Josephus, in his book On the Supremacy of Reason [4 Maccabees], and in his account of the government of the nations. This persecution God averted by His providence, by raising up Mattathias the priest, who, having fled out of godly zeal into the wilderness, and having there gathered a fighting force, attacked the tyrants, destroyed the heathen altars, fighting even on a Sabbath day, 1 Macc. II. When he was about to die, he committed the conduct of the war to the third of his five sons, Judas.
This one, after his father's death, brought the apostate Jews and all the idolaters to punishment; and Apollonius, who had been set over Samaria, he slew, and Seron, the governor of Coele-Syria, he put to flight and drove off. Meanwhile Antiochus, needing to levy tribute to support his soldiers, went into Persia, and gave Lysias, the regent of the kingdom, orders to destroy the Jews. Lysias sent, under the command of three generals, Ptolemy, Nicanor, and Gorgias, an army of forty-seven thousand soldiers into Judea; and when these were quickly put to flight, he fitted out, the following year, a far greater force: but this too Judas drove back; and having freed the city, purified the Temple, and restored the service of the pure religion, he built a new altar, and instituted an annual feast to be kept in memory of the renewal of the Temple. Finally he fought and warred successfully against the neighboring Edomites and Ammonites, as well as against the general Timotheus, 2 Macc. X, and sent part of the army with his brother Simon into Galilee, 1 Macc. IV, V.
Meanwhile Antiochus, in Persia, being worn down by anguish of mind, worms gnawed at his bowels, until at last he breathed out his godless soul. Yet his son Antiochus Eupator, under the guardianship of Lysias, took Bethsura by surrender, and besieged Jerusalem, 2 Macc. XI; 1 Macc. VI. But when he heard that a certain Philip was usurping the kingdom for himself and taking possession of it, he made peace deceitfully, razed the wall of the Temple to the ground, and, having carried off Menelaus the high priest with him, set up Alcimus, who was not of the high-priestly line, in his place. Onias now, the son of Onias III, seeing that he was excluded from the priesthood, fled into Egypt, and there built a temple in the district of Heliopolis, of which we have already spoken above. Judas the Maccabee having died, the Jews, with no one opposing, were variously harassed by the wantonness of the Syrians, until Jonathan succeeded him; and Demetrius, king of Syria, being warred upon by the son (real or supposed) of Alexander Eupator, gave to Jonathan — whom he had taken into alliance against Alexander — power and freedom to rebuild the walls of Jerusalem: but from Alexander, to whose side he finally went over, he at last obtained the high-priestly robe, 1 Macc. X.
Meanwhile this period also had its reformations, the first of which came about by divine inspiration, immediately after the dissolution of the Babylonian captivity, under the leadership and direction of Ezra, Nehemiah, Zerubbabel, and Joshua the high priest, who excellently restored the Temple, the city, the divine worship, and the sacred canon, as we have said above; the second took place under the Maccabees — Mattathias, Judas, Jonathan — of whom we have already made mention. I shall add nothing here of the Karaites, insofar at least as they sought to defend the perfection and sufficiency of Scripture against the Pharisees' oral law and unwritten traditions. Through so many revolutions, then, both ecclesiastical and civil, the church and the Jewish republic hastened, all the way to its end, toward its fate. For the Mosaic theology being thus in large measure taken away, or at least its foundations overturned — in that (1) the denial of the perfection of the written theology, and the setting up in its place of the necessity of an oral law and of traditions by the Pharisees; (2) a self-righteousness sought by all manner of factious parties, no longer in the Messiah, who is the LORD our righteousness, Jer. 23:6, and in His suffering, Isa. 53, but in the keeping of the law, especially the oral law; (3) the setting up of atheism in the place of theology, as the Sadducees did, denying the immortality of the soul, the resurrection of the dead, eternal life and eternal damnation, as well as the existence of spirits; (4) so many superstitions added to these, and so many rudiments of the world — "touch not, taste not, handle not" — by the Essenes: these foundations, I say, being rooted out, the church could no longer stand firm, nor could the republic, shaken and battered as it was by so many internal disturbances and likewise by so many attacks from its neighbors. Because of all these things it came about that Pompey, incited by the discord and quarrels between Aristobulus and his brother Hyrcanus, marched into Judea, heard the case of the contending brothers, and, when he perceived that Aristobulus was acting altogether with deceit, turned against him; and Jerusalem, partly surrendered and partly taken by storm on a Sabbath day, when the Jews rested from arms, with twelve thousand slain, he entered the Temple and viewed those things which it is otherwise unlawful to see, except for the priests alone; yet he took nothing away from it; and the Jewish people, grown proud and puffed up over their prosperous affairs, he confined within their old borders, made Jerusalem tributary to the Roman people, and, having taken from them the cities which the Jews had brought under their yoke in Coele-Syria, commanded them to obey their own governor, and carried off Aristobulus with him into captivity: but to Hyrcanus he granted the priesthood, though without the kingdom. Then, says Josephus, we first lost our liberty, being made subject to the dominion of the Romans, and were compelled to give back the territory taken from the Syrians, and moreover the Romans exacted from us, within a short time, more than ten thousand talents: and the kingship, by which and through which the high-priestly line had formerly been honored and dignified, was transferred to common men: compare Josephus, Antiquities, Book V, ch. XIX, with Book I of the Jewish Wars, ch. V. Also Tacitus, Book V of the Histories. Meanwhile the Jews were left their own laws concerning religion, under which they lived under the Roman legates, Gabinius, Crassus, and others. Likewise under the Herods, through various vicissitudes and murders, both from within and from without, matters at last, under Titus, the son of the emperor Vespasian, came to such a pass — or rather fell so low — that the city, the Temple, and its whole service were taken away forever; concerning which a fuller occasion to speak will present itself in the following period.
The Polemical Part
Question XLVII
One asks, first: whether God borrowed a great many, indeed most, of the customs and ceremonies of the ceremonial law which He prescribed to Israel through Moses, from the Egyptians, chiefly in order to wean them from Egyptian idolatry — except that He used some of them for evangelical mysteries? The Socinians, out of hatred against satisfaction and against faith in Christ's satisfaction, and against the true and genuine gospel, hold that no evangelical mystery at all lies hidden under all those ceremonial rites and observances; but that men under the Old Testament were saved by the keeping of the Mosaic law. Spencer (in his Dissertatio de Urim), a Reformed man, holds that only a few of the ceremonial rites depicted evangelical mysteries. But he — and before him John Marsham, a learned knight (in his Canon Chronologicus) — held that God took over a great many ceremonial rites from the worship of the Egyptians and prescribed them to the Israelites through Moses, chiefly in order to wean the Israelites, who were accustomed to Egyptian idolatry, away from it.
The Reformed hold, on the contrary, that the whole ceremonial law was intended to be a shadow of things to come, Col. 2:17; Heb. 8:5, and that God did not receive that law from the Egyptians, but prescribed it to the Israelites of His own free motion: (I) because Scripture nowhere at all mentions the reception of this law from the Egyptians, and it cannot otherwise be known; (II) because it in no way suits the majesty of so great a Lawgiver to fetch His laws from idolaters; (III) because it would also tend to belittle and disparage those laws, were they thought to have been borrowed from idolaters; (IV) because this does little to serve the very aim which the objectors themselves assign to those laws — namely, to wean Israel, accustomed to Egyptian idolatry, away from the very instruments, tools, and means by which that idolatry had most been fostered and nourished in Egypt.
Meanwhile those learned men proceed for their opinion chiefly upon these suppositions: (1) They say there is a great agreement between the Jews and the Egyptians in the chief articles of theology, as well as in worship and ceremonies; witnesses here being Dio Cassius, Lucian, Plutarch, Strabo, Diodorus Siculus, Chaeremon, Herodotus, Manetho, Sanchuniathon. (2) Since that agreement did not arise by chance, one of two things must be said: either that the Egyptians received it from the Hebrews, or that the Hebrews received it from the Egyptians. But the former cannot be said, because (a) the Egyptians, according to the writers already cited, were the first inventors and originators of the things that pertain to religion. And (b) because they, on account of the conceit of their antiquity, were so puffed up in wisdom and religion that they would not have received and adopted anything from others; and (c) because they had conceived such contempt for the Hebrews that it is scarcely credible anyone would want to adopt and take over their institutions. Whereas, on the contrary, (d) the wisest and most learned of every sort of people very readily took over and adopted things into their own religion. Moreover they add (e) that they had no concern to transplant their religion elsewhere. And even if such had indeed been their concern, they still could not have carried it out, because they were generally so hated and despised among all peoples that they were reckoned as filth and refuse.
They add (3) that, although the borrowing and adoption of these church-ceremonies from the Egyptians, and thus their transmission to the Israelites, is nowhere expressly stated, it is nonetheless alluded to at Ezek. 20:25, where by "statutes that were not good" nothing else is meant than those institutions and decrees which they had received and adopted from the Egyptians — to which they add the passage of Acts 13:18, that God "bore with their manners" in the wilderness; that is, they say, those customs and manners which they had taken over from the Egyptians. They further hold (4) and say that God, according to His wisdom, by permitting and allowing those vain rites, wished to draw Israel back and restrain it — having been infected with those heathenish practices — from doing honor and service to the devil by means of those very ceremonies; and that He also wished, by means of those heathen rites and customs, to entice the heathen toward the religion of the Jews. Finally they gather up (5) certain testimonies which, as it were, agree with them: namely testimonies from Cyril of Alexandria, from Chrysostom, Justin Martyr, Tertullian, Theodoret, Origen, Jerome, Isidore of Pelusium, Gregory the Great, and others.
To all these grounds we shall answer briefly and concisely: (1) That the Egyptians were the first inventors and originators of all religion is something those heathen writers — separated as they are by so wide a gap both from the first Egyptians and from the Israelites — could never, to speak truly, testify with any truth; at the very least their word runs contrary to the whole Patriarchal period, throughout all its particular ages, as we have shown in the proper places, a chronology which their theology could never have derived from the Egyptians. (2) The agreement between the theology of the Hebrews and that of the Egyptians is not so great as those learned men make out. Indeed (3) the agreement which they attempt to prove, and what they bring forward for it, is so slight that it can scarcely be called a resemblance at all. (4) The writers who are cited for that agreement have almost all flourished in the time of the New Testament, and thus, being two thousand years removed both from the first Egyptians and from the Israelites, could show nothing certain on this matter: for example, Dio Cassius lived in the time of the philosopher Marcus Antoninus, around A.D. 163. Lucian in the same century, and after him Plutarch, under Nerva and Trajan, a little before, around A.D. 97. Strabo, in the time of Tiberius, around A.D. 16. Diodorus Siculus, under Julius Caesar and Augustus, and thus about the time of Christ's birth; Chaeremon the Egyptian described Egyptian affairs around the times of Nero and Trajan; Herodotus, the oldest of all the Greek historians there are, lived in the time of Darius Hystaspis, Xerxes, and Artaxerxes Longimanus, around the year of the world 3430. Manetho, an Egyptian priest, who says he compiled his work from the columns and from the writings of Hermes Trismegistus, lived under Ptolemy Philadelphus, around the year of the world 3670. Sanchuniathon of Berytus, who wrote the Phoenician history in the Phoenician tongue, is by Porphyry placed together with the time of Semiramis, which is not very far from the Mosaic period — a thing that Scaliger and Vossius nevertheless dispute. Whatever the case, at the very least, even according to Porphyry, he was some four hundred years younger than Moses; and, according to Scaliger and Vossius, many years more; besides which his writings have long since been lost, and from him those learned men can scarcely bring forward anything for their opinion. What sound and solid testimony, then, can those writers give, who are separated by so great a gap of time from the events themselves? If you say that perhaps they could have done so from books which existed in their day but are lost to us — yet at least they had none that were strictly contemporary with these Israelite and Egyptian matters. Therefore (5) that agreement, if those writers testify to it at all, concerns only the Hebrews and Egyptians of their own times, and of those nearer to them: which does not prevent (6) the Egyptians — who were respecters of wisdom and of wise men — from having borrowed their religious ceremonies, of old from Abraham; afterward from Joseph; then from Moses, who was venerable among them both for his wisdom and for so many wonders, and especially since he gave laws shining with such great wisdom and majesty; and moreover under Joshua, who, by so many triumphant signs, raised the Israelites, at least beyond scorn and contempt, so high among the Canaanites and the surrounding nations, that from them the Mosaic religious rites could have spread even to the Egyptians; and finally under Solomon, who, on account of his wisdom, was held in such regard even among the Egyptians — who were so eager for wisdom — that it seemed good to the king of Egypt to give him his daughter in marriage; and it does not seem unlikely that through her something of Solomon's religious rites was propagated among the Egyptians. As for (7), finally, the authority and weight of the very famous men among the ancient fathers and others, they spoke according to their own judgment, as those very famous men themselves did, without sufficient grounds and proofs; nor, indeed, do they generally say what those learned men would wish, or say it to the extent they would wish; indeed not infrequently they say things contrary to what those very famous men hold: all of which it would exceed the proportion of this work to set out point by point. Our very famous colleague Witsius (in his Aegyptiaca) has already said everything so precisely, so fully, and so soundly, that I do not see what more could be wished for or desired on this matter.
Question XLVIII
One asks, second: whether the moral law, which was given through Moses, is abolished under the New Testament? The Anabaptists, because they confuse the law with the covenant of works, and likewise confuse it with the books of the New Testament, say flatly, yes. The Socinians, in order the more easily to maintain: (I) that man is now justified, not by the works of the law, but by those of the gospel; (II) that the men of the Old Testament were saved without Christ, without any satisfaction of Christ, and without faith in Him; (III) that the gospel of the New Testament is nothing other than the Mosaic law as corrected and augmented by Christ — hold that the law, as it came from Moses, is of no use unto eternal life, since we are saved through the gospel. The Antinomians, or opponents of the law, because they set the law simply and absolutely over against grace, in order to establish that the sinner is saved by grace alone, in their own sense and meaning — some among them accordingly hold that the law is wholly and utterly abolished, while others hold that it is not abolished simply, but only insofar as it was given by Moses.
The Reformed acknowledge that the civil law, insofar as it particularly concerned the Jewish republic, has been abolished and annulled together with that republic itself; although they hold that those laws which govern that republic by virtue of its natural equity still remain in force. As for the ceremonial law, since it prefigured a Christ still to come, they hold it to be abolished. Those who reason more precisely distinguish between the covenantal use of that law and its directive, or regulative, use, ascribing to the covenantal use a threefold operation: (1) to justify — and here they acknowledge it to be wholly and entirely done away with; (2) to condemn — this they do not acknowledge to be entirely taken away, but only with respect to those who are under the covenant of grace; (3) to drive one to Christ — insofar as it still applies, in respect of the elect who must and shall yet be converted. As for its directive use, they all acknowledge that it obliges, insofar as it is one and the same as the law of nature; but some hold that it is abolished insofar as it was given by Moses — thus, besides certain Papists, for example Dominicus a Soto, Suarez, Medina, and others, also among our own, Zanchius, Wolfius, Musculus — while others hold that it is abolished insofar as it governed the childlike upbringing of the old church, insofar as it likewise prescribed in the second commandment a ceremonial worship, and in the fourth commandment the sanctification of the Jewish Sabbath. Others, better and more simply, deny that it is abolished at all: (a) because the law of nature, in which the moral law lies enclosed, binds even the heathen themselves, Rom. 2:14-15; 1 Cor. 9:9-10; nor can it — the nature of God and of man, upon which it is built, remaining the same — be abolished. (b) Because Moses and the prophets everywhere explain, confirm, and press home the moral, Sinaitic law, to the benefit not only of the old church, but of the new as well. Compare 1 Cor. 10:5-12; Deut. 25:4 with 1 Cor. 9:9; Isa. 2:2-3; Mic. 4:1-2, etc. (c) Because the Savior expressly testifies that He had not come to dissolve and take away the law — the moral law, certainly — but to fulfill it, Matt. 5:17-19. (d) Because the apostles everywhere confirm the authority of the law, Rom. 3:31; 7:12; 1 Tim. 1:8-10; 1 Cor. 14:34; Gal. 5:14; Eph. 6:1-3; Jas. 2:8-12. (e) Because, if it were abolished, one of two things would have to be true: either that it had been given only for a time, like the ceremonial law, Dan. 9:27, or that it has been abolished by Christ — but neither of these two things can be shown of the moral law.
Nor is there anything they can object, except (a) that believers under the New Testament are not under the law, Rom. 7:14-15 and 7:6; Gal. 3:23-24 and 5:18. Answer: (*) they are not under the ceremonial law, nor under the civil law; (**) they are not under the legal covenant, but under the evangelical. (b) The law is a dead letter, on account of which we are also said to have died to the law, Rom. 7:4. Answer: by the law is meant the legal covenant, as opposed to the evangelical one, vv. 7-8. (c) The law is set over against grace, John 1:17. Answer: that is, the legal covenant is set over against the covenant of grace. (d) We cannot be justified by the law. Answer: from this it does not follow that the law, with respect to its directive use, is abolished. (e) The law is not laid down for the righteous man, 1 Tim. 1:9. Answer: (*) not only under the New Testament, but under the Old as well. (**) To those justified through Christ the law is not given in order to condemn, Gal. 3:23(?), especially since the word "law" occurs among jurists commonly for the penal obligation of the law, or for the punishment itself.
Question XLIX
One asks, third: whether the ceremonial law given by Moses was intended to be kept forever? The Jews, in order the more easily to reject our Jesus as one who has abolished the law given by God through Moses so solemnly, maintain this position firmly — compare John 9:16 — a position over which the apostles disputed most sharply at the Apostolic Council, Acts 15, and among them especially Paul, throughout his whole Epistle to the Hebrews and elsewhere. The Socinians, in order the more easily to maintain that Christ improved the law of Moses, hold firmly that Christ has taken away the ceremonial law, as one that contains nothing shadowing forth any mystery with respect to Christ. The Anabaptists agree with the Socinians on this, because they hold that Christ has abolished all the laws of Moses.
The Reformed likewise deny this position, with one voice, but for other and different reasons — namely, they hold expressly: (I) because that very abrogation, which was to be brought about by the Messiah, was itself foretold, Dan. 9:24-27, on which account that law is by some called "not good," because it is of itself powerless and useless for justification, and thus also unacceptable to God, Ps. 40:6-8. (II) Because it was of a typical use, prefiguring and shadowing forth the Messiah as still to come, and the benefits which in Him would be given to the church, Exod. 25:40 with Heb. 8:5 and Col. 2:17. (III) Because it was fixed and bound to the Jewish nation, to the land of Canaan, to its capital Jerusalem, and to its Temple, which have now been taken away, Gen. 17:8-11; Deut. 4:5-14; 6:1. (IV) Because God foretold a more perfect testament, Jer. 31:31-32 with Heb. 8:6-9, which, therefore, by the abolition of the old, typical one, would be put in the place of that imperfect one, Dan. 9:24-25.
Nor does it militate against this: (1) that the law is said to be perfect, Ps. 19:7. Answer: (a) it is perfect in its kind, not in every respect, since, as the Jews themselves acknowledge, the moral law is more perfect than the other. (b) There is meant the moral law, which by the prophet is one and the same as "testimony," with "precepts," and with "commandment," vv. 7-9; whereas the ceremonial laws are generally called "statutes." (2) That it is prescribed to be kept "forever," Lev. 3:17. Answer: the word olam does not always signify absolute eternity, nor an unbroken continuance until the last judgment, but only an uninterrupted duration within a certain fixed period, Exod. 30:8(?); 1 Sam. 1:22; Ps. 61:5(?); Isa. 32:14; Mal. 3:4. (3) That God is unchangeable, Mal. 3:6. Answer: for all that, His works are not therefore unchangeable. (4) That Christ Himself testifies that He had not come to dissolve the law, Matt. 5:17. Answer: He means the moral law, as is plain from the whole context. Compare Book V, ch. VIII, §. XVIII.
Question L
One asks, fourth: whether the fourth commandment of the law, or of the ten words, is of a ceremonial character, and thus abolished? The Socinians, in order the more easily to obtain that Moses' law was improved by Christ; the Anabaptists and the opponents of the law, in order the more conveniently to maintain that the law of Moses has been taken away, hold firmly that the fourth commandment is abolished. The Protestants, and among them the Reformed as well, differ in their views, both as to the origin and as to the morality of the fourth commandment. The very famous Cocceius, in order the more forcefully to argue that the moral law is a pure and unmixed covenant of grace, recently held firmly that the fourth commandment in particular is ceremonial and abolished. The more precise among the Reformed distinguish a threefold Sabbath: the Jewish, reckoned from God's rest in Paradise; the Christian, originally reckoned from Christ's rest in the grave, or from His resurrection; and that of the law of the ten commandments, which without qualification commands that seventh day to be sanctified which God should appoint. Accordingly, just as they grant that the Jewish Sabbath, prefiguring Christ's rest in the grave, is ceremonial and abolished, so they teach that the Sabbath of the ten commandments is moral and everlasting: (I) because it had a place already in Paradise, when there were as yet no ceremonial laws, Gen. 2:1-2 with Exod. 20:11. (II) Because it belongs to the law of the ten commandments, of which Christ has not taken away so much as one jot or tittle, Matt. 5:17-18. (III) Because we read that a certain sabbath — the seventh day, reckoned from Christ's resurrection — was observed under the New Testament on the authority of the apostles, Acts 20:7; 1 Cor. 16:2 (from which it is called the Lord's Day, Rev. 1:10), without doubt in accordance with the fourth commandment, which commands that seventh day to be sanctified which God shall determine. (IV) Because nowhere do we read that the fourth commandment has been abolished. And (V) if it were abolished, we should now count not ten, but only nine, moral commandments.
Meanwhile the contrary opinion urges: (1) that the Sabbath is called a sign, Exod. 31:13,17; Ezek. 20:12. Answer: it is called a sign, not of some grace that was to come once for all under the New Testament — such as is signified by the typical ceremonies — but of a present, particular grace, namely, that "I am the LORD who sanctifies you." (2) That the sabbaths are distinguished from the moral commandments, that is, from those which if a man does he shall live by them, Ezek. 20:11-12, and are also called, as at Ezek. 20:24-25, "statutes that were not good" — compare Col. 2:16-17, where the sabbaths are called a shadow of things to come, and Gal. 4:9-10, concerning the observance of days. Answer: (a) Even granting that these ceremonial, festival sabbaths are called ceremonial and abolished, the Sabbath of the fourth commandment is nevertheless for that reason neither ceremonial nor abolished. (3) That the Sabbath of the fourth commandment has been changed, from the seventh to the first day of the week, which does not comport with a moral commandment, since such must be universal. Answer: neither the Sabbath of the fourth commandment, nor anything in the fourth commandment, has been changed; since that commandment requires nothing else than that the seventh day be sanctified which God shall determine. (4) That the Sabbath of the fourth commandment was a figure of the spiritual rest from the works of the ceremonial law, which was to be brought about by Christ, as appears in the text at Heb. 4:1-12. Answer: nothing less is meant than a rest from the works of the ceremonial law; rather, the Sabbath is consistently said to be a figure of the heavenly rest after this life, v. 11. (5) That the Sabbath had no place before the Sinaitic legislation. Answer: that this is false is plain both from Gen. 2:2-3 and from Exod. 16:22-23, as well as from Exod. 20:11.
Question LI
One asks, fifth: whether the law of the ten commandments is a pure and unmixed covenant of grace? The Jews, Pelagians, Socinians, and Papists, because they seek justification out of the works of the moral law, bring the whole Sinaitic legislation, and along with it the ten commandments, precisely for that reason, entirely under the covenant of works. On the contrary, Peter Baro, professor at Cambridge, and some others among the English, bring the same under the covenant of grace; these, though on different suppositions, follow closely the very famous Cocceius — namely, because he holds that before the giving of the law absolutely nothing else had a place than the promise of the testament of grace. John Cameron, a very famous theologian, in his disputation on the threefold covenant formerly held at Heidelberg, acknowledged in the giving of the law neither the covenant of works nor the covenant of grace, but a certain third, subordinate covenant, subservient, as it were, to those that went before. We have already shown, in the Doctrinal Part, that in the whole Sinaitic legislation there has been a renewal, both of the covenant of works, with respect to the law of the ten commandments, and of the covenant of grace, with respect to the ceremonial law, and moreover of a national and external covenant, with respect chiefly to the civil and judicial law — so that it might not unfittingly be called a mixed covenant.
We therefore deny that the law of the ten commandments is the covenant of grace: (1) because we have shown, §. XVIII, that therein is a renewal of the covenant of nature, or of works. (2) Because the law of the ten commandments was already, even before the idolatry of the golden calf, a law; therefore it was not merely a covenant of grace, for the law is constantly set over against grace, John 1:17; it has been a law, in that it has been a prescription of duty under threat of punishment, Exod. 20:5,7. (3) Because it does not promise the forgiveness of sins, does not offer the Mediator Jesus and His satisfaction for sins, and does not require faith in the Mediator Jesus. (4) Because it was not, after the fall, the covenant of grace; therefore it was not such before the fall either — for everywhere it is the same law of the ten commandments, not only with respect to duties, but also with respect to promises and threats, according to which God is called a jealous God, who visits and punishes the sins of the fathers upon the children, and shows grace and mercy to those who love Him and keep His commandments, Exod. 20:5-6. And what real difference, I ask, is there between this and those two consequent formulas — "do this and you shall live," and "cursed is he who does not continue," etc.? Compare Exod. 24:6-7. Moreover it is unlikely that out of a pure and unmixed covenant of grace there should arise so much as even the appearance of a covenant of works. (5) Thus we would be justified by works: for the law of the ten commandments includes within itself, by everyone's admission, good works.
Nevertheless those brethren who follow the very famous Cocceius object against this with these arguments: (1) that the Angel of the Covenant of Grace says in the preface, "I am the LORD thy God," which belongs to the covenant of grace. Answer: (a) although this formula usually looks to the covenant of grace, it is nevertheless sometimes extended even to the wicked and to hypocrites, Ezek. 20:19-21,23; (b) sometimes, by virtue of creation and providence, to all without distinction, Jer. 32:27; (c) often God is called the God of Israel on account of the national covenant, whereby He had chosen and set apart that whole people for Himself, Exod. 19:4-6; Deut. 7:6; Ps. 135:4; Isa. 41:8, etc. — and it is in this sense that the formula must in every respect be taken in the law of the ten commandments. Finally (d) even if this formula did here carry the force of the covenant of grace, there is nothing to prevent God from urging the observance of His law upon His people with motives drawn from the covenant of grace. (2) That the law of the ten commandments is called "the book of the covenant," and that God, upon Israel's hearing it, made a covenant with them, Exod. 24:7-8, etc. — which, since it was not a legal covenant, was without doubt the covenant of grace. Answer: He renewed the national covenant, of works and of grace together, as we have shown in the Doctrinal Part. (3) That God in the second commandment promises grace, chesed. Answer: (a) even the covenant of works promises, in its own way, eternal life, as a grace, though not as a strictly-so-called merit; (b) even granting that the word chesed, that is, grace or mercy, belongs to the covenant of grace, does God, merely because He urges the obedience owed to His law with a reason drawn from the covenant of grace, thereby immediately establish the covenant of grace? (4) The law of the ten commandments comprises the duties of a believing man; therefore it is a formulary of the covenant of grace. Answer: the law of the ten commandments has not only a covenantal use, but also a directive one, as we have said — is it therefore a pure and unmixed covenant of grace? (5) In the law of the ten commandments faith too is commanded; but what faith prescribes and commands is the covenant of grace. Answer: (a) the covenant of grace does not, properly speaking, command and enjoin, as the Pelagians, Socinians, and Papists would have it, but only promises, and requires, or promises under conditions; (b) the law of the ten commandments commands, without qualification, to believe in God, but it does not specifically teach that one must believe in the Mediator Jesus — which nevertheless belongs to the essence of the covenant of grace.
Question LII
One asks, sixth: whether the sacrifices, before the time of Moses, were not commanded by God, but were free rites and exercises which did not serve to call the guilt of sin to remembrance and to signify it, and to atone for sin in a typical way — the omission of which made no one liable to the curse? The Pelagians, Socinians, and Remonstrants, and in their own way also the Papists, in order the more easily to maintain that men, under the Patriarchal period, were saved through the observance of the law of nature alone, without any Mediator, satisfaction, or faith in the Mediator, established this thesis firmly. The Jews trace the origin of the ceremonial law to the making of the golden calf (Don Abarbanel, on Jer. 6:32). The very famous Cocceius, because he held that under the period of the promise — which flowed from the fall down to the making of the golden calf — nothing had a place in the church besides the promise, or testament, of grace, held that no law had had a place, whether moral, ceremonial, or even of faith itself; namely, not so that God would not impute sin, or so as to take away anything of that church's freedom — no, but rather so that He, out of that very same freedom (the boldness excepted which belongs to us under the New Testament), would leave that freedom to them. He acknowledged indeed that sacrifices, in the time of the Patriarchs, were given by God, but not commanded, and that they were accordingly free rites, the neglect of which did not bring the guilt of punishment, though the neglecting or despising of them would, in some sense, constitute a sin (Cocceius, De Indagatione Sabbati, §. VI, VII). There is, among the disciples of that very famous man, a certain drone who, because he despaired of being able honestly and forthrightly to defend the true and genuine opinion of his teacher against the assault of the arguments of his opponents, lies low beneath his teacher's shelter, and then, with a great outcry, protests that his teacher's opinion is not being represented honestly. He says that his teacher grants: (I) that the fathers, before the times of Moses, offered sacrifices; (II) that they offered them in faith (Cocceius, Van de Verbonden, §. 305); (III) that they offered them, God being the author and instituter of them; (IV) that they offered them, God being the instituter, without the strictness, necessity, and servitude that were afterward introduced; (V) that they could not, without sin, have despised or neglected them: so that this remains the point at issue — whether it was with the same strictness, necessity, and servitude as that with which Moses in former times commanded the sacrifices? — as though a divine institution and a human command did not both lay upon one the strictest necessity of obedience.
The Reformed, up to now, though they do not say that the sacrifices had a place in as great a number and in as many kinds as afterward under Moses — since in the household congregations (not yet in a national church), through the family-fathers, driven by God's Spirit, such matters could easily be settled as the case required — nonetheless hold that the sacrifices which had a place among the Patriarchs were likewise commanded, and thus had to be observed with the same strictness and necessity as afterward under Moses. Reasons for the same: (1) because all divine institutions and ordinances are also commands and precepts, and must therefore be obeyed and kept with all strictness and necessity, on pain of eternal death — unless we wish to adopt either venial sins or the so-called evangelical counsels of the Papists. (2) Because we read expressly that sacrifices were commanded and enjoined under the Patriarchal period, indeed unto a typical atonement for sin, Job 42:7-8. (3) Because the sacrifices for the consecration of the priests, and likewise the daily offering, which were commanded under the Patriarchal period, are acknowledged by the very famous Cocceius himself to be of one and the same nature as the rest. (4) Because the number of the sacrifices was determined by God and shown to Moses on Mount Sinai before the making of the golden calf, Exod. 25:40. (5) Because we read that the ceremonial sacraments — circumcision and the Passover — which are of the same nature as the sacrifices, were expressly commanded before the making of the golden calf, and that under the heaviest penalty of being cut off, Gen. 17 and Exod. 12:15. (6) Because the whole array of the ceremonial laws, without any limitation of time, is called by the apostle a "handwriting that was against us," Col. 2:14. (7) Because, if one posits divine institutions which God did not really command, and which, whether kept or not kept, He would leave entirely up to one's own discretion, one would then have to accept and allow the counsels of the Papists. (8) Because, if not all sins against the divine institutions brought with them the guilt of the curse, one would then have to allow the Papists' venial sins. (9) Because, even granting all this — that the sacrifices were not, before the idolatry of the golden calf, commanded by God with the same strictness and necessity — it will nevertheless remain that they were at least commanded with some strictness and necessity, which is sufficient for the matter at hand.
Meanwhile they urge for the contrary opinion: (A) that the curse-obligation, Deut. 27:26, "cursed be he who does not confirm all the words of this law, to do them," which breathes the utmost strictness, did not apply before the idolatry of the golden calf. Answer: (a) even the lightest sin, because it violates the infinite majesty of God, always brings with it the guilt of the curse, whether that text was then in force or not; (b) that we do not read of it before the making of the calf does not prove that it had no place before that time. (B) That, before the Old Testament, or before the making of the calf, there was no Mosaic servitude. Answer: (a) that the Old Testament had a place from the first gospel onward, we have shown at length and with purpose in the preceding chapter, §. XXX; (b) that servitude had a place as long as the heir was a child, that is, from the first gospel onward until Christ — unless the brethren would perversely maintain that the Patriarchal church was already full-grown, and became a child under Moses. (C) That, according to the law of Moses, one who was defiled, not being purified by certain rites and sacrifices, was held unclean, indeed had to be cut off from the people — a thing we nowhere find said of the Patriarchs. Answer: (a) that one defiled should not be held unclean involves a contradiction; (b) that this had no place among the Patriarchs — how shall that be proven? (c) suppose it be granted that this precisely had no place among the Patriarchs — does it follow from that, that the sacrifices then offered were not instituted and commanded, and were merely voluntary rites which need not be observed with all strictness and necessity? (D) That God, chiefly in the time of Moses, instituted sacrifices for sin, and made a distinction between clean and unclean. Answer: (a) He instituted these also in the time of Job, ch. 42:7-8; (b) but custom and usage do not change the nature of a thing. (E) That God, through Moses, gave to Israel "statutes that were not good," by which the ceremonial laws are meant, Ezek. 20:25. Answer: but that these were also given to the Patriarchs, though not commanded, the very famous Cocceius with his followers expressly acknowledges. If they insist that the "not good" statutes in Ezekiel are servitude-introducing ceremonies of a kind that had no place before Moses, then that further claim shall be laid upon them to prove. (F) That God, Jer. 7:22, testifies that He did not speak with the fathers of the Jews, nor command them concerning matters of burnt offering or sacrifice, but that He commanded them this thing, saying, "hearken to my voice." Answer: (a) when God led them out of Egypt He did not, on that occasion, command them any sacrifices — does it follow that He never before had commanded them any at all? How does this cohere? (b) that these words cannot be taken without qualification is plain from the fact that the brethren themselves acknowledge that sacrifices had already before this been commanded and instituted, indeed expressly commanded, Exod. 3:18 and 5:1,3, likewise Job 42:7-8. Therefore the sense must be taken only comparatively — that not so much sacrifices, as rather obedience, was then being enjoined upon them.
Question LIII
One asks, seventh: whether the Sinaitic law, because of Israel's making of the golden calf, received the force of the curse-obligation, so as to charge upon Israel — even upon believers — the guilt of punishment still, as it were, lying upon them, together with the burdensome ceremonial law? The very famous Cocceius, because under the period of the promise, flowing from the fall down to the making of the golden calf, he allows nothing but the promise of the testament of grace, holds that, after and because of that idolatry, the calf received the force to impute sin, to call it to remembrance, or to charge home the guilt of the sins' punishment as still lying, even upon believers.
The rest of the Reformed deny that the calf-idolatry contributed to this: (1) because that guilt, through the eternal suretyship undertaken by Christ, was taken away from the elect who would believe, and transferred upon Himself, so that they had a complete forgiveness — and consequently that guilt, no longer cleaving to them, could not be imputed to them or cast in their teeth. These things we have shown and demonstrated, Book V, ch. II, §. IX and XVIII, and Book VI, ch. VI, §. XXVII. (2) Because the violation of the divine law, even before the golden calf, had in fact already incurred both that curse-obligation, Exod. 20:5,7, and the ceremonial law and its sacrifices — for instance the daily offering, even as a sin-offering, Job 42:7-8 — indeed the whole array of the ceremonial laws was shown to and displayed before Moses before the golden calf. (3) Because nowhere in Scripture do we read that, on account of the calf-idolatry, either the curse-obligation or the yoke of the ceremonial laws was imposed upon Israel.
Meanwhile they object: (1) certain passages [in Jeremiah]. Answer: here is nothing of the calf-idolatry, nothing of the curse-obligation, nothing of the imposition of a ceremonial yoke, nothing of the imputing of the guilt of punishment by means of either — therefore nothing that belongs to the matter. (2) The passage of Ezek. 20:25-26. Answer: likewise here is nothing of the sin of the calf — no, rather of other sins, for instance the profaning of the sabbaths; nothing of the curse-obligation; nothing of the guilt of sin as still lying upon them; indeed nothing whatever of the imposition of a ceremonial yoke. Also, by the "statutes that were not good," and by the "judgments by which they should not live," v. 21, are not specifically meant the ceremonial laws, but, as is given to be understood, their own devices in and under which they were determined not to live. (3) That the administration of the Old Testament, occasioned by the calf-making, is called a ministration of death and of condemnation, 2 Cor. 3:7,9. Answer: (a) it is presupposed that the Old Testament had its beginning from and with the calf-making, of which we have taught the contrary, with purpose and at length, in the preceding chapter, §. XXIX; (b) there is no lawful reason preventing us from here understanding the administration of the covenant of works; (c) or what if there be understood the administration of the Sinaitic covenant, insofar as it involved a renewal of the covenant of works, according to §. XVIII? (4) That the law is said to have been added because of transgressions, Gal. 3:19. Answer: (a) here stands nothing specifically about the transgression with the golden calf, but of transgressions in general; (b) likewise nothing in particular of the ceremonial law as added on account of the calf-making, but of the moral law together with the ceremonial, given for this purpose, that the elect might be brought to the knowledge and acknowledgment of transgressions, and thereafter to the seeking of the Redeemer Christ, v. 24. (5) That the ceremonial law is said to have been a "handwriting" that was in some way against us, until Christ, Col. 2:14. Answer: (a) that law was so, not only from the calf-making onward; nor (b) because it testified that the actual guilt of punishment still lay upon believers themselves, but because, through typical figures, it represented the potential guilt of punishment, or the inward desert of their sins, already transferred from eternity by Christ from them upon Himself, as we have said, §. XIII. (6) That the fact itself testifies that, after the calf-making, it was not lawful for the people of Israel to approach God, the altar, or the holy of holies, except through the priests and the high priest — and not even for the high priest, save once a year, and under certain fixed laws. Answer: (a) this also was not lawful before the golden calf, Exod. 19:12-13; (b) but this happened not on account of an actual guilt of punishment still lying upon them, but on account of the inward desert of sin, to signify that, without the Mediator Christ, it is lawful for no one to approach unto God.
Question LIV
One asks, eighth: whether the Israelite people, on account of the idolatry of the golden calf, were cast out of the free condition which it had until then enjoyed, into a servile and slavish state? The very famous Cocceius, in order the more broadly and fully to distinguish the period of the promise from the period of the law, or of the Old Testament — which he begins with the golden calf — and in order the more to exalt the blessedness of the New Testament above the Old, holds that the fathers of both these earlier periods have indeed been equally under the guilt of sin, but that to the earlier ones that guilt was not imputed, while to the later ones, on account of their calf-guilt, it indeed was imputed; and that they, consequently, not only did not have the complete forgiveness of sins, nor such complete adoption, sanctification, and glorification as we have under the New Testament, and not only were under a somewhat harsher yoke of God, deprived of a settled conscience and of that trust and boldness to approach God which we enjoy under the New Testament — but also that they were placed under the servitude of the law and of the rudiments of the world, under a certain measure of the power and dominion of Satan, of angels, of magistrates, of elders, of priests, and of prophets, as under so-called gods; and that they, because of all these things, had a spirit of servitude unto fear, rather than the Spirit of adoption unto sons and of boldness.
The reasons of this very famous man, thus far — though for the rest, the other Reformed deny that the church of the Old Testament (that is, from the first gospel onward until the Messiah) has been under a certain servile state, and under the yoke of the ceremonial law, chiefly on account of the calf-worship, rather than because the church was still in a childlike condition, Gal. 4:1. Likewise they deny that the believers of the Old Testament have been under the servitude of guilt, under the dominion of Satan, of angels, of magistrates, of elders, etc., any more than we are under the New Testament: because (1) their guilt, as well as ours, was through the eternal suretyship transferred upon the coming Messiah, as we have shown, Book V, ch. II, §. XI and XVIII; that they, consequently, (2) have had as complete a forgiveness of their sins as we have, as we have shown and demonstrated with purpose and at length, Book VI, ch. VI; (3) that they, on account of the self-undertaken satisfaction, and the complete forgiveness thereby brought about, have been equally delivered from the fear of death and from the dominion of Satan, as we are; (4) because it cannot be shown that they were, any more than we, under the dominion of angels and men, as so-called gods; (5) because they generally, with great confidence, discover joy and trust in God — for example, Ps. 4:7-9; 5:12-13; 17:15; 18:2; 23; 27:1; 30:12-13; 31:4,8; 34:3,9; 36:8-11, etc.
Nevertheless they press for the contrary: (1) that guilt, until the satisfaction of Christ, was in and upon the world, Rom. 5:13. Answer: sin was indeed in the world, in and before the times of the Old Testament, even until Christ, but not imputed to believers, as we have shown and demonstrated in the place cited above, Book VI, ch. VI. (2) That they have been under God's wrath and pursuit, Dan. 8:19; Isa. 10:25, and especially ch. 54:7-8; Jer. 31:32 with Heb. 8:9. Answer: those passages do not speak of the whole duration of the Old Testament, but only of that portion of it in which He executed His temporal judgments upon Israel and Judah, by giving them over to their enemies. (3) That they have been under the curse, 2 Cor. 3:7,9; Gal. 3:10-13. Answer: those passages do not speak specifically of the believers of the Old Testament, but of sinners, so long as they are under the covenant of works, apart from Christ. (4) That they did not have a settled, reconciled, restful, and perfect conscience, Heb. 9:14 and 10:1-3. Answer: (a) the contrary we have already shown just above; (b) the apostle only means to say that their conscience could not be made perfect and settled through the ceremonial sacrifices. (5) That they were under a continual fear of death, Heb. 2:14-15. Answer: Paul means nothing else than that believers of both testaments are delivered from the fear of death only through Christ. (6) That they, on account of the guilt lying upon them, were under a certain dominion of Satan, at least so as to have death announced against them, Rev. 3:9-10; Zech. 3:1. Answer: they have been under the tyranny of Satan in the same way as we are, insofar and as long as they, being outside of Christ, were not yet laid hold of by faith, Acts 26:18; 2 Tim. 2:25-26. (7) That they were under the dominion of angels, as elohim, "gods so called," Heb. 2:5. Answer: the apostle does not say that the old world was subjected to the angels, but that the world to come is subjected, not to angels, but to Christ alone, Matt. 28:18. (8) That they were under the dominion of magistrates, priests, and prophets, as so-called earthly gods, to whom was given authority, as it were, to require a handwriting, to press and compel to the service of God; and moreover, as the case required, to impose new ordinances besides the written law, and with authority to expound the mysteries of the faith and the riddles of Holy Scripture — so that the faith and obedience of the old church would have been subject to them, with a certain servility, as to their lords and masters, Matt. 23:2-4; 1 Cor. 2:6, "the rulers of this world," with Ps. 82:6 and Col. 2:15; Heb. 12:9-10. Answer: those passages breathe nothing less than what the brethren mean by them. (a) To "sit on Moses' seat," Matt. 23, means nothing else than, by virtue of office and duty, to expound and explain the teaching of Moses, out of Moses, and according to the mind of Moses. (b) "Gods" and "children of the Most High" are titles given not to the elders, priests, and prophets in the church, but to the magistrates of the civil state, Rom. 13:1,4; 1 Pet. 2:13. (c) Paul, by "the rulers of this world," 1 Cor. 2:6, does not mean the high priests, elders, and prophets of the Jews of the former age of the Old Testament, but the teachers of worldly and carnal wisdom. Thus too the apostle means (d) by "the principalities and powers" which Christ has despoiled, not the good angels, nor the priests and prophets of the old church, but the evil angels — compare Luke 11:22; John 14:30; Col. 1:13; Heb. 2:14; 1 John 3:8. Finally (e) that by "the fathers of our flesh," Heb. 12:9-10, are to be understood the elders and priests of the Old Testament, can be proven only by weak suppositions of that very famous man. Rather, as the very famous Cocceius himself acknowledges concerning this passage, one must understand by it the fathers according to the flesh, as set over against the Father of spirits. Finally (9) that they, on account of all the foregoing, had a spirit of servitude unto fear, Rom. 8:15; 2 Tim. 1:7. Answer: they truly had this, and we have the same under the New Testament, insofar as the Spirit of servitude unto fear signifies that working of the Holy Spirit which drives the sinner to Christ, by bringing home to him an acknowledgment and sense of sin and misery, together with a humbling and abasement, Acts 2:37; 9:4-6; 16:29-30; Luke 18:13; Matt. 5:4(?) with Ps. 34:18(?) and 51:17. The particular points of this, which would constitute their own several controversies, we cannot, for lack of space, examine each one more distinctly here.
The Practical Part
The practical reflection of the preceding chapter can, with the necessary adjustment, be conveniently and easily carried over to this one. The necessity of brevity forbids setting forth separately the practical reflection proper to each particular age within this period. This whole period, first of all, commends and enjoins upon us the study and consideration of the Old Testament, John 5:39; 2 Pet. 1:19-21; Luke 24:25-27. For (I) the Old Testament holds the very same covenant of grace which the New holds, Acts 15:11; 1 Cor. 10:1-4 — so that Novatian, in Tertullian (De Trinitate, ch. IX-X), rightly warns that in the gospel no other Christ was to be expected than the one who is promised in the Holy Scriptures of the Old Testament; most of all, because the things that were foretold concerning Him have been fulfilled, and the things that have been fulfilled were foretold beforehand. (II) Because, just as the New Testament is full of Moses and the Prophets, so the Old Testament is full of Christ and of the gospel. Of this Paul testifies, that he had said nothing beyond Moses and the Prophets, Acts 26:22. (III) Because the Old and the New Testament mutually confirm and establish each other's truth and authority; and likewise because, carefully compared with one another, they most powerfully convince us of the truth of the gospel, Acts 17:11; John 5:39. For they set forth one and the same covenant, confirmed by the death of one and the same Testator, except that, as to the manner of administration, they are two testaments: the Old, promising the Testator in and through types; the New, exhibiting the same in truth, Col. 2:17; Heb. 8:5 and 1:1. (IV) Because we can in no way be assured that Jesus, who in the New Testament is revealed and set forth as the Testator, is the true Messiah, except from the requirements laid down concerning the Messiah, which the Old Testament sets before us. (V) Because we can in no way convince the Jews concerning the truth of our Messiah, and of the whole New Testament, except by comparison with the Old Testament, John 5:39; Luke 24:25-27. (VI) Because the Old Testament is the foundation of the New, and the New the fulfillment and perfection of the Old. Because also the New Testament lies hidden in the Old, just as the Old Testament lies open in the New. Furthermore, because the New Testament is veiled in the Old, just as the Old is unveiled and revealed in the New — so that rightly neither does the authority of the Old Testament, concerning the person of Christ, waver, while it is upheld by the revelation of the New Testament, nor is the force and power of the New Testament taken away, since its truth rests upon the roots of the Old Testament. As Novatian, in Tertullian (De Trinitate, XXV), aptly and sensibly says.
Second, this reflection sets before us the all-wise household government of God, in His Israelite family, which Scripture everywhere, deliberately and at length, extols — for example, Deut. 32:7-15; Isa. 5:1-2; Ezek. 16:2-15, etc. This household government has had (I) a most powerful and most wise preservation of Israel, in its heaviest and most perilous afflictions, in Egypt, in the wilderness, in Canaan, in the Babylonian captivity. It has had (II) a most bountiful provision in the wilderness, through the manna, Exod. 16; Deut. 8:3; through the quails, Num. 11:31-32; Ps. 105:40; through the water from the rock, Exod. 17:6; Num. 20:8-12; Ps. 78:15-16 and 105:41 and 114:8; through the preservation of their clothing, Deut. 29:5. It has had (III) a most wise governance and rule, through the most just moral, ceremonial, and civil laws, Deut. 4:8; Exod. 19-20. It has had (IV) a most powerful defense and protection against so many and so mighty enemies, Num. 13:29, etc. — so that from all these things we may perceive and understand the happiness of Israel, and of all those who belong to God's household and have and hold Him as their God, Ps. 33:12,18.
Third, the reflection commends to us God's faithfulness and constancy in keeping and fulfilling His promises, Deut. 8:18; Ps. 105:8,10 and 106:45, whereby He — for example — so precisely fulfilled the promise made to Abraham, to lead his offspring out of Egypt and to give them the land of Canaan, Gen. 15:13, that He led them out of Egypt with a strong hand in the very same year that He had foretold. Likewise the promise made to David and to his seed, 2 Sam. 7:11-17; 1 Chron. 17:11-14; Ps. 89:4-5 and 132:11-14, concerning the establishing of David's throne in twenty-two kings of Judah who would come from David, over the course of some four centuries. Likewise the promise made to the Jews, both before and during the captivity, to preserve them under the hardest bondage and to bring them back, after seventy years, into their fatherland. So that the church of God, and all true believers, have in the divine promises an immovable foundation, upon which they can safely rest and lean, under all manner of anxieties and distresses, Ps. 46; Matt. 16:18, etc.
It also sets before us, fourth, God's strictness — and that without respect of persons — in searching out and punishing the sins of His own household, Amos 3:1-2. It sets this before us, I say: (I) in the wilderness, when He visited and punished Israel's manifold murmurings — now for lack of food, now for lack of drink, etc., and likewise for their rebellions, their calf-idolatry, and other transgressions — now with the sword, Exod. 32:27-29, now with fiery serpents, Num. 21:6, etc. Again (II) in Canaan, when He gave the Israelites over into bondage on account of their falling away from God through idolatrous fellowship with the Canaanites and other transgressions — now to the king of Mesopotamia, Chushan-rishathaim, Judg. 3:8; now to the king of the Moabites, Eglon, ibid.; now to the king of the Canaanites, Jabin, Judg. 4; now to the king of the Midianites, ibid., ch. 6; now to the Philistines and Ammonites, ch. 10:8; now again to the Philistines, 1 Sam. 31. Further (III) under the kings — Saul, 1 Sam. 15; and David, indeed in David himself, for his adultery with Bathsheba and his murder of Uriah, chastised with the heaviest domestic calamities and miseries: in the violation of his daughter Tamar by her brother Amnon, 2 Sam. 13; in the murder of his son Amnon by his brother Absalom, ibid.; in the conspiracy of his son Absalom against his father, and in his flight, 2 Sam. 15-18, and in Absalom's own destruction and death, which was so bitter to the father, ibid.; in a three-year famine, on account of Saul's cruelty toward the Gibeonites, 2 Sam. 21; in a three-day pestilence, 2 Sam. 24, for the numbering of the people. Under Solomon, for idolatry, wantonness, and excess which he indulged, through the tearing of the kingdom, likewise through Hadad the Edomite, Rezon, and Jeroboam, who rebelled, 1 Kings 11. Under his successors, He indeed avenged Israel's calf-idolatry and Baal-worship, and its other transgressions, with an everlasting casting off and scattering, among the Assyrians and elsewhere, 2 Kings 18; but besides this He chastised the various idolatries of Judah with a most severe captivity of seventy years, 2 Kings 25; Jer. 52. Finally (IV) after the despising and rejecting of Christ, also that same people's mournful uprooting and dispersion by Titus, the son of Vespasian, foretold by Christ, Luke 19:42; Matt. 23:37-38. From all these and many other examples it cannot be otherwise but that God's strictness, and that without respect of persons, must be plain as noonday — to the end that we might fear and revere God, and carefully keep ourselves from sin, Jer. 7:12-14 and 26:6,9; Ps. 78:60.
Fifth, it shows us also, as in a certain mirror, the mercy of God, in bearing with and forgiving the sins of His people, when it repents and turns. Which divine mercy Moses very expressly sets forth, Exod. 34:6-7, and which God Himself promises, 2 Sam. 7:14-15. Which He has also abundantly shown and proved, both (I) in the wilderness, by forgiving, at Moses' intercession, Israel's manifold murmurings, and especially the idolatry of the golden calf, Exod. 32:11-14; as also (II) in Canaan, by delivering the repenting Israelites, again and again, when because of their sins they had been given over into the bondage of their enemies, through the sending of deliverers; then (III) under the kings, by likewise powerfully delivering them from the Philistines and other neighboring enemies, through Samuel, Saul, David, Jehoshaphat, and others; finally (IV) by also dissolving, at the appointed and determined time, the Babylonian captivity, and restoring the people to their former freedom. All of which things set forth and represent the divine mercy to this end, that we should not despair in our sins, but that through a living faith, a sincere repentance, and fervent prayers, we should take refuge in it after our sins are committed.
It shows us, sixth, God's infinite power in delivering and preserving His church from the assaults and attacks of her most powerful enemies, Ps. 77:15(?), which He has shown and proved (I) in Egypt, by avenging, with ten dreadful plagues, the wrongs and persecutions done to His people, and by leading them through the Red Sea, Exod. 6:6(?); Deut. 4:34, etc. (II) In the wilderness, by upholding and protecting Israel against the fiercest assaults of her enemies, and bringing her over the Jordan into the promised land of Canaan. (III) In Canaan, by subduing, through Joshua, for the benefit and service of His church, so many and so mighty kings, and also, so often and in so wonderful a manner, restoring her from bondage to her freedom. (IV) Likewise under the kings; and especially (V) in the Babylonian captivity, by so powerfully bending the hearts of the monarchs, to grant Israel their return to their fatherland, and also so generously to furnish the costs for the restoration of the Temple and the city. (VI) By, in the times of the Maccabees, so powerfully restoring to their freedom the Israelites who had been trodden down and trampled by Antiochus Epiphanes. Which power God has so many times, and in so many ways, made so abundantly manifest, to the end that in dark matters, however troubling they may be, we should not cast away our courage, but should place and hold our trust in Jehovah, the sole refuge and rock of our salvation and blessedness.
Finally, seventh, this period discloses, above all, the fortunes and vicissitudes of the church: namely, how she strives, through narrow and troubled circumstances, toward glorious and excellent things; how she is often pressed down, but never crushed; how she works her way out of the depths of misery, by God's grace, to the very height of well-being, and overcomes it. Which likewise appears more clearly than the sun in Israel's state, condition, and fortunes — which were often so lamentable and pitiable, indeed as it were altogether desperate — in Egypt, in the wilderness, in Canaan, in the Babylonian captivity, in the oppressions under Antiochus Epiphanes, etc. To this end, that in the affairs and fortunes of the church, however troubled and desperate they may be, we should never cast away that hope of working free; but that we should call to mind the days of old, Ps. 22:5-6 and 77:12-13.
Chapter III: On the Dispensation under Christ
On Jer. 31:31-35.
Behold, the days come, saith the LORD, that I will make a new covenant with the house of Israel, and with the house of Judah: not according to the covenant that I made with their fathers, in the day that I took them by the hand to bring them out of the land of Egypt; because they broke my covenant: — but this is the covenant: I will put my law in their inward parts, and write it in their hearts.
There follows the period of the New Testament. We have examined the period of the Old Testament, according to two ages, over six epochs; there now follows the period of the New Testament, or the dispensation of the covenant of grace under Christ, which is to last until the last judgment. For the consideration of this we shall lay our foundation in the exposition of the words found at Jer. 31:31-35.
The Explanatory Part
I-II. The Text and Its Exposition
In these words is contained a promise concerning the making of a new covenant. Here occur:
1. The promised covenant, v. 31, concerning which is noted:
(1) The time of the making of the covenant: behold, the days come. "Behold," hinneh, is sent before to awaken attention, as to a rare promise, and one of great weight: yamim ba'im, "the days come." Yamim, days, or years — which in the broadest sense consist of whole, full days, that is, a "year of days," Gen. 24:55, or an unspecified time, Num. 8:17(?) — yet a short time, to be counted not so much by years or months as by days, Ps. 90:10. Ba'im, "they come," they are already on their way, they are already springing forth; thereby is signified a future time which nevertheless had already begun, namely, the time of the New Testament, which was not to be interrupted by any intervening period.
(2) The promise that that time shall be, ne'um Jehovah, "the saying of the LORD," or, "saith the LORD," or, "the promise of Jehovah is." The word ne'um, that is, the saying, the word, etc., is a term almost peculiar to the divine oracles. It indicates the certainty and infallibility of the things promised. Compare 1 Tim. 1:15 and 3:1. Of Jehovah — not a word, or the word of some man, who is powerless, fallible, and deceitful, but the word of Him who is the first being, indeed the first truth, who is both able to bring to pass what He promises, and also willing to do so.
(3) The promise itself: and I will cut, with the house of Israel and with the house of Judah, a new covenant. In this promise there is:
A. The act of covenant-making, promised with this word, ve-charatti, that is, "and I will cut," "hew out." The word carath is rendered by the Greeks by diatithemi, "I set up, I make" — in our translation of Heb. 8:9 by syntelein(?), "I bring about, I make." It properly means to cut off, to hew in pieces, to cut down, to hew into pieces, just as a branch of a tree is cut off or cut away, 1 Sam. 20:9(?)[unclear]. When it is joined with the word berith, that is, a covenant, it means "to strike, make, enter into a covenant, make an agreement," Gen. 15:18(?)[or similar]. For those who made a covenant first swore an oath, and then passed through the pieces of an animal that had been cut in two; as though they said: let him be hacked and hewn in pieces, let his limbs be divided into parts and pieces, let him become like that beast, whoever shall have broken the agreement, Jer. 34:18.
B. The contracting parties of this testamentary covenant:
a. God: "I will cut, I will hew out" — the same one, and "the saying of Jehovah." The Triune Jehovah: Jehovah the Father, who, in the eternal decree of election, sketched out and appointed the covenant which, in His own time, was to be established with the sinners to be redeemed. Jehovah the Son, who has taken upon Himself the surety for the sinner to be redeemed. Jehovah the Holy Spirit, who, according to that decree, instills and makes known the same in the hearts of those to be redeemed.
b. Men: "with the house of Israel, and with the house of Judah." The house of Israel is the kingdom of the ten tribes; the house of Judah is the kingdom of David — which two houses, after the dissolution of the Babylonian captivity, grew together in some measure into one, and more completely still under the New Testament, under which, nevertheless, must be comprehended all believers, even from among the Gentiles. Compare Rom. 11:17,25-26; Gal. 4:26 — namely, so that Jehovah might be one, and His name, that is, His worship, be one, Zech. 14:9.
C. The covenant made and established, berith chadashah, a new covenant.
a. The word berith, covenant, means sometimes a testament, or a disposition made by one person concerning his goods; more often a covenant, or an agreement of one with more than one, as we have noted elsewhere. Now the question might be, which of these two berith is to be understood as meaning in this place? There are those (I) who understand here a covenant, namely that of works, renewed at Sinai in the law of the ten commandments. There are those (II) who would rather understand here the covenant of grace, yet a national covenant, Exod. 19:5-6, which the Israelites broke by their idolatry, both with the golden calf and with Baal, of which we have already spoken under the preceding period. There are those (III) who wish to understand here the inward, particular covenant of grace, but insofar as it is administered in a more solemn manner, with and under ceremonial rites. It may fittingly enough be understood here as the whole Sinaitic covenant, insofar as it comprised in itself the establishing and confirming of the national covenant, chiefly through the civil laws; the renewal of the covenant of works, in the law of the ten commandments; and then also the renewal of the covenant of grace, in the ceremonial laws. And yet there is also no reason why we should not, by berith, also understand a testament, since that is nothing other than a dispensation of the covenant of grace, comprising, besides the covenant of grace itself as its matter, the manner of dispensing it, as its form, so that it be a covenantal testament.
b. A new covenant, chadashah. That is, an excellent covenant, in which sense that word occurs repeatedly in both testaments: a new song, Ps. 33:3; 40:3; 96:1; Rev. 5:9; a new commandment, John 13:34; 1 John 2:7-8. Or rather, another covenant, distinct from the preceding one, in which sense it occurs most often and generally, even in this very matter, Matt. 26:28; Luke 22:20. "Another" — not indeed with respect to the essence of the covenant of grace, which is one and the same through all the ages, Heb. 13:8, on account of which it is called an everlasting covenant, or an everlasting testament, in that same place, v. 20 — but with respect to the manner of administration, insofar as what was hitherto administered by means of various typical shadows shall once for all be administered without them.
II. The Rejected Testament
The rejected testament, which had formerly been established: "not according to the covenant," etc., v. 32 — namely, that which I formerly established at Sinai with your forefathers. Here is noted:
1. The time of this covenant, established but afterward rejected: "in the day when I took them by the hand." "In the day," that is, about that time, not precisely on that day, on which "I took hold of their hand," hechezik'i be-yadam, or made their hands strong, so that they should prevail. The word hhazak is a very emphatic word, and is for this reason translated by the LXX by hyperkratein, "to hold most firmly," and hyperischuein, "to prevail exceedingly." It signifies not merely to maintain and preserve strength already long possessed, but also to strengthen or increase it — whereby they, whether their enemies the Egyptians wished it or not, were able to go forth.
2. The end and aim, both of this covenant that was made, and of the strengthening of their hands, namely, their being brought out of Egypt: le-hotsi, "to bring out," "to lead out." It signifies that although He had strengthened their hands, yet by their own strength alone they would not have been able to go forth; and consequently that they had need to be brought out and led forth by Him.
3. The abolition and annulment of the covenant that had been made, which is twofold:
a. That on the part of the Israelites: "because they broke my covenant," heferu, "they made void," "they rendered powerless." The word parar means, "it was broken," "it was shattered" — from which comes hefir, "he broke," "he scattered," and, figuratively, "he made void," "he annulled," "he abolished." Paul renders it in Greek by katargein, Rom. 6:6, a word that in Latin may be translated by abrogare, otiosum, inutile facere, that is, "to abolish, to render empty, idle, and useless," or, as our own translators render Rom. 6:6, "to bring to nought." See also Gal. 5:4. This now took place through the violation of the national covenant, that is, through idolatry, both with the calf and with Baal.
b. That on the part of God: "and I ruled over them," ba'alti. This word is not rendered in one and the same way, nor understood in one and the same sense. For it sometimes means to be a married husband, to love mightily as one loves his wife, to have and to keep a marriage-covenant; and so the sense would be: although I loved them exceedingly, as a husband loves his wife — and then this would serve to aggravate the breach of the covenant, that although I loved them most tenderly, they nevertheless made that marriage-covenant void and annulled it, through their spiritual adultery, that is, their idolatry. Sometimes it means to rule, just as a husband rules over his wife, or as a master rules over his servant, by dealing harshly with him — and so the sense would be: then I also dealt more harshly with them, by executing my judgments upon them, which took place in the wilderness, and likewise in Canaan; then I too made void and annulled my marriage-covenant, or the national covenant, with them. This latter sense is not unfitting here, namely, to give a reason why He would make a new covenant — because the first, on both sides, was made void and annulled — which He confirms by His own trustworthiness, adding and repeating: "the saying of the LORD," or, "saith the LORD." From this the question might arise, whether that annulled covenant or testament began at Mount Sinai? Answer: this is not said in the text; only this, that it had a place at Sinai, and was broken by Israel — even though it began from Paradise, and was there, in a more solemn manner, through an added multitude of ceremonial rites, more solemnly renewed and restored.
III. The Benefits of the Promised Testament
The benefits of the promised testament are common to the covenant of grace at all times; but they are, in a special sense, proper to the New Testament, insofar as they would not only be imparted under it in a fuller measure, but also in a particular manner, without any intervening of typical ceremonies, altogether immediately, as Paul teaches, Heb. 8:6. These benefits are set forth in vv. 33-34, which, for brevity's sake, we shall draw together into these three:
1. Regeneration, insofar as this, in its very widest sense, denotes the whole working of the Holy Spirit concerning the inward part of the covenant people: namely, regeneration, more strictly so called, whereby God instills the first principle of spiritual life into those who are as yet spiritually dead; the converting change, whereby He raises up the instilled principle to the act of faith, repentance, and conversion; sanctification, whereby He brings forth and produces the fruits of the raised-up faith and conversion. This benefit the text binds and applies to two things:
a. To the understanding, v. 33: "I will put my law in their inward parts." Here the law which He promises, torathi, "my law," means both the whole doctrine concerning the knowing and serving of God, Ps. 19:7, and that part of it which prescribes duty, whether to do something or to refrain from something. This He promises that He will give, natatti, that is, that He, moved and impelled by pure and unmixed grace, will bring it about — and that be-kirbam, "in the midst of them," or "in their inward parts." That is, not merely by an outward instruction from men, as is explained in v. 34: "they shall teach no more every man his neighbor, and every man his brother," etc. — not that alone; nor yet merely by outward and ceremonial rites; but I will, besides this, put my law in their inward parts, by the immediate illumination of my Spirit, by means of which they shall know and discern spiritual things in a spiritual manner, 1 Cor. 2:14.
b. To the heart: "and I will write it in their heart," lebab. The heart commonly signifies all that is inward, as distinguished from the outward, Jer. 4:4(?); Matt. 12:34(?); and so this will be an explanation of the preceding clause. In its inward sense it generally denotes the will and the affections, Jer. 3:15; 2 Kings 10:15; Matt. 22:37. "I will write in the heart" — not, as formerly, on tables of stone, or on the golden plate upon the forehead of the high priest, Exod. 28:36, or on his breastplate, the Urim and Thummim, ibid., v. 15 — but in the heart itself, so as to instill therein a new, inclining disposition, turning toward me and toward my law, which in that time shall generally be far more heartfelt, earnest, and fervent than it is now.
2. Communion with God. Of this there is a twofold relation, namely:
a. From God, toward His people: "and I will be to them a God" — namely, after regeneration, for we are by nature children of wrath. It is the same promise, and the essence of the same covenant, which was formerly made to Abraham and to his believing seed, Gen. 17:7 — so emphatic and so forceful, that above it none greater can either exist or be conceived, whereby God, as God, promises Himself, wholly and entirely, as great and as glorious as He is, to the covenant people. Compare Gen. 15:1; Ps. 73:25-26.
b. From the people, in turn, toward and upon God: "and they shall be to me a people." These words may be understood and taken either as a portion of the divine promise, whereby He will hold them for His people, or rather, as a mutual requirement — namely, that if they will be to me a people, if they will devote and surrender themselves to me, just as I will devote and surrender myself to them. In this way the manner and mode of a covenant will be shown more distinctly, as requiring an agreement in and to the mutual promises and demands.
3. The forgiveness of sins, whereby two things are promised, which nevertheless come to the same thing.
a. A reconciliation, or a being gracious: "for I will be merciful to their iniquity." Eslach, "I will atone," "I will be gracious." The word salach is very often used in the law of that forgiveness which takes place after the offering of sacrifice, or after the intercession and mediation of the priest, Lev. 4:20,26,31 and 5:10,13,16,18, to signify a reconciliation on account of, and by virtue of, a preceding sacrifice, which stands as a meriting cause of the forgiveness. Thus there is here promised the offering and satisfaction of Christ, who is the propitiation and the mercy-seat, 1 John 2:2 and 4:10; Heb. 9:5; Rom. 3:25 — without and apart from which forgiveness neither does nor can take place. The word avon, translated "iniquity," signifies first the guilt, the perversity and wickedness itself, 1 Sam. 25:24, and then, by a figure, the punishment, Isa. 53:6; Ps. 31:10(?); Gen. 19:15. And in the first sense it denotes not merely light sins arising from error, mistake, and weakness, but those committed with forethought and deliberate wickedness. The word stands in the singular, avon, "iniquity," yet in a collective sense, so that by it is meant all sin, both original, Ps. 51:5, and actual, Num. 30:15(?), etc. "Their," namely, of those with whom the covenant is to be established — distinctly, not of all and at the same time, John 17:9: "I pray not for the world."
b. A forgiveness on account of, and by virtue of, that reconciliation, whereby the guilt and the punishment of the covenant people are taken away: "and I will remember their sin no more." Certainly not that He had, up to now, been mindful of the sins of believers — for indeed, "He has not beheld iniquity in Jacob," Num. 23:21; Ps. 130:3(?) — but because He forgives, and will forgive, so completely, as though He no longer even had any memory of it, Ps. 25:7. Now all these benefits of the New Testament are not so bound and fastened to the times of the now-established Christ, that they would be excluded from the preceding times — for who would dare say that regeneration, communion with God, and the forgiveness of sins had no place before the coming of Christ? It is only signified thereby, that these benefits would be brought, to those who were to become covenant people under the New Testament, in an altogether different manner than they had hitherto been brought — namely, without so many toilsome sacrifices, without such dreadful slaughters, and without that unbearable ceremonial yoke, as the apostle teaches, Heb. 9:7 with ch. 10:1.
The Doctrinal Part
III. The Seventh and Most Perfect Dispensation
The seventh and most perfect dispensation of the covenant of grace, accordingly, takes place under the New Testament, after the Mediator of the covenant has now already been revealed and set forth — of whom it is foretold, Dan. 9:24-27, that in that time He would finish the transgression, seal up sin, make reconciliation for iniquity, and bring in an everlasting righteousness, and thereby confirm the covenant of grace. This dispensation is called, at one time (I), the New Testament, Jer. 31:31; Heb. 8:6-8 — and indeed a testament, because it administers, establishes, and confirms the covenant of grace, being ratified by the blood of the Testator, not a typical blood, but His true and actual blood, Matt. 26:28; Luke 22:20 with Heb. 9:16-17. Yet a new testament, not merely with reference to the old, now grown obsolete, Heb. 8:13, nor merely because it is a most excellent testament — in which sense new things are commonly said in Scripture to be more excellent, Ps. 33:3; 96:1; 1 John 2:7-8 — but chiefly because it shall remain ever new, until the consummation of the world, and shall never, like the old, grow old and be abolished. At another time (II) it is called the second testament, Heb. 8:7, with reference to the first, which has been abolished. Then again (III), a better testament, Heb. 8:6 and 7:22. Also (IV) an everlasting testament, Heb. 13:20 — inasmuch as (1) it bestows an inheritance which shall be pursued throughout all eternity, Heb. 8:10-12 with Gen. 17:7; and (2) inasmuch as it shall last to the end of the ages, without any change, 2 Cor. 3:11.
IV. Its Nature
This testament, then, is for us nothing other than this world's last and most perfect renewal and dispensation of the covenant of grace, resting upon its own Testator, now already set forth — crucified, buried, raised, glorified, and seated at the right hand of God, and from thence pouring out, in a fuller and more abundant measure, His Spirit, and through Him uniting Israel with Judah, so that, together with the elect from among the Gentiles, out of every nation, there might grow together one complete body.
V. Causes
The efficient cause of this is the Triune God: (I) the Father, as Jehovah, the first and supreme originator, in the order of the household of the Godhead, Jer. 31:31,33 — insofar as He takes it upon Himself (a) to become the covenant-God, in Christ His only Son, for all those who shall have received Him, as the supreme end, and His Son as the sole Mediator, with a true faith, 2 Cor. 6:18; (b) to give His Son as an all-sufficient Redeemer, John 3:16; Rom. 8:32, who should become for them wisdom, righteousness, sanctification, and redemption, 1 Cor. 1:30, that they might be complete in Him, Col. 2:10; (c) that He will add to this His Spirit, Luke 11:13; Eph. 3:14-16; (d) that He will be a Justifier of those who shall have believed in Him and in His Son, Rom. 3:24-26; (e) that He will bless them with every spiritual and heavenly blessing, in Christ, Eph. 1:3; Titus 3:4-7. Then (2) the Son, Heb. 9:15-17, who here takes it upon Himself: (a) that He will purchase them by His death and blood, John 10:11,18; Heb. 10:5,6,8,9; Eph. 5:2; Acts 20:28; 1 John 1:7; and thereby (b) will deliver them from the power of all their spiritual enemies — sin, Satan, etc. — and reconcile them again to the Father, Acts 26:17-18; Rom. 5:1-2,10-11; 2 Cor. 5:20-21; (c) that He will bring in eternal life, John 10:27-29; (d) that He will be to them the way to the Father, John 14:6. Finally (3), the Holy Spirit, Heb. 10:14-17, who here takes it upon Himself: (a) that He will regenerate them, convert them, cleanse them from their defilements, and restore in them the image of God, 1 Cor. 6:11; John 3:3,5; Titus 3:5; Gal. 5:22; (b) that He will teach and lead them into all truth, that they may walk in the truth, according to the Spirit, John 16:13; Rom. 8:1; Gal. 5:25; (c) that He will strengthen them with all might in the inward man, Eph. 3:16; (d) that He will seal to them their adoption as children, and every sort of spiritual good, with His witness, seal, and pledge, Rom. 8:16; Eph. 1:13-14; (e) that He will be present with them, in all manner of adversities, as their comforter, teacher, and guide, John 14:16-18; Rom. 8:23,26-27.
The moving cause, as it were, both for the promising and for the entering into this new dispensation of the covenant of grace, has been (1) from without: (a) the most wretched, most miserable, and most afflicted condition — of Israel, long since scattered and dispersed through the lands of Assyria by Shalmaneser, on account of its many breaches of covenant, its idolatries, and other abominations, 2 Kings 17:1-24 and 18:9-13; as well as of Judah, either still to be carried away, or already carried away into the Babylonian captivity. To this God, for their comfort, promises this new covenant-making, and in it, deliverance from every kind of spiritual misery, Jer. 31:31-35. Then (b) the natural imperfection of the Old Testament, and its insufficiency unto salvation, Heb. 7:18-19 and 8:6. Further (c) the very great weight of our spiritual misery, arising from sin, from every kind of death, from God's wrath, and from eternal ruin, which could not be wholly taken away except by this new covenant-making, and its administration through the Son of God Himself. Compare Rom. 5:12-14; 6:23 and 3:9-20; Eph. 2:1-3; Gal. 3:10 with Acts 4:11-12; 2 Cor. 5:21; Gal. 3:13-14. But (2) the inward moving cause has not been some righteousness or merit, by virtue of any worthiness — whether of the Israelites, or of the Jews, and still much less of the Gentiles — as it were rewarding this dispensation of the covenant of grace as a wage; but His pure and unmixed mercy.
VI. Parties
The parties to this covenant-making are either the outermost — namely, God and man — or the middle one, namely, the Mediator, God and man together. Among the outermost parties, the chief is (I) God alone, the same one whom we have already said above to have been the author of it, and that as Jehovah — a name which God Himself, in this covenant-making, impresses three times, Jer. 31:33; Heb. 8:9-10, so as thereby to signify the Trinity. (II) The lesser party is the house of Israel and the house of Judah, Jer. 31:31; Heb. 8:8 — and this, whether collectively, as denoting the whole Jewish people, originally sprung from Israel, Ps. 25:22 and 128:6; Isa. 1:3; Matt. 8:10; Luke 1:10; Rom. 9:31 — or distinctly, as it denotes a kingdom set over against the kingdom of Judah, Jer. 3:6 and 51:5 — or, in a more general sense, the whole church, gathered from Jews and Gentiles together, Gal. 6:16; Hos. 1:11; Zech. 8:19(?). It is, indeed, in this very widest sense that it must be taken in this matter of the covenant-making, namely, to signify Jews and Gentiles united into one and the same Christian church. Between these outermost parties there comes a middle one, namely, the Mediator of the New Covenant, 1 Tim. 2:5; Heb. 8:6 and 9:15 and 12:24 — Jesus Christ, the once-promised, but now come, and already-set-forth, Messiah. Of whose names, person, offices, states (of humiliation and exaltation), and ransom-redemption, accomplished through satisfaction and merit, we have treated at length in the whole of the Fifth Book.
VII. Contents of the Covenant-Making
The content of this covenant-making comprises (I), on the one side, the divine promises — namely, those three which we have already listed above in the Explanatory Part: (1) regeneration, conversion, illumination; (2) communion with God; (3) the forgiveness of sins. Under which is comprehended everything that pertains, and may be desired, both here and hereafter, to a good life and to godliness, unto the fullest and most perfect blessedness. (II) On the other side, the mutual duties required of men, which answer to the divine promises, and are, in their own way, comprised and contained within them: to the end that we might understand and grasp that the duties, which by this covenant-making are expected of the elect who shall enter into this covenant, are not expected to be brought about by their own strength, but by the very grace of the covenant itself. Among these is (1) the first and fundamental duty, by which it shall be a covenant: true and living faith. For while God promises, He certainly requires faith, whereby the promise is received; and while He promises the forgiveness of sins, He certainly requires faith, whereby we must lay hold of His satisfaction and merits, without which no forgiveness can be understood, Acts 10:43. Then (2) the second duty is conversion, Ezek. 36:31. For while He promises the forgiveness of sins, does He not thereby require that the covenant people hate and flee from it? While He promises that He will take away the heart of stone, and give in its place a heart of flesh, does He not require a sense of, and sorrow for, and a turning from, their former stubbornness and obstinacy? Further (3) the third duty is a conformity to His law, in heart and in life, both with respect to inward disposition and with respect to outward conduct and conversation. For while He promises that He will put His law within them, and write it in their hearts, does He not require that they conform and order themselves according to those laws? Especially since He expressly promises that He will cause them to walk in His statutes, Ezek. 36:27. Moreover (4) the fourth duty is an entire self-denial, and a dedication of oneself to God: for while He promises that He will be to them a God, does He not in the same breath require that they, in turn, on their part, be to Him a people — that is, that they deny themselves, and dedicate and surrender themselves to God? Luke 9:23. Finally (5), an earnest desire, zeal, and exercise to know God more and more; for while He expressly promises this — "they shall all know me, from the least of them to the greatest" — does He not, by that very fact, expect this of them?
VIII. The Difference and Preeminence of the New Testament above the Old
Since, then, these things also belong and are proper to the Old Testament, in its own way, they show sufficiently that the New does not differ from the Old in essentials, but only in circumstances, with respect to the new and far more perfect manner of administration: namely, (I) insofar as it is ratified and confirmed by the blood and death of the now already-set-forth Mediator, who hitherto had only been awaited. Whereas the faith of believers of old was fixed upon a Messiah still to come, who would offer Himself for the sins of His people, Isa. 53:10; John 8:36; Acts 15:11 — the faith of the New Testament rests and leans upon a Messiah now present, upon His sacrifice already offered, and upon Him as now already glorified, John 1:14; Acts 13:31-34; Rom. 10:9; 1 Tim. 3:16; Heb. 2:11-14; 1 John 4:2. (II) The doctrine of the gospel is more fully, more distinctly, and more clearly revealed under the New Testament, whereas it was formerly presented in a more obscure, confused, and general manner, John 3:19; 2 Cor. 3:18; 2 Pet. 1:19. (III) The promises of the New Testament are purely spiritual and heavenly promises, Rom. 3:25(?) and 5:1-2; Eph. 1:3; Heb. 6:11, whereas they were formerly wrapped up with the temporal blessings of the land of Canaan, etc., Gen. 15:5-8 and 17:2,7-8; Ps. 105:8,11; Deut. 28:1-14. (IV) The service of the New Testament is a true and spiritual service, whereas it was formerly typical and shadowy, John 1:14,17 and 4:21,23; Gal. 3:24-25 and 4:1-9; Heb. 9:1-12 and 10:1-10. (V) The church of the New Testament, without any regard to persons or places, is spread over the whole earth, Isa. 2:2; Jer. 3:17; Mal. 1:11; Matt. 28:19; Rom. 10:18 and 15:8-12; Col. 1:23; Rev. 7:9 — whereas it was formerly confined and limited within the one land of Judea, and a few fellow-countrymen, Deut. 33:4(?); Ps. 76:1-2 and 147:19-20; Rom. 3:1-2. (VI) The spiritual gifts are distributed in a fuller measure and greater variety under the New Testament than under the Old, Isa. 11:6(?); Joel 2:28; John 7:38-39; Acts 2:4,16-17,33; 1 Cor. 12:4-10. (VII) The efficacy of the Spirit, in the use of the gifts of grace, is observed to be greater under the New Testament than under the Old, Acts 2:41; 4:4; 8:6,12; 9:35; 10:24,26; 19:20. (VIII) The continuance of this dispensation shall last until the last judgment, Matt. 28:18-20; 1 Cor. 11:26; Eph. 4:11,13, when the preceding dispensation, this one having come, shall have served its purpose, Heb. 8:7-8. Finally, (IX) the liberty is now, under the New Testament, far greater than it formerly was under the Old Testament, insofar as here the church is treated as a son come of age, Gal. 4:1,4-5, whereas there she was and was treated as being in some sense a servant, kept under the disciplinary rule of the ceremonial law, Acts 15:10.
IX. The Beginning of the New Testament
This period we must consider both with respect to its terminus from which, or its beginning, and with respect to its terminus to which, or its ending. As to its beginning, the New Testament has taken its start, speaking generally, when the Old Testament ceased: "the days come," Jer. 31:31 with Heb. 8:7-8. More particularly: (I) as to its foundation, in the birth of the Mediator, whereby He was given to the world as a Savior, John 3:16, whereby God was manifested in the flesh, 1 Tim. 3:16. (II) As to its preparation, when the given Mediator began to be made known to the world, through the preaching of His forerunner, John the Baptist, Mal. 3:1; Isa. 40:3 with Matt. 3:11-13; John 1:6-8,27-29. (III) As to its ratification, which took place in the death of Christ, when Christ cried out, "It is finished," John 19:30 — namely the Old Testament — when the veil was torn, Matt. 27:51; Mark 15:38 with 2 Cor. 3; when the seal of the Old Testament, namely the Passover, was abolished, and in its place was set up the seal of the New Testament, namely the Holy Supper, Matt. 26:17-31(?); when God rejected the sacrifices of the Old Testament, Heb. 10:7-11; when the New Testament was consecrated and sanctified by the blood of the New Testament, Matt. 26:28 with Heb. 10:18; when the last will of the Testator was confirmed and ratified by His own death, Heb. 9:18-20; when the Testator laid upon His apostles the charge to proclaim the gospel over the whole earth, Matt. 28:16-20. Finally, (IV) as to the solemn proclamation or publication of the gospel, which took place on the day of Pentecost, Acts 2:1-3,5.
X. The Duration of the New Testament
The duration of the New Testament, with respect to its terminus to which, or its ending, shall be the coming of Christ at the last judgment, when the age of eternity shall take its beginning. The years of this duration no one can number or determine, Matt. 24:36; Mark 13:32. Meanwhile the divine revelation given to John sets forth the chapters of its fortunes and vicissitudes through certain fixed intervals of time, such that according to these the whole thread of the history may fittingly be arranged. Although the interpreters of this writing do not all proceed in the same manner: for there are those (1) who hold that in its prophetic part a certain succession is set forth, concerning the future fortunes of the church, down to the end of the ages — so that first the seven seals are opened one after another; then, at the opening of the seventh seal, the seven trumpets are heard sounding one after another; finally, at the sound of the seventh trumpet, the seven vials are poured out upon the throne of the beast: so Piscator, Brightman, Napier. There are those (II) who make the seven seals simultaneous with the seven trumpets, signifying one and the same thing, which afterward, from the twelfth chapter onward, would be more clearly represented through other apocalyptic visions: so Pareus. There are those (III) who hold that in the prophetic part a double prediction is contained: the one concerning the fortunes of the Roman Empire, from chapter IV to chapter XII exclusive; the other concerning the disturbances and upheavals of the church under that empire, from chapter XII to the end of the book: so also Joseph Mede, in his Apocalyptic Key. We shall not sit as judges in this somewhat differing matter; it will be enough for us, with the agreement of all, to have listed seven notable intervals, to which the whole history of the New Testament can fittingly be brought. I would not dare to flatter myself that it shall come to pass that, in my joining together of the times with the apocalyptic mysteries — the seals, trumpets, etc. — I shall wholly satisfy the reader; since so great a diversity of opinion is observed here, that there are almost as many opinions as there are heads of interpreters, so much so that not only have some very learned interpreters chosen to abstain from expounding this book, but also, when they wished to name a certain wiseacre, they had a proverb for it: "this fellow will explain the Revelation to us." Nevertheless, since amid so great a diversity it stands beyond doubt that by these apocalyptic matters a succession of time is shadowed forth — so that we might in some measure know, from Holy Scripture, the fortunes of the church of the New Testament — we have judged that we ought to undertake something here, especially because, if we shall have missed the mark, this will be without great harm to the reader, who will nevertheless have and know the affairs of the church, whether they belong to this apocalyptic mystery or to another. Therefore, just as we have assigned the affairs of the church of the Old Testament to six distinct dispensations of the covenant of grace, so we shall likewise assign the affairs of the New Testament to six apocalyptic intervals, or ages — reserving, however, the seventh age of the church for eternity, of which we shall speak in a following, separate chapter. With each age we shall append the apocalyptic words.
The First Age of the New Testament
The first age of the New Testament corresponds, without doubt, to the opening of the first seal, which is set forth at Rev. 6:1-2. Here the first seal signifies the gospel of fulfillment, which had hitherto been kept hidden, both from Jews and from Gentiles, Rom. 16:25; Eph. 1:9 and 3:9; Col. 1:26; 2 Tim. 1:10; Titus 1:2 — although the gospel of promise had, though more obscurely, on account of the ceremonial shadows and as it were under a veil, been known to the Jews. He who opens this seal is the Lamb — that Lamb who takes away the sins of the world, John 1:29, of old prefigured by the Passover lamb, 1 Cor. 5. The opening of the seal, done by the Lamb, is the first revelation of His gospel, effected both immediately, by Christ Himself proclaiming the gospel with His own living voice, Mark 1:14, and mediately, through His servants, the prophets, apostles, evangelists, and through the whole ministry of the New Testament, Eph. 4:11-13. The preacher who called John to attention was the first of the four living creatures, the lion, which signifies the one who evangelizes and raises up and lifts the people, to come with John and see the mystery that was to be revealed, with a lion-hearted courage, that is, with an undaunted spirit. The voice, or roar, of this lion is like a thunderclap, terrifying the minds of the hearers, Isa. 30:30(?); compare Ps. 104:7(?); Rev. 14:2 and 19:16. The vision itself displays a horse, signifying those by whose agency the Rider has conquered, that is, has subdued and brought under His sway His enemies, Rom. 15:16,18-19 — and indeed a white horse, upon which conquerors and those who celebrate a triumph were accustomed to be carried, signifying the purity and whiteness of those who serve the Rider in His victories, 2 Cor. 2:15(?). The Rider, seated upon the horse, is either Christ Himself — as we have said above, from Rom. 15:16,18-19 — directing the ministry, and making it prosper, or the almighty providence of God, making it fruitful and prosperous by His blessing. The bow is a weapon of war, striking suddenly, and reaching even what is far off, penetrating to the inmost parts; this signifies all the weapons of the spiritual warfare, 2 Cor. 10:4-5, among which is chiefly the evangelical word of the New Testament, which in this time arose. The crown given to the Rider is a token of honor, both of a kingdom, and of victory, in the founding of His kingdom, that is, in the founding of the churches, brought about in this time throughout Asia, Africa, and Europe. His going forth has been threefold: the first from the Father, by eternal generation, Mic. 5:2; the other from His mother, by His birth in time; the third out of Judea, and indeed out of Jerusalem, unto the whole earth, for the proclamation of the gospel — and the victory: "He went forth conquering," namely, Satan, sin, and the world, 1 Cor. 15:54-56, conquering hearts, Jer. 20:7(?), and, that He might conquer, both the faithlessness of the Jews and the idols of the Gentiles; then also persecution, until the last judgment. All these matters will be taken up again more fully and at greater length in what follows.
XII. The Founding of the Christian Church
The first period, then, of the church of the New Testament is shadowed forth by the opening of the first apocalyptic seal. Under it occurs (I) the beginning of the Christian era, both the true one, which must be reckoned from the true birthday of Christ, and the common one, otherwise called the Dionysian, according to the reckoning of Dionysius Exiguus ("the little"), a Roman abbot, who lived in the time of the Emperor Justinian, and which corresponds to the year of the world 3946, according to Calvisius and others. (II) The birth of Christ, which is the foundation of this reckoning, when Christ came in the flesh — before which had gone: (1) the fullness of time, Gal. 4:4, the seventy weeks of Daniel being fulfilled, ch. 9:25, the scepter having departed from Judah, with Herod the Idumean, Gen. 49:10, so that the Jewish government was to endure only a little while longer, John 18:31 and 19:7; (2) the census of the Roman world, Luke 2:1, taken by Augustus through Cyrenius or Quirinius, specially sent for this purpose, on account of which he is called by Luke "the first"; (3) the betrothal of Mary to Joseph, who were of the same tribe, both originally of the tribe of Judah, though not of the same family, since Mary was descended from David through his son Nathan, but Joseph through Solomon; (4) the evangelical announcement made to the betrothed Mary, concerning her conception and the bearing of the Messiah. The birth itself took place under the reign of Herod the Great, Matt. 2, the year of it being uncertain; under the reign, likewise, of Augustus, Luke 2, though the year of this too is uncertain, since the years of Augustus are reckoned in different ways — wherefore all that is disputed concerning the months, the day, and the hour of Christ's birth remains uncertain. But all the rest that pertains to the Messiah — namely, His names, His person, both natures and their union, His offices and both states, of humiliation and of exaltation, His birth, life, death, resurrection, ascension, session at the right hand of God, and other matters besides — we have already treated at length and with purpose in the Fifth Book of this theology, which, for brevity's sake, we shall not here repeat. (III) The seventh, last, most perfect dispensation, which is to last to the end of the ages, of which we have spoken in the preceding Explanatory and Doctrinal sections of this chapter. (IV) The rejection of the Jewish church and religion, and the consequent uprooting of city and temple, with the scattering of the people — to which various matters gave occasion, namely, the Roman occupation, after Pilate; the hated rule of Marullus, Cuspius Fadus, Porcius Festus, Albinus, and finally Gessius Florus; the various undertakings of the Herods, Antipas, Agrippa, and the younger Agrippa; the factions of the high priests; the frenzied and stubborn agitations of the Zealots. Occasion was given by the greedy cruelty of Gessius Florus against the Jews; then also the rebellion of the Jews against the Romans; further the madness and fury of the Zealots, once Jewish liberty was allowed them; the counter-efforts of Cestius Gallus; the vigorously executed deeds of Vespasian, sent by Nero to curb and restrain the people; and finally the cruelty of Titus, the son of Vespasian, completing the destruction and desolation — which took place in the second year of Vespasian, in the seventieth year of Christ, according to Scaliger and others, or the seventy-second, according to Baronius, a little before the Passover feast, when the whole people had streamed together into the city. The Temple was set on fire, against the will and wish of Titus, on the tenth of August; the whole city was taken on the eighth of September. In that disaster, according to the testimony of the eyewitness Josephus, there fell, both by the sword and by famine, eleven hundred thousand Jews, and ninety-seven thousand were taken captive and sold — besides the earlier defeats and slaughters of the Jews. Various predictions had gone before — of Daniel, of Amos, of Christ; likewise various portents followed: the triumph of Vespasian and Titus over the subdued Judea, the destruction of Onias' temple in Egypt, the scattering of the people over the whole earth, and, from time to time, new disturbances and upheavals. (V) The planting and establishing of the new Christian church, which was to be spread, until the end of the ages, over the whole earth — signified by the Rider seated upon the white horse, that is, Christ and His messengers, of which more will have to be said, more particularly, in its proper place.
XIII. The Roman Emperors of This Age
Under this first age the church continued down to the death of all the apostles, namely of the evangelist John, for a full hundred years. In which time there were twelve Roman emperors, namely, reckoning from the first, Julius Caesar, onward — excluding, if the reckoning is to be exact, the last two or three years of Trajan, which we shall carry over into the following age of the Christian church. The first was Octavian Augustus, the first founder of the Roman dominion, in whose time a general peace was established for the world, and, as a token of it, the temple of Janus was closed. Meanwhile this man, though unwittingly, advanced the spiritual monarchy of Christ, in that he gave occasion for His birth at Bethlehem. His fifty-six years are reckoned differently by different writers — some from his first consulship, others from his triumvirate, others from the victory at Actium, others from the name of Augustus conferred upon him — from which it comes that the year of the Christian era is uncertain, though most join the birth of Christ to his forty-third year. The second was Tiberius, with whom the church coexisted for a period of twenty-three years, so that the death of Christ falls in about his twenty-first year. The third, Caligula, a monster of a man, for a period of about four years, in whose nearly third year Pontius Pilate paid the penalty for his treachery against Christ by his own suicide, and the name "Christians" came into use, Acts 11:26. The fourth, Claudius, under whom, through Agrippa, the apostle James was put to death, Acts 12:2, and there was a very great famine, which had been foretold by the prophet Agabus, Acts 11:28, and under whom, moreover, the Synod of Jerusalem was also held. The fifth, Nero, for a period of thirteen years, under whom Paul was brought to Rome, labored there in the gospel, and was put to death by the tyrant's sword. Likewise Mark, according to Eusebius, wrote his Gospel under this emperor and died, and at the same time the first general persecution took place. The sixth, Galba, who after seven months and about twenty-five days was killed by his successor. There followed, therefore, the seventh, namely Otho, for a period of three months, who, having been victorious in the battles against Vitellius, suffered defeat in the fourth, and so, for the sake of the public peace, as he said, took his own life. After him followed the eighth, namely Vitellius, who after eight months was defeated in battle by his successor Vespasian, and at last miserably slain — so that the ninth was Vespasian, for a period of nine years and eleven months. This man, through his son Titus, after the destruction of the city and the Temple, as we have said, triumphed over the conquered Jews, dedicated a Temple of Peace, and set up in it the ornaments of the Jerusalem Temple. The tenth was Titus, for a period of two years and two months. The eleventh, his brother Domitian, for a period of fifteen years, in which the second general persecution of the Christians took place. Finally the twelfth, Cocceius Nerva, for a period of one year and four months, under whom the evangelist John is believed to have died at Ephesus. The three remaining years of this age, belonging to Trajan, we shall carry over into the second age.
XIV. The Roman Popes of This Age
With these must now be joined the four popes, or Roman bishops, according to the Papists — namely (I) Peter, whom they hold to have come to Rome in the second year of Claudius, and to have held the papacy there for twenty-five years, according to Jerome, who added this to the Chronicle of Eusebius, since it is not found in the Greek. Neither does Luke, in the Acts of the Apostles, nor Paul, in his epistles — though the most fitting occasion was afforded for it — nor the whole of history, give the slightest indication of that papacy. Indeed, when Paul came to Rome and dealt with the foremost and chief men of the Jews, he did not find Peter there — at least he makes no mention of Peter at all, Acts 28:1. Nor, in his epistles written from Rome — for example, the second to Timothy, to Philemon, etc. — where he sends the greetings of the brethren who were at Rome, 2 Tim. 4:21; Philem. vv. 23-24, etc., does he make the slightest mention of Peter. Indeed, everything that Luke relates of Peter took place in Judea, and that at a time after which he is fabled to have journeyed to Rome — namely, after the second year of Claudius. For he was cast into prison at Jerusalem by Agrippa, the son of Aristobulus, in the fourth year of Claudius, in which year Agrippa died, according to the testimony of Eusebius in his Chronicle, and according to the acknowledgment of Valesius, that all agree on this (in his Notes on Eusebius, Book II, ch. 16). Again, Peter was at Jerusalem at the time of the apostolic council, Acts 15, in the year of Christ, at the earliest, 51, according to Baronius, the ninth year of Claudius — though according to Valesius, later. If, from this point, he departed for Antioch, as some hold, and was bishop there for a period of seven years, then the twenty-five years of the Roman papacy will be so severely curtailed that scarcely a few years will remain for it, down to the death of Nero. By this one fact the whole papal monarchy collapses into ruin. For if, when the monarchy — as they fancy — was promised to Peter, Matt. 16:18, and when it was, according to their own view, conferred upon him, he was not bishop of Rome, then the monarchy is not bound to the Roman bishopric; no, rather, since he became bishop of Antioch after receiving the monarchy, the monarchy ought rather to be bound and fastened to that see. The order being thus confused and disturbed from the very beginning, it can be no less confused among the earliest successors — some holding that Linus and Clement were not successors but contemporaneous fellow-ministers, since at that time the distinction between a bishop and an elder was not yet customary in the church; others hold Cletus and Anacletus to be one and the same; others place, after Peter, Linus, and then Cletus; some place Cletus after Clement. We, meanwhile, on account of the more certain successors that follow, shall follow the more usual order, and set, after Peter, (II) Linus, a Tuscan, a martyr, who is said to have ordained that no woman should be present in the holy places unless her head were covered with a veil. He is said to have held the see for eleven years. After him came (III) Cletus, a Roman, a martyr, who, in a very obscure book concerning the papal ceremonies, is said to have ordained twenty-five elders at Rome; to him they assign twelve years. He was followed, they say, by (IV) Clement I, a Roman, a martyr, renowned indeed for his writings, though these are lost; to him they assign nine years, so that the last of these reaches to the third year of Trajan, and thus still belongs to this second age.
Concerning these Roman popes, and all who shall follow, it will be useful here, at the very threshold, to have noted in general, with Alsted (Chronologia, ch. XXXI, at the end), that the Roman bishops are not unfittingly divided into three classes: the first has simply shepherds without miters, and, almost without exception, martyrs, from Linus down to Sylvester I, that is, from the year 70 after Christ to the year 314. The second has mitered bishops, who were not the worst of men, but who nevertheless, through their traditions and decrees, preparing the seat for the great Antichrist, were somewhat inclined toward him — from Sylvester I to Boniface III, that is, from the year 314 to the year 606. The third comprises the popes (papas, or rather popes) making up the body of the great Antichrist, from Boniface III onward, to the year of Christ 1623. This last class is subdivided into five periods, namely, four kingdoms, and the downfall of that kingdom. The first kingdom is called that of the great beast, whereby Boniface opened his mouth as a domineering beast; it lasted from Boniface III to John VIII, that is, from the year 606 after Christ to the year 855. The second is called the kingdom of the great harlot, because John VIII — or rather Joanna — sat at Rome like a she-wolf; her character and disposition were followed by her successors, down to Sylvester II, in the year 999. The third kingdom is that of the great dragon, from there down to Innocent IV, in the year 1243 — for this Sylvester was a sorcerer, a necromancer, a deceiver, a seducer, whose deceptions his successors imitated. The fourth is the kingdom of the locusts, from Innocent IV, or from the year 1243, to Julius II, in the year 1503. It is called the kingdom of the locusts because in this time various orders of monks arose. The downfall of this antichristian kingdom is dated from Julius II, in the year 1503, who, having thrown Peter's keys into the Tiber, and arming himself with an army, and going forth from the city, is said to have declared: since the key of Peter no longer avails and profits, let the sword of Paul avail and profit — by which deed the decline of this kingdom is signified to have plainly begun. As for the rest, the conception of the Antichrist falls in the time of Victor, the Roman bishop, who rashly and arrogantly excommunicated and banned the Asian churches; his birth and childhood, in the time...
...under Sylvester — under whom this voice was heard in the air, "Today poison has been poured out into the Church" — namely, through those illustrious and outstanding endowments and gifts which Constantine the Great bestowed upon the churches: the adolescence, in the time of Boniface III, who obtained the first primacy from the Emperor Phocas: the young manhood and tyrannical power, joined with various contentions and traffickings, from the time of Charlemagne down to Luther: and finally, the increasing and growing age, from that point down to our own times.
XV.
There follows the state of theology under this era. Of covenantal theology we have already spoken at the beginning of this chapter. The typological theology has had little to show: for scarcely anything occurs here besides the two sacraments, Holy Baptism and the Holy Supper, by which the economy of the Old Testament was carried over into the economy of the New Testament — unless one wished to add to these two the ordination, that is, the laying on of the hands of the eldership, by which the ministers of the church were consecrated, and by which their lawful calling and the bestowal of the needed gifts was signified and made known to them. As for the figurative symbols of the Apocalypse, these point not so much to the chief articles of Christian doctrine as to the fortunes of the church. The systematic theology of this time, as of every following time, has been one and the same in essence with the theology of the Old Testament and of all its ages and periods, so that we may understand from this that we now believe nothing other than what was believed from the beginning — except that: (I) the theology of the Old Testament was bound to a Messiah promised and yet to be revealed, whereas the theology of the New Testament is fixed upon Jesus Christ as the Messiah now set forth, of whom the ancient theology knew nothing. (II) Our theology excludes all the typological figures of the Old Testament, by which the Messiah was foreshadowed as one still to come. (III) Our theology sets forth its doctrines more clearly and more distinctly, the Mosaic veil now having been taken away, with which those doctrines were formerly covered under the Old Testament. (IV) Our theology is set forth on new tables, which we call the New Testament, because it describes the covenant of grace and its promises, inasmuch as it rests upon the Testator who has already died.
The writers of this were, in part, apostles, in part evangelists — such as were Matthew and Luke, although Tertullian (Against Marcion, Book IV, ch. 5) attributes the Gospel of Mark to Peter and that of Luke to Paul, whose disciples they had been. Others again were certain associates who are not disputed; others doubtful, who are sometimes disputed, in Eusebius (Book III, ch. 25). To these a third class might be added, namely, spurious writers, of whom there were, of old, a great multitude in the church: for example, the falsely-named Gospels, such as the Gospel of the Egyptians, of Thomas, of Matthias, of Bartholomew, of Barnabas, of the Twelve Apostles, of Basilides, of Apollos, and of others — drawn up by heretics to advance their errors in a deceptive way, concerning which one may consult Eusebius (Eccl. Hist., Book III, ch. 21) and Nicephorus (Hist. Eccles., Book II, ch. 46). Besides these, spurious Apostolic Letters, likewise spurious Revelations — all of which to enumerate and relate would be too long, and perhaps idle and fruitless.
Among the genuine writers, the first is Matthew, who is believed to have written his Gospel at Jerusalem, in the year after Christ's ascension. He describes the deeds and actions of Christ, but often without regard to chronological order. The second is Mark, who is said to have followed in the writing in the tenth or eleventh year after Christ's ascension: he is an abridger of Matthew, except that he is more precise concerning the times of the events. The third is Luke, who is said to have written about the fifteenth year after Christ's ascension, who follows the affairs of Christ from the beginning in their circumstances, following for the most part, as to the order of time, the evangelist Mark. The fourth is John, who is believed to have written his Gospel in the thirtieth year after Christ's ascension; he deals purposely and at length with the deeds and doings of the first year of Christ's ministry, which the others passed over; for the rest he limits the affairs and years of Christ to the Passover feasts. After the Gospels follow the Acts of the Apostles, brought by Luke down to Paul's departure for Rome, Paul being taken prisoner in the year of Christ about 60, Nero's fourth year, after Paul's conversion about the twenty-eighth.
As for Paul's letters, they seem to have been written either before the author's imprisonment, or during it; the mark of this division consists in this, that in some of his letters he makes no mention at all of his chains, while in others, on the contrary, he does mention them: from which one may infer and understand that they were not written in the same order in which they occur in our Bibles. In the first place, then, seems to have been written the first letter to the Thessalonians, sent from Athens by Tychicus — because he seems to have sent him, on the occasion of the Jewish uproars at Thessalonica and Berea, Acts 17, to strengthen the Thessalonians against these — which seems to be confirmed by the subscription of both letters, 1 Thess. 5 and 2 Thess. 3. According to others the first letter is thought to have been written at Corinth in the seventeenth year after his conversion, which corresponds with the ninth or tenth year of Emperor Claudius, and the nineteenth after the suffering of Christ, in which year, according to Jerome, the Synod of Jerusalem was held. Then, second, the second letter to the Thessalonians, written nearly at the same time, and sent by Tychicus, in which he explains and defends what he had written in the first letter concerning the coming of Christ to the last judgment. There follows, third, the first letter to Timothy, written at Laodicea, likewise sent by Tychicus, when he returned to Jerusalem a second time through Galatia and Phrygia, Acts 18:23, before he returned to Ephesus, Acts 19:1 — for he promises Timothy, who was then at Ephesus, that he would be with him shortly, 1 Tim. 1:3 and 3:14 — which is thought to have happened in the thirtieth year after his conversion, in the year of Claudius about the tenth or eleventh, and after Christ's death the twenty-first. Next seems to have followed, fourth, the first letter to the Corinthians, sent from Ephesus, when he was there, Acts 19:9, 22, with 1 Cor. 16:8, although others prefer that it was written at Philippi, which seems to be indicated in the Greek postscript, 1 Cor. 16:5-6, in the year of Nero about the ninth, and after Christ's death the sixty-fourth. After his conversion the thirtieth, in which year he seems to have been thrown into chains at Jerusalem. Not long after this followed, fifth, the second letter to the Corinthians, sent from Philippi, when he, after the uproar of Demetrius, had departed from Ephesus for Macedonia, Acts 20:1-3, upon which seems to bear the notice of his arrival through Macedonia into Greece, 2 Cor. 9:4. On this journey through Macedonia he is thought to have written, at Nicopolis, as the subscription has it, not far from Philippi, before he came into Greece, sixth, the letter to Titus, whom he calls from Crete to Nicopolis, where he was to winter, Titus 3:12 — although he afterward changed his plan and spent the winter in Greece, perhaps at Corinth, from which some think this letter was composed at Ephesus. After this he seems, seventh, to have written at Corinth the excellent letter to the Romans — namely, after he had spent the winter in Greece, and, because of the ambushes of the Jews, had returned through Macedonia into Syria, and there had made a collection, and had been thrown into chains, being about to be sent to Rome: from which this seems to have been the last letter which he wrote before his imprisonment at Rome, in the thirty-first year after his conversion, the sixty-fourth of Christ, the ninth of Nero.
This his imprisonment was now of two kinds: the one freer, Acts 28:16, 20, 30-31, under which Timothy was restored to liberty, and himself seems to have had the same hope of liberty. Under this imprisonment he seems, eighth, to have written the letter to the Hebrews, in which he promises them that he would come to see them together with Timothy, Heb. 13:23. His second imprisonment was narrower, under which he seems to have written the six remaining letters, in which he makes mention of his chains. Under this he seems to have written, ninth, the letter to the Galatians, sent by Tychicus, in which he tells them that he bore the marks of Christ in his body, Gal. 6:17. Then, tenth, to the Ephesians, likewise sent by Tychicus, in which he makes mention of his chain, Eph. 6:20. Further, eleventh, to the Philippians, sent by Epaphroditus, in which he sends greetings from those of Caesar's household. Further still, twelfth, to the Colossians, sent by Tychicus and Onesimus, in which he commends to them the remembrance of his chains, Col. 4:18. Likewise, thirteenth, to Philemon, sent by Onesimus, in which he calls himself an old man, and also a prisoner of Jesus Christ, Philem. v. 9. Indeed, he is also believed to have written this letter after his first defense, whereby, being forsaken by his own, he says that he was delivered out of the lion's mouth, and thereby had conceived hope of a complete deliverance, wherefore he requests that a lodging be prepared for him, v. 22. Finally, fourteenth, there followed the second letter to Timothy, a little before his martyrdom, 2 Tim. 4:6, in the thirty-fifth year after his conversion, corresponding to the fourteenth year of Nero, and the sixty-seventh after Christ. To have observed and noted well and carefully this order of Paul's letters, from a comparison of the events of those times, contributes no small light to the contents of the individual letters. So, after very many others, have Theodoret, Ussher, Petavius, Baronius, and especially Ludovicus Cappellus (in his History of the Apostles).
As for the general epistles, the reckoning is not so demonstrable. James, the son of Alphaeus — otherwise called James the Less, to distinguish him from James the Greater, or the Elder, who was killed by Agrippa — is said to have written his letter at Jerusalem, to the tribes that were in the dispersion. Likewise Peter, at least the first letter, wrote not very long after the conversion of those in the dispersion; his second letter after that of Paul, 2 Pet. 3:15, when he was near his death, ch. 1:14. After Peter and Paul, at least, Jude, since he seems to allude to these, v. 18. Last of all was John, who is believed to have written under the Emperor Nerva. Whether he wrote his Gospel first, or his three letters, is doubtful; as is also at what time he wrote his Revelation — except only that with it he occupies the very last place of all the writers of the New Testament, sealing, as it were, the whole canon, Rev. 22:18-19.
All these books of the New Testament were written in one language, which was in the world the most common and usual, namely, the Greek or Hellenistic — except that concerning the Gospels of Matthew and Mark, concerning the letters of Paul to the Romans and the Hebrews, likewise concerning the letters of James, the second of Peter, and the last two of John, doubt has been raised. In these God-inspired books, especially once the old canon had been fixed, is comprehended the whole of Christian theology, not only of this first era but of the whole Christian reckoning of time — which theology, however, are by no means constituted by the Apostolic Creed (Symbolum Apostolicum), as it is called by common writers, so named either because it is a token, or because it is a symbolē — a joint contribution — of the Christian confession, being, as it is said, a Symbol or collation of the articles of the faith, made by the most part of the apostles each in particular, when they were about to be scattered over the whole earth — from which it was said to have had twelve articles. For the vanity of this tradition is exposed, apart from the silence of Luke in the Acts of the Apostles, who nevertheless relates far lesser matters than this; also by the fact that in the first four centuries after the birth of Christ nothing of this Symbol appears anywhere, whereas meanwhile other symbols, other creeds, in use among the Easterners, appear everywhere. And still less do we reckon among these the ecclesiastical writings — almost all, if not all, of them falsely-named writings, spurious and fabricated almost without number: (1) [attributed] to Christ, namely, His letter of reply to Abgarus, a petty king of the Edessenes, asking for the restoration of his health from Him. (2) From the Apostles, the Apostolic Canons — whether 85, according to the Greeks, or 50, according to the Latins, or 83, according to Baronius — concerning the government and discipline of the church, from the Apostolic Constitutions, Book VIII, under the name of Clement of Rome, concerning the life and morals of believers. (3) From the Evangelists, for example, the Gospels of Peter, of James the son of Alphaeus, of Thomas, Bartholomew, Thaddeus, Philip, etc., yes, even of Judas Iscariot, according to the Hebrews, the Egyptians, of all the Apostles. (4) Among the Acts, for example, the Acts of Paul and Thecla, of Peter, Andrew, Philip, John, Thomas, Bartholomew, Thaddeus, etc. (5) Among the letters of Paul, for example, to the Laodiceans, to Seneca the Philosopher. (6) Among the Revelations, for example, the Revelations of Peter, Paul, Thomas, Stephen. To these come also the Preachings and the Travel-book of Peter, the Traditions of Matthew, the Ascent of Paul, the Teachings of the Apostles. Likewise the Apostolic Liturgies — of Matthew, which is that of the Ethiopians; of Mark, which is that of the Alexandrians; of Peter, which is called the Clementine; especially of James, that of the Jerusalemites; of Barnabas, that of the Twelve Apostles; of Clement of Rome. Likewise there are (7) attributed to apostolic men, for example, to Nicodemus, Prochorus, Abdias the Babylonian, Dionysius the Areopagite, Linus, Clement of Rome, Hermas, etc. Not to mention the falsely-fabricated books concerning the childhood of Christ; concerning His birth; concerning the birth and departure of Mary; concerning the acts and deeds of the martyrs; concerning the letter of Mary to Ignatius, and a second of hers to the same out of Wisdom. I shall be silent about the writings attributed to the pagans: of Abgarus, king of the Edessenes, to Christ; of Pilate's letter to Tiberius concerning the death, resurrection, and miracles of Christ; likewise concerning the acts of Pilate; of the letter of Lentulus, magistrate of Jerusalem, to the Romans, concerning the appearance and figure of Christ; and of a certain other concerning the doctrine of the Christians, miracles, etc. And of the letters of Seneca to the Apostle Paul, scattered through his works. To distinguish and know these falsely-fabricated writings, the very renowned Spanheim the Younger sets forth eight excellent rules (in his fuller Introduction to the History of the New Testament, in quarto).
This white — that is, pure — theology, upon which, as upon a white horse, Christ is seated, conquering and about to conquer, and which this era has represented on the new tables of this age, has been most bitterly and sharply assailed and blackened: (1) by the Heathen and their Hellenistic ways, that is, the idolatry of the Greeks and Romans — born under the preceding period, when it had shaped for itself gods of the first, second, and third rank: chosen messengers, and also, as it were, native gods who were to have authority over time, place, birth, the ages of men, sicknesses, death, harvests, produce, occupations, household affairs, politics, farmlands: likewise this age had shaped for itself foreign gods, monstrous figures, other images without end, without measure — so that the Romans honored the gods of every nation, while meanwhile the wiser among them raised themselves to but one God, on which one may consult Gerhard Johannes Vossius, Edward Herbert, Alexander Ross, and others. But because of this multitude of gods, in this and the following eras, the Romans became so bitterly hostile to the Christians, because they destroyed idolatry down to its foundation, which they held to be the foundation of their dominion. Besides that almost infinite multitude of gods and goddesses, the pagan theology also had a detestable worship of images, the deifying of the dead, and the transmigration of souls. It had various sects of theologians, or philosophers — Pythagorean, Platonic, Peripatetic, Stoic, Epicurean; it had its Magi in the East, its Druids in the West, its Brahmins in India, likewise its high priests, soothsayers, diviners, priests, each of whom individually upheld their own religion; they had their feasts, spectacles, and other games in honor of their deities, which are known and understood from the earliest apologies and disputations of the Christians. Meanwhile, in this era, the ceasing of the pagan oracles is noteworthy, as Cicero, Lucan, Juvenal, Plutarch and others acknowledge — the cause of which Baronius (in his Apparatus, no. 25), perhaps not solidly enough, traces to the answer given by Apollo of Delphi to Augustus when he sought counsel:
Me puer Hebraeus, divos Deus ipse gubernans, Cedere sede jubet, &c.
That is: "The Hebrew child, who, Himself being God, rules the gods, bids me leave my seat."
Further, (2) the pure theology has been assailed and blackened by the coarser Jews, who (a) did not acknowledge the sufficiency of the written Law, but taught that their unwritten traditions were necessary for their observance. (b) They wished that man should be justified before God by the observance of the Law, moral as well as ceremonial. (c) That the use of the ceremonial Law is perpetual and eternal. (d) They rejected the Messiah sent to them, and denied His eternal deity, His mediatorial office, the truth of His teaching and miracles, His resurrection, His ascension, and all that belongs to Christianity. (3) The half-Jews, who indeed accepted the gospel and confessed Christ, but nevertheless insisted that, besides this, the Mosaic ceremonies, circumcision, and all the rest, must necessarily be observed. With these the Apostolic Synod, Acts 15, had to deal, likewise Paul in his letters, above all to the Galatians, Colossians, and Hebrews.
(4) The Heretics, in very many and various sects: (a) The Simonians, named after Simon Magus, who, up to his baptism, feigned the Christian faith, but afterward openly professed that Simon himself was the Messiah; that he had once appeared on Mount Sinai in the person of the Father; under Tiberius, in the form of the Son, and was crucified in Christ's place; that there is no resurrection of the dead; that the promiscuous use of wives, together with all fleshly lusts, is lawful. Irenaeus, Book I, ch. 20; Epiphanius, Heresy XXI. From this he also had his Helena, or consort, everywhere present with him. This was the patriarch of all heretics. (b) The Menandrians, named after Menander, a disciple of Simon, of Samaritan origin, who, besides the tenets of their master Simon, held that the world was not made by God, but by the angels; that they were the power of God, sent for the salvation of men; that Christ was not truly a man. Epiphanius, Heresy XXII; Eusebius, Book III, ch. 26. (c) The Nicolaitans, of whom we read, Rev. 2:6, so named after a certain Nicolaus — whether it was that deacon, of whom we read in Acts 6, who, to avert suspicion of jealousy from himself, exposed his own wife to all, according to Irenaeus, Tertullian and others; or a certain other wicked Nicolaus; or whether godless men abused the name of the first, as Clement of Alexandria, Theodoret and others prefer — they held that wild lusts were lawful, also the community of wives; further, that fornicators receive peace on the eighth day; and that it is lawful to eat what has been sacrificed to idols, etc. They seem to be condemned, Rev. 2:6, 2 Pet. 2, and in the letter of Jude. It is called the Cainite heresy by Tertullian (in his book On Prescription) from Jude v. 11, "They have gone the way of Cain." (d) Those who indeed bore the name of Nazarenes, a name which at that time was common to Christians in general, but in a more restricted sense denoted those whom we have already called half-Jews above. Afterward they are said to have accepted the Gospel of Matthew alone, written in Hebrew, though variously corrupted by them: Epiphanius, Heresy XXX. (e) The Philetians, named after Hymenaeus and Philetus, denied a future resurrection of the bodies, 2 Tim. 2:17, 1 Cor. 15:12, though they seem to have acknowledged a mystical resurrection through regeneration and sanctification. (f) The Cerinthians, named after Cerinthus, who is said to have opposed Peter and John, according to Eusebius and Epiphanius: his opinion was that the world was made by the angels; that Christ was a mere man; that the ceremonial Law must necessarily be observed; that the kingdom of Christ will be earthly and sensual, Jerusalem being restored, etc. (On the Cerinthians, see Epiphanius, Heresy XXVIII, from Irenaeus and Eusebius.) (g) The Ebionites, who, according to Origen (Against Celsus, Book II), are called after the Hebrew word "Ebionim," that is, "poor," because they were nearly all poor men out of the Jews; according to others they are so named after their teacher Ebion, who, after the destruction of the city, is said to have spread his heresy, together with Cerinthus and the Nazarenes, into Asia, Cyprus, and elsewhere. He held that Christ was born of a mortal father, Joseph, although others acknowledge that He was born of a virgin, by the help of the Holy Spirit, from which they are divided by Eusebius and Origen into two classes: concerning him one may consult Epiphanius (Heresy XXX) and Origen (Against Celsus, Book I).
XVI.
There now remains the state of the church under this era, which comprehends in itself both the founding and propagation of the congregations, and the outcome and fortunes of these established works. Concerning the first, there again appears Christ, our founder, seated upon it as upon a white horse. Among the founders and establishers, the first place belongs to John the Baptist, the forerunner of Christ, who was to prepare His way, Isa. 40:3-5, Mal. 3:1, born of Zacharias — being a priest, not a high priest, as some would have it — and of Elizabeth, about six months before the birth of Christ. His dwelling-place, food, clothing, preaching of repentance, baptism, and his manner of life according to the Law, Num. 4:3, are for the most part related by the Evangelists, together with the testimonies concerning Christ, his imprisonment, beheading, etc. He began to exercise his ministry about the thirtieth year.
After John followed the twelve Apostles, whose names one reads, Matt. 10:2-4. Their doings are most sacredly drawn from the Acts of the Apostles. For what is related here from the ecclesiastical writers is so uncertain that Joseph Scaliger not unfittingly nor inelegantly pronounces this judgment, that from the end of the Acts of the Apostles down to the times of Pliny the Younger, nothing certain is found in the history of the churches; and Petavius (in his Rationarium Temporum) says that most matters are sprinkled with fables and uncertain reports; likewise Bishop Godwin (Preface to his Church History) says that everything is fabulous. This deficiency, however, can to some extent be made good and supplemented from the letters of Paul and from the general letters, from Flavius Josephus, Suetonius, Pliny to Trajan, Dio Cassius, Justin Martyr, Irenaeus, Clement of Alexandria, Tertullian, Cyprian, Origen, Eusebius, Epiphanius, and others.
Among these is, in order at least, if not in dignity and authority, the first, the Apostle Peter, the son of John or Jonas, by birth a Bethsaidan, by trade a fisherman, a citizen, it seems, of Capernaum, married, called from the fishing-nets by Christ to the apostolic dignity; he was neither bishop at Antioch for seven years, nor at Rome for twenty-five years, as the Romanists fabricate. He was ready of temperament, great-hearted and undaunted, but nevertheless not without blemishes, which the Savior repeatedly marks, Matt. 16:22-23 and 26:31, 33-34, likewise 51-52. The second is Andrew, Peter's own brother, whom Sabellius (Ennead. VII, Book 4) believes to have been crucified on an X-shaped cross; others prefer that this happened at Patras, a city of Achaia. The third is James, called, on account of his calling, the Greater, a son of Zebedee and Salome, a kinsman of Christ, who from a fisherman became an apostle; also called Boanerges, a "son of thunder." He was beheaded by Herod, to gratify the Jews. The fourth is John, the brother of James, Christ's beloved disciple, a witness of His transfiguration, His agony, His cross, death, resurrection, and ascension; a guardian of the blessed Virgin. He alone among the apostles died as a bishop, that of Ephesus; under Domitian he was banished to Patmos. He seems to have died at Ephesus. The fifth is Philip, a fellow-countryman of Peter and Andrew: concerning his death the writers disagree: Eusebius (in his Chronicle) thinks that he was crucified at Hierapolis, in Claudius's twelfth year; but Nauclerus relates that he died at Jerusalem, under Titus. The sixth is Bartholomew, who according to Nicephorus, when about to be fastened to the cross at Hierapolis, first miraculously escaped, but afterward, being hanged up again, perished: Sabellicus relates that he was first flayed by the heathen priests, and then killed. The seventh, Thomas, is believed to have been pierced with a spear in India. The eighth, Matthew, otherwise called Levi, a son of Alphaeus, called from the tax-office to the apostleship: Nicephorus holds that he perished, fastened with nails to the ground by cannibals; others prefer that he was killed by the King of Ethiopia. The ninth, James the Less, son of Alphaeus and Mary of Clopas, is likewise called Justus, and also the brother, or kinsman, of the Lord. He was an apostle, and consequently not, as it pleases most ecclesiastical writers, a bishop of Jerusalem. Eusebius (Book II, ch. 1) testifies, from Clement of Alexandria and from Hegesippus, that the Jews set him upon the pinnacle of the temple, that he might there deny the truth, and when he had nevertheless confessed the truth, they stoned him, and finally killed him with a fuller's club. The tenth, Judas, Lebbaeus or Thaddeus, the brother of James: by what kind of death he died, and in what place, is most uncertain. The eleventh, Simon the Cananaean or Zealot. Eusebius wrongly holds that he succeeded James in the bishopric of Jerusalem. It is held that he, being advanced in years, after being beaten on very many days, received the martyr's crown under Trajan. The twelfth, Judas Iscariot, the betrayer of Christ his Lord, perished by hanging himself. In his place was appointed by lot Matthias, of whose deeds and death nothing certain is known. Finally there was added, as it were beyond the number, Paul, a Benjamite, born at Tarsus in Cilicia, having had as teacher the great Gamaliel in the Pharisaic law, instructed at Jerusalem, a tentmaker by his trade, a Roman citizen; strengthened with the authority of the priests, he persecuted the church of Christ most bitterly, and, among other things, consented to the stoning of Stephen, who had been condemned by false witnesses. But being converted by God in an utterly wondrous manner, in the very fury of the persecution, he at once began to teach the gospel in the synagogue, and pursued this through about six journeys, so that he filled with the gospel everything as far as Illyricum, until finally, because of the Jews who lay in wait for him, he was taken prisoner at Jerusalem and sent to Rome, where, first enjoying a freer imprisonment, he brought many to the knowledge and acknowledgment of Christ, and finally was beheaded by Nero. With Paul must be joined Barnabas, who is also himself called an apostle, Acts 14:14, whose own name was Joses, or, according to the Hebrew pronunciation, Joseph: he was a Levite, originally from Cyprus, named Barnabas by the apostles, that is, a son of consolation, or of exhortation, Acts 4:36; converted also by Paul to the Christian religion, as Paul himself showed the apostles, ch. 9:27; likewise a faithful and united companion of Paul, except that once a certain bitterness arose between them, ch. 15:39; for the rest, in confirming the planted congregations, a very faithful fellow-laborer of Paul, ch. 14:21; yet, being carried away together with Peter to dissemble with the Jews, Gal. 2:13. Taking Mark with him, he seems to have planted the churches in Cyprus, mentioned there, v. 30.
Alongside the apostles were joined the Evangelists, whose office and duty have been described elsewhere. They were assistants of the apostles, sent according to their direction, to water and strengthen the planted churches. Among these were: (1) Mark, also called John, Acts 12:12; his mother was a certain Mary, mentioned there; his father is unknown; a cousin of Barnabas, Col. 4:10; a fellow-traveler of Paul and Barnabas before their bitter falling-out, afterward a fellow-traveler of Barnabas into Cyprus, of whom Paul, more than once, makes honorable and glorious mention, 2 Tim. 4:11, Philem. v. 24, Col. 4:10; whom Peter calls his son, 1 Pet. 5:13, whether because he had been converted through him, or because he had been his interpreter — for which reason he is thought to have written his Gospel by his dictation, or at least by and upon Peter's authority. He is said to have preached the gospel in Egypt, at Alexandria, according to the testimony of Eusebius (Eccl. Hist., Book II, ch. 15); and also, according to Eusebius, he was present with Paul when he came into his chains: he died, according to Jerome (in his Catalogue of Ecclesiastical Writers), in Nero's eighth year, and was buried at Alexandria. (2) Luke, born, according to Jerome (in his Catalogue) and according to Eusebius (Book III, ch. 4), at Antioch. He was not a painter, as Nicephorus thinks (Eccl. Hist., Book VI, ch. 16), unless perhaps in a figurative sense; but rather a physician, Col. 4:14. He was Paul's faithful and steadfast companion and fellow-traveler, even into his chains. He wrote the Gospel and the Acts of the Apostles, whose history reaches nearly to the martyrdom of Paul, from which they seem to have been written about Nero's fourth year. There are those who think that when Paul makes mention of "his gospel," Rom. 2:16, none other is meant than the Gospel of Luke. Dorotheus thinks that he died at Ephesus; Jerome, rather, that he was buried at Constantinople. (3) Philip, a citizen of Caesarea, Acts 21:8, having four daughters who were prophetesses; he was one of the seven deacons, ch. 6:5. He preached the gospel, and confirmed it with miracles, at Samaria, ch. 8:5-7, 12, 26-27, 29. (4) Stephen, the deacon, full of the Holy Spirit, Acts 6:5, renowned for miracles; having delivered an outstanding speech to the Jewish council at Jerusalem, when he had touched their unbelief and hardness of heart a little too sharply, he was cast out of the city and stoned, and thus became the first martyr of the New Testament, Acts 8:1-2, 13:2. (5) Timothy, born, it seems, at Lystra, in Lycaonia of Asia, Acts 16:1-2 with 14:6; his father a Greek proselyte, his mother Eunice, a Jewess, his grandmother Lois, versed from childhood in the Holy Scriptures, circumcised by Paul for the sake of the Jews; confirmed by him, and, by the laying on of the hands of the eldership, made a minister of the gospel; he was his faithful and, above others, beloved companion in his travels, whom he also honored with two letters, in which he entrusted to him the care of the Ephesian congregation. How long he was set over that congregation, and by what kind of death he died, is not known. The Magdeburg Centuriators (Century I, Book II, ch. 10) think that, because he had somewhat too sharply reproved the Ephesian Diana, he was overwhelmed with stones and clubs and killed, and that his bones, together with the remaining bones of Andrew and Luke, were carried by Constantine to Constantinople, as Jerome relates against Vigilantius. (6) Titus, by descent a Greek, uncircumcised, converted by Paul, for which reason he calls him his true son according to the common faith, Titus 1:3, and elsewhere his companion, fellow-laborer, and brother: whom he left among the churches he had planted, on the island of Crete, on which there were, according to the Magdeburg Centuriators (Century I, Book II, ch. 10), as many as a hundred cities, and thus a very suitable opportunity to enlarge the congregation. He is also believed to have died and been buried there. One may add to these that there are yet some others, for example Epaphroditus, Silas, Silvanus, etc.
The Savior joined to the apostles seventy disciples, to plant the congregations, above all throughout Judea, Luke 10:1 — from among whom evangelists afterward seem often to have been chosen. Through these founders the congregations were, under Christ, propagated and watered.
The means of propagation and founding have been: (a) the preaching of the gospel, whose preparations were: (a) the command of Christ, to go into the whole world, to make disciples or Christians, Matt. 10:1 and 28:18-19; (b) the instruction concerning the manner of conducting and behaving oneself, there, and Luke 10:1; (c) the equipping of them, whereby they were made fit for the work entrusted to them — namely, the solemn outpouring of the Holy Spirit on the day of Pentecost, whereby they received the power and ability which enabled them to be given the gifts of all kinds of tongues, of miracles, and of other necessities for their work, Acts 2:1. Finally, (d) the further dispersion of the apostles, about to go out into the whole world, which occurred on the occasion of the Jewish persecutions, of which one took place, Acts 8:1, after the stoning of Stephen, through Judea and Samaria, the apostles meanwhile remaining in Judea (Eusebius, Book II, ch. 3), while in the meantime the gospel was preached far and wide by Paul, Barnabas, and their companions, even among the heathen, Acts 11, 13, 14, 15, so that the disciples obtained the name of Christians from the Antiochenes, Acts 11:26. The other, more general dispersion is thought by Baronius to have occurred after Herod Agrippa had killed James with the sword, and had thrown Peter into prison, in the fortieth year of Christ, the twenty-seventh year of Claudius, as the chronologer holds — although it was actually the fourth year of Claudius, the last of Agrippa, with which Valesius agrees. From this arose the tradition that the apostles, having held a synod, divided among themselves by lot the regions of the world to traverse, and also drew up the Apostolic Creed: but of this nothing appears in Luke's Acts of the Apostles; indeed, it appears from it that the apostles remained some years afterward in Palestine and at Jerusalem, and there assembled together in a synod, Acts 15 — as some hold, in Claudius's ninth year — after which they finally seem to have separated and parted from one another, according to the testimony of the Alexandrian Chronicle.
It is certain that Paul preached from Jerusalem all the way to Illyricum, and into Italy, Rom. 15:19; both Jameses, the brother of John, and that of Christ, at Jerusalem; John in Judea and in Asia Minor, dying, as is commonly held, at Ephesus; Peter likewise to the Jews of Asia, of Egypt, and at Babylon in Egypt, Mark being his companion and fellow-traveler, 1 Pet. 5:13 — who is thought to have had his seat in Egypt from Claudius's third year on, as the ancients almost with one voice hold. More uncertain matters — which even Baronius himself acknowledges to be such in many respects — are related by Eusebius (Eccl. Hist., Book III, ch. 1, from Origen) and generally by the ancients: that Thomas received by lot Ethiopia, Parthia, India; Andrew, Scythia, Thrace, Muscovy; Matthew, Ethiopia and the Abyssinians; Judas Thaddeus, Armenia. At the very least, they did not penetrate as far as America, nor into southern Africa, nor as far as the countless islands of the Barbary, Chinese, Indian, Atlantic, Hyperborean, and other seas — regions which still lie buried under deep idolatry.
(b) The second means for the founding and propagation of the church has been the government of the church, through ministers both extraordinary — namely, apostles, prophets, evangelists, who are now extinct — and ordinary: pastors, teachers, ruling elders, deacons, and elderships, namely, for the perfecting of the saints, Eph. 4:12, of which we have dealt expressly and at length in the chapter on the ministers of the church. These were called with the consent and agreement of the congregations, Acts 14:23, and confirmed by the laying on of the hands of the eldership, 1 Tim. 4:14. As yet there were no sub-deacons, acolytes, exorcists, door-keepers, confessors; likewise no such dignities as patriarchs, primates, cardinals, archbishops, and whatever other such props of the papal monarchy there may be.
(c) Church discipline, necessary to root out the tares and the offenses, which — the help of a Christian magistracy being lacking during this era — had to be all the stricter; hence the apostolic reproofs, censures, and disciplinary acts, ordinary and extraordinary, private and public, spiritual — instituted by Christ, Matt. 18:15-17 — are here found to have been practiced, 1 Cor. 5:3-5, and also corporal, in Ananias and Sapphira, Acts 5:1-12, in Elymas, Acts 13:8-12.
(d) A certain gathering and union of congregations — of neighboring ones, of Palestine, Asia, Galatia, Phrygia, and among these of Laodicea and Colossae, Col. 4:16; as also of more distant ones, in the congregations of Pontus, Galatia, Cappadocia, Asia, Bithynia, 1 Pet. 1:1; likewise of Syria and Cilicia, Acts 15:41 — which was especially visible in the synods, of which at least these four are noted under this era: the first, in which, in the place of Judas, Matthias was appointed to the apostleship, immediately after Christ's ascension, Acts 1. The second, in which seven deacons were appointed, ch. 6. The third, in which was dealt with the ceremonial law and Christian liberty — except for four points, still to be observed for a time — occasioned by an offense arising among Jewish-minded Christians, in the regions of Antioch, Syria, Cilicia, Acts 15, in the fourteenth year after Paul's conversion, Claudius's thirteenth. The fourth, concerning tolerance of the legal matters, until a time of correction, for the sake of the weaker among the Jews, James still being present and presiding, Acts 21:18. To these others add a fifth, Acts 20:17-18; and even a fabricated sixth, in which the Apostolic Creed is supposed to have been drawn up, before the dispersion of the apostles, and the ecclesiastical traditions fixed, as Baronius holds (Century I, no. 14), without sufficient proof. They add still other synods, in which the Canons — that is, the rules — of the Apostles, whether 85 or 50, and the Apostolic Constitutions, in eight books, under the name of Clement of Rome, concerning the life and morals of believers, are supposed to have been drawn up.
By these means the congregations were founded, and indeed in this order: (a) that of Jerusalem and of all Judea, first by Christ Himself and by the apostles sent out by Him — first in general, afterward in particular by James the son of Alphaeus, who is therefore wrongly held to be the first bishop of Jerusalem. (b) The congregations throughout Palestine, of Samaria, Caesarea, Lydda, Joppa, Acts 8, 9, 10; then through Syria, of Antioch, Damascus, etc. Afterward, through neighboring Arabia, on the island of Cyprus, at Tarsus in Cilicia, at Perga in Pamphylia, at Iconium in Lycaonia, at Lystra in Isauria, etc. Finally, more illustrious congregations, to which Paul, Peter, and John wrote letters, and which are remembered in those letters — founded, for the greatest part, in Asia, Greece, Macedonia, Dalmatia, Italy, etc., after the Synod of Jerusalem, Acts 15. (c) That of Alexandria in Egypt and its vicinity, whether Mark or another of the apostles being its founder. (d) The congregations in the farthest East, in Mesopotamia, Chaldea, Parthia, Pontus, Bithynia, Media, etc. Among these, from the very earliest origin, the foremost have been held, and afterward became patriarchal churches, namely: (*) that of Jerusalem, the first seat of Christianity, on account of the glorious presence there of Christ and of the apostles — which ought also to be given precedence over the Roman, though the Romanists ascribe the first place to the latter on account of Peter's presence, episcopate, and death there. (**) That of Antioch, in which flourished as the first teachers Barnabas and Paul, thereupon also Peter, Gal. 2:11; where also the name of Christians was born, Acts 11 — which was the head of the East, on account of its very widely-extended power, riches, and greatness. (***) The see of Rome, to which "the primacy" and "the seniority" have been ascribed, because it was the head of the Roman world, the seat of the empire, the queen of cities: yet by no means because it was the mother of all the congregations, nor because it was founded by Peter, since already under Tiberius, according to Tertullian (Apol., ch. 6), before Peter's supposed arrival, there were very many Christians who had come to Rome. (****) That of Alexandria, founded, as some hold, by Mark, according to the Alexandrian Chronicle and the solemn records of the Greeks, in Tiberius's eighteenth year, according to others in Claudius's third year. Yet no less illustrious than these have also been other congregations, for example the seven of Asia in the Revelation — that of Smyrna in Asia; of Sardis and Thyatira in Lydia; of Pergamum and Philadelphia in Mysia; of Laodicea and Colossae in Phrygia; of Caesarea in Cappadocia; of Ancyra in Galatia; of Thessalonica and Philippi in Macedonia; of Corinth in Achaia; and especially that of Ephesus, as being, through the foundings and governance of Timothy, Paul, and John, as well as through the fame and splendor of the city, most illustrious. But whether, under this first era, congregations were founded in the furthest West, and by whose agency, is so uncertain that Bishop Godwin (Preface, Dissertations on Church History) makes no difficulty in saying: most of the moderns have written about the founders of the congregation, but some out of invented fables, others out of the bad faith of their witnesses. So it is said that Joseph of Arimathea, with his companions, founded congregations in Britain; Paul in Spain, Rom. 15:24; Crescens, Luke, Trophimus, and Paul himself in France; Maternus, Marcianus, Crescens in Germany.
The congregations thus founded have also not lacked their fortunes — generally sorrowful ones — amid so many persecutions and so many martyrdoms, arising partly from the hatred of the Jews, to whom Pilate, in the crucifixion of Christ, and Agrippa, Acts 12, were favorable; partly from the ignorance of the heathen, who wrongly and badly confused the Christians with the seditious Jews, thinking that all their gods, altars, and images were despised and rejected by the Christians; partly from slanders — concerning the city set on fire by them, concerning also their nocturnal cabals and conspiracies, the eating of human flesh, promiscuous common lying-together, and infanticide; partly from the detestable heresies and villainies of the Nicolaitans, Simonians, Carpocratians, which were imputed and charged to the true Christians; partly from the suspicion of the Romans, aroused by the daily increasing multitude of the Christians and their austere ways, whereby it was suspected that they were enemies of the emperors, of the laws, of nature, and thus of the human race — hence those persecutions of the Jews, both in Palestine and outside it, in Syria, Asia, Macedonia, of which we read in the Acts of the Apostles. From this arose, namely: (1) that of the Zealots, by which Stephen perished, some years after Christ's ascension, and upon which followed that great persecution under Claudius, Acts 8:1 and 9:1-2 and 11:19. Then (2) that of Herod Agrippa, raging especially against James and Peter, Acts 12, nor was God's terrible and fleshly vengeance against the persecutor lacking. Further (3) that of Annas the high priest, whereby, besides others, James the Just perished, the brother of the Lord, the son of Alphaeus and Cleophas — whether he was stoned, or cast down headlong from the pinnacle of the temple (Hegesippus, Book II, ch. 23). Finally, (4) more particular persecutions of the Jews, against Paul, Barnabas, and Silas, stirred up among the heathen — for example, at Iconium, Acts 14:19; at Philippi, on the occasion of a divining spirit cast out of a certain servant girl, Acts 16:22-24; at Thessalonica, on the occasion of the preached Christ, Acts 17:5; in Achaia, on that same occasion, in the presence of Gallio, Acts 18:12; at Ephesus, on the occasion of the opposition to Diana by Demetrius, Acts 19:23; at Jerusalem, on the occasion of the supposedly defiled temple, where Paul was seized to be killed, Acts 21:27; at Rome, whither he had been sent to be brought before the emperor, on the occasion already mentioned, where, having first obtained a freer and more spacious imprisonment, he was afterward killed by Nero, Acts 28. For brevity's sake we shall not detain ourselves further here, this being derivable from the passages already cited.
There follow the public persecutions of the heathen, ten in number, of which only two belong to this era: the first of these occurred under Nero, for Tiberius is said to have been favorable to the Christians, according to the testimony of Tertullian (in his Apology), likewise of Orosius. There were indeed edicts of Claudius against the Jews, which were also harmful and injurious to the Christians, because they were reckoned indiscriminately together with the Jews, but which had not yet actually broken out into force. That of Nero occurred in the ninth or tenth year of his reign, in the year of Christ 63 or 64, according to others 67. The occasion was the city set on fire, which the arsonist Nero laid to the charge of the Christians. This was by far the most savage, according to the testimony of Tacitus (Annals, Book XV, ch. 44), and, from him, of Sulpicius Severus; it generally penetrated through the provinces of the empire, according to Sulpicius (Hist., Book II), of Orosius (Book VII), even into Spain, according to Baronius (ad Ann. 79, no. 46). It lasted until Nero's twelfth year; according to Baronius, until his third. The second persecution occurred under Domitian, being no less than that of Nero, concerning which Eusebius (in his Chronicle, and Hist., Book III, ch. 13), likewise Tertullian, Sulpicius, and other later writers [speak]: it generally raged throughout the Roman dominion, whereby John was banished to Patmos, and Flavia Domitilla, a niece of Domitian, to Pontus: it lasted until the death of the tyrant. The third persecution occurred at the beginning of Ulpius Trajan's reign, otherwise a most excellent prince: concerning this one may consult Pliny the Younger, Eusebius, Sulpicius, and others, about the hundredth year of Christ: the force and violence of this will be explained under the following era.
It can be doubtful to no one that, amid so many and so widespread persecutions, there were very many martyrs, although not all of them have been recorded in writing, and those that have been recorded are not found to have been recorded with equal reliability. Here, therefore, to distinguish carefully the certain from the uncertain, and, regarding the certain, to sift out carefully the doubtful and the fabulous — this is the work, this is the labor: there are, then, certain and sure martyrs, whom Scripture itself points out, such as: Stephen, the first martyr, Acts 7; James, the son of Zebedee, killed with the sword by Herod Agrippa, ch. 12; James, the Lord's brother, stoned, according to Josephus (Antiquities, Book XX, ch. 8), in Nero's sixth year, according to Baronius, and according to others in his fourth; Paul, beheaded under Nero, and indeed at Rome, in the year of Christ, according to some, 64, according to others 67, according to Baronius 69, after he had once been delivered out of the lion's mouth, 2 Tim. 4:17-18; Peter, who was certainly a martyr, according to John 21:19, though it is doubtful whether he was crucified or beheaded, whether at Rome, as is commonly held, or at Babylon, whether in the same year and on the same day as Paul, or at different times. That the remaining apostles and apostolic men — Mark, Luke, Barnabas, Timothy, Titus, Linus, Clement, etc. — were, in various places and at various times, for the sake of Christ, taken away by a violent death, is more than probable: but where, when, and by what manner of death — for example, of Peter, Thomas, Bartholomew, etc. — is determined far too freely and loosely in the eulogies of the martyrs and other apocryphal writings, and is generally and commonly believed — not only by Baronius and other popish writers, but also by the Protestants — more closely and steadfastly than is fitting or than can be proven. Meanwhile, of fables and of what may be called pious frauds, there is here no end, no measure, on which we shall spend neither time nor space, nor detain the reader further.
Under this first, Apostolic era, the church, compared with all that followed, was indeed the purest and fairest — as regards doctrine, sacraments, and church government, as also as regards morals — yet not entirely without its stains and blemishes. As regards the orthodoxy of doctrine, which began to be corrupted partly by combining Judaism with Christianity — with which not only the Synod of Jerusalem, Acts 15, but also Paul throughout his letters, above all to the Galatians, Colossians, and Hebrews, had to deal — partly by mixing philosophy with theology, concerning which he disputes in the letter to the Colossians, ch. 2, and to the Corinthians, ch. 2. As regards the disorderliness of morals, which Paul most sharply rebukes in the Corinthians, by pointing out their factious tendencies, whereby some named themselves after Paul, others after Apollos, and others after Christ; likewise their vain desire for worldly wisdom, to the belittling of Christian simplicity; further also their disorder concerning the hair of the head, concerning the use of the Holy Supper, and other matters besides. Similar blemishes — at least as regards combining Jewish and ceremonial matters with the Christian — the same Paul rebukes in the churches of Galatia, to such a degree that he calls them foolish and bewitched; and no lesser or lighter blemishes does the Savior mark and rebuke in those seven churches of Asia, Rev. 2 and 3 — so that you may readily, and without any difficulty, grasp that the churches of this era were not without blemishes.
The Second Era of the New Testament
XVII.
From here we descend directly to the second era of the church, which is depicted by the opening of the second Apocalyptic seal, Rev. 6:3-4: And when He had opened the second seal, I heard the second beast say, &c. Here is (1) the opening of the seal: and when He had opened the second seal. The second seal is the state of the church under its second era, which church-state is a mystery, inaccessible to reason, and opened and made visible only by God's revelation. The one who opens is that Lamb who alone is worthy and able to open, uncover, and reveal the mysteries, according to the preceding chapter. (II) The crier or pointer, who summons John to come and see the mystery, is the second beast, having the appearance of a calf or ox, according to ch. 4:7, whereby is depicted the church, or the Christians, who under this era were to be slaughtered after the manner of a calf or ox. Similarly, Ps. 44:22, Rom. 8:36 — the same summons John to the beholding of its slaughter. Further, (III) the symbol set before him: And there went out another horse that was red: and power was given to him that sat thereon to take peace from the earth, and that they should kill one another: and there was given unto him a great sword. Here is (1) a horse, a strong, swift animal, signifying the cruelty and swiftness of the persecutions and the tyranny which most swiftly penetrated the greatest parts of the earth: and indeed a red horse, signifying the outpouring and shedding of blood, as appears from the Greek of 2 Cor. 3:22 — murders, defeats, slaughters, wars, and the church being red with martyrdoms, under Nero, Trajan, and almost all the emperors, down to Constantine the Great. (2) The rider, or the one sitting on this horse: and him that sat thereon — this could signify: (a) Christ, who permits, governs, and determines all the persecutions of the church. Similarly, Zech. 1:8, Matt. 10:34. Under Christ, (b) the angel, the murderer of men from the beginning, John 8:44, Abaddon, Rev. 9:11, the red dragon, ch. 12:3, who is the cause of all persecutions. (c) The tyrannical persecutors, the Roman emperors, Nero, Domitian, Trajan. (3) The power given to the sitting tyrant: and there was given unto him [power], namely, from God, from Christ, who has permitted the power of persecuting, John 19:10-11, in order to take away the peace, namely, the earthly peace which the church still then enjoyed, from the earth, or from the Roman empire, or from the church militant on earth, as opposed to the church triumphant in heaven — which the word "earth" chiefly signifies when calamities and miseries are spoken of, which press and afflict only that part of the church which is on earth. Thus the members of the church are called "them that dwell upon the earth," Rev. 3:14; thus that word is likewise taken, ch. 7:1, and 12:9, and 14:16, etc.; thus also Matt. 10:34, where nearly the same words occur — because the church constitutes the most excellent part of the earth; because the persecutions have tormented a great part of the earth through the emperors — I shall not add that the persecutions take away from the church the way [of peace], not the spiritual and heavenly peace, John 16:33, but only the earthly. Furthermore, by "the earth" could be understood the land of the Jews, or the Jews, who alone suffered under this era on account of their rebellions under the emperors, so that it is said that under a certain Hadrian more Jews perished than had once gone out of Egypt under Moses. Finally, (4) the use of the power given to them: that they should kill one another, namely, men, according to Matt. 10:34 — which was so found among the Jews, when the Zealots and rebellious Jews destroyed themselves through mutual and countless slaughters, as may be seen in Josephus, Jewish Wars, Books IV and V. Or rather it is understood of the emperors themselves, when, for the sake of their persecutions, they so scorched and burned one another in mutual slaughters and murders under this era, that scarcely anywhere else, in all of history, is anything similar observed, according to the testimony of Dio Cassius, Eusebius, and others. And to this is finally added, that there was given to the rider a great sword.
XVIII.
This era of the church begins with the hundred and first year after the birth of Christ, according to the common chronology, and the second year of Trajan, or, according to others, the third; and it runs on until Constantine the Great, through about 206 years. The emperors of this era, or the sitters and riders upon the red horse, are not all reckoned in one and the same way by everyone; we shall for the most part follow the order of Helvicus, with sufficient indication of those matters which touch the affairs of the church. Thus the first was Ulpius Trajan, a Spaniard, on the testimony of Plutarch an excellent prince, an outstanding poet, and a worthy patron and supporter of refined letters. Under him the persecution of the Christians began, but through the counsel given by Pliny the Younger (Epist., Book X, Epist. 97) concerning the conduct of the Christians, it became milder than before. He reigned 19 years, of which the first belong to the preceding era. Under him the oracles of the heathen ceased, according to Plutarch and Juvenal; and of the rebellious Jews 220,000 were killed, according to Dio and Eusebius. The second was Aelius Hadrian, likewise a Spaniard, no undistinguished prince: under him many thousands of rebellious Jews were killed; under him also occurred the fourth persecution, though it was restrained and forbidden by him. He reigned 21 years. The third was Aelius Antoninus Pius, son-in-law of Hadrian by adoption. He forbade that the Sibylline books should be read, which he seems to have done for the sake of the Christians. He reigned 19 years, according to others 22, and again according to others 23. Under him the persecution ceased in the fifteenth year. The fourth was M. Antoninus, a philosopher, son-in-law of Antoninus Pius, together with L. Antoninus Verus, who died of apoplexy: under these occurred the fifth persecution. The fifth emperor was M. Aurel. Commodus, son of Antoninus the Philosopher; he reigned 13 years, and was then strangled. The sixth was Helvius Pertinax, for 89 days; Didius Julianus, 66 days; Clodius Albinus, Pescennius Niger, Septimius Severus together, 18 years: here occurred the sixth persecution. The seventh was Ant. Bassianus Caracalla and Anton. Septimius Geta, sons of Severus, 6 years. The eighth was Opilius Macrinus, with his son M. Anton. Diadumenianus, 6 months. The ninth, Antoninus Heliogabalus, 4 years. The tenth, Alexander Severus, a nephew of Heliogabalus, son of Mammaea, 13 years. The eleventh, the two Maximini, the Gordians, Maximinus Pupienus and Balbinus, 6 years. Under these occurred the seventh persecution. The twelfth, Philip the Arab, with his son of the same name — this one is said to have been a Christian, which Scaliger nevertheless disputes — 8 years. The thirteenth, Decius Pannonius, with his son Herennius; likewise Vibius Gallus with his son Volusianus, together 3 years. Under these occurred the eighth persecution. The fourteenth, Licinius Valerian, with his son Gallienus, 6 years: here occurred the ninth persecution. The fifteenth, Gallienus, son of Valerian, after his father, with his brother Valerianus and his son Gallienus, under whom, in various places, thirty tyrants seized rule for themselves. The sixteenth, Flavius Claudius, two years. The seventeenth, after a few days of Quintillus, the brother of Claudius, Aurelian, 8 years, under whom six months belong to Claudius Tacitus, and to Florian his brother. The eighteenth, Aurelius Probus, whom three claimants to the empire — Saturninus, Proculus, and Bonosus — harassed and pursued, 6 years. The nineteenth, M. Aurelius Carus, with his two sons Carinus and Numerianus, one year. The twentieth, Diocletian and Maximian, who in the sixth year took Galerius Maximinus and Constantius Chlorus as fellow-emperors, 20 years. Under these the tenth persecution occurred.
XIX.
With these must be joined the Roman bishops, concerning whom — having noted and observed the uncertainty of the earliest bishops which we remarked upon under the preceding era — we shall follow the accepted order, according to which: (1) Anacletus, a martyr. To him three decretal letters are ascribed, and Platina relates of him that he made rules against the beard and the hair of the head. He is assigned 9 years. According to Henricus Valesius, however, and others, he is the same as Cletus, the successor of Linus. (2) Euaristus, born in Greece of a Jewish father, a martyr, in the judgment of Platina and Damasus: to him two decretal letters are ascribed. He is also said to have divided titles — that is, sacred houses — among the elders. He is thought to have held office 9 years. (3) Alexander, a Roman, a martyr, a supposed author of two decretal letters. He is said to have converted a great part of the Senate, and Hermes the prefect of the city, and also to have been renowned for miracles. It is added that he made holy water with salt, and instituted the mixing of water with wine in the Holy Supper, and the use of unleavened bread in the same. This is related by Platina — I know not with what credibility. He held office 10 years. (4) Sixtus, a Roman, a martyr, a supposed author of two decretal letters and of certain decrees. He is said to have forbidden that the sacred vessels be touched by anyone except the ministers of holy things; likewise that he instituted the threefold "Holy, holy, holy" in the Holy Supper. And when in France, on account of the many slaughters and murders, few professed the faith, he is said to have sent Peregrinus to strengthen them in the faith: he held office 10 years. (5) Telesphorus, a Greek, a supposed author of one decretal letter, which commands abstinence from meat for seven days before Easter; and he increased the ceremonies of the Mass with various things, but especially with the song of the angels. He held office 11 years. (6) Hyginus, an Athenian, a martyr, credited with two letters. He is said to have brought the clergy into orders and ranks, and to have appointed a sponsor, whether of the father's or mother's side, over those being baptized. He held office 4 years. (7) Pius, from Aquileia, before whom some place Anicetus. He is credited with two letters and very many decrees, and is said to have freed and exempted a bishop from every accusation that might be brought by his hearers, through the dream of Hermes, who had been admonished and warned by an angel; being thus instructed and taught, he is said not to have celebrated the Passover with the Easterners on the fourteenth day, and to have ordained other matters as well belonging to the ecclesiastical discipline of the Papists. He held office 19 years. (8) Anicetus, from Syria, a martyr, the author and instituter of the round tonsure. When under him and under his predecessors nothing was done against Valentinus and Cerdo, who were stirring up trouble at Rome, and, in the matter of the Passover, against the Easterners, whom they called Quartodecimans (fourteenth-day observers), Polycarp came to Rome; and to him they falsely ascribe a decretal letter. Anicetus held office 8 years. (9) Soter, a Campanian, a martyr, to whom two letters and some decrees are attributed, held office 6 years. (10) Eleutherius, a Greek — they hold that he was the first among the Roman bishops to die a natural death, although others reckon him too among the martyrs, namely in a wider sense, in which those also are called martyrs who, though not suffering death, nevertheless endure some other cross for Christ's sake — in this way Baronius and the old martyrologies count him too among the martyrs, on the 26th of May. To him they ascribe only one letter. Under him, Lucius, king of the Britons, having been converted to Christianity, obtained bishops. At Rome also the temple of peace was again consumed by fire, so that hereby too it seems to have been signified that peace was taken away from the earth. He held office 15 years. (11) Victor, an African, a martyr, whom they wrongly honor with two decretal letters. This one was the first to bring to light the papal monarchy, which the Roman church bore in its bosom: the Asiatic churches he excommunicated and banned, because of the Passover feast, which, whatever day of the week it fell on, they had until then celebrated on the fourteenth of the month, whereas the Europeans put it off to the following Lord's Day — Irenaeus rebuking him in vain for this tyranny. He held office 10 years. (12) Zephyrinus, a Roman, established by two domineering decretal letters that golden cups be used in place of wooden ones at the Holy Supper: he is also said to have instituted that everyone should partake of the Holy Supper at Easter. He held office 19 years. (13) Callixtus, a Ravennan, a martyr, believed to have instituted four fasting seasons: it is said that he, under Alexander, after a long hunger and daily scourgings, was thrown headlong down into a well. He held office 5 years. (14) Urban, a Roman, a martyr, killed under Alexander. Besides a decretal letter which they ascribe to him, he decreed that silver vessels be used in place of glass ones, and moreover he is said to have granted to the church the right to possess landed estates. He held office 7 years. (15) Pontian, a Roman, first crowned with exile, then with martyrdom. He held office 5 years, being a supposed author of decretal letters. Concerning him, the author of the Chronicle of the Ages, Bergomensis, testifies that Cyriacus succeeded him — and it is fabled that this Cyriacus, after a one-year episcopate, departed with an army of eleven thousand virgins to Cologne for martyrdom, and that he is therefore not numbered among the bishops, because, against the will and displeasure of the clergy, he had abandoned the episcopate, being enticed and invited away by the allurements and pleasures of the young virgins. Meanwhile the papal book does not count him among the martyrs. (16) Anterus, a Greek, a martyr. To him Damasus assigns 12 years, Platina 11, Volaterranus 3, Nauclerus 1, Baronius an eighth part of a year. To him one decretal letter is ascribed. He is said to have taken care that the martyrdoms of the saints should be written down, or to have laid them up hidden in the church; further, that he was crowned with martyrdom. He held office, most certainly, 6 months. (17) Fabian, a Roman: to him are wrongly ascribed those decretal letters and some decrees. Eusebius says that he converted the emperor Philip, and, because of grave sins, again excluded him from the church, until he should have repented. But that Philip was a Christian, Scaliger denies, not without reason, especially since Eusebius seems to have drawn this from the spurious letters of Origen to Philip. He held office 15 years. Under him the episcopate stood vacant more than a year. (18) Cornelius, a Roman, a martyr, to whom they ascribe two decretal letters: he held office one year. With him must be joined Novatian, a schismatic priest — the first schism having arisen on this occasion: that a certain Felicissimus had raised a point of controversy against Cyprian in Africa, over not readmitting the lapsed; which controversy Novatus, departing from Africa, carried forward at Rome, and at the same time procured that the elder Novatian be appointed in the place of Cornelius, who readmitted the lapsed after repentance. From this the first schism arose, and the Novatians remained successors in that [rival] episcopate down to the episcopate of Pope Celestine, as Onuphrius has from Socrates. (19) Lucius, a Roman, first an exile, afterward, having returned, a martyr. To him too decretal letters and decrees are ascribed, namely, that in every place two elders with three deacons should accompany the bishop; thus little by little the Roman bishops climbed up to the highest honor and monarchy. He held office only one year, although others ascribe two to him. (20) Stephen, a Roman, a martyr under Valerian. This one too is not passed over without decretal letters and decrees. Under him the controversy concerning the lapsed broke out again, whom Novatian denied ought to be readmitted. Firmilian held that all should be readmitted without distinction, without any prior repentance; the orthodox struck a middle course, and granted forgiveness to the lapsed if they did penance, but judged them unworthy of all ecclesiastical offices and ministries. On this occasion a most sharp and violent controversy arose between Stephen and Cyprian over the baptism of heretics; for whereas the Novatians rebaptized all who came over to them, so the orthodox — not fearing to approve the baptism of the Novatians, under the leadership of Cyprian — also baptized those who came over to them from the Novatians; but Stephen, with the weapons of excommunication, most boldly bound up the error of Cyprian. (21) Sixtus II, an Athenian, likewise had his supposed decretal letters and decrees; he became a martyr under Valerian: he held office two years, though according to others only one. (22) Dionysius, a Greek, a supposed author of two trifling letters: he held office about 10, or according to others 11, years. (23) Felix, a Roman, a martyr under Aurelian, wrongly honored with two spurious letters: he held office three years. (24) Eutychian, a Tuscan, in whom Gratian and the compiler of the councils are very generous and abundant, extolling him by ridiculous letters and decrees. He is said to have buried 342 martyrs with his own hand, and to have established that no martyr be buried without a purpled cloak, or without a sleeveless dalmatic robe: he held office 10 years. (25) Caius, a Dalmatian, a martyr under Diocletian, honored with only one letter, but the most spurious of all. He is said to have established that a bishop should ascend through all the ranks of orders: he held office 13 years. (26) Marcellinus, a Roman, credited with two letters in the books of the councils, first an apostate, then a martyr: for nearly all the ecclesiastical writers say that he, under Diocletian, out of fear of death, offered incense to the gods, and, having first denied this before the congregation, but afterward confessed it, willingly offered himself up to martyrdom — while meanwhile Baronius denies the offering, in order, namely, that no stain be attached to the holy see. He held the see 8 years. (27) Marcellus, a Roman, smothered by hunger and toil in a stable for beasts, into which he had been thrust by Maxentius. He is fabled to have been the author of two decrees, and of just as many letters, in one of which he is said to have dared to address Maxentius himself, and to have told him that no bishop ought elsewhere, except in a lawful synod, be compelled to plead his cause. He is even said by Baronius to have ordained 25 titles, or cardinalates, or to have consecrated as many sacred houses, whereas until then there had been only seven — from which they vainly seek support for the cardinalate. (28) Eusebius, a Greek, of whom the Tripartite History and Eusebius [of Caesarea] know nothing: but Gratian and the compiler of the councils foolishly honor him with three foolish letters: he is said to have held office two years. (29) Miltiades, whom Platina asserts to have been a martyr under Maximus, which Sabellicus denies: to him also some ordinances touching the clergy are ascribed: he held office three years.
XX.
The theology of this era has, rightly considered, been one and the same in all things with that of the preceding, Apostolic era. For the canon of the New Testament being now already sealed, Rev. 22:18-19, and likewise the prophetic Spirit and divine inspiration having been taken away after the departure of the apostles, there has not been, nor could there be, any new word from God, which the church should receive with divine faith: and if she had nevertheless received anything as such, that would have been condemned, Rev. 22:18-19, Matt. 15:9, 13. This same theology has also, in fact, held its place, as regards its essence, in that the church not only in general professed the sufficiency and perfection of Scripture — Justin Martyr (in his Exhortation to the Greeks and his Dialogue with Trypho the Jew, p. 277, Paris edition), referring everything to the Scriptures, and seeking to draw his proofs from them; Irenaeus, Books II, III, IV, Against Heresies, and Against Hermogenes, expressly and at length; Clement of Alexandria (in his Exhortation, and in the books of his Stromata) — I shall say nothing of the letters of Ignatius — but more particularly, moreover, for example, that there is one God the Creator; that the Son came into the world; that He died for sins; that He rose from the dead; that He ascended into heaven; that He will come again to judge the living and the dead; that there will be an eternal life; that one must be diligent in good works, and other articles besides — not only such as are today beyond dispute, but also such as are debated in our own time, for example, concerning the sufficiency and perfection of Scripture, concerning the Trinity, the eternal deity of the Son, satisfaction, justification by faith alone, even prevenient grace, baptism, the Supper, and other matters besides. To confirm all these and other points individually with the testimonies of the writers of this era does not belong to this compendium. This has been done by the Magdeburg Centuriators (Century II, ch. 3, and III, ch. 4), Flacius Illyricus in his Catalogue of Witnesses to the Truth, Hottinger in his Church History, Forbes in his Instructiones, Voetius in his Antiquities of the Church, and so many others as have treated the theological controversies from the ancients. At the very least, under this era — as far as the second century is concerned — one finds nothing to have been heard concerning a universal supreme bishopric of the Roman pope, his vicariate of Christ, and his infallibility; nothing is heard concerning the Roman church as being anything more than "Catholic" (that is, universal) and the head of the churches; nothing of purgatory, or of human satisfactions; nothing of transubstantiation and the bodily presence of Christ in the Holy Supper; nothing of the sacrifice of the Mass for the sins of the living and the dead; nothing of receiving the Supper under one kind alone; nothing of the sacrament of confirmation, as distinguished from the sacrament of baptism; nothing of auricular confession; nothing of the veneration and worship of Mary, of images, of relics, of the consecrated host; nothing of monasteries; nothing of the merit of good works — and whatever other such matters the papists wish to pass off as apostolic tradition. And if some things are at times brought forward from Irenaeus or Tertullian in favor of these matters, they are found to be nothing other than openly doubtful, spurious, fabricated, and apocryphal, or twisted into a perverse sense. Concerning the ecclesiastical customs and ceremonies, we shall admonish distinctly in their proper place. Thus it has stood with theology, not otherwise, under the first century of this era than under its second century, except that the chief points thereof have been set forth and defended a little more distinctly in the latter.
This era did indeed have no new God-inspired writings, from which its theology might be made known to us: nevertheless it had, for the common use of the church, new translations of the God-inspired Scripture. (1) The Syriac, which some indeed ascribe to Mark, though without solid foundation, according to the admission of the learned; it is more certain that it came forth not long after the apostolic times. At the outset it lacked the general epistles and the Revelation, which were, however, afterward supplied. (2) The old Latin, for the use of the Western churches — the one called the Italic, common and vulgar, to be later revised by Jerome according to the Greek text of Origen. (3) The Greek [versions] of the Old Testament, namely: (a) that of Aquila, a Pontian, who from an excommunicated Christian became, under Hadrian, a Jew — whom some think to be identical with Onkelos the Targumist. (b) That of Theodotion, an Ephesian, who from a Marcionite heretic became a Jewish proselyte — or, according to others, a Jewish-minded Ebionite — a fairly close reviser of the Septuagint, made, it seems, in the reign of the emperor Commodus. (c) That of Symmachus, a Samaritan according to the view of Epiphanius, or, according to others, a Jewish Ebionite: it is doubtful whether this translation was made by Theodotion, or afterward under the emperor Severus, from the Hebrew. These translations, good as they may also have been, do not, however, seem to have been made with entirely trustworthy fidelity. To these were added the Jericho and Nicopolitan [versions], though these first appeared bound together in the following century. Out of all these Origen, in the following century, compiled his Tetrapla, or four Greek translations, arranged side by side in as many columns; then his Hexapla, or six translations, in which he added to the four preceding the Hebrew itself, once in Hebrew letters, once in Greek letters; and finally his Octapla, or eight translations, in which he added to the six preceding the Jericho and Nicopolitan translations. In these God-inspired writings, so far as they are faithfully represented in the translations, is likewise comprehended the theology of this era. Hence the church fathers of this time — Clement of Rome, Justin, Irenaeus, Clement of Alexandria, Tertullian, etc. — appeal bindingly to them as to the foundation and the pillar of truth, which they likewise not seldom call the Dominicas et Apostolicas traditiones, that is, the traditions of the Lord and of the Apostles — lest we should think that by these traditions they understood a doctrine above and beside the Scriptures, delivered only by a living voice of the church.
Moreover, that theology is also found in the ecclesiastical writings — for example, in creeds and confessions, such as the Apostles' Creed, of which, in this era, at least the foundations seem to have been laid, for the use of those who desired them: the Eastern Creed, which the Eastern churches seem to have used before the Nicene Synod; likewise in the apologetic writings of Justin Martyr, Athenagoras, Tertullian, which are still fully extant; further, in the writings of the church fathers of this era, of Justin Martyr, Irenaeus, Theophilus of Antioch, Tatian, Clement of Alexandria, Tertullian; likewise in the surviving fragments of Dionysius of Corinth, of Melito of Sardis, of Hegesippus, and the letter of Polycarp of Smyrna to the Philippians. All these existed under the first century of this era, to which, in the second century, there were added both creeds and public formulas — namely, the creed of Rome, of Mauretania, of Antioch, concerning which Ussher, Vossius, Forbes, and others [may be consulted] — as well as writings of the church fathers, Origen, Hippolytus, [Justin] Martyr, Minucius Felix, Cyprian, Gregory of Neocaesarea, of whom more in their proper place. This I would by no means wish to have said of the spurious writings, of the falsely-titled works and apocryphal writings, of which this era has been very fruitful — such as, for example: the eight books of the Sibylline Oracles; of Dionysius the Areopagite, long ago set aside by Peter [du Moulin]; the letters of Ignatius the Martyr, of which we have already spoken above; the book of Melito of Sardis de transitu Mariae, seu de assumptione illius, that is, concerning the passing of Mary, or her assumption; of Hegesippus, Lib. V. de Bello Judaico, that is, five books of the Jewish War; of Justin Martyr, Liber quaestionum et responsionum ad Orthodoxos, et expositio fidei de S. et consubstantiali Trinitate, that is, the Book of Questions and Answers to the Orthodox, and the Exposition of Faith concerning the Holy and Consubstantial Trinity, etc.; of Theophilus of Antioch, opus commentariorum in IV. Euangelia, that is, the work of commentaries on the four Gospels; of Clement of Alexandria, adumbrationes seu commentariola in Epist. Petri, Judae, et Johannis illas, that is, sketches and brief commentaries on the first letter of Peter, of Jude, and on those of John; various writings of Tertullian, for example, a book on the Trinity, on Repentance, a letter concerning Jewish foods, some poems, both against Marcion and moral ones; further the decretal letters of the Roman bishops, of which we have already treated above, in their history, down to Victor. All of which, after the Magdeburg Centuriators, have each been individually weighed by David Blondel (in his Pseudo-Isidorus against Turrianus), teaching that they were first fabricated in the sixth, seventh, and following centuries; and the learned among the papists themselves, Cusanus, Antonius Augustinus, Contius, Petavius, Sirmond, etc., acknowledge them to be apocryphal writings — and even Baronius himself at times, as cited by Blondel — namely, that there are no genuine decretal letters before the letters of Siricius, after the year 385, from which Dionysius Exiguus begins his collection. Similarly, the History of Ecclesiastical Law of that most learned brother Gerhard. Wherefore, the spurious writings being rejected, the genuine theology of this era is displayed in these genuine writings.
Yet it must be noted that this [theology] was not lightly or gently tormented and weakened in this era: (1) By the Heathen, growing rampant under the superstitious emperors — Trajan, Hadrian, Antoninus, Aurelius, Commodus — with new superstitions, idol-worships, idols, games, contests, etc., which is generally noted and observed by Justin, Athenagoras, Tatian, Theophilus of Antioch, Clement of Alexandria, Tertullian, Minucius, Arnobius; likewise through a new hatred against Christianity, through new persecutions, and mocking and scornful names, whereby they [called] the Christians ass-worshippers, novices, slovenly, unlearned in the arts, poor, desperate, reckless cross-worshippers, Sibyllists, fishermen or little fish (Pisciculos), after the first letters of the words of the Sibylline acrostic ΙΧΘΥΣ — that is, Iēsous Christos Theou Huios Sōtēr, Jesus Christ, Son of God, Savior — generally slandering them, but especially also attacking them through the writings of philosophers: they assailed most bitterly the greatest mysteries of the Christians, such were the writings of Crescens, a Cynic philosopher, under Hadrian and Aurelius, who more than once entered the lists with Justin Martyr, against whom Justin composed his Apology, [Crescens acting] even by laying snares, and finally by procuring his removal from among the living: of this, Tatian (in his Oration against the Greeks) and Eusebius (Hist., Book IV, ch. 16) [speak]. Moreover, of Lucian, a Samosatan Epicurean, brought up in the school of Apollonius of Apamea, a sorcerer, who in his Alexander calls Christ a crucified sophist, mocks the Trinity, Christ's ascension, eternal life, and other articles of Christianity — though he meanwhile calls Christ "a great man" and Christianity "a wondrous wisdom." But especially Celsus, an Epicurean, a learned man through his cunning and eloquence: how great his slander against Christ and against the Scriptures was is taught by the single work of Origen (Book VIII, Against Celsus), in which he most excellently refutes Celsus's "True Word" as a most pernicious writing against the Christians. The sum of his slanders is: that Christ was born of a mother who was an adulteress, and therefore rejected by her husband; also that He was not born of a virgin, nor was the Son of God, which the Christians had taken from the fables of the Greeks; that He had studied the magical arts in Egypt; that He went about in the manner of market-peddlers; that after His death He appeared to His own as an apparition, etc. Further, that the Christians were sorcerers and magic-practicing men, using magical books, luxurious and wanton, of a wholly abandoned life, cowardly, seditious, enemies of the magistracy; that they had stolen much from Plato, from the Stoics, and from the fables of the Greeks, and were divided into the vilest sects. Celsus has also been neither more just nor more favorable toward the writings, the histories of the Old Testament, and the laws of Moses, as Origen most excellently weighs and shows.
(2) By the Jews, in hope of recovering their fatherland, generally and everywhere stirring up rebellion and revolt, through Asia, Africa, Egypt, Palestine, Libya, etc. First, indeed, about Trajan's eighteenth year, through massacres against the heathen dwelling among them, afterward through open wars, arousing hatred against themselves, which also often discharged itself against the Christians — until they were struck down and destroyed by Trajan's generals by land and by sea. Of these matters speak Dio Cassius, Spartianus, Eusebius, Orosius, and others. Second, about the sixteenth year of Hadrian [Trajan?], the 132nd of Christ, when they, under the leader of the rebellion Bar Kochba, a "son of the star" (so named with allusion to the star that was to come forth out of Jacob, Num. 24, because he thereby gave himself out for the Messiah, and, having a stalk lit in his mouth, spewed it out of his mouth as though little stars were blown forth by his breathing) — assailed by Hadrian with an open war, and struck down by various terrible defeats and driven out of Palestine, [while] Jerusalem was given the name Aelia Capitolina, the marble likeness of Hadrian was set up before the Bethlehem gate, with a sow and swine — concerning which the aforementioned writers have more to say. By this rebellion they also at times turned against the Christians, because these refused to lend them aid, until they at last were beaten down to their near-total ruin, and Bar Kochba, being interpreted, was called Bar-Cosba, that is, "son of the lie." Out of the refugees also Tryphon, or Trypho, assailed the Christians with a disputation, whom Justin Martyr, in a dialogue with Trypho, struck down. Meanwhile the Christians gained this good and this advantage from these calamities and miseries of the Jews, that they were the more purged from the Jewish leaven, and no longer admitted bishops out of circumcision (Eusebius, Hist., Book IV, ch. 6, and Sulpicius Severus, Book II). They also had schools — the one at Jamnia in Judea, before the dispersion under Hadrian, of lesser renown; the other at Tiberias, situated in Palestinian Galilee, over which last presided R. Judah the Holy, who gathered from the papers of the Jews the Mishnah, or the Talmudic text, in the year of Christ about 190 — to which Aben Ezra and Elias Levita add the Masoretic work, Buxtorf disputing this. The Tiberian school afterward removed to Babylonia, where, alongside the Mishnah, the Gemara was added, an exposition of the Mishnah by R. Judah, first completed in the sixth century: out of both together grew the Babylonian Talmud, distinguished from the Jerusalem [Talmud], in which they seek to defend their traditions and oral law against the sufficiency of Scripture, which the Christians teach. More on these matters may be found in Buxtorf, Ludovicus Cappellus, Constantijn L'Empereur, and others.
Especially, however, (3) have the heretics defiled theology — of whom some [rose up] against Holy Scripture, against the Law, the Prophets, the apostolic writings, and either their authority or their sufficiency; others against the nature of God; others against the persons of the Trinity; others especially against the person of Christ, His deity, His incarnation; others against the creation of the world; others against the freedom of man; others against divine grace; against justification by grace; against sanctification and good works; against the perseverance of the saints; against baptism and its unity and use; against the Holy Supper; against marriage, and other articles of Christianity — which they have attacked and, like goats, butted with their horns. By name: (1) Saturninus, an Antiochene, under the emperor Hadrian, about the year of Christ 130, out of the school of Simon and Menander; a hunter after every shamefulness, an enemy of marriage, ascribed the creation of the world to seven angels, and of these he named one the God of the Jews, [holding] that this one had rebelled against the Father of the angels; that Christ, being only a common man, had come to destroy this one; but that He Himself was the true Savior, in order to destroy the God of the gods, and to consume and destroy the other angels who had withdrawn themselves from the divine power. Epiphanius, Heresy XXIII. (2) Basilides, an Alexandrian, in Egypt, under Hadrian, a little after Saturninus, called the highest and uncreated God "Abraxas"; he dreamed that from this proceeded the first, original Mind, that this Mind begat the "Logos," the Word, and that Word [begat] Providence, which was supposed to have produced 365 angels, of whom each in turn was set over a particular heaven, so that there would be as many heavens as there are days in the year; and from the last of these, man. He held, moreover, that Christ did not truly suffer, but put Simon of Cyrene in His place; that the soul had sinned already before it was thrust down into the body; that bodies will not rise again; that faith is a natural thing; that martyrdoms need not be undergone. Epiphanius, Heresy XXIV, after Irenaeus and Eusebius. These [and Saturninus] are said, by Eusebius in his Chronicle and by Jerome, to be the Gnostics. That these, before Hadrian, had already spread their heresies, Pearson maintains (Vindiciae Ignatianae, Part II, ch. 7) against Dallaeus. (3) Carpocrates, an Egyptian, a Platonic philosopher, a contemporary of Saturninus and Basilides; he too is held to be a father of the Gnostics, teaching almost the same things as the preceding, and further, that one must climb to heaven by sinning and living shamefully; that there are two Gods, of whom the one is evil, who must be appeased by sins, the other good, who saves out of grace without regard to good or evil works. Epiphanius, Heresy XXVII; likewise Irenaeus and Tertullian. (4) Valentinus, a philosopher in Egypt, a Platonist and Pythagorean, rejected in his bid for the episcopate, and thereupon becoming a heresiarch, from whom the Valentinians: he spread his mad follies also at Rome, about the year of Christ 141, under the emperor Antoninus Pius. He wished to be held the most subtle and shrewd of all, abstaining from pleasures; he posited thirty Aeons, all of which he said proceeded from the marriage of Bythos, or the Abyss, as a father, and of Sige, Silence, as a mother; that from the marriage of these proceeded Nous, Mind, and Aletheia, Truth, for the understanding; and from these Logos, the Word, and Zoe, Life, teachers of the remaining Aeons, and thus the matter of the world, or the abyss and chaos, from which a god was supposed to have come forth, who, afterward born of Mary, and coming down upon the Cainite seed, both before and after the Flood scattered abroad, is supposed to have produced the elect who are good. Epiphanius, Heresy XXXI. From the Valentinians there also afterward came forth the Secundians, followers of Valentinus, obscuring things still further with foreign terms; likewise the Ptolemaeans, altering and increasing the number of the Aeons; the Marcites, calling themselves perfect, the first authors of transubstantiation; the Colorbasians, who taught that the life of all men consists in seven stars; the Bardesanites, who ascribed to fate, simply and solely, not only good but also evil deeds; the Heracleonites, who posited two contrary principles, a thing which the Marcosians also did, who moreover anointed the dying with oils; the Ophites, who, holding that the serpent, the deceiver of the first created men, was Christ, who was finally born of a virgin, worshipped serpents, and held that the Eucharist was not consecrated until bread and wine had first been licked and tasted by a serpent which they kept in a chest; the Adamites, who prayed naked, without distinction of sex, condemned marriage, and mingled promiscuously with one another; the Origenians (named not after Origen Adamantius, but after a certain other, lesser-known [Origen]), who in the profession of monastic life committed the most shameful things and the abomination of Onan, Gen. 38:8-9. Now Epiphanius relates of these Gnostics in general, that they had wives in common with one another; that they held the Holy Supper with a mutual promiscuous lying-together, saying that they thus exercised love; that they ate the male seed as the body of Christ, and drank the menstrual blood as His blood; and other such abominable things not to be named. To the Gnostics some add the Angelici, arising about the year of Christ nearly 120, who honored and served the angels, perhaps having been led astray through the Aeons of the Valentinians. From what has been said one may now grasp (5) who and of what sort the Gnostics were, who named themselves after the word "gnosis," that is, "knowledge," just as others called themselves "Apostolic," "pure" (katharoi), and "enlightened" — on whose account the hatred and slanders of the heathen against the true Christians arose. The ancients relate incredible things of these, and, above others, Epiphanius, Heresies XXX and XXXI.
There follows (6) a certain Hermogenes, different from him of whom 2 Tim. 1:15 speaks, teaching, among other things, in Africa, that matter is co-eternal with God: against him wrote Theophilus of Antioch, and afterward Tertullian, by then a Montanist (Against Hermogenes). (7) Cerdo, out of the school of the Simonians, at the same time as Valentinus, about the year of Christ 180, came forth, who, when he noticed that the foul and stinking trifles of Simon were mocked and derided, refurbished and restored them with new colors, believing in two contrary gods: the one, as the highest, good, merciful, commanding also to love one's enemies; the other cruel and stern, who was supposed to have created the world, given the Law, and commanded not to love one's enemies — the Father of Christ being unknown to the Gospel. For this reason, then, and in this way, Cerdo, having rejected the whole Mosaic Law and the books of the Old Testament, accepted only the Gospel, and moreover denied the true humanity of Christ, together with the resurrection of the dead. Epiphanius, Heresy XLI. After him (8) Marcion, a Pontian, a son of a certain bishop, a disciple of Cerdo, to whom, on account of the violation of a virgin, the Holy Supper was forbidden by his own father and by the church. Most impiously he taught concerning two principles, concerning the beginnings of monasticism, not concerning the rejection of marriage; he instituted the repetition of baptism; he taught the phantasmal [nature] of Christ's body and the rejection of the whole Law; he defended the transmigration of souls, crawling far and wide through the East, the West, and Africa — so that he was not unfitly nor foolishly called by Polycarp "the firstborn of the devil"; he was refuted by Justin Martyr in his second Apology to Antoninus. Epiphanius, Heresy XLII. Secundus, Ptolemaeus, Marcus, Colorbasus, Heracleon, all nearly contemporary, out of the school of Simon Magus, professing the errors of Valentinus. Epiphanius, Heresies XXXII, XXXIII, XXXIV, XXXV, XXXVI. (9) Lucian, Apelles, Severus, disciples of Marcion, Epiphanius, Heresies XLIII, XLIV, XLV. (10) Tatian, a Syrian, converted at Rome by Justin Martyr, in whose lifetime he was a useful teacher of the church; after his death, having returned to the East, he fell, under the emperor Aurelius, into the heresies of Valentinus and Marcion, from whom descend those Tatianists, or Encratites, so named on account of their profession of abstinence from marriage, wine, and flesh; likewise called Aquarii, Hydroparastatae, that is, water-drinkers, water-offerers, because in the Holy Supper they used water in place of wine; they denied that Adam was saved. Epiphanius, Heresy XLVII. (11) Montanus, a Phrygian, from the village of Pepuza, from which his adherents and followers were called Phrygians, Cataphrygians, Pepuzians, likewise Quintillians, Spirituales, that is, Spirituals, etc. He called himself the Advocate and Comforter, more excellent than Christ. He had with him a certain Priscilla and Maximilla, yes, also a Quintilla, whom he made prophetesses. His adherents and followers of greatest note were Theodotus, Artemon, Patroclus. He flourished under M. Aurelius Commodus, or, as Epiphanius holds, under Antoninus Pius. Even Tertullian himself finally fell into his errors, and published books against the church. Epiphanius, Heresy XLVIII. (12) Praxeas, from whom the Praxeans and Patripassians (that is, "Father-sufferers"), transplanted his seed from Asia into Italy, at the end of the second century. Of him Tertullian makes mention, at the end of his book On the Prescription of Heretics, and in a special book against Praxeas. Having seen through the trifling of the many Aeons, he seems, together with Noetus and Sabellius (of whom in their proper place), to have held the view that there is but a single person in God, who is called now Father, now Son, now Holy Spirit, so that the Father would have suffered just as much as the Son. He therefore held, further, that one and the same person, as Father, had of old given the Law; as Son, was crucified; and, as Holy Spirit, came upon the apostles — from which they are also called Unionists and Monarchians. (13) A certain Theodotus, a Byzantine, a leather-worker, at the end of the second century, in the year of Christ 167, slandering against Christ, and therefore excommunicated by Victor. His disciple was Artemon, at the beginning of the following century: of him Tertullian and Eusebius speak. (14) About this time flourished the Sethians, Florinians, Cainites, Melchizedekians, Antitactae, Ophites, etc., of whom Clement of Alexandria, Eusebius, Epiphanius, Theodoret, Philastrius, and others [speak] — to enumerate all of which individually would have no end. Most of them agreed with the opinion of the Gnostics. All these spread their poison under the first century of this era; to whom, under its second century, there were added: (a) Beryllus, bishop of the Bostrians in Arabia, holding that Christ, before His incarnation, did not pre-exist in His own essence or person: besides him, the Arabici, teaching the destruction of souls until the resurrection; the Elcesaites, rejecting Paul among other things, and permitting the denial of Christ. Epiphanius, Heresies LI and LIII, which heresies arose and were extinguished at the same time. (b) Noetus, a man of Asia, and Sabellius, an African of the Pentapolis, teaching almost the same thing concerning the three names of but a single divine person, which we have already noted above regarding Praxeas. Eusebius, Book VII, ch. 6; Epiphanius, Heresies LVII and LXII. (c) Nepos, a bishop in Egypt, taught Chiliasm, against whom Dionysius of Alexandria set himself, in Eusebius, Book VII, ch. 24. (d) Paul of Samosata, bishop of Antioch, after Demetrianus, under the emperor Gallienus, at the end of the third century — to flatter and fawn upon Zenobia, empress of the East (a Jewish-minded woman, though otherwise outstanding in prudence, valor, chastity, and learning) — denied the eternal deity of Christ and the Trinity of persons. Eusebius, Book VII, ch. 27; Epiphanius, Heresy LXV. As opponents he had both the Dionysii, of Rome and of Alexandria; also two synods of Antioch, in the last of which, in the year of Christ 272, Paul was deposed, and Domnus set in his place. (e) The Manichaeans, arising under Aurelius Probus, before the times of Diocletian — others think that they arose under Aurelian. Epiphanius, Heresy LXVI. The first author was a certain Scythianus, a Saracen, then his disciple Buddas, both of them sorcerers, the latter a refugee to Persia, having bought a slave whose name was Corbicius, who afterward became an heir of his master. This Corbicius, being a Persian, took the name of Manis, or Manes, which is, according to some, a Persian, according to others a Chaldean name. Through these authors arose a monstrous and preposterous evil brood of heresies, drawn together for the greatest part from the teaching of Pythagoras, of the Gnostics, and of the Marcionites. Corbicius held that he was the Holy Spirit; that there are two Gods, the one good and of the light, the other evil and of the darkness; that from these two roots the world came forth; that they are both scattered in fragments and pieces throughout the creatures; that Christ is neither God nor man; that He died in an imagined appearance and form; that He was that serpent, the deceiver of the first men, and that He redeemed souls together with bodies; that the sun and moon must be worshipped; that in one and the same man there are two souls, a good one and an evil one, continually striving against each other; that lawful marriage is not to be desired, that fornications and wanton pleasures please him, [provided they are] not undertaken with the intent to propagate the race; that sin is a substance living by itself; that alms are dispensed under the patronage of an evil spirit; that baptism does no good; that the Supper must be received with human seed; that the evil spirit gave the Law; that the eating of flesh, and likewise government, displease God. He chose for himself twelve apostles and seventy-two bishops, by whose means and help he infected the most distant regions, through China, Africa, and Europe, most of all in Persia, Arabia, and Egypt. As opponents he had, above others, Trypho the elder, and Archelaus on the borders of Persia, afterward Athanasius, Decapio, Eusebius of Caesarea, and others. Augustine also, having gone over to their party, has, more truthfully than anyone, described this heresy, in his Confessions, and in his book concerning the usefulness of believing. When he had murdered the son of Pharnaces, king of the Persians, his skin was flayed off, and his flesh thrown to the dogs. The heretics were called Manichaeans, after their author; Corbicians, after the teacher's teaching; Agonistae, after the struggle which they said they waged against the people of darkness: compare on these matters Epiphanius, Heresy LXVI, Cyril and Augustine, Theodoret, Fabulae Haereticorum, Book I, ch. 19. (f) The Hieracites, from Hieraces, a bishop in Egypt, of whom Epiphanius, Heresy LXVII. He is said to have admitted none to communion but monks and nuns, to have denied the resurrection of the flesh, to have excluded small children from salvation for lack of good works, and to have held Melchizedek to be the Holy Spirit. Similarly, Augustine, Heresy XLVII, and Hilary, On the Trinity, Book VI. Even monasticism, under this era, begins to spread its roots, and to make a proposal of the "harder discipline," of which we shall have to treat under the following eras.
Finally, (4) within the very bowels of the church also has the truth of pure theology, in matters of no small importance, begun to be gnawed at, according to the observation of the Magdeburg Centuriators, in their preface to the second century. As when (a) too much has begun to be ascribed to the powers of the free will. As when men (b) have begun to teach concerning justification not clearly and distinctly enough, and to ascribe more to works than was proper. As when (c) the martyrdoms of the saints were too much exalted, so that they were almost held to be atonements for sins. As when (d) Justin imputes and ascribes to the devils, that they fell out of love for women, being deceived by the passage Gen. 6:2. As when (e) Irenaeus fancies concerning man, that he was not created perfect in the beginning; and Theophilus [of Antioch], that he was created neither mortal nor immortal. As when (f) Papias, Justin, and others hold that the believers, after the resurrection, will have a bodily kingdom, a thousand years long, before the general judgment takes place — and other such matters besides. Through these, both the errors and infirmities of the heretics, and the blemishes of the orthodox, the people estranged from sound doctrine have been embittered by the slander of the heathen, and the Christian church has been brought into contempt, and tormented by the most savage persecutions.
XXI.
As for the state of the church under this era, there come up for consideration: (1) the propagation of the church, so wide and so great that there was scarcely a corner of the inhabited world left which had not had Christians, according to the testimonies of Justin, Irenaeus, Clement of Alexandria, Tertullian, Minucius, Eusebius, etc. By name, it is likely that in the first century of this era congregations were planted in Germany, of which mention is made here by Irenaeus (Against Heresies, Book I) and by Tertullian (Against the Jews, ch. 8); in France, at Vienne and Lyons, through the bishops Photinus and Irenaeus (Eusebius, Book V, ch. 3); in Britain, King Lucius having been converted, together with his wife and subjects, as the martyrology of the Roman high priests, their lives, and all the British chronicles [attest], besides Justin, M. Cerrutianus [?], Eusebius, etc.; in Spain, according to the testimony of Tertullian (Book I, Against the Jews); in the East, Egypt, Ethiopia, Arabia, Sarmatia, also Dacia, Scythia, etc., Eusebius, Hist., Book V, ch. 10.
(II) As for the propagators, namely the teachers of the congregations — besides the Apostle John, who is said to have died in the year of Christ 101, a member of the congregation of Jerusalem — namely: Simon, son of Cleophas, a Zealot, James's brother, who is held to have lived until the 120th year of this era. (2) In the congregation of Alexandria, Cerdo, commonly [called] of Mark, of Anianus, after Avilius, the third bishop. (3) In that of Antioch, Ignatius, soon to become a martyr under Trajan. (4) In that of Rome, according to many, Clement; according to others, Anacletus, the same as Cletus; according to others, Euaristus, etc. (5) In the congregation of Athens, Publius Quadratus. (6) In the Philippian congregation, Polycarp. (7) In the Ephesian, if one may believe the falsely-named Ignatius, Onesimus. (8) In that of Hierapolis, Papias, etc. (9) In Arabia (chiefly in the third century), Origen, planting congregations everywhere, according to Eusebius. (10) In France, about the year of Christ 250, Dionysius of Paris, who is confused with Dionysius the Areopagite, Gratianus, Turonensis, Trophimus of Arles, Paul of Narbonne, Saturninus of Toulouse, and others, in Gregory of Tours (Hist. Franc., Book I, ch. 28) and, from him, in Faber, Sirmond, Launoy, Marolles, and others. (11) In Switzerland, in this era are named as the first martyrs Felix and Regula, whose history John Jakob Ulrich has given. (12) In Scotland — others understand it of Ireland — where Donald, king of the Scots, is said to have been converted in the year of Christ 203, [according to] Boethius (Hist., Book V). I shall say nothing of the fables which are generally added concerning the conversion of these peoples, by name, of Ursula with her eleven thousand virgins (compare Ussher, Antiquities of the British Churches, ch. 15). Likewise I shall not speak of the converted individuals, such as Ammonius, Ambrosius, Cyprian, etc.; of the nobility, such as those of the household of Alexander Severus; but of the princes, among whom are named certain princes of the Arabs, converted through the ministry of Origen (Eusebius, Book VI, 19); Mammaea Augusta, mother of Alexander Severus; both the Philips, the emperors (Eusebius, Book VI, ch. 21, 34); Otacilia Severa, wife of Philip — although there is doubt about the Philips.
(III) Let it be added who, under this era, propagated the church by their writings — church fathers such as: (1) Origen Adamantius, an Alexandrian, or, according to another account, born in the year of Titus 185, of his father Leonidas. To him is ascribed, from the history of Eusebius, from the apology of Pamphilus, and from Epiphanius, an astonishing learning, and untiring labor, a rare godliness, an abstinence surpassing belief, various contests against the heretics — Arabici, Elcesaites, Apelleians, and others; further, an almost infinite number of writings, and, if one may believe Epiphanius (Heresy LXIV), six thousand books, for the most part now lost; further still, a wondrous exercise in the Scriptures, and an agreeable grace in expounding them; commentaries on very many books, to write and produce which he is said to have used seven notaries and as many book-copyists, among which stand out the Tetrapla, Hexapla, and Octapla, of which mention has already been made above from Eusebius (Hist., Book VI, ch. 16). Meanwhile there are also noted in him some things which need correction — for example, his self-castration; an overly luxuriant and overly wanton wit; his excessive inclination to allegorical interpretation; not a few, and indeed weighty, errors in doctrine, drawn and taken over most of all from Platonic philosophy, concerning God, the Trinity, the angels, the economy of Christ, the will of the Lord, the last things, etc. — from which, in later times, the most troublesome disputes and controversies arose over Origen and the Origenists, so that it became a common saying concerning him: "where he is right, no one is better; where he is wrong, no one is worse." There are also some writings falsely fathered on his name, and even some of his own genuine writings falsely attributed to him. Likewise he had his opponents: Demetrius of Alexandria, Methodius the Martyr, Eustathius of Antioch, Apollinaris, Theophilus of Alexandria, Epiphanius, Jerome; just as, on the other hand, he had his supporters and followers: Gregory Thaumaturgus, Pamphilus, Eusebius, Didymus, Alexander, Rufinus, Palladius, John of Jerusalem, Chrysostom, Isidore, etc. (2) Hippolytus, of Porto, afterward a bishop in Italy, finally a martyr under the emperor Alexander Severus: most of his writings are listed by Jerome (de Script. Eccles.), among which not a few falsely pass under his name — of which Rivet, Cocus, and others [speak]. At the very least his demonstration concerning the Antichrist is genuine. (3) Julius Africanus, a Palestinian, under Heliogabalus and Alexander Severus. He published a chronicle in five books, from the creation of the world down to Christ, and other writings besides. (4) Gregory of Neocaesarea, otherwise called Thaumaturgus, bishop in Pontus, converted by Origen, famous and renowned for his writings against Paul of Samosata and for other matters. To him, however, are also ascribed a confession of faith against the Arians, orations on the assumption of the mother of God, perhaps also a canonical letter, and very many miracles, of which Nyssen, in his life of him, Basil, Theodoret, and others [speak]. (5) Dionysius of Alexandria, a hearer of Origen, the successor of Heraclas, a contemporary of Thaumaturgus, Cyprian, and Dionysius of Rome: he wrote against Sabellius, Novatus, Nepos, Hieraces, Paul of Samosata: he was carried off into exile under Valerian, and died under Gallienus. (6) Methodius, bishop of Olympus and afterward at Tyre, a martyr under Decius, or Valerian, according to others under Diocletian: he published a discourse against Origen concerning the resurrection, according to the testimony of Epiphanius (Heresy LXIV) and of Jerome in his Catalogue; likewise against Porphyry. (7) Minucius Felix, a Roman advocate, midway between Tertullian and Cyprian: he wrote a dialogue, from which many things concerning the doctrine, church customs, morals, and discipline of the Christians appear. (8) Caecilius Cyprianus, converted by the Carthaginian elder Caecilius, first an orator, then an elder, and finally bishop of Carthage, an admirer and follower of Tertullian, most renowned and famous for his piety, zeal, labor for Christianity, exercise of discipline, actions against Novatus, elegance of style, and martyrdom. He also has not a few mutilated and falsely-attributed writings, even in favor of the papal supremacy, as Rigault himself acknowledges. A register of these is given, after Erasmus, Pamelius, Bellarmine, Cocus, Rivet, etc., with judgments, by Nicolaus Rigault. To this may be added the Englishman William Cave, in his life of Cyprian: his works have been published by Rigault. (9) Pontius, a Carthaginian deacon, under Bishop Cyprian, whose life and suffering he published, according to Jerome — which writing, along with others, is now available in a very mutilated and corrupted state, so that Rigault says: few writings remain which we can present pure and uncorrupted. (10) Novatian, an elder of the church of Rome, a rival of Cornelius, afterward factious and schismatic, and the first of the so-called Cathari (that is, the pure, the clean), who held the orthodox to be unclean because they readmitted the lapsed: he is said by Jerome, in his Catalogue, to have written many things; some of his writings are ascribed to Tertullian, others to Cyprian, especially the book concerning the Trinity, which is still extant today. And although in [teaching] the one Godhead he distinguishes the threeness of persons against Sabellius, he nevertheless speaks of the Holy Spirit, dangerously, as less than Christ and as a creature: the same he does in his little book on Jewish foods, meanwhile disputing what Christian liberty is regarding foods. (11) Arnobius, an African from Numidia, and a rhetorician, the teacher of Lactantius, flourished at the end of the third century, under Diocletian and thereafter: he wrote seven books against the heathen, being still a catechumen, for which reason his slips are the more readily forgiven and excused — for example, concerning the origin of souls, or concerning the manner of the resurrection, taken from Origen, the Platonists, and the Gnostics. Jerome warns concerning him, as also concerning Origen, Tertullian, and others, in his letter to Tranquillinus (Tom. II), that they must be read in such a way that we glean the good from them and avoid what is contrary [to sound doctrine]. He must be carefully and cautiously distinguished from Arnobius the Younger, who wrote in the fifth century.
Beyond these, under the last century of this era, one finds fabricated and spurious writings, almost without number, [noted by] our Cocus, Rivet, Hottinger, and others, and, among the papists, Erasmus, Possevino, Sixtus of Siena, and as many as have published their writings in the most corrected form. By name: (a) Sermons (discourses) on most passages of Holy Scripture, by Zeno, bishop of the Veronese, one who, as some hold, was a martyr under Gallienus, of whom Jerome knew nothing. (b) A homily of Eusebius of Alexandria, concerning the honoring of the saints. (c) A book of Dorotheus, namely the Tyrian — whether bishop or elder, distinguished from the one of Antioch — concerning the life and death of the prophets, apostles, and disciples of Christ (compare Blondel, Apologia pro Hieronymo, sect. 3, p. 104). (d) Books of the Martyrs, under the emperors Severus, Maximus, Decius, Gallus, Valerian, Diocletian, and Maximian, first published in the following centuries, which Gelasius, in the Roman council, has referred to the apocryphal writings — because Eusebius was the first to begin drawing up a list of the martyrs, in imitation of whom, though only after Jerome, a martyrology for the West came forth, gradually enlarged by Bede, Florus, Usuard, Ado, and other later writers, which Surius has gathered together out of the fabricated lives of the saints, legends, tales of churches, monasteries, etc. (compare Antonius Godwin, in the preface to his church history). (e) Eight books of the Constitutions of the Apostles, published under the name of Clement, compiled in the third century, as Blondel holds (in his preface to the Apologia pro Hieronymo), which our Dallaeus, and after him others also, assign to the fifth century. (f) The same must generally be held concerning the Apostolic Canons, which Dallaeus thinks were gathered together, from various councils' canons, by a certain "Orien," in the fifth century, although others bring some of them down to the third century.
The means to this propagation were: (a) In the ecclesiastical assemblies, in the manner of public worship-exercises: A. Scripture was read aloud, by a reader, of which Tertullian speaks (de Praescript., ch. 16). B. Public prayers were made, on the Lord's days customarily standing, on other days kneeling, and indeed facing east. They prayed, the presiding minister leading, for the newly baptized, for the [catechetical] instruction, for catechumens, for the possessed, for emperors and their ministers, "pro mora finis," for the delay of the end. Tertullian, Apol., ch. 39: the people at the end calling out "Amen." C. Hymns were sung to the honor of God, also expressing moral matters, of which Pliny in his letter to Trajan [speaks]. Hence the Psalters and Psalmists. D. Scripture was expounded and applied through preachings, which they afterward called homilies. Before these went a prayer, together with the reading of Scripture, namely of the text which was to be expounded before the congregation, silence being made either with the voice or with the hand. The preachers were the "presiding ones," among Justin, never the laity — except in a congregation not yet fully constituted — even, among women, to whom it was indeed granted to prophesy or to sing psalms. E. The offering or bringing forward of the Supper's bread and wine by the people, their consecration by a prayer, the distribution among the baptized and the believers, with mention of the death of Christ. The Supper they otherwise called anamnesis, a remembrance; koinonia, a communion; synaxis, that is, a gathering, an assembling together; agape, love or love-feast. Irenaeus also calls it oblatio, that is, an offering, otherwise a sacrifice, with regard, namely, to the bread and the wine, which were brought by the people, Irenaeus, Book IV, ch. 32. The name "Mass," in place of "Supper," was unknown in this century. The time varied — commonly it took place on the Lord's days, elsewhere also on the fourth and sixth days of the week, the preaching and the prayer being finished; indeed also daily among some, and this generally afterward in the morning, after the fast, elsewhere also in the evening — the congregations, however, gathering before daylight, according to the testimony of Justin Martyr and Tertullian. F. The use of both elements, of leavened bread, by no means of little cakes — namely that bread which was brought as an offering by the people in the love-feasts, from which the "oblates" [derive their name] — so that the institution of Alexander I, which is pretended for unleavened bread, is spurious, Sirmond, in his dissertation, acknowledging this: the wine was mixed with water, for secrecy's sake, according to the testimony of Justin (2nd Apology). Those who were admitted were only the baptized and those capable of discerning [the elements]; scarcely small children; also the sick, to whom the tokens were carried, and not only bread but also wine, as is clear from Justin and Irenaeus in Eusebius. The first and foremost minister was a certain presiding officer, a bishop or elder, who blessed and consecrated the elements; the second, a lesser minister, who distributed the tokens, was a deacon — both in a simple garment. Hence Tertullian's Apology concerning the cloak, which he had taken up in place of a robe, as a token of a stricter discipline: as yet no priestly, much less pontifical, vestments had a place — such as first arose in the following century. The actions which were used were, in part, those of the officiant, namely the consecration and blessing, with a clear voice, after a preceding prayer, especially the Lord's Prayer, together with exhortations and encouragements to the people, and a speaking of the words of institution, as appears from Justin, Irenaeus, Tertullian, etc.; the breaking of the bread, which no one — although especially the Ubiquitists deny that it happened out of necessity — is denied to have occurred; the distribution was made either by a deacon, or by the presiding officer himself, as Tertullian has it: the setting forth in a dish, that each might take for himself, Clement of Alexandria, Stromata, Book I. In part, [the actions] of the communicants, namely, a fitting and due preparation, made through prayers, fasting, alms, hearing the word; then the sitting down, then the communion, and finally a thanksgiving, alms, mutual kisses, etc. G. The love-feasts, out of what remained of that which the people had brought, which are called by Tertullian a "supper of the Lord." The origin of this was from the sacred feasts of the heathen, or from Christ's Passover meal, or from Christ's command to call the poor to the feast, Luke 14:13 — for they served for the benefit and use of the poor and needy. They took place first before, afterward, after the administration of the Holy Supper, toward evening, in the places of assembly, and above the graves of the martyrs, accompanied by godly conversations and the reading of the Scriptures: the end and purpose was that it should be a token and sign of brotherly love, that the poor should be refreshed, and that mention should be made of the death of Christ. Thus it stood with the sacred rites of the Holy Supper.
The administration of Baptism was performed also on small children (Irenaeus, Book II, ch. 39; Tertullian, de Bapt., ch. 18), with the taking on of sponsors and godparents, who stood surety for the faith and faithfulness of the small children. In adults a prior preparation was required; hence the catechumens, being instructed concerning doctrine and life through catechists — such a one, in this era, was Clement of Alexandria — afterward "competents," after a three-year trial, according to the Apostolic Constitutions; and finally believers and the perfected: there also preceded baptism a fasting, sackcloth, prayers, a confession of faith, a renunciation of the devil and his angels, and of all worldly pomp. Tertullian, de Baptismo, ch. 19, and de Corona Militis, ch. 3. It was administered at a certain fitting time, mostly on the Sabbath, or on the vigils of Easter and Pentecost, according to the testimony of Tertullian: and this in all sorts of places, in fountains, rivers, private houses at deathbeds, on beds (hence the "Grabbatarii," those lying in bed), yet not above the graves of the martyrs — and yet this had no place, until the time of the apostles, that one should be baptized for the dead, 1 Cor. 15:29. The minister of baptism was a presiding officer, according to Justin Martyr, Ignatius, Tertullian. Septimius calls him the high priest (de Bapt., ch. 17), that is, a bishop, and, by his authority, an elder or also a deacon — although he says that the laity also had a right to it, though not women, with this reason added: for what is received equally can also be given equally. Baptism was brought and administered by a threefold immersion of the naked body, while the deaconesses attended to the modesty of the women — except that the sick were sprinkled on their beds. There was added the invocation of the Trinity, according to Ignatius, Justin, Irenaeus, Tertullian: there followed an anointing (Tertullian, de Bapt., ch. 7), a sealing (the same, de Resurr., ch. 8), the laying on of hands, a blessing, an invocation of the Holy Spirit, a prayer for the baptized by the whole congregation. Also, in the time of Tertullian (Against Marcion, Book I, ch. 14), a tasting of milk and honey. In the African churches also the communion of the Supper was given to a small child immediately after baptism. Yet there is as yet no observed exorcism, or anointing (chrismatio), or [confirmatory] signing, such as there was in later times: yet there was the use of white garments, from which come the words phōtismos, phōtisma, illumination, neophōtistoi, the newly illuminated, hēmera tōn phōtōn, a day of lights. Furthermore, the public worship-exercises included collections for the poor, for the confessors, for those condemned to the mines, etc.; likewise commemorations of the martyrs, after the public prayers, at the churchyards, on each one's day of death; further their kisses (called holy) of peace, of reconciliation, of brotherhood, called by Tertullian "the signacula of prayer," that is, tokens and seals of the discourse; besides this, an oath, whereby they bound themselves that they would commit no thefts (these are the words of Pliny to Trajan), no robberies, no adulteries, that no one would deceive another in his promises, and that they would not deny a deposit left with them when called upon.
To these their exercises of religion they appointed set times, especially the first day of the week, or the Lord's Day, which they called Sunday, Justin, Apol. II. But they also assembled on other days, more rarely, namely on the seventh day of the week, being the Sabbath, at least in various Eastern regions, yet not with a Jewish solemnity, as with the Sabbatarians. They also assembled on the fourth and sixth days, on which Christ was betrayed and crucified, though only until the ninth hour: there were no feasts besides Easter and Pentecost, with their vigils. The places of the exercises of religion were as yet no temples, no stately basilicas, but the houses of private persons, upper rooms, bath-houses, secret places, churchyards. Thus it stood with the exercises of religion of the Christians under the first century of this era; under the second, most things indeed remained so; but in the ceremonies of the church especially, one had strayed more from the original simplicity — for example: (1) With regard to Baptism, it became the custom to postpone it, until the small children had grown up, which Tertullian greatly approved and praised; also that its administration was bound to the vigils of Easter and Pentecost; that those who had been baptized by heretics — whatever sort they were — were baptized anew in the congregation. (2) As regards the Holy Supper, one hears of Mass-solemnities, of an introit, a litany, an angelic hymn, and of the rise of a whole canon, or order, of prayers and priestly actions, according to the testimony of Walafrid: elsewhere too water was used in place of wine, which Cyprian laments, Epist. 63. Also the Supper began to be given to small children, Epist. 59. The carrying of it to the absent; the use of bread morsels dipped [in wine], in place of both elements; the reserving of the elements, their being carried away, and their being eaten at home, according to the testimonies of Tertullian and Cyprian: also a secret confession began to be required beforehand in the Eastern churches. As for the departed, the burials of the martyrs, and the gathering together of their remains took place at the common churchyards, by grave-diggers, with a prayer added; and these relics began to be gathered together with a certain solemnity; their birthdays were celebrated, on the yearly days of their falling asleep, as Tertullian says; offerings for the dead were made, for the use and benefit of the poor; prayers were poured out for all who rest in Christ, of which Tertullian, Origen, Cyprian [speak], on a false supposition of the sequestration of souls until the day of judgment, and of the assaults of Satan against them: meanwhile no prayers were made to the dead, though the opinion had arisen that the departed were helped by these [prayers].
Hereupon (2) comes the governance of the church by bishops, to whom the privilege and precedence of rank and presidency were given, according to the testimony of Jerome (Epist. 85) and others: yet it is doubtful whether they had this presidency everywhere, or only in the larger congregations, whence they were called Presidents and Praepositi (Overseers). (Tertullian, de Pudicitia, ch. 21.) Then also through elders and deacons, who were set over the poor; likewise through deaconesses, whose ministry was also occupied with the baptism of women. Their ordination took place by an election through the raising of hands; then by the laying on of hands, which afterward was transferred to the bishops alone; and thus a distinction between the order and the common people, or between the clergy and the laity, came to be adopted: yet there was as yet no anointing, no handing over of the Gospel book, of a paten, a cup, of a dalmatic robe, a mantle, nor other tokens of honor; likewise no subdeacons, exorcists, acolytes, readers; still less ranks of dignities, of archbishops, archdeacons, archpriests, metropolitans, primates, exarchs, abbots, apocrisiarii, referendaries, cardinals; and much less does any mention occur of a universal (ecumenical) pontificate, etc. The governance lay with the bishops, elders, and deacons, gathering together into an eldership, not into an episcopate, in a church council, not in a bishop's palace, in the larger cities. Hence the councils arose and were born, on the occasion (a) of heresies, for example of Montanus and of the Cataphrygians, against whom the godly presiding officers set themselves, mostly throughout Asia, Eusebius, Book V, ch. 16; (b) of the Passover, and of both its day and the fast beforehand, Eusebius, Book IV, ch. 13. Furthermore, councils were held throughout the East — of Asia, Syria, Palestine; throughout the West — most notably the Roman and the Gallican, Eusebius, Book V, ch. 23 — most of them about the end of the second century, under the bishops Victor, Irenaeus of Lyons, Theophilus of Caesarea, bishop of Palestine, Bacchylus, bishop of the Corinthians, Polycrates, bishop of the Ephesians: in these, Victor pronounced judgment against the Quartodecimans (fourteenth-day observers), and the others followed him — except that Polycrates, bishop of the Ephesians, in the Asiatic council, pronounced in favor of the Quartodecimans, having written a letter to Victor, in which he urges the custom, even from the time of the Apostle John, and counsels him to peace, Eusebius, Book IV, ch. 24 — which is wrongly and improperly reckoned among the rejected and severed matters in the books of the councils. There are also mentioned more councils, under the last, or third, century of this era — for example, the Iconian, the Asiatic, and the Antiochene, against Samosatenus; likewise very numerous ones throughout Africa, Syria, Palestine, Arabia, Italy, France, in order that the weightier points of controversy might be brought to the councils. Thus, (1) some African [councils], concerning the rebaptism of heretics; concerning granting free access to penitent lapsed persons; concerning administering baptism to small children immediately after birth, even before the eighth day — against Bishop Fidus, who denied this. (2) The Arabian, Origen being present there, against Beryllus and other heretics; against [rebaptism], ordination, etc., of the Cataphrygian heretics. (3) Three Antiochene [councils]: the first against Novatus and the schismatic Novatians; the second and third against Samosatenus. (4) Some Roman [councils], under Cornelius, concerning the readmission of the lapsed, against Novatus; under Stephen, concerning the rebaptism of returning heretics.
Also (1) not a little effective for the propagation, establishment, and building up of the church during this era was Church Discipline, being most strict — stricter, however, among the African churches than among the Roman — though it became milder among the Africans even after the Decian persecution, Cyprian, Epist. 52 — because shameful deeds were not sufficiently restrained by the pagan magistrates, especially idolatry, and lest the Christians, on this account, should fall into evil repute among the heathen. The manner and method of this discipline are taught and described by Tertullian, Cyprian, Origen, Gregory of Neocaesarea, and others. It was exercised against the lapsed, both in doctrine and in morals — for example, against murderers, adulterers, and idol-worshippers, whom Tertullian calls the principal and highest crimes: also, according to Cyprian, in his book on idolatry, there were various degrees — according as one had sinned willingly, or under compulsion and wrung from him by the force of torments; the one directly joined with a denial of Christ; the other through some complicity, or joined with the persecution of the brethren, or, if they had eaten in the idol-temples, etc. Hence they were called traditores, that is, those who had handed over — who had disclosed and betrayed the treasures of the church to the emperors; sacrificati, that is, those who had offered sacrifice in some manner; thurificati, that is, those who had burned incense; libellati, that is, those who, whether by themselves or through others, had obtained from the magistrate, by means of little certificates, [a declaration] that they would no longer be investigated, having paid money for this. Cyprian, Epist. 31. Out of these were made the excommunicated, the banned, the "separated" (aphōrismenoi), with very many examples in Tertullian, Origen, Cyprian, Eusebius. From these there came and arose the candidati poenitentiae, that is, candidates of repentance and penance, which had to be sought with tears, and which was said to be granted and received by many — sometimes also to the dying, especially to those who had once more fallen anew. This repentance and penance has been called by a common name exomologesis, that is, a confession — certainly not one made into the ear, as though it were an auricular confession, but a public confession; likewise a certain satisfaction — certainly a canonical one, that is, a regular one, made to the church, not to God; also, properly speaking, a sacramental one — although Cyprian, Epist. 31, holds
...of Rigaltius, many signs, mysteries, and sacraments of a truly contrite and penitent spirit were displayed. This gradually began to take place in private, before a penitentiary appointed for the purpose, a man sworn to silence, through whom the penitent, in the course of healing, or at the end of this age, arrived at ascending steps: namely, (1) to a prosklausis, a weeping outside the doors of the congregation, even in wintertime, from which they were called hiemantes, that is, "winterers," and this with sackcloth and ashes (Tertullian, De pudicitia; likewise De poenitentia). (2) to an akroasis, a hearing, by which they were admitted to the sermons, in the vestibule. (3) to a hypoptosis, a prostration within the gate of the temple together with the catechumens. (4) to a systasis, a standing together with the believers, upon which at last (5) followed the methexis, the communion or fellowship; the clergy, however, were admitted only as laymen, that is, they communed among the laity.
The pronouncement of absolution was given publicly, most often on a solemn day, and in particular on a Lord's Day for the Supper before Easter; but to the sick and the dying it was given in private. It was also given but once, and not to those who had fallen anew. Yet this strictness declined not a little through the indulgences granted before the appointed time of penance had been completed; or by reason of sickness, despair, and approaching death; or by reason of the intercession of martyrs and confessors, from whom "letters of peace" (libelli pacis) were obtained (Concil. Eliberit. Can. 25) — a practice which later degenerated into various abuses, once such intercession had hardened into a claimed right. From this there also arose the notion and imagined merit of the martyrs; and because these letters were granted without discrimination, to every one alike, the strictness of discipline was thereby greatly weakened (Cypr. Epist. 29 and 30).
Furthermore, much was contributed to the propagation, direction, and building up of the church by (1) the schools, which in this age began to be opened. For besides that Jerome says of Justin that he held his lectures at Rome, and there refuted Crescens (Euseb. Lib. IV. Cap. 16), and that Origen, having left Alexandria, taught theology openly at Caesarea in a school established either by himself or by another — the most famous and renowned school was that at Alexandria, in which Pantaenus, Clement of Alexandria, and Origen taught (Euseb. Lib. V.).
Meanwhile the churches were shaken and buffeted not a little: partly by schisms — (1) that of Montanus, who, together with his prophetesses Priscilla and Maximilla, and bringing with him Theodotus, Alcibiades, and others out of Asia and Phrygia, laid claim to the prophetic gift which was still flourishing in the church, joining to it the profession of a stricter life, an abundance of fasting, and a contempt for martyrdom, while otherwise leaving the chief articles of faith and doctrine untouched; and thereby drew away very many from the fellowship of the universal, orthodox church — among whom was even Tertullian — until, Montanus and Maximilla having died, through the mediating labor and ministry of the Asiatic bishops the sounder among them returned to the bosom of the church (Euseb. Lib. V.). Then (2) that of Victor, bishop of Rome, who, though vainly rebuked and reproved for it by Irenaeus and Polycarp, excommunicated the Eastern and Asiatic churches because they kept the feast of Easter fixed on the fourteenth day of the month, whereas he, with his Romans, wished it observed on the following Sunday (Euseb. ibid. V. Cap. 24). This schism lasted until the Council of Nicaea, when, through the intervention of the authority of Emperor Constantine, the quartodecimani (that is, those who insisted on the fourteenth day) came over to the Romans, while others meanwhile kept the old custom. This took place in the first century of this age; in the following century there was added (3) the schism of the Origenists, between the Palestinians who followed Origen, and Demetrius of Alexandria, who in synods condemned Origen for his various errors (Euseb. Lib. V. Cap. 8). (4) That of the Novatians, whose founders were Novatus and Novatianus, elders — the first at Carthage, the other at Rome. Now Novatus, while Cyprian was absent during his two-year exile under Decius, had communed with the lapsed contrary to discipline and against the will of Cyprian; and being besides guilty of various crimes, he had been kept at a distance by Cyprian, and for this reason rose up, together with Felicissimus, a Carthaginian deacon, first against Caecilianus, and then against the universal church; fleeing afterward to Rome, he there won over the elder Novatianus, and with him forged a schism. Afterward, having been made bishop by the schismatic party in place of Cornelius, he sought and seized an occasion for schism in Cornelius's excessive leniency in readmitting the lapsed on the strength of the letters of the martyrs and confessors; and having joined hands with Novatus, he called his schismatics Cathari, that is, "the pure," and denied that forgiveness ought to be given to the lapsed, wrongly and improperly invoking to his aid the passages of Paul in Hebrews 6 and 10 — on account of which the canonical authority of that epistle stood for some time in doubt at Rome. They were condemned in the councils of Carthage, Rome, and Antioch, where at the same time the manner of discipline concerning the lapsed was determined (Euseb. Lib. VI. Cap. 43 and following). Nevertheless this schism continued, and later discharged itself into Donatism. As for the heresy of the Cathari ("the pure"), see Epiphanius, Haeres. 59, likewise Augustine, Theodoret, and others.
Finally, (5) the Eastern schism, between the Roman church on the one side and the Eastern, Asiatic, and African churches on the other, concerning the rebaptism of heretics. For since the Novatians rebaptized the orthodox who came over to them, it accordingly seemed good and right to the Asiatics and Africans — to Cyprian, bishop of Carthage, and his fellow bishops, following their predecessor Agrippinus, and to Firmilian of Caesarea, a disciple of Origen, together with the bishops of Galatia, Cilicia, and the neighboring regions — that the Novatians too, and all heretics coming over to the orthodox, should be baptized anew, since the baptism of heretics was without effect. Against this, Stephen, a Roman bishop, after Cornelius and Lucius, held that heretics ought to be readmitted by nothing more than the laying on of hands. The matter was handled on both sides with bitterness and polemical writings, with very great acrimony of spirit, Stephen even threatening the Easterners with excommunication. And although the contending parties were afterward somewhat mollified, the Asiatics and Africans nevertheless persisted in their opinion. See Eusebius, Lib. VII. Cap. 5, and the letters of Cyprian, especially the 72nd, to Stephen, and that of Firmilian to Cyprian, which is the 75th.
The Third Age of the New Testament
XXII. There follows the third age of the church of the New Testament, running from Constantine the Great (corresponding, by the common reckoning, to the year of Christ 306, when he began to reign alone) to the Emperor Phocas, corresponding to the year of Christ 602 — so that this age comprises about 296 years. Its condition seems to be pictured by the opening of the fourth seal, Rev. 6:5–6, when the third living creature is shown as a black horse, beginning to be made black — signifying thereby the Photinian, Samosatenian, Sabellian, Arian, Eunomian, Macedonian, and other heresies; as well as the pride, greed, and quarreling of the bishops, advancing by great strides toward the Roman monarchy, whereby a spiritual famine gained the upper hand in the church, while meanwhile the wine and the oil — that is, the fundamental doctrine — were preserved in the church.
The words of the text of Revelation set before us:
I. The Unsealer of the seal, namely Christ, of whom we have spoken concerning the preceding ages.
II. The Crier or Preacher, calling and summoning John to attention, namely the third living creature, in a human form, Ch. 4:7, whereby the form of the church is signified, which — the monstrous and more-than-bestial heresies of the preceding age, of Simon Magus, Saturninus, Cerinthus, Ebion, Valentinus, Basilides, and the rest, having been cast out — began to assume a more human shape.
III. The image displayed, being a black horse, signifying the church made black — both in doctrine, through the various heresies we have named, of the Photinians, Samosatenians, and the rest; and through the ever-growing and increasing pride and tyranny of the bishops. The rider or one sitting upon the horse is Christ, with a balance in His hand, signifying Scripture as a rule of faith and morals, Gal. 6:16, which the heretics often falsely invoked to cloak their errors, but which Christ, the seated rider, held in His hand and, by His providence, governed for the preservation of the church, so that saving doctrine might be measured out according to it.
IV. The outcome, and the meaning of the image, in which is named:
1. The voice explaining the image, namely that of the Lamb, who stood in the midst of the living creatures — compare Rev. 5:6 — which explains, unfolds, and governs every outcome.
2. The explanation given by the voice concerning the image, which contains:
a. A certain threat — a measure of wheat for a penny. A measure (choenix), according to Budaeus (De Asse, Lib. V), holds two sextarii, or four pounds; a sextarius, twenty-four ounces, or two pounds. A denarius (a penny) is so named from its number, being worth ten-and-a-half asses, roughly ten-and-a-half of our stuivers. It was the wage for a day's labor. Sitos, wheat, signifies a more delicious and pleasant bread; krithe, barley, signifies the food of the poor, or of beasts of burden. This is to signify that so great a spiritual famine would come, that food would scarcely — indeed, very scarcely — suffice to sustain spiritual life for even a single day; this applying both to the more refined food, that is, to the genuine teachers of the church, and to the poor or common people.
b. A certain limitation, for the benefit of true believers: "and see thou hurt not the oil and the wine." Here the oil and the wine signify the fundamental articles of theology, which throughout this age had in every respect to be kept unharmed and unimpaired.
Now this blackening of the church and of the fundamental doctrines did not take place in only one way, nor in equal degrees, from Constantine down to Phocas, as will appear more distinctly as we proceed.
XXIII. The church passed through this age under nineteen Roman emperors. The first of these was Constantine the Great, a son of Constantius Chlorus by the Briton Helena. When he made war and fought against Magnentius, who fought not only with weapons of war but also with weapons of sorcery, he considered which God he should choose for himself against his enemy as a protector and defender; and having seen, as the sun was setting, above the sun, the sign of a cross, with the letters P and Rho added, and this inscription, en toutōi nika — that is, "conquer by this" (namely, the sign of the cross) — he is said to have been thereby moved and impelled to accept and embrace the Christian faith. And, having conquered Magnentius, he established many things to the advantage of the Christians; brought many gifts into their churches; forbade that the festival days, banquets, and public solemnities of the gods should be observed and proclaimed; abolished the bloody spectacles of the gladiators and unnatural forms of vice. Meanwhile, as for what the papists have chattered about the gifts and grants of Constantine the Great, Marsilius of Padua, Lorenzo Valla, Cusanus, Antoninus of Florence, and others have shown this to be so trifling that even the Jesuits themselves are now ashamed to bring it further onto the stage. Nevertheless his excessive liberality toward the bishops sowed a kind of poison within the church, as appears from the very document concerning that fabricated donation, inserted into the canon law by its compilers. Meanwhile he also banished Athanasius. He reigned thirty years. Eusebius has described his life in his fourth book, and in an oration in his praise, delivered when he celebrated the three-hundredth anniversary — which oration some regard as somewhat flattering, sycophantic, and suspect.
By testament he divided his kingdom among his three sons, having assigned to Constantine France, Spain, and Britain; to Constans, Italy, Africa, and Illyricum; and to Constantius he allotted Thrace, Asia, Egypt, and the East. Thus he laid the foundation for the first split between East and West. He also recalled Athanasius.
The second emperor was accordingly Constantine II, for three years in the West; Constans, thirteen years in Italy and Africa; Constantius, twenty-four years in the East, secretly favoring Arianism. In that time several more aspired to imperial power: Magnentius, with his two brothers Decentius and Desiderius, in the West; Vetranio in Pannonia; Nepotianus in Italy; Silvanus in France. Constantius also made emperors, namely Gallus, and, who reigned after him, Julian. For the rest, Constantius, though himself orthodox, did little to help the Christian cause.
He was followed by the third, namely Julian, a nephew of Constantine the Great through his sister, a learned man, but who was drawn away and estranged from the Christian faith by Libanius the orator. At first he played the hypocrite to perfection, feigning Christian manners; he bound and obligated everyone to himself by his kindnesses; he not only recalled the exiled bishops but also restored their temples to the heathen. Soon, having grown bitter against the Christians through pride and arrogance, he began, through the arts of Libanius, to honor the heathen gods; against Christ, whom he scornfully called "the Galilean," he wrote seven books; the Christians — among them Jovian, Valentinian, and Valens, later emperors — he barred from the palace; the church's revenues he confiscated; to spite and vex the Christians, he permitted the Jews to rebuild the temple and their commonwealth at Jerusalem; but just as this was prevented by God's own doing and providence, so he himself, in the Parthian campaign, was pierced by an arrow shot by some unknown soldier, and was compelled to cry out that the Galilean had conquered at last.
He was followed, fourthly, by Jovian, a favorite of his household, elected emperor by the favor of the soldiers. When he declared that he did not wish to reign over heathens, his soldiers proclaimed themselves Christians; he died, I know not how, on the borders of Bithynia.
He was followed, fifthly, by Valentinian, a son of Gratian, commander of the imperial bodyguard, chosen emperor by the army. Finding himself unequal alone to so great a burden, he associated Valens with himself, granting him the eastern provinces up to Illyricum. And just as he himself professed the orthodox faith, according to the Nicene creed, so Valens, given over to Arian faithlessness, tormented the orthodox most sharply and bitterly. Valentinian meanwhile waged war in the West against the Germans and Britons with varying fortune, and fell in the campaign against the Quadi; he reigned twelve years. Valens too perished by a wretched death.
He was followed, sixthly, by Gratian, long before associated with his father, for five years in the West; to whom the soldiers added his brother Valentinian II, for sixteen years, in Italy and Africa. Together with these, in the East, the seventh held power, namely Theodosius the Great, son-in-law of Valentinian I, for seventeen years. In this time Maximus and his son Victor set themselves up as emperors in the West, and Eugenius in Italy — the second Julian — whom Theodosius suppressed; a most renowned and highly praised prince, in piety close to Constantine the Great, in manners and bodily stature close to Trajan; he abolished the brothels at Rome, and drew the senators and citizens to the Christian religion. Being overtaken by anger, however, he had, at Thessalonica, without prior investigation, some seven thousand put to death, as is generally reckoned; for which deed he was barred by Ambrose from communion with the church for eight months, and after penitence and penance was readmitted. When about to die, he bequeathed by testament the East to his son Arcadius, and the West to Honorius; over the one he set Stilicho, over the other Rufinus, as guardians — whereby the second division of the empire, into East and West, took place.
We shall now follow the succession, with respect to the East, adding, so far as needed, the emperors and affairs of the West as well.
Theodosius the Great was accordingly followed, eighthly, by Arcadius, in whose time there aspired to the throne Gildo in Africa, Gainas at Constantinople, Marcus, Gratianus, and Constantianus with his son Constans in France. In the West, Honorius chose the general Constantine as his colleague. Arcadius reigned thirteen years; Honorius, twenty-seven.
Arcadius was followed, ninthly, by Theodosius II, his son, in whose time there aspired to the throne Attalus at Rome, Maximus in Spain, Jovinus and Sebastianus in France, Heraclian in Africa. In the West, Honorius was followed by John for two years, then Valentinian III, son of Honorius, together with his mother Placidia, for thirty years.
After these came the tenth, Marcian, with his wife Pulcheria, daughter of Arcadius, for seven years. In the West, Petronius Maximus, three months, killed while fleeing; and Avitus, chosen by the Gauls but deposed by Marcian, held the throne for one year, followed by an interregnum likewise of one year.
In the East, Marcian was followed, eleventhly, by Leo the Thracian, seventeen years. In the West meanwhile the helm of government was held by Majorian, four years, and Severus for as many years, followed by an interregnum of two years, and after that Anthemius, son-in-law of Marcian, one year. Then Olybrius, son-in-law of Valentinian III, one year. Then Glycerius, and after him Julius Nepos, each one year.
Leo the Thracian was followed, in the East, twelfthly, by Leo the Younger, or the second, for a few months; and he by the thirteenth, Zeno the Isaurian, son-in-law of Leo, against whom Basiliscus at first seized the throne for twenty months; Zeno reigned seventeen years. In the West there was Romulus, surnamed Augustulus, ten months, forced by Odoacer, king of the Heruli, to abdicate. And thus the Western empire came to an end: the Goths succeeding through tyranny, namely Theodoric, Athalaric, Theodahad, Vitiges, Hildebald, Totila, Teia, whom Justinian's general defeated in the year 553.
After Zeno the Isaurian, there was in the East, fourteenthly, Anastasius, surnamed Dicorus, a most zealous Eutychian and a godless persecutor of the church. In this time the kings of Italy, Spain, and Africa were Arians; the kings of the Franks, English, and Germans, heathens; the emperor a Eutychian — and yet the church could not be overthrown: he reigned twenty-seven years and some months.
After him came, fifteenthly, Justin, a herdsman in his youth, then a carpenter, then a soldier, and finally emperor, for eighteen years and two months.
And then, sixteenthly, Justinian, a nephew of Justin through his sister, who restored the West to the East, and who compiled the Roman civil law: he reigned thirty-eight years.
He was followed, seventeenthly, by Justin the Younger, a nephew of Justinian through his sister, who established the exarchate at Ravenna, in whose time the Lombard kingdom arose in that part of France lying on this side of the Alps; he reigned sixteen years and nine months — others credit him with eleven years.
After this came, eighteenthly, Tiberius II, for eight years, though he reigned four of these years jointly with Justin, and as many alone.
And finally, nineteenthly, Maurice the Cappadocian, sixteen years and three months; but his fate we reserve for the following age, along with that of Phocas.
XXIV. Alongside this succession of emperors there stood, at the same time, thirty-three Roman bishops — others, who count Felix II, a schismatic, separately, reckon thirty-four — who, through the pride and arrogance occasioned by the prosperous state of affairs and the generosity of the emperors, fell as it were to fighting one another over the bishopric.
The first of these was Sylvester, in the year of Christ 314. He is said to have healed and baptized Constantine the Great, who had been struck with leprosy for certain crimes, and to have received from him gifts of kingdoms, provinces, and other costly things. Sabellicus and Platina hold that he, among many other things, instituted the use of chrism to mark those who were to be baptized, and to anoint the dying. Antoninus (Part II, Hist. Tit. 11, Cap. I, §1) adds that he instituted the fourth and sixth days and the sabbath to be kept with fasting, but the seventh day to be celebrated as the Lord's Day. Nicephorus and Metaphrastes also idly relate that Constantine the Great allowed certain Jews before him to dispute over religion, and that Sylvester, being asked to perform a miracle, by a quiet invocation killed an ox and then restored it to life, and that he likewise killed a serpent that daily struck down three hundred men: he held the see twenty-two years.
The second was Marcus, a Roman, a learned and dignified man, to whom are ascribed, in the books of the councils, two feeble and quite unlearned letters: he held the see eight months.
The third was Julius, a Roman, the supposed author of two letters and ten decrees. He faithfully championed the cause of Athanasius against the Eusebians, and for his sake and for the sake of the truth convened a synod at Rome, and obtained from the emperor that Athanasius be recalled; it is added that he was also present at the Council of Sardica: he held the see fifteen years.
The fourth was Liberius. Constantius, because he would not subscribe to the repeated condemnation of Athanasius, drove him into exile, and set up in his place Felix II — orthodox indeed, but one who had admitted Arians into his communion — who himself, either because of his frankness in speaking against Constantius was put to death, or, upon Liberius's return, withdrew of his own accord to his country estate. For that Liberius, broken by the grief of his exile, returned, and subscribed to Arianism, is attested by Jerome, Athanasius, and Platina. He held the see, in all, fifteen years. Under him occurred the second schism.
The fifth, Damasus, a Spaniard, a man of eloquent and poetic genius: but when he was about to be elected bishop, some contrived that Ursicinus, a deacon, be ordained, whereby a riot broke out, and 137 corpses were found in one day in the church. Ursicinus nevertheless withdrew, and after his uprising obtained the spoil of the see of Naples; but Damasus, though he conducted himself blamelessly both in his episcopacy and in his manner of life, was nevertheless accused of adultery; yet he so thoroughly refuted the slanders that the accusers were cast out of the church: he held the see eighteen years; under him occurred the third schism.
The sixth was Siricius, a Roman. He was the first to admit monks into the ranks of the clergy, they not having previously been so reckoned (Hospinian, Lib. III, De Orig. Monach., Cap. 12). The same forbade the marriage of priests in the West, and established that married men could indeed be advanced to holy orders, but forbade marriage after ordination.
The seventh ordained that priests should read the Gospel not sitting but standing, and that the standing reader should read it: he held the see [some years, name lost to corruption].
The eighth, Innocent I, an Albanian, burdened, in the books of the councils, with thirty letters. He re-established fasting on the sabbath; he drove the Cataphrygians out of the city; he banished Pelagius and Coelestius; he labored hard for the restoration of Chrysostom (who had been unjustly banished), and excommunicated the emperor himself along with his wife, and he saw the city plundered by the Goths: he held the see fifteen years.
The ninth, Zosimus, a Greek, a corrupter of the Nicene canons, who attempted to persuade others that primacy over the African churches should be granted to him, and that nothing should stand fast unless his authority and that of his successors were added to it; but the fraud was easily exposed, the Council of Carthage vigorously opposing him: he held the see only one year.
The tenth, Boniface I, a Roman: he was chosen amid a schism together with Eulalius, a Roman, and until the matter should be settled by a synod both were suspended, the bishop of Spoleto meanwhile administering religious affairs; but Eulalius, having of his own accord returned to office, was driven out by imperial authority, and, having obtained a bishopric in Campania, made way for Boniface, who shamelessly began to press the claim of the Roman bishop's rule over the African and all other churches; but when the Council of Carthage saw to it that the authentic acts of the Council of Nicaea were brought from Constantinople, he, confounded and ashamed, backed down, as appears from the acts of the sixth Council of Carthage: he held the see five years.
The eleventh, Coelestine, a Campanian, was indeed a valiant champion and defender of the truth against Nestorius, who was then just beginning to disturb the churches, as also against the Pelagians and Novatians; yet he contended more shamelessly with the sixth Council of Carthage: for, having sent legates, he demanded that, Apiarius being readmitted, the Carthaginians submit themselves to the Roman see. The fathers of the synod refused, and, standing on the authentic canons of the Council of Nicaea, declared that they would allow no shred of a pope's jurisdiction over them, and warned that no such arrogance of this age should be introduced into the church; indeed, even Polychronius, bishop of Jerusalem, maintained that, if a patriarchate must be sought, it was, for many reasons, owed to his see rather than to the Roman church. Coelestine was accordingly compelled to restrain himself, and to seek and watch for another opportunity.
The twelfth, Sixtus III, a Roman, styled indeed a champion of the church, but of a most base nature and disposition. When he was accused before Emperor Valentinian by Bassus of adultery, and a certain flattering courtier declared that the high priest could be judged by no one, having thus shaped the verdict to his own liking, he struck Bassus with so violent an excommunication that he could never again be received into grace, even should he wish to do penance. He also unjustly condemned and expelled from the church, on the pretext of simoniacal dealings, Polychronius of Jerusalem, whom Coelestine had noted as a rival for the primacy — Polychronius being, a little afterward, found innocent and restored to his place. He was also not ashamed, according to the testimony of Cuspinianus, to accept from Emperor Valentinian a woolen mantle, which only emperors were accustomed to wear: he held the see eight years.
The thirteenth, Leo the Great, a Tuscan, whose writings, full of piety and learning, are still extant. But in seeking the primacy he was far too grasping and vehement: for, the Carthaginians having refused him, he sought to persuade others that the Roman church was the highest and supreme of all, and that the care of all the churches had been entrusted to him; and for this reason he also forbade Hilary, bishop of Arles, to ordain bishops in France. From Attila, king of the Huns, and from Genseric, king of the Vandals, he begged off the destruction of the city: he held the see twenty-one years.
The fourteenth, Hilary I, a Sardinian, indeed pious, and a generous restorer of temples destroyed by the barbarians; but also a seeker of dominion, especially over the Spanish churches, though bishop Sylvanus stoutly and vigorously opposed him: he held the see six years.
The fifteenth, Simplicius, a native of Tivoli, who bravely and resolutely withstood Odoacer, who was setting up brothels at Rome: he held the see sixteen years.
The sixteenth, Felix III, a Roman, excommunicated Acacius, bishop of Constantinople (who had driven out John of Alexandria, and had readmitted others whom, without the consent of the Roman church, he had absolved of heresy); but Acacius, caring nothing for his threats, in turn struck the name of Felix from the sacred diptychs: he held the see nine years.
The seventeenth, Gelasius I, an African, was occupied in restoring church discipline, and was renowned for his writings; he also claimed for himself, no longer secretly and by stealth but openly, supreme authority over all the churches; besides the Acacians, he also struck with an anathema (a curse) the Emperor Anastasius, their patron, and moreover the Vandals, with their Arian king, who persecuted the orthodox, according to the testimony of Platina and Sabellicus: he held the see four years.
The eighteenth, Anastasius II, a Roman. This man, though, according to Platina, he had excommunicated the emperor who favored Acacius, nevertheless began to uphold the cause of Acacius, and perished by a sudden sickness, by which he was, as it were, struck down by God; or else, while relieving nature, he voided his bowels in a hidden place (in the privy). Balaeus testifies that he embraced the Nestorian, or the Eutychian, heresy: he held the see two years.
The nineteenth, Symmachus, a Sardinian, chosen amid a schism together with Laurence, was confirmed by the synod convened at Ravenna and by Theodoric, the see of Nocera being granted to Laurence. Laurence, being recalled by certain clergy after four years, brought heavy charges against Symmachus, on account of which Theodoric, having rejected both claimants, sent Peter, bishop of Altinum, to take charge of ecclesiastical affairs; meanwhile Symmachus obtained from the chief clergy that he be confirmed: nevertheless the opposing faction raged so fiercely that many monks and many priests were killed, and no one was safe at Rome. This tumult being quelled by the prefect Faustus, Symmachus drove the Manichaeans out of the city and burned their books. This was the fifth schism: he held the see sixteen years.
The twentieth, Hormisdas, a Campanian, when he admonished John by letter to renounce the Eutychian heresy, received the answer that it was the business of emperors, not of popes, to govern; and he had his ambassadors mocked, contrary to the law of nations, and put aboard a leaking ship on which to sail home: he held the see nine years.
The twenty-first, John I, a Tuscan. Theodoric forced him to go as ambassador to Emperor Justin, and to inform him that, unless he wished all the orthodox to be driven out of Italy, he must grant the Arians a place in the church. Having accomplished this as desired, he was nevertheless thrown into prison by Theodoric and perished by stench and hunger, on the suspicion of having given Justin counsel against him: he held the see three years.
The twenty-second, Felix IV, a native of Benevento, great-great-grandfather of Pope Gregory: he held the see four years.
The twenty-third, Boniface II, a Roman, chose during his lifetime Vigilius as his successor; but the senate opposed him, and the attempt failed. He had as a rival Dioscorus, whose death, after twenty-eight days, removed the sixth schism. Boniface held the see one year and two days.
The twenty-fourth, John II, surnamed Mercurius for his eloquence: he held the see three years.
The twenty-fifth, Agapetus I, a Roman, whom King Theodahad — an unjust murderer of his own wife — sent to Constantinople to reconcile Justinian, whom he also drew away from Eutychianism: he held the see two years.
The twenty-sixth, Silverius, a Campanian, against whom Vigilius renewed the sixth schism. Silverius, elected without the votes of the clergy, through the intrigue and pressure of Theodahad, was, when he refused, at the will of Theodora, wife of Emperor Justinian (who had driven out Menna, bishop of Constantinople), to restore the heretic Anthimus, driven out by Belisarius on the pretext that he had wished to betray the city to the Goths; nevertheless, in his exile, he excommunicated Vigilius, who had been made pope by Belisarius: he held the see two years.
The twenty-seventh, Vigilius, who had become pope by evil arts, was, after many disturbances, deposed by Justinian, but restored after he had satisfied the emperor: he held the see seventeen years.
The twenty-eighth was Pelagius, a Roman, the first to maintain that the primacy of the Roman church derived not from synods, or from men, but from Christ Himself: he held the see five years.
The twenty-ninth, John III, established, against his predecessor Pelagius, that no one should be called supreme priest, or universal bishop (Distinct. 19, nullus): he held the see thirteen years.
The thirtieth, Benedict I, a Roman, held the see four years and one month.
The thirty-first, Pelagius II, elected without the emperor's knowledge while the Lombards were besieging Rome, sent a deacon to excuse himself, and obtained, as was customary, the emperor's confirmation: he held the see thirteen years and three months.
The thirty-second, Gregory I, the Great, a Roman, a great-nephew of Felix IV, renowned for piety, learning, and writing, held so great an aversion and horror for the title of universal bishop, that he called it a blasphemy, contrary to the gospel and to the canons, doing injury both to God and to the other bishops, and forerunning Antichrist. His writings are indeed very useful, but not without their share of superstitions: he held the see thirteen years, four months, and nine days.
The thirty-third, Sabinian, a Tuscan, was so embittered against his predecessor Gregory that he came near to destroying his writings; Gregory's generosity toward those struggling with hunger he called extravagance: he held the see two years.
The Cruelest Persecutions
The churches were shaken and buffeted still more by the cruelest of persecutions. Among these, the first to be continued was that begun under Trajan in the preceding age, which lasted until his tenth year, corresponding to the year of Christ 117; it gradually grew slacker and cooler after the emperor was instructed, by a letter of Pliny the Younger — namely, Book X, Letter 97 — concerning the innocent and blameless conduct of the Christians. See Tertullian, Eusebius, Sulpicius, and others.
The second persecution was under Hadrian; according to Eusebius, Orosius, and others, it was only an appendage of the former. At the beginning, up to his eighteenth or twentieth year, it raged severely at Rome, in Greece, Asia, Africa, and elsewhere; afterward it grew milder, once he had issued, to Minucius Fundanus, former consul and proconsul of Asia, a rescript which Justin Martyr includes in his second Apology: namely, that Serenius Granianus, proconsul of Asia, had written to the emperor in favor of the Christians; and that, moreover, Quadratus and Aristides, teachers of the Athenian church, had by their Apologies (defenses), both in writing and by living voice, obtained from the emperor, while he was at Athens, that he forbade by public edict either investigating the Christians or punishing them, unless they were found guilty of crimes or of conspiracies against the state. In this period also the Jewish impostor Bar Kokhba raged against the Christians, until he paid for his crime by punishment.
There followed the third persecution, under Antoninus Pius, continued under Marcus Aurelius Antoninus the Philosopher and Lucius Verus, who were brothers, after the year of Christ 140; the princes not always being aware of it, nor acting on their own orders, but through the mad frenzy of governors and peoples, who blamed the Christians for the plague then ravaging Asia, for earthquakes, and for dire omens, and charged them, on confessions extorted from slaves by force, with infanticide, Thyestean banquets, and incestuous unions (Eusebius, Lib. V. Cap. 1). The plague raged at Rome, in Italy, Greece, Asia, Africa, and France, and above all at Vienne and Lyon. On behalf of the Christians, Justin Martyr issued a defense — one to the Roman Senate, the other to Antoninus Pius and to his adopted sons, the philosopher Marcus Aurelius and Lucius Verus — to which were added little books on behalf of the Christians by Theophilus of Antioch, Melito bishop of Sardis, Apollinaris of Hierapolis, and an embassy by Athenagoras on their behalf, still extant today.
The slackening of the persecution began under Antoninus Pius, who even ordered by rescript that the accused be acquitted and their accusers punished; this was continued under Marcus Aurelius, on the occasion of a miraculous rain obtained through the prayers of the Christian legion for the Roman army, and by lightning against the Marcomanni, from which that legion was named keraunobolos, "the thunder-hurling legion" — after all of which the emperor by rescript to the Senate forbade the Christians to be accused, and permitted men to be such; according to the testimony of Apollinaris, Tertullian, Eusebius, and the letters of Marcus Aurelius inserted in the works of Justin — although some doubt the truth of these miracles.
To this was added a fourth persecution, under Severus, about the year of Christ 203, in Severus's tenth year. His son Antoninus [Caracalla] is said to have been nursed on Christian milk, on account of which he at first — as Tertullian records in his letter to Scapula — favored the Christians; afterward, however, he forbade that any should become Christians from among the heathen. This persecution raged over the whole Roman world by the prince's order, especially through Syria, Egypt, and the Thebaid.
Further, there followed the fifth persecution, under Maximinus, about the year of Christ 236; it raged against the clergy and heads of the congregations. And the sixth was the bloodiest of all, under Decius, about the middle of the third century, concerning which Cyprian, Dionysius of Alexandria, Eusebius, Sulpicius, and others speak at length: in this persecution there were very many who lapsed, apostatized, offered incense, obtained certificates, or delivered up the Scriptures, together with a great multitude of martyrs, among whom some count Origen Adamantius, while others deny this. From this persecution the eremitic life also seems to have arisen, Christians fleeing to the desert, the author of that way of life being Paul of Thebes, according to Sulpicius, Jerome, and others. See Cyprian, Dionysius of Alexandria, Eusebius, Sulpicius, Orosius, and others.
After this came the seventh persecution, under Valerian, who at first was indeed favorable to the Christians, but afterward, seduced by the Egyptian magi (wise men, sorcerers), turned savage; yet, being taken captive by the Persian Sapor, he could not carry through the persecution he had undertaken. Gallienus, his son, warded off the persecution his father had begun, by edicts which afterward neither the Emperor Claudius nor the Emperor Quintillus wished to renew, so that the church drew breath, even under their successors, for nearly forty years — until the eighth persecution closed out this age under Diocletian, Maximian, and Maximinus, the cruelest of all, of which Eusebius treats in his entire eighth book, and Lactantius in his work on the deaths of the persecutors. It is said that no one was permitted to sell or to buy anything, nor was anyone even allowed to grind grain or draw water, unless he had first offered incense — to such a degree that Diocletian, in the nineteenth year of his reign, drew up edicts to proclaim the Christians outlawed over the whole earth, to destroy their temples, to throw the priests into chains, to depose the magistrates, to burn the books, and so forth. And just as he raged thus in the East, so did Maximian in the West, so that there was no kingdom, no city, town, village, hut, or corner, in which a strict and careful search was not made for Christians, and cruel punishment inflicted. At first the matter was handled somewhat more gently — Christian soldiers were not put to death at once, but were dismissed; slaves were invited to apostasy by the offer of freedom — but gradually the fury grew so intense that no account can suffice to enumerate the punishments. In one month alone, as Marcellinus says, more than 17,000 martyrs were put to death; Egypt alone saw 140,000 martyrs and 70,000 driven into exile; a certain town in Phrygia, all of whose citizens had long since embraced the faith, was surrounded by soldiers and set on fire, and burned down with all its inhabitants, men, women, old and young; and the temple at Nicomedia, in which 20,000 Christians had assembled on Christ's birthday, was burned, so that not one escaped alive (Niceph. Lib. VIII. Cap. 6).
And although many gave way in the faith and fell from it, still the courage of the greater number stood firm, to endure and bear all things. No one, therefore, can doubt that in this age, under so many and such cruel persecutions, there was a very great multitude both of apostates and of martyrs. For, leaving aside what has been gathered, uncertain and embellished as it is, from Gregory of Tours, from Metaphrastes, from the Legends, and from the eulogies of martyrs by Surius, Lippomanus, Baronius, and others, those are more truly and certainly established which are related by Eusebius and other ancients — for example, Ignatius of Antioch, brought from Syria to Rome to be thrown to the beasts, in the year of Christ 108; Clement of Rome, who died in exile at Chersonesus; Anacletus, bishop of Rome; Justin the Philosopher; Polycarp of Smyrna; Photinus of Lyon (Euseb. Hist. Lib. IV. Cap. 15, and Lib. V. Cap. 1); Apollonius, a Roman senator, and others, in the second century. Afterward there were added, in the third century, Irenaeus of Lyon, Victor the Roman, Perpetua, a most valiant martyress; Hippolytus, an Arab, bishop of Portus; the greater number under Decius, among whom were several bishops, for example Fabian, a Roman, likewise women and children — the exact list is found in Eusebius, Lib. VI. Cap. 41, 42; Cyprian, a Carthaginian, beheaded; Sixtus, a Roman, fastened to a cross; Laurence, a deacon, roasted on an iron grate under Valerian; Lucian, to whom is attributed the edition of the Greek translation of the Seventy; Mauritius, a most valiant commander of the Theban Legion, who together with that whole legion, because they refused to offer incense, was by order of Maximian first decimated and then utterly wiped out — of which, however, Eusebius and those before his time say nothing; and the Greeks add that Mauritius died at Apamea in Syria, under Diocletian. As for St. Dorothea, St. Agnes, St. Catherine, St. George, St. Christopher, and other such fabled martyrs and martyresses, we care nothing to relate.
Finally, no small contribution to the propagation and upbuilding of the church was made by the simplicity, uprightness of manners, and in particular the temperance and innocence of the Christians — acknowledged and confessed, in the first part of this age, or the second century, not seldom by the heathen emperors themselves; for example by Pliny the Younger, as we have said from his letter to Trajan, through whom it came about that the persecutions were forbidden by edict, and the Christians were permitted to live according to their own customs and manners. In particular, their piety toward God and their righteousness toward their neighbor: whereby they continually read the Scriptures — even the maidens and serving-maids, seated at the distaff and the wool, as is found in Tatian; they prayed for the emperors and magistrates, submitting themselves to them in everything except religion; they even prayed for those who burned them, as one reads in Justin Martyr; they called one another brothers and sisters, and their assemblies brotherhoods; they were diligent in hospitality, truthfulness, integrity, and above all in beneficence; the sick, the afflicted, the imprisoned, and the poor they visited constantly, with great affection; they held the theaters and stage-plays of the heathen in horror; they stopped their ears against godless speech and blasphemous words (Irenaeus, Lib. III. Cap. 9; Eusebius, Lib. V. Cap. 20); they sought and desired the honor of martyrdom; in their countenance they cultivated modesty, in their diet frugality, in their dress simplicity, in their conduct courtesy and discretion. And in the latter part of this age, or the third century, there came, especially in the wealthier congregations, a remarkable generosity toward the needy, widows, the sick, prisoners, and the dying — so much so that Cyprian, in his letter to the bishops of Numidia, writes: "We have sent a hundred thousand sesterces in money"; likewise a great reverence for religion and for all that is holy; and they diligently and carefully abstained from everything that savored of heathen superstition. Gradually, however, there was a departure from this original simplicity, and there crept in, both among the clergy and among the Christian people, with respect to the bishops, ambition and lust for power, rivalry, discord, tyranny, slander, evil-speaking, and other sins — of which the letters of Cyprian repeatedly complain, Epist. 7 and 69; likewise Eusebius, History, Books VI, VII, and VIII.
The State of Theology under the Third Age
XXV. We shall now descend directly to the state of theology under this age. Here it will be worth observing how the scarcity and dearness of spiritual food — the wheat and the barley — gradually increased through the three centuries of this age, while the oil and the wine remained thus far substantially unharmed; that is, how, the foundation of theology being kept intact, the remaining doctrines were nevertheless clouded and darkened. For as concerns the first century of this age, or the fourth in order, the orthodox articles of the preceding ages and centuries are found repeated and confirmed there by new witnesses and testimonies; for example, in the ancient Eastern creed, the Apostles' Creed, gathered together with the Nicene creed by Eusebius, according to the testimony of Socrates and Theodoret; likewise the Nicene, Constantinopolitan, and Aquileian creed, which Rufinus expounded; and moreover from the catechetical instructions of Cyril of Jerusalem, especially the fourth and following; as from the creeds under the names of Damasus, Jerome, and Rufinus, if one excepts only the Pelagian strains. Further, from the canons (rules and regulations) of the councils, which are bound together in the Codex [book] of the universal church, and which Justellus, Beveridge, and others have expounded — from the canons of Elvira, the first Council of Arles, and from various decrees in the Theodosian Code, especially from the titles concerning the catholic (universal, orthodox) faith, and concerning heretics, Book 16. Finally, from the boundless writings of the church fathers, for example, of Eusebius, Athanasius, Hilary, Basil, Ambrose, Epiphanius, Jerome, Chrysostom, from whom, on their respective points, especially with regard to the articles now in dispute — for example, concerning Holy Scripture, excluding the apocryphal books of the Maccabees, Tobit, Judith, etc., as being sufficient as a rule of faith and life; concerning the Trinity; concerning the eternal and consubstantial deity of Christ, the two natures personally united in Him; concerning original sin; justification by faith alone, without works; concerning the fruit and efficacy of the death of Christ, and His satisfaction; concerning grace and the corrupted powers of the free will toward any saving good; concerning the Holy Supper, as a sign of Christ's body and blood, etc. — these and other points may be seen treated in the Centuries of Magdeburg, Cent. IV; the very famous Spanheim (Introd. plen. ad Hist. Eccles. Sec. 4); Chamier (Panstratia); Peter Du Moulin (Novit. Papist.); Chemnitz (Exam. Concil. Trident.) and others; for we neither may nor can, given the necessary brevity of this compendium, bring forward all these particular points individually. At the least, however, there had not yet arisen in this century the theological doctrines concerning purgatory, nor concerning transubstantiation, the sacrifice of the mass, the adoration of the signs in the Holy Supper, auricular confession, the seven sacraments, the treasury of indulgences, the veneration (dulia) of angels, the veneration (latria) of Mary, Ave Marias, rosaries, holy water, processions, feasts dedicated to the Virgin, to the apostles, to John the Baptist, and the like. Up to this time such things had not yet been heard of in this century, nor were they anywhere established by the church fathers, the councils, and the like.
Meanwhile the scarcity of spiritual sustenance began to increase and grow great: (1) through paganism, which in this century revived once again under Julian the Apostate, and, up to the constitutions of Theodosius the Great, was tolerated, connived at, by several Christian emperors after him, in the year 481, according to Jacques Godefroy (ad Cod. Theodos. Titul. de Pagan., etc.); while also under Julian paganism was upheld by Symmachus, Libanius the sophist, and philosophers — Themistius and Maximus being raised by him to high positions — being besides encouraged, beyond the Roman empire, by the persecutions of the Persian Sapor, stirred up by the magi, as also by the Isdigerdes, in Theodoret, Lib. V. Cap. 34, and by the Varananes, in Socrates, Lib. VII. Then (2) through Judaism, which, having under Julian, out of hatred toward Christianity, obtained power and freedom to rebuild the temple, the commonwealth, and their religion, raged against the Christians and their houses of worship; the later Christian princes having also left to them their religious exercises, feasts, sabbaths, synagogues, schools, even with the addition of various privileges, etc. But above all (3) through the heresies of this century:
(a) the Arian, whose representatives and advocates were Eusebius, Philostorgius, and Arius himself; Sulpicius Severus, Socrates, Sozomen, Theodoret, and others. It had its origin and name from Arius, a Libyan, an elder of the Alexandrian church, of sharp and cunning wit, but ambitious for power: who, out of hatred and envy against Bishop Alexander, seeking, by presumptuously disputing over the Holy Trinity, to force him into line, was cast out of the church by him in a synod held at Alexandria in the year of Christ 322. He began to teach that Christ is God only in title, less than the Father, and not of the same substance with Him; that He had not existed from eternity, though before the creation of the world; and was therefore a mere creature, the Son of God by the grace of adoption, an instrument of the Father in creating the world; and that the Holy Spirit Himself was not God at all, but a creature of Christ, begotten and created by Him, cooperating with the Father and the Son in the creation of the world. His patrons and supporters were the Emperor Constantius in the East, and Valens, seduced both by his Arian wife and by Bishop Eudoxius — becoming from the year of Christ 370 onward a most venomous persecutor; among the bishops, moreover, Eusebius of Nicomedia in Bithynia, Theognis at Nicaea in Thrace, Maris at Chalcedon in Bithynia, Secundus at Ptolemais in the Pentapolis of Libya, Theonas at Marmarica in Africa, and the bishops of the Meletian faction in Egypt. They did not conduct their case so much openly, by frank and honest disputation, as by cunning and artifice — by disguising themselves with fabricated formulas, and by feigning, as to the substance, an agreement with the orthodox, as if they disputed only about words — with treacherous betrayal and instability in the faith, added slanders, court intrigues, and the intrusion of their own men, through ambition, into the chief bishoprics — as is plain from Sulpicius Severus, Socrates, and from the acts of the councils.
Nor did persecutions fail to come, especially against Athanasius, who was virtually their only honest opponent and adversary, against whom they forged violent slanders of rape, adultery, murder, and other crimes; likewise against Eustathius of Antioch. From this followed their various exiles, depositions, flights, excommunications, and sometimes also recalls. By these devices they brought nearly the whole world under the yoke of their heresy. And yet they too were not without their own factions: namely, the Anomoeans, under their patrons Aetius and Eunomius, who drew up a formula of their own for their sect and later published it at the Council of Antioch, in the year of Christ 361, in which Meletius was deposed; likewise the Homoiousians, or Semi-Arians, whose formula was published at the Council of Ancyra, in the year of Christ 358, under their leaders Basil of Ancyra, George of Laodicea, and Macedonius himself, who afterward became an opponent of the Spirit; further, the Acacians, who rejected the homoiousia tes ousias, "likeness of substance" in the Son, having drawn up a formula at the third Council of Sirmium, in which they say He is homoion kata panta, "like in all things"; also at the Council of Ariminum, where they simply call him homoion, "like." There were also, moreover, some who, rejecting all these expressions, as well as the word homoousion, "consubstantial," held that the Father is greater than the Son in honor, dignity, and Godhead. There were also, among these, orthodox men who accepted the sense of the Nicene faith in everything, except the word homoousios, that is, "consubstantial" — as happened at the Councils of Antioch, in the years of Christ 341 and 345; at the Council of Sardica, in the year 347; in Caria, in the year 346. And finally there were those who combined all the formulas — the Antiochene, the Sirmian, the Sardican, the Nicene — excepting only the Nicene, at the second Council of Sirmium, under the leadership of Eustathius of Sebaste, in the year 359.
(b) Through the Photinian heresy, its author being Photinus, bishop of Sirmium in Illyricum, of great power in authority and wit; who held that Christ did not exist before His birth from Mary, but was only a mere man (psilos anthropos), a view already taught before him by Paul of Samosata. He was condemned by several synods, not only orthodox ones, but also by the Arian Council of Sirmium, in the year of Christ 351 (see Epiphanius, Haeres. 71; Socrates, Lib. II, Cap. 28; Sozomen, Lib. I, Cap. 19).
(c) Through the heresy of Apollinaris — of the Father and the Son, but chiefly of the Son — bishop at Laodicea in Syria; otherwise a learned and orthodox man, and an opponent of the Arians, of Porphyry, and of Julian; he held that Christ had assumed a body without a soul, that His deity had taken the place of a human soul, and that this body was consubstantial with the deity, and was not formed from the substance of Mary (Epiphanius, Haeres. 77; Socrates, Lib. II, Cap. 46).
(d) Through the heresy of Macedonius, formerly patriarch of Constantinople, removed from his seat in the year 359, who, from a Homoiousian, moreover became an opponent of the Spirit, and, denying the deity of the Holy Spirit, held that He was a created power of God, a servant of the Father and the Son, just as the rest of the angels are (Epiphanius, Haeres. 74). This heresy was condemned by several synods, in particular by the first general Council of Constantinople.
(e) That of Audius, a Syrian, a monk, otherwise blameless in his manner of life. He ascribed to God a human form, limbs, and passions. From this his followers were named Anthropomorphites, that is, "form-of-man-makers" (Epiphanius, Haeres. 70; Theodoret, Lib. I, Cap. 10).
(f) Then Priscillian, a Spaniard, a layman, who, aided by a certain Gnostic fleeing from Egypt, revived the heresies of the Gnostics, the Manichaeans, the Valentinians, and of Sabellius, and taught astrological fatalism; he also held that lies and perjury were permissible in times of persecution; and further, abstinence from meat and from marriage. He was condemned at the Council of Saragossa in the year 381 (Sulpicius Severus, Lib. II; Augustine, Haeres. 70).
(g) Then Donatus, bishop of Cases Nigrae in Numidia, a province of Africa; at first indeed a schism, but afterward a heresy. It arose in the time of Constantine the Great, stirred up by a certain Lucilla, a most divisive and grasping woman, moved by hatred toward Caecilian, bishop of Carthage, who, being displaced, was replaced by Majorinus. Donatus is said to have held the opinion that there was no true church on earth except in Africa among the Donatists, and that those who came over to them must be rebaptized. Besides this, Optatus of Milevis (Lib. VII, De Schismate Donatistarum) and Augustine (Haeres. 69) also relate their crimes.
Finally, (4) errors arose within the very bowels of the church itself: not only new words, deviating from Scripture, and later liable to degenerate into corrupted doctrines — such as the words "merit" and "merits" in Jerome, Damasus, Ambrose, Augustine, and others; "to satisfy for sins," and "to redeem sins," frequently occurring in these same writers; further, the words "tradition," "indulgences," "penance," "confession," "the mass," "sacrifice," "altar," "the species of bread and wine," "dulia," "latria," "quadragesima," and so on — although in a sense far different from the present-day sense of these words among the Roman party, as has been shown and demonstrated by very many opponents of the papists, such as Chamier, Du Moulin, Chemnitz, Casaubon, Rivet, Albertinus, Ussher, Salmasius, Justellus, Forbesius, and others (compare Spanheim, Introd. plen. Hist. Eccles., saec. iv). And not only did these new words arise within the church, but also new doctrines — for example, concerning the necessity of the Holy Supper; concerning the state of souls after death in subterranean caves; concerning a millennial earthly kingdom of Christ; concerning a purgatorial fire at the last day; not to speak of the errors peculiar to individual church fathers, which even the papists themselves condemn, as theologians generally note.
Under the second century of this age, or the fifth in order, the oil and the wine — that is, the general and orthodox articles of theology — remained unharmed and unimpaired, as appears (a) from the public creeds of that time, for example the Chapters of Cyril, the creed of Chalcedon, the Encyclica of Emperor Leo, the Henoticon of Zeno, the acts and canons of the councils, both general and particular, occasioned by the various heresies of Pelagius, Nestorius, and Eutyches arising then, which will be treated in their place. (b) Likewise from the writings of the church fathers, for example, from Rufinus's exposition of the Creed, from Augustine's Enchiridion to Laurence, and generally from his writings against the heretics. (c) From the sermons and letters of Leo the Roman; from those of Gennadius concerning the doctrines of the church; from those of Cyril (De Recta Fide) concerning right and correct belief in and toward Christ. (d) From the canon of Scripture given by Theodoret, Socrates, and Sozomen, concerning the Trinity, the person of Christ and His offices; concerning man's corruption, grace, the impotence of the free will, justification by faith alone; concerning also the signs in the Holy Supper, which remain such even after the consecration, etc. These doctrines may be seen in the Centuries of Magdeburg, Cent. V; Flacius, Catalogus Testium Veritatis; Chamier, Du Moulin, and other opponents of the papists. Indeed, from Augustine alone can the difference between the theology of that age and that of the present-day papists be demonstrated and proved — not only concerning the doctrine of grace, as has been done by Jansen of Ypres in his Augustinus, and by the Jansenists who agree with him, but also concerning the remaining articles, as the very famous Hottinger shows (ad Saec. V, Cap. 5). Likewise from Leo the Roman, according to the testimony of Peter Du Moulin, in The Life of Leo and of Gregory I. In particular, this century was still free of transubstantiation, of the bodily presence of Christ in the signs, as is taught by Mornay, Blondel, Albertinus, Vossius, Daillé, and Larroque (in his Historia Eucharistiae). Meanwhile, however, a scarcity of spiritual food — of wheat and barley, with respect especially to the theological articles — did arise: (1) through the heathen, among whom not only did their most sacred rites remain unharmed, though sometimes trimmed back by imperial edicts; nor did they lack patrons and supporters — priests, philosophers, orators, ex-consuls, governors; for example, Optatus, governor of Constantinople, and Orestes of Alexandria — but also had as their fiercest persecutors Goths, Huns, and other barbarians, through whom hope was sometimes born of restoring paganism; against which, however, were composed the disputations of Christians occasioned by this circumstance, of which Orosius, Cyril, Theodoret, Salvian, and especially Augustine, in his City of God, in twenty-two books, speak. (2) Through the Jews, who stirred up various uprisings against the Christians, of which Socrates speaks in his seventh book; there also arose, moreover, a Cretan impostor, pretending to be Moses, and promising a return to the homeland through a dried-up sea (Socrates, Lib. VII, Cap. 38). Moreover the Talmudic Gemara, which A. Ashi had begun and A. Jose completed, was brought to its conclusion, in which the traditions of the Jews are pressed, in the year of Christ 401 — not to mention the schools permitted to them under Arcadius, Honorius, and Theodosius; nor the Coelicolae, that is, "heaven-worshipers," standing as it were midway between the Jews and the Christians, who worshiped God under the name of "heaven," drew Christians to Jewish superstitions, rebaptized them anew, and in this way mixed Judaism with Christianity (see Cluverius Spanheim, Introd. plen. Hist. Eccles., toward the end of saec. v).
Further (3) through the heresies of the fifth century: (a) the Pelagians, from Pelagius — as it were "overseas" — his proper name being Morgan, a Scot or British-born monk, of a keen and eloquent disposition, upright in manner (according to Augustine), and with him Coelestius, his disciple and supporter in Africa, in the year of Christ 405, whom Origen had brought to light beforehand, and afterward Rufinus. He drew his heresy from philosophy, whose leading points Jerome, Augustine, and Marius Mercator set forth, having published against him an admonitory tract to Theodosius the Younger. He denied original sin, both as imputed and as inherent: he held that man was created mortal, and that death therefore does not arise from sin; that the powers of the free will are unimpaired and entire, sufficient to originate any deed whatsoever, even one that is spiritual and salvific, and likewise for progress and perseverance, both as to willing and as to performing; that it is therefore of God that we are men, but of ourselves that we are righteous; further, that men under the patriarchs were saved by keeping the law of nature, under Moses by the written law, under Christ by the gospel; and that the heathen can do works that are truly good, without grace; that a certain perfection is attainable in this life. At first he confused grace with the powers of nature; then he admitted only a moral grace, which the law makes known to man, as also the gospel, with a certain illumination of the understanding, as an aid, that he might more easily be able to do what must be done; a grace that physically moves, precedes, and cooperates, he denied; he held that man is justified by his merits, insofar as he rightly uses the free will and strives to keep God's commandments; that predestination to grace and glory is from foreseen good works, and the right use of the free will, excepting only the grace of apostleship. To these were added errors concerning the use and efficacy of baptism, especially in the case of infants; concerning sins of ignorance, that these are no sins at all; concerning oaths, that these are unlawful; concerning riches, that the baptized must renounce and give them up. He sought support and shelter in the sayings of the church fathers, of Augustine especially, who spoke less precisely and cautiously on these matters. His heresy was spread abroad, in Italy at first more covertly, then in Palestine, Africa, France, Britain, etc. He had as opponents the Roman bishops, various councils — for example, those of Carthage, Milevis, and Rome; among the church fathers, foremost of all, Jerome, Augustine, Marius Mercator; the edicts of the emperors Honorius, Valentinian III, Theodosius the Younger. The history of the Pelagians has been written, among our own, by Ussher, Lud. Viet [?], Gerhard Johannes Vossius; among the papists, by Jansen of Ypres, and also, serving their own passions, inclinations, and presuppositions, the Molinists, and also Natalis Alexander, who treats Jansen far too unfairly, Tom. X, where he deals with the Pelagian heresy.
(b) Through the heresy of the Semi-Pelagians, or Massilians, arising a little later in France, in the year of Christ 430, whose champions and patrons were John Cassian, disciple of Chrysostom; Faustus, abbot of Lérins and afterward bishop of Riez; Vincent of Lérins; Gennadius, bishop of Marseilles; and Hilary of Arles. They agreed with the Pelagians on the points concerning the free will, at least regarding the beginning of good, of faith and conversion; concerning the cooperation of God and man, of nature and grace; concerning predestination as founded on foreseen — not, indeed, merits, but nevertheless — efforts, will, and the beginning of faith; concerning a universal grace; with respect to the will to save all; with respect to Christ's death for all and each; and with respect to the calling of each and every one to salvation; concerning the possible falling away of the saints, and perseverance as a special privilege; concerning the predestination of infants from a faith foreseen in them. They had as opponents, after Augustine, Coelestinus, Prosper of Aquitaine, Fulgentius, Primasius, Caesarius of Arles, Germanus of Auxerre, and others. With these some join together, for example Baronius, Spondanus, and Petavius, a certain heresy of the Praedestinatians, who are said to have taught that neither are good works profitable to the godly, if they are predestined to death, nor are wicked works harmful to the ungodly, if they are predestined to life; but that this heresy was invented out of hatred toward Augustine is acknowledged, besides the Reformed, by Jansen, Mauguin, Kabasoutius, and others.
(c) Through the Nestorian heresy, arising through Nestorius, an elder of Antioch who became bishop of Constantinople, puffed up, rash, ignorant of antiquity, according to the testimony of Socrates, who, on the occasion of a certain Anastasius, a Jewish-minded elder, and not bearing that Mary be called Theotokos, "God-bearer," held that she should rather be called Christotokos, "Christ-bearer." The points of this heresy are not explained in the same way by all, nor even quite consistently: for there are some who ascribe to him a denial either of the two natures in Christ, or of their union; whereas he seems rather to have erred in the manner of that union, by holding that the Word (logos) was joined together with the man born of Mary, so that the Word dwelt in Him as in a temple — whence he called the man Christ theophoros, "God-bearing," from which followed a duality of persons in Christ. Meanwhile he slandered the orthodox view as confusing the natures in Christ, and as introducing the Apollinarian heresy. This heresy was condemned, first by Cyril, who held a synod at Alexandria in the year of Christ 430; then by Coelestine, further by the Council of Ephesus in the year 431, and finally by Theodosius, who afterward banished Nestorius to Egypt, where, according to Evagrius, Lib. I, he died wretchedly. He nevertheless also had patrons and supporters, especially Theodoret, bishop of Cyrus, who resisted the condemnation of Nestorius; and Theodore, already before then bishop of Mopsuestia in Cilicia. This heresy has gradually been spread through Syria, Chaldea, Assyria, and Mesopotamia, where even today remnants of it are to be observed.
(d) Through the Eutychian heresy, its author being Eutyches, an archimandrite of Constantinople. This man, striving too vehemently against Nestorius, fell into the opposite heresy, and, in place of counting as many persons as there were natures in Christ, held instead that from the union of the two natures, by a certain mingling, as when a drop is cast into the ocean, they became but one nature — the opposite of which he slanderously called Nestorian. He had as an ally in his heresy Dioscorus, bishop of Alexandria, president of the second "robber" council (lēstrikē) of Ephesus. This heresy arose in the year of Christ 448, but was condemned by Eusebius, bishop of Dorylaeum in Phrygia, formerly an intimate friend of Eutyches; then also by the Council of Constantinople under Flavian, in the same year, at which synod, being vainly warned and having attempted to deceive the church fathers by ambiguous phrases, he was deposed from the dignity of archimandrite and excluded from the communion of the church; appealing this condemnation by Flavian to the emperor, he was again condemned at a second Council of Constantinople. Attempting also to deceive Leo, bishop of Rome, in vain, he was finally condemned a third time by the Council of Chalcedon, under Emperor Marcian. Yet he obtained approval, in the year 449, at the second Council of Ephesus, which we have already called the "robber" (lēstrikē) synod, in which Flavian, Eusebius of Dorylaeum, and Theodoret were condemned as Nestorians. Judgment and appeal were finally brought to Leo of Rome, renowned for orthodoxy, yet not as to a supreme judge of controversies. This heresy struck very deep roots, in Egypt, Palestine, Armenia, Syria, Ethiopia, etc. There followed the uprisings against Proterius, appointed in place of Dioscorus, by Timothy Aelurus and Peter Mongus, Marcian being already dead; likewise bloody slaughters and very grave commotions. Nor was this heresy without its own sects, among which were the Acephali, so called "the headless," because, having rejected their head Peter Mongus (who had subscribed to Zeno's Henoticon), they wandered without a head — which they at last obtained, first in Peter Fullo, then in Severus, from whom they are named Severians, and from these the Jacobites; Monophysites; Fullonians, named after Fullo, or "the fuller," bishop of Antioch, who was the first to say that the deity of the Son was crucified — indeed, the whole Trinity — against whom, as also against Acacius of Constantinople, Felix II set himself, in the year 484. Here belongs also the sect of the Armenians, under the promoter Ethanius, an Armenian, who rejected the Council of Chalcedon, retained the thrice-holy hymn (trisagion) as corrupted by Fullo, and never honored images — a practice still to this day unaltered by any law.
Finally, (4) within the church itself the purity of theology began to be tarnished, both in doctrine and in ecclesiastical rites. When (a) certain apocryphal books were added to the sacred canon — though not yet all of them — in the year 419, at the Council of Carthage. When (b) the open use of images gained the upper hand — Epiphanius and the fathers of Elvira setting themselves against it — and, by the close of this century, even the worship of images, though not yet established by law, was being vigorously resisted by Augustine, Theodoret, Evagrius, and others. Then (c) the invocation of the saints, and an excessive reverence for the "God-bearer" [Mary], arose in practice, though not by law, chiefly among the Easterners, although as yet without formal canonization; along with the multiplying of fasts, processions, masses, litanies, vows, offerings, etc. Further (d) a veneration for relics, patronized and supported even by Jerome, Ambrose, and Paulinus, bishop of Nola, chiefly among the Easterners — though as yet without so great a multitude of them, and without adoration (see Daillé, De Cultu Religioso). Besides this, (e) the superstition that the dead are helped by the intercessions of the living, from which purgatory gradually arose. Also (f) the absolute necessity of holy baptism and of the Holy Supper. Along with this (g) the doctrine concerning the powers of the free will, held and taught not only by Pelagius, but incautiously also by Chrysostom, Theodoret, and others. As likewise (h) the unmarried state, not only of monks and nuns, but also of bishops and elders, urged especially by the Roman bishops, notably Siricius and others. Moreover (i) various growing and prevailing superstitions concerning monasticism, in the East and likewise in the West; concerning private confession — though not yet auricular, not yet in the ear, no confessional as yet; concerning fasting on the sabbath, ember days, vigils, rogations; concerning litanies; concerning various ceremonies attending the holy administration of the Supper; concerning the vestments of priests and deacons, ordinations of the clergy, the blessing of wax candles, the erection of crosses, etc. — the Roman popes daily multiplying vain and useless ceremonies, whose increase and growth Augustine had already lamented, in his 119th letter to Januarius.
As for, finally, the third century of this age, or the sixth in order: the oil and the wine — that is, the general orthodox and fundamental articles — still remained sound and unharmed; yet there did nevertheless arise a great dearness and scarcity of spiritual food with respect to the wheat and the barley, that is, the theological articles, which increased greatly. The oil and the wine, that is, the fundamental doctrines, remained intact as to the principle of faith, namely the sufficiency of Scripture; likewise as to the articles concerning the Trinity, the atonement of Christ, the impotence of the free will toward what is spiritual, the particularity and efficacy of grace, justification by faith, the imperfection of sanctification, etc. As yet nothing had been heard of transubstantiation, etc., as appears from the public formulas and creeds, the Apostles' and the Nicene, still holding, as also the Constantinopolitan and Chalcedonian; from the decisions and rules of the synods of this century, of which in their place; from the constitutions of Justinian; from the writings of Fulgentius, of Avitus of Vienne, of Facundus of Hermiane, of Primasius, Cassiodorus, and especially of Gregory the Great, who sent a confession of his faith, as a token of mutual agreement, according to custom, to Cyriacus and the other patriarchs. Compare the Centuries of Magdeburg, Cent. VI, Cap. IV; Flacius Illyricus, Catalogus Testium Veritatis, Lib. VI, on Gregory; Peter Du Moulin, Vita Gregorii; and theologians generally, when they treat of these disputed points, notably Spanheim (in his Introd. plen. ad Hist. Eccles., saec. vi).
Meanwhile the scarcity and dearness of spiritual food under this century increased, not only (1) through the heresies still remaining from the preceding centuries, and generally spreading everywhere, but also through new ones sprung from Eutychianism, namely: (1) the Aphthartodocetae, otherwise called phantasiastai, "Phantasiasts," of whom Evagrius (Lib. IV), Liberatus (in his Breviarium), Nicephorus (Libb. XVII and XVIII), and others speak; arising at Alexandria under Timothy, then bishop there, and attached to the Eutychians and the Acephali, in the time of Emperor Justinian, its author being one Julian of Halicarnassus, from whom sprang the sects of the Severians and the Julianists. For on the question raised — whether the body of Christ, after His conception, was perishable or imperishable? — Julian answered "imperishable," holding that the body of Christ therefore experienced hunger, thirst, weariness, and passions only in appearance, from which they were called Phantasiasts, that is, "sham-drivers." The Emperor Justinian is also said to have been attached to this view, as one may credit Evagrius and Zonaras — others, however, accusing Evagrius of folly here. Anastasius of Antioch, otherwise called "the Sinaite," bravely opposed the Aphthartodocetae, and shortly after was sent into exile by the Emperor Justin; his writings on this matter are extant. (2) The Agnoetae, or Themistians, named after Themistius, an Alexandrian deacon so called, from whom, on this point, Bishop Timothy differed. They held that Christ, purely and simply, was in a state of literal ignorance concerning the day of judgment, misapplying the passages of Mark 13:32 and Matthew 24:36 — namely, following the Eutychian supposition, recognizing only one nature in Christ, and that a perishable one, and therefore subject to ignorance. Several have overmastered and overthrown this heresy, especially Eulogius of Alexandria, a contemporary of Gregory the Great, whose letters to Eulogius are extant (compare Leontius, De Sectis, and Liberatus in his Breviarium, etc.).
But also (11) the dearness and scarcity of spiritual food was brought about, still more, within the church itself, by so great a multitude of superstitions, that the barley was all but entirely choked out. For besides the superstitions already reckoned in the preceding centuries of this age, concerning the invocation of the saints, relics, etc., new superstitions arose concerning temples dedicated to saints; concerning consecrations, luminaries, penitential satisfactions, double commemorations of the departed, fasting in Advent, and on the rogation days before Christ's Ascension; and in particular a new order of the holy office, or canon of the mass, was established by Gregory the Great, arranged in order for all the particular days of the year, holy and ordinary, with psalm-singing, antiphons, readings, gestures, vestments, hours, etc. Gregory himself confessed (in Lib. VII, Epist.) that in this he had departed from the custom of the apostles, who had consecrated the eucharistic host only over the Lord's Prayer itself. This canon (set of rules), however, was not everywhere received in like form. For the church of Milan, down to the time of Gregory VII, used the canon of Ambrose, differing in very many points from that of Gregory I, over which there arose remarkable disputes, so that at length the Gregorian prevailed. Thus the Goths in Spain, and in the Narbonese part of France, used the Gothic office, which is called the Mozarabic office. Thus too the Gallican churches used their own office, as is noted even by Gregory himself, Lib. XII, Epist. 30, Indiction VII. The parts of this canon, various things having been added over time, are these: various preparations of the priest who is to offer; the introit, or various prayers, hymns, and antiphonal chants; a salutation, the collect, readings, the gradual or responsory of the choir; the offertory, and other things preceding the canon proper: the canon itself, in which are various prayers spoken secretly, a consecration, an elevation, a commemoration of the dead, the Lord's Prayer, etc.; finally the communion, then the thanksgiving after communion, and the completion or conclusion of the mass. The Ambrosian canon, an imitator of the Gregorian, had these words of the priest: "grant that this our offering be accepted by thee, that it be reasonable and pleasing, because it is a figure of the body and blood of our Lord Jesus Christ" (Ambrose, De Sacramentis, Lib. IV, Cap. V; compare Cardinal Bona, Liturg., Lib. I, Cap. X); and the miracle by which the Gregorian canon prevailed is related by Durandus (Rationale, Lib. V, Cap. II).
Thus, by these and other means, a new form was gradually established and introduced into Christianity, superstition being aided and strengthened by fabricated miracles, by relics, by prayers and intercessions of the departed, by the pageantry of processions, by the presence of relics, by the touching of the cross, by monastic institutions, etc. — most of these things being borrowed from the heathen, as Polydore Vergil, Franchetus, and others have shown.
The State of the Church under the Third Age
Now follows the state of the church under the third age of the New Testament, to be considered distinctly through its three centuries. As concerns, then, the first century of this age, or the fourth in order, we are presented with:
(1) The propagation of the church. It is true that the whole inhabited world already at that time possessed, in every quarter and region, Christian congregations, so that it sent its delegates to the Council of Nicaea, according to the testimony of Eusebius, Lib. III, De Vita Constantini, and after him of Socrates, Sozomen, and especially of the Centuries of Magdeburg, Cent. V, Cap. 2. Nevertheless there were newly added, in this first century of the fourth order, the inland-dwelling Indians, according to Rufinus, Socrates, Sozomen, and Theodoret — or the Ethiopians, being a colony of the Indians — through the agency of two young men, laymen, who, together with Meropius, having been presented to the king and being agreeable to him, were at once given their freedom; indeed, the king having died, the government of the kingdom having been entrusted to them, they laid the foundations of Christianity, upon which afterward Frumentius built, obtaining the bishopric among them, from which he has been called the Apostle of the Indians. Likewise there were added the peoples of Iberia, north of Armenia, through the agency of a certain Christian woman taken captive among them, who ingratiated herself into the favor of other women, and also of the queen herself, being healed of a certain illness by a miracle, and finally into the favor of the king; unless indeed intercourse and fellowship with the neighboring Armenians, who were already Christians, was also useful and advantageous to this end. Further there were added, in Europe, the Marcomanni, today called Moravians or Bohemians, through the agency of their queen, who was converted by Ambrose of Milan. There were also added the Goths, driven by the Huns beyond the Danube, and having obtained leave from the Emperor Constantius to dwell in Thrace, who at once became Arians under Emperor Valens. Other conversions you have in the Magdeburg writers, at the passage cited.
The means of this propagation were: (1) the conversion of Constantine the Great (of which we have spoken in its place), together with his edicts for the liberty of the Christian religion; for the cessation of persecutions; for the recall of exiles; for the restoration and return of houses, cemeteries, and goods belonging to Christians, whether of congregations or of private persons, which had been seized by the heathen; also for the building of churches; for the salaries of the clergy; for the endowment of congregations, etc. (Euseb. Hist. Lib. X, and De Vita Constantini, Lib. II, and throughout the code of Theodosius, Lib. XVI, under the titles concerning bishops, concerning congregations, concerning the heathen, etc.). Hereto belong also the outlawing of paganism; the closing or proscription of heathen temples, or their conversion to Christian use; likewise the admission of Christians to the court; the building of Christian churches, and other similar things.
(2) There contributed likewise to the propagation and upbuilding of the church the church fathers, both by their diligence and zeal, and by their writings — for example: (a) Eusebius of Caesarea, called Pamphili, (who must be distinguished from the bishop of Nicaea, from the one of Emesa, of Vercelli, and of Samosata, all contemporaries) — whom Epiphanius and Jerome judge somewhat unfairly and unjustly, and Baronius and Maimbourg even more so, in his history of the Arians, slandering him as an Arian, whereas in fact his writings, far from helping the cause of Arius, actually harm it; on the contrary, Henri Valois defends him in a treatise on the life and writings of Eusebius, and indeed the Gallican church counts him among the saints. Meanwhile he was more unfair toward Athanasius than was proper. He wrote fourteen books on the Evangelical Preparation; ten books on the Evangelical Demonstration; nine books of ecclesiastical history; ten books on the life of Constantine, and other books besides. Eusebius of Emesa, on account of his views on astrology, was driven from the church by a riot, and was not without suspicion of Arianism: he wrote several homilies. Eusebius of Samosata, most steadfast in the faith, with soldierly courage, generally set the churches in good order. Eusebius of Vercelli, on account of his alliance with Athanasius at the Council of Milan, was driven into exile by Constantius, and condemned Arianism. There were also still other men named Eusebius: of Chalcis, of Cremona, of Nicomedia — the last of whom gave the Arians the name "Eusebians." (b) Athanasius of Alexandria, a hammer and the terror of the Arians, died under Emperor Valens, in the year of Christ 373. See the oration of Gregory of Nazianzus in his praise. His works are extant. (c) Basil the Great, from an elder of Caesarea became bishop in Cappadocia, died under Gratian in the year 378; of whose deeds, sufferings, virtues, and failings one may consult the church-historical writers. A funeral oration for him was delivered by Gregory of Nazianzus. His works survive in two volumes. (d) Two Gregories in the East: Gregory of Nazianzus, a friend of Basil, was, after a thirteen-year life in a monastery, set over the church of Constantinople, which he nevertheless afterward voluntarily left; he became renowned for many orations, expositions, and other works. Likewise Gregory of Nyssa wrote several books, also against the Arians, defending and championing the orthodox faith — a man, however, all too credulous, and somewhat superstitious, a follower and imitator of Origen. (e) Cyril of Jerusalem wrote, in his youth, catechetical booklets; having been removed from his see under Constantius, he was, after his appeal, restored; he died under Theodosius the Great, being a member of the Council of Constantinople. (f) Epiphanius, bishop of Salamis or Constantia, learned but credulous, and for that reason very often mistaken in historical matters. He wrote a Panarium concerning eighty heresies, and an Ancoratus concerning the chief articles of the faith, and other works besides; but also the most fabulous of all books, concerning the lives and deaths of the prophets — a most bitter opponent of Origen, and for this reason also of Chrysostom; he is said to have been favorably disposed toward the Anthropomorphites; he died under Arcadius, in the year 403. (g) Ephrem, a Syrian, a deacon of the church of Edessa, of such great authority and reputation that, after the reading of Holy Scripture, his writings were publicly read aloud. (h) Ambrose, bishop of Milan, barred Theodosius the Great from the Holy Supper because of his cruelty toward the Thessalonians, and readmitted him after his repentance: his works survive in two volumes; he nevertheless had his own errors, concerning purgatory, concerning the bodies of angels, concerning the final state of souls, etc., being also sometimes an unfortunate interpreter of the writings of Jerome. (i) John Chrysostom, the eloquent one among the church fathers, became bishop of Constantinople in the year 397, a patron of Origen, the object of the hatred of Empress Eudoxia and of Theophilus; having been driven into exile, he died at Comana in the year 407 [text: 403]. To these may be added (k) those whose writings are still extant, though not very many: Amphilochius, bishop of Iconium; Didymus of Alexandria, blind from his childhood; Asterius, bishop of Amasea, to be distinguished from Asterius the Arian; Eustathius, who published the acts of the Council of Nicaea, though these are lost — an Antiochene bishop, driven out by the Arians under Constantius, buried in Thrace; Meletius, put in Eustathius's place by the Arians, but who, with great boldness, at the Arian synod of Antioch, proclaimed the word homoousios, "consubstantial," and was thereby driven out by them; but, restored by Gratian, he died at the Council of Constantinople; Paulinus, bishop of Antioch, indeed a valiant champion for orthodoxy against the Arians, but one who gave no small occasion for disturbances and disputes in that very church; Hosius, a Cordoban, bishop in Spain, who at the Council of Nicaea stood bravely for Athanasius against the Arians; but, being over a hundred years old, and broken by exile, subscribed to Arianism, although, when about to die, he openly warned everyone against Arianism, as Athanasius testifies in his letters — the Arians, under Constantius, having driven him into exile. There were also other renowned men, for example, in the Alexandrian church, Apis, Macarius, Serapion, Timothy; in Africa, Caecilian, bishop of Carthage, an opponent of the Donatists; Optatus of Milevis, renowned for his opposition to the Donatist Parmenian; Paphnutius, who at the Council of Nicaea vigorously and bravely stood against the unmarried state of the clergy — of all of whom, for brevity's sake, we shall say no more. (l) Lactantius Firmianus, an Italian, an orator and philosopher, a pupil of Arnobius, a Cicero among the Christians: he wrote seven books of Divine Institutions, on the wrath of God, on the workmanship of God, and on the deaths of the persecutors. Nevertheless various errors are ascribed to him — for example, concerning the person and office of Christ; concerning the Holy Spirit, that it is not a substance; that man was created mortal by God; that human souls, created all at once, are sent down afterward into their bodies, etc. (m) Hilary, bishop of Poitiers, a trumpet of the Latin tongue, as Jerome says. He wrote twelve books on the Trinity against the Arians, and a threefold Apology for himself, having been sent into exile; nevertheless he erred in holding that Christ, because He was God, experienced no true pains and sufferings. (n) Philaster, bishop of Brescia, died under Theodosius the Great, published a book on heresies, though not judicious enough, in Augustine's judgment. (o) Jerome of Stridon flourished under Theodosius the Great, secretary to Pope Damasus; an elder, though with a cardinal's rank; renowned for his knowledge of three languages; very devoted to the monastic life, especially in his retreat at Bethlehem, that is, in the monastery which Paula the Roman, a devout lady, had founded for him on the borders of Bethlehem; somewhat enslaved to his hatred of Origen and to his own passions and inclinations, to the unmarried state, to monasticism, and to relics. He died in the year 420, under Theodosius the Younger; his works are read in nine volumes, of which some are hortatory and exemplary (paradigmatic), others polemical (apologetic); the rest are commentaries on Holy Scripture: his errors are noted by Daillé (De Usu Patrum, Cap. IV). Finally, (p) Aurelius Augustine, of Tagaste, from a Manichaean became orthodox; from an elder became bishop of Hippo in Numidia; in knowledge of the arts, in profane learning, and in Roman eloquence, less than Jerome; but in sacred learning and in the power of teaching, and in resolving the knots of controversies, and in skill in disputation, and in understanding heresies (the Manichaean, the Arian, the Donatist, the Pelagian), and in demonstrating and defending divine grace, needing to yield to no one. Erasmus arranged his books, ordered, into ten volumes. Yet he too had his blemishes in doctrine — concerning the damnation of infants dying without baptism; concerning the state of souls before the resurrection; concerning purgatory, etc. Finally, the city of Hippo being besieged by the Vandals and Goths, while he prayed that either the siege or he himself might be lifted, he died in the year 430. Other Latin writers, for brevity noted only by name, shall suffice: for example, Pope Damasus, Sulpicius Severus, an Aquitanian, Juvencus the elder, Aurelius Prudentius, Victorinus the African, and others.
Meanwhile, (3) the worship-exercises of the Christians, in this fourth century, contributed to the propagation and upbuilding of the church, being nearly the same in substance as those of the preceding age; namely: (a) the singing of Psalms, whereby the Psalms of David were publicly introduced into the church, in the West, in the time of Damasus; and in the East, by Flavian and Diodore, both of Antioch, according to the testimony of Sulpicius Severus, Theodoret, and others. (b) The reading of the canonical Scripture, from which the readers (anagnostai) took their name, this being the first step toward the diaconate and eldership. (c) The homilies, delivered from a speaking-desk or pulpit, by bishops and elders seated, lasting an hour, after the reading of the text, or after the singing of a Psalm; this was still not permitted to monks and deacons, nor even in the following century, according to the fourth canon of the Council of Chalcedon. (d) A public prayer, then the dismissal of the catechumens, the humbling and prayer of the kneeling ones, the Holy Communion, the kiss of peace, the collects, thanksgiving, the blessing of the people, and the dismissal. The congregation was called together by striking upon a piece of wood, or by the voice of criers, bells not yet having a place. Along with all this there came various further rites and church customs, gradually to degenerate into superstition: at Jerusalem basilicas were built; at Constantinople, Bethlehem, Nicomedia, Antioch, and generally everywhere, a temple of the Holy Apostles was built, Helena and Constantine seeing to it; they were dedicated with hymns of praise, and afterward with the addition of a bull-fight; still unknown were the sprinklings of holy water, masses, processions, litanies, etc.; and they were dedicated to God or to Christ alone, not to the blessed Virgin or to a saint — although Constantine, in memory of the apostles, and not to honor and serve them, so named his temple. These temples imitated, in their form, partly the temples of the heathen, partly the temple of the Jews: the front part, pronaos, the forecourt; the middle part, naos, the temple proper; the innermost part, bēma, the platform, and hierataion, the sanctuary, called by the Latins the choir; the surrounding area of the temple, embolos, the ambulatory, being used for the burial of believers, without images or statues — although, under Constantine, relics of Andrew, Luke, and Timothy were introduced, if one may believe the chronicle of Idacius, and the writers of the history of Constantinople of the following century. Among the holy times noted for the preceding age, the sabbath [the Lord's Day] was here generally received almost everywhere; likewise the feasts of Theophania, that is, of the "appearance of God," or Epiphany, of the "appearance" of Christ upon earth, on the sixth of January in the East, but on the twenty-fifth of December in the West — a custom which, around the time of Chrysostom, came into use also among the Easterners; likewise the vigils, especially of Easter and of Pentecost, on which, toward evening, the congregations gathered together, with lit wax candles, for prayers, hymns, and the holy administration of baptism and the Supper. The fathers of Laodicea also (Canon 18) assigned certain fixed times of the day to prayer. Feasts of saints and holy men were not yet in existence, though they observed the days of the martyrs, with mention of them (Eusebius, De Vita Constantini, Lib. IV, Cap. 23). In fasting there arose the quadragesima, tessarakostē, the forty-day fast, and yet not everywhere of the same number of days, as Socrates notes; but by this time in more places, Laodic. Can. 49 and following, and with varying practice — at Rome lasting only three weeks (Socrat. Lib. V, Cap. 22). The Lord's Day and the sabbath were excepted; the fast was ended in the evening, with food, often only with bread and water, during the quadragesima. With respect to baptism, there were added to the preceding rites lit wax candles, given to the newly baptized, from which baptism was called phōtisma, or phōstēr phōtismatos, "an illumination," "a candle of illumination"; likewise salt, placed in the mouth of the baptized; also a taste of milk, honey, and wine; and a double anointing, one preceding, the other following, and then the participation and enjoyment of the Holy Supper — by which things baptism was said to be confirmed and strengthened; a practice which afterward, among the Latins, degenerated into a sacrament of Confirmation; finally, a white garment, which the newly baptized had to wear for eight days; a kiss given to the newly baptized; a washing of the feet, afterward abolished — of these mysteries Scripture knows nothing. Stone baptismal fonts were also erected for baptism, not in the temples but in the water near the palaces. And yet, up to this time, women and laymen were still not permitted, without pressing necessity, to baptize, nor were twice-married persons, nor heretics, permitted to baptize believers or children, whatever the circumstance might be. With respect to the Supper, various further rites were added, relating to the place, the ministers, the vestments, the singing, the prayers, the readings, etc. Meanwhile there was as yet no canon of the mass, no secret private masses, no unknown tongue, no host-worship, no exposition of the sacrament, its carrying about, its adoration, no communion under one kind only, no withholding of the Eucharist from the catechumens, no elevation of it, etc. Meanwhile there was here a varied practice of communion: one for the laity, outside the rails, given also to clergy guilty of misconduct, as a kind of punishment of degradation; one for strangers, among strangers, on days not customary; one, communion of the elements presanctified, without consecration, as having been performed long before, etc. — by which the papists, Baronius, Bellarmine, and others, wrongly understand household communion, and that given to the sick lying in bed, and to the laity, under one kind only. Nevertheless the word "mass" first occurs in this century in Ambrose, in his 33rd letter (we do not concern ourselves with the falsely so-called decretal letters); doubtless so named from the dismissal of the catechumens before the administration of the Supper, and of the believers after the service.
(4) Less did the new form of ecclesiastical government of this century contribute to the propagation and upbuilding of the church. Alongside the bishops, elders, and deacons of the preceding age, there arose in this century ministering orders: subordinates (hypēretai), distinguished from and subordinate to the priestly offering orders; subdeacons, who stood at the doors of the temples to attend to those entering, according to the fourth canon of the Council of Carthage. Further, exorcists, that is, devil-conjurers, devil-banishers, who breathed three times upon the faces and into the ears of the newly baptized and of the catechumens, whom they exorcised, according to the seventh canon of the Council of Constantinople under Theodosius the Great in the West; when the gift of casting out devils ceased, the name nevertheless remained, so low and despised that it came to be used as a term of contempt. Readers, among whom there arose here a distinct order, becoming afterward the first step toward the diaconate, eldership, and episcopate, according to the tenth canon of the Council of Sardica. Further, singers, psaltai kanonikoi, "canonical psalm-singers," long distinguished from the readers, singing in turns, chosen indiscriminately from among the believers or the catechumens, Socrates, Lib. V, Cap. 22. The deacons, otherwise called Levites, here came to have a share in the ecclesiastical government; their duty was, among other things, to arrange the gifts brought and offered by the people, or the table, in order, to distribute the consecrated signs, to carry them away, to call out when and who must depart, and to give a signal by a token when the people should bow, or sing, or attend to the reading; the deaconesses, still retained in this century, and admitted to the clergy by the laying on of hands (Epiphan. Haeres. 79), were chosen from widows, or from virgins already well along in years; the elders were advanced from the deacons, but not before their twenty-fifth year, according to the second canon of the Council of Neocaesarea. Jerome, in his exposition on Titus, and in his letter to Evagrius, maintains at length that an elder is, by divine right, the same as a bishop, but by custom inferior; from which the bishops had a throne, but the elders were synthronoi, "co-enthroned"; the bishops in this century had, beyond doubt, the right of presiding, of consecrating, of ordaining, of reconciling penitents, of granting indulgence from the strictness of discipline; except that, the bishop being absent, or so ordering, an elder too could ordain. The archdeacon, being the first deacon, began now to exalt himself above the elders, Jerome complaining of this in a letter to Evagrius. The chorepiscopi (rural bishops) are here first heard of, in the East, later in the West, who filled the turn and place of a bishop in the country districts (en tais chōrais), in lesser towns and farms, to relieve the bishops of the greater cities, being nevertheless subject to the bishop of a greater city. The metropolitans, very well known from the Nicene canons, being bishops en tē mētropolei, "in a mother-city," the first and generally the greatest of the province. From this the bishops of the first see were called primates, to whom belonged the rights of presiding, of laying on of hands, of hearing appeals, and of deposing. The archbishops, being, among many metropolitans, sometimes of the same province, the first, and these had the highest rank and dignity at the time of the Council of Nicaea, in whose sixth and seventh canons the archbishops are reckoned in this order: the Roman, the Alexandrian, the Antiochene, the Caesarean in Palestine, etc. — who held rank, dignity, and authority over the whole province, or over the subordinate districts and congregations, which stood under the bishop of the capital city. Since the division of the empire into East and West, after the building of Constantinople as a new Rome, and after the civil dignities established and fixed in both — an expansion, and at times a multiplication, of provinces having been made; as also after the establishment of exarchates, dioceses or vicariates, and prefectures in both empires — the ecclesiastical form of government imitated the form of the civil government, and thereby there gradually arose the titles of Archbishop, Exarch, Primate, Patriarch, and finally these dignities: there arose princely and ecclesiastical offices and ministries in the greater congregations. From this the exarchs, as primates of the dioceses, were raised above the metropolitans or eparchs. Whereby it is plain and clear that this preeminence and elevation of one above another did not derive from any institution of Peter, as the papists — Baronius, Leo Allatius, and others — idly claim; but arose from the privileges of the cities, the power of the Roman bishops gradually increasing by reason of the primacy of the city, along with the common opinion concerning Rome as the seat of Peter, and thence pride and lust for dominion — which the very famous Spanheim (in his Introd. plen. ad Hist. Eccles.) demonstrates and proves outstandingly.
(5) There further contributed to the propagation and upbuilding of the church the assembling and joining together of churchmen in synods, to ward off heresies, to preserve the concord and unity of the faith, and to establish good ecclesiastical order. Here there were two general councils, and very many particular ones in both empires, throughout all their provinces, whose acts and history are set forth in the second volume of the Councils, and also in the first volume, at the end of the very latest edition.
Among the general councils the first was that of Nicaea, in the year of Christ 325, by the common reckoning. Nicaea was the capital of Bithynia, situated centrally, a neighbor of Nicomedia and of Byzantium. This synod was convened and provided for, not by the authority of Sylvester, the Roman bishop, as the papists would have it, but by Emperor Constantine the Great. The occasions were the growing Arian heresy, the long-standing dispute over the date of Easter, and the disturbances caused by Meletius in Egypt. The bishops present numbered, after Athanasius, 318; according to Eusebius, in his Life of Constantine the Great, 250. Over the whole Roman world Emperor Constantine the Great presided as civil president; the ecclesiastical president was Hosius, a man of authority, learning, years, and greatest favor with the emperor, very well versed in the dispute and disagreement between Alexander and Arius.
Among the chief acts of that synod were: (a) The condemnation of the Arian heresy, and the establishment of the Son as homoousios, that is, consubstantial with the Father, begotten, not made, and therefore truly God: the majority of the Arians signed this. (b) The settlement of the dispute over the date of Easter, so that the Easterners now agreed with the Romans. (c) The settling of the Novatian schism. (d) The censure of Meletius, bishop of Lycopolis in the Egyptian Thebaid, who had encroached on the rights of Alexander, and against very many other bishops of his faction — a faction which, however, after the synod, developed into a heresy, the Meletians growing together with the Arians. (e) The determination of the rights of the metropolitans, each over his own subordinate churches; among the metropolitan sees being counted those of Alexandria, Antioch, and Caesarea in Palestine, the honor alone being ascribed to the see of Jerusalem. (f) There was also dispute over the unmarried state of the clergy, but nothing was determined, Paphnutius, bishop of the Thebaid in Upper Egypt, setting himself against it. The canons produced number, according to the Codex of the universal church, twenty; according to Rufinus, twenty-two, touching the order and discipline of the church, touching also eunuchs, the newly baptized, bishops, clergy, deacons, catechumens, those who lapsed in time of persecution, etc.
The council lasted, according to some, six years; according to others, three years; and according to still others, barely more than two months, from the first of July to the twenty-fourth of August. It was confirmed and ratified by Constantine, and by the succeeding general and particular synods; the papists, Baronius and others, vainly supposing that its ratification was sought from Sylvester as supreme head. It had at first a happy outcome, Arius and his followers, who refused to subscribe, being driven into exile; but afterward a sorrowful one, through the crafty and deceitful subscription of some, through the intrigues of Eusebius of Nicomedia and of Theognis, through the retraction of opinion of a feigned Arius, through Constantine's credulity, through the exile of Athanasius, through the seduction of Constantia, the emperor's sister, and afterward of the Emperor Constantine himself, through new and deceitful formulas, and the many disturbances in the church that followed from these.
There followed upon this the second general synod, being the first Council of Constantinople, in the year of Christ 381, the third year of Theodosius the Great, Damasus being bishop at Rome, and Gregory of Nazianzus at least having been designated (chosen) bishop at Constantinople. Theodosius the Great convened this synod for a twofold reason: namely, because of the heresy of Macedonius, who denied the deity of the Spirit; and also because of Gregory of Nazianzus, sought and desired for the bishopric of Constantinople, while the Egyptians, through the agency of Timothy of Alexandria, set up in his place one Maximus, a Cynic. There were 150 bishops present, and yet none from Rome, nor its legates, for which reason this synod is not accepted by the papists as a general council — although it is so called by Damasus himself, and by others.
There were also present thirty-six bishops of the Macedonian heresy, summoned by Theodosius. Those who presided, or who were as it were the presidents, subscribed first: Nectarius, a Constantinopolitan; then Timothy, an Alexandrian; Cyril, a Jerusalemite; Meletius, an Antiochene. Nectarius, after the disturbances caused by the Egyptians' favoring of Maximus, and after Gregory of Nazianzus's willing resignation, succeeded to the bishopric by the common vote of the synod; Damasus, however, together with his party, opposed this, for which reason Baronius and the general run of writers are less favorable to Nectarius.
In its first canon, after the rejection of Maximus, the resignation of Gregory of Nazianzus, and the installation of Nectarius in his place, the Council of Nicaea was confirmed and ratified; the heresies of the Anomoeans, Arians, Semi-Arians, and in particular of the opponents of the Spirit, whom the church fathers reckon among the Semi-Arians, as having by then grown together with them, were condemned; by the second canon the boundaries of each particular diocese — the Alexandrian, etc. — were assigned. The second place of honor, after the Roman bishop, was given to the Constantinopolitan, as bishop of the new Rome, its privileges being made equal to those of the old. Finally, in the remaining canons, seven in number, a creed, a confession of faith, was drawn up, with the addition of certain words to the Nicene creed, against the heresy of Macedonius, from which this creed is sometimes called the Nicene, sometimes the Constantinopolitan.
Alongside these two general synods, many particular ones are recorded, both orthodox and heterodox — namely, Arian and Donatist. Among the orthodox, whether before or after the Nicene, was the Council of Elvira, held at Elvira in Baetic Spain, a little before Constantine came to the empire. From this synod eighty-one canons survive, from which the ecclesiastical discipline of this century is outstandingly illuminated. Among these, particularly noteworthy are the thirty-fourth, against the lighting of wax candles; the thirty-sixth, against the vigils of women; and the thirty-eighth, against having paintings in churches — canons which, for that reason, are disapproved and rejected by Baronius, at the year of Christ 57, no. 119 and following.
To this is added the first Council of Arles, convened by Constantine the Great in the year 314, concerning the matter of Caecilian and the Donatists: it has twenty-two canons, concerning church discipline and the condemnation of the Donatists; in this synod the Roman bishops had no part. Likewise there were: in Galatia, the Council of Ancyra, in the year of Christ 315; that of Neocaesarea, in Pontus Polemoniacus; that of Gangra, in Paphlagonia; that of Antioch in Syria, wrongly rejected by Baronius because it did not wait upon the opinion of Julius, then bishop of Rome; that of Laodicea in Pacatian Phrygia, about the year of Christ 360; the Council of Sardica, A.D. 348, convened by Constantius and Constans, favorable to Athanasius, yet not a general council, though the Westerners were present at it; several councils at Sirmium against Photinus; an orthodox Council of Ariminum, confirming the word homoousion, that is, consubstantial, under Emperor Constantius. But there were others in Italy, France, Spain, etc. The acts of these synods are drawn and derived from the Centuries of Magdeburg, Cent. V, likewise from the volumes of Concilia II.
There was also an Arian Council of Ariminum; several at Sirmium held against Photinus, among which an orthodox one, A.D. 349 and following. False Donatist and Arian synods are mentioned by Augustine, against the Donatist Cresconius, Lib. III and IV, Tom. VII, held at Carthage, at Cabarsussi, at Bagai, etc.
Arian synods, in which at least the Arian faction had the upper hand, were: that of Tyre, convened by the authority of Constantine the Great, in the matter of Athanasius, burdened and condemned by the Meletians with various charges, he even being absent; that of Jerusalem, in which Arius, being other than the arch-heretic, yet a humbly speaking Arian, was restored; several Antiochene synods, likewise Arian, are recorded; it is nevertheless doubtful whether the synod held A.D. 341 was Arian; at any rate twenty-five of its canons are bound into the Codex of the universal church, and these were approved by the Chalcedonians — compare Hilary, De Synodis. Another was held A.D. 344, though orthodox, yet with the deletion of the word homoousion, that is, consubstantial — Socrates, Book II, Chapter 19. There followed four councils at Sirmium, of which the first was orthodox, against Photinus, A.D. 349, as said above; the rest Arian, though likewise against Photinus: the second, A.D. 351, in which Photinus was deposed; for the rest the Nicene faith was confirmed, except for the word homoousios — to which Pope Liberius later subscribed; the third drew up a second formula, striking out the words homoousios, that is, consubstantial, and homoiousios, that is, of like substance, and assigning a greater honor and deity to the Father — to which Hosius, by then a very old man, subscribed; in the fourth Liberius was restored, after he had subscribed to the semi-Arian formula. Finally there was the falsely so-called Nicene synod in Thrace, and the falsely so-called Ariminian, set against orthodoxy, at which the Arian formula of the Sirmian synod was adopted, in which the Son is said to be homoios, that is, "like" (namely, the Father) — without, however, deleting the words kata panta, "in all things," which the Sirmians had added.
We pass over the Council of Milan, at which the deposition of Athanasius was confirmed, and the orthodox who opposed it were driven into exile, A.D. 355; the Council of Ancyra, being a semi-Arian synod, A.D. 358, set against the faction of Acacius, Valens, and Ursacius, which had prevailed at the Sirmian synod which Hosius had signed; the Council of Seleucia, in Isauria, divided between the Semi-Arians, who said the Son was homoiousion, of like substance, and the Acacians, who would not tolerate even that likeness — Socrates, Lib. II, Cap. 39.
There also contributed to the propagation and upbuilding of the church (6) the schools, as nurseries of the church, established everywhere under the approval and patronage of the emperors. Thus at Constantinople in Thrace, at Athens in Greece, at Rome in Italy, at Alexandria in Egypt, at Marseilles in France — schools which were destroyed by Julian the Apostate, but afterward restored by Theodosius the Younger; also the school at Bologna was founded by Bishop Petronius, and the school at Constantinople was enlarged by the appointment of three orators, and of ten grammarians, in both languages. Moreover Athalaric, according to the testimony of Sabellicus, Epist. VIII, Lib. 2, established salaries for the teachers. Cantaber, king of Spain, in the year of Christ 370 founded the school at Canterbury in England, having summoned professors from the school at Athens. Besides these, the following schools also flourished: that of Antioch (Euseb. Lib. VII, Cap. 29); that of Laodicea, renowned through Epiphanius; that of Nicomedia, in which Lactantius taught; that of Caesarea, where Basil the Greek and Gregory of Nazianzus studied; that of Berytus in Phoenicia; that of Bangor in Britain, from which school Pelagius came forth; that of Milan, in which Augustine learned eloquence; the school at Autun, restored by Constantius; that of Trier, being the oldest of all Germany, frequented by the exile Athanasius, by Jerome, and others. Moreover Basil the Greek and Augustine, having left the cities, withdrew into monasteries, and from these, the churches so requesting, they were given as bishops (Possidius, Life of Augustine, Cap. V). And the schools, afterward scattered throughout Italy by the Goths, and the best books torn apart, the monk Benedict gathered the wandering into hospices, instructed them in good letters, and prescribed for them certain fixed rules of life, under the oversight of abbots or archimandrites (Hospinian, De Templis, Lib. III, Cap. V, and De Monachis, Lib. IV, Cap. 22).
Alongside these monastic schools there arose schools of the cathedral churches, under a certain fixed overseer of the household, of instruction, and of discipline, as well as colleges of canons, which were nothing other than church schools. Thus the bishops of Laodicea had their nurseries, venerable places and schools for study, which they fostered and provided for most generously — Zwingli, Theat. Volum. 26. Here belongs the college of Bangor, very famous in England, A.D. 350.
Thus the monks, having previously been useless burdens on the world, degenerated — but into something better; destined in due time to degenerate anew, but this time into something worse. Furthermore, the origin and rise of the monks — so called (as "duty-admonishers"), then therapeutai, "Therapeutae" (healers) of solitude, called by other names, asketai, ascetics, and afterward Cenobites, that is, cloister-dwellers — was given by a certain Anthony, an Egyptian, an unlettered man. He was followed by Hilarion, a Palestinian, who drew the solitary hermits out of the wilderness into monasteries. Then Pachomius, of the Thebaid in Egypt, to whom is ascribed a rule which he is said to have received from the angels. Further, both men named Macarius, disciples of Anthony and Pachomius — the elder, who died in the year 390, and the younger, both of whom appear in the martyrologies on the 12th and 15th of January. From this, monasticism spread out of Egypt and Palestine through the East, and finally through the West as well; while it was marveled at by Basil, Gregory of Nazianzus, Ambrose, Jerome, Epiphanius, Rufinus, Nericius the Roman, Paulinus, Sulpicius Severus, and others. They led, in this age, a solitary life, with a frugal diet, in a plain garment, in continual prayer and fasting, with a stricter discipline than the common rule of life would otherwise require, unmarried, given over and, as it were, enslaved to study, under a rule nearly the same, in substance, as that of Basil. By these things they gained, generally, indeed everywhere, the admiration of others. And yet they did not as yet live under the present-day monastic vows, with tonsure, mendicancy, and other superstitions. Nor can their various sects and families — Hieronymians, Augustinians, whether desert-dwelling or "regular" — be shown and proved by any genuine and reliable evidence, whatever Baronius and his party may attempt to the contrary. Compare Hospinian concerning the monks.
Meanwhile there was also no lack of things which hindered and delayed the propagation and upbuilding of the church; among these are (7) the schisms within the church. I shall say nothing of the various disputes among the orthodox themselves — for example, between Jerome and Vigilantius, on the matter of relics and of the unmarried state of the clergy; between Jerome and Augustine, over the disagreement and dispute between Paul and Peter, Gal. 2 — whether it was real, or only a feigned disagreement. Nor anything of the faction of Meletius of Alexandria, who was deposed by Peter of Alexandria, whereby those on Peter's side called themselves the Catholic (universal, orthodox) church, while those on Meletius's side called themselves the Church of the Martyrs (Epiphan. Haeres. 68).
In every respect the Donatist schism must be mentioned here, under its founder Donatus of Cases Nigrae, bishop in Numidia, a province of Africa, who — when, on account of a rival set up against Caecilian, bishop of Carthage, from whose communion he, at the urging of Lucilla, had withdrawn together with Donatus of Casae Nigrae, Marinus, Victor, Purpurius, and other bishops in Africa, and had installed the bishop Majorinus — held that the church consisted only of the perfect; that it was to be found nowhere but in Africa, among his own party; and that those who came over to him must be rebaptized: this schism was afterward transformed into a heresy, conspiring also, according to Augustine, together with the Arians. This schism has been described at length and with deliberate care by Optatus of Milevis, in seven books on the schism of the Donatists; likewise by Augustine, Haeres. 69.
Outside the church, the propagation and upbuilding of it were hindered by (8) the persecutions. Among these the first was that of Licinius, A.D. 14 according to Baronius, or better A.D. 20 according to Eusebius in his chronicle, and from him Cedrenus and others — a little before the Council of Nicaea, as is mentioned in its eleventh canon. It was stirred up by the hatred and wrath of Licinius against Constantine the Great, having been defeated by him at Cibalae in Pannonia, and died a little after the year of Christ 324. He raged first with cruel decrees and edicts against the bishops, synods, and the Christian people in the East, and afterward with the cruellest punishments; of this persecution Eusebius writes, Lib. X, Cap. 8, and in his Life of Constantine, Lib. I, Cap. 49 and following. Afterward peace returned to the congregations, once the decrees of Licinius were repealed.
There followed the second persecution, namely that of Constantius, arising from a passion and partiality for the Arians, and from a hatred of Athanasius — as may be gathered from Athanasius's letter to the hermits, and from Hilary's letter to Constantius, and from others; though Nazianzus nevertheless excuses this persecution, Orat. III and IV, Contra Julianum. Although Constantius himself did not wish to be regarded as a persecutor, nor even as an Arian, having been misled and deceived by the ambiguous and fair-seeming formulas of the Arians, according to the testimony of Athanasius himself, Epist. ad Solitarios. He raged continually and everywhere with depositions and banishments, against the bishops and elders, as many as refused to subscribe to the falsely-named Ariminum formula, and to the deposition of Athanasius.
The heaviest of all was the third persecution, namely that of Julian, commonly called the Apostate, who, out of fear of Constantius, had for a time had himself enrolled among the readers, near Nicomedia; but who, after the death of Constantius, being misled and deceived by his teachers Edesius, Maximus of Ephesus, Chrysanthius, and Libanius, raged — at first not with punishments, but with cunning and deceit, with promises, rewards, and flattery; then with threats, fines, depositions, and banishments: thereby the temples of the Christians were closed, the schools forbidden, the groves of idols opened, the temples of idols rebuilt, paganism dressed up with Christian church ceremonies, everything defiled with heathen purifications; books also written by the emperor himself against the Christians; blasphemies uttered against Christ, calling Him the son of a carpenter, and a Galilean; the Christians harassed, and exhausted and worn down by oppressions; finally there were also confiscations, floggings, tortures, and crueler punishments, especially in Palestine, Syria, and Egypt, the examples of which show that he would have undertaken still heavier things and punishments, had he brought the Persian war to the end he desired, as one reads in Rufinus and Theodoret.
Meanwhile Athanasius, Basil, and Nazianzus encouraged and emboldened the Christians to steadfastness, with mockery of the tyrant's contrivances. In the second year of his reign, in a campaign against the Persian Sapor, he perished, whether by a sling-stone or by an arrow, with this blasphemy: "Thou Galilean, thou hast conquered" (Theodoret, Lib. III, Cap. 20) — adding also unjust and improper words against the sun, which he worshiped as a god: "Thou hast ruined Julian, be satisfied," namely, with his blood, according to Philostorgius, Sozomen, and others. For the rest he is said to have been not an unpraiseworthy prince. See, besides Ammianus Marcellinus, Lib. XXV, also the Athenian Libanius, who delivered a funeral oration for him.
With this coincided the fourth persecution, that of the Persian Sapor, who lived seventy years, and, embittered against the Christians by the magi and the Jews, condemned to death by edict all in his realm, wherever found, who confessed Christ — so that in Persia about seventeen thousand, and, besides these, a countless multitude elsewhere, perished (Sozomen, Lib. II, Cap. 8–12). Even the intercession of the Emperor Constantius on behalf of the Christians had no effect with him at all (Sozom. Lib. VII, Cap. 21).
To this was added the fifth persecution, by the Emperor Valens, against the Homoousians (that is, the defenders of Christ's consubstantiality with the Father), even more severe than that of Constantius, stirred up by the incitement of his Arian wife and of Eudoxius of Constantinople, by whom Valens had been baptized at the beginning of his reign, having previously been reckoned orthodox, as was also his brother Valentinian — both having also been confessors under Julian, according to the testimony of Socrates and Theodoret. The persecution began in the year of Christ 365; it was extended through the whole East, even to Scythia, against Bretanio its bishop; the fiercest was in Egypt, under Lucius of Alexandria, an Arian, even more savage and bloody than that of Julian. It raged against all ranks and both sexes of Christians. Nevertheless there were wonderful examples of steadfastness among the martyrs, as of cruelty in the prince, according to the testimony of Socrates, Sozomen, and Theodoret. Yet he spared Athanasius of Alexandria, because among his people the orthodox had the upper hand and the greater strength; likewise Basil of Caesarea, Gregory of Nazianzus, Epiphanius of Salamis; while more harshly treated were Meletius of Antioch, Gregory of Nyssa, Eusebius of Samosata, Pelagius of Laodicea, and very many other champions besides, even the monks being wonderfully afflicted and tormented.
I shall not add here the sixth persecution, by Isdigerdes and his son Gororanes, kings of the Persians, who, when Bishop Audas had destroyed the fire-temple, or temple of Vesta, and, being pressed, refused to rebuild it, destroyed all the temples of the Christians, and raged in a terrible manner against the Christians.
Nor shall I here bring up the seventh persecution, namely that of the Goths, through Italy and France, raging so fiercely against the Christians that Jerome (in the epitaph of Nepotian) complains to Heliodorus: "How many dignified women, how many virgins of God, and upright and noble persons, have been made the sport and mockery of these hell-hounds! Bishops taken captive, elders slain, congregations uprooted," and so forth. But more of this in the following century.
The State of the Church under the Fifth Century
There follows, accordingly, the state of the church under the third century of this second age, or the fifth century in order. And here: (1) its propagation, having been carried and planted forward even into all Persia; for example, (1) to the Irish, or, as the ancients say, to the Scots, under the reign of Theodosius the Younger, when they, according to some, were first converted, but, according to others, were confirmed in the faith, both by Palladius and by Patrick, the first bishops of the Scots, according to the testimony of Ussher (Antiquitates Britannicae, p. 800 and following) — while, on the contrary, the Christian faith in Britain reverted to paganism, the Picts and Scots having called to their aid the English Saxons from the far side of the ocean, who, giving to that land the name England, drove out the British Christians, as appears from Gildas, Bede, and other British historians. (2) To the Burgundians, formerly a people of Germany, between the rivers Durvus [or Diadrus] and the Vistula, who afterward spread across the Rhine into France: they were converted under Theodosius the Younger, though to the Arian faith, according to the testimony of Socrates. (3) To the Franks, who accepted the orthodox faith under their King Clovis, whose wife Clotilde was a Christian, after that king had made a vow that he would join himself to the Christians if he should conquer the Alemanni, of which Gregory of Tours writes at length in his second book.
I shall not speak of the conversions of individual persons, out of paganism, Judaism, and Arianism, of which perhaps more in their place.
(II) The means of the propagation and upbuilding of the church were: (1) the teachers of the church, who carried on this work, both by their living voice — such as were, in the Roman church, Anastasius, the successor of Siricius; in the Constantinopolitan, Chrysostom, the successor of Nectarius; in the Alexandrian, Theophilus; in the Antiochene, Evagrius; in the Hipponian, Augustine; in the Salaminian, Epiphanius; in the Tours church, Martin, of whom the all-too-credulous Sulpicius Severus, Gregory of Tours, and the writers of legends relate unbelievable and portentous things. Furthermore (2) the church fathers, or ecclesiastical writers, namely: (a) after Epiphanius, who died in the third year of this century, of whom we have spoken under the preceding century; (b) Theophilus of Alexandria, together with Epiphanius, and for this reason also with Chrysostom, an enemy of Origen: of him few writings survive. (c) Synesius, bishop of Ptolemais in Cyrenaica: tainted also with various Platonic and Pythagorean errors: his letters survive. (d) Isidore of Pelusium, a disciple and defender of Chrysostom, a monk and elder, under Theodosius the Younger: renowned for his written letters, which breathe elegance and piety. (e) Cyril of Alexandria, successor of Theophilus of Alexandria, in the year 413, renowned for learning, orthodoxy, his struggles against Nestorius, authority, and very many writings; according to Socrates, appointed to oversee all matters between Cyril and Orestes; unfavorable to the Nestorians. (f) Theodoret, bishop of Cyrus, a commissioner in the matter of Nestorius, at first with Cyril, afterward also with Dioscorus of Alexandria, present at both general councils, an interpreter of the Scriptures, a writer of ecclesiastical history and of other works, to be carefully distinguished from the younger Theodoret. (g) Socrates, a scholasticus at Constantinople, and Sozomen (both of whom are believed to have been Novatians), writers of ecclesiastical history, about the year of Christ 440.
(h) Basilius, bishop of Seleucia, one who at first inclined toward the Eutychian (unlawfully held) synod, but who afterward repented and turned back. (i) Gelasius, a Cyzicene, bishop in Palestine in the time of Emperor Basiliscus, wrote the Acts of the Nicene Synod. (k) Hesychius, a presbyter of Jerusalem, according to Flacius Illyricus (in Catal. Test. Verit.) a hearer of Nazianzen, is said to have been much occupied with the Scriptures.
Among the Latins there flourished (l) Rufinus, a presbyter of Aquileia, renowned for his countless translations from the Greek, as well as for his own writings, and likewise for his Origenist errors; there also flourished in the Western and African church Sulpitius Severus, a presbyter well known from his ecclesiastical history; Prosper of Aquitaine; Paulinus, bishop of Nola; Gaudentius, a Brescian; Aurelius Prudentius, a Christian poet; Hilarius, bishop of Arles; Salvianus, a presbyter of Marseilles; Leo I, bishop of Rome; Vigilius, bishop of Trent; Vincentius, a monk and presbyter of Lérins; Claudianus Mamertus, a presbyter of Vienne; Gennadius, a presbyter of Marseilles; Eucherius, bishop of Lyon; Sedulius, a presbyter; Arnobius the Younger; Peter Chrysologus, bishop of Ravenna; etc. To treat each of these individually would exceed the proportion allowed by this compendium; whoever wishes may consult the compilers of ecclesiastical writers, whether Roman Catholic — for example, Possevino, Sixtus of Siena, Bellarmine, Dupin — or Protestant, etc.
Ecclesiastical Government in the Fifth Century
Less did (3) the ecclesiastical government contribute to the propagation and building up of the Church, which here, through its Patriarchs, Primates, Archbishops, Archimandrites, Archpresbyters, Vicars, etc., swelled with pride.
For in this century there arose (a) patriarchal thrones or sees: the Roman, the Constantinopolitan, the Alexandrian, the Antiochene, and, for honor's sake, the Jerusalemite (Concil. Chalced. Can. XXVIII). Whereas until now the word "Patriarch," though frequently occurring, meant nothing else than, in a broader sense, the first of the Fathers, or the foremost — as it were the princes among them — the same as what "Primates," "Exarchs," and "Archbishops" mean.
(b) Primates, or rather the first among the Primates, as which the bishop of Rome was regarded. The word "Primate" had indeed already been heard in the preceding century, but only insofar as it meant the same as a Metropolitan, or first bishop of a province — for example, in France — except that in Africa there were two kinds of Primates: some of the capital city, others who were first in a province by order of seniority in ordination, being called "Primates of the first see," as appears from the nineteenth and twenty-eighth, etc., African canons, and likewise from the eighty-sixth. Afterward the word came to be restricted to the heads, or exarchs, of more than one province, that is, the Primates of the dioceses (Can. Chalced. IX, XVII). Hence in France, the Primates of Celtic, Belgic, and Aquitanian France. And since frequent quarrels arose thereby over the Primacy — for example, in France, between the bishop of Arles and the bishop of Vienne, over which the Roman bishops in the West claimed to be judges — they for that very reason wished to be called "Primates of the Primates."
(c) Archbishops, or superior bishops — a title by which the Alexandrian bishop is commonly called by Epiphanius, and afterward the Roman bishop, in the Acts of the Synods of Ephesus and Chalcedon — and the Exarchs of the dioceses, or the autokephaloi, self-headed, self-governing; also the Metropolitans, so called commonly in the West; in the East all Patriarchs were, with a prouder title, so named, in distinction from the Exarchs and Metropolitans. (d) Archimandrites, being, under the bishops, abbots of monasteries — a title from the preceding century. There were also (e) Archpresbyters, as well as Archdeacons, namely by virtue of priority of ordination; likewise the prōtopapai, "first priests," the prōtopsaltai, "first cantors," the prōtekdikoi, "first advocates and defenders." Further, (f) Vicars, or deputies, in this century, who in the bishop's absence took his place and performed his office, according to the Acts of Carthage and Chalcedon. There arose also (g) the ekdikoi, protectors and defenders of the poor (Can. XXII of the Council of Chalcedon), called in the African canons oeconomi, that is, stewards, appointed to administer the goods of the church; likewise the apokrisiarioi, referendaries, report-and-account-givers (Can. XXVI of Chalcedon), who gave report and account concerning the affairs of the congregations, and handled their business.
Now these offices, especially the more worthy and eminent ones, were, according to the will and nod of princes — whether according to their favor and inclination toward this one or that, or according to the benefit of the common good — variously extended and increased, or also curtailed and reduced, one and the same province being divided and subdivided among more than one. Nevertheless the highest authority, and the highest judgment and verdict, remained until now with the Synods; and also, as regards outward matters, with the Emperors [remained] the power to convene Synods and to ratify them; to allow and accept appeals; to appoint judges over sacred matters; to make laws; to determine penalties; to make disposition concerning offices and dignities — as appears from the constitutions of Arcadius, Honorius, Theodosius, Marcian, etc. Even the Roman high priests neither opposed this nor denied it, as their letters to the emperors, and Socrates in the preface to his fifth book, testify.
Nor was the universal authority of the Roman Pope over all the churches ever granted by any authority, although they strove after it with great effort and with unbearable pride. See Ammianus Marcellinus, Book XXVII. To this end Innocent claimed the right of appeals; to this end Zosimus, through legates, sought to impose upon the Africans the canon of Sardica concerning appeals in place of the Nicene canon; Boniface and Celestine attempted the very same thing — while the Africans, on the contrary, declared that they would not tolerate such pride and arrogance being forced into the church. Leo I undertook to exalt the see of Peter, and sometimes to call himself a universal bishop, toward which Simplicius, Felix, Gelasius, and others also contributed in practice.
Councils of the Fifth Century
More conducive to the building up of the church, to the warding off and driving out of heresies, and to the establishment of a well-ordered discipline, were (4) the Councils of this fifth century, both general and particular.
Among these was (a) the Council of Ephesus, whose Acts are found in Book III of the Councils, and in Socrates, Book VII, chapter 37 — held at Ephesus, a letter having been given to Cyril of Alexandria, the council having been convened by Theodosius the Younger without the prior consent of Celestine of Rome, in the year of Christ 431, Nestorius having been appointed at Constantinople in the place of Sisinnius, A.D. 428. The occasion was the growing and ever more powerful heresy of Nestorius, already long before condemned by Celestine in the Roman Synod, A.D. 430, and immediately also by Cyril, in the Alexandrian Synod, in the same year. Present at it were 200 bishops, though according to others more; the Roman legates were to sign immediately upon their arrival; the president was Cyril of Alexandria, the first among the Patriarchs of the East, and this in his own name. This Synod further made eight canons, according to the second Codex (Book VII) of the universal church, and according to the books of the Vatican, in which it was established that Mary is a Theotokos, God-bearer; accordingly Nestorius was condemned and deposed, though he stubbornly resisted this, as was also Coelestius, a Pelagian, together with their adherents. Moreover a determination was made concerning the rights of the churches, concerning the prelates of Cyprus — that they should carry out ordinations by themselves, all alteration or innovation being forbidden to the prelate of Antioch — even with sanctions attached, lest under pretext of the priesthood the form of worldly power, the pride and arrogance of secular authority, should creep in.
Owing to the late arrival of John, bishop of Antioch, a certain schism arose in the Synod: John, having gathered together a council of his own, condemned Cyril of Alexandria and Memnon of Ephesus, Theodoret, bishop of Cyrus, standing for John's party; likewise John, with his own, was condemned by the Synod; but the dispute was at last settled through the intervention of Theodosius.
Among the general Synods of this century was (b) that of Chalcedon, which is treated in three parts in Book IV of the Councils. It was held at Chalcedon, a city of Bithynia, opposite Byzantium; the Roman bishop Leo having in vain requested for it a certain place in Italy, and also a more convenient time. The convener and director was the Emperor Marcian, 630 bishops being present; the ecclesiastical president was, by legates, Leo, a Roman, as being first in rank among the Patriarchs. Occasion for this Synod was given by Anatolius of Constantinople, and by both the heresy of Eutyches and the violence of Dioscorus of Alexandria at the secretly-held Synod of Ephesus, whereby the new heresy had there triumphed. It had sixteen sessions, and into these were incorporated the Acts of the falsely-so-called Council of Ephesus, and of the councils held thus far concerning the case of Eutyches.
In the third session Dioscorus of Alexandria was condemned and deposed. In the fifth session, after ripe and diligent inquiry, a definition of the faith was made: the confirmed faith of the three former councils, of Nicaea, Constantinople, and Ephesus; the condemnation of the Nestorian and Eutychian heresies, with the addition of four adverbs — asynchytōs, atreptōs, adiairetōs, kai achōristōs, that is, without confusion, without change, without division, and without separation — by which words the personal union of the two natures in Christ was declared.
In the fifteenth session canons were made and confirmed; according to the collection of Dionysius Exiguus and of Isidore, and according to various books used at Rome, twenty-seven canons; according to Photius, Balsamon, Zonaras, and other Greek collectors, twenty-eight — since they add the twenty-eighth canon, which decrees and establishes for the Archbishop of Constantinople honor and privileges equal to those of old Rome, on the ground that it was a new Rome; and for that reason it was rejected by those of Rome, but it is defended at length and carefully by the celebrated Spanheim (Introductio Plenior ad Historiam Ecclesiasticam); the reason being added, in the sixteenth session, why equal honor was assigned to the Archbishop of Constantinople — because Constantinople, as in civil matters, so also in ecclesiastical matters, was a new Rome, for which reason also the Exarchs of the three dioceses, of Pontus, Asia, and Thrace, are subject to the Archbishop of Constantinople as to a Patriarch.
Moreover, in this council were confirmed and ratified the canons not only of the three preceding general councils, but also of the particular ones — the councils of Ancyra, Neocaesarea, Gangra, Antioch, Laodicea; and from this arose the Codex Canonum Ecclesiae Universae, that is, the Book of the Rules of the Universal Church, to which afterward Justinian, in Novella CXXXI, added the force of law, whereby they had to be received as holy Scripture, and afterward Gregory the Roman, as the four Gospels. The outcome of this council was in part happy, on account of the assertion and establishment of the orthodox faith, and the restraining and warding off of heresy; in part sad and lamentable, on account of the ragings of the Eutychians, and the disturbances and uproars stirred up, of which perhaps more at their proper place.
Besides these general councils, there were many particular ones — national, provincial, Italian, French, Spanish, Eastern, especially African — of which see Books II and III of the Councils, the very latest edition. Among these the African councils were the most famous, in the matter of Pelagius and of the Donatists, under the bishops Aurelius of Carthage and Augustine of Hippo. Out of these councils, eighteen in number, of which five belong to the preceding century and the rest to this one, was compiled the Codex Canonum Ecclesiae Africanae, that is, the Book of the Canons of the African Church, among which several are very noteworthy concerning ecclesiastical ceremonies and discipline, especially against overseas appeals (Can. XCII), and that no one should be called a Prince or Head of the priests, or High Priest, or a Bishop of bishops (Can. VI) — a canon which afterward marked, as with a black coal, the pride and arrogance of the bishop of Rome, which even then had already begun to show itself. Above others also very noteworthy are the letters of the Council of Carthage to Boniface and Celestine, Roman bishops, on the matter of appeals, in which they pierce through the windy arrogance and pride of that age, and the fraud involved in the fabrication of supposed Nicene canons.
I shall add nothing here concerning the Carthaginian Conference with the Donatists, in the year of Christ 411 — seven from each of the two parties having been summoned by order of Honorius — in which the Donatists, through legal evasions and obstructive pleas, sought to avoid a hearing of the matter itself; notwithstanding which, they were nevertheless defeated by the sentence and verdict of the judge Marcellinus. (See the Breviculum of Augustine, Tom. VII.) Nor shall I add anything of the Henoticon of Zeno, a most eminent emperor, who, after Basiliscus had been removed, wrote a peace-making letter, in order, especially in Egypt, to reconcile and pacify the orthodox and the Eutychians, at the instigation of Acacius of Constantinople, in the year of Christ 482 — in which the orthodox faith was reaffirmed, the errors of Nestorius and Eutyches condemned, and the general councils confirmed, without however making mention of the Council of Chalcedon, because its name was hated among the Eutychians and had given them occasion for so many disturbances.
The Eutychian Disturbances
But (5) the building up of the church was disturbed by the schism-making movements and disturbances of the Eutychians. (a) In the Alexandrian church, where, the Eutychian Dioscorus having been removed from the episcopate, the Council of Chalcedon had appointed Proterius in his place — whom the mob, incited to riot by Timothy Aelurus and Peter Mongus, tore apart most cruelly at the baptismal font, setting up Aelurus in his place. Emperor Leo, by circular letters to the bishops of Rome, Constantinople, and others, urged and advised them that, having held synods, they should report to him as soon as possible what should be determined both concerning Aelurus and concerning the Council of Chalcedon, which the schismatics wished done away with. Thereupon the votes of the bishops, converging and agreeing, Aelurus was removed from the episcopate, and a certain Timothy Salophaciolus was appointed in his place. Aelurus was restored by the usurper Basiliscus; when Zeno returned to power, Aelurus took his own life by poison; Peter Mongus was set up in his place by the Eutychian faction, favored by Acacius of Constantinople — whereas the Roman bishop wished to see preferred a certain Tabennesiote, named John, who had fled to Rome and taken refuge there, and had complained that he had been cast out on account of the Chalcedonian faith. The Emperor accordingly, on Acacius's advice, removed him from the episcopate, and instead appointed Mongus, after he had — though deceitfully — signed the Henoticon.
(b) In the church of Antioch, when Martyrius, an orthodox bishop, on account of the disturbances stirred up by Peter Gnapheus (Fuller), had voluntarily resigned, Gnapheus, or "the Fuller" — being a Eutychian — seized his place by force; the Council of Chalcedon condemned him, and Emperor Leo cast him from his seat, while Basiliscus restored him; and he finally recovered the imperial favor in the year 480, after deceitfully signing the Henoticon. Out of these preceding movements and disturbances there arose (c) a controversy between bishop Acacius of Constantinople and Felix III, the Roman bishop, who at once excommunicated Acacius, on the pretext that he had communicated with heretics — but in fact because he had enthroned Mongus and Gnapheus without consulting the bishop of the first see; Acacius, on the contrary, became inflamed and embittered with anger against Felix of Rome. Compare on this Evagrius, Books II and III; Liberatus in his Breviarium; Nicephorus; and, drawing on these, Blondel, De Primatu.
The Persecutions of the Fifth Century
Still more forcefully were the churches devastated (6) by the persecutions of this century, raised up over a great part of the Christian world: namely (a) through Italy, under Arcadius and Honorius, when the Goths ravaged it everywhere, followed by a multitude of pagans plotting the restoration of paganism; to whom were also added the Vandals, who set out from Africa under their general Gaiseric, after the middle of this century. See Socrates, Sozomen, Marcellinus, Isidore, and others concerning the affairs of the Goths. (b) Through Spain, by the Alans, Goths, Vandals — mostly by their king Gunderic, an Arian, under Honorius, and afterward by Wallia, king of the Visigoths, A.D. 417. (c) Through France, where likewise the Vandals, Goths, and Huns raged and miserably devastated the church, under Honorius, according to the testimony of Gregory of Tours, and other historians of the Franks. (d) Through Africa, where, after the ragings and madnesses of the Donatists and Circumcellions ("wanderers"), of whom Augustine speaks, the Vandals — devoted to Arianism — raged under king Gaiseric, who crossed to Africa A.D. 427 and soon became its general subjugator, and afterward under Huneric his son and successor, under both of whom countless bishops were driven from their sees and subjected to every kind of punishment, as related by Victor of Vita, a contemporary writer. (e) Through Britain, ravaged by the Picts, Scots, and the English Saxons, who had been called in for help, being pagans and raging so fiercely that the Christians were forced to flee to the mountains, or to the Welsh land lying opposite, according to the testimony of Bede and others. (f) Through Phrygia, Lydia, and the neighboring regions, by the Ostrogoths, under Marcian. (g) Through Germany, by the Alans, Vandals, and Visigoths. (h) Through the East, by Emperor Anastasius, a Eutychian, about the end of this century, who, after feigning orthodoxy, treacherously drove out the orthodox.
The Martyrs of the Fifth Century
Indeed, who can doubt that, through so many and so great persecutions, there arose (7) a countless multitude of martyrs? Among these are especially named by name: John Chrysostom, persecuted by the hatred of the Arians, who died in sorrowful exile at Comana; Flavian of Constantinople, who died of his wounds received at the secretly-held Synod of Ephesus; Theodoret, bishop of Cyrus, deposed by the faction of Dioscorus of Alexandria as though he were a Nestorian, though afterward restored again; Proterius, appointed at Alexandria in the place of Dioscorus, most cruelly torn apart by the Eutychians at the baptismal font; Acacius of Constantinople, tormented and persecuted by the Roman bishops Simplicius, Felix, and Gelasius; Hilary of Arles, harassed by the Roman popes Leo and his successors; Euphemius and Macedonius, bishops of Constantinople, removed from their sees by the Emperor Anastasius, who was inclined and devoted to the Eutychians, according to the testimony of Evagrius, Book III, and of Nicephorus, Book XVI.
The Character of the Fifth Century
As for, finally, (8) the character of this century — a sample of it is given us by the Antiochene bishop Martyrius, who, when about to resign his bishopric voluntarily, gave this reason: that he saw the clergy disorderly and unruly, the people unbelieving, and the whole church torn and divided — in Theodore Lector.
The State of the Church under the Sixth Century
There now remains the third portion of this age — the sixth century in order — under which occurs:
(I) The Propagation of the Church
[This was] brought about through the conversion to the Christian faith of certain barbarian kings and princes together with their subjects: for example, the Abasgi, separated from the Colchians by the river Coraxis; the Lazi, neighbors of the Cappadocians and Georgians, in the mountains east of the Euxine; the Zani, neighbors of the Lazi; the Huns near the Bosporus, etc., who under Justin and Justinian joined themselves to the Christians, according to the testimony of Marcellinus, Procopius, Zonaras, and others. Likewise, from the German barbarians there came the Bavarians, Suevi, and Thuringians — see Aventinus, Annales Boiorum. Further, from the Britons, the English Saxons — A.D. 508, Ethelbert, king of the men of Kent, with his people, the monk Augustine having been sent to Britain with his companions by Gregory I, there having up to then been Christians only in the parts of Wales and Cornwall. Hence this Augustine was the first Archbishop of Canterbury, and held synods, according to Ussher, Antiquitates Britannicae. Besides these there also came in the Picts, Scots, or Albanians, through the agency of the monk Columba, according to the same Ussher.
The Persians came in from paganism; likewise from Arianism there passed over to the orthodox Sigismund, king of the Burgundians, A.D. 517; Theodomir, king of the Suevi in the regions of Lusitania and Gallaecia, brought his people from Arianism to the orthodox faith A.D. 561; so also Reccared, king of the Visigoths in Spain, A.D. 587, and Hilderic, king of the Vandals, A.D. 522 (Isidore, Chronicon). Finally Emperor Justinian, through Belisarius and Narses, delivered the whole of Africa, Italy, and Sicily from Arianism and brought them back to the orthodox faith. That very many private persons were also converted from paganism and Judaism is related by the Magdeburg Centuriators, Cent. VI, chap. 2, from Paul the Deacon and Sigebert; likewise from Manichaeism, Augustine and Prosper, having become orthodox from being Manichaeans.
(II) The Propagators and Teachers of the Sixth Century
These were, by living voice, at the very beginning of the sixth century: in the Roman church, Symmachus, the successor of Anastasius II, having overcome the antipope Laurentius through one synod of Rome after another, A.D. 500, 501, and 502 (Tom. IV, Concil.); in the Byzantine church, Macedonius; in Antioch, Flavian; in Jerusalem, Elias, who was soon sent into exile by Anastasius on account of the Chalcedonian faith; in Alexandria, John Mela, an orthodox man, though he had accepted the Henoticon.
As for writers: among these were John Maxentius, a monk and Antiochene presbyter, a Scythian. He wrote "On Grace" against Faustus, and on behalf of the Scythian monks against Hormisdas; Leontius, a Byzantine, wrote against the Nestorians, Acephali, and Origenists — to be distinguished from Leontius the Origenist. Evagrius Scholasticus — to be distinguished from Evagrius of Pontus — a Syrian from the city of Epiphania, a continuer of the ecclesiastical history of Socrates and Theodoret, covering the period from Tiberius to the twelfth year of Maurice, somewhat given to fable in favor of the image-venerators. Procopius of Gaza, a rhetorician, to be distinguished from Procopius of Caesarea, the historian: he wrote extensive scholia on various books of the Old Testament. Anastasius Sinaita, an Antiochene bishop in the year 561, successor to Domnus: he opposed the Acephali and the Aphthartodocetae, and consequently also the Emperor Justinian; there is another, later Anastasius, also a Sinaite, believed to be the author of the Hodegos, "Guide," against the Acephali. Eulogius of Alexandria, under the Emperors Tiberius II and Maurice, a close friend of Gregory the Great, as appears from several of his letters: he wrote against the Novatians, of which Photius gives excerpts in his Bibliotheca. John the Cappadocian, called "the Faster" on account of his frequent fasting, patriarch of Constantinople: he wrote penitential booklets. Fulgentius, bishop of Ruspe, a disciple of Augustine, banished to Sardinia under Thrasamund along with other bishops: he wrote on predestination and on grace. Alcimus Avitus, Archbishop of Vienne, a defender of the orthodox faith against heresies, especially the Arian and Photinian: he converted Sigismund, king of the Burgundians; there remain extant of his letters, poems, and several fragmentary pieces, which Sirmond and Baluze have published. Caesarius of Arles (for there are several Caesariuses), a contemporary of Alcimus, a most vigorous opponent of Faustus and of the semi-Pelagians, president of the second Council of Orange: of him there remain fifteen homilies, published by Baluze; there is also attributed to him a second Rule and instruction for monks and nuns. Paschasius, a deacon of the Roman church: author of books concerning the Holy Spirit. Felix Ennodius, deacon of Ticinum (Pavia), whose letters and other little works James Sirmond has published.
Anicius Manlius Severinus Boethius, a man of consular rank, of outstanding virtue and learning, a valiant defender of the doctrine of the Trinity and of the person of Christ: sent into exile by king Theodoric on suspicion of conspiracy with Justin, where he lifted up his spirit by meditations, in a sincere and learned discourse on the Consolation of Philosophy; at last put to death by order of Theodoric. Dionysius Exiguus, a Roman abbot, a Scythian, skilled in both languages; a compiler of the canons, under Justin the Elder and Justinian; the author of the common but faulty Christian chronology. Marcellinus Comes, at the beginning of Justinian's reign, a continuer of Jerome's Chronicle down to the fourth consulship of Justinian. Primasius, bishop of Hadrumetum in Byzacene Africa, an adherent and follower, with Fulgentius, of Augustine's doctrine: he wrote commentaries on Paul. Ferrandus, a deacon of Carthage, a disciple of Fulgentius, a compiler and abridger of the African canons. Facundus of Hermiane, a bishop in Africa, whose twelve books against Justinian Sirmond was the first to publish. Vigilius the African, to be distinguished from the Roman and the Tridentine Vigilius, a bishop in Africa, wrote against Nestorius and Eutyches. Liberatus, a deacon of Carthage, wrote a compendium of the Nestorian and Eutychian controversies, in which he portrayed Vigilius of Rome true to life. Marcus Aurelius Cassiodorus, a man of consular rank, a Goth by nation, beloved and dear to the kings Theodoric and Athalaric, famous and renowned for his prudence, learning, and writings, which he composed in a certain Calabrian monastery founded by him. Among his writings the most distinguished are twelve books of letters; two books of Institutes for reading Holy Scripture; a Chronicle, from the creation of the world onward; and a threefold History, compiled from Socrates, Sozomen, and Theodoret. Junilius, an African, wrote on the parts of the divine Law, dedicated to Primasius.
Gregory, bishop of Tours, the first writer of the History of the Franks, in ten books, indeed with great diligence, but with unequal judgment and all too great credulity, as appears especially in his books on the Miracles of the Martyrs, and likewise on the life of Martin of Tours. Gregory the Great, raised to the Roman papacy in the year 590, who strongly opposed the title of universal bishop. His writings are well known, except that it is doubted whether the present-day Dialogues on the life and miracles of the Italian Fathers are his, since they differ so greatly in style and content from his other writings.
(III) Ecclesiastical Government under the Sixth Century
Less did (III) the ecclesiastical government of this century contribute to the propagation and building up of the church, being rather more suited to increase the pride and arrogance of the leaders, to overturn the freedom of the church, and to bring the consciences of believers under the yoke.
There was indeed a government, as regards ecclesiastical orders and dignities, the same as that of the preceding century, except that a new archbishopric or patriarchate was added, established through the agency of Emperor Justinian in Illyricum, in the homeland of Justinian I (previously called Lychnidus), to which he subjected the whole Dacian diocese, adding the provinces of Praevalitana and Macedonia Secunda, together with a portion of Pannonia Secunda, which he withdrew from the Macedonian or Thessalonican diocese; except likewise that episcopal rights, through the favor of princes, increased exceedingly, with the extension and enlargement of their dioceses, with the confirmation of the privileges of their predecessors, with the granting to bishops of episcopal hearings, and also of judgment and verdict, to judge all sorts of matters by mutual agreement of the parties, although not yet properly termed a court of law (Novellae of Valentinian the Younger, title XII).
These increases were served and furthered by the ecclesiastical offices and ministries that had already arisen in the preceding century: the syncelli, the chief syncelli, who were closest to a Patriarch; the defenders of rights, or the chief defenders, who were afterward called chancellors; the vicedomini, oeconomi, sacellarii, referendarii, visitators, etc., which we have already noted before, and which are described at length in the registers of the ecclesiastical dignities and officers of the church of Constantinople.
Under these burdens the disputes over the Primacy also grew strong, between the Roman and the Constantinopolitan Patriarch, both contending for the privileges of the old and the new Rome — the one tolerating no one equal to himself, the other tolerating no one above himself — both Patriarchs meanwhile being, as regards jurisdiction, equal to one another, and self-governing within their own dioceses. Also, the title of Oecumenical (universal) Patriarch was, at this time, given by the Emperors equally to both — but only within their own archdiocese; whereas meanwhile Gregory I, after Pelagius II, condemned the whole title of Oecumenical (universal) Patriarch, in the Roman church, as proud, novel, blasphemous, profane, devilish, foolish, frivolous, Antichristian, etc. (Epist. Lib. IV, Epist. 32, 34; and Lib. VI, Epist. 4, 24, 30, etc.)
Nevertheless, in these so troubled waters, for themselves and for their dominion, the Roman popes judged that they must fish strongly and boldly — especially Symmachus, Hormisdas, John, Agapetus, Vigilius, Pelagius, Gregory; and what they could not accomplish, they, in order to gain it in deed, assailed the Constantinopolitan all the more immoderately and shamelessly: everywhere in the West appointing vicars; ruling over the archbishops as though they were subject to them; drawing to themselves the hearing and appeals of all cases, endlessly prattling, "Thou art Peter" — as may be seen in the Lives of the Popes, in the compendium of Liberatus, in Marcellinus, Evagrius, Nicephorus (in the Tomes of the Councils IV and V, latest edition) — and thereby at last, through such violent deeds, fashioning and pronouncing the law for themselves. (Cf. the most celebrated Spanheim, Introductio Plenior ad Historiam Ecclesiasticam.)
Meanwhile, however, what they wanted and had in deed was, until then, as different from what they have today as heaven from earth: for they sought their rights from the Emperors; they were indeed called Archbishops, but with the qualification "of the great and nourishing Rome"; up to then it was the Emperors, kings, and princes — not the popes — who convened synods; the election of a pope still lay with the people, as its confirmation lay with the Emperor; the popes themselves still submitted to the Emperors, and greeted them as their lords! Up to then the Cardinals were not electors of the Pope, but merely priests, presbyters, heads of parishes appointed for that purpose in the larger congregations; up to then unknown were the rights of annates, investitures, the oath of fealty, legates a latere, internuncios at the courts of kings, papal infallibility, papal dispensations of every kind, treasuries of indulgences, canonizations. There was as yet no temporal power of the Pope in this age over provinces, cities, kingdoms, etc. All of which points the very celebrated Spanheim demonstrates in the place cited.
The Growth of Monasticism
As regards the ecclesiastical orders, there arose in this century a great increase of monasticism — indeed its very origin in the West, where the order of the Benedictines arose in the year 529, according to Baronius, through its founder Benedict of Nursia, an Italian, who, weary of the wars, gathered the monks — even those who had until then been scattered through the wilderness — together into monasteries, where each should have his own cell; he also bound them by monastic vows, and by a fixed rule consisting of sixty-three chapters, of which the chief provisions were: that he commanded abstinence from meat and wine; that he fixed for them, for each day, a set measure of food, a pound of bread of thirty-three and a half ounces; that he forbade all worldly affairs and occupations; recommended manual labor; commanded also that they should sleep in their clothes; further bound them to the vows of poverty, obedience, and celibacy; for clothing, a cowl, under it a tunic, with a small shoulder-cape, leaving the color of the clothing to each one's own choice, etc. But when they degenerated and lapsed from their prescribed rule into luxury, idleness, delicacies, self-indulgence, and worldly occupations, reforms arose, new rules, and from these new names — for example, the Cluniacs, Cistercians, Carthusians, Premonstratensians, Celestines, Dominicans. In treasures and riches they gradually increased so greatly that Volaterranus not unwittily remarked that this Benedict bequeathed to posterity kingdoms, not monasteries; and that he made, not lodging-places for the poor, but idleness, luxury, and wantonness for the so-called clergy.
At almost the same time, in the year of Christ 530, through a certain founder, Congall, monasticism, under the guise of religion, took root, gaining very abundant strength and growth, sending out plantations to other parts of Europe, as Bale relates from the chroniclers of the Britons, Cent. I. Their first monastery was that of Bangor, in Ulster, still to this day a college or academy, under an abbot and under a particular rule, different from that of Benedict, which they called the Rule of Christ, and hence they belonged to the Apostolic order. This order was propagated far and wide by his disciples Columbanus and Gallus, through France, Burgundy, Switzerland, Germany, etc.; likewise Brendan through Ireland. See Ussher in his British Antiquities, from Bale, Sigebert, the Urspergensis, and others.
Gregory the Great, too, before he obtained the Roman episcopate, had been a monk, and founded monasteries in Sicily on his own land; and having obtained the episcopate even within the walls of Rome, in his ancestral house, he had indeed followed the rule of Benedict; yet he forbade his monks all private possessions so strictly that, when a certain Justus was found to have hidden three crowns in a jar, he decreed that the man, on his deathbed, should be deprived of all consolation, and afterward ordered that his body be thrown on the dung-heap, with an added malediction: "Thy money perish with thee," etc. — as appears from the Dialogues of Gregory, which, however, are scarcely believed to be his — monasticism gradually degenerating and growing corrupt.
To this were added everywhere convents of nuns, admitted under an indissoluble vow, often from the sixth or seventh year of their age, as one reads in the Rule of Caesarius, chapter V — even against their own will and that of their parents, in the midst of the fire and impulse of desire, and of a longing for an honorable marriage. There were also admitted those who, forsaking their husbands, wished to bring their goods into the convents. Whereby such convents became shops of godless artifices, gathering-places of guilty wives, gullets swallowing up inheritances, and not remedies against, but kindlers of, lusts — which in this century also gave the synods much to do. (Gregory of Tours, Historia Francorum, Books IX and X.) Not to add anything of the superstition of the Stylites, and of Simeon the Younger Stylite, of whom Evagrius speaks in his History, Book VI, chapter XXIII.
(IV) Councils of the Sixth Century
Of greater effect, and useful for the building up of the Church and the warding off of heresies, were the Councils of this century, among which was the Second Council of Constantinople, being the fifth general council, in the year of Christ 551, though according to others, and closer to the truth, 553. On the occasion of the resurgent Origenists among the monks throughout Palestine and in the New Laura — their leaders Leontius and Nonnus maintaining that souls were created before being united to bodies, and that they are united to them for the sake of sin; that the heavenly bodies too are endowed with a rational soul; that not the same bodies which have fallen to death shall rise again; that there shall be an end to the punishments of the damned, when even the devils themselves, on account of the death of Christ, shall at last be saved, etc.
Moreover, occasion for a synod was given by the disputes over the "Three Chapters" of the Council of Chalcedon, put forward by certain Nestorians, who denied that the writings of Theodore of Mopsuestia and of Theodoret against Cyril had been condemned at the Council of Chalcedon; while, on the contrary, the Acephali, without touching the Council itself, pressed for their condemnation — the orthodox contending among themselves, some for the authority of the Council of Chalcedon as it stood, others for the recovery and reconciliation of the Acephali. For this reason Emperor Justinian convened a Synod, having moreover summoned Pope Vigilius, who was indeed then present at Constantinople, but, on account of his dispute with the Constantinopolitan over the Primacy, was unwilling to attend the sessions of the Synod. The political president was, as usual, Emperor Justinian; but the ecclesiastical president was not Vigilius, neither in person nor by legates, but Eutychius of Constantinople. It had 165 bishops.
In its Acts (1) the doctrinal teaching of the four preceding general councils was confirmed. (2) Theodore of Mopsuestia, after the reading of his confession of faith, was condemned. (3) The writings of Theodoret were also condemned, as being impious, he formerly having also been attached to the party of Nestorius; likewise the letter of Ibas to Maris the Persian, as being Nestorian. (4) Origen, Arius, and Macedonius were condemned.
There followed very vehement opposition from the Roman pope Vigilius, both before and after the council, for which he was punished with exile by Justinian; afterward, the disputed question of the anathematizing of the dead; finally, a schism between the Easterners and Vigilius with his party; indeed, when they had afterward assented to and approved the council, the Western churches — throughout Italy, France, Ireland — separated themselves even from these same men, unwilling to sign the condemnation of the dead, as appears from the letters of Pelagius I.
Besides this general council, this century had also particular councils, almost innumerable — national and provincial, orthodox and unorthodox — on matters of faith against heretics, and on matters of discipline. We shall, as befits our compendium, point out with the finger a few of the most notable among them all. Among the unorthodox was, in the year 512, the Council of Sidon, convened by Emperor Anastasius — a supporter of the Acephali — against Flavian of Antioch and Elias of Jerusalem, both orthodox. Among the national councils the African one stands out, in the year 533, convened by Emperor Justinian for the purpose of restoring ecclesiastical discipline; further, the Spanish councils, under Ariamir, king of the Suevi, who was converted in the year 561; under Reccared, king of the Goths, in the year 589, which is the third Council of Toledo.
Councils were also held on account of the doctrine of the faith against heresies: that of Constantinople, in the year 536, under Patriarch Mennas, in which Anthimus, a Eutychian, was deposed, along with some Acephali; Mennas presiding in his own name, not in the name of the Roman Agapetus. Against the Arians, the third Council of Toledo, already mentioned. Against the Priscillianists arising in Spain, the second Council of Braga under Ariamir, newly converted, in the year 562. Against the Pelagians and semi-Pelagians, Faustus and the Massilians in France, the second Council of Orange, in the year 529, under Athalaric in Italy, Clovis in France — Caesarius of Arles presiding, and Alcimus of Vienne, Fulgentius of Ruspe, and Prosper of Aquitaine being present: there twenty-five canons were made. And a little afterward a council was held among the Britons, in Wales, by David, Metropolitan of the see of St. David's, against the heresy of Pelagius in the year 529, of which Spelman writes in Concilia Britannica, Tom. I; Ussher in the Antiquitates Britannicae.
But most were convened for the sake of ecclesiastical government and discipline, or on account of schisms that had arisen — for example, between Laurentius and Symmachus, etc. — or of ecclesiastical ceremonies. They were convened at and by the authority of princes: in the East by the Emperors; in France by Clovis and his sons; in Burgundy by Sigismund and his successors; at Rome by Theodoric; in Spain by the kings of their times.
(V) Schisms of the Sixth Century
More forcefully still did the building up of the church suffer hindrance — within the church, from schisms; outside it, from persecutions. As for, then, the schisms, not to speak of the schisms between popes and antipopes in the preceding centuries of this age — among others, for example, between Liberius and Felix II in the year 352, between Damasus and Ursicinus A.D. 367, between Boniface I and Eulalius A.D. 418, between Symmachus and Laurentius A.D. 498, and in this century, between Vigilius and Dioscorus A.D. 530.
Here especially was engendered the great schism between the Eastern and Western Church, which was later to break out fully, on the occasion of the Primacy and universal episcopate, which both the Roman and the Constantinopolitan claimed for themselves — especially when Vigilius, with the Westerners, at first refused to sign the second, general, Constantinopolitan Synod, and afterward, when the Roman popes had signed, many Western churches, throughout Italy, France, and Ireland, separated from these same men, unwilling to sign the anathematizing of the dead, as appears from the letters of Pelagius I.
To this same end also tended the schismatic and idle questions and controversies that were raised in this century: namely, (1) whether one might rightly say that one of the Trinity was crucified in the flesh — which the Scythian and Constantinopolitan monks, under their leader John Maxentius, maintained, but which the Roman pope Hormisdas denied, in the year 518. Then there also again arose (2) the question over the day of the celebration of Easter, especially in Britain, the Scots still celebrating Easter, after the Jewish manner, on the fourteenth of the month; while others, on the contrary, maintained that it should be celebrated, after the Roman manner, on the Sunday following the resurrection; the former appealed to the practice of John the Evangelist; the latter to a tradition of Peter and Paul. See Ussher, British Antiquities, chapter XVII; and Forbes, Historical Instruction, chapter XXX. There was also disputed (3), on the occasion of the first controversy, whether the person of Christ might rightly be said to be composed of the divine and human natures. The Scythian monks aforementioned affirmed this; but Hormisdas and his party denied it. And finally there was disputed (4) whether one who has died should be condemned and anathematized — the occasion for this having arisen through Theodore of Mopsuestia, Origen Adamantius, Apollinaris, and Nestorius, who had been condemned and damned in the aforementioned general council. The Easterners denied it, against whom at first the reluctant Vigilius took a stand — although this same Vigilius, in order to obtain the papacy and to drive out Silverius, having issued a confession of his faith for Theodora's benefit, had himself formerly condemned and damned Theodore and Theodoret along with their followers, according to Liberatus in his Compendium, chapter XXII, and according to the aforementioned volume of the Councils.
(VI) Persecutions of the Sixth Century
As for the persecutions: the first of these was under Emperor Anastasius, at the beginning of this century, who, according to Evagrius, Procopius, and others, is said to have raged against the orthodox bishops of the chief schools; afterward, at last, struck by lightning and perishing, as Cedrenus, Zonaras, and others relate. The second, by Thrasamund, king of the Vandals, throughout Africa, driving Fulgentius with sixty and more bishops into exile; Fulgentius, however, being afterward restored by Hilderic, Thrasamund's successor, A.D. 522 (Evagrius, Book IV; Procopius, De Bello Vandalico, Book I). The third, by Theodoric, king of the Goths in the West, a praised prince, but an Arian; which persecution, besides Boethius and his father-in-law Symmachus, also put to death John I, a Roman bishop (Procopius, De Bello Gothico, Book I). The fourth, by the Huns, raging against the Christians through Thrace, Greece, up to the city walls of Constantinople, under Emperor Justinian (Procopius, De Bello Persico, Book II). The fifth, by the Alemanni and Franks, in the twenty-ninth year of Justinian, with dreadful slaughters, raging against the Christians through Italy, the generals Leutharis and Buccelin having been sent with an army of 72,000, joining themselves to the Arian Goths, to the ruin of the churches (Agathias, Historiarum de Bello Iustinianeo, Book II). The sixth, by Alboin I, king of the Lombards, who, in various parts of Italy and Liguria, had sworn that he would destroy all the Christians; but he was checked and held back by a miraculous fall from his horse, when he was about to enter the city of Ticinum (Pavia) (Paul the Deacon, De Gestis Langobardorum, Book II, chapter 27). The seventh, by Chosroes, king of the Persians, incited by the Goths to make war on Justinian, thereupon raging everywhere through Mesopotamia, Syria, Armenia, Persia, against the Christians, as though he wished to fight and conquer the very God of the Christians Himself (Procopius, De Bello Persico).
Among the martyrs of this century, Hermenegild stands out, son and co-regent of the kingdom of Leovigild of the Visigoths in Spain, whom his own father, being an Arian, cast into prison on account of the orthodox faith, and killed with an axe (Gregory of Tours, History, Book V). You might also reckon among the martyrs Boethius and his father-in-law Symmachus, put to death by Theodoric, although not so much for the sake of religion as on a fabricated charge of treason.
The Fourth Age of the New Testament under the Opening of the Fourth Seal
XXVII. The fourth age of the New Testament is depicted by the opening of the fourth seal, which is described in Revelation 6:7–8: "And when He had opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the fourth beast say, Come and see. And I looked, and behold a pale horse: and his name that sat on him was Death, and Hell followed with him. And power was given unto them over the fourth part of the earth, to kill with sword, and with hunger, and with death, and with the beasts of the earth."
Here again we consider: I. The Opener, and the opening of the seal. The Opener, or the Revealer, is the same as in the foregoing — the Lamb, or Christ; and the opened seal is likewise a mystery, unfathomable to reason, concerning the fortunes of the Church under her fourth age.
II. The Crier, calling to the beholding of the public matter — the fourth Living Creature, being an eagle (Rev. 4:7), a very sharp-sighted bird, flying to the heights, and thence swooping down upon its prey with great swiftness: it signifies, in part, the calamities of the Church, which would come upon her from on high through heavenly providence; and in part the virtues that would be very necessary for the Church and for her teachers amid these slaughters.
III. The Type, or Image, foreshadowing the fortunes of this age; having:
1. A horse, which signifies the Church, but now chlōros, pale-greenish; having been until now either white, on account of her simplicity and purity; or red, on account of the persecutions; or black, on account of the darkening of heresies: now pale, turning from green to sickly and wan, like the color of withering grass, or of leaves falling in the season of autumn, which still retains some greenness, but gradually turns white, until it withers away entirely. By this the Church is signified as still having some life and greenness, on account of the fundamental and orthodox articles of the faith, but so weak that it seemed as though it would wither away entirely.
2. The Sitter, or Rider, upon the horse, who is called Death, being deadly to the Church. One may understand by him either God Himself, by His most wise and most righteous providence permitting and directing these calamities of the Church; or all manner of subordinate causes, under God's permission, bringing these disasters and miseries upon the Church — such as: both Antichrists, the Western Pope and the Eastern Muhammad; and moreover the monks, with their unorthodoxy and folly.
3. The Follower — namely Hell, or the grave, or rather the place of damnation; by this are understood the Antichrists, heresies, the loose and unbridled life both of the leaders and of the congregation itself, commonly occurring in this age, and following with an inseparable bond.
4. The power given, by God's permission, to the subordinate riders — concerning which is said:
a. Its harming: apokteinai, to kill — not merely to injure to some extent, as had also occurred in the preceding ages, but to kill, or to deprive wholly of life; not only of natural life, as we observe to have happened preeminently during this age through all sorts of calamities and persecutions, but also of spiritual life, and even of eternal life.
b. The limitation of that power to the fourth part of the earth. Here "the earth" could mean either the whole habitable earth, or rather the territory of the Roman Empire, both Eastern and Western; and "the fourth part" of it excludes totality, while including a great portion of it — signifying thereby that God would, amid these calamities and miseries, meanwhile preserve His own within the churches, yet would nonetheless allow a great part of it to perish.
c. The means by which this harm would be caused, namely:
A. By the sword, or civil or domestic wars, the quarrels and dissensions of popes, heretics, monarchs, and uprisings.
B. By famine, both bodily and spiritual — from lack of suitable food, most of all spiritual food, which is provided for the soul by the saving doctrine and by its constant inculcation, matters which in this age were most wretchedly banished.
C. By death, or by destructive and pestilential diseases, at once bodily and spiritual. And finally,
D. By the wild beasts of the earth — such as have been the brigandage of earthly men, of both the Antichrists, of the monks, etc.
A Brief Summary of the History of this Age
XXVIII. This fourth age of the Church extends from the Emperor Phocas and the Roman pope Boniface III to Henry IV and Pope Gregory VII (exclusive), a span of about 456 years — namely, covering the youth of the Antichrist, when the Roman bishop, from the seat of the Church, which was also the seat of the Empire, arrogated to himself a preeminence not only above his fellow bishops, but even above the Patriarchs, who until then had been his colleagues; which lust for honor and dominion was also not a little increased by the departure of the Emperor to Constantinople, and by the examples of the Alexandrian and Constantinopolitan bishops.
The whole dispute was over primacy and over the title of universal bishop, which the Constantinopolitan, through the Emperor's favor, had until then arrogated to himself. Gregory I, or the Great, did indeed intervene; but in vain. The same thing his successor Boniface III accomplished with Phocas, whose favor the Emperor thought he needed for himself, to keep Italy — he granted that the Roman Church should be the head of the whole Church, and that its bishop should be called an Oecumenical or universal bishop. This was the beginning of the primacy of the Roman bishop, since which he has grown so greatly in authority, power, and wealth, that he has drawn to himself not only ecclesiastical but even civil power, and has subjected to himself the greatest emperors and kings.
At almost the same time Muhammad arose, and his ungodly sect, patched together out of the errors of Jews and pagans, and, seemingly designed to settle the differences of religions — which sect of his was, within a short time, propagated far and wide. A little after this, when a new kind of Eutychians arose, namely the Monothelites, who maintained that there is in Christ but a single will, Constantine [Pogonatus] convened a synod at Constantinople, which is the sixth general council: in which, with the rejection and condemnation of the error, the truth was confirmed concerning the two wills in Christ, according to the twofold number of His Natures.
Thereupon a sharp and bloody controversy and strife arose over images, which Emperor Leo III commanded to be removed from the churches; while Pope Gregory III wished to have them restored, and struck the emperor, who refused this, with excommunication, and alienated Italy from him. The successors of these two abated nothing of their disturbed and hateful passions and tempers. At last Irene, with Constantine VI, in order to satisfy the Pope, having convened a synod at Nicaea — called the seventh general council — ordered that images be restored, and established their veneration and honor by rules, and introduced it into the churches of the East. But Charles, later made Emperor of the West, held a counter-synod at Frankfurt, which condemned the decrees of the Nicene council. He founded many churches and bishoprics throughout Germany; he instituted the tithe, and set forth and prescribed laws for the clergy. Yet, following the example of his father Pepin, both he and his descendants and successors granted a great deal to the papacy, which has been the cause of most of the wars in Italy.
These things I have thought good to set forth from Heinrich Alting's Compendium of Sacred History, that you might thereby recognize, as in an image and in a brief sketch, the fulfillment of the Vision of the Revelation.
The Eastern and Western Emperors of this Age
XXIX. The Church of this age has passed about four hundred and seventy years under thirty-two Emperors, from Phocas down to Michael VI, who together reigned over the whole Empire; while in the West, from the eighth century onward, there reigned alongside them seventeen Emperors, from Charlemagne down to Henry IV (exclusive) — whom I am obliged, in keeping with the proportion of our compendium, to do little more than merely name.
Among these the first was Phocas, a soldier, afterward an exarch, proclaimed emperor by the army under Maurice. He killed his lord and greatest benefactor, after most cruelly putting to death, before his very eyes, all his male offspring. He nourished and fostered the Antichrist, when he conferred upon the Roman bishop Boniface III the title of universal bishop and pope, even above that of Constantinople. He was put to death by Heraclius, his hands and feet cut off, and his trunk burned, after he had held the tyranny for nine years.
The second was Heraclius the Cappadocian, who, proclaimed emperor by the army, defeated in battle the Persian Chosroes — who boasted that he would not lay down arms until the Persian god was worshipped and honored everywhere, the religion of the crucified God having been abolished. He reigned thirty years; under him arose Muhammad, the Eastern Antichrist. The third was Constantine IV, son of Heraclius, poisoned by his stepmother Martina after the fifth month of his reign. The fourth, Heracleonas, son of Martina, deposed by the Senate, deprived of his nostrils, and thrown into prison, reigned only six months. The fifth, Constans II, son of Constantine IV, a Monothelite, was strangled in a bathhouse in Sicily by the treachery of a certain Andrew, when he had held the Empire twenty-six years. The sixth, Constantine V, a son of Constans, against whom Mesentius rose up at the beginning; he defeated the Saracens and the Bulgarians, but, being afterward defeated by them, held the Empire seventeen years.
The seventh, Justinian II, "the Slit-Nosed," far more a tyrant than an emperor, was, together with his son Tiberius — who had already been elected co-emperor — and with Leontius, who had been raised to the Empire through the agency of the Patriarch Callinicus, put to death by Philippicus Bardanes; he reigned twenty-six years. The eighth, Philippicus Bardanes, a nobleman of the first rank, a Monothelite, cast all images out of the churches: he was, by Artemius, his chief secretary, deprived of his eyes and his kingdom, and wasted away in prison, after reigning two years. The ninth, Artemius, or Anastasius II, condemned by his successor Theodosius to monkhood at Thessalonica, likewise had a reign of only two years. The tenth, Theodosius III, surnamed "of Adramyttium," made emperor by the army, but removed by Leo the Isaurian, had a reign of only one year. The eleventh, Leo III the Isaurian, cast the images out of the churches, against which Gregory II and III opposed themselves in vain: he reigned about twenty-five years.
The twelfth, Constantine VII, called Copronymus, son of Leo the Image-breaker, against whom Artabasdus, Leo's son-in-law, rose up, reigning two years at Constantinople; Artabasdus at last being defeated, he treated the Patriarch Anastasius very badly, because he had been the instigator of the rebellion to Artabasdus, and was even more incensed against images than his father had been: he reigned thirty-four years. The thirteenth, Leo IV, a Porphyrogenitus, son of Constantine [VII], reigned five years together with his wife Irene, who was an Athenian. The fourteenth, Constantine [VI], a Porphyrogenitus, devoted to images, together with his mother Irene, who was likewise devoted to images, convened a second Nicene Synod on behalf of images, which the Roman party would gladly greet as a general synod.
For the rest, she was an ambitious and moreover a cruel woman, on account of which she was, by the people and by the officers of the army, who could no longer endure female rule and dominion, deposed from government for two years, which she nevertheless afterward regained. She had sought and obtained for her son Constantine, as wife, Rotrude, daughter of Charlemagne — which marriage, however, against her son's will, she afterward revoked and withdrew, having forced upon him a certain Mary from Armenia, whom Constantine nevertheless repudiated, having married a certain Theodota. Meanwhile Irene brought it about that her son was held to be unworthy of the Empire, and she herself cruelly deprived him of his eyes, whereby he died a little afterward; moreover she extinguished the remaining brothers of her husband, and thus the whole line of Leo the Isaurian, and sought a marriage with Charlemagne, and began anew to forge plans to unite both empires; which plans, displeasing the Greek nobles, led to her being banished to Lesbos. Meanwhile, because she supported the Roman pope, she is even reckoned among the saints by the Roman party. She reigned with her son seven years, and, having been kept from power for two years, afterward being restored, reigned again with her son, and, after her son, alone, in all twenty-two years. Under her the Western Empire began again to revive, through Charlemagne, and at the same time the schism between the Eastern and Western Empire also ceased. Meanwhile we shall follow the Eastern Emperors briefly further, and then return to the Western ones.
The fifteenth was accordingly the Greek Emperor Nicephorus, whom some suppose to have been a brother of Irene. He entered into a treaty with Charlemagne on certain conditions, and granted him the whole West, together with a great part of Italy taken from the Lombards; at last he died, murdered by Krum, king of the Bulgarians, after reigning nine years. Accordingly there followed, as the sixteenth, Stauratius, son of Nicephorus, and Michael I and Rangabe, Curopalates or "steward of the Palace," Nicephorus's son-in-law, with his son Theophylact. Stauratius, whom his father had named Augustus, they cast, on account of the deformity of his body and the dullness of his mind, into the Byzantine monastery, Michael Curopalates being appointed in his place, who was himself likewise condemned to a monastery: these together reigned only two years.
He was followed by the seventeenth, Leo V, an Armenian, likewise a destroyer of images, who died, murdered in the Choir of the Singers by a conspiracy, after reigning seven years. He was followed by the eighteenth, Michael Traulus ("the Stammerer"), taken out of the prison into which he had been thrown for his conspiracy against Leo, and set over the Empire: he reigned nine years. The nineteenth, Michael Theophilus, son of Leo, praised for his justice, died of dysentery, after holding the helm of government thirteen years. He was followed by the twentieth, Michael III, son of the latter, whom they also call Michelottus, a Porphyrogenitus, together with his very sensible and very prudent mother Theodora — but this scoundrel condemned her to a monastery, and was himself at last destroyed by Basil the Macedonian, when together they had held the Empire twenty-five years.
There followed the twenty-first, Basil the Macedonian, for the space of twenty-two years. Further, the twenty-second, Leo VI, son of Basil, called "the Wise" on account of his study of philosophy, twenty-five years. And after him the twenty-third, Alexander, Leo's brother, very unlike him in character, given over to lusts and, as it were, drowned in them; but only thirteen months. Further there followed the twenty-fourth, Constantine VIII, no degenerate son of Leo the Wise, who, together with his mother Zoë, and with his stepfather Romanus and the latter's sons Constantine IX, Stephen, and Christopher, and his grandson through Romanus II, held the Empire forty-nine years. There followed the twenty-fifth, Romanus III, son of Constantine VIII, a very lazy and sluggish man, four years.
There followed the twenty-sixth, Nicephorus II, who married Theophano, the wife of Romanus III, and who was put to death through the counsels of John Tzimisces, after reigning six years. There followed the twenty-seventh, John Tzimisces, kinsman of Romanus III, killed by a slow poison through Basil the Eunuch, after reigning six years. There followed, as the twenty-eighth, Basil and Constantine X, a Porphyrogenitus, sons of Romanus III, against whom two men named Bardas rose up, famous for many campaigns — for the space of fifty-three years. As the twenty-ninth there followed Romanus IV Argyrus, son-in-law of Constantine X and husband of his daughter Zoë; this most shameless woman had him smothered in the bathhouse, through the wiles and snares of an adulterer, after the fifth year of his reign, Zoë remaining alive two more years, thus reckoning seven years together.
There followed the thirtieth, Michael Calaphates, son of Stephen, and grand-nephew of Michael the Paphlagonian through his sister, adopted by Zoë as her son, for the space of six months. There followed the thirty-first, Michael the Paphlagonian, Zoë's second husband: having obtained the government in an unjust manner, he nevertheless governed it more fairly and rightfully, conducting himself beneficently in all things: he reigned seven years. There followed the thirty-second, Constantine XI Monomachus, Zoë's third husband, who likewise governed rather more truly, for the space of twelve years. There followed at last the thirty-third, Theodora, sister of Zoë, daughter of Constantine X, who, having adopted Michael Stratioticus as her son, put on the purple: she reigned two years.
We have had the Eastern Emperors of this age: let us also add the seventeen Western ones, from Charlemagne onward, who assumed the Empire at the beginning of the ninth century, Irene — of whom we have spoken — reigning in the East at that time, down to Henry IV, exclusive.
Among these, accordingly, is (1) Charles I, surnamed the Great: born of his grandfather Charles Martel, and his father Pepin the Short, Duke of Brabant and Prince of Orange. He first saw the light at Carlsburg in Bavaria; Pope Leo III, having been driven out, he restored; he founded several bishoprics, in the year of Christ 800; on Christmas Day itself he was proclaimed Emperor by the Roman people. Wrongly, therefore, do the flatterers of the Pope prattle that the Empire was transferred to the Germans by Leo III — which he obtained far rather by a threefold right: by the right of war, or of arms; by the right of election, or the consent of the Roman Senate and people; and by the right of agreement with the Eastern Emperors, who of their own free will granted him all right over the West, so that both might be called Emperors, Augusti, and brothers — the one of the East, and this one of the West. Charles was a most excellent prince, very experienced in the affairs and arts both of peace and of war. Especially through his tutor Alcuin he established religion; he himself circumscribed the new Empire with very equitable laws, and confined the mother tongue within grammatical rules and precepts: he reigned fourteen years.
(2) Louis I, surnamed Pius, that is, the Pious, the God-fearing, son of Charles by Hildegard. Him, when about to die, Charlemagne made by testament heir of the Empire, adding the kingdom of France, Germany, and the part of Spain lying on this side of the Pyrenees; to Bernard, his grandson through Pepin, he assigned Italy — whom Louis afterward shut up in a monastery, appointing in his place Lothair, his son by Ermengarde, as governor in Italy. Afterward, having turned to curb the luxury and pride of the bishops, he fell into such great hatred among the bishops that they employed all their power to destroy him, and brought matters to the point that he was shut up in a monastery by his own sons, Lothair, Pepin, Louis, and Charles; from which, however, he was freed by the nobles of Germany and restored to his Empire. New attacks by his sons, especially by Charles, were averted by his death, after he had reigned twenty-six years.
After this there was (3) Lothair I, son of Louis; there having been very deadly wars between his brothers, and likewise between his enemies: after he had reigned fifteen years, he divided his kingdoms among his three sons; he made Louis II emperor and lord of Italy; Charles king of Burgundian France; Lothair king of Lotharingia; which small kingdoms nevertheless were at last reunited under Louis II. Accordingly there follows (4) Louis II, son of Lothair, who drove the Saracens out of Campania: he reigned twenty years.
He was followed by (5) Charles II, the Bald (Calvus), son of Louis I, king of France; entangled through greed in unnecessary wars, he died after a reign of two years. He was followed by (6) Louis II, the Stammerer, Charles's son, king of France, who assumed the title of the imperial government on the Pope's authority; but for scarcely two years. There followed (7) Charles III (Crassus), the Fat, a grandson of Louis I, through his son Louis, king of Germany: he had long before seemed worthy to the nobles to have the kingdom entrusted to him; but nevertheless a little afterward he fell from it: he reigned eight years. He was then followed by (8) Arnulf, a grandson of Charles the Fat, through his brother Carloman; he died of poison, after reigning twelve years. There followed (9) Louis III, the last of the line of Charlemagne; he had a very confused and troubled reign, on account of which he died of an illness, after reigning twelve years.
There followed (10) Conrad I, Duke of Franconia and Hesse, chosen by the majority of votes of the nobles, over Charles the Simple, as king of the Franks; he banished the nobles who opposed him; when about to die he declared Henry the Fowler, a wise and valiant man, his successor: he reigned eight years. He was followed by (11), whom we have just named, Henry I the Fowler, Duke of Saxony, Arnulf's grandson through his daughter, victorious in various wars; he died after holding the Empire seventeen years.
He was followed by (12) Otto I, the Great, a restorer of the Empire, a son of Henry the Fowler: he deposed the Roman pope John XIII, and appointed Leo VIII in his place; the rebellious Romans, having taken the city, he restrained and subdued: he built many churches; and reigned thirty-seven years. There followed (13) Otto II, son of Otto I, called the pale death of the Saracens; he held the Empire ten years. He was followed by (14) Otto III, son of Otto II, called the Wonder of the World. He established that the right to elect an Emperor, to the exclusion of all foreigners and strangers, should be exercised by the Germans alone. Crescentius, a Roman prefect who had driven the Pope from the city, he, together with twelve accomplices in the rebellion, subdued with rightful punishments; but having returned to Italy for the third time, he perished, through poisoned gloves, by the hand of Crescentius's wife, with whom he was passionately in love, after reigning nineteen years.
He was followed by (15) Henry II, the Saint, or the Lame, Duke of Bavaria, great-nephew of Henry the Fowler: because he lived with his wife Cunigunde as it were an unmarried life, he obtained from the monks the title of a Saint: he reigned twenty-two years. There followed (16) Conrad II, a Salian, Duke of Franconia, who reigned fifteen years. He was followed at last by (17) Henry III, the Black, son of Conrad II; he deposed, all at one time, three Roman popes, who had divided themselves into three monstrous factions, and bound the Romans by oath that they would never elect a pope without the Emperor's knowledge, and thus preserved the imperial dignity unimpaired against papal tyranny: he reigned seventeen years.
The Roman Popes of this Fourth Age of the New Testament
XXX. Together with these Emperors, both of the East and of the West, there lived and reigned the following Roman Popes.
Namely, (1) Boniface III, a Roman: he is the first who is called by the historians a universal pope — namely, now no longer by his own separate authority, but by the open authority of the Emperor. For when he flattered the Emperor Phocas, whom the Patriarch of Constantinople had rather sharply rebuked on account of the murder he had begun against the Emperor Maurice, and approved his villainy, he obtained, with the tyrant's consent, the title of high priest, and the right to convene synods, and thus the dispute ceased which had until then persisted between the Roman and Constantinopolitan bishops: he sat only eight months and twenty-three days.
(2) Boniface IV, a martyr: under him a synod was held at Rome, in which the privilege of Phocas concerning the primacy of the Roman Church was proclaimed. Moreover he obtained from Phocas the Pantheon (the temple of all the gods), until then not purged of idols, and dedicated it to Mary and to all the Martyrs, and, after the manner of the pagans, publicly displayed the deceased Saints for religious veneration: he sat seven years.
(3) Deusdedit, or Adeodatus, a Roman, chosen by lot, because for a long time they could not agree on his election: from him spiritual kinship, or godparenthood, received its origin, so that no one should marry the one whom he had raised from baptism, or with whom he had adopted a small child: he sat four years.
(4) Boniface V, a Campanian, who established places of free sanctuary in the temples, and said that Christ died only for original sin: he sat eight years.
(5) Honorius, a Campanian: he is accused by the Greeks of having been devoted to the heresy of the Monothelites, and of having been condemned by the sixth Council of Constantinople: he sat twelve years and five months.
(6) Severinus I, a Roman: when he refused to contribute anything toward the costs of war, he was stripped and plundered of the church's treasures by the exarch: he sat eleven months.
(7) John IV, a Dalmatian, who freed many thousands of Christians from the Saracens by paying the ransom price: he sat one year and nine months.
(8) Theodore, a Greek, sat six years and five months.
(9) Martin, a Tuscan, sent into exile by the Monothelite emperor of Constantinople, and deprived of his tongue and hands; sat six years, three months, and thirteen days.
(10) Eugene I, a Roman; first vicar of the exiled Martin, afterward pope; sat three years.
(11) Vitalian, a Campanian, who ordered that all religious observances, in the temples of all Christians, should be conducted in the Latin tongue: whence some suppose that the number 666, Rev. 13, applies not only to this period, but also to this ordinance — namely, to the word Lateinos: he sat fourteen years and five months.
(12) Adeodatus, a Roman, who, terrified by various portents announcing the ragings of the Turks, instituted public prayers: he sat seven years and two months.
(13) Donus, or Dominus, a Roman, whom they called the first Vicar of Christ, under whom the first Latin Mass was sung, according to Wolf, Lectiones Memorabiles, Cent. VII: he sat one year and five months.
(14) Agatho, sat four years, after whom the see stood vacant one year and four months.
(15) Leo II, a Sicilian, sat ten months and eighteen days.
(16) Benedict II, a Roman. In his time it was first granted and allowed by Constantine IV that the confirmation of a pope should not be sought from the court; but that the election by the clergy, the people, and the Roman people should stand valid without the electoral vote of the Emperor or of an exarch — which, however, did not hold in the following centuries, until Henry IV: he sat one year.
(17) John V, an Antiochene: he sat one year and some days.
(18) Conon I, a Thracian. Here occurred the seventh schism, between the archbishop Peter and the archpresbyter Theodore — the eighth schism according to others. Conon sat eleven months and twenty-three days.
(19) Sergius, a Syrian: he sat thirteen years and eight months: under him occurred the eighth, or, according to others, the ninth schism, between the archpresbyter Theodore and Paschal, fighting with arms over the papacy, and of the archdeacon Paschal, who had tried to obtain the papacy from the exarch by money. In the time of Sergius the Eastern church began to separate itself from the Roman pope; it also decided, in a Constantinopolitan council, that marriage should be free to the clergy, only that they should abstain from their wives at the time of the administration of the mysteries.
(20) John VI, a Greek: he sat three years and eleven months. (21) John VII, a Greek: he sat one year and seven months. (22) Sisinnius I, called by others Zosimus, a Syrian: he sat twenty days.
(23) Constantine I, a Syrian: Platina, Biondo, and Nauclerus say that Justinian II kissed his feet, and that thereby, being incited still more to pride and arrogance, he — having struck Philippicus with the ban — established the veneration of images: he sat six years and one month.
(24) Gregory II, a Syrian, a cunning dissembler. From Emperor Leo the Isaurian, who condemned the veneration of images, he drew away nearly the whole West, and gave the Franks the opportunity to take possession of Italy; he also took up arms against Eutychius, the Emperor's governor, and against the Lombards: he sat eighteen years and eight months.
(25) Gregory III, a Syrian, pursued the hatred and quarrels against Leo the Isaurian, and declared him unworthy of the Empire, and deprived him of the parts of the West; Leo, meanwhile hearing of the pope's excommunication, said, laughing: "He is an idolater; he himself is excommunicated by God": he sat ten years, nine months, and twelve days.
(26) Zacharias, a Greek, who granted to the kings of France the power to appoint bishops: he also thrust Childeric, a lawful king of France, into a monastery, and set the Frankish crown upon Pepin. Here begins the ninth schism (the tenth according to others, or, by Bellarmine's reckoning, the eighth), through the antipope Theophylact: he condemned bishop Virgil of heresy, because he maintained that there are antipodes: he sat ten years and three months.
(27) Stephen II died of apoplexy on the third day after his election, and is therefore not counted among the popes by Platina.
(28) Stephen III was the first who wished to be carried to church, on his chair, upon men's shoulders. Being harassed by Aistulf, king of the Lombards, he sought and obtained Pepin's help, the matter between them being settled. But Aistulf still not being satisfied, the Pope journeyed to France, anointed Pepin and his sons Charles and Carloman kings of France, and, having returned, received from the Franks, upon their defeat of Aistulf, the whole Exarchate of Ravenna, together with the Duchy of Spoleto and Benevento, and many other territories that had belonged to the Constantinopolitan Emperor, under the invented title of the Patrimony of Peter, and became so puffed up that he not only permitted Pepin and Charles to kneel and kiss his feet, and to hold their standard-bearers as mere escorts, but even wished, as though celebrating a triumph, to be carried, on the shoulders of those who bore him, to the Lateran Palace.
Thus the Pope began to be an earthly god of Christian princes, and made the monarchs of the world subject to himself. But now, if this papal power and dominion was first given to the Pope by Pepin, as Viterbiensis and Frisingensis say, what need then was there to fabricate that it derived its origin from Christ, or from Peter, or from Constantine the Great? He sat five years and twenty-eight days.
(29) Paul I, a Roman, brother of Stephen III, an eminent follower of Pepin. Here some place the tenth schism through the antipope Theophylact, the twentieth schism according to others. The see stood vacant one year. Paul sat ten years and one month.
(30) Constantine, a Roman, excluded by Platina and others from the number of the popes, is called an antipope, because he, by his brother Toto, Duke of Nepi, was — while not yet ordained in any holy office — thrust in and installed by evil devices two days before Paul died, being at last cast out and murdered by his enemies, after he had sat one month.
(31) Stephen IV, a Sicilian: he subjected the Milanese church, until then free, to the papal yoke. The antipope Philip was, on the fifth day after his election, thrust into a monastery. Stephen sat three years, five months, and twenty-eight days.
(32) Hadrian I, a Roman, held the papacy twenty-three years and ten months, longer than any before him.
(33) Leo III, a Roman; treated shamefully by the Romans, who injured his eyes and drove him out, he journeyed to Emperor Charles and obtained his restoration, clearing himself by oath of the crimes laid against him; he it was who, on Christmas Day itself, in the year 800, proclaimed Charlemagne Emperor, with the acclamation of the people: he sat twenty years and five months.
(34) Stephen V, a Roman, was, through generous gifts, installed in the place of the deceased Leo, without waiting for the consent of the Emperor, to whom, by a decree of Hadrian and Leo, the election of a pope had been made subject. But the Emperor Louis was himself not too insistent on his right — especially when the Pope, to excuse himself, sent an embassy to France, and, having brought crowns from Rome, crowned Louis together with his wife. Having returned to Rome, Stephen taught his own that the Emperor's power must gradually be weakened, and that it was free to them to elect a pope without his authority; but that the one elected ought not to be ordained without his consent, and without the presence of his legates: but he sat no longer than six months.
(35) Paschal I, a Roman, a cruel and violent man, and a wine-bibber. When he too was chosen without the Emperor's consent, Louis said that his majesty had been offended; but Paschal cleared himself by a letter and by legates, and, having reconciled the Emperor, deprived Theodore the Primicerius and Leo the Nomenclator, on a trumped-up charge of murder, of their eyes and lives, and, having convened a synod, cleared himself by oath, and nevertheless approved the murderers and declared that they had been rightly put to death: he sat eight years, three months, and sixteen days.
(36) Eugene II, under whom the eleventh, or, according to others, the twelfth schism was stirred up, a certain Roman presbyter being chosen cardinal. Louis, displeased at the schism of the antipopes, sent his son Lothair to Rome, who confirmed Eugene's election and chose a magistrate to administer justice over the Roman people. But Eugene was at last, by his own men — for what cause I know not — deprived of his eyes and his life, after sitting three years, two months, and twenty days.
(37) Valentine, a Roman, died after forty days.
(38) Gregory IV, a Roman, throughout the whole course of his pontificate entangled in warlike affairs. He would not accept the papacy until the Emperor had approved his election. This being approved, he appointed Ansgar archbishop among the Hamburgers, and a papal legate over all the kingdoms of the North, to subject them to his authority. He it is who, when war had broken out between the sons and their father Louis, being sent to make peace, did not avert the parricidal discord — but, contrary to the loyalty he had pledged to the Emperor, went over to the party of the sons, and spread a rumor that he had excommunicated Louis, on account of which that most excellent Emperor was taken captive, kept in custody, and thrust into a monastery. There he, being restored to his dignity by the nobles of the Empire — the Pope meanwhile being a treacherous man — abandoned those sons and turned to the stronger and more powerful party: he sat sixteen years.
(39) Sergius II, a Roman, indeed praised by Platina; but despised by others for his greed and lust for power: formerly called "Pig's Snout," he changed the shame of that name, and, without waiting for the consent of Emperor Lothair, had himself ordained. Thereupon Lothair sent his son Louis with an army to Rome, and thus the Romans swore fidelity to the Emperor; Sergius, after many disputes, was at last confirmed on the see, and afterward anointed Louis king of the Lombards; meanwhile, shortly before his death, the Saracens devastated Italy in an inhuman manner: he drove the Saracens out of Italy with an army enrolled and armed with indulgences. He sat three years and one month.
(40) Leo IV, a Roman, made, by his dispensation, the little monk Ethelwulf, descended from a royal line, King of England, and charged him that, in return, he should pay every year, from every house, a silver penny, which they called Denarius Petri, that is, Peter's Penny or shilling: he sat eight years, three months, and six days.
(41) John VIII, or rather Joan, a female pope, formerly called Gilbert. That she was a woman is denied by Aventinus, Onuphrius, and Baronius; but this is maintained, among countless others, by Wolf (Lectiones Memorabiles, Cent. IX, fol. 224–239), the Magdeburg Centuriators (Cent. IX, chap. 10), Illyricus (in Catalogus Testium Veritatis, Book X). See especially the celebrated Spanheim's Disquisitio de Papa Femina.
The matter is related thus: Gilberta, born at Mainz of a harlot, who, being pregnant, had brought with her a certain priest from England; now Gilberta, being endowed with a manly mind and disposition, disguised her sex, and, with a certain monk who loved her, went first to the hospital at Fulda, then to Greece, and, having there acquired command of languages and skill and eloquence in disputation, at last taught at Rome, and by her learning stirred up the affection of all, so that, Leo having died, she was appointed in his place, with the Emperor's consent. Afterward, made pregnant either by a household cardinal, or by a servant, as Platina has it, while she kept her belly concealed and hidden, she was overtaken by labor pains during a solemn procession, gave birth, and thereupon died at once: she sat two years, five months, and four days.
(42) Benedict III, under whom occurred the twelfth, or, according to others, the thirteenth schism, stirred up by Anastasius, a Roman. Benedict was indeed made pope against his own will; but when the Emperor's legates, whose consent to the election had not been awaited, set up Anastasius in his place, he refused to yield, and at last, the people abhorring and cursing Anastasius as one formerly excommunicated by Leo, he won the legates over as approvers of his election: he sat, according to some, two and a half years; according to others, eight months and sixteen days.
(43) Nicholas, a Roman: him, says Platina, they placed on the Apostolic see against his will, and this in the presence of the Emperor Louis. But once confirmed he was not ashamed to be carried a thousand paces through the camp on horseback, while the Emperor walked on foot. Moreover he brought the church of Ravenna into a perpetual subjection; joined the see of Bremen with that of Hamburg; and decreed that he, and his successors, should be judged by no one: he sat nine years, six months, and ten days.
(44) Hadrian II, a Roman: although he was elected without the electoral vote of the Emperor, he nevertheless, for the sake of peace, consented to have his election approved. He tried, in a Constantinopolitan synod, to force image-worship upon the Greeks; the Duchy of Spoleto he subjected to himself by the arms of the Franks, having excommunicated Duke Lambert on account of the plundering of Rome at the time when a pope was to be elected; and to Lothair, the Emperor's brother, coming to Rome, he prepared such a banquet that Lothair himself died a little afterward on his way back, and all his bodyguard perished within the year, as the Magdeburg Centuriators testify from Sigebert: he sat about five years.
(45) John [VIII], a Roman, defended the party of Charles the Bald against the sons of Louis; and this one having died of a poisoned drink, when he wished to declare Louis the Stammerer, Charles's son, Emperor, he was thrown into the waves by the nobles of the bodyguard; but having escaped from this and fled to France, he crowned Louis; and, having returned to Rome, drove the Saracens out of Italy by the arms of the Christian princes: he sat ten years.
(46) Martin II, called by Onuphrius Martin I, a Frenchman, obtained the papacy through evil arts: he sat one year and twenty days.
(47) Hadrian III, whom others call Agapetus, a Roman. He brought it about, while Charles the Fat was occupied with the Norman war, that it was decided by the Senate and the Roman people that, in electing a pope, the Emperor's authority would not be waited for; but that at Rome the votes of the clergy and the people should always be free: he sat one year, three months, and nineteen days.
(48) Stephen VI, by others the Fifth, a Roman, who was also called Basil: he sat six years.
(49) Formosus I, bishop of Porto: against him Sergius III stirred up the fourteenth antipope schism, the thirteenth according to others. This Formosus, because he had been among those who had thrown John [VIII] into chains, was stripped of his office and deprived of all dignity, and took upon himself to wear unconsecrated clothing, and swore that he would never return to Rome, or to the episcopate. Yet he was not only restored to the episcopate by Martin II, but also, Stephen having died, when Sergius was about to be ordained, he, forcing his way into the church with his followers and driving Sergius from the altar, was himself ordained. A little afterward, when he was hard pressed by the Saracens, and could not be protected by Emperor Arnulf, he saluted Guy, Duke of Spoleto, as a papal Emperor; but immediately, when Guy imposed a garrison on the Romans, he defected from them and proclaimed Arnulf Emperor, by whom Guy also, being driven to flight, perished: he sat four years and six months.
(50) Boniface VI, a Tuscan, an intruder upon the see, sat only twenty-six days, according to others fifteen, and according to others six months.
(51) Stephen VII, by others the Sixth, a Roman; sat two months. He declared all the decrees of Formosus null and void, because Formosus, contrary to his oath, had returned to Rome and to the priesthood; he stripped of orders all whom Formosus had ordained; and had his body exhumed, clothed in papal vestments, and, having accused and condemned it, stripped again; and, having cut off three of its fingers, had it thrown into the Tiber. In this age, says Baronius, monstrous men came to the papacy, most shameful in life, most corrupt in morals, and utterly foul; and, as Stella says, all virtue, both in the head and in the members, was, on account of the sloth and idleness of men, turned upside down.
(52) Romanus, again approving the cause of Formosus, annulled the decrees of his predecessor: he sat six months.
(53) Theodore II, a Roman: he too upheld the cause of Formosus: some ascribe to him only twenty days; others six years.
(54) John X, by others the Ninth, a Benedictine monk: against him Sergius III stirred up the fifteenth schism, which lasted five years. In order to restore in full the Acts of Formosus, he gave rise and occasion to the greatest uproar, and, fleeing from his enemies, withdrew to Ravenna, and there, having convened a council of seventy-four bishops, judged the decrees of Formosus to be good and valid, consigning the decrees of Stephen to the fire: he sat, according to some, four years, according to others only two years.
(55) Benedict IV, a Roman, sat three and a half years. (56) Leo V was, after forty days, thrust into prison by his successor.
(57) Christopher I, a Roman, was, by his successor, who took Rome by force of arms, cast into a monastery, and died in prison, after sitting about seven months. Here belongs the fourteenth schism, the fifteenth according to others, between Leo and Christopher.
(58) Sergius III, who had now twice been thrust from the see: he again condemned and damned the Acts of Formosus: he sat, according to some two, according to others seven years.
(59) Anastasius III, a Roman, two years. (60) Lando I, a Sabine, one month and twenty-two days.
(61) John XI, by others the Tenth, a native of Ravenna, according to Bale a son of Lando, born in adultery. This man, being passionately loved by the harlot Theodora — Adalbert's noble mistress — and seduced into vice, obtained the papacy. Through the service and help of Alberic, Margrave of Tuscany, he drove out the Saracens. When he attributed this victory to himself, entering the city in triumph, Alberic called in the Hungarians, who oppressed Italy more heavily than the Saracens had. And so Guy, Margrave of Tuscany, who had been set over imperial affairs, at the instigation of his most voluptuous and most cunning wife, had the Pope smothered by thrusting a sword into his mouth, and set up another, John XII, in his place — whom Sergius III had begotten upon the adulteress Marozia — who is not yet counted among the popes, because he seized the see by force, and was immediately cast out of it by the clergy and the people: he sat fifteen years.
(62) Leo VI, a Roman, put to death by poison by Marozia, seven months. (63) Stephen VIII, by others the Seventh, a Roman, likewise put to death by poison: he sat two years.
(64) John XII, who had previously been cast out, again thrust in and installed by his adulterous mother Marozia: he sat five years.
(65) Leo VII, a Roman: he sat four years. (66) Stephen IX, by others the Eighth, the first pope of German extraction — says Platina — was so harassed and tormented by the Romans that nothing memorable could be accomplished by him. Indeed, being mutilated in so great an uproar, he spent a time shamefully, since, because of his dishonorable wounds, he was ashamed to appear in public: he sat three years and four months.
(67) Martin III, praised by Platina for his gentleness: he sat three years, three months, and thirteen days.
(68) Agapetus II, a Roman: he called upon Emperor Otto I against Berengar, who called himself king of Italy, and by his help at last drove Berengar out of the kingdom: he sat ten years, three months, and ten days.
(69) John XIII, by others the Twelfth, formerly called Octavian, a son of Guy and Marozia, a dreadful monster. Defiled from his youth with all manner of villainies, as Platina testifies, he swore to Otto I, who came to his help against Berengar with an army of fifty thousand men and subdued him, a solemn oath to lead a better life, and was rewarded by him with very great gifts; but when the Emperor had died, he immediately returned to whoredoms, poisonings, and other atrocities; and not only, against his oath, proclaimed Adalbert, Berengar's son, but also incited the Constantinopolitans against Otto. Therefore Otto came flying to Rome, and, entering the city, from which John had fled, found the citizens most obedient, and that they promised him fidelity, and swore that they would never elect a pope without the Emperor's consent; indeed, having also convened a council, he deposed John, as one who was a church-robber, an adulterer, an incestuous corrupter of two sisters, and who had appeared in public armed with sword, helmet, and armor; who had drunk wine to the love of the Devil, and, at dice, had sought the aid of Venus, Jupiter, and other idols: he sat about nine years.
(70) Leo VIII, a Roman, was elected by Otto through a convened synod; but in his place the Romans elected Benedict V — whom, however, Emperor Otto compelled by fire and sword to be surrendered, forcing them to swear that they had accepted Leo; which settlement the Emperor himself, in the Pope's presence, confirmed as unalterable. And Pope Leo restored to the Empire all that had been withdrawn from it; and, having taken away from the people and the Roman clergy the power to elect popes, transferred it to the Emperor: for which reason he is excluded from the number of the popes by later Papists, as an antipope: here accordingly was the sixteenth schism: he sat one year and three months.
(71) John XIV, by others the Thirteenth, who is said to have been the first to baptize bells. Here the Romans, mindful of the oath they had sworn to the Emperor, sent envoys to obtain the power of election, which they obtained for this John; but since the one given them did not please them, they kept him imprisoned for nearly a year — but Otto, coming swiftly to his aid, restored him to his dignity: he sat six years, eleven months, and some days.
(72) Donus II, or Domnus — some pass him over, and put in his place a certain Benedict and Boniface VII; others ascribe to him one year and three months.
(73) Benedict VI, by others the Seventh, and, through the seventeenth schism, Boniface VII. The latter seized the former with a violent hand, and strangled him in prison. But the hatred of all being inflamed against him, he was compelled to flee the papacy. Having stripped the church of all her treasures, he went to Constantinople, and, after ten years, having won over the hearts of the Romans through a great sum of money, and after he had murdered John XIV by starvation and cast him out unburied, being tormented by the conscience of his crimes, he perished by a sudden and swift death; and the clergy, having bound his feet with a rope, dragged him publicly through the street, where he was cut down with pikes and halberds and at last buried as a common layman: he sat one year and three months.
(74) Benedict VII, by others the Eighth, who was active in securing the election of Otto III as Emperor: he sat nine years and one month.
(75) John XV, by others the Fourteenth, was murdered in prison by Boniface VII, who regained the papacy for four months: he sat eighteen months.
(76) John XVI, by others the Fifteenth. Baronius confuses him with the following John, and perhaps not without reason; nevertheless Platina mentions each separately: on account of his greed he was thrown into prison by the clergy: he sat three months.
(77) John XVII, by others the Sixteenth. He handled the affairs of religion with greater care than his predecessors. Him Crescentius, seizing dominion over the city for himself, compelled to withdraw into exile in Tuscany; but since he feared the wrath of Emperor Otto III, he recalled him, and honored him with a bishopric: he sat ten years; according to others, four months.
(78) Gregory, formerly Bruno, Duke of Swabia, against whom John XVIII (by others the Seventeenth, by Bellarmine the Thirteenth) stirred up a schism. To please Otto — that he might be reconciled again with Crescentius — the nephew of Otto was ordained pope; but Crescentius, after the Emperor's departure, together with some others, resenting that a German had been set over the Roman church, drove out Germanus, and had installed in the papacy a certain Greek of low birth, bishop of Piacenza, a most power-hungry and most godless man, from whom he had received a large sum of gold, calling him John XVIII. Therefore Otto enclosed the city with a long siege, and, being let in, tore out the eyes of the intruder upon the see, cut off his fingers, and, having clothed him in filthy and disheveled garments, had him set upon a donkey, and cast down headlong from the Tarpeian Rock; but Crescentius, having been set upon a wretched beast, his face turned toward the tail, and his nose and ears cut off, he had hanged upon a gallows: he sat eight years, nine months, and nine days.
(79) Sylvester II, formerly named Gerbert of Aurillac, was in his childhood a monk, and, having gone to Spain for the sake of his studies, a certain magic book fell into his hands, and, having entered a pact with Satan, on the condition that he would raise him to the highest honors (for this — although Onuphrius denies it — countless historians testify) — he taught the vain arts, to the astonishment of all, to the young, and among others to Otto III and Robert, king of France, and, by a brazen head which he secretly kept at home, received the answers of the Devil. He was first set over the archbishopric of Reims, afterward over that of Ravenna, and finally was made Pope. He once asked the Devil concerning the constancy and duration of his good fortune, and received this answer: that his good fortune would end at Jerusalem; but since a certain church at Rome is called by this name, Sylvester entered it, and, having heard the noise and din of devils, and being seized by a fatal illness, bewailed his crime and villainy; his body was carried to the Lateran church. He is said, from that time on, to make his bones rattle together, and to sweat, as Platina among others relates. He it is who, according to Baronius, was the first proponent of the holy war, and who, by signs from his tomb, is said to have foretold the deaths of the popes: he sat about four and a half years.
(80) John XIX, by others the Eighteenth, elected by the Margraves of Tuscany in the Emperor's absence, excluded the people from the election of a pope, granting it to the clergy alone: he sat six months.
(81) John XX, by others the Nineteenth, sat six years. (82) Sergius IV was, according to Platina, of a most holy life: he sat two years and eight months.
(83) Benedict VIII, by others the Seventh, was indeed driven out, but immediately restored. In the nineteenth schism one without a name was chosen, perhaps Gregory. To him Henry II gave the bishopric of Bamberg, on condition that every year a white and well-adorned horse, together with a hundred silver crowns, should be paid to him: he sat twelve years.
(84) John XXI, by others the Twentieth. Of him the Magdeburg Centuriators say, from Bale, that he, together with his predecessor and successor, two Benedicts, obtained the papacy through sorcery.
(85) Benedict IX, in the twentieth schism, with Gregory VI and Sylvester III. Benedict, a boy of nine years, thrust in by his father Alberic, a Count of Tusculum, began, by his sorceries, to seduce all sorts of women into foul embraces, and, Emperor Conrad having died, sought to disturb the succession of his son Henry to the Empire, and sent the crown of Peter, king of Hungary, with this inscription: Petra dedit Romam Petro, tibi Papa Coronam — that is: "The Rock gave Rome to Peter; to you the Pope gives the Crown." But Peter being overwhelmed, Emperor Henry hastened to Rome, which was torn among three popes into various factions: for Benedict had been driven out on account of his crimes by Sylvester, a bishop of Sabina; but returning to the papacy, he sold the same office to his accomplice Gregory VI, formerly named Gratian — "a sorcerer to a sorcerer," as the Magdeburg Centuriators put it; and accordingly the Emperor, having removed all three from their places, put Clement II in their stead. Benedict sat eleven years.
(86) Clement II, a Saxon, bishop of Bamberg, formerly named Suidger. When Henry had appointed him in place of the rebellious popes, he made the Romans swear that thereafter they would elect no pope except one given by the Emperor. Now Clement, having accompanied the Emperor on his return to Germany, died there; and thereupon Benedict IX, having returned, occupied the see for eight months. Clement held the papacy no longer than nine months.
(87) Damasus, a Bavarian, formerly named Poppo, was chosen by the Emperor. Him Benedict poisoned, and, having now occupied the see for the fourth time, held it six months, and finally, according to Benno, having been suffocated by the Devil in the woods, appeared to a hermit in the form of a bear, with an ass's tail and head, signifying that he wandered about in this form because in his life he had lived without reason, and had had more savagery, wildness, and cruelty than humanity: meanwhile Damasus sat only twenty-three days.
(88) Leo IX, formerly Bruno, is regarded by Platina as a saint, renowned for miracles. Having convened a synod, he condemned and damned Berengar. Leading an army against the Normans, he was taken captive by them; and, scarcely having returned from his captivity, he died: he sat about five years; after him the see stood vacant for one year.
(89) Victor II, a Bavarian, formerly named Gebhard, appointed pope by the Emperor: he sat two years, three months, and thirteen days.
(90) Stephen IX, a Lotharingian, against whom the twenty-first (by others the twentieth, by Bellarmine the fifteenth) schism was stirred up, Benedict X being elected and then expelled. Stephen sat about three years, according to others only nine months.
(91) Nicholas II, a Burgundian, formerly named Gerhard. He transferred the election of a pope to the Cardinals alone — which, however, Onuphrius ascribes to his successor: he sat two years and six months.
(92) Alexander II, chosen by the Cardinals. Against him Honorius stirred up the twenty-second schism, and, having turned his army against the city, at first fought successfully against Alexander; but at last, deprived of his army, returned to his church at Parma: Alexander sat about eleven years.
The State of Theology under this Fourth Age
XXXI. There follows the state of theology, under this fourth age, during its seven centuries and beyond, up to Henry IV, exclusive. Here, in the apocalyptic symbol, a horse appears — that is, the Church — pale, wan, and spiritually sick, indeed unto death; for its rider was Death, and such a death as Hell followed after — that is, a spiritual death, which would arise from a spiritual famine, a lack and want of wholesome food, which comes from sound doctrine; also from a spiritual sword, which kills souls through perverse teachings, heresies, antichristian errors; from death, that is, from a spiritual plague, or a multitude of pestilential and superstitious ecclesiastical ceremonies; from and through the wild beasts of the earth; from and through the savagery and cruelty of the popes, monks, heretics, and Muhammadans; and yet not, up to now, with an utter death, but only as regards the fourth part of the earth — that is, as regards an immense and countless multitude — the rest, however, still scarcely alive.
Whereby it is signified that theology, in many of its heads, was, by divine permission, preserved as regards her fundamental doctrines — although, mortally, through her centuries, growing pale and deathly. It is therefore my task here briefly to set forth, on the one hand, how far sound doctrine has thus far remained standing; and, on the other, how far it has gradually taken on paleness or corruption.
The soundness in the articles concerning Scripture; concerning God, His unity and Trinity; concerning Christ, and His human nature together with His divine; concerning the Holy Spirit; concerning Creation; concerning God's foreknowledge; concerning predestination; concerning the good and evil angels; concerning man; concerning original sin also; concerning justification by the grace of God in Christ through faith; concerning good works, prayer, repentance; concerning Baptism; concerning the Lord's Supper; concerning the ministry of the Word; concerning the Cross; concerning the Antichrist; concerning human traditions; concerning vows; concerning monasticism; concerning virginity; concerning offense; concerning marriage; concerning the magistracy; concerning the resurrection; concerning the last judgment; concerning hell; concerning astrology. Concerning these heads, which are called the soundest and purest in the church, the Magdeburg Centuriators relate at length, from contemporary writers, throughout the seventh century, Cent. VII, chap. IV. The same they do concerning these and other heads, Cent. VIII, chap. IV, concerning the eighth century; and moreover, concerning the same and other heads, for the ninth century, Cent. IX, chap. IV; likewise for the tenth century, Cent. X, chap. IV. To set forth each of these points individually is not permitted by the proportion of our compendium. Nevertheless these theological matters declined, with great strides, through the particular centuries of this age, both outside the church and within it.
(I) Paganism under this Fourth Age
And indeed outside the church: through paganism, from which, precisely, orthodoxy did not suffer much under this fourth age — at least not through pagan writings directed against Christianity. Meanwhile, however, it sometimes lifted its head through persecutions: for example, in the sixth century, under Sapor, king of the Persians, of which Sigonius speaks (De Regno Italiae, Book II, p. 34); likewise under Eadbald, son of the king of the men of Kent in England, who, having been set up in his father's place, departed from the Christian religion at the advice of some, and drove the bishops from his territory — whom, however, he recalled the following year, of which more in its place. There also set themselves against Christianity in the eighth century, in France indeed Adalbert, in Scotland Clement, also Sampson, Sidonius an archbishop, and Virgilius — Christians indeed by profession, yet much more attached to the superstition of the popes, and to Boniface, who advanced this in the name of Pope Zacharias, than to Christianity. Compare Bale on the British writers, p. 104. Also in Denmark, at the beginning of the tenth century, the common people, being very attached to their ancestral superstition, stubbornly worshipped and honored their idols — Thor, Odin, and moreover Frigg — even with human sacrifice, according to the account of Olaus Wormius, in Monumenta Danica, Book I, chap. 4.
(II) Judaism under this Fourth Age
But more through Judaism — which not only, under Phocas, at Antioch, strangled many Christians in an uprising, even burning the dead body of the Patriarch Anastasius in the marketplace, according to the testimony of Zonaras, p. 64; but also, under Heraclius, at Jerusalem in the year of Christ 629 — though Emperor Heraclius punished them for it (Sigonius, De Regno Italiae, p. 36) — but their Pumbeditha academy also propagated and defended its superstition in this age, whose teachers are recorded in succession thus: (1) Rav Hanna, (2) Rav Isaac, head of the academy, (3) Mar Rabba, likewise a head, (4) Rav Rustanaeus, also a head, (5) Rav Huna, a head, (6) Rav Chaninai, head at Sura, (7) Rav Chaya, an officer, successor of Huna at the Pumbeditha academy, (8) Rabia, successor of R. Tapha, (9) Rav Netronaeus, likewise rector at Pumbeditha (Zemach David, Part I, p. 49). See Hottinger, Historia Orientalis, p. 213.
In the eighth century there succeeded them, in both their academies, the Sura and the Pumbeditha: R. Jacob and R. Judah, at Pumbeditha; R. Samuel, at Sura; R. Joseph, R. Simeon, and R. Samuel, at Pumbeditha; R. Acha, in the ninth century; R. Abraham, rector at Pumbeditha; R. Joseph, rector at Sura; R. Isaac, rector at Pumbeditha; R. Joseph, son of Mordecai, at Pumbeditha; R. Achai, at Pumbeditha; R. Menachem and R. Mattathias, heads at Pumbeditha, among whom there were great disputes: their succession in the tenth century may be seen in the book Zemach David, Part I, p. 51. The so-called Geonim, or "Excellencies," trace their origin from this century.
(III) The Western Antichristendom
Through the Western Antichristendom, under the papacy — which is called Antichristendom (a counter-Christendom), not only because it spreads a doctrine that is contrary to Christ (see Illyricus, Catalogus Testium Veritatis, Tom. I, p. 6), but also because it is anti tou Christou, that is, in place of, and instead of, Christ, arrogating to itself all power in the church. It was indeed conceived in the first ages and centuries; but at last was born in the seventh century of this age, when Pope Boniface III, by open authority, obtained from Emperor Phocas the title of universal bishop, as we have shown in his life. This one, however, had not yet claimed for himself any temporal power over the Emperors, much less possessed it by any right or open authority.
That the Roman Pope is that great Antichrist whom Scripture foretold would come, has been proven and demonstrated, clearer than the sun, in great books, by Lambert Daneau, De Antichristo; Chamier, Panstratiae, Tom. II, Book VI; Whitaker, Ad Demonstrationem Sanderi de Papa, Book II, chap. 5; Franciscus Junius, Contra Bellarminum, Book III, De Pontifice; Philippe Mornay, De Ecclesia, chap. IX; and a thousand others: he has also given a written history of the papacy, under the title The Mystery of Iniquity; likewise Blondel, De Primatu Ecclesiae.
(IV) Muhammadanism
Through Muhammadanism, being the Eastern Antichristendom. This arose in the year of Christ 622, being the twelfth of Emperor Heraclius, through its founder Muhammad — from hamada; in Greek one would say Erasmios, in Latin Desiderius; that is, in our tongue, "Desired," "Pleasing." He was born in the rocky valley near the city of Mecca, in wild Arabia, of a very noble family of the Quraysh, his father being Abdallah, and his mother Amina; but when, two months after his birth, he had lost his father, his grandfather Abd al-Muttalib, and, after him, his uncle Abu Talib, took charge of his upbringing. In his youth, and for some part of his manhood, he was set over the camels of his future wife, whom he afterward took in marriage, and thereby acquired no inconsiderable wealth.
In the fortieth year of his life, when he noted the discords of the Christians in religion, various failings in morals, the contempt of the Jews, and the wild and savage religion of the Arabs, he began to think of inventing a new religion, which he boasted of having received partly from God, partly from the Archangel Gabriel, and which for four years he instilled only into a few friends and servants; but in his forty-fourth year spread it openly. Meanwhile the magistrates of Mecca, on account of his mad follies, drove him from the city, whereupon he immediately entered the city of Medina, or Yathrib, which had already been infected with his religion; and from this flight of his, called in Arabic the Hegira, the Muhammadans are accustomed to reckon their years: that calculation corresponds to July 16 of the year 622. Having sojourned for a time at Medina, he increased so greatly in strength and power that, having overcome his enemies the Quraysh, he extended and enlarged his kingdom with incredible fortune and success: he died in the sixty-third, or, according to others, the sixty-fifth year of his life (see the celebrated Hottinger, in his Historia Orientalis).
This new religion, so that he might draw everyone into it, he patched together from the principles of all — of Christians, Jews, pagans, Saracens, heretics, Nestorians, Eutychians — as Hottinger shows in the particular chapters proper to each religion, Historia Ecclesiastica, saec. VII, sect. 2; and, since he was unskilled in letters, he made use of capable helpers: for example, of Sergius, a Nestorian monk, John the Antiochene, an Arian, and Baira, a certain Jacobite, as far as concerns the Christians; of Pinehas and Abdallah, as far as concerns the Jews; and the writing which he put forth through the help and service of these he named the Qur'an, so called from "to read" — just as our canon is called Scripture. Its chapters are set forth at length by the very celebrated Spanheim, Introductio Plenior ad Historiam Ecclesiasticam, saec. VII, sect. VI; Forbes, Institutiones Historicae, Book IV; the Magdeburg Centuries, Cent. VII; Hoornbeek in his Summa Controversiarum; and others.
Among these the chief are: (1) that there is but one Person of the Godhead, and that therefore Christ and the Holy Spirit are not God. (2) That Christ was merely a holy prophet, renowned for miracles, who taught the true way of salvation. (3) That Christ was not truly crucified, but another, resembling Him. (4) That Muhammad is God's Apostle and Prophet, greater than Moses and Christ, of whom this very Christ is said to have prophesied, John 1:17 and 14:16. Then (5), that the Qur'an is a writing of divine truth, and must be read continually, above the Mosaic, Prophetic, and Apostolic writings — except by the unclean. (6) That anyone can be saved in his own religion, provided only that he lives well. (7) That simultaneous polygamy is permitted. (8) That one must fast during the month of Ramadan, by day until sunset, but that at night one may eat and drink as much as one wishes. (9) That circumcision must be retained, though it should be administered only in the eighth year of life, or later — in Egypt and Syria even upon girls.
Nevertheless the Muhammadans have also had their sects, seventy-two in number, according to the testimony of Marmol in his Africa, Part I, p. 422, among which they hold that only one leads to true salvation, while the rest lead to perdition. These sects are occupied, some with the question of the right of succession in the princedom — some ascribing this to Ali, Muhammad's son-in-law, others to his successors Abu Bakr, Omar, and Uthman, who were long before appropriated as the first caliphs, before Ali, whose history Forbes gives, Instructiones, Book IV, chap. 17, drawn from Leunclavius, Historia Musulmanorum; others with the origin and interpretation of the Qur'an, whether concerning its doctrines, or the roots that concern God and His attributes; concerning the Word of God, Christ; concerning the decree of the good and the wicked; concerning prophecy and the Qur'an itself, whether it is created or uncreated; or concerning its legal, ceremonial, or practical matters — over which they dispute the lawful and unlawful sense of the Qur'an, over various points touching prayer, fasting, washings, civil or judicial affairs. To this was added a schism and a division between the Turks and the Persians, over the head-covering, which the latter wished to be light and of wool, since the time of the Sofi Ismail, whence they are called Sufis; but the Turks a linen head-covering, distinguished by various ornaments, which they call a turban. (See Hottinger, Historia Orientalis, Book II, chap. 7.) And each one of them propagated his sect, just as our monks do, by boasting of miracles, by a show of holiness, austerity, fasting, etc. Hottinger, ibid., chap. VI.
Muhammadanism has therefore also had its opponents and adversaries, not only Christians and Jews, but also its own domestic sectarians. And not only the Muhammadan religion, but also its civil dominion, was, within a short time, propagated far and wide, to such an extent that, according to Erpenius (Oratio de Lingua Arabica, p. 45), Muhammad, within the space of ten years, brought the cities, provinces, and republics of all Arabia under his yoke.
(V) Heresies of this Age
Moreover, true theology has been especially corrupted by heresies. For, not to speak of the preceding heresies — the Arians, Pelagians, Nestorians, Severians, Jacobites, Acephali, Agnoëtae, etc. — raging everywhere throughout the East in this seventh century, according to the testimony of Nicephorus, Book XVIII, chap. XLVII, and of the Magdeburg Centuriators, Cent. VII: in the seventh century there arose the heresy of the Monothelites (those who maintain but one will in Christ), in place of Eutychianism, of which the Volumes of the Councils, Paul the Deacon, Cedrenus, Zonaras, etc. make mention.
Its inventors and champions were Cyrus, first bishop of Phasis, then of Alexandria; and Sergius, bishop of Constantinople, and immediately his successors Pyrrhus, Paul, and Peter, who convened councils — this having occurred under Heraclius about the year of Christ 629, when it openly broke out, having before lain hidden and sheltered under the Monophysites (thus, "one-nature" proponents). They taught that there is but one will in Christ, the Word alone working through the human nature, as through an instrument. Whence, though they maintained in words, against the Eutychians, that there are two natures in Christ, yet in the very act they took this away, by removing the operations proper to the human nature.
Monotheletism arose on the occasion of a certain conversation between Emperor Heraclius and a certain Athanasius, Catholicos of the Jacobites, to whom the Emperor promised the patriarchate if he would accept the Council of Chalcedon; whereupon a difficulty arose, concerning only one will and operation in Christ, which Cyrus and Sergius asserted, and which Heraclius endorsed. (See Forbes, Instructiones, Book V, chap. 1.) This heresy had as its favorers and supporters Pope Honorius I, a Roman, who gave his consent to Sergius; and, through the instigation of the latter's influence with Emperor Heraclius, and with the consent of Sergius, there came forth an ekthesis, or declaration of faith, in the year 639, in which the Monothelite heresy was established, which the Constantinopolitan Sergius and his successors confirmed with their assent.
Against this heresy there stood, first indeed Sophronius, bishop of Jerusalem, then the Roman pope John IV, having convened a synod at Rome in the year 640, the ekthesis declaration being condemned. Likewise Theodore, Martin, and their successors. And when Emperor Constans, being a grandson of Heraclius through his son Constantine, on the advice of Paul of Constantinople, had issued a Typos, that is, a pattern, or model, in the year of Christ 648, in which, having approved the five general Synods, he forbade all disputation over one will or two: Theodore the Roman, John's successor, and after him Pope Martin, set themselves against this, by holding synods and condemning the said Typos. This Typos is found in the Lateran council, under Martin I, sect. VI, Tom. VI of the Councils, agreeing with the letters of Honorius. At last this heresy was condemned in the sixth Synod of Constantinople: these matters, then, belong to the seventh century.
As regards heresies, the eighth century saw great advances and increases of the Papal Antichristendom, when the popes, having obtained spiritual power, also began to strive after temporal power; when they bound and obligated the bishops to themselves by an oath of fealty, of which oath Baronius gives the formula at the year 723, no. 4; when they conducted themselves as dispensers of ecclesiastical dignities, such as those of abbots, archbishops, patriarchs, etc. — the cardinalate not yet having a place; when John VI or VII obtained from Aripert II, king of the Lombards, temporal power and dominion over the Cottian Alps, about the year 705, according to Paul the Deacon, Anastasius Bibliothecarius, Platina, and others; when Pope Constantine I permitted Emperor Justinian II, prostrating himself before him, with the crown upon his head, to kiss his feet, as a sign of obedience (Baronius, ad Ann. 710, no. 1); when Gregory II excommunicated Leo the Isaurian, released the Romans and Italians from the oath of fealty sworn to him, and appropriated Rome and the Roman Duchy to himself, according to the testimony of Theophanes, ad Ann. XIV of Leo, of Anastasius Bibliothecarius, of Paul the Deacon, and others — which Baronius himself admits; when Gregory III, against the again-excommunicated Leo, incited and stirred up the peoples of Italy, indeed the whole West, to rebellion, as against an enemy of the Church, according to Baronius, ad Ann. 740, and others; when Pope Zacharias took the kingdom from Childeric, and gave it to Pepin, according to the testimony of Baronius, at the year 751; when Stephen II (by others the Third), through Pepin's favor, subjected to himself the Exarchate of Ravenna and the Pentapolis, according to Baronius, at the years 753 and 755. The Magdeburg Centuriators, Mornay, and Baronius likewise display, in the same place, still other samples of Antichristian pride. These and other matters we have already noted long before, in the lives of the popes.
Secondly, besides Muhammadanism, propagated far and wide in the seventh century, both civilly and ecclesiastically, as Hottinger notes, Historia Ecclesiastica, saec. VIII, sect. 2, and besides Monotheletism from the preceding century, likewise creeping far and wide, there arose in this century also the heresy of the image-venerators and image-worshippers. For although some degree of respect and veneration for images, being rather civil in character, had already long been heard of in the preceding age; nevertheless religious honor or worship of images was first established in the eighth century, in the years of Christ 712 and 713, when the sixth general Synod, against the Monothelites, had also condemned the images of the Fathers, and they were cast out from the portico of St. Sophia, where they had been placed by Justinian, the Acts of that Synod also being related by Anastasius, by Paul the Deacon, by Zonaras, and others.
Yet Pope Constantine immediately not only placed these images in the gallery of St. Peter's, but also, by a decree and with an anathema against Emperor Philippicus, established their religious veneration. Immediately after this, Leo III the Isaurian, otherwise called Iconoclast (that is, image-breaker), A.D. 716, according to the cited writers — while Germanus of Constantinople, and with him John of Damascus, favored the images — in a synod held, which the Greeks call Xilentium, condemned by edict the worship of images, ordering that images should be hung in a higher place, out of danger of idolatry, and finally also be entirely cast out, broken, and burned from the holy places, moreover deposing Germanus and appointing Anastasius in his place; to this it was added that Gregory II, a Roman, excommunicated Leo for this reason and deprived him of the kingdom of Italy, having held a synod at Rome A.D. 726; and that immediately Gregory III sought the help of Charles Martel against Leo, in which all the historians agree.
The controversy also grew and became stronger under Constantine Copronymus, when Leo the Isaurian, Charles Martel, and Gregory III had already died. He, having held, in the year of Christ 751, a seventh general council, condemned the worship of images, and likewise Germanus, Georgius, Cyprius, and John Damascene as image-worshippers — being on that account, when the images were afterward restored, burdened and overwhelmed with various shameful reproaches. Meanwhile Constantine was succeeded by Leo IV, his son and successor, who had for a wife the faithless Irene. On the other hand, Gregory II and III were followed by the popes their successors — Zacharias, Stephen III, Paul, Stephen IV, Hadrian I — favorers of images, out of hatred against the Greek Emperor, whom they for that reason also deprived of the Exarchate of Ravenna, of the Pentapolis, and of other provinces of Italy, in order to convert these into the Patrimony of Peter.
That meanwhile the French, Germans, and other Westerners had a horror of image-worship is attested by the Synod of Gentilly, held at the end of King Pepin's reign, then the Capitulary of Charlemagne against images, as well as the Synod of Frankfurt under the same. At last the superstition of images was restored through the Empress Irene, who, in order to win the image-venerators to her side, in the year of Christ 780, raised Tarasius, a layman, to the archbishopric, and afterward, having formed a conspiracy with Hadrian I, a Roman, convened a council at Nicaea, and therein resolved and established the salutations of images, their kissing, adoration, incensing, wax-candle-offerings, veneration, etc. Against this his son Constantine, now grown to adulthood, set himself (for which reason he was, by his mother Irene, deprived of his eyes and indeed of his life), and his successors Nicephorus Logothetes, Leo the Armenian, Michael the Stammerer, Theophilus, the husband of Theodora, and especially also Charlemagne, having sent four books to Hadrian against the worship of images, and having held, against the Nicene Synod, a synod at Frankfurt.
Likewise there arose in this century the heresy of the Felicians, or Adoptionists, its leaders being either Felix, bishop of Urgel in Septimanian, or Narbonese, France; or Elipandus, primate of Toledo — in the year of Christ 791 — who at the least consented to the heresy. They maintained that Christ, according to His human nature, is indeed the true and proper Son of God, but only an adopted Son. From this it followed that in Christ there are two Sons, and accordingly two Persons, after Nestorius, or "another and another"; and also that the Son of God was not delivered up for the faithful, but a man taken up and adopted by God, etc. — for which reason this heresy was condemned by the orthodox, as an offshoot of Nestorianism.
It was spread by Felix and Elipandus in France, Spain, and Italy; it was condemned by the leader Paulinus, patriarch of Aquileia, who held a synod out of his provinces, A.D. 791, preceded by the Synod of Regensburg; likewise by Hadrian I, a Roman, and by Charlemagne in the Synods of Regensburg and Frankfurt. From this arose afterward the disputes of the Scholastics over a twofold sonship in the God-man Christ, of which Forbes, Instructiones, Book VI, chap. 7.
To this eighth century belongs, finally, the origin of the controversies concerning the Holy Supper, occasioned by the other controversy over images. Namely, in the seventh council of Constantinople, under Constantine, son of Leo the Isaurian, the blessed bread was called an image, as a likeness of Christ — this image alone, and indeed a true image of Himself, He was said to have left us, through the consecration of the substance of the bread, as an image and memorial (typon anamnēsin); on the contrary, the second Nicene Synod denied this, and with it John of Damascus, maintaining that the bread is the very body of Christ — certainly not through a transubstantiation, but through union, as through a bodily likeness. These matters belong to the eighth century.
In the ninth century the Papal Antichristendom made great advances, when, for example, Leo III arrogated to himself the power, with the added consent of the Romans, to confer the imperial dignity upon Charlemagne; when Stephen IV or V, and immediately also Paschal, accepted the papacy without the consent of the Emperor Louis, and thereby sought to shake off the imperial yoke: Aimoin, De Gestis Francorum, Book IV; when Pope Valentine first permitted that his feet be kissed by the whole Roman Senate, as Leo IV also did: when even a harlot, under the name of John VIII, forced her way onto the papal throne: when Nicholas I exercised pride and tyranny against Louis II and Michael, Emperors of Constantinople, and also against king Lothair and others — that he might command and rule over kings and tyrants, as though he himself were a lord of the earth, these being the words of Regino (Baronius, Tom. X, ad An. 858); when also John IX, by others the Eighth, exempted the clergy from secular jurisdiction, elevated Charles the Bald to the scepter of the Roman Empire, and extorted from him the Roman principate and other things for himself and his successors, according to the testimony of Anastasius and other contemporary writers; when Hadrian III took from the Emperors the right to elect popes and confirm bishops, having, from the very beginning of his papacy, made a decree, according to the testimony of Platina, that thereafter the election of a pope should be by the votes of the clergy and the people, without waiting for the Emperor's authority — against which his predecessors Hadrian I and Leo IV had ruled, as recorded by Martinus Polonus, Platina, etc. When, further still, Formosus and his successors, having obtained the papacy through accursed arts, raged so violently, that Baronius, at the year 897, sighs with these words: "Behold those most unhappy and most lamentable times of the Roman Church," etc.
Within the church itself, too, orthodox theology has been corrupted in no small measure, throughout this whole age and its particular centuries — not only insofar as the Roman popes, to display their legislative power, overwhelmed the church with new ecclesiastical ceremonies, as we have already noted before in their biographies; but also, in the seventh century, the heads of theology were not a little weakened by superstition, concerning prayers for the dead, purgatory, the invocation of the saints, the worship of images and relics; also concerning the erection of statues and crosses; concerning the growing estate of the clergy, concerning monasticism, pilgrimages, fasting, etc.
In the eighth century, besides what has already been said, public worship consisted almost entirely of chants, mass-ceremonies, dedications, oblations, prayers before statues and other images, prayers to the saints, the observance of feasts, the ornamentation and adornment of churches, etc.; and, in place of Scripture, there was now instilled almost nothing but the duty of obedience to the canons of the Roman Church and to the Apostolic See. To this were added private or solitary masses, in which the priest alone communicated, though some councils speak against this; new laws concerning abstinence from certain foods; new pilgrimages to newly founded shrines, etc.
In the ninth century the traditions of the Roman church began to be instilled as apostolic, as having come down from Peter himself: the universal power of the Pope over all the churches of the whole world; the unmarried state of the clergy, as necessary; Christ's bodily presence in the Supper; the powers of free will, together with adherence to it. As regards the tenth century, it surpassed all those preceding, in that—
...like the errors that increasingly multiplied, there was added the power to canonize — that is, to decree and devise divine honors for and concerning men — and this by synodal decree, according to the testimony of Baronius: the worship of images was now openly established, above all of the crucifix and of the Holy Virgin, as though offering a defense against all growing evil; a sacred veneration was paid to the saints, to feast days, to churches, to altars, and the like, growing daily more numerous. Thus arose the feasts of All Saints and All Souls, and likewise of the Assumption of Mary; new confraternities and guilds were formed to help the departed; masses were bound by oath to be said on certain fixed days, under pain of an anathema, according to Baronius, ad Ann. 974, no. 5; the baptizing of bells; and transubstantiation, in this century pressed home with wonder-working signs of falsehood, while the transubstantiated bread was made to issue forth blood — such sorceries being employed also to prove the reality of purgatory and the necessity of masses for the dead.
XXXII.
There follows the state of the Church under the fourth age of the Church of the New Testament, traced through its centuries; and thereupon (I) the spread of the Church. (1) To the Britons, where, through the monks Laurentius, Mellitus, and their companions, who in the preceding century had been brought over into the kingdom of Canterbury when Gregory I sent them, and with Queen Bertha's help, Ethelbert, together with a countless multitude of heathens, was brought over to the profession of the Christian name — and this freely and willingly; for Ethelbert desired that the service of Christ be voluntary and not compelled, according to the observation of Bede, Hist. Angl., Lib. I, cap. 26. From this there also arose a twofold archbishopric, the one of Canterbury, whose head is over Kent; the other of York; both nevertheless equal in authority over their own provinces. Soon there were also converted the kings of the Anglo-Saxons — Sigebert, or Sebert, king of the East Saxons, who was to found the school of Canterbury and afterward would become a monk. A little before this, Edwin, king of the Northumbrians, was baptized at York by Paulinus, in the year 627. This example was followed by Penda, king of the Mercians, who had married the daughter of King Edwin. To these were added the southern and western Saxons, converted toward the end of the century through Wilfrid and others, of whom, among the English writers, Ussher, Fuller, and others make mention. (2) To the Frisians, the people of Utrecht, and Gelderland, along the coast between the Elbe and the Rhine — peoples of Anglo-Saxon origin — through Willibrord and his companions, and through Wilfrid also, who had himself been driven out of the see of York. (3) To the Westphalians, Danes, Swedes, Franks, and others, the instruments of this being Willibrord, Swithbert, and Kilian, the last of whom was to become the first bishop of Würzburg, according to the Chronicle of Marianus Scotus. (4) To the Alemanni and the Swiss, through Gallus, a disciple of Columbanus — Columbanus having died in the year 615 and Gallus in 625 — according to Trithemius, De Script. Eccles., the Magdeburg Centuriators, Hospinian, Ussher, and others. These things belong to the seventh century.
Under the eighth century the conversion of these peoples was carried further by the monk Winfrid, who was afterward named Boniface, an apostle to the Germans and the first archbishop of Mainz, of whose sanctity and miracles Baronius speaks at length in the year 716, no. XVII. This man, just as he was the author of many conversions and of many bishoprics — of Mainz, Salzburg, Freising, and the monastery of Fulda — so too was he the author of many superstitions, following the traditions and institutions of the Roman Church and serving the interests of the Roman Pope, whom he had sworn to Gregory II that he would promote; yet besides this, these conversions were carried further by Charlemagne, who not only restored discipline in the monasteries, as appears in and from the Capitularies of Charlemagne, but also purified doctrine in worship from various errors. Moreover, having subdued the Saxons after a war of thirty years, and having established various schools and bishoprics there, he brought many over to the Christian faith, even among the Huns, the Hungarians, and the Slavs, according to the testimony of Sigebert, Krantz, and others. These things belong to the eighth century.
Under the ninth century, not only were the conversions of the Danes, Swedes, and Saxons carried forward through the ministry of the monk Ansgar, afterward bishop of Hamburg, but the Slavic nation was also converted — Bohemia, Moravia, Poland, and the provinces of Illyricum beyond the Danube — through the instruments Cyril and Methodius, bishops, to whom it was also granted by Nicholas I to perform their services of worship in the vernacular, according to Aventinus, Annal. Bajorum, Lib. IV. The Avars, too, were compelled by Charlemagne to take up again the faith they had cast off. So too were the Bulgarians brought back to the Christian profession. Finally, the Christian name also came to the Malabar Indians through a certain Mar Thomas, of the Nestorian persuasion, sent thither by his Babylonian patriarch — whence arose the fables concerning the Apostle Thomas, as though he had preached there and been killed by the Brahmins, according to the writers of Indian and Chinese affairs, Jarric, Semedo, and others. At the beginning of the ninth century the Normans in France are also said to have received Christ, in the year 812, under the Easterling Rollo, who afterward, after baptism, was named Robert, having received, on this condition, from Charles the Simple, Neustria — now called Normandy — as a fief, Rouen having already long been held by him, in the year 905. Also, at the end of this century, in the year 990, the Russians or Muscovites are said to have received the Christian faith, though according to the rites of the Greeks, converted by the bishop and priests sent by Basil II, who at length chose for themselves their own patriarch. Finally, the seeds of Christianity, already scattered in the preceding centuries among the Poles, Danes, Norwegians, Livonians, and neighboring peoples, sprang up and grew abundantly in this century. And yet not all these conversions were purely Christian, but were already tainted with many superstitions, and, subjected to the tyranny of the Roman clergy, the yoke of the popes and the traditions of the Church had already made their way in. The monks, too, who were sent by the Danes and who attended to these conversions, were driven not by a pure and sincere love of Christ, but so that they might extend Roman dominion and pursue for themselves a bishopric and other ecclesiastical advantages; yet the nations thus won over gave their name in some measure to Christ.
(II) The ecclesiastical writers of the fourth age.
To this building up of the Church there was contributed at least something also by the ecclesiastical writers, among whom they are rare in the seventh century, rarer in the eighth, and rarest of all in the tenth — the causes of this rarity arising from the calamities and miseries suffered by the East and by Africa at the hands of the Saracens; from the heresy of the Monothelites; from the ever-growing and increasingly powerful mystery of iniquity; from the superstition of the Western peoples; from the luxury of those in ecclesiastical office; and above all from the sloth, laziness, and ignorance of the monks. Nevertheless, the first century of this age, being in order the seventh, had some such writers: in the East, a certain Anastasius the Sinaite, to be distinguished both from the Sinaite of the preceding century and from the Antiochene of this century. This Anastasius left extant Questions and Answers on various passages of Holy Scripture, published by the Jesuit Gretser. The East, besides this, had Theophylact Simocatta, a Byzantine historian, who wrote of the affairs of the Emperor Maurice; it also had John Philoponus, otherwise called the Grammarian, who wrote against Proclus and the Severians, though otherwise he was suspected by some of denying the resurrection; it had the author of the Alexandrian Chronicle, drawn from an old history of Sicily, published under the title of the Almanac of the Sicilians. Along with these there were also, in the East, Leontius, bishop in Cyprus; Sophronius of Jerusalem; Antiochus the Sabaite, a monk; George the Pisidian; Maximus the Abbot; and others whom it will suffice merely to have named. In the West there flourished Eligius of Limoges, bishop of Noyon, reckoned among the saints, the author of a book on the rectitude of Catholic conduct and conversation, wrongly ascribed to Augustine — see our Aubertin, De Eucharist., Lib. III — and also the more learned Papists claim for him sixteen homilies which they carry over into the ninth century; likewise renowned was Isidore, bishop of Seville, a disciple of Gregory the Great, under the Emperor Heraclius famous for his writings both of scriptural exposition and of moral instruction — falsely ascribed to him is the collection of the Decretal letters. Ildefonsus of Toledo wrote the life of Isidore and the continuation of the ecclesiastical history, as well as a work on the perpetual virginity of the Blessed Virgin, against the Jews and against Helvidius; he is credited with teaching the tradition of the bodily assumption of the Blessed Virgin, although in the sermons attributed to him he understood by it nothing other than her "falling asleep" (dormitionem), her repose, or her rest — an expression in common use at that time — or else the passing of her soul to the Lord. Finally, Bede, surnamed Venerabilis, that is, the Venerable, began to become famous in the year 673; he wrote on the five books of Moses, on the books of Kings, on Ezra, Tobit, Job, the Psalms, the Proverbs, the Song of Songs, Matthew, Mark, Luke, John, the Acts, the Epistle to the Romans, the Catholic Epistles, the Revelation, and other writings, comprised in eight volumes.
Under the eighth century there flourished, among the Easterners, Germanus, bishop of Constantinople, who, on account of his stubborn defense of images, was indeed driven into exile by Leo the Isaurian, but by no means put to death — wherefore he is wrongly counted among the martyrs, in the year 730; he is said to have written many things, of which there are extant a certain contemplation of holy things, likewise a Greek work and three Latin letters. Then also John of Damascus, a monk and elder, wrote under Leo the Isaurian in defense of images, and likewise four books on the orthodox faith, in which, by proving the Christian mysteries with human reasoning, he preceded and led the way for the Scholastics of the East. To these must be added George, surnamed Syncellus, a historian under Constantine, son of Irene; Nicephorus the Patriarch, author of a historical epitome; Theophanes, a chronicler, whose Chronicle Anastasius the Librarian continued, he himself having been a zealous image-worshipper; and Theodore Studites, an abbot — all of whom, just as they excelled in learning and eloquence, so too excelled in the veneration of images. Among the Westerners, Flaccus Albinus, or Alcuin the Briton, a disciple of Bede, a very learned man and greatly practiced in the Scriptures, the tutor of Charlemagne and dear and beloved by him, an opponent of image-worship and of many superstitions, as well as of the Adoptionist heresy; Paulinus, patriarch of Aquileia, wrote under Charlemagne on the Trinity, against Felix and Elipandus; Paul, the son of Warnefrid or Winfrid, a deacon of Aquileia, chancellor of Desiderius, the last king of the Lombards, afterward a monk, the author of the history of the Lombards, as well as of the Historia Miscella down to book XIII, an upright man, favorable neither to that impious tyranny nor to image-worship; the Emperor Charlemagne, author of the Capitulary against images.
Under the ninth century there are mentioned, first of all, Sedulius Scotus (to be distinguished from others of this name in the preceding centuries), under the Emperor Louis the Pious, the author of compilations on Matthew and on all the epistles of Paul; Rabanus Maurus, a Benedictine monk, afterward abbot of Fulda, and finally archbishop of Mainz — his works are extant in six volumes; Haymo, an English-Bavarian, a monk of Fulda, afterward abbot, finally bishop of Halberstadt, who wrote under the Emperor Lothair, besides commentaries on a large part of Scripture, an epitome of ecclesiastical history and other works besides — there is also ascribed to him a small treatise on the body and blood of Christ, though wrongly; the two Amalariuses — the one archbishop of Trier, who wrote at the command of Charlemagne on the ceremonies of baptism; the other a deacon of Metz, who at the command of the Emperor Louis the Pious wrote four books on ecclesiastical offices and duties, and likewise five letters. Furthermore, Claudius, a Spanish bishop of Turin, a champion of truth against the tyranny and idolatry of the Roman Church regarding images, and for this condemned by Baronius; Agobard, bishop of Lyon, a most worthy writer against image-worship, the veneration of the saints, and the traditions of the Roman clergy; Walafrid Strabo, a monk, afterward abbot of Reichenau, a pupil of Rabanus Maurus, an upright writer concerning ecclesiastical rites, offices, and duties, called by Baronius "Hagiomachus" — a fighter against the saints, or rather a fighter against the "saint-fighters"; Anastasius, librarian under the Roman popes Nicholas I, Adrian II, and John IX, who wrote, among other things, the lives of the Roman popes, though wondrously corrupted — his collections (collectanea) were published by Sirmond; Hincmar, archbishop of Reims the elder (to be distinguished from the younger Hincmar of Laon), a man very learned in his time, an opponent of Gottschalk, who wrote letters from which our own writers have drawn various things against papal tyranny — Flacius Illyricus in his Catalogus Testium Veritatis, Mornay, and others; along with these belong Paschasius Radbertus; Ratramnus or Bertram, a monk; John Scotus Erigena; Remigius of Lyon; Servatus Lupus, abbot of Ferrières; Einhard, author of the life of Charlemagne; Ansegisus, abbot, compiler of the Capitularies; Theodulf of Orléans; Usuard, a monk, who dedicated his martyrology to Charles the Bald; Florus, a master of Lyon, who wrote concerning the affair of Gottschalk; Ado the deacon, author of a chronicle and a martyrology; Frechulf, bishop of Lisieux, author of a chronicle; Christian Druthmar, a monk of Corbie, a disciple of Bede; Ambrosius Autpertus, a most careful commentator on the Revelation; Ermold, a monk, historian of Frankish affairs, an opponent of image-worship. Also in the Eastern Church: Theodore Studites, an outstanding champion of image-worship, of whom we have already spoken above; Nicephorus, patriarch of Constantinople, an image-worshipper, author of a concise chronography as well as of a historical epitome; Metrophanes of Smyrna; Nicetas David, a Paphlagonian; Stylianus of Neocaesarea; Photius, patriarch of Constantinople, author of the Myriobiblon, or of a thousand-book work, or of a general library, likewise of letters, of a Nomocanon, and of other writings besides, a man of inexhaustible learning and reading, an opponent of papal tyranny and of the traditions of Rome, for which reason he is hated by Baronius and the common run of Roman writers; further, the Emperor Leo VI, surnamed the Wise, son of Basil the Macedonian, author of the royal Novellae, who deposed the patriarch Photius, having appointed in his place, for this reason, his own brother Stephen — praised for this by Baronius and others. All these, I say, having been assigned to their own century, shall suffice for our epitome.
To the tenth century, which of all is the driest and most unfruitful, belong: in the East, indeed, at the beginning of this century, or at the end of the preceding one, Theophylact, archbishop of the Bulgarians, very diligent and industrious in the reading of Scripture and of Chrysostom — though others hold that he is a whole century, or more, later; Oecumenius, author of the Catena, a commentator on the Acts and the Epistles, likewise a brief epitomizer of Chrysostom, although of uncertain date, yet by most placed here; Simeon Metaphrastes, so called on account of his Metaphrasis on the lives of the saints which he himself embellished or at least interpolated — placed by some in the thirteenth or fourteenth century; Nicon the Armenian, though now already in the middle or at the end of the tenth century, who wrote of the very worst religion of the Armenians, being devoted to the Roman popes; Said, son of Patrick, hence called Patricides, a Melchite Alexandrian patriarch, from the year of Christ 933, who wrote the origins of the Alexandrian community, and ecclesiastical annals, in which, besides intermingled fables, there are many things which serve for the understanding of Eastern history and of its heresies; Radulph of Fleury, a monk, a writer both of commentaries and of the history of the Franks, and of a shorter chronicle — he is a writer of this century, although, because he testifies concerning Pope Joan, he is by some Papists, following the lead of Blondel, placed in the twelfth century; Flodoard, elder and canon of Reims, who wrote in this century a chronicle and a history of the bishops of Reims; Widukind, a monk of Corvey in Westphalia, who wrote of the affairs of the Saxons, and of the deeds of Otto the Great, and other historical matters besides; Liutprand, a deacon of Pavia, bishop of Cremona, who wrote the History of the East in six books; Aimoin, a monk of Fleury, the author of the History of the Franks, which he dedicated to Abbo, abbot of Fleury, who lived in this century; Ratherius, a monk of Lobbes, bishop of Liège, and Heriger, abbot of Lobbes, who Sigebert says wrote on the controversy which then arose over the body and blood of the Lord.
(III) The defenders of the truth against the Papal Antichristendom.
More have contributed to the spread and building up of the Church, namely (III) the defenders of the truth against the Papal Antichristendom, and against its various injustices and other matters besides. Namely, under the first century of this age, that is, under the seventh, there set themselves against the Papal Antichristendom: (1) the whole Eastern or Constantinopolitan Church, by rejecting the universal papacy of the Roman bishop, as well as his decrees — for example, concerning the married state of the clergy, and likewise concerning image-worship (at least during this century) and other matters besides. (See the Canons of the Trullan Council, and the Chapters of Theodore the Greek.) (2) The British and Scottish churches, holding fast to the old church custom, but not permitting the universal primacy of the Roman pope, nor the unmarried state of the clergy, nor the Roman date of Easter, and other Roman ceremonies. See Forbes, Instruct., Lib. III; Bede, Ussher, and others. (3) The Spanish churches, resisting those things which the Roman popes arrogated to themselves as prerogatives — for example, to convene synods, to preside in them, to confirm them, and to reform discipline, and other such matters — claiming these instead for their kings, and this in various national synods, for example, the Third Council of Toledo. (4) The Italian churches, when the prelates of Ravenna, the bishops of Lombardy, of Istria, and others, refused to submit to the papal yoke. See Mornay, Mysterium Iniquitatis, the Magdeburg Centuriators, and Baronius himself, on the years 605, 613, 617. (5) The Waldensians, in the valley of Piedmont, professing the simplicity of the gospel, without any dependence on the Roman pope. (See Ussher, De Successione Ecclesiarum in Occidente; Balthasar Lydius, Waldensia; Leger, Histoire des Vaudois.) (6) The Gallican churches, by refusing, neither in this century nor in any following century, to admit the papal yoke, the worship of images, transubstantiation, the unmarried state of the clergy, the Pelagian errors, and the like. Besides these public defenders of the truth from entire congregations, there have moreover been very many individuals, with respect to the chapters concerning the sufficiency and necessity of Scripture; concerning the grace of God against the Pelagians; concerning satisfaction and merit belonging to Christ alone; concerning justification by faith alone; concerning the marks of the true church; concerning communion under both kinds; concerning the nature of the sacraments, namely of the Holy Supper. Compare Illyricus in his Catalogus Testium Veritatis, the Magdeburg Centuriators, and the opponents of the Papists, insofar as they argue from antiquity — for example, Chamier, Whitaker, Chemnitz, and others.
Under the second century of this age, that is, under the eighth, there was (A), beyond doubt or dispute, a continuation of the opposition of the Eastern Church with respect to the chapters already reckoned under the preceding century. Moreover (B), the Synod of Frankfurt bore witness to the truth in the chapters concerning images and other matters, and besides this very many Gallican synods did so, under Carloman, prince of the Franks, and afterward also under Charlemagne; likewise the eighth Synod of Toledo made a decree against the primacy of the Roman pope and against the unmarried state of the clergy. In particular (C), Charlemagne, in most of the chief Christian articles, bore witness to the truth, by writings — for example, by his Capitulary, by letters, and by councils: he commended and recommended the reading of Holy Scripture, the doctrine of justification by faith alone, not by the works of the law; that religious honor should be left to God alone; concerning the Holy Supper, without transubstantiation or the bodily presence of Christ; concerning purgatory; the superstitions in the honoring of images and relics, since for the most part the miracles of the monks concerning these were invented and feigned; he purified doctrine according to the rule of Scripture; likewise he did away with the superstitious and unwarranted practice which had been imposed by the monks concerning penance, and reformed public penance according to the old canons, and so forth. Indeed, Christian Niphanius shows, by drawing up a comparison in fourteen articles of the Christian religion, in a thick book, deliberately and at length, that he was not popish. (D) The old British quartodecimans (who kept the fourteenth day) also, in this century, set themselves against papal tyranny, against the unmarried state of the clergy, against the superstitious institutions, feasts, and ceremonies of the monks — which Baronius himself does not deny, citing Bede, in the year 734, no. VII. (E) Various bishops and elders in France, Britain, and Germany — for example, Adalbert, Sidonius, Clement, Samson, Mailros, Virgil, and others — set themselves against papal tyranny and popish superstitions. (Compare Friedrich Spanheim, Introductio ad Historiam Ecclesiasticam, Tom. II, p. 719.)
During the third century of this age, that is, the ninth in order, testimony was borne to the Christian truth: (a) against the tyranny of the popes, in the East, by Photius; by Louis the Pious, with capitularies and with deeds; by Lothair, Charles the Bald, emperors, restraining the pride of the Roman popes. (b) Against human traditions, in favor of Scripture, by the capitularies under Charlemagne and Louis the Pious, as also by the writings of Claudius of Turin, of Rabanus, Ermold, and others, who have already for a long time been mentioned above. (c) Against the worship of images testify the decrees and deeds of the emperors of the East — Leo the Armenian, Michael the Stammerer, and others — as well as the Synod of Paris in the year 825, under the Emperor Louis, with approved teachers and bishops in France, Agobard of Lyon, Amalarius of Trier, Jonas of Orléans, and others, as Baronius sufficiently acknowledges in the year 794, no. LV. Likewise, following in the footsteps of Amalarius, the Britons, as well as those Germans who adhered to the Synod of Frankfurt — for example, Walafrid Strabo — and in Italy, Claudius of Turin. (d) Against the most corrupt morals of the popes and of the Roman clergy there rose up various princes, bishops, abbots, and various synods. (e) Against religious pilgrimages, the invocation of the saints, daily masses, canonical hours, the use of an unknown language in worship, and the like, there are the testimonies of synods, capitularies, and theologians — for example, of Walafrid, Methodius of Illyricum, Rabanus Maurus, Druthmar, of whom already above. (f) Against the heresy of the Pelagians and semi-Pelagians or Massilians, by then almost accepted in the Latin Church, there disputed Gottschalk, Remigius of Lyon, and others. (g) Against transubstantiation there resisted Ratramnus, Rabanus, Erigena, and others. These matters, treated deliberately and at length, are recorded by those already named above — the Magdeburg Centuriators, the Register of the Witnesses of the Truth of Illyricus, Mornay, and others.
Under the first part of the tenth century, down to the Emperor Henry IV, who submitted to papal tyranny, testimony was borne to the truth by: (*) the Roman emperors, when they nobly set themselves against the pride and against the most wicked morals of the Roman popes — for example, Louis III, Conrad I "the Fowler," Otto I, otherwise called the Great — and they recovered for themselves, by power and force, against John XIII and the antipope Benedict V, the right to elect and confirm popes, and to invest bishops and clergy, according to the testimony of Liutprand, Sigebert, Platina, and others. Hence there have (**), in this thick darkness, defended and pressed home — against the tyranny of the popes, against the misdeeds of the clergy, against gross superstitions, against pernicious traditions — the substance of the faith concerning Scripture, concerning God, Christ, grace, justification by faith, confession made to and before God, true repentance, and other matters besides: namely, the monks themselves, Ambrosius Autpertus, Smaragdus the abbot, Radulph of Fleury, Aimoin, a monk of Fleury, when they wrote against the universal monarchy of the pope and his infallibility, likewise against papal indulgences, against the powers of the free will, against the unmarried state of the clergy, against image-worship, against communion under one kind only, and so forth, likewise against transubstantiation and the bodily presence of Christ in the Supper; indeed, even Gerbert himself, a marvel of learning of this time, the tutor of Otto III and of Robert I, son of the Duke, who afterward held the papacy, according to the testimonies of the letters of Gerbert, and of the acts of the Council of Reims, in the year 892. (Compare Mornay in Mysterium Iniquitatis; Marcus Antonius de Dominis, De Republica Ecclesiastica, Part IV.) To these add the kings of England, for example, Edward, Æthelstan, after Alfred; likewise the kings of France, claiming for themselves, against the Roman popes, the rights of investiture, a legislative power both in ecclesiastical and civil matters — according to Bede, at the end of his Ecclesiastical History, and Spelman in Tom. I of the Councils, and those who have written the Gallican history of this time; likewise the Waldensians in Piedmont, of whom Leger, Histoire des Vaudois, cap. II.
(IV) The synods of this age.
Moreover, (IV) the synods of this age have contributed their share to the building up of the Church, and indeed under the seventh century there were two general councils: first, the Sixth, or the Third of Constantinople, in the year of Christ 680, under Constantine Pogonatus, on the occasion of the heresy of the Monothelites, to which Theodore of Constantinople was favorable, for which reason he was removed from his see, George being put in his place, who subscribed to the synod which the Emperor Constantine had convened, Agatho being present by his legates. The place was the Trullus, or the secretariat of the palace of Constantinople, where 289 bishops assembled; the president was the Emperor Constantine, who also confirmed and ratified the synod by a solemn edict, in eighteen sessions. In this synod (1) the five preceding general synods were approved. (2) The heresy of the Monothelites was condemned. (3) Under ban and curse were placed Pope Honorius, Sergius, Pyrrhus, Paul, Peter, Cyrus of Alexandria, Macarius of Antioch, in eighteen sessions. This ban and curse, directed particularly against Honorius, was confirmed by the Quinisext general council, which followed a few years later, likewise by the Second Council of Nicaea, and by the Emperors Constantine and Justinian, indeed even by the successors of Honorius — Leo II, Benedict II, and John V — down to Hadrian I, so that this second council of the "fifth and sixth" (quini-sexta), so named because it was convened as a supplement to the Fifth and Sixth Councils, whose canons had already been decreed, dealt now with matters of governance, discipline, church ceremonies, and the morals of the clergy, monks, and the faithful. Among the Greeks this is called the sixth, and also the Trullan Synod; it was held in the year of Christ 691 or 692, its presidents having been Sergius a Roman, Paul of Constantinople, Peter of Alexandria, George of Antioch, Anastasius of Jerusalem — bishops. There were made 102 canons, among which various are directed against the discipline, practice, and authority of the Roman Church; among these are especially noteworthy canons I, III, XXXVI, XXXVIII, LV, LXXXII, and others. The Roman legates also subscribed to and approved this synod, although Pope Sergius I himself would not accept these canons; yet it was also approved by Pope John VII, by the Second Council of Nicaea, and by the Roman bishop Adrian I, although the Roman-minded, Baronius and others, set themselves against it.
Beside these general synods there have come very many particular ones, both national and provincial — of Constantinople, Jerusalem, Africa, Rome, Italy, Spain, France, Britain — of which the volumes of the councils speak. Yet, amid so great a multitude of synods, few have been occupied with doctrine, namely by issuing confessions, articles of faith, and synodal decrees — with the exception of those held against the Monothelites; more of them have been occupied with the discipline of the clergy and monks and other superstitious ceremonies, and most of all with the wild, unbridled, and unrestrained lusts of the clergy, and against the law of celibacy. In the eighth century there was held, first, the seventh general council, or the fourth Constantinopolitan (which, by the Latins, because it conflicted with their institution, is reckoned not as a council but as a gathering and assembly of Satan; yet its acts are found inserted in the Second Nicene Council). It was held in the year of Christ 754, under the direction and rule of Constantine Copronymus, when Leo the Isaurian had in vain desired a general council. Accordingly, after gatherings had first been convened in the provinces, there assembled from the whole empire 338 bishops, according to the testimony of Nicaenus and Theophanes. The cause was the worship of images and of relics. In this council, after a long inquiry from Scripture and from the testimonies of the Church Fathers, as the acts declare, (1) the six preceding general synods were confirmed, and the whole orthodox faith was distinctly set forth against the preceding heresies. (2) All idolatry was condemned, as proceeding from the Devil and from the heathen. (3) An anathema (a curse) was pronounced against the image-worshippers, the wood-worshippers, forbidding not only all λατρεία, religious honor, but also all προσκύνησις, kneeling before them — by name also against Germanus of Constantinople, Gregory of Cyprus, and John of Damascus. This was followed by a casting down and public burning of images in the East.
Second, the Second Council of Nicaea, commonly called the seventh general council by the Latins and the image-worshippers. Its acts long lay hidden and, as it were, buried in the West, because that synod was rejected from the time of Charlemagne; now they are to be found in the books of the councils. It assembled in the year 787, by others placed later; its purpose was the restoration of images in the churches, Tarasius, patriarch of Constantinople, having been raised to the see on the condition that he would further the counsels of Irene. To this end there worked together the legates of Adrian I, Tarasius being president, and the other patriarchs of the East being absent. It was decreed that images might not only be kept for a historical use, but also that they must be displayed in the church for religious honor — indeed, that they might be kissed and adored, with candles, incense, and other religious ceremonies, excepting only the latria, as being due to God alone. After this, images were restored to this use in the East.
Third, the Synod of Frankfurt, in the year of Christ 794, under the direction of Charlemagne, at least 300 bishops having been summoned from Italy, France, Germany, and Britain. The cause was partly the indignation of resentment against the Second Nicene Synod, which was to be condemned in the second canon; partly also the Adoptionist heresy, already long condemned by various synods. This synod made 56 canons, published by Sirmond, in which it condemned the heresy of the Adoptionists, long since spread by Felix, Elipandus, and their followers; it moreover condemned all worship of images, and thus also the canons of the Second Nicene Synod, which this synod held to be a mere council of the Greeks — which Baronius and his party do not recognize as a true synod, because Pope Adrian spoke against it. Besides these there were various more particular synods — several at Constantinople, at Rome, in Germany, France, Britain — gathered together in the volumes of the councils. Among these especially noteworthy are: the Synod of Liftinae in French Netherlands, under Carloman, prince of the Franks, in the year 743, for the reforming of religion and discipline, and to bring the Christian people to the salvation of their souls; the Synod of Soissons in France in the year 744, against Aldebert and Clement Scotus, condemned unjustly for heresy; the Synod of Gentilly in the year 757, concerning the procession of the Holy Spirit from the Father and the Son, and for the retaining of the use of images, the legates of the Greeks being present; the Synod of Regensburg in the year 792, in which the heresy of the Felicians was condemned; the Synod of Rome, under Adrian I and King Charles, in the year 774, in which, the decree of the Senate concurring, there was confirmed to the King the right to elect popes and to install archbishops and bishops, according to Gratian, Dist. LXIII; and various others besides, held under Charlemagne, of Worms, of Aachen, and others, from which the Capitularies, issued in this prince's name.
Under the ninth century there were, indeed, in the West very many synods — Roman, Italian, German, French, Spanish — most of them under the direction and command of emperors and kings, to whom they also submitted their canons, to be either supplemented or amended by them, as the sixth Synod of Aachen, in the year 813, did to Charlemagne. The synods of this century are known from the acts and canons of the councils, gathered together by Binius, Surius, Labbe, and others. These were occupied, either (a) with doctrine — as the Synod of Paris, under Louis the Pious, in the year 824, against the Second Nicene Synod and against the worship of images; and thus very many others against the Pelagians, concerning predestination, grace, and the free will, on the occasion of Gottschalk; some also determined the matter of the procession of the Holy Spirit from the Father and the Son, as for example the seventh Synod of Arles under Charlemagne. Or (b) with discipline and the reform of the clergy, likewise with the improvement of the Church, of which sort most were, under the emperors Charlemagne, Louis the Pious, and Charles the Bald, from which the Capitularies proceeded; under Alfred, king of England, in the year 887. Or (c) with governance and jurisdiction, or the disputes among patriarchs, metropolitans, bishops, and abbots — such disputes as, for example, the Gallican synods exercised, between the archbishops Hincmar the younger of Laon and Hincmar the elder of Reims, defending the royal rights against his nephew and thereby also against the pope; likewise between Hincmar of Reims and Rothad, bishop of Soissons, who was to be deposed by Hincmar and restored by Pope Nicholas I; between Wenilo of Sens and the Synod of Cologne, in the year 859; between the patriarch of Bourges and the church of Narbonne, over which he arrogated to himself too great a jurisdiction, and so forth. Or (d) with the affairs of emperors, kings, and princes, which the Roman clergy drew before their tribunals — for example, when in the assembly at Compiègne, in the year 833, Louis the Pious was condemned to public penance by the laying aside of his royal robes, and was afterward restored in the assembly at Thionville, with the consent of the bishops, in the year 835; likewise in the matter of Lothair, concerning the putting away of his wife Theutberga; in the matter of Charles the Bald, in the year 855, in the Synod of Beauvais; again in the matter of the same Charles, who pressed against Hincmar in defense of his rights, which the Gallican synods protected, especially the first Synod of Douzy in the year 871. Similar cases have occurred in the West. In the East, three synods of Constantinople were held, in the matter of Ignatius and Photius: in the first of these, the deposition of Ignatius and the appointment of Photius in his place was confirmed, in the year 861. In the second, in the year 869, convened under the direction of Basil the Macedonian, Photius was most unworthily removed, and Ignatius restored. In the third, in the year 879, Photius was again restored. These three the Greeks call general synods; of these the Latins accept only the second as such, while the Greeks in turn reject it. Under the tenth century no general synods were held; national and provincial ones were very many, especially in the West, occupied almost entirely with superstitious ceremonies, disputes among bishops, and among the rival Roman popes, and with the decayed discipline of the clergy — among which little occurs that is worthy of note, except that in the Synod of Trosly in France, held for the reforming of the clergy, the Church is said to be built upon Petra, that is, upon the confession of Peter, as may be found in its fourth chapter; likewise the Synod of Reims in the year 991, in which Gerbert and Arnulf of Orléans vividly showed that the Roman Church, with its head, was the image of the Antichrist. See the Magdeburg Centuriators, also the Register of the Witnesses of Truth of Illyricus, and others.
(V) The reformations of this age.
There were also (V) reformations undertaken, in some measure, under this most corrupt of ages, concerning the Papal Antichristendom, concerning the worship of images, relics, and other abuses and superstitions, concerning the discipline and the most corrupt morals of the clergy, and concerning other such matters — some by the emperors throughout, in the East, by Leo the Isaurian, the Constantines, Charlemagne, Louis the Pious, the Ottos, Charles the Bald, the Henries, and others; some by the synods, as we have already noted at length above; yet these were for the most part cut off from their desired outcome, the Papal Antichristendom setting itself against them all too strongly.
(VI) The schools of this age.
Nearly the same must be said (VI) of the schools, which ought to have come to the aid of these most corrupt and dismal affairs of the Church, but which, under this age, are found to have arisen only rarely — except that, under the seventh century, mention is made of the school of Fleury, named after St. Benedict, a monk, and likewise the school at Cambridge in England, which is traced to the year 637, its founder being Sigebert, king of the East Anglian Saxons, according to Bede, Hist., Lib. III, cap. 18 — although others trace its privileges to King Lucius and to Pope Eleutherius; in some monasteries, however, the practice of letters flourished to some degree. Under the eighth century there arose the Academy of Paris, through the care of Charlemagne, at the advice of Alcuin, under the direction of the first and foremost teachers from Britain, Marosius and Clement, monks; this same Charlemagne established, or restored, schools everywhere in the bishoprics and abbeys, and even one in the King's own palace, in which sacred learning, besides ecclesiastical chant, was taught, as is evident from the letters of Alcuin. Likewise, in the ninth century, schools arose at Tours in France, over which Alcuin presided; at Lyon, where Florus, Agobard, and Remigius became renowned; at Corbie, where Ansgar, Paschasius Radbertus, and Ratramnus taught; at Reims, where Remigius of Auxerre taught. In Italy the schools of Pavia, Padua, and Bologna trace their origin to Charlemagne; in Germany, the school of Osnabrück in the year 804, that of Fulda, that of Corvey on the Weser, that of Hersfeld, and others; in Britain, the school of Oxford, under King Alfred, at the end of the century. (Ussher, Antiq. Britann., from p. 340.) And everywhere collegiate chapters of canons, at the cathedral churches and monasteries throughout Germany, France, Britain, Italy, which have long since been ordained to be devoted to studies. Compare Hospinian, De Monachis. Finally, in the tenth century, the driest and most unfruitful of all, only the scantiest origins of schools are mentioned, except that the school at Leuven in Brabant is said to have begun at this time, endowed with privileges by John, Duke of Brabant; and also the school of Seville in Spain, which taught Pope Sylvester II.
(VII) The schisms of this age.
As for (VII) the schisms, these were, under this age, not so frequent, papal tyranny stopping the mouths of all, both good and bad. I shall here say nothing of the schisms between popes and antipopes, which we have already long since laid out fully in the lives of the popes; likewise nothing of the schismatic quarrels among bishops and clergy, which have generally given occasion for synods, and have already been laid out fully at the synods. Among these centuries there broke out, in full force, the schism between the Eastern Church of the Greeks and the Western Church of the Latins, the ground of which was laid in the preceding centuries, as we have already noted in its place — a schism which still endures. It broke out in the eighth century, occasion for it being furnished: (1) by the worship of images, against which the Easterners, under Leo the Isaurian and some following emperors of the East, set themselves; the Latin churches in the West stood by the same, except that in the East Irene arose in favor of it, of whom already above. While Michael the Stammerer, having made an embassy to Louis the Pious in the year 823 (which embassy Baronius shows on the year 824, no. XVII), handled the dispute very moderately, requesting only, by a letter, of Louis and of the Pope, that all Greek slanderers might be expelled from Rome — that is, the agitators, troublemakers, and image-worshippers who would disturb the concord. Then (2), by the dispute and discord between Photius and Ignatius, patriarchs of Constantinople, when Ignatius, having been deposed by Michael III (Bardas), Methodius was appointed in his place in the year 847, and after him Photius, an incomparable man; which Pope Nicholas took so ill that he sent legates to Constantinople on behalf of Ignatius, and the Greeks, having convened a synod, confirmed, in the presence of the legates, the deposition of Ignatius; whereupon Nicholas accused the returning legates and tore up the acts of the Constantinopolitan synod. Afterward, Michael having been removed, Basil the Macedonian, when Photius had barred Bardas, as a murderer and thief, from communion, began, together with Hadrian II, the successor of Nicholas, to conspire against Photius, a synod having been convened at Constantinople which the Latins call the eighth, to condemn and depose Photius and to restore Ignatius. Yet the machinations of the Roman pope having been discovered and seen through, Basil himself, Ignatius having died, restored Photius in another synod, with the approval of Pope John IX, even with the condemnation of the preceding eighth Constantinopolitan Synod — until, the legates having returned, Pope John again tore up the acts of that synod, chiefly because the Constantinopolitans had arrogated to themselves an independent jurisdiction. From that time on new anathemas were forged against Photius, especially under the successors of John IX, while meanwhile the successors of Photius maintained and defended their rights, and thus the schism did not cease at all through this. So report, besides Cedrenus and Zonaras, also the five volumes of the councils, the letters of Photius, indeed also those of Pope John IX. Further, (3) by the Bulgarians, recently converted to the Christian faith, whom Pope Nicholas maintained ought to stand under his patriarchate, while on the contrary the Constantinopolitans claimed them for themselves, on the ground that they were, and had formerly been, under the Eastern diocese — the Bulgarians themselves deciding the dispute when, having seen through the tyranny of the Latins, they withdrew, according to the testimony of Platina and of the Byzantine writers; and Photius, now restored to his see, appointed Theophylact bishop of Bulgaria.
Moreover (4), by the dispute over the procession of the Holy Spirit, which had already been settled and decided by the eighth Synod of Constantinople, the legates of Pope John IX being present, furnished with his letter of instruction (commonitorium), in which the Pope conceded that the words and from the Son (filioque) should be entirely removed from the Creed, as words which the Latins had added to it. And this addition had already been reproached to Pope Nicholas by the Greeks, in the encyclical letter of Photius to the patriarchs, in Baronius, on the year 863. From this arose the disputes and struggles of the Greeks against the Latins, joined by other, earlier differences — over unleavened bread, over fasting on the Sabbath, over purgatory, and so on. From this there were composed against Photius so many railing invectives of the Papists; and because Pope John had consented to his restoration, they hold that he was for this reason, on account of his mildness, called a "woman."
(VIII) The persecutions of this age.
Finally, (VIII) this age's Church has not lacked its persecutions. Not to speak of the assaults of the Roman popes upon this or that bishop who set himself against them and their tyranny — for example, upon Photius and others, which we have already touched upon above — one notes, then, under the seventh century: (1) the persecution of the Christians by King Chosroes, under the Emperor Heraclius, the legates interceding in vain on behalf of the Christians with him. (See Sigonius, De Regno Italiae, Lib. II, cap. 34.) (2) That of Eadbald, son and successor of Ethelbert, king of the Kentishmen among the English, who, at the urging of certain persons, having fallen back from the Christian faith into apostasy, drove the bishops out of England altogether, although he called them back again a little afterward. (3) That of the Jews at Antioch under Phocas, who, in a riot, killed many Christians and burned the body of the patriarch Anastasius himself in the marketplace, against whom Phocas sent an army, according to the testimony of Zonaras, Sigonius, Elmacin, and others.
Under the eighth century: (1) the Normans or Danes invaded England and cruelly laid it waste in the years 793 and 794. (2) The Frisians, when they had cast off the Christian religion again, killed the bishops Boniface and Lull, or, according to others, other companions, on the fifth of June, in the year 755. (3) The Saxons, under the leader Bruno, subdued the Boructuari, because they had accepted Christianity, in the year 708, and drove them from their dwellings. (4) The Saracens raged against the Christians in Egypt with insults and with punishments, according to the testimony of Elmacin, p. 64. The rulers of Egypt appointed judges who quarreled among themselves over baptism and holiness. Under the ninth century are mentioned mostly the persecutions of the Christians by the Muhammadans through their caliphs — for example, by a certain Mutawakkil, of whom Patricides, p. 354; likewise at Córdoba in Spain in the year 951, for a whole year, of which Halbisius on this year; and in the following year Abd al-Rahman, king of Córdoba, killed many Christians for the sake of religion, and finally, when on the fourteenth of September he had hanged some and looked upon their hanging bodies out of his castle, he had them burned by fire thrown beneath them; but before the fire was extinguished he himself also died suddenly. Genebrard also relates, on the year 850, that within ten years there occurred those persecutions of the Arabs in Spain, which Eulogius described in three books. Finally, in the tenth century are mentioned (*) persecutions of the Saracens through Apulia and Calabria in the year 922 (see Baronius on this year), likewise through Genoa, a city of Liguria; also Sayf al-Dawla in the year 950 defeated the Romans in a battle and killed about thirty thousand, and took nearly two thousand bishops captive, according to Elmacin. Further, in the year 970, Abu al-Dawla put the Romans to flight with an exceedingly great army. There are also added (**) various acts of hatred, persecutions, and so forth, of the Danes, Bohemians, Normans, and other heathens against the Christians.
XXXIII.
From all that has already been said, you will now easily recognize the pale horse of the Revelation, and its rider, whose name was Death, whom Hell followed, who had power over the fourth part of the earth, to kill it with sword, with hunger, with the most miserable death, and with the wild beasts of the earth — that is, assailing the state of the churches in every way. Under the seventh century, a twofold Antichristendom sprang upon her; under the eighth century, moreover, the Saracens, Lombards, Huns, Slavs, Danes, and so forth, laying waste the chief part of Europe; the tyranny and superstition of the Roman popes bringing the Church under the yoke; further, the misdeeds of the clergy, their voluptuousness, simonies, avarice, generally sullying and disfiguring her; and all these things, under the ninth century, not only continuing but even increasing further; until at last, in the tenth century, they reached their height, so that Baronius and his fellows confess, willingly or not, that the appearance of the Church was now the most hideous, her condition the most lamentable, the popes falsely-named popes, monsters of men; that then was seen the abomination in the temple; that Christ then slept in the ship, no one awakening Him; that upon the Roman see there sat monstrous men, the most shameless in life, the most corrupt in morals, the foulest of all sorts, everything, sacred as well as common, being mingled at Rome with factions; the head being followed by the members, the cardinals, bishops, elders, monks; to the enormities and misdeeds there was added ignorance and superstition, and so forth. See Baronius on the years 897 and 900, and at 901, no. I, breaking out into these words: "Here begins a new century, which, on account of its harshness and its unfruitfulness in what is good, is wont to be called the iron century, and, on account of the deformity of its overflowing evil, the leaden century, and, on account of the want of writers, the dark century." And generally, moreover, an unhappy century, a monstrous, unlearned, blackest, most wicked age, times which indeed one may not name — in which, how unworthy, how shameful, hideous, detestable, accursed things the Apostolic See has been forced to endure, and this for almost this whole century! With this Genebrard agrees, when he says that for nearly 150 years, about fifty popes departed entirely from the virtue of their forefathers, apostate, and making others apostate, rather than apostolic. Such, then, was the state of the affairs of the Church in the West; and not much better was the condition of the clergy in the East, and so forth.
The Fifth Age of the New Testament, under the Opening of the Fifth Apocalyptic Seal.
XXXIV.
There follows the fifth age of the New Testament, of persecution, of expectation, and of consolation from the vengeance already hanging over the heads of the enemies, and the deliverance of the Church through the Reformation. These things are depicted by the opening of the fifth seal, which is described in Revelation 6:9–11: And when He had opened the fifth seal, I saw under the altar the souls of them that were slain for the word of God. In these words there is:
1. The opening of the fifth seal: and when He had opened the fifth seal — namely, Christ the Lamb, as we have noted above — had opened it, that is, with a change of tense, would open or reveal the lot appointed for the fifth age of the Church.
II. The opened seal, or the vision, displays in symbol a lamenting Church, complaining of persecution and crying out for vengeance, or for deliverance, or for a Reformation now at hand, whereby God might pour out the vials of His wrath upon the throne of the Beast. Here occur:
1. The lamenting or complaining Church: and I saw — namely, with the eyes not so much of the body as of the soul, as happens in vision-transporting sights — the souls, or the dead bodies, in which sense the Hebrew word נֶפֶשׁ (nephesh) very often occurs in the Old Testament; or the immortal souls of the martyrs, as the word is commonly used; or men, in an equivalent sense. Here there seem to be understood the souls, not only of the preceding ages, who were slain for the word of God, but also of those who would yet be slain throughout this whole age, and thus also of the Waldensians and Albigensians. These are said to have been under the altar, with an allusion to the sacrifices of the Old Testament — either to the altar of burnt offering, which stood in the outer court, outside the Holy of Holies, or outside heaven, upon whose foot the blood of the sacrifice was poured out; or to the altar of incense, which stood within the veil, signifying heaven — so as to signify hereby that the Church, both militant and triumphant, longs for vengeance, or for the Reformation of the Church; and this on behalf of those who were slain, who were slaughtered, for no other reason than for the word of God, and for the testimony which they held — which they upheld and defended — that is, for the confession of the evangelical truth.
2. The complaint, or the wish for deliverance: they cried with a loud voice, saying. Here is:
a. The manner of complaining or of wishing: they cried with a loud voice, or with a most burning longing and desire, namely, not only by crying out, but with a great voice, alluding to Abel, the first martyr, whose blood is said to cry out, Gen. 4:10.
b. The complaint itself, or the substance of the complaint: how long, O holy and true Lord, dost thou not judge and avenge, and so forth. They complain not out of impatience, nor out of desire for revenge, but out of a longing and desire for the deliverance of the Church, that it be delayed no longer. Here is signified the duration of the persecution as still pressing upon them, and the deliverance from it, now at hand under the Reformation of the following age.
c. The hearing of the complaint or wish, which occurred:
a. In the matter and deed itself: then were given unto every one of them long white robes. Hereby is signified the reward and recompense of martyrdom, both in the crown of martyrdom in this life, and in the blessedness of the life to come.
b. In the words of comfort: and it was said unto them — by which patience is counseled, that they should rest, and that for a little season, yet a little while. Here is meant the continuation of the persecutions under this age, but only for a short time, because now at hand was the vengeance, or the Reformation, under the age next following. Wherefore by this whole symbol is depicted (*) the continuation of the calamities and afflictions of the Church under the fifth age, (**) the wish, or the longing, for deliverance through the Reformation of the following age, and (***) the time of that deliverance, now so near at hand. How these things have been fulfilled under this age will appear from the following exposition and explanation.
XXXV.
This age the Church has passed through in about 414 years, under twenty-one Roman emperors. Among these was (I) Henry, the son of the third of that name, brought to the throne as a child or youth, and having had a very troubled and confused reign. He is excommunicated; smarting under this and humbling himself, he yields all his rights to Hildebrand, that is, Gregory VII, and, notwithstanding this, Rudolph, Duke of Swabia, is with the Pope's approval set up against him as emperor. Then he is excommunicated anew by Gregory, in whose place, therefore, a synod having been held, he installs Clement III, and puts Rudolph to death. After this the Pope again sets up against him Herman of Luxembourg, whom, having overcome him, Pope Urban II then stirs up against him his son Conrad, and, that one having been overcome, also his son Henry — whereby he, a little afterward, died of grief, after having reigned, according to some, 50, according to others, 54 years. He was succeeded (II) by Henry V, son of the fourth, who treated his father Henry IV, when the latter had been removed from the government, with unheard-of impiety. Him Pope Paschal afterward, when he would not renounce ecclesiastical rights and had compelled the rebellious pope to submit, having now come out of Italy, excommunicated, and stirred up great disturbances in Germany. He reigned 18 years. He was succeeded (III) by Lothair II, surnamed the Saxon, son of Gebhard, Count of Querfurt, who yielded all too much to the popes, and, for their sake, twice led an army into Italy. He reigned 13 years. He was succeeded (IV) by Conrad III, a Swabian, of the old Ghibelline stock, between whom and Henry the Proud, Duke of Bavaria and Saxony, and his brother Welf, there were very fierce quarrels, from which arose the Guelph and Ghibelline factions. He reigned about 15 years. He was succeeded (V) by Frederick I "Barbarossa," nephew of Conrad III through his brother; he drove into flight Pope Alexander, who acted unjustly against the imperial dignity and against the whole empire of the Germans; having afterward been reconciled with him at Venice, yet again excommunicated (the Pope is said to have set his foot upon his neck, twisting to this purpose the words of Ps. 91:13, thou shalt tread upon the lion and adder, though others doubt the truth of this deed — see Rupert, ad Besoldi, cap. XVIII), he died on the journey to Palestine, after having reigned 38 years. He was succeeded (VI) by Henry VI, son of Frederick, in whose place, when the Pope, with certain nobles, set up Berthold, Duke of Zähringen, and, when he at once submitted, Otto IV of Brunswick — Henry VI reigned 7, according to others 9, years. He was succeeded (VII) by Otto IV, son of Henry VI, for 10, according to others 9, years, Philip having set himself up against him. He was succeeded (VIII) by Frederick, son of Henry VI, king of Sicily, against whom there was set up Henry, Landgrave of Meissen, who was elected in the fourteenth year of Otto. In this time the Guelphs and Ghibellines are said to have stirred up the greatest tumults and disturbances in the Empire, the former following the party of the Pope, the latter the party of the Emperor; he reigned 32, according to others 38, years. After him there was an interregnum, in which the title of emperor was for some time borne by Conrad IV, son of Frederick II — to whom, though uncertainly, the origin of the electors is traced — and by William, Count of Holland, already before set up against Frederick II, and also Richard, king of England, and Alfonso, king of Spain, having been invited to the rule; this interregnum lasted 23 years. This was followed (IX) by Rudolph I, Count of Habsburg, a stem of the Austrian family. Under him occurred the Sicilian Vespers, in which eight thousand Frenchmen, within two hours, were miserably murdered. Rudolph reigned about 18 years. He was succeeded (X) by Adolf of Nassau, deposed from the estates of the empire; he died by the hand of his successor Albert, after having reigned about 6 years. He was succeeded (XI) by Albert I, an Austrian, son of Rudolph I, killed by John, son of his brother Rudolph; he reigned about 9 years. He was succeeded by (XII) Henry VII, Count of Luxembourg, an excellent emperor; he was, by the monk Bernardino, poisoned with the Eucharist by a consecrated but poisoned host, and died at Buonconvento, after having reigned about 6 years. After him there was an interregnum of one year and two months, after which followed (XIII) Louis IV, a Bavarian, grandson of Rudolph through his daughter, for 32 years, and Frederick "the Fair," son of Albert, between whom, after various skirmishes, it was agreed that they should be colleagues of equal dignity — an agreement which the Pope took so ill that he stirred the emperors anew to war, in which Frederick fell, and Louis, having been excommunicated, was removed from the government by the nobles, and thus was succeeded (XIV) by Charles IV, king of Bohemia, against whom there were set up Edward, king of England, Frederick, Margrave of Meissen, and Günther, Count of Schwarzburg — the first two did not accept the kingdom, the third died by poison. Charles IV was the founder of the Papal (i.e., Charles) Academy, and of the Golden Bull; he reigned 32 years. He was succeeded (XV) by Wenceslaus, king of Bohemia, son of Charles IV, of a dull and blunt understanding, and of a slothful disposition, neglecting the Empire; he was deposed by the Electors after the twenty-second year of his reign. He was succeeded (XVI) by Rupert, Count Palatine, of feeble understanding and small in stature; he reigned 10 years. He was succeeded (XVII) by Jobst, Margrave of Moravia, grandson of Charles IV through his brother; he reigned about one year. He was succeeded (XVIII) by Sigismund, king of Bohemia and Hungary, second son of Charles IV, distinguished in every virtue, and sufficiently fortunate; yet, though stirred up against the Hussites and their commander Žižka, he did not fight fortunately enough; he reigned about 26 years. He was succeeded (XIX) by Albert II, son-in-law of Sigismund, great-nephew of Albert I; he reigned 2 years. He was succeeded (XX) by Frederick III, great-nephew of Albert I; he had a disturbed and confused reign of 53 years. He was succeeded (XXI) by Maximilian, son of Frederick III, who was the first to attach the court of the imperial chamber to one fixed place; for whereas it had until then followed the court, it remained standing at Frankfurt, then was, after two years, called by the estates to Worms, from there set, after three years, at Augsburg, afterward at Nuremberg, then at Regensburg, Speyer, Esslingen, until at last it obtained a fixed place through Charles V, in the year 1525, and after his death, through the French, now at Wetzlar in the Wetterau. Maximilian reigned about 26 years.
XXXVI.
Running alongside these emperors are 62 Roman popes, from Gregory VII down to Leo X, in this order: (I) Gregory VII, called Hildebrand, son of a certain carpenter, according to Krantz; he had as an antipope Clement III, having been chosen amid the twenty-third schism by the Emperor, and having fought for 21 years against four antipopes, and having gained the Castel Sant'Angelo. The life of Gregory we shall set forth somewhat more fully and at greater length than usual. That life is described by the Magdeburg Centuriators, and by Schardius, from Benno and others, thus, as they say: that he first became a monk, and afterward, having gone to Rome, learned the black art, and by that Satanic art at times shook fire out of his gloves; and that, having formed a familiar friendship with Gregory VI, the intruder into the see, he did away with, by the poisonings of Gerard and Brazutus, six popes — Clement II, Damasus II, Leo IX (from whom he had received his rank among the cardinals), Victor II, Stephen IX, and Nicholas II — indeed, that he did not even keep his hands off Alexander II; finally, that he obtained the papacy, without the consent of the clergy or of the people, by the soldiery, carried through to the great sorrow of the Christian world; that he entirely abolished the marriage of priests; and also decreed that no one should receive a bishopric or any other ecclesiastical office from the Emperor or a king; that he demanded tribute from the kingdoms of Spain and Hungary, as given to him and to Peter as a fief; that he counted the kings and the Emperor as of no account, as though they ruled by force. Meanwhile Henry IV, although he had reproached Hildebrand for having ascended the see without his knowledge, yet, having humbly heard the hypocrite's answer, had confirmed his election; being entangled in the most difficult wars of the barons, he was accused before the Pope by the Saxon bishops of various crimes, and especially of simony. This suited Hildebrand very well, as one who sought to free himself from the Emperor's lordship and, on the contrary, to subject the Emperor to himself — especially since he knew that Henry claimed, under a twofold title, the very rich inheritance of Matilda, Duchess of Lorraine and Countess of Italy (which the church of Rome had, by testament, appointed as heir, under the title of "St. Peter's patrimony"), both because he had Matilda as his kinswoman, and because he was Emperor, to whom, by feudal right, those lands reverted. He therefore deposes all the bishops who had received their dignity from Henry, and summons the Emperor himself to answer for his conduct. He sends legates, but these are thrown into prison. Wherefore a council is convened at Worms; the Pope is cited to appear, and is deposed. But he, on the contrary, having held a little council at Rome, excommunicates Henry, banishes him, deprives him of his kingdom, and releases his subjects from their oath of allegiance. The princes, deluded by an idle superstition, lest Henry, before a year had passed, should seek forgiveness from the Pope, threaten to fall away from him. He therefore, with his wife and a small son, in a very harsh winter, clad in woolen garments, goes to Italy; the mockeries of Hildebrand, in the suburb of Canossa, he endures barefoot, in a pitiable state, for three days; on the fourth day he gives up (alas for him!) the crown of the papal power. And he is released from the anathema; but the hearing of his case being deferred to another time, the crown is sent to the ungrateful nephew of Henry, Rudolph, Duke of Swabia, with this inscription: Petra dedit Petro, Petrus diadema Rudolpho — that is, The Rock gave the crown to Peter, and Peter to Rudolph. Thus war having broken out in Germany, when Henry defended the imperial dignity against Rudolph, and, having cut off his right hand in a battle, killed him, he was excommunicated anew; and therefore he calls the Synod of Brixen, and, setting up Clement III in his place, deprives Hildebrand of his rank; he goes to Rome, and besieges the deposed Pope in the castle of Hadrian. The latter stirs up new fires against the Emperor — Herman, Duke of Lorraine, and Ekbert, Margrave of Meissen — and even, to lay a trap for him, places stones above the roof-beams of the church, so that they might be rolled down upon the head of the Emperor as he prayed there; but the agent of that villainy, by the weight of the stone which he, at Hildebrand's command, was to set above the beams, was pulled down, fell from above, and so perished. At last Hildebrand flees to Salerno, to the Normans, and, being cast off in the papal councils, dies, either from a conscience of his own misdeeds, or from grief, outside his home and fatherland. He held the see about 12 years. (II) Victor III, son of the Duke of Benevento, set up against Clement III. He is said by Platina not to have died without suspicion of poison, having held the papacy about one year. (III) Urban II, set up against Clement, on account of the troubles and disturbances, called "Turbanus." He, being hemmed in by the faction of Hildebrand and of the Normans, and being counted among the ungodly by the Emperor and by the greater part of the nobles, wandered for a long time as an exile; yet he wove so skillfully the web which Hildebrand had begun that he almost surpassed his master, and stirred up Henry's son Conrad against his father, now excommunicated anew, and promised him the empire, on condition that he would consent not to receive investitures from the laity. He also excommunicated the king of France, on account of a harlot; he is said to be the inventor and institutor of the little knots or beads which are called the paternoster. He held the see about 9 years. (IV) Paschal II, formerly Rainerius. He had three antipopes: Albert, still during the twenty-third schism, after Clement III, when he was captured and deposed by the soldiers of Paschal; Theodoric, likewise captured and deposed; and Sylvester III, likewise driven out after a few months. The antipopes he subdued by the sword; he himself also excommunicated Henry; Henry V he armed against his own father, but the crown promised to him he refused, on account of the arrogated investitures of the clergy; for this he is taken captive, and the right of investiture is restored to the Emperor. But, having gone out from Italy, he confirms, against the same, the decrees of Gregory VII, and excommunicates Henry; he held the see about 18 years. (V) Gelasius II, formerly John Cajetan, elected by the cardinals without the Emperor's knowledge, which vexed Cencius Frangipani on this account; meanwhile, having been consecrated, he excommunicated Henry V; but the latter deposed him and set up Gregory VIII in his place — so that he underwent in this the twenty-fourth schism; he held the see one year. (VI) Callixtus II, formerly Guy, bishop of Vienne; he, having gathered his troops, took Gregory VIII captive, and had him led backward through the city on a camel. The Emperor, on account of the investitures of the clergy, he excommunicated, and did not release him until he yielded some investitures to him; he held the see about 11 years. (VII) Honorius II, formerly Lambert, bishop of Ostia. In the twenty-fifth schism he had Celestine as antipope, but only for one day; he held the see about 5 years. (VIII) Innocent II, formerly Gregory. In the twenty-sixth schism he had as antipopes Anacletus II, and, when he died, the deposed Victor; he held the see about 13 years. (IX) Celestine II, formerly Guido, about 6 months. (X) Lucius II, formerly Gerard. Under him, and the two preceding, the Roman senate charged the Pope to attend to sacred matters, and to be content with the tithe; Lucius meanwhile, meaning to overthrow and suppress the Senate, was struck by a stone thrown by an unknown hand, and died, after having held the see about one year. (XI) Eugenius III, formerly Bernard the Pisan. He, having signed with the cross the Emperor Conrad, Louis, king of France, and Erik, king of Denmark, stirred them up to the holy war; he held the see about 8 years. (XII) Anastasius IV, founder of 160 monasteries; he held the see about one year. (XIII) Adrian IV, an Englishman, formerly Nicholas. He was — either because he had, when Emperor Frederick came into Italy, seized the left stirrup instead of the right, which he ought to have held, or because (according to Baronius) he had entirely abstained from servile and slavish work — very gravely put out. And afterward, when he asserted, by an envoy sent to him, that the German empire depended on him, the nobles — among them Otto von Wittelsbach, judging this to be an outrage — would have run him through, had not the Emperor himself forbidden it, who forbade to his followers to come to Rome; meanwhile he pointed out and demonstrated that his empire and dominion depended not on the Pope but on God; he also flew, as it were, with an army to Italy, and when he saw the Pope's suppliant letter, who trembled for himself, he let himself be reconciled with him. But when the cities of Italy conspired against the Emperor, the Pope joined with them; and when, going out for a walk, he drew water from a spring, he was choked and suffocated by a fly which flew into his mouth, after he had held the see about 5 years. (XIV) Alexander IV — no, rather Alexander III, formerly Roland, chosen by twenty-four cardinals — in the twenty-sixth schism had as antipope Victor IV, also chosen by the opposing party of cardinals, even against Alexander, and confirmed by the Emperor in the little Council of Pavia by bishops and very many abbots, for which Alexander excommunicated them; and, Victor having died, nearly all the Germans chose Paschal, wherefore Alexander, having returned to Rome, stirred up and incited nearly the whole of Italy against the Emperor. At last, for the sake of peace, and to be reconciled with Alexander, the Emperor threw himself at his feet, and was trodden upon by him with his feet, with the addition of these words: thou shalt tread upon the fierce lion and the adder; and when the Emperor answered, "not to thee, but to Peter," this one is said to have answered again: "both to me, and to Peter." They add a third antipope, Callixtus III, a Hungarian, and also a fourth, Innocent III, who, not prevailing against Alexander, of himself withdrew. Alexander held the see 22 years. (XV) Lucius III, who, wishing to abolish the title of "burgomasters" at Rome, was driven from the city; he held the see about 4 years. (XVI) Urban III, a Milanese, under whom the kingdom of Jerusalem came to an end; he too is called Turbanus, because he stirred up no small tumults and disturbances in the Empire; he held the see about 3 years. (XVII) Gregory VIII, a native of Benevento, 2 months. (XVIII) Clement III, a Roman, who settled the long-standing dispute and discord between the Pope and the Senate; he held the see about 3 years. (XIX) Celestine III, formerly Hyacinth; he excommunicated the Emperor Henry VI; he held the see about 7 years. (XX) Innocent III, a Campanian; he labored and did his utmost in every way that Philip, and not the deceased father Henry VI's son, should succeed; he held the see about 18 years. (XXI) Honorius III, a Roman; he excommunicated Frederick II; he held the see 11 years. (XXII) Gregory IX, a native of Anagni; he excommunicated Frederick II because he did not fulfill his vow of a pilgrimage to Jerusalem. The Emperor, excommunicated a second time, led his troops to Rome, was victorious, and dealt severely with his opponents; Gregory held the see 14 years. (XXIII) Celestine IV, formerly Godfrey Castiglioni, 17 days, after whom the see stood vacant for one year and eight months, because Frederick II had thrown some cardinals into prison. (XXIV) Innocent IV, a Genoese, formerly a friend of the Emperor's, at once his enemy, falsely accused him of various crimes, excommunicated him, deprived him of the imperial dignity, and set up against him rival kings, Henry, Landgrave of Thuringia, and, when he died, William, Count of Holland; and thus he fought him with all his strength, even by sending assassins, until he died. This Pope adorned the cardinals with red caps or hats, and with horses adorned with fringes; he held the see 11 years and 6 months. (XXV) Alexander IV, a Campanian; he held the see 6 years and 6 months. (XXVI) Urban IV, formerly Pantaleon, a Frenchman, born of a father who was a shoemaker, of whom nothing especially noteworthy is recorded in the ecclesiastical histories except that he pursued the war against Manfred, king of Sicily (which kingdom he claimed for himself, having gathered the French together) begun by his predecessors; he held the see about 3 years. (XXVII) Clement IV, a native of Narbonne; under him the see stood vacant 2 years and 9 months, during which time the chamber, in which the cardinals disputed over the election of a pope, was closed, and the Holy Spirit could not enter in, as, according to the testimony of Onuphrius, John, bishop-cardinal of Porto, openly said. Clement held the see 4 years. (XXVIII) Gregory X, a viscount of Piacenza. Called back from his journey to Asia to the papacy, he made it a law that the cardinals, at the election of a pope, once shut up in the conclave, should not be permitted to leave until they had come to agreement; he held the see 4 years and 6 months. (XXIX) Innocent V, a Burgundian, 5 months. (XXX) Hadrian V, a Genoese, died on the fortieth day; he withdrew the decree of Gregory X concerning the closing of the conclave. (XXXI) John XXI, by others the twentieth, a native of Lisbon, died by the collapse of his palace; he held the see about 8 months. (XXXII) Nicholas III, formerly John Cajetan, of the Orsini family; he held the see about 3 years. (XXXIII) Martin IV, a Frenchman; he held the see 4 years. (XXXIV) Honorius IV; he held the see 2 years. After him the see stood vacant, because the cardinals, the electors, were seized by a deadly sickness. (XXXV) Nicholas IV, from Ascoli, 5 years, after which the see again stood vacant two years. (XXXVI) Celestine V, formerly Peter of Morrone, "the hermit," chosen amid the disagreements of the cardinals; when he tried to bring the clergy back to discipline, he fell into the hatred of all, and of his successor; being addressed one night by a voice through a pipe, he supposed that he was being warned by a divine voice to return to the monastery; he held the see 6 months. (XXXVII) Boniface VIII, from Anagni, formerly Benedict Caetani. This is the very man whom the people of Paris openly called an Epicurean, a murderer, a heretic, and who came in like a fox, ruled like a lion, and died like a dog. He issued the sixth book of the Decretals, so that he was reckoned by no one as a true pope, though he dragged countless souls with him down to hell. He was the first to institute a jubilee, offering and proposing an indulgence of all sins, on condition of counting out a holy shilling. On the first day he went about in papal vestments, on the second he had put on an imperial mantle, while some carried before him a naked sword, which he commanded to be proclaimed: "behold, two swords." At last, betrayed by William of Nogaret, with the knowledge of the Colonna cardinals, and robbed of all the treasure which he had gathered together from the jubilee, he died of grief of mind, after having held the see about 9 years. (XXXVIII) Benedict XI, for the space of 6 months, after which the see stood vacant two months. (XXXIX) Clement V, a Frenchman, author of the Clementines, or of the seventh book of the Decretals. To enjoy the revenues of the archbishopric of Bordeaux, which he had held until then, he transferred the papal see to Avignon in France, where it remained for 72 years, Rome meanwhile being governed by the cardinals with a sort of senatorial power. Under him Henry VII, because he would not take the oath of fealty, being hated by the Pope, was killed by Bernard, a Dominican monk, with a poisoned host at the Supper; he held the see about 9 years. After him the see again stood vacant 2 years and 4 months. (XL) John XXII, by others the twenty-first, a Frenchman, who left in the treasury 58 million, gathered together by yearly revenues and other new devices. In the twenty-eighth, or by others the seventeenth, schism, he had as antipope Nicholas V, of the Colonna family. When Louis IV, "the Bavarian," and Frederick "the Fair" of Austria contended over the Empire, John first disapproved of Frederick, then at once favored him again, and rejected Louis, as one who governed the Empire without the Pope's command and was, against the Church, rebellious and schismatic. Louis, on the contrary, summoned the estates of the Empire together at Regensburg, and decided, by their votes, that the Pope had not the least right over the Emperor. Meanwhile, being called by the Romans, he sought from John his crown, which was refused; wherefore he goes to Rome, is crowned by Stephen Colonna, and raises Nicholas V to the papal see, who burns the effigy of John, the Emperor standing by, and declares him a heretic, a tyrant, and a disturber of the Church and of the public peace; John, on the contrary, excommunicates the Emperor Louis; the antipope, having been taken captive, he deposes, and dies at Avignon, after having held the see about 18 years. (XLI) Benedict XII, a Frenchman; he confirms the censures exercised by John against the Emperor, and denies him to be steward of the Empire, judging Louis to be deposed by the excommunication. Louis clears himself before the princes; he maintains that a king of the Romans, chosen, without the confirmation of the Pope, is emperor; yet he judges that, if the Pope refuses this, he ought to be anointed and proclaimed by some other guardian of the Church, so that on his part he promised back not an oath of fealty, but a faithful protection and defense of the Roman Church. Moreover he denies that, through the vacancy of the see, the right reverts to the Pope; he decrees that a council is above the Pope. Benedict held the see 7 years and 4 months. (XLII) Clement VI, a Frenchman, who celebrates the second jubilee year, though not the hundredth, but the fiftieth. To him the Emperor sought absolution, having signed a most shameful formula, which the estates of the Empire at Frankfurt, as most unjust, rejected; yet the Pope maintained that Charles IV, king of Bohemia, should be chosen, whom nevertheless few princes accepted until after the death of Louis; and when he had to absolve from excommunication the princes who had followed Louis, he demanded indeed that they should say that the Emperor's election was confirmed by him, which the clergy approved but the laity resisted; he held the see about 10 years. (XLIII) Innocent VI, a Frenchman. Under him, still in France, the rebellions at Rome flourished, through which eighteen men were chosen, with supreme power, whom they called Reformers; he held the see about 10 years. (XLIV) Urban V, a Frenchman, under whom Wycliffe flourished in England; he held the see about 8 years. (XLV) Gregory XI, a Frenchman, who, at the advice of Catherine of Siena, brought the papal see back from Avignon to Rome, because the Italians had begun to fall away from the papal see; he held the see about 8 years. After this arose the twenty-ninth schism, the worst of all, lasting a whole 50 years, between the Roman popes and the Avignonese; according to this there came (XLVI) Urban VI, a Neapolitan, chosen by the Italians, seated at Rome, whom the Italians, Germans, and English followed; the antipope was Clement VII, set up by the French, whom the French and Scots followed; the Spanish followed neither of the two. So sharply and bitterly did these popes differ from one another that Urban had the cardinals who favored Clement sewn into sacks and drowned in the sea, and, by indulgences and the promise of eternal life, invited the English to set themselves against the French and their pope; while on the other hand Clement, "the merciful," had the legates of the Emperor Wenceslaus, who adhered to Urban, put to death in the most merciless manner by drowning.
Urban was succeeded (XLVII) by Boniface IX, a Neapolitan, while on Clement's side there was Benedict XIII, a Spaniard, twice removed from the papacy in the Councils of Pisa and Constance, yet retaining his rank until his death, for the space of 30 years. Under these the teaching of Hus began to be spread, which, roused up against the traffickings of the jubilees and against the luxury and pride of the clergy, dared to set itself against the Pope, especially since, according to the testimony of Platina, the plenary indulgences stood everywhere for sale, so that now already the authority of the keys and of the apostolic letters fell into contempt: for, of the two jubilees published under him, he added the annates, or the pensions of the first year from ecclesiastical benefices, which nevertheless the Englishman at once refused, and a little afterward the Frenchman also. Boniface held the see nearly 15 years. He was succeeded (XLVIII) by Innocent VII, a native of Sulmona; in curbing the rebellious Romans, eleven of whom having been killed, he was compelled to flee to Viterbo, and to leave the goods of his courtiers to the people for plunder; he held the see about 2 years. (XLIX) Gregory XII, a Venetian, rejected in the Council of Pisa, although he did not obey. For when the papacy was conferred upon him on the condition that, whenever it should be to the Church's benefit, in order to remove the long-standing schism, he would voluntarily resign the papacy, and, when he would not stand by his promises, and thereupon, together with the antipope Benedict XIII, was, by the cardinals summoned, to be deposed from the papacy in the Council of Pisa, and Alexander V set up in his place, he laid down the holy government of his own accord. Benedict fled to Spain: the council, now, having condemned the Englishman Wycliffe, and having burned Hus and Jerome of Prague, chose Martin V, and Clement VIII, at length after four years, having resigned the papacy, being provided with a bishopric, put an end to the fifty-year schism. Gregory held the see about 10 years. (L) Alexander V, of an undistinguished family, chosen against Gregory and Benedict XIII, went to reside at Bologna, according to Onuphrius and Platina, very generous; he held the see only one year, Gregory still being alive. (LI) John XXIII, by others the twenty-second, of Naples, was deposed by the Council of Constance, after having held the see 5 years — so that by this one council three popes were deposed. After John the see stood vacant 2 years and 6 months. (LII) Martin V, whom Platina praises as having been very prudent, who by his discretion and fairness brought Clement VIII to the point of laying down the papacy; he celebrated the fifth jubilee, returning at the thirtieth year; he held the see about 13 years. (LIII) Eugenius IV, a Venetian. He had, through the thirtieth schism, as antipope, Felix V, an Allobrogian. Eugenius at once began the Council of Basel, which lasted above 12, according to others 15, years. But when he saw that in it a Reformation of the churches was being instituted; that the annates were condemned; the extortions and exactions by which the popes drained the German churches; that communion under both kinds was granted to the Bohemians; that the Pragmatic Sanction concerning fixed ecclesiastical dignities was proclaimed; and that he himself, as one lesser than the council, was cited to answer — he attempted, with all his strength, in another council convened by him at Ferrara, in which a dispute was held with the Constantinopolitan Emperor over the procession of the Holy Spirit, to break the authority of the Council of Basel; but he is deposed, and in his place Felix V set up, whose election, however, he counted as nothing; he held the see about 16 years. (LIV) Nicholas V, by others the sixth, a physician of Lucca. He celebrated the fifty-sixth jubilee feast, in which, above 160 people having perished when the bridge of Sant'Angelo broke, he held the see 8 years. (LV) Callixtus III, a Spaniard, formerly Alfonso Borgia, held the see about 3 years. (LVI) Pius II, a Sienese, formerly Enea Silvio Piccolomini, renowned through many books. Formerly at the Council of Basel a secretary and abbreviator, afterward chancellor of the Emperor, then a bishop, then a cardinal, finally pope. The Council of Basel, which he had before approved, he rejected, and established at Mantua that no one might appeal from the Pope to a general council; and Sigismund, Duke of Austria, when, the cardinal Cusanus having been thrown into chains, he appealed to a general council, he excommunicated, and entangled many of the German nobles in wars. Marriage, meanwhile, which had been taken from the clergy with very good reason, he judged should be restored to them with even greater reason; he made these verses: Non audet stygius Pluto tentare, quod audet effrænis Monachus: plenaque fraudis anus — that is, Hellish Pluto dares not attempt what an unbridled monk, and an old woman full of deceit, dare to do. He held the see about 6 years. (LVII) Paul II, a Venetian, a vain, coarse, and thoughtless man, renowned neither for learning nor for morals, more inclined to luxury, pleasure, and games than to weighty matters; just as Innocent IV had adorned the cardinals with a red hat or cap, so he adorned them with a purple robe; Pomponio Leto and Platina, having been thrown into prison, he tormented and afflicted. He had the crusade preached against the barbarians, under great promises, but in vain; he abolished tithes for the clergy throughout all Germany; but because the Emperor Frederick III strongly resisted this in open assemblies of the estates, it came to nothing; he held the see about 7 years. (LVIII) Sixtus IV, a Ligurian; he held the seventh jubilee, recurring every 25 years; he waged very many wars; under him the Spanish Inquisition was established in the year 1478, against the Moors and Jews who passed themselves off as Christians; he held the see about 13 years. (LIX) Innocent VIII, a Genoese, hankered, though in vain, after the kingdom of Naples; he held the see about 8 years. (LX) Alexander VI, a Spaniard, formerly Rodrigo Borgia, born, according to Onuphrius, for the ruin and destruction of Italy. From the eighth jubilee he gathered 300,000, and in the following year, from the holy levy against the Turks, 600,000 crowns. His daughter Lucretia, whom he had, before his papacy, given in marriage to a certain Spaniard, he took from him, and gave first to Giovanni Sforza, then, having taken her from him too, to Alfonso of Aragon, bastard son of King Alfonso, whom finally he had killed, then gave her to Alfonso d'Este, Duke of Ferrara; of whom Accio Sannazaro thus writes: Hic jacet in tumulo, Lucretia nomine; sed re Thais, Alexandri filia, sponsa, nurus — that is, Here lies in the tomb one Lucretia by name, but in fact a Thais, the daughter, bride, and daughter-in-law of Alexander. And likewise of Alexander himself: Vendit Alexander Sacramenta, Altaria, Christum; Emerat ille prius, vendere jure potest — that is, Alexander sells the Sacraments, the Altars, Christ; having first bought them, he may rightfully sell them. At last, when, through the temptations of the Devil, he hankered after the treasures of all the rich at his court, he perished by a fatal mistake of the one who was to poison another, after having held the see 11 years and 5 months. (LXI) Pius III, a Sienese, nephew of Pius II through his sister, only 26 days. (LXII) Julius II, a Ligurian, nephew of Sixtus IV through his brother. A soldier, though unfortunate; assailing the Emperor Maximilian, against his given word and faith, together with the Venetians, having thrown the key of Peter into the Tiber, he said: "since the key of Peter avails no more, let the sword of St. Paul avail instead." Attacked by the Emperor, strengthened and supported by auxiliary French troops, and having suffered a heavy defeat, he perished and died, after having held the see 9 years and 3 months.
XXXVII.
Following these champions of both commonwealths, there now follows the state of theology under the fifth age, under which age the ἄνομος — the lawless one, the unrighteous one, the man of sin — is seated in the house of God, exalting himself above all that is called God, 2 Thess. 2:4–5, during which time the Church has been as it were in a wilderness. For if you consider the visible Church, there had taken the place of Christianity that Antichristendom which we have already depicted and portrayed under the preceding age — except that this, which was then still growing and had been raised to the highest ecclesiastical power, has now also founded for itself a temporal power, and thus those theological doctrines concerning the supreme authority of the Pope, both in temporal and in spiritual matters; concerning indulgences and the unmarried state of the clergy; concerning the intercession, merits, power, and veneration of the departed saints; concerning the worship of Mary; concerning the power and honoring of relics; concerning the worship of images; concerning the change of the elements in the Eucharist; concerning masses for the dead suffering in purgatory; concerning the free will, and so forth, and nearly all the doctrines of the Papal Antichristendom, have gained the upper hand — so that now one seeks in vain, either the Church, or Christian theology, in the visible church. But if you consider the Church in the wilderness, or the hidden Church, by which we understand all those, as many as have borne testimony to the truth, both against the Papal Antichristendom and its arrogated universal primacy and supremacy over all churches, and also against its temporal power over emperors, kings, and other magistrates — such as there were in the eleventh century — then one finds whole churches in their synods: namely, the Synod of Worms, in 1076; the Synod of Brixen, 1080; that of Mainz, 1085; that of Rome, 1089, according to Goldast, Tom. III. Besides the British Church, purified in many respects and freed from popish superstitions, as appears from Fuller and others — not to speak of the Eastern Church, which has steadily spoken against popish tyranny and superstitions in the matter of the worship of images, of relics, of the saints, and of the veneration of Mary, and so forth, as we have already noted at length under the preceding age. Add to these the church of Liège, excommunicated by the Pope because it adhered to Henry, in a letter sent by it to Paschal II, in the year 1107 — of which letter the volumes of the councils record, among the letters of Paschal, that this church admonished that the Pope ought to wield nothing but the spiritual sword, against the newfangled tradition of Hildebrand. Add also the church of Milan, denying that it was subject to the Roman pope; there were also in it many married clergy, on which account this church is called by Baronius a "schismatic Church." Nor should the German churches be passed over, which rose up sharply and strongly against the decree of Hildebrand and against the unmarried state of the clergy, so that they would rather give up the priesthood than their wives — of which, from Matthew Paris, Nauclerus, and others, clear testimonies are found in the Register of the Witnesses of Truth of Illyricus. In particular, the Waldensian churches also gave testimony to the truth, and their confessions and catechisms, already written in the year 1100 against the errors and superstitions of the Roman Church, of which Leger, Histoire des Vaudois, Lib. I, cap. 3, 4. And also the Berengarians, throughout Italy, Britain, and France, against transubstantiation and the tyranny of the Papal Antichristendom, when they called the Roman Church a church of the wicked and a seat of Satan, and so forth. But above others must here be mentioned the questions which used to be put to the dying, according to the writer Anselm, in his Admonitio pro moribundo, which Ussher records in De Successione Ecclesiarum, cap. VII, in which the Church of Christendom is shown to have placed all its trust solely in and upon the death of Christ, leaving aside superstitions.
Besides these churches, testimony was borne to the truth also by kings and princes — for example, Philip in France; in Britain, King Harold, William "the Norman," in a letter written to Gregory VII; William Rufus, son of the first, and Henry, his brother and successor — of whom Ussher, De Successione, cap. VII. I shall not say that the kings of England had, in this century, a legislative power over the clergy, as appears in Canute, Edward the Confessor, William the Norman, and so forth, as is evident from the councils of Spelman. Nor were there lacking eminent, godly, and learned men, whose names, writings, sound theology, and sayings and expressions, which are contrary to the Antichristian cause, are set forth at length by Marquard Freher, in Collectio, Tom. I; Simon Schardius, in Syntagma Tractatuum; and Illyricus, in Catalogus Testium Veritatis, Books XII and XIII — not to speak of the excerpts to this purpose from famous men, even in Baronius, for example, from Peter Damian, Lanfranc, Anselm, Ivo of Chartres, which may be seen in Ussher, Mornay, John Forbes, Aubertin, De Eucharistia, Hottinger, and others. What has been said belongs to the eleventh century.
Under the twelfth century, godly men in general assented to, upheld, and called back from the Roman errors, when they pressed for the reading of Holy Scripture and its wonder-working power; when they condemned human traditions; when they upheld the foundation concerning the merits of Christ alone, concerning divine grace, justification by faith, and so forth. The testimonies, each in particular, drawn from Peter the Chanter of Paris, Peter of Blois, Peter Lombard, Peter of Cluny, Bernard, Rupert of Deutz, John of Salisbury, Hugh and Richard of St. Victor, Gratian, and so forth, are gathered together by the Magdeburg Centuriators, Cent. XII, cap. IV; Flacius Illyricus, in Catalogus, Books XIV, XV; Forbes, in Instructiones; Hottinger, in his Ecclesiastical History, for this century. The formula of Anselm, archbishop of Canterbury, for questioning the dying, we have already noted above. In particular, they professed the Christian truth: (1) against the Pope's tyranny — emperors, kings, princes, everywhere and in every land; Genebrard, ad ann. 1105; and so many of them have come down under the name of Henricians. See Illyricus, Catalogus Testium Veritatis, Lib. XIV and XV. (2) Against the unmarried state of the clergy: in Bohemia, the godly, setting themselves against Celestine IV, who commanded it, the Bohemian history bearing witness; in Germany, the Abbot of Ursberg testifies; in England, permitting marriage to the clergy, the kings William II and Henry I, according to the testimony of Matthew Paris; likewise in Ireland, down to Malachy, the successor of Celsus, Archbishop of Armagh, according to the testimony of Bernard, in Vita Malachiae. (3) Against transubstantiation, which is among the foundations of the present Antichristendom, there contended the Berengarians, namely in France; Honorius of Autun; Franco, abbot of Loben; Peter Abelard; and those honored and reproached with the name of heretics, Peter of Bruys, Henry of Toulouse, Peter Waldo, and the Albigensians, of whom one may see Ussher, De Successione Ecclesiarum in Occidente; Aubertin, De Eucharistia; Larroque, De Eucharistia; Hottinger, ad Sec. XII, cap. XII; in Italy, Arnold of Brescia, a pupil of Abelard, Otto of Freising, De Gestis Frideric., Lib. II, cap. XX; in England, as appears from du Boulay and the Magdeburg Centuriators.
The history of Peter Waldo.
In particular, however, testimony was given to right-thinking theology, and the Antichristendom was deliberately and at length attacked, by the Waldensians, whose origin the writers report very differently: some trace them to the seventh century, others to the eleventh, most to the twelfth, others to the year 1160, others to 1170, others to 1180 — see Ussher, Forbes, Leger, and others. Their founder and leader was Peter Waldo, a very rich merchant of Lyon, who at once became a theologian through the constant reading of Scripture, which he is also said to have translated into his mother tongue. Occasion and opportunity to strive against the Roman Church were given him by her shameful corruption; the ignorance of Scripture; the tyranny of the popes; the enormities, lust for power, and avarice of the clergy; the idolatrous worship; the superstitious ceremonies and church customs. To this was added the sudden death of a certain nobleman of Lyon, during a conversation among friends, by which Waldo, deeply shaken, at once devoted himself to almsgiving and to heavenly things. From this event the Waldensians are thought to be named — although others would rather have them named from the High German word Waldt, a forest, because they, driven and chased out by persecutions, betook themselves into the woods and forests; others from a valley, as though one said "Valenses," because they dwelt in valleys; from their city, the Leonist writers name them "the Poor of Lyon"; by other names, Albigensians, or Albienses, from a city of the Albians in the territory of Toulouse, likewise Toulousans and Tolosati; further, from a certain teacher of theirs, Petro-Brusians, and from this man's disciple Henry, Henricians, and finally also, by way of reproach, Turlupins, Arians, Manicheans, Bulgarians, Adamites, Sabbatarians, Anti-Sabbatarians, Lollards; likewise Picards, Publicans (tax-collectors), Cathari (pure ones), Perfecti (perfect ones), Passageri, Passagini, Paterni, Humiliati (humbled ones) — by which names one and the same people are meant, though for different and various reasons. Their teaching and institutions Ussher relates in De Successione Ecclesiarum, cap. VIII, according to the trustworthiness of the chroniclers and chronicle-writers: namely, they departed from the doctrine and practice of the Roman Church; they called her Babylon, a mother of confusion; they reproved from Scripture her tyranny, idolatry, and superstitions; they expounded Scripture, having had it translated into the French tongue. Kindled and stirred up by this light, they grew so much in number that they set up various separate assemblies and gatherings, first at Lyon, then in the region of Toulouse and Narbonne in France; likewise in the valleys of Piedmont; scattered by persecutions, they became widely and broadly dispersed throughout the rest of France, Piedmont, England, Lombardy, Apulia, Calabria, Switzerland, Germany, Bohemia, Croatia, Bulgaria, Poland, Dalmatia, and so forth. Their own account is reported even by the inquisitors and by the very ones who burned them, thus: that they wished that God alone should be worshipped; that they had a horror of blasphemies; that they lived righteously before men; that they were devout and godly toward God; orderly in behavior; modest in dress; chaste in life; sparing in food; diligent and industrious in their trades and crafts; truthful in word; united in love; generous toward the poor; constant and persevering in prayer. Yet by a plain and open slander, all the very worst things are ascribed and imputed to them: concerning incestuous defilements; the promiscuous use of women among themselves; the worship of beards; hatred and contempt of magistrates; the heresies of the Arians and Manicheans; the rejection of the Old Testament; the opposing of infant baptism, of oaths, of marriage, of the resurrection of the dead. See Baronius on the year 1076, no. 3, and following. To refute these slanders their Confessions, Catechisms, and Dialogues suffice, whose chapters and contents the Magdeburg Centuriators set forth, as does the Register of the Witnesses of Truth of Illyricus, likewise Ussher, Leger, Lydius, and others — to which also come the testimonies of those who burned them, especially you have two little books by Rainerius, a Dominican monk, an inquisitor, in Catalogus Testium Veritatis, Lib. XV, with which agree Aeneas Sylvius, in Historia Bohemica; Bale, in Centuria; Paul Perrin, in Histoire des Vaudois; Thuanus, Historia, Lib. VI, and so forth. So that if you compare their teaching, in its fundamental points (setting aside the scum of those times which was thrown at them), and in the errors, superstitions, idolatries, and so forth of the Papists which they condemned, with our Reformed doctrine, you are compelled to say that it is one and the same doctrine. Enemies and persecutors they have experienced very harsh and very bitter ones, and this among the clergy: Alexander III, in the Second Lateran Council, generally condemning them all; Lucius III, in a decree issued against heretics, inserted in the tenth book of the councils; Clement III, Celestine III, and afterward Innocent III, under whom a most bloody war broke out against the Albigensians. These were followed, in turn, by the archbishops, bishops, monks, the whole clergy, especially by the Spaniard Dominic, from whom comes the order of the Dominicans; and by these were stirred up and incited kings, princes, counts, and the common people, who raged against the wretched people with sword and fire, according to the testimony of Perrin, Baronius, ad Ao. 1178, and so forth. These matters belong to the twelfth century.
Under the thirteenth century right-thinking theology was upheld: (1) indeed by individual persons — Amalric of Chartres, in Genebrard himself, in his Chronicle, at the beginning of the century, denying transubstantiation; William, a Parisian, accusing and charging Rome, as a Babylon, a Sodom, an Egypt, in Mornay, Mysterium Iniquitatis; Durand, a Basque by origin, bishop of Mende, in his book De Modo Celebrandi Concilium Generale, striking against the shamelessness of the Roman court, and calling for a Reformation; Probus, a Franciscan, bishop of Toul, a Swabian, under Honorius IV, inveighing in an oration against the Roman vultures, and against the enormities, luxury, avarice, and so forth of the popes, in Aventinus, Annal., Lib. VII; William of Saint-Amour, on behalf of the school of Paris, in De Periculis Novissimorum Temporum, set against the hypocrisy, superstition, and Antichristendom of the monks; and others, of whom the Register of the Witnesses of Truth, Moulin, and others. (2) By public figures, as emperors — for example, Philip, brother of Henry, whom Innocent III resisted; Frederick II, who suffered the cruelest persecution for nearly thirty whole years from Honorius III, Gregory IX, Innocent IV — in Goldast, Constit. Imper., Tom. I; and Peter della Vigna, formerly his chancellor, portraying the Antichristian, apostate, beastly image, as in the Revelation, in the popes. Nearly similar things might be brought forward of Rudolph of Habsburg, and of Albert, against Boniface VIII — compare what we have already noted above under the emperors and popes; and kings, of France, for example, Louis IX, author of the Pragmatic Sanction, in his edicts against the usurpations of the Pope, in Goldast and Charles du Moulin; Philip III. I pass over so many nobles, barons, prelates, doctors, and so forth, in France, as many as came over to the doctrine of the Albigensians, especially in the region of Toulouse and Narbonne; in England, for example, kings, nobles, the whole clergy, and very eminent writers, as Richard I, Henry III, Edward I, and so forth, according to the annals of the English, the chronicles, ecclesiastical antiquities, and Matthew of Paris. (3) In particular, by the ecclesiastical communities, the Albigensians, Waldensians, Leonists, the Poor of Lyon, the Humiliati, and so forth, of whom in the preceding century; upon whom, by slander, false doctrines and false morals are imputed, as we have already shown, and of whose persecutions we shall speak in its place. These things belong to the thirteenth century.
Under the fourteenth century of this age, right-thinking theology was upheld against the Papal Antichristendom: (1) by emperors and kings, when, for example, Boniface VIII had written to Philip the Fair, king of the Franks, in the year 1302, among other things: "We wish you to know that you stand under us in temporal as well as in spiritual matters; the bestowal of offices and prebends belongs to you in no wise," and so forth. So Philip answered: "Philip, by the grace of God king of the Franks, to Boniface, who calls himself supreme priest, little or no greeting and well-being: know that your utmost folly, that we stand under no one in temporal matters. That the bestowal (collation) of churches and prebends belongs to us by royal right, and so forth. But those who believe otherwise, we hold to be foolish and out of their minds. Given," and so forth. Whereupon at once, in an assembly of the estates of the Empire, there followed a dethronement of Boniface, as being a simoniac, a heretic, a murderer, a usurer, and guilty of other crimes, in ten articles of accusation, with an appeal to a future council. See Goldast, Tom. III; Peter de Marca, archbishop of Paris, in his books De Sacerdotio et Imperio, and others. When, further, John XXII, Benedict XII, Clement VI, French popes, reproached Louis "the Bavarian" that he, without the order and command of the popes, had taken to himself the titles and the government of the Empire, and had arrogated to himself the right of investitures, Louis, with the estates of the Empire, in various assemblies, edicts, and proclamations, portrayed the Papal Antichristendom to the life, as being a disturbance and overthrow of divine and human right, a violation of the laws of nature, a sowing of rebellions and discords, an overthrow of the Roman Empire, an emulation of Croesus and Epicurus, a usurpation of those things which are God's and which are Christ's, while the Pope allows himself to be worshipped, and his feet to be kissed — which Aventinus sets forth in full, Annal., Lib. VII. After this the nullity (invalidity) of the trials and judgments against the Emperor was declared, with an appeal to a future council, and moreover a judgment of deposition was published against John, with an enumeration of his crimes and those of other Roman bishops — sacrilege, simony, heresy, pride, villainies — as ruinous to the Republic and to the truth. Nearly similar things are recorded in England, from King Edward III, in a letter written to Clement VI in 1343, in which it was said and reproached that the fruit of the vine had degenerated into wild grapes, that peculiar wild beasts grazed upon it, that the care of souls was neglected, and that hirelings sought only temporal goods, that the rights of the congregations were being lost, that the devotion of the people was weakened, and so forth — Goldast, Constit. Imper., Tom. III. Similar things could we bring forward of Charles V, king of France, likewise of Charles VI, of John of Aragon, of the Emperor Wenceslaus, of Richard II, king of England, and of very many others, did not the proportion of our epitome prevent us.
More have (2) right-thinking theology confirmed and defended in those writers who deliberately and at length pressed for a Reformation — for example, William Durand, bishop of Mende, on the manner of holding a general council; Nicholas de Clémanges, on the corrupted state of the Church; Peter d'Ailly, De Emendanda Ecclesia, and so forth. Furthermore, Dante Alighieri of Florence, who died in exile, greatly praised by Trithemius and other learned men; Arnold of Villanova, sent by James of Aragon to Pope Clement V, breaking out in more than one writing against the errors forced upon the whole Christian people, against the general apostasy, against the devilish creed, against the sacrifice of the Mass, against sacrifices for the dead, against the papal decrees and institutions, against the monks and members of religious orders, as falsifying the doctrine of Christ, against philosophy, being mixed together with theology. See Illyricus, in Catalogus; Mornay; and others. John of Rupescissa, being, according to Trithemius, greatly devoted to the divine Scriptures, showed from the prophetic writings and from the Revelation the risen Antichrist, the desolation of the Church, likewise the lust for honor, dominion, and avarice of the popes. (See Froissart, Chron., vols. I and II.) We might join together with these Francesco Petrarch, Ubertino da Casale, John Tauler, Nicole Oresme, Nicholas of Lyra, Marsilius of Padua, Michael of Cesena, Thomas Bradwardine, John Gerson, and very many others besides — not to speak of those whom the Roman-minded count among the heretics, and this precisely because they bore testimony to the truth, such as Peter John Olivi, a Franciscan monk, burned under John XXII; Gerard Segarelli, Fra Dolcino, and others, burned on account of misdeeds falsely imputed to them, but in fact on account of their attacking the Antichristendom. These, it is thought, were patriarchs of the Fraticelli through Italy and France; of the Beghards and Beguines through Germany, the Netherlands, and so forth, who were condemned by John XXII because they spoke very freely against the Roman Church, as a synagogue of Satan, against the Pope, against the cardinals, against the prelates, against the law of celibacy, against the worship of the Sacrament, and against very many other matters besides — compare the collections of Baluze, Tom. I.
(3) Most of all, right-thinking theology has been defended and upheld — as we have already noted at length — by the Waldensians, in this century widely and broadly spread through France, the Netherlands, Germany, England, Italy, Bohemia, and the Illyrian lands, and the Allobroges, to such a degree that Spondanus testifies that under Pope Gregory XI the number of the heretical Waldensians had grown so great that they openly rebelled against the inquisitors. These have, both with their living voice and with their writings, exposed the Papal Antichristendom, likewise the abomination of desolation risen up in the temple, and the loosed Satan; with an open opposition to the Pope's primacy and supremacy, to the indulgences, and to the dispensations. On the contrary, having asserted and pressed the one sacrifice of Christ, they resisted the sacrifice of the Mass, transubstantiation, the worship of the host, the offices and duties of the Mass, the offerings for the dead, purgatory, and whatever else belongs to this class; then also the imposed and enjoined penances, satisfactions, confession, the last anointing, the law of celibacy, and whatever else of this kind there is; besides this, the reckless and rash excommunications of the prelates, the villainies, luxury, idleness, and so forth of the monks. Finally, they also detested all idolatry in the worship of creatures, of Mary, of the saints, images, relics, and so forth. This is the chief substance of the Wycliffite teaching, which the disputations and confessions held, published at Oxford and London, even at the time of the Synod, in 1382, in Spelman, Tom. II, likewise also the writings of which you have a sufficiently long register in Bale, Cent. VI — I shall not speak of the unpublished works lying hidden in the English libraries.
The history of Wycliffe.
Alongside the Waldensians there joined themselves, in defense of orthodoxy, the Hussites in Bohemia — the Calixtines, who pressed only for communion under both kinds, and, even more, the Taborites. (Compare Balthasar Lydius, Waldensia.) I shall now speak separately and point by point of the genuine and proper teaching of Wycliffe, which he drew not only from the Holy Scriptures but also from the British writers, Bede, Alcuin, Robert Grosseteste of Lincoln, John Bacon Thorpe, Richard Fitzralph of Armagh, William of Ockham, Thomas Bradwardine, and so forth. Hence he also had as his patrons Edward III, an excellent king, likewise all the nobles of the realm, bearing witness to this — even, otherwise most hostile and partisan against Wycliffe, Thomas Walsingham, Henry Knighton, Thomas Netter of Walden, and others. His teaching was carried forward through all the provinces of the kingdom, and all their districts and sects, so that everywhere it filled the world of the kingdom, as Knighton says — until Edward III, dying in the year 1378, Pope Gregory XI commanded that inquiry be made against Wycliffe, that he be taken personally captive, and shut up in prison; and thus he was to be handed over into the keeping of the bishops, yet was soon released, a hungry crowd of common people rushing into the chapel at Lambeth. After five years a new persecution was brought upon him, by William Courtenay, who, meaning to repay Urban VI with thanks for the pallium, held a synod at London, in which the conclusions (decisions) of Wycliffe, however they wished them, were condemned as heretical, and letters were obtained from King Richard II, by which bonds, imprisonments, and corporal punishments were decreed against all Wycliffites, by which also Wycliffe himself was driven into exile, having withdrawn to Bohemia; but at last, restored to his congregation at Lutterworth, he by a letter admonished and roused to steadfastness the Bohemians, and also Hus, whom he calls his very beloved brother, though unknown to him by sight, in the last year of his life, in 1387, in which he died a peaceful death, and was buried at Lutterworth — yet was dug up and burned, through the agency of Pope Martin V, and through the ministry of Richard Fleming, and of the bishop of Lincoln, the Pope's flatterers, at the Council of Constance, eight hundred heresies being falsely imputed to him, among which, for example, are: that every creature is God; that God can annihilate nothing; that He is sometimes forced to obey the evil spirit; that all things happen from an absolute necessity; that Christ consists of three natures.
The history of John Hus.
Let me add one word more, that you may have the beginning origins of the so happily-begun Bohemian Reformation, concerning John Hus, a most valiant witness and at the same time a defender of orthodox truth. The Waldensians had already gone before him as forerunners, likewise John Milíč, formerly a papal canon, and a preacher in the great church; and his colleague Konrad Waldhauser; and he who followed the footsteps of Milíč, Matthias of Janov, the Prague preacher, confessor to Charles IV, who, concerning the cup in the Supper, withheld from the people by the Pope, spoke plainly and openly, both by word and by pen, against the popish abuses, that they might be removed by a council. Perhaps Hus was also, when a fugitive, together with Wycliffe in Bohemia. At the least, he had been a professor at the Prague Academy, and at once also a preacher at the Bethlehem Chapel, finally, being rector of the Academy, he began to attack the errors of the Roman Church, and to press and defend evangelical purity, having gained a little afterward, as a fellow laborer, Jerome of Prague, who had returned from England to his fatherland, bringing with him the writings of Wycliffe, in the year 1400; likewise the Bohemian Jacobellus, a preacher of great renown, whom they say to have been the author of the doctrine of the cup under both kinds. When Hus, therefore, on behalf of Christ, against the Antichrist, stood and fought bravely — the Pope's supreme power, purgatory, prayers for the dead, the invocation of the saints, the worship of images, confession, communion under one kind only, the orders of the monks, and whatever else there is of this kind (of which Aeneas Sylvius, Hist., cap. XXXV, and also the writings of Hus themselves, speak) — he courageously attacked, he fell under the wrath of Pope Alexander V, in 1409. He withdrew from Prague, while meanwhile Jerome of Prague taught the Wycliffite doctrine in the school; he was summoned to Rome by Pope John XXIII, from whom Hus appealed to God and to Christ. Being further cited to appear at the Council of Constance, having obtained a safe-conduct from the Emperor Sigismund, and the pledged faith of Pope John being added to it, he went to Constance; here he was at once thrown into prison, against all the faith and law of nations; unheard, he was condemned to the flames, in 1415, with the added curse: "we give over your soul to the devils of hell." The same fate befell Jerome of Prague, except that he, driven by the harshness of imprisonment and by the flatteries of the papists, recanted, renounced his former teaching, and said that Hus was rightly burned — whereby he gained only a milder imprisonment; but, being drawn out of it again, brought once more before the Council, and accused on the articles, he soundly refuted what was charged against him, openly professed repentance, and confessed his old former faith; whereupon, being condemned to the stake, amid many mockeries, he was slowly consumed by a lingering fire, in 1416, according to the account of Poggio Bracciolini, secretary of the council, whose account is bound up in the Memoirs of Hus, Tom. II, p. 358, which is confirmed by Aeneas Sylvius, Hist. Bohem., cap. XXXVI. These things I have thought good to relate at somewhat greater length than usual, that you might see not only the doctrine of the Church of this age, but also might hear, as it were, the martyrs beneath the altar crying: how long dost thou not avenge our blood? — that is, longing for the so-near-at-hand Reformation, under which the heat of God's wrath should be poured out upon the throne of the Beast. Meanwhile that theology has, during this fifth age, by degrees through its centuries, been eminently corrupted and debased.
(A) Heathendom under the fifth age.
It is indeed true (A) that heathenism, although during this whole age it has at times, as it were, revived elsewhere, inflicted great slaughters and defeats upon the congregations — in the regions of Hungary, in the eleventh century, after the death of King Andrew, who, upon pain of death, had forbidden the heathen ceremonies, his successor Béla, at the desire of the common people, that their ceremonies and customs be restored, extorted this also with great cruelty against the preachers; but he was at once struck down by Béla — Baronius, Ao. 1066; likewise the apostatizing Slavs, in Helmold, cap. XXIV; also the Polish nobles, stirring up rebellions against the Christians, Calvisius, Chronologia, Ao. 1022 — yet it has made no new assaults upon Christianity itself, neither by writings nor by words.
(B) Judaism under the fifth age.
Nearly the same must be said (B) of Judaism, which, although it has at times given the Christians occasion for harsh and bitter persecutions, in the eleventh century, yet it is not recorded that it itself undertook and contrived any new efforts against the Christian religion. Indeed, their teachers, tossed about by many calamities and misfortunes, both domestic and foreign, Babylon having been destroyed and the Gaonate taken away, lost in the East, except that some of their studies migrated to Spain — Genebrard, Ao. 1030. In the twelfth century, various sects and schisms are also noted among them, likewise disputes and quarrels between the Rabbanites and Karaites; also some sorcerers, fortune-tellers, and false prophets, under the name of the Messiah, shamefully deceived the wretched people, but also received just punishments. Yet with their studies they have been of little hindrance to Christianity. For in the place of the now-abolished Gaonate, the Rabbinate came, through its ages, to take its place, being the highest rank and pinnacle of Jewish dignity; also the Talmudic disputations were zealously and eagerly pursued among them, the rabbis carrying on, with the Saracens and Christians with whom they lived together, common studies, from which in this century, in the writings of the Jews, so many theologians, expositors, refuters, Talmudists, Kabbalists, philosophers, and so forth, are cited and praised. Also the study of Oriental languages flourished among them, and moreover a diligence in increasing their libraries. But at last there arose among them so many poisonous quarrels and disputes that they pursued one another with anathemas or curses. See Hottinger, Historia Ecclesiastica, Sec. XII. And these things are found to have been carried on among them sufficiently in the thirteenth century as well, when some suddenly clung to their faithlessness, and sought to defend it with wonders, with martyrdoms, with a semblance of godliness, and also with disputations; while on the contrary the Christians destroyed the Talmudic writings, and wished to convert the Jews, which also succeeded in no small measure, among whom Lyra and a certain Josephus. Hottinger, Sec. XIII. In the fourteenth century they poured out their hatred against the Christians, and also experienced the same again from them, although they nevertheless at times felt more than common goodwill from the Christians. Also R. Isaac Sprott published a touchstone against the Christians. See Hottinger, on the fourteenth century.
(C) Muhammadanism under the fifth age.
Muhammadanism has made exceedingly great progress in this age. For in the eleventh century the Turks, under the king Arangolibes, subdued Babylon, Persia, Asia, and a great part of the East; after this they began to turn their forces toward the Constantinopolitan empire, to lay waste Asia, to press upon Byzantium, and, on account of the sloth and cowardice of Constantine Monomachus and of other Eastern emperors, to extend the borders of their empire, until they were restrained and curbed by the Christians' holy war (of which in its place). In the twelfth century, Muhammadanism first suffered indeed losses and setbacks through the holy war, by the victories of the Christians; but afterward, through the discords, sloth, and godlessness of the Christians among themselves, the Saracens, under Saladin, a prince renowned for many virtues, made up and repaired their losses and setbacks, and recovered what had been lost from the Christians — indeed, restored Jerusalem itself to their dominion and religion. In the thirteenth century they, through the Mamluks (who are now Christians bought from the sultans, who, having been forced to renounce their baptism, are trained and formed for military service), subjected Egypt to themselves, and showed their zeal in the defending and spreading of their religion. In the fourteenth century the Turks, under the Emperor Osman, having subjected the whole of Asia Minor, turned their weapons toward Europe, and finally brought the whole Eastern empire to ruin. The Sultan of Egypt had already long since recovered Palestine, and the whole of Syria, driving out the Tartars, who under Hasan or Chan had driven out the Saracens, and subjected the region. After this, a division of the Turkish empire having been made, a sevenfold rule arising, there fell to the lot of Osman, or Othman, Bithynia; soon also Phrygia, Galatia, Cappadocia, and Mysia were subjected by him, and everything that either the Greeks or the Turks had had in Pontus and in Asiatic Romania. Afterward, eight thousand Turks having been sent over into Thrace as far as the Danube, he harassed and attacked the lands of the Greeks, and thereby laid the foundations of the Turkish monarchy, in the year 1298; dying, he left the empire to his son Orhan in the year 1326, after Prusa had been conquered by Orhan and made the seat of the kingdom, after the laws of the kingdom had also been made, and the janissaries appointed, and Bithynia had been named Osmania after him, and his successors called Othomans, or Osmanids. After this, Orhan held the empire until the year 1358, having taken to wife Theodora, daughter of John Cantacuzenus. His son Murad, or Amurath, having intercepted various provinces, held authority and rule over the whole for thirty years; he was the first who adorned himself with the title of emperor, with the addition of "Majesty of the Ottoman Porte," and formed the janissary militia out of captives. After him Bayezid, called, on account of his wars, "the Lightning," daily added new conquests to the victories of Murad, from the year 1388 to the year 1396, upon whom, however, Timur put an end to the course of his conquests, who also, in the fifteenth century, gave him the punishments of his tyranny.
(D) The Papal Antichristendom under the fifth age.
The Papal Antichristendom, which had already so greatly increased under the eleventh century, that the author of the Bundle of the Ages says: "the effeminate age began with the year one thousand, in which the Christian faith greatly began to fail; neither the sacraments of Christendom, nor the ceremonies of the Church, were maintained; the priest was like the people," and so forth. Likewise William of Tyre: "in the West, and over almost the whole earth, especially among those who were called the faithful (subject to the Pope), faith had failed, and the fear of the Lord was taken away from their midst, righteousness had perished from among affairs," and so forth. Nor did the clergy differ from the people by a nobler life; as was the people, so was the priest. For the bishops had become negligent, dumb dogs, respecters of persons, not shunning the Simoniac heresy, defiled and spotted with the filth and stains of Gehazi, and so forth. These things, understood distinctly, are drawn from the sorcery, simony, and tyranny of the popes of this century against the emperors, kings, and princes; likewise from the unspeakable corruption of the clergy, which has already long since been pointed out with the finger in the lives of the popes; further, from the general superstition — in the necessity of satisfactions, of penances, of masses for the dead; besides this, in legacies for the buying-back of souls, in pilgrimages to the tomb, in the power of relics, in the "Marian Sabbath," in the use of unleavened bread in the Eucharist, in strings of prayer-beads, in the building of palaces, in the fingering of relics, and in a hundred such things more, which it would be endless to set forth one by one. Under the twelfth century all these things so continued and increased that men believed that now already the Antichrist either had been born, or would soon be born, according to the testimony of Baronius himself, on the year 106 (i.e. 1106), and that Joachim, abbot of Fiore, professed that he had already been born. These things appear even more clearly, distinctly, in the schisms of the antipopes, torn apart by strife; in the arrogance and pride of the popes, and in other marks of the Antichrist; in the general corruption of the clergy; in the Antichristian doctrine concerning the twofold papal monarchy; concerning the reading of Scripture, forbidden by Innocent III; concerning the intercession and worship of the saints; concerning the religious honoring of relics; concerning the traffickings of the indulgences, purgatory, transubstantiation, communion under one kind only, confession, the unmarried state of the clergy; further also in the general ignorance of the clergy; in the superstition of the princes and of the people; in the crimes and enormities in every rank, civil and ecclesiastical — so that now nothing more remained than the name of a Christian over a true heathenism. Not to speak of the wars, by which both worlds, the East and the West, were almost exhausted; so that Genebrard, Chronologia, Lib. IV, on Alexander III, not without reason says: "under this Alexander the whole then-Christian world was, through mutual wars, almost entirely dashed to pieces," and so forth. From all of which one may abundantly gather how, under the twelfth century, Christian theology had been debased. Under the thirteenth century the same things return, and with many additions, as in which transubstantiation, in the Lateran Council under Innocent III, in the year 1215, was confirmed by an ecclesiastical decree; and the papal decrees that followed, concerning the preservation of the Eucharist, the worshipping of the host, the institution of the feast of Corpus Christi; concerning the forbidding of the cup; concerning the immaculate conception of Mary, asserted by the Franciscans; concerning the rosaries; the psalter of the Blessed Virgin; the salutation of the Angel — which things were largely introduced by Dominic. To this was added a new gospel, called the Eternal Gospel, its author being either John of Parma, a Franciscan monk, or Cyril, a Carmelite monk — which Gospel was entirely aimed at showing that the barefoot preaching friars and their orders, institutions, and rules, that this Gospel was much more perfect than the Gospel of Christ, as being the eternal Gospel of the Holy Spirit. And lest it should serve as a prejudice and a source of hatred against those little brothers, Pope Alexander had that book secretly burned, if it could be done without offense to the brethren. See Matthew Paris, on the year 1253. I shall not speak of other monstrous errors of the monks, concerning the Trinity, the place of the blessed, the devils, angels, and so forth, on account of which the Academy of Paris condemned them. See Matthew Paris on the year 1243. I shall add nothing of the general corruption in the morals and discipline of the clergy and the monks, which under this century made very great increases. Finally, under the fourteenth century there arose, added to all the foregoing, new and very notorious pieces of papal tyranny — over heretics, kings, popes, and the Christian people (already touched upon with the finger, when we touched on the lives of the popes) — belonging to this Antichristendom.
(E) The heresies of the fifth age.
Through the centuries of the fifth age, under the eleventh century the heresy concerning transubstantiation, received in the eighth century, excluded in the following centuries, attained its full maturity in the disputations of Berengarius with his party. Berengarius was a native of Tours, an archdeacon of the church of Angers, a treasurer and scholasticus, according to the judgment of Platina outstanding in learning and holiness. He denied that the bread and the wine in the Holy Supper are changed into the body and blood of Christ; he held instead a sacramental presence of the body and blood of Christ in the signs — which position they call the "Sacramentarian" heresy. Against him he had as his most vigorous opponents chiefly the popes: Leo IX, under whom was held the Synod of Rome and of Vercelli; Victor II, under whom the Synod of Tours, under the president Hildebrand, in which Berengarius is said to have abjured his position, namely, being convinced by Lanfranc; Nicholas II, under whom a Roman council, in which he, seeing death as it were before his eyes, abjured his opinion; finally Gregory VII, under whom again various synods were held against the same man, in the years 1078 and 1079. They count three formulas of recantation, drawn up for him and extorted from him by force, of which the first two state: that the bread of the altar is, after the consecration, the true body of Christ — words which seemed to the advocates of transubstantiation to be deceptive, and they hold that the first formula stated: that the body of Christ can be tangibly touched, broken, and ground with the teeth — in Gratian, Canon Berengarius, Dist. II, De Consecratione. Here now arose matter for disputation: whether this happens in the sign, or in the accidents, or in Christ's body itself. Among the theologians he had as opponents Lanfranc, then abbot of Caen, afterward archbishop of Canterbury; likewise Ascelin, a Benedictine monk, who publicly disputed with him; further Alberic, deacon of Ostia (Hastings?), who published a book concerning the body of the Lord; then also Guitmund, from a monk made a cardinal, and whatever other such folk there are. On the contrary he found many defenders, and indeed nearly the whole of France, indeed also very many Italians and Englishmen, according to the testimony of Sigebert, William of Malmesbury, and Matthew of Paris, cited by Ussher, cap. VII, likewise Bruno, bishop of Angers. At least his last formula of recantation, extorted from him by force, he revoked under Gregory VI. At last he died, at peace and in godliness, in his solitary retreat, near Tours. After his death his followers have been called Berengarian, Sacramentarian, and afterward the Petrobrusian, Henrician, Albigensian heresy — while meanwhile very many everywhere in the Roman Church adhered to him. Under the twelfth century is noted the heresy of the Bogomils, widely and broadly spread in the East; its author was a certain Basil, by profession a physician, by dress a monk, according to the testimony of Euthymius Zigabenus, Panoplia, Tom. XXIII, and of Zonaras, Ath. XVIII. The chapters of his teaching are not given in one and the same way by all. It is certain among all: (1) that he put forward a great appearance of humility and holiness, from which his followers seem to have been named Bogomils, as it were "walking and conversing with God"; for Bog means, among the Slavs and Bulgarians, "God." (2) That he did not accept the books of Moses, and some others, as canonical, yet accepted the Ten Commandments, the prophetic books, the four Gospels, the Acts, and the writings of John. (3) That, concerning the incarnation of the Son of God, he did not think the same as the Church.
(4) That he spoke all too contemptuously of the sacraments, of baptism and of the Supper, and likewise of the public worship in the churches. (5) That he condemned the worship of the
images and of the cross, according to the testimony of Euthymius. The remaining articles, concerning the absolute denial of the Trinity, concerning a barbarous and corporeal God, concerning the veneration of devils, etc., appear to be doubtful and to have been invented and fabricated by petty Greeks.
Among the heresies of this century is also counted the heresy of Abelard and the Abelardians, its author being Peter Abelard, a very famous philosopher and theologian, whose heresy was condemned in the Councils of Soissons and Sens under Calixtus II and Innocent II. He is charged with: (1) that in the article of the Trinity he was of one mind with Arius, positing degrees in the Godhead. (2) In the article of the person of Christ, with Nestorius. (3) Concerning Christ's satisfaction, with Pelagius; also, that with him he exalted reason too far. These positions Bernard of Clairvaux charges him with. But these things do not seem to agree with the praises generally heaped upon him, nor with Abelard's own defense of himself in his letters. Hatred against him was increased by the fact that, concerning the Holy Supper, he held the same view as Berengarius. They ascribe to him repentance and recantation, but without witnesses. To Abelard is joined his disciple Arnold of Brescia, after whom his followers are called Arnaldists; he openly rebuked the tyranny, luxury, pride, and corruption of the Pope and of the clergy — for which he was burned.
Also common was the heresy of the Cathari (the pure ones), by a corrupted pronunciation "Cazari," whence "Ketzers" or heretics; perhaps remnants of the Manichees, among whom not a few Arians were mixed, with whom the Albigensians dwelt together, whence the latter's errors are held to have been derived from these, and they have been called Cathari and Publicans. (Ussher, De Successione, ch. VIII.) To these is added the heresy of the Adamites, so called on account of their unclean lust, which they practiced openly: its author was a certain Tanchelm, a priest of Antwerp; by another name it was called the heresy of the Lombards, among whom mothers, wives, and sons are said to have held all things in common between them. See on this the Magdeburg Centuriators, Genebrard, and Baronius on the year 1126, no. XII. Also counted among the heretics is Gilbert de la Porrée, Bishop of Poitiers, according to Trithemius a very learned man, who is thought not to have held sufficiently orthodox views concerning the Trinity — unless perhaps he was hated because he rejected human merits, according to the testimony of Otto of Freising, De Gestis Friderici Barbarossae, Book I, ch. 1. With more justice is counted among the heretics a certain Eudo, or Eon, a Breton, a fool and a madman, who said that he was the Christ and that he would come to judgment: he was condemned in the Council of Rheims. See Baronius and others.
Among the heresies you will not without reason also count Scholastic Theology, or the philosophical kind, which corrupted orthodox theology no less than any equal heresy. Its author was Peter Lombard, a Bishop of Paris, who from the year 1159, following John of Damascus's De Orthodoxa Fide (Of the Orthodox Faith), published four Books of Sentences (sententiarum). That work has been charged by various people with various heresies, also by Alexander III. Hence in the Parisian Council his error was condemned concerning the humanity of Christ, likewise that he had departed in other articles of faith from the Catholic (universal, orthodox) Church. Afterward, however, that work was established in the schools not without its own commentary at the very least, so accompanied, whence there exist whole wagon-loads of commentaries written upon it. Purer and sounder, however, was its first period, up to Albert the Great, who mixed philosophy into the Sentences of the Fathers which Lombard had gathered together; whom Thomas Aquinas followed, a disciple of Albert who surpassed his master.
With Scholastic Theology we shall join Canon Law, whose founder was Gratian, a Tuscan monk, who compiled the Decretum (the settled matter), being the first part of canon law, whereby the decrees of the Councils, the sayings of the Fathers, the decisions and enactments of the Roman Popes, and certain civil laws were brought together in summary form, under certain fixed titles, by distinctions, causes, and questions. This was confirmed and strengthened by Eugenius III, and the more willingly since the Justinian law had by then come to light, doing damage in many points to the cause of the Pope — concerning which my very famous brother Gerhard van Mastricht has more to say in his History of Canon Law. To Gratian's Decretum were afterward added, by order of Gregory IX, five Books of Decretals (rulings), gathered in order from the previous collections of papal enactments, around the year 1230, by Raymond of Peñafort, of the order of the Preachers: and these books make up the second part of canon law. Afterward a sixth Book of Decretals was added by Boniface VIII, out of the very latest enactments of the following Popes; then also the Clementines, brought together by order of Clement V; finally also the Extravagants, both the particular ones of John XXII and the common ones of other Popes, gathered together by their own particular zeal: to these are added glosses (further explanations), both of the words and of the matters. That we may add nothing more, concerning the Rules of the Chancery, and of the Roman Rota, likewise the Bullarium.
Among the heresies of the thirteenth century there arise scarcely any of a genuinely new character, except that all who spoke against the papal tyranny, errors, and superstitions were branded with the mark of heresy. Thus, for example, William of Saint-Amour, on account of his book Of the Dangers of the Last Times, which he wrote against the monks' "Eternal Gospel" and against other Antichristian corruptions, was called a heretic and condemned; thus Joachim, a Florentine abbot, rebuking the idle and empty subtleties of Lombard in the article of the Trinity, was a heretic; likewise also Amalric, a cleric of Paris, because he denied, with his followers, the physical presence of Christ's body in the Supper, taught the certainty of salvation, and disapproved of the religious veneration and worship of the Saints and images; as well as Arnald of Villanova, a Spaniard, because he wrote against the papal tyranny, luxury, and excess of the clergy, etc.; indeed also Bishop William of Auvergne, and Bishop Stephen Tempier, on account of the vain and useless subtleties of the Scholastics badly introduced into theology — though not for that reason immediately heretics. Perhaps too the remnants of the Nicolaitans, Gnostics, Manichees, Cathari, Arians, planted elsewhere, which we do not deny may rightly be called heretical and condemned. But that the Albigensians, Waldensians, Wycliffites, and Hussites be with any right placed on the roll of heretics, we have long since denied.
Among the heresies of the thirteenth century are noted: (1) The Beghards, active throughout the Netherlands, together with their leaders James Justus, Bononatus, and Bertholdus of Borbach, holding: (1) That man is able in this life, of himself, to attain the highest blessedness. (2) That the rational nature is blessed by its own nature, not by a supernatural grace. (3) That whatever the desire is that nature drives man to, it is not sinful. (4) That man, once set in the spirit of liberty, need not submit himself to any human obedience. (5) That he need neither fast nor pray. (6) That it is the work of an imperfect man to exercise himself in virtues and do good works. (7) That a man can attain such perfection that he can advance no further. (8) That at the elevation of the eucharistic host, no one need show it reverence. To which propositions Bertholdus is said to have added (9) that Christ, on the cross, doubted His own salvation. (Bzovius ad An. 1310, sect. III; Gualtherius, p. 702; Genebrard, p. 692.) (II) The Beguines, who said that they could live honorably and religiously without being bound by any vows, and without giving up their temporal goods. (Gualterus, p. 703.) (III) The Beguins, who persuaded themselves that those are of Evangelical perfection who have nothing in common; that the Pope cannot dispense from the rule of St. Francis, nor permit the Minorite brothers to pass over to another order; that the Pope cannot in any case dispense in a simple and absolute vow; that there lies on them no necessity to answer the Inquisitors, except only regarding the articles of the faith and of the sacraments. (IV) The Lollards, whom some claim to have their origin from the Wycliffites, while others distinguish them from these (Bzovius ad An. 1389, sect. IX); others hold that they existed even before Wycliffe, and were named after a certain Lollard Walter, who is said to have been burned at Cologne in the year 1321. They are said to have taught that Lucifer was unjustly cast out of heaven, and that he will one day be restored again; that Michael and all the angels are appointed to eternal punishment; that the blessed Virgin, after giving birth, ceased to be a virgin; that whatever wicked deeds are committed underground are invisible to the eyes of God, or at least escape His avenging hand. (Gualt., Genebr.) (V) The Turlupins or Cynics, who are said to have taught that no one should be ashamed of what he received by nature; that one ought not pray with the voice but only with the heart, and with that liberty which is not subject to the laws of decency. (Gualt., Genebr.)
Genebrard, p. 692, also counts among the heretics (VI) the Templars, of whom in their place. And besides these, (VII) the Wycliffites and Wycliffe himself, to whom Thomas of Walsingham, in Bzovius (Ann. 1377, sect. V), ascribes: (1) That the Eucharist, after consecration, is not the true body of Christ, but a figure of it. (2) That the Church of Rome is not the head of all the Churches, and that no greater power was given by Christ to Peter than to any other Apostle. (3) That the Roman Pope has no greater power over the leaders of the Church than any other priest. (4) That the temporal lords may lawfully and meritoriously take away the goods of fortune from an offending church. (5) That the Gospel is sufficient to rule every Christian in this life, and that all other rules of the saints, under whose observance various religious orders live, add no more perfection to the Gospel than whitewash adds to a wall. Fuller and more extensive treatment of these matters may be found in the same Bzovius, ad An. 1352, sect. 15, and 1385, sect. 16. From among our own, Illyricus has given a summary of Wycliffite doctrine in his Catalogus Testium Veritatis, Book XVIII. They ascribe to Wycliffe more than two hundred books, drawn up by himself, of which Bale (Cent. VI) has a catalogue. They also wrongly and mistakenly count (VIII) the Waldensians among the heretics, of whom elsewhere. Besides these they bring very many particular persons onto the list of heretics — for example, John de Poliaco, a doctor of Paris; Bartholomew of Genoa; Barlaam and Acindynus; Michael of Cesena; William of Ockham; Peter de Cugneriis; Richard FitzRalph of Armagh; Peter John [Olivi], of whom it is not important to say more.
XXXVII. The State of the Church under the Fifth Age
There follows, therefore, the state of the Church under the fifth age of the New Testament, through its centuries, and along with it:
(I) The Propagation of the Church
which, under this age, was sparser — save that Stephen, King of Hungary, turned from heathen idolatry and took on the Christian name; his wife Gisela, daughter of the Emperor Henry, having long already been a Christian, contributed a great deal to this, both by her own devotion and by that of her subjects. That the turning of Stephen from idolatry, and his favor toward the Pope, is owing to his own devout disposition, compare Baronius. He is even inscribed among the saints. Also in this century Spain was rescued from the Saracens and restored to Christian kings, by the valor of Ferdinand I, or the Great, in the year 1065; since which year Gregory arrived at such rashness and presumption that he wished, through his envoys, that Spain should be made tributary to him — both because it had belonged to Saracen possession by the very right of St. Peter, and because power had been given by the Popes to princes to deliver it from the Saracens. See Baronius on the year 1063, no. XXXII and following.
Among the twelfth-century converts, the name of Christ was accepted by the people of Pomerania, through the effort and help of Otto, Bishop of Bamberg — the land having already long before been subdued by Boleslaus I, King of Poland, in the year 1124; then also the Livonians, converted through the effort of merchants of Lübeck, Meinhard being Bishop of Riga; further, the Norwegians, through the effort of the papal legate Nicholas Breakspear, cardinal, afterward Hadrian IV; likewise the Finns, subdued by the arms of Erik, King of the Swedes (commonly called the Saint, on account of his generosity toward the clergy), in the year 1050; also the Rugians, likewise subdued by the war of the Danes — to which is added the conversion of Magnus, King of the Goths. See Krantz in his Vandalian writings, and others.
In the thirteenth century, partly by force and violence of arms, partly also by the artifices of the Roman court, seeking to extend its Monarchy, some barbarians accepted, at least outwardly, the Christian name; among them the heathen Prussians, converted by the Cross-bearers, or the soldiers of the Teutonic Order, under Emperor Frederick II — whence Marienburg in Prussia is the seat of the Teutonic Order. See Krantz, Nauclerus, and others. The same Christian name was accepted by the Tartars, a Scythian nation, otherwise called Mongols, stretching to the farthest East, through Duke Genghis Khan, according to the Armenian Hayton, Vincent of Beauvais, and others in their chronicles — although they are so much at variance with one another in the details that the whole history is by others thought doubtful; further, some Jews accepted the Christian name, some by compulsion, others voluntarily, among whom is Nicholas of Lyra, an interpreter of the Bible, a Minorite monk. Under the fourteenth century, scarcely any propagation of the Church is recorded — no, rather, on the contrary, it was crucified and oppressed by the Tartars, Saracens, and Curds, who (the Turks) under Emperor Ottoman subdued the whole of Lesser Asia, and having desolated the churches there, carried their arms forward even into Europe, so that soon they would bring the entire East and all its churches under their yoke.
(II) The Propagators, or Founders and Builders, of the Church — the Ecclesiastical Writers
have of old been the ecclesiastical writers; nor have these, under this age, contributed much to that end — nevertheless it will be useful to mention them. Besides the Scholastics, of whom we shall not speak at length here, the foremost in the East, in the eleventh century, were — after Theophylact and Oecumenius, Simeon Metaphrastes and others long since mentioned under the preceding age — George Cedrenus, under Isaac Comnenus, a writer of a historical epitome, published in two volumes in the Byzantine corpus, in some measure too credulous and too superstitious in matters of images, relics, and the veneration of Mary; from the creation of the world down almost to the year 1060, being largely an excerptor and abridger of George Syncellus and Theophanes, though not with an equally fortunate judgment; Michael Psellus, under Constantine Monomachus, down to the last days of Nicephorus Botaniates, or to the year 1081 — see his theological, philosophical, and mathematical writings, partly unpublished, in Leo Allatius, Lambecius, and others; John Scylitzes, from a Drungary a Curopalates, a contemporary of Cedrenus, writer of a history from the death of Nicephorus the Logothete to the end of Nicephorus Botaniates, or to the year 1081 — his writings are mostly read within Cedrenus and Scylitzes, most supposing that Cedrenus was a plagiarist; before him lived Nilus, surnamed Doxopatres, an archimandrite, who wrote a treatise on the five Patriarchal Thrones, addressed to Roger, King of Sicily; he was a defender of the cause of the Greeks against the Latins; Michael Cerularius, Leo of Ohrid, Peter of Antioch; John Xiphilinus, Patriarch of Constantinople under Constantine and Michael Ducas — to him is ascribed, besides an epitome of the books of Dio Cassius, homilies on the Sunday readings, and other writings besides; George Palamas, most fervent against the Latins, more truthfully to be brought down to the fourteenth century. Samuel of Morocco wrote in the year 1070 concerning the coming of the Messiah, which book, translated from Arabic, is to be found in the Library of the Fathers of Paris, Tom. IV.
In the West, most wrote scarcely anything but the lives of the saints, whom Rome has honored in this and the preceding century — for example, of St. Ulrich of Augsburg; of St. Ansgar of Hamburg; of St. Odo, Abbot of Cluny; of St. Abbo of Fleury; of St. Maiolus of Cluny; of Emperor St. Henry II; of St. Edmund, King of England; of St. Oswald, King of Northumberland; of St. Dunstan of Canterbury; of St. Emmeram of Regensburg; of St. Bernward of Hildesheim; and of other writers, mostly obscure monks, in Bale, Pits, Bellarmine, and others. To these add Rodulfus Glaber, writer of a history from the end of the tenth century to the year 1045; Thietmar, Bishop of Merseburg, who wrote seven Books of Chronicles, greatly renowned and praised by Baronius because he wrote in the most superstitious of times; Hermann the Cripple (Contractus), a monk of Reichenau of great learning, writer of a brief chronicle from Adam down to the year 1054; Berthold, an elder of Constance, a continuator of Hermann down to the year 1083; Ademar, a French monk, who wrote a chronicle from the beginning of the French monarchy down to the year 1029, in which time also lived Adhemar, a monk of France, who wrote of affairs from the creation of the world down to the year 1033. Also well known are Lambert of Hersfeld, a monk of Schaffnaburg, who wrote the history of Germany down to the year 1078; Marianus Scotus, a monk of Fulda, afterward of Mainz, who wrote a chronicle from the creation of the world down to the year 1083; Adam, a canon of Bremen, who faithfully described the affairs of the Nordic churches. Sigebert of Gembloux, a man of incomparable understanding, continued the chronicle down to the year 1112 — greatly hated by Baronius and his followers.
To these come, among the writers of Norman affairs, Geoffrey Malaterra, William of Apulia, and others; and also, in the matter of Berengarius, very many writings — namely of Berengarius himself, and of his opponents; of Lanfranc, an archbishop of Canterbury; of Anselm, very renowned through many writings; of Durand, Abbot of Troarn, who wrote of the Body and Blood of Christ; Deodwin of Liège, on the same subject; Guitmund, from a monk made cardinal, on the truth of Christ's Body and Blood in the Supper; Alger of Liège, who wrote books of the same import. More justly to be mentioned is Adelmann, from a schoolmaster of Liège a Bishop of Brescia — he wrote a letter to Berengarius on the truth of the Body and Blood of Christ. In the matter of Henry IV, Cardinal Benno, on the life and deeds of Hildebrand, passed over by Baronius, Bellarmine, and others. In the matter of the canons and customs of the Church, Anselm, a Bishop of Lucca; Deusdedit, a cardinal elder; and Ivo of Chartres have gathered the canons together into a collection. See my very renowned brother Gerhard van Mastricht in his History of Canon Law. Nor should Fulbert, Bishop of Chartres, teacher of Berengarius, be passed over, who published letters, in the third volume of the Library of the Fathers; Peter Damian, from a monk a cardinal Bishop of Ostia; Humbert, a cardinal, whose writings are found in the fourth volume of the Fathers.
Among the twelfth-century ecclesiastical writers, both in the West and in the East, among the Latins the majority were monks, or abbots, or prelates, of whom catalogues are to be found in Trithemius, Bale, Possevino, the Magdeburg Centuriators, and others. Some of them treat theological and moral matters, others histories, others the ecclesiastical canons and enactments, others the legends of the saints, others are ascribed to heretics. To represent each of these individually the brevity of our summary does not allow; nevertheless mention must be made of Rupert of Deutz, an interpreter of the Scriptures, a learned man, favoring transubstantiation; Peter the Venerable, Abbot of Cluny, called venerable for his learning and character, in his letters an upright censor of the corruption of the Popes and clergy; Bernard, from a Cistercian monk an abbot of Clairvaux, a teacher of Eugenius III, shining as a torch in the darkness of the papacy, much occupied in expounding Scripture, elevated in his meditations, excelling in the doctrine of grace, exceedingly severe in accusing the whole clergy and various superstitions — yet a little credulous, especially in the matter of Abelard, and also superstitious, according to the custom of monkery and of the times; in Baronius, on the year 1153, a founder of 160 monasteries, canonized by Alexander III. Hugh of St. Victor, a Victorine monk, a follower of Augustine, an interpreter of the Scriptures; Peter, a native of Blois, under Alexander III, of whom various writings survive, and among them also letters, in which he pierces through, with an elevated style, the Babylon of his own time and its corruption; John of Salisbury, a Bishop of Chartres, familiar with Hadrian IV, has in his Polycraticus throughout rebuked outstandingly the tyranny of the Pope and the clergy; Joachim, a Cistercian abbot, whom Baronius, because he wrote much against the Popes and the Antichristianism of the see, calls a false prophet. I would speak of Peter the Chanter, a Parisian, whose Summae on the Scriptures are mentioned; of Peter the Publican; of Anselm of Havelberg; of Ernulf, Bishop of Rochester; of Peter of Poitiers; and of others.
In history there flourished Otto of Freising, a bishop born of the daughter of Emperor Henry IV, an excellent and upright writer of ancient affairs, writer of the deeds of Frederick Barbarossa, hated by Baronius and by the papal servants; Florence of Worcester, a monk, in his chronicle having followed Sigebert, down to the year 1118. Among English writers are William of Malmesbury, a Benedictine monk, an excellent historical writer according to Bale and Ussher; likewise Simeon of Durham, Geoffrey of St Asaph, Roger of Howden, Henry of Huntingdon, and others. To these add the writers of the Holy War — for example, William, Archbishop of Tyre, on the Acts of God through the Franks. The Slavic affairs were written by Helmold, an elder, originally from the time of Charlemagne. The Norman affairs were written by William of Jumièges, a monk; the Bohemian affairs, Cosmas of Prague; the lives of the saints of the preceding centuries — for example, of Hugh of Cluny, of Hugh of Grenoble, of Anselm of Canterbury, of Thomas of Canterbury, of Bernard of Clairvaux, etc. — have been written by the most superstitious monks, found everywhere in Surius, Baronius, and others, nearly innumerable.
In the East, the cause of the Greeks against the Latins was defended especially by John Zonaras, a monk, writer of the Annals, from the creation of the world down to Alexius Comnenus; Euthymius Zigabenus, a monk, wrote an entire armory against the heresies, and other writings against the Latins; Eustathius, a metropolitan bishop of Thessalonica, a learned man, wrote on Homer and on Dionysius Periegetes; contemporary with him was John Tzetzes, a renowned scholiast; Theodore Balsamon, Patriarch of Antioch, known by his interpretation of all the canons, but hated by Baronius and other Latins; Michael Glycas, a Sicilian, wrote the Greek history from the creation of the world. Anna Comnena, daughter of the Emperor Alexius Comnenus, wrote of the deeds of her father, in fifteen books; John Cinnamus, a continuator of the former down to Alexius Comnenus the younger; Constantine Harmenopoulos, a judge, of whom various writings survive; Arsenius, a monk whose writings Leunclavius published.
In the thirteenth century there wrote, in the West, besides the Scholastics, Sentence-writers, Summists, and Glossators, on whom we must here pass by: Conrad of Lichtenau, Abbot of the monastery of Ursberg, wrote the history from Belus, first King of the Assyrians, down to Frederick II, that is, to the year 1229. Matthew Paris, or of Paris, a monk of St. Albans, wrote the English history from William the Conqueror down to the third year of Henry, or to the year of the world 1259, upright and forthright in describing the corrupt condition of the Roman court. Martin of Poland (Martinus Polonus), so called either from his homeland, or from his archbishopric of Gniezno, wrote a chronicle down to his own times, that is, to the year 1285, in which he faithfully continued the affairs of the Emperors and Popes. Jacob of Voragine, from a monk an archbishop of Genoa, wrote the Lombard History, or the Golden Legend, which is also called the Mirror of the Saints, over which the more learned of the papists are ashamed; he is also said to have translated the Bible into Italian; he has also added a golden book of Mary. Vincent of Beauvais, a Burgundian monk, writer of a fourfold Mirror — a doctrinal, a historical, a natural, and a moral mirror — very superstitious. Albert of Stade, a native of Bamberg, perhaps the same as Albert Krantz, who wrote a Metropolis, containing an ecclesiastical history, likewise a Saxon and a Vandalian history, an upright writer. Marco Polo the Venetian faithfully and honestly described the affairs of the East, from the year 1272. Hayton the Armenian, a monk, wrote of the affairs of the Tartars, though on his own monkish credibility. Alfonso X, King of Castile, wrote the Alfonsine Tables, from the year 1252. Robert of Sorbon, a canon of Paris, scarcely worth mentioning except that the Sorbonne College takes its name from him. Raymond Lull, a Catalan, killed by the Saracens in Africa, by some accounted a most enlightened teacher, by others a heretic, wrote of the Lullian Art, for teaching all things by certain names, characters, and figures. Raymond Martini, a Catalan, likewise very learned in Hebrew and Arabic, wrote the Pugio Fidei (Dagger of the Faith) against the Jews and Moors, which Peter Galatinus compiled together in his Arcana Catholicae Veritatis. We pass over the writers of Spanish, French, English, German, and Jerusalem affairs, which are found everywhere: as Sylvester, Giraldus, Gervase of Tilbury and of Canterbury, Rodrigo Ximénez, Lucas of Tuy, William of Nangis, Jacques de Vitry, Burchard, and very many others besides.
In the East there flourished in this century Nicetas Choniates, who wrote the Annals from the death of Alexius Comnenus, or from the year 1118, down to the taking of Constantinople by the Latins, or to the year 1204; he wrote also a Treasury of the Orthodox Faith, still to this day unpublished. George Acropolites, a great orator, an envoy of Emperor Michael at the Council of Lyon, wrote a history from the taking of Constantinople by the Latins to its recovery under Michael Palaeologus, A.D. 1261. George Pachymeres, a lawyer, under Michael Palaeologus a keeper of the law, wrote a history of affairs under Theodore Lascaris and Michael Palaeologus. John Beccus, Patriarch of Constantinople, having long struggled over concord with the Latins, at last wrote in favor of concord and unity with the Latins. Writers against the Latins were, for example, Theodore Lascaris the younger; Germanus II; George of Cyprus, Arsenius, Patriarchs of Constantinople; likewise George Moschampar, James Jasites, Constantine Acropolites, son of George — to have brought these down to this present century will be enough.
In the fourteenth century there wrote, in the West, Marsilius of Padua, who published The Defender of Peace in the year 1324, dedicated to Louis of Bavaria, on which account he was listed among the heretics by John XXII. Francis Petrarch, a Florentine, a canon of Padua, a very learned man, wrote On the Contempt of the World, On True Wisdom, meditations on the Penitential Psalms, also familiar letters, largely unpublished; with a satirical and pointed pen he lashes through the Roman and Avignonese Babylon. Hubert de Casale, a monk well versed in Scripture, according to Trithemius wrote on the seven states of the Church and on its Reformation, and other things against the Roman see, for which he was charged with heresy and condemned by John XXII. John Tauler, a Dominican monk, known for sermons and other practical writings composed in German, a most distinguished witness of the truth in very many articles. William of Ockham, a Minorite monk, a father of the Nominalists among the Scholastics, an opponent of Scotus and of Pope John XXII, wrote against the latter's Decretals on a twofold matter — namely, concerning the absolute poverty of Christ and of the Apostles, and hence of the Minorite order; and also concerning papal and civil power, on behalf of Emperor Louis, to whom he fled with his companions for safety from the thunderbolts of Pope John. See Goldast, On the Monarchy of the Roman Empire, Tom. III. Michael of Cesena, Minister General of the Franciscan order, published various commentaries on Scripture, throughout accusing the Roman Antichristianism and the heresy of John XXII, for which he was condemned by him for heresy. John of Paris, of the Dominican order, a doctor of Paris, worthy of mention for a twofold reason: because in his book on royal and papal power he defends the rights of princes against the Pope; and because in his commentaries on the Books of Sentences, in place of Transubstantiation, he maintains Consubstantiation. He was also a continuator of the chronicle of Martinus Polonus down to the year 1304. Bale, moreover, relates at the end of Century IV that he wrote of the Antichrist. Nicholas of Lyra, from a Jew a Christian, and a Minorite, wrote Postils on the entire Bible.
Thomas Bradwardine, an Englishman, from a scholar of Oxford a confessor of Edward III, likewise chancellor and Archbishop of Canterbury — he died in the year 1350 — a great defender of grace, and of gracious predestination and justification, against the Pelagians of his century; he wrote books on the Cause of God. Peter d'Ailly, Bishop of Cambrai and afterward cardinal, almoner and confessor of Charles VI, King of France, wrote on the reform of the Church from papal corruptions; he asserted the perfection of Holy Scripture, in a published book entitled Indication of Scripture. Likewise Illyricus, in his catalogue. Other monk-writers, promoting the cause of the Popes, or also historical writers, we bring only down to this present century, among whom are William of Nangis; Albert of Strasbourg; John de Beka, a canon of Utrecht; John Froissart; John of Winterthur, a Minorite; Henry Knighton, an English canon; Simeon Metaphrastes wrote fabulous legends concerning the lives of the saints. To these come the writers on the ceremonies of the Roman Church: James Cajetan, a cardinal; and Peter Amelii, Bishop of Senigallia — that from them you might learn the ceremonies of the Roman Church, in the consecrations of Popes, bishops, and kings; in the canonization of saints; the idolatry at the feasts; that also in this century communion was administered under both kinds, etc.
In the East there wrote Nicephorus Callistus, who wrote a history of the Church in eighteen Books, often with a Greek bias; Theodore Metochites, a great Logothete, under Andronicus the elder — he is said to have written much, most of it unpublished, and among it a sacred history; Nicephorus Gregoras described the Roman history not without elegance; John Cantacuzenus, from a great domestic officer of Andronicus the younger, a protector of his sons, soon after emperor, then a monk, almost the chief of the historical writers of this century — he wrote four Books of Histories.
(III) The State of Ecclesiastical Government
To the propagation and building up of the Church, nothing has been advantageous; rather, the state of ecclesiastical government has, under this fifth age, been much the same detriment as under the preceding age. Only that, along with the more and more increasing papal tyranny, there has been added (1) the dignity of the Cardinalate. Already under the eighth and ninth centuries one has heard of cardinals; but they were not then in authority much above the bishops, according to Genebrard in the ninth Book of his review; but under this eleventh century they received that dignity whereby they now, as Cardines Mundi — hinges or pivots of the world, or of the Pope, as the pivot on which all else turns — might attach and cling more closely and intimately. The first instance of this is under John XVIII, when he sent one of the cardinals to France, who, according to the testimony of Glaber, having assumed the dignity and authority of the Roman Pope, was to perform the affairs there; then under Benedict IX, when the envoys of the Bohemians requested that cardinals might be sent to them; then under Leo IX, under whom one reads that the first prince of the century became a cardinal, namely, Frederick, son of the Duke of Lorraine; besides this, under Nicholas II, in the Council of the Lateran, A.D. 1059, it was established that the election of a Roman Pope should lie in the power of the cardinal bishops, who would then take to themselves the cardinal clergy; further the clergy and the people, but these only for consent to a new election. Although a little before this the Romans had sworn to Emperor Henry that they would elect or consecrate no Pope except according to the judgment and pleasure of the prince — moreover, under Alexander II and Gregory VII this right was confirmed to the cardinals, and they have now begun to be held as colleagues and helpers of the Pope, and, as it were, his eyes, torches, candlesticks, to be compared with the four eyes of one stone; yet up to now the cardinal priests and deacons had not been admitted to this fellowship. After this they also began to hold embassies; but they are said to have been called envoys not a latere for nothing.
There are (2) added new orders of monks, born rather to smother the Church than to advance and build it up. Such are: (a) the order of the Humiliati, so called because, having been brought from Italy into Germany by Frederick Barbarossa, and, out of grief for a long exile, broken in spirit, dressed in white, they sought leave of the Emperor, and having obtained it, withdrew into a monastery under the rule of Benedict, in which the men lived separated from the women — this happened in the year 1017. (b) The Fasting Brethren, A.D. 1030. They pretended that it had been revealed to them from God that they must keep a fast of bread and water every Saturday of the week. (c) The Order of the Shadowy Valley, named after the shady valley of that name between Camaldoli and Florence, instituted by the Florentine John Gualbert in the year 1030. (d) The Grandmontines (Great-mountaineers), an order, according to the rule of Benedict, instituted by a certain Stephen on a certain mountain of Aquitaine, thick with forests — said to be so named because a heavenly voice twice ordered a certain brother to go to a great mountain and there practice religion, A.D. 1076. (e) The Carthusians, an order named after the Chartreux forest near Grenoble, instituted by the Cologne native Bruno, a canon of Reims, professor of philosophy at Paris; because his deceased fellow-canon, when he was being carried out for burial, raising himself up, is said to have cried out with a mournful lament: "By God's righteous judgment I am accused and condemned" — which, however, the papist John Launoy holds to be a fable; this order arose in the year 1080. (Hospinian, De Monachis, Book V.) (f) The Cistercians, so called after a place in Burgundy bearing the name of Cîteaux, came into being in the year 1098 through the founder Abbot Robert, who, when he with thirty brothers saw the wantonness of the rest, fled from it, and chose a stricter life under the rule of Benedict — also called "Grey" from their dress; and these were afterward, following Bernard, first prior, afterward Abbot of Clairvaux, named Bernardines, above the other orders in Europe of the greatest dignity and wealth; they also say that they are exempt from the jurisdiction of the bishops. (g) The order of the regular canons, distinguished from the secular ones, distinguish themselves by a black mantle and hood: over the right of precedence they have recently contended very fiercely with the Benedictines.
In the twelfth century (1) the Cistercians had grown so strong that already by the year 1155, according to Matthew of Paris, they numbered as many as five hundred abbeys. (2) The Premonstratensians arose in the year 1120 (after the Templars had already arisen in the year 1100, of whom presently), named after the place Prémontré (foreshown), in the Coucy forest of the diocese of Laon, their author being Norbert, under the rule of Augustine, with a white habit, pretending revelations to that end, in Surius and others. (3) Military and knightly orders, Jerusalem now being taken by the Latins, where the first order was that of the Hospitallers, at the tomb of the Lord, a hospital having been founded by Amalfitan merchants, in order to receive and care for strangers and the plundered, and to defend and protect them against the Saracens, with an adjoined oratory dedicated to John the Almoner (not the Evangelist) — whence these Knights are called Hospitallers, wearing white garments marked with a cross; but those who served the sick, especially the lepers, were called the Knights of St. Lazarus. And these advanced, from such humble beginnings, at once to almost royal power, through arms and gifts, under the masters of the war divided into seven orders, and again into Priests, Knights, and serving brothers; they were afterward called Rhodian Soldiers, and finally Knights of Malta, from their dwelling place. (IV) This order was imitated and followed by the order of the Teutonic Knights, named after a certain German nobleman, who founded a hospital at Jerusalem, and at once added a chapel there, dedicated to the blessed Virgin; which order, driven from Jerusalem, moved to Prussia. Upon this there followed at once in Spain, under Alexander III, the order of the Brothers of St. James, under the rule of St. Augustine; likewise the order of the Soldiers of the art of Calatrava, instituted by Abbot Raymond in Navarre, of which John of Mariana in his Spanish affairs. After this arose (V) the mendicant order of the Carmelites, named after Mount Carmel, in the year 1160, gathered together by Aimery, Patriarch of Antioch, who claimed as founder of their observance Elijah or Elisha, afterward John the Baptist; and they spoke of the immaculate conception of the blessed Mary: to this were added various apparitions of the blessed Virgin, through which the scapular of their order is said to have been instituted. The remaining mendicant orders — the Dominicans, the Minorites, and the Augustinian Hermits — belong to the following century. Further (VI) the Templars, to be placed first according to the time of their rise, or brothers of the warfare of the Temple, so named from the place, because they dwelt by the Lord's Temple, in order to protect strangers against the attack of the Saracens and Turks; their habit is white with a red cross; their order was confirmed in the Council of Troyes, A.D. 1128, and was to be extirpated in the fourteenth century. Finally there were added (VII) the Sacconi, or Good Brothers, A.D. 1190.
In the thirteenth century arose a host of monks — namely, (1) the Dominicans, otherwise the Preachers, so called because they preached especially against the Albigensians; also called Jacobites, from their gathering-place in the suburb of Paris dedicated to St. James; likewise brothers of the blessed Mary, for their utmost reverence toward her. Their founder was Dominic Guzman, a Spaniard, of a nature not so much learned as bloodthirsty; under the rule at first of Augustine, to which afterward new institutions were added — for example, of begging, abstinence from meat, silence, fasting; they wear a white habit, over it a black mantle with a hood. They also formed soldiers out of their order to pursue the Albigensians, and to appropriate their goods for the Church. They added to themselves the office of the Inquisition, which was to be peculiarly their own, and besides this the Rosary of the blessed Virgin, with fabricated revelations of her. From these were chosen the Masters of the Sacred Palace, confessors at the courts. Their increase was so great that Sabellicus already in his own time counted 4,141 colleges of them. It was openly written in the churches, under the image of Paul: per hunc itur ad Christum — that is, through this one, men go to Christ; but under the image of Dominic: sed facilius per istum — that is, but more easily and readily through this one; they have everywhere carried out terrible slaughters among the Albigensians; they arose in the year 1205. (2) The Minorites, or cord- and rope-wearers, arose scarcely before the year 1208, under the founder Francis of Assisi, whom they call the exemplary (typical) Jesus; likewise also the Angel having the seal of the living God; further Christ's Chancellor and standard-bearer, though wholly unlearned in the Holy Scriptures. Their rule is a poor, coarse habit, a coat without shoes, a rope in place of a girdle; sustenance from mere alms, or from the labor of their hands; utmost poverty; long fasting. Their families are counted by Hospinian, De Monachis, Book VI, chapters 12 to 15, distinguished and divided into brothers of the Observance and the Conventuals, the Minims, the Capuchins, etc. — of Observance, of Community, of the Least, Capuchins, etc. They set their Francis above John the Baptist himself, and above all the Apostles. By tricks and deceptions they became so powerful that their General at a certain time promised three hundred thousand armed men against the Turks, according to the testimony of Sabellicus, Enn. IX, Books VI and IX.
There were added (3) the nuns of St. Clare, so called after a virgin, Clare, familiar to Francis, marvelously afflicting and as it were flogging her body, therefore inscribed among the saints by Alexander IV — this order arose in the year 1225. (4) The order of the Valley of the Schools, A.D. 1217, instituted by certain professors of Paris, in Champagne. (5) The Brothers of the Holy Trinity, or Knights of the Redemption of Captives from among the unbelievers, out of alms gathered together, A.D. 1211. Their habit is white with a cross. Neighboring to this is (6) the order of St. Mary of Ransom, which arose in Spain through the effort of Peter Nolasco, a Frenchman, around the year 1230. (7) The Bethlehemites, A.D. 1257, an order instituted in England, with the dress of the Preachers. (8) The order of Good Men, likewise arisen in England, A.D. 1258, of the rule of Augustine, in a sky-blue habit. (9) The order of the self-flagellants, or of the bloody penitence, arose A.D. 1260. In it the men went mingled in throngs with the women, savagely scourging themselves. This frenzied and bloody order was once restrained and curbed, but it rose up again A.D. 1344, and was ordered by Charles IV to withdraw from Germany.
(10) The Celestines, an order founded by Peter Morrone, afterward Pope Celestine V, once a hermit, after whom it takes its name, in a sky-blue habit, under the rule of Benedict, A.D. 1290. (11) The order of the Servites, or Slaves of the Virgin Mary, arose near Florence in Italy, not without contrived apparitions, A.D. 1232, according to others A.D. 1282. They follow the rule of Augustine. They wear a pale coat with a black mantle. Besides these one finds other orders — for example, the Sword-bearers, or those marked with a sword-cross, incorporated into the Teutonic order A.D. 1204; Brothers of Armenia, who came into England A.D. 1258; the Zuppan-nuns, women who had not shaved their heads, abolished in the Council of London, A.D. 1273.
In the fourteenth century new orders of monks arose: (1) New Brothers of the Virgin Mary, distinguished from the order of the Servites of which we spoke under the preceding century, arisen A.D. 1304. (2) The regular canons, Augustinians, distinguished from the Hermits, whose origin belongs to the year 1150, in the time of William, Duke of Aquitaine, a disciple of Bernard. See Hospinian, De Monachis, Book VI, chapter 2. Among the Augustinian Hermits and the Regulars, A.D. 1309, so great a dispute arose before the Pope over whether the habit of Augustine (though he was never a monk, nor made a monastic rule) had been black or white, that it had to be referred to painters and sculptors. (3) The Knights of the Garter, or of Charterius, by the King of England, instituted in honor of his most cherished beloved, A.D. 1351. (4) The order of Bridget, or of the Savior, instituted by Bridget, Queen of Sweden, A.D. 1360, consisting of men and women, in a joined dwelling-place, but in neighboring quarters. From a fabricated revelation, Bridget named her rule the rule of the Savior, under a grey and woolen habit, with twelve brothers, after the number of the Apostles; also under a general confessor, with an abbess. They forbid the possessing of anything, the touching of money, ever going out of the house. The mother was followed by her daughter Catherine, called the Swedish Catherine, herself a widow though untouched by any man, inscribed among the saints together with Bridget and her eight children.
(5) Hieronymite Hermits, named indeed after St. Jerome, but scarcely arisen before the year 1365, in Spain. See Hospinian and others. (6) Brothers of a stricter observance and obedience, distinguished from the Conventuals, under the rule of Francis, from which came the Minims, the Capuchins, the Collectani, and others (Wadding, Annales Minoritarum, Tom. II). They appear to have arisen in the year 1365. (7) The Jesuates, so called on account of the constant and frequent use of the name Jesus. That order finally issued into the order of the Jesuits, though very different from it. (8) The Ablati, A.D. 1399, wearing white ribbons, gathered together by a certain Italian elder; they lamented and bewailed the state of human affairs, the misery of the times, and the wickedness of men. But Boniface IX, fearing deceit, had that gathering of men at once dissolved and broken up. (9) The Beghards, Fraticelli, Beguines, and Beguttae, offshoots of the Minorite order, who called themselves Sisters of Penitence, will have been said enough to have mentioned.
Especially to be recorded here is the wretched and pitiable downfall of the Templars, of whose rise we spoke under the twelfth century, brought about by the avarice, rapacity, and inhuman cruelty of Philip IV, King of France, and of Clement V, the Roman Pope; who, on the testimony of only two scoundrels, charged them with an unspeakable crime, unspeakable outrages — for example: (1) That in the procession itself they kissed the navel and private parts of their superior. (2) That they denied Christ, Mary, and all the Saints, on entering the order. (3) That they spat three times upon the crucifix. (4) That they worshipped, with the service of latria, the head of some idol — I know not of what — foully and shamefully smeared and sprinkled with blood and fat, cut out of the mother's womb of a small child. (5) That they polluted one another unpunished by an equally shameful and abhorrent lust. (6) That in celebrating the Mass they omitted the words of consecration. (7) That they persuaded themselves that the master of their order could wipe away all sins through a complete absolution. On these grounds all the Templars, without any lawful trial, however much they protested their innocence and blamelessness, were on a fixed day, throughout the whole of France, thrown into chains, A.D. 1308, likewise on one day in England, A.D. 1308, and, having been forced by the cruelest torments to confess, were in throngs burned by a slow fire, without any place of pardon or mercy, however much they protested their innocence; and especially the Master of that order, Jacques de Molay, a Burgundian, having confessed, under the force of torments, first at Chinon, before the Pope and the King, the accursed outrages of his order, and afterward, being led to the stake at Paris, having recanted his former confession and having been condemned for that as impiety and sacrilege, was to be consumed and burned by a slow fire — he is said, among his last words, to have summoned Clement V within forty days before God's dread judgment-seat, within which time Clement also breathed out his godless and villainous soul. So that Papirius Massonius, Annales Francorum, Book III, not unjustly delivers this judgment: that the Templars, considering their godless accusation, and the punishment of the innocent, and the manner of their extermination, were destroyed innocently and against right and reason; at least, that the King was godless, and the Pope unmerciful; and that readers can pass no milder verdict.
In the fifteenth century are said to have arisen: (1) the order of the Mauricians, A.D. 1409. (2) The Ambrosians by the forest, under the rule of Augustine, A.D. 1433, confirmed at Milan. (3) The Knights of the Crescent, A.D. 1464, having obtained their privileges from the Duke Anglus. (4) The Knights of the Golden Fleece, A.D. 1477, instituted by Philip the Good, Duke of Burgundy. (5) Let us add the order of the Indians, arisen in the year 1506, an offshoot of the Carmelites.
(IV) The Councils of This Age
And not much more than the monks have the Councils of this age, throughout its centuries, contributed to the propagation and building up of the Church — except that some are found to have upheld and defended the good cause against papal tyranny and superstitions.
The Councils of the eleventh century were almost entirely occupied (1) with ecclesiastical ceremonies and customs, with fast days, with the feasts of the Ascension and Pentecost, or whether they were useful and profitable, with abstinence from meat and wine on certain days, and with other superstitions besides. (2) Concerning the unmarried state of the clergy, the Roman court pressing very hard upon it in the Council of Mainz, A.D. 1049, under Leo IX — the congregations everywhere throughout, and also the clergy in Germany and Britain, resisting it. (Illyricus, Catalogus Testium Veritatis, Book XIII.) (3) Concerning the Eucharist and Transubstantiation, a council was held against Berengarius A.D. 1050 at Brionne, Vercelli; again at Rome around the same time, A.D. 1079, in which Berengarius recanted, and was received again into favor by Gregory. (4) Concerning the election of Popes, denied to the emperors, in the Council of Mantua, A.D. 1059, and in various Roman councils, under Nicholas, and appropriated by the emperors to themselves. (5) Concerning the matter of Hildebrand and Emperor Henry IV, councils were held, namely, that of Worms, A.D. 1076, and that of Brixen, A.D. 1080. (6) Concerning the right of investiture, arrogated by the Pope, against the corruption of simony, as it is called; likewise concerning the deposing of bishops and Popes, common enough in this century. To this belong the Council of Sutri, A.D. 1046, and that of Basel, A.D. 1061. (7) Concerning the matter of the Easterners and Michael Cerularius against Leo IX. (8) Concerning matrimonial matters, divorces, the degrees hindering marriage. (9) Concerning the reforming of morals, the establishing of discipline, and the reforming of the Church, councils were generally held throughout, in France, Britain, and Italy — see the Books of Councils and the ancient writers. (10) Concerning the holy war a council was held at Piacenza, in the presence of the envoys of Alexius Comnenus; soon after also at Clermont, both under Urban II, A.D. 1095: in the latter it was also treated, against the marriages of the clergy, against the investitures of princes, in favor of the Sabbath fast, in favor of the veneration of Mary, in favor of communion under both kinds, etc.
The councils of the twelfth century were occupied largely with the same matters, except that in France in particular some were held against the Albigensians and Waldensians, against Abelard, Arnald, Gilbert de la Porrée. In Britain there were very many councils, Anselm of Canterbury especially urging against the investitures of fiefs, and against the marriages of the clergy: some in particular in the matter of Thomas Becket, Archbishop of Canterbury, encroaching upon the rights of Henry II, King of England, and for that reason deposed, A.D. 1164, and also murdered at Canterbury by soldiers, A.D. 1170. Some were also held on occasion of the disputes over the right of precedence between the Archbishops of Canterbury and York — for example, that of Westminster, A.D. 1176, in which the Archbishop of York, having been cast from his seat, appealed to Rome, while meanwhile the Archbishop of Canterbury obtained from Rome the title of primacy.
Especially notable are three Lateran Councils, which the Roman party hold as general (ecumenical): the first of these was held in the year 1122, under Emperor Henry V and Pope Calixtus II, commonly called the ninth general council, of about 300 bishops. In this council the right of investiture by ring and staff was surrendered by the Emperor, the emperor nevertheless keeping the regalia for himself. It made twenty-two canons, in which also the unmarried state of the clergy, together with other matters, was determined. The second Lateran Council was held A.D. 1139, Conrad III being emperor and Innocent II Pope; commonly called the tenth general council, of nearly a thousand bishops: it made fifteen canons, by which (1) the acts and doings of Anacletus II are condemned, as of a false Pope. (2) Likewise condemned is Arnold of Brescia, a disciple of Peter Abelard and of Peter de Bruys, because he followed the errors of the latter. (3) Condemned are the investitures of laymen, the marriages of the clergy and of monks; and also all secular jurisdiction over clergy and monks is called a sacrilege, and struck with an anathema. The third Lateran council was held A.D. 1179, under Emperor Frederick I and Pope Alexander III, commonly the eleventh general council, of 280 bishops, or, according to William of Tyre, of 300, chiefly arranged to counter the schisms of the antipopes and to condemn the Albigensians, under the name of Cathari. Here it was resolved (1) that a Pope be elected by the cardinals alone, provided that at least two thirds are agreed. (2) Against simony, and the possessions of the clergy, etc. (3) The condemnation and damnation of the Albigensians, with terrible anathemas. At this council was present Nectarius, an abbot from among the Greeks, who valiantly maintained and defended the cause of the latter against the Latins.
Besides these, some councils were also held in the East, largely according to the will and pleasure of the Roman Popes, among which two of Constantinople stand out: the first under Emperor John II Comnenus, for the purpose of removing the disagreement between the Greeks and Latins, but in vain; the second under Manuel Comnenus, on the occasion of some idle and useless questions — whether the God made man might rightly be said both to offer and to be offered; in what sense the Lord Jesus says "the Father is greater than I"; whether the catechetical tables should pronounce an anathema against the God of Mahomet, whom that deceiver said had neither begotten nor been begotten, but was — with a dark word — holosphuron, as it were seamless or indivisible.
In the thirteenth century the eleventh volume of the Councils, both national and provincial, of England and France, of Germany and Italy, is nearly always occupied with one and the same purpose: in France especially the Councils of Narbonne and Toulouse, where, besides that the fourth Lateran dealt against the Albigensians under Innocent III, others dealt against other heresies — of the Waldensians, of William of St. Amour, of certain Parisian masters, the Eternal Gospel, and others of which already before; likewise concerning the taking up of the Cross, in order to extract money under pretext of a holy war. Others against the papal extortions, on behalf of the royal rights, especially in England and in France. Others in the affairs of the Popes against the Emperors, and kings and kingdoms, as of Sicily, England, Aragon, etc. Others in monastic affairs, concerning new orders and the disputes arising from them, contending over precedence. Others in the matter of ecclesiastical jurisdiction and discipline.
Among these, the general councils are especially to be mentioned, which have been almost these: (1) The fourth Lateran, held under Innocent III, A.D. 1215, commonly the twelfth general council, of 412 bishops, besides the Eastern Patriarchs. As a pretext was alleged the deliverance of Jerusalem from the unbelievers; but in fact, the gathering of money, the subjugation of the Albigensians, the dominion of England, transubstantiation, private confession, and other such matters, in order to make them into articles of faith; the papal omnipotence forged seventy canons, without any prior deliberation and consultation of the Fathers, solely at the discretion of the Pope, according to Matthew Paris — the whole thing lasted at most twenty days. (2) The first Council of Lyon, under Pope Innocent IV, A.D. 1245, commonly the thirteenth general council, the Emperor being summoned to it, and countless numbers absent: the chief cause was hatred against Frederick II, in order to anathematize him, after a prior citation, and to strip him of his imperial dignity and of the kingdom of Sicily. There was also resolved in it support and help for Emperor Baldwin against the Greek despot Vatatzes. Besides this, crusades to Palestine were resolved here; Bzovius adds that here a red cap for the cardinals was resolved upon, likewise that here seven Electors of the German Empire were appointed, of which nevertheless one finds nothing in the ancient writers. And all this in three sessions and seventeen canons. (3) The second Council of Lyon, under Gregory X, A.D. 1274, commonly the fourteenth general council, at which were present the Pope, James, King of Aragon, about 500 bishops, and the envoys of Emperor Michael, their spokesman being Bonaventure, a most superstitious monk: the cause was the bringing back of the Greeks, and the favor of the Pope sought by Michael Palaeologus. In it was first settled the affair of the Greeks, present being Michael's chief envoy George Acropolites, likewise Theophanes of Nicaea, and Germanus, formerly a patriarch; then also the dispute concerning the procession of the Holy Spirit. There was added a resolution concerning the right of the Regalia, in the twelfth canon, against the royal right to enjoy the revenues and goods of vacant churches, monasteries, and offices. James, King of Aragon, had departed at once after the second session, having shown himself displeased that taxes were laid upon him.
In the fourteenth century there were yearly national and provincial councils everywhere, throughout France, England, Spain, Germany, and parts of Italy, especially the Avignonese ones, which may be known from the Volumes of Councils and from the second Book of Spelman. The noblest of these have stood for the rights of the Emperors and Kings against the encroachments of the Popes. Namely, the Council of Paris, A.D. 1303, where a resolution stands against Boniface VIII: that he is (1) a simoniac, and says that he cannot commit simony. (2) A murderer, a usurer, a heretic, an Epicurean, a despiser of religion, an incestuous person. (3) That he granted to the King of England all the tithes, in support of the war against France. (4) That he lured the Saracens with pay to invade Sicily, according to Goldast, and even according to Peter de Marca, Archbishop of Paris. To the same end tends also the Roman Council, A.D. 1328, by which, according to Aventinus, Annales, Book VII, John XXII was deposed, and Nicholas V set up in his place, with a listing of John's crimes: nor are lacking synods or gatherings against the heresies of the same John XXII. Nor are lacking synods against the papal schism, between the Roman and Avignonese Popes, which Luc d'Achery has published (Tom. VI of the Spicilegium), among which is that of the year 1394. These synods, which are exhibited by the papal collectors, are almost entirely occupied with defending the fabricated rights of the Popes against every kind of political power, besides that they also aim at establishing superstitions — for example, concerning the Masses of Mary, abstinence from meat on the Sabbath, the founding of new confraternities, relics, indulgences. Indeed there are some that devote themselves only to condemning the Albigensians, Waldensians, Wycliffites, Hussites, among which is the Synod of London, held against Wycliffe A.D. 1382, according to Spelman.
To these come very many synods, in the matter of the Templars, convened throughout France, England, etc., A.D. 1310, upon the letter of Clement V against them — and these mostly against them, as for example that of Paris, A.D. 1310, and also for them, as that of Ravenna, Salamanca, Mainz, in the same year. There remains only one, which is held to be before the fifteenth general council, namely, that of Vienne in the Dauphiné, A.D. 1311, procured by Clement V, under pretext indeed of resolving upon the Reformation of the Church and of discipline, but in fact ordained and arranged to extirpate the Templars, and to advocate a crusade to the Holy Land; but when it had obtained the extirpation of the Templars, no decisions followed concerning the Reformation of the Church: its duration is fixed by some at within one year, by others extended to two years. In the East there was no lack of councils either; but in matters of lesser or no importance at all — for example, the Council of Constantinople, A.D. 1341, over idle and trifling questions and disputes debated between Gregory Palamas and Barlaam and Acindynus: whether the light on Mount Tabor, at Christ's transfiguration, was a created light, or an uncreated one, and indeed the glory of God itself; likewise, whether there be a distinction and difference between the divine essence and its efficacy and operative power. Others followed at Constantinople, of which Nilus on the Synods, John Cantacuzenus, and others.
The most notable Councils of the fifteenth century have been: (1) That of Pisa, A.D. 1409, held without any authority from the Pope, solely under the authority of the cardinals, with the consent of the kings of France, England, Portugal, and Bohemia coming to it — the antipope Robert, who had gone over to Gregory, requesting a delay: meanwhile it was, according to the common opinion of the papists, held to be lawful, on the testimony of Antoninus of Florence. In this council Benedict XIII and Gregory XII were deposed as notorious schismatics and notorious heretics, straying from the faith, and on account of notorious crimes shamefully perjured, etc., according to the sentence passed in the fifteenth session — the Minorite cardinal, Peter of Candia, or of Tarentaise, being appointed in place of the aforementioned, as Alexander V. The matter of the Reformation of the Church, in head and members, was postponed by Alexander V to a next-following council: the Acts of this council d'Achery has (Spicilegii Tom. VI). (2) The Council of Constance, A.D. 1414, lasting three and a half years, convened by John XXIII at the desire of Sigismund, John himself nevertheless being at once deposed, in the eleventh and twelfth sessions. Here was alleged the deposing of the unworthy Pope John and of the antipopes Benedict XIII and Gregory XII; likewise the Reformation of the Church, both in head and in members; further the power of general councils, as immediately proceeding from Christ, and indeed above the Pope, so that he must be subjected to them, even in those things which pertain to the faith, according to the fourth and fifth sessions; besides this, the extirpation of the heresy of Hus and Jerome of Prague, of the Wycliffites and the Bohemians; finally also the forbidding of the cup in the communion of the laity. Meanwhile, however, the true reason for the convening was the suppression and smothering of the Reformation then arising among the Bohemians, who demanded the cup for themselves; and the exaltation of the priesthood above the laity.
(3) The Council of Siena, calling itself a general council, A.D. 1483 [1423], under Pope Martin V, transferred to Siena on account of the plague. Here was treated the Reformation of the Church, likewise the bringing back of the Greeks to union. But within a short time the council was dissolved, with the reservation of everything to a more suitable place and time — except that Martin, in his letter, says that he intended to pursue and complete the Reformation in all its members, while yet sparing the Head. (Tom. Concil. III.) (4) The general Council of Basel, called by Martin V, was at once to yield before Eugenius IV, elected before its session, A.D. 1431. Its Acts were gathered by Aeneas Sylvius, afterward Pope, into his little bundle of matters to be desired. That council intended (1) a general Reformation of the Church, which the councils of Pisa, Constance, and Siena had resolved upon. (2) The confirmation of the power of a general Council above the Pope — in the second session, from which followed at once its dissolution by Eugenius IV. (3) The abolition of the annates, which the Popes had introduced. (4) The confirmation of the Pragmatic Sanction, against the rights arrogated by the Popes. (5) The settling of the Bohemian confusion, and the suppression of the heretical plague, in the third session — whence the invitation to the Synod, and for this purpose a safe-conduct. (6) The recalling of the Greeks to union with the Latins. (7) The confirmation of various superstitions, concerning the immaculate conception of Mary; concerning the feast of her conception; likewise concerning the feast of her visitation, sessions 36 and 43. That council lasted — Eugenius and his party willing or unwilling — down to the year 1443, and down to the elected Felix V, being ordered by decree to be moved to the city of Lausanne, only with the extension of the Basel assembly A.D. 1449. The papalists indeed censure this council as schismatic and heretical, and Pope Pius II, formerly Aeneas Sylvius, wished by a shameful recantation to see it annulled, and condemned it as against the fifth Lateran. Nevertheless, its authority and standing is defended by John Launoy, a doctor of the Sorbonne, in his letter to Louis Maresius, a theologian of Paris.
(5) The Council of Florence, held by the Latins as a general council, called against the will of those of Basel by Eugenius IV, A.D. 1437, under pretense indeed of bringing about union with the Greeks, which the papalists falsely boast of having obtained — a claim contradicted by the Byzantine Chalcocondyles, George Phrantzes, and others, in published writings against the Florentine Synod; and by the Greeks themselves, who, when they had cast Isidore of Kiev into irons, condemned Metrophanes of Cyzicus (with other envoys) as an intruder, a robber, a matricide, in the Synod of Jerusalem, A.D. 1443, even sending complaints to the Greek Emperor, wherein and whereby they sought to bring him back from the deceitful and lying union and concord to the old faith of the Greeks: the true aim of Eugenius meanwhile being to destroy and undo the Council of Basel. The chapters of this council are almost entirely occupied with the primacy of the Pope, purgatory, the procession of the Holy Spirit, etc.
At the beginning of the sixteenth century, two councils followed one upon another, mutually at odds with each other, and both counted among the general councils, namely: the second general Council of Pisa, commonly called a "little council," A.D. 1511, the chief cardinals assembling, with the consent of Maximilian I and Louis XII, against Pope Julius II, and this by the power given to the cardinals, and with Julius's own confirmation, in case he should not, within two years of his election, convoke a general council — which in fact he did convoke: whence the Pisan Synod, among other things, in its eighth session, A.D. 1512, suspended Julius from all exercise of the papacy, both in spiritual and in temporal matters, and confirmed the decrees of Basel: the other was the fifth Council of the Lateran, A.D. 1512, convened, and to be continued by Leo X, in which again a Reformation was in vain requested.
(V) The Schools
More would (V) have contributed to the propagation and building up of the Church, under the fifth age, the Schools generally opened, had not the corruption of the times and of the Church stood in the way. We shall set them forth according to the order of their founding: (1) The school of Montpellier in France, founded by Philip II, King of France, A.D. 1196. (2) That of Naples, honored and adorned with privileges by Frederick II, A.D. 1215, afterward renewed at various times by various persons. (3) The school of Padua, out of hatred against Pope Honorius and in scorn of the University of Bologna, founded by Frederick II, who transferred to it the privileges of the Bolognese, Urban IV approving this after forty years. Some, however, say that this school was founded by Charlemagne. Commonly, nevertheless, it is dated to the year 1221. (4) The school of Ferrara, likewise founded by Frederick II in scorn of the Bolognese, and approved by Urban VIII [IV]. This, however, Volaterranus says was founded in the year 1306 by Albert d'Este of Ferrara: commonly it is dated to the year 1221. (5) The school of Bourges, A.D. 1217, founded by Louis the Saint, and by Charles, brother of Louis XI. (6) The school of Coimbra, in Portugal, A.D. 1379, founded by Dionysius [Diniz] I, King of Portugal. (7) The school of Vienna, A.D. 1237, founded by Frederick II, afterward renewed A.D. 1361 by Rudolph, and A.D. 1366 by Albert III, Archdukes of Austria, and confirmed by Urban. (8) The school of Perugia in Tuscany began to flourish in the year 1290 under Pope Nicholas VI [IV]. (9) The school of Orléans, A.D. 1312, founded by Philip the Fair, King of France, and Clement V. (10) The school of Avignon seems to have been founded around the same year, since Clement V, around this time, transferred the papal seat from Rome to Avignon. (11) That of Cahors, A.D. 1220 [1332], founded by John XXII, being by birth a native of Cahors, residing in France. (12) That of Pisa, in Tuscany, founded A.D. 1339, which Lorenzo de' Medici, son of Piero, renewed, and refreshed with a new splendor that most noble ancient city, for the consolation of her old lost glory. (13) The school of Heidelberg, A.D. 1346, founded by Rupert I, Elector Palatine, and Duke of Bavaria, under Louis of Bavaria, and confirmed A.D. 1387.
(14) That of Anjou, at Angers, A.D. 1346, founded by Louis, Duke of Anjou, King of Sicily. (15) That of Prague, founded by Charles IV, A.D. 1360. Since this was then governed by Germans, the Bohemians obtained from Wenceslaus, son of Charles, that it should be governed in the manner of the University of Paris. Whereby the Germans, being incensed and set in motion, more than two thousand of them removed on a single day to Leipzig, and there founded a new university, A.D. 1409. Meanwhile that governance turned out so fortunately for the Bohemians, that through the guidance and management of John Hus, who was almost the foremost figure in it, the truth became known to them. (16) The school of Kraków in Poland, founded by King Casimir the Great in the year 1364, was enlarged by Wladyslaw Jagiełło A.D. 1400. (17) That of Siena, founded in Tuscany, was wondrously enlarged by Pius II, A.D. 1387 [1450]. (18) The school of Cologne, opened A.D. 1388 by the effort and support of the city council, received academic privileges from Urban VI, being greatly renowned for Thomas Aquinas and Albertus Magnus. (19) The school of Erfurt, in Thuringia, said to have been founded A.D. 650 by Dagobert, King of the Franks, received academic privileges from Boniface IX, so that in it there should be four theological professors, A.D. 1401. (20) That of Würzburg, in Franconia, A.D. 1403, founded by Bishop John, was in the following century renewed by Bishop Julius.
(21) That of Salamanca, in Spain, which according to some was founded A.D. 1240, and renewed A.D. 1404, made, according to Mariana (Rer. Hisp., Book II), such great growth that in his time it counted seven thousand students. (22) That of Leipzig, A.D. 1409, having arisen out of the disagreement between the Bohemians and the Germans, was gathered together by Frederick I, Elector of Saxony. (23) That of Rostock, A.D. 1415, founded by John and Albert, Dukes of Mecklenburg, likewise having summoned professors from Erfurt through the city council of Rostock, reached its height only after four years; but a little after that, when a riot arose in the city, the professors fled to Greifswald, but returning again from there to Rostock, were readmitted under this condition, that they should teach the youth without a wage — which nevertheless was afterward supplied to them generously. (24) The school of Caen, in Normandy, France, was opened A.D. 1418 by Henry V, King of England. (25) The school of Dole, in Burgundy, was founded A.D. 1426 by Philip the Good, Duke of Burgundy, but began to flourish only after sixty years. (26) That of Poitiers, A.D. 1430, founded by Charles VII, King of France, being renowned for Johannes Reuchlinus [Rudolphus] Longolius.
(27) That of Florence, A.D. 1438, opened by Cosimo de' Medici in Tuscany. (28) That of Bordeaux, in Aquitaine, A.D. 1441, renewed by a rescript of Eugenius V [IV], already renowned since the time of Jerome. (29) That of Freiburg, in the Breisgau, A.D. 1450, founded by Albert VI, Archduke of Austria. (30) The school of Glasgow, in Scotland, A.D. 1456, is said by Boethius [Boece] to have received academic privileges under James II. (31) That of Greifswald, in Pomerania, A.D. 1456, founded by Wladislaus [Casimir] IX, on the advice of the burgomaster Heinrich Rubenow, confirmed by Emperor Frederick III and Pope Calixtus III, and endowed by Rubenow with its first rector — who nevertheless, a little afterward, when he set himself against the Dukes of Pomerania, was slain in a riot. (32) The school of Basel was founded in the year 1460, on the occasion of the Council of Basel, by Pius II, while in that same year the school of Verona gained its renown. (33) That of Coimbra, which some place in the year 1279, others in the year 1547, while yet others put it at the year 1469. (34) That of Ingolstadt, in Bavaria, A.D. 1472, enlarged with a new college by George, Duke of Lower Bavaria, while already before this Louis, father of George, had for it obtained privileges from Pius II in the year 1469; and yet there are some who trace its origin to the year 1410.
(35) The school of Tübingen, in the Duchy of Württemberg, was founded by Eberhard the Bearded, first Duke of Württemberg. (36) The school of Copenhagen, A.D. 1478, having begun to be founded by Christian I, King of Denmark, was opened by his son John, on the authority of Sixtus IV, and by Christian III, A.D. 1539, and by Frederick II, was outstandingly endowed and enriched. (37) That of Aberdeen, in Scotland, A.D. 1480, founded by William Elphinstone, Bishop of Aberdeen, under James III, as Boece has it; yet according to Gerardus Mercator its origin is traced to King Alexander, and his sister Isabella, A.D. 1240. (38) That of Mainz, A.D. 1482, founded by Diether, Count of Isenburg and Archbishop of Mainz. (39) The school of London, in England, A.D. 1489, founded by John Colet under Henry VII: in it flourished Linacre, Thomas More, Polydore Vergil, etc. (40) The school of Wittenberg, in Saxony, A.D. 1502, opened with good fortune by Frederick the Wise, Elector of Saxony, for the destruction of the Antichristian heresy. (41) That of Frankfurt an der Oder, in the March, A.D. 1506, founded by Joachim I, Elector of Brandenburg. (42) The school of Évora, in Portugal, was founded in the year 1515.
(VI) The Holy War
But for the propagation of the Church there was alleged, under the fairest-seeming pretext, (VI) the Holy War, namely, that thereby the Saracens and Turks might be driven from the Holy Land, and millions of Christians delivered from the tyranny of the most savage enemies: in fact, however, the intent of that war was that, over so many deceived kings and princes, the Roman Popes, as heads, might have authority; that they might set themselves up as judges over all matters that might arise from it; that they might drain the Christian princes of their treasures and powers; that the papal omnipotence and monarchy might grow and become strong — as Mézeray and others acknowledge. This war the Popes began to urge already in the year 1003, as Baronius notes on that year, no. VI; but afterward it was Gregory VII who finally persuaded, in the eleventh century, Alexius Comnenus to it; especially when there came, in addition, under Urban II, a pretended and contrived divine revelation of a certain monk, Peter the Hermit; and Urban himself, in the Council of Clermont, A.D. 1095, roused the princes to it, with a most complete promise of indulgences. That war was accordingly undertaken A.D. 1096, by Hugh the Great, brother of Philip I, Robert of Normandy, another Robert, Count of Flanders, Raymond, Count of Toulouse, Godfrey of Bouillon, Duke of Lower Lorraine, with his brothers Baldwin and Eustace, etc., marked with a cross, the number counted for that expedition being a hundred thousand men, Godfrey of Bouillon leading them, while Emperor Henry IV, a most valiant emperor, went before — he also being the first to scale the walls of Jerusalem, A.D. 1099, the 15th of July. The beginnings of it seemed at first glance fortunate; Nicaea having been taken by Bouillon, then Antioch after a long siege, then most of the provinces of Asia, and, through great and bloody slaughters wrought upon the Saracens, Persians, and Turks, at last Jerusalem itself having been taken, as has been said. At this time Bouillon was proclaimed King of Jerusalem. Under this kingdom of Jerusalem now were the County of Edessa in the region beyond the Euphrates; the Principality of Antioch; the County of Tripoli; the coast of Phoenicia, and almost the whole of Galilee; the neighboring petty kings of the Arabs having also been made tributary to it. This kingdom of Jerusalem lasted, under Christian princes, about 88 years, down to the year 1187.
In the twelfth century, five more expeditions were added to the Holy War: the first by Baldwin I, after the death of his brother Godfrey, succeeding him in the kingdom, A.D. 1101. The second, on the advice of Paschal II, by Baldwin II, Count of Edessa, who succeeded Baldwin I, A.D. 1118. And upon this followed Hugh, Count of Anjou, son-in-law of Baldwin, and further others, who had continual wars with the Saracens, even with varying fortune, the borders of the Christians being sometimes stretched and extended from the Palestine on the sea to the Euphrates. The third by William of Aquitaine and Hugh, brother of Philip I, King of France, with a new and very confused army, which, surrounded in Asia Minor by the Turks, perished at Tarsus in Cilicia. The fourth was undertaken under the commanders, Emperor Conrad III and Louis VII, King of France, urged to it by Eugenius III and Bernard of Clairvaux. Finally the fifth, immediately after the taking of Jerusalem by Saladin, urged on by Pope Clement III, successor to Gregory VIII, under the leadership of Frederick I Barbarossa, and of the Kings of France, England, and Sicily and very many others, in the years 1188 and 1189. But the affairs of the Christians declined and went backward, both through their own most corrupt morals, brigandage, drunkenness, and other impieties, and through the internal disagreements of the Latins, whereby they made themselves opposing rivals — to which Baldwin IV, being a leper, contributed greatly, and Baldwin V, an underage descendant of the former, Raymond, Count of Tripoli, and Guy of Lusignan contending among themselves, over who had been the husband of Sibylla, mother of Baldwin, who set the royal crown upon Guy — for which reason Raymond sent auxiliary troops to Saladin, Sultan of Egypt, to invade Palestine, and finally Jerusalem itself, A.D. 1087 [1187]. And the last expedition would have restored the situation, had it not been for the grievous death of Emperor Frederick. On these matters, G. of Newburgh, William of Tyre, and other writers of the Holy War, and from these the Magdeburg Centuriators, Century XII.
In the thirteenth century a new crusade was added, resolved upon in the Council of the Lateran, A.D. 1215, and undertaken under Honorius III, A.D. 1217, the war-troops of the Germans gathering together, under Andrew, King of Hungary, under whom the city of Damietta was taken, and a fright given to Al-Kamil, the nephew of Saladin; but it was at once lost again. After this a new crusade followed, under Frederick II, A.D. 1228, under Pope Gregory IX. This was indeed fortunate through the recovery of Jerusalem and the whole of Palestine, and through the making of a truce of arms with the Saracens; and it might perhaps have been even more fortunate, had not Frederick, on account of the wrongs done to him by the Pope, withdrawn back to Europe. But other crusades and expeditions are recorded — for example, that of Theobald V, King of Navarre, and even a more famous one under Louis IX, King of the French, A.D. 1248, affairs at the beginning being prosperous enough, had he not, being taken captive by the Sultan of Egypt, been compelled, for his own freedom, to give back Damietta. The expedition was indeed repeated by the same Louis, A.D. 1270, but with a new fortunate outcome, when Louis was extinguished by the plague at the siege of Tunis. Finally the barbarians obtained the peace from Charles, King of Sicily, the fleet of the Christians having suffered more than one disaster, and other necessities also at once arising, forcing them to abandon the Holy War. At last the Christians were driven out of the whole of Syria and Palestine, A.D. 1291, and here was the end of the Holy War. The true propagation of the true Church has therefore been, under this age, in the Albigensians, Waldensians, Hussites, and in all those whom we have already before brought forward as witnesses.
(VII) The Schisms
But against the propagation and building up of the Church — not so much of the true Church as of the papal one — there stood, besides the tyranny, heresies, superstitions, and most corrupt morals both of the Popes and of the clergy, also (VII) the Schisms in the way: (1) between the Popes and antipopes, already long before listed in the review of the persons of the Roman Popes. (2) That great schism between the Greek and Latin Church, having arisen out of the pretended universal monarchy of the Popes, out of the worship of images and relics, out of the procession of the Holy Spirit, and out of other matters besides, already long before, under the preceding age and its ninth and tenth centuries, established, namely under Photius and Ignatius, Archbishops of Constantinople; which, under this age, made very great advances, when, in the eleventh century, the dispute between the Greeks and the Latins over unleavened bread, as being necessary in the Holy Supper, over the procession of the Holy Spirit from the Father alone, over the fast of the Sabbath, over strangled things and blood, over the beards of priests, over the forty-day fast, etc., grew and became strong. On occasion of two letters, of Michael Cerularius and of Leo of Ohrid, against the Latins; and of the reply thereto, both the letter of Leo the Roman to Cerularius and Ohrid, as well as his own embassy to the Greek Patriarch and Emperor, under the title of universal bishop; after which both Cerularius and Ohrid were deposed and excommunicated by the authority of the Pope: while on the contrary Cerularius, after the departure of the Roman envoys, excommunicated the Roman Church; also having written a letter to Peter of Antioch, and to the remaining Patriarchs, to draw them away from Roman communion, and besides this to strike the name of the Pope from the Diptychs — which was also followed up by the successors of Michael Cerularius, whereby the schism was so strengthened and confirmed that all attempts and undertakings toward union and concord, in the following centuries, have been fruitless and in vain.
In the twelfth century various differences and disagreements arose also over doctrine — for example, concerning the God made flesh, concerning the manner of the union of the assumed nature, concerning the way in which the Father is greater than the God-man, concerning the incorruptibility of Christ's body in the Eucharist — while meanwhile the errors, church customs, and papal yoke of the Latins were forced upon the Greeks, and their priests were driven out and expelled everywhere in those parts of the East, as in Palestine, Syria, Arabia, which the Latins had taken — by all of which the schism grew so much that the union undertaken more than once under this age each time vanished into smoke. It is indeed said that union was sought and undertaken at the end of the preceding century, A.D. 1097, under Pope Urban II, in the presence of Anselm, Archbishop of Canterbury, but of which today no trace remains: and even if the matter did take place thus, it was nevertheless without any fortunate outcome, William of Malmesbury being witness. At least, then, through the union undertaken A.D. 1112, under Paschal II; likewise under Innocent II, A.D. 1536 [1136]; further under Hadrian IV and Alexander III, Manuel Comnenus sending envoys to Italy, to the third Lateran Council; and again others through Alexander III, especially the abbot Nectarius resisting it, and disputing vigorously with the Latins — always either nothing, or little, was accomplished toward union: a thing which shines most clearly from very many writings of the Greeks against the Latins — for example, of Theophylact of Bulgaria, Euthymius Zigabenus, John Zonaras, a monk, Andronicus Camaterus, and others. Whence have also arisen the widest persecutions of the Latins against the Greeks, even Leo Allatius, Book II, ch. 12, sect. 11, acknowledging this — while yet with full cheeks he falsely boasts and brags of the union as if it had taken place.
In the thirteenth century the schism was continued, both as regards the Primacy of the Pope, which the Greeks vigorously rejected, as appears from their writings against the primacy of the Pope — for example, of Theodore Balsamon, of the monk Barlaam, etc. — except that John Beccus, with his archdeacons George Metochites and Constantine Meliteniotes, went over to the Latins; as also as regards doctrine, concerning transubstantiation, purgatory, the unmarried state of the clergy, the procession of the Holy Spirit, etc., as appears from the letters of the Greeks to Innocent III and Gregory IX. Nor did the efforts and undertakings applied toward removing the differences and disagreements avail anything, whether of Innocent III, having written letters to the East, nor also the effort of Gregory IX, by letters, conferences, synods at Nymphaeum, a city of Bithynia; nor likewise the efforts of Innocent IV, by sending monks to the East; and especially Gregory X, having taken up an occasion afforded him by Emperor Michael Palaeologus, driven by political motives, bringing the matter so far that in the second Council of Lyon the union and concord already seemed to have been achieved, through a certain transaction; which, however, the Greeks at once opposed and withdrew, so much so that they themselves, when Emperor Michael died some years later, cast him out unburied as an apostate and a traitor — the papists themselves being witness. In the fourteenth century a most grievous schism arose, of nearly forty years, between the Roman and the Avignonese Popes, A.D. 1378, the Romans desiring an Italian Pope, and the French a Frenchman. For which reason the Italians elect Urban VI, whom the French cardinals, considering themselves shut out, excommunicate, and set up Clement VII for themselves. From this arose mutual anathemas of Urban and Clement, and the Church meanwhile in doubt as to which was Simon Peter and which Simon Magus — the one calling this one holy, the other reckoning that one godless — while yet both, through the open sale of ecclesiastical offices and positions, and through other godless deeds, revealed themselves to be Simon Magus and Antichrist. These two having died, in the place of Urban the Italians set up Boniface IX, from the year 1389, and the French, in the place of their Clement, Benedict XIII, A.D. 1394, between whom the schism was pursued with equal zeal and vehemence, so that, all efforts to the contrary being fruitless and in vain, Charles VI, King of France, acknowledged neither of the two as Pope — for which reason Benedict resolved to bar Charles from the Church; to whose view, notwithstanding, the King of Aragon and various dukes and counts of the Republic of Liège came over.
In the fifteenth century the schism continued, namely, in the place of Boniface IX there came, A.D. 1403, Innocent VII, and here, in place of Gregory XII — Benedict and Gregory both being deposed by the Council of Pisa — Alexander V was appointed. When the one schism was thus joined to the other, the Church, at one and the same time, had three Popes, those heads of which Bellarmine himself, De Pontif., Book IV, ch. 14, says: that it could not easily be judged which of them was the true and lawful Pope, since none of them individually lacked very learned defenders. Alexander now also having died, John XXIII succeeded him, whom the Synod of Constance afterward deposed and set up Martin V in his place. And yet even so the schism was not entirely removed, while some cardinals adhered to Alphonso of Tarragona, and, after Benedict had died of old age, clung to Clement — who was for that reason the eighth among the antipopes, who first resigned the papacy, A.D. 1429; and thus at last, as Spondanus says, that in every respect most corrupt and longest-lasting schism, which had lasted 51 years less 56 days, was extinguished and ended. A schism so shameful and disgraceful to the Roman Church, that whom one party called an Apostle, the other reckoned an apostate, indeed even a heretic, a robber, the Antichrist, the son of perdition — so that even the most learned and conscientious men were not able to determine which one ought rather to be followed, as Nauclerus speaks, and also Werner in his little bundle of the times, on the year 1374. For which reason also, as we have already before mentioned, the Frenchman, the Aragonese, and others chose neither of the two Popes, at a certain new schism. Add to this, that through the papal schism the whole of Europe became entangled in civil wars, which were fostered by the Popes and antipopes; and that besides this the factions of the Guelphs and Ghibellines arose. The history of this schism is described deliberately and at length by Theodoric of Niem, a writer of the lives of more than one Pope, in his book on the general schism, and Antoninus in his Chronicle, Part III, and others.
I shall add nothing here of the schismatic disputes and disagreements between the monastic orders, often over some mere trifle — for example, whether they must wear a white or a black habit — between the Franciscans and Dominicans, over the immaculate conception of the blessed Virgin, etc.; likewise between the Scholastics, Nominalists, Realists, Quodlibetists; also between the Thomists and Scotists, etc.
(VIII) The Persecutions
Even more powerfully have (VIII) the most cruel Persecutions of this age hindered and prevented the propagation of the Church. For, in the first place, I shall say nothing of the cruelty of the unbelievers, among the Saracens and Turks, against the Christians, whereby millions of Christians everywhere, especially in the East, have perished — which we have already brought forward above. Secondly, also nothing of the manifold persecutions of the Tartars, and among these, in particular, of Tamerlane, who is called a scourge of God, and who, for the advancement of the Muhammadan superstition, helped to remove a great multitude of Christians. Likewise, thirdly, nothing of the most cruel persecutions of the Popes against Emperors, Kings, and Princes, as we have already noted before in the record and listing of the Emperors and Popes. Further, fourthly, nothing of the terrible and most unjust extirpation of the Templars, caused chiefly through the doing of the Roman Popes, as we have already said before.
It will, fifthly, always be useful and profitable to have noted the persecutions of the Roman Popes in the eleventh century against Berengarius and the Berengarians, under the names of Sacramentarians, Petrobrusians, Henricians: when the Popes — Leo IX in the Roman and Vercelli Synod, A.D. 1050; Victor II in the Council of Tours, A.D. 1055; Nicholas II in a second Roman Synod, A.D. 1059 — by resolutions, by anathemas, by inclusion in condemnations, raged against Berengarius, even though he was absent, and their successors against the Berengarians. Sixthly, it must also not be passed over, the most cruel persecution against the Albigensians, in the thirteenth century, when Innocent III, by a Bull given to the prelates of France, also by the establishment of the Office of the Inquisition, stirred up a most bloody war against them: in whose footsteps afterward trod Honorius III, Gregory IX, Innocent IV, Alexander IV, pursuing their bloody counsels, partly through envoys to the princes, partly through monks — Arnold, a Cistercian abbot, Dominic the Spaniard, the Fraticelli, whose predecessor was Guzman, sent by Innocent III, A.D. 1205, to France, a kindler of the Holy War, to whom was added Francis of Assisi with his Franciscans — when it was dealt with, not only through conferences and disputations with the Albigensians, by order of Innocent III, and through promised indulgences of all sins, from birth onward, A.D. 1209, but also a crusade of the Franks was undertaken against them, marked with a cross, whereby above sixty or seventy thousand people fell — which crusade was carried on through the effort of Philip II, King of France, under the commander Simon, Count of Montfort, and he having died, under his son Amaury, and also under Louis, the firstborn son of Philip, King of France, and finally under Philip himself, with an army of those marked with a cross, together with Raymond, Count of Toulouse, son of the father, and the great men of Gascony adhering to him, likewise the kings of England and Aragon, who stood for the Albigensians, with an army of a hundred thousand contending, and valiantly pressing forward the slaughters — until at last Raymond, by envoys sent to Honorius, swore the oath of obedience into the hands of the Archbishop of Narbonne, A.D. 1224, since which time the Albigensians have been scattered through parts of England, Flanders, Picardy, Germany, Illyricum, Dalmatia, Bulgaria, Croatia, etc., there being to come forth from them, in due time, the Wycliffites, Hussites, Waldensians. This Holy War against the Albigensians is related at length and deliberately by Robert of Auxerre in his Chronicle, Vincent [of Beauvais] in his Mirror, Paulus Aemilius in his Philippus, etc. And not only did the persecution against the Albigensians rage through this war; but also through Edicts, under the hateful names of Leonists, Patarines, Waldensians, under Emperor Frederick II, in Goldast, Constit. Imper., Tom. I; indeed also through a twofold monastic order, of the Preachers or Dominicans, and of the Minorites, chiefly instituted for this purpose, namely, to strike down these heretics, according to the testimony of Antoninus in his Chronicle, Part II, Tom. 23; and finally through the most cruel fire-troop of the Inquisition, which Innocent III set up, and which was confirmed by Honorius III, Gregory IX, and the following Popes; for which Inquisition delegates were appointed by the Pope, who were to make inquiry throughout the provinces after heretics, to such a degree that a mere accusation, or charge, of heresy alone delivered the accused over to the secular arm, without any benefit either of defense or of appeal; but on the contrary the tortures stood ready, to provide for the accused; then also the punishments, and most commonly that of being burned alive, with which those so tried, or having confessed of themselves, were punished, even after a promise and pledge given that mercy would be shown them, if they made confession. As a general Inquisitor of this fire-troop, in the parts of the French kingdom of Narbonne, that Spanish Dominic was at once appointed, after him the Dominican brothers, who still today hold the direction of the Inquisition in Italy and Spain. In the beginning the Inquisition was indeed committed to the Minorites also, by force of the command of Emperor Frederick II, A.D. 1225, and by force of the Bull of Alexander IV, 1260, published by Francis Pegna, in his Directorium Inquisitorum. The canons (rules) concerning the manner and method of the Inquisition, which are truly Antichristian, were published by Raymond of Peñafort, third Master General of the order of the Dominicans, approved by Gregory IX, and thereafter to be left to the Dominicans alone. The mind will shudder to have read them.
There follows now the seventh persecution of this age, namely the most cruel one against John Hus (in the year 1415, the 7th of July, Rector of the papal Academy), whom his Bohemians would never have let go to the Council of Constance, had it not been for the safe-conduct promised, not only by Emperor Sigismund, dated the 18th of October of the year 1414, both as to his going out and as to his return; but also by Pope John XXIII, in reliance on which he set out entirely at ease. Yet scarcely had he arrived at Constance when he was at once cast into prison, and, having been examined judicially more than once before the council, was condemned to the fire — and that in a most disgraceful manner, not only his body, but also his soul, being given over to the fiercest curses: "we curse thy soul, and deliver it to the devils of hell." That same fate the eighth persecution soon after also underwent: Jerome of Prague, and that at the same Council of Constance, A.D. 1415, the 4th of April, when he, being conscious of his own innocence and blamelessness, had of himself set out from the council; but hearing of the treachery practiced against his colleague Hus, he at once fled away, and, seeking safe conduct from the emperor and the council, was intercepted on the road and held, until, upon the summons and citation of the council, he was thrown into irons, and thus dragged back to Constance; being brought forth on the 17th of April, he appeared in the assembly, laden with an iron chain, while a raging and furious crowd cried out: "Away with him, burn him" — yet in vain. Then, through the treachery of his own party, and further like outcries of the men of Cologne and Heidelberg being added, he was, without any hearing on his defenses, thrown into a most foul and stinking prison, in which he spent 340 days, so that, being surrounded by dung, he could neither stand nor lie down; but only, with his head bent forward, touched the ground, in order to be refreshed with bread and water. By which it came about that he, broken by his misery, and false promises being also held out to him, on the 7th of September gave way, and confessed everything his tormentors demanded of him, even adding that Hus had rightly been burned, with a recantation of the doctrine of Wycliffe, and confession of those things which the Roman Church taught, and this with the addition of a solemn oath; for which he received no other reward than a certain lightening of his imprisonment, out of which he was, A.D. 1416, brought forth, and, new witnesses against him having been summoned out of Germany and Bohemia, on the 25th of May heard eleven articles of accusation, without any freedom to answer them being obtained, until the 30th of May, when he, with a wonderful presence of his mind, refuted everything cast at him, and drove it back upon his accusers. After this, having detested his former recantation, and having broken out into the praise of Wycliffe and Hus, he openly testified his repentance that he had spoken less than justly of that most holy man Hus, according to the account of Poggio, who was secretary of the Synod, in his account to Leonardo Bruni. Upon all this there followed at last the concluding sentence, curses, a crown painted with devils, the stripping of his garments, and a slow fire, whereby he was deprived of life — according to the account of that same Poggio, whom we have named, in his Memorials of Hus, Book II, p. 358. Nor must it be passed over in silence that he, about to die in this way, added these words: "But I, after my death, will set in your consciences a goad and a gnawing, and I appeal to the most high and at the same time most righteous Judge, Almighty God, that you answer me in His presence, after the passing of a hundred years" — after which precisely appointed years the Reformation of Luther and Zwingli occurred, and the fall of Babel. A similar prophecy is related of Hus: "Today you roast a goose (Hus), after a hundred years there will come a swan (Luther) whom you will not be able to roast" — according to the account of Stumpf in his History of the Council of Basel, with which the outcome has agreed most exactly.
Let us add a ninth persecution of this age, against Jerome Savonarola, Prior of the Dominican monastery at Florence, greatly praised for his learning and holiness of life, according to those who have described his life deliberately and at length — for example, John Pico della Mirandola, Marsilio Ficino, Francesco Guicciardini, Philippe de Commines, Abraham Bzovius, and a Dominican himself, from the year 1492, though mingling false things with the true. This man, because in his sermons he inveighed rather sharply against the tyranny of the Popes, and by name against the shamefulness of Alexander VI, against the horror of the devastation in the Holy Land, and against the most unbridled morals of the whole clergy; because he also, by letters, urged the Christian princes to a Reformation, and to that end to a general Synod; then further, because he curbed and restrained the ambition and lust for power of the Florentines, and especially of the Medici nobles, etc. — he fell into their hatred, so that they, together with Alexander, conspired for his ruin, to which was added the General of his order together with the Franciscans. Hence the crimes fabricated against him, of heresy, enthusiasm, licentiousness: hence the papal thunderbolts of Alexander, imprisonment, torments — by which he, broken, having confessed everything of himself, and being brought back to prison, there wrote the most devout sighs upon Psalm 51, and finally, with two companions, was burned, A.D. 1498.
Among the persecutions we count, not without reason, in the tenth place, the Bohemian or Hussite war, as one that arose not only out of the most cruel persecutions against John Hus and Jerome of Prague, but also consumed thousands of Christians for the sake of religion. For since the Bohemians complained of the treachery practiced against Hus and the man of Prague, and disputed with the Fathers of the council about it, and accused them on this account; since almost the whole of Bohemia had embraced the doctrine of Hus, indeed the doctrine of Hus was spread everywhere, even into Scotland, where Paul Craw, a Bohemian, was burned near the Church of St. Andrews, A.D. 1422, for the doctrine of Hus, as one reads in Bale; and since they, on account of the martyrdom of their Hus and Jerome, raged everywhere against those responsible for it, the monks (whether with a rightful zeal, I do not now say), and added complaints about the cup taken from them in the Holy Supper, and Martin V brandished the thunderbolts of his anathemas and excommunications against the Bohemians, and besides this incited the Emperor, kings, and princes to arms against those wretches: so it came about that the Bohemians, in order to preserve for themselves their religion, life, and goods, were forced to set force against force, and were compelled to choose for themselves as commander John Žižka, a Bohemian nobleman, one-eyed; and when he in a battle so utterly defeated the Emperor's soldiers, it came about that the Hussites were divided into parties, namely into the Taborites, being the true followers of Hus, and the Calixtines, who pressed only for communion under both kinds, being for the rest in agreement with the papal party; and that Žižka himself, through the artifices and promises of Emperor Sigismund, went over to the party of the Calixtines, whereby the fury against the others, as Picard heretics, took its beginning, A.D. 1423. But not long after, Žižka having perished of the plague, there arose a third faction, the Orphani (fatherless ones), who, bereft of their Žižka, stood somewhat between the Taborites and Calixtines, taking the side of John Rokycana, a preacher at Prague, an ambitious and cunning man, who accommodated himself in all things to the papal party, except only the Cup, having on this condition entered into an agreement with Sigismund, and thereby conceiving hope of the archbishopric of Prague.
Yet nothing being achieved, and Sigismund proceeding with his arms, and Martin V with his thunderbolts and soldiers marked with the cross, they turned to trickery and deceit, and invited the Bohemians to the Council of Basel, A.D. 1432, promising them full freedom to treat the matter of their religion there, with the addition of a safe conduct, indeed even of hostages — the Emperor, the Brandenburger, and the Bavarian binding themselves to this. After this the Bohemians went to the Synod, demanding four articles, which, according to the divine Law, and the practice of Christ, of the Apostles, and of the primitive Church, ought to be arranged. The Calixtines pressed, through their teacher Rokycana, only for Communion under both kinds: the Taborites, under their leader Procopius, requested through Wenceslaus, their envoy, that public crimes might be corrected, and in that way the offenses removed: the Orphans requested, through the elder Ulrich, that free preaching of the divine Word might be granted to them: finally Peter Payne, a Wycliffite, a fugitive from England, demanded that the secular dominion be taken from the clergy. These things are, by force of an agreement made between the Bohemians and those of Basel, called the Compacta Bohemica, that is, the Bohemian Compacts. When these matters had been disputed in vain for some days, and the Bohemians, because they thought themselves being led around by the nose, therefore made ready to depart; envoys were sent by the council to Bohemia, to deceive the Bohemians through a certain scholastic subtlety, explaining the mind of the Synod on the aforementioned articles — by which explanation the best of the Taborites were driven from their hope, and to the Calixtines at last the use of the Cup was granted, and thus the matter was in appearance settled, but more ruinously than the war itself, Rokycana being raised to the archbishopric.
After this Procopius, a most valiant commander of the Taborites, having been overwhelmed by Meinhard [Aleš Vitmus of Holice? — the general], and pierced through with an arrow, A.D. 1434, there followed a fearful slaughter of the Taborites, when they, gathered in throngs into corn-barns, were, by fire thrown in, barbarously burned, and almost entirely destroyed: some survivors nevertheless remained for a time in the town of Tábor, who were afterward given the name of Zealots and Picards, separated from the rest of the Bohemians in the matter of the Holy Supper, assemblies, and confession of faith: and these too, at last, deceived by Rokycana, titular archbishop, having had the town of Tábor besieged and taken, were for the greater part shut up in perpetual imprisonment, and perished and were destroyed, A.D. 1444. Even the Calixtines themselves, when they in vain sought from Rome, for their titular Archbishop, the archiepiscopal mantle, and pressed the council on the observance of their compacts, with new demands added, concerning the use of the vernacular tongue in religion, the reformation of the papal academy, indeed the reformation of the whole Church, obtained nothing; and returned to the same hatred against the Pope and against the monks — while on the other side the papal party turned to anathematizing them, so that at last they understood and grasped, that if they wanted to have peace, they would have to conform themselves to the will and pleasure of the Pope.
Whence the Calixtines, and Rokycana himself, began anew to thunder against the Pope as the Antichrist, and to cry out that all things must be reformed according to Apostolic foundations; while there joined themselves to them — after Rokycana — also George of Poděbrady, who, after the death of King Ladislaus, was his successor, yet who was not able to obtain the peace unless he swore obedience to the Pope, and gave up the Compacts, and likewise the Cup. The true believers, meanwhile, the truly "Orphani," that is, the bereaved, or orphans, either driven from their seats, or thrown into prisons, felt themselves at last oppressed from both sides, namely by the papal party on the one hand, and by Rokycana and Poděbrady on the other. Then Rokycana began to take counsel concerning concord with the Greeks, having sent envoys to Constantinople, and having received their answer back, signed by Gennadius, afterward Patriarch, A.D. 1451, published in Czech and in Latin, out of the library of Emperor Charles IV. The remaining Hussites now, who called themselves Bohemian Brothers, obtained, through the mediation of Rokycana, from King Poděbrady, A.D. 1459, that they might withdraw to the district of Litice, on the mountains next to Silesia, where all sorts of people, also the Calixtines, now nearer to Apostolic simplicity, freely enjoyed their doctrine, discipline, order, and institutions — until King Poděbrady, still in the lifetime of Rokycana, having also, by lies, ascribed to them the most horrible abominations, through a most extensive persecution again scattered them from there; whence they, through mountains, forests, hiding-places, and caves, at last obtained the name of Jamniks, that is, of cave-dwellers, hermits. Afterward they, together with some remnants of the Waldensians, merged on the borders of Moravia and Austria, and took a common name of Waldensians, together with their confession. The manner of their ecclesiastical discipline and order, together also with their customs and institutions, has been described by John Lasitius, a Polish nobleman, and J. Amos Comenius. One may also compare the Waldensian affairs of Balthasar Lydius, and the letter of Aeneas Sylvius against the Bohemians and Taborites, which is the 130th, written A.D. 1451.
Now, out of all these things, you shall as it were hear anew the voice of the Martyrs under the altar, longing for vengeance of their blood, among that now so soon approaching Reformation, and you shall as it were see the long white robes, that is, the honor and the glory of Martyrdom, with which they are now already honored, and further, shall be honored, among the Reformed themselves.
The Sixth Age of the New Testament, under the Opening of the Sixth Seal in Revelation
XXXVIII.
From this we proceed directly to the sixth age of the New Testament, namely to the time of the Reformation, all the events of which God alone has foretold, and which we shall bring down from Emperor Charles V and Pope Leo X to these our own times — which Revelation depicts under the symbol of the opening of the sixth Seal, Revelation chapter VI, from verse 12 to the end of that chapter: "And I beheld when He had opened the sixth seal, and, lo, there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as blood; and the stars," etc.
XXXIX.
There is in these words a symbol, under which the state of the Church is shown to John, under the opening of the sixth seal, or of the sixth age of the New Testament, in which occurs:
I. The Opening of the Seal: "And when He had opened the sixth seal." Here the one opening is the same Lamb who had opened the preceding seals. The seal is likewise the Mystery of the sixth age. The opening is the disclosure and making known of this state, which was inaccessible to human understanding.
II. The opened seal, or the vision made known through a symbol, contains Christ's fearful judgments, with which He has avenged the blood of the Martyrs under the Altar, longing for the vengeance of their blood, as is said at the end of this seal: "for the great day of His wrath is come," v. 17 — to occur at once under the Reformation, namely, over and against the Roman Antichrist, who was to be so utterly thrust out from his seat, whereby a fearful terror would seize the earth, or the Roman Empire, such a terror as will be almost like that at the day of the last judgment. This symbol contains, among its features:
1. A great earthquake: "and there was a great earthquake." A symbol customary in Scripture, to signify outstanding changes, Hag. 2:7, 8, 22, 23; Heb. 12:26, 27 — such as have occurred everywhere under the Reformation, through the whole Roman Empire, when the idol of the Antichrist, and Antichristian idolatry and superstition, was cast out and driven from the Church.
2. A darkening of the sun: "and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair." By this and by the following wonderful signs is signified not only the last judgment, Matt. 24:29, Mark 13:24, Luke 21:25, but also God's very severest judgments, exercised in this life, in the destruction of Babel, Rev. 13:9, 10, 13; of Egypt, Ezek. 32:7, 11; of the enemies of the Church, Joel 3:14, 15, 16 — by which, without doubt, the Antichristian Kingdom is mysteriously depicted throughout Revelation. By name, here, the sun can not unfittingly be understood as the Roman Pope, who up to now had shone and glittered in the heaven of the outward Church, but now, through the Reformation, has become so black, as if he had put on a garment of hair.
3. The turning of the moon to blood: "and the moon became as blood." The moon here could not unfittingly picture the Roman Empire, which through the persecutions, at the time of the introduced Reformation, was as if covered over with blood.
4. The fall of the stars: "and the stars of heaven fell unto the earth." The symbol is taken from Isaiah 34:4. The stars signify the ministers of the Church, Rev. 1:20; here in particular seem to be depicted the cardinals, patriarchs, primates, archbishops, bishops, abbots, etc., who up to the Reformation shone at the church-heaven as stars, as great lights, which through the Reformation have fallen, that is, either have been removed from their seats, or have lost their former dignity and standing, and thereby have as it were fallen to the earth. This is illuminated by a forceful comparison: "even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind." Here is meant a mighty stirring-up of persecutions, which at the time of the Reformation would be aroused, v. 13.
5. The receding of the heaven, as a scroll rolled together. Here by heaven may be understood the outward papal Church, which was to be darkened, and, as it were, removed from sight, just as a rolled-up book is hidden from view and from reading.
6. The moving of every mountain and island from its place, v. 14. Thereby is signified a general change, which, both in the higher and in the lower ranks, would happen at the time of the Reformation: when the most holy (most accursed) holy places and shrines would everywhere be moved from their places and seats. Finally,
7. A general terror and exceeding great fear, which would seize and overcome all, especially those attached to the Antichristianism, at the time of the Reformation. By name, here one may not unfittingly understand by the Mountains the Emperors, Kings, and Princes, whom the Roman Antichrist has moved from their seats, or has tried to move. An example is found in Julius II, who took the kingdom of Navarre from the great-grandfather of Henry IV, namely Charles IX, King of France; and in Sixtus V, who attempted to drive Elizabeth, Queen of England, from her kingdom. I shall not add here that he, through his Sophists (subtle orators), by threats and flatteries, moved the Kings and Princes of the confession of the true religion to his own worship, as, for example, appears in Henry IV, King of France. The Islands in the waters signify peoples subject to Kings, Rev. 17:15, who either were, by the Antichrist, moved from the true faith to his superstitions, or were, from Antichristianism, brought forward to the confession of the true faith. This fear and terror is described forcefully and movingly:
a. As to the wide extent of the object, or subject: "and the kings of the earth, and the great men, and the rich men, and the chief captains, and the mighty men, and every bondman, and every free man." Here it is signified that every sort of people, though not all, would each for his own part be seized with this terror — which has been shown in the papal persecutions, both before and under the Reformation.
b. As to the effects, which that terror would produce —
A. In deeds: "they hid themselves in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains," as places in which we think ourselves most safe from earthquakes. Compare Isa. 2:19; Hos. 10:8; Luke 23:30.
B. In words: "fall on us," etc. Here is:
†. The desperate desire: "fall on us." The figure of speech is borrowed from Hos. 10:8 and Luke 23:30. They seek either to be overshadowed, so as not to be seen; or to be crushed and destroyed, so that nothing of them may remain to be punished. Thereby is signified the greatness of the terror, as if the last judgment were already at hand, in which the ungodly shall say such things.
††. The reason for the request: "for the great day of His wrath is come; and who shall be able to stand?" That great Day of vengeance, in which He will avenge the blood of the Martyrs. If you add to all this what is read in Revelation 14, from v. 1 to v. 18, and what is further added under the sound of the sixth Trumpet, chapter 9, v. 13, to the end of chapter 10, you shall have a most exact conception of this age: you shall have (1) its fearful forewarnings — for example, earthquakes, darkening of the sun, and other things, which we have already seen before. (2) The sealing of the 144,000 servants of God. (3) You shall see the Lamb, standing on Mount Zion with the 144,000 sealed. (4) You shall hear them sing a new song, namely, a new proclamation of the old Gospel. (5) You shall further see and hear an angel, flying through the church-heaven, and announcing the everlasting Gospel, namely, through the Reformers. You shall (6) see the fall of Babylon, at least in part accomplished at the time of the Reformation.
XL.
If we now weigh these things together, will not the shape of the Church at the time of the Reformation then present itself to our eyes just as it is — provided you set aside those things which, during the continuing course of this age, must still be fulfilled, and which are known to God alone? At least the Western Antichristianism has, through the begun Reformation, already gained its old age, and threatens its complete ruin, of which the history is chiefly this, made known everywhere through the indulgence-mongers Tetzel and Samson. The indulgences, proclaimed by Pope Leo X, being unworthy in their unbearable manner of sale — moved and roused by which, Luther in Germany and Zwingli in Switzerland openly opposed them; and at the same time, concerning the power of the Pope, concerning penance, faith, the forgiveness of sins, and the articles connected with these, stirred up a controversy and dispute. And since they now taught these things solely out of the Word of God, with word and writing, valiantly; so very many, both statesmen and churchmen, joined themselves to them, and separated themselves from the Roman Church. Thus, little by little, the state of ecclesiastical affairs was overturned and changed, and, through the Reformation set in order according to God's Word, the doctrine of errors, the worship of idolatry and superstition, and the ecclesiastical government were purged and delivered from the papal tyranny. This came to pass in Germany, the seat of the Empire; then in the neighboring kingdoms, England, France, Denmark, Sweden, Poland, Hungary, and in other provinces, and even in our own Indies, both the Eastern and the Western. But Satan, a sworn enemy of the truth, has not only in every way sought to delay the work, but also to smother it entirely. He has stirred up crazed fanatic men, who, having changed their habitations and dwelling-places, would make the whole Reformation hated. He has brought forward Sophists (cunning orators), who, partly through subtle disputations, partly through ambiguous agreements, have overturned or corrupted the doctrine of the Gospel — which was undertaken through various conferences at Worms, Regensburg, Augsburg, and elsewhere. He has also, through a grievous schism, arising out of the difference concerning the Sacraments, divided and torn asunder from one another even the teachers of the renewed Gospel. Finally, he has sought, by the kindling of the Schmalkaldic War, and by the Council of Trent, on the one hand to destroy the devout confessors by arms and by the widest persecutions; and, on the other hand, through new decrees, to nullify the confession itself, contained in various formulas, at Augsburg and elsewhere. When these things did not succeed as wished, the very flames of the Gospel have caused the freedom of religion to be permitted — first for a time only, at Nuremberg; but afterward also permanently, at Augsburg, A.D. 1555 — which, however, has generally not been, and is not, kept by the Roman party, except so far as it is useful to their cause and interests, whence endless troubles and disturbances are continually born. All these things, to be told more fully, will belong to the treatment of this age.
XLI.
This age runs on, from the beginning of the reign of Charles V, or rather from the twenty-seventh year of Maximilian I, with which agrees the fifth year of Pope Leo X, and accordingly from the year of Christ 1516, down to the opening of the seventh seal. How many centuries this age shall have, God alone can determine; at least, down to these present times, it counts 180 years, under eight Roman Emperors. The first of these has been Charles V, grandson of Maximilian through his son Philip, King of Spain, being indeed unlettered, but wise by nature; at first a most fierce opponent of the rising truth, especially through the Schmalkaldic War, but at last, it is said, dying with some taste of it. Having, through the auxiliary troops of Leo X, driven out the French, he recovered Lombardy and the whole of Italy, and took Francis himself, being their King, prisoner at Pavia, in a very great battle, and after a year's captivity restored him to his kingdom. A little afterward, when the Pope, the Frenchman, and the Venetians conspired together against him, he, having again turned his arms against Italy, took Rome itself, and forced the Pope himself to pay his soldiers' wages. He also carried his conquering arms forward into Africa. He delivered Vienna from the Turkish siege. Under his reign occurred the Peasants' War in the Swabian region, and the disturbances and uprisings of the Anabaptists at Münster. The same man undertook the Schmalkaldic War against John Frederick, Elector of Saxony, and against Philip, Landgrave of Hesse, and took them prisoner, but, through the effort of Maurice, released the Saxon again; and, that war being ended, he granted to the Protestants of Germany freedom of religion, by force of the Treaty of Passau. Finally, wearied of his labors and troubles, he withdrew into a monastery, and there he is said to have learned the foundations of the true religion. Thus he still, in his own lifetime, made his brother Ferdinand, whom he had already made King of the Romans in A.D. 1531, Emperor, having left his hereditary provinces to his son Philip: he died, after having reigned 38 years and 7 months, A.D. 1558.
Him there followed, secondly, Ferdinand, a very great lover of public peace: yet he had the Turks very hostile against him, to whom he was also forced to give up some very strongly fortified outposts: he reigned 6 years. Him there followed, thirdly, Maximilian II, who through Lazarus von Schwendi recovered very much from the Turks, and added it to the borders of his Hungary, up to over 40 miles. The Grumbach faction he pursued through the arms of Augustus, Elector of Saxony; and he died in a council-assembly at Regensburg, after he had reigned 12 years. There followed the fourth, namely Rudolph II, son of Maximilian II: under him the Electoral Archbishops of Cologne, Salentin and Gebhard, having married wives, embraced the Protestant religion, and left their archbishoprics — the one voluntarily, the other driven out by force. Also under him the Gregorian calendar was introduced, not without many disturbances and upheavals. Against the Turks he warred with fortune varying. Over Transylvania he had various disturbances and movements, with Sigismund Báthory and Bocskai, who wrested from him anew what had been granted him by Báthory, and brought about freedom of religion, A.D. 1604. Rudolph reigned 37 years.
There followed the fifth, Matthias, Governor of the Netherlands, chief commander of the Hungarian war against the Turks, King of Hungary and Bohemia, elected Emperor by the Electors, in the presence of 27 princes: under him the Bohemian war took its beginning: he had a confused and troubled reign of 7 years and 2 months. There followed the sixth, Ferdinand II, under whom the Bohemian, then also the Palatine, and finally the German war followed one upon another, of which perhaps more at length in its place. He drove the Palatine Frederick out of Bohemia; with the Kings of Denmark and Sweden he warred with varying and diverse fortune; struck with heavy defeats by Gustavus Adolphus, King of Sweden, he defeated the Swedes at Nördlingen; he pursued the Protestants; he waged war against the King of France; he reigned about 15 years. There followed the seventh, Ferdinand III, son of the second: this one pursued the war against the Swedes and French, guided the Empire through the greatest difficulties, and finally, by the Peace of Münster, Osnabrück, and Nuremberg, brought that long German war to an end: he reigned about 12 years. Finally there followed the eighth, Leopold, son of Ferdinand III: this one warred with the Turkish Emperor Mehmed IV; he brought help against the Swedes to the Poles and Danes; having lost Neuhäusel and Várad, and having besieged Kanizsa in vain, he made peace with the Turks; he was betrothed to the daughter of Philip IV, King of Spain. Having not kept faithfully enough the pledge given to the Hungarian Protestants, concerning the security of their religion and freedom, he experienced the uprisings of the Hungarians raised against him under their commander Thököly; after which he pursues the Turkish war, thus far fortunate enough, having recovered almost all of Hungary — and that God may graciously direct and guide this war for the advancement of His Kingdom, we still await confidently: he has reigned since the year 1658 down to these present times.
XLII.
With these Emperors there fall twenty-six Roman Popes. Namely, (1) Leo X, a Florentine, formerly John de' Medici. Of the Medici family the first renown had been brought by Cosimo, who died A.D. 1464, the father of Piero, grandfather of Lorenzo and Giuliano, of whom both fathered a Pope, this one John, that one Leo X. Leo was a very learned and generous man, more given to spectacles, pleasures, and amusements than to church affairs; and, as Paulus Jovius testifies, not free from the suspicion of sodomy — indeed he is said, as others report, to have died from lying with a young man. When his income did not answer to his expenses and extravagances, he turned to the sale of indulgences, from which corrupt undertaking the greatest disaster arose for the papal see, and occasion was given for the Reformation. The Pragmatic Sanction, established in the Council of Basel, whereby the Popes were made subject to a general council, he did away with. After this a fever seized him, which, according to Onuphrius, was his last, and thus his death-fever. He is the very one of whom Jacopo Sannazaro thus made a jest:
Sacra sub extrema, si forte quaeritur, hora, Cur Leo non poterat sumere? Vendiderat.
That is: "If one asks why Leo, in his last hour of life, could not receive the sacred rite (namely the Host and the [extreme] Unction)? I answer, he had sold it." And to Cardinal Bembo, quoting a passage from the Gospel, he is said to have answered: "Oh, how great riches has that fable concerning Christ brought us." He sat 8 years and 3 months.
(2) Adrian VI, a native of Utrecht, the son either of a weaver, or of a brewer, who did not change his name. He rose through his own understanding and diligence; being at Louvain loaded with various honors, he was at last, when Charles — afterward Emperor, heir of Spain, grandson of Maximilian — was seven years old, given to him as a tutor, and, having served the weightiest and most important embassies, he took upon himself the papacy, which was entangled in the greatest difficulties and hardships — the cardinals being torn apart by factions, the Turks taking Rhodes, the hereditary estate of the Church exhausted by the extravagance of Leo, the Emperor and the Frenchman warring with one another, the disgraceful life of the clergy demanding a Reformation, which Reformation he promised in the public council-assemblies of the Empire, but was not able to bring about as he wished, nor could he sufficiently accommodate himself to the character and disposition of the Roman court; nor could he carry through the doctrine of the Protestants as he wished; thus he fell into the displeasure of the Romans, and, being an old man, died — not without suspicion of poison. He is said to have confessed more than once the wretched condition of the Popes, who lack the power to act justly, even when they should most wish to; for which reason they wrote for him this epitaph: "This man reckoned nothing in the world more unfortunate than that he reigned." (Wolf, Cent. XVI, fol. 191.) They ascribe to him learning, an excessive frugality, a feigned holiness, love of women, and other things: he sat one year and some months.
(3) Clement VII, formerly Giulio de' Medici, a Florentine, born of a somewhat uncertain, not openly lawful, marriage, according to the testimony of Onuphrius: he celebrated the ninth Jubilee; Rome having been taken by the Imperial forces, he sat besieged for many months in the Castel Sant'Angelo. They ascribe to him very many faults and crimes — fornications, rapes, cruelty, and other matters — which, however, he is said to have been able to conceal by a natural gravity of his own. It is said that he, about to die, said that he would soon be certain about those things over which he had puzzled his whole life long: whether there be a God? whether the soul be immortal? whether there be another life after this life? He sat 11 years.
(4) Paul III, a Roman, formerly Alessandro Farnese: this one confirmed the Jesuit order: he proclaimed the Council of Trent: he pursued with hatred the German Interim (that is, "meanwhile," or interim-religion), which he had established for Emperor Charles. His sister he gave to Alexander VI as a mistress, and thereby purchased the cardinalate, and, in order that he might obtain territories for his bastard sons, he drove out the lawful possessors. Sleidan, Commentaries, Book XXI, charges him, from the Italian war, with simony, excesses, murders, incests, parricides; and Wolf, besides this, that he set up 400 of the most depraved villains, who secretly kindled fires in the cities of the Lutherans, and bewitched the waters; finally he died, of grief of mind, when he learned that Piacenza had been taken from him by the Emperor, and that the surrender of Parma was being undertaken: he sat about 15 years.
(5) Julius III, a native of Arezzo, formerly Giovanni Maria del Monte, once president of the Council of Trent: he celebrated the Jubilee for the tenth time. On the young Innocenzo, whom he kept as a Ganymede for his pleasure, he bestowed the cardinalate. He was godlessly wanton, so that when he did not see a peacock brought up, which he had ordered kept for himself for the evening meal, he demanded that it be brought to him, even adding, in mockery of God, this jest — that this was permitted to him, since God, for a mere apple, a thing far less than a peacock, had driven the first-created humans out of Paradise: he sat about 5 years.
(6) Marcellus II, a Tuscan, did not change his name. He too had been an envoy at the Council of Trent: according to the testimony of Onuphrius, he said that one could not be saved who held the papacy: he would rather have advised a crusade against the Lutherans than against the Turks: he sat only 21 days.
There followed (7) Paul IV, a Neapolitan, formerly named Gian Pietro Carafa, Count of Montorio, from among the Theatines. The bishopric offered him earlier he had refused, but the cardinalate he accepted. He urged the Inquisition most sharply, and had new bishoprics established in our Netherlands. When Charles V had withdrawn into the chapel [monastery] of Yuste, and had transferred the Empire to his brother Ferdinand, and for this had sent Gusman to Rome, to request the Imperial crown from the Pope, he did not admit him to his presence for three months, the Roman court maintaining that it was permitted to no one but the papal see to bestow the Empire and its government, and that Ferdinand himself was unfit for the government, in that he had not rightly brought up his son Maximilian, nor rooted out the Lutherans, had taken the title of emperor on his own authority, had opened the Worms conference without his consent, had suspended the papal decree against those communicating under both kinds: for which he sent Gusman away without answer concerning the crown. But Ferdinand, being content with the lawful election of the German princes, when Pius V, of his own accord, offered him what Paul had refused, rejected it with a lofty spirit: he sat 4 years and some months.
(8) Pius IV, a Milanese, formerly Giovanni Angelo de' Medici, proclaimed the Spanish Inquisition everywhere: he saw the beginning of the Netherlandish uprisings, on account of the carrying out of the Council of Trent, which he had caused to last longer: he sat about 6 years.
(9) Pius V, from Lombardy, formerly Michele Ghislieri: he published a Roman Catechism, a summary, and a Missal, according to the decree of the Council of Trent; he reformed the [papal] Court, meaning to drive out the whores, but had the Romans as his opponents, so that he was forced to confine them to a certain corner of the city. On him was set this ridiculous and mocking epitaph:
Papa Pius quintus moritur: res mira! tot inter Pontifices, tantum quinque fuisse Pios.
That is: "Pope Pius (the pious one) dies: a wondrous thing! that among so many Popes there have been only five Piuses (pious men)." He sat about 5 years.
(10) Gregory XIII, a native of Bologna, formerly Ugo Boncompagni: he made common a reform of the calendar (of the Almanac); he also ordered that indulgences should be proclaimed, and received without charge, without doubt because now everyone knew and recognized their emptiness and worthlessness: he sat about three years.
(11) Sixtus V, from the March of Ancona, formerly named Felice Peretti; he was born of poor parents. In administering justice and public order, strict: he founded the Vatican Library, also some hospitals; in gathering money so eager and persistent that he is said to have left behind in his treasury nearly 10 million, to be spent — not on those who had turned away and fallen from the papal see: he sat 5 years and some months.
(12) Urban VII, a Roman, formerly Giovanni Battista Castagna, died 13 days after his election, before his consecration.
(13) Gregory XIV, a Milanese, formerly Niccolò Sfondrati: he excommunicated Henry IV, King of France; but the High Court of France had the papal Bull, as seditious and contrary to the liberty of the Gallican Churches, torn up and burned by the hangman's hands, and declared and proclaimed the Pope himself a disturber of the peace and an enemy of the Kingdom of France: he sat
about nine months. (XIV) Innocent IX, a Bolognese, formerly Giovanni Antonio Fachinetti, an outstanding accumulator of the treasury and of provisions, sat only three months. (XV) Clement VIII, a Florentine, formerly Ippolito Aldobrandini, absolved Henry IV, king of France, from the Anathema; he urged the Christians to unity and to arms against the Turks; he recovered Ferrara. (XVI) Leo XI, a Florentine, formerly Alexander de' Medici, died after the twenty-fifth day. (XVII) Paul V, a Roman, formerly Camillo Borghese, generously and richly assisted Rudolph II against the Turks, and Ferdinand II against the Bohemians, out of the tithes. He excommunicated the Venetians because they had forbidden that immovable goods be alienated to ecclesiastical persons, that sacred buildings be erected without the consent of the Council, and that wicked and villainous clergy be withdrawn from the civil courts — an excommunication which the Venetians reckoned as nothing at all, but instead charged their clergy to persevere in the holy service; the Jesuits, at the Pope's discretion, withdrew from Venetian territory. At length the Venetians, through the mediation of the king of France, were delivered from the unreasonable thunderbolt; he sat about sixteen years. (XVIII) Gregory XV, a Bolognese, formerly Alessandro Ludovisi, enrolled Ignatius Loyola, founder of the Jesuit order, together with his companions, among the number of the saints. He forbade and prohibited the disputes concerning the conception of the Blessed Virgin — whether she had been conceived stained or unstained; he sat two years and seven months. (XIX) Urban VIII, a Florentine, formerly Maffeo Barberini. This man found himself, within a short time, disappointed of the hope he had conceived from the German war concerning the extirpation of the Protestants and its expected completion through his own monarchies, when he saw the war carried even into Italy itself, as Charles Gonzaga, Lord of Mantua and Nevers, was warred upon by the Emperor, and all Italy shaken. Because he bore three golden bees among his devices, he had this play of words composed upon it:
Jungit apes clypeo, mella per arma vorat.
That is:
He joins bees to his shield, and devours honey amid weapons.
He sat twenty-one years. (XX) Innocent X, formerly Pamphili. (XXI) Alexander VII, formerly Fabio Chigi, a valiant man: he sat twelve years. (XXII) Clement IX, formerly Giulio Rospigliosi, distinguished by nothing especially remarkable: he sat two years. (XXIII) Clement X, elected in the year 1670, formerly Emilio Altieri, a man of over eighty years: he sat seven years. (XXIV) Innocent XI, formerly Benedetto Odescalchi, a man distinguished above very many other popes by a modest life, who contended with Louis XIV, king of France, over the Regale, and broke his pride and his threats by sending the armed envoy Lavardin to Rome, thus achieving enough through prudence alone; he was favorable to the Jansenists, and sat about twelve years. (XXV) Alexander VIII, a Venetian nobleman, formerly Pietro Ottoboni, elected — if I am not mistaken — on the 6th of October, 1689, leaning all too much toward the Gallican party. At length (XXVI) Innocent XII, Cardinal Pignatelli, a Neapolitan, elected in the year 1691, on the 12th of August. He still sits.
XLIII.
From here we proceed directly to the state of Theology under the sixth epoch of the New Testament. This now presents itself to us in a twofold form: it must be considered either as the Theology still needing to be Reformed, that is, the Popish, or as Reformed, through Zwingli, Luther, and others. The Popish Theology still needing to be Reformed was the same as in the preceding epoch, except that its Antichristian chief articles, which until then had been permitted to be disputed within the Popish Church, were now gathered together into a single body, and, through anathemas, in the form of articles of faith binding on all to be believed, were forced upon men, and at the same time every hope of Reformation was cut off, by the Council of Trent, of which more will be said elsewhere and more fully. The tenets, then, of this Theology, so far as it differs from the Reformed, you will not more safely learn from elsewhere than from the Council of Trent itself, from the Roman Catechism, and from other writings acknowledged by the Roman party themselves. By Reformed Theology, then, we understand nothing other than the Theology of Holy Scripture itself, so far as it has been, by the Reformers — Zwingli, Luther, and others — relieved and purged of the Antichristian leaven. This Reformation, however, did not take place in a single leap, but by degrees. For at first only the traffic or sale of indulgences was attacked, which had been instituted — in Switzerland, by the authority of Leo X, through Samson of Milan, in the year 1516, and in Saxony by Johann Tetzel, a Dominican monk. Had Leo yielded to this attempt and undertaking of Luther and Zwingli at that time, and conceded to it, perhaps no one would have proceeded any further; but when Luther had sent a most humble letter to Rome, Leo nevertheless in vain suspected Luther, and sent Thomas de Vio, a cardinal of Gaeta, into Germany, namely to Augsburg, in the year 1518, so that Luther might recant before him, and so that he might impress the Pope's authority upon Luther; and Luther showed himself ready to recant, provided only he were convinced of error from Scripture — so, moreover, the monarchical power of the Pope itself began to be attacked. From here men proceeded, encouraged, since the assailed indulgences were rushing against the Scriptures and against justification by the merits of Christ alone, received through faith, to the article concerning justification, the mass, and other matters; and when meanwhile Leo had Luther's writings burned, Luther, in turn, at Wittenberg, having invited the students by a solemn program, threw the Canon Law and the Papal Bulls into the fire, without paying any regard to the Emperor, the Church, or the Pope, armed only with trust in God — which took place in the year 1520. From here Emperor Charles V, still a young man, after he had vainly tried to draw Luther back from his purpose, summoned him in the year 1521 to Worms, to the Diet, whither he also went undaunted, together with the Emperor's own herald; where, when he had twice defended the Gospel truth before the assembly, and had departed with the Emperor's good leave, he was, through the management of Frederick the Wise, kept hidden for ten months at the castle of Wartburg near Eisenach, until, without having consulted the Elector, he returned to Wittenberg, and was assailed with writings by some — among them Henry VIII, king of England (who thereby received, in an assembly of cardinals, the title of Defender of the Faith), and by Erasmus of Rotterdam — until at length he presented his Theology, at the Diet at Augsburg in the year 1530, in a most famous and much-discussed Confession, drawn up by Philip Melanchthon. From that Confession you may come to know, for a great part, the state of the Reformed doctrine. Although he did not present it entirely purely in every respect, being deficient in the article concerning the Lord's Supper; besides which he was somewhat too concessive toward the Popish ceremonies — whether because, scarcely having emerged from the Popish darkness, he did not sufficiently perceive its superstition, or because, in so sudden a change of affairs, he had as yet no better rites and church customs at hand, or because he judged that something still had to be conceded to the times: at the least, however, from this arose that lamentable rift between the Reformed and the Lutherans, which has since been nourished and fostered by Luther's disciples. Others, having noticed this defect, presented purer confessions, at that very same Diet — for example Zwingli, and fourteen cities, whose confession is called the Confession of Strasbourg (Tetrapolitana); which, however, was not read at the assembly itself. From that you may understand a purer Theology. I shall add nothing here of the other Confessions of the Protestants — the Swiss, the Basel, the Gallican, the English, the Scottish, the Dutch, the Polish, the Danish, the Wittenberg, that of the Elector Palatine, the Bohemian; of the agreement of the churches of Great and Little Poland and Lithuania, which are displayed in the Harmony of Confessions, of which perhaps more elsewhere. From these things the state of the Theology of this epoch will abundantly be known.
(I) The Anabaptists
Theology, scarcely having begun to be Reformed, was straightway deformed — disfigured, corrupted, marred — by both heresies and schisms, of which we shall pursue a few. The first assault upon it was made by the Anabaptists, who in the year 1521, having wrongly and perversely understood the doctrine of Luther and of the Wittenbergers concerning Christian liberty, under their leaders and members — Niklas Storch, an unlettered man who boasted that learning had come to him from God; Marcus Stubner, Martin Cellarius, formerly dear and pleasing to Melanchthon; Thomas Müntzer, a lord of Stolberg — not only opposed infant baptism, but also, under pretense of Christian liberty, shook off all submission to lawful authority, and, wishing to form a church consisting of a certain number of pure members, devised for this end familiar conversations with God, according to the testimony of Sleidan, Comment. Lib. IV and V. This sect within a short time made such great gains that the peasants, having refused their customary services to Count Ludwig, girded themselves for war, which the Imperial Diet nevertheless then averted, in the year 1525; nevertheless some common people, stirring up rebellion against the ecclesiastical authorities through Swabia, Franconia, and the neighboring places, and intending to defend the Gospel doctrine by the worst undertakings, and seeking to shake off servitude, presented their case to the magistrate in twelve articles, and demanded that they be satisfied in these. And although Luther, by various writings, sought to draw them back from rebellion, they nevertheless, with a band divided into three parts, took their position along the Ulm district, Algau, and the Lake of Constance, which Georg Truchsess, commander of the Swabian League — which the chief princes of Germany had subscribed — scarcely, with severe losses inflicted, drove off and scattered; while meanwhile in another part of Swabia other peasants gathered together in great numbers, and many of the nobility — among them Ludwig, Count of Helfenstein — were cruelly murdered, very many castles and cloisters set on fire, Weinsberg, Merseburg, and other towns taken; and their army, having divided, marched partly into the Württemberg region, partly into Franconia. But Truchsess, suddenly overwhelming both armies, dragged the wretches to punishment and to death. This same storm broke out also in very many other places, and penetrated through almost all the parts of Germany, as far as the Alps. But as in Lorraine, by the Duke, in three battles, above eighteen thousand were slain, so in other regions the matter was either quietly and peacefully settled, or, through victories whereby in one summer some fifty thousand, by other accounts a hundred thousand, fell, brought to an end. Thus was the mad frenzy checked. Meanwhile Munzer, having first at Zwickau, then at Allstedt, served the ecclesiastical office — because he did not oppose the Papists, but wrote and taught even against the Lutherans, that the lawful magistrate should be deposed and a new one set up in its place — was excluded from both places; and after having hidden himself for some time at Nuremberg and elsewhere, he at length betook himself to Mühlhausen, and there, joining the rebellious mob, having deposed the old council, set up a new one, and named himself first among the councilors, forced his way into the cloisters, plundered the houses of the churches, and, urging a community of goods, gathered to himself from all sides, together with his companion Pfeiffer, so great a multitude of people that they now feared no man's power or force, until the princes of Saxony, Brunswick, and Hesse, finding them nearly relying only on holy songs against the resistance of Munzer, cut down as many as eight thousand of them without any difficulty, and Munzer himself was reserved for punishment. A little after these mad frenzies followed, in the year 1535, similar deeds of the Anabaptists; the instigators of which were Jan Beukels, a Leiden tailor, who, under pretense of erecting a new kingdom of Christ, won over to his party Bernhard Rothmann, until then a Protestant preacher; then Knipperdolling, who was to serve as counselor to him, the king of that kingdom, together with Jan Matthys, a prophet of the first rank; having taken the city, he ordered that all goods be brought together in common, and had the Bible burned; then, having deposed Knipperdolling from the mayoralty, he appointed twelve men after the model of the Israelite Republic, and joined to them twenty-eight, called Apostles, who were to bring the neighboring bishoprics under their sway, and to proclaim repentance and conversion to the neighboring cities — which nevertheless he afterward all had put to death, until at length the city, besieged by the Bishop and the princes, and reduced to the utmost want and famine, the "king" himself killed several, and among them one of his own wives, and the city, having been surrendered, he fell alive, together with Knipperdolling, into the hands of the besiegers, and was put to death with glowing tongs, while Rothmann had already perished in the siege by a halberd. They professed (1) various fanaticisms; (2) they opposed infant baptism, and pressed for a rebaptism; (3) they maintained a community of goods; and they set forth (4) a fanatical kingdom of Christ, of which the man of Leiden was to be king; they added to these (5) a simultaneous polygamy, of which the man of Leiden gave an example in himself, having three wives. Meanwhile two sorts of Anabaptists are to be noted: the English, which are the purest, differing from the Reformed in no chief article of religion except concerning infant baptism; and the Dutch, and all the rest, which are divided into various sects, of which some reject Socinianism, others spread it among their own. All of these hold most of the articles of the Christian religion, for example (1) baptism, if not administered by their own, they repeat; and infant baptism they reject entirely and wholly, whence they are also called Anti-baptists. (2) The Old Testament they do not accept as a rule of faith and life. (3) They hold that Christ did not receive his body from the substance of Mary, but, having brought it down from heaven, merely passed through her. (4) That the New Spirit began to exist only after Christ's glorification. (5) That the Patriarchs of the Old Testament knew absolutely nothing of Christ. (6) That regeneration becomes so perfect in this life that we can perfectly fulfill God's Law. (7) That the ecclesiastical ministry, without distinction, may be exercised even by laymen. (8) That ministers ought to receive no salary. (9) That the sacraments are merely bare signs of spiritual benefits. (10) That even for lighter offenses brethren ought to be excommunicated. (11) That any war whatsoever, as well as civil government, is not pleasing to God. (12) Some press for a community of goods. (13) That simultaneous polygamy and divorces are now less objectionable than formerly among the Jews. They also adopt and take over many doctrines from the Donatists, Eunomians, Manichaeans, Sabellians, Pelagians, Novatians, Cathari, and other heresiarchs. So the most renowned Friedrich Spanheim the Elder, in his Historical Disputation on the Origin, Progress, and Sects of the Anabaptists.
(II) The Enthusiasts
The second assault upon the Reformed Theology was made by the Enthusiasts, who originated largely, it seems, out of the school of the Anabaptists, though they went further astray than these. Kaspar Schwenckfeld, a Silesian nobleman, first poured out his enthusiasms in his own fatherland, and was banished from there in the year 1527. David Joris, a Netherlander — indeed a man of Delft — spread his views already from the year 1527, though more secretly; he gathered his godless doctrines together into a so-called Book of Wonders, but, after his death, after the passing of half a century, he was recognized by the people of Basel, to whom he had betaken himself from the Netherlands under a changed name, and there also had his mortal remains dug up and cast out. Henrik Niclaes, a Westphalian, at almost the same time, foolishly babbling many things about Love and about a general concord of Christians — first in the Netherlands, afterward also in England — his sect is named after him the House, or Family, of Love. Next comes Theophrastus Paracelsus von Hohenheim, from the Zurich region, by profession a physician, an admirer of alchemy, a monster in medicine and likewise in theology, in the middle of the preceding century, dying in his forty-eighth year. He spread his enthusiastic doctrines concerning the fall of Adam, concerning the origin of Christ, concerning the resurrection of the dead, and other articles, throughout Switzerland and the adjoining Alsace. Valentin Weigel, a Meissener, largely out of the school of Paracelsus, though otherwise counted among the followers of Luther, a notorious champion of the fanatic sect, spread his doctrines about the year 1612 through Meissen, Hesse, and other parts of Germany. His sect has since spread under various names, the Brothers of the Rosy Cross having arisen out of it. See Hoornbeek in his Commentary on the Weigelians, and after him Johann Crocius in his Antiweigelius. Of these fanatics, especially in England, and also in our own Netherlands, there is scarcely any end; and their common name is generally that of Enthusiasts, or of Libertines (free-spirits), or of Antinomians (Law-opposers) — the first name from their pretended and boasted spiritual inspirations, the second from the licentiousness of their doctrines or also of their lives, the third from their rooting out and overturning of laws, both divine and human.
(III) The Socinians
The third assault upon the Reformed Theology was made by the Socinians, an offshoot of the Samosatenians, Photinians, and of the old Pelagians. For Michael Servetus, otherwise called Villanovanus, a Spaniard, infected with the blasphemies of the Jews of Africa, and most bitterly set against the mystery of the Trinity and of the incarnation of Christ — when he uttered his dreadful blasphemies against these mysteries, and that most obstinately — was, by the judgment of the magistrate of Geneva, with the concurring vote and consent of the Swiss, burned at Geneva in the year 1553. Not long after, Valentino Gentile, an Italian, having come to Geneva, began to spread a tritheism, teaching three divine essences in place of the number of three Persons, yet subordinate to one another, so that the Father is the "Essentiator," the maker, and the Son and the Holy Spirit the "Essentiated," made — as he spoke in a strange manner. He indeed recanted his positions before the judges at Geneva, but, immediately returning to his own vomit, was at length punished at Bern in Switzerland, in the year 1566; his errors nevertheless spread through Switzerland, Poland, and especially in Transylvania, through Matteo Gribaldi, Giorgio Biandrata, a physician, Paolo Alciati, a jurist, all Italians. Sharing this error was Bernardino Ochino, a Sienese monk, who, setting himself against the deity and satisfaction of Christ, enlightened both of the Socinuses; also Francesco Lismanino, a Corfiote, confessor to the mother of Sigismund, king of Poland; then also Piotr Goniądz, Grzegorz Paweł; further, Francis Dávid, superintendent of Transylvania, who moreover denied that Christ must be worshipped, on account of which he was cast into prison by Socinus himself, and there perished. But it was above all from Ochino that the two Socinuses drew their poison — first Lelio, then Fausto; but their writings not yet having been published, Lelio bequeathed them to Fausto Socinus, his nephew by his brother Alexander, as an inheritance. This man, having drawn out the poison from his uncle's writings, disgorged it, first publishing a writing concerning the Savior, then also others, in the regions of Poland and Transylvania, and this toward the close of the sixteenth century. From him this heresy has received its name, although it is also commonly called Samosatenian, Photinian, Arian, Unitarian, and Antitrinitarian. This most detestable heresy has, in a very short time, been carried forward and spread, from the regions of Poland and Transylvania, through Alba Julia, Várad, Kraków, Sandomierz, especially through the school of Raków, and has, through the connivance at that time of the princes, infected even the church and academy of the Palatinate, under Frederick III, an excellent Elector, and afterward also other parts of Germany, as appears in Ruarus, Smalcius, Völkel, Crell, Wolzogen, etc., who are Germans; at length it has penetrated even into the Netherlands and England, corrupt reason favoring it, against which our mysteries concerning the Trinity, the union of the two natures in Christ, together with His satisfaction, in its judgment, would strive. The whole heresy rests upon a twofold foundation: upon Samosatenianism and Pelagianism, from which arises its own threefold basic tenet — first, the denied Trinity and the denied consubstantial deity of Christ; then the denied infinite worth of His death, by which He could have made full satisfaction in our place, according to the strictness of divine justice; finally, that the powers of the free will, after the sin of the first man, remain so entirely and fully sufficient that man can do all that God requires of him, only that a certain moral grace of God be added, whereby the duties are set before him and, with fitting persuasions and proofs, recommended to him. By these means, most of the chief articles of religion are so greatly infected and corrupted that they now come nearest of all to Muhammadanism, and scarcely leave themselves the Christian name, except that they do not acknowledge Muhammad — which, to demonstrate in particular through the special chief points of Christianity, would be too long, and more than our brief compendium requires. If, meanwhile, anyone desires to see these matters demonstrated point by point for himself, he may consult those who have expressly and at length undertaken to combat Socinianism — for example Hoornbeek (in Socinianismo confutato), Kloppenburg (in Socinianismi Compendiolum confutatum), likewise in his Anti-Smalcius, also Maresius in his Hydra Socinianismi expugnata, and others.
(IV) The Jesuits
The fourth assault upon the Reformed Theology is made by the Jesuits, for whom, now, of the entire Papacy or Antichristendom which they have adopted through their monastic vows, since we have already dealt with this at length in the preceding epoch, we need add nothing further here. They owe their origin to Ignatius Loyola, a Spaniard, who, being a soldier, was wounded in both feet in the defense of the fortress of Pamplona and taken prisoner; when he had lain a whole year and longer in bed, and had constantly read the Legends of the Saints, he took up the pilgrim's staff, betook himself to the grave of the Lord, and, having returned from there to Spain, applied himself to letters and openly practiced penance; still lacking, however, the eloquence to preach, and, having within ten years been made Master of the free arts, he acquired ten companions, of whom seven, in order to hear confessions and be permitted to do so, were ordained to the priesthood; the Jesuit order itself, however much the clergy opposed it, was in the year 1540 confirmed by Pope Paul III, on the condition that no more than sixty should be enrolled in their Society. But the popes afterward, considering what usefulness would flow from it for the Roman Church, that condition lapsed, so that the Jesuits, now divided into certain fixed provinces, can scarcely be numbered. They stand under a single General, as under a pope. Some of them profess a fourfold vow, being as it were cardinals, whereby, besides the three common monastic vows of poverty, celibacy, and obedience to the Roman Pope, they also swear fidelity to root out heretics. Some of them profess only three vows, being as it were bishops; others as spiritual co-adjutors, teachers, professors of theology, of canon law, and of philosophy; others as temporal co-adjutors, who prepare food and clothing; the rest are novices and scholastics. See Chemnitz, Hasenmüller, and other historians of this sect. These, besides not instructing the youth, are wholly bent upon strengthening the authority of the Roman see, upon penetrating the lands of the Indies, in order, under pretense of propagating Christianity, to extend the Roman church. By learning they eclipse all the other orders of monks. Yet, since they have more than once been found to have laid hands on the lives of kings and on the welfare of public affairs, they have by public decrees of state been ordered out of the kingdom of France and out of the territory of the Venetians; and in Poland itself they are repeatedly accused by the magnates of the realm as disturbers of the peace. And although in France they have been newly readmitted, they are nevertheless permitted colleges in only a few cities. They have obtained at Vienna and elsewhere, as it were, sisters — Jesuitesses — who are said, beyond their sex, to train themselves in languages and arts. In riches and in following they have so greatly increased that they even surpass the Templars, and are an object of envy to the other orders. In religion they hold, besides other matters common to them, particularly these things: (1) that they, above other orders, wish to be named not after Christ, nor after the founder of their order, but after Jesus, and to be called the Society of Jesus — a name condemned by the Sorbonne of Paris as new, arrogant, schismatic, and heretical. Then (2) they are, against the Dominicans and the Jansenists, most bitter champions of semi-Pelagianism. (3) In matters of conscience they are, so as to please everyone, exceedingly lax, as Arnauld, Montalte (Pascal), and others testify. (4) They also sometimes bring forward new opinions and positions, for example concerning a philosophical sin, of which elsewhere.
(V) The Lutherans
The fifth assault upon the Reformed Theology is made by the Lutherans, who name themselves after Martin Luther's own person, reformer of the church from the Antichristendom and stirrer up of the schism among the Protestants, whom we shall relate in his own place. Now some of these Lutherans, spurred on by Luther's authority, defend the presence of Christ's body in the signs of the Holy Supper, being in the remaining articles of the faith in agreement and of one mind with the Reformed; while others, moreover, in very many other articles, not even acknowledged by Luther himself, depart from the Reformed, only in order to excuse, cover, and aggravate their schism. These (1), as if not to be named with the common title of Christians, name themselves after Luther, Lutherans. (2) They hold that the body of Christ is substantially present in the signs of the Supper, and is orally eaten by all the communicants. Moreover (3), that to the human nature of Christ, through the personal union, are communicated the properties of the divine nature, and among these, by name, omnipresence — which, however, their Calixtines do not accept. (4) They charge the Reformed with making God, if not directly, then at least indirectly, by a legitimate inference, an author of sin. (5) That God wills that all and each in particular should be saved. (6) That election is out of a foreseen faith. (7) That Christ died for all and each equally. (8) That true believers can fall away entirely and altogether. (9) That God has reprobated out of and on account of a foreseen unbelief. (10) That the grace of regeneration is bound and fastened to the ceremony of Baptism. (11) That in the administration of Baptism there is rightly used an exorcism and banishment of the devil, and that the administration of Baptism itself, in case of necessity, also belongs to women. (12) That the breaking of the Bread, in the Supper, is an indifferent ceremony, which must even be omitted. (13) That in the Holy Supper, instead of ordinary bread, a wafer must be used; that the Holy Supper must be administered at an altar, by ministers clothed in white vestments; and that the wafer must be placed into the mouth of the communicants. (14) That a secret and confessional profession and absolution is necessary in the Church. (15) That, upon hearing the name of Jesus, either an inward bow or an uncovering of the head is prescribed by God. (16) That images may be tolerated in the churches of Christians, and that organs must be used. The history of the schism will be added in its own place.
(VI) The Arminians
The sixth assault upon the Reformed Theology is made by the Arminians. The rise and beginnings of these fall in with the start of the seventeenth century, when the Socinians, Christoph Ostorodt, a Silesian of Głostów, and Andreas Voidovius, having been sent into our Netherlands, began to spread their heresy — whose efforts and undertakings the States, by banishing the emissaries and burning the seductive little books, indeed suppressed and smothered, in the year 1593; but nevertheless could not thereby extinguish out of our Netherlands the itch to hanker after new teachings, nor likewise the comprehension and grasp of the imported writings of Socinus concerning predestination and the free will — for example out of his commentary on the ninth chapter of Romans, under the name of Prosper Desiderius, and out of the preface to Sebastian Castellio's dialogue concerning Predestination, free will, and faith, under the name of Felix Turpio Urbevetanus, flattering and fawning upon Theodore Coornhert. Among these was Jacobus Arminius, from an Amsterdam preacher become theological professor at the Leiden Academy, after Franciscus Junius had died there in the year 1603; against whom rose up, besides Franciscus Gomarus, the Dutch Synods, presenting forty extracted Articles to the States of Holland, upon which followed at once the Apology (a Defense-writing) and the answer of Arminius. From this these men bear the name of Arminians. When this man died in the year 1609, his followers more openly attacked the Dutch Confession and Catechism, urging in the year 1610 upon the States that these might be improved, that their own opinion might be left free to them, and that they might tolerate one another as brethren until a free assembly should meet. From this they are called Remonstrants, and their opposing party Contra-Remonstrants, upon which followed at once the Hague Conference over five articles, in 1611. Here was added Konrad Vorstius, a man of Steinfurt, a theological professor, fruitlessly and vainly designated as a successor to Arminius; moreover, in the chapter concerning the divine attributes, openly conspiring with Socinus; and Simon Episcopius, an Amsterdammer, appointed in Arminius's place in 1612, through both of whom the schism has been especially widened, agreeing with them together being Johannes Uytenbogaert, Bertius, Venator, Grevinchovius, Goulartius, Poppius, Corvinus, and others known in the Netherlands — until at length the Synod of Dort convened in the years 1618 and 1619, against whose decrees the Remonstrants set forth their Counter-Synodal decisions, in 1620. Since that time the Remonstrants have formed their own separate assemblies, having even brought out a Confession, together with a defense of it, by Simon Episcopius, being at least half-Socinian. On the strength of this it is said, one commonly distinguishes the Arminians into two sorts: into the Quinquarticulani, that is, drivers of five articles, who depart from the Reformed only in Arminius's five articles: (1) concerning the cause and object of predestination; (2) concerning the extent, the object, and the efficacy of Christ's death; (3) concerning the powers of the free will in the state of sin, and concerning the cause of the converting change, together with those things which precede it; (4) concerning the manner and mode of the converting change, and the efficacy of the converting grace; (5) concerning the certainty of the perseverance of believers, or their possible total falling away. The second sort is that of the Apologists, who agree with the Apology of Episcopius, which is for a great part Socinian, whose errors creep through nearly all points of the Christian religion. Others, however, distinguish them a little more finely, into four sorts, namely (a) the Quinquarticulani who have described themselves above; these one might, in a more narrowly defined sense, call Arminians. (b) The Vorstians, who follow Konrad Vorstius, either out of Socinus or out of their own theologizing, and depart from most of the fundamental points concerning God, the Trinity, the deity of Christ, the truth of Christ's satisfaction, and other points of Christian truth. (c) The Apologists, in a narrower and more limited sense, who follow the confession of the Remonstrants, published in 1622, and against the Censure of the Leiden Professors, defended by Episcopius in 1629. (d) Such as, besides the named errors, moreover others, especially draw either from the teachings of Episcopius, or from the dissertations of Stephanus Curcellaeus and others, for example concerning three essences in the Trinity, concerning the terms and expressions customary among theologians regarding the Trinity, concerning original sin, concerning the necessity of the knowledge of Christ, justification by works, or by faith insofar as it works through love and is efficacious, and more such points, almost without end or measure. If you desire to see the various points of difference more precisely demonstrated, you may consult those who are available who have expressly and at length undertaken to oppose Arminianism, for example the Censure of the Leiden Professors; Nicolaus Vedelius, Arcana Arminianismi; Samuel Rutherford's Examination of Arminianism; the writings of Guilielmus Twisse, Ames, and others.
XLIV.
From here we descend more directly to the state of the Church under the sixth epoch of the New Testament, where we have before us, first of all, the propagation of the Church down to our own times, both of the Popish and of the Reformed. And concerning the Popish Church, no very great propagation is to be observed, except that, through the monks and especially through the Jesuits, the name of Christ has been carried to some parts of the Indies — though this looked not so much to the spread of Christ's kingdom as rather to the extension of the Papal power and monarchy, and so that the monks might thereby obtain for themselves archbishoprics, bishoprics, and other church dignities, on account of which they remained content with reciting only a few words touching the Christian articles, with the recital also of the twelve Articles of the Creed and of the words of the Lord's Prayer, and with certain superstitious ceremonies. Whatever the case may be, Christ has nevertheless in some manner become known to them through this means. Thus they have, on the Fishery Coast, among some Ceylonese petty kings, moved very many to accept Baptism, and, besides the archbishopric of Goa, have established many colleges, distinguished into two provinces, of which that of Goa counts 280 societies, and that of Malabar 150. They are moreover sent to various islands of the East — to the Maldives, the Moluccas, and others, as also in the kingdom of Ormuz — having made Christ known to the Barbarians; and even in the kingdom of China, in two colleges and three residencies, feeding thirty companions, and, having journeyed to farthest Japan, having there set up a province of their society of 130 companions; also that on the Philippine Islands, in the Chinese and Japanese islands discovered, they have established a province of 100 companions — so Mireus notes in Polit. Eccles. Lib. II. But most of these things rest solely on the credibility of the monks and Jesuits. Far different will be what we relate concerning the propagation of the true and Reformed Church, beginning with the East and West Indians, brought about through the voyages of both the English and the Dutch. For Dr. Increase Mather, minister of the divine word among the Bostonians in New England, and Rector of Harvard College, which is at Cambridge in New England, relates in a letter written to my very esteemed colleague Dr. Leusden, dated 12 July 1687, that already for forty years Dr. John Eliot, a preacher of the Gospel in New England, in order the more effectively to make the Gospel known to the American Barbarians, learned their language, and translated the whole Bible into that tongue, of which translation he sent a copy to this our Academy; that he also made an Indian Catechism and published various theological tracts in that tongue; that from those converted he gathered a congregation in the town of Natick, which, not without tears, confessed their sins, professed Christ, and, with their families, were admitted to Holy Baptism, to whom he also administered the Holy Supper, according to the institution of Christ; that besides this four other congregations had been received, among the Massachusett peoples, over whom American preachers had been set; also as many more in Marshpee; likewise that in the Plymouth colony there was a great multitude of Christians; further, in Cape Cod still more, among Indian leaders, divided into six congregations; he adds to this the Eastham, Nantucket, and several other congregations, and relates their religious exercises and church discipline most emphatically. To this add: certain letters relate, concerning the fortunate progress of the Gospel among the Eastern Indians — especially, however, among the Ceylonese islanders — astonishing things, as though three hundred thousand men had embraced the name and religion of Christ, and that these wonderful conversions were fruits of the endeavors of the ministers sent from the Netherlands. In a certain other letter, written at Colombo, 20 December 1684, Herm. Specht writes that in the kingdom of Jaffnapatnam, under which Manaar lies (the converted Christians of this latter not even reckoned in), according to the latest count and register delivered to us (he says), there are bound one hundred forty-one thousand four hundred fifty-six (141,456), over whose conversion five pastors were set. The same Dr. Specht, in another letter, written at Colombo 6 January 1688, goes on to relate that the number of converted Indian Christians, in the space of nearly four years, had increased by about four hundred thousand; the kingdom, he says, of Jaffnapatnam, subject only to the Dutch Indian Company, has 278,750 inhabitants, among whom are 180,364 Indian Christians. Following this, Adrianus de Mey, minister and overseer of a certain Seminary, in a letter written at Jaffnapatnam, 6 November 1690, relates the seminary erected there, and that he had been set over it as overseer, wherein Malabar youths were instructed in the Dutch language, so that, by means of the knowledge of that tongue, they might be made fit, from among whom in time masters, licentiates, and preachers might be made; and that same man relates, in another letter written at Jaffnapatnam, 22 January 1692, the progress of the youths of this college in religion. Moreover Dr. Franciscus Valentinus, a Dordrecht man, minister at Amboina, in a letter sent from there, 4 January 1686, records that Dr. Cornelius van der Sluys, a man of Utrecht, with an incredible and unceasing eagerness, tended as many as thirty thousand heathen souls, and brought them over to Christ, both from heathenism and from Muhammadanism, so that very often on one and the same occasion hundreds of little children were baptized, who, grown to be young men, gave praiseworthy proofs of diligence, understanding, and godliness. He adds beneath: Here religion flourishes, the schools also flourish, the God made known among the heathen is worshipped, and, abandoning their ancestral gods, not only the superstitious Amboinese embrace Christ, but even the Muhammadans, desiring to be baptized, betake themselves with glad hearts to Christ. Our very renowned, and to me highly esteemed and beloved colleague Dr. Johannes Leusden has shared these letters, to the common and public joy, as samples and firstfruits of a full harvest, which both the East and West India Companies, both our own Dutch and the English, might yet lay up, and upon whose endeavors divine grace may abundantly bestow its blessings. We shall proceed from here directly to the propagation of the Reformed Church in the European regions, beginning (1) with the Northern regions of Denmark and Norway, which accepted the Reformed faith under Frederick I, their king, following the guidance of Johannes Bugenhagen, in the year 1537; this man appointed seven Superintendents of the congregations in Denmark, and four in Norway, who were to have the direction of their religious exercises. Here comes next (2) Sweden, under King Gustav in 1525; and afterward, when King Sigismund had forfeited both himself and his rule, it was surrendered and entrusted rather to Duke Charles, before it received and welcomed the Jesuits whom Sigismund had introduced in the year 1598. Then (3) Bohemia, already differing from the Pope from the time of Hus, and acknowledging the truth: at length under Rudolph, who in 1609, by letters which they call Majestic, granted and permitted freedom of religion to it; among the Picards now (thus are called those who call the Pope the Antichrist), when most joined themselves to the Reformed, and some to the Lutherans, a Syncretism grew up, which they declared through a published confession of faith, formerly printed at Tübingen, on the 1st of August 1558. But now that Syncretism has been dissolved and undone by Imperial decrees — a fate which has also overtaken Moravia, Styria, and Austria, when Ferdinand succeeded his father in Styria, forbade the Protestants the exercise of their religion, and commanded all who were unwilling to depart from his lands. (4) Poland had, in 1525, as Evangelical teachers, Martin Glaser, master of the Kraków studium, Johannes Seklucjan, Samuel, a Dominican monk, Johannes Kośmiński; in 1542, Laurentius Praśniewski, Felix Cruciger, Skrzynecki, in the Przedmieście congregation, in 1546 Jakobus Sylvius in the Krzenczyce congregation, since when the Syncretism grew so strong that first at Sandomierz, in 1570, in a general Synod, an agreement in the faith was established, and subsequently also in other Synods, and finally confirmed in the general Synod of Włodzisław, in 1593. Meanwhile it was disturbed by Fausto Socinus, who at Kraków spread his blasphemies for very many years, until his death. (5) Lithuania has, since the year 1539, received the footprints of the Reformed faith, through the doing of Abraham Culvensis, doctor of theology, who had opened a school in the town of Vilnius, wherein he instructed sixty disciples. More solemnly was the truth planted there in the year 1558, when the fratres unitatis, the Brothers of Unity or Concord, having been driven out of Bohemia by Ferdinand I, betook themselves to Great Poland, and there openly founded a congregation of the Bohemian Confession in 1553; a little afterward one of the Augsburg Confession, as also one of the Swiss; and have, throughout the whole kingdom of Poland, begun everywhere to open Evangelical congregations. (6) The Netherlands accepted the truth at once, immediately after Luther's Reformation began, and for that very reason at once felt persecutions, when in the year 1522 the entire Augustinian Cloister, the monks driven out, taken prisoner, and several of them burned, was destroyed, and, notably, at Brussels two Augustinians, because they had spoken somewhat too freely against indulgences, were burned in the year 1523. Since then the truth has become so strong and so mighty that Charles V had to resist it through the erection of new bishoprics, through the sending of two Inquisitors in the years 1526 and 1529, at the Pope's request, and further through the most cruel persecutions — out of which afterward arose a lengthy and bloody war with the Spaniards, whereby the Reformed faith, indeed, in the Spanish Netherlands, has been very nearly smothered, but in the United Netherlands, through God's grace, still flourishes. (7) England, which Henry VIII suddenly withdrew from under the yoke of the Roman Pope, on the occasion of the king's divorce from his wife Catherine, which Pope Clement disapproved — over which, so that the king might avenge himself, he abolished by public decree of state the primacy and headship of the Pope, and proclaimed himself, in Christ's name, head of the English Church, with the announcement of the penalty of death should anyone acknowledge the supreme power of the Roman bishop; he also refused him the annual tribute, which they called Peter's gift, notwithstanding which he retained the doctrine of the Roman Church, which he had before defended by writings against Luther, and for which he had earned and obtained from the Pope and the cardinals the title of a Defender of the Faith. Meanwhile he thereby cut the roots of the Roman Antichristendom, and, willingly or unwillingly, laid the foundations of the Reformation. See Burnet in his History of the English Reformation. Upon the foundations laid by Henry VIII, Edward VI built a full Reformation, having for this end called out of Germany Peter Martyr and Martin Bucer, who also valiantly upheld the cause of the Reformation, had not the death of Edward, being a second Josiah, in the flower of his years, withdrawn him from the English Church, and made room and space for Queen Mary, being a most bitter persecutor of the Reformation; but, through divine goodness, that cloud passed over and vanished within a short time, Mary having died in 1558, Elizabeth, who succeeded her, drove Popery entirely out of England anew, and restored the purity of the Gospel — though defiled with an Episcopal haughtiness and pride, and with very many trifles and ridiculous ceremonies, against the counsel of Beza and of all the overseas Reformed — from which afterward a multitude of evils, down to our own times, has flourished. (8) Scotland accepted the Reformation through the doing of John Knox, whom the Scots honor as their own apostle, of whom one may see Melchior Adam in his Lives of the Foreign Theologians. The Scots, meanwhile, under various fortunes, join purity of doctrine with an ecclesiastical discipline which comes nearest to the Apostolic, as well as some other Reformed Churches, on account of which they have also, more than some other churches, been distressed by heresies, schisms, and offenses. (9) France, for there in the year 1523 the purified Gospel began to be taught in two places: at Grenoble, in Dauphiné, through Pierre de Sébeville; and at Meaux through Jacques Lefèvre, Guillaume Farel, Arnaud, and Gérard Roussel, being called to Paris by Bishop Guillaume Briçonnet to teach the truth. Although, however, the bishop did not persevere in the acknowledged truth, and dismissed the invited teachers again, these nevertheless betook themselves to other places in France, and everywhere planted many congregations. But the French kings, although they always differed with the Pope in very great disputes, nevertheless, even when they contended with the Pope, defended the Papacy, and gave the bishops power to punish the Reformed. From this the Reformed congregations have so often been wet with the blood of martyrs, while Henry II and Francis II, authors of the wicked inquisition in France, did not cease to rage against the confessors of the faith, until the first was killed in a tournament, and the other died of a putrefaction. At length, under Charles IX, still under guardians, in 1561, through the Edict of January, as it is called, some freedom was granted to the Reformed churches, the chief of which Farel, Viret, and Calvin had planted from Geneva; which peace, however, was not seldom disturbed, when the Popish Guises stirred up wars against Condé, a champion of the Reformed: until at length a more favorable fortune befell the Reformed, when the Henries III and IV confirmed freedom of religion to the Huguenots — from which those two, both slain by the Jesuit-instructed daggers of assassins, wretchedly perished. And yet even so the confessors of the truth against the Papacy could not be wholly rooted out. For their steadfastness has so happily withstood and broken so many storms of persecution that they, down to these our unhappy times, have enjoyed their religion, although wrapped up in difficulties and very many hardships. For the Jesuits, whose disciple Chastel had wounded Henry IV with a murderous dagger, were already in 1594 ordered to leave the kingdom of France, though they returned in 1604. Meanwhile the Reformed received the name of Huguenots in the year 1560, at Tours, because they were accustomed to gather together by the gate of Hugues; although there are not lacking those who hold that they were so named after the house of a certain Hugo, wherein they used to observe their religion at Paris; it also pleases others more, that the Guises, ascribing to themselves descent from Charlemagne, gave to Condé, with a hateful name, who traced his origin from Hugh Capet, the name Huguenots. (10) Germany, finally, which we should have named in the first place, has, in this order, received the Christian liberty in place of the Popish yoke. Edzard, Count of East Friesland, was the first, after the Reformation begun in Saxony, who, having read Luther's writings, abolished some superstitions in the year 1520. In the following year those of Worms, Erfurt, Goslar, Halberstadt, Hamburg, and other cities followed him. The very first of all, however, were the Augustinian monks at Wittenberg, who in the year 1521 abolished the special Mass and its ceremonial, and obtained for this the approval of that Academy and of Luther. Luther himself also drew up, in 1523, a Church Order concerning the use of the Holy Supper, to be observed in the Electorate of Saxony, though he also too readily restored private confession, which Carlstadt had already abolished, and, only two years afterward, introduced the use of the mother tongue in the church. From that time on, the lay-sisters and cloister-maidens everywhere began to lay aside their superstitious habit, to bid the cloister farewell, and to enter into marriage; which the reformed church ministers also followed. Luther himself also went before them in this as an example, when he laid aside his monk's habit, and took Catharina von Bora, who had been a nun, as his wife. The ordering of the church ministers he arranged largely after the Apostolic ordinances, and Georg Rörer was the first whom he solemnly ordained to the holy ministry according to his arrangement; just as he also obtained from Elector John the power to visit the churches and to appoint ministers over them, after whose example many princes also conformed themselves. Zealous and eager for the contest joined themselves to this — in Prussia, Albert; in Mecklenburg, Henry, son of Henry the Great; in Sweden, Gustav; in Lüneburg, Ernst; in Hesse, Philip. The same change was undergone also, through the ministry of Bugenhagen the Pomeranian, by those of Brunswick, Magdeburg, Lübeck, Göttingen; besides these, also in the year 1529, those of Basel and Strasbourg, who, following the doctrine of Zwingli, also broke images and other statues; and in the year 1534 followed those of Württemberg, under the government of Duke Ulrich, and those of Hildesheim in the following year. Those of Pomerania in 1539, those of the Mark under Joachim I, and, after the death of Duke Georg, those of Leipzig; then those of the Palatinate, those of Mecklenburg, and those of Siebenbürgen, and still others more. Even those of Bavaria and Austria in some measure awoke from darkness, when, having to bring their share of money for the Turkish war, they made a request for freedom of religion, and obtained the administration of the Holy Supper under the two kinds, on the condition, however, that in all the other Roman religious ceremonies they should make no innovation whatsoever. And those of Cologne, in which city I myself first saw the light of life, were indeed favored with a greater good fortune, but that light was of short duration: for their Archbishop Hermann called to himself out of Hesse Melanchthon, Bucer, Hedio, and Johannes Pistorius, in order through their ministry to reform the archbishopric; and indeed at Bonn the purified Gospel was preached, while the apostate Gropper and other members of the Academy council at Cologne appealed to the Pope and Emperor, and Hermann, summoned by the Emperor and the Pope to answer, was put under the Ban in the year 1547, and thus had to yield his archbishopric to Adolf von Schaumburg. The same fate befell Salentin, Count of Isenburg, and Gerhard Truchsess, both archbishops, who, according to the freedom and liberty which was granted in the Empire to both religions, were bent upon the reformation of religion, and had entered into marriage. The first voluntarily gave up, in 1577, his episcopal dignity; the latter, six years after, was struck by the Papal ban-lightning, although he first tried to defend himself by war, but was compelled to receive Ernst of Bavaria as his successor. Those of Marburg received in 1544, as their territorial ruler, Augustus, Duke of Saxony, and as their bishop Georg von Anhalt, a man very renowned for his holy sermons. Those of Naumburg received, likewise in place of Julius Pflug, who was a very bitter Papist and fierce champion of the Roman faith, Nicolaus von Amsdorf, a nobleman of Meissen, who was an excellent theologian, and ordained to the holy ministry by Luther himself. But by the outbreak of war in 1547, Pflug was restored at Naumburg, and Michael Sidonius obtained the bishopric of Marburg, after whose deaths Augustus, in his duchy of Saxony, appointed Superintendents, or chief overseers, over the churches. In many other cities also the difference of religion caused great agitation; among others, particularly at Aachen and Donauwörth, of which the former city did indeed permit the Reformation, but was forced, in the year 1580, and the latter in the year 1607, to receive the Mass once again. But who can enumerate all the Reformations of the individual churches, especially since we can only give the histories in outline?
We proceed then to the Propagators, or Founders, of the churches in this epoch — first the purer, or the Reformed, then the less pure, the Lutheran-minded, and finally the Pope-minded, or rather those who have hindered more than furthered the work of Reformation — with whom we shall finally join the most notorious Heads of the Fanatics or Enthusiasts.
Among the Reformed Church-founders must be counted: (1) Martin Luther, born at Eisleben, a town in the County of Mansfeld, of honest parents, his father being Johannes, and his mother Margarethe Lindemann, in the year 1483. His first schooling was at Magdeburg and Eisenach, and he was declared teacher in Philosophy at Erfurt in the year 1508. At once, in the following year, he became an Augustinian monk. Some years afterward he was called by Frederick, Elector of Saxony, to be professor of Theology at Wittenberg, while he was meanwhile, for the settling of certain disputes that had arisen, dispatched to Rome with public authority; and after his return, in the year 1512, he took up his professorship. The work of Reformation he began to undertake in the year 1517, which he carried forward both by writing and by preaching; as he then also submitted the draft of his Confession of Faith at the Diet at Augsburg to Emperor Charles V, which he also afterward steadfastly maintained and defended. Yet he was somewhat too self-willed, especially on the subject of the Holy Supper, and stubbornly and hotly resisted his colleague Carlstadt, whereby he also laid the grounds in Switzerland for the Lutheran schism; although he is said, on his deathbed, to have confessed this imprudence and error of his to Melanchthon, and, being urged by him that he should declare himself otherwise, or at least, by some milder writing, in some way heal the wound inflicted on the Church through his fault, to have said that he would gladly do so, were he not afraid that by doing so his entire doctrine would fall into disrepute. He died at Eisleben in his birth town, and was buried at Wittenberg, where Pomeranus and Melanchthon gave funeral orations over him. His writings, which fill several large volumes, are printed at Jena and Wittenberg.
(2) Philip Melanchthon, this man was Luther's colleague, somewhat too accommodating by nature, but purer in doctrine. Among the Germans he is called Schwartzerd. He was born at Bretten, a town in the Lower Palatinate, his father being Georg and his mother Barbara Reuter, in the year 1497. He was at Heidelberg in the year 1511, when he was but fourteen years old, declared Bachelor (or public lecturer), and at seventeen Master in Philosophy at Tübingen, in the year 1513. On the advice of Johannes Reuchlin, he was called, by Frederick, Elector of Saxony, to Wittenberg in the year 1518, to teach the Greek language. He was, to Luther, a faithful helper and an upright fellow-combatant in the work of Reformation. So fortunate and diligent was he in the teaching of Languages, of Philosophy, and of Theology, that he was named and celebrated as the common professor of Germany. In the matter of the Holy Supper he differed from Luther, and in that respect became somewhat estranged from him, on account of which he was mistreated in various ways by his ungrateful pupils, while he was nevertheless, in the matter of special grace and of the free will, judged to have surpassed Luther — of which his writing on the Bondage of the Will serves as proof. He died at Wittenberg in the year 1560, at the age of sixty-three.
(3) Ulrich Zwingli, this man was a Swiss, born in the year 1487; he laid the foundations of his letters at Basel, then at Bern, further at Vienna in Austria, where he was declared Master of the free arts; he received his priestly ordination at Glarus, and began to preach the Gospel more purely at the year 1516, when the name of Luther was not yet known in those parts, and after he had received the pure doctrine concerning the justification of the sinner before God from Thomas Wyttenbach, professor of theology at Basel, in the year 1505 — from which doctrine he afterward opposed the Papal indulgences. At Zurich he was declared professor, and appointed preacher there of that church, in the year 1519, where he first preached the Gospel according to the truth of the Gospel, amid great applause of his hearers; as he also defended the same with many writings, as well as in a colloquy publicly held at Marburg, in the year 1529, on the subject of the Holy Supper. At length he fell in the Swiss civil war, where he was performing his duty as army-chaplain.
(4) Johannes Oecolampadius, called by the Germans Hausschein, born at Weinsberg, a town in the land of Swabia or Mansfeld, in the year 1482, at Heidelberg he became lecturer in the free arts, and shortly afterward declared public teacher: he applied himself to the study of jurisprudence, first at Bologna, and afterward to philology and antiquity under the professor Johannes Reuchlin, and, when he was well versed in the three chief languages, he preferred rather to be a theologian than a jurist. He was first preacher in his native town, then at Basel, where he was declared public teacher of theology, in the year 1516, then also at Augsburg, and finally, after having been driven about through many turns of fortune, he was appointed at Basel as the first professor in the purified Gospel doctrine, and as preacher at the principal church there: he died of consumption, a few months after his beloved colleague Zwingli.
(5) Berthold Haller, a Swiss, born in the year 1492. At Cologne he obtained the dignity of public lecturer in Theology, and returned from there to his fatherland, where he first became a canon, then was appointed preacher at Bern, and was the first to persuade his fatherland to accept the pure Gospel doctrine: together with his colleague Zwingli he laid aside his mortal frame.
(6) Andreas Bodenstein, called after his fatherland Carlstadt: he was Master and professor at Wittenberg, likewise canon and archdeacon. Luther was, in the year 1512, declared by him teacher of Theology; afterward he was there among the first to embrace the doctrine of Luther, and, while Luther hid himself in his Patmos, abolished the special Mass, removed the images from the church, likewise abolished private confession, the distinction of foods, and the invocation of the saints, distributed the two signs in the Holy Supper to the people generally, and altered other superstitious ceremonies. But since these things had happened in Luther's absence, he took this amiss, and preached repeatedly against it in a heated manner, and, as though these things had not been undertaken in a proper and orderly manner, restored them all again. From this arose a great estrangement between the two, which afterward broke out into a sacramentarian schism. At last he, as professor at Zurich and at Basel, expounded the Holy Bible, and as preacher proclaimed it to the people: he died in the year 1541.
(7) Simon Grynaeus, this man saw the light of birth at Veringen in Swabia, in the year 1493; he was a fellow-student of Melanchthon, and was declared teacher in Philosophy at Vienna in Austria. On account of his learning and skill in the three languages, and philosophy and sound theology, which he taught for many years as professor at the academies of Vienna, Wittenberg, and Basel, he made himself very famous: he died of the plague.
(8) Wolfgang Fabricius Capito: he was first professor in Medicine, afterward in Theology, while by his teaching and disputations at Basel he propagated the pure doctrine: he became court preacher and privy councilor of the archbishop of Mainz, who was inwardly cordially devoted to the Evangelical religion, and was inscribed by Emperor Charles V into the order of Knighthood; but, seeing that he could not obtain from the archbishop of Mainz what he desired, he departed for Strasbourg, and taught the Gospel there, as he also proclaimed it at Hagenau, his native place.
(9) Paulus Fagius: he was born at Rheinzabern on the Rhine, very well versed in the Hebrew language, overseer of the school at Isny, afterward preacher there; then, having introduced the Reformed doctrine in the city of Konstanz, he went to Strasbourg, where he held the preaching office and the professorship for two years, until the year 1544, when, traveling with his colleague to Cambridge in England, and scarcely having arrived there, he died.
(10) Martin Bucer: he was born at Sélestat, a town in Alsace, in the year 1491. After he had, for a full twenty years, at Strasbourg, both in church and school, preached and taught, he was called by Edward VI, king of England, to the Academy of Cambridge, where, having lived two years as professor of Theology, he died in the year 1552, having been all too indulgent regarding the ecclesiastical peace.
(11) Sebastian Münster was at Basel professor of Theology and of the Hebrew language, and an excellent cosmographer, in the year 1552.
(12) Konrad Pellikan gained a true knowledge of the Evangelical truth, and was thoroughly versed in the Hebrew tongue, and became professor of Theology first at Basel, then at Zurich, in the year 1556.
(13) Peter Martyr Vermigli, an Italian, born at Florence, in the year 1500. At Padua he had exercised himself in all the branches of philosophy and in the Greek tongue; at Bologna he became versed in the Hebrew language; he became an Augustinian monk in the cloister of Fiesole, from which time he was a most famous preacher throughout all Italy; but, illumined by the light of the Gospel, he laid the foundations of the Reformation, first at Naples, then at Lucca. They sought to bring him to Rome to be burned as a heretic; but, on the warning and advice of his friends, he left his fatherland, and was called first to Zurich, from there to Basel, and then, through the doing of Bucer, to Strasbourg; indeed he went with them over to England, where he obtained, through King Edward VI, the professorship at the Academy of Oxford; but, on account of the persecutions that soon followed, under the reign of Queen Mary, he returned again to his first station at Strasbourg, and at length ended the course of a ripe old age, in the year 1562.
(14) Wolfgang Musculus was first preacher at Strasbourg, then at Augsburg, and finally at Bern, professor of Holy Scripture, in the year 1564.
(15) Andreas Gerardus Hyperius, this man was born at Ypres, a town in Flanders, in the year 1511. His father was also Andreas, a jurist at Ypres; he was preacher and professor in the church and academy at Marburg, in the year 1563.
(16) Johannes Calvin, this man was born in the year 1509 at Noyon, a town in the Vermandois in France: first he applied himself to Philosophy at Paris, afterward to jurisprudence and theology at Orléans and Bourges, and finally he devoted himself wholeheartedly to the Hebrew language: from there he traveled to Italy, left his fatherland France, and wished to go through Switzerland into Germany; but unexpectedly the city of Geneva called him to be their preacher and professor of Theology, in the year 1536, where he, together with his colleagues, abolished the Roman idolatry and introduced the purified religion with the improved church discipline: yet, having to undergo many difficulties over this, and unable to overcome them, he left that city for a time, and went to Strasbourg, where he founded a French church congregation. At length he was, with general consent, called back anew to Geneva, and restored to his dignities, where he, from that time for twenty-three years, governed the improved church-state, and made himself famous everywhere through his writings. He died of consumption, which he brought upon himself through all his night-watches, fastings, and almost unbelievably great and constant labor, in the year 1564, having lived fifty-five years.
(17) Guillaume Farel, of noble lineage, was born in the Dauphiné in France, in the year 1489. He was among the first who taught the Reformed truth in France. At Basel he kept close fellowship with the theological men Zwingli, Oecolampadius, and Haller. In the year 1524 he taught for some time the Reformed Gospel religion at Bellegarde, and elsewhere. At Geneva he, together with Viret, established the reformation of the church; from there he came to Metz in the year 1541, and taught the same truth there; at last he remained at Neuchâtel until his death, which befell in the year 1563.
(18) Victorinus Strigel, this man was the son of the physician Ivo Strigel, a pupil of Luther and Melanchthon; the professorship in Theology he occupied at Jena, then at Leipzig, and finally at Heidelberg, and died in the year 1569.
(19) Benedictus Aretius was a native of Bern; professor of medicine at the Academy of Marburg, and afterward of Theology, in his native town, in the year 1574.
(20) Heinrich Bullinger was a Swiss, preacher and professor at Zurich, and the successor of Zwingli, dying in the year 1575.
(21) Immanuel Tremellius was born at Ferrara in Italy. His father was a Jew. He understood the Hebrew tongue thoroughly, and was professor of it at Heidelberg. With the help of Franciscus Junius he translated the Bible into Latin, and died in the year 1580.
(22) Zacharias Ursinus was a native of Breslau in Silesia, chief director of his fatherland's school, called from there to be professor at Heidelberg in Theology, where he, together with Kaspar Olevianus, drew up the Heidelberg Catechism, and died in the year 1583.
(23) Hieronymus Zanchius: he was an Italian, and first a theologian at Strasbourg, then also an extraordinary professor in philosophy, then preacher in the congregation at Chiavenna, on the borders of Italy near Switzerland, further theological professor at Heidelberg, and finally at Neustadt in the Palatinate: his death fell in the year 1590.
(24) Antoine de la Roche Chandieu (Sadeel): he was descended from the illustrious lineage of the Chandieus, and for many years preacher, first at Lausanne, then at Geneva, and died in the year 1591.
(25) Lambert Daneau, native of Orléans in France, first preacher in the Geneva congregation, then professor of Theology at Leiden, afterward at Ghent, and finally at the academy of Orthez in the kingdom of Navarre: he died in the year 1596.
(26) Daniel Tossanus, was born at Orléans in France, and was preacher in the congregation of that his birth town. After surviving many dangers, he obtained from Frederick III, Elector Palatine, the office of court preacher, and after his death became preacher and professor in the church and school of Neustadt, until he at length returned to Heidelberg, to occupy the professorship in Theology, where he died in the year 1602.
(27) Theodore Beza: he was born of a noble lineage in the year 1519, at Vézelay, in the Duchy of Burgundy: he taught the Greek language at Lausanne, at which academy he also held the professorship in Theology: he was sent as ambassador by the Reformed at Paris, who were oppressed and persecuted on account of their religion, to Germany, in the year 1557, where he held colloquy with Melanchthon and other theologians; from there, leaving Lausanne, he proclaimed the truth at Geneva together with Calvin, in church and school, as preacher of that congregation, and chief director of the academy: he died in the year 1605.
(28) Amandus Polanus was a native of Opperau in Silesia, and his father was Heinrich Polanus von Polansdorf, syndic of that city, in the year 1561. He pursued his studies at Breslau, at Tübingen, and at Basel, having also been tutor of several Moravian barons, especially at Zerotín, Geneva, Heidelberg, in Moravia, and elsewhere; whereafter, on the laudable testimony of Grynaeus, he was declared teacher of Holy Theology at Basel, and there also held the professorship for the space of six years, dying in the year 1610.
(29) David Pareus: he was a Silesian, born at Frankenstein, in the year 1548. His father was Johannes Wängler, but this his family name was, by his tutor at Hirschberg, changed, ἀπὸ τῆς παρειᾶς, which in Latin means gena, cheek in our tongue, into a Greek form, and from that he was named Pareus. He was a pupil of Ursinus, and by nature was skilled in the art of painting. When he had exercised himself in the knowledge of the three most necessary chief languages and sciences, he devoted himself to Theology; and after he had for some years been preacher in various congregations of the Palatinate, he was appointed first professor at the Academy at Heidelberg. But after the conquest and devastation of that city by the Spaniards in the year 1621, he withdrew to Anweiler, in the Palatine Zweibrücken, where he lamented the devastation of the Palatinate, and made it his whole work to elaborate the body of the doctrine of Ursinus, or his catechetical instruction. From there he turned to Neustadt, and shortly afterward returned again to Heidelberg, with the Elector Frederick, who had thus long had to wander as an exile, where he, on Pentecost, in the church of the Holy Spirit, together with the whole congregation, used the Holy Supper, and shortly afterward died gently, in the year 1622, being buried in St. Peter's Church, in the assembly-place of the Academy. He left two sons, Philippus and Daniel, of whom the first was overseer of the school at Neustadt, and afterward of the school at Hanau; and both were very learned men.
(30) Abraham Scultetus, was born at Grünberg in Silesia, in the year 1566. To exercise himself in letters, he went in the year 1582 to Breslau; but, after the town of his birth had been consumed by fire, he was called home, and went to the neighboring town of Freystadt, to continue his studies, where he obtained as tutor Abraham Buchholzer, and was called to the school at Görlitz in the Lausitz, in the year 1585, where he first made himself famous by teaching philosophy, until he was called from there in the year 1590 to Heidelberg, to be court preacher to the Elector Frederick IV, after he had there for some years been an auditor of those great theologians, and had at his house instructed the youth privately in lessons on rhetoric, ethics, geography, and astronomy — at which time the Reverend Pitiscus, at the congregation at Franeker, was added to him as colleague in the preaching ministry, in the year 1614. At length he was declared and appointed Master and professor at that academy, when he accompanied Elector Frederick V to Bohemia, and, after that man's army had been defeated, was called to the preaching ministry at Breda, a fortress in the Palatinate, and from there to Schorndorf, in the Duchy of Württemberg, and afterward to Emden in the year 1622, where he died in the year 1624, in the sixty-eighth year of his age.
(31) Johannes Piscator: he was a man of Strasbourg and professor of Theology at the Academy at Herborn, born in the year 1546, and died in the year 1625.
(32) Matthias Martinius: this man was first a theologian at the Academy at Herborn, and afterward at Bremen.
(33) Johann Heinrich Alsted, a preacher and professor of Theology at Herborn first, then at Weissenburg, in Transylvania; he died in the year 1638.
(34) Antonius Walaeus, born in the year 1573, preacher and professor of Theology at the Leiden Academy, died in the year 1639.
(35) William Ames, an Englishman, preacher and professor of Holy Theology at Franeker, died at Rotterdam.
(36) Franciscus Gomarus, native of Flanders, professor first at Leiden, then at Groningen.
(37) Heinrich Alting, born in the Palatinate, professor first at Heidelberg, and afterward at Groningen, died in the year 1644.
(38) Johannes Maccovius, from Poland; born at Łobżenica, he completed his studies in philosophy at Danzig, under Bartholomaeus Keckermann. He was tutor of some noble persons at Siena: at Prague he disputed often with the Jesuits; at Lublin in Little Poland with the Socinians; at the academies of Heidelberg, of Marburg, of Wittenberg, of Jena, he sharpened his wit through very many disputations and colloquies, until in the year 1613, at the Academy at Franeker, he was declared, through Sibrandus Lubbertus, teacher of Theology, and thereupon obtained first the extraordinary professorship in the year 1615, and the ordinary professorship in the year 1616: he died there in the year 1644. The funeral oration over him was given by his colleague Johannes Cocceius.
(39) Andreas Rivet was native of France, at Poitiers near Saint-Maixent, in the year 1571. Professor of Theology at Leiden: he died at Breda in Brabant.
(40) Ludovicus and Johannes Crocius, brothers; the first professors of Holy Theology at Bremen, and the second at Marburg. At our Utrecht Academy have flourished (41) Gisbertus Voetius, first preacher at Heusden, afterward at Utrecht, where he, as first professor, opened the academy with an inaugural oration: he was the last living member of the Synod of Dort, an everywhere renowned teacher, whose memory shall ever remain in high esteem with me: he died at an advanced age of over eighty years, in the year 1676. I became his successor in the professorship in the year 1677.
(42) Carolus de Maets, from Zeeland, likewise a much-honored teacher.
(43) Johannes Hoornbeek, a man of Haarlem, first preacher among the exiles near Cologne, through whom I was there instructed in the first principles of our religion; afterward preacher and professor at our Utrecht, where I had him as my teacher and friendly patron: from Utrecht he went to Leiden, where he also held both the preaching and the professorship, and there laid down his mortal frame.
(44) Andreas Essenius was learned both in philosophy and theology, preacher and professor at Utrecht, called there in the year 1653, and died in the year 1676.
(45) Franciscus Burmannus: he was, in the theological professorship, for about two years my colleague; and died in the year 1681. At the Leiden Academy have likewise been renowned Jacobus Trigland, Friedrich Spanheim the Elder, Abraham Heidanus, Johannes Cocceius — a Bremen man by birth, born 1603, first professor of Theology at Franeker, afterward at Leiden, and pre-eminently versed in Hebrew philology and antiquity. The theologians still living everywhere in Europe I leave to be described by posterity. I have here set down a few of these men of note, and who could name them all, the more so as I am composing only a short compendium? For should one describe them all? Then one would have to name, in England, Thomas Cranmer, Archbishop of Canterbury, Johannes Jewell, William Whitaker, John Rainolds. In Scotland, Rollock, Malcolm, Napier, Fox, Forbes. In France, Daniel Chamier, Augustin Marlorat, Philippe de Mornay. In the Palatinate, Georg Sohn, Pantaleon Candidus, Quirinus Reuter, Petrus Pecquius, Bartholomaeus Pitiscus. At Bremen, Christoph Pezel, Urbanus Pierius. In Switzerland, Simon and Thomas Grynaeus, Leo Jud, Konrad Pellikan, Theodor Bibliander, Josias Simler, Ludwig Lavater, Rudolph Gwalther, Johann Wilhelm Stucki, Johann Heinrich Hottinger: were, I say, all of these, and very many others, to be listed here, where would the end be?
Let us meanwhile add here some famous men from among the Lutheran-minded propagators of the churches. Such are (1) Jakob Andreae, native of Waiblingen in Württemberg, an ironsmith's son, and therefore surnamed Schmidlin. He was first deacon at Stuttgart, then at Tübingen, then superintendent at Göppingen, at length chief overseer at Tübingen, and chancellor of the academy: he died in the year 1590.
(2) Johann Arndt, or Arents, superintendent at Lüneburg, known everywhere by his practical writings.
(3) Friedrich Balduin, native of Dresden, superintendent at Wittenberg, who is famous for his controversial writings on the Smalkaldic articles, and his exposition of Paul's Epistles, and his Anti-Serarius and Anti-Scioppius, and his Cases of Conscience, and more other writings: he died in the year 1628.
(4) Johann Brenz: he was native of Swabia, and came into the world in the year 1499. He was a champion of Luther, and a most zealous defender of the bodily omnipresence of Christ's body. At Halle in Saxony he spent twenty-six years in the professorship, and died at the age of seventy.
(5) Abraham Buchholzer: he was preacher at Sprottau, at Freystadt, and at Krossen; he was also an excellent chronologist.
(6) Georg Calixt, a keen professor at Helmstedt, very famous for his harmony of the Evangelists, also for his compendium of theology, and various other writings. He was in a way a champion of Christ's bodily omnipresence, and very peace-loving.
(7) Martin Chemnitz, native of Britz in the Mark: he was professor at Brunswick, and made himself very famous by his examination of the Council of Trent, and by his commonplaces of theology: he died in the year 1586.
(8) David Chytraeus, a Württemberger by birth, called from the academy of Wittenberg to the professorship at Rostock, being an outstanding poet, historian, philosopher, and theologian, and died in the year 1600.
(9) Georg Dedeken was preacher at Hamburg, having made himself famous by various writings on theological consultations.
(10) Heinrich Eckhard, a theologian at Greifswald, known by his bundle of Calvinist controversies, his commentary on the Psalms, and by other writings.
(11) Matthias Flacius Illyricus, an Albonan, who by his Key of Holy Scripture, by his catalogue of witnesses of the truth, and by his Magdeburg Historical Centuries, and other writings, is everywhere famous: he was professor first at Wittenberg, afterward, at the time of the war in Germany, took up his residence at Magdeburg, until he was called to the academy at Jena; but, on account of a dispute that arose between him and Strigel, concerning the free will, he departed from there and went to Regensburg, and was called from there to Antwerp, from whence he moved to Strasbourg, and finally died at Frankfurt am Main, in the year 1575. Because he held original sin to be a substance in itself, he is reckoned by the Lutherans among the schismatics.
(12) Johann Forster, an Augsburg man: he was professor of Theology at Wittenberg, a church reformer at Henneberg, a diligent fellow-worker in Luther's translation of the Bible, and the compiler of a Hebrew dictionary: he died in the year 1556.
(13) Wolfgang Franz, native of Voigtland, who has made himself famous everywhere by his disputations on the Augsburg Confession, by his Anti-Smalcius, by his book on the exposition of Holy Scripture, by his treatise on sacrifice, and holy natural history: he died in the year 1628.
(14) Johann Gerhard was a very famous professor at Jena, known by his commonplaces of Holy Theology, by his continuation of the harmony of the Evangelists, and his Treasury of Piety, or holy meditations.
(15) Salomo Glassius, highly praiseworthy for his work on Hebrew philology, and other writings: he was professor of the Hebrew language, afterward superintendent of the churches of Sangerhausen.
(16) Albert Grawer, a theologian at Jena, who wrote a book on the most absurd absurdities of the Calvinists, and thereby showed that he himself was the most absurd writer: he died in the year 1617.
(17) Christoph Helvig was professor at Giessen, and famous for his chronological tables, and his conviction of the Jews, and defense of the passages of Holy Scripture against them.
(18) Tilemann Heshusius was professor of Theology first at Giessen, then at Königsberg, and finally at Helmstedt. As fiercely as he had earlier asserted and pressed the omnipresence of Christ's human nature, so vigorously did he oppose it, together with his colleague Hoffmann: he died in the year 1581.
(19) Matthias Hoë was a nobleman from Austria, court preacher and superintendent at Dresden, very sharp against the Reformed, and published against them a booklet on seventeen articles of faith, which were however refuted in two thick volumes, in German, by Christoph Massonius, otherwise called Beckmann. He also wrote an exposition of the Revelation of John.
(20) Aegidius Hunnius, this man was a peasant's son, born in the year 1550. He was professor at Marburg and Wittenberg, and likewise very unjust toward the Reformed. With the Jesuit Jacobus Gretserus he held a debate at Regensburg: he died in the year 1603.
(21) Georg Major was native of Nuremberg: he is reckoned among the Lutherans among the schismatic dissenters, because he held that good works were necessary for salvation, and because he permitted the religious ceremonies of the Book of Interim, and favored the Reformed: his works consist of several volumes: he died in the year 1574.
(22) Balthasar Meisner, this man was of Dresden, and born there in the year 1587; he was professor of Theology at Wittenberg, and very famous for his writings on moderate philosophy, and holy anthropology, and Christology, and other treatises on Photinianism, and indifference in religion: he died in the year 1628.
(23) Balthasar Mentzer or Menzer, from the land of Hesse, born in the year 1565, made himself known by his expositions of the Augsburg Confession, and other mostly controversial writings; and died in the year 1628.
(24) Philipp Nicolai was native of Waldeck, and preacher at Hamburg, very famous among his own for his writings on the foundations of the Calvinist faith, on the Kingdom of Christ, on eternal life, and other articles of faith: he died in the year 1608.
(25) Andreas Osiander was native of Bavaria, having been preacher there for seventeen years: when he had manfully set himself against the Papists, he was driven from there on account of the disputes that arose over the Book of Interim, and came into Prussia; but when in the article of the justification of the sinner before God he raised innovations, he justly fell into suspicion among his own, who deposed him: he died in the year 1552. His son Lukas Osiander was court preacher in Württemberg, and was beloved and famous among his own, through his handbooks on the controversies of faith and observations on the Bible: he died in the year 1604.
(26) Moses Pflacher was preacher at Kempten, and famous for his description of the types in the holy Bible books, and more other writings.
(27) Christoph Pelargus, a Silesian by birth, was general chief overseer of the churches in the Mark, and professor at Frankfurt an der Oder: he made himself a name by his lectures on the Church Fathers, by his exposition on Genesis, on John Damascene, on Matthew, as well as by his School of Faith, and more other writings. Because he chose the side of the Reformed, he became hateful among his own, and finally my colleague in respect of the theological professorship at the aforementioned Academy of Frankfurt.
(28) Konrad Schlüsselburg, native of Saxony, was a Lutheran preacher first at Wismar, then at Antwerp, finally at Stralsund; and, by his bitterness against the Calvinists, and his book on the science of heresiarchs, well known among his people.
(29) Josua Stegmann was a theologian at Rinteln, known also by his refutation of the errors of the Photinians, and his little prayer book.
(30) Paulus and Johannes Tarnovius: these learned men were both professors at Rostock, and everywhere famous; the first for his books on idolatry, and his exposition on the Evangelist John; and the latter for his exposition of the twelve minor Prophets, and Biblical exercises, dying in the year 1623.
(31) Michael Walther, professor at Helmstedt, famous for his Biblical storehouse, and harmony of the Holy Scriptures. These writers I have wished here to point out as the foremost and most esteemed, leaving the rest for their own fellow-believers.
Of the Roman-minded writers, I shall likewise let some follow, for who would undertake to name all of these? Then Tetzel, Wimpina, Eck, Prierias, Hoogstraten, Catharinus, Faber, and the like writers, who set themselves up as heads against the church-reformation, we shall not mention. To these joined themselves Bishop John of Rochester, otherwise called Fisher, and Thomas de Vio Cajetanus, Thomas More, Jacobus Latomus, Emser, Johannes Cochlaeus, Albert Pighius of Kampen, who set themselves against the writings of Luther. Erasmus too, the Rotterdammer, who was a very learned man, entered the arena against Luther, in hope, and not without promise, of thereby attaining the episcopal dignity, in a writing on the free will, against which, however, Luther published his golden little book on the Bondage of the Will, which book he also defended against its further attacks, in another writing called Hyperaspistes, or Defender. Merely for the sake of filthy gain and profit also wrote against this same Luther, Reginald Pole, an Englishman, who advised the Emperor Charles V, instead of the Turkish war, to wage war against the Lutherans. To these must be added Girolamo Aleandro and Marino Caracciolo, both cardinals, who committed the writings of Luther to the flames at the Diet at Worms, in the year 1521, and thereby stirred up a dreadful bloodbath in Germany. To these joined the Jesuit Coton, confessor to the King of France, who took counsel with the devil, in order to succeed well in his affairs, according to the account of Thuanus, Lib. 132; likewise the Jesuit Possevino, who was sent by Pope Pius V as legate, to levy troops against the Protestants. This man taught not only that one need not keep faith with heretics, but also sent bandits, traitors, and assassins against them. The tottering Roman see have also sought to prop up: Johannes à Daventria, Johannes Clichtove, Johannes Hofmeister, Petrus and Dominicus à Soto, Andradius, Canisius, Gropper, Tapper, Stanislaus Hosius, Staphylus, and more of that kind. Nearer to our own times have been: Gregorio de Valencia, Thomas Stapleton, Costerus, Gretserus, Cornelius à Lapide, Sandaeus, Christoph à Castro, Maldonatus, Salmeron, Salazar, Barradius, Serrarius, Estius, Bessaeus, Lorinus, Pineda, Labata, Sanctius, Idacus Stella, Forerus, Coppenstein the apostate, Lessius, Becanus, and the two great champions, Robert Bellarmine and Caesar Baronius, both cardinals, of whom the first breathes nothing but war, weapons, and threats in his controversial books, and the other in his Annals is rightly noted for building a Babylonian Tower. But a far more useful work was performed by Benedictus Arias Montanus, who, at the expense and by order of Philip II, king of Spain, published the Royal Bible for the common good, in Hebrew, Chaldee, Greek, Syriac, and Latin.
We also intended here to record the writings of the Enthusiasts, but I scarcely know to what end, for many of these have already been noted above, when we were occupied with the heresies of this century. Let us nevertheless fulfill our promise, though briefly. Among the Enthusiasts and free-spirits the most notorious are these: Heinrich Niclaes, by his Mirror of Righteousness and other little works. David Joris, by his Book of Wonders, and its defense by Anna, Countess of Oldenburg, whom Ubbo Emmius has exposed in his Errors. Sebastian Franck, in his Ark of Noah, and Treasure in the Earth, and other extravagant writings; against whom Philips of Marnix, Lord of Sint-Aldegonde, has set himself in his writing against the Enthusiasts. Kaspar Schwenckfeld, whose little works, gathered together, are printed in folio: against him has written Mentzer in his Marburg disputations, Tom. II, Disput. VII, as also Tonanus, Illyricus, and others. Valentin Weigel has published his Postille and other writings in German; whom Beckmann has refuted, against the Socinians, besides various others. Jacob Böhme, known by manifold writings, published in various pieces both in High and Low German, and refuted by David Gilbert, an Utrecht man. To the Libertines or free-spirits belong Theodore Coornhert, whose works are printed in folio in the Dutch tongue. Kaspar Coolhaes, Hermannus Herberts, and other such, little known to many. Among the Anabaptists there are various besides Munzer and his followers, and besides Jan van Leiden with his fanatic crew, of whom we have already spoken under the heresies of this century; but the most notorious are: Menno Simons, after whom the Mennonites take their name, who wrote a book called the Book of the Foundation, an old one in the year 1539, and a new one in 1567, as also a short and clear Confession, written to Johannes à Lasco, likewise a defense against Martin Micron. Theodoricus Philippi; this man wrote a handbook of Christian doctrine, as well as one on Excommunication. Jacobus Outerman has published various writings. The others we shall not here bring forward, since they have all written in the Dutch tongue, which foreigners do not understand. Nor shall I speak of the public colloquies and disputations held with them at Frankenthal, at Emden, at Leeuwarden, and elsewhere. Whoever desires to know more precisely the history of the Anabaptists may inform himself rightly on this from Bullinger, from Wigand, and especially from the far-famed Spanheim the Elder, in a disputation expressly held against them. Among the Socinians the most famous are: Fausto Socinus, who wrote his theological lectures, against Wiek, Volanus, and on the Savior, and other writings more. Valentin Smalcius, preacher at Raków, who has written on the deity of Christ, against Frantzius, and against Smiglecius. Johannes Völkel has written on the true religion, before which Johann Crell composed the first book, treating of God. Christoph Ostorodt has written Instructions in the Christian Religion. Johann Crell has published a book on the Satisfaction of Christ. For brevity's sake we pass over Jonas Schlichting, Enjedinus, Moskorzowski, and others, who each appear daily. The history of Socinianism is found in Hoornbeek, in his Preparation for the refuted Socinianism, and Kloppenburg in the preface of his Anti-Smalcius. Among the Arminians are known Jacobus Arminius, whose works are printed in quarto. Konrad Vorstius, Simon Episcopius, Petrus Bertius, Kaspar Grevinchovius, Simon Goulartius, Stephanus Curcellaeus, and more others sufficiently known.
2. The Ecclesiastical Government under the Sixth Epoch
We have thus seen the Propagators of the Church, together with their Adversaries and Heretics. Upon these let us now let follow, secondly, the Means of Propagation, in which are to be considered the ecclesiastical government, the synods, the public colloquies, the disputations, the schools, and the confessions. First: the church government has not been of one and the same form in this sixth century. Among the Roman-minded it has indeed remained the same as it was under the preceding century, namely a single-headed government, through the Primates, Archbishops, Bishops, Suffragans, under a Pope. This contributes nothing to the propagation and building up of the church, but rather more to its diminishing and devastation, as we have noted for the preceding centuries. Among the Protestants or Reformed, there is not to be found, among all of them, an equal church government. The Lutherans, it is true, govern their churches through Consistories, whose members consist of councilors and assessors, taken partly from civil, partly from church men, over whom a Superintendent, or Bishop, is set as chairman; yet without archbishops, and suchlike Papal ordinances, only that they have their General Superintendents; yet in such a way that these their Consistories stand under the authority appointed by the prince. This manner of church government some Reformed churches also follow in Germany, in Switzerland, in the Palatinate, in the land of Hesse. Elsewhere, among the Reformed, the church government proceeds in a different way. In England the form of church government is threefold: (a) Single-headed. This is a hierarchical or episcopal church form, which is governed by archbishops, bishops, and other church officers, standing under the king as the supreme head. This form of church government owes its foundation to King Henry VIII, who denied the ecclesiastical supremacy to the Roman Pope, and drew it to himself. On this foundation it has been preserved in the same state under Edward VI, and finally confirmed under the reign of Queen Elizabeth, and used to this day by the succeeding kings. (b) A popular government, standing under the Independents or the assembled church members, in whom the supreme government, after Christ, belongs to each particular church assembly; in which it is to be noted, that from the whole assembly is appointed a church council, or eldership, which in its own name, and independent of anyone, governs the church: although among them there are not lacking those who hold that, while the church-state is at peace and freedom, no church council or eldership is needed, but only in case of unrest and disturbance; and that it has no power except that of admonition, or of not admitting to the communion of the saints. (c) Finally, a many-membered, elective church government of the Presbyterians, through Church Councils, which handle the particular church affairs of each church; or through Classes, which arrange the affairs of various churches belonging to a certain district; or through Synods, both the Provincial, which govern the affairs of various Classes belonging to one Province; as also the National, which make arrangements concerning the various Synods of one nation; or Ecumenical, that is, general World-Synods, which make regulations concerning matters affecting all the churches — whether in these there assemble together the deputies of all the churches, spread through the whole world, such a Synod as has never yet been held; or at least of the various Synods in the world; such Synods, however, are not much in use in England, since the highest power in ecclesiastical matters there rests with the king. In these assemblies the sending of church members takes place according to a certain fixed order. For example: in the church councils, which consist of the eldership, there come together the elders of a particular church, except in case that matters of great importance are to be handled, as namely in the calling of preachers, when the deacons also are called to it. In the Classes assemble the deputies from the churches of their particular district or defined area, consisting of preachers and elders; where also the deputies from the other Classes of one Province present themselves. In the Provincial Synods one finds the deputies from the other Classes of each particular Province; to which also come Correspondents from all the Synods of the same nation. In all these church assemblies there is a certain subordination, by which one may appeal from a lower church court to a higher, and thus from a church council to the Classis, from a Classis to the Synod, etc. And indeed such a form of church government is in use among those churches which find themselves, in civil matters, under a many-headed government, as for example in the Netherlands; likewise also among such churches as are placed under a civil government estranged from the true Christian faith, as formerly in France: besides that such a church government, though subject to many changes of fortune, under a single-headed state government, and indeed one that professes and protects the orthodox faith, is also to this day happily maintained in Scotland, under the government of the most mighty Prince William III, to whom God grant long prosperity! Such a church government also has place in the lands of the Elector of Brandenburg, in the churches of Cleves, of the Mark, of Jülich and Berg, where, at least in respect of Jülich and Berg, some churches are subject to a Roman-minded prince.
3. The Synods
In respect of the means for the propagation of the church there are, secondly, the Synods, of which some have contributed more, others less, and quite a few even nothing at all to the propagation of the true Church, and no few also rather to its destruction. To this latter sort — to mention it first — belongs the Council of Trent, that famous church assembly, which, however many times desired by the Emperor and the German princes (in order to have it held free and in Germany), was just as many times avoided or refused by the Pope, because he feared, on account of the diminishing of his supreme power, the reformation of the Papal court. At length then this church assembly was granted by the Pope, but under this stipulation, that it should be free to him not only to preside over it through his legates, but also to direct and confirm, according to his own mind, the matters proposed or resolved there — just as he also convened this church assembly by his own authority (while the Emperor either neglected or dissembled his right to it, so that he might merely obtain some council, which was arranged for the settling of disputes, and the calming of all those disturbances which had arisen in Germany on account of religion), which was then first summoned at Mantua, under the oversight of Pope Paul III, in the year 1547, and when the Duke of Mantua, for reasons of civil state, did not favor this place, he at length chose for it the city of Vicenza; but when the isolation of that place was also considered, and the Venetians also refused a place within their jurisdiction, he thought of another place. The German confederates proposed, in the year 1537, at Smalkalden, some articles which they would propose at the coming Council; and moreover determined a colloquy concerning religion at Frankfurt, in the year 1539. This put fear into the Pope, that the disputed matters of religion might be settled at the cost of his supreme authority; wherefore he now at length let his thoughts run over a Council, and chose for it again the city of Vicenza, in the year 1541. But since, as has been said, the Venetians were averse to this, he appointed for it the cities of Ferrara, Bologna, Piacenza, and Trent, leaving the choice to the Emperor, to whom Trent then pleased. And thus at length, though against the will of the Protestants, this council convened at Trent in the year 1542, on the first of November. There presented themselves, in the Emperor's name, two councilors of state, Mendoza and Granvelle, and three Papal legates, with a few bishops. Since now these legates had instructions from the Pope to handle the matters slowly and to drag them out, first the Imperial ambassadors withdrew, and afterward also the Papal ones, after they had sat there idly for seven whole months, doing nothing, until the year 1545. Whereafter the Papal delegates, but with explicit orders to decide nothing, appeared there again, and then also for nine months nothing whatsoever in the world was accomplished, but only concerning the order of session; and to incite the Emperor to war against the Lutherans. The Protestants, meanwhile, who had assembled at the Diet at Worms, with the Archduke Ferdinand, entirely disapproved of such a council; and requested that the once-granted religious freedom be confirmed to them, until a lawful church assembly should be held: as they also declared in writing their aversion to this Tridentine Council, which was in no way a general Council, since neither those of France, nor the greater part of Germany, wished to consent to it. Nor was it a free Council, nor assembled for the good of the Christian commonwealth, but only in the service of the Pope: finally this Council was in no way in accordance with Holy Scripture, nor with the ancient Councils, according to the testimony of Polanus in his History of the Tridentine Council. This Council then lasted until the year 1564, being three times interrupted, and three times reconvened. Its sessions numbered twenty-five, in the twenty-five years during which it was now and then assembled. In the first three sessions nothing was decided concerning the articles of faith: in the four following ones, also very little of importance. In the eighth session it was, under pretext of the plague, by order of the Pope, transferred to Bologna, in the year 1547. In the ninth session, the Fathers who had remained at Trent, to please the Emperor, were ordered to betake themselves to Bologna; but in vain, because the Emperor publicly protested against the deficiencies of this Bolognese council. In the eleventh and twelfth sessions, held in the year 1550, the council was restored at Trent. In the thirteenth and fourteenth sessions, the matter of the Holy Supper was decided. In the fifteenth session, safe conduct for the deputies of the Protestants was dealt with. In the sixteenth session, this council was, for two years, in the year 1552, dissolved. In the seventeenth session it was reopened, after ten years, in the year 1562. In the eighteenth session, the drawing up of a list of forbidden books was handled. In the nineteenth and twentieth sessions nothing was settled, but merely a prolongation of the session. In the twenty-first and twenty-second sessions decisions were made concerning the holding of the Supper under the two kinds, and the sacrifice of the Mass; and with that, and subsequently, with I know not what disputes, ten full months were spent; until in the twenty-third session something concerning the sacrament of ordination, and in the twenty-fourth session something touching marriage, was proposed. At last, on the 3rd and 4th of December of the year 1564, as much for other reasons as for the illness of Pope Pius IV, the end of this council was suddenly hastened; and in the twenty-fifth session, which was extended over two days, was spoken concerning Purgatory, concerning the invocation of the saints, concerning image worship, concerning indulgences, concerning the distinction of foods, and concerning feast days; and the drawing up of a list of forbidden books, of the catechism, of the missal, and of the breviary, was left to the Pope's discretion. In the sessions of this council, alongside the articles of faith, there was generally also dealt with the reform of the clergy. Caspar Villalpandus gives us the number of the Fathers of this council thus: there were six cardinals, four Papal legates, three Patriarchs, thirty-two archbishops, two hundred twenty-eight bishops, five abbots, seven general order-officers, and a great number of episcopal representatives. It has meanwhile been noted that in the first sessions no more than forty Fathers were present, and that in the last session the decisions of the council were signed by two hundred fifty-five members. And as for the Protestants, when they were urged to accept this council also, they gave reasons why they could not do so, since they had so often appealed to a free council, and were still prepared, under certain preconditions, however, to submit to such a Council: even the king of France, though a Roman-minded prince, has more than once made protest against this council, according to the account of Goldast in Constit. Imper. and Innocent Gentillet in Exam. Concil. Trident., and other writers. Little, therefore, has this council contributed to the propagation of the Church. But it is true that much has been done for that end, though in various ways and in various degrees.
3. Colloquies and Disputations
Thirdly, the various public colloquies held at that time, and disputations, in some meetings concerning the matter of religion; although there have not been lacking such as have done more harm than good. We shall record all of these, together with the Synods, valuably here below. Among these there comes before us: (1) The colloquy of Luther, held with his Augustinian monks, in the college of Wisdom at Heidelberg, in the year 1518, wherein he refuted twenty-eight false doctrines concerning the justification of the sinner before God and the free will. (2) A disputation held at Leipzig, in the year 1519, between Luther and Eck concerning indulgences, in which Eck wished to uphold the theses of Luther against him. Against this Eck came into the arena first Carlstadt, and then Luther, for fourteen days running. The proceedings of it are to be found in the Works of Luther, printed at Jena, Tom. I, p. 242. (3) A disputation held at Zurich by Zwingli with the Pope-minded, in the year 1523. For when Hugo, Bishop of Constance, arose against Zwingli, and wrote sixty-nine theses, Zwingli judged it not enough to have defended the good cause in various writings, but offered him a public disputation over sixty-seven theses, for which the Zurich council set a time on the 29th of January, ordering all the ministers of the divine word of their churches to appear there, and requesting the Bishop of Constance himself likewise, that he might be pleased to come to Zurich himself for this purpose, or send someone in his stead. The Bishop then sent Johannes Faber, his deputy, who wished to avoid the disputation, and thought this matter should be postponed until the coming council; but, when Zwingli pressed on, he promised to defend himself in writing. Since then no one from the Roman-minded came forward for this appointed disputation, the council resolved to introduce the church reformation. See Sleidan, Comment. Lib. IV, at the end. (4) The second disputation at Zurich was held in the same year, to which the ministers of the church assembled, to the number of six hundred. They then dealt for three hours out of Holy Scripture, chiefly concerning the removal of images from the churches, and concerning the abolishing of the Mass. The proceedings of this disputation are found recorded in the Works of Zwingli, Tom. II. Upon this followed (5) various other disputations elsewhere, at Breslau, Braunschweig, Basel, Magdeburg, Ulm, and Oldersum, at Norden in East Friesland, and in many other places, in which the monks either did not appear, or came off with shame to their cause. (6) The third Zurich disputation was held in the year 1524, between Zwingli and the Anabaptists Manz and Grebel, concerning infant baptism, and lasted three days, upon which the council rejected and forbade the errors of the Anabaptists. (7) To this were added other disputations in Switzerland, held by Oecolampadius, Johannes Kessler, Joachim Vadianus a physician, and by Zwingli himself, at this time against the Anabaptists, which for brevity's sake we shall not go into. (8) The disputation of Johannes Comander with the deputy of the Bishop of Chur, and with the Abbot of St. Luzi, in the year 1526, over eighteen theses. See Bullinger's Chronicon. (9) The disputation at Baden held in that same year, to which Zwingli was challenged by Eck to deal with him in an unsafe place; to which, when Zwingli could not consent, and yet the Swiss cantons, twelve in number, desired that a disputation be held, a disputation was conducted at Baden between Oecolampadius, Haller, and Wissenburg on the side of the Reformed; and between Faber, Eck, Murner, and four episcopal deputies, on the side of the Pope-minded. But these cantons seem to have desired this disputation to this end, that their subjects might, under some pretext, be confirmed in the Roman-minded party. (10) The Hessian disputation, in that same year, appointed by Landgrave Philip, in which Franciscus Lambert, Gallus, and Adam Craton, the first in the Latin, and the other in the German tongue, maintained twenty-three theses against the Pope-minded, against which none of the monks dared bring anything forward, except only three. (11) The disputation at Uppsala in Sweden, held in the year 1527, in which Dr. Petrus Galle, on the side of the Pope-minded, and Olaus Petri, were commanded to enter into mutual disputation, in the vernacular tongue, and when the episcopal party lost the case, their fiefs and lordships were confiscated for the benefit of the kingdom. (12) The disputation at Bern, held in the year 1528, in which almost all the Reformed ministers of God's word in Switzerland defended the opinion of the Reformed, which some monks indeed opposed; but when they were charged to make their case good from Holy Scripture alone, these little Mass-priests were very easily overcome, and those of Bern, with some neighboring villages, shook off the Papal yoke, and turned the cloisters into schools. (13) The colloquy held at Marburg, to settle the sacramental disputes, arranged by Philip, Landgrave of Hesse, in the year 1529. To this colloquy came, from Wittenberg, M. Luther and J. Jonas, and Melanchthon; from Switzerland, Zwingli and Oecolampadius; those of Nuremberg sent Osiander; those of Strasbourg, Bucer; those of Halle in Swabia, Brenz; and those of Augsburg, Agricola. In the beginning they indeed spoke separately with one another, Luther with Oecolampadius, and Melanchthon with Zwingli; and when those of Switzerland declared themselves clear of the errors of which they were accused, the matter was so far brought, in a public colloquy, that both sides agreed in fourteen chapters, and no dispute remained over, save only in the matter of the Holy Supper; and a full peace would have been concluded there, had Luther been willing to accept the hand of brotherhood which the Swiss offered the Württembergers; although it came to this, that they gave each other the hand of friendship. (14) The colloquy held in Denmark, in this same year, concerning the proper or literal meaning of the words in the Holy Supper, at Flensburg in Holstein, between Melchior Hoffman on the Reformed side, and Hermannus Tastius on the Lutheran side, under the direction of the king's son Christian, Duke of Holstein, at which Johannes Bugenhagen was present. (15) The colloquy held at Augsburg in the year 1530, after the Protestants had presented their Confession of Faith in writing to the Emperor; wherein, in order to reach peace and concord, seven men were chosen from both sides, from the Pope-minded as from the Protestants, as two princes, as many jurists, three theologians; and indeed from the side of the Protestants Melanchthon, Brenz, and Schnepf; and from the Pope-minded Eck, Wimpina, and Cochlaeus. Among them agreement was reached on various points, while the Protestants conceded all too much. But the chief dispute remained whole, especially concerning the Mass, and the celibacy of the clergy, and the holding of the Supper under both kinds, also concerning the monastic vows, and the jurisdiction of the bishops. On this account the number of the colloquists was reduced, in such a way that only three on either side should carry the word: Melanchthon with two jurists against Eck, assisted by an equal number of jurists. But, since neither side wished to yield, this work came to nothing, and the whole matter was again brought to the Emperor's knowledge. (16) The disputation held at Geneva in the year 1534. For when the Roman clergy, on account of the Reformed doctrine concerning the justification of the sinner before God, stirred the congregation of Geneva to rebellion, a disputation was arranged by the authority of Bern, concerning the chief articles of faith. On the side of the Reformed girded himself for battle Farel, who obtained Viret as his companion; on the side of the Papists set himself Tunstall (Turbitus?), a doctor of the Sorbonne in France. Tunstall is overcome, and promises to make an open confession of recantation; but, having climbed the pulpit, he takes up his old fare again; wherefore he is put into prison, and out of that a new uprising is stirred, after which the Pope-minded take refuge with the Duke of Savoy, and leave the city to the Reformed; in which another disputation is again held, against the justification of the sinner before God through good works, and this by Jacques Bernard, who had been a prior, but had left it and gone over to the Reformed faith, against Karl, a Sorbonnist, and Chappuis. (17) There follow six disputations of Luther against Johannes Islebius Agricola, an Antinomian, who spread the seed of his error, held in the year 1538 at Wittenberg, whereby Agricola, being convinced, publicly recanted his opinion, though, after Luther's death, he took up his error again. (18) The colloquy at Worms, held in the year 1541, where, after the Pope-minded had made various stipulations concerning the rules and conditions which each party would have to observe, and thereby spent much time, it was at length determined that Melanchthon and Eck should engage in mutual conference, in the presence of a great number of theologians. But when they had made a beginning concerning original sin, they received an Imperial writ, ordering them to break off their discussion on the third day, and to transfer the disputed matter to the Diet at Regensburg. (19) The colloquy held at Regensburg, which was a sequel to the previous colloquy at Worms, where they assembled under the direction of the Elector Palatine Frederick, and Cardinal Granvelle. Here were, on the side of the Pope-minded, Julius Pflug, Eck, and Gropper; and on the side of the Protestants, Melanchthon, Bucer, and Johannes Pistorius. At the beginning of this colloquy Granvelle delivered, in the Emperor's name, a draft concerning the chief articles about which they would deal; which writing, however, gave full satisfaction neither to the Pope-minded nor to the Protestants. Here, however, Melanchthon refuted the Mass so thoroughly and soundly, that Eck, taking to his bed, was obliged to leave this colloquy to his colleagues Pflug and Gropper, of whom he meanwhile complained that, while he lay sick in bed, they did not handle the matter openly and fairly. The further conduct of this colloquy was postponed to the decision of the council. (20) The second colloquy of Regensburg was held in the year 1546, in which, by the Emperor's good pleasure, means and ways to unity and peace were once more sought, while Bucer engaged in the contested dispute, first with Petrus Malvenda, and then with the Carmelite monk Eberhard Billick, and stoutly defended the orthodox doctrine of justification. But scarcely had this colloquy begun, when the Emperor determined some new laws, according to which one would have to conduct oneself in this conference; among which were various that in no way pleased the Protestants. Wherefore the Duke of Saxony called his theologians away from there, and Bucer betook himself to the Landgrave of Hesse, to report to him on that proceeding, and thus this colloquy was broken off, not without great indignation on the part of the Pope-minded. (21) A secret meeting of Julius Pflug and Michael Sidonius, and Johannes Islebius Agricola, in which meeting, by the Emperor's order, in the year 1548, the book called the Interim was, at the Diet of Regensburg, brought into the world. (22) Various Synods, which were continually held in various jurisdictions and provinces, on the occasion of the proposals made in the Book of Interim, among which the Bishop of Cologne did not clearly explain a single article of faith, and only somewhat moderately improved the church discipline through six decrees. The Bishop of Mainz dealt with it more earnestly, and put out forty-eight rules concerning the faith, and fifty-six concerning the church reformation, in which he also condemned image worship and the invocation of saints. See Petr. Suav. Polan., Hist. Concilii Trident. Lib. III. (23) A four-day disputation held at Oxford in the year 1549, in which Peter Martyr was to have come into conference with Bernardino Ochino, against Smith, summoned for it from Strasbourg by King Edward VI. But since Smith craftily plotted, through a stirred-up uprising, against his life, and he, through the authority of the Vice-Chancellor, escaped that snare, this disputation was then for a while suspended; but was afterward indeed carried forward, yet in such a way that Smith kept himself hidden, and the rest of the Pope-minded teachers departed greatly ashamed. (24) The second Oxford meeting was held in the year 1553, after King Edward VI had been helped out of the way by poison, and Mary had withdrawn the succession to the kingdom from Jane, Lady of Suffolk, and sought to reintroduce the Mass in England. In this meeting Thomas Cranmer, Archbishop of Canterbury, whom they had long held suspect of heresy, was ordered to come into conference with the Pope-minded, who, with such great noise and laughter, curses and mockery, handled the matter, that this was no orderly disputation, but rather a drunken and madman's play, while Cranmer was often assailed at once by ten or more together, who attacked him in droves. He was, however, at once dragged off to prison, to be offered up to the flames by the executioner. (25) A disputation held at Württemberg, in the year 1556, between Johannes à Lasco, who was native of Poland, and at that time served as preacher for the Strangers' Church at Frankfurt; and Johannes Brenz, but behind closed doors, concerning the presence of Christ's body in the sealing signs of the Holy Supper, which Brenz vainly sought to reconcile with the Lord's sitting at His Father's right hand. (26) The meeting at Eisenach, in the disputed matter of Georg Major, concerning the necessity of good works for salvation; where a disputation was held between Strigel and Menius. (27) The second colloquy held at Worms in the year 1557, on the good pleasure of the Diet at Regensburg, under the chairmanship of Julius Pflug, Bishop of Naumburg. Here was disputed the rule of judgment in theological disputes, which the Pope-minded wished to set in the continual consent and usage of the Church; but the Protestants in Holy Scripture. This colloquy was broken off, on account of the discord among the Protestants themselves, those of Jena and the Saxon theologians. (28) A disputation held at Weimar, in the year 1557, between Victorinus Strigel and Flacius Illyricus, concerning the conversion of man, and the powers of the free will, when Strigel maintained the opinion of the indifferent, and Illyricus took up and taught the error concerning original sin, holding that it was the very substance of man itself. (29) A disputation held at Heidelberg in the year 1560, on the good pleasure of the two Electors, Johann Friedrich of Saxony and Frederick of the Palatinate. Here entered into disputation with one another Petrus Boquinus and Thomas Erastus on the side of the Reformed; and Morlinus with Stössel on the side of the Lutherans, when Stössel, who was the first and chief cause of this conference, afterward went over to the side of the Reformed. (30) The colloquy held at Poissy in France, being as much as a National Synod, held in the year 1561, at the order of King Charles IX, in order, if it were possible, to bring about agreement between the Reformed and the Pope-minded. At the court of the cloister at Poissy there presented themselves the king, his mother, and brother, and sister; the King and the Queen of Navarre also, and the other magnates, among whom were also the Prince of Condé and the Admiral. Of the Pope-minded heads of the clergy there were counted fifty cardinals, as well as archbishops and bishops, accompanied by a great multitude of Sorbonne members. Of the Protestants there were present Beza, come there from Geneva, and Peter Martyr from Zurich, who had been invited by the King of Navarre, who was inclined to the Reformed. But since Beza dealt at length concerning the chief articles of religion and the Pope-minded errors, and mixed in that the body of Christ was as far removed from the bread in the Holy Supper as heaven is from earth, this made the Cardinal of Lorraine, who had long sought an occasion to break off that meeting, so angry that he could now bring about this breaking-off, and cause matters to reach the point that at least no more open negotiation was held; separately, however, in the presence of the Queen Mother, of the King, and of the Queen of Navarre, disputation continued between the Cardinal of Lorraine and the Sorbonne doctor Espencaeus, and between Beza and Martyr, but in a wholly tumultuous manner on the side of the Pope-minded. At length, so that these last might not seem in any way to wish to render this meeting entirely fruitless, but also to entangle the French in strife against the Germans, they made Beza a proposal, that, if he wished to have this colloquy carried further, he should accept the Augsburg Confession: to which Beza wisely replied, that if the Pope-minded themselves would also accept that Augsburg Confession, then unity would shortly be reached, but that he could not, for the rest, entirely go along with the Augsburg Confession in all things. The outcome of this colloquy was this: the number of colloquists and hearers was again reduced; some propositions and modes of speech concerning the Holy Supper were determined, which were accepted by some of the Pope-minded, but rejected by others; and thus this colloquy was broken off. Daily, meanwhile, the number of the Reformed increased in France, and everywhere public sermons were held, to which greatly contributed the Edict, concerning freedom of religion, which was called the Edict of January, against which, however, those of the House and following of Guise, and others, first set themselves, until at length they too were, by all manner of tricks, brought to apostasy. (31) The colloquy of Saint-Germain was an appendix to that of Poissy, which was held by order of the Queen of France between Beza and the Pope-minded, concerning image worship, in which, with lengthy speeches, much more was dealt with than by disputations, and the whole matter came to nothing. (32) The meeting held at Lüneburg in the year 1561, to which from all quarters flowed together various theologians from Lübeck, Magdeburg, Braunschweig, Hamburg, Bremen, and elsewhere, by whom the faith of the Reformed was condemned, except by Paulus von Eitzen, Superintendent of Hamburg, who afterward disapproved that decision. (33) The colloquy of Maulbronn in the year 1564, undertaken at the order of Frederick, Elector Palatine, and Christoph, Duke of Württemberg, between Boquinus, Dillerus, Olevianus, Datheen, Ursinus, and Xylander, on the side of the Reformed; and Brenz, Schnepf, Jacobus Andreae, Bidenbach, and Lukas Osiander, of the Lutherans. Here was disputed the omnipresence of Christ's human nature, between Ursinus and Jacobus Andreae. A short account of this colloquy was published by the Lutherans, which, however, has been thoroughly refuted by the Reformed. (34) The colloquy held at Altenburg in the year 1568. For when the theologians of Meissen, in the time when one might call it a lack of composure, or a standstill, of all religion, had all too much conceded to the Pope-minded, and had until then maintained that good works were necessary for salvation; that man's will is active in conversion; and that in indifferent matters one might well concede something to the Pope-minded — and those of Thuringia set themselves against this — Augustus, Elector of Saxony, and Johann Wilhelm, Duke of Saxony, sent them to Altenburg. When now they disputed against one another in writing here, and neither side wished to yield, and a single article of faith concerning the justification of the sinner before God was scarcely settled in the space of five months, the Meissen theologians, Eberus, Salmuth, Freihuber, Cruciger the younger, and Heinrich Moller, sent their confession of faith to the Elector, and departed, in defiance of those of Thuringia; from which a greater estrangement of minds arose. (35) The Synod of Sandomierz, to remove the discord between the theologians in Lithuania and Samogitia, who were partly of the Swiss, partly of the Bohemian, and partly of the Augsburg confession; and to see whether a union could be brought about; solemnly held in the year 1570, which had just as fortunate an outcome, while it was with entire unanimity decided that in the matter of the Holy Supper one would teach and preach according to the revised Augsburg Confession, which was even reviewed and confirmed in the Synod of Toruń in the year 1595. (36) A colloquy at Frankenthal, held in the year 1571, between the Palatinate theologians and the Anabaptists. (37) A colloquy held at Strasbourg, in the year 1571, between Jacobus Andreae and Flacius Illyricus concerning original sin, whether it be a substance in itself, or not: but, since Flacius would not yield, this colloquy did not last long. (38) There followed various meetings concerning the Lutherans' formula concordiae, or formula of concord; and first at Torgau. For when the Lutherans noticed that Johannes à Lasco, who had been driven out of England by the persecutions of Queen Mary, and other refugees from France, were everywhere propagating the orthodox truth, and that Brenz too, at the Academy of Tübingen, and Flacius Illyricus and those of Jena, did not teach, in their judgment, sufficiently soundly; and, moreover, that the union and concord of the Evangelicals, that is, of the Reformed and Lutherans, was pleasing to many theologians at Wittenberg, and that their own strictness from time to time was becoming distasteful; they advised and persuaded Augustus, Elector of Saxony, to have an investigation made, by some Lutheran princes, into the doctrine of their theologians. This Elector, being then informed that his theologians differed in many respects, not only from the Reformed, but also among themselves, and that his Wittenbergers appealed to the body of doctrine of Melanchthon, and on that account gave out and wished to be recognized as the true Lutherans, at length recommended a meeting for his theologians at Dresden, in the year 1571, and ordered that they hand over their confession concerning the Holy Supper; which, when those of Wittenberg did not do, to the taste of the strict Lutherans, this same Elector arranged another meeting at Torgau, in the year 1574, and told them that, on the proposal of certain affirmative and negative points, they should all answer candidly together. But even these proposed points found no favor with all those stricter Lutherans, because there still seemed to lurk in them something in favor of the Calvinists: meanwhile all of them signed, except only the Wittenberg theologians, who refused this; but who, for that very reason, were brought as prisoners from Torgau to Leipzig, until they, under certain fixed conditions, signed the same; but, shortly afterward, all were deposed from their ministries, while some of them remained sitting in prison, and the others fled of themselves. Upon this followed (39) the meeting of theologians at Lichtenberg in the year 1576, in which it was deliberated how one might, above all, find a way out, and by what means one might close off the way to all quibbling, and bring about and confirm a complete unanimity among all the Lutherans. In this meeting, then, the way was prepared to the famous formula concordiae, or formula of concord. To that end (40) the second Torgau meeting was arranged, and there drawn up a declaration of the disputed points, which was afterward called the formula concordiae, or Torgensis, or Bergensis, the formula of concord, or also the Torgau or Bergen formula; to which formula, when the Wittenberg theologians, who were more inclined toward the Reformed, and even some stricter Lutherans, gave their consent, the Elector called together some theologians at the cloister of Bergen, namely Jacobus Andreae, A. Musculus, M. Chemnitz, N. Selnecker, and D. Chytraeus, to review and improve this formula of concord further. Since that time various meetings have been held, to collect the signatures; among which the most notable have been the Herzberg colloquy in the year 1587, as well as the meetings of Langensalza, of Smalkalden, the third Torgau meeting, that of Jüterbog, and others. The persons who had made objections were all sought out, down to the schoolmasters; and there were found over eight thousand who called themselves theologians. Among these, however, there were even some from among the Lutherans who protested against this, and among them chiefly those who were from Pomerania. But, after the death of Elector Augustus, and under the reign of his successor Christian I, who governed the Electorate, the Reformed-minded Wittenbergers seemed to have regained their influence in matters of religion, until at length under Frederick William, the successor of Christian, in the year 1592, the Lutheran-minded again became too powerful, and saw their formula of concord restored, since which time everything has remained in that state. These, then, have been the vicissitudes of this formula of concord. (41) The colloquy held at Lindau in the year 1575, between Jacobus Andreae, and Tobias Rupius and Sebald Schössler, who were Flacian-minded. Here was dealt with original sin, and when the Flacians would not yield, they were deposed from their ministries. (42) The disputation at Memmingen, held in the year 1577, between Kleberus, a Reformed preacher, and Jacobus Andreae. (43) The colloquy at Löningen, arranged at the order of the Count of Oldenburg, between Hermannus Hamelmann, a Lutheran, and Japetus Quartianus, and others of the Reformed, who would not accept the Saxon church rules. (44) The colloquy at Quedlinburg, held in the year 1583, between Heshusius and Johannes Kirchner, where was disputed the bodily omnipresence of Christ, which Heshusius denied; and further concerning the formula of concord, which he likewise rejected: against this Kirchner set himself: but as each held to his own view, this colloquy dissolved fruitlessly. (45) The Heidelberg colloquy and disputation held in the year 1584, by order of Johann Casimir, ruler of the Palatinate, between Johann Jacob Grynaeus, who was called there for it from Basel, and the theologians with their pupils from among the Lutherans; in which disputation Grynaeus so stoutly defended the side of the Reformed, that all the Lutheran pupils were removed from the Palatinate, and the Reformed faith restored there. (46) The colloquy of Montbéliard, in which, by order of Frederick, Duke of Württemberg, Theodore Beza was set in the contest against Jacobus Andreae, concerning the doctrine of the Holy Supper, concerning the Person of Christ, concerning images, Baptism, and Predestination. At the end of this colloquy Beza offered the right hand of brotherhood to Jacobus Andreae, but this man would not accept it, wherefore Beza also refused the offered hand of friendship. The proceedings of this colloquy were, contrary to word given and honor, not all faithfully made public in print by the Lutherans, and therefore a more honest edition of it has been prepared by the Reformed. (47) The colloquy held at Bern between Samuel Huber, who in the matter of general Grace held with the Lutherans, and Abraham Musculus, Grynaeus, and other Reformed, in which Huber drove his case so far, that he was deposed from his actual office, and was eagerly received by the Lutherans, who gave him an ecclesiastical post in the Duchy of Württemberg; but, teaching there moreover general salvation, he was also cast out by the Lutherans. (48) The colloquy at Baden held in the year 1589, between Jacobus Andreae and Johannes Pistorius, a physician, who from a Lutheran had first become Reformed, and afterward an apostate Pope-minded, who had boasted that he would dispute from Holy Scripture alone; but within the space of two days, and four sessions in that time, he brought forward not a single Scripture passage, and thus this colloquy was broken off. Upon this followed (49) some colloquies of the Lutherans with their Huber, concerning general election and salvation, held at Regensburg and Tübingen, after the end of which Huber was removed from his ecclesiastical position. (50) The colloquy of Neuburg, held about the year 1593; for when the Count Palatine Johannes, Duke of Zweibrücken, in the year 1588, through the doing chiefly of Pantaleon Candidus, had accepted the Reformation in his lands, and this stuck in the Lutherans' craw, they sent Heilbrunner and Beuther, to dispute with Pantaleon Candidus, concerning the division of the Ten Commandments, and concerning the Person of Christ; where in the nine sessions held for this colloquy, the Lutherans conducted themselves in such a way that the Elector was thereby the more strongly confirmed in the Reformed faith, and pressed forward with all his might in the Reformation already begun. (51) The Synod at Stettin, held in the year 1593, in which Johann Friedrich, Duke of Pomerania, urged by the vehemence of the Lutherans, charged the Reformed either to sign the Lutheran confession of faith, or to depart from his lands. (52) The Synods at Reismark in Hungary, held in the year 1595, and at Leutschau, in which was disputed between Albert Grawer, of the Lutherans, and Sebastian Lami, of the Reformed, and others. (53) The third Regensburg colloquy, held in the year 1602, between Hunger, Gretserus, and Tanner, on the side of the Roman-minded; and Aegidius Hunnius and other Lutherans. Here was disputed over the foundation of faith, in fourteen sessions, and then the colloquy was broken off by the Pope-minded. (54) The Synod of Emden, held in the year 1571, dealing with good order in church government. (55) The Provincial Synod of Dordrecht, held in the year 1574, in the name of the churches of South Holland and Zeeland, likewise concerning good order in church government. (56) A following Synod of Dordrecht, held in the year 1578, in the name of the churches of South Holland, both Dutch and Walloon, again concerning the establishment of good order in church government. (57) The Synod of Middelburg in Zeeland, in the year 1581, being a National one, in which sixty-nine rules were established concerning church government, in which Arnoldus Cornelii was chairman, and assessor Isbrandus Balkius, and clerk Michael Panelius. (58) The National Synod of The Hague, held in the year 1586, in which chairman was Jacobus Kimedoncius, preacher at Middelburg, and assessor Arnoldus Cornelii, and clerk Wernerus Helmichius, concerning the further establishment of church government. (59) A following Synod of The Hague, in the name of the Earl of Leicester, by the authority of the States of Holland, subscribed at once by the civil and church authorities; with the names of Willem van Zuylen van Nijevelt, Johan van Oldenbarnevelt, Johan van Banchem, Leonard Casembroot, Theodorus Leeuwen, Adrianus van Weteringen, Franciscus Maelson, Hendrik van Corput, Johannes Damius, Arnoldus Cornelii, Johannes Uytenbogaert, Jacobus Arminius, Andreas Castricomius, Guilielmus Poppius. In this Synod forty-one rules were determined concerning church order. (60) A Provincial Synod held at Middelburg, in the year 1591, consisting of deputies from the four Classes, concerning the order to be held in church government, with a formulary added of an oath, which every preacher had to take. The proceedings of all these Dutch Synods have been made public in print, in the Dutch tongue. (61) The National Synod of Dordrecht, at which assembled, besides the Dutch members composing this Synod, the deputed theologians from England, from the Palatinate, from Hesse, from Switzerland, and from most other quarters of the Reformed churches; excepted only, moreover, those of France, whose theologians were forbidden by their king to betake themselves to Dordrecht, although they afterward approved the proceedings of this Synod. At the recommendation of the States General of the Netherlands, this Synod assembled in 1618 and 1619, to deal chiefly with the five notorious articles of the Remonstrants; and when these obstinately refused to submit to the decisions of the Synod, they were deposed from their ministries. To this may be added (62) a friendly colloquy held in France, near Orléans, indeed in its suburb, in the year 1620, between Johannes Camero, professor at Saumur, and Daniel Tilenus, chiefly concerning general Grace, and the powers of the free will; in which colloquy Camero defended the side of the Reformed, and Tilenus that of the Arminians. (63) The Synod of Westminster, held near London in the year 1642, by the authority of the High Court of England, commonly called the Parliament, where chairman was Guilielmus Twisse. This Synod was assembled to arrange a fixed church order, which, however, did not turn out as hoped, since the so-called Independents opposed it. Meanwhile there was in this Synod nevertheless drawn up an excellent Confession of Faith, as well as a twofold Catechism, a larger and a smaller, likewise also a Directory for the ordering of public worship, to which was added a Petition of the Synod to the Parliament of England, concerning the Presbyterian church government. (64) The Synod of Scotland held at Edinburgh, in the year 1647, in which the Westminster Synod's work was accepted and approved. (65) A colloquy held at Paris, in the year 1678, between Jacques Bossuet, Bishop of Condom, and Claude, preacher of the Reformed Church at Charenton. Here was disputed only concerning the Church, upon whose pronouncement, according to the view of that Roman bishop, all the authority, the meaning, and interpretation of the whole revelation in Holy Scripture, and thus the entire Christian religion, would depend. The proceedings of this meeting have been made public in print. (66) The Synod of Paris, held in the year 1682, of the French Roman-minded clergy, against Pope Innocent XI, in order to please their king, and for him to assert and confirm the Right of the Regale, that is, the right of usage of the vacant and falling-open church offices, and at the same time to pave the way to a general and complete destruction of the Reformed churches in France. At this Synod, then, assembled eight archbishops, twenty-four bishops, and others, who make up the clergy of France. There they set down four fundamental propositions, which took from the Pope all his power over temporal matters; which curtailed the Papal power in general; which left to the Pope in matters of faith indeed the chief authority, but whose decisions are not to be held infallible without the consent of the church. These fundamental propositions were, by the King's authority, made into laws, and it was ordered that they be set before, and accepted by, all bishops, professors, and public teachers.
4. Confessions and Other Matters
Fourthly. Most of all these Synods, meetings, colloquies, and disputations made public, through the press, their confessions of faith, fundamental rules, and decisions, which also contributed to the propagation and establishment of the Church — although in various measure, according to their purity or impurity — while it did not lack such as were harmful, which we shall likewise here note down. (1) The first was the Augsburg Confession, drawn up by Philip Melanchthon, presented and delivered at the Diet of Augsburg; but, according to the circumstances of those times, less perfect, which Philip himself therefore afterward somewhat altered, especially where he makes mention of the Roman-minded forms in the Mass, which even the Lutherans do not acknowledge, while they hold fast that Bread and Wine are truly present in the Holy Supper. Meanwhile, however, in order to have a fairer pretext for their schismatic zeal, they cry out continually of their unalterable Confession. Upon this Confession follows its Apology (defense). To which has moreover been added a far purer confession, coming closer to the Reformed confession of faith. (2) The confession of faith of the four cities, Strasbourg, Konstanz, Memmingen, and Lindau, which was indeed delivered at the same time at the Diet.
though not — at least not publicly — read aloud. (3) The Zurich Confession of Zwingli, which was likewise sent to the Emperor at the Diet, but not read, because Eck noted in it that the sacraments do not confer grace from the work performed, and rebuked it for holding that Christ's body is itself eaten with the mouth. (4) The Swiss Confession, the first one, drawn up in the year 1536 and presented the following year at the Smalkald assembly. (5) The Smalkald Confession, containing a hundred articles of Luther, in the year 1537, which were to have been presented and delivered at the Council of Mantua. (6) The Interim Confession, by which the indifferent Saxon theologians, in certain ceremonies as well as in some forms of speech concerning the faith, sought to please the emperor, in the year 1549, and thereby departed not a little from steadfastness in the faith. (7) The Magdeburg Confession, by which, in that same year, the ministers of the Magdeburg churches declared themselves against the Interimist errors. (8) The Saxon Confession, drawn up in the year 1551, to be presented to the Council of Trent. (9) The Württemberg Confession, in the same year, drawn up by Johannes Brenz, and in the following year submitted, in the name of Christopher, Duke of Württemberg, to the Council of Trent, which Brenz afterward defended in a written vindication against the slanders of Hosius. (10) The French Confession, first presented to Francis II, King of France, in the year 1559, and two years later to Charles IX, and at last published in Latin in the year 1566, and finally printed in Germany in 1587, that it might thereby become known for what doctrine the Reformed in France had to endure so cruel a persecution. (11) The English Confession, published in the year 1562. (12) The Second Helvetic Confession, in the year 1566, subscribed to by the Reformed of Savoy, Poland, Hungary, and Scotland. (13) The Dutch Confession of Faith, published in the same year, and confirmed at the Synod of Dort. (14) The revised Dresden Confession, drawn up by the Wittenberg theologians in the year 1571, which those of Jena vigorously opposed in writing. (15) The Lutheran Formula of Concord, of which we made mention above. (16) The latest Bohemian Confession, compiled from the four preceding ones in the year 1573. (17) Another Saxon Confession, drawn up by Aegidius Hunnius, to expose the so-called crypto-Calvinists. (18) That of Pomerania, drawn up by the Dukes of Pomerania in the year 1593. (19) The Westminster Confession, drawn up in the year 1624, together with a twofold catechism and a directory for public worship. (20) That of the Remonstrants, drawn up in the year 1621 by Simon Episcopius, opposed by the Leiden professors, defended in a vindication by Episcopius himself, and at last refuted in a counter-vindication by Jacobus Trigland. To these may further be added (21) the Exposition of the Catholic Faith of the Bishop of Condom, first written for the use of Marshal Turenne, in order thereby to convert him to embracing the Roman religion; but since this did not please the papists, it was afterward published anew, in an improved form, in the year 1671, approved by the Bishop of Reims and nine bishops; but since this approval did not satisfy its author, he also submitted it to the academy of the Sorbonne for review; and since the Sorbonnists marked many things in it with a black mark, adding that through excessive softening the doctrine of the Roman church was there distorted, the first edition was suppressed, and the Bishop of Condom corrected the passages which the Sorbonnists had marked in it. Meanwhile, however, the Lord Stillingfleet had the first, unaltered edition of this book printed in England. This book, then, which we now have, is indeed the altered edition, but without the approval of the Sorbonnists. This book has also been sent to Rome, and pleased most there so little that a refutation of it was considered. At any rate it received no approval from Pope Clement X. By the Reformed this book has been attacked more than once, and chiefly by the widely renowned professor Frederick Spanheim.
Fifthly. The schools, too, had no small part in the propagation — or at least in the preservation and edification — of the church, which was found everywhere under this sixth age of the New Testament; whose rise, mention of which was already begun in the preceding age, we shall now briefly continue. (1) The Complutensian school in Spain, in the year 1517, of the church reformation already begun by Luther, founded by Francisco Ximénez, Archbishop of Toledo; to which was added one founded by Elias Reusnerus at Toledo, by order of Franciscus Alvarez, just as one was also founded at Seville by Rodericus a St. Elia, and at Granada by Ferdinand of Talavera, who was its overseer. These schools, however, as others hold, had already flourished long before, and especially that of Seville, which is said to have had as its pupils Pope Sylvester II, Avicenna, and Isidore. (2) The school of Goldberg in Silesia, established in the year 1520. (3) That of Marburg, founded by Philip, Landgrave of Hesse, in the year 1526, afterward confirmed by Emperor Charles V. (4) That of Zaragoza, in Aragon, founded by Charles V, and renewed in the year 1584. (5) The school of Kronstadt in Transylvania flourished in the year 1530 under Johannes Honterus, a professor of theology and mathematics. (6) That of Lausanne in Switzerland was renowned in the year 1530. (7) That of Königsberg in Prussia, established by Albert, Margrave of Brandenburg, whose first rector was Georgius Sabinus. (8) The school at Geneva took its beginning in the year 1535. (9) That of Strasbourg was founded in the year 1538 by the council, and Johannes Sturmius was appointed rector over it. This school received certain privileges from Emperor Maximilian II in the year 1566, and obtained the full extent of those privileges from Ferdinand II in the year 1621. (10) That of Jena in Thuringia, founded by John Frederick I, Elector of Saxony, in the year 1558. (11) That of Copenhagen in Denmark, founded by King Frederick I in the year 1539, and renewed by Christian III. (12) That of Uppsala in Sweden, which was indeed of ancient origin, but became especially renowned in the year 1540, under Jacob Ziegler and Olaus Magnus. (13) That of Elbing in Prussia, founded by Duke Albert in the year 1542. (14) That of Meissen, founded by Maurice, Duke of Saxony, in the year 1543. (15) That of Stettin was founded in the year 1543. (16) That of Dillingen in Bavaria, established by Otto Truchsess von Waldburg, Bishop of Augsburg and cardinal, who himself also held a disputation in that school, in the year 1549. (17) That of Osuna, established at Illiberis, or in the kingdom of Granada, under the rule of Charles V, in the year 1549. (18) That of Grimma, established by Maurice, Elector of Saxony, in the year 1550. (19) That of Reims in Champagne, founded by Charles of Guise, Cardinal of Lorraine and Archbishop of Reims. (20) The Gandia school in the kingdom of Valencia, in the year 1560. (21) That of Lauingen in the Upper Palatinate, established by Wolfgang of the Palatinate, with the approval of Emperor Ferdinand I, in the year 1560. (22) That of Douai in the Spanish Netherlands, established by Philip II, King of Spain, in the year 1562. (23) That of Neuhaus near Worms, founded by Frederick III, Elector Palatine, in the year 1565. (24) That of Compostela in the kingdom of Galicia, and that of Besançon in Burgundy, were opened in the year 1574. (25) That of Altdorf in the Nuremberg territory was founded by the Nuremberg council in the year 1575. (26) That of Leiden in Holland, by the States and William I, Prince of Orange, in the year 1575. (27) That of Helmstedt, in the Duchy of Brunswick, established by Duke Julius, in the year 1576. (28) That of Cluj in Transylvania obtained its privileges from Pope Gregory XIII in the year 1580. (29) The school of Pont-à-Mousson, and that of Onate in Cantabria, were renowned in the year 1580. (30) That of Franeker was founded by the States of Friesland, in the year 1581. (31) That of Herborn, in the Wetterau, was established by Count John of Nassau, in the year 1585. (32) That of Zerbst was founded by the Prince of Anhalt, in the year 1585. (33) That of Steinfurt was founded by the Counts of Bentheim, in the year 1588. (34) That of Giessen was established by Louis, Landgrave of Hesse, and confirmed by Rudolph, when the professors of Marburg were transferred there. (35) The Harderwijk academy was founded at the pleasure of the States of Gelderland in the year 1590. (36) That of Sedan became renowned in France, in the year 1592. (37) That of Bremen had its beginning in Lower Saxony, in the year 1592. (38) That of Danzig in Prussia was established in the year 1600. (39) That of Saumur was founded by Philippe de Mornay, Lord of Plessis, in the year 1604. (40) The Groningen academy, by the States of Groningen, in the year 1617. (41) That of Paderborn had as its founder Bishop Theodor, in the year 1616. (42) That of Rinteln was solemnly inaugurated by Ernst, Count of Schaumburg, and endowed with privileges by Emperor Ferdinand II in the year 1620. (43) That of Utrecht was changed by the council and magistrates of that city from a preparatory school into an academy, its first appointed professors being Bernardus Schotanus in law, and Gisbertus Voetius together with Meinardus Schotanus in theology. (44) At Jaffnapatnam a training school was established, to instruct young men in the Dutch language, and to prepare others, from among the Malabars, for the holy ministry, under the direction of the Lord Commissioner Baron van Rheede, and under the oversight of the minister Adrianus de Mey, about the year 1690. Whether there are yet more such training schools established, and which they are, in the East and West Indies, among the English as well as among the Dutch colonies, is to this day unknown to me.
The Expedition of William III to England
Among the aids to the propagation — or at least to the preservation of the church's estate — must especially also be mentioned the military expedition of William III, Prince of Orange, to England, since through it the cause of Protestantism, which had come into the utmost peril, was confirmed and secured. The matter came about in this way. Louis XIV had scattered, laid waste, and destroyed all the churches of the Reformed throughout the whole of France. In England, James II had succeeded his brother Charles II in the year 1685, who openly professed the Roman religion. Between these two kings, French and English, a mutual league had been established, to root out the Northern heresy — by which they meant the Protestant religion of the northern part of Europe — and a beginning of this work was to be made in England and the Netherlands. To that end Louis armed himself for war against the Palatinate, and, in order to be the nearer at hand for the overthrow of the Netherlands, exerted all his power to have the Prince of Fürstenberg, who was wholly devoted to him, elected in place of the deceased Maximilian Henry, Elector of Cologne, threatening war upon the States of the Netherlands should they presume to interfere in this matter against Fürstenberg. The Dutch States easily perceived that this scheme was aimed against them, and therefore armed troops for their naval power. James, meanwhile, promoted the cause of the papists with all his might, in defiance of his people. He summoned Jesuits and monks from every quarter to himself, and founded monasteries everywhere. Cardinal d'Adda, the Pope's ambassador, he took into his secret council. He recruited seamen and fitted out a mighty fleet. And to proceed the more surely, he sought to convene a Parliament that would depend entirely upon his pleasure, while all the rights of a free election were suppressed. He granted freedom of worship to sects of every kind, in order thereby to introduce the papists contrary to the established laws of the realm — not only that, but also to weaken the side of the Reformed through crafty undermining. He thus granted liberty of conscience, and annulled the so-called Test, or the sworn penal laws against the papists, and commanded that this be proclaimed from all the pulpits throughout England by the ministers of the Reformed churches, according to a directive from the archbishops and bishops. But this was refused by seven bishops, among whom was the Archbishop of Canterbury, who thereupon made humble petition to the king to be excused from it, but were rebuffed with a harsh answer and commanded to render strict obedience; and when they would not submit to this, they were thrown into prison, until, by the verdict of the judges appointed for the purpose, they were, to the great joy of the people, declared innocent and set at liberty. To this was further added — the more effectually to exclude William, Prince of Orange, from the succession to the throne, he being otherwise the nearest heir, and in a position to oppose and check the papist advances — that a certain supposititious Prince of Wales was foisted upon the people. Meanwhile all who would not consent to these destructive counsels were banished from the kingdom. A great number of these came to the Prince of Orange, and implored the Prince to have mercy upon the British realm, of which he would ere long have to become heir, and to come to the aid of both religion and liberty. Only with difficulty could the Prince be persuaded to this; yet it came to pass: in all haste a fleet was fitted out by the States of the Netherlands, and the expedition undertaken, in the year 1688. But at first this voyage was severely hindered by dreadful storm-winds, so that among the exultant papists the report spread everywhere that the whole fleet, with the Prince, had perished — just as here at home, too, people were already deliberating on disarming that naval force. But the voyage was renewed, and proceeded with so gentle a wind that the fleet landed safely and fortunately at Torbay, and was received by our English nation with universal rejoicing; it was furnished with every kind of provision, and reinforced from time to time, and grew so immense that neither the armies of James nor his sea-power could offer or sustain any resistance against it. At last the Prince came to London, and found so great an affection among all, that the queen was sent away by her husband to France, and he himself shortly afterward also fled to France; whereupon the Prince of Orange was solemnly proclaimed king, in the year 1689, and crowned on the 11th of April. James, meanwhile, reinforced with troops from Louis, marched into Ireland, to try his fortune there more favorably — but in vain, for he was defeated by the army of King William III, who thus brought the whole kingdom under his obedience, whereby James was once more compelled to flee to France. Since that time, by stirring up murders and rebellions in England, he has, like a desperate man, sought to save his ruined cause, while he finds divine providence everywhere unfavorable to him, until he and the French King Louis, after having attempted everything in vain, were compelled to sue for peace, and to that end to send their ambassadors to Holland. Thus, through the divine goodness, the cause of the Reformed — not in England alone, but throughout all Europe — has been happily restored.
The Schisms
Yet there was no lack, either, of many hindrances, by which the course of church reformation under this century was checked in its progress by strong resistance. Among these hindrances the first place must be given to the schisms; and namely, (1) the sacramentarian schism, between the Reformed and the Lutherans, which was born of the excessive vehemence and pride of Luther, as even Georgius Calixtus himself, a Lutheran professor at Helmstedt, acknowledged and made publicly known in his judgment on this matter. For scarcely had Luther begun to set his hand to the work of reformation — while he still lay hidden in his Patmos — when Karlstadt meanwhile carried the Reformation forward, abolished the Mass, cast the images out of the churches, and performed other things serving that end. Luther took this very ill, since it had been done without consulting him about it, and without the knowledge and against the will of the Elector; wherefore he also hastily came forth from his Patmos, and in several sermons inveighed violently against Karlstadt, and even restored the superstitious practice that Karlstadt had abolished. Moreover he obtained from the Elector that Karlstadt was deposed from his office and even had to leave Wittenberg; and when he afterward learned that Karlstadt did not acknowledge the presence of Christ's body in the sacramental signs of the Holy Supper, he took a gold florin from his purse, gave it to him, and thereby, as it were, obliged him to a disputation concerning the sacraments. From this arose all the following troubles. This dispute was afterward carried over into Switzerland, and especially for this reason: that Karlstadt, having been expelled from Wittenberg, was not only well received by those of Switzerland, but was even appointed to notable office, and those with him were, on the matter of the Holy Supper, of wholly the same opinion. The dispute remained confined to this alone as long as Luther lived; but after his death his disciples, seeking a knot in a bulrush in order to have more plausible grounds for schism, sought out yet other points of difference, and picked quarrels over every article of faith, as we have seen in its place. More than once an attempt was made at reconciliation, notably by Philip, Landgrave of Hesse, at a conference at Marburg, where matters were indeed brought so far that on no chief point any difference remained, save only on the article of the Holy Supper — and even that dispute would have been removed out of the way, had Luther been willing to accept the hand of brotherhood that Zwingli offered him; wherefore afterward the dispute broke out anew. Things went more happily, however, in Poland and Bohemia, where the Augsburg brethren joined with those of the Swiss and Bohemian confessions in concord, as appears from the assembly of Sandomierz, in the year 1570, and at Breslau, in the year 1583, at the general synod. Let one compare here also what we have already noted above concerning the heresies of this century. (2) The Arminian schism, of whose beginning, progress, stages, and outcome we have also already treated above, when we were occupied with the heresies. (3) The ecclesiastical schism, under which name I include the controversies that arose concerning church government, especially in England, among various parties, among which occur: a. The Hierarchy, or the episcopal government, which indeed retained most of the chief articles of faith, but in ceremonies and church government leaned toward the papacy. This ecclesiastical hierarchy was founded and grounded under the papacy, but afterward somewhat improved by Henry VIII, King of England, who separated from it the supremacy of the Roman bishop and transferred it to himself, while all other things belonging to the Roman religion remained in place. This same church government was still retained under King Edward VI, who was otherwise an excellent church reformer, but the times did not allow him to make further change; it was confirmed under the reign of Queen Elizabeth, and again set upon a firmer footing under James I, because he was of the opinion that without it no monarchical government in a kingdom could subsist, nor would it be safe — wherefore he continually had in his mouth: no bishop, no king. This ecclesiastical hierarchy was enlarged and extended under Charles I and II and James II, which kings, moreover, leaned toward the papacy — especially under William Laud, Archbishop of Canterbury, who sought, willing or unwilling, to force this episcopal government upon the Scots, whereby many disturbances and dreadful persecutions arose. To this were further added the Conformists, who indeed did not give it their approval, but nevertheless tolerated it, to avoid disturbances in the church and to escape persecution; and these were either more pure — such as Perkins, John Rainolds, William Whitaker, and others besides — or less pure, who conformed themselves more to the papal church government and its ceremonies. B. The Puritan, otherwise called the Non-Conformist, church government, of those who more vehemently set themselves against episcopal hierarchy and other superstitious church ceremonies. These, again, out of aversion to episcopal hierarchy, and for fear of persecutions, are distinguished into three parts: first, the Brownists, who, after the example of Morély in France and Hugo Grotius in Holland, sought to strip consistories, classes, and synods of all authority, and to transfer it to certain particular ecclesiastical assemblies (coetus). They bear this name from a certain Browne, who laid the roots of this schismatic separation in England. He was followed by a certain Bolton, who at first indeed hatched this separation, but afterward openly recanted it, and in despair hanged himself. There followed Robert Browne, a schoolmaster at Southwark, who established a separate congregation at Middelburg in Zeeland, which, however, was soon scattered by internal disputes. To this was further added a certain Barrow, a fiery opponent of the Reformed, who was hanged by Queen Elizabeth. He was followed by a certain Johnson, who established a separate congregation at Amsterdam, but which divided into two parties, one of which took the side of Ainsworth, and the other followed Johnson. But these schismatic assemblies perished through mutual disputes, so that Ainsworth departed for Ireland, and Johnson withdrew to Emden, while in Ainsworth's place — who, however, came back again — a certain Canne was appointed. Now when this schismatic sect thus lay exposed, the Leiden minister Robinson came to its aid, a learned and moderate man, who therefore also easily let himself be won over to the right path by Ames and Parker — yet only so far that he moderated the harsh and coarse views and expressions of the Separatists, and founded a certain half-separating sect (semi-separatism). And this Robinson was at last the founder of the present-day Independents in Old and New England. From this, then, was born the second party, or that portion of the Non-Conformists called the Robinsonians or Independents, of whom a certain part separated from the Leiden Robinsonian congregation and betook themselves to New England; which portion, in New England, was shortly afterward followed by a certain Cotton, and some other truly godly Non-Conformists, who adopted the Robinsonian church government and, by letters of recommendation, commended it, together with their leader, to Old England; afterward they obtained in his place, anew, as their teacher, Thomas Goodwin, a learned and godly man. Meanwhile, while the Long Parliament sat at London, in the year 1640, and abolished the episcopal church government without devising quickly enough another form of church government, the church was in disorder and without any governance, whereby a confluence of dreadful errorists and various sects flooded the whole of England. A third portion, then, of the Non-Conformists is that of the Presbyterians, being that kind of church government which, through God's goodness, still, happily, to this hour has place in Scotland, at Geneva, in the Netherlands, among the united churches of Jülich and Berg, and Cleves, and in the Mark, and which formerly also had standing among the churches in France, but now, alas, has been rooted out. This form of church government has received its origin from the apostles themselves, as we have shown in its place, in the chapter on the Government of the Church. Finally there remains still to speak of a fourth party, distinct from the Hierarchical or Episcopal, and from the Conformists, and from the Non-Conformists, and from the Presbyterians — namely, that of the Erastians or Colemannians. This sect owes its origin to Thomas Erastus, formerly a physician at Heidelberg in the year 1565, and taken up by a certain Colemannus, minister at London, who, when he observed the mutual disagreement between the Presbyterians and the Independents, transferred the whole government of the church to the civil magistracy, to which it should belong, through counselors coming between, to govern the church; against which, however, those of Scotland have stoutly set themselves, and among them, notably, G. Gillespie and Samuel Rutherford. To this was further added (4) the Labadist schism, whose founder was Jean de Labadie, who had formerly been a French Jesuit, thereafter a minister in the church of Geneva, and from there called to that of Middelburg in Zeeland; but on account of the disturbances he stirred up there, he was removed from his office, and first at Amsterdam had some of his followers come together in a house for religious exercise; but when this too was forbidden him by the magistracy, he departed for Altona in the territory of Holstein, from there to Herford in Westphalia, and at last to Wieuwerd in Friesland, and died there, leaving the direction of his fellowship to Jean Yvon. This fellowship held its ground there until the year 1693, when it was, among other reasons for lack of means of subsistence, scattered, while only a few remained, still holding meetings there with Yvon.
(5) The Antinomian schism, of which we shall note here only what belongs to these particular places and times. The first arose in Germany, having as its founder Johannes Agricola of Eisleben, formerly Luther's countryman and afterward his adversary. He taught, in the year 1538, that the Law of Moses ought not to be taught in the congregation. Against this Luther held disputations, whereby Agricola was indeed brought to yield — but only until the death of Luther, whereupon he returned to his vomit. It is said that he was the author of the book Interim; he died in the year 1566. The second schism of this kind arose in England, where a certain John Eaton set himself up as its head, who wrote a book on gracious justification through Christ, in which he chiefly maintained this erroneous position: that God neither wills nor can behold any sin in the justified — an error which, after the death of its inventor, spread so strongly everywhere that the churches were almost filled with such schismatics; and no wonder! For it opened a way to heaven that was very easy and pleasant, without any conversion, without hatred and fleeing from sin, without zeal for the practice of virtue and good works, without self-denial and mortification of the flesh and its lusts, etc. From Old England this erroneous doctrine was carried over into New England by this same Eaton, where he won over to his opinion a woman of the Hutchinson family, an obstinate female who, at Boston, under pretense of repeating sermons that Cotton had delivered, spread her extravagant errors throughout that whole province. These people held: that the Law has no use whatsoever to bring a man to Christ; that a man is already justified before he believes in Christ, and that by faith he has only the sense, or the consciousness, of his justification; that he was already justified in the eternal decree of God, and by the actual satisfaction of Christ; that no further application of that satisfaction is required through faith; that a man who has once received the testimony of the Holy Spirit concerning his justification need never doubt of it again, even should he become a murderer or an adulterer; that sanctification affords no sufficient mark of justification; that to seek any comfort from the sense of grace is legalism; that a hypocrite can have the same grace that Adam had in the state of righteousness; that the grace of the sanctified and of hypocrites differs in nothing; that all grace is subjectively in Christ alone, and in us not at all; that God does not love man on account of any holiness, nor hate him on account of any sin; that sin ought to trouble no one; that a Christian need not pray, unless the Spirit stirs and moves him to it; that the whole letter of Holy Scripture is nothing but a covenant of works; that no Christian ought to be urged to duties of godliness, nor to faith, love, or prayer, so long as one does not know that he has the Spirit; that a man can have all grace and yet be outside of Christ; and whatever else there may be of such unsavory and disordered things. The third kind of this schism arose in the Netherlands, where Antinomianism was carried in by certain obscure persons, as for example by a certain Verschoor, a student of theology, who imagined himself to have some proficiency in the Hebrew language; he undertook to teach at Leiden among the devout circles there, and, under this pretense, instilled in the unlearned unbridled Antinomian tenets, from which they got the name of Hebrews. Those of Zeeland fell in with a certain Strobant, a village preacher, who was sternly rebuked by the Zeeland classis, and by Dr. Hulsius, minister at Middelburg, was in a public writing solemnly silenced. Subsequently many movements arose on the subject of religion, which indeed did not break out into schismatic assemblies and confused minglings, and therefore made no proper schisms, but nevertheless gave occasion to violent disputes and estrangement of minds. Among these we shall reckon (6) the Universalists among the professors of the Reformed church doctrine, that is, those who hold to a universal grace, whose founder was Jean Cameron, a very learned and otherwise renowned man; which view was further propagated by Moses Amyraut, a disciple of Cameron, likewise a thoroughly learned man and professor at Saumur, as also by Testard, Daillé, and others in France, from whom this passed over into England to John Goodwin, Richard Baxter, and others, likewise also into Germany to Conrad and Johannes von dem Berg, Ludwig Crocius, and in the Mark Brandenburg to various others besides. All these, however, belonged to the Reformed church, and differed at bottom entirely from the universalist Pelagians, Arminians, Jesuits, Socinians, and Lutherans; for while these latter posit such a universal grace as extends to all men individually, head for head, and exclude the particular grace belonging to the elect alone, whose efficacy would depend on the powers of the free will, the former, on the contrary, posit the objective grace, to which man, as its object, must be reckoned — such as is the grace of redemption and calling, which they regard as a universal grace alone — distinct from the subjective grace, such as is the grace of regeneration, of sanctification, of faith, and of conversion, which they acknowledge belongs to the elect alone and in particular; who for that reason join universal grace together with particular grace, and in such a way that they do not make the efficacy of universal grace dependent on man's free will, but on the accompanying overflowing grace, which produces not merely the ability, if one wills, but also the willing of what one is able.
(7) The Cartesians, so called from René Descartes, a Roman Catholic Frenchman, who sought to introduce a new philosophy into his fatherland; but not being able to carry this through there safely or conveniently enough, he departed from there and took up his residence near Leiden in Holland, in order to be able there to confer with the professors of theology and philosophy; but since he found opponents there too — Dr. Du Bois, minister of the French church, and Jacobus Revius, Regent of the States College, and above all the widely renowned Voetius at the Utrecht academy — and since he had opponents in his own fatherland as well, besides his Jesuit adversaries, namely Pierre Gassendi, a philosopher — he was called from there by the Queen of Sweden to Stockholm, but died on the return journey. He was a man of keen wit, and unrivaled in mathematics. He seems to have intended nothing other than to present a new physics to the world, and this purpose he carried out in a very modest manner; only, the basic principles on which he built his philosophical physics seemed harmful to theology. Such principles were: that one ought once and for all to doubt utterly concerning all things; that one ought to accept nothing as true except what one had clearly and distinctly conceived; that this is the first rule of all truth; that one ought to derive all things, or concepts, from innate ideas; that our soul, and consequently also every spiritual being, whether of God, or of angels, or of men, is nothing other than a mere thinking thing; that the earth moves, and that the sun, as the center of the universe, stands still. And when the theologians brought Holy Scripture against this, this philosophical matter began to turn into theological disputes, to such an extent that the States of Holland, by a public resolution in the year 1656, found themselves compelled to confine it within certain limits. As for his disciples, meanwhile, their number grew from time to time. Within Amsterdam an anonymous writer appeared, who published Exercitatio paradoxa de Philosophia infallibili interprete Scripturae — a paradoxical treatise on philosophy as the infallible interpreter of Scripture — in which he applied the basic principles of Cartesian philosophy to theology. This was followed by another, who, in a public inaugural disputation, maintained that the divinity of Holy Scripture could be proven, or made known to us, from nowhere else than from reason; which disputation caused no small stir at the Franeker academy, while against him arose, both by word and in writing, the widely renowned jurist Ulrik Huber. To this disputation was joined the theological professor Herman Alexander Roëll, in a debate and controversial treatise on Rational Religion, in which philosophy is for him the divine oracle, from which he further fell into other, more serious errors — as for example, that the eternal generation of the Son consists in His eternal co-existence with the Father, to which he later added also His economic revelation in the flesh; as well as that the temporal death of believers, and all their afflictions, are properly speaking punishments, for which Christ has not made satisfaction. These doctrines gave so great offense, not only to the States of Friesland — so that they imposed silence upon their author, and he was compelled to promise that he would spread these positions neither directly nor indirectly — but these doctrines also displeased all the provincial synods of the whole of the Netherlands, Friesland alone excepted, so that they condemned these opinions, and moreover charged the classes to examine candidates for the ministry closely on this point. There followed, in the year of this century about 1691, Balthasar Bekker, doctor of theology and minister at Amsterdam, who had made the basic principles of Descartes his own, and published in Dutch his book The Enchanted World, in which he maintained that created spirits do not, by their own power, act outside themselves, and consequently that evil spirits no longer tempt or seduce men either. This book caused a great stir throughout all Europe, provoked much confusion and disturbance in Holland, and many writings have come out against it, while the Amsterdam consistory condemned his book as detestable, and demanded satisfaction of its author, laying before him, on the 23rd of August of the year 1691, certain articles which he would have to satisfy — which he also readily accepted; but when he saw that, according to Cartesian principles, he could not satisfy Article V concerning the workings of evil spirits unless he made God the cause of those evil workings — supposing God had made a certain connection of such and such thoughts with such and such effects, and not only that, but moreover Himself also produced those evil workings, and thus remained their cause — so this difficulty remained with him too with regard to those evil workings, on account of which he held that those evil spirits worked nothing at all with respect to other creatures. Wherefore this opinion of his was brought before the classis of Amsterdam, and condemned by it, and finally carried up to the synod held at Alkmaar, where it was again condemned, and its author himself deposed from his ministry, and barred from the use of the Lord's Supper. This opinion has been attacked in various ways by various writers — and indeed by the Cartesians themselves, as for example by Henricus Groenewegen and by Johannes van der Waeyen, minister at Franeker, it has been very extensively refuted; but since they, according to Cartesian principles, could not explain the workings of evil spirits, they remained standing only in generalities, and produced nothing particular concerning the workings of evil spirits; while his opponents, the anti-Cartesians, considered in spirits, besides their thoughts, moreover also their evil powers, by which they could work, and proved that evil spirits could produce their workings from that, and from this ground concluded that not God, but the evil spirits themselves, are the causers of these their evil activities and effects. To this must also be reckoned the Cocceians, who are thus, rather improperly, named after Johannes Cocceius, born at Bremen, professor of theology, first at Franeker, afterward at Leiden in Holland, a very renowned and, beyond all contradiction, thoroughly learned man, especially in the Hebrew language. This renowned man made it his chief work to bring forward a new system of the divine covenants and testaments, with this aim: thereby the more forcefully to make evident the great blessedness of the church of the New Testament above the church of the Old Testament. To this end he maintained that the believers of the Old Testament remained under the guilt of sins until Christ on the cross had paid for their sins, and that they consequently still, to some degree, lived and existed under the divine wrath, under the curse of the Law, and under bondage, as we have already at length noted in the preceding chapter on Justification, and in the chapter immediately before that, on the Dispensation of the Covenant of Grace under Moses. To this end he had, both at Franeker and at Utrecht, published in print his treatise on the Covenants, and his exposition of the last words of Moses. When he was called from Franeker to Leiden, he formed a close friendship with the very renowned professor Abraham Heidanus, who was then occupied with opposing the moral obligation of the fourth commandment. This gave Cocceius occasion to strengthen himself, and to press forward and carry through his basic principles more forcefully. And when, generally, the theologians of the Netherlands set themselves against him — holding to the old system of the covenants and testaments, and among them especially the widely renowned Gisbertus Voetius — from this were born the names of Cocceians and Voetians, which one might well wish had never been heard. From this — especially after the death of the very renowned Cocceius, who died in the year 1658 — there arose out of these points of controversy an estrangement of minds greater than the matter itself really warranted. This difference of opinion and estrangement of minds the very renowned Johannes Hoornbeek sought indeed to moderate, to which end he published a peace-tract in the year 1666, but in vain. As for the Cartesian principles, the renowned Cocceius was indeed averse to them at the beginning, but afterward the Cartesian and Cocceian doctrines were fused together in his disciples, so that their combined force might be the stronger, to the great harm of the church. Concerning these our Dutch controversies, one may consult the renowned Frederick Spanheim the younger, in a letter to a friend, in the year 1677. These things are to be noted among the Reformed as schisms, or schismatic movements.
Schisms among the Lutherans
Nor did the Lutherans lack their various sects, which are indeed worthy that we here briefly set them forth as well. The first schism of the Lutherans, then, occurred between Luther and Karlstadt, of which we have already spoken above. The second arose between Luther and Johannes Agricola of Eisleben, over Antinomianism, or the erroneous view of those who opposed the Law under the Gospel, in the year 1538, of which we also made mention at length above. The third was the Interim schism, when the formula of the Interim religion, drawn up by order of Emperor Charles, in the year 1548, by Julius Pflug, Bishop of Naumburg, and Michael Sidonius, and Johannes Agricola, was fixed to remain in force in the German Empire until the coming general council — which, however, found approval neither with the papists nor with the Protestants. The German princes and estates who accepted this Interim caused their ministers, who were purer in doctrine, to depart everywhere, while others, who conformed to the emperor, were called Adiaphorists, or the Indifferent. The fourth schism was the Adiaphoristic, or that of the Indifferent, in which Georgius Major and his followers indeed maintained the Interim's form of speech, and vehemently defended the necessity of good works for salvation, while Amsdorf, on the contrary, declared good works to be harmful, and even destructive, to salvation. The fifth schism was the Synergistic, that is, of those who held to a cooperation of man's free will in the sinner's conversion. For since in the writings of Melanchthon such things occur as ascribe too much to the natural powers of the free will, his followers too, among whom was Victorinus Strigelius, supposed that the powers of the free will could also contribute something to regeneration. The sixth schism goes under the name of the Philippist, which concerns the authority of the body of doctrine drawn up by Philip Melanchthon, to which the Reformed of Wittenberg often appealed, in order to pass themselves off as Lutherans, as to a form of teaching by the common teacher of Germany. Against this, however, the strict Lutherans set themselves, who made a ridiculous distinction between Melanchthon as a private person and as a public teacher. The seventh schism was the Osiandrian, caused by Andreas Osiander, professor at Königsberg, in the year 1551. He taught that Christ would nevertheless have been manifested in the flesh even had Adam not fallen, because God had created man after the image of His human nature; and moreover, that man is justified before God on account of the essential righteousness of Christ's divine nature, and that Christ is therefore Mediator only with respect to His divine nature. Rightly did he thereby provoke the other Lutherans to opposition and estrangement. The eighth schism was the Stancarist. For since Osiander held that Christ is Mediator according to His divine nature alone, Francesco Stancaro, an Italian from Mantua, a proud professor of the Hebrew language, set himself against his colleague Osiander. This man taught exactly the opposite, and maintained that Christ is Mediator according to His human nature alone, and this he proved from Roman Catholic principles, and namely from the doctrine of Peter Lombard, whom he ranked above all Protestant theologians. The ninth Lutheran schism was the Flacian. For when Matthias Flacius Illyricus observed that the Synergist theologians, who held to a cooperation of the free will with the grace of regeneration, too greatly diminished the corruption of human nature through original sin, he, through the heat of the controversy, fell into the extravagance of maintaining that hereditary corruption constitutes the very essence of man — in which he gained all the other Lutherans as his opponents. The tenth schism was the Aepinian, over Christ's descent into hell, which arose among the Hamburg theologians. For when Johannes Aepinus maintained that Christ underwent some suffering upon the damned in hell, all the other Hamburg ministers set themselves against him, namely Joachim Westphal, Johannes Hoveln, Johannes Botticher, Johannes Crispinus, and Johannes Stedemann — Matthias Flacius Illyricus excepted, who adopted Aepinus's view. The eleventh schism among the Lutherans was provoked by the Formula of Concord, which was indeed subscribed by most Lutherans, but rejected by others, notably by Paulus von Eitzen, superintendent of the Lüneburg churches, because they were unwilling to have it understood as a condemnation of the Reformed, whereby the force of this formula was not a little diminished. The twelfth was the Helmstedt schism, provoked by the theologians at Helmstedt, and among them notably by Tilemann Heshusius, who would not tolerate the doctrine of the omnipresence of Christ's body in the manner of the papists, and would accordingly not accept the Formula of Concord either; and in its place they disputed over the resurrection of the wicked, whether it shall take place by virtue of Christ's merit, or not. This schism continues to this very day in the Helmstedt academy, concerning the bodily omnipresence of Christ, through Georgius Calixtus and his followers. The thirteenth schism is the Huberian, since Huberus maintained the election and salvation of each and every man, head for head, and was on that account deposed from his office. The fourteenth was the Regensburg schism, whose founders were certain preachers of that church, who in the year 1587 condemned not only the practice of usury, but also opposed all contracts in which more than the fixed rate of profit was stipulated. These men, however, when the Württemberg theologians maintained the contrary and would not yield, were removed from their posts. The fifteenth schism was the Syncretistic, arising, on account of the maintaining and use and promotion of concord — particularly with those of the Reformed religion — among those of Lübeck, where a certain Anton Burchardus, who would not consent to such a union, and on that account had Georgius Stampelius and the council against him, was removed from his office. The sixteenth schism was the Magdeburg schism, provoked by certain theologians in that church, who maintained that philosophy was in no way useful to theology, but even harmful and destructive, and was therefore also opposed through the writings of Jacob Martini. The seventeenth schism among the Lutherans was the Pietist, so named from piety, or godliness, in respect of its strictness (ἀκρίβεια, or narrow exactness), which was upheld by some and opposed by others. This dispute seems to have been born, at least among the Lutherans, on the occasion of a certain Master Francken, a godly and zealous preacher, who, observing the great corruption of the church in morals and manner of life, desired its improvement, and by his own exemplary conduct pressed for it, and to that end advised particular meetings of the godly, for the sharpening of love, according to Hebr. 10:24. In his footsteps walked Philipp Spener, minister first at Frankfurt am Main, afterward superintendent at Dresden, and now at Berlin, a very learned and godly man, and several others of that character. Against these the Lutheran academics set themselves, and notably also Johann Friedrich Mayer, professor and minister at Hamburg in St. James's Church. They did not indeed openly rise up in an open contest against godliness and its earnestness, but they charged the Lord Spener and his followers with ascribing too much to good works, with maintaining Christ's thousand-year kingdom, with acting against their own Formula of Concord, and with holding various other views besides — against which Spener has defended himself in a modest manner. The mutual writings on this matter have been printed at Frankfurt in the German language.
Schisms among the Papists
Let us now descend to the papists, among whom, under the papal supremacy, there has also been no lack of schisms of their own; among which is to be reckoned (1) the French schism, concerning the ground of faith, or the infallibility of the church — namely, whether it lies in a general council, or in the Roman pope, and consequently, whether church government among the defenders of the church is monarchical or shared among several heads. The former — namely, that infallibility is to be sought in a general council — those of the French church maintain; and the latter — that it lies with the pope — all the other papists assert. Those of France, moreover, deny the pope all temporal power, and limit his spiritual power in such a way that they indeed ascribe to him the chief authority, but by no means absolutely all of it, but such power only as is subject to a general council. Moreover they deny him the regalia, that is, the power and the bestowal of all vacant ecclesiastical offices. A clear proof of this they gave at an assembly of the French clergy, in the year 1682, on the 8th of February, at which fifteen bishops were present; where the cause of the French church was maintained by Pierre de Marca, in a writing entitled: The Concord of the Priesthood and the Royal Power, whose refutation the pope commissioned to Christiaan Lupus. On the side of the pope came forward the Bishop of Apamea, whose writing was condemned by the highest court (the Parlement). Among the Jesuits, too, the renowned Maimbourg set himself against the pope, for which he was excluded from the Jesuit order, but was taken under the protection of the King of France, until the French King Louis XIV gave Pope Alexander VIII, successor of Innocent XI, some measure of satisfaction, by withdrawing the resolutions of the French clergy. (II) The Franciscan schism, concerning the immaculate conception of the blessed Virgin, which arose between the orders of the Dominicans and Franciscans — the former denying, and the latter maintaining, this immaculate conception — of which controversy we have already treated above, in the preceding century. This controversy has grown so heated anew under this century, that Philip, King of Spain, through an extraordinary embassy to the pope, which Wadding, an Irish monk, describes in a thick book, could not settle it; and thus this schism continues to this day, notably in Spain. Recently, however, Pope Alexander VIII has settled this immaculate conception, over which so many ages have been disputed.
From this was born (III) the Jansenist schism, so named from Cornelius Jansenius, professor first at Louvain, afterward Bishop of Ypres, who, in his book called Augustinus, published after his death, maintained the sound view of Augustine concerning grace and free will — a view that comes nearest to the basic principle of the Reformed. Against him have set themselves the Molinists, so called from Luis de Molina, a Jesuit, to whom the whole Pelagian-minded band of the Jesuits has bowed. This Jansenism spread so powerfully everywhere, through the Netherlands, through France, and through Italy, that not only the high school of Louvain sided with it, but even the cardinals and bishops, and even Pope Innocent XI himself, to such a degree that the popes, on account of the power of both parties, have not so far dared to condemn either one. Yet it is the case that Pope Urban VIII, in the year 1641, imposed silence on both parties, and issued a bull in which he renewed, under grave ecclesiastical anathema, the edict of Pope Pius V, given in the year 1589, and of Paul V, in the year 1619 — consisting in this: that no one should presume to dispute, whether in writing or by word of mouth, on the subject of divine grace, until something more definite in this matter should be determined by the Apostolic See. And since even over this papal edict itself various difficulties were raised, especially in the academy of Louvain, Urban VIII, in the year 1644, renewed his first edict, with an added written command to Francisco de Melo, then governor of the Spanish Netherlands, likewise to the archbishops of Mechelen and of Cambrai, also to the bishop of Antwerp, and to the academies of Louvain and Douai, to carry the papal commands into execution. This same task Innocent X also commissioned to the Marquis of Castel-Rodrigo, to the archbishops, and the bishops of Ghent, Bruges, Ypres, Roermond, Tournai, Namur, St. Omer, and to all the academies. This same matter he also charged to the Sorbonne at Paris, and to Leopold William, Archduke of Austria and Bishop of Strasbourg. These papal bulls were, moreover, publicly proclaimed in Spain in the year 1644, in the Netherlands in the year 1646, and in the county of Burgundy in the year 1646 — and this with such severity that thereafter no one might be admitted to the care of souls who had not first made a solemn confession of faith, according to the decrees of the Council of Trent, and condemned Jansenius in his Augustinus. Yet these bulls exasperated the condition of the contending parties all the more, since the Jansenists complained that many falsehoods were being imputed to their Jansenius, and that his opinion could not be condemned unless Augustine himself were condemned — which was especially noted to be the case in the ecclesiastical territories of Cologne and Liège. Hence it is that Maximilian Henry, Archbishop of Cologne and Bishop of Liège, by a new edict condemned the five Jansenist propositions, and banished their defenders, and declared them heretics and enemies of the orthodox faith. These five Jansenist propositions, which were condemned, were these: (1) That certain divine commandments are impossible for men — however godly and well-disposed, and however much effort they exert according to the powers they have in this present state — to observe in perfection; and that the grace by which these would become possible for them is also lacking to them. (2) That interior grace, in the state of fallen nature, can never be resisted. (3) That in the state of fallen or corrupted nature, in order to merit or to incur guilt, there is not required in man a freedom from necessity, but a freedom from compulsion suffices for this. (4) That it is semi-Pelagian to hold the necessity of prevenient grace for each particular act, and that the heretics err in this, that they wish that grace to be such that the human will could resist or obey it. (5) That it is semi-Pelagian to say that Christ died, or shed His blood, for all men, head for head, without exception. These five propositions were indeed condemned anew by Pope Innocent, in the year 1653, by a new bull, as reckless, godless, blasphemous, heretical, false, scandalous, and harmful to true piety; but what chiefly stirred up hatred against these propositions was that they agreed with the opinions of Luther and Calvin, and because they had already before been condemned in Michael Baius, under Philip II, by Pope Pius V in the year 1567, and by Gregory XIII in the year 1579. Against this the Jansenists objected that this doctrine was not theirs, but that of Augustine himself, of St. Thomas, and of the Thomists. Those of the party opposed to the Jansenists answered that the infallible authority of the pope, speaking thus from his chair, was sufficient, and that to this at last the opinion of the Jansenists must yield. At last Alexander VIII has condemned the Jansenism that Innocent XI — whom some hold to have been a patron of the Jansenists — and obtained from the king of France that the Jansenists should be banished from all places in his kingdom. Whoever desires to know more of Jansenism may consult my widely renowned colleague Melchior Leydekker, who has treated this matter very precisely in his book called Historia Jansenismi. It is supposed that from the Jansenist schism was born (IV) the Quietist schism, of which it is said that the papists have suffered more harm than from Lutheranism. This schism owes its birth to Miguel de Molinos, born of a distinguished city and family in Spain.
He was devoted to mystical theology; with this doctrine he came into Italy, where he lived a decent and exemplary life, in the year 1675, and published a book under the title Spiritual Guide, which won the approval of many theologians and bishops, and by which he at once drew to his side the cardinals Casanate, Azzolini, Carpegna, Colloredo, Ciceri, and especially Petrucci, and moreover Cardinal d'Estrées, a Frenchman, who cultivated so close a friendship with Molinos that he is said to have written twenty thousand letters to him. Innocent XI himself, too, in the year 1676, when he had scarcely been raised to the papacy, made so much of him that he assigned him a residence in his own palace. The first to set themselves against him were the Jesuits and the Dominicans, who called his followers Quietists, and put forward from their own order a certain Segneri, who published against him a writing entitled The Concord of Labor and Rest, in the year 1687. Afterward, having been brought before the tribunal of the Inquisition on account of the accusations of the Jesuits, he defended his cause so well that he was not only acquitted, but his books were even again approved; whereby the doctrine of Molinos came into such great esteem, that many no longer attended Mass, nor any longer counted their prayers on the beads of the rosary. For this reason his opponents sought to render him suspected of being inclined to Judaism or Mohammedanism, whereby he found himself compelled to write a little book against them, on the daily use of the Holy Supper. Furthermore, when the Jesuits accused Molinos before Father La Chaise, confessor of the French king, who advised his king to give orders to Cardinal d'Estrées to persecute Molinos — this man, perhaps willingly or unwillingly, brought about so much that he was again dragged before the tribunal of the Inquisition, and immediately shut up in prison, in the year 1684, whereby the Quietist affair remained at rest until the year 1687, when Count Vespignani and his wife, together with seventy very learned men renowned for godliness — who soon grew to a number of two hundred — were taken prisoner, and by public letters, sent everywhere throughout Italy, all assemblies of the Quietists were most sharply forbidden. The masters of the Inquisition, meanwhile, charged one of their own to draw up certain extracts from the doctrine of the Quietists, which was done in nineteen propositions, in the year 1687. Thus was he condemned by them, and when he was carried on the shoulders of the ushers to that tribunal, and there received his sentence of perpetual imprisonment, it is related that he said to a priest who stood by him: "Farewell, my father; we shall see one another on the Day of Judgment, and then it will be made known on whose side — mine, or yours — the truth stood." Such were the fortunes of Molinos; whether he, by his doctrine or manner of life, deserved such severities, I will not now say. Now this same mystical theology had long before him been taught openly and with impunity by Tauler, in his German theology, and by Ruysbroeck, and Harphius, and Blosius, and Cardinal Bona — indeed even the Jesuits themselves, and among them Maximilianus Sandaeus in his Mystical Theology, published in the year 1627. This, however, I will not deny: that his manner of expression is generally obscure and at the same time somewhat harsh, when in his Spiritual Guide he is wholly intent upon advising that, by doing nothing, one must first, as it were, wholly annihilate oneself, in order to be able to receive the influences of divine grace. Hence, according to him, the best piety is the passive surrender of oneself with the rest of the soul, together with a certain mystical death of the senses, so that the soul, drawn away by God's Spirit to its first origin, may return to God, in whom it is made perfect, and as it were deified, while it, in beholding God and in silent expectation, is occupied with nothing else than doing what pleases Him; and that one must strive for this, that the soul, with the overcoming and contempt of the world, be immediately united with God, and thus in that state be blessed through the divine influx, so that no creature — not even the blessed Virgin, nor any other saints — shall sit enthroned in her heart, which God alone wills to possess. Meanwhile I judge that from those nineteen propositions, which his opponents extracted from his books, one can conclude nothing decisive either for or against him. Nor do I doubt but that his doctrine, had it been allowed to stand, would have served in some measure to the advantage of Reformed Christianity. (V) The fifth schism is the Jesuit, in that the Jesuits maintain such doctrines as are opposed by nearly all the papists; when they (1), against the Dominicans and Jansenists, acknowledge, together with the semi-Pelagians, in man's conversion, at least with respect to the will, nothing but a moral, that is, advisory, grace, while the Dominicans together with the Jansenists insist on efficacious grace. Of this we have spoken in its place. When they (2), with all — especially with the powerful and most favored — ingratiate themselves with their flatteries, in order to secure their rich inheritances, and bend the whole of their moral, or conscience-pleasing, theology to their lusts and inclinations. To do this, they generally lay down two foundations: first, a foundation of probability, or seeming plausibility, whereby it is pretended that nothing is unlawful which has not, by the judgment of some grave and renowned theologian at least, been clearly and expressly condemned. From this foundation it is that they gather from a great number of mutually differing casuists, or writers on cases of conscience, the most lenient opinions, and thereby are ready to help along and absolve their penitents for whatever evil deed it may be. Their second basic principle is equivocation and mental reservation, or knowing how to give words whatever coloring one wishes — a device, a secret withholding, by which they lend all their deceitful appearance of plausibility a color, together with that of the new casuistic writers — a thing which has already, some years ago, been demonstrated by Louis de Montalte, in his Provincial Letters concerning the moral and political doctrine of the Jesuits, and by Wilhelm Wendrock, a Salzburg theologian; both of which writings have been translated from French into Latin, and, together with an examination of the Jesuit proofs, published in print by Rachelius at Helmstedt. In these writings the Jesuits find that their opponents are not the Jansenists alone, and Arnauld, and others — no, but also nearly all the other papist orders, indeed even several popes, by whom they have been condemned more than once, as happened by Alexander VII in the year 1666, who condemned forty-four such Jesuit propositions, and Innocent XI, who condemned sixty-five of them, and this on pain of undergoing excommunication on the spot. The Jesuits have indeed tried hard, and done everything, to maintain their moral theology. For when a certain anonymous writer — who was in fact Escobar, a Spaniard by birth — published at Louvain, in the year 1646, a little work in which he accused this moral theology of the Jesuits of improbability, of levity, and of errors, they at last put forward a certain Amadeus Guimenius, professor of theology at Loármary or St. Omer, who published a little work under the title Treatise Containing Nearly All the Particulars of the Whole of Moral Theology, against certain accusations brought concerning some moral opinions of the Jesuits, with the approval of R. P. Franciscus Luisius of Valentia, of the order of the Capuchins in the Province of the Blood of Christ, in the kingdoms of the provinces of Valencia and Murcia, etc. This book the Sorbonne at Paris had examined by thirty of its members, and condemned it as contrary to the Gospel; and besides this, the approval of Luisius was, according to a formal declaration accepted from Father Nicolai, General of the Capuchins in the province of Paris, declared false and fabricated, because no such Luisius of Valentia, nor any such Province of the Blood of Christ, had ever existed in the world. This verdict of the Sorbonne was indeed at the time condemned by Pope Alexander VII, but nevertheless was, in the year 1666, sufficiently confirmed by the Inquisition itself, when the book of Moya was placed on the list of forbidden books; and it was subsequently condemned by Innocent XI, in the year 1680, and burned by the hangman's hand. One may compare with this also the book called The Jesuits Unmasked, whose author is thought to be the Bishop of Malacca. When (3) they hatched a new heresy concerning philosophical sin, which caused many disturbances under the papal dominion, against which most papist teachers have set themselves, and which has also been condemned by the popes. Its history we have briefly recounted, and this heresy itself we examined, when in the fourth Book we were occupied with actual sin. Whoever desires more on this may read a certain treatise, printed in French at Cologne in the year 1689, bearing the title: New Heresy in Moral Theology, Proclaimed to the Pope, to the Bishops, to Princes and Magistrates. As a schism may also be reckoned (VI), sixthly, the disturbances which a certain little book, printed at Ghent and translated into French, caused among the papists, under the title Salutary Admonitions of the Blessed Virgin Mary to Her Unruly Servants, with the approval of the Bishop of Mysia, suffragan of the Archbishop of Cologne, as well as with the approval of the bishops of Ghent and Mechelen, and the theologians of Louvain, who commended the little book as very godly, useful, and needed to warn the common people of the errors and abuses into which they might have been carried by superstition. Against this book, however, the Spaniards and the Italians have set themselves, and notably the Jesuit Father Crasset, who wrote a little book in French under the title True Devotion toward the Holy Virgin, printed at Paris in the year 1679, with a provincial approval, as well as with that of three Jesuit fathers, by which he seeks to prove and establish that the superstition concerning the blessed Virgin was indeed rightly rebuked by those admonitions. Meanwhile Pope Innocent XI condemned a certain little book, printed at Milan in the year 1679, under this title: The Office of Devotion concerning the Immaculate Conception of the Most Holy Virgin, Our Ruling Lady, approved by the High Priest, Pope Paul V, in which, to those who devoutly recite it, is promised an indulgence of a hundred days, as appears from his brief of the 10th of July of the year 1615 — and forbade it, under severe penalty, to all, of whatever order, rank, or status they might be, to keep this office by them, to read it, to print it, or to have it printed; to which penalty each one would make himself liable as soon as knowledge of this decree had come to him, if he had that office and had not surrendered it to the ordinary overseers or inquisitors. To this may also be reckoned (VII), seventhly, the schismatic disturbances that the Jesuits provoked on occasion of an edition of the New Testament, translated by the Jansenists from the Greek original text, and which differs not a little from the common Latin translation. This edition praised the excellence of the New Testament, and commended its reading, emphatically, as godly. Against this edition the Jesuit Crasset, and Hardouin de Péréfixe, Archbishop of Paris, who forbade this translation, set themselves furiously; and the Jesuit Maimbourg, who inveighed against it in several violent sermons, citing various passages which these translators were said to have most shamefully perverted and corrupted. Against this Arnauld wrote an answer, and had a defense printed in the year 1669. As for the rest, concerning the schisms of the Enthusiasts, David-Jorists, Schwenckfeldians, Weigelians, Antinomians, and others, these we have already noted long ago, when we were occupied with the heresies of this century. As for the schisms of the Anabaptists, born of the unseemly mutual excommunications peculiar to these people, on account of their excessive multitude, to enumerate them each separately would be tedious, and moreover of little use. Whoever, however, wishes to see them related at greater length, let him read the widely renowned F. Spanheim the elder, in his controversial treatises on the Anabaptists, the first treatise, in which he reduces their schisms to three principal kinds.
The Persecutions
This chapter we shall conclude with the persecutions, and the martyrdoms born of them, which have hindered the propagation of the church no less than the schisms. So manifold have these persecutions been in this century, that one can scarcely confine them within any fixed limits. We shall, however, try to bring them under three principal heads, namely: papist, Lutheran, and Reformed persecutions. And as for the papist persecutions, we shall consider these first, and indeed with regard to the places in which they have occurred. Thus we shall distinguish them into German, Dutch, English, French, Piedmontese, and Hungarian, etc.
The German Persecutions
Among the German papist persecutions come before us (1) Luther's mistreatment by the papists, while he was struck by the pope not only with the ban of excommunication, but was also ill-used at the diets at Worms. For after Pope Leo X, at the time of the Diet of Augsburg, had sent into Germany Thomas de Vio, Cardinal Cajetan, to send Luther to Rome under guard, there to answer for himself — or rather to be condemned to death as a heretic — after that same pope had also sent thither Girolamo, Bishop of Ascoli, auditor of the papal chamber, to summon Luther from there, and to admonish Elector Frederick of Saxony not to take him under his protection; and yet it was obtained, through the intervention of the Wittenberg academy and of the Elector, that Luther should defend his cause in Germany, in the presence of Cardinal Cajetan — after all this, I say, Luther came on two occasions into conference with the cardinal, and was persuaded so far that he promised to be silent concerning the indulgences, provided his opponents too would bind themselves to the same condition. But when these would not cease to provoke Luther, and the pope confirmed the authority of the indulgences by a new bull in the year 1518, he also struck Luther himself, in the year 1520, on the seventeenth of June, with his thunderbolt of excommunication. And not only this, but also, through his orators Marino, Aleandro, and Caracciolo, he obtained from Emperor Charles V that Luther, in defiance of Elector Frederick, was summoned with a safe-conduct to the Diet at Worms in the year 1521. But since he would neither recant his writings nor depart from his doctrine and confession, he was indeed granted freedom to depart, and given three weeks' time to consider and to return; but he was immediately placed under the imperial ban by Charles, by public edict, so that he found himself compelled to withdraw to his Patmos — namely, the castle of Wartburg — where he had to hide himself, on the Elector's advice, and remain concealed for ten months. (2) The Smalkaldic War, which, beyond dispute, was waged for the sake of religion, and is therefore also to be reckoned among the persecutions. This war the Emperor undertook in the year 1547 (to which he was compelled by a league with the pope, who rejected the resolutions of the already-begun church council) against John Frederick, Elector of Saxony, and against Philip, Landgrave of Hesse. In this the Saxon Elector was defeated by the emperor in a battle, wounded on his cheek, taken prisoner, and brought before the emperor; and when he requested of the emperor an imprisonment befitting the dignity of an imperial prince, he received for answer: you shall be treated according to your deserts; I know what befits me. The emperor, namely, had already long before condemned the Elector to death, though he was at last, through the intercession of the imperial princes, set at liberty; but the Landgrave of Hesse, seeing the state of his affairs hopeless, surrendered himself prisoner to the emperor, near the city of Halle in Saxony, and was, contrary to his expectation, and at the instigation of the Duke of Alba, treacherously kept in captivity against the emperor's given word. This example was followed by all the Protestant princes and estates, who submitted themselves to the emperor, and thus it seemed to be all over with the Reformation. (3) The Bohemian War, which was followed by that of the Palatinate, and which at last spread through the whole of Germany — a war that had been begun for the sake of religion, was designed by the papists for the extirpation of the Protestant religion, and was also kept going and drawn out by its persecutors, and is therefore rightly reckoned among the persecutions; since especially by this war, which lasted thirty years, a countless multitude of people perished, the most flourishing states and provinces were laid waste, and more blood was shed than there flows water in the Danube, the Rhine, and the Elbe. And who could, without shedding tears, enumerate all those particular battles and miseries which the Reformed church in particular has had to endure during those thirty long years? The origin of this war is to be sought in the treacherous counsels and cunning intrigues of the Jesuits, whereby they brought it about that, after Emperor Charles V, all the Protestant churches were, through Ferdinand, Archduke of Austria, afterward King of Bohemia and Emperor of Germany, attacked by war for their extirpation — of which the beginning was made with Bohemia. This kingdom had, under Emperor Rudolph II, in the year 1609, obtained full freedom of religion, through an imperial letter of grant, by which he and his successors were bound to a sacred maintenance and protection of this granted religious freedom. But this freedom of religion was violated day by day by Ferdinand, who was incited to it by the Jesuits, to such a degree that the Bohemians found themselves compelled to elect, against Ferdinand, as their king, Frederick, Elector of the Palatinate, in the year 1620. This man, however, being at once defeated in battle by the army of the League, was deprived both of the Bohemian kingdom and of his Palatine electorate, just as the Bohemians too lost their freedom together with the orthodox religion which they had until then enjoyed. From Bohemia this war was carried over into the Palatinate. Heidelberg was taken by force in the year 1622, and the whole electorate brought under the emperor's power, and the church under the papal yoke. Upon this followed a general apostasy of nobles and lands, so that very few were found who chose rather to go into exile than to deny the truth, and it now seemed altogether over with the Reformed church, at least in Germany, while the Jesuits already sang songs of triumph — but before the complete victory. For when matters thus stood hopeless, God Himself arose and came to the aid of his church, calling and rousing for that purpose, from the uttermost North, Gustavus Adolphus, King of Sweden, who, like a thunderbolt, with astonishing swiftness, ran through the whole of Germany with his everywhere-victorious weapons, and turned to nothing, and shattered at a single blow, all the wicked counsels of the Jesuits and their many years' efforts and schemes, in two battles, the one fought at Leipzig and the other at Lützen, whereby he so broke and crushed the fury of the League that the Protestant cause was enabled not only to raise its head again, but even brought that of the papists into the utmost danger. It would be an endless task here to display all the victories with which God then favored the Protestants. These, at any rate, rose so high, that the emperor, while pursuing what belonged to another, lost his own, and was compelled to think of making peace with the Protestants, which at last followed at Münster in the year 1648. By this peace, religious freedom was, with all the fullest particulars, restored to the Protestants. The affairs of this Bohemian war have been very precisely described by Alsted, in his Chronological Treasury, at the sixtieth section. To this was added (4) the German war, which pressed and oppressed still more strongly. Since this war took its beginning from the Palatinate, and was particularly fatal to the churches in the Palatinate, we may not unfittingly give it the name of the Palatine War; for when Charles, son and successor of Charles Louis, Elector Palatine, had died without a male heir, in the year 1685, and the Duke of Neuburg was to come in his place, the consort of the Duke of Orléans, who was the sister of the Palatine Elector Charles, reckoned this as part of her dowry, or the like, on account of her inheritance, and demanded the payment thereof, being supported in this by Louis XIV, King of France; besides which, that king himself in turn demanded for himself the repayment of his own expenses, which he had previously incurred on behalf of the Duke of Neuburg, to help him to the Polish crown; and when this and other demands were refused by the Duke of Neuburg, the said king fell upon the land with his army, and laid waste, with dreadful and barbarous violence, in the year 1689, the cities of Heidelberg, Mannheim, Frankenthal, Speyer, and by far the greatest part of the Palatinate, and thereby dealt the final blow to the Reformed churches. Nor did it stop at this Palatine war, but it spread through the whole of Germany, with a declaration of war by France against the emperor; where to this day the war is waged with varying fortune, whose outcome and end we must await from the work of the peace negotiations, which is now beginning at The Hague, at the house of Ryswick.
The Dutch Persecutions
Let us now descend from High Germany to the Netherlands, to set forth their persecutions as well. These persecutions, then, we shall relate to a threefold war. The first war we shall call the Spanish war, which arose largely from the erection of three new archbishoprics and bishoprics, by which Philip II, King of Spain, on the advice and urging of Pope Pius IV, sought to curb and check the breaking-through Reformation in the Netherlands. This happened in the year 1562. These newly made bishoprics were refused recognition by those of Friesland and Gelderland, as well as by the States of Brabant, who on that account dispatched the Count of Egmont to Spain, to obtain from the Spanish king freedom in this regard. On the other hand, this war also arose from the Spanish Inquisition, which had of old been set up in Spain against the Moors, and was now brought into the Netherlands to suppress the Reformation. The laws of this Inquisition were these: there had to be spying officials; inquiry had to be made concerning heretics, as well as concerning all those who had been found at the religious meetings of the heretics, or who were suspected of heresy, or who had any knowledge of other heretics, whom they were charged to inform against, even were it one's own father or mother; the sentence against them had to be drawn up without any least process of law; the accusation and denunciation sufficed; the penalty had to consist in the loss of life, and the confiscation of all their goods. Hence this was the papists' cry: away with them, crucify, murder, destroy, by fire and by sword — as the words run of the Jesuit Cardinal Pallavicino: see the History of the Council of Trent, Book XIV, chapter 9. For this reason Pope Paul IV was declared worthy of eternal fame, as the one who first erected this dreadful tribunal of the Inquisition: see Boxhorn in his General History, p. 757, and Thuanus in the preface to his History. To be freed from this Inquisition, the Count of Egmont was sent to Spain, to whom the king indeed gave a favorable answer, but meanwhile sent orders to Margaret, Duchess of Parma, Governess of the Netherlands, to have his first orders carried out exactly. The nobles, therefore, come together, and bind one another by oath that they will seek by every means to prevent this, and to that end present a petition to the Governess; which nobles, appearing there, are called by the Count of Barlaymont Geuzen, that is, Beggars, since which time the name has been commonly applied to the Reformed. The Governess answers that she will write to the king about it; to her the king in turn sends a repeated order, that it is his will and pleasure that the episcopal, not the Spanish, Inquisition shall have place in the Netherlands. Thus it went in the year 1566. Meanwhile sermons are held everywhere for the Reformed, whereupon the king writes to the Governess that she is not to permit the States General to assemble, and that she shall, on the contrary, levy and raise three thousand horsemen and ten thousand foot soldiers. But now the images are cast down everywhere by the Reformed, whereby the Governess is made afraid, and grants that sermons may be held for a certain time; meanwhile, however, she succeeds in disturbing the confederated nobles and thwarting their league, while most of them make their escape by flight, and others, who remained, are taken prisoner, and hanged, and put to death in various ways, the remainder having to live in grief and fear and poverty. The king, moreover, appoints, in place of the Governess, the Duke of Alba as Governor of the Netherlands, who immediately sets up a so-called Council of Blood; subsequently imprisons the Counts of Egmont and Hoorn, and builds a citadel at Antwerp; while meanwhile the Council of Blood proceeds with dreadful and horrible fury against all who attended the sermons, or harbored the ministers in their houses, who on that account had to hide themselves in the forests and woods. The Prince of Orange himself, William I, together with the other fled nobles and citizens, finds himself compelled to gather an army against the Duke of Alba. The Counts of Egmont and Hoorn, meanwhile, are beheaded by Alba at Brussels. But the Prince of Orange defeats Alba's army, and marches with his own through France into Germany; his army is beaten by Alba, who thereupon returns to his cruelty. The Geuzen also fit out eleven ships, and put to sea with them, whence they are called Sea Beggars, and capture the town of Brielle; just as also Flushing and North Holland fall away from Alba, and the Prince of Orange musters his troops in Gelderland, etc. In the year 1573 Alba, after having boasted that he had by the hangman's hand put eighteen thousand people to death, is recalled to Spain, and Luis de Requesens is appointed in his place, who died at Brussels in the year 1576; to whom as successor was appointed Don John of Austria, who laid the grounds for a new war, while the States gathered funds and sent to Johann Casimir, Count Palatine, to raise troops for them. Under the supreme command of Matthias, Archduke of Austria, they gather an army, which defeats Don John of Austria more than once, until he died in the neighborhood of Namur; and his successor was Alexander Farnese, Duke of Parma. When Matthias of Austria withdrew from the Netherlands, the Duke of Alençon was elected Count of Brabant, but, having violently seized various places, he departed from the Netherlands. Shortly after, Prince William of Orange is shot dead by a hired assassin, and his son Maurice succeeds him in his dignity, under whose government a twelve years' truce was concluded, in the year 1609; and after his death his brother Frederick Henry, until at last the peace was concluded at Münster in Westphalia, in the year 1648. Such, then, were the fortunes of the first Dutch war, which I have, for the sake of these our countrymen, related somewhat more fully. The second Dutch war we shall call the French war, which Louis XIV, King of France, began in the year 1672, and, by breaking the Triple Alliance between England, Sweden, the Netherlands, and Spain, drawing to his side the Elector of Cologne and the Bishop of Münster — just as the king of England, too, involved himself in the affair — within the space of two months conquered whole provinces, and on the thirteenth of June came within Utrecht, which city, however, he abandoned, out of fear that his return to his own kingdom might be hindered by the army of the allies (unless other reasons also led him to it), in the year 1673, on the twenty-third of November, with all his conquered lands, the city of Grave alone excepted. Until at last, in the year 1684, peace was restored, and concluded between the allies and the king of France, at Nijmegen. But this peace did not last long, and had to make way for the third Dutch war, which we may again, not without reason, call the French war, and which continues still. For when Maximilian Henry, Elector of Cologne, had died, and Louis XIV sought to have the Prince of Fürstenberg elected in his place, in order the more easily to fall upon our Netherlands with war through him; and, having conquered it, to conspire with James II, King of England, who had already for a long time begun to persecute the Reformed in his kingdom, to root out the Northern heresy throughout all Europe, little by little, in the same manner as they had for many years destroyed the Reformed churches in France — he then threatened the States of the Netherlands with war, should they meddle in the affairs of Cologne. But the States, when they perceived that this scheme was aimed at them, provided for their safety, and quietly prepared their seamanship, to fit out a fleet, which was to carry William III, Prince of Orange, to England. Immediately thereupon the French king declared war on the Netherlands, and subsequently on England, Spain, and the emperor, which to this day is waged with varying fortunes, except that ambassadors of the warring powers of both sides — both of the allies and of the French king — are now to be found at The Hague, engaged in negotiation for the restoration of peace in Europe, whose deliberations may the great God, in His favor, be pleased to bring to a happy conclusion. Through the divine goodness, meanwhile, the Netherlands have suffered little or no damage from this war, except only that its treasures and expenses, which must be laid out for this war, have been not a little drained.
The English Persecutions
But now we must proceed directly to the English church persecutions. The first persecution of the Reformed church England experienced under Henry VIII. He was indeed at first so zealous against the Reformation that he entered into a literary contest with Luther, and thereby received from the pope, in reward, the surname of Defender of the Faith. It is true that he afterward, having repudiated his wife Catherine, and taken in marriage in her place Anne Boleyn, from whom Edward VI was born, and when the pope opposed him in this, banished the papal authority from his kingdom, threatening the penalty of death against those who held and declared the pope to be the head of the English church; he also refused to pay Peter's Pence to the pope, whereby he then, willingly or unwillingly, laid the foundations of the Reformation. Yet he held so tenaciously and firmly to the Roman doctrine that he most severely persecuted all who spoke against it. So that Burnet, in his History of the Reformation of England, not unaptly observes that on one and the same day both Protestants and papists were seen condemned to the fire, who would not acknowledge the king as head of the English church, and that consequently on one and the same day the pope and Christ had their martyrs together. The second persecution England suffered under Queen Mary, daughter of Henry VIII, when she succeeded to the government after Edward VI, who had favored the Reformation in the kingdom. This queen, as long as she lived, offered up victims to the pope by all manner of capital punishments. She had the bones of Fagius and Bucer dug up and burned, as well as sentenced Thomas Cranmer, Archbishop of Canterbury, to the stake, because he had favored Joan, Duchess of Suffolk, as having a lawful claim to the crown, and moreover was attached to Lutheranism; indeed she is said to have put to death more than two thousand people in her persecution, according to the account of Draserus. But above all we must, thirdly, not pass over in silence the Irish massacre carried out in the year 1641, on the twenty-third of October, to the delight of Pope Urban VIII, which cost the lives of more than two hundred thousand people, and this within a few months — so dreadful that no torments or forms of death could be devised or imagined which these raging fiends from hell did not put into practice, out of sheer hatred of religion, and because they believed that by destroying the Protestants they were doing the pope an agreeable service, and moreover believed that they would thereby, without undergoing the flames of purgatory, obtain eternal life, just as the bloodthirsty priests and monks made them believe. King Charles indeed bitterly lamented this murder of so great a number of his subjects, and seemed to make arrangements to punish these dreadful murderers according to their deserts, but this deliberation of his fell through, unhappily, on account of a civil war that arose. The papal nuncio, meanwhile, Giovanni Battista Rinuccini, hoped by this massacre, through many stratagems, to gain for himself the kingdom of Ireland, pretending to that end an apostolic right, or a lawful claim over the whole world and its dominion, while the papists themselves abhorred these schemes, as calculated for the ruin of the kingdom, as all these things are related at length in a certain book called A Defense of the Irish Catholics. Possibly, and probably, the episcopal clergy will have advised, or at least assisted, in this, as being surely, if not inclined to popery, at least to Arminianism. The remaining persecutions in England, carried out against the Puritans and Presbyterians, we shall save for when we come to speak of the persecutions of the Reformed.
The French Persecutions
We proceed, then, fourthly, to the French persecutions. Among which appears (1) that of Mérindol and Cabrières, carried out in the year 1545. The inhabitants of that region were remnants of the Waldensians, who had settled at the foot of the Alps, and had embraced the new Gospel-light, according to which they had shaped their doctrine and church customs, which had already of old been set against those of the papists. For some years this went unnoticed here; but — sad fate! — they were all, to a man, by resolution of the council of Aix, and with the consent of King Francis I, through Meynier, president of that council, pitifully murdered, of which more may be read in Sleidan, Comment., Book XVI. Scarcely had this fury a little abated, when it happened (2) that some Protestants, in the suburb of St. Germain, sometimes held meetings and sang the Psalms of David, and thereby sought to draw many of the common people, and even the King of Navarre with his wife Jeanne, to their faith; whereupon the papal nuncio brought the matter before King Henry, who immediately forbade these gatherings; and finding that in the parlement of Paris too there were some members inclined to the Reformed religion, he convened a council concerning this, and appointed investigators, who imprisoned Anne du Bourg and Louis Faure, and other councilors of the kingdom. But when King Henry, shortly afterward, in a tournament, was mortally wounded by a splinter of the lance and died — so that he might not, as he had threatened, see with his own eyes Du Bourg burned — Francis II, having received from the inquisitors knowledge in which places the Reformed held their religious assemblies, both men and women, in great numbers, had them taken prisoner, the goods of the fugitives seized and sold, and, of the imprisoned councilors, Du Bourg condemned to the stake. But the death of this very godly man gave occasion for the number of the heretical members to increase greatly. This also gave cause that, the more people went over to the church, the more and subtler artifices were devised to counter them. For everywhere and in every street images were seen erected, and wax candles lit, to pay religious honor to them, and those who refused this — if they did not suffer the ultimate penalty — were struck with fists and cudgels, and trampled with feet, and could scarcely escape. They then, no longer able to endure such miseries, came together in a conspiracy, called the Amboise Conspiracy, against the tyranny of the brothers of Guise, as being the chief authors and instigators of all these calamities; subsequently they came forward, in defense of religious freedom, having at their head the Prince of Condé, while after the overtures of Henry II, and after the conference held at Poissy, freedom of religion was at last established and sworn to; but since the Prince of Condé promoted this freedom, and those of Guise opposed it, from this generally sprang bloody wars and inhuman persecutions. These wars and persecutions one finds abundantly described by Thuanus, and set forth in the Acts of the Martyrs of France. At last, however, they came to terms of peace, after Condé had fallen in the last war. Shortly after this followed again (3) a third and altogether dreadful persecution, in the year 1572. The Admiral of Coligny, namely, who was the great patron of the Huguenots, had been invited to the wedding which Henry, King of Navarre, solemnly celebrated at Paris with the sister of Charles IX; where he, without suspecting the snares that were treacherously laid for him, was villainously murdered, and with him were deprived of life over ten thousand people, who, within Paris alone, during three whole days, were horribly slaughtered. Here one saw the waters of the rivers dyed with blood, and the streets everywhere filled with mangled corpses. Here one saw grandchildren betray their grandparents, and parents their children, and sisters their brothers. This slaughter spread through all the cities of France, and went so far that King Charles wrote in a letter to Pope Gregory that he had, within a few days, put to death seventy thousand Protestants. Among the murdered was also Petrus Ramus, a man practiced in every kind of learning. And although afterward, under the reigns of Henry III and IV, freedom of religion was again confirmed, yet the enmities were continually renewed, and the bitterness was actively kept up against the French churches; the city of Rochelle was besieged by land and by sea, and was compelled to surrender. Certain writers have observed that, through the tyranny of the papists, within thirty years, from the year 1550, there were murdered within France twenty-nine princes, one hundred and forty-eight counts, two hundred and thirty-five barons, one hundred forty-seven thousand five hundred and eighteen nobles, and seven hundred and sixty thousand of the common people. We pass over, in the interest of brevity, various other intervening persecutions in France, in order at last to come to the most dreadful of all, with which men have raged in France, and not there alone but in all lands, which (4) was carried out in our own times under Louis XIV. This king had indeed, in the year 1652, on the twenty-first of May, by a solemn resolution, sworn to and confirmed the Edict of Nantes and of Nîmes, on behalf of the Protestants, whose fidelity he had so often experienced; he could also, in the year 1656, not be brought, by the continual solicitations of Cardinal Mazarin and of Archbishop Gondrin, to break the faith he had sworn to the Protestants. At last, however, through the flattering entreaties of his consort Maria Theresa, a Spanish princess, and one accustomed to the Spanish Inquisition, as also through the supplications of the clergy, and especially through the instigation of the Jesuit Father La Chaise, his confessor, he had to come to it. Doubtless, to show that he could do something more than all his ancestors had ever been able to do; to gain favor with the Roman court, and to endear himself to all the papists; since he had a dispute with the pope over the regalia, or royal rights in the bestowal of the notable offices, to ward off from himself all suspicion that in this respect he sided with the Protestants; and so that he might at last the more easily and forcefully attain to his imagined universal supremacy over all Europe, being strengthened thereto by the help of all the papists; indeed, so that at last, as had seemingly been agreed between him and the king of England, they might root out the Northern heresy, that is, the Protestants, throughout the whole of Europe to the very root. On this footing, then, and on pain of the severest punishment, he forbids that anyone shall go over to the Reformed, for whatever reason this might be. He commands further that all the children of relapsed converts should be baptized by priests, even though their mothers had always held to the Reformed religion. He approved the pacific method, so called, of the Jesuit Maimbourg, in which he gave this advice: that one ought to proceed, in the matter of religion, by way of authority, and not of inquiry, so that all who, according to the king's pleasure, would not change their religion, might be declared guilty of the crime of rebellion. He also approved the Exposition of the Faith by the Bishop of Condom, who therein softened and dressed up the disputed points of papist doctrine with a new coloring. Then he came to the schools and instruction of children, which he took away from the Protestants. He forbade anyone to address another concerning the subject of religion; he also forbade the ministers and elders to turn anyone away from the papist religious observances, and commanded them to speak of it only with respect. To the small children, scarcely seven years old, he gave the power and freedom to embrace the Roman faith, and their parents were to be punished should they hinder them in this; just as also such children would be held apostates, should they show repentance for having denied their religion. By these things a preparation was made for a total devastation of the Reformed churches in France. Subsequently there were sent upon the necks of the Protestants certain soldiers called Dragoons — dragons, meaning also in name and deed these inhuman, monstrous dragons — who had nothing else in their mouths than: the king commands you to change your faith and religion, and if not, to undergo every kind of torment and punishment. So dreadful was this persecution, that it was not granted them to die for the faith, to receive the martyr's crown: no, alas, they were compelled to a life which was much harder and more dreadful than death, while the spirit was broken by hellish bodily torments, and at last had to give way; indeed, even those who were thus compelled to the denial of their religion had to swear that they had made this denial not by force but voluntarily. All those who had any abhorrence of it were dragged by force to attend their so-called most-holy Mass ceremony. Infants and children were torn away from the loving arms of their parents. The women were shut up in convents, and the men condemned to the galleys, and the whole of France was turned as it were into one general prison. The soldiers, those dreadful dragoons, were permitted to practice every kind of conceivable violence and cruelty upon virgins and women, upon children and young people, upon men and old people. And who could fully express with the pen all those tortures of the confessors, all those heart-crushing iron chains, all those stinking dungeons, the wretched dead and worn-out bodies thrown to the dogs? Moreover letters, confirmed with the king's authority and seal, were sent throughout the whole kingdom to all the bishops, in the year 1682, to root out the Calvinist heresy; and these circulated letters were commended and recommended to sixteen missionaries, with every kind of pleasant and deceitful artifice, signed with royal orders; and all the Reformed consistories, however humbly and reverently and modestly they made their submissive petitions, were declared rebels, as ones who would not obey the pleasure of King Louis, and the will of the French clergy. To all this at last, beyond measure, was added, at the continual requests of the clergy, a solemn revocation of the Edict of Nantes, in the year 1685, on the fourteenth of July, while it was pretended that the Reformed had left nothing undone to deny and undermine the Roman Catholic faith, and that it was therefore more than fitting that they be curbed and disciplined in every way. But the clergy handed the king a certain little book, in which the chief and principal articles of the Roman Catholic faith were presented in the gentlest possible manner; and in it was passed over everything that might seem too harsh and offensive, and there were noted in the margin all manner of distorted representations of the Protestants. To all these things the king gave his approval, and thereupon forbade all the writings of the Protestants, to which end a list of them was drawn up by the Archbishop of Paris. And in this way all the Reformed churches, throughout the whole of France, were as with one blow laid waste and rooted out.
The Piedmontese Persecutions
We proceed, then, from here to the Piedmontese persecutions. The inhabitants of these regions had three valleys, those of Luserna, Perosa, and San Martino, who had for over five hundred years professed the same faith as the Reformed, as is evident from their confessions of faith. Manifold persecutions have therefore also been directed against them, as for example in the year 1206, under the papacy of Alexander III; then in the year 1400, and still more bloodily in the year 1487, under Pope Innocent VIII, who sent upon the Waldensians, to root them out by every conceivable form of torment, his legate and plenipotentiary Albert de Capitaneis; but in vain, while the Waldensians, under their military leader Philip VII, defended themselves valiantly. But these things belong to the histories of the preceding century. Under this sixth century the first persecution occurred in the year 1534, when Duke Charles attacked them with force and at the same time with cunning. This persecution continued under Francis I, King of France, when he had conquered Piedmont, and under Emmanuel Philibert, Duke of Savoy; but this persecution they so successfully warded off with arms, that they obtained a new peace, in the year 1560, which, however, was again broken in the year 1565, over which Frederick III, called the Godly, Elector Palatine, through his envoy Johannes Junius, together with a most excellent letter to the Duke of Savoy, very earnestly complained; but to deaf ears, until Charles Emmanuel, Duke of Savoy, at last granted them peace anew, in the year 1580 — yet in such a way that the persecution repeatedly broke out anew, and notably flared up around the years 1622, 1632, and 1650. But the most dreadful persecution — the second one — came in the year 1655, when Andrea Gastaldo, in the name of the Duke of Savoy, in the middle of winter, ordered the Reformed, from Luserna, Luzernetta, San Giovanni, La Torre, Bubbiana and Fenile, Campiglione, Bricherasio, and San Secondo (which places they had inhabited from their forefathers, for centuries) to leave within three days, on pain of death and forfeiture of all their goods, unless they should within twenty days become Roman Catholics. Here one saw a most pitiable tragedy. One beheld old and worn-out people, sick and lame, pregnant women, and little children, fleeing along the rough mountains, which were covered with snow and ice, passing through storm-winds and driving rains. One saw the murderers and robbers raging and raving in their abandoned houses and dwellings, destroying everything, tearing away, plundering, and turning them into a grim wilderness. Indeed, on the seventeenth of April of that same year, a strong army was gathered, consisting of troops from the whole of Piedmont, with six French regiments, and some Irish, which fell upon the valleys of Angrogna, Villar, Bobbio, and other places of the Reformed, with such raging violence, that they, through fire and sword, and unheard-of torments, through slow and most agonizing mutilations, even surpassed the cruelties of Diocletian. One saw them boil the severed heads of these wretches in kettles, and devour them. The women they cut open, and ate their breasts, which they roasted on the fire. In the places of the torn-off private parts they held burning candles, or pinched them off with glowing tongs, and bound the half-dead bodies to the tails of beasts, and let them thus be dragged to death over the sharp rocks, and whatever else there may have been of such hellish and raging fury. So great and so dreadful was this slaughter, that a whole book, written about it by Samuel Morland, scarcely suffices to describe it, to such a degree that these unfortunate people, being thus made hopeless, and wishing to defend, as much as possible, their own lives and those of their wives and children, and especially the welfare and preservation of their immortal souls, were compelled to repel force with force. They therefore chose as their leader Joshua Gianavel, under whose leadership they, with a mere handful of men, put to flight great armies of their tormentors, and when the Marquis of Pianezza, after so many defeats received, had in vain sought, with promises and threats, to induce Gianavel to change his religion, until at last, not the Reformed alone, but even the papists themselves, moved by the misery of these unfortunates, found themselves compelled, with letters of intercession and ambassadors, to intervene on their behalf. For it was the Reformed Swiss cantons — those of Zurich, Bern, Glarus, Basel, Schaffhausen, and Appenzell — which pleaded for them by letters, both to the Duke of Savoy and to the States of the Netherlands, and to that end sent as ambassador the lord Gabriel Weiss of Bern. Oliver Cromwell, then Protector of England, wrote letters on this account to the kings of Sweden, France, and Denmark. The States of the Netherlands offered their help, along with the Swiss cantons, and had money collected everywhere, for the relief of these unfortunates. Morland, Oliver's envoy, requested, in a heartfelt speech, mercy for these poor oppressed people. Everyone joined their intercession to Morland's. Those of the Netherlands sent to that end Rudolf van Ommeren; those of Switzerland, Salomon Hirzel, Benedictus Socinus, and Johann Jakob Stockar; and the king of France himself his envoy. Now to all these ambassadors the persecution was at first indeed denied, and by the Duke's mother it was pretended that it was nothing other than a fatherly and gentle chastisement, whereby these disobedient and rebellious subjects had to be curbed and brought back to their duty; until at last some shadow of peace, and a little breathing space, was obtained. For upon this followed the third, and no less violent, persecution, in the year 1686, on the first of February, when, by the example and pressure of the French king, the Reformed Piedmontese were once again forbidden all exercise of their religion, their ministers banished from the land, their children handed over for instruction and initiation into the papist superstitions to papist teachers, and the refugees from France refused all residence in these valleys, while they were compelled to apostasy by the French dragoons. Until these poor unfortunates, after having tried all gentle means in vain, for the welfare and preservation of their bodies and goods and souls, were once again compelled to take up arms, and with this result, that the Duke of Savoy found it advisable to grant them freedom to sell their goods and depart from his territories; but since the Waldensians did not accept this favor, several regiments of these war-dragoons were sent against them, to convert them to the Roman religion. These found from them at first indeed brave resistance; but through the violence of arms and the fury of the military forces, the Piedmontese, weakened and overpowered, were compelled to take flight, after twenty-two of their strongholds had in one day fallen into the enemy's hands; while the prisoners of war, and those who surrendered, were distributed everywhere in the cities and fortresses of Piedmont, and their children taken away to be instructed in the Roman doctrine. Yet not all were thus entirely subdued, but there were still some remaining, who betook themselves to caves, and hid themselves in the crevices of the mountains; against whom, however, the Duke of Savoy also marched with a new army, and defeated them, with this result, that eight hundred surrendered to the victor at his mercy, and the remainder, more than twelve hundred in number, worn out and emaciated by hunger in their caves, again begged for mercy. The fled exiles, meanwhile, betook themselves to Switzerland and the Netherlands, where they for so long experienced, in a most generous manner, the duties of love of the communion of saints, until the Duke of Savoy took up arms against the violence of the French, and allied himself with the English, the imperials, and the Spanish, whereby it was brought about that they, through the mediation of William III, King of England, were at last restored to their homes, from which lands they have more than once dealt severe blows to the French troops who often came to harass them, and have faithfully and bravely helped the cause of their duke. This freedom they enjoy to this day, by divine grace — but for how long? He knows, who knows all things.
The Hungarian Persecutions
Let us now pass over to Hungary, to set forth briefly its persecution as well. The Emperor had, among other articles of the Peace of Vienna, solemnly promised that he would not disturb the Hungarians in their religion, nor suffer them to be troubled in it by anyone. Against this, however, there arose Barsony, Bishop of Várad, who published a public writing under this title: The Truth Declared to the Whole World, by a Threefold Proof, Showing that His Sacred Imperial Majesty Is Not Bound to Tolerate in Hungary the Lutheran and Calvinist Sect. Prince Rákóczi, with his mother, separated from the Reformed, and took the side of the papists, and married the daughter of the Count of Zrínyi. He immediately had closed the church of the Partium fellowship, at the instigation of the Jesuits, who with all their student body prevented it from assembling there, just as he also took away the incomes of the churches and schools, and broke all sworn covenants and laws. The Hungarians indeed complained of this to Prince Rákóczi, but getting no hearing, brought their grievances before the emperor. The Count of Zrínyi seeks to settle the matter between his son-in-law and the Reformed, and agrees with them that he, in place of the incomes of the churches and schools, would pay a thousand gold florins and various other things, which was done. The Count of Zrínyi, meanwhile, together with his son-in-law, is accused of rebellion against the emperor, in which accusation the ministers too are slanderously implicated, as though they were accomplices in this conspiracy; indeed, certain letters were deceitfully produced, purporting to have been exchanged by a certain Witnyédi and a certain Petzer and Nicolaus Bethlen, in which it is said that the people were incited to rebellion by their teachers, and stood ready for it, provided only that their nobles and magnates would first begin the affair. For this reason the ministers were charged with inciting and arming the people against the emperor, with having taken the captured rebels out of the power of the imperial garrison, with having given the natural excrement of the ministers to the children of the Roman Catholics to eat, and other such things, which in fact consisted of nothing but coarse and gross slanderous lies. For these reasons their churches were taken from them, and the ministers thrown into prisons, and some of them condemned to the galleys, while all the people were compelled to Roman religious observance, and nothing was left undone that could serve, throughout the whole kingdom, to root out the Reformed religion. Those who requested to be admitted to a hearing and defense were immediately condemned, thrown into foul prisons, yet with promises of release, provided they would abandon their religion. The ministers who were found between Tyrnau and Pressburg were summoned before the courts and fetched, and a writing was put before them, in which they had to declare that they, their lives being forfeit, had to choose between resigning their ministry and a voluntary exile, or apostasy and going over to the Roman religion. Besides this, all who held any office or occupied any post were summoned before the judges, and it was charged against them: that they sought to overturn the whole state of the Roman Catholic faith in Hungary; that they held all the papists, and even the king himself, to be idolaters; that in their sermons they railed with slanders against the blessed Virgin, against the departed saints, and against the images of the saints as well as of Christ; that they trampled the venerable Sacrament underfoot; that they supplied the enemies of his royal majesty with help and provisions of war and food; that they opened the way for the Turks to seize the kingdom of Hungary; and consequently that they were guilty of the crime of violated divine and papal majesty, and had on that account forfeited life and goods. Immediately the sentence of death was passed and pronounced against them, as against traitors to the realm, and for some time they were kept still in the prisons, to see whether they might be broken by that means. The bravest among the Reformed answered to this: that they could not understand how the king, who had not yet been released from the oath which he had sworn to the estates of the realm, could allow such a sentence to be proclaimed by his court officials. To this it was answered that this was not the place to dispute. On the spot the ministers, forty-one in number, who had been thrown into prison, were told that they must go to the galleys. No signature of the aforementioned writings was any longer required of the Protestants, but all were compelled to the Roman faith; while some of them, in various places, were worn out by stinking prisons; others carried off to the galleys, from which they were released by Michiel de Ruyter, the Dutch admiral, who took up residence in the Netherlands, and there related their sad fate. Under all these calamities those of Hungary have had to continue sighing so long, until the present begun war of the allies, which the emperor, with the kings of Spain and England, and with the States of the Netherlands, wages against Louis XIV, King of France; in which William III, King of England, together with the Protestants, obtained from the emperor that the freedom of religion should be restored to them, which they still enjoy at present — and which God grant may be lasting!
The Lutheran Persecutions
We have thus far spoken of the papist persecutions, and now proceed to the Lutheran ones, against the Wittenberg theologians, whom they called crypto-Calvinists, in the year 1574 — a persecution we have already touched upon before, when we spoke of the synodical conferences held in this century. That is, when the Wittenberg theologians, namely F. Widebram, superintendent of the churches, Caspar Cruciger, Heinrich Möller, Christoph Pezel, Caspar Peucer, professor of medicine and son-in-law of Melanchthon, Gregorius Bruck the jurist, and Johannes Stössel, church superintendent of Pirna, embraced, on the doctrine of the Holy Supper, the view of Melanchthon, but with such gentleness and peaceableness, that it could scarcely at all be distinguished from the view of the strictest Lutherans, and moreover they also proved the genuineness of their Lutheran confession of faith from the body of the doctrine of Philip Melanchthon: since they dared to deny that Melanchthon had been a genuine and pure Lutheran, they answered that one had to make a distinction — though in fact a foolishly contrived one — between Melanchthon as a public teacher and as a private person; to which they added, as by a synodical resolution, as though this were the opinion of these their crypto-Calvinists, that the body of Melanchthon's doctrine was not the rule of their faith; to which they further added certain propositions drawn up at Torgau, by one of their orthodox fellow-believers, subscription to which was demanded of all — as they also had all subscribe, the Wittenbergers alone excepted, who were on that account removed from their offices, and shut up in prisons, in which they were held for a long time, until at last they were sent into exile; to which, through many devious means, was further added the drawn-up Formula of Concord, of which we have made mention above. This Formula of Concord held its ground until the death of Maurice, Elector of Saxony, after whose decease the opinion of the Wittenberg theologians again began to revive. Since that time they have remained so obstinate and unyielding that, although union has often been offered to them — in Sweden by means of Matthias, Bishop of Strängnäs, and in Germany by means of Georgius Calixtus, professor at Helmstedt, and many times since besides — yet the most violent Lutheran theologians of Wittenberg and Leipzig, Johannes Hülsemann, Calovius, Botsaccus, Dannhauer, and others, have stopped their ears to it, and have obstinately refused this godly work, otherwise so beneficial for churches and civil states.
The Persecutions of the Reformed
We must now proceed to the persecutions of the Reformed, or rather, by crypto-papists. Above we have already noted that Henry VIII, King of England, deprived the Pope of Rome of his supreme authority in the church of his kingdom, and thereby laid the foundation for the reformation of the church; that Edward VI, on this foundation, indeed built a fuller Reformation, yet found himself compelled to tolerate the episcopal church government and the papist religious ceremonies, because the censure and abolition of them seemed to him likely to be too offensive to the papists; that Elizabeth, who ascended the throne after the death of her sister Mary, not only retained the episcopal church government and the papist religious ceremonies, but even championed them, and even persecuted all who desired reformation in this matter — as for example Coleman, Bulton, Halingham, Bolton, and many others — for that reason, partly imprisoning them, partly depriving them of their offices. Their adherents, however, who increased in great numbers throughout the whole kingdom, were called Puritans, because they desired to have a purer church government, after the example of the Apostolic church and other Reformed churches, and notably that of the church of Geneva. King James I, who succeeded her, although he had a strong aversion to popery, was nevertheless even sharper against them. Under the reign of Charles I, who succeeded him, and who favored the papists, matters became more serious and worse. Then occurred the first open persecution against the Reformed, which was directed and instigated by William Laud, Archbishop of Canterbury, an ambitious, restless, and turbulent man, who did all he could to introduce new religious ceremonies, differing little from popery, thereby to prepare the way for the full restoration of popery. On this account he persecuted in a savage manner all who refused to conform themselves to these his innovations. Further, he began to oppress the churches of England, Scotland, and Ireland in many unheard-of ways. To escape this persecution, the Puritans departed in great numbers to other lands, and especially to New England, while many devout circles among these innocent people perished in grief and utter poverty, and everywhere one heard such and similar cries of lament raised against the bishops: "You rule, and hold sway, and torment us all as your capricious will pleases. The freedom, the name, and the honor of us all lie under your punishment and discipline. One must seek his living by the meanest labor; another perishes of want; some too must give up the ghost in filthy prisons, among criminals. Whole families, and not of the least, are ruined by you, and reduced to a wretched poverty. In what kingdom, indeed, does one find a more merciless dominion than that of the bishops? And it is to no credit of your goodness that you have kept your fattened hands off our lives and our limbs. It is the goodness of this best of princes that has curbed your fury, which thirsted after our blood." These and many other such things John Bastwick relates to us in his treatise on the practice of the bishops, and from it, in abridged form, Georgius Hornius, in his ecclesiastical history, and in his treatise on the present state of the British churches, under the name of Honorius Reggius. All these things happened in England, under the direction of that infamous Laud, and his subordinate bishops. And not content with this, he sought to force this same church government, together with the English liturgy and its appendages, upon the church of Scotland, whence very bloody civil wars arose, both in England and in Scotland, until at last, in the year 1640, by Parliament, by a just sentence of punishment, he lost his head upon the scaffold, together with the Earl of Strafford and others, just as Charles I himself too had to undergo that fate. In the footsteps of Charles I followed Charles II, who, when he was restored to the government, secretly favored the papists, and accordingly oppressed the Presbyterians in every way. Until at last followed the last persecution, under James II, which was indeed not exactly bloody, but nevertheless no less dreadful for the Reformed churches. For this king had renounced the Reformed religion, and had openly gone over to the side of the papists, and seemed for that reason likely to be excluded from the succession to the crown by the Parliaments. He, however, having, after the death of Charles II, come to bear the scepter, seemed likely to banish the whole Reformed religion from his kingdoms, while he summoned the Roman priests, and Jesuits, and monks, and every kind of order of clergy, even up to the papal legate Cardinal d'Adda, and had a general freedom of every kind of religious sect proclaimed, contrary to the fundamental laws of the realm, which he charged the clergy to read from the pulpit. Against this indeed the Archbishop of Canterbury, together with some other bishops, set themselves, but he had them thrown into prison, until they were, by a legal verdict, to the great joy of the people, restored to freedom. Further, he wished to have the so-called Test, together with all the penal laws against the papists, abolished; while he moreover so arranged matters that everywhere no other members were elected to Parliament than those who promised him absolute obedience. Meanwhile he founded schools for the Jesuits, and monasteries for every kind of order. He also gave freedom for all manner of slanderous writings against the Reformed religion to be spread in a scurrilous manner. He arranged such public disputations between the papists and the Reformed, that he might at last, by both force and cunning, after the example of the French king, destroy, as it were with one blow, all the fortresses, and in their place introduce papist superstition. This caused a great number of nobles and other prominent men to persuade William III, Prince of Orange, to cross over to England with a mighty fleet, and there to restore the cause of the church and the freedom of the civil state — which, too, through divine goodness, has, according to their wish, been happily carried out.
The East Indian Persecutions
To this, finally, as an appendix, we shall add the East Indian persecutions. These have chiefly been twofold: the first in Japan, and the last in China. As regards Japan, the Jesuits recount many persecutions, which occurred in the years 1589, 1595, 1603, 1609, 1614, 1619, 1622, 1623, 1625, and 1626. See Daillé, De Objecto Cultus Religiosi, Book I, chapters 9 and 25. The most dreadful of all occurred in the year 1623. The matter was as follows: since the time that the Portuguese visited Africa, Brazil, and India, and the Castilians America and the Philippine Islands, with their ships and colonies, they also sowed there the papist faith in every way, and founded everywhere churches, which they adorned most splendidly with all manner of images. In East India, Goa was the capital of their dominion, and the archiepiscopal see of the Roman church. From there the Jesuits, under the leadership of Francis Xavier, penetrated into the interior of Japan and China, and knew, through their knowledge of mathematics, how to make themselves agreeable and well-regarded with the princes and philosophers of the empire, while they were more intent on their treasures than concerned for the salvation of souls. Meanwhile they baptized everywhere the people who came before them, to such an extent that they even pretended a deceitful embassy of three kings to Pope Gregory XIII, and finally came together in council, to make themselves masters of the whole empire through their adherents. This their design was discovered, and it caused the destruction of all the new Christians throughout Japan, against whom such fury was let loose as surpassed the memory of all ages, until they were at last compelled to renounce the Christian faith; so that at the present time in the whole of Japan not a single Christian is to be found, and the Jesuits are forbidden ever again to come to any place in the empire. The beginning of these persecutions was made in the year 1623, when they raged against the Christians with beheading and crucifixion, and subsequently with burning alive and roasting over a slow fire, and at last with such inhuman and elaborate torments as have never been heard of since the creation of the world, which many, even of the weaker sex, and old people, endured with great willingness and steadfastness. The number of those murdered is said, by the year 1616, to have amounted to more than four hundred thousand. In the year 1626, in the city of Nagasaki alone, more than forty thousand more were added to this; and since that time all the Christians, about the year 1628, whether by apostasy or by loss of life, have been utterly rooted out. The history of this is described for us by Francis Caron, in his Description of Japan, and by Regnerus Gisbertus, in his special account of these matters. The other persecution took place in China, where the Jesuits had come into great regard and influence at the imperial court of Peking, under the Emperor Wanli; but abusing this, through their boldness and rash propagation of the Roman faith, in the year 1615 they brought upon their Christians a dreadful persecution. The bonzes, or priests, of the empire, perceiving that their profit was much diminished by this new religion, and that their sanctuaries thereby fell into contempt, did not rest until they had, as disturbers of the ancient religion and destroyers of the Chinese astrological art, thrown them into prison in the capital of China, Nanking.
Appendix: The State of the Church to This Day
Thus far we have examined the past fortunes of the church, from the creation of the world down to the year 1697, and especially also those of the church of the New Testament, through the six ages, following the pattern of the six apocalyptic seals. There are those who add to this a certain seventh age, following the seventh seal in John's Revelation, with which they combine: (1) a certain descent of Christ from heaven, which would be distinct from His coming to the general judgment; (2) the destruction of the Antichrist, whom they distinguish as a lesser one from a certain greater Antichrist, who shall rage for two years and a half, immediately before the last judgment; (3) the general conversion of the Jews; (4) a certain broad and holy church-kingdom on earth, which either shall last exactly a thousand years, or else a certain indefinite time, so that, probably at least, Christ Himself shall appear bodily for a certain appointed time, and that thereafter He shall ascend again into heaven — that the seat of this kingdom shall probably be Jerusalem, and that then, too, possibly, from the dead shall rise the blood-witnesses, at least the apostles, as the chief commanders in this kingdom; (5) that at the end of this kingdom the wicked shall again multiply in number and power on earth; that subsequently (6) from this shall arise a very heavy persecution against the church, which probably shall last three and a half years; and that consequently (7) it is probable that, after this thousand-year kingdom, there shall yet arise a certain greater Antichrist, of Jewish descent, who shall give himself out to be the Messiah, and who shall be the head in the persecution against the Christians. These things, however, are indeed thus said, but I fear with little solidity. It seems to me more fitting that the seventh church-age, following the seventh seal in the Revelation, be the circuit of eternity, which indeed shall here on earth take its beginning at the second coming of Christ, in the resurrection of the dead, and the last general judgment, for the condemnation of the wicked and the acquittal of the godly, and the consummation of all the ages; which seventh and last age shall extend, and be completed, in the eternal life, of which we shall treat properly in the following chapter. As for what concerns this our sixth age, with regard to the things yet to come — what times are yet in store, and what fortunes for the church — this only He knows, who knows all things. Meanwhile one can, to some degree, from the fortunes already past, gather and make out the shape of the present-day church. From this it appears that Asia, and Africa, and America (which parts of the world make up by far the most extensive regions of the earth, excepting only those places to which the Portuguese, the Castilians, the English, and the Dutch, with their colonies, have brought the light of the Gospel) still lie buried in thick darkness, both of heathendom and of Mohammedanism. It is Europe almost alone, which occupies by far the smallest part of the world, that boasts of the Gospel; yet which, sadly, is torn, and continues to be torn, into great and lesser fragments and sects; of which the largest part is made up by the most extensive Roman religion, which embodies and upholds the Antichristian religion; then the Lutheran sect, whose worst seed, through disputes over things of no worth, is filled with a deadly hatred against the Reformed, and thereby diminishes its own strength. The Reformed church, too, nourishes in its bosom those who feel a loathing for the faith once delivered to the saints, and who daily are bent on novelties, to such a degree that we find ourselves in uncertainty as to where they will at last end up, while they meanwhile make the righteous exercise of true theology dependent on their own private opinions. In all these torn sects there gains more and more the upper hand: (a) the denial of God, whereby one serves no God, neither in profession nor in deed and truth; or (b) a system of self-invented opinions, whereby one indeed honors God with the lips, and conforms oneself to the religion of this or that sect, and observes the outward religious duties, in church-going and other exercises of that kind, but in spirit practices nothing at all for God; or (c) godlessness, hypocrisy, and open unholiness, which has taken hold of the majority. Such is the present-day shape of the church in general; except only (d) that here and there still one or another is found who serves God in sincerity — that very small number, that little flock, for whom God has ordained eternal blessedness in His decree of grace. Consequently, if one may conclude from the past to the future, what else can we expect among us, than one of two things: either a certain new reformation, if not with regard to doctrine, then at least with respect to practical exercise — which reformation will certainly fall hard and heavy, through divine judgments, which one has commonly seen follow upon a great ruin and decline in the church; or else a complete consummation of the last church-age, in which shall be heard this voice: it is finished — but who shall tell us the day and the hour of that, save only the Spirit, who searches the deep things of God? Which God grant may issue to our salvation!
The Polemical Part
XLV. Whether the New Testament Differs from the Old Testament in Essence
One asks, in the first place, whether the New Testament differs from the Old Testament in the essence of the matter, or only in certain circumstances? The Socinians, because they teach that men living under the Old Testament, without Christ, and without atonement for sin, and without any spiritual promises of the forgiveness of sins and of eternal life, were saved by the observance alone of the law — whether the law of nature, or that of Moses — while under the New Testament one would be saved only by the Gospel, that is to say, by the law of Moses as it would be improved and augmented by Christ, therefore hold that the New Testament differs from the Old in essence. The Anabaptists, because they confuse the law with the Old Testament, and the Gospel with the New Testament, thus hold the same position as the Socinians. The Lutherans, too, hold nearly the same, from a similar confusion of principle. The renowned Cocceius, because he lays down and maintains that the Old Testament is nothing other than a promise of the land of Canaan, as a pledge of the heavenly fatherland, and that thus properly the New Testament is the promise of the heavenly fatherland itself — the greater difference he thus posits between the Old and New Testament, so much the more firmly does he confirm this same position. The commonly received opinion of the Reformed church holds that both Testaments differ not in the essence of the covenant, or the covenant promises, but only in the circumstances of a different dispensation. The substance and import of this controversy we have examined in Book V, chapter VI, §33.
XLVI. Whether the Full Forgiveness of Sins Is Peculiar to the New Testament
One asks, in the second place, whether the full forgiveness of sins (ἄφεσις τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν), with its consequences, is peculiar to the New Testament? The Socinians are indeed of the opinion that the promise of the forgiveness of sins is peculiar to the New Testament, because this promise was first proclaimed by Christ. But the renowned Cocceius holds that, because under the Old Testament satisfaction for sin had not yet been made, the believers of that time therefore remained under guilt, and consequently did not have the full forgiveness of sins, ἄφεσις τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν. The commonly received opinion of the Reformed church holds that, on account of the satisfaction which was to be made by Christ, by virtue of the promise (expromissio) given in the eternal decree, the believers of the Old Testament, just as we under the New Testament, were freed from guilt, and accordingly also obtained the full forgiveness of sins, ἄφεσις τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν. This controversy we have expressly considered and examined from both sides in Book V, chapter VI, §29.
XLVII. Whether the Seven Apocalyptic Letters Are Historical or Prophetic
One asks, in the third place, whether the seven Apocalyptic letters, written to so many Asian churches, are, according to the intent of the Holy Spirit, historical or prophetic, so that they should represent the fortunes of the church of the New Testament in seven ages? The renowned Cocceius, because he was all too readily inclined to accept everything that came before him, and that seemed in any way serviceable to confirm his own arbitrary suppositions, in order to maintain the more strongly his seven ages of the New Testament, held also that these seven letters, according to the intent of the Holy Spirit, contained not so much a history, but rather a prophecy. Until now it has been the commonly received opinion of the interpreters that, although in these letters some things occur which can in some measure be applied to those ages, nevertheless they are, according to the intent of the Holy Spirit, not prophetic but historical. But since this controversy is of no great importance, we shall, owing to our limited space, not engage in examining the proofs of both sides, while we shall await a solid demonstration from our opponents.
XLVIII. Whether a Certain Coming of Christ upon Earth, to Erect a Thousand-Year Kingdom, Is Yet to Be Expected
In the fourth place it is asked, whether Christ shall, once more, before the time of the last judgment — after the destruction of the great Antichrist, and after the general conversion of the Jews — come down to earth, to erect upon it a thousand-year kingdom, which shall be wholly holy and safe from all enemies; and that He shall then ascend again to heaven, until at last, at the end of this kingdom (when the church shall have fallen back into its former carnal ease, and, through a certain new and lesser Antichrist, who shall be a Jew, shall be assailed), He shall, by a second coming, be present among us, to judge the living and the dead, and to deliver His own from all evil? The difference of opinions, with the mutual disputations and the arguments adduced, we have already set forth in Book V, chapter VIII, §19. We shall now, in a few words, offer a supplement to this discussion, which differs a little from that.
The negative opinion seems to us the more probable — which has hitherto been accepted among the Reformed, indeed among all sects — and this for these and other reasons: (1) because, according to the constant testimony of Holy Scripture, only one coming of Christ is to be expected, Matt. 25, 2 Thess. 1:7,8, and nowhere is any statement or exception differing from this to be found. Moreover, since that coming shall be for the purpose of holding the general judgment, it thus stands and is evident that the other opinion is false. From this it follows (2), since that single coming is bound up with the destruction of the Antichrist, according to 2 Thess. 2:8, that it is in vain, after the destruction of the Antichrist, to expect so peaceful and quiet a state of the church upon this earth. Indeed also (3), since, up until that one coming of Christ to judgment, there is foretold a state of the church that shall be so corrupt and wicked, that the Son of Man, when He comes, shall scarcely find faith, Luke 18:8, compared with 2 Tim. 3:1–6, Matt. 24:12, 24, 37 — where then shall there be room for so holy and so peaceful a kingdom? Not to mention (4) that Holy Scripture generally represents the lot of Christians and of the church as altogether greatly afflicted and full of adversity. See Acts 14:22, Matt. 10:38, 16:24, Luke 24:26, 2 Tim. 3:12, 1 Cor. 15:19, etc. And although there are mentioned and found certain intervening times of relief, nevertheless these are never extended to a thousand years. Nor will I bring forward (5) that, from such a supposition of a thousand years, the time of Christ's coming to the general judgment would have to be known to men, which runs contrary to the statement of the Savior, Mark 13:32, Matt. 24:36, Acts 1:7. But especially (6) this opinion is weighed down by a great concourse of difficulties: such as a twofold coming of Christ to the earth; a twofold resurrection of the dead; a twofold judgment, as bound up with the twofold coming of Christ; a twofold Antichrist, one great and one small, whereby our arguments concerning the pope as the Antichrist, if not altogether weakened, are at least not a little deprived of their force; and that Christ thus has scarcely yet had and held His kingdom upon earth, etc. While, on the contrary, chiefly (7), no solid proof is brought forward by which this thousand-year kingdom could be proved, as is evident from the objections, which are of very little force.
They allege (A) that, besides the four monarchies alone taught by Daniel, yet a certain fifth monarchy should be understood to be erected, Dan. 2:41, 42, compared with vs. 39–45, and chapter 7:13, 24, 26. But I answer: that we indeed grant that in those passages a fifth monarchy of Christ is established. But (a) in those passages it is not said that this fifth monarchy shall follow upon the four preceding ones, but that it shall exist alongside them — at least alongside the last one — at the same time, according to Dan. 2:44: "In the days of those kings shall the God of heaven set up a kingdom, which shall never be destroyed," etc. (b) That this kingdom, which shall then be established, shall not be a thousand-year but an eternal kingdom, is there expressly stated. What then? One is to understand thereby a spiritual kingdom, with which Christ shall reign in the midst of His enemies; which kingdom took its beginning through the proclamation of the Gospel, after Christ was seated at God's right hand, according to Psalm 110:1, 2, 3, and was further carried forward, especially after the death of Constantine the Great, when gradually all the nations of the earth, and all kingdoms, gave up their names, and made confession of his supreme dominion. And to this kingdom, surely, one does great injustice, if one wishes to confine it within a thousand years.
(B) They allege the much-disputed passage, Rev. 20, where it is said that Satan shall be bound a thousand years, and afterward loosed, etc. But the answer to this we have already given, in Book V, chapter VIII, §19. They object (C) so many oracles of the prophets, in which a kingdom is promised to Israel, as for example, Isa. 11:2, 3, 8, and chapter 43:1, 2, 3, 14–23, and chapter 49:13ff., likewise chapter 54, 61, 65, 66. Which oracles, because they have not yet received their fulfillment, either in the deliverance from the Babylonian captivity, or after Christ's coming into the world, must therefore still be fulfilled. But I answer (1) that there is an Israel according to the flesh, and an Israel according to the Spirit, a fleshly and a spiritual seed of Abraham, Rom. 11:27, 28, 29, and chapter 9:4–9, and that this objection presupposes that all the mentioned promises in the prophetic word were made to Israel according to the flesh. (2) That these promises intend not a temporal kingdom, at least not solely, but much more a spiritual one. Accordingly, these promises are already fulfilled, partly temporally and properly, by and after the deliverance from the Babylonian captivity, when the kingdom in Israel was restored, and even brought to a fairly flourishing state, until the manifestation of the Messiah-Christ; and partly also spiritually, according to the testimony of the apostle, Rom. 11:1–6, when He broke down and removed the middle wall of partition, and out of the two peoples, Jews and Gentiles, made one spiritual Israel, Eph. 2:14, 15; when, by a sermon of Peter, He brought over three thousand Jews to His kingdom, Acts 2:41 — which has thus been continued down to our own times, and which also, and possibly indeed with greater success, shall be continued until the last general judgment, so that the whole hidden Israel may enter into the spiritual kingdom of Christ.
They further bring forward (D) the ancient prophetic oracles, which have not yet been fulfilled, nor could be fulfilled, except in the thousand-year kingdom of the Messiah, as for example, Gen. 3:15, "The seed of the woman shall bruise the head of the serpent," etc.; Gen. 12:1, 3, and 22:18, "In this seed shall be blessed all the families of the earth"; and chapter 49:10, "Unto Him shall the nations be obedient." I answer: what does prejudice not accomplish! I marvel (1) how one can deny that Christ has already trodden down and crushed the head of the serpent — directly against Paul's express testimony, Hebr. 2:14, 15. (2) That the seed of Christ, that is, the...
(2) that all the nations who have been called through the gospel to Christ and have come over to Him have obtained the blessing in Christ — against the passages Matt. 28:19, Col. 1:6, compared with Eph. 1:3. (3) That until now the heathen nations have not flourished toward Christ — against the clear passages already cited, Col. 1:6, Matt. 28:19, and against the experience by which the gospel has been proclaimed and received among the Gentile nations and the Jews. Accordingly this objection in no way proves the thousand-year kingdom, but rather presupposes it.
Further, they bring forward (E) such prophetic oracles as foretell a great holiness of the church, as Isa. 11:6, ch. 32:15,16, ch. 35:8,9,10, and 54:13,14, and 59:21, and Jer. 31:31–35; as well as its state of quiet rest, Isa. 2:4 and 49:18,19, and 55:12,13, and 60:19–22, and 54:9,10 — oracles which, they say, are not yet fulfilled, nor could be fulfilled, except through the thousand-year kingdom. To this I answer: these predictions are partly already fulfilled, and remain further to be fulfilled, without any such thousand-year kingdom. For the beginning of holiness was already granted to the church in the time of the apostles, Rom. 1:7, 1 Cor. 1:1, Eph. 1:1, Phil. 1:1, 1 Pet. 1:2; likewise the quiet rest and flourishing condition, in certain refreshing intervals which appeared now to this church, now to that, Acts 9:31; and the spiritual quieting of conscience, Rom. 14:17 and 5:1, which is continually prayed for on behalf of the churches by Paul, Phil. 4:7, Rom. 1:7, 1 Cor. 1:3, etc., together with grace and peace. Both these gifts of grace at last — both the holiness and the peace — will be experienced in a perfected degree around the time of Christ's second coming, when He comes to judge the living and the dead: at which time Christ will present the church as holy, having neither spot nor wrinkle nor any such thing, but holy and blameless, Eph. 5:26,27, and with fullness of joy at His right hand forever, Ps. 16:11.
They further adduce (F) certain shadow-images by which this kingdom is supposed to have been depicted: for example, in the exodus of Israel out of Egypt and its rest in Canaan; in the rest of the Jews after their captivity in Babylon; likewise after the oppressions they suffered from Antiochus Epiphanes; as well as in the seven churches of Asia Minor, in the seven stars, in the seven lampstands, in the seven spirits, in the seven lamps, in the seven seals, in the seven horns of the Lamb, in the seven trumpets, in the seven thunders, in the seven bowls, etc. I answer: (1) why then is this thousand-year kingdom not also sought in the seven horns of the dragon, and likewise in its seven heads and its seven crowns, Rev. 12:3 and 13:1? What is this but seeking and hunting after reasons to make good one's own suppositions? (2) All these things presuppose the thousand-year kingdom, which they were bound to prove — for from what does it appear that these things were shadow-images of a thousand-year kingdom whose very coming is in dispute? But (3) let it even be granted that these things were shadows and symbols of a certain kingdom which must come after the opening of the seventh seal and the sounding of the seventh trumpet — does it then follow precisely that this kingdom will be on earth? Why should one not far rather assign that rest and stillness to the heavenly Canaan?
Among the symbols there is especially adduced (G) the Sabbath, which, after six working days, is supposed to have depicted the quiet rest and holiness of the church in the seventh period of the New Testament, in the thousand-year kingdom. To make this plausible, they suppose various things: (a) that the history of creation, besides its literal sense, also carries alongside it a mysterious meaning; and specifically (b) that the seven days of creation would measure out the seven periods of the church, of which (1) would run up to the time of Abraham; (2) thence forward to Moses; (3) then to Christ; (4) further to the revelation of Antichrist; (5) then to the fully grown Antichrist; (6) to the downfall of Antichrist; and so (7) finally to the last judgment. Whereupon then (c) they seek, in the works of each particular day of creation, correspondences with those seven periods. Further, (d) they hold that the sabbath of the seventh day, on which God rested from His work of creation and which He sanctified, would signify the seventh period of the church, in which the church would have a state of quiet rest and holiness in the thousand-year kingdom. Finally (e), so that we should not believe that this quiet, restful, and holy state of the church would first take place in heaven, they add that this seventh period must be of the very same kind as the preceding ones were — which fits eternity not at all. Besides this, that the Sun of Righteousness, Christ, must equally have had three periods behind Him, just as the natural sun had periods behind it before it was set in heaven's firmament.
To this we answer: that we heartily wish such insight were given us as would let us see this invention. (1) What the assembled teachers of the church have thought, and still think, of the Kabbalistic sense of Scripture which the Jews attribute to it, of the Allegorical sense of Origen, of the Mystical and symbolic sense of the Roman party — it is not necessary to add here, since we have already taught in the First Book, second chapter, that Holy Scripture has no more than a single sense, namely the literal one. (2) The Roman party themselves acknowledge that symbolic theology furnishes no proof for syllogistic reasoning. (3) If it be granted that one may, in an arbitrary way, attribute such mystical and allegorical meanings to Scripture, then which meanings, properly speaking — and how contradictory to one another — must be attributed to Scripture, according to the wit and ingenuity of these allegorists? In particular, regarding those seven periods applied to the seventh day of creation, they choose only those things which yield some correspondence with it, while they leave all the rest aside. (5) This thousand-year kingdom, which was to be proved, is by this allegory merely presupposed. (6) Wherefore the seventh period must be exactly of the same kind as the preceding ones. Meanwhile, to conclude, we wish and hope with them for better and more peaceable times, and leave all the rest among the divine mysteries, wishing to determine nothing on either side.
The Practical Part
XLIX. Concerning the practical application, with respect to the matters comprised in this chapter, we, who make brevity our business, are constrained to be brief here as well; wherefore, passing over any particular application of each individual interval of this dispensation, we shall note only two or three things in general. First, from what has been said the excellence of this dispensation under the New Testament appears, above the dispensation that had place under the Old Testament, 2 Cor. 3:6, Heb. 8:6,7,8. For if one takes into consideration (1) its beginning, made (a) with the preparatory work of John, the forerunner of the Messiah, and more excellent than all the prophets of the Old Testament, Matt. 11:7–11 — indeed of the Messiah Himself, the greatest of all prophets, and infinitely greater than John himself, John 3:29 — whereas the old dispensation owes its origin to the patriarchs and to Moses; (b) with the confirming and strengthening of it by the very blood of God's Son, Acts 20:28, 1 John 1:7, whereas the Old Testament was confirmed only by the blood of bulls and calves, which were nothing else than shadows of the Savior's atoning blood, Heb. 10:1; (c) with its proclamation, on the day of Pentecost, at Jerusalem, in Canaan, where representatives of virtually all nations were present, Acts 2:1,2 — whereas the first dispensation was proclaimed in the wilderness, outside Canaan, where only the Israelites were present. If one further considers (2) the duration of the two dispensations: the first dispensation of the covenant of grace under the Old Testament ran only through six periods up to the coming of the Messiah; but this second dispensation will endure under the New Testament until the glorious and final coming of the Lord Christ. The first lasted only until a certain fixed time of the world; but this one will last until its very end, and with respect to its final limit will come nearest of all to the dispensation of eternity. If one considers (3) the causes of this dispensation: this dispensation of the New Testament testifies pre-eminently of the Most Holy Trinity, and confesses (a) the Father, as promising: I will make a New Testament, or Covenant, Jer. 31:33; (b) the Son, confirming this Testament by His own blood, and establishing and perfecting this covenant, Heb. 9:15–17; (c) the Holy Spirit, proclaiming this covenant and testament, and confirming it with His testimony, Heb. 10:14–17. If one also considers (4) the properties of this dispensation: this last dispensation of the covenant of grace is the most excellent, the most gracious and most favorable of all, etc. From all of which things the excellence of this period of the dispensation of grace under the New Testament must be noted, to this end: (1) that we may recognize the happiness of our lot and our circumstance, since God has preserved us for these times, Luke 10:23; (2) that thereby we might show our gratitude to God the more heartily, Rom. 12:1; and (3) that we might conduct ourselves in a manner befitting these blessed times, Rom. 12:11,12, 1 Thess. 2:12, Eph. 4:1.
L. Second, since this period contains within itself an unchangeable dispensation of the covenant of grace, which will endure until the completion of all the ages, it thereby warns us that we should most carefully guard ourselves (1) against all doubtfulness and changeableness in the doctrine of faith and of the covenant, Gal. 1:6–10, 1 Cor. 3:11,12, and thus have an aversion to Judaism, Heathenism, Muhammadanism, Popery, Pelagianism, Socinianism, Anabaptism, and Enthusiasm — since these have departed from the first firm foundation of this unchangeable dispensation of grace. (2) That we guard ourselves from all change in religious ceremony and observance, since that religion alone which the Lord Christ has prescribed in the foundational charter of the New Testament must be called and held to be a religion in spirit and in truth, John 4:21–23. (3) That we also avoid all change with respect to the sacraments, the seal-signs of the covenant-making under the New Testament, since the Lord Christ has expressly said that these two sacraments and their administration shall remain in force and be observed, in the same manner, until the completion of the world, Matt. 28:19,20, 1 Cor. 11:26. Finally (4) that we guard ourselves from all novelty and change with regard to church discipline and government, since the Lord Christ has willed that this manner of church government should hold place until we all come to the unity of the faith, to the measure of the stature of the fullness of Christ, Eph. 4:11–13, etc.
LI. Third, this most perfect dispensation of the covenant of grace here on earth affords the most powerful comfort and the strongest antidote against all manner of mishaps and calamities that press upon us and threaten us on this side of eternity. It was with this powerful argument that God comforted the Jews who, through the miseries of the Babylonian captivity, had become like dried-up and withered dry bones, Ezek. 37:11 — by nothing else than the promise of this last covenant-making, Jer. 31:31. For this covenant-making, first of all, (1) most completely removes the source and ground of all miseries, which is sin, Rom. 5:12 and 6:13, compared with Jer. 31:34, Zech. 13:1, Heb. 10:16,17,18 and 8:12. (2) Most clearly, and as it were with the finger, it points to the universal Redeemer, who invites to Himself all who are weary and burdened by their sins and all that clings to them, Matt. 11:28,29, and to the redemption, through the very blood of God's own Son, 1 John 1:7, compared with Heb. 2:14,15. (3) Most effectually it grants us the Holy Spirit as a Comforter, John 16:7 and 7:37–39, who moreover in the most powerful manner applies to us the Lord Christ with all His benefits, as the sole foundation-stone of our hope and comfort in all our affliction. (4) Most clearly and effectually it removes all doubtful-mindedness and anxiety from our hearts. For if (a) our soul is troubled and made restless, reflecting that God keeps a record of all our sin, that He counts our steps, takes note of our sins, and seals up our transgressions, Job 14:16,17, and that He writes bitter things against us on this account, Job 13:26 — then this dispensation of grace answers that He will remember our sins no more, Jer. 31:34, Heb. 8:12, and that accordingly all the calamities that befall us are nothing other than fatherly chastisement, Heb. 12:5,7. If (b) our heart is troubled because it does not perceptibly feel the influences of saving grace, then the promise of this covenant-dispensation answers: I will take the stony heart out of you, and give you a heart of flesh; I will put my law in your inward parts, and will write it in your heart, Jer. 31:33,34, Heb. 8:10.
If our heart is straitened (c) because of ignorance, so that it does not know the reason why God contends with us with such great afflictions, nor in what manner it ought to regard the afflictions God sends us, so as to make the right use of them, then this dispensation of grace comes to our aid, and says: They shall all know me, I will put my law in their inward parts, Heb. 8:11; and it gives for our guidance the assurance found in Psalm 94:12. If (d) the consciousness of our weakness troubles us, and the fear of falling away, 1 Sam. 27:1, then the soul finds encouragement in reflecting on this covenant-dispensation: I will be a God to you, and you shall belong to my covenant-people, Heb. 8:10. This my covenant shall never be broken, Jer. 33:21; it shall be an everlasting covenant, Jer. 31:31[?]. If it grieves us to reflect on the bitterness of the affliction in which we find ourselves, together with this thought — if God were my God, or if He were with me, how could such great and such things befall me? Judg. 6:13; and again: why do you hide your face from me, and count me for your enemy and adversary? Job 13:24 — then this dispensation of grace answers: The mountains shall depart, and the hills shall be removed; but my kindness shall not depart from you, neither shall the covenant of my peace be removed, forever, Isa. 54:10. Can a woman forget her nursing child, that she should not have compassion on the fruit of her womb? and though these may forget, etc., Isa. 49:14–16, etc. Each person, too, may — allowing for omission, alteration, and application according to what their own circumstances require — take over for their own use the practical portion of the two preceding period-dispensations here treated.
Chapter IV: Of the Dispensation under Eternity
Upon Revelation 7:1 through Chapter XI.
And after these things I saw four angels standing on the four corners of the earth, holding the four winds of the earth, that the wind should not blow on the earth, nor on the sea, nor on any tree, etc.
I. Thus far we have investigated and observed the dispensation of the covenant of grace under the patriarchs, under Moses, and under Christ; nothing therefore now remains but that we proceed to the dispensation of this same covenant under eternity. This dispensation under eternity will indeed take its beginning in this life, but will only be carried out and made complete after this life — and that, so to speak, through these seven steps. For here we shall have before our eyes: (1) Christ's second coming. (2) The destruction of the Antichrist. (3) The resurrection of the dead. (4) The last and general judgment. (5) The sentence pronounced upon the one, and the damnation of the other, of mankind. (6) The completion of the ages, and the handing over of the Son's kingdom to the Father. (7) Eternal life. All these things, although they are not expressly narrated, are nevertheless indicated at the opening of the seventh seal, which opening is set forth by John in the Revelation from the seventh chapter through the eleventh chapter inclusive. The reader is not to expect of us that we shall expound those chapters piece by piece in order, and display those seven steps in that order out of them; for they lie scattered throughout the whole context of the text. That the state of the church under eternity is nevertheless unfolded there is clear from many statements occurring in it — as when, in chapter 7:9, it is said of the martyrs that they stood in that age before God's throne and before the Lamb, clothed in long white robes, bearing in their hands palm branches of victory, and glorifying God and the Lamb with songs of praise, together with the angels around God's throne, and with the elders and the four living creatures — things which surely refer to the state of eternity; likewise when, in chapter 10:6, the angel is said to swear that after these things there should be time no longer, but that God's mystery should be brought to its full completion. These things having been set forth beforehand, we gird ourselves to a concise analysis and explanation of the text.
The Explanatory Part
II. The text accordingly comprises within itself the state of the church under eternity, with respect to its
α. Preparation, Chapter VII. Concerning which there comes before us for explanation
a. The care of Christ in sealing the elect, in that He restrains the four angels at the four corners of the earth from harming the earth or the sea, ch. 7:1–4. Thereby it is signified that, before the coming state of eternity, and before Christ's return to judgment, after the close of the sixth period, very destructive commotions will arise on the earth — both on account of schisms and heresies, and on account of persecutions, which the angels permitted according to the power granted them by God, and which had to be restrained until a certain time so as not to harm the elect. Accordingly, the last times are here indicated as being by no means such quiet and peaceful times as most interpreters imagine, in keeping with what the Savior foretold, Matt. 24:5–32, Luke 18:8, and Paul, 2 Tim. 3:1.
b. The sealing of the elect, vs. 3–9, out of the twelve tribes of Israel, and out of a mixed, countless multitude of the elect. These are marked as with a seal on their foreheads, so that they might thereby be recognized by the angels and be spared from the plagues.
c. The adorning and glorifying of the martyrs, who shall then be raised up, together with the angels and elders and living creatures, vs. 9 to the end of this chapter. Which things have their reference to the life and glory of the eternal state.
β. The carrying out, under the trumpet-blasts of the seven angels. Concerning which is related
A. The reconciliation and intercession of Christ, which precedes this trumpet-sound, depicted by the angel who is the Angel of the Covenant and the Angel of God's presence, standing at the altar with the censer, by which, with His own atoning merit, He offered up to God the prayers of the saints, and afterward cast a great part of the fire from the censer down upon the earth, from which proceeded voices, and thunderings, and lightnings, and an earthquake — that is, terrible outpourings of wrath upon the earth, vs. 5.
B. The trumpet-blasts themselves, seven in number, by which appears to be signified the destruction of the Antichrist, coinciding with Christ's coming, by way of various stages. Now this trumpeting is:
I. The first, which brought forth hail, and fire mingled with blood, whereby a third — that is, a great part of the earth — and all the green grass was burnt up. By this are doubtless meant very grievous persecutions, as forerunners of the last judgment. What manner of persecutions these shall be, and from what causes they shall arise, we shall only then rightly know when this oracle receives its fulfillment, ch. 8:7.
II. The second trumpeting is that on which a great burning mountain was cast into the sea, so that a third part of the sea became blood, and a third part of the living creatures in the sea died, and a third part of the ships perished. By the mountain, Scripture is accustomed to understand Babylon, Jer. 51:25, Isa. 13:2. This Babylon is the seat of the Antichrist, according to the indication in the Revelation, Rev. 14:8, 16:19, 17:5, etc. By the sea, which surrounds the land, is understood the vast extent of the Antichristian dominion, Rev. 18:2,10. By the blood are signified the slaughters of the confessors of the truth; and by death is depicted every kind of devastation, which extends even to lifeless things, as for example to the ships. In what manner these things shall be fulfilled, time will teach, vs. 8,9.
III. The third trumpeting had as its consequence a great star, burning like a torch, whose name was Absinthium, or Wormwood, because it was bitter, and it was cast upon a third part of the earth, vs. 11. By stars, according to the prophetic style of Holy Scripture, are understood kings, Isa. 14:12 and 34:4. Who this king now may be, and on what account he is called bitter, and how he shall corrupt a third part of the earth, the day of fulfillment shall reveal.
IV. The fourth trumpeting is that a third part of the sun, and a third part of the moon, and a third part of the stars were struck, so that a third part of them was darkened, so that a third part of the day did not shine, and the night likewise, vs. 12. By this it appears to be signified that the majesty of the city of Rome, both in civil and in ecclesiastical matters, shall be darkened, in such a way that the sun, to which belongs, as it were, the first dignity in the heavens, signifies the papal supremacy over peoples and lands; and that the moon and the stars indicate the authority of his council and the jurisdiction of his other subordinate officials, so that these shall for the most part lose their luster. For it is customary in Holy Scripture, by depicting these heavenly lights, to represent the power and dominion of kingdoms and republics, Isa. 34:10 and 60:20, Jer. 15:9, Ezek. 32:7. But how these things shall be seen in their fulfillment shall likewise be disclosed by the outcome. To these are further foretold still greater calamities, while an angel flies through heaven, announcing yet heavier woes.
V. The fifth trumpeting is described, ch. 9:1–12, whereby a certain great star fell from heaven to the earth, to which was given power to open the abyss, out of which came up a thick vapor and smoke, from which came forth locusts of an enormous size and shape, harmful chiefly through their painful stings. These locusts had a king, whose name in Hebrew is Abaddon, and in Greek Apollyon, under whose dominion men were tormented to such a degree that they sought death, but in vain. Their power to harm was restrained in more than one way: partly with respect to persons, that they might not harm the elect; partly with respect to the kind of harm, that they should not kill, but only be permitted to torment; and thirdly with respect to time, which was to last only five months. By this great star some have wished to understand Muhammad, or the Turkish power; but wrongly, for Muhammad does not belong to the seventh seal; nor has he as yet fallen to the earth, since his dominion and power remain to this day mighty in strength. What hinders us from understanding by it the Antichrist, and his fall from the ecclesiastical heaven? For to him indeed is given the power to open the abyss, or hell, out of which has come forth a smoke of hellish doctrine, which has produced locusts — the monks, and that whole breed of defenders and champions of the Pope and of the papal superstition — since these too have had for their king the one named Abaddon and Apollyon, that is, Satan. Meanwhile it is certain that their power to harm has, by God's gracious providence, been so restrained that they could not harm the green grass — that is, none of the elect — but only such as did not have the seal of God upon their foreheads, 2 Tim. 2:19; also that they should not take away their life altogether, but leave them a life far more unbearable than death itself; and this violence was not to last beyond five months, Matt. 24 — that is, one hundred and fifty days, whether reckoned as year-days or, more properly, natural days, since the last judgment was then at hand. This symbol too we shall then clearly understand, when it shall be fulfilled.
VI. The sixth trumpeting is first commanded by Christ for the loosing of the four angels of the Euphrates, that is, of all the evil and wicked angels, in all four quarters of the world, vs. 13,14. Then the carrying out of this command, for which they stood ready at every hour, and day, and month, and year, to kill a third part of the world, vs. 15, to the number of two hundred million horsemen, vs. 16, whose armament is depicted piece by piece in most terrifying fashion, vs. 17. Their effect is added, consisting in this: that a third part shall perish by the smoke, and sulfur, and fire that shall proceed out of the mouths of these four angels; and yet the rest, under these dreadful judgments and plagues of God, shall not turn from their abominations, vs. 18–21. The indication of this symbol, which shall immediately precede the day of judgment, the day of fulfillment shall explain more exactly.
VII. The seventh, or last trumpeting, is described in chapters X and XI.
With respect to
1. Its preparatory signs, which are set forth with great solemnity and in detail: in that (a) among these preparatory signs of the last trumpeting it is declared that all the kingdoms of this world shall be destroyed, and thus the completion of the ages shall be manifested. (b) That then God's mystery shall be completed, as He made known to His servants the prophets, Rev. 10:7. For to Daniel God had revealed the coming four world-monarchies, under the symbol of four beasts, Dan. 2:31–46 and 7:2,10,28, all of which were to be destroyed. Further, when all this should have come to pass, in a time, times, and half a time, Dan. 7:26,27, then there should be time no longer, Rev. 10:6, but all the kingdoms should become the Lord's and His Christ's, Rev. 11:15, and consequently Christ, with His saints, should reign forever. This is a brief sketch of the course of eternity. It will not be unprofitable to consider these preparatory signs somewhat more distinctly. The following things, then, are set forth here.
a. The coming, or descent from heaven, of a certain mighty angel, ch. 10:1: "And I saw a mighty angel come down from heaven." And who is this mighty angel? Assuredly the Angel Jehovah, the Angel of the Covenant, the Angel of God's presence. This is clear enough from the following description, which can fit no other angel, and from the deeds attributed to Him in this and the following chapter, compared with the prophecy of Daniel, ch. 12:7, where is described a man clothed in linen, who stood upon the waters of the river, and he lifted up his right hand and his left hand to heaven, and swore by him who lives forever, that after a determined time, times, and a half, and when he shall have finished scattering the power of the holy people, all these things shall be finished. This is Michael, the Christ, as is clear from comparing Dan. 10:1,6,7 with ch. 12:5,6 and Rev. 1:1–7.
b. The form of this angel, who appears most glorious and radiant, in which this mighty angel shows Himself — He who is the mighty God, Isa. 9:6 — coming down from heaven, namely, to judge the living and the dead: clothed with a cloud, as the symbol of the divine majesty, and having a rainbow upon and around His head, as a crown. He also had a rainbow round about His throne, as a symbol of peace and favor, Gen. 9:13; and His face was like the sun, and His feet were as pillars of fire.
c. His deeds, by which He had in His hand a little book, open — which had until now been sealed, and was now opened by Him (I mean the book of the seven seals) — and setting His right foot upon the sea, and His left foot upon the land, whereby He had subjected both, that is, the whole solid earth, to Himself, Ps. 2:8; and having lifted up His hand to heaven, and sworn that there should be time no longer, and that consequently the ages should then be completed, and God's mystery should attain its fulfillment, according to the revelations made to His prophets: that little book He gave to John to eat, which would at first taste sweet in his mouth — that is, in the knowledge of all the fortunes of the church gained from it — but would become bitter in the belly, namely, from the sense and sympathy of so many calamities, heresies, schisms, and persecutions of the church, of which he was a member, which, according to that little book, were to befall the churches throughout all the ages.
2. The beginning of the execution consists in the trumpet-sound of the seventh angel, whereby, at the last judgment, on the one side the last and most terrible plagues shall be brought upon the wicked, and on the other side the godly shall enjoy a glorious joy arising from their deliverance from every calamity, and, over against that, an enjoyment of the most complete blessedness — where there appears
a. The triumphant celebration in heaven, because now the kingdoms of the world have become God's and His Christ's, and He shall reign forever, ch. 11:15.
b. The glorifying thanksgiving of the twenty-four elders, vs. 16,17, because now the time of this kingdom, and of His judgments, had come, which was carried out through prostration, worship, and thanksgiving. They fell upon their faces, saying: We give you thanks, Lord God Almighty, who is, and was, and is to come, because you have taken to yourself your great power, and have begun to reign, and because the time of your wrath, and vengeance, and judgment upon the wicked has come, vs. 18. And the nations were angry, and your wrath has come, and the time of the dead, that they should be judged, and that you should give reward to your servants the prophets, and to those who fear your name, small and great, and should destroy those who destroy the earth.
3. The actual carrying out of the judgment, proceeding
A. Upon the righteous, granting them a blessed vision of Christ, depicted by the Ark of the Covenant, which was formerly placed in the Holy of Holies: and God's temple in heaven was opened, and the ark of His covenant was seen in His temple.
B. Upon the wicked, the enemies of Christ and of His church, bringing upon them the dreadful effects of His judgments: and there occurred lightnings, and voices, and thunderings, and great hail, vs. 19, by which are signified the punishments and torments of the wicked in hellish damnation.
The Doctrinal Part
III. The last, and therefore the most perfect, dispensation of the covenant of grace runs, from the return of the Mediator out of heaven in glory, forward into all eternity. This is evident, not only from the entire and general opening of this seventh seal, but also in particular from ch. 11:15, where it is said that the kingdom of the world has become that of the Lord — that is, that all the kingdoms of the covenant of grace shall issue in that kingdom which belongs to the Lord and to His Christ, who shall reign forever. It is not without reason, therefore, that this is called a most complete or most perfect dispensation, since in it shall be fulfilled the mystery of God's covenant, and the oracles of the prophets, Rev. 10:7, compare Dan. 9:26,27; and in it all the preceding dispensations of both Testaments shall discharge their completions. For then (as Ames forcefully expresses it in his Medulla Theologiae, Book I, ch. XLI, §2) (1) the end shall be present for the called. For we are called to the eternal glory of God, 1 Pet. 5:10, in which also the end of faith is said to be comprised, 1 Pet. 1:9. Then also (2) that manner and ground of redemption and justification shall have received its fulfillment, which is accomplished through its own workings — on account of which believers, in this life, are said to await their redemption, Rom. 8:23, Eph. 1:14. Then (3) all those who have been adopted as God's children shall enter into the full possession itself of their inheritance. In this sense also believers are said, in this life, to await their adoption as children, Rom. 8:23. Then (4) God's image shall be made perfect in all the sanctified, Eph. 5:27. Then (5) the hoped-for glory and blessedness shall shine forth in a manner perfect in every respect, not with regard to the soul alone, but also with regard to the body itself, Phil. 3:21. And since then the state of the church shall be a state of perfection, and no longer one of edification or upbuilding, therefore the ministry of the church, with the sacraments and the exercise of discipline, together with the planted churches themselves, shall come to an end, and the hidden church shall remain in immediate communion with God.
IV. Just as we have, in the first dispensation of the covenant of grace under the Old Testament, noted six periods, the last of which issues in the humble first coming of the Mediator; so likewise we have, in the second dispensation under the New order, observed seven distinct intervals according to the Revelation, the last of which took its stand at the opening of the seventh seal and in the seven trumpetings of the seventh seal: so also, in this last course, we shall note just as many steps, so to speak, by which we shall arrive at eternity — a course without number and without end. In this course the first step to be seen shall be at the coming of the Mediator, no longer in a lowly, but in a wholly glorious, state. Hence it is said, Rev. 10:1, that a mighty angel came down from heaven, clothed with a cloud, and having a rainbow above and about His head, whose face shone like the sun, and his feet were as pillars of fire; just as it was said, Rev. 7:2, that an angel came from the rising of the sun, having the seal of the living God. For this reason also it is said, Matt. 25:31, when the Son of man shall come in His glory. It is for this reason that (1) the whole tenor of the divine covenant-writing in general teaches this, 1 Thess. 4:16, John 14:2,3, Acts 1:11, and elsewhere: (2) in particular describes this coming of the Mediator, as it shall be (a) visible, John 16:15(?), Rev. 1:7 and ch. 6:16; (b) accompanied by all the holy angels, Matt. 25:31, 2 Thess. 1:7, Jude vs. 14, as well as by the holy men, 1 Thess. 4:16; (c) with unspeakable splendor and glory, Matt. 16:27 and ch. 24:30 and 25:31, Rev. 1:11; (3) indicating the time (a) which is indeed certain and fixed with God, Acts 17:31; (b) also as being near, Heb. 10:37, 1 Pet. 5:7; (c) yet uncertain and not to be determined with respect to us, Mark 13:32, Matt. 24:42, Acts 1:7, 1 Thess. 5:1; meanwhile, however, coming upon us swiftly and unexpectedly, 2 Pet. 3:10, Rev. 3:3.
V. The second step of this dispensation toward eternity is the destruction of the Antichrist, of which the preparatory plagues are set forth by the six trumpeting angels, Rev. 8:7 and 9, where in verse 1 mention is made of a certain star that fell from heaven to the earth, betokening the fall of the Antichrist. Whereby it is here to be noted that there is a twofold fall of the Antichrist. The first Antichristian fall is lighter, and took place in the preceding age through the Reformation of the church, by which fall his power was everywhere crushed, as we have said in its place. The second fall shall be heavier and complete, and shall take place at Christ's return to judgment — though by way of various preparatory stages, following the trumpetings of the six angels — when at the seventh trumpeting his fall shall finally occur. Now of this fall Isaiah seems to speak, ch. 11:4: He shall smite the earth with the rod of His mouth, and with the breath of His lips shall He slay the wicked; which words the apostle, 2 Thess. 2:8, explains thus: And then shall the wicked one be revealed, whom the Lord shall consume with the spirit of His mouth, and destroy with the brightness of His coming. To this also John refers, Rev. 19:15, compared with ch. 18:21 and 19:1,2,3,20, and 20:10.
VI. The third step of this dispensation toward eternity shall be the resurrection of the dead. For thus it is said, Rev. 11:18: And your wrath has come, and the time of the dead, that they should be judged. The infallible truth of this article of faith is taught (1) in the testimonies both of the Old Testament, Isa. 26:19, Job 19:25, Dan. 12:2, Exod. 3:6 compared with Matt. 22:31,32; and of the New Covenant, Acts 24:15, John 11:24 and 5:28,29, 1 Cor. 15; (2) from examples of those already raised, 1 Kings 17:22,23, 2 Kings 4:36, John 11:44, Luke 7:14,15, Matt. 27:52; (3) from arguments taken partly from God's vengeance-executing justice, and partly from His mercy, 2 Thess. 1:6,7.
Now in order to trace the nature of this article of faith of the resurrection of the flesh somewhat more distinctly, (1) we must first presuppose the continued existence, after death, of both essential parts of human nature; and this with respect to the soul, not its mere continued existence only, but also its life, its sensitive feeling, and its immortality, flowing from the simplicity and indivisibility, or the non-dissolvability, of its spiritual essence, as we have expressly proved in Book III, ch. 9, §8 and 15; likewise with respect to the body, though deprived of life and feeling, its continued existence and essential subsistence, namely with respect to its matter; and that accordingly nothing else takes place in a man's death than a dissolution of its parts, and that consequently the resurrection of man is nothing else than a reuniting of those two essential parts. See Ezek. 37:5. The mere possibility and likelihood of this article of faith nature alone can teach; but its certain future truth can be believed only from revelation. (2) It must be held that the cause of this is God alone, and the Mediator as God-man, through the power of His almighty nature, Phil. 3:21. (3) That through God's almighty working, this raising up from the dead shall take place with regard to each and every particular person who ever has been, and still is, and shall be, John 5:28, Rev. 20:12; excepting only those whom the Mediator's coming shall find still alive, and who consequently shall not yet have died, 1 Cor. 15:51,52, 1 Thess. 4:15,17. (4) That meanwhile, though all shall be raised by Christ, this shall nevertheless not take place for one and the same reason, nor in one and the same manner: for (A) with respect to believers, their raising up shall proceed from Christ as their Mediator, by virtue of that union which they have with Christ, who is their life, Col. 3:4, 1 Thess. 4:14, and through the working of His life-giving Spirit dwelling in them, Rom. 8:11. The raising up of unbelievers, on the other hand, shall be effected by Christ as God, by the power alone of His almightiness, by which He executes His avenging justice, 2 Thess. 1:6,7. (B) Then also the raising up of believers shall proceed from Christ's life, as its principle, in that the life of believers is its fruit and produce, and is therefore called the resurrection of life; but the raising up of the reprobate shall be from the darkness of death and of damnation, unto death itself and damnation, which is therefore called the resurrection of damnation, John 5:28,29. (5) That the bodies indeed shall be raised, the same in number as they fell by death, with respect to their essence; but nevertheless very different with respect to their qualities and condition; and the bodies of believers shall be spiritual and heavenly, with respect to their incorruptibility, 1 Cor. 15:44, compare 48,50,53,54, and their glory, Phil. 3:21, Dan. 12:2; but the bodies of unbelievers shall likewise indeed be imperishable, yet shall exist in a continual state of corruption, and shame, and abhorrence, Dan. 12:2, compared with Isa. 66:24.
VII. The fourth step of this dispensation toward eternity shall be the last judgment, which shall be held over all who have been raised. Of this it is written, Rev. 11:18: Your wrath has come, and the time of the dead, that they should be judged; whence also it is that a countless multitude, out of all nations, kindreds, peoples, and tongues, is said to stand before the throne, or judgment-seat, before the Lamb, vs. 9. And of this judgment speak (1) the oracles of the Old Testament, Jude vs. 14, Ps. 50:3, Isa. 66:15, Mal. 4:1, Dan. 7:9,10,13, Eccl. 11:9; (2) the predictions of Christ Himself, Matt. 12:36 and chs. 24 and 25, Luke 12:40 and 21:34; (3) the testimonies of the apostles, Acts 10:42 and 17:31, Rom. 2:5 and 14:13[?], 1 Thess. 4:16, 2 Thess. 1:7, 2 Tim. 4:8, Heb. 9:27, 1 Pet. 4:5, 2 Pet. 2:9, 1 John 3:2, Rev. 20:11,12; (4) the arguments that establish this divine judgment, taken (a) from God's justice, 2 Thess. 1:6, Luke 16:15, Exod. 34:7, Eccl. 8:13; (b) from the testimony which conscience reveals to all men, Rom. 2:15 compared with ch. 1:32, Acts 24:25; (c) from the longing of believers, Rom. 8:23, Rev. 22:17,20.
God's judgment is in Holy Scripture sometimes expressed (a) by the temporal punishments of the wicked, Jer. 25:31, Ps. 94:10. Sometimes there are likewise so called (b) the chastisements of believers, 1 Pet. 4:17, 1 Cor. 11:31; but here in this place it means the general judgment, Matt. 25:32.
In this general judgment one must take into consideration (1) the judge, who is Christ as Mediator, and at the same time as God, John 5:22,27, Luke 21:23, 1 Cor. 15:24, 2 Tim. 4:1, who shall then appear in a visible form, both to the terror of the wicked, Matt. 24:30, Zech. 12:16[?], Rev. 6:16, and to the comfort of the godly, Luke 21:28. Then (2) the persons who shall be judged, who are (a) all nations, Matt. 25:32, Acts 17:31, Luke 21:35; (b) every particular person, 2 Cor. 5:10, the living and the dead, Acts 10:42, the good and the wicked, John 5:27,28,29, the small and the great, Rev. 20:12; (c) also the devils, 2 Pet. 2:4, 1 Cor. 6:3. Further (3) the time when this judgment shall be held, which is fixed by God for this purpose and unalterably determined, Acts 17:31, yet is unknown to created beings, Mark 13:32 — namely so as to remove all carelessness and false security from them, Luke 12:45[?], Mark 13:35, that we may be ready at all times to receive our divine judge whenever He comes, Heb. 9:13[?], and to exercise and prove the patience of the saints, James 5:7, Heb. 10:37, 2 Tim. 4:8. Meanwhile the judge already stands at the door, and shall come swiftly and unexpectedly, Matt. 24:37,38, 1 Thess. 5:2, 1 Cor. 15:52, Luke 21:35 and 12:46, 1 Thess. 5:3.
One must also note (4) the place where this judgment shall be held, which shall be in the air, 1 Thess. 4:17, Rev. 1:7, 1 Thess. 4:16, Matt. 25:34. Then (5) the matters of judgment that shall be assessed: all thoughts, Matt. 12:36, words, John 5:28,29, deeds, Eccl. 12:14, 2 Cor. 5:10, and the secrets of the heart, Matt. 10:26, Rev. 20:12.
Moreover (6) the judicial procedure that shall be followed here: in that (a) all who are to be judged shall be summoned and called forth, and all nations shall be gathered before the judge, Matt. 25:32. Who then (b) shall be separated one from another, each according to his own condition and circumstance; and He shall separate them, as a shepherd separates the sheep from the goats, Matt. 25:32. Whereupon (c) they shall be judged: and first the sheep, who shall stand on the right hand, to whom shall be said: Come, you blessed of my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world, Matt. 25:34. The reasons for this sentence shall be added, vs. 35, which the justified shall, in humility and modesty, seek to disclaim, but which the judge shall point out, vs. 36–40. Second, this judgment shall proceed against the goats on the left hand, vs. 41–43, with the reasons added for their sentence of condemnation, which the condemned shall attempt to fend off from themselves, vs. 44. But their objection shall be refuted by the judge, vs. 45. Finally there belongs to this the pronouncement of this sentence, with its reasons appended, namely (A) the condemnation of the wicked and reprobate, to whom eternal damnation shall be announced on account of their sins, as the meriting causes thereof, Matt. 25:41; and (B) the acquittal, on account of the righteousness of Christ, which they had laid hold of by faith, and which faith of theirs they had shown by good works, John 3:18 and 5:24 and 6:40,47 and 20:31, compared with Matt. 25:35–41.
(7) The rule and standard of this sentence shall be (a) the law, with respect to those who are to be condemned — namely the unwritten, or law of nature, with respect to those who have lived without the written law, Rom. 2:15 compared with vs. 12; or the written law, with respect to those who have sinned under the written law, Rom. 2:15, that is, according to the curse-sentence of the law, Deut. 27:26, John 5:45; (b) the gospel, with respect to those who shall be acquitted, Rom. 2:16, as those who are not under the law, but under grace, Rom. 6:14, against whom the law has nothing to bring, 1 Tim. 1:9.
One must also here take into consideration (8) the predictions and forewarnings of this last judgment, which shall be such as: (1) a whole flood of errors and heresies, Matt. 24:5; (2) a general proclamation of the gospel through the whole world, Matt. 24:14, Mark 13:10; (3) an extraordinary corruption of morals, a deceptive sense of security, and an extreme godlessness, Matt. 24:12,38,39, Luke 18:1,2[?], 2 Tim. 3:1,2, 2 Pet. 3:3,4; (4) great persecutions of the godly, Matt. 24:9; (5) terrible devastations through wars, famine, and pestilence, Matt. 24:6,7, Mark 13:7, Luke 21:9; (6) an almost universal apostasy, 2 Thess. 2:3; (7) the destruction of the fourth world-monarchy, Dan. 7:8,9,10; and (8) of the Antichrist, 2 Thess. 2:8; finally (9) the darkening of the sun, and moon, etc., Mark 13:24,25, Luke 21:25,28.
VIII. The fifth step, accordingly, of this dispensation shall take place in the completion of the ages. Of this the text speaks, when it says, Rev. 10:1, that a mighty angel had set His right foot upon the sea, and His left upon the earth — that is to say, that He had subjected the whole world to Himself — and had thereupon sworn that from that time forward there should be time no longer, vs. 6. This is also confirmed, Ps. 102:27, Heb. 1:10–12, Isa. 66:17[?], 2 Pet. 3:7,10,11,12,13: But the heavens which now are, and the earth, by the same word are kept in store, reserved unto fire against the day of judgment and destruction of ungodly men. The day of the Lord shall come as a thief in the night, in which the heavens shall pass away with a great noise, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat, and the earth also, and the works that are therein, shall be burned up. Seeing then that all these things shall be dissolved, what manner of persons ought you to be in holy conduct and godliness — looking for and hastening unto the coming of the day of God, in which the heavens, being on fire, shall be dissolved, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat? But we, according to His promise, look for new heavens and a new earth, in which righteousness dwells.
Concerning this completion of the ages not all hold one and the same opinion. There are interpreters (1) who acknowledge no properly so-called completion of the ages or of the world at all, but hold that Peter and the other sacred writers speak symbolically and mysteriously of the destruction of the Jewish state and commonwealth, which then stood before the door, since the destruction of Jerusalem by Titus Vespasian — such that the sun, and moon, and stars depict the city and the temple, and the civil and ecclesiastical estate of the Jews; that the earth is a symbol of the common people; and that by the fire is meant the burning and terrible devastation of all these things: this according to the notion of those who take pleasure in such symbolic playfulness.
Others (2), on the contrary, understand here rather an entire annihilation of the heavens — if not indeed of the uppermost heaven, then at least of the starry heaven, or of the aerial heaven — as well as of the earth; which not only the force of the text-words seems to indicate, but reason also recommends, since all these things shall have no further use after the time of the last judgment.
Others, however, (3) hold a certain middle view to be more probable, namely, that there is indeed to be a properly so-called completion of the ages at hand, but not an entire annihilation of them — no, but only an improvement and purification, by which the heavens that now are, and the earth, shall be purified in fire, so as thus to pass away, or pass by, such that from them shall be born a new heaven and a new earth — not with respect to their essence, but as to their qualities: (1) in like manner as the old world, by the water of the flood, did not so much perish, as rather pass away. (2) To this several passages of Holy Scripture seem to allude, Ps. 102:27, Heb. 1:12, Isa. 30:26, and especially Rom. 8:19[–21]. (3) That this completion of the ages seems to have regard to the curse resting upon the earth, since the violation of the covenant of nature, Gen. 3:17, compared with Rom. 8:19, which completion accordingly would signify an annihilation, not of the essence, but of the qualities. (4) That, if the words of Peter, 2 Pet. 3, are to be understood in their full extent, then all the heavens, and the whole earth, would have to be annihilated; in which case neither would the saved have heaven, nor the damned hell, as their dwelling-place in which to spend eternity — unless we should wish to posit a new creation of the world, of which Holy Scripture knows nothing.
Now as to the use of the reformed heaven and the renewed earth, concerning which the greatest difficulty remains — though we cannot determine this use with certainty, being as we are still within time — yet from this it cannot be firmly and conclusively inferred that there shall be no use of it whatsoever. For why should one not be permitted to say, that this reformation or transformation shall serve for the perfecting of the universe, which has been so greatly corrupted and disfigured by sin? Or why also might one not be permitted to suppose, that the saved shall indeed have their fixed dwelling in heaven, yet that it shall not for that be prevented that they should also, now and then, come to take their delight upon the earth? These things, however, we leave all to the divine wisdom.
With this completion of the world shall be joined
IX. The sixth step of this dispensation, which shall consist in the handing over of the kingdom, of which the text speaks, Rev. 11:15, where it is said that the kingdoms of the world have become the Lord's and His Christ's, and that the Lord God Almighty, as king, shall reign, vs. 17 — which the apostle also sets forth more distinctly, 1 Cor. 15:24–29, to be understood thus: (1) that Christ shall present the kingdom — that is, the church, or all the elect, in whom He reigns as king — to His Father (just as of old the governors who had been sent out to conquered provinces, upon the completion of their administration, restored those provinces to the emperor) and hand it over, as trophies of His victory, in order thereafter to reign and triumph forever with full glory. Similarly John 18:4–8. And (2) that He shall abolish (a) — katargései — all rule, and authority, and power (archen, exousian, dunamin), that is, all dominions and kingdoms of the world, and every other lesser form of government, Dan. 7:14,27, so that He alone shall be the prince over the kings of the earth, 1 Tim. 6:15, Rev. 1:5; (b) all rule, and power, and authority, and dominion of the angels (compare Eph. 1:21), which shall be abolished with respect to the exercise of their power and office toward men; (c) also all ministries and ranks in the church, so that God alone, through Himself, and no longer by the means of men or of angels, might exercise His power and dominion; (d) He shall also abolish all the enemies of His kingdom, or of His church, in whose midst He now reigns — that is to say, the devil, the world, sin, death, and especially the evil spirits, of whom it is spoken, Rom. 8:38, Eph. 6:12, Col. 2:15.
Then also shall (3) the Son Himself be made subject unto Him who put all things under Him, namely, the Son shall be made subject to the Father (a) mysteriously, or considered spiritually, insofar as He reckons together with, and in union with, Himself, His members, of whom He is the head, 1 Cor. 12:12, and who are His plēroma, or fullness, Eph. 1:23; when, that is, the whole hidden and spiritual body of Christ shall be entirely subjected to God, and obeying God through all and in all things: also (b) considered personally; by no means according to His divine nature, but partly according to His human nature, according to which He is always subject to the Father, and partly according to His mediatorial office; when He, at the completion of His kingly stewardship, which He is here said to hand over to the Father, shall most fully make manifest that all things which have been done by Him, as man and Mediator, have been done by God's power and authority, and in His name. And thus finally (4) shall God become all in all — that is to say, the mediatorship, and all the means that hold in the present age, having been removed, God alone, through His immediate presence, shall in the fullest manner provide for and care for all the needs of the saints, and by His power and effectual working shall fulfill all the means, and everything that can be desired or longed for by them.
X. The seventh and last step of this dispensation shall be in eternal life, Matt. 25:46. Now of this eternal life we have above (in Book VI, ch. IX) indicated three distinct degrees: (1) of its beginning, in that we are in this life saved in hope, Rom. 8:24, and what belongs to that we have set forth there, §XI; (2) of its progress, when through death we leave this life, Rev. 14:13, of which also we have noted the essential points there, §XIII; (3) of its consummation, which shall take place after this life — and of this last we must here treat a little more distinctly.
(1) The blessedness, or the perfection, of this eternal life is shown in Holy Scripture in various ways, being called: a crown of life, 2 Tim. 4:8; an incorruptible, undefiled, and unfading inheritance, reserved in heaven for us, 1 Pet. 1:4; salvation and the crown of glory, ch. 5:4; the kingdom of the Father, Matt. 25:34; the joy of the Lord, vs. 21; Abraham's bosom, Luke 16:22; paradise, Luke 23:43; the Father's house, John 14:2; the heavenly kingdom, 2 Tim. 4:18; the kingdom of God and of Christ, Acts 14:22, Rev. 1:9; the fullness of joy at God's right hand forever, Ps. 16:11; refreshment, 2 Thess. 1:7; the enjoyment of rest, Heb. 4:9; glory, Rom. 8:22[?]; sitting on thrones, Rev. 3:21; being with and before the throne of God, Rev. 7:15; but the most common designation is that of eternal life, John 3:16, Rom. 6:23; very often also of eternal salvation, Heb. 5:9.
As for (2) the thing itself, it is a state of perfection, which equally comprises the absence of all evil, and the abundance of all good, commonly expressed by the word "blessedness." Now this blessedness is to be considered in two ways: (a) objectively, as comprising the highest good, through the possession of which we are blessed — and this highest good the heathen philosophers placed in various things: some placed it in the goods of the body; others in the goods of the soul; others in the goods of fortune; and all with such diversity that Varro is said to have counted up more than three hundred opinions concerning it; whereas the truest opinion places the highest good in God Himself — see Ps. 16:5,6 and 73:25 — though the heathen lacked the true knowledge of this. (b) Formally, or in respect of manner, blessedness is properly placed in that activity by which the possession of the highest good is attained. Concerning this activity, again, opinions vary: whether it be a certain activity of the body, or of the understanding, or of the will — whereas they ought to say that it is an activity of the whole man, inasmuch as the whole man shall live forever. In particular, however, there comes into consideration here the working of the understanding, whereby we shall see God face to face, 1 Cor. 13:12, John 17:3; and of the will, whereby we shall enjoy God and His infinite perfection, Ps. 16:11.
But, to come nearer the point, the essential blessedness of eternal life shall consist (3) in the following particulars: (A) in union with the highest good, whereby we shall possess God, and He shall become our God in the fullest sense; wherein lies the highest degree, and the whole sum, of all the benefits of the covenant of grace, Ps. 33:12, Rev. 21:3. (B) In the exercises of communion with God, whereby God shall pour out Himself, with all that He is, upon the elect, and shall employ all His goodness, and wisdom, and power, to save them, Gen. 17:1, Ps. 84:12(?). (C) In the enjoyment of God, whereby we, in the union and communication of God, shall rejoice with a glorious and unspeakable joy, Ps. 4:7,8, 1 Pet. 1:8. (D) In a most sweet and delightful glorifying of God, Rev. 4:8 and 5:8 and 7:10 and 11:17.
To this shall be added (E) an elevation and perfecting of our soul, whereby it shall come to comprise, out of what has now been said, the highest essential blessedness and satisfaction. Then shall the understanding be irradiated with the purest spiritual light, so as to come to see God, Matt. 5:8, 1 Cor. 13:12, 1 John 3:2, in all His glorious attributes. To the will shall be imparted a most perfect inclination toward God, and toward every spiritual good, so as to draw from it the sweetest joy; while also all the affections, which are now so agitated, shall be calmed and composed. From which shall also arise (F), as it were in the spirits of the perfected righteous, Heb. 12:23, a holiness without spot or wrinkle or any such thing, Eph. 5:27, and God's most pure image, Ps. 17:15, 1 John 3:2, 1 Cor. 15:49 — and this not with regard to the soul alone, but also with respect to the body.
(G) For to the body shall be granted (a) such a spiritual quality, 1 Cor. 15:44, that it shall need neither food, nor drink, nor marital union, 1 Cor. 6:14[?], Luke 20:36; (b) such incorruptibility and immortality, 1 Cor. 15:53; (c) such freedom from all suffering, that it shall not be afflicted with hunger, or thirst, or grief, or sorrow, or fear, or any pain, Rev. 7:16 and 21:4; (d) such splendor, Matt. 13:43, Dan. 12:3; (e) such strength, 1 Cor. 15:43, Rev. 2:25[?]; (f) such beauty, 1 Cor. 15:43, that we shall be not only like the angels — isangeloi — Luke 20:36, but also, according to our measure, like the glorious body of Christ Himself, Phil. 3:21.
And (H) the blessedness of all these preceding things shall be increased by the excellence of the dwelling-place, which cannot be sufficiently expressed in Holy Scripture by any words: it is now called heaven, Matt. 5:12; now the third heaven, 2 Cor. 12:2; again the new heaven, 2 Pet. 3:13; also the new Jerusalem, Rev. 21:2, and God's tabernacle, vs. 3; also the temple of the Father, Rev. 3:12, and the sanctuary, Heb. 10:19, and the house not made with hands, in the heavens, 2 Cor. 5:1; further God's mountain, Heb. 12:22; also our fatherland, Heb. 11:14; and God's city, Heb. 12:22,23.
And to this still further (I) the unspeakable delightfulness and excellence of the heavenly fellowship, consisting in a most sweet and pleasant presence and communion with the spirits of the perfected righteous, with the holy angels, with the Mediator Jesus — indeed with God Himself, Heb. 12:22,23, Matt. 8:11, compared with ch. 17:3.
Finally (K) all shall be crowned with an abiding eternity, Matt. 25:46, 1 Thess. 4:17, whereby we shall always be with the Lord, and enjoy that blessedness, as long as God Himself shall be God. And although the glory and blessedness of this life shall be to some degree unequal, Dan. 12:3, 1 Cor. 15:41,42, Luke 19:17,19 — inasmuch as God shall then also render to each one according to his works, Matt. 16:27, 2 Cor. 5:10, 1 Cor. 3:8 — yet each shall receive such a degree of glory and blessedness as shall be sufficient for him to be perfectly blessed. And these things make up nearly everything that we, who stand on this side of that eternal life, are able to search out and represent to ourselves of its perfection and character.
Over against this shall be set the eternal damnation of the reprobate; by which we here understand not so much the sentence of their condemnation, as rather its execution — whereby those who have corrupted the earth shall themselves be destroyed, Rev. 11:18, and shall go into everlasting punishment, Matt. 25:46. Of this we have elsewhere (Book VI, ch. IX) shown the degrees; namely (1) of its beginning already in this life, of which the Savior speaks, John 3:18–36, and which we have set forth in the place cited, §XII; (2) of its progress in temporal death, of which we have given the substance there, §XV; finally (3) of its consummation, Book IV, ch. IV, §15,16. These matters do not, strictly speaking, belong here.
The Polemical Part
XI. It is asked, first, whether Christ shall return many times, or only once? The Epicureans, the Sadducees, the Jews, the Atheists, the Enthusiasts, etc., acknowledge no return of Christ, no resurrection, no judgment, no damnation, or no eternal life. But against these, for the sake of our brevity, we shall not now turn aside.
The Lutherans, although by their confession they acknowledge Christ's return to judgment, yet because they hold that His human nature has obtained the omnipresence of the divine nature, both with respect to the ktēsis, or essential possession, through the personal union, and with respect to the chrēsis, or rightful use, obtained through the glorification received — if they acted consistently with their own principles, they would have to deny, at least, any properly so-called return of Christ.
The Papists, in order to have the flesh of Christ daily present with them in the Mass, hold that He will return visibly only once, but returns invisibly to the earth many times.
The Socinians, because they teach that He once ascended to heaven, fasting there for forty days, and thence immediately returned, reckon a twofold return of Christ.
The Chiliasts, or lovers of the thousand-year kingdom, because they hold that Christ, in order to set up His thousand-year kingdom on earth, shall descend from heaven for at least a short time, likewise admit a twofold return of Christ.
The Reformed note only a single return of Christ mentioned in Holy Scripture — that return, namely, in which He shall come to judge the living and the dead. Nor can the opposing parties bring forward anything for the assertion of the contrary but their groundless suppositions, which we have refuted in their place. We also treated this dispute in Book V, ch. XVI, §17.
XII. It is asked, second, whether the resurrection is a return from the state of non-existence to the state of existence? The Socinians, who oppose the satisfaction of Christ — since it would exalt the effectual working of the Savior's resurrection above the power of His death — hold that man, through His death, passes over into the state of non-existence, and through his own resurrection returns to the state of existence. And in order to make such a return, which scarcely deserves any credence, possible and certain, they maintain firmly that Christ, through His death, wished to pass over into the state of non-existence, and thence, through His resurrection, to return to the state of existence. This the Reformed deny, because they acknowledge that both essential parts of dying men remain. This dispute we have handled in Book V, ch. XII, §18, and ch. XIII, §11, and ch. XV, §15.
XIII. It is asked, third, whether all and every man shall one day rise again? The heathen, the Sadducees, the Epicureans, and the Atheists — to whom, in the early church, were joined Hymenaeus and Philetus, 2 Tim. 2:18; some also among the Corinthians, 1 Cor. 15:12; and afterward also the Simonians, Saturninus, Basilides, Carpocrates, the Gnostics, the Valentinians, and others — acknowledge no resurrection of the dead at all.
The Socinians, although they seem with all their might to embrace this article of faith, and to bring the promise of the resurrection of the flesh and eternal life among the principal articles and heads of their gospel, which Christ is said to have first introduced into the world, and to confirm which He is said to have arranged His death and resurrection — yet, since they place death in a state of non-existence, they thereby in effect deny the resurrection; for that which no longer exists does not rise again, but is created anew. Others exclude from this small children, and all unbelievers, and all those also who depart this life in their ungodliness and unbelief, and thus also other Socinian-minded persons.
The Reformed extend the resurrection to all and every one of the deceased, and count among them also those whom the day of the Lord shall find alive, and who, instead of death, shall undergo a sudden change. Their reasons for the affirmative view are (1) because Holy Scripture throughout teaches the truth and certainty of the resurrection: see Job 19:25, Ps. 16:9 and 17:15, Dan. 12:2, Hos. 13:14, Matt. 10:28 and 12:40, Luke 14:14, John 6:39,40,44 and 11:24,25, Acts 23:6 and 24:15, Rom. 8:11 and 14:8,9, 2 Cor. 1:9 and 4:14, 1 Thess. 4:14, 1 Cor. 6:14 and 15, Heb. 6:2 and 11:19, 1 Pet. 1:3 and 4:5, Rev. 11:18; and this to such a degree that those who deny the resurrection of the dead and the judgment are held to be ungodly and deceivers, Matt. 22:23, Acts 23:8 and 17:18 and 26:23,24, 1 Cor. 15:19, 2 Pet. 3:3. (2) Because Holy Scripture clearly extends this doctrine of the resurrection to the living and the dead, 1 Pet. 4:5, to the righteous and the unrighteous, Dan. 12:2, and accordingly to all, John 5:28, 2 Cor. 5:10; also to unbelievers and heathen, Rom. 2:12. And that small children too are not to be excluded from this appears from the fact that God's kingdom is granted to them, Mark 10:14, and that they are fellow-partakers of the covenant of grace, Gen. 17:7,12, Acts 2:39; also that they are called holy, 1 Cor. 7:14. (3) Because, since all men are sinners, Rom. 3:9,10, and accordingly are either delivered from sin, or not, it therefore seems necessary, on account of divine justice, that they all be raised up again, so as to be set before God's judgment, that each may receive and be recompensed according to his condition, 2 Cor. 5:10.
The counter-arguments for the contrary opinion have not the least force; as (A) that the resurrection is limited to "many," Dan. 12:1(?). To this it is answered that this signifies a multitude, which is afterward divided into two, into those who shall be justified, and those who shall be condemned. (B) That the resurrection is limited to believers, Phil. 3:11, John 6:39,40,44,45. The answer is that then is meant the resurrection unto life, John 5:28, which the apostle calls the better resurrection, Heb. 11:35. (C) That the resurrection is said to take place through the power of Christ's mediatorial office, John 6:39,40, and through the Spirit of Christ, Rom. 8:11, neither of which pertains to the wicked. The answer is: with respect to believers this shall take place through the power of Christ's mediatorship, and His indwelling Spirit within them; but with respect to unbelievers, it shall take place through the power of His divine omnipotence alone. (D) That reason seems to contradict this doctrine in more than one way. For it seems to reason an impossible thing that a body which has decayed, been consumed by fire, turned to dust, and scattered everywhere, or torn apart and devoured by wild beasts or cannibals, should be restored again to its former condition. To this it is answered: (1) reason must be made subject to the revealed word of God, and led captive to the obedience of Christ, 2 Cor. 10:5; then (2) against all the sophistries of the flesh must be set God's infinite power, Matt. 22:29; finally (3) it is not right and sound reason, but only corrupted reason, that is opposed to this.
XIV. It is asked, fourth, whether we shall rise again with the same bodies? The Enthusiasts, Schwenkfeldians, Weigelians, Anabaptists, and Socinians hold that the bodies, in the resurrection, shall be without flesh and blood, and wholly spiritual.
The Lutherans, in order to maintain the omnipresence of Christ's human nature, hold that indeed the same bodies shall be raised again, but that they shall be invisible, and present in many places at the same time.
The confession of the Reformed is that we shall rise again with the same bodies, with respect to their essence, but with different bodies, with respect to their qualities: because (1) Holy Scripture clearly testifies this, Job 19:25, Ps. 34:21[?], Isa. 26:19, Rom. 8:11, especially 1 Cor. 15:53, Phil. 3:21. (2) Because the resurrection is a second rising or standing-up-again of that which has fallen; wherefore death is often called a sleep, Matt. 9:24[?], John 11:11,12. (3) Because the resurrection shall take place to this end, that each one may bear away in the body according to what he has done therein, 2 Cor. 5:10. (4) Because the same body which has sinned must be punished, Gal. 6:7[?], Eph. 6:8. (5) Because the bodies of the godly are temples of God and of the Holy Spirit, 1 Cor. 3:16 and 6:19, 2 Cor. 6:16. (6) Because a human body deprived of flesh and blood may not be called a human body.
Against this it is objected (A) that the blessed are said to be like the angels, Matt. 22:30, Luke 20:36. The answer is: not with respect to identity of essence, but with respect to a likeness of qualities, namely, on account of incorruptibility, etc. (B) That those who are in the flesh cannot please God. The answer is that this expression is to be understood of those who follow their fleshly lusts and desires. (C) That flesh and blood shall not inherit God's kingdom, 1 Cor. 15:50. The answer is: fleshly corruption shall not enter into God's kingdom, compare Eph. 6:12, Heb. 2:14. (D) That our bodies shall be changed. Answer: indeed with respect to their circumstances, but not with respect to their essence and substance, 1 Cor. 15:53, Phil. 3:21. (E) That the body which is sown is not the same as that which springs up, 1 Cor. 15:37. The answer is: only this follows from it, that there shall be raised up such a body as was committed to the earth, vs. 53(?). (F) That God is said to bring to nothing both belly and food, 1 Cor. 6:13. The answer is: with respect indeed to their use, but not with respect to their essence.
XV. It is asked, fifth, whether the human nature of Christ shall raise the dead, by an omnipotence which the divine Person has communicated to it? The Lutherans, for the sake of their doctrine of the oral eating of Christ's body in the Supper, which requires an omnipresence of Christ's flesh, hold that the subsistence of the divine Person, in the union of the two natures, has been communicated to the human nature; and because this same human nature has been made, with the divine, into one and the same Person, that therefore the divine attributes have been communicated to the human nature; and because further the divine attributes are one and the same with the divine essence, that therefore also the divine attributes, to which omnipotence also belongs, have been communicated to the human nature; and that the human nature, by the omnipotence communicated to it, shall one day raise the dead.
The Reformed indeed acknowledge that Christ, as God-man, shall raise the dead, and thus with respect both to His human and to His divine nature — the divine nature contributing the effectual power of the making alive, John 17:24[?], and the human nature causing the voice and the trumpet-sound to be heard for the raising up, John 5:28, Matt. 24:31 — but they deny, nevertheless, that through that personal union the omnipotence of the divine Person has been communicated to the human nature, and that He shall raise the dead by virtue of that. The ground of the dispute, therefore, lies in the communicated divine attributes to the human nature, which we have expressly examined in Book V, ch. IV, §21,23,24.
XVI. It is asked, sixth, whether, in the last judgment, God shall assign eternal life to the elect on account of their good works, as meritorious causes? The Papists assert this. The Reformed indeed grant that God shall pronounce sentence according to works, and according to works as so many evidences of faith, and as necessary conditions for the possession of that life, to which the Lord Christ alone has acquired the right through His atoning merit; and they therefore deny this Roman doctrine. This dispute we have examined and treated in Book VI, ch. VI, §20–22.
XVII. It is asked, seventh, whether there shall be more than two dwelling-places for the coming eternal state? The difference of opinion on this we have noted, Book VI, ch. IX, §21. The Papists count three or four: heaven, hell, purgatory, and the limbo of unbaptized children. The Reformed acknowledge only two: because (1) Holy Scripture points to no more. Because (2) purgatory is a fiction, devised solely to swell the papal treasury with the moneys arising from indulgences and penances, or pardons and debts of penance; and resting upon sandy foundations of foul and rotten distinctions — of guilt and liability to punishment, of mortal and venial sins, and likewise of temporal and eternal punishments — which they, foolishly and falsely, separate from one another. Because (3) the limbo of unbaptized infants has no foundation other than a mistaken supposition concerning the absolute necessity of baptism. Their proofs for purgatory and for the limbo of unbaptized infants are of so little force and worth to us that we should not think it worthwhile to spend our effort on them, or to sully our paper with them.
XVIII. It is asked, eighth, whether the death of the damned shall last as eternally, as the life of the justified? The Socinians, since they place death in a state of non-existence, place the eternal death of the damned in an eternal non-existence. These we have refuted, §12, in the passages already cited. Origen, with his followers (whose footsteps were pressed, in the preceding age, in their own manner, by Franciscus Puccius and Samuel Huberus), held that all the damned — not men alone, but the devils themselves also — after a certain fixed time of their damnation, proportioned to the guilt of their sins, should be freed from their punishment and brought over to salvation. This opinion we have refuted with arguments in Book VI, ch. I, §17.
XIX. It is asked, ninth, whether, after the close of the last judgment, the world shall be entirely annihilated? There have been erring spirits of all ages who, with Aristotle, and most of the Jews, hold that the world shall continue in the state in which it now is, throughout all eternity. The Lutherans, in order the better to maintain their view concerning the omnipresence of Christ's human nature, wish to hold that the presence of a body does not necessarily require a place in which it is present; and therefore maintain, unshakably, that this world, after the last judgment has been held, shall be annihilated. The opinion of the Reformed we have set forth, §VIII.
XX. It is asked, tenth, whether the Savior, after the last judgment has been held, shall hand over the kingdom to His Father in such a way that He Himself shall cease to reign? The Socinians, in order the more plausibly to deny the eternal Godhead of the Son, equal to the Father, hold that, just as formerly the Father, by appointing the Son as His vicegerent, had in a certain manner and for a certain time divested Himself of His royal government, so now the Son, who had thus long been His vicegerent, shall, after the last judgment has been held, entirely divest Himself of His dominion-exercising power.
The Reformed, although they acknowledge that Christ, having presented the kingdom to His Father, shall no longer reign in the manner in which He now reigns through His word and His Spirit, and sacraments, and the exercise of discipline, etc., nevertheless maintain firmly that He shall still reign with the Father throughout all eternity. This orthodox view we have set forth, §IX, and have earlier proven in Book V, ch. VII, §17.
XXI. The eleventh question is: whether eternal life shall also include any fleshly pleasures, of eating and drinking, and the delights of marriage? The Muhammadans hold this, and the common people are more inclined to this opinion than one would wish. The Reformed indeed acknowledge and hold that eternal life requires the removal and absence of all evil, even of everything that can afflict the body, and, on the other hand, the bestowal and presence of all good, and of everything also that can perfect the body; but they nevertheless deny that eternal life shall include such fleshly pleasures: (1) because we are said to become like the angels, Matt. 22:30, Luke 20:36. (2) Because God is said to bring both food and belly to nothing, 1 Cor. 6:13. (3) Because we shall then bear spiritual bodies, 1 Cor. 15:44, which shall not be occupied with, nor affected by, those fleshly pleasures. (4) Because the apostle expressly says that God's kingdom is not food and drink, but righteousness, and peace, and joy in the Holy Spirit, Rom. 14:17. Nor does it contradict this that we are said to sit down with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob in the kingdom of heaven, Matt. 8:11, since this is to be understood not literally, but symbolically.
The Practical Part
XXII. The practical application of this chapter has for the most part already been given long since in Book VI, ch. IX, on glorification. For since the initial glorification does not differ from its completion except in degree, the statements made there concerning the practical application of the initial glorification can very easily be carried over here, with the alteration of what needs to be altered, the omission of what has already been treated, and the application of what needs to be applied. In particular we have also mentioned the chief practical application of the article of the resurrection in Book V, ch. XV, §30, compared with Book II, ch. XI, §18. Our concise design does not allow us now to give a particular practical treatment of every single item belonging to this dispensation. A general application of this dispensation, however, we shall briefly touch upon here.
This dispensation, then, affords, first, a most powerful comfort in every kind of mishap and adversity. For (1) when one considers the glorious return of Christ, with which our complete deliverance shall be joined, this may comfort us in the sorrow of Christ's grievous absence — with this: (a) that He shall certainly one day return, John 14:3; (b) that at His return He shall deliver us from all evil, Luke 21:27,28, Rev. 21:4; (c) that He shall then restore or set right all things, Acts 3:21; (d) that He shall then glorify His own forever, and grant them eternal life, Matt. 25:46 — so that from all this we may lift up our heads with courage toward heaven, Luke 21:28.
If (2) we consider the certainty of the coming resurrection — what great comfort this affords amid the horror of death and of decay in the grave! John 11:25.
If (3) we think of the last judgment, with the awareness of our sins, and the anxiety over that great and dreadful day — what comfort this yields, when we take to heart that the Redeemer Himself, who gave Himself up for us in the judgment of punishment, shall never bring us into the judgment of condemnation, John 3:16,17, and shall not so much as remember our sins any more, Num. 23:21, Jer. 31:34.
If (4) we consider the damnation of the wicked — this too shall be to us an occasion of comfort, that we shall be delivered from it, John 5:14(?).
If (5) we reflect on the completion of this age — what comfort it shall give us to think that there shall be a new heaven and a new earth, in which righteousness dwells, 2 Pet. 3:13.
When (6) we reflect on the handing over of the Savior's mediatorial kingdom — what a comfort it is, that the Savior shall present us before His Father glorious, no longer having any spot or wrinkle or any such thing, Eph. 5:27, and that from that moment we shall be as He Himself is, John 17:24.
If (7) we consider eternal life, that crown of righteousness which the Lord Christ shall one day give to all who have loved His appearing, 2 Tim. 4:8; if we consider that far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory, 2 Cor. 4:17; and that the fullness of joy in God's presence, and the pleasures at His right hand forever, shall be ours, Ps. 16:11; and all that which eye has not yet seen, nor ear heard, nor has entered into any man's heart, 1 Cor. 2:9; when He shall wipe away all tears from our eyes, Rev. 7:17 and 21:4 — O good God, how great is the comfort which the reflection on these and similar things affords!
XXIII. On the contrary, second, the thought of these things shall stir up terror and unspeakable trembling in the wicked. (1) The return of Christ, when the Lord Jesus shall be revealed from heaven with the angels of His power, to take vengeance in flaming fire on those who do not know Him, and who do not obey His gospel, 2 Thess. 1:7,8; when the wicked, out of anguish of heart, shall cry out: Mountains, fall on us, and hills, cover us, from the face of him who sits on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb, Rev. 6:16.
Then (2) the thought of their resurrection, when they shall awake out of the dust to shame and everlasting contempt, Dan. 12:2.
Further (3) the reflection on the last judgment, when they shall be set there before the judgment-seat of Christ, to receive reward according to their deeds, 2 Cor. 5:10; when they shall behold their judge, who is righteous and all-knowing, and before whose eyes all things, and therefore also all their shameful deeds, lie naked and open, with a countenance wholly terrible, sitting upon the throne of judgment; and when they shall hear from his mouth this dreadful sentence: Depart from me, you cursed, into everlasting fire, prepared for the devil and his angels, Matt. 25:41.
Then (4) the reflection on their eternal damnation and eternal death, when they shall be cast into the lake that burns with fire and brimstone, Rev. 21:8(?), where their worm shall not die, and their fire shall not be quenched, and they shall be an abhorrence to all flesh, Isa. 66:24.
Besides this (5) the reflection on the completion of the age, when this earth, in which they had so long taken their pleasure, shall be seen standing in flames, and the elements burning and melting, 2 Pet. 3:10,11.
Moreover (6) the reflection on the handing over of Christ's kingdom to the Father, to be perfected and glorified: when they shall find themselves shut out of this kingdom, Rev. 22:15, and delivered over to Satan for torment, Matt. 18:34.
Finally (7) the reflection on eternal life, when they shall hear that refreshing pronouncement of the judge over the justified: Well done, good and faithful servant, you have been faithful over a few things, I will set you over many; enter into the joy of your Lord, Matt. 25:21; and likewise: Come, you blessed of my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world, vs. 34 — when they, on the contrary, shall hear that cruel sentence of death pronounced over themselves: Depart, you cursed, into everlasting fire — compare Luke 16:22–26.
XXIV. The practical application of this dispensation exhorts us to the exercise of various duties belonging to the state of eternity; and this (a) with respect to the soul, that we should timely prepare and fit it for that blessed eternity, Matt. 16:26. For since the soul (1) is by its nature eternal and destined for eternity, on account of the spiritual purity which constitutes its essence, and on account of its indivisible simplicity and immortality, Matt. 10:28. Since besides this (2) the soul is the first and chief subject to which eternal salvation especially belongs, Ps. 4:8 and 16:9. Since further (3) the body of man, without its soul, can enjoy neither joy nor blessedness. Since (4) the soul, immediately after death, passes over to God, to give account, Eccl. 12:7 — is it not then in the highest degree fitting that the soul, first of all and before all things, be prepared by us for eternity? What then? (1) The soul must, before all things, be purified and cleansed, in order to come to see God, Matt. 5:8. It must (2) be weaned more and more from the earth and earthly things, and accustom itself to heaven and heavenly things, Col. 3:1, Phil. 3:21, Matt. 6:33. (3) Also our soul must be gripped more strongly by nothing, in heaven or on earth, than by the desire for union and communion with God, in which chiefly the heavenly and eternal blessedness lies, and shall consist, Ps. 73:25 and 4:8 and 16:5.
This dispensation further exhorts us to duties (b) with respect to the body, that we should so cultivate it that it may one day, in eternity, be made conformable to the glorious body of Christ, Phil. 3:21. This body, accordingly, (a) must in time be made into a temple of God and of the Holy Spirit, 1 Cor. 3:16,17 and 6:19. (b) The members of this our body must, as members of Christ, be kept pure and undefiled until Christ's coming, 1 Cor. 6:8,9(?), 1 Thess. 5:23; and this in such a way (c) that it may be made a partaker of the first resurrection in this life, Rev. 20:6.
Finally (c) this dispensation under eternity exhorts us to duties concerning the whole human constitution, that we (A) both often and earnestly occupy ourselves with reflection on eternal life, 2 Cor. 4:17. Besides this, that we (B) more and more renounce the world, and what is in the world, 2 Cor. 4:18, and forget the things that are behind, Phil. 3:14, and with sighing longing stretch out our necks toward our heavenly fatherland, Heb. 11:16.
That we (C), with godly attention to this, bear with patience the lightness of this momentary and swiftly passing affliction, as that which then works in us a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory, 2 Cor. 4:17 — so as to suffer with Christ, that we may also live with Him, 2 Tim. 2:11; indeed to glory with Him in tribulations, since these work hope, Rom. 5:2,3.
That we, besides this, (D) lay aside all faults, and apply ourselves to all virtues, as those which shall pave for us the way on which we shall see God in peace, Heb. 12:14, and be mindful in this that nothing unclean shall enter into God's kingdom, Rev. 21:27.
That we (E) be moved with strong longings, and stretch our necks eagerly toward that blessed eternity — and not only stretch toward it, but also (F) work out our salvation with fear and trembling, Phil. 2:12, and strive to enter in through the narrow gate, Luke 13:24, pressing toward the mark, for the prize of the high calling of God, Phil. 3:14.
Finally (G) that we, through a living faith, continually nourish the confidence and the most assured expectation of our blessed resurrection, with Job, ch. 19:25,26; that we fix the eyes of our souls upon heaven, Acts 7:55,56, compared with Dan. 6:10, and long for the appearing of Christ, 2 Tim. 4:8, groaning within ourselves, waiting for the adoption, namely, the redemption of our bodies, Rom. 8:23; and, looking toward the judge who is already coming, the Lord Christ, lift up our heads on high, since our redemption draws near, Luke 21:28.
Let us, meanwhile, with the Spirit and with the Bride, Rev. 22:17,20, say: Come, Lord Jesus!
A Treatise of Moral Theology
Preface
The art of living to God, which we have for a long while now set forth under the title of Christian Theology, consists of two things: namely, how we are made alive from spiritual death, and how we, being now made alive, shall live to God. The first is found in faith, and the other in the obedience of faith. The nature of faith we have thus far treated in eight books; we now proceed to the obedience of faith, and shall speak of it in this manner: that we shall first set forth the virtues of this obedience, and then the vices opposed to them. This treatise we shall give the name of Moral Theology. Upon this we shall let follow the exercise of these virtues, as they are to be practiced in every condition of the Christian life. This part we shall present under the title of Theology of Duty-Exhortation. Moral Theology we shall treat in this way, in three books: the first shall show us, in general, Christian obedience, together with its twofold rule, its properties, and its parts. The second shall set forth Religion — that is, those duties which relate immediately to God. The third shall exhibit Righteousness, or the duties to be observed toward one's neighbor. Of all these matters we shall attempt to give only a treatise and a sketch, without further elaboration or expansion.
Book I: Of the Obedience of Faith in General
Chapter I: Of the Obedience and Disobedience of Faith
The general consideration of Moral Theology occupies itself with the nature, the rules, the properties, and the parts of obedience. Concerning the nature of obedience one must consider:
I. Its definition, or description — which is nothing else than that portion of the spiritual life whereby a Christian is inclined and disposed to do God's will, in submission, through faith, unto the glorifying of God. Here one must take into account, on the one hand, what obedience is; and, on the other, what is the obedience of faith.
II. Its division. For there is (1) a superstitious, (2) a hypocritical, (3) a legalistic and supposed meritorious, (4) a faith-obedience, (5) one that is imperfect, and (6) one that is more perfect.
III. The properties of this obedience, namely (1) knowledge of the divine will, (2) humility, (3) fear and reverence before God, (4) zeal and fervor, (5) sincerity — all of which properties shall be treated distinctly in their place.
IV. The marks by which the obedience of faith is to be distinguished from every other so-called obedience. These are (1) an esteem for the divine will that surpasses everything else; (2) a heart pliant toward it; (3) even in those things that go against our own inclination; (4) and in all things, without qualification.
V. The furtherance of this obedience, wherein one must attend to:
1. Its source, as proceeding from God's regenerating, converting, and sanctifying grace, together with faith.
2. The benefits of this obedience, on account of which it is to be desired, namely (1) its equity, (2) its pleasantness and sweetness, (3) its usefulness, in this life and in the life to come — both with respect to spiritual and with respect to bodily things.
3. The means for advancing this obedience, which are such as: (1) prayers; (2) the stirring up of faith; (3) a complete surrender of oneself to the guidance of the Holy Spirit; (4) an upright intention and an unqualified resolve to do everything that God wills.
VI. The opposite of this virtue, or disobedience. Concerning this one has to consider:
A. Its nature and its various forms of expression, such as: (1) ignorance of God; (2) not knowing the divine will; (3) neglect of it; (4) obstinacy; (5) rebelliousness; (6) unbelief.
B. The evils of this disobedience, on account of which it is to be avoided. These are (1) hatred, wrath, and the vengeance of God; (2) God's threatenings; (3) God's judgment and punishment; (4) the manifold shamefulness of our disobedience itself.
C. The cure of this vice. Here one has to note:
1. Its causes, which must be removed: these are (1) the hardened heart; (2) ignorance of God and of His will; (3) self-love, or evil desire; (4) inordinate love of earthly things; (5) the burdensomeness and difficulty of obedience.
2. The means suited to the removal of these causes: which are (1) the softening and mollifying of the heart, to be obtained through prayer; (2) an endeavor fitted to drive out ignorance; (3) a consideration of the vanity that lies in self-love and fleshly desires; (4) a reflection on the advantages of obedience, and the disadvantages of disobedience, by which reflection the difficulty and burden of disobedience are made lighter.
Chapter II: Of the Observance and Contempt of the Law
The rule of obedience is twofold, of which the first is the principal, and this is the divine law. Concerning this one must attend to its
I. Nature: which is a prescription of duties, laid down by God as lawgiver, and confirmed with the threat of punishment against the transgressor.
II. Division. This law is (1) either human or divine. The divine law again is (2) either eternal, according to which God Himself governs and rules His creatures; (3) or temporal, which He prescribes for us. Further it is (4) either natural, or (5) revealed — namely, shadow-ceremonial, (6) civil, (7) moral. But all these laws are to be seen in Book VIII.
III. The obligation of the law. Concerning which is to be noted (1) its binding force, (2) permission, or toleration, (3) abrogation, (4) various dispensation, (5) further explanation, (6) mitigation.
IV. The exercise of the law. Here one must observe:
A. Its acts or operations, such as: (1) to make oneself master of the law, (2) to love it, (3) to hear it, (4) to read it, (5) to meditate on it, (6) to explain it, (7) to practice it.
B. The goods or advantages of the law, and its exercise. For the law is (a) good and desirable, (b) perfect, (c) holy, (d) well-pleasing to God, (e) sweet as honey, (f) useful for all things.
2. The properties, or qualities, according to which the exercise of the law must take place: (1) readily and willingly, (2) absolutely and universally, (3) diligently and zealously, (4) constantly and unremittingly, (5) everywhere and on every occasion, (6) untiringly.
V. The contempt of the law, in respect of which comes into consideration its
A. Nature, wherein is comprehended: (1) unlawfulness or unrighteousness, (2) ignorance of the law, (3) neglect of it, (4) contempt, (5) hatred, (6) stubbornness and transgression.
B. The disadvantages or evils of the contempt of the law: (1) its shamefulness, (2) its troublesomeness, (3) its destructiveness.
C. The causes of this contempt, which must be removed: namely (1) ignorance of the law; (2) inordinate care for earthly things; (3) fleshly wisdom; (4) self-love, and its pride; (5) covetousness; (6) the pretended difficulty in the exercise and observance of the law.
D. The means for removing the causes of contempt of the law. These are, for example: (1) an unwearied diligence, against ignorance; (2) reduction of temporal cares; (3) wisdom of the Spirit; (4) striving and effort to suppress evil desires; (5) love toward God and His law, so as to make the difficulty of observing and practicing the law lighter.
Chapter III: Of the Care, and the Neglect, of the Conscience
The lesser and subordinate rule of obedience is the conscience, concerning which we must consider its
I. Nature. It is a man's judgment concerning himself, as he is subject to God. It is a judgment; and accordingly an activity of the understanding — not so much as contemplative, but especially as considered in its actual exercise. It is a judgment concerning oneself, both with respect to one's actions and with respect to one's condition. This judgment is formed by a certain practical syllogism: whoever believes shall be saved; I believe; therefore I shall be saved and blessed. With respect to the first, or greater, premise, conscience is called syntērēsis, that is, co-awareness. With respect to the second, or lesser, premise, it is syneidēsis, co-knowledge. And with respect to the conclusion it is called krisis, or judgment. With respect to the greater premise, conscience is the law; with respect to the lesser it is a witness in a book; with respect to the conclusion it is the judge. This conscience judges, either by acquitting and defending, or by accusing and condemning. From which are born corresponding affections — partly of acquittal, confidence, and trust; partly of accusation, shame, grief, fear, despair, and anguish.
II. The particular kinds of conscience. For conscience is (1) either natural, or enlightened; (2) rightly disposed, or erring; (3) certain, or doubting; (4) awakened to clarity, or timorous; (5) good or evil; (6) good, or upright, as such, or as merely stilled and brought to rest, or both together; (7) evil, either merely troublesome, or shameful as such also.
III. The care, or tending, of the conscience. Concerning this one must note:
A. The activity of this care, consisting (1) in the searching out of the divine will; (2) in submitting oneself to it; (3) in giving heed to one's own deeds; (4) in examining them; (5) in accepting the verdict of conscience, whether of condemnation or of acquittal; (6) in striving for affections that correspond to it, such as gladness, grief, etc.; (7) in the improving of the conscience.
B. The goods, or advantages, for the sake of which conscience is to be cared for. For a well-cared-for conscience is (1) good, fair, pure, and without offense, or blameless, as it is so called; (2) it makes life sweet, pleasant, and untroubled; (3) it makes us acceptable to God; (4) it produces a peace of mind, and a well-grounded confidence; (5) a glorying in slanders, afflictions, and persecutions; (6) a readiness to die; and (7) a fearlessness at the last judgment.
C. The means that serve for the care of the conscience are (1) to cleanse it through faith, in Christ's blood; (2) to walk in the Spirit; (3) to strive for a good testimony of the Holy Spirit within it; (4) to nourish a tender reverence for God; (5) to meditate constantly on God's law; (6) to keep narrow watch over one's ways; (7) to renew one's faith and repentance, etc.
IV. The neglect of the conscience, with respect to which one must attend to:
A. The faults of conscience, which must be corrected; these are (1) blindness, (2) error, (3) doubt, (4) drowsiness or sluggishness, (5) falseness, (6) dullness or sloth, (7) a conscience seared as with a hot iron, (8) a troubled conscience, (9) a despairing one, (10) a defiled one, and (11) a weak conscience.
2. The evils of an evil conscience, on account of which it is to be avoided, are easily gathered from the opposite goods or advantages of a good conscience. Yet one may add still these evils: (1) it is defiled; (2) it produces shame and abhorrence, and (3) confusion before God; (4) a fleeing from God; (5) terror and fear; (6) it blocks the way to conversion and reconciliation with God; (7) it increases the bitterness in adversities; (8) it makes the whole of this present life hard and troublesome, (9) death also terrible, (10) and by its torment gives a foretaste of eternal damnation.
3. The causes that must be removed in the healing of an evil conscience are (1) a natural insensibility, drowsiness, and blindness; (2) the blinding wrought by Satan; (3) the excessive cares of this life; (4) the love of pleasures; (5) the difficulty that must and will arise out of the grief, shame, fear, and terror occasioned by its condemnation; (6) the labor involved in its healing.
4. The means by which these causes are removed are, for example: (1) awakening, through prayers, the melting of a hardened conscience, and through constant occupation; (2) resisting Satan; (3) the reduction of temporal cares; (4) the breaking of the love of pleasures; (5) the removal of grief, shame, and terror through the cultivation of a good conscience; (6) the labor spent on this is repaid by the goods and advantages of a good conscience.
Chapter IV: Of Knowledge and Ignorance
The properties, or qualities, of obedience have their relation (1) to the understanding, (2) to the will, (3) to the affections, or movements of the soul, (4) to the whole man. In the understanding is required knowledge, concerning which come under consideration:
I. Its nature, whereby we are inclined to know the things that God wills to be known by us. "Inclined," I say — and only insofar as it is a virtue: to know, and thus not precisely to know exhaustively and to fathom, the things that God wills to be known by us; for there are things which God does not will us to know — hidden things, concerning God's decrees, predestination, and many other matters, which God has not revealed. There are, however, degrees also in this knowledge, with respect to essential and to incidental matters, which concern certain circumstances and the various stages of life.
II. Its division. This knowledge is (1) either speculative, or practical; (2) either doctrinal, or experiential; (3) either common to everyone, or salvific and proper to the elect alone. Accordingly there come into consideration here
III. The marks by which this saving knowledge is distinguished from the common: for example, (1) saving knowledge extends to everything that God has revealed in His word, even to the threatenings; it is quite otherwise with common knowledge. (2) Saving knowledge penetrates into the heart; common knowledge merely hovers in the brain. (3) The first transforms us, so to speak, into the object known; the other does not. (4) Saving knowledge is generally experiential and practical; common knowledge is merely theoretical. (5) The first affects the heart with corresponding movements, of joy, grief, etc., which the other does not do. (6) Saving knowledge is concerned with what is known, so as to be active regarding it; common knowledge is concerned only with speculative knowledge and learning. (7) Saving knowledge makes humble; but common knowledge puffs up. (8) The first applies the known truths to oneself; the other does not. (9) The first extends itself to further knowledge; the other remains fixed upon the objects already known, etc.
IV. The goods and advantages of knowledge, on account of which it is to be desired, are (1) the perfecting of the creature endowed with understanding. (2) It distinguishes man from the irrational beast. (3) It brings delight. (4) It concerns all men without distinction. (5) It is prescribed to all men as a duty. (6) It comprises a judgment concerning election, (7) likewise concerning the covenant of grace, and is thus (8) a mark of a good heart, and (9) makes man steadfast in the confession and declaration of the truth.
V. The exercise of this knowledge requires (1) a disposition inclined to godliness. (2) That we hold it in high esteem. (3) That we acknowledge our natural ignorance. This exercise further requires (4) a humble and teachable disposition; and (5) constant prayers; and (6) a continual meditation upon Holy Scripture; (7) a practicing of the truths known; and (8) taking counsel with those more experienced and advanced. (9) That we strive to know especially those things which are of the greatest use to us, and (10) to make more and more progress in this.
VI. Ignorance. Of this we must know:
A. Its nature, whereby we either do not know the things we ought to know, or do not know them in the manner we ought to know them. And this nature of ignorance is (1) negative or defective, in that we lack knowledge, or are deprived of it. And it is (2) an ignorance of right or of fact, that is, of matters or of events. There is again an ignorance which consists (3) in a feigned or pretended knowledge; likewise (4) an imagined knowledge, and (5) a merely speculative one, (6) a curious one, whereby we strive to know things (a) that have not been revealed, (b) that do not concern us, (c) that surpass our understanding. Or a knowledge that is (7) forgetful, or (8) doubtful, or (9) foolish.
B. The evils and disadvantages of ignorance, on account of which it is to be hated, are: (1) shamefulness. (2) Dishonor, whereby it degrades us to contemptible heathenism. (3) Hatred against God. (4) It blocks off from us the way to conversion. (5) It exposes us to error, (6) as well as to divine vengeance and judgment.
C. The causes of this ignorance, which must be removed, are: (1) original stupidity. (2) The divine judgment of blinding. (3) Satan's keeping us in blindness. (4) The neglect of the means for acquiring knowledge. (5) Sloth, whereby we shun labor. (6) Neglect of prayer.
D. The means for removing these causes of ignorance are, among others: (1) the removal of original stupidity, which is not wholly removed except by regeneration, and which is partly present in the regenerate, and is to be attained through the illumination of the Holy Spirit, by means of prayer. (2) Satan's blinding is removed by resisting and by prayer. (3) The neglect of the means, and sloth, are removed by opposite diligence, prayer, etc.
Chapter V: Of Humility and Pride toward God
The property, or required quality, of obedience with respect to the will, is humility, over against which stands pride. This virtue we must consider as to its
I. Nature. This is a certain godly lowliness of mind, whereby a man, inwardly and at the same time outwardly, casts himself down entirely before God, so as to observe His will, to His glory. In the Latin tongue humility is called humilitas, from humus, the earth, because humility casts itself down, as it were, upon the earth and into the dust; and pusillanimitas, littleness of mind, from parvitas, or pauperies, because the humble person is, in his own eyes, small and poor. The activity of this virtue is to cast oneself down, while we direct our eyes, on the one hand, to God's infinite perfection, and, on the other, to our own worthlessness. And this takes place (1) inwardly, through the understanding, whereby we are tapeinophrones, that is, humble in mind; and through the will, tapeinoi tē kardia, humble in heart, cast down and despised; and through the affections, in that, with respect to hope, we humbly and submissively await deliverance in adversities; and with respect to fear, tremble before God's word; and with respect to joy, rejoice with trembling; and, with wonder, are amazed at God's kindness toward us: (2) also outwardly, through speech, through gestures, through the eyes, through clothing, and our whole manner of conduct.
II. Its division. There is a humility (1) toward men, of which mention shall be made elsewhere; and toward God, of which we speak here. (2) And there is a feigned or pretended humility, which consists only in outward appearances. (3) There is also a slovenly littleness of mind, standing opposed to spiritual magnanimity, in which one does not glory in God as one ought. Accordingly one must observe:
III. The marks by which we may distinguish the one humility from the other. True humility shows itself in this: (1) that we esteem all earthly things as lesser than spiritual ones. (2) That we overcome all difficulties as they arise. (3) That we conquer temptations. (4) That we do not live for ourselves alone, but especially for the common good. (5) That we restrain self-love. (6) That we nourish the memory of our natural worthlessness. (7) That we reckon all thought of any outstanding excellence of ourselves among the most contemptible things. (8) That we count ourselves unworthy of the service we render to God. (9) That we submit ourselves willingly to all, and to the whole word of God. (10) That we acknowledge our liability to punishment. (11) That we receive God's judgments with silence. (12) That we magnify God's grace and mercy. (13) That we regard God's unsearchable ways with wonder. (14) That we renounce all excellence above others. (15) That we think contemptibly of our own smallness: and (16) that we conduct ourselves in the service of God with all modesty.
IV. The goods, or privileges, of humility, on account of which it is to be desired, are (1) its equity, evident from a comparison between God and ourselves. (2) Its pleasantness; for whoever humbles himself, God exalts. (3) Its usefulness; God gives grace to the humble in spirit. (4) Its necessity; God resists the proud.
V. The means for acquiring this virtuous disposition of humility are (1) to make a comparison between God's highness and our lowliness. (2) To consider that humility is a peculiar ornament of the soul. (3) That through it we become fit and capable subjects for divine grace. (4) That humility is, so to speak, the mother of all other virtues. (5) That great promises of God are attached to it: and (6) that this virtue is most necessary in every act of divine service.
VI. Pride. Of this we must consider:
A. Its nature, whereby we exalt ourselves above God, or make ourselves equal to Him; or, otherwise, it is a disordered arrogation of one's own excellence, with respect to God: (1) when we attribute to ourselves such things as belong to God alone: when we (2) grow proud before God over things that have been granted us by divine grace: when we (3) trust in our own strength: and (4) do not submit ourselves to God; indeed (5) even set ourselves against Him.
2. The causes of this vice, which must be removed: these are (1) ignorance of God and of oneself. (2) Disordered and unlawful self-love. (3) A display of fleshly self-importance. Together with (4) an eager striving after fleshly desires. (5) The shame that is felt in submission. (6) A contrariety between God's will and our own, etc.
3. The evils and disadvantages on account of which pride is to be avoided: for (1) every kind of pride is shameful, especially with respect to God. (2) It stirs up contempt of, and hatred toward, God. It (3) turns away all saving grace from man; and (4) is the source of all sins. (5) God shall abase the proud through His judgments, etc.
4. The means for removing these causes. These are (1) the knowledge of God and of oneself. (2) The suppression of disordered self-love, through divine grace. (3) Contempt of fleshly pleasures. (4) Consideration of the shamefulness of our exaltation and of our not submitting ourselves before God. (5) To consider that in our submission before God our true excellence consists.
Chapter VI: Of the Fear of, and the Despising of, God
The properties and qualities of the obedience of faith, with respect to the affections and movements of the soul, are (1) the fear of God, and (2) zeal. Concerning the fear of God, one must think of its
I. Nature. This is that reverence for God whereby we fear to displease Him in any way, and, on the contrary, do everything to be well-pleasing to Him. It is a reverence, and thus an acknowledgment of God's infinite excellence, and a fitting testimony and expression of this in words, in gestures, and in the whole conduct of life. It is accordingly a fear of provoking Him by any sin. Finally, it is a care to please Him, and this in all things — on which account the whole of religion, in Holy Scripture, is not seldom expressed by the term "the fear of God."
II. Division. There is a servile fear of God, whereby we fear to displease God solely on account of His vengeance. This fear again is either useful for conversion, to which the fear of punishment tends to draw a man; or it is also harmful, insofar as it frightens us away from God. Finally, there is a childlike fear, which draws us toward God, and is born of love, whereby dutiful children fear to give offense to their parents.
III. The marks of childlike fear are: (1) to shun earnestly everything that is evil in God's sight. (2) To abstain even from hidden sins. (3) To hate sins, moreover, for this very reason, that they are contrary to God and His will. (4) On the contrary, to be diligent in the practice of good works. (5) And in these practices, to strive more and more toward perfection, and to be turned aside from one's duty neither by hope, nor by fear of any creature, nor by any evil. (7) To occupy oneself with God's word and other matters of religion with nothing else than a certain godly carefulness. (8) Not to use God's name, or any of His attributes, except with reverence.
IV. The goods and advantages on account of which the fear of God is to be desired are: (1) its equity — for if there is anyone to whom reverence and fear are due, it is the almighty God. (2) The peace and security it affords — for whoever fears God has no need to fear any man or any thing. (3) Its usefulness — for the fear of God is the beginning of true and saving wisdom, as also of every virtue. (4) The divine promises made to those who fear God. (5) God's mercy toward them; and (6) His goodness, which He shows to them.
V. The means by which we are helped in the practice of this fear are: (1) to reflect earnestly on God's infinite majesty. (2) Likewise on our own corruption, whereby we are by nature inclined to sin, and to displease God. (3) How shameful and how destructive it is to displease God by sin. (4) That God is the all-knowing, omnipresent, almighty, and just avenger of sin, etc.
VI. The despising of God, which stands opposed to the fear of Him. Of this one must consider:
A. The nature, whereby we either have no fear of God at all, or hold God's infinite majesty in no regard, and make no scruple of provoking God to wrath by sin, and have no concern either for His displeasure or for His kindness; or fear Him not as we ought — when we fear not God's displeasure, but His vengeance; when we fear God in such a way that we flee from Him; when we fear punishment for this reason alone, that it is deadly to our flesh, and not because it is a manifest sign of a provoked, dishonored, and grieved God; and when we are not deterred from sinning by the fear of punishment.
B. The evils and disadvantages of irreverence toward God can easily be inferred from the opposite goods of godly fear: (1) it is unfairness itself, not to fear Him who alone is worthy to be feared, and who must be feared. (2) It is to fear only punishment or evil, and to have no fear of God as the most righteous and most gracious Supreme Being. (3) Not to fear God is the cause of all troublesome and painful fear. (4) The lack of reverence and fear toward God renders us unfit for anything good, for any virtue, and for the performance of any duty; and (5) makes us prone and fit for every wickedness. (6) It shall show itself terribly and dreadfully, with eternal flames, upon those who do not fear God — not fearing Him here in time; and (7) hereafter He shall reveal Himself to them in the most terrible manner.
C. The causes of this despising of God, which must be removed, are: (1) ignorance of the divine majesty, likewise of God's avenging justice, His omniscience, His omnipresence, and His omnipotence. (2) Self-conceit, whereby we ascribe to ourselves such great things as though we had nothing on account of which we ought to fear God. (3) A vain hope of impunity, though we sin. (4) An error whereby we think that fearing God, and the effort to be reconciled and to regain divine favor, is useless and serves no purpose. (5) Wrong notions concerning divine goodness, grace, mercy, and kindness; together also with (6) wrong notions concerning the satisfaction and merit of Christ, and consequently also of justification. (7) The abuse of divine forbearance and long-suffering, whereby He does not immediately pour out His judgments upon sinners, etc.
D. The means that serve us in removing these causes are already indicated, both by the means through which the fear of God is stirred up in us, and also by those means that remove the causes of contempt of God, and which are in particular to be set, each one, against those respective causes.
Chapter VII: Of Zeal and Lukewarmness
The second property, or quality, in the affections or movements of the soul, is zeal, over against which is set lukewarmness. Concerning zeal one must note its
I. Nature. This is a strong, intense affection, aiming to please God and to advance His honor. This degree of feeling is evident both in contending against everything that is opposed to God's will and honor, and in striving diligently after everything that is well-pleasing to God. By some, zeal is described as an affection and movement of the soul, to avenge the wrong done to God, and to restore God to His honor, or to root out God's enemies; or by others, as a kind of jealousy and marital devotion, pursuing the adulteries of Christ's bride and the occasions and marks of such adultery; or a strong passion of love, which keeps the bride of Christ herself in close guard, and shuts her off from the world. This same zeal comprises within itself both love and fear.
II. Division. There is (1) a zeal of God toward men, willing and sharply commanding that they commit no spiritual adulteries, and avenging the adulteries committed. There is (2) a zeal of men toward God, being a praiseworthy zeal of gospel ministers for the welfare and purity of the churches, 2 Cor. 11:1,2, Exod. 32:19. There is (3) a puffed-up zeal, for proud self-exaltation, 2 Kings 10:16. There is a superstitious zeal without knowledge, Rom. 10:2. There is (4) a zeal for a doctrine, or opinion, whether it be a true or a false one. There is (5) a zeal for godliness and good morals. There is, finally, (6) an upright zeal for God, for the truth and honor of God.
III. The marks of a rightful and praiseworthy zeal are, when (1) it is directed toward God: (2) to practice all things according to our ability, and even beyond our ability: if it (3) is diligent and industrious in the exercise of duty; (4) without any qualification, save only that set by God Himself: (5) gentle in our own matters, but vehement in divine matters: (6) concerning care for our own possessions: (7) less in lesser matters, and greater in great ones: (8) no less concerning ourselves than concerning others, (9) if it cannot endure the wicked and the ungodly, (10) joined with painful grief and compassion toward sinners, (11) steadfast, always and everywhere consistent with itself.
IV. The goods and privileges of a good zeal, on account of which it is to be pursued, are: (1) that it is good and right, and even belongs to God Himself. (2) It is also a property of Christ's people. (3) It also belongs to divine matters. It has (4) the promise of communion with God in Christ, Rev. 3:20. Also (5) it perfects, and makes all our practice of duty acceptable to God; (6) and is the fitting affection and disposition for inheriting God's kingdom, Matt. 11:12.
V. The means for advancing this zeal are: (1) a godly reflection on the goods and privileges of this zeal. (2) The consideration of the greatness and fervor of divine love and kindness toward us. (3) The consideration of our own imperfection. (4) The use of the means which God has instituted, to obtain grace, and to stir up zeal within us. (5) Fellowship with those who are fervent in spirit, and especially with such teachers as are zealous in preaching, and in all their ministry.
VI. Lukewarmness, set opposite to zeal, is to be considered
A. In its nature. This is a lack of zeal, of a kind that has reference to God and divine matters; and specifically (1) a spiritual coldness and numbness, from which all heat and warmth is gone. (2) A properly so-called lukewarmness, in which some warmth is still to be found, but not so great as it ought to be. (3) A feigned fervor, tending toward puffed-up pride, but not truly set upon the matter itself. (4) A superstitious zeal, which vents itself with vehemence over certain opinions alone, without knowledge, or discretion. (5) Concerning vain speculations, which contribute little or nothing to true godliness. (6) A spiritual satisfaction and self-contentment, whereby one rests content in that degree of spiritual warmth which one has already attained.
B. The evils, or disadvantages, of lukewarmness, on account of which it is to be laid aside, are: (1) because it is unbecoming with respect to God and divine things. (2) Because it cannot coexist with true religion. (3) Because it stirs up alienation from God, and His dreadful judgments, Rev. 3:19. (4) Because, through lack of zeal, sins and offenses are not corrected, either in ourselves or in others, but rather are fostered and increased through fleshly carelessness. (5) Because it makes all our practice of duty defective. (6) Because it deprives us of all the goods and advantages which zeal brings, as mentioned above.
C. The causes of this lukewarmness, which must be removed, are: (1) low esteem of God and divine things, from which it comes that the affections are deadened. (2) Lack of the fear of God, from which it is that we concern ourselves little with God's favor, and the possession of divine things. (3) An excessive fervor and desire for earthly things. (4) Or concerning useless controversies, which do not warm the affections toward God and divine matters. (5) An imagined sufficiency of zeal, which we believe ourselves to have and to show. (6) A sluggishness, whereby we do not strive for further progress. (7) Fellowship and companionship with equally lukewarm nominal Christians.
D. The means serving to this end consist: (1) in reflecting on the goods and advantages that arise from zeal. (2) In the use of the means whereby zeal is engendered and nourished. (3) In taking note of the evils and disadvantages of lukewarmness. (4) In those things by which the causes of lukewarmness are removed; as for example, (5) low esteem of God is removed by reflecting on God's majesty, and on the things that belong to God and to His service. (6) The lack of the fear of God is removed by the opposite things, which have been shown in the preceding chapter. (7) The immoderate fervor for earthly goods is removed by considering their vanity and uselessness. As also (8) the fruitlessness of useless controversies and disputes. The high estimation of one's own sufficient zeal is removed by comparing what we necessarily must have with what we in fact have. (9) Sluggishness is removed by reflecting on the excellence and usefulness, etc., of zeal. (10) Familiar fellowship with lukewarm nominal Christians must be broken off and shunned.
Chapter VIII: Of Sincerity and Hypocrisy
The property and quality of obedience that concerns the whole man is sincerity, over against which stands hypocrisy. This virtue of sincerity must be considered
I. In its nature, whereby we actually are what, and act in the manner in which, we wish truly to appear to be or to act. We assume that everyone wishes to seem good and virtuous, and to act well and virtuously. This occurs (1) when we strive to be such not only outwardly, but especially and chiefly inwardly: and this (2) not for men alone, but also, and especially, for God. (3) When we strive to avoid all admixture of corruption, or of a devious purpose. (4) When we omit nothing of what is required for our perfection. (5) When we look for the reward of the good and virtuous that is in us, not from men, but from God.
II. In its distinction. For there is a sincerity that is perfect, and that has no admixture of corruption or devious purpose whatever — such a sincerity as is not to be found in this state of imperfection; and there is a less perfect sincerity, whereby we act heartily and in truth in such a way that, as far as possible, all corruption is banished from it — and this by various degrees; for sincerity can coexist with much and great corruption. This weakness, however, must not be confused with hypocrisy.
III. The marks by which true sincerity is made evident are: (1) when one loves the light of God's word in such a way that thereby one's works and one's condition are made manifest. (2) If we strive to be good and virtuous in the absence of onlookers of our deeds as much as in their presence — in secret as well as in public. (3) When, in adversity no less than in prosperity, we strive equally to be good and virtuous. (4) If our sincerity extends to all of God's commandments, to the lesser equally as to the greater and more important. (5) If it...
...that keeps us back and deters us from every appearance of evil. (6) When we do not conceal our sins, or minimize or exaggerate them, but confess and forsake them.
IV. The benefits and advantages for which Uprightness is to be loved are: (1) that it is the soul, the life, and the foundation of all virtue and goodness; (2) it contains in itself all the peace, all the joy, and all the rest of a Christian; (3) it is so pleasing to God that nothing can please Him without it; (4) it is also the cause of every divine blessing; (5) the lack of uprightness is a heart that is hypocritical and detestable, whose evils and disadvantages we have already pointed out.
V. The means of obtaining an upright heart are: (1) seriously to consider, on the one hand, the benefits and advantages of an upright heart, and on the other, (2) the evils and disadvantages of a hypocritical heart; (3) prayer to God, that He would create in us a clean heart, and renew a steadfast spirit within us; (4) to purify our heart more and more, and to correct its defects; (5) often and earnestly to examine our conscience; indeed (6) to present ourselves to God for testing.
VI. Hypocrisy is set in opposition to this; and upon inquiry into its A. Nature, it may readily be gathered from the Uprightness to which it is opposed. In general, however, one may say of it that it is an outward show (μόρφωσις) of godliness, which denies the power thereof. In particular, it consists in disguising the evil that is present, and in feigning and pretending the good that is not there, with the aim of thereby deceiving others, and through that deceit obtaining honor or advantage. And this is done with the heart, with the mouth, and with the deed — even in the very practice of religion.
B. The evils and disadvantages of hypocrisy are likewise plain. A hypocrite is (1) a detestable deceiver, who seeks to mislead God, his neighbor, and himself alike. Moreover a hypocrite is (2) hateful, and to be shunned by all who do not wish to be reckoned as such themselves. He is (3) a monstrous freak, bearing a double heart. (4) Hypocrisy is a painted and adorned harlot — a whitewashed tomb outwardly, but full of corruption within. (5) A hypocrite is an abomination before God. (6) It is upon such that the Lord Christ pronounces the woe, Matt. 23:13,14. And (7) he too shall surely be disappointed in his hope and expectation of honor and advantage, Job 8:13 and 27:8.
C. The causes of hypocrisy, which must be removed, are: (1) Satan, with his example and his temptation; (2) from this the corrupted nature of man is inclined to hypocrisy, as is plain in our first parents; (3) excessive ambition; (4) hope of advantage; (5) irreligion, whereby a hypocrite takes no account of God's omniscience and omnipresence, and holds Him to be no more than an idol. The healing of this evil condition is very difficult, Rev. 3:16,17, and hard to accomplish, troublesome, and rare; and it therefore requires the following necessary remedies: (1) a consideration of the benefits and advantages of uprightness, and of the evils and disadvantages of hypocrisy; (2) reflection upon, and resistance to, the causes of hypocrisy; (3) a serious effort to convince oneself of the deceitfulness of the heart; (4) continually and reverently to set God before oneself, as the one who searches the hearts and reins, who can neither deceive nor be deceived, and who at the Last Judgment will make manifest the deceits of the heart, to everlasting contempt and abhorrence; (5) unceasingly to purify the heart, even of all the remaining stains of hypocrisy, etc.
Chapter IX: Of Virtue and Vice
Having treated the properties and qualities of obedience, we now proceed to its parts — namely, to virtue, and to the work of virtue. First we must treat of Virtue, and consider:
I. Its nature. It is a habit by which the will inclines toward doing good. A habit is an easy and willing inclination and disposition, by which we are willing, able, and ready to do a thing; other habits, which belong to the understanding, are not properly said to bear the name of virtues, although they too contribute their part toward virtue. Virtue is inclined toward, and extends itself to, moral good, and especially to doing good and to practicing it steadily. Its character consists not in a middle way, but in conformity with its rule, which is determined not by the judgment of the wise of this world, but by God's Word alone.
II. Its distinctions. The scholastic teachers divide and distinguish the virtues in no very precise way when they bring in: (1) the seven Gifts of the Holy Spirit from Isa. 11:2; (2) the nine Fruits of the Holy Spirit from Gal. 5:22; (3) the eight Beatitudes from Matt. 5:3–12; (4) the many kinds of gifts of grace and workings from 1 Cor. 12:4ff. Sometimes they also distinguish virtues into human and heroic virtues; and also into virtues still to be purified, purified virtues, and exemplary virtues. (5) There are true virtues, and there are also counterfeit virtues; the former correspond to their rule, while the latter display only the varnish of virtue — for example, a self-abasing worship of angels (δεισιδαιμονία, superstition), and a feigned obedience, namely, a mere show of generosity or liberality. (6) There are virtues of nature and virtues of grace: the former arise from a good natural disposition, which is better in one person than in another, and is found at times even among the heathen and the unregenerate; the latter are virtues of grace, sought through regenerating, converting, and sanctifying grace, and belong only to the regenerate. Finally, (7) the virtues, following the Divine Law, are most precisely divided into those of Religion, whereby we are inclined to godliness, according to the first table of the Law — of which we spoke in the Second Book — and those of Righteousness, whereby we are inclined to do right, and to give our neighbor what is his due, according to the second table of the Law, which was treated in the Third Book. Further we must consider —
III. The marks by which the virtues of true grace may be identified with certainty are these: (1) when they proceed from faith, regeneration, and sanctification; (2) if they do not consist in, and rest upon, the mere performance of the deed, but in an inclination and disposition which grace has made, as it were, natural; (3) if there is added to this a firmness and constancy in the practice of good; (4) if there is found in it a delight and cheerfulness in the pursuit of the good; (5) if this inclination is general, simple, and unrestricted, and always extends itself to every good work.
IV. The benefits and advantages for which virtue is desirable are: (1) that it makes a person inclined and fit for every kind of good; (2) that it is pleasing to God, and to such a degree that no work pleases Him apart from virtue, or an inward inclination to it; (3) that it is praiseworthy, Phil. 4:8; and (4) that, according to the divine promise, it is joined with salvation.
V. The means by which virtue is produced and increased are: (1) by faith to lay hold of the Lord Christ, in order to be united with Him, and to draw from Him strength, life, and spirit, by which we are enabled and willing to pursue the good; (2) that we continually keep before our eyes the image of Christ, in whom is the fullness of all virtues, and strive to be conformed to it more and more; (3) that we pursue those things by which virtue is promoted, 2 Pet. 1:12,15; (4) that we abstain from all such things by which virtue is weakened and gradually extinguished; (5) that we constantly and diligently exercise ourselves in the things proper to this virtue, for the habit of virtue is born, under divine grace, out of continually repeated acts; (6) that we ask this virtue of God with fervent supplications.
VI. Vice, set in opposition to this, must be considered A. In its nature, which may readily be gathered from the virtue to which it is opposed — namely, when we find ourselves inclined toward moral evil; or when we are indeed inclined toward some good, but not in conformity with the Law of God and His revealed will. To this belong also the counterfeit and specious virtues of which we spoke earlier, and likewise, in their own way, the virtues of nature apart from grace.
B. The evils and disadvantages for which vice is to be avoided are: (1) that it makes us averse to the good, and (2) inclined to evil, whereby our rational nature is corrupted; (3) that it makes us ungrateful toward God, and indeed hateful to Him; (4) and likewise to men; (5) it robs us of that peace, and of that joy and comfort, which are born of virtue; (6) it also causes even the good that we now and then perform to be, for lack of virtue, so corrupted that it is no true good work.
C. The causes and origins of vice, which must be stopped up, are: (1) innate corruption, which itself constitutes every kind of vice; (2) the temptations of Satan, of the World, and of the Flesh; (3) neglect and omission of the exercise of good; (4) the habit of doing evil, by which the vicious disposition is caused; (5) keeping one's eye continually fixed on the evil habits of others; (6) the lust and pleasures received from the commission of evil.
D. The remedies by which vices are weakened and gradually rooted out are: (1) piously to consider, on the one hand, the benefits and advantages of virtue, and on the other, the evils and disadvantages of vice; (2) the use of the means by which virtue is born and increased; (3) to mortify, in the power of God, our inborn corruption, or the old man, in whom all vices lie concealed; (4) to guard against the habit of sinning; (5) to resist the first motions toward sin.
Chapter X: Of Prudence and Imprudence
We proceed now to the general properties and qualities of virtue, which themselves also contain within them the nature and essence of the virtues. These are: Righteousness, Prudence, Fortitude, and Temperance. The first of these properties regulates, so to speak, and constitutes virtue; the second governs it, and keeps it from error; the third safeguards and strengthens virtue against every difficulty; the fourth keeps it pure, and arms it against seductive allurements. Righteousness, insofar as, taken in its very broadest sense, it denotes an inclination to act according to the right rule, giving to each his due — both to God and to one's neighbor — expresses the very rightness of virtue, and thus corresponds to the essence of virtue, being in this sense scarcely anything other than virtue itself, of which we have spoken in the preceding chapter. As for Prudence, we shall consider —
I. Its nature, whereby, in general, all the powers of reason are exerted to bring forth what is right, and to guide rightly all the means thereto. Prudence contains in itself the power and completeness of all the intellectual virtues, which are moral virtues for no other reason than that they are not only prescribed by God, but also govern the will in doing good. In particular, the nature of this virtue consists in discerning, tracing out, penetrating deeply into, and regulating, so far as possible, those things which serve God's glory and our duty and our temporal and eternal welfare, in order to bring them to perfection. This therefore requires: (1) keeping the right end and aim before our eyes, and striving toward it; (2) choosing such means as can serve to attain that end; (3) walking carefully in the use of those means; (4) seizing every opportunity to advance the pursuit of it; (5) carefully avoiding everything contrary to it; (6) warding off and passing by everything by which we might be hindered from attaining this end.
II. The distinction of this virtue is this: there is a Prudence (1) that is civil and good; (2) that is fleshly, and turns us away from spiritual things; (3) that is cunning and shrewd, and leads us, in a subtle way, toward evil as well; (4) and also a spiritual Prudence, which is at the same time Christian, and needful for the pursuit of spiritual matters, and which directs us to that pursuit. The nature of this prudence we have already set forth, and shall, in its proper place, distinguish it from its counterfeit sisters and make it known.
III. The benefits and advantages for which Prudence is to be pursued are the following. This virtue (1) is that perfection of man which distinguishes him from the irrational beast; which distinguishes a Christian also from a mere politician, and from one who accommodates and turns himself according to the circumstances of the time; which distinguishes a cunning and shrewd worldly-wise man from a truly wise man, and a fleshly man from a spiritual one; (2) it is a considerable part of God's image, Col. 3:10; further (3) it rescues and preserves us from every kind of evil, Prov. 2:11–12; (4) it is useful for every kind of good; (5) it is also an excellent ornament, which makes us pleasing to God and to men, etc.
IV. The means for obtaining Prudence are these: (1) it is not to be expected from anywhere else but from God, through the illumination of the Holy Spirit, Jas. 3:15; and for that reason (2) it is to be sought from Him with prayers and supplications; (3) our natural folly in spiritual things must be acknowledged, 2 Cor. 1:10–11; further (4) this virtue is to be sought in God's Word; and finally (5) we must apply all the powers of our understanding, all our attentiveness, and all our exertions, to obtain this spiritual prudence.
V. Imprudence requires that we examine, in the broadest sense, A. Its nature. In its very broadest sense it comprises every defect of understanding, by which the pursuit of every spiritual good is obstructed or hindered. In particular it is (1) a folly, whereby such a person is shamefully estranged from all wisdom; it is (2) a simplicity, whereby no wisdom, or at least no degree of wisdom, is found in such a one; (3) an unteachableness, whereby we are either averse to being taught, or make little or no progress in being taught, 2 Tim. 3:17; further there is in it (4) a cunning or craftiness, a wisdom in evil and toward evil; (5) a vain wisdom, which is at best of little use; (6) a fleshly wisdom, which is even harmful; (7) a devilish wisdom besides, which originates from the Devil and is subservient to him; (8) a merely civil wisdom; (9) and a wisdom in one's own eyes, Prov. 16:12 and 28:11.
B. The marks by which spiritual Prudence is distinguished from every other kind, and especially from fleshly prudence, are: (1) when it sets itself directly against divine wisdom by devising something evil, or when it is a means to godlessness or injustice; (2) when it despises and rejects the wisdom of God; or at least (3) when it does not submit itself to it, or even accounts it foolishness; (4) when we place our trust in this foolish wisdom, or (5) wrongly boast in it; (6) when it is separated from true simplicity and innocence.
C. The evils and disadvantages for which perverse human wisdom is to be shunned are: (1) that it robs us of all the good and advantage of spiritual wisdom which we pointed out above; (2) likewise of all the good of learning noted in the fourth chapter; further (3) because it drags with it all the evils and disadvantages of ignorance, also noted there; (4) because it is in itself detestable and hateful to God, Isa. 44:18 and 45:20, Jer. 4:22; besides this (5) because it deprives us of every opportunity to do good, Hos. 7:11; and moreover (6) because it brings ruin upon us, Hos. 7:14. In particular it is fleshly wisdom (7) that estranges us far more from God's kingdom than mere simple folly does, 1 Cor. 1:26–27. It is also (8) made foolishness by God, and brought to nothing, as the Apostle declares in the passage cited; (9) it is a serpentine and devilish disposition; (10) it destroys its possessors, Prov. 11:3; and (11) it removes all sociability and all comfort from human society, 2 Sam. 16:22–23.
D. The causes of Imprudence, which must be removed in the healing of this sickness, we pointed out in the fourth chapter — namely, natural blindness, Satan's blinding, etc.
E. The remedies useful against every kind of Imprudence are: (1) a godly consideration, on the one hand, of the benefits and advantages of Knowledge and Prudence, and on the other, of the evils and disadvantages of Ignorance and Imprudence; (2) the use of the means by which Prudence may be obtained; (3) the use of the remedies by which the causes of Ignorance and Imprudence are removed, as we pointed out in the fourth chapter.
Chapter XI: Of Watchfulness and Drowsiness
Next to Prudence, which constitutes its very life, so to speak, or its activity, comes spiritual Watchfulness, to which Drowsiness is opposed. This virtuous disposition must be considered as to:
I. Its nature, whereby it is nothing other than a circumspect attentiveness, by which a matter is diligently and carefully attended to. Thus Christian watchfulness is exercised (1) concerning ourselves, and the condition of our heart, when we gird ourselves for the pursuit of our duty; (2) concerning our Duty, which we undertake to pursue; (3) concerning the future things that follow upon the pursuit of duty, whether good or evil. The first of these one might call the object concerning which; the second, the object toward which; and the third, the object at which watchfulness is directed.
II. The distinction, which is evident from what has been said, points to a threefold watchfulness: (1) over our own heart, whereby we set, as it were, a guard over it, Job 31:1 — so that we take heed and inquire concerning our senses and thoughts, in order to observe (a) what sort of thoughts they are that enter our heart through our senses, whence they come, and whither they tend, that they may, if harmful, be banished from the heart; (b) likewise those thoughts which go out from our heart — that is to say, our attention must extend to all our thinking, words, and deeds, that proceed from our heart, or that arise in us in any manner. (II) Over our Duty, to carry it out in conformity with its rule — toward God, toward our neighbor, and toward the duty itself — and this not only in essential matters, but also in the less essential circumstances thereof; and thus specifically: (1) with respect to the preparation for the pursuit of our duty, the matter must first be carefully considered, of what sort it is; (2) with respect to hindrances (whether the things we are about to undertake are in themselves unlawful, or are otherwise lawful), that these be cleared away, so that we may thereby be fit for the pursuit of our duty, in such a way that the opportunities for performing it are seized, and the things contrary to it avoided; (3) in the pursuit of duty itself, care must be taken that it be done in the right manner; (4) after the performance of duty, care must be taken that it not be spoiled by any evil consequence, since it can easily be tainted or damaged by pride or some other sinful act, or undone by inconstancy and fickleness. (III) Over the future, watch must be kept, that if it is good it be embraced, or if it is evil, it be avoided.
III. The benefits and advantages of Watchfulness, for which it is to be pursued, are: (1) a safe and settled condition, which is thereby sought and found, amid the danger in which we constantly find ourselves, in order rightly and properly to conduct our affairs — both with respect to ourselves, and with respect to God's dreadful name, that it not be profaned. In particular (2) with respect to the weakness of our flesh, which can easily go astray; (3) with respect to our spiritual enemies, the Devil and the World, who continually lie in wait for us; (4) with respect to our work itself, which can easily become defective, both in its essential parts and in certain circumstances; (5) with respect to the time of the divine Judgment, whether the general one or some particular one, in which we must give account of our deeds, Matt. 24:42 and 25:13.
IV. The remedies useful for the exercise of this Watchfulness must be observed. To this end are needed: (1) Sobriety, or moderation, in the use of temporal things, 1 Pet. 5:8; for the heart is burdened not only by revelry and drunkenness, but also by the cares of this life, Luke 21:34,36; then also (2) a continual reflection on God's omnipresence, and His oversight of us and of all our works; (3) fellowship with those who can help us in this pursuit, Heb. 10:24; further (4) continual prayer, Matt. 26:41.
V. Drowsiness, or Sluggishness, is set in opposition to this. Of this we must consider A. Its nature, whereby it is nothing other than a certain spiritual indisposition, dullness, and heartless insensibility, by which a man is concerned and troubled neither about himself, nor about his spiritual duties, nor about the evils and dangers that hang over his head. And this indisposition is either total, in every respect, and very little different from the spiritual blindness of which the Savior speaks, John 12:40, from Isa. 6:4 — such as scarcely occurs except in the reprobate — or partial, which sometimes also takes hold in the regenerate, and creeps upon them, at least for a time, of which it is spoken, Eph. 5:14. Thereby we become so insensible, Eph. 5:19, that we neither see, nor hear, nor have any impression of spiritual things.
B. The evils and disadvantages for which this drowsiness is to be avoided are: (1) that it is a very shameful folly and wickedness to be indifferent amid the very gravest dangers; (2) that it either is spiritual death, or comes very near to it — just as in the natural realm this is true of dreaming, and especially of the sleeping-sickness; (3) it is a dreadful judgment of God; (4) it also shuts the door to faith and repentance, and leads to certain eternal death.
C. The causes which must be removed in the healing of this sleeping-sickness are: (1) a blinding and divine hardening; (2) a neglect of the light, and a hardening of oneself against all the means of salvation, by which we might watch over ourselves, over our duties, and over the dangers that continually threaten us; (3) spiritual excess and drunkenness, which stops up the way to all spiritual sensibility; (4) weariness concerning worldly things; (5) fleshly carelessness, and love of fleshly ease; (6) the harlot-songs of the world, and its enticements; (7) the hardness and unrepentant state of the heart, whereby we harden ourselves against all divine threatenings, etc.
D. The remedies to be used against this consist (1) in a godly consideration of the benefits and advantages of watchfulness, and of the evils and disadvantages of drowsiness; (2) in the use of the means by which watchfulness is promoted; (3) in removing the causes from which drowsiness arises: namely (4) that we strive to avoid all those things by which God is provoked to send a spirit of deep sleep; (5) that we do not neglect the Law and those means by which God would rouse us from drowsiness; (6) that we carefully avoid excessive weariness in worldly affairs, fleshly carelessness, and the enticements of the World; (7) and that against the hardening of the heart we fall down before God in prayer, that He would preserve us from it, and take away the heart of stone, etc.
Chapter XII: Of Fortitude and Weakness
The third general property, or quality, of virtue is Fortitude, which we shall consider first in general, and then in particular, with respect to certain more distinguished and nobler exercises of duty. Concerning Fortitude in general we must note:
I. Its nature. It is a steadfast perseverance in doing good, bearing and overcoming all the difficulties that arise — which difficulties tend to arise either from the long duration of strenuous activity, or from obstacles that come in the way. It therefore contains within itself (1) confidence, Phil. 1:14; (2) constancy, Rev. 2:26; (3) patience and forbearance, Heb. 10:36. We shall occupy ourselves with these matters, taking up a separate chapter for each of them.
II. Its distinction. There is (1) a civil Fortitude, which is born of political calculations, and serves civil uses. There is (2) a valor, whereby someone fearlessly confronts and withstands the dangers that arise, which often shows itself not only in heathen heroes but even in irrational beasts — as, for example, in a horse, in a lion, etc. There is (3) a recklessness, or rashness, whereby, without deliberation, without reasons, and without intending the right end, we plunge ourselves into evil. There is (4) a Christian Fortitude, whereby we are made mighty in the power of God, for God's sake, out of obedience to Him.
III. The marks by which this last is to be distinguished from those first named are: (1) whereas the first kinds of fortitude arise from nature, or from instruction, or from example, this spiritual fortitude derives from grace; (2) whereas the first arises according to the approval and the applauding acclamation of other men, this one is directed according to the divine precept, and in order to please God; (3) whereas the first has its eye on civil good, or on its own glory, this one aims at the honor of God, the good of one's neighbor, and our own salvation; (4) whereas the first is pursued without faith, this one arises out of faith, and goes together with faith; (5) whereas the first consists mostly in the exercise of boldness or hope, this latter consists rather in the moderation of fear and hopelessness; (6) whereas the first consists chiefly in undertaking lofty and dangerous things, this latter consists rather in enduring calamities and adversities; (7) whereas the first is exercised for all sorts of purposes, this latter is pursued from a fundamental principle of virtue and for duty's sake. Accordingly, true and spiritual Fortitude is such a courage whereby we stand ready to perform our Duty, to undergo all the hardships that befall us, for this reason alone, that it is our duty. Whereas (8) the first throws itself into dangers without regard to what sort they are, or the reasons for which they must be undergone, or the circumstance into which one happens to be entangled, or that to which one is driven by necessity, or is impelled without lawful and honest reasons — this one is undertaken only after prior sound and prudent deliberation.
IV. The benefits and advantages of spiritual Fortitude, for which it is to be desired, are these: (1) it alone is what makes a person fit for the exercise of every Virtue and every kind of Duty; (2) it is that which surmounts every kind of difficulty that arises, and comes forth from the struggle as a triumphant victor; (3) it is useful and necessary (a) to persevere to the end; (b) to overcome the spiritual Enemies — so numerous, so mighty, so cunning and crafty — Satan, the World, and our own Flesh; (c) to attend to the duties of religion, however many and great; (d) not to succumb in adversities; (e) to persevere in prayer; (f) finally to obtain the crown of victory.
V. The means by which this spiritual Fortitude may be obtained are: (1) the divine strengthening, 2 Cor. 1:27 [likely 2 Cor. 12:9], Col. 1:11 [likely], which is to be obtained by prayer; (2) faith in Christ, by whose power we are able to do and endure all things; (3) dependence on God, whereby we undertake nothing in our own strength, but everything in the divine power; (4) trust in the divine promises, and (5) in the divine presence, and the Lord's assistance in every kind of danger; (6) a consideration of the examples of the heroes of faith, who have happily overcome every kind of difficulty; (7) our own experience, whereby we ourselves have already overcome many and very great difficulties before.
VI. Weakness and Impotence, set in opposition to this, is to be considered A. In its nature, whereby we are either wholly unable, or able only with great difficulty, to overcome the hardships that meet us on the way and in the pursuit of Virtue, or at least do not withstand them in the manner we ought. Among the things opposed to Christian fortitude, then, are these: (1) a total inability for any kind of pursuit of duty — this condition occurs only in those who are still unregenerate; (2) a weakness of the regenerate, whereby they often stumble in the exercise of Virtue, indeed sometimes fall into very great and grievous sins, shrink back and give way before dangers that confront them, and are often overcome by the attacks of the spiritual Enemies; (3) a pretended and outward show of strength — such as there is (a) a boldness and rashness, whereby they sometimes wish to be, or appear, strong in their own powers, which may occasionally creep upon believers too, as Peter can serve as an example; (b) a valor of the heathen, who, relying on their own strength, pursue the glory of courage and bravery; (c) a blindly forceful strength, or rather fury, whereby, without any proper deliberation or reason, they plunge themselves into dangers — not for God's sake or for duty's sake, but for their own sake, and to obtain their own glory; (d) the very impotence of believers themselves, by which they, even though they arm and strengthen themselves with a resolve of heart and good preparation against all things contrary to their duty, are nevertheless not always fully ready to withstand and overcome every kind of adversity and hardship. See the example of Job, chapters 1 and 2.
B. The evils and disadvantages of these Weaknesses, for which they must be striven against, are the following: (1) one becomes thereby unfit for any pursuit of duty; (2) one becomes thereby subjected to the power of all our spiritual Enemies; (3) this condition, and especially boldness and rashness, exposes us to divine judgments, whereby the Lord withdraws His help from us, so that we often fall into shameful deeds, as may be seen in Peter's example; (4) thereby we are deprived of all the joy and peace of mind that is otherwise born of a good work well performed; and by contrast (5) we cast ourselves down into the depths of distress and disgrace, which arise from the sins caused by this weakness.
C. The causes of these Weaknesses, which must be removed, are: (1) natural corruption, and the lack of the empowering Spirit, whereby the flesh is weak and impotent; (2) the insensibility of the flesh, and a vain imagination of one's own strength; (3) a neglect of the means by which we might be strengthened, to which belongs the use of God's Word, of prayer, and of the seals of the Covenant, which are means ordained by God for the strengthening of faith; (4) the lack of faith in Christ, without whom we can do nothing, and through whom we can do all things; (5) estrangement from Christ, whereby we cannot draw the powers of Christ to ourselves; (6) various spiritual sicknesses and infirmities, by which we are weakened.
D. The remedies useful against this Weakness are: (1) a godly consideration of the benefits and advantages of spiritual fortitude; (2) the use of the means by which spiritual strength is aroused and increased; (3) the removal of the causes from which weakness is born, as for example: (4) fleshly corruption, which must be brought under more and more by the spirit; (5) insensibility, which must be corrected and set right by reflection on our weakness, and the experience of our daily stumblings; (6) the neglect of the means must be driven out by diligence in the opposite direction; (7) we must strive after a sincere faith, whereby we are united with Christ, and made partakers of His powers; (8) spiritual sicknesses and infirmities are to be remedied by such medicines as Holy Scripture provides us.
Chapter XIII: Of Confidence and Timorousness
Within spiritual Fortitude we noted, as it were, three acts, of which the first place belongs to Confidence, to which Timorousness stands opposed. Concerning Confidence we shall consider:
I. Its nature, whereby, being persuaded of a happy outcome, we readily undertake our Duty, which has been entrusted to us by God. This Confidence therefore contains within itself: (1) Faith in the divine Promise, concerning God's assistance, strengthening, help, and protection; (2) Hope, whereby we calmly and patiently await what God has promised and what we have believed. Upon which follows (3) that we undertake our Duty with zeal; and (4) that we overcome all evils and adversities — namely (a) the difficulties that meet us in the pursuit of our Duty; (b) the uncertainty of the outcome that is to follow upon the performance of our Duty.
II. Its distinction. There is (1) a civil Confidence, which is required in civil matters, as for example in matters of war, which is grounded on the presence of all the things necessary thereto, and on the consideration of them. There is (2) a vain Confidence, which rests on one's own strength, on one's own understanding and power, without dependence on God. There is (3) a Christian and spiritual Confidence, whereby a man, trusting in God, girds himself to his duty with all alacrity, according to the divine command; which Christian confidence may readily be distinguished, from what has been said, from the foregoing kinds.
III. The benefits and advantages of this Christian confidence are these. It is (1) a clear proof of a praiseworthy Christian magnanimity; (2) a true expression of a faith that lays hold of salvation, and of an assured Hope, since it is upon these that confidence is grounded, and by which it is produced. It brings us (3) victory over all the difficulties that come in the way. It promises us (4) and at the same time secures for us a good and happy outcome from God. It causes (5) that we are never ashamed in anything; (6) it fortifies our mind against every kind of anguish and misfortune.
IV. The means by which this Confidence may be obtained are: (1) the consideration of the benefits and advantages of this confidence; (2) an exercise and strengthening of Faith and Hope, upon which this confidence rests, and from which it is born; (3) a settled dependence on God, who has entrusted our duty to us — in particular on His Goodness, Power, and Faithfulness in His Promises; (4) a renunciation and rejection of everything of our own, upon which our confidence might otherwise rest; (5) a trusting invocation of God, that He would be pleased to make fruitful in us all that has been said, and to confirm us therein.
V. Timorousness, which stands opposed to this Confidence, is to be considered in its A. Nature, being that mistrust and lack of confidence which frightens us away from our duty, and hinders us in its pursuit. Timorousness must be carefully distinguished from fear. For there is a fear (1) that is good, as for example the fear of God, of which we have spoken in its place. There is (2) a natural fear, whereby we have a dread of evil, and seek to ward it off from ourselves — a fearfulness which is innate in man, and which was found even in the Apostle, 2 Cor. 7:5, indeed even in the Savior Himself, Matt. 27:38,39, John 12:27. There is also (3) an honorable fear, which is at once useful and necessary, on account of the divine severity, and of the punishments and judgments, and which binds us more closely to the pursuit of our religious duties. But there is no timorousness that is approved in Holy Scripture, nor any such fear that makes us averse to our duty, or hinders us in its pursuit, Rev. 21:8.
B. The evils and disadvantages of Timorousness, for which it is to be avoided, are: (1) that it is contrary to Christian fortitude and magnanimity, and therefore unbecoming; (2) that it besets a man with continual anxieties, which are often more painful and troublesome than the very evils he fears; (3) that it makes the difficulties that arise in the pursuit of our duty insurmountable; and (4) thereby renders us unfit for the pursuit of our Duty; (5) that it often casts us down into shameful misdeeds, indeed even leads to apostasy from the truth, and (6) shuts us out from God's Kingdom, Rev. 21:8.
C. The causes which must be removed in the healing of this evil condition are: (1) an excessive overestimation, or an all-too-great exaggeration and magnifying of the difficulties that confront us; (2) a wrong comparison of those difficulties with our own strength; (3) an immoderate self-love, whereby we have too great an aversion to all adversity, and fear for our own flesh; (4) an ignorance of the divine promises; (5) a lack of faith and hope; (6) a doubting concerning the condition of our standing with God, from which it comes that we trust Him so little.
D. The means for the healing of this condition are: (I) the consideration of the benefits and advantages of Christian confidence, and of the evils and disadvantages of timorousness; (II) making use of the means by which confidence is promoted; (III) the stopping up of the Sources of Timorousness — which sources are, for example: (1) an excessive overestimation of the difficulties confronting us, which deprives us of a just judgment concerning them; by which just judgment we could otherwise recognize (a) that these difficulties are often such as deserve to be despised — such are the slanders of vain men; (b) that they often exist only in the imagination, and thus, upon a proper judgment, vanish of themselves; (c) that they are always such that, rightly compared with the worthiness of our duty, and with the profit or usefulness and necessity of the pursuit of our duty, they have the least reality. (2) A comparison is to be made of these difficulties, not with our own strength, but with the power of God and His Strengthening. (3) Self-love must be brought under, by crucifying and renouncing it. (4) The lack of faith and hope must be remedied through the grace of God, and through the exercise of duty and prayer; and finally (5) doubts must be removed through self-examination, etc.
Chapter XIV: Of Constancy and Fickleness
The second act of Christian fortitude concerns Constancy in the pursuit of duty, to which Fickleness and inconstancy are opposed. This Constancy we must consider as to:
I. Its nature, whereby we persevere, at least in a resolve to pursue our duty, notwithstanding every distraction. Its act is perseverance, or continuance, at least in the good resolve, even though the outcome does not always answer to the wish. This act has regard to distractions, whether these consist in persecutions or difficult circumstances, or in the loss of some pleasure or other. In particular this Constancy comprises: (1) a continuance in a holy resolve, and in a sincere readiness to do good; (2) an earnest effort to advance and make progress on the way of Virtue; (3) a continual repetition of like deeds, with the exertion and application of all our powers. Finally, (4) this virtuous disposition has in view either the confession of the truth, or the pursuit of duty.
II. The distinction of this Constancy may be made thus: there is (1) an obstinacy, or a fixed resolve, to persist in evil. There is (2) a curiosity, or a resolve, to persist in matters that either concern others, or are of less necessity. There is (3) a true Constancy, to remain in one's duty, especially that which is prescribed to us by God.
III. The benefits, or advantages, of Constancy, for which it is to be desired, are the following: (1) it is right and praiseworthy to persevere in good; (2) it is, as it were, a doubled good, that one not only performs a good deed, but also continues steadfastly in the pursuit of good; (3) a constant Christian follows, in his own way, the unchangeableness of God, and of the Angels of Light, who have remained standing in the truth; (4) without this Constancy, no good work continues to be good, and therefore vanishes away; (5) the reward is promised to none but those who persevere to the end, Rev. 2:10. Without this Perseverance in good, therefore, all previously performed good work is blotted out; for it is done in vain, that which is not brought to completion.
IV. The means for securing this Constancy are these: (1) seriously to consider the benefits and advantages of Constancy and Perseverance, so that we sincerely wish and strive to accomplish them; (2) to depend wholly and in everything on God's unchangeableness and steadfastness; likewise (3) on God's promises, which He has pledged in His Word, and confirmed with an oath; (4) to strive after lawful participation in the Covenant of Grace, which requires not only, but also promises, the preservation and constancy of the covenant partners; (5) to acknowledge the natural fickleness and changeableness of our free will; (6) a heartfelt effort and diligence, whereby we make use of the means by which we are fitted for Constancy — to which belongs the use of God's Word, which exhorts us to it, and of the Seals of the Covenant, which seal, and at the same time impart strength toward, Constancy, etc.
V. Fickleness, or inconstancy, is to be noted A. In its nature, whereby we forsake the pursuit of our duty on account of some difficulty that arises. This Fickleness comprises in itself: (1) a turning aside from the right way; (2) a weariness and flagging in one's resolve; (3) an unsteady fickleness, whereby one changes every hour, and becomes a misfortune to oneself. This one might call a childishness, indeed a senseless folly and bewitchment, Gal. 3:1. Also (4) an obstinacy, whereby one is immovable in evil; (5) a curiosity, whereby one is stubborn in trifling and changeable things.
B. The evils and disadvantages of this Fickleness, for which it is to be shunned, are: (1) a childishness, Eph. 4:14, a senseless folly and bewitchment, as we have said, which is in no way becoming to a man, and especially to a Christian; (2) it renders a person prone to apostasy, both in Doctrine and in Morals; (3) it produces in us an aversion from God, Heb. 10:38; indeed (4) it casts us into danger of the sin of blasphemy against the Holy Spirit, Heb. 6:6, or at least into a far more dangerous and worse state than if we had never known the way of Righteousness, 2 Pet. 2:21, etc.
C. The causes of this Fickleness, which must be removed, are: (1) the lack of root in the matter, and of ingrafted grace; (2) the lack of faith, whereby we are rooted and grounded, Col. 2:7; further (3) weakness of judgment, which, standing at a crossroads, does not know which way to turn, nor which of the two to choose, and readily gives way before every specious argument of persecutors; (4) false Prophets, who are sheep outwardly, but wolves within, chiefly deceiving with respect to the truth, Acts 20:29; (5) seducers, evil company, evil conversations, and evil companions, with respect to Morals.
D. The remedies to be used for the healing of this condition consist: (1) in seriously considering the benefits and advantages of Constancy, and the evils and disadvantages of Fickleness; (2) in making use of the means that can serve to promote Constancy; (3) in resisting the causes of Fickleness, as for example: (4) the weakness of confirming Grace and of Faith, through such means as we have noted in the preceding chapter; (5) and guarding oneself against false Prophets and Seducers, etc.
Chapter XV: Of Patience and Impatience
The third act of spiritual fortitude consists in Patience amid adverse things, to which Squeamishness and Impatience are opposed. Patience we must consider as to:
I. Its nature, whereby we are fitted to fulfill our duty and to endure every adversity. It fits us for this, and on this account is a Virtue, in that it is exercised toward misfortunes and mishaps — that is, in order to pursue our duty; otherwise it is no Virtue at all. It has regard to a threefold object: (1) God, according to whose good pleasure all adversities are appointed and governed; (2) men, or those means and ways that are directed against us; (3) our duty, which we are tempted, through the difficulties of adverse circumstances, to forsake, or also the sin to which we are provoked by those adversities. All three of these things come together in true spiritual fortitude. Confidence looks to the beginning of the pursuit of duty; Constancy, to its continuation and persistence; Patience, to the defense of our obligation of duty against every temptation and adversity.
II. Its distinction. There is (1) an excessive Patience, whereby we do not seek to ward off adversities when we lawfully could — as, for example, those who on the Sabbath day will not take up arms against enemies, or who, in a lawful manner, refuse to flee. There is (2) a natural Patience, whereby a certain innate good nature, or natural longsuffering, is able to bear adversities, not for God's sake and for duty's sake, but out of a view to gaining glory, or other advantages. There is (3) a less-perfect Patience, which is sometimes broken by adversities, and sometimes indeed shows itself even in the regenerate themselves. There is (4) a more-perfect Patience, whereby we magnanimously bear (a) every kind of adversity, even the very gravest and most painful, (b) steadfastly even unto death, indeed (c) even with joy.
III. The marks by which Christian Patience may be distinguished from every other kind are: (1) when we neither wholly despise the adversities that befall us, nor sink beneath them, but weigh them with a just judgment, and, in the power of the Lord, through faith, strive to overcome them; (2) when, notwithstanding all the misfortunes that come upon us, we do not cease from our obligation of duty, nor abate in the least degree of our zeal; (3) when we are ready to bear and endure such adversities as are not only mildly troublesome, but even dreadful and terrifying; (4) when we bear these not unwillingly, but willingly, indeed even with joy; (5) when we do all this not for any and every reason, but for God's sake, and for duty's sake.
IV. The benefits and advantages for which this virtue of Patience is to be desired are: (1) that this is the very summit of virtue, when we not only do what is right, but also suffer for it; (2) it causes us to possess our own souls, Luke 21:19 — that is to say, to establish them in a good condition; (3) it makes us fit readily to perform our duty; (4) it softens every evil and adversity, and makes them sweet and bearable; (5) it makes the conscience calm, and sets it at rest, so that we come to rejoice even in afflictions, indeed even to glory in them, Rom. 5:3, etc.
V. The means that serve for obtaining this virtuous disposition consist in earnestly considering: (1) the benefits just now pointed out; (2) that it is God, as our Father, who sends us adversities — not as a Judge, or an Enemy, or a Stranger; (3) that He who sends them to us does so not for the repayment and requital of our sins, out of wrath, hatred, or on account of His avenging justice, but for a fatherly chastisement, out of love; (4) not for a judgment, but for our benefit, that they may work together for our good; (5) that He sends them to us in order to test us, and to make our virtues manifest; (6) indeed that He thereby exercises us, and stirs up and increases our virtues — namely our faith, our hope, our constancy, our dependence, our prayers, etc.; (7) that God holds the supreme government over all the mishaps that befall us, that He moderates and appoints and governs them toward such ends as are glorious to Him and salutary to us; (8) that He, by His almighty power, so strengthens us that we do not sink and succumb under them; (9) that He is present with us, and will deliver us from them according to His wisdom, at such a time, in such a place, and in such a manner, as He shall judge best; (10) that we have deserved through our sins far greater and heavier punishments; (11) that Christ suffered a thousand times more for us — He who was righteous, for us the unrighteous; (12) and that He has thereby taken away all the poison and all the evil that would otherwise be in adversities; (13) we must make a comparison between the momentary lightness of every kind of affliction, which soon passes away, and the far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory, etc., 2 Cor. 4:16.
VI. Impatience, and Squeamishness, which we must now take into consideration, A. The nature of spiritual Squeamishness, whereby we are so averse to adversities that we would much rather neglect our duty than bear any hardship. It comprises in itself, insofar as it regards God, murmuring, and sometimes also rebelliousness; and insofar as it regards men, a spirit of vengeance; and insofar as it regards our duty itself, it consists in a withdrawal from our duty, and a straying from the right way. There is, moreover, an excessive and superstitious Patience, which is indeed rare, and sins by excess, but which for the most part errs rather by a lack of true Patience.
B. The evils and disadvantages of Impatience, for which it is to be avoided, are the following: (1) it makes a Christian effeminate, and brings shame upon Christianity; (2) it renders him unfit for his duty; (3) it exposes him to the danger of every kind of misdeed, apostasy, etc.; (4) such a one does not trust in God, in His power, goodness, and promises; (5) he does not consider the merits of his sins; (6) nor the bitterness of the Savior's sufferings; (7) impatience brings upon us very heavy Judgments of God, Ps. 95:8; (8) it excludes a man from fellowship in Christ's glory, for whoever will not suffer with Him shall also not reign with Him, etc.
C. The causes of this Impatience, which must be removed, are: (1) the squeamishness of our mind, whereby we are so effeminate; (2) the weakness of spirit, whereby we cannot withstand afflictions; (3) too great a love and desire for fleshly rest and quiet; (4) a lack of faith, of trust, of dependence on God, and of the divine Omnipotence, Goodness, and Promise; (5) a low regard, whereby we too lightly esteem God, and His will, and His favor, and our dependence on Him, and on His Goodness, Omnipotence, and Promises, and on our duty, and also on a settled state of conscience, and on the true Glory and Joy that arise from the willing performance of our duty — and set all this far beneath the comforts of our own flesh, etc.
D. The remedies to be used against this may be drawn: (1) from a godly consideration of the benefits and advantages of Christian Patience, and of the evils and disadvantages of Impatience; (2) from the use of the means by which Patience is obtained and strengthened; (3) from the rooting out of the causes of Impatience, as for example: (a) of squeamishness, by strengthening the spirit against it, through prayer and the exercise of Patience; (b) suppressing thereby too great a love and desire for an easy and undemanding condition; (c) strengthening faith and trust in God and the divine promises; and finally (d) striving to exalt God, and His will, above our own flesh.
Chapter XVI: Of Temperance and Intemperance
Among the general properties and qualities of Virtue we give the last place to Temperance, to which Intemperance is opposed. Concerning Temperance we note:
I. Its nature, whereby all those lusts are stilled and reined in which turn a man aside from acting rightly, and which thereby keep Virtue undefiled. Otherwise this virtuous disposition bears the name of Sobriety, 1 Pet. 1:13; also of Purity of heart, 1 Tim. 4:5; likewise of Sincerity and Unfeignedness, insofar as it excludes the taint and defilement of every admixture, 1 Cor. 5:8. It arms Virtue against all those things by which it might be smoothly led away from its duty. It occupies itself: (1) with everything that is sweetly alluring and enticing, that has the appearance of a pleasant good, and consequently with a good that seems useful or agreeable, or easy and advantageous; (2) with love, desire, and delight; and it is in the regulating of these passions with respect to such objects that Temperance is properly engaged; and indeed (3) in regulating and correcting their disorder, with respect to their impulse, extent, and manner.
II. Its distinction. For there is (1) a hypocritical and superstitious Temperance, whereby we, as it were, hate our own flesh, and withhold from it what is necessary in food, clothing, and other needs, Col. 2:23. There is (2) a Temperance total and perfect in every respect, which, however, is not found in this life, and an imperfect Temperance, which still has about it some greater or lesser remnants of intemperance, which must be mortified, suppressed, and, with every effort, continually rooted out. There is (3) a natural Temperance, arising from a fortunate natural disposition, such a disposition as is at times observed even among the heathen and diviners, and which is practiced not for God's sake, or for duty's sake, but to satisfy nature. There is (4) a truly Christian Temperance, whereby we withstand allurements in order to obey for God's sake, and to fulfill our duty.
III. The marks by which this last Temperance is distinguished from the foregoing are: (1) bringing the fleshly Passions under the yoke of Reason and Religion; (2) reining in especially those Lusts to which we are most inclined, whether with respect to our station, or through an evil habit, or through the example of others; and this (3) not only with respect to our outward actions, but also with respect to our inwardly disordered Passions; (4) not becoming proud through the enjoyment of the comforts and pleasures of this life, nor being too dejected through the lack of them, but having them as though we had them not.
IV. The benefits and advantages of Temperance, for which it is to be pursued, are: (1) that, whereas every other Virtue looks to others, to make them more perfect — as for example, Godliness, to glorify God; Righteousness, to give one's neighbor what is his due — Temperance keeps us ourselves pure in soul and body, undefiled, and brings us to greater perfection, and (2) thereby makes our persons and works alike pleasing to God and agreeable to men. (3) For this reason Temperance, in the Apostle, Titus 2:12, holds the first place among the Evangelical virtues. (4) It is also that which gives strength and force to all our good works, and arms them against every assault of the lusts, and makes them proceed more successfully. (5) It likewise makes our desires far purer and more undefiled. (6) It also makes the conscience more at rest, which is otherwise more greatly disturbed by lusts. (7) It makes us fit to behold God with the mind, Matt. 5:8. Indeed thereby (8) the way is opened for us to enter into God's kingdom, Rev. 21:27.
V. The means whereby this Temperance is obtained, preserved, and increased, are: (1) to suppress and subdue the love and longing for the World and worldly things, and the pleasure taken in them; (2) to turn our thoughts and senses away from the things that are wrongly loved, so that the outward appearance of good that shows itself in them may give no fuel or nourishment to our lusts; (3) carefully to attend to those things to which we are by nature most inclined; (4) to consider the fleeting vanity of all worldly things; (5) to keep the mind occupied with honorable matters, and to direct our love, our longing, and our delight toward spiritual and divine things; and finally (6) piously to reflect on the benefits of Temperance.
VI. Intemperance is set in opposition to this; of which we must consider A. Its nature, whereby the mind is inclined to obey the lusts, even at the cost of Virtue. It occupies itself in all those excesses in which the common reason of disorder lies — whether (1) with respect to the substance of things, when we desire costlier and more splendid things than befit our station; or (2) with respect to degree, when the desire for something goes out more strongly than reason requires; or (3) with respect to manner, when one uses too great a curiosity in satisfying one's desire; or (4) with respect to mode, when no proper regard is given to what is fitting; or (5) with respect to time, when one gives oneself to these things more often than is proper. This Intemperance has for its objects: (a) Food, Meat and Drink, in gluttony and drunkenness; or (b) Dress, in ostentation; or (c) Carnal intercourse, in every kind of excessive lust. To this may also be reckoned every sort of unbelieving abstinence from lawful things, concerning which the Apostle admonishes, Rom. 14.
B. The evils and disadvantages of Intemperance, for which it is to be shunned, are: (1) it often plunges a man into the low condition of the Beasts, indeed makes him even much worse; (2) those fleshly lusts are in the highest degree unbecoming to a spiritual man; (3) they turn us away from every pursuit of our Duty, especially in spiritual things; besides which (4) they defile all our performances of duty and render them impure, to such a degree (5) that they not only fail to please God, but are even abominable to Him, Isa. 1:11–17; and further (6) they rob us of God's love, and of fellowship with Him, 1 John 2:15,16; and (7) shut us out of the kingdom of Heaven, Rev. 21:27, etc.
C. The causes of this condition, which must be removed, are: (1) original lust, Rom. 7:7; (2) the remnants of the flesh, even in the regenerate and believers, Rom. 7:8; from which also (3) it comes about that the divine Law becomes, by occasion, the cause of it, Rom. 7:8; (4) an excessive esteem for the things of the World, which inflame lust; (5) outward Enticements; (6) the evil Examples of others; (7) a low regard for spiritual Goods and Privileges; (8) a neglectful carelessness concerning one's own heart.
D. The remedies are: (1) a godly consideration of the benefits and privileges of Temperance, and of the evils and disadvantages of Intemperance; (2) the use of the means by which Temperance is obtained; (3) the disabling of the causes from which Intemperance is born and nourished. This is done (a) when natural lust is restrained through Regeneration, Conversion, and Sanctification; (b) when the remnants of the flesh, in the power of God, are more and more brought under, through exercise and prayer; (c) through an attentive consideration and a right use of the divine Law; (d) through reflection on the fleetingness, vanity, and uselessness of worldly things; (e) through avoiding the enticements of the World and evil examples; (4) through the investigation of the goodness, excellence, and desirableness of spiritual Things; (5) through close attention to the condition of our own heart.
Chapter XVII: Of a Good and an Evil Deed
Thus far we have considered the first Part of Christian obedience — namely, Virtue. There now follows the second Part, the Act of Virtue, or a good work, and the opposing evil Act, or sin. Concerning a good Deed, or Act, we shall consider:
I. Its nature. It is a good activity which is pleasing to God, unto salvation. This is an activity, which we wish here to be distinguished from a mere work, since a good activity and a good work signify to us here the same thing. This activity is called good — that is, desirable, and making good not only others but also its own possessor. We add "pleasing to God," because it takes place according to God's will. And finally, "pleasing to God unto salvation," by virtue of the divine promise, and not from merit, or from any other cause. This activity is therefore one that is joined with salvation, Heb. 6:9. It is indeed true that the works of the heathen can sometimes be good in themselves, and to that extent please God as well; but they are not unto salvation. In order, then, that a work may please God, the following is required: (1) that it proceed from a good Principle, Matt. 12:33 — that is to say, in such a way (a) that the heart is in it, Matt. 15:8, and since the heart in Holy Scripture generally signifies the will, it is required that the will be willing; for the good and evil that is called moral properly resides in the will; for this reason the intellectual Virtues, however fair they may appear, insofar as they consist in the understanding alone, cannot properly be called Virtues. And (b) that the heart be present as regenerate, John 3:6. Furthermore (c) there must be a heart that is believing, and proceeds from faith, Rom. 14:23, Heb. 11:6, whereby the Lord Christ is laid hold of, so that the works may be cleansed by His Blood, and what is lacking to their goodness may thereby be supplied. (2) That they be directed to the right End, Zech. 7:5 — that is to say, they must take place (a) to God's glory, (b) to our own salvation, (c) to the good and edification of our neighbor. (3) Good works must be done according to the right Rule, not according to one's own devising or good pleasure, since otherwise they would not be an obedience, but a self-willed Worship, and Superstition, condemned in God's Word. (4) That they, in every circumstance, agree with the divine precept, with respect to place, time, and manner — for lack of which things all deeds, however good they may otherwise be in themselves, are often changed and degenerate into evil.
II. Their distinction. There are (1) evil activities, of which we have treated in their place. There are (2) intermediate and indifferent activities, which in themselves are neither commanded nor forbidden, in a general sense, though under a particular supposition, if they are merely human doings — that is to say, done with forethought and deliberation — they are always either in conformity with their rule, and therefore good, or differ from it, and thereby become evil. And these again are taken either for good or for evil — as, for instance, killing a man, or preserving his life. Considered in themselves, however, they are indifferent, and become either good or evil according to their principle, end, rule, or circumstances. There are (3) truly good activities, which we have just now described. These, again, are activities (a) either of the heart, or of the mouth, or of the deed itself; (b) or they are activities of Religion with respect to God, or of Righteousness with respect to our Neighbor, or of Temperance with respect to ourselves. And all this follows the Law of the Ten Commandments, in which the good works are prescribed, of which we shall treat more distinctly in what follows.
III. The benefits and advantages of good works, for which they ought to be pursued, are: (1) that they are goods which are desirable, and make the one who performs them good, and are pleasing to God, and perfect, Rom. 12:2; (2) that they are honest and therefore praiseworthy, Phil. 4:8, and make us pleasing before God and men; (3) that they make the conscience calm and at rest, and joyful, and able to glory; (4) that they carry the promises of this Life and of the Life to come; (5) that they pave the way to, and secure the possession of, eternal Life, the right to which the Lord Christ has already obtained for us through His Merit; (6) that they furnish a sure mark of saving Grace, and of a true and salvation-embracing Faith; (7) that they are also useful for our neighbor, to win him; (8) that they are absolutely necessary unto salvation, Heb. 11:6 — as we have already noted concerning this matter above, concerning the obedience of Faith, Chapter I, and concerning the Law, Chapter II, and concerning Virtue, Chapter IX.
IV. The manner in which a good work must be performed (for in these activities, properly speaking, no means are required, except with respect to the Virtues, or good Habits — such as Regeneration, Conversion, and Sanctification, which serve this end) consists in those general properties and qualities which we pointed out in §I. A good Deed besides this requires that it take place (1) sincerely and unfeignedly, (2) with zeal, as befits a matter concerning God, (3) constantly, so that we continue and carry it through, diligently applying ourselves without ceasing. To this add all other such requirements as may readily be gathered from the nature of each particular deed.
V. Sin, as a Deed, must be examined A. In its nature, and it is thus an actual departure from God and from the divine Law, which displeases God, and is liable to punishment. Concerning its nature, kind, and causation, we have spoken expressly in the Fourth Book, Chapter III. We have nothing to add to this, except only that these are committed: (1) either with the heart — that is, partly through unlawful thoughts, partly through desires toward absent evil things, partly through delights arising from the enjoyment of sinful objects; or (2) with the mouth, when someone speaks perverse, idle, useless, and false words, which contribute nothing to God's glorification, or the edification of one's neighbor, or one's own profit; or when, through talkativeness, one speaks more than is necessary; or (3) with the work and the deed itself, whereby the thoughts or words are made openly manifest outwardly.
B. The evils and disadvantages of sin, for which it is to be shunned, may be drawn: (1) from its shamefulness, whereby it robs the sinner of his beauty, honor, and glory, which God had bestowed upon him through Creation or Re-creation, and renders him contemptible, even when the sinful act itself has ceased. Hence the sinner is (a) abominable and detestable before God, and, in the case of grievous sins, before men also; (b) worthy to be regarded with shame and disgrace. (2) From its liability to punishment, whereby the sinner is made subject to every kind of punishment — bodily and spiritual, temporal and eternal — and thus to every painful evil. From this liability to punishment is born (a) a wholly evil conscience, which accuses and justly condemns him; (b) a shrinking from, and a fleeing of, God's presence, and a despair. (3) Then the punishment itself — that is, those very painful evils which the Judge, according to the liability to punishment, inflicts upon the sinner, whether here already, or hereafter throughout all Eternity. Add to this all the evils and miseries which each particular sin, according to its nature, brings with it. As was said in the Fourth Book, Chapter IV.
C. The causes of sin are: (1) the temptations of Satan; (2) the violation of the Covenant of nature, and the original corruption arising from it, whereby man is inclined to every sin; (3) lust, and fleshly pleasure; (4) ignorance and contempt of God, and of the divine will; (5) self-love, or perverse love of self; (6) habit, whereby a callousness is brought over the striking conscience, and the desire and disposition to sin is born; (7) a perverse Imitation of others; (8) the hope of impunity, and whatever other such things there may be, which are besides to be noted with each particular kind of particular sins.
D. The remedies for these sins are to be drawn: (1) from a godly consideration both of the benefits and advantages that flow from good Deeds, and of the evils and disadvantages that arise from evil Deeds, or sins; (2) from God, and His regenerating, converting, and sanctifying Grace, of which we have expressly treated in the proper places; (3) from ourselves; and these are: (a) the good Habits, or Virtues, whereby we are also made averse to the opposing evil Habits and Vices; (b) Repentance for, and Conversion from, past sins; (c) a deep and inward sense of present sins; (d) a hatred of, and a fleeing from, future sins; (e) faith in Christ, which cleanses the heart; (f) a sincere effort and a heartfelt resolve to live and act according to the Spirit; (g) an avoidance of every occasion, evil company, etc.; (h) a continual watching over our heart, over our outward senses, and over every kind of object, so as not to be led astray; (i) constant prayer, that we may not be led into temptation, so that, being brought into it, we may be armed and kept, to make vigorous resistance; that we, having fallen into sin, may be raised up again through converting grace; and that we may learn from temptation and sin to act more circumspectly in the future, etc.
Book II: Of Religion
Chapter I: Of Piety and Godlessness
Concerning Christian obedience we have already treated its Nature, its Properties, and its Parts; we now proceed to its particular Kinds, to be considered as such — namely, Religion and Righteousness. Religion will comprise in itself all those performances of duty which pertain immediately to God. Righteousness will comprise all those duties which, according to the divine command, are owed to our Neighbor. These two Kinds of Christian obedience we shall follow according to the order in which God Himself has set them forth in His Law of the Ten Commandments. According to this order, Religion is twofold. There is either a natural Religion, which flows from the very nature of God, and is the content of the first Commandment of the Ten Words; or Righteousness, which is commanded in the last three Commandments of the first table of the Law. The duties of natural Religion we shall examine either more generally, or more particularly. The former we shall do in this chapter, under the consideration of Piety, to which Godlessness is opposed. Concerning Piety, then, we shall consider —
I. Its nature. Piety, taken in a narrow sense, shall signify with us the same as, among the Hebrews, the word עֲבוֹדָה (avodah), service; among the Greeks, θρησκεία, εὐσέβεια (threskeia, eusebeia); among the Latins, Religio, whence our own word Religion, derived from the word religare, or relegere, meaning to bind fast, to fasten firmly. Thus Religion shall signify nothing other than such an obligation, whereby we are bound to the performance of such duties as pertain immediately to God, and indeed such as flow from His nature, whereby we hold God to be our God — not with the mouth only, but with the deed, according to the first Commandment of the first table of the Law. Religion accordingly has regard to God, from the nature of the first Table of the Law, and to the nature of God, according to the first Commandment, in which we are commanded to have and hold God, with mouth, heart, and deed, as our God. To which in particular belongs: (1) that we know and acknowledge Him as our God; (2) that we give Him belief, as the True One; (3) that we place our trust in Him, as one who is faithful in His promises; (4) that we love Him, as our highest good; (5) that we fear Him, as one worthy of all honor and reverence; (6) that we obey Him, as our Sovereign Lord and Lawgiver; (7) that we submit ourselves to Him, as our Supreme Governor. All these duties are comprised in the one word of Piety, or Religion, which is owed to God as God — that is, as the first and Supreme Being — and flows from all His Attributes and Perfections, from His Independence, Unchangeableness, Simplicity, Infinity, Omniscience, Goodness, Grace, Mercy, Omnipotence, Righteousness, Holiness, Glory, and Blessedness, etc. For inasmuch as we, through our service, can add the very least thing to the greater perfection of God, who is infinitely perfect, it is enough that we acknowledge from the heart this perfection which is in Him, and testify and demonstrate it in a becoming manner, both in words and in deeds. Accordingly Piety comprises every such duty of service which, whether (a) from its nature and character, or (b) from custom and usage, or (c) from the intention and purpose of the one performing the religious act, has regard to God, as to the first beginning and the Supreme Lord of man's life. These things must not be distinguished and separated from one another so absurdly as is done by those of the Roman persuasion, as though the first duties of religion belonged to God alone, and the latter might also and rightly be paid to creatures.
II. Its distinction. By Piety, then, or by Religion, is here understood: (1) sometimes every duty that one owes to God in every manner, according to both Tables of the Law, even with respect to one's Neighbor, according to the divine precept; (2) sometimes only that duty which pertains to God alone and immediately; (3) sometimes also that duty which pertains to God from His nature, according to the first Commandment. Altogether perversely is Religion distinguished by those of the Roman persuasion (a) into Latria, a service owed to God alone, as the first beginning and Supreme Being; (b) into Dulia, a service owed in every respect to the Angels, and besides them also to the Blessed in Heaven; (c) and into Hyperdulia, a service owed to the Blessed Virgin Mother.
III. The benefits, or privileges, of Piety, for which it is to be pursued, are manifold: (1) it is altogether and in the highest degree right that we should give to God the honor of Piety; for if it is right and fitting that we should give our Neighbor his honor, in whatever relation he may stand to us, is it not then most fitting and right of all that we should give to God, in every relation that He has to us, that which is His? Inasmuch also (2) as He especially is the one and only being who, for all His benefits, expects and can receive this from us. (3) He is the Creator, from whom everything that we are, that we have, that we can do, originally derives — who has created us for His glory. (4) He has created us as rational Creatures, in order that through us He might receive the honor and the Glory of all His other works; and without this His glory and glorification through us, all other things would have been created in vain. He is (5) our absolute and sovereign Lord, and sole Ruler and Lawgiver, to whose glorification we are bound to devote and apply ourselves and all that is ours. He is (6) our most gracious Benefactor, who overwhelms us with every kind of blessing, both bodily and spiritual, temporal and eternal. He is (7) the Redeemer, who has from eternity so highly esteemed and loved us Sinners, that He has bought and redeemed us from eternal ruin through the precious Blood of His one and only-begotten Son. (8) If we shall have served and honored God with Reverence and Piety, He too will honor us. (9) It is the first and foremost Commandment in His Law — indeed the Fountain and source of all other duties toward our Neighbor.
IV. The means by which Piety can be obtained and increased are: (1) an earnest consideration of all the benefits and advantages that flow from Piety; (2) to know and acknowledge God, and all His infinite Perfections, from which the service of Piety must be rendered to Him; (3) to apply everything toward this end, that God may be ours through the Covenant of Grace. That declaration — I am the LORD your God — must awaken in us all love, all reverence, and all readiness to serve Him. (4) The diligent use of all those helps by which Piety can be promoted; to this belongs the use of God's Word, which everywhere and so powerfully exhorts to Piety, and of the Holy Sacraments, whereby Faith and Piety are strengthened. Chiefly useful to this end are (5) persevering prayers, that we may thereby obtain a pious heart, and strength for the practice of Piety. One must also (6) not neglect the mutual gatherings of the Godly.
V. Set in opposition to this is Godlessness. Concerning it we must consider —
A. Its nature, whereby one does not hold the true God in acknowledgment, which happens: (1) when one acknowledges no God at all — whether (a) by openly saying and professing so, which has been done by the philosophical deniers of God, and thus sufficiently also, in former times, by the Epicureans, and, in our own day, by the Hobbesians and Spinozists; or (b) by such a manner of life in which one wishes that there were no God, as an all-knowing Witness of our misdeeds, and an Avenger of them; or when one acts and lives as though one acknowledged no God at all. When one (2) does not accept the true God — as is done by the Heathen, likewise by the Jews of our own day, as well as by every kind of opponent of the Most High adorable Trinity, who, in not accepting the Son and the Holy Spirit, also thereby fail to acknowledge the true God. When we (3) do not acknowledge the one and only true God — which again occurs: (A) by open profession, (1) through the Polytheism of the Heathen, (2) through the Tritheism of the so-called Perates and of Valentinus Gentilis, (3) through the Ditheism of the Socinians, who posit two true Gods, a highest and a subordinate God. (4) The idolatry of the Papists is in this regard of many kinds: with respect (a) to the Most Blessed Virgin Mother, to whom they render a Hyperdulia; (b) to the Angels; (c) to the Saints in Heaven; (d) to Images; (e) to Relics, or the remains of Martyrs; (f) to invented Saints, who have never lived in the world; (g) to the Bread in the Holy Supper, through Transubstantiation; (h) to the Pope, whom they hold and serve as the Vicar of God and of Christ on earth, etc. — to all which persons and things they render a religious veneration, and which they thereby hold to be Gods, at least in substance and in force of meaning: (B) by living and conducting oneself as though one held one's Belly, one's gold and goods, one's status, and one's pleasures, to be one's God, even though one professes with the mouth belief in the one true God.
B. The evils and disadvantages of godlessness are forcefully described by the sacred Poet, Ps. 14 and 53. In particular, (1) every godless man is a denier of God; (2) every denier of God is a fool; and therefore also (3) abominable, not only before God, but also before all the Godly, indeed before all men themselves who profess the true God, and who therefore do not wish to be called deniers of God. They are (4) far from the threshold of all religion, and from God, Heb. 12:6 [likely]. They are (5) without Christ, estranged from the commonwealth of the Church, strangers to the covenants of Promise, without hope of salvation, and without God in the world, Eph. 2:12. They are (6) excluded from every Promise and participation in any good, 1 Tim. 4:8.
C. The causes of godlessness, which, in order to heal it, must be removed, are: (1) the natural aversion from God and from His Service; (2) ignorance of God, and of His Majesty, Goodness, and retributive and avenging Justice; (3) the burdensomeness and difficulty in the exercise of Piety; (4) association with the godless; (5) the shame and disgrace which one has to fear from the godless, on account of a more scrupulous walk; (6) the fear of loss, and of the forfeiture of goods, pleasures, etc., which one foresees will come from a godly manner of life, etc.
D. The remedies are: (1) an earnest consideration of the benefits and advantages of Piety, and of the evils and disadvantages of godlessness; (2) making use of the means by which Piety is exercised; (3) the removal and rooting out of the causes of godlessness, as for example: (a) the natural aversion from God and Religion is broken through the regenerating, converting, and sanctifying Grace of God, which must be sought from God through prayer, and can be obtained; (b) ignorance of God is driven out through diligence in reading, or hearing, and pondering God's Word; (c) the burdensomeness and difficult labor in the exercise of Piety will be moderated and lessened through reflection on that very yoke, which is so gentle and light, and on the excellence of the advantages and pleasures that arise from it — and the accustoming of oneself to this exercise, which through continual repetition forms a habit, will produce an easiness and pleasantness in it. (d) The slander of the godless on this account will be repaid and rewarded by the praise that is from God, Rom. 2:29, and that will be given by all the Godly; indeed Piety itself, however hateful it may be to the godless, will awaken respect for itself even among the godless. (4) The fear of all loss will also give way, through consideration of that all-embracing usefulness of which Godliness holds the promise.
Chapter II: Of Faith and Unbelief
We have considered Piety in general; we now proceed to its particular Parts and Members. Here there come before us first the chief Cardinal and Fundamental virtues: Faith, Hope, and Love. From these, in turn, others are born — as, for example, the hearing of God's Word, and prayer, and from these again a swearing of oneself over to God, a participation in and fellowship with God — to which the tempting of God is opposed. First we meet Faith, which we shall not here treat insofar as it is a principle of spiritual Life, as we have dealt with it in the Second Book, Chapter I; nor insofar as it is the goal of Calling, as we noted in the Sixth Book, Chapter II; nor again insofar as it is the condition of Justification, as we saw in the Sixth Book, Chapter VI; but insofar as it is a Theological virtue, resting in the Truthfulness and Faithfulness of God — to which Unbelief is opposed. This virtue of Faith we shall then examine —
I. Its nature. Faith is that Theological virtue whereby we, resting upon the divine infallibility, give our assent to all those things which God reveals, and especially to His promises, in trust that we shall become partakers of them. Thus Faith extends itself to all things — indeed to all such things alone as God reveals: to His Predictions, Commands and Prohibitions, to all the Doctrines, to His Threatenings, but especially to His Promises. The foundation of this divine faith is God's infallibility, upon which we can accordingly safely rest. This divine infallibility, insofar as it relates to all things without distinction that are revealed by God, is called His truthfulness; and insofar as it relates specifically to God's promises, it bears the name of His faithfulness. The active Acts by which Faith is occupied concerning its objects are: (1) a knowledge of the things that must be believed; (2) a heartfelt and pious inclination toward God, whereby His testimony receives with us very great power of persuasion; (3) an assent, given to the testified truth; (4) a resting in God, and a trust of obtaining from Him what He has promised; (5) a choosing and laying hold of that good which He has promised. With respect to the first and the third, Faith consists in the understanding; and with respect to the other acts, it resides in the will. The certainty of Faith is, with respect to its object, absolutely firm and strong, Rom. 4:19, although with respect to the subject in which it resides, it is sometimes wavering.
II. The distinction of Faith. There is (1) a human faith, whereby we give our assent to men, because and insofar as God so wills it; and a divine faith, by which we give belief to God alone, and for His own sake. There is (2) an implicit Faith, whereby we believe the revealed truths in a certain general Foundation, which now is Holy Scripture alone, and not the Church; and an explicit Faith, whereby we believe the truths specifically in themselves. This latter Faith, though by various stages and degrees, is necessary unto salvation, with respect to the Fundamental truths which, according to Scripture, have an inseparable connection with salvation. There is (3) a general Faith, which consists in a bare assent; and a Faith which is peculiarly proper to the Elect, and penetrates to the heart, and awakens pious motions of the mind.
III. The marks by which human Faith, a mere opinion, and general Faith are distinguished from that Faith which is peculiarly proper to the Elect, are these: (1) divine faith rests on God's infallible testimony, 1 John 5:9,10; thus it does not stand on the same footing as human belief, or opinion; (2) divine faith is joined with a certain pious inclination of mind toward God, Rom. 4:20; (3) it moreover overcomes the World, and what is in the World, 1 John 5:4, insofar as this Faith awakens an all-surpassing motion of the mind toward God and spiritual Things. Compare what we have expressly noted on this matter in the Second Book, Chapter I.
IV. The benefits and advantages of Faith, for which it is to be pursued, are: (1) that it is praiseworthy before God, Rom. 4:20, and (2) praiseworthy also for him who believes, Rom. 4:20; further (3) because it acknowledges that God is true; and from this (4) it makes him who believes pleasing and acceptable to God; (5) and likewise all his performances of duty. (6) It also works in us union with Christ, so that we are in Him. And consequently also (7) fellowship in all His benefits. In particular it obtains for us the benefits (8) of Justification, (9) of Adoption, (10) of Sanctification, (11) of Glorification. (12) We are able to do nothing in doing good without Faith; but (13) all things through Faith. As we have set forth at length on this matter in the Second Book, Chapter I, §44.
V. The means for obtaining, preserving, and increasing this Faith are: (1) the use of a lively and powerful Ministry; (2) an attentive consideration of the divine truthfulness and faithfulness, whereby God can neither deceive nor be deceived; (3) prayers, that God would grant us the Spirit of Faith. Compare what has been said in the place cited, §44, 45, 46, 47, 48, etc.
VI. Unbelief is set in opposition to this. Of it we must consider —
A. Its nature, which in general consists in not believing God; which, in a broader sense, comprises all those things that are contrary to Faith — such as are: (1) ignorance; (2) opinion, or an uncertain assent, which is unbecoming toward truths divinely revealed; (3) doubt in him who makes profession of Faith, which doubt either diminishes the assent, or takes it away entirely; (4) error, which holds an opinion contrary to Faith; (5) heresy, which stubbornly holds fast an error in the Fundamental truths of Faith; and (6) apostasy, which adds a totality to the errors in the Fundamental truths. As was said in the Second Book, Chapter I, §29.
B. The evils and disadvantages of Unbelief, for which it is to be avoided, are: (1) that it dishonors God, and makes Him out to be a liar, and in particular runs counter to God's truthfulness and faithfulness, and His word; (2) that it renders the Unbeliever unfit for every kind of duty of Piety; (3) that it is the mother of every vice; indeed (4) it makes even all our good works displeasing to God; (5) and is the cause of ignorance, apostasy, and denial of God; (6) and places us under liability to every kind of death. As was said in the Second Book, Chapter I, §32.
C. The causes, which in the healing of this deadly condition must be removed, are: (1) Satan, working powerfully in the children of unbelief, 2 Cor. 4:4; then (2) an evil heart, which is unbelieving, Heb. 3:12; further (3) ignorance in general of the divine truthfulness and faithfulness; (4) the wisdom of the world and of the flesh. Compare the place cited, §31.
D. The remedies for healing are: (1) a godly consideration of the benefits and advantages of Faith, and of the evils and disadvantages of Unbelief. Useful to this end are (2) the means by which Faith is aroused and nourished; (3) resisting the causes of unbelief, as for example: (a) withstanding Satan, who seeks to work unbelief in us; (b) praying to God to remove the unbelieving heart, and striving against it in the Lord's power; (c) driving out ignorance through persistent reading in Holy Scripture, and through other helps; (d) bringing under the wisdom of the world and of the flesh; (e) avoiding fellowship with unbelievers. As was said in the place cited, §33.
Chapter III: Of the Confession and Denial of Faith
Faith is either inward, in the heart, of which we have spoken thus far, or outward, in the mouth, which consists in its Confession, Rom. 10:10, to which Denial is opposed. Concerning the Confession of Faith, we consider its —
I. Nature, whereby we make known with the mouth, and bear witness to, the truth which we have acknowledged and embraced through a divine faith, to the glory of God and the edification of others. To this, accordingly, is required (1) an acknowledgment of the divine truth; for to profess what one does not believe to be true is nothing other than a detestable hypocrisy; and to compel a man to profess that of which he is not convinced, even though it be the truth, is nothing other than an abominable act of violence. Further this requires (2) a constancy in the acknowledgment of the truth; (3) an open spreading and testifying of it, as often as this is required, either by God's honor, or by the edification of others — for otherwise it is not absolutely necessary. And this must take place (4) even with danger, indeed even with the loss of all honor and dignity, and of goods, indeed of life itself, wherein Martyrdom, or witness by blood, consists. This confession of faith must be directed to the glorification of God, and to the spreading of the truth, and thus to the enlargement of the Church, and to the eternal Salvation of other men.
II. Distinction. There is (1) a feigned Confession of Faith, without a sincere acknowledgment of the truth. There is (2) a forcibly extorted confession of faith, without acknowledgment of the truth, in order to escape threatened dangers and losses, or to obtain thereby every kind of vain advantage, of honors and offices, or goods and riches. There is (3) a rash and reckless confession of faith, made voluntarily, without any necessity, whether of God's glorification or the edification of one's neighbor, solely and only to make a display of one's strength in the Faith of the truth, etc. There is (4) a godly confession of faith, which is undertaken out of a pressing necessity, for the glorification of God, for the spreading of the truth, and for the edification of others.
III. The benefits and advantages of this confession of faith, for which it is to be pursued, are: (1) that God has commanded it, 1 Pet. 3:15; (2) that thereby one gives testimony to God and to the divine truth; (3) that we thereby prove the sincerity of our Faith, and thus obtain a calm and cheerful conscience; (4) that it is an excellent means for the commendation of the truth; (5) that it confirms believing eye- and ear-witnesses in the truth; (6) that it serves for the conviction and rebuke of the Enemies of the truth; (7) that it especially serves to God's glorification, Phil. 1:20; (8) that it carries the promise of salvation, Matt. 10:32. And from all these Foundational principles (9), according to occasion and circumstance, it is just as necessary unto salvation as Faith itself, Rom. 10:10.
IV. The properties and qualities of this Confession of Faith likewise come here into consideration. For no particular means are properly required for it, save only such things as fortify the mind against the threatened and feared dangers and miseries that may follow upon it — things furnished by magnanimity and fortitude, by constancy, and by patience. The properties of it, then, are that this Confession be made: (1) steadfastly, at all times and in every place, when and wherever necessity requires it; (2) courageously and undauntedly, without fear of any dangers or losses; (3) sincerely, and without any devious intentions; (4) prudently, and in such a way that we give heed to the circumstances of place, of time, and of persons, so that we do not commendably throw ourselves into dangers and misfortunes; (5) piously, and in such a way that we intend by it nothing other than the glorification of God, the enlargement of the Church, and the edification of others.
V. The Denial of the acknowledged truth causes us to consider its A. Nature, whereby we either forsake the divine truth altogether, or do not confess it as we ought. It therefore comprises in itself: (1) either total Apostasy, whereby we depart from the truth; (2) or Squeamishness and lukewarmness, whereby we do not confess our Faith with that strength, that constancy, and that patience which the honor of God, the preciousness of the truth, and the edification of others require; (3) or when that mind and that aim which ought to be present are absent; (4) this Denial is also sometimes accompanied by a hatred and stubborn resistance against the acknowledged truth, and then it becomes a blasphemy against the Holy Spirit.
B. The evils and disadvantages of this Denial are: (1) a scorning of God, of the Truth, of the Church, and of one's Neighbor. It is (2) shameful and altogether detestable in Christians. Besides this (3) it gives offense to believers, and material for slander to the Enemies. (4) It carries the most dreadful threatenings, Mark 8:38, Luke 9:26. It also (5) paves the way to that dreadful sin of blasphemy against the Holy Spirit, Heb. 6:4,6. And accordingly (6) it places such wretches, if this denial is joined with hatred and stubborn wickedness, outside the possibility of any forgiveness; and instead brings upon him the dreadful expectation of the consuming fire. Therefore (7) since such a one does despite to the Holy Spirit, and tramples the Blood of God's Son underfoot, as it were, and counts it unclean, Heb. 10:26,29.
C. The causes of this abominable sin, which must be removed, are: (1) ignorance of the truth, whereby one who denies it has no sufficient roots of Faith in himself; (2) a low regard for God, and a scorning of Christ, of the Church, and of the truth; partly also (3) a hatred and obstinacy against the truth; at least (4) a squeamish ease, whereby one shrinks from the discomforts of our flesh; (5) mistrust of God, and of His strengthening and preserving Grace, as well as of the divine promises. Sometimes also (6) a rash boldness, and a vain self-conceit, whereby such persons rely too much on their own strength, and are therefore forsaken by God — of which Peter serves as a witness; (7) too great an esteem of, and fear before, the power of the Enemies who attack us; (8) the hope of worldly advantages, which one thinks to obtain by denying the truth, etc.
D. The remedies against the denial of the truth are to be drawn: (1) from a godly consideration of the benefits and advantages that the confession of the truth brings with it, and of the evils and disadvantages of its denial; (2) from the acknowledgment of the weakness of our own flesh; (3) from a wise circumspection, whereby we, in accordance with the nature of the matter, are able to judge of the threatening dangers; (4) from trust in God, whereby we depend altogether on God's strengthening and preserving Grace; (5) from the whole Armor, to which Paul exhorts, Eph. 6:12; (6) especially from Prayer, that God would not lead us into Temptation, but deliver us from the Evil One and from evil; (7) that we make strong resistance against the causes from which the Denial of the truth is wont to be born, and against each of them in particular, according to its nature, and this in the power of God.
Chapter IV: Of Hope and Despair
The second among the Cardinal and Fundamental virtues that belong to Christian Piety is the divine Hope, to which various Vices are opposed. Concerning Hope we shall consider:
I. Its nature. It is that Christian virtue whereby we are inclined to the expectation of the things which God has promised. Concerning it we have to consider (1) its habitual character, whereby it makes us inclined, and fit and ready, according to the nature of this Virtue. Then (II) its object; and namely (a) the formal Object, which is some good, whereby it differs from Despair, and specifically a future good, whereby it is distinguished from Faith; this object of hope is, moreover, in some measure difficult, but at the same time probable, and resting on grounds. All of which applies to the divine promises, on which Hope is fixed — except that this object of hers, by virtue of the divine promise, is not so much probable as it is certain and sure. (b) The material Object is (1) chiefly God Himself, and His future union with us, 1 Pet. 1:21; (2) the lesser, or subordinate object, is all those goods by which we are led up, as it were by steps, to God, 1 Pet. 1:13, whether spiritual or bodily goods, insofar as they are promised to us — in particular (III) eternal life, 1 Thess. 5:8, Titus 3:5. (IV) Further, the act whereby Hope is driven toward its object is expectation — not merely a probable and an uncertain one, as in a human hope, but a sure one, and, by virtue of God's unwavering promise, an infallible one — although in the one who hopes it can sometimes indeed waver. (V) The supporting foundation of hope is Faith, insofar as this does not merely expect, but lays hold of the good as promised thereto. From this it is that Faith and Hope, with respect to their virtue, differ only with regard to the present and the future. Let us also consider their —
II. Distinction. There is (1) a human, uncertain, and fallible Hope. There is (2) a divine, and unwavering Hope. This latter, again, is (3) either a pretended one, which lacks the proper supporting foundation, and is called an imagination, or an opinion; or (4) a genuine one, resting on the divine promises. This again is (5) that of the blessed Heavenly ones, of the Angels and of the spirits of the perfected righteous, whose expectation rests on a clear vision, without any laborious toil, and without any want, in the state of their perfection; and (6) that of Believers on Earth, whose Hope expects the promised thing from afar, beholding it through the Promises, as in a mirror, and in a riddle, 1 Cor. 13:12, with labor, and trouble, and with imperfection. This, too, is (7) sometimes more confirmed and strong, and is then called a confidence; or (8) weaker, and less lively. Let us also note —
III. The marks by which Christian hope is tested: (1) it rests on God alone, and on His gracious Promises, 1 Pet. 1:13; (2) it also rests on firm grounds and such promises whereby God has pledged every good, and not on one's own merits and powers, or on some merely outwardly performed duties of Religion, Jer. 7:4, Luke 18:10,11. Further (3) it produces every carefulness to please God in all things, 1 John 3:3. (4) Besides this it gives counsel toward the use of the ordinary means that are prescribed by God, with all diligence, and toward abstaining from all others, Heb. 10:23,24,25. Finally (5) Christian hope, nonetheless, does not depend on those means, but on God alone, who is also able to do His work without means, Esther 4:14, etc.
IV. The benefits and advantages of Hope, for which it is to be pursued, are the following: (1) God requires it, that we may become partakers of every promised good through it. (2) Also, that it is an anchor of the soul, firm and sure, Heb. 6:19 — compare Ps. 37:5,6, 1 Pet. 1:13 — whereby we possess our own souls, Luke 21:19. Then there is this too, that it (3) awakens joy, and delight and glorying in God, Heb. 3:6, 1 Pet. 1:3,6. Thereby (4) it powerfully sustains the soul in every kind of adversity. For this reason (5) patience is strengthened and increased by it. Further (6) it produces the sure expectation of eternal Salvation, Titus 3:7, Rom. 5:2. As it also (7) stirs us up to the pursuit of holiness, 1 John 3:3.
V. The means which must be employed to obtain this Christian Hope are: (1) earnestly to consider the benefits and advantages of Christian hope, just now mentioned; (2) to search into the divine promises; (3) to reflect on God's general truthfulness and faithfulness in those Promises; (4) to exercise Faith, since Hope is the expectation of that which is believed; (5) to labor toward being found in the Covenant of Grace, whereby all the divine promises are applied to us; (6) and to be in Christ, in whom all God's promises are yea and amen, 2 Cor. 1:20. In particular (7) to think on those Promises which are everywhere pledged by God to trust in Him; (8) to trace out the experience of the divine goodness and truthfulness, which either we ourselves have known in various Needs, or which all other Believers have come to know.
VI. Despair, set in opposition to this, we now consider —
A. Its nature, which we here take in a broader sense, insofar as it denotes every lack of Christian hope, whether that lack consists in an excess departing from it, or in a deficiency; and thus Despair will here signify with us: (1) every kind of trust in other men, or in oneself, and in one's own merits, worthiness, or powers, or in any other thing besides God and the divine merits; (2) an imagination, whereby we hope without sufficient ground; (3) the fear of evil, which is contrary to the hope whereby we expect good — namely, in case that fear is immoderate, and not mingled with Faith, which in itself is not contrary to Hope, even in the sinner. But above all, opposed to Christian hope is (4) despair, so called in an even narrower sense, insofar as it is a lack of the Hope that ought to be present, a lack accompanied by a sense of itself, and by an impressive apprehension of the thing that ought to have been hoped for, but which, it is felt, will never be granted. This despair, when it is found in the Godless, in Hypocrites, in the Devils, and in the Damned, has the nature not so much of sin as of punishment — since to such no promise whatsoever has been made, except that sin is the cause of it. Finally (5) it is so called because it stands directly opposed to the outcome, and is termed a shame of countenance, Ps. 25:2,3.
B. The evils and disadvantages of every kind of Despair, for which it is to be turned away from, are these: (1) it dishonors God, and tarnishes His Truthfulness, Faithfulness, Grace, and Promises; (2) it is harmful to ourselves, and robs us, so to speak, of our own souls, and of the strongest and safest anchor, while it causes us to be tossed to and fro amid every kind of misery, and in the wild waves of misfortune; (3) it brings us under the most dreadful curse; and (4) robs us of all the blessings that God has promised to all who hope in Him.
C. The causes, which must be rooted out in the healing of Despair, are: (1) ignorance of the divine promises; (2) doubt concerning the divine truthfulness and faithfulness; (3) fixing one's thoughts too much on the multitude and weight of our dangers and misfortunes; (4) likewise on our own weakness; and (5) on our sins, which would render us unworthy of all divine grace and help; especially (6) a lack of faith, to which all the Promises are made; (7) being outside of Christ, in whom alone all God's promises are firm and effectual.
D. The remedies to be used against Despair are: (1) considering the benefits and advantages of Hope, and the evils and disadvantages of Despair; (2) using the means by which Hope is aroused and increased; (3) offering resistance to the causes of Despair, as for example: (a) against ignorance, through those means by which a proficiency in the knowledge of God's promises is obtained, by exercising oneself in Holy Scripture; (b) against doubts, by setting against them the Truthfulness and Faithfulness of God, by which He, as the first Truth, indeed Truth itself, can neither be deceived nor Himself deceive; (c) against the multitude and weight of dangers and misfortunes, we must set the divine omnipotence, which can rescue us from them; (d) against the multitude and dreadfulness of sins must be set God's mercy in Christ; and (e) against the lack of faith must be used all those means by which Faith can be obtained and strengthened, pointed out above in the Second Book, Chapter I — prayers, that God would give and increase Faith; and besides this —
Chapter V: Of Love toward, and Hatred against, God
The third among the Cardinal virtues of Piety is Love toward God, to which Hatred against God, in a broader sense, is opposed. With respect to Love we must consider:
I. Its nature. It is an inclination toward God, as the highest good. Its activity is an inclination, on which account it differs from hatred, which is nothing other than an aversion. Love has regard to God, and to Him alone, whereby it differs from every civil or worldly love. It is drawn toward God as a good, whereby it again differs from Hatred, whose object is evil. And indeed it is drawn toward God as the highest good — which has no place in any other love. Love is drawn toward the good in general, insofar as it is desirable not only in itself, but also insofar as it makes one a partaker of itself — that is to say, makes its possessor happy. Now since the good may be regarded either as still absent, that is, estranged from us — in which case it produces a longing and a desire for union with it; or as present and possessed, in which case it works joy and rest; or as precious — that is, worthy of being done good to — in which case it awakens beneficence. Finally, since God is the highest good, Love toward Him must be all-surpassing, whereby God has the preeminence of Love above all things, to such a degree that one loves nothing (a) against God; (b) nor anything above God; and (c) nothing alongside God; but (d) all things from Him; and (e) toward Him, and to His glory. Let us also consider —
II. Its distinction. There is (1) a civil or worldly Love, whose object is all things that differ from God. (2) A religious love, which belongs to God alone. And this is, according to the distinction of the scholastic teachers, either (3) a natural love, which has regard to God as the beginning and end of nature, and which would be natural and innate to man — as though the sinner, by his natural powers, could love God as God, or as the highest good; or (4) a supernatural love, which goes out to God as the beginning and end of grace. Yet there is also (5) a general Love, which indeed truly extends toward God, with respect to its act, but not toward God as God, or the highest good, with a surpassing inclination. There is finally (6) a Love toward God, which is peculiarly proper to the Elect and true Believers, which is joined with salvation, and regards God as its highest good. And this, again, is either (7) a love of desire, which extends itself toward union with God; or (8) a love of rest and complacency, whereby one rests and is content in all that is in God, so that one wills and desires no other God, nor one existing in any other way. Finally it is (9) a love of benevolence, whereby we wish to bring Him every good, seek to please Him in everything, and direct everything to His honor.
III. The marks by which saving Love toward God is discerned are to be taken: (1) from the nature of the Love, when we love God not in general, nor on account of the benefits we have received from Him, but for His own sake — because He is desirable, and worthy of all Love. (II) From the parts of Love, namely (a) from the Love of desire. In this respect, saving Love (1) desires God not only, but also all those means whereby God represents Himself to us; (2) such a one flees all those things which separate us from God; (3) such a one also longs for a spiritual union and fellowship with the Church, to which God has promised His presence; (4) nothing grieves him more than a gulf, made by sin, between God and himself; (5) he yearns for the perfect enjoyment of God in the life to come. (b) Another part of saving Love is that of complacency, which (A) rests not only in the divine grace, but also in God's avenging Justice; not in His benefits and blessings alone, but also in His chastisements and Judgments. (B) Such a one repeatedly delights in, and takes pleasure in, the union and fellowship with God which he enjoys; and, through the grace and working of the Holy Spirit, experiences (C) joy also, and sweetness, in the exercise of Piety; (D) and in the fellowship of the Saints. (E) On the other side, he feels a loathing and an abhorrence of all those things which are contrary to God and to His will. (c) A third part of this saving Love is that of benevolence; and thus Love is saving which (1) dedicates itself, and all that it is, has, and can do, to God; which (2) is zealous and burning concerning God's honor, and besides this (3) concerning obedience to His commands. The marks of saving Love toward God are also taken (III) from the manner or degree of Love; and thus that Love is saving which esteems God above all things — so (1) in affection and will, so deeply, that there is no affection for any creature which could entice us to wish in any way to displease God; indeed such that Love toward God prevails with us more than toward anything else, to such a degree that we are willing, to please God and for His honor, to forsake even our dearest and most precious things; likewise (2) in effect and in deed, whereby we show, in our whole life and in all our conduct, that we prize and desire God above all things; (3) such a Love, too, as is stronger, firmer, and more deeply rooted toward God than toward all other things. Finally (4) a Love that would rather suffer harm, or endure all violence, than in any way transgress the divine will, or violate His honor, etc.
IV. The benefits and advantages of this Love toward God, for which it is to be pursued, are these: (1) it surpasses all justice, when one loves the highest good, as is fitting, with the highest Love. In particular (2) since God has gone before us with the highest degree of Love, when He gave His own, only-begotten, and most beloved Son, not only to us, but also gave Him up for us, to the most accursed Death, John 3:16. And not only this; but (3) He also still daily overwhelms us with every kind of favor, moved thereto by nothing other than a gracious and undeserved Love. (4) This our Love toward God also obtains God's love toward us, Ps. 119:132, Prov. 8:17. Also (5) it grants us divine protection and deliverance from all evil, and causes all things, even all misfortunes and adversities, to work together for our good, Ps. 91:14,15, Rom. 8:28. Besides this (6) it provides us the possession of every kind of Riches, Prov. 8:20,21. Further (7) it is the root of all Piety and saving obedience; and consequently (8) a sure proof of a true faith and of a pacified conscience; without which (9) no true Religion, nor Piety, can exist, since this Love is the sum and the fulfillment of the Law. Finally (10) this Love is the jewel and the appointed Prize of salvation, and of eternal life, Jas. 1:12, 1:5.
V. The means by which this Love toward God is obtained and increased are: (1) a godly consideration of the benefits and advantages of Love; (2) directing all earnest efforts toward this, that we may be more and more convinced of God's infinite goodness, not only from Holy Scripture, but also from experience — not only that of others, but also our own, Ps. 34:9 and 35:9,10; (3) applying all diligence to the arousing and strengthening of Faith, from which Love is born; (4) striving toward this, that we may find ourselves in the Covenant of Grace, and therefore that God, with all His goodness, may be ours; (5) praying that God would direct our hearts to His Love, 2 Thess. 3:5. And finally (6) causing our love toward God to depend on, and be derived from, God's love toward us, 1 John 4:19.
VI. Hatred against God, which stands opposed to this Love, comprises in general everything that is contrary to Love toward God. Concerning this we must let our thoughts range over —
A. Its nature. This Hatred is the aversion from God, whereby we either do not love God at all, or do not love Him as we ought — that is, in a general sense. It comprises in particular: (1) an immoderate fear, which has its pain from the consideration of God's presence, and from dread of the divine punishment, 1 John 4:18 — which fear therefore extinguishes perfect Love, insofar as this fear is a terror and trembling, arising from the impression and apprehension of some evil, on account of the presence of God, and is thus directly opposed to the Love that extends toward God as the absolute good that can perfect man. (2) An aversion or estrangement from God, which is by some called a hatred of abhorrence, Ps. 14:3, John 3:20. For just as Love consists in an inclination toward union, so this estrangement, or aversion, consists in separation. (3) From this follows the Hatred that is called a hatred of enmity, John 15:23,24,25. For just as the confirmation of Love is goodwill, so this Hatred is an ill-will, whereby the godless wish evil upon God, and would indeed wish either that there were no God at all, or at least that God were not such as He is. To this also (4) belongs love of the world, 1 John 2:15, because the world, taken in this sense, does not agree with God and with His will, v. 16. For just as the perfection of Love is found in one whose mind finds its rest in God, so it is necessarily a setting of oneself against this Love, when anyone seeks and finds the rest of his soul in that which is estranged from God.
B. The evils and disadvantages of Hatred against God, for which it is to be shunned, are: (1) that it is a wickedness of all wickednesses, and the fountain and confluence of every abomination; (2) that it awakens God's hatred against him who hates Him — for just as Love awakens a Love in return, so one hatred is born of another; (3) it awakens, I say, the hatred of God, as of a consuming fire, from God's omnipresence and omnipotence; (4) it also carries the threatenings of God's most terrible Judgments, Exod. 15:5 [likely]; (5) the hater thereby becomes abominable before God and before the saints, Ps. 139:21,22; (6) finally it produces for the hater everlasting and inescapable Ruin, etc.
C. The causes of this Hatred, which must be removed, are: (1) the original aversion of our nature from God; (2) being ignorant, or unconvinced, of God's goodness, grace, and mercy; (3) fixing one's thoughts too much on God as a stern Judge, without regard to God's mercy; (4) a disordered love of oneself, of one's lusts and iniquities — for this causes the godless to hate God as their Adversary, which proceeds roughly through these stages: (a) the godless love themselves in an excessive manner; therefore (b) they wish and desire what pleases them, even though it be contrary to the divine will; (c) therefore they also hate the divine Law, because it is contrary to their lusts; and (d) they hate God Himself, because He is the Author of such a Law.
D. The remedies to be used for the removal of this Hatred against God are: (1) a deep consideration of the benefits and advantages of divine love, and of the evils and disadvantages of Hatred against God; (2) the use of such means whereby Love toward God is aroused; (3) setting oneself against the causes of this Hatred, as for example: (a) the natural aversion from God is gradually remedied through the Almighty power of the Holy Spirit in Regeneration, Conversion, and Sanctification, which is to be desired and obtained through Prayers; (b) ignorance is healed through a zealous effort to taste and see the divine goodness; (c) by fixing one eye firmly on God's avenging Justice, but the other, too, on God's Mercy — and indeed that mercy which is in Christ Jesus; (d) earnestly considering the detestableness, the shamefulness, and the harmfulness of sins, that from this may be born a hatred of sin, and thereby the hatred against God may be extinguished.
Chapter VI: Of the Hearing and Neglect of the Divine Word
From these three named virtues of Piety — Faith, Hope, and Love — proceeds a twofold activity of Piety, which concerns that spiritual exercise of fellowship which takes place between God and a Believer: namely, the Hearing of the divine Word, and Prayer. Concerning the Hearing of the divine Word, to which the neglect of it is opposed, we must note:
I. Its nature, which consists in a religious reception of God's Word, in order to obey it. It is a reception, whether it takes place through hearing with the ears, or through reading with the eyes, or through pondering with the soul, or through recounting or understanding it, in whatever manner this may occur. It is a religious reception — that is, such a reception must proceed: (I) from Faith, whereby we believe that it is the Word of truth, and are moved by it as is fitting, Heb. 4:2, Luke 24:32. Then also (II) from Hope, whereby we embrace this Word as good, and as the Word of life, which God promises therein, and from which we also expect life, Deut. 32:47, John 5:39. Finally (III) from Love, whereby we cleave to God, who reveals Himself to us in His Word, as simply good. From all these things it comes about that the hearing of the Word becomes religious, or a divine act of service, insofar as such a hearing (1) renders directly and immediately to God a spiritual Honor — for although the act of hearing is, for the most part, properly directed to our reception of God's Word, yet because we, in the manner of receiving it, subject our consciences to God, it is for this reason that we thereby render to Him the honor of Power, or Authority, and of His Truthfulness, in the knowledge and acknowledgment of which true Religion toward Him is exercised. And (2) insofar as this hearing of the divine Word comprises in itself a direct and immediate exercise of Faith, and Hope, and Love, in which the service of God chiefly and essentially consists. The object to which this hearing is related is God's Word. No human word, therefore, may be mixed with it, or set forth alongside it in like manner, lest we serve some man instead of God. This reception of God's Word further comprises in itself these two things: (a) an attentive heedfulness of the soul, or of the understanding, or an inquiry, in order to understand the sense of the word, Acts 16:14, Isa. 58:2; (b) a stirring up and an intention of our will, to obey the word that has been heard and rightly understood. Accordingly the greatest and final end of hearing must be obedience.
II. Its distinction. There is a distinction in the hearing of God's Word. For (1) there is a human hearing, whereby we hear God's word as nothing other than if it were the word of a man who preaches it, 1 Thess. 2:13. There is (2) a vain hearing, whereby we hear God's word neither in order to understand it, nor in order to do it, but only in order to comply with the outward practice of Religion, and so that we may on that account be reckoned Christians and religious persons. There is (3) an idle and empty hearing, whereby we hear God's word solely to this end, that we may understand it, and be able thereby to talk and reason about it. But finally (4) there is a religious hearing, whereby we aim not only to understand the sense of God's word, but also to obey it.
III. The marks by which this religious hearing is distinguished from every other hearing may sufficiently appear from what has been said; they may, however, be more distinctly grasped when we consider: (1) the attentive heedfulness of this hearing, which, if it is to be religious, (a) must proceed from a consideration of God's Majesty, and from that reverence which we owe to it — a religious attention which by no means belongs to any human words whatsoever, 1 Thess. 2:13, Acts 10:33; (b) this religious hearing receives into itself not the words alone, but also the sense of the words, and moreover acknowledges an obligation to pursue the word heard in a religious manner, Deut. 32:46,47. It is also necessary to this (c) that the ground of our attentiveness lie in an actual practice of, and reverence for, God, Isa. 66:2. We also consider (II) the inquiry, whereby we inquire — not in order to deliberate and consider whether the word heard ought to be done, or not, for such a thing cannot stand together with Piety; no, but only that we must examine this word in order to understand from it what the will of God is. With respect to the words of men it indeed has a place, that we must examine whether they are good and to be followed; but God's word may not be judged otherwise than only to this end, that we may submit ourselves to it as with a blind obedience. Yet we must consider (III) the disposition and intention of our will; for the hearing of God's word must aim, not only, nor chiefly, at knowledge, but also at practice, Jas. 1:22 — namely, to do the entire will of God, without any limitation, or exception, or any distinction-making, Deut. 5:33, Jas. 2:10. Further (IV) this disposition and intention must be firm and unwavering, excluding all delay, or any postponement — and also not to do anything by one's own strength, but everything through the grace of God, and in His power.
IV. The benefits and advantages of such a religious hearing, for which it is to be pursued, are these: (1) one must hear this word as the word of the Almighty God, as the word of life and of salvation. There is (2) in the hearing of the divine word an act of service to God, which is owed to Him by every right, in every manner. In it is (3) a solemn and dignified exercise of Faith, and Hope, and Love, in the practice of which true Religion consists. In this hearing of God's word (4) a pious soul becomes aware of a most sweet delight. (5) Finally, such a hearing is also of very great usefulness: (a) that God, as we hear Him speaking in His word, may in turn hear and answer us in our prayers; (b) that we may believe Him with a divine faith; (c) that we may obey Him; (d) that we may have a firm and holy Rule, by which to direct our whole life; (e) that we may give to God, and to our Neighbor, and to ourselves, each one what is his due, according to the will of God; (f) that we may walk securely in the ways of God, without fear of being led astray. From all these grounds it is evident (6) that the hearing of the divine word is absolutely necessary for obtaining eternal Salvation, etc.
V. The manner in which God's word must be heard (for particular means to this end, since it consists in an actual activity, are not so much required here) may readily be gathered from what has been said concerning the nature and marks of religious hearing. Besides what has been said, however, this further requires (1) a proper preparation, which must precede the hearing, just as this is necessary in all, and especially in all solemn, duties of Religion; through which preparation we must consider: (a) that it is God's word, and who He is whose word shall be heard, so that the hearing of His word may take place in accordance with His Majesty; (b) who and what manner of persons we ourselves are, and ought to be, who are to hear that word; (c) then we must think about the hearing itself, what this is, so that it may be performed by us worthily of the divine Majesty, and of such a word. To this is also required (II) a right disposition during the hearing, so that it takes place (A) with proper Piety, (B) with the most intent attentiveness, (C) with the most wholehearted affection and intention to obey it. Finally (III) after the hearing there is required a most careful diligence, whereby we strive (1) to obtain fruit from what has been heard, and (2) to practice religiously what has been heard — of which we have treated more fully elsewhere.
VI. The neglect of the hearing of the divine word, which we here take in its very broadest meaning, comprises everything that is contrary to hearing. Of this we must consider —
A. Its nature, whereby we either do not hear God's word at all, or do not hear it as we ought. This therefore comprises chiefly in itself: (1) Arrogance toward God, whereby someone regards and considers his own worth and excellence with such an eye that he is unwilling to submit himself to the divine word. For although this proud Arrogance is contrary to the Humility of all Christian obedience in general, of which we have spoken expressly in the First Book, Chapter V, in particular, however, this Haughtiness is directed chiefly against this religious hearing of God's word — that whereby a proud person is so far from submitting himself to the word heard, or to hearing it, that he would much rather have and hold his own word, his own will, for himself and for others, as though it were a word of God, Jer. 13:15 and following. This neglect of the hearing of the divine word comprises in itself (II) giving hearing to a human word, whereby we subject our consciences in such a manner to the pronouncements of men — for example, of the Pope, or of the Ruler of the land — that these become to us as though they were God's own word, which is the very essence of superstition, whereby we hear men instead of God. This neglect of the hearing of the divine word comprises (III) giving hearing to the word of the Devil. This happens when we: (a) hear Satan in his temptation and seduction, and submit ourselves to him to do his will; when we (b) take counsel with Satan, and hear his word, whether to know some secret, or to obtain his help toward something, or that he should assist us in our needs, or to perform some wonder-work through his agency. This occurs in the following particulars: (1) through consulting the evil Spirit, as is evident in Saul; (2) through sorcery, of which we have treated expressly in its place, in the Third Book, Chapter VIII, §14 and 22; (3) through astrological divination, whereby one seeks to discover future events from the stars, and by their help; (4) through all those arts whereby godless persons, by certain formulas, images, and similar things — which are vain and of no power whatsoever — pretend to cure certain sicknesses and infirmities, whether in others, or in themselves, or in their Friends or Household, and permit such things toward that end. Through all these kinds of consultation with Satan, the Faith whereby one gives him belief, and the Hope whereby one expects something good from him, and the Love whereby one loves him on account of that good which one thinks to receive from him, are transferred to this sworn Enemy of God, whereby he is religiously honored, and a certain covenant is made with him. Finally (IV) this neglect of the hearing of the divine word comprises such a hearing whereby God's word is indeed heard, but not in that manner, with that pious affection, reverence, attentiveness, intention, submission, and other circumstances, which are fitting to the High Majesty of God in His word.
B. The evils and disadvantages of this neglect, which, though by various degrees, touch all its kinds in their own way, and for which it is to be avoided, are: (1) through the neglect of the hearing of the divine word, God Himself is neglected and despised; (2) alongside this are also neglected and despised all the advantages of a right ordering of Life, and of comfort in adversities, which could flow to us from the word of God, and from the hearing of it; (3) God will not listen to the prayers, in their times of need, of those who shall have neglected to hear His word; (4) the Lord will subject to every kind of Judgment those who shall have refused to submit themselves to His word; (5) those who through bold arrogance shall have exalted themselves against God and against His word — against these God will exalt Himself, in every manner, in His Wrath; and those who shall have broken His yoke, these He will also dash in pieces with His rod of iron, Ps. 2:2,3,9. Finally (6) those who refuse obedience to God and to His word — to these also God will refuse grace, etc.
C. The causes, which must be removed in the healing of this evil condition of soul, are the following. This neglect of the hearing of the divine word arises: (1) from the scorning and rejection of God Himself — "he who hears you hears me, and he who rejects you rejects me, and he who rejects me rejects Him who sent me," says the Savior, Luke 10:16; (2) then from ignorance of the divine word — how good, how pleasant, how useful, how necessary it is, etc.; (3) then from the exalting and lifting up of our heart against God and against His will, Jer. 13:15. Also (4) from self-love, and from a disordered love of pleasures, riches, etc., against which the word of God warns; (5) then from an overabundant preoccupation with the cares of this life, whereby we allow ourselves no time, nor can find leisure, to hear God's word, etc.
D. The remedies to be applied to this are: (1) piously to consider the benefits and advantages of the divine word, and of hearing it; and the evils and disadvantages of the neglect thereof; (2) to root out the causes of this neglect of duty; for example: (a) the rejection and scorning of God, by considering Him in His Majesty and Power; (b) the un—
...the knowledge of God and of His word, through exercise and prayer. Pride, through reflection on our own insignificance and powerlessness, etc., compared especially with the infinite Majesty of God. Self-love, through the crucifying and mortifying of the flesh. Worldly cares and anxieties, by lessening them, since they are harmful to the soul, etc.
Chapter VII: On the Exercise and Neglect of Prayer
From the chief and fundamental virtues of godliness — faith, hope, and love — two duties blossom forth. The first is the duty by which we hear God, who speaks to us; the other is that by which we address God, that He may hear us. The first duty we have already treated. The latter duty consists in the exercise of prayer, over against which stands its neglect. Concerning prayer we must consider:
I. Its Nature
Prayer is a religious laying-open of the desires of our will before God, that we may be heard by Him. Four things accordingly are required for prayer. (1) There must be present in it desires of the will, without which our outward utterances are no prayers at all, but rather mere sounds of empty chatter. (2) These desires must be laid open and displayed; without this they are no more prayers than the idle wishes of misers and the godless. (3) This laying-open and display must take place in a religious manner; apart from which they are no more prayers than the earthly and civil requests of children, by which they lay open to their parents what they wish to obtain. (4) The desires must be laid open and displayed in order to obtain a hearing. This laying-open, therefore, must not take place so that our desires might become known to God — for He is all-knowing — nor that He might be moved, for He is unchangeable; but in order to be heard, that is, to obtain by prayer what we know by faith God has promised us. This laying-open must be made to God alone, since He alone is able to hear us: inasmuch as (a) He thoroughly knows, by His omniscience, both the disposition of the heart that desires and the means by which He can bring about what is desired; inasmuch as (b) He is able to give the thing desired, by His omnipotence; inasmuch as (c) He is willing to grant it, by His goodness and grace; and inasmuch as (d) He is bound to grant it, according to His promises, by which He has assured us of the thing desired. And since (5) these desires of ours properly reside in the will, and our prayers are acts of the will, yet in such a way that a certain attention and heedfulness of the understanding is also required: to our desires, whether they agree with the divine will and His promises given; to our heart, whether it is rightly disposed; to God, whether we deal with Him devoutly enough in our prayers; and to the aim of our prayer, whether it is the glorification of God, or merely our own interest, etc.
II. The Distinction of Prayers
There are unlawful prayers, lacking the requisites, of which we have spoken in their place. There are lawful prayers, made according to the will of God, to which He has promised a hearing. There is again a civil petition, addressed to men, whereby we labor to win them over and dispose them favorably, to move them, and to bring them to such a frame of mind that they grant us what we ask — which cannot and may not be intended in a religious invocation. Although it is also true that Scripture ascribes such power to our prayers that, were it possible, God would thereby be moved, and that this would not otherwise come to pass except through prayer — and that God everywhere declares on this account that He is, as it were, affected and moved by our prayers — this concerns only the petition that is religious, of which alone we treat here.
Such a petition, further, as appears from its several parts, is either a confession of our neediness, misery, and unworthiness arising from sin, of which we shall speak more fully in its place; or a promise or vow, whereby we assure God that what we receive in answer to our prayers we will devote not only to our own benefit but also to His glorification, of which likewise mention is made in its place. Further, it is either a fleeting prayer, in which we do not wholly, deliberately, or for long give ourselves to prayer, Ps. 119:8, Neh. 11:8; or a formal prayer, whereby, with sustained order and more deliberately, we compose ourselves to pray. And this twofold prayer is again either a prayer of the soul, which — without any outward sign deliberately added — takes place through the will alone, through the understanding, and through the movements of the heart, 1 Sam. 1:13; or a spoken prayer, when we also express the desire of our soul in words, Hos. 14:2, both to lay open our inward disposition and to awaken, sustain, and increase it.
This prayer, moreover, takes place either in continuous speech, or in verse, to which is joined song, for a certain spiritual refreshment, whereby the mind is also held fast and made to stand still in meditation on the matter that is sung; to which belongs psalm-singing, whether publicly in the exercise of religion, or privately. This praying also takes place either with others, where one leads with his voice and the others follow with the affection of their hearts and with faith, which they signify by the word Amen, 1 Cor. 14:16; or alone, when we, in our private chamber, shutting out others, pour out our souls before God.
From these ingredients of prayer it further appears that it is either supplication, that is, a request whereby we seek to obtain the good that we lack, Matt. 7:7; or a deprecation, whereby we seek to avert the evil that presses or threatens us. To this belong also the complaints whereby we make known our grief on account of the evils and injuries done to us by the wickedness and wronging of men, with which are sometimes mingled imprecations — which, at least ordinarily, are not lawful except insofar as they have power to avert, by that evil, some greater evil which one wishes upon wicked men. Such imprecations were, in former times, extraordinary predictions in the Prophets, as also groanings over the evils that are sent upon us by God. Or it is an intercession, whereby we pray for others. There is finally a thanksgiving, paired with a praising of God, whereby we pray that the benefits which we have already received, or shall certainly still receive, may return to God and His glorification, Ps. 50:15,23 and 91:15.
This thanksgiving comprises in itself a recognition of soul, whereby we consider in our hearts the benefits themselves — how many, of what kind, and how great they are — which we have received from God, and the fountain from which they have flowed to us, and how we have received them out of sheer grace, apart from and beyond any merit of our own, so as to acknowledge therein the perfections of God, His goodness, power, and wisdom as the greater Giver. This thanksgiving also includes a praising of God with the mouth, whereby we proclaim all these things, both to God and to men, publicly, for the magnifying of God's glory in every way. And finally a recompense in the very deed, whereby we endeavor, at the least, to bring to God, in return for all His benefits, some goods and advantages.
III. The Exercises We Must Practice in Prayer
(1) Everywhere, and most graciously, God urges us to pray. (2) Prayer serves especially for the glorification of God. (3) In prayer our soul exercises a most delightful communion with God. (4) Without prayer we can obtain no good and avert no evil. (5) In prayer there is a certain omnipotence, whereby we can open heaven, make the sun stand still, indeed as it were overcome God Himself, and restrain His wrath. (6) There is nothing that can make us more courageous, nothing that can help us more powerfully and surely, in all sorts of need, than prayer, Jas. 5:16. Finally, (7) in every way and on every occasion prayer is of absolute necessity, 1 Thess. 5:17.
IV. The Manner in Which One Must Pray
This requires: (1) that the rule according to which our praying takes place be the will of God, for which the Savior Himself, in the Lord's Prayer, has given us a pattern, Luke 11:1-2. (2) That we pray in the name of Christ. (3) That we pray in faith, Mark 11:24, whereby we are persuaded that what we pray is pleasing to God — by which faith we lay our prayers upon the golden altar of Christ's merits, that He may cover and supply the defect of our prayers. (4) That we, through hope, await what we have desired in prayer, on the ground of the divine promise. (5) That we pray with love, whereby what we ask for we desire not for ourselves alone, but for God, and to His honor. (6) That in prayer we lift up a holy heart and pure hands to God, Ps. 66:18, John 9:31. (7) That we pray with a godly submission, promising ourselves everything from God according to His will, without prescribing to Him any bound or limit, Isa. 57:15, Luke 18:13. (8) That we find ourselves driven, with a strong inclination of heart and with an ardent desire, toward that for which we have prayed, Rom. 4:18. (9) That we pray with a fitting preparation, especially in public and solemn prayers — to which preparation belongs our considering: who God is, whom we wish to call upon in prayer, Gen. 18:27; what the things are for which we ought to pray, both spiritual and bodily, and in what order, Matt. 6:33; which sins must first be laid aside by us, Prov. 15:8, Lam. 3:42; and that it be accompanied by preceding, fleeting sighs, Ps. 119:15.
(10) That we conduct ourselves fittingly and worthily during prayer, giving heed: to our gestures, that they may express our humility, our reverence, and the trust of our heart, Ps. 95:6; to our words, that they be well-ordered and fitting, joined with great humility, Eccl. 5:1; to the benefits we have formerly received from God, so as to acknowledge them and bring them again to God with thanksgiving, Gen. 32:10; and to the submission of our heart to the divine will, whereby we subordinate our desires to God's good pleasure, 1 Sam. 15:26. (11) That we conduct ourselves fittingly after prayer: by examining how we have behaved ourselves during it, Ps. 119:59; by longing for the hearing of it, Ps. 119:82; and by persevering steadfastly in prayer, at least with wishing and desire, Eph. 6:18.
V. The Aids by Which the Spirit of Prayer May Be Awakened in Us
(1) A consideration of the goods and advantages of prayer. (2) That we acknowledge and weigh our misery and needs, 1 Kings 8:38. (3) That we not bind ourselves to certain set forms or formulary prayers, but seek to frame our prayers according to circumstance and the requirement of the matter, Job 14:24. (4) That we oppose our sluggishness in prayer in such a way that we strive most of all to pray when we are least able to pray, or find ourselves least inclined to it, Isa. 63:17, Rom. 15:30. Finally, (5) that with all circumspection we observe by what bodily posture or disposition the spirit of prayer in us may be made more awakened and fervent — that is, whether we can pray more earnestly and powerfully standing, or kneeling, alone, or in company with others, Matt. 26:36,39 and 6:6.
VI. The Neglect of Prayer
The neglect of prayer signifies here, in a broader sense, all its defects and negligences. Of this we must consider:
A. Its Nature
This consists in a lack of prayer, so that we either do not pray at all, or do not pray as we ought. There is accordingly a neglect of prayer (1) when we do not pray at all, and are averse to prayer, having indeed no inclination to it. Or (2) when we do not call upon the true God — as the heathen, the Jews, the Muhammadans, and the Socinians do, when they do not call upon the Triune God, the one true God. Or (3) when, besides that one true God, we call upon others also, as those of the Papacy do. Or (4) when we do indeed acknowledge that we ought to call upon the one true God alone, yet do not do so in the manner in which we ought. This happens in various ways: when (a) the essence of prayer is placed in a neatly arranged and well-connected order of words and skillful delivery; (b) when prayer, out of mere custom, with a formula learned by rote, is rattled off on solemn occasions with ceremony; (c) when one prays without heart, without attention, without reverence, and without humility; (d) when one prays not in the name of Christ; (e) without faith, hope, and love, without submission, and without religious affection; (f) when prayer is made without preparation, without befitting readiness, and without devoutly emptying oneself of everything else, etc.
B. The Evils and Disadvantages of This Neglect of Prayer
On account of which this defect is to be corrected: (1) The neglect of prayer makes a man an ungodly heathen, an idolater, and a denier of God. (2) The lack of prayer — of which there are various degrees — makes prayers so contemptible and so unacceptable to God, that before Him they are nothing other than a dog's barking, Isa. 1:15, Hos. 7:14. (3) This neglect causes a man to remain deprived of every divine benefit that would otherwise be obtainable through prayer. (4) Indeed this neglect kindles the fire of divine wrath, and causes Him to pour out His judgments of destruction upon such persons with full measure, Jer. 10:25, etc.
C. The Causes to Be Removed
(1) The want of the Spirit of grace and of prayer. (2) Estrangement and aversion from God, through the enmity of sin against Him. (3) The lack of faith, hope, and love, since from these three principal virtues prayer is born. (4) Ignorance of oneself, and unawareness of one's own neediness and misery. (5) Trust in one's own strength, one's own wisdom, riches, and friends. (6) Mistrust of God, as though He could not, by His omnipotence, or would not, by His grace, or must not, on the ground of His promises, come to the help of the neediness of His creature.
D. The Remedies
(1) Earnestly to consider the goods and advantages of prayer, and the evils and disadvantages of its neglect. (2) The use of the means whereby the Spirit of grace and of prayer may be awakened. (3) To resist the causes of this failure of duty — as, for example: estrangement from God must be countered by seeking our reconciliation with God through Christ; the lack of faith, hope, and love we must seek to supply, by the Lord's power, through holy exercises and soul-sighings; ignorance of oneself can be remedied by nothing more effectively than by a diligent attentiveness to oneself, to one's own powerlessness, and to the powerlessness of others to bring us what we need; trust in God will be awakened by considering the divine omnipotence, wisdom, goodness, and grace, etc.
Chapter VIII: On the Confession and Concealment of Sins
We have said that in every prayer, whether expressed or tacit, there is required a confession of our misery and a promise of gratitude. Each of these we must treat separately. Concerning confession, over against which stands the concealment of sins, we must consider its:
I. Nature
Confession is a religious and penitent laying-open of our sins before God. It concerns itself with sins, both our own and, as occasion offers, also those of others, Dan. 9:8. It concerns, besides this, also the guilt, the liability to punishment, and the punishment of sins, Ps. 32:5. These sins, moreover, are either unknown to us — which must be confessed in general, Ps. 19:12 — or known, which must also be confessed specifically, according to the nature and gravity of each, Ezra 9:14. Where such a laying-open of sins is to take place, there must be found: a recognition; a felt and sorrowful grief; a hatred; a presenting of them before God; an accusation and condemnation of ourselves; and a deprecation of them. Further, this laying-open of sins is religious, and distinct from a civil one, which must sometimes also be made before men — such a confession, for example, as is required by a judge from evildoers. But the confession of sins is religious insofar as it is made before God, and springs forth from faith, from hope, and from love. It is also a penitent and contrite confession, whereby it is distinguished from every false confession, of which mention will presently be made. Accordingly, a true confession of sins requires a recognition, a felt grief and sorrow, etc., which arises from heartfelt repentance and a true contrition, to which it is also directed.
II. The Distinction
There is a civil confession, made before men for civil reasons, and a religious one, just mentioned. There is a Sodomite and godless confession of sin, Isa. 3:9. There is a hypocritical confession of sin, as in Cain, Saul, Ahab, Judas, and others. Confession of sin also takes place either publicly — whether made by one alone, openly, in the name of an entire people or of some church, laying open the common sins before the Lord; or by one in the name of a particular person before the church, who had given open offense, which confession in such a case must necessarily be made to the honor of God — or privately, made to each one who has been offended by him; or which must be made to God alone, to receive forgiveness, and which, on that account, is at all times absolutely necessary.
III. The Goods and Advantages of This Confession of Sins
(1) It is noble, and equity requires, that one confess the wrongs done to any person, and much more those with which one has offended God. (2) By such a confession we relieve our conscience of the wrongs which we have done to God through our sins. (3) So many and so great are the promises which God has made in Scripture to those who candidly confess their sins. (4) No one can have hope of the forgiveness of sins, or any certainty that it can be forgiven, without a prior sincere confession of them. (5) Such a confession accordingly sets us at rest, and preserves us from all the penalties and judgments that would otherwise come upon us because of our sins. Consequently (6) our conscience, once it has relieved itself of sins through this confession, is set at large, and our exercise of communion with God, as our reconciled Father, is made the more delightful and refreshing, so that (7) we can, with greater courage, await death itself, and the last judgment that follows upon it, etc.
IV. The Properties of a Religious Confession of Sin
By which it may also be distinguished from every feigned and hypocritical confession, such as that of Cain, Saul, etc., these must be: (1) It must, as much as possible, be utterly particular. For though one may indeed at times rest content with a more general confession, 1 Sam. 7:6, especially of sins that are hidden from us, Ps. 19:12, nevertheless the more particular it is, the more sincere it also is, and the more glorious and pleasing to God. To this end we are enjoined to search out and trace even our most hidden sins, Lam. 3:40, Job 34:31-32 — just as happens with clients toward their lawyers, and with the sick toward their physicians. Also, the more distinctly this confession is made, the more comfort and peace it brings us. We can scarcely, moreover, make this confession with proper feeling if we have no particular sins before our eyes which we intend to confess, Jer. 3:13, Judg. 10:10, 1 Sam. 12:19. It is furthermore beneficial for us to bring forward, before ourselves and before God, our lighter sins even more than our graver ones, after the example of David, 1 Sam. 24:5, and of Paul, 1 Tim. 1:13.
This confession must (2) also be made in the most distinct manner possible, going over the shamefulness and detestableness of each particular sin, with its aggravating circumstances, 1 Kings 8:47,49-50, Acts 26:10-11, Dan. 9:5-6, so as thereby to be all the more dependent on God's free and merciful grace alone, Luke 15:21, Dan. 9:7 compared with 1 Kings 11:32. Such a confession must (3) proceed from the depths of the heart, and not merely and superficially in word, Ezra 9:6, Luke 18:13, Job 42:6. Yet it must be (4) sincere and candid, with a hatred against sin and a firm resolve to forsake it, Ezra 10:2-3, Job 34:31-32, Prov. 28:13. Consequently this confession must (5) be childlike, and spring forth from love toward God, and from the hope of obtaining mercy, Dan. 9:9, Ezra 10:2, Luke 15:18, Zech. 12:10. Finally (6) it must be voluntary, and not extorted by fear of punishment and condemnation — such a confession as was found in Pharaoh and in Balaam, Num. 22:34.
V. The Aids by Which We May Be Brought to Such a Confession
(1) One must seek to obtain a right knowledge of the divine law, since without it no recognition or confession of sin can take place, Rom. 3:20, Eph. 5:3, Rom. 7:7. (2) One must trace and consider one's ways, Prov. 4:26, Ps. 119:59. (3) One must daily examine oneself, and cast up the account of all one's deeds, Ps. 4:4, Lam. 3:40. This will curb the power of sin, and also restrain the fear of a sudden death; indeed it will keep constantly in living remembrance, and cause the recognition of, the sins that must be confessed, in all their aggravating circumstances. (4) We must often renew the remembrance of our old sins, so as to confess them also before God, Deut. 9:7, Ps. 25:7. Finally (5) we must call in the divine grace and help, to be able to do all this, Job 13:23; for this too is a singular gift of grace, which we do not have of our own natural powers, Jas. 1:17, etc.
VI. The Concealment of Sins
Over against confession stands the concealment of sins, of which we must weigh:
A. Its Nature
In a broader sense this signifies every deficiency of a religious confession of sin, whereby we either do not confess our sins at all, or not in the manner in which we ought to confess them. This occurs especially (1) by denying one's sins, as Cain did, Gen. 4:9. (2) By covering and hiding one's sins, so that they may become known neither to God nor to men, Prov. 30:20. (3) By excusing one's sins, and shifting their causes onto another, Gen. 3:12-13. (4) By minimizing sins and their circumstances of place, time, etc. (5) By confessing them without faith, hope, and love, as is seen in Cain, Saul, Ahab, and Judas — also without hatred of, and without sorrow for, the sins confessed. (6) By not confessing sins before men, when this ought to be done. (7) Or confessing them more before men than before God, with an intention of merit, as happens in auricular confession among the Roman Catholics. Finally (8) by confessing sins without humbling oneself, by stubbornly persisting in them, and rather boasting of the sins committed, Isa. 3:9.
B. The Evils and Disadvantages of This Concealment of Sins
(1) It robs the sinner of all the goods and advantages which flow from a sincere confession of sins. (2) It dishonors God, whom one has offended by sin, and also wrongs one's neighbor, to whom one owes acknowledgment and confession of the wrong done to him. (3) It provokes God's righteous avenging punishments and all sorts of judgments, Ps. 32:4. (4) It places a man beyond hope of the forgiveness of sins. (5) It troubles and burdens the conscience, Ps. 32:3-4.
C. The Causes to Be Removed
(1) The denial of God, whereby we do not think of God's omniscience, and seek to hide our misdeeds from Him, Ps. 94:7. (2) A contempt of God, whereby we do not esteem Him and His avenging justice so highly that we consider it necessary to confess our sins before Him. (3) Ignorance and neglect of ourselves, and of the divine law, and of our ways, whereby it comes about that we cannot confess our sins. (4) The hope of impunity, without confession of sins. (5) Pride and shame, at laying open the shamefulness of our condition. (6) The labor and effort which attends confession, and the renewal of our remembrance of the misdeeds committed, etc.
D. The Remedies
(1) The devout consideration of the goods and advantages of a religious confession, and of the evils and disadvantages of the concealment of sins. (2) The use of the means by which we are helped in confession of sins. (3) Resisting the causes from which the concealment of sins arises, and setting against each of them such other causes as have the greatest power to combat it.
Chapter IX: On the Use and Misuse of Vows
Besides the confession of our neediness and misery, which is born of our sins, there is required, in all devout prayer, as we have said, a certain promise — to strive with all endeavor and to devote to the honor of God the things which we have prayed for from God and received from Him. The use of this promise, then, over against which stands its misuse, we shall briefly investigate in this chapter, considering its:
I. Nature
The promise (or, in a broader sense, the vow) is a sincere declaration of our purpose to perform some matter that is pleasing to God, to His glorification. To this, then, are required: (1) a purpose, or a determined will, to perform what we have promised to God; (2) a declaration of that purpose, whereby we make it known; (3) an object that is pleasing to God — whether it be necessary, and expressly prescribed by God, as happens in our covenant-makings with God, in the use of the holy sacraments, in fasting, and other such things; or whether it be voluntary and indifferent, the determination of which depends on incidental circumstances and on our own choice.
Such a choice and vow must be: of a matter which is not in itself absolutely necessary, but which can freely, by God's common and ordinary grace, be accomplished by our own will; of a matter also which is not evil and forbidden; of a matter also which is not vain, which can contribute nothing to the glorification of God, to the welfare of the neighbor, and to our own advantage. This choice and promise, moreover, must accordingly be made to God alone, since it is a religious act. Consequently it must be directed to the glorification of God as its chief end, although, besides God's glory, it may also be directed to our own and others' edification and benefit. From a lawful vow there also arises the strongest obligation, because in such a vow is included a bond of religion; and accordingly, that which before was free now becomes, on account of the vow made, in some sense a service owed to God. The breaking, therefore, of such a vow is a kind of perjury against God.
II. The Distinction of Vows
There is a vow that is civil, made to some man, which nevertheless, if lawfully made and according to the divine precept, must be kept and fulfilled so far as is in our power. There is a vow that is godless, concerning some forbidden matter, such as that of the Jews, Acts 23:12. There is a vow that is rash, and has not the least usefulness, such as was that of Jephthah. There is a vow that is superstitious, such as are the monastic vows. There is a vow that is ceremonial, such as the vow of the Nazirite, etc., which vows now have no place under the New Testament. There is a vow that is impossible to fulfill, such as that of a perpetual continence. There is a vow that is purely religious and in agreement with the divine will. And this last, again, is either an ordinary vow, which must be made in all prayer, whether explicit or implicit — insofar as to ask something of God without having a purpose to use it with all lawful endeavor, and to direct it to God's honor, and without showing gratitude to God for the benefits received, is nothing other than in some measure to mock God.
There is a religious vow that is extraordinary, and may be undertaken on certain occasions and circumstances. And such a vow, again, is either necessary — as, for example, in the renewals of the Covenant of Grace with God, in the use of the sacraments, on fast-days and on thanksgiving-days — or voluntary, when we, for example, have received some benefit from God, and are thereby bound to a certain extraordinary gratitude toward Him; or when we judge that, by such a vow, we shall be stronger to withstand this or that sin to which we are otherwise by nature inclined, or better fitted for the practice of this or that virtue, in which we find ourselves less steadfast.
III. The Goods and Advantages of a Lawful Vow
(1) Thereby we are bound the more closely to God, and to religious practices; for whereas we were already, long before, bound by the divine will to such religious practices, we now bind ourselves yet more strongly to the same by a voluntary vow. (2) On the other hand, we thereby bind to us God Himself, with His grace, according to His promise; for when, by a voluntary vow, we devote ourselves and all that is ours to God, then He too, on His part, pledges Himself, with His grace, to us. (3) Thereby our exercises of duty toward God are made more willing, when we practice those same duties over and above, on the ground of a vow made. Indeed, they are thereby (4) made yet more voluntary, when we also promise Him those things which God has left to our own free choice. Thereby (5) every exercise of duty on our part is made more sincere, more steadfast, and more faithful — namely, when it takes place not out of necessity alone, but, besides that, also out of a voluntary vow, etc.
IV. The Manner in Which a Vow Must Be Made
It must be made: (1) Heartily, with a sincere mind, as befits what is done to God, who searches and tries the hearts and reins. (2) Prudently, with careful consideration of who God is, to whom we make the vow; who we are, and what our powers are, and whether we are able to fulfill what we vow; the matters which we shall vow, whether they are good, and agreeable to the divine will, to God's honor, to the edification of the neighbor, and to our own advantage; and the end and aim of our vow. (3) Fully, at least with respect to the intention of fulfilling it. (4) Faithfully, with respect to the fulfillment itself, at least insofar as its fulfillment is within our own power, and can rightly and fairly be attempted.
V. The Misuse of Vows
A. Its Nature
This is a lack of those qualities which are required for a lawful vow. It occurs when we make vows that are godless, and forbidden by God; that are vain, and of no use, either with respect to God, or to our neighbor, or to ourselves; that are superstitious, and have not the least divine approval; that are made without a sincere and considered mind, or without a purpose to keep and perform what is promised; that are made rashly, and without due prior consideration of the requisite qualities of a lawful vow, with respect to God, to ourselves, and to the matters promised; that are made with an intention of merit, and of works of supererogation; or that arise from a self-willed religiosity, out of mere arbitrary choice; and that are made without a serious purpose of fulfilling them.
B. The Evils and Disadvantages of an Unlawful Vow
(1) It is displeasing to God. (2) It casts a snare about the conscience. (3) It is of no use. (4) It gives nourishment to superstition. (5) It frequently occasions perjury. And (6) from a careless neglect of the vow made there arises, at times, grief of soul, unrest, and faithlessness, etc.
C. The Causes of the Misuse of Vows
(1) Thoughtlessness, whereby we do not pay sufficient heed to God's omniscience, which notes the disposition of our heart. (2) Ignorance of the divine will, according to which all our vows ought to be framed, so that we do not know what is fitting to promise, and what is not. (3) Superstition, whereby, in making vows, we conform ourselves to human institutions, grounded on the opinion of ourselves or of others. (4) Rashness, whereby we come to all sorts of vows without prior deliberation and judgment. (5) Fickleness, and changeable inconstancy in devising vows, and in the vows already devised. (6) Faithlessness, whereby we do not earnestly strive to keep and fulfill what we have promised.
D. The Remedies
(1) A diligent consideration of the goods and advantages in a lawful vow, and of the evils and disadvantages in an unlawful one. (2) A proper attentiveness of soul with respect to the requisites of a lawful vow. (3) An earnest endeavor to resist the causes of an unlawful vow, by such means as are effectively suited against each of these causes.
Chapter X: On Oath-taking and Perjury
Besides ordinary prayer there are also extraordinary forms of prayer, which must be used under certain fixed and equitable circumstances, on account of human weakness arising from sin; for it is through sin that man has lost the power and capacity to be believed by his neighbor, and his own credibility, on the ground of which he would otherwise be believed. These extraordinary prayers, accordingly, are the oath and the lot. Each of these we shall treat in a separate chapter — first the oath, over against which, in a broad sense, we shall set perjury. Concerning the oath we consider:
I. Its Nature
It is a seeking of God's testimony, for the confirmation of our own testimony, joined with a self-cursing, should we act falsely and deceitfully therein. We call the oath, first, a seeking, or an invocation of God, and thus a religious solemnity which may be performed toward God alone. Second, it is a seeking of God's testimony, as of Him who is the first truth, and who can neither deceive nor be deceived. In that we thus, in it, make a request to God to have His testimony, we thereby profess to acknowledge: that He is the all-knowing one, to whom our hearts and reins, and thus also the quality of our testimony, are known and manifest; that He is the favorer and upholder of truth, who is not only truth itself, but also requires of us the utterance of truth; that God is the righteous judge and avenger of every lie and falsehood; and that it is in His power to confirm our testimony with His own, and that He is indeed willing to do so, according to the occasion of the matter and according to His own good pleasure.
Such an oath, third, concerns properly and formally the confirmation of our testimony, and to that extent it is not, strictly, a religious act; but materially, and considered in itself, insofar as it is a seeking of such a testimony, it is an invocation of God, and in that respect a part of religion. Such an oath, fourth, is accompanied by a cursing, or an invoking of God's judgments upon ourselves, which we knowingly and willingly call down, Neh. 10:29, 2 Cor. 1:13. Hence it is that the wording in oaths in the Old Testament is generally this or the like: so may God do to me, and more also. This oath, fifth, always binds us to the truth of our testimony, as it is known to us, confirmed by all such reasons as are commonly held to be infallible — even though, in the meantime, the truth of the matter should not agree therewith. And this holds also in promises, at least with respect to a present intention.
Accordingly, sixth, such an oath is also lawful under the New Testament, inasmuch as not only are there proven instances of it in the Scriptures of both Testaments, 2 Cor. 1:23, Rev. 6:10, but also such an oath contains nothing in itself contrary to religion, or which, as ceremonial and typical, would have been abolished in the New Testament. The Lord Christ also, Matt. 5:34 and Jas. 5:12, forbids no oath except one that is taken rashly, or by creatures.
II. The Distinction in Oath-taking
There is an oath, so to speak, of God Himself — though improperly so called, since God acknowledges none greater than Himself by whom He might swear — which nevertheless includes in itself the entire perfection of our oath-taking, and which is also, with respect to our weakness, sometimes necessary, though with respect to God it takes place over and above, Heb. 6:13,17. To this, however, does not belong the word Amen, which is nothing other than a strong affirmation, in a rightful matter.
There is an oath made by creatures. Such an oath is either a confirming oath, concerning a past matter, or also touching a present matter, insofar as it is knowable to us by sufficient grounds of reason; or a promissory oath, under which is also included a threatening oath, concerning a future matter. Such an oath binds only insofar as one is able to bind himself, both by right and by actual performance — which must therefore also always be made concerning a matter that is lawful, and at the same time also possible. Although a promise ceases to bind when the promised matter, made solely for the benefit of some person, is relinquished by him, or when, in some other way, the ground of it is removed. An oath also binds even one made in an unrighteous manner — even one made to murderers, robbers, and pirates, or one extorted by fear.
There is further an oath which is either made by us ourselves, or which is imposed by us upon others, and which is called an adjuration, Gen. 24:8, whereby one extracts a testimony from another under a sworn oath, Num. 5:21, Matt. 26:63. Such an adjuration belongs most properly to those who have the right to impose an oath on others. There is finally an oath which is made simply, with bare words, or which is made with some solemnity, with certain accompanying signs — such as the raising of the fingers, the touching and kissing of a Book, etc. — which two kinds of oaths are of equal force and power, with respect to the obligation.
III. The Use of the Oath
This must take place according to the following rules. (1) No oath may be taken or imposed except by and upon qualified persons, and consequently it does not belong to children, or to deniers of God, or to reprobates and men who lie under an evil reputation and do not stand in good name or credit. (2) The oath must be taken after prior consideration of the nature, dignity, etc., of oath-taking. (3) No oath may be undertaken except in a case of necessity, and when there are no other means at hand to make the truth known and settle disputes, Exod. 22:11, 1 Sam. 20:17. (4) When, on the contrary, necessity compels it, the oath may and must not be refused, Deut. 6:13 and 10:20, especially (5) if it is required by the authorities. (6) When the oath is to be taken, it must be sworn in God alone; (7) with religious affection, and the highest reverence and fear; (8) in truth, which one sincerely seeks to bring to light, Jer. 4:2; also (9) in righteousness, with a pure intention to fulfill what one has promised under oath. (10) That one also rest content with the lawful oath taken and received, and abstain from further disputing, Heb. 6:16. And (11) that one thank God, who, in matters otherwise hopeless of coming to light, has given so fitting a means at hand to put an end to all disputing and contradiction — indeed has even ordained for that purpose the invocation of His divine testimony.
IV. Perjury
We shall here take perjury in the broadest sense, for every kind of misuse of the oath; and concerning it we shall consider:
A. Its Nature
It is a misuse of the oath, which is committed in various ways: by unfit persons — by children, and by dishonorable men; without a prior fitting consideration of the nature and weight of oath-taking; without pressing and lawful necessity, and rashly; in a vain matter, and one of little importance, or one that will be settled by some other means; by some creature, which cannot be done without committing idolatry; without due reverence and fear of God, such as the holiness and religious character of oath-taking requires.
Perjury, taken in a more restricted sense, is when one swears against his own conscience. It is faithlessness, when one swears with no intention of fulfilling what he promised under oath, or when one makes no fitting effort to perform, with all his power, what he has promised under oath. It is godlessness, when one seeks to do what is forbidden by God — since an oath ought not to be a binding to unrighteousness, and its fulfillment then constitutes a double sin, the one in an unlawful promise, the other in its fulfillment. It is an unrighteous adjuration, whereby one puts one's neighbor under a solemn oath without lawful cause.
It is also a sinful conjuration (called by churchmen exorcism), whereby one either conjures evil spirits, and seeks to exercise dominion over them without having received the power to do so from God, thereby ascribing to them a religious force and obligation of the oath which is nevertheless not in them; or conjures certain inanimate things, which happens in their dedication to supernatural workings and uses — such conjurations as are performed among the Roman Catholics over their holy water, their churches and bells, and such things, which are in fact nothing other than superstitious incantations, just as if those things were possessed and held captive by the Devil; or such a conjuration as is customary in baptism among some of the ancients, and still is, even now, among the Papists and some Lutherans.
Finally there is also an inquisitorial or self-incriminating oath, which was administered by virtue of some office, and by which, in former times, the heads of the ruling church in England examined the so-called Presbyterians — for which, however, not the least ground is to be found in God's Word; but which, besides that, is also contrary even to the law of nature, according to which no one ought to be compelled to accuse and betray himself.
B. The Evils and Disadvantages of Perjury in General
(1) Perjury is offensive to God, and makes Him, as it were, a favorer and witness of a false and unrighteous testimony. (2) It makes the swearer dishonorable, even before the civil court, at least in a more restricted sense, when it becomes known that he has sworn falsely. (3) He who swears falsely exposes himself to divine vengeance, indeed even before the civil authority; and still more (4) before the divine tribunal, and draws upon himself the most dreadful judgments of God; indeed (5) he even willingly invites and demands these of God upon himself. And there too it is (6) that such a one dreadfully wounds and lays waste his own conscience, while he calls upon and provokes God to righteous punishment against himself. To say nothing (7) of the detestableness found in the idolatrous, the God-denying, the superstitious, the injurious to one's neighbor, and the vain and rash character which every false and perverse oath carries with it.
C. The Causes to Be Removed
(1) The denial of God, whereby we think little on the fact that God is all-knowing, and the truth itself, and the favorer of truth, and a righteous avenger of all perjury. (2) Pride, whereby we do not shrink from covering over the shamefulness of our misdeeds by godlessly invoking God's own testimony. (3) Covetousness, whereby, to safeguard our temporal interests, we take a false and perverse oath before the civil tribunal. Sometimes also (4) fear of punishment for crimes committed, which we seek to avert from ourselves by a false oath. (5) Superstition in the conjuration of creatures. (6) The rash presumption of dominion over evil spirits, which does not belong to us, etc.
D. The Remedies
(1) An attentive consideration of the evils and disadvantages of perjury. (2) A religious observation of the rules which we have prescribed for ourselves in devout oath-taking. (3) The rooting out of the fundamental causes from which the misuse of oath-taking springs — to which end serves resistance against the denial of God, pride, covetousness, fear, superstition, presumption, and all such means as have the greatest power against each of these causes.
Chapter XI: On the Use and Misuse of the Lot
The second extraordinary form of prayer consists in the lot, the use and misuse of which we shall briefly set forth. Here comes into consideration:
I. The Nature of the Lot
It is a seeking of a divine testimony, by determining the outcome in a matter of mere chance, in order to settle some dispute, Prov. 16:33 and 18:18. In it there is a request, and consequently an invocation of God, insofar as this is entailed by the nature of the lot, even though this does not always happen with the intention of the one casting the lot. According to the nature of this divine invocation, the casting of lots must take place out of faith, hope, and love. The casting of lots has respect to God's determining providence, and indeed in an extraordinary manner — not that this divine providence is always invoked in it, nor even that God always exercises it, but that it is, by its very nature, related to God's providence, inasmuch as this does not operate in the ordinary manner.
In the lot it is sought that the outcome be determined by contingency — that is to say, by such a matter as has, of itself, no power to determine a certain outcome; and indeed by mere contingency, for there are various degrees of contingency: some things happen very often; some very rarely; other things, so far as we can understand, are equally disposed either to happen or not to happen, and these are what we call matters of mere chance. For in all other things some room is left for a conjecture that can be formed according to skill. Over the lot, accordingly, Fortune must not be set as governor, as a certain goddess, as worldlings dream along with the heathen.
The casting of lots must be undertaken for the determination or settlement of some dispute, on account of which a judgment is ascribed to it, Prov. 16:33, and it is said to make disputes cease, and to part the mighty, Prov. 18:18. The lot, accordingly, may not be employed in all sorts of transactions, in trivial or ridiculous matters, but only in necessary cases, and such as must be settled and cannot be settled in any other way.
II. The Distinction in the Lot
There is a devilish lot-casting, which takes place at the instigation of the Devil, or which is directed to the Devil, as the one from whom the determination of the outcome is expected. There is a human lot-casting, which is undertaken by men according to their own judgment, when they submit their dispute to chance, with mutual consent, without any regard to God's providence, so as to await from it the determination. There is a divine lot-casting, whereby God is invoked to be pleased to determine the disputed matter through the contingency of the lot's outcome.
And this divine lot-casting is again either divinatory, and given to sorcery, when one, by means of the lot, sought to obtain knowledge of some hidden or past matter, or acquaintance with some future matter, and sought to foretell it — such a lot is not lawful except by a special inspiration from God; or it is consultative concerning right, whether this or that is lawful or not — such a lot is never lawful, since it is from God's Word alone that what is right or wrong must be sought and obtained, Isa. 8:20; or it is divisive, by way of example in the dividing of an inheritance, and of other matters that cannot otherwise be determined or settled except by the lot.
As for the material with which the lot was cast in former times, the instruments by which, the circumstances under which, and the manner in which the casting took place — these were very various. It was done by little round balls or dice, by pebbles, by slips of paper, etc., which were cast into someone's lap, or into a vessel or urn, or a water-basin, or a helmet, etc.
III. The Use of the Lot
That it may be lawful, it is required that it take place: (1) In a religious manner; for the lot is a form of prayer, and thus must be made out of faith, whereby one must be persuaded that his casting of the lot is pleasing to God; and out of hope, whereby one expects a good outcome from God; and out of love, whereby one has a devout turning toward God, that He would be pleased to determine the outcome according to the truth, in keeping with the nature of the matter — to which end it is necessary that the lot-casting have the requisite qualities of a devout prayer, elsewhere mentioned by us. (2) In a circumspect manner; for it is an extraordinary form of prayer, and consequently one must very carefully attend to the ground-cause of the lot-casting, whether it is rightful, of great weight, and necessary, and such that the matter cannot be settled and decided by other means.
(3) This lot-casting must take place in a lawful manner, in such a way that there enter into it no superstition, nor any notion of some obligatory service which one might suppose himself to have performed. It must not take place concerning any legal right, since that can be determined by ordinary examination from the Scriptures. It must also (4) take place sincerely, without deceit, and without a purpose of deceiving one's neighbor. Further (5) it must take place to the end that the outcome of the matter be determined by mere contingency, which is not exposed to some probable conjecture — since that is also subject to error, and can serve toward misleading and toward deceit. (6) Such a lot-casting must serve to the honor of God, to the welfare of the neighbor, or to a rightful advantage of our own. Finally (7) it must take place with due submission, whereby we rest quietly in the determination of the lot, as in the pronouncement of God.
IV. The Misuse of the Lot
A. Its Nature
This misuse consists, in general, in a lack of the requisite qualities in a lawful lot-casting, which we have just mentioned. In particular this misuse consists: (1) in a devilish lot-casting, which takes place at the instigation of the Devil, or whereby the Devil is invoked to determine the outcome which is uncertain for us; (2) in a godless lot-casting, in which one has no regard to God's determining providence, but to mere chance, or to Fortune, as though she, as a goddess, had command over the lot; (3) in a rash lot-casting, which generally takes place on all sorts of occasions, without a rightful, weighty, and necessary cause.
This misuse also (4) consists in the matter of right or wrong, whereby the sufficiency of Holy Scripture is denied; (5) in a matter of divination or sorcery, whereby one seeks to discover and foretell some contingent future thing, without any divine inspiration; (6) in a superstitious observation of the hand or of the dead, etc., to foretell future things thereby, as was formerly customary among the heathen.
(7) This misuse also consists in a game of lottery, in which it happens that, in the course of play, God's providence — and indeed His extraordinary providence — is invoked, whether with or without a deliberate intention on the part of the one invoking it; for when this happens, it is a detestable misuse of prayer, which cannot be excused by any contrived pretext. To this belong also the public lotteries, in which one stakes some money, in hope of receiving through the lot a promised prize. For although such lot-castings might lawfully take place, if someone in them had in view not so much his own particular gain, as rather to help the common interest of the civil or ecclesiastical estate — yet if one has in view nothing else, or chiefly nothing else, than his own gain, then such a lot-casting, according to divine right (whatever it may be according to civil right), is unlawful, because the lot does not belong among the lawful titles by which possession can be acquired.
B. The Evils and Disadvantages of This Misuse of the Lot
(1) It is a shameful misuse of the divine name, of prayer, and of providence. (2) It will have as its consequence that righteous vengeance of God which He has threatened in the third commandment. (3) There is also in it a detestable craftiness, in that one seeks to deceive one's neighbor by such a casting of lots. (4) Assuredly such a misuser of the lot will be disappointed in his expectation, and the lot will turn out to the harm of such a person. (5) It will rob and lay waste the conscience, on account of the godless conduct and the deceit practiced therein. (6) In such a misuse of the lot there is a neglect of the best and most fitting means which, by the divine goodness, has been granted us for the settling of disputes.
C. The Causes to Be Removed
(1) Ignorance of the nature of the lot-casting, and of the safety that is in it. (2) A disesteem of God and of His providence. (3) A lack of love toward the neighbor, whom one sought to deceive by a deceitful lot. (4) A perverse love of gain, which one seeks to obtain by the misuse of the lot. (5) Idolatry also, and the ungodly conduct and superstition whereby the heathen, in their lot-castings, held Fortune to be a goddess, and honored chance in place of the deity, or served it with equal honor.
D. The Remedies
(1) Earnestly to consider the goods and advantages of a lawful lot-casting, and how great the divine goodness shows itself therein, which has granted us so fitting a means for the removal of disputes; and the evils and disadvantages of this misuse set over against them. (2) To employ those means whereby the causes of this misuse are most powerfully countered. Thus, for example, the ignorance of the nature of lot-casting is removed by representing to oneself all those things which have been mentioned concerning it above; and the disesteem of God and of His providence is removed by a due consideration of His Majesty, omniscience, providence, etc.
Chapter XII: On Communion with God and Estrangement from Him
The last thing that we have to consider, in concluding the duties of natural religion, is communion with God, whereby He wills to be Jehovah our God, and we, for our part, must have and hold Him as our God. Over against this stands estrangement from God, to which principally belongs the tempting of God. Concerning this communion with God we have to consider its:
I. Nature
This communion with God is properly that mutual sharing between God and man, whereby both parties make themselves common to one another, grounded in their union. That which is made common is oneself and one's own — not one's own alone, but oneself; nor oneself alone, but also one's own. This making-common is, or at least must be, between God and man, although it is not actually found except between God and believers.
For God makes Himself over to believers, and says: I will be your God, an all-sufficient God, who has in Himself, in an eminent manner, everything that serves or can serve their happiness and welfare, so that they, on that account, have everything in Him, even should they have to do without all other things; and who not only gives Himself over to them, but also all that is His — that is, His attributes, His wisdom, goodness, grace, omnipotence — insofar, at least, as He applies these to save them, that is, that their working brings us salvation; and God accordingly also makes common to His sons all those things which can flow forth from these same attributes, insofar as He sees that they can be useful and salutary to them.
On the other side, a believer also makes himself, body and soul, common to God, and says with all the covenant partners: I will be a people to you; I will be yours, that you may be mine; and not himself alone, but also all that is his, he makes common to God — that is to say, he directs and governs everything to the glorification of God; indeed, moreover, all that he can and is able to do, he applies to God, to His service, and to obeying Him. This communion must take place between a believer and the true God alone — that is, the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit, who make up the one and only God. The foundation, finally, of this communion lies in the union; for because believers are united with God, therefore it is that God makes Himself common to us, and we, in turn, make ourselves common to God — similarly to what we have said above, in Book I, Chapter V.
II. The Distinction of Communion with God
There is an outward communion, which consists in a verbal profession, whereby we cry: Lord, Lord; and an inward communion, whereby we in truth make ourselves common to God. There is a communion between God and a certain whole society — such a communion as formerly existed between God and the Israelite people; and, in the New Testament, this is that ecclesiastical communion by which the true church is the congregation of God, even though hypocrites mingle themselves with it. There is a particular communion, found between God and any one believing person; and this is properly that blessed communion of which we now treat.
This particular communion, again, is either perfect, and will only exist after this life, or initial, in this life. There is also a household communion, which takes place and is exercised with each particular Person in the adorable Godhead — with the Father, with the Son, and with the Holy Spirit, 2 Cor. 13:13.
III. The Marks of True Communion with God
The marks by which that outward communion with God — or that communion which is also common to hypocrites — is distinguished from the inward, which belongs to the elect alone, are the following. These marks are, in general, evident from the nature of this communion; but in particular they are to be seen: (1) if we have surrendered ourselves to God in sincerity — for since God, that He may be our God, requires nothing else than that we in turn be His, by surrendering ourselves to Him, it thus appears, and remains true, that, this being granted, we have a blessed communion with God. (2) If we keep His commandments, 1 John 2:5 and 3:23-24; for otherwise we do not have and hold God as our God. (3) If we have union and communion with God in Christ, 1 John 1:3. (4) If we walk as Christ walked, 1 John 2:6 — that is to say, if we conduct ourselves in our whole course of life as the Lord Christ conducted Himself, ordering our life after the pattern of Christ's life, with respect to its moral acts: holy, pure, blameless, humble, obedient, with patience and self-denial.
(5) If we carefully avoid all sorts of sins that are hateful to God, 1 John 3:6,8. (6) If we sincerely love God, 1 John 4:16. (7) If we exercise communion with God according to His Word, 1 John 2:5 and 3:23-24 — while otherwise we would fall away and degenerate into the tempting of God, of which we shall speak in its place. (8) Finally, if we walk in the light, 1 John 1:5-7, not in the darkness of ignorance, or of any other sin, etc.
IV. The Goods and Advantages of This Communion with God
(1) Whoever has God has everything, for He is the all-sufficient one, Gen. 17:1. And accordingly, he who has God is (2) the richest of all, even though, apart from God, he have nothing, Ps. 73:25, Gen. 33:11. Further (3) in all sorts of adversities and misfortunes, such a one has God for His Sun and Shield, Ps. 84:11, as one who protects and warms him, by strengthening him with His promises, to protect and deliver him, and to overwhelm him with all sorts of blessings, Ps. 91:15-16. To him (4) in all his troubles God will be an exceeding great reward, Gen. 15:1. This communion itself also, between God and a believer, (5) will afford the soul the sweetest consolation, the most delightful bread, and rest and joy in every state of life — for what indeed is sweeter and more delightful than to converse with God, as a true-born child with his beloved and loving Father? This communion, finally, will (6) be our eternal blessedness, Ps. 73:28.
V. The Means of Obtaining This Communion
(1) The Spirit of God, 1 John 3:24, who dwells in us, Eph. 2:22, and who thereby unites us with God — whence the Apostle speaks of the bond of the Spirit, Eph. 4:3,4,6 — and which is to be obtained by prayer. (2) The covenant with God, whereby we sincerely consent, in the terms of the covenant, to God, who promises that He will be our God, if only we will be His people. (3) Union with Christ, who is not only the true God, but also unites again with Himself us who were estranged and alienated from God. (4) Consequently a living faith, whereby we accept God as our highest end, and the Lord Christ as our only Mediator and Redeemer, so as to be united with Him, and through Him to obtain communion with God. (5) Love, whereby we seek God, and draw ourselves toward Him, and are made to cleave to Him, and obtain this communion — besides that love, by its very nature, extends itself to union and communion. (6) Friendship, which, as a mutual love, provides the sharing that belongs to love. (7) Cleaving to God, so as not to be torn away from Him, but to continue walking in the same ways with Him — the ways, namely, both of the Lord's commandments and of His providence. (8) A likeness of character, with respect to the practice of holiness and righteousness — for like takes pleasure in like, and there is nothing that draws communion closer than a likeness of character.
VI. Estrangement from God
A. Its Nature
This disposition is a deprivation of communion with God, so that we either exercise no communion at all with God, or at least not in the manner in which we ought to exercise it. Accordingly, the following things are included in this estrangement: (1) To have no communion with God at all — insofar as one acknowledges no God, after whose communion we strive; or follows after other gods, to have communion with them, whether in place of the one true God, or besides Him, and thus commits a spiritual adultery; or insofar as one, though acknowledging with the mouth that one true God, will not have or hold Him as our God; or, besides this, harbors enmity and hatred against Him.
(2) When we do indeed have communion, and even exercise it, with God — at least with an outward profession of the mouth — yet not according to, but against, God's prescription. Such a communion is generally sought in tempting God, Ps. 95:7-9, whereby we seek, in an unlawful manner, some sign or wonder of some divine perfection, and thereby seek to obtain such a communion with God as does not please Him.
I say a wonder or proof-sign of some divine perfection, as for example: of His omnipotence, Ps. 78:18-19, by doubting whether He is able to do this or that, whereby one prescribes bounds to Him, so as to hold Him for omnipotent if He does this or that according to our will, and otherwise not. Of His omniscience, when we hide this or that in secret, whereby we doubt and, as it were, wish to test whether God also has knowledge of it, Ps. 94:7. Of God's omnipresence, Exod. 17:7. Of His providence, when we neglect the ordinary means which God has prescribed, in order to make a test of whether God will care for us even without them, Matt. 4:7. Of God's wrath and vengeance-executing righteousness, 1 Cor. 10:22, when we either do evil, and wish to try whether God will avenge it, or when we, against the evil that is sent upon us by God, chafe with strife and murmurings, 1 Cor. 10:9-10.
Such trials or temptations of God take place either with an express intention of tempting God, as in unlawful lot-castings, and so when one demands or thinks he may expect from God what He has not promised; or with a tacit and implicit intention, when one does something which by its nature tends to this, that God be tempted, even though one, in doing so, thinks nothing of the sort. In particular: if, having some end in view, we neglect the means which God has ordained for it — and this in bodily matters, as when we wish for health, and neglect the use of remedies, or necessary sustenance; if we expose ourselves, in bodily as well as spiritual matters, to needless dangers; if we desire some sign from God, without any special reason, or without a particular inward prompting and divine inspiration, Matt. 16:1; or if we reject some sign that is offered to us by God, Isa. 7:11-13; as also in spiritual matters, when we desire our salvation, and neglect the means to it.
B. The Evils and Disadvantages of This Estrangement
(1) It deprives us of every good which we might otherwise promise ourselves from a lawful communion with God. (2) It makes us enemies of God; for whoever is not with Him is against Him. In particular (3) the tempting of God exposes us to a righteous temptation from God, and from our enemies, both spiritual and bodily. (4) It will cause us to remain deprived of every experiential knowledge of the divine perfection which we, by such a tempting, seek to obtain. (5) It is a very grave crime to tempt God, which consequently (6) provokes God's righteous judgments against us.
C. The Causes of This Estrangement
(1) Sin, which makes a separation between God and us, Isa. 59:2. From this arises (2) an enmity and hatred against God, whereby we have no delight in His ways, Job 21:14. (3) An unbridled love of self, and of one's own pleasures, whereby one is made averse to communion with God, 2 Cor. 5:15. (4) Ignorance, whereby we do not know God, and communion with Him, and His benefits which flow forth from this communion. (5) Insensibility, whereby we are not afraid of any evil which will arise from this estrangement.
In particular, as regards the tempting of God, it arises (6) from unbelief and doubting, whereby one desires, in tempting God, a proof-sign from Him, and shows that one does not trust sufficiently in faith upon the Word of God, and accordingly devises a new and unbefitting means of testing. (7) Despair, in that such a tempter of God will not wait upon God's promises, but, by an excessive haste, seeks to prescribe to the Lord a bound and a limit as to when and in what manner God will satisfy his expectation. (8) A disesteem of God, when someone, for example, in sport and jest, wishes to make a trial whether God will be pleased to reveal Himself according to his desire, and give a sign of His presence. (9) Bold presumption and pride, whereby we refuse to submit our will to the will of God, and, on the contrary, seek to subject God's will to our lusts and desires. (10) A foolish imagination, whereby we trust that God will do this or that, which He has nowhere and never promised — or, at least, has not promised that He will do it in that manner, or by such means, as we expect.
D. The Remedies
(1) Humbly to consider the goods and advantages of a sincere communion with God, and the evils and disadvantages of estrangement from Him. (2) To use those means whereby communion with God is aroused and nourished. (3) To resist the causes of this estrangement, according to the particular nature of each of those causes. In particular, we must set against the temptings of God: a devout hearing of God's Word, and a believing acceptance of it; hope, whereby we await the divine promises, in the manner, and at such a time, as it shall please Him to grant them to us; love, whereby we esteem God so highly that we desire and seek no proof-signs beyond and outside His good pleasure; a due submission to God, whereby, with all quiet resignation, we give ourselves over to His will; and a dependence upon His promises alone, whereby we expect nothing other than what has been promised us by God.
Chapter XIII: On Instituted Religion and Superstition
Thus far we have set forth the duties of natural religion, in accordance with the first commandment of the Ten Commandments. Now follows the instituted service of God, for which the law of the Ten Commandments prescribes the last three commandments of the first table. These duties of instituted religion do indeed have their root and foundation in natural right; yet, as regards their particular determination, they belong to positive right, which depends solely on God's sovereign will.
This instituted religion is so arranged, in the last three commandments of the first table of the Law, that in the second commandment it is determined what duties are to be held as the rightful exercises of instituted religion — these, namely, and these alone, which God has instituted. In the third commandment is prescribed the manner in which we are to conduct ourselves with respect to the duties of instituted religion. In the fourth commandment is indicated the general and solemn time which we must devote to those exercises of duty. We shall accordingly now, following the second commandment, consider the rightful duties of instituted religion, and, over against them, superstition. Concerning instituted religion, then, we must consider its:
I. Nature
It is the means, instituted by the will of God, for practicing and furthering natural religion. This religion is instituted in the second commandment, by the forbidding of all such contrary means as have been devised by men, under the name of any carved image or likeness — these being the chief instruments that corrupt and pervert true religion, and which accordingly set up an imagined religion; in which prohibition, by a comprehensive figure of speech (synecdoche), such as is generally used in the Law of the Ten Words, is included the right religion instituted by God Himself.
This service of God is called the instituted service, because it has its foundation in God's sovereign institution and free choice, whereas the duties prescribed in the first commandment flow from the nature of God. This instituted religion is the means for the practice and furtherance of natural religion — of faith, of hope, of love, etc.; for in these exercises of duty that divine reverence is satisfied in which true and solemn religion and godliness consist.
The duties of instituted religion do indeed have various relations to this divine reverence — namely, either as effects, insofar as these are produced by faith, by hope, and by love; or as instruments and means, in which these duties are comprised, and which serve for the performance of their acts; or as auxiliary causes, insofar as those duties are thereby furthered in their exercise, and at the same time also directed. Nonetheless, they receive, most properly, the essence and character of religion, insofar as they are means by which that natural religion receives help. Thus, however, this divine reverence is the means of religion, in such a way that it is nonetheless religion itself, though in a secondary rank.
The lawfulness of this reverent religion depends on its Institutor alone, and on His institution, Exod. 23:13, Deut. 4:2 — insofar as there is no true and right religion except that which has its origin from there. This the second commandment signifies by the words: you shall not make for yourself an image — compare Amos 5:26, Num. 15:39. And on this account, too, this instituted religion can be abolished by its own Institutor; yet so long as it is not abolished, but remains in force, it is of equally binding force, and must be observed with the same exactness, as natural religion itself.
As for the exercises of duty belonging to this instituted religion, these are, without doubt, always enduring, and, so to speak, universal — such as the proclamation of the divine Word, the public invocation of God's name in prayer, the use of the signs and seals of the covenant, Gen. 4:26. But to this also serve the gathering of believers into churches, the appointment of ministers of the Word who govern the churches, and a certain church discipline. The general virtue which sanctifies and regulates all these exercises of duty is obedience, in a narrower sense — whereby we do that which is right in the eyes of the Lord, even though all other practices might seem more rightful in our own eyes, Deut. 12:25,28.
II. The Distinction
There is an instituted religion either of the Old Testament, which was ceremonial and typical, and which, although not explicitly determined and prescribed in the second commandment — as neither is it in the New Testament — is nonetheless commanded, insofar as there is contained in it a general precept of that commended religion which has been abolished in the New Testament; or an instituted religion of the New Testament, which must still, and always, be observed. This religion, again, is either the highest and chief, which immediately practices and furthers natural religion, consisting in faith, hope, and love, etc.; or the less principal, which is immediately related to the first, and, through it, also to the natural service of God.
III. The Goods and Advantages of Instituted Religion
(1) This instituted religion must be practiced toward God just as much as natural religion — not only because God requires instituted religion just as much as natural, being the supreme Lawgiver and sovereign Lord, but also because instituted religion is governed by natural religion, as well as because it is the appropriate end and use of natural religion, namely, that God may be rightly served. (2) This instituted religion is the instrumental means whereby faith, hope, and love exercise their acts, and in which these are comprised, to such an extent that the duties of natural religion can have no place wherever the exercises of duty of instituted religion are lacking. Besides this, the exercises of duty of natural religion — such as faith, hope, and love — are helped and furthered by the practice of instituted religion. (3) These exercises of duty are accordingly useful to us, that we may be pleasing to God; indeed also (4) absolutely necessary, in order to be able to obtain all sorts of blessings from Him. In particular (5) God promises that He will be with us with His grace, in the exercises of the duties of instituted religion, Exod. 20:24, Matt. 18:20.
IV. The Practice of Instituted Religion
This requires: (1) that it be performed in sincere obedience, solely because God has prescribed it, with a devout subjection of all our own reasonings, even when all other things seem to us more right. (2) That these duties be practiced with equal devotion, and faith, and hope, and divine love. (3) That we hold as rightful duties only those which God has prescribed to us, without adding to or taking away from them, Deut. 4:2 and 12:32. (4) That we practice the duties of instituted religion to this end, that we may thereby be furthered and advanced in faith, in hope, and in love, and by no means out of any work done for its own sake. (5) The manner in which these duties must be practiced will be expressly shown in the following chapter.
V. Superstition
Superstition is set here over against instituted religion; and of it we must consider:
A. Its Nature
This is a self-willed religion, devised by men — an imagined and unwarranted service, whether it be devised by ourselves, or taken over from others. It is an unwarranted service of God: with respect to the material, when one wishes to serve God with such things as He has not prescribed in His Word, as happens in human traditions; or with respect to the manner and measure, as the Pharisees sinned regarding the observance of the Sabbath, Mark 7:8; or with respect to the obligation, when one seeks to serve God by such things as God had indeed formerly prescribed, but has since abolished — which occurs in the observance of ceremonial things, such as the abstinence from certain foods, and the celebration of feast-days.
In particular, superstition is contrary either to the hearing of God's Word — which occurs in all sorts of human traditions, as also in instruction by images, as the books of the laity, as well as in such ceremonies to which a certain hidden power is ascribed; or also contrary to the sacraments instituted by God, to which belong the bastard sacraments of the Roman Catholics, and their sacrifice of the Mass. Superstition also contends against prayer, when one seeks to call upon and serve God by means of images; likewise by such things as are dedicated to idols, called offerings to idols, 1 Cor. 8:10, 2 Cor. 6:16. Superstition also contends against church government, when one devises such forms of government as are not prescribed by God — as, for example, in the general church spread throughout the whole world, in the churches of entire regions, or of certain specific places, where one has introduced either a monarchical rule, or a popular government, of which we have spoken in its place, in Book VII, Chapter VII. Or finally, superstition contends against church discipline, which is exercised in temporal and bodily punishments, etc.
B. The Evils and Disadvantages of Superstition
Superstition is (1) a vain and fruitless service and labor, Matt. 15:9. It is (2) a service forbidden by God, and accordingly a sinful service, Deut. 4:2 and 12:32. It is (3) an idolatrous service, insofar as we thereby imagine to ourselves such a God as would be pleased by such a service. Superstition is (4) deprived of all divine blessing, Isa. 8:20. It is (5) contrary to Christ, with whom Christians have died, Col. 2:20; for it establishes and maintains the first rudiments of the world, outside the Christian church, and makes men worldly and earthly, still living in the world, Col. 2:20. Superstition (6) is vain, and must come to nothing through its very use. (7) It makes its servants slaves instead of free men. (8) It burdens the conscience. (9) It deceives its servants, under a pretense of wisdom and humility, in not sparing the body — yet is of no value, but serves only to the satisfying of the flesh, Col. 2:23.
C. The Causes of Superstition
(1) Ignorance of the true and pure religion. (2) Fleshly wisdom, which does not rest in the divine law, nor submits itself to it. (3) Pride, whereby someone, out of envy of God, wishes to be his own lawgiver, and to prescribe laws to others also. (4) A feigned godliness, or hypocrisy, whereby one wishes to do more than he is obligated to God. Sometimes also (5) an imagination of some meritorious or supererogatory work.
D. The Remedies
(1) Earnestly to consider the sufficiency of religion, insofar as it is instituted by God Himself. (2) Also the evils and disadvantages of superstition. (3) To offer resistance to the causes of superstition, by such means as can serve most powerfully against each of them.
Chapter XIV: On the Use and Misuse of Instituted Religion
What the proper duties of instituted religion are, the second commandment of the Law of the Lord has shown us. Now, what the use and the misuse of these duties, with respect to instituted religion, are to be considered — this the third commandment determines. By the name of God is here evidently to be understood the instituted religion, as occurs, e.g., Deut. 12:5, Mic. 6:5, Mal. 1:11-12. And while the misuse of this name is forbidden, whereby we take it vainly in the mouth, by a comprehensive figure of speech (synecdoche), a part for the whole, as generally in the Law of the Ten Commandments, its rightful use is thereby commanded — concerning which we must accordingly consider:
I. Its Nature
This, then, consists in the manner in which we are to practice the duties of instituted religion, in agreement with the Majesty of the Institutor, and with their relative holiness, with respect to the circumstances in which they are practiced. We call it a manner of exercise; for the duties themselves, which are to be practiced, are prescribed in the second commandment. This manner of exercise has its regard to the instituted duties: for the natural duties — as, for example, acknowledgment, love, obedience, faith, hope, love — do not require a certain manner of exercise so much as the instituted duties of religion do, for example the proclamation and hearing of the divine Word, Luke 8:18. For in the duties of natural religion God attends more to the matter that is done; but in the duties of instituted religion, more to the manner in which it is done.
This manner, in general, must be agreeable both to the Majesty of the Institutor and to the relative holiness of the matters themselves; for in them God has impressed, so to speak, His Name, and accordingly a certain holiness, whereby they are also dedicated to Him — compare Matt. 23:17,19. These exercises of duty, finally, God regards with respect to their circumstantial, not with respect to their essential, parts. For the manner of the exercise of virtues, and of religious acts, is comprised in the virtues themselves and in the acts, and in their command the manner of practice is enjoined together with the duties that must be practiced. But this manner of practice is incidentally bound up with certain circumstances, which are in some measure distinct from the acts themselves, and consequently the manner of the exercise of duty can be separated from the acts themselves. Yet such a manner of practice of the duties — which is necessarily required for the acts themselves, that they may be pleasing to God — is first expressly commanded in the third commandment.
These circumstances, now, with respect to the instituted duties, are either more inward or outward. The inward circumstances of duty are again either preceding, accompanying, or following. The preceding circumstances require a fitting longing, an arousal of the mind, and a due consideration of such things as belong to the performance of that holy exercise of duty, Eccl. 5:1-2, especially in solemn and ceremonious exercises of religion — for example, in such solemn prayers, and not in fleeting and hasty ones.
The accompanying circumstances are: reverence, taken in a restricted sense, which includes a proper high esteem of those duties, and a fear lest, through too great a familiarity, that reverence should not be practiced by us according to its worth; and godliness, which consists partly in the presence of the heart, partly in readiness and alacrity in the exercise of duty, and partly in the delight and pleasure we find in the practice of those duties. The following circumstances are these: partly, that we may retain the power and the savor of them in our souls; and partly, that we seek to obtain the end and the fruit of those exercises of duty.
These are the inward circumstances of the manner of the exercises of duty in instituted religion. The outward circumstances thereof concern order and decency or edification, 1 Cor. 14:40, and relate to the places, the times, and other ceremonies, which are indeed determined by men to that end, according to that general rule of what is orderly and decent or fitting — yet in such a way that in that determination no error be committed with respect to what belongs to divine right.
II. The Distinction
The manner of practicing the instituted duties of religion is either more general, and belongs to all sorts of religious exercises, of which we have now spoken; or it is more particular and proper to each particular duty, from its own particular nature. Thus there belongs a particular manner of practicing duty to the public hearing of the divine Word, to prayers, to the sacraments — as also with respect to the church, the ministry, church discipline, etc., which are to be practiced.
III. The Goods and Advantages of This Manner of Duty-Practice
It serves (1) the Majesty of God, as the sovereign Lord and highest Lawgiver. (2) The holiness of these instituted duties, on which God has impressed His Name, which He has dedicated to Himself, and to which He has in some measure communicated His holiness. (3) The pleasingness of these duties themselves, whereby they are agreeable to God, as one who looks not so much to the acts themselves as to the manner of doing them. (4) The usefulness — insofar as all the effectiveness of all our duties, for exercising, nourishing, and confirming faith, hope, and love, depends on a lawful use of them. (5) The sweetness — insofar as all our exercise of communion with God, and all the composure and quiet rest of our conscience, in these our exercises of duty, depend on this lawful manner. And from this (6) also arises their necessity.
IV. The Misuse of Instituted Religion
A. Its Nature
This is a misuse of the divine name, in the practice of instituted religion. It occurs when one practices those duties without any aim, out of a mere performance of the work, as one says, in such a manner that one rests in the work performed; or when one practices those duties without intending a rightful end, namely, to exercise and further faith, hope, and love by means of them; or when one practices those duties vainly and fruitlessly, that is to say, not in the manner required for a rightful end, namely, to the honor of God.
Or, to state it distinctly, this misuse consists: (1) in an aversion, whereby someone has a loathing of divine and spiritual things, 2 Tim. 4:3 — which aversion is set against that longing whereby we ought to be desirous of spiritual things, 1 Pet. 2:2. (2) In sloth and sluggishness, whereby someone avoids all the alertness and diligence which is required for the practice of divine things, Rom. 12:11 — which sluggishness is opposed to that alacrity of mind with which divine things ought to be pursued, Ps. 57:8-9. (3) In a neglect and a contempt of holy things, and their misuse for trivial, ridiculous, or foul and shameful purposes — thus contrary to that reverence which is owed to things consecrated to God, Luke 19:46. (4) In a drowsiness and a wandering of the soul in the practice of religion, standing opposed to such a steady godliness as was in Cornelius, Acts 10:2, Ezek. 33:31. (5) In a rashness in the use of God's name and titles, or of such things as have a special reference to God, Jer. 23:24. (6) In a forgetfulness, Jas. 1:24-25. And finally (7) in a confusion of thoughts and acts, which is contrary to the order and propriety which must be maintained in divine matters, 1 Cor. 14:33.
B. The Evils and Disadvantages of This Misuse
(1) It is a shameful and disgraceful profaning of the divine Majesty, of the divine name, and of the Lord's service. (2) On account of this misuse God, in the third commandment of His Law, threatens the most dreadful punishments, which He will also execute as an inexorable Judge; indeed also (3) all sorts of temporal judgments. (4) This misuse makes all our labor, which we spend on the practice of religion, vain and fruitless, when we misuse God's name; and besides this (5) it is detestable before God, Isa. 1:11-16, Ps. 50:16-17, and is as a dung, which God declares He will again throw back in our faces, Mal. 2:3.
C. The Causes to Be Removed
(1) Inexperience in those things which are required for a lawful use of instituted religion — an inexperience that is also often voluntary, Job 21:14. (2) A godless independence, whereby worldlings suppose it enough that they are bound to the duties themselves of religion, even though they do not consider themselves bound to so many circumstances, Jer. 44:16-17. (3) The labor and trouble that is involved in continual attentiveness, and in so exact and careful an observance of so many circumstances. Finally (4) a lack of governing grace, in so many by-ways of all sorts of circumstances, etc.
D. The Remedies
(1) A devout consideration of the goods and advantages of a lawful use, and of the evils and disadvantages of the misuse of instituted religion. (2) We must resist the causes of this misuse by such means as have the greatest power against each of these causes — for example, inexperience must be helped by the practice of God's Word; godless independence must be countered by considering the independence which belongs to God alone, whereby He alone can prescribe to us not only the duties which are to be practiced, but also the manner in which they must be practiced, since nothing else is left to us than the honor of obedience. The difficulty attached to this will be overcome by considering not only the usefulness, but also the necessity, of observing instituted religion, but also by steady practice and habituation to it, which will gradually produce a settled disposition. The lack of grace will be effectively remedied by fervent prayers, Ps. 143:10.
Chapter XV: On the Sanctification and Profanation of the Sabbath Day
There follows, finally, the general, solemn, and ceremonious time which must be devoted to the service of God, and especially to instituted religion. I say, to instituted religion; for the duties belonging to natural religion do not require precisely such a solemn, set-apart time. This time is now called the Sabbath day; and concerning this day its sanctification is commanded, and its profanation is forbidden. With respect to the Sabbath day we must consider:
I. Its Nature
That a certain time must be set apart and devoted to the observance of the duties of instituted religion is taught by nature itself, and this is also taught by those commandments which commend instituted religion. That for this purpose a solemn and fixed time must be employed — this even the heathen themselves have acknowledged by the light of nature. That this solemn time must now be the seventh day is grounded in moral right — that is to say, a law of a general and perpetually binding obligation — yet in such a way that this determination of the time belongs to positive right, that is to say, depends on the mere free choice of the Lawgiver.
And not only this — that a seventh day must be sanctified, to be determined at our own discretion, in such a way that we might sanctify, out of the seven days, any day we might choose according to our own judgment — but precisely that seventh day is determined, which God Himself has ordained for this purpose. In such a way that, by virtue of this fourth commandment of the first table of the Law, the Jews were formerly bound to the sanctification of their seventh day, which God determined to be reckoned from the day of God's rest after the completed work of creation; and Christians also are bound to our appointed day, to be reckoned from the day of Christ's resurrection — since to both, here, their seventh day is prescribed. For the fourth commandment speaks only in general, and commands the sanctification of that day which God shall have determined for this purpose. This appears to be signified by the prefix of the definite article, in the Hebrew, at the word 'the Sabbath.'
This, accordingly, is the moral or general element of the fourth commandment: that we devote that seventh day to the exercise of that positive religion which God may have appointed for it. Concerning this, however, all are not of one mind. For there are those who hold that the entire Mosaic law is abolished under the New Testament — thus think the Anabaptists, certain Antinomians, and some of the Church Fathers, such as Augustine and Hesychius, and others. There are those who hold that the fourth commandment is purely ceremonial and typical, and is accordingly, along with all the other shadow-services of the Old Testament, abolished. There are also those who hold that the fourth commandment is in part moral, insofar as it requires, namely, a certain solemn time to be devoted to instituted religion, and in part ceremonial, insofar as this commandment requires precisely the seventh day to be devoted to it.
Those of the Reformed religion generally hold that the fourth commandment is wholly and entirely moral. They give these reasons for it: because this commandment is so given by God that we nowhere read of its having been abolished; because this commandment is also confirmed in full force in the New Testament, Matt. 5:17-19; because it is intrinsically useful for practicing and furthering the public service of God at all times, as even its opponents themselves must acknowledge. Further, this fourth commandment is moral because, among the Ten Commandments, this commandment too was, by God Himself, engraved on the two stone tables, to give it perpetuity. Also because the sanctification of the seventh day appears to have taken place even in the state of rectitude, Gen. 2:2-3, and undoubtedly the first-created man, had he remained in his duty, would have practiced a certain public service of God in gatherings, and would accordingly also have set apart for it a certain time — and what would have been fitter for that than the seventh day, on which God Himself had rested, and which He had sanctified?
II. The Distinction of Sabbaths
There are sabbaths — all the shadow-feast days, namely, of the Jews — of which the Apostle speaks, Col. 2:16-17, and which, because they foreshadowed certain shadows that were to remain until the time of grace which was to come under the New Testament, are, together with all the other shadows and types, according to the consenting judgment of all Christians, now abolished.
There is a moral Sabbath day, such as has been observed from the beginning of the world, by the example not only of God Himself, who rested from His works after the six days of creation, but also as sanctified, that is, instituted, by God. And this Sabbath day, again, may be considered in three ways.
Either as a Jewish Sabbath, which is that seventh day which was reckoned from God's rest after creation; and this Sabbath appears also to have prefigured the rest of the Lord Christ in the grave, and that rest having ceased, and the work of restoration through redemption having been accomplished, this Sabbath has come to an end, together with all the other ceremonial-typical institutions. This must be well noted against the Sabbatarians — both the ancients, during about the first two centuries of Christianity, who observed the Jewish Sabbath together with the Christian Sabbath; as also certain moderns, who, instead of the Christian Sabbath, celebrate the Jewish Sabbath, such as some have arisen in England. It is certain that this Jewish Sabbath has now come to an end: through its abolition, which took place under the New Testament; through its yielding place to its antitype, which has come in its stead; through the setting, in its place, of the new Christian Sabbath, whereby the old Sabbath now ceases, since only one seventh day is commanded to be sanctified in the fourth commandment.
Or as a Christian Sabbath, namely that seventh day which is reckoned from Christ's resurrection. On this account it is that this Sabbath is called the Lord's Day, Rev. 1:10, and perhaps also Ps. 118:24 — just as the sacrament of the Supper is called the Lord's Supper. Because the Lord Christ, on this day, ceased from the work of redemption; and on this day also appeared to His disciples, when they were solemnly gathered together, and blessed them; while He also, on this day, poured out the Holy Spirit upon His disciples — not in the Temple, to celebrate there the feast of Pentecost, but at the place where they were assembled apart, without doubt for the purpose of religiously sanctifying that day. As also the sanctification of this day for religious purposes has been customary in the first apostolic churches, Acts 20:7, John 20:19,26, 1 Cor. 16:1-2, undoubtedly by virtue of Christ's institution, etc.
Finally, it is the Sabbath of the fourth commandment, which indeterminately commands the sanctifying of that seventh day which God may have determined for it, and which accordingly bound the Jews, comprehended within it, to their Sabbath, and now obliges Christians to celebrate their Lord's Day — because God determined that day for the Jews, and this seventh day for the Christians.
III. The Sanctification of the Sabbath
This was and is contained herein: that it be observed partly through rest — that is, the cessation of all our own works: namely, of those works, that is to say, by which we intend some temporal gain, or some bodily recreation, and of all such works in general by which the works of God are hindered, such as the ordinary and daily works of our calling, or unnecessary journeys; and partly through the exercise of God's work, that is, the practice of the duties, especially of instituted religion, consisting in the attending of public worship, the meditation on the work of creation, together with the visiting and comforting of the afflicted — to which we may also reckon the works of necessity and of love, both with respect to animals and with respect to men; also the works of common and civil decency, as for example, preparing oneself decent clothing, as also all sorts of such civil works whereby we may be roused and made the more fit for the work of divine service, inasmuch as these very works are thereby made holy and divine works. Meanwhile this commandment claims the whole day, in order that it be sanctified partly in public, partly in private.
IV. The Goods and Advantages of Sabbath-keeping
(1) This altogether emphatic word of admonition, Remember, which word is added to the fourth commandment alone. (2) That God has claimed only one day for Himself, whereas He might otherwise have demanded six days for Himself, and left us only one. (3) That He requires a rest, whereas He might have laid upon us the heaviest and hardest labor. (4) That God Himself, by His own example, has gone before us with His rest and with His sanctification of that day. (5) That He has attached His blessing to this sanctification; for He blessed — and sanctified; His blessing, I say, both spiritual and temporal or bodily, compare Exod. 16:20-27. (6) That on this day God's people, throughout the whole world, must solemnly present themselves before their God, to seek His face, to hear His words and commands, to bring their desires before the Lord through prayer, and to occupy themselves, in His house and in His presence, with spiritual meditations, and in all these exercises of duty to practice our most refreshing communion with God, and thus not only to display a certain image, but also to enjoy the firstfruits and a foretaste of our full and blessed communion with God in heaven. (7) That such a sanctification affords the most powerful means for the edification of the church, and for the furthering of a strict and orderly godliness. Finally (8) that this observance of the Sabbath is an image of our heavenly rest, Heb. 4:10-11.
V. The Profanation of the Sabbath
A. Its Nature
This consists, in general, in a lack of those exercises of duty which are required for the sanctification of the Sabbath. This defect occurs in various instances: (1) In neglecting that day which is so earnestly prescribed and commended to us by God for His solemn service. (2) In openly and deliberately opposing and seeking to abolish this day, as though it were merely ceremonial and typical. (3) In joining other days and feast-days with this day, as for example the feast of Easter and Pentecost, and the feast of Christ's Nativity, etc., whereas God has nevertheless prescribed only the solemn celebration and sanctification of the seventh day alone. (4) In devoting this day to one's own works and business. (5) In not doing the works of the Lord, doing nothing at all, in the manner in which the unreasoning animal enjoys its rest on that day. (6) In spending this day with the works of the flesh, in feasting and fleshly amusements, etc.
B. The Evils and Disadvantages of This Profanation
(1) It robs us of all the goods and advantages which the sanctification of this day brings. (2) It scorns the legislative Majesty of God, who has so solemnly prescribed this day to us. (3) It disdains God's kindness and friendliness, whereby He has granted us six whole days, and has reserved for Himself only one day. One thereby also despises (4) that rest which God requires of us for our own comfort and advantage, while He demands of us no hard labor. Besides this also (5) this sacrament, or so solemn a sign and seal, that Jehovah is our God, who sanctifies us, Ezek. 20:12,20, Exod. 31:13. Further (6) one thereby despises that sweetest converse with God, which we could and ought to enjoy in the duties of sanctification on that day. Indeed (7) God has even at times threatened to punish the profanation of the Sabbath, brought about by all the aforementioned things and deeds, even with the death penalty, Num. 15:32.
C. The Fundamental Causes to Be Rooted Out
(1) The disesteem of this day, insofar as it does not arise from natural right, but from positive right — so that, whereas the light of nature does not recommend the observance of this day, all the other commandments have their foundation in the law of nature. (2) Hatred against this day, from which arises its opposition and violation. (3) Superstition, whereby one is not content with this one day which God has commanded to be sanctified, but wishes to add still other festival days to it. (4) Natural perversity, whereby we do not wish precisely what God wills, and, on the contrary, wish what God does not will — hence it is that we wish to do work when God wills that we should rest, and, contrariwise, that we wish to rest when God wills that we should do our work. (5) Love of earthly gain and advantage, whereby one does not spare even the Sabbath day, but thinks he may neglect and profane it. (6) Mistrust of divine providence, as though it could not and would not care for us and ours, even though we make no profit on that day. (7) Enmity against God, whereby we have an aversion from all exercises of communion with Him, Ezek. 20:13, Job 21:14-15.
D. The Remedies
(1) Earnestly to set before oneself the goods and advantages of its sanctification, and the evils and disadvantages of the profanation of this day. (2) Vigorously to resist the causes of this profanation — for example, against the disesteem of this day one must set that emphatic Remember, together with all the other motives and circumstances by which God, with much greater earnestness, commends this commandment than He presses any of the other commandments. Against hatred of God, a very salutary use is the consideration of the divine wisdom and kindness, which has not made man for the Sabbath, but the Sabbath for man, and has appointed and sanctified it for man — that is, has ordained it for his comfort and advantage. From there one must proceed to the remaining causes of the profanation of the Sabbath day, in order to combat and root out each of them, by such remedies as are found to have the greatest power against them.
Book III
Treating of Righteousness and Unrighteousness, or Wrong Done to the Neighbor.
Chapter I: On Righteousness toward the Neighbor in General, and Its Violation
The duties of rational religion, both natural and instituted, we have now treated. There follow the duties of righteousness toward the neighbor, over against which stands its violation. Concerning righteousness we have to consider its:
I. Nature
Concerning which we must consider the following. Right, in Latin Jus, is derived from Jussum, a command or order, and accordingly signifies either a law; or an act which the law prescribes; or a skill or proficiency in the laws, according to that common saying, Jus est Ars aequi et boni, that is, Right is the Art of the equitable and the good; or a power to act according to the law, thus one is said to "use his right." Closely allied and akin to this is a privilege, or prerogative, which is granted to someone either by law, or by an equivalent authority.
Such a right, now, is either divine, of which God is the Institutor, or human, of which man is the maker. Divine right, again, is either natural, which flows from nature, both of God and of man, insofar as man bears the image of God; or positive, which flows from God's good pleasure — the former being unchangeable, the latter changeable. Human right is, according to the view of the jurists, either natural — living honestly, injuring no one, giving each his own; or the right of nations, that is, that right which is in use among all nations, or which every nation, by common consent and custom, is accustomed to observe; or civil right, which each particular citizenry of a state or city, or some society of men, establishes for itself as a law.
All right, now, of whatever kind, is comprised in the moral law, with respect to its several first principles, from which principles the conclusions must be derived by a lawful process of reasoning. These derived conclusions, the further they are from their first principles, the more uncertain they also are, and the more unknown, and must accordingly be determined by laws.
Righteousness is a disposition of the will, to order and regulate its acts and dealings according to right. This righteousness is to be considered as twofold in many respects, in that there is a righteousness that has regard to the nearest intended end, and that obligates to the letter and strict words of the law — and this is called righteousness in the narrowest sense; the other looks to a further-intended end, and to the reasons of a law — and this is called equity, or discretion.
Righteousness, as we here consider it, has its relation to the neighbor — that is, to a fellow being, whether he be a man or an angel, who is or can be with us a partaker of the same end and of the same blessedness, Luke 10:36-37 — and, by an extended likeness, also to ourselves, according to that well-known word of the Law: You shall love your neighbor as yourself; and, what you do not wish to be done to you, do not do likewise to another. Indeed, this righteousness also has, in some measure, a bearing even toward the animals, to which God has also assigned their due, which, accordingly, by righteousness, must be granted to them.
II. The Distinction of Righteousness
There is a righteousness that is very general, which signifies every sort of exercise of duty toward another, and includes therein also the religious duty to be practiced toward the neighbor; and this is accordingly nothing other than the rightness of every virtue — indeed the very essence of virtue; thus we have already before reckoned righteousness among the general properties or qualities of virtue.
Or there is also a very particular righteousness, which has its relation to the magnitude either of merit, or of some good received, which requires an equal recompense. This righteousness comprises in itself only a few duties of the second table of the Law — those duties, namely, by which an equal recompense takes place.
Or there is a middle righteousness, which concerns a mutual exercise of duty among those who are bound by one and the same right. In this sense righteousness comprises the whole force and content of the entire second table of the Law, and is properly the subject with which we here deal. This righteousness, again, is either distributive, which allots to each one his own, by a rightful judgment of matters and persons, and by a fitting comparison, which is made either of things with things, or of persons with persons, in order to observe a precise and measured proportion; or commutative, whereby one measures out or renders back to each his own — which, again, is either exchanging, and consists in an equality of receiving and giving; or corrective, which presupposes a certain unrighteousness that must be corrected, and which is then either a civil righteousness, which makes a correction of the unrighteousness of the matter, or a penal righteousness, which makes a correction in the unrighteousness of the person.
To this last righteousness belongs both the exercise of vengeance, whereby a punishment is inflicted upon one who has violated righteousness, and restitution, whereby the other is again put into possession of his property, of which he had been unrighteously deprived.
III. The Goods and Advantages of Righteousness
(1) Righteousness belongs to the chief perfections of God, to which we are in some measure made like by the exercise of righteousness, and by which we are also advanced to greater perfection. (2) This righteousness constitutes an excellent part of God's image, Eph. 4:24. (3) It is the producer, the nurse, and the governor of all our exercises of duty toward the neighbor. (4) It is the bond and foundation of every civil society. (5) It is likewise, in its own way, of ecclesiastical society. (6) It is the support and stability of all peace, and of all quietness, in both civil and ecclesiastical communion; and accordingly (7) it is the overflowing fountain of every good, and of its possession and enjoyment.
IV. Wrong Done to the Neighbor, or Unrighteousness
A. Its Nature
It is that vice whereby we are not disposed to give the neighbor his own. This vice is practiced: (1) by respect of persons, whereby one man is preferred to another in the distribution of the goods that are owed, without right or reason — thus this vice is set against distributive righteousness, spoken of above. (2) By theft, whereby one refuses to give the neighbor what belongs to him — and thus it is contrary to commutative righteousness. (3) By an unrighteous proceeding in the civil courts, when in civil lawsuits that is awarded to one which belongs to another — this is contrary to corrective righteousness in civil matters. (4) Or also in penal matters, when the exercise of vengeance is either neglected where it ought to have been exercised, or is exercised and practiced where it ought to have had no place — namely, with respect to the innocent — or is not exercised in proportion to the offenses, whether through too great severity, or through too great leniency; thus this stands opposed to penal righteousness. Finally, this unrighteousness is committed by an unlawful withholding of that which one ought to have restored to the neighbor.
B. The Evils and Disadvantages of This Vice
(1) It is detestable, not only before God, but also before men, to such an extent that even the most unrighteous of men cannot bear to be called by the name of unrighteous. (2) It exposes an unrighteous person to the divine wrath, Rom. 1:18. (3) It robs a man of his beauty and of the ornament of the divine image, which is the chief, if not the only, glory of man, and by which he is pleasing to God and to men. (4) This unrighteousness even extinguishes all godliness toward God, because it refuses the neighbor what is lawfully due to him according to the divine precept. (5) It disturbs, and, so far as in it lies, tramples and treads underfoot all human society, both civil and ecclesiastical. (6) It makes the fellowship of men, indeed their whole life, bitter, and in the end more bitter and harder than death itself, etc.
C. The Causes of Unrighteousness
(1) Ignorance of divine and human right, whereby one does not know what he owes to his neighbor. (2) A perverse self-love, whereby we seek only and alone what is our own, even to the detriment of the neighbor. (3) A disesteem of the neighbor, whereby we do not value him so highly that we would give him his due. (4) Besides this also a contempt of God, whereby we do not esteem His authority so highly that, according to His prescription, we would not withhold from another, or steal from Him, His goods. Generally, too, the fundamental cause of the unrighteousness which one commits against the neighbor is (5) covetousness, whereby we either usurp to ourselves what is the neighbor's, or rob him of what belongs to him. Sometimes, too, the cause of it is (6) partiality, or respect of persons, when one, out of a perverse love for one, or out of hatred against another, gives an unrighteous verdict in court, by speaking or pronouncing judgment wrongly.
D. The Remedies
(1) Earnestly to consider the goods and advantages of righteousness, and the evils and disadvantages of unrighteousness. (2) To resist the causes of unrighteousness, according to the nature and effectiveness of each of them — as, for example, against ignorance, against perverse self-love, etc. — by such means as have the greatest power against each of these causes, etc.
Chapter II: On Love and Malice toward the Neighbor
At all times all the duties of righteousness must be practiced, with a view to the good and benefit of the neighbor, and from this these exercises of duty must also spring. These duties are therefore designated by the name of Love, Matt. 22:39, Mark 12:31. Over against this stands malice. Concerning love toward the neighbor, we must investigate its:
I. Nature
It is an inclination of the heart, or of the will, toward the neighbor. It comprises in itself the love of desire, whereby we long for the neighbor's presence and familiar company; and of complacency, whereby we rest with pleasure in the neighbor, and take delight in the exercise of familiar intercourse with him; and of benevolence, whereby we wish and desire for the neighbor all sorts of goods, bodily as well as spiritual, temporal and eternal. It is, with this love toward the neighbor — by way of comparison — much as we have noted concerning love toward God, except that in love toward the neighbor there frequently also enters the consideration of mercy and compassion, which has no place with respect to God.
The object, then, of this love is the neighbor — that is, every man to whom we can bring some good, Luke 10:29,36-37, Acts 17:26; it is a man, insofar as he is capable, with us, of that supernatural blessedness; he is indeed a sinner, but not insofar as he is such, for in and under that respect he may not be loved, but must be hated. And consequently the order in this love must be such that, just as God is to be loved first and most, and with the highest love, so love toward God is the formal ground, or rule, of love toward the neighbor: we allernaast, that is, nearest after God, love ourselves, with that love which has its regard to true blessedness. For in loving God, with a love of union, we immediately love ourselves, with that highest love which has our spiritual blessedness in view; and we love others as in the second place, whom we wish and desire to have fellowship with us in that same good.
Among men, indeed, no one may be excluded from our love; nevertheless the same degree of love need not be maintained toward all men. As regards, indeed, the good which we must wish and desire for the neighbor, there is no inequality, because we owe it, with benevolence, to wish good to any fellow neighbor equally as to ourselves; nor is there any inequality to be made with respect to the inclination itself of wishing and desiring good — here too there must be no inequality of ardor, or slackening, in love; but there may indeed be inequality with respect to the exercise and the effects of this inclination. An inequality of frequency, of order, and of extent may exist, since the concurrence of circumstances necessarily determines the working and practice of love. For (1) more often must we exercise the acts of love toward those in whom occasions and causes for showing love more often present themselves to us. (2) A certain order must here be observed, according to the occasion given for it, and according to the proportion of the acts with respect to their objects. (3) There is also room here for an extension to greater, or more excellent, effects, according to their necessity, and according to the worthiness of the persons whom we love. See Ames, Of Cases of Conscience, Book I, Chapter VII, §4.
These things being thus premised in general, it follows that among men some are to be loved more than others — those, namely, who come nearer to God, and, in God, nearer to ourselves, Gal. 6:10. Accordingly, in comparison with others, believers must be loved more than unbelievers; blood-relations, in comparison with other men, more than those who are strangers to us; and among blood-relations, those who have a nearer relation to us more than those who stand in a more distant degree of kinship with us. Yet here too regard must be had to the nature and quality of the union whereby they come nearer or less near to us. Is someone's union with us bodily? Then we also owe him more bodily duties of love. Is this union with us spiritual? Then we owe him more spiritual duties of love to show him — namely, when the actual demonstrations of love toward both cannot, at the same time, be equally exercised toward both.
These actual proofs of love are of various and diverse kinds. The first is intercession, or prayer, whereby we ask of God all those things which religion requires that we wish and desire for him — whether spiritual or bodily goods — from God, that they may be granted to him; and that we also, besides this, thank God for the goods already granted to him, Matt. 5:44, Rom. 1:8. The second act of love is the working of good toward our neighbor, or at least an endeavor which immediately tends to his good. This is called loving in deed, John 3:18. This working of love is performed either morally, in setting before the neighbor the good which he is bound to pursue, with cogent reasons serving for conviction, and with helps whereby he might be moved and brought to the practice of his duty — or by instructing him, if he is ignorant; or by comforting him, if he is in affliction; or by rebuking him, if he is straying from the good; or by reproving him, if he lives in error; or by testing him, if he does not know his own acts and his own spiritual state; or by admonishing and stirring him up, if he is slothful in the practice of good; and finally by going before him and giving him light in what is good, in order the more powerfully to spur him on to act likewise. Or this working of love is also performed materially, when we, by the deed, show and do that which of itself tends to the good of the neighbor, without any work of the neighbor's own coming between, Heb. 13:16.
II. The Distinction of Love
There is a fleshly and impure love, which is born of mere lust and sensuality, which is forbidden. There is a natural love, called storgē among the Greeks, which is found between children and parents — such a love as is found also in the unreasoning animal, which is nevertheless also morally good in men, and those in whom it is lacking are called unnatural, astorgoi, as is noted of the heathen, Rom. 1:31. There is a civil love, which arises from merely civil causes — for example, from blood-relationship, or from equality of condition, whereby men treat one another with love. This love is indeed good, but not sufficient for a Christian. There is a love that is common among all Christians, 2 Pet. 1:7, whereby we love every man, insofar as he is a man — which love not seldom comes to the same thing as the preceding. Finally there is a Christian love, whereby a Christian loves his neighbor insofar as he is a Christian; this is called philadelphia, or brotherly love, 2 Pet. 1:7; and this is, finally, the true and saving love.
III. The Marks Distinguishing This Love from All the Others
(1) This Christian love has its origin from the love of and toward God. (2) It extends itself, so as to show obedience to God, who has commanded it. (3) It regards its fellow man insofar as he is its brother in Christ, and united with it by faith in Christ; and consequently (4) insofar as it perceives in him the restored image of God in Christ. (5) It wishes and desires for its fellow Christian, not only bodily, but especially spiritual, gifts and goods. (6) It can bear no weaknesses in its brother, etc.
IV. The Goods and Advantages of a Christian Love
(1) It is right in every respect, Col. 4:1. (2) It is a product, and a fruit, that is inseparable from divine love; for whoever loves God, loves also his neighbor, since God requires this of all who love Him, Matt. 22:39, and not for this reason alone, but also because the neighbor bears the image of God. (3) This Christian love is proportionate to the divine love, at least in God's gracious regard — see the passages cited: the second commandment is like unto it, You shall love your neighbor, etc. (4) This love is also a proof of our regeneration, 1 John 5:1-2, and at the same time also a mark of our communion with God, with the Lord Christ, and with eternal blessedness, as is generally confirmed in the first Epistle of John. (5) Our love toward the neighbor is the cause and origin of the neighbor's love toward us, from which we may accordingly promise ourselves the same duties of love which we show to them. (6) It is the sum, the brief content, and the fulfillment of the Law, and, as it were, the soul of all our exercises of duty toward the neighbor — so that there is no exercise of duty that is good and rightful which does not spring from love, Rom. 13:10, Gal. 5:14.
V. The Means for Obtaining Love, and the Manner of Exercising It
(1) Devoutly to consider the goods and advantages of this love. (2) Likewise the love of God toward the spiritual brethren, whom we must love. Precious and dear are they in the eyes of God — and should they not, then, also be so in our eyes? Indeed, so precious and dear are they in God's eyes, that He has loved them from eternity in such a way that He has given them His only-begotten Son as a Mediator and Redeemer, and that God's own Son has undergone for them the most shameful and most painful death. (3) To exercise oneself in the love of and toward God, that it may produce in us love toward the neighbor. (4) By a living faith to strive after union and communion with the Lord Christ, that believers may become our brothers, and may, as brothers, be loved by us.
To this must also be noted and observed (5) the manner in which we must love the neighbor. This manner of loving may indeed be sufficiently gathered from what has been said, yet we will here set it forth still somewhat more distinctly. Namely, the neighbor must be loved: truly, with the heart, and not with the mouth alone, or with gestures and all sorts of outward contrived show, such as is the practice of hypocrites — yet also not with the heart alone, but also with the hand and the deed, or the work itself, that the loving may be with deed, 1 John 3:18; in such a way that it spring forth from a pure love toward God, and from obedience to His commandment; that it be brotherly toward the spiritual brethren; that the goods and exercises of duty of this love be not bodily only, but also spiritual, and not spiritual alone, but at the same time also bodily; and that the acts of exercise of this love be practiced prudently, according to the nature of the union whereby the neighbor is bound to us — so that, for example, spiritual goods come more into consideration in those who are more closely united with us spiritually, and bodily goods in those whose union with us is more bodily.
VI. Malice toward the Neighbor
A. Its Nature
By malice here, taken in a broader sense, we understand everything that is contrary to the love which we owe to our neighbor. And thus it is, in general, nothing other than a lack of the love which is due to the neighbor, according to God's precept. This malice has place: (1) in the absence of love that ought to be there — when, I say, it ought to be there, for we are not bound, for example, to show our love to strangers in some special way, as to bosom friends; or (2) when we are, besides this, averse to our neighbor who is known to us, or bear him a hatred, so that we would even wish that he no longer existed; or at least (3) when we do not love him as we ought — for example, a brother, with brotherly love.
This now occurs in various ways: when we (4) not only do not wish and pray to God for him the goods that belong to him, but, besides this, wish and pray against him all evil, Matt. 5:44. When we (5) do not employ toward him the spiritual duties which are necessary for him — when we, for example, do not instruct, comfort, rebuke, or admonish him. When we (6) also have fellowship in his sin — commanding him, counseling, sparing him, taking part in his circumstances — when we do not defend him, or set ourselves against those who wrong him, and do not make known his sins, where and when they ought to be made known. When we (7) give him offense, by doing some evil in his presence, or at least some thing which is in itself indifferent, but done to the neighbor's grief, in order to grieve him, or to make him imitate what we do — meanwhile there is also a taken offense, whereby the neighbor is offended at that which is good and praiseworthy in us, but we need not concern ourselves with that. When we (8) do not, at the very least, seek toward the neighbor that which can serve his advantage. When we (9) do not love the neighbor at least insofar as he is a man, and in that respect bears in some measure the image of God. When we do not love him (10), who is a brother, as a brother. When we (11) do not love him thus for God's sake, because God so wills, or to the honor of God. When we (12) do not love him in such a way that we wish and bring to him spiritual goods, as well as bodily ones.
B. The Evils and Disadvantages of This Malice
(1) One does not love God as the highest good, but offends God by not obeying Him. (2) One does not, by an unrighteous dealing, render what one owes to the neighbor. (3) Then God is not loved by such a one, but he is an object of the divine hatred, who does not show his neighbor love according to God's command. (4) Such a one does not deserve to be loved by his neighbor, who himself does not love his neighbor; and consequently (5) he remains deprived of all the goods and benefits which would otherwise have been able and bound to come back to him, from a mutual love — from his love toward the neighbor, and the neighbor's love toward him. Indeed even (6) all the evils and disadvantages which someone wishes and prays down upon his neighbor, or in which he makes him in any way a partaker, and which fall upon him from a given offense, will, by a righteous judgment of God, descend again upon himself. At least (7) such a one will not enjoy the fruits of those goods and advantages which could flow to him from the neighbor's love, etc.
C. The Causes of This Malice
(1) Ignorance and disregard of God, who commands love; and of the neighbor, insofar as He bears, in some measure, the image of God; and of those duties which we owe to our neighbor, on the ground of this love. (2) A disordered self-love, whereby we do not esteem our neighbor so highly that we would love him. (3) The lack and neglect of the communion of saints, whereby we have and exercise no communion, neither with the Lord Christ, nor with those who belong to the Savior's heritage, and who are accordingly our brothers. Sometimes also there comes in (4) a hatred against God, whereby one is then also affected with hatred against those who are loved by God, and for that very reason, because they are loved by him. Often, too, the cause of it is (5) a vexation which one takes at their rebukes, and salutary admonitions. Also often (6) a shame, which we fear and feel because of their example and exercises of discipline.
D. The Remedies
(1) A devout consideration of the goods and advantages of love, and of the evils and disadvantages of malice. (2) The means by which love is caused, nourished, and increased. (3) The stopping up of the fountain-causes from which malice springs — thus, for example, ignorance is removed by those helps whereby one can come to the knowledge of, and reverence toward, God, who commends love toward the neighbor; by which, at the same time, one can also come to know the condition in which our neighbor already is, and be made fit for those exercises of duty which we owe to the neighbor — to which belongs the practice of God's Word; and so one must proceed further to all the other causes of this malice, in order to use against them such means as are most effective for that purpose, etc.
Chapter III: On Showing Honor to, and Contempt of, the Neighbor
Righteousness and love, which must be practiced according to the first four commandments of the second table of the Law, have their regard to a fourfold good of the neighbor: his honor, his life, his marriage, and his temporal goods. And since the neighbor, in these four things, can be helped or injured either with the mouth or with the heart, two commandments are here added, of which the first governs the tongue, and the last regards the heart. In all these matters the commandment concerning the showing of honor takes precedence, because it comes nearest to the service, or to the honor, which we render to God — not only for this reason, but also because it is the foundation, the bond, and the stability of all the remaining commandments of the second table of the Law. For by virtue of this exercise of duty, and of the degrees of honor among men to which it has regard, a quiet and peaceable life is led in all things among men. Over against this showing of honor stands the contempt of the neighbor. Concerning the honor to be shown to the neighbor, we have to consider
I. Its Nature
The honor which we must show to our neighbor is the acknowledgment of some worth, or excellence, that is in another, joined with a fitting bearing of witness to it. Thus, then, honor presupposes, in someone who is to be honored, a certain worth or excellence which must be acknowledged; and the greater this worth and excellence is in someone, the greater also must be the honor shown, from which there then arises a distinction between honor, praise, and glory. Honor acknowledges a merely common worth; praise, a greater; glory, the very greatest.
Honor, I say, presupposes either a worth — that is, a certain good, of whatever kind, in someone who is to be honored (for since in all men a certain good is found, it follows also that all men are owed a certain honor, and not only those who are with us in an equal rank, but also those who are set in a lower rank and beneath us, Rom. 12:10, 1 Pet. 3:7 and 1:17) — or a certain excellence, whereby someone excels in this or that good, which he either has in himself, or observes in others, and on that account honors either himself or others. This excellence may be considered either in someone's age, on account of which we are commanded to honor the aged; or in various gifts of mind, of body, or of fortune; or in the power to govern others, in which a certain jurisdiction is found, and indeed of more than one sort.
For there is a particular or domestic power, and a jurisdiction of the husband over his wife; of parents over their children; and of masters and mistresses over their servants. In this respect the husband's power is tempered with a certain equality. The power of masters and mistresses is altogether commanding. Paternal power is, as it were, a mixture of both. There is also a public power, and this is either civil or ecclesiastical — so that every human society, and every sort of dominion and governing power, whether domestic, civil, or ecclesiastical, has its foundation in the fifth commandment, and is regulated by it.
This honor, then, of worth or of excellence, requires an acknowledgment of, and a bearing of witness to, the same, and consists accordingly not in a mere outward courtesy and observance of duty — as it also does not consist in an inward reverence alone — but in both. This showing of honor extends itself over father and mother both together, as being both the authors and upholders in domestic government, as the first and most general sovereign rule. Yet under this are also understood all sorts of superiors in every kind of governing power, who are accordingly also here commanded to conduct themselves as fathers and mothers toward their subjects and those under them, inasmuch as...
otherwise could not be honored except as Fathers. This showing of Honor meanwhile comprehends within itself, by a summary manner of speech (synecdoche), all such mutual duties as the lesser are bound to render to their betters; and they who are set over others are admonished to conduct themselves in a manner worthy of honor and reverence, while the lesser are likewise bidden to conduct themselves toward their betters as children, and the betters are commanded, by the same Commandment, to conduct themselves toward their lesser as Fathers. The duties, therefore, of the Honor which the lesser owe to their betters, are either general, and consist in Reverence, Love, Submission, and Subjection, as well as, according to the occasion of the matter, in obedience, faithfulness, and patience with regard to their corrections; but there are also certain particular tokens of Honor which the lesser must render to their betters. These are: (a) Submission, or the acknowledgment of this their authority. (b) Obedience, that is, the performance of those duties which are prescribed to them by their betters, according to the authority which these have received from God — in such a way, however, that if things are prescribed to them by their betters which God forbids to be done, then the bearing of the punishment unjustly attached to such prescribed commands stands, in their case, in place of obedience; see 1 Pet. 2:9–10. To this also belongs (c) a humble gratitude for those goods and benefits which we may enjoy by means of their authority and care; which gratitude must be proportioned to the benefits received — yet in such a way that it consist not merely in a bare inward affection of the heart, but also proceed outward from thence to an endeavor to make that affection of heart manifest in every sort of way and work, by coming to the aid of their needs and necessities, whether with the matter itself, or in deed, or with counsel, so far as they have need of it, or with prayers for their welfare and their salvation. To this Honor also belongs (d) friendship, or friendliness toward every one of those who are our neighbors through love, or through some other union or kinship.
The duties, on the other side, which the betters owe to the lesser, are chiefly these: (1) Protection, that is, a use of their authority to shield their lesser and preserve them from any evil that oppresses or threatens them. (2) Care, that they provide their lesser with all that is necessary — both as concerns the soul and eternal salvation, and as concerns the needs of the body, 1 Tim. 5:8. (3) A right ordering and governance, or a setting forth of what is right and good, which the lesser ought to observe, Eph. 6:4. (4) Reward, or the recompense of that observance and obedience which is rendered to their government, 1 Pet. 2:14. (5) Vengeance, whereby they repay evildoing to those who refuse to submit to their lawful commands — the exercise of which vengeance belongs to none other than to him who is set in authority above others, Rom. 13:4; 1 Pet. 2:14. And all these mutual exercises of duty are governed by humility and lowliness. For only such a one is fit and inclined to render the honor due to another who is humble — that is, who so moderates his esteem of himself that he does not wish any honor to be shown him which does not properly apply to him, while at the same time he can rightly stand upon that honor which, by divine prescription, truly belongs to him.
II.
The distinction of this duty of Honor is to be made thus: There is (1) a religious Honoring, which belongs to God inasmuch as He is God, and which consequently is proper to Him alone. There is (2) a civil Honoring, which by divine command belongs to men, in proportion to each one's particular dignity and excellence which God has conferred upon them. There is (3) an unlawful Honoring, which some arrogate to themselves out of pride — which happens either when superiors impose upon their inferiors such commands as exceed their authority, or run contrary to God and His Commandment; or when inferiors, toward their superiors, perform such commands as are contrary to God, and forbidden by Him.
III.
The benefits and advantages of the Honor owed to one's neighbor, on account of which it is to be observed, are these: (1) It is the first Commandment with a Promise — not only because it is the first Commandment in the second Table of the Law, but also because it is the first and only Commandment in the whole Law which has attached to it a particular Promise proper to itself alone. (2) It comes nearest of all to the duties of Religion and of Godliness, whereby we honor God Himself, wherefore it is also called Godliness (pietas), 1 Tim. 5:4. (3) It is the Foundation and the Bond of all other Righteousness which we owe to our neighbor, since it constitutes an authority and commanding power by means of which all other duties are provided for and governed. Hence it is (4) that a quiet and peaceable life, in all godliness, 1 Tim. 2:2, depends upon this Honoring of our betters, and of those set over us. (5) To it is promised a long life and a blessing: that thy days may be long, and that it may go well with thee in the land which the Lord thy God gives thee, Deut. 5:16. Further, (6) upon it depends all order and all that is fitting and honest in the whole of human society, while from its neglect arises all disorder and confusion in human intercourse. Moreover (7) from the Honor which we show to others there arises a reciprocal Honor to ourselves — not to mention (8) that whoever honors his neighbor thereby honors God as well, who has given this Commandment.
IV.
The means by which this exercise of Honoring is attained are these: (1) We must attentively consider the benefits of this Honoring. (2) The commanding authority of God, who enjoins this duty. (3) Justice, which requires that we acknowledge and testify to the worth and excellence that is in our neighbor. (4) The Vengeance which awaits a transgressor of this Commandment, both from God and from the Magistrate, who is armed with the Sword against those who rebel against this Commandment, Rom. 13:4.
V.
Opposed to this stands the Contempt of one's Neighbor, concerning which we are to consider
A. Its nature.
In general we understand by it every failure and neglect of the Honor which is due to one's neighbor by reason of the divine precept. This contempt occurs (1) in all those things whereby the good name of one's neighbor is disgraced, or that regard which is owed him is not given him, 1 Cor. 4:13; 2 Cor. 6:8. And this happens either (a) within ourselves, through a rash judgment, Matt. 7:1; 1 Cor. 4:3; or also (b) before others, in words, deeds, gestures, and every manner of outward sign — whether this be done directly, with the aim of injuring one's neighbor's honor, or indirectly, whether from the nature of the matter itself, or from its circumstances. This contempt also occurs (2) through disdain, slander, and mockery, when the good name and honor of one's neighbor is assailed in his presence. (3) Through backbiting, when this is done in his absence, and that in more than one way: (a) when a false accusation is brought against him; (b) when a true fault committed by him, without pressing cause, is spread abroad and made public; (c) when that fault is too greatly magnified; (d) when the deed itself of one's neighbor is indeed not condemned, but the intention of him who does it is found fault with. (4) Thirdly, it also occurs with respect to the good that is in one's neighbor, when (a) it is denied; or (b) kept hidden; or (c) belittled; or (d) praised with coldness.
The wellspring of all these misdeeds is pride, which is properly the worst transgression of the fifth Commandment, and is nothing other than a wild and disordered imagining and display of one's own excellence. It is a wild and disordered imagining and display, for otherwise a well-ordered one is not forbidden, but rather is fitting and proper. To this pride may be reckoned: (1) Boasting and haughtiness, being a puffed-up conceit over some good that a person truly has. (2) Bold presumption, whereby one wishes to appear to have some good which in truth one does not have. (3) Vain glory, which one seeks from others. (4) Ambition and lust for standing, when one hunts after certain dignities in a disordered manner. (5) A great conceit and pretension of oneself, when one wishes to undertake something that exceeds one's powers. (6) Envy, or grief over some good of one's neighbor, because it seems to diminish our own excellence. (7) Rivalry, or jealousy, that is, a disordered drive in seeking and pursuing the good that is found in one's neighbor. I say a disordered drive, for there is also an ordered and lawful rivalry, as when, for example, we are grieved over some good that is in our neighbor, not because he has it, but because we fear that some evil may arise from it, whether to himself or to others, Prov. 28:18. When we are grieved over some good of our neighbor, not because he has it, but because we ourselves do not have it, and wish we did; when we are grieved that an unworthy person possesses such a good — this is otherwise called indignation.
B. The evils and disadvantages of this contempt of one's neighbor.
On account of which it is to be rejected, these can now sufficiently be gathered from the Virtue set over against it, and from its benefits and advantages — namely Honoring — to wit, that it is: (1) a violation of that duty of the Law which we owe to observe toward our neighbor, whereby it comes nearest of all to Religion, or that Service of God which consists in, and is wholly made up of, the showing of Honor. (2) Accordingly, contempt of one's neighbor is at the same time a contempt of God as Lawgiver. (3) Both the contempt of God and of one's neighbor bring with them a contempt of oneself; for just as one who honors God is in turn honored by Him, so too whoever despises God is himself despised and held in contempt by Him. (4) Such a one grievously wrongs his neighbor, since he robs him of that which, next to his life, is most precious to him; for a man's honor and his life go together. (5) It breaks the bond, and removes the foundation of all other righteousness toward one's neighbor. (6) The contempt of one's neighbor, by its very nature, causes disturbance, confusion, and devastation in society, in the household, and in the civil and ecclesiastical estate; for these have their foundation in the mutual Honoring and duty-observance of superiors and inferiors. Accordingly (7) a graver crime is thereby committed, which also deserves a graver punishment, than the wrong done to any single particular neighbor. (8) This contempt of one's neighbor prevents us from being able to lead a quiet and peaceable life, in all godliness and honesty, 1 Tim. 2:2. Consequently it is a sin at once against God, against oneself, against one's neighbor, against Religion, and in general against the whole life of men. (9) Without due Honoring, or mutual observance of duty, between superiors and inferiors, it cannot be expected that the life of men should be stable and blessed — just as, on this very ground, God has made the promise of long life and blessing dependent on the Honoring of Father and Mother.
C. The causes of this contempt of one's neighbor.
Which must be removed in the healing of this disorder are chiefly these: (1) A contempt of God and of His Law, which commands the Honoring of one's neighbor. (2) A disdain of God's image, and of all the worth and excellence which God, through His Providence, has conferred upon one's neighbor. (3) A perverted Self-love, whereby we so overvalue our own excellence that we seek in every way to keep our neighbor far beneath us, and to oppress him. (4) The lack of union and communion with the Lord Christ, through faith and the working of the Holy Spirit within us, whereby we fail to acknowledge our neighbor as a Brother, and, as such, fail to honor him. (5) A conceited pride and haughtiness, as we have said, whereby we seek and pursue our own Honor to such an extent that we count that of our neighbor as worth nothing at all.
D. The remedies.
Which must be applied against this Contempt of one's neighbor are chiefly these: (1) A serious consideration of the benefits and advantages that flow from the Honoring of one's neighbor, and of the evils and disadvantages that spring from the contempt of him. (2) The use of the means from which the Honoring of one's neighbor is born. (3) Resistance offered to the causes from which this contempt arises, by such remedies as are most effectual for removing each particular cause of it.
Chapter IV
Of Human Kindness and Homicide.
The second duty of Righteousness to be observed toward one's neighbor concerns the life of man — the preserving, sustaining, defending, and cherishing of it — which, in a broader sense, is designated by the word Humanity, or human courtesy and considerateness; over against which, in a more general sense, stands Homicide. Concerning Humanity we must consider
I. Its nature.
It is that Virtue whereby we are inclined to preserve the life of our neighbor, and his peace, by lawful means. (1) Properly it concerns human life — not that of our neighbor alone, but indeed even more our own life; since God alone is the sovereign Lord of human life, and has nowhere given us any power to take it from ourselves. Yet indirectly this also concerns the life of Beasts, which God has indeed left to our power to use well, but not to abuse, or turn to cruelty; since cruelty, particularly toward Beasts, is a clear sign not only of a cruel nature, but by it we also accustom ourselves to every kind of cruelty, even toward men. (2) In order that this become a Virtue, there is required for it an inclination and disposition to preserve human life and its peace by every sort of means — lawful means, however. Now the life of man is twofold, spiritual and bodily, and Humanity has regard to both, being exercised partly (a) by rendering aid, partly (b) by warding off harm. Accordingly, the duties of Humanity are either spiritual, which have regard to the preserving and advancing of the spiritual life — these, as concerns their nearer end, pertain to the duties of Love toward one's neighbor which we set forth in the second Book; yet, as concerns their further end, they concern his spiritual life, and properly belong here — or they are bodily duties, which have regard to bodily life, and that with respect to various degrees, this duty being exercised: (1) By such Virtues as keep us from all injury of our neighbor, namely (a) Gentleness, whereby we moderate anger, 1 Cor. 13:4. (b) Patience, which can moderate the anger otherwise aroused by wrongs suffered, Matt. 18:22. (c) Long-suffering, which is a sustaining of patience, which may long be wronged and provoked, Prov. 14:29. (d) Placability, whereby we readily forgive the wrongs done to us, Luke 17:3–4. (2) By such Virtues as foster the union of life, or fellowship, with our neighbor, namely (a) Concord, whereby we are easy to unite with others in such matters as are good, Phil. 1:27. (b) Goodwill, whereby we wish our neighbor all that may gladden him and be to his contentment, 1 Cor. 13:4. Both of these exercises of Virtue have as their companions Courtesy, Affability, and Discretion. (3) By such Virtues whereby the very life of our neighbor can be protected, and advanced, and refreshed. Finally, (4) Humanity requires that we seek to preserve human life by lawful means; but by no means in such a way as, for example, if we should wish to hide and withdraw a Murderer or Highway-robber from the Magistrate whose duty it was to punish the Murders and Robberies he committed.
II.
A distinction is to be noted in Humanity. For there is a Humanity: (1) which is but a pretense of it — a feigned, cloaked, and whitewashed one — which consists only in certain outward gestures of friendly conversation and polite courtesy, but which is practiced without sincere inward disposition, and commonly, in human intercourse, goes under the name of Compliments (in our Dutch one might say "Filler-words"), and is often used to conceal and disguise an inward hatred: such an outward friendliness showed itself in the greeting of Judas the Betrayer. There is a Humanity (2) which indeed is true, but only natural, and arising not from converting and sanctifying grace, but from a good native disposition of nature — such a human courtesy as is sometimes observed among the Heathen and among hypocrites. There is also a Humanity (3) which is civil, and practiced for civil reasons alone, without any regard to the will and honor of God. This is often to be seen among the Heathen and pretenders. But finally (4) there is a saving and Christian courtesy, which proceeds not only from sanctifying grace, but is also exercised for the sake of God, and which tends to God's glory and to the good of one's neighbor. And these marks will suffice to distinguish this last courtesy from the former.
III.
The benefits and advantages which this human courtesy brings, on account of which it deserves to be practiced, are the following: (1) God requires it of us. (2) It follows, accordingly, the example of God's kindness toward mankind, shown toward us. (3) It has regard to the very life of man, and to the preservation and refreshment of that life. (4) It is at any rate Christian, and a sure token of converting grace within us, from which the peace of mind is born in us. (5) The human courtesy which we exercise toward others gives birth in turn to the friendliness of other men toward us. (6) It is, in more ways than one, of the utmost necessity: with regard to Righteousness, whose obstacles it removes, especially through the concord and confluence of human courtesy; with regard to Love, from which it flows, which it nourishes, advances, and fulfills; with regard to the welfare and happiness, both of all in general and of each one in particular, which is powerfully advanced by human courtesy.
IV.
The means by which we are made ready and fit for the practice of human courtesy are these: (1) To seriously consider the benefits and advantages of human courtesy. (2) Sincere Godliness toward God, whereby we curb our passions and impulses, embrace His commanding Word, and submit ourselves to His yoke. (3) The exercise of Love toward the Brethren, whereby we wish them all good and seek to bring it to them. (4) Humility and Lowliness, whereby we are ready to accommodate ourselves, and submit ourselves to the Brethren, for their good. (5) An attentive consideration of God's kindness toward mankind shown to us, Eph. 4:32; Col. 3:13 — wherewith God has sought us out, and, from eternity, when He predestined us to Life and Salvation, and in time, when we were yet in our sins, and after we were delivered from them, bestowing on us all things needful for life and godliness, 2 Pet. 1:3.
V.
With regard to Homicide, which stands opposed to this, we have to consider
A. Its nature.
This is an unjust Killing of a man. It is a Killing in such a sense that under it is comprehended not only any injury of the human body, but also every disposition of mind which by its nature tends thereto. It is an unjust injury. For there is a Killing (1) which is lawful, as for example a Killing which is committed by mere accident, and to which an unfortunate manslayer has given no occasion, while he was engaged in some lawful and permitted business, in the place and at the time when that business was permitted; in which occupation, if he kills someone, it shall not be reckoned to him as bloodguilt, Deut. 19:5. There is also (2) a necessary Killing, which is committed through innocent self-defense, without any desire for revenge, and out of unavoidable necessity. There is (3) a godly killing, which is committed by the command and order of God, 1 Sam. 15:18–19, or by the lawful command of a lawful Magistrate. There is (4) an enforced Killing, which is committed through the violence of Enemies, occurring in a lawful War which a lawful Magistrate, for the necessary protection of its subjects, without hatred or vengefulness, may and must wage. Such a War is called a defensive War. An offensive war is never lawful, and is always an unjust Murder of men. An unjust Killing, therefore, alone is, in our sense, a Homicide.
Such an unjust Killing now occurs either (a) when it is committed not by a lawful authority, that is, not by public authority, or by an authority equal to the public authority of a lawful Magistrate; (b) without a lawful cause; (c) without lawful order; (d) from an unlawful intention. All of which things are so necessarily required in a Manslaying that, if but one of them is lacking, it is nonetheless an unjust Homicide. Homicide, therefore, is committed (1) by a gross and violent Murder of a man, whereby his life is wholly taken from him. (2) By an unjust and aggressive War, whereby the life of very many at once is taken. (3) By every kind of maiming, or any sort of wounding, as for example by striking with sticks or swords, etc. (4) By all such misdeeds, or vices, as by their nature tend to kill or wound someone, and which are the opposite of those virtues which we have set forth above with regard to human courtesy. These vices, or misdeeds, are (A) either such as incline us to injure someone, as for example hatred, whereby one would wish that the hated person were no longer alive; and envy, whereby one grieves over his neighbor's happiness and prosperity; and anger, or a disordered movement toward wrath, whose degrees are: inward agitation of mind, irascible outburst, and raging fury; further, impatience, and irreconcilableness: (B) or also such as tend to the disturbance of human society, as for example discord, strife, enmity, and ill-will: (C) or such as directly injure human life, as violence, cruelty, and other vices. Homicide is also committed (5) by Self-murder, whereby a person lays hands on himself and his own life, or wounds himself. No one is authorized to this by any divine law; although cases have occurred in which it is permitted to expose oneself to a certain danger, as may be seen in Samson, and in which it is also allowed to give oneself over to Death for others, John 10:12.
B. The evils and disadvantages.
On account of which Homicide is to be avoided, are these: (1) It is a general Injury, and it is a wounding of one's neighbor in all his goods, when one deprives him of the enjoyment of his Honor, his Marriage, and every sort of Possession that belongs to him. It is therefore the sum and epitome of all sins committed against the second Table of the Law, and includes within itself the unlawfulness, the shamefulness, and the guilt of them all. It is (2) a shameful violation of God's image, Gen. 9:6, which thus redounds to the disgrace of God Himself, as the original of that Image which He has placed in man. It is (3) an encroachment upon God's Jurisdiction, to whom alone belongs the Right over the Life and Death of men. It is (4) by God's command made subject to the Death-penalty, which must be executed and enforced by the Magistrate, God's Minister, armed for that purpose with the Sword, without any connivance. Accordingly it is (5) the extirpation and ruin of the Manslayer himself, which he brings upon himself, and is thus also a kind of Self-murder. Indeed (6) a Manslayer is also shut out of the Kingdom of Heaven, and guilty of eternal Death, not inheriting eternal Life, 1 John 3:15. And although all these evils and disadvantages pertain preeminently and properly to gross Manslaying, whereby the life of one's neighbor is destroyed, nevertheless they extend in some measure also to every injury and wound which by its nature gives occasion and ground to Homicide.
C. The causes.
Which must be removed in preventing Homicide are these: (1) The natural aversion from God through sin, and accordingly the aversion from His commanding and forbidding will, and from God's image in one's neighbor. (2) Rash and unfounded anger, being a passionate impulse arising either from an actual or a renewed and freshly received wrong, which is always inclined to the harm and injury of one's neighbor. But here only a rash or unfounded anger is to be understood; for there is also a righteous anger, which is fitting for the honor of God and the welfare of one's neighbor — whereas rash anger sins either in an unjust cause, or in the manner of sinning within a just one; or in a deficiency and neglect, called sluggishness, which is a lack of righteous anger — the kind of anger which is required either by the honor of God, or by the welfare of one's neighbor; such a slackness of righteous anger was found in the High Priest Eli — or anger also sins in excess, when someone is angry beyond due measure. (3) Wrath, which is a stronger impulse of anger than righteousness required. (4) Hatred, which lends to anger an excessive duration. (5) Perverted Self-love, which breaks out into vengeance and repayment of evil for the evil that one thinks has been done to oneself.
D. The remedies.
Which must be used for the removal of every kind of Homicide are: (1) A careful consideration both of the benefits and advantages of human courtesy, and of the evils and disadvantages of Homicide and ill-will. (2) The use of the means by which human courtesy is advanced. (3) The combating and rooting out of the causes from which Homicide arises, in every injury of one's neighbor; as for example, the aversion from God is remedied by the consideration of His endless goodness and mercy, in that through the death of His Only-begotten Son He has willed to reconcile us to Himself. And so, further, for each particular cause of Homicide, such remedies must be used as are most effectual for its eradication.
Chapter V
Of Chastity, and Fleshly Excess, or Unchastity.
Righteousness and Love occupy themselves, in the third place, with the Marriage of one's neighbor, whose duties are governed by Chastity, and hindered by Fleshly Excess. Concerning Chastity we are to consider
I. Its nature.
It is that Virtue whereby the Purity and Cleanness of the Person is preserved, with regard to those things which pertain to Marriage. Here one must look, on the one hand, at what Marriage is, and on the other, at wherein Chastity consists, which is exercised with regard to the duties of Marriage. (1) Marriage is that inseparable union of one Man with one Woman, by reason of a lawful mutual consent of both, for the fellowship of their Bodies and companionship of Life with one another. It is, I say, a union (a) of one Man with one Woman, Gen. 2:22; Matt. 19:5. For no greater perfection of friendship, and of mutual exercise of Duty, belonging to the married state, can be found than that which exists between one and one. This union (b) must arise out of a mutual consent unto a lawful Marriage, since thereby Marriage receives its force. (c) Yet this consent must be lawful, and for that is required: (1) that the Persons who are to enter into a Marriage together be fit for it, and consequently that they be (A) Man and Woman. (B) That they not be too closely related to one another in blood, according to those degrees of Consanguinity and Affinity which are enumerated, Lev. 18 and 20 — which degrees are of a universal and perpetual right, on account of the particular Reverence which one owes to one's own flesh; against which stands the marriage-union that is signified by the uncovering of shame, Lev. 18:6–7. (C) That they be of a ripe age, 1 Cor. 7:36, without which they could not come to agreement in a matter of such great weight, nor answer to the proper design of Marriage. (2) That hereto also be added the consent of the Parents (if they still stand under their authority, 1 Cor. 7:36–38), or of the Guardians; which consent is required not only for the sake of propriety, but also for the lawfulness of the matter itself. (3) That the agreement of both Parties entering into Marriage proceed from a certain and well-considered free choice, without compulsion, deceit, or trickery. (d) This union must also have as its aim an inseparable joining together; because, according to the nature of the matter, this union has the same ultimate ends as human life itself, Rom. 7:1–3, and must take place according to God's will and institution — whence Marriage is also called God's Covenant, Prov. 2:17; Matt. 19:6. (2) This union takes place for the making common of bodies, whereby the chief design of Marriage must be the raising up of a godly Seed, Mal. 2:15, and then also, in the second place, it is a remedy against the concupiscence of the Flesh; likewise for the companionship of life, which must be, in the highest degree, cordial and inward, for the mutual comfort and help of the Spouses, Gen. 2:24 — and accordingly not only for the propagation of the human race, but also for all the duties of this life, which must mutually be observed, in general as concerns what is chiefly required, by both Spouses, allowing however for some distinction of degree in precedence between the Man and the Woman. Thus far concerning the nature of Marriage; there follows
(II) Chastity, of which description we gave above. It consists (a) in Modesty, otherwise also called Reticence, whereby one is restrained from fleshly impurity. To this belongs both Sobriety, whereby fleshly concupiscence is kept confined within its bounds, and Gravity, whereby what is fitting to Purity is observed. (b) Honesty, whereby what is fitting to Chastity is practiced. Both these observances, of Modesty as of Honesty, are rooted in the innermost inclination and will of man, and are marked in outward conduct. Upon this let us let follow
II.
The distinction. There is (1) a Virginal chastity, which must be carefully preserved by a Virgin until she has entered into an honest Marriage, 1 Cor. 7:34. Then also (2) a Conjugal chastity, which must be maintained in Marriage, Titus 2:5. Finally (3) a Widowly chastity, which must be practiced by Widows, 1 Tim. 5:7. In all these mentioned cases Chastity is indeed found, as concerns the essence of the matter; but nevertheless some distinction is to be made with regard to certain accidental circumstances which have their origin in the various conditions of men. Likewise, between the Virginal and the Widowly, and consequently between the unmarried chastity of the maiden and of the widow, and the Conjugal or Marital chastity, this distinction moreover may be observed: that the unmarried state, of itself, contributes nothing to Chastity, since Marriage, by its nature, has a certain Purity of its own, in so far as it is an Institution of God, and, besides, by reason of that institution, has become a means of preserving Purity and chastity.
III.
The benefits and advantages of Chastity, on account of which it is to be practiced, are various: (1) It is emphatically the will of God, 1 Thess. 4:3. It is (2) called holiness, in the passage cited, which Holiness, among all the divine virtues, holds the foremost place. Hence (3) it is reckoned among the things worthy of praise, Phil. 4:8, of which Job boasts, Job 31, and for which Anna the Prophetess is praised, Luke 2:36. Further, it is (4) reckoned among the fruits of the Spirit, Gal. 5:22, by which fruits the spiritual man is sustained, both before others and in himself. It is (5) this chastity which David prays may be granted him through the creation of a clean heart, Psalm 51:10. From this chastity and purity of heart (6) is made dependent the blessed vision itself of God, Heb. 12:14; Matt. 5:8. It is also (7) powerful, so as even to draw the blind and unruly Heathen and stubborn unbelievers to the confession of the Christian faith, 1 Pet. 3:1–2. Finally (8) it contributes very greatly, and is therefore of the utmost necessity, to the propagation of the human race, to the nourishing of the love of Spouses, to the upbringing of children, and consequently to the welfare of the common good.
IV.
The means for obtaining, preserving, and increasing Chastity are: (1) An attentive consideration of the benefits and advantages of chastity. (2) The seeking of a clean heart through one's prayers to God, that it may please Him to create it within us. (3) A cleansing of the heart through the Blood of God's Son, 1 John 1:7, as well as through faith, Acts 15:9; likewise (4) through the sanctification of the Spirit, 1 Pet. 1:2. Further (5) a steadfast and untiring exercise in Modesty, Honesty, Sobriety, and Gravity — of which things and virtues we have spoken above.
V.
Opposed to this stands Fleshly Excess, or Unchastity, of which we consider
A. Its nature.
In a broader sense it is indeed a defect whereby a person inclines to impurity with regard to the things that belong to Marriage. It manifests itself (1) in the unlawful unmarried state of the Roman clergy, in which they not only condemn Marriage as a fleshly state in which we could not please God, but while they also forbid it to their Priests — from which the vilest impurities are born and seen — wherefore the Apostle also condemns this their Doctrine as a doctrine of Devils, 1 Tim. 4:1–3. This unchastity also reveals itself (2) in polygamy, when one has several Wives at the same time, which indeed, with regard to the civil aspect, was under the Old Testament permitted by God, in so far as it was not punished by the Magistrate; but by no means, however, was it approved by God, or morally allowed, so that it would be no sin — since it is nothing other than a shameful violation of a lawful Marriage, and contrary to the first institution of Marriage, Gen. 2; Matt. 19:4–6. Further, it is (3) an unlawful Divorce; for there is also a Divorce which is lawful. For there is a Divorce with regard only to Bed and cohabitation, which can sometimes be lawful, and be occasioned by the lovelessness and stubbornness of the Spouses, whereby they cannot bear their mutual living together; there is also a lawful Divorce with regard to the Bond of Marriage, whereby it is broken in such a way that it is free for the innocent Party to proceed to another Marriage — which Divorce has place only for two causes, namely in the case of Adultery, and of malicious Desertion; for apart from these causes, all Divorce is by its nature unlawful. (4) Concubinage, or a marriage which is contracted only for a certain fixed time, and is on that account contrary to the indissoluble Bond of a lawful Marriage. (5) Clandestine Marriages, whereby persons come together either without witnesses, or without solemn conclusion and consummation of Marriage. Such Marriages, though they may sometimes be lawful, since these public Solemnities do not properly belong to the essence of Marriage — yet since they occasion great difficulties in Marriage, they are, at least generally, to be disapproved of and reckoned unlawful. (6) Unchastity, taken in a narrower sense, or an unlawful use of the things that serve for procreation, otherwise called impurity, shameful movement, evil concupiscence, Col. 3:5; the disease of concupiscence, 1 Thess. 4:5. And in particular (7) Fornication, or a fleshly mingling of an unmarried man with an unmarried woman, 1 Cor. 7:9. Further (8) rape, or the violation of an otherwise honest woman. (9) Fornication properly so called, or a mingling with a harlot. (10) Adultery, when at least one of the two sinning Parties is Married or Betrothed. (11) Incest, when the mingling occurs between two who are too closely related to one another in blood. (12) Abduction, when force is joined to unchastity. (13) All manner of unnatural coupling, as for example of a Man with a Man, through Sodomy; of a Woman with a Woman, or also with Beasts. In all these things, Adultery, or the breaking of wedlock, alone is expressly forbidden in the seventh Commandment, because that sin is properly and essentially contrary to Marriage, the Bond and Covenant of which it by its very nature breaks — while all the other kinds of impurity are nevertheless understood to be comprehended thereunder in a summary manner.
B. The evils and disadvantages.
Of Unchastity, on account of which it is to be avoided, are these: (1) It makes a person unclean, foul, defiled, both in body and in soul, 2 Cor. 7:1. And consequently (2) abominable and detestable in the sight both of God and of men, Ezek. 18:11. It is (3) incompatible with the character of a Christian, whom God has cleansed with the Blood of His Son, and by the Holy Spirit. Indeed (4) it casts a man down into the state of the Heathen, who know not God, 1 Thess. 4:5. And what is more, (5) into the state of the Beasts, Jude v. 10. Hence too (6) it greatly disturbs the peace and welfare of the mind, as may be seen in David, Psalm 51, so that such a one is not assured of his state of grace, nor exercises fellowship with God. (7) It brings down upon such a one a very heavy Judgment from God, Heb. 13:4. Indeed even (8) according to its various degrees, very severe civil Punishments as well, such as loss of honor, and sometimes even Death itself. (9) It shuts such a one out of the Inheritance of the Kingdom of Heaven, 1 Cor. 6:9–10, and thus from eternal Blessedness, Rev. 21:26–27; 22:15.
C. The causes.
Of Unchastity, which must be removed in its healing, are: (1) The disease of concupiscence, 1 Thess. 4:5; the flesh, from which this disease has the first place among the works of the flesh, Gal. 5:19, and the impure heart. (2) Unchaste gazing, ogling, kissings, embraces, touchings, dancings, plays and comedies, songs, gestures, images, and the like, Job 31:1; 2 Pet. 2:14; Matt. 5:28. Further (3) Feasting and Drunkenness, Rom. 13:13; Hos. 4:11. Besides these (4) luxury and harlot-like clothing, Prov. 7:10. Likewise (5) foolish talk, jesting, and corrupt speech, Eph. 5:4. All of which things serve toward Unchastity, not only as its causes, but also as its signs, and as its products and fruits.
D. The remedies.
Against Unchastity may be drawn: (1) from the consideration of the benefits and advantages of chastity, and of the evils and disadvantages of unchastity; (2) from those necessary means by which chastity is advanced; (3) from the cleansing of the heart, which must be brought about through the pure means of Christ's blood, and through the Sanctification of the Holy Spirit, to be obtained through faith, which cleanses the hearts, Acts 15:9, and through earnest Prayers, Psalm 51:10; further (4) from the stopping up of the Wellsprings of the causes of unchastity, by such means as are most effectual against each of them.
Chapter VI
Of Commutative Justice, and Theft.
The duties of general Righteousness and Love have, in the third place, their regard to the outward goods of one's neighbor, which are governed and regulated by Commutative Justice, whereby an Equality is maintained between receiving and giving back; over against which stands Commutative Injustice. Concerning this Justice we are to consider
I. Its nature.
Commutative Justice is that Virtue whereby we are inclined to render to our neighbor what is his, with regard to his outward goods. It is called (1) a mutual, or exchanging, Justice, because it chiefly consists and is engaged in the Exchange of one another's goods. That which is one's own (2) is called a person's good over which he has a lawful dominion, or a right freely to dispose and order it according to the laws. This dominion consists either only in the usufruct, when the ownership of it belongs to another, or in the usufruct and the ownership both together. Accordingly this Justice is exercised both in acquisition and in use. (3) Dominion is acquired through a lawful title; and this occurs (a) by first occupancy, whereby things which before belonged to no one may nonetheless come to belong to someone — or which indeed belonged to someone, but were voluntarily and of themselves abandoned, are taken up, and thus become the property of the one who first takes possession of them — to which also belongs capture, in a rightly waged War. (b) By inheritance, or succession to the ownership of a person's goods, which have been left to him by that person's lawful will. (c) By gift, or a free bestowal of some good. (d) By reward, or recompense for some labor or service rendered. (e) By a mutual agreement made, or the transfer of some good by reason of some binding covenant, to which belong these forms of speech: I give you this, that you may give me that in return; or, I give you this, that you may do that; or, I do this, that you may do that; or, I do this, that you may give that. To this then belongs (1) Buying, when one comes to possess something for a certain Price. (2) Renting and hiring, when for a certain agreed Price the use of some thing is granted. (3) Lending, when some thing is given and received gratuitously, to give back its equivalent value again. (4) Loan for use, when some thing must be given back again in the very same kind — to which also may be brought pledging in pawn.
(IV) In order that a person be given what is his, the division of Properties is presupposed, which is necessary in order to avoid Disputes and Quarrels; likewise so that things which are a person's Property may be the more diligently attended to by each one, and more orderly managed. This division of goods is founded upon a right, not merely a human one, but also a divine and natural right. For after the human race became guilty, and Injustice gained power, no peaceable and agreeable handling and enjoyment of things in common could subsist, without the division of goods. (v) Now a lawful title is acquired to rightful Properties and dominions: commonly it is obtained through a lawful choice of Life, or way of Life, to which each one is bound, except those who are placed in public Offices, or must fit and prepare themselves for the same. These Offices, it is true, by their nature have regard to the common good, and must also be directed thereunto; yet at the same time they must also serve each one's particular welfare, for obtaining or preserving the comforts of this life, Eph. 4:28; 2 Thess. 3:11–12. Now what is a person's lawful possession is determined both by Scripture, and by each one's nature and disposition, under the divine Providence.
To such a lawful possession each one must diligently labor, and indeed at what is good, Eph. 4:28, that is, what agrees with God's will and men's benefit, to which each must do his utmost, with all diligence and in faith. (vi) To the possession and dominion of goods may also, by accident, be reckoned poverty, or the lack of the necessities of life, which indeed has the character of oppression or punishment, but by no means of any Evangelical perfection; as also wealth, or abundance of Possessions, which indeed are not strictly moral goods, but are nonetheless natural goods from God, Prov. 22:4.
II.
One may here also note this distinction. Commutative Justice is indeed simple in its essence, and observes uniformly the proportion of receiving and giving back; nevertheless it exercises itself in a different manner with regard to the various fundamental rights of a person's possession; thus, for example, it behaves in one way with regard to Occupancy, in another with regard to Inheritances, and especially otherwise with regard to Agreements and Promises — so far as, for each of these particular matters, there are particular laws to be observed, which are peculiar according to each one's nature. Nevertheless one may to some extent distinguish it, by its property and jurisdiction: (1) into a Divine Justice, which has place in the Court of Conscience, according to the divine dispensation, 1 Cor. 3:21–23, which belongs, as a possession, to true Believers alone. (2) Into a Civil Justice, which also belongs to Unbelievers, by reason of a lawful civil title — although before God they are nothing other than unjust possessors — which nevertheless is granted to the Unbelievers.
III.
The benefits and advantages of this Justice, on account of which it is to be practiced, are these: (1) Since God is the sovereign Lord of all things, and as the highest Lawgiver requires it of every one — and that indeed in a particular Commandment of the Law of the Ten Words — while, according to His sovereign free choice, He distributes His own goods, and requires the same of us. (2) Since God Himself also exercises this Justice, in His whole Governance of the World, giving to every one his own, even though He is debtor to no one. This Justice belongs to God's chief Perfections, and in so far as we become conformed to it, we come nearer to His Perfection, and are made more perfect. (3) This Justice is necessary for the good and profit, both of the community, which is built upon it as its foundation, and of each one in particular, so that each may peaceably and comfortably enjoy what is his. (4) To it God has promised His Blessing, in such a way that the little which a Righteous man has is better and more to him than the great treasures and overflowing riches of the Unrighteous. (5) It also brings it about that we enjoy our goods comfortably with a quiet and peaceable conscience.
IV.
The means which can help us obtain and practice this Justice are: (1) To attentively consider its benefits and advantages. (2) The exercise of Godliness and obedience toward God, as the bountiful Giver of all our goods. (3) Likewise the practice of love toward one's neighbor. (4) To strive after contentment, so as to rest in those goods which God, as the sovereign Lord and Dispenser of all things, has bestowed on us. (5) To labor diligently in the affairs that are ours to do, or in the work of our Calling, so that we may obtain for ourselves the necessities of this life. (6) To be frugal, so that we seek to preserve our possessions in a fitting manner, incurring only honest and necessary Costs — so that we may also come to give our neighbor what is his. Likewise (7) to be moderate in the use of our goods, so as to lay them out to use and profit, that something may remain over, to give to our neighbor what belongs to him. (8) Also to apply ourselves to liberality, whereby we are inclined to share our goods in common with other men, according to God's will; to which belongs a free giving, a free remission of debt, a free lending, according to the requirement of circumstances and situations. Finally also (9) to practice mercy, whereby we share of our goods with our neighbor, out of compassion for his need and necessity — to which belong alms, or gifts of love.
V.
Theft is the opposite of Commutative Justice, of which we take into consideration
A. Its nature.
This is an unjust appropriation of another's goods, against the will of their Owner. It is, I say, an appropriation, which comprises in itself a taking, a retaining, and a damaging, or infliction of harm. It is an appropriation of another's goods, both with regard to the right of Ownership, and to actual possession and use. And that against the will of the Owner. For there are various cases in which, by reason of human courtesy and considerateness, a Lord or Owner is presumed to consent to the sharing in common and the surrender of a part of his goods, although he has not actually and expressly given this his consent; and in such a case there is no place for Theft. Accordingly, Theft is committed: either openly, or by force, as through Theft in the narrow sense so called; or through Robbery, or violent seizure, to which belongs all oppression, extortion, plunder, whereby goods belonging to the community are wrested away — also the seizing and levying upon of provisions, when the Cornering and Reselling of grain and other Necessities of Life is made an occasion for excessive and too-dear Prices, through Monopolies (or rights of sole purchase, with the exclusion of all others), and similar contrivances; or it happens secretly, under a show of right, through all manner of tricks and deceptions practiced in Buying or Selling; or in some other unlawful acquisition of goods, as for example in spoiled Wares, in debased Coin, Weights, Ells, Measures; besides that, in worthless, ridiculous, curious, and detestable arts and tricks, whereby nothing is contributed to the benefit of Mankind, and which are practiced against the divine will, whereby one's neighbor is sucked dry of his goods — such are Dance- and Comedy-plays, Drinking- and Brothel-houses, and other things more, which serve only to arouse pride and fleshly lust. Theft which is committed with regard to things which are dedicated to God and to God's Service is called Sacrilege, or Church-robbery.
B. The evils and disadvantages.
On account of which Theft is to be shunned, are these: (1) The Theft that is committed against one's neighbor is at the same time also a Theft against God, who distributes His goods to every one in such a manner that He nevertheless remains their sovereign Lord. (2) Theft makes the Thief shameful and dishonored among Men, Isa. 1:23; Jer. 48:27. Indeed even (3) detestable, so that every honest person abhors his presence and company, Psalm 50:18. Also (4) it disturbs the common peace and human society, and makes it bitter and burdensome. (5) It is a witness of an impure and godless heart, Matt. 15:19, and of a man of destruction, Prov. 28:24. Wherefore (6) God has also willed, through various laws, that Theft, according to its degrees of Crime, should be punished by the Magistrate. Thus one finds Laws against Man-stealing, Deut. 24:7; Exod. 21:16 — against Cattle-theft, Exod. 22:1–4, 7, 9 — to such a degree that whoever keeps company with a Thief is said to hate his own life, Prov. 29:24. Theft, finally (7), shuts a person out of his share in the Heavenly inheritance, 1 Cor. 6:10.
C. The causes.
Which produce and promote Theft, and which must for that reason be rooted out, are: (1) Lack of fear and reverence toward God, who forbids Theft. Lack (2) likewise of love toward one's neighbor. (3) Perverted love of self, and of earthly gain. (4) Idleness and slothfulness in the business of our Calling; for this gives occasion and inclination to Theft. (5) Covetousness, or a desire to receive and keep too much. (6) Excess, or immoderate squandering of one's own goods, whereby one finds oneself compelled to hunt after the goods of others. (7) The abuse of poverty, Prov. 19. Likewise (8) excessive busyness and meddlesomeness, whereby one occupies oneself so much with the affairs of others that one neglects one's own affairs, and is thereby brought to want, and consequently to Theft.
D. The remedies.
Against Theft are: (1) A serious consideration of the benefits and advantages of Justice, and the evils and disadvantages of Theft. (2) The use of those means by which Justice is obtained. (3) Resistance offered to the causes of Theft, by such means as are most effectual against each particular cause of it. And (4) that these may serve to that end, prayers may be of great avail, Prov. 30:8–9.
Chapter VII
Of Truthfulness and Lying.
The duties of Righteousness and Love which are to be observed with regard to the fourfold good of one's neighbor — namely his Honor, his Life, his Marriage, and his outward Possessions — we have hitherto dealt with. But since, in all these matters, one's neighbor is greatly helped, or injured, by the Tongue, in its speaking of Truth or Falsehood, it is for this reason that God, in the ninth Commandment, requires Truthfulness, over against which stands Lying. Concerning Truthfulness, therefore, we shall consider its
I. Nature.
Truthfulness is that Virtue whereby we are inclined to speak such things as agree with our own mind. For one may consider the Truth (from which Truthfulness derives) in three ways: (1) When that which is spoken agrees with the mind of the Speaker; (2) that which agrees with the matter of which it is spoken; and (3) that which agrees both with the matter of which it is spoken, and with the mind of the Speaker. The Truth taken in the second sense comes most properly into consideration in Testimony and in Truthfulness — save that, in addition, the third meaning is also required in such matters of which we ought to have, or profess to have, certain knowledge. Thus it may happen that a person speaks that which in itself is false, and that the Speaker is nonetheless truthful; and conversely it may happen that a person speaks that which in itself is true, and that the Speaker is nonetheless not truthful — if, namely, in both cases, he seeks to speak against his own mind. Truthfulness, therefore, is practiced: (1) By speaking what is true, as often as either Religion toward God, or Justice and Love toward one's neighbor, requires that we bear witness to the Truth. (2) By silence, when neither Religion nor Justice demands that we should speak, and when we have promised to refrain from speaking, and to be silent; or when our testimony would tend only to injure our neighbor. In such cases it is that silence is reckoned to the virtue of Truthfulness. (3) By asserting, or testifying: in which case it is always required that what is asserted or testified agree with our mind. (4) By promising: in which is always required Truthfulness, whereby there must be, at the making of the promise, an intention to fulfill what is promised; and Faithfulness, in which there must be a fitting effort to fulfill the promise. In the Commandment, therefore, concerning Truthfulness and testimony, legal proceedings do not have only their approval, which they must give to it, but also their conduct and management — that is to say, judicial verdicts must always rest upon fit and good testimonies (unless indeed the truth of the matter is so evident that it needs no testimonies), or at least upon such firm and strong presumptions and probabilities as are of equal force with testimony. But that the truth of a testimony may appear the more clearly, the words of it must be interpreted according to the intention of the witness, if he speaks sincerely, and, on the contrary, according to the understanding of the one to whom he speaks, if he deals deceitfully.
II.
Distinction. There is a Truthfulness which is (1) private, that is, in intercourse with particular Persons — when we either merely affirm what is true, or what we believe to be true, or when we further promise to do, or to render, something to someone; or (2) public, in Court, and here Truthfulness is the duty of the Judge and his Colleagues, of the Plaintiff or Accuser, of the Defendant or Accused, of the Advocates or Counsel, of the Witnesses, of the Attorneys or Court agents, of the Notaries or Registrars — whose duty it is, in all these cases, to stand up for the Truth, in accordance with the sincere testimony and declaration of their own conscience.
III.
The benefits and advantages of Truthfulness, on account of which it is to be practiced, are these: (1) God is truthful, who can neither deceive nor be deceived. He is the first Truth, and Truth itself. This divine truth is the foundation of all our faith in God, and in all His Words, Promises, and Threatenings; and accordingly it is among God's chief Perfections, to which we become conformed, and come nearer to Perfection, through Truthfulness. (2) This Truthfulness is praiseworthy among men — even the Heathen themselves testify to it. (3) It is the foundation of one's neighbor's security and safety, in his Goods, in his Honor and good Name, in his Life, and in his Possessions and circumstances. (4) It is also the ground of all Justice in the Courts, which can have no place without the observance of Truthfulness. (5) Upon it depends all desirable intercourse and peace in human life. It gives (6) a most certain proof of our sincerity, whereby we truly are that which we wish to appear — both with respect to the exercise of Religion toward God, and with respect to the Righteousness toward our neighbor, and the divine grace within ourselves. In particular (7) no mutual Covenants, no Promises, no Credibility, no Negotiation or Trade among men, can subsist without Truthfulness.
IV.
The means for advancing and practicing Truthfulness are: (1) The consideration of the benefits and advantages of Truthfulness. (2) An imitation of the true and Truthful God, of God, who is Truth itself, and who has Truth deep within. (3) An imitation of the Lord Christ, that Truthful witness, who has proclaimed to us the Gospel of Truth, and who, as the Guide and Way-shower of Truth, has gone before us as our light — He being the Way, the Truth, and the Life. (4) A wondering embrace of all the Truths that are found in the whole Word of God — in the Gospel, and in all God's ways and Works — upon which is founded all our faith and our eternal Salvation. (5) Love for the common good, both in the Civil and in the Ecclesiastical realm, whose flourishing state and welfare has Truthfulness for its support. (6) Prayer to God, that it may please Him, through the Spirit of Truth, to lead us in all Truth and Truthfulness.
V.
Lying, which stands opposed to Truthfulness, is to be considered in its
A. Nature.
It is a false Testimony, or an intention to affirm that which is contrary to our mind; for to lie is to go against one's own mind. A testimony properly is that whereby someone seeks to confirm what he says by his own credibility. For this reason satirical speeches, fictions, jesting words, and false narrations are not, properly speaking, Lies, because they are not testimonies. An intention and aim to deceive comes indeed very near to a Lie; yet it does not belong to the essence of the Lie, nor is it necessarily required for it; for even if someone knows that the person with whom he is dealing cannot be deceived, yet if he still has an intention and aim to affirm falsehood in his speech, he lies no less than if he had hoped to deceive him. Yet, however much the intention and aim to injure one's neighbor by the Lie may increase the shamefulness of the Lie, this nonetheless does not properly belong to the essence of the Lie — as is evident in those who, through flattery, boasting, and fanciful fables and fictions, seek to affirm what they know to be false. For a statement to be a Lie, it is required that there be present in it: (1) The affirmation of an uncertain matter, as though it were quite certain, even though we are of the opinion that it is true. (2) Silence in an unjust matter, whereby someone does not speak the truth when Justice and love toward one's neighbor require it. But where there is no necessity of it, then one may, without sinning or lying, keep the truth concealed, or at least a part of it. Nevertheless (3) all Ambiguities, misleading Words of doubtful meaning, mental Reservations — otherwise called mental Reservation — whereby one seeks to deceive one's neighbor, are shameful Lies. Moreover also (4) all Subscriptions, Testimonial-letters, which are given contrary to known truth, may justly be reckoned among Lies. Likewise (5) such Feignings as, besides in words, are also dressed up in deeds or other signs, as though they contained truth, also form a part of the essence of Lies, when these are done with an intention and aim to deceive, or against Religion and Righteousness — otherwise they may also be lawful, as for example in Stratagems of War, to mislead the Enemy, see Josh. 8. To this also belongs (6) the officious Lie, which has regard to the advantage of one's neighbor, so far as it is contrary to Truthfulness. (7) Faithlessness, which the Lie comprises within itself, in so far as one has, in it, no intention of fulfilling what was promised; and unfaithfulness, in so far as there is, at the making of the promise, no sincere effort to make good what was promised. And (8) Perjury, in so far as it comprises a falsehood in the testimony — though this is otherwise also contrary to Religion toward God. Finally (9) a rash Protestation, or a stronger Affirmation than the matter requires. For although, in weightier matters, such a Protestation is not unlawful — as when a witness seeks to establish the full certainty of his testimony by more than a mere Affirmation — yet because it has a certain appearance of Swearing, and is, as it were, something midway between an Oath and a bare testimony, it must be avoided in common intercourse, Matt. 5:37.
B. The evils and disadvantages.
Which accompany and follow the Lie, on account of which it is to be shunned, are these: (1) It is an abominable sin before God, Prov. 6:17,19, which is therefore also wont to be severely punished by God, Prov. 19:5,9; Rev. 21:27 and 22:15. Along with this (2) it proceeds from the instigation of the Devil, who is a Liar, and the Father of lies, John 8:44. It forms (3) a part of the old Man, which must be put to death by all Believers, Eph. 4:25. Besides this (4) it defiles the soul, so far as it is against the order of nature; for Speech, which is the interpreter of the mind, makes a man monstrous, through his double-heartedness, Ps. 12:2. The Lie is also properly (5) a shameful dishonoring of the Tongue, which is otherwise called, in Holy Scripture, man's honor and glory. In Lying (6) there is such great shamefulness and vileness that even the most inveterate liars nevertheless seek to purge themselves of the dishonorable name of being a Liar, sometimes by the sword in a Duel, and in other ways, by exposing themselves to the danger of their own life. (7) A Liar deprives himself of all his credibility, and makes himself unfit to perform any duties, whether Christian or Civil, toward his fellow men. (8) He grievously injures the Majesty of God, who is Truth itself, and loves Truthfulness, and not only cannot lie Himself, but has also impressed the Image of His Truthfulness upon man, that he should constantly preserve it.
C. The causes.
Of Lying, which must be removed in the healing of this disorder, are: (1) Satan, the first Liar, the Father of lies and of Liars, John 8:44. Then also (2) the disdain, or contempt, of God's Sovereignty, and of God's truthfulness, which forbids Lying, and enlightens the children of men in the exercise of Truthfulness. (3) Hatred toward one's neighbor, whom one seeks, through Lies, to mislead and deceive, or also to injure, in his good name, or life, or goods. (4) Perverted Self-love, whereby one seeks, by Lies, to make oneself a name, or to obtain some goods. (5) A heart so accustomed to lying that many lie in such a way that they scarcely know any longer that they are lying, etc.
D. The remedies.
To be used against Lying are: (1) A serious consideration of the benefits and advantages of Truthfulness, together with the evils and disadvantages of Lying. (2) The use of those means by which Truthfulness is obtained and increased. (3) To recognize the causes of Lying, and to set against each of them such remedies as are most effectual to combat and overcome it.
Chapter VIII
Of Contentment, and Evil Desire.
The duties of Righteousness and Love toward one's neighbor are, finally, practiced and fulfilled, or else neglected and worked against, through the heart and its desire. For this reason, too, God has appointed the last Commandment of the second Table of the Law for Contentment of heart, over against which is set Evil Desire. Concerning this Contentment we shall consider its
I. Nature.
It is that virtuous State and activity of the Soul whereby the heart rests in that Lot which God has bestowed upon it, 1 Tim. 6:6; Heb. 13:5; Phil. 4:11. It is prescribed in the tenth Commandment. One must not, accordingly, understand by it properly the original Righteousness; for this is not prescribed in general in any one particular Commandment, but has place in all the Commandments of the Law. Nevertheless, since among all the Virtues of the second Table of the Law there is none more inward, and which comes closer to original Righteousness, than Contentment — and since we are, as it were, led by the hand from the one to the other, in beholding it and seeking to practice it — it is not at all improper that our Theologians, on the occasion of this Commandment, are wont to treat of the said original Righteousness. However, we speak here in particular of this Righteousness in so far as it is a Virtue that has its seat in the heart or in the will, which it inclines to Contentment: it is active with regard to our Lot, or that state in which the divine Providence has placed us, whatever that state may be — whether ample or moderate, whether straitened or despised — provided only that it be honest and just.
It comprises within itself (1) a Resting, whereby we are so content with our state that we have no desire for greater, or larger, or better goods of fortune. (2) A Joy on account of the prosperous state of our neighbor, as great as if it were our own, Rom. 12:15. It also comprises (3) a sincere effort to advance our neighbor's welfare no less than our own.
II.
Distinction. There is (1) a Contentment, or resting, in God's all-sufficiency, which is the fountain and constant Wellspring of all Godliness and Righteousness — which, however, properly does not belong here. There is (2) a particular Contentment in this or that natural good — for example, in Parents, and Children, and Friends, and temporal goods — which, however, is deficient in other respects. But this too is not properly that Virtue of which we here treat. There is (3) a Contentment, or resting, in this or that moral degree of perfection, so that we seek to advance no further. This Contentment is at odds with Godliness, in so far as Godliness always seeks to attain a further degree of Godliness. There is, finally, (4) a Contentment which a person has in his Lot, whatever it may be, through the divine will. And this is that Contentment of which we have already spoken above.
III.
The benefits and advantages of this Contentment, on account of which it is to be desired, are these: (1) By it we are made conformed to God, and that in His infinite Blessedness; for God is all-sufficient, and needs nothing for Himself, παναρκὴς καὶ αὐτάρκης, אל שדי, Gen. 17:1 — so all-sufficient that He is sufficient in and of Himself, and thereby infinitely blessed. (2) This our Contentment is good for ourselves, and is the Wellspring of all Duty-observances toward our neighbor; indeed the Summit and Perfection of all Righteousness and exercise of Love toward him. (3) Godliness with Contentment is great gain, 1 Tim. 6:6. Through the means of this Contentment (4) Christian love can excel all other common love, and is also thereby more greatly distinguished from it; see Matt. 5:46. It is (5) the very essential peace of our mind, and comprises within itself every sort of Blessedness that we can have upon this earth; indeed there is no Blessedness, not even in Heaven, which can exist without this Contentment.
IV.
The means by which this Contentment can be obtained and practiced are these: (1) An attentive consideration of its benefits and advantages. (2) A godly reflection upon the divine Providence, which distributes to every one according to its will and good pleasure, both to us and to our neighbor, and against which we can and may not, with any fruit, resist even in the least. (3) A trust in the divine all-sufficiency, in which we have all things, both actually and in expectation, and from which we can obtain all things that are needful for us, and also all that may reasonably be desired by us, Ps. 37:4–5; and Ps. 16:5–6; and Ps. 73:25–26. Accordingly (4) to strive and labor after this, that God be our God, our Father, and our Shepherd, Ps. 23:1. That we (5) to that end make the Covenant with Him, that He may become ours, Gen. 17:1, and that He, with regard to us, may also be God All-sufficient. (6) That we, by faith, embrace the Lord Christ, in whom all the treasures of grace are to be found, and in whom we are made complete, Col. 2:9–10, from whose fullness we may receive grace for grace, John 1:16. Further (7) that we occupy ourselves with the spiritual things which belong to God's Kingdom and to His Righteousness, so that we, by force of the divine promise, may be persuaded that all other necessary things shall, as it were, be added to us besides, Matt. 6:33. Finally (8) that we also seek to possess all things which we possess through divine goodness, in such a way as though we possessed them not, 2 Cor. 7:31 — that is to say, that we not let our hearts depend upon them, Ps. 62:11.
V.
We also consider Evil Desire, which is the opposite of Contentment, and observe in it
A. Its nature.
It is that disordered condition whereby we desire more than God is pleased to share with us, and also seek after the goods of our neighbor. By this Evil Desire we do not here understand the very faculty of desiring, and of being seized with pleasure. Nor its acts and workings; for these are natural to us, and implanted by God. Nor do we here understand that evil Concupiscence which, through corruption, has also become natural to us, and which is forbidden not by any one particular Commandment, but by all the Commandments of the Law; nor yet that Desire which is joined with a consent of the will, and with a deliberate resolve to obtain the thing desired. For this too is already forbidden in all the Commandments of the second Table of the Law. Accordingly we here understand by it only that Desire whereby the heart is first stirred and titillated by a longing for such goods as belong to one's neighbor — although it is not yet firmly resolved to seize them by unlawful means — or the very first Beginnings of the rising movement of Desire, 1 Kings 21:2. Evil and sinful, indeed, does Desire become, when we, in an unlawful manner, and without lawful means, desire the goods of our neighbor. There are, to see this Desire in its particulars, according to the Apostle John, in his first Epistle, chapter 2, verse 16: (1) A desire of the flesh, that is, toward those things which serve for the sustenance of the body, and for pleasure. (2) A desire of the eyes, that is, toward those things which serve for outward delight. (3) The pride of life, that is, a desire toward those things which tend to pride and the pomp of this world. To this also belongs (4) Envy, whereby we grieve over the prosperity of our neighbor, Matt. 20:15. And (5) a Rejoicing in evil, whereby we rejoice over the adversity and calamities of our neighbor, Obad. v. 12.
B. The evils and disadvantages.
Which this sinful Desire draws with it, are these: (1) It is murmuring against, and offending, divine Providence, as though it did not distribute its goods rightly, or wisely enough. It offends (2) the divine Goodness, which, though under no obligation, nevertheless — where it might, instead of the least good, have brought upon the man who is pregnant with such a desire every kind of evil — has nonetheless, I say, freely bestowed upon him all the good that he has. Accordingly (3) it sins, from that very principle, against the gratitude owed to God. Further (4) it sins against one's neighbor, whose goods, which God has granted him, it begrudges him. Besides this (5) it sins against the common society, from which this Evil Desire takes away its security, being the Wellspring of all evil among men. (6) It also sins against a man's own peace, and gives him occasion for every kind of disturbance and unrest. (7) It puts such a person in a position to wrong his neighbor in every possible way, and exposes himself to every kind of danger, and calamity, and punishment.
C. The causes.
Which must be removed in the healing of this Evil Desire are: (1) Original Desire, which is so closely akin, by nature, to this actual Desire, that it immediately gives birth to it. (2) Self-centeredness, or self-love, whereby we love ourselves to such a degree above our neighbor, that we would wish that all things were ours. (3) Hatred toward one's neighbor, whereby we begrudge him his goods, and rejoice in his adversities. (4) A Pharisaical disposition, whereby we do not know that Desire is sin, Rom. 7:7, whereby also we fail to recognize the Spirituality of the divine Law, and therefore imagine that, by the mere abstaining from the actual deed of sin, or at least from that Desire which arises from a deliberated act and is accompanied by consent, enough is done to satisfy the Law, etc.
D. The remedies.
Which must be applied for the healing of this sickness of the Soul are: (1) An attentive consideration of the benefits and advantages of Contentment, and of the evils and disadvantages of Evil Desire. (2) The use of the means from which Christian contentment is born and nourished. (3) The offering of resistance to the causes of this Desire; as for example, original Desire must be resisted by such means as by which Conversion and the Sanctification of the Holy Spirit may be obtained and advanced, that is to say, through Prayers and through actual exercises. Self-centeredness is countered through Self-denial. Hatred toward one's neighbor is overcome through love toward him, as one who by nature is nearest to us, and bears God's image, and is, with us, a fellow-partaker, or can be and become so, of the same salvation. Against the Pharisaical disposition may be employed a diligent Study of the Law, and of its Spirituality, Rom. 7:14–15.
Sketch of the Duty-Exhorting Theology
Concerning the Exercise of Godliness.
Preface
The short Treatise of Moral Theology, treating of each particular Virtue and Vice, we have now completed; we proceed now to the exercise of those Virtues. For the Virtues, although in themselves, and by their nature, they are very different one from another, are nevertheless, in their activity, or exercise, very closely bound together, and intermingled with one another. For in their practice, with regard to the manifold circumstances of the Christian life, they come together in many ways, and work according to the different disposition of their nature. It is here much as it is in the practice of Medicine: the individual Remedies are there combined in many different ways, and it is then that they work, and exert their powers. We call the Doctrine of this combining of the Virtues, with regard to the various circumstances and conditions of the Christian life, the DUTY-EXHORTING THEOLOGY, or PRACTICING THEOLOGY (Theologia ascetica), in imitation of the Apostle, Acts 24:16: And herein do I exercise myself, to have always a conscience void of offence toward God and toward men. Elsewhere the same Apostle calls this Gymnasia, which likewise signifies an Exercise, 1 Tim. 4:7: But exercise thyself unto godliness; for bodily exercise profiteth little.
In imitation also of various Theologians, both of older days, as for example Basil in his Ascetica, or Exercises, and his διατάξεσι ἀσκητικαῖς, or practicing Duty-precepts; as also of later ages, and particularly of the Reformed Theologians — thus, for example, Bayly wrote a Treatise of the Exercise of Godliness; and Willem Teellinck, in his Treatise of the principal Christian exercise. Thus too Johann Gerhard, a Lutheran Theologian, published a Book with the title: Fourfold Daily Exercise of Godliness; and in particular Gisbertus Voetius, in his ἀσκητικά, or Exercise of Godliness. This our Treatise we divide into four Books: of which the first shall treat of the Exercise of Godliness in general; the second, of its Exercise toward God; the third, of this Exercise toward our Neighbor; and the fourth, toward ourselves.
Book I
Treating of the Exercise of Godliness in General.
Chapter I
Concerning the Nature of the Exercise of Godliness, and Spiritual Idleness.
The first Book, therefore, of the Duty-Exhorting Theology shall occupy itself, first, with the Exercise of Godliness, and that in such a way that it shall set forth the nature both of the Exercise of Godliness, or Piety, and of Ungodliness. Concerning the Exercise of Godliness, we shall speak of its nature and progress. Concerning the nature of the Exercise of Godliness we shall consider its
I. Nature.
The Exercise of Godliness is a diligent application to the practice of every kind of Christian virtue. By Godliness, or Piety, we understand here not merely those duties which are owed to God with regard to natural Religion, according to the first Commandment of the Ten Words, consisting in Faith, Hope, Love, the hearing of God's word, Prayer, etc. — in which sense we have depicted Godliness in our Treatise of Moral Theology, Chapter 1. Nor do we here understand by it that Godliness in so far as it comprises within itself all the duties of Religion, with regard to the whole first Table of the Ten Commandments, consisting in the exercise both of natural and of instituted Religion; but in general all those duties which, by reason of the divine precept, we are bound to observe, both immediately and mediately, toward our Neighbor as well as toward ourselves — so that Godliness comprises within itself all the duties of the Christian life. For Christian Theology is a Doctrine, or sacred art, of living to God through Christ, as we have shown in the first Book of our Contemplative and Practical Theology, Chapter 1. To this Christian Theology, therefore, belong these three things: (a) That all the deeds of our life be directed to the honor of God, as their highest End. (b) That they be done according to the will of God, as their highest and fitting Rule. (c) That they be brought forth by the working of the Holy Spirit, as their first Cause. The Christian life, accordingly, is either (1) natural, and arising from the union of body and soul, whose deeds must all be directed to the honor of God and according to His will; or (2) civil, and consisting in Duty-observances toward men, as they are considered within a certain Society.
II.
The benefits and advantages of the exercise of Godliness, on account of which it is to be diligently pursued, are the following: (1) In this exercise consists the very best life of men, namely the truly Heavenly and Divine life, wherein we become partakers of the divine nature. (2) This exercise tends toward the most excellent End, that is, to the honor of God, to our eternal Salvation, and to the common welfare of all. (3) It is ordered according to the most exquisite and infallible Rule. (4) It flows forth from the most perfect Cause, from God and His Spirit, and from saving faith. (5) It is in itself the most excellent work of all, dealing justly with our neighbor, moderately with ourselves, and godly toward God, Titus 2:12. This is otherwise called living godly, 2 Tim. 3:12. This exercise of Godliness (6) is profitable unto all things, 1 Tim. 4:8 — profitable it is in this life, having the promise of this life; profitable also is it after this life, in death, in the last Judgment, and throughout all Eternity. It is also (7) a glorious life before God, and makes such a Christian honorable and praiseworthy among men, and leads to eternal Glory. It brings about (8) a most sweet and pleasant life, and produces the most refreshing rest in the soul, in every circumstance, even in the greatest adversities. Accordingly (9) it is a life of the utmost necessity, since it directs and orders us, and all that is ours, to the highest End, without which all our deeds and affairs are wild and wandering.
III.
The means necessary for advancing the exercise of Godliness are these: (1) That a person be endowed with the spiritual Life, whereby he is enabled to exercise himself unto Godliness, and which he obtains only through Regeneration; before which received Regeneration man is dead in sins and trespasses. (2) That this spiritual life, first wrought in the elect Sinner, be brought to Actuality through a subsequent, or second, Grace of Conversion; without which second Grace that bestowed life would lie idle. (3) That he possess the virtues, or true Godliness, in order to come to exercise them, which virtues are bestowed on him through the grace of Sanctification. Further (4) that he be in Christ through faith, without whom we can do nothing at all in the duties of Godliness. (5) That he have knowledge of all those duties of Godliness which he must practice: for what is unknown is not loved, and produces no desire toward itself. (6) That he possess a mind which is inclined and ready to exercise Godliness actively. (7) That he diligently seek to remove all hindrances which might block the way to this exercise — which hindrances we shall now presently mention. For opposed to this stands
IV.
Spiritual Idleness, of which we have to consider its
A. Nature.
This is, in a more general sense, a lack of the exercise of Godliness, whereby we either (1) do nothing at all, standing idle in the Vineyard of the Lord; or (2) neglecting the true Exercise, cry out with the mouth alone, Lord, Lord, while we do not His will, Matt. 7:21–23 — that is to say, that we merely profess and pretend to Godliness, but do not practice it. Or (3) merely Prophesy, that is to say, that we have and seek only the knowledge of those things which belong to Godliness, in order to hold them forth to others, and to be able to boast of them: or (4) merely display an outward appearance, in the exercise of the outward duties of Godliness, while we deny the power thereof: or (5) hold Duty-observances which are wholly and entirely natural to be spiritual Gifts of Grace.
B. The evils and disadvantages.
Of this spiritual Idleness, on account of which it is to be combated, are these: (1) This spiritual Laziness is shameful, in a man who makes profession of Christianity, unbearable, and detestable both before God and all pious Men. (2) It is a shameful mockery of God, of men, and of oneself, while thus, by an outward appearance, or an empty show, one seeks to pass oneself off before others as possessing a power of Godliness. (3) This spiritual Idleness is destitute of all true Religion, since true Religion is nothing else but a sacred Art of living to God through Christ. (4) It furnishes a certain proof of a man who is still wholly and entirely dead spiritually, as one who works nothing that is spiritually good. (5) It is also a token of a common, historical, and dead faith, which is not active through love, and has, and gives, not the least benefit toward Justification and Salvation. (6) It deprives a man of all peace of mind and spiritual joy, which is born from the exercise of Godliness. (7) It shuts such a man out from all the Promises of the present and of the coming Life, since these Promises are made to true Godliness alone. (8) It renders vain and useless all other bodily exercises which are devoted to Religion.
C. The causes.
Of this spiritual Idleness are: (1) Lack of Regeneration, of Conversion, of Sanctification, and of true saving Faith. (2) A common, historical, dead faith, without activity, and which is not active through love. Added to this (3) is Laziness, whereby we withdraw ourselves from the laborious effort that belongs to the exercise of Godliness. (4) An erring notion, as though the outward display, or bodily exercise, were sufficient unto salvation, 1 Tim. 4:8, and as though, accordingly, the inward and truly spiritual Exercise were superfluous. Besides this (5) an immoderate Care and Anxiety over earthly things, whereby neither desire nor leisure is left over to us for the exercise of true Godliness. Sometimes also (6) Pride, whereby one seeks to avoid the suspicion of the world, which arises from the strict exercise of Godliness. Finally (7) various hindrances which are cast before us by the Enemies of Godliness, by Satan, by the World, by the Flesh, by Lusts, which set themselves most of all against us in our path, when we most eagerly seek to apply ourselves to the practice of Godliness.
D. The remedies.
To be used against this Idleness may be drawn: (1) From an attentive consideration of the benefits and advantages that accompany the exercise of Godliness, and of the evils and disadvantages that accompany and follow the opposite Idleness. (2) From those remedies by which the exercise of Godliness can be advanced. (3) From the weakening of the causes of this Idleness; as for example, if it arises from lack of Regeneration, whereby a person can neither, nor will, open himself to the practices of Godliness, let him then at least seek to acknowledge this his defect, and from it his present state of Misery, by which he has hitherto been shut out from eternal Salvation, so long, until, through the grace of Regeneration, there arise in him the will to do so; but if he already finds within himself a perception of this will, then he may rest assured that he is one who has been Regenerated, and that He who has given him this will shall also give him the ability and the accomplishment, by reason of the divine ordination and cooperation, Phil. 2:12–13. Let him then but use these spiritual powers which he already has, and betake himself with fervent prayers before the Throne, that God, through the grace of Conversion and of Sanctification, may be pleased to raise up the idly-lying powers to actual exercise. If it be Laziness and Sluggishness whereby a person is unwilling to undergo the labor involved in the exercise of Godliness, let him then consider the excellence, the usefulness, and the absolute necessity of that actual exercise, for obtaining eternal salvation — which hope of salvation shall abundantly repay him for all his labor — and let him thus proceed through all the causes of this his Idleness, setting against each of them the most effectual remedies.
Chapter II
Of the Advancement and Progress in the Exercise of Godliness, and Fleshly Self-Satiation.
In the exercise of Godliness there is required, secondly, a continual Advancement and Progress, over against which is set Fleshly Self-Satiation. Concerning this Progress, we come to consider its
I. Nature.
It is a sincere endeavor to advance in the exercise of Godliness. For this Progress is required: (i) The present actual existence of true Godliness, in which one is to make Advancement. (ii) Its continuance and persistence, so that one does not turn aside from it, nor grow slack therein. (iii) An endeavor to become more and more mighty in it, and to go on from strength to strength, Ps. 84:7, adding to Faith, Virtue; to Virtue, Knowledge; to Knowledge, Temperance; to Temperance, Godliness, etc., 2 Pet. 1:5–6, etc.; forgetting the things which are behind, and which we have already before now received, and reaching forth unto those things which are before us, and which we still need to receive, and so pressing toward the mark of perfection, Phil. 3:12–16 — for which is required a steady and unwearied use of the means, in the power of the Lord.
Accordingly, this Progress in the exercise of Godliness presupposes: (1) A weakness and powerlessness, in this state of imperfection, or also in comparison with others, even the strongest — in whom even a weakness is found. (2) It presupposes, at least, some imperfection, from which a continual progress must be made, in order to attain to further perfection. (3) This Progress presupposes that there are various degrees of Perfection, in Children, Young men, Men, and Fathers, with regard to spiritual Perfection, 1 John 2:12–14. And this Progress in the exercise of Godliness regards either (a) the inward Grace, or powers, which must increase in the Progress; or (b) the Knowledge, wisdom, and prudence, whereby continual advancement is to be made in the spiritual knowledge of spiritual Things, 2 Pet. 3:18; or (c) the Virtue and Duty-exercise of Godliness, that we may become continually stronger therein. And this (A) with regard to Sins, and the Mortification of natural Depravity, so that one seeks to bring one vice after another under subjection. (B) With regard to Virtue, so that one (a) advances from one Virtue to another — whence it is that the spiritual Bride is said to have gathered for her Bridegroom all manner of pleasant fruits, new and old, Song 7:13. (b) That in each particular Virtue one continually seek to obtain new degrees of advancement. That, for example, (a) Love may grow, 1 Pet. 4:8, and Faith be more confirmed, so that we become more and more abundant in the work of the Lord, Eph. 6:18; and (b) that our latter works may be better than the first, Rev. 2:19; that (c) the Fruits and Duty-observances may become riper, and more spiritual. (d) That our heart, in true Grace, may become more and more firmly rooted in Christ, Eph. 4:15; 2 Pet. 3:17. That we (e) may bring forth the Fruits of the Spirit in their season, Ps. 1:3, and that in an unbroken succession and continuing order, with constancy, even in the greatest difficulties that may occur, Rom. 5:3–4.
II.
The benefits and advantages for the sake of which this Advancement and Progress is to be made are these: (1) A certain good, joined to some other good, always makes it greater and more excellent — this holds especially in spiritual things. (2) It is praiseworthy that a man should advance in what is good, and above all in Godliness. (3) It is a sure proof of a spiritual Life, and of spiritual Health, when one grows and becomes strong. (4) Our Savior Himself, although the most perfect, is nonetheless said to have increased in wisdom, and in stature, and in favor with God and men, Luke 2:52. (5) In this state of imperfection there always clings to us some evil which we have to amend; and there is always some good lacking, toward which we must strive. (6) It always increases the sweetness of the soul, and the peace of mind, when we make steady Progress in the exercise of Godliness. It is (7) a sure token of our state of Grace, and of our Blessedness therein, when one dwells in God's house, and keeps watch at the posts of His doors, and continually praises Him, and goes on from strength to strength, till one appears before God in Zion, Ps. 84:5–7,10.
III.
The means by which the Progress in the exercise of Godliness can be advanced: (1) Here is presupposed the present actual existence of spiritual Life and of spiritual powers, which one has already received through Regeneration; for a Dead man cannot walk, nor make progress. (2) One must aim after preserving and strengthening grace from God, without which we are able to do nothing, 2 Cor. 3:5. One must further (3) stir up the Gifts which have been bestowed on us through the Conversion and Renewing of the Spirit, 2 Tim. 1:6, and that in the power of the Holy Spirit, through whom we are able to do all things, Phil. 4:13. Besides this (4) one must carefully seize every opportunity whereby one might be helped and advanced in the exercise of Godliness. In particular it also serves to this end (5) that one make earnest work of the exercise of the outward duties of Religion — not merely with steadiness, but also with all seriousness, and with the exertion of all our powers, Col. 3:23, and that with the aim of thereby advancing in Godliness. (6) We must lean and rely upon the divine promises of strengthening, 2 Thess. 3:3. We must (7) reach out after our union with Christ through Faith, as He who is the Head, from whom the whole body receives its growth, etc., Eph. 4:15–16. Besides this we must (8) rightly and fittingly order the way of our whole life, Ps. 50:23, and press toward the Mark, toward the Prize of the divine calling which is from above, Phil. 3:14, according to the fixed Rule, Gal. 6:16, and earnestly desire the best gifts, 1 Cor. 12:31 — for the obtaining of all which we must (9) with fervent prayers entreat the Lord, that He come to the help of our weakness. Finally (10) we must daily examine ourselves, and take account of our Advancements.
IV.
Self-Satiation, which is opposed to the eagerness to advance and make progress in the exercise of Godliness, leads us to consider its
A. Nature.
Which is a fleshly Resting in those goods which we have already received, or which we suppose ourselves to have already fully obtained, without any effort to advance further. It is a Resting — not a spiritual one, in God and in His Grace, 2 Cor. 12:9 — but a fleshly one, whereby one supposes oneself to have enough in those things which one indeed truly has; whether it be (1) in natural gifts, such as wisdom and gentle kindness; or whether it be (2) in civil accomplishments alone, or Ecclesiastical abilities, which one holds to be spiritual gifts, and in which one then rests — as for example in an outward profession of Religion, and in the observance of the public duties of Religion, consisting in the hearing of the Preaching of God's word, the use of the Covenant-seals, and the leading of an honest civil life. In these things many rest, so that they suppose that nothing is lacking to them, and accordingly seek no further advancement. Such a self-satiation, and foolish presumption, is found (a) commonly in Hypocrites, who are destitute of true Godliness — of which the Pharisaic young man serves as an example, Matt. 19:20: All these things have I kept from my youth up: what lack I yet? And in that Pharisee, Luke 18:11–12: I thank thee, O God, that I am not as other men are, etc. And in the Church of Laodicea, Rev. 3:17: Thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing. And in all the Jews, who sought their Righteousness from the works of the Law, Rom. 2:17–18,23,28. Sometimes also this error occurs (b) in true Believers, though weak ones — as appears from the many exhortations addressed to them, to grow and advance in Godliness. Through this Self-Satiation it is that, at least, hypocrites often entirely fall away, and make shipwreck of the Faith, as did Hymenaeus, and Philetus, and Demas, 1 Tim. 1:19–20; 2 Tim. 4:10 — and there is taken away from them even that which they still seemed to have; and they also turn back, or grow slack, and depart from that degree of Godliness which they formerly had, Rev. 2:4–5.
B. The evils and disadvantages.
Of this Self-Satiation, on account of which it must be resisted, are these: (1) It is a proof of a lack of spiritual Life and of Regeneration in Hypocrites; for a Dead man cannot increase in strength, nor work. Or at least (2) a token of a life that is growing faint and feeble in Believers. For children who are sickly do not grow, nor become strong. (3) Not to go forward is to go backward, just as with those who swim against the current — if they do not advance, they must fall back. (4) This Self-Satiation puts a man in evident danger of missing eternal Salvation, Matt. 5:20: Except your righteousness shall exceed the righteousness of the Scribes and Pharisees, ye shall in no case enter into the Kingdom of Heaven. Nor shall they obtain true Justification, Luke 18:14, nor receive the Prize that is held out, 1 Cor. 9:24,26. Such persons, further, (5) have a dead faith, because it is inactive, James 2:20. Also (6) they cannot enjoy that quiet contentment of conscience, nor that confident assurance, and that joy which is born from the Advancement and Progress in Godliness. Moreover (7) all their labor, which they apply to their outward Duty-exercises, is vain and fruitless, James 2:14, etc.
C. The causes.
Of this Self-Satiation, which must be removed in its healing, are: (1) Lack of spiritual Life, whereby such persons are dead; or at least a faintness, and spiritual Sickness. (2) Spiritual Pride: I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing, Rev. 3:17; 1 Cor. 4:8. Further (3) an ignorance of a fuller exactness, which the Law, and the Christian Religion, require, 1 John 3:5. Also (4) Laziness and Sluggishness, whereby such persons shrink back from the labor which Advancement in the exercise of Godliness requires. (5) Neglect of spiritual Food, through non-use of which they take on weakness and poor condition, 1 Pet. 2:1–2. Besides this (6) misuse of outward Religion, in so far as they rest in it as in a finished work, and make no effort to go forward, and to be brought to inward and spiritual Religion, so as to advance in it. It also happens sometimes (7) that the cause of this is a pretense of Humility, whereby they wish to remain standing on the lowest Degree of Godliness and Salvation, while meanwhile, in temporal matters, they strive after the greatest and highest things.
D. The remedies.
Which must be used against this spiritual Self-Satiation are: (1) Earnestly to consider the benefits and advantages of Advancement and Progress in the exercise of Godliness, and the evils and disadvantages of fleshly Self-Satiation. (2) To use such remedies by which one can advance in Progress toward Godliness. (3) To offer resistance to the causes from which this Self-Satiation is born, setting against them such means as are most fitting for their healing.
Chapter III
Of the Exercise of Ungodliness, and its Renunciation.
We have spoken of the exercise of Godliness; there follows now the exercise of Ungodliness, both openly and in secret, over against which must be set its Renunciation. Wherefore we must here consider
I.
The nature of the exercise of Ungodliness. This does not consist merely in not exercising Godliness, but on the contrary in the exercise of Ungodliness. Accordingly we must here see what Ungodliness is, which can now easily be gathered from what we have said in the preceding Chapter concerning Godliness, by the Law of opposites — inasmuch, namely, as it comprises an exercise of all Wickedness and unrighteousness, contrary to Godliness toward God, to Righteousness toward one's Neighbor, and to Temperance toward ourselves. In which wide sense Ungodliness occurs, Titus 2:12, and is described, chapter 3:3, and is set forth vividly in its outworking, Ps. 50:16–22, and 14:1,3–7.
In particular, openly Ungodly are those who (1) persistently despise the public worship of God, the hearing of God's word, prayer, the use of the Covenant-seals, the sanctifying of the Lord's day, the exercises of Godliness — both in an assembly of the Godly and those desirous of Salvation, and among the Household. (2) All Cursers, Swearers, and Perjurers. (3) Drunkards, Fornicators, Adulterers. (4) Those who mock and persecute Godliness and its tender and exact strictness, and the Godly — and that for this reason alone, that they are Godly and Pious. (5) Those who, with premeditated purpose and a considered intention, deny the fundamental Truths of Christianity. (6) Those who publicly declare themselves to be such as know not God, nor the Lord Christ, nor the Way of salvation. Indeed those who go yet further (7), and dare openly to confess that they do not wish to have God for their God, nor the Lord Christ for their Redeemer. (8) Those who openly show that they hold the Riches of this world, its honors, and pleasures, and other worldly things, for their God — or esteem them far above God, and Christ, and spiritual things. Indeed (9) those who, though they confess with their mouth that they hold God for their God, nevertheless, with a premeditated resolve, will not forsake their Idols. Those (10) who, though they live in open sins and abominations, and are convicted of them, nevertheless will not amend their life, nor avoid the occasions of sinning. Those (11) who display their hatred toward those who seek to convict them, and to bring them from their Erring way, and to Conversion. Those (12) who, with Mockeries, Reproachful speeches, Threats, Persecutions, etc., show their hatred against God, against Christ, against the Holy Spirit, and against Holy Scripture. Those (13) who, though convinced of the Usefulness and Necessity of the Duties of Godliness — as for example of Prayer, of hearing God's word preached, etc. — nevertheless will not apply themselves to them. These and the like are open Ungodly persons. But there are also (14) Ungodly persons in secret and hidden ways, who, beyond the eye and sight of other men, give themselves over to the works of Ungodliness, of Unrighteousness, and of Intemperance, Eph. 5:12. There are, finally, (15) such as have a form of Godliness, with respect to their Duty-observances, but who deny the power thereof. These come under the name of Hypocrites, or dissemblers, concerning whom we have already expressly dealt in the Chapter on Sincerity and Hypocrisy, etc. Thus far concerning the nature of Ungodliness. Its exercise consists not in this or that particular deed of Ungodliness, nor even in some great and detestable Sin-deed — as for example, of Drunkenness, Adultery, Homicide, Lying, Denial of the Lord Christ — contrary to a person's habit; for such a thing may indeed sometimes befall even the most pious and godly; no, but this exercise of Ungodliness consists in a continual and persistent practice.
II.
The evils and disadvantages which accompany or follow the exercise of Ungodliness, and on account of which it is to be abhorred, are these: (1) The Ungodly are accounted by God to be nothing other than Fools, as Workers of iniquity, as Dogs, and Swine, and Wolves. Thus Holy Scripture calls them throughout. And accordingly (2) they are stinking and abominable before God and men. On this account also (3) they arouse against themselves God's wrath from Heaven, Rom. 1:18, and His hatred, Ps. 5:5–7. And for this reason likewise (4) the most dreadful Judgments of God, Ps. 10:15. Consequently (5) they shut themselves out of the fellowship of the Kingdom of Heaven, Rev. 21:27. Besides this (6) they make themselves guilty of the eternal punishment of everlasting damnation, Jude v. 7. Finally (7) they make themselves unfit and useless for all fellowship and intercourse with honest men.
III.
The causes of Ungodliness, which must be removed, are: (1) The original and universal Corruption of nature. (2) The Denial of God, through which God is not in the thoughts of such persons, Ps. 14:1. Further (3) a disdain of the divine Providence, Ps. 94:7–12, and 10:11,13. Besides this (4) the fleshly Desires, which one seeks to indulge, Gal. 5:19–20; Matt. 15:19–20. Finally (5) Self-centeredness, or self-love, which is the constant Wellspring of all Idols.
IV.
The Renunciation of Ungodliness is the opposite of the exercise of Ungodliness, Titus 2:12, and consists in a sincere endeavor to forsake all Ungodliness, and all the sinful deeds that constitute it. We have shown the nature of this endeavor in Book VI, Chapter VIII, §22. Likewise the causes, §12. Further, the diligent pursuit of it, the Motives and Incentives, the means, the Manner of proceeding, and the Marks, §34. In particular it comprises (1) powers, whereby one is enabled to renounce Ungodliness — which powers are bestowed through Regeneration. (2) A serious resolve to renounce Ungodliness, which is wrought through Conversion. (3) A carrying out of that resolve, through the mortification of the old man, which occurs through an actual and continued Conversion. Finally (4) through an actual Amendment of Heart and Life. Of which last two things we shall treat more fully in their place.
Book II
Treating of the Exercise of Godliness toward God.
Chapter I
Concerning the Acknowledgment and Rejection of God.
From the more general matters of the Duty-Exhorting Theology we come now to its particulars: to the Exercise, namely, of Godliness toward God, toward our Neighbor, and toward ourselves. Toward God, the exercise of Godliness occupies itself chiefly with these three things: with Acknowledgment, with Love, and with the Service of God. These matters we shall treat in this second Book. In the exercise of Godliness toward God there comes before us, first, the Acknowledgment of God, over against which stands the Rejection of Him. Concerning the Acknowledgment of God we are to consider its
I. Nature.
It consists not only in knowing God, in so far as He exists, and what He is, but also in accepting and holding Him for one's God. To it, therefore, belongs (1) a knowledge of God, with regard to His Existence, that He is, and what He is — both with respect to His Names, and with respect to His Perfections: that He is independent, unchangeable, simple, and infinite, in His presence, or omnipresence, and in His duration, or eternity; with regard to His Life, Understanding, Will, Goodness, Grace; also of His Righteousness, Holiness, Omnipotence, all-sufficiency, etc. — of which Knowledge we have treated expressly in Book II, §18 and 31. Then (2) an Acknowledgment, so called in a narrower sense, whereby we accept God, acknowledge Him, and actually hold Him for our God; glorify Him, love Him, revere Him, place our trust in Him, submit ourselves to Him, etc. (3) That we keep Him ever present in our remembrance.
II.
The benefits and advantages of this Acknowledgment, on account of which it is to be desired, are these: (1) This Acknowledgment of God is the Foundation and Summary of our whole Religion, Heb. 11:6. Through this Acknowledgment, therefore, (2) we come to God, thereby seek Him, and find Him to be a Rewarder of those who seek Him — see the cited place. This Acknowledgment of God (3) requires the very existence and being of God. For if there is a God, then He must be known, and acknowledged, and held by us as such. The Acknowledgment of God (4) is a most sure Token of our fellowship in the Covenant of Grace, and in all its Promises: I will be to them a God, and they shall be to me a People. They shall know me, from the least to the greatest. They shall all be taught of the Lord. This Acknowledgment of God (5) requires of us the Confession which we make of our Religion and of our Godliness. And accordingly (6) it is of absolute necessity.
III.
The means by which this Acknowledgment of God can be obtained are: (1) An exercise in Nature and Scripture, by which means and help we can come to the knowledge of God, as we have noted in Book II, Chapter II, §31. (2) A becoming Covenanted with God, through which becoming-Covenanted He becomes ours, and can be acknowledged as our God. (3) Faith in God, whereby we accept Him as our highest end, which we aim at, that He may become our God, and that we may acknowledge Him as such. (4) Faith likewise in the Lord Christ, without whom no access is granted us to the Father, John 14:6. Further (5) that we continually keep God before our eyes, both with regard to His works in nature, which declare His glory, Ps. 19:1, and which lead us up, from visible things, to the knowledge of His eternal Power and Godhead, Rom. 1:19; as with regard to the works of grace, or His benefits, which He has shown toward us, both in the bodily and in the spiritual realm, in which He has not left Himself without witness among us, Acts 14:17. Finally (6) that we ever keep Him present in our remembrance.
IV.
The Rejection of God stands opposed to this, and of it we have to consider its
A. Nature.
Whereby we do not know God, or do not acknowledge Him as our God. It comprises within itself (1) an ignorance of Him, that He exists, whereby we do not have Him, or keep Him, in our thoughts, Ps. 10:4,11. Or (2) an ignorance of His Perfections and Attributes. Or also (3) an ignorance of the true God, the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit. Or (4) that one does not acknowledge God as one's God, Job 21:14, after the example of Pharaoh: Who is Jehovah? — or at least (5) when one does not revere God as one's God, Job 21:15; or (6) is not mindful of Him, but lets Him fall into oblivion, Ps. 9:17; and 50:21; Deut. 8:11; 32:18. Or when one denies Him, Titus 1:16.
B. The evils and disadvantages.
Which accompany or unavoidably follow this Rejection of God are these: (1) It is the vilest wickedness and misdeed, to reject God, who is the highest good, and the Wellspring of all good. It is (2) a most shameful ignorance, not to know Him, who above all, indeed almost alone, is worthy to be known. It is (3) a horrible contempt, to disdain and reject Him who alone deserves to be loved, served, and accepted, since from Him is all the good that belongs to us and that we have originally derived, and without whom no least good can belong, or be expected, to us. Or shall one reject Him who is the All-sufficient in and for Himself, and who is, for all things, an all-sufficient Being toward us? (4) God will, in turn, on His part, deny and reject those who deny and reject Him, from all grace and favor, Matt. 10:33. He will also (5) pour out the fire of His Wrath and Judgments upon all those who do not acknowledge Him, Ps. 89:? ; 2 Thess. 1:8; Ps. 50:22. Finally (6) such persons are alienated from God through ignorance, Eph. 4:18, and Strangers to the Covenants and to the Promise, without hope, and living without God in the world, Eph. 2:12, and are accordingly the most wretched of all.
C. The causes.
Of this Rejection of God which must be removed are chiefly these: (1) The original aversion from God. (2) The Denial of God. (3) The love of, and lust for, committing sin; for sin makes a separation between God and us, Col. 1:21; Isa. 59:2. (4) Sometimes also the fear of the divine vengeance, on account of misdeeds committed, Gen. 3:8. At any rate the cause too why one rejects God is (5) that one is outside of Christ, and consequently an enemy of God, whom one, for that reason, hates and rejects.
D. The remedies.
To be used against this Rejection of God are these: (1) To seriously consider the benefits and advantages of the Acknowledgment of God, and the evils and disadvantages of its Rejection. (2) To make use of such means whereby the Acknowledgment of God can be obtained and advanced. (3) To stop up the foul Wellsprings and causes from which the rejection of God arises, by such remedies as are most effectual against each of these causes.
Chapter II
Of the Seeking and Fleeing of God.
The exercise of Godliness toward God finds its activity in the Love of God. The nature of this Love toward God we have treated expressly in our Treatise of Moral Theology, in Book II. We gave there three chief elements of it: a desire for union with God; a resting or well-pleasedness in God; and a benevolence toward God. From these three kinds of divine love arise various activities, which occur throughout Holy Scripture, and by which Godliness toward God is exercised. It will not be amiss here to set before ourselves these kinds of Love toward God, and their activities, somewhat more distinctly. From the Love of Desire for union with God springs the Seeking of God, over against which stands the Fleeing of Him. Concerning the seeking of God we have to consider
I. Its nature.
It denotes a serious endeavor to find God, whom one loves with all one's heart, but from whom one is absent as regards His grace, by the use of all fitting means, that we may be united with Him. Seeking includes within itself (a) a love for the thing sought. (b) The absence of that which is sought. Then follows (c) a longing to find the thing one seeks, or to recover what was lost. (d) A use of the means whereby this might be obtained. And finally (e) that one may possess the thing one seeks, and be united with it. Thus too, in the seeking of God, is comprised (1) a sincere love toward Him, as the highest good, which in every way is sufficient and necessary for those who love Him. (2) His absence — not, to be sure, with regard to His essence, for He is present in all things — but with respect to His grace; not indeed of every kind of grace, for this holds only for those who are still unbelieving, whereas, in the case of those who seek God, there has, through divine grace, already for a long time existed a sincere love toward God — but with regard to this or that particular divine grace alone, in this or that state, or in some particular case; or with regard to the felt Experience and sense of Grace, when God, as it were, withdraws Himself, forsakes the soul, turns away His face, and hides Himself, so that it seems as though He had wholly fled and departed from the soul — as is evident in spiritual Desertions. To this is then added (c) a longing after God, who is now absent from the soul, that it may find Him, whom it has not yet had in this way, or that it may recover Him again, whom it had lost; which longing then, by reason of its vehemence and strong desire, is commonly called a Hunger and Thirst — see Ps. 42:2; Isa. 55:1; Rev. 22:17. Further, there is in this seeking (d) a use of the fitting means, that by them the soul, which so loves God, and from whom it is now absent, and after whom it so longs from the heart, may find the Lord again, and recover Him, Luke 15:3–10. And the means by which God is sought are chiefly these: Faith in the Lord Christ, Conversion from sin, fervent Prayers, the observance of Religion, and obedience to His Commandments. The aim of this seeking is, that the soul may be united with God, or that it may possess Him, that He, being united with it, may share Himself with it, and be pleased to employ His Wisdom, Goodness, Power, Grace, and other of His Perfections, to bless it, and that it may enjoy them with a glorious and unspeakable Joy, Song 2:1–2, etc.; and 2 Chron. 15:2.
II.
One must also make a distinction in this seeking of God. For there is (1) a natural seeking, whereby one seeks God from the contemplation of nature, if perhaps we might feel after Him, and find Him, Acts 17:27. This seeking of God commonly serves only to this end, that one know God from His works, and one remains resting in the mere knowledge of God; nor does this seeking proceed from a divine revelation, since it is sometimes found even among the Heathen, Rom. 1:19,21–22; nor does it penetrate further to grace, or to the glorifying of God, as is taught in the passage cited. There is (2) a seeking of God which is indeed in some respect spiritual, but which does not extend further than to some temporal benefit, John 6:26. There is (3) a spiritual seeking of God, which in general strives after all grace, in every kind of need. There is (4) a more particular seeking, whereby we seek God in this or that case alone, or in this or that need, whether spiritual or bodily — as for example in the case of sickness, when we seek from God our healing; or in one or another spiritual Weakness, against which we seek Strengthening, whether of faith, or against this or that fleshly Desire, 2 Cor. 12:7–8. There is, finally, (5) a seeking whereby we seek God for perceptible and experiential grace, in every kind of spiritual Desertion, Ps. 77:2; and 88:1–10.
III.
The benefits and advantages of this Seeking, on account of which it is to be diligently pursued, are these: (1) If there is anything to be sought, it is assuredly the highest good, which alone is an independent good, Matt. 19:17, and from which all good proceeds. Such a good it is also (2) as is sufficient for all our Need, being of itself the all-sufficient one, Gen. 17:1; Ps. 73:25. Also (3) no work, nor labor, is more profitably spent in seeking than in the seeking of God, in whom all good is contained in the most excellent manner, and from whom all good comes to us. Also (4) there is no labor which is applied to the seeking of God that is in vain; whereas all other seeking, which is applied to the obtaining of bodily things, is commonly vain and fruitless — as for example, the seeking which is undertaken for earthly treasures, and honors, and pleasures — whereas God, on the contrary, promises that He will let Himself be found by those who seek Him, 2 Chron. 15:2. In this very seeking of God, and in the assurance which flows from it, of finding God, is already contained (5) the possession, the fellowship, and the enjoyment of the highest good, wherein is found the summit of our eternal Blessedness. From this seeking further (6) is born the sweetest intercourse of our soul with God, and from that in turn the most delightful Taste, and an unspeakable Joy. (7) The grace of God which we seek, and, seeking, find and obtain, is sufficient for us in every respect, 2 Cor. 12:9. (8) This seeking of God is a sure Token of a Sincere and Godly person, Ps. 24:6.
IV.
The manner and means of seeking and finding God are these: (1) We must seek Him betimes, while He may be found, Isa. 55:6, while the time of grace still endures, and shines; for there is a time in which the Lord hides Himself, and turns away His face, while He still stretches out His hands to us, Prov. 1:24. (2) We must seek Him first, and before all other things, Matt. 6:33, in the early Morning hour, Ps. 5:3. (3) We must seek Him unceasingly, Ps. 77:2. (4) We must seek Him eagerly, and spare in it no labor nor pains, Song 3:2, so long, until we find Him — see the passage cited. (5) We must use all those means by which He must be sought and found, such as Faith, Conversion, Prayers, the observance of Religion, etc. Further (6) we must seek to have a right knowledge and a sense of our Misery and Need, that God, with His Grace, may come to our aid. Likewise (7) a conviction of God's all-sufficiency, whereby He can supply all our needs, unto a complete satisfaction; and besides this also of His infinite Goodness, Power, Wisdom, and Grace.
V.
The Fleeing of God stands opposed to the Seeking of Him. In it we have to consider
A. Its nature.
This Fleeing of God signifies, in general, not seeking God, or not seeking Him in that manner in which we ought. It comprises within itself (1) a neglect of God, or an entire failure to seek Him as one ought; that is to say, (a) not seeking His grace, but only the knowledge of Him: (b) not seeking from Him spiritual benefits, but only temporal and bodily ones: (c) seeking Him not from Scripture, but from Nature alone. (2) Besides this, fleeing from Him, or avoiding His presence, as the first Man did, Gen. 3:8. Or (3) not seeking Him by those means by which He wills to be found — namely, through Faith, through Conversion, through Prayers, the observance of Religion, and obedience. Or also (4) casting away those means, Job 21:14, etc. — as may readily be observed from the Contrast.
B. The evils and disadvantages.
Which accompany and inevitably follow this Fleeing of God are these: (1) The fleeing of God is a fleeing from the highest, the only, and the independent Good. (2) It is an abominable Misdeed. (3) It is a fleeing from one's own Salvation. It is (4) a provoking of God, that He should seek out and pursue such a wicked Sinner with every kind of Judgment, Ps. 10:15. It is (5) a fleeing from all true peace of mind, and from all true joy. It is (6) to bring upon oneself the hatred and the flight of all men from before him, as one who is not only of no use, but who is harmful in every way, Ps. 10.
C. The causes.
Of this Fleeing of God, which must be resisted, are these: (1) Not knowing God, Job 21:15. Also (2) being ignorant of one's own Need and Misery. (3) A hatred toward the divine righteousness and just Severity. (4) Love for sin, and for those things that please the flesh. And thence arising (5) a consciousness of one's own guilt and shamefulness, which cannot bear the presence of God. And consequently (6) a state of Enmity, which shrinks from God as its Enemy. (7) Lack of faith in the Lord Christ, as He alone who can restore one to divine favor.
D. The remedies.
To be used against this Fleeing of God are: (1) An attentive consideration of the benefits and advantages that are comprised in the Seeking of God, and of the evils and disadvantages that are to be seen in the Fleeing of God. (2) The use of those means by which one can be stirred up and advanced to the seeking of God. (3) An endeavor toward our Reconciliation with God through Christ. (4) A stopping up of the Wellspring-causes from which the fleeing of God is born, by such remedies as are, against each of them in particular, the most effectual.
Chapter III
Of Well-Pleasedness and Displeasure in God.
The second Activity of divine Love, after the Soul has sought, and found Him toward whom its love goes forth, is Well-Pleasedness, whereby it rests, with contentment, in the enjoyment of Him — over against which stands Displeasure; and then follows familiar Intercourse with Him. The Well-Pleasedness of the soul in God we shall treat in this Chapter, and therein consider
I. Its nature.
Whereby we wish nothing else concerning God, in His Being, and in all His Ways and Works, than what He is, for us. It comprises within itself (1) a resting of the soul, whereby the mind so rests in His perfect goodness, that it desires or wishes no other, or greater, things in Him. This resting (a) regards His nature and attributes in such a way that it does not wish, nor desire, to have God better, wiser, and more powerful than He is; and thus rests fully as much in His just Righteousness as in His Grace and Mercy. It also regards (b) the divine workings with regard to His creatures, both with regard to all others and with regard to ourselves, whatever those workings may be — whether they be dreadful Judgments, or desirable tokens of Favor — so that we rest in them all, and bless His Name with Job. It also regards (c) the divine Providence, in the Sustaining and Governing of all things, according to the sovereign good pleasure of His will — whether God ordain and dispense difficult or favorable times, prosperous or adverse circumstances, over the Church or the Civil state, so that we, in all things, acknowledge and praise His Goodness and Wisdom. (d) Thereby we also regard our own Lot, which God, in His Providence, allots to us and to ours, so that we, in every kind of circumstance, even in the most oppressed and despised, may rest, lay our hand upon our mouth, and never murmur against Him. This is to be understood, however, not as though we might not long for a better Lot; but rather that it is lawful not to desire this against the divine will, but that we desire this from God's will, and expect it through His will; and, on the other hand, that in a desired Lot we so rest in God's goodness, that we are thereby stirred up to a tender Love toward, and a humble submission to, Him. This Well-Pleasedness in God comprises (2) a trust in Him, whereby we (a) partly, with regard to the present, gently lay ourselves down, and rest, in His Goodness and Wisdom; (b) partly, with regard to the future, promise ourselves all that is best from Him. This Well-Pleasedness in God comprises (3) a delight and joy in the possession and enjoyment of God, and in all those goods which He has allotted to us. The grounds of this Well-Pleasedness in God are found (A) in His endless Goodness and Perfection, which He has in Himself, in which our mind has enough, and rests. (B) In His All-sufficiency with regard to us, whereby He can bestow upon us all those goods which are necessary for us, and which are also, in every way, desirable and to be wished for by us. (C) In the fellowship of the Covenant of Grace, whereby He becomes ours, in all His Goodness, and Power, and sufficiency, and can not only be all in all to us, but also, besides, wills to be so to us. (D) In His Promises and assurances, by which He has promised us Himself and all that is His — so that He can provide us with every good, and also wills to do so, by His free and full grace, indeed even must, according to His Covenant and His Promise.
II.
The benefits and advantages of this Well-Pleasedness in God, which recommend it to us, are these: (1) If we can or may with any right rest in anything, then we can and must rest in God, as the one who alone is sufficient for us in all things. (2) God alone, through His infinite Goodness, can fill and satisfy the endless Desire and unceasing Thirst of our soul. (3) In this Resting our soul finds itself in a most refreshing and happy state. This Resting is (4) the Foundation of all certainty, for thus one rests in God, who can and will, and indeed must, by reason of His Promise, be to us all in all. (5) Our Well-Pleasedness in God, in turn, on God's part, arouses His Well-Pleasedness in us, and His Rest in our prayers and our weaknesses. Also (6) this Resting, or peace, and rest in God, is that spiritual Sabbath-state, which is the fountain and Wellspring of all Godliness.
III.
The means for obtaining, preserving, and increasing this Well-Pleasedness in God are: (1) Earnestly and continually to reflect on the benefits of this Well-Pleasedness, how many and how great they are. (2) To meditate upon the endless Goodness, and All-sufficiency, and Promises of God. (3) To labor toward this, that God, who is so endlessly Good and sufficient, be loved, and toward other Love-observances. (4) Also to strive toward this, that is, that our God be ours in Christ, through becoming-Covenanted, through Faith, and through an earnest and steady self-examination, whereby we can assure ourselves that this God is our God. (5) To bring together all those things whereby a soul is accustomed to enjoy a Well-Pleasedness and Resting, so as thereby experientially to perceive the imperfection of all things outside of God, and how great the difference is between that well-pleasing Resting which is in God, and that which is in all things that are outside of God. (6) To resist all those things which could disturb our Well-Pleasedness in God — as for example Sin, and the Resting in worldly things. (7) An endeavor to experience, in actual perception, that sweetness which is in Fellowship with God; for this will powerfully draw one on to constancy and increase therein.
IV.
Opposed to this stands Displeasure in God; and of this we have to examine
A. Its nature.
This is, in general, not only a lack of Well-Pleasedness in God, but also a contrary disposition, whereby God does not satisfy, nor please, the sinful man — which sinful disposition may readily be gathered from the description we have given of the nature of Well-Pleasedness in God; whereby one does not rest in God, but murmurs and grumbles against God; whereby one is not quiet and resigned in all sorts of things which differ from God's will; whereby one feels no pleasure, nor joy, in God's fellowship and enjoyment; whereby one would rather that God were far from him, or that there were no God at all.
B. The evils and disadvantages.
Of this Displeasure in God, on account of which it is to be abhorred, are these: (1) It is in the highest degree unfitting and shameful, not to be willing to rest, and take delight, in the highest, the only, and the all-sufficient good. (2) If one does not rest, and take delight, in God, as such and so great a good, in what then, finally, will one rest, in what will one take delight? And accordingly one will be deprived of all true delight and sweetness of life. (3) If God is not pleased with you, then you also will not please the Lord, and consequently you shall become an object of divine hatred. (4) Such a Displeasure in God is a Token of a man who does not have God, or, if he has Him, does not know that he has Him — and accordingly a proof of a man who denies God. What further belongs to this sinful state of Soul may sufficiently be gathered from the Contrast with Well-Pleasedness in God.
C. The causes.
Of this Displeasure in God are chiefly these: (1) Ignorance of God, as so great and all-sufficient a Good. (2) A consciousness of sins, whereby man pictures God in his thoughts as a righteous Avenger, and accordingly as hostile toward him. (3) A resting, and taking of delight, in the things of the world, which are hateful to the Lord. (4) A lack of fellowship with God, through becoming-Covenanted, and through Faith, through which lack God is not such a person's God, in whom he might come to delight. (5) A lack of Experience, whereby they have never tasted how good the Lord is, nor even sought to taste it.
D. The remedies.
Against this Displeasure in God are chiefly these: (1) Earnestly to consider the benefits and advantages of taking delight in God, and the evils and disadvantages of displeasure toward Him. (2) To make use of such means whereby the Well-Pleasedness in God can be aroused, and nourished, and made stronger. (3) To offer resistance, in the power of God, to the causes from which the Displeasure in God arises, by such remedies as are, against each of those causes, the most effectual. (4) To weary God, so to speak, with unceasing prayers, that He reveal Himself to us, with His infinite goodness and all-sufficiency. (5) To exercise faith in Christ, whereby God is reconciled to us through Christ, and can accordingly be regarded as our Friend.
Chapter IV
Of Communion, or Walking with God, and Wandering from Him.
To the Love of Well-Pleasedness in God there comes, in the second place, Communion with God, over against which is set the Wandering from Him. Concerning Communion with God, we are to consider
I. Its nature.
It is a friendly and familiar intercourse with God. In Holy Scripture it is also called a Walking before God, or before His face, Gen. 17:1; 1 Cor. 1:? [?]; behind God, Deut. 13:4; in the Name of God, Micah 4:5; by God's Spirit, Gal. 5:25. It comprises within itself (1) a friendship, or a mutual love between the Persons who hold intercourse with one another, as between Father and Son, Amos 3:3; Exod. 33:11. Then also (2) an intimate fellowship, or such an Intercourse whereby we are as accustomed to God as one Friend is to another, Job 29:4. Herein various activities are to be discerned: (1) a mutual sharing of their secrets, whereby God reveals to us His Secrets, Ps. 25:14, and we in turn open our hearts to Him, Ps. 42:4. (2) A mutual taking of counsel, as of Friends, Ps. 55:14, wherein God is our Counsellor, or Counsel, Isa. 9:6, who leads us by His counsel, Ps. 73:24. (3) A desire for Union, or Cohabitation, as Friends are accustomed to have, 2 Sam. 19:33; and so too between us and God, Ps. 27:4; and 84:2,4–5,11. (4) A familiar conversing together, Exod. 33:11; Gen. 17:22. (5) A mutual visiting, whereby God visits us in grace, Luke 1:68, and we in turn visit God through Conversion and through Prayers, James 4:8; Amos 4:12. (6) A visible Holding of a Meal together, Song 5:1; Rev. 3:20. (7) Mutual embraces, or kisses, Song 1:2; Ps. 2:12.
This Walking with God comprises within itself (III) a continual Intercourse, which requires: (A) A treading of the same paths with God, or a walking with and alongside God, Deut. 13:4 — the paths, namely, of Holiness, of Goodness, and of Truth, Ps. 25:10; the paths of the Lord's law, Ps. 119:29, that is, in the Commandments, in the Judgments, and in the Statutes of God, Lev. 20:? [?]; Ezek. 37:27. That is, so to have set one's heart upon God's ways, that we, apart from His command, do not
just as the Israelites in the wilderness stood still whenever the pillar of cloud and fire did not go before them. (B) To betake ourselves with God to that same place, aiming at that same end, which is nothing other than God's glory, our neighbor's welfare, and the salvation of our own souls. (C) To alter and order our steps together with God; which is also called walking after God, Deut. 13:4. And by these ways of God we understand not only the ways of His Commandments, Psalm 119:27, but also those of His Providence; so that we walk in the ways of Thankfulness when the Lord walks in the ways of His Righteousness and judgments and turns His back upon us as it were; that we then also walk in the ways of repentance, having Conversion and amendment, and direct our ways according to His ways, so as always to be present with Him. (D) To take hold of His hands, that is to say, in this walking to depend wholly and entirely upon His Keeping, and Guiding, and Strengthening. This in turn includes in itself a cleaving to God, that is, (a) to have Him constantly as present to us, not so much with respect to His Essence — although this too is indeed necessary, in that we should ever think that He is present with us everywhere, and takes note of us and all that is ours, so that He either graciously repays our good deeds or punishes our sinful practices — but rather, that we hold Him present to ourselves with respect to His Grace, Loving-kindness, Safekeeping, and Will. (b) To keep Him present before our eyes, Psalm 16 and 26:3, and to have our eyes fixed upon Him. (c) To conduct ourselves as in His presence, with fear, and reverence, and sincerity, without hypocrisy. And this (d) steadfastly and continually. For the Walk requires this, that one press forward with one's foot not merely once or twice, but constantly, until we appear before Him in Zion.
II.
We must not pass over the marks by which one may test a sincere Walk with God. For there are those who walk as enemies of God and of Christ, Phil. 3:18, and still more who draw near to God only with the lips, while, so far as walking with Him is concerned, their heart is far from Him, Matt. 15:8; others do this only in name and with outward confession of the mouth, who meanwhile show by their deeds that they walk a way contrary to Him — like Esau with the voice of Jacob, like Cain with his offering, like Ahab with a feigned humbling of himself, and like Jehu with a hypocritical zeal, etc. It is necessary, therefore, that we most carefully test our Walk and manner of life. This will become in some measure knowable from the following marks: (1) if our walk is in the Heavens, that is, heavenly and spiritual, Phil. 3:20, Col. 2:1–2, for God is especially in Heaven. (2) If, in our conduct and walk, so to speak, we rise above ourselves, so that we lay aside and renounce all the reasoning of the flesh, and cling to God as blind men led by the hand, wherever He leads us, Gal. 6:16, 2 Cor. 10:5 — for this is walking by faith, and not by sight, 2 Cor. 5:7. If (3) in the very transactions of temporal affairs we conduct ourselves in a godly manner, and constantly draw nearer to the Lord with a heavenly mind. If (4) we strive by every means and in every way to preserve our friendship with God unbroken, and abstain from everything that is hateful to Him, without which we can carry on no fellowship with God, Amos 3:3, Isa. 59:2. If (5) we strive to walk with God not in some commandments of the Lord only, but in all of them, Luke 1:6, Acts 24:16. If (6) we walk in newness of life — for by nature we are without God, and walk only with the Devil, and according to the flesh, Eph. 2:2–3, 12, Rom. 6:4, Gal. 6:15–16. If (7) we walk holily with God as much in secret as in public, Eph. 5:12 (inasmuch as we set before ourselves that God is present and all-seeing everywhere), and not as the Pharisees, Matt. 6:1–7 and 23:25, 27, 28. If (8) we walk always and in all things carefully and deliberately, Col. 3:23, as those who have the Lord always and everywhere present with us.
III.
The benefits and advantages of this Walk with God may be gathered: (1) From the dignity of such a walk; for what can be more excellent and glorious than to be a Servant of the Most High King, and to be such a Friend as one may associate with daily? Rev. 3:4 and 14:4. If the face of Moses so shone with Majesty and Glory after he had spoken with God, Exod. 34:29, 34, with how much greater splendor is a Soul then graced, who continually walks with her God! (2) From the sweetness of such a walk, Prov. 17:9, Psalm 36:8–10, compared with Exod. 31:18. Further (3), from the manifold and excellent usefulness of this walk. For such a walk produces (a) a certain holy boldness and access to God, such as there is in the familiar converse of friends, Eph. 3:12, Heb. 4:16, Luke 11:5, 8. (b) A happy prosperity, and a wished-for outcome in this boldness, and an answering of prayers, Psalm 37:4; for a friend will not readily deny his friend a fair request, 1 Sam. 20:4 and 2 Sam. 19:18. (c) A keeping and protection, Psalm 23:4; for from a friend one expects either compassionate pity, or help in adversities and hardships, Psalm 103:13 and 91:10. (d) The favor and protection of all God's friends, 1 Cor. 3:22, even of the Angels themselves, Psalm 34:8, indeed even of our enemies, Prov. 16:7, and finally even of the beasts of the field, Hos. 2:18.
IV.
The manner in which we must walk with God is this: (1) That this our walk be willing, walking with God as with a Friend, and not as with an Enemy, or a stern Judge, Psalm 1:2 and 2:9–10. (2) With fear and reverence, not as with a Friend only, but also as with a Lord, Psalm 2:12, Neh. 5:5. Further (3), humbly, as with one of higher rank, and one who is our happiness, Micah 6:8, Gen. 18:27, so that we are always mindful of the infinite Majesty of Him with whom we converse. (4) Sincerely, in simplicity of heart, Eph. 6:5. (5) Circumspectly, cautiously, carefully, and diligently, Gen. 5:15(?), inasmuch as the way on which we walk with God is narrow and slippery, on which we can easily stumble and fall, Hos. 14:10(?). Finally (6), steadfastly, not with one step or another, but with continual advance, until we shall have come to the goal. In Hebrew, therefore, we find this walking with God expressed by hithhallekh, which signifies a continual going, and an ever-advancing walk, Gen. 5:24.
V.
The means by which we can be helped forward, and guided in our walking with God, are these: (1) Since by nature we are Enemies of God, and children of wrath, we must strive after Reconciliation with God through Christ, in order to become His Friends. This will come about (a) through faith, Jas. 2:25(?), John 16:27; for by faith we receive the Mediator of Reconciliation, Col. 1:20–21; thereby we receive that Beloved One who makes us acceptable with God, Eph. 1:6, while without this faith nothing of all that we do can be pleasing to God, Heb. 11:5–6. (b) Through conversion; for as we are separated from God by sin, so we are reunited with Him again by Conversion; as we depart from God through sin, so we come again to Him through Conversion, Jer. 3:1; thereby we meet Him, Amos 4:10; thereby we acknowledge our sins, and make confession of them before Him, and dispose, so to speak, and move God to the forgiveness of them, Prov. 28:13. (c) Through the keeping of His Commandments, Job 15:14(?), by which keeping we become in our manner of life more and more conformed to Him, and cleave to Him most powerfully. Thereby we are cleansed from our impurities, which are so hateful to the Lord, Jer. 1:12–15(?). (d) Through love; for friendship is a mutual love, Prov. 18:24. (e) Through prayer; for experience teaches that Friendships are often kindled and stirred up by prayers, 1 Sam. 18:1; at the very least it is certain that God is greatly delighted by prayers, Song 5:14(?). Then also we must strive with all zeal to promote and further our Reconciliation and Friendship with God once obtained, so that it may not, through frequent and lasting interruption, grow slack, and finally cause this Friend-fellowship with God to cease altogether. Now this Friend-fellowship with God receives nourishment whenever we (A) conduct ourselves worthily in our converse with God, through holiness of life; whenever we (B) feed and stir up love with love; whenever we (C) visit God often, hold converse with Him, hear His voice, and keep up conversation with Him through prayers and the soul's private communings; whenever we (D) associate in friendly fashion with those who love God, compare Matt. 25:40, 45.
Further (III), those who are already reconciled with God must also walk with Him in a fitting manner; which shall come about by following these Rules: (1) If we are to walk with God, we must look out for the right way, which is shown us not by corrupt Reason, but by the Word of God. (2) We must, upon this way, strive with God toward the same Goal, namely, unto the glorification of God, 1 Cor. 10:31. And this we must do (3) along the straight Rule, and not by crooked ways, Psalm 125:5, and accordingly not taking counsel with the corrupt flesh, nor seeking our own advantage and profit, Gal. 1:16, nor walking after the flesh, Rom. 8:1. (4) In and under our walking with God we must steadily keep this order: that we (a) seek first the divine and spiritual things, Matt. 6:33; (b) set and give their hours daily to every matter, spiritual as well as bodily, Psalm 55:4(?); (c) make a beginning with God from every day, Psalm 5:4, Isa. 26:9, so that we carry on with God in our dealings every day, and end with God in Prayers, morning, noon, and evening; (d) withdraw ourselves at least once every day for some time from our temporal occupations, in order to deal the more intimately with God, Matt. 6:6; (e) never turn aside from God to sins, so as to walk in them, Psalm 1:1; and (f) not halt between two sides, 1 Kings 18:21, cleaving to God and to Mammon at once, Matt. 6:24; (g) take heed to our heart, that it not incline to any sin as though God did not know of it, Acts 5:2–3; further (h) that in our walk we represent the Lord Christ to ourselves always and everywhere, so that we undertake and carry out all our affairs in His Name, Col. 3:17; and beneath this (i) persist in prayers with God, that He reveal Himself to us, and make His way known, Exod. 33:8(?), Psalm 25; (j) that we likewise seek and beseech the Lord Christ, who is the way to the Father, John 14:6, that He lead us to the Father, so as to have in Him boldness and access with confidence, Eph. 3:12; (k) that we also entreat the Holy Spirit, that He be our guide, our leader, direct and strengthen us, Psalm 143:10; (l) and that, supported by all these helps, we accustom ourselves more and more to God, Job 22:21, and so proceed from faith to faith, Rom. 1:17, and from strength to strength, until at last we appear before God in Zion, Psalm 84:8.
VI.
Over against this stands Straying from God, of which we must note
A. Its Nature, whereby we understand, in the broadest sense, every defect of the exercise of Fellowship, of converse, and of communion with God. This straying occurs (1) when God does not walk with men: whether (a) when He withdraws Himself in some measure from His believers, holds Himself as hidden from them, forsakes them — and not so much Himself as such, as the experiential sense and feeling of Himself and His Nearness; not so much His Saving grace itself, as rather its fruit, namely joy, and rejoicing, and comfort, that He withholds, Isa. 54:7–8, whereby they walk in darkness and see no light, Isa. 50:10; when He also forsakes them with His Saving grace with respect to this or that actual working, so that they fall into sins, 2 Chron. 32:31. Or (b) when God sides with His Enemies, with whom He has never in truth walked, 1 Sam. 16:1, 4.
This defect of walking with God is found (II) when men do not walk with God — whether these be the Godly, though only for a time, Song 5:2–4; or the ungodly, who either (1) do not walk with God at all, but walk as enemies of God and Christ, Phil. 3:18, walking in opposition to God, Lev. 26:23, 27; or (2) walk with God's enemies, with Satan, and with the world, Eph. 2:2, Gen. 3:1–7, John 8:44; or (3) walk after the flesh, in the Lusts and pleasures of the flesh, Titus 3:3; or at least (4) do not walk according to the Rule prescribed to them by God, Isa. 8:20, Gal. 6:16, but according to the reasoning of the flesh, Rom. 8:7. Also (5), who do not walk in sincerity with God, not with the heart, but with the mouth alone, with merely some outward performance of duty, being otherwise very far from God. Indeed (6), there is no lack of those who drive God away from themselves, having no desire for the knowledge of His ways, Job 21:14 and 22:17. More such things can easily be inferred from the nature of the walk with God that stands opposed to these.
B. The Evils and Disadvantages of this Straying from God, on account of which it is to be avoided, are the following: (1) It is an erring, Isa. 53:5(?), after the example of Cain, Gen. 4:12, 16, and of Hagar, Gen. 21:14. Such stragglers (2) are estranged from God, Psalm 58:4(?), who do not know God, Eph. 4:18, 2 Thess. 1:8, and are also not known by God, Matt. 7:23, indeed are enemies of God, Col. 1:21, who are seized by no desire toward God, but are Haters of Him, Rom. 1:30, Exod. 20:5, and are hateful before God, Psalm 5:6–7. With such (3) God walks not in favor, but in enmity with His Judgments, Lev. 26:24, 28. They walk (4) in darknesses, and in errors, 1 John 1:6, 2 Pet. 2:19, in the vanity of their mind, Eph. 4:17. They are (5) estranged from Christ, and from the Commonwealth of Israel, or from the Strong One, and Strangers from the Covenants of Promise, having no hope, and without God, as Godless ones, living in the world, Eph. 2:12. Also (6) God will forsake them on His part forever, 2 Chron. 15:2, after the example of the rejected Saul. Finally (7), they rob themselves of all Honor, and of so manifold and so great a Sweetness and Usefulness as is born of a sincere walk with God, as we have mentioned above.
C. The Causes of this Straying are these: (1) The natural aversion from God, Psalm 58:4, whereby we all, one less, another more, stray from God, Isa. 53:6. (2) It is an ignorance of God and of His ways. (3) It is an enmity and a hatred against God and against His ways, Job 21:14–15. (4) It is a scorning of God and of His ways, whereby He becomes too small in our eyes for us to have converse and walk with Him. (5) It is a love of the world and of its lusts, from which God, with His ways, is averse. (6) It is an imagination of one's own sufficiency, which we form within ourselves, so that we judge that we have no need of God, Job 21:15. (7) It is also an imagined burdensomeness and labor, which one supposes there to be in fellowship with God, and in walking in His ways.
D. The Remedies against this Straying and estrangement from God are these: (1) Attentively to consider the benefits and advantages of fellowship and walking with God, and the evils and disadvantages of straying from God. (2) To make use of such means by which we can be helped and furthered in Fellowship with God. (3) To offer resistance to the causes from which the estrangement from God arises; thus, for example, natural aversion from God is remedied by the grace of Conversion and Sanctification, which is to be obtained through prayers. Against Ignorance, the effort to know God in His ways is useful; and so one must proceed to the remaining means, which for the removal of each particular cause of Straying from God are the most effective.
Chapter V: Of Benevolence toward, and Malevolence against, God
The love toward God requires, in the third place, a Benevolence toward God; over against which stands Malevolence toward Him. Concerning this Benevolence we must let our consideration pass over
I.
Its Nature, whereby we wish God every good, and whatever is well-pleasing to Him, and strive actually to bring it about. This Benevolence toward God includes in itself: (1) An effort to direct all our actions to the Glory of God, as our supreme Goal, of which we have spoken expressly in its place. (2) An effort to give ourselves, and all that is ours, both our body and our soul, and their powers, over to, and to devote them to, His Service, 2 Cor. 8:5, Rom. 12:1, of which we have treated in Book VI, Chapter VIII, §36. Then (3) an effort to please Him in everything, 2 Cor. 5:9. Further (4), an effort toward, and a zealous Pursuit of, Virtue and good Works, so as to be able to please Him, Eph. 2:10. Finally (5), an effort to put away from before His face everything that is hateful to Him, Isa. 1:15–16, which comes about partly through an inward Conversion, whereby we bear a hatred against sins, because they are hated by God, and form and maintain a resolve to remove all sins from before His all-seeing Eyes — see that same place; and partly through an outward Reformation, whereby we ward off sins from His face by the very deed, as is exhorted in the cited passage. Now all these things we should have to treat separately here, had not our short Compass hindered it.
II.
The benefits and advantages of this Good-will toward God, on account of which it is to be embraced in our heart, are the following: (1) God Himself is good, and the very best Supreme Being, wherefore it is fitting that we wish Him every good. (2) He is one who wishes us His good pleasure, or shows us His Benevolence, who wishes us all that is good and best, and has given us His own most beloved Son, that we might receive from His fullness grace for grace, John 1:16. (3) He will also, in consequence, wish and bring to us all manner of good things, even if they are not exactly the same good things that we ourselves would have wished and desired. (4) He it is who, through His good-will toward us, has willed and still wills our Glorification, Matt. 25:31, 34. Is there, then, anything more fitting than that we too should devote ourselves in every way to His glorification? (5) He has given us everything that is needed for life and godliness, 2 Pet. 1:3. Is it not, then, also fitting that we, for our part, should offer up ourselves and all that is ours to Him? (6) God has, by mere and pure Benevolence, and His own free good pleasure, willed to redeem us men from sin through Regeneration, and Belief, and Sanctification; not only that we should please Him, but also that He in turn should please us, and that we should put away our sins from before His face: and is it not then also most fitting that we should strive to please Him by the actual putting away of our sins? Finally (7), our Benevolence toward God is the Source of all the Godliness that we show to Him; just as, conversely, His Benevolence toward us is the Source and Cause of all our Blessedness.
III.
The means for stirring up this Benevolence toward God within us are these: (1) Earnestly to consider the benefits and advantages of our Benevolence toward God. Especially (2) God's benevolence toward us, whereby He chose us from Eternity, Eph. 1:4, 6, and gave us His well-beloved Son, John 3:16, when we were yet His enemies; and redeemed us through His Death, when we were yet godless and sinners, Rom. 5:6–7; and called us out of Darkness into His marvelous Light, 1 Pet. 2:9; and has, us being chosen thereto, regenerated us through His Spirit, Titus 3:4–5, etc. Should not now all these great things weigh so much with us, that they too should stir up in us a Benevolence toward so gracious a God? (3) We must be diligent that we may be His friends; for the Benevolence of friends is mutual. (4) We must be persuaded of God's benevolence toward us. (5) We must consider the sweetness that there is in this mutual Benevolence. (6) We must believe in the Lord Christ, as Him who has reconciled us with God; in whom also God wishes us all things well, and we in turn must consequently wish Him all things well.
IV.
The Malevolence set over against this bids us consider
A. Its Nature, which we may easily grasp by way of contrast from the Benevolence just described. For this Malevolence against God is a defect, whereby we not only do not wish God every good, but even wish and desire all manner of evil. This consists in this: (1) That we do not seek His Glorification — not only that, but on the contrary live to His dishonor, Rom. 2:24. Also (2), that we not only fail to will to devote ourselves and what is ours, our body and our soul, our powers and our goods, to Him; but on the contrary give them over to God's enemies, and to our lusts. (3) That we not only fail to seek to please Him, but do that which displeases Him, Job 21:14. Further (4), that we not only fail to apply ourselves to the Pursuit of Virtue and the exercise of good works that please the Lord, but on the contrary give ourselves over to the vices that are hateful to God. (5) That we not only fail to put away our Evil deeds from before His face, but on the contrary heap them up more and more.
B. The Evils and Disadvantages of this Malevolence against God, on account of which it is abhorrent, are these: (1) Not to wish the best goods, but on the contrary the evil and harmful, is a most detestable act. (2) If we wish God no good, but on the contrary that which is evil, so He too will wish us no good, but rather all manner of evil. (3) In this Malevolence against God there can be nothing else than a Conscience that is evil, and troubled, and fearful, etc. (4) If we do not will God's glorification, so He too will will our eternal disgrace, Dan. 12:2. (5) If we here do not will to please Him through the Pursuit of Virtue, we shall also not please Him in Eternity. (6) If we here do not will to put away our sins from before His face, He will in Eternity heap upon us all His torments.
C. The Causes of this Malevolence against God are these: (1) The strict exactness of Divine holiness, to which the sinning man neither can nor will conform himself. (2) The severity of Divine righteousness, which the more it goes provokes men to enmity. (3) Love of self, and of fleshly lusts, which can in no way stand together with those two aforementioned Divine virtues. (4) Enmity and hatred against God, which does not suffer that we wish God the good. (5) The inequality of manners between God and us, whereby God is not pleasing to sinners, and God likewise does not wish them well. Finally (6), the labor and trouble that is required for a Friend-fellowship with God, and which is needful for His Good-will.
D. The Remedies against this Malevolence are: (1) To consider the benefits and advantages of Good-will toward God, and the evils and disadvantages of Malevolence against Him. (2) To make use of the means whereby Good-will toward God is stirred up and nourished. (3) To resist the causes from which arises and persists the Malevolence against God, by such means as are, against each of them, the most effective.
Chapter VI: Of the Particular Exercise of Religion and the Glorification of God, and of Blasphemy
We have dealt with the Exercises of Godliness, insofar as it shows itself active with respect to the knowledge and love of and toward God. It now remains that we speak of what is required for the Service which we must render with respect to God. This performance of Religion may be considered under six sorts of exercises, comprising: (1) Particular and personal Religion. (2) Public Religion with the Church Congregation. (3) Domestic Religion with the members of one's household. (4) Solemn Religion on the Lord's Day. (5) Occasional Religion, on certain occasions of Thanksgiving, Fast, and Prayer Days. (6) Daily Religion, whereby every day is spent in doing good. Concerning the first, namely, particular and personal Religion — this consists in the Glorification of God to such a degree that it is likewise the ultimate and supreme end of all Religion, and of our whole life; over against which stands the Blasphemy of God, taken in a broader sense. Concerning this Glorification of God there comes before us
I.
Its Nature. In this Glorification of God we place particular and personal Religion, which each one in particular, and all in common, are to perform. For indeed God expects nothing else from us, nor can He obtain anything else from us, than that we acknowledge, and consequently declare and show forth our Acknowledgment of, the Divine perfection which He possesses. From this the nature of this Glorification of God is now evident, since it is nothing other than an acknowledgment, and an actual declaration, of the Perfection that is in God. This Glorification of God, then, presupposes in God an infinite Perfection and excellence, which springs forth from all His Attributes, and requires an inward acknowledgment of the same, together with an outward declaration. Of both of these we have treated in Book II of the Theology, Chapter XXII, §6, 7, 8. In particular it comprises (1) faith, whereby we acknowledge and extol the Honor of the Divine truthfulness and faithfulness; (2) hope, whereby we acknowledge the Honor of God's all-sufficiency; (3) love, whereby we acknowledge the Honor of His endless Loving-kindness; (4) the hearing of His Word, whereby we acknowledge the Honor of His Independence and absolute sovereignty over us; (5) prayer, whereby we acknowledge and extol the Honor of His Omnipresence, Omnipotence, Grace, etc., and thus of His whole Perfection — in accordance with the Requirement of the first Commandment of the first Table of the Law, of which we have spoken expressly in the Treatise on Moral Theology, Book II, Chapter I.
II.
The benefits and advantages of this Glorification of God, which ought to move us to it, we have shown in Book II of the Theology, Chapter I, §9–16. The means, too, by which we may be helped forward in it, we have pointed out in the same place, §17. The opposite of this, the Blasphemy of God, or Evil-speaking, we likewise treated there, §15. To have merely reminded the reader of these things here, and directed him thither for a fuller account of them, shall for the present, on account of our abridged Compass, be sufficient.
Chapter VII: Of Public and Ecclesiastical Religion
There now follows the exercise of Godliness in Public and Ecclesiastical Religion, of which we have already treated the general points in the Treatise on Moral Theology, Book I, Chapter XIV. There thus remains nothing more than that we examine its particular constituent parts a little more closely, here in this place, in order to have a complete System; namely:
I.
In general, that all public Religion, and in all its particular constituent parts, requires: That (1) it be performed after due Preparation, in which we take counsel with our heart and prepare it beforehand, before we betake ourselves to its exercise, Job 11:13. (2) That it take place with Reverence and Godly fear, so as not to misconduct ourselves, Heb. 12:28, Psalm 2:11. (3) With true Conversion, without any love toward one's own sin, so that we cleanse our hands, and purify our heart from all unrighteousness, Psalm 119 and 24:4, Job 11:14; for without this we shall labor in vain in all our acts of Religion, Isa. 1:11, 16. That (4) our Religion be performed in the Name of Christ, Col. 3:17, without which no Religion can ever be pleasing to God. That (5) it be exercised to the honor of God, without any aim at one's own honor or praise. That (6) it take place with the whole heart, and with all readiness, Matt. 15:8, from Isa. 29:13, Col. 3:23. And (7) with that intent alone, to please the Lord, and not men, Heb. 11:28, Rom. 2:29. And finally (8) with abhorrence of all that which would draw us away from, or hinder us in, our Religion.
II.
In particular we must carefully observe, in the House of God: (1) That all of us, of whatever rank or condition we may be, set ourselves there as before the face of God, Deut. 31:11–12. And that (2) with all possible reverence, Eccl. 5:1, inasmuch as it is God's will that He be sanctified in those who draw near to Him, Lev. 10:3. And (3) with all earnestness of zeal and diligence, Psalm 69:10, so that we prefer God's house far above all other places in the World, Psalm 84:5, 11, so that we are there with the greatest delight, and to the refreshment of our soul, Psalm 27:4, so that we also invite others thereto, Isa. 2:2, and grieve over others who esteem and despise it lightly, Psalm 119:136, so that we also hasten thither with the most zealous affection, Isa. 60:8, Zech. 8:22, so that we finally, as with one soul and one mind, in fellowship with the whole Church, serve God there, Zeph. 3:9.
III.
Ecclesiastical Religion looks most particularly to: (1) The Hearing of God's word, and the Reading of it. (2) Public Prayers. (3) Psalm-singing. (4) The Covenant-signs, or the Sacraments of holy Baptism and the Lord's Supper. Each of these we must treat individually, though briefly.
A. The public hearing of God's word, concerning which it is to be noted: (1) That it take place with due preparation, whereby we (a) lay aside all fleshly wisdom, 2 Cor. 10:5, and hear God's word with a blind obedience, as fools, that we, thus hearing, may become wise, 1 Cor. 3:18, Deut. 33:3; whereby we (b) hear with a meek heart, and a mind that is composed, and still, and emptied of all wrongful passions and distractions, Jas. 1:21. (2) That we hear God's word with a right disposition of mind, that is to say, (A) that we hear diligently, with attentive ears, and with the exertion of all the faculties of the soul, in order to understand its sense, and to judge it spiritually — putting away all hindrances, sluggishness, drowsiness, prejudices, vain thoughts, and distraction toward any other objects, Psalm 119:113, Isa. 55:3. (B) Sensibly and prudently, so as to test what is God's good, holy, and well-pleasing Will, Rom. 12:2, and that we keep in memory, Luke 2:51, especially those things which most concern our spiritual and eternal Salvation. That we (3), after hearing God's word, (a) meditate upon it, with regard especially to those things which concern us particularly, in order to experience its power in our heart, according to the measure of our need, Heb. 4:2. That we also (b) practice it, so as not to be merely idle hearers, but Doers, Jas. 1:22–23. Compare what we have said in this respect in the Theology, Book I, Chapter II, §70, and in the Treatise on Moral Theology, Book II, Chapter V.
B. Public Prayer. Concerning this, besides the general points required for every act of Religion, the following is to be noted: (1) That the Prayers be couched in few words, without vain repetition of words, or Pharisaic long-windedness and artificiality, Eccl. 5:1–2. That (2) during prayer the heart be lifted up to God, that is to say, that the prayer take place (a) with understanding of the things for which one is praying, 1 Cor. 14:15, John 4:20, 24; (b) without distraction of thought, and without wrongful passions, of anger, etc.; (c) with fervent zeal, with the stirring up of godly movements of mind according to the nature of the matters for which one has to pray, and this not with the mouth alone, but also with the heart; (d) with every kind of prayer, according to occasions as they arise, 1 Tim. 2:1, and this not only at solemn times, but also in our daily transactions, with interspersed ejaculations; (e) continually, and without ceasing, 1 Thess. 5:17, Eph. 6:18; (f) with earnestness and perseverance, without growing weary, although one does not at once receive an answer, Luke 18:1, Jas. 1:6; (g) with Thanksgiving for what has been received, 1 Thess. 5:18, Col. 4:2. Compare what we have said concerning this in the Treatise on Moral Theology, Book II, Chapter VII.
C. Psalm-singing comes nearest to Prayer. Concerning it is to be noted: (1) That the Church admits no public Songs other than those found in the Holy Scriptures, as for example the Psalms of David, etc., and this in a Language that is proper and familiar to the Church, and not in an unknown, Latin tongue. Nor does the church allow musical singing with broken tones by which the words cannot be understood: this indeed serves to please the ears, but contributes nothing to true devotion, or spiritual Joy — just as the use of the Organ likewise contributes little to it. (2) That every Singer find himself moved to a spiritual use of the Singing; namely (a) to a spiritual Refreshment of mind, Psalm 104:33–34; (b) to a more distinct and settled meditation on the matters that are sung — see the passage cited; (c) to a more abundant and ample declaration and demonstration of Godliness, Col. 3:16; (d) to a greater exercise of Fellowship for mutual edification, insofar namely as the Psalm-singing takes place together with others, Eph. 5:19; and consequently also (e) to the stirring up of the heart, so that we sing with delight of heart and mouth, and with both sing Psalms to the Lord, Col. 3:16. We note (3) that everyone who sings ought to conform himself to the frame of mind and disposition of the godly ones whose Psalms he sings, and whose Persons he as it were represents and portrays. That (4) those Psalms which contain narratives, and look to other people and other times, be so pondered and practiced, that one obtains from them for oneself spiritual edification, quickened hope, and joyful comfort, Rom. 15:4. That (5) those Psalms which contain in themselves imprecations of the flesh, and curses upon the enemies of God, of the church, of Godliness, be sung in such a way that one ponders and takes to heart the terrible judgments that God threatens over the sins of the impenitent — so as to be helped thereby against doubting thoughts and temptations, on account of the prosperity of the ungodly and the afflictions of the godly, and also so as to take from them an example of how one is to pray down the Curse and Destruction upon enemies (not our own private enemies, but the public enemies of the Church), if they are not to be converted, for the welfare of the Church, according to Psalm 5:11 and 139:19–22.
D. To this end serve the holy Covenant-seals, or Sacraments in general. Concerning them it is to be noted: (1) That they must be administered publicly and in the Congregation, and not privately in Houses, 2 Cor. 12(?); for they are either an ingrafting into the Church, as Baptism is, or a nourishing and feeding within the Church, as the Holy Supper is. (2) That they be administered and received with due reverence, 1 Cor. 11:21–24. Add to this what we have noted on this subject in our Theology, Book VII, Chapter III, §23.
E. Concerning Baptism we must observe the following: (1) With respect to our Children, who are to be baptized, that they be brought early to Baptism, and their Baptism not be delayed, so as thereby to testify our high esteem for this Covenant-seal, by which God binds Himself to be our God, and the God of our seed, Gen. 17:7, Acts 2:39. Then also (2) with respect to ourselves, that at the Baptism of others we renew the remembrance of our own Baptism, and of the Covenant which God then made with us, and we with God, so as thereby to make it useful and effectual for us: and this (a) in case of doubting thoughts, especially concerning the forgiveness of our sins, and our eternal salvation. For Baptism preserves us, just as the water, at the Flood, preserved Noah, together with his whole Household, 1 Pet. 3:21. (b) In case of sinful acts, against which Baptism arms us: (A) By meditation on the vows which we made to God at our Baptism, against sins. (B) By meditation on our conversion, if any wavering should arise in us concerning it, of which Baptism is a Seal-token, Matt. 3:6. (C) By meditation on the Savior's Death, into fellowship with which we are baptized, that by His power we might put sin to death, Rom. 6:4–5. (c) In case of our perseverance in the faith, if any wavering should arise in us concerning it, since God assures us in Baptism that we shall certainly rise with Christ, to a new and spiritual Life here, and to eternal Life hereafter, Rom. 6:10–11, Gal. 3:27, 29, 1 Pet. 3:21. (d) In case of other Believers, that we sincerely exercise with them the communion of Saints, with respect to Brotherly love, as being baptized with them into one spiritual body, 2 Cor. 12:13. Add to this what we have said in Book VII, Chapter IV, §28, 29, 30.
F. Concerning the Holy Supper we must note: (1) That it be partaken of after due Preparation, 1 Cor. 11:28. (2) That we discern the Body and Blood of the Lord, 1 Cor. 11:29. (3) That we proclaim the Lord's Death, 1 Cor. 11:26. (4) That we exercise the communion of Saints, with whom we are baptized into one spiritual Body, 1 Cor. 12:13, eating of one Bread, and drinking of one Wine. (5) That we renew our Covenant with God, and strive therein to be more and more confirmed, and to be fed in the spiritual Life; for the Cup is the New Testament in Christ's Blood, Luke 22:20. Compare what we have said before on this subject, in the Theology, Book VII, Chapter V, §18.
G. Concerning gifts of Charity to the Poor, or Alms, it is to be noted: (1) With respect to the Collection, which is carried out by the Deacons, that they gather it diligently and faithfully, and this also, on the occurrence of weighty causes and occasions by which the Congregation is moved, so as to make generous provision for the Needy, 2 Cor. 8:1. — With respect (II) to the distribution, that they (a) make the distribution without respect of persons, Acts 6:1; that they (b) dispense the gifts of Charity out of Mercy and Love, Rom. 12:8; likewise (c) with Cheerfulness, willingly, generously, and without constraint, Rom. 12:8; that they (d) act faithfully in this, applying nothing to their own use, Acts 5:1–2, 2 Cor. 8:20–21; and (e) also godly strive to come to everyone's aid, not only in their bodily, but also in their spiritual Needs, instructing the ignorant, rousing the slothful, lifting up the weak and downcast, rebuking bold sinners, and exhorting every one to Godliness, Diligence, Orderliness, and Frugality. With respect (III) to the gifts themselves, that each give (1) generously, to each according to his circumstances, and according to each one's ability, Acts 11:29 — indeed even, as the occasion requires, beyond need and beyond ability, 2 Cor. 8:2–3, Eccl. 11:2–3, Luke 12:32; and that those who have nothing to give send up, in place of gifts, their prayers for the Poor to God. (2) Without Pharisaic hypocrisy, Matt. 6:1, being moved thereto by pure Godliness and love.
Chapter VIII: Of Domestic Religion and Its Neglect
In the third place we have to consider Domestic Religion, and the Neglect of it set over against it. Concerning Domestic Religion we must examine its
I.
Nature. This is a Religion which, according to the ordinance of God, is peculiarly proper to His Christian household. From and according to the Divine ordinance, I say; as is evident both from the examples of Godly Households — as, for example, of Adam, who after the Fall doubtless offered sacrifice to God, and commanded his Sons, Cain and Abel, to bring offerings to the Lord, and instructed them in the manner of sacrificing; and of Noah, who sacrificed to the Lord after the Flood; and of Abraham, who taught his children and his descendants the law and ways of the Lord, Gen. 18:19, compared with Gen. 14:14 and 12:8 and 26:25; and of Joshua, ch. 24:15; and of the Jailer, Acts 16:31, 33; and of Cornelius, Acts 10:2 — as also from God's command and ordinance whereby we are bidden to pray: Our Father, Matt. 6:9; but especially in those places in which the Households of Christians are called little Churches, or Congregations, just as we accordingly read of Congregations in their Houses, Rom. 16:5, 1 Cor. 16:19, Col. 4:15. Such a Domestic Religion presupposes a Christian Household, in which the Heads are the Father and the Mother, and the Subordinates are the children and the Servants, who together make up such a small Christian congregation, in which the Father holds the Person of God's Minister, or Preacher, and the others are all, as it were, Members in the Lord, that is to say, who make Confession of the Christian Religion, Rom. 16:11. To the exercise of Christian Religion itself belongs (1) personal Religious exercise, which consists in the glorification of God, whereby all who belong to the Household must seek to know, and acknowledge, and revere, and love God, with submission and obedience, so that God has therein the Supreme Sovereignty, whereby He, as the highest Ruler over the Household, has the government, whose commands all the members of the household must hear and obey. (2) Public and Ecclesiastical Service, the duties of which must, in their own manner, be performed also in Households; as for example: (a) The Reading and hearing of God's word, that it may thereby dwell in them, Col. 3:16. (b) Instruction or Catechizing, Psalm 34:12(?), Gen. 18:19. (c) Household prayers, such as the Our Father, and other Morning and Evening prayers. (d) Psalm-singing, in order thereby to praise and glorify God, Col. 3:16. (3) The Sacraments; these indeed may not be administered in particular Households, yet the members of the household must nonetheless be urged to conform themselves to the use of them in public; they must also be admonished to remember their Baptism, and the Vows made on their behalf at it, as often as they see Baptism administered to others; and that they must also strive to be, in a godly manner, partakers of the Table at the Holy Supper, and to prepare themselves well for it. (4) Household discipline, in agreement with Church discipline, whereby those are not received as members of the Household who will not submit themselves to God, nor serve Him; from which Household, therefore, must also be excluded those who are incorrigible — at the least, Household reproofs must be persisted in against them. (5) Along with all this, there must also, daily at set times, be held gatherings for the practice of Household Religion, in agreement with the public Church-gatherings, so as thus to build little Churches out of Households. Finally (6), there must be added to this exhortations, that every member of the household, each in his own doings, even in civil transactions, conduct himself religiously — that is, according to the Divine ordinance — so as in all this to show obedience to God, and so that all these their doings may become at the same time acts of Religious duty.
II.
The benefits and advantages on account of which Household Religion is to be practiced are these: (1) God demands not only a public service in the Church-gatherings, but also a particular one in the Houses, as has now been shown. (2) In it we are lighted by the examples of the Believers of every age, as we have said. (3) Not the Churches alone and public Houses of God, but also private Houses, must be dedicated to God for His service, Psalm 30:1. Further (4), our House thereby becomes a Bethel, a House of God, Gen. 13:4 — in which (a) He dwells, as in His own, which He protects as His own; upon which (b) He bestows His blessing, 2 Sam. 6:11; and to which (c) He grants salvation, Luke 19:9. Below this (5), such little House-churches are the Nurseries and Foundation-pillars of a well-ordered public Church-congregation. For it is not possible that, if the Households from which the churches must arise are well ordered, the public Church-congregations should not also be well ordered. Finally also (6), in temporal matters, every kind of Divine blessing shall, according to God's promise, flourish toward such Households, 1 Tim. 4:8. Not to speak now (7) of the sweetness, and rest of soul, that the Heads of Households shall experience from this Household Religion of their household members, and of the faithfulness which they too shall come to promise themselves from such Godly House-exercises and household members.
III.
The means by which this Household Religion can be furthered are: (1) Frequently to visit the Household and each of its members, and to learn how they are, and how they conduct themselves in their Household duties. (2) To tolerate no one in the Household except those who fear God. (3) To correct, most diligently, all creeping abuses, Gen. 30:2(?). Further (4), a continual and earnest admonition to the household members, that they indeed serve the Lord. (5) To go before the household members with a good example, Psalm 101:2, Josh. 24:15. Finally (6), to take counsel and help from the Elders of the public Church-congregation, whenever particular Household efforts should prove fruitless.
IV.
The neglect of Household Religion, standing over against it, bids us note its
A. Nature. This is a defect of Household Religion, occurring (1) when the duties of that Religion are not practiced, and not found at all — which defect may easily be gathered from the opposite religious practices described above. And not this alone; but (2) also when, in addition, godlessness reigns in the Households, the service of Satan, of the world, of the flesh, and of fleshly lusts — and this even among those who profess the Name of Christ, 2 Tim. 2:20–22.
B. The Evils and Disadvantages of this neglect of duty, on account of which it is to be fled, are these: (1) Households in which such Religious exercise is lacking are nothing other than Companies of Godless people, Psalm 14:2. (2) Such neglect of duty causes that Households, instead of being Bethel (Houses of God), become Beth-aven (Houses of vanity) — like the idolatrous shrines of the Heathen, Pig-sties, and Stables of every kind of fleshly lust and impurity, from which arises all manner of corruption, both in the church and in the Commonwealth. (3) Such a defect of duty stifles all zeal for Godliness, and opens doors and windows to all Unholiness, Drunkenness, Impurity, etc., all fear of God being thereby banished. (4) Indeed such neglect of duty provokes over the Households every kind of Divine Judgment, and even Hardening, Jer. 10:25.
C. The Causes of this neglect of duty are these: (1) The unholiness of the heads and leaders in the Households; for as the king is, so are the Subjects. (2) The multiplicity of temporal cares, on account of which they have neither time nor desire to attend to the things that concern God, and His service. To this are sometimes added also (3) vain notions of some who pretend to a new light, whereby such Household exercises are then held by them to be useless displays and obligations, contrary to Christian liberty, and laying a needless yoke upon the neck. (4) The difficulty and burdensome labor of such Household Religion, and the loss of time spent on it, etc.
D. The Remedies to be employed against this neglect of duty are these: (1) Earnestly to consider the benefits and advantages of this Household Religion, and the evils and disadvantages of its neglect. (2) To apply those helps which are useful for the promotion of this Religion. (3) To withstand the causes, by such means as are, against each of those causes in particular, the most effective.
Chapter IX: Of Daily Religion, and Its Neglect
There follows now, in the fourth place, Daily Religion, which we owe to God every Day, and the Neglect of it. With respect to Daily Religion we must consider its
I.
Nature. This is a Diligence in spending the whole Day in Godliness. This Religion requires acts of duty, which are either (1) common to the entire Day — such as (a) daily to renew Faith, Conversion, and our Covenant with God; daily (b) to seek God, the content of which we have already seen; (c) daily to walk with God; daily (d) to seek God in prayers, and to thank Him for all benefits received. Or such duties (II) as are peculiar to each particular part of the Day, Psalm 55:18(?). By the Day we understand the natural Day of twenty-four hours, which includes the Night as well. The duties of this Day require (1) that one rightly begin the Day, through holy Morning exercises. To this belongs (a) that we, as soon as we awake, bring our Morning offering to the Lord — namely, the Firstfruits of our thoughts, movements of mind, and endeavors — so as to draw them away from all fleshly pleasures and worldly amusements, and to dedicate them to God and His service: following herein the Godly example of David, Psalm 139:18 and 63:1 and 119:147, and of the Church, Isa. 26:9. (b) That we lift up our hearts to God, with a short prayer, with a brief spiritual meditation, and a sighing toward God, whereby we thank Him for His faithful keeping in the Night. (2) That we, the Day thus rightly begun, further continue and spend it thus, to which belong these Duties: (a) That we rise betimes from sleep, following the Savior's example, Mark 1:35, and do not give in to laziness, Prov. 6:9–10 and 20:13, inasmuch as through excessive sleep life is wasted in idleness, and because five, or six, or seven hours are sufficient for the Restoration of the powers of nature. Then further (b) that each dispose himself to the holy household Religious duties, which require (α) Prayers, which must be made more solemnly with the whole Household, and in which one must thank the Lord for His keeping in the Night. This keeping must also be entreated of God for the coming Day: further, God must be prayed to, for the guidance and direction of the Holy Spirit in all our undertakings of the Day begun, and for the experience of the Divine blessing in all our doings that we shall perform. To this belongs (β) the reading of God's word, an explanation and meditation upon what one has read, so that thereby the mind may be filled with Godly thoughts, and these spread throughout the whole Day; whereby the mind may then be armed against all manner of temptations and seductions, with which the world, and what is in the world, and Satan, and the corruption of the flesh, assail us. Useful to this end also is (γ) Psalm-singing, whereby one praises God for His Loving-kindness, Grace, etc. Thereupon (δ) each must betake himself to the duties of his Calling, and apply himself diligently therein, so as to conduct himself godly in it, as in God's presence, and this because God has also commanded it, and these duties must and shall, through this obedience to His command, issue in the service of God: that we also faithfully carry out these actions of our Calling, without cunning and deceitful artifices, and at the same time without covetousness; that we also labor in it diligently, untiringly, without idleness and sloth; and this in such a way that in all our dealings we give heed to nothing more than to promote thereby the honor of God, and the benefit of our Neighbor, and so that we may afterward honestly feed and maintain ourselves and our own, our Household, and our Friends, and also have something left over thereby to share with the Needy: finally, we must, with respect to the good progress of our doings, depend solely upon the Divine blessings, so that thereby the difficulties and hindrances may graciously be warded off from us. One must also (c) rightly conclude the Day, to which belong the repeated Household Religious duties, whereby we give thanks to God for His care, and protection, and direction, and blessing, and the making fruitful of the labor we have performed, at the close of this Day. Thus then we end this Day — we must further end it — with humbly acknowledging before God, and making Confession of, our sins, which we have committed against God, and against our Neighbor, and ourselves, and beseeching, falling at His feet, for a gracious forgiveness of them through Christ; through which also we zealously press Him for further Tokens of His care and protection against the coming Night. (3) We must also dispose ourselves to spend the Night, which is the other part of the natural Day, in a godly and honorable manner; to which serve chiefly these following Duties: (A) That upon our beds we hold private converse with our hearts, Psalm 4:5(?), wherefore also in the Night our reins instruct us, Psalm 16:7. This is done by an examination of our ways, which we have kept in the previous Day — namely, what good we may have done with respect to God, to our Neighbor, and to ourselves; what benefits also we may have received from God, for which we owe the Lord thankfulness; likewise what evil we may have committed, so as on that account to humble ourselves before God, and to seek and obtain forgiveness for it. (B) This also takes place through secret private conversings and reflections, so as thereby to make the terrors of the Night give way, and to break the burdens of earthly thoughts and cares, so that sleep may thereby become the sweeter to us. (C) By guarding ourselves against the works of Darkness, which are commonly committed in the Night, such as Revelings, Drunkenness, and impurities, which shun the light, Rom. 13:12–13; being mindful that the Darkness shines as much before God as the Light, Psalm 139:11–12.
II.
The benefits and advantages of this Daily Religion, and why it is to be practiced, are chiefly these: (1) That we shall thereby indeed and in reality walk with God, like the Heaven-minded Enoch, the righteous Noah, and God's friend Abraham, Gen. 17:1–2. (2) Thus shall we please God, Heb. 11:5. Thus (3) shall God make the Covenant with us, Gen. 17:1–2. Thus (4) shall the strong and all-sufficient God be ours, who shall care for us every day, and, as His Favorites, secure us from all evil, and bless us. Thus (5) we shall have God always and everywhere at our right hand with His grace, so that we shall not be moved, Psalm 16:8. Finally (6), through such a daily converse with God, we shall have a peaceful and cheerful conscience in every condition. In adversities we shall experience a strong comfort, and in all our needs we shall have access with confidence to God. Compare what we have noted before concerning walking with God.
III.
The means whereby we must be spurred on and helped forward in this Daily Religion are these: (1) Attentively to consider the nature and benefits of this Daily Religion. (2) To keep God's word continually before our eyes, Psalm 119:9, that it may be to us as a Pillar of Cloud and Fire, which lights, guides, and protects us by Day and Night, so that with it we may both stand still and walk together. (3) Likewise, to have the life of the Lord Christ as a Rule for our conduct, as one who spent the whole Day in the works of God — beginning with them even before the Dawn, and then throughout the whole Day, occupying Himself with Preaching the Gospel of the Kingdom, with wonderworks, and with prayers, Mark 1:21–35. — Thus also was the manner of life of the Savior's Disciples, who followed in His Footsteps, 1 Cor. 11:1. Further (4), to be zealously occupied the whole Day in the things of our Calling, Psalm 5:4(?). Finally (5), to examine our ways, especially at the end of each Day, whether and how far we have progressed in our Religion, and in our Godliness.
IV.
The neglect of Daily Religion, standing opposed to it, and so much the custom among most people, bids us consider its
A. Nature, whereby we not only fail to devote the Day to the service of God, and to those Duties which we have shown concerning the nature of Daily Religion; but on the contrary spend it either for ourselves, or for the enemies of God. This occurs when we (1) throughout the whole Day scarcely think once of God, and of His service, Psalm 10:4, 11; or (2) give ourselves over to earthly interests and advantages, or ambitions, and amusements; or (3) devote the Night, at least, to the works of the flesh, to Revelings, and Drunkenness, and Impurities.
B. The Evils and Disadvantages of this neglect of duty can easily be inferred, not only from the loss of all the benefits and advantages which Daily Religion brings, but also from the opposite evils and disadvantages — to which may be added what we have noted in the Chapter on walking with God.
C. The Causes of this neglected Daily Religion are chiefly these: (1) They do not know God, whom they ought to serve. (2) Nor do they love Him; and consequently (3) they do not seek Him. (4) They love themselves inordinately, and thereby spend the whole Day on the works of the flesh, on gathering riches, and on the pursuit of Honors. (5) They ascribe all their affairs to themselves, and promise themselves a good outcome from them, which is the reason why they judge it needless to seek God daily, and so carefully. (6) They shun the labor and trouble of this daily and continual Religion. Compare what we have had in the Chapter concerning walking with God.
D. The Remedies for the removal of this defect in Daily Religion may be taken (1) from the consideration of the benefits and advantages of Daily Religion, and of the evils and disadvantages attached to this neglect of duty; (2) from those means whereby this Religion is furthered; (3) from the checking of the causes from which the neglect of this Duty arises.
Chapter X: Of Religious Fasting
We proceed to the performance of Religion on certain occasions. This is of two kinds: the first is performed on the occasion of some heavy Judgment of God, which has already long weighed upon the Church and the state, or which, by all likelihood, threatens to do so. The other is exercised on the occasion of some great Benefit received from the Lord. The first religious exercise shall occupy us in this Chapter, of which we shall consider its
I.
Nature. It is that Religion which is solemnly performed by Religious fasting. I say, by a Religious fasting, for there is a civil fast, which is undertaken for civil causes, as when, for example, a fast is commanded by the Authorities, to spare Food supplies; there is a medicinal fast, which is prescribed by Physicians to the sick, for the restoration of health; but there is also a Religious fast, which is undertaken by reason of Religion, so as to be able to perform Religious duties the more attentively. It is this last that shall be our subject at present. This Fasting we rightly call a Religion prescribed to us by God for His glorification. But by God, I say, is it prescribed; for otherwise it would be no Religion at all, but a self-willed service and a damnable superstition. This Fasting, then, with respect to the Right to command it, is prescribed immediately in God's word; as, for example, Joel 2:12, etc., namely, to devote a day to fasting, through the agency of men; yet so that the appointment of a certain day for fasting does not depend on the mere arbitrary will of men — no, but on God's Judgments, by which He Himself calls to the fast, and to the appointing of a fitting time for it; for otherwise it could not be called Religion, since the power to institute feast days belongs in no way to men. Now to Religious fasting belong duties, which are partly general ones that must be performed on every lawful feast day, and especially on the Lord's Day — such duties being the hearing of God's word, public Church prayers, Psalm-singing, the Administration of the Sacraments, the distribution of Alms, of which we have already treated expressly in Chapter VII of this Book; and partly there are some particular duties peculiar to Religious fasting. These duties concern (1) the preparation for it, whereby one must (a) in good time and beforehand consider the causes of the appointed Fast-day, which are certain heavy and extraordinary Judgments of God — what they are, and how great and of what kind they are, and the causes that draw down these Judgments from Heaven, namely our sins, 2 Chron. 20:3, on the consideration of which we must occupy ourselves until our heart melts within us. (b) We must set aside our temporal occupations early, so as not to be hindered thereby in the duties of our Religious fast, Lev. 23:28. (c) We must apply ourselves diligently to be duly disposed for the duties to be performed on the Fast-day itself, so as to perform them heartily and attentively, 1 Kings 8:33. (d) We must lay aside all trust in any other means whatsoever, and place it solely on God's mercy, and Almightiness, 2 Chron. 16:9, Psalm 71:16. These particular duties concern (II) the Religious Fasting itself, and must consist (A) in a humbling of ourselves before God, on account of our sins, and God's judgments arising from them, Joel 2:13, Jer. 31:19, Ezra 8:21. This Humbling concerns partly the body, and requires (1) abstinence from all bodily pleasures, which are otherwise not unlawful, Joel 2:16, Isa. 58:3; likewise (2) abstinence from all food and all drink, so far, that is, as we are able without harm to our health, Ezra 10:16; further (3) an abstinence from all Adornment and Finery of clothing, since that is in no way fitting for a Humbling, Isa. 22:12. And partly, indeed chiefly, this Humbling concerns the soul, through a deep sorrow over sins, and over God's Judgments arising from them, Joel 2:13, Psalm 51:19. (B) In making a reconciliation with God over our sins, which have provoked the Divine Judgments upon us; through which Reconciliation with God we (a) acknowledge these our sins, and abhor them, and condemn ourselves on their account, Dan. 9:5, 1 Cor. 11:31; and (b) confess them sincerely, Ezra 9:7, Neh. 9:5, 33; (c) renew by faith our reconciliation with the blessed Mediator, the Lord Jesus, Dan. 9:17, Rom. 3:25; (d) bind ourselves by Holy Vows to the forsaking of sins, and to the pursuit of virtues, Isa. 57:6, Psalm 116:13–14. This Religious fasting must also consist (III) in a calling upon the Name of the Lord — which is why such a Fast-day is also called a Day of Prayer, see Joel 2:17, Ezra 8:21, 1 Kings 8:33. Also (IV) in a Renewal of the Covenant with God, 2 Kings 23:2, 2 Chron. 15:12–16. The duties of such a Religious fast concern, further, the consequences, or appendages, of the fast; among which the first place must chiefly be held by an actual Reformation, which must without delay be undertaken with the utmost speed in the Church, in the Commonwealth, in Households, and in every particular Person, Neh. 9:28, Judg. 1:16. This Religious fasting, finally, may, according to the measure of the Divine Judgments, be considered fourfold; namely, either Personal, when God's judgments call a certain Person to fasting; or Domestic, when God's judgments in an extraordinary manner weigh especially upon this or that Household; or Ecclesiastical, when the Divine Judgments strike this or that particular Church-congregation; or Provincial, or even National, when God pours out His Judgments upon some particular Region or an entire People.
II.
The benefits and advantages on account of which such a Religious fast is to be practiced are these: (1) It is a duty of Religion commanded by God Himself, when one is pressed by calamities, Joel 2. — It is (2) a duty of Religion that has at all times been in use among the Saints, as appears from the examples of Ezra, and Nehemiah, and others, cited above. It is (3) a most powerful means for warding off all extraordinary calamities. (4) And it is not only spiritually useful to that end, but also highly necessary. It is (5) a most effective means for correcting abuses in the Church, Ezra 10:6. Such a fast also serves (6) as a godly refreshment for believers, Zech. 7:1, 2 Cor. 6:4–5. Even (7) Religious fasting has been in use among unbelieving nations, by the prompting of Nature, Isa. 58:3–5, Dan. 6:19, Jon. 3:5, 7. Such a fast has even (8) sometimes been effective for the performing of Wonders, Matt. 17:21. Through Religious fasting (9) one obtains from God most desirable Ministers of the Church, Acts 13:2–3 and 14:23. Finally, such a fast is also of great usefulness for the true service of God, 1 Cor. 7:5.
III.
The manner in which Religious fasting must take place has already been shown, in the consideration of its nature. Besides this, however, one must still take heed: (1) That we not confine Religion to the fasting itself, since fasting serves only as a means to make us the better fit for the service of God. (2) We must take care that we appoint no fixed, or yearly, times for Fast-days; for such fixed times commonly issue in Superstition, whereas fasting is nonetheless only an occasional Religious act, to be practiced on certain occasions. We must take good care (3) that we do not rest content in fasting, without the putting away of sins, Isa. 58:3–6. We must also take good heed (4) that we do not use fasting for pride, Luke 18:12, Matt. 6:16, Zech. 7:5. Yet (5) we must not fast with the intention of thereby meriting something, as is done among those of the Roman Church. And finally (6) we must not place fasting in the choosing of certain foods, but in a complete abstinence, etc.
Chapter XI: Of Religious Thanksgiving
We considered just now the first part of occasional Religion, which is performed on a certain occasion; there follows now the second part, which pertains to, and consists in, Thanksgiving, in a certain joyful solemnity, on the occasion of some extraordinary Benefit granted to us by God. We shall consider here
I.
Its nature. This part of Religion is indeed occasioned accidentally by a certain occasion, yet it is a solemn Religious exercise, whereby we declare our Thankfulness to God, on account of some extraordinary Benefit which He has shown us. The Divine right to this solemn Religious exercise is evident from many examples; see, among others, Esther 9, Exod. 15, Judg. 5, Gen. 21. From which it appears (1) that the occasion for it must be some extraordinary and wondrous matter, and indeed one that has come about immediately and directly from God; for an ordinary occasion requires only an ordinary Thankfulness. Such an extraordinary occasion arises either (a) from some evil which has been wondrously, or beyond all hope and expectation, averted by God — as happened to the Israelites, when they were freed from Pharaoh's pursuit, Exod. 15, and to the Jews, when they were delivered from Haman's bloody designs, Esth. 9; also when the Israelites escaped the violent oppression of Jabin, king of the Canaanites, and his Captain Sisera, Judg. 4 and 5. Or (b) from some benefit that has been wondrously brought to us from God — as may be seen in Abraham, who wondrously received back his Son Isaac as it were from the dead, Gen. 22:19.
Further (2), the duty of this extraordinary Religion is, in general, indeed a declaration of Thankfulness, which includes in itself: (A) An acknowledgment of the Benefits bestowed, however great and of whatever kind they may be, inasmuch as they have arisen solely and only from God's undeserved and free Grace, apart from any merit of ours; and which Virtues and Perfections of God are manifest in them, as, for example, His Goodness, Wisdom, Almightiness, etc. (B) An inward taste and feeling of this in the heart, whereby the mind is as it were kindled, and refreshed. (C) A recounting of it, and an extolling of that benefit before others, so that God may thereby be praised and glorified. (D) A recompense, or repayment, whereby we strive to repay the Lord at least as much as lies in our power — devoting ourselves, in body and in soul, and all our faculties and possessions, and treasures, indeed our whole life and all its doings, to His glorification, to His service, and to His obedience. Yet, in particular, (3) in this case Thankfulness must not take place in an ordinary way, but in a wholly extraordinary one, with a more intense attention and zeal, and stirring of the mind. Moreover (4), for this Thankfulness a certain particular Day must be set apart, so that the Thankfulness may thereby be more lasting and steadfast — as was done at the feast of Purim, which Feast was appointed and instituted by God Himself, on account of, and through, His extraordinarily bestowed benefits. Such a day must be kept with equal solemnity to the Lord's Day, and with the same solemnity, in the hearing of a portion of the Divine word which is particularly applicable to the present solemnity; with prayers of Thanksgiving also, a God-praising Psalm-singing, and with generous gifts of charity to the Poor. (5) To this may fittingly be added a moderate joyful solemnity, such as took place at the joyful Feast of Purim, whereby, with somewhat richer food and drink, one rejoices with the assembled guests and friends, so as thereby the more readily, and with an enlarged heart, to praise God. In this, however, one must not overstep the bounds, nor do anything that runs counter to Christian moderation, or that would render us unfit for godly thankfulness. It is then also not unfitting that one send some gifts to the Poor, and set apart some portions of our Feast, so that they too may thereby rejoice, and be made the more fit for the joyful magnifying of the Lord's name.
II.
The benefits and advantages of this Religious thankfulness, on account of which it must be exercised, are these: (1) The beneficent God requires such Thankfulness with every Right, especially on the occasion of extraordinary Benefits bestowed, Psalm 116:15. (2) The benefits themselves also require it, Psalm 96:12, according to their greatness and quality. (3) Such Thankfulness becomes a blessed means of obtaining still more benefits from God, Psalm 91:16. And (4) accordingly it builds up our trust, and nourishes it, so that in all dangers and needs we turn ourselves to God with cheerfulness, and promise ourselves and expect from Him certain help. Also (5) this Thankfulness shall stir up in us a most sweet taste of the Divine benefits, and from it shall be born a joy and gladness, not for ourselves alone, but also for others, especially for the Needy and for the Poor.
III.
The means whereby this Religious thankfulness is furthered and exercised are these: (1) Earnestly to consider its benefits and advantages. (2) To set before oneself the extraordinary benefit one has received, and for which one declares and shows one's thankfulness, in all its circumstances — to magnify that benefit in our mind, and to keep our attention fixed upon it so long, until the heart is thereby warmed and enlarged. (3) To gather together all manner of Divine benefits, which He has ever shown to the Church, in all preceding ages — as, for example, the deliverance of Noah with his Household from the waters of the Flood; of Lot from the oppression of the inhabitants of Sodom; of Israel's redemption from Egyptian Bondage, etc.; or those shown to ourselves in particular, Psalm 103:1–2, so that thereby God's loving-kindness may make the greater impression upon our souls, and our Thankfulness toward it become the more heartfelt. (4) To recount these benefits to one another, with their circumstances, to extol their greatness, and to spur ourselves and others on to the practice of Thankfulness, Psalm 103:17. — Meanwhile (5), to guard ourselves carefully, that this solemn joy does not run out into fleshly indulgences and unrestraint, lest God, instead of receiving Thankfulness, be dishonored, and, instead of showing further benefits, be provoked to judgments and Chastisements. And therefore (6) that all our outward rejoicing be directed, with all sincerity and without hypocrisy, to the increase of our Love, and of our Thankfulness toward God.
Chapter XII: Of Self-Examination, and Its Neglect
For the service of God, and for the general exercise of Godliness, a daily Examination of ourselves is of very great usefulness; therefore we shall, as a conclusion of this treatise, add to it Daily Self-examination, that each may know what, and how far, he has advanced in it. Of this we shall accordingly consider
I.
Its nature. Self-examination is a Religious taking-note of and inquiry into our doings, and into our condition in relation to God, so as thereby to advance in the exercise of Godliness. It is a Religious taking-note, undertaken not from civil, but from spiritual causes. It is a Taking-note and an Inquiry. Accordingly it includes in itself (1) a, as it were, first Knowledge, which is born of a careful attentiveness to ourselves and to our doings. (II) Another Taking-note, or as it were a second Knowledge, whereby, by means of our memory, we call back again into our thoughts our deeds which we formerly committed, so as to know them again. (III) That we search out these deeds newly come to our knowledge, and hang them upon the balance, and rub them against the Touchstone of the Divine law, to learn what sort they are — lawful or unlawful, morally good or evil — and whether they are worthy of reward or of punishment. Consequently, the Examination of ourselves extends (1) to our sins, or evil doings, under which we also include vices, or evil habits, so as to know how many they are, and which, and how great, and of what sort they are; whether they are also such as to place us outside the state of grace; or whether they are only weaknesses, which also indeed befall the Regenerate; or whether they are sins committed with a high hand, done with obstinacy, and which we have committed knowingly and willingly; also whether they are cherished sins, in which we find our delight; or whether they are hated by us, and as it were extorted from us through violent temptations. (2) To our good deeds and activities, to which also belong the Virtues, or good Habits — which and of what sort they are; whether they are truly present in us, or whether they are only apparent in us, and are practiced merely for show and hypocritically; if they are truly present in us, whether they are such as can bear witness to our true condition, and that we may be assured of being in the state of grace; or whether they are merely such common things as are sometimes also found in the unregenerate. Further (3), concerning our condition — whether we are already in the state of grace, or whether we still find ourselves in the state of sin. Yet, still more particularly, this Examination of ourselves must be made: (a) concerning the disposition of our heart, whether it be pure, and regenerate, or whether it be otherwise disposed; (b) concerning our progress in what is good, whether we increase daily more and more in strength, and go forward from virtue to virtue, or whether we stand still, or go backward, or decline. In all these things the Rule and Standard of our Examination must be God's word alone, and our conscience's report subordinated to it. The aim, in general, of this work of Examination must be that we may advance in Godliness — that is to say, that we, on the one hand, may more and more know and acknowledge our sins, be grieved over them, abhor, hate, and flee them, humble ourselves before God on their account, and seek and obtain from the Lord forgiveness for them, so that we may be cleansed from them by the Blood and Spirit of Christ; and, on the other hand, that we may proceed and advance in what is good and in virtue. The time, finally, that is most fitting for this Examination is indeed every time in general; but a particular, appointed, and more solemn time to observe for it is, for example, on Fast- and Repentance-days, at the use of the Holy Supper, etc.; and the most useful time for it is every Day in the Evening, immediately before going to sleep — then we must make Examination as to what good things we have, by God's grace, done in the day now past, so as solemnly to thank the Lord for them, and to be lifted up by them to the love of God, and zeal to advance in them; but also what evil we may have committed, so as on that account to humble ourselves before God, and obtain reconciliation with Him, and so that we may arm and strengthen ourselves against it for the following day.
II.
The benefits and advantages of this Self-examination, on account of which it is to be practiced, are these: (1) We do this in order to please God, and by so doing we do indeed please Him. (2) In order to advance in Godliness. (3) In order to be delivered from sins, and to convert. (4) In order to advance in the virtues and their exercise. (5) In order to obtain and possess a peaceful and cheerful conscience, whereby we may carry on a familiar and known converse with God as our Father, which is as it were Heaven upon Earth. This examination, therefore, is (6) the most powerful and most necessary means of implanting and furthering the whole of true Christianity.
III.
The means by which we can be helped forward in this Self-examination are these: (1) That we earnestly consider the benefits and advantages, or blessings, of this Self-examination. (2) That we diligently take heed to ourselves and to our deeds, so as thereby to have good knowledge of the things we have to examine. (3) That we exercise our memory, so that it may faithfully bring back to us our past doings. (4) That we exercise ourselves in the knowledge of the Divine law, so as to test our whole Examination against it, as the infallible Touchstone. (5) That we deal faithfully with ourselves, and without any one-sidedness, both in accusing and in excusing. (6) That our Examination bring forth its fruits, both with respect to our sins, unto conversion and amendment, and with respect to our virtues, that they may more and more grow and increase in us.
IV.
The neglect of this Self-examination bids us consider its
A. Nature. This is a defect of the aforementioned taking-note and inquiry, and comprises in itself: (1) A gross ignorance of oneself and of one's deeds, while one strives to have knowledge of all other things. (2) A dull forgetfulness of things that we ourselves have done. (3) A shameful carelessness concerning one's spiritual state, and concerning those things which concern our eternal Welfare. (4) A lack of love toward God, whereby one does not apply oneself to please God. (5) A hatred against Godliness, whereby one does not strive to advance in its exercise of duty. (6) A love of sin, which we are unwilling to forsake, etc.
B. The Evils and Disadvantages of this neglect of duty, on account of which it is to be corrected, are the following: (1) It is a most shameful thing — like Bats, sharp-sighted outside the house, and blind within it — to know all things, and to be ignorant of oneself and of one's own doings. (2) It is a most dangerous, and no less most ruinous, thing to know all things, and to have no knowledge of those things which concern our eternal salvation, and the state of our souls. (3) This neglect of duty hinders all exercise of Godliness. (4) It breeds a great self-conceit, while one sits in the greatest wretchedness. (5) It causes an insensibility of conscience, and a careless security in a most dangerous condition. (6) In particular it extinguishes all impulse to conversion and amendment of life, even in the midst of the vilest sins and misdeeds. (7) Thereby all progress and advance in virtue is checked; and consequently also (8) all favor and affection of God toward us is thereby turned away from us, and instead a hatred and displeasure of God against us is stirred up; and on that account (9) there arises from it a most grievous disturbance in the conscience.
C. The Causes of this neglect of duty, which must be removed, have already been indicated above in the description of its Nature. To these, however, may still be added the following: (1) Careless disregard of ourselves, and of the things that may serve for our eternal welfare, and thus a neglect of our own soul; a carelessness concerning our sins, our conversion, and the pursuit of true virtue, etc. (2) A sluggishness and laziness, whereby one withdraws from the labor that is required to be applied to this Self-examination. (3) An evil condition of our spiritual state, whereby one has a dread of taking note of it — just as merchants whose affairs stand ill have an aversion to examining their Account- and Debt-books. (4) A desire to persevere in sin, whereby one is averse to the taking note of it. (5) A contempt for Godliness, whereby one has a hatred against whatever might contribute anything to its advancement. (6) A too great abundance of earthly cares, whereby no time is left us to be devoted to this Self-examination.
D. The Remedies, which may be used with profit for the removal of this neglect of duty, may be taken: (1) From an attentive consideration of the benefits and advantages of this Self-examination, and of the evils and disadvantages of this neglect of duty. (2) From the use of the means, shown above, whereby this practice of Self-examination can be furthered. (3) The Weakening of the causes from which this dangerous neglect of duty is born and nourished, through such things and exercises as have the greatest power against each of those causes, etc.
Book III
Concerning the Exercise of Godliness toward One's Neighbor
Chapter I: Of the Use and Abuse of Solitude
We have seen what is to be said of the exercise of Godliness with respect to God directly. There follows now the exercise of Godliness, according to the will of God, with respect to our Neighbor, in all manner of cases, as it takes place in fellowship with him — a fellowship with the Neighbor into which man passes from his solitude. Accordingly we shall first treat of the Use and Abuse of Solitude, and thereafter let follow what belongs to Society with the Neighbor. With respect to Solitude we shall consider its
I.
Nature, whereby we withdraw ourselves from the exercise of all company with other men, at least for some time, so as thus — I say — to withhold ourselves from all transaction and converse with men, according to the command of Christ, Matt. 6:6, and after His example, Mark 1:35, and after the example of the Saints, as of Isaac, Gen. 24:63, etc. — yet only for some time, and not forever, as the Desert-dwellers and Hermits do, who place a peculiar holiness and perfection in such a self-chosen Solitude, while meanwhile, against God's command, they withdraw themselves from the practice of all duties of Love and Righteousness with respect to the Neighbor, and of the Neighbor's reciprocal duties toward them. It is a different matter when a certain peculiar prompting of God, from special causes, calls someone to separation from men, as was seen in John the Baptist, and perhaps also in the Rechabites, Jer. 35:6, Num. 24:22; and in case such a separation takes place with this intent alone, so as thereby to be able to deal with God in greater freedom, which cannot always take place so conveniently in the presence of other men. Now this transacting with God requires that we (1) set God before ourselves in this separated Solitude, as representing Himself to us in a peculiar way, Psalm 139:1–14, namely, so as to be able to hold transaction with Him alone. That we (2) can lay open before God the most inward secrets of our heart in a particular manner. (3) That we, through the private communings of our soul, come as it were into conversation with God, and better exercise our fellowship with Him. Further (4), that we may as it were pour out into His bosom the most secret desires of our heart. Besides this (5), that we may the better occupy ourselves with attentive meditations (a) concerning the Needs of the Church, both spiritual and bodily; (b) concerning household Needs, of Wife, children, Servants, especially in spiritual respects; (c) concerning personal, and our own particular Matters, as for example concerning our sins, especially the secret ones, and those to which our nature is most inclined, and their forgiveness and weakening; as well as concerning the virtues that have thus far been too little practiced by us; (d) concerning all manner of blessings, which we have to entreat of God for the Church, for the Commonwealth, for our Households, and for our own Persons; (e) concerning the doings of our Calling, that God may be pleased to prosper us in it; (f) concerning the Works of God; with respect to Creation and His general Providence, in relation to all creatures, so as to take from them matter for the magnifying of His Goodness, and Wisdom, and power; (g) concerning the Judgments of God, upon the Church, the Commonwealth, each particular Household, and one's own Person, so as by a deep humbling and entreaty to turn them away from us; (h) concerning peculiar benefits which God has bestowed upon the Church, upon the Commonwealth, upon our Household, and upon our own Persons, so as to render Him due Thanksgiving for them, and so that thereby our love toward Him may become the more fervent, and we may be made the more zealous for every kind of dutiful practice of Godliness; (i) concerning all manner of occurrences that befall us, in our general converse with all sorts of men, so as to lay them before the Lord, in accordance with their circumstances and condition. The time that ought to be, or must be, spent on this solitary separation Scripture does not precisely determine: Isaac chose for it the Evening-time, Gen. 24:63. The Savior took for it all times without distinction, both the early Morning, Mark 1:35, and the Evening, when He had finished His public Office-work, His Preaching and Wonderworks, Matt. 14:23, Mark 6:19 — namely, in order to obtain God's blessing upon His labor. Accordingly we must consider (1) which time is most fitting for us for this, and least subject to hindrances, so as to choose that. (2) We must strive to take for this a fixed and settled time, and to observe it, as far as possible, so that it may be the more steadily devoted to this end. (3) At the least, this time of separation must be daily, lest, through frequent postponement of it, we become too estranged from God. That this time of separation (4) be sought especially after one has come home from the hearing of the Divine word, especially on the Lord's Day, so as to repeat afresh what has been heard.
II.
The benefits and advantages on account of which such a separated Solitude is to be sought are various: (1) It is prescribed to us by Christ, Matt. 6:6. (2) It is commended to us, Lam. 3:27–28. It is (3) uncommonly useful for unburdening our heart before God in secret. It causes (4) that we can carry on our dealing with God in greater freedom, since one can thereby set aside all the hindrances and distractions that disturb it. It is (5) a Token of proof of our sincerity, in that we do not seek to converse with God, and thereby to please Him, only in public, as the Pharisees and Hypocrites do, but also and especially in secret, and without witnesses. God will also (6) in a particular manner take note of, and graciously repay, this our secret Religion, Matt. 6:6, and He shall make wisdom known to us in secret, Psalm 51:6(?).
III.
The manner in which we must arrange this our separated Solitude is the following: (1) In Solitude we must diligently attend to our thoughts, so as not to hold them as though they were then free for us — not letting them dwell on the affairs of other people more than is fitting, nor clinging too much to our own earthly concerns. (2) We must also beware of thinking and supposing, as though greater freedom to sin came to us when we are separated from the company of other men — also as though God would not observe us and our Doings, when we are in Solitude, as exactly as in the company of others, Job 24:15 and 22:13; whereas God takes no less notice of us and our affairs in secret and in Solitude, than in our public dealings with others, Job 24:21, 24, Heb. 4:13. On the contrary (3), we have great cause to conduct ourselves with more caution in secret than in public, because Satan, with his temptations, is wont to assail us more in Solitude, than in the presence of others, as appears in his dealing with Eve, Gen. 3. Besides this (4), we must with all care look for a time that is most suitable and fitting for us, in order to betake ourselves to Solitude — choosing a time that is least subject to distractions and hindrances; we must also let our thoughts dwell on the most suitable matter, and the fitting subject, of our meditations in Solitude, and on the suitability and fitness of our Persons to undergo separated Solitude. We must also take care (5) that we spend this our Solitude on the exercise of Fellowship with God, on private communings, on prayers, and on Godly meditations. Finally (6), that in all these things we apply ourselves diligently, with the exertion of all our powers, and do not desist from it, until we shall have obtained our desired aim.
IV.
The abuse of this Solitude, which must be avoided, bids us consider its
A. Nature, whereby we either neglect Solitude altogether, when we ought nonetheless to make time for it; or fail to attend to it as duly as we should. This now occurs (1) by not attending to it as is commonly proper. (2) Besides this, by fleeing from God's presence, on account of the awareness of our sins and of our shameful Nakedness, seeking to hide ourselves from Him, as the first Man did after the Fall, Gen. 3:8. (3) By seeking Solitude for vain reasons, as the Emperor Heliogabalus did, in order to catch Flies, and certainly not to enter into transactions with God. By (4) seeking Solitude out of despair, out of grief, in order to escape the difficulties of our fellowship with men, or out of the imagining of some meritoriousness, as is done by Monks. Or also (5) in order to give ourselves over with greater freedom to our lusts, since we are then separated from witnesses, Job 24:15. Besides this, when we (6) seek, by our separated Solitude, to exclude not only the presence of men, but also that of God Himself, or at least to keep it out of our thoughts, Job 22:14. Finally (7), when we seek Solitude, while we are nonetheless, on account of the disposition of our nature, unfit for it — as happens with the melancholy, or those bowed down in sorrow on account of spiritual desertion, for whom Solitude is harmful.
B. The Evils and Disadvantages of this Abuse of Solitude, on account of which that Abuse is to be avoided, are these: (1) It robs us of the benefits and blessings that Godly Solitude brings. (2) It disdains, in a rebellious manner, both the command and example of Christ, and that of the Saints, as of Isaac and Peter, Acts 10:9, and of John, Rev. 1:10. Further (3), the neglect of a Godly Solitude makes us more and more estranged from God, and God in turn from us. Likewise it causes us (4) to grow slack and averse to all furtherance and increase in Godliness, since it is excellently nourished and carried forward by this Godly Solitude, and by the exercise of a quiet familiarity with God. At the same time (5), this Abuse robs us of all the advantages of this Fellowship-exercise, which we have pointed out in its place in the Chapter on Walking with God. On the contrary (6), all the vices to which the Abuse of Solitude is wont to give occasion are thereby nourished and increased — as, for example, vain and impure thoughts and fleshly lusts. Indeed, this Abuse causes that some, who are by nature unfit for Solitude — as, for example, the melancholy and the spiritually forsaken — are laid bare to the most ruinous temptations, as has just been said.
C. The Causes of this Neglect and Abuse are chiefly these: (1) A hatred against God and against Godliness, whereby such persons wish that God were far from them. (2) A desire for sin, whereby the first Pair of Mankind could not endure the Divine presence, and which separates us from God, Isa. 59:2. From this is born (3) the denial of God, whereby such persons suppose that God does not see them and their doings, Job 22:13. Besides this (4), an excessive love for sociability and fellowship with men who are godless. Further (5), the labor and trouble that there is in the work of such a Godly Solitude. As also (6) a too great abundance of earthly cares, which leaves them no time to devote to this Godly Solitude.
D. The Remedies against this neglect and abuse of Godly Solitude may be taken (1) from an attentive consideration both of the benefits and advantages of a Godly Solitude, and of the evils and disadvantages of its neglect and defect. (2) From such means whereby one can be roused and moved to the seeking of a Godly Solitude. (3) From the checking of the causes from which arise the neglect and defect of this seeking of Solitude; for the cause being removed, the effect too must cease to be there.
Chapter II: Of Society, or Fellowship with One's Neighbor, in Godliness or Godlessness, in General
From Solitude we come to Society, or fellowship with the Neighbor, which we shall consider first in general, and then in particular, according to the various circumstances and conditions of those with whom we associate. Accordingly we shall occupy ourselves with Godly fellowship with men in general, over against which stands a godless society. Concerning Godly fellowship with men we must consider its
I.
Nature, which is nothing other than a life in the exercise of Fellowship with the Neighbor, according to the Rules of Godliness, Righteousness, and Love. This is a life with the Neighbor, and therefore has regard to all the acts and doings of this life that concern the Neighbor, and especially words and works. All these doings must be disposed and directed according to a certain Rule, Gal. 6:16. And this Rule must remain, as it were threefold, ever before our eyes, so as to direct our words and doings by it. The first Rule is that of Godliness, according to which the ultimate aim of our fellowship with men is the Honor of God, toward which all their doings must be directed, so that God may be glorified through us and others, and care taken that the Lord be in no way offended, according to the Requirement of the first Table of the Law. The second Rule, according to which society must be directed, is that of Righteousness, whereby we do everything so as to let the Neighbor have what is his — namely, with respect (1) to his Honor, according to the prescription of the fifth Commandment; (2) with respect to his twofold life, both the spiritual and the bodily, according to the sixth Commandment; (3) with respect to Marriage, according to the seventh Commandment; with respect (4) to his fortune and his outward goods, according to the eighth Commandment. And all this must be practiced (5) both with the tongue, so as to speak the truth with the Neighbor, and (6) with the heart, whereby we rest so content in our Lot that we desire nothing other than the good of the Neighbor. All of which things we have set forth throughout the whole second Book of the Treatise on Moral Theology. The third Rule, according to which we must direct our fellowship with men, is that of Love, which regards the Neighbor partly absolutely, and simply insofar as he is our Neighbor; and partly with respect to a certain quality, or relation to a certain state, or rank, and fortune in the world. The Rule of Love toward the Neighbor, considered absolutely and in itself, requires in fellowship with him: (a) That we bring some good to our companions, with whom we associate; which takes place (1) with friendly conversations, and words seasoned with salt, Col. 4:6, Prov. 10:21. And such are our conversations and words when (a) their subject is useful, and treats of God, and the Neighbor, and ourselves, and is thus serviceable to mutual edification; (b) when our talk and words are directed to the instruction of the Neighbor, to his stirring up in what is good, and to comfort; (c) when they are set forth in a fitting and appropriate manner, and at the right time, Prov. 25:11; likewise with modesty, with decency, reverence, and friendliness, so that one prudently conform oneself to the quality and dignity of those with whom we associate, distinguishing between the Godly and Worldlings, so as to speak with them fittingly. But we must also practice good toward the Neighbor (2) with our deeds; which takes place when they accord with the Word of God, as their Rule and Standard, and with the condition of the time in which one finds oneself; also when our deeds proceed from faith, from love toward God and the Neighbor, joined with humility, and prudent wisdom; likewise when they are such that, in a chance encounter with sinful and Worldly-minded men, we seek to restrain them from all disorder, by our gestures and eyes, Job 29:8; or, if this does not succeed to our wish and with fruit, that we then rebuke or reprove them with courage and heartiness, 1 Tim. 5:20. By such and similar other means, we shall be able to bring some good to those who associate with us. Love toward the Neighbor further requires (3) that we, in fellowship with others, may also obtain some good for ourselves. To this belongs (A) that we seek to draw advantage from the faults of those with whom we associate — that we, in the sinfulness and godlessness of the Unregenerate, behold the wickedness of our own corrupt nature, and thank the Lord that He has, through the grace of Regeneration, delivered us so far and so lastingly from it; that we, from the weaknesses of the Regenerate, learn to know and acknowledge our own weaknesses, and learn in everything to depend more and more on Divine grace. (B) That we, from the virtues of others with whom we associate, be stirred, if they are still unregenerate, to a Godly emulation; and, if they are Regenerate, that we then glorify God for the grace with which He has favored them, and that we, for that very reason, love them the more fervently, and may be spurred on to their imitation. We must apply ourselves to this, that we (C) seek, from the works of God with respect to those with whom we associate, to obtain our own profit and edification in grace — for example, that we, from the works of God's mercy toward the godless, His enemies, rouse ourselves to an acknowledgment of His Long-suffering, Forbearance, and Loving-kindness; and, with respect to the Godly, and Friends of God, that we magnify God on that account, and thence stir up our trust in that same Mercy of His toward us. Again, that we, from the works of God's righteousness, or His Judgments, observe the severity indeed of His Righteousness over the godless; but also, in the Godly, His equitable ways, which He pursues with them, without respect of Persons. We must strive, in our fellowship, (D) to bring it about that we, from the gifts and good aptitudes of others, draw our advantage toward advancement in what is good — as, for example, that we, through instruction and counsel with those who are wiser than we, seek to live. And it is in this way that Love, in society, regards the Neighbor absolutely and in himself, as our Neighbor: but we must also, through Love, on the other hand regard him in relation to a certain quality, and state, and particular respect, that he bears toward us — by reason of which relations to us there fall to the Neighbor various particular duties for us to practice, which we shall set forth more distinctly in the following Chapters.
II.
The benefits and advantages of a Godly society, and why it is to be desired, are these: (1) Because, although Social life is, by its nature, more excellent than Solitary life, yet chiefly so when it is Godly; since through such a society not only does each one's particular good disposition pass over to many, and is thereby multiplied, but also, as it were by a rebound from the one to the other, becomes more powerful — not to mention, what is the chief thing, that the Duties of Love and Righteousness, according to the second Table of the Law, first come to be properly exercised in mutual fellowship, and not in a separated solitary life. (2) Because God, through Creation, has willed that man should be a social Creature, and has Himself declared that it is not good for Man to be alone, and has therefore given Man a Wife, who should be a help to him — which especially applies to, and is to be understood of, the state of Rectitude, when Men were perfectly Godly, compare Eccl. 4:9–10. Because (3) God, through His Providence, has made such an ordinance, that the one Man should need the help of the other — that, for example, a king should need the help of his Subjects, and, on the other side, the Subjects the help of the King; that the Rich should need the help of the Poor, and the Poor the help of the Rich — which would have no place, if no human society were found, and above all no Godly fellowship. Because (4), following the Command of Christ, there must be found and exercised in the church the Communion of Saints, whereby all Believers, as Members of one and the same spiritual body, and each in particular, must share their gifts with others — which cannot take place apart from a Godly society. Because (5) we, through such a Godly mutual fellowship, shall be of use to ourselves, and to the Church, and to the Commonwealth, as we have already shown above. Indeed this goes so far (6) that such a society is absolutely necessary for the preservation, maintenance, and welfare of every particular community. Not to say (7) that all the Sweetness and Excellence of the whole of human life depends on a Godly mutual fellowship.
III.
The means that are useful for a Godly society are these: (1) Prudence, whereby we make a good choice not only of those whom we admit and receive into our mutual fellowship, but also carefully attend to ourselves, and to those whom we have received into our fellowship, so as thus to direct and practice the Duties of our mutual Fellowship in accordance with each one's state and circumstance. To this serves (2) Godliness toward God, and Love and Righteousness with respect to the Neighbor, which are most highly necessary for a Godly society. Also useful to this is (3) a sincere resolve to devote our whole fellowship, not to our own advantage alone, but also to the usefulness of all with whom we familiarly associate. (4) For this, above all things, the Direction of God is necessary, in every case, and of His Word, as the sole Rule and Standard of this our Fellowship, which we must seek to obtain from God through prayers; since thereby we obtain not only strength and ability for a Godly society, but also a confirmed resolve and will toward it, and consequently a prosperous and happy Manner of life.
IV.
A godless Fellowship, set over against a Godly one, bids us take note of its
A. Nature. It is, namely, a defect, either of mutual Fellowship, or of Godliness in Fellowship. A defect, I say, of mutual Fellowship it is, whereby one has grown accustomed, without any necessity, and without any lawful aim, to avoid fellowship with other men; or it is a defect of Godliness in that Fellowship, when one (1) aims by one's Fellowship at no spiritual good, either for oneself, or for others with whom we associate. On the contrary, when we (2) seek to have our Fellowship with the unholy and godless, while harboring a hatred against the Godly and Devout. To which is further added (3) when, in our Fellowship, we seek to give nourishment to the lusts of the flesh, and thereby stir them up. When we consequently (4) seek not only to be of no use to our Neighbor, with whom we associate, but moreover to bring him harm and damage — which occurs either (a) with words, through a tongue set on fire by Hell, Jas. 3:6, 8, with words that are openly godless, with lies, with curses, with slanders and backbiting, etc., whereby the throat is made an open grave, Rom. 3:13; also with words that are useless and vain, and good for nothing, Matt. 12:36, such words as are found in gossiping, Eccl. 5:2(?), Prov. 14:23; also with words that are untimely, and let fly without judgment, without consideration or proper circumspection, when we give no heed to the matter itself, to the place, and to the Persons — who, where, and to whom we speak — or whether these words are useful, or harmful. One may also indeed use words that are in themselves good, but to a perverted end — as, for example, one may use the words of Holy Scripture in order to jest and play with them, or in order to sting and revile the Neighbor with them. Or one may wrong the Neighbor (b) with such deeds as either (A) are openly contrary to the Divine will — to which belong, for example, superstitious practices, or deeds that are to the harm and detriment of the Neighbor, or that are impure, unchaste, or in any manner ruinous to good morals, Phil. 2:3; or with such deeds (B) as are done untimely, to the offense of others, although in themselves they are otherwise good, and this under the pretext of Christian liberty, 1 Cor. 10:32; or with such deeds (C) as are indeed not evil, but nonetheless are done with an evil mind, or issue in an evil end — as, for example, to embitter and dishonor the Neighbor, or also to exalt and vaunt oneself above others, Prov. 6:13; or finally with such deeds (D) as are indeed good in themselves, but are committed in a disorderly manner — by which conduct, for example, the Name of the Lord, or His instituted Sabbath-observance, is profaned; when we take the fellowship and manner of life of others as a Rule, by which to direct our own Fellowship and manner of life, Rom. 12:2; when we conform ours to the perverse habits and courses of life of others, and follow their evil examples, or seek and obtain fellowship in the sins of others, Eph. 5:11, Jer. 15:19–20; also when we do not grieve on account of the sinful Fellowship of others, Jer. 13:17; finally, when we do not reprove the perverse doings of others, nor seek to make them better, 1 Tim. 5:20.
B. The Evils and Disadvantages of such a sinful Fellowship are these: (1) It is the mark of a wicked heart and of a godless man, being the fruit thereof. It is (2) a characteristic quality of a man who walks in the counsel of the ungodly, and stands in the way of sinners, and sits in the seat of the scornful — who is far from, and estranged from, true Blessedness, and is like the chaff, which shall be scattered by the wind of the Divine Judgments, who shall not stand in the last Judgment, but whose way shall perish, according to the first Psalm. Such a sinful Fellowship is (3) not only vain and useless, but also harmful and ruinous in every way, both for ourselves, and for the Neighbor, and for the Church, and for the Commonwealth; compare Psalm 1:1. Such a Fellowship is (4) a Society of God's enemies, whose end is destruction, whose God is their belly, and whose glory is in their shame, who mind earthly things, Phil. 3:19–20. Such a Fellowship, finally, (5) turns all Society into grief and bitterness, etc.
C. The Causes of such a godless Fellowship are chiefly these: (1) A lack of Religion with respect to God, from which all love and righteousness toward the Neighbor must proceed, and from which Religion alone our Fellowship can, and must, bear the name of Godly and Devout. Then (2) a lack of Righteousness, which obliges us to show, as much as lies in us. It is likewise a defect (3) of the due Usefulness of our Fellowship toward the Neighbor — of Christian love, which is presupposed in the Communion of Saints, whereby one faithfully makes the advantages and benefits of a Godly fellowship serve our Brother. It comprises in itself (4) an abundance of vanities, whereby one pursues nothing else than the lusts of the flesh, out of Fellowship with the Neighbor, drawing them, for example, from jesting, and from the offending of the Neighbor. Finally, such an evil Fellowship (5) is an ignorance of the right Rule, according to which one must, as is fitting, direct one's Fellowship, if it is to be Godly.
D. The Remedies against a sinful Fellowship may be taken (1) from a Godly consideration of the benefits and advantages of a Godly fellowship, and of the evils and disadvantages of a sinful and godless one. (2) From a diligent use of such means, by which a Godly fellowship and society can be obtained, and practiced. (3) From the checking of the causes from which a sinful Fellowship arises, through such remedies as are, against each of them in particular, the most effective.
Chapter III: Of the Use and Abuse of Feasts and Meals
Of Godly fellowship and Society with other men we have spoken above in general. We must now proceed to particulars, namely: (1) to Fellowship with all sorts of men; (2) to Fellowship with the Neighbor, considered under a certain quality; (3) to Fellowship with our Neighbor with respect to a certain relation, or condition, in regard to us; (4) to Fellowship with our Neighbor, considered in a certain degree of dignity, or order. Our Fellowship with all sorts of men has its bearing either on meals and Feasts, or on all transactions with the Neighbor. In this Chapter we shall let our inquiry range over Meals or Feasts, and consider concerning them
I.
Their nature, whereby our meals must be in accordance with God's word. For that Meals, or Feasts, are not unlawful is evident from the experience of every age — for example, in Abraham, when Isaac was weaned; in Jacob, preparing a Meal for his Father-in-law Laban; in the Passover-meals of the Israelites, and in the Feast-meals of sacrifice among the Jews, at the feast of Purim, etc. Also under the New Testament, in Christ Himself and His Apostles, who let themselves be found present at the Wedding at Cana in Galilee; also at other Meals, even sometimes among His Enemies the Pharisees; and in the Love-feasts of the Christians at the use of the Holy Supper, etc. But one must take good care that our Meals be arranged in accordance with the Divine word; which comes about: (1) when the end and aim of them is good and honest, namely, so as thereby to cultivate love and brotherly good-will — such Meals being called Agapae, or Love-feasts, Jude v. 12 — so as to refresh ourselves honestly, Acts 14:17. When (2) the Guests, who must be invited and called for the attainment of this end, are suitable and Godly persons, and among them also the Poor and Needy, Luke 14:13, or at least that some portions of our Meals be sent to them, Job 31:17. When (3) the Conversations, or Discourses among the assembled Guests, are honest, and such as can serve for edification, Col. 4:6. When (4) the preparation and arrangement of the food is not directed to excess, or ostentation, or wantonness, but to a Christian cheerfulness, Neh. 8:11(?). When (5) our whole fellowship remains within the bounds of Christian moderation and modesty. When (6) a fitting time is chosen for such meals, so that they are not arranged on the Lord's Day, or on other days set apart for prayer and fasting; also the Feasts must not be held too frequently, just as they must also not be stretched out too long. When these things are chiefly observed at Meals, then, without doubt, they will be in accordance with God's word and Christian.
II.
The benefits and advantages of such a Meal are these: (1) Thereby love, friendship, and Christian affection are stirred up and nourished, and sometimes likewise new friendships are made. (2) Thus we can enjoy God's good gifts joyfully and generously, not merely for necessity, but also for honest refreshment and abundance. (3) Thereby we come to be stirred up to love toward, and thankfulness to, God, who richly grants us all things to enjoy, 1 Tim. 6:17 — who, as a kind Father, reveals His love and generosity toward His Children, since He, on a fitting occasion, Himself (so to speak) takes delight not only in the cheerfulness of His children, but also, in order to stir it up in them, generously distributes His gifts to them. (4) Thus the assembled Guests come to be a means of edification to one another, and one has occasion to share some of one's goods with the Poor and Needy, and thereby also to refresh and gladden the Needy somewhat.
III.
The means, by the use of which our Meals can be arranged in the aforesaid manner, are these: (1) We must strive to set God before our mind, as being present at our meals, and as noting the assembled Guests as well as all the doings at the Table, Matt. 22:11, Psalm 139:1–2. We must also (2) invite the Lord Christ, through prayer and faith, to be willing to be present at our Meals; so as not only to honor this with the Honor of His presence, but also to favor it with His blessing and direction, John 2:2. Besides this, we must (3) have His Disciples — that is, not only the Poor, but also the Apostles, or the Writings of the Apostles and Prophets — present at our meals, so that our Feasts may prove to be arranged in accordance with God's word: see the same place. (4) Each of the assembled Guests must also carefully take heed, both to himself and to those seated near him, so that each direct his bearing and conversation according to each one's station, and order, and need, so that thereby the edification among one another may be the greater, and the rightful ends of the Meals may be the more surely attained.
IV.
We must also consider the abuse of Meals and Feasts, and note in it
A. Its nature, which is a defect in meals, whereby they depart from the Rules of the Divine word. Its character we can easily gather by comparison with their lawful use. Accordingly, Meals depart from the Rule of the Divine word: (1) with respect to their end and aim, when we attend only to the Food and Drink set forth, so as to fatten the flesh, and feed our pleasures, Isa. 5:12, Phil. 3:19. With respect (2) to the Guests, when one invites to the table, without lawful choice, only carnal Men, or, without any distinction, the Godly and the godless, or only the Rich and Highly-esteemed, with contempt for the Poor; when among the Guests one looks too closely for the first and highest places, to sit in, Luke 14:7–9, Prov. 25:6–7; and when the Guests are too strongly compelled to eat and drink — as, for example, with full Cups of healths: see Esth. 1:8, 1 Pet. 4:3. When (3) the conversations, or Table-talk, among the Guests do not serve, either for the glorification of God, or for the useful edification of the Table-companions; when, namely, the conversations turn only on civil matters, or on earthly affairs, and have nothing of spiritual things about them. Likewise when the conversations turn on jests that are useful for nothing except to feed or stir up fleshly lusts; when the Table-talk is moreover impure, exciting wantonness, or serving to the disgrace of the Neighbor, through slanderous talk or backbiting, both of those present and of those absent; when it issues in quarrel and discord; when one holds conversation, with a drunken and swollen tongue, made so by Wine, about Religious and Divine matters, and turns them into a kind of Fable. When (4) the preparation of Food and Drink is too excessive, and directed either to ostentation, or to fleshly pleasure, and thus tends to excess and squandering. When (5) an unfitting time is chosen for the Meals — for example, the Lord's Day, or a Repentance- and Prayer-day appointed for fasting; when also the time of the Feasts is drawn out too long, as often happens, deep into the Night.
B. The Evils and Disadvantages of such abused meals are chiefly these: (1) Since such Feast-holdings smear stains, σπιλάδες, upon the Christian Love-feasts, Jude v. 12, and defile them. (2) Since they, instead of glorifying God, tend to His disdain, and to a contempt of His beneficence, whereby He permits us mutual Meals, for an honest refreshment, instead of showing thankfulness for it. Since they (3) destroy the wits of the fellow-guests, and stir them up to Bread-drunkenness, to fleshly pleasures, and to the stuffing and fattening of the Belly. And accordingly (4) they hinder, through bodily merriment, spiritual weak-hearted joy, and, instead of usefulness and benefit, bring the Guests nothing but every kind of harm and disadvantage.
C. The Causes of this abuse of Meals may easily be gathered from the means to their lawful use, namely: (1) Because such persons think, as though God were not present with them and at their meals — such being the thoughts of the Godless. Because they also (2) are not desirous of having the Lord Christ with them at their Meals, to grace them with His blessings. Likewise (3) because they have no regard for the Apostles and the Apostolic word, by which to direct their Meals. Because (4) such persons show themselves to have given themselves over entirely to lusts and pleasures. Because they (5) do not wish to be found at such meals, and among such Table-companions, as would rebuke their excesses, and seek to correct them. Because (6) from such meals Christian love is wholly banished, whereby each of the Guests seeks to be a means of spiritual edification to the others, etc.
D. The Remedies for the correction and removal of this Abuse may be taken (1) from an attentive consideration of the benefits and advantages that are to be found and expected in the lawful use of Meals, and of the evils and disadvantages that are found in, and to be feared from, their Abuse. (2) From the observing and practicing of the means whereby Meals may be made Christian. (3) From the weakening and rooting out of the underlying causes by which meals are corrupted.
Chapter IV: Of Rightful and Unjust Dealing with One's Neighbor
In our fellowship with all sorts of Men, we have spoken of the things to be observed at Meals: there now follow the things required in Dealings with the Neighbor. These Dealings are either Rightful, or Unjust. These matters we must treat in this Chapter, and accordingly consider
I.
The nature of a rightful Dealing. This is such a Dealing whereby we act so as to have that alone which belongs to us by every Right. The word Dealing (in Latin, Commercium) is here taken in a broad sense, and comprises every Agreement (Contract) that one makes with someone — chiefly both in buying and in selling. What is ours, or what belongs to us, is that over which we have a lawful right of dominion, both as to acquisition, and as to usufruct — two things that are often distinguished from each other. We add, what belongs to us by every Right — both with respect to Divine right, whereby only Believers possess what is theirs, and with respect to Civil right, whereby Unbelievers also possess those things which they have acquired for themselves by a lawful title — namely, by Occupation, by Inheritance, by Gift, by purchase and Dealing, or by Agreement — of all of which we have treated in the Treatise on Moral Theology, Book III, Chapter I. It remains for us here to treat first of Agreement-making in general. An Agreement (Contract) is a making common, or a sharing, of some good, by reason of a binding covenant with another; the terms of which are: I give to you, that you may give; I give to you, that you may do this or that; I do this, that you may give this or that; I do this, that you may do this or that. To the possession of any good, arising from a particular Agreement entered into, belongs: (a) Buying and Selling, when one obtains a thing for a certain Price. (b) Hiring and Letting, when the use of a thing is granted to someone for a certain time. (c) A loan (mutuum) to someone, when a thing is received to be consumed, on condition of returning its value in kind. (d) Lending for someone's use (commodatum), when the thing received must be returned in that same form precisely; to which must be reckoned the Pledge and the thing deposited for safekeeping, as security. Now, in order that the Agreement be rightful in all these respects, there is required: (1) That we in general conduct ourselves sincerely and honestly, and as in the presence of the all-seeing God, Heb. 13:18, 1 Thess. 4:6. And in particular (II), that we, in our words, observe truthfulness, speaking as it lies in our heart, sincerely and without hypocrisy or deceit, without double-dealing, or tacit withholding, commonly called mental Reservation. (III) That we be faithful in our promises, striving to do that which we have promised, even were it to our own loss. (IV) That we be just in all our dealings, giving to each his own. (V) That we be filled with love and with discretion, whereby we, as occasion arises, even forgo something of the highest Right that otherwise belongs to us. Finally (VI), that we be patient and forbearing, in case of loss or misfortune brought upon us by another. All these things must be observed in all mutual Agreement-making, that it may be rightful. Shall one, then, deal rightfully in buying and Selling? One must especially observe the following things: (1) That the Seller be the lawful Lord and Owner of the thing he sells, and that the buyer buy from no one, except from one whom he believes to be the lawful Lord and Owner of it. (2) That the Seller sell nothing, and the buyer buy nothing, except what may rightly be sold, or bought — as, for example, no things that are consecrated to Religion, as happens in Simony; nor may spoiled goods be sold as good ones. (3) That one bring into commerce nothing other than things that can in some way serve the welfare of the Neighbor, of the church or the Commonwealth, whether for necessary need, or for pleasure, or lawful ornament. (4) That the Seller offer his wares for a moderate Price, of which the most fitting standard may be the common Price of the Goods, proportioned to the circumstances of place, and time, and otherwise. In a word, (5) that both the buyer and Seller, in all their Dealing, use an honest simplicity and sincerity, whereby both sides strive to avoid all cunning and deceitful artifices.
II.
The benefits and advantages of such a Godly dealing are chiefly these: (1) Such Dealing is required by God, who is the Sovereign Lord of all, and who has the absolute right to dispose of His goods according to His good pleasure, and to prescribe laws to us, with express prohibition of any fraud, 1 Thess. 4:6. (2) Such Dealing is demanded of us by every kind of Right among men, however named, whether Natural, or Civil right, or the Law of Nations. (3) Such Dealing is prescribed by every Authority, indeed every Christian one, to its Subjects, and also determines a rightful compensation from anyone who departs from it. Such rightful Dealing is also required (4) by the nature and condition of all human society; while also (5), without the practice of Righteousness in this, no one could safely be a Lord and Possessor of his own goods. Such Dealing also (6) requires of every Christian a good and quiet conscience. Finally (7), through such rightful Dealing, all possession of our goods is made sweet and pleasant.
III.
The means whereby such rightful Dealing is cultivated and obtained are these: (1) The practice of Religion toward God, whereby we seek to acquire and possess our goods according to His Will and according to His Prescription. (2) Righteousness, whereby we seek to give each his own. (3) Love, by which we are sincerely willing to give the Neighbor what is his. Such Dealing is (4) governed by the Rule and the general Standard of all Dealing with the Neighbor, whereby we do to another as we wish to be done to. To this also belongs, and especially serves, (5) that we strive to be true Believers and Christians, to whom God has promised and appropriated all things, 1 Cor. 3:22, and without which nothing, at least with respect to the Tribunal of God and our own conscience, is truly ours. A chief helping means to this is also (6) contentment, whereby we so rest in the Lot which is allotted to us by Divine providence, that we desire nothing of anything that belongs to another.
IV.
An unjust dealing, set over against the Rightful one, bids us consider its
A. Nature, as being Unjust in general, whereby we do not possess what is ours in any lawful manner; or which departs from Religion, from Righteousness, from Love, and from a good Conscience. In particular, such a Dealing is one in which one (1) seeks, by Lies, Deceptions, or Hypocrisy, and other artifices, to bring the Neighbor's goods to oneself. When one (2) through an Unjust transaction, damages the Neighbor in some way in his Goods of Fortune, and draws them to oneself. (3) When one offers for sale such things as have no usefulness for any good, whether for particular Persons, or for the common good — such being all things that serve for luxury, or fleshly pleasures, Isa. 3:18–20; likewise all vain stage-plays and farcical shows, which are accordingly not good, Eph. 4:28; or goods that are obtained by base practices. When one (4) seeks his advantage from the simplicity and unworldly ignorance of the Buyer, 2 Thess. 4:5(?). Besides this (5), when the Seller, granting the Buyer a delay of payment, thereupon raises the Price of what was bought. When one (6) imposes on the Poor a biting Usury, which Holy Scripture strictly forbids, Psalm 15:5. When one (7) by perverse artifices causes the Price of all sorts of merchandise to rise — as happens, for example, in monopolies (sole buyings), which one holds either alone, or in association with others. When one (8), in hope of gain, in Trade, beyond his means, at the risk of another, carries on Business, so as the more quickly to gather riches, and to become rich, Prov. 6:1(?). More such things anyone can easily gather from what we have noted above concerning the nature of a rightful Dealing.
B. The Evils and Disadvantages attached to an unjust Dealing, on account of which it is to be avoided, are these: (1) God has an abomination of all Deceit, as much as of all Bloodthirstiness, Psalm 5:6. On that account also (2) He will show Himself thereupon as a Righteous Judge and Avenger. (3) On goods and riches unjustly obtained lies a certain Blight, whereby they seldom, or scarcely ever, come down to the third Heir; indeed sometimes such a Blight attaches itself even to other goods that have been rightfully obtained. Also (4) all Deceivers are an abomination to all Men, especially to the Righteous, so that they avoid all Dealing with such persons. Indeed (5) Deceivers are said to seek death for themselves, Prov. 30:6(?). Just as also (6) Liars and Deceivers expose themselves to the punishments of Hell and eternal Damnation, Rev. 21:8 and 22:15. To this each may add (7) the avenging Justice also of the civil Authority. This at least is certain (8), that unjustly obtained goods disturb the rest of conscience, and cause that such persons enjoy no joy from them, while the impending terrors, of vengeance for the wrongs done to the Neighbor, continually hover before their eyes, and torment them.
C. The Causes of an unjust Dealing are chiefly these: (1) The denial of God, whereby such persons put quite out of their Dealing God's presence, and omniscience, and watchful Righteousness. (2) Covetousness, and desire for abundant Riches, so as to have and obtain it. (3) Lack of Godliness, of Righteousness, and of Love. (4) Distrust of Divine providence, which supplies to each his own by rightful means. (5) Evil desire, whereby we do not rest content in the Lot which is allotted to us by God. (6) A foolish fancy and a foolish presumption, whereby they suppose and strive to wring the Divine blessing from the Lord's hands by all manner of cunning and perverse artifices, and, were it possible, as it were to steal it.
D. The Remedies against every kind of unjust Dealing may be taken (1) from an earnest consideration of the benefits and advantages of a rightful, and of the evils and disadvantages of an unjust, Dealing. (2) From the use of the means whereby our Dealing can be made rightful. (3) From the stopping up of the Sources and causes from which unjust Dealings arise.
Chapter V: Of Fellowship with the Afflicted, through Comfort
In what precedes we examined society and fellowship with all sorts of Men without distinction, in meals, and in general Dealings; there follows now Fellowship with men in respect of a certain particular quality — namely, with the Afflicted, and with those fallen into sins, both good and evil; to which we shall devote so many Chapters. And in the first place we shall treat of Fellowship with the Afflicted, and of their Comforting, and at the same time point out its use and abuse. We consider accordingly
I.
The nature of Comforting, which is nothing other than an act suited to each one's particular state of Misery, so as to come to his help in it. In this matter one must (1) make a careful distinction between the Afflicted and the Punished, or those who must undergo Afflictions on account of the justice of the Judge, in requital of their Crimes. Such, up to now, are all godless men, who, through Conversion and Faith in Christ, are not yet reconciled with God. To these no true Comforting whatsoever applies, so long as they remain in a state unreconciled with God, Isa. 57:21; with these, therefore, one can deal in no other way than by applying one's effort to bring them to Conversion, setting before their eyes the greatness of their sins, and the Divine Judgments which they must on that account expect, unless they convert; whereupon, finally, some word of Comfort must be added, so as not to drive them to despair. But those who are afflicted by God's Fatherly chastisement, for their own good, are those Believers who are pressed and plagued by calamities and adversities, as by so many sorrowful ills. With these latter chiefly we are now concerned. But then also (II) we must consider the particular kinds of Afflictions, so as to direct to each of them a fitting Comfort. Now Afflictions are various and manifold, and consist (1) either in the goods of fortune — as, for example, in Poverty, Loss, the Death of Friends, Parents, children, Spouses; or (2) in the goods of the body — for example, in sicknesses, infirmities, etc.; or (3) in the goods of the soul — for example, in sorrow and anguish, on account of sin, God's wrath, and fear of God's threatening Judgments, as well as on account of spiritual desertion. To each of these particular kinds of Afflictions must (III) be applied particular and appropriate Comforts, whereby these ills may either be wholly removed, or at least so lightened and softened, that they become bearable. Now, in order that such Comforts may have a desired effect, the following Rules must be observed: (A) One must duly inquire into the Afflictions — which and of what sort they are, and press upon someone; how great and heavy they are, and what their causes are — after the manner of Physicians in the healing of the sick, Col. 4:8(?). (B) One must stir up within oneself Compassion, Mercy, and Pity, Job 19:21 and 6:14, in imitation of God, who is indeed first the Father of Mercies, but then also the God of all Comfort, who comforts us in all our Affliction, 2 Cor. 1:3–4. (C) One must come to the help of the Afflicted, with all our power, so that, as far as it can be done, their ills may be averted, Job 26:2(?), just as God Himself also does, ch. 5:11(?). (D) One must also meet each Afflicted person with all manner of Words of Comfort, according to his particular Needs, so that at least these may be tempered, and the pain made bearable. Each one's Needs, I say — as, for example, first, in case of Poverty: then one must set before such persons the Comforting words of the Savior, Matt. 6, which are taken from Divine providence, which cares for all Men, vs. 26, 28; from God's knowledge, whereby He, as a Father, knows the Needs and Wants of His own, vs. 32; from His Promises and Assurances, vs. 33, Psalm 34:9–10. Secondly, in case of the death of Friends: then one must instill in them the Comforting words of the Apostle, 1 Thess. 4:13 to the end — namely, (a) that Christ died for His own, vs. 14; (b) and that those who die in Him sleep with Him; (c) that they shall one day be raised in Glory, vs. 15–16; (d) that the time shall come, when they, together with their departed Friends, shall be caught up to meet the Lord Christ, when He shall come again upon the Clouds, vs. 17; (e) that they shall then be together with Christ, in all blessed Eternity, vs. 17; see also John 11:19, 31, and ch. 14:1 and 15. — Thirdly, in case of Persecutions, then must be impressed upon them the Comforting words of Christ, Matt. 5:10–12, and of Peter, 1 Pet. 4:12 to the end — as, for example: (a) that such persons are blessed; (b) that their reward shall be great in the Heavens; (c) that this was the Lot of the Prophets; (d) that Persecutions furnish matter for Joy; (e) that they are nothing other than wholesome Trials, 1 Pet. 4:12; (f) that such persons have fellowship not only in Christ's suffering, but at the same time also in His Glory, vs. 13; (g) that such persons are blessed, since their Persecutions are not only means, but also Signs and Seals, of their Salvation, and that none of them can truly make them wretched, vs. 14; (h) that the Persecutions which they suffer are common to them with the very best of the Saints, and give them no cause for shame, but rather for Glory, as being thereby accounted worthy to suffer with and for Christ, vs. 12, 13, 16; (i) that it is the will of God, that they should bear the cross of Christ with patience; (k) that they may, under these Afflictions, calmly commend their souls to God, the
...commend their souls to God, the faithful Creator, vs. 19. Fourthly, in case of a sickness that hastens toward death. In this case, one must not immediately proceed to words of Comfort, but the sick person must first be prepared to undergo Death; whereby, indeed, no hope should be given him of recovery to health and a longer life, but at the same time the fear of Death should be kept from him. This preparation for Death requires a due contemplation of Death; an examination of his conscience, regarding his conduct in the course of his past life, regarding his acknowledgment, and inward sensibility, and readiness with respect to his sins, joined with a humble and sincere confession of the same. This preparation for Death requires, further, the sick person's making of reconciliation with God, through faith, conversion, and prayers. It also requires holy Vows regarding the amendment of his life, in case it should please the Lord to restore him to health. In order to attend well to these things in the sick person, various and repeated visits must be made with all circumspection, according to the circumstances that arise; and all these exhortations must be pressed home by continually holding before the sick person's eyes his possibly now-approaching Death, and the Judgment that follows upon it, and Eternity, and eternal Life, or eternal Death. Now when one has let these things go before, and when the sick person has thus been prepared for dying, and a good foundation of firm and substantial Comfort has been laid in him, then one must proceed to Words of Comfort, and direct them in such a way that they may be effectual against the causes of the fears and terrors that may be found in the sick person — which fears and terrors arise (1) from the pain and grievousness of the sickness; (2) from the fear of approaching Death; (3) from the loss of Goods, of Friends, of Children, of Spouses; (4) from the dangers, calamities, and difficulties which may possibly befall his children, spouse, and others after his death; (5) from the consciousness of his sins; (6) from aversion to the grave, to corruption, and dread of the last Judgment and eternal Damnation; (7) from the temptations and vexations of Satan and of the flesh, and sometimes also of the Friends standing about the deathbed; (8) from spiritual desertions, and from other such causes, which afflict the sick, and against which all fitting words of Comfort must be circumspectly employed. There would be no end, were we to particularize upon all these things. A godly and spiritual Physician can draw these remedies both from Holy Scripture and from the very nature of the case that presents itself. Now when the sick person has been restored to health, he must then be stirred up to thankfulness toward God, to love toward God, and to a new manner of life; in connection with which he must then be reminded of the vows which he had made to God at the onset of his sickness.
Fifthly, in case of distressing sins: when one has first inquired what sort of sorrow this is — whether it be a sorrow after the manner of the world, arising only from the threat of punishment; or whether it be a sorrow after God, which works an unrepented-of conversion unto salvation, 2 Cor. 7:8–10 — then one must proceed accordingly, and endeavor to have the first sorrow changed into the latter; and, once the latter is found, then Comforts must be applied whereby that sorrow may be tempered — which Comforts may be taken (α) from the wholesome usefulness of this sorrow, 2 Cor. 7:8–9; then (β) from the greatness and almighty power of the Divine grace, whereby He is inclined to forgive, Psalm 130:4, 7, Lam. 3:32; (γ) from the general and gracious offer of Christ, and of His merits, to all who are willing to receive Him through a sincere faith, John 3:16, Mark 14:15–16(?), 2 Cor. 5:19–20; (δ) from the Lord Christ's most friendly invitation, addressed to all who are weary and burdened, and desire His grace, Matt. 11:28, Isa. 55:1, Rev. 22:17; (ε) from the experience of so many Saints who have obtained grace — as, for example, in Manasseh, 2 Chron. 33:2–3, 11–13, compared with 1 Kings 24:4(?); in Paul, 1 Tim. 1:13–15; in Mary Magdalene, Mark 16:9, 13; (ζ) from the examples of those who have drunk deeply from this Cup which God poured out for them — as, for example, Job, ch. 3:24, 26 and 6:15, 20, and Asaph, Psalm 77, and Heman, Psalm 88, and Christ Himself, Matt. 26:38; (η) from the Divine promises of healing, of gladdening, of relief, of peace, of joy, etc. Finally, sixthly, in case of spiritual Desertions, which have troubled and distressed even the best of God's children — as may be seen in the examples already brought forward, and likewise in David and others. To such persons must be applied, for their comfort, all those Comforts which we have shown above; and, besides these, such passages of Holy Scripture as teach that God often hides His face from His own, and withdraws from them the felt experience of His grace, while nevertheless He does not cease to pursue them with the tenderest love; that this desertion shall not be forever and continual; that even the very desire itself after grace is true grace; and that, consequently, grace must properly be distinguished from the felt experience and sense of grace. Meanwhile such persons must also be kindly and earnestly exhorted, that in the vehemence of temptations and spiritual Desertions, they should not, with their murmurings and complaints against them, offend the Lord with any reproach, as though He dealt too harshly with them — wherein Job sinned — lest they thereby bring harm upon their own souls, by denying the grace of God in the soul which nevertheless truly is there; by rejecting the grace of God which He offers them; by despising or neglecting such means, through which the sense of Divine grace would come to be awakened and regained; and that they thus give no credence nor place to Satan, who is a Liar and a Murderer of men, in his temptation; that they likewise yield nothing to the unruly surgings and uprisings of their own flesh, etc.
II.
The goods and advantages of this Comforting of the Afflicted consist chiefly in these: (1) It is a work of God Himself, in which He sets His glory, 2 Cor. 1:3, Isa. 63:9(?), Psalm 103:13, Isa. 66:13. It is in particular the work of God the Father, 2 Cor. 1:3, and also of God the Son, 2 Cor. 1:5, John 16:20, 22, Isa. 61:1–2; and of God the Holy Spirit, to whom this belongs in a special way, by reason of the Divine economy in the dispensation of grace, and who for that reason especially bears the name of Comforter, John 14:16, 26 and 15:26 and 16:7. This, too, (2) has been the practice of Believers in all ages, as may be seen in the example of Job, ch. 17:3–4, and of the Prophets, Isa. 51:1–2. Equity itself (3) requires this, and lays upon us the duty of Comforting: for since we ourselves also, when we find ourselves in calamities and miseries, desire Comfort from others, should we not, on our part, likewise comfort others who are in Afflictions? And this the more, seeing there is scarcely ever any Affliction found in anyone which does not call for one Comfort or another. (4) By such conduct God also is moved to grant us such gifts, whereby we may be able to comfort others, so that we ourselves may in turn be comforted, 2 Cor. 1:4. (5) Such Comforting is required of us by the communion of Saints, whereby we are together Members of Christ's mystical body, 2 Cor. 12:12, and consequently all the comfort which we administer to others returns and comes back again to ourselves. Also (6) such Comforting must draw from us a due sense of the wretched state and the distress in which we see others, Isa. 54:11. In manifold ways, too, (7) the Comforting of the Afflicted is necessary; for it upholds the Weary, who under the burden of Afflictions is in danger of sinking, Prov. 18:14; it revives the Weary again, who seemed as good as dead, 1 Thess. 3:8; it refreshes and cheers him, when he was as it were overladen with calamities, and had become faint and weary, yea, altogether overwhelmed, Psalm 94:19, Matt. 11:28. The means whereby the promotion of such Comforting may be furthered must be taken (1) from Religion, from the obedience owed to God, who commends this Comforting to us, Isa. 40:1, and from God's own example, Isa. 42:3. Then also (2) from Equity and Righteousness, whereby we owe to others what we ourselves would wish to be done to us by others, were we in like Afflictions. (3) From Mercy and Compassion with the Afflictions of others, whereby we set ourselves as it were in the same place with the Afflicted, Heb. 4:3(?). Further (4) from the communion of Saints, whereby we regard our afflicted Neighbor as a fellow-member with us of one and the same spiritual body, and accordingly consider that, with respect to ourselves, we practice the very same good which we show to him. (5) From Humaneness, whereby we make our Words of Comfort agreeable with words that breathe nothing but modesty and heartfelt love, so as the more sweetly and pleasantly to soothe the mind of the Afflicted, Gen. 50:20–21. Also, Comforts may be taken (6) from such grounds of Comfort, and such Compelling Reasons, whereby we endeavor to give courage to the Afflicted — which then can be of much fruit, when they are sound and convincing, and drawn from the plain words of Holy Scripture, and are rightly applied, and are of such a sort that they may work effectually upon the conscience of the Afflicted, Rom. 15:4, Psalm 119:50, 81, 93. Further, too, (7) from experience, both of ourselves, 2 Cor. 1:4, and likewise of all other Saints, James 5:11. Besides this (8), from the prayers and sighings made in the course of Comforting, tending to this end, that God may be pleased with His blessing to make our Comforting fruitful, Col. 2:1–2. Finally (9), from prudence, whereby we know how to make a due distinction between the Afflicted who must be encouraged, or not, and between the Afflictions themselves, and at the same time know how to bring forward such Words of Comfort as are truly applicable to each one's particular need.
IV.
The neglect of this duty of Comforting toward the Afflicted bids us consider its
A. Nature, which consists in this: that one either wholly fails to attend to this duty of comforting the Afflicted, or attends to it in such a manner that the Afflicted receives and feels from it little or no relief or benefit. This happens in more than one way: for there are (1) those who, with their Comforting, chastise; who, with their Raising-up, cast down further — while they suppose it their duty to reproach the sick with their sins. Such were the friends of Job, ch. 16:2, who are on that account called troublesome Comforters, properly Comforters of misery, ʿamal. (2) Those who, with their Comforting, mislead and deceive the Afflicted, and make them yet more wretched as to their souls, promising peace to those to whom no peace belongs, 1 Thess. 5:3, whereby they bring them to carelessness, and aggravate God's Judgments against them. (3) Those who, with their Comforting, address flattering words to the Afflicted, untimely extolling their piety, and boasting of their good qualities and merits, so as to draw their Comfort from these, and to ground their trust upon them, and thus to lead them away and draw them off from placing their trust in the Lord Christ alone. (4) Those who, with unfit and improper Words of Comfort, render themselves suspect to the Afflicted, and thereby all the more aggravate their anxieties, instead of relieving and lessening them — as happens all too often in the case of spiritual Desertions. (5) Those who scatter about, as it were at random, Words of Comfort and Sayings out of God's word, in general, without any judgment or distinction — as is for the most part the practice of inexperienced would-be Comforters, to the great harm both of the Afflicted, and of those who present themselves for this office. (6) Those who perform this duty of Comforting in the presence of others — as is the lamentable custom in the Comforting of the dying, who have often lived their whole life long in godlessness, and are known as such by those who are present; to whom, nonetheless, life and everlasting joy are so readily and so glibly promised, whereby the Bystanders and Hearers are not a little strengthened in their sins and fleshly security, and the bedridden sick person is powerfully held back from a true Conversion and the hell-conquering faith in Christ, so that he thus goes on and dies in his sins, insensible and at ease. These and similar abuses in this matter one may easily gather from a comparison with what we have already said above concerning a right Comforting.
B. The evils and disadvantages of this neglect of duty and abuse can easily be gathered from the goods and advantages of a godly Comforting which we have now pointed out. This neglect of duty brings with it, besides, (1) a contempt of God, according to whose prescription one is unwilling to bring so much as this — that one would show any help to His Image, even by way of some Comfort. It betokens (2) an insensibility and hardening of the heart against the Afflicted, who is nonetheless of the same flesh as ourselves. (3) It forsakes the communion of Saints, and thereby also the communion with the Lord Christ. For whoever is united with Christ, and has fellowship in all His benefits, has by that very fact fellowship also with His members, and feels a compassion with them. Indeed (4), such neglect of duty betrays the true native affection toward oneself, seeing that he cannot expect from others any support in his own Afflictions which he denies to others: for indeed, he who is unworthy to receive any Comfort in his Affliction — and even should he obtain it from men — God will withhold from him his own real and effectual Comfort, etc.
C. The causes of this neglect of duty are chiefly these: (1) A disesteem of God and of His Commandment. (2) A disesteem of one's Neighbor, whereby we hold him in so little regard, that we are unwilling to offer him our comfort where he finds himself in need. (3) Sometimes there is added to this a hatred against the Neighbor, from which then arises an evil delight, whereby one rejoices in his Afflictions. (4) A lack of practice in the Truths, whereby we lack sufficient grounds of Comfort with which to encourage and raise up the Neighbor. (5) Imprudence, whereby one, even when he has some Words of Comfort ready at hand, nonetheless does not know how to apply them fittingly so as to help the Weary — but rather does him more harm than good by them. There comes to this, too, sometimes (6) the burdensome labor and trouble which one perceives in Comforting, on account of which one seeks to avoid it.
D. The remedies against this neglect of duty may be taken (1) from an attentive consideration of the goods and advantages of a godly Comforting, and of the evils and disadvantages of this neglect of duty. (2) From the making use of the means whereby the practice of a Christian Comforting is furthered and promoted. (3) From the stopping up of the Source-causes from which this neglect of duty and abuse is occasioned.
Chapter VI: Of the Rebuking of One Who Has Fallen into Sin, and of Fellowship with His Sins
In the consideration of the duties which are to be observed toward one's Neighbor, insofar as he is regarded under a certain particular quality, there now follows the second duty, which regards the Neighbor as one fallen into sin, and which is to be exercised through a Christian Rebuke; wherefore we have to consider its
I.
Nature. This consists in a rightful Reproof of such as have fallen into some Sin, and in a quiet and composed acceptance of that Reproof. Thus we see that this whole rebuking dealing with the Neighbor consists of two Parts, of which the first constitutes the Rebuke which one administers to the Neighbor; and with respect to this must be observed: (1) The sinning Neighbor who is to be rebuked — noting, on the one hand, who they are that must be rebuked. These are, in general, indeed all who make themselves guilty of some offense, though not all of them, nor in the same manner, are to be rebuked. In particular are to be rebuked (a) those who are set in Rank above others, even down to kings and Princes themselves. Thus the Tetrarch Herod was rebuked by John the Baptist, Luke 3:19. And the Elders, the Nobles, and Commanders in Israel, by Nehemiah, Neh. 5:7 and 13:17, and Naaman by his Servants, 2 Kings 5:13–14. Church-overseers, too, are to be rebuked, just as Archippus was rebuked by the Colossians, at Paul's urging, Col. 4:17, and Peter by Paul. (b) The good as well as the wicked, the Wise as well as the Foolish, Prov. 9:8 and 19:25. (c) Those who stand with us in equal, as well as in unequal, rank and station, Luke 23:40. But on the other hand, too, one must take heed as to who they are to whom no Rebuke is fitting — such as: Fools and the senseless; Scoffers, Prov. 9:8; the Stiff-necked, who harden themselves against every Rebuke, whom the Savior for that reason calls Dogs and Swine, Matt. 7:6, Prov. 9:7; or a heretical man, after the first and second admonition, Titus 3:10 — for if one would rebuke such persons, one will not only labor in vain, Prov. 13:1, but will also stir them up to wrath against oneself, Prov. 9:7.
Next to the Persons who are to be rebuked follows (2) the Sins over which the Rebuke must proceed, which are to be distinguished (a) as either secret or public; either general or particular, 1 Tim. 5:20, Gal. 2:14; (b) as either graver or lighter; (c) also as Sins committed out of ignorance, weakness, and grievous temptation, or out of malice, and with an uplifted hand; (d) likewise Sins committed either but once, or seldom, or often, and by continual persistence; (e) finally, Sins committed either before any Rebuke has been given, or after a Rebuke has been given, or after Rebukes often repeated. All these circumstances must be carefully distinguished, so that the manner of Rebuking may be fittingly and fruitfully applied to each individual case.
Further (3), one must attend to the Rebuke itself, which takes place (A) either directly, aimed straight at the man, in plain words, 2 Sam. 12:7, 9–10: "Thou art the man" of death; or (B) indirectly, under veiled manners of speech, through insinuations, suggestions, and expressions suited to the circumstances of the case, according to the nature and condition of the Persons whom one intends to rebuke. Thus the Rebuke may take place (α) sometimes rather by entreaty, by protestation, by exhortation, than by rebuking outright, Gen. 19:5, 7: "My Brethren, do not so great a wickedness." (β) Sometimes by working upon the mind through wishes: "Oh, that you would cease from that! Hear!" etc., Psalm 81:13–14. Sometimes (γ) by borrowed sayings, Parables, and Comparisons, cast upon another Person, as Nathan did with David, 2 Sam. 12:1–2, 4–5, and as the Savior rebuked the Jews through Parables, Matt. 21:28–33, 36. Sometimes (δ) by setting up an example, when one, taking the Sin as though committed by another, sets it before him who is to be rebuked, and magnifies it in its full greatness, so that he may thereby recognize and acknowledge his own case therein. Sometimes (ε) by appropriating to ourselves the Sin which another has committed, so that he who is to be rebuked may see his own Sin as it were in us, 1 Cor. 4:6, or by involving ourselves along with him in the sin committed — for example, in this manner: "If I had done such things, what would you say?" And in all these things great circumspection must be used, so that the Rebuke may make the more forceful impression.
Finally (4), one must carefully observe certain Rules, according to which the Rebuke must be arranged, so that it may have force and effect toward the amendment of the one being rebuked. Among these Rules must be set in the first place, that the Rebuke be undertaken (a) with Wisdom, Prov. 25:12, so that the Rebuker take careful heed of the state and circumstance of the one whom he is to rebuke; that he also give attention to the offense committed, and to his own manner of Rebuking, so that he may know how to apply his Rebuke prudently to all these particulars. This Rebuke must take place (β) with all equity and rightfulness, and rest upon good grounds of Justice; whereby we take pains to show how he who is rebuked deserves our Rebuke, so that the Sin, on account of which the Rebuke is given, may truly be there, and that there be sure evidences of it; and above all, that our Rebuke be proportioned to the offense; but also that he who administers the Rebuke himself have no part in the same, or a like offense, Isa. 2:2–4, Matt. 7:3–5. The Rebuke must also take place (γ) with Faithfulness, with an eye toward God, and directed to the Honor of God; and then also with regard to the Neighbor, aiming thereby at his amendment, Prov. 27:6. Yet the Rebuke must take place (δ) with Boldness, and a fitting courage, so that one have no regard for the person who is to be rebuked, nor fear his anger, wrath, and displeasure.
The second Rule is, that the evil which one is to rebuke be truly sin, or a transgression of the Divine law, or of a rightful human law; and that it be not only a grave offense, but also every sort of lesser misdeed, Lev. 19:11(?); also, that one be moreover assured that the Sin was truly committed; and that one, consequently, not administer the Rebuke merely from conjecture, or suspicion, or from the mere report of others — for in these matters one may be mistaken, and be misled, Isa. 11:2–4 — lest one, through this very Rebuke, make oneself worthy to be rebuked, Josh. 22:16(?), 1 Sam. 1:14–15, Mark 10:13–17.
The third Rule of Rebuking is, that the manner in which the Rebuke is given be fitted to the amendment which one is to expect to come from it; and this will happen if the Rebuke be sprinkled with Brotherly love, 2 Thess. 3:15, 2 Cor. 1:4(?); if it be sweetened with gentleness and friendliness, Gal. 6:1, 2 Tim. 2:25; if it be steadfast, and continued as long as improvement may be hoped for, 2 Pet. 1:13(?).
The fourth Rule is, that the Rebuke be strengthened with sound, forceful, convincing Reasons, drawn as sustenance from Holy Scripture, so as to touch the conscience of the one being rebuked, Zeph. 2:5(?), 2 Tim. 3:16.
The fifth Rule is, that the Rebuke not be undertaken without prayers to God — if not with a settled, at least with an outpouring of sighing prayers — that God may guide the Rebuker in his words, and set the seal of His approval upon the Rebuke, Psalm 37:5(?); and that the Rebuke likewise not end without the same.
The sixth Rule is, that the Rebuke be prudently arranged according to the quality, the condition, the natural disposition, and the relationship of the one who is to be rebuked; and that it, besides this, take place at a fitting time.
The seventh Rule is, that one give careful heed to the nature of the Offense which is to be rebuked — whether it be hidden or open; whether it be grave or light; whether it was committed out of weakness, or ignorance, rather than out of malice — so that, according to all these circumstances, the Rebuke may be made fittingly applicable.
Thus one sees the first Part of the dealing with the Neighbor who has fallen into Sins — that dealing, namely, which consists in the Rebuke. There follows upon this the second Part, consisting in the allowing and accepting of the Rebuke, with respect to which it is required that this take place (a) with Humility, and willingness, so as calmly and with a quiet mind to listen to the Rebuke, even though it come from one of lesser standing, Job 31:13, 1 Sam. 25:32–33. (β) With an expression of Thankfulness, Psalm 141:5. (γ) With Patience, without murmuring and opposition, Heb. 12:11(?). (δ) With Obedience and Submission, so as to amend the offense on account of which one has been rebuked.
II.
The goods and advantages of this dealing with the Neighbor who has fallen into Sins concern, on the one hand indeed, the Rebuke, whereby the Rebuker (1) obeys God and His Commandment, Lev. 19:17, Matt. 18:15. But also (2), so far as it lies in him, frees the Neighbor from further Sin, from death, and from the everlasting Duration of hellish Damnation, James 5:20, Matt. 18:15(?), besides also from God's temporal Judgments, Luke 19:41–45. Further, such a wise Rebuker (3) also instills fear in others, so that they do not Sin, and thereby holds them back from Sin, 1 Tim. 5:20; thus are the heart-slumbering awakened, and roused as it were from a death-sleep in Sin, 2 Sam. 12:7, John 4:18(?); yea, the spiritually Dead are thereby, as it were, called forth into life, Prov. 15:31. Moreover, such a Rebuke is (4) a powerful means to teach and increase Wisdom, Prov. 29:15 and 19:25. Likewise (5), such action will win favor for him who administers the Rebuke, even from the one being rebuked himself, provided he be God-fearing, Prov. 9:8 and 28:23. Such a Rebuke is (6) a work which in itself is most excellent, and like a costly oil, Psalm 141:5. It is a Pearl, which must not be cast before Swine, Matt. 7:6, since God thereby exercises His love toward His Own, Rev. 3:19(?), Heb. 12:5(?), John 16:8. Finally, such a Rebuke (7) satisfies the conscience of the Rebuker, and is blameless, even when the one being rebuked does not hearken, but dies in his Sin, Ezek. 3:18, and thus frees his own soul from ruin.
And on the other hand, when the Rebuke is duly received, it has the following fruit and result: for (a) the allowing and accepting of a rightful Rebuke is an evident sign of an upright heart. David was exemplary in this, who willingly accepted the Rebuke of Nathan; just as that Prophet (b) also obtained the favor of being raised up from among the mute to a higher dignity in the government of the affairs of the Kingdom, 1 Kings 1:23, 27(?); as afterward also the Seer Gad, 2 Sam. 24:11–15(?), who experienced the same favor which every wise Rebuker experiences from a godly person who is rebuked, Psalm 141:5, as may be seen in Abigail, 1 Sam. 25:32–34. Such a Rebuke is besides this (c) a mark of wisdom, Prov. 15:5, 31–32. Consequently (d), such a Rebuke tends to the honor and praise of the one being rebuked, Prov. 13:18. And moreover (e) to his amendment and benefit; as also (f) to his comfort, since Rebuke is a Medicine for the soul, 1 Sam. 25:30–31.
III.
The means for rightly administering and receiving a good Rebuke are, with respect to the Rebuke which is given, these: (1) It is required that in him who is to administer the Rebuke there be due prudence, so that he have ready and at hand not only fitting grounds and reasons, but also know how to apply and arrange them fittingly, in proportion to the persons who are to be rebuked, and to other circumstances — since upon this greatly depends the good outcome of the Rebuke. In such a Rebuker there must also be found (2) rightfulness, so that he himself be free of the same and of other Offenses, with which the Rebuke might be turned back and thus evaded by the one being rebuked upon the Rebuker; wherefore David requires a Righteous man to rebuke him, Psalm 141:5, compared with Matt. 7:5. Further (3) is required faithfulness, so that he rebuke not out of an impulsive desire to lord it over his Neighbor, or to mock him, but rather out of pure love for the honor of God, and for the welfare of the one rebuked, Prov. 27:6. Moreover (4), boldness, so that he whose duty requires the Rebuke not be held back from it by any human authority, or any power, or hatred, or wrath, or vengefulness, nor even by fear of any manner of inconvenience or harm. (5) There must also be love in the Rebuker toward the one who is to be rebuked; which love must also show itself in the rebuking, since the guilty party, without it, will not readily allow the Rebuke, however rightful it may otherwise be. (6) Mercy, too, and compassion must be present, with regard to the one being rebuked, and his weaknesses, and sins, and troubles — all of which must move him to carry the Rebuke into effect, Gal. 6:1. Besides this (7), meekness and gentleness in rebuking, whereby one is guided without hatred, or wrath, or bitterness in the rebuking — since such disordered passions of the mind do not work the righteousness of God, James 1:20. The Rebuke must also not become a Quarrel, 2 Tim. 2:24–25. Finally, there must also be added to this (8) reverence, so that toward the one being rebuked his honor and esteem not be forgotten in the rebuking.
On the other hand, in the accepting of the Rebuke, and in him who is to receive the Rebuke, in order that the Rebuke may have its desired fruit, the following means are required: (a) There must be love toward oneself and one's own salvation, so as heartily to hear the wholesome Rebuker, and, through that hearing, to depart from Sins, and to ward off from oneself their punishments. (b) There must be wisdom, whereby one turns to good use the nature of the Rebuke and the weight of the Rebuke's reasons, and their use and benefit. There must also be added (c) obedience, whereby one gives heed to the Rebuke, and obeys it as a Divine means of amendment. Finally (d), there must be found discretion, a gentle and tractable heart, whereby one yields to the Rebuke.
IV.
Fellowship with the Sins of others is the opposite of Rebuking, Eph. 5:3, 11. Of this we must consider its
A. Nature, which consists in this: that one neglects the duty owed of Rebuking, and brings upon oneself the Sins of others, together with their guilt of punishment. One obtains this fellowship (1) either through mere neglect, by not rebuking where one was obliged to rebuke, Eph. 5:7, 11. Or also (2) through other actions, which not seldom take the place of Rebuking — as, for example: (a) By giving offense, when one commits a deed which is evil, or is otherwise in itself a matter of indifference, in such a way that another is thereby enticed and led astray into the same sinful act. (β) By giving command, when someone, through his authority and power, lays upon another the necessity of Sinning, and compels him to the Sin. (γ) By giving counsel, when one in some way advises the Sin, or has a hand in directing someone's sinful deed. (δ) By consenting, when one at least does not disapprove of the Sin being committed. (ε) By allowing, when one does not withstand and prevent the Sin, where one could and should have prevented it. (ζ) By keeping silent, when one does not make the Sin known, where it would have been useful for it to be made known. (η) By helping, when one lends a hand and assistance to someone in Sinning. (θ) By softness, when one tucks pillows under the armpits of the one Sinning, and promises him peace, or rebukes him with too great coolness. (ι) By indulgence, when one exercises no punishment where one ought to punish, or does so with a lighter punishment than the offense required. In all these cases one has fellowship in the Sin of others, and brings upon oneself their guilt and punishment.
B. The evils and disadvantages of this fellowship in the Sin of others, or of this neglect of the duty of Rebuking, are chiefly these: (1) Thereby we rob ourselves of all those benefits and advantages which we have shown above to flow from a proper Rebuke. (2) Thereby we provoke God to wrath, whose anger and hatred we stir up against ourselves. (3) Thereby we offend our Neighbor, and strengthen him in Sin, and aggravate his guilt of punishment. (4) Thereby we disturb and trouble our own conscience. (5) Thereby we show, as it were, that it is particularly agreeable to us to bring upon ourselves also the Sins of others. (6) Indeed, thereby we greatly increase our own guilt of punishment, and make ourselves subject to the Divine Judgments.
C. The causes of this Fellowship with the Sins of others, and of this neglect of the duty of Rebuking, are, on the part of the one who fails to rebuke: (1) A natural aversion to this obligatory duty of Rebuking — as though it were not enough to be burdened with our own Sins, but we must also take on those of others besides. (2) Ignorance, whereby we are not experienced enough to exercise this duty rightly and properly. (3) Lack of love, both with regard to ourselves and our own welfare, and with regard to the Neighbor and the salvation of his soul. (4) Our own guiltiness, whereby we stand guilty, and know ourselves guilty of the same, or of other similar Sins, and therefore fear that our Rebuke will be turned back upon ourselves to our own shame and disgrace. (5) Faithlessness, at once against God and against our Neighbor. (6) A perverse fear of anger, hatred, wrath, and other ills which we might expect to suffer on account of a courageous Rebuke, from him who would thereby have been rebuked by us.
But also, on the part of the one who ought to have been rebuked, the chief causes of this neglect of duty are these: (1) The love of Sin and of Fleshly Lusts, in which such persons take such delight that they are unwilling not only to forsake them, but also feel pain when they are confronted and rebuked concerning them. (2) Hope and confidence of impunity, even in the case of incorrigibility and unconvertedness. (3) Denial of God, whereby they try to persuade themselves either that God has no knowledge of their Sins, or that He pays them no heed, and that He will consequently not punish them, Psalm 10:11 and 94:7. Also (4) pride, whereby one believes that the Rebuke would tend to his disgrace and reproach. (5) Contempt or disesteem of the one who administers the Rebuke. (6) Neglect of his own eternal as well as temporal Welfare, etc.
D. The remedies against this Fellowship in Sin and this neglect of duty may be taken: (1) From an attentive consideration of the goods and advantages of a Christian Rebuke, and of the evils and disadvantages of its neglect, and of fellowship with the Sins of others. (2) From the stopping up of the Source-causes from which this neglect of duty is born.
Chapter VII: Of Dealing with the Good, through Love and Friendship
We have considered dealing with the Neighbor with respect to a certain particular quality, namely, as it regards the Afflicted, through Comforting, and those fallen into Sin, through Rebuking: there follows now dealing with the Good, through Love and Friendship. Of this we shall consider its
I.
Nature, whereby we deal rightly with the Good — that is, with our converse with them in Love and Friendship. By the Good we here understand the truly Virtuous and Godly, or those whom we are bound to reckon as such, of whatever state, rank, or circumstance they may be. Dealing with these Good ones requires: (1) Love, and indeed Brotherly love, whose duties we have in general examined in our discourse on Moral Theology, Book III, Chapter II — namely, (a) such duties as keep us from all manner of Offense: such as Meekness, Patience, Long-suffering, Placability. (b) Such duties as foster common and mutual Society, or Fellowship — namely, Concord, Good-will, accompanied by Courtesy, Sociability, and Discretion. (2) Such duties as confirm, promote, and render agreeable the well-being of that society. To have merely touched upon these matters shall here be sufficient.
In particular, dealing with the Good shall require: (1) A Brotherly affection toward them, which must be no weaker toward them than toward natural Brothers, Eph. 4:32, Rom. 12:10. (2) An admitting of them into our familiar dealing, without disdain of others, though they be of a lesser sort, and without murmuring, 1 Pet. 4:9, in the same manner as God accepts them and us, without any regard to any worthiness or any merit in us. (3) The helping to bear their burdens, whenever they are laden with them, so as thereby to fulfill the Law of Christ, Gal. 6:2 — whether those burdens be inward, such as weaknesses, imperfections, temptations, and trials; or whether they be outward, consisting in all manner of Afflictions. (4) Taking heed of them, for the sharpening of love and good works, Heb. 10:24. A taking heed, I say, of them, whereby we attend to their state, their defects, weaknesses, gifts, etc., so as to deal with them in accordance with all these things; and a sharpening unto good works, through stirring Exhortation, through an exemplary Conduct, and through other suitable means, in every manner. (5) Faithfulness, whereby everything that we do with them, or accomplish for them, is done sincerely and without deceit, in such a way that it serves to their benefit, and at the same time not so much to our own as to that of our Brethren, 3 John 5. (6) The sharing in common of our gifts and goods, for their use and satisfaction, both bodily and spiritual, 1 Pet. 4:10, 1 Cor. 14:26.
Besides this Love, and its exercise of duty, our dealing with the Good requires (II) a friendship, which indeed must be maintained with the Good, but not exactly and absolutely with them all, but rather with some, whom one wisely chooses out of many — such a particular Friendship as there was between David and Jonathan. This Friendship, therefore, being a mutual, or reciprocal, Love, cannot be exercised save between two who practice toward one another, on both sides, the duties of Love, and indeed only between the good; for otherwise it might degenerate into a conspiracy of the ill-disposed, or even into a mob of the seditious.
The actions in this dealing with the good are chiefly these: (1) An exercise of fellowship, whereby the one Friend so converses with the other Friend, that the one pours out to the other his most secret matters as into his Bosom; whence it is that true Friends are called Bosom-friends (viri secreti), Job 19:19(?), Psalm 55:14–15 — which exercise of fellowship is mutual. (2) Mutual counsel-taking over doubtful matters, Psalm 55:14–15, Prov. 27:9(?). Further (3), an ardent longing for one another's presence and company, 2 Sam. 19:33(?). (4) Walking together, joined with mutual conversation, Amos 3:3. Moreover (5), a friendly and familiar visiting, as was practiced between Elizabeth and Mary, Luke 1:40. Likewise (6) a friendly entertaining of one another at meals, Psalm 41:9(?). Finally (7), mutual Embraces, Kisses of love, Greetings, and other such Tokens of mutual Love — as was seen between David and Jonathan, 1 Sam. 20:15(?), and between David and Barzillai, 2 Sam. 19:39(?).
II.
The goods and advantages of this dealing with the Good the Psalmist sets forth concisely and in exalted Imagery, Psalm 133. It is (1) wondrous fair, vs. 1: hinneh mah tov, "behold, how good," or how fair it is — namely, on account of the mutual agreement and harmony, kalon theama, a fair sight! It is (2) most delightful: how delightful, sweet, pleasant it is, that Brothers dwell, and converse, together, in Love and Concord, Psalm 55:15(?) — namely, like the finest Oil, shemen hattov, the most fragrant Balsam-oil, with which Aaron was anointed, as also the kings were anointed with it; with which also the Guests who were invited to the Feast were wont to be anointed, so as thereby to be gladdened — not only those thus anointed, but the bystanders as well: such is the fellowship of the Good, etc. (3) It is of the greatest Usefulness, which makes all things fruitful, both spiritual and bodily, like the Dew of Hermon, vs. 3. It is also (4) an imitation of our dealing with God, indeed even of God's dealing with us — compare the second Book of our walking with God. It also has (5) the Promise of the Divine blessing, vs. 3, for God there commands the blessing and life. Such dealing with the Good is (6) most necessary, both for the Church and for the civil State, and for all the Good, so that the Devout may converse pleasantly with the Good; to this end, too, serve all the Laws, both Ecclesiastical and Civil.
III.
The means serviceable to the furthering of this wholesome dealing may be taken: (1) In general, from the mutual Love of the Good, and especially from those duties which most keep us from every offense against the Neighbor — such as meekness, patience, long-suffering, the forgiving of wrongs; likewise from such duties as nourish and foster society — as concord, good-will, friendliness, sociability, discretion; also from those duties by which the Neighbor's goods may be safeguarded, promoted, and made pleasing, as we have shown above. Among the means of this dealing (2), it serves in particular also that we strive to be good, so that the Good too may rejoice over and with us, and we over and with them; for there is indeed nothing that has greater power to awaken Friendship than a likeness of Character. (3) The third means is, that we seek agreement in sentiments and in purposes — namely, in such Matters as are absolutely necessary, Rom. 15:5–6 — while, in matters of less necessity, we must help bear one another's weaknesses, 1 Cor. 1:10, Phil. 2:1–3. Besides this (4), that we carefully pursue what serves for peace, Eph. 4:2–3(?), Psalm 34:15(?). Moreover, too (5), that through Love we cover the weaknesses of others, 1 Pet. 4:8, Prov. 10:12(?). Finally (6), that we also, as occasion offers, confess our Sins to one another, James 5:16, since this is the most effectual means to break and drive away wrath.
Chapter VIII: Of Dealing with the Evil, and with Enemies
There follows now, in the matter of dealing with Men of a certain particular quality, dealing with Evil men and with Enemies, who, with respect to the Good, are always evil, or maintain an evil cause. Of this dealing we shall consider its
I.
Nature, whereby we so conduct our dealing with Evil men, that it may issue to their benefit. This, accordingly, takes place (1) by avoiding, so far as this can be done through Religion, through Righteousness, and through Love, all not strictly necessary fellowship and dealing with them, Psalm 1:1, 1 Cor. 5:9, 11, Prov. 23:20, 24:14(?), and to this end, that they may be made ashamed, 1 Thess. 3:14(?). Then (II), by striving after their amendment; and this shall take place: (α) In general, through a prudent and friendly Rebuke, which we have described in the immediately preceding Chapter. (β) In particular, when one strives to be free even from any suspicion that one is oneself also guilty of the same or a like sin; for otherwise all endeavors applied toward the Neighbor's amendment shall be fruitless, since it is a habit among the godless always to turn back whatever is put before them upon the Rebuker himself. (γ) When, in matters that concern Religion, in which one has to do with an erring or heretical person, one handles the holy things with nothing but reverence and fear; for there is indeed nothing that more confirms unholy men in their perverse conceptions than rash and unholy Wrangling, 1 Pet. 3:17(?), Prov. 24:26(?). (δ) When one deals with such a person in all meekness, courtesy, and seriousness, so that he may be convinced that one deals thus with him not out of contentiousness, or love of disputation, or as exercising lordship, but out of reverence for God, and out of pure Love for his temporal and eternal Welfare. (ε) If one does not give too much credit to credulity, so as to rebuke the Neighbor's faults from uncertain rumors, or an unfounded suspicion. When one also (ζ) does not show oneself too readily inclined to familiar dealing with the Godless who are outside the Church, 1 Cor. 5:13. Or also (η), when one, attending more to one's own affairs than meddling with those of others, quietly minds them, 1 Thess. 4:11–12, so as thus to avoid manifold occasions and inducements to quarrels, and to falling into dispute with wicked men.
This our dealing with Evil men must also be accompanied (III) by forgiveness — namely, when the one with whom we have to do acknowledges the wrong which he has in some way done us; for then, according to Christ's command, that wrong must be forgiven him, Matt. 18:21–22, seeing that otherwise we ourselves shall not receive forgiveness of our offenses from God; besides this, too, that it is the highest Equity that we forgive our Neighbors their offenses, seeing that God has already so often and so much forgiven us, and daily still forgives us. And these Wrongs must be forgiven the Neighbor, not with the mouth only, but with the heart also, Matt. 18:35, so that, in forgiving, one also forget the wrong done, in the same manner, namely, as God forgives our sins, Matt. 6:12, Jer. 31:34; and this not merely once, or seven times, but until seventy times seven.
(IV) By reconciliation, in case a particular Enmity has arisen between particular Persons — whether the Enmity has arisen on both sides, or has its place on one side only, which side nevertheless will not acknowledge having given cause for that estrangement. In such cases the renewal of Friendship must be sought, from both sides, if it be uncertain from which side the Enmity took its origin; or, if the Enmity has arisen from one side only, then Reconciliation must first be sought from the offending side; but if that offending Party will not acknowledge its guilt, nor seek Reconciliation, then the offended Party must itself come forward, and endeavor to bring about the Reconciliation. For this is required (α) that both Parties show themselves disposed to reconciliation, and seek the Reconciliation in deed. (β) That the offended Party readily and willingly accept the sought and requested Forgiveness which is offered him by the offending Party, after confession of guilt. (γ) That the offended Party also, as the matter requires, show himself accommodating, and yield somewhat of his utmost right, and thus in every way promote the Reconciliation. (δ) That, after the Reconciliation has been made, all remembrance of the former Enmity, or of the wrong done, be laid aside, and both Parties show one another every sort of Friendship's duties, and bring to bear whatever can serve to increase the same. (ε) By observing Christian discretion, when the Enmity has come to a legal Dispute, just as this too, among Christians, sometimes may and can lawfully happen, Exod. 18:14–16, Rom. 13:4.
This discretion, now, is to be observed in such a way: (1) that one not lightly come to a Lawsuit in case of a mere wrong, since this must be forgiven. (2) But, in case of received or threatened harm to temporal goods, one must not come to a Lawsuit, unless all other means of peace have first been tried in vain; for a Lawsuit is as it were a particular War between particular Persons, for the avoiding and warding off of which one must try everything. (3) One must not hasten at once to a Lawsuit for every sort of light cause, but find oneself compelled to it by weighty Reasons, 1 Cor. 6:2, 7. One must take care (4) that in the handling of Lawsuits one in no way aim at the Neighbor's harm, but intend only to obtain one's own Right. (5) That one, in the course of the Lawsuit, submit oneself quietly to the Judge's verdict, and rest in it without any desire for revenge, 2 Chron. 19:6, Prov. 16:10(?). Finally (6), one must take note of human discretion, too, to be observed in the waging of War, when the Enmity has become a general one. In this regard, one must carefully consider the various kinds of Wars: for there is (α) an offensive War, in which one aims at nothing other than to injure others, so as thereby to seek advantage for oneself: such a War, under whatever pretext it be undertaken, is unlawful, and nothing other than open Robbery, and the deed of Murderers. (β) And as for a defensive War: this aims at nothing other than the protection and preservation of oneself and one's own; such a War is therefore altogether lawful, provided only that in it what ought to be observed is observed — since it is permitted, according to all Divine and Human laws, to defend oneself and one's own against every hostile assault. (γ) There is also an avenging War, whereby rightful Punishments are exacted, by the high Authority, on account of evil Dealings done to it, or to its Subjects. Such a War, too, is lawful, according to the requirement of the case in hand. Yet no War, undertaken by both Parties, can ever be adjudged lawful and permissible on both sides at once; but it can indeed be unjust on both sides. If, then, a War is to be rightful, on the part of one contending Party at least, this is required: (A) that the cause of it be equitable and rightful — that is to say, the cause of it must not be every sort of light Wrong, but a wicked and bitter Injury, since War, of all sorrowful Ills and Calamities, is the very worst and most bitter; and even so wicked and bitter an Injury is still not cause enough for War, unless one has first tried every avenue, and sought every means, to avoid the War. See Deut. 20, Judges 20(?). (B) It is further necessary that the War be waged by due authority — that is to say, by the public authority of the high, and highest, Government, or of that which is equivalent to it, and this, moreover, only in case of a pure and utterly extreme necessity, for Defense. (C) A rightful War also requires a rightful intention, whereby the War is undertaken with this aim alone, to obtain an equitable Peace, and by no means out of any perverse motion of wrath, hatred, and the like. (D) In the waging of War, too, a rightful manner of proceeding must be observed, whereby not only, in general, nothing be done against the Law of God, but not even the very least thing which is not utterly necessary for arriving at a fitting and desired end of the War. (E) Further it is required, that the Innocent be spared as much as possible. (F) It is also everyone's duty, and no one may allow himself to be enrolled for military service, unless he has first duly examined whether the War to which he betakes himself be rightful. Finally (G), all disorder, which is otherwise so common in the waging of War, must, so far as possible, be avoided among the soldiery.
II.
The goods and advantages of a Christian dealing with Evil and Hostile men are, in general: (1) that it can contribute wonderfully much to the amendment of such men, and to the eternal salvation of their Souls; and in particular also (2), such dealing tends to the glorifying of God. Moreover (3), thereby a peace and quiet gladness is stirred up also in the conscience.
In particular, to the goods of such dealing belongs (α) an avoidance of dealing with Evil men, as not absolutely necessary, nor useful; since such avoidance (a) is commanded by God, Prov. 4:14–15 and 9:6, 2 Thess. 3:6, 1 Cor. 5:11, 2 Cor. 6:14. Since such a dealing with Evil men, which is not absolutely necessary, (b) very often brings with it an evident and dreadful danger of seduction, even for the best and most Godly of men, Psalm 141:4. (c) Also of fellowship in their Sins. Likewise, since such dealing (d) awakens in others a well-grounded Suspicion, that one is oneself also so evil and sinful: for a man is known by his companion, who is not known from himself (cognoscitur ex socio, qui non cognoscitur ex se). Besides this, through familiar intercourse with such persons one (e) is brought into the strait, that one either sins against God by not rebuking the wicked with sufficient boldness; or, if one does rebuke the wicked, as one is bound to do, that one thereby stirs up against oneself their hatred, wrath, evil designs, and persecutions — of which Lot, in his dealing among the Sodomites, serves as an example. Not to add, besides (f), that God often lets the Devout fall into Afflictions, especially when they are unwilling to avoid their familiar dealing with such men, Rev. 18:4.
To these particulars belongs (β) the forgiveness of injuries, and reconciliation with our Enemy: this contains in itself this good, that it (1) makes us conform to God, and to Christ, who has forgiven us so many and so great Offenses — to that God who has reconciled us to Himself through the Blood of His only-begotten Son; and thereby makes us also conform to Him, with respect to this so eminent a Perfection, Matt. 5:44, compared with vs. 4 and 8: "Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father." (2) This Forgiving and Reconciling procures for us Forgiveness from, and Reconciliation with, God, who, apart from it, will likewise not forgive us, Matt. 18:35. Also (3), we thereby assure ourselves that God has already forgiven us all our sins, and obtain thereby a pacified and quiet conscience. Moreover (4), it wins for us a new Friend, and his affection, together with mutual duties of Service.
To (γ) a Lawsuit and a War, love toward ourselves and toward our own counsels us not to come, save only in case of the utmost necessity, and indeed according to the duty of a last Self-defense, and other laws of Equity, which we have shown above.
III.
The means toward this good dealing with Evil men must be taken: (1) From reverence toward the Will of God, who commands this. (2) From love toward the evil Neighbor, so as to amend him, and preserve him for eternity. (3) From love toward ourselves, both with respect to the bodily and to the spiritual; since such dealing renders us favorably and graciously disposed both toward God and our Neighbor. It is also then of a wholesome usefulness (4) if we also strive after dealing with the Good; since thereby we not only learn to withdraw ourselves from dealing with Evil men, but also gain experience for dealing rightly with them. The further means, which in particular fit us for Forgiveness and for Reconciliation, may be taken both from the consideration of the goods and advantages that pertain to each particular Christian dealing with Evil men, and from a diligent Contemplation of its nature.
Chapter IX: Of the Mutual Dealing among Superiors, Inferiors, and Equals
And thus we have finally come to that dealing which regards the Neighbor in a certain order and relation, of Superiority, Inferiority, or Equality. The duties, therefore, which each man, according to the measure of his relation, has to observe toward his Neighbor, are of many kinds — as, for example, the duties between married Persons, between Parents and children, between Masters or Mistresses and Servants, etc. Each of these Duties would indeed require an expansion into separate Chapters; but, since we hold ourselves to brevity, this is not permitted us, wherefore we shall dispatch them all together in this one Chapter, and speak of
I.
Its nature, whereby this dealing requires that we take exact heed of the relation which is particular to each, and thus, according to each one's relation, distinctly set forth the Duties which each has to observe. These relations, now, have regard to a twofold condition, which is
a. Either an equal one, which requires the same Duties from both sides — namely, the duties of common Righteousness, and Love, and especially of honor, in respect of which a certain worth belongs to every man, which is to be acknowledged in him, and testified toward him. For in every man there is a certain worth, whereby he is, at the very least, a man, and bears God's image, even though it shine forth more brightly in one than in another. Thus there is, in one of two equal men, for example, a greater Wisdom, or Righteousness, which, according to the Divine prescript, and from the nature of the case, must be acknowledged and testified, as occasion offers, in words and works, Rom. 13:10(?), 1 Pet. 3:7, 1 John 2:17(?), Eph. 5:2(?).
b. Or an unequal condition, between Superiors and Inferiors, and this with regard to
a. The household condition among Housemates: the condition of the Man in this comes indeed near to the condition of equality, since the Duties between Man and Wife, so far as concerns the essence of the matter, are equal; yet in such a way, that that distinction of rank which exists between the Man and the Wife, whereby the Man holds the Supreme authority, and the Wife is subject to it, must be observed in all these exercises of Duty, according to 1 Pet. 3:7, 1 Cor. 11:8–10. For Man and Wife are together one flesh, and consequently, in the household sense, one person; and it is from this principle that they are bound to render one another Mutual good-will, 1 Cor. 7:2–9(?). In particular, here are to be noted the Duties
A. Of the Husband toward the Wife, insofar as he is her Head — namely: (1) that he conduct himself toward the Wife as her Head, Eph. 5:23, and as her Lord, Gen. 18:12. (2) That he love her as his own flesh, and as his other part, Eph. 5:25. (3) That he govern her, with prudence and discretion, as her Lord. That he (4) protect her, as his own body. That he (5) provide her with what is needful, not for himself alone, but for the whole Household, and to this end earn his Bread in the sweat of his face, Gen. 3:19. That he (6) give her honor, as the weaker vessel, 1 Pet. 3:7, and not show himself bitter against her, Col. 3:19. Accordingly he must remember: (a) that he is the Lord and Head of the Wife, toward whom these Duties are to be observed. (b) That the Wife is his own flesh, and his other part. (c) That he is a Christian, whom it befits also to set his footsteps in this matter after Christ's example, Eph. 5:22–23, as one who has loved the Church, as His Bride, at the place cited. (d) That he remember, that whatever he does toward his Wife, he does the same to himself, and to his whole Household. (e) And that she, through this his conduct, shall be of all the greater usefulness to him in his help, and obedience — all of which shall then be joined in him with great contentment and gladness, in body and Soul, and with peace and quiet rest.
There follow upon this the Duties
B. Of the Wife toward the Husband, consisting namely in this: (1) that she reverence and fear the Man, as her Head, and her Lord. (2) That she be subject to him, and hear and receive in quietness his commands, which are right and equitable, exercising no lordship over the Man, but being quiet and holding her peace. That she (3) faithfully attend to her Household affairs, and give to each of the Household their appointed portion and work, Prov. 31:13, 15. That she (4) be faithful to the Man, with regard to her chastity. That she (5) be helpful to him in all things, and strive to please him. And in order that she be the more ready and willing to observe all these Duties, she is to consider: (1) the will and ordinance of God. (2) Her state and her relation to the Man, as her Head. (3) The good-will which she can, through the practice of her Duty, win from her Husband. (4) The benefits which she shall thereby bring upon her whole Family and her household management. (5) The sweetness and pleasantness which shall thereby be born for the conjugal life together. (6) The hope of gaining, and amending, her Neighbor, through a holy example, 1 Pet. 3:1. (7) The examples of other Women, of Sarah, and other Holy women, 1 Pet. 3:1–7.
Here, too, are to be considered the Duties
C. Of Parents toward Children. These respect the Children's life; and indeed (1) their natural life, so as to bring them up, 1 Tim. 5:10, Ruth 4:11(?), while Mothers must nourish their Infants with their own Breasts, Gen. 21:7, Luke 11:27(?). But also with regard (2) to civil life, that they (a) provide them with sufficient and fitting Food and Covering, Matt. 7:9(?). (b) That they in due time furnish them with an honest occupation for life, Prov. 22:6, and seek for them, to this end, honest and fitting Teachers, from whom they may be instructed both in human arts, and at the same time in good Manners. Likewise (c) with an honest Marriage, Jer. 29:6, 1 Cor. 7:36, 38–39. Finally, with regard (3) to spiritual Life, Eph. 6:4, Deut. 6:6–7, so as early to dedicate them to God, through Baptism, Gen. 17:20(?), and thereafter, through all manner of the fittest means, to exercise them unto true Godliness: to which belong: Instructions, Exhortations, Examples, Prayers, public Worship, particular Catechizing, Household exercises, etc.
To these exercises of Duty Parents ought to hold themselves obliged, and be moved: (1) By the authority and awe of God, who has prescribed these Duties to them in His Laws, and by His Glory, which can thereby be excellently propagated and must be furthered, Psalm 22:31(?) and 8:3(?). (2) By the righteousness which they owe to every Neighbor, especially to their children, who are nearest to them, being their own Parts and Members. (3) By natural love, storgē, which not only the Heathen, but even the unreasoning Cattle, show toward their offspring — to which Christian men are all the more bound, and which they can show in no better and clearer way than through the Duties named. (4) By their own comfort and joy, which they shall find in their well-raised Children, Prov. 10:1 and 23:25. (5) By the blessings, even in temporal things, which they may expect from God, in all manner of circumstances, from a Godly upbringing of their children, 1 Tim. 4:8, Psalm 128:1. (6) By the duties of requital of love, which they may promise themselves in turn from their Godly-raised children, in their old age. (7) By the token of God's saving Grace, which Parents shall be able to obtain from a Godly upbringing of their children. (8) By the hope of the well-being of the Church and of the civil State, which is powerfully upheld by a Godly upbringing of Children.
Much also will help and further the observance of these Duties, when Parents (A) know well how to make their Parental authority prevail, and do not let it be weakened through too great indulgence. When they (B) enlighten their Children in Godliness with their examples. (C) When they send their children early to School, and bring them to Church. (D) When they commend them to God through zealous and continual Prayers, that He may make their exercise of Duty prosperous with His blessing — yet in such a way, that they, when the outcome does not immediately answer to their wish, do not slacken in the observance of their duties, nor let their courage sink.
Whereupon then, on the other side, come the duties
D. Of Children toward Parents. To these Duties belong (1) in general, the showing of Honor, following the prescript of the fifth Commandment; whereby they address them, and hearken to them, in no other way than with Reverence, Job 29:21(?), Gen. 49:2(?); whereby they also refrain from the very least thing which could tend to their disesteem, Prov. 23:22(?); whereby they likewise, against all manner of Slanderers, uphold their honor with all their power; since it is a horrible sin to suffer the contempt of one's Parents, Prov. 30:17, Deut. 27:16. To these Duties belongs (2) Obedience, Eph. 6:1, Col. 3:20, whereby they willingly hearken to their Parents' commands, and willingly and faithfully carry them out, Prov. 6:20(?), 1 Sam. 17:17(?); whereby they also receive their instructions and admonitions quietly and gladly, Prov. 1:8 and 13:1, without murmuring against them; and whereby they bear their chastisements with patience, Heb. 12:9(?), Prov. 29:17. Further, to the Duty of Children belongs (3) Thankfulness, 1 Tim. 5:4, Gen. 49:11–12(?), whereby they strive to be a joy to them, Prov. 15:20(?), Gen. 44:30–33, preventing everything that might give them any cause for sorrow; whereby they also strive, upon every occasion, to make requital to their Parents for the benefits shown them, 1 Sam. 22:3–4, Ruth 2:18; whereby they likewise provide their Parents an honest Burial, and pay their debts, so far as it is in their power, Gen. 25:9 and 35:29(?). Finally, to these duties of children belongs (4) Patience, whereby they bear with their weaknesses and defects in love, Prov. 23:22, Gen. 9:22(?).
And all these Duties are to be observed for this reason: (a) because they please God, Col. 3:20. (b) Because they are in themselves equitable and right, Eph. 6:1. (c) Because thus the children obtain for themselves the blessings of the Parents. (d) Because, through the neglect of these their Duties, they bring upon themselves the Divine curse, and its most severe Judgments, Deut. 27:16, Prov. 30:17. And because (e) all these exercises of Duty serve to the children's own honor and benefit, etc.
To the Duties of the Unequal condition belong also those of Masters and Mistresses toward their Servants. Their observances are these:
E. Of Masters and Mistresses toward their Servants. (1) They must prescribe to them no services other than what is good and right, and not display cruelty, Lev. 25:43, Eph. 6:9, Exod. 1:13–14. (2) They must reprove their Menservants and Maidservants with a calm mind and gentleness, and rebuke them for amendment, when they have committed some evil, 2 Kings 5:26(?), Prov. 29:19(?). (3) They must also show them Help in their weaknesses and sicknesses, Matt. 8:6(?), 1 Sam. 30:13(?). They must (4) also take care for their souls and for their eternal salvation; and to this end have them instructed, not only according to their ability in the particular Household exercises, in the Christian doctrine of Religion; but also grant them time and opportunity, and exhort them, to attend the public duties of Religion, especially on the Lord's Day, Deut. 5:14. And, in order to be able fruitfully to observe these Duties, they must (a) not take into their Households other Servants than the honest and God-fearing, Psalm 101:6(?), Acts 10:7(?). They must (b) faithfully pay them their agreed Wages, and in all things deal with them according to Christian discretion, Prov. 31:15 and 27:27(?), Eph. 6:9. They must (c) never give them too great a liberty, to act according to their own discretion, Prov. 29:21 and 30:21(?), so as thus always to preserve their own authority. And accordingly they must (d) not neglect the necessary rebukes and corrections. To this end they must also (e) seriously consider how they shall one day have to give account of all these Duties to the universal Sovereign Lord, who holds independent dominion over them as well as over their Servants, Col. 4:1, Eph. 6:9.
There follow upon this, on the other side, in turn, the duties
F. Of Menservants and Maidservants toward their Masters and Mistresses. They must, namely, (1) submit themselves to them, with all subjection and fear, 1 Pet. 2:18, Eph. 6:5. They must (2) show them the reverence due, without any disdain, in all things, 1 Tim. 6:2, 2 Kings 5:16(?). They must (3) render the obedience owed, and with all willingness carry out their good commands, Eph. 6:5, Col. 3:22. They must (4) show their faithfulness always and in all things, both with words and with deeds, Titus 2:10, Prov. 11:13(?), Gen. 31:38–39, and thus apply all their care to whatever can serve the use and benefit of the Household's affairs. And all this they must do (5) not only in their presence, not with eye-service, as men-pleasers, but in simplicity of their hearts, Col. 3:22. And in order to observe these Duties the more willingly and readily, they are to consider: (a) that thereby they serve not men alone, but also God and the Lord Christ, and adorn His doctrine of Salvation, Titus 2:10 — especially when they observe these their Duties of Service chiefly for this reason, that it is thus the Will of God, and consequently, in these their Duties of Service, the Divine obedience, and the duties of Religion, are also observed, Col. 3:22. (b) That, doing so, they shall also one day certainly receive their reward from God, Col. 3:23–24, Eph. 6:7(?). (c) That thus they shall also draw to themselves the favor of their Masters and Mistresses, Matt. 8:6(?).
G. This unequal condition, between Superiors and Inferiors, is also to be noted with regard to
b. The civil Order and Rank, in which occur the Duties
1. Of the Magistracy, who must observe them (1) with regard to themselves. Magistrates must (a) have the true Faith, and make open and sincere Confession of it, Isa. 49:23(?), Ezek. 46:10(?). They must (b) lead a Godly life, in conformity not only with civil, but also with Divine laws, Psalm 119:128, Exod. 18:21, and thus be an example for their Subjects to follow. They must (c) regulate and order their Government according to the Prescript of the Divine laws, 1 Kings 2:3(?), Deut. 17:18–19.
The duties which Magistrates have to observe (2) with regard to the Church are these: They must (a) take care for public Worship, and provide it with fitting Places, Church-buildings, and Times; especially they must take care for the Sanctifying of the Lord's Day, Neh. 13:19(?), 2 Kings 11:7(?), 1 Tim. 2:2. They must (b) use their authority to this end, that their Subjects be driven on to Religion, 2 Chron. 34:33, Ezra 7:26. They must (c) take care, that none but fit, learned, and Godly Men be called to the Service of the Church, and, being called, be duly maintained, 2 Chron. 19:7(?). They must also strive (d) themselves in Person to attend the Worship in the Churches, steadfastly and reverently, as an example to their Subjects, Ezek. 46:10, Psalm 122:1 and 84:11(?).
The Duties of Magistrates with regard to (3) Heresies and ungodliness are these: that they, by their authority, restrain and oppose them in every lawful manner, 2 Chron. 34:33, 2 Kings 18:4, Prov. 20:8(?) — yet in such a way, that they compel no one in his conscience to the Confession of the true Religion; although they may, meanwhile, through their authority, serve as strong counselors to those in error, to make use of such means whereby they might come to embrace the true Faith, 2 Chron. 34:33, 2 Kings 23:3(?). Chiefly they have to watch against the Papacy, seeing that it is not only a compendium of idolatry and superstition, against which a believing Magistracy must apply its care, Isa. 9:8(?), but also because it is, through the Civil government, through its violence-exercising dominion, and its murders of kings and Princes, dangerous and ruinous to every State and Principality.
But the Magistrates also have certain Duties to observe (4) with regard to their Subjects — namely: they must (A) love them heartily, even as Fathers love their children. They must (B) provide them with all necessary Needs, both spiritual and bodily. They must (C) protect them against every sort of oppression, harm, etc. They must (D) govern them according to rightful and equitable Laws. They must (E) advance to any office no others than good and fit Men, Psalm 101:6(?), Exod. 18:21. (F) They must withstand the godless with all their power, by their authority, Psalm 101:4, 7–8(?), Job 29:17. They must (G) administer justice to all, without respect of Persons, Lev. 19:15(?), Exod. 23:3(?), Prov. 16:12(?). They must (H) let their care extend to all such things whereby their Subjects may lead a quiet and peaceable life in all Godliness, by punishing what is evil, 1 Tim. 2:2, Rom. 13:4.
And in order that they may observe these their Duties the better and more favorably, they are to consider: (1) that they possess all their dignity and authority from God, and that they shall have to give account to Him of all their deeds, Rom. 13:1(?). (2) That they are Fathers of their Subjects, and that they must accordingly bear toward them a Fatherly affection. Likewise (3), that they, without these exercises of Duty, are not worthy to hold their station, or to be honored by their Subjects, as their state otherwise requires. (4) That they, through the neglect of their Duties, cause ruin instead of the welfare of the commonwealth, and gain for themselves nothing else than a gnawing conscience, etc.
And in order that they may succeed the more happily in these their exercises of Duty, and enjoy a desired prosperity in their Government, the following means shall be able to be of much fruit to this end: (α) if they set before their eyes God's word, as the safest Rule of their Government, Josh. 1:8, Psalm 119:24. (β) If they lean not upon their own strength, or wisdom, but depend on God's help alone, Psalm 33:16(?), Jer. 17:5, Psalm 33:2(?). If they (γ) further carefully guard themselves against all perverse counsels and means, Psalm 125:5(?) and 9:17(?). If they (δ) strive to root out the godless, on whose account a Land and People are punished, Psalm 101:8(?), Hos. 4:1–2(?). If (ε) none be set at the helm of Government but pious, honest, prudent men, who are free of covetousness, Exod. 18:21. Or, if the office of Magistracy be hereditary, (ζ) that they then take care over the Posterity, and those who shall succeed in their place, so as in due time and with all diligence to fashion and fit them for Godliness, wisdom, and virtue, Prov. 31:1.
On the other side, there stand here to be considered the Duties
2. Of the Subjects, to be observed toward the Magistrates, which are these: (1) They must show them the honor due, and the proper Respect, and not speak evil of them, Rom. 13:7(?), Jude vs. 7–8(?). They must (2) not withhold from them obedience and subjection, in all that is right and equitable, Rom. 13:1, 1 Tim. 3:1(?), Acts 4:19, Dan. 3:18. They must (3) show them faithfulness, according to the civic oath which they have made to them, and also warn them against all dangers that threaten them, Psalm 101:6(?), Judg. 1:10(?) and 16:2(?). (4) They must faithfully render to them Tribute and Toll, Rom. 13:7, Matt. 22:21. They must (5) with all their powers lend their help in the protection of the commonwealth, with their goods, and their strength, yea even with their Blood, as necessity requires, Judg. 5:18. They must (6) also not neglect their prayers for their Persons and Government, and for the welfare of the Fatherland, 1 Tim. 2:1–2, Jer. 29:7.
And in order to observe these Duties the more willingly, and carry them out the more readily, they have earnestly to consider what the Apostle gathers together to this end, Rom. 13 — namely: (a) that this is the Will of God, vs. 1. (b) That there is no Magistracy, but what is of God: at the same place. (c) That whoever sets himself against it, resists God, and His ordinance, vs. 2. Consequently (d), that such a one brings judgment upon himself: in the same verse. (e) That the Magistracy is appointed by God to be a terror to those who do evil, and not to those who do good, vs. 3, and indeed to evildoers alone: in the same verse. That, on the contrary, (f) praise is to be had from it for those who do good: at the same place. That (g) the Magistracy is God's Minister, vs. 4, and indeed (i) for the good of the Subjects, but (ii) if they do evil, as a rightful Avenger: there too. That it, besides this, (h) is armed by God with the sword: likewise there. And that it is accordingly (i) necessary to submit oneself to it, not out of fear of punishment alone, but for Conscience' sake, vs. 5.
With regard to
γ. The Ecclesiastical order, the Duties to be considered are
a. Of the Leaders toward the Congregation; and in particular the Duties
I. Of Pastors toward their Sheep. These must (1) in all Parts of their Ministry conduct themselves faithfully, and be laborious, steadfast, and prudent, Col. 4:17(?), 2 Tim. 4:2, Luke 12:42(?). They must (2) know how, with wisdom, to distinguish the good from the evil, so as to administer to each, according to his state and disposition, the fitting means, Jer. 15:19(?) and 23:14–15, 17, Ezek. 13:18, 22(?). They must (3), in their converse with their Congregation, pursue peace as much as possible, Mal. 2:6(?), Mark 9:50(?). They must (4) practice in deed what they teach others, and, by their example, enlighten others unto following it, 1 Tim. 4:12, 1 Pet. 5:3, Matt. 23:3–4. He who desires more on this, let him read what we have taught in the Theology, Book VII, Chapter II, §§ 44, 45.
The Duties II. Of the Elders, to whom also the Government of the Church is entrusted, are these: They must (1), above the other Members of the Congregation, be of a proven and Godly life, Acts 20:28, 1 Pet. 5:3, 1 Tim. 3:1–5. They must (2) take care, and have oversight over the Church, and all her particular Members, even over the Pastors themselves, Acts 20:28, 1 Cor. 12:28. They must (3) diligently apply themselves to all the Ecclesiastical affairs and concerns which can serve the well-being of the Congregation, and be diligent also in visiting the Sick, James 5:14. They must (4) go to the aid of the Church-teachers with their help — just as of old the Levites stood in Service to the Priests, whence it is also that the Elders, in the earliest Christian churches, were called Levites — and stand in the breach, as far as it lies in their power, for their honor and good Name, 1 Tim. 5:17, 1 Thess. 5:13.
The Duties III. Of Deacons are these: They must (1) take heed to themselves and their manner of life, and observe Honesty, 1 Tim. 3:8, Acts 6:3. They must (2) let their care extend over the Poor, so as to give each of them help and support, according to the measure of their Need — and this not for the body alone, but for the soul as well. They must (3) faithfully gather in the gifts of love, Acts 6:3(?). And finally they must (4) distribute with cheerfulness, Rom. 12:8(?) — of which matters we have spoken more fully elsewhere.
The Duties 2. Of the Congregation, and its subordinate Members, toward the Leaders of the Church, especially the Ministers of the Gospel, are these: They must (1) strive to provide the Congregation with fit Pastors and Leaders, that these may be Men (a) of a proven life, 1 Tim. 3:2–3. (b) Who are learned, and fit to teach others, Titus 1:9, 1 Tim. 3:2. (c) Who are of an honest name, and good repute — not only among those within the Church, but also among those who are outside it, 1 Tim. 3:7 and 4:12(?). (d) Who are also zealous, and earnest for the salvation of the souls entrusted to them, 2 Tim. 4:2, Rev. 3:1(?).
And in order that such may at all times be found in readiness, they must (2) be watchful over the Schools and Nurseries, in which such are instructed from their youth, 2 Tim. 3:15, and choose from among them the most proven and best; and this not without prior Fasting and Prayer, Matt. 9:38(?), Acts 14:23. They must (3) show the due Duties to the called Leaders, and especially to the Pastors, which we have shown at length in Book VII, Chapter II, § 47.
II.
The goods and advantages, or the Motivating reasons, of and toward such a Christian dealing between Superiors and Inferiors, and as these are particular to each state and rank, we have already interwoven above, in their proper places, according to the matters that occurred. The Duties which are more general may be gathered from the Moral Theology, Book III, Chapter III, treating of the Showing of Honor to the Neighbor, under which all such similar Duties are comprised.
III.
The particular means, which are suited to each particular Rank, we have added here and there. The more general ones may also be gathered here by comparison with the places already cited.
Book IV
Treating of the Exercise of Godliness toward Oneself.
Chapter I: Of a Certain Occupation of Life, and of Idleness
Thus, then, we have at last come to the Exercise of Godliness toward ourselves, which, according to the Divine prescript, comprises such Duties as we owe to ourselves. These Duties, now, regard either our Life, or our Death. By Life, of which we now speak, we do not understand the spiritual Life, whereby we live to God, through Christ — of which Life we have treated expressly in our Theology, Book I, Chapter I. This spiritual Life properly and immediately regards God; and we spoke of it also in the Discourse on Moral Theology, Book II, Chapter I, under the designation of Godliness, with which this spiritual Life agrees; but here we understand the natural or temporal Life, whereby we live to ourselves, according to the Will of God. Of this Life we shall treat in this Book, and take it up for consideration, first more generally, but then also more particularly, insofar as it regards either prosperity, or adversity. In the general consideration of this temporal Life, we shall let our thoughts run (1) over a certain fixed manner of Life, and Occupation, or Calling. (2) Over its Sustenance, through Food and Drink. (3) Over its Protection, against the discomforts of the Air, through Clothing. (4) Concerning its Refreshment, through recreations and Diversions.
With the first we now make a beginning, so as to speak of a certain fixed manner of Life, or Occupation, whose opposite is Idleness. Of this Occupation we shall examine its
I.
Nature, whereby each man, according to the Divine will, is ordinarily bound to choose a certain manner of Life, so as therein to work that which is good, and useful for himself and for others. We call it an Occupation, of a certain manner of Life; likewise a Calling, or a Vocation; because we are, through Divine providence, as it were called to it — not indeed exactly in that sense in which we are called to Faith and Conversion, or to the Church's ministry of God, but only in this, that not without Divine ordinance and direction is each one's particular manner of Life assigned to him. To such an Occupation every man, according to God's command, is bound; because (1) this is the ordinance and Will of God, Gen. 2:15 and 3:19, 1 Pet. 4:10, 1 Thess. 4:11. Because (2) God has to this end allotted to each his own Talent, which he may not bury, without sinning, Matt. 25:24, 29. Because (3), through a lawful Occupation, many evils of Idleness — such as Lusts, idle Curiosities, and others more — are avoided, 2 Thess. 3:11.
Every man, I say, is bound to such a fixed manner of Life; yet ordinarily, that is, when God has furnished him for it with the necessary abilities and gifts: and accordingly, there do not come under consideration here Children, or the Witless, or those disabled through no fault of their own, the Poor, and begging Needy; nor those who are bound to higher and more extensive duties of Office, or who have to prepare and fit themselves for these. In this his fixed manner of Life, each must work that which is good, Eph. 4:28 — that is to say, that which accords with God's will, and the useful benefit of men. Such a Calling, therefore, is good, which either is clearly and expressly approved in the God-inspired Pages, or is made out to be good by comparison with some other temporal Calling which is approved in Holy Scripture; and such a manner of Life occupies itself with that, and with such a thing, as is useful for mankind, and serviceable for an honest Name, Phil. 4:8 — it being understood that thereby are excluded all idle, useless, vain, harmful arts, as shall be shown in their proper place.
To what sort of Calling, now, each is to give himself over in particular, may be made known to us through the beckoning of Divine providence, which is as much as a Calling — partly from the inward gifts and inclinations of Nature, 1 Pet. 4:10, partly from certain outward circumstances, whereby someone is determined more to this manner of Life than to another; and thirdly from the prudent direction of Parents, and Guardians, and other wise Persons.
Now when the one or the other honest temporal Occupation has been chosen, it must also be practiced in an honest manner: to which is required (1) a fitting Experience, whereby one has sufficient insight into everything that belongs to such an Occupation, Prov. 14:18(?). (2) Attentiveness to one's own Duties, more than to those of others, 2 Thess. 3:11, 1 Tim. 5:13, 1 Pet. 4:15. (3) Diligence in one's exercises of Duty, Prov. 21:5 and 27:23–24. (4) Prudence, in giving good heed to a fitting occasion, and making right use of it, Prov. 10:5 and 21:5. (5) Courage and Steadfastness, in overcoming the difficulties that stand in the way, Prov. 15:19 and 20:4. (6) Discretion in moderating the desire for gain, and excessive care over a wished-for outcome, 1 Tim. 6:9, Matt. 6:34, Prov. 28:20, 22. (7) A religious hallowing of all our Actions, 1 Tim. 4:4–5, Psalm 90:17.
Yet such an Occupation, even though godly practiced, does not always have the same fortunate Fruit and Outcome, since it is not always directed according to the Divine will; while it issues, now toward Wealth, now toward Poverty. Meanwhile, this must in general be observed: (1) We must commend the outcome of our Actions to Divine providence, and be persuaded that He knows better what is useful for us, or not. We must (2) not seek too anxiously to pursue Riches and treasures from our Calling. We must also (3) not be too grievously affected by Poverty, but rest quietly in the Lot which God has allotted us.
And when it happens that we succeed so fortunately in our Calling that we become rich, one must indeed take heed, (a) that our heart not grow proud; (b) that we not place our trust in Riches; and still less (c) that we abuse them, whether to the dishonoring of God, or to the harm and disdain of our Neighbor; but rather (d) much more, that we acknowledge in them the Divine blessing; and (e) be thereby stirred up to a love in return toward God; likewise also (f) spurred on to Thankfulness toward God, whereby we spend our goods and Riches to the glorifying of God; and (g) that we manage them according to God's prescript, and without pride; and that we (h) strive with them to become rich in good works.
Now when, on the contrary, it happens that we fare unfortunately in our Calling, and it issues in Poverty, 1 Sam. 2:7, Prov. 22:2(?), Job 1:21, then we have this to observe: we must (A) not be too greatly affected and cast down by it — even when we notice that all goes with the wind and according to their wish for the godless, Psalm 37:7(?), Prov. 10:5(?). We must also (B) guard against murmuring against God, Job 1:21, Heb. 10:33(?), Jude vs. 16(?). We must (C) guard against being carried away into Envy against those whose Calling turns out according to their wish, Psalm 37:1, Prov. 24:19(?). We must carefully guard (D) against perverse means, whereby to exchange our unfortunate state for a more fortunate one; but rather we must much more patiently bear our harder Lot, James 5:11(?).
Meanwhile we must (E) raise ourselves up from beneath our poverty, through these and similar considerations: (a) that it has been allotted to us by God, Job 1:21(?), Psalm 119:75(?). (b) That through our sins we have deserved nothing else, than the guilt of punishment of the very worst and most evil Lot, even to hellish Damnation itself, Micah 7:9(?), Rom. 3:19(?). And (c) that even the very best — even to God's beloved Son Himself — have known hard Poverty, Luke 9:58(?). And (d) that earthly treasures are nothing else, than vanity, and empty shadows, 1 Cor. 7:31(?). That (4) likewise earthly riches furnish no sure evidence of Divine election in love, or of saving grace, since they are often bestowed upon the godless, Jer. 22:1(?), Job 21:7(?), Psalm 73:7(?). That accordingly it is (5) enough to possess spiritual Riches, even if joined with bodily Poverty, James 2:5. Indeed (6), earthly Treasures do not always spring from the Divine blessing, but often even arise from God's wrath, and tend to ruin.
II.
The goods and advantages of a lawful Occupation in this Life are chiefly these: (1) It is a Proof of Subjection to God, satisfying the Divine ordinance, and stirring up God's favor and blessing toward us. (2) It satisfies the voice of conscience, and makes it quiet and calm, 1 Thess. 4:11. Also (3), it satisfies the Neighbor, to whose benefit it tends, insofar as such an Occupation works that which is good, not only, but also takes care to share something with the Needy, Eph. 4:28. It satisfies (4) a person's own necessity, so as thereby to sustain himself and his Household, 1 Thess. 4:12. It causes (5) that we eat our own Bread, and possess such goods as are our own, Psalm 128:2, and it procures for us blessing and happiness, Psalm 128:2(?). It (6) removes the tediousness of Life, which otherwise arises from Idleness and inactivity. Finally (7), it frees us from all those ills which have their origin and descent from Idleness.
III.
The means whereby one can be helped forward in the exercise of such an Occupation of Life offer themselves to us: (1) Faith, whereby one is persuaded that our Calling is lawful, and agreeable with the Divine will; whereby one can promise oneself, according to the Divine assurance, the blessing of God — while, through that faith too, one shall come to note the right manner of exercising one's Calling, according to the Divine prescript; indeed, thereby one shall also be able to anticipate and lessen the difficulties and adversities that may come in our way in the Exercise of our Calling. (2) Diligence, whereby we carry out the affairs of our Calling with our whole heart, and with all our might, Eccl. 9:10, Col. 3:23 — in which carrying out one must persevere steadfastly, so as to overcome all manner of difficulties that arise; for which it is then necessary that one, as occasion offers, set one's affairs aside for a time, Eccl. 4:8(?), and, besides this, that one undertake no more than our strength allows, and by which we would otherwise be hindered in the Duties of our Religion.
To this must be added (3) Righteousness, whereby one must carefully guard oneself against all crooked practices, however secretly carried out, whereby the Neighbor might come to be wronged in the dealings of our Calling, Job 15:34(?); whereby one must guard against desiring that which is not ours, Heb. 13:5(?); whereby one sincerely restores to the Neighbor what has been unjustly taken from him, Luke 19:8; whereby one pursues not only one's own Interests, but also that which belongs to the Neighbor, Phil. 2:4(?), 1 Pet. 4:10.
Finally, a serviceable means to this end is (4) Prudence, whereby we attend only to our own affairs, and do not meddle with things that concern others, 1 Pet. 4:15; whereby we are willing gladly to hear and accept the wholesome Counsels of others, in the dealings of our Calling, Prov. 1:5(?), Isa. 32:4(?); whereby we diligently inquire by what means the dealings of our Calling may come to have a fortunate progress, Prov. 24:27(?); whereby one must also give thought to the obstacles which, in the carrying out of the affairs that belong to our Calling, might come in between, and hinder us, Prov. 22:3(?).
IV.
Idleness, which stands opposed to the diligence of our Calling, gives us to consider its
A. Nature. In the very widest sense, we understand by it all that which, in any manner, is contrary to our Occupation. And thus Idleness, with us, is nothing else than a defect, whereby someone either is wholly and altogether without any Occupation, or does not conduct himself lawfully and duly in a lawful and permitted Occupation. I say, either (1) that someone is wholly and without any Occupation, even though furnished with sufficient abilities to be able to pursue one — such are hale and healthy Beggars, Monks, or other idlers, lazy in one manner or another. Or (2) those who apply themselves to no lawful Occupation — as are such as seek an Occupation which brings nothing that is good, or any Usefulness to others: such are those who keep such taverns and Drinking-houses, called Inns, at hand, which do not serve for the comfort and necessity of Travelers and Strangers, but rather tend to the excess of the Inhabitants, so as to lead a disreputable Life: such, too, as practice ridiculous, mocking, or foul and worthless arts; as likewise those who seek occasions to advance their own Interests, through the harming and inconveniencing of others, as do Pawnbrokers, and common Usurers. Or (3) those who, in a lawful Calling, do not conduct themselves in a lawful manner — who busy themselves with another's affairs, or are meddlesome, and insert themselves into the affairs of others, while they are negligent in their own Duties; who go about idle and lazy; who prey only upon the goods of others, by right or by wrong; who, through inconstancy, pass from the one Calling to another; who attend solely and only to their own Interests, but neglect those of the Neighbor; who, in the exercise of their Calling, have neither God, nor His ordinance and direction, before their eyes, but make all prosperity of their Calling dependent on, and expect it from, themselves — from their own natural gifts, from their own Diligence, Prudence, and other Virtues besides; who spend the times which are appointed for the observance of Religion, the Lord's Day, the Fast-days, on the Businesses of their Calling; or who, in any other manner, are too intent upon their temporal affairs; who take up a Calling of which they have little, or no sufficient, knowledge and experience; who conduct the affairs of their Calling without any understanding, or prudence; who apply themselves to every sort of cunning and deceit in their Calling, etc.
B. The evils and disadvantages of such Idleness are these: (1) Such persons shamefully bury in the earth their Talent, which God has given them, while they shall one day have to give account of it to their Lord, and undergo the just punishments for their buried Pound, Matt. 25:30. Besides this (2), an idle and lazy Sloth is the fruitful Mother and Nurse of very many vices, and chiefly of evil Imaginations, Lusts, Curiosities, and perverse designs, 2 Thess. 3:11. Such lazy Idlers (3) are useless Ballast of the earth; and (4) unworthy of the Bread which they eat, 2 Thess. 3:10; indeed (5), they are nothing else than Thieves, who devour another's Bread, 2 Thess. 3:12. Such persons (6) render themselves unfit to come to the aid of their own and of the Needy in their Necessities. They (7) bring upon themselves poverty, and a contemptible and wretched Life, and pave for themselves the way to a shameful Beggar's-sack. (8) They lay waste the rest of their conscience. (9) They not seldom rob the true Poor and Needy of the Alms which belong to them. (10) They expose themselves to manifold temptations of the Devil, to stealing, and robbing, and other shameful acts. (11) They also employ unlawful tricks and stratagems, so as to rob the Neighbor of his goods. (12) They set themselves against Divine providence; and (13) are the causes of their own ruin, and of their own downfall.
C. The causes which stir up this Idleness may easily, by way of contrast, be gathered from the means whereby the Exercise of a lawful Calling is furthered and directed; and accordingly these are: (1) Inexperience; (2) Laziness; (3) Unfaithfulness; (4) Imprudence; (5) an Ease which permits no labor; (6) Vanity; (7) lack of love toward God, and the Neighbor, and one's own welfare; (8) lack of Faith, of Conversion, of the Guidance and Direction of the Spirit, etc.
D. The remedies, to be set to work against every sort of Idleness, offer themselves to us: (1) An attentive consideration of the goods and advantages of a lawful Occupation, and of the evils and disadvantages of idle Sloth. (2) Such means whereby the exercise and furtherance of a lawful Calling can be advanced and directed. (3) The stopping up of the Springs and causes from which Idleness is born and continued, through means that are made effectual against each of those causes, etc.
Chapter II: Of the Use and Abuse of the Things That Are Fitted to the Sustenance of Life
With regard to the general consideration of this temporal Life, we have dispatched the first matter — namely, a certain fixed manner of Life, or Occupation: there now follows the second matter, namely, the sustaining of this Life through Food. Of this we shall, in this Chapter, examine its Use and Abuse; in which examination there presents itself for our consideration its
I.
Nature, whereby the Christian-becoming, with respect to Nourishing-provisions (add to this also Remedies) in our daily Table-fare, is exactly observed and taken heed of — observed, I say, and taken heed of, not exactly in the sense that our mind must always and equally distinctly be occupied with all the following Rules; but that our Tables and Table-fare must, in essence and always, be so ordered, that they never offend against those Rules, but, so far as can be done, distinctly conform to them.
This Christian-becoming, accordingly, requires, that (1) we in general fetch and receive all our Food-provisions, according to the Prescript of God in His Word, from the hand of God. For this we pray: give us this day our daily Bread; that is to say, we must beseech God for strength and ability, whereby we may earn our Bread; and also that, having obtained it, God would be pleased to grant His blessing, so that it may be fit for Nourishment. For man does not live by Bread alone, but by every word of blessing that proceeds from the mouth of the Lord. That we (2) daily entreat God for this through our prayers, and, as Beggars, daily knock at the door of Grace. Also (3) that we strive to eat our own Bread, and not that of others, in any manner whatsoever. And (4) that we also rest content with necessary Bread, being satisfied therewith, and not set upon superfluous things, or delicacies. That we (5) desire this daily and necessary Bread not for ourselves alone, and for our own, but also, besides this, for others — that is to say, that we entreat this Bread of God for ourselves not alone, but also, as occasion offers, share it with others.
In particular we must (6), before the meal, hallow through the word and prayer what we shall partake of, 1 Tim. 4:3–5, since, through our sins, everything has now become unclean, Titus 1:15, and, for Christ's sake, through faith received, may be cleansed and hallowed by God through His word, and our prayers, after the example of Paul, Acts 27:34–35, and of the Savior Himself, Mark 6:41, Matt. 26:26, Luke 24:30–31 — to which belong also certain sighs sent up beforehand, whereby we hold up God's goodness both to God and to ourselves, as one who bestows all things upon us richly to enjoy, 1 Tim. 6:17, holding before ourselves our own unworthiness, on account of sin — but also praying for the spiritual food for our souls, John 6:27, considering at the same time, that all our Food-provisions are nothing else than Bread, which God, as the Heavenly Father, graciously distributes to His Children.
Then, following upon this, we must (7), during the Meal, partake of the gifts which God has set before us, with moderation and sobriety, unto the stilling of our hunger, unto the nourishing and refreshing of our Strength, so as to be able thereby to be of Service to God, and to ourselves, and to our Neighbor.
This Moderation regards, on the one hand, (8) the Food-provisions themselves, that one not sin thereby, whether in quantity, or in quality. And, with regard to quantity, one must take heed that one not sin, either in deficiency, whereby, through avarice or slovenliness, what is needful is withheld from Nature; or in excess, when more Food or Drink is taken than Nature requires. Now, how much each one's Nature requires for itself — since the Nature of the one requires more than that of another — cannot be determined by any law, but must be determined by each one's own particular Nature. This, however, each must take note of: how much is ordinarily enough for him, and how an ill-disposed stomach, through a perverse appetite desiring too much, can be satisfied by nothing, but rather is choked all the more with distress.
But one must also take care not to sin in the quality of the Food-provisions, and accordingly that, in our ordinary Meals, we be set neither, on the one hand, upon costly and splendid dishes; nor, on the other hand, upon such meager dishes as would resemble, according to our station and circumstances, either slovenliness or avarice. This we had to say concerning moderation with regard to the Food-provisions themselves.
There follow now, on the other hand, some things to be observed, concerning the use of the Food-provisions: these are (9) that we always take heed of the state in which we find ourselves, of our Calling, and of our Means, so as neither to sin in too much, nor in too little, with regard to this; also of the times, so that we must make a distinction between our daily and ordinary, and our extraordinary meals — in which latter something more is indeed permitted; one must also take heed of Hospitality, or Guest-friendliness — as agreeable and as well-pleasing to God as it is — that it not in any manner be violated, nor slide over into slovenliness or avarice: we must take heed of the Poor and Needy, that they not be robbed, through our Meals, of the portion that belongs to them.
One must also take good heed (10) that we rest quietly in our appointed Portion, which Divine providence has determined for us, however small it be, and not murmur against it. That we (11) use our Food-provisions with gladness, so that we thereby, as it were, taste and savor the Divine goodness, Psalm 104:15 and 34:8(?). That we (12) tolerate no conversations, under the use of God's gifts, other than those which are Godly and honest. That we (13), after the ending of our meals, give thanks to the Lord, and praise His goodness, as is fitting, Deut. 8:10, Psalm 147(?).
And these same Duties, with the change of what is to be changed, must (14) be observed with regard to Remedies, whereby one seeks to restore life and health, if these be lost, or, if one still presently possesses them, to preserve them. These Remedies, however, still require something particular for themselves — namely, that we not too readily rely upon the skill of men who are too fondly disposed toward their own art of healing; and that we also (b) not depend too much upon them, but mostly upon the Divine blessing; and that we (c) not employ or use them without prayers; and that we (d), after having through their help recovered our health, show God the thankfulness due to Him for it.
II.
The goods and advantages of a lawful use of the Food-provisions are chiefly these: (1) They have come to us by reason of Divine ordinance and blessing, and serve for the sustaining of our life and of our health. They also serve (2) for the restoring of our Life's powers, whereby we can render service to God and to our Neighbor. In these Food-provisions (3) God reveals to us His goodness, and love, and Fatherly care, so that we, on account of them, should praise Him, and love Him again as children, and strive in every way that He, on our part, may also be served by us, and honored, and receive thankfulness for His gifts, which He has bestowed upon us. While God also (4), through them, has not left Himself without witness, doing us good from Heaven, and giving us Rain and fruitful Seasons, filling our hearts with food and gladness, Acts 14:17. And besides this (5), that we should seek Him, and, feeling after Him, find Him, Acts 14:17 and 17:26–27.
III.
The means toward a lawful use of the Life's food may be taken: (1) From Godliness, whereby we acknowledge God as a bountiful Giver, and at the same time also as the Supreme Director of a lawful use of His gifts, according to whose Command and Prescript we must conduct ourselves. (2) From prudence, whereby we must judge exactly what things are to be observed by us, with regard to the use of the Food-provisions. (3) From moderation and sobriety, whereby we offend neither in the deficiency, nor in the quality, of our Food-provisions, nor in the use of them. (4) From a lawful love toward ourselves, whereby we do not withhold from our Nature what is needful, and, on the other hand, do not overload it with too much. (5) And from love toward the Neighbor, whereby he too may obtain his portion from our Food-provisions; and consequently also (6) from bountifulness, whereby we do not forget Hospitality and Friendship; and finally (7) from thriftiness and frugality, whereby we take care that we do not lack the necessary Food-provisions.
IV.
The Abuse of the Food-provisions is the opposite of a lawful Use of them. Of this we have to consider its
A. Nature, which one can easily gather from the lawful use just described, taken in contrast. It consists, namely, in an abuse, whereby the Christian-becoming, with regard to the Food-provisions, is violated. This abuse now has place, in general: (1) In deficiency, when Nature is deprived, through avarice or slovenliness, of the Food-provisions that are needful, or sufficient, or fit for its sustenance. (2) In excess is found the disorder: (a) with regard to the matter, or the substance of the Food-provisions, when things too costly are desired, more than accord with our station and our circumstances; and, with regard to quantity, it is an abuse, when one partakes of more than is needful, and than Reason commands. (b) With regard to quality, it is an abuse, when too great Curiosity is employed, so as to satisfy one's desire; and, with regard to the manner, when one does not observe what is fitting according to right Reason, and has regard neither to the claims of Friendship, nor to the duty of Hospitality. (c) With regard to the times, it is an abuse, when one has more frequent Meals, or Table-fare, than either Nature, or Reason, allows; or when one arranges these at times other than is fitting.
And in particular the abuse of Food and Drink has place (1) in Gluttony, when one desires more food than Nature can well bear — such an immoderate desire as is found in the so-called Dog-hunger, which is, to be sure, a sickness, to be remedied by medicines, but at the same time also gives a plain sign of Gluttony, even though it is indeed not strictly a moral vice in itself. (2) In Daintiness of the palate, when one desires a choicer and more costly food, than the Reason of our station and our circumstances warrants. (3) In Drunkenness, when one swallows so much Drink, that Reason is thereby hindered in its working, so as to observe its Duties toward God, toward the Neighbor, and toward itself. A sin, indeed, that is very common among many, and everywhere condemned in the Lord's word. See Prov. 23:30–32, Isa. 5:11, Eph. 5:18.
A Drunken man exposes himself to the contempt of others; and renders himself unfit for any honest Employment; and brings himself into danger of committing nearly every sort of sin, since he deprives himself of the power to avoid even the most shameful and disgraceful deeds; indeed, he plunges himself into the danger of a sudden Death, so that he might die in his sin, and thus set himself before God's dreadful Tribunal — while, powerless over his senses, he cannot keep watch over himself. Indeed, a Drunkard defiles and disfigures God's image in himself to such a degree, that he makes himself in some measure baser, and conforms himself to the unreasoning Beasts — besides this, too, that such a one brings upon his body, his honor, his station, and his goods, most lamentable calamities; and finally, a Drunkard who has given himself over to this sin through habit renders himself in some measure incurable, just as one very seldom sees one who is cured of Drunkenness.
This abuse of Food-provisions has place especially also (4) in a godless manner of Life, when one, breaking every Bond of the Divine, and even of the Laws of Nature, gives oneself over so entirely to the flesh and its lusts, that one has no more eye, nor reverence, for the beneficent Bestower of Life's food; and consequently, when one, without any prior Hallowing, which must take place through the word and through prayer, swallows down God's good gifts, and, without any Thanksgiving, devours them after the ending of the Meal.
B. The evils and disadvantages of this abuse of the Food-provisions are chiefly these: (1) Thereby God is dishonored, as the most gracious and bountiful Bestower of all those gifts, together with a dishonoring also of His Laws, which have determined and moderated their use. Thereby (2) the heart is burdened, and oppressed, so that it cannot lift itself up toward God, and toward those Duties which we owe to Him, and to our Neighbor, and to ourselves. (3) Thereby the body of one so immoderate and excessive is corrupted, and filled with raw humors, from which arise manifold sicknesses and infirmities, which gradually drag him down to death. Thereby are (4) squandered and wasted the goods with which one might otherwise honestly sustain both oneself and one's Household, and one brings oneself to poverty. Thereby (5) one renders oneself unable to show help to the needy Neighbor. Thereby (6) one makes one's belly one's God. Thereby (7) one plunges oneself into the base condition of the unreasoning Cattle — indeed, one makes oneself far lower and more contemptible than they; for among the Beasts one still finds some that are averse to excess. Thereby (8) one exposes oneself to a manifest danger, of being suddenly overtaken and destroyed by the Day of the Lord.
C. The causes of this detestable Abuse are these: (1) The Denial of God, whereby one does not acknowledge God as the Sovereign Lord and Bestower of one's Food-provisions, and sets oneself in His place as an independent Lord. (2) Intemperance, whereby one neither can, nor will, bridle one's Lusts of Gluttony, of Gormandizing, and Drunkenness. (3) The lack of Regeneration, of Conversion, and of Sanctification, by which graces the Lusts of the flesh would otherwise be subjected to, and brought under, the Spirit. (4) Ignorance, or contempt, of a better, of a spiritual, and of an eternal Life; for all these things, and especially the last, are the causes why one so eagerly strives to satisfy only the pleasures of the body.
D. The remedies to be used against this may be taken: (1) From an attentive consideration of the goods and advantages that are to be found in a lawful use of the Food-provisions; and of the evils and disadvantages in their abuse. (2) From those means, by the help of which the lawful and orderly use of the Food-provisions can be obtained and regulated. (3) From the combating and overcoming of the causes from which this abuse is born. One may compare the Chapter on Meals.
Chapter III: Of the Use and Abuse of Clothing
In the exercise of Godliness toward ourselves, with regard to our Life considered in general, we have considered that manner of Life which must occupy itself in a certain fixed Calling; and the sustaining of this life, through the use of Food-provisions. In the third place there now follows the Protection of this same Life, against the discomforts of Air and Storm, through Clothing. Here we shall direct our consideration
I.
To the Use, whereby we put on Clothes, for those ends, and in that manner, which God has prescribed — comprising, that the use of clothing have its regard (1) to the ends, for which one makes use of Clothing — namely (a) to cover the Nakedness of the human body, which has become shameful through sin, and gives occasion to shameful Lusts, Gen. 3:21. (b) To protect our body against the discomforts of Air, of Storms, of cold, Heat, Rain, etc., which assail Man after the Fall into Sin. (c) To point out the orders among men, and the various ranks, and degrees of Dignity, between Superiors and Inferiors. (d) Toward a moderate adornment of the human body, which through sin has lost much of its glory.
The use of clothing also has its regard (II) to the manner in which the Wearing of clothes is to be practiced; for this must be regulated according to the following general Rules: (1) That each take heed to his station, to his Calling, in which he is set, to his quality, and other circumstances, so as to regulate his manner of Dress according to all these things, Matt. 11:8, Psalm 45:10(?). (2) That one take heed to the times and occasions; for on times of Gladness, on feast-days, and in solemn Assemblies, one may wear finer clothes than one is otherwise accustomed to on common days, and in our daily Occupations, Matt. 22:11, Rev. 19:8, Psalm 45:10, 15. (3) That one cut away all outward unnecessary, and vain adornments, Isa. 3:20…19:21–22(?). (4) That we never conform ourselves to the fashions, or customs, of this Age, insofar as they can tend to offense, Rom. 12:2(?) — yet, if these customs consist in indifferent matters, we may, though only sluggishly, adopt them, 1 Thess. 5:22. That we (5), in doubtful matters, give heed to the guidance, and counsels, of those more Experienced, and of the Leaders in the Church, Heb. 13:17(?). That we accordingly (6), in matters of doubt, always follow the safest way, and rather set ourselves a little below our station, than raise ourselves above it — since this comes nearer to Christian humility, 1 Pet. 3:4, 1 Tim. 2:9. Yet in such a way, that we must not meanwhile (7) think, that the use of more costly Clothes is absolutely forbidden to Christians, since these too are created by God, Hag. 2:9(?), Matt. 6:29. Yet also (8), those who excel above others in Riches, or Rank, must not indulge too much in sumptuous clothing, Luke 16:19.
II.
The goods and advantages of this use of clothing, on account of which it is not to be rejected, are chiefly these: (1) Such a Use corresponds to the Divine laws and ends, which God has prescribed with regard to clothing. (2) It is a proof of Christian modesty, 1 Pet. 3:4, 1 Tim. 4:9(?). Also (3), one thereby receives that true honor, which worldly men pursue for themselves through a lavish Display of clothing — while one thereby obtains the name of a modest person, who, though possessed of greater means, nonetheless keeps within the bounds of a Christian modesty. Sometimes, too, (4) through this our modesty, others come to be won over to the same manner of Life, indeed even to the embracing and Confession of the Christian Religion, 1 Pet. 3:1. Also (5), Christians thereby show that they possess something more excellent, and something whereof they may modestly boast, as does the Bride of Christ, who was wholly glorious within; indeed, how they (6) can be fair and pleasing to their spiritual Bridegroom Christ — namely, through a modest and meek spirit, which is precious before God. Not to add (7), that such a modest garb helps not a little to the maintaining of Household affairs, insofar as it requires not so great expense, as does the sumptuous state of others.
III.
The means that are serviceable to such a use of clothing may be taken: (1) From Godliness, or obedience toward God, who, through these laws and upon these conditions, has permitted us the Use of clothing. (2) From the consciousness of our own lowliness and unworthiness, which we have brought upon ourselves through sin; and whereby there is no Reason for us to grow proud before God, or Men, on account of, or by reason of, our clothing. (3) From Christian moderation, which tempers the fleshly Lusts, also with respect to clothing. (4) From humility, which, from a more costly and elegant manner of Dress, seeks no honor that does not belong to it. (5) From magnanimity, and a nobler and more spiritual nature, whereby a Christian is not so easily drawn away from his duty by an outward Adornment of dress, as are fleshly men. Now it does indeed happen, that the Great of the earth, out of a very civic magnanimity, sometimes show themselves in a plainer manner of Dress, than their Servants; for they have other things by which they render themselves worthy of respect.
IV.
Concerning the Abuse of clothing, we shall consider its
A. Nature, which we can, with little effort, gather from the opposite lawful Use. This Abuse can chiefly be observed in these and similar things: (1) When the manner of Dress exceeds someone's calling, or station and means, Luke 16:19, Isa. 3:16. When (2) vain honor is sought too much in clothing, without any regard to someone's means, or to the offenses that can arise therefrom, 1 Pet. 3:3, Job 3:23(?). When one (3) hankers too much after new, and even foreign, Clothing-fashions, Zeph. 1:8, Isa. 2:6(?). When (4) the Adornment of dress is such, that it gives evidence of a proud, vain, and world-minded heart, Isa. 3:16.
B. The evils and disadvantages that are to be found in the Abuse of Clothing consist chiefly in this: (1) It is a shameful abuse of God's gifts; since Clothes were not given us by God for such an end, Hos. 2:8(?), Gen. 3:17(?), Rom. 8:20. (2) It is evidence of a fleshly, proud, sumptuous, and unholy person, Prov. 7:10, Jer. 4:30. It is (3) a very offensive conduct for Christendom, since among it are found altogether different, and Heavenly-far different, Laws, 1 Tim. 2:9, 1 Pet. 3:3–4. God also (4) threatens this Abuse with His heavy Judgments, Isa. 3:24, Zeph. 1:8. Also (5), this perverse use of Clothing renders a Christian contemptible among those who are more sensible and more Christian; and accordingly (6) such proud persons are deceived in their hope of honor and esteem.
C. The causes of such an Abuse in clothing are chiefly these: (1) Lack of Godliness, whereby such persons are unwilling to yield so much even as this to God, that they would, in these outward matters, in such trifles, order themselves according to His will and good pleasure. (2) Vanity of Mind, whereby a man lets himself be swayed by such worthless things, and drawn away from his Duty. (3) Inflation of pride and haughtiness, while a man, through such an outward display, seeks to show his superiority above others. (4) Emptiness of inward, spiritual, and better goods, whereby someone finds himself compelled to seek his honor and esteem in those outward things.
D. The remedies against this, as against every other defect, may be taken: (1) From an attentive consideration, both of the goods and advantages in a becoming use, and of the evils and disadvantages in the abuse, of clothing. (2) From those means, whereby a Christian use of clothing can be furthered. (3) From the stopping up of the Source-causes from which this Abuse is born, through opposite remedies, which are found to be of the greatest force to that end.
Chapter IV: Of the Use and Abuse of Recreations
In the exercises of Godliness toward ourselves, and with regard to the general Duties, we have at last come to the Diversions of this Life, through certain recreations: of these we shall consider their Use as well as their Abuse.
With regard to their Use, we shall examine its
I.
Nature, whereby we make use of things which are in themselves and in their essence indifferent, in such a way that we may seek to restore and sharpen our powers, which have been worn down and blunted by some heavy and serious Labors, so as to be the more fit and ready for the discharge of our Duty, toward God at once and our Neighbor. We assume here, that God is indeed willing to permit Men some honest recreation, Eccl. 2:9(?), that He richly grants to His own all things to enjoy for refreshment, 1 Tim. 6:17. To this end serve the customary Table-keepings of His Favored ones, whereby He, as a good Shepherd, makes His little Sheep to lie down in green pastures, and makes their Cup to run over, Psalm 23:2, 5. To this end also serve their Meals, even at the bringing of the offerings, even in the places of public Worship, as well as on Days of Thanksgiving, as appears from the Jews' feast of Purim. Thus God gives them Wine to strengthen Man's heart, and makes His face to shine with Oil, and makes Bread come forth out of the earth, Psalm 104:15.
The end, accordingly, of all these refreshments may be, not to satisfy thereby the Lusts of the flesh, or to give free rein; but to renew and refresh powers worn down by heavy labor, so as afterward to return the more briskly to the transacting of affairs. Such honest recreations, then, and refreshments, come to us (I) from our ordinary Table-keepings, as we have just said; since these must be so arranged, that thereby our powers are refreshed, and not burdened. One may compare Chapter II of this Fourth Book. (II) From extraordinary Meals, as we have just admonished there. (III) From mutual dealing and conversation with our Friends, of which we have treated in the preceding Book, in the Chapter on Dealing with Friends. (IV) From playing — yet an honest game, whereby we withdraw ourselves, for a short time, from weightier labor, so as to restore our wearied powers, and return the more briskly and afresh to our work — as, for example, in Draughts or Chess. (V) From honest Songs, Psalm-singing, and other things besides, which can serve to gladden the spirit.
The Rules, which ought to be observed in all our Recreations, must be these: (1) That our Recreations, in themselves, and in their nature, be honest, at the least indifferent, and not forbidden. (2) That they, of themselves, and by their nature, serve honest ends — namely, to refresh our powers, and to make us readier for weightier transactions. (3) That the time spent on them not be too frequent, nor too long, so that the time which we need for our essential affairs, and must redeem for them, not be wasted and lost in idleness, Eph. 5:16. That we (4), being refreshed by our recreations, be stirred up to thanksgiving toward God, 1 Cor. 10:30(?), and to the magnifying of the Divine goodness, which grants us these glad refreshments. (5) That we not give ourselves over to glad Recreations at such times, when God, through His Judgments, calls us to Mourning and to Lamentation, Isa. 22:12, Joel 2:12–13, 16 — nor on Sabbath-days, which must be devoted to spiritual Rest, and to Godly refreshments of the mind, Isa. 58:13(?). That we (6) not immerse our spirit wholly in those bodily Recreations, Prov. 29:11, since other and spiritual Recreations are needful for this, Rom. 14:17. That we (7), through our Recreations, not give free rein to our flesh and to our fleshly Lusts, Gal. 5:13.
II.
The goods and advantages of this lawful Use of Recreations, and why they may be desired, are these: (1) Thereby the exhausted and blunted powers are cheered and refreshed. Thereby (2) we are rendered more fit for our exercises of Duty, whereby we can serve God, and be of use to our Neighbor and to ourselves. Thereby (3) occasion is given us to acknowledge the loving-kindness of God, who so bountifully grants us such refreshments in this Life. (4) These Recreations spur us on the more, to a love in return toward God, to the glorifying of Him, and to His Service, and to set our hope and our trust upon Him. Through them (5), the mind is led by the hand, not only toward the seeking of spiritual Refreshments, whereby we may rejoice in the Lord, Phil. 4:4, but even temporal and earthly things are thereby made the sweeter and more agreeable, since in them too we come, as it were, to taste and see how good the Lord is, Psalm 34:8(?) and 36:8–10 — and which are to us as so many pledges of the Divine love, in which all the sweetness and pleasantness of temporal things is contained.
And as for the means, whereby this lawful Use of Recreations is furthered and directed, these may be taken from the Rules which we have already indicated.
III.
The Abuse of Recreations bids us consider its
A. Nature, which one may, by way of contrast, easily gather, in general, from the description already given of the lawful Use of Recreations; in particular the Abuse of Recreations chiefly consists in the following things: (1) In Revelings and Drinkings, whereby the heart is burdened, and the powers are corrupted and oppressed — of which we have spoken, in its proper place, in the Chapter on Meals. (2) In foul, foolish, and lewd conversations, Eph. 5:4. Also (3) in shameful Songs, and untimely Psalm-singing, Amos 6:5. Further (4) in Dancing, and lascivious movements of the body, whereby all our members are misused unto fleshly lusts, and unchastity. Besides this (5), in Comedies or Stage-plays, whereby idle persons are inflamed to lewd passions, and other worthless Doings. Further, too, (6) in the reading of unchaste and vain Books. (7) In a forbidden game, as in Dice- and card-playing, and the like, in which Chance has the upper hand, and God's extraordinary Providence is godlessly invoked, and the Name of God is shamefully profaned. (8) In such things whereby the times, appointed both for Religion and for our daily work, are given over to recreations — as, for example: among Roman Catholics, the diversions of Bacchus-, or Shrove-, evening, the feast of the Three Kings, etc. — used for their recreations; and when one takes part with them, and has fellowship, in their idolatries and superstitions in these matters. In such things, finally, (9) in which too much time is spent on diversions and recreations, etc.
B. The evils and disadvantages of this Abuse are chiefly these: (1) God's loving-kindness, which grants us all manner of honest Refreshments and Recreations, is despised, and His good gifts are abused. (2) God's wrath, hatred, and His Judgments, are stirred up against us thereby, Hos. 2:10(?). Further (3), the conscience is wounded. (4) One is thereby rendered unfit for all essential and weightier exercises of Duty, which the Service of God, and the welfare of the Neighbor, require of us. (5) The time of our short life is thus shamefully squandered. (6) Our very refreshments and recreations, we thereby turn into shame and bitterness. (7) One thereby plunges oneself into the unclean Pool of the Heathen and of the Epicureans. (8) One makes one's belly one's God thereby. (9) One thereby subjects oneself to the corrupt flesh, so as to satisfy it, instead of crucifying and putting it to death, as one ought. (10) One thereby exposes oneself to a manifest danger, of being suddenly overtaken by swift ruin from the Day of the Lord: and (11) of being cast, with the rich Reveller, into the eternal Flames, Luke 16:23.
C. The causes of this abuse of Recreations are chiefly these: (1) A fleshly disposition, which plunges a man wholly into the depths of fleshly thoughts and diversions, Prov. 29:11. Then also (2) fleshly lawlessness, whereby a man cares little for the Divine law, and thus has nothing whereby to restrain his lusts, and regulate his Recreations, Rom. 8:7. Also (3) lack of grace, which is amending, and restraining, and directing, whereby such men are left to themselves, and given over and enslaved to their lusts, Rom. 1:24. Besides this, too, (4) the examples of other worldly-minded men, to whom they strive to conform themselves, Rom. 12:2(?). As also (5) lack of sensible prudence, ignorance of, and distaste for, spiritual Diversions, whence they plunge themselves wholly into fleshly Pleasures.
D. The remedies against this evil may, according to the common grounds, be taken: (1) From the consideration of the goods and advantages that are enjoyed in a lawful Use of Recreations; and of the evils and disadvantages of their Abuse. (2) From the means, whereby the good Use of them can be furthered and regulated. (3) From the stopping up of the Source-causes from which this Abuse proceeds, etc.
Chapter V: Of the Use and Abuse of Prosperity
The exercise of Godliness with regard to ourselves, and with respect to our Life here on earth, we have considered in its general aspects: we now pass on to the more particular. Our life here on earth comes to be considered by us as being in a certain state, either of Prosperity, or of Adversity. Of these two matters we shall treat separately, and begin with Prosperity; and of this we have to consider, first its nature in general; then its ground, in the World and worldly things; and further its kinds. The nature of Prosperity we shall trace out in this Chapter, with regard to its Use and Abuse.
Touching the Use of Prosperity, we examine its
I.
Nature, consisting in this: that we make use of the things that fall out according to our wish, and take enjoyment of them, out of love, in blessing, according to the Prescript of the Divine will. We have here to see (1) what Prosperity is, first in general. It consists in this: that a matter proceed according to our wish, with regard to our health, to peace, to our calling, to our goods, to our liberty, and friendship, and honor and esteem, and comforts and pleasures, in our own Persons, and Wives, and children, and Friends, and Households, and all Things that belong to a happy and contented state of this Life, Deut. 28:3–15, Lev. 26:3–14. Then also in particular; with regard (1) to quietness of mind. (2) To the well-being of the body. (3) To honesty in name and esteem. (4) To peace and rest with the Neighbor.
Then we have to see (II) of how many kinds Prosperity is — namely: whether a blessed Prosperity of the Godly and Believing; or an accursed one of the godless and unbelieving, Deut. 28:8, compared with vs. 16, and Lev. 26:4, compared with vs. 16 — Psalm 37:3–4, compared with vs. 14, 22, 29, 34.
Further (III), what the right Use of Prosperity is — namely, that we make use of it: (a) In the love of God, in His Blessing, and according to His Will. (b) That we carefully guard, lest Prosperity give us any occasion to sin, whereto we are, alas, through the corruption of our Nature, all the more inclined. Further (c), that we, in our Prosperity, do not forget God, Deut. 6:10–11 and 8:10–11, Hos. 13:6 — as though it had come to us of ourselves, of our own wisdom, of our own strength, of our own diligence, and of our own merits, which is indeed abominable, and, at the cost of turning away all further blessing, altogether ruinous. (d) That we do not let ourselves, through our Prosperity, be seduced into pride, into carelessness, into unrestraint, and contempt of spiritual and heavenly things, Exod. 5:2, Isa. 10:8, Psalm 10:10, Psalm 73:6, 9, 2 Sam. 24:1(?), Psalm 30:6. Especially (e), that we, in the midst of temporal Prosperity, not be found remiss in the Service of God, Luke 10:41–42, Jer. 22:21. Furthermore (2), that we, in a state of Prosperity, arm ourselves above all against the temptations to such sins as we are, through such a state, most inclined toward — since in this state Satan knows how, most craftily, to lay his snares for us, 1 Tim. 6:9, Matt. 4:9(?). And that we accordingly strive so to use earthly goods, that we do not abuse them, 1 Cor. 7:31.
We must also take good heed (3) that we not make too much of the goods of fortune, nor seek them with too great eagerness, and with more ardor than the spiritual and heavenly things, Matt. 6:33. On the contrary, it befits us (4) to use temporal Prosperity: (a) as a means granted us by God, so as thereby, as it were by the hand, to be led up toward the obtaining of spiritual and eternally-abiding goods, and thus, through it, to be helped forward to that end — since it can and must serve us as a most powerful Compelling reason for the exercise of true Thankfulness toward, and of love toward, God, Psalm 116:12, and for the observance of the duties of Religion. And (b) that we lay out our Prosperity, and our goods of fortune, for the general benefit — for the church, for the civil State, and for our fellow-Believers and Covenant-companions, 1 Tim. 6:17–19. Also, too, (c) that we use the goods of our temporal fortune here only as Strangers, and by no means as Citizens of this earth, Heb. 11:9, 13 and 13:14, so that thereby our hearts may more and more be weaned from earthly things, and accustomed to the heavenly, Phil. 3:20, Luke 16:9. And accordingly, that we never fasten our hearts upon the goods of fortune of this time, nor place our trust in them, Psalm 62:10(?).
II.
The goods and advantages of this lawful Use of Prosperous things are chiefly these: (1) Through such a Use, all Prosperous matters in the bodily realm, which are otherwise in their essence indifferent, become morally good. They become (2) thereby true blessings of God. Then (3) they are
...seals of divine grace and love. (4) They also advance us toward the better, spiritual, and heavenly blessings. And (5) they kindle in us a true answering love toward God. (6) Indeed, such a use of prosperity makes us truly taste the sweetness that God has laid up even in all earthly goods. Besides this, (7) these goods of good fortune can then bring our conscience to rest, so that with good courage and childlike trust — even familiar, intimate converse — we may commerce with God, and may promise ourselves all manner of good things from Him for the time to come. And finally, (8) from such a use of our prosperous circumstances, our neighbors, and the church, and the civil state will be able to gain much advantage; and we in turn shall receive from them their affection, and their prayers and blessings.
III.
The means that can serve us toward such a good use of prosperity may be reckoned chiefly to be the following: (1) That we earnestly consider the gracious favor and love of God, who, though we have through sin forfeited everything and deserved nothing but the very worst, nonetheless overwhelms us with so many good things. (2) That we, on the other side, look upon the afflicted and calamitous lot of others — even of those who are God's own dearest children, of whom the world is not worthy. (3) That we not regard earthly goods as our true and proper portion, in which we might or should rest, Luke 16:25, but only as firstfruits and foretastes of the full and coming heavenly harvest and satisfaction. And that we accordingly (4) always stand ready, at God's least beckoning, willingly to forsake and renounce all our prosperity. And (5) that we take good care not to conform ourselves, in the use of our goods of fortune, to the world and worldly things, which might carry us away into the abuse of the same.
IV.
In the abuse of prosperity we must note
A. Its nature, whereby we use temporal goods of good fortune according to the taste of the corrupted flesh, setting aside reverence for God. The ways in which this abuse is committed are various, but can, without difficulty, be drawn up by way of contrast from the description just given of the right use of prosperity. Among them, however, the chief are these: (1) To set one's heart upon earthly prosperity, or upon the goods of good fortune — that is to say, to bestow upon them too much love, care, and effort in acquiring and keeping them, and to take too great a delight in them; as did Demas, 2 Tim. 4:14, and that rich farmer, Luke 12:19. (2) To catch, from one's prosperous circumstances, a wind of self-inflation against God, Deut. 32:15, to sacrifice to one's own gifts and burn incense to one's own net, Hab. 1:16, thereby ascribing everything to one's own strength and power; and, toward one's neighbor, to despise him because of it, Ps. 37:35. (3) Further, to spend one's fortunate state on the flesh and on fleshly pleasures, and thereby to fatten one's belly, as did the rich reveler, Luke 15:19. (4) Besides this, to be drawn away by temporal prosperity from God and His service, and to forget Him, Deut. 8:10-11. And (5) also to be drawn away from charity toward the needy, as was the rich man just mentioned, and as were the Sodomites and Israelites, Ezek. 16:49, Amos 6:6. Also (6) in temporal prosperity, as in one's highest happiness, to rest in such a way that one neither desires nor seeks a spiritual state of blessing here, nor an eternal one hereafter, Luke 12:19, etc.
B. The evils and harms of this abuse are chiefly these: (1) By it, the divine blessing is turned into a curse, Ps. 69:23, John 18:8. (2) By it, one sets oneself up against God, and against His goodness and will. (3) One also thereby provokes God's wrath and hatred, whereby He takes away that prosperity and sends all manner of calamities in its place. (4) By it the conscience is defiled, which then takes away the sweetness of all that prosperity, and turns it into bitterness. (5) Such an abuse of prosperity sets a man before God's righteous judgment-seat and tribunal of punishment, to give account for his despised beneficence, and for the misuse of certain gifts bestowed upon him. (6) It exposes such a man, together with the rich man of the parable, to eternal torments. (7) One must further reckon that by it one makes oneself unfit for the practice of all the duties owed to God and to ourselves, and stops up for oneself the way to all true and spiritual salvation of the soul.
C. The causes of this abuse are especially these: (1) Fleshly-mindedness, and disordered love for the belly and earthly pleasures. (2) Neglect of the right rule by which the use of prosperity ought to be regulated. (3) Lack of the guiding and governing grace. (4) Carelessness, whereby one does not consider the instability and deceptiveness of a temporal state of prosperity. (5) The world and the examples of seducing worldlings, to whom one is all too apt to conform oneself. (6) Satan, who in times of prosperity lays the most dangerous snares for us.
D. The remedies to be employed against this abuse can likewise be drawn (1) from considering the benefits and advantages of a lawful use, and the evils and harms of the abuse, of the goods of good fortune. (2) From the use of all such means by which a fitting use of them can be promoted and regulated. (3) From stopping up the wellsprings and causes from which such abuse is born, by means suited against each of those causes.
Chapter VI: On the Use and Abuse of the World, and Worldly Things
There now follows the ground of temporal prosperity, which is the world together with the things that are in the world, as well as their use and abuse. With respect to their use we must consider
I.
Their nature, which is nothing other than a making-use of the world and worldly things, in keeping both with their nature and with the divine will. Here, then, we must inquire (1) what the world is. In Holy Scripture it is understood to mean (a) the whole assemblage of all created things, or the universe of heaven and earth brought forth by God. In this sense we considered the world in Book III of the Contemplative-Practical Theology, Chapter VI, in the first section. (b) Sometimes the world also signifies mankind upon this earth, and sometimes also believers, as opposed to heathendom, John 3:16; and commonly also unbelieving worldlings, who live outside the church in their sins, John 17:9, who in Scripture generally bear the name of worldly men, or of those who are of the world, also of animal, or natural, and carnal men, 1 Cor. 2:14, Jude v. 10. Finally, (c) by the world are understood worldly things, insofar as these are set against spiritual things, insofar as they come into rivalry or competition with God, and insofar as they give us occasion for their abuse, 1 John 2:15-16, James 4:4.
We must then also inquire (II) what the lawful use of the world is: namely, that it be in keeping with its nature, and with the divine will. For this it is necessary that we take distinct note of the various meanings of the word "world," so as to direct our reflections accordingly.
And, first of all, insofar as the world signifies the whole universe, the generality of created things, the use of it will chiefly require of us the following duties: (A) That we take occasion from it to glorify God, representing to ourselves the divine wisdom, almighty power, and goodness that shine through everywhere in it; as we have shown in the Contemplative-Practical Theology, Book III, Chapter VI, §19. (B) That we show God our gratitude, since He created the world, and all that is in the world, for our sake; as we have there pointed out, §21. (C) That we abhor the sin that has brought so great a disorder, disarray, and disfigurement upon so great and glorious a work of art. (D) That we accordingly take care to guard against an immoderate love of it; ibid., §23. Furthermore (E) that we guard against its abuse; ibid., §24. And (F) that we attend to its rightful use, which we have explained in the place cited.
Then, secondly, insofar as the world signifies worldly, animal, natural men, our use of the world will require of us the following chief duties: (1) That we recognize the wretched condition of the world, according to the description the Apostle gives us of it, Eph. 2:12. (2) That we carefully note the cunning and craftiness of the world, in deceiving and seducing us. (3) That we guard against its allurements, offers, and false promises, by which the world tries to draw us to itself, so as prudently to avoid them. (4) That we not so dread persecutions and threats that we would thereby be moved to sin.
Finally, thirdly, insofar as the world signifies worldly things, their good use requires the practice of these duties: That we (a) earnestly set before ourselves the vanity of this world, concerning which vanity we shall speak expressly in the following chapter. That we accordingly (2) treat worldly things with contempt. Furthermore (3) that we crucify the world, Gal. 6:14 — to be sure, insofar as it is a creature of God, and therefore also good; but insofar as it is inimical toward God and the divine laws; insofar as it wages war against our soul, and stirs it up to fleshly lusts; insofar as it offers and promises us wholesale some good or other that would be independent of God, that would not depend on God's will, on His disposal and governance, so that under the use of the world we should not be bound to obey the divine commands; insofar as we consequently use the world not as a gift of God, which we have received from His hands, but as our absolute own property, which we have obtained for ourselves through our own effort and diligence, and which we might therefore put to use according to our own will: whenever we set worldly things above our inclinations and endeavors to please God, and give them precedence, loving them above God; or at least whenever we love them just as heartily and ardently as we ought to love God, and give them a place alongside and beside God, not subjecting them to the love of God; whenever, moreover, we set these things over against God, so as to abuse them against His will; whenever we do not use the world and the things of the world for God, so as to be led by them, as it were by the hand, to divine and spiritual things, thereby and therefrom to glorify God, to love Him, and to thank Him. In these ways the world, together with everything that is in the world, must be crucified.
This, then, takes place (1) when we sincerely acknowledge the enmity that exists between the world and God, James 4:4, 1 John 2:15, in such a way that we can never be friends of God and of the world at the same time. (2) When we have a deep and thorough sense of the vanity, unworthiness, and insufficiency of worldly things, so that, apart from God, they can be of no use to us whatsoever, Matt. 16:26, and are consequently nothing but a bare appearance and outward show, 1 Cor. 7:31. (3) When we regard the world as dead and crucified to us, Gal. 6:14, indeed as nothing at all, Isa. 40:17, Ps. 39:5, Job 6:21. (4) When we curtail an excessive regard for it, and more and more restrain and rein in our thoughts, affections, love, longings, expectations, and pleasures concerning it. (5) When we do not spend our labor and effort in obtaining the things of this world excessively and anxiously. (6) When, at their loss, we do not show ourselves too greatly cast down; and (7) when we do not regard the world, with what is in the world, as our ultimate end and goal, but only as means for obtaining better and more substantial goods.
II.
The benefits and advantages of such a rightful use of the world are chiefly these: (1) By it the world, and the things that are in the world, are made truly good for us, and of useful service. (2) By it they first truly become ours, 1 Cor. 3:21-22. (3) By means of this use we are led, by way of the things of the world and of the earth, on to heavenly and spiritual things. (4) They likewise thereby become pledges to us of the divine love, grace, and blessing. (5) The world, moreover, together with all that is in the world — however much otherwise, through sin, it is subject to vanity and the curse — becomes sweet and pleasant to us. (6) Thus they will serve us as excellent means of service, to preserve and promote our life, our health, and our welfare. (7) By this rightful use, the dominion over the creatures, which was once granted to us at creation but was lost through sin, is restored anew, so that we are no longer servants of the world and worldly things, but lords over them. (8) And thus they will further us toward the possession of the coming and heavenly world.
III.
The means for promoting this right use of the world are these: (1) To seek the world and worldly things as means for obtaining higher and worthier things, and by no means for their own sake, so as to rest in them. (2) Not to look too covetously upon the things of the world, as though the center of our happiness were to be found in them, Prov. 23:4, 28:20, 1 Tim. 6:9, but on the contrary to bear a heart and mind that, as far as possible, remains free and indifferent toward the things of the world, Job 1:21, James 1:9-10, 1 Cor. 7:31. Further (3), by faith to appropriate to ourselves the passion of Christ upon the cross, so as by its means to crucify the world, Gal. 6:14, and to draw from it new motives, strength, and activity. Then (4) to subdue the flesh, Gal. 5:24, since from it all abuse of worldly things has its origin. (5) To keep the soul occupied and engaged with heavenly and spiritual exercises, so that no idleness or occasion is given it to hunt after earthly and vain things. (6) To have, or to seek to obtain, insight into the right use and the true purpose of worldly things — the end for which they are ordained by God — so as to order ourselves and all our affairs accordingly. (7) To take note of the slipperiness and transience of worldly things and goods of fortune, so as not to be seduced thereby into their abuse. (8) In all our dealings, steadily to keep before our eyes God's holy Word, to direct us, and the examples of the Lord Christ and of the saints, to light our way for imitation. (9) To resort to God by prayer, that He may keep us from the world, which lies in wickedness, and guide us in our use of the world.
Over against this we must now consider
IV.
The abuse of the world, and of the things that are in the world; and inquire concerning it into
A. Its nature, which we can now readily grasp, without much difficulty, from what we have already said concerning its use. This abuse, namely, consists in enjoying the world, and what is in the world, in a manner that agrees neither with its nature nor with the divine will. This occurs, then, (1) when we possess the creature almost as if without the Creator — that is to say, when we behold this very beautiful frame of the world without paying heed to its Maker, without glorifying or loving Him, etc., Ps. 19:1. (2) When we let ourselves be lured, by the world and by worldly men, into worldly things and their abuse, through their enchantments, or are flung out of our standing by their persecutions. (3) When we (a) value the things of this world more highly and worthily than in fact they are, cling to them with our heart, and grant them the foremost place; and (b) seek them with too vehement striving and effort, more than they deserve — that is, either to the neglect of spiritual things, or at least above them, Matt. 6:33, John 6:26-27. (4) When we make ourselves servants of the world and worldly things, as though they were our lords ruling over us, Matt. 6:24, and we their conquered and captive slaves. (5) When we enjoy them either without God, or above God, or alongside God, or even against God, as we have said more fully above. And finally (6) when, setting aside the rule of the divine will and good pleasure by which we ought to conduct ourselves in the use of worldly things, we follow only the promptings of our flesh.
B. The evils and harms of this abuse of the world are, among others, these: (1) This abuse makes the most precious and most useful things vain and utterly useless to us. (2) Indeed, it makes them harmful and ruinous, so that they bring us loss for our soul, and the forfeiture of eternal blessedness. (3) Besides this, this abuse provokes God's enmity against us, James 4:4. (4) And it stirs up His righteous vengeance, since such persons must one day give account to God for the goods and gifts which they have misused unto vanity, Matt. 18:23, 34-35. (5) Furthermore, this abuse casts us down into the contemptible state of the people of this world, whose portion is in this life, and of such natural and animal men who are enemies of the cross of Christ, whose end is destruction, whose god is their belly, whose glory is in their shame, who mind earthly things, Phil. 3:18-19. (6) Indeed, even while we are still in this life, this abuse turns God's gifts into thorns and snares for us, which torment our conscience and lead it captive.
C. The causes of this abuse of the world are: (1) Enmity with God, whereby we abuse His goods, in defiance of Him and without gratitude toward Him. (2) An inward and deeply rooted carnality, from which all use of worldly things is made carnal, and turned into abuse. (3) The outward, showy glitter and varnished appearance of worldly things, whereby the world and worldly matters allure a man to wonder at them, to love them supremely, and thus to their abuse. (4) The examples of so many others, indeed of all worldlings, whom one seeks to please and to conform oneself to. (5) Natural blindness, whereby one cannot see the vanity and insufficiency of worldly things, but on the contrary imagines that one sees in them what in truth is not to be found there. (6) Finally, a lack, or neglect, of the right rule of divine grace to direct us.
D. The remedies against this abuse can be drawn (1) from an attentive consideration of the benefits and advantages of the lawful use of the world, and of the evils and harms of its abuse. Also (2) from such means by which the right use of the world can be promoted and regulated; and (3) from stopping up the wellsprings and sources from which this abuse is born.
Chapter VII: On the Vanity of Human Things
In a state of prosperity, and in both the use and abuse of worldly things, it will be of no small usefulness to consider the vanity of the world and of all human affairs; wherefore we shall devote this chapter to that end, and consider
I.
The nature of all human things, which consists in this: that, both in the world at large and even in the chiefest things themselves that are found in the world among men, there is, through sin, a general unfitness, such that they are no longer sufficient for us for that use, or that benefit, for which God created them in the beginning. Here, therefore, we must first consider the vanity of all things, whereby they lack what could serve us, or is sufficient, for our happiness, both earthly and spiritual.
This vanity may be observed, first, in general, in this universe, or the world. To understand this, one must presuppose that God created all things very good — that is to say, in such a state that they were sufficient for man's use: both for a general use, namely, to spur man on to God's glorification, and to love and gratitude toward Him, and thereby to lead him up to spiritual things; and for a particular use, to serve man sufficiently, in temporal matters, for his life — for his nourishment, refreshment, and so forth. But this goodness has been lost through sin, and vanity has come in its place, by which (a) all these things now have no proportion to man's soul, which is spiritual and carries within itself an endless desire that cannot therefore be satisfied by any finite bodily object — indeed, by nothing other than an infinite good, which God alone is. Also (b) all things under the moon have no inherent efficacy of their own, but are, so to speak, dead in themselves, and can effect nothing except by the power of their first cause, which is God, according to the nature of each thing, as an instrument in God's hand, Mark 11:20. And (c) all things are vain also with respect to their duration, since they all pass away, Ps. 102:27. Likewise (d) they are good for nothing but to vex the spirit, which they wound, blind, and deceive in its expectation. This vexation is especially noted in the acquiring of worldly goods, through manifold efforts and labors; in the keeping of them amid manifold fears of losing them; in the increasing of them, which is accompanied by manifold anxieties; and in the forsaking and losing of them, which is attended with painful sorrows.
In particular, this vanity is discerned in human affairs and goods: (A) with respect to the soul, both as regards the understanding, observed in the knowledge and wisdom of natural, civil, and ecclesiastical matters — namely, that the greater the knowledge here, the greater the burden and effort found in its use and application, and the greater the need, ill-suspicion, and contradiction. And in this knowledge itself, all manner of vanity is found, since in all the sciences there is nothing but uncertainty, confusion, and hesitancy, with which they are at the very least intermixed. This vanity is likewise to be seen in the labors of both body and soul, and in the difficulties that must be undertaken to acquire these sciences; in the manifold doubts, errors, and hindrances that accompany even the most perfect knowledge attainable here, owing to the many devices and labors required for such knowledge; and in the low esteem in which all these sciences are held by the ignorant, even when so great a labor has been expended upon them: and as regards the will, observed in the moral virtues, and such good things in which both the heathen and hypocrites seek their glory.
The vanity of these moral virtues is discerned in this, that in general they differ from what they outwardly appear to be — namely, from true virtue — and consequently that they are vain, and have nothing but a bare semblance of it. This appears still more particularly from this, that they are deprived of all the qualities required for true virtue and a good work, insofar as they do not proceed (a) from a regenerate heart, since everything born of flesh is flesh; nor (b) from a believing heart, because without Christ, received by faith, we can do nothing — that is, nothing that is truly good and can therefore please God unto salvation, John 15:5; nor (c) from true religion toward God; nor (d) from love toward God, and toward one's neighbor, and toward one's own salvation; nor (e) from a true knowledge of God; nor (f) from sincere obedience, according to God's law and will; just as also they (g) are not joined with true humility, nor (h) do they serve God's honor, or the neighbor's benefit, etc. Accordingly, then, these are not properly so-called virtues and good works.
This vanity is also discerned (B) in the goods of man's body, namely in (1) his health — which is nothing but a general gift of God, found also among the reprobate, indeed even among beasts; it is moreover only brief and uncertain, and besides very imperfect and full of manifold weaknesses. Man's bodily health lies exposed to many abuses, and thus gives occasion to manifold misconduct; finally, it also produces various harms to the soul, which generally fares better in sickness than in bodily health. Bodily health mostly breeds fleshly carelessness; it stops up the way to conversion; it suppresses the contemplation of death; it causes spiritual sicknesses; and it feeds fleshly lusts. From all of which it is evident that bodily health and well-being are more harmful than beneficial to the soul, and consequently vain.
This vanity in respect of man's body shows itself also (2) in bodily strength, under which are comprehended suppleness and agility of limb, quickness of movement, and readiness for work. This too is vain, because all this is likewise found in beasts — in lions, wild swans, and other creatures, to which even greater force and strength belongs than to men. Besides, this human strength is short-lived, gradually diminishes, and gives occasion to self-conceited trust, foolish boasting, and other sins. This bodily strength, moreover, is rarely joined with a great weakness of spirit; and it is of no worth, Job 36:19, Ps. 147:10, since it can neither save nor deliver even a strong man in the day of distress, Ps. 33:16; and accordingly it is vain.
Considering, further, (3) the human body in respect of beauty: this too, apart from the spiritual beauty of the soul, is wholly vain; since it is a common gift bestowed even upon the wicked — witness the beauty of Absalom; indeed, it is found even among beasts, as in the swan and other creatures. It also lures men to pride and haughtiness, and other sins; it is fading and of short duration, Ps. 39:5; it is despised by God, 1 Sam. 16:7; and it leads to unchastity, Prov. 31:30; it is moreover more esteemed in the eyes of others than in one's own, etc., and is consequently vain.
Let us also observe this vanity of human things (C) in the goods of fortune: (a) in riches and treasures — in these too there is not the least moral goodness, for these are generally found among the wicked. Riches give occasion for earthly vices; they are a lure of Satan, by which he leads men captive; they are thorns, which not only inflict painful pricks upon a man, but also stifle the beginnings of saving grace, and make the way to eternal salvation very slippery, difficult, and uncertain. For these and other reasons they are vain.
This vanity shows itself (2) in honor and esteem, in fame, in the celebrity of one's name, in high rank, in the favors of princes. All these things, when considered apart from their foundation, worthiness, excellence, virtue, and so forth, lie outside ourselves; they depend upon the arbitrary judgment of others, who very seldom clothe with the honor due them those who most deserve it; they are fleeting and short-lived; they cannot be sought without wounding the conscience, and can scarcely be possessed by a multitude divided among many heads and minds — at least not without great labor, great effort, and great danger; they make a man ambitious for fame and rank, and thereby also cowardly and contemptible. For these and other reasons, earthly glories, from whatever principle — whether of wisdom, or of virtue, and so on — they are sought, are vain.
(3) Let us note nobility of birth and ancestry: God pays it not the least regard, 1 Cor. 1:26, 28; He treats the elect and the reprobate alike, without distinction, in this respect. The Lord Jesus Christ Himself, though sprung from royal blood, consistently disdained it, and called Himself only a Son of Man. This nobility is, moreover, short-lived and decays with time, or at least ends with our life; it mostly puffs a man up with pride, idleness, and contempt for virtue and religion; it is often severed from virtue, and thus renders a man mean and contemptible; and, whenever it is separated from the martial virtues of the ancestors by which it had made itself famous, it is of no use. Thus, then, is bodily nobility also vain.
(4) It stands likewise with human authority, in high public offices; for often those entrusted with the authority to govern others lack the power to govern themselves. Such authority does not exempt a man from misfortunes and adversities, Ps. 33:16; rather, it exposes him to the hatred and envy of others, to snares laid for him, and to dangers; it is mostly accompanied by pride, sedition, violence, injustice, oppression, and many other vices; and whenever this authority is ill-used, it renders a man supremely liable to God's punishment and His most righteous vengeance, and aggravates his damnation, Job 12:19-21, as appears in Pharaoh, Nebuchadnezzar, and others. For which reason worldly authority and human power are vain.
(5) Indeed, even in royal excellence this vanity is to be observed; since it is overladen with disturbances and cares, which a king must impose upon himself, and which he must employ in governing his subjects. Royal honor is the heaviest burden, most violently oppressed by turbulent and forceful commotions of mind, which no one from without can restrain or set bounds to; it is exposed to the greatest and gravest dangers, to ingratitude, hatreds, plots and snares, both from his own subjects and from his enemies. This high honor obliges kings and princes to a great and heavy account before the divine tribunal; it gives occasion to all manner of vices — to godlessness, luxury, pride, cruelty, and fleshly unrestraint — whence it is also that the records furnish us with many terrible judgments pronounced upon kings and the great of the earth. For all these reasons, then, there is vanity also in kingdoms.
(6) This vanity is plainly to be seen in the adorning of the body — in costly and sumptuous clothing, in the painting of the face, and other such ornaments besides. A manifold and great vanity is indeed to be noted therein; for consider, to what purpose does the use of clothing serve? Surely it is (a) for the covering and protection of the body against the inclemencies of the weather: but could plainer garments not do this equally well? (b) Do clothes also serve for the adornment of the body, and for the honor and esteem arising therefrom? But what honor can these bring to the soul, which is our best and worthiest part? If (c) clothes serve to distinguish ranks and stations, of what use can clothes be for that purpose, if nothing else from within is added that makes a true distinction? What honor can a man receive from the excretions of beasts, of sheep, or of bloodless creatures? Are not woolen garments, taken from sheep, and more common, more worthy than silk and costlier garments taken from worms? For this reason it is that the most distinguished persons, kings and princes, generally wear plainer clothing than their courtiers and state officials. Moreover, costly attire devours one's wealth and makes one poor, since everything else pertaining to it likewise requires expense in proportion; and how much care, and what pains, must be spent in acquiring and maintaining these costs? Excessive extravagance in dress cannot make a man worthy of any greater honor, but will rather make him contemptible; nor will it make the virtuous more praiseworthy than plainer clothing would. A careless dress much better befits an honest man. Costly clothing displays a man as stripped of the better qualities for which he ought to be esteemed. And how much time, besides, does such adornment require? Sumptuous clothing stirs up the envy of others; it transgresses God's commandments. Such splendidly dressed persons often try to cloak and excuse their outward pride under the pretense of an inward humility. Not seldom, too, an unusual display of finery betrays an unchaste disposition, and awakens and provokes the like in others. Such excess in clothing is also harmful to the common good, and has therefore at times had to be restrained by public laws; besides which it has also been chastised by divine judgments, as may be seen, Isa. 3:16-24, Zeph. 1:8. What real substance, then, is to be found in costly clothing?
Finally, this vanity is discerned (η) in fleshly pleasures, in which carnal men so deeply immerse themselves. These are common both to the godly and to the ungodly; yet this fleshly lust is far more prevalent among the ungodly than among the godly: see Ps. 17:14, and 73:3-10, Luke 16:19. These pleasures touch and concern only the body, and feed and fatten it, but have no bearing on the welfare of the soul; on the contrary, they give clear proof of a worldly-minded, carnal, and unregenerate man; they exclude such a one from heavenly blessedness; they provoke God to wrath. What goodness, then, and what real substance is there in fleshly pleasures? Having thus briefly touched upon these matters concerning the vanity of the world and of human things, this shall for the present suffice.
II.
The use, then, we ought to make of this vanity of temporal things, or the duties we ought to observe with respect to it, are these: (1) An acknowledgment, tracing out, and consideration of this general vanity of the world and of human affairs. (2) A right distinguishing of the inward, or at least natural, goodness of things, insofar as they have their origin from God, and were given to us that we might use, and not abuse, them. (3) An acknowledgment of our sinfulness, which has brought so great a vanity upon all things, that we might on that account deeply humble ourselves before God, and seek help against it in the Lord Christ. (4) A contempt for human things, and for the world, insofar as they are vain. At least (5) that we place no trust in them, since they are vain, useless, and deceitful. That we (6) chastise, correct, regulate, and ward off this vanity as far as possible, by not admitting these things into the inmost part of our souls; by turning away our eyes, that they may not gaze upon vanity, Ps. 119:37; by arming ourselves against the vanity of the world and worldly things; by sanctifying these things through the word and through prayer; by lifting up our soul above this world and all that is worldly, toward heaven, toward heavenly and spiritual things, since these alone are set above vanity, and are lasting and unmovable; and that we so seek and pursue the things of the world that we turn them to godly uses. That, finally, (7) we renounce all these things insofar as they would come into comparison with God, and contend against His will, and serve to feed and satisfy self-love. Which renunciation we have expressly treated in Book VI, Chapter VIII, §34. By these remedies, we shall break the vanity of worldly things, and the vexation of spirit born from it, and shall use the creatures agreeably and profitably.
Chapter VIII: On Bearing the Cross, and Its Abuse
We have considered the exercise of godliness in the life of man with respect to his state of prosperity; there now follows the same consideration with respect to his state of adversity. Concerning this we shall have to speak: (1) of the nature of the cross, or of adverse things in general; then (2) of its origin, arising from temptations; and finally (3) of its various kinds. In the first place, then, we must speak of the use and abuse of the cross. Of this we must consider its
I.
Nature, which lies in nothing other than the noble and manful bearing of the cross, or of the adverse things of this life. By the cross we here understand everything that is against us in this life — all manner of affliction, or all difficult and grievous evil, whether affecting the body, or the soul, or man's temporal state in the world; of all which things we must speak severally in their place. The use of this cross, or of these adverse things, then, consists in this: that we bear all this adversity nobly and courageously, for which it is required (1) that we prepare and strengthen ourselves in good time against every future adversity, and this is done, first, by expecting afflictions, as things that will surely come upon us, Acts 20:22, by not setting them aside through a vain sense of security, Ps. 30:7. Then also (2) by well learning the first rule of Christianity, concerning self-denial, Matt. 16:24; for when self-love has been subdued, it will become very easy to endure all manner of adversities. (3) By humbling ourselves under God's mighty hand, so as to be ready to receive whatever evil, of whatever kind and however great it may be, Ps. 39:10. By (4) providing ourselves in good time with spiritual peace of mind, by means of which we shall overcome all the adversities that might befall us, Jer. 17:17, Phil. 4:6-7, Rom. 5:1. Further (5) by striving more and more to be persuaded and convinced of God's all-sufficiency, Gen. 17:1, as being sufficient for us against all threatening calamities, by whose power we can bear and overcome all things, Phil. 4:13, and who will stand by us in everything. (6) By laboring so that we may hold none of our present prosperity as anything other than granted to us by God, and which we must therefore also be ready, according to His will and at His beckoning, willingly to give up, Job 1:21. Then (7) by giving ourselves over entirely to God, together with all that is ours, since on His disposal and government all things depend, so as to be the less disturbed should it please God to take away from us what He has granted. (8) By providing ourselves in good time with such means as may serve to help us in the calamities that break in upon us, and to moderate and make them bearable — namely, with firm grounds of consolation, with experiences of God's assistance in past distresses, and with divine assurances of actual help, so far as is needed to endure them and attain a happy outcome. (9) By stirring up and strengthening God's manifold grace, which He has heretofore bestowed on us — faith, courage, patience, dependence on God, and all other gifts of grace — so as thereby to be able to stand firm against all calamities that might ever befall us. Finally (10) by giving heed to the example of the Lord Christ, and of all His saints, who so magnanimously endured the heaviest miseries and adversities: who so patiently took upon Himself God's wrath and the curses of the law for us, and suffered for sinners with such great willingness, to this end, that He might come to the aid of His own in every adversity, and light their way with His example; and that, through the sufferings endured by them with steadfastness and constancy, He might be glorified — while His believers, the saints, have in every age followed in His footsteps with such great and wondrous endurance.
Now, when the soul has by these means prepared itself against all future calamities, it must (11), in the afflictions now present and pressing upon it, gird itself to undergo and bear them courageously — on the one hand, avoiding everything that could weaken it in bearing the pressures of those afflictions; this must be done (a) by not disguising the grace and strength with which it has long since been endowed, by pretending to be poor while in fact one is rich, Prov. 13:7. By laying aside (b) a false shame, whereby one is ashamed to acknowledge being in that state in which God has already placed the soul, in order to crown it, in conformity with His Son, with honor and glory, 1 Pet. 4:16. By laying aside (c) all impatience, so as not to become faint and discouraged by the adversities sent us by God, and thus not to resist His will, Prov. 3:11. By (d) laying aside doubting distrust, whereby one does not live by faith, and makes God's love uncertain to oneself. (e) By laying aside one's trust in earthly friends, and other means from which to expect help, so as, in pressing adversities, to depend on God alone, as one who both can and will, when it pleases Him, come to our aid. (f) By laying aside too many cares and anxieties, whereby one fails to commit one's ways to the Lord, and to place one's trust in Him. By laying aside also (g) terrors arising from sudden misfortunes that befall us, by which one is too greatly disturbed on account of the calamities breaking in — since thereby one betrays the weakness of one's faith — in order, on the contrary, to set before oneself the unchangeableness of the divine love and promises, Prov. 3:5.
But on the other side too, one must, amid afflictions, seek after those things which can be a powerful help to us; to which belong (a) prayers, that God may come to our aid in adversities, sustain us therein so that we do not succumb, or else, according to His great mercy, deliver us from them, Ps. 50:15, James 5:13. (b) Patience and quiet resignation to God's all-wise will and all-governing providence, James 1:4, 1 Pet. 3:15. (c) Prudence, whereby one knows how to conduct oneself in adversities, and by what means one may help and save oneself in them, James 1:5. (d) Trust in God, whereby one casts one's burdens and cares upon His shoulders, James 1:7-8, Nah. 1:7, Ps. 27:14, and 37:7. (e) Obedience, whereby one wholly surrenders oneself to God's will, Heb. 5:8, condemns oneself, and acknowledges one's sins as the meritorious causes of those adversities, Job 36:8-9, and remains steadfast under afflictions, not departing from the ways of the Lord, Ps. 37:34.
Finally, one must aim at this — that one gain some good from these pressing evils, so that from and through them (A) the ardor of prayer may increase, Isa. 26:16. That (B) our spiritual strength and patience may be lifted up, as commonly happens through the opposition of contrary things. That we (C) may be more and more restrained from sin by these adversities, Hos. 2:6, so that afflictions are to us as so many hedges against sin. (D) That the grace hidden in the heart may, through adversities, more and more come to light, and be brought into activity and be promoted, Ps. 119:67, Hos. 2:7. That (E) the corruptions of the heart may more and more be suppressed and put to death, Isa. 27:9, since afflictions are to believers so many fatherly chastisements from God, by which sins are avoided and amended, Rev. 3:19. That we (F) may, through afflictions, be made more and more conformed to the image of Christ, Rom. 8:29, Phil. 3:10. That (G) God may, in the midst of afflictions, be glorified in us, through the strength He grants us, and through the victory He causes us to win. That we (H) may, through afflictions, be roused to strive after heavenly rest, Heb. 4:9-11, and that through these light afflictions, which very quickly pass away, we may be brought to that far more exceeding weight of eternal glory, 2 Cor. 4:17-18, Rom. 8:18.
II.
The benefits and advantages of this use and enduring of afflictions, for the sake of which they are to be practiced, may be brought under these main heads. This patience is (1) among the first duties of Christianity, Luke 9:23, James 1:4. It is also (2) clear proof of the divine love, Rev. 3:19, Heb. 12:6. It makes (3) us conformed to God, Rom. 9:22, and to the Lord Christ, Heb. 12:2-3. It is (4) a gift of God, Phil. 1:29. It is (5) useful in manifold ways, for reining in our corruptions, and for stirring up the gifts of grace which we touched upon with a finger in the preceding paragraph. It is (6) in every way necessary, to overcome the many difficulties that meet us on the way, in the confession of our Christianity. (7) It lessens the bitterness present in all our afflictions, and makes them bearable; indeed it makes our adversities sweet. Thus (8) they pave and prepare the way that one enters into God's kingdom, Acts 14:22, 2 Tim. 3:12, just as they also paved that way for Christ, Luke 24:26.
III.
The remedies that are useful in the endurance of the cross may be drawn (1) from considering our dependence on God, who has ordained and sent each person's afflictions. (2) From the covenant fellowship with God, whereby God, who sends the afflictions, is our God, and by virtue of the covenant made has bound Himself to us for every kind of help. (3) From the renewing in memory, and frequent repetition, of that covenant-making, whereby one can be, and remain, persuaded that everything that befalls us comes to us from a Friend and Covenant-partner. (4) From the exercise of spiritual strength, patience, and trust in God. (5) From the application of the words of comfort and the promises held out to us in God's Word. (6) From prayers, by which one can obtain from the divine omnipotence and goodness, according to His assurances, everything that we shall need with regard to afflictions. Much as we have said in the Treatise on Moral Theology, Chapter I, concerning spiritual strength, patience, and constancy.
Chapter IX: On the Use and Abuse of Temptations
In the preceding chapter we examined the nature of the cross, or of adversities; now follow their causes, or the temptations, which themselves are also indeed the heaviest afflictions. Their use and abuse we shall here consider, and accordingly there comes before us
I.
Their nature, or use, whereby we conduct ourselves valiantly and rightly under temptations. Here we must note (1) what a temptation is. Sometimes it signifies as much as an examination or trial, whereby the inward knowledge of some matter is investigated, whether for oneself or for others. Thus God tempts and tries man, not that it may be made known to Himself, but to others; as may be seen in the temptation of Abraham and of Israel. Thus Satan tempts, that the condition, powers, and strength, or the weakness, of the one tried may be made known to him. Sometimes temptation means the same as a combat, or a war: thus Satan tempted, to seduce and destroy, or to drive to despair; and man tempts God, to put Him to the test, etc.
How many kinds of temptation are there? There is a temptation (1) from God, whereby He tempts or tries men, to this end, that the virtue, or the vice, that lies hidden in them may be made manifest — not to God, who tries them, but either to the men themselves who are tried, or to other men; as may again be seen, as we have said, in the temptations of Abraham, of the Israelites, and of others. There is a temptation (2) of man, whereby he tests, or contends against, (a) either God — when he seeks a proof-sign of some divine perfection through unbecoming means or in an unlawful manner; which temptation commonly arises from unbelief, of which we have spoken expressly elsewhere. Man also tempts (b) his neighbor, to learn his strength or weakness, his virtue or vice, and not seldom, to entice him to sin: thus was Adam tempted by Eve. Man also tempts (c) himself, that he may be made known to himself, that he may know what his shoulders can bear, and what he is unable to carry. This occurs among men who too rashly plunge themselves into some danger, whether bodily or spiritual; as Peter thus followed the Lord Christ, when He was led away captive, even into the palace of the high priest. There is a temptation (3) of Satan, whereby he tempts man to evil, as may be seen in the temptation of the first human pair, and of the Savior. Satan's aim in these temptations is, first, to make inquiry into the state, the powers, the mind or conscience, and the virtue of the one he tempts; and then so to attack such a person, according to the nature of his state and his powers, to seduce, overcome, and bring him to the commission of sin, and from there to ruin. There are, however, (4) also mixed temptations, when man, and God, and Satan, work together in the temptation, to a different purpose and in a different manner, each of them.
Let us now see what the use of these temptations is, or which duties are to be practiced with regard to temptations — duties which, according to their different objects, are various. Namely, (a) with respect to temptations from God, a man must practice these duties: he must pay heed to the words and deeds of God, who tempts him, in order to understand their meaning and purpose; and once he has grasped these, he must, with understanding and prudence, conform and adapt himself to them; he must gird himself readily to obey the commands God prescribes to him, whatever these commands may be, whether pleasant or hard — all of which can be learned from the example of Abraham, Gen. 22.
The duties are likewise various (2) with respect to the temptations that men practice, whether toward God, or toward their neighbor, or toward themselves; in all of which temptations scarcely anything else comes into consideration for our practice than this alone: that we must most carefully avoid them; as we have, with respect to temptations concerning God, admonished in our Treatise on Moral Theology, Book II, in a special chapter, on the temptation of God — except that with regard to temptations of others, as likewise of ourselves, this must here further be added: namely, that we take care that they do not harm us, that is to say, do not lead us to sin.
The greatest and weightiest exercise of duty confronts us (3) with regard to the temptations of Satan, under which we comprehend all those temptations that are laid against us by Satan's servants, by the world, and by our own flesh, to entice us to sin. That Satan, in order to seduce, employs these his servants, we have shown elsewhere in the Contemplative-Practical Theology, Book III, Chapter XIII, and especially §22, which we may here presuppose. Concerning these temptations, then, we have the following duties to observe: (1) We must strive to have an accurate knowledge of the nature of Satan's temptation to the commission of sin — namely, that it is nothing other than a false and deceitful line of reasoning, by which he, under the pretense of what is true and good, tries to lead us astray into what is false and evil. In this deceitful satanic reasoning, these three things generally concur: (a) some good, which he offers and displays as something great and excellent: "you shall be as God," Gen. 3:5. (b) some evil, which lurks hidden beneath the grass, and is kept covered and concealed by him: "you shall not surely die," v. 4. And (c) the means, which he sets before man for obtaining the promised good, which he makes appear very easy to accomplish; it is only to eat of what is forbidden, v. 5; as we have spoken of this elsewhere, in the Contemplative-Practical Theology, Book IV, Chapter I, §10.
We must (2) firmly hold that Satan cannot seduce us without our consent: for he cannot compel us to sin; and his seduction has no direct, immediate efficacy upon our soul, such that he should thereby determine our will to sin; and we must hold firmly to this, so that we do not shift the commission of sin, born of Satan's seduction, off ourselves and onto Satan alone. What, then, does he do? Satan does this on the one hand: he turns the soul away from thinking of God and of what is good, and in its place implants suddenly arising thoughts, and such first stirrings, that are devoid of any preceding deliberation — for that these first-arising stirrings and impulses are indeed truly sins, we have proven elsewhere, against those of the Roman Church and others. But on the other hand he also does this, that he stirs up and entices the will and the desire, by casting out before it a bait, as fishermen do with fish. Hence it is that lust, once stirred up by Satan's seduction, is itself the proper cause of sin, according to the testimony of James in his epistle, chapter 1:13-15.
Furthermore, we must (3) carefully watch the very first stirrings of desire, and at once try to stifle and suppress these stirrings the moment temptations arise; since, once these are rendered powerless, all the efficacy of the temptation will likewise cease. Moreover, (4) we must be earnestly mindful to turn temptations away; and to this end we must, (a) before their arrival, employ the means to prevent and avert them; to which it will be useful (A) that we guard against pride, for pride commonly goes before a fall; as it is therefore said of the heathen philosophers, that God gave them up to the lusts of their hearts, Rom. 1:21-22, and that we, against this, walk in humility before the face of the Lord. We must guard (B) against carnal carelessness; for when we think that no danger is approaching us, then the greatest danger is nearest to us, as appeared in our first ancestors, in Peter, and in others. Accordingly, we must watch. Besides this, we must (C) guard against the abuse of the divine grace and goods God has granted us, Ps. 30:7-8, since it is God's right to abandon such abusers to temptation. We must (D) attentively observe all the stumblings and falls of all sorts of other men, in particular, as instructive examples to us, so as to learn from the dangers of others to act more prudently, that we may not fall into the same temptations, mindful that so great a corruption of nature clings to us as to those others — namely, the examples of our first ancestors, and Noah, and Lot, and David, and Solomon, and Peter, and others. We must (E) carefully avoid every occasion and opportunity for temptation and sin, for opportunity makes a thief; and thereby we tempt ourselves to sin, and call Satan in upon us, that he may further us in the temptation, and provoke God, that He may forsake us. We must (F) see to it that we always have our weapons ready against Satan and his temptations, since he will not readily attack those whom he sees ready to withstand him courageously, but will on the contrary attack more swiftly and violently those whom he sees unarmed.
But (5), when we find ourselves in the midst of the temptation itself, we must then, with all prudence, try to turn it to our advantage; and this we shall do (a) whenever we let ourselves be persuaded that the temptations are sent us by God, that we may thereby be humbled on account of our sins committed, or also that we may hereafter the more flee from sin. (b) When we consider that this is the common lot of all the saints, that they lie exposed to temptations, and that we are no better than they: compare Heb. 12:8. If we (c) recognize in temptations the divine providence, which not seldom permits temptations, to cause us to avoid sin. When we also (d) earnestly seek to use such means by which a violent temptation can be withstood and turned aside; such means being, (α) that in temptations, as far as we are able, we withdraw ourselves from all disputation with the tempter, since by this our first parents formerly came to fall; but rather, kindled with indignation, at once drive Satan away from us, as did the Savior, Matt. 4:10, saying, "Get thee hence, Satan." (β) Also, that we do not too quickly take flight, or throw away our weapons, for this emboldens Satan to press on the more forcefully. On the contrary (γ) we must see to it that we are well provided and strengthened with faith, whereby we can quench the fiery darts of Satan, Eph. 6:16, for by this also the Savior obtained the victory, Matt. 4:10-11. By this we have in readiness the divine promises, and place our trust in them, and receive strength from Christ, and can withstand Satan. We must (δ) offer valiant resistance in the power of God, 1 Pet. 5:9, James 4:7, Eph. 6:14, even unto blood, Heb. 12:4, and not cease until the temptations give way, and sin is brought to nothing. Above all we must (ε) not neglect prayer, Mark 14:38, that God may stand by us, strengthen us, help us out of the temptation, and grant us the victory. We must (ζ) set God's Word against Satan and his temptations, therefore reading, hearing, and meditating on it, and thus using it as a spiritual sword, Eph. 6:17, and taking to heart the exhortations against sin made in it, as also the threats and promises. We must also (η) fortify and strengthen ourselves, by considering that in these temptations lies the chief part of our spiritual warfare, Eph. 6:12, that we have an excellent Captain and Champion, who has gone before us, who was tempted in all things as we are, and who therefore can and will come to our aid, Heb. 2:18. We must (θ) take counsel and help from some faithful, tried, and experienced Christian, as a spiritual physician, to guide us in this condition.
Now, when Satan has been driven to flight, and the temptation ceases, we must (1) guard against Satan's stratagems, who not seldom feigns to be conquered, while meanwhile he merely gathers his forces and withdraws, to venture a new assault; wherefore we must take good care whether sin is truly subdued within us. We must also (2) nonetheless always stand on watch against new attacks, since Satan, although once or twice overcome, will nevertheless never wholly cease, besides which we still have an evil lust dwelling within us. Likewise we must (3) not neglect our thankfulness to God for the victory granted us, by acknowledging the divine grace and help within our soul, by proclaiming it also outwardly with our tongue, and, as far as possible, by answering it with deeds throughout our whole life. Finally (4) we must also try to gather from the temptation now past those wholesome fruits by which we more and more learn to know and acknowledge the wiles of Satan, the corruption of our flesh, and the inclination of our nature to stumble and fall into sin, etc.
II.
The consolation a believer can have in temptation. This consolation may be drawn from such foundational proofs, in which are at the same time comprehended the benefits and advantages of a right use of temptation — that is, of this spiritual conflict. These grounds of comfort are (1) that these temptations constitute a chief part of our warfare, to which we are called by the Apostle, Eph. 6:12, and to which we had our names inscribed at baptism, under a religious obligation by the most holy oath, and the seal of the covenant. (2) That we have here an experienced champion and leader, a most skilled, most valiant, and most prudent commander and guide in this conflict, Rev. 3:7, who is always present with us, who encourages us to fight courageously, who offers and gives help to conquer, who lifts up and sustains the fainthearted and the tried, and crowns the victors. (3) That the very ordering of the temptations themselves depends on God's guidance and command, Matt. 6:13, 1 Thess. 2:11, Matt. 4:1. Further (4) that God also promises a happy outcome, 1 Cor. 10:13, Rom. 16:20. Also (5) that the Lord Christ Himself likewise was tempted, has overcome temptations, and comes to the help of His own, Heb. 2:18 and 4:15, Col. 2:15. Besides this (6) that this is a struggle with Satan and his followers, with the world and the flesh, Eph. 6:12. As also (7) that there is a great difference between temptation and its evil; while temptation is a work of Satan, the evil can and must be courageously avoided by us, in the power of God, Eph. 6:12. That also (8) the victory will be exceedingly glorious, since as a prize of honor an eternal crown of glory is promised for it, 2 Tim. 4:7-8.
Meanwhile, in order that we may enjoy this comfort as we ought, it is necessary that, by a close self-examination and searching of ourselves, we be able to assure ourselves that in the fighting we have truly and actually obtained the victory. The certainty of this victory now discloses itself by these marks: (1) One must carefully guard against drawing, from some lingering disturbance of mind — especially in loathsome temptations — the immediate conclusion that we have been overcome in the temptation; for such disturbance is rather proof of a certain measure of victory, since it is a token of a mind that has a horror of sin; whereas, on the contrary, a quiet composure and unconcern betokens some degree of consent, as may be seen in the example of Ananias, who was at ease under temptation, and succumbed to it, Acts 5:3, 8, compared with Paul, who was earnestly troubled under it, and got the better of the temptation, 2 Cor. 12:7-8 — that disturbance being of such a kind as alarms the troubled soul away from God, having its origin in the corruption of the flesh and in a temptation that has proved victorious over it. (2) It is a sure sign of an overmastering temptation when admission is granted to the sin to which one is tempted, whether that admission be complete, or consist in some measure of consent, or of the will taking delight in it, James 1:14-15, and this all the more when that delight persists for some time, and is not at once repelled. It is likewise then (3) a sure proof of a conquered man, if the temptation is born of the very corruption of the flesh, even though it also be kindled and set aflame by Satan, James 1:14, Gen. 8:21. But if it originates from Satan alone, it is indeed then to be dreaded and terrifying, yet is no fault of the one tempted, but the wickedness lies with the tempter alone. But whenever the will of the one tempted has an aversion to the crime to which he is tempted, and stoutly sets itself against the temptation itself, and does not let the temptation abide with it, then the fault belongs to the tempter alone. See the example of the Lord Christ, Matt. 4, and of the Apostle Paul, 2 Cor. 12, who likewise, with the most fervent prayers, sought to ward off his temptation from himself, 2 Cor. 12:7-9, following James's admonition, chapter 4.
III.
The remedies by which the mind of the one who is tempted can be helped in the use of temptations, and be affected with a desired and wholesome comfort, are these: (1) All the temptations that incite to sin must be reckoned among the number of all our enemies, 1 Pet. 2:11. (2) One must also have a hatred and horror of all those very stirrings of thought that incite to sin, Rom. 7:15. (3) One must further arm oneself constantly against all those spiritual enemies, Eph. 6. (4) One must also, with the exertion of all one's strength, resist all these hostilities, James 4:7, 1 Pet. 5:9. And meanwhile (5) ascribe nothing to one's own strength, but to divine help alone, and earnestly beseech God for that help, Matt. 6:13. Moreover, one must (6), in unclean temptations, allow no reasoning or deliberation, but persevere steadfastly in pure abhorrence and rejection, Matt. 4:10. Upon this also (7) one must carefully avoid all occasions that could give nourishment to that temptation. Likewise (8) one must, with all possible strength, ward off and extinguish all troublesome suggestions of the spirit, Eph. 6:16, at times also treating them with contempt, while they, after everything has been tried against them, do not cease to be burdensome and troublesome. Further, (9) should temptations once warded off return again from time to time, one must remember that it is the duty of an unconquerable soldier not only to withstand the assailing force of the enemy once and again, but also to endure the length of a prolonged siege. Still (10) one must prudently and obediently trace out and take note of the meaning and purpose of divine trials, and obey them, so that we may suffer no harm to our soul from them, following the example of Abraham, Gen. 22. And as for (11) human temptations, whether they beset us through continual allurements, or through threats and persecutions, we must take such careful heed of them that they cannot harm us. And finally (12) we must not so neglect our own temptations arising from ourselves, that we would yield anything to them.
As to the abuse of temptations, we must consider their
A. Nature, whereby we conduct ourselves in such a way with regard to temptations that we are harmed by them. This happens (1) if we conceive too great a terror, anxiety of mind, and disturbance from them, setting aside our trust in God's presence and help, and sometimes coupled also with fear and dread before God, Ps. 77:4-5. When we (2), owing to the corruption of our flesh, do not pay sufficient heed to temptations, so that they assail us unawares. When we (3) conspire with the tempters, and with the temptations. (4) When we do not properly resist them. When we (5) even succumb under the temptations — which not seldom happens even to believers themselves, as seen in the example of David, of Peter, and of others. If we (6) let ourselves be conquered by temptations, so that we throw away our weapons, and give ourselves over into the power and dominion of the tempter, to follow his will, and surrender ourselves wholly to fleshly lusts — which is the work of the reprobate alone.
B. The evils and harms this misuse of temptations drags in its train are, among others, chiefly the following: (1) Ill-used temptations tend to draw us away from God, from His favor and friendship. (2) They make us slaves to Satan, to the world, and to our own lusts. (3) They rob us of all real good and virtue, and cast us into all manner of sinful acts. (4) They place us in the number, and in the contemptible state, of slothful, cowardly, and fainthearted soldiers. Finally, (5) they cast us down into the full fellowship and tyranny of Satan, to torment us most cruelly. Not to add that here too (6) we rob ourselves of all peace of conscience.
C. The causes of this abuse are chiefly these: (1) Ignorance, whereby we have no knowledge of the nature of the spiritual conflict, and of Satan's stratagems. (2) A natural weakness and sluggishness, whereby we are averse to the difficulties bound up with this spiritual conflict. (3) Love of sin, which makes us readily give way before temptations, to pleasures and temporal interests. (4) Neglect of the spiritual armor, by means of which we might withstand every kind of temptation. (5) Carelessness, whereby, in the midst of fighting, we pay no heed to ourselves and our own heart, do not feel our own weakness, or have too great a dread of Satan and his instruments, of his power and cunning, or of the multitude of enemies. (6) The friendship we keep with temptations, with Satan, with the world, and with our own flesh, whereby we refuse to enter into combat with them, etc.
D. The remedies against this abuse of temptations can be drawn (1) from a proper consideration of the benefits and advantages of the lawful use, and of the evils and harms of the abuse, of temptations. (2) From such means by which the good use of temptations can be promoted and regulated. (3) From stopping up the wellspring causes, by contrary practices.
Chapter X: On the Bodily Cross, and Its Comfort
Thus we now descend directly to the particular kinds of the cross. For there is either an outward cross, which properly afflicts the body, or an inward one, which touches the soul. Both of these we shall treat in particular, and in order; and in the first place we shall speak of the outward cross, of which we shall consider
I.
Its nature. This outward cross is that affliction which immediately afflicts the body, and from there penetrates through to the soul, to stir up in it difficulty, pain, and unrest. It is indeed true that the outward cross also penetrates to the soul, yet in no other way than through the body; for every affliction affects the soul with sorrow and pain, since all pain and sorrow have their seat in the soul. These afflictions we shall first divide, in general, into their various classes, so as to draw from them the grounds of comfort more distinctly and more forcefully.
There are, then, (I) afflictions brought upon us by men, and that for righteousness' sake, Matt. 5:10, for the sake of Christ and His gospel, Mark 1:29, on account of God's kingdom, Luke 18:29. These are properly persecutions, which in a narrow sense are called the cross, because they bear some likeness to, and share in, the cross of the Lord Christ, Phil. 3:10. There are (II) afflictions that are immediately sent by God, to prove and try us, Exod. 15:25, Deut. 8:2, 16. These afflictions are properly called trials. There are (III) afflictions that are called fatherly chastisements, Job 36:9-10, Heb. 12:6, to restrain or draw us away from sins by means of them. There are also (IV) certain mixed afflictions, in that, in and through persecutions, believers are always indeed tried, and often also chastened, whereas trials and chastisements, however, are more often used by God without persecutions; yet at times they run together in such a way that the nature of the one kind is more apparent in one believer than in another.
But secondly, and in particular, here we encounter (1) persecutions, or such evils as are inflicted on us by men for righteousness' sake, and which harm us either in our honor and good name — consisting in slanders, and every kind of reviling and backbiting, which injure us in our honor, or in our goods, by which persecutions we are robbed of the things needful for the sustenance, or the refreshment, of this our temporal life; or in our body, when persecutions torment it with all manner of hardships and pains; or particularly in imprisonments, which rob the body of its liberty; or in death, when these persecutions cruelly rob us of this temporal life, through various means and rising degrees of torment. Hence also confessions, that is, such painful sufferings as do not yet reach entirely to death, and consist in all manner of mockeries and painful reproaches; and martyrdoms, whereby life itself is at last taken from us.
To these particular kinds of afflictions belong (2) all sorts of sicknesses and infirmities, whereby the body is deprived of its health, that glorious gift of God, and is thereby rendered unfit for its functions — such as fevers, plagues, and the like, from which arise dreadful pains, in greater or lesser degree, that painfully afflict the soul. To this also may be reckoned (3) old age, whereby the natural powers are gradually worn away, whereby the soul is seized and filled with sadness, cares, and anxieties, and the body stripped of all the cheerfulness and sweetness of this present life, so that not unfittingly old age itself may be called a continual sickness. To this (4) belongs also the deformity of the body, arising from some defect of the body and its members, whereby the body is deprived of its becoming beauty and grace, and is made mean and contemptible in the eyes of others; such deformity being caused by blindness, deafness, and a disordered state of the body's members. Add to this (5) the burden and difficulty of our temporal calling, arising from many labors, cares, anxieties, and a less fortunate prosperity, owing to hindrances and hostilities coming upon us from elsewhere and thrown in our way, which not seldom make life difficult and bitter for us. To this also belong (6) the general calamities, such as wars, famines, plague, hard times, and the like miseries, which are, as it were, so many scourges of God, with which we, in common with others, are pitifully visited. To this also belongs (7) poverty, whereby we are deprived of the outward means required for a fitting sustenance of this our temporal life, and are brought into great distress. Likewise (8) the loss of our dearest friends, on whose presence with us a great part of the sweetness of our life depends. And finally (9) contempt, or the lack of that respect which is owed to us by others. These are, then, the chief kinds of outward afflictions, which it shall suffice briefly to have touched upon here.
II.
The grounds of comfort to be adduced against all these afflictions are these: (1) That the temptation of all these afflictions is nothing more than what is common to man, 1 Cor. 10:13, which is very common to believers themselves, while they are still in this world, 1 Pet. 5:9. Then (2) that they so depend on, and are governed by, the divine providence, that not a hair of our head can fall without the will of the heavenly Father, Matt. 10:30, Luke 21:18. That they (3) are also sent to believers out of God's fatherly love, Heb. 12:6. That (4) the Lord Christ Himself endured the bitterest afflictions, in order to come to our aid, Heb. 2:18 and 4:15. That (5) God has promised His own that He will be with them in all their afflictions, that He will grant them strength by which they may endure the most painful bitterness, and finally, that He will also give a happy outcome to all their calamitous visitations, unto salvation, 1 Cor. 10:13. That (6) the time of afflictions is very brief, 2 Cor. 4:17, 1 Pet. 5:10. That (7) the fruit of afflictions is very wholesome for believers, for every affliction yields them an abundant fruit of righteousness, namely, to those who are exercised thereby. See on this Ames, Cas. Consc., Book II, Chapter XVI. And these, then, are the general wellsprings of comfort in afflictions; for there would be no end to enumerating the particular comfort in each particular affliction, which may also be found in and from the nature of each particular affliction and its careful consideration.
III.
The remedies that one who is afflicted must use, in order to become partaker of such a true and firm consolation, are the following: (1) Let one afflicted acknowledge the hand of God in his affliction, Isa. 26:11, Job 4:6, Amos 3:6, for to acknowledge this is the true foundation of patience, 1 Sam. 3:18, Ps. 39:9, and of all the wholesome fruits born from afflictions, Isa. 27:8-9. Then (2) let him search and examine his ways, so as to recognize his sins, Lam. 3:39-40, Job 36:9-10, for sins are indeed the source and grounding reason of all afflictions, Rom. 5:12. Further (3) let him humble himself before the face of God, under His mighty hand, James 4:10, 1 Pet. 5:10, 2 Sam. 15:26; otherwise God's chastening is despised, and one betrays one's own carelessness, and empty complacency, or insensibility, Prov. 3:11. Also (4) one afflicted must, by a humble conversion, seek God's face, and beseech Him for grace, Lam. 3:41-42, Amos 4:12, Hos. 6:1. This will then best come about, when God's wrath has in some measure taken hold of us in anger. Alongside this (5) let him strive to make progress, out of his afflictions, in every part of a new obedience to God, Heb. 12:10, Job 36:10, Isa. 26:9. Meanwhile (6) let him guard against all fleshly self-indulgence, impatience, and murmuring against it. And (7) let him abstain from all unlawful means of wresting himself free from afflictions, for in these he shall find no help, nor comfort; but on the contrary (8) let him await with patience that outcome which God has promised to give him, 1 Cor. 10:13, James 5:7-8, 11, etc.
Chapter XI: On Confused and Melancholic Terrors
From the outward afflictions, which immediately afflict the body, we now descend to the inward ones, which more immediately trouble the soul; and to these belong chiefly (1) confused and melancholic terrors. Then (2) blasphemous suggestions. (3) Spiritual desertions. Finally (4) manifold doubts. We shall treat each particular topic separately, and begin with confused and melancholic terrors, concerning which we must inquire
I.
Their nature, in respect of which these are nothing other than such anxieties of mind as arise from the divine ordinance, and from Satan's suggestions, which for that purpose abuse the disorder of our bodily and vital humors; whereby those are most afflicted who, having but recently been converted, have forsaken their sins, and have given themselves to the confession and practice of godliness. These terrors are of two kinds. There are such terrors as (1) are wholly without reason, so utterly devoid of all reason that the terrified person himself does not know from, or for what cause, he becomes so anxious; and by which anxieties a still-weak Christian, and one still newly regenerate in the spirit, is thrown into such doubt and deliberation within himself, whether he shall return to his former vomit, so as thereby to be delivered from these terrors, and enjoy his former ease with worldly pleasures more freely and light-heartedly — whereby then also not seldom his carnal acquaintances, who have themselves been alarmed by his example, lend him a hand in such a way that they keep him from association with spiritual persons, and instead recommend to him the company of worldlings — or whether he shall rather persevere in his begun resolve to practice godliness.
There are also terrors that (2) are rational, that rest on reasons, or in which at least reasons are sought: such reasons being, for example, that they take an idle fear that someone or other seeks to murder them; or that they should have committed the sin of blasphemy against the Holy Spirit. Such terrors are at times common both to believers and elect, and to unbelievers and reprobates; but the former are thereby exercised and confirmed in their godly resolve, while the latter fall away from their confession, and their soon-vanished resolve, and return to their former way of life.
II.
The causes of these terrors are to be sought (1) in God's all-wise providence, to distinguish the truly converted from the merely apparently converted. (2) In evil humors and vital fluids, and a disordered condition of the blood, which even appears from this, that it has been found that purely spiritual remedies, though often employed for this purpose, have proved fruitless, while, however, when bodily remedies have been used alongside these, the terrors have given way. (3) To this is added a spiritual weakness, which is likewise concluded from the fact that merely bodily remedies were not sufficient to remove these terrors. Accordingly (4) there is here a concurrence of disordered bodily humors, together with a spiritual weakness and a sickly condition of the soul. From this then arise such terrors as experience has often taught are happily removed by combined bodily and spiritual remedies. To this also are added (5) the temptations of Satan, which mingle themselves with this bodily and spiritual sickness, by which the tempter tries to draw back and carry off again to their former vomit those newly converted, or at least those who are so in appearance only — somewhat as Pharaoh once pursued the fleeing Israelites, to make them return to Egypt. In this also has a share (6) conversion, whether it be hypocritical, or not yet sufficiently confirmed. And besides this (7) too great a desire for ease, and love of fleshly pleasures, joined with a partial love for godliness. Whence it comes about that such a person remains as it were hanging between the two, in doubt whether it is best for him to return to his former sinful way of life, or to persevere and go forward in the conversion he has begun. To this disposition also contribute (8) carnal men and bodily friends, who act wrongly in this matter, and try to bring such terrified, wretched souls back to their former ease, and who for this reason keep at a distance all spiritual persons who would counsel them better things.
III.
The remedies that can be useful for the removal of these terrors must be drawn (1) from divine providence, which will remove or moderate that terror when it is approached with fervent prayers, and can thereby be, as it were, bent and moved — after the example of Paul, 2 Cor. 12:8, "For this thing I besought the Lord thrice" — that is, many times; and after the example of the Savior, Matt. 26:39, "Father, if it be possible, let this cup pass from me." (2) As for the evil bodily humors, and disordered mixture of the blood, this must be corrected with the help of an experienced physician, and by fitting temporal remedies. (3) As for spiritual weakness, this must be remedied by spiritual means, which must be administered by a faithful spiritual physician, well practiced in spiritual conflict. (4) One must offer valiant resistance to Satan in his temptation, through the spiritual armor which the Apostle so earnestly recommends, Eph. 6:12. Meanwhile (5) one must take great care to ascribe nothing to one's own strength, but to depend wholly and entirely on God's powerful help. Also (6) one must stop one's ears against the solicitations of worldly-minded and carnal friends, who try to turn us away from the strictness we have now begun to observe on the way of godliness. (7) The too-great desire for ease and fleshly pleasures must be renounced and broken, through an attentive consideration of the Christian conflict, to which we are called by the laws of the Lord Christ, and that such a conflict has taken place even among the best of God's children — as, for example, in Paul and Christ, and other saints. Of exceptional use for this will also be (8) the steady use of those means by which faith and conversion come to be strengthened, and the spiritual powers receive nourishment and grow. Besides this, (9) it will be useful and highly necessary, with all one's strength, to ward off thoughts of the death he fears others will inflict on him, and of the blaspheming sin he has committed against the Holy Spirit; for which he must try to take the counsel and help of a spiritual physician, so as through him to rightly understand the nature of these blasphemous suggestions — of which we have just spoken.
Chapter XII: On Blasphemous Suggestions
We now come to the second part of the inward afflictions of the soul, consisting in blasphemous suggestions. Of this we shall consider
I.
Their nature, according to which these are nothing but temptations of Satan, by which he causes to arise in the soul, even of the most godly, evil thoughts against the divine Majesty, against the all-sufficiency of Christ's suretyship-merit, against the truth and the conscience-binding authority of Holy Scripture, so that they take these thoughts for their own sins, by which they are then very violently disturbed, and are drawn away from the exercise of religious duties, or grow very slack and weak in them. According to the judgment of learned and godly men, to such blasphemous suggestions is said to have belonged that thorn in Paul's flesh, and those buffetings of Satan, with which he so violently vexed the Apostle, that he thereupon thrice — that is, often and fervently — besought the Lord, 2 Cor. 12. Nor is there a lack of interpreters who hold that among the temptations of Christ there were also similar suggestions, which Satan — not indeed with words expressly spoken from without into the ears, but rather from within, into the soul — put forth before the Lord Christ, which, however, the Savior received with a magnanimous abhorrence, and cast out from Himself with mighty force, Matt. 4.
Such blasphemous suggestions are of two kinds. There are (1) such as have some ground, or seek to gain some, in the soul, with which the corrupt flesh conspires more or less; or which at least sometimes have their origin (a) from an unusually happy prosperity in the world, whereby a man, having grown fat and sated, sets himself up and grows recalcitrant against his most gracious Lord. Sometimes they proceed (b) from a very great abundance and bitterness of adversities, whereby a man calls into doubt, or even openly denies, the divine righteousness and mercy — as may be seen in Job. Sometimes such perverse thoughts arise (c) from some great sin committed against God, against His Word, or against His works. Also (d) from some preconceived prejudice concerning, for instance, the plainness of God's word, the foolishness of the gospel, the seemingly unjust dispensation of God's providence in His benefits or judgments, etc. From which causes then arise the thoughts, either that there is no God; or that there is no particular providence, by which God cares for each man individually; or that He is not righteous in the dispensation of His judgments, but is a respecter of persons, etc.
There are also (2) such thoughts and suggestions as are wholly devoid of any reason, foolish and senseless, which lay waste all reason and rationality, and serve no other purpose than to strike terror into men; and to which men are subject — not so much those who are outwardly respectable, or of the common sort of sinners, but rather those who are truly, and sometimes even eminently, godly, who are troubled by them, these suggestions being fit only to disturb, torment, and wear down and exhaust them in the duties of religion. In these suggestions, it is true, there are dreadful crimes; yet these are by no means the fault of those who are tempted, for they have a horror of them; but the fault and cause of them lies with the tempter alone.
II.
The grounds of comfort by which the soul, in these distresses, can be lifted up, are these: (1) That those inflicted blasphemies are not products of the flesh and one's own sins, but workings of Satan — namely, when the mind shudders at them. This appears from this, (a) that they are too horrible and abominable to have proceeded even from a decent citizen, much less from a godly person. (b) That they are not sought after by, or following, any preceding deliberation, but arise suddenly in a person, while his heart rises up against them, and are consequently thrown before his imagination by Satan. Because (c) they contend against the very nature of a human being. It serves as a ground of comfort (2) that this is the common lot even of the best Christians, who have had to endure such assaults of Satan — indeed the Lord Christ Himself was not free from this, Matt. 4. It further serves as a ground of comfort (3) that from the struggle against them it is evident that the person who is thus tempted is by no means a conquered servant of Satan. (4) That what the soul sincerely abhors, and against which it sets itself with all its power, is by no means its own sin, but rather (5) a most grievous cross, which it finds hardest of all to bear.
It serves for comfort (6) if such a tempted person laments and sighs, suspecting perhaps that these temptations have come upon him through his own fault, and through carelessness with himself, and neglect of duty, by a righteous judgment of God; or also, that perhaps some consent to such blasphemous thoughts may have come from him in some measure — against which such a person may be met with the answer that this happens very often, and commonly occurs: particularly, that just as carnal men excuse and minimize their sins, so the godly, when placed in distress, confess their sins, accuse themselves, and magnify their offenses. And let us grant them the worst — that such evil thoughts do indeed proceed from their own fault; that God has given Satan the rein; and that besides this their own flesh has also conspired in some measure in these dreadful suggestions: nevertheless, when such a person now sincerely abhors this, bears a genuine sorrow over it, no longer colludes with it, but has a horror of it, one must hold that God will then lift him up, being endlessly merciful to him, who will also be gracious to him in this matter, in forgiving also this his sin, etc.
III.
The remedies whereby such an anxious soul can be delivered from these hellish thoughts are these: (1) Persistent and fervent prayers, 2 Cor. 12:8, Matt. 26:39. Then (2) if such evil suggestions and thoughts do not cease, the soul must sincerely and with humility testify against them before God, declaring its innocence, and its heartfelt aversion to and abhorrence of them. (3) These suggestions must not be given so much weight that the soul is thereby tossed about and drawn away from its duties toward God and its neighbor, or is disturbed and hindered in them; no, but rather, they must all the more be driven back and rejected with contempt and abhorrence, after the example of Christ, Matt. 4:10, and be borne with a calm submission to God's will and good pleasure, Matt. 26:39, 42. If (4) such a struggling soul cannot perform its duties toward God and its neighbor as it would wish, it must not therefore wholly cease from them, but do what it can, and as much as it can, always in dependence on the divine goodness and help. It must also (5) not brood and dwell too much upon these thoughts, but rather, as soon as they arise within it, by stirring up all its powers in God's might, and lifting itself up to Him, try at once to quench these fiery darts of Satan, Eph. 6:16. Besides this (6) it must, with all circumspection, guard against solitude and idleness: idleness it must try to avoid, partly by godly exercises, such as prayers, the reading of Holy Scripture, and meditation thereon, partly by attending to the affairs of its temporal calling; solitude it must try to exchange for the good company of the godly, and their mutual conversation. Finally, if (7) all these means do not bring the desired fruit, it must prudently avoid engaging in earnest disputation with such evil suggestions — just as we do best when we simply pass by, as if unnoticing, dogs that furiously bark at us — but rather think that these are not its own sins, but Satan's, and simply go on performing its duties.
Chapter XIII: On Spiritual Desertions
Among the inward afflictions we must now consider the third topic, consisting in spiritual desertion. Concerning this we shall consider
I.
Its nature, which lies in this: that God, even from His own dearest children, not seldom withdraws — not so much His grace itself, as rather the experiential sense and feeling of His grace — from which a great anxiety and perplexity is born in those thus forsaken. This spiritual desertion is depicted by the sacred writers in more than one way. It is called: the hiding of God's face; turning the back upon someone, or rejecting him in His wrath; driving him away from before His face, etc. Now God forsakes men (1) either with respect to His grace itself, when He withdraws it — and this sometimes only His common grace, as the Lord forsook Saul, and gave him over to the evil spirit, 1 Sam. 16:14, and chapter 28:15 — sometimes also indeed His special and saving grace, though only for a certain time, and in this or that case: thus was Hezekiah forsaken by God, 2 Chron. 32:31. Or (II) with respect only to the feeling and experiential sense of this grace. It is in this latter sense that we here define the divine desertion of which we now speak. Thus, then, we here understand by the spiritually forsaken those who find themselves deprived of the assurance of divine grace and salvation, and thus walk in darkness, having to wrestle with manifold anxieties. These things concur in such spiritually forsaken persons: (a) They do not trust sufficiently in the sound and well-grounded marks of eternal salvation with which they are truly furnished — namely, the marks of faith, hope, love, and conversion, etc., which they possess — and doubt their sincerity. From which it follows (b) that they exclude themselves from any share in all of God's saving promises, as belonging only to true believers, and thus despair of their salvation. From which then (c) necessarily arise violent anxieties of mind, and spiritual darknesses.
The causes of these spiritual desertions may be brought under three heads, of which the first is a manifold ignorance, whereby the understanding of one so forsaken is too weak in itself to acknowledge and discern the firm grounds of salvation, since there arise before it spiritual mists and darknesses, through which such persons cannot penetrate with their sight. Such spiritual mists and dark clouds are (1) errors, whereby such a person holds the very foundations of salvation to be fixed and unmovable marks of it — as, for example, the exercises of duty in public worship, civic decency, and the like. Such also are these (2), when he does not recognize the genuine marks of salvation with which he is truly endowed — as, for example, the nature of saving faith, of true conversion, and so forth. The second weakness of one thus spiritually forsaken is (a) that he cannot, without prejudice and one-sidedness, examine himself. That he (b) fails to come to see and grasp the manifold grace that is truly in him. That he (c) cannot distinguish these genuine marks from spurious and counterfeit appearances. That he (d) cannot, from the antecedent and settled truths, in a practical syllogism, draw the conclusion for himself. For this is the only means by which one arrives at certainty of salvation, and from that certainty attains to true stillness and peace of mind, by this or a similar syllogism: whoever is endowed with a true and living faith in God and the Mediator Jesus Christ is assuredly in the state of grace, and assured of his eternal salvation; but I am endowed with that true and living faith; therefore I am, etc. Here now the spiritually forsaken person stumbles — either at the major premise, when he is ignorant of the nature of saving faith, and likewise of the divine promise by which God has infallibly pledged salvation to faith, and hence of the unshakable certainty of that promise; or he stumbles at the minor premise, or its assumption, when he either perceives no faith experientially within himself, or, if he does perceive something of it, cannot yet properly distinguish this his faith from the common historical or feigned faith; or he errs concerning the conclusion, when, from those antecedent premises, however evident they may be in themselves, he nevertheless cannot and dares not draw the conclusion.
The third weakness in one who is spiritually forsaken is, so to speak, a spiritual eclipse, or waning of light, which is of two kinds. The one is as it were a waning of the sun, when God, who is the sun of grace, withholds the beams of His friendly countenance, and turns His face away from the soul — that is to say, when God grants no spiritual light to the soul of one spiritually forsaken, whereby that soul is made so dark that it cannot behold the Sun of righteousness in His grace toward it. The other is as it were a waning of the moon, whereby, as though by the interposition of the earth between the sight of the spiritually forsaken and his moon — that is, the marks of grace — his sight is hindered, so that it cannot penetrate through to those marks. This now happens through the clogging of that sight by earthly pleasures and delights, and other sins, and especially by such sins as are, to the spiritually forsaken, a savory morsel upon the tongue, which are called besetting sins; as also through fresh lapses and relapses into the same or similar sins, by which the saving grace that is truly in him, and on which he might safely build the certainty of his salvation, is so obscured to him that the spiritually forsaken cannot come to see it, nor acknowledge and discern it, so that he does not know whether any true grace is indeed truly in him, and, if there is any, whether it is indeed saving grace, on which he might safely and without deception fasten his salvation. To all of which is not seldom added sluggishness and slothfulness, whereby such persons are unwilling to undertake the labor of a close self-examination.
II.
The manner of dealing with spiritual desertions requires two chief observances, which consist, first, in certain things that must be guarded against. These are (1) impatience, whereby one murmurs against God, as may be seen in Job, chapter 7:15. Then (2) rashness, whereby one even makes use of unlawful means to uproot oneself from these distresses, as may be seen in Saul, 1 Sam. 16:14, 17. Secondly, in certain things that must be godly practiced — namely, that one strive earnestly to know rightly and clearly the nature of this spiritual sickness, to humble oneself before God, and to hunger and thirst after the divine grace that is in Christ Jesus, Matt. 5:6, Isa. 55:1, Rev. 22:17.
Having first attended to these things, one who is spiritually forsaken must try to bring about the healing of his sickness in this manner. He must (1) carefully examine the nature and cause of this his sickness, according to the rules we have prescribed in the preceding paragraph. Then he must (2), in keeping with those rules, apply fitting remedies to it; which must consist either in thoroughly refuting those distressing thoughts, if they are false or deceitful — as, for example, if one is distressed that he may have committed the sin of blasphemy against the Holy Spirit; or, if these distressing thoughts are grounded in truth, then he must, in the power of the Lord, try to ward them off and remove them — as, for example, if someone is distressed on account of his ignorance, or incapacity, or sluggishness, or sins that are too pleasing to him for him to be able to free himself of them, then he must, by contrary thoughts and endeavors, try to combat and overcome them; or, if these cannot be wholly removed — as, for example, when that distress arises from the hiding of God's friendly countenance, which is a matter beyond our power — then one must nonetheless hold fast to God, and continue to cleave to Him, Isa. 50:10, and seek His face with fervent prayers, and thereafter, with patience and quiet composure, await the time of divine help and deliverance, until the hour of deliverance shall have come; and meanwhile occupy his soul in patience, and sustain it with the anchor of faith [see and consider Ps. 43]. In this, then, chiefly consists the healing of this sickness of the soul.
III.
The grounds of comfort with which the soul of this afflicted one, under his spiritual desertion, can be sustained, so as not to succumb, or fall into despair, may be drawn from an attentive consideration: (1) of God's endless mercy, concerning which one may read Ps. 104:14, 17, Jer. 31:20, Lam. 3:14. Then also (2) of God's full all-sufficiency, and the abundance of His grace that is in Christ Jesus, John 1:17, whereby He can save to the uttermost, Heb. 7:25; and of the infinite worth and power that lie in His suffering and His death; as also of His impartial and universal invitation, addressed to all men without distinction, to the fellowship of His grace, which is offered them in Christ Jesus, Matt. 11:28-30. Further (3) from the causes by which God is moved to these spiritual desertions of the truly gracious — namely, that these desertions do not proceed from the Lord's wrath or aversion, whereby He would rob such persons of His grace; but that He only withdraws from them, for a short time only, as for a moment, the sensible experience of this His grace, that He may afterward have compassion on them the more tenderly, Isa. 54:6-8. Besides this (4) that God does not send them these distressing thoughts in order to cause the soul any harm, but far rather for their benefit, in order to rouse, quicken, and further their faith, their hope, their love, and patience, prayers, and other spiritual exercises. Alongside this (5) one ought to set before oneself the examples of Job, and David, and Asaph, and Heman, and of the Savior Jesus Christ Himself, etc.
Chapter XIV: On the Variety of Doubts and Waverings of Mind
Finally, there comes before us, in the fourth place, among the inward afflictions, the various kinds of doubts and waverings of mind, by which believers, while they live in this state of imperfection, are altogether much exercised, and at the same time troubled and tossed to and fro. We had at first thought to set forth the chief particulars of these doubts at length; but, for the sake of brevity, and because we have, throughout the main divisions of our Contemplative-Practical Theology, already generally treated this matter under the Uses for Self-Examination, we shall change that intention, and do only two things here.
I.
We shall show that these doubts, of whatever kind they may be, can be removed more surely and more effectually by no other means than by a careful examination of one's faith — whereby (a) one may have a thorough knowledge of the nature of the matter concerning which someone is troubled, so that he hangs in doubt, and by which marks he shall be able, with full certainty and infallibly, to distinguish the true from the false and deceitful. Then also (b) that a person sincerely, without partiality, and as he ought, search out the hidden recesses of his own heart, so that it may become known to him by certain evident marks whether these are truly to be found in him; if he then becomes aware within himself of such marks of faith, he must lay aside and drive away these doubts; or, if he does not find them, he must, in the power of the Lord, through diligent exercise and prayer, strive to become partaker of them. Further (c), such a soul, once it has found in itself these marks and tokens of true faith, must drive away its doubts concerning those matters over which it is in doubt, compose itself, and fit its heart for godly rest. This is the first task to be accomplished here.
II.
We shall here set forth the chief matters concerning which the doubts of the godly chiefly turn, and let there follow the sources from which, by certain marks, and by a faithful examination of one's faith, these doubts can be removed. The doubts of believers, then, turn (1) upon the divine love; when believers fear that they are still deprived of it, and still lie under God's wrath and hatred: against this they must be diligent, through an earnest self-examination, of which we have spoken in our Contemplative-Practical Theology, Book II, Chapter VII, §40. These doubts turn (2) upon eternal election; when they fear that they have been passed over in it, and belong to the number of the reprobate: against this doubt we have set the self-examination in the same Theology, Book III, Chapter III, §23, and Chapter IV, §21. Do these doubts (3) concern the redemption through Christ; when they think that it in no way belongs to them? Against this one finds set the self-examination, in the said Theology, Book V, Chapter XVIII, §48. Do these doubts turn (4) upon the calling; when they doubt whether an effectual calling has ever indeed befallen them? These doubts are found countered by the self-examination, in the aforesaid Theology, Book VI, Chapter II, §23. These doubts likewise concern (5) faith — whether that faith with which they are endowed is indeed the true saving faith: for the removal of this doubt, the examination set forth in Book II, Chapter I, §34-44, serves. Does the doubt (6) concern conversion — whether there is indeed any conversion in them, and, if there is any, whether it is indeed a true conversion unto salvation? This doubt may be found countered by the Consideration of Conversion in Book VI, Chapter IV, §17-25, together with the reproving Use appended thereto, §35. Further (7), the doubt concerning union with the Lord Christ — whether one has indeed truly become partaker of it — can be remedied by the examination found in Book V, Chapter V, §24. One also finds the doubt of believers (8) concerning their justification and the forgiveness of sins — whether it has indeed been truly granted them: useful against this will be the examination to be seen in Book VI, Chapter VI, §33. A believer can still doubt (9) concerning his adoption as a child — whether he is indeed truly a child of God: against this he may profitably use the examination in Book VI, Chapter VII, §23, where he may also see the marks and hindrances of the experiential sense of this benefit of grace. A believer can doubt (10) concerning sanctification — whether it is not merely feigned and hypocritical: the remedy against this is the sincere examination whereby a fourfold false holiness is displayed, over against which the marks of a genuine sanctification are set forth, in Book IV, Chapter VIII, §32. This doubt turns (11) upon the sin of blasphemy against the Holy Spirit — whether it may not indeed have been committed by him: against this doubt the soul can arm itself, and set itself at ease, through a right understanding of the nature and properties of this sin, as we have described it in Book IV, Chapter III, §17. Such a doubt can also exist with regard (12) to glorification and eternal salvation — whether one will indeed ever become partaker of it: this is met by the examination in Book VI, Chapter IX, §35. This doubt also has place concerning (13) the assurance of salvation — whether that which one supposes to find within oneself is indeed the true and right assurance, or whether it consists merely in some imagination: this doubt is aided in Book VI, Chapter IX, §26. A believer can further doubt (14) concerning his perseverance — whether he shall indeed be able to stand firm in the state of grace against so many temptations, and persecutions, and other hostile assaults: remedies against this his doubt he will find in what we have noted concerning the divine preserving and confirming, in Book VI, Chapter IX, §7 and 8. There are yet more, other doubts, which can trouble and toss believers to and fro; but to enumerate them all would be an endless task. For the greater part, such doubts will be able to be removed, or made lighter, by the general sources now indicated.
Chapter XV: On the Duties of Godliness Concerning Death
We have dealt with the exercises of godliness toward God, toward one's neighbor, and toward ourselves, with respect to this temporal life, in a state at once of prosperity and of adversity; nothing therefore now remains but that we go on to consider the duties of godliness which we have to observe with respect to death: so that, just as our theology began with the spiritual life, it may now likewise end in bodily death, in order thereby to pass over into eternal life. We shall then, concerning dying well, consider its
I.
Nature, which is nothing other than an active endeavor to die well and blessedly. This will consist chiefly in the following four particulars: (1) In the consideration of death, whereby we, throughout our whole life — as much when we find ourselves in health as when we lie in sickness, so that death seems to draw near — attentively weigh in our soul (a) the nature and property of death, insofar as it is nothing other than a woeful robbing of our life, consisting in the separation of the substantial parts of which we are composed — namely, of body and soul — born, through the divine threatening, from the sin of our first parents, Rom. 5:12, being accordingly a dreadful image of the righteously displayed Supreme Being. We must consider (b) the certainty of death, whereby it is altogether and absolutely unavoidable, both for other men and for us. Alongside this we must (c) consider the uncertainty of the time when, and the diversity of the manner in which, we shall, without our knowing it, be overtaken by death, such that we cannot promise ourselves with certainty even a single hour of our life. (d) We must also constantly call to mind the consequences of death — the last judgment, the state of eternity, to be spent in the flames of hell, or in the joys of heaven. And (e) the ameliorating remedy of death, to be found in the death of Christ, who has taken away the sting of death for believers. To these and such things we must confine our consideration.
This our endeavor to die well and blessedly consists (II) in the contempt of death — which, however, must not be understood without qualification; for death, considered in itself, and insofar as it is death, is by no means to be despised, since it is in its nature a dreadful judgment of God against sin, representing to us our deserts and the divine wrath; just as it is, moreover, by its nature, the way and the means to our eternal and irreparable separation from God, the highest good — so that it would be an effect either of a hopeless and unintelligent carelessness, or of a certain affected and pretended wisdom and magnanimity, to wish to profess contempt of death, in the manner related of certain famous men among the heathen. Death can and must, however, be despised, by making a comparison between death and those glorious things which stand ready and prepared for believers to enjoy after their death, Heb. 12:2, 1 Cor. 15:55-57. And not only this — no, in this respect death may even be sought and desired by believers, 2 Cor. 5:1-2, Phil. 1:21-23, although this must take place with a desire that is tempered, and submitted to the divine will. Such a contempt of death, then, and such a desire for death, can and must be obtained by considering: (1) That Christ, by His death, has rendered void the power of death for believers, Heb. 2:14, and has taken away its sting, 1 Cor. 15:55-57. (2) That this was the sole purpose of Christ's death, that He might deliver us from the fear of death, as from a heavily oppressive bondage, Heb. 2:15. (3) That we can by no death be separated from the love of God and of Christ, Rom. 8:35. (4) That, for Christ's sake, both the life of believers and their death are precious in God's eyes, Ps. 116:15. One should also consider (5) the many and great evils from which believers are freed by death — as, for example, from sin, and from so many miseries that sin drags in its train. One should also consider (6) the eternal blessedness to which believers attain after death; and (7) the vanity of all those things that are left behind by such a death, Eccles. 2:18, 23.
This endeavor to die well also consists (III) in a right preparation for death, the nature and manner of which we have depicted, in seven chapters, in the Lord Christ as the most perfect example of dying well, in the Theology, Book V, Chapter XI, §39, to which, for brevity's sake, we have nothing to add at present. Finally, this dying well and blessedly will consist (IV) in the very manner in which one dies well and blessedly, of which likewise a mirror-image is set before us in the death of the Lord Christ, as we have distinctly shown in the Theology, Book V, Chapter XII, §41.
II.
The benefits and advantages of this dying well are chiefly these. This dying well (1) causes us to die in the Lord, Rev. 14:13 — that is to say, that we die in union with the Lord Jesus, and indeed so united that we, together with Him, when He died, have also died, and so die that His death is our death, and again, that our death is His — which accordingly makes us die unto the Lord, Rom. 14:7-8; that in our death we are conformed to the death of Christ, and become a plant in the likeness of His death, Rom. 6:5. This dying well causes (2) that we are delivered from very many and heavily oppressive evils: from sin, and from so many miseries that are the consequences of sin, Isa. 57:1-2 — miseries so great, at times, that on their account death is desired — and caused by the temptations of Satan, as well as by the assault and vexation of the world and our flesh. This dying well, furthermore, (3) brings us to a manifold and glorious good; for by such a death the divine grace in us attains its perfection, 1 Cor. 13:10; thereby we shall be with the Lord, 2 Cor. 5:8, and with Christ and the most blessed spirits of glory, Phil. 1:23; and this brings it about that we shall enjoy a firmly grounded and unchangeable state of eternal and heavenly life, 2 Cor. 5:1, Heb. 11:10, 16, Luke 16:9 — indeed, this dying well will, besides, bring it about that death itself becomes for us the way to immortal life. This dying well will also bring it about (4) that in dying we shall gently fall asleep, and rest upon our bed of sleep, Isa. 57:2, 1 Thess. 4:13-14. It will besides (5) awaken in us an undoubting hope of a blessed resurrection; for if we have become united with Christ in the likeness of His death, we shall be so also in the likeness of His resurrection, Rom. 6:5. After death (6), this dying well will also obtain for us that, at the last judgment, we shall stand unafraid before our Judge the Lord Christ, to receive from Him our acquittal; and (7) we shall be brought into that most desirable fellowship with Christ, with the blessed angels, and with all the heavenly host; indeed, this will bring it about (8) that we receive the kingdom that has been prepared for us before the foundation of the world, Matt. 25:34, 36. And thus (9) we shall receive our glorification, of which we have already received the firstfruits in this life, through the passing over from the state of death into the state of life, and of which we shall have enjoyed the progress and increase in death — through which death those are blessed who die in the Lord, Rev. 14:13 — and shall obtain the full harvest. Finally (10), we shall be perfectly delivered from all that misery of which death is, for the ungodly, the beginning, and which shall have its end in the eternal flames of damnation.
III.
The remedies by which we can begin this great work of dying well, and carry it forward and bring it to completion, will chiefly consist in this: (1) That we constantly labor to make our faith and trust in God through Christ, in a particular manner, lively and firmly grounded, Luke 2:28-30, 2 Tim. 1:12, 1 John 5:4. Alongside this (2) that we carefully strive always to have a clean conscience, giving no offense, Acts 24:15-16, Heb. 10:22. Then (3) that, with this faith and with such a conscience, we await the Lord's coming, and conduct ourselves as befits citizens of heaven, Phil. 3:20, 2 Pet. 3:12. That we (4) constantly keep before ourselves the hour of our death, as continually drawing near and close upon us, Ps. 90:12, Isa. 38:1, 2 Tim. 4:6. That we (5) continually exercise ourselves in this, that we in good time renounce and forsake the world and worldly things, 1 Cor. 7:29-31, Gal. 6:14. That we (6) make ourselves familiar with death itself, by frequent consideration of it, and thus die daily, 1 Cor. 15:31. That we (7) aim at this, that the more our outward man decays toward corruption, the more our inward man may be renewed, 1 Cor. 4:16. That we (8) fix the eyes of our soul, not so much on death itself, as rather on the divine grace that is in death itself, and on those saving goods that shall follow after death, 2 Tim. 4:8. And that we (9), with obedience and submission, commit our soul to the divine faithfulness, 1 Pet. 4:19, Luke 23:46. And that finally we (10) strive to have present with us, at our death, such believing and experienced Christians, and especially ministers, to help and assist us toward a blessed dying well, both with their prayers and with their words of counsel and comfort, James 5:14-15, Ames, Cas. Consc., Book II, Chapter XVIII, quest. 4.
Let this blessed death be, for our whole theology, which we began with the spiritual life — indeed, let even our natural death be, through the divine grace in Christ Jesus, our greatest and highest aim and
End of the Practical, Moral, and Duty-Exhorting Theology.
Reflections on the Best Manner of Preaching
For the Use of the Contemplative-Practical Theology.
In the year sixteen hundred and eighty-one, on the twenty-sixth of December, I published my Disputations for the Use of the Contemplative-Practical Theology, which was shortly to appear, and added them, as an appendix, to that Theology — by no means to make a show of them; for they themselves, as I readily and sincerely confess, have in them nothing that, on account of learning or elegance, could recommend them to anyone, especially in this discerning age, or make them worthy of any praise; no, but only that I might, as in a brief sketch, set before the eyes of my readers the method of treatment of the aforementioned Theology then about to be published, and might gradually accustom them to it. I called this method the BEST. Not that I imagine that anything merely middling good, much less the best, could proceed from me: for this method of treatment is not properly my own, but one that not only great men — such as Perkins, Ames, Oliver Bowles, Guilielmus Saldenus in his excellent Evangelical Preacher, and very many others — had long before devised and brought forth, especially the widely renowned Hoornbeek, in six or seven Disputations on the Manner of Preaching; but which also the whole British nation — not to mention our own Utrecht, indeed all who are devoted to practice and to practical matters — have, in every place where true Christianity flourishes, followed with much fruit, to the great edification of the church; so that I have been able, without any hesitation, to present it as my own.
I called this manner of preaching the best, because it, in comparison with all others, appeared to me most serviceable for the edification of the church; while I have found it, in the seventeen years of my ministry in the church, to be the most suitable — not only for my own particular reflection, but also, for my hearers, the easiest and most useful, since among my catechumens there were none lacking who, with its help, could very readily follow the thread of my sermons, and who openly declared that from those repetitions they derived as much benefit as from the sermons themselves. And not only this, but our Utrecht congregation, too, through the use of this manner of preaching, has raised its head above all other congregations —
Quantum lenta solent inter viburna cupressi.
That is: as far as the tall cypresses raise their heads above the low shrubs. Not to add anything more of the British churches, which under the use of this manner of preaching have flourished most beautifully.
I have also, at the end of my treatise on this manner of preaching, touched upon four reasons for this my judgment — though only touched upon them, which I would have explained more fully, had the prescribed brevity allowed it. For, in the first place, it is useful for a preacher, in his reflections, to bind his thoughts to a few, but general, rules, and by their help to obtain a store of words and facility of expression, from which he can afterward select what may be of the greatest use to the church. For there is nothing that belongs to be considered for sermons that cannot be brought under their main divisions; nor is there anything that occurs in reading in other authors, however confused, that cannot be brought under the rules of a sermon, whether as a reason, or a mark, or a motive, or a duty-directing means, or a manner of treatment.
Secondly, this manner of preaching is useful for the hearers, who, being accustomed to it, can easily follow the thread of the sermon, impress it upon their memory, and rehearse it with their households; without which things, according to the wise admonitions of Ames, all the usefulness of a sermon is rendered vain. Useful also, thirdly, is such a manner of preaching with respect to the matters that must be spoken, which will then have their order and place throughout; which order will give neatness and elegance to the matters to be spoken, will link them together, and will thereby bring much clarity. But especially, fourthly, such a manner of preaching will be of great benefit to the exercise of godliness, which is the soul of a sermon, so that by its means the virtues and vices, and other such matters, may be derived and drawn out from their first principles, and through all their essential parts.
Now it is to be observed that, so long as this manner of preaching was in use, among those of Britain, and our own Utrecht, the practice of godliness happily flourished, and practical writings came out daily; whereas, on the contrary, when this manner of preaching ceased, the strict practice of godliness gradually declined as well; so that whereas a single Amsterdam printer formerly supplied our Netherlands, in one or two years, with I know not how many practical writings translated from the English tongue, now, for many years past, scarcely a single practical work has appeared. To all this is added, besides, the conciseness of this manner of preaching, which contains few, and general, guiding rules, which can very easily be applied to any subject to be treated, which continually present themselves anew to the memory, which direct the preacher in his reflections, and are of great use to the hearers. For I have never been able to approve the practice of those who write thick books on the manner of preaching, in the perusing and reading of which theological students must spend almost as much time as on a proper system of theology; and, by impressing these voluminous matters upon their memory, and still more by bringing them over into practice, and then applying them yet further to the text, they become so wearied that, growing disgusted, they at last abandon all effort toward a good method, and let it go. Such preachers, moreover, spend whole hours on a literal explanation of the text, so that they are compelled to send their hearers away empty and hungry, without any practical application, without any of the desired and longed-for food of the soul, with nothing but a bare excuse for the time that has elapsed — counting it enough for themselves if they have but delivered a learned and elegant sermon; indeed, dwelling at last so long, with their explanations, upon every word of the text, that they fail to work out, to its true worth, a single main point, whether speculative or practical — to the great detriment both of the hearers and of the practice of godliness itself.
I have said, then, and say again, that such an order of preaching as is the shortest — provided only that it is also complete and well put together, provided only that it has general guiding rules that can be applied to every subject to be treated in sermons — I will always maintain to be the best manner of preaching, until I shall have been convinced by proofs to the contrary; to which I am sincerely ready to yield, just as I am also willing to maintain this order of preaching as the best, against anyone.
Having said this beforehand, I shall now set down here, without any addition, my Reflections on the Best Manner of Preaching, which I had formerly placed before my System of Theology — so as not to fall into the very fault I have noted in others. I shall then speak of the parts that belong to a sermon; then of the subordinate parts and grounds of proof; of the rules also that must guide us in treating each particular part; and of the affections that must be stirred in each part; whereupon I shall finally illustrate each part with an example, together with a proposed text taken from Col. 3:1.
II.
In every sermon, then, four parts are to be taken into consideration: invention, disposition, elaboration, and delivery — which things must faithfully lend one another a helping hand.
III.
Invention pertains either to the subject to be treated, concerning which one is to speak to the people, or to a fitting text, which suits the subject to be treated.
The subject to be treated, concerning which one is to speak to the people, must be taken either from the state and condition of the congregation, as also from the time, the place, and other circumstances, which the preacher must carefully weigh in what he is to say. In the choice of such a subject it must be observed:
1. That one not seek out a subject that is merely familiar, customary, and easy for the preacher himself. Or,
2. One that seems fit to carry off the applause of the congregation; no, but rather that which is best suited to the edification of the congregation, which must be held as a general rule for sermons.
For example: if a minister observes in his congregation too great a worldly-mindedness, and a lukewarmness in spiritual godliness, let him then take, for his subject, the matter of the heavenly walk.
The text that is suitable for this chosen subject must be taken
1. From the canonical Books of Holy Scripture alone, for these alone can most powerfully strike the mind.
2. The text must not be too long, lest, through a lengthy explanation of words, the time be spent that ought to be devoted to the subject undertaken.
3. Nor must the text be too short, so that it does not clearly and fully set forth its subject, and does not raise in the hearers a suspicion of a deliberately sought and contrived brevity.
For example: now that the subject, concerning a heavenly walk, has been chosen, let then the text be taken as the subject, Col. 3:1: If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God.
IV.
The disposition of a sermon consists in this, that the matters found or still to be found are brought, for the service both of the understanding and of the memory, into a good order fitting to the matter. To this end these rules serve:
1. One must avoid all confusion, into which one falls when one does not keep a good order.
2. One must also avoid a secret order — whereby some order is indeed kept, but is kept so covertly hidden within itself that it cannot be perceived by the people — in no other way than as if the preacher had become an orator, whose own trait it is to conceal his art.
3. Likewise one must avoid inconstancy, whereby one seeks to keep a different order in every sermon, and thus brings it about that the hearers, especially the less practiced, cannot accustom themselves to one's manner of preaching, and cannot grasp the content of the sermons in their memory — without which, as Ames rightly observes, all the fruit of a sermon is lost.
4. To this end it will not be unserviceable to set out for the hearers the connection, and the marker-words of transition — unless the condition of more advanced and discerning hearers recommends some variety, to avoid the tedium that might arise from a constantly uniform order. Although in this one must accommodate oneself above all to the less practiced, who generally make up the greater number; since the more practiced can more easily adapt themselves to the capacity of the less practiced, than the less practiced can adapt themselves to the capacity of the more practiced.
V.
The elaboration concerns the particular parts of a sermon, and all the particulars of those parts; in which, first, comes the Introduction, which orators themselves hold to be a less important part of an oration, and which is therefore often left out altogether by the most excellent rhetoricians. It has, nevertheless, its own usefulness, both for the preparing of the hearers, so as gradually to bring together the powers of understanding and of memory, in order to hear well, and also for the awakening of attention, which is brought about by a display of the majesty, necessity, and usefulness of the subject that is to be treated.
Now an Introduction is indeed framed in various ways by various preachers; for many reasons, however, I am most pleased by such a one as is taken from the connection of the words of the text. An Introduction, accordingly, is taken
Either from the matters which, with respect to the structure of the theology, most nearly precede or follow the subject that is being treated,
Or from the words which, in the connection of the text, either precede or follow.
Either kind of Introduction is rightly framed
Partly by the tracing out of a certain settled doctrinal proposition, and of its proof; for which it is necessary to bring forward certain passages from Holy Scripture, and their confirmation by certain sound and evident reasons.
Partly by carrying that doctrinal proposition over to the subject, whereby the connection previously traced out is clearly indicated.
In which, then, chiefly the following guiding rules must be observed: that the Introduction be
1. Not too high-flown, so as not, at the very outset, to raise in the hearers any suspicion of inflated pretension; nor yet too low-pitched, so that it be not thereby unfit to awaken attention.
2. Not too far-fetched, or too long, lest the attention of the hearers, being held up by the Introduction in their expectation of the subject matter — which properly makes up the body of the sermon — already be too greatly wearied at the very outset, and their attention be made to flag.
3. Nor too far estranged from the text, or from the subject; since such an Introduction is unfit to prepare for, and awaken, attention.
4. Yet also belonging to the inward and essential substance of the text or the subject; so that it does not beforehand take away matter that must either afterward be needlessly repeated, or, at the place to which it properly belongs, must with loss be anticipated.
5. Wherefore I judge it to be of the greatest usefulness that, for an Introduction, one take a concise analysis of the whole chapter from which the text is taken; since in this way the hearers will not only grasp the connection of the text more easily, but will at the same time also comprehend the entire content of such a chapter.
As for the affections and movements of the mind in an Introduction: such movements of the mind, though they need not be as vehement as in the treatment itself, must nevertheless not be entirely excluded from it, since an Introduction serves to prepare the mind of the hearers, and to awaken attention, which can scarcely be accomplished without some movement of the mind. Such affections, then, may well be admitted in an Introduction as are found in an attentive heedfulness — such movements of mind being awakened by such things as display the majesty and greatness, the necessity and usefulness, of the subject that is to be treated.
As an example: let, with respect to the passage Col. 3:1, in the tracing out of a fitting Introduction, this connection be observed: that the Apostle, having in the preceding chapters treated the principal doctrinal points, now proceeds to the points of practice. Let, then,
The main proposition be this: an evangelical preacher must not only treat the doctrinal points, but also the points of practice. For Scripture is profitable not only for doctrine, but also for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness, 2 Tim. 3:16. And the Christian religion is a doctrine that is according to godliness, 1 Tim. 6:3. Especially since the salvation of the hearers depends as much, and indeed even more, on practice than on knowledge, according to the Savior's own word, John 13:17.
The minor proposition, then, be this: it is in such a manner that the Apostle, having spoken of the chief points of doctrine, now proceeds to practice, in our text.
Or, if one prefers rather to take the Introduction from the connection with the following words, then one shall consider the same subject, in this manner: the Apostle, about to expound to the Colossians the Christian practice, or exercise of godliness, lays its foundation in the heavenly walk; in such a way that
The main proposition be this: the fundamental principle of all Christian duty-keeping is the heavenly walk. This must be proved from Scripture, and confirmed with reasons, in the manner we have described.
Then let the minor proposition be: it is for this reason that the Apostle, about to lay open the Christian duties, makes his beginning from the heavenly walk.
VI.
Upon this there follows, in the second place, the main point, or Content, of the text, which must be displayed in its full compass, and thereafter be properly distinguished into its parts. But concerning this it is to be observed:
1. That this exposition of the content of the text must draw out the whole text, and be proportioned to the division of the matters, which parts this exposition may not exceed, nor may it be exceeded by those parts.
2. That this well-traced-out exposition be set forth under a fitting title, and thus be shown to be, for example, either a certain consolation, or a rebuke, or an exhortation — whereby the parts of the text will then flow forth the more fittingly; as may be seen in all the chapters of our Theology.
For example: our proposed text contains a most weighty and earnest exhortation of the Apostle to a heavenly walk.
VII.
Upon which there follows, in the third place, the Explanation of the Text, which comprises in itself
1. The analysis, whereby the content of the text is divided into its parts and subordinate parts, so that the force and emphasis of each statement may appear the more clearly. Concerning this analysis it is to be observed
A. That the immediate parts must be proportioned to the exposition of the content of the text, and draw it out completely; but that the mediate parts, or subordinate parts, need not be set before the hearers with quite so great a strictness — that is to
...not so much by numbering and enumeration as by circumscription, lest the memory be overtaxed by too many petty subdivisions.
B. That the immediate parts be expressed by substantive nouns fitted to the discourse of the content of the text, and not by interrogative particles — who, what, why, how, when, and the like — just as we have shown for every chapter of our theology.
C. These parts must not be thin and empty of substance.
Upon this analysis one should let follow:
2. The explanation that fits the parts, and that draws out and expands, so far as is needful, the obscurities that occur, the controversies over the text, and the force and emphasis of meaning contained in it. To which end the following must be observed:
A. That the obscurities and controversies over the text not be sought out on purpose, but rather present themselves of their own accord, in such a way that one may on good grounds suppose the hearers expect a clear elucidation of them — which elucidation, accordingly, may not, without harm to edification, be passed over.
B. That the preacher not attempt to explain further things that are of themselves clear enough and evident; for thereby he would needlessly waste the time that belongs to the matter he is treating — and not only that, but by trying to explain the text further he would make it rather more obscure, indeed would render Scripture itself suspect of a perpetual obscurity.
C. The measure, therefore, of a sufficient explanation must be taken from the discourse of the content of the text, upon which the explanation must build its ground; and this being duly done, enough has been done for the explanation.
D. Finally, the explained parts must again be gathered up by some brief recapitulation, so that the doctrinal point that is being handled may appear from them the more clearly and readily.
The aids toward a good explanation of the text must be drawn:
1. From the rule of faith.
2. From the regularity of the connection of the text with what precedes and follows.
3. From certain external matters that are fitted to the text, drawn from philology and the study of antiquity, as well as from natural science and history.
4. From the best expositors of Scripture, both in the literal and verbal sense and in the analytical and substantive sense — such as Calvin, Piscator, Poole, and many others.
The passions, or movements of the heart, should here not be very strong, and should scarcely be set in motion at all, except only insofar as they are born of a conviction — take, for instance, love for the divine truth, and hatred of falsehoods, and aversion to all manner of deceitful expositions of Scripture. These passions may indeed be touched; and to that end everything is useful that is fit to convince thoroughly and soundly — that is to say, everything that is spoken soundly and evidently. As an example: in the exhortation of the text, Coloss. III. 1, four things present themselves:
1. The ground of the exhortation: If you then be risen with Christ. By this is indicated the union with the Lord Christ, as fellowship in His death, in His resurrection, and His life, v. 3, Rom. 6:5.
2. The duty built upon this ground: seek the things that are above. The Greek word ζητεῖτε, "seek," may be taken in the present indicative — "you seek" — to signify the nature and practice of those who, being risen with Christ, do what they do; or in the imperative — "seek ye" — to express their obligatory duty; or one might take both together, that they do seek, and that they also ought to seek, the things that are above, that is, the heavenly things — so that here the duty is prescribed, consisting in pursuing a heavenly walk here on earth.
3. The twofold, interwoven motivating reason: A. That Christ is there, as the Alpha and Omega of all their love and of all their longing. B. That He sits there at God's right hand — that is to say, in glory, and not in contempt or misery — and that He, who one day both can and will glorify our humbled body, shall do so from thence, Phil. 3:21.
4. The inseparable connection of this duty with its ground, in these words: if then — so that the sense is this: if the foregoing be true, that you are risen with Christ, or that you are united with Christ and have fellowship in His death and His life, then this too is true, that you seek the things that are above; or if this that follows be not true, then neither is the foregoing true.
VIII. The Doctrinal Matter of the Sermon
Fourthly follows the doctrinal matter of the sermon, which is drawn out of the text, and concerning which five things are to be noted.
A. The tracing-out and setting-forth of the doctrinal point, in which two things are to be observed: 1. That it be undoubtedly and certainly comprehended in the text, or be drawn from it by way of an undeniable inference, so that the preacher does not make the Word of God say whatever he pleases, but only, precisely, what is in his text. 2. That this also be made plainly evident to the hearers, and that accordingly the ground and reason of this deduction or inference be made clear, so that the hearers cannot doubt whether this teaching is truly comprehended in the text.
B. Its establishment by proof, which must be done by parallel passages, or passages having the same force of meaning, to the end that the hearers may be the more convinced that this is God's constant and everlasting meaning. Herein it is to be observed: 1. That the proof be sound. 2. That the passages that are to yield the proof not merely be cited bare, but be applied, briefly and soundly too, to the point that is to be proved. 3. Yet so that the texts brought forward for this not be strained by too far-fetched an appearance of proof. 4. That, without necessity, parallel texts not be heaped up, which would take from the time needed for the matters that are to be treated — since two or three passages brought forward are commonly enough, and in the mouth of two or three witnesses every truth stands.
C. Its further confirmation by reasons, whereby the point proved receives, besides this, its own evidentness — which evidentness, joined to the scriptural testimonies, yields a forceful conviction. These confirming reasons must be: 1. Sound and evident, and thus fit to convince every one, willing or unwilling. 2. Carefully distinguished from the motivating reasons that belong to the practice or exercise of the doctrines, with which the confirming reasons often bear a close affinity; yet they differ from one another in this, that the confirming reasons relate to the understanding, to convince it of the truth, whereas the motivating reasons relate to the will, to move it to the practice of duty. And in case this distinction cannot always, with regard to the practical confirming reasons, be too precisely made, then one must at least take care that one and the same matter not be said twice over. 3. These confirming reasons must be drawn either from the nature and properties of the subject of the matter in hand, insofar as these bear a certain relation to what is said of it; or from the nature and properties of what is said, which likewise obtain their relation to the subject; or from the inseparable coherence of both — not to speak of the commonplaces of rhetoric, such as cause, effects, subject, adjuncts, agreements, differences, and the like.
D. Its assertion, or defense, namely when our remark lies open to certain difficulties or objections — which indeed, 1. as regards their being sought out, must not be sought on purpose; but nevertheless 2. if they present themselves of their own accord, must be resolved concisely and soundly.
E. Its explanatory expansion, whereby both parts of the doctrinal point — the subject and the predicate, or at least the principal part — are set forth distinctly in all their members and admixtures, so that the majesty and abundant substance of the doctrine to be treated may be seen the more clearly. Here then: 1. One must carefully distinguish the verbal explanation from the substantive; for the verbal explanation must not extend further than to a right understanding of the literal sense of the words of the text, whereas the substantive explanation concerns the proper nature of the thing that was signified by the words. I well know that these are commonly mingled together; it is better, nevertheless, that they be kept distinct, so that each point may have its own place. 2. One must take care, especially in doctrines that are mostly contemplative, not to wander off into commonplaces (except only in catechism sermons), but to select only those matters that stand opposed to it. 3. Finally, one must take care that we too, in this, be not overabundant or long-winded, and not waste the time that is needed for the application, which is the soul of the sermon.
If the aim of the whole teaching be nothing other than the conviction of the mind, and the knowledge of the truth that is according to godliness, then no passions can here be set in motion but those that have their origin from that source — namely, the love of truth and aversion to falsehood; for the rest of the movements of the heart display themselves in the application.
An example of all this we have, concerning the text Coloss. III. 1, in this manner:
Let the doctrine be: as many as are united with the Lord Christ, and have fellowship in His death and life, exhibit a heavenly walk.
For the Apostle says that those who are risen with Christ seek the things that are above; and all who are risen with Christ are certainly none other than those who are united with Him, who have died with Him, and are raised from the dead.
1. The Apostle says the same elsewhere — for example, Eph. 2:1, 5, 6, where those who have been made alive together with the Lord Christ, and raised with Him, and thus united with Him, and have obtained fellowship in His spiritual life, are said to be seated together with Him ἐν ἐπουρανίοις, in heaven, or in the heavenly places. What does this signify but a heavenly walk?
2. Again, Rom. 6:5, where those who have become σύμφυτοι τῷ Χριστῷ, one plant with Christ, or so united, as branches with the root, and made ὁμοιωθέντες, conformed to Him, both as to His death and as to His resurrection, are said, v. 11, to live unto God in Christ. Is this now in any measure distinguished from a heavenly walk?
3. Add to this Phil. 3:9, where the Apostle says that he is united with Christ and made partaker of His righteousness, and that for that reason he forgets what lies behind him — which, without doubt, are the earthly things — and reaches forth to that which is before him, and so presses on toward the βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως, the prize of the calling that is from above. What is this but to have one's walk in the heavens? And the Apostle ascribes this not to himself alone, but to as many also as are τέλειοι, perfect, along with him (v. 15), inasmuch as they have with him their πολίτευμα, their citizenship, or walk, in heaven, v. 20.
Nor is there any lack here of confirming reasons. For first, as many as are united with Christ — who is from heaven, 1 Cor. 15:47 — by a spiritual and heavenly birth, have also received a heavenly nature, which pursues heavenly things, and consequently exhibit also a heavenly walk.
Second, as many as are graced with a heavenly calling stretch themselves out toward the heavenly goal — that is, exercise a heavenly walk, Phil. 3:14; but now, as many as are united with Christ are graced with this heavenly calling, since such a calling is the sole cause of this union with Christ, etc.
Third, as many as are united with Christ have their chief treasures in heaven, Matth. VI. 21, 22, and consequently their heart, their thought, and their activity are also in the heavens.
Should one say: meanwhile, those who are united with Christ are, like others, human beings consisting of body and soul; they are upon the earth, and make use of earthly things, wherefore the care of earthly things is also laid upon them. Moreover, wherever it is that one reads of the patriarchs Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, and of the prophets Samuel, David, Solomon, and of the believers of the New Testament, Joseph of Arimathea, Cornelius the centurion, etc., it is that they too provided for earthly things, and consequently also led an earthly walk. I answer: it is true, they took care — and had also to take care — of earthly things. Yet, (1) not without care also for the heavenly things, Ps. IV. Also, (2) the greatest care must not be for earthly things, Matth. VI. 33, 34. But also, (3) earthly care must not set itself against the heavenly, or quench it, Rom. 8:13. Finally, (4) earthly things must not be cared for on their own account, but for the sake of heavenly things — that through earthly things we may be transported into the heavenly, and made rich in God and in good works, 1 Tim. 6:17, 18.
Furthermore, the doctrine thus far asserted contains in itself two things:
1. That those who are united with Christ have also fellowship with Him, both in His death (v. 3) and in His resurrection — of which, for the sake of our brief compass, we shall not speak in particular.
2. It speaks therein of the heavenly walk, which: A. In general is nothing other than to lead a heavenly life here upon earth, in order at last to obtain the heavenly glory in heaven. B. In particular requires:
1. A heavenly mind — that is to say, one graced with a spiritual nature, and that thinks upon spiritual things, Rom. 8:6, 7, and with a spiritual and heavenly nature, 2 Pet. 1:4 — such as is found in the blessed inhabitants of heaven.
2. A heavenly aim, namely, according to the direction of the heavenly calling, Phil. 3:14, which is also found bound up in the heaven-dwellers.
3. Heavenly employments of the soul — both with the understanding, to consider and weigh heavenly things, and to be wise (φρονεῖν) unto sobriety therein, Rom. 8:6; and with the will, to seek and pursue the heavenly things, Coloss. III. 1, 2 — with which employments the heaven-dwellers are ever occupied.
4. A heavenly rule of conduct, Matth. VI. 10, according to which one lives not after the flesh, nor after the customs and examples of this age, but after the Spirit, Rom. 8:1 — the very rule by which the heaven-dwellers also live.
5. A heavenly fellowship to be maintained with the heavenly-minded, Ps. 16:3 (not with worldlings) — such company as we shall shortly enjoy in heaven.
6. A heavenly endeavor, whereby we gladly and willingly do the things that are done in heaven — which consists, for example, in seeing God, that is, in knowing Him, 1 Cor. 13:12, John 17:3; and in enjoying God, rejoicing and delighting in Him, Ps. 16:11; and in glorifying God, Isa. 6:3, etc.
IX. The Application of the Doctrine
Fifthly follows the application of the point now treated, which is twofold: a doctrinal application, concerning the truth of the doctrine demonstrated, and a practical application, concerning the goodness, or practice, of this doctrine. The doctrinal application in turn considers another truth, useful to confirm our doctrine still further, or to refute falsehood by means of it. From the first arises the use of instruction, whereby our doctrinal point is employed to confirm some other article of faith of our religion. Its chief rules are these:
1. This use of instruction must be rare, indeed very rare, and never to be wrung from us except in case of evident necessity or outstanding usefulness — since the compass of the sermon is short, and the application of the doctrine to practice is of greater necessity and usefulness; and therefore to gather up all manner of other matters here would seem to betray a poverty of matter in the preacher.
2. The truth that one wishes further to confirm must be weighty, and the force of the proof sound and evident.
The aim of this use is the conviction and instruction of the hearers. The movements of the heart, therefore, that arise from this, or belong to it, must here be touched in the manner said above, §§. V, VII, VIII.
For example, in the text: if those who are united with Christ exhibit a heavenly walk, then faith and the practice of good works cannot be separated from one another. The reason for this is that faith, and union and fellowship with Christ, go inseparably together. For where it is said that Christ has been made unto us of God, not only unto justification but also unto sanctification, 1 Cor. 1:30, He is also said to have given Himself for us, that He might redeem us from all iniquity, and purify unto Himself a peculiar people, zealous of good works, Tit. II. 14.
X. The Use of Refutation
Sixthly, from the falsehood, or error, that is to be refuted, arises the use of controversy-settling, or refutation, which contains in itself three things:
A. A right statement of the state of the controversy, so as not to beat the air in vain, or contend with great ado against matters that are not in dispute.
B. An establishment, whereby the truth is confirmed (a) from scriptural testimonies, (b) by reasons, and (c) from the agreement of antiquity — especially against those who wish to appear to rest their case upon that agreement.
C. A counter-statement, whereby the objections of the opposing party are made void. The rules of this are these:
1. Controversies must not be sought beyond necessity, nor with waste of time.
2. Yet, on the other hand, they must not be passed over where the church has some cause to fear disturbance from them, against which the hearers must then be armed.
3. Controversies that are dead and buried must not be dug up again, nor should those that are unknown be made known, lest by refuting the errors one teach them.
4. No proofs or solutions must be used but those that are sound, and fit to bring opponents, willing or unwilling, to conviction.
5. One must not be too circumstantial and long-winded in this matter, lest the use for practice be too long delayed, or altogether omitted.
6. We must strive so to handle the use of refutation that the point of controversy, so far as possible, be treated practically — that is to say, that the force and emphasis of the truth that is asserted, and of the falsehood that is to be refuted, be made manifest for the furthering of godliness and eternal salvation, or for the hindering of the contrary.
As an example serves the content of our text, Coloss. III. 1. If those united with Christ, and who have fellowship in His death and resurrection, must of necessity exhibit a heavenly walk, then those who cry out that our doctrine concerning the justification of the sinner by faith alone opens the door to fleshly carelessness and ungodliness do greatly slander the orthodox. For those who are graced with saving faith are united with Christ, and have fellowship at once in His death and in His resurrection, and consequently can do nothing else but exhibit a heavenly walk. Wherefore it is that those who are in Christ are said to bear much fruit, John 15:5, and that those who are crucified with Him no longer live themselves, nor to themselves, but Christ is said to live in them, Gal. 2:20, etc.
If one objects here that justification by faith alone excludes good works, we answer: it is true that good works are excluded from justification, but they are not thereby excluded from its exercise, nor from salvation. And if the works were not excluded from justification, they would exclude us from our fellowship with Christ, Gal. 5:4, and so likewise from our fellowship in salvation, Rom. 10:3.
XI. The Practical, or Applicatory, Use: Comfort
Seventhly follows the practical, or applicatory, use — which concerns either the evil (the sorrowful evil, against which serves the comforting use; or the shameful evil, to remove which serves the reproving use, or that which goes along with it, the exhorting use); or the good — whether it be for our examination and trial, to which serves the examining use, or to awaken the good in us, to which the exhorting use is fitted. We shall pursue each of these uses separately.
The first use, therefore, within the practical application, is that of consolation, whereby the distressing evil is either taken away, or moderated and softened. To this use three things may be brought:
1. The evils that are set forth, against which our doctrine, as treated, may be brought forward as a remedy — which evils may be spiritual, or bodily, etc.
2. The grounds of comfort that our doctrine can supply for each affliction.
3. The objections that a distressed mind is wont to raise, in order to fend off those comforting reasons and render them powerless — which objections must be anticipated and removed.
For the ordering of this use the following rules serve:
A. To comfort, in the practical application, I judge that the first place must be given — not so much with regard to the afflicted souls, over whom our first and chief care in this matter must go, as rather so that this comforting use, if put off to the last place, might not weaken the impression and force of the practical application that has gone before.
B. In all the other practical uses, comfort must be rarer, since the spiritually afflicted and the tempted are rarely found in any given congregation, and to those who are found there, the comforting reasons and grounds can, with better fruit, be administered privately.
C. The comforting reasons must not be offered generally and without distinction, lest they be eagerly seized by worldlings and wrongly abused to their hardening and their ruin, Matth. VII. 6; but they must be carefully distinguished from the others, and directed to those for whom the comfort is intended.
The passions that predominate in comfort are, as regards the speaker, love toward the afflicted and sorrowful feeling over their affliction, or compassion; but as regards the afflicted — and in order to encourage them — hope and patience. This passion is set in motion by showing that what so distresses them either (1) is in fact no evil at all; or (2) if it should indeed be an evil, that it is nevertheless not so great; or (3) if it is indeed heavy, that it will nevertheless not last forever; or (4) if it should indeed last long, that it will still, by reason of God's fatherly providence and care, have its uses, which will abundantly compensate the sorrow and grief; besides (5) that we owe far heavier chastisements to God's righteous judgment; and (6) that by means of these divine chastisements the Lord's beloved escape the eternal punishments, etc.
For example: from our treated doctrine, a manifold comfort may be drawn for such as have their walk in the heavens, amid the various misfortunes that befall them:
A. In general, with respect to every kind of evil, however great it may be, that such persons are free from all evil. For just as those who are united with Christ exhibit a heavenly walk, so also those who exhibit a heavenly walk are united with Christ, and are therefore in Him, and consequently — according to Paul's judgment — there is now for them no more condemnation, Rom. 8:1.
B. In particular, comfort belongs to them in every want, because those who are united with Christ, being in Him, receive from Him grace for grace, John 1:14, 16 — so much so that they are made complete in Him, Coloss. I. 28 and II. 10, as Him who is their All in all, Coloss. III. 11.
C. And consequently they can comfort themselves in their anxieties over sin, because those who are united with Christ have also died with Him, and their life is hidden with Christ in God, Coloss. III. 3, and are at the same time crucified with Him and yet live, and are consequently freed from the guilt of sin, Gal. 2:20.
D. In temporal and earthly poverty, insofar as (1) those who exhibit a heavenly walk also honor and fear God, and it is promised to such that they shall lack nothing, Ps. 34:10, 11; and insofar as (2) they have, in all their want, a better and abiding possession in the heavens, Heb. 10:34, Ps. 73:2 — from whence, too, they await the Lord Jesus Christ, who shall change their humbled bodies and make them conformed to His glorious body, Phil. 3:21.
Should a soul say: (1) meanwhile I am oppressed with so many and so great evils, inwardly and outwardly — I answer: (a) yet not with so many and so great evils as those with which the Lord Christ Himself, with whom they are united, was oppressed, Matth. XXVI. 37, 38; and (b) perhaps not with so many and so great evils as those with which Paul was oppressed, 2 Cor. 11:23. Indeed (c) this itself is to you a further proof that your hope is not confined within this life, 1 Cor. 15:19 — that is, that your walk and your citizenship are in heaven.
Should the troubled soul say: (2) Ah, would that it were indeed true that my walk were in the heavens! — I answer: (a) surely you do wish it, and earnestly long for it to be so; then it is so indeed, and you shall be satisfied, Rev. 7:17, Isa. LV.
E. In death, too, they find comfort: for (1) not only do those who have their walk in the heavens, having regard not to the things that are seen but to the things that are not seen, know with certainty that, when this earthly tabernacle-house of theirs shall be dissolved, they shall have another building, a house not made with hands, but eternal in the heavens, 2 Cor. 4:18 and V. 1; but (2) they also know that, just as they have been made conformed to the Lord Christ in His death, so they shall also be made conformed to Him in His resurrection, Rom. 6:5. Indeed (3) they whose walk is in the heavens also await from thence the Lord Jesus Christ Himself. Meanwhile, (b) put yourself to the trial by those marks which we shall presently set forth.
XII. The Reproving Use
Eighthly, after the grievous and painful evil, follows the shameful evil, against which, as a remedy, serves reproof — which is also expressed, and named, by other names according to its several degrees, being called now an admonition, then a rebuke, then a complaint. To this use belong:
1. The evils that are to be reproved — whether they be habits, called defects or blemishes, or whether they be activities, called evil works. These must be set forth in order.
2. The reasons for reproof may chiefly be drawn: A. Either from the shamefulness of the things that are to be reproved, insofar as they are contrary to the divine law, to right reason, and to good morals, etc.; B. Or from the divine threatenings, whereby evil is proclaimed to the wicked; C. Or from the divine judgments that one reads have, according to the threatening, actually befallen evildoers.
3. The remedies against this, or the causes of this shameful evil, which must be removed by correction — such as, for example: ignorance and blindness of the understanding; the perverse inclination and disposition of the will; and the evil customs and examples of others.
The passions that must here be aroused are chiefly these: namely, (1) shame, which must arise from the shamefulness of the reproved evil; (2) fear of sharing in its punishments; (3) hatred and abhorrence of the sinful evil, born of both of these, and arising as much from the threatenings as from the consideration of God's actual judgments.
As an example serve our text-words: the doctrine treated serves for the reproof of those:
1. Whose walk and conduct are as far removed from heaven as if they were in hell itself — namely, such as give themselves over to hellish vices, such as hatred, cursing, slander, envy, or who are in any way openly ungodly — for which reason Judas is said to have gone to his own place, Acts 1:25.
2. Whose walk and conduct are at least of the earth, and earthly-minded — such as our text describes in the following verse, who accordingly give themselves wholly over to earthly riches and lusts, Phil. 3:19, 1 John 2:16.
3. Whose walk and conduct are neither in heaven nor wholly in hell, but who linger, as it were, upon the middle road, and are thus neither truly godly nor wholly given over to ungodliness, but have something of both — such as are the hypocrites, 2 Tim. 3:5.
4. Whose walk and conduct are at any rate not with God, nor with the heaven-dwellers and heavenly-minded — such, for example, as take no delight in the exercises of the heaven-dwellers, in the knowledge, the praise, and the enjoyment of God, etc., Job 21:14, 15.
All these: A. Just as they are estranged from heaven and from the heavenly, Eph. 2:12, so they show a nature that is earthly, sensual, and devilish, John 8:44, as those in whom the god of this age works, Eph. 2:2. B. They are excluded from union with Christ, since in them is not the Spirit of Christ, Rom. 8:9, 14, and Christ does not live in them, Gal. 2:20. C. They likewise have no fellowship in Christ's benefits: not in His death, for of that they are enemies, Phil. 3:18; nor in His resurrection, for they are as yet dead in their sins, Eph. 2:1, 3, 5; and therefore neither in His justification, His glorification, etc. D. Finally, as many as have no delight in heaven and in heavenly things shall, by a righteous judgment of God, be sent away with Judas to a place fitted to their own nature, according to their own desires and endeavors, Acts 1:25.
In order to bring some remedy for the healing of these evils, it is necessary to inquire into their causes, which must be removed — such causes being:
1. The blindness of the understanding, which does not grasp spiritual, divine, and heavenly things as they are in themselves, but holds them to be foolishness, 1 Cor. 1:18, 23.
2. The aversion of the heart from heavenly things, and its inclination toward the things of the earth, whereby one thinks of nothing but earthly matters, Rom. 8:5, 6, 7, Phil. 3:19.
3. Excessive care and anxiety over earthly things, whereby the heart is weighed down and pressed low, Luke 21:34, and all manner of spiritual and heavenly things are choked, Matth. XIII. 22.
4. Unbelief, whereby one does not believe the things that Scripture declares concerning God, concerning the excellence of spiritual and heavenly things, and the exceedingly great and eternal weight of heavenly glory — for which reason the Apostle warns that there be in no one an evil and unbelieving heart, to depart from the living God, Heb. 3:12.
5. The evil examples of this world, which continually confront us and very powerfully allure us, 1 John 5:19, Rom. 12:2.
XIII. The Use of Examination, or Self-Trial
Ninthly follows the use of examination, or trial, whereby we search out either virtue or vice, whether the deed be good or evil, the state of grace or the state of sin — whereby the conscience, in the virtue, in the good work, and in the state of grace, may be set at rest and may rejoice, and glory, and be confirmed; or, in case the conscience should still be found touched with fear and anxiety with respect to vice, to sin, and to the state of sin, the soul may thereby be stirred up and drawn out of the state of sin into the state of grace.
Three things come together in this use of trial:
1. Motivating reasons by which the conscience may be roused to this most difficult and arduous work of self-examination — which reasons may be drawn from two things: A. From the affinity that the things to be examined bear to certain rivals and counterfeits, which by an outward and false semblance imitate and belie their true nature — from which arises a very great danger of self-delusion. B. From the excellence, usefulness, and necessity of the certain knowledge of those things which one seeks, by this examination, to obtain; and from the ease of obtaining that certain knowledge; and from the fruits that one receives from the certain knowledge obtained through such examination, consisting in peace, quietness, joy, spiritual glorying, etc.; likewise from the dangerousness and harmfulness of self-deception and error in a matter of such great importance — namely, that of fleshly carelessness, hardening in evil, and finally eternal ruin.
2. The marks whereby one can obtain, with certainty and infallibly, the truth that has been sought in this self-trial. Concerning these marks: A. One must diligently observe whether the matter one examines is a virtue or a vice, a good or an evil work, or the state of a person — spiritually, before God — whether it be a state of sin or of grace; these various matters must also be examined by various evident proofs. B. In virtues and vices, in good and evil works, one must likewise observe and carefully distinguish a twofold truth of the matter: namely, whether it be a natural truth — that is, whether such a virtue or vice truly and essentially be present in us, as, for example, whether one truly has any love for God — which truth is known and recognized in part from the causes, the effects, and the accompanying qualities, and in tracing out which there is no very great difficulty; or a moral, that is, a spiritual truth — namely, whether that which we, upon examination made, have found present in us, be a common one, or whether it be a saving virtue, or likewise such a defect as excludes one from the state of grace, or from sin, or not. This, to be sure, is not so easily distinguished with certainty, since for this distinction not so many, nor such distinct, evident proofs present themselves. C. In the discerning of any person's state, whether of virtue or of vice, which would make known that person's condition, one must proceed slowly, so as not, without well-grounded cause, on the one hand to bring the consciences of the godly into doubts and straits out of which one could not afterward so easily extricate them, and on the other hand not to strengthen and harden hypocrites in their carnal security. D. In this examination, no marks of the state of virtue or vice that would make known a person's condition must be brought forward except those that are sure, general, sufficient on both sides, and well confirmed by the agreement of Holy Scripture. E. Nevertheless, it will not be altogether without usefulness — especially in the tracing out and distinguishing of virtues and vices — to make use also of such marks as prove only from the one side: either negatively only, so that whoever does not have this or that thing is also not endowed with this or that virtue or vice; or affirmatively only, so that whoever outwardly displays this or that thing is undoubtedly endowed with it — though on the other side it cannot be said with certainty of one who does not display these things.
3. The end and aim of this trial is that, the examination once made, souls that are graced with saving virtue may be strengthened therein, that they truly possess it, and thereby be found to be in the state of grace; and that others, who are afflicted with vices — especially soul-ruining ones — may thereby be drawn forward to quiet solitude, to go into themselves, as well as to fear, and to care, to amend themselves and their condition.
The passions that must be aroused by this examination are, first, fear of self-flattery and self-deception. This passion can be set in motion by pressing home the great weight of the danger that may attend self-deception, in the feigning of grace, so as to trouble and disturb the certainty, peace, rest, and joy of the conscience, and to hinder true conversion, and to lose eternal salvation. Second, love and longing to make certain and to confirm the welfare of our spiritual state. This passion can be roused and set in motion by considering the excellence and usefulness found in obtaining a good and quiet conscience, and in the glorying and readiness for every kind of spiritual exercise. Third, courage and a ready endeavor to undertake all labor and every effort to obtain assurance of our good estate — to which serves the full conviction that, by divine grace, one shall prosper and advance in this assurance, together with the ease of the means, set against the great importance of such an assured state, which may be sought and obtained through self-examination.
Thus, for example, this examination may proceed: if those who are united with Christ, and have fellowship in His death and His resurrection, have their walk in the heavens, then it is above all things most necessary that we examine ourselves earnestly and closely, whether such a heavenly walk truly be found in us. Here, then, one should consider:
1. These motivating grounds: A. That without this self-trial and examination we cannot be assured that we are united with Christ, and partakers of His death and His resurrection — and what firm peace of mind, after all, can be found among us without this assurance? Rom. 5:1, 2, 3. B. That one may also easily err in this, and be inclined to err, since there are but few who hold themselves to have a heavenly walk, and boast of it, when they merely live a civil and upright life — as may be seen in the self-righteous Pharisee, Luke 18:11, 12, and in the church of Laodicea, Rev. 3:17.
2. The marks by which one may put one's state to trial can be gathered abundantly enough from the exposition of the doctrine itself, given above at §. VIII. Yet for an example we add here:
A. Whoever's walk is in the heavens, and whose treasure and heart also are there, despises all earthly things, Matth. VI. 19, 20, 21, compared with Heb. 11:24, 25, 26, and knows how to trample them, as it were, under his feet, Rev. XI.
B. Whoever's walk is in the heavens conducts himself as a stranger upon the earth, Heb. 11:8, 9, 10, Ps. 39:13, Heb. 13:14, and can bear, with an even mind, whatever happens to befall him here on earth, Phil. 4:11, 12, 13, compared with chap. III. 20; and can also with great courage endure the loss of his temporal goods, and the heaviest afflictions, and even the most bitter death, Heb. 10:34, 2 Cor. IV. 17, 18.
C. Whoever does not dread death itself, but longs for it, because of his desire for the heavenly inheritance — his walk is without doubt in the heavens, 2 Cor. 5:1-5, Rev. 22:17, Ps. 42:2, 3 — although this, on the other hand, is not always so to be found.
D. As many as have their walk in the heavens overcome the world, 1 John 5:4, 5 — and this not so much outside themselves as within themselves; that is to say, that they value God, and the Mediator the Lord Jesus Christ, and all spiritual and heavenly things, far more highly than everything that is earthly — above all riches, pleasures, and honors of the world; and so likewise on the other side, Matth. X. 37, 38, 39, and VI. 19, 20, 21, compared with v. 33.
XIV. The Use of Exhortation
Tenthly follows the use of exhortation, whereby the doctrine, once explained, is applied further, for the awakening of the person to virtue, and to the exercise of some good work. To this use four things may be brought:
1. The duty that is recommended, be it a virtue or some good work. This duty must be portrayed in its concrete activities, or objects, in its several particulars.
2. The motivating reasons with which this duty is urged are to be drawn from the commonplaces of rhetoric, and accordingly derived from the honorable, the pleasant, the useful, the necessary, and the easy; and, on the other side, from the shameful and ruinous character of the opposite, etc.
3. The means by which one may attain to the practice of that duty — where, that is, it is a virtue that is being recommended — may be drawn from the causes of the virtue: from the principal causes, as well as from the intermediate causes, whether these be outward — such as the working of the Holy Spirit, exercise, the reading of the Word, the hearing of it, fellowship with the godly, prayers, and other such exercises, which are common and to be met with everywhere — or whether they be inward, to be traced from the nature and properties of the duty that is being recommended, such means being chiefly to be sought here.
4. The manner in which a virtuous duty is to be practiced, where it is a good work that is recommended — for example, the reading of Holy Scripture, in respect of which it is not so much the means as the manner of its practice that must be traced out. This manner of practice can be worked out from the properties and attendant circumstances of such a good work — for example, that it be practiced sincerely, faithfully, steadfastly, everywhere, with an even constancy, etc.
5. Here, however, it is to be noted that there are matters that are set forth under the description of a good deed or a good work, which nevertheless aim at a disposition, or the exercise of an art, as in our text the heavenly walk appears. Therefore here, just as with virtue, such aids must be sought whereby we may obtain, for ourselves and for others, the disposition to such an exercise of art.
The passions that must be aroused for the use of exhortation are chiefly these: love and longing for the virtue or good work, made the more earnest by setting forth the excellence, the delightfulness, and the usefulness of that practice of duty; likewise hope, and confidence in the certainty and ease of attaining it; and fear also, which the usefulness and necessity of that practice of duty, compared with the want of it, is able to arouse.
As an example serve our text-words, thus: if as many as are united with Christ, and have fellowship with Him in His death and in His life, exhibit a heavenly walk, then we, who profess and long to be united with Christ, and to have fellowship with Him, must surely, in every respect, give proof of ourselves that our walk is in the heavens.
a. The motivating grounds may be these: A. We make profession, (1) that we are united with Christ, that we are in Him, as members of Him our Head, who is come down from heaven, John 6:41, who is the Lord from heaven, 1 Cor. 15:47, and who lives a heavenly life — does it not, then, befit us to live that same life together with our Head? Or shall we, who profess to be members of Christ, make ourselves members of this world, or of hell, or, as the Apostle speaks, members of a harlot? 1 Cor. 6:15. We profess, (2) that we have died with Him, and that our life is hidden with Him in God, Coloss. III. 3, that we are crucified with Him and yet live, indeed that Christ lives in us, Gal. 2:20, and that thereby the world has been crucified to us, and we again to the world, Gal. 6:14 — without doubt to this end, that, just as we have died to earthly things, we should henceforth live to the heavenly, compare Rom. 6:10, 11. We profess, (3) that we are raised with Him from the dead — undoubtedly to this end, that we, in place of the earthly life, should henceforth lead a heavenly life. Indeed, we profess, (4) that we are raised together with Christ, and are already seated with Him in the heavenly places, Eph. 2:6. Is it not, then, for all these reasons, altogether most fitting that we exhibit a heavenly walk?
B. Again, it is a matter for delight to consider what belongs to Christ, whose yoke is sweet and whose burden is light, Matth. XI. 30; for His kingdom is not meat and drink, but righteousness, and peace, and joy in the Holy Spirit, Rom. 14:17. And if to live in heaven itself is sweet and blessed, what then shall this be at the last?
C. Moreover, this heavenly walk is of very great force: (a) to help forward and promote perseverance — namely, when our souls are continually fixed upon heaven and upon heavenly things, it becomes the easier thereby to fend off the temptations of Satan, Phil. 3:20, 21. Also (b), while we still wait to be satisfied in heaven together with the heaven-dwellers, how should we let ourselves be taken captive by the cares and vanity of this world, Luke 12:29-31? When we are occupied with the weighty matters of heaven, what then should draw us aside toward things unworthy of heaven, toward earthly things? (c) Likewise it serves to soften the bitterness of affliction, however great and grievous it may be; for such a heavenly walk makes us mindful of the rest that is laid up for us in the heavens, Heb. 4:9, 10, and III. 2.
D. Finally, whoever here does not cling to the heavenly life — will he pursue it hereafter? Compare 1 John III, John 3:36. Whoever here has no delight in heavenly things — will he take delight in them hereafter? Indeed, shall one who here leads an earthly, fleshly, and worldly life, ever hereafter be able to know a heavenly, godly, and spiritual life?
b. In order, therefore, to be made the more fit and worthy for a heavenly walk, it is necessary:
1. That we constantly meditate upon, and consider, the excellence of heaven, and of the things that serve toward it, Coloss. III. 1; for what is unknown is also unloved.
2. That we continually, in prayer, commend ourselves before God, that He would grant us, through His Spirit, a spiritual nature and disposition, compare John 3:5; that He would bless us with heavenly gifts and blessings in Christ Jesus, Eph. 1:3; that He would already now seat us in heaven in Christ, Eph. 2:6.
3. That we accustom ourselves to a heavenly walk through constant heaven-minded exercises — as, for example, heavenly contemplation, the glorifying of God, and heavenly sabbath-keeping, etc. — and wean ourselves from the world and from worldly things.
4. That we seek after heavenly fellowship, such as we shall enjoy in heaven, Heb. 12:23, so as thereby to be stirred up and made fit for a heavenly life and a heavenly conversation. Compare Heb. 10:24, 25.
c. And does one also wish to know the manner of this heavenly conversation?
1. It must be heartfelt, sincere, not feigned — which would only outwardly display a false show of heavenliness, while inwardly remaining earthly- and hell-minded, Tit. I. 16.
2. It must be steadfast and continual, Gal. 3:3.
3. It must be heavenly everywhere — not only in public, but also in solitude and in secret; not only in the presence of the godly and the heavenly-minded, but also in the presence of the ungodly, of hypocrites, and of the worldly-minded.
4. It must be general — that is to say, heavenly in heavenly things, in the service of God not only, but also in our earthly business; and in such a way that we (a) can always recognize something spiritual in our earthly affairs — as, for example, that in the sweetness of food and drink we may also taste the sweetness of the heavenly feast, Matth. VIII. 11, and that in the brightness of the sun in the starry heaven we may behold and recognize the brightness of the Sun of Righteousness, etc.; and (b) that through earthly things we seek to be lifted up toward the heavenly.
XV. General Observations on the Foregoing Method
Thus we have set forth all the parts of a well-composed sermon, together with the subordinate parts of each particular division, and the rules, and the movements of the heart, adding an example for the elucidation of each point — wherein we have sought to give, not so much the matter itself, as rather the quality of a good sermon. Concerning these things it remains still to note:
1. That not every text requires every particular of these parts. Thus, for example, the instructional use, and likewise the refuting use, and perhaps also the comforting use, are far less suited to our text than the three last-named uses are.
2. That although a text may admit all these uses, and indeed may always admit them, yet the time, or the disposition of the hearers, may occasion some change in this.
3. That not all these things can be pursued in every particular part of a text; and even where they could be, they need not be; and all these uses should also not be handled with equal effort and extensiveness, since one is sometimes of greater use to the hearers than another.
XVI. On Handling Longer Texts
Longer texts, as regards their principal content, must and can be handled in like manner, following the same rules, thus:
1. That the rules of a text-explanation be briefly set forth; then that the aim of the whole text be traced out, from which a certain doctrine must be drawn; further, that all the points belonging to the text be brought to their proper place. Thus one part of the text may be brought to the confirmation or further explanation of some doctrine; another part may serve for the means of comfort, or of refutation, or of examination, or of awakening and exhortation — which, how it may be done with great usefulness, I have myself continually observed, though not without labor, in most Sunday sermons (commonly called Dominicalia).
2. Or, if one does not wish to do this, then one will proceed to handle the text by a brief analysis and circumscription, following the aforesaid rules of a text-explanation, whereupon one can set forth the chief points contained in the text, and draw from them one doctrine or another that may be of greatest usefulness to the congregation, and pursue such divisions as may make for the greatest edification.
3. One may also intermix, with each part of the text, some remarks or applications, to be chosen and selected from those parts that are most useful and needful for the congregation — which manner of preaching is the one most generally in use.
XVII. On Delivery: Style, Voice, and Gesture
Thus we have seen the invention, the arrangement, and the working-out of a text. There remains still to speak of the delivery, which requires the following three things:
1. The style, which must be: A. As pure and plain as possible, without any admixture of foreign words or terms of art, so that everything said may come to be understood by all. For God, whose person the preacher represents, wills that not the least be said in vain. B. Not bombastic, courtly, and high-flown, but also not too common and low, lest it become contemptible — but manly and spirited. C. Clear also, and comprehensible, and fitted to the matters, so as to express them properly according to their weight.
2. The voice, which must be: A. Clear-sounding and distinct, and thus fit to satisfy the whole congregation in the place of hearing; it must also be neither too slow nor too rapid. B. Suited to the matters and to the movements of the heart, and accordingly (1) neither too high nor too low, but moderate, so as to rise and fall as the matter requires; (2) also not monotonous — that is, not running through the whole sermon upon a single tone, but rather with a variety and change of tones, which indeed has its place at certain points of distinction and clauses, yet falling back again to the same tone — through which monotony a sermon loses much of its pleasantness and force.
3. The gestures, which must be: a. Not too affected and passionate, but also not too composed and still. b. Not resembling those of stage-players, who are more apt to provoke laughter than to move the hearts to godliness. c. Spiritual, fitted to the matters that are spoken, and to the passions that one aims to set in motion.
XVIII. Conclusion: Why This Is the Best Manner of Preaching
Such, then, finally, is this manner of preaching, which we hold to be not merely good — which I do not wish to deny of all other manners of preaching, suited to the differing condition of congregations, of places, and of times — but the best:
1. With respect to the preacher, who, by means of this procedure, will be able to bring home to its proper place, and impress upon his memory, all manner of matters that occur to him — whether under meditation or under reading — however confused, so as to lodge them well.
2. With respect to the hearers, who will thus be able the more readily to follow what has been said, and what shall yet be said, to impress it upon their memory, to recall it, and to repeat it with themselves, or with the members of their household — upon almost all of which the whole force of a sermon depends.
3. With respect to the matters that are to be spoken, whatever and of whatever kind these may be, or whatever persons may occur in them, these can, without much difficulty, be brought under the rules prescribed in this manner of preaching.
Especially with respect to the practice, or the practical application, which, by help of this method, can very conveniently be arranged and composed out of the very matters laid down and proved in the exposition, according to all their particular parts. And this all the more, since by so many substantial practical writings — in England as well as in our own Netherlands — produced by means of this manner of handling Holy Scripture, the thing itself has already won its approval by experience.
The End.
Index
A
Aaron (Aäron)
- confirmed in the high priesthood by his budding, blossoming, almond-bearing staff
- not permitted to enter the Promised Land; climbs Mount Hor, dies there, and hands his high priesthood to his son Eleazar, who is mourned a month by the whole people
Earth (Aarde)
- signified the Church militant
- (the inhabitants of the earth) are the members of the Church
- (a fourth part of the earth) killed under the fourth era of the Church of the New Testament
Earthquake (Aardbeving), of what it is a symbol
Alms (Aalmoessen) pertaining to public worship, and what is to be noted concerning them
Abarim (Abarim)
- Israel's 41st encampment
- Israel raised a song of thanksgiving over water springing from a well
- Sihon king of Heshbon defeated with all his people, his land taken into possession by Israel; likewise Og king of Bashan
Abdon (Abdon), the 13th judge in Israel
Abelard (Abelardus, Petrus), his history
Abiam (Abiam), the 2nd king of Judah
Abimelech (Abimelech), the 6th judge in Israel
Ablati (Ablati), what kind of an order it was
Absolution (Absolutie), what it was like in the 2nd century of the New Testament
Achan (Achan), punished for taking the devoted/banned thing
Ahaz (Achas), the 12th king of Judah
Ahaziah and Athaliah (Achafia en Athalia), the 5th and 7th king and queen [of Judah]
Acephali (Acephali), heretics in the 3rd century
Adamites (Adamiten), what sort of heretics
Adamus (Adamus), a church writer
Nobility (Adeldom), the vanity of
Adelmannus (Adelmannus), a church writer
Adomarus (Adomarus), a church writer
Adoni-bezek (Adoni-bezek), struck down and killed by Joshua with four other kings
Straying from God (Afdwaling van Godt), described in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies
Idols of the heathen (Afgoden der Heidenen), which Israel served from time to time
Idolatry (Afgoderye)
- Israel's great inclination toward the idolatry of the Egyptians
- of Israel, with the golden calf; with Baal-Peor; with Gideon's ephod; of Micah the Ephraimite with the ephod, teraphim, and carved images; also under the kings of Judah
Death of friends (Afsterven van Vrienden), how to comfort oneself concerning it
Agnoetae (Agnoëten), heretics in the 3rd century
Agobard (Agobardus), a church writer
Ai (Ai), the city, besieged, captured, and burned by Joshua
Aimonius (Aimonius), a church writer
Alba, Duke of (Alba), his conduct and cruelty in the Netherlands
Albert of Stade (Albertus Stadensis), a church writer; see also under Waldus
Albigensians (Albigensen), pitifully persecuted
Alcimus Avitus (Alcimus Avitus), a church writer
Alcuin Flaccus (Alcuinus Flaccus), a church writer
Alexander Jannaeus (Alexander Jamnus), king of the Jews
Alexandra Salome (Alexandra Salome), queen, widow of Alexander [Jannaeus], so named
Alphonso (Alphonfus), the 10th king of Castile
Amandus Polanus (Amandus Polanus), his history and writings
Amaziah (Amafia), the 9th king of Judah
Ambrose (Ambrofius), his life and writings
Ambrosians (Ambrosianen), what sort of sect
Ames, William (Amefius, Guielmus), his history and writings
Amon (Amon), the 16th king of Judah
Amos (Amos), the prophet, and his prophecy
Anastasius (Anastasius), a church writer (the Sinaite; also the Nicene)
Andreae, Jacob (Andreæ, Jacobus), his history and writings
Andrew the Apostle (Andreas), his history
Anna Komnene (Anna Comnina), a writer
Anthropomorphites (Anthropomorphiten), what sort of heretics, in the 3rd century
Antigonus (Antigonas), king in Judea
Antichrist (Anti-Christ)
- his conception, birth, childhood, youth, growing age, and old age
- how his destruction will come to pass in the last days
Antichristendom (Anti-Christendom)
- what it was like under the 4th era of the New Testament
- the papal [Antichristendom] increased under the 4th era, and under the 5th era
Antinomians (Antinomianen), what sort of heretics
Antiochus Epiphanes (Antiochus Epiphanes), a bitter persecutor of the Jews; his death
Anselm (Anzelmus), a church writer
Apis (Apis), a god of the Egyptians
Apocryphal books of the New Testament (Apocryphe Boeken), their content and history
Apollinaris (Apollinaris) and his heresy in the 3rd century
Apostles (Apostelen/Apostels)
- their dispersion served for the spread of the gospel
- were the first founders and establishers of the Church of the New Testament
Apostolic Canons (Apostolife Canons)
Apostolic Constitutions (Apostolife Constitutien)
Aphthartodocetae (Apthardociten), heretics in the 3rd church-century
Lord's Supper, the Holy (Avondtmaal)
- belongs to public worship, and what is to be noted concerning it
- how it was named and used in the 2nd church-century
- particulars concerning it in the 3rd church-century
- the origin of the disputes over it in the 4th era of the New Testament
Archelaus (Archelaus), a tetrarch over Judea
Archimandrites (Archimandriten)
Arndt (Arndius, of Arents), his history and writings
Eagle (Arent), a symbol of the Church of the New Testament in the 4th century
Aretius, Benedict (Aretius), his history and writings
Arius (Arius) and his heresy in the 3rd church-century
Aristobulus the Maccabean (Aristobulus), king in Judea
Ark of the Covenant (Ark der Verbondts), taken by the Philistines and brought back
Poor Men of Lyon (Armen van Lions); see Waldus
Armenians (Armenianen), heretics in the 3rd church-century
Armenia, order of the Brethren of (Armenie, orde der Broederen van)
Arminian writers (Arminiaanse Schryvers)
Arminians (Arminianen) and their error
Poverty (Armoede), how to find comfort against it, and not to murmur
Arnobius (Arnobius), his life and writings
Arsenius (Arzenius), a church writer
Astaroth (Astharoth), what kind of a god
Athanasius (Athanafius), his life and history
Audaeus and the Audaeans (Audæus en Audæanen), a heresy in the 3rd century
Augustinian Canons Regular, order of (Auguftane-Regulieren)
Augustine, Aurelius (Augustinus Aurelius), his life and writings
Asa (Aza), king of Judah
Academies (Academien), established during the 6th era of the New Testament
Hasmoneans, or Maccabees (Afsamoneën), and their history
B
Baal (Baal), a common name of the heathen gods
- (worship of), how practiced among Israel
- (Peor), a god of the Moabites
Babylon (Babilon), considered in a threefold sense: the literal, in Assyria; the mystical, Rome; the Egyptian, in Cairo
Babylonian kings, order of succession (Babilonise Koningen): Nebuchadnezzar, Evil-Merodach, Belshazzar, Darius the Mede
Bagynen or Beghards, order of (Bagynen of Begarden)
Balak (Balak), king of the Moabites, seeks to have Balaam curse Israel, but by God's wondrous governance must instead bless it
Balduinus, Fredericus (Balduinus), his history and writings
Balsamon, Theodore (Balzamon), a church writer
Bar Kokhba (Bar-Cochba), a false messiah
Barak (Barak), the 5th judge in Israel
Bardesanites (Bardefianisten), what sort of heretics
Mercy of God (Barmhartigheit van Godt) in forgiving the sins of His people
Barnabas the Apostle (Barnabas), his history
Baronius, Florentius (Baronius), a church writer
Bartholomew the Apostle (Bartholomeus), his history
Baruch, Book of (Baruch), its content, and when it was written
Basil the Great (Bafilius de Groot), his life and writings; also Basilides, an arch-heretic, and another heretic of the same name
Trumpets, the seven (Bazuiningen), signify the destruction of the Antichrist at Christ's coming, through various stages: second, third, fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh
Bede, the Venerable (Beda), a church writer
Concealment of sins (Bedekking der Zonden), shown in its nature, its ills and harms, its causes, and its remedies
Dispensation of grace unto eternity (Bedeling der Genade onder de Eeuwigheit)
- has its beginning in this life and is made complete after this life, through seven steps
- the seven steps: (1) the glorious coming of the Mediator; (2) the destruction of the Antichrist; (3) the resurrection of the dead; (4) the last judgment; (5) the consummation of the age; (6) the handing over of the kingdom by Christ to the Father; (7) eternal life
- questions concerning this matter: (I) whether Christ will return once or several times; (II) whether the resurrection is a return from the state of non-existence to the state of existence; (III) whether each and every human being will rise again, with reasons for and against; (IV) whether we will rise with the same body, with reasons for and against; (V) whether Christ's human nature, through the divine omnipotence communicated to it, will raise the dead; (VI) whether God will assign life to the elect on account of works, as merits; (VII) whether there are more than two dwelling-places in the eternal state; (VIII) whether the punishment of the damned will be eternal; (IX) whether the world will be annihilated after the last judgment; (X) whether the Savior, having delivered the kingdom to the Father, will no longer reign; (XI) whether eternal life will have fleshly pleasures
- the practical use of this doctrine: (1) it furnishes a most powerful comfort; (2) it strikes fear and terror into the ungodly; (3) it exhorts to manifold duties concerning the state of eternity, with respect to (a) the soul, (b) the body, and (c) the whole constitution of man
Deathbed, one's (Bedstede), what duties are to be observed
Deceit and dealings with one's neighbor (Bedriegerye en Onderhandelinge met den Naasten), shown in its nature, causes, and remedies
Use of images (Beelden-gebruik), introduced into the Church in the 3rd century
Great earthquake (het groot Beeft), constitutes the first papal kingdom
Mountains (Bergen), what they symbolically signify; their removal from their places, what it signifies
Covetousness (Begeerlykheit); see Contentment
Beghards, Beguines, and Beguine women (Begnarffen, Beguiners, Beguineffen), what sort of sects
Beka, John (Beka), a church writer
Bekker, Balthasar (Bekker), his history
Confession of penitents (Belydenis der Boetelingen) who had fallen away, in the 2nd church-century
Confession of Faith (Belydenis des Geloofs), described in its nature, distinction, benefits and advantages, and properties
Confessions of Faith (Belydeniffen des Geloofs) drawn up under the 5th era of the Church of the New Testament; the principal ones: the Augsburg, Zurich, Swiss, Schmalkaldic, Interim, English, French, Dutch, Dresden, Saxon, Bohemian, Westminster, Remonstrant, and Condom Confessions
Benedictine monks (Benedictyner Monniken)
Benno (Benno), a church writer
Berengar (Berengarius), preached against transubstantiation
Burning mountain (de brandende Berg) cast into the sea, signifies Roman Antichristendom
Bernard (Bernhardus), a church writer
Berith (Berith), [Hebrew] signifies a testament and covenant
Bertholder (Bertholder), a church writer
Bertramus, or Ratramnus (Bertramus), a church writer
Beryllus (Beryllus), what kind of a heretic
Reproof of sins (Bestraffing der Zonden), how to be done in a Christian manner toward those fallen into sin, described in its nature, distinction, benefits and advantages, properties, and remedies
Contrition for having fallen into sin
- described in its nature, benefits and advantages, and remedies
Beza, Theodore (Beza), his history and writings
Christian industriousness in life (Bezigheit des Levens), described in its nature, benefits and advantages, and remedies
Calling, one's (Beroep), how it is to be practiced by each Christian; see Industriousness
Balaam (Bileam), instead of cursing Israel is compelled by God's wondrous governance to bless it, yet gives King Balak wicked counsel to entice Israel into idolatry and fornication
Episcopal church government in England (Biffchoppelyk Kerkbestuur in Engelandt)
Bishops, Roman (Biffchoppen, de Roomfe)
- divided into three classes: (1) pastors, (2) mitred bishops, (3) archbishops
- in the 2nd church-century, the succession of Bishops of Rome: Anacletus, Evaristus, Alexander, Sixtus I, Telesphorus, Hyginus, Pius, Anicetus, Soter, Eleutherius, Victor, Zephyrinus, Callistus, Urban, Pontian, Anterus, Fabian, Cornelius, Lucius, Stephen, Sixtus II, Dionysius, Felix, Gaius, Marcellinus, Marcellus, Eusebius, and Miltiades, continuing through Sylvester, Innocent, Zosimus, Boniface I, Celestine, Sixtus III, Leo the Great, Hilary, Simplicius, Felix II/III, Gelasius I, Anastasius II, Symmachus, Hormisdas, John I, Felix III/IV, Boniface II, John II, Agapetus I, Silverius, Vigilius, Pelagius I, John III, Benedict I, Pelagius II, and Gregory the Great
Bishops, Arch- and Chor- (Biffchoppen, Aarts- en Choor-), in the 3rd church-century
Blood (Bloedt), of what it is a symbol
Canonical books (de regelmatige Boeken)
- written in the first Mosaic period
- written in the second Mosaic period
- given to John by the angel [Revelation]
Little book (Boeksken) given [to John], sweet in the mouth and bitter in the belly, what it signifies
Boethius, Anicius Manlius Severinus (Boëthius), a church writer
Penitents of the 2nd church-century (Boetelingen der 2de Kerk-eeuwe), divided into five classes
Bogomils (Bogoniten), what sort of heretics
Bohemian, or Hussite, War (Boheemfe- of Hussitenoorlog)
Bow in the hand of Christ (Boog in de handt van Christus), what it signifies
Fallow ground (Braaklandt), of what it is a symbol
Bradwardine, Thomas (Bradwardinus), a church writer
Brenz, John (Brentius), his history and writings
Apocalyptic letters, the seven (de VII. Apocalyptife Brieven), whether they have a prophetic or a historical sense; also the spurious letters of Paul
Bucholzer, Abraham (Bucholzerus), his history and writings
Bucer, Martin (Bucerus), his history and writings
Bullinger, Henry (Bullingerus), his history and writings
Burman, Franciscus the elder (Burmannus), his history and writings
Saint Bridget, order of (Brigitta)
Civil laws among Israel (Burger-wetten onder Israël); see Law
Superstition (Bygeloof), described in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies
Superstitions (Bygelovigheden) introduced into the Church in the 3rd church-century
C
Caesarius of Arles (Cæfarius de Arelatenfer), a church writer
Cajetan (Cajetanus), a church writer
Calixtus, George (Calixtus), his history and writings
Calixtines (Calixtinen), who demanded the cup in the Holy Supper
Calvin, John (Calvinus), his history and writings
Apostolic Canons (Canones Apostolorum), are spurious
Canon law (Canonyk-recht), when and by whom compiled
Cantacuzenus, John (Cantacufenus), a church writer
Capito, Wolfgang Fabricius (Capito), his history and writings
Cardinalate, the dignity of (Cardinaal-waardigheit), when it arose
Karlstadt, Andreas (Carelstadius), his history and writings
Carpocrates (Carpocrates), an arch-heretic
Descartes and the Cartesians (Cartefius en Carteſianen)
Conference of Carthage (Carthaginenfer-Collatie), or dialogue with the Donatists
Cassiodorus, Marcus Aurelius (Caffiodorus), a church writer
Saint Catherine, order of (Catharina)
Cedrenus, George (Cedrenus), a church writer
Celestines, order of (Celestinen)
Cerdo (Cerdon), a heretic
Ceremonial laws (Cerimoniële wetten), how typological/shadowy; see further under Law
Cerinthians (Cerinthianen), what sort of heresy
Cesena, Michael of (Cesenas), a church writer
Council of Chalcedon (Chalcedonife algemene Concilie)
Chemnitz, Martin (Chemnitius), his history and writings
Chemarim (Chemarim), priests of Baal, why so called
Choenix (Chanix), a small measure
Chronicles, the Books of (Chronyken), when written and their content
Chytraeus, David (Chytracus), his history and writings
Chrysostom (Chryfoftbomus), a church father and writer
Claudius (Claudius), a church writer
Poor Clares (Clariffer Nonnen)
Cocceius and the Coccejans (Cocceius en Coccejanen), and their history
Colossians, Epistle to the (Colossenfen), written where and when
Councils (Conciliën)
- held in the 2nd church-century
- held in the 3rd church-century, both general and particular
- held in the 5th era of the New Testament, of various kinds
Conrad of Lichtenau (Conradus a Lichtenau), a church writer
Conscience (Confcientie)
- described; wherein the care of it consists; its benefits and advantages; remedies
- the neglect of conscience: wherein it consists; its ills and harms; causes and remedies for its healing; particular kinds
Constantine the Great (Constantyn de Grote), his deeds on behalf of the Church, and the church fathers of his time
Crocius, Ludovicus (Crocius), his history and writings
Crocius, Johannes (Crocius), his history and writings
Cyprian (Cyprianus), his writings and history
Cyril of Jerusalem (Cyrillus de Jerufalemmer), his writings and history
Cyril of Alexandria (Cyrillus Alexandryner), his writings and history
D
Lord's Day, the (Dag des Heren), is called the Sabbath of the fourth commandment
Great day of wrath, the (de grote Dag des toorns), signifies the taking of vengeance for the blood of the martyrs
Daily worship (Dagelykfe Godsdienst) and its neglect; see Worship
Dagon (Dagon), god of the Philistines, struck down before the Ark of the LORD
Daniel (Daniel), his prophecy and when it was written
Daniel, appendix to (Daniels Aanhangfel), when written and its content
Gratitude, religious (Dankbaarheit, de Godsdienstige), to be shown to the Lord, described in its nature, benefits and advantages, and remedies
David (David), the first king over the twelve tribes of Israel; wherein a type of Christ
David-Jorists (David-jorissen), a fanatical sect
Deborah (Debora), the prophetess in Israel
Dedekennus, George (Dedekennus), his history and writings
Demaats, Carolus (Demaats), his history and writings
Denarius (Denarius), a coin
Virtue (Deugt), described in its nature and distinctions, its marks, its benefits and advantages, and remedies
Deacons (Diakenen), duties of, in the 3rd church-century; sub-deacons; archdeacons
Deaconesses (Diakenessen), in the 3rd church-century
Ministers of the Church (Dienaars der Kerke) in the 3rd century, who they were
Servitudes of Israel (Dienstbaarheden van Israël) under their enemies, in the time of the Judges
Servants (Dienstboden), duties of, toward their masters and mistresses
Theft (Dievery); see Righteousness
Diocletian (Diocletianus), a horrific persecutor of the Christians
Valley of the sons of Hinnom (Dal der kinderen Hinnons), an image of hell
John of Damascus (Damafcenus), a church writer
Danaeus, Lambert (Danaeus), his history and writings
Dionysius of Alexandria (Dionyfius de Alexandryner), his writings and history
Dionysius Exiguus (Dionyfius exiguus), a church writer
Dominican monks, order of (Dominikaner-Monniken)
Donatus and the Donatists (Donatius en Donatiften), their heresy in the 3rd church-century; their conference with the Council of Carthage
Durandus (Durandus), a church writer
Errors within the Church (Dwalingen binnen in de Kerke) of the 3rd church-century
Fanatical writings (Dweper-schriften)
Baptism, the holy (de heilige Doop)
- belongs to public worship; what is to be noted concerning it; how it saves us
- how it was administered in the 2nd church-century, to children and to adults, at fixed times, by immersion and also by sprinkling, with various ceremonies
- ceremonies of baptism in the 3rd church-century
Edomites, the (Edomiten)
- refuse Israel passage through their land
- when, according to the oracles of the prophets, they became mingled among the Jews and became one people
Death (Doot)
- godly duties concerning death; described in its nature; to meditate constantly on its certainty and the uncertainty of its time, and the consequences thereof; remedies against the fear of death; to despise death; grounds of comfort against it; its benefits and advantages; further remedies
- of what death is a symbol; a symbol of the fourth era of the Church of the New Testament
Manslaughter (Dootslag), described in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies against it
Great dragon, the (de grote Draak), constitutes the third papal kingdom
Dragonnades (Dragonder-vervolgingen) against the Protestants in France
Exorcists, those who cast out devils (Duivel-bezweerders, Duivel-banders), in the 3rd church-century
Millennium, the Thousand-year Kingdom (Duizent-jarig Ryk): whether a coming of Christ is to be expected in order to establish one; grounds against the affirmative view; objections raised against it
E
Ebionites (Ebioniten), what sort of heretics
Swearing of oaths (Eedzweren), described in its nature and property, distinction, use, and the manner in which it must be done
Christian simplicity (de Christelyke Eenvoudigheit), already began to decline in the 2nd century
Solitude (Eenzaamheit), the use of: described in its nature, benefits and advantages, and the manner it should be practiced; its misuse shown in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies
Honor toward one's neighbor (Eerbewyzing omtrent den Naaften), shown in its nature, distinction, benefits and advantages, and remedies
Firstborn under the Law (Eerstgeboornen onder de Wet), were types of Christ
Firstfruits under the Law (Eerstelingen onder de Wet), were types of Christ
Eternal life (het Eeuwig Leven), has three degrees, has various names in Holy Scripture, wherein it consists, and whether it will include fleshly pleasures
Everlasting punishments (Eeuwig-durende straffen) of the damned
Eternal things (de Eeuwige dingen) furnish the most powerful comforts for believers and strike terror into the ungodly; what duties they require regarding the soul, the body, and the whole constitution of man
Eternity, in (Eeuwigheit), the dispensation of grace shall be made perfect; see further under Dispensation unto Eternity
Eginhard (Eginartus), a church writer
Egyptians, whether God borrowed His ceremonial laws given to Israel from the (Egiptenaren)
Egyptians, the (Egiptenaars), pursuing Israel, drowned in the Red Sea
Ten plagues of Egypt (Egiptife tien plagen)
Eglon (Eglon), king of the Moabites, killed by Ehud
Ehud (Ehud), the fourth judge in Israel
Islands (Eilanden), of what they are a symbol; their removal from their places
El (El), a name of God
Elijah the prophet (Elia), his history
Elohim (Elohim), signifies the Triune God
Eligius (Eligius), a church writer
Mighty angel, a (een sterke Engel), descending from heaven, is Christ
Ennodius, Felix (Ennodius), a church writer
Ephesians, Epistle to the (Epbezen, de Brief aan), where and when written
Eusebius (Eufebius)
- Eusebius Pamphili, of Samosata, of Emesa, of Vercelli, of Chalcedon: history and writings
- Eusebius of Cremona, of Nicomedia
Eulogius of Alexandria (Eulogus de Alexandryner), a church writer
Eustathius (Euftachius), a church writer
Euthymius (Euthymius), a church writer
Eutyches (Eutyches), and his heresy
Eutychian disturbances (Eutychiaanfe Beroertens), in the 3rd church-century
Exarchs (Exarchen), in the 3rd church-century
Essenes (Esseën), a sect among the Jews, the meaning of their name and their views
Effenius, Andreas (Effenius), his history and writings
Esther, Book of (Esther), by whom and when written, its content
Etham (Etham), the third encampment of Israel in the wilderness, when the pillar of cloud and fire first appeared to Israel
Evangelists, the (Euangeliften), wherein their work consisted; they were co-founders and establishers of the Christian Church
Knowledge of God (Erkentenis van Godt), described in its nature, benefits and advantages, and remedies; the rejection of it, shown in its nature, ills and harms, and remedies against it
Council of Ephesus, the second general council (Ephefife Concilie)
Ephrem the Syrian (Ephrem de Syrier), a church writer
Heiresses, the (Erfdochters), were not permitted to marry outside their own tribe
Ezra, Book of (Ezra), when written, and its content; the third and fourth Books of Ezra [apocryphal], when written and their content
F
Fagius, Paul (Agius, Paulus), his history and writings
Farel, William (Farellus), his history and writings
Feasts, the annual, among Israel (Feesten), were of five kinds: Unleavened Bread (Passover), Weeks (Pentecost), Tabernacles, the Sound of Trumpets, the Great Day of Atonement, and the seven years and Jubilee year
Ferrandus (Ferrandus), a church writer
Flacius Illyricus (Flaccus Illyricus), a church writer
Flodoard (Flodoardus), a church writer
Forster, John (Forfterus), his history and writings
Francius, Wolfgang (Francius), his history and writings
Fulbert (Fulbertus), a church writer
Fulgentius (Fulgentius), a church writer
Galatians, Epistle to the (Galaten), where and when written
G
Barley (Garst), the food of the poor and of livestock
Banquets (Gastmalen); see Meals
Prayers, public (de openbare Gebeden), in the 2nd church-century; prayers for deceased believers, in the 2nd church-century
Prayer, believing (het Gelovig Gebedt)
- described in its nature, distinction, benefits and advantages, the manner in which it must be done, and remedies
- the neglect of prayer, described in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies against it
Prayer (het Gebedt) is a chief part of public worship, and how it is to be ordered
Gerhard, John (Gerardus), his history and writings
Flagellants, order of (Geeffelenden)
Schism over the procession of the Holy Spirit (Geest, scheuring wegens den uitgang van den Heiligen)
Enthusiasts (Geeftdryvers) and their errors
Hearing, and the neglect of hearing, the divine Word (Gehoor); see Word
Obedience of faith, the (Gehoorzaamheit des Geloofs), described in its nature, properties, marks, diligent pursuit, and remedies
Vows (Geloften)
- described in their nature, distinction, benefits and advantages, and the manner in which they must be made
- the misuse of vows, shown in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies against it
Faith (het Geloof), as a Christian virtue, described in its nature, distinction, marks, and benefits and advantages
Apostles' Creed, the (Geloofsbelydenis der Apostelen, Symbolum Apostolorum), why so named, by whom and when composed
Communion with God (Gemeenschap met Godt), described in its nature, marks, benefits and advantages, and means of obtaining it
Communion in the sins of others (Gemeenschap aan de zonden van anderen), shown in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies against it
Fellowship with one's neighbor, exercise of (Gemeenschaps-oeffening met den Naaften), according to the rule of godliness, righteousness, and love; see Society
Congregation, duties of the (de Gemeente), toward the leaders of the Church, especially the ministers of the gospel
Covenant of Grace, the (Genade-verbondt)
- whether the Law of the Ten Commandments is a pure and unmixed covenant of grace
- God renewed it on Sinai through the proclamation of the Law
George Acropolites (Georgius Acropolita), a church writer
George Pachymeres (Georgius Pachimenes), a church writer
Gentilis, Valerianus (Gentilis Valerianus), and his error
Implements, holy, of the Old Testament (Gereetschappen)
Worship (Godsdienst)
- the instituted worship, described in its nature; the practice thereof
- the manner of public worship in the 2nd church-century, and in the 3rd church-century
Devotion, private (de byzondere Godsdienst-oeffening), described in its nature, benefits and advantages, remedies, and opposed to it, blasphemy and evil-speaking of God
Worship, public or ecclesiastical (de openbare of Kerkelyke Godsdienst-oeffening), what is required for it in general, in particular, and most particularly
Mount Gerizim (Gerizim), on which the Samaritans built their temple
Germanus (Germanus), a church writer
Strictness (Gestrengheit), God has shown in punishing the sins among His people
Those fallen into sin, how to be reproved (Gevallenen in zonden); see Reproof
Hypocrisy (Geveinstheit), shown in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and its cure
Prophetic visions (Gezichten, Prophetife) in the third Mosaic period
Gibeonites, the (Gibeoniten), obtain peace from Joshua, but on account of their deceit are condemned to servitude
Ghibellines and Guelphs (Gebellinen en Guelphen), their history
Gideon (Gideon), the sixth judge in Israel
Glassius, Solomon (Glaffius), his history and writings
Worship (Godsdienst), continued
- the use of instituted worship, described in its nature, benefits and advantages, and remedies
- household worship, described in its nature, benefits and advantages; its neglect shown in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies
- daily worship, described in its nature, benefits and advantages, remedies; its neglect shown in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies
Glycas, Michael (Glycas), a church writer
Gnostics (Gnostiken), what sort of heretics
God, for God to be someone's God, how He has promised this
Theology (Godgeleerdheit)
- of the first Mosaic period: the covenantal, the systematic, the symbolic or figurative
- the state of theology under the second Mosaic period
- under the third Mosaic period: the systematic, the symbolic
- under the first era of the Church of the New Testament: the covenantal, symbolic, and systematic; wherein distinguished from the theology of the Old Testament
- in the second era of the Church of the New Testament, corrupted by the heathen, by the Jews, by the heretics, and within the Church itself
- in the third church-century: the orthodox theology, and its corruption
- under the fourth church-century, and its corruption
- under the fifth church-century
- under the sixth era of the Church of the New Testament, both Popish and Reformed
- the champions of orthodox theology
Blasphemous suggestions in the soul (Godlaftterlyke opwerpinge), grounds of comfort against them, and remedies
Godlessness (Godloosheit), described in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies; and the renouncing of it, see Practice of Godlessness
Godliness (Godvruchtigheit), described in its nature, distinction, benefits or privileges, and remedies
Piety, the practice of (Godzaligheit); see Practice of Piety; also its advancement and progress, described in its nature, benefits and advantages, and remedies
Theocracy (Godts-regering), was formerly Israel's church and civil state, from the time of Moses down to that of the kings
Good Men, order of (Goede menschen)
Fellowship with the good or pious (Goeden of Vromen, verkéring met de); see Fellowship
Goldast (Goldaftus), a church writer
Gomarus, Francis (Gomarus), his history and writings
Graverus, Albert (Graverus), his history and writings
Gregory of Neustadt (Gregorius Neoftadienfis), his history and writings
Gregory of Emesa (Gregorius de Emiffener), his history and writings
Gregory of Tours (Gregorius Turonenfis), church writer
Gregorian monks (Gregoriaanfe Monniken)
Greek period, the (de Griekfen Tytloop), what the Jewish church-state was like in it
Founding and establishment of the Church (Grondvesting en stichting der Kerke); see Church
Grynaeus, Simon (Grynaus), his history and writings
H
Hatred (Haat), described in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies for its removal
Habakkuk (Habakuk), and his prophecy
Haggai (Haggai), and his prophecy
Haymo, or Hugo (Haymo), a church writer
Elim (Halim), Israel's sixth encampment in the wilderness, a pleasant place
Haman (Haman), an enemy and persecutor of the Jews
Pastors and teachers (Harders en Leraars), what duties they must observe toward the congregation
Haytonus the Armenian (Haytonus), a church writer
Hazeroth (Hazeroth), Israel's fourteenth encampment in the wilderness, and the strife of Aaron and Miriam against Moses on account of his Ethiopian wife Zipporah
Hebrews, Epistle to the (Hebreeuwen), where, when, and by whom written
Reformation, the, and its Reformed propagators of the Church (Hervorming en Hervormde Voortplanters), under the sixth century of the New Testament
Hesychius (Hefychius), a church writer
Hincmar (Hinemarus), a church writer
Hieracites (Hieraëliten), a heresy
Jerome (Hieronymus), his history and writings
Hieronymite order (Hieronymiaanse orde)
Hilary (Hilarius), his history and writings
God was said to reign over Israel (Heerschen) in the Old Testament
Heathendom (Heidendom), in the third church-century of the New Testament, in the fourth church-century, and in the fifth church-century
Ildephonsus (Hildephonfus), a church writer
Hillelites and Shammaites (Hillelianen en Schammaiten), wherein they differ from one another
Hippolytus (Hippolitus), his history and writings
Hyrcanus the Maccabean (Hircanus)
Hezekiah (Hiskias), the thirteenth king of Judah
Holy places under the Old Testament (Heilige plaatfen), their implements, times, persons, and things
Saints, the lives of (Heiligen, Levens-beschryving der); the invocation of saints, introduced into the Church in the third century
Holiness (Heiligheit), promised to the Church in the last days
Host of heaven, the (Heir des Hemels), that is, of the stars, worshipped as idols by the heathen and the Jews
Höe von Höenegg, Matthias (Hoë), his history and writings
Great whore, the (de grote Hoer), constitutes the second papal kingdom
High priest of the Old Testament, the (de Hogepriester), described in his clothing, consecration, and ministry; was a type of Christ
Hell (Helle), images Antichristendom
Hellenism (Hellenistery), under the first era of the Church of the New Testament
Heaven, its departure and rolling up like a book (Hemel)
Henoticon of Emperor Zeno, the (Henoticum)
Herigerus (Herigerus), a church writer
Hermann Contractus (Hermanus Contractus), a church writer
Hermogenes (Hermogenes), a heretic
Herod the Great (Herodes de Grote), his history
Reformation of the Church (Hervorming der Kerke), under the third Mosaic period, and under the kings
Homoousians (Homooufianen), heretics in the third church-century
Hungarian persecutions (Hongarife Vervolgingen)
Hunger, physical and spiritual (Honger)
Song of Songs, the (Hoogliet), when written and its content
Pride (Hoogmoet), described in its nature, causes, ills and harms, and remedies for its removal
Hope, Christian (de Christelyke Hoop), described in its nature, distinction, marks, benefits and advantages, and remedies
Mount Hor (Hor), Israel's 34th encampment in the wilderness; here Aaron died and handed the high priesthood to his son Eleazar; here also Arad, a Canaanite king, put Israel to flight but was afterward destroyed with all his people and land
Mount Horeb (Horeb), described as to the meaning of its name; how and why God established a covenant with Israel there
Hoornbeek (Hoornbeek), his history and writings
Hosius of Cordova (Hofius), a bishop in Spain, his history and writings
Hubert of Casale (Hubertus de Casilis), his history and writings
Huguenots (Hugenoten), the Protestants so named [in France]
Hugh of St. Victor (Hugo de St. Victorie), a church writer
Huldah the prophetess (Hulda), when she lived
Hunnius, Aegidius (Hunnius), his history and writings
Hus, John (Hus), his life and death; and the Hussites, and their history
Hyperius, Andreas Gerardus (Hyperius), his history and writings
Heathen, the rejection of the (de verwerping der Heidenen), served for the founding of the Church of the New Testament; how it happened gradually, and by what means
I & J
Jahaziel the prophet (Jebaziel), and his history
Jeremiah (Jeremias), his prophecies and Lamentations, when written, and their content; the apocryphal letter of Jeremiah, when written
Jericho (Jericho), taken by the sound of trumpets
Isaiah (Jefaias), when he prophesied, and the content of his prophecies
Jesuates, order of (Jesuaten)
Jesuits, order of (Jesuiten): origin, order, and progress
Independents in England (Independenten)
Indulgences (Indulgentien), in the second church-century of the New Testament
Inquisition, history of the (Inquifitie)
Ordinances (Inzettingen), the ceremonial laws are so called
Joash (Joas), the eighth king of Judah
Jehoahaz (Joachas), the seventeenth king of Judah
Joachim of Fiore (Joachimus Cifterciensis), a church writer
Job, Book of (Job), when written and its content
Jews, the grosser sort, and the half [proselytes] (Joden)
James, called the Great (Jacobus), his history; James called the Less, his history; the Epistle of James, where and when written
Jair (Jair), the ninth judge in Israel
Jansenius, and the Jansenists (Jansenius)
Judaism (Jodendom), in the third church-century of the New Testament, in the fourth church-century, and in the fifth church-century
Joel (Joël), when he prophesied, and the content of his prophecy
John (Johannes), Christ's beloved disciple; when he wrote his Gospel; his three epistles
Jehoiakim (Jojakim), the eighteenth king of Judah
Wax candles (Kaerffen), used in worship in the second church-century
Jonah (Jonas), and his prophecy
Jonathan (Jonathan), the Chaldee paraphrast of Holy Scripture; Jonathan the Maccabean
Cainites, and their heresy (Kainiten)
Golden calf, a (Kalf), made by Aaron, worshipped by the people, crushed by Moses, burned, its ashes given to Israel to drink, and three thousand killed by the Levites
Jehoram (Joram), the fifth king of Judah
Jordan, the (Jordane), through which Israel passes dry-shod
Jehoshaphat (Josaphath), the fourth king of Judah
Golden calf, worship of the, by Israel (afgodery van Israël met het Kalf), of what sort it was
Josiah (Jofias), the sixteenth king of Judah
Joshua (Jofua), successor of Moses; his name, person, life, and death described; the Book of Joshua, when written and its content
Jotham (Jotham), Gideon's son; also Jotham, the eleventh king of Judah
Isidore (Ifidorus), a church writer
Judas Maccabeus (Judas de Maccabeër)
Judas Iscariot (Judas Ifscarioth)
Judas Lebbaeus, or Thaddaeus (Judas Lebbeus of Thaddeus)
Judeanen, order of (Judeanen)
Judith, Book of (Judith), when written and its content
Julius Africanus (Julius Africanus), his writings and history
Kadesh-Barnea (Kades-Barnea), was Israel's fifteenth encampment in the wilderness
Keri and Kethib (Keri en Kethi)
Emperors, Roman (Keizers, Roomfe)
- under the first era of the Church of the New Testament: Augustus, Tiberius, Caligula, Claudius, Nero, Galba, Otho, Vitellius, Vespasian, Titus, Domitian, Nerva
- under the second era: Trajan, Hadrian, Antoninus Pius, Marcus Aurelius, Commodus, Pertinax, Macrinus, Caracalla, Heliogabalus, Maximinus, Philip the Arab, Decius, [Trebonianus] Gallus, Valerian, Gallienus, Aurelian, Marcus Aurelius Carus, Diocletian
- Eastern (Byzantine) emperors of a later era: Leo the Isaurian, Constantine Porphyrogenitus and successors, Irene, Nicephorus, Stauracius, Michael Curopalates, Michael the Stammerer, Theophilus, Basil the Macedonian, Constantine VIII/IX, Romanus III/IV, Nicephorus II, John Tzimiskes, Basil (the Bulgar-Slayer)
- under the third era: Constantine the Great, Constantine II, Julian the Apostate, Jovian, Valentinian, Gratian, Theodosius the Great, Arcadius, Theodosius II, Marcian, Leo the Thracian
- under the fourth era: Phocas, Heraclius, Constantine IV, Constantine V; and among the Western emperors: Louis II, III, IV, Arnulf, Conrad I, Conrad II, Henry I "the Fowler," Henry II "the Saint," Henry III "the Black," Otto I "the Great," Otto II, Otto III
- under the fifth era: Henry IV, V, VI, VII; Conrad III; Otto IV; Rudolf of Habsburg; Adolf; Albert I; Louis V; Charles IV; Rupert; Wenceslaus; Sigismund; Frederick Barbarossa (I and II); Lothair II; Jodocus
- under the sixth era: Maximilian I, Charles V, Ferdinand I, Ferdinand II, Ferdinand III, Maximilian II, Matthias, Rudolf, Leopold
K
Calf-worship of Jeroboam, the (Kalverdienst)
Karaites, the (Karreën), their origin, the meaning of their name, and their views
Cathari, and their heresy (Kathari)
Church, the (Kerke)
- its state under the first, second, and third Mosaic periods; under the Babylonian monarchy; under the kings of Israel and Judah; under the Persian and Greek periods
- the reformation of the Church under the third Mosaic period
- its state under the first era of the New Testament, with its founders — the Apostles, the Evangelists, and the seventy disciples — and the means to that end: (1) the dispersion of the apostles' preaching, (2) church government, (3) ecclesiastical discipline, (4) ecclesiastical synods, (5) the founding of particular congregations, (6) the persecutions
- its state under the second era, with its propagation and teachers/writers, and its writings in the second century
- its state under the third era
- its state under the fourth era: a brief history of that era; the Eastern and Western emperors of that time; the Roman popes; the state of theology; the heathendom and Judaism of that time; the Western Antichristendom and Mohammedanism; the heresies; the controversies over the Holy Supper; the increase of the papal Antichristendom; the corruption of theology, also within the Church itself; the state, propagation, and ecclesiastical writers of the Church; the defenders of the truth against the papal Antichristendom and other errors; the synods, schools, schisms, and persecutions; and the condition of the Church in that period
- its state under the fifth era, with its propagation and writers
- its state under the sixth era, comprising its propagation both among the Papists and the Reformed
- the condition of the Church under the Reformation, chiefly set forth; these times were very grievous
- ecclesiastical government in the first, second, third, fourth, fifth, and sixth centuries
- church government under the sixth era: among Roman Catholics, Lutherans, and Reformed, in England and the Netherlands
- heresies in the first through sixth church-centuries
Children, duties of, toward their parents (Kinderen)
Child sacrifice to Moloch (Kinderen-opoffering aan den Moloch)
Korah, Dathan, and Abiram (Korab, Dathan en Abiram), their rebellion against Moses and Aaron, and how it was punished
Extravagance in dress (Kleder-pracht), tends more to shame than to honor, and is to dishonor and harm
Clothing, the right use of (Kledinge), described in its nature, benefits and advantages, and remedies; its misuse shown in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies against it
Contempt of one's neighbor (Kleinachting des Naaften), described in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies against it
Vowel points and accent marks (Hebrew) (Klink- en Toon-stippen), of how great an antiquity
Monasteries, established in the third century (Kloosters)
Colorbasians (Kolierbaziers), a kind of heretics
Encampments of Israel in the wilderness (Legeringen), forty-two in number, briefly presented with their events
Corinthians, First and Second Epistles to the (Korinthe), when written
Kings of Judah, the succession of twenty-two, down to the Babylonian captivity (Koningen); the Books of Kings, when written and their content; the kings of Judah and Israel comprised in Latin verses
Kingdom of the popes, the (Koningryk der Pauzen), divided into five periods: first that of the great Beast, then that of the Locusts and its downfall, then that of the great Whore, then that of the great Dragon
Kingdom of Christ, the (Koninkryk), how the Lord Christ will deliver it up to His Father, and what is to be particularly noted thereby; how nevertheless, with the Father and Holy Spirit, He will continue to reign for all eternity
L
Labadists, and their history (Labadiften)
Lactantius Firmianus (Lactantius Fermianus), his writings and history
Lambert (Lambertus), a church writer
Lukewarmness in divine matters (Lauwheit), described in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies for removal
Teachers, of what sort appointed in the third century (Leraars)
Idleness (Ledigheit), standing opposed to industriousness in one's calling, shown in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies against it
Lodging-place, on one's own (Legersteden), what reflections are to be made
Leontius (Leontius), a church writer
Lies (Leuzen); see Truthfulness
Way of life and occupation in each calling (Levenswys en Bezigheit), how to be practiced in a Christian way; see further under Industriousness
Levites, the (Leviten), how distinguished into orders and classes, and how consecrated to God
Readers (lectors) (Lezers), in the third church-century
Libellatici (Libellatici), in the second church-century
Love toward God (Liefde jegens Godt), described in its nature, distinction, mark, benefits and advantages, and remedies
Love toward one's neighbor (Liefde jegens den Naaften), shown in its nature, distinction, marks, benefits and advantages, and remedies
Charitable gifts (Liefde-gaven), belong to public worship, and what is to be noted concerning them
Levity, or fickleness (Ligtvaardigheit), described in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies against it
Loyola, Ignatius (Loiola), his history
Lollards, and their views (Lollarden)
Use of lots, casting (Lot-gebruik), how to be considered in its nature and distinction, and how it can be done lawfully; its misuse, shown in its nature, ills and harms, and remedies against it
Luke the Evangelist (Lucas), and his Gospel, when written, and its content
Liutprand (Luitprandus), a church writer
Luther, Martin (Luther), his history and writings
Lutherans and their errors (Lutheranen)
Lutheran writers (Lutherfe Schryvers)
Lyra, Nicholas of (Lyra), a church writer
Patience, Christian (Lytzaamheit), described in its nature, distinction, marks, benefits and advantages, and remedies
M
Meals, the right use of (Maaltyden), described in its nature, benefits and advantages, and remedies; the misuse of them, shown in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies against it
Moon, the (Maan), worshipped as an idol under various names; the sun, moon, and stars, a third part of which was struck — what it signifies; the moon's turning to blood, of what it is a symbol
Measure, a choenix of wheat for a penny (Maatgen), what it signifies
Maccabees, the, and their history (Maccabeën); the Books of the Maccabees, by whom and when written, and their content
Maccovius, John (Maccovius), his history and writings
Macedonius, and his heresy in the third century (Macedonius)
Power of God, the (Macht van Godt), shown in the deliverance and preservation of the Church
Major, George (Major), his history and writings
Malachi (Maleachi), when he prophesied, and the content of his prophecy
William of Malmesbury (Malmesburienfis), a church writer
Husband, the, his duties toward his wife (Man)
Manasseh (Manaffe), the fourteenth king of Judah; the Prayer of Manasseh, when written
Manichaeans, and their heresy (Manicheën)
Marcellinus Comes (Marcellinus), a church writer
Marcion (Marcion), a heretic
Marcionites (Marciten), what sort of heretics
Mark the Evangelist (Marcus), his history and Gospel
Marah (Marah), Israel's fifth encampment in the wilderness, and the second murmuring
Our Lady's Ransom, order of (Maria-verloffinge)
Meisner, Balthasar (Meifnerus), his history and writings
Melanchthon, Philip (Melanchton), his history and writings
Melechet, what kind of a god (Melechet)
Meletius (Meletheus), his history and writings
Menandrians, and their heresy (Menandrianen)
Church of the New Testament, the, showed itself in human form in the third century (Menschelyke gedaante)
Marcosians (Markofiers), what sort of heretics
Marochianus (Marochianus), a church writer
Marsilius of Padua (Marfilius Patavinus), a church writer
Martyrs (Martelaren/Martelaars)
- their feast days solemnly celebrated, and their relics carefully preserved
- in the first, second, and third church-centuries
Micah the prophet (Micha), distinguished from the writer Micah
Midianites, the (Midianiten), how exterminated by Moses; defeated along with the Amalekites by Gideon
Martinius, Matthias (Martinius), his history and writings
Martin of Poland (Martinus Polonus), a church writer
Peter Martyr Vermigli (Martyr Vermilius, Petrus), his history and writings
Minorites, a monastic order (Minoriten)
Temperance (Matigheit), described in its nature, distinction, marks, benefits and advantages, and remedies
Minucius Felix (Minucius Felix), his history and writings
Mattathias the Maccabean (Mattathias)
Displeasure with God (Mishagen in Godt); see Delight in God
Canon of the Mass, the (de Canon der Miffe), introduced in the third church-century
Matthew, the apostle and evangelist (Mattheus), with his Gospel and its content
Missio, or the dismissal of the catechumens (Miffio), in the third church-century
Mauritius, Peter (Mauricius), a church writer
Maxentius, John (Maxentius), a church writer
Moab, plains of (Moab), Israel's forty-second encampment in the wilderness
- here Balaam, sought by Balak king of the Moabites to curse Israel, was compelled by God's wondrous governance to bless it instead
- here the census of the people was taken again, and here occurred the matter of the daughters of Zelophehad
- here Moses climbed Mount Pisgah to view Canaan from afar, and received Joshua as his successor
- here Moses exterminated the Midianites, fixed the boundaries of Canaan on both sides of the Jordan, and set apart the Levitical cities and cities of refuge
- here the covenant between God and Israel was renewed, and here Moses died
Perjury (Meinedigheit), described in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies against it
Metaphrastes, Simeon (Metaphraftes), a church writer
Methodius (Methodius), his history and writings
Metochites, Theodore (Metochites), a church writer
Metropolitans, appointed in the third church-century (Metropolitanen)
Monks, various orders of (Monniken)
- their origin, orders, and institutions in the third church-century
- various orders under the fifth church-century: Carmelites, Minorites, Augustinians, Dominicans, Carthusians, Cistercians, Bernardines, Premonstratensians, Grandmontines, the Humiliati, and the Vallombrosans
Monothelites, their heresy in the fourth century (Monotheliten)
Montanus, and his heresy (Montanus)
Moses (Mozes)
- his history from his birth onward, presented at length
- transgresses through unbelief in striking the rock, and therefore may not enter the Promised Land
- climbs Mount Pisgah to view Canaan from afar, and receives Joshua as his successor
- fixes the boundaries of Canaan on both sides of the Jordan; sets apart the Levitical cities and cities of refuge; writes the Book of Deuteronomy
- renews the covenant between God and Israel; dies and is buried; his praise and memory among sacred and secular writers
Muhammad, and his history (Mohammed)
Mohammedanism (Mohammedandom), in the fourth church-century, and in the fifth church-century
Moabites, the (Moabiten), refuse Israel free passage
Molinos, Michael (Molinos), his history and writings
Moloch, Milchom, or Malcham (Moloch), what kind of an idol, and how worshipped
Monarchy, in a (Monarchie), God's rule over Israel was changed, in the time of the kings; a fifth monarchy is not to be expected on earth, other than Christ's glorious kingdom alone
Musculus, Wolfgang (Musculus), his history and writings
Murmurings of Israel, the (Murmurering): at the Red Sea, at Marah, at Paran in the wilderness of Sin, at Rephidim, at Hazeroth, at Kadesh-Barnea, at the rebellion of Korah, Dathan, and Abiram, at Mount Hor, and at Gathath
Mice, a plague sent upon the Philistines on account of the Ark (Muizen)
Münster, Sebastian (Munsterus), his history and writings
Nadab and Abihu (Nadab en Abihu), offering strange fire, were consumed by fire
N
Nazarenes, what sort of heretics (Nazerenen)
Nazirites, the (Nazereërs), prefigured Christ
New Testament, the (Nieuw Testament), its beginning, and its duration
Humility, Christian (Nederigheit), described in its nature, variety, marks, benefits and privileges, and remedies
Netherlands, the persecutions in the (Nederlandfche Vervolgingen)
Nehemiah (Nehemia), when he wrote his book, and its content
Nepos and the Nepotians (Nepos en Nepotianen), what sort of heretics
Nestorius, and his heresy in the third century (Nestorius)
Nethinim, the, or "given ones" (Nethinim), the name given to the Gibeonites
Niceron, a church writer (Niceon)
Nicephorus (Nicephorus), a church writer
Nicolai, Henry (Nicolai), a fanatic; and Nicolai, Philip, a church writer
Acominatus (Nicetas Choniates) (Acominatus), a church writer
Gregoras (Nicephorus) (Gregoras), a church writer
Nicolaitans, what sort of heretics (Nicolaiten)
Nilus (Nilus), a church writer
New, the word, signifies another and more excellent thing (Nieuw)
Testament, covenant (Testament); see Covenant
- described as to its name, nature, and causes; its efficient cause is the Triune God; its moving causes both from without and from within; the contracting parties; the content of the covenant-making regarding the divine promises and human duties
- the distinctive privileges of the New Testament above those of the Old Testament
New Testament, the six eras of the Church of the (Nieuw Testament, de zes Leeftyden der Kerke van het) — paralleling the entry under Church (see Church), each era pictured by the opening of one of the seven seals of Revelation, and treated as to its Roman/Byzantine emperors, its bishops or popes, the state of theology, the church's writers, its heresies, persecutions, and further propagation
- the fifth era additionally treats the histories of Peter Waldo, Wycliffe, and John Hus; the state of heathendom, Judaism, and Mohammedanism; the papal Antichristendom; the councils; the Crusades ("Holy War"); the schisms and persecutions; the Inquisition; the burning of John Hus and Jerome of Prague; Savonarola; the Bohemian, or Hussite, War; and the agreements reached concerning religion
- the sixth era additionally treats the confessions of faith, schools, the march of Prince William III of Orange to England, further schisms and persecutions, and an appendix concluding the whole ecclesiastical history
- questions raised: (I) whether the New Testament differs from the Old in essence, or only in certain circumstances; (II) whether the complete forgiveness of sins is peculiar to the New Testament; (III) whether the seven apocalyptic letters have a historical or a prophetic sense; (IV) whether a certain coming of Christ on earth is to be expected, to establish a thousand-year kingdom
- practical use: (1) it points out the excellence of the dispensation of grace under the New Testament above that of the Old; (2) it exhorts to guard against all change in doctrine, worship, the sacraments, and church government; (3) it furnishes a most powerful comfort against all calamities
Noetus and the Noetians, and their heresy (Noëtius)
Convents of nuns, in the third century (Nonnen-Kloosters)
Novatian (Novatianus), his history and writings
Sobriety (Nuchterheit); see Temperance
O
Wandering of thirty-eight years in the wilderness of Arabia (Omzwerving), without the wearing out of clothes or shoes
Obadiah the prophet (Obadja), when he prophesied, and the content of his prophecy
Occam, William of (Occam), a church writer
Ochino, Bernardino (Ochinus), and his error
Oecolampadius, John (Oecolampadius), his history and writings
Piety, the practice of (Oeffening der Godzaligheit), described in its nature, benefits and advantages, and remedies
Godlessness, the practice of (Oeffening der Godloosheit), shown in its nature, ills and harms, and causes
Offerings of the Old Testament (Offerhanden)
- described in their nature; distinguished into burnt, meal, thank, and guilt offerings; ordination offerings for the priests; purification offerings; offerings of firstfruits and tithes; also the anointing oil, incense, and other offering-laws; and their typological meaning
- whether sacrifices, even before the time of Moses, were of divine institution
- offerings for the deceased, instituted in the third church-century
Holy Office, the so-called (Officie), or Canon of the Cross, introduced in the third church-century
Og, king of Bashan (Og), defeated with all his people, his land taken into possession by Israel
Oil and wine not to be harmed (Olie en Wyn), what this signifies; the holy anointing oil, what it prefigured
Subjects, duties of, toward the authorities (Onderdanen)
Dealing with one's neighbor (Onderhandeling): legitimate dealing, shown in its nature, benefits and advantages, and remedies; unjust dealing, described in its nature, ills and harms
Self-examination (Onderzoeking van zich zelfs), described in its nature, benefits and advantages, and remedies; its neglect shown in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies against it
Vice (Ondeugt), described in its nature and various forms, its ills and harms, causes, and how its cure is to be effected
Disobedience toward God (Ongehoorzaamheit), described in its nature and various forms, its ills and harms, and remedies against it
War (Oorlog), how lawful and unlawful; the so-called Holy War [Crusades], briefly described
Unbelief (Ongelovigheit), described in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies for its cure
Revelation of John, the (Openbaring van Johannes), when written
Unrighteousness (Ongerechtigheit), is the name given to sin
Ophites, what sort of heretics (Ophiten)
Uprightness (Oprechtheit), described in its nature, distinction, and marks
Onkelos, the paraphrast of Holy Scripture (Onkelos), his history
Unchastity (Onkuisheit); see Chastity
Immoderation (Onmatigheit), described in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies
Injustice toward one's neighbor (Onrechtvaardigheit); see Righteousness
Impatience and over-sensitivity (Onverduldigheit en Tedergevoeligheit), described in their nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies against them
Blasphemous suggestions in the heart (Opwerpingen); see Blasphemous suggestions
Imprudence (Onvoorzichtigheit), described in its nature, marks, ills and harms, and remedies against it
Oracles of the heathen, the (Orakelen der Heidenen), when they ceased
Ignorance (Onwetenheit), described in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies for its removal
Mendicant orders, the (Ordens der Bedelmonniken), such as the Carmelites, Dominicans, Minorites, and Augustinians
Origen (Origenes), his history and writings
Origenists, and their errors (Origenianen)
Osiander, Andreas (Ofiander), his history and writings
Othniel (Othniel), the third judge in Israel
Otto of Freising (Otto Frifingenfis), a church writer
Last Judgment, the (het laatste Oordeel-gericht)
- described as to its certain truth; how it is expressed in God's word
- the Judge in it; the persons who will be judged; the time and place
- the matters of judgment; the judicial procedure; the pronouncement of the sentence; the rule according to which it is judged
- the predictions and forewarning signs of it
Old Testament, the (het Oude Testament), runs from Moses to Christ, through three periods: from Moses to David, from David to the Babylonian captivity, and from there to Christ
- practical use of the Old Testament: (1) it commends to us various spiritual exercises; (2) it shows us God's all-wise governance in his economy; (3) it commends God's faithfulness and unchangeableness in keeping his promises; (4) it sets before our eyes God's strictness in searching out the sins of his people; (5) it shows, as in a mirror, God's mercy in forgiving the gravest sins; (6) it represents God's infinite power in delivering and preserving his Church; (7) it represents the vicissitudes and changing fortunes of the Church
Elders, duties of, including archelders (Ouderlingen)
Relics of the martyrs (Overblyfzels of Reliquien der Martelaren), gathered in the second church-century
Fleshly excess (Overdadigheit); see under Chastity
Magistracy, the, duties of (Overigheit), toward themselves, toward the Church, toward heresies and impieties, and toward subjects
Translations of Holy Scripture (Overzettingen der H. Schrift), in the third Mosaic period; the Greek [Septuagint], when and by whom made; in the second church-century of the New Testament — the Syriac, the Latin, and the Greek, made by various translators
Victory ascribed to Christ (Overwinning)
P
Horse, the (Paart)
- the white horse, at the opening of the first seal: the rider on it is Christ, going forth with a bow in hand to conquer
- the red horse, of the second seal: under its rider, the destroying angel, who receives power to take peace from the earth and cause men to kill one another
- the black horse, of the third seal: how Christ is pictured sitting upon it
- the pale horse, of the fourth seal, what it signifies
Pareus, David (Pharaus), his history and writings
Paracelsus, Theophrastus (Paracelsus), a fanatic
Paran, in the wilderness (Paran), Israel's thirteenth encampment and the fifth murmuring, how it was punished and settled, and the descent of God's Spirit upon the seventy elders
Matthew Paris (Paris, Mattheus), a church writer
John of Paris (Parifiis, Joh.), a church writer
Paris, the Wedding Massacre of (Paryse Bruilofts-moort) [St. Bartholomew's Day]
Paschasius (Pafchafius), a church writer
Patriarchs, appointed in the third church-century of the New Testament (Patriarchen)
Patripassians, and their heresy, in the third church-century (Patripaffianen)
Paul the Apostle (Paulus), his history; his epistles, where and when written
Paul the Deacon, a church writer
Paul of Samosata, a heretic (de Samosatener)
Popes, Roman (Pauzen), of the first era of the Church of the New Testament, presented with general observations; they are as follows: Peter the Apostle, falsely fabricated as the first Pope of Rome, who according to the account of Luke and the church writers was not even once at Rome; then Linus, Cletus, and their successors
Pharisees, the (Pharizeeuwen), arose in the third Mosaic period; whence so named; their views and religion
Philastrius (Philaftrius), a church writer
Philetans, and their heresy (Philetranen)
Philip the Apostle (Philippus), his history
Peter of Blois (Petrus Blæfenfis), a church writer
Peter the Cantor (Petrus Cantor), a church writer
Peter d'Ailly (Petrus de Aliaco), a church writer
Peter Amelii (Petrus Amelii), a church writer
Philip the Evangelist (Philippus de Euangelift), his history
Philemon, Epistle to (Philemon), where and when written
Philippians, Epistle to the (Philippenfen), where and when written
Pelagius and the Pelagians (Pelagius), and their heresy in the third century
Philoponus, John (Philoponus), a church writer
Photius (Photius), a church writer
Pelargus, Christopher (Pelargus), his history and writings
Places that were holy in the Old Testament, and typological (Plaatjen)
Penny, for a, a measure of wheat, what it signifies (Penning)
Photinus and the Photinians, and their heresy, in the third church-century (Photinus)
Persia, kings of, in succession (Perfie Koningen): Cyrus, Cambyses, Darius Hystaspis, Xerxes, Artaxerxes Longimanus, Darius Nothus, Artaxerxes Mnemon, Ochus, Darius Arses, Codomannus
Piedmontese persecutions (Piemontife Vervolgingen)
Pi-hahiroth (Pihachiroth), Israel's fourth encampment in the wilderness, where Pharaoh overtook the fleeing people, and Israel's first murmuring occurred
Phinehas (Pinehas), zealous in piercing through Zimri together with Cozbi, a Midianite woman
Piscator, John (Pifcator), his history and writings
Petrarch, Francis (Petrarcha), a church writer
Placherus, Moses (Placherus), his history and writings
Peter the Apostle (Petrus), his history; his two epistles, where and when written
Petrobrusians (Petro-brufianen); see Waldus
Duties prescribed to God's covenant people by King David (Plichten aan Godts verbondelingen)
Pontius, a deacon of Carthage (Pontius), his sermons and his travel-book are spurious
Jerome of Prague (Praag, Hieronymus van), his life and martyrdom
Praxeas, and his heresy (Praxeas)
Ecclesiastes (Prediker), when written, and the content of this book
Presbyterians, in England, what sort of a party (Presbyterianen)
Priests of the Old Testament, the (Priesters), described in their clothing, consecration, and ministry
Primasius (Primafius), a church writer
Primates, appointed in the third church-century (Primaten)
Priscillianists, and their heresy in the third church-century (Prifcillianen)
Procopius of Gaza (Procopius Gazaeus), a church writer
Prophets, those who wrote in the second Mosaic period, and those who did not write (Propheten)
Psalms, the Book of (Pfalmen), when compiled, and its content
Psalm-singing (Pfalmgezang), shown to be a chief part of public worship, and what is to be observed concerning it
Psalm-singers, appointed in the third church-century (Pfalmzingers)
Psellus, Michael (Pfellus), a church writer
Purim, what kind of feast among the Jews (Purim)
Puritans, in England (Puriteinen)
Q
Ill will against God (Quaatwilligheit tegen Godt); see Self-will
Association with evil people, how to conduct oneself (met Quade menfchen te verkéren); see Association
Quadragesima, or the forty-day fast (Quadragefima), instituted in the third church-century
Quietists, and their error (Quiëtisten)
R
Rabanus Maurus (Rabanus Maurus), a church writer
Radulphus of Flavigny (Radulphus Flaviacenfis), a church writer
Rameses (Rameses), Israel's first encampment in the wilderness, where the first celebration of the Passover took place, and the law concerning the firstborn was given
Raymond Lull (Ramundus Lullus), a church writer
Raymond Martini (Martini), a church writer
Rephidim (Raphidim), Israel's eleventh encampment in the wilderness, where the people's fourth murmuring occurred, the battle with Amalek, and the appointment of civil rulers by Moses on the advice of Jethro
Dealing with one's neighbor, legitimate and illegitimate (Rechtmatige en onrechtmatige onderhandeling); see Dealing
Righteousness toward one's neighbor (Rechtvaardigheit omtrent den Naaften), in general, described in its nature, distinction, and benefits and advantages; opposed to it, injustice, shown in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies against it
Ill will toward one's neighbor (Quaatwilligheit omtrent den Naaften), described in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies against it; see also Honor and Love
Commutative justice (de verwiſſelende Rechtvaardigheit), in human society, described in its nature, distinction, benefits and advantages, and remedies; opposed to it, theft, described in its nature, ills and harms
Knighthood, orders of (Ridder-ordens): the Templars; of the Redemption of Captives, or the Holy Trinity; of the Moon; of the Golden Fleece; of Caligula
Rivet, André (Rivet), his history and writings
Referendaries, what sort of church officers (Referendariffen)
Reformations undertaken in the fourth church-century (Reformatien); see further under Reformation
Church government (Regéring, de Kerkelyke); see Ecclesiastical government
Rehoboam (Rehabeam), the first king of Judah, separate from the other ten tribes of Israel
Relics, the veneration of, in the third church-century (Reliquien)
Rithmah, or Kadesh-Barnea (Rethem), Israel's fifteenth encampment in the wilderness; see under Kadesh-Barnea
Rimmon-perez (Rhimmon), Israel's sixteenth encampment in the wilderness, whence the people had to go toward the mountains of Seir, and wander thirty-eight years in the wilderness without wearing out their clothes or shoes
Judges, the, by sixteen of whom Israel was governed, from Moses down to Samuel (Richteren); the Book of Judges, when written
Knighthood, orders of, arising in the fifth church-century (Ridder-ordens): the Knights of St. John (Hospitallers), of St. Lazarus, of Rhodes, of Malta, the German (Teutonic), and of St. James
Rufinus (Ruffinus), a church writer
Romans, Epistle to the (Romeinen), where and when written
Rupert of Deutz (Rupertus Tutienfis), a church writer
Rest promised to the Church in the last days (Ruft)
Ruth, the history of (Ruth), to what period it is to be assigned
S
Sabbath, the (Sabbath)
- the Sabbath of Creation prefigured the final, glorious state of the Church on earth
- the Jewish Sabbath was ceremonial; that of the fourth commandment is moral and everlasting
Sabbath day, the sanctification of the (Sabbath-dag), described in its nature and distinction, sanctification, benefits and advantages; and its profanation described in its nature, ills and harms, root causes, and remedies against it
Sabbath-breaker, the first, was stoned (Sabbath-fchender)
Sacraments of the Old Testament, the (Sacramenten des O. Testaments), what kind they were
Sacraments, administration of the (het bedienen der Sacramenten), belongs to public worship, and what is to be observed concerning it
Sadeel, Anthony (Sadeël), his history and writings
Sadducees, the (Sadduceeuwen), their founder and erroneous principles
Solomon (Salomo), the second king of all Israel, and his history
Salvian (Salvianus), a church writer
Saidon (Saidon), a church writer
Samaritanism, the origin of (Samaritaandom)
Samaritans, the, their history after the Babylonian captivity (Samaritanen); they built a temple on Mount Gerizim
Society, or fellowship with one's neighbor (Samenleving)
- fellowship in godliness, described in its nature, benefits and advantages, and remedies
- fellowship in godlessness, shown in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies against it
Conferences, disputations, and assemblies concerning matters of religion in the fifth church-century (Samenspraken, Redentwiften en Byeenkomften)
Shamgar, a judge in Israel (Samgar)
Samuel, judge in Israel (Samuël); the first and second Books of Samuel, when written, and their content
John of Salisbury (Sarisburienfis), a church writer
Saturninus, an arch-heretic (Saturninus)
Saul, Israel's first king (Saul)
Shaddai, a name of God (Schaddai)
Schisms (Scheuringen)
- in the second century: of the Montanists, of Victor the Roman bishop, of the Origenists, of the Novatians, and between the Eastern and Western Churches over the baptism of heretics
- within the Church in the third century
- in the fourth century: through image-worship, between Photius and Ignatius, through the Bulgarians, and over the procession of the Holy Spirit from the Father and the Son
- in the fifth century
- in the sixth century: among the Arminians; over church government; among the Nonconformists and Puritans in England; concerning the sacraments between the Lutherans and the Reformed; the Labadist, Antinomian, Cartesian, and Bekkerian schisms; among the Lutherans; among the Roman Catholics; among the Anabaptists
Scholastic theology (Scholastike Godgeleerdheit)
Spies, the twelve (Verspieders), sent from the wilderness to Canaan; upon their return they occasioned Israel's seventh murmuring, which was quelled by Joshua and Caleb; the ten unfaithful spies died, Israel was denied entry into Canaan, and was struck down by the Amalekites, Amorites, and Canaanites
Schools (Scholen), of the Jews, in the second church-century of the New Testament; of the Christians, in the third, fourth, and fifth church-centuries
Schard, Henry (Schardus), his history and writings
Schisms of the Church (Scheuringen der Kerke), further examples: in the first Mosaic period; in the time of the kings; of the Church of the New Testament in the sixth church-century
Schlüsselburg, Conrad (Schluffenburgius), his history and writings
Holy Scripture (de heilige Schrift), to be read and explained in public worship
Falsely-fabricated writings, the (de vals-verdichte Schriften), distinguished from the genuine writings of the New Testament
Writers of the New Testament, the (Schryvers des N. Testaments)
- which, and how distinguished into certain, doubtful, and spurious writers
- under the sixth era of the Church of the New Testament: the Roman Catholic, Lutheran, Arminian, Reformed, and Socinian writers
Marianus Scotus (Scotus), a church writer
Scultetus, Abraham (Scultetus), his history and writings
Scylitzes, John (Scylitza), a church writer
Sedulius Scotus (Sedulius), a church writer
Servetus, Michael (Servetus), his history and writings
Servites, order of (Serviten)
Sigebert of Gembloux (Sigebertus), a church writer
Sihon, king of Bashan (Sihon), defeated with all his people by Joshua, and his land taken into possession for Israel
Simon the Maccabean (Simon de Maccabeër), his history
Simon the Cananite, or Zealot (Simon Cananeus), an apostle, his history
Simon Magus and the Simonians (Simonianen), and their heresy
Simon the Deacon (Simon de Diaken), his spurious writings
Wilderness of Sin (Sin), Israel's eighth encampment, the third murmuring, and the miraculous feeding with quails and manna
Sinai, or Horeb (Sinai), Israel's twelfth encampment: the giving of the Law, the sin of the golden calf, the breaking and remaking of the tablets of the Law, the erection of the Tabernacle, and the death of Nadab and Abihu
Sirach, Book of (Sirach), when written, and its content
Fiery serpents (vurige Slangen), bite Israel mortally, but the wounded are healed by looking at the raised bronze serpent
Spiritual drowsiness (de geeftelyke Slaperigheit), described in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and means of removal
Schmalkaldic War and Peace, the (Smalkaldife Oorlog en Vrede)
Socinian errors (Sociniaanfe dwalingen)
Socinus, Faustus and Laelius (Socinus), their history and writings
Robert of Sorbon (Sorbonat), a church writer
Sozomen (Sozomenus), a church writer
Proverbs, of Solomon (Spreuken), by whom written, and their content
Locusts, the, images from the fourth papal kingdom (Springhanen), with their king Abaddon or Apollyon, are the Roman clergy, and their acts of violence during five months
Holy foods of the Old Testament, the (de heilige Spyzen), what they prefigured
Stephen, the first deacon (Stephanus), and his martyrdom
Stephen, king of Hungary (Stephanus)
Star called Wormwood, the (de Star Abfynthinum), like a burning torch; a great star falling from heaven, is the Antichrist
Stars, the (Starren), what they symbolically signify; a third part of them struck, what it indicates; stars falling from heaven to earth, what they signify
Spiritual strength (de geeftelyke Sterkte), described in its nature, distinction, marks, benefits and advantages, and remedies
T
Tabernacle, the (Tabernakel), erected by Moses in the wilderness; what it symbolized
Talmudists, distinguished into seven kinds (Talmudisten)
Tarnovius, Paul (Tarnovius), his history and writings
Tatian, and his error (Tatianus)
Tauler, John (Taulerus), a church writer
Adversity, in, how to conduct oneself (Tegenspoet); see Cross
Succoth (Succoth), Israel's second encampment in the wilderness, whose inhabitants were killed by Gideon
Temple of Solomon, the (de Tempel van Salomo), what it prefigured; its rebuilding, from what time to be reckoned; its renovation by Herod the Great
Great Synagogue of the Jews, the (de grote Synagoge), by whom and when established, with its members and authority
Syncellites, what sort of erring spirits in the third century (Syncelliften)
Synod of Dordrecht, the (Synode van Dordrecht)
Synods, of the third church-century of the New Testament (Synoden): the Nicene, or first and true general council; the falsely-named council; the first general Council of Constantinople and its second through fifth sessions; the Council of Elvira; of Arles; of Laodicea; the four Synods of Sirmium; of Ancyra; of Seleucia; of Milan; and, among the general synods of the fourth church-century, the sixth and seventh Council of Constantinople, the second Council of Nicaea, of Frankfurt, and of the sixth church-century, with some particular synods
Knights Templar, the (Tempelieren-Ridders), their history described at length
Temples of the Christians, the (de Tempels der Christenen), in the third church-century, how arranged
Teraphim, what kind of idol-images (Teraphim)
Testament (Tesmetament); see New Testament and Old Testament
Taborites, and their history (Thaboriten)
Themistius, and his error in the third century (Themistius)
Theodore (Theodorus), a church writer; also a heretic of the same name
Theophanes (Theophanus), a church writer
Theophany, what kind of feast established in the third church-century (Theophania)
Theophylact (Theophylactus), a church writer
Thessalonians, First and Second Epistles to the (Theffalonicenfen), where and when written
Thomas the Apostle (Thomas), his history
Tola (Thola), the eighth judge in Israel
Thurificati, in the second church-century (Thuzificati)
Tithe of the Old Testament, the (de Tiende), what it prefigured
Timothy, the spiritual son of Paul (Timotheus), his history; the first and second Epistles to Timothy, where and when written
Titus, to whom Paul writes (Titus), his history; the Epistle to Titus, where and when written
Tobit, the Book of (Tobias), when written, and its content
Coming of Christ in His glory, the (Toekomst van Christus)
Toulousians (Tolofanen); see Waldus
Showbread, the (Toonbroden), what it spiritually signifies
Toussain, Daniel (Toffanus), his history and writings
Topheth, the valley of (Topheth)
Traditores, in the second church-century (Traditores)
Transubstantiation (Transfubftantiatie), was unknown in the third Christian century, and when it received its full form
Tremellius, Immanuel (Tremellius), his history and writings
Trent, history of the Council of (Trenten)
Silver trumpets, the two (Trompetten), of which Israel's dispensation was a shadow
Grounds of comfort against spiritual desertions (Trooftgronden tegen geeftelyke verlatingen); and against death
Ecclesiastical discipline (Tucht), in the first church-century, and in the second
Turlupins, or Cynics (Turlepinen), what sort of heresy
Time period under the Israelite Church's dispensation, the (Tytloop)
- when it began and ended; the time Israel spent under sixteen judges — under Moses, under Joshua, and thereafter down to Samuel
- under the first Mosaic period, in which flourished covenantal, systematic, and symbolic theology; the canonical books written in that time: Job, Joshua, Judges, Ruth, and others
Universalists (Universaliften)
Ursinus, Zacharias (Urfinus), his history and writings
Uzias, the prophet, and his history (Uzias)
Uzziah (Uzzia), the tenth king of Judah
Time period, the, under the dispensation of the Israelite Church (Tytloop), continued
- of the second Mosaic period, from David down to the Babylonian captivity
- of the third Mosaic period, from the Babylonian captivity to the coming of the Messiah, including the renewal of the covenant of grace, its covenanting parties, its content of promises and duties, the manner of its making, and how the Church then existed under the Babylonian kings, the Persians, the Greeks, the Hasmoneans, Herod the Great, and the Romans
Christian chronology, the, begins from the birth of Christ (Tytrekening)
U
External worship, the use and neglect of (Uiterlyken Godsdienst); see Worship
Going forth of Christ, the, of three kinds (Uitgang van Christus)
Recreations, the right use of (Uitspanningen), shown in its nature, benefits and advantages; its misuse, in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies against it
Purgatory (Vagevuur), is a fabrication
Valentinus, an arch-heretic (Valentinus)
Valentinians, and other heresies arising from them (Valentinianen)
Fasting, religious (Vasten)
- described in its nature; its preparation; the fast itself, considered in four ways; its benefits and advantages; the manner and purpose of it
- the forty-day fast, or Quadragesima, introduced in the third church-century
Fast times, introduced among the Jews since the Babylonian captivity (Vastentyden), four times a year
Veccus, John (Veccus), a church writer
Venantius, Paulus (Venatus), a church writer
Dwelling-places in the eternal state, the, are no more than two (Verblyfplaatfen)
V
Covenant, to make, cut, etc. (Verbont), whence these expressions are derived
New covenant, a (een nieuw Verbondt), how God promises to make it; the contracting parties of it
Berith, the word (Berith), signifies both a testament and a covenant
New Covenant or Testament, God promises to make a (een Nieuw Verbondt), in contrast to the Old at Sinai, which the Israelites broke and made void; the benefits in this New Covenant are regeneration, the inscription of the law in the heart, and communion with God
Covenant God made with David and his seed, the (het Verbondt met David): its covenanting parties, its moving and meritorious causes, its content of promises and duties, and its manner or form
Covenant, a, is called the giving of the Law at Sinai
Threefold covenant, the, God renewed with Israel at Sinai (driederlei Verbondt): a national covenant, one of works, and one of grace; the covenant at Sinai, a mixed covenant
Covenant-making of God with Israel at Horeb (Verbontmaking), explained: the covenanting parties are God, as Jehovah and Elohim, and the whole people of Israel
Covenant in God's word, the (het Verbondt in Godts woordt), is of three kinds: a covenant of grace, a national covenant, and a covenant of the Law; why it was made by God with Israel at Horeb
Covenant, God renewed His, with Israel at Sinai by proclaiming the Law (zyn Verbondt) — namely the moral, ceremonial, and judicial or civil law
Covenant at Sinai, matters to be noted in the (Verbondt op Sinai): I. the contracting parties, God and Israel, in various respects; II. the matter and content of it — on God's side, manifold temporal and spiritual promises; on Israel's side, various duties
Defenders of the truth against Antichristendom, under the fifth era of the New Testament (Verdedigers der waarheit)
Agreement, or Contract (Verdrag), how conducted rightly or wrongly; see Dealing
Afflictions of many kinds (Verdrukkingen); see Cross; how to conduct oneself under them, and find comfort therein
Afflicted, how to associate with, and comfort, the (Verdrukten); see Association
Contentment, Christian (Vergenoegtheit), described in its nature, distinction, benefits and advantages, and means of obtaining and practicing it; opposed to it, covetousness, shown in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies against it
Forgiveness of sins (Vergeving der zonden), is not to be found with God apart from a means of atonement; promised by God under the New Testament; whether complete forgiveness is peculiar to the New Testament
Forgiveness and reconciliation toward enemies (Vergiffenis en verzoening), to be practiced as a Christian duty
Glorification of God (Verheerlyking van Godt)
Association with other people in godliness (Verkéring); see Society; with the good or pious, see Pious; through love and friendship, shown in its nature, benefits and advantages, and remedies; Christian association with the wicked or with enemies
Bodily refreshments, how to use moderately (Verkwikkingen des lichaams), and their misuse; see Recreations
Wronging one's neighbor (Verongelyking des Naaften); see Righteousness
Contempt of God (Versmading van Godt), shown in its nature, ills and harms, and remedies for its removal
Christian comfort (Christelyke Vertrooftinge), shown in its nature, benefits and advantages, and remedies; the neglect of this duty of comforting, shown in its nature, ills and harms, and remedies for improvement
Duties toward inferiors, superiors, and equals (minderen en evengelyken), how to be practiced in a Christian way, whether in domestic, civil, or ecclesiastical life
Spiritual desertion (geeftelyke Verlatinge), described in its nature and causes, likened to a solar eclipse
Persecutions of the Church (Vervolgingen der Kerke)
- of the true Church under the kings of Israel
- under the third Mosaic period: the first by Haman, the second by Antiochus Epiphanes
- of the Church of the New Testament, in the first era: of various kinds, stirred up by both Jews and heathen
- in the second era: the third through eighth persecutions
- in the third and fourth centuries: by Licinius; by Constantius and the Arians; in Germany; by Julian the Apostate; in France, Africa, Britain, Phrygia, Lydia, Germany, and the East; by Emperor Anastasius; by Trasamund, king of the Vandals; by the Goths
- episcopal persecutions in England against the Puritans; in the Indies; by the Huns, the Alemanni and Franks; by Alboin, king of the Lombards; by Chosroes, king of the Persians; by Shapur the Persian
- of the popes under King Chosroes; under Edward, king of the Cantuarians; of the Jews; by the Normans, Frisians, Saxons, and Saracens; in Spain and elsewhere
- in the fifth and sixth centuries: in Ireland, France, Piedmont, Hungary; of the Lutherans against the crypto-Reformed; by Theodoric, king of the Ostrogoths; in Italy and Spain; in England under Henry VIII; in the Netherlands
Denial of known and acknowledged truth (Verlochening der waarheit), shown in its nature; the manner of dealing with it; grounds of comfort against it
Confused terrors in the soul (Verwarde verschrikkingen); see Melancholy
Rejection of the Jews (Verwerping der Joden); see Jews
Complacency (Verzading), standing opposed to advancement and progress in godliness, described in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies against it
Renunciation of godlessness (Verzaking der Godloosheit)
Sealing of the elect, the, in the last times of the Church's turmoil (Verzegeling der Uitverkorenen)
Temptations (Verzoekingen), described in their nature; how the temptations of believers serve toward the crown of victory
Persecutions, what sort of afflictions (Vervolgingen); see also Cross; how to find comfort against them
Persecutions of the Church, further examples (Vervolgingen der Kerke): in Bohemia; against John Hus; against Berengar; against the Albigensians; of Jerome of Prague; of the Church of the New Testament in the sixth century
Temptations, continued (Verzoekingen): of many kinds — from God, from man himself, from Satan, or mixed; how to rightly make use of all these; how they can serve for comfort; their misuse, with its ills and harms, causes, and remedies
Vicars, who they were and when appointed (Vicariffen)
Vincent of Beauvais (Vincentius Ballovacenfis), a church writer
Fleshly pleasures (Vleeffelyke vermaken), will have no place in the state of glory
Prudence of the saints (Voorzichtigheit der Heiligen), described in its nature, distinction, benefits and advantages, and remedies
Means of sustenance, the right use of, in general (Voedfel-middelen), shown in particulars, its benefits and advantages, and remedies; the misuse of them, shown in particulars, its ills and harms, causes, and remedies against it
Friends of God (Vrienden van Godt); see Seeking of God
Princes or dukes of Israel, in and after the Babylonian captivity (Vorften of Hertogen van Israël)
Fear of God (Vrees voor Godt), described in its nature, variety, the marks of filial fear, benefits and advantages, and remedies
Timidity in spiritual matters (Vreesachtigheit), presented in its nature and distinction, ills and harms, causes, and means of cure
Voetius, Gisbert (Voetius), his history and writings
Wife, the, her duties toward her husband (Vrouwe)
Wives and masters, how they must treat their servants (Vrouwen en Heren)
Consummation of the ages or the world, the (Voleindinge der Eeuwen), concerning which there are various opinions
Absolution given to penitents (Vryspraak aan Boetvaardigen), how it was given in the second century
People of God, to be a, what it is and how promised by God (een Volk van Godt)
Fire on the altar of burnt offering, the (het Vuur), what it prefigured; how the heathen made their children, whom they sacrificed to Moloch, pass through the fire
Constancy, Christian (Volstandigheit), described in its nature, distinction, benefits and advantages, and remedies
Enemies, with, how to associate (Vyanden); see Association
Typological examples, the, under the first Mosaic period (Voorbeelden)
Limbo of unbaptized children, the (het Voorburg der ongedoopte Kinderen), is a fabrication
Readers, in the third church-century of the New Testament (Voorlezers)
Prosperity, how to use it in a Christian way (Voorfpoet), presented in its nature, benefits and advantages, and remedies
W
Watchfulness, spiritual (Waakzaamheit), described in its nature, distinction, benefits and advantages, and remedies
Truthfulness in human society (Waarachtigheit), shown in its nature, distinction, benefits and advantages, and means of promoting it; opposed to it, lying, described in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies
Walaeus, Anthony (Walaus), his history and writings
Weigel, Valentine (Weigelius), a fanatic
Delight in God (Welbehagelykheit in Godt), shown in its nature, benefits and advantages, and remedies; opposed to it, displeasure, in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies against it
Walafrid Strabo (Watafridus), a church writer
Courteousness among people (Wellevendheit), shown in its nature, distinction, benefits and advantages, and remedies
Waldensians, the, their history (Waldenfen), pitifully destroyed
Waldensian matters (Waldenfife zaken)
Waldo, Peter, and the Waldensians (Waldus), their history recounted at length
Walther, Michael (Waltherus), his history and writings
Dying well, duties of piety concerning it (Welsterven); see Death
Walking with God (Wandeling met Godt), shown in its nature, marks, the manner in which we must walk with God, and remedies; opposed to it, straying from God
Goodwill toward God (Welwillentheit jegens Godt), described in its nature, benefits and advantages, and remedies; opposed to it, ill will, shown in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies against it
Despair (Wanhoop), described in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies for its cure
Anabaptists, the (Wederdopers), at the beginning of the Reformation; their leaders and instigators of rebellion; of two kinds, English and Dutch, and their errors
Regeneration (Wedergeboorte), promised under the New Testament; what it comprises
Coming of Christ, the (Wederkomft van Christus), will occur visibly only once, at the consummation of the ages; whether the world will be annihilated, or only changed in form
Scale, the, of what it is a symbol (Weegschaal); how it is in Christ's hand
Good work, a (een goet Werk), described in its nature, distinction, benefits and advantages
World, the word "world" in Holy Scripture (Werelt), taken in various senses
World and worldly things, how to use rightly (de Werelt en wereldfe dingen), shown in their nature, benefits and advantages, and remedies; the misuse of them, described in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies against it
Works of believers, the, how they will be regarded in the general judgment (Werken der Gelovigen)
Spiritual idleness (Werkloosheit); see Practice of Piety
Antinomians, and their errors (Wetbeftrydende)
Use of the Law, the, is threefold (het Wetgebruik)
Giving of the Law at Sinai, the (de Wetgeving op Sinai), is called a covenant; when and in what manner it took place
Mosaic legislation, questions concerning the (Wetgevinge)
- (I) whether God derived many elements of the ceremonial law from the Egyptians — a view which is rejected; differing opinions; grounds of the negative view; objections answered
- (II) whether the moral Law, given by Moses, is abolished under the New Testament; reasons for the negative view; objections refuted
- (III) whether the ceremonial Law is of everlasting use; reasons for the negative view; objections of the affirmative view answered
- (IV) whether the fourth commandment is of a ceremonial nature and therefore abolished; the negative view explained and proven; reasons for the affirmative view opposed
- (V) whether the Law of the Ten Commandments is a pure and unmixed covenant of grace; differing opinions; reasons for the negative view, and objections for the affirmative view answered
- (VI) whether sacrifices before the time of Moses were not commanded, but were merely free ceremonies whose neglect did not incur guilt; differing opinions; the view of the Reformed; reasons for it; objections of others answered
- (VII) whether the Sinaitic law, through its curses and burdensome ceremonies, received the power to impute the guilt of punishment as still present; reasons for the negative view; objections of the affirmative view refuted
- (VIII) whether the people of Israel, on account of the calf-idolatry, were cast from a free state into a servile one; differing opinions; reasons for the negative view; objections for the affirmative view resolved
Observance of the Law (Wet-betrachting), described in its nature, obligation, and practice; its neglect, shown in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies against it
Law, His, God promises in the New Testament to place within and write on the heart (zyne Wet)
Moral Law, the (de zedelyke Wet), which obligates all mankind, God proclaimed at Sinai for Israel; its content briefly set forth
Ceremonial Law, the (de ceremoniële Wet), why joined to the moral Law at Sinai; bears various names; prescribed to Israel alone, and to what end; distinguished into more public and more particular laws; how it must be explained and applied; has a double relation and use, both legal and evangelical
Civil or judicial Law, the (de Burgerlyke of Richterlyke Wet), why joined to the two previous laws at Sinai; bears various names; how to be distinguished; prescribed to Israel alone, and to what end
Law of the Ten Commandments, the, proclaimed at Sinai (de Wet der tien Geboden), was a renewal of the covenant of nature, or of works
Wycliffites (Wiklefiten)
Wild beasts of the earth, the, what they symbolically signify (de Wilde Beeften)
Witikind (Witzinkindus), a church writer
Wilderness, in the, was the Church of the New Testament, in the fifth century (Woeftyne)
Substantial Word, the, acknowledged and believed by David (het zelfftandige Woort)
Hearing of God's Word (gehoor van Godts Woort), described in its nature, distinction, marks, benefits and advantages, and the manner in which it must be done
Neglect of hearing the divine Word, the (verzuim van het gehoor), shown in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies against it
Hearing the Word of God, what is required for it (het Woort van Godt te horen)
Wisdom, the Book of (Wysheit), by whom and when written, and its content
X
Xiphilinus, John (Xiphilinus), a church writer
Y
Knowledge (Wetenschap), described in its nature, variety, the marks of saving knowledge, and its practice
Tablets of the Law, the (de Wet-tafels), broken by Moses on account of Israel's sin with the golden calf, but after the people's reconciliation, others were made by Moses
Wycliffe, John (Wiklef), his history
Vanity of human things, the (IJdelheit der menfchelyke dingen), shown in its nature, in general and in particular — in human affairs and pursuits of the soul, and in the goods of the body: health, strength, beauty; and in the goods of fortune: riches, honor and esteem, nobility of birth, and human authority in high office, royal excellence, bodily adornment, and fleshly pleasures; and the right use of human things
Zeal for God (Yver voor Godt), described in its nature, variety, marks of praiseworthy zeal, benefits and privileges, and remedies
Z
Seal, the sixth (het zesde Zegel)
- shows the sixth era of the Church of the New Testament: what the opening of this seal signifies
- the great earthquake; the sun's darkening and turning black like sackcloth; the moon turning to blood; the stars falling from heaven; the heaven departing and being rolled up; the mountains and islands moved from their places; the general terror and great fear; the hiding in the caves and rocks of the mountains
Seed of David, the, literally and spiritually (Zaat van David)
Zechariah the prophet (Zacharia), and his prophetic book; a different prophet from the one who wrote the book
Things that were holy in the Old Testament, and typological (Zaken)
Sambonites, or Good Brothers (Zamboniten)
Seal, the seventh, of what it signifies (het zevende Zegel) — the great day of wrath has come, and who can stand?
Zanchius, Jerome (Zanchius), his history and writings
"Says the LORD," the phrase, what it signifies (Zegt de Heer)
Zedekiah (Zedekia), the nineteenth king of Judah
Daughters of Zelophehad, the (Zelapheads Dochteren), give occasion to the law of heiresses, that they might marry only within their own tribe
Customs of the Christians, the (Zeden der Chriftenen), in the second century
Number six, the, a symbol of the wide extent of Antichristendom (de Zes)
Zephaniah the prophet (Zephanja), and his prophetic book
Sick, the, how to be treated and comforted (Zieken)
Soul, the, remains existent after death (de Ziel)
"Behold," is a word of exhortation (Ziet)
Žižka, John (Ziska), his history
Zonaras, John (Zonaras), a church writer
Seeking of God (Zoeken van Godt), described in its nature, distinction, benefits and advantages, and the manner and means of seeking God; opposed to it, fleeing from God, in its nature, ills and harms, causes, and remedies against it
Salt of the offering, the, what it represented (het Zout)
Order of the Zuppbnonnen (Zuppbnonnen)
Sword-Bearers, order of (Zwaardragers)
Melancholy terrors in the soul (Zwaarmoedige verschrikkingen), in their nature; their causes; and remedies against them
Schwenckfeld, a fanatic (Zwenkfeld)
Zwingli, Huldrych (Zwinglius), his history and writings